Skip to main content

Full text of "Natural History"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 
Natural  History  Magazine,  Inc. 


http://www.archive.org/details/naturalhistory79newy 


NATURAL 
HISTORY 


THE  JOURNAL  OF 

THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM 

OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


VOLUME  LXXIX 
1970 


Published  by 

THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM 

OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 

NEW  YORK,  N.Y. 


CONTENTS  OF 
VOLUME  LXXIX 


January  No.  1 

The  Authors 4 

How  Men  and  Women  Came  to  Live  Together 

Aniceti    Kitereza    Biographical    notes    by    Gerald 

and  Charlotte  Hartwig 8 

A  Naturalist  at  Large   Margaret  Mead  22 

Forms  in  the  Sky Charles  A.  Whitney  26 

Seal  Harems  in  the  Prieilofs Richard  K.  Mathews  32 

The  State  of  the  Species:  1970 

C.  Loring  Brace,  Irene  B.  Taeuber,  Henri  Leridon, 
Kendall  W.  King,  Gordon  Harrison,  John  P.  Wiley, 

Jr.  Introductions  by  Alan  P.  Ternes 43 

A  Bird  in  the  Hand 76 

Evergreen  Review Lorus  J.  and  !\Iargery  Milne  80 

Sky  Reporter John  P.  Wiley,  Jr.  92 

Celestial  Events Thomas  D.  Nicholson  93 

Weaning  Grizzly  Bears  A.  Starker  Leopold  94 

Books  in  Review Robin  Fox  104 

Suggested  Additional  Reading 116 


February  No.  2 

The  Authors 8 

Bananas  in  Vermont Richard  M.  Klein  10 

Prince  Albert's  Way  of  Catching  Squid  ..Susan  Schlee  20 

The  Sun  Will  Darken  on  March  7    Thomas  D.  Nicholson  26 

An  Eclipse-Watcher's  Guide  Lawrence  B.  Nadeau  28 

Celestial    Events    Thomas  D.  Nicholson  29 

From  Snowflake  to  Avalanche  .  .Edward  R.  LaChapelle  30 
Cannibalistic  Revenge  in  Jale  Warfare 

Klaus-Friedrich  Koch  40 

The  Egg  Machine Pamela  Tyler  Lindstrom  52 

The  Evolution  of  Sleep 

Truett  Allison  and  Henry  Van  Twyver  56 

Books  in   Review   Herbert  R.  Harvey  66 

Suggested  Additional  Reading  °2 


March  No.  3 

The  Authors '* 

Green  Mountains.  Green  Money  Richard  M.  Klein  10 

The  Day  the  Sea  Ran  Out  of  Flounder 

Stephen  W.  Hitchcock  28 

Echolocation  in  Bats 

Photographs  by  Nina  Leen,  Text  by  Alvin  Novick  32 

Makonde  Sculpture   Mcgchelina  Shore-Bos  42 

Wild    Ricinc    Richard  H.  Hofstrand  50 

The  Baton  of  Montgaudier Alexander  Marshack  56 

The  Gulls  of  Walnev  Island 

Barl)ara  R.  and  Michael  H.  MacRoberts  64 

Sky  Reporter John  P.  Wiley.  Jr.  70 

Celestial  Events   Thomas  D.  Nicholson  71 

Books  in  Re\if,w Jerome  Lettvin  80 

Suggested  Additional  Reading   86 


April  No.  4 

The  Authors  4 

An  Introduction   to  the  Setting  and  Characters  of 
THE  Tragical  Farce  or  Farcical  Tragedy  of  Victoria 

Bluffs,  S.C Alan  P.  Ternes  8 

A  Student  Manifesto  on  the  Environment 

Pennfield  Jensen  20 

East  is  a  Big  Bird Thomas  Gladwin  24 

Heart  Poisons  and  the  Monarch 

Miriam  Rothschild  and  Bob  Ford  36 
Barnard's  Star:  The  Search  for  Other  Solar  Systems 

Peter  van  de  Kamp  38 

Prehistory  Down  Under  D.  J.  Mulvaney  44 

The  Many  Clocks  of  Man  John  D.  Palmer  52 

Sky  Reporter   John  P  .Wiley,  Jr.  60 

Celestial  Events    Thomas  D.  Nicholson  63 

Books  in  Review Spencer  Klaw  68 

Suggested  Additional  Reading  79 


May  No.  5 

The    Authors    4 

Letters  to  the  Editor   8\ 

Where  Have  All   the   Beach   Clurs   of   Old  Havana 

Gone?  Everett  Gendler  10 

Biology  of  the  Way-Out   John  Eastman  24 

Ancient  Mexico  and  Central  America 

Photographs  by  Lee  Boltin  30 

Migration  of  the  Spiny  Lobster  .  .William  F.  Herrnkind  36 

Sky  Reporter   John  P.  Wiley,  Jr.  44 

Celestial  Events   Thomas  D.  Nicholson  45 

The  Origins  of  Agriculture C.  D.  Darlington  46 

East  is  a  Big  Bird:  Part  II  Thomas  Gladwin  58 

Books  in   Review    Luther  P.  Gerlach  70 

Suggested  Additional  Reading   79 

June-July  No.  6 

The  Authors 2 

Let's  Sing  "Auld  Lang  Syne"  for  the  Upper  Brandy- 
wine    Luna  B.  Leopold  4 

The  Star  Dragon  Loren  Eiseley  18 

You  and  the  Ecology  Movement 

Prepared  by  Luther  P.  Gerlach  and  Virginia  Hine  27 

This  Gentle  &  Elegant  Cat  George  B.  Schaller  30 

Tiny  Wolves  of  the  Water  David  Barr 

Photographs  by  Helen  Sutton  40 
Barrier  Beaches  of  Eastern  America 

.  Christopher  J.  Schuberth  46 

Northwest  Passage Bob  Skovbo 

Photographs  by  Paul  Von  Baich  56 

Mushrooms    Peggy  Young  66 

Sky  Reporter   John  P  .Wiley,  Jr.  72 

Celestial  Events   Thomas  D.  Nicholson  73 

Books  in  Review Richard  I.  Ford  78 

Suggested  Additional   Reading    , . .  92 

\ 

August-September  No.  7 

Authors    2 

Big  Sur  Storm  Sam  Abrams  8 

An   Environmental  Lawyer   Urges:   Plead  the  Ninth 

Amendment!   E.  F.  Roberts  18 


Death  by  the  Plow  Richard  Brewer 

Photographs  by  Steven  C.  Wilson     28 
Three  Fleeing  Bullheads 

John  Bardach  and  Trudy  Villars     36 
The  Gaeltacht  of  West  Kerry 

Photographs  by  Lisa  Stevens     42 
The  Superciviuzed  Weather  and  Sky  Show 

Henry  Lansford     92 
The  .Migration  of  the  Barren-Ground  Caribou 

John  P.  Kelsall    98 

Sky  Reporter John  P.  Wiley,  Jr.  108 

Celestial  Events   Thomas  D.  Nicholson  109 

Books  in  Review Barbara  Blau  Chamberlain  114 

Letters  to  the  Editor  130 

Suggested  Additional  Reading   133 


October  No.  8 

The  Authors    4 

Wit.  Wisdom.  &  Woe    Luther  P.  Gerlach  and  Virginia  Hine  8 

The  Cliche  of  the  Killer Victor  B.  Scheffer  26 

Georgia   Granite    William  A.  Bake,  Jr.  32 

Sky  Reporter   John  P.  Wiley,  Jr.  38 

Celestial  Events   Thomas  D.  Nicholson  39 

'  Peoples  of  Indochina   '. Charles  F.  Keyes  40 

Life  in  the  Sky Bruce  C.  Parker  54 

Made  in  Japan Rodger  Mitchell  60 

Dissecting  the  Crab Geoffrey  Burbidge  66 

Books  in  Review    Robert  Cushman  Murphy  88 

Suggested  Additional  Reading   96 


November  No.  9 

The    Authors    6 

A  New  Theory  of  Pyramid  Building Olaf  Tellefsen  10 

Powwow John  Eastman  24 

The  Chromatic  Wood  Sculpture  of  Mortimer  Borne  . .  28 

Persuasive  Scents  in  Moth  Sex  Life Martin  Birch  34 

The   American  Lion    Maurice  G.  Hornocker  40 

Sky  Reporter   John  P.  Wiley,  Jr.  50 

Celestial  Events Thomas  D.  Nicholson  51 

Benthic  Life  in  the  Fjords  of  Norway  .  .Michael  Berrill  52 

Healing  in  the  Sierra  Madre David  Werner  60 

Ardrey  in  Wonderland  Review  by  Ronald  Singer  80 

Suggested    Additional    Reading    88 


December  No.  10 

Authors   4 

The  Great  Pyramid  Debate  .  .Kent  Weeks.  I.E.S.  Edwards  8 
Many  Concerned,  Few  Committed 

Virginia  Hine  and  Luther  P.  Gerlach  16 

All  the  Fat  and  Sullace  Puddy  Murriners  Susan  Schlee  18 

Conceptions  of  the  Universe Franklyn  M.  Branley 

Paintings  by  Helmut  K.  Wimmer  30 

Rock  Music  . .  .John  F.  Gibbons  II  and  Steven  Schlossman  36 

The  Florentine  Codex   ....  Review  by  Herbert  R.  Harvey  42 

Sky  Reporter   John  P.  Wiley.  Jr.  52 

Celestial  Events    Thomas  D.  Nicholson  54 

Journey  to  Pulykara  Richard  A.  Gould  56 

Goose  of  the  Himalayas Lawrence  W.  Swan  68 

Suggested  Additional  Reading   90 


INDEX  TO 
VOLUME  LXXIX 

AUTHORS  AND  TITLES 


i.  S.,  Bic  Sun  Storm,  Aug..  p.8 
T.,  The  Evolution  of  Sleep,  Feb., 


,  Reviews,  Feb.,  p.75 


.,  W.  A.,  Jr.,  Geobci.i  Gn.ANiTE,  Oct., 

12 

lacli.  J.,  TmiEE    Fleeing   Bullheads, 

ig..  p.36 

1).,   TiNV  Wolves  or  the  Watek, 
'n^^  r.40 

f,  \l  .Reviews,  Feb..  p.73 
ill,  M..  Benthic  Life  in  the  Fjords 


.No 


3.52 


I.  Reviews.  Oct.,  p.95 

■  .   I'En.suAsivE   Scents   in   Moth 

I .  Nc.v..  p.34 
,n,  L.,  Ancient  Mexico  and  Central 
IIERICA,  May.  p.30 

e.  C.  L.,  The  Origin  of  Man,  Jan., 
16 

licy,  F.  M.,  Conceptions  of  the  Uni- 
nst.  Dec,  p.30 

wr,  R.,   De.ith   by  the  Plow,   Aug., 
!8 

)iJee.  C,  Dissecting  the  Crab.  Oct., 
66 

inn.  v..  Reviews,  Feb.,  p.72 
ir,  K.  W.,  Reviews,  Nov.,  p.85 


r,  W,  H.,  Reviews,  Apr.,  p.72 

■nil.   G.,    Reviews,   Jan.,   p.llO;    Apr., 

:     11...  [1.84 

.      llniEWs,  May,  p.76 

Inn.  1).  B.,  Reviews,  Aug.,  p.ll4 
iiri.  E.  11.,  Reviews,  Aug.,  p.l22 

D 

lington,  C.  D.,  The  Origins  of  Acri- 
ULTLiRE,  May.  p.46 
mann,  R.  F.,  Reviews,  June,  p.88 
vliiig,  H.  C.,  Reviews,  Jan.,  p.l07 


itman,  J.,  Biology  of  the  Way-Out, 

'lay,  p.24:  Reviews,  June,  p.84;  Pow- 

TOW,  Nov.,  p.24 

wards.  I.E.S.,  The  Cre.*t  Pyramid  De- 

i.WE,  Dec,  p.8 

rlich,  P.  R.,  Reviews,  May,  p.77 

icley,  L.,  The  Star  Dragon,  June,  p.l8 


itscrvis,  W.  A.,  Jr.,  Re 


Ford,  B.,  Heart  Poisons  and  ti 

arch,  Apr.,  p.36 
Ford,  R.  I.,  Reviews,  June,  p.78 
Fox.  R.,  Reviews,  Jan.,  p.l04 
Freed,  R.  S.,  Reviews,  Nov.,  p.84 
Freed,  S.  A.,  Reviews,  Jan..  p.108 


Gendler.  E.,  Where  Have  All  the  Beach 

Clubs  of  Old  Havana  Gone?  May,  p.lO 
Gerlacb,  L.  P.,  Reviews,  May,  p.70;  Yoo 

AND    THE    Ecology    Movement,    June. 

p.27;   Wit,  Wisdom  &  Woe,  Oct..  p.8; 

Many  Concerned,  Few  Committed,  Dec, 

p.l6 
Gibbons.  J.  F..  II.  Rock  Music.  Dec,  p.36 
Gladwin,  T.,  East  is   a  Big  Biiid.   Pt.  I, 

Apr.,  p.24;  Pt.  II,  -May,  p.58 
Goldman,  B.,  Reviews.  Apr.,  p.76 
Gould,  R.  A..  Journey  to  Pulykara.  Dec, 

p.56 


H 

Hall.  E,  C,  Reviews,  Apr.,  p.73 

Harrison,  G.,  The  Mess  of  Modern  Man, 
Jan.,  p.68 

Hartwig,  C.  and  G.,  How  Men  and  Women 
Came  to  Live  Together,  Jan.,  p.8 

Harvey,  H.  R.,  Reviews,  Feb.,  p.66;  Dec, 
p.42 

Hay,  J..  Reviews,  Feb.,  p.76 

Herrnkind,  W.  F.,  Migration  of  the 
Si'iNY  Lobster,  May,  p.36 

Hine.  v..  You  AND  the  Ecology  Move- 
ment, June,  p.27;  Wit,  Wisdom  &  Woe, 
Oct..  p.8:  Many  Concerned,  Few  Com- 
mitted, Dec,  p. 16 

Hilchcock,  S,  W.,  The  Day  the  Sea  Ran 
Out  of  Flounder.  Mar.,  p.28 

Hofstrand,  R.  H.,  Wild  Ricinc,  Mar.,  p.50 

Hornocker,  M.  G.,  The  American  Lion, 
Nov.,  p.40 

J 

Jensen,  P.,  A  Student  Manifesto  on  the 
Environment,  Apr.,  p.20 


Kelsall.  J.  P..  The  Migration  ui  the  B.ar- 

ren-Ground  Caribou.  Aug.,  p.98 
Kcyes,  C.  F.,  Peoples  of  Indochina,  Oct., 

p.40 
King,  K.  W.,  Malnutrition  in  the  Carib. 

bean,  Jan.,  p.64 
Kilereza,    A.,    How    Men    and    Women 

Came  to  Live  Together,  Jan.,  p.8 
Klaw,  S.,  Reviews,  Apr.,  p.68 
Klein,  R.  M.,  Bananas  in  Vermont,  Feb., 

p.lO;  Green  Mountains,  Green  Money, 

Mar.,  p.lO;  Reviews,  Oct.,  p.92 
Koch,  K.   F.,   Cannibalistic   Revenge  in 

Jale  Warfare,  Feb.,  p.40 


LaChapelk,  E.   R.,  From   Snowflai 
Avalanche.  Feb.,  p.30 


Lansford,  H.,  The  Supercivilized  Weather 

AND  Sky  Show,  .Aug.,  p.92 
Leopold,  A.  S.,  Weaning   Grizzly  Bears, 

Jan.,  p.94 
Leopold,  L.    B.,   Let's  Sing  "Auld  Lang 

Syne"    for    the    Upper    Brandywine, 

June,  p.4 
Leridon,    H.,    Fertility    in    Martinique, 

Jan.,  p.57 
Lettvin,  J.,  Reviews,  Mar.,  p.80 
Lindstrom,    P.    T.,    The    Egg    Machine, 

Feb..  p.52 
Lurie,  N.  0.,  Reviews,  Aug.,  p.l23 

M 

MacRoberis,  B.  R.  and  M.  H.,  The  Gulls 

OF  Walney  Island,  Mar.,  p.64 
-Marshack,  A.,  The  Baton  of  Montgau- 


,  Ma 


J.56 


,  P.  S.,  Reviews,  Mar.,  p.82 
Mathews,    R.   K.,    Seal    Harems    in    the 

Pribilofs,  Jan..  p.32 
Mead,  M.,  The  Island  Earth,  Jan.,  p.22 
Milne,  L.  J.  and  -M.,  Evergreen  Review, 

Jan.,  p.80;  Reviews,  Dec,  p.86 
Milchell,   R.,  Made  in   Japan,  Oct.,   p.60 
Mulvaney,  D.  J.,   Prehistory   Down  Un- 
der, Apr.,  p.44 
Murphy,  R.  C,  Reviews,  Oct.,  p.88 

N 

Nadeau.    L.    B.,    An    Eclipse.  Watcher's 

Guide,  Feb.,  p.28 
Nash.  R.,  Reviews.  Oct.,  p.90 
Nicholson,  T.  D..  The  Son  Will  Darken 

ON    March    7,    Feb.,    p.26;    Celestial 

Events,    Jan.,    p.93;    Feb.,    p.29;    Mar., 

p.71;  Apr.,  p.63;  May.  p.45;  June,  p.73; 

Aug.,    p.l09;     Oct.,    p.39;     Nov.,    p.51; 

Dec,  p.54 
Novick,  A.,  Echolocation  in  Bats,  Mar., 

p.32 


Palmer,   J.    D.,    The   Many    Clocks    of 

Man,  Apr.,  p.52 
Parker,  B.  C,  Life  in  the  Sky,  Oct.,  p.54 

R 

Roberts,  E.  F.,  An  Environmental  Law- 
yer Urges:  Plead  the  Ninth  Amend- 
ment!, Aug.,  p.l8 

Rothschild,  M.,  Heart  Poisons  and  the 
Monarch.  Apr.,  p.36 


Schaller.  G.  B.,  Tins  Gentle  &  Elegant 

Cat,  June  p.30 
Schcffer,    V.     B.,    The     ClicAe    of    the 

Killer,  Oct.,  p.26 
Schlee,     S.,    Prince    Albert's    Way    of 

Catching  Squid,   Feb.,  p.20;    All  the 

Fat   and   Sullace    Fuddy    Murriners, 

Dec,  p.l8 
Schlossman,  S.,  Rock  Music,  Dec,  p.36 
Schuberth,    C.    J.,    Barrier    Beaches    of 

Eastern  America,  June,  p.46 


Shore-Bos,  M.,  Makonde  Sculpture,  Mar., 

p.42 
Singer,  R.,  Reviews,  Nov.,  p.80 
Skovbo,    B.,    Northwest    Passage,    June, 

p.56 
Stephens,  L.,  The   Gaeltacht   of    West 

Kerry,  Aug.,  p.42 
Swan,  L.  W.,  Goose  of  the  Himalayas, 

Dec,  p.68 


Taeuber,  I.  B.,  The  Chinese  Peoples,  Jan., 
p.52 

Teilefsen,  0.,  A  New  Theory  of  Pyramid 
Building,  Nov.,  p.lO;  Dec,  p.8 

Ternes,  A.  P.,  The  State  of  the  Species, 
Jan.,  p.44:  An  Introduction  to  the 
Setting  and  Characters  of  the  Trag- 
ical Farce  or  Farcical  Tragedy  of 
Victoria  Bluffs,  S.  C,  Apr.,  p.8 

Van  de  Kanip,  P.,  Barnard's  Star,  Apr., 
p.38;  Aug.,  p.31 

Van  Twyver,  H.,  The  Evolution  of  Sleep, 
Feb.,  p.56 

Villars,  T.,  Three  Fleeing  Bullheads, 
Aug.,  p.36 

w 

Walsten,  D.  M.,  Reviews.  Nov.,  p.83 
Weeks,  K.,  The  Great  Pyramid  Debate, 

Dec,  p.8 
Werner,    D.,    Healing    in     the     Sierra 

Madre,  Nov.,  p.60 
Whitney,  C.  A.,  Forms  in  the  Sky,  Jan., 

p.26 
Wiley,  J.  P.,  Jr.,  Space:  A  Barrier  to  the 

Species,  Jan.,  p. 70;  Sky  Reporter,  Jan., 

p.92;  Mar.,  p.70;  Apr.,  p.60;  May,  p.44; 

June,    p.72;    Aug.,    p.l08;    OcL,    p.38; 

Nov.,  p.50;  Dec,  p.52 


Young,  P.,  Mushrooms,  June,  p.66 
SUBJECT  M-4TTER 

Aborigines,  Apr.,  p.44:  Dec,  p.56 
Africa 

Cheetah,  June,  p.30 

Flamingos,  Jan.,  p.76 

Kerebe  tribe,  Jan.,  p.8 

Sculpture,  Mar.,  p.42 
Agriculture,  origin  of.  May,  p.46 
Algae,  in  clouds,  Oct.,  p.S4 

Animal  Behavior 
Bears,  Jan.,  p.94 
Benthic  animals,  Nov.,  p.52 
Butterflies,  Apr.,  p.36 
Caribou,  Aug.,  p.98 
Cheetah,  June,  p.30 
Fish  and  pollutants,  Aug.,  p.36 
Flamingos,  Jan.,  p.76 
Geese,  migration,  Dec,  p.68 
Grizzly  bears,  Jan.,  p.94 
Gulls,  Mar.,  p.64 
Lion,  Nov.,  p.40 
Moths,  Nov.,  p.34 


Sea  urchins,  Feb.,  p.52 

Seals,  Jan.,  p.32 

Sleep,  Feb..  p.56 

Spiny  lobster.  May,  p.36 

Water  mite,  June,  p.40 

Whale,  Oct.,  p.26 
Animals,  benthic,  Nov.,  p.52 
Animals  in  clouds,  Oct.,  p.54 


Australian  Aborigines,  Apr.,  p.44;   Dec, 

p.56 
Aztec  Indians,  Dec,  p.42 
Central  America,  May,  p.30 
Egypt,  ancient,  Nov..  p.lO;  Dec,  p.8 
Florentine  Codex,  Dec,  p.42 
Gaeltacht      of      West     Kerry,      Ireland, 

Aug.,  p.42 
Indochina,  Oct.,  p.41 
Jale,  Feb.,  p.40 
Kerebe  folktale,  Jan..  p.8 
Magdalenians,  Mar.,  p.56 
Makonde  sculpture.  Mar.,  p.42 
Mexico,   ancient.   May,   p.30;    Dec,   p.42 
Montgaudier,   ancient   hunters   of.   Mar., 

p.56 
Potawatomi  Indians,  Nov.,  p.24 
Pulmvat,  Apr.,  p.24;  May,  p.58 
Sierra  Madre,  Nov.,  p.60 

-Art 
Ancient   Mexico,   May,   p.30:    Dec,   p.42 
Australian  Aborigines.  Apr.,  p.44 
Borne  sculpture,  Nov.,  p.28 
Central  America,  May,  p.30 
Engravings,   Montgaudier,   France,   Mar., 

p.56 
Japanese  Toys,  Oct.,  p.60 
Makonde  sculpture.  Mar.,  p.42 

Astronomy 
Ancient    Conceptions    of    the    Universe, 

Dec,  p.30 
Asteroid  Icarus,  June,  p.72 
Barnard's  Star.  Apr.,  p.38 
Celestial  events,  Jan..  p.93;   Feb.,  p.29 

Mar.,    p.7I:    Apr.,    p.63:    May,    p.45 

June    p.73;    Aug.,   p.l09;    Oct.,   p.39 

Nov.,  p.50;  Dec,  p.54 
Cepheid  variables,  Dec,  p.52 
Collapsars,  May,  p.44 
Comets,    Jan.,    p.92;    Apr.,    p.62;    June 

p.72 
Compressional  velocity,  Oct.,  p.38 
Crab  nebula,  Aug.,  p.108 ;  Oct.,  p.66 
Fireball  tracking,  Apr.,  p.60 
Galactic  explosions,  June,  p.72 
Galaxies,  infrared.  Mar.,  p.70 
Galaxy,  spiral.  May,  p.44 
Lunar  eclipse.  Aug.,  p.108 
Mars,  moons  of,  Aug.,  p.108 
Mercury,  mapping  of,  Aug.,  p.108 
Meteor,  Apr.,  p.60 
Moon,  May,  p.44;  Nov.,  p.50;  at  Phoeni 

House  Oct.,  p.38 
Planets,  formative  process,  Jan.,  p.26 
Pulsar,  Jan.,  p.92;  Nov.,  p.50 
Quasars,  Jan.,  p.92 
Solar  constant,  June,  p.72 
Solar  eclipse,  Feb.,  p.26 
Solar  systems,  Apr.,  p.38 
Space,  carbon  monoxide,  June,  p.72 


Space  agency  budget,  Apr.,  p.62 

Stars,  runaway,  Nov.,  p.50 

Sun,  Dec,  p.53 

Uranus,  Dec,  p.53 

Variables,  Dec,  p.52 

Velocity,  Oct.,  p.38 

Venus,  Dec,  p.52 
Asteroid  Icarus,  June,  p.72 
Atomic  power,  development  of.  Feb.,  p.lO 
Australia,  Apr.,  p.44;  Dec,  p.56 
Avalanches,  Feb.,  p.30 
Bats,  Mar.,  p.28 
Bears,  grizzly,  Jan.,  p.94 
Bering  Sea,  seals,  Jan.,  p.32 
Big  Sur,  Aug.,  p.8 
Biological  rhythms,  Apr.,  p.52 

Birds 
Flamingos,  Jan.,  p.76 
Geese,  bar-headed,  Dec,  p.68 
Gulls,  Mar.,  p.64 

Botany 

Agriculture,  May,  p.46 

Evergreens,  Jan.,  p.80 

Granite  plants,  Oct.,  p.32 

Mushrooms,  June,  p.66 

Plants    in    clouds    (algae),    Oct.,    p.54; 
in  Vermont,  Feb.,  p.lO 

Wild  rice,  Mar.,  p.50 
Boulders,  musical,  Dec.  p.36 
Brain,  evolution  of,  June,  p.l8 
Brandywine  plan,  June,  p.4 
Bucks  County,  ringing  rocks,  Dec,  p.36 
Bullheads,  Aug.,  p.36 
Butterflies,  Apr.,  p.36 
Canoes   of   Puluwatans,   Apr.,    p.24;    May, 

p.58 
Carbon  monoxide  and  space,  June,  p.72 
Caribou.  Aug.,  p.98 
Celestial  events  see  Astronomy 
Ccpheid  variables,  Dec,  p.52 
Cheetah,  June,  p.30 
Clocks,  biological,  Apr.,  p.52 
Clouds.  Oct.,  p.54 

Codex,  Florentine.  Mexico,  Dec,  p.42 
Collapsars,  May,  p.44 
Comet  and  asteroid.  June,  p.72 
Comet  Bennett.  June,  p.72 
Comet  Tago-Sato-Kosaka,  Jan..  p,92 
Comets,  Jan.,  p.92;  Apr.,  p.62;  June,  p.72 
Compressional  waves,  Oct.,  p.38 

Conservation 

and  Earth.  Jan.,  p.22 

Fire  Island,  June,  p.46 

Questionnaire,    June,    p.27;     Oct.,    p.8; 
Dec,  p. 16 

see  also  Ecology,  Environment 
Crab  Nebula,  Aug..  p.l08;  Oct.,  p.66 
Cuba,  May,  p.lO 
Dingle  Peninsula,  Aug.,  p.44 
Dream  sleep,  Feh.,  p.56 

Eclipses 
Lunar,  Aug.,  p.l08;  solar,  Feb.,  p.26 

Ecology 
Concern  for,  Dec,  p.l6 
of  Earth,  Jan.,  p.22 


Fire-ecology,  May,  p.24 
Fire  Island,  June,  p.46 
Movement,    questionnaire,     June,     p.27; 

Oct.,  p.8;  Dec,  p.l6 
South  Carolina  tidelands,  Apr.,  p.8 
Student  manifesto,  Apr..  p.20 
Vermont,  Feb.,  p. 10;  Mar.,  p. 10 
Victoria  Bluffs,  Apr.,  p.8 
see  also   Conservation  and   Environment 
Egypt,  pyramid  building,  Nov.,  p.lO;  Dec, 
p.8 

Environment 
Brandywine  Creek,  June,  p.4 
Constitutional  right.  Aug.,  p.l8 
Fire  Island,  June,  p.46 
Vermont,  Feb.,  p.ZO;  Mar.,  p.lO 
see  also  Conservation  and  Ecology 


Ethni 

see  Anthropology 

Evergreens,  Jan.,  p.80 

Evolution 

of  Brain,  June,  p.l8 

of  Sleep,  Feb.,  p.56 
Fertility,  Jan.,  p.52;  Jan.,  p.57 
Fireball  tracking,  .Apr.,  p.60 
Fire  Island,  June,  p.46 
Fish  and  pollutants.  Aug.,  p.j6 
Flamingos,  Jan.,  p.76 
Folktale,  Kerebe,  Jan.,  p.8 

Food 

malnutrition,  Jan.,  p.64 

rice.  Mar.,  p.50 

supply,  Jan.,  p.64 
Gaeltacht,     West     Kerr>',     Ireland,     Aug., 

p.42 
Galactic  explosions,  June,  p.72 
Galaxies,  infrared.  Mar.,  p.70 
Galaxy,  spiral.  May,  p.44 
Gamma  rays.  Crab  Nebula.  Aug.,  p.108 
Geese,  bar-headed,  Dec,  p.68 

Geology 

Granite.  Oct.,  p.32 

Rocks,  Dec,  p.36 
Geophysics,  Feb.,  p.30 
Granite.  Oct.,  p.32 
Grizzly  bears,  Jan.,  p.94 


Mushroom,  June,  p.66 

Solar  eclipse  watchers,  Feb.,  p.28 
Gulls,  Mar.,  p.64 
Indochina,  people  of,  Oct.,  p.40 

Insects 

Butterflies,  Apr.,  p.36 
Moths,  Nov.,  p.34 

iNVERTEnn.lTES 

Benthic  animals,  Nov.,  p.52 
Sea  urchin,  Feb.,  p.52 
Spiny  lobster.  May,  p.36 
Squid,  Feb.,  p.20 
Water  mites,  June,  p.40 
Ireland,    Gaeltacht    of   West    Kerry,    Au 
p.44 


Island  shifting,  June,  p.46 

Jale,  New  Guinea,  Feb.,  p.40 

Japanese  toys,  Oct.,  p.60 

KiUer  whale,  Oct.,  p.26 

Letters    to    the    Editor,    May,    p.8;,    Aug., 

p.130 
Lion,  American,  Nov.,  p.40 
Lunar  eclipse,  Aug.,  p. 108 
Mae  Sariang,  Burma,  people  of,  Oct.,  p.40 
Magdalenians,  France,  Mar.,  p.56 
Malnutrition,  Jan.,  p.64 

Mammals 

Bats,  Mar.,  p.28 

Caribou,  Aug.,  p.98 

Cheetah,  June,  p.30 

Grizzly  bears,  Jan.,  p.94 

Lion,  Nov.,  p.40 

Seals,  Jan.,  p.32 
.  Whales,  Feb.,  p.20;  Oct.,  p.26 
Mars,  Moons  of,  Aug.,  p. 108 
Mercury,  mapping  of,  Aug.,  p.l08 
Meteor,  Apr.,  p.60 
Mexico,  May,  p.30;   Nov.,  p.60;   Dec,  p.42 

Migration 

Caribou,  Aug.,  p.98 

Geese,  Dec,  p.68 

Spiny  lobster.  May,  p.36 
Montgaudier,     France,     engravings.     Mar., 

p.56 

Moon 

Safe  health  on,  Nov.,  p.50 

Sea  floor  of.  May,  p.44 

Shuddering,  Nov.,  p^50 
Moth  scents,  Nov.,'  p.341  - 
Mushroom  Guide,  June,  p.66 

Naturalist  at  Large 

Jan.,  p.22;  Feb.,  p.20;  Mar.,  p.28;  Apr., 
p.20;  May,  p.24;  June,  p.l8;  Aug., 
p.8;  Oct.,  p.26;  Nov.,  p.24;  Dec,  p.l8 

Nebula,  Crab,  Oct.,  p.66 

New  Guinea,  Feb.,  p.40 

Northwest  territories,  June,  p.56 

Norway  fjords,  Nov.,  p.52 

Overkill,  whales,  Feb.,  p.20 

Overpopulation,  gulls.  Mar.,  p.64 

Papuans  see  Jale 

Peoples 

Gaeltacht  of  West  Kerry,  Ireland, 
Aug..  p.42 

of  Indochina,  Oct.,  p.40 

of  Sierra  Madre,  Nov.,  p.60 
Planet  and  pulsar,  Jan.,  p.92 
Planets,  formative  process,  Jan.,  p.26 

Pollution 

and  Fish,  Aug.,  p.36 

Sewage  disposal,  Dec,  p. 18 

South  Carolina  tidelands,  Apr,,  p.8 

Student  manifesto,  Apr.,  p.20 

and  Vermont,  Feb.,  p.lO;  March,  p.lO 

of  Victoria  Bluffs,  Apr.,  p.8 

Water  mites,  June,  p.40 

and  Weather,  Aug.,  p.92 
Potawatonii  Indians,  Nov.,  p.24 
Prairies  and  change,  Aug.,  p.28 
Puluwatans  and  canoes,  Apr.,   p.24;   May, 

p.58 


Pulsar  and  planet,  Jan.,  p.92 
Pulsars,  runaway,  Nov.,  p.50 
Pyramid    building,    theory   of,    Nov.,    p.lO; 

Dec,  p.8 
Quasars,  decade  of,  Jan.,  p.92 
Questionnaire,      ecological,      June,      p.27; 

Oct.,  p.8;  Dec,  p.l6 
Radar,  mapping  Venus,  Dec,  p.52 
Rice,  wild,  harvest  of.  Mar.,  p.50 

Rocks 

Granite,  Oct.,  p.32 

Ringing,  Dec,  p.36 
Salt  marsh.  Mar.,  p.28;  Apr.,  p.8 
Scents,  moths,  Nov.,  p.34 

Sculptures 

Ancient  Mexico,  May,  p.30 

by  Borne,  Nov.,  p.28 

Central  America,  May,  p.30 

Engraved  baton,  France,  Mar.,  p.56 

of  the  Makonde,  Mar.,  p.42 
Sea  urchins,  Feb.,  p.52 
Seals,  Bering  Sea,  Jan.,  p.32 
Sierra  Madre,  people  of,  Nov.,  p.60 

Sky 

forms  in,  Jan.,  p.26 

life  in,  Oct.,  p.54 
Sky  Reporter  see  Astronomy 
Sleep,  concept  of,  Feb.,  p.56 
Snowflakes,  Feb.,  p.30 
Solar  constant,  June,  p.72 
Solar    eclipse,    Feb.,    p.26    and    Watcher's 

guide,  Feb.,  p.28 
Solar  systems,  search  for,  Apr.,  p,38 

Space 

Carbon  monoxide,  June,  p.72 
Conceptions  of   ancient  man,  Dec,  p.30 
and  Settlements,  Jan.,  p.70 
and  Wish  list.  Mar.,  p.70 

Special    Supplement,    State    of    the    Spe- 
cies, Jan.,  p.44 

Spiny  lobster.  May,  p.36 

Squid,  Feb.,  p.20 

Star,  Barnard's,  Apr.,  p.33 

Stars 

and  Planets,  Jan.,  p.26 

Runaway,  Nov.,  p.50 
State  of  the  Species,  Jan.,  p.44 

Sun 

Eclipse  of,  Feb.,  p.26 

Variable  star,  Dec,  p.53 
Time,  biological,  Apr.,  p.52 
Toys,  Japanese,  Oct.,  p.60 
Universe,  conceptions  of,  Dec,  p.30 
Uranus,  Dec,  p.53 
Variable  stars,  Dec,  p.52,  53 
Venus,  mapping  with  radar,  Dec,  p.52 
Vermont,  Feb.,  p.IO;  Mar.,  p. 10 
Victoria  Bluffs,  Apr.,  p.8 
Vitamins,  Oct.,  p.54 
Water  mites,  June,  p.40 
Water  pollution,  Dec,  p.l8 
Weather  and  pollution,  Aug.,  p.92 
West  Kerry,  Ireland,  Aug.,  p.42 
Whale,  Feb.,  p.20;  Oct.,  p.26 
Wild  rice.  Mar.,  p.50 


ilf, 


Books  in  Review 
America's  Last  Wild  Horses,  Dec 
American  West,  The,  Apr.,  p.72 
Animals  and  Maps,  Feb.,  p.73 
An  ol  Ancient  Egypt,  Feb.,  p.72 
Back   to   Nature:    The  Arcadia 

Urban  Arnerica,  June,  p.84 
Book  of  Imaginary  Beings,  The,  Dec 
BaSalo,  The,  Nov.,  p.84 
Cape  Cod  and  the  Offshore  Islands, 

p.114 
Climate,  Man  and  History,  Nov.,  p.85 
Coming   of    the    Golden    Age,    The, 

p.80 
Congress     and     the     En 

p.90 
Conservation :  Notv  or  Never,  June.  p.8[ 
Darwin  and  the  Beagle,  Jan.,  p.llO 
Death    and    Rebirth    of    the    Sen,: 

Aug.,  p.123 
Defoliation,  Oct.,  p.92 
Ecotactics:     The    Sierra     Club    Hani 

for    Environment    Activists. 
Environmental  Handbook,   The,  May, 
Exploring  the  Ocean  World,  Oct.,  p,95 
Florentine  Codex,  Book  6,  Dec,  p.42 
Grand  Colorado,  The,  Feb.,  p.75 
Great    Botanical    Gardens    of    the   ff 

Apr.,  p.73 
Hudson  River,  The,  Mar.,  p.84 
Human  Zoo,  The,  Jan.,  p.l04 
Hunters  of   the  Northern   Ice,  Jan., 
Hunting  for  Dinosaurs,  Aug.,  p.l22 
Indian    in    America's    Closet,    The, 

p.78 
Intecol  Bulletin,  Apr.,  p.77 
International     Zoo     Yearbook     10, 

p.77 
Life  and  Death   of  the  Salt  Marth, 

p.76 
Looking  for  Dilmun,  Oct.,  p.91 
Martha's  Vineyard,  Aug.,  p. 114 
Moon   as   Viewed  by  Lunar  Orb,  v, 

Nov.,  p.85 
Night  of  the  Grizzlies,  May,  p.78 
North  American  Birds,  Mar.,  p.84 
Persia,  Nov.,  p.85 

Plant  Hunters,  The  (Coats),  Nov., 
Plant  Hunters.  The  (Whittle),  Nov. 
Prehistoric  and  Primitive  Art,  Api 
Prehistoric    Animals 


Hm 


Ma 


p.69 


a.82 


for   Mm 


Seeds  of  Change:  The  Green  Revolj 
and  Development  in  the  197"'s,  r 
p.77  ,      , 

Shipivrecks  and  Archaeology:  Th<:  I/'j 
vested  Sea,  May,  p.76 

Since  Silent  Spring,  Apr.,  p.75 

Social  Contract,  The,  No 

Storm    Petrel    and    the 
The,  Oct.,  p.88 


S/S/T 
p.90 


nd  Son 


■Re. 


Owl    ol    All 
Boom   Handbook,  | 


,  Jan.,  p.107 


d    Wasps,  : 


Worid   of   An 

Mar.,  p.84 
Worid    of    the    Giant    Panda,    The, 

p.77 
Xinacnntan:    A    Maya    Community  ' 

Highlands  of  Chiapas,  Feb.,  p.66 


iXWh 

|e      ;        :  -  : 

i 

\i 

■h 

Kl 

liifl 

f 

JANUARY  1970 

$1.00 

/ 

.f 

";• 

si 

^^KL 

"f"/ 

W: 

• 

^fc^*^ 

^ 

1 

HJ'/     if;! '•*'-.>'; 

^^^^9^^: 

^g;'  /v-^- 

SPECIAL  32-PAGE 
REPORT  ON  MANKIND: 
rHE  STATE  OF  THE  SPECIES 

>LUS  MARGARET  MEAD  ON 
PHE  POSSIBILITY  FOR 
lURVIVAL 


:A1E  T(D)  LIYE  leCEMElR 

rii  ii¥  iiiiiuf 

tEAdiNq  The  stars 

iVixh  xhE  sky  REPORTER 

leal  ][iiaiiP@oitDs 


MATTER  OF  LIFE  AND  DEATH 


r'^^^^ 


^2^ 


^j^: 


j^^vt^^f 


>»r"' 


-^« 


E^^k/f-A.' 


Wvt-^ 


« 


^ 


David  E  Reynolds 
tells  how  we  can"mine"tons 

of  aluminum  from  our 
scrap  heaps-and  fight  litter 


Aliuninum's  scrap  value  makes 
it  worth  collecting  and 
"re-cycling".  .  . 

There  are  two  national  problems 
which  we  believe  no  materials  producer 
should  ignore:  litter  and  conservation.  For- 
tunately, because  of  the  nature  of  our  metal, 
aluminum,  Reynolds  has  been  able  to  de- 
velop some  answers  in  both  areas. 

Indestructible  aluminum  is  re-usable 

First  of  all,  aluminum  has  scrap  value;  and 
it  is  virtually  indestructible.  It  resists  corrosion  and 
will  not  rust.  It  can  be  remelted,  re-alloyed,  and 
re-used — economically.  And  the  need  for  and  uses  of 
this  strong,  lightweight  metal  seem  to  multiply 
yearly.  So  a  used  all-aluminum  beverage  can  is  worth 
something;  it  is  worth  picking  up  and  "re-cycling." 
If  this  suggests  a  way  to  fight  litter  to  you,  it  did  to 
the  men  at  Reynolds,  as  well.  We  are  now  testing 
diflferent  approaches  in  two  cities,  Los  Angeles  and 
Miami,  and  plan  to  try  others  in  the  future. 

Using  aluminum's  scrap  value 

Our  idea  is  to  encourage  community  groups 
to  sponsor  aluminum  can  collecting  drives,  and  earn 
money  for  worthwhile  causes  and  for  their  own  needs. 

As  they  raise  funds,  they  help  keep  their 
streets,  parks,  and  beaches  free  of  litter.  Aluminum 
scrap  does  offer  a  worthwhile  incentive  to  such 
organizations:  a  ton  of  aluminum,  for  example, 
brings  $200  from  dealers,  compared  with  $20  for 
steel  and  $16  for  waste  paper.  This  scrap  value  is 
something  many  industrial  users  keep  in  mind  when 
they  specify  aluminum  equipment.  They  know 
there's  a  bonus  waiting  at  the  end  of  the  service 
life  of  this  equipment. 


Mines— not  scrap  heaps 

Although  there  is  an  abundant  sup- 
ply of  aluminum  for  the  foreseeable  future, 
the  fact  remains  that  the  supply  is  noi 
unhmited — and  aluminum  usage  has  beet 
doubling  roughly  every  ten  years.  But  thii 
need  not  be  a  problem  if  we  capitalize  on  the 
re-usability  of  aluminum.  Already,  an  esti 
mated  30%  of  the  world's  aluminum  is  reclaimed 
or  secondary  metal.  This  could  be  even  higher. 

Countless  products  provide  "mines"  of  al- 
uminum, ready  to  be  tapped.  Not  only  aluminum 
cans  and  packages,  but  the  aluminum  in  appliances, 
automotive  parts,  building  products,  even  railroad 
cars  can  and  should  be  reclaimed  when  they've  fin- 
ished their  useful  service. 


Scouts  and  many  other  or- 
ganizations fight  litter  and 
raise  money  by  collecting  all- 
aluminum  cans. 


Reclamation  plants  which 
produce  aluminum  from 
scrap  help  to  conserve  our 
natural  resources. 


New  Reynolds  reclamation  plant 

We  at  Reynolds  have  launched  our  effort 
toward  this  goal — not  only  with  our  anti-litter  can 
collecting  programs,  but  with  a  major  investment  in 
reclamation  facilities.  (An  additional  reclamation  plant 
will  be  producing  aluminum  from  scrap  in  1969.) 

Efforts  such  as  these,  we  believe,  will  do 
much  to  reduce  the  solid  waste  disposal  problem, 
and  help  stretch  our  natural  resources.  Reynolds  Metals 
Company,  P.  0.  Box2346-LII,  Rn-/mond,  Virginia 25218. 


REYNOLDS 

wher^  new  ideas  take  shape  in 

ALUMINUM 


i^ 


VATURAL  HISTORY 

DL.    LXXIX,    No.    1  INCORPORATING  NATURE  MAGAZINE  JANUARY    1970 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


20 


26 


32 


43 


76 


80 


94 


4 

92 

93 

104 

116 


HOW  MEN  AND  WOMEN  CAME  TO  LIVE  TOGETHER 

Aniceti  Kitereza    Biographical  notes  by  Gerald  and  Charlotte  Hartwig 

To  the  Kerebe  people  of  Tanzania,  a  woman's  best  friend  was  her  dog— 

until  she  met  man. 

A  NATURALIST  AT  LARGE:  THE  ISLAND  EARTH  Margaret  Meai 
How  man  has  survived  within  the  confines  of  an  island  may  be  the  key  to  how 
man  can  survive  within  the  confines  of  the  earth. 

FORMS  IN  THE  SKY  Charles  A.  Whitney 

Modern  astronomers  can  still  use  the  old  method  of  analogy  to  interpret 

celestial  forms  and  processes. 

SEAL  HAREMS  IN  THE  PRIBILOFS  Richard  K.  Mathews 
For  the  northern  fur  seal,  summer  vacation  in  Alaska  is  fraught  with  terri- 
torial wars,  births,  and  breedings. 

THE  STATE  OF  THE  SPECIES:  1970 

C.  Loring  Brace,  Irene  B.  Taeuber,  Henri  Leridon,  Kendall  W.  King,  Gordon 

Harrison,  John  P.  Wiley,  Jr.  Introductions  by  Alan  P.  T ernes 

This  special  supplement  appears  at  a  time  of  year  when  man  traditionally 
assesses  the  state  of  his  soul,  and  government  examines  the  state  of  the  union. 
Here  Natural  History  invites  a  straightforward  look  at  the  state  of  affairs 
within  that  dominant  species,  Homo  sapiens. 

A  BIRD  IN  THE  HAND 

. . .  Is  worth  four  on  the  flats. 

EVERGREEN  REVIEW  Lorus  J.  and  Margery  MUne 

The  "evergreen  habit"  persists— from  the  wintergreen  shrub  to  the  giant 

sequoia— wherever  man  and  climate  permit. 

WEANING  GRIZZLY  BEARS  A.  Starker  Leopold 

The  natural  shyness  of  this  recently  maligned  animal  is  his  greatest  defense 

against  man— and  vice  versa. 

cover:  These  coastal  redwoods  (Sequoia  sempervirens)  grow  in  a  continu- 
ous 400-mile  belt  along  the  northern  California-Oregon  coast. 

THE  AUTHORS 

SKY  REPORTER   John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 
CELESTIAL  EVENTS   Thomas  D.  Nicholson 
BOOKS  IN  REVIEW  Robin  Fox 
SUGGESTED  ADDITIONAL  READING 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Gardner  D.  Stout,  President  Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Director 

Natural  History 

Alfred  Meyer,  Editor  Robert  E.  Williamson,  Managing  Editor 

William  Gilman,  Jack  Hope,  Senior  Editors  Thomas  Page,  Art  Editor 

Avis  Kniffin,  John  P.  Wiley,  Jr.,  Associate  Editors         Florence  G.  Edelstein,  Copy  Editor 

Toni  Gerber,  Asst.  Copy  Editor  Carol  Breslin,  Reviews  Editor 

Diantha  C.  Thorpe,  Information  Services  William  Suderman,  Production 

Ernestine  Weindorf,  Nancy  Larson,  Karen  Manulis,  Staff  Assistants 

Editorial  Advisers:  Gerard  Piel,  Dean  Amadon,  Franklyn  M.  Branley,  Vincent  Manson, 
Margaret  Mead,  Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  James  A.  Oliver,  Ethel  Tobach 

Harvey  Oshinsky,  Advertising  Director  Harry  F.  Decker,  Walter  E.  Mercer, 

Gordon  Finley,  Sales  Dinah  Lowell,  Traffic,  Eileen  O'Keefe,  Asst. 

Ann  Usher,  Promotion  Director,  Maureen  Fitzgerald,  Asst. 

Joseph  Saulina,  Circulation  Manager 

Publicalion  Ofice:  The  Amrrican  Museum  of  Natural  HLslorr,  Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street,  Nea  York,  N.T. 

10024.  Published  monthly,  October  through  May;  bimonthly  June  to  September,  Subscription:  $7.00  c  year. 

In  Canada  and  alt  other  countries:  $7. SO  a  year.  Single  copies  $1.00.  Second.class  postage  paid  at  PJei*  York,  N.T., 

and  at  additional  ofices.  Copyright  ©  1969  by  The  American  Museum  oj  Natural  History.  No  pan  of  this 

periodical  may  be  reproduced  without  the  written  consent  of  Nathhal  History.  Manuscripts 

and  illustrations  submitted  to  the  editorial  office  will  be  handled  with  core,  but  we  cannot  assume  responsibility 

/or  their  safety.  The  opinions  expressed  by  authors  are  their  own  and  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the  policy  of 

"  .seum.    NiTUnAi.    HuTonr    is    indexed    in    Rcadcr'i    Guide    to    Periodical    Liler.Wrt. 


Histor 


This  is  the  biggest  ship  ever  to  be  launched 
sideways. 

She's  the  Esso  San  Francisco,  hitting  the 
Mississippi  at  Avondale,  Louisiana,  last  July. 
And  two  76,000-ton  sister  ships,  also  ordered  by 
Jersey's  affiliate,  Humble  Oil  &  Refining  Com- 
pany, will  follow  her  act  in  the  next  few  months. 

228,000  deadweight  tons  of  ships.  It's  a 
big  order.  And  it's  only  part  of  Humble's  cur- 
rent shipbuilding  program  in  the  U.S. 

Elsewhere  around  the  world,  Jersey's 
affiliates  are  making  shipbuilding  news. 

At  the  beginning  of  this  year,  there  were 
33  tankers  on  order  in  nine  different  countries. 
Nearly  five  million  deadweight  tons.  An  invest- 
ment of  over  $400  million. 


This,  the  biggest  tanker-building  pros 
in  Jersey's  history,  is  necessary  to  meei 
world's  ever-growing  demand  for  oil. 

And  there  are  some  heart- warming  sti 
to  tell.  For  example,  at  Wallsend  in  Englarf 

Two  years  ago,  Jersey's  British  affilj 
Esso  Petroleum,  decided  to  build  two  mamri 
253,000-ton  tankers  at  Wallsend.  Then  the : 
est  ships  ever  to  be  ordered  in  Europe.     : 

"It's  the  best  news  this  town  has  ha 
years,"  said  Wallsend's  mayor. 

The  Esso  Petroleum  order  guaranteed 
years'  employment  for  3,000  men.  It  pu 
million  a  year  in  wages  into  the  town's  e 
omy.  And  now  you  can  see  the  effect.  N 
goods  in  the  shops.  More  cars  on  the  stn 
More  smiles  in  the  pubs. 


»lashdown. 


Jehind  this  news  is  an  encouraging  story. 
)nly  seven  weeks  before  Esso  Petroleum 
i  its  order,  no  British  shipyard  was  in  the 
ng  either  for  price  or  delivery  date.  And 
;ry  date  was  particularly  tough.  Two  ships, 
Digger  than  the  Queen  Mary,  to  be  finished 
3  years.  And  ten  unions  were  involved, 
rhe  initiative  came  from  the  unions  them- 
s.  They  negotiated  agreements  that 
ed  one  trade  to  pitch  in  on  another's  job. 
more  a  worker  produced,  the  more  he 
id.  When  they  and  the  shipbuilders  were 
:he  job  could  be  done,  the  banks  responded 
low-cost  loans. 


Now  Wallsend  has  more  ships  on  order 
than  anyone  could  have  foreseen. 

In  fact,  since  Esso  Petroleum  broke  the  ice, 
there  are  twenty-one  ships  to  be  built  there, 
including  a  third  giant  tanker. 

We  like  to  think  that  the  splash  we  made 
at  Wallsend  was,  in  its  own  way,  as  historic  as 
the  one  we  made  on  the  Mississippi. 

Standard  Oil  Company 
(New  Jersey) 


^ 


-a>' 


THE  AUTHORS 


"How  Men  and  Women  Came  to 
Live  Together,"  was  written  by 
Aniceti  Kitereza,  a  seventy-four- 
year-old  Kerebe  of  Ukerewe  Island, 
Lake  Victoria,  Tanzania  (additional 
biography,  page  18) ,  and  brought  to 
the  attention  of  Natural  History  by 
Gerald  and  Charlotte  Hartwig. 
Mr.   Hartwig,   a  candidate   for   the 


doctoral  degree  in  African  studies  at 
Indiana  University,  received  a  For- 
eign Area  Fellowship  for  the  purpose 
of  reconstructing  Kerebe  history 
from  its  oral  traditions.  During  their 
eight-month  stay  on  Ukerewe  Island, 
the  Hartwigs  assisted  Mr.  Kitereza 
in  the  translation  of  his  story,  first 
into  Swahili  and  then  into  English. 

The  "Naturalist  at  Large"  this 
month  is  Margaret  Mead,  whose 
article,  "The  Island  Earth,"  sets  the 
keynote  for  the  Natural  History 
Special  Supplement,  "The  State  of 
the  Species:  1970."  At  present.  Dr. 
Mead  is  curator  emeritus  of  ethnol- 
ogy at  The  American  Museum,  ad- 
junct professor  of  anthropology  at 


Columbia  University,  and  chairman 
of  the  social  science  division  of  the 
Liberal  Arts  College  at  Fordham 
University's  Lincoln  Center  campus. 

Charles  A.  Whitney,  who  re- 
ceived his  Ph.D.  in  astronomy  from 
Harvard  University  in  1955,  is  pro- 
fessor of  astronomy  at  Harvard  and 


a  physicist  at  the  Smithsonian  Astro- 
physical  Observatory.  A  specialist  in 
stellar  atmospheres,  Dr.  Whitney  has 
recently  completed  a  textbook  on  this 


subject.  His  projected  studies  include 
a  history  of  the  astronomical  discov- 
eries leading  to  the  recognition  of  the 
Milky  Way  as  a  galaxy. 

Richard  K.  Mathews'  article  on 
northern  fur  seals  is  the  result  of  a 
recent  ten-day  expedition  to  the  Prib- 
ilof  Islands,  where  he  observed  the 
life  styles  of  both  humans  and  seals. 
The  author  of  The  Yukon,  for  Holt, 


Rinehart  &  Winston's  "Rivers  of 
America"  series,  and  of  various 
articles,  mainly  political,  for  Satur- 
day Review,  Reporter,  and  New  Re- 
public, Mr.  Mathews  has  traveled  in 
the  Congo,  Angola,  and  French- 
speaking  Africa  as  a  fellow  of  the 
Institute  of  Current  World  Affairs 
and  as  a  free-lance  writer.  He  is  cur- 
rently at  work  on  a  book  about 
Alaska,  part  of  a  series  on  regions  of 
America,  which  will  be  published  by 
Harper  &  Row. 

"Evergreen  Review,"  by  Lorus  J. 
and  Margery  Milne,  is  the  latest  of 
several  articles  and  reviews  they  have 
written  for  Natural  History.  Dr. 
Milne  is  professor  of  zoology  at  the 
University  of  New  Hampshire  where 
Mrs.  Milne  is  a  lecturer  in  nature 
recreation.  Together,  they  have  trav- 
eled over  660,000  miles  on  expedi- 


tions in  North  and  Central  Americ 
the  West  Indies,  Surinam,  Europ 
Africa,  the  Near  East,  Southea! 
Asia,  eastern  Australia,  New  Ze 
land,  and  the  Pacific  Islands.  D 
Milne  has  been  a  consultant  fi 
UNESCO  in  New  Zealand,  a  Foi 


Fellow  in  conservation,  and  a  Rocki 
feller  Fellow  at  Scripps  Institute  ( 
Oceanography.  His  current  researc 
interests  center  on  the  role  of  visio 
in  normal  behavior  and  on  ecology 
particularly  among  invertebrate  an 
mals.  The  Milnes  are  coauthors  c 
Living  Plants  of  the  World,  The  Agi 
of  Life,  and  Patterns  of  Survival,  a 
well  as  of  twenty  other  major  book: 

A.  Starker  Leopold's  associf 
tion  with  the  University  of  Californi 
at  Berkeley  spans  twenty-four  year 
of  scientific  and  administrative  worl 
Presently  professor  of  zoology  (sine 
1946)  and  of  forestry  (since  1967) 
Dr.    Leopold    was    assistant   to    th 


chancellor,  Berkeley  campus,  1960  t( 
1963,  and  associate  director  of  th( 
Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology,  195} 
to  1965.  The  recipient  of  a  Guggen 
heim  Fellowship  and  the  Audubor 
Society  Medal  among  other  honors 
Dr.  Leopold  has  done  field  work  in 
Mexico,  the  Missouri  Ozarks.  Alaska. 
Australia,  and  East  Africa.  He  is  the 
author  of  Wildlife  of  Mexico,  hon^ 
ored  by  the  Wildlife  Society  as  the 
"Best  Wildlife  Publication"  of  1959^ 


ENJOY  THIS  SPECTACULAR  NEW 

;;olor  Slide  Art  Lecture 

IN  YOUR  HOME  FOR  $1 


You  will  view  20  famous 
masterpieces  by  the  great 

LEONARDO  DA  VINCI 

each  one  projected  on  your  wall  in 
THE  FULL  GLORY  OF  THE  ORIGINALS 

You  will  receive  fascinating  commentary 
on  each  painting  and  its  place  in  the 
life  of  the  artist.  You  will  discover  a  new 
way  to  increase  your  enjoyment  and 
understanding  of  the  world's  great  art. 


A  special  demonstration  Offer  from  the  new  Color  Slide  PrOgTatTl  Of  tllC  GfCat  MaStCFS 


THERE  IS  NO  EXPERIENCE  in  the  world  of 
art  more  thrilling  than  to  stand  before  a 
magnificent  painting-and  to  learn  about  it 
from  someone  who  knows  the  work  well. 
Suddenly  everything  you  see  takes  on  new 
meaning,  as  you  begin  to  understand  fully 
what  the  artist  is  communicating  through 
his  particular  choice  of  color,  form,  brush 
stroke,  and  theme. 

Now,  your  family  can  share  this  exciting 
experience— and  important  cultural  advan- 
tage—at home,  through  the  entirely  new 
Color  Slide  Program  of  the  Great  Masters. 
Vou  view  world-famous  works  of  art  pro- 
jected on  your  own  wall  in  the  full  glory  of 
the  original  canvases— vjhi\e  a  noted  author- 
ity points  out  the  significant  aspects  of  each 
painting,  and  gives  you  fascinating  back- 
ground on  the  man  behind  the  masterpiece. 

This  method  of  art  education— the  color 
slide  art  lecture-is  widely  used  by  leading 
museums  and  universities.  It  has  never  be- 
fore been  made  available  to  families  at  home. 
A  new  way  to  deepen  your  appreciation  of  art  and  artists 
As  a  subscriber,  you  are  offered  a  series  of  un- 
usual albums,  each  containing  20  color  slides  of 
priceless  paintings  by  a  celebrated  master.  These 
superb  35mm  slides  were  created  by  specialists 
in  art  photography  working  in  leading  museums 
and  collections  throughout  Europe  and  Arner- 
ic?..  The  authentic  colors  of  the  original  paint- 
ings, every  subtle  line  and  detail,  are  brilliantly 
revealed  on  these  slides.  They  can  be  shown  on 


any  standard  home  slide  projector.  (If  you  do 
not  own  a  projector,  you  may  obtain  one  at  low 
cost  with  your  trial  Album.  See  the  special  offer 
at  the  right.) 

The  color  slides,  however,  are  only  one  part 
of  the  Album.  Bound  into  the  center  of  each 
Album  is  an  illustrated  40-page  guided  lecture 
which  discusses  the  artist's  life  as  well  as  each 
of  the  20  paintings  presented;  its  place  m  the  de- 
velopment of  the  artist,  its  importance  in  the 
history  of  art,  its  reflection  of  the  tastes  and  atti- 
tudes of  the  period. 

As  you  view  the  paintings  projected  on  your 
wall  and  read  the  absorbing  commentary,  you 
and  your  family  will  discover  a  whole  new  di- 
mension in  the  enjoyment  of  art.  If  you  have 
been  disappointed  by  the  inadequacies  of  small 
prints  and  art  reproductions,  you  will  be  de- 
lighted with  the  thrilling  visual  experience  of- 
fered by  the  Color  Slide  Program  of  the  Great 
Masters.  It  is  very  much  like  taking  your  own 
"private  tour"  with  an  art  expert  guiding  you 
through  the  world's  finest  collections. 

Tlie  Program  Is  liexible-the  cost  is  low 
Approximately  every  six  weeks,  you  are  of- 
fered a  complete  new  Color  Slide  Album  of  20 
distinctive  slides  and  an  illustrated  lecture.  Forth- 
coming Albums  will  be  devoted  to  the  lives  and 
works  of  such  great  masters  as  Miclielangelo, 
Rembrandt,  Goya,  Gauguin,  and  Picasso,  as 
well  as  Rtdjens,  Caravaggio,  Van  Gogh,  Latt- 
trec,  Chagall,  and  other  outstanding  artists  from 
every  major  period. 

If  the  slides  were  available  from  museums, 
you  would  expect  to  pay  as  much  as  $15  a  set. 
Yet,  as  a  member  of  this  new  Program,  you  pay 


only  $6.95  for  each  complete  Album-including 
20  color  slides  and  40-page  illustrated  lecture. 
You  may  take  as  few  or  as  many  as  you  like, 
and  may  stop  whenever  you  wish. 

Accept  this  %\  demonstration  offer 

To  introduce  you  to  the  Color  Slide  Program  of 
the  Great  Masters,  we  will  send  you  the  Color 
Slide  Album,  Leonardo  da  Vinci  (described 
above),  for  10  days  trial.  If  you  are  delighted 
with  the  demonstration,  and  wish  to  continue 
with  the  Program,  send  only  $1,  plus  a  few  cents 
for  shipping.  Thereafter,  you  will  be  offered  a 
new  Album  approximately  every  six  weeks 
at  the  low  price  of  only  $6.95.  If  not  thrilled, 
however,  simply  return  everything  within  10 
days,  tell  us  you  do  not  wish  to  continue,  and 
you  will  be  under  no  further  obligation.  Mail 
the  attached  card  today. 


IF  YOU  DO  NOT  HAVE  A  PROJECTOR, here's  on  onunual  op- 
portunity. Wo  have  obtained  o  limited  supply  of  the  sen- 
sational new  Minolta  Mini  35-11.  with  RokkorK.6  wide  angle 
projection  lens.  This  top-rated 
portable  slide  projector  shows 
all  35mm  slides.  List  price  S36.1S 
-subscribers'  price  only  817.95, 
supply 


limited,  orde 


_,  strictly 
(111  be  nilcd  as 

jived    and  remittance    must 

accompany  trial  subscription 
form.  If  you  are  not  completely 
delighted  with  the  projector. 
•        ■■    1 16  days  for 


_  _    nay i 
1  full  refund. 


^1 


If  Reply  Card  has  been  removed,  write  Color 
Slide  Program  of  the  Great  Masters,  Dept.  AY- 115 
330  West  42nd  St.,  Nev/  York,  N.Y.  10036. 


T^/^A-^^t-- 


A  Kerehe  Tale 


IMatv  3Men  attd  HVontewu 

Catne  ia  Lin^e  Tagether 


hy  Aniceti  Kitereza 

l^Tow  listen  and  I  will  tell  you  an 
1-^  old  story  so  that  you  may  know 
what  made  us  live  with  women.  In 
the  beginning,  all  men  lived  together 
in  one  country  with  their  Chief.  They 
cultivated  grain  that  they  used  as 
food,  but  they  never  ale  meat.  At 
this  same  time,  women  lived  in  an- 
other country  with  their  Queen.  The 
women  did  not  know  how  to  cultivate 
grain,  so  they  ate  only  meat.  The 
Queen  had  trained  one  hundred  dogs 
that  would  help  her  women  catch 
wild  animals  for  their  meat  supply. 

One  day  the  Queen  sent  for  her 
Headwoman  and  her  messengers  and 
said:  "Go  to  the  men's  country  to 
greet  their  Chief.  See  if  those  people 
are  peaceful  and  bring  me  news  from 
them." 

The  women  immediately  set  out 
on  their  journey  carrying  a  great 
amount  of  meat  for  their  food  sup- 
ply. After  sixteen  days  they  arrived 
in  the  men's  country.  When  they 
found  the  Chief  and  greeted  him, 
they  were  warmly  welcomed.  The 
Chief  gave  them  a  room  for  sleeping 
and  then  sent  food  for  them  to  eat. 
But  when  the  women  saw  the  obivila, 
"stiff  porridge,"  and  greens  they 
were  astounded  and  exclaimed:  "But 
what  is  this?  We  never  eat  such  food 
in  our  country!  It  is  taboo  for  us." 

This  was  a  great  surprise  to  the 
Chief  and  his  men,  for  they  were  not 
aware  of  other  eating  customs.  And 
so  with  great  interest  they  asked  the 
women  what  they  ate. 

"We  only  eat  meat,"  they  replied. 

"And  we  never  eat  meat  here," 


said  the  men,  "for  it  is  taboo  for  us. 
How  do  you  manage  to  capture  the 
wild  animals?" 

"Our  Queen  has  trained  one  hun- 
dred dogs.  These  dogs  are  very 
clever,  and  they  catch  the  wild  ani- 
mals for  us." 

Now  this  was  pleasant  news  to  the 
Chief  for  he  was  constantly  harassed 
by  wildlife  that  destroyed  his  crops. 
Suddenlv  he  had  an  idea. 

"Could  your  Queen  lend  me  her 
dogs  so  that  we  might  be  rid  of  these 
pests  who  rob  us  of  our  food  and 
ruin  our  grain?" 

"Surely,  she  will  gladly  do  so." 

"How  many  dogs  do  you  think  she 
could  spare?"  the  Chief  inquired. 

"Perhaps  she  will  lend  you  all  of 
them,  but  of  course,  we  cannot  an- 
swer for  certain  until  you  have  re- 
quested the  Queen  personally." 

"Very  well.  My  men  will  return 
with  you  to  your  country  to  see  if 
this  can  be  arranged." 

After  a  few  days'  rest,  the  women 
bid  farewell  to  the  Chief  and.  accom- 
panied bv  the  Chiefs  messengers,  set 
out  on  their  return  journey.  When 
they  reached  iheir  own  land  once 
again,  they  went  to  the  palace  to 
greet  their  Queen  and  to  present  the 
Chiefs  envoys.  After  the  Queen  had 
welcomed  the  guests,  the  women  be- 
gan to  tell  her  all  that  had  tran- 
spired during  their  stay  in  the  men's 
country.  When  they  related  the  in- 
cident concerning  the  food  given 
them,  all  the  women  who  had 
gathered  at  the  palace  shook  with 
laughter   to   hear    of  such   an   out- 


rageous custom.  Eager  for  details, 
they  asked  for  more  information  con- 
cerning this  strange  food. 

One  of  the  Queen's  messengers  be- 
gan to  explain:  "There  are  some 
rootlike  plants  that  are  round  in 
shape.  They  are  called  enumbu, 
'sweet  potatoes.'  And  there  are  other 
plants  like  trees  called  amalibica, 
'cassava,  or  manioc'  There  are  also 
some  grasslike  plants  and  when  they 
have  been  dried  and  harvested,  the 
grains  are  separated  from  the  stalks. 
This  pure  grain  is  called  obiiro. 
'millet.'  It  can  be  stored  in  a  special 
house  until  the  men  need  it.  Then  it 
is  put  on  a  grinding  stone  and 
ground  into  flour.  Water  is  boiled  and 
the  flour  is  added  until  it  is  very  stiff 
and  the  large  wooden  ladle  cannot 
stir  anymore.  This  solid  thing  is 
called  obu'ita." 

When  she  had  finished,  everyone 
was  astounded  at  her  tale  and  ihey 
said :  "To  live  is  to  see  many  strange 
things.  We  thought  those  men  were 
just  like  us.  Lo  and  behold,  they 
even  eat  the  grains  of  grasses,  like 
animals!" 

The  Queen  then  summoned  the 
men  to  her  and  finding  it  hard  to  be- 
lieve thai  ihey  really  ate  in  the  man- 
ner described  by  her  messenger,  she 
asked  if  this  could  possibly  be  true. 

"It  is  true  indeed,"  they  replied, 
"for  to  eat  meat  is  taboo  for  us.  We 
are  constantly  bothered  by  wild  ani- 
mals in  our  country.  They  destroy 
our  crops  and  are  very  troublesome. 
We  have  tried  to  kill  them,  but  so  far 
we  have  had  no  success.  And  that  is 


laketh 

Harper  Encycl 


Enthusiastically  Acclaimed 
By  Critics. 

Rarely  has  a  book  been  so  lavishly  I 
praised.  Among  those  who  con-       ' 
sider  the  Harper  Encyclopedia  one 
of  the  most  outstanding  reference 
works  in  general  science  are: 
Jeremy  Bernstein,  The  A'ew 
Yorker;  Bruno  Rossi.  M.I.T.; 
1. 1.  Rabi,  Columbia  University; 
G.  G.  Simpson,  Harvard  Univer- 
sity; J.  Bronowski,  The  Salk  Insti- 
tute—and many,  many  others. 


•  Almost  1,400  pages,  with  2,500 
photographs,  diagrams  and  drawings, 
including  72  pages  in  full  color. 

•  4,000  entries,  with  complete  cross- 
references;  key  facts,  dates,  theories 
and  coverage  of  the  principal  sciences. 

•  900  explorations  into  the  world 
around  us— from  rocks  and  stars  to 
bird  migration. 

•  1,000  readable,  concise  explanations 
devoted  to  technology. 

•  1,000  biographies  ofthe  men  who 
have  contributed  to  the  history  of 
science  for  the  last  3,000  years. 

•  1,000  clear  explanations  of  "basic" 
science. 


lO 


lagnificent 

edia  of  Science 


with  your  first  selection  as  a  trial  member  of  the 


Natural  Science  Book  Club 


—and  with  your  encyclopedia,  all  these  important  books  to  choose  from: 


(Relail  price  Ucht/a 


'  price  bold  face; 


32680.  THE  AMATEUR  ASTRONOMER'S 
HANDBOOK.  James  Muirden.  "A  pleasure  to 
read;  the  text  is  clear,  illustrations  are  abundant 
and  helpful.  Highly  recommended."  — i-Z/Tarv 
Journal.  $6.95/$5.75 

53400.  HISTORY  OF  ROCKETRY  AND  SPACE 
TRAVEL.  Wernher  von  Brmin  and  Frederick  I. 
Ordway  III.  The  authoritative  history,  now  re- 
vised to  include  advances  in  space  science  as 
recent  as  the  latest  moon  exploration.  Includes 
first-hand  reports  of  early  research,  the  current 
status  of  space  programs  in  all  major  nations, 
tables  of  rocket  data.  Illustrated.     $17.50/$n.S0 

85960.  IN  THE  WAKE  OF  THE  SEA  SER- 
PENTS. Bernard  Heiivelmans.  Is  there  such  an 
animal?  Not  one  but  seven,  says  this  best-selling 
author.  He  interprets  eye-witness  accounts  from 
1639  to  1965  to  pinpoint  characteristics,  behavior 
and  habitats.  Profusely  illustrated.     $10. 00/57.50 

55560.  INSECTS  FROM  CLOSE  UP.  Pholo- 
graphs  by  Harry  F.  Brevoort,  Text  by  Eleanor 
Ivanye  Fanning.  Candid  camera  in  the  insect 
world— scenes  of  birth,  death  and  lively  action. 
The  pictures  are  accompanied  by  an  easily  un- 
derstood text.  S5.95/$5.7S 

75710.    SCIENCE    NEWS    YEARBOOK    1969/ 

1970.  Science  Service.  Up-to-the-minute  reports 
on  the  latest  developments  in  every  area  of  sci- 
ence, including  the  behavioral  sciences.  Photo- 
graphs, drawings,  diagrams.  Completely  indexed. 
A  unique  and  invaluable  reference.      S9.95/$7.50 

64560.  THE  NEW  WORLD  OF  THE  OCEANS. 

Daniel  Behrtnan.  A  lively  introduction  to  oceanog- 
raphy, the  new  frontier,  by  an  author  who  trav- 
eled all  over  the  world  to  interview  the  most  in- 
teresting form  of  life  in  the  sea— the  pioneer 
oceanographers.  $8.95/$6.9S 

69830.  PREHISTORIC  EUROPE.  Philip  Van 
Daren  Stern.  Compelling  and  brilliantly  organ- 
ized account  of  the  long  period  between  utter 
savagery  and  the  dawn  of  civilization,  by  a  well 
known  historian.  Lavishly  illustrated  with  the 
works  of  prehistoric  man.  S10.00/$7.50 

85890.  VENOMOUS  REPTILES.  Sherman  A. 
Minton.  Jr.  and  Madge  Knther/ord  Minion.  All 
about  poisonous  snakes— how  to  identify  them, 
the  nature  of  their  venoms,  snake  venom  in  medi- 
cine and  science.  Fascinating  chapters  on  the 
serpent  in  folklore  and  mythology.       $7.95/$5.75 

,79380.  SONGBIRDS  IN  YOUR  GARDEN.  John 
K.  Terres.  A  "how  to"  book  that  describes  ways 
to  attract  birds  to  city  apartment  or  country  gar- 
den. A  minor  classic,  it  combines  entertaining 
anecdotes  with  practical  instruction.     $6.95/$5.7S 

59520.  MALO'S  COMPLETE  GUIDE  TO  CA- 
NOEING AND  CANOE-CAMPING.  John  Malo. 
Travel  where  nature  is  still  clean  and  unspoiled 
—along  the  forgotten  highways  of  the  voyageurs. 
This  comprehensive  guide  answers  all  questions 
—not  only  the  hows  but  the  wheres.    S6.95/SS.75 

69290.  THE  PLAGUE  KILLERS.  Greer  Wil- 
liams. Triumphs  and  tragedies  of  medical  research 
in  the  fight  with  malaria,  yellow  fever  and  hook- 
worm. A  lively  and  suspenseful  narrative,  based 
on  unpublished  records  of  the  Rockefeller  Foun- 
dation and  on  personal  interviews.     S6.95/$5.75 


37320.  THE  CARELESS  ATOM.  Sheldon  Novick. 
The  threat  posed  by  accidental  disasters  in  nuclear 
power  plants.  Carefully  reasoned  and  documented 
with  numerous  past  "incidents."  $5.95/$5.25 

50190.  GARDENS  OF  WAR:  LIFE  AND 
DEATH  IN  THE  NEW  GUINEA  STONE  AGE. 

Robert  Gardner  and  Karl  C.  H eider.  Stunning 
record  of  a  way  of  life  about  to  vanish  forever, 
with  3-^7  matchless  photographs  in  color  and  black 
and  white.  S15.00/S9.95 

66070.  OPUS  100.  Isaac  Asimov.  Celebrating  his 
100th  book,  the  fabulous  Asimov  displays  his  vir- 
tuosity in  an  engaging  memoir,  studded  tantaliz- 
ingly  with  long  excerpts  from  his  works— some 
out  of  print.  His  range  is  encyclopedic:  Bible  to 
Biochemistry,   Robots   to   Rome.  S5.95/$5.25 

58730.  LIVES  OF  THE  PHAROAHS.  Pierre 
Montet.  A  word  and  picture  masterpiece,  with 
160U  magnificent  photographs  of  sculpture,  jew- 
elry, furniture  and  architectural  monuments  of 
Egypt's  golden  age.  $10.95/57.95 

39820.  THE  CO.MPLETE  WALKER.  Colin 
Fletcher.  America's  foremost  authority  on  hiking 
and  backpacking  offers  trail-tested  advice  on  gear, 
camping  and  self-preservation,  and  tells  where  to 
look  tor  good  trails. 


S6.95/S5.75 


57020.  THE  JOHNSTOWN  FLOOD.  David  G. 
McCidlough.  A  gripping  account  of  the  famous 
disaster  of  eighty  years  ago— the  sudden,  shock- 
ing, total  destruction  of  a  Pennsylvania  mill  town. 
•■Superb."-/V.  Y.  Times.  $6.95/55.75 

80640.  THE  STORY  OF  QUANTUM  MECHAN- 
ICS. Victor  Ciiillemin.  The  development  of  quan- 
tum theory,  its  principal  accomplishments  and  its 
philosophical  implications,  in  a  dramatic  over- 
view of  the  current  state  of  physics.       S8. 95/56.95 

63870.  NATURE  IN  MINIATURE.  Richard 
Headslrom.  For  the  amateur  naturalist,  a  month 
by  month  look,  in  fascinating  detail,  at  nature's 
most  subtle  creations.  Numerous  line  drawings  of 
plant  and  animal  forms  that  are  almost— but  not 
quite-too  small  to  see.  510.00/57.50 

88090.  THE  YEAR  OF  THE  WHALE.  Victor  B. 
Scheffer.  Recreates,  with  charm,  excitement  and 
scientific  authority,  the  first  year  in  the  life  of  a 
sperm  whale,  weaving  into  the  masterly  narrative 
inuch  of  what  is  known  about  whales.  $6.95/55.75 

78730.  SO  HUMAN  AN  ANIMAL.  Rene  Duhos. 
The  famous  biologist  and  Pulitzer  Prize  winner 
warns  that  a  runaway  technology  is  destroying  the 
environment  man  needs  to  survive  as  a  human 
being.  Must  reading!  $6.95/55.75 


■i  ™  ^  'TRIAL  MEMBERSHIP  APPLICATIONl 

Book  Club  4-800 

iide,  N.  J.  08075 

Please  enroll  me  as  a  trial  member,  and  send  mc  The  Harper  Encyclopedia  of  .Science,  plus 
the  first  selection  whose  number  I  have  indicated.  Bill  me  jusi  $3.95  for  the  encyclopedia,  and 
reduced  member  price  for  my  selection,  plus  shipping  and  handling.  If  noi  delighted.  1  will 
return  them  within  ten  days,  and  my  membership  will  be  cancelled.  As  a  trial  member.  I  need 
accept  as  few  as  three  more  selections  during  the  next  twelve  months,  ahv.iv'.  ai  reduced  mem- 
ber prices  plus  shipping  and  handling,  and  I  may  cancel  memheiship  any  time  thereat'er. 
Each  month,  I  will  receive  a  newsletter  describing  forthcoming  selections,  along  wiih  a  con- 
venient form  for  requesting  alternate  selections,  or  no  book  at  all,  I  understand  that  I  may 
choose  a  free  bonus  book  for  every  four  selections  purchased. 


First  selection  (write  i 


nher)_ 


Address  _ 
City__ 


OOer  good  in  continental  U.S.  and  Ca 


II 


in  fact,  just  about  twice  as  available. 
To  put  it  another  way,  Miranda 
Sensorex®  now  takes  "impossible" 
available-light  pictures  in  half  the  light 
or  at  twice  the  speed  you  used  to  need. 

It  took  a  new  Miranda  Sensorex  to 
do  it;  a  Sensorex  that  combines  a 
through-the-lens  zone-metering 
system  with  a  spectacular  50mm 
f/ 1.4  lens  which  stays  wide  open  for 
precise  readings  and  brilliant 
view-finding. 

More  selective  than  full-area 
meters,  more  sensitive  to  dim-light 
situations  than  spotmeters,  this 
unique  zone  system  isn't  fooled  by 
the  bright-sky  bugaboo  that  fools 
other  meters. 

And  we've  located  it  on  the  instant- 
return  mirror,  where  it  can  measure 
the  dimmest  glimmer  before  the  light 
can  be  reflected  or  diffused.  And  where 
it  will  sfay  when  you  want  to  switch 


to  a  waist-level  finder  or  one  of  our 
other  accessory  finders. 

Of  course,  this  new  Sensorex  still 
offers  those  good  old  Miranda  extras: 
optics  independently  judged  superior 
to  those  on  highly  touted  $400  SLRs; 
a  lens  mount  that  accepts  over  1,500 
lenses  and  accessories  (yours  and 
ours);  and  overall  excellence  we  stand 
behind  with  the  only  3-year  guarantee 
in  the  industry. 

Miranda  Sensorex.  The  SLR  that 
thinks  of  everything.  So  you  can  see 
picture-taking  in  a  new  light. 

New  zone-metered 
Sensorex  with  start- 
ling 50mm  f/1.4  lens. 
under  $300*;  with 
merely  superb  50mm 
f/1.8,  under  $250.* 

MIRANDA  SENSOREX 

THE  SIXTH  SENSE 


Allied  Impex  Corp.,  168  Glen  Cove  Rd.  Carle  Place,  L.I.,N.Y.  11514.  Chicago;  Dallas;  Glendale,  Calif. 
In  Canada,  Kingsway  Film  Equipment  Ltd.,  Ontario. 


Avhy  we  are  here.  Your  women  tolda 
us  that  you  have  trained  some  one  I 
hundred  dogs.  Our  Chief  therefore 
requests  permission  from  you  to  bor- 
row these  dogs  for  a  short  time  so 
that  we  might  rid  ourselves  once  and 
for  all  of  these  pests." 

This  proposal  came  as  something 
of  a  surprise  to  the  Queen,  but  after 
consultation  with  her  Headwoman 
she  agreed. 

"Very  well,  you  men.  you  may  use 
our  dogs.  But  as  we  must  hunt  meat 
for  the  time  you  w  ill  be  gone,  it  will 
be  necessary  that  you  remain  with  us 
for  a  few  da  vs." 

Full  of  gratitude  the  men  thanked 
her  saying.  Kasinge  Izoba,  kasinge 
ntale,  kasinge  namuha,  "Thank  you 
the  sun.  thank  you  the  lion,  thank 
)'ou  the  one  who  gives." 

Early  the  next  morning,  the  men, 
were  awakened  by  the  sounds  of 
sharp,  shrill  whistles,  horn  flutes,  and 
dogs  barking.  Rushing  outside  from 
their  sleeping  room,  they  saw  that 
all  the  women  were  assembled  at  the 
palace  u  aiting  for  the  signal  from  lUe 
Queen  to  begin  their  hunt.  At  her 
command,  they  dispersed  with  the 
dogs,  and  the  men  did  not  .?ee  them 
for  the  ^vhole  dav. 

In  the  evening,  once  again  the  men 
heard  the  sounds  of  whistles,  flutes, 
and  barking  dogs.  When  the  womeii 
reached  the  palace,  the  men  could 
see  that  their  arms  were  full  of  meat 
and  that  the  dogs'  mouths  were 
covered  with  blood. 

Later,  the  Queen  met  with  the 
men  and  advised  them  to  depart  earh- 
in  the  day  as  their  journev  would  be 
long.  Then  she  warned  them: 

"There  is  one  very  important  thing 
for  you  to  remember.  Mv  dogs  are 
to  be  orderd  to  attack  only  once  like 
this.  'Chi!'  If  you  should  forget  and 
order  them  twice  or  three  times,  all 
the  dogs  will  disappear  and  no  one 
^vill  ever  see  them  again.  My  ^vomen 
have  learned  this  well:  I  can  trust 
them  completely.  Now  I  implore  vou 
to  take  this  warning  to  heart.  Tell 
your  Chief  so  that  he  can  give  this 
information  to  the  men  who  hunt 
with  my  dogs." 

With  these  words  still  ringing  in 
their  ears,  the  men  departed  the  next' 
morning  at  the  first  sound  of  the 
cock's  crow .  They  left  w  ith  the  dogs,  < 
the  whistles,  and  the  flutes  for  hunt- 
ing. When  they  reached  their  own 
country  once  again,  the  Chief  and  a 
larsie  crowd  of  men  were  awaiting 


Visit  the  magnificent, 
mysterious  civilizations  of 

ANCIENT  AMERICA 

for  lo  days  free  as  a  guest  of 


BOOKS 


Vl/'ith  no  model  to  borrow  from,  the 
'  '  Maya,  Inca  and  Aztec  peoples  cre- 
ated cultures  that  staggered  the  European 
imagination.  They  built  temples  over  200 
feet  high,  suspension  bridges,  broad  boule- 
vards, steam  baths,  and  cities  so  striking 
that  Cortes  called  the  Maya  Capital,  Tikal, 
the  most  beautiful  in  the  world.  Rising 
from  brutal  savagery  to  high  sophistica- 
tion, the  Incas  developed  the  most  ad- 
vanced government  of  the  16th  century. 
Providing  a  welfare  system  for  its  poor, 
the  country  was  so  rich  in  gold— "sweat  of 
the  sun"— that  even  fishhooks  were  made  of 
it.  Mathematics,  astronomy  and  engineer- 
ing went  hand  in  hand  with  the  bloodiest 
religion  ever  devised  by  man...  one  that 
called  for  the  sacrifice  of  at  least  one  still- 
warm  human  heart  for  the  success  of  every 
enterprise.  Tracing  each  of  these  cultures 
from  its  inception  through  the  arrival  of 
the  conquistadors  and  to  the  present. 
Ancient  America  brings  all  their  dazzling 
splendor  alive  before  your  eyes. 
80  plates  in  full  color 
Here,  in  gorgeous  color,  you'll  see  the  jew- 
elry that  thrilled  the  great  Albrecht  Diirer 
. . .  the  paintings  and  sculpture  that  still  in- 
spire modern  artists ...  the  gold-plated  pal- 


aces... the  majestic  cities,  some  in  jungle 
ruins,  others  miraculously  preserved. 

The  introductory  volume  in  the  GREAT 
AGES  OF  MAN  series.  Ancient  America 
was  written  by  Jonathan  Norton  Leonard, 
a  scholar  of  twenty  years'  experience  in 
Latin  America.  Using  the  picture-essay 
made  famous  by  Time-Life  Books, 
Ancient  America  complements  a  rousing 
intellectual  adventure  with  more  than  140 
superb  photographs,  80  in  color.  Instead 
of  the  $7  or  $8  you'd  expect  to  pay.  it 
costs  only  S4.95  ($5.25  in  Canada)— and 
you  also  receive  free  an  introductory  es- 
say, "What  Man  Has  Built,"  specially  writ- 
ten for  the  series  by  Jacques  Barzun.  dis- 
tinguished scholar  and  social  historian. 

Read  the  book  first— decide  later 
Examine  Ancient  America  free  for  10  days. 
If  you're  not  satisfied,  return  it,  and  that's 
that.  If  you  want  to  keep  it.  \ou  pay  only 
$4.95  ($5.25  in  Canada),  plus  shipping  and 
handling.  Then  you  will  receive  future 
volumes  in  the  GREAT  AGES  OF  MAN 
series  at  regular  two-month  intervals- on 
the  same  free  inspection  basis. There's  no  ob- 
ligation,so  why  not  mail  the  coupon  today? 
Or  write:  Dept.  2301,  Ti.me-Life  Books, 
Time  &  Life  Bldg.,  Chicago,  111.  6061 1. 


Amoni;  other  volumes  in 

GREAT  AGES  OF  MAN: 

Classical  Greece  •  Age  of  Faith 

Imperial  Rome 


TIME-LIFE  BOOKS,  DEPT.  2302 
TIME  &  LIFE  BUILDING 
CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS  60611 
Please  send  me  Ancifiii  Anifricn  for  ten  days' 
Free  E.xamination  and  enter  a  trial  subscription 
to  GREAT  AGES  OF  MAN.  With  this  volume, 
I  will  also  receive  a  specially  written  Introduc- 
tory Guide  by  Jacques  Barzun.  If  1  decide  to 
keep  this  book.  I  will  pay  only  S4.95  (S5.25  in 
Canada),  plus  shipping:  and  handline.  Sou  may 
then  confirm  my  reservation  to  receive  future 
volumes  in  the  series,  sent  a  volume  at  a  time 
at  2-month  intervals,  at  the  s.ime  price  of  54.95 
(S5.25  in  Canada).  These  volumes  are  also  to  be 
sent  to  me  on  approval,  and  I  may  return  any 
volume  within  ten  days  after  receivinj:  it,  and 
may  cancel  my  reservation  at  any  time  simpiv 
hy  notifying  you.  If  after  examining  the  lirst 
hook.  I  do  not  choose  to  keep  it  or  become  ,i 
sub',cribcr,  1  may  return  the  book  within  (en 
da>s.  my  reservation  for  future  volumes  will  be 
cinceled.  and  I  am  under  no  further  obligation. 


Addrcss_ 
City 


School.s  and  Libraries:  Order  Publishers 

Library  Edition  from  Silver  Burdcit  Co. 

Morristown.  N.J.  07>»hO.  Elipible  for 

Titles  I.  II  funds. 


The  Newest  Techniques  for 
Aquarium  Hobbyists 

THE 

SALT-WATER 

AQUARIUM 

IN  THE  HOME 

(2nd  Rev.  Ed.) 
by  Robert  P.  L.  Stroughan 

Latest  Methods! 
Up-To-The-Minute  Information! 

This  brand  new  new  edition  of  a  classic  work 
incorporates  the  very  latest  advances  in  the 
science  of  salt-water  aquariums:  Experimen- 
tation with  activated  carbon,  diatomaceous 
earth,  and  ultraviolet  light  has  expanded  the 
area  of  water  filters  tremendously.  The  dis- 
covery of  the  effectiveness  of  all  glass 
aquaria,  so  easy  to  construct  and  so  inexpen- 
sive, is  an  invaluable  aid  to  the  aquartst. 
Only  the  newest  and  most  modern  methods 
are  prescribed  throughout-  A  giant,  well-illus- 
trated,  360    page    book.    $12.50. 


-ORDER  TODAY!- 


A.  S,  Barnes  &  Co.,  Inc.,  Dept.  NH170 
Box  421,  Cronbury,   N.J.  08512 

Please   rush   me  copies  of  The  So/t-Wo(er 

Aquarium  in  the  Home  @  SI2.50.  Endosed  is  my 
checfc  or  W.O.  for  $ 


Addri 
City.. 


^ 


MAUPINTOUR  '70  HOLIDAYS! 
LEAVE  YOUR  CARES  AT  HOME ! 

Orlllll&  MOROCCO 

PLUS  THE  CANARY  ISLES, 
MADEIRA  AND  THE  ALGARVE. 
SPAIN  /  PORTUGAL  /  TANGIER, 

15  days.  Estoril,  Madrid,  Seville, 
Cordoba,  Granada,  Malaga  and 
Tangier.  Weekly,  Mar.  to  Oct. 
from  $668. 

SPAIN/PORTUGAL  BY  MOTOR- 
COACH,  22  days.  Easy  paced 
but  comprehensive.  Tangier,  too. 
Weekly,  Mar.  to  Oct.  from  $748. 
SPAIN  /  MALLORCA  /  PORTU- 
GAL, 22  days.  Lots  of  time  in 
Madrid,  Barcelona,  Palma,  and 
Lisbon  plus  Torremolinos,  Anda- 
lucia.  Weekly,  Feb.  to  Oct.  from 
$958.  ' 

MOROCCO  /  CANARIES  /  MA- 
DEIRA, 22  days.  The  Algarve, 
too.  Year  'round  departures  from 
$1138.  AJI  departures  from  New 
York  via  Jberia  Air  Lines. 
ASK  YOUR  TRAVEL  AGENT 
for  folders  or  write  Maupintour, 
270  Park  Ave.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
10017,  Telephone  212-687-7773. 

Drld-ivJde  standard  of  (ravel  excellenc 


«s  Maupintour 

s  standard  of  (ravel  excellence 


them,  eager  for  ne'ivs  of  the  trip. 
After  kneeling  in  greeting  to  the 
Chief,  one  of  the  head  messengers, 
Nkubitizi.  began  his  tale: 

"Oh.  Chief,  ^\e  return  from  a  safe 
journey.  Even  at  our  camping  sites 
we  had  no  difficulties.  When  we  ar- 
rived in  the  women's  country,  we 
found  the  Queen  to  be  quite  mag- 
nificent. She  welcomed  us  warml}' 
and  gave  us  a  room  for  sleeping.  But 
when  the  women  brought  us  our 
food,  you  can  imagine  our  amaze- 
ment—they brought  us  nothing  but 
meat ! " 

Everyone  gathered  at  the  palace 
was  listening  intently  to  Nkubitizi's 
words.  And  as  he  described  the  meat 
the  women  brought  them,  they  were 
so  astonished  that  some  of  the  men 
were  on  the  verge  of  vomiting. 

Nkubitizi  continued.  ''Your  re- 
quest for  the  dogs  has  been  granted 
and  we  have  brought  all  one  hundred 
of  them.  During  our  visit  with  the 
Queen,  she  showed  us  how  to  use 
these  dogs  for  hunting.  She  has  given 
us  her  whistles  and  small  flutes  as 
well.  But  now  you  must  all  listen,  for 
I  have  a  very  important  message 
from  the  Queen.  These  dogs  have 
been  trained  to  attack  with  the  com- 
mand. 'Chi !'  But  this  order  to  attack 
must  be  given  only  once,  not  twice  or 
three  times.  If  anyone  of  us  should 
forget  this  warning,  the  dogs  will 
disappear  forever." 

Everyone  listened  gravely  to  these 
words  and  assured  the  Chief  that 
thev  would  not  forget  them. 

The  Chief,  anxious  to  see  every- 
thing that  his  men  had  brought  him, 
ordered  Nkubitizi  to  bring  the  flutes 
and  whistles.  He  examined  them  with 
great  interest. 

"And  what  is  this  feather  for?" 
he  inquired. 

"It  is  to  clean  the  flute  before 
blowing  it." 

"Show   me  how  to  play  it." 

"But  if  I  blow  it  now."  explained 
Nkubitizi.  "the  dogs  will  hear  it  and 
get  set  for  hunting  without  their 
leashes.  The  Queen  has  warned  us  to 
only  use  these  instruments  on  our 
way  to  a  hunt  and  on  our  return 
home." 

Hearing  this,  the  Chief  ordered  all 
his  messengers  to  inform  each  Head- 
man that  on  the  next  day  there  would 
be  a  hunt  and  all  men  should  meet 
at  the  palace.  He  was  eager  to  try  out 
the  dogs  and  whistles  and  flutes. 

Early  the  next  morning  when  the 


Chief  had  awakened  and  washec 
himself,  he  left  his  sleeping  house 
In  the  courtyard  he  was  very  sur 
prised  to  find  only  twent)'  men  Avitl 
Nkubitizi. 

"And  where  are  the  others?" 

"Perhaps  they  have  slept  long 
after  a  weary  journey." 

"Ah.  then  beat  the  drums  so  all 
may  hear  that  the  time  is  at  hand  to 
begin  the  hunt." 

And.  truly,  as  soon  as  the  drums 
could  be  heard,  men  suddenly  ap- 
peared from  every  direction.  It  was 
a  joyous  occasion  as  if  it  were  a 
celebration  day.  The  leashes  were  put 
on  the  dogs,  the  instruments  were  in 
readiness,  and  the  men  were  jumping 
and  shouting  with  excitement. 

After  Nkubitizi  quieted  the  crowd, 
the  Chief  exhorted  his  men. 

"To  all  who  have  come  here,  you 
know  of  the  damage  done  to  our 
crops  by  wild  animals.  Today  w  e 
have  one  hundred  dogs  owned  by  the 
Queen  from  that  other  country.  She 
has  lent  them  to  us  so  that  we  might 
have  success  in  killing  the  animals. 
Now  listen  carefully.  These  dogs 
have  been  well  trained.  When  the 
time  comes  you  must  order  them 
only  once  to  attack  like  this,  'Chi!' 
You  must  never  order  them  twice  or 
three  times  or  thev  will  disappear 
forever!" 

Nkubitizi  then  led  ihe  men  on  the 
hunt  with  whistles  and  flutes  blowing 
and  dogs  barking.  When  they 
reached  the  jungle,  the  dogs  were 
ordered  to  attack:  "Chi!"  shouted 
the  men,  and  the  animals  scattered 
all  over  with  the  dogs  in  pursuit.  By 
late  afternoon,  all  the  animals  in  the 
area  had  been  killed,  even  small  ones 
in  holes  had  been  carried  ofi.  A  re- 
port of  the  hunt  was  given  to  the 
Chief  who  was  pleased  indeed  with 
the  news.  But  as  he  wanted  to  see  this 
with  his  own  eyes,  he  asked 
Nkubitizi  to  show  him  the  place 
where  they  had  hunted.  When  they 
reached  the  jungle  and  he  vie^ved  the 
array  of  dead  animals,  he  was  trul)' 
astonished. 

The  Chief  was  then  eager  for  an- 
other hunt,  and  two  days  later 
Nkubitizi  organized  the  men  once 
again.  The  excitement  of  the  hunt 
was  heightened  with  the  whistles  and 
the  flutes  blowing  and  the  dogs  bark- 
ing. But  it  is  the  nature  of  men  that 
when  many  are  together,  some  for- 
get themselves,  and  this  is  exactly 
what  happened.   Some   of  the  men 


14 


We  invite  you  to  save  50%' 
on  these  important  books 
for  your  permanent  library 

First  price  is  Publisher's  List;  Boldface  shows  Member's  Price. 


'Actually,  a  conservalive  esli- 
male  of  what  you  can  save  on 
the  selections  you  choose  in  the 
next  year  plus  what  you  save  on 
your  99'!  introductory  package. 

613.  STONEWALL  JACKSON  AND 
THE  AMERICAN    CIVIL  WAR   li\ 

C.  F.  R.  Henderson.  Rc-issuc  of  a 

major  classic  of  military  litcraiurc. 

$8.95, $6.95 

617.  THE  GREEK  ADVENTURE 
By  Pierre  Leveque.  The  evolution, 
spread,  and  lasting  influence  of  the 
rL.Tiarkable  ancient  Greek  civiliza- 
tion. $12.50/$8.75 


700.  HUEY  LONG  By  T.  Harry 
Williams.  Buffoon,  menace,  dicta- 
tor—yet voice  of  an  authentic 
American  radicalism.  The  first  full- 
length  study  of  his  furious,  doomed 
life.  $12.50/$7.95 

607.  FROM  SLAVERY  TO  FREE- 
DOM: A  History  of  Negro  Amer- 
icans By  John  Hope  Franklin.  A 
top-ranking  historian  traces  the 
Negroes'  course  from  African 
origins  to  contemporary  North  and 
South  America.  $10.75/$7.40 

673.  THE  HISTORIAN  AS  DETEC- 
TIVE: Essays  on  Evidence  Ed.  by 
Robin  W.  Winks.  A  choice  collec- 
tion of  historical  mysteries  show- 
ing the  historian  working  as 
detective.  $10.95/$7.50 

370.  THE  SPANISH   CIVIL  WAR 

By  Hugh  Thomas.  A  spellbinder- 
the  complete  history  of  the  prim 
"dress  rehearsal  for  World  War 
Two."  $10.00/$7.50 

554.  THE  TRIAL  OF  THE  GER- 
MANS: Nuremberg,  1945-46  By 
Eugene  Davidson. Twcnty-lwo  bril- 
liant studies  of  the  war  criminals 
which  build  a  total  picture  of  Nazi 
Germany.  $12.50/$8.95 


657.  THE  CREATION  OF  THE 
AMERICAN  REPUBLIC,  1776- 
1787  By  Cordon  S.  Wood.  The 
evolution  of  American  political 
thought  from  1776  to  the  making 
of  the  Constitution.    $15.00/$9.95 

645.  THE  GREAT  TERROR: 
Stalin's  Purge  of  the  Thirties  By 

Robert  Conquest.  The  grim  and 
ruthless  campaign,  its  arrests,  its 
interrogations,  the  mass  slaughter 
and  their  effects  on  Russian  life 
and  culture.  $9.95/$7.40 

476.  THE   LIFE   OF   LENIN   By 

Louis  Fischer.  The  authoritative 
story-winner  of  the  National  Book 
Award.  $12.50/$8.50 


661.  A  HISTORYOFTHE  VIKINGS 

By  Gwyn  Jones.  Their  progress 
traced  from  prehistory  to  1066, 
from  Russia  and  Constantinople 
to  North  America.        $9.75/$6.95 

621.  THE  INDIAN  HERITAGE  OF 
AMERICA  By  Ahin  M.Josephy.Jr. 
The  history,  archaeology,  and 
ethnology  of  all  Indian  cultures 
in  the  Americas  since  the  Ice  Age. 
$10.00/$6.95 


the  Ron 


atmg  : 


vey  of  prehistoric,   barba 

rope.  194  illustrations.  $7.50/$6.15 

688.  WORLD  PREHISTORY:  A 
New  Outline  (2nd  Edition)  By 
Grahame  Clark.  A  fascinating  out- 
line of  man's  prehistory  in  an 
authoritative,  up-to-date  edition. 

$7.50/$5.95 


TAKE  ANY  3 


A  National  Book  Award  Winner 
651.  WHITE  OVER  BLACK:  Amer- 
ican Attitudes  Toward  the  Negro, 
1550-1812  By  Winlhrop  D.Jordan. 
An  outstanding  study  of  the  ori- 
gins of  racism  in  the  U.S. 

$12.50/$8.95 


677.  WITCHCRAFT  AT  SALEM  By 

Chadwick  Hansen.  A  fresh,  objec- 
tive reinterpretalion  of  the  original 
documents.  $6.95/$5.75 


Three  good  reasons  to  join  The  History  Book  Club: 
►•  Dramatic  savings.  As  a  trial  member,  you  can  save  over  50%  on 
your  choice  of  the  finest  works  of  history  and  world  aflairs-more 
than  130  titles  to  choose  from  each  month. 
>■  Liberal  bonus  plan.  You  are  free  to  select  your  bonus  books  from 
our  entire  list ...  no  restrictions  as  in  most  clubs.  After  trial  mem- 
bership, you  earn  a  bonus  certificate  with  every  four  books  you 
purchase. 
►•  Exceptional  quality.  The  History  Book  Club  always  brings  yoii  new 
volumes  identical  with  or  superior  to  original  publishers'  editions 
. . .  never  economy  "book  club"  reprints. 


THE  HISTORY  BOOK  CLUB  •  Stamford.  Conn.  06904 


1  MIlT    O    books  for  only    WU      three 
with  trial  membership  in  The  History  Book  Club 


THE  HISTORY  BOOK  CLUB,  Stamford,  Conn.  06904 

Please  open  a  Trial  Membership  for  mc  and  send  the  inlroduclory  pack- 
age of  books  indicated  below.  Bill  me  990  for  the  three.  Al  the  same  time, 
send  the  membership  book  I  have  also  indicated  and  bill  me  for  it  at  the 
low  Member's  Price. 

I  understand  that  I  may  return  the  books  within  2  weeks  if  I  am  not 
delighted  with  Ihem  and  that  their  return  will  automatically  cancel  my 
membership.  Otherwise  I  shall  complete  my  Trial  Membership  by  purchas- 
ing 4  more  selections  during  the  coming  year  from  among  more  than  130 
offered  at  money-saving  Member's  Prices  in  the  monthly  Reviuw.  (A  reply 
card  is  always  enclosed  with  the  RtMl.w.)  Completion  of  my  Trial  Mem- 
bership will  entitle  me  to  choose  a  Bonus  Book  for  every  4  books  I  pur- 
chase thereafter. 

(Norti:  A  small  postage  and  packing  charge  is  added  to  each  shipment. ) 


Fill  In  numbers  of  your  three  intro- 
ductory   books,    99C    lor    all    three 


Fill  In  number  of  your 
choice  at  member's  price 


,ill  be  handled  uilliln  Cs 


'5 


CROWDER 
NATURE  TOURS 

SCHEDULE:  Listed  below  are  starting 
dates  for  the  next  15  months  or  so.  Space 
permits  only  a  brief  mention  of  each 
lour,  and  one  should  by  all  means  have 
the  "Tour  Catalog"  with  thumbnail 
sketches  of  each  trip,  as  well  as  subse- 
quent detailed  itineraries.  North  America 
tours  are  2  weeks  each,  others  3  weeks, 
unless  otherwise  noted. 

-  1  9  6  9  — 

AUSTRALIA  —  N.   Z.   (3  tours) 

Added  by  request,  Australia  tour  leaves 
L.A.  Oct.  25;  New  Zealand  Nov.  15; 
N.Z.  West  Coast   (2  wks)   Dec.  6. 

CHRISTMAS  PARTY  -  BERMUDA 
One  week  from  Dec,  23.  Early  reserva- 
tions requested. 

—19  7  0— 

FLORIDA 

Jan.  10-2  weeks  from  Wakulla  Springs 


MIDDLE   AMERICA   (4   tours) 

Following  the  Florida  Tour  (.from  Tal- 
lahassee Jan.  10  I  ;  Yucatan,  from  Miami 
Jan.  24:  Panama.  Feb.   7;  Colombia.  Feb. 

2  1.  Ornithologist,  for  Cent.  America,  Irby 
Davis;  Colombia.  Dr.  Lehmann. 

TEXAS  -  MEXICO   (5   tours) 

Texas  from  Corpus  Christi  March  7; 
Taxco.  Holy  Week  special;  then  Mexico 
West  &  East  Coast. 

PACIFIC   COAST   (7  tours) 

Baja  California  camping,  from  Nogales 
Mar.  28;  Arizona,  from  Tucson  Apr.  25; 
Sierras,  from  San  Diego  May  9:  Cas- 
cades, from  Klamath  Falls,  May  20;  fol- 
lowed by  Alaska  South.  North  and  Out- 
posts. Remarkable  tropics-to-Arctic  cov- 
erage of  spring  in  Western  North 
America. 

EUROPE   (12   tours) 

Too  much  of  a  program  to  list  here;  bv 
all  means  send  for  detailed  brochure. 
Norway,  Iceland.  Russia  and  Siberia  espe- 
cially recommended.  Twelve  tours,  ex- 
tending through  May.   June.   July. 

CENTRAL   AMERICA 

Summer  program  in  rainj-  season  when 
birds  are  on   territory.   July   and   August, 

3  tours;  Chiapas,  Panama.  Yucatan. 

AFRICA   (3  tours) 

South   and  East   Africa   and   Madagas- 
tours   in   July   September.   Ex- 


elle 


:  leadership. 


SOUTH   AMERICA   (4  tours) 

Venezuela,  Aug.  15;  Colombia,  Sep.  5; 
Ecuador  Peru,  Sep.  26;  Chile/Tierra  del 
Fuego,   October   24.   Also  Galapagos  and 

SOUTH   PACIFIC   (8  tours) 

This  is  the  year  of  full  South  Pacific 
coverage.  Melanesia,  Aug.  15  from 
Samoa;  New  Guinea,  Sep.  5  from  Rabaul; 
Western  Australia,  Oct.  3  from  Perth; 
Australia  East.  Oct.  24  from  the  Barrier 
Reef  at  Cairns;  New  Zealand,  Nov.  14 
from  Auckland;  N.Z.  West  Coast,  Dec.  5. 
Also  special  tours  of  New  Guinea/West 
Irian  north  coast,  and  Western  Australia 
wildflowers. 

SOUTH  WITH  AUTUMN   (2  tours) 

Geologj'  and  ecologj'  of  the  eastern 
U.S.A..  following  the  wave  of  fall  color 
southward.  Northeast  Coast  tour  meets 
at  Bangor  Sep.  19;  Southeast  Coast  tour 
at  Harpers  Fern.'  Oct.  10.  Leader:  Geolo- 
gist Isabella  Coons,  with  man>-  assisting 
leaders  along  the  way. 

Come  along!  .  ,  .  intimate,  private 
groups,  expert  leadership.  We  seek  out 
back-country  routes,  try  for  an  experxence- 
in-depth  of  the  natural  scene  and  the 
people.  (Not  recommended  if  you're 
strong  for  night  life.) 

CROWDER  NATURE  TOURS 

BOX  222-a 
HARPERS  FERRY,  W.  VA.  25425 


ordered  the  dogs  to  attack  more  than 
once.  And  just  as  the  Queen  had 
jjredicted.  the  dogs  disappeared. 

Now  Nkubitizi  and  his  men  were 
very  frightened  for  they  feared  the 
Chief's  anger.  Surely  he  would  kill 
them!  But  when  the  Chief  heard  the 
news,  although  he  was  greatly 
disturbed  he  spared  the  men  since 
there  were  so  many  at  the  hunt. 

By  this  time  the  Queen's  meat  sup- 
ply was  dwindling  and  since  she  had 
not  heard  any  news  from  the  men 
she  called  her  women  together  at  the 
palace. 

"Listen,  ladies,"  she  said,  "tomor- 
row we  shall  all  leave  for  the  men's 
country  and  get  our  dogs.  Our  meat 
supply  is  so  low,  surely  we  will  starve 
if  we  are  not  able  to  hunt  soon.  Our 
kindness  has  only  caused  trouble.  Let 
us  not  delav  one  more  dav. 

Earlv  the  next  morning  the  Queen 
ordered  her  Headwoman  to  beat  the 
royal  drums,  mativigacharo.  "ears 
of  the  country."  so  that  her  whole 
chiefdom  woidd  hear  the  summons. 
As  the  women  began  to  gather  at  the 
palace  thev  knelt  first  in  greeting  to 
the  Queen,  clapping  their  hands  and 
saying:  Hahuka  nvena.  Habuka 
isazn.  Habuka  bwonga  niicoyo, 
Habiika  muzurambi.  "Honored  one 
who  gives,  who  builds,  who  joins  the 
hearts  of  all  people." 

The  Queen  was  dressed  in  a 
splendid  copper  dress  that  shone 
brightly  in  the  sun.  As  they  prepared 
to  leave,  a  seat  made  of  buffalo  skin, 
uith  the  nerves  of  the  buffalo's  back 
legs  used  to  fasten  the  chair  to  poles, 
was  brought  for  the  Queen.  In  this 
\\  ay.  the  women  could  carry  the 
Queen,  as  her  dress  was  heavy  and 
cumbersome.  Other  women  began  to 
play  their  flutes  and  when  at  last  all 
the  Queen's  subjects  were  assembled, 
ihey  formed  a  long  procession. 

Two  days  prior  to  their  arrival  in 
ihe  men  s  countrv.  the  Queen  sent 
luentv  women  as  emissaries  to  the 
Chief,  to  tell  him  of  their  arrival. 
The  Chief  then  beat  his  royal  drums. 
ciiiilango.  so  that  evervone  would 
come  to  the  palace.  When  all  the 
men  were  present,  he  informed  them 
that  the  Queen  would  soon  arrive 
and  there  was  no  doubt  that  she  was 
in  need  of  her  dogs.  Toward  evening, 
drums  could  be  heard  in  the  distance 
and  it  was  not  long  before  the  pro- 
cession of  women  could  be  seen.  The 
Chief  immediately  went  into  his 
sleeping  room  to  array  himself  in  his 


royal  garments.  He  then  ordered  his 
Headman  to  beat  his  drums— the 
noise  at  the  palace  was  deafening. 

The  Queen  was  now  approaching 
the  palace,  resplendent  in  her  shining 
dress.  She  knelt  before  the  Chief  and 
greeted  him. 

Kasinge  hwacha  sugu,  Osingire 
Rugaba,  "Greetings  great  one,  may 
you  live  long." 

The  Chief  then  greeted  the  Queen: 
Bwacha.  '"Welcome.  " 

He  then  ordered  the  drummers  to  i 
cease  their  beating  so  that  he  could  • 
speak  with  the  Queen,  and  the  great 
crowd  of  people  at  the  palace  quieted 
to  hear  his  ^vords. 

"\  our  dogs  arrived  here  safely, 
madam.  On  the  first  dav  I  sent  some 
of  mv  men  to  hunt  with  them  in  the 
nearby  jungle.  Thev  were  very  suc- 
cessful and  many  wild  animals  were 
killed.  JMy  chief  messenger,  Nku- 
bitizi,  had  informed  me  of  your 
warning  and  every  man  was  told. 
But  in  the  excitement  of  the  second 
hunt,  some  of  my  men  forgot  the 
warning  and  ordered  the  dogs  to 
attack  more  than  once.  Just  as  you 
predicted,  the  dogs  have  disap- 
peared. For  this  we  are  all  guilty  and 
we  ask  your  pardon." 

"In  that  you  have  been  truthful, 
sir,  I  cannot  be  angry.  I  came  here 
in  peace,  not  for  war,"  replied  the 
Queen.  "But  now  I  am  greatly 
troubled.  Our  meat  supply  is  ex- 
hausted. What  shall  I  do  ^vithout  our 
dogs?" 

The  Chief  then  bow  ed  his  head  so 
he  could  speak  only  with  the  Queen. 

"Do  you  suppose  tliere  is  some 
w  ay  for  you  to  eat  food  that  has  been 
cultivated?  Could  you  abolish  that 
taboo?'' 

"We  are  in  trouble  indeed.  We 
cannot  return  to  our  country  without 
our  dogs,  and  we  know  nothing  of 
crop  cultivation.  The  dogs  vou  have 
lost;  now  you  must  find  a  solution 
for  us.'' 

The  Chief  pondered  her  words  for 
some  time.  Then  he  stood  before  the 
cro\vd  and  announced: 

"Listen  all  of  you  men  and  \\  omen 
who  are  newcomers  here.  After  dis- 
cussing matters  with  the  Queen.  1 
have  come  to  the  follo^ving  decision. 
The  Queen  and  her  women  cannot  re- 
turn to  their  country  since  we  have 
lost  their  dogs.  So  now  I  shall  give 
to  each  of  the  men  one  of  the  w  omen. 
Each  man  is  responsible  for  his 
woman.  He  must  teach  her  how  to 


i6 


e  Cossums  arent  trying  to  save  the  world. 
;t  a  little  piece  of  it. 


ester  Davis  is  a  friendly,  dark- 
ittle  boy  whose  smile  can  light 
entire  room.  But  for  most  of 
c  years,  he  hasn't  had  much  to 
about. 

ester  lives  in  Laurel  Creek,  an 
lachian  town  of  200  people  in 
nty  with  a  per  capita  income 
157  a  year.  Like  most  of  the 
people  of  Laurel  Creek,  Lester 
in  a  three-room  weatherboard 
;,  along  with  his  mother  and 
r  and  nine  brothers  and  sisters. 
'  have  no  well,  and  of  course  no 
e  plumbing.  So  Lester's  mother, 
ie,  carries  all  the  family  water 
om  the  nearby  creek, 
.ester's  father,  Ray  used  to  work 
le  coal  mines,  but  since  the 
s  "played  out"  he's  been  unem- 
jd.  As  Tressie  admits,  "It's  aw- 
ard going.  We  never  could  get 
good  start  before."  They  still 
dn't  have  a  "start"  if  it  weren't 
he  Cossum  family. 
Sd  and  Martha  Cossum  live  in 
burban  community  of  contem- 
iry  homes.  Looking  out  back  you 
isee  one  of  those  large,  above- 
!  m    ground      plastic 

swimming  pools. 
And  you  can  see 
the  beginnings  of 
a  redwood  deck 
around  the  pool, 
which  Ed  and  his 
two  children.  Bill 

/'  and    Carol,   are 

ding  themselves. 
Ed  is  a  systems  analyst.  He 
ids  most  of  his   day  thinking 
ut  third  generation  computers, 
tunately,  Ed  and  Martha  also 
ik  about  this  generation  of  chil- 
n  living  in  Appalachia. 
Through  Save  The  Children 
[eration,  the  Cossums  are  helping 
ter  and  his  family.  They  contrib- 
$15  a  month.  Though  it's  not  a 
of  money,  the  Cossums  could 
bably  have  done  a  lot  of  other 
igs  with  it. 

The  Cossums'  contribution,  will 
made  available  to  the  Davises 
as  a  gift,  or  charity,  but  as  a  loan, 
interest-free  loan  which  Lester's 
ler  can  borrow  to  begin  a  self- 
p  project. 

Mr.  Davis  already  has  a  project 
mind.  He  plans  to  use  the  Cos- 


sums'  money  to  buy  and  feed  two 
cows,  then  sell  the  calves  as  they 
come  along.  As  Mr.  Davis  says,  "A 
man  likes  to  find  ways  to  take  care 
of  his  own  family." 

Already  there  is  a  new  feeling 
of  hope  in  the  Davis  family,  and  con- 
fidence and  pride  in  their  ability  to 
help  themselves. 

That  really  is  what  Save  The 
Children  is  all  about.  Although  con- 
tributions are  deductible  as  a  char- 
ity, the  aim  is  not  merely  to  buy  one 
child  a  new  pair  of  overalls  or  a 
warm  coat.  Instead,  your  contribu- 
tion is  used  to  give  people  , 
a  little  boost  to  start  helping 
themselves. 

Sponsors  are  desper- 
ately needed  for  other 
Appalachian  children  and 
American  Indian  children, 
as  well  as  children  in  Korea, 
Vietnam,  Latin  America, 
Africa  and  Greece. 

As  a  sponsor  you  will 
receive  a  photo  and  history 
of  the  child,  progress  re- 
ports and  a  chance  to  cor- 
respond.   


The  Cossums  know  they  can't 
save  the  world  for  $15  a  month. 
Only  a  little  piece  of  it.  But  maybe 
that  is  the  way  to  save  the  world,  if 
enough  people  care.  How  about  you  ? 

Save  The  Children  Federation,  j 
founded  in  1932,  is  registered  with  the 
U.S.  State  Department  Advisory  Com- 
mittee on   Voluntary  Foreign  Aid. 
Financial  statements  on  request. 
National  Sponsors  (partial  list): 
Claude  Arpels,  Faith  Baldwin, 
Hon.  James  A.  Farley,  Andy  Griffith, 
Gene  Kelly,  Mrs.  Eli  Lilly, 
Paul  Newman,  Mrs.  J.C.  Penney, 
Norman  Rockwell,  Frank  Sinatra 


Save  The  Children  Federation 

NORWALK,  CONNECTICUT  06852 

I  WISH  TO  CONTRIBUTE  $180  ANNUALLY  TO  HELP  A  CHILD. 

n  WHERE  THE  NEED  IS  GREATEST  D  LATIN  AMERICA 

D  AMERICAN  INDIAN  Q  APPALACHIA  D  KOREA  Q  GREECE 

a  VIETNAM  □  AFRICA 

ENCLOSED  IS  MY  FIRST  PAYMENT 

n  $15.00  MONTHLY  O  $45.00  QUARTERLY 

a  $90.00  SEMI-ANNUALLY         D  $180.00  ANNUALLY 

I  CAN'T  SPONSOR  A  CHILD.  ENCLOSED  IS  A  CONTRIBUTION 

0F$- 

O  PLEASE  SEND  ME  MORE  INFORMATION. 


_STATE- 


-ZIP- 


CONTRIBUTIONS  ARE  INCOME  TAX  DEDUCTIBLE       NH  1/0 


Whatever  you  want 

a  camera  to  do, 

a  Konica  will  do  it...better. 


Konica  cameras  end  "picture-embarrass- 
ment" forever!  Because  they're  built  to 
deliver  great  photos  .  .  .  consistently. 

From  the  world's  smallest  rangefinder- 
35,  or  the  Super  8  movie  camera  with  6- 
to-1  power  zoom  and  automatic  exposure 
control,  to  the  only  fully  automatic  profes- 
sional SLR  on  the  market,  Konica  cam- 
eras share  an  unparalleled  feature:  the 
superb  quality  of  their  Hexanon  lenses. 


When  you  then  consider  their  attractive 
prices,  there's  no  reason  to  just  settle  for 
any  camera.  Ask  your  dealer  to  show  you 
the  one  camera  line  whose  "lens  alone  is 
worth  the  price".  Konica  Camera  Corp., 
P.O.  Box  1070,  Woodside,  N.Y.  11377. 


KONICA 

"The  lens  alone  is  worth  the  price" 


^rkeyiS 

RiotolncLM 


Ufes  too  short 
to  settle  for 
anything  less  tiian 
the  camera 
you  really 
want. 


From  Leica,^ 
the  most  foolproof,  versi: 

precise  single-lens-reflex  camera  ever  made. 
Go  ahead.  You  only  live  once. 

LeicaflexSL 

E.  Leitz.  Inc.,  RcK-kleish,  N'..J.  (17647 


cultivate,  for  these  women  must  learn 
to  eat  something  besides  meat.  Now 
then,  I  shall  have  the  Queen.  My 
Headman  shall  have  the  Queen's 
Headwoman,  and  the  rest  of  my 
men  will  take  the  remaining  ladies." 

And  so  it  was  that  men  and  women 
came  to  live  together.  They  began  to 
change  their  eating  habits.  Since  the 
dogs  had  been  lost,  the  women  re- 
fused to  eat  any  meat  from  a  wild 
animal.  They  chose  to  eat  the  obwita 
and  enumbu,  and  learned  to  eat  cow's 
meat  and  some  fish.  It  was  not  long 
before  the  Queen's  stomach  became 
swollen,  and  many  other  women 
found  themselves  in  the  same  condi- 
tion. But  ever  since  the  women  had 
left  their  own  country,  they  felt  like 
strangers  in  this  new  country.  Even 
after  they  had  children  you  could 
hear  them  say,  Oniwana  ica  bandi, 
"the  child  of  another,"  or  Owabo 
bandi,  "I  live  in  the  country  of  an- 
other." And  when  a  man  and  his 
woman  were  quarreling,  you  might 
hear  the  man  yell,  "Let  me  kill  you, 
you  dog."  And  the  woman  could  be 
heard  to  cry,  "But  where  shall  I 
run?" 

It    also    happened    that    illnesses, 


Luiceti  Kitereza,  a  man  now 
seventy-four  years  old,  lives  on 
Ukerewe  Island,  which  is  located  in 
the  southeast  portion  of  Lake 
Victoria,  Tanzania.  The  home  of 
Kitereza  and  his  wife,  Anna,  is  a 
lonely  one.  None  of  their  four  chil- 
dren lived  beyond  the  age  of  two. 
According  to  the  traditions  of  their 
people,  the  Kerebe,  they  are  poor 
indeed,  for  there  is  no  one  to  help 
them  cultivate,  and  even  more  im- 


death,  and  evil  doings  started  to  in- 
crease after  the  women  came  to  live 
with  the  men.  For  the  women  began 
to  consult  the  abafumu,  "medicine 
man,"  to  obtain  love  making  potions. 
Sometimes  the  abafumu  would  give 
them  poisonous  medicine  that  caused 
the  men's  stomachs  to  swell.  And 
when  the  men  would  go  to  the  aba- 
fumu to  find  out  who  had  done  this 
thing,  they  were  told  it  was  the 
women's  doings.  And  so  from  those 
days  until  now,  many  women  became 
abalogi,     "sorcerers."'     looking     for 

j  medicines  and  always  talking  vvitch- 

1  craft  wherever  the)  would  meet. 
This  is  how  men  came  to  live  with 

i  women  and  how  men  came  to  con- 
sider them  unusual  people.  You 
might  hear  a  man  in  anger  say  to  his 

,  wife.  "You  were  brought  here  by  the 
dogs,  who  is  your  relative  here?"  So 
to  this  day,  when  a  woman  is  mar- 
ried, people  say,  Owabo  bandi,  "you 
go  to  the  country  of  another":  and 

'  when  children  are  born  you  hear, 
Omicana  wa  bandi,  "the  child  of  an- 
other." Thus,  no  woman  will  rule 
again;  she  will  die  without  taming 
her  own  animals  and  all  things  she 
may  acquire  will  not  be  her  own. 


portantly,  there  is  no  one  to  care  for 
them  in  their  old  age. 

Nonetheless,  Anna  continues  to 
work  in  their  rice,  potato,  and  cassava 
shamba,  and  although  Kitereza  is 
badly  crippled  with  rheumatism,  he 
helps  her  when  he  is  able.  During 
his  enforced  hours  at  home,  however, 
he  is  far  from  idle.  In  a  part  of  the 
world  where  tradition  has  been 
slower  to  lose  its  foothold  than  in 
those  areas  of  Africa  more  influenced 
by  the  West,  this  man  has  been  pre- 
serving his  peoples'  customs  in  writ- 
ing. Twenty-five  years  ago,  he  began 
collecting  folk  tales  and  proverbs, 
and  writing  stories  that  incorporate 
the  ways  and  beliefs  of  the  Kerebe. 

His  early  education  began  at 
Kagunguli,  a  Catholic  primary 
school  on  Ukerewe.  After  five  years 
he  was  sent  by  the  church  to  Bukoba, 
a  port  on  the  western  shore  of  Lake 
Victoria,  where  he  attended  a  semi- 
nary aflministered  by  While  Fathers. 
His  teachers  were  French,  German, 
and  Dutch,  and  for  ten  years  ( 1909- 
19 1  he  studied  under  their  tutelage. 
Always  fascinated  by  languages,  he 
showed  a  proclivity  for  Latin,  Ger- 
man, and  Swahili.  With  the  appear- 


This  Foi^otten  Islands  adventure 
is  not  for  everybody.  HappUy. 

There  are  Edens  in  the  Indian  Ocean.  We  call  them  the  Forgotten 
Islands,  and  their  names  are  poetry.  Seychelles.  Desroches.  Ami- 
rantes.  Farquhar.  Aldabra.  Grand  Comoro.  Their  small  population, 
their  equatorial  sea  birds,  and  their  leaning  palms  are  blessed  by  the 
absence  of  civilization.  That  is  why  we  say  that  they  are  not  for  every- 
body. But  to  explore  them  in  quiet  leisure  might  just  be  for  you. 

Our  2.300  ton  ship  was  expressly  designed  to  combine  the  sophis- 
ticated capabilities  of  an  explorer  with  all  of  the  comforts  of  a  cruise 
vessel.  All  accommodations  are  air-conditioned,  each  cabin  has  its 
own  private  shower  and  toilet,  and  the  ship  has  a  Lido  Deck,  swim- 
ming pool  and  shops.  She  has  an  Observation  Deck  and  a  Crow's 
Nest  to  give  you  an  unrestricted  view,  and  an  auditorium  for  briefings 
by  world-famous  naturalists  on  the  wildlife  of  each  island. 

You'll  fly  by  the  world's  most  advanced  jet— the  BOAC  WC  10  — 
from  New  York  to  Nairobi  by  way  of  London.  Here  our  Safari  vehi- 
cles will  take  you  on  a  day's  game-viewing  safari  through  Nairobi 
National  Park,  and  you'll  then  be  flown  to  Mombasa  to  join  the 
M.S.  Lindblad  Explorer,  for  your  most  memorable  cruise  of  the 
Forgotten  Islands. 

The  inclusive  price  of  this  three-week  explorer-cruise  from  New 
York  starts  at  $1,614.00*.  There  are  departures  every  other  Satur- 
day starting  April  11,  1970.  To  explore  this  cruise  further,  see  your 
Travel  Agent,  or  send  in  the  coupon  below. 

SAFETY  INFORMATION:  The  M.S.  Lindblad  Explorer  is  of 

Norwegian  registry  and  meets  international  safety  standards  for  new 
ships  developed  after  1968  and  the  1966  fire  safety  requirements. 


Somebody  up  there  cares. 

British  Overseas  Airways  Corporation,  Box  VC  10,  Dept.  I-'' '  l)-<iy2 

New  York,  N.Y  lOOlL  687-1600. 

I  am  seriously  interested  in  your  cxplorcr-cruise.  Please  send  details. 


Name. 


-Address. 


City 

My  Travel  Agent  is_ 


-State. 


-Zip. 


gers.)  Air  supplement  during  certain  peat;  periods  required.  

SEYCHELLES 


10 


ance  of  British  administrators  fol- 
lowing the  First  World  War,  he 
started  to  teach  himself  English,  us- 
ing a  German  dictionary. 

He  returned  to  Ukere^ve  at  the  age 
of  twenty-three  to  take  a  teaching  po- 
sition at  the  same  primary  school  he 
had  attended.  However,  his  salary 
was  so  meager  that  he  soon  sought 
other  employment.  He  clerked  for  an 
Italian  merchant  in  Mwanza,  the 
port  closest  to  the  mainland,  until 
the  outbreak  of  World  War  II  when 
his  employer  returned  to  Italy. 

Kitereza  then  obtained  a  position 
with  Father  Simard,  a  Canadian 
priest,  at  the  Kagunguli  mission.  It 
was  during  the  years  1939  to  1944 
that  he  was  first  encouraged  and 
stimulated  to  write.  Kitereza  and 
Simard  collaborated  in  the  collection 
of  folk  tales  and  proverbs.  Simard 
also  suggested  that  Kitereza  begin  to 
write  down  the  customs  of  the 
Kerebe.  Little  encouragement  was 
needed,  as  Kitereza  was  now  old 
enough  to  have  seen  considerable 
change  on  Ukerewe,  and  he  felt 
strongly  that  the  earlier  traditions 
should  be  preserved. 

His  first  rendition  was  so  dry  and 
academic  that  he  turned  to  the  novel 
form.  Simard  felt  the  result  was  a 
'"find."  and  promising  to  translate  it 
into  French,  he  took  the  novel  with 
him  on  leave  to  Canada.  However, 
when  he  returned  to  Ukerewe,  he 
told  Kitereza  that  he  had  not  found 
time  to  do  it.  Before  his  next  leave, 
he  once  again  promised  that  he 
would  translate  the  novel.  But 
Simard  never  returned  to  Ukerewe; 
he  died  in  1952. 

Fortunately,  the  novel  had  been 
typed,  and  there  were  two  more 
copies.  Kitereza's  name  was  now 
familiar  to  many  as  a  collector  of 
Kerebe  literature.  Inevitably,  many 
strangers  came  to  his  door  either  to 
talk  with  him  or  to  review  his  mate- 
rial. One  such  person,  after  seeing 
the  novel,  indicated  an  interest  in 
seeing  it  published.  And  so  the  sec- 
ond copy  vanished.  As  Kitereza  aptly 
puts  it  from  his  own  experience:  "We 
now  have  a  proverb  that  says:  'When 
the  Europeans  came  they  treated  us 
like  monkeys,'  which  is  to  say,  they 
took  everything  from  us  that  they 
wanted." 

The  last  copy  of  the  novel  was  in 
the  hands  of  another  White  Father  in 
the  area.  He  finally  relinquished  it 
this  year  when  he  felt  convinced  that 


a  promise  of  publication  would  be 
fulfilled.  Kitereza  is  now  in  the  labo- 
rious process  of  translating  300  type- 
written,  single-spaced  pages  of 
Kikerebe  into  Swahili,  and  the  East 
African  Literature  Bureau  has  de- 
cided to  publish  the  novel. 

"How  Women  Came  to  Live  with 
Men"  is  an  excerpt  from  the  novel. 
It  is  a  story  told  to  the  main  charac- 
ters, a  young  couple,  in  the  same 
manner  that  folk  tales  and  proverbs 
were  related  in  Kerebe  society.  In 
the  evening,  when  the  family  would 
gather  around  the  fire,  proverbs  and 
folk  tales  were  told  with  the  specific 
intention  of  teaching  the  young,  for 
each  story  had  its  moral.  Sometimes 
the  proverbs  were  used  by  the  parents 
as  a  competitive  device  between  chil- 
dren—who knows  more?  Or  for  var- 
iation, music  was  interpolated  during 
the  narration  of  some  tales.  Always, 
the  specific  intent  was  to  instruct 
children  in  the  mores  and  beliefs  of 
their  society.  Unfortunately,  this  cus- 
tom is  quickly  fading,  one  of  the 
casualties  of  progress. 

Thus,  this  short  story  is  related 
to  the  young  couple  to  tell  them  "how 
women  came  to  live  with  men."  Al- 
though Kitereza  declares  this  excerpt 
to  be  mostly  from  his  imagination, 
it  is  couched  in  what  he  knows — the 
island  and  his  people's  past.  Every- 
day life  is  the  pervading  theme  of 
the  excerpt,  as  it  is  of  the  novel,  and 
the  reader  is  given  a  brief  glimpse 
into  aspects  of  earlier  Kerebe  cul- 
ture: the  relation  of  men  to  women, 
the  importance  of  children,  eating 
customs,  the  role  of  the  Chief,  and 
attitudes  towards  death  and  disease. 

Kitereza's  setting  for  this  story  has 
a  historical  basis.  He  describes  the 
"men's  country"  as  being  overrun 
with  wild  animals  that  destroyed 
crops.  Until  a  generation  ago,  por- 
tions of  Ukerewe  were  covered 
with  dense  growth  where  wildlife 
abounded.  Hunting  w  as  an  important 
activity,  and  the  accompaniment  of 
musical  instruments  is  borne  out  in 
oral  tradition.  In  fact,  hunting  has 
proved  to  be  a  key  in  tracing  the 
early  role  of  music.  Today,  there  are 
70,000  people  on  Ukerewe  and  the 
island  has  been  cleared  of  its  dense 
growth  for  cultivation.  Although 
most  of  the  animals  have  been  killed, 
the  "taboo"  of  eating  wild  game  re- 
mains, except  for  the  varieties  of 
antelope.  Kitereza  exercised  his  pre- 
rogative as  an  author  in  stating  that 


cassava  was  a  traditional  staple— the 
staple  was,  in  fact,  millet.  Cassava 
has  become  important  only  in  the 
twentieth  century. 

The  relationship  of  men  to  women 
is  at  the  center  of  this  short  narrative. 
Although  Kerebe  society  is  patri- 
lineal, oral  tradition  records  a  time 
when  a  few"  matrilineal  clans  were  on 
the  island.  That  a  w  oman  leaves  "her 
country,"  which  may  be  only  five 
miles  from  home,  when  she  marries 
is  indeed  true,  even  today.  The  hus- 
band is  the  head  of  the  household:  he 
owns  everything.  The  woman's  role 
is  certainly  a  subservient  one.  None- 
theless, she  wields  considerable  in- 
fluence because  of  her  capacity  for 
work  and  her  ability  to  bear  children. 
The  references  to  sorcery  and  witch- 
craft underline  the  "unusual"  quality 
attributed  to  women,  who  are  ac- 
cused of  sorcery  more  frequently 
than  are  men.  Kitereza  hastens  to 
say,  however,  that  one  should  never 
call  a  woman  a  dog  (as  recorded  in 
this  story ) ,  for  a  dog  is  truly  the 
lowliest  of  God's  creatures.  One  must 
treat  a  woman  with  respect— after  all, 
she  bears  the  children. 

Completely  unaffected  by  post- 
World  War  II  influences,  Kitereza 
does  not  write  in  the  genre  of  most 
other  contemporary  African  writers. 
He  is  not  seeking  identification;  he 
fights  no  battles,  voices  no  protest. 
His  writing  is  simple,  unsophisti- 
cated, objective.  His  goal  is  to  pre- 
serve tradition  before  it  is  erased  by 
time.  His  intended  audience— the 
Kerebe. 

Kitereza's  writing  and  collections 
also  provide  another  folkloristic 
source  for  writers  in  future  creative 
endeavors.  Furthermore,  because  he 
writes  in  the  indigenous  language, 
Kikerebe,  his  work  will  undoubtedly 
be  of  interest  to  African  linguistic 
scholars.  For  Kikerebe  has  changed 
even  more  rapidly  than  the  recorded 
customs.  The  language  is  no  longer 
spoken  except  by  the  elders.  Not 
only  has  Kitereza  preserved  an  oral 
tradition  for  his  own  people,  he  has 
also  provided  the  rest  of  the  world 
with  a  valuable  addition  to  the  ac- 
cumulating wealth  of  African  folk- 
lore. Perhaps  Kitereza's  endeavors 
in  traditional  literature  are  best 
understood  in  his  own  words: 
"Words  that  are  spoken  fly  with  the 
wind,  but  words  that  are  written  live 
forever.'' 

Gerald  and  Charlotte  Hartwig 


This  summer  re-live  history 

Join  the  1970  LEWIS  &  CLARK  expedition 

sponsored  by  FOUR  WINDS® 


You  are  invited  to  join  a  three-week  expedition  personally 
escorted  by  distinguished  Lewis  and  Clark  scholars— a 
heritage  tour  designed  as  an  authentic  reproduction  of 
America's  greatest  journey  of  exploration. 

From  St.  Louis  to  the  shores  of  Oregon,  you'll  travel  nearly 
4000  miles— some  of  the  way  by  jeep  and  pontoon-platform 
riverboat— exploring  America  as  Lewis  and  Clark  did.  Ven- 
ture to  the  source  of  the  Missouri  River  ...  as  they  did.  Stand 
on  the  ridge  of  the  Continental  Divide  at  Lemhi  Pass  ...  as 
they  did.  Follow  the  Lolo  Trail  in  northern  Idaho— a  road 
without  gas  pump,  home  or  any  vestige  of  civilization— as 
they  did! 

Visit  Indian  reservations  and  historic  battlefields.  Cruise  the 
upper  Missouri's  "Wilderness  Waterway"— its  spectacular 
sandstone  cliffs  and  grotesque  rock  sentinels  virtually  un- 
changed since  Lewis  and  Clark  first  gazed  upon  them  165 
years  ago.  See  the  turbulent  white  waters  of  the  Salmon 
River,  the  "River  of  No  Return". 

Here  is  your  great  opportunity  to  re-live  the  drama  of  Lewis 
and  Clark's  great  journey  ...  to  travel  through  the  unspoiled 
America  of  magnificent  mountains,  rivers  and  forests  that 
they  conquered  . . .  and  to  finally  reach  the  shores  of  the  rock- 
bound  Oregon  coast  and  triumphantly  gaze  out  over  the  Pacific ! 

•  Finest  accommodations  throughout:  Luxury  hotels  in 
cities,  comfortable  camping  arrangements  for  the  overnight 
stop  on  the  Missouri  River's  "Wilderness  Waterway". 

•  Authentic  routing  from  St.  Louis,  Mo.  to  Tillamook, 
Oregon,  on  the  shores  of  the  Pacific— meticulously  designed 
to  follow  the  original  Lewis  and  Clark  route  as  closely  as 
possible. 

•  Scholarly  leadership  to  help  re-create  history  for  you. 


•  Six  departures  to  choose  from  during  June,  July  and 
August  1970;  membership  limited  to  24  persons  per  tour. 

•  Nearly  4000  miles  off  the  beaten  path  through  Missouri, 
Iowa,  Nebraska,  So.  Dakota,  No.  Dakota,  Montana,  Idaho, 
Washington,  Oregon— by  rail,  air,  motorcoach,  jeep,  pontoon- 
platform  riverboat. 

•  Rate  includes  best  hotels,  meals,  transfers  and  transporta- 
tion over  the  tour  route. 

•  All  travel  details— baggage,  tips,  etc.— handled  for  you  by 
your  Four  Winds  tour  escort. 

If  you  are  interested  in  a  unique  summer  travel  experience— seeing 
America  the  way  Lewis  and  Clark  did— see  your  travel  agent  or 
clip  coupon  and  mail  lo 


Four  Winds  Travel  Inc." 

175  Fifth  Ave..  N.Y..N.Y.  lOOlO     Phone;  212-777-0260 

Please  send  me  complete  information  on  your  LEWIS 
and  CLARK  expeditions.  I  would  be  interested  in  a  de- 
parture date  in 
D  June  n  July  D  August 


Namc- 


Addrcss- 
City 


-State. 


.Zip_ 


I'd  like  information  on  other  Four  Winds  tours  to  O  Africa 
n  Orient  &  Expo  '70  D  South  Pacific  O  Around  the  World 
n  California  Rockies  and  the  Pacific  Northwest  D  Mexico 
D  Private  Train  Tours  H  South  I'acilic  Cruises. 


■ 

J 


21 


A  l^aturalist  at  Large 


The  Islawud  Earth 


hy  Margaret  NIead 


In  1940  Edna  St.  Vincent  Milky 
wrote  a  poem  called  "There  Are  No 
Islands,  Any  More,"  which  moved 
those  who  were  involved  in  World 
War  II  very  deeply.  The  theme,  that 
nowhere  on  this  planet  could  man 
flee  from  man  and  be  safe,  that  war 
and  its  aftermath  reached  to  the  most 
remote  islands,  tugged  at  the  imagi- 
nation of  those  of  us  who  were  liv- 
ing through  the  most  widespread  war 
in  history,  a  w  ar  that  culminated  in 
the  horrors  of  Hiroshima.  People 
stopped  talking  about  finding  them- 
selves an  island  where  life  could  be 
lived  out  in  peace  with  nature,  and 
those  who  were  fond  of  quoting 
added,  from  Donne,  "No  man  is  an 
island,  entire  of  itself.  .  .  ."  Islands 
as  a  daydream  of  escape  went  out, 
and  casual  acquaintances  stopped 
asking  to  be  taken  along  on  my  field 
trips.  When  islands  were  mentioned, 
it  was  their  vulnerabilities  that  were 
spoken  of:  population  growth  in 
Mauritius  and  Samoa;  Japan's 
awareness  of  the  need  for  popula- 
tion control ;  the  devastating  volcanic 
eruption  in  Bali  that  destroyed  a 
third  of  the  arable  land;  the  unwill- 
ingness of  Java's  population  to  leave 
their  crowded  island  for  a  less 
crowded  one.  The  emphasis  con- 
tinued to  be  on  the  theme,  "no  place 
to  go.  no  hiding  place  down  here." 
Islands  pointed  out  the  intercon- 
nectedness  of  men  on  earth  and  their 
mutual  vulnerability  to  each  others' 
homicidal  and  genocidal  aims. 

The  emergence  of  Indonesia  as  a 
new  nation— the  fifth  largest  in  the 
world— was  all  the  more  striking  be- 
cause this  is  a  nation  made  up  of 
80  million  people  living  on  3,000  is- 


lands, and  people  raised  their  eye- 
brows when  Indonesia  tried  to  extend 
the  limits  of  sovereignty  to  include 
the  inland  waterways  of  her  watery 
empire.  Buckminster  Fuller  designed 
a  map— a  diomaxion  map— which 
showed  the  continents  of  the  earth  as 
an  interconnected  land  mass.  Islands 
were  definitely  out.  a  handicap  in 
some  way  or  other  to  full-scale  con- 
tinental living. 

Then  came  NASA  and  the  moon 
program,  and  finally  the  first  breath- 
taking photographs  of  the  earth  from 
the  moon.  Mankind  joined  the  astro- 
nauts in  their  willowy,  eerie,  un- 
weighted walks  on  the  moon  and  saw 
the  earth  in  all  its  isolated  diversity. 
Earth  became  an  island  in  space. 
The  earth  seen  from  the  moon  was  a 
whole  in  a  new  sense,  no  longer 
simulated  by  a  globe,  but  seen  w  hole. 
Scientist  fathers  conversing  with 
their  small  sons  found  themselves 
confused  because  they  were  still 
earthbound  looking  toward  the 
moon,  while  the  children  were  on  the 
moon  looking  back  toward  earth. 

Besides  these  major  transforming 
events — the  sense  of  political  and 
military  vulnerability  that  grew  up 
after  World  War  II,  and  the  specific 
change  in  perspective  that  has  grown 
with  the  space  program  as  the  earth 
has  become  planet  Earth— something 
else  has  been  happening.  Men  every- 
where are  becoming  conscious  that 
this  planet,  like  any  small  island,  is 
interconnected  in  ways  other  than 
war  and  rumors  of  war.  The  spread 
of  radioactive  dust;  the  long  journey 
of  DDT  from  someone's  rose  garden 
to  the  shell-less  eggs  of  unborn  birds 
and  the  bones  of  unborn  children; 


the  new,  resistant  strains  of  venereal 
disease  and  malaria,  which  are  rob- 
bing us  of  our  recent  conquest  of 
these  dangers:  the  knowledge  that 
man's  activities  can  alter  the  tem- 
perature of  the  earth,  create  storms 
of  inestimable  strength,  pollute  the 
oceans  as  well  as  the  small  lakes  and 
streams  that  are  dying  throughout 
the  civilized  world :  all  have  brought 
home  to  us  that  the  earth  is  an  island. 
Interconnected  the  peoples  of  the 
earth  are— vulnerable  to  each  other's 
w  eapons  and  no  longer  able  to  defend 
their  frontiers  and  their  children; 
vulnerable  also  to  the  acts  of  people 
half  a  world  away,  as  they  casually 
dump  tanks  of  nuclear  by-products 
into  the  sea  depths,  which  no  one  has 
yet  properlv  explored,  or  send  clouds 
of  pollution  through  the  air.  As 
those  who  love  and  protect  the  wil- 
derness and  try  to  save  a  part  of  it 
for  man,  and  as  those  who  see  their 
main  crop  destroyed  by  the  by- 
products of  human  intervention  in 
agriculture  or  animal  husbandry,  so 
now  the  whole  world  is  coming  to 
realize  the  interconnectedness  be- 
tween the  i\  ay  men  live  and  whether 
or  not  their  children  and  their  chil- 
dren's children  will  have  a  habitable 
world.  Not  war,  but  a  plethora  of 
man-made  things— disposable,  inde- 
structible beer  cans;  too  much  in- 
dustrial waste  in  the  lakes  and 
streams,  from  antibiotics  designed  to 
protect  egg-laying  fowls  to  pesticides 
designed  to  protect  the  orange  crop 
—is  threatening  to  strangle  us,  suf- 
focate us,  bury  us  in  the  debris  and 
by-products  of  our  technologically 
inventive  and  irresponsible  age. 

Continued  on  page  102 


22 


In  this  little  house  in  England  are  the  roots  of  America. 
In  Mayflower "fear^BOAC  takes  you  back. 


In  this  house  William  Brewster, 
William  Bradford  and  the  Pastor 
Richard  Clyfton  organized  the 
Pilgrims  and  planned  their  depar- 
ture. These  historic  meetings  led  to 
the  Mayflower  voyage  and  the 
landing  in  Plymouth,  Massachusetts. 
That  was  1 620.  In  the  year  of  the 
350th  anniversary  of  the  crossing, 
BO  AC  turns  things  around  and  takes 
you  back.  Back  to  Plymouth,  Eng- 
land to  see  where  it  all  started. 

And  BOAC  has  put  together  a 
unique  Mayflower  '70  tour  for  $595 
that  takes  you  back,  shows  you 
around  and  includes  air  fare,  first- 
class  hotels,  sightseeing  and  most 
meals.  You'll  fly  from  New  York  to 
London  on  BOAC's  exclusive  VC  10 
or  707  and  see  Rotherithe,  the  place 
where  the  original  Mayflower  was 
actually  built.  After  an  on-the-town 
evening  in  London,  it's  on  to  South- 
ampton where  the  Pilgrims  first  sailed 
out  on  the  Speedwell,  the  ship  that 
proved  not  seaworthy  enough  for  the 
long  haul  to  America.  Then,  after 
brief  visits  to  Winchester,  the  old  cap- 
ital of  England,  ancient  and  puzzling 
Stonehenge,  Salisbury,  Exeter  and 
Cornwall,  you'll  arrive  in  Plymouth. 
Plymouth.  Where  350  years  ago 
a  small  group  of  courageous  people 

set  out  to  find  a  new  life  in  America.  And  where  their  history  and  spirit  is  still  alive  today.  Other  historical 

ships  will  be  on  exhibit  along  with  a  1620  model  town.  There'll  be  an  ancestry  tracing  service  which 

might  uncover  some  interesting  things  about  your  past.  Plus  hundreds  of  local  exhibits,  contests  and 

celebrations  bringing  the  past  and  present  together,  giving  you  in  1970  a  feeling  for  what  Plymouth, 

its  people  and  its  countryside  was  like  in  1620. 

All  of  BOAC's  tours  are  making  Mayflower  Year  the  perfect  time  to  sec  Britain.  On  our  complete 

Mayflower  Tour  for  $595.  Or  on  your  own  with  our  new  low  air  fare  of  $260  round  trip  from  New  York 

for  a  minimum  stay  of  22  days.  Or  try  our  two-week  Show  Tour  which  includes  hotels,  air  fare, 

theatre  tickets  and  free  rental  car  for  three  days.  If 

you'd  like  to  drive  around  Britain  take  BOAC's  two- 
week  Bonanza  Tour  which  includes  air  fare,  hotels 

and  guest  houses  and  a  free  rental  car.  And  make  your 

own  excursions  to  Plymouth  and  its  countryside. 

BOAC  has  86  flights  a  week  from  the  U.S.  to  Britain, 

more  than  any  other  airline.  And  we  come  from 

England  ourselves.  All  of  these  reasons  are  probably 

why  BOAC  has  been  named  official  carrier  for 

Mayflower  '70. 

For  more  information  on  how  BOAC  can  help 

you  make  your  own  historic  crossing,  1 970-style,  call 

your  Travel  Agent  or  BOAC.  Or  mail  the  coupon. 
Tours  based  on  14/21 -day  Group  Inclusive  fares. 


'  British  Overseas  Airways  Corporation 
BoxVC  10,  Dept.  151-890 
New  York,  N.Y.  10011     MU  7-1600 
I'd  like  to  make  an  historic  crossing  in  Mayflower  Year. 
Please  send  mc  more  information  on: 
D  Mayflower  Tours     D  Show  Tours     D  Bonanza  Tours 
D  BOAC's  New  Round-trip  Fare 

Name  


Address 


City 


Zip 


My  Travel  Agent  is 


MARBORO'S  VERITABLE  ORGY  OF 


P175.  CAIORY 
PU4.    A    MAN    AND    A  GUIDE  POSTER 

WOMAN.  In  dayulo         350  foo<l  ami  bi 


Pe71.  LorinGillslle:    P8SS.  Ben  Shohn: 

LOVE.  Luuplc  cm        YOU  HAVE  NOT  BUSINESS-INVEST 

bracing  against  a        CONVERTED  A  MAN  YOUR  SON    L  ihoRnT  1  «'     "  "B^ 

background  of  sea      BECAUSE  YOU  HAVE  inice  Mue.  deep  blue.  Kjklo  cer  se 

andsand.  17!4"x     SILENCED  HIM.  Black  and  red  lettermc.  and  orange 

21K'".        Otlly^.9B   &  brown  on  white.  J3"  x  29".       On/v  4  95  baclcground, 

30'^x  45".      O.i/y  3,95  '  2!iy,"  x  >0" 

Only  1.91      brown; 


Poster  for  lli< 
famous  NYC  cloth. 


21"  X  30"     Only  1.98 


Rubens'  Rape  of 

the  Sabine  Women;  reds, blues, 

35".   Only  1.98 


PI14    SPHERES 

\  i\iddt\Klo  ri 
^irangc,  and  sre 

black  backgroun 
19"  X  31".  Only 

1 

d. 
I.9» 

P190  HAVE  YOU 
HAD  YOUR  PILL 
TODAY,  r.icle 


24 


FORMS  IN  THE  SKY 


When  the  causes 
of  form  are 
understood, 
astronomers  can 
use  analogy  to 
penetrate  the 
structure  of 
stars  and  planets 

by  Charles  A.  Whitney 


I  am  frequently  asked  how  astron- 
omers discover  so  much  about  the 
sky  from  photographs  and  measure- 
ments of  radiation.  A  full  answer 
would  be  complex  and  would  neces- 
sarily have  to  take  into  account  the 
large  number  of  techniques  that  can 
be  combined  in  an  attack  on  a  given 
problem  of  astronomy.  But  gener- 
ally stated,  in  the  standard  approach 
to  such  problems,  mathematical 
analysis  and  intuitive  synthesis  are 
employed  in  an  alternating  pattern 
of  induction  and  deduction. 

This  approach  is  well  known  and 
is  taught  in  all  scientific  institutions. 
But  there  is  another  approach,  argu- 
ment by  analogy.  It  has  a  lengthy 
history  of  scientific  application- 
stretching  back  to  the  time  of  the 
Greeks— but  it  is  not  quite  as  respect- 
able as  analysis  and  synthesis.  It  of- 
ten works,  but  it  cannot  be  trusted 
blindly.  The  scientist  gambles  when 
he  employs  this  technique  to  make 
inferences  and  extrapolation;  he 
can  be  misled  unless  his  analogies 
are  based  on  fundamental  similari- 
ties of  the  objects  being  compared. 

Most  analogies  used  in  astronomy 
are  based  on  similarity  of  physical 

26 


form,  either  of  the  internal  structure 
or  of  the  apparent  shape  and  pattern 
of  objects  in  space.  Often  these 
shapes  are  only  dimly  seen.  The 
astronomer  cannot  manipulate  or 
tear  apart  his  specimens,  so  he  re- 
gards observed  form  as  crucially  im- 
portant. Analogies  permit  the  astron- 
omer, in  his  mind's  eye,  to  penetrate 
the  structure  of  stars  and  planets,  to 
sense  the  forces  that  bind  the  wispy 
clouds  of  interstellar  gas,  and  to  scan 
the  history  of  the  solar  system. 

But  inferences  based  on  physical 
form  and  the  technique  of  analogy 
can  be  trusted  only  when  the  various 
causes  of  form  are  distinguished. 
(I  use  the  word  in  the  limited  sense 
of  "immediate"  or  "proximate" 
cause.)  Astronomers  classify  the 
causes  of  form  in  two  ways :  On  the 
one  hand,  they  speak  of  historical 
versus  nonhistorical  form,  and  on  the 
other,  statistical  versus  geometricaL 
These  categories  are  not  mutually 
exclusive;  the  form  an  object  takes, 
for  instance,  can  be  governed  by 
processes  that  are  both  historical 
and  statistical.  Let  me  specify  the 
distinctions  among  these  causes  and 
then  illustrate  them. 


■A, 


«.. 


}lM^^    ^'•' 


^' 


Statistical  form  is  typified  by  the 
globular  star  cluster  in  Hercules, 
upper  left,  a  celestial  swarm  of 
"gnats"  held  in  symmetric  disarray 
by  gravity.  Another  example  is  the 
spiral  galaxy  in  Ursa  Major,  above, 
in  which  a  pattern  emerges 
from  individual  motions.  The  lunar 
surface,  left,  is  a  clear  example 
of  historical  form:  action  in  the 
past  irreversibly  changed  what 
we  see  in  the  present. 


27 


Types  of  Formative  Process 

Historical:  Some  processes  clearly 
distinguish  the  past  from  the  future: 
the  burning  of  a  match  or  the  rusting 
of  an  iron  nail  or  the  descent  of  a 
meteor.  These  are  historical,  or  ir- 
reversible, processes  and  each,  in  its 
own  way,  implies  the  ultimate  heat 
death  of  the  universe.  To  alter  the 
metaphor,  these  are  the  processes 
that  put  the  tip  on  the  "arrow  of 
time." 

Nonhistorical:  Some  events  are  not 
tagged  with  a  truly  forward  or  back- 
ward direction  or  chronology.  These 
occurrences   are  nonhistorical.    and 
they    do    not    look    peculiar    when 
viewed  in  reverse.  The  bouncing  of 
a  lively  ball  on  a  hard  surface  is  one 
example,  because  it  simply  seems  to 
be   repeating   itself    (if   we   do    not 
watch  too  long,  of  course:  if  we  do, 
the  bouncing  is  seen  to  decrease  in 
height) .    Suppose,    as    another    ex- 
ample, we  make  a  movie  of  a  ball 
thrown  into  the  air.  The  flight  of  the 
ball  will  be  nearly  frictionless.  and 
if  we  show  the  movie  backward,  the 
flight    will    look    perfectly    natural. 
Such  processes  are  also  called  rever- 
sible, to  distinguish  them  from  the 
irreversible  processes  in  which  fric- 
tion works  a  rapid  decay  of  motion. 
In  our  observable  world,  friction 
is  unavoidable—  there  is  no  perpet- 
ual motion  machine.  Therefore  every 
process  is,  to  some  degree,  irrever- 
sible. Only  in  the  world  of  atoms  do 
we  believe  truly  reversible  events  can 
occur— atomic  collisions  or  emissions 
of  light  are  considered  to  be  pre- 
cisely reversible.  The  irreversibility 
of  large-scale  events  is  merely  a  re- 
flection of  the  low  probability  of  cer- 
tain types  of  events  that  involve  a 
large  number  of  atoms  or  stars.  If, 
for  example,  all  the  camels  in  the 
desert  were  to  be  placed  on  one  hill, 
we  would  later  expect  to  find  them 
dispersed.  We  would  be  quite  sur- 
prised if,  unguided,  they   all  reap- 
peared later  at  the  same  oasis.  The 
larger   the   number   of  camels,   the 
greater  would  be  our  surprise. 

The  motion  of  the  earth  about  the 
sun  is  virtually  frictionless.  There 
is  not  sufficient  gas  in  space  to  im- 
pede our  planet  by  a  perceptible 
amount,    so    the    orbital    motion    is 


termed  reversible.  If  we  made  a 
movie  of  the  solar  system  and  re- 
corded the  circlings  of  all  the  planets 
and  their  satellites,  a  visitor  from 
another  star  would  not  know  whether 
we  were  showing  him  the  movie 
reversed  or  forward.  He  could  not 
develop  a  sense  of  history  from  such 
a  film. 

But  the  distinction  between  his- 
torical and  nonhistorical  processes 
can  be  difficult  to  specify.  In  the  case 
of  the  bouncing  ball,  the  impression 
we  obtain  depends  on  the  precision 
of  our  measurements  and  on  the 
patience  with  which  we  await  the 
decay  of  the  bouncing.  More  im- 
portant than  this  uncertainty  in  de- 
fining reversibility  is  the  fact  that 
the  nature  of  the  process  can  change 
with  the  passage  of  time. 

Again,  the  solar  system  provides 
the  best  example  because  the  present 
flat  arrangement  of  the  planets  com- 
pels us  to  believe  that  the  solar  sys- 
tem must  have  behaved  quite  differ- 
ently in  the  distant  past.  Chance 
alone  cannot  explain  the  present 
coplanar  alignment  of  the  planets, 
nor  are  there  any  forces  now  at  work 
that  could  throw  the  planets  into  such 
a  precise  arrangement. 

In  slightly  different  terms,  the 
solar  system  is  now  in  a  nonhistorical 
state:  it  appears  "constant"  to  us. 
It  does  not  distinguish  the  past  from 
the  future.  Yet  if  we  seek  to  explain 
its  entry  into  its  present  condition, 
we  must  assume  the  action  of  histori- 
cal processes  in  the  past.  (In  much 
the  same  way,  our  reaction  to  seeing 
a  ball  roll  across  the  floor  is  to 
imagine  that  someone  introduced  a 
historical  element  by  pushing  the 
ball.)  For  this  reason.  Laplace  de- 
veloped his  celebrated  hypothesis, 
according  to  which  the  planets  con- 
densed from  the  envelope  of  a  swirl- 
ing nebula. 

Statistical:  A  swarm  of  gnats  or  a 
cluster  of  stars  is  roughly  spherical 
because  its  members  pursue  a  ran- 
dom pattern  of  orbits  about  a  vacant 
center  of  collective  attraction.  The 
distant  view  of  either  object  reveals 
only  the  smoothed-out  sum  of  the 
orbits— a  spherical  smudge. 

If  we  say  that  each  orbital  flight 
of  a  gnat  or  a  star  is  an  event,  we 
might   characterize   the   smudge   as 


oOc 


"vn. 


IV. 


D 


o 


VI. 


vnr. 


Early  drawings  of  Saturn, 

above,  show  the  earlike 

appendages  detected  by  the 

first  users  of  telescopes. 

Argiunent  by  analogy,  later 

confirmed  by  improved 

telescopes,  held  that  the 

appendages  had  to  be  the  now 

familiar  rings,  as  in 

photograph  at  right. 


the  result  of  apparent  equilibrium 
among  a  multitude  of  scattered  and 
random  events. 

Geometrical:  Some  forms  result  from 
a  static  equilibrium— an  equilibrium 
of  tension  between  forces  rather  than 
events.  For  example,  the  shape  of  a 
salt  crystal  or  of  a  snowflake  reflects 
the  configuration  of  molecules  nes- 
tling quietly,  and  almost  statically, 
together.  Similarly,  the  shape  of  a 
planet  or  of  a  drop  of  rain  water 
results  from  the  symmetrizing  forces 
of  gravity  and  surface  tension. 

Astronomical  Forms 

The  illustrations  in  this  article 
show  the  variety  of  astronomical 
forms. 

The  globular  cluster  in  Hercules 
(page  26)  is  probably  the  purest  ex- 
ample of  statistical  form.  In  addition, 
its  internal  processes  are  reversible 
because  its  stars,  although  crowded 
in  the  photograph,  are  actually  so  far 
apart  they  never  collide.  They  inter- 
act only  by  the  gentle  hands  of 
gravity. 

The  spiral  galaxy  in  Ursa  Major 
(page  27 \  is  also  an  example  of 
statistical  form.  It  is  composed  of 
stars   and   gas,   and  the   orbits   are 


arranged  in  a  flattened  pattern,  so 
the  galaxy  appears  to  swirl  about  its 
center  of  attraction. 

The  precise  origin  of  the  "arms" 
of  the  spiral  pattern  is  still  debated. 
Although  the  arms  are  certainly  the 
result  of  gravity,  it  is  not  clear 
whether  they  are  the  result  of  rever- 
sible or  irreversible  processes.  In  one 
view,  they  are  the  residue  of  clumps 
of  stars,  stretched  out  by  the  rota- 
tional motion  of  the  galaxy— not  un- 
like the  streaming  of  cream  in  a  cup 
of  spinning  coffee.  In  another  view, 
they  represent  "standing  waves,"  or 
gravitationally  produced  condensa- 
tions of  stars,  resembling  clusters  of 
automobiles  at  busy  intersections. 

The  pattern  of  craters  on  the  lunar 
surface  ( page  27 1  is  obviously  a  case 
of  historical  form.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  flattened  shape  of  Jupiter  ( page 
30 )  is  a  geometrical  form  resulting 
from  reversible  processes.  It  is  pro- 
duced by  the  centrifugal  force  of 
rotation  in  competition  with  the  cen- 
tripetal force  of  gravity. 

Also  deserving  comment  are  the 
planetary  nebulae,  so  named  for  their 
appearance  in  a  modest  telescope. 
A  nebula  is  shown  on  page  31. 
These  nebulae  are  celestial  neon  signs 
-their  tenuous  gas  is  excited  to  glow 


by  a  hot  star.  Their  shape  is  deter- 
mined by  a  statistical  process:  the 
outward  spreading  and  depletion  of 
light  from  the  central  star.  All  the 
energy  emitted  by  this  type  of  nebula 
originates  in  the  atmosphere  of  a 
single,  very  hot.  but  quite  faint,  star. 
In  many  random  collisions  of  light 
photons  with  gas  molecules,  the 
nebula  converts  the  star  light  to 
radiation  of  a  different  color. 

Saturn's  Rings 

and  the  Use  of  Analogy 

One  of  the  finest  early  examples 
of  the  power  of  argument  by  analogy 
and  inference  from  form  is  Christian 
Huygens'  discovery  of  the  rings  of 
Saturn.  In  1609  Galileo  detected 
lobes  or  earlike  appendages  attached 
to  the  disk  of  Saturn  ( page  29 ) .  As 
the  planet  moved  around  the  sun, 
these  lobes  narrowed  and  briefly  dis- 
appeared, but  they  remained  unex- 
plained for  almost  50  years  until 
Huvgens  re-examined  Saturn.  He  im- 
mediately announced  that  these  ap- 
pendages were  rings  around  the 
planet. 

Huygens'  argument  was  the  fol- 


lowing. The  moons  of  Saturn  were 
known  to  revolve  about  that  planet 
with  periods  between  several  days 
and  many  weeks,  and  their  motion 
obeyed  quite  accurately  the  known 
laws  of  planetary  motion.  As  Saturn, 
its  moons,  and  its  '"appendages"'  are 
all  part  of  the  same  system,  and  prob- 
ably had  a  common  origin.  Huygens 
argued  that  they  must  all  obey  the 
same  law  of  rotation.  The  append- 
ages must  therefore  rotate  in  only 
a  few  hours.  But,  and  this  is  the 
critical  step  in  the  formal  argument, 
the  appendages  do  not  appear  to 
vary  visually  in  a  pwriod  of  hours, 
so  they  must  possess  a  form  that 
would  appear  unchanged  during  ro- 
tation. Only  a  ring  fits  these  criteria, 
Huvgens  reasoned.  No  doubt.  Huy- 
gens' acuity  is  partlv  explained  by 
his  greatly  improved  telescope,  but 
his  insight  and  his  sight  had  been 
sharpened  by  a  theoretical  argument 
employing  an  analogous  model.  His 
achievement  is  a  fine  example  of  a 
theory  calling  forth  a  new  definition 
of  the  "facts." 

I  have  emphasized  the  sources  of 
form  because  tliese  sources  must  also 


be  understood  before  analogy  can 
be  applied  to  scientific  analysis.  Let 
me  conclude  by  commenting  on  the 
role  of  analogy  in  the  development 
of  science. 

\^Tien  true  genius  is  lacking,  scien- 
tists progress  by  applying  old  ideas 
to  new  problems.  \^  hen  a  genius  ap- 
pears on  the  scene,  he  produces  a 
revolution  bv  breaking  out  of  the 
old  modes  of  thought  and  by  apply- 
ing new  ideas  to  old  problems.  Es- 
sential to  both  the  plodder  and  the 
revolutionary  is  the  transfer  of  ideas 
from  one  context  to  another,  and 
analogy  provides  a  powerful  tool  for 
effecting  this  transfer.  Mathematical 
analysis,  itself,  should  be  viewed  as 
a  form  of  analogous  reasoning,  be- 
cause the  behavior  of  solutions  of 
equations  is  compared  to  the  ob- 
served behavior  of  physical  objects. 

The  scientist  uses  analogies  to 
stimulate  his  intuition.  He  is  guided 
by  form,  and  he  recognizes  tliat  one 
prerequisite  of  good  science  is  the 
ability  to  distinguish  fundamental 
and  fruitful  analogies  from  those 
that  are  accidental  and  purely  super- 
ficial. 


Jupiter's  slightly  flattened 

shape,  left,  is  an  example 

of  geometrical  form. 

The  shape  represents 

equilibrium  between  the 

centrifugal  force  of  rapid 

rotation  and  the  pulling 

force  of  gravity;  it  says 

nothing  about  the  past. 

The  planetary  nebula 

in  Aquarius,  right,  is 

statistical  form,  the  result 

of  apparent  equilibrium 

among  many  random  collisions 

of  photons  from  a  central 

star  Avath  molecules  in 

an  expanding  envelope  of  gas. 

The  glow  from  the  collisions 

shows  the  outward  spreading 

and  depletion  of  light. 


30 


f 


i^iJl^', 


^i?i  ;! 


In  summer,  St.  Paul  Island. 

one  of  the  Pribilof  Islands 

in  the  Bering  Sea,  is  the 

breeding  ground  for  two-thirds 

of  the  world's  northern  fur 

seals.  The  federally  run  island 

is  the  home  of  400  Aleuts, 

who  live  in  federally  owned 

housing  and  are  employed  by 

the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Commercial 

Fisheries  to  annually  kill 

forty  to  eighty  thousand 

yoimg  male  seals  whose  pelts 

are  sold  to  fiurriers.  Mature 

males  and  their  harem 

females  are  not  harvested, 

and  their  breeding  continues 

without  interruption. 

Females  give  birth  on  the 

island  and  mate  again  while 

suckling  their  newborn  pups. 

In  October  and  November, 

seals  leave  the  island  for 

their  winter  ranges  farther 

south  in  the  Pacific. 


32 


)EAL  HAREMS 
NTHEPRIBILOFS 


Richard  K.  Mathews 


doesn't  take  long  for  a  visitor  to 
St.  Paul  village  in  Alaska's  Pribi- 
slands  to  realize  that  the  northern 
seal,  Callorhinus  ursinus,  is  the 
ic  fact  of  life.  Pulling  up  to  the 
llow-water  dock,  the  sputter  of  the 


outboard  is  instantly  replaced  by  the 
deep,  resonant  cattle  yard  sound  of 
nearby  seal  rookeries.  And  as  soon 
as  the  gasoline  fumes  clear,  the  acrid, 
musky  scent  of  massed  seals  pervades 
the  air.  Walking  up  to  the  village,  the 
islander  who  welcomed  you  ashore 
points  out  the  most  imposing  struc- 
tures: In  the  long  shed  on  the  left,  he 


explains,  seal  skins  are  processed  and 
stored,  and  in  the  big.  gloomy  corru- 
gated metal  building  in  the  distance, 
the  carcasses  are  ground  into  mink 
food.  The  vehicle  rumbling  out  over 
the  tundra  is  not  a  dump  truck,  but 
a  carcass  truck,  the  one  into  which 
he  himself  will  be  pitching  bodies 
when  the  sealing  season  opens  in  late 


^A'i  ^1-- 


^    * 


w^ 


;^>^^ 


f  *•  • 


Above,  a  mature  bull 

(foreground)  will  often 

attack  females  that  stray 

from  his  harem,  inflicting 

wounds  and  driving 

them  back  into  his 

territory.  Copulation. 

right,  takes  place  five 

days  after  the  cows 

have  given  hirth.  The 

polygamous  bull  is  able 

to  mate  with  several 

females  in  a  single  day. 


O 

^ 


i^-'i^ 


June.  He  is  a  baseball  fan,  like  most 
residents  of  St.  Paul,  and  on  coming 
to  the  playing  field,  he  ends  your 
guided  tour  with  an  invitation  to 
watch  his  team  trounce  the  "Blub- 
berers"  later  in  the  afternoon. 

From  the  playing  field  the  neat 
white  houses  of  the  village  proper  are 
visible;  they  are  so  uniform  and  laid 
out  in  such  monotonous  rows  that 
one  immediately  suspects  that  the 
government  is  somehow  involved. 
Later  queries  reveal  this  to  be  the 
case:  not  only  did  the  federal  govern- 
ment plan  them,  it  also  built  them  and 
owns  them,  as  it  owns  just  about 
everything  else  on  the  island,  and  all 
because  of  the  seals,  also  government 
owned  and  the  sole  reason  for  its 
presence  here. 

The  place  to  get  acquainted  with 
people  in  St.  Paul  is  the  little  com- 
munity-owned tavern  past  the  post 
office.  Cans  of  Country  Club  malt 
liquor,  which  sometimes  seems  to 
have  replaced  seal  meat  as  the  staple 
of  the  islanders'  diet,  are  passed 
around,  and  introductions  made  to 
Porfiry  Stepetin,  Maxim  Emanoff, 
Nectary  Galaktionoff.  and  others  who 
tell  you  they  work  as  "clubbers," 
"pod  cutters,"  "stickers,"  "rippers," 
and  at  other  ominous-sounding  jobs; 
they  are  all  government  employees, 
all  sealers.  The  town's  economy  is  the 
seal,  and  what  little  money  doesn't 
come  from  regular  wages  earned  in 
its  harvest  comes  from  a  few  small 
sideline  enterprises,  such  as  that  of 
Alexander  Melovidov  who  sells  dried 
seal  penises  at  50^  each  to  an  aphro- 
disiac maker  and  exporter  in  Brook- 
lyn. New  York. 

Not  only  the  incomes  of  the  island- 
ers, but  their  Russian  names  and  that 
they  are  living  on  the  Pribilofs  at  all 
is  strictly  contingent  upon  the  seal. 
In  1786  when  the  Russians  discov- 
ered the  uninhabited  islands  they  co- 
erced Russified  Aleuts  to  settle  there 
and  do  their  sealing  for  them.  One 
result  is  that  today,  St.  Paul  village, 
although  it  has  only  400-odd  inhabi- 
tants, is  the  largest  community  of  the 
vanishing  race  left  on  earth:  a  town 
of  dark,  often  handsome  men  and 
women  who  still  speak  their  native 
language  and  pray  to  God  in  it  when 
Father  Lestenkof  holds  services  in 
his  yellow  Russian  Orthodox  church. 

St.  Paul  is  the  summer  home  of 


BERING  SEA 


PRIBILOF 
ISLANDS     St.  Paul 


^.=£>"- 


two-thirds  of  the  world's  population 
of  northern  fur  seals  and  the  only 
land  on  which  most  of  these  animals 
ever  come  ashore.  Of  these  1.200.000 
seals,  each  year  40,000  to  80.000  are 
killed  for  their  pelts,  which  the  U.S. 
Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  auc- 
tions off  to  furriers  for  nearly  -$100 
each.  This  harvest  consists  entirely  of 
immature  males,  mostly  three-  and 
four-year-olds,  and  since  these  ani- 
mals do  not  enter  the  breeding  rook- 
eries of  adult  seals,  rounding  them 
up  does  not  interfere  with  the  activi- 
ties of  the  latter.  So  on  the  one  hand, 
the  island  is  the  scene  of  the  seal  har- 
vest, performed  by  Aleuts  wielding 
five-foot  ash  clubs,  and  on  the  other, 
it  provides  a  spectacle  of  massed, 
nearly  unmolested  wildlife  on  the 
nearby  breeding  ground. 

There  are  eight  sharply  defined 
sections  of  St.  Paul's  shoreline  where 
all  the  breeding  seals  congregate.  One 
of  them.  Zapadni.  is  a  rocky  crescent 
of  beach  facing  a  little  bay.  It  is  about 
six  miles  from  St.  Paul.  The  land- 
scape along  the  way  is  typical  of  the 
island  as  a  whole:  gently  rolling  hills 
and  broad  valleys,  all  lava-built  and 
quite  young.  The  early  summer 
weather  is  also  typical  of  the  area:  a 
fine,  ceaseless  drizzle  with  fogbanks 
pressing  in  from  the  Bering  Sea.  The 
low  summer  temperatures  (48°  F.  is 
average)  and  the  nearly  continuous 
overcast  (22  clear  days  a  year,  mostly 
in  winter)  are  doubtless  attractive  to 
the  well-insulated  fur  seals,  but  these 
weather  conditions  combine  to  pre- 
vent the  growth  of  trees— or  any  other 
woody  plants  bigger  than  pencil-thin 


willows — on  the  tundra  surface.  By 
June  25  the  bleakness  is  softened  by 
lush  grasses  interspersed  with  vari- 
ous saxifrages  and  bright  dwarf  but- 
tercups, whole  acres  of  deep-blue 
lupines  stretch  away  up  the  gentle 
slopes,  and  the  road  to  Zapadni  is 
bordered  with  neat  yellow  rows  of 
colonizing  Arctic  poppies. 

Zapadni  rookery  is  about  tw  o  miles 
long  and  extends  from  thirty  to  over 
three  hundred  feet  in  from  the  nearly 
tideless  water  of  English  Bay.  The 
Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  cen- 
sus takers  have  constructed  several 
wooden  counting  platforms,  which 
extend  into  the  midst  of  the  rookery. 
These  are  excellent  vantage  points. 

Far  up  the  shoreline  one  sees  a 
swath  of  indistinct  hazy  motion,  of 
shifting,  wriggling  forms  emerging 
from  the  fog.  Closer  to  the  platforms 
the  swath  resolves  itself  into  the  hulk- 
ing, triangular  shapes  of  grav-brown 
bulls  and  smaller  mouse-colored  fe- 
males. More  than  a  dozen  of  these 
females  cluster  around  each  bull  on 
the  shoreline,  and  each  cluster  bor- 
ders directly  on  a  neighboring  one. 
But  twenty  or  thirty  feet  back  from 
shore  there  are  only  bulls,  spaced 
evenlv  over  the  rocky  terrain— some 
stretched  out  asleep,  others  turning 
their  heads  from  side  to  side  as  they 
broadca.st  a  deep  loud  roar  at  the 
human  intruder,  others  cooling  them- 
selves bv  rhvthmically  \vaving  their 
hind  flippers  back  and  forth.  How 
manv  seals  are  visible?  The  census 
lakers  must  be  remarkable  men,  for 
there  are  so  many  young,  old.  female, 
and  male  seals  doing  so  much  shov- 

35 


The  harem  bull  guards 

his  cows  zealously 

against  any  intruder. 

Here,  a  male  directs  his 

deep  roar  toward  an 

approaching  photographer. 


,*  4  * 

i 

' 

i-M 

IM| 

1 

iHifSii 

-m 

^ 

£ 

Ik 

: 

•  .M 

^jpif  jfl 

^ 

i 

j 

I 

1 

h 

j^^*'  fljH 

vfl 

\ 

r    '  ^ 

d 

^M 

Bri 

Hj 

L 

mh'^  ' 

3 

m 

^H 

^1 

1 

1 

k 

3 

1 

1 

1 

i 

m 

n 

^ 

ing,  writhing,  charging,  nursing. 
copulating,  blatting,  snorting,  fight- 
ing, and  hissing  in  so  small  an  area 
that  the  amateur  is  forced  to  put  his 
estimate  at  anywhere  from  three 
thousand  to  three  hundred  thousand. 

The  scene  becomes  less  bewilder- 
ing if  one  focuses  on  a  single  nearby 
individual— such  as  the  bull  about 
twenty  feet  away.  He  is  surrounded 
by  twenty-three  females  and  eight 
pups,  one  of  which  is  dead  and  lies 
rotting  in  a  crevice.  The  surround- 
ing rocks,  smoothed  by  past  genera- 
tions, are  smeared  by  the  blood,  am- 
niotic fluid,  and  feces  of  the  present 
one.  On  the  highest  rock  the  bull  naps 
on  his  belly.  He  is  not  large  as  bulls 
go— perhaps  four  hundred  pounds— 
but  he  weighs  four  or  five  times  more 
than  any  of  his  cows.  His  dense  coat 
is  a  deep  brown,  except  for  the  griz- 
zled mane  that  reaches  from  forehead 
to  midback.  His  expressive  brown 
eyes  have  been  watering,  and  his 
cheeks  are  streaked  parallel  to  his 
long  drooping  whiskers.  His  partly 
open  mouth  reveals  four  long  white 
canine  teeth. 

He  does  not  really  sleep.  Every 
minute    or    two   he    shifts    position 

36 


slightly  and  raises  his  head  to  look 
around.  Now  and  then  he  rhythmi- 
cally waves  one  hind  flipper  up  and 
dow  n  a  few  times.  He  is  cooling  him- 
self, for  although  it  is  still  drizzling 
and  not  over  55  degrees,  he  is  insu- 
lated by  one  of  the  densest  furs 
know n ;  the  only  effective  way  he  can 
lose  excess  body  heat  is  by  exposing 
his  naked  and  highly  vascular  flip- 
pers to  moving  air. 

A  sudden  noise,  unheard  by  the 
human  observer,  startles  the  bull.  He 
hunches  himself  up  into  an  erect  po- 
sition and  emits  a  clicking  sound.  He 
focuses  on  a  neighbor  approaching 
what  is  apparently  the  boundary  line 
between  their  contiguous  domains. 
Immediately,  as  his  pups  and  females 
flee  in  all  directions,  he  rushes  tow  ard 
the  other  bull.  The  latter  turns  to  face 
him,  and  the  tw  o  charge  to  within  two 
feet  of  each  other.  With  heads  pressed 
downward,  backs  arched,  and  manes 
bristling  they  lunge  toward  each 
other's  front  flippers.  Their  forward 
motion  ceases  abruptly  just  short  of 
contact,  and  instead  of  bites  they 
exchange  a  breathy  sequence  of  chug, 
chug,  chug  sounds,  like  a  stalling 
one-cylinder   gas   motor.   Now   they 


raise  their  heads  and  look  aslant  at 
each  other,  necks  zigzagging  to  and 
fro  as  though  feinting  or  attempting 
to  throw  each  other  off  balance.  Then 
both  suddenly  break  off  the  ritual  and 
return  toward  the  centers  of  their 
territories. 

When  the  bull  near  the  platform 
charged,  some  of  his  cows,  moved  to 
what  seemed  to  be  another  section  of 
his  territorial  boundary:  now,  click- 
ing and  growling,  he  begins  to  circle 
them.  The  cows  greet  his  patrol  by 
craning  their  heads  upward  and  try- 
ing to  grab  his  muzzle  or  neck  in  their 
teeth.  The  bull  herds  them  deeper  into 
his  territory  by  shoving  and  nipping 
until  he  comes  to  one  that  has  appar- 
ently strayed  beyond  his  boundary. 
He  rushes  after  her.  clamps  his  jaws 
on  her  shoulders  and  half  carries, 
half  hurls  her  back.  The  marks  his 
canines  make  are  visible  on  her  fur. 

Having  twice  circled  his  territorial 
bounds,  the  bull  again  drapes  his 
bulk  over  his  customary  resting  rock. 
He  breathes  heavily  and  fans  both 
rear  flippers  vigorously  this  time— it 
was  a  two-flipper  exertion.  As  he  re- 
news his  restless  vigil,  his  cows  snap 
and  hiss  at  each  other. 


Breeding  bull  fur  seals  are  as  ac- 
tive at  night  as  in  the  daytime,  and 
if  this  once  in  Zapadni  typifies  those 
studied  on  nearby  rookeries,  he  has 
reached  the  third  week  of  the  six-  to 
eight-week  period  that  he  will  guard 
his  territory.  From  the  time  he  first 
establishes  it  until  he  abandons  it  in 
late  July  or  early  August,  he  will  eat 
nothing  nor  will  he  leave  his  post  for 
more  than  a  total  of  a  few  hours,  if  at 
all;  during  all  this  time  he  will  exert 
himself  strongly  in  fighting,  patrol- 
ling, and  copulating.  As  we  shall  see, 
his  ability  to  stay  on  shore  so  long, 
which  depends  in  turn  on  his  ability 
to  store  large  amounts  of  fat,  is  es- 
sential to  the  complex  and  rigid  so- 
cial organization  of  his  species.  The 
bulls  are  thought  to  spend  most  of 
the  winter  in  the  rich  waters  off  the 
Aleutians  and  in  the  Gulf  of  Alaska 
where  they  feed  heavily  on  squid, 
herring,  capelin,  and  other  small  fish. 
When  they  return  to  haul  out  on  the 
Pribilofs,  beginning  in  late  April,  the 
vast  masses  of  their  blubbery  bodies 
ripple  like  jelly,  the  skin  is  stretched 
too  tight  for  wrinkles,  and  exception- 
ally heavy  fat  deposits  pad  their 
shoulders.  In  short,  they  are  very  well 


prepared  for  the  long  fast  to  come. 

When  they  migrate  north,  the  bulls 
not  only  locate  the  small,  foggy 
Pribilofs,  but  proceed  to  the  precise 
two  or  three  hundred  square  feet  of 
rock  they  occupied  the  previous  year 
and  where,  in  most  cases,  they  were 
born.  As  they  approach  the  rookeries 
they  linger  just  offshore  for  a  few 
days,  resting  and  grooming  them- 
selves. They  are  fairly  sociable  at  this 
time  and  are  often  seen  in  small 
groups.  But  by  the  end  of  May,  a 
dramatic  change  has  occurred.  Every 
bull  that  has  arrived  has  landed  and 
has  either  established  or  is  attempt- 
ing to  establish  a  territory.  Hostility 
and  violence  prevail. 

Unless  a  bull  is  the  first  arrival  at 
a  particular  section  of  rookery,  he 
will  find  that  bulls  already  there  have 
each  claimed  very  large  areas,  most 
likely  including  his  territory  of  the 
year  before.  As  the  would-be  occu- 
pant swims  in  to  land,  he  is  warned 
off  by  the  loud,  prolonged  roars  of 
those  present.  He  is  not  persistent  in 
his  first  attempts,  however,  and  re- 
treats. Staying  close  by,  he  may  haul 
up  on  an  offshore  rock  and  scratch 
himself  with  his  hind  flippers  (fur 
seals  have  a  flea  all  their  own  I ,  or 
rest.  But  in  an  hour  or  two  he  is  back, 
and  every  time  he  challenges  the  oc- 
cupants, he  does  so  with  greater 
aggressiveness.  After  four  or  five 
days  and  twenty  or  thirty  attempts, 
the  bull  usually  succeeds. 

He  approaches  the  shore  stealth- 
ily— lying  low  in  the  water,  avoiding 
noise  and  splashing— and  then  hauls 
out  at  a  spot  where  the  terrain  is 
particularly  advantageous  to  his  ad- 
vance. Despite  his  stealth,  he  is 
quickly  noticed  by  resident  bulls  who 
immediately  set  up  a  chorus  of 
threatening  roars,  a  reaction  that, 
incidentally,  is  the  only  example  of 
coordinated  social  activity  among 
bulls.  But  this  time  the  challenger 
lowers  his  head  and  plunges  blindly 
toward  his  former  territory.  Every 
bull  through  whose  domain  he  passes 
attempts  to  attack  him.  but  he  lunges 
on  until  blocked  or  held.  A  dramatic 
batde  then  ensues  in  which  the  com- 
batants bite  viciously  at  each  other, 
shoving  and  roaring.  Within  seconds, 
however,  fighting  assumes  a  formal 
pattern,  with  two  bulls  facing  each 
other.  Chest  to  chest  they  shove,  feint 


with  head  and  neck,  and  bite  in 
rapid  succession.  When  each  has  a 
jaw  grip  on  the  other,  both  suddenly 
freeze  for  a  long  interval  to  catch 
their  breath.  If  the  invader  gets  free 
of  one  defender,  he  soon  finds  him- 
self battling  another  in  the  next  terri- 
tory, and  sometimes,  when  he  is  at 
the  corner  of  three  different  territor- 
ies, he  will  be  confronted  by  three 
opponents  at  once. 

These  combats  seldom  result  in 
death,  but  foreflippers,  a  favorite 
target,  are  often  torn.  Also,  skin 
elsewhere  may  be  ripped,  canine 
teeth  broken,  eyes  gouged.  The  black 
rocks  of  the  rookery  are  now  crimson 
in  places,  and  a  human  observer  can 
identify  many  individual  bulls  by  the 
shapes  of  the  pink  gashes  in  their 
deep  brown  fur. 

If  the  challenger  is  successful  he 
will  have  to  be  content  with  a  small 
piece  of  ground  at  first,  in  some  cases 
hardly  enough  to  turn  around  on.  He 
must  meet  repeated  threats  and  at- 
tacks by  the  bull  or  bulls  from  whom 
he  appropriated  his  territory,  and  at 
whose  expense  he  now  tries  to  extend 
his  boundaries  toward  an  average 
size  of  about  350  square  feet.  After  a 
week  or  so,  however,  he  is  "accepted" 
by  his  neighbors;  that  is,  he  can  now 
defend  his  territory  mostly  by  threats 
rather  than  actual  fighting.  His 
boundaries  have  stabilized  consider- 
ably, and  are  precisely  demarcated, 
although  whether  by  scent  or  be- 
havior is  not  certain. 

Territorial  aggressiveness  varies 
considerably  from  individual  to  in- 
dividual. An  extreme  case  is  de- 
scribed by  Karl  Kenyon,  an  author- 
ity on  marine  mammals  of  Alaska: 
"Bull  #8  frequently  and  energetical!) 
patrolled  his  territory,  challenged 
neighboring  bulls  to  bluffing  bouts, 
and  often  provoked  them  to  biting 
skirmishes  that  filled  the  air  with  bits 
of  fur.  He  expanded  his  territory 
boundaries  to  a  diameter  approxi- 
mately 20  by  25  meters  and  on  sev- 
eral occasions  pursued  idle  bulls  and 
harem  intruders  for  nearly  30  meters 
beyond  these  boundaries.  When, 
during  the  course  of  spraying  ojiera- 
tions  I  to  mark  bulls  with  |)aint  for 
identification],  an  attempt  was  made 
to  drive  a  truck  into  his  territory,  he 
charged  it  vigorously  and  succeeded 
in  blocking  it  from  his  area." 

37 


After  a  bull  establishes  his  terri- 
tory he  usually  guards  it  as  did  the 
Zapadni  bull  described  earlier— 
mainly  with  vocal  threats,  frequent 
patrolling,  and  ritual  lunging.  The 
Zapadni  bull  had  twenty-three  fe- 
males clustered  in  his  territory  on 
June  25.  Already  other  members  of 
his  harem  had  undoubtedly  returned 
to  feed  at  sea,  but  the  mass  arrival 
of  more  females  that  annually  occurs 
in  the  next  ten  days  would  probably 
assure  him  of  additional  recruits. 
Although  twenty -three  is  a  little 
above  the  Pribilof  average  some  bulls 
have  maintained  harems  in  which  a 
hundred  females  have  been  counted. 

Indeed,  there  is  no  other  mammal 
species  in  which  polygamy  is  more 
extreme.  Nor  is  there  any  in  which 
the  male's  weight  is  so  large  in  pro- 
portion to  the  female's  weight.  The 
initial  arrival  of  the  females  at  the 
rookeries  gives  a  clue  as  to  how  these 
two  extremes  are  related  and  the 
bearing  that  they  apparently  have  on 
male  territoriality. 

The  female,  like  the  bull,  has  a 
strong  homing  instinct  that  causes 
her  to  return  and  bear  her  young  at 
the  same  rookery  year  after  year.  In 
choosing  a  spot  to  land  she  is  gov- 
erned by  this  instinct,  not  by  prefer- 
ence for  the  bull  who  happens  to  rule 
there.  On  seeing  her.  this  bull  rushes 
down  to  cut  off  her  escape.  Then, 
being  so  much  larger,  he  easily  moves 


her  toward  the  center  of  his  terri- 
tory; usually  by  pushing,  sometimes 
by  picking  her  up  bodily  in  his  jaws. 
He  then  patrols  around  her,  emitting 
a  rasping  chirp  that  apparentlv  in- 
forms her  of  territorial  boundaries 
that  must  not  be  transgressed.  De- 
termined females  can,  and  frequently 
do,  escape  from  a  given  bull.  Gener- 
ally, however,  a  female's  passivity, 
coupled  with  the  male's  aggressive 
possessiveness,  results  in  her  settling 
down  with  the  first  harem  she  meets— 
unless  it  becomes  so  crowded  that  the 
bull  can  no  longer  effectively  domi- 
nate the  situation.  Because  females 
land  on  the  sea  side  of  the  rookeries, 
the  shore  harems  fill  up  before  inland 
ones  form.  It  is  perhaps  significant 
that  aggressive  bulls  sometimes  de- 
fend large  territories  that,  for  reasons 
of  location  or  terrain,  are  not  well 
supplied  with  females.  Indeed  it  ap- 
pears that  bulls  in  general  do  not 
select  territories  on  the  basis  of  sex- 
ual potential  any  more  than  females 
select  landing  sites  on  the  basis  of 
their  male  occupants. 

Except  for  the  one  or  two  days 
when  she  is  in  heat,  the  female's  re- 
action to  the  harem  bull  is  marked 
by  frequent  hissing,  nipping,  and 
attempts  at  avoidance.  The  bull  for 
his  part  is  extremely  possessive  to- 
ward his  cows  and  sometimes  quite 
violent  with  them.  On  occasion  two 
bulls  will  clamp  their  jaws  onto  a  dis- 


puted female  at  the  same  time  anc 
engage  in  a  tug-of-war  that  coulo 
have  lethal  results.  In  addition,  the 
females  show  hostility  among  them- 
selves. Indeed,  after  observing  a  seal 
rookery,  where  all  is  contention,  sex, 
and  property,  one  is  prompted  to  the 
unscientific  reflection  that  humans— 
although  they  ravage  each  other  and 
their  environment — don't  live  so 
nastily  after  all. 

The  females  in  the  Zapadni  bull's 
harem  had  produced  eight  pups  by 
June  25:  wide-eyed,  jet-black  little 
creatures  resembling  Labrador  pups, 
except  for  the  flippers  with  which 
thev  stumbled  awkwardly  over  the 
rocks.  In  all  probabilitv  none  of  their 
mothers  were  even  at  the  rookerv  ten 
days  before,  and  just  as  probably, 
some  were  already  pregnant  again. 
This  remarkable  telescoping  of  re- 
productive events  results  in  the 
females  landing,  giving  birth,  copu- 
lating, and  nursing— all  within  an 
average  of  only  six  days.  Further- 
more, the  timing  is  such  that  females 
migrate  northward  from  as  far  afield 
as  the  coasts  of  Japan  and  California, 
yet  give  birth  on  an  average  of  only 
twenty-one  hours  after  hauling 
ashore.  Evidently  they  do  not  make 
major  navigational  errors,  which 
would  delay  their  arrival.  Nor  do 
they  arrive  too  soon.  There  is  no 
evidence  that  thev  congregate  around 
the  Pribilofs,  awaiting  the  right  mo- 


merit  to  come  ashore  (as  salmon 
linger  in  an  estuary  before  proceed- 
ing upriver  to  their  spawning 
grounds) . 

Neither  the  internal  clock  nor  the 
com|iass  that  makes  the  female  seal's 
feat  possible  is  understood,  but  we 
can  speculate  on  their  evolutionary 
advantages  to  the  species.  Birth,  the 
lirst  reproductive  task  accomplished 
after  landing,  is  concentrated  into 
that  period  of  late  June  and  early 
July  when  Pribilof  temperatures  are 
approaching  their  maximum.  If  birth 
occurred  earlier,  chances  of  survival 
would  be  severely  limited  because  the 
pups  are  not  adequately  insulated 
against  freezing  temperatures.  If,  on 
the  other  hand,  birth  occurred  much 
later,  the  pups  would  lack  enough 
time  to  develop  and  acquire  adult 
pelage  before  weaning  and  winter 
forced  them  out  to  sea. 

The  first  females  arrive  about 
June  15— just  about  the  time  that  ter- 
ritories have  become  fixed  and  the 
chaotic  violence  of  the  bulls  has 
shaded  into  the  ritualized  stability 
that  would  seem  important  to  suc- 
cessful mating  and  pup  survival. 
Every  year  in  which  studies  have 
been  made,  the  peak  date  of  female 
arrivals  has  been  July  .5  or  6.  This  is 
just  about  the  midpoint  between  the 
beginning  of  territorial  stability  and 
territorial  abandonment  by  the  bulls. 
In  the  timing  and  duration  of  this 

eut  natives  harvest 
mature  male  seals, 
als  are  killed  and 
nned,  and  carcasses 
;  then  taken  to 
ocal  plant  to  be 
jund  into  mink  food. 


period,  social  factors  may  be  closely 
linked  with  climatic  ones.  On  land, 
seals  show  obvious  signs  of  discom- 
fort whenever  the  temperature  goes 
above  55  degrees,  and  the  bulls  are 
not  adapted  to  remaining  ashore  for 
long  periods  in  August  when  temper- 
atures frequently  climb  above  this. 

Polygamy  combined  with  terri- 
torialism  is  a  marked  trait  in  other 
species  of  Otariidae,  such  as  the 
southern  fur  seal  and  the  sea  lion, 
and  indeed  of  many  aquatic  carniv- 
orous mammals.  Yet  the  northern  fur 
seal  has  carried  it  to  an  extreme.  The 
evolutionary  "logic"  here  is  not  at 
all  evident.  However,  it  is  a  fact  that 
the  harem  bull  does  impregnate  a 
large  percentage  of  his  cows,  so  in 
this  respect  the  system  is  at  least  rea- 
sonably efficient.  The  maintenance  of 
polygamous  territories  probably  has 
an  important  selective  effect  upon  the 
seals.  Many  sexually  mature  bulls  on 
the  islands  do  not  maintain  terri- 
tories; those  that  do  have  perforce 
demonstrated  their  physical  and  be- 
havioral fitness. 

The  harem  female  copulates  with 
the  bull  usually  on  the  fifth  day  after 
giving  birth.  Then,  and  only  then, 
the  antagonism  and  fear  she  nor- 
mally shows  toward  her  mate  disap- 
pears. Bulls  inspect  their  harems 
frequently  for  the  bright  red  vulvar 
swelling  and  the  receptivity  that 
characterize  an  estrous  female.  Then 
there  is  a  series  of  mutuallv  stimulat- 
ing interchanges  of  nose  rubbing  and 
muzzling.  The  copulation  that  follows 
is  often  preceded  by  much  shifting 
and  struggling  to  overcome  the  me- 
chanical problems  of  body  shape,  un- 
equal size,  and  uneven  terrain.  Actual 
union  lasts  five  to  ten  minutes.  A 
harem  bull,  although  famished  and 
exhausted,  is  able  to  mate  with  nu- 
merous females  in  a  single  day— an 
important  ability  because  estrous 
periods  of  the  cows  are  brief  and 
occur  in  many  at  the  same  time. 

The  occurrence  of  copulation  just 
five  days  after  parturition  relates 
closely  to  two  specialized  features  of 
the  female's  reproductive  physiology. 
Her  uterus  is  bicornuate;  conse- 
quently, while  one  horn  develops  a 
fetus,  the  other  lies  dormant.  The  ac- 
tive horn  is  of  course  traumatized  by 
birth,  but  the  other  is  in  a  state  of 
reproductive  readiness.  The  second 


adaptation  is  delayed  implantation: 
the  fertilized  egg  goes  through  the 
first  divisions,  then  lies  dormant  four 
to  five  months.  All  other  pinnipeds 
(except  possibly  the  walrus)  and  also 
a  number  of  land  mammals  display 
the  same  phenomenon,  but  few  pinni- 
peds, if  any,  have  evolved  reproduc- 
tive cycles  so  dependent  on  it.  De- 
layed development  of  the  embryo 
allows  the  female  fur  seal  to  mate  at 
the  only  time  the  harem  bulls  are 
breeding,  in  June  and  July,  and  yet 
bear  her  young  j  ust  a  year  later  at  the 
only  time  climatic  circumstances  are 
optimal. 

Females  stay  ashore  an  average  of 
eight  days,  the  longest  stay  of  their 
yearly  cycle,  and  return  to  the  sea 
on  the  day  after  mating.  Their  pups 
are  growing  rapidly,  and  to  nourish 
them  the  females  themselves  must  eat. 
The  presence  of  a  million  and  a  half 
seals  on  the  islands  depletes  the 
supply  of  food  in  the  normally  rich 
adjacent  waters,  and  the  females 
range  widely,  at  least  as  far  as  Ti- 
galda  Island.  200  miles  southeast  of 
the  Pribilofs.  Such  trips  take  time- 
about  a  week  for  the  first  one,  an 
average  of  nine  days  for  subsequent 
ones— and  the  pups  go  foodless  dur- 
ing each  absence.  That  they  not  only 
survive  but  grow  rapidly  is  possible 
because  seal  milk  is  extraordinarily 
rich,  containing  46  percent  fat  (com- 
pared to  about  .3.5  percent  for  cows 
and  humansl  :  also,  the  pups  have 
relatively  enormous  stomachs,  which 
take  up  most  of  the  body  cavity  and 
serve  as  storage  tanks  of  up  to  one 
gallon  capacity.  After  prolonged 
nursing,  a  young  pup  is  so  weighted 
and  bloated  that  it  can  hardly  walk. 

The  temporarily  deserted  pups  go 
entirely  untended.  for  the  harem  bull 
ignores  them  so  completely  that  he 
will  trample  right  over  them  if  they 
are  in  his  path,  while  unrelated  fe- 
males are  either  indifferent  or  mildly 
hostile.  Evolution  has  endowed  the 
pup  with  a  marked  precocity,  how- 
ever, and  it  has  an  85  percent  chance 
of  living  to  go  to  sea.  Even  before 
the  pup  is  completely  outside  the 
womb  its  eyes  are  open;  it  blats. 
moves  about,  shakes  the  amniotic 
fluid  off  its  short  black  fur,  and 
nurses— all  within  the  first  few  min- 
utes of  life. 

During  the  first  day  or  two— but 

39 


not  later— the  mother  is  solicitous  to- 
ivard  her  pup.  She  will  hiss  and  nip 
at  females  or  other  pups  that  ap- 
proach too  closely,  and  if  a  man  or 
a  charging  bull  heads  her  way  she 
will  pick  up  the  pup  by  the  scruff  of 
its  neck  and  hustle  it  off  to  safety. 
During  this  period,  too.  she  nurses 
and  sniffs  it  frequently,  and  lies  with 
it  against  her:  she  is  literally  ''getting 
to  know  it."  a  crucial  process  if  she 
is  to  recognize  it  later  on. 

When  she  returns  from  the  sea, 
her  homing  instinct  guides  her  to  the 
section  of  rookery  where  her  pup 
was  born.  It  may  have  w  andered  con- 
siderably, especially  in  late  summer 
and  fall,  but  as  experiments  have 
shown,  its  own  homing  instinct  is 
already  sufficiently  developed  to 
bring  it  back  to  the  natal  spot.  Sev- 
eral hundred  other  pujjs  may  be  in 
the  vicinity,  however,  and  the  mother 
must  determine  which  is  hers.  On 
landing,  she  emits  repeated  sheeplike 
blats,  high-pitched  enough  to  be 
audible  above  the  general  din  of  the 
rookery.  At  this  signal  all  hungry 
pups  in  the  area  converge  on  her. 
One  after  another  she  sniffs  the 
muzzles  they  point  up  at  her.  One 
after  another  they  are  dismissed  with 
a  low  hiss  until,  recognizing  her  own, 


she  stops,  shakes  her  head,  and  snorts 
briefly.  Then  she  settles  down,  allow- 
ing her  pup  to  nurse.  Tired  by  her 
long  sea  journey,  she  usually  goes  to 
sleep  almost  immediately,  and  the 
pup  may  blat  or  even  nij)  to  w  ake  her 
when  she  somnolently  rolls  over,  con- 
cealing her  teats.  Several  long  and 
copious  feedings  occur  during  the 
two  days  that  the  female  usually 
spends  ahore  after  each  foraging  trip. 
Fur  seal  pups  are  very  gregarious, 
and  since  their  parents  are  either 
absent  or  uninterested,  the  young 
form  into  loose,  structureless  pods, 
generally  congregating  in  areas  of 
the  rookery  where  they  are  least  dis- 
turbed by  the  rampages  of  the  bulls. 
Pods  are  small  when  the  pups  are 
young,  but  number  in  the  hundreds 
by  mid-August— massed  black  pha- 
lanxes that  wander  and  frolic,  often 
on  the  green  slopes  quite  far  inland 
from  the  rookeries.  By  September 
the  pods  are  breaking  up.  but  already 
the  pups  have  developed  the  basic 
motor  skills  and  behavior  patterns  of 
later  life:  patterns  "practiced  in  the 
course  of  numerous  nipping  bouts, 
sex  play,  wrestling  matches,  and  sim- 
ulated charges  during  which  they 
often  become  hopelessly  scrambled 
in  their  own  flippers  before  closing 


in  on   other  pups  or  on  driftwood. 

Swimming  will  soon  be  the  pups 
main  means  of  locomotion,  but  the 
adult  fur  seals  play  no  part  in  the 
development  of  this  or  any  other 
skill.  Actuallv.  the  young  can  swim 
from  birth  if  an  exceptionally  heavy 
wash  of  surf  or  a  fall  into  the  drink 
demands,  but  they  show  no  interest  in 
the  water  until  they  are  t\vo  or  three 
weeks  old.  By  then,  small  pods  of 
pups  wandering  widely  about  the 
rookeries  will  inevitably  reach  the 
shoreline.  Here  a  pup  will  wade  cau- 
tiously out  into  a  shallow  tidal  pool 
or  other  protected  spot,  and  then, 
after  many  retreats  and  much  shak- 
ing off  of  water,  it  will  take  its  first, 
jerky,  dog-paddling  strokes.  It  may 
submerge  and  revolve  slowly  around 
as  it  takes  a  first  look  at  the  under- 
water world  that  will  soon  supply  all 
its  sustenance.  By  August  1  when  the 
first-born  Pribilof  pups  are,  at  most, 
six  weeks  old.  their  curiously  erect, 
high-floating  forms  can  be  seen 
splashing  about  in  the  kelp  as  much 
as  fifty  feet  from  shore. 

At  this  time  the  situation  at  the 
rookeries  is  changing  dramatically. 
Nearly  all  of  the  prime  breeding  fe- 
males have  been  impregnated  again 
and  the   attendant  social   structure 


Each  year,  from 

early  spring  to  late 

autumn,  1.200.000 

northern  fur  seals 

inhabit  St.  Paul 

Island,  gathering 

in  eight  rookeries 

along  the  shore. 

Zapadni  rookery  is 

shown  at  right. 


40 


is  rapidly  disintegrating.  By  late  July 
it  is  evident  that  the  bulls"  territorial 
instincts  are  weakening— as  indeed 
are  the  bulls  themselves.  Female- 
corralling  patrols  and  male  bound- 
ar\ -confrontations  are  becoming 
less  and  less  frequent,  while  the 
boundaries  themselves  are  increas- 
ingly fluid.  Intruding  bulls  from  out- 
side the  rookeries  are  still  attacked, 
but  with  such  diminished  vigor  that 
now  they  often  hold  their  ground; 
and  the  cows  that  wander  from  one 
territory  to  the  next  often  go  un- 
molested. One  by  one  the  harem 
bulls,  in  such  splendid  shape  two 
months  before,  are  hauling  their 
emaciated,  dehydrated,  exhausted, 
scarred,  filthy  bodies  off  the  rook- 
eries. For  no  outwardly  apparent 
reason,  one  will  suddenlv  make  for 
the  shoreline,  slide  into  the  water, 
and  swim  a  few  dozen  yards  out. 
Surfacing,  he  will  roll  over  repeat- 
edly, rubbing  every  bit  of  his  body 
the  front  flippers  can  reach,  scrub- 
bing oflF  an  accumulation  that  turns 
the  surrounding  water  brown.  If  an- 
other bull  approaches,  the  first  may 
circle  and  dive  with  him.  so  reduced 
is  his  aggressiveness.  Later  he  will 
haul  up  on  shore  a  little  distance 
from  the  rookery  for  a  prolonged 


sleep,  and  after  this  he  will  begin  to 
feed  again. 

By  October  the  first  seals  are  leav- 
ing the  Pribilofs,  and  by  mid-Novem- 
ber the  vast  majority  have  departed. 
The  pups  are  weaned  now.  They  are 
covered  with  a  new,  dense  coat  of 
silvery  fur,  the  result  of  the  October 
molt:  and  they  are  padded  with 
stored  fat,  which  will  tide  some  of 
them  over  until  they  develop  suffi- 
cient skill  to  support  themselves  at 
sea.  A  number  will  starve  during  the 
crucial  months  ahead,  and  others 
will  fall  victim  to  killer  whales, 
sharks,  oil  slicks,  and  other  hazards. 

It  is  hard  to  conceive  of  any  large 
animal  more  local  in  its  special 
orientation  than  the  fur  seal  on  land, 
for  a  bull's  territory,  a  female's  par- 
ticular rookery  area,  a  pup's  place 
of  birth  are  very  specific  loci  indeed. 
On  the  high  seas,  however,  fur  seals 
travel  farther  and  roam  more  widely 
than  any  other  mammals  except 
whales.  Adult  females  and  immature 
seals  of  both  sexes  follow  two  basic 
migration  routes.  An  important  per- 
centage travel  south  along  the  coast 
of  Asia,  where  by  December  they  are 
concentrated  in  the  waters  off  Hok- 
kaido and  Honshu.  Japan.  Most, 
however,  follow  the  American  coast 


and  during  midwinter  are  found  in 
largest  numbers  off  Washington, 
Oregon,  and  California.  These  mi- 
gration patterns  are  not  narrow, 
strictly  defined  paths,  for  the  seals 
are  never  massed  together  when 
using  ihem:  and  while  most  females 
and  immatures  do  follow  these  broad 
routes,  scattered  individuals  have 
been  reported  at  widely  separate 
points  all  over  the  North  Pacific. 
Although  they  travel  alone  or  in  very 
small  groups,  pelagic  research  has 
demonstrated  that  most  of  the  seals 
in  a  given  area  are  of  the  same  age 
and  sex.  During  the  winter,  fur  seals 
spend  most  of  their  time  in  the  open 
ocean,  especially  in  the  zone  from 
ten  to  ninety  miles  offshore,  but  con- 
centrations of  food,  such  as  the 
spawning  spring  herring  of  south- 
eastern Alaskan  inlets,  occasionally 
attract  them  quite  close  to  land. 

In  March  and  April  the  Pribilof 
fur  seals  begin  heading  north  again, 
back  toward  the  rookeries  tliat  hold 
such  implacable  sway  over  their  in- 
dividual lives  and  racial  evolution. 
Three  months  later  the  black  volcanic 
rocks  will  be  repolished  and  the  air 
filled  once  more  with  musk  and  roar- 
ing. A  new  generation  will  be  born 
into  the  bondage  of  the  islands. 


II 


1 


^     <*■ 


^Z-^M4l  .^ 


■^r^' 


a: 


V   ^ 
,^»^ 


THE  STATE 


THE  SPECIES 


NATURAL  HISTORY  SPECIAL  SUPPLEMENT 


JANUARY,  !Q^^> 


IHE  STATE  OF  MAN  TODAY  IS  ONE  OF 
ENORMOUS  EXPANSION,  RAPID  | 

EVOLUTION,  AND  EARTHWIDE  IMPACT.  \ 
SOME  300  GENERATIONS  HAVE  PASSED  ^ 
^INCE  MAN  BEGAN  A  NEW  LIFE,  TILLING 
fHE  EARTH  AND  SETTLING  IN  VILLAGES. 
koW,  WITHIN  A  SINGLE  GENERATION, 
IvIAN  WILL  BECOME  AN  URBAN  SPECIES, 
mm  OVER  HALF  OF  THE  SIX  BILLION 
PERSONS  IN  AD  2000  LIVING  IN  HIVELIKE 
gXlES.  THUS  MAY  END  THE  35,000- YEAR 
)PAN  0FJ70M0  SAPIENS  AND  BEGIN  THE 
ERA  OF  HOMO  CONVIVENS,  A  NEW 
COMMUNAL  SPECIES  THAT  WOULD 
CONTROL  ITS  REPRODUCTION  AND 
VI  AN  AGE  ITS  ECOSYSTEM -THE 
BIOSPHERE. 


CONTENTS 

Edited  and  with  Introductions 
by  Alan  P.  Ternes 

The  Origin  of  Man   46 

by  C.  Loring  Brace 

The  ProUferation  of  The  Species    50 
The  Chinese  Peoples    52 

by  Irene  B.  Taeuber 

Fertility  in  Martinique    57 

by  Henri  Leridon 

World  Population  Data    60 

Constraints  on  The  Species    63 

Malnutrition  in  the  Caribbean    64 

by  Kendall  W.  King 

The  Mess  of  Modern  Man    68 

by  Gordon  Harrison 

Space:  A  Barrier  to  The  Species    70 

by  John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 


ii 


45 


he 
Origin 
of 
Man 

by  C.  Loring  Brace 

University  of  Michigan 


More  than  a  century  ago  when  Darwin  pub- 
lished On  the  Origin  of  Species,  it  was 
authoritatively  assumed  by  those  who  had  not 
read  the  book  that  he  was  chiefly  concerned  with 
the  origin  of  man.  He  actually  mentioned  the 
word  man  only  once  in  the  epoch-making  work, 
and  then  in  a  cryptic  sentence  on  the  last  page. 
But  such  is  the  strength  of  popular  assumption 
that  the  title  has  been  consistently  misquoted.  The 
popular  press  still  refers  to  his  book  as  The  Origin 
of  the  Species,  and  the  species  is  assumed  to  be 
man.  This  example  typifies  man's  timeless  fasci- 
nation with  himself,  as  well  as  his  propensity  for 
repeating  misinformation  about  himself — a  uni- 
versal quality  that  may  have  been  best  summed 
up  by  the  acerbic  Ambrose  Bierce  early  in  the 
twentieth  century  when  he  defined  man  as  "an 
animal  so  lost  in  rapturous  contemplation  of  what 
he  thinks  he  is  as  to  overlook  what  he  indubitably 
ought  to  be." 

But  what,  then,  is  man?  What  was  he  in  the 
past,  and  what  has  allowed  him  to  survive  to  the 
present?  If  these  questions  are  answered,  we  can 
then  contemplate,  perhaps  with  alarm,  the  basis 
for  what  is  to  come. 

Central  to  any  definition  of  man,  and  the  key 
to  his  evolutionary  success,  is  a  phenomenon  not 
immediately  visible  when  specimens  of  the  crea- 
ture are  scrutinized.  This  phenomenon  is  what  the 
anthropologist  calls  culture.  It  includes  not  only 
the  high  points  of  art,  music,  and  literature,  but 
also  all  those  things  that  result  from  the  cumula- 
tive efforts  of  other  people  and  previous  genera- 
tions. Tools,  the  traditions  regulating  their  use, 
vital  information,  and  language  itself— all  are  in- 


cluded in  theconcept  culture.  Man  is  not  just  an 
animal  that  possesses  culture,  but  an  animal  that 
cannot  survive  without  it.  Men  could  not  exist  if 
each  had  to  discover  anew  the  control  of  fire,  the 
manufacture  of  clothing  and  shelter,  the  sources 
of  edible  sustenance,  and  the  guidelines  for  work- 
able interpersonal  relationships,  to  say  nothing  of 
the  mechanics,  electronics,  chemistry,  and  physics 
on  which  human  life  depends  today.  These  ele- 
ments of  culture  are  a  cumulative  continuation  of 
simpler  counterparts  in  the  past. 

In  the  beginning  our  ancestors,  like  other  ani- 
mals, must  have  been  faced  with  the  problem  of 
surviving  without  the  aid  of  culture.  So  much  of 
culture  is  perishable  or  intangible  that  there  is  no 
way  to  determine  when  culture  as  a  cumulative 
phenomenon  began.  Nonperishable  cultural  ele- 
ments have  an  antiquity  of  about  two  million 
years  in  Africa.  The  cultural  tradition  of  which 
they  are  a  part  continues  without  break,  expand- 
ing to  occupy  the  tropical  and  temperate  parts  of 
the  pid  World  around  800,000  years  ago,  and 
ultimately  developing  into  all  the  cultures  in  the 
world  today. 

From  this  we  postulate  an  African  origin  for 
all  mankind.  The  existence  of  crude  stone  tools 
in  Africa  a  million  and  a  half  to  two  million  years 
ago  allows  us  to  suppose  the  existence  of  culture 
at  that  time.  Our  guess  suggests  that  the  possessor 
of  this  culture  could  not  have  survived  without  it; 
therefore,  he  deserves  the  designation  man — how- 
ever primitive  and  crude  he  might  have  been. 

We  further  postulate  that  culture  existed  a  long 
time  before  the  initial  appearance  of  recognizable 
stone  tools.  This  is  speculation,  but  not  idle  spec- 
ulation, because  we  could  not  otherwise  account 
for  the  transformation  of  ape  to  man.  Although 
small  in  quantity,  supporting  evidence,  exists  in 
the  form  of  skeletal  material.  Fossilized' remains, 
including  skulls,  jaws,  teeth,  and  a  few  other 
skeletal  pieces  have  been  found  in  association 
with  the  oldest  known  stone  tools  both  in  Olduvai 
Gorge  in  East  Africa  and  in  the  Transvaal  of 
South  Africa.  Since  the  discovery  of  these  fossils 
in  1 924,  argument  has  continued  over  their  status 
— ape?  man?  human  ancestor?  extinct  side  line? 
Brain  size  was  within  the  range  of  that  for  the 
large  modern  anthropoid  apes,  but  these  early 
hominids  walked  erect  on  two  feet  as  does  modern 
man.  Molar  teeth  were  of  gorilloid  size,  but  the 
canines  did  not  project  beyond  the  level  of  the 
other  teeth. 


46 


Despite  continuing  arguments  over  whether  the 
balance  of  traits  was  on  the  human  or  simian  side, 
it  is  apparent  that  the  survival  of  these  early  hom- 
inids  depended  on  a  distinctly  non-apelike  adap- 
tation. Bipedal  locomotion  did  not  enable  hom- 
inids  to  escape  predators  by  rapid  flight.  Neither 
could  these  hominids  seriously  threaten  to  bite  a 
potential  predator.  Contrast  this  with  such  mod- 
ern ground-dwelHng  primates  as  baboons  and 
gorillas  where  the  enlarged  canine  teeth  of  the 
males  represent  formidable  defense  weapons.  We 
can  guess  that  these  early  hominids  depended  for 
survival  on  something  not  visible  in  their  anato- 
my, and  our  guess  is  that  they  used  hand-held 
tools. 

Possibly  they  defended  themselves  with  the 
crude  hunks  of  worked  stone  found  at  the  sites 
where  their  skeletal  remains  have  been  discov- 
ered, but  more  likely  they  relied  on  pointed  sticks. 
To  use  a  rock  as  a  defensive  weapon  requires 
close  contact  with  the  attacking  creature,  while 
the  defender  probably  preferred  to  face  his  tor- 
mentor from  the  far  end  of  a  pointed  stick.  Not 
only  is  the  pointed  stick  a  simple  and  effective 
weapon — devisable  with  a  minimum  of  manufac- 
turing effort — but  it  can  also  double  as  a  digging 
tool.  Edible  roots  and  bulbs  are  a  substantial  part 
of  the  diet  of  baboons  that  live  today  in  the  sa- 
vanna, an  environment  typical  of  the  areas  in- 
habited by  the  earliest  hominids.  The  addition  of 
a  simple  digging  stick  of  the  kind  used  by  the 
surviving  hunting  and  gathering  human  groups — 
and  probably  by  the  early  hominids — could  eas- 
ily double  the  baboons'  food  supply. 

The  huge,  worn  molars  of  the  early  hominids 
indicate  that  they  relied  on  gritty,  uncooked  veg- 
etables for  subsistence.  Unlike  any  other  pri- 
mates, their  canine  teeth  are  functionally 
indistinguishable  from  their  small  incisors.  As- 
suming that  the  remote  hominid  ancestor  had 
enlarged  canine  teeth  like  all  other  primates,  then 
the  creatures  associated  with  the  stone  tools  in 
East  and  South  Africa  two  million  years  ago  be- 
longed to  a  line  in  which  the  selective  pressures 
needed  to  maintain  large  canines  had  been  sus- 
pended for  a  long  time.  Cultural  means  of  defense 
must  have  existed  long  before  the  earliest  stone 
tools. 

Within  the  last  three  years  jaws  and  teeth  have 
been  found  in  southwestern  Ethiopia  that  are  so 
like  the  Olduvai  and  Transvaal  finds  that  they 
must  be  related.  Their  antiquity,  however,  ex- 


tends back  nearly  four  million  years,  and  no  stone 
tools  are  associated  with  them.  The  canine  teeth 
in  the  fragmentary  remains  are  not  enlarged, 
leaving  us  to  infer  that  defensive  weapons  must 
have  been  used  some  four  million  years  ago — 
two  million  years  before  the  earliest  stone  tools 
existed. 

Reliance  on  hand-held  weapons  for  defense 
(and  perhaps  also  for  food  getting)  did  not  auto- 
matically convert  apes  into  men,  but  it  altered  the 
forces  of  selection  so  that  evolution  in  the  human 
direction  was  a  consequence.  For  one  thing, 
occupation  with  tool  wielding  reduced  the  loco- 
motor role  of  hands.  Legs  and  feet,  as  a  result 
of  natural  selection,  assumed  the  entire  burden  of 
locomotion.  Tools  usurped  the  defensive  role  of 
canine  teeth,  and,  with  an  accumulation  of  mu- 
tations, these  teeth  were  reduced.  The  vast  ma- 
jority of  mutations  interfere  with  the  development 
of  the  structures  that  depend  on  their  control,  but 
usually  these  "deleterious  mutations"  are  elimi- 
nated by  selection.  When  selection  is  reduced  or 
suspended — as  when  tools  reduced  the  defensive 
role  of  teeth — the  reductive  mutations  simply  ac- 
cumulate in  the  ongoing  gene  pool  of  the  popu- 
lation. The  structure  controlled  by  the  genes — the 
canine  teeth,  for  example — eventually  fails  to 
achieve  the  full  development  once  characteristic 
of  the  remote  ancestral  population. 

Early  in  hominid  development,  when  defensive 
weapons  were  not  well  developed,  those  charged 
with  the  task  of  defense,  the  males,  must  have 
been  substantially  more  rugged  than  those  less 
concerned  with  defensive  activities,  the  females. 
Among  terrestrial  primates  where  a  culture  with 
weapons  plays  no  defensive  role,  males  tend  to  be 
much  larger  and  stronger  than  females.  Baboons, 
gorillas,  and  other  ground-dwelling  primates  are 
good  examples.  Fossil  fragments  hint  that  this 
must  have  been  the  case  for  the  earliest  hominids 
as  well.  The  difference  in  robustness  of  specimens 
from  the  early  levels  of  Olduvai  Gorge,  the  Trans- 
vaal, and  now  from  Omo  in  southwest  Ethiopia 
has  led  some  scholars  to  suggest  that  two  different 
species  of  hominid- — one  small  and  slender,  the 
other  large  and  robust — shared  the  same  habitat. 
However,  now  that  we  can  demonstrate  a  time 
span  of  nearly  three  million  years  for  the  early 
hominids,  it  makes  better  ecological  and  evolu- 
tionary sense  to  explain  the  differences  in  size  as 
sexual  dimorphism— male-female  difference — 
in  a  single  species  of  early  hominid. 


I 


47 


The  taxonomy  of  these  earliest  hominids  con- 
tinues to  be  debated.  Genera  such  as  Australo- 
pithecus, Paranthropus,  Zinjanthropus,  Homo, 
and  others  have  been  suggested,  and  even  more 
species  tentatively  recognized.  Whatever  the  tax- 
onomic  designation,  these  early  hominids,  except 
for  their  reliance  on  learned  behavior  and  on 
hand-held  tools  for  defense  and  food  getting, 
lived  more  like  apes  than  humans. 

The  evidence  from  Olduvai  Gorge  in  East 
Africa  shows  that  crude  stone  tools  were  added 
to  the  limited  cultural  repertoire  toward  the  end 
of  this  long  early  hominid  phase — a  period  I  pre- 
fer to  call  the  australopithecine  stage.  These  tools 
belong  to  the  incipient  part  of  a  tradition  of 
butchering  large  animals  in  the  Middle  Pleisto- 
cene. At  the  end  of  the  Lower  Pleistocene,  how- 
ever, they  occur  mainly  with  the  fossilized  remains 
of  immature  animals.  We  can  guess  that  this  re- 
cords the  beginning  of  the  adaptive  shift  that  was 
largely  responsible  for  the  development  of  Homo 
sapiens,  a  shift  related  to  the  development  of 
hunting  as  a  major  subsistence  activity. 

In  the  Middle  Pleistocene,  somewhat  less  than 
a  million  years  ago,  man  emerges  as  a  major 
predator.  This  adaptation  is  unique  among  the 
primates,  and  it  is  not  surprising  that  many  of 
the  physical,  behavioral,  and  physiological  char- 
acteristics that  distinguish  man  from  his  closest 
animal  relatives"  are  related  to  this  adaptation. 
While  we  cannot  make  direct  behavioral  or  phys- 
iological tests  on  fossils,  we  can  make  inferences 
based  on  their  anatomy,  on  their  apparent  ecolog- 
ical adaptation,  and  on  conditions  observable  in 
their  modem  descendants. 

Anthropologists  generally  agree  that  the  men 
of  the  Middle  Pleistocene  are  properly  classified 
as  Homo  erectus.  The  first  specimen  to  be  dis- 
covered was  classified  in  the  genus  Pithecanthro- 
pus at  the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century.  While 
we  no  longer  accept  this  generic  designation, 
pithecanthropine  remains  a  convenient,  nontech- 
nical term  for  Middle  Pleistocene  hominids. 

Brain  size  was  twice  that  of  the  preceding 
australopithecines  and  two-thirds  that  of  the  av- 
erage modern  man.  With  the  absence  of  a  spe- 
cialized predatory  physique,  natural  selection 
probably  encouraged  the  evolution  of  intelli- 
gence. While  brain  size  had  increased,  the  size  of 
the  molar  teeth  had  reduced,  although  they  were 
still  quite  large  by  modern  standards.  This  reduc- 
tion may  have  been  related  to  the  shift  from  a 


rough  vegetable  diet  to  one  with  a  large  propof 
tion  of  meat.  Meat,  needing  only  to  be  reduced  \A 
swallowable  pieces,  requires  far  less  masticatioi 
than  starches,  which  begin  the  process  of  conver 
sion  to  simple  sugars  by  mixing  with  salivary  en-; 
zymes  through  extensive  chewing. 

Evidence,  although  fragmentary,  also  suggestsi 
that  bipedal  locomotion  in  its  modern  form  wasf 
perfected  at  this  time,  the  Middle  Pleistocene.  | 
While  man's  mode  of  locomotion  may  not  be  i 
speedy,  it  requires  an  expenditure  of  relatively  lit-  ^ 
tie  energy.  To  this  day,  primitive  hunters  employ 
the  technique  of  trotting  persistently  on  the  trail 
of  an  herbivore  until  it  is  brought  to  bay,  often 
many  days  later. 

Several  correlates  of  this  hunting  life  are  sug- 
gested. Man,  reflecting  his  primate  heritage,  is 
relatively  night-blind  and  must,  therefore,  confine 
his  hunting  activities  to  the  daytime.  A  tropical 
mammal  (and  physiologically  man  is  still  a  trop- 
ical mammal)  pursuing  strenuous  activities  in 
broad  daylight  is  faced  with  the  problem  of  dis- 
sipating metabolically  generated  heat.  The  hair- 
less human  skin,  richly  endowed  with  sweat 
glands,  is  unique  among  terrestrial  mammals  of 
much  less  than  elephantine  size,  and  I  suggest 
that  this  developed  under  the  selective  pressures  of 
regular  big  game  hunting  early  in  the  pithecan- 
thropine stage. 

The  elimination  of  the  hairy  coat  by  natural 
selection  left  the  skin  exposed  to  the  potentially 
damaging  effect  of  the  ultraviolet  component  of 
tropical  sunlight.  The  obvious  response  was  the 
development  of  the  protective  pigment  melanin. 


AUSTRALOPITHECINE 
(tools) 


ASPECTS 


UJ 
M 

C/3 

500 

I 

O 
O 


Tooth  measurement  in  square 
millimeters  is  the  summed  cross- 
sectional  area  on  one  side  of 
upper  dental  arch. 


1.75    Million  Years  Ago 


Consequently  the  Middle  Pleistocene  ancestors  of 
all  modern  men  were  probably  what  in  America 
today  is  called  black. 

The  conversion  of  this  being  into  what  is  tech- 
nically known  as  Homo  sapiens  requires  only  the 
further  expansion  of  the  brain  from  the  pithecan- 
thropine  average  of  1 ,000  cubic  centimeters  ( ac- 
tually well  within  the  range  of  modern  variation) 
to  the  average  today  of  1,400  cc.  Fragmentary 
fossil  evidence  suggests  that  this  transition  had 
taken  place  by  the  beginning  of  the  Upper  Pleis- 
tocene, about  120,000  years  ago.  Men  at  that  time 
—referred  to  as  Neanderthals — still  had  an  ar- 
chaic appearance.  In  general  these  early  represen- 
tatives of  Homo  sapiens  were  more  muscular  and 
robust  than  their  modern  descendants — particu- 
larly the  males.  Jaws  and  teeth  were  large,  espe- 
cially the  front  teeth,  which,  from  their  wear  pat- 
terns, evidently  served  as  all-purpose  tools. 

Since  the  first  appearance  of  Homo  sapiens  in 
his  Neanderthal  form,  human  evolution  has  been 
characterized  by  a  series  of  reductions.  Whenever 
human  ingenuity  made  life  easier,  there  was  a  re- 
laxation of  the  forces  of  selection,  and  these  re- 
ductions followed.  More  effective  hunting  tech- 
niques lessened  the  burden  on  the  hunter's 
physique,  and  an  eventual  reduction  in  muscular- 
ity was  the  result.  Manipulating  tools  lessened  the 
stress  on  the  anterior  teeth,  and  the  consequent 
reduction  of  these  and  their  supporting  bony  ar- 
chitecture converted  the  Neanderthal  face  into 
modern  form.  In  parts  of  the  world  where  manip- 
ulative technology  is  a  late  phenomenon,  such  as 
aboriginal  Australia,  faces  and  teeth  have  re- 


mained large.  Where  clothing  was  developed  for 
survival  in  northern  climes,  the  significance  of 
protective  skin  pigment  was  lessened,  and  the 
consequent  reduction  produced  the  phenomenon 
that  is  euphemistically  called  white. 

The  only  thing  that  has  not  been  reduced  is 
the  number  of  human  beings.  We  cannot  even 
guess  at  the  population  density  of  the  australo- 
pithecines.  Throughout  the  Middle  Pleistocene, 
the  archeological  record  suggests  a  fairly  constant 
population  for  the  hunting  pithecanthropines. 
Evidently  the  population  increased  dramatically 
with  the  Neanderthal  form  of  Homo  sapiens.  The 
diversification  of  food  resources  and  the  increase 
in  cultural  complexity  that  accompanied  the  first 
appearance  of  modern  Homo  sapiens  just  under 
35,000  years  ago  also  signaled  another  sharp 
jump  in  population.  This  set  the  stage  for  the 
tremendous  population  growth  made  possible  by 
the  development  of  agriculture  after  the  end  of 
the  Pleistocene   10,000  years  ago. 

Thus  did  Homo  sapiens  emerge — a  manifiesta- 
tion  of  ecological  imbalance,  literally  shaped  by 
the  consequences  of  his  own  impact  upon  the 
world.  His  fate,  too,  will  be  shaped  by  his  future 
impact  on  the  world — the  result  of  his  numbers 
and  his  actions.  Malthus  sounded  the  alarm  nearly 
two  centuries  ago,  but  few  listened  to  his  warning. 
One  who  did  was  Ambrose  Bierce,  who  added  to 
his  definition  of  man  that  "his  chief  occupation 
is  extermination  of  other  animals  and  his  own 
species,  which,  however,  multiphes  with  such  in- 
sistent rapidity  as  to  infest  the  whole  habitable 
earth.  ..." 


\l\m  EVOLUTION 


PITHECANTHROPINE 
(huntmg) 


NEANDERTHAL   MODERN 
(farming) 


THE 

PROLIFERATION 

OF 

THE  SPECIES 


The  ebb  and  flow  of  populations  of  man — or 
any  other  species — can  be  calculated  using  a 
brief  formula: 

Population  +  Births  —  Deaths  =  Future  Population. 

If  the  present  size  of  population  is  known,  if 
the  birthrate  is  known,  and  //  the  rate  of  death 
is  known,  then  simple  calculations  should  give 
the  future  size  of  a  population.  Unfortunately, 
these  ifs  are  rarely  known  and  never  constant. 

Whether  it  is  the  legions  of  Herod  trying  to 
account  for  every  child  of  Bethlehem,  or  a  mod- 
em government  attempting  to  count  each  of  its 
citizens,  no  census  is  complete.  The  United  States 
census,  some  critics  argue,  may  underenumerate 
poverty  and  itinerant  groups  by  as  much  as  10 
percent.  In  less  developed  countries  the  error  for 
the  whole  population  may  be  much  greater.  The 
actual  size  of  any  large  population  is  never 
known,  and  one  of  the  crucial  parts  of  demog- 
raphy is  the  estimation  of  existing  populations. 

An  accurate  estimate  of  current  birthrates  can 
be  made  in  countries  where  virtually  all  births 
are  registered.  But  no  one  can  predict  with  cer- 
tainty the  future  birthrate.  It  can  fluctuate  as 
rapidly  as  women  can  change  their  minds.  Such 
unpredictable  events  as  a  power  failure,  a  papal 
decree,  a  war,  or  a  famine  all  influence  the  birth- 
rate. It  responds  to  new  birth  control  technology 
— such  as  the  pill  or  intrauterine  devices — and  to 
changes  in  abortion  laws. 

In  much  of  the  world  today  the  primary  in- 
fluence on  the  birthrate  is  the  attitude  of  the 
population  toward  birth  control  and  family  size. 
Methods  for  reducing  the  birthrate  are  available, 
and  both  private  and  pubUc  organizations  are 


50 


anxious  to  dispense  them.  Resistance  to  the  dif- 
fusion of  birth  control  methods  comes  from  con- 
servative religious  and  social  organizations  and 
from  illiterate  rural  inhabitants. 

In  the  developed  regions  of  the  world,  and  in 
parts  of  the  less  developed  regions,  recent  changes 
in  urbanization,  education,  and  the  role  of  wom- 
en portend  a  drop  in  birthrates.  The  reduction  of 
birthrates  in  cities  (more  generally,  the  reduc- 
tion of  birthrates  for  all  species  under  conditions 
of  high  density)  has  been  observed  for  cen- 
turies, but  at  no  time  has  urbanization  proceeded 
at  such  a  rapid  rate.  Family  size  and  birthrate 
are  negatively  correlated  with  amount  of  educa- 
tion. The  increasing  educational  levels  in  many 
parts  of  the  world  should  reduce  birthrates  there. 
Finally,  modern  women  have  increasingly  begun 
to  control  their  productivity — ranging  from  the 
growing  number  of  working  women  in  Socialist 
countries,  to  French  women  who  refuse  to  wed 
and  bear  workers  for  the  bachelor  farmers  of 
Brittany,  to  militant  abortion  advocates  in  the 
United  States,  to  Latin  American  women  who 
practice  birth  control  without  their  husbands' 
knowledge. 

The  death  rate  fluctuates  unpredictably,  too. 
Disease,  famine,  war,  and  accidents  all  raise  the 
death  rate;  sanitation  and  medical  care,  adequate 
crops  and  food  distribution,  peace,  and  safety 
measures  all  reduce  it.  The  cause  of  the  so-called 
population  problem  has  been' mainly  the  drop  in 
the  death  rate,  and  especially  the  drop  in  infant 
and  child  mortahty.  In  the  less  developed  areas 
the  introduction  of  minimal  sanitation  and  pub- 
lic health  measures,  such  as  antimalaria  and  anti- 


yellow  fever  campaigns,  often  leads  to  a  major 
drop  in  the  death  rate.  When  many  more  infants 
and  children  survive,  population  grows  rapidly, 
and  within  two  decades  these  young  reach  repro- 
ductive age,  compounding  the  population  growth. 
In  Europe  and  North  America  the  death  rate  has 
fallen  to  9  per  1 ,000  persons,  and  it  probably  will 
not  change  greatly;  the  less  developed  areas  are 
slowly  approaching  the  same  level. 

Yet  any  sunny  statement  about  the  control  of 
death  should  acknowledge  the  persistent  shadow 
of  the  great  scourges  of  man,  such  as  plague, 
cholera,  and  malaria.  They  have  not  been  elimi- 
nated and  strains  resistant  to  medical  techniques 
could  sweep  the  globe  at  jet  speed.  And  the 
never-silent  drums  of  war  and  the  awesome  ar- 
senals of  the  superpowers  must  remind  us  of  the 
potential  impact  of  a  few  men  poised  at  a  few 
buttons. 

Some  ecologically  oriented  studies  of  primi- 
tive tribes  have  shown  the  delicate  balance  be- 
tween men  and  their  environments,  and  how 
techniques  of  birth  and  death  control — often 
masked  in  ritual  and  magic,  in  feud  and  warfare 
— maintain  this  balance.  A  major  question  for 
the  human  species  today  is  whether  a  similar 
balance  can  be  obtained  on  a  global  scale.  At 
this  time  the  population  equation  is  out  of  bal- 
ance, and  the  species  is  growing  rapidly.  Al- 
though many  argue  the  opposite,  man  does  have 
the  technology  and  the  food-producing  ability  to 
support  a  larger  population.  Unless  global  war- 
fare or  a  major  pandemic  intervenes,  the  species 
will  continue  to  expand  for  many  decades.  Ulti- 
mately, the  population  must  return  to  a  balance. 


to  a  point  where  the  death  and  birth  rates  are 
equal.  A  major  rise  in  the  death  rate  is  an  unac- 
ceptable alternative  for"  balancing  the  equation. 
A  lowering  of  the  birthrate  is  the  only  acceptable 
solution.  In  the  broadest  view,  a  most  significant 
development  in  the  status  of  the  species  must  be 
the  many  indications  that  man  has  begun  to  con- 
trol his  birthrate  in  the  developed  countries,  and 
that  this  trend  has  begun  as  well  in  the  urban 
areas  and  among  the  educated  people  of  the  less 

developed  countries. 

*     *      * 

In  the  following  section  of  this  supplement 
three  aspects  of  the  status  of  man  today  are  pre- 
sented. Dr.  Irene  Taeuber  analyzes  one  of  the 
world's  greatest  demographic  puzzles,  the  peo- 
ples of  China.  Since  nearly  the  beginning  of 
civilized  man,  the  Chinese  have  been  the  largest 
population  group,  and  they  continue  to  remain  .so 
today.  Their  slow,  balanced  growth  for  centuries, 
the  impact  of  Communist  control,  and  the  indi- 
cations of  trends  in  birth  control  are  studiously 
outlined.  Dr.  Henri  Leridon  examines  the  mi- 
crocosm of  the  women  of  the  island  of  Martinique 
to  detect  the  imphcations  of  social  behavior  on 
fertility.  The  careful  records  of  the  civil  govern- 
ment permit  insights  into  the  social  problems  of 
a  less  developed  area — and  these  insights  could 
be  applied  to  similar  populations  in  other  less 
developed  areas.  The  map  and  statistics  on  pages 
60  through  62  provide  some  of  the  best  estimates 
of  the  size  and  distribution  of  the  world  popula- 
tion today,  as  well  as  latest  estimates  of  the  future 
population  by  the  Population  Division  of  the 
United  Nations. 


51 


The 

Chinese 

Peoples 


By  Irene  B.  Taeuber 

Office  of  Population  Research,  Princeton  University 

In  1970,  there  is  a  deep  crisis  in  the  human 
species.  Science  and  technology  underlie  a 
changing  biological  relation  between  man  and 
nature.  In  the  developed  countries  man  has 
adapted  to  and  modified  nature,  including  his  own 
reproductive  performance;  there  is  a  swiftly  in- 
creasing economic  product  and  a  slowly  increas- 
ing population.  In  many  of  the  less  developed 
countries  ancient  institutions  and  behavior  pat- 
terns continue  while  diffusing  technologies  cause 
rapid  population  growth,  making  change  essen- 
tial to  survival.  The  coincidence  of  the  reduced 
death  rates  of  the  modern  era  and  the  high 
birthrates  of  ancient  eras  yields  rates  of  increase 
that  can  be  sustained  only  briefly. 

The  Chinese  population  has  been  distinctive  in 
persistence  and  in  evolution  over  recent  millennia. 
Today  the  vastly  increased  and  increasing  Chi- 
nese population  is  moving  to  modernize  in  a  form 
of  political  and  social  organization  that  is  both 
Chinese  and  Communist.  How  relevant  are  the 
policies  and  the  politics  of  communism  to  the 
persistence,  disintegration,  or  transformation  of 
the  family;  the  role  of  women;  and  the  rate  of 
reproduction?  What  are  the  impacts  and  the  re- 
sponses to  the  increasing  numbers  of  people  with- 
in China?  What  are  the  implications  for  continu- 
ity or  change  in  rates  of  population  growth,  and 
the  associated  increase  or  alleviation  of  demo- 
graphic tensions? 

There  are  approaches,  but  no  answers,  to  these 
broad  questions  of  the  future  numbers  of  the  Chi- 
nese. Births,  deaths,  and  migrations  describe  the 
life  cycles  of  men  and  lemmings,  Aztecs  and 
Egyptians,  Hottentots  and  Eskimos,  Europeans 
and  Chinese.  The  questions  to  pursue  through  the 


prehistory  and  history  of  China  are  neither  solelj 
biological  nor  solely  demographic.  The  involve-] 
ments  range  through  the  physical,  biological,  and 
earth  sciences  to  the  social  sciences — demogra^ 
phy,  psychology,  history,  and  linguistics.  Ethic^ 
and  religion  are  related.  What  were  the  factors  of 
locale,  resources,  culture,  and  population  dynam- 
ics whereby  the  Chinese  became,  and  remained, 
the  world's  largest  cohesive  ethnic  group?  Are  the 
characteristics  and  capabilities  that  yielded  sur- 
vival, cyclical  increases,  and  recurrent  greatness 
in  past  periods  adaptable  in  a  present  and  a  future 
where  persistence  may  mean  biological  retrogres- 
sion and  cultural  fragmentation? 

The  biological  differences  among  the  groups 
that  formed  the  Chinese  population  are  largely 
unspecified  and  unmeasured.  Variations  and 
changes  were  related  to  levels,  patterns,  and  se- 
lectivities  in  marriage,  fertility,  mortality,  and 
migration.  Demographic  continuity,  increase,  and 
expansion  were  related  to  integrated  factors  of 
location,  climate,  resources,  culture,  and  political 
form.  There  was  an  eflicient  and  enduring  agri- 
culture, an  integrative  social  and  economic  order, 
and  a  sustaining  matrix  of  values  and  ethics.  The 
political  organization  was  conducive  to  local  sta- 
bility, economic  expansion,  cultural  diffusion,  and 
national  unity.  Death  rates  were  low  enough  to 
permit  population  increases  in  normal  years  and 
continuity  in  times  of  cataclysm,  epidemic,  fam- 
ine, or  conflict.  There  was  recuperation  in  deci- 
mated populations  and  succession  in  devastated 
areas. 

The  efficient  survival  techniques  of  the  Chinese 
were  re-enforced  by  an  adaptive  fertility.  The  so- 
ciety was  familistic,  but  the  family  was  oriented  to 
the  continuity  of  generations  rather  than  to  max- 
imum reproduction.  The  selective  survival  of  the 
newly  bom,  the  priorities  of  sons,  the  absences 
of  men,  and  the  sex  codes  tended  to  hold  fertility 
below  levels  that  threatened  family  and  group 
survival.  The  idealized  vision  of  many  sons  may 
have  been  widespread  in  new  agricultural  regions 
or  among  peoples  recently  Sinicized.  It  was  not 
the  prevalent  pattern. 

The  Ch'ing  dynasty  achieved  hegemony  in  the 
middle  of  the  seventeenth  century.  Peace,  order, 
economic  development,  areal  expansion,  and  the 
diffusion  of  new  crops  favored  increasing  num- 
bers and  expanding  frontiers.  There  are  many 
figures  after  1741  when  the  pao-chia  system  of 
local  registration  was  restored  by  the  Emperor 


52 


Chien-lung.  The  reported  numbers  are  usable  in 
rough  form  from  1749  to  1851,  when  the  spread- 
ing Tai-p'ing  rebellion  ended  nationwide  re- 
porting. In  1953-54  there  was  an  investigation 
and  registration  of  the  population  of  the  Peoples 
Republic  of  China,  with  publication  of  totals  for 
country  and  provinces.  These  population  reports 
show  a  large  initial  size  and  generally  increasing 
increments  of  such  magnitude  that  they  are  diffi- 
cult to  comprehend.  The  population  was  perhaps 
225  million  in  1749;  it  was  430  million  in  1851. 
In  1953  the  figure  for  all  China,  including  Tai- 
wan, was  593  million.  The  rate  of  increase  was 
low;  two-thirds  of  one  percent  a  year  from  1749 
to  1851  and  only  one-third  of  one  percent  a  year 
during  the  next  100  years.  If  these  figures  are 
roughly  correct,  the  Chinese  increased  almost  400 


Chinese  painting  of 
Taoist  deity,  ca.  1900. 


million  in  the  two  centuries  prior  to  the  recent 
thrust  fof  economic  and  social  modernization  and 
the  beginning  of  China's  demographic  transition. 
In  1949,  as  in  1939,  1851,  and  1749,  the  ratio 
of  births  to  deaths  was  premodern.  Along  with 
the  high  level  of  mortality,  fertility  was  high 
enough  to  sustain  the  population  and  to  yield 
slow  growth  over  periods  of  time.  The  prevailing 
mortality  was  influenced  little  by  modern  medi- 
cine, public  health,  or  sanitation.  Famines,  epi- 
demics, and  floods  were  frequent  if  irregular  oc- 
currences. There  were  major  regional  variations 
in  fertility  and  mortality  even  in  favorable  years. 
Expectations  of  life  at  birth  must  have  been 
about  25  years.  If  so,  and  if  there  was  slight 
population  growth,  intrinsic  birthrates  must  have 
been  somewhat  above  40  per  thousand  persons 
per  year.  Long  cycles  and  lesser  fluctuations  in 
rates  of  population  change  were  explainable 
largely  in  terms  of  the  factors  influencing  mor- 
tality. The  century  of  disintegration  and  conflict 
that  preceded  1949  maintained  the  ancient  bal- 
ance of  births  and  deaths. 

The  consolidation  of  power  and  the  trans- 
formations of  the  People's  Republic  of  China 
quickly  reduced  death  rates  and  temporarily 
stabilized  or  even  increased  birthrates  from  1949 
to  1957.  There  was  relative  peace,  internal  order, 
and  a  more  regularized  and  widely  distributed 
food  supply.  Health  services  were  developed  in 
ways  that  reached  down  to  local  levels.  Cleanli- 
ness and  sanitation  campaigns  eradicated  specific 
carriers  of  disease.  Internal  reports  and  external 
studies  corroborate  the  assumption  that  death 
rates  were  reduced  swiftly,  substantially,  and 
widely.  Reunited  families,  new  marriages,  reduc- 
tions in  infanticide,  and  higher  status  for  girl  ba- 
bies aU  caused  temporary  increases  in  numbers  of 
live  births  and  in  numbers  of  infants  surviving. 

The  rapid  growth  of  population,  caused  by  the 
major  decline  in  death  rates  and  the  persistence  of 
essentially  traditional  birthrates,  became  the  sub- 
ject of  dialogue  and  diatribe  within  China.  The 
Communist  government  could  not  easily  adopt 
an  antinatalist  population  policy  because  the 
writings  of  Marx,  Lenin,  and  Mao  denied  the 
tenets  of  Malthus.  However,  government  birth 
control  programs  do  not  need  the  rationale  of 
antinatalist  and  catastrophe-oriented  statements 
of  policy.  In  China,  contraception,  induced 
abortion,  and  sterilization  were  made  available 
through  the  health  services  with  health  rationales. 


S3 


Many  ethical,  social,  and  ideological  develop- 
ments were  conducive  to  the  adoption  of  popula- 
tion control  practices.  For  instance,  control  of 
reproduction,  including  abortion,  was  a  basic 
right  of  women;  dedication  to  the  party — or  to 
the  thoughts  of  Chairman  Mao — ^involved  a  con- 
centrated service  that  was  incompatible  with 
early  marriage  and  the  responsibiUties  of  many 
children;  duties  of  loyalty  and  service  were  as 
relevant  to  women  as  to  men. 

In  theory,  then,  the  path  to  a  comprehensive 
population  program  was  straightforward.  In  fact, 
publicity  campaigns  were  episodic  and  halting. 
In  the  early  years  of  the  People's  Republic  of 
China  inadequate  means,  quiescent  motivations, 
and  an  insufficient  infrastructure  precluded  either 
massive  attacks  or  substantial  achievements  in 
birth  control  among  the  rural  population.  Neither 
the  rhythm  method  nor  conventional  contracep- 
tives diffused  quickly  among  the  peasants.  The 
limited  number  of  doctors  barred  major  programs 
of  induced  abortion  even  if  such  programs  would 
have  been  acceptable  to  the  government  and  the 
people.  However,  the  timing  of  rapid  population 
growth  in  China  has  helped  resolve  the  problems 
of  lag  between  declining  death  rates  and  declining 
birthrates.  New  technologies  of  birth  control  avail- 
able to  the  Chinese  include  the  intrauterine  con- 
traceptive devices,  suction  techniques  for  induced 
abortion,  and  the  pill. 

The  balance  of  the  evidence  suggests  that 
birthrates  are  declining  in  urban  areas  and  that 
there  are  increasing  changes  conducive  to  re- 
duced birthrates  in  rural  areas.  Declining  fer- 
tiUty  would  first  be  manifest  among  the  younger 
people.  All  those  now  below  age  20  were  bom 
and  reared  in  the  People's  Republic;  no  woman 
aged  20  to  29  today  was  more  than  ten  years  old 
when  the  Communist  regime  was  established. 
Levels  and  trends  in  fertility  are  now  dominated 
by  the  decisions  and  actions  of  women  long  con- 
ditioned to  communism. 

In  the  absence  of  quantitative  information, 
statements  about  the  levels  and  trends  in  birth 
rates  must  be  conjecture.  It  seems  unlikely  that 
fertiUty  has  declined  substantially  in  communes 
remote  from  cities.  However,  there  are  multiple 
and  tenable  bases  tor  assuming  that  the  fertility 
of  the  women  in  the  communes  will  decline  soon- 
er and  more  rapidly  than  that  of  rural  women  in 
most  other  large  and  less  developed  countries.  It 
should  be  stated  explicitly,  though,  that  these  ar- 


guments are  tenable  only  if  there  is  externalj 
peace,  internal  stability,  and  economic  advance. 

Comparative  analysis  is  difficult  when  it  is  based  1 
on  statistics  for  other  countries  and  conjecture  for] 
China.  However,  there  is  quantitative  information] 
for  the  years  prior  to  1940  on  demographic,  eco-1 
nomic,  and  social  relations  in  stable  and  migrant! 
populations,  in  rural  areas  and  in  great  cities, 
and  in  ancient  and  new  areas  for  Chinese  popula- 
tions both  within  and  outside  the  mainland  of 
China.  There  are  census  and  vital  records  for 
Chinese   populations   in   Taiwan,   Hong  Kong, 
Singapore,  and  Malaysia  in  the  postwar  decades 
of  rapid  economic  growth,  social  change,  and  de- 
cHning  fertiUty.  There  are  increasingly  precise 
sources  on  the  dynamics  of  population  change 
during  a  century  of  Japanese  modernization — 
and  Japan  is  a  part  of  the  Chinese  cultural  area. 
If  relations  can  be  assumed  with  logic  and  cul- 
tural plausibility,  the  impact  of  economic  and 
social  changes  and  urbanization  on  the  fertility  of 
the  Chinese  can  be  assessed. 

What  are  the  reasons  for  assuming  develop- 
ments favorable  to  the  reduction  of  fertility  in 
the  People's  Republic?  Only  a  partial  Usting  is 
possible  here.  There  are  the  reahties  of  low  fer- 
tihty  in  Japan  and  declining  fertihty  in  the  Chi- 
nese populations  around  the  perimeter  of  the 
People's  Republic.  In  these  areas,  as  in  China, 
traditional  fertility  was  adaptive.  There  are  pres- 
ent memories  of  pragmatic  infanticide;  there  is 
wide  acceptance  of  induced  abortion. 

Given  political  coherence  and  economic  de- 
velopment, the  setting  for  the  reduction  of  fertil- 
ity may  be  even  more  favorable  among  Chinese 
inside  China.  The  equality  and  the  responsibilities 
of  women  were  central  drives  in  the  ideology, 
the  crusades,  and  the  directives  of  the  People's 
Republic,  along  with  correlated  assaults  on  those 
loyalties  that  sustained  the  traditional  family,  the 
subservience  of  women,  and  frequent  childbear- 
ing.  There  were  massive  drives  for  education, 
with  extensions  of  literacy,  elementary  schooling, 
and  the  participation  of  children  in  life  outside 
the  family.  There  was  nationwide  communication 
through  press,  radio,  television,  study,  and  dis- 
cussion. There  were  blockages  in  urban  ward  mi- 
gration and  occupational  mobiUty.  There  were 
the  instabilities  and  insecurities  of  rural  people 
without  personal  or  family  attachments  to  land. 
Successive  expulsions  eroded  security  within  the 
cities.  Migrant  youths  and  former  Red  Guards 


54 


I 


Woodcut  from  Chinese  Jesuit  text  ca.  eighteenth  century. 


55 


who  returned  to  the  countryside  or  the  frontier 
regions  were  unlikely  to  resume  the  traditional 
ways  that  supported  high  fertility.  Clandestine 
urbanization  and  compulsory  deurbanization  dif- 
fused urban  values,  aspirations,  and  frustrations. 
There  is  a  further  aspect  of  the  demographic 
process  itself  that  underlies  anticipations  of  pres- 
ent and  future  changes  in  family  Ufe  and  repro- 
ductive levels.  We  noted  earlier  that  those  now 
reaching  the  ages  of  labor  force  participation, 
family  formation,  and  childbearing  were  born 
under  communism.  Their  increasing  numbers 
may  threaten  the  political  stabiUty  and  the  eco- 
nomic viabiHty  of  a  nation  still  insufficiently  inte- 
grated and  largely  undeveloped.  Youths  aged  15 
to  24  in  1953  were  the  survivors  of  births  from 
ihe  years  1929  to  1938.  Their  numbers  had  been 
reduced  both  by  the  normally  high  mortality  of 
the  ancient  regime  and  the  additional  mortaUty 
of  the  years  from  1937  to  1949.  Youths  who  will 
be  15  to  24  in  1973  were  bom  in  the  years  from 
1949  to  1958.  Initial  numbers  were  larger  and  the 
depletions  of  death  were  reduced.  Assuming  con- 
tinuity in  fertility  and  declining  mortaUty,  the 
estimated  number  of  youths  aged  1 5  to  24  in  1 973 
will  be  75  percent  greater  than  the  same  age 
group  in  1953.  Although  a  decline  in  fertility 
can  reduce  the  numbers  of  future  youth,  it  cannot 
reduce  the  numbers  of  those  now  maturing.  The 
political,  economic,  and  social  difficulties  asso- 
ciated with  the  increasing  numbers  of  youth  may 
well  contribute  to  the  adoption  of  firmer  programs 
and  broader  sanctions  by  government  in  the 
field  of  population  control.  Difficulties  in  employ- 
ment, barriers  to  movement,  and  forced  mobili- 
ties should  deepen  and  extend  the  motivations  for 
marriage  postponement  and  birth  limitation. 

The  projection  of  the  future  growth  of  China's 
population  is  peculiarly  difficult.  Estimations  and 
projections  from  1949  to  1970  involve  acceptance 
or  modification  of  the  numbers  from  the  regis- 
tration of  1953-54;  acceptance  or  modification  of 
age  distribution  given  then;  and  decisions  as  to 
hypothetical  levels  and  changes  in  fertility  and 
mortahty.  Projection  from  1970  to  1985  or  be- 
yond involves  the  forward  movement  of  a  hypo- 
thetical construct.  The  process  of  estimation  is  fa- 
cilitated by  increasingly  sophisticated  methodol- 
ogies for  evaluating  the  dynamics  of  population 
from  limited  data  and  is  guided  by  increasing 
knowledge  of  the  demography  of  modernization 
in  other  Chinese  and  related  populations.  There 


must  be  compatibility  with  developments  in  such 
fields  as  health  and  agriculture.  There  must  be 
consistency  with  fragmentary  information  from 
press,  radio,  personal  reports,  refugee  interviews,, 
and  other  reconnaissance  activities. 

The  United  Nations  Secretariat  has  made 
many  exploratory  projections  of  the  population  of 
China.  The  median  estimate  in  a  recent  series 
assumes  an  initial  birthrate  of  38,  a  decline  in 
fertility  in  1955  and  later  years,  and  a  slowly 
declining  death  rate.  Under  these  drastic  assump- 
tions, the  population  that  was  about  half  a  bil- 
lion in  1 940  will  reach  almost  three-quarters  of  a 
bilHon  in  1 970  and  exceed  one  billion  in  2000.  A 
United  States  government  estimate  based  on 
moderate  economic  development  assumes  a  high- 
er initial  fertility  with  later  and  slower  decline  and 
a  lower  initial  mortality  with  speedier  decline.  In 
the  United  Nations  estimate,  the  population  of 
China  will  be  883  million  in  1985;  in  the  United 
States  estimate,  the  population  will  be  1 . 1  biUion. 

Comparisons  with  other,  less  developed  coun- 
tries suggest  the  distinctive  aspects  and  the  basic 
questions  of  the  future  of  China's  population. 
Numerical  estimates  are  difficult,  particularly  if 
the  task  is  the  determination  of  the  present  rate 
of  increase  of  the  population.  The  pervasive  fig- 
ure for  average  annual  growth  has  tended  to  be 
about  2  percent  a  year;  the  current  estimate  of 
the  United  Nations  is  even  lower.  However,  there 
is  major  surety  in  the  statement  that  current  rates 
of  natural  increase  in  China  are  substantially 
lower  than  those  in  other  massive  and  less  de- 
veloped countries.  United  Nations  estimates 
and  projections  suggest  that  the  populations 
of  less  developed  countries  outside  China  in- 
creased 29  percent  between  1960  and  1970. 
Estimated  decade  increase  was  27  percent  for 
Middle,  South  and  Southeast  Asia;  37  percent 
for  tropical,  south,  and  mainland  Middle  Amer- 
ica. Except  for  China,  there  are  no  demonstrable 
declines  in  the  large,  populous,  less  developed 
countries. 

No  imminent  or  future  declines  can  mute  the 
seriousness  of  the  population  growth  now  oc- 
curring in  China.  Communism  and  Chinese  cul- 
ture seem  to  have  altered  the  timings  and  mod- 
erated the  dimensions  of  the  inital  population 
growth  and  the  early  population  problems  of 
modernization.  Time  and  statisitcs  will  tell 
whether  the  perspectives  for  the  future  are  also 
altered. 


56 


Fertility 

in 

Martinique 


by  Henri  Leridon 

National  Institute  of  Demographic  Studies,  Paris 

Islands  scabs  on  the  waters 

Islands  evidence  of  wounds 

Islands  crumbs 

Islands  shapeless 

Islands  poor  paper  torn  upon  the  waters 

Islands  fragments  side  by  side  thrust  upon  the 

flaming  blade  of  the  sun.  .  .  . 
Aime  Cesaire,  Cahier  d'un  retour  au  pays  natal 

The  demographic  history  of  the  Antilles 
begins  in  1492.  Like  a  large  part  of  the 
American  continent,  almost  no  trace  of  the 
original  population  remains  today.  White  colo- 
nists, black  slaves,  Hindu  workers — arriving  in 
successive  waves  of  varying  impact — all  con- 
tributed to  the  peopling  of  these  islands  scattered 
around  the  Caribbean. 

If  the  whites  brought  their  customs,  their  laws, 
their  religion,  and  often  their  morality,  the  same 
thing  did  not  happen  with  the  people  of  color: 
only  the  Hindus,  who  came  as  independent  work- 
ers, were  able  to  preserve  at  least  their  religion 
and  their  traditions.  As  for  the  blacks,  at  first 
their  status  as  slaves  submitted  them  body  and 
soul  to  their  masters;  then  the  abolition  of  slav- 
ery abruptly  made  them  citizens  of  countries  that 
were  not  theirs.  The  present  state  of  Antillean 
societies  clearly  bears  the  profound  marks  of 
past  violence  and  upheaval. 

After  three  centuries  of  eventful  history,  the 
Antilles  have  recently  experienced  a  period  of 
relative  calm,  if  not  prosperity.  Attention  is 
drawn  to  them  once  again  because  demographic 
pressure  has  reached  a  rare  intensity  there.  The 
density  of  the  population  of  the  large  islands — 
Cuba,  Haiti  and  the  Dominican  Republic,  Ja- 
maica, and  Puerto  Rico — varies  from  67  to  296 


inhabitants  per  square  kilometer  (1965  figures). 
For  the  smallest  islands  it  reaches  567  in  Bar- 
bados and  858  in  Bermuda.  Somewhere  in  be- 
tween is  Martinique  with  291  inhabitants  per 
square  kilometer,  or  320,000  in  all.  The  average 
annual  rate  of  increase  is  2.5  percent  for  the 
Caribbean  region  as  a  whole,  and  the  average 
annual  birthrate  is  39  per  thousand. 

Realization  of  their  political  responsibilities 
has  probably  been  accelerated  by  the  small  size 
and  insular  character  of  the  countries.  They  have 
launched  family-planning  programs  in  many 
places.  But  it  appears  that  a  necessary  stage  has 
often  been  skipped:  understanding  of  the  social 
milieu.  Few  studies  have  shown  the  profound 
complexities  of  Antillean  societies. 

In  1968  the  National  Institute  of  Demographic 
Studies  in  Paris  undertook  such  a  study  in  Mar- 
tinique, one  of  the  islands  of  the  Lesser  Antilles. 
It  covered  1,600  women  15  to  54  years  of  age. 
Two  difficulties  are  often  encountered  in  this  type 
of  study:  the  absence  of  up-to-date  information 
and  the  lack  of  complete  civil  documents  to 
supplement  the  sometimes  defective  memories  of 
those  questioned.  These  two  difficulties  were  sur- 
mounted in  Martinique  because  of  periodic  cen- 
suses (the  last  done  at  the  end  of  1967),  a  com- 
plete civil  registration,  and  a  system  of  social  aid 
that  encourages  women  to  keep  their  dossiers  up 
to  date — especially  for  those  items  that  concern 
their  family  situations  (matrimonial  status,  num- 
ber of  children,  etc.)  upon  which  their  financial 
rights  rest. 

What  then,  are  the  diverse  demographic  con- 
sequences of  the  family  structure  in  one  island 
of  the  Antilles? 

Certain  of  these  consequences  are  revealed 
clearly  by  the  official  statistics:  the  percentage  of 
illegitimate  births,  for  example,  is  about  50  per- 
cent; the  average  marriage  age  is  high,  30  years 
for  men  and  26  to  27  years  for  women;  acknowl- 
edging a  child,  which  makes  the  birth  legitimate, 
may  occur  well  after  the  child's  birth.  As  signifi- 
cant as  these  figures  may  be,  they  do  not  de- 
scribe the  successive  events  in  the  lives  of 
Mardnican  women.  It  is  that  description  that  I 
am  going  to  undertake. 

Women  may  be  grouped  into  three  age  groups 
and  four  categories  of  matrimonial  status: 

I .  Legally  married  women,  including  widows 
or  divorcees  who  have  not  remarried.  2.  Women 
in  common-law  unions.  3.  Women  in  "visiting" 


i.  ,1, 


57 


unions,  but  not  living  with  a  man.   4.   Single 
women. 

A  typical  sampling  of  100  Martinican  women 
in  each  of  the  three  age  groups  shows  the  fol- 
lowing proportions  in  the  different  categories: 

Matrimonial  Status         Age  Groups 

20-24      30-34     40-44 


Married 

23 

55 

70 

Common-Law 

9 

16 

15 

Visiting  Union 

22 

11 

5 

Single 

46 

18 

10 

In  the  20  to  24  age  group  more  women  are  in 
a  common-law  or  visiting  union  (31)  than  are 
married  (23).  In  the  older  age  groups,  the 
proportion  of  married  women  increases  rapidly. 
This  evolution  may  be  retraced  (in  a  simplified 
fashion)  by  looking  at  the  matrimonial  histories 
of  the  women. 


Matrimonial  History 

Age  Groups 

20-24 

30-34 

40-44 

No  sexual  union 

38 

10 

3 

Married,  no  other 

union 

14 

31 

38 

Married,  other 

unions 

9 

28 

38 

Unmarried,  at  least 

one  union 

39 

31 

21 

The  previous  two  tables  tend  to  mask  a  stabil- 
ity in  the  relationship  of  many  women,  who  may 
have  a  union  with  only  one  man  and  often  will 
marry  him  in  later  years.  This  is  indicated  in  the 
following  table: 

Number  of  Unions  Age  Groups 
20-24     30-34     40-44 

None 

One 

Two  or  More 

The  proportion  of  women  who  have  had  at 
least  two  unions  does  not  increase  significantly 
above  the  40  to  44  age  group;  generally  the 
unions  tend  to  stabilize  when  the  women  are 
about  35  years  old.  If  married  women  have  had 
other  unions,  they  usually  had  them  before  their 
marriages. 

The  percentage  of  women,  26  percent,  who 
have  had  unions  with  other  men  before  marriage 
is  close  to  the  percentage,  21  percent,  who  have 


38 

10 

3 

43 

53 

54 

19 

37 

43 

Primitive  wood  carving, 
Makonde  tribe,  southeastern  Africa. 


had  children  by  other  unions  before  marriages. 
The  graph  on  this  page  shows  the  influences  of 
age  and  matrimonial  history  on  the  number  of 
live  births  among  the  women  of  Martinique. 
Married  women  who  have  had  other  unions — 
usually  before  marriage — have  slightly  more 
children.  But  in  general  this  category  and  the 
other  two — married  women  who  have  never  had 
another  union  and  unmarried  women — tend  to 
have  nearly  the  same  number^  of  children  until 
about  30  years  of  age.  After  35  a  clear  differ- 
ence develops:  women  who  have  never  married 
practically  cease  having  children,  while  the  mar- 
ried groups  continue  to  bear  children  for  about 
five  years. 

A  final  table,  showing  the  total  time  lived  in 
a  union,  explains  part  of  the  differences  on  the 
graph: 


Years  in  Union  by 

Matrimonial  History 

Age  Groups 

,     30-34       50-54 

Married,  no  other  union 

9.8         23.3 

Married,  other  unions 

10.7         25.4 

Never  married,  at  least 

one  union 

8.9         20.5 

Both  this  table  and  the  graph  show  little  dif- 
ference between  the  three  categories  in  the 
younger  years,  while  the  unmarried  group  is  sig- 
nificantly different  in  the  older  years.  This  dif- 
ference is  also  revealed  when  the  dates  of  the 
last  birth  are  compared.  The  average  unmarried 
woman  gives  birth  to  her  last  child  when  she 


_L»VE  BfRTHS 


Married,  other  unions 


20       25         30         35         40         45         50 


is  34.5  years  old,  while  the  average  married 
woman  bears  her  final  child  at  36.5  years  of 
age.  In  the  light  of  these  observations,  and  of 
several  others,  it  seems  that  the  important  factor 
of  differentiation  in  fertility  is  only  indirectly  the 
type  of  union;  more  directly  it  is  the  length  of 
time  spent  in  a  union.  Between  successive  unions  a 
woman  who  changes  her  lover  or  common-law 
husband  is  likely  to  have  a  period  during  which  she 
is  not  exposed  to  the  risk  of  conception.  A  married 
woman,  on  the  other  hand,  is  continually  ex- 
posed to  this  risk,  until  the  dissolution  of  the 
union  by  the  death  of  her  husband,  divorce,  or 
separation.  The  probability  of  rupture  for  mar- 
ried women  is  less  than  for  other  types  of  union. 
For  this  reason,  matrimonial  status  up  to  the  age 
of  35  plays  an  important  role:  if  a  woman  is  not 
married  at  this  age,  there  is  little  likelihood  that 
she  will  still  .have  children,  because  the  chances 
are  few  that  a  man  will  choose,  her  for  a  union. 

So  far  I  have  reasoned  as  if  the  regulation  of 
fertility  were  still  entirely  natural.  This  is  no 
longer  the  case,  although  at  present  birth  control 
has  minor  implications  since  so  few  women  are 
able  to  use  a  contraceptive  method  with  success. 
In  this  respect  there  is  little  difference  between 
married  and  unmarried  women.  It  will  not  re- 
main insignificant  in  the  future,  however,  be- 
cause contraception  will  certainly  spread  through- 
out the  whole  population.  The  desire  for  con- 
traceptive methods  is  strong,  and  the  obstacles  to 
their  diffusion  do  not  seem  insurmountable.  In 
this  eventuality,  how  will  fertility  evolve?  The 
answer  will  depend  partly  upon  the  evolution  of 
matrimonial  customs. 

Already  in  the  past  half  century,  the  age  at 
marriage  has  fallen,  while  the  proportion  of 
persons  who  have  never  married  has  decreased. 
These  factors  favor  a  rise  in  fertility  (or,  if  one 
prefers,  a  slowing  of  the  drop  in  fertihty). 

It  will  be  important  to  know  the  trends  in  the 
other  types  of  unions.  For  the  moment,  our  ob- 
servations do  not  permit  any  conclusions  on  this 
point.  Principally,  evolution  in  the  marriage  pat- 
tern is  a  response  to  the  wishes  of  women,  who 
desire  a  stable  union  in  which  responsibilities 
(toward  children,  for  example)  will  be  more 
equally  divided.  That  is  why  I  believe  that,  in 
the  future,  marriage  will  become  the  type  of 
union  in  which  the  concerns  of  the  women  will 
be  taken  into  consideration,  and  their  "family 
plan"  best  facilitated. 


59 


^v   ^ 


•  -'  '.  .'J.    '.  ■'■.'.       "    ■  .v«*" 


i<:    '■  '■ ,. 


^fe«^ 


-K  -s.>- 


•a?!. 


WORLD 
POPULATION 

One  dot  equals  100,000  people. 


'r.-^^-^ 


3/= 


■.?'-^;^ 


1970  1975  1980 

3,631,827,000     4,021,863,000     4,456,949,000 


1985 

4,933,975,000 


These  population  figures  are  the  median 

of  three  estimates  made  by  the  United  Nations. 


Africa 

1970 
344,415,000 

1975 
395,105,000 

1980 
456,453,000 

1985 
529,805,000 

^" 

"^^ 

1.  Western 

101,200,000 

115,575,000 

133,136,000 

154,445,000 

>        n 

^ 

2.  Eastern 

97,882,000 

111,852,000 

128,758,000 

149,212,000 

/ 

■  ny 

3.  Middle 

35,893,000 

40,385,000 

45,787,000 

52,463,000 

\:.- 

^/ 

4.  Northern 

86,608,000 

101,459,000 

■     119,385,000 

140,093,000      , 

~~'<i 

5.  Southern 

22,832,000 

25,834,000 

29,387,000 

33,592,000 

V   ( 

j-rya... 

East  Asia 

929,932,000 

1,011,210,000 

1,095,357,000 

1,181,722,000 

%-- 

6.  Mainland 

765,386,000 

832,387,000 

901,354,000 

973,026,000 

/ 

,;      7.  Japan 
j     8.  Other 

103,499,000 

109,948,000 

116,347,000 

121,346,000 

(     ^ 

61,047,000 

68,875,000 

77,656,000 

87,350,000 

\, 

Jonth  Asia 

9.  Middle 

1,125,944,000 

1,296,219,000 

1,486,243,000 

1,693,526,000 

"', 

761,809,000 

875,462,000 

1,001,045,000 

1,136,874,000 

'21 

j    10.  Eastern 
11.  Western 

286,925,000 

330,933,000 

380,371,000 

434,394,000 

i 

77,210,000 

89,824,000 

104,827,000 

122,258,000 

\ 

'    .12.  USSR 

,1  f 

242,612,000 

255,584,000 

270,634,000 

286,882,000 

\ 

•^-  t- 


.■■"■'^'.  -  ■  i 


Europe 

13.  Western 

14.  Southern 

15.  Eastern 

16.  Northern 

17.  No.  America 
Latin  America 

18.  Caribbean 

19.  Mid-America 

20.  Tropical 

21.  Temperate 
Oceania 
Australia, 

New  Zealand 
Melanesia 
Polynesia, 

Micronesia 


1970 
462,117,000 

148,619,000 

128,464,000 

104,081,000 

80,953,000 

227,572,000 

283,251,000 

25,783,000 

67,431,000 

150,659,000 

39,378,000 

19,371,000 

15,374,000 
2,767,000 

1,230,000 


1975 
479,369,000 

153,359,000 

134,213,000 

108,227,000 

83,570,000 

242,772,000 

326,834,000 

28,801,000 

79,938,000 

175,159,000 

42,936,000 

21,561,000 

16,982,000 
3,147,000 

1,432,000 


1980 
497,061,000 

158,214,000 

140,059,000 

112,392,000 

86,396,000 

260,651,000 

377,170,000 

32,145,000 

94,704,000 

203,591,000 

46,730,000 

24,024,000 

18,785,000 
3,583,000 

1,656,000 


1985 
515,046,000 

163,346,000 
145,953,000 
116,148,000 

89,599,000 
280,379,000 
434,634,000 

35,881,000 
112,094,000 
235,947,000 

50,712,000 

26,796,000 

20,745,000 
4,120,000 

1,931,000 


BIRTH  AND  DEATH  RATES  AND  LIFE  EXPECTANCY 


Region 

Birth- 

Death 

Life 

Region 

Bulh- 

Death 

Life 

rate 

Rate 

Expectancy 

Rate 

Rate 

Expectan 

WORLD 

34-35 

14-15 

55-56 

East  Asia 

32-36 

14-16 

49-55 

Africa 

48 

22 

40-45 

Mainland 

34-39 

15-18 

45-52 

Western 

54 

27 

38-42 

Japan ' 

18 

7 

71 

Eastern 

47 

20 

38-42 

Other 

36 

,     12 

63^ 

Middle 

44 

23 

38-42 

South  Asia 

44 

18 

46 

Northern 

45 

19 

47 

Latin  America 

38 

12 

56 

Southern 

41 

16 

51 

Caribbean 

39 

14 

51 

Europe 

18 

10 

71 

Mid-America 

44 

11 

55 

Western 

18 

11 

71 

Tropical 

40 

12 

54^ 

Southern 

20 

9 

70 

Temperate 

25 

9 

69 

Eastern 

16 

9 

70 

Oceania 

25 

11 

65 

Northern 

18 

11 

72 

Australia,  New  Zealand    20 

9 

71 

USSR 

18 

7 

70 

Melanesia 

45 

20 

38-42 

Northern  America 

20 

9 

71 

Polynesia,  Micronesia      40 

10 

50-55 

Birth  and  death  rates  are  per  1,000  persons.  Life  expectancy  is  in  years.  All  figures  are  for  1965,  the  most  recent 
year  with  complete  data. 


X 


15  Billion 


A.D,  1500 


1600 


1700 


1800 


1900 


1970  2000 


2100 


ONSTRAINTS 
ON  THE  SPECIES 


Thomas  Robert  Malthus  posed  the  problem 
when,  in  1798,  he  wrote:  "The  power  of  popula- 
tion is  indefinitely  greater  than  the  power  in  the 
earth  to  produce  subsistence  for  man. 

"Population,  when  unchecked,  increases  in  a 
geometrical  ratio.  Subsistence  increases  only  in 
an  arithmetical  ratio.  A  slight  acquaintance  with 
numbers  will  show  the  immensity  of  the  first 
power  in  comparison  of  the  second. 

"By  that  law  of  our  nature  which  makes  food 
necessary  to  the  Ufe  of  man,  the  effects  of  these 
two  unequal  powers  must  be  kept  equal. 

"This  implies  a  strong  and  constantly  operat- 
ing check  on  population  from  the  difficulty  of  sub- 
sistence." 

Man  has,  for  the  past  two  centuries,  disproved 
Malthus.  Since  he  wrote  An  Essay  on  the  Prin- 
ciple of  Population  the  number  of  men  on  earth 
has  increased  from  one  billion  to  three  billion. 
The  graph  of  world  population  on  page  62  shows 
clearly  that  the  species  has  grown  more  rapidly 
than  at  an  arithmetical  ratio.  The  best  estimates 
of  the  Population  Division  of  the  United  Nations 
indicate  that  this  growth  will  continue  into  the 
next  century. 

Man's  ingenuity  has  disproved  Malthus's  argu- 
ment that  a  shortage  of  food  would  act  as  a  con- 
stant check  on  the  population.  In  this  century — 
particularly  in  the  past  two  decades — technologi- 
cal advances  in  agriculture  have  enabled  man  to 
produce  more  than  enough  food — for  himself  and 
for  future  bilHons.  In  technologically  advanced 
regions,  such  as  the  United  States  and  Europe, 
the  steady  surplus  of  food  has  led  to  a  reduction 
in  farmland  and  farm  labor.  The  introduction, 
during  the  last  few  years,  of  new  seeds  and  more 
productive  farming  methods  to  Asia  has  already 
had  a  major  impact  on  output,  and  raises  the 
possibility  of  a  surplus  of  food  production  there 
in  the  future. 

Since  he  has  been  so  strongly  disproved,  why 


do  the  ideas  of  Malthus  persist?  The  answer  is 
simple:  Because  Malthus  was  right — in  principle. 
Man  has  the  ability  to  reproduce  at  a  geometrical 
ratio;  and  if  man  continues  to  do  so  unchecked 
for  many  generations,  he  will  produce  more  than 
the  earth  can  hold.  Recent  developments,  which 
Malthus  and  most  men  of  this  century  had  not 
fully  foreseen,  indicate  that  food  is  not  a  check 
on  the  size  of  man's  population.  A  crucial  ques- 
tion for  man  today  is:  What  are  the  significant 
constraints  on  the  growth  of  the  human  species? 
The  Population  Division  of  the  United  Nations 
has  in  the  most  tentative  terms  advanced  a  figure 
of  1 5  biUion  as  the  upper  limit  of  human  popula- 
tion on  earth.  The  uncertain  projection  on  the 
graph  of  world  population  shows  a  trend  toward 
this  figure  in  two  centuries.  This  is  only  the  gross- 
est of  estimates,  and  as  yet  no  one  has  clearly 
analyzed  the  constraints  or  the  processes  that  will 
bring  about  the  inevitable  reduction  in  the  rate  of 

man's  growth. 

*      *     * 

In  the  following  three  articles,  some  of  the 
constraints  on  man  are  discussed.  Dr.  Kendall  W. 
King  of  the  Research  Corporation,  a  foundation 
for  scientific  research,  shows  in  a  detailed  study 
of  food  supply  in  the  Dominican  Republic  that 
the  warnings  of  Malthus  have  immediate  signifi- 
cance in  parts  of  the  less  developed  world.  Gor- 
don Harrison,  officer  in  charge  of  the  Ford  Foun- 
dation's Resources  and  Environment  Program, 
states  that  the  constraints  on  population  may  be 
linked  to  the  production  and  consumption  pat- 
terns of  modern  man.  He  also  asks  if  man  may 
not  already  have  an  excess  population.  Finally, 
Natural  History  editor  John  P.  Wiley,  Jr.  ana- 
lyzes the  possibilities  for  expansion  of  the  species 
to  other  planets,  and  concludes  that  the  cost  and 
especially  the  great  distance  eliminate  the  possi- 
bility of  a  solution  outside  the  biosphere  for  the 
problem  of  man's  growth. 


(>3 


Malnutrition 
in  the 
Caribbean 


by  Kendall  W.  King 

Research  Corporation 

The  ecologist  tells  us  that  the  ability'  of  a 
species  to  adjust  to  its  ecosystem  determines 
its  chances  oi  survival.  We  accept  this  readily 
in  terms  of  other  species:  the  highly  developed 
reptiles  once  so  numerous  on  the  earth,  but  now 
extinct  because  of  their  inability  to  cope  with  a 
climatologically  changing  environment;  or  the 
jackrabbits.  which  deplete  the  resources  of  their 
range  through  overpopulation,  then  die  back  to 
manageable  numbers  by  famine,  disease,  and 
predation. 

It  is  harder  for  us  to  accept  that  man,  hke  his 
sister  species,  exhibits  these  same  phenomena. 
Yet,  it  is  fruitful  for  us  to  look  at  many  of  our 
critical  contemporary  problems  in  this  perspec- 
tive. The  conditions  that  have  led  to  the  almost 
universal  shortage  of  food  in  the  tropical  belt 
can  be  useful  examples  for  the  study  of  man's 
maladjustment  to  his  environment.  Data  from  a 
1969  national  nutrition  survey  in  the  Dominican 
Republic  demonstrate  that  point  clearly. 

In  large  areas  of  the  world,  man  is  increasing 
his  numbers  at  a  rate  that  forebodes  famine 
should  even  relatively  local  drought  or  storms  oc- 
cur. In  other  large  areas  he  is  concentrating  huge 
masses  of  his  species  into  such  compact  urban 
centers  that  he  is  fouhng  his  own  environment 
to  the  point  where  it  may  well  become  unlivable. 

For  the  past  two  centuries  the  species  has  im- 
posed on  its  environment  stresses  of  a  kind,  or 
at  least  an  intensity,  that  are  completely  new. 
Sea  lanes  have  been  carved  through  the  land 
masses  at  Suez  and  in  Panama.  Instantaneous 
verbal  and  visual  communication  has  become 
worldwide.  Fungi,  once  useless  pests,  have  been 
coaxed  into  massive  fermenters  producing  the 
antibiotics  that  permit  control  of  many  killer 
diseases.  Chemists  have  tailor-made  new  mole- 


64 


cules,  some  bringing  the  scourge  of  malaria  un- 
der control,  others  boosting  both  the  quahty  and 
the  quantity  of  the  food  supply  to  new  highs. 
Geneticists  have  given  us  animals  and  plants  of 
unimagined  agronomic  value.  One-by-one,  the 
mightiest  river  basins  of  the  world  are  being  con- 
trolled. 

But  negating  the  benefits  of  all  of  these 
achievements  are  other  events.  By  bringing  medi-  ■ 
cal  care  to  primitive  people,  we  have  prolonged 
life  so  dramatically  that  the  population  growth  is 
ominous.  Misuse  of  potent  agricultural  chemicals 
threatens  to  overbalance  their  value.  We  have 
built  atomic  weapons  to  kill  ourselves  and  added 
nerve  gases  and  biological  warfare  agents  to 
clean  up  the  unhappy  survivors.  We  make  war  as 
never  before.  The  human  institutions  by  which 
we  do  these  evil  or  foolish  things  are  essentially 
the  same  as  those  through  which  we  ameliorate 
the  harshness  of  our  environment. 

Looking  at  this  ineptitude  in  our  use  of  insti- 
tutions makes  me  wonder  if  we  aren't  fumbling 
as  pre-man  must  have  when,  over  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  years,  he  gradually  brought  use  of 
his  opposing  thumb  under  control.  The  complex- 
ity of  thought  necessarj'  to  create  and  manage  an 
institution  being  so  many  orders  of  magnitude 
greater,  it  is  small  wonder  that  the  mind  is  so 
slow  to  bring  institutions  under  control. 

Nowhere  is  this  need  for  searching  thought 
more  apparent  than  in  connection  with  the  gap 
between  the  world's  supply  of  food  and  the  num- 
ber of  mouths  to  be  fed.  Malthus  may  have  been 
clairvoyant,  or  he  may  have  been  dead  wrong 
because  of  an  underappreciation  of  the  capacity 
of  man  as  a  species  to  analyze  his  condition  and 
then  plan  for  its  amelioration. 

There  is  no  one  world  food  problem,  and  there 
is  no  one  answer.  There  are  innumerable  prob- 
lems and  as  many  possible  answers  to  them,  but 
the  answers  cannot  profitably  be  appHed  until 
the  problems  are  understood.  Any  attack  on  mal- 
nutrition requires  careful  study,  country-by-coun- 
try (and  in  large  countries,  region-by-region). 
The  aims  of  such  a  study  are  to  learn  what  kinds 
of  malnutrition  exist,  how  severe  they  are, 
among  what  population  groups  they  are  found, 


w 


and  what  factors  are  contributing  to  the  condi- 
tion. Without  this  solid  basis  of  fact  a  reasonable 
attack  cannot  be  formulated.  After  all,  an  attack 
on  malnutrition  really  boils  down  to  an  attempt 
to  adjust  the  position  of  man  in  an  ecosystem. 

An  example  of  this  approach  is  a  national 
nutrition  survey  undertaken  in  the  Dominican 
Republic  in  the  summer  of  1969.  It  is,  perhaps, 
the  most  comprehensive  nutrition  survey  that  has 
been  completed,  taking  six  months  of  planning 
and  seven  weeks  of  intensive  field  effort.  A  sur- 
vey of  this  type  has  purposes  far  beyond  the 
simple  documentation  of  malnutrition.  To  be 
sure,  the  conspicuous  effort  is  to  learn  what  kinds 
of  malnutrition  exist,  how  severe  they  are,  and 
among  what  groups  of  people  they  are  most  com- 


Primitive  wood  carving. 
Ivory  Coast,  Africa. 


mon.  Collecting  this  information  requires  the  in- 
put of  clinicians,  nutritionists,  and  biochemists. 
It  is  also  the  purpose  of  such  surveys  to  develop 
practical  programs  to  control  malnutrition,  and 
to  do  that  requires  understanding  of  a  maze  of 
local  cultural  traditions;  economic,  legal,  and 
educational  systems;  and  the  whole  complex 
known  as  agribusiness. 

The  team  was  organized  into  a  number  of 
parties.  The  clinicians  in  the  medical  party  ex- 
amined a  large  number  of  people,  using  an  ex- 
tensive, specialized  technique  to  detect  nutri- 
tional deficiencies.  The  anthropometric  party 
measured  height,  weight,  and  a  variety  of  head, 
chest,  and  arm  dimensions.  Photographs  of  the 
glowing  of  the  skulls  when  exposed  to  a  strobo- 
scopic  flash  from  an  1 1 ,000-watt  light  measured 
the  normalcy  of  brain  and  cranial  development 
of  young  children.  From  every  tenth  subject 
blood  and  urine  specimens  were  obtained  for 
chemical  analysis  of  17  indices  of  nutritional 
status. 

A  dietary  survey  party  daily  measured  every 
scrap  of  food  eaten  by  150  representative  families 
and  gathered  information  on  their  food  attitudes. 
From  these  data  and  reference  tables  they  calcu- 
lated the  actual  nutrient  intake.  As  a  further 
check  on  the  authenticity  of  the  reference  tables, 
they  prepared  a  series  of  composite  daily  diets 
cooked  in  the  traditional  way  for  chemical  analy- 
sis of  all  vitamins,  minerals,  and  amino  acids. 

A  food  technology  party  studied  the  whole 
spectrum  of  the  food-processing  industry,  and  the 
infrastructure  on  which  it  depends,  in  order  to 
learn  the  present  quality  and  production  volume 
of  the  industry,  its  credit  and  capital  problems, 
and  the  influence  of  existing  laws  on  it.  This 
party  also  studied  the  importation  and  exporta- 
tion of  food,  and  the  status  of  wholesale  and 
retail  food  enterprises. 

An  agricultural  economics  team  investigated 
the  status  of  agribusiness  on  a  wide  basis,  in- 
cluding production  and  marketing  practices,  land 
use  and  land  tenure  traditions,  laws,  rural  credit 
programs,  the  scope  of  the  agricuUural  extension 
service  activities,  import  and  export  systems,  and 
tax  and  other  legislation  bearing  on  the  food 
supply. 

Eleven  localities  were  studied,  each  selected  to 
give  a  balanced  sampling  of  the  country  with 
intentional  weighting  to  low-income  groups.  In 
all,  5,500  people  were  examined  clinically  and 

65 


550  biochemically.  Thirteen  hundred  wrist  X- 
rays,  which  indicate  the  role  of  bone  growth, 
were  obtained  on  children  under  five  and  women 
who  had  had  multiple  lactations.  Stroboscopic 
cranial  observations  were  made  on  300  children 
under  two  years  of  age.  Complete  dietary  surveys 
covered  150  families. 

Final  analysis  of  such  a  volume  of  data  will 
take  many  months,  but  already  the  findings  re- 
veal a  picture  of  malnutrition  that  is  typical  of 
the  tropical  belt  and  that  clearly  demonstrates 
how  badly  adjusted  the  human  species  can  be  to 
its  ecosystem. 

Nearly  20  percent  of  the  women  have  ad- 
vanced goiter  resulting  from  inadequate  iodine 
intake.  Among  children,  as  many  as  34  percent 
in  some  areas  are  so  poorly  developed  as  to  be 
regarded  in  an  advanced  stage  of  malnutrition. 
In  some  areas  40  percent  of  the  adolescent  boys 
had  achieved  less  than  70  percent  of  their  ex- 
pected weight.  Of  the  people  studied  biochemi- 
cally only  2  percent  had  acceptable  values  for 
the  various  vitamins,  proteins,  and  minerals  stud- 
ied. Sixty-five  percent  of  the  subjects  were  below 
normal  in  vitamin  C,  and  54  percent  of  the 
people  were  anemic,  apparently  as  a  result  pri- 
marily of  low  iron  intake.  In  eight  of  ten  loca- 


W0-' 


tions  calcium  consumption  was  less  than  twO' 
thirds  of  the  U.S.  National  Research  Council's 
recommended  allowances.  The  same  was  true  of 
riboflavin,  or  vitamin  B2. 

The  picture,  then,  is  one  of  widespread  defi- 
ciency, of  not  just  one,  but  of  nearly  all  nu- 
trients. At  the  moment  the  majority  of  the  peo- 
ple appear  to  be  eating  enough  to  prevent  the 
appearance  of  clinical  famine,  but  they  are  func- 
tioning under  suboptimal  conditions  and  have 
little  or  no  nutrient  reserves.  A  prolonged 
drought  or  the  loss  of  a  major  crop  through  hur- 
ricane damage  could  precipitate  overt  starva- 
tion. The  country  could  deteriorate  into  the 
present  condition  of  Biafra  in  weeks. 

Paradoxes  in  this  situation  convince  me  of  the 
fallaciousness  of  the  idea  that  a  free  population 
of  uneducated  people  wOl  optimize  its  relation  to 
the  local  food  supply.  Here  we  are  confronted 
with  an  island  people  so  sapped  by  inadequate 
iodine  intake  that  advanced  goiter  is  rampant, 
and  yet  the  iodine-rich  resources  of  the  surround- 
ing sea  lie  essentially  untouched.  In  a  tropical 
country  where  fruits  rich  in  vitamin  C  should  be 
easily  available,  65  percent  of  the  population  is 
deficient  in  vitamin  C  intake.  In  a  land  of  im- 
mense   productive   potential,    agronomic    prac- 


Dafly  nutrient  intake  of  low- 

income  men,  18-22 

years  old,  in  rural  areas  of  the  Dominican  RepubSc 

National 

Canca  la 

Palmar 

La 

Mella  and 

Research  Council 

NUTRIENT 

Piedra 

Grande 

Higuera 

Augostura 

Recommendation 

Vitamin  B2 

mg. 

1.4 

l.l 

1.2 

0.36 

1.6 

Vitamin  Bj 

mg. 

0.72 

0.49 

0.59 

0.36 

1.4 

Niacin 

mg. 

8.4 

4.2 

7.4 

4.1 

18 

Vitamin  Bg 

mg. 

1.5 

0.94 

1.1 

0.66 

2.0 

Folic  Acid 

mg. 

0.26 

0.058 

.     0.069 

0.076 

0.4 

Vitamin  B^j 

Mg- 

3.6 

0.87 

1.6 

0.70 

5.0 

Vitamin  C 

mg. 

54 

27 

56 

16 

60 

Vitamin  A 

I.U. 

<1030 

<787 

<946 

<581 

5000 

Vitamin  E 

mg. 

2.4 

3.5 

5.9 

2.6 

22 

Iodine 

mg. 

0.46 

0.13 

0.12 

0.17 

0.14 

Calcium 

mg. 

480 

280 

390 

120 

800 

Magnesium 

mg. 

240 

160 

200 

130 

400 

Iron 

mg. 

11 

5.6 

10 

6.5 

10 

Copper 

mg. 

0.75 

0.51 

0.60 

0.37 

2.0 

Zinc 

mg. 

8.6 

3.6 

8.0 

3.0 

10-15 

Total  Protein   g. 

46 

26 

51 

22 

60- 

mg.=mi]ligrams;     fig 

=micrograms; 

g.=grams;     I.U. 

= international  units 

Data  compiled  from  a  typical  daily  intake  of  food  prepared  in  traditional  manner.  Only  four 
cases  meet  National  Research  Council  recommendations. 


66 


tices  are  so  poor  that  gross  deficits  persist  even 
in  the  supply  of  calories  and  protein.  As  in  most 
parts  of  the  tropical  belt  where  large  numbers  of 
people  live  on  a  subsistence  agriculture,  we  are 
confronted  with  reasonably  well-fed  adults  in 
homes  where  about  half  of  the  children  die  of 
malnutrition  and  its  sequelae  during  the  first  five 
years  of  life.  These  contradictory  situations  are 
not  unique  to  the  Dominican  Republic  or  the 
Caribbean.  Rather,  they  are  more  or  less  de- 
scriptive of  life  in  the  whole  tropical  belt. 

Higher  education  and  income  levels  alone  do 
not  mean  better  nutrition.  For  example,  in 
Haiti,  which  borders  the  Dominican  Republic 
and  has  a  similar  physical  environment,  a  large 
number  of  peasants  live  in  a  subsistence  agricul- 
ture system.  A  detailed  study  of  the  nutritional 
status  of  the  rural  Haitian  compared  with  that  of 
the  typical  rural  inhabitant  of  the  Dominican  Re- 
pubhc  showed  surprising  results.  Though  poor 
by  most  standards,  the  Dominican  peasant  is 
considerably  wealthier  and  better  educated  than 
the  Haitian  peasant,  yet  his  diet  is  worse  and  his 
nutritional  status  poorer.  In  both  countries  many 
families  usually  have  a  supper  of  boiled  plantain, 
the  green  banana  common  throughout  the .  Ca- 
ribbean. When  you  look  into  the  Dominican  pot 
all  you  see  in  the  boiling  water  is  plantain;  but 
in  the  Haitian  pot  the  plantain  is  mixed  with  a 
variety  of  leaves  and  buds  gathered  from  the 
fields  and  roadsides.  These  extras  add  signifi- 
cantly to  the  vitamin  and  mineral  intake  of  the 
Haitian  peasants.  The  contrast  demonstrates  that 
formal  education  and  wealth  do  not  necessarily 
improve  the  adaptation  of  a  people  to  their  sur- 
roundings. 

The  best  specific  approaches  to  correcting  the 
widespread  malnutrition  found  in  the  Dominican 
Republic  can  only  be  identified  after  greater 
study  of  the  data  and  discussion  with  Dominican 
officials.  Two  conspicuous  solutions  exist,  for  ex- 
ample, for  control  of  goiters  resulting  from 
iodine  deficiency.  One  is  to  add  iodine  to  table 
salt;  the  other,  to  develop  the  seafood  industry, 
lodization  of  salt  is  only  practical  if  essentially 
all  salt  is  processed  at  one  or  a  few  refineries, 
and  this  is  not  the  case  in  the  Dominican  Re- 
public. Development  of  marine  industry  has  its 
drawbacks,  too.  It  is  not  simply  a  matter  of 
launching  boats  and  training  fishermen  but  also 
one  of  finding  capital,  developing  docking  and 
processing     facilities,     expanding     refrigeration 


equipment  and  market  outlets,  and  generating  a 
new  food  habit  on  the  part  of  a  whole  nation. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  development  of  a  fishing 
industry  could  contribute  to  the  solution  of  many 
other  nagging  problems,  among  them  deficits  in 
proteins,  minerals,  and  vitamins. 

In  urban  centers  where  the  bulk  of  the  food 
moves  through  commercial  channels,  iron  and 
vitamin  deficiencies  can  be  attacked  through  for- 
tification of  basic  foods  such  as  corn,  rice,  and 
wheat.  Such  an  approach,  however,  would  do 
nothing  for  the  70  percent  of  the  population  that 
live  as  subsistence  farmers  completely  outside 
the  channels  of  commerce.  For  the  latter,  educa- 
tion in  the  production  and  consumption  of  in- 
digenous foods,  which  could  provide  an  ade- 
quate diet  within  their  current  limited  means, 
appears  to  be  the  only  reasonable  approach. 

In  any  of  these  attempts  to  bring  the  condi- 
tion of  human  life  in  the  tropical  belt  into  con- 
cert with  what  the  environment  could  produce,  a 
pervading  problem  recurs.  Few  institutions  to 
achieve  this  concert  exist,  and  the  people  trained 
in  the  necessary  disciplines  and  experienced  in 
organizational  management  are  usually  in  very 
short  supply.  Attacking  the  problems  involves, 
in  an  elementary  way,  the  creation  of  locally 
adapted  institutions  and  the  education  of  people 
who  can  function  through  them.  This  is  inher- 
ently a  slow  and  complex  process  ultimately 
leading  to  major  changes  in  the  relation  of  peo- 
ple to  their  habitat. 

The  data  from  such  surveys  define  the  degree 
to  which  specific  populations  of  man  are  mal- 
adjusted to  their  ecosystems.  The  problem  does 
not  seem  to  me  to  lie  simply  in  there  being  no 
satisfactory  niche  or  even  in  the  available  niche 
being  too  small  for  the  population.  The  dis- 
crepancy between  what  is  and  what  could  be 
appears  to  lie  in  the  inept,  naive,  and  largely  un- 
controlled use  of  man's  singular  survival-giving 
asset,  his  brain. 

Now  that  these  problems  can  be  analyzed, 
man  can  begin  to  solve  them.  But  even  before 
that,  the  organ  that  gave  man  his  advantage 
through  invention  of  controlled  fire,  the  wheel, 
higher  mathematics,  controlled  atomic  reactions, 
and  institutions  to  achieve  communally  needed 
tasks  needs  more  than  anything  else  to  be  re- 
fined and  disciplined.  Only  by  exploiting  his  mind, 
his  one  major  evolutionary  asset,  can  man  over- 
come the  urgent  crises  of  our  age. 


67 


The  Mess 
of  Modern 
Man 

by  Gordon  Harrison 

Ford  Foundation 

Because  of  the  evident  reciprocal  connection 
between  conservation  and  population 
growth,  it  has  recently  become  popular  to  ask 
those  concerned  with  degradation  of  the  environ- 
ment whether  it  might  not  be  best  if  they  spent 
their  time  beating  the  drums  for  contraception. 
Since  I  beUeve  the  human  race  has  no  problem 
more  important  than  checking  its  growth, 
I  cannot  object  to  any  new  recruits  to  the  cause 
of  reducing  baby  production.  Yet  there  is  a  dan- 
ger in  pretending  that  numbers  are  the  whole 
problem.  There  is  at  least  equal  danger  in  the 
corollary  that  measuring  the  capacity  of  the  en- 
vironment to  support  people  can  rationally  deter- 
mine how  many  people  we  should  produce. 

Air  and  water  pollution;  the  mounting  accu- 
mulation of  solid  wastes;  the  esthetic  desecration 
of  the  countryside  by  jerry-built  subdivisions, 
shopping  centers,  billboards,  and  other  commer- 
cial gimcrackery;  the  extinction  of  wilderness 
and  wilderness  dwellers  by  highways,  motor- 
boats,  snowmobiles,  and  all  the  manifold  instru- 
ments of  human  restlessness;  the  extinction  of  si- 
lence by  airports  and  air  hammers — all  these 
phenomena  are  lumped  together  as  environmen- 
tal deterioration  and  considered  a  plague  of  over- 
population. But  it  is  important  that  we  distinguish 
among  these  problems,  for  they  have  different 
causes  and  invite  different  treatments. 

The  encroachment  of  people  on  unsettled  land 
is  clearly  the  direct  result  of  an  increasingly  large 
and  mobile  population.  This  encroachment 
threatens  the  existence  of  other  species  once 
man's  density  reaches  numbers  sufficient  to  domi- 
nate the  environment.  It  is  reasonable  to  assume 
— although  difficult  to  prove — that  the  human 
race  depends  for  its  well-being  on  the  preserva- 
tion of  a  considerable  portion  of  the  web  of  life 

68 


on  earth.  How  much  is  "essential"  or  how  muc 
might  be  destroyed  without  markedly  impairii 
the  quality  of  human  life  are,  so  far  as  I  knov 
imponderables  not  now  subject  to  scientific  mead 
urement.  Ecological  study  that  is  trying  to  fini 
the  causes  of  stability  in  natural  systems  ma| 
throw  some  light  on  the  problem.  With  precis 
knowledge  of  how  energy  flows  through  a  natur^ 
system  one  might  redesign  such  systems  with  di| 
ferent  components  or  repair  them  after  one 
more  parts  are  destroyed.  Ecologists  are  makit 
progress  in  investigations  that  could  lay  the  fouii 
dations  for  a  science  of  environmental  manage 
ment. 

Almost  no  research,  however,  is  under  way  on 
the  effects  of  the  environment  on  man.  We  know 
pretty  well  which  poisons  can  kill  us;  we  know 
little  about  which  may  make  us  sick  over  long 
periods  of  time;  and.  still  less  about  what  kinds 
of  environment  are  conducive  to  human  well- 
being.  Does,  for  instance,  the  taste  that  persists 
in  city  man  for  seeing  &  tree  now  and  then  in- 
dicate a  prejudice  the  urbanite  could  safely  out- 
grow or  does  it  reflect  a  need  basic  to  his  nature? 
Lacking  the  facts  on  man's  dependence  on  his 
environment,  it  is  impossible  to  talk  in  any  scien- 
tific way  about  what  residue  of  unspoiled  na- 
ture should  be  defended  as  the  minimum  for  hu- 
man welfare. 

In  man-space  relationships  the  ratio  of  num- 
bers to  acreage  is  the  essence  of  the  problem. 
However,  many  environmental  problems,  includ- 
ing esthetic  and  chemical  pollution,  are  not 
caused  by  overpopulation  and  will  not  be  cured 
by  birth  control.  The  trouble  is  a  flawed  socio- 
economic system — a  system  that  concentrates  on 
production  and  consumption  and  regards  residu- 
als of  production  and  consumption  as  somebody 
else's  business.  Waste  production  is  an  integral 
part  of  the  economic  process  and  must  be  thought 
of,  and  dealt  with,  in  that  way.  The  dirt  that  pol- 
lutes water  and  air  is  nothing  but  matter  that  has 
become  toxic  or  annoying  because  it  occurs  in 
a  setting  where  it  is  not  wanted.  Manure  on  the 
farm  fertilizes  crops;  in  the  lake  it  fertilizes  ex- 
cessive growth  of  algae.  Hydrocarbons  are  in- 
dispensable in  the  gas  tank;  a  menace  to  health 
in  the  air.  Cans  are  great  on  the  pantry  shelf;  a 
great  nuisance  by  the  roadside. 

Where  there  are  few  people  in  relation  to  the 
land,  the  transforming  and  discarding  of  materi- 
als is  seldom  a  menace.  We  talk  then  of  throw- 


ing  things  away,  and  we  think  of  "away"  as  any- 
where we  are  not.  But  as  people  crowd  together, 
each  backyard  becomes  somebody  else's  front 
yard;  there  are  simultaneously  many  more  things 
to  throw  away  and  fewer  places  to  throw  them. 
Crowding,  however,  is  not  the  essential  problem. 
The  lack  of  dumping  grounds  is  only  a  reminder 
that  we  have  a  problem.  The  question  that 
should  be  forced  on  our  attention  if  we  are  ever 
to  cope  successfully  with  waste  is  how  does  waste 
occur?  is  waste  necessary?  We  do  not  ask  this 
urgently  or  sharply  enough. 

Many  municipal  officials,  for  instance,  are  wor- 
ried about  trash  and  garbage.  But  in  everything 
I've  read  and  heard  they  are  worried  almost  ex- 
clusively about  its  disposal.  The  existence  of  sol- 
id waste  is  accepted  as  one  of  the  facts  of  modern 
hfe.  So  long  as  the  question  is  how  to  get  rid  of 
waste,  the  best  answer  we  can  hope  for  is  short 
run.  Since  most  of  what  we  use  ends  up  as  solid 
waste,  economic  production  is  converting  raw 
materials  into  garbage.  It  follows  that  in  time  we 
will  be  hterally  living  in  garbage.  Moreover,  the 
demands  of  an  affluent  society  speed  up  the  con- 
version process  in  two  ways:  first,  simply  by  pro- 
ducing more  goods  and,  second,  by  producing 
goods  of  ever  shorter  usefulness.  For  instance, 
packaging  manufacture — a  rapidly  growing  in- 
dustry— specializes  in  converting  materials  into  a 
form  that  may  have  only  a  few  minutes  of  utility, 
such  as  the  paper  bag  brought  home  from  the 
grocery. 

To  solve  the  solid  waste  problem  we  must  first 
ask  how  we  can  check  the  generation  of  waste. 
That  question  presents  government,  industry,  and 
consumer  with  a  choice  of  poUcies  for  making 
effective  changes  in  production  and  consumption 
— changes  that  will  reduce  the  volume  of  what 
finally  has  to  be  thrown  away.  If  consumers  had 
to  face  the  real  cost  of  disposing  of  disposable 
bottles,  they  might  forgo  the  convenience  of  using 
them.  Producers  might  reconsider  the  cost  of  re- 
covering and  reusing  materials  if  the  costs  of 
burying  them  in  the  front  yard  and  of  exhausting 
the  sources  of  fresh  supply  were  counted  properly 
among  the  costs  of  production.  Government  tax 
policies,  including  both  penalties  and  incentives, 
could  decisively  influence  such  decisions  by  the 
private  sector  without  resort  to  direct  controls. 
My  point,  however,  is  not  to  offer  solutions  but 
to  suggest  the  importance  of  asking  the  right 
questions. 


Considering  only  the  waste  disposal  problem, 
there  seems  to  be  no  reason  why  a  society  cannot 
be  operated  with  a  high  quality  environment  at 
any  population  density.  Since  costs  increase  sub- 
stantially as  one  approaches  complete  recycUng, 
high  production  costs  and,  therefore,  a  lower 
standard  of  living  probably  would  occur  at  high 
densities.  But  pollution  inherently  does  not  im- 
pose a  first  constraint  on  population  growth  in 
this  country.  Long  before  the  economic  pinch  of 
keeping  the  environment  clean  constricts  human 
numbers,  we  will  have  populated  such  a  high  pro- 
portion of  land  that  the  green  world  we  take  for 
granted  will  be  radically  changed. 

I  do  not  know  (and  I  think  no  one  knows) 
what  the  consequences  of  these  changes  may  be 
for  the  quality  of  human  hfe.  Possibly  men  can 
adapt.  But  why  should  they  have  to?  Why 
should  we  run  the  risk?  What  is  the  advantage  of 
so  increasing  our  population?  Why  should  we 
wish  to  extinguish  the  green  world? 

Rather  than  ask  how  many  people  the  world 
can  support,  a  rational  policy  might  better  ask 
what  minimum  number  is  needed  to  populate  and 
operate  a  humane  civilization.  Most  countries 
have  no  reason  to  want  a  larger  population  and 
stand  no  chance  of  profiting  thereby.  The  prob- 
lems of  coping  with  added  numbers  in  cities, 
schools,  highways,  parks,  airports  are  apparent. 
The  optimum  population  for  many  countries  is 
almost  certainly  somewhat  less  than  they  now 
have.  It  would  be  difficult  to  prove  by  any  stan- 
dard that  more  might  be  better  even  though  more 
is  inevitable.  The  real  constraints  on  population 
growth  are  already  in  effect;  we  do  not  have  to 
wait  for  a  more  crowded  tomorrow. 


69 


space: 

A  Barrier 

to 

The  Species 

by  John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 

Natural  History 

The  good  earth  is  not  the  only  place  in  the 
universe  where  man  can  live.  He  probably 
can  survive  on  at  least  one  other  planet  in  our 
solar  system,  and  it  looks  more  and  more  as  if 
there  are  any  number  of  planets  in  our  galaxy 
with  earthlike  conditions — all  man  has  to  do  is 
find  them  and  get  to  them. 

As  the  1970's  begin  the  problems  and,  more 
importantly,  the  costs  make  wholesale  emigra- 
tion to  other  planets  a  topic  for  discussion,  rather 
than  a  plan  for  action.  As  of  today  man  has  the 
basic  knowledge — if  not  the  technology — he 
needs.  In  our  solar  system,  he  knows  he  can  do 
it.  Moreover,  the  history  of  the  species  is  clear 
on  exploration:  If  man  can  go  someplace  even 
with  great  difficulty,  he  does.  He  has  crossed  the 
Bering  Strait  and  walked  10,000  miles,  sailed  the 
Pacific  in  small  boats,  died  reaching  both  poles, 
descended  six  miles  into  the  ocean,  flown  to  the 
moon.  It  seems  unlikely  that  he  will  stop  now. 
Technology  does  not  worry  him.  He  has  gone  in 
a  single  lifetime  from  Kitty  Hawk  to  the  Sea  of 
Tranquillity,  and  has  no  reason  to  think  he  has 
reached  his  limit. 

Man  has  walked  on  the  moon  and  found  no 
unpleasant  surprises  there.  By  astronomical 
standards  the  moon  is  but  a  step  away;  the  price 
of  a  round  trip  could  drop  to  $10,000  per  pas-  ' 
senger  by  the  end  of  the  century.  It  is  even  con- 
ceivable that  man  may  learn  to  "hve  off  the 
land"  in  some  future  lunar  colony,  using  solar 
energy  to  extract  oxygen  from  rocks  and  raising 
his  food  in  greenhouses. 

Mars  is  so  nearly  suitable  for  life  that  specula- 


tion continues  over  whether  it  exists  there  now 
Mars  has  traces  of  an  atmosphere  and  clouds  anc 
is  near  enough  to  the  sun  to  enjoy  temperatures 
as  high  as  75  degrees  Fahrenheit.  It,  too,  is  rela- 
tively close  to  earth. 

Other  possibilities  in  our  solar  system  include 
Ganymede,  one  of  the  four  bright  moons  of 
Jupiter,  and  Titan,  a  moon  of  Saturn.  Both  are 
as  large  as  Mercury,  and  both  offer  some  evi- 
dence of  atmospheres.  Beyond  the  solar  system 
lie  a  hundred  biHion  more  stars  in  our  galaxy. 
According  to  currently  accepted  theory,  many  of 
these  are  accompanied  by  planets,  of  which  a 
significant  portion  would  be  earthlike.  The  the- 
ory has  been  strengthened  by  the  detection  of  i 
"unseen  companions"  with  planetlike  masses  cir- 
cling half  a  dozen  nearby  stars. 

Armed  with  this  knowledge,  man  is  moving 
into  space.  As  he  learns,  space  travel  will  become 
both  easier  and  cheaper.  Engineers  are  now  at 
work  on  two  developments  that  will  mark  a 
transition  from  clumsy  first  attempts  to  more  so- 
phisticated methods  of  exploration.  One  is  nu- 
clear engines;  the  other,  reusable  rockets. 

Fuel  requirements  for  trips  beyond  the  moon 
are  staggering.  A  round  trip  to  Mars  using  the 
now  conventional  liquid  hydrogen  and  oxygen 
would  require  millions  of  tons  of  fuel.  Nuclear 
engines,  however,  develop  six  million  times  the 
energy  for  the  same  weight  of  fuel  and  would 
reduce  fuel  requirements  to  manageable  propor- 
tions. The  United  States  is  testing  experimental 
nuclear  engines,  and  expects  to  have  operational 
models  ready  by  1977. 

Today,  manned  space  flights  are  incredibly  ex- 
pensive demonstrations  of  brute-force  rocketry. 
Rockets  are  used  only  one  time;  each  stage,  with 
the  exception  of  the  last,  burns  up  on  re-entry 
into  the  atmosphere.  Imagine  what  a  coast-to- 
coast  flight  would  cost  if  the  plane  were  used 
only  once.  Costs  will  drop  sharply  once  space 
stations  are  in  orbit  and  reusable  rockets  shuttle 
between  them  and  the  earth. 

An  orbiting  space  station  is  critical  not  only 
as  a  basic  step  toward  cheaper  space  flight,  but 
also  as  the  laboratory  in  which  we  will  learn 
whether  man  can  survive  long  periods  in  space. 
Fourteen-day  flights  allayed  our  worst  fears  about 
the  effects  of  weightlessness  and  the  dangers  of 
the  space  environment,  but  we  still  do  not  know 
what  would  happen  on  a  two-year  voyage  to 
Mars. 


70 


Weightlessness  is  no  longer  viewed  as  a  poten- 
tial barrier,  but  as  a  problem.  On  fourteen-day 
flights  work  tolerance  was  cut  up  to  25  percent 
as  cardiovascular  systems  weakened;  body  weight 
dropped  by  as  much  as  6  percent;  bones  lost  cal- 
cium and  other  minerals;  and  blood  volume  and 
red  blood  cell  mass  shrank. 

High-energy  radiation — cosmic  rays,  solar  par- 
ticles, and  gamma,  X,  and  ultraviolet  rays — is 
the  most  exotic  danger  to  be  faced.  (Passengers 
making  transpolar  flights  on  supersonic  trans- 
ports will  face  the  same  dangers  to  a  lesser  de- 
gree.) Radiation  demolishes  certain  biological 
molecules,  particularly  in  blood-forming  tissues 
and  bone  marrow  cells.  It  also  damages  repro- 
ductive cells.  Worse,  the  eflfects  are  cumulative. 
A  dosage  that  can  be  tolerated  for  a  month  may 
be  fatal  if  endured  for  a  year. 

Shielding,  the  obvious  answer  to  radiation  on 
earth,  is  anathema  on  a  rocket  because  it  means 
extra  weight.  The  surface  of  the  earth  is  pro- 
tected by  its  atmosphere,  a  natural  shielding 
equivalent  to  about  thirteen  pounds  for  each 
square  inch  of  surface.  Shielding  in  the  Apollo  1 1 
command  module  was  equivalent  to  only  about 
one-fiftieth  of  a  pound  per  square  inch. 

Other  dangers  are  equally  real,  if  less  likely. 
That  old  favorite  of  science  fiction  writers,  col- 
lision with  a  swarm  of  meteors,  has  happened  to 
at  least  one  United  States  space  probe.  The  sud- 
den cabin  decompression  resulting  from  a  fair- 
sized  hit  would  cause  a  dramatic,  but  survivable, 
emergency  for  a  crew. 

Doctors  aboard  manned  space  stations  will  be 
looking  for  other  problems  as  well.  What  hap- 
pens to  the  circadian  rhythms  apparently  so 
firmly  impressed  in  the  bodily  functions?  Will 
psychic  aberrations  set  in  when  men  are  cut  off 
from  normal  sensory  input  for  long  periods  of 
time? 

More  prosaic  problems  must  be  solved  for  long 
flights.  Moon-bound  astronauts  carry  their  own 
air,  water,  and  a  succession  of  picnic-type 
lunches.  Their  various  life-support  systems  are 
open  cycle;  they  use  oxygen  and  water  only  once 
and  discard  waste  products.  On  long  flights,  it 
will  not  be  practical  to  carry  enough  supplies  for 
the  entire  trip.  Cycles  will  have  to  be  closed  so 
that  every  resource  can  be  used  again  and  again. 

For  walks  of  several  hours  on  the  moon,  an 
astronaut  carries  a  backpack  weighing  (on 
earth)  about  125  pounds.  The  life-support  system 


in  the  Apollo  spacecraft,  designed  for  10  days, 
weighs  1,100  pounds.  Oxygen  accounts  for  640 
pounds  of  this  weight.  For  a  trip  to  Mars,  each 
man  will  require  an  estimated  1 0  pounds  of  food 
and  oxygen  per  day.  If  six  men  have  to  spend 
600  days  on  the  round  trip,  this  wiU  amount  to 
18  tons. 

Getting  there  is  only  part  of  the  problem.  Much 
of  our  solar  system  is  off  Umits  to  man  and 
probably  will  remain  so.  Mercury  has  no  atmo- 
sphere and  daytime  temperatures  are  hot  enough 
to  melt  lead.  Venus's  atmosphere  of  carbon  di- 
oxide is  so  dense  that  light  rays  are  bent  around 
the  planet;  surface  temperatures  reach  800  de- 
grees. The  Martian  moons,  Phobos  and  Deimos, 
are  so  small  that  they  do  not  have  strong  enough 
gravity  to  retain  an  atmosphere.  Some  of  the 
asteroids  are  larger,  but  none  is  more  than  a  few 
hundred  miles  across. 

The  major  planets  are  cold  hells.  Jupiter, 
Saturn,  Uranus,  and  Neptune  have  atmospheres 
rich  in  hydrogen,  heUum,  ammonia,  and  meth- 
ane; temperatures  range  downward  from  225 
degrees  below  zero.  Pluto  is  4  bilUon  miles  from 
the  sun;  if  it  has  any  free  oxygen,  it  must  be 
frozen. 

Man  appears  to  be  left  with  the  moon  and 
Mars.  If  he  learns  to  live  in  temperatures  far 
colder  than  any  ever  experienced  on  earth,  he 
may  extend  his  range  to  Ganymede  and  Titan. 
The  moon  and  Mars  are  so  inhospitable,  how- 
ever, that  they  may  never  be  more  than  tem- 
porary homes  for  small  bands  of  hardy  scientists, 
the  kind  of  men  who  sign  up  for  stays  in  Antarc- 
tica. Aside  from  the  cost  of  transporting  large 
numbers  of  people  to  them,  the  moon  and  Mars 
are  nearly  impossible  to  colonize  because  of  the 
scarcity,  if  not  absence,  of  water  and  oxygen, 
and  the  presence  of  such  hazards  as  unscreened 
radiation. 

The  moon  has  no  atmosphere  and  gives  no 
sign  of  water  or  life.  Surface  temperatures  range 
from  250  degrees  above  zero  to  250  below.  A 
person  standing  on  its  surface  is  subject  to  radia- 
tion, solar-wind  particles,  even  the  hazard  of  me- 
teoroids  streaking  along  at  five  miles  a  second. 
Oxygen  abounds  in  the  rocks  brought  back  by 
the  Apollo  1 1  crew;  presumably  some  way  could 
be  found  to  use  solar  energy  to  extract  it.  But 
none  of  the  samples  contained  any  water  or  evi- 
dence that  they  had  ever  been  exposed  to  water. 
And  even  if  the  moon  were  more  easily  inhabit- 


1 


71 


able,  it  never  could  become  another  earth  in 
terms  of  population:  its  total  surface  area  is  only 
about  that  of  Africa's. 

Although  Mars  remains  the  best  prospect  in 
the  solar  system  for  inhabitation,  its  assets  are 
minimal.  In  his  enthusiasm  for  the  planet,  man 
tends  to  forget  that  if  he  stepped  out  onto  its 
surface  without  protection,  he  would  not  last 
long.  Mars  is  smaller,  colder,  and  harsher  than 
the  earth.  Its  explorers  will  face  these  hardships: 
While  summer  noontime  temperatures  on  the 
equator  rise  to  75  degrees,  during  ihe  night  no 
place  on  the  planet  is  warmer  than  32  degrees, 
and  in  some  parts,  the  temperature  may  sink  to 
150  degrees  below  zero. 

The  atmosphere  is  extremely  thin.  Its  pressure 
at  the  surface  is  about  that  found  on  earth  at 
100,000  feet. 

Because  the  atmosphere  is  so  thin,  the  Martian 
surface  is  bombarded  with  radiation. 

Lack  of  water  is  another  serious  problem. 
Water  vapor  is  estimated  to  be  200  times  less 
abundant  in  the  Martian  atmosphere  than  it  is 
in  the  earth's. 

Free  oxygen  appears  to  be  scarce. 
The  larger  moons  of  Jupiter  and  Saturn  are 
often  mentioned  as  possible  sites  for  future  hu- 
man colonies.  Man  knows  Uttle  about  them,  al- 
though he  may  learn  more  when  Pioneer  space- 
craft fly  by  Jupiter  in  the  mid-1 970's.  It  is  certain, 
however,  that  they  are  colder  than  anything  in 
human  experience;  surface  temperatures  are  be- 
lieved to  range  downward  from  200  degrees  be- 
low zero.  The  four  large  moons  of  Jupiter  show 
enough  surface  markings  in  telescopes  for  astron- 
omers to  say  they  rotate  only  once  in  a  revolu- 
tion around  their  planet,  just  as  the  moon  does 
around  the  earth.  This  means  that  darkness  lasts 
for  days  and  weeks,  producing  still  colder  tem- 
peratures. 

Thus  the  solar  system  appears  to  offer  only 
Umited  possibilities  for  extending  the  range  of 
the  species.  The  rest  of  the  galaxy  is  something 
else.  Many,  even  most,  stars  have  planets  and 
some  of  these  must  be  habitable.  A  Rand  Cor- 
poration study  in  1964  estimated  that  the  chances 
of  finding  a  habitable  planet  within  22  Ught- 
years  of  the  sun  are  4  in  10.  The  same  study  esti- 
mated the  odds  of  finding  a  habitable  planet 
around  Alpha  Centauri — the  closest  star — at  1  in 
9.  But  travel  to  the  stars  is  not  Uke  travel  to  the 
planets;  it  is  far  more  difficult. 


Distance  is  an  immense  barrier  to  interstella 
travel.  When  astronauts  kick  out  of  earth  orbi 
on  the  way  to  the  moon,  they  accelerate  to  25,001 
miles  per  hour.  Even  if  they  could  maintain  tha 
speed,  which  Apollo  craft  cannot,  it  would  taki 
125,000  years  to  reach  Alpha  Centauri. 

This  kind  of  distance  presents  two  basic  prob 
lems:  how  to  go  and  where  to  go.  From  th( 
earth,  planets  circling  other  stars  cannot  be  seen : 
Large  planets  can  be  detected  by  indirect  means 
but  man  has  yet  to  determine  their  size  anc 
density,  what,  kind  of  atmosphere  they  have  (L 
any),  and  their  temperature.  The  fight  from  such 
a  planet  is  overwhelmed  by  the  fight  from  its  star. 
Although  they  are  one  or  two  hundred  milfioci 
miles  apart,  they  appear  almost  immeasurably 
close  when  seen  from  a  distance  of  triUions  of 
miles.  ^^ 

If  an  interstellar  ship  carries  a  60-inch  tele- 
scope, the  crew  will  not  be  able  to  detect  and 
study  planets  until  the  ship  comes  within  a  fight- ; 
year  of  a  star.  Changing  these  numbers  does  not ' 
efiminate  the  gamble  inherent  in  such  a  trip.  The 
crew  will  not  know  whether  there  is  a  habitable 
planet  orbiting  the  target  star  until  it  completes 
the  bulk  of  the  trip — a  journey  almost  certain  to 
be  one-way. 

How  to  know  where  to  go  is  peripheral  to  the 
basic,  unsolved  question  of  how  to  get  there. 
Technology  and  economics  are  not  the  fimiting 
factors;  the  fundamental  laws  of  physics  stop  us. 
You  must  have  a  given  amount  of  energy  to  ac- 
celerate a  given  mass  to  a  given  speed;  there  are 
no  shortcuts  To  achieve  a  speed  that  wiU  get- 
man  to  the  nearest  stars  in  centuries  or  even 
decades  instead  of  millennia,  the  energy  needed  is 
on  an  astronomical  scale. 

How  great  are  the  distances?  If  we  put  the 
earth  and  sun — actuaUy  93  milfion  miles  apart — 
on  a  table  top  with  three  feet  between  them,  the 
nearest  star  is  140  miles  away.  Imagine  crossing 
such  a  void. 

Chemical  rockets  are  out;  it  takes  five  pounds 
of  chemical  fuel  to  lift  one  pound  of  payload  out 
of  the  earth's  gravity.  This  does  not  sound  too  bad, 
not  until  you  realize  that  you  then  need  more  fuel 
to  fift  that  first  five  pounds  of  fuel.  The  Saturn  5 
weighs  3,100  tons  at  lift-off;  of  this,  2,885  tons  is 
fuel. 

Nuclear  fission  engines  are  six  million  times 
more  efficient  but  the  fuel  (heavy  elements,  such 
as  uranium,  that  are  broken  down)  is  very  ex- 


72 


')ensive.  Nuclear  fusion  is  more  efl&cient  and  the 
uel  (light  elements,  such  as  hydrogen,  that  are 
used  together)  is  1,000  times  cheaper.  Some  day 
nan  may  find  a  way  to  control  fusion  reactions 
md  build  engines  using  them. 

Edward  Purcell  of  Harvard  has  calculated  that 
I  perfect  nuclear  fusion  engine  could  accelerate 
I  starship  to  0.98  of  the  speed  of  light — if  its 
akeoff  weight  were  a  billion  times  its  final 
veight.  Chemical  reactions  release  the  energy  of 
)onds  between  atoms;  nuclear  reactions  release 
he  energy  of  bonds  between  segments  of  atomic 
luclei.  The  only  way  to  take  advantage  of  Ein- 
stein's famous  equation  E  =  mc-  is  to  convert 
matter  directly  into  energy.  We  know  of  just  one 
way  to  do  this:  bringing  matter  and  antimatter 
together  so  they  annihilate  each  other.  If  we 
could  devise  a  way  to  store  antimatter  (you  can- 
not use  matter  to  contain  it,  of  course),  we  could 
achieve  0.98  of  the  speed  of  fight  with  a  ship  that 
originally  weighed  only  fourteen  times  its  final 
weight.  But  to  slow  the  ship  down  when  the 
destination  was  reached,  then  accelerate  and  de- 
celerate again  on  the  way  back  to  earth  would 
require  a  takeoff  weight  400,000  times  the  final 
weight. 

The  best  evidence  today  indicates  that  man 
will  never  be  able  to  travel  at  close  to  the  speed 
of  light.  Only  ships  designed  to  be  the  home  of 
innumerable  generations  will  penetrate  very  far 
into  our  galaxy.  But  if  man  accepts  slower 
speeds,  he  can  someday  make  one-way  trips  to 
the  nearer  stars. 

Freeman  J.  Dyson  of  the  Institute  for  Ad- 
vanced Studies  at  Princeton  has  worked  out  the 
arithmetic  of  using  hydrogen  bombs  as  a  means 


of  interstellar  propulsion  (bombs  are  the  only 
way  now  known  to  release  fusion  energy).  He 
would  use  300,000  bombs  in  ten  days  to  ac- 
celerate a  ship  with  a  payload  of  50,000  tons  to 
5,000  miles  a  second.  At  this  speed  the  travel 
time  to  Alpha  Centauri  is  a  feasible  125  years. 

In  Dyson's  scheme  the  bombs  would  be  ex- 
ploded every  three  seconds  about  six  miles  behind 
the  ship.  Explosion  debris  would  strike  a  hemi- 
spherical pusher  plate  on  the  ship's  stern  and  the 
energy  would  be  transmitted  through  shock  ab- 
sorbers to  give  the  ship  smooth  acceleration.  The 
payload  is  large  because  Dyson  assumes  the  ship 
would  carry  several  thousand  colonists  with  all 
their  equipment  and  supplies  for  starting  life  on  a 
new  planet.  He  does  not  foresee  any  great  wave 
of  emigration  thougli  space;  to  send  out  a  single 
such  ship  today  would,  in  his  estimate,  cost  a 
tenth  of  the  U.S.  Gross  National  Product.  He 
does  not  think  the  trip  will  be  made  at  all  until 
its  cost  represents  1/10,000  of  the  GNP,  the  cost 
of  a  Saturn  5  today. 

With  the  rest  of  our  solar  system  inhospitable 
to  life  as  we  know  it  and  with  travel  to  the  stars 
problematical,  man  must  lie  in  the  bed  he  is 
making  on  earth  for  the  foreseeable  future.  No 
one  is  planning  to  colonize  other  planets.  But, 
perhaps  like  the  first  organism  to  crawl  up  the 
beaches  from  the  oceans,  man  is  taking  his  first 
tiny  steps  into  space.  The  United  States  is  adopt- 
ing a  space  policy  that  will  allow  it  to  decide  in 
this  decade  when  to  send  men  to  Mars.  The 
Soviet  Union,  in  its  rare  public  pronouncements, 
talks  of  space  stations  and  flights  to  Mars.  Man 
may  never  extend  his  range  beyond  the  earth, 
but  it  will  not  be  for  lack  of  trying. 

Earth  rising  over  lunar  landscape. 


m 


73 


' 


E  FRUITFUL,  AND  MULTIPLY,  AND 
REPLENISH  THE  EARTH,  AND 
SUBDUE  IT;  AND  HAVE  DOMINION 
OVER  THE  FISH  OF  THE  SEA,  AND 
OVER  THE  FOWL  OF  THE  AIR,  AND  OVER  EVERY 
LIVING  THING  THAT  MOVETH  UPON  THE  EARTH. 
AND  GOD  SAID,  BEHOLD,  I  HAVE  GIVEN  YOU 
EVERY  HERB  BEARING  SEED,  WHICH  IS  UPON 
THE  FACE  OF  ALL  THE  EARTH,  AND  EVERY  TREE, 
IN  THE  WHICH  IS  THE  FRUIT  OF  A  TREE  YIELDING 
SEED;  TO  YOU  IT  SHALL  BE  FOR  MEAT.  AND  TO 
EVERY  BEAST  OF  THE  EARTH  AND  TO  EVERY 
FOWL  OF  THE  AIR,  AND  TO  EVERYTHING  THAT 
CREEPETH  UPON  THE  EARTH,  WHEREIN  THERE 
IS  LIFE,  I  HAVE  GIVEN  EVERY  GREEN  HERB  FOR 
MEAT:  AND  IT  WAS  SO. 


Genesis  1: 28-30 


74 


x.\ 


r^\ 


^^ 


r% 


.  r 


i^*--'' 


,r% : :  . 


.../.,  .-*;4.^ 


./' 


1 


/■ 


r* 


fmm  ■ 


A  BIRD  IN  THE  HAND 


-.»-"«l^- 


'C'laniingos— whether  in  Africa,  America,  Europe,  or  Asia— choose  nesl 
J-    ing  sites  in  shallow  alkaline  water,  where  they  can  find  the  tiny  plan, 
and  animal  organisms  that  make  up  their  food  supply.  Normally,  thesi  - 
sites  remain  water  covered,  but  at  times,  they  dry  up,  forcing  the  bird 
to  seek  other  food  sources. 

At  Etosha  Pan,  a  stream-fed  salt  lake  in  South- West  Africa,  an  uni 
usually  hot  winter  caused  the  water  to  evaporate  from  the  flamingos 
nesting  grounds  before  the  young  could  fly.  Without  water  and  food,  th 
100,000  birds  in  the  colony  began  to  weaken  and  die.  Those  along  tb| 
fringes  of  the  dried  lake  fell  prey  to  lions,  hyenas,  and  jackals.  1 

Launching  a  rescue  operation,  local  game  rangers  began  transportinj  | 
the  flamingos  to  Fischer's  Pan,  an  amply  filled  lake  twenty  miles  distant  [ 
A  crew  of  rangers  and  forty  assistants  set  up  temporary  camps  on  diefi 
dried  flats  of  Etosha  Pan;  then  using  their  hands  and  nets,  they  captured 
about  a  fifth  of  the  flock  and  loaded  them  into  transport  vehicles.  Th^ 
operation  succeeded  in  saving  the  flock  of  flamingos.  ' 

Catching  the  birds  by  net  was  more  efficient,  but  hand  capture  was' 
more  invigorating  and  spirited— at  least  for  the  rescuers. 


re 


X 


--^^-^ 


^;fc«,i».JLffi«-^^.--    \ 


everqreer 


^\  / 


/" 


/ 


rev  I  e  w 


by  Lorus  J. 
and  Margery  Milne 


In  autumn,  most  of  the  familiar 
trees  and  shrubs  of  North  Ameri- 
ca lose  their  leaves  in  preparation  for 
winter.  Herbaceous  plants  die  back 
to  their  roots,  and  annuals  survive 
only  in  their  seeds.  Evergreens,  how- 
ever, continue  to  photosynthesize  as 
long  as  the  temperature  permits  them 
to  conduct  water  through  their  stems. 
In  spring,  they  have  no  need  to  wait 
for  new  buds  to  unfold  before  bene- 
fiting again  from  the  life-giving  light. 

To  be  evergreen,  a  plant  must  keep 
its  living  leaves  for  more  than  twelve 
consecutive  months— until  new  leaves 
have  opened.  In  the  North  Temperate 
Zone  we  are  used  to  the  spectacle  of 
autumn  colors,  with  golden  aspens 
and  flaming  maples  contrasting  with 
such  evergreens  as  pine  and  spruce. 
In  the  Tropics,  though,  and  in  the 
South  Temperate  Zone  the  evergreen 
habit  is  the  normal  state  of  affairs, 
for  most  plants  are  green  in  all 
seasons.  There,  unless  rainfall  varies 
widely— from  deluge  to  prolonged 
drought  on  a  regular  schedule— there 
is  no  periodic  need  for  plants  to  shed 
leaves.  Each  leaf  reaches  old  age  on 
its  individual  schedule  and  drops  off. 
The  year  has  no  fall  to  signal  the 
change  from  summer  to  winter,  and 
often  no  obvious  springtime  to  greet 
another  period  of  rapid  growth. 
Thus,  a  tree  or  shrub  that  is  decidu- 
ous in  Canada  may  "become"  ever- 
green if  successfully  transplanted  to 
a  location  nearer  the  Equator. 

Most  deciduous  and  herbaceous 
plants  have  a  fossil  history  of  no 
more  than  about  100  million  years. 
But  most  land  plants  with  a  history  of 
200  million  years  or  more  are  ever- 
greens. This  has  led  scientists  to  be- 
lieve that  the  long-lasting  evergreen 
leaves  follow  an  ancient  custom,  and 
that  the  deciduous  habit  is  compara- 
tively new  and  probably  more 
advanced. 

In  northern  lands  where  snow 
covers  the  ground  to  a  moderate 
depth  each  winter,  the  lowly  plants 
include    many   that   are   evergreen. 


Like  the  trees,  they  are  perennials 
with  strong  stems.  Tolerant  of  cold, 
they  get  enough  light  through  the 
snow  to  melt  any  crystals  in  actual 
contact  with  them,  and  to  use  in 
photosynthesis.  Next  to  their  dark 
green  leaves  is  a  thin  layer  of  air  al- 
most saturated  with  water  vapor  and 
rich  in  carbon  dioxide,  which  dif- 
fuses out  of  the  soil  where  the  agents 
of  decay  are  active  throughout  the 
year.  Thus,  conditions  are  almost 
perfect  for  photosynthesis,  and  these 
evergreens  may  accomplish  most  of 
their  annual  growth  while  snow  is 
still  on  the  ground. 

One  of  these  diminutive  ever- 
greens is  a  common  club  moss, 
known  also  as  trailing  evergreen,  or 
Christmas  green,  which  the  colonists 
dug  out  of  the  snow  each  winter  to 
form  into  lasting  wreaths  or  to  deco- 
rate their  tables.  Never  sure  of  the 
proper  identity  of  this  fern  ally,  they 
also  called  it  ground  pine  or  ground 
cedar.  It  is  native  to  dry  woods  and 
thickets  in  cool  parts  of  the  New 
World  and  the  Old. 

Under  the  snow,  the  leathery  Oval 
leaves  and  red  fruits  of  another  ever- 
green wild  flower— wintergreen— 
offered  the  colonists  a  pleasing  aro- 
matic flavor.  (Today's  wintergreen 
flavoring  is  a  synthetic  substitute  and 
stronger  than  the  flavor  that  anyone 
exploring  the  forests  can  expect  from 
chewing  the  young  leaves.)  Ameri- 
can wintergreen  is  a  broad-leaved 
member  of  the  heath  family,  of  a 
genus  (Gaultheria)  unknown  in  Eur- 
asia. The  evergreen  plant  known 
in  Britain  as  wintergreen  iPyrola) 
is  called  shinleaf  in.  America;  it  be- 
longs to  a  different  but  closely  re- 
lated family. 

When  broad-leaved,  lowly  ever- 
greens from  warm  humid  climates 
are  transplanted  to  regions  where 
winters  are  dry  and  cold,  they  are 
more  likely  to  retain  their  foliage 
under  the  snow  than  above  it. 
English  ivy   (Hedera  helix) ,  for  in- 


stance, survives  as  a  ground  cover 
far  north  and  inland  (away  from 
humid  coastal  breezes)  of  its  limit 
as  a  vine  upon  the  wall.  Periwinkle, 
or  running  myrtle  (Vinca),  from 
southwestern  Europe,  and  Pachy- 
sandra,  a  member  of  the  box  family 
(Buxaceae)  from  the  southern  Ap- 
palachians, tolerate  the  cold  as  long 
as  snow  protects  them  from  desicca- 
tion. By  contrast,  hedges  of  boxwood 
( Buxus  ] ,  from  southwestern  Europe, 
and  of  privet  (Ligustrurn) ,  from 
Mediterranean  countries,  drop  their 
leaves  and  survive  as  deciduous 
plants  where  the  winter  weather  is 
too  dry  for  them  to  remain  ever- 
green. Decorative  kinds  of  holly 
{Ilex)  are  generally  evergreen  as  far 
north  as  they  can  be  grown;  other 
hollies  are  regularly  deciduous. 

Rhododendrons  and  mountain  lau- 
rels are  among  the  few  broad-leaved 
evergreens  native  to  cold  climates. 
Their  tough  leaves  are  well  adapted 
to  retaining  moisture,  to  shedding 
snow,  and  even  to  supporting  a  glaze 
of  ice  from  a  freezing  rain.  They 
have  a  heavy  cuticle  to  keep  their 
upper  surfaces  waterproof,  and  com- 
paratively few  "breathing  pores," 
stomata,  through  which  water  can  be 
lost.  These  features  are  more  highly 
developed  among  those  evergreen 
trees  that  have  needles,  scalelike 
leaves,  or  mere  prickles. 

In  the  Northern  Hemisphere,  the 
preponderance  of  needle-leaved  trees 
(and  those  with  scalelike  and  prickly 
leaves)  have  cones;  botanists  have 
thus  grouped  them  as  conifers  in  the 
order  Coniferales.  Pines,  firs, 
spruces,  cedars,  cypresses,  and  simi- 
lar trees  and  shrubs  belong  to  this 
order.  They  are  easy  to  recognize  by 
their  leaves  and  cones,  both  of  which 
are  loaded  with  sticky,  aromatic 
resins  that  rejjel  most  herbivorous 
animals.  Mature  cones  are  usually  so 
hard  and  compact  that  the  seeds 
within  are  well  protected.  These  are 
borne,  often  in  pairs,  on  the  thick 

8i 


cone  scales— modified  leaves  arising 
in  a  tight  spiral  form  from  a  short 
stem.  Only  a  squirrel  is  likely  to  tear 
a  cone  apart,  or  a  crossbill  to  use  its 
peculiar  beak  to  reach  in  between  the 
cone  scales  and  eat  the  seeds. 

In  the  Southern  Hemisphere,  most 
evergreen  trees,  while  belonging  to 
the  order  Coniferales.  do  not  have 
cones.  Instead,  these  pinelike  trees 
bear  solitary,  naked  seeds  that  could 
be  mistaken  for  small  plums. 

Conifer  is  an  appropriate  term  for 
most  evergreens  and  for  those  few 
needle-bearing  trees— the  larches  of 
northern  swamps,  the  bald  cypresses 
of  the  south,  and  the  Chinese  water 
fir— that  shed  their  leaves.  (A  little 
care  is  needed  to  refer  to  these  ex- 
ceptions as  "deciduous  conifers," 
rather  than  the  contradictory  "de- 
ciduous evergreens." ) 

Presently,  the  land  plants  of  the 
world  are  divided  unequally  between 
about  675  species  of  gymnosperms, 
plants  with  essentially  "naked"  seeds, 
and  more  than  250,000  species  of 
angiosperms,  flowering  plants  with 
seeds  enclosed  in  fruits  of  one  kind 
or  another.  These  range  from  daisies 
to  sugar  maples.  The  675  gymno- 
sperms include  more  than  520  species 
of  conifers,  as  well  as  about  100 
species  of  ancient  cycads,  and  the 
maidenhair  tree  (Ginkgo  biloba) . 
The  balance  of  the  gymnosperms  are 
in  three  evergreen  genera  {Ephedra, 
W ehvitschia,  and  Gnetum  I .  The 
maidenhair  tree  and  a  handful  of  de- 
ciduous conifers  drop  their  leaves  in 
autumn;  the  rest  are  evergreen. 

Cycads  are  primarily  tropical  trees 
resembling  tree  ferns  or  small  palms. 
Their  evergreen  leaves,  or  fronds, 
have  a  long  central  midrib,  along 
both  sides  of  which  narrow,  glossy 
leaflets  extend  and  hang  down.  Cycad 
fronds  are  marketed  in  many  coun- 
tries as  "palms"  to  be  carried  on 
Palm  Sunday,  taking  advantage  of 
their  remarkable  resistance  to  wilt- 
ing even  when  exposed  to  dry  air  and 
hot  sun.  Not  only  are  the  outer  sur- 
faces glossy  with  a  thick  cuticle,  but 
the  stomata  are  sunken  in  pits  on 
the  underside  of  the  leaflets.  The  leaf 
stalk  itself  contains  a  system  of  mu- 
cilage ducts  from  which  an  effective 
sealing  compound  emerges  when  a 
frond  is  detached  from  the  plant,  pre- 
venting it  from  losing  water  through 
its  conducting  tissues. 

82 


The  commonest  evergreen 
"palms,"  grown  in  tubs  in  hotel  lob- 
bies around  the  world,  are  the  cj'cads 
Cycas  revoluta,  of  southeastern 
China  and  southern  Japan,  and 
Dioon  edule,  of  Mexico.  Dioon  plants 
may  be  1,000  years  old  by  the  time 
they  are  six  or  seven  feet  tall.  Their 
starchy  seeds  can  be  ground  into  an 
edible  meal.  Starch  of  the  granular 
sago  type  is  commonly  obtained 
from  the  pith  in  the  trunk  of  other 
cycads.  The  only  cycad  native  to 
America  north  of  Mexico  is  the 
Seminole  bread  plant  or  coontie 
(Zamia  floridana)  of  southern  Flor- 
ida, which  has  a  completely  subter- 
ranean starchy  stem. 

During  the  first  half  of  the  age  of 
reptiles,  from  230  to  135  million 
years  ago,  land  plants  consisted  of 
cycads  and  members  of  now  extinct 
gymnosperm  orders,  in  addition  to 
tree-sized  ferns,  and  fern  relatives. 
So  far  as  we  know,  all  of  them  were 
evergreen.  Herbivorous  dinosaurs 
found  little  else  to  eat.  Yet  in  the  sec- 
ond half  of  the  reptilian  era  (the 
Cretaceous  Period)  the  gymnosperms 
were  largely  displaced  by  flowering 
trees,  shrubs,  and  herbs,  except  in 
regions  where  the  climate  remained 
cool  for  much  of  the  year.  There  the 
conifers  remained  dominant,  and  up- 
held the  evergreen  habit  to  the  pres- 
ent day. 


I  n  trying  to  account  for  the  seem- 
ingly sudden  change  toward  produc- 
tion of  cones  on  the  one  hand  and  of 
flowers  on  the  other,  scientists  have 
long  hunted  for  some  powerful  factor 
in  the  Cretaceous  environment  that 
could  have  forced  the  appearance  of 
these  novelties.  Dr.  Verne  Grant,  a 
specialist  on  pollination  who  now 
directs  the  Boyce  Thompson  South- 
western Arboretum  at  the  University 
of  Arizona,  suspects  that  the  new 
feature  was  beetles.  These  insects, 
which  today  comprise  the  most  var- 
ied and  successful  order  of  living 
things,  appeared  and  quickly  diver- 
sified during  the  Cretaceous  Period. 
Dr.  Grant  believes  that  they  became 
increasingly  destructive  to  the  repro- 
ductive process  in  ancestral  seed 
plants.  Seed  plants  needed  new  adap- 
tive features  to  survive  this  on- 
slauffht. 


The  conifers  adapted  by  simplj 
shutting  out  the  insects.  Developing 
both  hard  parts  and  resin  they  con 
tinued  to  rely  upon  wind  to  sprea( 
their  pollen  and  seeds.  They  retaine( 
their  habit  of  slow,  woody  grow  ih 
and  evergreen  foliage,  which  g 
them  many  years  to  succeed  in  repro- 
duction. The  angiosperms  enclosed 
their  developing  seeds  in  a  curl  of 
modified  leaf  and  took  animals  into 
partnership.  With  special  leaves, 
which  we  know  as  petals  and  sepals, 
they  attracted  insects,  birds,  and  cer- 
tain mammals  such  as  bats  to  a  ban- 
quet of  sugary  secretions  (nectar) 
and  surplus  pollen.  The  animals 
evolved  matching  habits,  visiting 
flowers  regularly  and  carrying  pollen 
from  one  angiosperm  to  the  next. 

Where  the  climate  is  always  humid 
and  warm,  the  evergreen  gymno- 
sperms could  scarcely  compete  with  1 
the  flowering  plants,  whose  blossoms 
were  sought  out  by  pollinating  ani- 
mals. The  waxj'-leaved  cycads  held 
out  where  the  air  was  dry  enough  to 
give  them  some  advantage  over  the 
broad-leaved  angiosperms.  The  gym- 
nosperms found  their  future  chiefly 
in  areas  where  the  soil  was  poor,  in 
the  temperate  regions,  along  the 
fringes  of  the  Arctic  and  Alpine 
zones,  and  on  remote  islands  to 
which  comparatively  few  kinds  of 
angiosperms  had  spread.  Tolerating 
the  low  humidity  both  winter  and 
summer,  trees  with  needlelike  leaves, 
green  scales,  or  prickles  could  >grow 
in  dense  stands  with  little  competi- 
tion. Wind  then  could  attend  to  their 
pollination  in  the  old-style  way. 

Conifers  now  make  up  more  than 
three-quarters  of  the  world's  gymno- 
sperms. including  all  the  well-known 
and  commercially  important  kinds. 
They  grow  in  a  pattern  resembling  a 
figure  eight  when  plotted  on  a  world 
map.  One  wide  loop  stretches 
across  North  America  and  Eurasia, 
encircling  the  tundras  around  the 
North  Pole;  the  other  skirts  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  including  New  Zea- 
land and  parts  of  Australia  and 
South  America.  Outliers  in  the  south- 
eastern United  States,  in  the  Alps  and 
other  mountains  of  southern  Europe, 
in  South  Africa,  and  in  Asia  (partic- 
ularly from  the  Himalayan  slopes 
to  the  mountains  of  Borneo)  are  iso- 
lated relicts  from  a  once  broader 
distribution. 


Generally  cooler  weather  during 
the  Ice  Ages  allowed  conifers  to 
grow  at  lower  altitudes  and  lati- 
tudes, but  they  were  largely  replaced 
by  angiosperms  as  temperatures 
warmed.  Since  the  Ice  Ages,  mem- 
bers of  the  pine  family  (Pinaceae), 
have  held  their  ground  better  than 
most  other  conifers.  Often  the  pines 
form  dense  forests  consisting  chiefly 
of  one  or  two  species  of  the  family. 

Some  conifers  have  been  almost 
exterminated  in  their  native  lands. 
The  earliest  record  of  such  intensive 
cutting  relates  to  about  900  B.C., 
when  King  Solomon  sent  "four  score 
thousand  hewers"  into  the  adjacent 


Moss-covered  white  fir,  left, 
growing  with  sugar  pine  and 
incense  cedar.  Below,  bald  cypress. 


m  i^: 


.'jyfiiii**' 


'\-^\^  ■'' 


"^ii  i  '^j 


kingdom  of  Lebanon  to  cut  impres- 
sive cedars  iCedrus  libani)  for  the 
construction  of  his  temple.  Only  one 
small  protected  grove  of  this  famous 
tree  now  remains  in  Lebanon,  to 
justify  its  display  on  the  official  seal 
and  flag.  Stands  of  the  same  cedar  in 
less  populated  parts  of  Turkey  are 
being  rapidly  felled.  Fortunately, 
cedars  of  Lebanon  have  been  intro- 
duced into  botanic  gardens  all  over 
the  world  and  grow^  well  far  from 
home. 

Similarly,  the  largest  forests  of 
Monterey  pine  iPinus  radiata)  to- 
day are  in  New  Zealand  and  South 
Africa,  where  they  have  been  set  out 
for  afforestation  programs  on  previ- 
ously bare  land.  On  its  native 
ground,  the  Monterey  Peninsula,  it  is 
an  endangered  species. 


The  principal  coniferous  forests 
not  yet  exploited  are  in  western 
North  America.  Smaller  areas  grow 
in  some  Asiatic  parts  of  the  USSR 
and  in  Scandinavia.  Elsewhere,  sec- 
ond-growth coniferous  forests  with 
smaller  trees  have  sprung  up  and 
are  now  attaining  commercial  size. 

At  present  in  North  America,  a 
system  of  "tree  farms"  for  fast- 
growing  evergreens  and  the  scientific 
harvesting  of  forests  have  done 
much  to  bring  into  balance  the 
rates  of  cutting  and  regrowth.  In 
most  cases,  though,  these  managed 
areas    bear    only    a    remote    resem- 

Monterey  cypress,  left. 
Giant  sequoia  with  fire- 
charred  bark,  below. 


blance  to  virgin  coniferous  forests. 
Many  of  the  most  commercially 
valuable  mature  forests  in  the  United 
States  are  on  lands  administered  by 
the  Forest  Service.  Commercial  oper- 
ators, mindful  of  the  growing  lum- 
ber markets  brought  about  by  a 
continually  increasing  human  popu- 
lation, keep  seeking  ways  to  gain 
access  to  the  trees  on  these  public 
lands.  Today,  however,  when  cutting 
is  authorized,  as  was  recently  done  in 
a  national  forest  along  the  Yukon 
River  in  Alaska,  forest  administra- 
tors often  come  in  for  severe  criti- 
cism by  a  public  with  a  growing 
environmental  awareness.  They  are 
reminded  that,  in  addition  to  func- 
tioning as  a  source  of  timber,  na- 
tional forests  have  other  uses:  water- 
shed   protection,    flood    prevention, 


-V-^w  --T;  I. 


:>>^S^-^ 


■^^««fe 


Bristlecone  pine  (oldest 
living  species),  above. 
Left,  southern  evergreens: 
live  oak  and  Spanish  moss. 

soil  and  wildlife  conservation,  and 
as  esthetic  refuges  for  citizens  fleeing 
the  urban  environment.  All  these  in- 
terests are  adversely  affected  when 
lumbering  operations  begin. 

Tall,  straight  pines  are  among  the 
most  valuable  timber  trees.  Each  of 
the  world's  ninety  or  so  pine  species 
differs  in  the  details  of  its  needlelike 
foliage,  cones,  resin,  bark,  and  way 
of  growth.  Each  species  fits  the  land 
to  which  it  is  native.  A  forest  of  east- 
ern white  pine  (Pinus  strobus)  is 
magnificently  adapted  to  the  glaci- 
ated rocky  countryside  of  Maine  and 
other  portions  of  northeastern  North 


America;  one  of  longleaf  pine  {P. 
palustris }  to  the  sandhills  of  the  Car- 
olinas  and  coastal  Georgia;  one  of 
western  yellow  pine  [P.  ponderosa) 
lo  the  cool  mountain  slopes  of  the 
Rockies:  and  one  of  bristlecone  pine 
P.  aristata  )  to  timberline  heights  of 
mountains  in  California.  Nevada, 
Utah,  and  Colorado.  Each  partakes 
of  the  environment  where  its  ances- 
tors have  lived  so  long. 

The  eastern  w  hite  pines  grow  close 
together  from  tiny  seeds  with  a 
paper-thin  wing.  Wind  propels  them 
and  often  drops  them  on  land  that 
has  been  cleared  by  fire  or  man. 
After  a  year  they  are  an  inch  tall; 
fter  ten,  perhaps  a  foot.  Then,  in 
concert,  they  rise  more  quickly.  In 
another  decade  or  two  they  are  com- 
peting for  light.  Their  tops,  exposed 
to  the  sky,  stay  green.  Their  lower 
branches  die  in  the  shade,  and  the 
dead  stubs  drop  off.  Straight  upward, 
with  no  knots  to  mar  the  wood, 
the  pine  rises  as  high  as  220  feet. 
During  the  seventeenth  century,  the 
best  of  the  eastern  white  pines  were 
reserved  in  the  name  of  the  King  of 
England  and  became  masts  for  Brit- 
ish naval  ships.  The  tops,  with  the 
long  slender  cones  and  the  silky -soft 
green  needles,  were  left  to  rot  on  the 
forest  floor.  The  felled  trunks  were 
hauled  off  on  huge  wheels  to  the 
[nearest  port.  Today  many  a  New 
[England  community  still  has  a  "mast 
road"  between  the  site  of  the  pine 
forest  and  the  highway  to  the  sea. 

The  bristlecone  pine  has  a  growth 
pattern  that  contrasts  sharply  with 
the  eastern  white  pine.  Situated  on 
the  windswept  mountain  barrens,  the 
bristlecone's  trunk  and  branches  are 
gnarled  and  twisted.  This  tree,  sel- 
dom exceeding  a  height  of  30  feet, 
retains  its  needles  and  clings  to  life 
for  an  extraordinarily  long  time.  The 
foliage  encircles  the  branch  so  far 
back  from  the  growing  tip  that  set- 
tlers spoke  of  it  as  a  "foxtail  pine." 
For  4,000  years  or  more  some  part 
of  the  tree  may  retain  its  youth,  pro- 
ducing new  needles  and  cones  each 
year  and  adding  another  ring  to  the 
record  of  its  age.  Eighteen  bristle- 
cone pines  older  than  this  have  been 
located  and  protected;  one  that  was 
4,900  years  old.  the  oldest  tree  ever 
found,  was  inadvertently  cut  down. 
These  patriarchs  were  seedlings 
when  the  Great  Pyramid  was  built  in 


Egypt.  The  woody  skeletons  from 
dead  bristlecones  in  the  White  Moun- 
tains of  California  have  made  it  pos- 
sible for  scientists  to  measure  their 
ring  thickness,  and  hence  to  deter- 
mine weather  conditions  as  far  back 
as  6000  B.C. 

The  ponderosa  pine  forest  that 
crowns  the  Kaibab  Plateau  on  the 
north  rim  of  Grand  Canyon,  isolated 
from  other  forests  by  deep  canyons 
on  three  sides  and  by  semiarid  lands 
to  the  north,  has  maintained  its  vir- 
gin character.  Here  big  squirrels 
with  tufted  ears  and  white  bushy 
tails  have  evolved  into  a  distinctive 
species,  found  only  among  the  ever- 
greens on  this  one  plateau. 


^^cross  the  canyon,  fourteen  miles 
away  and  1,000  feet  low  er  in  altitude, 
the  more  arid  south  rim  supports  an 
entirely  different  pine  forest.  Instead 
of  150-foot  ponderosas,  with  great 
open  crowns  and  five-  to  ten-inch- 
long  needles  in  bundles  of  three  (or 
occasionally  two  I ,  and  three-  to  six- 
inch  cones,  the  pines  of  the  south  rim 
are  barely  forty  feet  high,  their  con- 
torted branches  more  densely  cov- 
ered by  needles  and  their  cones  less 
than  two  inches  long.  Most  are  pifion 
pines  {Pinus  edulis )  with  two  needles 
in  each  cluster.  Some  are  single-leaf 
pines  (P.  monophyUa)  with  just  one 
needle  at  each  site.  Both  produce 
large  edible  seeds  called  pifion  nuts, 
which  the  Indians  used  to  gather  as 
a  winter  food.  Now  these  "Indian 
nuts"  are  collected  mostly  for  sale  as 
tourist  novelties. 

The  number  of  needles  in  a  cluster, 
wrapped  around  at  the  base  by  a 
membranous  cuff,  is  a  good  guide  to 
the  kind  of  pine.  White  pines  have 
needles  in  clusters  of  five:  yellow 
pines  in  clusters  of  three.  The  white 
pines  include  the  longest-lived  ( the 
bristlecones  I .  and  the  tallest  I  both 
the  western  white  pine.  Pinus  monli- 
cola,  and  the  sugar  pine  P.  lamber- 
liana  attain  200  feet )  ;  ihey  also  in- 
clude conifers  with  the  longest  cones 
(again,  the  sugar  pine) .  A  sugar  |)ine 
cone  eighteen  inches  long  and  six 
inches  in  diameter  is  the  ])erfect 
trophy  from  an  evergreen  forest  in 
Oregon  or  northern  California. 

Yellow  pines  are  now  major  tim- 
ber trees,  with  western  yellow  pine 


second  only  to  Douglas  fir  in  terms 
of  supplying  raw  timber.  Eastern  yel- 
low pines  contribute  a  slightly 
larger  volume,  but  consist  of  four 
different  kinds  of  trees  in  forests  of 
the  American  southeast.  One  of  them 
is  the  longleaf  pine,  whose  wonderful 
needles  may  be  fourteen  inches  long, 
\\  ith  cones,  six  to  ten  inches  in  length 
before  they  open.  On  seedling  long- 
leafs,  the  tufts  of  upright  needles 
thrust  up  through  the  tall  grass,  and 
are  said  to  be  in  the  "grass  stage" 
when  they  survive  as  evergreens  after 
the  grass  itself  withers  and  turns 
brown  for  winter. 

Those  who  enjoy  strolling  through 
a  pine  forest  will  feel  equally  at  home 
in  a  western  forest  of  Douglas  fir 
(Pseiidotsuga  taxi  folia  I .  which  is  not 
a  true  fir  despite  its  name.  On  the 
moist  Pacific  slopes  these  trees  grow 
tall  and  straight  to  a  height  of  250 
feet.  They  furnish  more  than  a  fourth 
of  the  saw  timber  cut  annually  in 
America— twice  as  much  as  any  other 
species.  Only  a  coastal  redwood  or  a 
sequoia  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  con- 
tains a  bulk  of  wood  greater  than 
that  of  a  big  Douglas  fir.  On  this  tree, 
each  needle  is  flat  and  arises  sepa- 
rately on  a  short  stalk.  The  reddish 
cones,  two  to  three  inches  long,  have 
a  distinctive  thin  bract  with  three 
projecting  points  accompanying 
each  cone  scale— a  positive  identify- 
ing characteristic  of  the  species. 

One  could  make  a  comfortable  bed 
of  boughs  from  a  \  oung  Douglas  fir 
or  from  a  pine.  But  for  a  fragrant, 
needle-stuffed  pillow,  the  choice 
should  always  be  true  fir— never 
spruce.  True  firs  (Abies)  and 
spruces  [Picea)  are  "look-alikes," 
with  a  similarly  conical  form  while 
young.  They  commonly  grow  in 
mixed  stands.  But  fir  needles  are  soft 
and  rounded  at  the  end.  whereas 
those  of  spruce  are  stiff  and  sharp. 
Fir  needles  are  too  flat  to  roll  easily 
between  finger  and  thumb,  wliile 
those  of  spruce  are  four-sided  and 
roll  readily.  On  a  fir.  the  needles  are 
attached  broadly  lo  the  stem;  when 
they  fall  off,  they  leave  slightly  de- 
pressed oval  scars.  Their  cones  re- 
main upright,  and  disintegrate  in 
place  after  the  seeds  ripen.  Spruce 
needles  are  borne  on  small  woody 
pegs  that  make  the  stem  rough  after 
the  needles  drop.  The  cones  are  pen- 
dent,  and   remain   whole   after  the 

87 


seeds  fall  out,  at  which  time  they 
tumble  to  the  ground. 

Firs  are  preferred  for  Christmas 
trees,  whether  the  Siberian  fir  {Abies 
sibirica)  of  forests  across  Eurasia  or 
the  balsam  fir  {A.  balsamea)  of  the 
yVmerican  north  woods.  Almost  a 
third  of  the  25  million  young  trees 
cut  annually  for  the  holiday  season 
in  North  America  are  balsam  fir,  so 
named  for  the  conspicuous  blisters 
filled  with  resin  ("Canada  balsam") 
on  its  bark.  Young  Douglas  fir  ranks 
second  as  a  Christmas  tree,  followed 
by  other  kinds  of  fir  and  spruce. 


Opruces  supply  most  of  the  pulp- 
wood  for  the  paper  industry.  One  not 
used  in  paper  production,  however, 
is  the  Yeddo  spruce  (Picea  jezoen- 
sis)  of  Manchuria  and  Japan,  often 
grown  in  a  pot  and  dwarfed  artifi- 
cially to  become  an  artistic  bonsai. 

In  the  mixed  woodlands  of  the 
American  northeast,  one  of  the  most 
common  evergreens  is  the  hemlock 
( Tsuga  canadensis ) .  another  mem- 
ber of  the  pine  family.  Old  trees  rise 
only  60  to  70  feet.  Their  sturdy 
trunks  first  attract  boring  insects  and 
then  woodpeckers.  The  big  pileated 
woodpeckers  thrive,  in  fact,  where 
old  hemlocks  are  numerous  and 
where  mature  white  pines  are  com- 
mon. Working  in  winter  and  summer 
on  the  evergreens,  the  birds  cut  rec- 
tangular pits— as  much  as  ten  inches 
high  and  five  inches  wide  and  deep- 
to  reach  the  insects,  or  they  hollow 
out  nest  cavities  in  the  dead  heart- 
wood. 

Old  hemlocks,  unlike  other  mem- 
bers of  the  pine  family,  often  retain 
low,  green-needled  branches  within 
easy  reach.  Along  the  two  sides  of 
each  twig,  flat  needles  spread  deli- 
cately, letting  dry  snow  sift  easily  be- 
tween them.  Each  needle  narrows  to 
a  short,  slender  stalk,  where  it  is  at- 
tached to  a  small  rounded  woody 
cushion  of  the  stem. 

Individual  needles  are  inconspic- 
uous on  evergreens  of  the  cypress 
family,  for  they  are  small,  scalelike, 
or  prickly,  arising  in  pairs  or  whorls 
and  overlapping  enough  to  conceal 
the  young  stems  altogether.  We  see 
fuzzy  branch  silhouettes,  rather  than 
single  needles,  when  we  walk  among 
the    windswept    Monterey    cypresses 


{Cupressus  macrocarpa)  of  the  Cal- 
ifornia coast,  or  notice  the  reputedly 
^seeping  cypress  ( C.  funebris)  of 
China,  ^vh!ch  has  been  planted  as  an 
ornamental  in  the  Western  world.  On 
an)'  true  cypress,  the  needles  are  only 
about  a  sixteenth  of  an  inch  long, 
blunt,  and  dark  green;  the  hard 
cones  are  almost  spherical. 

The  soft  and  pale  evergreen  leaves 
of  arborvitae,  '"tree-of-life"  (Thuja) , 
overlap  and  press  together  tightly  so 
that  this  member  of  the  cypress  fam- 
ily appears  to  bear  flattened  branches 
without  foliage  of  any  kind.  Our  na- 
tive eastern  North  American  arbor- 
vitae ( T.  occidentalis  ) .  is  known  as 
white  cedar.  The  giant  arborvitae 
{T.  plicata)  of  the  Pacific  Northwest, 
is  often  called  western  red  cedar. 
This  tree  attains  a  height  of  200  feet 
and  is  the  principal  source  of  wooden 
shingles. 

In  old  pastures  and  second-growth 

Ponderosa  pine  at  left. 
American  wintergreen,  or 


teaberry,  below. 


woodlands  of  the  northeast  we  find 
the  eastern  red  cedar.  The  half-inch 
hard  knobs  on  the  branches  of  this 
tree  are  not  cones,  but  galls  caused 
by  a  parasitic  fungus.  After  a  sum- 
mer rain  these  galls  extend  long,  soft, 
orange  fingers  from  which  the  wind 
picks  up  spores.  Since  the  spores  in- 
fect apples  and  cause  apple  rust, 
eastern  red  cedars  are  usually  erad- 
icated by  orchard  growers. 

Neither  white  nor  red  cedar  is  a 
true  cedar  of  the  genus  Cedrits,  a 
genus  that  includes  onlv  four  species. 
Nevertheless,  due  to  errors  in  early 
naming  of  these  trees,  the  common 
names  of  several  noncedars  include 
the  term  "cedar." 

Actually,  eastern  red  cedar  is  a 
juniper  ijuniperus  virginiana) ,  be- 
longing to  a  genus  of  the  cypress 
family  in  which  the  seeds  are  borne 
in  fleshy  cones  instead  of  hard,  dry 
ones.  Known  as  juniper  berries,  these 
fruitlike  ''cones"  are  spherical,  less 
than  a  quarter  of  an  inch  in  diam- 
eter, blue-black,  and  coated  with  a 
gray  or  pale  blue  waxy  bloom.  An 
extract  from  the  pulp  is  used  to  flavor 


gin.  Fruit-eating  birds  seek  out  juni- 
per berries,  swallow  them  whole,  and 
later  drop  the  indigestible  seeds. 
This  explains  in  part  why  the  com- 
mon juniper  {J.  communis)  is  found 
on  all  sides  of  the  North  Pole,  as  one 
of  the  few  trees  native  to  both  the  Old 
World  and  the  New. 

The  resinous  odors  of  evergreens 
appeal  to  our  sense  of  smell  as  a  fresh 
and  clean  fragrance.  Cedar  oils,  dis- 
tilled from  the  wood  and  leaves  of 
red  cedar  trees,  are  added  to  many 
household  polishes.  Yet  the  commer- 
cial use  of  the  word  cedar  has  come 
to  signify  only  that  a  tree  has  aro- 
matic wood.  Cedar  wood  for  chests, 
closet  linings,  and  cigar  boxes  comes 
from  a  flowering  tree  of  the  mahog- 
any family,  native  to  the  West  Indies. 


J 


apanese  cedar  {Cryptomeria  ja- 
ponica  I  is  a  conifer  with  hard  cones. 
In  addition  to  furnishing  valuable 
timber  for  use  in  the  Orient,  it  is 
carved  into  ornaments  seen  all  over 
the  world.  Particularly  attractive  are 
the  grotesque  frogs  and  turtles  in 
various  sizes,  with  the  design  empha- 
sized by  the  coarse,  alternately  dark- 
and  pale-brown  grain  of  the  wood. 
The  tree  itself  seems  to  have  evolved 
in  Japan  and  in  adjacent  China,  and 
lives  only  in  that  region.  The  bald 
cypresses  (Taxodium)  and  the  Se- 
quoias, which  belong  to  the  same 
family,  Taxodiaceae.  are  equally  lim- 
ited in  distribution  today,  and  are 
generally  regarded  as  endangered 
species. 

The  wonderful  Sequoias,  which 
include  the  tallest  living  trees,  the 
coastal  redwoods,  Avere  given  the 
name  of  a  Cherokee  Indian  who  pro- 
moted the  culture  of  his  tribe  by  de- 
vising an  alphabet  (and  who,  to  the 
best  of  our  knowledge,  never  laid 
eyes  on  his  evergreen  namesake) . 
The  coastal  redwoods  (Sequoia  sem- 
pervirens ) ,  grow  in  a  foggy  belt 
nearly  500  miles  long,  which  paral- 
lels the  Pacific  coast,  but  rarely  ex- 
tends inland  more  than  35  miles.  The 
tallest  known  redwood  was  discov- 
ered in  1964.  It  measured  368  feet 
tall  and  was  nearly  21  feet  in  diam- 
eter at  the  height  of  a  man's  shoul- 
der. It  seems  incongruous  that  so 
tremendous  a  tree  should  have 
needles  less  than  one  inch  long,  as 


well  as  cones  of  similar  dimensions. 

A  mature  redwood  forest  may  be 
parklike,  with  broad,  mossy,  fern- 
covered  avenues  between  the  enor- 
mous trunks,  dimly  lit  by  slanting 
shafts  of  sunlight  entering  through 
momentary  windows  in  the  canopy 
high  overhead.  Or  it  may  become  un- 
believably dense  because  these  trees 
send  up  sprouts  from  their  roots  that 
form  additional  trees.  An  acre  of  red- 
wood forest  offers  more  cubic  feet  of 
lumber  than  any  other.  The  wood  is 
weak,  but  remarkably  resistant  to  de- 
cay in  humid  air.  Its  popularity  for 
construction  work  has  led  to  exploi- 
tation at  a  rate  that  may  leave  no  vir- 
gin redwood  groves  by  the  end  of 
the  present  century,  except  those  in 
national  and  state  parks.  Recently 
commercial  operators  have  speeded 
up  their  cutting  of  trees  500  to  1,000 
years  old.  to  prevent  their  inclusion 
in  untouchable  sanctuaries. 

The  big  tree,  or  giant  sequoia 
(Sequoia  gigantea,  now  often  placed 
in  a  separate  genus,  Sequoiaden- 
dron  )  has  a  trunk  as  much  as  25  feet 
in  diameter,  but  is  no  more  than  325 
feet  tall.  Its  egg-shaped  cones  are  two 
to  three  times  as  large  as  those  of  the 
redwood,  but  its  needles  are  shorter 
and  more  pointed,  unlike  those  that 
give  a  redwood  branch  its  feathery 
appearance.  The  bark  of  a  big  tree  is 
as  much  as  two  feet  thick.  The  heart- 
wood  of  these  trees  generally  decays, 
making  estimates  of  their  maximum 
age  uncertain.  A  range  of  2.500  to 
3,000  years  seems  reasonable  for 
trees  that  are  still  producing  an  an- 
nual crop  of  seeds.  Only  a  few  dozen 
groves  of  the  giants  remain,  how- 
ever. Most  of  these  are  in  protected 
parks  on  the  western  slopes  of  the 
Sierra  Nevada  in  California,  at  ele- 
vations of  5,000  to  8,400  feet. 

Trees  of  such  outstanding  longev- 
ity change  little  over  the  millennia. 
Five  or  ten  generations  of  giant  se- 
quoias could  reach  back  to  the  end 
of  the  Ice  Ages;  70  to  100  genera- 
tions would  antedate  man's  begin- 
nings. Like  man,  they  outlived  the 
impact  of  the  spreading  glaciers. 
Now  they  are  challenged  to  survive 
with  man  in  a  world  far  different 
from  the  one  in  which  they  made 
their  beginnings. 


Longleaf  pine. 


.^»C 


"S:; 


N"^ 


'^h 


I 


\ 


PULSAR  V\/ITH  A  PLANET  Systematic  var- 
iations in  the  arrival  time  of  radio  bursts  from  a  pulsar 
have  been  detected,  leading  to  speculation  that  a  planet 
circling  the  pulsar  may  be  causing  it  to  wobble  in  its 
path. 

A  team  at  the  Arecibo  Observatory  in  Puerto  Rico 
found  a  three-month  period  in  the  variations  of  the 
pulsar  NP  0532  in  the  Crab  Nebula.  Allowing  for  every- 
thing  from  the  earth's  motion  to  the  known  rate  at 
which  the  pulse  period  is  changing,  the  astronomers 
found  the  arrival  times  varied  by  600  microseconds  in 
a  pattern  that  repeated  itself  every  three  months.  Such 
a  variation  could  occur  if  the  pulsar  were  weaving  in 
its  path,  alternately  moving  closer  to  and  farther  from 
the  earth.  The  proper  wobble  would  be  induced  in  the 
pulsar,  they  calculated,  by  a  planet  at  least  one-tenth  as 
massive  as  the  earth  circling  the  pulsar  at  about  the 
same  distance  as  Mercury  from  the  sun. 

NAKED-EYE  COMET  During  January  a  comet 
that  is  expected  to  be  as  bright  as  third  magnitude— 
easily  visible  to  the  naked  eye— will  come  into  the  view 
of  Northern  Hemisphere  observers  only  after  it  has 
begun  to  dim  toward  the  end  of  the  month.  But  calcula- 
tions made  last  October  indicate  that  it  may  still  be  a 
naked-eye  object  when  it  climbs  over  the  southern  hori- 
zon, and  it  certainly  will  be  visible  in  binoculars  and 
small  telescopes. 

Called  Tago-Sato-Kosaka  for  its  three  Japanese  dis- 
coverers, the  comet  was  the  seventh  of  1969.  When  first 
seen  on  October  10  in  eastern  Ophiuchus.  north  of 
Antares,  the  comet  was  a  diffuse  object  of  10th  magni- 
tude. By  mid-November  it  was  moving  rapidly  south 
toward  Scorpius.  The  comet's  orbit  was  inclined  about 
78  degrees  to  the  ecliptic,  and  it  was  expected  to  circle 
the  southern  half  of  the  celestial  sphere  in  nearly  a 
north-south  direction  before  reappearing  in  northern 
skies. 

At  least  one  subsequent  comet  was  discovered  in 
1969.  The  Central  Bureau  for  Astronomical  Telegrams 
received  a  delayed  report  from  Soviet  astronomers  of 
a  12th  magnitude  comet  found  in  Leo  last  September. 
Although  Russians  have  codiscovered  comets  over  the 
years,  this  was  the  first  all-Russian  discovery  since  1927. 

A  DECADE  OF  QUASARS  Ten  years  have 
passed  since  the  first  quasar  was  discovered  by  identi- 
fying a  radio  source  with  a  wispy,  starHke  object  of  16th 
magnitude  on  a  photographic  plate.  Lately  over- 
shadowed in  the  scientific  and  public  press  by  newer 
discoveries,  such  as  pulsars,  the  quasars  remain  a  mys- 
tery whose  existence  has  revealed  entirely  new  classes 
of  physical  phenomena  and  whose  solution  will  unravel 
some  long-standing  cosmological  knots. 

The  word  quasar  originally  meant  quasi-stellar  radio 
source,  but  its  meaning  has  been  broadened  to  include 


92 


radio-quiet,  quasi-stellar  objects  as  well.  Recent  revi 
dehne  quasars  as  starlike  objects,  often  identified  v 
small -diameter  radio  sources,  whose  light  is  stronj 
in  the  ultraviolet,  whose  radiation  at  both  optical  -i 
radio  wavelengths  is  variable,  and  whose  spectra  st 
large  red  shifts  that  ordinarily  would  indicate  gr 
distances,  great  velocities,  and  great  age. 

Quasars  are  also  numerous:  most  writers  agree  tl 
at  least  a  million  are  visible  from  earth.  If  quasars  a 
active  only  for  a  relatively  short  time,  as  many  belie 
then  the  total  number  of  live  and  "dead"  quasars  m 
be  more  like  a  hundred  billion. 

Beyond  these  descriptive  facts  few  astronomers  a 
wilhng  to  go  very  far.  Speculation  continues,  but  t 
pace  of  quasar  work  slowed  perceptibly  in  the  k 
1960's.  partly  because  of  the  attraction  of  newer  d 
covenes  but  also  because  many  lines  of  quasar  wo 
had  exhausted  the  available  information. 

After  ten  years,  for  example,  astronomers  are  not  su 
whether  quasars  are  the  billions  of  light-years  dista 
indicated  by  their  red  shifts  or  whether  they  are  rel 
lively  nearby  objects  whose  spectral  lines  are  red-shifte 
by  the  Ooppler  effect  or  by  gravitation. 

Why  the  interest?  Quasars  generate  enormous  quai 
titles  of  energy  in  very  small  volumes.  Not  much  largt 
than  a  single  star,  a  quasar  may  generate  energy  con 
parable  to  that  of  a  galaxy— a  hundred  billion  star; 
Astronomers  are  sure  they  are  watching  something  the 
have  never  seen  before. 

As  the  anniversary  of  the  first  quasar  discovery  come 
up,  Geoffrey  R.  and  E.  Margaret  Burbidge,  a  husban( 
and  wife  team  that  has  made  both  theoretical  and  ob 
servational  contributions  to  quasar  study,  summarizec 
the  current  situation  in  Nature,  the  British  journal 
From  a  weher  of  observations  and  conflicting  theories 
they  were  able  to  draw  the  few  conclusions  that  have 
met  general  acceptance. 

The  quasars  are  not,  after  all.  a  totally  isolated  phe- 
nomenon. Rather  they  appear  to  be  related  to  thJ 
Seyfert  and  radio  galaxies,  characterized  by  ultra-activ^ 
nuclei.  One  may  be  the  first  step  in  the  evolution  of  the| 
other.  The  Burbidges  say,  "There  is  clearly  a  period  in' 
the  history  of  a  galaxy  or  a  compact  superstar  when  it 
releases  nonthermal  energy  in  huge  amounts,  giving 
rise  to  optical  flux,  infrared  radiation  and  radio  flux, 
and  excites  large  amounts  of  gas." 

They  also  find  it  becoming  clear  that  these  "compact 
masses"  are  somehow  releasing  gravitational  ener<'y. 
Agreement  ends  at  the  question  of  how  the  energy  is 
released.  Stellar  collisions,  frequent  supernova  explo- 
sions, and  gravitational  collapse  all  have  been  offered 
as  possibilities,  but  the  Burbidges  report  that  none  has 
found  general  favor.  None  is  able  to  explain,  for  ex- 
ample, how  any  of  these  processes  could  result  in  the 
ejection  of  coherent  clouds  of  ionized  gas,  a  process 
almost  certainly  going  on. 

John  P.  Wiley.  Jr. 


.^^.^-''" 


QNft  '  <\<^^ 


djddiaaiun  "■-.-'.' 


•  .?t'. 


^^**< 


^^^^■^•X.. 


/'%.      \:'-^ 


The  moon  is  in  the  morning  sky  until  new  moon  on  the 
''th,  then  enters  the  evening  sky.  First-quarter  is  on  the 
L4th  and  full  moon  on  the  22nd.  Again  in  the  morning  sky 
3t  month's  end,  last-quarter  moon  is  on  the  30th. 

Mercury  and  Venus  are  too  close  to  the  sun  to  be 
observed  in  January.  Mars  and  Saturn  are  evening  stars, 
both  setting  by  midnight,  and  Jupiter  is  a  morning  star, 
rising  after  midnight. 

January  1:  Earth  is  at  perihelion — nearest  the  sun — at 
a  distance  of  about  91,450,000  miles. 

January  2:  Two  bright  objects  near  the  crescent  moon 
this  morning  are  Jupiter  and  Spica.  Jupiter,  the  brighter, 
js  to  the  east  (left)  of  the  moon,  and  Spica,  in  Virgo,  is  to 
the  west  (right). 

January  3:  Mercury  is  stationary  and  begins  its  retro- 
grade (westward)  motion. 

January  4:   Saturn  resumes  direct  (eastward)  motion  in 


January  8:  Expect  higher  high  tides  with  the  new  moon 
close  to  perigee. 

January  11:  Mars  is  to  the  left  of  the  waxing  crescent 
moon  tonight. 

January  13:  Mercury  is  at  inferior  conjunction  and 
enters  the  evening  sky. 

January  24:  Mercury  resumes  direct  (eastward)  motion. 
Venus  passes  beyond  the  sun  at  superior  conjunction  and 
enters  the  evening  sky.  The  star  close  to  the  moon  tonight 
is  Regulus,  in  Leo. 

January  30:  Jupiter  rises  near  the  last-quarter  moon  in 
the  morning  sky. 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

•  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the 
bottom;  then  match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with 
those  in  the  sky  near  the  horizon.  The  map  is  for  9:15  p.m.  on 
January  1;  8;20  p.m.  on  the  15th:  and  7:20  p.m.  on  the  30th;  but 
it  may  be  used  for  about  an  hour  before  and  after  those  times. 


WEANING 
GRIZZLY 
BEARS 


A  report  on 
Ursus  arctos  horribilis 


by  A.  Starker  Leopold 


On  the  night  of  August  13,  1967.  two 
young  ivomen  were  killed  by  grizzly 
bears  at  widely  separated  localities  in 
Glacier  National  Park,  Montana.  Al- 
though these  fatalities  were  the  first 
attributed  to  grizzlies  in  the  U.S.  na- 
tional parks  since  1916  (these  ani- 
mals generally  keep  their  distance 
from  human  beings  ) ,  the  Glacier  in- 
cident provoked  articles  in  popular 
publications  asserting  that  parks 
should  be  "made  safe  for  people"  by 
eliminating  the  bears. 

This  proposed  solution,  however, 
lacks  both  objectivity  and  sophistica- 
tion, to  say  nothing  of  sensitivity. 
Still,  authorities  responsible  for  the 
welfare  of  both  men  and  bears  in  the 
National  Park  System  have  been 
stimulated  to  reconsider  the  grizzly's 


status  and  habits,  and  the  natur 
its  encounters  with  people,  so 
steps  can  be  taken  to  minimize 
eliminate  the  tragic  type  of  event  1 
occurred  in  1967,  yet  insure  the  t 
tinned  survival  of  this  rare  anima 

The  grizzly  bear  (Ursus  arctos 
the  largest  and  potentially  most  do 
gerous  carnivore  native  to  contirn 
tal  North  America.  It  occurs  in  s 
sorted  sizes,  from  the  giant  brci 
bear  of  coastal  Alaska  ( 1,-500  pou  1 
or  more)  to  the  modest-sized  M(i 
can  grizzly  of  the  Sierra  Mace 
which  generally  weighs  from  28Ci 
500  pounds.  All  grizzly  populati.i 
seem  to  thrive  best  in  wilderness  s:i 
ations  far  from  human  habitatii 
The  majorit\-  of  the  grizzlv  bears  ; 
maining  in  North  America  on 
mostly  in  the  wilder  parts  of  .Via.- 
and  in  the  Canadian  Rockies.  As  lc< 
as  wilderness  haunts  persist,  the  bii 
will  have  a  home  in  the  northwests 
quarter  of  the  continent  and  v 
probably  escape  extinction. 

The  most  acute  problem  of  griz; 
conservation  exists  in  the  weste 
half  of  the  contiguous  United  Stal 
and  in  adjoining  parts  of  Mexi 


94 


'^'-:*5*!t 


>«  ♦■ 


,  where  the  animal  is  now  generally 
Known  as  Ursus  arctos  horribilis) , 
Jlue  to  the  presence  of  growing  hu- 
jaan  population  in  these  regions.  The 
rrizzlies  once  ranged  from  the  Great 
I  Mains  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  They 
Javored  the  foothills,  brushlands.  and 
Tiver  valleys,  rather  than  the  high 
*nountains.  Thus  it  was  that  Lewis 
'nd  Clark  first  encountered  the 
'great  white  bear"  along  the  river 
'lottoms  of  the  Missouri.  Similarly 
'n  California,  the  central  valley  of  the 
Sacramento  and  San  Joaquin  rivers 

nd  the  attendant  bottomland 
thickets  of  valley  oak  and  tule 
i  latches  were  prime  grizzly  range 
'intil  late  in  the  nineteenth  century. 
'  n  these  situations  travelers  and  later 
lettlers  had  more  frequent  contact 
vith  the  grizzly  by  virtue  of  its  occu- 
Sation  of  the  bottomland,  than  they 
lad  with  the  black  bears  { Ursus 
'imericanus) .  which  tended  to  fre- 
pent  the  mountains.  Human  settle- 
aient  in  the  western  United  States  led 

0  the  rapid  extermination  of  griz- 
'dies  over  most  of  the  native  range. 

The    last    general    review    of   the 
grizzly    population    of    the    United 


States  was  made  in  1950  b)  1>.  i' . 
Cooney,  then  with  the  Montana 
Game  Department.  He  estimated  the 
population  in  Idaho  at  60  animals; 
in  Wyoming  ( exclusive  of  Yellow- 
stone National  Park)  at  less  than  50; 
and  in  Montana  at  450  ( excluding 
Glacier  National  Park  I .  Recent  esti- 
mates of  the  park  populations  indi- 
cate that  there  are  200  to  250  in  Yel- 
lowstone and  170  to  180  in  Glacier 
—the  only  two  national  parks  that 
still  retain  populations  of  grizzly 
bears.  Cooney  thought  that  there 
might  be  a  few  of  the  big  bears  left 
in  the  states  of  Washington  and  Colo- 
rado, although  there  is  no  recent  evi- 
dence from  either  state  to  support 
this.  The  total  grizzly  population  re- 
maining in  the  western  United  States 
is,  therefore,  less  than  1.000  individ- 
uals. In  recognition  of  this  marginal 
status,  the  Bureau  of  Sport  Fisheries 
and  Wildlife  in  1966  officially  desig- 
nated the  grizzly  bear  a  rare  and  en- 
dangered species. 

In  Mexico,  the  status  of  the  grizzly 
bear  is  even  more  precarious.  The 
species  originally  was  known  in  five 
of    the    northern    states:    Coahuila, 


Duraugo,  Chihuahua,  Sonora,  and 
Baja  California.  Exploitation  of  the 
mountain  areas  by  logging,  mining, 
and  grazing  led  to  persecution  and 
extinction  of  these  animals,  just  as  it 
did  in  the  western  United  States.  In 
the  I950's  a  remnant  population  of 
grizzlies  was  found  to  persist  in  the 
Sierra  del  Nido — a  small,  isolated 
range  emerging  from  the  desert  of 
central  Chihuahua,  just  west  of  the 
Pan-American  Highway.  Following 
this  discovery,  the  Mexican  wildlife 
authorities  promptly  placed  the 
grizzly  on  the  list  of  protected  spe- 
cies. At  the  same  time  the  Sierra  del 
Nido  came  under  intensive  study  by 
field  parties  from  the  Museum  of 
Vertebrate  Zoology  at  the  University 
of  California.  It  was  hoped  that  the 
whole  mountain  range  might  ulti- 
mately be  dedicated  as  a  National 
Wildlife  Refuge  by  the  Mexican  gov- 
ernment, and  a  biological  survey  of 
the  area  was  undertaken.  But  even 
as  the  survey  progressed  in  the  early 
1960's,  the  grizzlies  disappeared. 
One  old  bear— a  large  male,  whose 
rear  track  allegedly  measured  16 
inches— made  the  mistake  of  killing 


an  Angus  bull  on  a  ranch  owned  by 
a  "progressive"  and  determined  busi- 
nessman from  Juarez.  This  rancher 
then  declared  all-out  war  on  bears, 
distributing  poison  baits  liberally 
over  the  range.  By  1968  no  trace  of 
a  living  grizzly  remained. 

This  seemed  to  mark  the  end  of  the 
Mexican  grizzly,  a  distinctive  and 
unique  subspecies  of  the  "silvertip" 
as  the  grizzly  is  sometimes  called. 
But  in  1969,  a  cattle  rancher  from 
the  upper  Yaqui  Basin  of  Sonora, 
reported  the  continued  presence  of 
grizzlies  in  the  vicinity  of  his  hold- 
ings, situated  along  the  crest  of  the 
Sierra  Madre  some  100  miles  west  of 
the  Sierra  del  Nido.  This  rancher 
(Mr.  Ben  Tinker)  has  made  a  gen- 
eral policy  of  protecting  tlie  grizzly 
bears  in  the  vicinity  of  his  ranch. 
Field  surveys  of  this  area  are  con- 
templated in  1970  by  personnel  of 
the  University  of  California.  Based 
on  Mr  Tinker's  accounting,  the 
grizzly  is  holding  its  own— with  a 
population  of  several  dozen  animals 
—in  the  rough  country  of  the  upper 
Yaqui  Basin,  so  perhaps  there  still 
remains  a  chance  to  protect  and  re- 
store a  representative  sample  of  the 
Mexican  subspecies. 

The  population  of  grizzlies  inhab- 
iting Yellowstone  and  Glacier  Na- 
tional Parks  constitutes  almost  half 
of  the  total  population  of  the  species 
in  the  United  States  and  Mexico. 
These  bears  are  the  most  secure  from 
either  hunting  or  habitat  destruction, 
and  it  is  within  the  parks  that  men 
and  grizzlies  come  into  most  fre- 
quent contact. 

After  Yellowstone  National  Park 
was  established  in  1872  and  long  be- 
fore Glacier  Park  came  into  being, 
the  northern  Rocky  Mountains  were 
being  hunted  by  commercial  market 
shooters.  Much  of  the  wildlife  in  the 
vicinity  of  Yellowstone,  for  example, 
was  killed  during  the  era  of  railroad 
construction.  Hunting  in  Yellow- 
stone was  not  specifically  prohibited 
until  1887.  Thereafter,  regulation  of 
poaching  was  inadequate,  but  on  the 
whole  the  various  kinds  of  native 
wildlife  began  to  recover,  and  during 
the  1890's  there  w  as  definite  evidence 
of  rehabilitation  in  game  numbers. 
In  the  park,  both  the  grizzly  bear  and 
the  black  bear  increased  irregularly 
from  the  1890's,  when  protection  be- 

96 


came  effective,  until  perhaps  the 
1950's,  when  the  population  stabil- 
ized at  levels  of  about  200  and  500, 
respectively.  Probably  these  are  the 
maximum  numbers  of  bears  that  can 
be  supported  by  the  available  food 
and  space  within  the  park. 

One  factor  that  may  have  had 
some  bearing  on  the  increase  in  bear 
numbers  was  the  dumping  of  refuse 
and  garbage  by  tourist  hotels,  which 
had  become  well  established  in  Yel- 
lowstone in  the  1890's  and  somewhat 
later  at  Glacier.  This  attracted  the 
bears,  and  made  bear  watching  at 
the  garbage  areas  a  popular  form  of 
tourist  entertainment  that  was  looked 
upon  as  an  important  element  of 
"wildlife  management"  by  park  ad- 
ministrators of  that  era.  In  1919  gar- 
bage dumping  was  augmented  by 
the  establishment  of  definite  feeding 
stations  for  bears  at  popular  points 
in  Yellowstone.  Visitors  thereby 
were  given  the  opportunity  to  ob- 
serve and  even  photograph  the  ani- 
mals close  to  the  resort  hotels.  It  was 
this  background  that  led  to  some  of 
today's  bear  problems. 

Whereas  Loth  -grizzly  and  black 
bears  in  their  native  wilderness  hah- 
itats  go  to  some  lengths  to  avoid  con- 
-frontati<»n  with  human  feeings,  gar- 


bage-fed tears  in  paries  lose  thai 
shyness.  Familiarity  with  peopli 
seems  to  lead  to  a  diminution  of  feaij 
and  to  an  attitude  of  aggression  01 
the  part  of  the  bears.  Similarly, 
through  their  bear-feeding  experi^ 
ence,  people  seem  to  lose  their  feai 
of  the  ambling  and  seemingly  harm' 
less  bears. 

Superintendents  of  Glacier  and 
Yellowstone  Parks  have  long  recog- 
nized the  problems  inherent  in  the 
close  proximity  of  bears  to  people. 
The  parks'  technique  for  dealing  with 
troublesome  bears  has  been  to  trap 
the  individuals  and  move  them  as  far 
as  possible  from  the  campground  or 
resort  area  wliere  tliey  were  creating 
a  nuisance.  If  an  animal  returned 
and  renewed  his  activities,  he  was 
finally  destroyed.  In  Yellowstone 
annual  elimination  of  chronic  of- 
fenders now  averages  34  black  bears 
and  3  grizzlies  per  year.  In  Glacier 
the  control  kill  averages  7  blacks  and 
2  grizzlies.  But  the  killing  of  incor- 
rigible nuisance  bears  has  not  of  it- 
self proved  to  be  a  solution  to  the 
problem  of  bear  damage. 

In  the  1960'^  the  National  Park 
Service  reaffirmed  the  concept  that 
a  national  park  should  display  native 
plants  and  animals  in  natural  settings 


moreover,  one  of 

n  had  reportedly 

a  receiving 

douts 

he  vicinity 

L  nearby  tourist 

^e  so  that 

tors  could 

erve  him." 


with  a  minimum  of  artificiality. 
There  followed  a  whole  sequence  of 
changes  in  the  service's  "bear  pol- 
icy." As  applied  to  black  bears,  one 
of  the  first  steps  was  to  discourage 
visitors  from  feeding  the  begging 
bears  at  roadsides— a  program  in 
which  considerable  progress  has 
been  made  throughout  the  entire 
park  system.  In  the  Great  Smoky 
Mountains,  for  example,  and  in  some 
of  the  national  parks  in  California, 
the  number  of  begging  black  bears 
has  been  substantially  reduced  by 
road  patrols  that  enforce  the  regula- 
tion against  handouts.  Also,  all  park 
visitors  are  provided  with  a  pam- 
phlet warning  of  the  dangers  of  this 
practice.  To  the  extent  that  this  pol- 
icy is  successful  young  cubs  do  not 
learn  the  fine  points  of  panhandling, 
but  rather  have  to  get  out  in  the 
woods  with  their  mothers  and  search 
for  natural  food  sources.  In  both 
Yellowstone  and  Glacier  Parks,  this 
anti-bear-feeding  policy  has  brought 
a  noticeable  change  in  the  behavior 
of  the  black  bear  population,  and 
the  numbers  of  these  animals  that 
have  had  to  be  removed  because  of 
danger  to  tourists  has  been  reduced. 
A  second  element  of  the  bear  pro- 
gram, which  has  affected  both  blacks 
and  grizzlies,  is  the  installation  of 


bearproof  trash  cans  throughout  the 
parks,  especially  in  and  around 
campgrounds.  These  are  mounted  on 
stout  steel  posts  set  in  concrete.  The 
can  has  a  swinging  door  at  the  top 
designed  to  prevent  pilfering  and  is 
attached  to  the  post  by  a  circular 
bracket  that  prevents  the  bear  from 
tipping  the  container  over.  Few  bears 
learn  to  extract  items  from  these  cans. 

Bearproof  cans  are  expensive, 
however.  It  took  a  number  of  years 
before  Park  Service  budgets  could 
absorb  the  conversion  from  the  old 
trash  pails  to  these  new  containers. 
Today,  conversion  has  been  com- 
pleted in  several  national  parks,  in- 
cluding Glacier  and  Yellowstone. 

A  third  change  affecting  bears 
will  be  the  elimination  of  garbage 
dumps  and  open  trash  pits.  The  two 
bears  that  caused  fatalities  on  that 
unhappy  night  in  1967  had  both 
been  accustomed  to  feeding  at  gar- 
bage dumps  or  campsites:  moreover 
one  of  them  had  reportedly  been  re- 
ceiving food  handouts  in  the  vicinity 
of  a  nearby  tourist  lodge  so  that  vis- 
itors could  observe  him.  Apparently, 
both  bears  had  lost  their  fear  of  men 
and  had  become  somewhat  belliger- 
ent. In  Glacier  National  Park,  refuse 
pits  are  now  covered  daily  with  a 
layer  of  earth  and  the  bears  are  re- 


capturing  their  wild  patterns  of  be- 
havior, abandoning  the  dumps  to 
search  the  forests  for  natural  food. 

In  the  case  of  Yellowstone  Na- 
tional Park,  first  steps  have  been 
taken  to  eliminate  grizzly  feeding  at 
the  major  dumps.  The  Trout  Creek 
dump,  in  the  center  of  the  park,  has 
been  equipped  with  an  incinerator, 
and  the  trash  is  now  sorted  so  that 
burnables— including  discarded  food 
items  on  which  bears  feed— go  to  the 
incinerator.  But  while  grizzly  attend- 
ance dropped  off  at  Trout  Creek 
dump,  visits  to  other  nearby  dumps 
increased  during  the  summer  of 
1969.  This  problem  will  not  be  solved 
overnight.  Bears,  conditioned  by 
years  of  human  handouts,  can  hardly 
be  expected  to  abandon  their  old 
habits  on  command. 

The  question  of  what  to  do  next 
was  discussed  at  a  meeting  called  by 
the  National  Park  Service  at  Yellow- 
stone in  early  September,  1969.  The 
meeting  was  attended  by  administra- 
tors and  biologists  of  the  Park  Serv- 
ice, by  the  Natural  Sciences  Advisory 
Committee  appointed  by  the  director 
of  the  Park  Service,  and  by  several 
outside  experts  who  have  done  exten- 
sive research  on  grizzly  bears.  Out  of 


this  meeting  came  recommendations 
that,  hopefully,  will  be  useful  in 
coping  with  grizzlies  in  Yellowstone 
and  other  applicable  locations.  In 
general,  the  conferees  agreed  that 
the  object  of  park  bear  policy  should 
be  one  of  minimizing  dangerous 
man/bear  encounters,  while  continu- 
ing to  maintain  a  bear  population 
commensurate  with  the  park's  capac- 
ity to  provide  these  animals  with  the 
space  and  natural  food  supplv  they 
require  in  order  to  retain  their 
natural  life  stvles. 

Again,  the  primary  management 
technique  for  achieving  this  goal  will 
be  to  deny  bears  access  to  unnatural 
food  sources.  The  park  will  expand 
its  efforts  to  remove  edible  rubbish, 
eventually  hauling  it  outside  park 
boundaries  and  burning  it  in  areas 
not  frequented  by  bears.  The  most 
apparent  danger  in  removing  trash 
heaps  is  that  the  hungry  bears,  fail- 
ing to  find  anything  to  eat  in  the  old 
garbage  pits,  may  wander  into  the 
campgrounds.  The  program,  there- 
fore, must  stress  campground  protec- 
tion practices  that  will  keep  grizzly 
bears  away  from  heavily  used  camp 
areas. 

One  step  in  this  program  would 


% 


educate  the  public  in  proper  tra 
disposal  and  safe  storage  of  food  su 
plies  for  the  night  so  that  bears  ecu 
not  find  contraband  while  wanderii 
through  the  camps.  Another  wou 
strengthen  the  night  patrol  of  cam 
grounds  by  trained  and  equipjie 
men  who  could  keep  track  of  tl 
movements  of  grizzlies  near  and  i 
campgrounds  and  either  herd  thei 


the, 
amemcan  museum 

natural  history 


presents 

TWO  SPECIAL  SERIES  OF  LECTURES  Tf 

BE  GIVEN  IN  THE  SPRING  OF  1971 

in  the  main  auditorium  of  the  Museum 


Consecutive  Mondays, 

starting  February  9th  from  7:30-9:00  p.m. 

MAN  AND  THE  UNIVERSE 

An  important,  dramatically-illustrated  series  of 
nine  lectures  by  noted  scientists,  dealing  with  the 
relationship  of  man  to  the  universe.  The  interre- 
lationships among  the  basic  ingredients  for  life, 
the  increasing  importance  of  hfe  in  the  oceans,  the 
origin  and  evolution  of  the  earth,  and  the  current, 
exciting  exploration  of  our  solar  system  will  form 
the  basis  of  the  series,  and  will  lead  to  a  discussion 
of  our  understanding  of  the  universe.  Coordinated 
by  Dr.  D.  M.  Vincent  Manson,  Chairman,  Depart- 
ment of  Mineralogy,  The  American  Museum. 


Consecutive  Tuesdays, 

starting  February  10th  from  7:30-9:00  p.m. 

ARCHAEOLOGY  OF  ANCIENT  GREECE 

In  this  unusual  series  of  slide-illustrated  lectures 
well-known  archaeologist  Dr.  Claireve  Grand- 
jouan  will  go  back  in  time  to  the  daily  life  of  an- 
cient Greece.  She  will  discuss  the  fascinadng  story 
of  the  development  of  the  once-powerful  Greek 
civilization,  with  its  music,  dance,  theatre,  athletic 
festivals,  and  worid-renowned  architecture,  and 
will  analyze  many  of  the  famous  archaeological 
sites,  including  the  Acropolis  of  Athens,  Corinth, 
Delos,  and  the  oracle  of  Delphi. 

Fee:  $30 


Fee:  $30 

To  register  now^,  or  for  further  information,  call  873-1300.  Ext.  462, 

or  write  Education  Department,  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 

Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street,  New  York.  N.Y.  10024 


". .  .  grizzly 
populations  seem 
to  thrive  best... 
far  from  hmnan 
habitation." 


It  or,  if  necessary,  capture  them  for 
moval.  Scare  devices,  bearproof 
ncing,  and  other  practices  to  dis- 
urage  bear  intrusion  are  also  being 
jdied. 

It  may  be  that  during  this  interim 
:riod  when  bears  are  relearning  the 
t  of  living  off  the  wild  landscape, 
me  of  the  campgrounds  within  the 
ntral    portions    of    Yellowstone— 


where  most  grizzlies  are  found— may 
have  to  be  closed  to  insure  the  safety 
of  visitors.  Ultimately,  some  of  the 
campgrounds  may  even  require  relo- 
cation if  they  are  badly  situated  in 
terms  of  intercepting  normal  grizzly 
traffic.  After  Yellowstone  bears  have 
been  successfully  "weaned"  from 
human  dependence,  it  is  hoped  that 
their  natural  shvness  will  make  them 


avoid  further  contact  with  humans. 

In  both  Glacier  and  Yellowstone 
National  Parks  all  meetings  between 
bears  and  people  are  now  recorded 
on  maps,  in  order  to  determine  regu- 
lar patterns  in  the  time  and  places 
when  contact  is  most  likely  to  occur. 
For  example,  in  Glacier  National 
Park  where  there  is  considerable 
hiking  by  visitors,  it  has  been  found 
that  the  grizzly  bears  generally  fre- 
quent valleys  (rather  than  mountain- 
sides) early  in  the  tourist  season. 
Also,  bears  emerging  from  their 
winter  sleep  in  May  or  June  are 
hungry  and  grouchy  and  frequently 
express  themselves  in  aggressive 
ways  when  they  meet  hikers  on  the 
trail.  Later  in  the  season  the  grizzlies 
are  better  fed  and  their  dispositions 
improve  considerably.  Moreover  they 
tend  to  move  higher  up  the  moun- 
tains, following  the  crops  of  huckle- 
berries and  other  natural  foods.  The 
park  administration  now  furnishes 
hikers  and  campers  with  this  infor- 
mation and  may  even  adopt  regula- 
tions concerning  foot  traffic  by  tour- 
ists, which  will  tend  to  direct  people 
away  from  the  areas  being  used  by 
grizzlies. 

Certainly,  none  of  these  steps  rep- 


EVDONESIAN  EXPEDITION 
July  1970 


IRAN— Nature  and  Archaeology 
Zagros,  Elburz  and  Fars 
Summer  1970 


Programmed  by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Lee  Talbot  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  in  cooperation 
with  the  Indonesian  Conservation  Authority.  A  Group  of  10  to  12  adventurous  travel- 
lers led  by  Mrs.  Talbot  and  an  Indonesian  conservation  official.  Mrs.  lalDo:  nas 
travelled  widely  in  Indonesia  together  with  her  husband  (Udjong-Kulon  etc.;.  ine 
Talbots  are  in  fact  the  American  authorities  on  conservation  in  Indonesia. 
Projected  are  two  journeys  by  research-or  fishing  vessel,  each  of  a  week:  From  Telek 
to  Labuan  with  Karakatau  Island  and  Udjong-Kulon  Reserve,  and  from  Bali  to  Komoto 
Island  to  see  the  Komoto  Draaons.  Less  hazardous  parts  of  the  itinerary  are  natural  and 
cultural  areas  in  Northern  and  Central  Sumatra,  in  Central  and  Southern  Java  and  Bali. 
Duration:  37  days  from  the  West  Coast,  with  a  month  in  Indonesia.  Detailed  itinerary, 
prospectus  etc.  can  be  obtained  from  Treasure  Tours. 

Led  by  Enslish  speaking  Iranian  archeologists  and  Americans  residing  in  Iran.  Alamut, 
the  Vallev  of  the  Assassins,  in  the  magnificent  mountains  of  the  Central  hlburz. 
The  Zagros,  a  vast  panorama  of  hills  and  a  range  of  mighty  peaks,  tribal  country  of  the 
Lurs  and  Kurds  with  a  tangible  aura  of  the  remote  past  and  a  wealth  of  anliquiues:  rocK 
engravings  of  the  second  millenium.  tombs  of  Median  kings,  Sassanian  fire  temples  ana 
palaces,  ancient  bridges  and  ruined  towns  of  uncertain  date.  Centers  are  Kermanshan 
and  Khorramabad. 

Fars:  Persepolis,  Pasargadae  and  Naqsh  e  Rustam,  Shiraz  and  Isfahan. 
Three  weeks  tours  with  19  days  in  Iran.  Departures:  June  4th,  July  :nd  and  August  6th, 
1970. 
Ask  for  Prospectus  with  detailed  description. 

Leader:  Brian  Paierson  of  Johannesburg,  the  Pioneer  of  Nature  Travel  in  S.W.  Africa. 
Etosha  Park  and— Pan,  the  greatest  game  reserve  in  all  of  Africa,  unspoiled  by  tourism 
but  with  good  lodges  at  Namutomi,  Halali  etc.  Four  days  in  Etosha  Park,  two  days  at 
Etemba  Guest  Farm,  three  days  in  Swakopmund  with  drives  in  the  N:imib  Desert  and 
on  the  Atlantic  Desert  Coast.  Etosha  has  large  flocks  of  ostrich  and  herds  ot  giratle, 
elephant  and  zebra.  Much  lion,  eland,  kudu,  springbok  and  the  enure  fauna  ot  Atnca. 
Bushmen  paintings  and  Herero  and  Ovambo  villages.  The  bushmen  of  the  Kalahari, 
via  Mata  Mata  and  Twee  Rivieren,  and  the  herds  of  thousands  of  gemsbok  large  horse 
like  antelopes,  in  the  Kalahari  Gemsbok  Park.  Arrangements  for  16  people  in  4  cars. 
All  inclusive  from  New  York  S1985.00.  Printed  booklet  from  Treasure  Tours. 

Printed  digest  of  Summer  Tours  will  be  mailed  on  request.  Further  tours  will  be  announced  in  subsequent  issues  of  this  Journal 
and  advance  information  can  be  obtained  by  requesting  inscription  on  our  mailing  list. 

TREASURE  TOURS  INTERNATIONAL  INC.- Office  of  Academic  Liaison 

1010  St.  Catherine  W.,  Montreal  110,  Canada 


ETOSHA  AND  KALAHARI 

Wildlife  of  South  West  Africa 
August  2nd  to  22nd,  1970 


99 


FOSSILS  -  MINERALS  ■  SHELLS 

TELESCOPES  ■  MICROSCOPES 

CHEMICALS  -  SCIENCE  BOOKS 

APPARATUS  -  PRESERVED  SPECIMENS 


«     ,wm  L 

m^      ^'  NtBLN 

D^      J 
E   #  ^ 

MINERAL    &    FOSSIL   SPECIMENS 

A   -    Garnet  (India,    200    .6  for  S     .95 

B   -   Moonstone   (India)         .55 

C   -    Fluorite   (Octahedron  -   111.)  .65 

D   -    Lace  Agate  (Mexico) 40 

E  -  Moss  Agate  (India)  45 

F   -    Lapis  Lazuli  (Chile)      .85 

G    -   Apache    Tear     Ariz.)  25 

H    -    Barite  Rose   (Oklahoma) 99 

I    -    Agate     Mexico,  1  45 

J    -    Fossil   Fish   (40  Million  Years  Old)  19  95 

K   -   Trilobite    (Cambrian    Formation)    .  .  .      2.2S 
L    -    Chalcopyrite   (Fool's  Gold) 

on  Dolomite  ,  .  .95 

M   -    Rose  Quartz   (Brazil;  40 

N    -   Tigereye  (South  Africa) .55 

O   -   Apache   War   Point  Arrowheads    ...         .99 

Three  Assorted  2.55 


FOSSIL    SHARKS   TEETH 

Years   Old    25c   Each 

(Six  for  $1.05) 


SEA   SHELLS 

A  -   Black  Dove  Shell   ..  ,  ,      eo.  4e  doz  IS 

B    -    King  Crown  Shell    ,  35 

C    -    Tiger    Cowrie    (Philippine)  '55 

D  .   Purple  Venus        .  ea.  9*  6  for       .35 

C    -    strawberry  Strombus    ...  40 

F  -   Strombus  Auris  Diane    .    .        40 

G    -    Bat  Volute      45 

H    -    Haitian  Tree  Snoil    ]i 

I    -    Sundial    Shell    (Indo-Pacific)    ......  \%\.1S 

K  ■   Ring  Top  Cowrie  .  .  .  ,  .  .eo.  7<  6  for       '.35 

L    -    itortish     bmall)    77 

M   -   Murex    Endiva    ',,. 5I 

Fighting  Conch    ■"       ■40 

Gold   Mouth   Turbo    '.,'/     .'45 

On  Specimen  Orders  Add  250  Ppd 
New,  lllustrotcd  Cotolog  only  250 

DOVER  SCIENTIFIC 

BOX  6011C,  LONG  ISUND  CITY,  N.Y.  11106 


resents  a  "breakthrough"  in  the 
handhng  of  relationships  between 
bears  and  men.  The\'  have  worked  in 
the  past,  though,  and  with  more  ex- 
tensive and  intensive  appHcation  will 
probably  produce  favorable  results 
when  applied  over  a  period  of  years. 
Perhaps  as  a  result  of  the  unfavor- 
able, and  sometimes  spectacular, 
media  coverage  given  this  issue,  the 
National  Park  Service  has  come 
under  fire  to  "do  something  about 
the  grizzly  problem."  In  this  regard, 
it  should  be  recalled  that  such  a 
"solution"  is  dependent  upon  the 
often  unpredictable  behavior  of  both 
bears  and  men.  and  that  in  most  past 
cases,  bear  '"incidents"  could  have 
been  prevented  with  a  little  human 
forethought. 

Forethought,  and  forewarning,  un- 
doubtedly are  responsibilities  of  the 
Park  Service.  Statistically,  most 
incidents  resulted  from  the  careless- 
ness of  a  park  visitor  who  had  al- 
ready been  cautioned  about  bear 
safet)',  about  exiting  from  an  auto 
in  the  presence  of  bears,  about  hand 
feeding  the  animals,  and  so  on.  Then 
too,  the  limited  personnel  and  finan- 
cial resources  of  the  Park  Service  be- 
come significant  in  relation  to  bear 
management.  It  is  extremelv  expen- 
sive and  time-consuming  to  dispose 
of  the  rubbish  created  by  25,000 
daily  visitors  at  Yellowstone  Na- 
tional Park,  for  instance,  and  to 
patrol  against  both  inadvertent  and 
intentional  bear-feeding  practices  on 
the  part  of  that  many  people. 

Outside  the  borders  of  Glacier  and 
Yellowstone  National  Parks,  most 
grizzly  bears  live  in  national  forests, 
particularly  in  designated  wilderness 
areas.  ]\Iost  of  this  population  occurs 
in  the  state  of  Montana,  with  rela- 
tively modest  numbers  in  Wyoming 
and  Idaho.  Lnlike  the  park  popula- 
tions, the  animals  in  national  forests 
are  subject  to  legal  hunting  accord- 
ing to  the  regulations  of  state  game 
departments. 

Many  grizzly  bears  outside  parks 
have  had  some  experience  with 
hunters  and  tend  to  be  wary:  thev  are 
not  often  seen  by  casual  visitors. 
Some  of  the  bears  that  appear  in 
areas  open  for  hunting  spend  parts  of 
the  year  inside  the  parks.  This  has 
been  ascertained  by  Frank  and  John 
Craighead,  who  have  done  consider- 
able research  on  the  movemenls  of 
marked  bears.  Regulation  of  hunting 
in  the  wilderness  country  surround- 


ing a  national  park  will,  theref 
have  some  relevance  to  the  statu 
the  park  population  of  bears. 

The  numbers  of  grizzly  bears 
so   modest   in   Montana,   Wyomi 
and  Idaho  that  sport  hunting,  w 
it  is  permitted  at  all.  should  be  loo 
upon  as  a  special  privilege.  T^^er 
bear-hunting  regulations  in  Ala  a 
and  western  Canada  are  quite  gerr- 
ous  in  terms  of  seasons  and  numbs 
of  animals  killed,  regulations  in    e 
northern     Rocky     Mountain     stas 
should  be  always  on  the  conservat  e 
side. 

There  is,  of  course,  considerate 
interest  in  grizzly  hunting  on  the  p.l 
of  the  guides  and  packers  who  ma; 
their  living  by  attracting  hunters  w  i 
hope  to  bag  a  rare  trophy.  Yet  t- 
continued  survival  of  the  bear  :- 
mains  questionable  and  the  actd 
number  of  animals  taken  throuM 
hunting  should  be  held  to  a  mii 
mum,  even  if  there  is  some  mode 
increase  in  the  number  of  grizzlit 
In  addition  to  protecting  the  be. 
population  outside  the  parks  fro 
excessive  hunting,  it  is  equally  h 
portant  that  the  major  wilderne 
area  in  which  the  grizzHes  live  1 
rigidly  protected  from  penetratic 
by  roads,  jeeps,  motorized  vehicle 
airplanes,  and  other  mechanical  aid 
Contrary  to  popular  opinion,  prese: 
vation  of  the  wilderness  habitat  : 
probably  an  even  more  importar 
aspect  of  grizzly  protection  than  i 
the  curtailment  of  hunting. 

One  possible  technique  that  ha 
not  yet  been  fully  studied  is  that  o 
capturing  and  transplanting  grizzi 
bears  from  existing  stocks,  as  fo 
example  in  the  national  parks,  ti 
areas  where  the  species  has  disap 
peared.  One  area  in  which  grizzlie 
might  be  restocked  is  the  high  moun 
tains  of  southwestern  Colorad.i 
where  grizzlies  persisted  until  the  las 
decade.  Too  late  the  Colorado  De- 
partment of  Fish  and  Game,  along 
with  the  U.S.  Forest  Service,  tried  tc 
protect  the  last  bears  in  this  region 
from  eradication,  largely  by  sheep- 
herders,  but  seemingly  those  efforts 
were  in  vain. 

It  is  possible  that  some  of  the  bears 
brought  from  elsewhere  and  liber- 
ated in  a  new  environment  could 
wander  onto  ranch  lands  where  they 
might  kill  or  frighten  domestic  live- 
stock. Perhaps  some  of  these  -would 
have  to  be  destroyed.  Judging  from 
grizzly  behavior   in   large  stretches 


lOO 


DICTIONARY 
STAI^JD 


finished  or  in  kit 
beautifuiTnew  free  catalog-i.ooo  pieces 
FIni.hed  »nd  Kit  Furniture  in  Fritnilly  Pln« 

YIELD  HOUSE 

IneludB  Zip  No.  Dcpt.  Ni-o 

Not  Sold  in  Stores  North   Conwav.   N.    H.  03>80 


RROW^ 

WILDERNESS  TRIP  CAMP 

Grand  Lake  Stream,  Maine  04637 

For  70  boys,  ages  12  to  17.  Five  age 
groups.  Full  Season  only— 7  weeks. 
Series  of  lake,  white  water,  and 
mountain  trips:  Allagash,  St.  Croix, 
St.  John  &  Machias  Rivers.  Mount 
Katahdin.  SURVIVAL  and  ECOL- 
OGY training.  QUAKER  LEADER- 
SHIP. 

Write:  George  N.  Darrow 
780  Mlllbrook  Lane 
Haverford,  Pennsylvania  19041 

Plione:  (215)  Ml  2-8216 


uccessf  ul  Treasure  Hunting 

yours  with  the  NEW,  HIGH-POWER 
OLDMASTER  S-63  TR  Metal-Mineral 
etector.    

ered      daily 
years    .    .    . 
thu    exciting    hobby    foi 
self    w.th     this    all-tnnsistor- 
V  ^     ized,   high-powered    detector! 


xplo 


I'O-YEAR 

JARANTEE 

le   S-6)   TB. 

>ld    and    silver    nu 

ins.    jewelry    and 


II    d< 


ect^w:"-"' 

■;era,      %.^ 


als.     The 


all    d' 
large 


$179.50 

F.O.B.  Sweet  Home,  Oregon      Send 

Budget  Terms  Available  pr^e   LITERATURE 

WHITE'S  ELECTRONICS.  INC. 

Room  341 
1011    Pleasant    Valley    Rd.,    Sweet    Home,    Or.     97>8fi 


of  wilderness,  however,  most  bears 
would  adapt  to  the  environment  by 
using  natural  food  sources,  and 
would  cause  ranchers  little  trouble. 

Many  mountain  areas  that  have 
been  intensively  developed  for  gen- 
eral recreation  and  hiking  might  best 
be  left  without  grizzlies.  The  Sierra 
Nevada  of  southern  and  central  Cali- 
fornia would  be  an  example  of  an 
area  too  intensi\  ely  used  to  be  able 
to  support  grizzlies  in  isolation  from 
people.  On  the  other  hand,  there  are 
many  forests  and  wild  mountain 
regions  within  the  western  United 
States  that  could  potentially  be 
stocked.  This  possibility  deserves  the 
most  careful  study  by  research 
workers  and  government  agencies. 
The  security  of  the  grizzly  as  a 
species  would  certainlv  be  strength- 
ened if  new  populations  could  be 
established,  far  from  the  existing 
stocks. 

The  grizzlies  adapted  to  the  most 
southwesterly  portion  of  the  species' 
original  range,  such  as  those  in 
Mexico  s  \aqui  Basin,  are  a  rare 
genetic  strain  and  should  be  strictly 
protected  and  saved  if  at  all  possible. 
The  first  step  on  this  path  is  to  study 
the  distribution  of  the  bears  in  the 
field  and  to  estimate  the  population. 
Then  a  program  to  preserve  a  viable 
population  of  the  big  bears  could  be 
worked  out  with  local  ranchers  and 
residents.  The  Mexican  government 
should  be  encouraged  to  establish  an 
adequate  refuge  designed  to  assure 
the  security  of  a  population  of  Mexi- 
can grizzlies,  as  was  planned  in  the 
past.  This  refuge  could  be  in  the 
Yaqui  region,  or  possiblv  in  some 
other  area  of  Mexico  that  might  be 
more  available  or  more  suitable.  The 
chief  of  the  Mexican  Game  Depart- 
ment, Senor  Rudolfo  Hernandez 
Corzo,  has  expressed  considerable 
interest  in  the  presen-ation  of  the 
grizzly  within  his  country,  and  the 
portents  for  developing  an  effective 
program  there  are  good. 

JNone  of  these  plans  are  panaceas 
for  the  species'  ills:  neither  are  they 
guarantees  that  there  will  be  no  de- 
structive encounters  between  that 
species  and  our  own.  Still,  rapid  and 
determined  steps  are  needed  if  we 
hope  to  protect  the  LOOO  or  so  of 
these  wild  and  magnificent  animals 
that  persist  south  of  the  Canadian 
border.  At  this  point,  these  protective 
moves  represent  the  best  and  most 
civilized  action  that  we  can  take. 


4-WAY  "HUMMER"  FEEDER 

Hummingbirds,  those  jewel-like  rascals,  love  to 
play  and  sip  4-at-a-time  at  the  one  and  only 
"Hummy-Bird  Bar"®  (See  actual  photo).  Other 
birds  or  bees  can't  reach  the  sugrarwater.  Drip- 
less,  rustless,  so  easy  to  clean  I  The  heart- 
warminK  gift  for  yourself,  family,  friends  (and 
Hummingbirds  !)  for  all  occasions.  Money  back 
guarantee.  Full  instructions.  S2.9o  plus  26f  post- 
age. In  Calif,  add  15C  tax.  Sorry  no  COD's. 
HUMMINGBIRD  HEAVEN.  6818-N  Apperson 
St.,  TUJUNG.^.  CALIF.  91042.  (Makers  of 
the  popular  Oriole  "Fun-Bar"  for  fun-loving 
Orioles!)    Our  1.5th  Year.  MADE  IN  U.S.A. 


GEODES! 

Lovely  natural  crystal-filled  hemispheres  from 
world-wide  sources.  No  written  description  or 
photograph  really  does  them  justice,  so  we  of- 
fer unconditional  money-back  guarantee.  $2.00 
brings  you  a  sample  or  $5.00  brings  you  a  glit- 
tering assortment  and  subscription  to  our  peri- 
odic  rare/collector's  list.  Barry  &  Shirley  Roth- 
man,  RD  #2,  Hill  House,  Downingtown,  Pa.  19335. 


Northwest  Timbered 

ACREAGES  as  low  as 

$950  Total   Price 

5  ■  10  ■  20  ■  40  -  ACRES 
For  people  who  love  ttie  land— A  tract 
of    Recreation    Land    for   YOUR    Own! 

In  Northern  Idaho,  Norlheaslern  Woihlng- 
lon,  and  Weitorn  Monlano.  In  tho  heart 
of   lokei  and   big   game   country.     All   covered 


Ilh   gr, 


nber. 


Title 


with  each  Iracl.  Thij  ii  selecl  land  with 
natural  beauty,  recreational  and  inveilmont 
valuei.  Wo  have  Irocll  of  many  typoi  and 
sizes  from  which  to  choose,  including  beau- 
tiful Northwest  Waterfront  property.  Your 
inspection  welcomed.  Write  us  for  free  list, 
mops  ond  complete  Informolion.  Write  loi 
Depl.    G 


P.O.  Box  81 4«,  Spokane,  Wash.  99203 


lOI 


Bird  &  flower  lites 
for  nature  lovers. 


^,*^^ 


Beautiful  nature  scene  in  a  bulb. 
Decorative ...  practical .. .  giftable. 

This  chimney  bulb  turns  every- 
body into  bird  watchers.  Inside,  a 
handsome  embossed  blue  bird 
perches  on  a  leafy  blue  field 
flower.  When  lit,  it  emits  a  soft  3 
watt  glow.  A  nature-loving  way  to 
decorate  living  room,  den,  recrea- 
tion room,  bath  and  nursery. 
Doubles  as  TV  or  night  lights.  Fits 
any  standard  lamp  or  fixture. 

Also  available— "Pink  bird  and 
bouquet",  "I  love  you"  in  heart 
with  pink  flower,  "Large  field 
flower".  5"  high  q-r\  r\r 

V. 9  beach. 

Enclose  check  or  money  order. 
Add  25C  for  postage  and  handling, 
50C  for  4  or  more  bulbs. 
Bob  Ric  Gifts 
655  Madison  Ave.,  New  York,  N.Y.10021 


Brain  Puzzler's  Delight 


ILLUSTRATED 
$4.95  Postfree 


By  E.  R.  Emmet 
A  treasur.v  of  unique 
mind-stretching  puzzles 
that  can  be  solved  by 
straight,  logical  thinking 
and  reasoning.  No  special- 
ized math.  Offers  the  pleas- 
ures of  discovering  solu- 
tions through  use  of 
ingenuit:^'.  imagination,  in- 
sight, and  logic.  Stimulates 
and  refreshes  the  mind. 
Fascinating,  entertaining 
puzzles,  arranged  in  order 
of  difficulty,  with  (some 
amazing!)  solutions  and 
full  explanations  at  end  of 
book. 

•  Order   Now! 

10-Day  Money-Back  Guarantee 


Handbook  of  Knots  &  Splices 

By  CHARLES  E.  GIBSON. 
Now  tie  knots  for  every  pur- 
pose —  useful,  ornamental, 
fun-to-make! 

Book  gives  complete  "1-2- 
3"  sketches  and  instructions 
for  every  hitch,  splice,  bend, 
sling  lashing  or  whipping  you'll 
ever  need  for  boaung,  camp- 
ing, climbing,  fishing,  hunting 
.  .  .  for  patio  awnings,  swings 
hammocks,  rope  fences,  "wel 
come"  mats  .  .  .  ornamental/ 
lamps,  vases,  bell  ropes,  keyr 
chains,  buggy  whips,  cat-o-' 
nine  tails,  rope  handcuffs,  play 
quoits,  etc. 

They're  all  here  . . .  over  100 
kinds  of  knots  and  ropework!  From  the  simple 
square  knot  to  such  fancy  numbers  as  the  Man- 
rope,  Stopper,  Shroud,  Crown,  Turk's  Head,  and 
Pineapple  knots.  Also  covers  plaiting,  braiding 
much  more!  "Highly  recommended."  —  Library 
Journal. 

Profusely  illustrated  ORDER  NOW! 

10  day  Money-Back  Guarantee  •  Send  only  $4.95  to 

EMERSON  BOOKS,  Inc.,  Dept.  418-S 

251   West   19  Street,  New  York,   N.Y.   10011 
I02 


The  Island  Earth  continued  from  page  22 


With  this  new  realization,  which 
is  expressing  itself  in  a  hundred  dif- 
ferent ways,  from  government  com- 
missions  and   antipollution   groups, 
to  the  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science's  Committee 
on  Science  in  the  Promotion  of  Hu- 
man Welfare,  to  the  Scientists  Insti- 
tute for  Public  Information,  to  small 
committees   in   small   New   England 
towns,  the  debate  goes  on.  (A  large 
number  of  these  new  movements  were 
discussed   in   "The   New    Conserva- 
tion," by  Richard  L.  Means,  Natu- 
ral    History,     August-September, 
1969.)    With   this    proliferation    of 
public  interest,  those  who  have  been 
fighting  these  battles  for  conserva- 
tion, for  protection,  for  soil  rehabili- 
tation, for  reforestation,  and  those 
who    have    become    more    recently 
aware  of  the  dangers  of  pollution, 
overpopulation,     and    overload     of 
every  facility  are  meeting  and  look- 
ing for  new  ways  of  stating  their 
common  interests.  Words  like  eco- 
system, the  whole  interacting  system 
in  which  a  change  in  any  one  variable 
—temperature,  the  number  of  fish  or 
of  fishermen,  a  factory  built  on  the 
banks  of  a  stream,  or  a  florist's  seed 
field  five  miles  away— may  change  the 
whole    system,    and    biosphere,    the 
whole  natural  living  system  of  the 
planet    and    its    surrounding    atmo- 
sphere, are  coming  into  the  vocabu- 
lary of  the  concerned  all  over  the 
world.  These  terms  come  from  the 
science  of  ecology,  a  science  that,  on 
the  whole,  took  as  its  model  a  pond, 
a  lake,  or  a  marsh  and,  while  allow- 
ing for  interaction  among  every  nat- 
ural  component,    took   little   cogni- 
zance of  man  himself,  except  as  an 
interfering  factor.  If  we  wanted  to 
teach  our  children  about  ecosystems, 
the  model  we  used  was  an  aquarium, 
in  which  the  delicate  relationships 
between  water,  plants,  and  aquatic 
creatures  had  to  be  watched  over  and 
kept  in  balance. 

Aquariums  are  indeed  a  fine  teach- 
ing aid  and  will  give  children  an 
idea  of  the  balance  of  the  natural 
world,  especially  the  great  mass  of 
urban  children  who  meet  nature 
either  in  the  form  of  a  pet  who  has 
to  be  walked  in  the  streets  or  pro- 
vided with  "kitty  litter."  But  it  is  be- 
coming increasingly  clear  that  this 
model,  over  which  the  aquarium 
owner  stands,  like  a  god,  presiding 


over  a  small  glass  tank  heated  ] 
electricity    (itself    vulnerable    to 
power  failure)  is  only  a  very  parti 
model  of  what  is  happening  to  u 
The  child's  aquarium  is  a  model  of 
world  almost  totally  dependent 
man,  but  of  which  he  is  a  spectatt 
and  protector,  not  an  integral  pai 
If,  from  the  science  of  ecolog 
we  try  to  develop  a  new  professio 
of  those  who  stand  guard  over  tl 
environment,  we  stand  in  danger 
still  leaving  man  outside,  to  becoir 
an  "environmental  manager,"  a  sig 
nificant  factor,  but  not  a  true  part 
the  natural  world.  To  the  core  subjeci 
of  ecology,  it  is  suggested  that  we  ad^ 
the  human  sciences  to  train  aspirani 
young   environmental   managers 
deal  with  the  problem.  As  new  sub; 
ject  matters  develop  in  the  field  oi 
urbanization— ekistics,    urban    planj 
ning,  urban  design— there  is  an  atj 
tempt    to    patch    together    from    s 
number  of  disciplines  a  new  wholej 
a  science  of  the  total  ecosystem,  intq 
which  man,  somewhat  grudgingly,  i^ 
to  be  admitted.  i 

I  do  not  think  this  is  the  way  to 
do  it.  We  have  had  many  decades  of 
various  interdisciplinary  projects.; 
Either  they  represent  a  coalition  of] 
different  disciplinary  interests,  inj 
which  each  defends  his  own  territory,: 
or  we  get  new  incorporative  fields, 
hke  economics  or  public  health, 
which  manufacture  their  own  psy- 
chology and  educational  theory  to 
suit  themselves  and,  in  turn,  become 
little  empires  defending  their  do- 
mains against  contenders. 

I  believe  that  there  is  another  way 
to  develop  the  kind  of  specialists 
that  we  will  need  as  public  concern 
for  our  endangered  planet  and  for 
our  starving  millions  mounts.  And 
this  is  where  islands  come  back 
again.  What  students  need  to  learn 
if  they  are  to  think  about  environ- 
mental protection  and  development 
is  about  whole  inhabited  ecosystems: 
ecosystems  in  which  man  himself, 
the  way  he  plants  and  reaps  and 
disposes  of  waste,  multiplies  or 
stabilizes  his  population,  is  a  con- 
scious factor.  Man  has  molded  and 
changed  his  environment  since  he 
learned  to  make  tools  and  control 
fire.  But  in  those  days,  perhaps  a 
million  years  ago,  he  was  not  con- 
scious of  what  he  did,  of  how  popula- 
tion was  related  to  food  supply,  of 


}w  killing  the  young  or  eating  all 

I!  eggs  or  gathering  plants  before 
;y  seeded  would  Hmit  his  future.  It 
s  on  islands  that  man  first  began  to 
irn  these  things.  If  there  were  too 
finy  people,  either  some  would  be 
jiven  out  into  the  uncharted  seas 
'(  there  would  be  civil  war.  Some 
i'thod  of  population  control  had  to 
f  adopted.  Younger  sons  were  for- 
kden  lo  marry  and  infants  exposed 
I  die.  Islanders  knew  when  the  birds 

ime  to  nest,  when  the  fish  came  to 
awn,  how  periodic  hurricanes  af- 
,;ted  iheir  harvests.  On  many  small 
ands  today,  the  harsh  realities  of 
apidly  changing  world  are  forcing 
B  men  away  to  work,  leaving  only 
)men  and  children  at  home.  It  was 
islands  that  men  first  learned  that 
ey  themselves  were  part  of  an  eco- 
stem,  so  it  is  perhaps  not  surprising 
at  the  religious  system  of  the  an- 
;nt  Polynesians  emphasized  taboo, 
at  things  were  forbidden  in  the 
ture  of  the  system  itself.  Under 
boo.  if  men  made  no  missteps  they 
'ed  safely,  but  they  had  to  be  con- 
luously  alert  to  the  consequences 
infringement  of  the  order  of  na- 
re  and  the  order  of  social  life. 
We  need  to  find  ways  to  under- 
md.  to  teach  children,  and  to  pre- 
re  young  men  and  women  for 
reers  in  our  interconnected  and 
dangered  world.  The  forces  of  pub- 
;  opinion  are  being  marshalled  na- 
)nally  and  internationally.  A  great 
ternational  conference,  conspicu- 
is  for  its  level  of  cooperation 
nong  usually  rivalrous  United 
itions  specialized  agencies,  was 
Id  in  Paris  in  1968.  A  conference 
1  biology  as  the  history  of  the  fu- 
re,  sponsored  by  the  International 
nion  of  Biological  Sciences,  was 
•Id  in  Chichen  Itza.  Mexico,  in 
inuary,  1969.  At  the  initiative  of 
-veden,  a  great  United  Nations  con- 
rence  is  being  prepared  for  1972. 
e  need  to  have  a  model  that  will 
ake  man— always  active,  seldom 
inscious,  irresponsible  throughout 
ost  of  history— a  conscious  partici- 
mt  in  the  development  of  planet 
arth. 

The  smallest  islands  of  the  earth 
•e  almost  all  in  trouble,  whether  it 
i  the  islands  of  the  Hebrides,  fight- 
ig  the  British  Parliament  and  pay- 
ig  no  income  taxes;  the  burgeoning 
bpulation  of  Mauritius:  the  bellig- 


erent population  of  Anguilla:  or  the 
small  Greek  islands  whose  men  must 
all  go  away  to  sea.  Such  islands, 
grievously  resourceless,  overpopu- 
lated.  and  dependent  upon  distant 
and  outside  money,  can  become  our 
models  and  our  training  grounds  for 
the  new  professions  that  are  needed. 
As  small  children  were  once  asked 
to  build  a  model  of  Solomon's  Tem- 
ple in  Sunday  School,  or  of  Egyptian 
pyramids  in  day  school  to  understand 
ancient  civilizations  centered  on  man 
alone  and  reflecting  his  natural  en- 
vironment, Ave  now  need  materials 
so  that  each  child  in  a  class  may  have 
an  island  to  think  about:  its  size,  its 
shape,  its  location,  its  weather,  its 
resources,  the  habits  and  skills  and 
despairs  and  hopes  of  its  inhabitants, 
and  its  dependence  upon  world  mar- 
kets and  diplomatic  decisions  in 
which  its  people  have  no  part.  And 
for  those  older  students  who  wish  to 
make  a  career  of  the  protection  and 
development  of  the  whole  of  man's 
environment,  a  year  on  an  island, 
learning  the  language,  mastering  the 
intricacies  of  the  interrelationships 
of  its  living  population  and  all  its 
plants  and  creatures,  would  be  per- 
fect preparation  for  thinking  about 
wholes.  We  would  not  need  to  patch 
disciplines  together  in  an  uneasy 
truce:  members  of  various  special- 
ized disciplines  could  first  obtain  a 
firm  grounding  in  their  own  fields 
and  then— with  a  year's  field  work  on 
an  island— learn  to  articulate  that 
speciality  into  a  whole. 

Following  in  Darwin's  footsteps, 
Harold  Coolidge  began  the  trek  back 
to  islands  for  inspiration  when  he 
took  a  whole  group  of  scientists  to 
Galapagos  in  January,  1964.  But  the 
Galapagos  have  no  human  beings  on 
them.  It  is  the  inclusion  of  people  and 
their  |iurposes  that  is  now  our  prob- 
lem. iNor  need  ue  ask  islands— often 
in  dire  straits— to  contribute,  yet  gain 
nothing  from  what  they  teach  us 
about  our  planet  Earth.  Each  student 
could  be  asked  to  work  on  some  real 
problem,  urgent  to  the  people  them- 
selves, and  thus  prepare  himself  for 
the  kind  of  world  role  when,  in  the 
1970's  and  1980's  man's  survival  will 
hang  in  the  balance — and  the  genera- 
tion now  growing  up  will  have  the 
task  of  saving  this  planet  as  a  habita- 
ble spot  for  their  children  and  their 
children's  children. 


WARM  UP 
IN  BAUER 
DOWN     ^ 


If   it   has  the 
Eddie   Bauer 
label,  it's  "The 
World's  Most 
Endorsed 
Outdoor 
Equip- 
ment". 

KARA-K0RAM5  PARKA 

Comfort  Range  ...  -70°  to  50'  Above 
Superbly  detailed  construction.  Tough,  durable 
outer  fabric.  Water  repellent  and  windproof. 
Entirely  insulated  with  100%  New  Premium 
Quality  Bauer  Goose  Down.  Even  the  heavy  duty 
front  zipper  is  overlapped  with  goose  down 
closure.  Light,  comfortable.  The  finest  parka 
you  can  own. 
SIZES:  XS(36)  (suitable  for  women) 

3(39),  M(42),  L(45),  XL(48) 
COLORS:  Scarlet,  Autumn  Tan,  Forest  Green 
No.  0085  - ppd.  $64.50 


GOOSE  DOWN  VEST 

A  little  something  with 
the  weight  of  one 
sweater  (12  oz.)  and 
the  warmth  of  ten  .  . 
with  its  100">o  New 
Premium  Quality  Bauer 
Goose  Down.  Tailored 
for  action  .  .  .  covers 
the  "small"  of  the 
back.  Keeps  you  warm 
when  nothing  else  will, 
SIZES:  36-48 

COLOR:  Taupe  with  harmonizing  knitwear 
No.  0101  ppd.  $25.50 

DOWNLIGHT  INSULATED  SHIRT 

How  little  it  takes  to  be  warm  and  comfortable. 
Nicely  styled  Bauer  Down-Insulated  Shirts  are 
worn  as  outer  garments  in  mild  weather  or  un- 
derneath with  never  a  bit  of  bulk.  lOO-o  New 
Premium  Quality  Bauer  Goose  Down  .  .  .  snugly 
tailored  .  .  .  comes  on  comfortable  in  all 
weather.  Diamond  quilted  design  .  .  .  slash 
pockets  .  .  .  smart! 
MEN'S  SHIRT 
SIZES:  3(39),  M(42), 
L(46),  XL(48) 
COLORS:  Taupe, 
Scarlet,  Scotch  Mist 
No.  0023  ppd.  $28.50 
WOMEN'S  SHIRT 
SIZES:  3(10-121, 
M(14-15),  L(18-201 
C0L0RS:Taupe, 
Scarlet,  Powder  Blue 
No.  0024  ppd.  $28.50 

GUARANTEE;  You  must  be  completely  satisfied  or 
your  purchase  price  will  be  promptly  r^unde^. 

Enclosed  is  my  check  or  money  order  for 


$ 

.  Please 

rush  my  order  today. 

ITEM 
NO. 

DESCRIPTION 

SIZE 

COLOR 

PRICE 

Name_ 
Addres 

StatP 

Zip 

Q  Please  rush  me  your  free  120-page  full 
color  catalog 

EXPEDITION  OUTFITTER 

DEPT.   KG,    SEATTLE,  WA.   98_134 | 


103 


Boohs  in  Review 


The  Mteturtu 

at  the  NaUed  Ape 


hy  Robin  Fox 


The  Human  Zoo.  by  Desmond  Morris. 
McGraw-Hill  Book  Co.,  S6.95:  256  pp. 

In  his  previous  work  of  science  fiction, 
Desmond  Morris  introduced  us  to 
The  \aked  .-ipe  (Reviews.  Natural 
History.  February.  1968  I .  a  species  in 
many  ways  not  unlike  our  own.  His  in- 
tention was.  one  presumes,  to  force  us 
to  think  about  mankind  as  a  biological 
species  by  seeing  ourselves— the  ape  in 
underpants— as  closely  analogous  to  the 
naked  variety.  The  device  is  not  new 
in  fantasy  literature.  Swift  created  the 
Lilliputians  who  resembled  us  in  every- 
thing but  stature,  and  so  forced  us  to 
take  a  more  objective  view  of  our  own 
idiocies.  Similarly,  after  we  had  fin- 
ished laughing  at  The  ^aked  .Ipe.  we 
had  to  admit  that  the  animal  was  suf- 
ficiently like  us  for  the  joke  to  be  no 
laughing  matter.  True,  he  had  not  de- 
veloped much  in  the  way  of  articulate 
speech  and  thought,  or  what  used  to  be 
quaintly  called  the  higher  faculties,  but 
he  was  recognizable  nonetheless.  It  was 
disconcerting  to  find  that  his  prototype 
was  a  kind  of  suburban  commuter,  but 
then,  since  the  author  was  himself  a 
suburban  commuter,  he  could  be  ex- 
cused for  writing  from  his  own  limited, 
but  interesting,  experience. 

The  moral  of  The  Xaked  .4pe  was.  I 
think,  that  we  should  get  to  know  our 
biological  natures  better  so  that  we 
could  tell  whether  we  were  blocking 
them,  augmenting  them,  fulfilling 
them,  or  just  ignoring  them.  There 
were  hints  that,  with  the  splendid  ex- 
ception of  the  monogamous,  commut- 
ing, civilized,  north-London  suburban- 
ite, we  were  not  doing  very  well  at 
keeping  in  touch  with  biological  home 
base.  All  preliterate  peoples,  for  ex- 
ample, were  dismissed  as  failures  be- 
cause they  no  longer  "explored  their 
environments."  and  the  "mainstream" 
or  "successful""  cultures  were  held  up 
as  true  examples  of  the  most  basic  be- 
havior of  the  species. 

In  this  sequel-"Return  of  the  Naked 
Ape" —Morris  looks  hard  at  the  main- 

104 


stream  and  finds  that  despite  its  con- 
nection with  its  biological  roots,  as 
evidenced  by  its  "success,"  it  is  getting 
out  of  hand.  Thus,  for  example,  the 
"failures"  seem  able— even  with  their 
bizarre  customs,  and  perhaps  because 
of  them— to  control  their  numljers;  the 
"successes.""  with  all  their  faithfulness 
to  their  heritage,  can't  seem  to  do  so. 
The  failures  seem  able  to  run  more  or 
less  egalitarian  social  systems,  while 
the  successes  get  all  fouled  up  in  the 
collective  hysteria  of  "superstatus"' 
seeking— and  so  on.  It  would  seem  that 
being  in  touch  with  our  biological 
heritage  is  a  chancy  business. 

In  The  Human  Zoo,  ^Morris  neatlv 
reverses  his  former  position.  The  small 
groups  of  hunters  and  tribesmen  are 
now  the  natural  groups  living  the 
natural  life:  the  great  urban  civiliza- 
tions are  a  series  of  zoos  whose  in- 
carcerated inhabitants  display  all  the 
pathologies  of  captive  animals.  I  tend 
to  like  his  new  position  better  than  his 
old  one.  but  it  does  lead  him  into  some 
curious  mental  gymnastics. 

The  basic  thesis  is  not  new.  Our 
problems  stem  from  the  size  and  rapid 
growth  of  the  human  population  con- 
sequent on  the  development  of  agri- 
culture and  urbanism.  A  violent  change 
of  pace  and  complexity  was  introduced 
fairly  recently  into  the  hfe  of  an  animal 
evolved  to  be  an  efficient,  ranging, 
smaU-group-living  hunter.  He  has  not 
had  time  to  make  genetic  changes  of 
any  consequence  to  meet  this  chal- 
lenge, so  with  this  primitive  evolution- 
ary equipment  he  must  try  to  survive 
in  complex,  urbanized,  crowded  com- 
munities, for  which  he  was  not  de- 
signed either  physically,  emotionally, 
or  intellectually. 

The  Human  Zoo  explores  the  conse- 
quences of  this  change  of  gear  in  seven 
chapters  dealing  with  nations,  status, 
sex.  race,  imprinting,  stimulation,  and 
education.  One  way  of  doing  this  would 
have  been  to  note  carefully  the  details 
of  our  primate  heritage,  e.xplore  the 
modifications  occasioned  by  the  change 


to  a  hunting  way  of  hfe.  and  so  mov 
on  to  the  establishment  of  a  base  lin- 
of  "natural""  social  behavior  for  thi 
human  species.  One  could  then  look  a 
the  crowded  urban  community  and  se< 
what  was  pathological  about  it.  anc 
what  was  not.  in  terms  of  the  picture 
of  natural  conditions.  But  Morris  does 
not  do  this,  and  it  is  clear  that  what 
might  have  been  an  interesting  theoret- 
ical argument  is  for  him  only  a  peg 
on  which  to  hang  anecdotes,  obiter 
dicta,  and  entertaining  analogies. 

\^  hat  are  the  criteria  for  distinguish- 
ing the  natural  from  the  pathological 
in  human  behavior?  Roughly  speaking. 
Morris  suggests  that  behavior  found  in 
zoo  animals  is  pathological,  therefore 
where  we  find  analogies  to  this  in  hu- 
man behavior  we  can  assume  it  too  is 
pathological.  This  may  well  be  true— 


doubt  it— but  in  any  case  it  has  to  be 
irgued  and  demonstrated.  We  have  to 
inow  whether  the  behavior  in  question 
IS  an  aberrant  reaction  to  zoo  condi- 
ions,  an  "inbuih"'  pathology,  or  simply 
part  of  our  "natural"  repertoire. 
Morris's  method  allows  him  to  con- 
demn as  pathological  anything  he 
views  as  unnatural,  by  citing  cases  of 
it  in  zoos.  Sometimes  he  doesn't  bother 
to  do  even  that.  Therefore  he  can't 
blame  those  of  us  who  share  his  basic 
Weltanschauung  from  feeling  uneasy 
at  his  lack  of  serious  argument  here. 
The  fact  that  this  is  an  avowedly 
"popular"  book  is  no  excuse. 

The  first  four  chapters  present  us 
with  some  arresting  lists:  ten  com- 
mandments for  leaders,  based  largely 
on  the  behavior  of  successful  dominant 
baboons;  ten  kinds  of  sex;  ten  condi- 


One  mystery.     One  romance. 
Two  fascinating  books. 


THE  MYSTERY  OF 
ANIMAL  MIGRATION 

by  Matthleu  Ricard 

English  version  by  Peter  J.  Whitehead 

The  Arctic  tern  migrates  from  one 
hemisphere  to  another.  A  Vanessa 
butterfly  crosses  the  tvlediterranean. 
But  migration  is  more  than  distance. 
The  routes  of  the  migrators,  their  nav- 
igational and  orientational  techniques, 
the  difficulties  created  for  migrants 
by  the  modern  age  —  these  are  just 
some  of  the  aspects  covered  by  the 
brilliant  French  biologist  in  this  com- 
prehensive, intriguing  exploration.  46 
diagrams.  12  pages  ot  photos.     $5.95 


THE  ROMANCE 

OF  WATER 
by  Herbert  Wendt 

Translated  trom  the  French  by 
J.  B.  C.  Grundy 
Water  has  continuously  shaped  the 
geological  face  of  the  world.  Water 
was  the  source  of  life  in  the  oceans 
and  bears  the  mineral  riches  of  the 
seas.  Water  is  the  fascinating  subject 
of  this  book— from  oceanography  and 
whaling  to  evolution  and  astrophysics. 
Encyclopedic  in  range,  but  delight- 
fully written  and  easy  to  understand, 
ROMANCE  OF  WATER  will  appeal  to 
lay  reader  and  scientist  alil<e.  16 pages 
ot  photographs  and  drawings.     $5.95 


lb 


at  all  bookstores 

HILL  &  WANG 


72  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  10011 


YOU  LIVE  in  the 
SPACE  AGE... 

YOU  SHOULD  KNOW 
MORE  ABOUT  IT! 


A  rewarding  and  fascinating 
adventure  for  adults,  young 
people,  the  family 

Introductory  and  advanced 
day  and  evening  courses  in 
ASTRONOMY  and  NAVIGATION 


Call  or  write 


The  American  Museum— 
HAYDEN  PLANETARIUM 


NEW  YORK,   N.  Y.   10024 

81st    STREET    and    CENTRAL    PARK   WEST 

Tel.:  Tr  31300;  Ext.  206 


-^ 


Share  the  MIS 
01  Exploring  f 
outer  space  • 


All  DYNASCOPES,  including  this 
superb  RV.6,  6-inch  available 
on  easy  terms! 

Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs  who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 
Choose  from  a  Full  Range  Of 
DYNASCOPES*  4  "  Starting  at  $49.95 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  —  the  same  Instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories. Prices  begin  as  low  as  $49.95,  and 
your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed  by  a  full- 
refund  warranty. 

FASCINATING    GUIDE 
YOURS   FREEI 

Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 

Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
331  Church  St.,  Hartford,  Conn.  06101 

»  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pat.  Office 

CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Dept.  NH-2,  331  Church  St.,  Hartford,  Conn.  06101 

Pleast  send  your  ffM  ToliKopa  Gulda. 


Addreti- 
Clty 


105 


AR-2 


"KEY  OF  LIFE"  RINGS 


The  ancient  Egyptian  "Ankh"  omulet  from 
the  hieroglyph  meaning  "life"  &  "life  ever- 
lasting" —  now  available  as  rings  in  solid 
sterling  silver  and  14  K  gold  reproductions. 
Sterling  Silver  14  K  Gold 

AR-1  $35.50  $75.00 

AR-2  $19.95  $39.95 

•  Rings  sized  to  fit  finger  at  no  extra  cost. 

•  Attractively  gift  boxed        •  Money  back  guarantee 

rt,  jewelry  and  accessor/es  from  oncieni 


I 


rilii 
ont/qu 


5,  ph. 


elecfk 


!  of  auihe 


:  &  artifacis. 


alac^din  house,  ltd. 

Dept.  N-llG  •  648  Ninth  Ave.  •  N.Y.  10036 


MAGAZIx>E-BOOK  TREE 


ngenious. 


.  .  Holds  over 
100     magazines, 
spapers,   cat- 
alogs -  even 
phone  books  - 
wrinkle  free,  or- 
derly  —   easv   to 
;adv  to  use. 
holds    anv 
reference 
or    paper- 
backs  -  lots  & 
lots.     It's    porta- 
ble, practical  and 
so    prett>-.     Ideal 
for   home,    office, 
reception      room. 
White     birch 
in  gs .    In 

,->"  Pin.e  or 

maple,    antique 

pme  or  walnut  6n.  28"H,   16'\V, 

15"D.    S15.95.    HOME    KIT:    For 

easy  assemblv  6c  tin.  Simple  instr. 

S9.95  FPD.  Add  S5--  each  West  of 

ML^.iss,pp,. 

BEAUTIFUL   NEW    FREE   CATALOG  — 1000   PIECES 

Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pino 

Include  Zip  N-o.  YIELD     HOl'SE 

North  Conway,  N.H.  03860 


/Beech  Cliff 

On  The  Lake,  By  The  Sea 

MOUNT  DESERT.  MAINE,  near  Bar  Harbor 
BOYS  9-16  Pioneer  camping  in  setting 
of  great  natural  beaut\-— plus  EXCEP- 
TIONAL TRIP  PROGR.\M.  Each  camper 
elects  (without  extra  charge)  \\'ilderness 
Canoe  Trips,  Windjammer  Sailing  Cruise, 
Katahdin  Mt  E.xpedition.  In-Camp  prog! 
incl.  rifler\-,  archer)-,  tennis,  water  skiing, 
fresh  water  swinmiing,  sailing  Xaturol 
science  emphasized.  (Also  Caribbean 
Oceanographic  Summer  School) 
Clifford  fl.  Pulis,  6  Old  Marlboro  Rd.,  Concord 
Mass.  EST.  1954 

1 06 


tions  for  intergroup  violence.  The  last 
three  chapters,  while  less  slick,  are, 
in  many  ways,  more  interesting.  The 
chapter  on  imprinting,  for  example, 
attempts  to  apply  this  ethological  con- 
cept to  human  learning.  \^  hile  it  is 
largely  a  speculative  effort,  it  does 
raise  some  intriguing  questions. 

The  chapter  on  stimulus  struggle 
is  a  delightful  exercise  in  ingenuity. 
One  of  our  biological  characteristics 
is  a  tendency  to  seek  "optimal"  stimu- 
lation from  the  environment.  According 
to  Morris,  "natural"  man  had  no 
trouble  with  this  since  he  was  wholly 
engaged  in  the  business  of  survival  and 
this  took  all  his  time  and  energy. 
^  at  anyone  who  knows  anything  about 
hunting  or  tribal  societies  (these  are 
never  defined  I  will  recognize  this  as  a 
gross  caricature,  ilorris.  however,  does 
not  feel  it  necessary  to  survey  the  ac- 
tual expenditure  of  energy  in  these 
societies  so  that  we  may  see  just  what 
amount  is  given  to  subsistence  activity 
on  the  one  hand,  and  to  ritual,  gam- 
bling, sport,  art.  and  recreation  on  the 
other.  As  Morris  (a  zoologist  by  pro- 
fession) said  quite  openly  in  The 
Naked  Ape,  his  material  on  human  be- 
havior is  anecdotal  and  is  based  on 
casual  observation.  Apparently  Morris 
does  not  feel  it  necessary  to  undertake 
careful  study  of  the  species  he  so  con- 
fidently analyzes.  Furthermore,  he 
rarely  tries  to  strengthen  his  conclu- 
sions by  using  the  findings  of  sociolo- 
gists or  anthropologists  who  have  spent 
their  lives  in  such  study.  Is  this  good 
zoology?  If  an  anthropologist,  on  the 
basis  of  what  he  knew  about  man. 
analyzed  the  pathology  of  the  ten- 
spined  stickleback  after  a  few  "casual 
observations."  Morris  would  be  rightly 
outraged.  Morris  shows  no  awareness 
at  all  of  what  actually  goes  on  in  con- 
temporaiy  hunting  societies,  or  of  what 
went  on  in  paleolithic  hunting  societies, 
either  of  which  could  have  provided 
him  with  data  on  which  to  establish 
his  base  line. 

According  to  ^lorris.  unfortunate 
'"zoo-confined"  modern  man  has  a 
"stimulus  problem'"— he  either  gets  too 
much  and  too  confusing  stimulation  or 
too  little  and  too  boring.  In  the  chapter 
on  the  childlike  adult,  he  points  out 
how  easily  the  creativity  of  childhood 
can  be  thwarted  by  adult  demands  for 
order  and  pleads  for  a  reform  of  edu- 
cation and  town  planning  in  a  more 
""playful."  and  hence  innovative  and 
exploratory,  direction. 

The  aggravations  that  result  from 
urbanism  and  population  size  are  most 
noticeable  in  the  areas  of  nationalism, 
sex.  and  status.  Tribes  are  our  natural 
social  units:  supertribes  present  us 
with  problems.  The  tribe  is  small  and 
unihierarchical.  while  the  supertribe  is 
large     and     multihierarchical.     "R'ith 


status,  the  fairly  controlled  hierar 
of  the  small  unit  becomes  the  ni^ 
mare  of  superstatus  in  the  nation. 
T^  ith   the  discussion  of  sex  we 
back  to  some  Naked  Ape  themes, 
seems    that   criticism    of   his    posit 
equating  pair  bonding  in  animals  vi 
falbng  in  love  and  lifelong  monoga 
in  humans  has  hit  home.  In  the  pres' 
book.  Morris"s  views  on  sex  are  mie 
complicated— and  so  are  his  argumer;. 
In  the  earlier  work  his  explanation  r 
the  awkward  fact  that,  sexually,   le 
human  pair  bond  is  not  uniformly  n 
exclusive  relationship,  was  that  hu  ■ 
ing  conditions  evolved  the  pair  bondi 
man.  but  that  it  has  not  had  a  lo; 
enough  evolution  to  '"take""  properly,  j 
we  have  problems  with  it.  Note  th 
this  makes  the  tensions  between  matii 
bonds  and  sexual  variety  inherent, 
the  new  version  however,  pair  bondi  _ 
has  been  re-established  as  basic,  a . 
failures  of  the  pair  bond  (the  inabil 
to    achieve    lifelong,    faithful    mono 
amy)    are  attributed  to  the  pressui 
of  zoo  conditions— in  particular  the  tl 
mands  of  status  sex.  Thus  his  way 
dealing  with  the  criticism  that  sexi; 
relationships  in  humans  are  more  cn: 
plex  than  he  allowed  is  to  say  that  t 
complexities  are  not  inherent,  but  a 
pathologies.  Again  we  must  ask:  he 
do  you  establish  the  ""normal""  herd 
Simple  assertion  will  not  suffice.  0 
posing    viewpoints    are    dismissed    It 
saying   that   they   are   the  rationaliz. 
tions    of    those    people    who    cann  1 
manage  their  own  pair  bonds.  If  ^lorn' 
wishes    to    keep    the    respect    of    h 
colleagues  as  well  as  the  gratitude  ■ 
his  publishers,  he  will  have  to  do  bett( 
than  this.  Ad  hominem  insults  are  r 
substitute  for  argument.  One  could.  f( 
instance,  trade  sneer  for  sneer.by  sa 
ing  that  only  people  with  exaggerate 
infantile  dependency  anxieties   wou! 
make  a  fuss  about  pair  bonding— bi 
to  what  end? 

As  always.  ^lorris's  writing  is  ente 
taining  and  provocative,  witty,  and  eas 
to  read.  Those  of  us  who  share  his  basi 
orientation  are  bound  to  feel  ambiv: 
lent  about  the  book  since  the  jury  w 
appeal  to— scientific  opinion— is  certai 
to  be  outraged.  It  is  doubtful,  howevei 
if  the  book  will  do  any  harm,  for  whil 
it  offers  no  real  analysis  that  migb 
sway  social  scientists  in  a  biologies 
direction,  it  does  raise  certain  issues  i 
an  undemanding  way.  Those  of  us  wh 
admire  Morris  as  a  zoologist  would  no' 
like  to  see  him  write  the  serious  ar 
important  book  on  human  behavior  th 
he  owes  us  and.  more  importantly,  owe 
himself. 


Dr.  Robin  Fox  is  a  professor  ih 
the  Department  of  Anthropology  al 
Rutgers  University,  New  Jersey.  ; 


)ENo:wous  Reptiles,  by  Sherman  A. 
.  inton,    Jr.    and    Madge    Rutherford 
inton.    Charles    Scribner's    Sons, 
SI '.95;  274  pp.,  illiis. 

i 

re  you  interested  in  the  length  of  a 
.  _  coral  snake's  fang,  the  effect  of  a 
lia  snake's  bite,  or  the  Pima  Indian 
iigend  of  the  first  rattlesnake?  Or 
«)W  about  the  average  length  of  the 
il'ila  monster,  the  lethal  venom  dose  of 
i|i  tiger  snake,  or  the  best  venom  source 
i(i  adenosine  triphosphatase?  This 
iok  has  all  of  these,  and  much  more 
;sides. 

Physician-scholars  have  always  been 
I  short  supply,  and  those  who  are  in- 
rested  in  snakes  and  venoms  can  be 
nunted  on  the  fingers  of  one  hand.  Dr. 
;  [inton  is  one  of  the  few.  and  we  are 
liirtunate  that  he  has  turned  to  a  more 
iopular  form  of  writing  to  offer  his 
jnowledge  to  a  wider  audience.  And 
ladge.  his  wife,  has  followed  him  in 
lis  peregrinations  from  Indianapolis  to 
iarachi.  and  from  Tel  Aviv  to  Tlax- 
jla— lending  a  hand  in  collecting, 
iolding  snakes  for  venom  extraction, 
tnd  now  contributing  head  and  hand 
l)ward  the  preparation  of  this  book. 
ller  own  studies  of  the  ,Iogi  (snake 
iharmer)  tribe  of  the  Sind  and  her 
ihoughts  and  researches  on  the  roles 
idat  snakes  have  played  in  human  af- 
(lirs  contribute  significantly  to  the 
■resentation  here. 

The  arrangement  of  the  book  is  more 
cholarly  than  popular.  After  a  short 
iitroductory  chapter  on  the  classifica- 
iion,  geographic  distribution,  and  evo- 
lution of  the  major  venomous  reptiles 
I  two  lizards,  all  the  rest  snakes ) ,  the 
nook  pitches  into  a  series  of  chapters 
in  venoms  and  allied  subjects.  This 
'liscussion— the  clearest  I  know  of  the 
iomplexes  of  venom  gland  structure, 
:he  physiology  of  venom  secretion,  the 
tructure  and  effects  of  venoms,  snake- 
)ite  and  the  philosophy  of  its  treat- 
nent— makes  up  about  half  the  book. 
,  Following  this,  the  book  deals  main- 
y  with  snake-man  relationships.  These 
nclude  the  myths  and  legends,  both 
mcient  and  modern,  that  have  been 
Derpetrated  about  these  creatures  in 
/arious  parts  of  the  world  and  their 
ole  in  religious  thought  and  present- 
day  folklore. 

The  final  chapter.  "How  Snakes  Ac- 
(uired  Charisma."  explores  the  strong 
feelings  (claimed  by  some  to  be  "in- 
nate" )  that  snakes  have  engendered  in 
man  throughout  the  ages.  No  simple 
explanation  is  presented  (l)ecause  none 
Is  possible)  but  avenues  of  further  in- 
vestigation are  suggested  by  the  dis- 
cussion. 

All  the  chapters  are  heavily  authen- 
ticated by  references  to  the  past  litera- 
ture. Happily,  these  are  presented 
unobtrusively     by     small     superscript 


QUESTAR— the  portable  observatory 

No  need  to  go  to  the  moon  to  enjoy  its  unearthly  beauty:  our  files  are  full  of 
magnificent  photographs,  taken  by  Questar  owners,  that  demonstrate  the 
fascinating  hours  to  be  spent  simply  in  watching  its  changing  light  and  shadow 
from  a  comfortable  chair,  with  your  Questar  on  a  table.  Here  is  a  picture  surely 
worth  1  0,000  words.  Note  the  amazing  detail  in  the  craters  Copernicus  and 
Eratosthenes,  captured  on  film  with  this  little  giant,  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ralph  Davis 
of  Sarasota,  Florida. 

Below,  Questar  is  pictured  fully  mounted  for  celestial  use,  and  in  its  flfteen-inch-tall 
leather  case.  It  has  the  precise  controls  of  great  observatory  instruments  and 
a  matched  set  of  optics  brought  to  perfection  with  performance  tests  until  it  is 
truly  a  triumph  of  the  optician's  art. 


QUESTAR  THE  WORLD'S  FINEST,  MOST  VERSATILE  SMALL  TELESCOPE.  PRICED  FROM  $795,  IS 
DESCRIBED  IN  OUR  NEWEST  BOOKLET  WHICH  CONTAINS  MORE  THAN  100  PHOTOGRAPHS  BY 
QUESTAR  OWNERS  SEND  $1  FOR  MAILING  ANYWHERE  IN  NORTH  AMERICA.  BY  AIR  TO 
REST  OF  WESTERN  HEMISPHERE.  $2,50;  EUROPE  AND  NORTH  AFRICA,  $3.00;  ELSEWHERE,  $3.50. 


TAR 


BOX    160,  NEW  HOPE,   PENN.    18938 


107 


THEY'LL  DIE 

unless  you  and  we  help  ihem.  They'll 
Die— and  thousands  more  like  them 
of  many  difFerent  species  will  die— 
unless  money  is  made  available  to 
finance  the  many  requests  from  East 
Africa's  National  Parks,  Research  Or- 
ganizations and  Game  Departments. 

During  1969  we  funded  conserva- 
tion projects  amounting  to  $74,500  in 
Kenya,  Uganda  and  Tanzania.  We 
need  your  continued  support  to  com- 
bat the  increasing  menace  of  extinc- 
tion for  many  species  of  wild  animal, 
by  making  a  donation  or  by  joining 
the  Society. 

Membership  of  the  Society  will  cost 
you  $10  annually.  For  this  you  receive 
our  quarterly  magazine  "Africana" 
and  are  entitled  to  buy  our  ties,  car 
badges,  brooches  and  cufflinks. 
Christmas  cards.  Calendars,  wild  life 
prints  and  the  Scientific  Journal  are 
available  to  all. 

The  wild  life  of  East  Africa  is  now 
a  world  responsibility,  shared  by  ev- 
eryone. It  is  enjoyed  by  tens  of  thou- 
sands of  visitors  each  year.  Help  us 
to  see  that  millions  will  continue  to 
enjoy  it. 


EAST  AFRICAN 

WILD  LIFE 

SOCIETY 

P.O.  Box  20110.  Nairobi.  Kenya, 
East  Africa. 

Please    enroll   me    as   a   member. 
I  enclose  3 

Name  

Address  _ 

N.H. 


numbers  that  refer  to  the  chapter-by- 
chapter  "Reference  Notes"  in  the  back 
of  the  book.  In  addition  to  a  glossary 
and  a  selected  bibliography,  a  number 
of  unusual  aids  to  the  reader  are  given 
as  well;  these  include  a  list  of  the 
scientific  names  of  the  snakes  men- 
tioned in  the  text,  a  table  relating  the 
evolution  of  snakes  to  geologic  time,  a 
metric  conversion  table,  a  table  giving 
yields  and  toxicity  of  various  venoms, 
and  one  on  the  enzymes  of  venoms  and 
their  sources.  This  mine  of  information 
has  been  dredged  from  literally  hun- 
dreds of  scattered  sources. 

Errors  of  fact  are  almost  nonexistent. 
I  noted  only  a  few  minor  ones,  and 
I  would  argue  for  a  few  niggling 
changes  in  the  spelling  of  some  scien- 
tific names.  The  use  of  Constrictor  con- 
strictor instead  of  Boa  constrictor,  is 
unfortunately,  still  a  matter  of  opinion. 

It  seems  a  shame  to  carp  about  the 
first  readable  book  on  this  vast  and 
interesting  subject,  but  it  is  regrettable 
that  the  photographic  illustrations  are 
not  better  (the  best  one  was  taken  at 
the  New  York  Zoological  Park  about 
fifty  years  ago)  and  that  they  were  not 
coordinated  with  the  text.  It  should  be 
mentioned,  too.  that  often  so  many  facts 
are  crammed  into  a  short  chapter  that 
it  reads  more  like  a  series  of  introduc- 
tory statements  than  a  thoughtful  dis- 
cussion. 

My  main  complaint,  though,  is  that 
there  is  just  not  enough  of  the  Mintons 
in  the  book.  They  are  active  and  inter- 
esting people  who  have  been  places  and 
have  seen  things  that  most  of  us  only 
dream  about.  They  are  thoughtful  peo- 
ple, too,  and  what  we  need  most  are 
their  reactions  to  these  situations  and 
their  personal  conclusions  about  them, 
not  just  a  recitation  of  the  facts  them- 
selves. Next  book,  maybe? 

H.   G.   DOWLING 

The  American  Museum 


HUXTERS    OF    THE    NORTHERN'    IcE.    by 

Richard  K.  Nelson.  University  of  Chi- 
cago Press,  S8.50;  429  pp.,  illus. 

In  describing  one  of  his  first  hunting 
trips  with  an  Eskimo.  Richard  Nel- 
son tells  of  a  difficult  journey  over  jum- 
bled ocean  ice  to  a  lane  of  open  water. 
Suddenly  his  Eskimo  companion,  rifle 
in  hand,  dropped  to  one  knee  and  be- 
gan to  scratch  the  ice.  A  baffled  Nel- 
son watched  as  the  Eskimo,  making 
use  of  a  profound  knowledge  of  the 
behavior  of  Arctic  wildlife,  skillfully 
lured  a  curious  seal  close  to  the  ice 
edge  where  it  could  be  easily  shot.  As 
the  Eskimo  hauled  the  dead  seal  onto 
the  ice.  he  grinned  at  Nelson  and  said. 
''You  see.  Eskimo  is  a  scientist."" 

Indeed  he  is.  Anthropologists  who 
have  worked  closely  with  the  few 
groups  of  rapidly  disappearing  hunt- 


ing peoples  left  in  the  world  are 
variably   impressed    at   their   detar 
knowledge  of  the  environment  and  h 
to  function  in  it.  In  the  Arctic,  it  is  I 
Eskimo    who    are    the    experts.    Th 
adaptation  to  their  harsh  environma 
depends  upon  a  knowledge  of  nati- 
and  a  set  of  techniques  that  have  bei 
developing  for  millennia. 

Early    in    1964.    Nelson    joined  ■ 
United  States  Air  Force  research  pr 
ect   on  Eskimo   life.   His   task  wa? 
record   how   the   Eskimo   are   able 
survive  in  the  Arctic;  their  knowled 
of  snow.  ice.  weather,  and  animal  1 
havior;   and  their  techniques  of  hui 
ing.     keeping    warm,     traveling,     a 
surviving  in  any  of  a  number  of  emi 
gencies.  such  as  falling  through  tli 
ice.    His   method   of   research   was 
engage  in  all  Eskimo  activities  himse 
—from  making  the  necessary  gear 
developing     proficiency     in     huntii 
techniques. 

This  book  is  a  report  of  his  i 
search.  It  is  the  best  account  that 
know  of  the  hunting  methods  and  a 
sociated  activities  of  the  north  Ala 
kan  Eskimo.  The  bulk  of  the  book 
a  detailed  description  of  technique 
equipment,  and  Eskimo  Arctic  lor 
It  avoids  becoming  tedious  becaus 
Nelson  frequently  includes,  as  illu 
trations.  short  accounts  of  the  exper 
ences  of  various  Eskimo  he  knew  pe] 
sonally  or  was  told  about.  Thu 
Hunters  of  the  Northern  Ice  never  lose 
its  feeling  for  people. 

\^  hen  Nelson  has  finished  describin 
hunting  methods,  he  gives  us  a  ie\ 
insightful  pages  on  the  mental  atti 
tudes  and  personality  characteristic 
that  impressed  him  in  his  year  o 
hunting  and  traveling  with  the  Es 
kimo  and  that  he  finds  particularly 
adaptive  in  the  demanding  Arctic  en 
vironment.  First,  there  is  the  Eskimo's 
considerable  knowledge  of  how  to  re 
act  in  emergencies.  Much  of  this  theyj 
learn  from  listening  to  more  experi- 
enced hunters,  for  the  Eskimo  seldom 
doubts  what  he  has  been  told  by  his 
elders.  Second,  the  Eskimo  is  uncom- 
monly self-assured  in  his  ability  to' 
cope  with  any  situation.  This  is  com- 
bined with  remarkable  perseverance, 
excellent  physical  condition,  mental 
and  physical  toughness,  and  a  lack  of 
aggressive  behavior  toward  his  com- 
panions when  the  going  becomes  dif- 
ficult. In  case  these  sound  like  com- 
mon characteristics.  Nelson  makes  it 
clear  that  in  these  qualities  the  Es- 
kimo stands  far  above  the  average 
white  man.  who  combines  a  disfunc- 
tional  aggressiveness  with  a  lack  of 
stamina  and  toughness  in  strenuous 
situations,  such  as  those  encountered 
in  the  Arctic. 

Nelson     entitles     his     last     chapter 
"The   Death   of  Hunting."   The   older 


Lindblad  Travel  announces 
two  exciting  cruising  voyages: 

1.  TO  THE  "FORGOTTEN  ISLANDS  OF  THE  INDIAN  OCEAN" 
2.  TO  DARWIN'S  GALAPAGOS 


0  the  east  in  the  Indian  Ocean  or  to  the  west  in  the  Pacific, 
Grids  apart,  you  will  find  two  places  with  one  thing  in  com- 
lon.  They  both  offer  excitement  such  as  can  be  found 


owhere  else. 


M/S  Lindblad  Explorer 

'isit  the  "FORGOTTEN  ISLANDS  OF 
"HE  INDIAN  OCEAN"  on  a  voyage 
if  discovery  aboard  the  brand  new 
;rulse  ship  the  M/S  LINDBLAD  EX- 
'LORER.  You  will  delight  in  the  white 
)eaches,  the  tall  coconut  palms  and 
he  delicate  feathery  branches  of  the 
;asuarina  trees  in  peaceful  settings, 
jninterrupted  by  lines  of  tourist 
;ottages  and  highrise  hotels.  Thou- 
sands of  birds  which  Inhabit  these 
slands— the  terns,  boobies,  frigate 
jirds,  shearwaters,  warblers,  and 
sunbirds  are  there  to  meet  you.  They 
lave  never  known  danger  and  are 
ame  beyond  belief.  And  you  will 
lave  time  to  visit  the  game  preserves 
n  Kenya. 

-or   this    unforgettable   trip   to   the 


"FORGOTTEN  ISLANDS"  you  will 
board  the  M/S  Lindblad  at  Mombasa, 
Kenya  and  BOAC  VC  10's  will  bring 
you  there  and  back. 

The  M/S  Lindblad  Explorer  meets 
the  international  safety  standards  for 
new  ships  established  in  1968,  as 
well  as  fire  regulation  requirements 
developed  in  1966. 

•      •      • 

Ever  since  Charles  Darwin  intro- 
duced his  famous  evolutionary  theo- 
ries, following  his  visit  on  the  H.M.S. 
Beagle  to  the  Galapagos  Islands  in 
1835,  these  islands  on  the  equator 
have  fired  the  imagination  of  scien- 
tist and  layman  alike. 

This  is  the  fourth  year  in  which  we 
offer  you  the  opportunity  to  partici- 
pate in  a  special  survey  of  the  Gala- 
pagos and  their  fascinating  wildlife 
and  scenery.  And  as  in  the  past,  our 
expeditions  have  been  arranged  with 
the  Charles  Darwin  Foundation.  Well 
known  expedition  leaders  will  in- 
clude Dr.  Bruce  Campbell,  Dr.  M.  P. 
Harris  of  the  Charles  Darwin  Foun- 
dation and  Mr.  Eric  Hosking. 


Sooty  Tern."3  In  the  Amirantes  (Indian  Ocean) 


To  set  foot  on  these  islands  is  to  be 
transported  back  into  primeval  time, 
to  witness  firsthand  the  fantastic 
birds,  animals  and  reptiles  bypassed 
by  civilization,  unknown  to  most  men 
until  Darwin's  visit.  It  is  a  once-in-a- 
lifetime  experience. 

You  will  "set  sail"  aboard  the  S.S. 
Romantica,  a  200  passenger  de  luxe 
cruiser  which  for  ease  and  comfort 
we  will  limit  to  one  fiundred.  You 
will  be  flown  by  chartered  DC-6  jet 
to  Baltra  in  the  Galapagos  from 
Guayaquil,  Ecuador.  Costs  from 
$1000  per  person. 

The  S.S.  Romantica  is  of  Greek  reg- 
istry substantially  meets  the  interna- 
tional safety  standards  for  new  ships 
established  in  1968,  as  well  as  fire 
regulation  requirements  developed 
in  1966. 


Marine  Iguana  (Galapagos) 


Dept.  NH-170 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Lindblad  Travel  Building 
133  East  55th  Street 
New  York,  N.Y.  10022 

Please  send  brochure.  I  am  seriously  inter- 
ested in: 

n  Forgotten  Islands  of  the  Indian  Ocean 

D  Darwin's  Galapagos 


Mr. 
Mrs. 

Miss 

PLEASE  PRINT  PLAINLY 


-Zip- 


109 


Wholesale  prices  on  fishing 
tackle,  and  hunting  equipment, 
archery,  skis,  and  camping 
equipment. 


FINNYSPORTS 

2070-J   SPORTS   BUILDING 
TOLEDO,   OHIO  43614 


ANQENT  OIL  LAMPS 
over  1300  years  old 
From  ancient  Palestine/  these  terracotta 
lamps  were  used  by  early  Christians  & 
Jews.  With  varied  designs,  they  make  unique 
archaeological  display  pieces  tor  home  &  of- 
fice. A  superb  all-occasion  gift.  Mounted  on 
walnut    base    with    parchment    certificate    of 

authenticity    $10.95  ppd. 

Lamps  with  Cross  motif $23.95  ppd. 


FREE  Gift  Catalog! 


.    .     .     illustrating    Jewelry,     Amulefs,    Coins, 
Buddhas,   Roman   Gloss,  Figurines  and   more! 

Museum  &   Dealers  inquiries  welcome. 

ALADDIN  HOUSE,  LTD. 

N-IH      •      648   NINTH  AVE.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10036 


■^i.V^.VA^■.^^■^■VV^^,■l,^T;■^.^ 


IF  YOU'RE 
AN  "OLD  SALT" 

or  would 
like 
to  be. 

Write    Or    phone    for    our    extra- 
ordinary  freighter    cruj^^j     yjsit 
forgotten  i,,a„ds.  Go  ,„  bustling 
Ports-of.ca|l.   Individuals,  families, 
and  groups. 


FREIGHTER 
TRAVEL  SERVICE  Ltd. 

(212)  TR  9-2929 

201  EAST77ih  STREET 

NEW  YORK,  NE\/V  YORK  10021 


generation  of  Eskimo  are  nearly  as 
skillful  hunters  as  their  parents;  the 
men  thirty  to  fifty  years  of  age  are 
still  semiproficient  hunters:  but  those 
under  twenty-five  have  little  more  than 
a  rudimentary  knowledge  of  Eskimo 
economic  culture.  Modern  American 
life  has  irrevocably  altered  the  Eskimo 
village.  A  child,  spending  six  hours  a 
day  at  the  village  school,  never  gets  a 
chance  to  learn  the  traditional  skills: 
and  if  he  goes  to  a  city  to  attend  high 
school,  he  returns  to  his  village  torn  be- 
tween two  sets  of  values.  He  is.  accord- 
ing to  Nelson,  a  cultural  hybrid;  half- 
white.  half-Eskimo.  He  can  leave  the 
village  permanently,  a  decision  made 
by  many  of  the  most  able  young  peo- 
ple; he  can  find  a  job  in  the  village:  or 
he  can  live  as  an  unproductive  consum- 
er. The  last  is  possible,  says  Nelson,  be- 
cause of  the  various  welfare  programs 
for  which  the  Eskimo,  as  American 
citizens,  are  eligible. 

Nelson  regrets  the  impending  death 
of  traditional  Eskimo  economic  cul- 
ture, but  he  is  well  aware  that  nothing 
can  save  it.  At  the  present,  and  for 
the  foreseeable  future,  the  economy 
of  Arctic  and  sub-Arctic  villages  will 
be  a  combination  of  seasonal  wage 
work,  welfare  and  unemployment 
compensation  payments,  and  subsis- 
tence hunting.  The  Eskimo  will  sur- 
vive as  a  people,  but  the  self-reliant 
Eskimo  hunter  who  could  live  solely 
from  the  meager  resources  of  the  Arctic 
is  the  product  of  another  era  and  will 
disappear  in  this  one. 

Stanley  A.  Freed 
The  American  Museum 

Darwin  and  the  Beagle,  by  Alan 
Moorehead.  Harper  &  Row,  $15.00; 
280  pp.,  illus. 

For  a  man  who  has  said  of  himself, 
"I  dislike  writing  very  much  and 
do  as  little  as  I  can."  Mr.  Alan  Moore- 
head has  been  extraordinarily  pro- 
ductive—and on  a  very  high  level— as 
biographer,  military  historian,  and 
author  of  books  on  travel  and  explora- 
tion in  the  Victorian  age.  His  works. 
The  If  hit e  Nile  and  The  Blue  Nile  are 
well  remembered,  as  is  his  more  re- 
cent The  Fatal  Impact,  a  short  ac- 
count of  what  happened  when  Captain 
Cook,  for  better  or  worse,  brought  the 
civilization  of  the  West  to  the  primitive 
societies  of  the  Pacific.  Continuing  this 
specialty,  to  which  Mr.  Moorehead 
brings  a  great  narrative  gift,  the  author 
has  now  reworked  the  contemporary 
source  materials  into  his  own  deft  syn- 
thesis, presenting  the  story  of  Charles 
Darwin"s  famous  round-the-world  jour- 
ney on  H.M.S.  Beagle,  1831-36. 

The  ship's  mission  was  to  extend  the 
survey  of  South  America  begun  in 
1826  and  to  carry  a  chain  of  chrono- 


metrical  measurements  around  th 
world.  It  was  customary  on  such  exped: 
tions  to  include  the  unpaid  post  of  na 
turalist.  This  time  the  choice  fell,  fortu 
nately.  upon  a  young  man  of  genius 
just  out  of  Cambridge,  with  privati 
means,  and  not  yet  settled  in  the  world 
The  result  was.  as  Moorehead  notes 
"the  origin  of  The  Origin  of  Species.' 
Darwin  varied  from  the  standard  pat 
tern  of  the  well-born  young  extrovert  ir 
being  passionate  about  natural  history 
Already  he  was  professionally  com- 
petent at  observing,  collecting,  dissect- 
ing, classifying,  and  making  careful 
notes.  Mr.  Moorehead.  who  has  the  lit- 
erary artist's  eye  for  character,  drama, 
and  irony,  does  not  overlook  the  fact 
that  the  captain  of  the  ship,  a  devout 
fundamentalist  in  theology,  looked  up- 
on Darwin's  assignment  as  a  splendid 
opportunity  to  confirm  the  Old  Testa- 
ment account  of  the  earth's  creation. 

Brazil.  Argentina.  Unmapped  Pata- 
gonia, where  Darwin  made  important 
paleontological  discoveries  and  began 
to  ponder  the  complex  interdependence 
of  all  living  things,  the  relationship  be- 
tween dead  and  living  species,  and  to 
speculate  that  all  life  was  perhaps  a, 
continuous  process.  There  were  exten-  j 
sive  inland  detours,  exciting  adven- 
tures, rare  specimens,  new  genera,  an  ' 


'^^7^^^^ 
^     ^'^^'3^' 


JL-..^    i  l--^. 


:*^<^pm 


*  'Mt 


Old  drawing  of  Brazilian  forest  scene  is  from  Darwin  and  the  Beagle. 


arthquake  on  the  coast  of  Chile,  and 
rewarding  month  spent  in  the  Gala- 
agos  Islands.  There  Darwin  formu- 
ited,  in  rough  outline,  the  principle 
f  evolution  by  natural  selection. 

Homeward-bound,  the  Beagle  ran 
irosperously  before  the  trade  winds  to 
'ahiti,  New  Zealand,  Australia,  crossed 
he  Indian  Ocean,  passed  around  Afri- 
a,  and  touched  South  America  one 
ast  time,  reaching  Falmouth  on  Octo- 
ler  2,  1836.  A  final  chapter  summarizes 
)arwin's  subsequent  life,  his  domestic 
elicity,  and  his  elaboration  of  his  rev- 
dutionary  ideas,  which  provided,  as 
ulian  Huxley  wrote,  "a  foundation  for 
he  entire  structure  of  modern  biology." 
The  text  is  supplemented  with  a 
;hronology  of  the  voyage,  a  brief 
)ibliography,  and  an  index.  A  quarto 
n  size,  the  volume  is  handsomely  em- 
)ellished  with  contemporary  pictures, 
n  both  full  color  and  monochrome.  All 
ire  of  great  zoological,  social,  or  an- 
:hropological  interest.  The  reproduc- 
tions and  press  work,  done  in  Great 
Britain,  are  of  the  highest  quality.  The 
publishers  blundered,  however,  in  fail- 
ing to  print  the  ship's  name,  the 
Beagle,  in  italic  type  on  the  title  page, 
the  spine,  and  the  dust  jacket.  It 
would  be  a  pity  if  the  general  public, 
conditioned  by  best  sellers   about  a 


man  and  his  raccoon,  or  a  lady  and 
her  lioness,  should  take  up  Moore- 
head's  fine  account  of  a  great  event  in 
intellectual  history,  under  the  misap- 
prehension that  it  is  about  Darwin  and 
his  dog. 

Gerald  Carson 
Author 

The  American  Museum  is  open  to 
the  public  without  charge  every  day 
during  the  year,  except  Thanksgiv- 
ing and  Christmas.  Your  support, 
through  membership  and  contribu- 
tions, helps  make  this  possible.  The 
Museum  is  equally  in  need  of  sup- 
port for  all  of  its  work  in  research, 
education,  and  exhibition. 

This  list  details  the  photographer  or 
other  source  of  illustration,  by  page. 
Cover — Andreas  Feininger  60-62 — AMNH 


8 — Sims  Taback 
18 — Gerald  Hartwig 
26-27— Mount  Wilson 
and  Paiomar  Observa- 
tories 
28— AMNH 

29-31 — California  Insti- 
tute of  Technology  and 
Carnegie  Institution  of 
Washington 
32-33- Richard  K. 
Mathews 

34-41— U.S.  Bureau  of 
Commercial  Fisheries 
except  36-37— Richard 
K.  Mathews 
48-55— AMNH 
59 — Megehelina  Shore- 
Bos 


65 — Museum  of  Primi- 
tive Art 
69 — Tom  Page 

73 NASA 

76-79 — Pictorial  Parade 
80 — Ted  D'Arms 
83-91 — ^Andreas 
Feininger  except  89 — 
National  Audubon  Soc. 
93 — Helmut  Wimmer 
94-95 — Leonard  Lee 
Rue  III 

95— Victor  Klodin 
97 — Jack  Hope 
98-99 — Leonard  Lee 
Rue  III 

104-105 — Tom  Page 
110-113 — Courtesy  of 
Harper  &  Row 


LAP 


FOLDS  TO  2"t>- 
_    .  _^        EASY  STORAGE 

larvelous  new  idea 
—for  writing,  snacks,  homework,  reading,  drafting, 
cards,  games,  handiwork  &  a  hundred  more  uses. 
"Foot"  holds  desk  up  when  you  rise— seated,  it 
rests  securely  on  chair  aitns.  Two  thumbscrews 
adjust  ht.  from  20"  to  28".  Hard  birch  writing 
top,  pine  sliding  leg.  Hand  finished  in  honey 
tone  pine  or  maple,  antique  pine  or  walnut.  Top 
32"W  24"D.  $16.95  Ppd.  Add  $1.25  W.  of  Miss. 
BEAUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG— 1000  PIECES 
Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 
inoude  ZIP  NO.  YIELD    HOUSE 

Not  Sold  In  stores  Dept.  Kl-O 


CATCH  THEM 

ALIVE 
AND  UNHURT! 


Amazinp  HAVA- 
HART  trap  captures 
raiding  rats,  rabbits. 

squirrels,  skunks,  pigeons,  sparrows,  etc.  Takes 
cats,  mink,  coon  without  injury.  Straying  pets, 
poultry  released  unhurt.  Easy  to  use— open  ends 
give  animal  confidence.  No  jaws  or  springs  to 
break.  Galvanized;  many  in  use  20  years.  Sizes 
for  all  needs.  Free  illustrated  practical  guide 
with  trapping  secrets. 


Easy  to  use  1 

HAVAHART,  158-J  Water  St.,  Ossining,  N.Y.  10562 

Please  send  new  guide  and  price  list. 

Name 


Address- 


_Zip_ 


ANKH  PENDANT 

BEAUTIFULLY  CONTEMPORARY 
s  this  hand  crafted  representa- 
tion   of    the    Ancient    Egyptian 
"Key  of  life"  in  solid  sterling 
lilver.  The  Ankh  -  from   the 
hieroglyph    meoning    "life" 
—is  the  oldest  known  amu- 
let   symbol,    and    the   only 
Ipagon    talisman    to    survive 
n  daily  use  after  the  Egyp- 
3ns  converted  to   Christian- 
ity. Comes   in   stunning   new 
designer's   jewelry  cote 
nd    presentation   gift 
3"  long  Ankh  - 

With  18"  chain $25.00 

With  24"  choin  $27.00 

in  14K  Goldw.  IB"  choin.  $75. 

udot  outitonding  roproductiont  of 
,  iowolry  ond  acoi.orlei  from 
l.nt  civiliiollon,  ploi  o  i.leclion 
outh.ntic    onllqulllei. 

Laddtri  boase,Ltd. 


c 


"A  horror  story... 
a  sad  story... 

The  grizzly  may  be 
headed  for  extinction."* 

ofdie 
Clrizzlies 

byJACKOLSEN 


"In  the  early  hours  of  August  13, 
1967,  two  young  women  camping 
in  Glacier  National  Pari;  were 
killed  by  grizzly  bears . . .  Olsen  has 
re-created,  in  vivid  narrative,  the 
events  of  this  night  of  terror  and 
the  factors  that  made  it  inevitable. 
. . .  Raises  some  serious  questions 
about  our  national  parks.  Recom- 
mended."—Liftrary  Journal 

"Absolutely  harrowing  .  .  . 
Olsen's  superb  reconstruction  of 
the  eyewitness  testimony  is 
horrifying... If  we  are  half  seri- 
ous about  conserving  wild  life, 
we  will  create  parks  for  animals 
and  not  people." 

—New  York  Times 

"Fascinating  .  .  .  Exciting,  breath- 
taking accounts  of  bold  and  brazen 
grizzlies  and  the  near  escapes  that 
hikers  and  other  summer  tourists 
were  having.  The  suspense  is  built 
up  to  a  point  where  the  book  can- 
not be  put  down." 

-  Justice  William  O.  Douglas, 
Book  World 
"Part  of  the  horror  is  the  fact 
that  tourists  for  years  had  been 
violating  park  service  rules  in- 
tended to  protect  the  animals  as 
well  as  people." 

—  ■'Kansas  City  Star 


OKder  from  your  bookseller 
or  mail  this  coupon  now. 


G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons  NH 

200  Madison  Ave.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10016 

Please  send  me copy(ies)  of  Night 

OF    THE    Grizzlies    by    Jack    Olsen    at 
$6.95  each. 


Address- 
City 


-Zip- 


Enclose  check  or  money  order  with  this 
coupon  and  return  to  us  today.  (New 
York  City  residents:  please  add  5% 
safes  tax.) 


Suggested 
Additional  Reading 

HOW  MEN  AND  WOMEN 
CAME  TO  LIVE  TOGETHER 

Introduction  to  African  Litera- 
ture. U.  Beier,  ed.  Northwestern 
University  Press,  Evanston,  1967. 

African  Heritage.  J.  Drachler,  ed. 
Crowell-Collier  Press.  New  York. 
1963. 

The  Literature  and  Thought  of 
Modern  Africa.  C.  Wauthier.  Fred- 
erick A.  Praeger,  Inc.,  New  York, 
1967. 

FORMS  IN  THE  SKY 

Accent  on  Form.  L.  L.  Whyte.  Har- 
per, New  York,  1954. 

Exploration  of  the  Universe.  G. 
AbeU.  Holt,  Rinehart  &  Winston, 
Inc..  New  York,  1964. 

The  History  of  Nature.  C.  F.  Von 
Weizsacker.  University  of  Chicago 
Press,  Chicago,  1949. 

SEAL  HAREMS 
IN  THE  PRIBILOFS 

The  Behavior  and  Physiology  of 
Pinnipeds.  R.  J.  Harrison,  R.  C. 
Hubbard,  R.  S.  Peterson,  C.  E.  Rice, 
R.  J.  Schusterman.  Appleton-Cen- 
tury-Crofts,  New  York,  1968. 

Reproductive  Behavior  of  the 
Alaska  Fur  Seal.  Callorhinus 
Ursinus.  G.  a.  Bartholomew  and 
P.  G.  Hoel.  Journal  of  Mammalogy, 
34(4)  :  417-437. 

Pelage  and  Surface  Topography  of 
THE  Northern  Fur  Seal.  U.S.  Fish 
and  Wildhfe  Service,  Washington. 
1962. 

A  BIRD  IN  THE  HAND 

The  Flamingos:  Their  Life  History 
and  Survival.  R.  P.-  Allen.  National 
Audubon  Society,  New  York,  1956. 

Life  Histories  of  North  American 
Marsh  Birds.  A.  C.  Bent.  Dover  Pub- 
lications. Inc..  New  York,  1927. 


EVERGREEN  REVIEW 

Living  Trees  of  the  World.  T.  H. 

Everett.  Doubleday  &  Co.,  Inc..  New 

York.  1968. 
Trees  of  North  America.  C.  F.  Brock 

man.  Golden  Press.  New  York.  1968 
Trees:   The  Yearbook  of  Agricul 

TURE.   1949.   A.   Stefferud,   ed.   U.S 

Government  Printing  Office,  Wash 

ington.  1949. 

WEANING 
GRIZZLY  BEARS 

The  Grizzly  Bear.  Sports  Illustrated, 
May  12.  May  19.  May  26.  1969. 

Grizzlies:  The  Magnificent  Menace. 
J.  Gorge.  Reader's  Digest,  July,  1969. 

The  Grizzly  Bear.  B.  D.  Haynes.  ed. 
University  of  Oklahoma  Press,  Nor- 
man, 1966. 


LADDERBACK 
CHAIR  KIT 

Authentic  reproduction  kit  of 
an  especially  lovely,  comfort- 
able old  ladderback— a  prod- 
uct   of    finest    craftsmanship 
and  materials.  Compares  to 
finished   chairs   seUing   from 
$42    to    $65.    It's    wide, 
deep,  beautifully  propor- 
tioned,  generously  sized, 
carefully  made.  "Do  it  your- 
self" and  save  money.  It's  all 
sanded,    easy    to    assemble. 
Complete    with    glue,    finest 
rush  seating  and  step-by-step 
directions.    44"H 
Seat       nV^-H 
15"D       I8"W. 
Only    $18.95    ea. 
4  or  more  $17.95 
ea.  Postpaid— add 
$1.25   each  West 
of  .Mississippi. 
BEAUTIFUL    NEW 
FREE    CATALOG- 
1000  ITEMS 

Finished  &  Kit 
Furniture  In 

Friendly  Pine 

"Do-it-yourself" 

i^ciucTe^'zip^No^     YIELD  HOVSEl 

Guarantee         No.  Conway,  N.H.  03860  | 


NewTiffenHCEVari-Close-Up 
\Lens  for  Reflex  Cameras 

Sharp  focus  to  one  inch 
without  distortion  using 
normal  and  telephoto 
lenses.  Shooting  bees? 
Flowers?  Coins?  Copy- 
ing? Close  in  to  one 
inch  without  bellows, 
tubes,  tripods-  No 
change  in  exposure  set- 
ting! New  HCE  Vari-Close-Up  lens  pro- 
vides continuously  adjustable  close 
performance  Mounts  like  a  filter  on  any 
SLR.  At  your  dealer:  $24  95.  including 
case;  orwnte  to  TIFFEN  optical  co. 
73  Jane  St.,  Roslyn  Heights,  N.Y.  1 1577 


Susan  Book 
Coffee  Tables 

FINISHED  OR  IN   KIT 
The  Loveliest,  Most  Completely  Useful  Table  Madi 

Handsome  swivel  coffee  table  holds  books,  record  albumij 
magazines— all    neatly    arranged,    titles    clearly    visible! 
easily  accessible  from  any  seat.  Skilirully  crafted  ot  rlcl  1 
grained  pine  with  hidden  rugged  ball  bearing  swivel.  Il  1 
honej  tone  pine  or  maple,   antique  pine  or  walnut  finish  I 
?°'i' ,^'i¥,.^   ">;*  '"^   12%"H).   36"dla.    (holds   101 
Syii^J^"^-^''   24"dla.    (holds  40   books)    $29.95.   COM 
PLETE    EASY    KIT.    Ready    tor    quick    assembly    an, 
finish.     Simple     instructions.     36"dia.     $26.95;     24"dla 
$18.95.  Exp.  Chg.  Col. 
BEAUTIFUL   NEW   FREE  CATALOG-1000  PIECES 
"  hed  and  Kit  FumllurB  in  Friendly  Pine 

YIELD  HOVSE 

Deot.  NI-0 
North  Conway,  N.H.  03860 


Include  Zip  Nl. 
Not  Sold  In  Stores 
Money  Back  Guarantee 


Handcrafts  by  skilled  and  gifted  craftsmen. 


Crafts  in  India  are  usually  produced  by  groups  of  villagers 
and  frequently  are  the  product  of  one  family.  Wood 
carving,    hand    looming    of   silk,   the    working 
of  enamel  in  brass,  and  stone-studded 
objects  are  a  few  of  the  ancient 
crafts  of  India  interpreted 
by  today's  craftsmen. 


(Members  of  the  Museum  are  entitled  to  a  10%  discount. 
;Please  add  taxes  where  applicable  and  send  your 
order  and  check  to... 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Central  Park  West  at  79th  St  .  New  York.  NY.  10024 


KEEP  PACE  WITH  SPACE  AGE!  SEE  MOON  SHOTS-LANDINGS,  SPACE  FLIGHTS,  CLOSE-UPI 


u:i»i 


for  FUN,  STUDY  or  PROFIT 


Psychedelic  Lighting  Handbook 


[uipment.  techniques,  de- 
lopments.  Covers  all  facets 
psychedelic  light-show 
oduction  including  strobes, 
ack  lights,  projectors,  crys- 


the  first  time — have  the 
&.  enjoyment  of  a  gyro 
bout  bother  of  constant 
ng  winding  &,  pulling.  5" 

flying-saucer    shaped. 


upside 


ance.     Eve 
eds   up   to  E 


switch  to   off   IS  an   experit 

for  almost  3  min.  without 

rocket   car.    pedestal,    9"    diam.    orbit   ring,    ring    pedestal, 

cap.  chain,  loop,   instr.  Operates  on  2  "C"  batt.  (not  incl.). 

Stock    No.    7I.I6I8E    $6.00   Ppd. 

Build  Your  Own  Atomic  Energy  Lab 


ray  shoi 


thari! 
day  matei 


of  the  fascinating 
ejects  possible  with  this 
naming  43  part  kit.  Con- 
rything    needed    to 


struct     yo 


atomic  energy  laboratory.  Absolutely  safe.  Includes  atomic 
cloud  chamber,  projector,  illuminator,  electroscope,  spin- 
thariscope, 22  p.  instruction  booklet  with  suggested  experi- 
ments.   Ideal   to  stimulate  student's  scientific   interest. 

Stock   No.   70,899E  S9.95  Ppd. 

Versatile  White  Modeling  Plastic 

Perfect    for    figures,    forms, 
shapes,    product    &    tool    de- 
^^  signs,   negative  molds,   model 

.,,^  making,    etc.     Easily    shaped 

by  hand,  tools.  Can  be  rolled 
flat,  built  up  into  figures. 
Permanently  pliable  until 
baked  at  300°  F.  for  15-30 
minutes  in  oven — no  kil 


C 


olds 


eded. 


Won't 


Stock  No.  60.794E  2  lb.  . 

Stock  No.  7I,205E  8  1b.  . 

Wooden  Solid  Puizles 


n-brittlB    hardnes! 
:,   sawed,   drilled. 


Here's  a  fascinating  as 
ment  of  12  different  pu: 
tn   provide  hours  of   ph 


P^ 

^.      %*      ^ 

Stoc 
New 

No    70  205E 
low-CosI  Gem 

ility  to 
limals 
Take 


Lots    of    fun    for    the 

hole  family.  Will  test  skill. 

and  ability  to  solve 


$5.00  Ppd. 

Tumbler 

Become  a  rockhound!  Fasci- 
nating hobby  .  .  .  loads  of 
iasy.   Make 


lily 


nply     tumble-finish 
ivailable 


duty   motor     Full    instructio 

Stock  No    70  874  E 

6-lb.   ROCK   ASSORTMENT   (10  TYPES) 


to  higi 
lustre  .  .  .  brings  out  beau, 
tiful  colors.  Rugged  3-lb.  ca 
pacify  tumbler  w/continuou! 


..$10.75  Ppd. 


MAIL  COUPON  FOR  GIANT  FREE  CATALOG 


148   PAGES!    MORE   THAN 
4,000    UNUSUAL    BARGAINS! 

Completely     new     1970    catalog. 


icked 


ith 


riy  4.000 


ies.  Many  new  items.  lOG's  of 
illustrations.  Many  hard-to- 
get  war  surplus  bargains.  Enormous 
selection  of  telescopes,  microscopes, 
binoculars,  magnets,  etc.  for  hobby- 
ists, experimenters,  workshops.  Shop 
by  mail.  Write  for  Catalog  "E"  to 
Edmund  Scientific  Company.  300  Eds- 
corp  Building,   Barrington,   New  Jersey  08007. 


Street     

City  State  . 


who  analyzed  actual  lunar  samples, 
tional  item,  great  for  study,  experin 
ucation.  Unusual  soft,  dark,  powdery 
Stock  No.  41,261  E      (I  oz. 

Stock  No.  4I,262E    (4  oz. 


Nev, 


ntemporary  ed- 
Esive  substance. 

S2.00  Ppd. 

$7.00  Ppd. 

Liquid-Fuel  Rocket  Kit 


to 


to   earth   on  automatic   para-  \ 

chute.   Fantastically  realistic  j 

lift    off,    flight,    vapor    trail. 

16"  aluminum   rocket  can   be 

fired  manually  or  electrically  J  f 

(req.    6v    Batt.     not    incl.).  #^ 

Loads   of  fun   building,   dec-  if^ 

orating,    launching   again    &  *. 

again,    includ.:    16   Pg.   instruct.,   engine,   timer,   separator, 

parachute,    parachute  tube,    nose  cone,   fins,    loading   valve, 

hose,    electric   firing   assembly,    launch  stand,    propellant. 

Stock  No.  7I,182E      _ $15.95  Ppd. 

oz.  cans) 

$  4.00  Ppd. 

er  Balloons 

Balls  of  fun"  fo 
traffic  stoppers  for 
terrific  for  amateur 
rologists.  Create  a  ni 
hood  sensation.  Grea 
yard  fun.  Exciting 
attraction.    Amateur 


kids. 


hose; 


ologi: 
:loud     he 


duty    neopi 
heliur 


to 


ghts. 

Made    of    heavy 
ne.     Inflate    with 
for  high  rise. 
S2.00  Ppd. 


%tfi:%^ 


Stock  No.  60,568E  .  . 
GIANT  16'  DIAMETER 
Stock  No.  60,632E    _ $7.00  Ppd, 

Crystal  Growing  Kil 

Do  a  crystallography  project  .    ^     . 

— illustrate  with  large  beau- 
tiful crystals  you  grow  your- 
self. Study  &  demonstrate 
factors  affecting  growth,  re- 
fraction, piezoelectric  effect, 
symmetry,  etc.  Incl,  book 
"Crystals  &  Crystal  Grow- 
ing" plus  generous  supply 
of  chemicals  to  grow  7  large 
display  crystals  (clear  pur- 
green  and  red) 


Stock  No    70  336E 
Ternble  Li: 


$11.00  Ppd, 

\rds— Monstrous  Mammals 

^  Explore  the  fascinating  pre- 
■"  historic  world  of  dinosaurs 
'  200  000.000  years  ago.  New 
■    '     contains     24     authentic 


Stock  No  70  571  E 

Stock  No  70  570E 

Stock  No  70  572E 

Stock  No  85  I52E 


^h 


v 


iTlsd  cell.    Equatorial   mount 
\  ilh     locks     on     both     axes. 
Equipped  with  60X  eyepiece 
f^s:     and    mounted     Barlow    lens. 
^-S     3X    finder    telescope,     hard- 
wood tripod.   FREE:  "STAR 
CHART  272   page        HANDBOOK      OF      HEAVENS"; 

HOW  TO    USE   YOUR  TELESCOPE"   book. 

Stock   No    85  050E  $29.95  Pod. 

"■     ■     "       85  lOoE  4'4  S94.50  FOB 


85  ( 


"portrait-' 


Really  wci- 


man's   footpri 

portrait"    of    Armstrong's    reflectio 

implanting  the  flag,   and  much,   m 

while  .  .  .  even  if  you  don't  have  a  projector. 

Stock    No.    P-4I,260E   $6.00  II. 

Encapsulated  Liquid  Crys'§ 

Ama2ing   new   development — 

appear  like  liquids  but  have 
orderly  molecular  structures 
similar  to  solids.  Solutions 
contained  in  tiny  (20-30  mi- 
crons) capsules  coated  onto 
sides  of  six  6"  X  12"  Mylar 
sheets  with  6  diff.  temp, 
ranges.  Surface  changes  color 
according  to  temp. -cover  66° 
to  I20°F  (I9°-49°C).  Use 
for  precise  measurements,  find  hot  spots,  structural  defti, 
study  radiation,  test  conductivity,  etc.  Use  indefiniy 
WITHOUT  mess,  contamination.   Easily  handled. 

Stock  No,  7I,I43E    ..._ $10.00  F. 

EXPERIMENTERS  KIT— i"x6"  sheets 

Stock  No.  60.756E    $  4.00  F 

Decorative  "3-D"  Star  Ch 
auickly.    easily    locate   stars 
in   your   sky — anytime,    any- 
where.   Handsome    10"    high 
Sky    ;     ■     -      •      -     • 
fixed 


in  your  vicinity.    Included   FREE:  Star  and  Satellite  Pi 
Finder,    Pocket  Atlas,    Instructions. 

Stock  No.  70,984E  $13.95  P 

Intriguing  Low-Cost  Mo 
Exciting  outer  space  display 


tions — peaks,  craters.  Ocean 
of  Storms,  etc— all  in  relief. 
Scaled  to  size.  Accurate  dis- 
tance   relationships.     Proper 


ghting  shows  moon  phases: 
bjack  light"  produces  star- 
effects.    Tough, 


able  plastic.  Three  col 
Far  side  blank — can  be  i 
item.   12"  dia..  wt.   3,4   lb 

Stock   No.  70.5I5E   SI2.50P 

Dramatic  2'  x  3'  Astro  M 


llent  g 
I 


Exact    black 

productions    i 

n    amazing    de- 

tail.     Choice 

sky  phenomen 

by    Collotype 

process.    Great 

Space-Age  de 

orations,  back- 

ZMf^E 


grounds,    for    hon- 
office,    institution 
holes    in    stars, 
through    for   fascinating    ef- 
fects.    Perfect    astronomical 

atmosphere  for  parties,   dances.   Even  cut  up  into  pii 
Space-Age  jigsaw  puzzle.   Endorsed  by  leading  profession 
astronomers.  Set  of  10 — S75.00  postpaid.  Avail,  individuall 
No.  70.243E  MOON.  Last  Quarter  $7  50  Pd 

No.  70,252E  MOON,   14  Days     $7.50  Pn 

Working  Model  Digital  Compute 


Stock  No.  70.683E 
ANALOG  COMPUTER   KIT 

Stock  No.  70.341  E     

Cor  of  the 
One  of  most  impressive  sci- 
ence   toys    we've    seen.     Low 
frictio 


of 


4S^ 


any 


surface,  including  water. 
Graphically  demonstrates 
same    principles    that    apply 


ORDER  BY  STOCK  NUMBER  •  SEND  CHECK  OR  MONEY  ORDER  •  MONEY-BACK  GUARANTEE 


EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO. 


300  EDSCORP  BUILDIIUG 

BARRINGTON.  NEW  JERSEY  08007 


I 


FABULOUS  MEXICO 


WHERE  EVERYTHING 
COSTS  LESS 


The  land  of  retirement  and  vacation  barga 


-that's  Mexico 


Where  you  can  build  a  modern  home  for  $6500 
and  an  American  retirement  income  looks  like 
a  fortune.  It's  the  land  where  your  vacation 
money  can  buy  double  or  more  what  it  might 
back  home — provided  you  know  where  to  go  for 
Mexico's  best  values. 

Norman  Ford's  big  book  Fabulous  Mexico — 
Where  Everything  Costs  Less  tells  you  exactly 
where  to  get  all  of  this  country's  best  vacation 
and  retirement  values,  where  you  can  Uve  Uke 
a  prince  on  what  you  might  just  get  along  on 
in  the  U.S.A. 

Norman  Ford  knows  Mexico  from  north  to 
south,  from  east  to  west,  and  he  takes  you  to 
vacation  and  retirement  areas  that  look  more 
like  the  South  Seas  than  Tahiti  itself;  to  whole 
sections  of  just  perfect  weather  where  it's  Uke 
June  all  year  round;  plus  resort  after  resort, 
towns,  cities,  spas,  and  what  not  else  where 
you'll  have  a  vacation  to  remember  at  a  cost 
so  low  it  could  seem  unbeUevable. 

If  you  want  a  delightful  retirement  area  with 


vSSENGER-CARRYING 

!        FREIGHTERS 

are  the  secret  of  low  cost  travel 

Ifes.  for  no  more  than  you'd  spend  at  a  resort 
'1  can  take  a  never-to-be-forgotten  cruise  to  Rio 
1  Buenos  Aires-  Or  through  the  Canal  to  either 
w  York  or  California.  Or  to  the  West  Indies  or 
i  ng  the  St.  Lawrence  River  to  French  Canada. 
\  fact,  trips  to  almost  everywhere  are  within  your 
i  ans. 

I^nd  what  accommodatons  you  get:  large  rooms 
-h  beds  {not  bunks),  probably  a   private  bath,   lots 

■  good  food  and  plenty  of  relaxation  as  you  speed 
m  port  to  port. 

jDepending  upon  how  fast  you  want  to  go,  a 
find-the-world  trip  can  show  you  every  continent 

■  earth.  And  there  are  shorter  trips.  Fast,  un- 
jiwded  voyages  to  England,  France,  South  Amer- 
, ;  two-  or  three-week  vacations  up  and  down  the 

cific  Coast  or  elsewhere.  Name  the  port  and  the 
inces  are  you  can  find  it  listed  in  "Travel  Routes 
ound  the  World."  This  is  the  book  that  names 
;  lines,  tells  where  to  go,  how  much  they  charge, 
efly  describes  the  accommodations.  Hundreds  of 
lusands  of  travelers  all  over  the  world  swear  by 
Travel  editors  and  travel  writers  say  "To  learn 
w  to  travel  for  as  little  as  you'd  spend  at  a 
ort  get  'Travel  Routes  Around  the  World.*  " 
It's  yours  for  just  S1.50,  and  the  big  new  edition 
'  ludes  practically  every   passenger-carrying  service 

■  irting  from  or  going  to  Nev/  York,  Canada,  New 
Means,  the  Pacific  Coast,  Mexico,  South  America, 
*g!and,  France,  Africa,  the  Indies,  Australia,  the 
tuth  Seas,  Japan,  Hawaii,  etc.  There's  o  whole  sec- 
^^  called  How  to  See  the  World  at  Low  Cost. 

1^.  big  $1.50  worth  especially  as  it  can  open  the 
I  y  to  more  travel  than  you  ever  thought  possible, 
"r  your  copy,  simply  fill  out  coupon. 


AMERICA    BY    CAR 


Ajiteriea  fey 


plenty  of  Americans  around  to  talk  to,  he  leads 
you  to  all  the  principal  retirement  towns,  as 
well  as  dozens  of  httle  known,  perhaps  even 
more  delightful  areas,  where  costs  are  way  far 
down,  there's  plenty  to  do  and  meeting  people 
is  easy.  Always,  he  shows  you  modern,  flower- 
bedecked  hotels  and  inns  that  charge  hardly 
half  of  what  you  might  expect  to  spend  in  even 
such  a  land  of  vacation  and  retirement  bargains 
as  Mexico. 

There's  a  great  deal  more  besides:  everythmg 
from  exploring  ancient  pyramids  as  old  as 
Egypt's  to  finding  fabulous  hunting  and  fishing. 
If  you  might  want  to  share  in  the  high  interest 
rates  Mexican  banks  pay  or  to  buy  equally  high- 
earning  real  estate  or  start  a  business  of  your 
own,  this  detailed  guide  to  a  fabulous  land  tells 
vou  what  you  must  do  to  start  your  money  earn- 
ing so  much  more  than  in  the  U.S. 

Fabulous  Mexico — Where  Everything  Costs 
Less  opens  up  Mexico  to  you.  It's  a  big  book, 
yet  it  costs  only  $1.50.  So  send  for  yours  today. 


OFF-THE-BEATEN  PATH 


These  Are  America's  Own  Bargain  Paradises 


j.'This  big  book  is  your 
I'iurance  of  seeing  all 
^■2  four-star  sights  in 
shatever    comer    of   the 

IS.     or     Canada     you 
ive    to    (and    it    even 
vers  Mexico  as  well), 
ly    by    day,     America 
Car  tells  you   where 
go    from    Alaska    to 
'lexico.  Whether  you're 
'iiting  New  England  or 
ilifomia,     Florida     or 
e   National   Parks,   the 
]■  xat  Lakes,  the  Missis- 
'  >pi.  the  East,  the  South 
;,      the    Southwest,    the 
,1  dian  country,  etc.,  it  tells  >oii  r    ul  b\    r    id  the 
enic  way  to  go  and  it  alwa\s  dirLLis  \oti  lo  the 
iportant  sights  along  the  way  and  in  the  cities 
In  Niagara  or  Los  Angeles.  Washington  or  New 
leans,  the  Black  Hills  or  Montreal,  America  by 
IT  takes  the  guesswork  out  of  travel.  Of  course  it 
.mes   hundreds   upon  hundreds  of   recommended 
■  aces  to  eat  and  stay. 

America  is  so  big,  you  can  easily  overlook  or 
I  rget  important  sights  or  make  many  a  wrong  turn. 
I  I  get  America  by  Car,  the  book  that  makes  sure 
>u'll  see  everything  of  consequence  and  always 
avel  right. 

America  by  Car  is  fully  170,000  words  in  length 
w  which  most  publishers  would  charge  $5-$8). 
ut  it  costs  only  $3.50  while  it  helps  you  see  any 
art  of  America  as  you've  probably  never  before 
iplored  this  part  of  the  world. 


In  Off-the-Beaten  Path,  the  big  book  by  N( 
Ford  you  can  read  of  island  paradises  aplenty  in 
the  United  States  and  Canada,  of  art  colonies  (art- 
ists search  for  picturesque  locations  where  costs  are 
low!),  of  areas  with  almost  a  perfect  climate  or 
with  flowers  on  every  side. 

Here  are  the  real  U.S.A.-brand  Shangri-Las 
made  for  the  man  or  woman  who's  had  enough  of 
crowds  Here,  loo,  are  unspoiled  seashore  villages, 
tropics  hke  islands,  and  dozens  of  other  spots  just 
about  perfect  for  your  retirement  or  vacation  at 
some  of  the  lowest  prices  you've  heard  of  since  the 
gone-forever  prewar  davs.  And  for  good  measure 
you  also  read  about  the  low-cost  paradises  in 
Hawaii,  the  Virgin  Islands,  and  Puerto  Rico. 

You  can  be  sure  that  Off-the-Beaten  Path  names 
the  low-cost  Florida  retirement  and  vacationing 
towns,  the  best  values  in  Texas,  the  Southwest. 
Cahfornia.  the  South  and  East.  Canada — and  a 
dozen  other  areas  which  the  crowds  have  not  yet 
discovered: 

vhen 


•  That  island  that  looks  like  Hawaii  yet  is  2,000  miles 
nearer  (no  expensive  sea  or  air  trip  to  get  there). 

•  France's  only  remaining  outpost  in  this  part  of  the 
v^orld— completely   surrounded   by  Canadian   territory 

.  or  a  village  more  Scottish  than  Scotland  or  age- 
old  Spansh  hamlets  right  in  our  own  U.S.  where  no 
one  ever  heord  of  nervous  tension  or  the  worries  of 
modern  day  life. 

•  Resort  villages  where  visitors  come  by  the  score,  so 
you  always  meet  new  people  .  .  .  (but  they  never 
rome  by  the  thousands  to  raise  prices  or  crowd  you 
cut). 

Og-the-Beaten  Path  is  a  big  book  filled  with  facts 
that  open  the  way  to  a  different  kind  of  retirement 
or  vacation  made  all  the  more  attracUve  by  the 
rock-bottom  prices.  About  100.000  words  and 
plenty  of  pictures.  Yet  it  costs  only  $2. 


How  to  Travel— 
and  get  paid  for  it 


a  ship,  with  an  airUne,  in  foreign  firms,  etc.  The 
full  story  of  what  job  you  can  fill  it  in  How  to 
Travel — and  Get  Paid  for  It.  Whether  you're  niale 
or  female,  young  or  old.  whether  you  want  a  life- 
time of  paid  traveling  or  just  hanker  to  roam  the 
world  for  a  short  year  or  two.  here  are  the  facts 
you  want,  complete  with  names  and  addresses  and 
full  details  about  the  preparations  to  make,  the 
customs  to  observe,  the  countries  to  head  for.  You 
learn  about  jobs  in  travel  agencies,  in  importing 
and  exporting  concerns.  Here  is  the  story  of  jobs  in 
the  Red  Cross  and  UN  organizations,  how  doctors 
get  jobs  on  ships,  the  wonderful  travel  opportimi- 
ties  if  you  will  teach  EngUsh  overseas  and  the 
fabulous  opportunities  for  those  who  know  stenog- 
raphy. To  travel  and  get  paid  for  it,  get  this  book. 
$1.50. 


THE   ISLAND   PARADISES 
YOU   CAN    DRIVE   TO 


RIGHT  here  in  the  U.S.  there's  many  a  trans- 
planted Tahiti  to  which  you  can  drive:  many  a 
coral  island  bordered  by  a  powdery  beach  and 
shaded  by  coconut  palms;  many  another  lush  island 
gem  for  a  completely  different  vacation  or  tempting 
low  cost  retirement. 

And  nearby  are  others  you  can  drive  to  most  of 
the  way:  to  incredible  Cozumel  off  Mexico,  that 
country  where  your  dollar  buys  so  much  more;  to 
island  retreats  just  meant  for  loafing,  fishing,  boat- 
ing; and  to  many  another  island  as  rich  in  color 
and  beauty  as  Capri  or  Majorca  and  ideal  for  a 
different  vacation  this  year. 

Altogether  Utopia  Is  an  Island  takes  you  around 
the  world  to  169  island  paradises,  to  the  popular 
ones  and  to  unknown  ones  of  equal  or  greater 
charm  and  much  less  expensive. 

Let  your  introduction  to  these  island  paradises — 
to  a  real  modern-day  Utopia — be  some  of  the  30 
and  more  you  can  drive  to.  Utopia  Is  an  Island,  a 
book  of  over  100,000  words,  costs  $2. 


HOW   TO   TRAVEL 
WITHOUT   BEING   RICH 


way  to  Argentina  through  colorful  Mexico,  the 
Andes,  Peru,  etc.,  by  bus  and  rail?  Or  that  there  are 
half  a  dozen  round  the  world  routings  for  aroimd 
$1000? 

If  you  know  the  seldom-advertised  ways  of  reach- 
ing foreign  countries,  you  don't  need  fantastic  stoms 
of  money  in  order  to  travel.  This  book  shows  you 
the  lower  cost,  comfortable  ways  to  practically  any 
part  of  the  world.  Here  are  the  ship,  rail,  bus,  air- 
plane, and  other  routings  that  save  you  money  and 
open  the  world  to  you. 

This  is  the  guide  that  helps  you  explore  the  West 
Indies  like  an  old  time  resident  who  knows  all  the 
tricks  of  how  to  make  one  dollar  do  the  work  of 
two.  Roam  around  Mexico,  South  America,  Eurotw. 
elsewhere?  This  is  the  guide  that  tells  you  where 
and  how  to  go  at  prices  you  can  really  afford.  $1.95. 


I-----------------------""""""""^ 

I    Mail  to:  HARIAN  PUBLICATIONS,  19  Ocean  Drive 
{  GREENLAWN  (Long  Island),  N.Y.  11740 

I    I  have  enclosed  $ (cash,  check,  or  money  order).  Please  send  me  the  books 

[  checked  below.  YOU  WILL  REFUND  MY  MONEY  IF  I  AM  NOT  SATISFIED. 


□  Special  offer  #1:  All  4  books  below- 
$8.50  value-for  only  $5 


D  Special  offer  #2:  All  4  books  listed  to 
left  Plus  the  3  books  below— 
$13.95  value-for  $8.95. 


I  □ 

I  D 

!□ 


Fabulous    Mexico-Whcrc     Everything    Costs 

Less.  $1.50. 

America  by  Car.  $3.50. 

Travel  Routes  Around  the  World.  $1.50. 

Off-lhe-Bealen  Path-thesc  are  America's  own 

bargain  paradises.  $2. 


Q  How  lo  Travel-and  Get  Paid  for  It.  $1.50. 
□  Utopia  Is  an  Island-for  the  island  paradises 

you  can  drive  to.  $2. 
D  How  lo  Travel  Without  Being  Rich.  $1.95. 


Daumier  by  Nikon 


Many  a  contemporary  master  would  rather  use  Nikon 


Photographers  today  enjoy  the  same  creative  freedom  that  has  always  been 
the  painters  prerogative.  Sometimes  they  come  amazingly  close  to  a  famo 
painter's  style  — without  conscious  effort.  More  often  they  develop  styles 
of  their  own.  But  with  strikingly  few  exceptions  contemporary  masters 
use  the  Nikon  F  camera.  It  is  no  coincidence.  For  some  of  the  reasons, 
see  your  Nikon  dealer,  or  write:  Nikon  Inc.,  Garden  City,  New  York,  11530. 

HBB  Subsid/of  Ehrenreich  Photo-Optical  Industries,  l'nc.( In  Canada:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  PQ.) 
For  full-color  16x20" reproduction  of  "Daumier  by  Nikon," send $T. 


ATURAL  HISTORY 


FEBRUARY  1970  •  $1.00 


McGraw-Hill  invites  you  to  take  a  grand  tour  of  the 


Art  ^easuiBs 
in^rance 


' 


$li 


(Below)  Van  Gogh's  portrait  of 
Dr.  Cachet  one  of  the  first  to 
recognize  Van  Gogh's  talent 
Shown  in  full  cn'nr 


This  superbly  inlaid  17th 
century  clock  is  one  of  the 
many  beautiful  art  objects 
shown  in  full  color. 


Corregio's  Jupiter  and  Antiope, 
Renaissance  masterpiece  purchased 
by  Louis  XIV  in  the  1660s,  now  at 
the  Louvre.  Full  page  color  plate. 


SOME  OF  THE  FORTHCOMING  VOLUMES 


Geijnam 


•egular 
series  price 

in  this  exciting  library  volume  containing  250  superb      \^     ■   $5.95 
illustrations  —  nearly  100  in  vivid  full  color  —  for  only  I 

iH;  as  your  introduction  to  ART  TREASURES  OF  THE  WORLD 


ENJOY  this  dazzling  new  art  volume  in  your  hom( 
for  10  days  free.  If  you  can't  bear  to  part  with  it  I 
keep  it  for  only  $1. 

For  more  than  800  years,  France  has  given  the 
world  some  of  its  greatest  and  most  beloved  artists  - 
and  in  addition  her  kings  and  citizens  have  gatherec 
together  truly  amazing  collections  from  many  lands 
No  other  nation  possesses  within  its  borders  more 
magnificent  masterpieces. 

Now,  in  Art  Treasures  in  France,  you  can  view  thel 
famous  paintings,  sculpture,  architecture  and  object^ 
of  art  that  draw  tourists  from  all  over  the  world.  | 
In  250  superb  illustrations  (nearly  100  in  brilUaiu 
color!)  you  will  tour  all  the  centuries  of  French  art 
history... see  the  ancient  Roman  theatres  and  templesj 
still  preserved  in  Aries  and  Viennes...the  splendor  of 
the  Gothic  cathedrals  of  the  13th  and  14th  centuries 
...the  Renaissance  palaces  and  chateaux... the  glo- 
rious age  of  the  court  of  Louis  XIV. 

You  will  see  exquisite  French  paintings  by  Watteau,; 
Fragonard,  David,  and  many  others... right  up  to  the^ 
moderns  like  Van  Gogh,  Renoir,  Cezanne,  Gauguin! 
And  the  most  celebrated  works  of  other  painters  now 
in  French  museums . . .  Michelangelo,  da  Vinci,  Titian, 
Rubens,  Picasso,  and  more. 

Whatever  is  beautiful  to  behold  — furniture,  exquis- 
ite jewelry,  ceramics  and  tapestries  —  all  are  included 
in  this  amazingly  comprehensive  art  survey  of  France. 
More  than  50,000  words  of  authoritative  text,  by  a 
team  of  specialists,  with  about  30,000  additional 
words  of  picture  captions  —  including  a  fascinating 
guide  to  the  museums  and  architectural  wonders  — 
make  this  volume  an  art  tour  supreme. 

Why  do  we  make  this  $1  offer? 
Art  Treasures  in  France  is  offered  for  only  $1  to  introduce 
you  to  McGraw-Hill's  new  and  exciting  publishing  project 
ART  TREASURES  OF  THE  WORLD.  For  the  first  time,  the  art 
masterpieces  created  or  collected  in  each  major  country 
are  made  available  in  this  series  — at  an  extraordinarily  low 
price  to  subscribers.  Each  sumptuously  illustrated  volume, 
like  the  first,  contains  250  illustrations  — including  more 
than  100  in  full  color.  The  dimensions  are  king-size,  8  by 
1 1  inches;  the  printing,  paper,  and  binding  of  a  quality  to 
delight  a  connoisseur.  The  authors  are  outstanding  author- 
ities, headed  by  general  editors  Bernard  S.  Myers  and 
Trewin  Copplestone. 
You  are  invited  to  become  a  Charter  Subscriber  to  the  series,  if  you  wish,  and 
to  receive  any  or  all  of  the  forthcoming  volumes,  each  covering  a  different 
country  — on  approval.  But  decide  that  later.  First,  examine  Art  Treasures  in 
France  for  10  days  free. 

Send  no  money  —  mail  the  attached  card 

Let  us  send  you  your  introductory  volume  Art  Treasures  in  France.  If  you  de- 
cide not  to  keep  it  after  10  days'  examination,  return  it  and  pay  nothing.  Or  if 
you  agree  it  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  volumes  you  have  ever  seen,  send  only 
$1  plus  a  few  cents  shipping,  as  full  payment.  Your  name  will  then  be  entered  as 
a  Charter  Subscriber  to  art  treasures  of  the  world.  A  new  volume  will  be 
offered  to  you  about  every  two  months  (always  on  approval)  at  the  subscriber's 
guaranteed  low  price  of  only  $5.95,  plus  shipping.  You  will  be  under  no  obliga- 
tion to  take  every  volume  or  any  minimum  at  all.  You  may  stop  whenever  you 
wish.  Mail  the  attached  post  card  today— it  requires  no  stamp. 

McGraw-Hill  Book  Company,  330  West  42  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10036 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


OL.  LXXIX,  No.  2 


INCORPORATING  NATURE  MAGAZINE 


FEBRUARY  1970 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


10     BANANAS  IN  VERMONT  Richard  M.  Klein 

A  little  Yankee  ingenuity  applied  to  potential  pollution  problems  could 
solve  many  of  Vermont's  developing  economic  woes. 

20     PRINCE  ALBERT'S  WAY  OF  CATCHING  SQUID  Susan  Schlee 
In  1895,  Prince  Albert  I  of  Monaco  discovered  overkill  as  a  unique  means 
to  scientific  discovery. 

26     THE  SUN  WILL  DARKEN  ON  MARCH  7  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 
AN  ECLIPSE-WATCHER'S  GUIDE  Lawrence  B.  Nadeau 
A  special  two-part  report  on  the  last  total  solar  eclipse  visible  in 
America  until  the  year  2017,  and  how  to  view  it. 

30     FROM  SNOWFLAKE  TO  AVALANCHE  Edward  R.  LaChapelle 

When  layers  of  weakly  bonded  snow  fall  under  great  tensile  stress, 
something  has  to  give— and  does. 

40    CANNIBALISTIC  REVENGE  IN  JALE  WARFARE 

Klaus-Friedrich  Koch 

Ritualized  anthropophagy  spices  up  regional  conflicts  over  women,  pigs, 

or  gardens  among  these  western  New  Guinea  people. 

52     THE  EGG  MACHINE  Pamela  Tyler  Lindstrom 

The  reproductive  cells  of  sea  urchins  have  served  the  cause  of  embryological 
research  for  over  half  a  century. 

56     THE  EVOLUTION  OF  SLEEP  Truett  Allison  and  Henry  Van  Twyver 
Dream  sleep,  as  part  of  the  mammalian  heritage,  fulfills  varied 
biological  needs  for  variously  adapted  species. 

cover:  a  J  ale  boy  emerges  from  the  men's  house  on  the  morning  following 
his  initiation  into  their  society. 

8      THE  AUTHORS 

29     CELESTIAL  EVENTS  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 
66     BOOKS  IN  REVIEW  Herbert  R.  Harvey 

82       SUGGESTED  ADDITIONAL  READING 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Gardner  D.  Stout,  President  Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Director 

Natural  History 

Alfred  Meyer,  Editor  Robert  E.  Williamson,  Managing  Editor 

William  Gilman,  Jack  Hope,  Senior  Editors  Thomas  Page,  Art  Editor 

Avis  Knifjin,  John  P.  Wiley,  Jr.,  Associate  Editors        Florence  G.  Edelstein,  Copy  Editor 

Toni  Gerber,  Asst.  Copy  Editor  Carol  Brcslin,  Reviews  Editor 

Diantha  C.  Thorpe,  Information  Services  William.  Suderman,  Production 

Ernestine  Weindorf,  Karen  ManuHs,  Caroline  Doerflinger,  Staff  Assistants 

Editorial  Advisers:  Gerard  Piel,  Dean  Amudon,  Franklyn  M.  Branley,  Vincent  Manson, 
Margaret  Mead,  Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  James  .4.  Oliver,  Ethel  Tobach 

Harvey  Oshinsky,  Advertising  Director  Harry  F.  Decker,  Walter  E.  Mercer, 

Gordon  Finley,  Sales  Dinah  Lowell,  Traffic,  Eileen  O'Keefe,  Asst. 

Ann  Usher,  Promotion  Director,  Maureen  Fitzgerald,  Asst. 

Joseph  Saulina,  Circulation  Manager 

t'ublicadon  Ofice:  The  American  Museum  o/  Natural  Histar);  Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y. 

won.  Published  monthly,  October  through  May;  bimonthly  June  to  September,  Subscription:  $7.00  a  year. 
In  Canada  and  all  other  countries:  $7.50  a  year.  Single  copies  $1.00.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  New  York,  N.Y., 

and  at  additional  ofices.  Copyright  ©  1970  by  The  American  Museum  o/  Natural  History.  No  part  of  this 

periodical  may  be  reproduced  without  the  written  consent  of  Natural  Historv.  Manuscripts  and   illustrations 

submitted  to  the  editorial  office  will  be  handled  with  care,  but  we  cannot  assume  responsibility  for  their  safety. 

The  opinions  expressed  by  authors  are  their  own  and  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the  policy  of  The  .imerican 

Museum.  Natural  History  is  indexed  in  Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 


The  Ohio  River  Ccnmnission  has  been  fighting  and  winning 

the  battle  against  pollution  for  over  20  years.  Although 

man-made  pollutants  have  been  reduced,  increasing  population 

and  industrial  growth  create  a  never-ending  challenge. 


Turning  the  tide  against  pollution  along 
the  capricious  Ohio  River* 

How  can  you  analyze  water  quality  every  hour  in  an  ever- 
changing  river?  The  Ohio  River  Commission  considered  it 
vital  This  story  is  another  example  of  how  IBM,  its  people 
or  products  often  play  a  part  in  tackling  today  s  problems. 


Darnd  Dunsmore  examines  some  of  the  130  species  of  fish  fi 


"It's  not  how  much  information  you  gather  on  pollu- 
tion that  counts,"  says  David  Dunsmore,  Sanitary 
Engineer  of  the  Ohio  River  Commission  (ORSANCO). 
"It's  how  fast  you  can  evaluate  it. 

"Since  1 965,  our  automatic  mon itoring  system  has 
been  sending  us  enormous  amounts  of  data  from  14 
locations  along  the  river.  But  by  the  time  we  were  able 
to  do  the  paper  work,  the  water  conditions  had 
changed. 

"As  a  result,  we  asked  IBM  to  come  up  with  a 
data  processing  system  that  would  allow  us  to  evaluate 
water  quality  from  these  locations  every  hour.  A  tall 
order.  But  it  would  be  a  sure  way  to  evaluate  changes 
in  the  water  when  they  happen. 


"With  the  computer  installed,  we  began  to  handle 
over  a  million  water-quality  measurements  a  year.  In 
fact,  the  computer  saved  us  so  much  time  we  were  able 
to  double  the  number  of  monitoring  locations. 

"Today,  current  river  conditions  can  be  appraised 
and  trouble  areas  pinpointed  so  that  downstream  cities 
and  industrial  plants  can  be  alerted  to  take  protective 
measures. 

"Right  now,  we'reworkingonacomputerized  fore- 
cast procedure.  This  will  let  us  predict  the  quality  of 
Ohio  River  water  threedaysin  advance. 
We're  confident  this  will  be  a  significant  V  V%^  ^ 
weapon  in  the  continuing  fight  against  I  BK  Mra 
water  pollution."  AA^HTB 


Give  a  Quality  Gift... 

IPiWTil^ 


For  centuries,  Scandinavian  craftsmen  have  been 
aware  of  pewter's  pliable  properties,  and  they  have 
become  masters  at  fashioning  unusual  table  acces- 
sories and  beautiful  jewelry.  Their  long  experience 
and  artistic  imagination  have  made  the  Scandinavian 
pewter  designers  world  famous.  We  have  collected  a 
few  of  their  outstanding  designs  in  serving  pieces  and 
distinctive  jewelry,  and  we  are  certain  that  you  will 
want  to  look  ahead  to  your  gift  list  for  birthdays,  wed- 
dings, and  anniversaries. 


FROM  SWEDEN 


Sand  dollar  design  jewelry 

A     Pendant— 2"  diameter  with  14"  chain.  $6.50  plus  50C 

postage  and  handling. 

B     Pin— 2"  diameter— $5.50  plus  50t  postage  and  handling. 

C.    Earrings— clip  back.  %"  in  diameter.  $4.75  pr.  plus  50<: 

postage  and  handling. 


D  Salad  Set— Viking  Crusader  Design.  Each  piece 
8"  long.  Gift'  boxed.  $13.95  plus  $1.00  postage, 
handling,  and  insurance. 

E  Salt-and-Pepper  shakers.  Oxidized,  hammer- 
textured,  2"  high  on  4"  long  stand.  $10.00  plus 
75C:  postage,  handling  and  insurance. 

F    Pin— fish    design— oxidized    background.    2"   x 
ly,".  $6.00  plus  5O0  postage  and  handling. 
G     Pin— llama  design— oxidized  background.  1%" 
X  1 1/2  •  $6.00  plus  50C  postage  and  handling. 


DENMARK 


The  Museum  Shop— The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
79th  St.  &  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024 

Item 

Quantity 

Amt. 

Members  of  the  Museum  are 

TOTAL 

entitled  to  a  10%  discount. 

NY.  residents  pie 

ase  add  taxes 

Namp 

Aririrp.:;.^ 

■^tatB 

Life  mask  taken  60  days  before  Lincoln's  death.  The  hand  was  cast  in  1860.  From  the  collection  of  Clarence  Hay 


The  pain  and  exaltation  ...  the  wit  and 
wisdom  ...  the  doubts  and  the 
monumental  courage^ every  important 
word  he  ever  wrote  or  uttered  .  . . 


THE  C^LECTED  works  OF       j 

ABRAHAM  LINCOLN 


WITH  TRIAL  MEMBERSHIP  IN  THE  HISTORY  BOOK  CLUB 


ONLY  OFFERING  THIS  YEAR -in  observance  of  LINCOLN'S  BIRTHDAY 


TODAY  a  century  of  legend  blurs  our  image  of  Lincoln  the  man,  but  the  human 
Lincoln  now  speaks  to  us  clearly  in  these  nine  handsome  volumes  containing 
6870  private  and  public  papers,  half  of  them  never  before  in  print. 

Collected,  indexed  and  richly  annotated  by  a  team  of  our  foremost  Lincoln 
scholars,  headed  by  Dr.  Roy  P.  Easier  of  The  Library  of  Congress,  the  set  was 
26  years  in  preparation.  It  carries  a  Publisher's  List  Price  of  $115.  But,  in  observ- 
ance of  Lincoln's  Birthday,  The  History  Book  Club  offers  it  to  you  with  trial 
membership  at  the  extraordinary  price  of  just  $5.95.  The  Club  consistently  offers 
fine  permanent  editions  of  the  most  important  and  readable  works  in  history  and 
world  affairs,  always  at  dramatic  savings.  (Last  year,  members  enjoyed  savings  of 
over  50%  on  the  books  they  chose  to  take.) 

With  your  Lincoln  set,  choose  your  first  membership  book  from  those  listed 
below  at  reduced  Member's  Prices.  You  must  be  delighted  with  all  books  or  return 
them  within  two  weeks,  thus  cancelling  your  membership.  Please  note:  this  special 
offer  will  not  be  repeated  for  at  least  a  year.  Mail  the  coupon  today. 
START  MEMBERSHIP  WITH  ANY  ONE  OF  THESE  BOOKS 
(First  price  is  Publisher's  List;  boldface  shows  Member's  Price.) 


•  9  volumes  •  4924  pages 

•  6B70  documents  •  43  Lincoln 
photographs,  engravings  and  manuscript  facsii 


700.  HUEY  LONG  By  T.  Harry  Wil- 
liams. Buffoon,  menace,  dictator -yet 
voice  of  an  authentic  American  radi- 
calism. The  first  full-length  study  of 
his  furious,  doomed  life.  $12.50/$7.95 

661.  A  HISTORY  OF  THE  VIKINGS 

By  Gwvii  Jones.  Their  progress  traced 
from  prehistory  to  1066.     $9.75/$6.95 

677.  WITCHCRAFT  AT  SALEM   By 

Chadwick  Hansen.  An  objective  re- 
interpretation  of  the  original  docu- 
ments. $6.95/$5.75 

572. THE  CHINESE  By  Kenneth  Scott 
Laiourelie.  A  wealth  of  information  on 
four  thousand  years  of  China's  politi- 
cal and  cultural  history.    $12.50/$8.95 

607.  FROM  SLAVERY  TO  FREEDOM: 
A  History  of   Negro   Americans   By 

John  Hope  Franklin.  The  Blacks' 
course  from  African  origins  to  North 
and  South  America  today. 

$10.75/»7.40 

651.  WHITE  OVER  BLACK:  Ameri- 
can Attitudes  Toward  the  Negro, 
1550-1812  By  Winthrop  D.  Jordan. 
An  outstanding  study  of  the  origins  of 
racism  in  the  U.S.  $12.50/»8.95 


689.  THE  ANCIENT  MEDITERRA- 
NEAN By  Michael  Grant.  Pictured 
with  clarity  and  charm,  life  in  the 
classical  world  from  the  first  traces  of 
man  to  the  4ih  Century.    $8.95/$6.75 

657.  THE  CREATION  OF  THE  AMER- 
ICAN   REPUBLIC,    1776-1787   By 

Gordon  S.  Wood.  The  evolution  of 
American  political  thought  from  1776 
to  the  making  of  the  Conslilutjon. 

$15.00/$9.95 

690.  THE  ENLIGHTENMENT:  An  in- 
terpretation: The  Science  of  Free- 
dom By  Peter  Cay.  The  great  18lh 
century  thinkers  and  Iheir  intellectual 
milieu  — beginning  of  modern  ideolo- 
gies. $10,00/$6.95 
554.  TRIAL  OF  THE  GERMANS: 
NUREMBERG  1945-46  By  Eugene 
Davidson.  A  brilliant  account  of  the 
Nazi  ieadership.  $12.50/$8.95 
621.  THE  INDIAN  HERITAGE  OF 
AMERICA  By  Alvin  M.  Josephy.  Jr. 
The  history,  archaeology,  and  ethnol- 
ogy of  all  Indian  cultures  in  the  Amer- 
icas since  the  Ice  Age.  $10.00/$6.95 
371.  CIVIL  WAR  DICTIONARY  By 
M.  M.  Boalner  III.  Over  4000  entries- 
battles,  personalities,  events,  weapons, 
issues.  $15.00/»8.95 


THE  HISTORY  BOOK  CLUB 


Stamford,  Connecticut  06904 

Please  open  Trial  Membership  and  send  me  the  $115  Collected 
Works  OF  Abraham  Lincoln  plus  the  membership  book  cho.ce 
shown  below,  B.ll  my  Lincoln  set  at  $5.95  and  my  membership 
book  at  the  money-saving  Member's  Price.  -f  ,  ,„  „„, 

I  understand  I  may  return  all  books  within  10  days  f  I  ain  not 
de  ighted  with  them  and  that  their  return  w;ill  automatica  ly 
cancel  my  Trial  Membership.  Otherwise  I  shall  complete  Trial 
Membership  by  purchasing  4  more  selections  during  the  coming 
vear  from  more  than  130  offered  to  me  at  money-saving  Mem- 
be?'s  Prker  in  the  monthly  Review.  (A  reply  card  is  always 
'=to°mt.eTi^n  of^^rfM'Me'mbership  will  entitle  me  to  choose  a 
Bonus  Book  for  every  4  books  I  purchase  thereafter  (Note 
B^nus  Books  are  shipped  at  the  Club's  expense.  On  all  other 
shipments,  a  small  postage  and  packing  charge  is  added.) 

MY  BOOK  CHOICE  IS  NUMBER 


Clty- 


— Zip  Code - 

of  books  nnd  all  t 


differ.  .liBhtly.        NH  14L 


THE  AUTHORS 


"Bananas  in  Vermont"  is  the  first 
of  a  two-part  article  by  Richard  M. 
Klein.  Dr.  Klein,  who  has  closely 
followed  the  development  of  atomic 
power  in  Vermont,  advocates  turning 
the  potential  disadvantages  of  nu- 
clear plants  into  advantages.  Profes- 
sor of  botany  at  the  University  of 
Vermont  and  the  author  of  "The 
Florence  Floods"  for  Natural  His- 
tory (August-September.  1969).  Dr. 
Klein's  future  projects  include  re- 
search on  the  effect  of  light  on  cells, 
a  book  on  plant  physiology  for  gar- 
deners, and  a  visit  to  Southeast  Asia. 

In  1966,  our  "Naturalist  at  Large" 
Susan  Schlee  and  her  four-year-old 
son  embarked  upon  a  scuba  diving 
tour  of  Iceland,  Portugal,  and  the 
Canary  Islands.  Their  adventures, 
chronicled  in  local  newspapers, 
earned  her  the  unusual  distinction  of 
being    the    first   foreign    woman    to 


scuba  dive  in  Iceland.  I  pon  her  re- 
turn, Mrs.  Schlee  worked  (and 
warmed  up)  in  Florida  as  a  reporter 
of  oceanographic  news,  and  the  fol- 
lowing year  was  awarded  a  Mark 
Ethridge  Fellowship  for  the  study  of 
the  history  of  science  at  Duke  Uni- 
versity. A  graduate  of  Vassar  Col- 
lege, Mrs.  Schlee  is  currently  work- 
ing on  a  history  of  oceanography  at 
the  Marine  Biological  Laboratory  in 
Woods  Hole. 

Edward  R.  LaChapelle  is  asso- 
ciate professor  of  geophysics  at  the 
University  of  Washington.  Since 
1952,  he  has  worked  each  winter  as 
an  avalanche  hazard  forecaster  for 
the  United  States  Forest  Service,  and 
is  at  present  affiliated  with  the  Alta 
Avalanche  Study  Center  in  Utah.  Mr. 
LaChapelle's  projected  studies  in- 
clude techniques  of  avalanche  fore- 
casting, flow  of  glaciers,  and  clima- 
tology of  the  snow  cover.  He  is  the 


author  of  Field  Guide  to  Snow  Crys- 
tals, and  coauthor  with  Austin  Post 
of  Glacier  Ice,  scheduled  for  publica- 
tion soon. 

Klaus-Friedrich  Koch's  article, 
"Cannibalistic  Revenge  in  Jale  War- 
fare," results  from  two  years  of  field 
work  in  Jalemo,  an  "unpacified," 
ethnographically  unexplored  region 
of  western  New  Guinea.  A  lecturer  on 
social  anthropology  for  the  Depart- 
ment of  Social  Relations  at  Harvard, 
fellow  in  oceanic  ethnology  at  the 
Peabody  Museum  of  Archaeology 
and  Ethnology,  and  fellow  in  law  and 
anthropology  at  Harvard  Law  School 
(1969-70),  Dr.  Koch  has  done  field 
research  in  Samoa,  Fiji,  and  the 
Ellice  Islands.  An  ardent  proponent 
of  field  work  as  a  means  to  our  in- 
creased understanding  of  intraspe- 
cies  hostility  and  of  cultural  pro- 
cedures for  the  resolution  of  conflict, 
Dr.  Koch  plans  a  long-range  com- 


parative study  on  law  and  conflict 
management  in  several  South  Pacific 
societies.  At  present,  he  is  writing  a 
book  entitled  War  and  Peace  in 
Jalemo:  Politics  of  Conflict  in  High- 
land New  Guinea. 

Pamela  Tyler  Lindstrom,  the 

author  of  "The  Egg  Machine,"  is  a 
technician  in  the  biology  department 
at  the  University  of  California  at  San 


Diego.  A  graduate  of  the  University 
of  Miami,  she  received  her  master's 
degree  in  developmental  biology  in 
1966.  Although  Mrs.  Lindstrom  is 
currently  assisting  in  research  on  cell 


adhesion  in  chicken  embryos,  she 
continues  to  work  primarily  in  sea 
urchin  laboratories. 

This  month's  article  on  sleep  is  the 
result  of  a  two-year  collaborative 
study  b)  Henry  Van  Twyver  and 
Truett  Allison.  A  research  asso- 
ciate at  the  Veterans  Administration 
Hospital  in  West  Haven,  Connecticut, 
Dr.  Van  Twyver.  left,  spent  a  year  at 
UCLA's  Department  of  Anatomy 
after  receiving  his  Ph.D.  in  neuro- 
biology    from    the     University     of 


Florida  in  1967.  Last  year  he  joined 
forces  with  Dr.  Allison  to  study  the 
evolution  of  sleep.  They  plan  to  con- 
tinue their  research  using  radio 
telemetry  in  field  studies  of  wild 
species  in  their  natural  habitats. 

After  completing  his  Ph.D.  in 
psychology  at  Yale  University  in 
1962,  Truett  Allison  spent  two  years 
in  Mexico  City  studying  sleep  in 
cats.  He  is  presently  research  psy- 
chologist at  the  Veterans  Adminis- 
tration Hospital  in  West  Haven  and 
assistant  professor  of  psychology  at 
Yale's  School  of  Medicine.  Dr.  Alli- 
son has  written  various  publications 
relating  to  sleep  and  to  brain  func- 
tion in  general. 


i 

f  you  want  to  know  something  about  the  latest 
liscoveries  in  anthropology,  archeology,  astronomy, 
)iochemistry,  biology,  chemistry,  drugs,  environment, 
)e.netlcs,  geology,  medicine,  meteorology,  oceanography, 
)rti  ontology,  physics,  space,  technology  and  zoology, 


the 


all  here..,. 


eeping  up  with  the  astronauts  kept  most 
mericans  fairly  preoccupied  during  the 
ast  year,  at  least  so  far  as  science  was 
Dncerned,  but  scientists  themselves  were 
eeping  busy  in  other  ways.  Working  at 
le  sites  of  ancient  cities,  or  under  the 
cean,  or  in  laboratories  around  the 
■orld,  they  have  been  involved  in  proj- 
cts  vital  and  fascinating  to  all  of  us.  To 
rovide  an  up-to-the-minute  review  of 
-lese  newsworthy  developments,  the 
ditors  of  Time-Life  Books  have  brought 
Dgether  in  a  hardbound,  profusely  illus- 
rated  annual  a  record  of  the  most  impor- 
ant  events  in  these  fields  last  year. 

The  annual  includes  a  wide  variety 
if  superb  interpretive  articles  and  picture 
ssays.  There  is  an  article  by  Time  Medi- 
;ine  Editor,  Gilbert  Cant,  on  the  ethical 
mplications  of  heart  transplants,  (e.g., 
Vhen  is  a  donor  dead?)  and  another  deal- 
ng  with  the  discovery  of  Sybaris-the 
mcient  Greek  colony  deemed  one  of  the 
nost  important  archeological  finds  since 
'ompeii.  Former  Life  Science  Library 
Editor,  Robert  Claiborne,  writes  about 
the  possibility  that  the  world's  largest  and 
most  majestic  mammal,  the  whale,  may 
be  hunted  into  extinction  by  the  end  of 
the  decade.  Other  articles  examine  the 


slow  drift  of  the  continents,  pulsars,  those 
stars  that  emit  precisely  regular  pulses  of 
radio  energy  and  the  comeback  of  steam 
and  electric  cars.  The  five  striking  picture 
essays  include  a  study  of  the  geological 
features  of  the  moon;  a  discussion  of 
hybrid  agricultural  products  that  may 
provide  some  answers  to  the  world's 
hunger  problems;  and  a  fascinating  look 
at  some  African  wild  dogs  which  display 
many  of  the  same  behavior  patterns  that 
distinguish  early  man  from  the  other 
primates.  All  of  this  is  contained  in  192 


Specifications : 

192  Pages 

64  in  full  color 

X  11",  Hardbound 


information-filled  pages,  64  of  which  are 
in  full  color.  The  book  is  durably  hard- 
bound and  measures  81/2"  x  11". 

For  easy  reference  by  students  or 
anyone  else  who  needs  accurate  up-to- 
date  information,  the  editors  have 
included  a  summary  of  events  in  nature 
and  science  during  1969,  a  listing  of 
Nobel  Prize  winners  and  their  achieve- 
ments, as  well  as  a  complete  index. 

Examine  It  Free 
In  Your  Home  For  10  Days 


TIME-LIFE  BOOKS,  Dept.  0405,  Time  &  Life  BIdg.,  Chicago,  III.  60611 

Yes  I  would  like  to  examine  Nature/Science  Annual,  1970  Edition 
without  cost  or  obligation.  I  may  use  the  book  for  10  days  and  then  either 
return  it  without  further  obligation  or  keep  it.  If  I  decide  to  keep  it,  I  will 
remit  $5.95  ($6.25  in  Canada)  plus  shipping  and  handling.  You  may 
then  confirm  my  reservation  to  receive  future  annuals  with  the  same 
10-day  free  examination.  You  will  notify  me  in  advance  of  publication 
so  I  may  reconfirm  delivery  instructions. 


TIME-LIFE    BOOKS,    TIME    &    LIFE    BUILDING,   CHICAGO,   ILLINOIS   60611 


BiBnanas  iwu  Verwnont 


{Aroused  Vermonters 

may  force  new, 

stricter  lltnlts 

on  the  design 

and  operation 

of  nuclear 

power  plants 

and  turn 

one  of  the 

disadvantages 

of  such  plants 

Into  a  hothouse 

asset 


Vermont  is  not  a  wealthy  state, 
ndustry  produces  the  largest  share 
'of  state  income,  tourism  is  second, 
and  agriculture  third.  It  requires  au- 
tomation plus  40  to  70  head  of  cattle 
to  make  a  go  of  the  family  farm,  and 
the  number  of  farms  is  decreasing 
each  year.  In  the  northeastern  part  of 
the  state,  the  "northeast  kingdom," 
where  the  true  Vermonter  traces  his 
ancestry  back  at  least  five  genera- 
tions, some  residents  live  close  to  the 
subsistence  level;  jacking  of  deer 
provides  table  meat.  Even  in  the 
larger  cities  underemployment  is  not 
uncommon. 

Vermont  cities  are  not  large  by 
California  or  New  York  standards, 
but  some,  like  Burlington,  are  seeing 
the  development  of  middle-class  sub- 
urbs whose  residents,  mostly  "instant 
Vermonters,"  are  putting  increasing 
pressures  on  roads,  sanitary  facili- 
ties, public  services,  and,  overwhelm- 
ingly, on  schools.  These  demands  on 
available  funds  can,  lacking  an  in- 
dustrial base,  be  relieved  only  by 
pushing  up  property  taxes  and,  as 
was  recently  done,  by  imposing  a 
;reatly  resented  sales  tax. 


[ 


New  sources  of  income  must  be 
found  and  tapped.  The  most  obvious 
of  these  would  be  to  bring  in  new  in- 
dustry sufficient  to  employ  those  who 
leave  the  farms  and  to  provide  a  new 
tax  base;  and  the  second,  to  use  the 
land  more  extensively  and  better  ex- 
ploit its  natural  beauty  by  attracting 
people  who  can  build  summer  and, 
eventually,  permanent  homes.  Many 
of  you  have  seen  the  ads  extolling 
"Vermont,  the  Beckoning  Country," 
a  publicity  venture  of  the  Vermont 
Development  Commission.  Having 
recently  moved  to  Vermont,  I  would 
just  as  lief  stop  immigration  alto- 
gether, although  I  realize  that  this 
would  result  in  action  by  the  federal 
government,  an  organization  with 
more  firepower  than  we  can  muster 
even  with  the  muzzle-loaders  now 
selling  for  exorbitant  prices  in  our 
antique  shops.  Independent  of  my  de- 
sire to  trout  fish  twenty  minutes  from 
home,  it  is  obvious  that  both  indus- 
try and  land  development  will  be  en- 
couraged. 

Despite  the  church  mouse  condi- 
tion of  the  state  treasury,  Vermont  is 
a  geographic  area  rich  in  natural 
beauty.  Its  valleys  are  bucolic  rem- 
nants of  the  mid-nineteenth  century: 
the  Green  Mountains  are  soft,  and,  in 
contrast  with  the  Rockies  or  the  Alps, 
are  "take-in-able."  International 
Business  Machines  recognized  this  a 
few  years  ago  when  it  decided  to  open 
a  facility  in  the  Burlington  area,  thus 
enabling  its  employees  to  find  homes 
in  a  region  unexcelled  for  those  fea- 
tures that  were  cover  paintings  in  the 
now-defunct  Saturday  Evening  Post. 
Running  parallel  to  the  mountains 
for  almost  130  miles  and  forming 
much  of  our  western  border  is  Lake 
Champlain.  where  one  can  still  see 
far  down  into  the  clear  depths  to  ols- 
serve  and  catch  bass,  walleye"s.  perch, 
and  northern  ]3ike.  There  is  a  deep 
and  abiding  love  for  this  environ- 
ment, and  it  is  doubtful  whether 
most  residents  would  knowingly  de- 
spoil the  land  or  the  water.  Yet,  good 


hy  Richard  M,  Klein 


intentions  are  inadequate  safeguards 
and  it  is  instructive  to  examine  more 
closely  the  problems  inherent  in 
reaching  goals  dictated  by  economic 
necessity. 

For  industry  to  be  attracted,  it 
must  be  assured  of  an  intelligent 
work  force,  land,  good  and  abundant 
water,  easily  reached  markets,  and 
adequate  power.  In  our  modern 
transport-oriented  society,  sources  of 
raw  materials  need  not  be  a  major 
problem;  pipelines  could  bring  crude 
oil  from  deepwater  ports  to  refin- 
eries on  the  shores  of  Lake  Cham- 
plain  or  even  on  top  of  Mount  Mans- 
field. This  is  an  extreme,  yet  there 
are  residents  who  would  be  reluc- 
tant but  complacent  boosters  for 
heavy,  pollutant-producing  industry 
—"My  taxes  would  drop  and  it 
wouldn't  be  in  my  backyard." 

Logically,  the  industrial  ideal 
would  be  clean,  nonpolluting,  skilled 
fabrications,  but  this  requires  pow  er. 
Vermont,  singularly  blessed  with 
many  attributes,  has  few  potential 
hydroelectric  sites,  there  is  no  native 
coal,  and  present  power  consumption 
in  the  northeast  is  so  great  (remem- 
ber the  November,  196.5.  blackout?) 
that  the  addition  of  more  industrial 
consumers  of  power  would  over- 
whelm present  facilities.  Burlington 
just  obtained  voter  approval  for  an 
oil-fired  turbine  to  serve  as  a  back- 
stop for  its  municipally  owned  coal- 
burning  generator.  Incidentally,  the 
city  fathers  in  all  their  wisdom  will 
site  the  new  plant  in  an  existing 
building  directly  on  the  lakefront 
where  there  are  only  tw  o  beaches  for 
the  whole  area,  both  inadequate  and 
one  now  closed  because  of  sewage 
pollution. 

As  Sen.  George  Aiken  has  pointed 
out.  the  answer  to  our  power  bind 
is  atomic  energy.  Recognizing  the 
profit  iniierent  in  serving  new  indus- 
try, a  consortium  of  private  power 
companies  has  already  started  con- 
struction of  one  plant  on  the  Con- 
necticut  River   near   the   village   of 


This  Forgotten  Islands  a(hintuie 
Is  not  for  everybody.  Happily 

There  are  Edens  in  the  Indian  Ocean.  We  call  them  the  Forgotten 
Islands,  and  their  names  are  poetry.  Seychelles.  Desroches  Ami- 
rantes.  Farquhar.  Aldabra.  Grand  Comoro.  Their  small  population 
their  equatorial  sea  birds,  and  their  leaning  palms  are  blessed  by  the 
absence  of  civilization.  That  is  why  we  say  that  they  are  not  for  every- 
body. But  to  explore  them  in  quiet  leisure  might  just  be  for  you. 

Our  2,300  ton  ship  was  expressly  designed  to  combine  the  sophis- 
ticated capabilities  of  an  explorer  with  all  of  the  comforts  of  a  cruise 
vessel.  All  accommodations  are  air-conditioned,  each  cabin  has  its 
own  private  shower  and  toilet,  and  the  ship  has  a  Lido  Deck,  swim- 
ming pool  and  shops.  She  has  an  Observation  Deck  and  a  Crow's 
Nest  to  give  you  an  unrestricted  view,  and  an  auditorium  for  briefings 
by  world-famous  naturalists  on  the  wildlife  of  each  island. 

You'll  fly  by  the  world's  most  advanced  jet -the  BOAC  VC  10- 
from  New  York  to  Nairobi  by  way  of  London.  Here  our  Safari  vehi- 
cles will  take  you  on  a  day's  game-viewing  safari  through  Nairobi 
National  Park,  and  you'll  then  be  flown  to  Mombasa  to  join  the 
M.S.  Lindblad  Explorer,  for  your  most  memorable  cruise  of  the 
Forgotten  Islands. 

The  inclusive  price  of  this  three-week  explorer-cruise  from  New 
York  starts  at  $1,614.00*.  There  are  departures  every  other  Satur- 
day starting  April  11,  1970.  To  explore  this  cruise  further,  see  your 
Travel  Agent,  or  send  in  the  coupon  below. 

SAFETY  INFORMATION:  The  M.S.  Lindblad  Explorer  is  of 
Norwegian  registry  and  meets  international  safety  standards  for  new 
ships  developed  after  1968  and  the  1966  fire  safety  requirements. 


Somebody  up  there  cares. 

British  Overseas  Airways  Corporation,  Box  VC  1 0,  Dept   1 5 1 E-692 

New  York,  N.Y.  10011.687-1600. 

I  am  seriously  interested  in  your  explorer-cruise.  Please  send  details. 

Name 

City 


-Address. 
State. 


-Zip. 


My  Travel  Agent  is. 


'^Trfl  T  "''"•b'sddfd  cabin  on  cruise  and  Economy  Closs  group  tour  (ore  from  N.Y.   (Subiecl  to  minimum  15  possen- 
gers.l  Air  supplemeni  during  certain  peal;  periods  required.  uu.jpuisen 

SEYCHELLES 


Vernon,  and  this  plant,  plus  cent 
plated  or  completed  units  throu 
out  the  country,  must  serve  a 
model  for  a  Lake  Champlain  pL 
which  may  eventually  be  built  at 
near  the  town  of  Charlotte,  just  so 
of  Burlington  in  Addison  County.) 

Assuming,  for  a  moment,  that 
other  atomic  energy  plant  is  inevi 
ble,  it  is  obvious  that  it  is  the  tas 
aroused  citizenry  and  concerned 
enlists  to  direct  their  efforts  tow 
setting  realistic  limits  on  the  des 
and  operation  of  such  a  plant.  A 
cles  in  Natural  History  and  otl 
publications  have  detailed  poten 
health  dangers  and  environmental  f 
suits  that  accompany  the  operatii 
of  any   nuclear  plant.   Others  ha> 
shown  that  the  Atomic  Energy  Co: 
mission  is,  like  many  other  maj 
federal  agencies,  capable  of  disseii- 
bling  when  it  is  useful  to  do  so.  4 
several  sympathetic  opponents  ha 
said,  it  is  most  difficult  for  the  san 
agency  to  be  directed  by  law  both 
promote  the  use  of  the  atom  and, 
the  same  time,  to  regulate  its  ui 
Here  lies  schizophrenia  with  a  toucj 
of     defensive     paranoia,     and     tj 
Atomic   Energy   Commission   is  e_ 
hibiting    symptoms    of    both    thes 
mental  diseases. 

Like  the  Pentagon,  the  AEC  h, 
scarcely  been  questioned  for  close  t 
20  years,  and  in  this  period  of  tiir 
it  has  consolidated  an  extensiv 
power  base.  Yet,  in  only  three  years 
there  has  been  a  series  of  blows  t^ 
its  hegemony.  One  hard  blow  was  de 
livered  by  a  new  activist  grou 
formed  in  upper  New  York  State  am 
centered  about  Cornell  University 
Briefly,  AEC  and  several  powei 
groups  decided  to  construct  a  fairb 
large  plant  on  Lake  Cayuga.  Th( 
boiling-water  reactor  was  to  be  ovei 
800  megawatts  in  capacity,  and  like 
other  plants,  it  was  to  follow  a  desigr' 
established  by  AEC,  with  safeguards 
and  performance  standards  set  b) 
AEC,  and  with  supplementary  fundi 
provided  by  AEC.  Prof.  David  D 
Comey  and  his  colleagues  presentee 
—in  public  hearings  and  in  two  eX' 
cellent  publications— a  serious  study 
of  the  inherent  and  unpublicized 
dangers  of  such  a  plant,  and  finally 
got  the  AEC  to  withdraw  its  approval 
pending  restudy.  More  recently,  the 
Minnesota  legislature  insisted  that 
the  state  can  set  more  stringent  and 
restrictive  pollution  standards  than 
those  of  the  AEC,  a  position  the  com- 


12 


This  summer  re-live  history 

loin  the  1970  LEWIS  &  CLARK  expedition 

sponsored  by  FOUR  WINDS® 


■  »•  ou  are  invited  to  join  a  three-week  expedition  personally 
W  escorted  by  distinguished  Lewis  and  Clark  scholars— a 
■■■  heritage  tour  designed  as  an  authentic  reproduction  of 
Ajnerica's  greatest  journey  of  exploration. 
From  St.  Louis  to  the  shores  of  Oregon,  you'll  travel  nearly 
4000  miles-some  of  the  way  by  jeep  and  pontoon-platform 
riverboat— exploring  America  as  Lewis  and  Clark  did.  Ven- 
ture to  the  source  of  the  Missouri  River  ...  as  they  did.  Stand 
on  the  ridge  of  the  Continental  Divide  at  Lemhi  Pass  ...  as 
they  did.  Follow  the  Lolo  Trail  in  northern  Idaho— a  road 
without  gas  pump,  home  or  any  vestige  of  civilization— as 
they  did! 

Visit  Indian  reservations  and  historic  battlefields.  Cruise  the 
upper  Missouri's  "Wilderness  Waterway"- its  spectacular 
sandstone  cliffs  and  grotesque  rock  sentinels  virtually  un- 
changed since  Lewis  and  Clark  first  gazed  upon  them  165 
years  ago.  See  the  turbulent  white  waters  of  the  Salmon 
River,  the  "River  of  No  Return". 

Here  is  your  great  opportunity  to  re-live  the  drama  of  Lewis 
and  Clark's  great  journey  ...  to  travel  through  the  unspoiled 
America  of  magnificent  mountains,  rivers  and  forests  that 
they  conquered  . . .  and  to  finally  reach  the  shores  of  the  rock- 
bound  Oregon  coast  and  triumphantly  gaze  out  over  the  Pacific! 

•  Finest  accommodations  throughout:  Luxury  hotels  in 
cities,  comfortable  camping  arrangements  for  the  overnight 
stop  on  the  Missouri  River's  "Wilderness  Waterway". 

•  Authentic  routing  from  St.  Louis,  Mo.  to  Tillamook, 
Oregon,  on  the  shores  of  the  Pacific-meticulously  designed 
to  follow  the  original  Lewis  and  Clark  route  as  closely  as 
possible. 

•  Scholarly  leadership  to  help  re-create  history  for  you. 


•  Six  departures  to  choose  from  during  June,  July  and 
August  1970;  membership  limited  to  24  persons  per  tour. 

•  Nearly  4000  miles  off  the  beaten  path  through  Missouri, 
Iowa.  Nebraska,  So.  Dakota,  No.  Dakota,  Montana,  Idaho, 
Washington,  Oregon-by  rail,  air,  motorcoach,  jeep,  pontoon- 
platform  riverboat. 

•  Rate  includes  best  hotels,  meals,  transfers  and  transporta- 
tion over  the  tour  route. 

•  All  travel  details-baggage,  tips,  etc.— handled  for  you  by 
your  Four  Winds  tour  escort. 

If  you  are  interested  in  a  unique  summer  travel  experience— seeing 
America  the  way  Lewis  and  Clark  did-see  your  travel  agent  or 
clip  coupon  and  mail  to 


Four  Winds  Travel  Inc 

175  Fifth  Ave.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10010     Phone:  212-777-0260 

Please  send  me  complete  information  on  your  LEWIS 
and  CLARK  expeditions.  I  would  be  interested  in  a  de- 
parture date  in 
n  June  n  July  D  August 

Name 


n 


Address- 
City 


_Zip_ 


I'd  like  information  on  other  Four  Winds  tours  to  D  Africa 
D  Orient  &  Expo  '70  D  South  Pacific  D  Around  the  World 

L~      n  California  Rockies  and  the  Pacific  Northwest  D  Mexico      _ 
□  Private  Train  Tours  D  South  Pacific  Cruises.  DA-044     I 

13 


No  other 
camera 
has  this 
switch.     ; 


/ 


Look  closely  at  the 
photographer's  left 
index  finger.  It's  on  a 
switch  which  allows 
him  to  make  a  choice 
between  two  separate 
exposure  meter  systems. 
The  .Mamiya/Sekor  DTL 
is  the  world's  first  3Jmm, 
single  lens  reflex  camera 
with  two  separate  through 
the  lens  exposure  reading 
systems.  Why  two  ?  Because 
subjects  with  front  lighting 
are  measured  easiest  with  an 
"averaged"  meter  system.  With 
back  or  side  lighting  you  need  a 
"spot"  meter  system  to  read  the 
most  important  part  of  the  picture. 
Almost  all  fine  35mm  SLR  cameras 
have  one  of  these  systems ;  only  the 
Mamiya  SekorDTL  has  both.  The 
DTL  with  every  important  SLR 
feature  is  priced  from  less  than 
$180,  plus  case.  Ask  for  a  demon- 
stration at  your  photo  dealer 
or  write  for  folder. 

mamiya/sekor 

PaniJer&Best,  11201  West  Pico' 
Boulevard,  Los  Angeles. 
California  90064.  '^ 


mission  finds,  at  best,  uncomfortable 
and,  at  worst,  unbearable. 

With,  perhaps,  a  less  firm  profes- 
sional base,  a  group  of  citizens  from 
Vermont  and  New  York  have  formed 
a  Lake  Champlain  Committee  dedi- 
cated "to  eliminate  water  pollution 
from  all  sources  .  .  .  and  to  conserve 
the  natural  resources  and  scenic 
beauty  of  the  Champlain  Valley." 
The  Vermont-^sew  York  Committee 
promoted  and  obtained  passage  of 
landmark  legislation  in  both  states  to 
provide  that  smaller  administrative 
units  I  like  Charlotte  I  cannot  be  pres- 
sured into  an  environmental  blunder. 
The  temptation  for  a  town  can  be 
strong:  the  tax  intake  in  a  town  that 
has  an  atomic  energy  plant  would 
vastly  increase,  while  its  tax  rate 
could  be  substantially  reduced.  Citi- 
zens can  picture  new  parks,  new 
swimming  pools,  new  municipal 
buildings,  new  schools  and,  of 
course,  higher  property  values. 

Senator  Aiken  and  Governor 
Davis  arranged  for  the  AEC  to  set  up 
a  public  meeting  at  the  University  of 
Vermont.  There,  many  of  their  big 
guns  spoke  on  the  safety,  necessity, 
and  value  of  atomic  energy  plants  in 
general  and  for  Vermont  in  particu- 
lar. The  federal  armamentarium  in- 


cluded a  Nobel  laureate,  other  mem 
bers  of  the  commission,  sectioi 
chiefs,  and  a  diverse  sprinkling  o: 
scientific  talent  from  the  Oak  Ridge 
National  Laboratory'.  An  expensive 
exhibit  was  brought  up  from  Wash- 
ington, miniskirted  usherettes  with 
white  blazers  lettered  "AEC"  were 
much  in  evidence,  and  the  rostrum 
i\  as  graced  with  the  AEC  seal  as  well 
as  those  of  the  state  and  the  univer- 
sity. Vermont,  population  about  400.- 
000.  was  to  get  the  "big"  treatment. 
Morning  seminars  given  b)'  their 
scientists  were  standing  room  only, 
and  as  a  university'  teacher  I  was  de- 
lighted with  the  educational  experi- 
ences that  my  students  got.  The  pre- 
sentations were,  to  be  charitable,  be- 
low the  standards  that  we  set  for 
student  seminars;  expected  informa- 
tion was  not  forthcoming,  and  many 
in  attendance  got  the  impression  that 
we  were  boondocks  residents  to  be 
patronized.  The  formal  afternoon 
presentations  were  held  in  the  univer- 
sity gymnasium  and  attended  by  the 
academic  community  as  well  as  by 
the  general  public.  Remember, 
please,  that  town  meetings  are  part  i 
of  our  way  of  life.  The  AEC  was 
clearly  running  scared  and  the  sooth- 
ing speeches  of  commission  members 


'Vermont . . .  was  to  get  the  'big'  treatment^' 


it^^' 


•^W.'**        V'-TT 


H 


Join  the  most  sensible 
book  club  ever 
established! 


Save  up  to  Slo/o  on  every  hooU  in  printl 

No  limits  on  what  or  when  you  buy! 

No  commitments  to  take  any  number  of  volumes! 


HAT  A  VALUE!  Now  you  can  buy  any  book 
1  the  market... at  practically  wholesale 
rices... without  involving  yourself  in  a 
ngle  commitment! 

(Why  Didn't  Somebody 
Think  of  This  Before?) 

•'S  ALMOST  UNBELIEVABLE!  Here's  the  ulti- 
late  in  book  clubs.  Where  the  whole  sys- 
2m  works  for  you.  And  no  one  tells  you 
hat  you  MUST  do  this  or  CAN'T  do  that. 
'here  are  absolutely  no  restrictions,  no 
quotas",  no  monthly  postcards  to  return, 
0  obligations  whatsoever! 

INLIIVIITED  SELECTION.  You  can  order  any 
ook  of  any  publisher  listed  in  the  Master 

'atalog   of   American   Books   at   discounts 

luaranteed  up  to  81%-right  across  the 
oard!  That  includes  hard-cover  and  paper- 
ack... fiction  and  non-fiction  ...religious 

vorks... technical  and  scientific  books... 
extbooks...art  portfolios. ..anything  be- 
ween   two   covers   that   captures   your 

nterest! 

\s  a  club  member  you  can  order  from  any 
ublisher:  Random  House,  Simon  & 
chuster.    Harper    &    Row,   Doubleday, 

VIcGraw-Hill,   Harvard   University   Press. 

4nd  that's  just  a  smattering! 

rlemember:  you  select  any  title.  But  IG- 
MORE  THE  REGULAR  LIST  PRICES- 
because  you'll  never  again  have  to  pay 
anything  close  to  them! 

LIFETIME  MEMBERSHIP.  When  you  join  the 
American  Book  Club  it's  for  keeps.  Your 
membership  will  never  expire— will  never 
have  to  renewed.  And  you  don't  have  to 
make  a  single  purchase! 

Think  what  this  means.  For  the  rest  of 
your  life,  you  can  order  all  the  books  you 
want.  No  yearly  purchase  quotas.  But  we're 
as  close  as  your  mail  box  tuhcn  you  want  us. 

REAL  PUBLISHERS'  EDITIONS.  Perhaps  you've 
wondered:  "There  must  be  a  catch  here. 
They  must  be  putting  out  cheaper  editions, 
like  some  other  clubs."  Not  so!  Every  book 


FREE 


you  buy  through  us  is 
guaranteed  to  be  the  orig- 
inal publisher's  edition. 
We  don't  give  you  cheaper 
paper  or  smaller  type  or 
bindings  that  stain  your 
hands.  You  receive  the 
genuine  article— the  orig- 
inal publisher's  edition, 
just  as  if  you  had  picked 
it  off  a  bookstore  counter! 

FREEDOM   FROM   PRESSURE. 

Honestly,  we  don't  care 
how  many  volumes  you 
buy.  Or  how  few.  You  can 
order  a  carload... or  pur- 
chase nothing! 

We'll  never  bug  you  with 
"reminders  -  that  -  you  - 
didn't -buy -enough  -this- 
year."  We'll  never  send 
you  cards  to  fill  out  and 
return.  And  we'll  never 
mail  you  books  other  than 
those  you  specifically  re- 
quested. 

FREE  SUPPLEMENT.  As  a  member,  you'll  re- 
ceive the  regularly  up-dated  supplement  to 
the  Master  Catalog  of  American  Books 
containing  special  bargains  even  beyond 
the  Club's  normal  discount! 

MONEY-BACK  GUARANTEE.  We'll  take  our 
chances  thatyou'll  feel  delighted  with  every 
book  you  buy  through  the  American  Book 
Club.  And  if  you  aren't— whatever  your 
reason-just  mail  it  back  for  a  full  refund! 
(What  other  club  would  dare  make  a  prom- 
ise like  that?)  Your  orders  are  processed 
by  computer— our  fastest  possible  service- 
so  you  can  enjoy  the  books  you  want  as 
soon  as  possible! 

THESE  REMARKABLE  BENEFITS  of  membership 
are  yours  for  the  one-time,  lifetime  fee  of 
only  $5-equal  to  your  savings  on  the  first 
2  or  3  discount-priced  books  you  order! 
Act  today.  Join  the  ultimate  in  book  clubs 
for  your  enjoyment  for  years  and  years 
to  come! 


IF  YOU  ACT  NOW 


MASTER  CATALOG  OF  AMERICAN  BOOKS 


UNOBTAINABLE  OUTSIDE  BOOK 

TRADE  EXCEPT  FOR  MEMBERS  OF 

AMERICAN  BOOK  CLUB 

Huge  350-page  Master  Catalog  lists  full 
20,000  books  in  print.  Every  title  at  guar- 
anteed discounts  of  as  much  as  81%.  All 
categories,  ail  subjects  included— hard 
cover  and  paperback,  fiction  and  non- 
fiction. best  sellers  and  classics, even  multi- 
volume  reference  works,  encyclopedias 
and  college  texts.  NO  EXCEPTIONS! 
Discount  always  shown  side-by-side  with 
regular  retail  price  so  you  can  compare 
in  every  case.  No  commitment  to  buy  any 
number  of  volumes.  Order  any  book  in 
print  through  club  direct  from  warehouse. 
No  exceptions.  No  middleman.  You  never 
pay  list  price  for  any  book,  ever.  Request 
your  Master  Catalog  now. 


Keep  Catalog  FREE 
even  if  you  decide 
NOT  to  be  a  member! 


MAIL  COUPON  TODAY! 


American  Book  Club  ^'' 

Hazleton,  Pennsylvania  1S201 
Yes!  Though  I'm  still  blinkine  in  amazement.  I 
want  to  become  a  member  of  the  AMERICAN 
BOOK  CLUB  and  receive  the  liletime  privilege  of 
ordering  any  and  all  books  in  prmt  for  discounts 
up  to  81%.  1  enclose  my  onetime  membership 
fee  of  $5.  In  return.  I  will  expect  the  Master 
Cataloc  of  American  Books  plus  a  free  subscrip- 
tion to  its  regularly  updated  supplement  BOOK- 
MARKER. I  understand  there  is  NO  obligation  to 
buy  anything  ever,  and  you  will  ship  me  only 
those  volumes  I  specifically  order.  (Small  hand- 
ling and  postage  charge.)  Any  boohs  that  dis- 
satisfy me  for  any  reason  may  be  returned  with- 
in 10  days  for  a  100°i  cash  refund.  And  if  the 
club  itself  dissatisfies  me  I  need  only  let  you 
know  within  10  days  to  receive  a  full  refund  of 
my  membership  fee.  But  the  Master  Catalot  of 
American  Books  Will  Be  Mine  to  Keep  Recardless. 

NAME^ . 


ADDRESS. 
CITY 


15 


Find  out  more 
about  the  birds 
and  the  bees 

For  a  revealing  closeup  view  of  any- 
thing in  nature,  there's  nothing  lil<e 
a  pair  of  Nikon  prism  binoculars. 

Designed  by  the  makers  of  the 
famous  Nikon  camera,  they  provide 
exceptionally  bright,  clear,  crisp 
vision  over  the  entire  wide  field  of 
view,  through  morning  mist  and 
evening  dusk.  Their  superb  Nikon 
optics  are  so  precisely  aligned  and 
collimated  you  can  view  for  hours 
without  eyestrain.  Compare  them 
with  any  lesser  binoculars,  and  you 
will  see  the  difference  Nikon  quality 
makes. 

Among  the  many  types  of  Nikon 
binoculars,  the  8x30  and  9x35  are 
particularly  suited  for  bird  watching 
and  nature  study  Both  feature  light- 
weight, moisture-resistant  construc- 
tion and  are  backed  by  a  25-year 
guarantee.  At  better  optical  and 
camera  stores  and  departments,  or 
write;  Nikon  Inc.,  Garden  City  N.Y. 
11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich 
Photo-Optical  Industries,  Inc.  [133 
(In  Canada;  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.Q.) 


Nikon 
Prism 
Binoculars 


and  their  scientists  were  closely  fol- 
lowed by  the  audience.  After  the  AEC 
had  two-thirds  of  the  program,  a 
panel  of  four  "environmentalists" 
joined  tlie  commissioners  for  a  ses- 
sion of  screened  audience  questions. 
It  was  at  this  point  that  AEC's  care- 
ful plan  went  awry,  for  the  questions 
were  sharp  and  to  the  point  (remem- 
ber the  town  meeting  syndrome), 
and  the  sympathy  of  the  audience  be- 
gan to  shift  away  from  the  official 
line  and  toward  the  Vermont  tradi- 
tion of  believing  what  makes  "good 
sense."  This  was  the  first  time  that 
the  AEC  had  mounted  a  massive  pub- 
lic meeting,  and  one  of  the  few  times 
that  variant  opinion  was  allowed  to 
share  the  same  platform.  Certainly 
the  commissioners  were  talking  to 
the  nation  here,  not  just  to  Vermont, 
and  certainly  they  were  defensive  and 
a  bit  apprehensive.  Governor  Davis 
received  prolonged  applause  when  he 
concluded  the  afternoon's  session 
with  a  firm  statement  that  "the  right 
to  increase  safeguards  should  be  re- 
served to  the  state."  Vermont  has 
now  submitted  a  friend-of-the-court 
brief  in  Minnesota's  suit— a  develop- 
ment not  planned  by  the  AEC. 

In  October.  Vermont  Yankee  Nu- 
clear Power  Corporation  teamed  up 
with  the  AEC  for  a  two-day  public 


meeting  with  the  citizens  of  Bratti 
boro,  near  the  site   of  the  nucle 
power  plant  under  construction  ( 
the  Connecticut  River.  High  scho 
and  college  students  as  well  as  loc 
citizens  attempted  to  get  some  fir 
information  to  allay  their  fears  aboi 
this    plant    but,    regrettably,    heai 
only  sophistries  and  "facts"  that  ai 
questioned     by     many     ecologisl 
Again,  AEC  struck  out.  At  about  tl 
same  time,  a  committee  of  the  stal 
legislative  council  met  to  draft  ne- 
laws  on  energy  and  power.  Vermoi 
Yankee  officials  succeeded  in  watei 
ing  down   the  strong  recommendf 
tions  to  the  legislature.  There  was 
they  said,  no  quarrel  with  the  nee. 
to    protect     the    environment,     bu 
power  needs  had  to  be  paramount. 
Nongovernmental  scientific  opir 
ion  suggests  that  standards  of  maxi 
mum  allowable  exposure  to  radiatioi 
should  be  reduced,  which  would  bi 
technically  possible  with  appropriati 
changes  in  plant  design.  More  strin 
gent  standards  will  undoubtedly  in 
crease    the    construction    cost    of 
generating  plant  by  dollar  amounts 
that  are  huge  at  first  glance.  What  is 
not    pointed    out,    however,    is   thai 
when  the  excess  costs  are  amortized 
over  plant  life,  the  additional  expense 
will  add  only  a  small  fraction  to  the 


With  the  AEC  and  other  elements  of  progress  in  its  future, 

Vermont  will  never  be  the  same. 


i6 


[he  South  F^dfle  isnt  that  much. 


17days.  Fiji.  New  Zealand.  Australla.^995 


It  costs  as  little  as  that  to  splash  in  a  real  lagoon,  to 
beachcomb  or  explore  tropical  jungles.  To  visit  New 
Zealand,  a  tranquil  bit  of  England  set  amidst  palm 
trees.  And  wind  up  with  six  days  to  experience  the 
new  frontier  — Australia. 

That's  one  of  four  holidays  BOAC  has  set  up  to 
take  you  to  places  you've  mused  about,  for  a  lot  less 
than  you  thought. 

The  price  of  each  holiday  includes  your  round- 
trip  jet  fare  from  the  West  Coast, '^  first  class  hotel 
accommodations,  transfers  and  sightseeing. 

17  Days.  $908.  Fly  and  Drive  in  Australia. 

A  holiday  for  those  who  want  to  thoroughly  ex- 
plore Australia.  We'll  fly  you  to  Sydney,  give  you  an 
automatic  Ford  Falcon  sedan  and  200  free  miles  (you 
pay  only  1 1(?  for  each  additional  mile).  Motel  accom- 
modations for  14  nights  good  throughout  Australia 
and  all  the  maps,  mileage  charts  and  suggested  tour 
routing  you'll  need.  The  same  holiday  is  available  to 
New  Zealand.  $852. 


33  Days.  $2741.  New  Zealand,  Australia, 
British  Solomon  Islands,  New  Guinea 
(including  Guadalcanal),  Fiji  Islands. 

These  Journeys  of  Adventure  and  Discovery 
read  like  something  out  of  the  travels  of  Captain  Cook 
with  a  bit  of  Lord  Jim  added.  And  an  extensive  tour 
of  New  Zealand  and  Australia  (you've  twelve  days  in 
Australia)  along  with  canoe  and  yacht  voyages,  lagoon 
swimming,  beachcombing,  jungle  exploring  and  other 
South  Pacific  pleasures,  includes  all  your  meals,  boat 
accommodations,  tips  and  taxes. 

Each  holiday  is  described  in  its  own  brochure 
available  at  your  Travel  Agent.  Or  by  mailing  the 
coupon. 


Somebody  Up  there  cares. 


British  Overseas  Airways  Corporation,  Box  VC  10,  Dept,  151-667A  New  York,  N.Y.  10011.  687-1600. 

Gentlemen:  I've  scon  your  holidays  illustrated  in  a  few  Gauguin  paintings.  Please  send  me  the  other  details. 
n  Australia  and  the  South  Pacific  D  Journeys  of  Adventure  and  Discovery  in  the  South  Pacific 

D  Fly  and  Drive  in  Australia  D  Fly  and  Drive  in  New  Zealand 


Mr..  Mrs..  Miss 
Citv 

State 

Address_ 

Zip  Code 

Mv  Travel  Assent  is 

♦Prices  based  on  group  or  individual   Ecc 
rion  with  Oantas  ond  Air  New  Zealand. 

ur  lares 

Irom  tlie  West  Coast, 

subject 

to  supplomonts  dur 

ing  poolc   500 

lion,  and  : 

ihoring    twin-boddcd   room 

SOUTH  PACIFIC 


17 


The  Celestron  10 

Deep-Sky  Telescope  Telephoto  Lens 
Astro  Camera  Terrestrial  Telescope 
The  10-inch  aperture  and  ISB-mch  (3400mm) 
focal  length  of  this  instrument  causes  stellar  ob- 
jects to  appear  900  times  brighter  than  to  the 
unaided  eye.  Magnification  range  of  50  to  1000 
power  is  provided.  It  is  equipped  with  an  ex- 
tremely stable  fork  mount  and  drive  system  that 
automatically  tracks  stellar  objects. 

The  superb  Schmidt-Cassegrain  Mirror-Lens  sysfem  of 
the  Celestron  10  Telescope  presents  as  sharp  and 
stable  jrrages  as  !s  theoretically  possible  using  the 
most  recent  advances  in  optical  technology.  The 
folded  optical  design  allows  the  packaging  of  a  large 
telescope  in  a  most  compact  size. 

Whether  your  forte  is  visually  examlninq  the  wIsdv 
detail  of  the  Orion  Nebula,  tracking  the  ever- 
changing  moon  positions  and  belt  structure  of 
Jupiter,  being  awed  by  the  immense  detail  of  our 
Moon,  or  capturing  on  film  the  saucy  behavior  of  a 
Quail  at  500  feet,  a  Celestron  ID  is  your  best 
investment. 
(Price  $2000.00;  others  from  $395.00) 


Celestron  Pacific  ?!" 


Amsle 


Calif.  90505 


(M-3) 


LIMITED  RELEASE-U.  S.  GOVT.  SURPLUS 

SNIPERSCOPE 

INFRARED  SET 

for  scientists,  gun  collectors,  naturalists 

Built  by  American  Optical  Co.  In  excellent  working 
condition.  Used  by  our  troops  for  observing  enemy 
in  total  darkness  v;ithout  being  detected.  Suggested 
uses:  medical  research,  study  of  nocturnal  animal 
life,  mineralogy,  industrial  and  medical  research, 
crime  detection.  Rare  item  for  gun  collectors.  Tele- 
scope is  163/4"  long;  clear  aperture  of  lens  is 
5Q.4mm.  A  5"-diameter  filter  is  attached.  Knob  ad- 
justs focus  electrostatically:  second  knob  adjusts 
reticle  intensity.  Reticle  also  has  vertical  and  hori- 
zontal adjustments.  Canvas  carrying  case  and  shoul- 
der strap  included.  Complete  unit  includes  U"xl4"x 
16"  chest,  telescope  with  RCA  6032  image  tube, 
20,000V  po.ver  pack  v/ith  canvas  carrying  case  and 
shoulder  straps,  IR  light  source,  steel  carbine 
bracket,  pistol-grip  handle  v/ith  switch  control 
Formerly  highly  classified.  Limited  supply  Orig 
Govt,  cost,  $800.  Shipping  v/t.,  approx.  30  lbs 

Price  $249.50 
SNIPERSCOPE  BATTERY 

Rechargeable    6V    pov;er    source 
for    sniperscope.     Excellent    for 
many  other   6V  applications. 
Approx.  shipping  v/t.,  15  lbs. 

$9.95.  Tvfo  for  $18.00 
F.O.B.  Tucson,  Ariz.  No  C.O.D.'s  please. 


C&H  SALES  CO. 


P.O.  Box  1572,  Tucson.  Ariz. 


cost  of  each  kilo\vatt  hour  generated 
and  sold. 

Thermal  pollution  is.  however,  an- 
other matter.  Consequences  of  pour- 
ing millions  of  gallons  of  heated 
water  into  any  body  of  water  are 
still  not  completely  known:  but  to 
assume  that  because  we  don't  know 
the  consequences  we  can  move  right 
in.  is  ecologically  dangerous  and  sci- 
entifically indefensible.  A  500  kw. 
reactor  cooled  by  lake  or  river  water 
must  pump  .5.600  gallons  of  cooling 
water  per  second.  .\s  .4EC  reluctantly 
admits,  there  will  be  alterations  in 
the  biological  and  physical  nature  of 
a  relatively  slow-moving  lake  Hke 
Champlain  and  there  will  undoubt- 
edly be  changes  in  the  surrounding 
countryside  as  well.  Northern  Ver- 
mont is  very  cold  in  the  winter,  and 
it  is  a  rare  year  that  Lake  Champlain 
doesn  t  freeze  over.  Warmed-up,  it 
may  not  freeze  over  completely.  As 
cold  air,  borne  by  the  prevailing 
westerlies,  comes  whisthng  down 
from  the  Adirondacks  and  crosses  a 
stretch  of  open  water,  it  will  pick  up 
sufficient  moisture  to  produce  severe 
fog  and  sleet.  Addison  County,  self- 
st)-led  "land  of  milk  and  honey" 
(which  in  fact  it  is)  may  spend  six 
months  as  an  inland  equivalent  of 
the  Outer  Banks. 

Of  course,  if  sufficiently  pressed, 
the  designers  can  include  cooling 
towers  or  recycle  their  cooling  water 
as  a  car  radiator  does.  These  changes 
would  cost  up  to  six  million  dollars, 
but  in  terms  of  total  outlay  thev  are 
not  economically  impractical.  It  cer- 
tainly will  help  preseri-e  the  lake,  but 
it  will  provide  the  makings  of  fog  not 
only  during  the  winter— if  the  towers 
can,  indeed,  work  in  the  20-below 
weather— but  in  the  summer  as  well. 
And  if  cooling  towers  do  not  handle 
all  the  water  needed  for  the  plant,  do 
we  go  back  to  the  lake? 

A  bit  of  imagination,  apparently 
lacking  in  AEC  as  it  is  conspicuously 
lacking  in  the  Corps  of  Engineers, 
might  just  result  in  better  solutions 
than  the  standard  hot-water-into-the- 
lake  concept,  or  even  cooling  towers. 
One  alternative  to  the  cooling  tower 
is  the  construction  of  a  cooling  pond, 
which  would  have  the  advantage  of 
permitting  location  of  the  generating 
plant  away  from  the  lake  entirely. 
This  would  require  about  1,500  acres 
of  surface  water,  and  if  land  prices 
were  reasonable  and  construction 
costs  low,  the  added  charge  would 


be  about  .81.50  per  kilowatt  hour 
cost  competitive  with  cooling  towe 
It  seems  to  me,  however,  that 
can  do  more  with  pollution  probles 
by   making   them   pay   off  econo- 
ically  than  by  wringing  our  bans 
or  letting  massive  federal   bureas 
write   off   an   environment   in   thir 
pursuit  of  power.  Philadelphia  is  mi 
packaging  its  trash,  putting  it  in 
empt)-  coal  cars  and  then  shipjii 
the  material  back  to  the  strip  mii 
as  land  fill.  The  cit)-  saves  a  milli 
and  a  half  dollars  a  year  by  avoid i; 
incineration,  and  the  Reading  Ra- 
road  makes  money  as  well. 

Heat  from  an   atomic   reactor  • 

available  in  tremendous  supply.  If 

is  used  instead  of  wasted,  several  i- 

lated   problems   can   be   solved.   \S 

need  jobs  for  agriculturally  traine 

but  underemployed,  people:  we  nee 

new    taxable   industry:    we    need 

clean  lake:  and  we  need  intellige 

land  use.  The  Champlain  Valley 

good  farmland,  but  the  growing  se 

son  is  so  short  that  production  i 

truck  crops  for  the  big  cit)^  marke 

is  impractical.  Cantaloupes,  for  ii 

stance,  produce  a  crop  only  occasioi 

ally— a  risky  business,  indeed.  Su] 

pose   that  the  waste   cooling  wate 

were  piped  away  from  the  reactc 

and  used  to  heat  large  greenhouse 

that  could  produce  tomatoes,  melon: 

cucumbers,   and   other  crops   in  th 

winter?    Thermal    heat    exchanger 

could  produce  air-conditioned  area 

during  the  summer  to  permit  mush 

room  cultivation.  Not  only  could  th 

power  companies  sell  a  waste  produc 

pollutant  at  a  profit,  but  they  coul< 

sell   electricity    to    Ught    the    green 

houses.    These    are    not    just    pip. 

dreams:  Iceland  has  been  using  tier 

mal  spring  water  for  many  years  fo 

precisely  these  purposes,  as  well  a 

for    heating    homes    in    Reykjavik 

Stockholm    has    placed    an    atomii 

energy  plant  within  the  city  limit: 

and  uses  the  cooling  water  for  homt 

and   office   heating.   Rough   calcula 

tions  by  a  nonengineer  I  me  I  have  in 

dicated  that  even  a  modestlv  sizec 

plant  can  produce  enough  waste  heal 

to  make  a  portion  of  the  Champlain 

Valley  into  an  artificial  subtropicaJ 

paradise.   Still  a  land   of  milk  and 

honey— plus  tomatoes,  mangoes,  and 

jobs.  Might  we  not  also  have  girls  in 

grass     skirts     undulating     beneath; 

banana  trees?  < 

The  second  part  of  this  article  will   I 
appear  in  the  next  issue 


Lindblad  Travel  announces 
two  exciting  cruising  voyages: 

1.  TO  THE  "FORGOTTEN  ISLANDS  OF  THE  INDIAN  OCEAN" 
2.  TO  DARWIN'S  GALAPAGOS 


0  the  east  in  the  Indian  Ocean  or  to  the  west  in  the  Pacific, 
vorlds  apart,  you  will  find  two  places  with  one  thing  in  com- 
lon.  They  both  offer  excitement  such  as  can  be  found 


owhere  else. 


M/S  Lindblad  Explorer 

/isit  the  "FORGOTTEN  ISLANDS  OF 
THE  INDIAN  OCEAN"  on  a  voyage 
)f  discovery  aboard  the  brand  new 
;rulse  ship  the  M/S  LINDBLAD  EX- 
'LORER.  You  will  delight  in  the  white 
reaches,  the  tall  coconut  palms  and 
he  delicate  feathery  branches  of  the 
;asuarina  trees  in  peaceful  settings, 
jninterrupted  by  lines  of  tourist 
cottages  and  highrise  hotels.  Thou- 
sands of  birds  which  inhabit  these 
slands— the  terns,  boobies,  frigate 
Dirds,  shearwaters,  warblers,  and 
sunbirds  are  there  to  meet  you.  They 
nave  never  known  danger  and  are 
:ame  beyond  belief.  And  you  will 
Tave  time  to  visit  the  game  preserves 
n  Kenya. 

For   this    unforgettable   trip   to   the 


r 


\,  ^ 


^"' 


/'^ 


"FORGOTTEN  ISLANDS"  you  will 
board  the  M/S  Lindblad  at  Mombasa, 
Kenya  and  BOAC  VC  10's  will  bring 
you  there  and  back. 

The  M/S  Lindblad  Explorer  meets 
the  international  safety  standards  for 
new  ships  established  in  1968,  as 
well  as  fire  regulation  requirements 
developed  in  1966. 

•      •      • 

Ever  since  Charles  Darwin  intro- 
duced his  famous  evolutionary  theo- 
ries, following  his  visit  on  the  H.M.S. 
Beagle  to  the  Galapagos  Islands  in 
1835,  these  islands  on  the  equator 
have  fired  the  imagination  of  scien- 
tist and  layman  alike. 

This  is  the  fourth  year  in  which  we 
offer  you  the  opportunity  to  partici- 
pate in  a  special  survey  of  the  Gala- 
pagos and  their  fascinating  wildlife 
and  scenery.  And  as  in  the  past,  our 
expeditions  have  been  arranged  with 
the  Charles  Darwin  Foundation.  Well 
known  expedition  leaders  will  in- 
clude Dr.  Bruce  Campbell,  Dr.  M.  P. 
Harris  of  the  Charles  Darwin  Foun- 
dation and  Mr.  Eric  Hosking. 


X 


/-     ^^' 


.X 


/— . 


3^E^*^:sF''< 


To  set  foot  on  these  islands  is  to  be 
transported  back  into  primeval  time, 
to  witness  firsthand  the  fantastic 
birds,  animals  and  reptiles  bypassed 
by  civilization,  unknown  to  most  men 
until  Darwin's  visit.  It  is  a  once-in-a- 
lifetime  experience. 

You  will  "set  sail"  aboard  the  S.S. 
Romantica,  a  200  passenger  de  luxe 
cruiser  which  tor  ease  and  comfort 
we  will  limit  to  one  hundred.  You 
will  be  flown  by  chartered  DC-6  jet 
to  Baltra  in  the  Galapagos  from 
Guayaquil,  Ecuador.  Costs  from 
$1000  per  person. 

The  S.S.  Romantica  is  of  Greek  reg- 
istry substantially  meets  the  interna- 
tional safety  standards  for  new  ships 
established  in  1968,  as  well  as  fire 
regulation  requirements  developed 
in  1966. 


Marine  Iguana  (Galapagos) 


Dept.  NH-270 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Lindblad  Travel  Building 
133  East  55th  Street 
New  York,  N.Y.  10022 

Please  send  brochure.  I  am  seriously  inter- 
ested in: 

□  Forgotten  Islands  of  the  Indian  Ocean 

n  Darwin's  Galapagos 

Mr. 
Mrs. 

Miss 


City_ 


-Zip- 


_  _    ^-tiufcir-a 

Sooty  Terns  in  the  Amirantes  (Indian  Ocean) 


A  Naturalist  at  Large 


Prince  A^lhert^s 
JViBy  af  CiBtching  Squid 


Jln  cold,  black  waters  thousands  of 
feet  beneath  the  surface  of  the  sea 
swim  uncounted  numbers  and  vari- 
eties of  squid.  Not  much  has  been 
learned  about  these  curious  mol- 
lusks,  for  squid  see  well  and  swim 
fast,  and  easil)'  avoid  fishermen's 
trawls  towed  slowly  and  blindly  from 
a  surface  ship.  One  way  to  catch 
squid  was  inadvertently  discovered 
in  1895  by  Prince  Albert  I  of 
Monaco  as  he  sailed  among  the  is- 
lands of  the  Azores.  His  method— kill 
a  whale. 

On  the  morning  of  July  18,  1895, 
the  prince,  who  was  on  his  eighth 
annual  scientific  expedition  in  his 
specially  equipped  schooner,  the 
Princesse  Alice,  left  the  island  of 
Terceira  to  trawl  for  deep-sea  ani- 
mals. The  plan  that  day  was  to  work 
in  the  lee  of  the  island,  for  even  with- 
in sight  of  the  green  hills  and  black 
volcanic  peaks  the  naturalists  on 
board  could  lower  the  nets  and 
baited  traps  through  several  thou- 
sand feet  of  water.  As  the  roval  vacht 
came  on  station  and  a  sounding  lead 


by  Susan  Schlee 

was  about  to  go  over  the  side,  the 
prince  sighted  the  sails  of  two  small 
boats  moving  seaward  through  the 
surf  from  the  far  end  of  the  island. 
He  guessed  correctly  that  the  boats, 
island  whalers,  were  going  off  to 
hunt  the  sperm  whales  that  swam  in 
lazy  herds  through  the  waters  of  the 
Azores. 

Prince  Albert,  as  ardent  a  hunts- 
man as  he  was  an  oceanographer, 
was  particularly  anxious  to  watch  the 
harpooning  of  a  whale.  He  ordered 
work  stopped  aboard  the  Princesse 
Alice,  and  the  yacht  set  out  after  the 
whalers.  Through  binoculars  the 
prince  watched  as  the  islanders  sailed 
among  the  sporadic  fountains  of 
vapor  sent  up  by  the  small  herd.  One 
of  the  open  boats  veered  off  toward 
a  far  group  of  whales,  while  the  crew 
of  the  other  stoived  their  sails, 
manned  the  oars,  and  with  the  har- 
pooner  poised  in  the  bow.  closed  in 
on  a  sperm  whale  some  40  feet  in 
length.  As  the  prince  watched,  the 
harpooner  struck  and  the  whale 
thrashed  violently.  The  men  bent  to 


the  oars,  pulling  the  boat  clear  of  the 
whale's  powerful  flukes,  which  sent 
sheets  of  water  twenty  feet  into  the 
air  with  each  resounding  slap.  The 
Princesse  Alice  moved  in  for  a  closer 
look.  The  open  whaler  again'  ap- 
proached the  whale,  and  the  har- 
pooner struck  the  animal  with  a 
heavy  lance.  The  vapor  from  the 
whale's  vent  blew  rose,  then  blood 
red. 

"Then,  right  next  to  us,"  wrote 
Prince  Albert,  "began  the  death 
struggle  of  a  giant.  His  enormous 
body,  numbed  and  sluggish,  par- 
tially submerged  in  the  bloody  sea;" 
swayed  ponderously:  his  large  tail 
beat  the  red  water  violently  which  | 
heaved  w  ith  the  swell  and  frothed  i 
with  foam. 

"The  fifty  persons  on  my  boat, 
grouped  at  the  bow.  perched  on  the 
davits,  clinging  to  the  rigging,  were 
dumbfounded.  And  me.  1  was  moved 
to  the  marrow  of  my  bones  by  the 
unknown  grandeur  of  this  sight.  I 
watched  as  if  in  a  dream.  I  was 
moved   by    this    giant's    agony,    ex- 


e  W  instons  aren  t  trying  to  save  tne  world. 
;t  a  little  piece  of  it 


ere  are  Apaches  on  the  reser- 
in  Clear  Fork,  Arizona,  who 
member  the  last,  hopeless 
e  uprising  in  1900.  But  for 
Alakay,  a  seven-year-old 
e,  the  enemy  is  not  the  U.S. 

y- 

e  and  her  people  are  fighting 
!r  kind  of  war.  This  time  the 
;s  are  poverty,  disease  and 
r.  And  for  the  first  time  in  gen- 
is,  there's  a  chance  that  the 
es  might  win:  thanks  to  the 
eous  efforts  of  her  own  people 
ither  Americans  like  the 
)ns. 

me  and  Stan  Winston  and 
wo  daughters  live  in  a  New 
;uburb  2,000  miles  from  the 
ition.  But  it's  another  world, 
instons  live  in  a  big,  old  house 
mplain  about  a  big,  new  mort- 
Pheir  girls  have  a  closetful  of 
!  and  "nothing  to  wear."  They 
ikes,  skates,  games,  books,  rec- 
id  "nothing  to  do." 
:11a  and  her  seven  brothers 
iters  have  none  of  these  prob- 
Her  father  spends  as  much 
time  looking  for 
work  as  he  does 
working.  Sanitary 
facilities  are  al- 
most non-existent. 
Electricity  has 
yet  to  reach  them. 
Water  is  hauled 

.  by  hand.  Even  the 

necessities  are  hard  to  come  by. 
rough  Save  The  Children  Fed- 
1,  the  Winstons  are  helping 
The  cost  is  $15.00  a  month. 
t  a  lot  of  money,  but  certainly 
instons  could  have  thought  of 
jf  other  things  to  do  with  it. 
lately  they  thought  of  Delia 

)  her,  these  funds  make  a  re- 
ble  difference.  She  no  longer 
gel  embarrassed  about  not  hav- 
loes,  a  decent  school  dress, 

supplies,  or  pocket  money, 
me  of  the  pressure,  too,  is  off 
arents,  who  can  now  begin 
ng  about  making  their  home  a 
nore  livable.  Also,  and  perhaps 
mportant,  part  of  the  money 

into  a  fund  from  which  the 
3  can  borrow  to  start  self-help 
:ts,   including  better  housing 


and  a  water  system. 

Already  there  is  a  new  feeling 
of  hope  among  the  villagers  and 
confidence  in  their  ability  to  help 
themselves.  Even  little  DellS  has 
volunteered  to  give  some  time  each 
week  to  keep  her  school  playground 
clean. 

That  really  is  what  Save  The 
Children  is  all  about.  Although  con- 
tributions are  deductible  as  a  charity, 
the  aim  is  not  merely  to  buy  one 
child  a  few  hot  meals  or  a  warm  coat, 
Instead,  your  contribution  is  used  to 
give  people  a  little  boost  to  start 
helping  themselves. 

Sponsors  are  desperately 
needed  for  other  American 
Indian  children  as  well  as  chil- 
dren in  Appalachia,  Korea, 
Vietnam,  Latin  America, 
Africa  and  Greece. 

As  a  sponsor  ydu  will  re- 
ceive a  photo  and  history  of 
the  child,  progress  reports  and 
a  chance  to  correspond. 

The  Winstons  know  they 
can't  save  the  world  for  $  1 5.00 
a  month.  Only  a  small  corner 
of  it.  But  maybe  that  is  the  way 


to  save  the  world.  If  there  are  enough 
people  who  care.  How  about  you? 

Save  The  Children  Federation, 
founded  in  1932,  is  registered  with  the 
U.S.  State  Department  Advisory  Com- 
mittee on  Voluntary  Foreign  Aid,  and  is 
a  member  of  the  International  Union  of 
Child  Welfare.  Financial  statements 
and  annual  reports  available  on  request. 

National  Sponsors  (partial  list): 
Claude  Arpels,  Faith  Baldwin, 
Hon.  James  A.  Farley,  Andy  Griffith, 
Gene  Kelly,  Mrs.  Eli  Lilly, 
Paul  Newman,  Mrs.  J.  C.  Penney, 
Norman  Rockwell,  Frank  Sinatra 


The  Children  Federation 

NORWALK,  CONNECTICUT  05852 

I  WISH  TO  CONTRIBUTE  $180  ANNUALLY  TO  HELP  A  CHILD. 
D  WHERE  THE  NEED  IS  GREATEST  Q  LATIN  AMERICA 
D  AMERICAN  INDIAN  DAPPALACHIA  D  KOREA  QGREECE 
n  VIETNAM   n  AFRICA 

ENCLOSED  IS  MY  FIRST  PAYMENT 

n  $15.00  MONTHLY  O  $45.00  QUARTERLY 

D  $90.00  SEMI-ANNUALLY  D  $180.00  ANNUALLY 

I  CANT  SPONSOR  A  CHILD.  ENCLOSED  IS  A  CONTRIBUTION 

0F$. 

n  PLEASE  SEND  ME  MORE  INFORMATION. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  ARE  INCOME  TAX  DEDUCTIBLE 


The  Novof  lex  Lens. 

It  lets  you  put 

the  squeeze  on  your  bird. 


Don't  fumble  while  your  bird  is 
flying  away. 

Instead,  use  a  Novoflex  follow- 
focus  lens  system  to  put  your  bird 
where  you  want  him.  On  film. 

Novoflex  gives  you  quick  one- 
hand  focusing.  Just  squeeze  the 
pistol  grip  and,  no  matter  where  he 
flies,  you're  right  on  target.  No 
turning  or  twisting  a  cumbersome 
lens  barrel.  And  what  you 
get  will  be  sharp  because 
Novoflex  lenses  are  world 


BROOKS 


famed  for  color  correction,  superb 
definition  and  resolving  power. 

Any  of  three  Novoflex  lenses 
(280,  400  and  640mm)  can  be 
used  with  a  single  pistol  grip.  Avail- 
able for  over  50  major  camera 
brands,  including  interchangeable 
lens  35's,  2Vi"  square  reflexes,  8 
and  16mm  movie  cameras.  Ask 
your  dealer  or  write  for  complete 
details,  Burleigh  Brooks 
Inc.,  44  Burlews  Court, 
Hackensack,  N.J.  07601 


r 


LEAVE  CARES 

AT  HOME  ON  YOUR 

'70  HOLroAY! 


Maupintour'sUhEEuL 
and  7  day  Jason  Aegean  Isle  Cruise! 

LEISURELY  LIFESEE  THE  GLORIES  of  Attica,  the  Peloponnese, 
and  Thessaly  .  .  .  plus  cruise  to  Crete.  Santorini,  Rhodes,  Ephesus, 
Istanbul,  Delos,  and  Mykonos.  Two  days  at  Vouliagmeni's  luxuri- 
ous Astir  Palace,  three  days  in  Athens  at  the  Grande  Bretagne.  See 
Sunion,  Marathon,  Chalkis,  Euripus,  Thermopylae.  Meteora,  Par- 
nassus, Delphi,  Olympia,  Nauplia,  Epidaurus,  Mycenae,  Corinth. 
Entertainments,  special  events,  good  dining,  best  hotels. 
WEEKLY  DEPARTURES,  April  through  September,  from  NYC. 
Via  Olympic  Ainvays.  22  days,  only  S1398.  Escorted, small  party. 
ASK  YOUR  TRAVEL  AGENT  for  folders  or  write  Maupintour, 
270  Park  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10017.  Telephone  212-687-7773. 

C^Maupintour 

}vorld-\vido  standard  of  travel  excellence 

OTHER  MAUPINTOUR 
HOLIDAYS  FOR  1970: 

D  Oberammergnu  Passion  Piay, 

□  Alps  of  Europe.  Q  Scandinavia, 

D  Europe  Bv  Train/By  Air, 

3  Italy/ Sicily,  □  France.  D  British  Isles, 

C'  Morocco /Canaries/ Madeira/ Algarve, 

n  Spain/Mallorca/Portugal, 

D  Spain/Portugal  By  Motorcoach, 

D  USSH/Eastern  Europe,  D  Dalmdtia/Balkan 

n  Samarkand/Oriental  Russia, 

D  South  Pacific,  and  Q  South  America. 


pressed  so  majestically,  and  whic 
.  .  .  seemed  more  intense  than  that  c 
lowly  beings.  I  pitied  this  power  c 
the  sea  who,  perhaps  for  centurie: 
had  pushed  his  enormous  bod 
across  every  horizon,  through  a 
depths,  ivithout  fear  of  an  enemj 
who  had  played  in  the  swells  of 
thousand  storms  and  who  was  no\ 
succumbing  to  the  lance  of  a  pygmy 

"So  much  blood  spilt,  so  huge 
beast  dying,  it  seemed  a  great  sham 
—like  the   felling   of  a  tree   or  th 
foundering  of  a  ship. 

"Suddenly,  the  sperm  whale  ceasei 
beating  the  sea  and,  as  if  our  ver 
proximity  had  revived  him,  he  thre\ 
himself  straight  towards  us  at  a  grea 
speed. 

''In  a  flash  of  apprehension, 
wondered  what  the  shock  of  his  bod' 
hurled  violently  against  the  side  o 
the  ship,  willfully,  or  by  an  involun 
tary  convulsion,  would  do  when 
some  twenty  meters  from  us,  the  ani 
mal  disappeared.  Would  a  scrape  o 
his  back  or  a  flick  of  his  tail  breal 
the  keel  of  the  ship  or  the  rudder  o: 
propeller?  Ten  long  seconds  later  th( 
enormous  body  reappeared  on  thf 
other  side  of  the  ship.  It  stopped  anc 
did  not  move  again.  The  whalemer 
came  round  to  deliver  a  final  bloi\ 
with  the  lance,  and  death  crepi 
throughout  the  body  of  the  whale 
The  spectators  trembled  with  a  silenl 
emotion  which  left  them  breathless. 

"■>iow  the  ship  and  all  the  actors  ol 
this  drama  rode  upon  a  patch  ol 
bloody  water  several  acres  large  fur- 
rowed by  frothy  streams  of  deeper 
red  which  continued  to  flow  from  the 
animal.  These  dark  red  stains  slowly 
mixed  with  surrounding  waters  as 
clouds,  rolling  down  the  sides  of  a 
mountain,  slowly  join  with  the  mist 
of  the  plains. 

''The  enormous  head  lay  right 
alongside  our  stern,  and  the  lower 
jaw,  loosely  hinged,  was  washed 
open  and  shut  by  the  waves.  Then  I 
saw  the  mouth  .  .  .  vomit  several 
octopi  or  squid  of  a  colossal  size. 
Evidently  these  had  been  gathered 
during  the  whale's  last  excursion  into 
the  abyss  ...  a  mouthful  that  had 
hardly  had  time  to  be  swallowed." 

Recognizing  the  value  of  these 
"precious  regurgitations,"  Prince 
Albert  had  a  small  boat  launched  to 
retrieve  them,  but  even  as  he  gave 
the  order,  the  gently  waving  arms 
and  tentacles  were  slowly  sinking 
through  the  bloody  water.  The  dis- 


membered  squid  were  off  the  stern 
of  the  ship,  not  thirty  feet  from  her 
propeller,  and  the  prince  shouted, 
"Full  astern!"  until  the  turbulence 
created  by  the  screw  had  churned 
the  remains  to  the  surface.  The  life- 
boat was  waiting  and  the  squid  were 
scooped  up  with  hand  nets  and  deliv- 
ered to  the  crew  and  the  curious 
scientists  on  deck.  Enough  had  been 
saved  so  that  five  squid  could  be 
identified  and,  upon  a  later  and  more 
thorough  study,  it  was  found  that  all 
were  types  never  described  before. 

"One  which,  alas,  had  lost  its  head 
in  the  fracas  .  .  .  [had]  a  body  not 
less  than  two  meters  in  length:  whose 
form  was  that  of  a  cone  supplied  with 
a  large  round  fin  partially  covered 
with  scales.  Another,  whose  body 
had  disappeared,  could  be  recog- 
nized only  by  its  crown  of  tentacles, 
that  is  to  say  by  its  head  with  its 
eight  arms,  each  the  size  of  a  man's, 
and  each  studded  with  a  hundred 
suckers  armed  with  sharp  and  power- 
ful claws.  .  .  ." 

Although  clearly  puzzled  by  the 
foreigners'  concern  for  whale  vomit, 
the  whale  fishermen  were  delighted 
when  Prince  Albert  offered  to  tow 
their  whale  to  shore  for  them.  The 
strange  procession  got  under  way 
with  the  Princesse  Alice  towing  the 
whale  by  its  flukes,  and  the  whaler 
trailing  behind,  attached  to  the  head 
of  its  prey  by  a  harpoon.  It  was  late 
in  the  afternoon  when  the  convoy  put 
in  to  Negrito  Bay  where,  on  the  fol- 
lowing day,  the  whale  was  to  be  cut 
up  and  boiled  down  in  the  Azoreans' 
primitive  tryworks.  The  prince  had 
asked  the  islanders  for  the  whale's 
brain  and  stomach,  and  as  they  made 
no  use  of  these  parts,  they  had 
readily  agreed. 

The  Princesse  Alice  could  not  an- 
chor safely  in  the  bay  and  so  sailed 
back  to  her  mooring  at  Angra.  Sev- 
eral scientists  from  the  yacht,  deter- 
mined not  to  miss  the  rare  opportu- 
nity of  seeing  a  sperm  whale 
dissected— even  in  a  less  than  scien- 
tific manner— returned  that  evening 
to  Negrito  Bay.  Prince  Albert  and 
the  others  arrived  the  following 
morning. 

The  whale  had  been  beached  on 
the  rocky  shore  of  the  volcanic  is- 
land; secured  by  several  chains,  it 
rocked  slowly  as  the  waves  broke 
along  its  sides.  In  spite  of  the  scien- 
tists' eagerness,  the  islanders  insisted 
that  nothing  could  be  done  until  the 


The  eye  of  Apollo 


Only  Leitz  Trinovid 
was  good  enough  for 
the  historic  first 
"man  on  the  moon" 
flight  of  Apollo  11. 
Trinovid  exceeded 
NASA's  specifications  for 
optical  clarity, 
ruggedness,  and  efficiency. 

NASA  modified  stock 
binoculars  to  single  eyepiece 
units  to  save  space  and  bulk. 
The  same  optical  systems  are 
available  to  you  in  regular 
Trinovid  Binoculars.  So  for  down- 
to-earth  binocular  use,  why  not  get 
the  best.  Ask  your  dealer  to  show  you 
his  entire  Leitz  Trinovid  line  soon 


N 


Trinovid 

selected  by  NASA 

for  U.S.  space  exploration 


E.  Leitz.  Inc.,  Rockleieh,  N.  J.  07647 


AFRICA  COUPON 
N0.1 


Send  in  this  coupon  and  get  a  free  brochure  with  all  the  Information 
you  need  for  your  trip  to  Africa.  Find  out  about  the  people,  the  place 
and  tours  from  as  little  as  $998  that  show  them  best.  Then  go  there 
on  Air  Afrique.  Call  your  travel  agent  or  the  nearest  Air  France  office. 
Air  France  is  the  general  agent. 


Air  France 

Box  707 

New  Yorl<,  New  York 


Name 

"^'"■'f^/^W' 

Address 

..  $r> 

City 

State 

Zip 

My  travel  agent  is 

AIR  MPRIQUe 


23 


i  i 


•A  TELESCOPE  SUITABLE  FOR  ROCKET-BORNE  INSTRUMENTATION' 

The  descriptive  quototion  above  is  the  title  of  a  paper  pub- 
lished by  Patrick  H.  Verdone  of  Goddard  Space  Flight  Center, 
regarding  o  special  all-quartz  Questar  used  in  two  rocket  flights  to 
photograph  the  sun  in  the  near  ultraviolet.  Mr.  Verdone's  report 
on  the  equipment  and  its  performance  appears  in  the  March  1967 
issue  of  Applied  Optics.  The  entire  project  is  covered  in  a  paper 
called  "Rocket  Spectroheliograph  for  the  Mg  II  Line  at  2802.7 
A"  by  Kerstin  Fredga. 

In  the  post  we  hove  pointed  with  pride  to  the  many  things 
Questar  con  do  for  you,  the  hobbyist,  by  bringing  you  superb 
resolution  for  astronomical  and  terrestrial  observing  and  photog- 
raphy, in  a  fully  mounted  yet  portable  instrument.  Imagine  how 
gratifying  it  is  that  this  versatility  also  can  serve  so  many  fields 
in  industry  and  scientific  research.  The  closed-circuit  televising  of 
nearby  objects,  photography  of  earth  ond  sky  from  the  Gemini 
capsules,  laser  sending  and  receiving,  and  now  the  rocket-borne 
investigation  of  the  sun,  are  but  o  few  of  the  uses  so  radically 
different  as  to  appear  to  be  beyond  the  capacity  of  o  single  instru- 
ment. Yet  all  ore  in  the  day's  work  for  Questar.  It  strikes  us  that 
when  you  make  the  world's  finest  optical  system,  the  world  finds 
ways  to  use  it, 

Questar,  the  world's  finest,  most  versatile  small  telescope,  priced 
from  $795,  is  described  in  40-page  booklet.  Send  $1  for  mailing 
anywhere  in  North  America.  By  air  to  rest  of  Western  Hemisphere, 
Europe  and  northern  Africa,  $2.30;  Australia  and  elsewhere,  $3.50. 


TAR 


BOX  60  NEW  HOPE,  PENNSYLVANIA  18938 


rising  tide  allowed  them  to  pull  the 
whale  higher  up  the  beach.  B)'  mid- 
morning  the  tide  had  reached  its 
highest  point  and  turned,  and  the  : 
fishermen  follo^ved  the  receding 
water  along  the  sides  of  the  whale, 
cutting  as  they  went. 

The  sun  rose  higher  and  heat  haze 
blurred  the  distant  peaks  and  craters. 
Black  lava  stone— the  building  blocks 
of  the  village,  as  well  as  of  the  island 
itself— held  the  mounting  heat,  and 
a  stench,  hard  to  imagine  and  harder 
still  to  tolerate,  rose  from  the  whale. 
Half-naked  children,  bugs,  and 
mangy  dogs  all  swarmed  over  the 
lilack  sand  beach.  Birds  by  the  hun- 
dreds wheeled  and  screamed  in  the 
air,  and  fish  darted  through  the  surf 
nipping  at  the  dismembered  whale. 
\ot  until  the  second  day  of  this 
macabre  auto])sy  did  the  scientists 
get  a  chance  to  examine  the  contents 
of  the  whale  s  stomach— two  hundred 
pounds  of  "half-digested,  violet-col- 
ored stew  peppered  with  eyeballs  and 
squid  beaks."  Conditions  were  not 
eased  by  the  acrid  yellow  smoke  that 
billowed  from  the  try  works.  It 
burned  their  throats  and  stung  their 
eyes,  but  kept  the  flies  away. 

''The  vengeance  of  the  whale  has 
begun,"  remarked  the  prince. 

The  remains  of  several  more  squid 
were  fished  from  the  whale's  stomach 
but  the  scientists  were  not  as  lucky 
in  securing  the  contents  of  its  head. 
In  draining  the  prized  spermaceti 
from  the  head  cavities,  the  fishermen 
had  accidently  chopped  through  into 
the  brain,  and  the  delicate  tissue  had 
rapidly  spoiled. 

While  attending  to  the  dissection 
of  the  whale,  the  scientists  had  ample 
time  to  examine  the  extensive  scars 
on  the  animal's  jaw. 

"They  clearly  appear  to  be  the 
marks  left  by  the  powerful  suction  of 
the  [squid's]  suckers,"  wrote  Prince 
Albert.  In  his  imagination  there  rose 
"a  vision  of  colossal  battles.  '  which 
he  thought  might  occur  in  the  depths 
of  the  sea  "when  the  terrible  mam- 
mal descends  to  hunt  its  prey." 

"Could  they  [the  scars  on  tlie  jaw] 
result  from  his  powerful  attempts  to 
seize  some  giant  squid?  The  eight 
arms  would  immediately  envelop 
the  whale's  head  and  fix  themselves 
there  ivith  all  their  suckers,  ^vhile 
the  rest  of  the  [squid's]  body, 
stretched  to  the  breaking  point  by 
the  whale's  effort  to  swallow  him, 
would  finally  break  off  at  the  neck 


.  .  .  but  the  tentacles  would  remain 
tightly  fixed  to  the  whale  until  the 
progressive  laxity  of  death  relaxed 
the  suckers'  grip  one  by  one.  And  if, 
by  chance,  the  sperm  whale  did  not 
wait  for  the  arms  of  the  squid  to 
slough  off  before  attacking  another, 
one  may  picture  a  monster  whose 
head  is  no  longer  visible  beneath  a 
mass  of  tangled  arms  from  several 
squid." 

After  spending  several  days  at 
Negrito  Bay,  the  prince  and  his 
friends  put  out  to  sea  again,  leaving 
the  islanders  to  cope  with  the  final 
obligation  of  Azorean  whalemen,  the 
disposal  of  the  whale's  carcass.  There 
was  a  strictly  enforced  government 
regulation  that  the  remains  of  a 
whale  must  be  towed  out  to  sea  and 
if,  as  w  as  often  the  case,  an  onshore 
breeze  blew  the  carcass  back  onto 
the  beach,  the  whalemen  were 
obliged  to  tow  it  off  again— and 
again. 

Prince  Albert  was  much  impressed 
by  his  unexpected  acquisition  of 
whale-caught  squid  and  the  follow- 
ing year  he  had  two  small  whaling 
boats,  equipped  with  power  har- 
poons, brought  aboard  the  Princesse 
Alice.  A  Scottish  harpooner  was 
hired  to  command  one  of  the  boats, 
while  the  prince  directed  the  other. 
During  that  year's  springtime  expe- 
dition, confined  as  usual  to  the  Med- 
iterranean waters,  the  prince  shot  his 
first  whale.  As  his  whaler  approached 
the  animal,  he  fired  the  bow- 
mounted  harpoon  gun,  and  the 
sharp  recoil  slapped  him  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  boat.  A  moment  later  he 
was  forced  to  cut  the  line  when  the 
wounded  whale  sounded. 

Subsequent  attempts  to  capture 
whales  and  dolphins  were  more  suc- 
cessful, and  the  prince  made  good 
use  of  his  gory  methods.  Of  the  sixty- 
three  volumes  of  scientific  reports 
published  in  his  lifetime,  some  of  the 
most  interesting  are  those  contain- 
ing descriptions  of  the  squid  and 
octopuses  taken  from  the  stomachs 
of  whales.  Yet,  he  did  sound  a  note 
of  regret.  "Given  their  habits,  the 
cetaceans  [members  of  the  whale 
family  |  are  my  most  useful  helpers 
for  the  study  of  certain  oceanic  do- 
mains. Unfortunately,  circumstances 
oblige  me  to  give  them  poor  thanks 
for  their  collaboration,  starting  with 
a  harpoon  in  the  back  and  ending 
with  the  dissection  and  pillage  of 
their  stomachs." 


AFRIGA 


IT  SWINGS! 


The  action  in  East  Africa  is  fast,  exciting,  different.  It's  the  good  life.  In  Dar  es 
Salaam,  for  example,  you'll  view  wild  game  at  close  range,  and  tribal  dancing, 
and  spectacular  scenery  topped  by  Kilimanjaro.  You'll  shop  for  bargains,  and  stay 
at  a  modern  hotel.  You'll  want  to  see  all  of  East  Africa  .  .  .  Uganda,  Kenya,  and 
the  fascinating  Historic  Tour  of  Ethiopia.  On  the  way,  or  on  the  way  home,  you 
can  swing  around  Europe,  too,  at  no  .frankfurt 

extra  air  fare  through  the  courtesy  of  madrid^^— -"VaTh'ens— «beiru7 

Ethiopian  Airlines,  and  you'll   fly  in  khartoumJV"""'     /^i«nACHi-,DELHi 

^  '  '  ^^--^,,J  ASMARA  *i:__^  ADEN 

luxury  all  the  way.  Mail  the  coupon,      accra»_lagos 
now!  Or  see  your  Travel  Agent,  or  i@). 


ADDIS  ABABA ^DJIBOUTI 

NAIROBI 

DAR  ES  SALAAM 


Boeing  Fan  let  Passenger  and  Cargo  Service 


FAA-certificated  Airline     At  W  ^%  K^  M  1^  MS^^f 
51  East  42nd  Street,  New  York  City  10017 

Please  send  me  information  about  the  excitement  of  travel  to  incredible  East  Africa,  with 
stopovers  in  Europe  at  no  extra  air  fare,  on  Ethiopian  Airlines'  luxury  Boeing  Fan  Jets  depart- 
ing from  European  Gateways. 


Sky  Reporter 


The  Sun  Will  Darken  March  7 


At  sunrise  on  March  7.  the  shadow  of  the  moon  ivill 
touch  the  earth  at  a  point  in  the  South  Pacific 
Ocean.  Then,  for  a  period  of  slightly  more  than  three 
hours,  the  shadow  ^vill  race  first  eastward,  then  north- 
eastward across  the  North  American  continent,  leaving 
the  earth  at  sunset  in  the  North  Atlantic  Ocean,  midway 
between  America  and  Europe.  A  total  solar  eclipse  will 
occur  along  the  path  swept  by  the  shadow,  and  part  of 
that  path  will  cross  the  heavily  populated  eastern  coast 
of  the  United  States.  A  partial  eclipse  of  the  sun  will 
occur  over  all  of  North  America  except  northwestern 
Alaska.  The  total  eclipse  will  take  place  in  a  band 
nearlv  90  miles  wide,  extending  over  central  Mexico, 
the  northwestern  Gulf  of  ^lexico.  northern  Florida, 
Georgia.  South  Carolina,  North  Carolina.  \  irginia,  a 
very  small  part  of  Maryland,  Nantucket  Island,  Nova 
Scotia,  and  Newfoundland. 


Manv  Americans— taking  advantage  of  the  event's 
proximity  to  iheir  homes— will  see  one  of  the  rarest, 
most  beautiful,  and  most  exciting  of  natures  skv  events. 
Not  since  1954  has  there  been  an  opportunity  to  see  a 
total  solar  eclipse  in  easily  accessible  and  widespread 
areas  of  the  United  States.  There  have  been  a  few  lim- 
ited opportunities,  such  as  the  1959  and  1963  eclipses, 
which  were  visible  in  the  extreme  northeastern  part  of 
the  country,  but  the  areas  of  visibiliti,-  were  either  lim- 
ited or  difficult  to  reach.  And  not  until  the  rear  2017 
will  there  be  another  opportunity  comparable  to  March 
7.  The  late  twentieth  century  simply  does  not  favor  the 
accessible  parts  of  Nortli  America  with  many  solar 
eclipses. 

The  path  of  totality  for  the  March  7  eclipse  is  most 
accessible  in  the  areas  of  southeastern  United  States 
where  it  occurs,  less  so  in  the  parts  of  Mexico  diat  are 


in  the  band  of  totality.  The  best  ^veather  conditions, 
however,  favor  the  Mexican  locations,  specifically  the 
southern  coastal  areas  west  of  the  Gulf  of  Tehuantepec. 
In  this  area,  the  mountains  of  the  Central  American 
isthmus  serve  as  a  barrier,  forcing  the  prevailing  east- 
erly winds  upward,  where  condensation  removes  much 
of  the  moisture  that  accumulated  in  the  air  in  passing 
over  the  South  Atlantic  and  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Cloudiness 
is  common  over  the  north  coast  of  the  isthmus  and  the 
central  mountains:  but  the  air  reaching  the  south  coast 
is  drier  and  clearer.  In  early  March,  the  percentage  of 
cloud  cover  prevalent  in  this  area  is  in  the  low  20's, 
and  chances  for  a  March  day  with  less  than  one-third  of 
the  sky  in  clouds  are  about  one  in  three.  The  proba- 
bility of  seeing  the  sun  at  any  given  time  on  March  7 
is  better  than  75  percent.  These  are  considered  favor- 
able prospects  for  viewing  the  eclipse. 

In  contrast  to  these  conditions,  the  weather  outlook 
in  the  southeastern  United  States  is  marginal,  if  not 
downright  unfavorable.  Climatological  records  indicate 
little  difference,  from  the  point  of  view"  of  weather, 
along  the  eclipse  path  from  Florida  to  Virginia. 
Throughout  this  area  average  cloud  cover  in  March  is 
consistently  about  60  percent;  clear  days  occur  on 
March  7  in  about  30  percent  of  the  years  for  which 


records  are  available,  and  the  chance  of  seeing  die  sun 
at  any  given  moment  on  March  7  appears  to  be  about 
40  percent  in  those  areas  from  Florida  to  Virginia 
where  the  total  eclipse  will  occur.  These  conditions  are 
somew  hat  better  than  those  in  the  northeast,  where  the 
eclipse  will  pass  over  Nova  Scotia  and  Newfoundland, 
but,  surprisingly,  not  that  much  better. 

Most  professional  astronomers  and  serious  amateurs 
are  planning  to  do  their  work  in  the  region  of  Mexico 
where  weather  conditions  appear  to  give  the  greatest 
chance  for  success.  There  are  also  other  factors  that 
favor  the  Mexican  location.  The  sun  will  be  higher  in 
the  sky  at  the  time  of  the  eclipse,  the  total  eclipse  path 
wider,  and  the  duration  of  totality'  longer  than  at  any 
other  location  in  North  America.  As  compared  to  north- 
western Florida,  where  the  best  conditions  in  the  United 
States  occur,  in  Mexico  the  sun  will  be  10  degrees 
higher  during  the  eclipse;  the  eclipse  path  8  miles  wider 
(almost  10  percent)  :  and  the  totality  will  last  almost 
20  seconds  longer  (3  minutes  31  seconds) .  Along  the 
total  eclipse  path  east  and  north  of  Florida,  the  sun  is 
progressively  lower,  the  path  of  total  eclipse  narrower, 
and  the  duration  of  totality  diminishes  continually. 

Other  factors  characteristic  of  the  best  locations  in 
Mexico   are   their   isolation,   difficulty   of  access,   and 


Map  shows  the  path 
totality  will  follow 
across  lower  Mexico,  the 
southeastern  United  States, 
and  eastern  Canada. 
The  light  shading  indicates 
the  total  area  from  which 
some  part  of  the  eclipse 
will  be  visible. 
The  dark  shading  and  the 
black  cone  show  the  area 
from  which  a  partial 
eclipse  and  totality, 
respectively,  will  be  seen 
at  one  instant  of  time. 
The  sketches  adjoining  the 
map  show  how  the  sun  will 
look  at  mid-eclipse  for 
cities  at  varying  distances 
from  the  path  of  totality; 
sketch  at  top  left 
shows  totality. 
In  the  tables,  local  times 
are  given  for  when  the 
partial  phase  will  begin; 
totality  or  mid-eclipse 
will  follow  by  as  much  as 
an  hour  and  a  half. 
In  the  table  for  cities  not 
along  the  path  of  totality, 
the  percentage  of  sun  covered 
is  that  at  mid-eclipse. 


Eclipse  phenomena:  Cities  along  totality 


Eclipse  begins 

Duration 

City 

(local  time) 

of  totality 

Pochutia,   Mexico 

10:06  a.m. 

3  min 

13  sec 

MInatitlan,  Mexico 

10:14 

3 

22 

Perry,  Fla. 

11:55 

3 

13 

Savannah,  Ga. 

12:02  P.M. 

3 

02 

Charleston,  S.C. 

12:05 

2 

35 

Elizabeth  City,  N.C. 

12:16 

2 

44 

Norfolk,  Va. 

12:17 

2 

39 

Nantucket,  Mass. 

12:31 

2 

06 

Halifax,  N.S. 

1:42 

2 

16 

Bonavista,  Nfd. 

2:34 

2 

02 

Eclipse  phenomena:  Other  cities 


City 
Boston 
Chicago 
Dallas 
Denver 

Helena,  Mont. 
Juneau 

Kansas  City,  Mo. 
Los  Angeles 
Minneapolis 
New  Orleans 
New  York 
St.  Louis 
San  Francisco 
Seattle 
Mexico  City 
Toronto 
Victoria,  B.C. 


Eclipse  begins    Percentage 
(local  time)    of  sun  covered 


12:31  P.M. 

97 

11:10  A.M. 

71 

10:42 

71 

9:51 

46 

10:03 

29 

9:29 

04 

10:58 

64 

8:28 

36 

11:11 

57 

10:45 

89 

12:25  P.M. 

96 

11:02  A.M. 

73 

8:37 

27 

9:02 

18 

10:10 

90 

12:22  P.M. 

81 

9:05  a.m. 

16 

27 


sparsity  of  population.  Only  two  roads,  not  completely 
paved,  serve  a  few  small  mountain  or  coastal  villages. 
These  conditions  do  not  pose  an  important  obstacle  to 
the  ambitions  of  the  professional  or  serious  amateur 
astronomer,  whose  work  usually  requires  him  to  set 
up  his  instruments  and  test  his  procedures  several  weeks 
or  even  months  in  advance.  Aside  from  the  lack  of 
electric  power  and  other  conveniences  that  he  may 
regret,  he  rather  favors  the  isolation  and  difficulty  of 
transport,  for  these  guarantee  freedom  from  large  num- 
bers of  curious  visitors. 

Others  who  wish  to  see  the  eclipse  may  be  willing  to 
sacrifice  some  advantages  for  the  convenience  and  ac- 
cessibility found  along  the  eclipse  path  in  southeastern 
United  States.  In  selecting  an  observing  location  in 
this  area,  there  is  little  to  choose  from  based  on  climatic 
conditions,  although  as  the  day  approaches,  weather 
forecasts  could  well  suggest  some  preference.  Aside 
from  this  problem,  other  factors  generally  favor  the 
more  southerly  locations  as  close  to  the  center  line  of 
the  eclipse  path  as  possible;  these  assure  the  highest 
sun.  the  widest  path  of  totality,  and  the  longest  duration 
of  totality.  The  total  eclipse  will  last  from  3  minutes  13 
seconds  along  the  Florida  Gulf  coast  to  2  minutes  55 
seconds  in  eastern  Virginia;  the  path  of  totality  will 
range  from  nearly  90  miles  wide  in  Florida  to  about  83 
miles  in  Virginia. 

The  eclipse  path  in  the  southeastern  Lnited  States 
will  pass  over  many  small  communities  and  near  or 
over  several  large  cities.  Savannah.  Charleston,  and 
Norfolk  are  within  the  path  of  total  eclipse:  Tallahassee, 
and  Wilmington  ( North  Carolina  I  are  almost  exactly 
on  the  edges  of  the  path:  and  Jacksonville,  Augusta,  and 
Richmond  are  within  easy  driving  distance  of  the  total 
eclipse  path.  The  entire  area  is  well  served  by  roads, 
public  transportation  into  or  near  the  eclipse  path  is 
excellent,  and  facilities  for  travelers  are  abundant. 

Those  who  cannot  or  do  not  travel  into  the  path  of 
total  eclipse  will,  throughout  the  United  States,  see  a 
partial  solar  eclipse.  The  portion  of  the  sun  that  will 
be  covered  will  be  greatest  in  areas  adjacent  to  the 
path  of  the  total  eclipse,  and  will  diminish  with  dis- 
tance to  the  west  and  north  of  the  path.  At  New-  York 
City,  for  example,  where  the  total  eclipse  will  occur 
in  the  nearby  Atlantic  Ocean,  nearly  96  percent  of  the 
suns  diameter  will  be  covered  by  the  moon  at  mid- 
eclipse,  leaving  only  a  small  crescent  of  the  sun  visible. 
The  magnitude  of  the  eclipse  will  be  72  percent  at  Chi- 
cago, 46  percent  at  Denver,  36  percent  at  Los  Angeles, 
18  percent  at  Seattle,  and  only  4  percent  at  Juneau, 
Alaska.  The  eclipse  will  occur  during  the  morning  hours 
along  the  west  coast,  progressively  later  in  the  day  to 
the  east,  and  in  the  early  afternoon  along  the  east  coast. 
Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

An  Eclipse-Watchers  Guide 

A  total  eclipse  of  the  sun  is  so  spectacular  and  so 
relatively  rare  that  even  veteran  ivatchers  experience 
"eclipse  fever"  and  forget  to  take  the  lens  covers  off 
their  cameras— even  forget  to  take  pictures.  In  the  ex- 
citement, secondary  phenomena  are  often  overlooked 
entirely.  To  help  readers  prepare  for  the  March  7  eclipse. 


here  are  some  of  the  things  they  may  expect  to  see.  Prob- 
ably not  all  of  those  mentioned  will  occur:  no  two 
eclipses  are  the  same.  But  many  will:  observers  who 
know  what  to  look  for  have  a  better  chance  of  seeing  it. 

Partial  phase:  Along  the  path  of  totaUty.  the  partial 
phase  will  last  well  over  an  hour  both  before  and  after 
totality.  First  contact  of  the  moon  with  the  sun  is  es- 
sentially undetectable,  but  within  a  few  minutes  ob- 
servers will  see  the  moon  cutting  a  scallop  out  of  the 
lower  right-hand  edge  of  the  sun.  For  the  next  hour  or 
so  the  moon  will  move  across  the  face  of  the  sun,  cover- 
ing sunspots  as  it  goes;  the  mountains  and  valleys  on 
the  edge  of  the  moon  will  be  silhouetted  against  the 
bright  solar  disk. 

If  the  fohage  around  the  observer  is  suitable,  tiny 
overlapping  crescents  of  light  may  dapple  the  ground 
beneath  trees,  the  result  of  innumerable  "pinhole  cam- 
era" effects  as  the  sunlight  filters  through  the  leaves. 

By  the  time  the  sun  is  80  percent  eclipsed,  it  will  have 
the  shape  of  an  elongated  crescent.  Sunlight  will  be 
coming  only  from  the  sun's  redder  limb  regions:  over-all 
illumination  on  the  ground  will  be  duskv  and  vellow. 
becoming  progressively  redder  until  totality. 

As  totality  approaches,  events  will  accelerate:  the  sky 
will  darken,  the  temperature  drop,  and  dew  may  fall. 
Cumulus  clouds  will  tend  to  dissipate,  but  ground  fog 
may  form  in  lowlands.  Shadows  will  become  sharper  as 
the  sun  narrows  to  a  thin  arc,  and  all  objects  will  appear 
to  be  closer  to  the  ground. 

For  a  few  minutes  before  and  after  totality,  an  ob- 
server may  see  faint  rippling  waves  of  dark  and  light 
moving  across  the  ground  or  along  the  sides  of  buildings 
at  six  to  ten  miles  per  hour.  Called  "shadow  bands," 
these  waves  apparently  result  from  irregularities  in  the 
earth's  atmosphere.  The  darker  bands  are  two  to  eight 
inches  across  and  are  separated  by  eight  inches  to  two 
feet.  They  can  best  be  seen  if  a  white  sheet  is  spread  on 
the  ground. 

On  March  7  an  observer  should  look  to  the  southwest 
to  see  the  approaching  lunar  shadow,  appearing  like^a 
great  storm  on  the  horizon.  As  it  approaches  it  will  ap- 
pear to  w  iden,  filling  more  and  more  of  the  southwestern 
sky.  It  can  be  seen  best  if  it  passes  over  clouds  to  the 
north  or  south  of  the  observer.  Clouds  will  take  on  a 
yellowish-tan  color,  merging  to  reddish  umber  at  the 
shadow^  edge.  The  edge  itself  will  be  diffuse  and  of  a  deep 
umber  color,  changing  to  slate,  violet,  or  gray  deeper 
in  the  shadow.  Moving  at  some  1.500  miles  per  hour,  the 
shadow  will  bear  down  on  the  observer  like  some  mighty 
wall  of  darkness,  and  at  the  onset  of  totality  will  engulf 
him  like  a  curtain  of  fog.  In  the  last  few  seconds  of  the 
partial  phase,  the  shadow  may  even  be  seen  moving 
across  the  ground,  especially  if  the  observer  is  high 
enough  above  the  surrounding  terrain. 

As  the  thin  solar  crescent  narrows,  it  will  begin  to 
contract  from  the  "horns"'  at  its  tips  and  break  up  into 
small  segments  known  as  Baily's  beads.  Rounded  or  ob- 
long in  appearance,  they  sometimes  seem  to  merge  or 
flow  together.  Caused  by  the  irregular  mountains  and 
valleys  on  the  lunar  limb,  they  last  only  a  few  seconds. 

At  this  point  the  sunlight  will  be  so  feeble  that  the 
Continued  on  page  To 


CELESTIAL  EVENTS 

New  moon  is  on  the  6th,  after  which  the  moon  comes 
into  the  evening  sky.  First-quarter  is  on  the  12th,  and  full 
moon  is  on  the  21st.  The  moon  then  returns  to  the  morning 
sky  until  month's  end,  with  last-quarter  on  the  28th. 

Venus,  IVlars,  and  Saturn  are  evening  stars,  but  Venus 
is  too  close  to  the  sun  to  be  seen  easily.  Mars  and  Saturn 
are  in  the  southwest  at  dusk  and  set  in  the  early  evening. 
Mercury  may  be  seen  as  a  morning  star,  low  in  the  south- 
east, during  the  first  week.  Jupiter  rises  before  midnight 
and  remains  in  the  sky  until  dawn. 

February  5:  Mercury  is  at  greatest  elongation  (west) 
in  the  morning  sky.  This  is  not  a  favorable  elongation;  the 
planet  is  still  quite  low  at  sunrise. 

February  5:  The  moon  is  at  perigee  8  hours  before  the 
new  moon,  and  the  perigee  spring  tides  on  the  6th  will 
be  higher  than   normal. 


February  20-21:  The  full  moon  moves  past  the  star 
Regulus,  brightest  star  in  Leo,  tonight.  The  moon  rises 
to  the  right  of  Regulus  on  the  evening  of  the  20th,  passes 
the  star  about  9:00  p.m.,  EST,  and  then  moves  increasingly 
farther  to  the  left  (east)  during  the  morning.  The  moon 
occults  the  star  over  parts  of  Canada,  Europe,  and  Asia. 

February  21:  There  will  be  a  partial  eclipse  of  the 
moon  shortly  after  3:00  a.m.,  EST,  but  earlier  by  an  hour 
in  each  time  zone  to  the  west.  Only  about  5  percent  of  the 
moon  will  pass  through  the  earth's  shadow,  however. 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

*  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the 
bottom;  then  match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with 
those  in  the  sky  near  the  horizon.  The  map  is  for  9:15  p.m.  on 
February  1;  8:20  p.m.  on  the  15th;  and  7:30  p.m.  on  the  28th; 
but  it  may  be  used  for  about  an  hour  before  and  after  those  times. 


*;^  I 


I 


4- 


.fl^ 


FROM  SNOWFLAKI 

Although  the  snow  crystal  is  a  thing  of  beauty, 

structural  changes  can  lead  to  spectacular,  sometimes  disastrous 

surges  of  accumulated  snow  down  a  mountain 

by  Edward  R.  LaChapelle 


30 


rO  AVALANCHE 


Snow  is  one  of  the  most  variable 
substances  found  in  nature.  Some 
snow  surfaces  glitter  in  the  sun,  while 
others  remain  dull  and  gray.  Some 
snow  floats  as  fluff  on  a  modest 
breeze,  while  other  kinds,  packed 
like  concrete,  can  resist  a  mountain 


gale.  The  skier  may  find  his  favorite 
slope  varying  in  texture  from  that  of 
bottomless  feathers  to  an  icy  skating 
surface.  Some  snow  will  remain 
firmly  planted  where  it  fell,  other 
kinds  will  slip  off  a  steep  mountain- 
side at  the  slightest  touch. 


The  varied  forms  that  snow  can 
take  are  familiar  to  everyone  who 
lives  in  a  climate  with  cold  winters. 
The  householder  who  shovels  half 
his  walk  clear  of  fresh  snow  and 
leaves  the  other  half  until  the  next 
day  is  uncomfortably  conscious  that 

31 


•■■% 


"^^  ^ 


the  stiff  and  heavj'  snow  he  comes 
back  to  is  not  the  same  kind  that 
floated  down  from  the  sky.  The  skier 
who  carefully  times  his  tour  on  a 
sunny  April  morning  enjoys  the  de- 
lights of  corn  snow,  but  the  eager 
beaver  who  comes  too  early  skis  on 
icy  '"boiler  plate."  and  the  lazy  one 
who  waits  until  late  in  the  day  finds 
himself  up  to  his  knees  in  slush— skis 
and  all. 

Other  snow  forms  are  less  famil- 
iar. A  recrystallized  type,  sometimes 
called  sugar  snow .  can  occur  as  hid- 
den la)'ers  deep  within  a  snow  cover. 
Because  it  has  little  internal  cohe- 
sion, when  disturbed  it  flows  freely 
like  dry  sugar,  and  an  unsuspecting 
skier  or  snowmobile  driver  can  sud- 
denly sink  clear  through  to  the 
ground.  Another  type,  the  pellet 
snow'  peculiar  to  certain  mountain 
storms,  falls  as  rounded  grains  re- 
sembling hail.  When  they  drop  in 
large  quantities  at  certain  temper- 
atures, these  pellets— some  as  large 
as  peas — flow  off  steep  slopes  in  a 
constant  stream.  The  whole  moun- 
tainside comes  alive  with  such 
rivulets,  which  deposit  the  pellets  in 
deep  piles  in  the  hollows  and  ravines. 

Most  striking  of  all  the  effects  gen- 
erated by  snow  variations  is  the  snow 
avalanche.  Caused  by  hidden  changes 
deep  within  the  snow,  or  by  the  dep- 
osition of  one  last  overload  of  new 

32 


snow  on  a  weak  layer  formed  per- 
haps a  month  before,  avalanches  are 
among  the  most  spectacular  forces 
of  nature.  They  range  in  size  from 
the  harmless  trickle  of  a  few  hand- 
fuls  of  snow"  to  the  fall  of  millions 
of  tons  in  a  single  surge  that  can 
sweep  whole  forests  down  a  moun- 
tainside. In  one  wav  or  another  all 
start  with  certain  combinations  of 
snow  crystals  and  patterns  of  winter 
weather.  Distinguishing  these  com- 
binations from  the  ones  that  produce 
stable,  harmless  snow  takes  skill,  ex- 
perience, and  sometimes  a  certain 
seat-of-the-pants  intuition. 

Let  us  begin  by  looking  at  the 
"raw  material."  A  snowflake  is  a 
group  of  cohering  snow  crystals. 
While  it  is  true  that  '"no  two  snow- 
flakes  are  ever  alike."  this  is  only 
part  of  the  story.  This  traditional 
phrase  generates  a  vision  of  ordi- 
nary, hexagonal  snow  crvstals  re- 
peated in  endless  variations.  Nature, 
in  fact,  offers  a  far  wider  variety  of 
snow  crystals;  the  common,  hex- 
agonal star  is  but  one  of  several 
basic  patterns.  A  recent  classification 
scheme  devised  by  Japanese  scien- 
tists distinguishes  79  different  kinds 
of  snow  crystals,  but  still  includes 
one  "miscellaneous"  category  to  ac- 
commodate the  leftovers.  Even  the 
greatly  abbreviated  International 
Snow    Classification    recognizes   ten 


The  intricately  branch 

symmetrical  ste] 

crystals,  upper  left,  ar' 

conunon  form  of  snt 

In  freshly  fallen  snow  su 

crystals  often  acquire 

icing  of  rime,  photo  abo 

Falling  snow  may  ta 

many  forms,  some  of  whi 

are  listed  at  rig 


different  forms  of  solid  precipitation. 
This  diversity  applies  to  falling  snow 
as  it  arrives  from  the  sky. 

It  is  also  true  that  even  the  same 
deposited  snow  crystal  is  not  alike 
from  one  moment  to  the  next,  for 
snow  shapes  of  all  kinds  are  ephem- 
eral. This  susceptibility  to  change  is 
characteristic  of  substances  com- 
posed of  solid  particles— in  this  case, 
ice— that  are  close  to  their  melting 
point.  Only  below  -40°F.  can  snow 
crystals  persist  for  days  in  their 
original  form.  At  milder  tempera- 
tures, metamorphism  begins  to  alter 
their  shape  as  soon  as  they  reach  the 
ground.  Change  is  the  one  contant 
feature  of  snow. 

The  intricate  shapes  of  newly 
fallen  snow  are  unstable  because 
they  represent  a  high  ratio  of  sur- 


face  area  to  volume  and  consequent- 
ly, a  high  surface  free  energy.  Nat- 
ural processes  always  work  in  this 
way  to  minimize  this  surface  energy. 
In  the  case  of  snow  crystals  this  proc- 
ess reduces  them  from  varied  and 
often  beautiful  patterns  to  rounded 
grains  of  ice.  The  reduction  takes 
place  largely  through  the  difEusion 
of  water  vapor  from  one  part  of  the 
snow  crystal  to  another,  leading  to 
the  formation  of  old  snow.  This  con- 
verted snow  is  "old"  in  the  crystallo- 
graphic  sense,  rather  than  in  a 
chronological  one,  for  the  rate  of 
conversion  varies  widely  with  tem- 
perature. Near  the  freezing  point, 
snow  becomes  old  in  just  a  few 
hours.  This  is  the  process  of  destruc- 
tive metamorphism,  which  operates 
in  the  absence  of  large  temperature 
differences  within  the  snow. 

If   gradients    greater   than    about 
0.2  °F.  per  centimeter  of  snow  depth 


are  present,  a  different  process  takes 
place :  water  vapor  leaves  one  crystal 
and  is  redeposited  as  ice  on  its  colder 
neighbor.  Thus  new  crystals  are 
formed  with  shapes  entirely  differ- 
ent from  what  they  were  in  the  atmos- 
phere. Hoar  is  the  general  name  given 
to  ice  deposited  from  water  vapor, 
hence  these  crystals  formed  deep 
within  the  snow  cover  are  called 
depth  hoar,  the  sugar  snow  referred 
to  previously.  If  severe  temperature 
gradients  are  maintained  for  many 
days,  the  whole  snow  cover  may  pass 
through  the  vapor  stage  and  be  re- 
crystallized  to  depth  hoar.  The  me- 
chanical strength  of  snow  is  drasti- 
cally reduced  by  this  process,  which 
occurs  most  frequently  in  shallow 
snow  layers  during  very  cold  weather. 
But  depth  hoar  formation  is  not 
the  only  factor  that  helps  explain 
avalanche  release.  The  diverse  types 
of  snow  crystals  formed  in  the  atmo- 


From  International  Snow  Classification. 


33 


sphere  can  also  be  modified  by  ac- 
cretion of  rime  during  their  fall. 

The  deposition  of  rime  on  exposed 
objects  during  winter  storms  is  fa- 
miliar to  many  people,  but  few  recog- 
nize the  important  role  it  also  plays 
^^  itliin  clouds— for  it  is  in  the  clouds 
that  the  foundation  for  a  subsequent 
ayalanche  is  often  laid.  Cloud  par- 
ticles consist  of  either  tiny  water 
droplets  (water  cloud  I  or  tiny  ice 
particles  f  ice  cloud  I .  If  a  water  cloud 
is  cooled  below  freezing,  the  liquid 
droplets  often  will  not  freeze  until 
the  temperature  reaches  very  low 
values.  Such  supercooling  occurs 
most  readily  in  pure  water  within 
an  uncontaminated  enyironment.  The 
distilled  water  making  up  cloud  drop- 
lets fits  this  requirement  very  nicely. 
These  droplets  can  remain  liquid 
only  as  long  as  they  do  not  strike 
any  solid  object, especialh'  ice.  which 
can  serve  to  nucleate  freezing.  \^  hen 
wind  drives  a  supercooled  water 
cloud  against  mountain  peaks  or 
other  exposed  objects,  the  accumu- 
lation of  freezing  droplets  leads  to 
formation  of  the  familiar  rime 
feathers  built  up  toward  the  \vind. 

Snow  crystals  generated  by  the 
atmosphere  s  higher  and  cooler 
clouds  I  usually  ice  clouds  I  mav  fall 
through  the  supercooled  water  clouds 
at  louver  levels.  Whenever  they  strike 
a  cold  water  droplet,  the  droplet 
freezes,  adding  its  rime  to  the  crystal. 
If  the  cloud  is  thick  and  supercooled 
droplets  numerous,  the  extra  icing 
can  completely  obscure  the  original 
crystal,  eventually  forming  a  rounded 
ball  known  as  graupel,  soft  hail,  or 
pellet  snow.  Because  most  precipita- 
tion originates  as  snow  I  melting  to 
form  rain  I ,  and  because  supercooled 
water  clouds  are  very  common,  a 
substantial  part  of  the  total  precipita- 
tion reaching  the  earth's  surface  is 
extracted  from  clouds  in  the  form 
of  rime. 

In  many  climate  zones,  particu- 
larly those  exposed  to  maritime 
conditions  or  those  with  abrupt 
mountain  ranges  that  rapidly  lift  ap- 
proaching air  masses,  90  percent 
or  more  of  the  snow  crystals  that 
reach  the  earth's  surface  are  rime- 
coated  to  some  degree.  These  rimed 
crystals  lose  their  ability  to  sparkle 
in  sunlight,  and  the  snow  takes  on 
a  dull,  white  appearance. 

34 


The  mechanical  pioj>eities  of  such 
sno^\  aie  also  modified.  Rime-coated 
ci%btals  aie  bettei  able  to  bond  to 
one  anothei  than  iime-fiee  ones,  so 
the  snow  forms  a  more  cohesive 
layer,  much  in  the  ^vay  that  sugar 
cakes  in  a  bowl  during  damp 
weather.  Because  the  stiffness  of  a 
snow  layer  is  sensitive  to  the  size  of 
its  component  grains,  doubling  the 
grain  size  makes  the  layer  sixteen 
times  stiffer.  As  a  result,  layers  com- 
posed of  heavily  rimed  graupel  parti- 
cles, which  are  usually  much  larger 
than  plain  snow  crystals,  are  ex- 
tremely reluctant  to  deform,  in  con- 
trast with  the  much  more  plastic 
snow  made  up  of  smaller,  rime-free 
crystals.  Stiff  snow  layers  cause  the 
most  persistent  avalanche  danger. 

Rime  has  still  another  effect  on 
already  fallen  snow.  It  acts  as  a  ce- 
ment among  snow  crystals  deposited 
on  windward  slopes  exposed  to  super- 
cooled clouds.  As  the  crystals  reach 
the  ground,  thev  come  in  contact  with 
rime  being  formed  on  the  snow  sur- 
face, and  cementing  occurs  instantly, 
in  contrast  to  the  slower  bonding,  or 
sintering,    already    described.    The 


product  is  a  very  tough,  cohesive 
deposit  of  mixed  snow  and  rime  that 
resists  the  erosive  power  of  the  wind. 
This  snow  stays  where  it  lands  on  the 
mountain.  In  the  absence  of  rime-ce- 
menting, more  common  in  continen- 
tal climates,  the  snow  is  readily 
blown  away  and  deposited  in  shel- 
tered lee  areas.  Such  rearrangement 
of  snow  by  wind  has  a  marked  effect 
on  where  avalanches  will  occur. 

The  presence  or  absence  of  rime- 
cemented  snow  also  determines  in 
striking  fashion  the  winter  appear- 
ance of  high  mountains.  With  rela- 
tively little  or  infrequent  riming 
during   snowstorms,   the   windward 


heft,  a  small  loose-snow 
alanche  plunges  down  steep 
twarzmonch.  in  the  Alps; 
low.  in  Utah,  depth  hoar 
stared  the  breakaway  of  a 
rge  slab  avalanche  that  tore 
ray  the  entire  snow  cover. 


mountain  slopes  are  swept  clean  of 
snow  by  the  wind,  leaving  large  areas 
of  bare  rock  exposed  throughout  the 
winter.  But  if  an  abundant  supply  of 
rime  is  present,  the  mixture  of  rime 
and  snow  builds  up  steadily  during 
the  winter  into  a  thick  mantle  that  re- 
sists even  hurricane-force  winds. 

There  are  two  principal  types  of 
avalanches  with  distinctly  different 
modes  of  origin.  These  are  the  loose- 
snow  avalanche  and  the  slab  ava- 
lanche. There  is  seldom  any  overlap 
between  the  two— the  kinds  of  snow 
causing  one  type  rarely  cause  the 
other.  Snow  rangers,  ski  patrolmen, 
or  highway  maintenance  crews— who 
commonly  deal  with  avalanche  haz- 
ards—always look  for  this  distinction 
because  it  determines  the  character 
of  the  danger  and  the  means  for  deal- 
ing with  it. 

Loose-snow  avalanches  form  when 
snow  crystals  with  little  attachment 
to  one  another  accumulate  on  a  slope 
that  is  steeper  than  the  natural  angle 
of  repose.  This  type  of  situation 
may  come  about  through  snowfalls 
with  little  wind  or  through  meta- 
morphism  of  previously  cohering 
snow    crystals.    The    intrusion     of 


*..  < 


liquid  water  produced  by  rain  or 
snowmelt  can  have  the  same  effect. 
In  either  case,  such  snow  behaves 
very  much  like  dry  sand  placed  on  a 
board  and  carefully  tilted  up  to  an 
angle  where  it  remains  precariously 
perched— until  a  sUght  disturbance 
sends  it  cascading  down  to  form  a 
pile  with  gentler  slopes. 


When  snow  on  a  mountain- 
side is  in  a  condition  of 
precarious  equilibrium, 
any  slight  disturbance 
can  set  a  few  crystals  in  motion;  as 
they  fall,  they  dislodge  more  and 
more  crystals  until  a  loose-snow 
avalanche  is  in  motion.  Such  ava- 
lanches fall  in  uncounted  numbers 
each  winter.  Most  are  small  and 
usually  harmless.  Snow  crystals, 
especially  the  stellar  patterns  ^\ith 
little  or  no  rime  on  them,  are  the 
ones  that  most  readily  form  these 
avalanches.  Because  the  snow  is 
highly  unstable  it  avalanches  readily 
when  onlv  a  few  inches  have  accu- 
mulated, thus  limiting  the  likehhood 
of  large  avalanches. 

Of  course,  if  the  snowfall  includes 
the  more  intricately  branched  stel- 
lar crystals,  these  tend  to  interlock 
when  they  first  fall,  building  a  rela- 
tively stable  snow  layer  with  a  tex- 
ture like  matted  felt.  But  metamor- 
phism  soon  breaks  up  the  intricate 
crystal  arms,  destroying  the  feltlike 
structure.  Such  snow  tends  to  pro- 
duce loose-snow  avalanches  a  day 
or  two  after  it  falls.  But  these  ava- 
lanches, too,  are  seldom  large  and 
destructive.  The  dangerous  ones 
are  more  apt  to  be  found  in  the 
wet  snow  of  spring,  at  places  where 
deep  layers  of  snow  accumulated  on 
a  slope  are  rendered  unstable  by  the 
lubricating  effect  of  liquid  water 
percolating  among  the  grains.  Al- 
most all  really  large,  dangerous 
avalanches,  however,  originate  as 
snow  slabs.  Because  a  wide  variety 
of  snow  conditions  can  create  the 
slabs,  these  avalanches  are  difficult 
to  predict.  In  general,  whenever 
snow  lies  on  a  slope  in  a  cohesive 
layer,  which,  for  some  reason,  is 
poorly  bonded  to  other  snow  layers 
or  to  the  ground,  the  potential  exists 
for  slab  avalanche  release.  Such  a 
layer  can  slide  away  as  a  coherent 

35 


blanket.  Moreover,  instead  of  origi- 
nating at  a  point  and  growing  as  it 
descends,  like  the  loose-snow  ava- 
lanche, the  slab  avalanche  starts  out 
big.  A  whole  mountainside  can  slide 
at  once,  and  if  this  mountainside 
happens  to  be  a  mile  wide,  then 
a  mile-wide  avalanche  suddenly 
springs  into  motion.  Most  avalanche 
accidents  involving  skiers  start  as 
slabs,  and  most  are  set  loose  by  their 
victims,  who  ski  into  a  danger  area 
and  are  suddenly  caught  in  the  snow 
fracturing  all  around  them.  Very 
much  in  the  minority  are  those  ava- 
lanches in  which  unsuspecting  vic- 
tims are  engulfed  from  above. 


Examination  of  the  slab  phe- 
nomenon reveals  that 
every  snowstorm  deposits 
a  distinct  layer  of  snow, 
each  with  its  own  internal  crystal 
types  and  water  content.  Vari- 
ous weathering  influences  between 
storms  (wind  drift,  sunshine,  evap- 
oration, frost)  alter  the  surface  of 
each  new  layer  before  the  next 
storm  arrives.  Some  of  these  modi- 
fications leave  a  surface  to  which  the 
next  snow  layer  adheres  poorly.  The 
delicate  crystals  of  hoarfrost  are  one 
example  of  a  poor  bonding  surface; 
another  is  the  slick  surface  of  ice  left 
by  a  freezing  rain.  Or  a  thin  snowfall 
of  fragile  crystals  sandwiched  be- 
tween two  heavier  layers  may  inhibit 
their  attachment.  Most  insidious  are 
those  snow  layers  that  initially 
formed  a  good  bond  and  still  seem 
to  be  stable.  However,  metamor- 
phism  of  the  snow  crystals  can  later 
weaken  this  bond  or  even  the  inter- 
nal strength  of  a  whole  layer.  The 
depth  hoar  formed  by  steep  tempera- 
ture gradients  exemplifies  such  hid- 
den deterioration,  which  occurs 
most  frequently  between  the  ground 
and  the  rest  of  the  snow .  When  a  slab 
avalanche  breaks  loose  because  of 
depth  hoar,  the  whole  snow  cover 
slides  away.  Percolation  of  liquid 
water  into  the  layer  boundaries  is 
still  another  cause  of  dangerous 
slab  conditions. 

All  such  circumstances  lead  to  the 
same  result— a  blanket  of  snow 
sliding  off  because  it  is  poorly 
bonded  to  the  earth  or  snow  under- 
neath. The  blanket  analogy  becomes 

36 


.*^ 


«4a»^.»iv~  "^ 


clear  to  anyone  who  has  tried  to  keep 
the  covers  on  his  bed  on  a  cold  night 
when  one  of  them  is  a  quilt  whose 
slippery  satin  finish  "forms  a  poor 
bond"  with  the  other  blankets. 

If  adhesion  among  snow  layers 
were  the  only  factor  affecting  their 
formation,  it  would  be  far  easier  to 
predict  slab  avalanches.  But  another 
property  of  snow  complicates  the 
situation,  and  is  the  key  to  their  re- 
lease. Snow  belongs  to  a  class  of 
substances  known  as  viscoelastic. 
Able  to  deform  in  a  plastic  fashion 
under  even  very  small  forces,  it  can 
at  the  same  time  sustain  elastic  de- 
formation very  much  like  a  rubber 


..lA. 


J,. 


band.  The  relative  importance  of 
these  two  deformations  depends  in  a 
complicated  way  on  temperature 
and  snow  structure.  The  commonest 
force  at  work  on  the  snow  cover  is 
gravity ;  on  the  mountainside  it  con- 
tinually causes  the  snow  to  deform 
in  a  downhill  direction  as  well  as  to 
settle  in  place. 

All  winter  long  the  snow,  even  on 
level  ground,  settles  under  its  own 
weight;  on  slopes  it  also  creeps 
along  by  internal  deformation  and 
glides  slow  ly  over  the  ground.  More- 
over, most  mountain  slopes  are  irreg- 
ular, as  is  the  snow  cover  that  rests 
on  them.  This  means  that  the  creep 


and  glide  speeds  differ  from  one  part 
of  the  snow  cover  to  another,  gen- 
erating both  tensile  and  compressive 
stresses  in  the  snow. 

The  tensile  stresses  are  the  ones 
that  cause  the  most  trouble.  If  a 
poorly  supported  snow  slab  is  in  ten- 
sion under  circumstances  that  favor 
elastic  deformation,  it  is  stretched 
out  over  a  slope  much  like  the  thin 
rubber  of  a  balloon  is  pulled  into 
tension  when  inflated.  Any  small  dis- 
turbance or  breaking  force  on  the 
snow  slab— a  lump  of  snow  falling 
from  a  tree  or  the  passage  of  a  skier 
—has  approximately  the  same  effect 
as  sticking  a  pin  in  the  balloon.  The 


slab  fractures,  sometimes  with  the 
violence  of  an  explosion  if  the  snow 
is  hard  and  the  stresses  large.  If  the 
snow  is  very  unstable,  these  frac- 
tures can  propagate  for  miles,  re- 
leasing avalanches  wherever  they 
cross  a  steep,  open  slope. 

It  is  this  ability  to  fracture  with 
sudden  violence  that  makes  the  slab 
avalanche  so  dangerous  and  unpre- 
dictable. A  small  disturbance  at  one 
point  can  set  loose  enormous  forces, 
sometimes  far  from  the  original  dis- 
turbance. The  susceptibility  of  snow 
to  this  kind  of  avalanche  release 
varies  rapidly  with  time,  so  that  a 
hazardous  situation  may  arise  in  a 


Giant  avalanche  in 
motion  ten  seconds  after 
a  75mm.  artillery  shell 
was  fired  at  this 
danger  area  in  Wasatch 
National  Forest,  Utah. 


few  hours  during  a  storm,  then 
diminish  rapidly  afterward  if  the 
temperature  is  not  too  far  from 
freezing— a  condition  that  allows  the 
snow  to  deform  readily  and  relax 
the  tensile  stresses.  At  very  low 
temperatures,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  tension  can  persist  for  days  after 
a  slab  situation  is  generated,  so  the 
snow  remains  in  a  continuously  un- 
stable and  dangerous  state. 

The  kinds  of  snow  that  can  react 
as  unstable  slabs  range  all  the  way 
from  the  skier's  soft  "powder  snow" 
through  rock-hard  wind  deposits  to 
the  water-soaked  spring  snow  that 
verges  on  slush.  The  key  factors  are 
weak  bonds  between  layers  and  the 
presence  of  tensile  stresses.  Certain 
kinds  of  snow  favor  slab  formation 
much  jnore  than  others,  especially 
those  kinds  with  higher  densities 
(more  weight  and  consequent  higher 
gravitational  stresses)  and  with  a 
good  ability  to  sustain  elastic  defor- 
mation. When  stellar  crystals  are 
free  of  rime  they  tend  to  settle  or 
slide  off  in  small  loose-snow  ava- 
lanches very  readily,  hence  snow 
layers  composed  of  these  crystals  are 
highly  unstable,  but  a  serious  slab 
hazard  seldom  develops  because 
such  snow  can  sustain  only  very 
limited  stresses— it  does  not  build  up 
to  dangerous  thickness  as  a  slab.  As 
an  increasing  amount  of  rime  ap- 
pears on  the  crystals,  the  snow  layer 
assumes  a  pseudostability.  The 
crystals  bond  together  more  readily 
and  the  thickness  of  a  layer  may  in- 
crease up  to  several  feet  before  a 
large  slab  can  be  released.  Hence  the 
rimed-crystal  forrns  are  much  more 
eifeclive  for  generating  dangerous 
avalanches. 

Other  snow  types,  such  as  needle 
crystals  and  granular  fragments 
that  can  pack  closely  together  to 
form  a  heavy  slab  layer,  are  also 
generators  of  avalanches.  And  wind 
drifts   on   lee   slopes   are   especially 

37 


susceptible  to  avalanching  because 
the)'  are  formed  in  deep  layers  of 
crystals  that  have  been  broken  and 
then  packed  by  the  wind. 

Ho^\'  do  modern  avalanche  control 
measures  work?  Almost  all  aim  in 
one  way  or  another  to  prevent  or 
relieve  dangerous  tensile  stresses  in 
snow  slabs.  In  the  Alps  massive 
fences  or  barriers  are  often  scattered 
across  a  mountain  slope.  These 
structures  break  the  snow  cover  into 
smaller  sections  and  actuallv  support 
the  sections  by  inhibiting  creep  and 
glide.  Another  method,  requiring 
much  Hghter  construction,  uses  a 
dense  pattern  of  baffles  to  break  up 
^\  ind  flow  and,  therefore,  the  deposi- 
tion of  continuous  slab  layers. 

There  are  also  more  active  meth- 
ods of  avalanche  control.  Where 
avalanches  can  be  allowed  to  fall 
harmlessly  at  certain  times— for  ex- 
ample, on  highways  or  ski  slopes  free 
of  traffic— control  is  customarilv 
effected  by  artificial  release.  This 
technique,  highly  developed  by 
United  States  Forest  Service  snow 
rangers  in  national  forest  ski  areas, 
usually  involves  detonating  an  ex- 
plosive charge— either  an  artillery 
shell  or  a  hand-thrown  explosive— 
in  the  known  fracture  zones  of  ava- 
lanche paths.  The  blast  shatters 
any  slab  lavers  present,  relieving 
stresses  and  allowing  the  fractured 
slab  to  fall.  In  manv  cases,  if  the 
layer  bonds  are  good,  it  does  not 
fall;  but  the  relief  of  stress  elimi- 
nates the  danger  by  allowing  the 
snow  to  settle  in  place.  On  small 
slopes  and  with  carefullv  identified 
snow  conditions,  soft  slab  lavers  are 
sometimes  stabilized  by  cutting  them 
with  ski  tracks  to  relieve  the  tension. 
But  this  can  be  a  hazardous  occupa- 
tion unless  executed  bv  experienced 
and   safety-conscious   personnel. 

Occasionally,  snow  conditions  will 
reach  an  extraordinary  state  of  in- 
stabilit)',  requiring  vigorous  safetv 
measures  and  control  to  protect  lives 
and  property  in  a  mountain  com- 
munity. One  instance  is  documented 
in  a  Forest  Service  report  on  a  seri- 
ous hazard  situation  that  developed 
at  Aha,  Utah,  in  January,  1964. 

Early  winter  that  year  brought 
light  snowfalls  alternating  with  ex- 
tended periods  of  fair  weather.  The 
normal  consequence  of  this  weather 
pattern   ensued— most  of   the  snow 

38 


cover  -svas  converted  to  unstable 
depth  hoar  by  mid-December.  Sub- 
sequent small  snowfalls  during  the 
Christmas  season  and  into  January 
showed  an  alarming  propensity-  for 
avalanching.  The  stage  Avas  set  for  a 
highly  hazardous  condition  if  a  big 
storm  arrived.  One  finally  did  on 
Januarv  21. 


Several  periods  of  intense 
snowfall  during  the  next 
three  days  culminated  in  a 
prolonged  period  that 
brought  the  total  snowfall  for  this 
storm  to  50  inches.  Some  limited 
artillery  fire  during  breaks  in  the 
sno^\'fall  had  already  released  large 
avalanches.  On  the  morning  of 
January  24,  the  skies  cleared,  but 
both  the  ski  area  and  access  high- 
way remained  closed  because  of  ava- 
lanche danger.  Just  how  extensive 
this  danger  was  became  apparent 
only  after  control  measures  began 
that  same  day.  The  heavv  burden  of 
new  snow  iby  this  time  settled  to  a 
layer  36  inches  thick )  was  almost 
universally  too  much  for  the  fragile 
depth  hoar  to  support.  Huge  cas- 
cades of  snow  were  released  bv  ini- 
tial firing  with  artillery  on  those 
avalanche  regions  that  most  seri- 
ously endangered  the  ski  area.  One 
avalanche,  moving  at  more  than  100 
m.p.h..  was  deflected  bevond  its  nor- 
mal path  and  struck  a  parking  lot 
and  ski  lodge,  fortunatelv  causing 
only  minor  damage.  Another,  from  a 
nearby  slope,  damaged  a  cabin  and 
some  mining  equipment  in  its  path. 
This  is  an  area  where  the  snow 
ranger  must  plan  the  sequence  of 
firing  carefully,  for  the  artillery  has 
to  be  moved  from  point  to  point  to 
fire  at  different  targets,  and  some  of 
the  firing  positions  themselves  are 
exposed  to  danger.  In  this  instance, 
the  final  shot  at  the  north  slopes  of 
the  canyon  had  to  be  made  from  a 
position,  safe  under  normal  condi- 
tions, but  exposed  in  exceptional 
cases  to  possible  overrunning  by 
sliding  snow.  The  last  shot  brought 
down  an  avalanche  that  forced  the 
gun  crew  to  beat  a  hasty  retreat  and 
partially  buried  the  75  mm.  howit- 
zer. But  it  was  quickly  dug  out  and 
restored  to  service;  damage  had 
been  minor. 

However,  the  first  shot  directed  at 


the  opposite  slopes,  intended  to 
recheck  alignment  of  the  artillery 
sights,  started  a  remarkable  se- 
quence of  events.  Fracturing  of  the 
highly  unstable  stressed  slabs  spread 
rapidly  from  the  target  zone,  leaping 
from  slope  to  slope  around  the  head 
of  a  large  basin.  One  avalanche  after 
another  fell  in  sequence  as  the  frac- 
turing continued  to  propagate 
through  the  snow,  until  the  distur- 
bance had  circled  the  entire  basin, 
bringing  an  avalanche  down  behind 
the  howitzer's  position.  As  firing 
moved  forward  on  other  targets, 
more  large  avalanches  fell,  until 
practically  every  major  slide  path  in 
the  area  had  discharged  its  load  of 
snow.  Late  in  the  day  the  final 
shot  was  fired  at  a  distant  slope  to 
the  west  of  the  ski  area.  The  fractur- 
ing that  began  there  not  only  circled 
the  head  of  another  basin  but 
jumped  over  a  ridge  to  the  next  one 
and  then  to  the  next  one  beyond 
that,  leaving  behind  it  a  trail  of 
falling  avalanches  that  stretched  over 
several  miles. 

Highly  dangerous  conditions  like 
these  demand  the  utmost  safet\'  pre- 
cautions, as  well  as  skilled  use  of 
the  artificial-release  techniques  for 
which  the  Forest  Service  snow 
rangers  are  justly  renowned.  A  mis- 
take can  be  disastrous  when  such 
impressive  forces  of  nature  stand 
waiting  to  be  released  at  the  touch  of 
a  ski  or  the  burst  of  an  artillery 
shell.  But  an  even  greater  potential 
for  disaster  is  the  failure  to  under- 
stand the  conditions  that  breed  ava- 
lanches, to  recognize  the  hazard 
while  it  is  still  in  the  developing 
stage.  Here  lies  the  importance  of 
understanding  the  role  of  those 
changeable  snow  crystals  that  can 
end  in  avalanches. 


Alpine  trees  heavily  coate 

with  rime-cemented  snov 

On  mountain  slopes  simila 

bonding  can  build  up  a  dee 

cover  of  snow  that  ma 

break  away  as  an  avalanche 


v*^/\ 


H' 


ll 

nBff  ■  '  ^R' 

lirn^ 

v_  .      "      .I* 

I 

<;^m^/j\ 

^w 


/J 


n: 


\. 


DyKlaus-FriedricliKoch 


In  October,  1968,  two  white  mis- 
sionaries on  a  long  trek  between 
two  stations  were  killed  in  a  remote 
valley  in  the  Snow  Mountains  of 
western  New  Guinea,  and  their  bod- 
ies were  eaten.  A  few  days  later,  war- 
riors armed  with  bows  and  arrows 
gave  a  hostile  reception  to  a  group 
of  armed  police  flown  to  the  site  by 
helicopter.  These  people,  described 
by  the  newspapers  as  "savages  living 
in  a  stone-age  culture,"  belong  to  a 
large  population  of  Papuans  among 
whom  I  lived  for  nearly  two  years, 
from  1964  to  1966. 

People  living  to  the  west,  in  the 
high  valley  of  the  Balim  River,  call 
them  "Jale,"  and  this  is  the  name 
that  I  use  for  them.  When  I  read  of 
the  killing  of  the  missionaries  I  was 
reminded  of  how  I  had  first  heard 
that  the  people  whom  I  had  selected 
for  ethnographic  study  had  anthro- 
pophagic      (man-eating  I      predilec- 


Jale  warriors  celebrate 
a  battlefield  triumph  with  a 
victory  dance.  Brilliant 
bird  of  paradise  feathers 
punctuate  the  scene. 

41 


tions.  After  arriving  at  Sentani  air- 
port on  the  north  coast,  I  began 
negotiations  for  transport  to  a  mis- 
sion airstrip  located  in  the  Jalemo, 
the  country  of  the  Jale.  "I  hope  the 
Jale  will  give  us  permission  to  land," 
one  pilot  said  to  me.  "Just  a  few 
weeks  ago  the  airstrip  was  blocked 
because  the  Jale  needed  the  ground 
for  a  dance  and  a  cannibalistic 
feast  to  celebrate  a  military  victory." 

Our  cultural  heritage  predisposes 
many  people  to  view  the  eating  of 
human  meat  with  extreme  horror. 
No  wonder  then  that  the  literature  on 
the  subject  is  permeated  with 
grossly  erroneous  and  prejudicial 
ideas  about  the  practice.  Few  anthro- 
pologists have  been  able  to  study 
cannibalism  because  missions  and 
colonial  governments  have  generally 
succeeded  in  eradicating  a  custom 
considered  to  epitomize,  more  than 
any  other,  the  alleged  mental  primi- 
tiveness  and  diabolical  inspirations 
of  people  with  simple  technologies. 
However,  the  Jale,  completely  iso- 
lated from  foreign  influences  until 
1961,  still  practice  cannibalism  as  an 
institutionalized  form  of  revenge  in 
warfare,  which  is  itself  an  integral 
aspect  of  their  life. 

The  Jale  live  in  compact  villages 
along  several  valleys  north  and  south 
of  the  Snow  Mountains  in  east-cen- 
tral West  New  Guinea.  Until  the  first 
missionaries  entered  the  Jalemo  in 
1961,  the  Jale  were  ignorant  of  the 
"outside"  world.  Five  years  later, 
when  I  left  the  area,  many  Jale  vil- 
lages still  had  never  been  contacted, 
and  culture  change  among  the  people 
living  close  to  a  mission  station  was 
largely  limited  to  the  acceptance  of 
a  few  steel  tools  and  to  an  influx  of 
seashells  imported  by  the  foreigners. 

Two  weeks  after  I  had  set  up  camp 
in  the  village  of  Pasikni,  a  year-long 
truce  with  a  neighboring  village 
came  to  an  end.  Three  days  of  fierce 
fighting  ensued,  during  which  the 
Pasikni  warriors  killed  three  ene- 
mies (among  them  a  smafl  boy), 
raided  the  defeated  settlement,  and 
drove  its  inhabitants  into  exile  with 
friends  and  relatives  in  other  villages 
of  the  region.  At  that  time  I  under- 
stood little  of  the  political  realities 
of  Jale  society,  where  neither  formal 
government  nor  forensic  institutions 
exist  for  the  settlement  of  conflicts. 

A2 


Killed  from  ambush  as  he 
returned  from  battle,  the 
victim,  below,  is  carried 
to  his  fimeral  by 
members  of  his  own 
village,  left.  The  body 
will  be  cremated. 


On  following  pages :  Three-day 

battle  culminates  in 

plunder  of  an  enemy  village 

and  burning  of  selected  huts, 

as  victorious  warriors  watch 

from  a  nearby  ridge. 

After  such  a  drastic  defeat,  a 

village  is  usually  abandoned 

and  open  hostilities  cease. 


Later,  when  I  had  learned  their  lan- 
guage, I  began  to  comprehend  the 
conditions  that  make  military  actions 
an  inevitable  consequence  of  the  ab- 
sence of  an  effective  system  of  poUti- 
cal  control. 

From  an  anthropological  perspec- 
tive any  kind  of  war  is  generally  a 
symptom  of  the  absence,  inadequacy, 
or  breakdown  of  other  procedures 
for  resolving  conflicts.  This  view  is 
especially  applicable  to  Jale  military 
operations,  which  aim  neither  at  ter- 
ritorial gains  and  the  conquest  of 
resources  nor  at  the  suppression  of 
one  political  or  religious  ideology 
and  its  forceful  replacement  by  an- 
other. All  armed  conflicts. in  Jalemo 
occur  as  a  result  of  bodily  injur)'  or 
killing  suffered  in  retaliation  for  the 
infliction  of  a  wrong.  Violent  redress 
may  be  exacted  for  adultery  or  theft 
or  for  a  breach  of  obligation— usually 
a  failure  to  make  a  compensatory 
payment  of  pigs. 

Jale  warfare  is  structured  by  a 
complex  network  of  kin  relation- 
ships. The  Jale  conceptually  divide 
their  society  into  two  parts 
(moieties)  whose  members  must 
marry  someone  from  the  opposite 
side.  By  a  principle  of  patrilineal 
descent  a  person  always  belongs  to 
the  moiety  of  his  father.  Links  be- 
tween kin  groups  created  by  intervil- 
lage  marriages— about  half  the  wives 
in  a  village  were  born  elsewhere— 
provide  the  structure  of  trade  net- 
works and  alliance  politics. 

Most  villages  contain  two  or  more 
residential  compounds,  or  wards. 
One  hut  among  the  group  of  dwell- 
ings forming  a  ward  is  considerably 
bigger  than  all  the  others.  This  is  the 
men's  house,  a  special  domicile  for 
men  and  for  boys  old  enough  to  have 
been  initiated.  Women  and  uniniti- 
ated boys  live  in  the  smaller  huts,  each 
of  which  usually  houses  the  family 
of  one  man.  The  residents  of  a  men's 
house  constitute  a  unified  political 
and  ritual  community,  and  it  is  this 
community,  not  the  village  as  a 
whole,  that  is  the  principal  war- 
making  unit. 

As  in  all  societies,  there  are  some 
individuals  who  have  more  influence 
over  the  affairs  of  their  fellows  than 
most.  In  Jalemo  a  man  gains  a  posi- 
tion of  authority  (which  never  ex- 
tends much  beyond  the  immediate 


|3 

H 

HWb,                          '*'-0k           ''/ ' 

;^ 

n 

.4  0* 

'  "^^"^ 

«^ 

•5S 

im 

1 

■  ?  "^ 

ij- 

.'f». 


^, 


'    '  'l 


^55'j. 


J^^J  '' 


v^^y^•^^# 


"^x^W^ 


— NS 


J^. 

^ 


N 


^^. 


eacheious  unbridged  rivers 
!  one  of  the  obstacles 
!  Jale  must  surinoimt 
revenge  raids  in  distant 
(leys.  Jalemo  terrain 
unong  the  most 
'ged  in  New  Guinea. 


WEST     NEW     GUINEA 

VOGELKOP 


Lake 
Sentani 
J 


SNOW     M 


/ 


o  u  M  rrr 

'o>)  ■Jalemo      \ 
-6 


kin  group)  through  his  acquisition 
of  an  esoteric  knowledge  of  perform- 
ing rituals  and  through  the  clever 
management  of  his  livestock  to  the 
benefit  of  his  relatives,  for  every 
important  event  demands  the  ex- 
change of  pigs— to  solemnify  or  legit- 
imate the  creation  of  a  new  status  or 
to  settle  a  conflict.  Most  disputes  are 
over  women,  pigs,  or  gardens,  and 
any  one  of  them  may  generate 
enough  political  enmity  to  cause  a 
war  in  which  many  people  may  lose 
their  lives  and  homes. 

In  every  Jale  war  one  person  on 
either  side,  called  the  "man-at-the- 
root-of-the-arrow,"  is  held  responsi- 
ble for  the  outbreak  of  hostilities. 
These  people  are  the  parties  to  the 
original  dispute,  which  ultimately 
escalates  into  armed  combat.  Being 
a  man-at-the-root-of-the-arrow  car- 
ries the  liability  of  providing  com- 
pensation for  all  injuries  and  deaths 
suffered  by  supporters  on  the  battle- 
field as  well  as  by  all  others— includ- 
ing women  and  children— victimized 
in  clandestine  revenge  raids.  This  lia- 
bility acts  as  a  built-in  force  favoring 
an  early  end  of  hostilities. 

On  rare  occasions  blood  revenge 
has  been  prevented  by  delivery  of 
wergild  compensation,  in  the  form  of 
a  pig  to  the  kinsmen  of  a  slain  per- 
son. But  only  those  people  who,  for 
one  reason  or  another,  cannot  rally 
support  for  a  revenge  action  and  who 
shy  away  from  solitary,  surreptitious 
ambush  attacks  will  accept  such  an 
offer  if  it  is  made  at  all.  A  negotiated 


peace  settlement  of  this  nature  is 
most  likely  if  the  disputants  are  from 
the  same  village  or  if  the  whole  settle- 
ment is  at  war  with  a  common  out- 
side enemy. 

When  two  villages  are  at  war  with 
each  other,  periods  of  daily  combat 
are  interrupted  by  short  "cease-fires" 
during  which  the  warriors  attend  to 
the  more  mundane  task  of  garden 
work,  but  they  are  always  prepared 
to  counter  a  surprise  attack  launched 
by  the  enemy.  After  several  weeks  of 
discontinuous  fighting,  however,  the 
threat  of  famine  due  to  the  prolonged 
neglect  of  proper  cultivation  induces 
the  belligerents  to  maintain  an  infor- 
mal and  precarious  truce.  During 
this  time  small  bands  of  kinsmen  and 
members  of  the  men's  house  of  a  vic- 
tim whose  death  could  not  be 
avenged  on  the  battlefield  will  ven- 
ture clandestine  expeditions  into 
enemy  territory,  from  which  a  suc- 
cessful raiding  party  may  bring  back 
a  pig  as  well.  It  is  a  revenge  action  of 
this  kind  that  often  precipitates  a  re- 
sumption of  open  warfare. 

Fighting  on  the  battlefield  follows 
a  pattern  of  haphazardly  coordinated 
individual  engagements,  which  rely 
on  the  tactic  of  "shoot-and-run." 
This  technique  requires  a  warrior  to 
advance  as  far  as  the  terrain  affords 
him  cover,  discharge  an  arrow  or 
two,  and  then  run  back  to  escape 
from  the  reach  of  enemy  shots.  When 
one  side  has  been  forced  to  retreat  to 
its  village,  the  fighting  turns  into 
sniping     from     behind     huts     and 


V; 


fences.  Women  and  children  always 
leave  the  village  if  an  invasion  is  im- 
minent and  take  refuge  with  friends 
and  relatives  in  other  villages.  As  a 
last  resort  the  men  retreat  into  the 
men's  house,  which  a  taboo  protects 
from  being  burned.  When  a  battle 
reaches  this  stage,  the  victorious 
warriors  often  plunder  and  burn 
family  huts.  Following  a  catastrophe 
of  this  extent  the  defeated  side 
usually  elects  to  abandon  their  vil- 
lage, and  the  warfare  ceases,  but  the 
hostilities  linger  on  until  a  formal 
peace  ceremony  reconciles  the  prin- 
cipal parties.  Arranging  the  cere- 
mony, which  features  the  ritual 
slaughter  and  consumption  of  a  pig, 
may  take  years  of  informal  negotia- 
tions between  people  who  have  rela- 
tives on  both  sides.  Afterward, 
dances  in  both  villages  and  pig  ex- 
changes on  a  large  scale  consolidate 
the  termination  of  the  conflict. 

"People  whose  face  is  known  must 
not  be  eaten,"  say  the  Jale.  Conse- 
quently, cannibalism  is  normally  not 
tolerated  in  wars  between  neighbor- 
ing villages,  and  the  few  incidents 
that  did  oc(^ur  during  the  lifetime  of 
the  oldest  Pasikni  men  are  remem- 
bered as  acts  of  tragic  perversion.  In 
wars  between  villages  separated  by  a 
major  topographic  boundary  such  as 
a  mountain  ridge,  however,  canni- 
balistic revenge  is  an  integral  part  of 
the  conflict. 

While  territorially  confined  hostil- 
ities usually  end  within  a  few  years, 
interregional  wars  may  last  for  more 


By  the  time  these  young  boys 

become  warriors,  they 

will  be  expert  archers. 

Training  begins  early;  boys 

who  can  hardly  walk  carry 

bows  made  by  their  fathers. 

Practice  games,  above, 

perfect  the  proper  stance. 


A  Jale  man  carefully  aims 

his  arrow  at  a  pig's  heart. 

Most  socially  important 

events — especially  marriages, 

initiations,  and  dances^ — 

require  the  sacrifice  of  a  pig. 


48 


than  a  generation.  During  this  long 
period  revenge  parties  from  either 
side  venture  sporadic  expeditions 
into  hostile  areas,  keenly  avoiding 
any  confrontation  in  hattle  and  seek- 
ing instead  to  surprise  lone  hunters 
or  small  groups  of  ^vomen  working 
in  distant  gardens.  The  geography  of 
interregional  wars  favors  long-last- 
ing military  alliances  that  have  a 
slahilitv  quite  unlike  the  temporary 
and  shifting  allegiances  that  personal 
kin  connections  and  trading  partner- 
ships create  in  local  conflicts. 

If  an  enemy  is  killed  during  a 
foray  into  hostile  territory,  the 
raiders  will  make  every  effort  to 
bring  the  body  home.  If  tactical  ex- 
igencies demand  that  the  revenge 
party  retreat  without  the  victim,  an 
attempt  is  made  to  retrieve  at  least 
a  limb.  The  avengers  always  present 


the  body  to  an  allied  kin  group  that 
has  lost  a  member  in  the  war.  In  re- 
turn they  receive  pigs  and  are  feted 
at  a  victory  dance,  during  which  the 
victim's  body  is  steam-cooked  in  an 
earth  oven  dug  near  the  village.  Be- 
fore the  butchering  begins,  the  head 
is  specially  treated  by  ritual  experts: 
eyelids  and  lips  are  clamped  with  the 
wing  bones  of  a  bat  to  prevent  the 
victim's  ghost  from  seeing  through 
these  apertures.  Thus  blinded,  it  will 
be  unable  to  guide  a  revenge  expedi- 
tion against  its  enemies. 

After  the  head  has  been  severed, 
it  is  wrapped  in  leaves.  To  insure 
more  revenge  killings  in  the  future, 
some  men  shoot  reed  arrows  into  the 
head  while  it  is  dragged  on  the 
ground  by  a  piece  of  vine.  Then  the 
head  is  unwrapped  and  swung 
through  the  fire  to  burn  off  the  hair. 
This  is  accompanied  by  loud  incan- 
tations meant  to  lure  the  victim's 
kinsmen  into  sharing  his  fate. 

Following  this  ritual  overture  the 
butchers  use  stone  adzes  and  bamboo 
knives  to  cut  the  body  apart.  The 
fleshy  portions  are  removed  from  the 
skull,  and  in  an  established  order  of 
step-by-step  incisions,  the  limbs  are 
separated  from  the  trunk,  which  is 
split  open  to  allow  removal  of  the 
gastronomically  highly  prized  en- 
trails. Some  small,  choice  cuts,  es- 
pecially rib  sections,  are  roasted  over 
the  fire,  but  the  bulk  of  the  meat  is 
cooked  with  a  variety  of  leafy  vege- 
tables. 

Before  and  during  the  operation, 
people  who  are  preparing  the  oven, 
tending  the  fire,  or  just  standing 
around  appraise  the  victim.  A 
healthy,  muscular  body  is  praised 
with  ravenous  exclamations,  but  a 
lesser  grade  body  is  also  applauded. 

When  the  meat  is  done,  the  pit  is 
opened  and  the  "owners  of  the 
body,"  as  the  Jale  call  the  recipients 
of  a  slain  enemy,  distribute  much  of 
the  food  among  the  attending  rela- 
tives of  the  person  whose  death  the 
killing  has  avenged.  It  is  also  dis- 
tributed to  the  allied  kin  groups  of  a 
person  maimed  or  killed  in  the  war. 
Eligible  people  from  other  villages 
who  could  not  participate  in  the  cele- 
brations are  later  sent  pieces  re- 
served for  them.  If  mood  so  moves 
the  Jale,  they  may  place  some  of  the 
victim's   bones   in   a   tree   near   the 


cooking  site  to  tell  travelers  of  their 
brave  deed. 

In  the  course  of  the  dancing  and 
singing,  a  poetically  gifted  man  may 
introduce  a  new  song.  If  the  lyrics 
appeal  to  others,  it  becomes  a  stand- 
ard piece  in  the  repertoire.  The 
songs  commemorate  fortunate  and 
tragic  events  from  past  wars,  and  a 
typical  verse  goes  like  this: 

Ngingi.  your  mother 

bakes  only  tiny  potatoes  for  you. 

Isel.  your  mother  too 

bakes  only  the  ends  of  potatoes 

for  you. 

We  shall  bake  big  potatoes  for  you 

On  the  day  of  Kingkaen"s  return. 

Ngingi  and  Isel  are  the  names  of 
two  men  from  a  hostile  village,  the 
home  of  a  )'oung  woman  named 
Kingkaen  who  was  killed  in  an  am- 
bush attack  in  September,  1964.  The 
lines  make  fun  of  the  men  who.  be- 
cause of  Kingkaen's  death,  have  to 
eat  poor  food  prepared  by  the  inept 
hands  of  senile  w  omen. 

When  the  festival  of  revenge  is 
over,  the  members  of  the  mens  house 
group  of  the  ow  ners  of  the  body  ar- 
range for  the  ritual  removal  of  the 
victim's  ghost  from  their  village. 
Rhythmically  voicing  efficacious  for- 
mulas and  whistling  sounds,  a  cere- 
m.onial  procession  of  men  carries  a 
special  arrow  into  the  forest,  as  far 
into  enemy  territory  as  is  possible 
without  risk.  A  small  lump  of  pig's 
fat  is  affixed  to  the  arrow-  by  an  ex- 
pert in  esoteric  lore.  (Pig's  fat  used 
for  ritual  purposes  becomes  a  sacred 
substance  that  is  applied  in  many 
different  contexts.  I  The  arrow  is  fi- 
nally shot  toward  the  enemy  village. 
This,  the  Jale  believe,  w  ill  make  the 
ghost  stay  awav  from  their  own  vil- 
lage, but  as  a  further  precaution  they 
block  the  path  with  branches  and 
plants  over  which  spells  are  said. 

Protective  rites  of  this  kind,  and 
the  vengeance  ritual  described 
above,  are  the  only  aspects  of  Jale 
cannibalism  that  may  be  viewed  as 
"religious."  The  actual  consumption 
of  human  meat  and  organs  does  not 
constitute  an  act  with  intrinsic  "su- 
pernatural" effects.  Instead,  as  my 
Jale  friends  repeatedly  assured  me, 
their  reason  for  eating  an  enemy's 
body  is  that  man  tastes  as  good  as 
pork,  if  not  better.  And  they  added 
that  the  bad  enemies  in  the  other  val- 
ley had  eaten  some  of  their  people. 


49 


These  descriptions  of  Jale  rituals 
and  beliefs  do  not  sufGciently  explain 
the  practice  of  cannibalism.  To  do  so 
would  necessitate  the  compilation  of 
all  available  information  about  this 
custom  from  every  part  of  the  world. 
On  the  basis  of  these  data  an  exten- 
sive study  would  have  to  be  made  of 
the  ecological  and  cultural  variables 
found  to  be  associated  with  institu- 
tionalized cannibalism.  Perhaps  it 
would  then  be  possible  to  recognize 
specific  ecological  and  sociological 
features  that  appear  to  be  correlated 
with  the  consumption  of  human 
meat,  but  the  task  of  interpreting  the 
custom  as  a  sociopsychological  phe- 
nomenon would  still  remain. 

It  is  obvious  that  the  enigmatic 
nature  of  cannibalism  has  invited 
many  writers  to  speculate  about  its 
origin  and  its  biopsychic  basis..  Aris- 
totle attributed  anthropophagy 
among  tribes  around  the  Black  Sea 
to  their  feral  bestiality  and  morbid 
lust.  In  1688  a  treatise  was  published 
in  Holland  entitled  De  natura  et 
moribus  anthropophagorum  ("On 
the  Nature  and  Customs  of  Anthro- 
pophagi" ) ,  and  some  ethnographers 
writing  in  the  nineteenth  century  still 
regarded  the  rejection  of  cannibal- 
ism as  the  "first  step  into  civiliza- 
tion." Certainly,  the  consumption  by 
man  of  a  member  of  his  own  species 
is  as  much  a  problem  for  evolution- 
ary bioanthropology  as  it  is  for  eth- 
nology and  psychology.  I  have  made 
an  extensive  survey  of  the  various 
theories  proposed  by  earnest  schol- 
ars to  elucidate  the  phenomenon,  and 
I  have  found  that,  at  best,  a  few  hy- 
potheses appear  plausible  for  the  in- 
terpretation of  certain  aspects  of 
some  cannibalistic  practices. 

In  Jalemo  the  eating  of  a  slain 
enemy,  in  addition  to  its  dietary 
value,  certainly  indicates  a  symbolic 
expression  of  spite  incorporated  into 
an  act  of  supreme  vengeance.  Violent 
retaliation,  in  turn,  must  be  seen  as  a 
consequence  of  certain  sociopsycho- 
logical conditions  that  determine  the 
degree  of  aggressive  behavior  ex- 
pected and  tolerated  in  their  culture. 
Cross-cultural  studies  by  anthropolo- 
gists have  supported  theories  that 
are  applicable  to  Jale  society.  An 
accepted  model  of  personality  devel- 
opment demonstrates  that  societies 
in  which  boys  grow  up  in  intimate 


association  with  their  mothers,  who 
dominate  a  household  situation  in 
which  the  boy's  male  elders,  espe- 
cially their  fathers,  do  not  take  part, 
are  characterized  by  a  high  level  of 
physical  violence.  Sociological  mod- 
els developed  from  large-scale  com- 
parative research  predict  that  in 
societies  in  which  small  kin  groups 
operate  as  relatively  independent 
political  units,  warfare  within  the 
society  is  a  common  means  of  re- 
solving conflict. 

Both  models  squarely  apply  to  Jale 
society.  First,  young  boys,  separated 
from  the  community  of  the  men's 
house  until  their  initiation,  are  so- 
cialized in  a  female  environment. 
Second,  the  wards  of  a  village  are 
not  integrated  by  a  centralized  sys- 
tem of  headmanship,  and  no  political 
cooperation  exists  between  them  un- 
til they  are  threatened  by,  or  faced 
with,  actual  hostility  from  other  vil- 
lages. These  are  the  critical  variables 
that  partially  determine  the  belli- 
cosity and  violence  I  have  observed. 

No  specific  hypothesis  can  be 
given  to  explain  the  cannibalism  that 
the  Jale  incorporate  in  their  ven- 
geance. It  is  certain,  however,  that 
no  understanding  can  be  achieved  by 
applying  precepts  of  Western 
thought.  In  a  missionary's  travelogue 
published  seventy  years  ago,  the  au- 
thor, speaking  of  an  African  tribe, 
recounted : 

Once,  when  told  by  a  European 
that  the  practice  of  eating  human 
flesh  was  a  most  degraded  habit, 
the  cannibal  answered,  "Why  de- 
graded? You  people  eat  sheep  and 
cows  and  fowls,  which  are  all  ani- 
mals of  a  far  lower  order,  and  we 
eat  man,  who  is  great  and  above 
all;  it  is  you  who  are  degraded!" 


Several  hundred  loops  of 

split  liana  vine  are  worn 

by  Jale  men  day  and  night. 

As  an  expression  of  masculinity, 

younger  men  wear  more 

loops  than  their  elders.  Penis 

sheaths,  cut  from  gourds, 

are  tied  around  the  body. 


50 


^ 


% 


iV'^^-i 


.J^:       Xrf 


THE 

EGG 

MACHINE 

b J  Pamela  Tyler  Lindstrom     " 

The  female  sea  urchin  Can  be  rehed 
,  upon  to  produce  about  one  milhon 
eggs  per  season,  a  capacityX 
that  delights  embryologists 


// 


Sea  urchins  are  round,  hard,  spiny, 
abundant,  shallow-water  marine 
invertebrates  that  do  little  but  eat 
seaweed.  Their  enemies  are  few— sea 
otters  (who  crack  them  against  rocks 
held  on  their  stomachs  I ,  starfish, 
and,  perhaps,  embryologists.  Med- 
iterranean people  eat  them,  but  only 
embryologists  carry  off  so  many  that 
they  have  endangered  a  whole  popu- 
lation of  sea  urchins— ^r6ocJa 
punctulata— at  Woods  Hole,  Mass- 
achusetts. 

52 


Embryologists  don't  realize  that 
their  interest  seems  peculiar  to 
others,  for  their  use  of  sea  urchin 
eggs  is  deeply  embedded  in  their 
tradition.  But  when  they  go  collect- 
ing, they  expose  themselves  to  the 
public,  and  people  watching  them 
always  ask  the  same  question:  "Who 
cares  about  their  embryos?  Why 
don't  you  find  out  about  people 
instead?" 

The  embryologist  will  point  out 
the  difficulty  of  doing  physiological 
experiments  on  people.  But  since  he, 
too,  wonders  about  the  fitness  of 
things,  he  may  ask  himself:  Why  not 


dogs,  cats,  frogs,  goldfish,  or  earth- 
worms? Scientists  study  the  behav- 
ior, embryology,  physiology,  and 
distribution  of  all  animals,  not  only 
sea  urchins,  yet  more  is  known  about 
the  developing  sea  urchin  egg  than 
about  any  other.  There  are  whole 
laboratories  that  study  little  else. 

Why  sea  urchin  eggs?  Well,  what 
is  a  sea  urchin  egg?  Herein  lies  the 
whole  lure  of  embryology  because 
an  egg,  any  egg,  is  just  a  cell.  Its 
internal  structure  is  not  unlike  that 
of  other  cells.  If  left  alone  an  egg 
runs  down  and  dies  in  a  few  hours. 
But  when  it  encounters  a  sperm  of 
its  own  species— then  without  hesita- 
tion, without  any  instructions  but 
those  inside  it,  and  usually  without 
error— the  egg  develops  into  a  com- 
pletely new  creature.  From  the  ap- 
parently simple  mass  of  an  egg 
comes  a  beast  of  many  parts.  From  a 


I  single  cell  come  not  only  more  cells. 
1  but  different  kinds  of  cells. 

iSow ,  common  sense,  as  well  as  the 
second  law  of  thermodynamics,  for- 
I  bids  orderly  complexity  to  arise  from 
simplicity.  During  the  second  half  of 
the  nineteenth  century,  scientists 
overcame  their  awe  of  all  this  com- 
*  plexity  and  began  to  ask  questions. 
The  first  embryologists  asked,  ''What 
happens,  in  detail?" 

Late  in  the  nineteenth  century  sev- 
eral German  embryologists,  using 
sea  urchin  eggs,  recorded  fertiliza- 
tion for  the  first  time.  They  saw  the 
sperm  enter  the  egg,  then  the  sperm 
and  egg  nuclei  fuse.  They  used  the 
eggs  of  sea  urchins  because  the  ani- 
mals are  easy  to  find,  easv  to  calcli, 
and  easy  to  rob  of  eggs  and  sperm. 
Their  eggs  are  not  only  abundant  (a 
female  may  produce  one  million  ])er 
season  I  but  they  are  also  of  the 
proper  size  and  clarity  for  viewing 
the  meeting  of  egg  and  sperm 
through  a  microscope.  Embryolo- 
gists have  since  then  seen  this  event 
in  many  types  of  eggs.  ( Fertilization 
of  human  eggs,  for  instance,  was  first 
seen  last  year.  No  one  was  surprised 
that  it  is  basically  the  same  as  ferti- 
lization of  sea  urchin  eggs.) 

The  clear  sap  of  the  sea  urchin 
egg  allowed  the  pioneers  to  watch 
mitosis.  In  that  process,  immediately 
after  fusion  of  the  sperm  and  egg 
nuclei,  the  chromosomes  in  the  com- 
bined nucleus  are  arranged  in  two 
identical  sets.  The  egg  divides  into 
two  cells,  each  containing  a  complete 
set  of  chromosomes.  More  cell  divi- 
sions turn  the  egg  into  a  clump  of 
several  hundred  cells.  This  clump  de- 
velops a  hollow  center  (blastula 
stage ) .  To  visualize  the  next  step, 
imagine  poking  your  finger  into  the 
wall  of  a  balloon  until  your  finger 
reaches  the  uall  on  the  other  side. 
Then  the  turned-in  balloon  on  your 
fingertip  touches  and  fuses  with  that 
wall,  and  a  hole  appears  through  the 
point  of  fusion.  Thus  the  embryo  be- 
comes a  sphere  with  a  tube  through 
it,  a  gastrula. 

The  tube  becomes  the  gut,  the 
embryo  grows  hairlike  processes 
on  its  surface  for  swimming  and  de- 
velops a  primitive  skeleton  and  nerv- 
ous system.  Then  it  begins  feeding. 

Development  is  simple  and  fast 
because   sea   urchins   reproduce   ac- 


cording to  the  theory  that  one  should 
make  as  many  eggs  as  possible,  each 
with  a  minimum  of  yolk  for  nourish- 
ment. Then  they  all  shed  eggs  (and 
sperm)  into  the  water  at  the  same 
time,  eschewing  further  responsibil- 
ity. Some  eggs  will  be  fertilized  and 
enough  will  gro\\'  up  to  continue  the 
species.  The  egg,  of  course,  has  to 
turn  itself  into  a  feeding  larva 
c[uickly  before  it  runs  out  of  yolk. 
In  contrast,  land  and  freshwater  in- 
vertebrates and  vertebrates,  with  the 
exception  of  most  fishes,  produce 
relatively  few  eggs,  ivhich  they  then 
protect  from  their  harsh  environ- 
ment—birds, for  example,  make 
eggs  with  substantial  yolk  and  shells 
and  female  mammals  carry  their 
young  inside  their  bodies. 

Although  the  embryos  of  sea 
urchins,  which  develop  by  the  first 
method,  are  easier  to  obtain  and  see, 
pre-1900  embryologists  watched 
many  kinds.  They  found  that  differ- 
ent embryos  follow  several  different 
patterns  of  development,  and  that 
each  requires  study.  The  early  events 
through  gastrula  formation  are  re- 
markably similar,  however,  and  sea 
urchin  development  looked  like  a 
good  model  for  all  the  rest. 

About  1900,  embryologists  real- 
ized that  their  observations  had 
merely  revealed  new  depths  that 
needed  to  be  probed.  Sperm  almost 
always  attach  to  eggs  of  their  own 
species— but  embryologists  knew  of 
no  mechanism  that  would  explain 
this.  Nor  did  they  know  the  exact 
roles  of  egg  and  sperm  in  producing 
the  new  animal.  They  began  the  still- 
continuing  search  for  the  "trigger," 
the  event  at  fertilization  that  leads  to 
all  the  other  events.  Organized  ceU 
movements  puzzled  them— in  every 
embryo,  for  instance,  the  same  cells 
move  inward  at  the  same  time  to 
form  the  gastrula.  Why,  they  asked, 
such  elaborate  procedure  to  give 
each  daughter  cell  a  complete  set  of 
chromosomes? 

Later  the  question  of  how  differen- 
tiation occurs  came  to  dominate 
embryology.  Although  the  cells  of 
the  blastula  look  alike,  do  they  per- 
haps already  differ  chemically?  With 
such  questions  the  era  of  experi- 
mental embryology  began,  and  most 
researchers  used  sea  urchin  eggs  for 
their  experiments. 


One  embryologist  divided  the  cells 
of  a  two-celled  embryo.  Each  cell 
grew  into  a  normal  larva,  as  did  each 
of  the  cells  of  a  four-celled  embryo: 
but  the  cells  of  an  eight-celled 
embryo  did  not.  These  cells  must 
differ  from  one  another,  each  con- 
taining, not  the  pattern  for  a  whole 
larva,  but  only  the  pattern  for  part 
of  a  larva.  But  we  still  do  not  know 
precisely  how  one  cell  of  an  8-cell 
embryo  differs  from  its  other  cells. 

Another  embr}  ologist  pricked  ma- 
ture unfertilized  eggs  with  a  needle. 
Some  acted  as  if  a  sperm  had  ferti- 
lized them  and  grew  into  normal 
larvae.  Cjnics  decided  that  the  sperm 
was  useful  only  to  insure  that  all 
offspring  would  not  be  identical  to 
the  mother. 

Another  caused  the  eggs  to  divide 
abnormally,  so  that  the  daughters 
did  not  get  the  proper  chromosomes. 
All  the  larva  were  abnormal.  Geneti- 
cists soon  confirmed  this,  and  found 
in  addition  that  not  only  every 
chromosome  but  almost  every  gene 
is  necessary  for  a  normal  embrvo 
and  a  normal  animal.  Another  found 
that  a  molecule,  which  he  called  fer- 
tilizin.  in  the  egg's  external  coat, 
reacted  with  a  molecule  on  the  sur- 
face of  sperm  of  the  same  species. 
He  compared  this  to  antibody-anti- 
gen reactions  and  believed  he  had  lo- 
cated the  point  at  which  sperm-egg 
attachment  is  species-specific. 

Still  another  embryologist  devel- 
oped a  machine  that  could  measure 
the  oxygen  uptake  of  a  few  eggs.  He 
found  that  oxygen  uptake,  reflecting 
the  metabolic  rate,  increased  at  fer- 
tilization. He  noted  changes  in  rate 
that  coincided  with  other  important 
events  in  the  embryos  career.  These 
metabolic  data  entered  the  dogma  of 
embr)ology,  as  did  the  results  from 
many  other  experiments  with  sea  ur- 
chins. It  was  years  before  someone 
found  that  not  only  were  the  data 
not  characteristic  of  all  embryos, 
they  were  not  even  true  for  all 
species  of  sea  urchins.  However,  the 
overgeneralization  does  not  detract 
from  the  discovery  that  visible  events 
during  deveiojjment  seem  to  be 
manifestations  of  metabolic,  that  is, 
biochemical  events,  and  that  even 
before  they  become  visible,  events 
can  be  detected  in  tlie  metabolism  of 
the  embryo. 


53 


EARLY  DEVELOPMENT  OF 
SEA  URCHIN  EGG 


Sperm 


Time — 0 
Unfertilized  Egg 


Fertilization . 
Membrane 


Sperm 
Nucleus  ■ 

7  Minute 
Fertilized  Egg 

Chromosomes  • 


1  Hour 
Division  of 
Chromosomes 
(Mitosis) 


Nuclei 


^99 
Nucleus 


?^  \ 


2  Hours 
Two-cell  Stage 


Cavity 


24  Hours 

Blastula 

(Several  Hundred  Cells] 


Muscle  and 
Skeletal  Cells 


48  Hours 
Gastrula 


Anus 


A  great  many  experiments  over  30 
years  revealed  a  great  many  met- 
abolic changes.  The  first  general 
theories  of  embryonic  development 
were  based  on  these  results. 

The  axial  gradient  theory  came 
from  sea  urchin  work,  and  the  induc- 
tion theory  from  vertebrate  work.  Ad- 
herents of  both  sought  proof  for  a 
chemical  explanation  and  failed.  The 
two  "general  theories"  never  made 
contact:  embryologists  now  know 
too  much  to  expect  that  all  the 
phenomena  of  cellular  development 
will  be  explainable  in  terms  of  any 
single  phenomenon. 

Meanwhile,  embryologists,  in- 
satiably hungry  for  detail,  were  mea- 
suring each  aspect  of  sea  urchin 
eggs.  They  measured  amount  of  pro- 
tein per  egg,  amount  of  deoxyribo- 
nucleic acid  (DNA)  per  egg,  amount 
and  variation  among  the  polysac- 
charides, relations  between  ATP  and 
ADP,  activity  of  many  enzvmes ;  and 
how  these  varied  among  the  species 
and  during  development.  Each  mea- 
surement added  another  reason  for 
embryologists  to  use  sea  urchin  eggs 
in  experiments.  There  is  not  now. 
and  probably  never  will  be,  anv  other 
egg  known  in  such  metabolic  detail. 
But  embryologists  found  no  guid- 
ing principle  in  all  the  detail.  They 
stiU  asked,  what  tells  cells  to  difPer- 
entiate?  \^Tiat  is  the  basic  event  in 
becoming  different?  Some  embryolo- 
gists had  long  realized  that  the  genes 
played  a  large  part  in  development. 
Pioneers  at  the  beginning  of  the 
century  showed  that  the  egg  and  each 
cell  of  the  embryo  needed  a  nucleus 
with  all  its  chromosomes  for  normal 
development.  No  experiments  on  the 
action  of  genes  could  be  done  until 
quite  recently.  That  genes  control 
synthesis  of  proteins  was  discovered 
in  fungi  about  1940.  About  that 
time  the  study  of  protein  synthesis 
in  egg  and  embryo  began.  The 
theory  of  the  actual  mechanism  by 
which  genes  make  proteins  began  in 
1953,  and  is  stiU  being  studied. 

Study  of  the  sea  urchin  egg  and 
embryo  along  these  lines  has  come 
to  occupy  the  mainstream  of  embry- 
ology. Some  sea  urchin  work  has 
been  checked  by  using  other  eggs, 
but  only  amphibian  eggs  have  given 
much  additional  information. 

We  begin  to  picture  the  unfertil- 


ized egg  as  "turned  off,"  but  ready 
to  start  developing.  Fertilization 
seems  to  remove  all  the  egg's  inhi- 
bitions. Various  enzymes  become  ac- 
tive. More  important,  the  inhibition 
of  protein  synthesis  is  removed. 

Short-lived  ribonucleic  acid,  "mes- 
senger RXA."  is  the  intermediate  be- 
tween the  genes  and  the  cell's  pro- 
tein-making machinery.  It  was  found 
that  even  \\hen  the  mRNA-making 
machinery  was  poisoned  at  fertiliza- 
tion, early  development  into  a  blas- 
tula took  place  normally.  To  explain 
this,  embryologists  proposed  that 
"masked  messenger  RNA"  is  already 
present,  but  inhibited,  in  the  un- 
fertihzed  egg.  It  needs  only  to  be 
released  ("unmasked")  at  fertiliza- 
tion. This  is  the  mRNA  that  de- 
termines the  composition  of  the 
proteins  that  are  made  during  devel- 
opment—up to  gastrulation.  New 
mRNA  is  normally  made  by  the 
fertilized  eggs  and  mav  be  "masked" 
until  needed  to  direct  the  s)Tithesis 
of  the  new  kinds  of  proteins  needed 
for  gastrulation.  A  cleaving  embryo 
unable  to  make  mRNA  cannot  gas- 
trulate,  even  though  it  may  seem  to 
develop  normally  up  to  that  time. 

The  course  of  RNA  synthesis  dur- 
ing later  development  is  both  com- 
plicated and  a  source  of  controversy. 
So  is  the  identity  of  the  new  proteins 
made  to  the  direction  of  the  mRNA 
synthesized  after  fertilization.  Ex- 
cept for  proteins  of  the  cell-dividing 
apparatus,  no  new  ones  have  been 
isolated  from  the  early  embryo.  No 
doubt  new  enzyme  proteins  are- 
made,  but  so  few  molecules  of  each 
that  they  cannot  be  detected  yet. 

^Tiy  has  so  much  embryology 
come  from  sea  urchin  eggs?  In  the 
beginning,  because  they  were  easy  to 
work  with:  at  later  stages,  the  early 
work  provided  a  good  foundation  for 
more  advanced  study. 

This  is  where  embryology  stands 
today,  closer  to  the  deep  secrets  of 
the  embryo,  and  perhaps,  at  last, 
with  the  right  tools  for  attacking 
these  secrets. 

Sea  urchin  fertilization:  thia 

remarkable  electron  micrograpH 

depicts  the  penetration! 

of  an  egg  by  a  sperm. 

Magnification  is  50,000  X. 


54 


-^^. 


\ 


V 


i^ 


.^ 


THE  EVOLUTION 


The  ability  to  sleep 

distinguishes  manmials  and 

birds  from  lower  orders. 

The  kind  of  sleep 

reveals  much  about  an 

animal's  life  style 


by  Truett  Allison 
and  Henry  Van  Twyver 


Field  mouse 


Macaque  monkey 


'•-^- 


)F  SLEEP 


For  most  of  us,  sleep  is  a  seem- 
ingly empty  void  except  for  an 
occasional  remembered  dream  and  a 
rested  feeling  after  a  night  of  slum- 
ber. This  subjective  impression  is 
only  partly  correct.  Each  night,  four 
or  five  times  at  intervals  of  about  90 
minutes,  the  quiet  repose  of  human 
sleep  is  interrupted  by  a  curious  set 
of  physiological  and  mental  events: 
A  dream  begins  and  develops  its  own 
inner  logic.  The  dream  narrative 
does  not  flash  through  the  mind  al- 
most instantaneously,  as  was  once 
commonly  thought,  but  proceeds  in 
"real  time"  with  a  duration  about  as 
long  as  the  events  would  actually  re- 
quire. During  the  dream,  the  nervous 
system  and  bodily  functions  are  very 
different  from  those  of  the  preceding, 
nondreaming  sleep.  Heart  rate  and 
respiration  become  irregular,  and 
the  eyes  move  as  if  following  the 
dream  events.  Muscular  twitches  of 
the  hands  or  limbs  occur,  but  oth- 
erwise the  dreamer  is  still. 

"Dreaming"  sleep  is  not  confined 
to  Homo  sapiens;  based  on  lab- 
oratorv  studies,  it  is  clearly  present 
in  many  lower  animals  such  as  mon- 
keys, cats,  dogs,  and  rats.  For  these 
animals,  however,  we  use  a  more 
cautious  term— paradoxical  sleep— to 
describe  their  apparent  dream-sleep. 

The  concept  of  sleep,  viewed  in 
terms  of  both  humans  and  lower 
animals,  raises  a  number  of  impor- 
tant questions:  If  animals  exhibit  the 
symptoms  of  dream-sleep,  do  they 
actually  dream?  In  what  sort  of  ani- 
mal did  this  type  of  sleep  first  arise, 
and  for  what  reason?  Is  dreaming, 
and  all  the  physiological  changes  that 
accompany  it,  a  necessary  biological 
event  or,  as  Freud  suggested,  simply 
a  means  for  satisfying  psychological 
needs  ? 

Through  studies  conducted  by 
many  investigators  during  the  past 
fifteen  years,  we  can  provide  tenta- 
tive answers  to  these  questions.  Of  the 
numerous  species  of  living  animals, 
the  sleeping  states  of  less  than  three 
dozen  mammals  and  even  fewer  non- 
mammals  have  been  studied  in  the 
laboratory.  Still,  enough  is  known  to 


indicate  the  broad  outlines  of  a  story 
that  takes  us  back  almost  200  million 
years,  to  the  time  when  mammals 
first  appeared  on  earth.  Lacking  the 
opportunity  to  go  back  in  time  to  ob- 
serve the  first  mammals,  we,  and 
other  investigators,  have  studied  the 
sleep  of  certain  living  mammals  that 
approximate  critical  stages  of  mam- 
malian evolution  in  order  to  deter- 
mine how  these  first  mammals  slept 
—and  perchance  dreamed. 

How  do  we  decide  when  an  ani- 
mal is  sleeping?  At  first,  this  prob- 
ably sounds  like  no  problem  at  all: 
simply  look  at  the  animal  and  ob- 
serve whether  it  is  active  or  lying 
quietly,  whether  the  eyes  are  open 
or  closed.  What  would  we  say,  how- 
ever, in  the  case  of  a  horse  or  cow, 
which  seldom  closes  its  eyes,  or  a 
fish  or  snake,  which  cannot?  Hu- 
mans as  well  as  some  other  mammals 
have  also  been  known  to  sleep  with 
one  or  both  eyes  partially  open. 

Thus,  casual  techniques  of  obser- 
vation are  often  not  an  objective 
means  of  telling  when  an  animal  is 
awake  or  asleep.  Instead  we  use  the 
electroencephalograph,  or  EEG  ma- 
chine, an  electronic  instrument  used 
in  hospitals  to  record  the  electrical 
activity  of  the  brain.  It  consists  of 
several  very  sensitive  amplifiers  that 
magnify  the  extremely  small  voltages 
generated  by  brain  nerve  cells.  In 
humans  these  signals  are  detected  by 
electrodes  attached  to  the  scalp,  and 
the  brain  activity  is  recorded  by  an 
ink-writing  pen  on  a  moving  paper 
chart.  In  animals  brain  activity  can 
be  recorded  in  the  same  manner,  and 
with  certain  modifications  of  the  ma- 
chine, other  physiological  processes 
—such  as  breathing,  heartbeat,  and 
muscle  activity- can  also  be  re- 
corded. To  measure  these  physiologi- 
cal events,  the  animal  is  anesthetized 
and  fine  wires  are  placed  in  various 
regions  of  its  brain  and  body.  When 
the  animal  has  recovered  from  the 
implantation,  the  electrodes  are  con- 
nected by  cable  to  the  EEG  machine, 
which  then  records  the  changes  that 
occur  during  waking  and  sleep. 
After  implantation  the  animals  are 


normal  and  do  not  appear  to  notice 
the  electrodes  or  cables. 

Typical  EEG  recordings  during  a 
cat's  waking  and  sleep  states  appear 
on  page  59.  The  tracings  on  the  left 
were  made  while  the  animal  was  sit- 
ting quietly.  Small  electrical  charges 
generated  by  the  movement  of  the 
eyes  were  recorded  by  electrodes 
placed  around  the  eyes.  In  the  ex- 
ample shown  there  are  two  eye  move- 
ments about  four  seconds  apart.  The 
electrical  activity  from  the  cerebral 
cortex,  or  gray  matter,  shows  many 
small,  fast  fluctuations.  (The  cortex 
is  nonexistent  in  reptiles.  Increasing- 
ly prominent  in  higher  mammals,  it 
is  believed  to  underlie  complex  men- 
tal functions. )  The  next  tracing  was 
taken  from  the  hippocampus,  an  area 
deep  within  the  brain  involved  with 
memory,  whose  electrical  emanations 
accurately  reflect  changes  in  arousal. 
When  the  animal  is  alert  and  explor- 
ing its  surroundings,  nerve  cells  in 
the  hippocampus  tend  to  dis- 
charge electrical  impulses  in  syn- 
chrony at  the  rate  of  several  bursts 
per  second,  giving  the  record  a 
rhythmic,  wavelike  appearance.  Sev- 
eral such  waves  can  be  seen  in  the 
left-hand  portion  of  the  tracing.  The 
third  tracing  show  s  electrical  activity 
recorded  from  the  neck  muscles.  Dur- 
ing the  waking  state  these  are  con- 
stantly active  to  support  the  head, 
resulting  in  large,  rapid  fluctuations 
recorded  as  a  thick,  ragged  line. 

When  the  cat  goes  to  sleep 
(middle  section),  muscle  tone  is  re- 
duced but  still  present.  Large  eye 
movements  cease,  although  there 
may  be  occasional  slow,  rolling 
movements.  The  activity  of  the 
brain  is  now  markedly  different. 
Large,  slow  waves,  indicating  the 
synchronous  activity  of  many  nerve 
cells,  are  recorded  both  in  the  cere- 
bral cortex  and  the  hijjpocampus, 
hence  the  name  slow-wave  sleep. 

After  several  minutes  of  slow- 
wave  sleep,  the  cat  then  passes  fairly 
rapidly— the  transition  takes  only  a 
few  seconds— into  paradoxical  sleep. 
Now  a  number  of  physiological 
events  occur.  Many  of  these— such  as 

57 


twitching  and  eye  movements— are 
visible  to  an  observer.  Others  can 
only  be  seen  with  the  aid  of  the  EEG 
machine.  Eye  movements,  either 
singly  or  in  bursts,  appear  and  con- 
tinue sporadically  during  the  para- 
doxical sleep  episode.  The  eye  move- 
ments occur  more  often  and  are 
jerkier  than  during  waking.  Elec- 
trical activity  of  the  brain  is  similar 
to  that  during  waking.  Indeed,  the 
hippocampus  waves  are  even  more 
rhythmic  than  when  the  animal  is 
very  alert.  All  these  signs  indicate  an 
alert  waking  brain,  but  clearly  the 
animal  is  not  aw  ake.  for  now  muscle 
tone  has  disappeared  completely ;  the 
cat  is  limp  and  difficult  to  arouse. 
It  is  this  discrepancy  between  what 
appears  to  be  a  waking  brain  and  a 
deeply  sleeping  body  that  led  Michel 
Jouvet  of  the  University  of  Lyons, 
France,  to  coin  the  term  paradoxical 
sleep.  This  state  has  also  been  called 
rapid  eye  movement,  or  REM,  sleep. 
But  since  this  phase  of  sleep  occurs 
also  in  animals  that  rarely  or  never 
move  their  eyes  we  prefer  the  term 
paradoxical  sleep. 

In  mammals  these  EEG  signs  of 
sleep  are  very  clear,  but  in  submam- 
malian  forms  such  as  amphibians 
and  reptiles,  EEG  recordings  may 
not  be  adequate  to  define  sleeping 
and  waking  periods  because  the  ani- 
mals have  relatively  undeveloped 
brains.  In  the  lower  animals,  behav- 
ioral criteria  are  also  necessary; 
sleep  is  defined  as  a  period  when  the 
animal  is  quiet  and  less  responsive 
to  stimulation. 

We  begin  our  analysis  of  the  evo- 
lution of  sleep  with  the  bullfrog  and 
salamander,  lowly  amphibians  that 
mark  the  point  of  transition  from 
sea-dwelling  to  land-dwelling  verte- 
brates. Both  EEG  and  behavioral 
criteria  indicate  that  they  almost 
certainly  do  not  sleep.  Instead  they 
alternate  between  periods  of  quiet 
and  active  wakefulness. 

In  reptiles,  which  evolved  from 
amphibians,  the  presence  of  sleep  is 
not  clear-cut.  Conflicting  results  have 
been  reported  by  different  investi- 
gators. As  in  amphibians,  there  are 
periods  during  which  the  animal  is 
quiet  and  immobile  but  still  essen- 
tially awake.  If  reptiles  sleep  at  all, 
they  have  only  the  rudiments  of  sleep 
as  compared  to  mammals. 

During    cold    weather    both    am- 

58 


-  250  Million  Years  Ago 


phibians  and  reptiles  retreat  to 
secluded  places  where  they  remain 
completely  inactive  until  warm 
weather  resumes.  These  periods  of 
torpidity  also  occur  in  some  familiar 
mammals  such  as  bears. 

Interestingly,  both  stages  of  sleep 
- — slow-wave  and  paradoxical— are 
found  in  birds.  In  chicks  and  pi- 
geons, small  amounts  of  paradoxical 
sleep  can  be  observed  and  a  clear 
stage  of  slow-wave  sleep  is  evident. 

With  some  variation  from  animal 
to  animal  and  from  species  to  spe- 
cies, both  kinds  of  sleep  have  been 
found  in  all  higher  mammals  studied 
in  the  laboratory.  So  far,  the  list  in- 
cludes, in  addition  to  humans  of  all 


ages,  the  chimpanzee  and  several 
other  primates,  various  rodents, 
hedgehogs,  bats,  sheep,  and  goats- 
even  the  pilot  whale.  Visual  observa- 
tion of  elephants  at  the  Boston  Zoo 
suggests  that  they  too  have  paradox- 
ical sleep.  Since  paradoxical  sleep  is 
present  in  animals  as  different  in 
size  as  mice  and  elephants,  and  as 
different  in  life  styles  as  bats  and 
goats,  it  is  probably  safe  to  say  that 
all  higher  animals  have  both  slow- 
wave  and  paradoxical  sleep.  Given 
that  sleep  is  probably  not  present  in 
reptiles,  but  clearly  present  in  mam- 
mals and  birds,  at  what  stage  of  mam- 
maUan  evolution  did  sleep  arise? 
The   diagram    above   summarizes 


s  phylogenetic  tree 
imarizes  the  evolution  of 
le  reptile  groups  and  their 
cendants.  In  the  mammalian 
nch.  slow-wave  sleep 
larently  had  evolved  hy  the 
e  noted  by  the  first  arrow, 
•adoxical  sleep  arose  some 
e  after,  hut  prohably  no 
n-  than  the  time  indicated 
the  second  arrow. 


the  probable  evolution  of  mammals 
as  it  is  presently  understood  by 
paleontologists.  About  220  million 
years  ago  the  most  abundant  land 
vertebrates  were  a  diverse  group  of 
advanced  reptiles,  which  had  in  some 
respects  almost  reached  the  mam- 
malian level  of  development.  The 
first  true  mammals,  small  creatures 
resembling  shrews  in  appearance— 
and  perhaps  in  behavior— descended 
from  one  of  these  reptilian  groups 
about  180  million  years  ago. 

All  the  later  mammals  probably 
derived  from  early  mammals  similar 
to  this  shrewlike  creature.  One  group 
of  descendants,  the  therians.  eventu- 
ally gave  rise  to  the  two  main  kinds 
of  living  mammals,  the  marsupials 
and  the  placentals.  A  second  group, 
the  nontherians,  became  extinct 
many  millions  of  years  ago  with  the 
exception  of  two  that  still  survive,  the 
platypus  and  the  echidna.  These  re- 
markable animals  are  now  found 
only  in  Australia  and  nearby  islands, 
where  they  have  survived  because 
these  geographically  isolated  islands 
were  until  recently  inhabited  only  by 


relatively  docile  marsupials.  Pla- 
cental mammals  tend  to  displace  less 
cunning  and  aggressive  neighbors. 

The  living  nontherians— platypus 
and  echidna— are  hairy,  maintain  a 
constant  body  temperature,  and 
nurse  the  young.  They  are  there- 
fore unquestionably  mammals,  even 
though  they  have  retained  a  number 
of  reptilian  features,  the  most  strik- 
ing of  which  is  that  the  young  are 
hatched  from  eggs.  These  two  egg- 
laying  mammals  seem  to  have 
changed  little  (except  perhaps  in  ex- 
ternal appearance)  since  they  first 
evolved.  They  provide  the  oppor- 
tunity to  study  sleep  as  it  appeared 
in  the  first  mammals. 

The  platypus  is  difficult,  if  not  im- 
possible, to  keep  in  captivity.  The 
echidna,  however,  adapts  readily  to 
laboratory  conditions.  We  obtained 
several  echidnas  through  the  cooper- 
ation of  Mervyn  Griffiths  of  the  Com- 
monwealth Scientific  and  Industrial 
Research  Organization  in  Canberra 
and  were  able  to  study  their  sleep 
habits  in  detail.  We  found  that  this 
animal  sleeps  a  great  deal,  up  to 
twelve  hours  a  day,  and  that  its  sleep 
is  all  slow-wave.  We  have  not  de- 
tected a  single  episode  of  paradox- 
ical sleep.  Instead  the  EEC  reveals 
quiet  periods  that  in  many  ways 
resemble  the  resting  periods  of  rep- 
tiles. Because  paradoxical  sleep  had 
been  seen  in  all  other  mammals 
studied,  we  had  expected  to  find  it  in 
the  echidna  as  well. 

It  is  possible  that  we  were  not  able 
to  see  paradoxical  sleep  because  its 
physiological  and  nervous  system 
manifestations  are  radically  differ- 
ent in  primitive  mammals.  To  test 
this  possibility  we  studied  sleep  in 
another  primitive  mammal,  the  opos- 
sum. This  marsupial,  which  has  been 


called  a  living  fossil,  appears  to  have 
changed  little  since  it  first  evolved. 
Just  as  the  echidna  gives  us  the  best 
picture  of  earliest  nontherian  mam- 
mals, the  opossum  gives  the  best  pic- 
ture of  early  therian  life.  As  it  turns 
out,  both  slow-wave  and  paradoxical 
sleep  are  present  in  the  opossum  and 
are  entirely  similar  to  these  states  in 
placental  mammals.  The  opossum  re- 
vealed that  paradoxical  sleep  is  much 
the  same  in  any  mammal  in  \vhich 
it  is  present  at  all,  no  matter  how 
primitive  the  creature. 

With  this  finding  we  then  checked 
the  hypothesis  that  paradoxical  sleep 
is  absent  in  the  echidna  because  the 
animal  is  highlv  specialized  in  its 
life  style,  and  not  because  it  is  primi- 
tive. To  test  this  possibility  we 
needed  a  placental  mammal  special- 
ized, like  the  echidna,  as  a  digging 
animal  that  spends  considerable  time 
underground  and  consequently  has 
poor  vision.  We  decided  that  the 
common  mole  would  provide  the  best 
comparison.  Even  more  adapted  to 
life  underground  than  the  echidna, 
and  like  other  animals  that  live  in 
darkness,  the  mole"s  visual  system 
has  degenerated.  The  mole  should 
therefore  serve  admirably  as  an  "ad- 
vanced echidna." 

Moles,  we  found,  are  perfectly 
normal  mammalian  sleepers.  Their 
slow-wave  and  paradoxical  sleep,  as 
measured  by  the  EEC,  are  typical 
of  that  seen  in  other  placental  mam- 
mals and  in  the  opossum.  Like  hu- 
mans, moles  sleep  about  eight  hours 
a  day;  about  one-fourth  of  this  is 
paradoxical  sleep.  Furthermore,  the 
electrical  activity  of  their  brain  dur- 
ing sleep  is  similar  to  that  of  man. 

These  findings  indicate  that  the 
lack  of  paradoxical  sleep  in  the 
echidna  is  probably  due  to  its  primi- 


Waking  Slow-Wave  Sleep  Paradoxical  Sleep 

ippocampusAWAA#-VAWMJMAMl^^  \ft[V"w\'^|\AV/^W^  JWM^W>WA\>i#'MfW^'^ 
eck  Muscles  IW^IlMlpl^iMMIMffl  <i   >'**- >■.■'■ "■   ■■    ■  


Eyes 
■ebral  Cortex  iifiiimi    '■"'  '    wn  iini  i  I""* 


to  Seconds 


These  electrical  recordings, 
made  from  a  cat  in  its  waking 
state  and  during  two  states 
of  sleep,  show  that  the 
pattern  of  activity  in  each 
state  is  clearly  different. 
Recordings  taken  from  other 
animals  during  the  same  states 
would  look  very  similar. 


59 


THE  DREAM  WATCHER'S  GUIDE 


Although  episodes  of  "dreaming,"  or  paradoxical, 
sleep  can  be  determined  most  accurately  in  the  labora- 
tory, it  can  also  be  seen  in  animals  found  around  the 
house,  such  as  dogs,  cats— and  children.  Indeed,  Its 
signs  are  so  clear  that,  in  retrospect,  it  is  surprising  that 
this  kind  of  sleep  was  discovered  less  than  twenty  years 
ago. 

In  cats  and  dogs,  watch  for  this  sequence  of  events: 
When  the  animal  first  goes  to  sleep,  "nondreaming,"  or 
slow-wave,  sleep  always  occurs  first.  Respiration  is  fairly 
regular  and  slow.  Bodily  movements  are  infrequent  and 
the  animal  is  still  and  quiet.  After  a  period  of  ten  to 
twenty  minutes  the  first  paradoxical  sleep  period  begins. 
Now  the  eyes  can  be  seen  moving  under  the  eyelids, 


which  may  be  partially  open.  Breathing  is  irregular 
rapid,  shallow  breaths  alternating  with  periods  of  breath 
holding.  The  ears  and  whiskers  twitch,  often  accom 
panied  by  facial  twitches  and  grimaces.  The  paws  maj 
twitch,  occasionally  in  synchrony  as  if  the  animal  were 
trying  to  run. 

In  children  the  signs  of  paradoxical  sleep  are  much 
the  same  except  that  facial  movements  often  include, 
sucking  movements.  In  babies  a  paradoxical  sleep  epi- 
sode may  directly  follow  feeding. 

The  frequency  of  paradoxical  sleep  varies  according 
to  body  size,  from  about  every  nine  minutes  in  the 
mouse,  to  fifty  minutes  in  the  monkey  or  child,  to  ninety 
minutes  in  adult  humans. 


live  mammalian  status,  not  to  its  par- 
ticular way  of  life.  We  can  judge  by 
the  echidna  then  that  slow-wave  sleep 
was  present  in  the  first  true  mam- 
mals, and  thus  had  probably  evolved 
in  its  present  form  about  180  million 
years  ago. 

Since  paradoxical  sleep  is  \drtually 
identical  in  the  marsupials  and  pla- 
centals  it  was  probably  present  in 
their  common  ancestor  among  the 
early  therian  group.  It  is  unlikely 
that  paradoxical  sleep  evolved  inde- 
pendently in  both  groups  at  some 
later  time.  If  this  reasoning  is  cor- 
rect, paradoxical  sleep  probably 
evolved  in  its  full-blown  mammalian 
form  about  130  million  years  ago.  or 
as  much  as  50  million  years  after  the 
development  of  slow-wave  sleep. 

This  evolutionary  history  of  sleep 
is  somewhat  speculative,  since  we  are 
inferring  from  living  animals  events 
that  took  place  in  the  distant  past. 
There  are,  however,  two  types  of  in- 
vestigation that  could  lend  further 
credence  to  the  sequential  develop- 
ment of  sleep— from  nonsleep  to 
slow-wave  to  slow-wave  plus  para- 
doxical sleep.  One  study  would  in- 
volve platypus  research.  If  we  found 
only  slow-wave  sleep  in  this  animal, 
which  came  upon  earth  at  about  the 
same  time  as  the  echidna,  it  would 
support  the  hypothesis  that  paradox- 
ical sleep  evolved  at  a  later  stage  of 
evolution.  Because  it  appears  impos- 
sible to  study  the  platypus  in  the 
laboratory,  tiny  devices  would  have 
to  be  implanted  under  its  skin  to 
transmit  EEG  information  to  distant 
receivers,  as  is  done  with  astronauts. 
The  advantage  of  telemetry,  as  this 
method  is  called,  is  that  the  animal 
is  free  to  live  in  its  natural  habitat. 

6o 


In  principle,  a  second  way  of  test- 
ing the  idea  that  slow-wave  sleep 
and  paradoxical  sleep  arose  sequen- 
tially is  to  look  at  different  birds 
that  approximate  critical  stages  of 
avian  evolution.  So  far  as  can  be  de- 
termined from  the  scanty  fossil  rec- 
ord of  birds,  all  living  forms  are  rela- 
tively recent.  There  appear  to  be  no 
really  primitive  forms  comparable  to 
the  echidna  and  opossum.  However, 
the  appearance  of  both  phases  of 
sleep  in  birds  does  show  that,  just  as 
birds  and  mammals  independently 
evolved  a  four-chambered  heart 
from  the  three-chambered  varietv  of 
their  reptile  ancestors,  both  phases 
of  sleep  evolved  independently  at 
least  twice  (in  birds  and  in  mam- 
mals) in  the  course  of  vertebrate 
evolution.  There  may  have  been  tran- 
sitional avian  species,  therefore, 
which  displayed  slow-wave,  but  not 
paradoxical  sleep. 

What  do  these  findings  tell  us 
about  the  biological  role  of  sleep? 
The  descendants  of  reptiles— the 
mammals  and  the  birds — have  two 
things  in  common:  they  both  sleep, 
and  they  both  maintain  constant 
body  temperatures  despite  changes 
in  environmental  temperature.  The 
abilit\'  of  mammals  and  birds  to  be 
active  at  any  temperature  is  a  distinct 
advantage  over  the  reptiles,  which 
become  sluggish  in  cool  weather.  A 
disadvantage  of  this  mechanism, 
though,  is  that  a  great  deal  of  food 
is  required  to  keep  the  bird  or  mam- 
mal body  warm;  it  would  be  advan- 
tageous to  turn  down  the  body's 
"thermostat"  when  the  stomach  is 
full  or  danger  is  not  imminent. 

A  clear  example  of  this  benefit  of 
lowered  body   temperatures   during 


sleep  is  provided  by  comparing 
shrews  and  bats.  Both  are  small  mam- 
mals. When  active,  their  metabolic 
rates  are  very  high.  The  shrew  is  a 
nervous  little  creature  that  scurries 
around  almost  constantly  in  search  of 
food  and  that  does  not  exhibit  clear 
periods  of  sleep.  Under  ideal  labora- 
tory conditions  or  in  its  natural  habi- 
tat both  phases  of  sleep  are  very 
likely  present,  but  observation  under 
seminatural  laboratory  conditions  in- 
dicates that  the  shrew  is  an  animal 
that  can,  and  probably  does,  get  by 
with  little  sleep.  In  contrast,  bats 
sleep  up  to  t^vent}'  hours  per  day,  and 
during  sleep  their  metabolic  rate 
drops  considerably.  The  life-span  of 
the  short-tailed  shrew  is  about  two 
years,  whereas  bats  of  the  same  size 
live  up  to  eighteen  years.  Thus  the 
bat  s  ability  to  "turn  himself  off"  ap- 
parently results  in  a  ninefold  gain  in 
life-span.  In  most  animals  metabolic 
rate  during  sleep  does  not  decrease  as 
dramatically  as  it  does  in  the  bat,  but 
nevertheless  it  seems  clear  that  the 
ability  to  sleep,  and  thereby  conserve 
energy,  can  prolong  life. 

The  daily  temperature  cycle  (and 
therefore  the  underlying  metabo- 
lism I  is  independent  of  sleep;  there- 
fore subjects  deprived  of  sleep  still 
have  lower  temperatures  at  those 
times  that  would  correspond  to  nor- 
mal sleep. 

Specifically,  we  suspect  that  slow- 
wave  sleep  serves  this  function.  It 
alone  is  present  in  the  echidna,  and 
it  accounts  for  nearly  all  the  sleep  of 
birds,  yet  these  animals  maintain  a 
constant  body  temperature  as  do 
marsupial  and  placental  mammals. 
Paradoxical  sleep  in  contrast  is  a  time 
of  heightened  metabolic  and  nerv'ous 


ystem  activity.  Slo\v-wave  sleep  may 
lave  evolved  parallel  with  tempera- 
ure  regulation,  as  an  active  mecha- 
lism  in  the  brain  for  periodically 
■forcing"'  mammals  and  birds— with 
heir  generally  high  body  tempera- 
ures— to    conserve    energy.    In    am- 


phibians and  reptiles,  whose  body 
temperatures  can  drop  to  low  levels, 
this  active  brain  mechanism  does  not 
appear  to  be  present. 

For  man.  sleep  is  a  recurring  and 
persistent  need.  Attempts  to  stay 
awake    for    prolonged    periods    can 


have  disastrous  consequences,  both 
psvchological  and  physiological.  Not 
every  mammal,  however,  must  bow 
to  the  demands  of  eight  hours  sleep 
])er  dav.  Certain  of  them,  notably 
the  hoofed  animals,  have  evolved  the 
ability  to  do  without  much  sleep.  In 


ANIMAL 


BEHAVIOR   AND   HABITAT 


SLEEP 


"Good  Sleepers" 

Carnivore,  active  day  or  night.  Lives  below  ground  in 
an  extensive  network  of  burrows. 


Herbivore,  hibernates,  prey.  Lives  in  extensive  bur- 
rows of  its  own  making. 

Predator.  Only  the  domestic  cat  has  been  studied. 


Omnivore,  strong  fighter.  Sleeps  in  tops  of  tall  trees. 


Omnivore,  most  similar  to  man.  Lives  in  tropical  rain 
forests  and  shelters  in  tree  nests  at  night. 


Omnivore.  Has  mastered  defense  from  other  species 
and  the  elements.  Chief  predator  is  man.  Inhabits  all 
ecological  ranges. 

"Poor  Sleepers" 

Herbivore;  nervous,  hyperactive,  excitable;  prey. 
Lives  in  burrows,  which  it  excavates  or  borrows,  in 
rocky  areas,  savannas,  swamps,  and  at  edges  of 
forests. 

Herbivore,  prey.  Some  strains  are  extremely  nervous 
and  easily  excited.  Usually  lives  in  grass  nests  on 
the  surface  or  occasionally  in  burrows. 


Herbivore;  nervous,  excitable;  prey.  Lives  in  grass- 
lands. (Study  includes  only  domestic  species.) 

Herbivore,   excitable,    prey.    Lives   in   grasslands   or 
mountains.  (Only  domestic  species  studied.) 


Herbivore,  excitable,  prey.  Lives  in  grasslands.  (Only 
domestic  species  studied.) 


Omnivore.  Strong  fighter  but  subject  to  predation. 
Lives  at  edges  of  forests,  in  savannas  and  rocky  areas. 
Sleeps  in  tops  of  scrub  trees  where  it  is  easily  visible. 


Sleeps  8  hours  per  day  in  lab  with 
almost  no  adaptation.  24%  para- 
doxical sleep. 

Deep  sleeper,  about  14  hours  a  day 
in  lab.  25%  paradoxical  sleep. 

Deep  sleeper,  readily  sleeps  about 
14  hours  a  day  in  lab.  27%  para- 
doxical sleep. 

After  short  adaptation  sleeps  8 
hours  a  day,  15-20%  paradoxical 
sleep. 

After  relatively  short  adaptation, 
sleeps  11  hours  a  day.  19%  para- 
doxical sleep. 

Deep  sleeper.  After  short  adapta- 
tion sleeps  8  hours  in  lab.  24% 
paradoxical  sleep. 


After  long  adaptation  will  sleep  12 
hours  per  day.  5%  paradoxical 
sleep. 


Difficult  to  adapt;  sleep  Is  seen 
only  after  several  months  in  lab  with 
some  strains.  Up  to  15%  paradoxi- 
cal sleep  when  well  adapted. 

Requires  long  adaptation.  About 
4%  paradoxical  sleep. 

After  two  months  adaptation  will 
enter  paradoxical  sleep,  but  only 
rarely. 

After  several  months  in  lab  wil 
sleep  about  4  hours  a  day,  but  para 
doxical  sleep  apparently  not  seen 

Enters  paradoxical  sleep  phase  af 
ter  extended  adaptation.  4-9%  par 
adoxical  sleep. 


Animals  that  have  been  studied  in  the  laboratory  can  be 
divided  into  "good  sleepers"  and  "poor  sleepers."  Good 
sleepers  are  either  predatory  or  have  secure  sleeping 


places  included  in  their  way  of  life.  Poor  sleepers  tend 
to  be  animals  subject  to  predation  at  all  hours;  they 
sleep  less  and  experience  less  paradoxical  sleep. 


6i 


these  animals  sleep  is  seen  only  under 
very  carefully  controlled  laboratory 
conditions  and  then  only  after  ex- 
tended periods  of  adaptation. 

There  are  several  factors  that  de- 
termine how  much  a  particular  spe- 
cies needs  to  sleep,  but  perhaps  the 
clearest  is  the  predator-prey  rela- 
tionship. Predators  such  as  men, 
cats,  and  dogs  are  good  sleepers, 
whereas  the  animals  most  subject  to 
predation  at  any  time  of  the  day.  the 
hoofed  mammals,  are  generally  very 
light  sleepers.  Browsing  animals— 
•  such  as  sheep,  goats,  and  donkeys- 
were  derived  from  wild  species  that 
were  continually  exposed  to  preda- 
tors. These  animals  are  poor  sleepers 
and  only  rarely  enter  the  paradoxical 
sleep  phase.  Only  under  the  most 
carefully  controlled  conditions  will 
they  sleep  in  the  laboratory.  (This  is 
also  true  of  the  rabbit,  chinchilla, 
and  guinea  pig. )  Folklore  holds  that 
domesticated  ungulates  do  not  sleep 
at  all.  When  questioned,  those  famil- 
iar with  various  farmyard  species 
usually  cannot  recall  having  seen  one 
of  them  lying  down  with  eyes  closed, 
obviously  asleep.  It  is  probable,  al- 
though lack  of  exact  knowledge  of 
their  habits  makes  it  impossible  to 
say  with  any  certainty,  that  most 
poor  sleepers  are  surface-dwelling 
mammals  that,  because  of  their  habi- 
tat or  size,  cannot  retreat  to  well-pro- 
tected dens  or  burrows  to  sleep. 


G. 


ood  sleepers,  however,  are  not 
always  predators.  As  examples,  con- 
sider the  13-lined  ground  squirrel 
and  the  hamster,  which  live  mainly 
on  vegetation  yet  are  good  sleepers. 
These  animals  are  not  predatory  but 
are  themselves  subject  to  predation. 
They  are  not  surface-dwellers,  how- 
ever, and  thus  need  not  constantly 
monitor  their  surroundings.  The 
ground  squirrel  or  hamster  snugly 
enclosed  in  its  burrow  can  afford  the 
luxury  of  deep  sleep.  Another  ex- 
ample of  a  deep-sleeping  nonpreda- 
tor  is  the  macaque  monkey  of  Asia, 
a  species  studied  in  the  laboratory. 
This  primate  is  able  to  afford  the 
luxury  of  deep  sleep  because  his  en- 
vironmental surroundings  allow  it. 
He  sleeps  in  treetops  that  have  dense 
foliage  at  the  crown.  Nocturnal  pred- 
ators are  rare.  He  is  light  in  weight. 


nimble  and  small,  and  can  climb  to 
high  places  that  his  chief  enemies 
cannot  reach.  The  macaque  is  a  rela- 
tively deep  sleeper  with  high  per- 
centages of  paradoxical  sleep.  In 
contrast,  the  African  baboon,  al- 
though a  savage  and  bold  fighter,  is 
insecure  while  sleeping.  At  night,  his 
chief  enemy,  the  leopard— a  skillful 
climber— is  most  active,  and  the 
baboon  must  seek  the  tops  of  the 
tallest  trees  available.  Cover  is  poor 
in  the  scrubby  trees  of  the  savanna 
environment,  and  he  is  usually  quite 
visible,  silhouetted  against  the  night 
sky.  As  a  result,  the  baboon  is  a  fitful 
sleeper  and  rarely  enters  the  para- 
doxical sleep  phase. 

We  believe,  therefore,  that  the  es- 
sential difference  between  good 
sleepers  and  poor  sleepers  depends 
on  the  security  of  the  animal's  sleep- 
ing arrangements  and  not  solely 
upon  his  food-getting  status.  Exam- 
ination of  the  list  of  animals  studied 
in  the  laboratory  indicates  that  se- 
cure sleepers  tend  to  have  large 
amounts  of  paradoxical  sleep.  Thus 
it  appears  that  deep  sleep  and  high 
percentages  of  paradoxical  sleep  go 
hand  in  hand  with  a  safe  sleeping 
arrangement.  Returning  to  our  com- 
parison of  shrews  and  bats,  we  pro- 
pose that  the  bat  can  afford  to  sleep 
deeply  because  its  security  during 
sleep  is  assured,  suspended  as  it  is 
from  the  ceiling  of  a  cave  or  attic. 
The  shrew,  primarily  a  surface- 
dweller,  must  be  much  more  circum- 
spect about  the  duration  and  depth 
of  its  sleep. 

The  importance  of  security  for 
deep  sleep  has  also  been  suggested  by 
H.  Hediger,  a  zoologist  who  has  ob- 
served animals  in  their  natural  habi- 
tat. He  notes  that  the  antelope  prob- 
ably never  sleeps  whereas  the  Indian 
sloth  bear,  a  fighter  so  competent  that 
even  the  tiger  avoids  him,  sleeps 
deeply. 

What  biological  function  is  served 
by  paradoxical  sleep?  Clearly  evi- 
dent in  man,  the  most  advanced 
mammal  (while  absent  in  the 
echidna,  a  primitive  mammal),  this 
form  of  sleep  does  not  appear  to  be 
a  vestigial  remnant  of  our  prehistory. 

Apparently,  paradoxical  sleep  is 
not  simply  a  mechanism  to  provide 
dreaming.  It  occurs  in  situations  in 
which  the  possibility  of  dreaming  is 
remote.  Cats  that  have  had  most  of 


the  brain  removed,  except  for  the 
vital  respiratory  and  cardiac  centers 
in  the  medulla,  still  have  paradox- 
ical sleep.  Similarly,  human  beings 
with  diseases  that  essentially  discon- 
nect the  cerebral  cortex  and  higher 
centers  of  the  brain  nevertheless 
have  periods  of  paradoxical  sleep.  In 
both  these  situations  it  seems  un- 
likely that  dreaming  could  occur. 
Thus,  it  seems  that  dreaming  does 
not  necessarily  occur  during  para- 
doxical sleep.  It  is  interesting  that 
these  results  also  suggest  that  dream- 
ing does  not  cause  paradoxical  sleep, 
but,  if  anything,  is  caused  by  it.  Per- 
haps an  increase  in  heart  rate  and 
rapid  shallow  breathing  evoke  emo- 
tional dreams,  rather  than  the  other 
way  around. 

One  of  the  most  striking  and  un- 
expected findings  of  sleep  research 
is  that  newborn  mammals,  whether 
the)'  are  humans,  cats,  or  rats,  have 
much  more  paradoxical  sleep  than 
adults.  The  human  newborn,  for  ex- 
ample, spends  about  50  percent  of 
his  sleep  in  the  paradoxical  phase, 
while  adults  spend  about  24  percent. 
(Premature  infants  spend  an  even 
larger  percentage  of  their  sleep  in 
this  state.)  These  studies  suggest  that 
at  earlier  stages  of  prenatal  develop- 
ment, all  sleep  may  be  paradoxical. 

These  findings  have  prompted  a 
plausible  theory  for  the  biological 
significance  of  this  form  of  sleep.  The 
rapidly  developing  fetal  nervous  sys- 
tem presumably  needs  a  great  deal  of 
excitation  to  build  in  the  neural  cir- 
cuitry necessary  for  the  development 
of  integrated  behavior  patterns.  Be- 
cause paradoxical  sleep  is  a  time  of 
intense  central  nervous  system  activ- 
ity, it  may  provide  a  period  of  nerve 
"exercise,"  the  stimulation  coming 
from  within  the  brain  instead  of  from 
the  environment.  In  the  course  of 
maturation  less  internally  generated 
brain  stimulation  is  necessary  be- 
cause sensory  stimulation  is  now 
available  from  the  environment:  the 
amount  of  paradoxical  sleep,  there- 
fore, declines. 

Other  findings  seem  to  lend  sup- 
port to  this  hypothesis.  At  birth,  poor 
sleepers  such  as  the  guinea  pig  and 
lamb  have  less  paradoxical  sleep 
than  more  secure  sleepers  such  as 
man  and  the  cat.  The  former,  how- 
ever, are  born  at  an  advanced  level 
of  nervous  system  maturation.  Short- 

63 


ANKH  PENDANT 

BEAUTIFULLY  CONTEMPORARY 
•his  hand  crofted  represenla- 
n    of    the    Ancient    Egyptian 
Key  of  Life"  in  solid  sterling 
silver.  The  Ankh  -  from  the 
hieroglyph    meaning    "life" 
— is  the  oldest  known  amu- 
let   symbol,    ond    the   only 
llagan    talisman    to    survive 
n  doily  use  after  the   Egyp- 
ons   converted    to    Christian- 
ity. Comes  in  stunning  new 
designer's    jewelry   cose 
and   presentation  gift 
,' Wbx.  3"  long  Ankh  — 

With  18"  chain $25  00 

With  24"  chain  $27.00 

in  14K  Gold  w.  18"  chain    $75 

rncludes  outstondtng  reproductions  of 
id   accessories    from 


ancient  civilization,    p 
I  of    oufhentic   antiquid 


Dept.   N-8FJ  •  648  riinth  Avenue 
New  York,  t^.Y.  10036 


GEODES! 

Lovely  natural  crystal-filled  hemispheres  from 
world-wide  sources.  No  written  description  or 
photograph  really  does  them  justice,  so  we  of- 
fer unconditional  money-back  guarantee.  $2.00 
brings  you  a  sample  or  $5.00  brings  you  a  glit- 
tering assortment  and  subscription  to  our  peri- 
odic rare 'collector's  list.  Barry  &  Shirley  Roth- 
man,  RD  #2,  Hill  House,  Downingtown,  Pa.  19335. 


Successful  Treasure  Hunting 

is  yours  with  the  NEW,  HIGH-POWER 
GOLDMASTER    S-63    TR   Metal-Mineral 

Detector.  Mor=    tr„sur«    are    Wing    di.cov- 

^^\         cred      daily      than      in      previous 
Kl^jJM  y""   ■   ■   ■   s""  now  to  explore 

^^1  this    exciting    hobby    for    your- 

^^  ^  •  self     with     thii     all-tranilstor- 

V         ized,    high-powered    detectorl 
detect      V. 
uggts.  JNv 

d    mineral  V-(  _, 


TWO-YEAR 
GUARANTEE 
The  S-63   TR 
gold    and    silve 


$179  50 

F.O.B.  Sweet  Home,  Orego; 

Budget  Terms  Available  free  LITERATURE 

WHITE'S  ELECTRONICS.  INC. 

Room  341 
1011     Pleasant    Valley    Rd.,    Sweet    Home,    Or.      97386 


>^V  VVV^^1\.^VS.^  ^  \  T'l^C-tT-c-tl^tpp^ 


IF  YOU'RE 
AN  "OLD  SALT" 

or  would 
like 
^^^^^^       to  be. 

Write    Or    phone    for    ou,    exf^" 
ordinary  freighter    crujj^j     ^jjit 
forgotten  inlands.  Go  to  busting 
Ports-of-cail.    Individuals,  fa^jijes. 
and  groups. 


FREIGHTER 
TRAVEL  SERVICE  Ltd. 

(212)  TR  9-2929 

201  EAST  77th  STREET 

NEW  YORK,  NEW  YORK  10021 


n>^iAA>.>^  >->^>>sy 


ly  after  birth  they  can  walk,  and 
their  sensory  systems  are  functional, 
unlike  man  and  the  cat  who  are  born 
completely  helpless.  Presumably, 
since  the  sensory  systems  are  well 
developed  they  need  less  internally 
generated  stimulation  and  spend  less 
time  in  paradoxical  sleep.  Similarly, 
the  young  of  the  hoofed  mammals 
must  quickly  develop  a  responsive- 
ness to  their  environment ;  the  rapid 
maturation  of  the  brains  in  such  spe- 
cies and  their  small  amounts  of  sleep 
are  both  adaptive  responses  to  the 
same  environmental  pressures. 

An  intriguing  theory  of  the  bio- 
logical role  of  paradoxical  sleep  was 
suggested  by  Frederic  Snyder  of  the 
National  Institute  of  Mental  Health. 
His  view  is  that  this  "third  state  of 
existence,"  as  he  calls  it,  serves  to 
periodically  arouse  the  sleeping  ani- 
mal so  that  he  can  inspect  his  envi- 
ronment for  danger.  In  times  of 
danger,  animals  (or  men,  for  that 
matter )  tend  to  sleep  fitfully,  in  short 
bursts,  and  may  awaken  during  a 
paradoxical  sleep  episode.  This 
would  explain  why  the  insecure 
sleepers  such  as  sheep,  or  guinea  pigs 
get  so  little  paradoxical  sleep. 

The  advantage  of  such  a  "sentinel" 
mechanism  is  obvious:  the  animal 
is  assured  that  his  sleep  will  not  be 
unduly  prolonged;  possibly  forever 
in  the  case  of  the  rabbit  that  does  not 
see  the  approaching  hawk.  Further- 
more, an  animal  aroused  from  para- 
doxical sleep  is  alert  and  reactive, 
ready  for  fight  or  flight,  whereas 
awakened  from  slow-wave  sleep  he  is 
disoriented  for  a  few  seconds.  In  ad- 
dition, several  kinds  of  evidence  indi- 
cate that  humans  or  cats  can  discrim- 
inate meaningful  stimuli  better  dur- 
ing paradoxical  sleep  than  during 
slow-wave  sleep.  Not  only  might 
paradoxical  sleep  serve  to  awaken 
the  animal  in  danger,  but  he  would 
awake  ready  to  react  in  an  integrated 
manner. 

As  far  as  can  be  determined  with 
laboratory  techniques,  paradoxical 
sleep  is  similar  in  all  mammals  that 
exhibit  it — from  the  opossum,  a 
prototypal  therian,  to  man,  presum- 
ably the  most  advanced  mammal. 
How  similar,  however,  is  the  mental 
activity  that  might  accompany  the 
physiological  signs  of  dreaming  in 
animals  and  man?  Is  it  possible,  for 
example,  for  animals  to  experience 
visual  imagery  and  other  sensations 
during  paradoxical  sleep? 

These  are  difficult  questions  to  an- 


swer. We  already  know  that  paradox 
ical  sleep  can  occur  even  when  tht 
possibihty  of  any  complex  mental  ac 
tivity  is  highly  unlikely.  If  we  cannoi 
automatically  assume  that  dreaming 
occurs  in  humans  during  paradox- 
ical sleep,  we  must  certainly  be  cau- 
tious in  making  such  an  assumption 
about  animals.  Furthermore,  to  what 
extent  can  we  ascribe  human  kinds  ol 
subjective  experiences  to  an  animal? 
Many  scientists  believe  this  is  a  fu- 
tile, hazardous,  even  heretical  under- 
taking. Darwin,  on  the  contrary,  in- 
sisted that  mind,  or  consciousness, 
was  a  biological  phenomenon  that 
evolved  from  lower  forms  in  much 
the  same  way  as  did  anatomical 
characteristics.  He  pointed  out  that 
emotional  expressions  indicating 
particular  "states  of  mind"  were  ob- 
vious in  all  animal  forms.  He  went  so 
far  as  to  say,  "even  insects  express 
anger,  terror,  jealousy,  and  love  by 
their  stridulations." 

While  it  is  difficult  to  attribute 
such  complex  emotions  to  so  simple  a 
beast  as  a  cricket,  it  is  reasonable  to 
suppose  that  visual,  auditory,  and 
tactile  imagery  occurs  in  mammals. 
Most  scientists  have  no  particular 
qualms  about  attributing  subjective 
states  such  as  pain,  hunger,  and  fear 
to  animals.  Yet  an  animal's  outward 
manifestations  of  these  states  are  not 
nearly  so  clear,  not  nearly  so  similar 
to  the  human  manifestations  of  these 
states,  as  are  the  animal's  signs  ofr 
dreaming.  We  agree  with  the  view 
stated  many  years  ago  by  Julian 
Huxley : 

"It  is  also  both  scientifically  legiti- 
mate and  operationally  necessary  to 
ascribe  mind,  in  the  sense  of  subjec- 
tive awareness,  to  higher  animals.' 
This  is  obvious  as  regards  the  anthro- 
poid apes:  they  not  only  possess  very 
similar  bodies  and  sense-organs  to 
ours,  but  also  manifest  similar  be- 
havior, with  a  quite  similar  range  of 
emotional  expression,  as  anybody 
can  see  in  the  zoo;  a  range  of  curi- 
osity, anger,  alertness,  affection,  jeal- 
ousy, fear,  pain  and  pleasure.  It  is 
equally  legitimate  and  necessary  for 
other  mammals,  although  the  simi- 
larities are  not  so  close.  We  just  can- 
not really  understand  or  properly  in- 
terpret the  behavior  of  elephants  or 
dogs  or  cats  or  porpoises  unless  we 
do  so  to  some  extent  in  mental  terms. 
This  is  not  anthropomorphism:  it  is 
merely  an  extension  of  the  principles 
of  comparative  study  that  have  been 
so  fruitful  in  comparative  anatomy, 


64 


comparative  physiology,  compara- 
tive cytology  and  other  biological 
fields." 

If  one  is  willing  to  admit  that  it  is 
possible  to  infer  dreaming  in  ani- 
mals, then  several  lines  of  evidence 
indicate  that  it  actually  does  occur. 
Recall  that  muscle  tone  in  the  cat  is 
completely  suppressed  during  para- 
doxical sleep.  If  the  brain  center  that 
produces  this  suppression  is  not 
functioning,  however,  a  bizarre  pat- 
tern of  events  takes  place  during  the 
cat's  paradoxical  sleep.  Although 
completely  asleep,  the  cat  will  display 
behavior  almost  identical  to  that  dur- 
ing the  waking  state.  It  will  rise,  walk 
about,  attack  invisible  enemies,  stalk 
an  imaginary  prey,  or  sit  quietly  and 
follow  an  unseen  object  with  its  eyes 
for  periods  of  several  minutes— all 
while  deeply  asleep!  It  is  difficult 
for  an  observer  to  deny  that  some 
sort  of  imagery  is  present  in  the  cat 
brain  at  these  times. 

In  another  experiment  that  sug- 
gests dream  life  in  animals,  monkeys 
were  trained  to  press  a  lever  when 
they  saw  patterned  stimuli  flashed  on 
a  screen  before  them.  Later,  during 
sleep,  they  were  seen  to  press  the 
lever  as  if  they  were  hallucinating  or 
dreaming  of  the  stimuli  acquired 
during  the  waking  state.  Techniques 
such  as  this  bypass  the  problem  that 
animals  cannot  give  us  spoken  re- 
ports of  their  dream  life. 

We  are  willing  to  conclude  that 
imagery  occurs  during  paradoxical 
sleep  in  animals.  To  the  extent  that 
they  are  capable  of  mental  life  dur- 
ing waking  it  is  equally  plausible  to 
grant  them  the  power  of  dreaming 
during  sleep.  And  what  do  they 
dream  about?  Anyone  who  owns  a 
dog  has  witnessed  the  trembling, 
jerking,  abortive  running  move- 
ments, the  grimacing  and  whimper- 
ing that  periodically  occur  during 
sleep.  A  dream  of  a  rabbit  chase? 
Why  not?  Freud  thought  that  dreams 
are  often  wish  fulfillments.  In  The 
Interpretation  of  Dreams  he  wrote: 
"I  do  not  myself  know  what  animals 
dream  of.  But  a  proverb,  to  which  my 
attention  was  drawn  by  one  of  my 
students,  does  claim  to  know.  'What,' 
asks  the  proverb,  'do  geese  dream 
of?'  and  it  replies:  'Of  maize!'  The 
whole  theory  that  dreams  are  wish 
fulfillments  is  contained  in  these  two 
phrases."  Perhaps  cats  dream  of  the 
perfect  mouse,  and  moles  of  big  juicy 
earthworms.  We  like  to  think  so. 


AFGHANISTAN-A  VISIT  TO  A  NATION 

-  August  1st  to  29th,  1970  -  Sep.  19th  to  Oct.  17,  1970  - 

The  only  extensive  tour  of  Afghanistan  ever  organized,  first  carried  out  by  Treasure 
Tours  in  1969.  In  1970,  the  tour  will  be  led  again  by  Mr.  Ali  Lawanghin  of  Kabul 
in  cooperation  with  American  residents  and  Afghan  notables. 

Afghanistan  offers  the  great  sights  of  Central  Asia  to  a  far  larger  extent  than  Soviet 
Cemtral  Asia  or  Outer  Mongolia:  the  deserts  of  the  North,  the  proud  and  wealthy 
nomads  with  their  Bactrian  camels,  the  Bhuzkashi  of  the  Usbeks,  Central  Asia's 
greatest  riding  spectacle,  ancient  Asian  cities  with  splendid  mosques,  markets  and 
bazaars,  stupendous  archaeological  monuments  of  the  Graeco-Buddhist  and  other 
pre-Islaniiic  cultures  and  the  towering  mountains  of  the  Central  Hindu  Kush  clad 
in  eternal  snow. 

Contacts  with  people  are  easier  and  more  frequent  than  in  other  countries  of 
Central  Asia.  The  most  important  tribal  groups  are  the  nomadic  Kochi  who  are  the 
nation's  political  backbone,  the  Hazara  and  Tadjik  of  the  Hindu  Kush  and  the  Usbeks 
and  Turkmen  of  Bactria.  The  Nurs  in  their  remote  mountains  are  related  to  the  most 
ancient  populations  of  the  Himalayas.  The  scenery  is  overwhelming:  the  high  passes 
and  dramatic  valleys  of  the  Hindu  Kush,  the  mountains  of  Nuristan,  Afghan 
Turkestan  on  the  Bactrian  Plain  between  the  Oxus  and  the  Hindukush  and  the 
steppes  and  deserts  from  Ghazni  to  Herat.  Then,  there  is  a  wealth  of  archaeological 
monuments  never  seen  by  the  transient  tourist.  The  most  famous  are  the  Graeco 
Bactrian  cave  monasteries,  the  temples  and  stupas  of  the  Kushan  Empire  and  the 
mosques,  castles  and  mausolea  of  the  early  Islamic  dynasties  and  of  the  Timurides 
in  Herat  and  Balkh. — A  side  trip  is  made  over  the  Khyber  Pass  to  the  Peshawar 
Valley  and  Taxila  in  Pakistan.  Stopovers  are  Teheran  on  the  way  out  and  Istanbul 
on  return.  Very  good  hotels  in  Kabul,  Bamiyan,  Kandahar,  Herat  and  Pul  i  Khumri. 
Modest  accommodations  in  Mazar  i  Sharif  and  a  few  other  places.  Travel  is  by 
modern  motorcoach.  15  participants. 
All  inclusive  from  New  York:  US$  2185.00.— Ask  for  illustrated  tour  booklet. 

THE  PANGI  TREK-INNER  HIMALAYAS 

May  25th  to  June  23rd,  1970. 

Leader:  Mr.  DESMOND  DOIG,  Calcutta,  noted  Himalayan  explorer  and  writer, 
who  also  has  led  our  'Himalayan  Kingdoms'  Tour  in  October  1969.  Some  of  Des- 
mond Doig's  writings  on  the  Himalayas  have  appeared  in  'National  Geographic': 
130/4,123/3  etc. 

The  Pangi  Trek,  part  of  our  tour  of  the  Inner  Himalayas,  is  the  dream  of  many 
Himalayan  travellers.  It  is  a  14  days  trek  from  Chamba,  a  small  mountain  town  in 
the  area  of  the  Kangra  Valley.  Alpinistic  experience  is  not  needed  but  one  must  be 
in  good  health  and  used  to  hiking.  Easy  stages.  Sleeping  bags  and  gear  are  carried 
by  ponies  and  porters.  Trekking  is  mostly  in  the  valley  of  the  Chandrabagha  River, 
a  beautiful  and  rugged  area  surrounded  by  mountains  from  18  to  24000  feet.  Many 
small  villages  will  be  visited.  The  people,  of  Tibetan  stock,  are  famous  for  the  dances 
of  their  pretty  women. — The  trek  is  preceded  by  a  car  tour  of  the  Kulu  and  Kangra 
valleys  with  a  visit  to  the  Dalai  Lama  of  Tibet,  now  living  in  exile  at  Dharamasala. — 
For  non-trekkers  a  very  charming  nature  tour  of  the  Inner  Himalayas  with  the  Kulu 
and  Kangra  valleys  and  Kashmir  is  available. 
Ask  for  details  on  Pangi  Trek  and/or  Himalayan  Nature  Tour. 
All  inclusive  from  New  York:  US$  1975.00. — 12  to  14  members  on  the  trek. 

THE  UNDISCOVERED  USSR 

August  4th  to  25th,  1970. 

Leader:  Professor  WOODFORD  McCLELLAN,  University  of  Virginia,  Charlotte- 
ville.  Professor  McClellan  is  a  specialist  in  Russian  History,  has  made  part  of  his 
studies  in  the  USSR  and  has  led  our  'The  USSR  for  the  Historian'  in  1967. — 

A  new  tour  of  the  USSR  with  an  unusual  itinerary  of  scenically  beautiful  and  his- 
torically significant  areas  and  towns. — Novgorod,  a  medieval  merchant  republic  with 
some  40  churches  dating  from  the  11th  to  the  15th  century,  palaces,  walled  mon- 
asteries etc. — Kizlii,  an  island  on  Lake  Onega  with  a  huge  wooden  cathedral  with 
22  onion  domes  and  other  fantastic  wooden  churches  and  farms  characteristic  for  the 
medieval  rural  culture  of  Northern  Russia. — Mtshkcia,  capital  of  ancient  Georgia, 
in  a  beautiful  valley  of  the  Caucasus,  with  great  Georgian  churches  and  monuments 
dating  from  the  6th  to  1 1th  century. — The  Caucasus  between  Tbilisi  and  Erevan  and 
the  Armenian  Plateau. — The  surroundings  of  Erevan  with  the  4th  century  monastery 
of  Gegard,  the  7th  century  cathedral  of  Zvamot  and  Echmiadzin,  the  ancient  seat 
of  the  Patriarch  of  Armenia.  Armenian  architecture,  art  and  folklore. — Khiva,  in  the 
oasis  of  Kwarazm,  in  Central  Asia,  a  gigantic  architectural  complex  with  a  skyline 
of  conical  towers  and  minarets  and  the  mosques  and  palaces  of  the  Shahs  of 
Khorasmia,  the  ancient  rulers  of  the  country.  From  Tashkent  by  air  via  Urgench. 
Samarkand,  the  city  of  Tamerlane  and  the  Timurides. — Pereslavl  Zatcski,  Yaroslavl 
and  Rostov  the  Great,  medieval  towns  of  Central  Russia  with  walled  monasteries, 
wonderful  church  architecture,  casitles  and  palaces,  all  in  scenic  surroundings. — 
Moscow  and  Leningrad,  of  course,  will  also  be  visited.  The  tour  is  a  great  oppor- 
tunity to  get  away  from  the  cities  and  to  see  the  countryside  in  the  European  and 
Asiatic  USSR. 

All  inclusive  from  New  York:  Moderate  cost,  depending  on  new  airfares  to  Moscow. 
De  luxe  accommodations  and  meals  a  la  carte  wherever  available. — Ask  for  booklet. 


TREASURE  TOURS  INTERNATIONAL 

Office  of  Academic  Liaison 
1010,  St.  Catherine  W.,  iVIontreal  110,  Canada 


INC. 


65 


Books  in  Review 


The  Xinacanteca  liVay  af  Life 


hy  Herbert  R.  Harvey 


ZiNACANTAN:   A  MaYA  COMMUNITY  IN 

THE  Highlands  of  Chiapas,  by  Evon 
Z.  Vogt.  The  Belknap  Press  of  Harvard 
University  Press,  $25.00;  733  pp.,  illus. 

Perhaps  what  we  find  most  intriguing 
about  the  Maya  are  their  ancient 
accomplishments  and  their  modern 
staying  power.  Tlie  two  are  not  wholly 
unrelated  phenomena.  While  many  In- 
dian groups  of  Middle  America  have 
lost  their  distinctive  cultural  flavor, 
most  of  the  Maya  groups  have  not.  The 
Zinacantecos,  a  surviving,  indeed  thriv- 
ing, Tzotzil-speaking  Maya  group  with 
which  this  book  deals,  are  no  exception. 
In  fact,  it  is  precisely  the  combination 
of  a  rich  cultural  content,  which  is  pe- 
culiarly Maya  in  most  details,  and  the 
mechanisms  that  have  maintained  it 
despite  constant  external  pressures 
over  the  generations  that  accord  more 
than  the  usual  significance  to  this 
study. 

Zinacantan  is  an  almost  wholly  In- 
dian municipio  of  nearly  8,000  people 
( 1960  census)  tucked  away  in  the  high- 
lands of  the  state  of  Chiapas,  Mexico, 
not  far  from  San  Cristobal  las  Casas. 
The  Pan-American  Highway,  which 
cuts  through  the  municipio,  was  opened 
in  1950,  thus  linking  the  area  for  the 
first  time  with  the  modern  nation.  With 
the  road  came  increased  economic  in- 
teraction with  the  lowlands,  tourists, 
and  a  bevy  of  anthropologists,  among 
them  Professor  Vogt  and  the  many 
members  of  his  team,  who  form  the  on- 
going Harvard  Chiapas  Project.  The 
present  work  is  but  one  of  many,  which 
have  already  appeared  or  are  in  prep- 
aration, concerning  this  remarkable 
community  of  Maya  Indians. 

The  author's  stated  purpose  in  writ- 
ing the  book  is  "to  provide  the  first 
general  ethnographic  description  of 
this  Zinacanteco  way  of  life.  .  .  ."  That 
is,  in  a  nutshell,  what  the  book  is.  How- 
ever, it  is  perhaps  better  viewed  as  a 
"master  ethnography"  in  terms  of  the 
strategy  of  the  Harvard  Chiapas  Proj- 
ect. Over  the  the  course  of  a  decade, 
numerous  students  and  colleagues  of 
the  author  have  participated  in  a  co- 
ordinated field  program  in  the  area  and 

66 


M 

^^^ 

%^^i 

m 

m^.i3f 

^^^H 

m 

H^^BB 

L  B|y 

1 

i 

! 

'.J 

^^^^Ta^H 

1 

i 

lO 

^bS 

1 

1 

.^^.  ^^[ 

1 

^^'■^Tf"-   '     * 

"i*^ 

67 


Zinacanteco  shaman  is  packing 

white  candles  for  a  pilgrimage 

to  the  mountain  shrines. 


;"m/. 


Shelling  maize  using  cowhide  net. 

Wooden  cross  in  foreground  protects 

corn  from  evil  spirits. 


have  produced  a  large  number  of  spe- 
cialized studies.  Throughout,  the  book 
draws    upon    these    (with   careful    ac- 
knowledgement), as  well  as  upon  the 
author's  own,  extensive  field  work.  Cer- 
tain topics  obviously  have  been  more  ' 
exhaustively  studied  than  others,  lead- 
ing to  some  imbalance  of  coverage  (an 
inevitable  failing  of  general  ethnogra- 1 
phies).  Also,  a  certain  redundancy  has 
resulted   because    the    topics    are   dis- 
cretely presented.  The  book  emerges, 
therefore,  as  more  of  a  topical  com-  , 
pendium  than  a  tightly  integrated  ac-  i 
count   of   Zinacantan   culture   and    so-'' 
ciety.  This  can  be  either  a  virtue  or  a 
vice,  depending  upon  one's  approach 
to  the  book.  Suffice  it  to  say,  it  is  easy 
to  read  a  chapter. 

The  population  of  Zinacantan  is  dis- 


Men  and  animals  bearing 
heavy  loads  of  maize  make 
their  way  along  a  trail. 


tributed  between  a  ceremonial  center 
(called  Zinacantan)  and  15  dependent, 
outlying  hamlets— a  familiar  settlement 
pullirn  for  Maya.  The  Zinacantecos  are 
mai/e  farmers,  and  maize  dominates 
not  only  their  agricultural  production 
and  diet  but  also  their  thoughts.  There 
is  one  exceptional  aspect  to  their  agri- 
culture, however:  in  addition  to  their 
traditional  farm  plots  in  the  highlands, 
they  also  have  access  to.  and  make  ex- 
tensive use  of.  lowland  plots  in  the 
nearby  Grijalva  drainage  area. 

The  characteristic  domestic  unit  in 
Zinacantan  is  the  patrilocal  extended 
family,  living  either  under  one  roof  or 
in  closely  clustered  houses  forming  a 
compound,  symbolically  represented  as 
a  cross.  Several  house  cross  groups 
make  up   a   patrilineage,   and   one  or 


more  localized  patrilineages  constitute 
a  sna,  the  next  largest  recognized  social 
grouping.   In   turn,  two  or  more  snas 
combine   to   form   a  waterhole   group 
which   in   itself  may   equal  a   hamlet 
although  more  frequently  a  hamlet  con 
sists  of  more  than  one  waterhole  group 
In  Zinacantan,  the  location  and  compo 
sition   of    settlements    are    determined 
primarily  by  the  availability  of  water. 
Religion  is  all-pervasive  in  the  lives 
of  modern  Zinacantecos,  and  over  half 
the  book  is  concerned  with  it:  the  prac- 
titioners, the  belief  system,  the  sacred 
geography,  the  ceremonies  and  rituals, 
the  cargo  system    (the  religious  hier- 
archy, or  cofradia).  The  religious  struc- 
ture, essentially  indigenous  in  content, 
complex  and  intricate  in  form,  is  por- 
trayed with  great  clarity  and  detail.  As 


such,  the  book  is  a  major  contribution 
to  our  growing  knowledge  of  surviving 
native  religious  practices  in  contempo- 
rary Middle  America. 

What  is  surprising  about  this  book 
is  that  it  all  but  ignores  population.  A 
few  basic  facts  are  presented:  the  size 
of  hamlets,  the  number  of  children  en- 
rolled in  one  school  during  two  differ- 
ent years,  and  the  municipio  growth 
rate,  plus  a  very  few  others.  With  vir- 
tually no  demographic  framework  es- 
tablished, the  question  of  number  can 
gnaw  at  the  imagination  throughout  the 
book.  The  author  himself  cites  Frank 
Cancian"s  thesis  that  the  cargo  system, 
as  it  now  functions,  may  not  be  able  to 
withstand  the  rapid  population  expan- 
sion projected  for  the  coming  few 
years.  In  Zinacantan,  as  elsewhere,  so- 

69 


Snsan  Book 
Coffee   Tables 

FINISHED  OR  IN  KIT 
The  Loveliest,  Most  Completely  Useful  Table  Made 
Hankisome  swivel  iofite  table  iiolds  booKs.  record  albumu. 
magazines — all  neally  arranged,  lilies  clearly  visible, 
easily  accessible  from  any  seat.  Skillfully  crafted  of  rich 
grained  pine  with  hidden  rugged  ball  bearing  swivel.  In 
honeytone  pine  or  maple,  antique  pine  or  walnut  finish. 
Both  ie»4"H  (book  area  12y."H).  36"dia.  (holds  100 
books)  $39.95;  24"dia.  (holds  40  books)  S29.95.  COM- 
P1,ETE  EAST  KIT.  Ready  for  quick  assembly  and 
finish.  Simple  instructions.  36"dia.  $26.95;  2-l"dia. 
SI 8.95.  Esp.  Chg.  Col. 

BEAUTIFUL    NEW    FREE   CATALOG-1000   PIECES 

Finished  end  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 

Include  Zip  No.  YIELD    HOUSE 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  Dcpt    N2-0 

Money  Bock  Guarantee  North  Conway,  N.H.  03860 


BONSAI,  $1.00  ea.ppd. 

Living  Miniature  Trees,  All  Five  Different, 
$4.99  postpai(J.  Our  special  starter  selection 
of  ideal  conifer  (evergreen)  miniature  trees 
for  Bonsai,  dwarf  and  specimen  growing. 
About  9".  Shipped  wet.  Very  well  packed,  each 
tree  in  2Va"  plastic  pot.  Choice  of  Chinese 
Gold  Arborvitae,  Monterey  Cypress,  Italian 
Stone  Pine,  Sequoia  (redwood),  Japanese 
Black  Pine,  Chinese  Blue  Juniper,  $1.35  ea., 
postpaid.  All  five  (or  any  combination  of  five) 
$4.99  postpaid.  Our  58  page  catalog  of  exotic 
trees,  Imported  accessories  and  authentic 
bonsai  containers  with  instructions  is  free 
with  any  tree  order  or  10c  by  itself.  Every- 
thing absolutely  money  back  guaranteed. 

Western  Arboretum,  Dept.  NT 
1446  E.  Walnut  St.,  Pasadena,  Calif.  91106 


CATCH  THEM  ALIVE  AND  UNHURT! 


Amazing  HAVAHART  trap  captures  raiding 
rats,  rabbits,  squirrels,  skunks,  pigeons,  spar- 
rows, etc.  Takes  mink,  coons  without  injury. 
Straying  pets,  poultry  released  unhurt.  Easy  to 
use — open  ends  give  animal  confidence.  No  jaws 
or  springs  to  break.  Galvanized:  many  in  use 
20  years.  Sizes  for  all  needs.  FREE  illustrated 
practical  guide  with  trapping  secrets. 

HAVAHART,   158-F  Water  Street 
Ossining,  New  York  10562 

Please  send  new  guide  and  price  list. 


cial  institutions  are,  or  can  be,  closely 
related  to  the  demographic  structure. 
For  many  purposes,  it  would  be  more 
useful  to  know  the  present  composition 
of  Zinacantan's  population,  rather  than 
the  manner  of  house  construction, 
which  consumes  eleven  pages. 

From  the  point  of  view  of  culture 
change.  Zinacantan  is  one  of  the  most 
interesting  areas  encountered  in  Mex- 
ico. In  the  first  place,  the  question 
immediately  arises  as  to  how  it  sur- 
vived four  and  a  half  centuries  of 
Hispanic  acculturative  pressure,  yet 
retained  so  much  of  its  indigenous 
cultural  integrity.  While  many  tradi- 
tional patterns  are  not  "pure  Maya"  in 
the  sense  that  they  remain  unaltered 
from  pre-Hispanic  times,  the  syncre- 
tism that  occurred  between  Maya  and 
Spanish  elements  left  a  heritage  that 
is  today  "Indian.'"  as  opposed  to  La- 
dino  or  any  other.  One  of  the  processes 
to  which  Dr.  Vogt  attributes  this  is 
what     he     calls     encapsulation— "the 


conceptual  and  structural  incorpora-f 
tion  of  new  elements  into  existing 
patterns  of  social  and  ritual  behavior 
...  a  special  form  of  syncretism."  As 
an  example,  "the  trend  of  events  has 
been  for  'political"  offices  gradually  to 
become  "religious"  offices."'  Recently 
there  has  been  an  intensification  in 
certain  indigenous  patterns.  The  num- 
ber of  shamans,  for  example,  has  in 
creased  considerably,  and  the  ceremo- 
nies performed  by  cargoholders  are 
becoming  more  elaborate  and  complex. 
Zinacantan.  in  other  words,  seems  to 
be  reacting  to  the  current  threat  to  its 
traditional  culture  by  intensifying  its 
activities  in  the  religious  sphere.  A 
second  question  then  arises  as  to  what 
extent  it  has  reacted  in  a  similar 
fashion  through  the  long  centuries  oi 
the  post-Conquest  era,  and  by  extrap- 
olation, how  representative  is  this 
group  of  the  patterns  of  Maya  culture 
that  prevailed  pre-Hispanically? 

The   question   opens   a   whole   other 


Drum  and  flute  players 
at  Zinacantan  ceremony. 


province:  historical  reconstruction  ver- 
sus conjectural  history,  a  poor  substi- 
tute. The  author  doesn't  seem  to  be 
quite  sure  whether  he  is  using  the 
present  to  explain  the  past  or  the  past 
to  understand  the  present.  The  two  are 
not  mirror  images,  at  least  in  terms 
of  methodology.  What  is  interesting 
about  this  book  is,  not  the  conjectures 
about  the  ancient  Maya  (which  may 
well  be  valid),  but  the  description  of 
the  modern  Maya  and  the  historical 
facts  that  have  had  a  direct  bearing 
on  the  present  and  whose  impact  or 
probalile  impact  can  be  reasonably  in- 
ferred. The  author  is  obviously  more 
interested  in  searching  the  cultural 
pantry  for  "survivals'"  than  in  deter- 
mining historical  cause  and  effect,  but 
what  is  worse  is  that  he  treats  the  two 
as  i)eing  of  equal  scale.  Thus,  "Tzotzil 
Prehistory  and  History"  are  both  the 
subject  of  chapter  2.  Also,  in  chapter 


Zinacantan 

A 

Maya 
Community 
in  the 
Highlands 
of  Chiapas 


by 
Evon  Z.  Vogt 


Belknap  Press 

Harvard  University  Press 

Cambridge,  Massachusetts 


"This  handsomely  made  and  beautifully  illustrated  volume 
encompasses  one  of  the  most  complete  descriptions  available 
of  a  native  Indian  culture  south  of  the  United  States." 

— Saturday  Review,  August  23,  1969 


Twelve  years  ago,  anthropologist  Evon  Vogt  initiated  the  Harvard 
Chiapas  Project,  a  long-range  field  study  of  Ivlayan  communities 
in  the  Mexican  highlands.  ZINACANTAN  is  the  comprehensive 
and  lively  summation,  just  published,  of  Professor  Vogt's  exten- 
sive investigation.     S25.00 


71 


1<S< 


A  rare  view 
of  India's 
hidden  beauty 


112  pages  of  superb  photo- 
graphs, many  in  full  color,  will 
take  you  back  through  the  cen- 
turies to  the  fascinating  folk 
origins  of  ancient  Indian  art 
and  architecture.  Shrines,  tem- 
ples and  other  structures  never 
before  illustrated  are  exqui- 
sitely reproduced  here  for  the 
first  time.  The  text  is  illuminat- 
ing and  does  much  to  explain 
the  history  and  development  of 
Indian  art.  An  exciting  and  im- 
portant vi^ork  for  all  who  appre- 
ciate Indian  culture. 

FOLK  ORIGINS 

OF 

INDIAN  ART 

Curt  Maury 

S27.50 


'^ 


COLUMBIA 

UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

New  York, 
New  York  10025 


SAVE  MONEY  on  1,001 
carpentry  projects 


pen 


and 


abine 


Xpert  c 
nake 


ivery  trick  of  the 
nigniy  paia  carpenter  and  cab- 
inetmaker. And  SAVE  HUN- 
DREDS OF  DOLLARS  on 
Home  Modernization  and  Re- 
pairs ...  on  beautiful  Furni- 
ture for  indoors  and  out  .  .  . 
on  handsome  fences,  garden 
houses  and  ever  so  much  more. 

PRACTICAL  WOODWORK, 
the  amazing  new  book  by 
Master  Craftsman  Charles  H. 
Hayward.  tells  and  shows 
everything  .  .  .  from  selecting 
the  right  tools  for  the  job.  to 
final  finishing  in  whatever 
beautiful  styles  you  choose. 

Includes  hundreds  of  photos, 
drawings    and    actual    plans.    Order    Now:    PRACTICAL 
WOODWORK 

Only  S4.95.   plus  25"=   postage  and   handling. 
10-Day   Money-Back   Guarantee 

EMERSON    BOOKS,    Inc.,    Dept.   456-S 

"-'    "■^"■^    ■"    -'       NEW    YORK     


WEST    19   ST.. 


1001  I 


GAMES  MATH 
BUFFS  PLAY-  ^ 

THE  MATH  ENTERTAINER  is 
the  title  of  a  brand  new 
treasure  trove  of  mathe- 
matical teasers,  ticklers, 
traps,  and  twisters,  gems, 
jests  and  gyrations — by 
the  hundred! — to  beguile, 
bemuse,  and  bewilder  (per- 
chance— whisper  it  softly! 
— to  instruct). 

Answers    and    complete 
explanations  are  given  for 
all  problems. 
Illustrated  •   ORDER  NOW! 

THE  MATH  ENTERTAINER  by  Philip  Heafford 

$4.95,  plus  25c  postage  and  handling. 

10-day  Money  Back  Guarantee. 

EMERSON    BOOKS,    Inc. 
Dept.  457-S,  251  West  19  St.,  New  York  10011 

72 


Holding  burning  censer, 
a  shaman  prays  over 
ritual  paraphernalia. 


25. ''Implications  for  Cultural  Change." 
such  topics  as  the  relationship  be- 
tween ancient  Maya  pyramids  and 
modern  lineage  organization  are  treat- 
ed along  with  the  very  recent  impact 
of  INI  health  programs  on  the  com- 
munity. This  same  chapter  begins  in 
2600  B.C.  with  the  suggested  location 
of  the  proto-!Maya  speech  community 
and  ends  in  1984  with  some  predic- 
tions about  short-range  "'culture 
change":  projected  population  total, 
paved  roads,  school  enrollment,  pre- 
ferred house  types,  and  others.  By  the 
authors  curious  kind  of  logic,  the 
Zinacantecos  are  an  "ethnic  fossil"' 
that  has  changed.  This  may  sound  more 
harsh  than  intended  because  the  book 
is  largely  concerned  with  Zinacantan 
in  the  here  and  now. 

Despite  these  general  criticisms,  the 
book's  net  impact  is  good.  The  author 
sometimes  "thinks  out  loud."  which 
adds  a  personal  quality.  The  200  illus- 
trations are  superb.  Many  full-page 
photos  without  borders  take  the  reader 
right  into  Zinacantan.  and  not  one 
seems  superfluous.  It  is.  in  fact,  one 
of  the  most  skillful  uses  of  photo- 
graphic illustrations  in  the  ethno- 
graphic literature  and  hopefully  will 
start  a  long-needed  precedent.  Its  eight 
useful  maps  are  also  tastefully  done. 
The  bibliography  is  extensive  and  the 
text  is  well  documented. 

For  the  future  the  author  indicates 
that  his  work  in  Zinacantan  will  con- 


tinue at  least  through  1984.  I  think! 
that  his  contribution  in  this  work  will! 
be  appreciated  far  beyond  then. 

Dr.  Harvey  is  associate  professor  in  the 
Department  of  Anthropology  of  the 
University  of  If  isconsin  at  Madison. 


Art  of  Ancient  Egypt,  by  Kazimierz 
iMichalowski.  Harry  N.  Ahrams,  Inc., 
■$40.00;  600  pp.,  illus. 

The  Art  of  Ancient  Egypt,  by 
Kazimierz  Michalowski.  has 
emerged  from  behind  the  Iron  Curtain 
obviously  to  compete  in  the  lucrative 
field  of  popular  art  books  presently- 
inundating  the  market,  and  like  the 
Great  Pyramid  itself,  it  is  the  weightiest 
of  its  type  (8  pounds.  4  ounces) .  covers 
the  broadest  base  (three  books  in  one) , 
and  is  visually  the  most  spectacular 
(145  color  plates).  However,  unlike 
the  Great  Pyramid,  which  was  sturdily 
oriented  to  all  four  cardinal  points,  this 
volume  is  given  a  totalitarian  twist  that 
distorts  its  direction. 

The  section  in  which  Professor 
Michalowski.  who  is  Director  of  the 
Polish  .Archaeological  Institute  in 
Cairo,  writes  on  the  civilization  and 
art  of  ancient  Egypt  is  the  weakest  part 
of  the  book.  Ancient  Egypt  is  presented 
as  a  state  founded  upon  a  rigid  system 
of  three  social  classes— the  nobility,  the 
administrators,  and  the  masses— and  all 
other  facets  of  its  civilization  are  dedi- 
cated to  maintaining  this  social  struc- 
ture. Overseers  with  whips  are  trotted 


Northwest  Timbered 

ACREAGES  as  low  as 

$950  Total   Price 

5  ■  10  -  20  .  40  -  ACRES 
For  people  who  love  the  land— A  tract 
of   Recreation   Land    for   YOUR   Own! 

In  Northern  Idaho,  Northeastern  Washing- 
ton, and  Western  Montana.  In  the  heart 
of  lakes  and  big  game  country.  AM  covered 
with  growing   timber.    Access,  Title  insurance 


'ilh 


This 


ct    lond 


■ith 


nd 


natural  beauty,  recreational  and  investment 
values.  We  have  tracts  of  many  types 
sizes  from  which  to  choose,  including  beau- 
liful  Northwest  Waterfront  property.  Youi 
inspection  welcomed.  Write  us  for  free  list, 
maps  end  complete  information.  Write  to 
Dept.    G 


P.O.  Box  8146.  Spokane.  Wash.  99203 


laAGAZIXE-BOOK  TREE 


books  or  paper- 
backs —  lots  & 
lots.  It's  porta- 
ble, practical  and 
so  prett>'.  Ideal 
for  home,  office, 
reception 
White  hi 
"  n  g  s  . 

y 

maple,    antique 

pine  or  walnut  fin.  28"H,   I6"W, 

15"D.    $15.95.    HOME    KIT:    For 

easy  assembly  &  fin.  Simple  instr. 

$9.95  PPD.  Add  SSt"  each  West  of 

Mississippi. 

BEAUTtFUL   NEW    FREE   CATALOG  — 1000   PIECES 

Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 

Include  zip  NO.  YIELD  HOUSE 

Not  sold  in  Storea  p^p,     ^j.;, 

Money-Back  Guarantee  North  Conway,  N.H.  03860 


out  to  beat  the  lower  classes,  but  no 
mention  is  made  of  existing  proof  that 
men  of  most  humble  birth  could, 
through  sheer  ability,  rise  to  hold  the 
most  important  posts  in  the  land.  Art, 
in  its  turn,  becomes  solely  a  propa- 
ganda tool,  constructed  by  craftsmen 
according  to  canon  to  promote  the 
power  of  the  pharaohs.  No  mention  is 
made  that  the  ancient  Egyptian  was 
a  deeply  religious  man  whose  art, 
created  primarily  for  cult  use,  gave 
esthetic  expression  to  his  beliefs. 

The  picture  book  section  is  truly 
eye  walloping.  The  color  plates,  al- 
though sometimes  a  bit  dark  and  lack- 
ing in  detail,  give  the  over-all  impres- 
sion that  all  of  Egyptian  art  was  as 
sumptuous  as  the  contents  of  King 
Tutankhamen's  tomb.  These  plates,  in- 
terspersed through  the  text,  are  fol- 
lowed by  a  section  of  some  600  small 
black-and-white  photographs,  which 
present  a  visual  history  of  Egyptian 
art  from  the  prehistoric  through  the 
Christian  periods,  with  textual  infor- 
mation limited  to  captions. 

The  section  on  archaeological  sites 
is  the  strongest  of  the  books  within  a 
book.  It  covers  a  geographic  area  from 
the  Nile  Delta  to  Nubia  and  describes 
44  sites,  each  of  which  is  identified  by 
the  details  presently  known  about  it- 
its  hieroglyphic,  ancient  and  modern 
names,  its  location  within  a  general 
region,  and  in  reference  to  nearby 
towns,  its  history  and  ancient  impor- 
tance. The  history  of  its  excavation 
since  modern  discovery  is  also  given 
along  with  bibliographic  references. 
Finally,  the  reader  is  told  what  remains 
to  be  seen  today  and  is  provided  with 
maps,  plans,  and  drawings.  For  the 
traveler  who  is  serious  about  his  sites, 
this  is  a  good  guide  book  but  far  too 
heavy  to  carry  on  the  trip.  It  will  be 
more  useful  as  a  ready  reference  for 
students  and  specialists. 

The  book  is  written  in  an  informal, 
almost  chatty  style  and  moves  along 
well,  with  vigor  and  with  a  minimum 
of  errors  by  translator  and  editor.  New 
ideas  and  theories  about  unsolved 
problems  are  presented  as  such  at 
times,  but  at  other  times,  they  are  pre- 
sented as  established  facts.  The  reader 
is  given  a  great  quantity  of  material  in 
this  book.  but.  unfortunately,  few 
options  for  its  use,  since  each  section 
falls  short  of  its  purpose. 

Virginia  Burton 
Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art 

Animals  and  Maps,  by  Wilma  George. 
University  of  California  Press,  $9.50; 
235  pp.,  illus. 

We  are  all  aware  that  medieval 
maps  were  generally  decorated 
with  animals,  plants,  and  landscape 
features,  but  we  tend  to  think  of  these 


CROWDER 
NATURE  TOURS 

SCHEDULE:  Listed  below  are 
starting  dates  for  1970.  Space  per- 
mits only  a  brief  mention  of  each 
tour,  and  one  should  by  all  means 
have  the  "Tour  Catalog"  with 
thumbnail  sketches  of  each  trip,  as 
well  as  subsequent  detailed  itiner- 
aries. North  America  tours  are  2 
weeks  eacli,  others  3  weeks,  unless 
otherwise  noted. 

—  1  9  7  0  — 

FLORIDA 

Jan.  10-2  weeks  from  Wakulla  Springs 
to  northeast  coast,  across  the  prairies  to 
Sanibel,  Everglades  and  the  Keys, 

MIDDLE  AMERICA  (4  tours) 

Following  the  Florida  Tour  (from  Tal- 
lahassee Jan.  10):  Yucatan,  from  Miami 
Jan.  24;  Panama,  Feb.  7;  Colombia,  Feb. 
21.  Ornithologist,  for  Cent.  America,  Irby 
Davis;  Colombia,  Dr.  Lehmann. 

TEXAS  -  MEXICO   (5  tours) 

Texas  from  Corpus  Christi  March  7; 
Taxco,  Holy  Week  special;  then  Mexico 
West  &  East  Coast, 

PACIFIC  COAST  (7  tours) 

Baja  California  camping,  from  Nogales 
Mar.  28:  Arizona,  from  Tucson  Apr.  25; 
Sierras,  from  San  Diego  May  9;  Cas- 
cades, from  Klamath  Falls,  May  20;  fol- 
lowed by  Alaska  South,  North  and  Out- 
posts. Remarkable  tropics-to-Arctic  cov- 
erage of  spring  in  Western  North 
America, 

EUROPE  (12  tours) 

Too  much  of  a  program  to  list  here;  by 
all  means  send  for  detailed  brochure. 
Norway,  Iceland,  Russia  and  Siberia  espe- 
cially recommended.  Twelve  tours,  ex- 
tending through  May,  June,  July. 

CENTRAL  AMERICA 

Summer  program  in  rainy  season  when 
birds  are  on  territory,  July  and  August, 
3   tours;  Chiapas,  Panama,  Yucatan. 

AFRICA   (3  tours) 

South  and  East  Africa  and  Madagas- 
car; three  tours  in  July/September.  Ex- 
cellent leadership. 

SOUTH   AMERICA   (4  tours) 

Venezuela.  Aug.  15:  Colombia.  Sep.  5; 
Ecuador,  Peru,  Sep.  26;  Chile/Tierra  del 
Fuego,  October  24.  Also  Galapagos  and 
Antarctica. 

SOUTH   PACIFIC   (8  tours) 

This  is  the  year  of  full  South  Pacific 
coverage.  Melanesia,  Aug.  15  from 
Samoa:  New  Guinea,  Sep.  5  from  Rabaul; 
Western  Australia,  Oct.  3  from  Perth; 
Australia  East,  Oct.  24  from  the  Barrier 
Reef  at  Cairns;  New  Zealand.  Nov.  14 
from  Auckland;  N.Z.  West  Coast.  Dec.  5. 
Also  special  tours  of  New  Guinea  West 
Irian  north  coast,  and  Western  Australia 
wildflowers. 


SOUTH  WITH   AUTUMN   (2  tours) 

Geolos>'  and  ecology*  of  the  eastern 
U.S.A.,  following  the  wave  of  fall  color 
southward.  Northeast  Coast  tour  meets 
at  Bangor  Sep.  19;  Southeast  Coast  tour 
at  Harpers  Ferr>'  Oct.  10.  Leader:  Geolo- 
gist Isabella  Coons,  with  many  assisting 
leaders  along  the  way. 

Come  alon^!  .  .  .  intimate,  private 
groups,  expert  leadership.  We  seek  out 
back-country  routes,  try  ior  an  experience- 
in-depth  oi  the  natural  scene  and  the 
people.  (Not  recommended  it  you're 
strong  tor  ni^ht  Hie.) 

CROWDER  NATURE  TOURS 

BOX  222-a 
HARPERS  FERRY,  W.  VA.  25425 


73 


J 


4-WAY  "HUMMER"  FEEDER 

Hummingbirds,  tliose  jewel-like  rascals,  love  to 
play  and  sip  4-at-a-time  at  the  one  and  only 
"Hummy-Bird  Bar"®  (See  actual  photo).  Other 
birds  or  bees  can't  reach  the  sugarwater.  Drip- 
less,  rustless,  so  easy  to  clean !  The  heart- 
warming gift  for  yourself,  family,  friends  (and 
Hummingbirds!)  for  all  occasions.  Money  back 
guarantee.  Full  instructions.  52.93  plus  26(;  post- 
age. In  Calif,  add  ISC'  tax.  Sorry  no  COD's. 
HUMMINGBIRD  HEAVEN,  6818-N  Apperson 
St.,  TUJUNGA,  CALIF.  91042.  (Makers  of 
the  popular  Oriole  ■'Fun-Bar"  for  fun-lovmg 
Orioles!)    Our  ISth  Year.  MADE  IN  U.S.A. 


Moon  Rocks  —  Tektifes 

Material  from  the  Lunar  Crater  Tycho  arrived  on 
the  Earth  some  700,000  years  ago  sprayed  from 
the  Moon's  surface  by  a  giant  meteorite — $7.95 
brings  you  a  Tel^tite  mounted  on  a  decorative 
clear  acrylic  cube  and  the  Tel^tite  story.  Check 
to  Collector's  Choice  Co.,  P.O.  Box  225,  Highland 
Park.  III.  E0035. 


LAP  DESK 


PULLS   UP 
CLOSE- 
REACH 
EVERYTHING 
FOLDS  TO  2"D- 
PuUs  -'  EASY  STORAGE 

up  close  to  put  cvers'thing  in  reach.  Screws  adjust  ht. 
from  20"  to  2S".  And  it  fold-:  to  2"D — shdes  behind 
sofa,  door,  etc.  Hard  birch  writing  top  pine  leg.  Hand 
finished  in  honev  lone  or  maple  antifiue  pine  or  walnut. 
Top  32"n'  24"D.  SI 6.95  Pcslpaui— add  M  25  W  of  Miss. 
BEAUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG  -  1000  PIECES 
Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendh  Pine 
Include  Zip  Code  YIELD     HOUSE 

Dcpt    N2   II 
^o^th  Connav   N  H.  03S60 


ANOENT  OIL  LAMPS 
over  1300  years  old 
From  ancient  Palestine,  these  terracotto 
lamps  were  used  by  early  Christians  & 
Jews.  With  varied  designs,  they  make  unique 
archaeological  display  pieces  for  home  &  of- 
fice. A  superb  ail-occasion  gift.  Mounted  on 
walnut    base    with    parchment    certificate    of 

authenticity    S10.9S  ppd. 

Lamps  with  Cross  motif  S23.95  ppd. 


FREE  Gift  Catalog! 


.     .     .     illustrating     Jewelry,     Amulets,     Coins, 
Auddhas,   Roman   Glass,   Figurines  and   more! 

Museum  &   Dealers  inquiries  welcome. 

ALADDIN  HOUSE,  LTD. 

N-2H     •     648  NINTH  AVE.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10036 


as  purely  ornamental  because  the  an- 
imals were  apt  to  be  mythical  or  at 
least  badly  distorted.  We  assume  that, 
lacking  topographic  detail,  the  cartog- 
raphers filled  in  the  blank  spaces  with 
the  aid  of  their  imaginations.  This  at- 
titude is  expressed  in  Swift's  quatrain: 

So  Geographers  in  Afric-Maps 
With  Savage-Pictures  fill  their  Gaps; 
And  o'er  unhabitable  Downs 
Place  Eelephants  for  want  of  Towns. 

Wilma  George  began  to  wonder 
whether  the  mapmakers  might  not  have 
had  more  serious  intentions,  and  she 
examined  many  hundreds  of  surviving 
maps.  She  found  some  350  with  "signif- 
icant animals  on  them,"  dating  from 
1500  B.C.  to  A.D.  1804.  The  vast  major- 
ity, of  course,  came  from  the  twelfth 
to  seventeenth  centuries— animal  repre- 

Medieval  map,  made  in  1290, 
is  decorated  with  animals, 
plants,  and  landscape  features. 


sentation  on  maps  becomes  rare  aftei 
1700. 

The  oldest  kno^vn  map  with  animals 
was  discovered  recently  in  northern 
Italy.  "It  is  a  plan  of  a  village  engraved 
on  a  rock  and  dated  at  approximately 
1500  B.C.,  in  the  European  Bronze  Age. 
On  the  outskirts  of  the  village  are  de- 
picted a  deer,  cow,  dog  and  donkeys, 
mules  or  horses."  Animal  represent 
tations  also  occur  on  the  clay-tablet 
maps  of  the  Babylonians,  and  presum- 
ably they  were  used  on  the  maps  ol 
classical  Greece  and  Rome,  althougl 
there  is  little  direct  evidence. 

Miss  George  describes  the  interesting 
maps  that  have  survived  from  the  medi-: 
eval  period,  relating  the  animal  figures 
to  the  bestiaries  of  the  time.  The  bulk 
of  the  book,  however,  is  devoted  to 
maps  from  the  sixteenth  and  seven- 
teenth centuries,  which  depicted  the 
geographical  discoveries  of  this  period 
of  exploration.  As  a  frame  for  her  dis- 
cussion,   she    uses    the    geographical 


^ilommt! 


20  ALMOST-RARE 

STAMPS 
FromlZ  LOST  NATIONS! 

MoslaHaltCenliirrOld 


We'd  like  to  send  you  a  score  ot  Postage  Stamps 
from  nations  overrun  by  invaders  in  ttie  19lti 
and  20lh  Century  and  never  Ireed  again  — 
stamps  so  appealing  ttiat  experienced  and  be- 
ginning collectors  alike  want  them!  wtien  these 
are  gone  no  more  v»ill  be  available.  And  Irom 
our  Approval  Service  we'll  include  110  addr- 
{lonal  stamps  Irom  Brilain's  Lost  Empire,  (alone 
worth  over  S3  at  catalog  prices!),  plus  an  lllus- 
strated  Album  and  other  unusual  stamps  for 
ep  the  Album  and 
s    an    Introductory 


Bonu 


on.  Y 
ritish    Empire    St 
should   you   bu 


-elurn     Albun.     

■lection  and  buy  nothing.   Can 


110 


,        _    But  in 

Lost  Nations  Stamps  are  yours  to  keep  FREE  — 

as  an  introduction  to  the  World's  Most  Reward- 
ing  Hobby.   Send    10c   for   postage   today  while 
supplies  last! 
KENMORE  CO.,MiUordLN-462,New  Hamp. 03055 


HO>IE  OFFICE 

FILE 

CABIIVETS 

FINISHED  OR  IN  KIT 


legal  size  side- 
ways). Drawers 
gUdc  smrwlhly 
OD  steel  rollers. 
Of   knotty  pine 

or  maple,  an- 
tique pine  or 
walnut  finish. 
38"H.  19"D. 
15V. "\V.  S46.95 
I  a.  C  0  M  - 
PLETE  KIT: 
Easy     assembly 


1000  PIECES 


VIELD  HOUSE 

Dept.  NI2-9.  North  Conway,  N.H.  03860 


SCOTCH  PINE 


bllforUj 


Plant  for  'wind- 
breaks, boundary 
markers.  Christ- 
mas trees.  Quick 
growing,  even  on 
poor  soil,  3  year  old  transplants,  4  to  8 
inches  tall,  20  for  S3,  postpaid.* 

10  BLUE  SPRUCE  $3.  ppd.* 

Perfect  for  landscapinc  or  Christmas 
Trees.  COLORADO  BLUE  SPRUCE,  4 
yr.  transplants.  5  to  10  in.  tall,  10  for  only 
$3.  ppd.*,  20  for  $5.* 

ANOTHER  SPECIAL 

20  EVERGREENS.  4  yr.  transplants,  4  to 
10  in.  tall — 5  each:  Am.  Arborvitae,  Era- 
ser Fir.  Norway  Spruce,  White  Spruce 
— for  only  $5  ppd.* 

(•West  of  Miss.  River  or  south  of  N.C., 

Tenn.,  aild  50c  per  offer.) 

Order  now.  Evergreen   folder  free. 

WESTERN  MAINE  FOREST  NURSERY  CO. 

Dept.  NH20-FA  Fryeburg,   Maine  04037 


regions  described  by  A.  R.  Wallace, 
Starting  with  the  Neotropical  and  end- 
ing with  the  Australian.  There  is.  of 
course,  little  material  for  the  Austral- 
ian region,  since  most  of  our  knowl- 
edge of  this  continent  came  after  the 
period  when  the  use  of  animals  on  maps 
was  fashionable. 

Miss  George  was  able  to  identify  a 
large  proportion  of  the  animal  figures 
used  and  finds  that  in  general  they 
correspond  with  contemporary  knowl- 
edge. She  thinks  that  the  cartographers 
were  trying  to  show  animal  distribution 
—not  merely  trying  to  fill  up  space— and 
she  makes  a  good  case.  The  book  is 
generously  illustrated  with  map  repro- 
ductions, sometimes  hard  to  make  out 
because  of  the  necessary  reduction  in 
size,  but  nevertheless  fascinating.  I 
think  Animals  and  Maps  could  well  be 
considered  a  major  contribution  to 
the  early  history  of  zoology. 

MaRSTON    B.\TES 

University  of  Michigan 


The  Grand  Colorado:  The  Story  of 
A  River  and  Its  Canyons,  by  T.  H. 
Watkins  and  contributors.  American 
West  Publishing  Co.,  $15.00;  310  pp., 
illus. 

Every  essential  fact  and  many  essen- 
tial comments  about  the  Colorado 
River  and  the  Grand  Canyon  are  con- 
tained in  the  300  pages  of  this  absorb- 
ing book.  It  also  contains  more  than 
200  pictures,  ranging  from  the  pale, 
utilitarian  photographs  of  John  Wesley 
Powell's  1871  river  run  to  the  stunning 
present-day  color  photographs  of 
Philip  Hyde. 

The  text  is  by  T.  H.  Watkins,  editor 
of  American  West  Magazine,  and  eight 
other  specialists.  It  begins  deep  in  his- 
tory with  the  split-willow  figurines 
made  by  Indians  3.500  years  ago  during 
the  prehistoric  Desert  Culture  era.  and 
concludes  with  information  about  the 
national  parks  of  today  and  the  threat- 
ened intrusions  on  America's  greatest 
natural  fact.  Although  it  is  not  intended 
as  a  book  of  entertainment  it  is  com- 
pletely engrossing.  It  should  be  the 
standard  book  for  everyone  who  is 
seriously  interested  in  the  Colorado 
River  and  the  Grand  Canyon— "our 
greatest  national  wonder."'  in  Wallace 
Stegner's  vigorous  prose,  "our  greatest 
scenic  [which  is  to  say  spiritual]  re- 
source." 

Everyone  who  has  written  about  the 
Grand  Canyon  is  aware  of  a  fundamen- 
tal obstacle:  the  Grand  Canyon  cannot 
be  dealt  with.  It  is  not  only  too  vast;  it 
is  incomprehensible.  The  physical  scale 
is  overwhelming.  The  records  it  has 
preserved  of  the  history  of  the  earth  are 
not  only  fabulous  but  belittling.  All  the 
writers  in  this  book  are  realistic  men. 
But  they,  too,  are  aware  of  the  numbing 


EXPOSURE  METER 

Dyltie  makers  01  itie  tamed  Luna-Pro 


'^Measures  REFLECTED  or  INCIDENT  light  with 
built-in  sliding  diffuser  ■  FAST,  ACCURATE  READ- 
INGS ■  HIGHLY  RESPONSIVE  to  slightest  light 
variations  ■  SCALES:  1/1000  to  15  sec.;  f2  to 
f22;  ASA  12  to  1600  ■  ONE  HAND  OPERATION  ■ 
WEIGHS  only  IVt  ozs.! 


AN  OUTSTANDING  VALUE  AT 


AT  BETTER  CAMERA  STORES 


t]450 


KLING  PHOTO  CORPORATION  Berkey,"?. 

P.O.    BOX    1060,   WOODSIDE,  N.Y.  11377   Pnotolr,-L«^ 


V^ 


f 


Share  the  mis 
01  Exploring 
outer  Space ; 

AM  DYNASCOPES,  including  this 
superb  RV-6,  6-inch  available 
on  easy  terms!  < 

Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs  who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 
Choose  from  a  Full  Range  Of 

DYNASCOPES*  4  "  Starting  at  $49.95 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  —  the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories. Prices  begin  as  low  as  $49.95,  and 
your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed  by  a  full- 
refund  warranty. 

FASCINATING  GUIDE 
YOURS  FREE! 
Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 

Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
331  Church  St..  Hartto.-d,  Conn.  06101 
«•  TM  Reeistered  U.S.  Pat.  Office 


I    CRITERION    MANUFACTURING   CO. 

I    Dept.  NH-4,  331  Church  St.,  Hartford.  Conn.  06101 

I    Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 


I   Address^ 
I 

1    CIt, 


7i 


FOSSILS  -  MINERALS  -  SHELLS 

TELESCOPES  ■  MICROSCOPES 

CHEMICALS  -  SCIENCE  BOOKS 

APPARATUS  -  PRESERVED  SPECIMENS 

'^'^••%    . 

MINERAL    &    FOSSIL    SPECIMENS 

A    -    Garnet   {India)       200  .    6  for  $      .95 

B  -   Moonstone   (India)    .55 

C  -   Fluorite   (Octahedron   -    III.) 65 

D   -    Lace  Agate   (Mexico) 40 

E  -  Moss  Agate  (India) 45 

F   -    Lapis  Lazuli  (Chile) 85 

G    -   Apache    Tear     Ariz.)    25 

H    -    Barite   Rose   (Oklahoma) 99 

I    -    Agate    (Mexico 1.45 

J  -  Fossil  Fish  40  Million  Years  Old).  19.95 
K  -  Trilobite  (Cambrian  Formation)  .  ,  .  2.25 
L    -    Cholcopyrite   (Fool's  Gold) 

on  Dolomite  95 

M    -    Rose  Quartz   (Brazil)       40 

N    -    Tigereye  (South  Africa) 55 

O   -   Apache   War   Point  Arrowheads    ...         .99 

Three   Assorted    2.55 


FOSSIL   SHARKS  TEETH 

25  Million  Years  Old    2Sc  Each 

(Six  for  51.05) 

SEA    SHELLS 

A  -   Black  Dove  Shell    ea.  4(1  doz.         15 

B    -    King  Crown   Shell         .35 

C   -   Tiger    Cowrie     (Philippine)     55 

p  -   Purple   Venus    ea.   90   6  for        .35 

E   -   Strawberry  Strombus 40 

F  -   Strombus  Auris    Diane  40 

G   -    Bat  Volute '45 

H    -    Haitian  Tree  Snail      !l5 

I    -   Sundial    Shell    (Indo-Pacifcc)    ...         51.25 

J    -   Murex   Ramosus         85 

K  -   Ring  Top  Cowrie ea.  70  6  for       .35 

L   -   Starfish   (Small)    12 

M  -   Murex    Endiva    ..'.      .55 

Fighting  Conch 40 

Gold    Mouth    Turbo    45 

On  Specimen  Orders  Add  250  Ppd. 
New,  Illustrated  Catalog  only  250 

DOVER  SCIENTIFIC 

BOX  6011C,  LONG   ISLAND  CITY,  N.Y.  11106 


fact  that  the  Colorado  River  began  to 
cut  down  to  the  bone  structure  of  the 
earth  millions  of  years  before  man 
climbed  out  of  the  slime,  and  it  will 
continue  to  cut  through  the  rocks  and 
will  crumble  all  the  contemporary  dams 
long  after  man  has  disappeared.  In  the 
Grand  Canyon  man  faces  the  basic  and 
pitiless  truths  of  nature  and  civiliza- 
tion. 

It  is  difficult  to  deal  with  The  Grand 
Colorado  adequately  in  a  review  be- 
cause it  contains  bewildering  records: 
the  early  irrigation  adventures  that 
baffled  the  river  and  made  an  agricul- 
tural industry  out  of  a  region  designed 
for  individual  pioneers;  the  gigantic 
Imperial  Valley  adventure:  the  wonder 
of  the  construction  of  Hoover  Dam;  the 
tourist  trade;  the  river  running  of  to- 
day; the  conservation  crisis— too  much 
happened,  and  man  and  the  river  have 
come  into  opposition  in  too  many 
places  to  make  the  record  simple.  The 
Grand  Colorado  is  like  the  Grand  Can- 
yon in  one  respect;  it  cannot  be  assimi- 
lated casually. 

Although  the  book  is  not  propaganda 
it  contains  many  facts  pertinent  to  the 
conservation  point  of  view.  The  Col- 
orado River  is  overcommitted ;  too 
many  people  expect  too  much  of  it.  In 
1893  Powell  told  promoters  that  there 
was  not  enough  water  in  the  Colorado 
to  irrigate  all  the  land  that  could  be 
irrigated.  It  runs  through  a  region  that 
has  only  ten  inches  of  rain  a  year— only 
one-eighth  of  which  survives  evapora- 
tion and  transpiration  through  the 
leaves  of  plants  and  trees.  In  the  cen- 
tury since  Powell  removed  the  last 
pocket  of  mystery,  the  Colorado  has 
been  exploited  and  damaged.  The  proj- 
ect for  one  more  dam  at  Marble  Canyon 
has  not  been  dropped;  it  has  only  been 
postponed.  Some  day  the  Bureau  of 
Reclamation,  which  is  in  the  construc- 
tion business,  and  promoters  and  poli- 
ticians will  make  further  assaults  upon 
a  sorely  overworked  river. 

In  protecting  the  environment,  con- 
servationists are  always  at  a  disadvan- 
tage. Industrialists,  businessmen, 
politicians  and  bureaucrats  have  more 
influence  in  Washington  than  private 
citizens.  To  begin  with,  the  citizens 
have  no  backlog  of  money.  The  ex- 
ploiters have  not  only  money  but  or- 
ganizations of  paid  advocates  who  can 
lobby  among  friends.  This  book  re- 
minds us  of  what  happened  to  the  val- 
iant David  Brower,  then  of  the  Sierra 
Club,  when  he  defended  the  Grand 
Canyon  against  exploitation  in  1966.  To 
alert  the  nation  to  the  proposed  dams 
and  other  intrusions  on  the  national 
environment.  Mr.  Brower  published  a 
challenging  advertisement  in  The  Netv 
York  Times  and  the  Washington  Post. 
Within  six  months  the  Internal  Rev- 
enue Service— acting  within  the  law- 


removed  the  tax-exempt  status  of  tlj 
Sierra  Club.  One  arm  of  the  goven 
ment  (Internal  Revenue  Service)  speet 
ily  came  to  the  support  of  another  arj 
of  the  government  (Bureau  of  Reel 
mation).  Although  conservationists  ai 
numerous,  they  are  relatively  powe 
less.  The  disposition  of  the  governmei 
is  to  please  exploiters  of  natural  n 
sources  who  have  political  power. 

The  Grand  Colorado,  although  it 
a  modest  book,  tells  a  story  that  wi 
always  be  pertinent  to  the  physical  an 
spiritual  health  of  America.  It  do( 
not  let  the  squalor  of  business  an 
politics  smother  its  sense  of  wonde 
about  life. 

P.S.  to  the  editor  and  publisher:  I 
God's  name,  give  us  some  practic; 
maps.  The  book  contains  several  hi 
torical  and  decorative  maps  and  on 
technological  map.  But  it  contains  n 
clear,  modern  map  that  performs  th 
prosy  function  of  locating  the  place 
mentioned  in  the  text. 

Brooks  Atkinso 

Author  and  Grit 

Life  and  Death  of  the  Salt  Marsi 
by  John  and  Mildred  Teal.  Atlanti 
Little,  Brown  and  Co.,  $7.95;  278  pp 
illus. 

John  and  Mildred  Teals'  Life  an 
Death  of  the  Salt  Marsh  is  one  ( 
those  books  that  makes  its  greatest  e 
feet,  not  by  reason  of  emotion,  bi 
through  objectivity.  Written  with  gre 
clear-headedness,  this  is  the  detaile 
story  of  an  environment  that  is  disaj 
pearing  at  the  hands  of  man. 

Basically,  a  marsh  is  fertilized  an 
cultivated  by  means  of  the  tides.  Ma 
may  be  able  to  raise  shrimps,  clam 
or  oysters  in  pools  in  salt  marsh  area 
but  once  destroyed,  he  cannot  brin 
back  a  system  that  is  so  dynamicall 
and  intricately  balanced,  so  depender 
on  ages  of  development.  Marshes  ar 
a  prime  example  of  an  environmer' 
that  man  cannot  duplicate.  The  brute 
treatment  they  are  receiving  point 
up  our  glaring  inability  to  bridge  th 
gap  between  our  actions  and  their  rt' 
suits.  With  respect  to  most  nature 
environments,  we  cannot  wholly  repa 
the  losses  we  cause;  we  cannot  mak 
substitutions  that  are  ultimately  use 
ful. 

Because  of  its  difficult,  constantl 
changing  environment,  a  salt  mars 
is  fairly  limited  in  its  plant  and  anims 
life.  Yet  it  is  a  beautifully  balance 
entity,  a  living  thing  that  can  rebuil 
itself.  For  the  very  reason  that  a  mars 
is  a  hostile  place,  it  requires  som 
highly  complex  adaptations.  This  boo 
has  a  fascinating  chapter,  "The  Dom: 
nant  Spartinas,"  about  the  two  varii 
ties  of  grass  that  prevail  in  the  marshe 
of  the  east  coast:   "Spartina  survivd 


76 


nMm 


A  RELIGIOUS  STUDY  OF 
MAN  AND  ENVIRONMENT 

Frederick  Elder.  Environmental 
pollutants  and  over-population 
are  tfie  new  snal<es  in  the  garden 
vvliich  threaten  to  destroy  the 
natural  abundance  of  the  earth. 
The  author  of  this  unique  ecolog- 
ical study  believes  that  man  must: 
adopt  a  new  ethic  which  stresses 
a  vigorous  asceticism  in  man's 
use  of  nature — one  which 
recognizes  man's  responsibility 
to  curb  the  senseless  destruction, 
$3.95 


At  your  loca!  boolistore 

abingdon  press 

NewTiffen  HCEVari-Close-Up 
\Lens  for  Reflex  Cameras 

Sharp  tocus  to  one  inch 
without  distortion  using 
normal  and  telephoto 
lenses.  Shooting  bees? 
Flowers?  Coins?  Copy- 
ing? Close  in  to  one 
inch  without  bellows, 
tubes,  tripods-  No 
change  in  exposure  set- 
ting' New  HCE  Vari-Close-Up  lens  pro- 
vides continuously  adjustable  close 
performance.  Mounts  like  a  filter  on  any 
SLR.  At  your  dealer:  S24  95.  including 
case;  or  write  to  TIFFEK  optical  co. 
7.3  Jane  St..  Roslyn  Heights,  N.Y.  11577 


This  remarkatjle  end  table 
tores  over  50  books  and 
■50  macazines  or  newspa- 
pers-in  view,  upright, 
convenient.  Rolls  easily  on  large  casters.  Books 
fit  on  both  sides,  magazines  on  ends-and  just 
the  proper  chair  size!  Pine,  in  honey  tone  or 
maple,  antique  pine  or  walnut  fin.  27xl4x26"H. 
$29.95  Exp.  Chg.  Col.  EASY  KIT:  Simple  insti. 
$21.50   Postpaid.  Add  SI. 50  \V.  of  Miss. 

BEAUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG— 1000  PIECES 

Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 

inoiu.,0  zip  NO.  YIELD  HOUSE 

Money  Back  Guarantee  Depl.    N"2-0 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  No.  Conway.  N.  H.  03860 


in  the  hostile  atmosphere  of  the  sah 
marsh  and  endures  the  sea  by  keeping 
most  of  the  salt  out  of  its  sap,  and  by 
concentrating  some  of  this  same  salt 
in  its  cells  so  that  they  will  be  able 
to  resist  the  tension  placed  upon  the 
sap  by  evaporation  occurring  through 
the  stomata.  It  is  a  success  story  of  the 
most  complicated  nature." 

That  is  a  basic  bit  of  scientific  news. 
The  way  in  which  spartina  overcomes 
its  hazards  suggests  all  kinds  of  fra- 
gility, tensility,  areas  of  balance,  all 
kinds  of  hardihood  in  nature.  At- 
tendant on  the  marsh  grass,  as  this 
fine  hook  points  out,  are  many  other 
adaptations  among  crabs,  marsh  snails, 
lugworms,  insects,  ribbed  mussels, 
and  killifish:  and  the  influence  of  the 
marsh  is  great  in  the  sea  waters  be- 
yond it.  Salt  marsh  grass,  on  which  the 
existence  of  the  marsh  depends,  is  a 
triumph,  a  dynamic  success,  like  all 
the  other  lives  in  this  environment. 
What  better  can  we  do? 

Anyone  who  drives  down  the  east 
coast  will  come  across  signs  of  what 
man  has  done  to  the  marshes.  There 
is  not  much  evidence  of  compromise. 
When  we  pollute,  dredge,  fill,  and  so 
on.  we  do  it  with  an  obliterative  will. 
And  the  more  money  talks  louder  than 
the  values  of  life  itself,  the  more 
mired  we  are  going  to  be  in  our  own 
wastelands. 

This  fine  book  establishes  a  carefully 
documented  case.  There  is  some  evi- 
dence that  politics  may  be  starting  to 
take  such  cases  seriously.  In  the  mean- 
time, if  reason,  plus  an  admiration  for 
the  working  of  things,  can  help  save 
the  marshes,  this  book  will  play  an 
important  role.  One  thing  seems  obvi- 
ous after  reading  it:  the  problems  of 
man"s  survival  and  those  of  his  en- 
vironment are  inseparable. 

John  Hay 

Cape  Cod  Museum  of  Natural  History 

The  -\merican  Museum  is  open  to 
the  public  without  charge  every  day 
during  the  year,  except  Thanksgiv- 
ing and  Christmas.  Your  support, 
through  membership  and  contribu- 
tions, helps  make  this  possible.  The 
Museum  is  equally  in  need  of  sup- 
port for  its  work  in  the  fields  of  re- 
search, education,  and  exhibition. 

This  list  details  the  photographer  or 
other  source  of  illustration,  by  page. 
COVER — Klaus-Friedrich      after  Koch 


Koch 

10-16— John   Kabel, 

Photo-Library,    Inc.. 

except 

1<) — U.S.  Atomic  Energy 

Commission 

20 — Courtesy  of 

Simon  &  Schuster,  Inc. 

26-29- Helmut  Wimmer 

30-35- Edward  R.  La- 

Chapelle  except  34 — 

top.  Swiss  National 

Tourist  Office 

36-37— U.S.  Forest 

Service 

39 — James  Kline 

40-51— Klaus-Friedrich 

Koch  except  47,  AMNH 


52— Richard  Lindstrom 
54— AMNH  after  Lind- 
strom 

55 — Everett  Anderson 
56 — Roy  Pinney,  Photo- 
Library.  Inc. 

58— AMNH  after  Virginia 
Simon 

59— AMNH  after  Van 
Twyver  and  Allison 
62— Victor  E.  Muniec, 
Photo-Library,  Inc. 
66-67— Mark  L.  Rosen- 
berg 

68-72 — Frank  Cancian 
74— Courtesy  of  Univer- 
sity of  California  Press 


THEY'LL  DIE 

unless  you  and  we  help  them.  They'll 
Die— and  thousands  more  like  them 
of  many  different  species  will  die — 
unless  money  is  made  available  to 
finance  the  many  requests  from  East 
Africa's  National  Parks,  Research  Or- 
ganizations and  Game  Departments. 

During  1969  we  funded  conserva- 
tion projects  amounting  to  $74,500  in 
Kenya,  Uganda  and  Tanzania.  We 
need  your  continued  support  to  com- 
bat the  increasing  menace  of  extinc- 
tion for  many  species  of  wild  animal, 
by  making  a  donation  or  by  joining 
the  Society. 

Membership  of  the  Society  will  cost 
you  SlOannually.  For  this  you  receive 
our  quarterly  magazine  "Africana" 
and  are  entitled  to  buy  our  ties,  car 
badges,  brooches  and  cufflinks. 
Christmas  cards.  Calendars,  wild  life 
prints  and  the  Scientific  Journal  are 
available  to  all. 

The  wild  life  of  East  Africa  is  now 
a  world  responsibility,  shared  by  ev- 
eryone. It  is  enjoyed  by  tens  of  thou- 
sands of  visitors  each  year.  Help  us 
to  see  that  millions  will  continue  to 
enjoy  it. 


EAST  AFRICAN 

WILD  LIFE 

SOCIETY 

P.O.  Box  20110,  Nairobi,  Kenya. 
East  Africa. 

Please    enroll   me   as   a   member. 
I  enclose  $ 

Name  

Address  

.  N.H. 


77 


Sky  Reporter  (Continued  from  page  28) 
innermost  corona  (the  sun's  outer  atmosphere)  will  be- 
gin to  show  as  a  thin  ring  of  light  surrounding  the  moon. 
Sometimes  a  long-lived  bead  of  sunlight  will  remain  for 
a  few  seconds,  glistening  like  a  diamond  within  the  ring 
of  the  corona. 

Totality:  As  totality  begins  the  entire  corona  will  flash 
out  and  the  brighter  stars  and  planets  will  explode  into 
view.  Now  the  whole  landscape  is  plunged  into  darkness, 
sometimes  so  great  that  one  cannot  see  his  hand  in  front 
of  his  face:  usually  however,  one  can  read  a  newspaper 
by  the  dim  illumination.  Generally,  the  moon  appears 
jet  black— hence  the  name  ''bull's  eye  moon"— but  some- 
times it  may  appear  slate  colored  with  tinges  of  red  and 
violet.  An  observer  cannot  see  any  detail  on  the  moon's 
disk— as  he  can  when  the  "old  moon  is  in  the  new  moon  s 
arms."  The  moon  will  hang  like  a  ball  suspended  in 
space,  giving  a  strong  three-dimensional  effect. 

For  a  few  seconds  at  the  beginning  and  end  of  totality, 
the  chromosphere,  or  sun  s  innermost  atmosphere,  may 
be  visible.  A  very  thin  arc  of  light,  it  has  the  color  and 
brilliance  of  a  ruby,  contrasting  sharply  with  the  black 
moon  and  pearly  corona. 

Rising  upward  from  the  chromosphere  at  irregular 
intervals,  sometimes  to  great  heights  above  the  solar 
surface,  are  the  prominences,  great  flamelike  jets  of 
hydrogen  gas.  Pink,  scarlet,  reddish  violet,  or  magneta, 
they  contain  a  wealth  of  detail.  They  are  most  numerous 
at  sunspot  maximum,  a  period  we  have  just  passed. 


Surrounding  all  this  and  extending  several  lun;i 
diameters  on  either  side  of  the  moon  is  the  outermo 
solar  atmosphere,  the  corona.  Pearly  white  in  appea: 
ance,  its  over-all  brightness  is  about  that  of  the  fu 
moon,  but  it  is  some  10,000  times  brighter  at  its  ba- 
than  where  it  fades  into  invisibility  away  from  the  sui 
At  the  March  eclipse  great  coronal  streamers,  overlaj 
ping  one  another  and  extending  outward  about  the  sam  , 
distance  in  all  directions,  should  be  visible.  The  coron  i 
is  set  in  a  deep  blackish-blue  sky  that  somewhat  rf 
sembles  the  night  sky  during  late  twilight. 

At  mid-totalitv.  the  sky  overhead  will  retain  the  dar* 
navy  blue  color,  but  as  one  looks  down  toward  the  hor|j 
zon  in  all  directions  the  sky  will  become  yeflower  anfl 
redder,  as  well  as  brighter.  This  happens  because  far  ofl 
on  the  horizon  the  sun  is  still  shining— but  only  as  a  thii 
crescent.  The  only  sunlight  entering  the  shadow  does  sm 
indirectly,  and  the  blue  end  of  the  spectrum  is  fUterei^ 
out  so  that  only  the  red  remains.  The  farther  the  outsidjj 
edge  of  the  shadow,  the  redder  will  be  the  horizon.  Ii 
March  this  distance  will  be  at  least  40  miles  along  th 
center  line  of  totality,  closer  to  the  northwest  or  south 
east  near  the  edge. 

As  the  darkness  descends,  birds  will  go  to  roost,  flow 
ers  will  close,  and  animals  will  bed  down.  : 

Within  about  three  minutes  totality  will  end  and  al! 
of  the  phenomena  will  occur  in  reverse  sequence,  thi 
lunar  shadow  moving  rapidly  off  to  the  northeast.       1 
Lawrence  B.  Nadea' 


^^^  Beech  Cliff 

On  The  Lake,  By  The  Sea 

MOUNT  DESERT,  MAINE,  near  Bar  Harbor 
BOYS  9-16  Pioneer  camping  in  setting 
of  great  natural  beauty— plus  EXCEP- 
TIONAL TRIP  PROGRAM.  Each  camper 
elects  ( without  extra  charge )  ^^'ilderness 
Canoe  Trips,  Windjammer  Sailing  Cruise, 
Katahdin  Mt  Expedition.  In-Camp  prog. 
incl.  riflery,  archery,  tennis,  \\'ater  skiing, 
fresh  water  swimming,  sailing  Natural 
science  emphasized.  (Also  Caribbean 
Oceanographic  Summer  School ) . 
Clifford  A.  Pulls,  6  Old  Marlboro  Rd.,  Concord, 
Mass.  EST.  1954 


Wtiolesale  prices  on  fishing 
tackle,  and  hunting  equipment, 
archery,  skis,  and  camping 
equipment. 


FINNYSPORTS 

2070-J  SPORTS  BUILDING 
TOLEDO,  OHIO  43614 


RROW 


WILDERNESS  TRIP  CAMP 

Grand  Lake  Stream,  Maine  04637 

For  70  boys,  ages  12  to  17.  Five  age 
groups.  Full  Season  only— 7  weeks. 
Series  of  lake,  white  water,  and 
mountain  trips:  Allagash,  St.  Croix, 
St.  John  &  Machias  Rivers.  Mount 
Katahdin.  SURVIVAL  and  ECOL- 
OGY training.  QUAKER  LEADER- 
SHIP. 

^rite:  George  :  N.  Oarrow 
780  Mlllbrook  Lane 
Haverford,  Pennsylvania  19041 

Phone:  (215)  Ml  2-8216 


CRYSTALAIRE 

CAMP  FOR  GIRLS 

Crystal  Lake.  Frankfort.  Michigan.  88  girls,  10-17.  7 
week  season.  Fun,  adventure,  friendsliip  in  North 
Michigan  dune  country.  Biding,  sailing,  creative  arts. 
Waterfront.  Individual  program,  experienced  staff. 
Trips  and  natun-  -trt--t-d.  Island  outpost.  ACA  ac- 
credited. All  races  ami  rTcods  welcome.  Catalog. 
MR.  AND  MRS.  G.  N.  LEINBACH 
1039  Olivia.  Ann  Arbor.  Michigan 


SPRUCE 
MOUNTAI 


BRYANT    POND.    MAINE 

New  knowledge,  new  skills,  new  challenges  in 
areas — Science  Exploring,  Outdoor  Exploring  and 
time  Sports.  Boys  11-15.  Field,  mountiiin,  canoe 
Outpost  at  Mt.  Katahdin.  Ham  radio,  photo; 
plants,  animals,  weather,  geology,  ecology,  astr 
Catalog; 


JACKSON  HOLE-WYOMINI 


Don't  you  think  it's  time  your  fani 
enjoyed  a  ranch  vacation??  j 

FOR  RATES  &  INFORMATION  WRITE 

Mr.   Larry  Moore  [ 

Granite  Ranch,  Box  971  ' 

Jackson   Hole,   Wyoming   83001  I 


78 


wherever  you  go  in  ITIB)CiCD 
...  so  does  the  Sun 


:apulco  d  baja  California  d  cuernavaca  d  dolores  hidalgo  d  ensenada  d  fortin 

JADALAJARA  D  HERMOSILLO  D  ISLA  COZUMEL  D  JALISCO  D  KABAH  D  LEON  D  MERIDA  n  NOGALES 
^XACA  D  PUERTO  VALLARTA  D  QUERETARO  D  ROSARITO  BEACH  D  SAN  JOSE  PURUA  D  TAXCO 
<MAL  D  VERACRUZ  D  WHEREVER  YOU  GO  IN  MEXICO  D  XOCHIMILCO  D  YUCATAN  D  ZIHUATANEJO. 


)u'll  find,  too,  that  Aeronaves  de  Mexico's  jets  on  its 
ternational  routes  from  the  U.S.A.,  Canada  and  Europe 
id  its  domestic  routes  within  Mexico  can  take  you  to 


the  spots  most  favored  by  the  sun-lovers  and  fun-lovers. 
Enjoy  that  wonderful  "Welcome,  amigo!"  service  of 
Aeronaves  de  Mexico.  See  your  travel  agent  soon. 


AERONAVES 
MEXICO 

Mexico's  Largest  Airline 

Gateways:  Detroit  •  El  Paso  (Juarez)  •  Houston  •  Los  Angeles  •  Miami  •  Montreal  •  New  York  •  Phoenix 
•  Toronto  •  Tucson  •  Other  offices:  Boston  •  Hartford  •  Newark  •  San  Diego  •  San  Francisco  •  San  Juan. 


Orig.  $5.98  now  $2.49 

Orig.$1 9.92  (4-record  set) 
now  $3.96 


AND  UP 


R2690.  GREAT  MOMENTS  IN  RADIO  narrated  by  JACK 
BENNY:  Vol.  2.  Lum  'n'  Abner,  Terry  &  the  Pirates,  Gang- 
bustei?,  Dempsey-Tunny  Fight,  Babe  Ruth's  Final  Message, 
Edward  VIII  Abdication,  Hitler  declares  war  on  Poland, 
FDR's  "Day  of  Infamy"  declaration  of  war,  Ike  announces 
D  Dij       more    Rechannelcd  for  Stereo.  Only  3.98 

R26g9  GREAT  MOMENTS  IN  RADIO  narrated  by  JACK 
BENNY  Vol  1  Famed  introductions  to  Lorenzo  Jones,  Ro- 
mmce  of  Helen  Trent,  Just  Plain  Bill,  Mary  Noble,  "Ma" 
Peikiiis  (last  bdcast).  Commercials  for  Lava,  Rinso,  more, 
^Ied  Allen  in  Allen's  Alley,"  Lone  Ranger.  The  Shadow, 
\on  Hindenbuig  crashes  In  flames,  more.  Rechanneled  for 
Stereo  Only  3.98 


.  .  .-™  R2691.  Two  Discs  Complete: 
:i.l.esP^  ORSON  WELLES'  "WAR  OF 
THE  WORLDS"  BROAD- 
CAST. \ctual  broadcast  by 
(hsun  Welles  &  The  iMer- 
niu  Theatre  on  the  Air  as 
li.  iTd  over  CBS.  Oct.  30. 
or  the  famed  H. 


<iXTO3»    .«C    Mais,    which 
J'"    g««a^;    lusteria      thro 


by 
caused  mass 
throughout  the 
nation.  Manheiin  Fox  En- 
tei  puses  Release.  Rechan- 
neled for  Stereo.  2  Discs. 
nnl>  4.98 


Rlg't4.  MEDIEVAL  &  RENAISSANCE  MUSIC— For  Irish  & 
Medieval  Harps,  Viele,  Recorders  &  Tambourin.  Performed  by 
Elena  Polonska  (harps  &  tambourin),  Guy  Durand  (viele  & 
2nd  recorder),  Roger  Cotte  (1st  recorder).  Stereo.  Only  1.79 
Rlgl2.  THE  MAGIC  WORLD  OF  CHILDREN'S  FAVORITES: 
5  Record  Set.  Over  3  hours  of  entertainment — 55  songs  and 
stories:  Do-Re-Mi.  Mexican  Hat  Dance,  Blue  Tail  Fly.  Polly 
Wolly  Doodle,  Little  Engine  That  Could,  Casey  Jones,  Wyatt 
larp,  more.  Stereo.  Orig.  $23.95.  5  Discs,  Only  4.98 
R1779.  ANDRES  SEGOVIA  plays  J.  S.  BACH.  Segovia's  own 
guitar  arrangements  of  Bach's  Cello  Suite  SB,  Lute  Suite  in 
E,  Prelude  #3,  Lute  Sonata  #1,  Chaconnc.  &  Violin  Partitas 
#2-3.   Mono. Special  1.89 

R40g.  J.  S.  Bach:  THE  SIX  BRANDENBURG  CONCER- 
TOS. Performed  in  their  original  instrumentation:  vio- 
lino  piccolo,  viola  da  gamba,  recorders  i  flute,  clarin 
trumpet,  natural  horns.  Baroque  oboes  &  bassoons,  harp- 
sichord— by  the  renowned  Collegium  Aureum.  Stereo. 


:  Dis 


Only  4.98 


R530.  Douglas  Moore's  CARRY  NATION.  Premiere  Recording 
of  tlie  delightful  opera-life  of  America's  incomparable  hatch- 
et-toting saloon  buster:  soloists  Beverly  Wolff,  Ellen  FauU. 
Julian  Patrick,  Arnold  Voketaitis:  NYC  Opera  Orch  &  Cho, 
Samuel  Krachmalnick  cond.  Libretto  Incl;  Stereo. 
Pub.  at  $17.95.  3  Discs,  Only  8.95 

R290.  Three  Discs:  EDITH  PIAF  Deluxe  Set.  More  than 
30  of  Edith  Piafs  immortal  classics:  No  Regrets,  La  Vie  En 
Ro.se.  Exodus,  29  more:  sung  in  French,  Capitol,  rechanneled 
for  Stereo.  3  Discs.  Special  9.38 


R2683.  THE  ARAB  WORLD:  Its  Music  &  People.  Mid-East 
tour  with  authentic  .Arab  music,  many  recorded  on  location, 
I'layed  on  tlie  Oud,  Kanoun,  Kemengeh.  Rehab.  -Nay,  Arglioul 
i   Darabukkah.    Mono.  Pub.   at   $4.98.  Only  1.98 

R268g.  Ten  Discs:  THE  WORLD'S  GREAT  MASTERS — 
Their  Story  in  Words  &  Music.  For  every  member  of  the 
family,  a  superb  general  introduction  in  text,  spolten 
word,  and  OVER  71/2    HOURS  OF  GREAT  MUSIC  to  the 

life  and  works  of  Bach,  Beethoven,  Brahms,  Chopin, 
Haydn,  Liszt,  Mendelssohn,  Mozart.  Schubert  &  Tchai- 
kovsky: incl.  biograpliies,  over  100  musical  composi- 
tion'^, definitions  and  musical  examples  of  musical  styles, 
l\pr^  &  terms,  mucli  more.  Mono. 
iiiii.  $4H.S0.  10  Discs,  Special  14.95 

R2G63.  GREEK  FOLK  DANCES.  Tile  fabulous  Mitsakis  4 
Samiou  Ensembles  in:  Tsamico,  Servico,  Dance  From  Epirus, 
Fisouni,  Tsifteteli,  9  more  authentic  vocal  &  instrumental 
numbers.  Mono.  Pub.  at  $4.98.  Only  1.98 

R268S.     ALICE'S     ADVENTURES     IN     WONDERLAND. 

Read  and  sung  l>y  the  inimitable  Cyril  Ritchard,  with 
original  music  score  by  Alec  Wilder,  performed  by  the 
.NY  Woodwind  Quartet;  tlie  Lewis  Carroll  classic  on  4 
LP's  with  facsimile  of  the  rare  1865  first  edition  illus- 
trated by  Joiin  Tenniel.  Gift  boxed.  Mono.  only. 

4  Discs,  Special  6.95 
R26g7.  THROUGH  THE  LOOKING-GLASS.  Uniform 
with  tile  above.   Mono  only.  4  Discs.  Special  6.95 


R2642.  GREAT  VIOLIN  CONCERTI.  10  Works:  the  Tchai- 
kovsky. Mendelssohn.  Beethoven,  Bralinis.  &  Paganini  #1 
Ctos,  Mozart  #3  "Turkish."  Bach  Double  Cto,  Lalo  Sym- 
Iihonie  Espagnole,  Beethoven  Two  Romances  Op.  40  &  50; 
Gitlis,  Lautenbacher.  Rosand  &  Pauk,  violinists:  Vienna  Pro 
Musica,  Warsaw  Philharmonic,  other  Orch's,  Swarowsky, 
Hollresier.  et  al  cond.  Stereo.  5  Discs.  Special  7.88 

R2550.  Dellbes:  SYLVIA  (Complete).  Only  complete  per- 
formance of  this  classic  ballet:  London  Symphony  Orch, 
Anatol  Fistoulari  cond.  Stereo.  2  Discs.  Only  3.96 


SERGEI  PROKOFIEV— COMPLETE  PIANO  MUSIC 
R2463.  VOL.  1.  Deft  performances  of  the  Sonatas  1-5; 
l-;iu(]es  Op.  2:4  Pieces  Op.  3;  4  Pieces  Op.  4;  Toccata 
111".  11:  10  Episodes  Op.  12;  5  Sarcasms  Op.  17;  20 
Visions  Fugitives  0|i.  22 ;  Tales  Of  An  Old  Grandmother 
Op.  31;  Gyorgy  Sandor.  pianist.  Stereo. 
Pub.  at  $9.95,  3  Discs.  Only  5.88 

R2464.  VOL.  2.  The  brilliant  Sonatas  6-9;  Sonatines 
1  &  2.  Op.  54;  Chose  En  Soi.  Op.  45;  3  Pieces  Op.  59; 
For  Children   Op.    65;   Pensees  Op.    62;   Gyorgy 

3  Discs,  Only  5.88 


R1710.  VIVA  BRASS! — 5  Record  Set.  Over  3  hours  enter- 
tainment and  50  selections  of  the  NEW  brass  sounds  from 
Tijuana.  Guantanamera,  Brasila  &  Espana:  Taste  of  Honey, 
Zorba  the  Greek,  Guantanamera,  Manolette,  Mi  Merenque, 
more.  Stereo.  Orig.  $23.95.  5  Discs,  Only  4.98 


R1708.    ROMANTIC    MOODS    OF    LOVE:   5    Record    Set. 

Over  3   hours  of  entertainment;   4  9   songs:  Lnst  Time  I 
Saw  Paris.   Blue  Tango,  Caravan,   Never  On  Sunday,   All 
Tlie  Things  You  Are.  So  In  Love.   I  Love  Paris.  Warsaw 
Concerto,  Old  Black  Magic,  many  more.  Stereo. 
Orig.  $23.95.  5  Record  Set.  Only  4.98 


R1642.   Mozart:  THE   COMPLETE  STRING  QUINTETS.  The 

Pascal  String  Quartet  with  Walter  Gerhard,  2nd  Viola,  in 
Mozart's  6  Siring  Quintets.  K.515,  516,  406,  174,  593  & 
614.  Stereo.  3  Discs,  Only  5.94 


R641.    New    Release:   Strauss'    DER    ROSENKAVALIER. 

Top-rank  performance  with  Regine  Crespin,  Yvonne  Mln- 
ton.  Helen  Donath,  Manfred  Jungwirth:  Vienna  Philtiar- 
mnnic,  Georg  Solti  cond.  Stereo. 
Pub.  at  $23.95.  4  Discs,  Only  18,98 


R1351.  THE  GREAT  JAZZ  OF  ALL  TIME.  Ray  Charles, 
T  &  J  Dorsey.  Teagarden.  Shavers,  scores  of  others,  10  LPs, 
Stereo.  Orig.  $47,90.  Only  9.95 


R597.  Premiere:  BEVERLY  SILLS  In  Donizetti's  RO- 
BERTO DEVEREUX.  Bel  Canto  masterpiece:  Sills  as 
Queen  Elizabeth  I.  Peter  Glossop  as  Duke  of  Notting- 
liam.  Beverly  Wolff  as  Sara  Duchess  of  Nottingham, 
Robert  Ilosfalvy  as  Robert  Devereux,  Earl  of  Essex;  Am- 
hrosian  Opera  Cho,  Royal  Philharmonic.  Charles  Macker- 
ras  cond.  Stereo.  Pub.  at  $17.95.      3  Discs.  Only  13.88 


R591.  Wagner:  DIE  WALKURE.  Complete  classic  perform- 
a,nee  with  the  soaring  voices  of  Martha  Modi.  Leonie  Rysa- 
nek.  Frick.  Windgassen.  Edelmann;  Vienna  Philharmonic. 
Furfwangler  cond.  Only  in  Mono.  5  Discs,  Only  9.88 

R580.  Verdi:  MACBETH.  Long  a  collector's  item,  the  supeili 
Macbeth  of  Carlo  Bergonzl,  Leonie  Rysanek,  Leonard  Warren 
and  Jerome  Hines;  Metropolitan  Opera  Orch  &  Cho,  Leinsdorf 
cond.  Stereo. 3  Discs.   Only  7.47 

R594.  Gleseklng/Mozart:  COMPLETE  SOLO  PIANO  MU- 
SIC. Walter  Gieseking's  monumental  cycle  of  the  17 
Iiiano  sonatas  plus  all  the  Fantasias.  Variations  &  smaller 
works — pianism  and  Mozart  at  their  very  best!  Only  in 
Mono.  11  Discs,  Only  21.75 

RS79.  All  Star  Cast:  VERDI'S  AIDA.  Standing  ovation  per- 
formance with  Milanov.  Bjoerling,  Barbieri,  Warren  & 
Cliristoff:  Rome  Opera  Orch  &  Clio.  Jonel  Perlea  cond. 
Released  in   Mono  only.  3  Discs.  Only  7.47 

R57g.  Edison  &  Grand  Prix  Awards:  GUIDE  TO  RENAIS- 
SANCE MUSIC.  72  vocal  &  instrumental  pieces  (13-17th 
centuries)  from  organum  to  baroque  dances  played  on  authen- 
tic ancient  medieval  instrument  prototypes,  and  sung  in 
Latin.  Italian,  Spanish,  English,  German  &  Dutch ;  Syn- 
tagma Musicum  of  Amsterdam.  Stereo,  3  Discs,  Only  5.94 
R311.  Callas  in  LUCIA  Dl  LAMMERMOOR.  Maria  Callas  at 
I  he  peak  of  her  vocal  career  plus  Giuseppe  Dl  Stefano  and 
Tito  Gobbi;  Florence  May  Festival  Orch,  Tullio  Serafin  cond. 
Only  in  Mono.  2  Discs,  Special  3.96 

R165.  Bruckner:  SYMPHONY  NO.  8.  The  magnificent  Bruck- 
ner 8th,  awe  inspiring  in  its  breadth  of  melodic  line  and 
sonority;  Munich  Philharmonic  under  the  baton  of  Bruckner 
expert  Hans  Knappertsbusch.  Stereo.  2  Record  Set.  Only  3.96 
R154.  Casals/Serkin:  BEETHOVEN'S  COMPLETE  MUSIC 
FOR  CELLO  i  PIANO.  The  5  Cello  i  Piano  Sonatas  with 
the  3  sets  of  Variations  on  themes  by  Handel  &  Mozart  per- 
formed by  the  incomparable  duo  Pablo  Casals  and  Rudolf 
Serkin,   Rechanneled  for  Stereo.  3  Disc  Set.  Only  7.47 


R2640.  GREAT  PIANO  CONCERTI.  13  works:  Schumai,|li 
Cto  4  Traumerei.  Beetlioven  "Emperor"  &  Fur  Elise,  Grf"' 
Cto,  Rachmaninoff  #2,  Tchaikovsky  #1,  Liszt  ttl  &  LletP- 
straum  #3,  Chopin  #2  &  Tristesse  Etude,  Brahms  #2,  moii 
Novaes,  Sandor,  Brendel,  other  pianists;  Vienna  Pro  Musjf' 
&  Volksoper,  Bamberg,  other  Orch's,  Perlea,  Swarowsky,  IJ- 
al  cond.  Stereo.  5  Discs.  Special  7.t  J 

R2639.  Five  Discs:  HANDEL  ORGAN  CONCERTOS  (COI  It 
PLETE).  The  16  Ctos  for  Organ  4  Orcliestra,  the  first  e\  11 
written  with  the  organ  as  solo  instrument  with  orchestt  t 
superb  performances  by  organists  Walter  Kraft  &  Eva  Hold(  |5, 
lin,  Helma  Eisner,  hpchd,  Stuttgart  Pro  Musica,  Reinhai-' 
cond,  Stere». SDiscs.  Special  7.('" 

R2638.    Five    Discs:    IMMORTAL    MUSIC    OF    JOHANN  ' 
STRAUSS.  38  Waltzes.  Polkas  &  Overtures  performed  by 
Eduard  Strauss  4  his  Syra  Orch;  Emperor,  Blue  Danube, 
Voices    of    Spring    Vienna    Blood,    Morning   Leaves,    Al'-  ' 
celeration,    many    more.    Stereo.        5  Discs,  Special  7,88    ' 

R2633.   MANITAS  DE   PLATA— FLAMING  FLAMENCO.  T 

furious  virtuoso  guitar  of  Manilas  de  Plata  in  Tierra  And 
luza,  Sol  de  mi  Terra,  Espana  mia,  4  more.  Rechanneled  f 
Stereo.  Puti.  at  $4.98.  Only  l.i  ' 

R2630.  Handel's  MESSIAH  (COMPLETE).  Parts  1,  2  i 
complete  with  Soloists  and  the  London  Philharmonic  Orclii 
tra,  Frederick  Jackson  cond.  Stereo.  4  Discs,  Only  5.1 

R2490.  HAIR— The  Tribal  Love  Rock  Musical.  Music  a  - 
songs  from  Hair:  Aquarius,  Let  The  Sunshine  In,  I  Got  Lil  ■ 
Where  Do  I  Go?  5  more.   Stereo.  Only  1.: 

R2445.  Prokofiev:  SEMYON  KOTKO.  Only  available  recor 
ing.  the  complete  work  with  soloists  Gryes.  Gelovani  Trovi 
ski,  others,  USSR  State  Radio  Orch.  Zhukov  cond;  an  S 
import.  Mono.  Pub.  at  $19.92.  4  Discs,  Special  Import  3.! 
R2438.  VAN  CLIBURN  conducts  Vaughan  Williams:  SERi" 
NADE  TO  MUSIC.  Vaughan  Williams'  celebrated  Serena 
with  Soloists.  Interloclien  Festival  Cho  4  Orch,  Van  Clibii 
cond;  ALSO  Deems  Taylor's  THROUGH  THE  LOOKI.'>  - 
GL.\SS.  Stereo.  Pub.  at  $5.98.  Orilv  2.''- 

R2435.  John  Gielgud  &  Irene  Worth:  A  PROGRAM  t, 
EDITH  SITWELL  POEMS.  16  poems  by  Dame  Edith  Sitwi 
read  by  Sir  John  Gielgud  &  Irene  Worth;  incl.  8  poems  frc 
"Facade,"  Colonel  Fantock,  The  (Jueen  Bee  Sighed.  St 
Falls  The  Rain,  more.    Mono.  Pub,  at  $5.98.  Only  2.'  ', 


R2474.  DINING-IN-MIl 
SIC:  3  Record  Set.  Cil 
ated  for  quiet  listenirl 
selected  to  enchant  hi 
not  intrude — lush  strirJ 
and  full  orchestra  in  3 
SONGS:  As  Time  Gol 
By,  Because  You're 
Laura,  That's  Old  Feelt 
ing.  Always,  many  mor  i 
Stereo.  A  $14.37  Valu  3 
3  Discs.  Only  3.8. 


R922.  Mozart:  ABDUCTION  FROM  THE  SERAGLIO.  Rothei  f, 
berger,  Popp.  Gedda,  Unger,  Frick ;  Vienna  Philharmoni  |i 
Josef  Krips  cond;  "The  best  of  all  recordings  of  Mozart  [^ 
iling  Singspiel,"  Opera  News.  Stereo.       2  Discs.  Only  3.S 


R1973.    MUSIC   FOR    FLUTE,    GUITAR   &    MANDOLIN. 

22  works:  Paganini's  Romanze  tor  Guitar,  Sor's  Russian  k 
Memories  for  2  Guitars,  Beethoven's  Guitar  Quintet  & 
4  Pieces  for  Mandolin  and  Hpchd,  Vivaldi's  Cto  for  2 
Mandolins  and  Strings  4  Cto  tor  Lute  &  Strings;  Solo- 
ists, Vienna  Pro  Musica  &  Vienna  Mandolin  4  Guitar 
Ensemble.  Stereo.  5  Record  Set,  Only  9.88 


R804.  Bach:  6  BRANDENBURG  CONCERTOS  (Complete. 
Schneidewind.  Rampal,  Pierlot,  Hendel,  Veyron-Lacroix.  et  a;  ^ 
Saar  Chamber  Orch,  Ristenpart  cond.  "Excellent  rhythm'  i' 
textures,  and  balances  .  .  .  exceptional  taste  and  stylist  . 
assurance  of  ornamentation  .  .  .  fine  soloists,"  High  Fidelit  ' 
Stereo.  2  Record  Set  Complete.   Only  4.9 

R399.  Tchaikovsky:  EUGEN  ONEGIN— Ist  Stereo  Recording 
The  ravishing  melodies  of  Tchaikovsky  in  a  superb,  authent 
performance  by  Popovich,  Heybalova,  Cvejic,  Startz;  Belgrat 
Orera,  Danon  cond.  Stereo.  3  Discs,  Only  5.9  i 

R180.  Beethoven:  COMPLETE  STRING  QUARTETS.  The  1)  n 
quartets  complete  with  Crosse  Fugue  and  standard  endini  i 
of  Op.  130;  full  program  notes;  superb  performance  wit  i 
The  Fine  Arts  Quartet.  Stereo.  9  Discs,  Special  10.9  i 

R577.   Bach:  CHRISTMAS  ORATORIO.  Superb  complete    | 
lierformanee  wittl  Dietrich  Fischer-Dieskau,  Agnes  Giebel, 
Hoffgen,    Traxel;    Leipzig   Thomanerchor   4    Gewandhaiis 
Oicli,   Kurt  Thomas  cond.  Stereo.       3  Discs,   Only  5.94 


R575.    Massenet:    MANON.   The  beautiful  Lady  of  the 
Camellias    of    Victoria    de    los    Angeles,    with    Legay    4  t 
Dens;  Paris  Opera-Comique  Orch  4  Cho,  Pierre  Monteux    •• 
cond.    Mono.  4   Discs.   Only  7.92    '' 

RS61.  Berlioz:  ROMEO  AND  JULIET.  Bedioz'  superbl 
moving  setting  of  Shakespeare's  masterpiece:  soloists  Resnik 
Tiirp  4  Ward,  London  Symphony  Orch  4  Cho,  Monteux  1 
Stereo. 2    Discs.    Only   4.9: 

R576.  Handel:  MESSIAH.  Soloists  Elsie  Morison,  Mar-  ]^ 
jorie    Thomas,    Richard   Lewis,    James   Milligan:   Royal 
Liverpool    Philharmonic   4   Huddersfield   Choral   Society. 
Sir  Malcolm  Sargent  cond.  Stereo.      3  Discs,  Only  5.94 


R552.    Mozart:    EINE    KLEINE    NACHTMUSIK/SYMPHON^ 

NO.  40.  Two  of  Mozart's  most  popular,  memorable  an 
beautiful  works.  Vienna  State  Opera  Orch,  Sir  Adrian  Boiil 
cond.  Stereo.  Only  2.4! 

R563.  Bach;  ST.  MATTHEW  PASSION.  With  .\gnes  Giebc) 
Rennte    Gunther.    Helmut    Krebs,    Franz    Kelcll    4    Herniani 
Wedermanii,     Heinrich     Schutz    Chorale    of     Heilbronn 
Pforzheim   Chamber  Orch.   Fritz  Werner  cond:  text  incl. 
Stereo.  4  Discs,  Only  9.9( 

R5G2.  Bach:  ST.  JOHN  PASSION.  Moving  performance  will 
Phyllis  Curtin.   Eunice  Alberts.   Waldemar  Kmentt.  Frederic 
Gutlirie.  Vienna  State  Opera  Cho  4  Orch.  Scherchen  cond. 
Stereo.  3  Discs,  Only  7.4; 


35.  Johann  Strauss:  THE  GYPSY  BARON  (Der  Zlgeuner- 

n) .   Brilliant,   Inspired,   ever-popular  operetta  combining 
rolls  Hungarian  Gypsy  music  with   Viennese  waltz  melo- 
;    Eberhard    Wacllter,    Rudolf    Scliock,     Erzebetli    Hazy, 
rs;  Berlin  Opera  Cho  &  Orch,  Robt  Stolz  cond. 
|eo.  2  Discs,  Only  3.88 

I  2608.  BACH:  COMPLETE  MUSIC  FOR  SOLO  HARPSI- 
HORD.  VOLS.  1  &  II.  ALL  of  Bach's  music  for  solo 
irpsichord,  with  complete  program  notes;  Martin  Gal- 
ig,  harpsichord.  Stereo. 

fub.  at  $59.70.  18  Discs,  Only  19.95 

03.  Hoist:  CHORAL  FANTASIA  &  PSALM  g6/Flnzl: 
'.  S  NATALIS.  Three  very  fine  contemporary  English  vocal 
is;  soloists  Janet  Baker,  Wilfred  Brown;  Ralph  Downs, 
n;  The  English  Chamber  Onch,  I.  Hoist  &  C.  Finzi 
1.  Stereo. Only  1.98 

2604.    MOZART:   THE    COMPLETE    PIANO   SONATAS. 

;  he  inimitable  piano  artistry  of  prize-winning  pianist 
Salter  Klein  playing  .Mozart's  16  Piano  Sonatas  plus 
le  Rondo  K.494   and  Fantasy  K.475.   Stereo. 

;ub.  at  $19.90.  6  Discs,  Only  10.88 

'lOO.  WOODY  GUTHRIE.  America's  most  beloved  balladeer 
12  songs:  Pretty  Boy  Floyd,  John  Henry,  Hard  Ain't  It 
d,  Hey  Lolly  Lolly,  More  Pretty  Girls  Than  One,  more. 
hanneled  for  Stereo. Only  1.98 

i:2603.    BACH:   THE    COMPLETE    ORGAN    WORKS.   All 

f    Bach's    works    for    organ:    Toccatas,    Passacaglias, 
ugues,   Concerti,  Partitas,   Chorales,  Organ  Mass,  Little 
Irgan  Book,  more;  comp.   program  notes;  Walter  Kraft, 
rganist  on  organs  of  Bach's  time.  Stereo. 
■lib.  at  $59.70.  18  Discs,  Only  19.95 

299.  CARLOS  MONTOYA.  Montoya's  incredibly  brilliant, 
r  original  flamenco  guitar:  Farruca,  Variaciones  Por  Rosa, 
jfla,  Soleares.  Malaguena,  Granadinas,  more.  Rechanneled 
Stereo.  Only  1.98 

R531.  Louis  Moreau 
Gottschalk:  FORTY 
WORKS  FOR  PIANO 
(CENTENNIAL  ALBUM). 


rk    Rei 


rdlngl 


.Most  pieces  previously 
unrecorded;  incl.  Grand 
Scherzo,  Jota  Aragonesa, 
Impromptu,  Ossian  (2 
Ballades),  Marche  De 
.Nuit,  Chant  Du  Soldat, 
35  more:  Alan  Mandel, 
I)ianist.   Stereo. 


Pub.  at  $23.25. 


4  Dis 


Only  12.95 


428.  THE  AMAZING  NINA  SIMONE.  The  very  special 
z  iif  siiigtr -pianist-arranger  Nina  Slmone:  Children  Go 
lerr  I  .Send  You,  stompin'  At  The  Savoy,  Willow  Weep  For 
,  Solitaire,  8  more.   Mono.  Pub,  at  $4.98.     Special  1.98 


R1853.    Mozart:    THE    COMPLETE    WIND    CONCERTI. 

10  works:  Clarinet  Concerto,  Bassoon  Concerto,  The  4 
French  Horn  Concerti;  2  Flute  Concerti,  Flute  and  Harp 
^ncerto  K.299;  and  Sinfonia  Concertante  K.297h;  West- 
ohalia,  Wurttemberg  Chamber  &  Vienna  Volksoper  Or- 
jhestras;  Reichert,  Faerber  &  Bauer-Theussl  cond. 
Stereo.  4  Record  Set  Complete.  Only  6.98 


48.  KrIps'  COMPLETE  BEETHOVEN  SYMPHONIES.  Now, 
anged  in  sequence  for  automatic  record  changers,  the 
nous  London  Festival  definitive  performances;  corap.  notes 
Pictorial  History  of  Beethoven's  life.  Orig.  in  different 
matat  $40.00.  Stereo.  7  Discs.  Only  9.95 

;31.  Munch  conducts  BEETHOVEN  OVERTURES.  Moving 
■formances  of  the  Leonore  Overtures  1,  2  &  3,  Fidelio  Over- 
'e,  Coriolan  Overture,  &  Creatures  of  Prometheus  Overture; 
ston  Symphony,  Charles  Munch  cond.  Stereo.  Only  2.49 
30.  LILY  PONS  CONCERT.  The  Met's  famed  coloratura 
12  arias  from:  Lucia  (Mad  Scene),  Lakme  (Bell  Song), 
Soletto  (Caro  nome  &  Tutte  la  feste  al  tempio).  Seraglio, 
norah,  Mignon,  Coq  d'Or,  others  by  Handel,  Pergolesi  & 
Btry.  Only  in  Mono.  Only  2.49 

i87.  Stereo  Premiere:  MASSENET'S  WERTHER.  Gorgeous 
issenet  masterpiece  with  the  glorious  voices  of  Victoria  de 
I  Angeles,  Nicolai  Gedda,  Mesple,  Soyer  &  Benoit;  French 
dio  Children's  Cho  &  Orchestre  de  Paris,  Pretre  cond. 
ereo.  Pub.  at  $17.95.  3  Discs,  Only  13.88 
i66.  Mozart:  DON  GIOVANNI.  Incomparable,  truly  incom- 
rable  performance  with  Schwarzkopf,  Sutherland,  Wachter, 
ick  Taddei;  Philharmonia  Orch  &  Cho,  Giulini  cond.  Stereo. 
lb.  at  $23.95.  4  Discs,  Only  17.39 
188.  Callas  In  Bellini's  NORMA.  Maria  Callas'  first  Norma 
rording,  a  stupendous  vocal  tour  de  force  by  a  marvelous 
iging-actress;  with  Ebe  Stignani,  Mario  Filippeschi  & 
cola  Rossi-Lemenl;  La  Scala  Cho  &  Orch.  Tullio  Serafin 
nd.  Only  in  Mono. 3  Discs,  Only  5.94 


R559.  Vivaldi:  SONATAS  FOR  CELLO  &  HARPSICHORD 
(COMPLETE).    6    Sonatas,    some    of    the    world's    most 
exquisite  chamber  music  in  superb  performance  by  Paul 
Torteller,  cello,  &  Robt  Veyron-Lacroix,   hpchd. 
Stereo.  Only  2.49 


>48.  Liszt:  HUNGARIAN  RHAPSODIES  NOS.  1,  4,  5/ 
ITTLE  OF  THE  HUNS.  3  impular  rhapsodies  for  orchestra 
us  the  famous  symiihuiiic  poem ;  Viiiina  State  Opera  Orcli, 
herclien  cond.  Stereo.  Only  2.49 
J49.  Liszt.  HUNGARIAN  RHAPSODIES  NOS.  2,  3,  6/ 
AZEPPA.  Liszt's  dramatically  orctiestratcd  rhapsodies  plus 
e  famed  symphonic  poem;  Vienna  State  Opera  Orch,  Scller- 
en  cond.  Stereo. Only  2.49 


R560.    Mahler:  SYMPHONY   NO.   2  "RESURRECTION." 

Mahler's  "resurrection  of  the  human  spirit"  symphony: 
Coertse  &  West,  soloists,  Vienna  State  Opera  Orch  &  Cho, 
Scherchen  cond.  Stereo.  2  Discs,  Only  4.98 


527.  Budapest  String  Quartet:  COMPLETE  BEETHOVEN 
fRING  OUARTETS,  VOL.  1.  The  Six  Quartets,  Opus  18 
a  touchstone  performance  by  The  Budapest  String  Quartet; 
Virtually  every  note  is  impeccable" — Time.  Released  in 
ono  only.  3  Discs,  Only  7.47 

555.  Bach:  SUITES  FOR  ORCHESTRA  1  &  2.  Magnificent 
chestral  works,   suites  of   galanteries,    courantes,    gavottes, 
rlanes,    minuets,    liourees,    sarabandes,    polonaises.    In    the 
rench  style;  Vienna  Stale  Opera  Orch,   Scherchen  cond. 
lereo.  Only  2.49 

556.  Bach:  SUITES  FOR  ORCHESTRA  3  &  4.  Bacli's  su- 
:rb  French  Ouvertures,  dance  suites  par  excellence;  Vienna 
late  Opera  Orch,   Sclierchen  cond.  Stereo.  Only  2.49 


R2425.  Grig.  Soundtrack:  BORN  FREE.  The  beautiful  music 
from  Carl  Foreman's  famous  "Born  Free"  film  starring 
Virginia  McKenna  &  Bill  Travers,  with  Born  Free  vocal  sung 
by  Matt  Monro;  Mono.  Pub.  at  $4.79.  Special  1.98 

R2424.   ERROLL  GARNER— DREAMSTREET.  Erroll  Garner, 
with   bass   &   percussion:   Just   One  Of   Those  Things,    Come 
Rain  Or  Come  Shine,   Lady  Is  A  Tramp,   title  song.   When 
Voure  Smiling.  5  more.  Mono.  Pub,  at  $4.79.     Special  1.98 
R2336.   TREASURY   OF   GREGORIAN   CHANTS:  4   Disc 
Set.  61  Gregorian  Chants  appropriate  to  various  Feasts 
and  Services  of  the  year  sung  by  Trappist  Monks'  Choir 
of  Cistercian   Abbey,   Benedictine   Monks  of   En   Calcat, 
Benedictine    Nuns'    Choir,    &   Benedictine   Monks   of   St. 
Wandrille    de    Fontenelle    Monastery.     Rechanneled    for 
Stereo.  Pub.  at  $19.92.  Special  7.88 

R222S.  THE  WORLD'S  GREATEST  MUSIC,  Vol  3:  10  Disc 
Set.  19  complete  works  with  the  eminent  artist  Oistrakh, 
Richter,  Gilels,  Kompe,  Ancerl,  Barshai,  more:  incl.  Smetana's 
The  Moldau,  Sarka :  Mendelssohn's  Scotch  Sym ;  Tchaikov- 
sky's  4th  Sym,  Bach's  Piano  Cto  #1,  Violin  Cto  «1:  Beetho- 
ven's 5lh  Sym,  Piano  Cto  #1;  much  more.  Mono. 
Made  to  sell  at  $49.50.  10  Discs,  Special  Package  5.95 
R2175.  Mahler:  SYMPHONY  NO.  5.  Mahler's  monumental 
5lh  symphony,  opulently  romantic,  thematically  prodigal, 
dramatically  'moving;  superb  performance  by  The  London 
Symphony,  Rudolf  Scliwarz  cond.  Stereo. 
Pub.  al  $9.96.  2-Disc  Set,  Special  3.88 
R590.  Dietrich— THE  MAGIC  OF  MARLENE.  Wonderful 
evening  with  the  incredible  Dietrich — 34  SONGS  incl.  the 
famed  I'm  Naughty  Little  Lola,  Falling  In  Love  Again,  Lili 
Marlene,  Little  Drummer  Boy,  When  The  Soldiers,  In  the 
Barracks,  Lieber  Leierkastenmann,  Unter'n  Linden,  more. 
Stereo.  3  Discs,  Only  12.98 

R5S8.  THE  CHOPIN  NOCTURNES.  The  complete  Nocturnes, 
among  the  most  genuinely  moving  of  all  Chopin's  works — 
incredibly  brilliant  performance  by  Alexis  Weissenberg.  Stereo. 
Pub.  at  $11.95.  2  Discs,  Only  9.56 

R564.  Richard  Strauss'  DER  ROSENKAVALIER.  Ne  plus  ultra 
rierformance  with  Schwarzkopf,  Ludwig,  Edelmann;  The  Phil- 
harmonia Orch  &  Cho,   Herliert  von  Karajan  cond.   Stereo. 
Pub,   at  $23.95. 4  Discs,   Only  17.39 


R526.  Three  Discs:  WALTER  GlESEKING  PLAYS  DE- 
BUSSY. The  legendary  pianist's  monumental  Debussy 
series:  Preludes,  Books  1  &  II,  Children's  Corner  Suite  i 
Suite  Bergamasque — classic  performances  long  considered 
the  ne  plus  ultra  of  Debussy  interiiretation.  Released  in 
Mono  only.  3  Discs,  Only  7.47 


R513.  SIX  LEGENDARY  PIANISTS.  Walter  Gieseking  (Mo- 
zart Fantasy  K.475  &  Sonata  #14),  Edwin  Fischer  (Bach 
Cliromalic  Fantasia  &  Fugue,  BWV903.  Prelude  &  Fugue, 
BWV850,  2  works  by  Handel),  Dame  Myra  Hess  (Beethoven 
Sonata  #30),  Artur  Schnabel  (Schubert  Moments  Musicaux), 
Solomon  (Schumann  Carnaval),  Alfred  Cortot  (Chopin  Piano 
Sonata  #2  "Funeral  March").   Mono.        3  Discs,  Only  5.94 


R522.  Albanese/BJoerllng:  PUCCINI'S  MANON  LES- 
CAUT.  Glorious  legendary  performance,  long  a  highly 
sought  collector's  item,  with  Licia  Albanese,  Jussi 
Bjoerling  &  Robert  Merrill,  each  at  the  lop  of  their 
form;  Rome  Opera  Orch,  Perlea  cond.   Only  in  Mono. 

3  Discs,   Only  4.98 


R512.  SIX  CHAMBER  MUSIC  MASTERPIECES.  Mozart  Piano 
Quartet  K478  (Schnabel,  Pro  Arte  Quartet),  Beethoven  Vio- 
lin Sonata  #9  "Kreutzer"  (Kreisler  &  Franz  Rupp),  Men- 
delssohn Piano  Trio.  Op.  49  #1  (Thihaud,  Casals,  Cortot), 
Brahms  Horn  Trio,  Op.  40  (Aubrey  Brain,  Busch,  Serkin), 
Faure  Piano  Quartet  #2  (Thihaud,  Vieux,  Fournier,  Long). 
Debussy  Cello  Sonata  in  D  Minor  (Marechal  &  Robt  Casade- 
sus).    Mono.  3   Discs,   Only  5.94 


R323.    COLLECTED    PIANO    MUSIC    OF    CHOPIN.    169 

complete  selections,  all  the  Waltzes,  Preludes,  Nocturnes, 
Etudes,   Polonaises,   Mazurkas,  Scherzi,   Ballades  &  Im- 
promptus;  performed  by  Guiomar  Novaes,   Waller  Klien, 
Peter  Frankl,  others:  gift  boxed.    Stereo. 
Orig.   $57.48.  12  Record  Set.  Only  14.95 


R235.  Strauss:  ALSO  SPRACH  ZARATHUSTRA.  The  complete 
.Nietzsche-based  symphonic  poem — includes  ttieme  music 
featured  in  2001  A  SPACE  ODYSSEY;  Vienna  Philharmonic 
Herbert  von  Karajan  cond.   Stereo.  Only  1.98 

R181.  Beethoven:  THE  COMPLETE  PIANO  MUSIC.  AH  5 
Piano  Clos,  all  32  Piano  Sonatas,  all  Rondos,  Variations,  etc; 
every  piano  work  of  Beethoven  masterfully  performed  by 
Alfred  Brendel;  Orch's  cond.  by  Zubin,  Mehla,  el  al;  comp. 
program  notes  plus  piano  music  analysis  by  Romain  Roland. 
Stereo.  21  Discs,  Special  22.95 


R2112.  Fritz  Wunderlleh:  SONGS  FROM  VIENNESE  OP- 
ERETTAS. Fritz  Wunderlleh  &  Friederike  Sailer  in  8  songs 
and  duets  from  the  brightest,  merriest  of  Vienna's  operettas, 
works  by  Johann  Strauss,  Lehar,  Von  Suppe,  others;  Stutt- 
gart Philharmonic.  Mareczck  cond.  Stereo.  Only  1.49 
R2044.  Rimsky-Korsakov:  SCHEHERAZADE.  Exotic  Arabian 
.Nights  .symphonic  suite;  Bolshoi  Theatre  Orch,  Alexei  Melik- 
Pashayev  cond.  Mono.  Pub.  at  $4.98.  Special  1.00 
R637.  New  Release:  Weber's  DER  FREISCHUTZ.  Powerful, 
memorable  performance  with  Birgit  Nilsson,  Nicolai  Gedda, 
Walter  Berry;  Munich  Opera,  Robert  Hcger  cond.  Stereo. 
I'uh.  at  $17. H5.  3  Discs,  Only  13.88 
R433,  Brilioz:  HEQUIEM.  Tire  fuU,  tragic  beauty  of  the 
llnl.i  I:  I  I  iiperbly  performed  &  recorded  in  La 
rli:ii  Hi  .1  des  Invalides,  scene  of  its  premiere; 
.l.jii  ',1  ,  .  iinr,  RTF  Chorus,  Nat.  Opera  Oreh, 
Hernia  iin  .Sclierchen  cond.  Stereo.                     2  Discs.  Only  4.98 

R632.    Vivaldi:  4   CONCERTOS    FOR   2   ORCHESTRAS. 

Unique  Baroque  stereo  concert:  Clos  in  C  &  D,  P.  14  & 
164  for  the  Feast  of  the  Assumption,  Cto  in  B  Klal, 
P.3I>8  with  Scordatura  Violin  &  Cto  in  A,  P22i;  wilh 
Flute  Obbligato:  Soloists  of  Brussels  &  Soloists  of  Jlllaii, 
lipliiikian  cond.   Stereo.  Only  1.98 

R629.  Mozart:  LUCIO  SILLA.  Only  Available  Recording  of 
this  superb  early  opera  with  soloists  Fiorenza  Cossolto,  Rena 
Gary  Falachi,  Dora  Galla,  Ferrando  Ferrari,  Luigi  Pontiggia, 
others;  Milan  Polyphonic  Chorus  &  Angelicum  Chamber  Orcli, 
Carlo  Felice  Cillario  cond.   Stereo.  3  Discs.  Only  7.47 

R640.  New  Release:  Beethoven's  CREATURES  OF  PRO- 
METHEUS (Complete).  Ballet  masterpiece  wilh  the  Menuhin 
Festival   Orcli.    .Menuliiu  cond.   Stereo. 

Pub.    al    $,'5.95.  Only   4.69 

R639.  New  Release:  Barenboim  &  Boulez  In  BARTOK'S 
PIANO  CONCERTOS  1  i  3.  Thrilling  performances  with 
Daniel  Barenboim;  New  Pliilharmonia  Orcli,  Pierre  Boulez 
cond.    Stereo.  Pub.    al    $6.95.  Only  4.69 

R638.  TRIBUTE  TO  GERALD  MOORE.  Gerald  Moore  at 
the  piano  witti  Victoria  de  los  Angeles,  Fischer-Dieskau,  Janet 
Baker,  Schwarzkopf.  Gedda,  plus  works  with  Veliudi  Jlenuhiu. 
Jacqueline  Du  Pre,  Leon  Goossens,  Barenboim  &  de  Peyer. 
Stereo.  Only   4.69 


BEETHOVEN    BICENTENARY 
R636.  Daniel  Barenboim's  BEETHOVEN:  THE  32  PIANO 
SONATAS.  Widely  acclaimed  Beethoven  interpreter  Daniel 
Barenboim's   brilliant   cycle   of  the  complete  Bectlioven 
Piano  Sonatas.  An  $83.30  Value. 

Deluxe  14-Disc  Package,  Only  49.88 


R635.  Rostropovich/Dvorak:  CONCERTO  FOR  CELLO  & 
ORCHESTRA.  Incomparable  performance  witli  Mstislav  Bos- 
Iropovich,  Royal  Philharmonic  Orch,  Sir  Adrian  Boult  cond. 
Stereo.  Only  1.98 

R634.  V  BY  VIVALDI.  Grand  Prix  du  Disque  recording  of  5 
superb  Clos  for  solo  instruments  &  Orch:  Clos  for  4  Violins. 
Soprano  Recorder,  Two  Trumpets,  Mandolin,  &  2  Mandolins; 
Toulouse  Chamber  Orch,  Auriacombe  cond.  Stereo.  Only  1.98 
R584.  FRANCO  CORELLI:  Portrait  of  the  Artist.  Today's 
"prince  of  tenors"  in  33  arias  &  songs  from  Aida,  Trovatore, 
Gioconda,  Manon  Lescaut,  Tosca,  Turandot,  Cavalleria, 
Andrea  Chenicr,  Puritani,  Xerxes,  Adriana  Lecouvreur,  more. 
Stereo.  3   Discs,    Only  9.38 

R583.  ELISABETH  SCHWARZKOPF:  Portrait  of  the  Artist. 
Tlie  noble,  formidable,  radiant  Schwarzkopf  in  28  arias, 
scenes  &  songs:  Rosenkavalier  Finale,  He  Shall  Feed  His 
Flock  (Messiah),  Schubert  Erlkonig,  Porgi  amor  &  Dove  sono 
(Marriage  of  Figaro),  arias  from  Freischuiz,  Olello,  Boheme. 
7  operetta  arias,  more.  Stereo.  3  Discs,  Only  9.38 


R545.  Gustav  Hoist:  THE  PLANETS.  Powerful  symplionic 
suite  portraying  the  astrological  "personalities"  of  the 
planets;  Vienna  State  Opera  Orch,  Sir  Adrian  Boult  cond 
Stereo.  Only  2.49 


R223     THE    CLASSICAL    GUITAR    OF    JULIAN    BREAM:   3 

Record   Set.   liiid,     rii.M «■.    S.ir ide   i  Bouree,   0   more; 

Falla-  Tomlnaii  He  I'lauili'  li.-lius^j  ;  Torroba :  Nocturno  4; 
Burgaicsa  2  more;  Sor;  i.argo,  Kuiiiio  Allegretto  &  Minuetto, 
4  more-  v'illa-Lobos'  5  Preludes;  Turina;  Hnmmage  A  Tarrega, 
3  more.  Rechanneled  tor  Stereo.  3  Disc  Set,  Special  6.88 
R2D2.  Wagner:  PARSIFAL.  Never-to-be-forgotten  all-star 
cast-  Wolfgang  Windgassen,  Martha  Modi,  George  London, 
Ludwig  Weber;  an  unsurpassed  interpretation  with  conductor 
Hans  Knappertabusch  &  The  Bayreuth  ^Festival  Orcli. 
Mono. 


5-Disc   Set,    Only   9.88 


^  MAIL    THIS    COUPON     TODAY!  ^ 

marboroDept.  NH-184, 131  Varick  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10013 

Please  send  me  the  bargains  circled  belo'W.  (Please  add  50c  postage  and  handling 
on   all   orders.)   MINIMUM   MAIL   ORDER  $3- 

n  Ship  C.O.D.*         n  Enclosed  find  $ 

Charge  my         n  Amer.  Exp.   n  Carte  Blanche      D  fifs*  Nat'l  City  j  Limited  to  orde 

(check  ore)       n  Diners  Club  n  lini-Card  Charge  Card  (of  $5.00 1 


■  more 


R154 

R165 

R180 

R181 

R202 

R223 

R235 

R290 

R433 

R512 

R513 

R522 

R526 

R527 

R530 

R531 

R556 

R559 

R550 

R561 

R562 

R563 

R564 

R566 

R579 

R580 

R583 

R584 

R587 

R588 

R590 

R59I 

R632 

R634 

R635 

R636 

R637 

R638 

R639 

R640 

the  amount  ot  $ 

RSn  R323  R388 

R545  R548   R549 

R569  R575 

R594  R597 

R641  R804 


R399  R408 

R552  R555 

R576  R577  R578 

R629  R630  R631 

R848  R922  R1351 


R1642  R1708  R1710  R1779  R1812  R1844  R1853  R1973  R2044  R2n2  R2175  R2225  R2299 
R2300  R2303  R2335  R2336  R2424  R2425  R2428  R2435  R2438  R2445  R2463  R2464  R2474 
R2490  R2550  R2603  R2604  R2608  R2630  R2633  R2638  R2639  R2640  R2642 

R2663  R2683  R2686  R2687  R2688  R2689  R2690  R2691 

NAME — 

ADDRESS — 


CITY. 


.STATE  _ 


_ZIP  CODE  . 


n  Check  here  if  you  rsceive  monthly  bargain  circular.   New  York  City  residents  odd  6%   soles 
tax.  Other  New  York  Stote  residents  odd  applicoble  sales  tax.  *A  few  cents  extro  for  COD. 

Some  sole  bargains  at  all  Marboro  Book  Shops.  ^^^      ^ 

^_     ^H   10-DAY  SATISFACTION  OR  MONEY-BACK  GUARANTEE   ■■     ^H     ■ 


NORTON 


SEARCHERS 
AT  THE  GULF 

by  FRANKLIN  RUSSELL 

The  author  of  The  Secret  Islands 
and  Watchers  at  the  Pond  explores 
an  area  resembling  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence  on  North  America's 
eastern  coast.  "Franklin  Russell 
writes  with  realism  and  compas- 
sion and  a  sure  eye  for  the  life 
habits  of  the  creatures  he  describes. 
He  is  one  of  the  most  able  literary 
naturalists  of  our  time." 

—  LOREN  ElSELEY.       $5.95 

THE  HUDSON  RIVER 

A  Natural  and 
Unnatural  History 

by  ROBERT  H.  BOYLE 

"It  is  extraordinary  and  thoroughly 
absorbing  .  .  .  Will  become  one  of 
the  classic  books  on  the  subject." 

—  Brooks  Atkinson.  "Delightful, 
informative  and  exciting  .  .  .  Boyle 
has  also  made  a  brilliant  appeal  to 
all  concerned  to  recognize,  heal 
and  preserve  a  beautiful,  mighty, 
endangered  and  fascinating  river." 

—  Nelson  Bryant,  N.Y.  Times. 
With  16  pages  of  illustrations  and 
an  endpaper  map.  $6.95 

AT  ALL  BOOKSTORES 

^  NORTON 

W.  W.  NORTON  &  COMPANY,  INC. 
55  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York,  N.Y.  10003 


Suggested 
Additional  Reading 

BANANAS  IN  VERMONT 

Science  and  Survival.  B.  Commoner. 

The  Viking  Press,  Inc.,  New  York, 

1967. 
Moment  in  the  Sun.  R.  and  L.  T. 

Rienow.  Ballantine  Books,  Inc.,  New 

York,  1967. 
The  Frail  Ocean.  W.  Marx.  Ballan- 
tine Books,  Inc.,  New  York,  1967. 
Conservation   Equals  Survival.  W. 

Stegner.    American    Heritage,    Vol. 

XXI,  No.  1,  December,  1969. 

PRINCE  ALBERT'S  WAY 
OF  CATCHING  SQUID 

Founders  of  Oceanography  and 
Their  Work.  W.  A.  Herdman.  Long- 
mans, Green  Company,  New  York, 
1923. 

The  Whale.  Simon  and  Schuster,  Inc., 
New  York,  1968. 

FROM  SNOWFLAKE 
TO  AVALANCHE 

The  Avalanche  Enigma.  C.  Fraser. 
Rand  McNally  &  Co.,  Chicago,  1966. 

Snow  Avalanches.  USDA  Handbook 
No.  194,  Government  Printing  Of- 
fice, Washington,  1961. 

The  Avalanche  Hunters.  M.  M. 
Atwater.  Macrae  Smith  Co.,  Phila- 
delphia, 1968. 

CANNIBALISTIC  REVENGE 

IN  JALE  WARFARE 

War:     Studies    from     Psychology, 

Sociology,      Anthropology.      L. 

Bramson  and  G.  W.  Goethals,  eds. 

Basic  Books,  Inc.,  New  York,  1968. 
War:  The  Anthropology  of  Armed 

Conflict  and  Aggression.  M.  Fried, 

M.  Harris,  R.  Murphy,  eds.  Natural 

History  Press,  New  York,  1968. 
Man  and  Aggression.  M.  A.  Montagu, 

ed.   Oxford    University   Press,   Inc., 

New  York,  1968. 

THE  EGG  MACHINE 

Foundations  of  Experimental  Em 
bryology.  B.  H.  Willier  and  J.  M 
Oppenheimer.  Prentice-Hall,  Inc. 
Englewood  Chffs,  1964. 

Fertilization.  C.  B.  Metz  and  A 
Monroy.  Academic  Press,  New  York, 
1967. 

Chemistry  and  Physiology  of  Fer 
tilization.  a.  Monroy.  Holt,  Rine 
hart  &  Winston,  Inc.,  New  York 
1965. 

EVOLUTION  OF  SLEEP 

Sleep.  G.  Luce  and  J.  Segal.  Coward- 
McCann,  Inc.,  New  York,  1966. 

Studies  of  the  Psychology  and  Be- 
haviour of  Captive  Animals  in 
Zoos  and  Circuses.  H.  Hediger.  8 
vols.  Butterworths  Scientific  Publi- 
cations, London,  1955. 

Toward  an  Evolutionary  Theory  of 
Dreaming.  F.  Snyder.  American 
Journal  of  Psychiatry,  Vol.  123,  pp. 
121-136,  1966. 


]\[atural  History 
binders 


Made  especially  for 
Natural  History,  this  sturdy  binder 
contains  10  removable  blades  to 
hold  an  entire  year's  subscription, 
and  is  bound  in  maroon  leatherette 
with  gold  lettering. 

$3-75  postpaid  (including  member's  dis- 
count) Please  add  local  taxes  where  applic- 
able. Please  send  your  check  or  money  order 


YOU  LIVE  in  the 
SPACE  AGE... 

YOU  SHOULD  KNOW 
MORE  ABOUT  IT! 


A  rewarding  and  fascinating 
adventure  for  adults,  young 
people,  the  family 

Introductory  and  advanced 
day  and  evening  courses  in 
ASTRONOMY  and  NAVIGATION 


Call  or  write 

The  American  Museum— 
HAYDEN  PLANETARIUM 

NEW  YORK,   N.  Y.   10024 

8Ist   street   and   CENTRAL   PARK  WEST 

Tel.:  Tr  3-1300;  Ext.  206 


82 


KEEP  PACE  WITH  SPACE  AGE!  SEE  MOON  SHOTS-LANDINGS,  SPACE  FLIGHTS,  CLOSE-UP!. 


lAHiliJii."^ 


for  FUN,  STUDY  or  PROFIT 


Psychedelic  Lighting  Handbook 


nformation  packed 
les!    Fully  explains   latest 

psychedelic  lighting 
ipmetit.  techniques,  de- 
jpments.  Covers  all  facets 

psychedelic      light-show 

crys- 


Stock  No.  9I0OE $3.00  Ppd. 

Battery  Powered  Gyroscope 


It    bother 
winding  &  \ 
flying-sauci 


nstant 
ling.  5" 
shaped. 


switch  to  off  is  an  experience — speeds  i 
for  almost  3  min.  without  power.  Temff 
rocket  car.  pedestal,  9"  diam.  orbit  n 
cap.  chain,  loon,  instr.  Operates  on  2  "C 
Stock  No  7I,IGIE 
Build  Your  Own  Atomic  Energy  Lab 


head,  hanging 


ig,    ring    pedestal, 
■  batt.   (not  incl.). 

$6.00  Ppd. 


:  ray  showers  in 
the  cloud  chamber— see 
atoms  explode  with  the  spin 
thariscope  — check  ionization 
and  radioactivity  of  every 
day  materials  .  .  .  these  are 
just  a  few  of  the  fascinating 
projects  possible  with  this 
amazing  43  part  kit.  Con 
tains    everything     needed    to 


thariscope.  22  p.  instruction  booklet  with  suggested  expen 
ments.    Ideal   to  stimulate  student's  scientific   interest. 

Stock  No.  70.899E  $9.95  Ppd 

Versatile  White  Modeling  Plastic 


olds,  model 


shaped 

by  hand,  tools.  Can  be  rolled 
flat,  built  up  into  figures. 
Permanently  pliable  until 
baked  at  300°  F.  for  15-30 
minutes  in  oven — no  kiln  nor 
plaster    molds    needed. 


shaped   &.   baked.    Can   then   I 
painted,    embossed.   Smooth, 


ion-brittle 
ut,   sawed. 


curing. 


Won't 
Mhen 


Encapsulated  Liquid  Crystals 


structure 
similar   to    solids.    Solutions 
contained  in  tiny  (20-30  mi- 
crons)   capsules    coated    onto 
sides  of  six  6"  x   12"   Mylar 
sheets    with    6    diff.    temp, 
ranges.  Surface  changes  color 
according  to  temp. -cover  66° 
to     I20''F     (I9°-49''C).     Use 
ents,  find  hot  spots,  structural  defects, 
test    conductivity,    etc.    Use    indefinitely 
contamination.   Easily  handled. 

Stock  No.  7I,I43E    $10.00  Ppd, 

EXPERIMENTERS  KIT — 4"x6"  sheets 

Stock  No.  60.756E    $  4.00  Ppd. 

Decorative  "3-D"  Star  Chart 

Quickly,    easily    locate   stars 


for  prec 
study    radiati 
WITHOUT 


you 


anytii 


any- 


10"  high 
Sky  and  Earth  Globe  has 
fixed  transparent  7"  diam. 
outer  celestial  sphere  with 
Rfiuator  calibrated  in  months; 
4"  diam.  inner  sphere  repre- 
senting earth  in  relief,  re- 
volves on  Inclined  axis,  and 
includes  longitudinal  and 
litiidinal  markings.  By  rotating  earth  globe  to  correlate 
calinn  with  current  month,  outer  globe  shows  stars  visible 
your  vicinity.    Included    FREE:   Star  and  Satellite  Path 


:ket   Atlas,    Instruction 

Stock  No.  70,984E 

inrriguing  low-Cosf  Moon  Model 
"    ;itin( 


$13.95  Ppd. 


I  outer 


space  display 
Ex- 


30,000  fori 
tions — peaks,  craters.  Ocean 
of  Storms,  etc.— all  in  relief. 
Scaled  to  size.  Accurate  dis- 
tance relationships.  Proper 
lighting  shows  moon  phases; 
"black  light"  produces  star- 
tling effects.  Tough,  wash- 
able plastic.  Three  colors, 
used  for  space  data.   Excellent  gift 


dust"'. 

Looks    like    it,    feels   like   it, 
performs    like    it.    Simulated 

onds  in  texture,  ( 


alyzed  actual  lunar  samp 
I  item,  great  for  study,  expt 
on.  Unusual  soft,  dark,  powd< 

No.  41,261E    (I  oz.) 

,  No.  41.262E    (4  oz.) 

Made  7x50  B, 


Big    sa'      _ 

Crystal-clear  viewing  — 7 

power.   Every  optical  element 

is  coated.  An  excellent  night 

glass — the  size  recommended 

for    satellite   viewing      Indi 

vidual   eye  focus.    Exit  pupil 

7  mm.  Approx.  field  at  1  OOd 

yds.  is  376  ft.  Carrying  Gas 

included.      American     7x50  „ 

normally   cost    5274  50     Ttr  -^    ^  ^   ^ 

rific  bargain. 

Stock  No.  1544E  $99  50  Ppd 

AMERICAN-MADE   6x30's 

Stock  No.  963E  $65  00  Ppd 

Gianf  Weather  Balloons 

"Balls  of  fun"  for  kids, 
traffic  stoppers  for  stores, 
terrific  for  amateur  meteo- 
rologists. Create  a  neighbor- 
hood sensation.  Great  back- 
i&ft-  yard  fun.  Exciting  beach 
attraction.  Amateur  meteo- 
rologists use  to  measure 
cloud  heights,  wind  speed, 
and  temp.  Made  of  heavy 
duty    neoprene.     Inflate    with 

vacuum   cleaner    auto  air  hose,  or  helium   for  high  rise. 

Stock  No    60  568E  8' $2.00  Ppd. 

GIANT    16    DIAMETER 

Stock  No    60  632E  _  $7.00  Ppd. 

Crystal  Growing  Kit 

Do  a  crystallography  project 

—illustrate  with  large  beau-  .>     ^j        %«f     %^ 

tiful  crystals  you  grow  your-  •*  ^^    ^^ 

self.     Study    &     demonstrate  u*     ||h.^||     ii  k^ 

factors  affecting  growth,  re-  |P    Jlr'llJil  L  ■ 

fraction,    piezoelectric  effect,  ■        -^Hlt^'^^to^l 

symmetry,     etc.     Incl.     book  _,:.       ZM  ^^V 

"Crystals    &    Crystal    Grow-  /Z^     ^    ^» 

ing"     plus    generous    supply  \W  J 

of  chemicals  to  grow  7   large  ^^'^T"'^ 

display   crystals    (clear    pur- 
ple, blue-green,  green  and  red). 

Stock  No.   70,336E       $1 1.00  Ppd. 

Terrible  Lizards— Monstrous  Mammals 

Explore  the  fascinating  pre- 
historic world  of  dinosaurs 
200.000,000  years  ago.  New 
kit  contains  24  authentic 
scale  models  (12  dinosaurs 
—  12  mammals)  accurately 
<Y  ^x^  detailed    in    sturdy    plastic. 

>«     %^^^  <^mr  Incl.:     Giant     Brontosaurus. 

fierce      Tyrannosaurus      Rex. 
Wooly     Mammoth— range    in 
size  from  2"  to  6".  Also  inst. 
to   build   your   own   dinosaur   land   and   Wonder    Book. 

Stock   No.  70.8I7E  $6.00  Ppd. 

"Fish"  With  A  Magnet 
Go  treasure  hunting  on  the 
bottom!  Fascinating  fun  it 
sometimes  profitable!  Tie  a 
line  to  our  5-lb.  Magnet- 
drop  it  overboard  in  bay 
river,  lake  or  ocean.  Troll  it 
along  bottom — your  "treas- 
ure" haul  can  be  outboard 
motors,  anchors,  other  metal 

valuables      5   lb      Magnet    is  ^'jf 

war   surplus— Alnico  V   Type  '^    ^ 

—Gov  t  cost  $50    Lifts  over  150  lbs.  on  land— much  greater 
weights  under  water  „..„„„   ^ 

Stock  No    70  57i  E  5  lbs $14.00  Ppd. 

Stock  No    70  570E  3'/2   lbs $  8.75  Ppd. 

Stock  No    70  572E  7"2   lbs $18.75  Ppd 

Stock  No    85  152E  \5^a  lbs $33.60  FOB 

3      Astronomical  Telescope 

See  the  stars,  moon,  phases 
of  Venus,  planets  close  up. 
60  lo  180  power.  Aluminizcd 
and  overcoated  3"  diameter 
f/IO  primary  mirror,  venti- 
lated cell.  Equatorial  mount 
with  locks  on  both  axes. 
Equipped  with  60X  eyepiece 
and  mounted  Barlow  lens. 
3X  finder  telescope,  hard- 
wood tripod.  FREE:  "STAR 
CHART'       272   page        HANDBOOK      OF      HEAVENS"; 

HOW   TO    USE   YOUR   TELESCOPE"   book. 
Stock   No.   85.050E  .  $29.95  Ppd. 

Stock    No.   85.I05E  4'.,"  $94.50  FOB 

$231). 50  FOB 


full    color 


slides 


idly  show  Apollo  II  jo 
in  amazing  detail  from 
"blast-off  to  "News  Con- 
ference". 28  history  making 
shots  in  between  include 
"Earthrise",  cratered  lunar 
landscape.  Armstrong  de- 
scending    to     lunar     surface, 

man's  footprint  in  virgin  soil,  classic  "portrait-within-a- 
portrait"  of  Armstrong's  refiection  in  Aldrin's  facemask, 
implanting  the  flag,  and  much,  much  more.  Really  worth- 
while .  .  .  even  if  you  don't  have  a  projector. 

Stock    No.    P-41.260E    - $6.00  Ppd. 

Dramatic  2'  x  3'  Astro  Murals 
Exact    black    and    white 
productic 
tail 

by    Collotype 

Space-Age  decorations, 

grounds,    for    home,    school. 

nffice,   institutions.   Put  pin- 

lioles    in    stars,    shine    light 

through    for    fascinating    ef- 

ticts.     Perfect     astronomical 

atmosphere  for  parties,   dances.    Even  cut  up   into  pieces  tor 

Space-Age  jigsaw  puzzle.   Endorsed  by  leading  professional 

astronomers.  Set  of  10— $75.00  postpaid.  Avail,  individually. 

No.  70.243E  MOON.  Last  Quarter      $7.50  Ppd. 

No.  70,252E  MOON.   14  Days  $7  50  Ppd. 

Working  Model  Digital  Computer 
Solve   problems,   teach   logic,  ^ 

play  games  with  miniature 
version  of  giant  electronic 
brain!  Adds,  subtracts,  mul- 
tiplies, shifts,  complements, 
carries,  memorizes.  Colored 
plastic  parts  easily  assem- 
bled. 12"  X  3 '/a"  X  43/4". 
Incl.  step-by-step  assembly 
diagrams,  32-p.  book  on  op- 
eration, computer  language 
(binary  system)  programming 
Stock  No.  70.683E 
ANALOG  COMPUTER  KIT 
Stock  No.  70.341  E    


sapp^g^ 


4S^ 


raiJhi 


eluding      water. 


Ily  de 


that  apply 
to  Ford's  apd  Curtiss- 
Wright's  new  wheelless  air- 
cars.  Sturdy  red  and  yellow 
plastic.    8"    wide.    9"    deep, 

2"  high  with  4"  propeller.  Operates  on  2  flashlight  batterie 
(not  incl.).  48"  control   line,   battery  case 
Stock   No.  70.307E  


Here's  a  fascinating  assort- 
ment of  [2  different  puzzles 
to  provide  hours  of  pleasure 
and  stimulate  ability  to 
think  and  reason.  Animals 
and    geometric    forms.    Take 


Wo 


^    4|^  \^  s^ 


thei 


the 
kill, 
nil  ability  to  solve 


Stock   No.  70.205E 


ing  hobby  .  .  .  loads  of 
.  inexpensive,  easy.  Make 
elry  of  all  kinds— decora- 


.  .  .  then  polish  to  high 
lustre  .  .  .  brings  out  beau- 
tiful colors.  Rugged  3-lb.  ca- 
pacity tumbler  w/continuous 
duty  motor.  Full  instructions 
Stock  No.  70.874E 


..$10.75  Ppd. 
S  0  00  Ppd. 


MAIL  COUPON  FOR  GIANT  FREE  CATALOG 


_..  .    MORE    THAN 

,000  UNUSUAL  bargains: 

Completely     new     1970    catalog.      148 
pages    packed    with    nearly  4.000    un- 
bargains.    Exciting    new    cato- 
Many    now    items.     lOO's    of 
illustrations.    Many    hard -to- 
r   surplus   bargains.    Enormous 
in    of    telescopes,    microscopes, 
ars,    magnets,    etc.   for   hobby- 
(perimontcrs.   workshops.   Shop 
oy   iiiuil.    Write   for  Catalog    "E"   to 
Edmund  Scientific  Company.  300  Eds- 
corp  Building.   Barrington.   Now  Jersey  08007. 


Street     

City  ,,,  State 


:i 


ORDER  BY  STOCK  NUMBER  •  SEND  CHECK  OR  MONEY  ORDER  •  MONEY-BACK  GUARANTEE 

300  EDSCORP  BUILDING 

I    BARRINGTON,  NEW  JERSEY  08007 


11 


Li 


^..      ^ 


^llliiir'^^ 


\ 


This  picture  is^impossible".  Can  you  tell  why? 

Raindrops  on  a  window,  inches  from  the  camera.  A  girl  on  a  beach,  a  hundred 
feet  away  Both  exquisitely  sharp,  which  gives  the  picture  its  special  quality 
But,  how  to  do  it  without  special  equipment? 

In  theory  you'd  first  shoot  the  beach  scene,  focusing  on  the  girl.  Moments 
later,  after  rewinding  the  film  one  frame,  you'd  focus  on  the  rain  spattered  window 
and  make  a  second  exposure.  Quite  simple,  really  Except  that  it's  impossible 
with  most  cameras  because  their  lenses  can't  provide  the  tremendous  focusing 
range  required. 

With  the  Nikkormat  FTN  it  was  as  simple  as  it  sounds.  This  35mm  single 
lens  reflex  is  made  by  Nikon  and  accepts  the  same  interchangeable  lenses  as 
the  famous  Nikon  F,  It  was  used  here  with  the  55mm  Micro  Auto-Nikkor  f3,5, 
an  unusual  lens  that  can  be  focused  for  any  distance  from  2.3  inches  all  the 
way  to  infinity.  [Imagine  being  able  to  use  the  same  lens  for  life-size  closeups 
of  flowers  or  insects  as  well  as  for  portraits,  kids,  parties  and  the  like!] 

This  is  only  one  example  of  the  uncommon  — even  '"impossible"- pictures 
the  Nikkormat  FTN  brings  within  your  reach.  Yet,  for  all  its  capabilities,  it  is 
remarkably  uncomplicated.  Its  unique  thru-the-lens  meter  system,  for  instance, 
gives  you  correct  exposure  instantly  for  unusual  pictures  like  this.  And  it's  yours 
forunder$270,  including  50mm  Auto-Nikkorf2  lens  See  your  Nikon/Nikkormat 
dealer.  Or  write  for  details.  ^^j^P»^  ,*. 

Nikon  Inc.  Garden  City,  N.Y.  11530.  Subsidiary  of      — ^.  " 

Ehrenreich  Photo-Optical  Industries,  Inc.      -** 

[In  Canda:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.O.) 

Nikkormat  FTn  by  Nikon 


V. 


^ 


\ 


^ 


V 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


MARCH  1970  •  $1.00 


/N> 


The  flower  with  400 
/personalities. 


There's  a  Protea  no  more  than  one  inch  high,  and  there's  a 
Protea  tall  as  a  tree. 

In  between,  there  are  400-odd  species  of  Proteaceae. 

So  it's  no  wonder  that  the  Protea  is  South  Africa's  national 
fiower.  (Named  after  Proteus,  who  could  change  into  any  shape 
at  will.) 

You'll  want  to  see  them  all. 

For  instance,  there's  the  Giant,  or  King  Protea,  which  meas- 
ures 12  inches  across. 

And  the  yellow  and  pink  Pincushion  Proteas. 

Ivory-and-pink  Blushing  Bride  Proteas. 

And  woolly-bearded  Proteas,  with  silky  black  hairs. 

While  you're  looking,  watch  for  the  long-tailed  Sugar  Birds 
that  hide  in  theprotea  bushes,  plunging  their  beaks  into  theblooms. 

The  Proteaceae  are  one  example  of  South  Africa's  floral 
abundance.  The  western  corner  of  the  Cape  province  has  legions 
of  flowers  found  nowhere  else  in  the  world. 

In  the  180  square  miles  of  the  Cape  Peninsula  alone,  there  are 
more  than  2,600  kinds  of  flowering  plants. 

South  Africa's  flora  and  fauna  are  protected  in  over  100  game 
and  nature  reserves,  including  immense  tracts  of  land  devoted  to 
animal  life,  bird  sanctuaries,  and  flower  reserves. 

The  National  Botanic  Gardens  at  Kirstenbosch,  devoted  en- 
tirely to  the  indigenous  flowers  of  South  Africa,  rank  as  one  of  the 
great  botanical  gardens  of  the  world. 

The  fastest,  easiest  way  there  is  by  South  African  Airways.  A 

Boeing  Stratojet  whisks  you  there  by  the  most  direct  route  from 

New  York  in  a  relaxed,  friendly  atmosphere.  If  you  want  to  go 

by  way  of  Eiirope,  we  have  daily  departures  from  10  European 

)'\  //  /  ■        Gateways. 

For  more  information,  see  your 

//        ,/     .  travel  agent  or  South  African  Airways, 

605  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10017. 


^ 


SOUTH  AFRICAN  AIRWAYS 


Come  with  US. 

A  litUe  off  the  beaten  track. 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


OL.  LXXIX,  No.  3 


INCORPORATING  NATURE  MAGAZINE 


MARCH  1970 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


10    GREEN  MOUNTAINS,  GREEN  MONEY  Richard  M.  Klein 

New  state  controls  will  hopefully  save  Vermont  from  the  disaster  of 
unbridled  land  development  and  speculation. 

28     THE  DAY  THE  SEA  RAN  OUT  OF  FLOUNDER  Stephen  W.  Hitchcock 
Shifts  in  perspective  and  changes  in  tone  recall  the  story  of  the 
living  and  dying  salt  marsh. 

32     ECHOLOCATION  IN  BATS 

Photographs  by  Nina  Leen,  Text  by  Alvin  Novick 

Varying  with  the  physiology  and  behavior  of  each  species,  a  sophisticated 

sonar  system  gives  the  bat  an  acoustic  grasp  of  his  surroundings. 

42     MAKONDE  SCULPTURE  Megchelina  Shore-Bos 

By  charging  old  symbols  with  new  meaning,  these  African  sculptors  have 
retained  their  artistic  heritage  in  the  face  of  social  flux. 

50     WILD  RICING  Richard  H.  Hofstrand 

Harvesting  this  tvild  grain  remains  a  laborious  process  little  changed  since 
early  Indian  days. 

56     THE  BATON  OF  MONTGAUDIER  Alexander  Marshack 

The  artistic  efforts  of  Ice  Age  man  may  reveal  more  about  his  abilities 
and  culture  than  his  tools  have. 

64    THE  GULLS  OF  WALNEY  ISLAND 

Barbara  R.  and  Michael  H.  MacRoberts 

As  man  adds  to,  and  subtracts  from,  this  island  environment,  the  vast  numbers 

of  resident  gulls  multiply  into  overpopulation. 

cover:  Two  Arizona  nectar-feeding  bats  hover  above  a  century  plant. 

4  THE  AUTHORS 

70  SKY  REPORTER  John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 

71  CELESTIAL  EVENTS  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 
80  BOOKS  IN  REVIEW  Jerome  Lettvin 

86       SUGGESTED  ADDITIONAL  READING 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Gardner  D.  Stout,  President  Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Director 

Natural  History 

Alfred  Meyer,  Editor  Robert  E.  Williamson,  Managing  Editor 

William  Gilman,  Jack  Hope,  Senior  Editors  Thomas  Page,  Art  Editor 

Avis  Knifjin,  John  P.  Wiley,  Jr.,  Associate  Editors        Florence  G.  Edelslein,  Copy  Editor 

Toni  Gerber,  Asst.  Copy  Editor  Carol  Breslin,  Reviews  Editor 

Diantha  C.  Thorpe,  Information  Services  William  Suderman,  Production 

Ernestine  Weindorf,  Karen  Manulis,  Caroline  Doerfiinger,  Staff  Assistants 

Editorial  Advisers:  Gerard  Piel,  Dean  Amadon,  Franklyn  M.  Branley,  Vincent  Manson, 
Margaret  Mead,  Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  James  A.  Oliver,  Ethel  Tobach 

Harvey  Oshinsky,  Advertising  Director  Harry  F.  Decker,  Walter  E.  Mercer, 

Gordon  Finley,  Sales  Dinah  Lowell,  Traffic,  Eileen  O'Keefe,  Asst. 

Ann  Usher,  Promotion  Director,  Maureen  Fitzgerald,  Asst. 

Joseph  Saulina,  Circulation  Manager 

Publlcalion  Office:  The  American  Museum  af  i\alural  History.  Central  Park  Vest  at  79th  Street,  New  York.  N.Y. 

10024.  Published  monthly,  October  through  May;  bimonthly  June  to  September,  Subscription:  $7.00  a  year. 
In  Canada  and  all  other  countries:  $7.50  a  year.  Single  copies  $1.00.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  New  York,  N.Y., 

and  at  additional  offices.  Copyright  ©  1970  by  The  .American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  No  part  of  this 
periodical  may  be  reproduced  without  the  written  consent  of  Natural   History.  Manuscripts  and   illustrations 

submitted  to  the  editorial  office  will  be  handled  with  care,  but  we  cannot  assume  responsibility  for  their  safety. 

Opinions  expressed  by  authors  are  their  own  and  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the  policy  of  The  American  Museum. 

Natural  History  incorporating  Naturr  Magazine  is  indexed  in   Rcail.r'R  Guide  to  Periodical  Lilorature. 


You  are  looking  at  more  than  five  million 
square  feet  of  Butyl  rubber.  Rubber  made  from 
oil  by  Enjay  Chemical  Company,  a  Jersey  affiliate. 

When  Jersey's  scientists  invented  Butyl 
rubber  more  than  thirty  years  ago,  they  never 
dreamed  their  invention  would  be  used  to  line 
a  reservoir.  But  already  several  hundred  reser- 
voirs have  been  lined  this  way.  This  one  hap- 
pens to  be  the  biggest  in  the  world. 

You'll  find  it  on  the  Hawaiian  island  of 


The  rubb: 


Molokai,  where  they  have  a  water  proble 
rains  in  the  mountains.  But,  down  wher 
pineapples  grow,  it  doesn't  rain  enough.  Scl 
have  to  pipe  the  rain  from  the  mountain; 
store  it.  Hence  this  mighty  hole. 

To  give  you  some  idea  of  scale,  the 
covered  by  the  nylon -reinforced  Butyl  ( 
hold  a  hundred  football  fields. 

Mr.  David  Wisdom,  president  of  Wis 
Rubber  Industries,  the  company  that  line 


servoir. 


'oir,  said  that  Butyl  rubber  was  chosen  by 
ite  of  Hawaii  for  good  reasons.  Compared 
oncrete  it  is  inexpensive.  Roughly  a  tenth 
iSt.Yet,  as  a  water  barrier,  there's  nothing 
it  it. 

nstallation  is  remarkably  speedy.  Seventy 
ivs  were  trained  in  two  weeks.  They  then 
the  entire  reservoir  in  seventy -four  days. 
Butyl  is  as  tough  as  blazes.  So  tough  that 
Visdom  has  guaranteed  his  reservoir 


against  deterioration  for  twenty  years. 

The  effect  of  the  reservoir  on  Molokai's 
economy  will  be  considerable.  It  will  irrigate 
some  18,000  acres  of  land,  most  of  which  will 
grow  pineapples.  But  there  is  also  a  truck  farm- 
ing experiment  in  the  area  that  may  well  turn 
Molokai  into  the  breadbasket  of  the  state. 

Our  scientists  are  proud  that  one  of  their 
inventions  is  being  put  to  such  good  use. 

Standard  Oil  Company 
(New  Jersey) 


EAEbE 
EYE 


^^add  new 

dimension  to  the 

wonder  of  wildlife 

watching  with  Swift 

SPORTSTAR 

Exclusive  Swift  Pattern  body  de- 
sign, five  lens  ocular  system  and 
razor-sharp  definition  make  this 
fine  7X,35  glass  the  all  'round 
favorite  in  the  field.  Sportstar 
delivers  a  sweeping  panorama  420 
feet  wide  with  remarkable  clarity. 
Boasting  a  relative  light  efficiency 
of  37.5,  close  focus  to  13  ft.,  and 
an  ultra-precise  optical  system, 
Sportstar  weighs  a  mere  27.1  oz. 
Amber  low  reflection  coating 
Increases  light  transmission.  U.V. 
coating  gives  squint-free  viewing. 
With  retractable  eyecups  for  easy 
eyeglass  viewing.  Built  in  tripod 
adapter.  Comes  complete  with  neck 
straps  and  rugged  carrying  case. 
Gift  boxed. 

See  Sportstar  and  all  the  other  models 
of  the  Exclusive  Swift  Pattern  Binocular 
family.  Visit  your  Swift  Dealer  today,  or 
write  for  free  literature  and  name  of 
nearest  dealer. 

SWIFT 

INSTRUMENTS,  INC. 

Oept.  NH-3 

Boston  San  Jose 

Mass.  02125  Calif.  95106 


THE  AUTHORS 


"Green  Mountains,  Green  Money," 
a  discussion  of  the  problems  and 
pressures  of  land  development  in 
Vermont,  concludes  Richard  M. 
Klein's  two-part  article,  ""Bananas 
in  Vermont."  Dr.  Klein  is  professor 
of  botany  at  the  University  of  Ver- 
mont and.  with  his  wife,  also  a  plant 
biologist,  the  author  of  Discovering 
Plants.  Dr.  Klein  emphasizes  that  he 
is  writing  as  an  individual,  not  as  a 
representative  of  the  university  or  of 
the  state  of  Vermont. 

Stephen     W.     Hitchcock,    our 

'"Naturalist  at  Large"  this  month,  is 
an  entomologist  working  for  the 
state  of  Connecticut.  He  received  his 
M.A.  and  Ph.D.  in  entomology  from 


the  University  of  California  at 
Berkeley,  and  is  currently  involved 
in  a  study  of  aquatic  insects.  The 
author  of  several  popular  articles, 
including  one  on  the  gypsy  moth  for 
Audubon,  Dr.  Hitchcock  has  also 
published  more  than  thirty  research 
papers  in  biological  journals.  His 
field  work  has  included  the  tax- 
onomy of  stoneflies,  side  effects  of 
pesticides,  biology  and  behavior  of 
aquatic  insects,  and  biology  and 
life  history  of  caterpillars. 

Nina  Leen  is  a  staff  photographer 
for  Life  whose  work  includes  more 
than  fifty  covers  for  the  magazine. 
Her  photographs  of  bats  in  this  issue 
of  \atlr.al  History  are  taken  from 
her  latest  book,  The  World  of  Bats, 
with  text  by  Ahin  No™k.  to  be 
published  this  spring  by  Holt.  Rine- 
hart  and  Winston.  Although  her 
photographic  topics  are  diverse— in- 
cluding art,  people,  and  history— she 


has  recently  been  concentrating 
subjects  relating  to  the  natural  woi 
and  science.  Among  her  many  d 
tinctions,  Mrs.  Leen  is  the  oi 
^voman  who  has  -won  three  pri 
awards  for  color  essays  in  the  P 
tures  of  the  Year  Competition;  a) 


the  only  person  to  photograph  tl 
reigning  monarchs  of  all  the  roy 
houses  of  Europe  and  the  heads  ( 
royal  families  in  exile. 

Alvin  Novick  is  a  physiologii 
who  has  specialized  in  experiment; 
work  with  bats.  Associate  professci 
of  biology  at  Yale  University,  D: 
Xovick  heads  a  bat  laboratorv  thei 
and  has  done  extensive  work  i 
Africa,  Ceylon,  and  in  various  Nee 
tropical  countries. 

A  native  of  the  Netherlands,  Meg 
chelina  Shore-Bos  is  a  free-lane 
researcher,  artist,  translator,  and  ai 
historian.  She  has  spent  the  last  fou 


!Fi 


ree 


to  readers 

with  an  abiding  joy  in  the  arts 


^'"*i'C;!; 


The  story  of  a"monument 
to  mans  visual  imagination' 


I 


F  YOUR  PLEASURE  in  art  is  deep  and  wide-ranging,  we  invite 

you  to  send  for  this  handsome  booklet. 

It  is  illustrated  with  beautiful  color  plates  representing  man's 
creative  triumphs  from  many  periods  and  cultures. 

It  is  in  fact  a  prospectus  describing  in  detail  the  most  ex- 
traordinary publishing  project  of  our  time  — the  monumental 
Encycfopedia  of  World  Art  in  1 5  volumes. 

The  prospectus  is  free.  We  hope  the  sampling  will  arouse 
the  same  excitement  in  you  that  the  Encyclopedia  has  aroused 
in  the  entire  art  world.  But  you  incur  no  obligation  in  request- 
ing a  copy.  No  salesman  will  call. 

The  Encyclopedia  of  Wor/d  Art  embraces  man's  greatest 
achievements  in  the  visual  arts  through  the  centuries.  To  turn 
the  pages  of  these  prodigious  volumes  ...  to  read,  to  learn,  to 
explore  their  visual  delights  ...  is  a  remarkable  experience. 

There  are  hundreds  of  absorbing  factual  articles,  prepared 
by  the  most  eminent  art  authorities.  In  more  than  7,000  su- 


-SATURDAY  REVIEW 

perb  full-page  plates  — measuring  a  full  9  inches  by  12  inches 
in  size  — you  will  view  rare  treasures  of  renowned  museums  and 
private  collections  all  over  the  world.  Not  only  paintings, 
sculpture  and  architecture— but  every  art  from  armor  to  tex- 
tiles, ceramics  to  tapestry,  fashions,  furniture  and  landscape 
gardening,  ivory,  jade  and  stained  glass,  jewelry  and  silver. 
More  than  16,000  works  of  art  are  shown,  almost  2,000  of 
them  in  magnificent  color. 

A  convenient  Reader's  Guide  shows  you  how  related  ar- 
ticles can  enrich  your  understanding  of  any  art  subject  you 
wish  to  pursue. 

With  your  free  color  prospectus,  you  will  learn  how  you 
may  examine  Volume  I  at  leisure  in  your  home  and,  if  you 
wish,  become  a  subscriber  to  the  Encyclopedia  on  a  conven- 
ient budget  plan.  Mail  the  attached  card  or  write: 

McGraw-Hill  Book  Company,  Dept.  AY-1 17, 
5  JO  West  42nd  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10036 


Encyclopeclia  crfVv&rM^xtr 

Whatever  mail  has  created  that  is  beautiful  to  look  upon  . .  .ina  15-volume  art  library  and  "gallery"  for  the  home 


"An  essential  possession  for  anyone  with  a  serious  personal  or  professional 
interest  in  art ...  a  work  to  be  explored,  studied  and  enjoyed." 

Harry  Einbinder,  The  Saturday  Review 

"A  great  landmark  in  art  publications  — a  monumental  undertaking." 

Dorothy  Adiow,  Christian  Science  Monitor 

"Packed  with  wonders."       John  Canaday,  New  York  Times 

"One  of  the  most  spectacular— and  praiseworthy- achievements  in  the 
field  of  literature  and  fine  arts."  Rex  Barley,  Los  Angeles  Mirror  News 

MAIL     THE      ATTACHED      CARD 


-i   I 


-r>  « 


Simply  grab  your  Nikonos  II  and  dive  in. 
No  bulky  housing  to  fuss  with  topside,  or 
impede  your  freedom  of  movement  below. 

This  unique  amphibious  35  by  Nikon  is 
pressure-proofed  to  depths  of  160  feet, 
and  defies  saltwater  corrosion.  Simplified, 
man-sized  controls  and  a  slight  negative 
buoyancy  make  it  easier  and  faster  to 
handle  under  water  than  many  other  cam- 
eras on  land.  And  there  are  new  features 
to  facilitate  loading  and  unloading  of  film. 

Nikonos  lenses,  too,  are  designed  espe- 
cially for  underwater  use.  The  28mm  UW- 
Nikkor  f3.5  lens,  for  example,  makes  full 
use  of  water  density  to  achieve  optimum 
underwater  correction.  The  35mm  Nikkor 
f2.5  can  also  be  used  for  out-of-water 
photography.  Both  are  interchangeable. 

Price  of  the  Nikonos  U  is  $195,  with 
35mm  f2.5  lens.  Accessories  include  under- 
water flash  and  housed  exposure  meter. 
At  Nikon  camera  dealers  and  diving  equip- 
ment suppliers,or  write:  Nikon  Inc.  Garden 
City,  N.Y  11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich 
Photo-Optical  Industries,  Inc.  (In  Canada: 
Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.Q.) 


NIKONOSn 
byNikott 


years  in  Tanzania,  Kenya,  Uganda, 
and  Ethiopia  doing  field  work  on 
East  African  art,  particularly  the 
sculpture  of  the  Makonde.  The  au- 
thor of  the  forthcoming  book  The 
Art  of  the  Makonde,  Mrs.  Shore-Bos 
plans  to  continue  her  studies  in  tra- 
ditional and  modern  East  African 
art. 

A  free-lance  photojournalist  based 
in  New  York  City.  Richard  H.  Hof- 

strand  grew  up  in  the  woodlands  of 
Minnesota  where  he  first  became  in- 
terested in  the  wild  rice  culture  of 
the  area.  Primarily  interested  in  the 
documentary  picture  story  as  a 
method  of  communications,  Mr.  Hof- 


strand  has  completed  a  picture  essay 
on  wild  rice,  which  will  be  pubHshed 
in  a  book  by  Time-Life  this  summer. 

A  researcher  at  Harvard's  Pea- 
body  Museum  of  Archaeology  and 
Ethnology,  Alexander  Marshack 
has  spent  the  last  six  years  using 
new  microscopic  techniques  to  re- 
examine prehistoric  Ice  Age  and 
post-Ice  Age  art  treasures  of  Europe. 


In  his  book.  The  Roots  of  Civili\ 
lion,  to  be  published  this  fall 
McGraw-Hill,  he  will  offer  a  reinte 
pretation  of  man's  first  art,  symbi 
and  notation.  This  research  was  co 
ducted  with  funds  from  the  Nation 
Science  Foundation  and  the  Wenne 
Gren  Foundation. 

"The  Gulls  of  Walney  Island" 
primarily    the    result    of    Michai 
H.  MacRoberts's  postdoctoral  ri 


search  with  Niko  Tinbergen's  Ani- 
mal Behaviour  Research  Group  in 
Oxford.  Barbara  R.  MacRoberts. 

also  a  research  officer  with  this  group, 
is  particularly  interested  in  sociality 
and  selection  pressures  in  prima le 
behavior  and  in  behavioral  adapta- 
tion.   She   plans   to   do   further   re- 


search on  Walney  gulls  relating  to 
territorial  behavior  and  population 
growth.  Anthropologists  by  training, 
the  MacRoberts  have  done  field  work 
on  the  social  organization  of  Bar- 
bary  apes  in  Gibraltar  and  research 
on  Walney  gulls  in  Lancashire. 


This  summer  re-live  history 


loin  the  1970  LEWIS  &  CLARK  expedition 


sponsored  by  FOUR  WINDS 


® 


You  are  invited  to  join  a  three-week  expedition  personally 
escorted  by  distinguished  Lewis  and  Clark  scholars— a 
heritage  tour  designed  as  an  authentic  reproduction  of 
America's  greatest  journey  of  exploration. 
From  St.  Louis  to  the  shores  of  Oregon,  you'll  travel  nearly 
4000  miles— some  of  the  way  by  jeep  and  pontoon-platform 
riverboat- exploring  America  as  Lewis  and  Clark  did.  Ven- 
ture to  the  source  of  the  Missouri  River  ...  as  they  did.  Stand 
on  the  ridge  of  the  Continental  Divide  at  Lemhi  Pass  ...  as 
they  did.  Follow  the  Lolo  Trail  in  northern  Idaho— a  road 
without  gas  pump,  home  or  any  vestige  of  civilization— as 
they  did! 

Visit  Indian  reservations  and  historic  battlefields.  Cruise  the 
upper  Missouri's  "Wilderness  Waterway"— its  spectacular 
sandstone  cliffs  and  grotesque  rock  sentinels  virtually  un- 
changed since  Lewis  and  Clark  first  gazed  upon  them  165 
years  ago.  See  the  turbulent  white  waters  of  the  Salmon 
River,  the  "River  of  No  Return". 

Here  is  your  great  opportunity  to  re-live  the  drama  of  Lewis 
and  Clark's  great  journey  ...  to  travel  through  the  unspoiled 
America  of  magnificent  mountains,  rivers  and  forests  that 
they  conquered . . .  and  to  finally  reach  the  shores  of  the  rock- 
bound  Oregon  coast  and  triumphantly  gaze  out  over  the  Pacific ! 

•  Finest  accommodations  throughout:  Luxury  hotels  in 
cities,  comfortable  camping  arrangements  for  the  overnight 
stop  on  the  Missouri  River's  "Wilderness  Waterway". 

•  Authentic  routing  from  St.  Louis,  Mo.  to  Tillamook, 
Oregon,  on  the  shores  of  the  Pacific— meticulously  designed 
to  follow  the  original  Lewis  and  Clark  route  as  closely  as 
possible. 

•  Scholarly  leadership  to  help  re-create  history  for  you. 


•  Six  departures  to  choose  from  during  June,  July  and 
August  1970;  membership  limited  to  24  persons  per  tour. 

•  Nearly  4000  miles  off  the  beaten  path  through  Missouri, 
Iowa,  Nebraska,  So.  Dakota,  No.  Dakota,  Montana,  Idaho. 
Washington,  Oregon— by  rail,  air,  motorcoach,  jeep,  pontoon- 
platform  riverboat. 

•  Rate  includes  best  hotels,  meals,  transfers  and  transporta- 
tion over  the  tour  route. 

•  All  travel  details— baggage,  tips,  etc.— handled  for  you  by 
your  Four  Winds  tour  escort. 

If  you  are  interested  in  a  unique  summer  travel  experience— seeing 
America  the  way  Lewis  and  Clark  did— see  your  travel  agent  or 
clip  coupon  and  mail  to 

Four  Winds  Travel  incS 

175  Fifth  Ave.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10010     Phone;  212-777-0260 

Please  send  me  complete  information  on  your  LEWIS 
and  CLARK  expeditions.  I  would  be  interested  in  a  de- 
parture date  in 
D  June  n  July  D  August 


Name. 


Address- 
City 


-Zip- 


I'd  like  information  on  other  Four  Winds  tours  to  D  Africa 
D  Orient  &  Expo  '70  D  South  Pacific  D  Around  the  World 

L~      D  California  Rockies  and  the  Pacific  Northwest  n  Mexico      _ 
3  Private  Train  Tours  PI  South  Pacific  Cruises.  DA-045     I 


tananas  in  Vermont,  Part  II 


Green  3MauntaiMBS^  Green  3€aney 

Vermonters  still  have  time— but  not  much— to  save  the  beauty 
it  their  environment  from  bulldozers 


§y  Richard  iff.  Kleiit 

The  state  of  Vermont  and  its  peo- 
ile  have  a  very  favorable  image 
hroughout  the  United  States.  Vi- 
ions  of  frosty  mornings  and  horses 
julling  sledges  of  maple  sap  to  a 
,teamy  sugar  house,  the  Long  Trail 
In  the  summer  and  ski  trails  in  the 
vinter,  hillsides  ablaze  with  autum- 
lal  colors,  and  residents  with  a 
'■eputation  for  honest  taciturnity, 
rugality,  and  homespun  hospitality 
nake  people  beam  when  you  say 
,'ou  are  from  Vermont.  Surpris- 
nglv,  all  this  is  true:  Vermont  is  a 
Reader  s  Digest  ideal.  Yet  the  state 
.s  caught  in  the  grip  of  another  part 
Df  the  American  ideal,  the  concept 
jf  rising  material  expectations,  and 
is  wrestling  with  the  question  of 
bow  to  pay  for  it. 

One  solution  attempted  over  the 
past  few  years  has  been  to  attract 
new  industry  whose  activities  will 
not  destroy  the  land,  the  water,  or 
the  people.  This  has  been  reason- 
ably successful;  today,  industry 
brings  in  more  money  than  farm- 
ing, and  there  are  now  more  people 
in  the  state  than  cows— a  reversal  of 
the  situation  that  prevailed  not  too 
long  ago.  To  continue  to  attract 
clean.  nonpoUuting  industry,  elec- 
tric power  is  required,  and  the  cur- 
rent furor  over  the  construction  of 
atomic  energy  generating  plants  in 
Vermont  is  an  ecological  example 
of  the  academic  "on  the  one  hand, 
but  then  again,  on  the  other.  .  .  ." 
It  is  likely  that  there  will  be  a  second 
atomic  energy  plant  built  in  the  near 
future,  but  it  is  still  an  open 
question  whether  it  will  be  rammed 
down  our  throats  by  Vermont  Yankee 
Power  and  the  Atomic  Energy  Com- 
mission or  be  designed  so  as  to  truly 
limit  inherent  environmental  insults 
and  provide  additional  benefits  to 
the  land  and  the  people. 


Utihzation  of  land  in  Vermont 
presents  about  as  many  problems  as 
does  power.  A  short  growing  sea- 
son, shallow-  soil,  traditional  rock- 
iness  of  the  fields,  and  abrupt  transi- 
tions in  elevation  all  dictate  that 
much  of  the  state  is  agriculturally 
marginal.  Large  tracts  in  and  near 
the  Green  Mountains  were  held  in 
timber,  culled  to  sugar  maple,  or 
left  alone  with  occasional  selective 
cutting  of  timber.  Up  to  about  the 
end  of  World  War  II,  land  simply 
wasn't  worth  much:  it  went  for  less 
than  S20  per  acre.  Land  deeds  are 
so  written  that  acreage  is  casually 
given  as  so  many  acres  '"more  or 
less"  and  a  10  percent  variation,  us- 
ually greater  than  smaller,  is  ex- 
pected. Because  of  depressed  valu- 
ation, land  assessments  and  land 
taxes  brought  in  relatively  little 
money.  Even  today,  Vermont's  De- 
partment of  Forests  and  Parks  owns 
over  100,000  acres  in  the  state  and 
in  1968  paid  town  taxes  of  about 
S.31  per  acre.  In  one  town,  Groton, 
the  state's  holdings  constitute  more 
than  20  percent  of  the  tax  listings. 
These  are  fine  recreational  lands:  if 
they  were  taxed  according  to  their 
fair  market  value.  Groton  would  be 
wealthy— and  the  town  knows  it. 

Four  lumber  companies— St. 
Regis.  Brown,  Atlas  Plywood,  and 
International  Paper— own  close  to 
800.000  acres  of  land  in  Vermont. 
Under  sustained-yield  forest  man- 
agement, profit  on  an  acre  of  tim- 
berland  is  about  S1.50  per  year. 
When  land  is  assessed  at  its  fair 
market  value,  the  taxes  on  such  land 
can  easily  be  higher  than  the  timber 
income.  Landowners  and  towns  real- 
ized that  there  is  both  immediate 
and  long-term  money  in  developing 
the  land  for  recreation.  With  this 
realization,  some  towns  are  raising 
land  ta.\es  to  force  owners  to  sell 
for  development,   and   many   towns 


are  under  pressure  to  sell  off  their 
municipal  forests  for  both  immediate 
cash  and  long-term  tax  gains.  The 
land  boom  is  definitely  on. 

Land  development  and  land  spec- 
ulation are  old  hat  in  the  United 
States,  and  Vermont  is  no  exception. 
The  state's  founding  fathers,  Ethan 
and  Ira  Allen,  pushed  their  Onion 
River  Land  Company  between  bouts 
with  the  British.  The  first  governor 
of  Vermont,  Thomas  Chittenden, 
speculated  in  real  estate  while  in 
office.  Small-scale  developers  came 
and  went  for  a  hundred  years  or  so 
—their  avarice  or  their  honesty  had 
small  effect  on  the  over-all  stability 
of  the  environment. 

Today's  activities  are,  however,  on 
a  scale  several  orders  of  magnitude 
greater  than  anything  ever  seen  be- 
fore. The  affluence  of  at  least  part  of 
the  population,  die  decreased  liva- 
bihty  of  the  eastern  seaboard's 
megalopolis,  the  extension  of  super- 
highways and  the  cars  that  use  them, 
and  the  desire  of  many  people  to 
breathe  fresh  air  at  least  part 
of  the  year— all  these  factors  mesh 
neatly  with  the  situation  in  Ver- 
mont where  agricultural  and  for- 
ested lands  are  economically  unprof- 
itable, and  where  the  tewns  and  the 
state  are  desperately  searching  for  a 
firmer,  broader  tax  base  to  meet  the 
spiraling  desire  for  government  serv- 
ices. It  is  no  longer  a  question  of 
whether  Vermont  land  will  serve  as 
the  environmental  safety  valve  for 
city  people  and  as  the  economic  sal- 
vation of  the  towns,  but  rather  of  who 
will  provide  the  developmental  serv- 
ices and  how  will  such  development 
be  controlled. 

Vermont  is  divided  into  fourteen 
counties.  Windham  (bounty.  m\  focus 
of  attention,  includes  tlie  southeast- 
ern part  of  the  state  with  the  Con- 
necticut River  forming  its  eastern 
margin.    Brattleboro.    population 


WHEN  YOU   WRITE  TO 
NATURAL  HISTORY... 

about  a  change  of  address,  renewal  of 
subscription,  billing  or  any  kind  of  adjustment, 
send  the  present  address  label  from  the 
magazine  wrapper. 

Moving?  Please  notify  6  weeks  in  advance. 

You  can  use  this  form  to  tell  us  about  a 
move  or  order  a  subscription. 

Change  of  address- 
Attach  your  address 
label  in  this  dotted 
area  and  fill  in  your 
new  address  below, 
clip  and  mail  to: 
Natural  History, 
Central  Park  West  at 
79th  St.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
10024. 

A  new  subscription- 
Check  box  and  fill  in 
name  and  address 
below. 


D  1  year-$7  (U.S.) 

D  1  year-$8  (Canada 
and  other  non-U.S. 
orders) 


City_ 


^State Zlp_ 


WHAT! 

You  haven't  read 

"The  State  of  The  Species" 

yet! 

The  special  32-page  report  on  mankind 
from  the  January  issue  of 
NATURAL  HISTORY 

500  each  up  to  24  copies 

25  to    49  450 

50  to     99  400 

100  to  499  350 

500  to  999  300 

1,000  or  more    250 

Please  send reprints  at if 

each.  (Add  sales  tax  where  applicable.) 


City_ 
12 


_Zip_ 


13,000,  is  the  only  community  of  any 
size,  with  small  towns,  villages,  and 
hamlets  clotting  the  rest  of  the  county. 
The  county  is  very  lovely.  It  boasts 
eight  ski  areas,  including  the  re- 
nowned Mount  Snow-Carinthia-Hay- 
stack  complex  and  Stratton  Moun- 
tain. Thousands  of  well-heeled  visi- 
tors (a  pair  of  skis  can  cost  $200: 
boots.  S150)  receive  their  first  taste 
of  Vermont  through  skiing  visits. 
Green  Mountain  National  Forest, 
several  reservoirs,  excellent  trout 
streams,  and  a  series  of  tranquilizing 
vistas  have  stimulated  the  desire  of 
many  people  to  own  a  piece  of  Wind- 
ham County. 

Local  officials  thought  that  they 
were  knowledgeable  about  summer 
people.  In  1968  there  were  3.246  va- 
cation homes  (called  "camps"  bv  real 
Vermontersi  in  the  county;  Ver- 
monters  owned  less  than  20  percent 
of  these.  People  from  Connecticut. 
Massachusetts,  and  New  York  owned 
the  rest.  About  .8600,000  w  as  realized 
from  property  taxes ;  the  average  tax 
bill  per  camp  was  less  than  .S200,  and 
none  of  the  towns  got  rich  on  that. 
Of  course,  purchases  and  services 
brought  in  additional  money.  At  the 
end  of  1968,  there  was  greater  ap- 
preciation of  summer  residents  since 
they  accounted  for  one-quarter  of  all 
revenue.  As  of  the  fall  of  1969,  the 
situation  was  very  different:  it  can 
best  be  evaluated  by  focusing  on  two 
townships  in  Windham  County. 
Dover  and  Stratton.  The  situation  in 
these  towns  is  atypical  only  because 
things  have  moved  faster  here  than 
elsewhere  in  the  state. 

The  town  of  Dover  is  just  a  few 
miles  from  the  Mount  Snow-Carin- 
thia-Haystack  Mountain  ski  complex. 
There  are  23.000  acres  in  Dover 
TowTiship  w  ith  2,000  acres  tied  up  as 
national  forest.  Four  hundred  people 
are  registered  voters.  Up  to  about 
1955,  Dover's  economy  was  agri- 
cultural with  considerable  lumbering, 
but  today  only  one  farm  is  operative 
and  lumbering  is  minimal.  In  keep- 
ing with  its  location,  its  facilities,  and 
its  economic  position,  the  annual 
town  expenditures  and  the  decisions 
involved  in  disbursing  its  funds  were 
not  onerous  for  the  town  clerk  and 
three  unpaid  selectmen.  The  spectac- 
ular success  of  the  ski  areas  resulted 
in  additional  revenue;  ski  patrons 
and  ski  bums  were  in,  but  not  of,  the 
town  during  the  winter  and  generally 
disappeared   with   the   snow.   There 


were  300  summer  residents  as  « 
1968,  and  the  possibility  of  an  ii 
creased  number  of  camp  owners  i 
colonies  surrounding  the  ski  are? 
was  viewed  w ith  interest.  The  Mom 
Snow  Development  Corporatio 
owned  and  planned  to  develop  seven 
moderately  sized  areas,  and  other  si 
companies  were  also  considering  th 
prospect  to  provide  year-round  us 
of  their  facilities. 

With  these  possibilities  in  mine 
the  town  had  published  a  zoning  or 
dinance  in  January,  1967.  to  ensur 
the  orderly  development  of  summe 
homes.  The  minimum  requirement; 
for  lot  and  house  size,  setback  fron 
roads,  access,  and  so  on  were  in  keep 
ing  with  tradition  and  commor 
sense,  but  they  were  just  that— mini 
mal.  Except  for  the  general  statemeni 
that  there  should  be  no  hazards  tc 
health  and  that  the  creation  of  un- 
sanitary conditions  was  to  be  pre- 
vented, health  and  safety  regulations 
were  essentially  lacking.  Basically. 
Dover  does  not  have  the  manpower 
or  the  expertise  to  regulate  home  de- 
velopment, and  the  town  finessed 
with  the  hope  that  state  standards  and 
controls  w  ould  fill  in  the  gaps. 

Including  the  ski  areas,  there  are 
now  over  twenty  developers  in  Dover 
holding  close  to  7,000  acres.  In  1966, 
West  Virginia  Pulp  and  Paper  Com- 
pany sold  3.400  acres  of  timberland 
to  the  Pineland  Realty  Company,  and 
this  parcel  was  subsequently  sold  to 
the  Vermont  Lumber  Company. 
Eugene  Coleman,  an  active  land 
buyer,  acquired  Vermont  Lumber 
shortly  thereafter  and  initiated  the 
development  of  Dover  Hills.  He  sold 
out  quickly  to  the  Cavanagh  Leasing 
Company  of  New  York  and  Florida. 
Cavanagh  Leasing  and  Caveland 
Equities  are  both  directed  by  Mr. 
Coleman:  stock,  which  sold  for  $9 
a  share  when  first  issued  at  the  end 
of  1966,  was  worth  .§70  per  share  in 
August,  1969. 

Vermont  Lumber  essentially  went 
out  of  the  lumber  business  in  1968 
when  they  announced  that  they  were 
going  to  develop  550  acres  of  their 
total  acreage.  If  we  ehminate  land 
already  in  homes  and  discount  roads 
and  land  that  is  too  steep  or  otherwise 
unsuitable,  Vermont  Lumber  owns 
one-sixth  of  the  land  area  and  con- 
trols about  one-half  of  the  future  of 
Dover.  Decisions  affecting  the  future 
of  the  town  are  out  of  the  hands  of 
the  people  themselves. 


We  invite  you 

to  save  50%* 

on  the  most 

oiportant  books 

of  history  and 

world  affairs 


^Actually,  a  conservative  esti- 
mate of  what  you  can  save  on 
the  selections  you  choose  in  the 
next  year  plus  wliat  you  save  on 
your  99t  introductory  package. 

700.  HUEY  LONG  By  T.  Harry 
Williams.  Buffoon,  menace,  dic- 
tator—yet voice  of  an  authentic 
American  radicalism.  The  first 
full-length  study  of  his  furious, 
doomed  life.  $12.50/$7.95 

703.  THE  FLOWERING  OF  THE 
RENAISSANCE  By  Vincent 
Cronin.  Michelangelo's  Rome, 
Titian's  Venice  — the  Renaissance 
at  its  apogee  and  the  tragic  events 
that  led  to  its  decline. 

$8.95/$7.25 

606.  HENRY  VIII  By  John  J. 
Scarisbrick.  A  highly  praised  new 
study  of  the  monarch  at  front- 
center  stage.  $10.95/17.65 

688.  WORLD  PREHISTORY:  A 
New  Outline  (2nd  Edition)  By 
Crahame  Clark.  A  fascinating  out- 
line of  man's  prehistory  in  an  au- 
thoritative, up-to-date  edition. 

$7.50/$5.95 

661.  A  HISTORY  OF  THE  VIKINGS 

By  Gwyn  Jones.  Their  progress 
traced  from  prehistory  to  1066, 
from  Russia  and  Constantinople 
to  North  America.       $9.75/$6.95 

554.  THE  TRIAL  OF  THE  GER- 
MANS:  Nuremberg,   1945-46  By 

Eugene  Davidson.  Twenty-two  bril- 
liant studies  of  the  war  criminals 
ch  build  a  total  picture  of  Nazi 
Germany.  $12.50/$8.95 

677.  WITCHCRAFT  AT  SALEM  By 

Chadwick  Han.^en.  A  fresh,  objec- 
rcinterpretation  of  the  original 
documents.  $6.95/$5.75 


TAKE 

anyS 

of  these      ^"'^ 
vahiahle  hooks  for  only 


0 


99 


with  trial  membership  in 
The  History  Book  Club 


for  all 
tJiree 


689.  THE  ANCIENT  MEDITER- 
RANEAN By  Michael  Cram.  The 
first  truly  modern  account  bring- 
ing together  history,  geography, 
archeology  and  the  arts  to  recon- 
struct life  on  the  Mediterranean 
shores  from  the  first  traces  of 
man  to  the  tall  of  Rome. 

$8.95/$6.75 


National  Book  Award  Winner 


651.  WHITE  OVER  BLACK:  Amer- 
ican Attitudes  Toward  the  Negro, 
1550-1812  By  Winthrop  D.  Jordan. 
An  outstanding  study  of  the  ori- 
gins of  racism  in  the  U.S. 

$12.50/$8.95 


633.  THE  ARMS  OF  KRUPP, 
1587-1968  By  William  Manches- 
ter. Saga  of  the  German  munitions 
dynasty.  $12.50/$7.50 

370.  THE  SPANISH   CIVIL  WAR 

By  Hush  Thomas.  A  spellbinder - 
the  complete  history  of  the  grim 
"dress  rehearsal  for  World  War 
Two."  $1000/$7.50 

371.  CIVILWAR  DICTIONARY  By 

M.  M.  Boalner  III.  Over  4.000  en- 
tries—battles, personalities,  events, 
weapons,  issues.         $15.00/$8.95 


First  price  is  Publisher's  List; 
Boldface  shows  Member's 
Price. 

657.  THE  CREATION  OF  THE 
AMERICAN  REPUBLIC,  1776- 
1787  By  Gordon  S.  Wood.  The 
evolution  of  American  political 
thought  from  1776  to  the  making 
of  the  Constitution. 

$15.00/$9.95 

613.  STONEWALL  JACKSON 
AND  THE  AMERICAN  CIVIL 
WAR  By  C.  F.  R.  Henderson.  Re- 
issue of  a  major  classic  of  mili- 
tary literature.  $8.95/$6.95 
682.  TIBET  By  Thubten  Jigme 
Norhu  and  Colin  M.  TurnbuIl.The 
elder  brother  of  the  Dalai  Lama 
portrays  his  country's  history,  re- 
ligion, and  people.       $7.50/$5.95 

621.  THE  INDIAN  HERITAGE  OF 
AMERICA  ByAlvin  M.  Josephy.  Jr. 
The  history,  archeology,  and 
ethnology  of  all  Indian  cultures  in 
the  Americas  since  the  Ice  Age. 

$10.00/56.95 


671.  MEDIEVAL  HISTORY:  The 
Life  and  Death  of  a  Civilization 

(2nd  Edition)  By  Norman  F.  Can- 
tor. A  lucid,  lively  and  readable 
book  on  the  total  history  of  the 
middle  ages.  $9.95/$7.40 

607.  FROM  SLAVERY  TO  FREE- 
DOM: A  History  of  Negro  Amer- 
icans By  John  Hope  Franklin.  A 
top-ranking  historian  traces  the 
Negroes'  course  from  African  ori- 
gins to  contemporary  North  and 
South  America.         $10.75/$7.40 


Three  good  reasons  to  join  The  History  Book  Club: 
►•  Dramatic  savings.  As  a  trial  member,  you  can  save  over  50%  on 
your  choice  of  the  finest  works  of  history  and  world  affairs— more 
than  130  titles  to  choose  from  each  month. 

►■  Liberal  bonus  plan.  You  are  free  to  select  your  bonus  books  from 
our  entire  list... no  restrictions  as  in  most  clubs.  After  trial  mem- 
bership, you  earn  a  bonus  certificaie  with  every  four  books  you 
purchase. 

►•  Exceptional  quality.  The  History  Book  Club  always  brings  you  new 
volumes  identical  with  or  superior  to  original  publishers*  editions 
. . .  never  economy  "book  club"  reprints. 


ENROLL  NOW  TO  RECEIVE  UP  TO  $42.50 
WORTH  OF  FINE  BOOKS  FOR  ONLY  99< 


THE  HISTORY  BOOK  CLUB,  Stamford,  Conn.  06904 

Please  open  a  Trial  Membership  for  me  and  send  tlic  introductory  pack- 
age of  books  indicated  below.  Bill  me  99c  for  the  three.  At  the  same  time, 
send  the  membership  book  I  have  also  indicated  and  bill  me  for  it  at  the 
low  Member's  Price. 

I  understand  that  I  may  return  the  books  within  2  weeks  if  I  am  not 
delighted  with  them  and  that  their  return  will  automatically  cancel  my 
membership.  Otherwise  I  shall  complete  my  Trial  Membership  by  pur- 
chasing 4  more  selections  during  the  coming  year  from  among  more  than 
130  offered  at  money-saving  Member's  Prices  in  the  monthly  Reviev/. 
(A  reply  card  is  always  enclosed  with  the  Review.) 

Completion  of  my  Trial  Membership  will  entitle  me  to  choose  a  Bonus 
Book  for  every  4  books  I  purchase  thereafter. 

(Note:  A  small  postage  and  packing  charge  is  added  to  each  shipment.) 


Fill  in  numbers  of  your  three  intro- 
ductory books,  99^  for  all  three 


Fill  in  number  of  your 
choice  at  member's  price 


(please  print) 


Tllli  HISTORY  BOOK  CLUB  •  Stamford.  Conn.  06904 


In  Canada,  same  savings.  Shipment  of  books  and  all  seryici 
will  be  handled  within  Canada.  Bonus  plan  dilTers  slightly. 


13 


In  the  spring  of  1969  an  attempt  by 
the  townspeople  to  restrict  building 
height,  control  road  frontage,  and 
regulate  building  permits  was  coun- 
tered when  urban  developers 
sw  amped  the  tow  n  meeting  w  ith  com- 
pany lawyers,  a  company  planning 
consultant,  and  S600  in  slick  publica- 
tions. The  tidal  wave  of  talk  bv  this 
outside  talent  effectivelv  packed  the 
meeting,  and  the  local  residents— who 
are  the  only  voters— didn't  have  a 
chance.  One  tow  nsman.  Jack  Veller. 
has  said  that  those  who  will  deter- 
mine the  nature  of  the  environment 
have  no  sense  of  Vermont  historv, 
no  love  of  land,  and  no  permanent 
interest  because  they  ^vill  never  live 
in  Dover. 

Of  Vermont  Lumber's  six  planned 
developments,  Dover  Hills  and  Dover 
Hills  West  are  the  biggest  and  are 
being  pushed  the  hardest.  Although 
lots  of  one  to  twelve  acres  are  for 
sale,  the  average  lot  size  is  just  over 
one  acre  and  the  average  price  is 
between  S5.000  and  S6.000.  Even  at 
these  prices  which,  incidentally,  have 
greatlv  inflated  the  base  for  tax  as- 
sessments at  "fair  market  value," 
about  three-quarters  of  the  lots  were 
sold  by  August,  1969.  Assuming  that 
just  Vermont  Lumber  sells  all  of  its 
acreage,  a  town  of  400  voters  will  in- 
clude 3,000  additional  homes.  Camp 
owneis  cannot  vote,  but  their  impact 
on  the  town  and  their  just  demands 
for  road  clearing  in  winter,  police 
and  fire  protection,  and  administra- 
tive services  cannot  fail  to  create 
severe  strains  in  this  communitv. 

Dover  Hills  is  being  marketed  by 
the  hard  sell.  iVIy  letter  from  their 
marketing  director.  Paul  Thibert, 
w  as  accompanied  by  a  slick  brochure 
with  pictures  of  beautiful  people 
lounging  before  roaring  fireplaces, 
golfers,  pretty  girls  on  horseback, 
trout  streams,  and  uncrowded  ski- 
lift  lines  I  probablv  taken  on  a  Mon- 
day morning  I .  Dover  Hills  is  "close 
to  convenient  shopping,  schools, 
houses  of  worship,  theaters,  medical 
facilities."  It  depends  on  what  you 
mean  by  convenient:  furthermore, 
the  public  schools  of  Dover  just  meet 
the  state  standards  for  room  volume 
per  pupil,  and  hospitals  are  25  miles 
awav  in  Bennington  or  Brattleboro. 
Vermont  Lumber  is  using  telephone 
contacts  straight  from  the  Connecti- 
cut telephone  directories:  thev  have 
not  had  to  extend  their  area  of  sales 
pitch.   \i  a  prospect  is  at  all  inter- 


ested,  the  company  sends  a  "sit-sales- 
man"  to  the  prospect's  home  to  sit 
down  w  ith  the  family,  present  a  slide 
show,  and  discuss  the  matter.  If  still 
interested,  the  client  I  no  longer  a 
prospect  \  is  invited  up  for  an  all-ex- 
pense weekend  where  considerable 
pressure  is  employed  to  get  a  10  per- 
cent refundable  down  payment. 
Questions  about  ivho  wears  what 
pants  in  which  family,  appeals  to 
sympathy  for  the  salesman's  chil- 
dren, discussions  of  the  value  of  land 
as  a  hedge  against  inflation,  and 
downright  rudeness  limit  the  percen- 
tage of  returned  down  payments. 

The  company  has  gone  to  some  ex- 
pense to  give  the  client  a  good  show 
for  his  weekend  visit.  Xew  roads  run 
pleasanth  through  the  development. 
They  have  cleared  the  brush  and 
groomed  the  woods  for  about  one 
hundred  feet  back  from  the  roads, 
most  effective  for  giving  the  impres- 
sion of  a  mature  forest.  Sales  pitches 
are  replete  with  promises  of  things 
to  come,  including  a  70-acre  lake,  a 
golf  course,  stables,  a  village  shop- 
ping center,  and  (  affluent  societv,  in- 
deed! I  an  airport.  As  of  this  writing, 
none  of  these  extras  has  materialized. 
Their  promotion  speaks  of  "exclu- 
sive Ellis  Park,"  but  this  is  a  one- 
acre  site  with  a  picnic  table  and  a 
children's  section  containing  slides 
and  swings  like  those  in  manv  back- 
yards. Because  of  a  weird  loophole 
in  Vermont  law .  salesmen  don't  have 
to  be  licensed  by  the  state,  or  even 
be  residents,  and  their  promises  be- 
yond the  contract  are  as  reliable  as 
snow  in  June.  In  an  effort  to  allay  the 
town  s  concern  over  schools,  one  of 
Vermont  Lumber's  officials  indicated 
that  they  would  consider  donating 
land,  but  would  assume  no  responsi- 
bility beyond  this.  Fortunatelv.  there 
has  been  little  cutting  in  Dover  Hills, 
and  a  restrictive  covenant  under 
consideration  may  prohibit  exten- 
sive tree  removal,  as  w  ell  as  set  broad 
limits  of  house  size,  color,  and  area. 
One  model  home,  priced  at  about 
823,000,  is  completed.  It  is  carpeted, 
but  its  imitation  wood  paneling  is 
apparently  nailed  to  bare  studs,  for 
the  walls  give  with  gentle  finger 
pressure.  Few  of  the  owners  have 
erected  homes,  but  those  that  have 
been  built  are  unimaginative,  out  of 
keeping  with  the  land,  or  downright 
ugly.  They  are  mostly  precut  or  mod- 
ular units  ranging  in  price  from 
approximately  S12.000  up  to  about 


$45,000    for    the    more    ornate    A 
frames. 

The  major  entrance  road  into  hot! 
Dover  Hills  and  Dover  Hills  West 
comes  off  the  main  road  in  the  vil- 
lage of  Dover  Hills  West.  It  has  a! 
fairly  steep  grade  and  it  might  be 
exciting  to  see  some  8,000  people  try- 
ing to  get  in  or  out  on  a  snow y  week- 
end; snowbound  vehicles  have  al- 
ready overtaxed  road  maintenance 
crews.  The  local  fire  department  is 
composed  of  volunteers  whose  equip- 1 
ment  is  adequate  for  present  needs, 
but  the  new  homes  and  open  woods 
present  a  fire  hazard  I  no  hydrants,  i 
for  example  I  that  is  likelv  to  be  re- 
flected in  insurance  rates.  Vermont 
Lumber  has  apparently  given  no 
thought  to  rubbish  disposal,  even 
though  new  state  laws  drasticallv 
limit  expansion  of  town  dumps. 

Although  population  pressures, 
taxes,  aesthetics,  and  other  problems 
exist  in  Dover  Hills,  the  basic  wor- 
ries are  w-ater  and  sewerage.  Ver- 
mont gets  35  to  40  inches  of  rain  per 
year,  and  a  good  share  of  this  perco- 
lates into  the  ground.  With  Dover 
Hills'  550  houses,  about  3,000  square 
feet  of  land  per  housing  unit  will  be 
covered  by  houses  and  roads,  effec- 
tively sealing  off  about  1,650,000 
square  feet  of  land  surface.  Thus, 
over  3,000  gallons  of  w  ater  per  hous- 
ing unit  for  each  inch  of  rain  will 
have  to  be  carried  off  instead  of  en- 
tering the  ground  water  supply: 
erosion,  silting,  and  minor  flooding 
can  result.  Dover  Hills  will  not  have 
a  consolidated  water  supplv:  each 
house  must  have  its  own  well.  This 
may  be  fine  for  the  man  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  hill,  but  the  man  on  the 
top  may  find  that  his  well  will  run 
dry.  The  valley  householder  mav  not 
be  too  well  off  either,  because  runoff 
from  the  top  can  flood  his  property-. 

In  a  report  to  the  governor's  Com- 
mission on  Environmental  Control, 
my  colleagues  Hub  Vogelmann.  Jim 
Marvin,  and  Max  McCormack  dis- 
cussed the  ecology  of  upper-elevation 
land  in  Vermont,  defined  as  areas 
above  2.500  feet.  They  noted  that 
these  lands  are  the  primary  sources 
of  abundant,  clean  ^vater  in  the  state 
because  forested  land  holds  rain  and 
collects  fog  moisture.  The  soils  are 
generally  shallow  and  rockv.  and 
road  construction— or  even  extensive 
foot  traffic— severely  alters  infiltra- 
tion and  percolation  of  water.  It  is 
enough  to  note  that  a  fair  propor- 


Join  up  now 

for  the  greatest  reading  adventure 
in  the  whole  natural  world 


Come.  Forage  for  food  with  Australia's  aborigines. 
Discover  the  microbes  that  have  colonized  man.  Take  a 
"giant  leap"  into  space— in  the  year  2,000.  Leap  backward 
to  the  Persia  of  500  B.C.  And  hunt  American  buffalo— 
to  preserve  the  species. 

Just  part  of  the  whole,  wide,  wild,  fantastic  world  of  high 
adventure  you  will  explore  as  a  member  of  the 


Natural  Science  Book  Club.  Exciting  reading.  Rewarding 
reading.  Important  savings,  too. 

A  6c  stamp  is  all  it  takes  to  see  your  first  selections.  If  not 
delighted,  return  them  and  owe  nothing. 

We  re  betting  that  once  you  start  your  fascinating 
journey,  you  won't  want  to  stop. 


lake  any  3  books 

(values  to  $44.95) 

for  only  99^each 


THE 
BUFFALO 


oj  .hucricanlHM.'ii 
and  their  hunlersjrom  pffhistmic 
times  m  the  present 

-•(UiJSTnArED«- 


with  a  brief  trial 
membership  in  the 

Natural 
Science 
Bookclub 


Francis  Haines 


(Retail  prices  shown.) 
66070.  OPUS  100.  Is 


:erpts  from  the  best  of  Asimov!  $5.95 


Fascinating  ex- 


66120.  ORCHID  FLOWERS:  THEIR  POLLINA- 
TION AND  EVOLUTION.  L.  van  der  Fiji  and  Cala- 
way  H.  Dodson.  A  demonstration  of  ecology  and 
adaptive  evolution  in  action.  Lavishly  illustrated 
with  drawings  and  magnificent  color  photographs. 
$12.50 

79380.  SONGBIRDS  IN  YOUR  GARDEN.  John  K. 
Terres.  A  "how  to"  book  on  attracting  birds  to  city 
apartment  or  country  garden.  A  minor  classic  com- 
bining entertaining  anecdotes  with  practical  instruc- 
tion. $6.95 

32350.  AFRICAN  SCULPTURE  SPEAKS.  Ladislas 
Segv.  The  third  edition  of  a  highly  acclaimed  work 
on  the  most  celebrated  art  of  Africa-its  sculpture. 
Lavishly  illustrated  with  nearly  450  photographs 
and  drawings.  $14.95 

73440.  RAVEN  SEEK  THY  BROTHER.  Gavin  Max- 
well. Camusfearna  Island  revisited-in  magnificent 
tales  of  birds,  beasts,  and  stormy  adventures  on 
land  and  sea.  by  the  outstanding  nature  writer  of 
Ring  of  Bright  Water.  $6.95 

68560.  THE   PHILOSOPHICAL  FISHERMAN. 

Harold  F.  Blaisdell.  A  down-to-earth  manual  that 
abounds  in  fish  lore  and  fish  wisdom-as  interesting 
for  the  expert  as  for  the  tyro.  $6.95 

88080.  YIWARA:  FORAGERS  OF  THE  AUSTRAL- 
IAN DESERT.  Richard  A.  Could.  "A  first-hand 
vivid  account  of  real  stone  age  men  .  .  ."the  Abo- 
rigines.". .  .  human  beings  almost  as  friendly  and 
harmless  as  Australia's  other  creatures."— iVfargnre/ 
Mead.  $8.95 


32980.  AMERICA'S  CAMPING  BOOK.  Paul  Cald- 
well. Jr.  From  hiking  to  hobbies,  from  survival  to 
supply  houses  for  camping  gear— the  most  compre- 
hensive guide  to  campcraft  and  woodcraft  ever 
published  in  one  volume.  591  pages,  profusely  illus- 
trated. $10.00 

36330.  BIRDS,  BEASTS  AND  RELATIVES.  Gerald 
Durrell.  Pure  enchantment!  The  author's  delightful 
childhood;  his  total  involvement  with  animals  and 
insects  each  as  individual  as  his  exceptional  family. 
$5.95 

68160.  PERSEPOLIS:  THE  ARCHAEOLOGY  OF 
PARSA,  SEAT  OF  THE  PERSIAN  KINGS.  Donald 
N.  Wilbur.  The  majesty  and  splendor  of  the  world's 
first  empire,  its  priceless  treasures  of  architecture 
and  art.  "Excellent  .  .  .  well-illustrated  .  .  .  packed 
with  information."— Beniard  Goldman,  Natural  His- 
tory.  $7.95 

36950.  THE  BUFFALO.  Francis  Haines.  A  brilliant 
account  of  the  near  extinction  of  the  American 
bison,  and  its  virtually  miraculous  revitalization 
from  a  mere  600  to  the  over  20,000  flourishing  to- 
day. Fascinating  reading  and  a  serious  lesson  in 
conservation.  Illustrated.  $7.95 

69750.  THE  PRAIRIE  WORLD.  David  F.  Costello. 

The  special  world  of  the  American  prairie— its  wild- 
life, plants,  weather— and  how  it  compares  in  vast- 
ness.  complexity  and  beauty  to  the  veld  of  South 
Africa  and  the  steppes  of  Russia.  ".  .  .  to  be  read 
by  generations  to  come. "—Natural  History.   $7.95 

58560.  LIFE  ON  MAN.  Thcodor  Rosebury.  A  vastly 
entertaining  study  exploring  the  dynamic  interac- 
tion between  microbes  and  man,  "the  tubbed, 
scrubbed  and  deodorized  neurotic."  "How  can  I 
convince  every  literate  man  and  woman  to  buy  this 
delightful  book?"— yo/i/i  Leonard,  New  York  Times. 
$6.95 


53400.  HISTORY  OF  ROCKETRY  AND  SPACE 
TRAVEL.  Wernher  von  Braun  and  Frederick  1. 
Ordway  III.  Complete— from  early. research  to  re- 
cent moon  shots.  $17.50 

57060.  THE  KEY.  John  Phillip  Cohanc.  Brilliant 
unravehng  of  historical  clues,  leading  to  a  major 
new  theory  linking  the  culture  of  England  and  Ire- 
land to  Mediterranean  civilizations  of  prehistoric 
time.  $7.50 

52570.  HELICOPTERS  AND  AUTOGIROS.  Charles 
Cablehouse.  Updated,  authoritative  account  of  the 
development  of  vertical  and  short  takc-oflt  aircraft. 
$6.95 

85440.  THE  UNEXPECTED  HANGING.  Martin 
Gardner.  Mathematical  games  and  puzzlers  from 
the  author's  columns  in  Scientific  American.  New! 
$5.95 

67140.  THE  PARABLE  OF  THE  BEAST.  John  N. 
Bleihtren.  Explores  challenging  problems  in  mod- 
ern biologv  to  help  man  understand  his  complex 
nature.  $6.95 

48670.  FLIGHTS  INTO  YESTERDAY.  Leo  Deuel. 
The  revolutionary  effect  of  aerial  photography  on 
archaeology.  $8.95 

79810.  SPLENDOR  IN  THE  SKY.  Gerald  S. 
Hawkins.  Illustrated  survey  of  aslronomv,  including 
pulsars,  quasars,  the  latest  sp.icc  nights.  $8.95 

75710.  SCIENCE  NEWS  YEARBOOK  1969  /  1970. 

Science  Service.  The  latest  developmcm-.  in  cverv 
area  of  science.   Invaluable  reference.  $9.95 

Fill   in  and  mail  the  card  opposite,  _ 

or  write  to  the  o 

Natural  Science  Book  Club  ■? 

Riverside,  New  Jersey  08075  "^ 


17 


Ihis  Forgotten  Islands  adventure 
)s  not  for  everybody.  Happily. 

There  are  Edens  in  the  Indian  Ocean.  We  call  them  the  Forgotten 
Islands,  and  their  names  are  poetry.  Seychelles.  Desroches.  Ami- 
rantes.  Farquhar.  Aldabra.  Grand  Comoro.  Their  small  population, 
their  equatorial  sea  birds,  and  their  leaning  palms  are  blessed  by  the 
absence  of  civilization.  That  is  why  we  say  that  they  are  not  for  every- 
body. But  to  explore  them  in  quiet  leisure  might  just  be  for  you. 

Our  2,300  ton  ship  was  expressly  designed  to  combine  the  sophis- 
ticated capabilities  of  an  explorer  with  all  of  the  comforts  of  a  cruise 
vessel.  All  accommodations  are  air-conditioned,  each  cabin  has  its 
own  private  shower  and  toilet,  and  the  ship  has  a  Lido  Deck,  swim- 
ming pool  and  shops.  She  has  an  Observation  Deck  and  a  Crow's 
Nest  to  give  you  an  unrestricted  view,  and  an  auditorium  for  briefings 
by  world-famous  naturalists  on  the  wildlife  of  each  island. 

You'll  fly  by  the  world's  most  advanced  jet -the  BOAC  VC  10— 
from  New  York  to  Nairobi  by  way  of  London.  Here  our  Safari  vehi- 
cles will  take  you  on  a  day's  game-viewing  safari  through  Nairobi 
National  Park,  and  you'll  then  be  flown  to  Mombasa  to  join  the 
M.S.  Lindblad  Explorer,  for  your  most  memorable  cruise  of  the 
Forgotten  Islands. 

The  inclusive  price  of  this  three-week  explorer-cruise  from  New 
York  starts  at  $1,614.00*.  There  are  departures  every  other  Satur- 
day starting  April  11,  1970.  To  explore  this  cruise  further,  see  your 
Travel  Agent,  or  send  in  the  coupon  below. 

SAFETY  INFORMATION:  The  M.S.  Lindblad  Explorer  is  of 
Norwegian  registry  and  meets  international  safety  standards  for  new 
ships  developed  after  1968  and  the  1966  fire  safety  requirements. 


Somebody  Up  there  cares. 

British  Overseas  Airways  Corporation,  Box  VC  10,Dept.  151F-692 
New  York,  N.Y.  10011.  687-1600. 

I  am  seriously  interested  in  your  explorer-cruise.  Please  send  details. 
Name 


City. 


-Address. 
State. 


-Zip. 


My  Travel  Agent  is 

*Based  on  three-bedded  cabin  on  cruise  and  Economy  Class  group  tour  faro  from  N.Y.   (Subject  to  minimum  15  passen- 
gers.) Air  supplement  during  certain  peak  periods  required. 

SEYCHELLES 


tion  of  Dover  HiUs  is  located  at  about 
2,500  feet;  indeed,  lots  with  breath- 
taking views,  which  command  the 
highest  prices,  are  at  3,000  feet. 

Dover  Hills  will  not  have  a  con- 
solidated sewage  system ;  each  house 
will  have  its  own  septic  tank.  Assum- 
ing that  each  person  in  each  house 
uses  50  gallons  of  water  per  day  and 
that  there  will  be  five  people  in  a 
house,  the  septic  tank  must  handle 
250  gallons  of  effiuent  daily.  You 
can  multiply  this  by  550  (the  number 
of  homes )  to  get  an  idea  of  the  vol- 
ume of  waste  to  be  disposed  of. 

Bruce  Watson,  the  state  soils  man, 
has  surveyed  in  the  Dover  area.  The 
mountain  soils  are  thin,  allowing 
relatively  little  soil  volume  and  drain- 
age for  a  leach  field.  Raw  or  partly 
digested  sewage  from  such  a  field, 
plus  seepage  from  the  septic  tanks, 
may  eventually  get  into  the  ground- 
water and  contaminate  the  wells,  par- 
ticularly those  on  the  lower  slopes. 
Septic  tanks  used  sporadically  in 
vacation  homes  function  more  poorly 
and  break  down  sooner  than  those 
servicing  year-round  homes  because 
they  become  less  efficient.  Since  bac- 
terial action  is  depressed  by  cold 
weather  in  areas  where  soils  are  shal- 
low, overflow  of  undigested  sewage 
can  be  expected.  A  "sniff  test"  in  sev- 
eral developments  indicates  that 
health  hazards  are  already  accom- 
panied by  aesthetic  insults.  A  Public 
Health  Service  team  has  reported 
that  about  one-third  of  all  water  sys- 
tems examined  in  Vermont  were  con- 
taminated with  sewage.  Indeed,  well 
pollution  in  southern  Vermont  de- 
velopments has  already  been  re- 
ported by  distraught  vacation  home- 
owners. Undigested  efiluents  can  kill 
trees,  compounding  the  damage. 

Before  detailing  the  reactions  of 
the  state  to  such  a  development  as 
Dover  Hills,  a  look  a  few  miles  up 
the  road  might  be  interesting.  In 
neighboring  Stratton  township  there 
is  a  major  ski  resort  that  may  soon 
have  clusters  of  vacation  homes 
around  the  slopes.  In  1968  Stratton 
had  only  94  vacation  homes  paying 
a  bit  over  $6,000  in  taxes.  The  town- 
ship has  well  over  23,000  acres  of 
timbered  land  ripe  for  conversion 
into  vacation  homes,  and  virtually 
all  of  it  is  owned  by  the  International 
Paper  Company;  International  Pa- 
per owns  60  percent  of  the  town  of 
Stratton. 

The  company  has  been  under  fire 


from  both  Vermont  and  New  York 
because  of  a  paper  mill  at  Ticonder- 
oga.  New  York,  at  the  lower  end  of 
Lake  Champlain.  This  mill  has  for 
many  years  made  a  cesspool  of  the 
adjacent  segment  of  the  lake.  A  new 
plant  may  reduce  insults  to  the  eye 
and  nose,  not  to  mention  the  lake, 
but  pending  its  completion,  sulfite 
sludge  keeps  pouring  into  the  water. 
International  Paper's  local  reputa- 
tion as  a  conservation-minded  organ- 
ization is  minimal. 

IPC  has  excellent  corporate  ad- 
ministrators. They  recognized  that 
their  holdings  in  southern  Vermont 
were  Green  Mountain  "gold,"  not 
because  of  spruce  for  pulp  or  yellow 
birch  for  cabinet  veneers,  but  for 
land  development.  They  realized  that 
IPC  had  no  knowledge  of  land  de- 
velopment and  that  it  would  be  use- 
ful to  acquire  a  company  with  such 
experience.  Thus,  in  1968  IPC  put 
out  $12  million  to  acquire  American 
Central  Company,  a  Michigan-based 
firm  that  had  developed  about  sev- 
enty tracts  in  nine  states.  According 
to  Fortune,  IPC  incidentally  gen- 
erated a  tax  write-off  by  transferring 
land  to  their  wholly  owned  subsid- 
iary. The  president  of  IPC.  Edward 
Hinman,  said,  "American  Central 
has  had  an  impressive  record  in  its 
ten  years  of  operation  for  selecting, 
planning  and  developing  recreational 
areas  of  this  type."  To  round  out 
their  entrance  into  land  develop- 
ment, IPC  purchased  Spacemakers, 
Inc.,  a  Massachusetts  firm  specializ- 
ing in  the  construction  of  leisure 
homes  ("eight  weeks  from  start  to 
completion")  and  the  interdigita- 
tion  of  IPC  land.  IPC  forest  prod- 
ucts, and  IPC  land  development  was 
complete. 

No  one  is  sure  how  IPC's  develop- 
ment plans  for  Stratton  leaked 
out,  and  it  is  possible  that  the 
light  of  understanding  dawned  only 
when  bulldozers  began  clearing  the 
land.  Residents  became  alarmed  in 
late  June  about  the  instant  commu- 
nity and  transmitted  their  fears  to 
state  senator  Edward  Janeway  and 
Governor  Davis.  Davis  immediately 
telegraphed  Hinman,  IPC  president, 
for  a  meeting.  A  local  officer  of  the 
company  first  presented  the  over-all 
plan  to  a  state  commission  in  late 
June,  1969.  Asked  what  would  be 
done  about  water  and  sewerage,  the 
IPC  official  replied  that  each  lot 
owner  would  drill  his  own  well  and 


The  24  hour 
camera. 


INST 


Replex 


AMaTic 


f 


Runs  automatically  on  sunlight,  moonlight, 
candlelight,  any  light  you've  got. 

This  is  the  Kodak  Instamatic  Reflex  camera— for  "pictures  unlimited," 
without  complications. 

•|t  combines  the  best  of  everything.  Big,  bright  reflex  viewing 
and  focusing.  Automatic  electronic  shutter  that  times  exposures 
from  1  /500  up  to  20  seconds.  Lens  interchange,  for  wide-angle, 
telephoto.  Flashcube,  and  electronic  flash.  Drop-in  cartridge  loading 
for  color  snapshots,  color  slides,  black-and-whites. 
Everything,  in  fact,  to  make  picture-taking  fast, 
easy,  and  sure— any  time,  anywhere. 

See  the  most  capable  automatic  camera  in  the 
world  at  your  dealer's,  and  ask  for  a  demonstration. 
With  t/2.8  lens,  less  than  $250;  with  ultra- 
fast  //1 .9  lens,  less  than  $300, 


The  Kodak  Instamatic 
Reflex  camera. 


19 


THEY'LL  DIE 

unless  you  and  we  help  them.  They'll 
Die— and  thousands  more  like  them 
of  many  different  species  will  die — 
unless  money  is  made  available  to 
finance  the  many  requests  from  East 
Africa's  National  Parks,  Research  Or- 
ganizations and  Game  Departments. 

During  1969  we  funded  conserva- 
tion projects  amounting  to  $74,500  in 
Kenya,  Uganda  and  Tanzania.  We 
need  your  continued  support  to  com- 
bat the  increasing  menace  of  extinc- 
tion for  many  species  of  wild  animal, 
by  making  a  donation  or  by  joining 
the  Society. 

Membership  of  the  Society  will  cost 
you  $10  annually.  For  this  you  receive 
our  quarterly  magazine  "Africano" 
and  are  entitled  to  buy  our  ties,  cor 
badges,  brooches  and  cufflinks. 
Christmas  cords.  Calendars,  wild  life 
prints  and  the  Scientific  Journal  are 
available  to  all. 

The  wild  life  of  East  Africa  is  now 
a  world  responsibility,  shared  by  ev- 
eryone. It  is  enjoyed  by  tens  of  thou- 
sands of  visitors  each  year.  Help  us 
to  see  that  millions  will  continue  to 
enjoy  it. 


EAST  AFRICAN 

WILD  LIFE 

SOCIETY 

P.O.  Box  20110,  Nairobi.  Kenya, 
East  Africa. 

Please   enroll  me   as  a  member. 
I  enclose  $ 

Name  , 

Address  

N.H. 


install  his  own  septic  tank.  Asked 
by  a  representative  of  the  Vermont 
Water  Resources  Department  about 
tests  for  septic  tank  feasibility,  the 
official  said  that  no  tests  had  been 
made.  Asked  about  open  space,  the 
official  replied  that  some  land  would 
be  left  undeveloped,  but  admitted 
that  some  of  this  is  "rather  on  the 
steep  side."  Asked  about  building  re- 
strictions, he  replied  that  none  were 
contemplated.  Asked  what  responsi- 
bility his  company  would  assume  for 
sewage  treatment  plants  and  a  com- 
munity water  supply,  he  replied  that 
a  council  of  citizens  might  be  formed 
to  study  community  problems.  Asked 
if  IPC  or  American  Central  would 
ante  up  a  bond  to  pay  for  emergen- 
cies brought  about  by  the  develop- 
ment, he  replied  that  he  couldn't 
speak  for  the  company.  At  the  end  of 
tliis  meeting  someone  passed  around 
a  brochure  of  an  American  Central 
development  in  Wisconsin  that 
showed  a  lake  completely  sur- 
rounded by  60-  by  150-foot  building 
lots.  Senator  Janeway  later  admitted 
that  he  shuddered. 

Shortly  after  this  interesting  ses- 
sion, the  Stratton  Planning  Commis- 
sion met  with  a  citizens'  group,  the 
Vermont  Natural  Resources  Coun- 
cil, to  point  out  that  tiny  Stratton 
was  unequal  to  the  task  of  controlling 
the  mammoth  IPC  combine.  One 
commissioner  said  that  the  company 
was  able  to  hire  all  the  lawyers 
around  and  had  even  invited  local 
selectmen  to  go  on  the  company's 
payroll  as  consultants.  One  local  con- 
servationist reported  that  he  was 
warned  to  get  out  of  the  way  or  he'd 
be  run  over  when  he  tried  to  take 
pictures  of  operating  bulldozers,  but 
he  hired  a  plane  and  took  his  photo- 
graphs from  the  air.  According  to 
people  who  attended  the  meeting,  the 
pictures  show  a  hunk  of  land  cut 
by  roads  from  bottom  to  top,  with 
virtually  no  thought  of  water  flow 
or  other  ecological  considerations. 

Hinman  and  Governor  Davis  met 
on  July  12  in  a  closed-door  session 
with  the  Environmental  Control 
Commision,  but  by  the  end  of  tlie 
session  the  state  was  no  closer  to 
learning  any  details  of  the  plans  than 
it  had  been  two  weeks  earlier.  Hin- 
man did  say,  in  a  press  release,  that 
his  company  had  only  the  best  in- 
terests of  Vermont  at  heart  and  that 
American  Central  would  work 
closely  with  local  and  state  officials 


during  the  development  of  its  23,00C 
acres.  On  the  basis  of  this  meeting 
the  governor  said  the  relationship 
was  starting  off  as  one  of  the  fines] 
cooperative  ventures  ever  under 
taken  with  a  developer. 

Over  the  weekend,  however,  i 
completely  new  view  of  American 
Central  came  to  light.  Elbert  Moul- 
ton.  special  assistant  to  the  governor, 
made  an  incognito  visit  to  Tarn- 
worth,  New  Hampshire,  where  Araer-i 
ican  Central  is  developing  a  ski  and 
beach  club  on  a  small  lake.  Moulton 
was  greeted  at  the  entrance  by  a 
full-dressed  clown,  complete  with 
balloons  and  streamers,  who  waved 
and  beckoned  to  drivers.  Posing  as 
a  prospect,  Moulton  got  the  hard 
sell,  with  a  "weekend-after-the- 
Fourth-of-JuIy  special,"  promises  of 
no  lower  limit  on  cost  of  home  build- 
ing, favorable  financing,  and  all  the 
rest.  The  company  advertised  in  Bos- 
ton newspapers  that  there  was  a  lake 
with  a  natural  sand  beach,  but  the 
saleswoman  admitted  that  they  had 
been  hauling  in  sand  for  the  past 
week.  Moulton.  no  slouch  as  a  sales- 
man himself— he  worked  out  the 
"Vermont,  the  Beckoning  Country" 
campaign— admitted  that  he  beat  a 
hasty  retreat.  In  a  report  to  the  gov- 
ernor, he  concluded  that  if  American 
Central  were  to  develop  in  Stratton 
as  it  has  been  developing  in  New 
Hampshire,  Vermont  should  not  al- 
low it.  At  the  press  conference  the 
Friday  before,  neither  the  president 
of  IPC  nor  the  president  of  Ameri- 
can Central  admitted  that  they  even 
knew  that  American  Central  was  de- 
veloping in  New  Hampshire. 

Within  two  days,  things  really 
began  to  pop.  On  Wednesday,  Gov- 
ernor Davis  announced  that  develop- 
ment of  Stratton  by  American  Cen- 
tral had  ceased  pending  revision  of 
its  plans,  that  the  IPC  vice  president 
for  public  relations  would  meet 
forthwith  ^vith  the  governor  to  estab- 
lish closer  communications,  that 
aides  of  the  governor  would  visit 
other  American  Central  projects 
within  a  week,  and  that  the  president 
of  IPC  had  expressed  concern  over 
the  type  of  development  being  done 
by  his  firm  in  New  Hampshire. 
Local  newspapers  printed  unattrib- 
uted  stories  saying  that  International 
Paper  was  not  aware  of  the  building 
habits  of  American  Central  prior  to 
its  infolding  into  the  corporate 
bosom,  and  that  IPC  now  realized 


20 


Take  this  350-page  reference  edition  of  our 


MASTER  CATALOG  of 
^AMERICAN  BOOKS 


UNOBTAINABLE  OUTSIDE 
BOOK  TRADE  EXCEPT  FOR 

MEMBERS  OF 
AMERICAN  BOOK  CLUB 

HuEe  350-paEe  Master  Cata- 
loE  lists  full  20.000  books  in 
print.  Every  title  at  euaran- 
teed  discounts  ol  as  much 
as  81°o  All  categories,  all 
subjects  included  -  hard 
cower  and  paperback,  fiction 
and  non-fiction.  best  sellers 


mitment  to  buy  any  number 
of  volumes  Order  any  booh 
you  want  through  club  direct 


^^ 


m^ 


Your  "no-strings"  gift  from 
the  American  Book  Club. 
No  obligation  to  buy 
a  thing.  Keep  Cata- 
log FREE  even  if 
you  decide  not 
to  become  a  member. 


Save  up  to  8r/«  on  every  book  in  print— no  limit  on  what 
you  buy— no  commitment  to  talce  any  number  of  volumes! 


Mail  coupon  at  once  to  receive  your  MAS- 
TER CATALOG  OF  AMERICAN  BOOKS 
and  begin  a  trial  membership  in  the  American 
Book  Club.  Membership  does  not  obligate 
you  to  buy  a  tiling.  But  it  does  entitle  you  to... 

1.  Order  any  and  all  books  in  priiit  at  dis- 
counts up  to  81%.  Even  newest  releases. 
NO  EXCEPTIONS! 

2.  Choose  from  all  books  of  all  publishers 
—Random  House,  Knopf,  Doubleday,  Har- 
per &  Row,  Simon  &  Schuster,  Harvard 
University  Press,  etc.  Even  rare  or  "spe- 
cialist" publishers,  NO  EXCEPTIONS! 

3.  This  includes  all  books  of  all  categories 
—  hard  cover  and  paperback,  fiction  and 
non-fiction,  best  sellers,  scientific  and  tech- 
nical, religious,  art,  even  multi-volume 
references,  encyclopedias  and  college  texts. 
All  books  offered  by  other  clubs  are  in- 

.,    eluded  too.  Everything  between  two  covers. 
NO  EXCEPTIONS! 

4.  Most  important— yoK  can  make  these 
amazing  purchases  without  involving  your- 
self in  a  single  "conunilmem"  of  any  kind! 

What's  the  catch?  There  is  none! 
Unlike  other  book  clubs-no  one  at  American 
Book  Club  says  you  MUST  do  this  or  you 
CANT  do  that.  There  are  NO  restrictions. 
NO  quotas  to  buy,  NO  OBLIGATIONS 
WHATEVER.  And  positively  NO  unwanted 
books  shipped  or  billed  to  you  because  you 
forgot  to  return  an  irritating  monthly  card. 
(There  are  NO  cards  to  return.) 

In  fact  we  ask  nothing  at  all  of  you, 
except  this: 

Please  request  your  complimentary  Master 
Catalog  at  once.  Quantities  earmarked  for 
trade  houses,  publishers,  schools  and  libraries 
are  severely  limited.  Do  not  miss  obtaining  a 
copy  of  this  valuable  reference  guide  by  de- 
laying too  long.  As  a  member  you  can  order 


all  the  books  you  want— for  the  rest  of  your 
life— o/  guaranteed  discounts  up  to  Sl7o  on 
ariy  book  of  any  publisher  listed  in  the 
Master  Catalog  of  American  Books. 

At  such  savings,  the  price  you  formerly 
paid  for  just  one  book  may  now  get  you  up  to 
five.  And  get  them  for  you  FAST. 

Every  order  "computer-serviced"— at  once! 

As  a  member  you  are  immediately  "pro- 
grammed" into  our  nationwide  Computer- 
Service  Network  linking  us  to  EVERY  pub- 
lisher in  the  country!  This  provides  you  with 
efficient  direct-to-your-door  delivery  on  ANY 
and  EVERY  selection-whether  popular  best- 
seller or  scholarly  reference! 

We  never  foist  "club  editions"  on  you 

You  may  not  know  it  but  — many  selections 
received  by  members  of  other  clubs  are  what 
the  trade  calls  "club  editions".  (Look  for  the 
"tip-off"  phrase,  "Book  Club  Edition",  on 
their  flaps.)  But  we  never  give  you  "club  edi- 
tions." Never  give  you  cheaper  paper,  smaller 
type,  or  bindings  that  stain  your  hands  and 
fall  apart.  You  receive  only  the  GENUINE 
PUBLISHERS  EDITION,  brand-new  and 
bindery  fresh.  The  same  item  selling  for  up 
to  four  times  the  price  in  the  bookshop 
around  the  corner. 

Even  if  you  want  something  NOT  in  the 
Master  Catalog-order  it  anyway!  You  still 
get  it  at  the  full  Club  discount-even  if  we 
lose  money  by  giving  it  to  you  for  less  than 
wholesale! 

Monthly  newsletter  also  sent-FREE 
For  books  published  after  you  get  your  Mas- 
ter Catalog -rely  on  the  fascinating  supple- 
ment, "Bookmarker"   for  late-breaking  bar- 
gains even  beyond  the  normal  did)  discount! 

To  enjoy  full  club  privileges  at  once,  mail 
coupon  with  only  $5.  This  one-time  fee  en- 
titles you  to  lifetime  membership.  You  never 


have  to  renew— a«rf  never  pay  another  club 
fee,  ever.  You'll  probably  save  many  times 
this  small  fee  on  your  first  order  alone. 

Money-back  guarantee  is  unconditional 

If  you  don't  agree  American  Book  Club  is  all 
we  said  and  more,  just  let  us  know  within  10 
days  and  your  membership  fee  will  be  re- 
funded at  once.  But  the  350-page  edition  of 
our  Master  Catalog  of  American  Books  is 
yours  to  keep  regardless. 

Naturally,  every  book  you  buy  through  the 
club  must  satisfy  you  100%;  otherwise  feel 
free  to  return  it  within.  10  days  for  a  full  re- 
fund. No  questions  asked. 

Join  the  growing  number  of  students, 
teachers,  professional  men— even  schools  and 
libraries— who  now  buy  direct  from  the  Mas- 
ter Catalog.  At  savings  of  up  to  81%!  Mail 
coupon  now  to: 
American  Book  Club 
Hazleton,  Pennsylvania  18201 


MAIL  FOR  FREE  CATALOG 


American  Book  Club      i42 

Hazleton,  Pennsylvania  18201 

Yes.  please  rush  MASTER  CATALOG  free  and 
enroll  me  as  a  trial  member  in  American  Book 
Club.  Membership  doesn't  obligate  me  to  buy 
a  thing  but  does  entitle  me  to  order  every 
book  in  print  at  discounts  up  to  81%.  plus 
shipping.  Enclosed  is  my  one-time  membership 
fee  of  $5  (never  another  club  fee  for  the  rest 
of  my  life).  If  not  100%  satisfied  I  may  return 
any  book  within  10  days  for  full  refund.  If  not 
happy  with  the  club  itself.  I  need  only  let  you 
know  within  10  days.  My  membership  will  be 
cancelled  and  my  fee  refunded  in  full.  But  the 
Catalog  will  be  mine  to  keep  regardless! 


V 


LEAVE  CARES 

AT  HOME  ON  YOUR 

■70  HOLIDAY! 


^ 


Dalmatia/Tlie  Balkans 
Maupintour's  Eastern  Europe 


USSR 


V 


SCANDINAVIA/USSR/BERLIN,  22  days.  Copenhagen,  Olso, 
Stockholm,  Helsinki,  Leningrad,  Kiev,  Moscow,  Berlin.  From  $1148. 
THE  CAPITALS,  22  days.  Moscow,  Leningrad,  Kiev,  Budapest, 
Sofia,  Bucharest,  Prague,  Warsaw,  Berlin.  From  $1073. 
BALTIC  BLACK  SEA  CIRCLE,  22  days.  Volgograd,  Yalta,  Kiev, 
Leningrad,  Moscow,  Prague,  Budapest,  Berlin.  From  $1033. 
DALMATIA/BALKANS,  22  days.  Lifeseeing  Hungary,  Rumania, 
Bulgaria,  Yugoslavia  by  air-conditioned  motorcoach.  From  $1068. 
SAMARKAND/ORIENTAL  RUSSIA,  22  days.  Moscow,  Tashkent, 
Samarkand,  Bukhara,  Baku,  Erevan,  Tbilisi,  Kiev.  From  $1073. 
EASTERN  EUROPE  ADVENTURE.  Germany,  Oberammergau  Pas- 
sion Play,  Dresden,  Leipzig,  Berlin  plus  Poland,  USSR,  and  Czech- 
oslovakia. From  $2048.  (Aii  rates  from  New  York.) 
ASK  YOUR  TRAVEL  AGENT  for  folders  or  write  Maupintour, 
270  Park  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10017.  Telephone  212-687-7773. 

C^Maupintour 

world-ivido  standard  of  (ravel  e.YCell 

OTHER  MAUPINTOUR 
HOLIDAYS  FOR  1970: 

n  oberammergau  Passion  Play, 

D  ^Ips  of  Europe,  D  Scandinavia, 

D  Europe  By  Train/By  Air, 

D  Italy/Sicily,  D  France, 

D  British  Isles,  Q  Greece/Aegean, 

n  Spain/MalJorca/Portugal, 

n  Spain/Portugai  By  Motorcoach, 

n  Morocco/Canaries/Madeira/AIgarve. 

D  South  Pacific  and  Q  South  America. 


Life's  too  short 
to  settle  for  anything 
less  than  the  camera 
you  really  want. 

The  Leica  M4  is  the  35mm  rangefinder  ciunera 
that  has  no  competition  in  quality...ruggedness... versatility. 
Go  ahead.  You  only  live  once. 

Leica' 

E.  Leilz,  Inc..  RiK'klcigh,  NJ.  07647 


that  it  had  misjudged  public  reactii 
to  its  Stratton  development  and  h; 
erred  both  in  its  public  relations  a: 
in  its  reluctance  to  discuss  thin, 
frankly  with  the  Environmental  Co: 
trol  Commision  the  previous  wee] 
Although  IPC  admitted  that  the  Ne 
Hampshire  operation  is  tawdr 
they  stated  that  it  is  not  the  best  ej 
ample  of  American  Central's  worl 
Unfortunately,  reports  are  alread 
filtering  in  that  American  Centr£ 
developments  on  Cape  Cod  and  els« 
where  are  at  the  same  level. 

On  July  25,  Stratton  resident 
finally  learned  officially  that  mucl 
of  the  township  would  soon  becomi 
a  community  of  one-acre  lots— 1( 
percent  down  and  seven  years  to  pay 
The  meeting  got  off  to  a  bad  start  be' 
cause  American  Central  didn't  sho« 
up  and  a  messenger  had  to  be  sen: 
up  to  the  mountain  to  bring  a  repre 
sentative  down  to  the  meeting.  WTieii 
the  townspeople  asked  for  some  as 
surance  that  American  Central  would 
do  right,  they  were  told  that  the  de. 
velopment  would  be  a  "welcome  ad 
dition  to  your  town,"  and  that  "ou* 
company's  past  record  is  spotless.' 
It  didn't  allay  their  fears  to  be  told 
that  any  jump  in  school-age  popula 
tion  would  be  the  concern  of  the  local 
school  board,  that  the  township 
would  double  or  triple  its  population 
in  a  few  years,  that  12  miles  of  road- 
way are  being  built  for  the  town  to 
take  care  of,  or  that  expansion  is 
virtually  certain  within  the  next 
three  to  five  years. 

At  about  the  same  time.  Governor 
Davis  asked  a  professional  planning 
consultant  to  meet  with  American 
Central  to  insure  that  Stratton  would 
be  a  quality  development.  By  the 
end  of  the  week,  all  work  was  halted 
pending  extensive  review  and  evalu- 
ation of  the  entire  operation  by  state 
advisers,  and  by  the  end  of  the 
month,  it  was  announced  that  plans 
for  the  development  would  be  shelved 
until  at  least  the  spring  of  1970.  The 
governor  hinted  that  IPC  may  decide 
that  the  development  might  simply 
not  be  wortliwhile  because  of  the  un- 
favorable publicity  and  the  adverse 
reactions  of  local  citizens. 

The  purchase  of  large  tracts  dur- 
ing 1969  has  not  been  restricted  to 
southern  Vermont.  Interstate  high- 
ways will  soon  complete  the  network 
between  Massachusetts,  Montpelier, 
the  state  capital,  and  the  Canadian 
border.  It  is  a  short  drive  through 


22 


Well  send  you  $5  Cash 
if  you  own  a  cart  or 
wheelbarrow  which 
will  pass  all  of  this 
basic  15  point  test 

and  it  isn't  one  of  our  designs. 


Practically  every  home  has  at  least  one  cart 
or  wheelbarrow,  but  it  is  absolutely  amazing 
how  few  of  them  will  be  able  to  answer  yes 
on  all  of  these  15  points. 

Unless  you  do  have  a  cart  or  wheelbarrow 
which  will  pass  on  all  15  points,  please  mail 
the  coupon  below  now  so  we  can  send  you 
complete  details  and  prices  of  the  GARDEN 
WAY  CARTS  we  make  up  here  in  Vermont. 


isBM 


S»>#;!*  J2£ii4^ti<! 


MARVELOUS  GIFT  IDEA! 

This  GARDEN  WAY  CART,  Model  16,  will  pass  the  test  with  ease, 
as  the  fascinating  sketches  on  this  page  show.  Iti  delightfully 
clever,  simple  design  Is  based  on  more  than  20  years  of  Intensive 
cart  research  and  experience.  It  makes  such  a  perfect  gift  because 
of  Its  handsome,  handcrafted  quality,  rugged  and  year  'round 
usefulness  to  the  whole  family.  Will  last  for  years  and  years. 
There's  no  other  cart  equal  to  it  on  the  market. 

No  matter  how  many  carts  or  wheelbarrows  they  already  have, 
they'll  be  delighted  to  have  another  If  It  is  one  of  these  wonderfully 
different  and  better  Vermont  built  GARDEN  WAY  CARTSl  Please 
mail  coupon  below  for  complete  details  and  attractive  prices. 


Can  you  load  It  heavily, 
up  front,  without  it  sud- 
denly flopping  on  Its 
"face"? 

YES    D       NO    D 


Is  It  narrow  enough  to 
go  readily  through  stan- 
dard doors,  so  you  can 
enjoy  using  it  indoors  as 
well  as  out? 

YES 


D      NO  D 


Is  It  shaped  to  take  a 
great  big  cardboard  box 
for  leaves  and  other  such 
bulky  loads? 

YES    D       NO    n 


Is  It  designed  to  take 
full  size  garden  tools, 
like  hoes  and  rakes? 


YES    D       NO    n 


Will  it  "stand  on  Its 
head"  to  accept  heavy 
loads,  so  you  don't  have 
to   lift  them? 

YES  n    NO  n 


il 


90§ 


Will  It  hold  two  full  size 
trash  cans  or  two  stan- 
dard bushel  baskets? 


YES  n    NO  n 


Is  It  handsome  enough  so 
you  want  It  In  the  house? 

YES  n    NO  n 


Can  you  load  it  crosswise 
without  having  the  load 
slide  oft  forward? 


YES  n    NO  n 


4t3 


Is  It  low  enough  to  be 
just  the  right  height  for 
gardening? 


YES  n    NO  n 


.K             Are    Its   legs  out   of    the 
/^    n             way    so    they  don't    con- 
stantly   bang  your    heels 
or  shins? 

YES  n  NO  n 


■% 


Will  it  pull  easily  up 
steps  or  over  obstacles 
without  catching  its  legs 
and  without  dumping  its 
load   out  forward? 

YES    D       NO    D 


Can  you  handle  it  with 
just  one  hand,  without 
constant  struggle  to 
keep     it     from     tipping 

YES    D       NO    D 


Is  it  light  and  compact 
enough  so  it  can  be  eas- 
ily lifted,  by  non-giants, 
into  a  station  wagon,  for 
example? 

YES    D       NO    □ 


Is    It    rugged    en 
take  rough  loads 


and,   gravel   or  the 


W        YES    D       NO    n 


s  It  designed 


^.^  K  balance  a  heavy  load  with 

<X\f^>^^  J         just    one    finger,    and    so 
\VwI^^  W,  the  axle  carries  the  load, 


YES  n    NO  n 


If  you  do  have  a  cart  or  wheelbarrow  which  is  not  of  our  design 
and  which  you  think  passes  on  all  15  points,  just  send  us  a  photo 
of  It  and  we'll  send  you  the  »S.OO  cash  If  we  agree.  Of  course 
we're  pretty  sure  you  don't  have  such  a  cart  unless  you  built  it 
yourself,  because  there  isn't  any  other  cart  on  the  market  which 
can  match  ours  on  all  15  points.  If  you  did  build  your  own  and  It 
will  pass  on  all    15   points,  we'll  be  delighted  to  pay  off! 


Seriously,  no  matter  how  m 
own,  whether  you  bought  o 
positive  you'll  want  at  least  ■ 
several  for  gifts. 


ny    carts 

built   the 
ne  of  our' 


ir  wheelbarrows  you  now 
n  yourself,  we're  almost 
for  yourself  and  perhaps 


f  GARDEN  WAY  RESEARCH  ASSOCIATES 

I  Dept.  3513 

I  Charlotte,  Vermont  05445 

|Na 


Please    send,    by    return    mall,    complete    details   about   yo 
GARDEN  WAY  CARTS,  including  your  attractive  prices. 


\ 
I 
I 
I 
I 


You'll    like    our    prices,    too    they're    much    lower    than    you'd 

expect  compared   to  the   prices  of   other  carts.   So  please  do  mail 
the  coupon  now.  Thanks  very  much  for  your  interest. 


1^ 


-Zip- 


23 


ANKH  PENDANT 

BEAUTIFUllY  CONTEMPORARY 
s  this  hand  crafted  representa- 
tion   of    the    Ancient    Egyptian 
"Key  of  Life"  in  solid  sterling 
iilver.  The  Ankh  -  from   the 
hieroglyph    meaning    "life" 
— is  the  oldest  known  amu- 
let   symbol,   and    the    only 
pagan    talisman    to    survive 
In  doily  use  after  the  Egyp- 
ans   converted   to   Christian- 
ity. Comes  in  stunning  new 
designer's    jewelry  cose 
-  1      and   presentation  gift 
*ox.  3"  long  Ankh  — 

With  18"  chain $25.00 

With  24"  chain  $27.00 

in  14K  Gold  w.  18"  choin..$75. 

■d:4JJtlbirilLiigiiTi« 

includes  outstanding  reproductions  of 
Oft,    lewalry  ond   occessorles   from 


of    QUthentic 


plu 


ontiquiflot.  ■   , 

ila^dlo  boase,Ltd. 


^ 


^vYv  v^^■^v^,'^v^.^^^.■c-r-s:^^,-«■^,^'^v^S 


IF  YOU'RE 
Al\l  "OLD  SALT" 

or  would 
like 
to  be. 

write    Or    phone    for    ou,    extra- 
ordinary  freight^'    "^'uises.    Vis'* 
forgotten  islands.  Go  to  bustl'ng 
Ports-of-cail.   Individuals,  families, 
and  groups. 


FREIGHTER 
TRAVEL  SERVICE  Ltd. 

(212)  TR  9-2929 

201  EAST  77th  STREET 

NEW  YORK,  NEW  YORK  10021 


xxx^^i^^ 


This  remarkable  end  table 
stores  over  50  books  and 
50  magazines  or  newspa- 
pers-in  view,  upright, 
convenient.  Rolls  easily  on  large  casters.  Books 
6t  on  both  sides,  magazines  on  ends— and  just 
the  proper  chair  size!  Pine,  in  honey  tone  or 
maple,  antique  pine  or  walnut  fin.  27xl4x26"H. 
$29.95  Exp.  Chg.  Col.  EASY  KIT:  Simple  instr. 
$21.50   Postpaid.  Add  $1.50  W.  of  Miss. 

BEAUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG— 1000  PIECES 

Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 

include  Zip  No.  YIELD  HOrSE 


\ 


Money  I 


24 


SJo,  Conway.  N.  H. 


lovely  country  into  the  whole  north- 
ern part  of  the  state,  including  tlie 
hitherto  neglected  "northeast  king- 
dom." In  one  of  the  kingdom's 
counties,  Essex,  90  percent  of  all 
land  is  owned  by  lumber  companies. 
Caveland  Equities,  Inc.,  also  di- 
rected by  Eugene  Coleman  (who 
started  Dover  Hills ) ,  purchased 
close  to  3.000  acres  in  the  kingdom 
for  about  $100  per  acre— a  dirt  cheap 
price.  Mr.  Coleman,  a  busy  man  who 
keeps  his  money  working  hard,  also 
purchased  800  acres  on  yet-un- 
spoiled Lake  Seymour,  and  2,700 
acres  in  Greensboro.  Some  undis- 
closed group  apparently  took  the 
trouble  to  look  at  a  recent  state  high- 
way map  (free  from  the  Vermont 
Development  Commission)  and  pur- 
chased 1.600  acres  near  Interstate 
89  in  the  town  of  Sharon.  A  parcel 
of  about  30,000  acres  was  sold  by 
a  financially  depressed  lumber  com- 
pany to  Laird  Properties  and  Laird's 
New  England  Land  syndicate  added 
about  40,000  acres  within  a  few 
weeks.  Names  like  the  "Great  North- 
ern Land  Corporation."  "Triton  In- 
vestments" (a  California  combine), 
and  several  ".  .  .  and  Associates" 
are  beginning  to  crop  up  on  the  list 
of  purchasers  of  large  acreages. 

An  interesting  sociopolitical  note 
to  the  burgeoning  land  speculation  in 
the  northeast  part  of  the  state  is  the 
separatist  movement  in  Quebec. 
Man)'  of  the  Anglo-Saxons  (anyone 
who  is  not  French)  have  money,  and 
this  is  part  of  the  reason  for  the  agita- 
tion. They  are  beginning  to  hedge 
their  finances  by  heavy  buying  in 
those  areas  of  Vermont  and  New 
Hampshire  within  75  miles  of  the 
border  and  are  paying  not  only  in- 
flated land  prices  but  also  an  unfa- 
vorable exchange  rate  of  7  percent. 

Many  townships  have  no  zoning 
regulations  and,  of  those  with  zon- 
ing, many  have  either  interim  regu- 
lations or,  as  in  the  case  of  Dover 
and  Stratton,  minimal  zoning.  Mere 
zoning  doesn't  insure  sewerage  sys- 
tems, adequate  road  construction  and 
maintenance,  school  sites,  a  munici- 
pal water  supply,  or  even  conserva- 
tion of  open  space.  These  are  the 
functions  of  subdivision  regulations, 
and  very  few  towns  have  even 
started  arguing  about  them.  Ulti- 
mately, direction,  power,  and  nay- 
saying  rests  at  the  state  level  because 
the  towns  haven't  the  money,  men, 
experience,  or  hometown  power  to 


cope  with  the  situation.  One  official 
of  a  prominent  development  com- 
pany noted  that  Vermont  is  a  Mecca 
for  his  and  other  companies  just  be- 
cause of  this. 

The  realization  that  something  had 
to  be  done  immediately  caused  some 
soul  and  law  searching  in  state  of- 
fices. The  secretary  of  state  revealed 
that  a  1917  law  gave  him  the  power 
(hitherto  unused)  to  refuse  to  li- 
cense any  foreign  corporation  if  the 
refusal  would  "promote  the  general 
good"  of  the  state.  Foreign  corpora- 
tion is  defined  as  a  firm  whose  prin- 
cipal place  of  business  is  outside 
Vermont.  It  was  also  suggested  that 
municipalities  could  refuse  to  take 
over  the  roads  put  in  by  developers. 
This  would  certainly  hurt  sales  be- 
cause a  potential  buyer  would  under- 
standably be  loath  to  purchase  prop- 
erty knowing  the  roads  would  not  be 
plowed  and  maintained  in  the  win- 
ter. A  simple  amendment  to  existing 
law  would  require  only  that  the 
street  or  transportation  portion  of 
the  master  plan  require  approval  be- 
fore any  work  can  start. 

Up  to  this  year,  Vermont  really 
didn't  have  an  integrated  system  for 
regulation,  not  because  previous  ad- 
ministrations were  unaware  of  the 
dangers,  but  because  there  was  real 
citizen  resistance  to  imposition  of 
state  control.  This  past  summer  sev- 
eral local  boards  informed  the  state 
in  no  uncertain  terms  to  keep  its  nose 
out  of  their  communities— they  could 
handle  their  own  problems,  thank 
you  very  much. 

Archaic  practices  worked  against 
effective  control.  The  tax  department 
was  not  permitted  to  inform  other, 
state  agencies  when  a  large  tract  of 
potential  development  land  changed 
hands.  Fish  and  Game,  Forests  and 
Parks,  Water  Resources,  Health, 
Planning  and  Development  were 
separate  and  unrelated.  Central  Plan- 
ning could  act  only  when  requested 
by  Development.  Highways,  respon- 
sible for  many  winter  road  services, 
could  assist  a  town  only  when  in- 
vited. The  list  could  be  extended  for 
another  half  column. 

Vermont  does  have  laws  regarding 
pollution,  but  like  those  in  many 
other  states,  they  are  ambiguous,  full 
of  loopholes,  and  subject  to  "inter- 
pretation." It  hasn't  helped  that  two 
involved  departments.  Health  and 
Water  Resources,  were  independent 
and  not  especially  cooperative.  A  key 


p  Lindblad  Travel  offers 

3  exciting  trips  for  those  who  want  adventure 

/.  Explorers'  Tour  Around  the  World 

2.  South  Pacific  Journey 

3.  Amazon  Safari 

Whether  you  want  to  visit  New  Guinea/Papua,  or  spend  a  week  in  a  tent  on  the  Gobi 
Desert,  or  perhaps  explore  Brazil's  legendary  Mato  Grosso  region,  Lindblad  Travel 
has  3  inspiring  expeditions  especially  designed  for  your  adventurous  mind. 


1.  Explorers'  Tour  Around  the  World. 

Moscow,  southward  to  Tashkent  and  Samarkand,  then  to  remote 
Mongolia  with  a  week  in  the  Gobi  Desert,  an  overnight  trip  on 
the  Trans-Siberian  Railway,  Soviet  ship  to  Japan  and  EXPO  70 
wind-up.  $1950  per  person,  excluding  air  fare.  Departures  June 
6  and  July  4, 1970.  30  days. 


2.  South  Pacific. 

A  34-day  journey  of  adventure  and  discovery  to  lush  tropical 
islands  including  the  Fiji  Islands,  New  Zealand,  the  coast  of 
Australia,  New  Guinea,  and  the  Solomons  (with  an  optional  12- 
day  extension  to  Polynesia).  $1795  per  person,  excluding  air 
transportation.  Jan.  31,  March  7,  May  23,  July  11,  Aug.  22,  Nov.  7. 


3.  Amazon  Safari. 

An  18-day  expedition  into  Brazil's  legendary  Mato  Grosso,  in- 
cluding 11  days  aboard  a  specially-built  "Safari  Boatel"  explor- 
ing the  headwaters  of  the  Amazon  regions;  to  Brasilia,  and  end- 
ing in  Rio  de  Janeiro.  $1550  per  person  for  land  arrangements. 


Dept.  NH370 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Lindblad  Travel  Building 
133  East  55th  Street 
NewYork.N.Y.  10022 

Please  send  brochure.  I  am  seriously  interested  in: 
□  Explorers' Tour  Around  the  World. 
n  South  Pacific  Journey. 
n  Amazon  Safari. 


Cily_ 


section  of  the  Water  Pollution  Con- 
trol Act  states  that  the  Water  Control 
Board  may  take  action  against  any 
person  who  permits  wastes  to  enter 
water  so  as  to  reduce  the  water  be- 
low the  classification  set  for  it.  An- 
other law  provides  that  any  person 
who  diverts  water  (such  as  drilling 
a  well)  and  either  corrupts  it  or 
renders  it  impure  is  liable  to  the 
municipality.  At  a  hearing  last  year 
the  water  resources  commissioner 
stated  that  he  didn't  believe  (but 
didn't  know)  that  the  board  could 
press  a  case  against  a  mass  devel- 
oper. When  asked  what  would  hap- 
pen if  he  did  seek  an  injunction,  he 
stated  that  he  thought  (but  didn't 
know)  that  the  law  allowed  him  to 
act  only  after  pollution  has  set  in. 
He  was  challenged  to  determine  the 
legal  extent  of  his  power,  but  he 
didn't  try.  The  commissioner  knew 
that  he  could  assist  in  design  and  had 
to  approve  town  plans  for  both  sew- 
erage and  water,  but  he  didn't  believe 
(but  didn't  know)  he  could  regulate 
a  development  s  plans  unless  they 
were  submitted  by  the  town. 

The  health  commissioner  admitted 
that  Vermont  has  many  laws  that 
provide  for  regulation,  but  he  noted 
that  he  doesn't  have  the  staff  or  the 
money  for  environmental  control. 
Some  time  back  the  commission  won 
an  injunction  forbidding  construc- 
tion of  additional  homes  on  a  site 
that  couldn't  support  more  septic 
tanks,  but  it  hasnt  taken  advantage 
of  this  precedent.  Health  officers  said 
they  really  don't  get  complaints 
until  after  damage  has  been  done, 
but  I  can  show  you  water  and  health 
hazards  a  half  hour  from  my  home 
that  are  older  than  I  am.  Obviously, 
money  is  a  factor,  but  the  prime 
considerations  are  motivation  and 
some  sense  of  urgency,  and  both  have 
been  conspicuously  lacking.  Up  to 
now  the  people  haven't  leaned  hard 
on  the  state  because  they  haven't 
been  aware  of  the  situation. 

With  the  citizens  now  aroused, 
these  deficiencies  are  being  cleared 
up  by  an  extensive  reorganization  of 
state  agencies.  Concern  for  the  qual- 
ity of  the  environment,  shouted  for 
years  by  the  conservation-minded,  is 
now  as  Vermontish  as  white  rat-trap 
cheese  or  maple  sugar  on  snow  with 
dill  pickles.  We  now  have  an  Inter- 
agency Council  on  Natural  Resources 
embracing  Forest  and  Parks,  Fish 
and   Game,   and   several   others.    In 

26 


September,  a  Planning  and  Com- 
munity Services  Commission  was 
organized  to  umbrella  housing,  pov- 
erty programs,  local  affairs,  the  Cen- 
tral Planning  Agency  and  several 
others.  Not  incidentally,  it  is  headed 
up  by  Ted  Riehle,  who  fought  for 
and  eventually  secured  the  passage  of 
an  antibillboard  law,  only  the  second 
in  the  United  States,  which  will  allow 
all  of  us  to  see  our  mountains  without 
eyeball  pollution. 

The  capstone  in  any  concerted  pro- 
gram is  an  environmental  control 
commission;  Vermont  established 
one  last  summer.  Chaired  b)'  a  legis- 
lator with  a  record  of  intelligent  con- 
servation policy,  the  commission  was 
charged  with  making  recommenda- 
tions on  new  laws,  on  integration 
among  departments,  and  on  coordi- 
nation with  local  governments. 
Among  its  first  recommendations 
was  one  for  a  90  percent  increase 
in  funds  allotted  to  regional  planning 
groups  on  the  county  level,  a  fiscally, 
politically,  and  environmentally 
sound  idea.  The  commission  serves 
now  as  an  evaluative  center  for  other 
far-reaching  plans.  The  health  com- 
missioner requested  the  Environment 
Control  Commission  to  seek  legisla- 
tion that  would  require  all  land  de- 
velopers to  submit  plans  to  his  de- 
partment for  approval  prior  to  any 
work.  He  also  asked  for  legislation 
to  give  the  health  department  specific 
authority  to  move  against  developers. 

Should  the  state  set  standards  for 
approving  or  disapproving  certain 
lands  for  development?  Should 
Health  and  Water  Resources  hire 
engineers  to  help  towns  control  land 
development?  Can  taxes  be  scaled  to 
provide  advantages  if  land  is  not 
used  for  development,  and  what  effect 
will  this  have  on  state  and  local  fi- 
nancing? What  about  pesticide  con- 
trols, responsibility  of  town  and 
state  for  highway  construction,  pro- 
tection for  lands  above  2..500  feet? 
An  important  and  delicate  question 
is  how  much  authority  the  state  can 
assume  without  infringing  on  local 
communities.  Many  argue  that  local 
officials  cannot  be  trusted  with  au- 
thority' over  land  development  be- 
cause they  have  been  put  on  the 
payrolls  of  developers,  may  be  in  a 
position  to  profit  personally  from 
development,  or  are  snowed  by  the 
high-priced  talent  at  the  command  of 
the  developer. 

In    late   June,    the    governor    an- 


nounced that  the  Environmental 
Control  Commission  will  form  Devel- 
opment Technical  Advisory  Teams  to 
provide  assistance  and  advice  to  com- 
munities and  planning  commissions. 
Happily,  the  commission  was  flooded 
with  volunteer  expertise,  including 
nationally  known  regional  planners, 
a  professor  of  zoning  laws,  and  others 
who  are  either  "instant  Vermonters" 
or  "sunshiners"  (owners  of  vacation 
homes).  Economists,  ecologists,  and 
other  academic  tjpes  are  also  avail- 
able to  the  communities — not  that 
they  weren't  before,  but  few  ever 
asked  for  their  help. 

Apparently,  the  response  has  been 
excellent.  The  town  of  Wilmington, 
just  south  of  Dover,  asked  for  a 
Technical  Advisory  Team  within  a 
week  or  so  after  the  teams  had  been 
set  up.  A  few  days  later  the  Stratton 
Planning  Commission  sent  in  an 
SOS.  There  are  indications  that  at 
least  some  of  the  developers  will  avail  • 
themselves  of  these  services.  In  fact, 
the  promulgation  of  new  health- 
safety  regulations  that  require  test- 
ing for  percolation,  groundwater 
levels,  and  other  basic  data  will  pro- 
vide, for  the  first  time,  a  basis  for  the 
teams  to  work  effectively.  A  proposed 
revision  of  the  sanitary  engineering 
regulations,  subchapter  on  subdivi- 
sions, provides  the  teeth  to  bite  off 
the  outstretched  fingers  of  greedy  de- 
velopers. 

I  am  usually  unsatisfied  by  upbeat 
endings.  Lovers  wending  their  way 
into  the  sunset  to  swelling  chords 
leave  me  cold.  And  yet,  a  colleague 
who  has  been  deeply  involved  in  Ver- 
mont conservation  recently  told  me  _ 
that  he  has  never  been  so  optimistic 
about  the  cause,  and  I  respect  his 
judgment;  he  has  more  battle  scars 
than  a  Roman  gladiator.  If  there  is 
light  at  the  end  of  this  long  environ- 
mental tunnel,  it  is  the  result  of  the 
long-overdue  realization  by  Vermont 
citizens  that  the  '"beckoning  country" 
must  exist  for  the  future.  In  a  lecture 
about  two  years  ago,  William  0. 
Douglas,  a  mean  infighter  for  con- 
servation, said  that  only  the  people 
can  save  their  environment,  and  only 
if  they  will  support  those  who  have 
long  cried  in  the  wilderness,  and  only 
if  their  wishes  are  made  clear  to  their 
elected  representatives.  These  case 
histories  in  Vermont  tend  to  support 
his  contention.  But  public  opinion 
and  public  support  are  fickle 
things.  ...  ■ 


see  a  horse  of  a 
different  color ! 

See  birds  of  exotic  feather  all  flock  together  in  Africa 
Select  a  safari— 21  days— $1299"^ 


It  has  often  been  stated  that  Africa  is  an  "experience."  It  is 
more  than  that— it  is  an  "emotion."  Africa  means  many  differ- 
ent things  to  as  many  different  people. 
To  the  Anthropologist,  it  means  Olduvai  Gorge— the  birth- 
place of  Mankind!  To  the  Ecologist,  it  means  the  interrelation 
of  man,  bird,  beast,  and  the  environment!  To  the  Geologist,  it 
means  a  huge  trough  slicing  through  Africa  from  Ethiopia  to 
Mozambique— the  Great  Rift  Valley!  To  the  Ornithologist,  it 
means  the  sight  of  over  1,000,000  greater  and  lesser  flamin- 
goes lining  the  shores  of  Lake  Nakuru!  And,  to  the  Zoologist, 
it  means  the  yearly  migration  of  thousands  of  plains  game 
across  the  Serengeti! 

But,  to  most  of  us,  Africa  south  of  the  Sahara,  conjures  up 
images  of  one  massive  menagerie,  and  so  it  is— the  last  great 
refuge  of  the  most  spectacular  concentrations  of  wild  animals 
left  on  earth! 

Whatever  your  interests,  we've  got  something  for  everyone 
on  each  of  our  three  exciting  21-Day  SELECTASAFARIS. 


Samburu,  Lake  Manyara,  Victoria  Falls,  Mombasa,  Tsavo 
Park,  Ngorongoro  Crater,  Johannesburg,  Nairobi,  Murchison 
Falls.  So  many  of  Nature's  wonders  to  choose  from  at  such 
a  wonderful  price— $1299*  per  person  from  New  York.  In- 
cluded is  your  round  trip  jet  fare  from  New  York,  the  best 
hotels  and  lodges,  most  meals,  land  transportation,  sight- 
seeing, guides.  And,  for  those  who  join  us  from  San  Fran- 
cisco, it's  $1516*  per  person.  Frequent  departures. 

For  the  dedicated  ornithologist,  there's  our  21-Day  Don 
Turner  Safari  to  East  Africa,  now  in  its  sixth  year  of  success- 
ful operation.  Four  departures  in  1970.  $1995*  from  New 
York.  $2212*  from  San  Francisco.  Limited  membership. 

And,  we  even  have  something  for  those  who  prefer  to  do  it 
all  "on  the  wing"  our  new  21-Day  SUNBIRD  SKYFARI.  Under 
$2400  from  New  York.  Limited  membership. 

We're  ready  to  go  when  you  are!  Get  our  brochures  from 
your  travel  agent,  or  mail  the  coupon  below. 


ed  on  using  Economy  Cla 


Please  send  me  your 
D  SELECTASAFARIS 


n  SUNBIRD  SKYFARI 

(AN  AERIAL  SAFARI) 


•  lare  Irom  NY.  back  to  N.Y.  (subject  lo 


BRITISH UNiT£D  AIRWAYS       543  pifth  AvBHue     New  York,  N.Y.  1 0036 


n    ORNITHOLOGICAL  SAFARI      My  Travel  Agent 


CROWDER 
NATURE  TOURS 

SCHEDULE:  Listed  below  are 
starting  dates  for  1970.  Space  per- 
mits only  a  brief  mention  of  each 
tour,  and  one  should  by  all  means 
have  the  "Tour  Catalog"  with 
thumbnail  sketches  of  each  trip,  as 
well  as  subsequent  detailed  itiner- 
aries. North  America  tours  are  2 
weeks  each,  others  3  weeks,  unless 
otherwise  noted. 

—1970— 

TEXAS-NORTHEAST   MEXICO 

Two  weeks  from  Corpus  Christi,  March 
7,  with  both  bird  and  wildflower  leaders. 
From  Rockport's  Whooping  Cranes  to 
Mexican  exotic  birds  86  flowers.  All  ex- 
penses, $595.  End  at  Mexico  City,  with 
optional  stayover  for  Holy  Week  pag- 
eantry at  Taxco,  and  for  ensuing  Mexico 
East  and  West  Coast  tours. 

ARIZONA 

Popular  SE  Arizona  bird  observation 
tour.  Expert  leadership.  Two  weeks  from 
May  9;  all  expenses,  $575. 

ALASKA 

South  Tour  from  Vancouver  June  20; 
North  Tour  from  Fairbanks  July  4; 
"Outposts"  from  Anchorage  July  18. 
Three  remarkable  2 -week  trips,  from  in- 
side passage  to  Aleutians,  Pribilofs  and 
Point  Barrow. 

PACIFIC   COAST  (6  tours) 

Baja  California  camping,  from  Nogales 
Mar.  28;  Arizona,  from  Tucson  May  9; 
Cascades,  from  Klamath  Falls  May  20; 
followed  by  Alaska  South,  North  and 
Outposts.  Remarkable  tropics-to-Arctic 
coverage  of  Spring  up  the  West  Coast. 

WEST  VIRGINIA 

Ecological  tour:  revealing,  nearby,  in- 
expensive. Wheeling  July  25;  2  wks. 

EUROPE   (12  tours) 

Too  much  of  a  program  to  list  here;  by 
all  means  send  for  detailed  brochure. 
Norway,  Iceland,  Russia  and  Siberia  espe- 
cially recommended.  Twelve  tours,  ex- 
tending throu&h  May,  June,  July.  First 
tour  (Mediterranean)  starts  April  30, 

CENTRAL  AMERICA 

Summer  program  in  rainy  season  when 
birds  are  on  territory.  July  and  August, 
3  tours;  Chiapas,  Panama,  Yucatan, 

AFRICA   (3  tours) 

South  and  East  Africa  and  Madagas- 
car; three  tours  in  July/ September.  Ex- 
cellent leadership. 

SOUTH   AMERICA   (4  tours) 

Columbia,  Aug.  15;  Venezuela,  Sep.  5; 
Ecuador/Peru,  Sep.  2  6;  Chile/Tierra  del 
Fuego,  October  24.  Also  Galapagos  and 
Antarctica. 

SOUTH  PACIFIC  (5  tours) 

This  is  the  year  of  full  South  Pacific 
coverage.  Melanesia,  Aug.  15  from 
Samoa:  New  Guinea,  Sep.  5  from  Rabaul; 
Western  Australia.  Oct.  3  from  Perth; 
Australia  East.  Oct.  24  from  the  Barrier 
Reef  at  Cairns;  New  Zealand,  Nov.  14 
from  Auckland. 

SOUTH  WITH  AUTUMN   (2  tours) 


Geology  and  ecology  of  the 
U.S.A..  following  the  wave  of  fall  color 
southward.  Northeast  Coast  tour  meets 
at  Bangor  Sep.  19;  Southeast  Coast  tour 
at  Harpers  Ferry  Oct.  10.  Leader:  Geolo- 
gist Isabella  Coons,  with  many  assisting 
leaders  along  the  way. 

Come  along!  .  .  .  intimate,  private 
groups,  expert  leadership.  We  seek  out 
back-country  routes,  try  lor  an  experience- 
in-depth  of  the  natural  scene  and  the 
people.  (Not  recommended  it  you're 
strong  lor  night  life.) 

CROWDER  NATURE  TOURS 

BOX  222-a 
HARPERS  FERRY,  W.  VA.  25425 


A  Naturalist  at  Large 


The  Day  the  Se€B 
Ran  Out  af  Flounder 


by  Stephen  W.  HitchcocU 


I  he  tide  comes  seeping  in  over  the 
marshes.  If  we  watch,  the  water  re- 
mains in  quiet  pools  moved  only  by 
an  occasional  breeze.  If  we  return  to 
our  work  and  then  turn  once  again 
to  look,  we  find  the  water  has  ex- 
tended its  great  arms  up  valleys  and 
indiscernible  hollows,  forming  great 
meadows  of  water.  The  once  quick- 
flowing  river  is  turned  into  a  shallow 
lake  that  pushes  its  way  up  to  the 
fence  posts  guarding  tlie  hay  fields. 
At  the  point  of  victory,  when  it 
might  overrun  the  fields,  the  yards, 
and  the  road,  it  pauses  and  then— so 
slowly  we  can  only  measure  it  by 
successive  sticks  pushed  into  the 
ground— it  retreats.  Our  world  is 
safe  for  now.  The  marsh  snails 
move  down  the  grass  stems,  the  mus- 
sels close,  and  the  fiddler  crabs  await 
the  next  tide,  vainly  hoping  to  march 
through  our  kitchens  on  a  flood  of 
brackish  water. 

The  male  fiddler  crab  is  easily  rec- 
ognized by  his  large  claw.  Surely  he 
must  be  a  fierce  denizen  of  his  min- 
iature world,  but  no— this  claw  is 
used  to  attract  females  to  his  burrow 
or  to  fence  harmlessly  with  other 
males  during  mating  season.  He  uses 
his  other,  moderate-sized  claw  to 
pick  up  the  bits  of  organic  debris 
that  he  feeds  on.  The  fiddlers  burrow 
into  the  mud  flats  and  salt  marshes, 
their  holes  speckling  the  mud.  They 
do  not  always  stay  in  their  burrows, 
however,  but  wander  about  at  low- 
tide  searching  for  the  tidbits  of  life 
and  retreating  when  the  tide  comes 
in. 

In  early  summer  the  fiddlers  mate, 
and  the  female  carries  her  thousands 
of  eggs  under  her  abdomen  until 
they  hatch  in  early  fall.  The  larvae 
float  with  the  plankton  of  the  tides 


until  the  following  spring,  at  which 
time  they  resemble  the  adults. 

Subject  to  attack  by  herons,  gulls, 
and  raccoons,  and  used  for  bait  by 
man,  the  fiddler  lives  with  the 
rhythm  of  the  tides  and  seasons, 
scavenging  the  tidal  flats  and  in  sea- 
son, beckoning  to  any  passing  lady 
love.  Not  bad.  for  a  crab. 

Department  of  the  Army 

New  England  Division, 

Corps  of  Engineers 

424  Trapelo  Road 

Waltham,  Mass.  02154 

notice— please  post 

This  office  has  under  consideration 

the  application  of . 

. for  a  permit  to . 


The  determination  as  to  whether  a 
permit  will  be  issued  must  rest  pri- 
marily upon  the  effect  of  the  pro- 
posed work  on  navigation.  However, 
other  pertinent  factors,  including 
fish  and  wildlife  conservation  as- 
pects, will  be  accepted  and  made 
part  of  the  record  and  will  be  con- 
sidered in  determining  whether  it 
would  be  in  the  best  public  interest 
to  grant  a  permit. 

Anyone  desiring  to  submit  a  state- 
ment or  to  enter  a  protest  against  the 
proposed  work  is  privileged  to  do  so. 
Statements    or    protests    will    be 
considered  if  received  at  this  ofiice 

on  or  before 

Very  truly  yours, 

Arthur  J.  Kelley 

Chief.  Permits  and  Statistics 

Branch 
Operations  Division 

My  neighbor.  Art  Schneider,  is  a 
young  man,  but  the  reminiscenses  of 
his  youth  come  from  another  age. 


28 


'"There  are  still  ducks  around,  but 
it's  not  what  it  was  a  few  years  ago. 
We  did  what  we  called  'creek  jump- 
— starting  at  one  end  of  the 
marsh,  we'd  walk  through  and  jump 
anywhere  from  one  to  a  dozen  in  a 
unch.  We'd  start  south  of  the  ceme- 
tery. Mr.  Lewis  kept  hunters  off  his 
land  north  of  that,  and  Hammonas- 
sett  State  Park  was  posted,  except  for 
a  section  along  the  river's  edge.  In 
the  park  you  had  to  use  one  of  the 
state  duck  blinds. 

"If  there  is  a  straight  piece  and 
then  a  twist  in  the  creek,  there'll  al- 
most always  be  ducks  around  the 
corner.  If  one  person  goes  ahead  and 
circles  around  below,  the  one  trail- 
ing gets  a  shot  and  drives  them  over 
the  guy  below." 

There  are  many  other  things  in 
the  marsh.  To  a  young  boy  hunting 
or  exploring,  it  is  not  the  monoto- 
nous expanse  it  might  seem  to  the 
visitor  who  stops  his  car  on  the  up- 
lands for  a  moment's  glance.  There 
are  creeks,  meadows,  cattails,  and 
holes— all  different,  each  with  its  own 
life  and  anticipations. 

"My  brother  Dick  trapped  for 
muskrats.  As  a  boy  that's  the  way  he 
made  his  spending  money  until  syn- 
thetics ruined  the  market.  He'd  get 
thirty  to  forty  skins  a  month.  Our 
father  would  call  up  an  old  man  by 
the  East  River  or  a  guy  in  Westbrook 
to  see  who  was  buying.  The  skins 
had  to  be  perfect  to  get  the  best 
price." 

"What  happened  to  most  of  the 
ducks  on  the  marsh?" 

"Oh,  probably  hunting  pressure 
and  pollution.  During  hunting  sea- 
son the  ducks  fly  out  to  Long  Island 
Sound  early  and  come  back  late  un- 
less a  storm  drives  them  in.  A  few 
years   ago   there   were  no   factories 


QUESTAR'S  SEVEN-INCH  IS  VERY  RIG  WITH  R  &  D 

—  yet  its  scant  20-pound  weight  is  so 

easily  portable  in  this  27"  aluminum  case  that 

you  can  take  it  with  you 

Questar's  commitment  to  quality,  which 
has  built  its  world-wide  reputation,  now 
gives  you  the  Seven-inch,  an  instrument 
with  the  finest  possible  resolution  for 
every  optical  need.  Those  who  use  it  for 
laser  sending  or  receiving,  for  rocket- 
borne  instrumentation,  for  closed-circuit 
television,  or  just  for  taking  pictures  of 
nature,  marvel  at  the  performance  which 
easily  doubles  that  of  its  S'^-inch  parent. 
Its  Cer-Vit  mirror  has  essentially  no  ther- 
mal expansion,  thereby  increasing  the 
instrument's  usefulness  for  all  the  special 
optical  problems  encountered  in  scientific 
research  and  engineering.  And  it's  on  the 
shelf,  of  course,  ready  for  delivery. 

Here,  at  last,  is  the  perfect  telescope 
for  manned  spacecraft. 

QUESTAR.  THE  WORLD'S  FINEST,  MOST  VERSATILE  SMALL  TELESCOPE,  PRICED  FROM  $795,  IS 
DESCRIBED  IN  OUR  NEWEST  BOOKLET  WHICH  CONTAINS  MORE  THAN  100  PHOTOGRAPHS  BY 
QUESTAR  OWNERS.  SEND  $1  FOR  MAILING  ANYWHERE  IN  NORTH  AMERICA.  BY  AIR  TO 
REST  OF  WESTERN  HEMISPHERE,  $2,50:  EUROPE  AND  NORTH  AFRICA,  $3.00;  ELSEWHERE,  $3.50. 

QUESTAR 

BOX      60,  NEW  HOPE,   PENN.    18938 


29 


THE  WORLD 

OF  LINDBLAD 

TRAVEL 


offers  an  exciting 

sl<in  diving  expedition 

to  the 

"Forgotten  Islands" 

of  the  Indian  Ocean. 

June  6-27,1970 

Lindblad  Travel  invites  you  to  par- 
ticipate in  the  first  skin  diving  ex- 
pedition to  the  "Forgotten  Islands" 
of  the  Indian  Ocean. 


You  will  sail  aboard  the  new 
luxury  cruiser,  the  MS  Lindblad 
Explorer*,  which  will  serve  as  your 
"hotel"  while  in  the  exotic  Islands. 
There  will  be  a  fleet  of  smaller 
craft  at  your  disposal.  Experienced 
divers  may  use  Scuba  gear,  be- 
ginners can  snorkel  or  use  aqua- 
naut  breathing  units,  while  even 
non-divers  can  enjoy  the  beauties 
of  the  virgin  reefs  by  means  of  a 
unique  viewing  apparatus  de- 
signed and  built  solely  for  this  trip. 

The  expedition  will  be  led  by 
famous  underwater  photographer, 
Russ  Kinne,  whose  20  years'  ex- 
perience in  skin  diving  will  be 
invaluable  to  the  expedition. 

Cost:  from  $960.00  plus  air  fare. 

*The  MS  Lindblad  Explorer  is 
of  Norwegian  Registry  and  meets 
the  International  Safety  Standards 
for  new  ships  developed  after 
1948  and  meets  the  1966  Fire 
Safety  requirements. 


DEFT.   NH  370 
LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

133  East  55th  SL,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10022 
Yes,  I  am  seriously  interested  in 
skin  diving  in  ttie  Indian  Ocean. 
Please  send  me  the  detailed 
brochure: 

Mr, /Mrs. /Miss 


Address 

City 

State 

Zip 

. 

here  and  no  oil  in  the  water.  There 
used  to  be  a  lot  of  blue  crabs.  Some 
think  the  metal  from  the  wire  factory 
drove  out  the  crabs.'" 

During  hunting  season,  we  still 
hear  the  bangs  of  shotguns. 

"You've  got  to  get  there  before 
dawn  to  be  ready,  or  late  in  the  after- 
noon as  they  come  in.  Usually  in  the 
afternoon  there's  nothing.  Late  in 
the  season,  once  the  ducks  are 
jumped,  they  take  off.  But  early  in 
the  season,  if  you  jump  them,  go 
down  into  the  creek  bed  and  wait. 
The  ducks  often  circle  and  come 
back  and  you  can  get  an  overhead 
shot.  Generally  though,  the  first  walk 
through  in  the  morning  gets  all.  If 
there  is  a  hunter  ahead  of  you,  you 
might  as  well  not  bother.  First  come, 
first  served." 


"What  do  these  people  want? 
They  can't  save  the  whole  shore.  The 
salt  meadows  don't  do  any  good. 
Neither  me  nor  anybody  else  wants 
to  live  there.  It's  nothing  but  mud 
and  mosquitoes.  The  only  real  use 
for  it  is  marinas  and  that's  the  high- 
est value  land  use.  That  makes  sense. 
More  and  more  people  are  buying 
boats,  and  they  have  to  have  a  place 
to  put  them.  How  many  people  do 
you  see  down  on  the  marsh  now?  A 
few  bird  watchers  maybe.  If  they 
want  to  bird  watch  on  it.  I  don't  care. 
I've  got  better  things  to  do  than  that, 
but  I  don't  tell  them  what  to  do.  Why 
are  they  trying  to  tell  me?  Which  do 
you  prefer,  birds  or  people?" 

Plant  life  in  the  tidal  marsh  is  de- 
termined by  fluctuations  in  the 
amount  of  fresh  water,  by  intrusions 
of  salt  water,  and  by  the  contours  of 
the  land. 

Tidal  marshes  did  not  excite  gen- 
eral scientific  interest  until  1950 
when  Frank  Egler,  the  Peck's  bad 
boy  of  ecology,  in  collaboration  \w\\h 
W.  R.  Miller,  did  a  study  of  a  Con- 
necticut marsh.  Part  of  this  interest 
may  have  been  due  to  Egler's  preju- 
dices and  pungent  style  of  writing,  a 
rarity  in  scientific  literature.  "Exist- 
ing marshes  have  been  lacerated 
with  ditches  with  that  admirable 
thoroughness  and  pseudo-foresight- 
edness  with  which  mankind  is  apt  to 
treat  the  lands  of  his  heritage." 

Egler  and  Miller  characterized  the 
different  areas  of  the  marsh  and  sug- 
gested explanations  for  various 
natural  features.  For  example,  pans 


—shallow  depressions  with  a  stuntei 
flora— developed  when  brackish  waj 
ter  was  trapped  on  a  receding  tide 
The  water  then  evaporated,  leavin| 
a  salty  residue  that  killed  all  but  thj 
hardiest  plants.  But  even  where  ii 
was  saltiest,  something  survived— tht 
lowly  glasswort. 


Sa/fcornia- glasswort,  samphire 
or  pickleweed— is  a  low  fleshy  plant 
that  looks  something  like  a  cactus.  I| 
is  found  in  saline  areas,  not  because 
it  prefers  or  grows  better  in  such  re 
gions,  but  because  it  can  live  where 
others  die.  In  the  low,  flat  pans 
where  the  sun  beats  down  and  the 
salt  crystals  form,  the  glasswort 
thrives.  Glasswort  can  germinate  al, 
higher  temperatures  and  higher 
salinities  than  most  other  plants.  The 
fruiting  head  of  English  Salicornia^ 
can  float  on  sea  water  for  threej 
months,  be  cast  up  on  the  shore  at; 
high  tide,  and  the  seeds  will  still 
germinate. 

In  the  fall,  glasswort  compensates 
for  its  inconspicuous  spring  flower 
by  turning  a  deep  red  that  gives  a| 
sheen  of  color  to  the  marsh. 

The  possibilities  of  this  plant  do 
not  end  here.  The  young  tender 
shoots  can  be  used  in  salads.  Older 
plants  may  be  pickled  in  vinegar  and 
used  through  the  winter. 

No  more  can  be  asked  of  a  plant. 

It  was  low  tide  and  several  clam 
diggers  were  busy  stirring  up  the 
sand  and  mud.  I  looked  for  the  man 
with  the  most  clams  and  walked 
over.  He  was  short  and  stocky,  and 
dressed  in  a  dark  blue  sweatshi'rt 
dirtied  with  the  sand  and  mud  from 
his  digging.  As  we  chatted,  he  rarely 
glanced  up,  except  to  keep  track  of 
his  children  running  up  and  down 
the  strand.  Other  diggers  moved 
aimlessly  about,  digging  here  and 
there,  but  this  man  worked  methodi- 
cally forward  over  a  small  area.  As 
he  bent  over  the  two-foot  handle  of 
the  clam  rake,  his  arms  moved 
rhythmically  up  and  down  w'ith 
short,  chopping  strokes.  Every  few 
seconds  he  dug  rapidly  deeper.  The 
long  siphon  tube  of  a  clam  would 
start  to  withdraw,  but  with  a  few 
strokes  he  would  unearth  it,  adding 
one  more  clam  to  the  growing  pile 
in  a  wire  basket. 

"You  are  getting  more  clams  than 
all  the  rest  put  together,"  I  said, 
hoping  to  unearth  some  secret. 


30 


"They  haven't  been  going  clam- 
ling  for  forty  years."  He  pushed 
ind  over  a  small,  rejected  clam,  ex- 
laining,  "the  gulls  eat  them  if 
ley're  left  out."  He  resumed  chop- 
ing.  "They  leave  them  out,"  he  said, 
odding  toward  the  dilettantes  pok- 
ig  about  with  their  clam  forks. 

"Don't  all  the  clams  get  dug  out 
n  a  small  beach  like  this?" 

"They  try  it  once  or  twice  and 
ive  up.  I  started  when  I  was  seven. 
7e  used  to  clam  all  down  the  shore." 

He  straightened  up  and  looked 
own  the  line  of  piers,  boats,  and 
racks  toward  the  tower  of  a  pile 
river  down  the  harbor.  "Way  down 
)  there.  We  used  to  get  clams  down 
lere  when  I  was  seven.  All  the  time. 
.  lot  of  people  did."  He  glanced  at 
is  children  and  resumed  digging. 

One  of  the  dilettante  diggers  came 
y.  "There  aren't  any  clams  back 
lere,"  he  said  and  began  cautiously 
igging  five  feet  away  from  the  man 
1  the  blue  sweatshirt. 

"There's   clams,"    said    the   clam 

jger.  He  worked  around  so  his 
ent-over  bottom  was  facing  the 
ilettante,  who  moved  away  to  the 
)ose,  dry  sand  higher  on  the  beach. 

"Is  there  a  size  limit?"  I  asked. 

"Inch  and  a  half,"  he  said,  re- 
overing  a  2Vi>-inch  clam  with  sand. 

"There's  enough  clams  here."  He 
emed  insulted  that  the  other  dig- 
ers  were  finding  clams  so  slowly. 

"Perhaps  it's  just  as  well  the  others 
ren't  finding  many.  The  clams 
aight  get  all  dug  out." 

"They  won't  be  back  next  week- 
nd.  When  I  was  little  we  used  to  dig 
lams  for  $.25  a  bushel."  The  mem- 
ry  seemed  to  give  him  pleasure. 
My  wife  is  going  to  fry  these.  That's 
be  best  way." 

"How  about  the  sand  in  them?" 

"Just  in  the  neck,  but  we  split  the 
ecks  to  fry  them  and  clean  it  all  out. 
f  you  want,  you  can  hang  them  in  a 
lasket  in  salt  water  for  three  or  four 
ays  and  they'll  clean  themselves." 

"You  make  it  look  too  easy,"  I 
aid.  looking  at  his  basket  mounded 
ith  clams.  "Makes  me  think  I 
hould  start  digging  myself,  but  I 
;uess  I'll  settle  for  buying  them." 

"Where  can  you  buy  them?"  He 
)icked  up  two  more.  "I  like  clams," 
le  said,  never  pausing  in  his  dig- 

ig. 

I  turned  to  resume  my  walk  down 
he  shore. 

Continued  on  page  72 


Reserve  yours, 

a  natural  history  first! 


HAIJ>M  1  KtMUNlM    I    VNUl-    :    IHE    AGE    OF    REPTILES 


actual  size  3  7/8"  x  2  7/16" 

A  first  day  of  issue  cover,  of  course,  with  this  beautiful  new 
series  of  natural  history  postage  stamps  commemorating  the 
Centennial  of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  The 
official  cancelled  first  day  envelope,  with  this  plain  block  of  4 
jumbo  stamps,  will  be  available  from  the  l\/luseum  on  the  date 
of  issue,  May  6.  $1.00  each.  Reserve  yours  today!  Send  check 
or  money  order  with  self-addressed  stamped  9 Vz"  envelope. 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

First  Day  Cover 

Central  Park  West  at  79  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024 


AFRICA  COUPON 
N0.2 

Send  in  this  coupon  and  get  a  free  brocfiure  witii  all  tlie  information 
you  need  for  your  trip  to  Africa.  Find  out  about  tlie  people,  tlieir  place 
and  our  tours.  (Starting  from  as  little  as  $998,  they  show  Africa  best.) 
Then  go  there  on  Air  Afrique.  Call  your  travel  agent  or  the  nearest 
Air  France  office.  Air  France  is  the  General  Agent. 


Air  France 

Box  747 

New  York,  New  York  10011 


Name 

Address 

City 

State 

Zip 

My  travel  agent  is 

TC-2 

£C 

f}^  MIR  MiPtuoum 

31 


Many  bats  "see" 

the  world  around  ttiem 

solely  Dy  Hearing 

and  analyzing  the  eclioes 

ot  tnelr  own  sounds 

PMgraplisDyNlnaLeen 

TexlDyAlvinNovicK 

Most  of  the  conspicuous  bats  of 
temperate  climates  leave  their 
daytime  roosts  en  masse  at  dusk  and 
immediately  begin  their  nightly  pur- 
suit of  insects.  But  in  the  tropics,  bat 
populations  emerge  more  or  less 
sequentially,  often  long  past  dark. 
In  the  case  of  Mount  Plenty  Cave  in 
Jamaica,  for  example,  Monophyllus 
are  followed  by  Chilonycteris.  Arti- 
beus  and  PhyUonycteris  emerge 
later.  In  Mexico  I  have  often  noticed 
that  vampires  are  the  last  to  emerge, 
sometimes  as  late  as  10:00  p.m. 

Watching  bats  in  tropical  caves  in 
late  afternoon,  one  sees  increasing 
preening  and  hears  additional  bick- 
ering and  vocalizing  toward  dusk. 
Then,  within  the  larger  chambers,  a 
few  bats  start  flying  great  circles, 
during  the  course  of  which  they  pass 
one  or  more  of  the  principal  exits. 
More  and  more  individuals  join 
these  flights  until  some  hundreds  or 
thousands  of  bats  may  be  moving 
together  in  long  swirls.  Apparently, 
as  they  pass  the  exits  they  judge  the 

Copyright  ©1969  in  all  countries  of  the 
International  Copyright  Union,  by  Nina 
Leen,  Jay  Gold,  and  Edita  S.  A.  Excerpted 
from-  The  World  of  Bats,  to  be  published 
by  Holt,  Rinehart  and  Winston,  Inc. 

32      • 


intensity  of  light  and  decide  whether 
to  emerge  or  not.  On  dark,  overcast 
evenings,  bats  emerge  earlier.  They 
also  emerge  earlier  through  exits  that 
are  deep  in  ravines  or  that  are  heav- 
ily shaded  than  they  do  through  exits 
facing  the  clear  sky  or  open  to  the 
west.  Emergence  time  varies,  of 
course,  with  the  time  of  sunset.  (I 
have  found  that  a  cave  population 
can  be  substantially  "bottled  up"  be- 
yond sunset  by  placing  a  single  flash- 
light in  the  cave  exit,  shining  in- 
ward.) Bats  awaken  in  response  to 
a  built-in  rhythm  of  activity  such  as 
has  been  demonstrated  in  a  wide 
variety  of  other  living  organisms. 
Their  flights  past  the  lighted  exits 
reset  their  internal  clock,  if  neces- 
sary, and  keep  it  synchronized  with 
the  solar  day  and  night.  That  is,  if 
a  bat  awakens  too  early,  its  clock 
is  reset  by  its  view  of  full  dayhght. 
The  next  night  it  sleeps  longer  and 
commences  flying  later. 

Flying  in  a  cave  in  this  way,  ac- 
companied by  the  swirl  of  so  many 
companions,  must  create  serious 
orientation  problems.  The  noise  level 
includes  a  multiplicity  of  odd  rever- 
berations of  sound  from  the  irregu- 
lar facets  of  the  walls  and  ceiling, 
plus  the  sound  pulses  and  echoes  all 
the  other  bats  are  using  to  sense  their 
environment.  In  order  to  echolocate 
effectively,  a  bat  must  be  able  to 
identify  the  echoes  of  its  own  pulses. 
I  now  believe  that  bats  flying  sys- 
tematically in  their  own  cave  may  do 
so  largely  by  memory.  They  are  ex- 
posed repeatedly  to  the  same,  essen- 
tially unchanging  geometry.  To 
memorize  this  configuration  ought 
not  to  be  a  major  challenge.  In  addi- 
tion, in  several  experimental  situa- 
tions we  have  observed  what  D.  R. 
GrifEn  has  called  the  "Andrea  Doria 
effect":  bats  may  be  using  echoloca- 
tion,  a  sonar  system  analogous  to 
the  radar  system  used  by  ships,  but 
in  familiar  caves  they  apparently 
navigate  by  custom,  paying  no  atten- 
tion to  the  echoes.  If  obstacles  are 
unexpectedly  introduced  into  the  en- 
vironment, bats  will  crash  into  them 
even  while  producing  their  normal 
sonal  signals. 

Bats  that  fly  in  jungle  thickets 
usually  have  relatively  short,  broad 
wings  and  fly  slowly.  They  generally 
produce  sonar  signals  of  low  intens- 


ity and  short  duration,  often  at  a 
constant  frequency.  The  wing  shape 
seems  adapted  to  slow  flight,  quick 
changes  in  direction,  and  hovering. 
In  a  jungle,  the  presence  of  many  ob- 
stacles makes  it  more  difficult  to  de- 
tect and  pursue  food  objects.  The 
use  of  weaker  sonar  signals  avoids 
the  reception  of  echoes  from  too 
many  objects  because  it  restricts  in- 
spection to  the  immediate  vicinity. 
Short  pulse  duration  is  also  charac- 
teristic of  almost  all  sonar  systems 
when  a  bat  is  very  close  to  its  target, 
a  common  situation  in  the  jungle  or 
among  bats  that  hunt  along  walls, 
trees,  or  near  the  ground.  Short 
pulses  avoid  or  minimize  the  fre- 
quency of  long  overlaps  at  the  bat's 
ear  between  outgoing  pulses  and  re- 
turning echoes. 

Insectivorous  bats  hunting  in 
clearings  or  over  ponds  often  dis- 
play the  erratic  flight  paths  that  have 
made  bats  symbols  of  inconstancy, 
fickleness,  or  of  an  erratic  nature. 
But  each  change  in  direction,  each 
dive,  somersault,  or  sideslip  indi- 
cates pursuit.  When  capturing  in- 
sects at  the  rate  of  one  or  two  per 
second,  a  bat  will  appear  to  be  flying 
erratically  because  of  the  braking 
and  accelerating  that  are  required. 
The  short  flights  between  insect  pur- 
suits are  straight  or  gently  curved. 

During  the  night  many  bats,  hav- 
ing fed,  will  hang  up  at  a  nocturnal 
roost  to  rest  or  sleep  while  digesting 
their  catch.  Such  night  roosts  can 
often  be  recognized  by  the  heaps  of 
discarded  food  fragments  found  on 
them  or  by  their  discrete  guano' 
heaps— each  representing  the  habit- 
ual return  of  a  single  bat  to  a  specific 
site  such  as  a  branch  or  a  rocky  over- 
hang. In  some  cases,  fully  fed  bats 
may  be  seen  returning  to  their  caves 


A  dog-faced  bat,  with  it 

wings  fully  extended  ant 

symmetrical  as  they  near  thi 

end  of  a  downstroke,  appean 

to  simulate  a  parachute 


^tSt: 


In  a  confined  space — where 
their  sonar  fails  them^ — bats 
wheel  in  confused  flight,  left. 
Ahove,  a  rousette  fruit  bat 
parts  its  lips  to  emit  the 
acoustic  pulses  that  guide  it. 


by  10:00  or  11:00  P.M.  In  other 
cases  they  may  be  out  most  of  the 
night,  but  they  almost  invariably  re- 
turn before  dawn. 

Besides  flying  for  food,  bats  en- 
gage in  long-distance,  seasonal  mi- 
grations to  and  from  nursery  col- 
onies and  fresh  foraging  areas.  Such 
flights  have  been  well  documented 
by  naturalists  in  North  America, 
Europe,  and  Australia  as  ranging 
from  50  to  100  miles  up  to  1,500 
miles  or  more.  In  general,  the  data 
are  derived  from  banding  records 
of  bats  that  have  been  captured, 
banded,  arid  released.  In  New 
England  bats  of  several  species  re- 
treat to  Mount  Aeolus  in  Vermont 
from  diverse  summering  sites  in  all 


directions  and  at  substantial  dis- 
tances. We  know  very  little  of  the 
mechanics  or  details  of  such  flights. 
How,  for  example,  do  bats  provision 
for  such  flights,  or  do  they  feed  en 
route?  How  do  they  navigate  and 
how  do  they  recognize  their  goal? 
What  triggers  the  migrations?  Is 
there  a  leader?  No  answers  are  yet 
available.  Recently  several  investiga- 
tors have  reopened  the  question  of 
whether  migrating  bats  may  navi- 
gate visually  by  the  use  of  landmarks 
or  the  constellations. 

Acoustic  orientation— echolo- 
cation— is  the  only  aspect  of  bat  life 
that  has  been  investigated  in  major 
fashion.  In  the  suborder  Megachi- 
roptera  only  bats  of  the  genus 
Rouseltus  orient  themselves  acousti- 
cally. They  use  audible  pulses  of 
sound  produced  by  tongue  clicking, 
and  depend  on  echoes  from  these 
sounds  for  guidance  in  the  dark. 
Producing  no  sounds  in  flight,  other 
Megachiroptera  apparently  find  their 
way  by  vision  and  olfaction.  How 
they  manage  to  forage  when  there 
is  no  illumination,  or  very  little,  is 
not  known. 

Bats  of  the  genus  Rouseltus  have 
evolved  a  sonar  system  independ- 
ently of  the  Microchiroptera.  Inso- 


M, 


35 


far  as  they  have  heen  studied,  all 
bats  of  the  suborder  Microchiroptera 
depend  on  echolocation  for  tracking 
insects  or  other  prey  and  for  avoid- 
ing obstacles.  Those  that  feed  on 
fruit,  flowers,  or  vertebrates  (which 
emit  odors)  probably  also  use  olfac- 
tory information  for  local  orienta- 
tion—but their  sonar  system  is  never- 
theless of  prime  importance.  The 
Microchiroptera  all  send  out  in- 
tensely loud,  ultrashort  pulses  of 
high-frequency  sound,  which  are  re- 
flected by  objects  in  their  path.  We 
have  studied  such  sounds,  from  a 
wide  variety  of  bats,  in  terms  of  their 
major  parameters:  frequency,  fre- 
quency pattern,  pulse  duration, 
pulse-repetition  rate,  interpulse  in- 
terval, intensity,  and  directionality. 
In  all  Microchiroptera  that  have 
been  studied  so  far,  the  pulses  are 
produced  in  the  larynx. 

Depending  upon  the  species,  the 
sounds  are  emitted  either  through 
the  mouth  or  the  nostrils.  Many,  if 
not  all,  of  the  bats  that  regularly 
emit  their  orientation  pulses  nasally 
have  a  nose  leaf.  This  appendage 
may  serve  either  to  beam  the  sounds 
into  a  forward,  compact,  conelike 
shape  or  may  instead  deflect  sound 
from  a  retrograde  path  to  the  bat's 
own  ears.  In  some  bats  the  nose  leaf 
may  even  serve  to  cast  an  echo 
shadow  of  some  sort  on  the  ears. 

Among  the  many  bats  that  emit 
sonar  signals  orally  are  some  like 
Chilonycteris,  the  mustache  bats, 
which  form  their  mouth  and  lips  into 
a  megaphone  shape  when  doing  so. 
Generally,  they  lack  a  nose  leaf. 

Sonar  signals  do  not  spread  in  all 
directions  equally.  Very  little  of  the 
sound  can  be  detected  behind,  above, 
or  below  the  animal.  The  greatest 
sound  pressures  occur  in  something 
less  than  a  hemisphere  in  front  of  a 
bat's  mouth  or  nose.  Sound  travels 
in  air  at  about  345  m/sec.  and  is  in- 
tercepted by  objects  in  the  fore- 
ground. In  general,  objects  large 
enough  to  be  of  interest  to  bats,  per- 
haps 1  mm.  or  more,  adequately  re- 
flect the  wavelengths  being  used. 
Some  of  the  echoes  reach  one  or 
usually  both  of  the  bat's  ears.  They 
are  perceived  and  processed  by  the 
ears  and  by  acoustic  interpretation 
centers  in  the  brain.  The  information 
received  appears  to  be  adequate  to 

36 


L  flying  fox  endures  a 
ainstorm,  one  of  the 
lenalties  of  roosting 
ut  in  the  open. 


identify  the  direction,  velocity,  dis- 
tance, and  some  elements  of  the 
"nature"  of  the  reflecting  surface. 
We  do  not  yet  understand  how  bats 
identify  the  characteristics  of  reflect- 
ing objects  by  analyzing  the  echoes. 
We  do,  however,  have  scatterings  of 
solid  evidence,  lots  of  clues,  and 
some  interesting  guesses. 

Bats'  external  ears  are  not  only 
large  but  are  usually  highly  mobile. 
We  also  know  they  are  highly  direc- 
tional. That  is,  sounds  from  certain 
directions  are  received  optimally 
while  sounds  from  other  directions 
are  partially  blocked.  Presumably, 
bats  assess  the  direction  of  a  sound- 
reflecting  object  by  comparing  the 
perceived  intensity  in  the  two  ears. 
In  ambiguous  cases,  they  can  make 
a  series  of  judgments  with  the  ears 
and  head  in  different  positions.  We 
know  that  this  method  is  used  by  at 
least  some  bats.  Reception  of  a  sound 
either  slightly  earlier  or  at  a  slightly 
higher  intensity  by  one  ear  than  by 
the  other  activates  other  analytical 
processes. 

The  middle  ear  of  bats,  as  of  other 
mammals,  conveys  sound  from  the 
eardrum  to  the  actual  sense  organ 
of  the  inner  ear.  Two  small  but 
active  muscles  reside  in  the  middle 
ear.  One,  the  tensor  tympani,  alters 
the  tension  of  the  eardrum.  The 
other,  the  stapedius,  alters  the  pos- 
ture of  the  stapes  on  the  mem- 
branous material  called  the  oval 
window,  which  lies  in  the  bony  wall 
of  the  fluid-bathed  inner  ear.  In  all 
mammals,  these  muscles  contract 
when  extra-loud  sounds  are  heard 
or  while  the  animal  itself  is  barking 
or  speaking,  yawning  or  swallowing. 
Their  function  seems  to  be  to  pro- 
tect the  inner  ear  from  disruptive 
stimulation.  When  the  muscles  are 
contracted,    the    transmission    of 


sound  is  diminished.  In  bats,  we 
know  that  the  middle  ear  muscles 
contract  before  each  sonar  pulse  is 
emitted  and  apparently  serve  to  at- 
tenuate the  intensity  of  each  outgo- 
ing pulse  that  reaches  the  bat's  own 
ear.  But  the  muscles  usually  relax 
in  time  for  optimal  echo  reception. 

From  the  beginning  of  modern 
bat-orientation  studies  we  wondered 
how  bats  could  hear  faint  echoes  so 
quickly  after  emitting  intense  outgo- 
ing pulses  of  sound.  There  are  now 
several  answers  to  this  question  and 
more  probably  still  await  recogni- 
tion. Not  only  do  the  middle  ear 
muscles  favor  echo  reception  by 
their  carefully  coordinated  contrac- 
tions, but  the  ears  (the  entire  en- 
capsulated complex  of  inner  and 
middle  ear  bones)  are  often  quite 
isolated  from  the  skull.  In  some  bats, 
the  otic  capsules  float  in  rather  loose 
attachment  to  the  skull,  isolated  and 
insulated  by  fatty  connective  tissue 
or  by  blood-filled  sinuses.  The  isola- 
tion from  the  skull  presumably  re- 
duces bony  conduction  of  sound 
from  the  bat's  own  larynx  and 
respiratory  passages  to  its  ears.  It 
also  would  improve  the  isolation  of 
one  ear  from  the  other  for  the  assess- 
ment of  direction. 


I  he  orientation  pulses  that  bats 
emit  are  predominantly  of  ultrasonic 
frequencies.  Some  sheath-tailed  bats 
produce  frequencies  audible  to  man 

(as  low  as  12  kHz,  or  12,000  cycles 
per  second)  along  with  more  intense 
higher  harmonics.  Other  bats  gener- 
ally produce  frequencies  above  20 
kHz.  Men  generally  hear  only  up  to 
about  18  or  20  kHz,  although  young 
children  may  be  sensitive  to  slightly 
higher  frequencies.  A  former  col- 
league of  mine  reports  that  in  his 
childhood  in  India  he  was  often  kept 
awake  by  the  loud  and  ubiquitous 
sounds  of  bats  hawking  by  his  bed- 
room windows.  His  nurse,  with  more 
limited  hearing,  perennially  refused 
to  believe  his  excuse  for  remaining 
awake.  But  even  adults,  sitting 
quietly  in  a  well-isolated  room  and 
listening  attentively  while  bats  fly  by, 
can  hear  a  faint  but  clear  low-fre- 
quency component  of  the  sonar  sig- 
nals—the ticklaut.  In  some  bats,  cold 


molossids  for  example,  die  ticklaut 
is  particularly  prominent. 

Many  bats  produce  orientation 
pulses  that  we  describe  as  frequency 
modulated.  Such  pulses  sweep  down- 
ward in  frequency,  often  by  about 
one  octave.  Vespertilionids,  molos- 
sids, and  natalids,  among  others,  pro- 
duce pulses  of  this  sort.  The  exact 
frequency  range  varies  with  species. 
Among  the  vespertilionids,  sweeps 
starting  as  high  as  120  kHz  have 
been  recorded.  The  common  range, 
however,  is  60  to  80  kHz  sweeping  to 
30  to  40  kHz.  The  fundamental 
sweep  is  often  accompanied  by  a  sec- 
ond and  even  a  third  harmonic 
sweep,  one  and  two  octaves  higher. 

Other  bats  produce  pulses  con- 
sisting of  a  constant-frequency  (CF) 
portion  followed  by  a  brief  fre- 
quency-modulated (FM)  termina- 
tion. In  most  of  these  bats,  the  CF 
portion  is  characterized  by  at  least 
two  prominent  components,  the 
fundamental  and  its  second  har- 
monic, an  octave  higher.  There  are 
variations  on  these  patterns.  In  the 
slit-faced  bats  and  the  Old  World 
false  vampires,  for  example,  the 
short  orientation  pulses  are  of  con- 
stant frequency  but  with  several 
prominent  harmonics. 

What  determines  the  frequency 
range  used?  Perhaps  an  important 
consideration  in  selecting  ultrasonic 
frequencies  is  that  less  interference 
is  found  there.  Presumably,  relatively 
few  interfering  sounds— insect  songs 
principally— would  be  widespread  or 
conspicuous  in  this  frequency  band. 
On  the  other  hand,  higher  frequency 
sound  is  attenuated  by  air.  So  per- 
haps these  considerations  counter- 
balance each  other. 

The  frequency  of  pulses  may  sim- 
ply be  dictated  by  the  dimensions 
of  the  sound-generating  organs.  The 
smaller  and  the  tenser  the  mem- 
branes, the  higher  the  frequencies 
produced.  One  might  guess  that 
small  bats  I  hence  small  larynges) 
would  produce  higher  frequencies, 
but  this  is  often  not  the  case. 

In  general,  one  might  expect  small 
bats  to  feed  on  small  prey  and  large 
bats  on  large  prey.  We  do  not  know 
if  this  is  true,  although  there  ought 
to  be  some  such  tendency  and.  if  it 
does  exist,  then  small  bat  species 
ought    to    favor    high    frequencies, 


27 


other  things  being  equal.  The  higher 
the  frequency,  the  shorter  the  wave- 
length. Objects  with  dimensions  of 
about  one  wavelength  seem  to  reflect 
sound  especially  effectively.  At  about 
30  kHz  the  wavelength  is  about  11.5 
mm.  Few  naturally  interesting  ob- 
jects would  be  less  than  3. .5  mm.  in 
diameter.  Spider  web  strands,  an  in- 
teresting example,  are  poorly  de- 
tected by  bat  sonar  systems  and 
several  ultrasmall  species  of  bats  are 
reported  to  become  entangled  in 
them.  Again,  few  edible  objecis  for 
the  majority  of  bats  are  much  larger 
than  1  or  2  cm.  in  diameter.  Fruit, 
flowers,  and  vertebrates  are  probably 
detected  by  a  different  system,  that 
is,  by  olfaction.  Therefore  the  range 
of  wavelengths  seems  roughly  appro- 
priate. Of  course,  large  obstacles  also 
have  to  be  detected. 

Actually,  in  their  ability  to  detect 
objects,  bats  are  not  limited  to  those 
larger  than  3. .5  mm.  in  diameter. 
Bats  of  several  families  have  been 
observed  in  detail  while  traversing 
an  obstacle  course.  Such  a  course 
usually  consists  of  a  plane  of  verti- 
cally hung  wires  spaced  somewhat 
less  than  a  wingspread  apart.  A  bat 
is  forced  to  fly  repeatedly  through 
the  obstacle  plane  and  its  score  is 
recorded  in  terms  of  hits  and  misses. 
Agile  individuals  of  most  species 
avoid  wires  with  diameters  down  to 
0.08  mm.  with  better  than  chance 
scores.  Since  such  wires  are  often 
of  the  order  of  one-thirtieth  of  a 
wavelength,  these  are  impressive 
performances. 

Students  of  bat  behavior  have  suc- 
ceeded in  studying  insect  pursuits  or 
other  sequential  events  in  only  a  few 
genera.  In  these,  however,  we  now 
have  some  understanding  of  the 
functions  of  pulse  duration.  In 
Chilonycteris  psilotis.  for  example, 
the  pulses  produced  during  what  we 
call  cruising,  or  searching,  flight  are 
about  4  msec,  in  duration.  These 
bats,  when  hunting  fruitflies  in  the 
laboratory,  show  the  first  signs  of 
beginning  pursuit  (by  shortening 
orientation  pulses  and  increasing  the 
repetition  rate )  when  they  are  about 
600  mm.,  or  nearly  two  feet,  from 
the  insect.  Sound  travels  at  about  345 
mm/msec.  A  4  msec,  pulse,  there- 
fore, has  a  length  in  air  of  about 
1,380  mm.  Since  sound  has  to  make 

38 


a  round  trip  for  the  echoes  to  be 
perceived,  echoes  from  any  object 
closer  than  690  mm.  will  overlap  at 
the  bat's  ear  with  the  outgoing  pulse. 
Thus,  C.  psilotis  detect  an  insect  or 
at  least  have  their  attention  directed 
to  a  given  insect  when  their  echoes 
overlap  with  the  outgoing  pulse. 

Given  a  species-characteristic 
searching-pulse  duration  of  4  msec, 
objects  will  always  be  detected  as  be- 
ing within  striking  range  when  they 
are  about  600  mm.  away.  Such  a 
system  means  that  distance  (at  least 
for  prey  pursuits )  need  never  be 
quantified  or  measured.  Everything 
beyond  600  mm.  can  be  categorized 
as  "distant."  Everything  producing 
an  echo  that  overlaps  with  the  out- 
going pulse  would  be  in  a  narrow 
band,  perhaps  100  mm.  wide,  which 
we  might  label  as  "approaching." 
No  unnoticed  objects  can  be  closer 
than  this  overlap  band:  they  would 
then  have  been  detected  by  previous 
pulses  and  w  ould  therefore  have  pre- 
viously fixed  the  bat's  attention. 
Pulse  intensity  may  be  adapted  for 
detecting  objects  of  interesting  size 
at  this  species-specific  hunting  range. 

Pulse  repetition  rate  and  flight 
speed  must  also  be  considered.  If 
Chilonycteiis  psilotis  produce  about 
18  pulses  per  second,  then  each  pulse 
is  followed  by  a  silent  interval  of 
about  55  msec,  during  which  the  ])at 
moves  forward  about  100  mm.  Let  us 
assume  that  the  bat  had  just  missed 
detecting  an  insect  with  its  previous 
pulse.  Now  it  emits  a  second  pulse. 
An  object  previously  just  beyond 
overlap  range,  that  is.  700  mm.  away, 
will  now  be  about  600  mm.  from  the 
bat.  The  echo  will  now  overlap  by 
0.6  msec,  with  the  outgoing  pulse. 
If  the  insect  is  flying  directly  away 
from  or  toward  the  bat.  if  the  bat's 
flight  speed  is  irregular,  if  the  pulse 
durations  vary,  or  if  interpulse  in- 
tervals vary  substantially,  the 
amount  of  overlap  and  the  depth  of 
the  detection  band  will  vary,  but  not 
substantially.  Having  detected  an  in- 
sect, Chilonycteris  psilotis  alters  its 
flight  path  to  intercept  it,  and  simul- 
taneously increases  the  pulse  repeti- 
tion rate  and  cuts  pulse  durations. 
The  pursuit  and  ca])ture  of  an  insect 
at  this  range  takes  perhaps  250  to 
3.50  msec.  About  200  msec,  are  con- 
sumed by  the  approach  pha.^e.  dur- 


ing which  the  pulse-repetition  rate 
rises  to  about  100  per  second.  The 
last  75  msec,  or  so  are  the  terminal 
phase:  now  the  rate  rises  to  170  per 
second  or  more.  The  terminal  phase 
is  also  called  the  "buzz,"  which  de- 
scribes our  subjective  perception 
when  we  hear  the  audible  ticklaut 
during  a  pursuit  or  listen  to  a  pur- 
suit via  a  transducer. 

In  closely  related  Chilonycteris 
parnellii.  search-phase  pulses  are 
about  20  msec,  in  duration.  These 
bats  also  seem  to  have  their  attention 
drawn  to  insect  targets  by  pulse-echo 
overlap,  but  because  their  pulses  are 
longer,  the  overlap  occurs  initially  at 
about  3.5  m.  Pulse  duration,  there- 
fore, also  determines  hunting  range. 

Following  detection  of  an  insect 
at  3.5  m..  Chilonycteris  parnellii  first 
increase  their  pulse  durations  to 
about  32  msec,  and  then  start  to  de- 
crease them  w  ith  closing  target  dis- 
tance. The  initial  overlap  is  about  1 
to  2  msec  but  after  the  pulses  have 
been  lengthened,  overlaps  of  about 
20  msec,  occur.  These  long  overlaps, 
declining  to  about  5  msec,  late  in  the 
terminal  phase,  characterize  pursuit 
in  this  species.  What  do  such  long 
overlaps  signify? 

In  one  experimental  sequence,  the 
bat  flew  across  a  room  to  an  isolated 
landing  perch.  The  sequence  of 
pulses  in  such  a  landing  is  similar  to 
that  in  an  insect  pursuit.  Brain  activ- 
ity w  as  lo^v  during  the  emission  and 
perception  of  the  CF  portions  of  the 
pulses.  Initially,  at  a  distance,  the 
bat  may  have  been  plotting  the  posi- 
tions of  several  objects— the  perch, 
the  wall,  and  so  forth.  As  the  bat 
closed  on  the  perch,  it  seemed  to 
close  down  the  interpulse  interval  to 
"focus"  on  the  first  of  the  returning 
echoes.  That  is,  it  was  excluding 
echoes  or  reverberations  from  more 
distant  objects.  A  shallow  depth  of 
field,  w  ere  it  to  be  continued  for 
long,  would  naturally  leave  the  bat 
vulnerable,  but  we  are  speaking  of  a 
period  of  less  than  a  second.  Pre- 
sumably the  bat  can  open  up  the  in- 
terval if  there  is  some  reason  to  do 
so— such  as  the  intrusion  of  unex- 
pected sounds  or  echoes.  Thus,  in 
Chilonycteris  parnellii  I  believe  that 
the  purpose  of  lengthening  the  pulses 
on  detection  is  to  separate  out  two 
echo  functions. 


Roosting  on  a  banana  leaf,  a 
Malaysian  short-nosed  fruit 
bat  wraps  its  wings  around  its 
belly  and  chest.  Its  feet 
are  in  opposite  orientation. 


First,  the  CF  echo  is  received  and 
processed,  then  the  FM  echo  is  re- 
ceived (perhaps  to  assess  target  di- 
rection). The  way  the  bat  regulates 
pulse  duration  during  the  approach 
phase  holds  these  two  functions 
separate  and  temporarily  fixed  rela- 
tive to  one  another. 

In  Chilonycteris  parnellii,  during 
an  approach  the  echo  CF  would 
be  altered  by  the  Doppler  shift, 
which  is  imposed  by  the  relative 
velocities  of  the  bat  and  its  target. 
The  difference  in  frequencies,  if  it 
were  being  measured,  would  give  a 
measure  of  relative  velocity.  The  dif- 
ference in  frequencies  might  also  re- 


move the  echo  frequency  from  com- 
petition with  the  output  frequency. 

Not  all  bats  operate  with  pulse 
durations  designed  to  produce  pulse- 
echo  overlaps.  In  addition  to  the 
mustache  bats,  Rhinolophus  and 
Hipposideros  apparently  do  so.  But 
the  vespertilionids  shorten  their 
pulse  duration  during  insect  pursuits 
or  obstacle  course  traversals  so  as  to 
preclude  pulse-echo  overlap.  We  do 
not  at  present  know  enough  to  in- 
terpret these  different  designs. 

The  orientation  pulses  of  bats  are, 
in  an  absolute  sense,  always  very 
loud.  The  human  threshold  of  hear- 
ing at  our  best   frequencies   is  ex- 


pressed as  being  about  0.0002  dynes 
per  square  centimeter.  This  is 
1/5000  of  the  force  needed  to  move 
1/25  of  an  ounce  by  2/5  of  an  inch. 
The  faintest  bat  orientation  pulses 
known  are  about  1  dyne  per  square 
centimeter  when  recorded  at  about 
5  cm.  from  a  bat's  mouth  or  nose. 
Rather  loud  bats  produce  pulses  at 
100  or  200  dynes  per  square  centi- 
meter. These  are  truly  intense 
sounds,  comparable  with  offensive  or 
even  painful  noise  levels  in  civiliza- 
tion such  as  those  of  subways,  jet 
engines,  or  boiler  factories. 

Sound  spreads  outward  from  its 
source  in  every  direction,  expanding 
like  an  ever  growing  sphere.  There- 
fore a  target  of  given  size  receives 
a  smaller  fraction  of  the  total  sound 
produced  as  its  distance  from  the 
target  increases,  and  less  is  reflected 
back  toward  the  source. 

Thus  the  returning  echo  is  faint 
relative  to  the  outgoing  pulse.  But 
the  returning  echo  from  objects  at 
appropriate  distances  is  loud  enough 
to  be  perceived  and  analyzed  by  a 
bat.  The  output  must  be  sufficiently 
intense  to  serve  adequately  for  the 
ranges  and  object  sizes  that  a  bat 
works  with.  Bats  that  hunt  in  the 
open,  especially  at  high  altitudes,  use 
loud  pulses.  Loudness,  in  general, 
also  goes  with  long  pulse  duration, 
probably  associated  with  long  hunt- 
ing ranges. 

Bats  that  fly  in  the  jungle  or  in 
the  jungle  canopy,  also  those  that 
fly  close  to  walls,  tree  trunks,  or  the 
ground  seeking  roosting  victims,  use 
relatively  quiet  pulses.  We  often  call 
these  the  w  hispering  bats.  Some  hunt 
at  short  range  and  thus  avoid  loss 
caused  by  distance.  In  addition,  they 
conserve  energy,  reduce  the  output 
effect  on  their  sound-processing  cen- 


39 


ters,  and  perhaps  utilize  an  optimal 
echo-intensity  band. 

Other  whispering  bats  do  not  hunt 
at  short  range  but  appear  to  be  faced 
instead  by  an  excessively  complex- 
environment— vines,  branches, 
leaves,  and  thorns.  I  reason  that  in 
such  circumstances  they  may  gain 
advantage  by  reducing  output  in- 
tensity so  as  to  set  a  limit  on  the 
range  from  which  echo  information 
will  return.  Perhaps  these  bats  can 
process  echoes  from  three  objects  at 
a  time  or  from  ten  or  even  more— 
but  there  must  be  a  practical  limit. 
By  reducing  the  output  intensity, 
they  concentrate  their  attention  on 
the  closest  objects  and  exclude  the 
rest.  Such  a  system,  of  course,  re- 
quires slow,  deliberate  flight  so  as  to 
preclude  colHsions  with  obstacles 
that  have  not  yet  been  examined  and 
to  assure  "seeing"  an  adequate  pro- 
portion of  food  objects  before  they 
have  been  passed  by.  In  fact,  whis- 
pering bats  can  normally  hover  or 
fly  slowly.  (Loud  pulse  bats  gener- 
ally fly  swiftly  and  are  relatively  un- 
able to  maneuver.)  Whispering  bats 
also  usually  use  short-duration 
pulses.  Their  hunting  range  is  rela- 
tively short,  and  whether  they  use  or 
preclude  overlap,  short  pulses  serve 
them  best. 

It  may  seem  strange  that  I  refer 
to  whispering  bats  after  having  said 
that  all  bats  use  pulses  of  high  in- 
tensity. Those  that  use  relatively  low 
intensities,  especially  at  high  fre- 
quencies, are  technically  hard  to 
study.  Our  microphones,  even  today, 
are  relatively  insensitive  in  the  fre- 
quency band  of  bat-orientation 
pulses  and  are  often  progressively 
less  sensitive  as  the  frequency  in- 
creases. Thus,  bats  are  termed  "whis- 
perers" when  we  find  it  difficult  to 
record  their  output. 

The  initial  studies  of  the  bat  sonar 
system  done  by  D.  R.  Griffin  dealt 
entirely  with  North  American  ves- 
pertilionids,  particularly  Myotis  and 
Eptesicus.  In  1953,  he  went  to 
Panama  to  survey  the  sonar  systems 
of  bats  of  several  additional  families. 
His  experience  with  many  of  the 
spear-nosed  bats  (Phyllostomatidae) 
was  frustrating.  He  was  unable  to 
record  any  sound  output  from  sev- 
eral genera.  His  frustration  paral- 
leled that  of  SpaUanzani  150  years 

40 


before.  How  could  a  bat  be  echolocat- 
ing  unless  it  was  producing  orienta- 
tion pulses:  and  if  it  was  producing 
such  pulses,  why  could  they  not  be 
recorded?  We  now  know  that  they 
ivere  producing  orientation  pulses 
but  Griffin's  microphones  were  tech- 
nically inadequate  to  record  them. 
In  the  next  year.  I  joined  Griffin's 
laboratory  as  a  research  fellow  newly 
out  of  a  residency  in  medicine.  I  be- 
gan a  series  of  experiments  designed 
to  identify  the  mechanisms  of  pulse 
production.  Principally  I  systemati- 
cally denervated  the  muscles  of  the 
larynx,  the  tongue,  and  the  palate  in 
order  to  localize  the  sound-produc- 
ing motor  organ  or  organs.  The 
cricothyroid  muscles  of  the  larynx 
proved  to  be  crucial  in  the  vesper- 
tilionids,  Myotis  and  Eptesicus. 
These  bats,  which  had  had  the  crico- 
thyroid muscles  denervated.  emitted 
audible  peeps  only  and  were  dis- 
oriented in  fliajht. 


A, 


It  that  time,  we  had  some  exam- 
ples of  the  tropical  spear-nosed  bat 
CaroUia  living  in  the  laboratory.  We 
had  never  heard  them  emit  any 
orientation  pulses.  I  operated  on 
four  of  them,  and  we  were  astonished 
to  obsene  that  CaroUia.  after  crico- 
thyroid denervation,  were  disori- 
ented in  flight  and,  for  the  first  time, 
emitted  audible  peeps.  Presumably 
the  effect  had  been  the  same  as  in 
the  vespertilionids— ultrasonic  pulses 
had  been  replaced  by  useless  sonic 
ones.  Some  of  these  CaroUia  sur- 
vived and  several  weeks  after  sur- 
gery, we  were  again  astonished  to 
find  that  one  of  them  was  no  longer 
producing  audible  peeps.  On  listen- 
ing with  a  microphone  sensitive  to 
higher  frequencies,  however,  we 
found  that  the  bat  was  now  produc- 
ing ultrasonic  pulses  and  was  again 
oriented  in  flight. 

I  went  to  Panama  briefly  that  sum- 
mer and  confirmed  these  observa- 
tions on  CaroUia  and  several  other 
phyllostomatid  genera.  They  were  all 
producing  technically  elusive  ultra- 
sonic orientation  pulses.  Dr.  Griffin 
and  I  published  a  paper  in  1955  de- 
scribing these  pulses  as  best  we 
could,  but  our  descriptions  and 
analyses  became  obsolete  in  1956. 


In  those  days  any  significant  ad- 
vance in  acoustic  equipment  often 
rendered  recent  experimental  find- 
ings completely  out  of  date.  In  the 
fall  of  1955,  for  example,  I  collected 
and  studied  the  bats  of  the  Old 
World  tropics.  In  the  course  of  ten 
months  I  worked  in  the  Philippines, 
Ceylon,  and  in  the  Belgian  Congo.  I 
undertook  the  trip  although  tech- 
nically I  was  no  better  off  than  I 
had  been  in  Panama  the  year  before. 
About  five  months  out,  when  I  was 
in  Ceylon,  I  heard  from  Dr.  Griffin 
that  he  had  had  a  new  microphone 
built  from  plans  that  had  recently 
appeared  in  an  acoustical  journal.  He 
airmailed  the  microphone  to  me, 
along  with  its  necessary  power  sup- 
ply and  other  accessories.  The  new 
microphone.  I  discovered  on  the  first 
day,  made  almost  everything  I  had 
previously  accomplished  obsolete. 
My  Philippine  observations  were  ir- 
retrievable but  I  decided  to  restudy 
all  the  bats  that  I  had  previously 
covered  in  Ceylon. 

The  new  microphone  made  it  pos- 
sible to  record  higher  frequency  and 
lower  intensity  signals  than  pre- 
viously, as  well  as  the  output  of 
many  whispering  bats  when  they 
were  in  flight.  Previously  I  had  had 
to  hand-hold  them  directly  in  front 
of  the  microphone,  risking  the  pro- 
duction of  all  sorts  of  artifacts.  De- 
spite the  existence  of  even  better 
microphones  today,  many  questions 
still  remain  unanswered. 

Improved  equipment  and  research 
on  echolocation  in  other  organisms, 
including  certain  genera  of  birds  and 
several  marine  mammals,  will  help 
answer  some  of  these  questions. 


In  the  light  of  a  pale  moon 

free-tailed  bats  continiK 

the  daily  exodus  from  Brackei 

Cave  in  Texas  that  begini 

in  full  sunlight.  The  cav« 

population  totals  20  millioi 

adults  during  the  summer 


-f» 


'4MMii' 


^ 


-n: 


% 


w*^ 


MAKONDE 
SCULPTURE 

by  Megchelina  Shore-Bos 

//  you  ivant  to  knoiv  ivho  I  am, 

examine  ivith  careful  eyes 

that  piece  of  black  ivood 

ivhich  an  unknoivn  Makonde  brother 

with  inspired  hands 

carved  and  ivorked 

in  distant  lands  to  the  l\orth.  .  .  . 


Mozambican  poet  Noemia  de 
Sousa  pays  tribute  here  to  a  little- 
known  but  important  tradition  of 
African  art  and  to  the  people  who 
gave  it  birth— the  Makonde.  Today, 
in  the  midst  of  the  curios  that  clutter 
the  streets  of  Lourenco  Marques,  Dar 
es  Salaam.  Nairobi,  and  other  East 
African  cities:  in  the  welter  of  cheap 
imitations  and  made-to-order  carv- 
ings that  fill  tlie  so-called  African  art 
shops,  the  mastery  of  Makonde 
sculpture  is  being  discovered. 

Before  their  conversion  to  Islam 
or  to  Christianity,  the  Makonde 
practiced  a  form  of  ancestor  wor- 
ship. Their  art  began  as  a  part  of 
this  worship.  Carvings  of  mother 
figures  were  based  upon  the  ances- 
tral woman  from  whom  the  tribe 
sprang,  and  who.  the  Makonde  crea- 
tion myth  tells  us.  was  herself  a 
carving  transformed  into  a  human 
being. 

In  the  beginning,  it  is  said,  an 
unkempt  creature,  the  primordial  hu- 
man, walked  the  earth.  He  lived 
among  the  rocks  by  the  river,  and 
his  wavs  were  the  w ays  of  the  bush. 
In  time  he  became  lonely,  so  using 
a  crude  knife  he  carved  the  figure 
of  a  woman  from  the  wood  of  a  liv- 
ing tree.  When  night  came,  he  placed 
it  on  the  ground  before  his  lair.  At 
sunrise  the  next  day.  he  found  the 
figure  had  become  a  woman,  and 
from  their  union  the  first  Makonde 
was  born. 

The  Makonde  live  on  the  northern 


plateau  of  Cabo  Delgado  Province  in 
Mozambique  and  across  the  Rovuma 
River  in  the  Newala  District  of 
southern  Tanzania.  For  a  long  time 
the  Makonde  plateau  in  Mozambique 
remained  relatively  unknown  to 
Europeans.  Since  there  w  ere  no  natu- 
ral harbors  on  the  coast  immediately 
south  of  the  river,  the  southern  bank 
never  became  an  African  or  Arab 
trade  route,  as  did  the  Tanzanian 
side.  Mysterious  and  dense  as  the 
plateau  may  have  been,  it  never  gave 
rise  to  stories  of  legendary  wealth  or 
rich  resources.  Waterless  and  cov- 
ered by  a  tangled  thicket  of  bush, 
stunted  trees,  and  creepers,  it  had 
little  to  attract  the  settler  or  the  Euro- 
pean land  speculator. 

For  the  Makonde.  however,  this 
was  agricultural  land.  Their  crops 
thrived  on  the  heavy  morning  dews, 
and  their  practice  of  shifting  culti- 
vation produced  excellent  harvests  of 
maize,  millet,  sorghum,  cassava, 
pumpkin,  sesame,  and  beans.  Water 
for  village  use  had  to  be  brought 
from  the  lower  lands,  usually  by 
women.  Mothers  and  daughters 
made  the  trip,  each  carrying  across 
her  shoulders  a  long  pole  with  large 
containers  fastened  to  each  end. 
From  the  edge  of  the  plateau,  they 
scrambled  down  a  steep  and  difficult 
path  to  the  water  springs  in  the 
marshy  bottom,  returning  with  their 
loads  up  the  almost  vertical  ascent. 
Sometimes  these  trips  for  water  cov- 
ered ten  miles  or  more. 


Masklike  fvmale  figure  depicts  death, 
42 


Carving  in  traditional  style  expresses  endurance  in  the  face  of  life's  hardships. 

43 


Interlocking  figures  recall  the  collective  spirit  of  former  village  society, 

44 


It  was  a  difficult  life,  but  the  Ma-  j 
konde  said  that  they  settled  in  such 
a  place  because  they  preferred  to  live 
in- peace  rather  than  in  constant  fear 
of  raids  at  the  water  sources.  They 
also  feared  epidemics  of  malaria  and 
other  fevers  in  the  marshlands  and 
along  the  river  banks.  It  is  perhaps  I 
impossible  to  say  now  whether  their 
choice  of  a  home  reflected  their 
character  or  whether  that  home 
molded  their  ways,  but  they  are  al 
once  withdrawn  and  cosmopolitan,  a 
mixture  of  many  contradictory  and 
conflicting  characteristics.  Through- 
out East  Africa  they  are  known  as  a 
fierce  and  aggressive  people  who 
practice  witchcraft,  eat  snakes  and 
rats,  and  are  better  left  alone.  In 
fact,  the  Makonde  of  Mozambique 
are  called  Mania,  the  "angry  peo- 
ple." The  Makonde  dislike  this  term; 
yet  some  scholars  believe  that  they 
encouraged  its  use  in  order  to  pro- 
tect themselves  from  marauding 
tribes,  Arab  slave  traders,  and  Euro- 
pean invaders. 


The  structure  of  Makonde  so- 
ciety was  traditionally  ma- 
trilineal.  Like  most  of  their 
neighbors,  the  Makonde  be- 
lieved in  witchcraft  and  sought 
protection  from  the  spirits  and  de- 
mons who  inhabited  their  hostile, 
threatening  world.  The  forests  and 
rocky  outcroppings  were  the  homes 
of  shetani,  spirits  that  could  lead  a 
man  to  his  death.  Or.  they  might  take 
possession  of  him.  deprive  him  of 
his  reason,  and  transform  him  into 
an  animal  or  monster.  Nandenga. 
for  example,  could  assume  any 
human  form,  and  with  lightning  as 
his  servant,  inflict  evil  on  man.  A 
191.5  epidemic  of  smallpox  is  attrib- 
uted to  him:  traveling  from  village 
to  village,  he  spread  the  disease  from 
a  large  pot.  He  is  said  to  have  caused 
the  destruction  of  the  Bambarra 
groundnut  crop,  and  he  also  brought 
to  an  end  the  use  of  cassava  leaf  as 
a  vegetable.  Children  are  warned  to 
stay  out  of  his  way  and  not  to  tempt 
him  by  carelessness  or  foolishness. 

With  the  coming  of  Christianity 
and  Islam,  ancestor  worship  and 
belief  in  the  spirit  world  weakened 


considerably.  But  among  older  peo- 
ple ancestor  worship  is  still  widely 
practiced,  and  the  younger  men  and 
women,  even  those  in  towns  and 
cities,  believe  in  it  in  an  uneasy  way. 
The  Makonde  today  live  in  a  some- 
what schizophrenic  world,  a  world  in 
which  things  are  falling  apart.  Their 
matrilineal.  horticultural  society  was 
changed  by  the  coming  of  the  white 
man  and  colonial  rule,  which  under- 
mined African  ideas,  beliefs,  values, 
cultures,  and  customs.  Today, 
Makonde  laborers  work  on  planta- 
tions, farms,  sisal  estates,  mines, 
factories,  and  in  the  curio  trade.  In 
Tanzania  they  are  part  of  a  newly 
developing  nation  committed  to  a 
philosophy  of  self-reliance  and  so- 
cialism. In  Mozambique  they  live 
under  colonial  rule  and  commit 
themselves  in  increasing  numbers  to 
rebellion  against  that  rule. 

These  social  changes  have  natu- 
rally affected  Makonde  crafts,  and 
examples  of  early  carvings— includ- 
ing boxes,  staffs,  masks,  and  figures 
—are  now  to  be  found  mostly  in 
museums.  In  contrast  to  the  ebony 
and  other  hard  woods  used  today, 
the  earlier  sculptures  were  carved 
from  njala,  a  lightweight,  soft  wood 
similar  to  the  cottonwood  that  the 
Hopi  Indians  of  America  use  to 
carve  their  Katcina  dolls.  Makonde 
masks,  however,  are  still  made  from 
soft  wood,  as  are  occasional  figur- 
ines. But  time  and  the  tropics 
have  taken  their  toll,  and  most  of 
the  early  carvings  have  disappeared 
—victims  of  insects,  fungi,  and  wan- 
ton destruction  by  colonial  adminis- 
trators and  missionaries. 

The  first  carvings  were  protective 
figures  for  the  household  or  for  peo- 
ple to  carry  on  their  travels.  If  a  man 
went  on  a  journey  or  a  hunt,  he 
might  bind  a  figure  to  his  back  or 
hip  and  carry  it  with  him  so  that  the 
spirit  of  the  mother  would  look  after 
him.  These  figures,  of  various  sizes, 
were  sometimes  as  high  as  four  feet. 
They  were  carved  in  a  simple,  real- 
istic manner— erect  standing  figures 
done  in  broad  planes  and  stark  lines 
without  nuance  or  subtlety. 

Christian  missionaries  frowned 
upon  the  "paganism  and  idolatory" 
of  this  art.  Many  carvings  were  de- 
stroyed, and  the  beliefs,  values,  and 
customs  from  which  this  art  sprang 


The  artist  in  the  city  turns  his  nimmentary  and  humor  on  modern  times. 

45 


Old  man  bends  under  undefined  hurden~the  burden  of  all  men's  struggle 
46 


came  under  fierce  and  intense  at- 
tack. In  place  of  local  mother  im- 
ages and  the  figures  of  the  spirit 
world,  madonnas,  crucifixions,  and 
figures  of  the  saints  were  suggested 
as  more  suitable  subjects,  thus  add- 
ing commercial  incentive,  too,  for 
these  could  be  sold  in  the  churches 
and  markets  of  Europe. 

Commercialism  has  made  of  most 
Makonde  artists  either  copyists  or, 
at  best,  virtuoso  carvers,  able  to  do 
in  a  skilled  manner  anything  that 
is  ordered  from  them.  In  such  a  sys- 
tem truly  motivated  art  tends  to  dis- 
appear. Why  should  a  carver  work 
hard  and  long  on  a  piece  that  ex- 
presses the  beliefs  of  his  people  if  it 
will  simply  disappear  into  a  sea  of  in- 
ferior work?  Despite  these  condi- 
tions, the  art  surWves.  There  are 
Makonde  sculptors  of  dedication  and 
commitment  who  produce  works  of 
art  even  as  they  turn  out  the  curios 
to  earn  their  daily  bread.  In  their 
hands,  sculpture  continues  to  grow, 
to  develop,  and  to  flourish.  They  are 
not  to  be  found  in  the  villages  any 
longer,  but  rather  in  the  major  cities 
of  Mozambique  and  Tanzania  and  in 
the  cultural  and  artistic  program  of 
the  Front  for  the  Liberation  of 
Mozambique. 

Commercialism  and  the  church 
replaced  njala  with  harder  and  more 
durable  woods  that  would  withstand 
time,  termites,  and  the  tropical  cli- 
mate. Most  noted  of  these  is  ebony. 
It  not  only  transformed  Makonde 
sculptures  into  long-lasting  works  of 
art.  but  changed  the  tools  and  the 
techniques  as  well.  Hammers  and 
chisels  have  been  added  to  the  knife 
and  the  adz.  The  techniques  re- 
semble those  used  with  stone  so  that 
the  creative  process  has  become 
slower. 

The  destruction  of  village  life  did 
not  place  the  artist  in  a  vacuum: 
rather,  the  new  urbanization,  the 
building  of  a  nation  in  Tanzania. 
and  the  struggle  for  freedom  in 
Mozambique  gave  him  new  themes 
for  his  work.  Traditional  symbols  of 
mothers,  spirits,  demons,  birds, 
snakes,  and  other  figures  were  con- 
tinued from  the  past,  but  they  began 
to  acquire  new  meanings.  In  the 
changing  contexts,  new  symbols 
were  constantly  being  chosen. 

While  the  tribal  carvings  of  an- 


cestors,  the  works  intended  for  the 
education  of  young  girls  at  initiation 
ceremonies,  and  the  other  carvings 
made  specifically  for  the  people  of 
the  artist's  own  tribe  are  gone,  they 
survive  in  essence  in  the  modern 
sculpture.  Mother  figures  are  often 
the  centers  of  complex,  mullifigured 
works.  Fears,  dangers,  and  threats 
are  expressed  in  demonic  images. 
Spirits,  devils,  men,  and  animals 
often  lend  a  nightmarish  quality  to 
the  Makonde  portrayal  of  the  world, 
reminiscent  of  the  paintings  of 
Hieronymus  Bosch. 


M': 


'odern  Makonde  sculptors 
are  now  creating  new  and 
fluid  styles,  some  realistic, 
others  expresaionistic  and 
symbolic.  Forms  flow  into  forms,  ex- 
pressing the  process  of  being  and  be- 
coming, and  making  tangible  the 
constant  conflict  of  opposing  forces. 
To  the  Makonde,  man  resolves  these 
conflicts  bv  keeping  the  forces  under 
control  in  a  kind  of  dynamic  equilib- 
rium. Man,  himself,  is  never  stati- 
cally depicted  in  the  figures  as  good, 
evil,  noble,  or  base.  He.  too.  is  the 
moment-to-moment  result  of  the 
struggle  of  forces  within  and  with- 
out. He  is  man.  animal,  and  demon. 
And  both  men  and  women  contain 
within  themselves  the  characteristics 
of  masculine  and  feminine.  What 
man  is  at  any  moment  depends  on 
which  forces  are  dominant,  and  this 
in  turn  afFects  his  beha\-ior  and  the 
judgments  by  which  he  keeps  con- 
tending forces  under  control.  The 
sex  act.  for  example,  has  its  function 
—to  produce  children  and  assure  the 
continuity,  the  immortality,  of  the 
tribe.  In  many  of  the  pieces  of  sculp- 
ture, however,  it  is  expressed  as  lust, 
transforming  man  into  beast  or 
demon  by  robbing  him  of  his  mind. 

The  production  of  children  also 
creates  economic  and  psychological 
problems  for  the  male  head  of  the 
household.  In  the  midst  of  his  love 
for  his  children,  he  also  experiences 
feelings  of  hostility,  aggression,  even 
hatred  toward  them,  all  based  upon 
a  fear  of  having  too  many  children 
to  look  after  as  the  society  around 
him  becomes  increasingly  insecure. 


The  demon  spirit  !\'andenga  unemotionally  destroys  the  vision  of  a  child. 

47 


InMakonde  life  cycle,  mother  figure  towers  over  old  age,  left,  and  child. 


These  feelings  are  expressed  in 
ilakonde  sculpture  through  depic- 
tions of  child  murder,  dismember- 
ment, and  torture. 

It  is  possible  in  Makonde  art  to 
recognize  the  stylistic  characteristics 
of  individual  artists.  In  the  tradition 
of  this  art,  a  system  of  master-ap- 
prentice relationships  was  developed. 
Older,     established     artists     taught 
talented  youth,  much  in  the  ivav  of 
die  old  master  painters  of  the  Euro- 
pean world.  Each  artist  can  proudly 
refer  by  name  to  the  master  with 
whom  he  studied,  and  thus  genera- 
tions can  be  traced  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  art  and  of  individual 
styles.  A  period  of  careful  studv  en- 
ables one  to  recognize  the  work  of 
such   leading   modern    sculptors    as 
Muar,    Nangonga.    Mtundu,    Atesi. 
Briki,    Andiki,    Francesco,    Samaki, 
and  others.  And  there  is,  of  course, 
excellent  work  by  unknown  artists 
still  to  be  found  in  northern  Mozam- 
bique, southern  Tanzania,  and  even 
in  the  shops  of  Dar  es  Salaam.  Some 
date  back  as  far  as  the  1920's  and 
30  s  when  commercialism  on  a  fairlv 
large  scale  first  began.   Some   deal 
with  life  in  the  \-illage  and  and  the 
city,  some  with  the  Makonde  spirit 
world,  some  with  the  armed  struggle 
in  Mozambique,  and  some  are  force- 
ful and  bitter  commentaries  on  the 
church's   conversion   policies   or  its 
support  of  Portuguese  colonial  rule. 
Although     conditions     constantly 
threaten  to  engulf  him  and  destroy 
his   art.   the  Makonde  sculptor  has 
struggled  to  maintain  the  continuit}- 
of  his  artistic  heritage,   to   enlarge 
upon  it.  and  to  make  it  expressive  of 
a   changing   societ)^    The   Makonde 
child  can  no  longer  be  contained  in 
traditional    huts.    Neither    can    the 
artist.  He  is  Mozambican  or  Tanza- 
nian.  All  the  tribes  belong  to  him 
and  he  to  them.  All  the  African  land- 
scape and  animals  are  his  own,  and 
these  are  his  new  sources  of  inspira- 
tion. In  the  process  of  change,  what 
was  once  tribal  has  grown  into  new 
and  vigorous  commentary  on  rural 
and  urban  East  Africa.  In  the  society 
in  \\hich  he  lives,  his  future  will  be 
determined  by  those  who  look  upon 
the  African  heritage  as  a  proud  one. 
a  heritage  capable  of  bringing  added 
enlightenment  and  a  humanizing  in- 
fluence to  this  nuclear  a^. 


The  fluid  forms  of  expressionistic  sculptures  intertwine  the  human,  the  animal,  and  the  spiritual. 

49 


Flench  voyageurs  and  explor- 
ers chanced  upon  a  new  taste 
sensation  when,  in  1650.  they 
first  encountered  the  wild  rice 
cultivated  by  the  Indians  of  mid- 
America.  They  called  it  folle  avoine, 
"wild  oats."  The  Indians,  who  had 
been  harvesting,  processing,  and  eat- 
ing wild  rice  for  centuries,  called  it 
manomin.  or  "good  berrv." 

In  the  northern  lake  country  of 
what  is  now  Minnesota,  tribal  wars 
flared  for  two  and  a  half  centuries 
over  the  bounty  of  wild  rice,  which 
supplied  25  percent  of  the  Indians' 


caloric  intake.  Sioux  and  Chippewa 
(Ojibwayl  warriors  fought  each 
other  for  possession  of  the  prized 
rice  lakes  and  the  valuable  lands  sur- 
rounding them.  The  Sioux  were  re- 
peatedlv  driven  from  the  woodlands 
of  their  native  northern  Minnesota, 
but  after  the  Battle  of  Kathio  in 
1750.  the  Chippewas  had  undisputed 
claim  over  the  territory— that  is,  un- 
til the  white  man  finally  drove  them 
from  these  same  lands  and  resettled 
them  on  nearby  reservations. 

Wild  rice  (Zizania  aquatica)  has 
grown   in  shallow  water  along  the 


borders  of  North  American  lakes  and 
rivers  for  thousands  of  vears.  It 
a  species  of  grass  unrelated  to  ordi-i 
nary  cultivated  rice  (also  a  grass) 
and  is  confined  to  a  small  portion  of 
the  North  American  continent. 
About  three  million  pounds  of  wild 
rice  are  harvested  annuallv  in  Can- 
ada and  the  United  States.  Minnesota 
produces  about  60  percent  of  the  to- 
tal. Another  35  percent  comes  from 
the  Canadian  provinces  of  Manitoba 
and  Ontario,  and  Wisconsin  pro- 
duces 5  percent.  These  tivo  states  and 
two    Canadian    provinces    are    not 


Minnesota  harvests  two-thirds  of  the 
world's  wild  rice.  Once  a  dietary  staple 
of  the  Great  Lakes'  Indians,  the  rice 
now  graces  the  shelves  of  gourmet  shops 

WILD  RICING 

by  Richard  H.  Hofstrand 


Two-man  teams  harvest  Minnesota's  wild  rice.  A  skilled 
team  may  harvest  350  pounds  of  long-kerneled  rice  per  day. 


50 


he  only  sections  of  North  America 
vhere  wild  rice  grows,  but  they  are 
he  only  areas  in  which  it  flourishes. 
\ctually,  wild  rice  is  indigenous  to 
m  area  ranging  from  the  southeast- 
;rn  corner  of  Manitoba,  eastward  to 
the  Atlantic,  and  as  far  south  as  the 
Gulf  Coast  states. 

In  the  fall  the  rice  plants  shed  their 
grains,  which  drop  to  the  lake  bottom 
and  lie  dormant  until  late  spring, 
when  they  germinate  and  sprout  their 
first  leaves.  During  the  summer 
months  the  roots  anchor  the  plant 
securely  to  the  bottom,  while  leaves 


burst  forth  on  the  lake's  surface  and 
flowering  stalks  shoot  upward.  The 
fruits,  or  kernels,  of  the  plant  de- 
velop in  late  summer  and  are  ar- 
ranged in  large  clusters,  called  pani- 
cles, at  the  tops  of  the  strawlike 
stalks. 

Unlike  cultivated  grain  cereals, 
which  have  been  selectively  bred  for 
many  years  to  improve  their  quality, 
the  genetics  of  wild  rice  have  not,  as 
yet,  been  significantly  altered  by 
breeding  techniques.  Except  for  a 
few  experimental  rice  stands  in  the 
Lake  States  region,  all  wild  rice  is  of 


a  "shattering"  variety.  This  means 
that,  unlike  domestic  grains,  the  ker- 
nels of  rice  on  a  particular  panicle 
do  not  all  ripen  at  the  same  time  and 
do  not  adhere  to  the  plant  head  once 
they  mature.  Wild  rice  begins  ripen- 
ing on  a  stalk  from  the  top  of  the  head 
downward.  Only  about  10  percent  of 
the  head  ever  matures  at  any  one 
time.  If  not  harvested,  the  ripened 
grains  drop  into  the  water  and  fall  to 
the  bottom. 

Harvesting  wild  rice,  except  on 
commercial  paddies,  has  changed  lit- 
tle since   the   Indians   reaped   their 


miMMSkl 


first  kernels.  The  rice  areas  of  Min- 
nesota, totaling  some  25,000  to 
30,000  acres  (mostl)^  on  publicly  con- 
trolled lakes),  are  protected  by  state 
laws  that  insure  that  adequate  rice 
remains  to  reseed  the  lakes  and  that 
wildlife  can  also  share  in  the  har- 
vest. Ducks,  geese,  deer,  muskrats, 
beavers,  and  blackbirds  are  partic- 
ularly fond  of  the  rice  grains. 

Wild  rice  harvesting  on  public 
waters  in  Minnesota  is  done  from  a 
canoe  or  other  small  boat.  Measuring 
no  more  than  18  feet  in  length  and 
36  inches  in  width,  ricing  craft  are 
propelled  by  hand  (as  opposed  to 
mechanical  propulsion),  using  long 
wooden  or  metal  poles  that  will  not 
damage  the  rice.  These  poles  are 
either  forked  at  the  end  or  have 
metal  "duckbills,"  which  expand  on 
a  hinge  when  pressed  against  the 
lake  bottom  and  contract  when 
pulled  back  through  the  rice,  thus 
protecting  the  stalks.  Cedarwood 
flails  (ricing  sticks),  which  are  ap- 
proximately 30  inches  long  and 
about  an  inch  in  diameter  and  that 
weigh  less  than  one  pound,  are  used 
to  gently  tap  the  rice  from  the  stalk. 

A  typical  ricing  vessel  carries  two 
passengers— a  poler,  ivho  maneuvers 
the  craft  as  he  stands  in  either  the 
bow  or  the  stern,  and  a  ricer.  The 
ricer  sits  in  the  front,  middle,  or  rear 
of  the  boat  away  from  his  partner. 
Holding  a  flail  in  each  hand,  he  al- 
ternately works  on  either  side  of  the 
boat,  bending  rice  stalks  over  the 
edge  W'ith  one  flail  and  gently  tap- 
ping ripened  kernels  into  the  bottom 
with  the  other.  Indians  are  particu- 
larly adept  at  this  method  of  harvest- 
ing. Few  others  are  skilled  enough  to 
bring  in  good  clean  rice  and  often 
return  with  reeds,  rice  stalks,  and 
broken,  badly  beaten  rice  kernels 
scattered  throughout  their  boatload 
of  rice. 

The  harvesters  work  all  day  (or 
for  as  many  hours  as  the  law  will 
allow)  during  the  three-  to  four- 
week  season,  which  usually  begins 
the  last  week  of  August.  Seasons  are 
set  according  to  when  most  of  the 
rice  will  be  ripe.  Hours  and  laws  may 
differ  from  lake  to  lake  and  from 
county  to  county.  Rest  days  are  es- 
tablished between  ricing  days  to  al- 
low the  stalks  to  rise  again  where 
boats  have  run   over  them  and  to 

52 


allow  more  grains  to  ripen.  An  en- 
tire rice  bed  may  be  harvested 
many  times  during  a  single  season. 

As  boats  and  canoes  are  pulled 
onto  the  landings  at  the  end  of  the 
day,  ricers  struggle  to  their  feet  after 
sitting  cross-legged  all  day  in  the 
bottoms  of  their  small  boats.  Before 
leaving  the  boat,  they  brush  off  the 
rice  that  still  clings  to  their  clothing 
so  that  none  will  be  wasted.  Every 
kernel  means  money  to  tliese  people 
(there  were  16,443  rice  harvesters  in 
Minnesota  in  1968) ,  most  of  whom 
are  seasonally  employed  laborers 
who  hold  other  jobs  as  iron  miners, 
resort  employees,  lumberjacks,  or 
marginal  farmers. 

Because  rice  hulls  have  a  prickly 
"beard"  on  one  end,  which  can  cause 
discomfort  or  real  pain  when  it 
comes  into  contact  with  a  harvester's 
skin,  ricers  dress  carefully,  wearing 
tight-fitting  clothing  tied  with  twine 
at  the  ankles  and  wrists.  Some  use 
plastic  raincoats,  coveralls,  or  cham- 
bray  shirts  worn  back^vards. 


k  fter  docking  the  boats,  har- 
/^  vesters  transfer  the  rice 
/  ^  into  cloth  feed  sacks.  One 
-L  .S_  member  of  the  team 
stretches  a  flail  across  the  bag's  open- 
ing, while  the  other  collects  the  rice 
from  the  boat  bottom  bv  double 
handfuls  and  dumps  it  into  the  sack. 
A  flail  or  canoe  paddle  is  used  to 
pack  the  rice  firmly  into  the  bags 
and  the  sacks  are  then  tied.  When 
filled,  each  bag  weighs  from  50  to 
80  pounds,  depending  on  the  quality 
of  the  rice  and  the  amount  of  for- 
eign matter  present.  Buyers  come  to 
the  landings  at  day's  end  to  bid  on 
the  rice.  But  if  a  better  price  is  avail- 
able elsewhere,  the  har^^esters  will 
load  their  sacks  into  their  car  trunks 
and  head  for  the  competitive  buver. 
Still  other  ricers  will  hold  their  goods 
a  few  days,  speculating  on  a  price 
increase.  They  can  keep  this  green 
rice  only  a  few  days,  hoivever,  be- 
cause it  is  highly  perishable.  In 
order  to  prevent  spoilage  from  over- 
heating, it  must  be  processed  soon 
after  harvesting.  In  plentiful  seasons, 
a  pound  of  green  rice  may  bring  only 
S.25,  but  in  "short"  years  rice  may 
go  as  high  as  S2.65.  In  1969,  the 
average  price  per  pound  was  S.65. 


At  Rice  Lake,  on  the  Rice  Lake  ^ 
National  Wildlife  Refuge,  ricing  is 
regulated  by  the  Fish  and  Wildlife  ' 
Service  of  the  U.S.  Department  of 
the  Interior.  Only  Indians  are  al- 
lowed to  rice  on  these  former  tribal 
lands.  Wild  rice  at  this  particular 
lake  is  reputed  to  be  of  top  quahty  ! 
both  because  the  lake  is  reserved  for 
the  exclusive  harvest  by  the  local 
Chippeivas,  ivho  are  excellent  ricers, 
and  because  the  lake  itself  produces 
good  rice.  For  these  reasons,  buvers 
congregate  at  Rice  Lake  each  day  of 
the  special  ten-day  season  to  bid  on 
the  day's  total  pick  of  from  four  to 
ten  tons. 

Since  Rice  Lake  is  on  a  national 
wildlife  refuge,  the  federal  govern- 
ment has  the  option  of  taking  8 
percent  of  each  Indian's  daily  har- 
vest for  official  use  in  seeding  new 
lakes  in  Minnesota  and  other  states, 
an  arrangement  that  displeases  some 
Indians. 

On  the  opening  day  of  the  1969 
rice  harvest,  the  highest-paying 
buyer  ($1.18  per  pound)  drove 
away  from  Rice  Lake's  docks  with 
nearly  S12,000  worth  of  rice  in  the 
rear  of  his  truck.  The  load  v.ould 
bring  that  particular  buyer  a  three 
to  four  thousand  dollar  profit  after 
it  was  processed  and  sold.  In  1968, 
1,309,300  pounds  of  native  green 
rice,  mostly  grown  on  public  lands, 
were  harvested  in  Minnesota.  But 
^\'ild  rice  farmers  have  recently 
begun  to  add  to  the  wild  rice  output. 
After  years  of  experimentation  culti- 
vated wild  rice,  or  "paddy  rice,"  was 
successfully  harvested  in  1952. 

A  wild  rice  farmer  begins  his 
paddy  by  selecting  a  suitable,  flat 
site  accessible  to  much  water.  He 
clears  the  land,  constructs  eight-foot 
dikes  around  its  perimeter,  tills  the 
soil  to  break  apart  clumps  of  loose 
sod,  and  in  either  the  fall  or  the 
spring,  he  floods  the  completed 
paddy.  Then  he  broadcasts  the  seed 
either  from  a  boat  or  from  a  plane 
flying  low  over  the  paddy.  Due  to 
the  high  initial  costs  of  land  and  de- 
velopment, wild  rice  farming  is 
highly  speculative.  Paddies  that  pro- 
duce a  substantial  crop  one  year  may 
fail  completely  the  next.  Neverthe- 
less, yields  from  paddies  (about  300 
pounds  per  acre)  far  exceed  those 
from  native  stands    (about  40 


pounds).  Farmers  are  hoping  that 
the  nonshattering  strains  now  being 
grown  experimentally  will  eventu- 
ally increase  their  outputs  to  2,000 
or  3,000  pounds  per  acre.  Presently, 
only  a  fraction  of  the  rice  on  either 
native  stands  or  domestic  paddies  is 
actually  harvested;  the  remainder  is 
lost  due  to  inefficient  harvesting 
methods.  While  this  loss  does  insure 
reseeding  in  paddies  and  lakes,  too 
much  rice  can  result  in  overcrowded 
paddies  that  bring  low  yields  the  fol- 
lowing year. 

At  present,  the  rice  planted  in  pad- 
dies is  mostly  of  the  same  wild  va- 
riety that  grows  naturally  in  lakes 
and  rivers.  It  grows  in  similar  fash- 
ion, except  that  only  about  six  inches 


Since  portions  of  a  lake's  wild  rice  crop  ripen  on  different 
days,  teams  make  successive  visits  to  each  harvest  area. 


of  water  cover  paddy  rice  plants 
during  the  first  three-quarters  of  the 
growing  season.  Native  rice  is  cov- 
ered by  water  varying  from  six 
inches  to  five  feet,  and  the  level  re- 
mains relatively  constant  through- 
out the  entire  season. 

As  the  rice  crop  approaches  ma- 
turity in  mid-July,  farm  paddies  are 
drained  to  permit  fields  to  dry.  Then, 
by  mid-August,  16-foot-wide  har- 
vesting combines  on  half-tracks  are 
put  to  work  to  pick  the  rice.  Thev 
comb  through  a  field  as  many  as  four 
or  five  times.  When  all  the  stalks  are 


finally  bare,  the  paddies  are  tilled, 
flooded,  and  reseeded  for  the  follow- 
ing year.  Despite  its  riskiness,  wild 
rice  farming  will  probably  produce 
most  of  the  wild  rice  in  North  Amer- 
ica by  1971. 

Curing,  parching,  threshing,  win- 
nowing, polishing,  and  grading  are 
the  primary  wild  rice  processing  pro- 
cedures. T^Tiile  modern  technologv 
has  made  many  changes  in  primitive 
Indian  methods,  the  basic  proce- 
dures of  finishing  rice  remain  the 
same.  The  greatest  amount  of  green 
wild  rice  is  finished  in  small,  indi- 


vidually operated  plants,  harvesters'^ 
cooperatives,  or  corporation  plants. 

Plants  may  process  as  much  as 
5,000  pounds  of  finished  rice  per  day 
from  more  than  twice  that  amount  of 
green  rice.  Because  the  moisture 
content  of  green  rice  is  relatively 
high,  a  weight  loss  of  up  to  60  per- 
cent occurs  during  the  parching  op- 
eration. An  additional  loss  of  10 
percent  is  attributable  to  unclean 
rice,  which  contains  stalks,  grit,  and 
excess  water.  Occasionally,  bags  of 
rice  purchased  without  inspection  i 
from  unscrupulous  harvesters  have 
contained  everything  from  mud  tur- 
tles to  water-soaked  trench  coats. 

Curing,  which  is  the  initial  step  in 
the  finishing  process,  takes  about  two 
days.  The  rice  is  spread  outdoors  on 
concrete  slabs,  and  workers  turn  it 
continually  so  that  it  wiU  dry.  During 
the  process,  the  rice  changes  its  color 


m  1 


k 


At  day's  end,  harvesters  beach  their  rice-laden  canoes. 
The  rice  is  inspected  for  quality,  transferred  to  grain  sacks, 
weighed,  and  sold  to  one  of  the  buyers  who  wait  on  shore. 


54 


to  a  light  brown.  After  two  days  of 
curing,  the  rice  is  shoveled  into  long 
metal  parching  drums  that  have 
slowly  turning  paddles.  As  the  pad- 
dles tumble  the  rice,  the  hulls  encas- 
ing the  green  kernels  are  roasted  to 
a  golden  brown  by  the  heat  from  the 
long  columns  of  gas  burners  beneath 
the  drums.  Inside  the  hulls,  the  green 
kernels  turn  a  rich  black. 


Parching  takes  from  thirty  to 
sixty  minutes,  depending  on 
how  damp  the  rice  is.  After 
it  is  dumped  from  the 
drums,  the  rice  travels  by  conveyor 
to  a  screening  machine,  which  re- 
moves all  foreign  matter  larger  than 
the  rice  itself,  then  moves  on  to  the 
thresher,  where  the  chaff  is  removed 
from  the  kernels. 


After  threshing,  the  freed  grains 
of  rice  are  tumbled  against  each 
other  in  a  long  tubular  polisher.  This 
removes  a  portion  of  the  grains' 
heavy  black  coating,  improving  its 
appearance  but  lessening  its  nutri- 
tional value.  Next,  it  proceeds  to 
grading  machines  that  use  gravity 
and  mechanical  selection  to  sort  the 
long  from  the  short  grains,  the 
skinny  from  the  fat,  and  the  whole 
from  the  broken.  Most  plants  sepa- 
rate rice  into  three  primary  grades. 
The  small  pieces  are  either  ground 
into  wild  rice  flour  for  bread  and 
pancake  mixes  or  sold  as  an  econ- 
omy grade  of  rice. 

Bulk-finished  rice  is  then  sent  di- 
rectly to  a  distributor,  sold  to  hotels 
or  restaurants,  or  packaged  for  re- 
tail sale.  Some  rice  is  contracted  to 
particular  companies  before  the  har- 
vest actually  takes  place.  Such  dis- 


tributors then  package  the  rice  under 
their  own  labels  and  ship  it  to  retail 
markets.  By  the  time  it  reaches  the 
retailer,  wild  rice  may  take  a  number 
of  different  forms  or  may  be  in- 
cluded in  several  different  products, 
including  whole  grain  wild  rice;  in- 
stant, freeze-dried,  or  precooked 
wild  rice;  wild  rice  pancake,  muffin, 
or  bread  mix;  wild  rice  croutons; 
cream  of  wild  rice  soup;  and  wild 
rice  with  duck  soup. 

Today,  wild  rice  and  its  derivative 
products  generally  fall  under  the 
classification  of  "gourmet  items."  If 
rice  yields  increase  to  levels  pre- 
dicted by  its  producers,  this  food 
may  become  a  relatively  common 
item  in  the  American  diet— although 
it  can  never  be  as  common  as  it  once 
was  in  the  diets  of  those  Americans 
who  discovered  this  wild  delicacy 
and  perfected  its  harvesting. 


Copyright  ©  7970 

by  Alexander  Marskack 


56 


THE  BATON 

OF 

MONTGAUDIER 

Reindeer  hunters  living  in  France  more  than  12,000  years  ago 
discriminated  season,  sex,  and  age  when  they  engraved 
plants  and  animals  on  pieces  of  antler.  Some  images 
appear  to  have  been  subsequently  crossed  out,  hinting  at 
a  sophisticated  system  of  abstract  representation  at  least 
8,000  years  older  than  what  had  been  considered  the  oldest 
example,  the  picture  writings  of  Mesopotamia  and  Egypt 

by  Alexander  Marshack 


In  1885,  a  clublike  staff  of  reindeer 
antler,  about  fourteen  and  a  half 
inches  long  and  with  a  hole  at  one 
end,  was  dug  out  of  deep  prehistoric 
layers  of  soil  at  the  site  of  Mont- 
gaudier  in  the  Charente  hills  of 
France.  It  was  presumed  to  be  a 
ritual  staff  of  some  sort  and  was 
therefore  called  a  baton  de  com- 
mandement,  although  no  one  knew 
what  its  precise  use  had  been  or  why 
it  had  a  hole.  The  baton  was  superbly 
engraved  on  both  faces  with  many 
different  kinds  of  animals.  Because 
reindeer  had  been  extinct  in  France 
for  over  12.000  years,  the  baton  had 
to  be  at  least  that  old. 

A  note  in  the  journal  of  the  An- 
thropological Society  of  Paris  in 
1887  described  it  as  "one  of  the 
most  beautiful  specimens  of  prehis- 
toric art  known."  It  would  be  at 
least  8.000  vears  before  art  of  this 
qualitv— with  its  realism,  fine  line, 
delicacv  of  detail,  and  indication  of 


Two  faces  of  an  Ice  Age 
baton  flank  a  drawing  of  the 
entire  surface  as  it  would 
appear  if  it  were  "unrolled.' 


perspective  in  the  drawing  of  one 
animal  behind  the  other— would  ap- 
pear again  and  then  it  would  be 
found  only  in  the  highly  developed 
agricultural  civilizations.  Yet  this 
prehistoric  engraving  had  been 
made  by  the  rough  hand  of  a  "primi- 
tive" hunter  with  a  stone  knife. 

Today  we  know  that  the  baton  was 
made  by  the  late  Magdalenians,  the 
last  of  the  reindeer  hunters  who 
lived  in  Ice  Age  France.  It  disrefore 
represents  both  the  peak  and  the  end 
of  an  art  tradition  that  began  in  Eu- 
rope more  than  35,000  years  ago, 
when  the  first  modern  men  walked 
into  Europe  carrying  a  new  set  of 
tools  and  a  beginning  skill  in  tlie 
first  art  of  mankind.  That  skill  con- 
tinued and  developed  in  Ice  Age 
Europe  for  20,000  years  until  the 
ice  sheets  began  to  melt  and  move 
north,  the  herds  of  horse,  bison,  rein- 
deer, and  mammoth  that  had  roamed 
the  tundra  and  valleys  disappeared, 
and  the  hunter  had  to  change  his 
culture  and  way  of  life. 

One  hundred  years  ago,  in  the 
1860's,  the  first  examples  of  en- 
graved art  from  the  reindeer  age 
were  dug  out  of  the  ground  in  Eu- 
rope and  were  recognized  by  arche- 
ologists  as  the  product  of  men  who 
had  lived   long  before  history   and 

^7 


Photographic  enlargement  and 
line  drawing  of  engraved 
salmon  reveal  open  mouth  and 
hooked  kipe  in  jaw,  a  sign 
that  the  fish  was  spawning. 


had  hunted  animals  long  since  extinct. 

Although  the  first  book  on  these 
ancient  engraved  artifacts  was  pub- 
lished in  1875,  ten  years  before  the 
baton  was  found,  it  was  not  until 
early  in  the  t^ventieth  century  that 
archeologists  acknowledged  and  ac- 
cepted the  fact  that  these  reindeer 
hunters  had  also  painted  and  en- 
graved magnificent  animal  composi- 
tions on  the  limestone  walls  of  caves 
in  France  and  Spain.  The  most  im- 
portant of  these  caves,  at  Lascaux  in 
France,  was  discovered  in  1940. 

The  meaning  of  this  extraordinary 
Ice  Age  art  has  been  debated  for  a 
century.  Theorists  have  proposed 
that  the  images  were  related  to  forms 
of  primitive  hunting  magic  or  to 
sexual  symbolism.  But  no  one  knew, 
for  there  was  no  technique  for  "de- 
coding" or  even  properly  analyzing 
the  significance  of  this  art. 

The  baton,  for  instance,  posed  a 
series  of  problems.  The  engraved 
composition  contains  two  realistic 
seals.  Obviously  they  were  drawn  on 
the  basis  of  precise  firsthand  obser- 
vation. Yet  the  Montgaudier  site  is 
about  a  hundred  walking  miles  up- 
river  and  inland  from  the  coast.  Dur- 
ing the  Ice  Age  the  coast  of  France 
lay  many  miles  farther  to  the  west, 
for  a  large  percentage  of  the  earth's 
water  was  locked  up  in  the  ice  sheets 
that  spread  over  much  of  Europe  and 

58 


North  America,  and  as  a  result,  the 
seas  were  far  lower.  Where  had  the 
reindeer  hunter  seen  these  seals? 
Why  had  he  drawn  them?  Had  the 
seals  come  more  than  a  hundred 
miles  upriver,  or  had  the  hunter 
gone  down  the  river  valleys  toward 
the  coasts?  Was  the  reindeer  hunter 
of  France,  like  the  modern  Eskimo, 
a  seasonal  hunter  of  diverse  species 
in  different  terrains  ?  Had  he  hunted 
reindeer  in  one  season  and  seal  in 
another?  We  may  never  know,  for 
any  campsites  that  existed  along  the 
coasts  are  now  deep  under  water. 
Besides,  seals  appear  rarely  in  tlie 
reindeer  hunters'  art,  and  even  rein- 
deer images  are  infrequent  when 
compared  to  the  number  of  images 
of  other  animals— horse,  bison,  and 
mammoth. 

In  1967,  the  baton  of  Montgaudier 
suddenly  began  to  give  us  new  in- 
formation that  placed  the  meaning  of 
mankind's  first  art  on  a  new  plane 
and  gave  us  important  new  clues  to 
the  intelligence  and  culture  of  this 
Ice  Age  hunter.  The  baton  is  rarely 
seen,  either  by  archeologists  or  the 
public,  for  it  lies  under  glass  in  a 
dim  cabinet  as  the  only  engraved 
artifact  from  this  period  that  is  on 
exhibit  at  the  French  museum  de- 
voted primarily  to  animals  and  their 
evolution,  the  Musee  d'Histoire  Na- 
turelle  in  Paris.  Hundreds  of  better 


known  examples  of  engraved  Ice  Age 
art  are  displayed  in  other  French 
museums  that  specialize  in  the  artis- 
tic works  of  man. 

It  is  doubtful  whether  more  than 
half  a  dozen  archeologists  have  han- 
dled the  baton  or  seen  both  engraved 
faces.  It  is  known  primarily  through 
a  line  drawing  of  the  compositions 
on  both  faces  that  was  published  in 
1927  by  the  Abbe  Henri  Breuil,  the 
Catholic  churchman  who  is  consid- 
ered "the  father  of  European  pre- 
history." 

In  1967,  after  cleaning  the  baton 
with  alcohol  to  remove  the  heavy 
coat  of  protective  wax  with  which  it 
had  been  covered  by  the  museum 
staff,  I  began  examining  it  with  a 
modern  binocular  zoom  microscope. 
For  three  days  I  scanned  it  slowly, 
area  by  area,  making  micrographs  as 
I  proceeded.  In  the  first  hour  I  knew 
that  the  composition  was  signifi- 
cantly different  from  what  had  been 
previously  seen  or  described.  When 
the  analysis  was  complete,  the  baton 
had  become  a  new  document.  This 
was  the  first  time  the  technique  of 
microscopic  examination  had  been 
used  experimentally  on  these  pre- 
historic engravings.  The  information 
revealed  made  it  possible  to  re- 
evaluate the  cognitive  capacities  of 
early  man.  It  placed  the  art  of  this 
hunter  on  a  level  with  his  tools  as 


in  important  element  of  his  culture. 
In  the  eighty  years  since  the  baton 
vas  discovered,  archeology  has 
frown  up  and  matured.  When  the 
)aton  was  excavated,  the  search  for 
:arly  man  was  in  its  infancy.  Charles 
Darwin  had  published  his  revolu- 
ionary  book  Descent  of  Man  in 
1871,  thrusting  the  search  for  the 
Drigins  and  evolution  of  man  upon 
science.  Yet  when  he  wrote  the  book, 
Darwin  had  no  knowledge  of  diis 
prehistoric  art,  he  knew  of  no  early 
skeletons,  and  he  was  only  vaguely 
aware  of  the  existence  of  certain  pre- 
historic stone  tools.  In  the  hundred 
years  following  his  book,  the  dis- 
covery of  these  stone  tools  in  the 
archeological  layers  helped  form 
the  opinion  that  the  hominid  who 
had  evolved  to  become  man  was 
basically  and  primarily  a  toolmaker. 
Through  his  use  of  tools  he  had  be- 
come supreme  and  had  conquered 
the  earth.  As  a  result,  the  art  of  these 
early  men  w  as  considered  subsidiary. 
Archeologists,  referring  to  his  tools, 
call  the  period  of  the  reindeer  hunter 
the  Upper  Paleolithic,  or  Late  Stone 
Age,  but  there  is  no  term  that  recog- 
nizes that  this  was  also  the  first  age 
in  which  there  appeared  a  complex 
human  art  and  symbol.  The  new  in- 
formation revealed  by  the  micro- 
scope hints  that  the  development  of 
this  intellectual  symbolizing  skill 
was,  perhaps,  more  important  in  the 
eventual  development  of  civilization 
than  were  tools. 


The  first  autliors  described  the 
baton  of  Montgaudier  as  displaying 
two  species  of  seals,  a  fish,  two  eels 
or  snakes,  one  insect,  and  certain 
unknown  creatures.  The  Abbe  Breuil 
later  reported  that  the  fish  was  a 
mackerel  with  its  mouth  closed,  and 
that  the  serpentine  forms  were  a 
common  variety  of  garden  snake. 
Breuil,  using  only  a  magnifying 
glass,  could  make  no  sense  of  the  in- 
numerable minor  figures  he  saw, 
which  he  therefore  presented  as  un- 
recognizable blobs. 


J.  he  microscope  revealed  at  once 
that  the  fish  is  a  salmon  with  its 
mouth  open.  The  tiny  engraved  fish, 
about  one  and  a  half  inches  long, 
has  the  body  markings  of  the  sal- 
mon, the  lower  fins  are  in  their 
proper  places,  and  carefully  en- 
graved on  the  lower  jaw  is  the  hook, 
or  "kipe,"  that  the  male  salmon 
grows  during  the  season  of  the 
species'  migratory  struggle  upstream 
and  subsequent  spawning.  Only  the 
tail  and  the  upper  dorsal  line  are 
cramped  and  distorted,  and  the  mi- 
croscope showed  that  this  is  so  be- 
cause a  sharp  ledge  drops  off  at  this 
point  and  ends  this  face  of  the  baton. 
Behind  this  edge  is  a  break  on  the 
bone.  The  distortion  had  been  forced 
upon  the  artist  by  the  abruptness  of 
the  edge.  This  is  not  a  generalized 
fish,  or  even  a  fish  of  a  particular 


species,  but  a  fish  w  ith  differentiated 
sex  and  seasonal  attributes.  Rarely 
had  specialists  noted  such  detailed 
seasonal  observation  in  Ice  Age  art. 

Near  the  mouth  of  the  salmon  are 
some  of  the  uncertain  forms  noted 
by  earlier  prehistorians.  They  are 
so  small,  they  were  either  disre- 
garded or  given  the  quickest  of  ex- 
aminations. The  microscope  re- 
vealed that  one  of  these  forms  is  the 
perfectly  realistic  image  of  a  spring 
sprout,  including  a  careful  engrav- 
ing of  the  downward-pointing 
branched  roots  and  the  upward 
spreading  leaves.  The  image  is  only 
half  an  inch  high  and  looks  as 
though  it  might  have  been  engraved 
with  the  aid  of  a  jeweler's  magnify- 
ing glass.  No  such  specialized  plant 
image  had  ever  been  reported  for  the 
Ice  Age. 

Near  the  sprout,  above  and  to  the 
right,  lightly  engraved  and  only  one 
thirty-second  of  an  inch  larger,  is  a 
more  complex  image.  The  micro- 
scope revealed  that  it  is  the  schema- 
tized head  of  an  ibex,  or  mountain 
goat,  with  its  two  ears  and  two  large, 
curved  horns  clearly  indicated.  The 
muzzle  is  a  mere  angle  composed  of 
four  strokes.  Exceedingly  faint,  but 
clear  under  the  microscope,  is  an  X 
across  the  brow  of  tliis  abstract  ani- 
mal head,  as  though  it  had  been  in- 
tentionally and  symbolically  marked 
or  crossed  out  after  it  had  been 
made.  This  is  a  most  unusual 
image— unrealistic    and    almost    ap- 


Ears  and  arced  horns  identify 
a  schematized  ihex.  It 
appears  to  have  heen  crossed 
out  with  an  X  across  the 
hrow,  which  may  say  something 
about  a  rite  or  ritual. 

59 


Detail  never  before  associated 
with  the  Ice  Age  appears  in 
the  half-inch  image  of  a 
young  plant,  complete  with 
spreading  leaves  and  roots 
reaching  down  into  the  ground. 


while    the    hnear    structure    of   thel 
leaves  and  the  exceedingly  long  stalkj 
are  entirely  dilferent  from  the  formj 
of  a  possible  feathered  dart.  Therei 
are   engraved   or   painted   harpoons 
and  darts  in  Upper  Paleolithic  art 
(I  have  studied  and  written  about' 
them ) ,  but  they  have  entirely  differ- 
ent   forms.    These    are    plants,    and 
analysis,  over  a  six-year  period,  of  a 
large   proportion    of   Upper    Paleo- 
lithic   engraved    art    indicates    that 
many  of  the  so-called  barbed  wea- 
pons present  in  animal  compositions 
(such  as  this  one  from  Montgaudier) 
are,  in  fact,  not  weapons,  but  plants. 
Here    was    evidence    that    suddenly 
raised  profound  questions  about  the 
traditional    concept    of    archeology 
concerning  hunting  magic,  ideas  that 
were  once  thought  to  explain  many 
of  the  Ice  Age  compositions. 

On  the  reverse  face  of  the  baton, 
below  the  intertwined  serpentine 
images,  is  another  series  of  forms. 
The  Abbe  Breuil  could  make  no 
sense  of  these  tiny  engravings.  In 
1886  one  of  the  forms  had  been 
called  an  "insect";  in  Breuil's  draw- 
ing it  looks  like  a  medallion  or  a 
shield.  Under  the  microscope,  how- 


proaching  the  stage  of  a  sign  or  a 
symbol— that  apparendy  served  some 
purpose  or  use  beyond  that  of  mere 
art.  The  X  seems  to  be  indicating 
something  about  a  rite  or  ritual. 
Now  precisely  this  form  of  the  sche- 
matized ibex  head,  seen  front  on. 
appears  on  other  engraved  pieces  of 
the  Magdalenian  period,  and  usually 
it  is  a  small,  subsidiary  image,  part 
of  a  complex  composition  containing 
larger  figures.  These  ibex  images  are 
also  occasionally  yY'ed  out.  Had  I 
stumbled  on  an  example  of  a  kind  of 
symbol  and  notation  that  existed 
thousands  of  years  before  the  first 
pictographic  and  hieroglyphic  writ- 
ing of  Mesopotamia  and  Egypt? 

To  the  right  of  the  ibex  head  there 
is  a  still  smaller  form,  which  at  first 
seems  unrecognizable.  The  micro- 
scope, however,  can  track  all  the  in- 
tentionally made  marks,  and  it 
showed  that  the  form  may  be  an 
extremely  schematized,  secondary 
"ibex  head,"  indicated  only  by  the 
strokes  of  the  arced  horns.  The  mi- 

60 


croscope  also  showed  that  this  image 
was  deliberately  crossed  out  by  two 
horizontal  lines.  Was  this  further 
proof  that  something  symbolic  was 
being  notated  and  said?  These  three 
images  near  the  salmon  are  so  small 
ihey  cannot  be  considered  art  or 
decorative  motifs. 

As  the  microscopic  examination 
proceeded,  the  mystery  deepened 
and  the  questions  increased  in  num- 
ber. To  the  left  of  the  fish  and  the 
tiny  images,  near  the  bottom  of  the 
baton,  are  three  forms  of  the  type 
that,  for  half  a  century,  were  con- 
sidered by  French  archeologists  to 
represent  barbed  weapons,  whether 
they  appear  in  cave  art  or  were  en- 
graved on  smaller  objects.  They 
were  presumed  to  be  an  indication  of 
the  so-called  hunting  magic  that  was 
apparently  impHed  by  Ice  Age  art. 
The  microscope  showed  that  these 
three  forms  are  carefully  drawn 
plants.  The  fluid,  arced  leaves  are 
angled  the  wrong  way  to  be  effective 
as  barbs  at  the  point  of  a  harpoon, 


5ver,  the  tiny  form  turned  out  to  be 
a  perfectly  formed  flower  in  full 
bloom.  The  engraving  included  the 
pedicel,  sepal,  leaves,  and  petals  in 
what  appear  to  be  bud  form. 


had  not  even  finished  my  micro- 
scopic examination,  and  yet,  on  a 
single  object  and  in  one  composi- 
tion, I  had  found  that  an  Ice  Age 
hunter  had  engraved  three  different 
aspects  of  plant  life,  each  represent- 
ing a  separate  stage  of  maturation. 
This  was  as  startling  as  the  hook  on 
the  jaw  of  the  salmon.  In  almost  a 
century  of  interpretation  there  had 
never  been  any  discussion  that 
touched  on  the  possibility  that  this 
early  hunter  or  his  art  was  con- 
cerned with  such  extraordinarily 
precise  details  of  his  natural  world 
and  its  seasonal  processes.  Almost 
all  interpretations  had  been  con- 
cerned with  hunting  magic  or  sexual 
symbolism.  It  is  important  to  remem- 
ber that  the  baton  was  engraved 
many  thousands  of  years  before  true, 
formal  agriculture  began  along  the 
hillsides  of  Mesopotamia.  Yet  here 


^ 


H- 


These  engravings  near  the 
bottom  of  the  baton  appear  to 
be  plants  in  full  leaf.  Previously 
identified  as  barbed  weapons, 
they  had  given  rise  to  speculation 
about  Ice  Age  hunting  magic. 


more  schematized  ibex  head, 
)bably  too  small  to  be 
isidered  art,  also  seems  to 
v^e  been  crossed  out,  this 
16  by  two  separate  lines. 


was  both  a  recognition  and  a  record- 
ing, or  symbolization,  of  vegetal  dif- 
ferentiations and  seasonal  processes. 
Why  had  the  hunter  been  interested? 
These  tiny  images  were  clearly  not 
decorative.  What  was  the  artist  try- 
ing to  say  or  record?  What  meaning 
did  these  plants  have  in  his  life? 
What  stories  went  with  the  images? 
Did  the  knowledge  and  lore  implied 
in  them  have  anything  to  do  with  the 
general  cultural  preparation  for  the 
development  of  agriculture  that 
would  come  later? 

To  the  left  of  the  flower  are  three 
odd  creatures,  each  containing  the 
same  details.  Each  has  an  arced 
"back,"  a  pointed,  stubby  "tair'  or 
"head"  at  the  left,  and  a  series  of 
tiny  centipedelike  feet  (or  a  ciliated 
fringe)  along  the  bottom.  At  right, 
each  has  an  appended  "foot,"  and 
each  ends  with  strokes  that  form  a 
kind  of  "beard."  The  appearance  is 
that  of  a  sluglike  creature  of  low  or 
damp  ground  or  the  water  bottom. 
Since  the  three  forms  have  the  same 


basic  details,  they  clearly  represent 
a  species.  With  all  the  intentionally 
engraved  lines  now  documented,  it 
should  not  be  difficult  for  the  zoolo- 
gist or  naturalist  to  attempt  an  iden- 
tification of  the  odd  creature. 

There  is  one  final  group  of  minor 
images,  six  tiny  angles  deeply  cut  in 
a  linear  series  between  the  two  faces 
(page  62).  Like  the  X  engraved  on 
the  head  of  the  ibex,  these  are  not 
realistic  images.  Nor  are  they  particu- 
larly decorative.  Instead,  like  the  A, 
they  seem  to  be  abstracted  marks 
with  some  symbolic  meaning.  These 
angles  raise  a  different  set  of  ques- 
tions concerning  Ice  Age  symbolism 
and  are  ])art  of  another,  more  diffi- 
cult study. 

We  can  no^v  turn  our  microscope 
on  the  major  images,  the  two  seals 
and  the  two  serpentine  forms.  Ex- 
amination of  the  seals  revealed  that 
the  engraver  had  difi'erentiated,  with 
care,  not  two  species  as  was  thought 
earlier,  but  a  bull  seal  with  its  large 
and   hea\T   muzzle    and   a   smaller, 

6i 


Sluglike  creature  has  many  feet 

or  cilia,  a  pointed  head  or 

tail  at  left,  and  a  large  "foot" 

and  a  "beard"  at  right. 

Above  the  animal  is  one  of 

six  deep-cut  abstract  angles. 


more  delicate  seal,  probably  a  fe- 
male, although  it  could  be  a  young 
animal.  In  either  case,  we  again  have 
■'seasonal"  images,  because  the 
dominant  bulls  collect  their  harems 
of  females  and  mate  in  a  limited 
season  during  tlie  summer,  and  the 
young,  too,  are  born  and  begin  to 
swim  in  particular  seasons. 

The  serpentine  images  on  the 
baton  were  at  first  called  eels,  but 
the  Abbe  Breuil  said  that  the  geo- 
metric pattern  of  their  markings  and 
the  presence  of  the  pointed  phallus 
suggest  that  they  are  nonpoisonous, 
common  grass  snakes  of  the  family 
Colubridae.  snakes  that  "reappear" 
in  the  springtime  and  can  be  seen 
swimming  in  the  flooded  streams. 
The  microscope  showed  that  one  of 
the  snakes  has  an  open  mouth. 

What  we  have,  then,  is  a  compo- 
sition in  which  diverse  species  from 
separate  realms  (ocean,  river, 
ground,  and  mountain  I  are  differ- 
entiated according  to  their  season  of 
appearance,  sex,  and  stage  of  ma- 
turation. All  the  images  are  of  the 
spring  and  summer.  We  can  conjec- 
ture that  the  precision  of  rendition 
had  a  complementary  vocabulary 
for  naming  and  identification,  and 


that  it  probably  also  included  a  lore 
with  which  the  hunter  explained  the 
seasonal  reappearance  of  the  species 
involved  and  probably  the  general 
rebirth  of  spring  and  summer. 


X  f  the  Ice  Age  hunter  had  such 
highly  developed  skills  of  observa- 
tion and  recognition  in  the  diverse 
realms  of  his  environment,  with  a 
presumed  lore  and  mjthology  to  go 
with  them,  what  happened  when  the 
ice  melted  and  his  environment 
changed?  Was  he  then  able  to  use 
these  intellectual  skills,  of  which  he 
has  given  us  evidence,  as  well  as  his 
knowledge  of  seasonal  periodicities, 
in  the  transition  toward  agriculture 
or  specialized  fishing?  To  what  ex- 
tent did  symbol  making,  that  is, 
"art,"  as  well  as  ritual  and  ceremony 
make  it  possible  for  him  to  retain 
this  basic  lore  and  knowledge  of  the 
seasons  even  as  the  species  around 
him  changed? 

How  much  more  will  the  micro- 
scope tell  us  about  the  range  and 
quality  of  this  early  hunter's 
thoughts?  Hundreds  of  engraved 
compositions  now  lie  in  Europe's 
museums  and  thousands  of  engraved 


and  painted  images  are  still  on  the 
walls  of  the  sanctuary  caves.  Can  we 
eventually  break  the  code  of  such 
mysterious  symbols  as  the  cross  and 
the  angle  and  learn  the  meaning  of  a 
vast  range  of  other  symbols  that  this 
early  man  has  left  us?  Can  we  learn 
the  meaning  of  the  sequence  of  his 
engraving,  for  obviously  the  large 
animals  on  the  baton  were  engraved 
first  and  the  smaller  images  later? 

Is  it  possible  to  determine  the 
meaning  of  the  schematized  ibex 
heads?  Can  we  find  any  clues  to 
rituals  held  in  the  spring  and  sum- 
mer that  may  have  involved  the  sac- 
rifice of  the  ibex?  Can  analyses  of 
complex  engraved  compositions, 
such  as  those  on  the  baton,  give  us 
clues  to  the  meaning  of  the  composi- 
tions in  the  caves?  Can  microscopic 
analysis  of  the  holes  tell  us  for  what 
purpose  the  batons  were  used? 

The  questions  are  endless.  But  the 
evidence  indicates  that  this  man  was 
thinking  and  doing,  observing  and 
saying  something  far  beyond  what 
we  have  given  him  credit  for.  This 
man  was  our  first  true  ancestor.  He 
is  the  first  fully  modern  man,  and 
his  art  and  symbols  may  tell  us  more 
than  his  tools  ever  did. 


62 


For  years,  six  tiny  images  like 

this  one  defied  description. 

Under  the  microscope  they 

appear  to  be  flowers  in  bloom — 

complete  with  pedicel, 

sepal,  leaves,  and  petals. 


N 


^^^ 


THE  GULLS 

OF  WALNEY  ISLAND 


by  Barbara  R.  and 
Michael  H.  MacRoberts 


The  South  Walney  Nature  Re- 
serve, on  Walney  Island  off  the 
northwest  coast  of  England,  is  a 
montage  of  terns  plunge  diving  in 
the  shadow  of  rusting  machinery,  of 
March  gales,  of  mussel  beds  on  the 
edge  of  the  low-tide  beach,  and  of 
jackdaws  nesting  inside  Piel  Castle. 
The  cranes  and  docks  of  Britain's 
industrial  north  loom  above  the 
island's  mudflats  in  juxtaposition 
with  the  crag  of  Black  Combe  in  the 
distance  and  the  green  fells  of  the 
lake  country  across  Morecambe  Bay. 
Gravel  trucks  bump  along  the  road 
from  the  island's  south  end,  past  the 
sand  dunes  and  marram  grass  to  the 
cities  and  towns  of  Cumberland  and 
Lancashire.  The  mounds  of  earth  and 
pebbles  thrown  up  by  the  gravel  ex- 
cavations gradually  cover-in  meadow 
buttercups,  and  later  ragwort  and 
thistle. 

The  changing  colors  of  the  island's 
landscape  through  the  short  time  of 
the  breeding  season  are  the  expres- 
sion of  a  wide  variety  of  wild  flowers 
and  grasses:  oyster  plant  and  sea 
holly,  yellow  agrimony  and  fox-and- 
cubs,  horned  poppy  and  henbane, 
and  the  flowers  of  the  fells  such  as 
harebell,  heath,  and  gorse.  The 
bracken,  a  glowing  brown  in  winter, 


rulls  return  to  Walney  after 
oraging  at  Barrow-in-Furness, 
'^isible  in  the  background 
re  the  cranes  and  docks  of 
Iritain's  industrial  north. 


grows  green  and  velvet  in  summer. 

Walney  Island,  a  seabird  breeding 
area  from  time  immemorial,  is  one 
of  the  more  spectacular  gull  colonies 
in  Europe— with  some  70,000  herring 
and  lesser  black-backed  gulls  nesting 
on  the  230  acres  of  the  nature  re- 
serve at  the  south  end  of  the  island. 

The  area  is  rich  in  food  not  only 
from  the  marine  fauna  of  the  tidal 
banks  of  Morecambe  Bay  and  the 
beaches  of  the  Irish  Sea  but  also  from 
the  refuse  of  industrial  towns,  like 
Barrow-in-Furness  across  the  chan- 
nel from  the  reserve,  the  fishing  har- 
bor of  Fleetwood,  and  the  garbage 
dumps  of  Millom. 

In  the  middle  of  the  last  century, 
the  town  of  Barrow  began  to  expand, 
and  man's  encroachment  into  their 
breeding  areas  on  the  north  end  of 
the  island  threatened  to  force  the 
birds  out,  but  today  Walney 's  gulls 
are  protected  and  have  re-established 
themselves  on  the  southern  end  of 
the  island.  The  old  depredations  of 
egg  collecting  and  human  interfer- 
ence are  rare.  Predators  of  the  past, 
like  fox  and  stoat  seldom  visit  the 
colony,  and  hawks  no  longer  cast  a 
hunting  eye  over  the  guUery. 

Because  of  their  great  numbers, 
the  gulls  are  the  most  striking  in- 
habitants of  the  Walney  Reserve,  but 
many  other  seabirds,  waders,  and 
fieldbirds  are  found  on  the  island's 
south  end.  Oystercatchers  and  ringed 
plover  nest  along  the  high-tide  line 
and  in  winter  feed  here  in  great 
numbers.  A  pair  of  mute  swans  re- 
turn every  year  to  raise  their  four  to 
six  gray  young  along  the  banks  of 
green-scummed  ponds.  Lapwings 
nest  on  the  reserve  as  do  skylarks, 
clutches  tucked  away  in  the  grass; 
reed  buntings  and  the  snipes  and 
meadow  pipits  nest  in  the  pasture 
and  heath;  and  stonechats  and  swal- 
lows, in  the  crevices  of  gun  emplace- 
ments left  derelict  from  the  war. 


On  summer  days  the  harsh  voices 
of  greater  black-backed  gulls  give  the 
air  a  grumbling  undertone.  Terns, 
which  nested  in  the  main  reserve 
forty  years  ago,  are  confined  today 
to  the  spit  in  front  of  the  lighthouse. 
This  small  pebbled  peninsula  appears 
quite  bare  of  nests  at  first  glance,  but 
after  careful  searching,  the  tiny  cryp- 
tic eggs  of  little  tern  suddenly  appear 
and  the  downy  chicks  of  arctic,  com- 
mon and  Sandwich  terns  jump  into 
focus  against  the  mottled  back- 
ground. 

Shelduck  nest  in  holes  in  the  banks 
of  hills  and  dunes,  and  mallard  star- 
tle from  the  brackish  pools  and  reeds 
of  the  salt  marsh.  These  ducks  have 
great  difficulty  in  raising  their  young 
on  the  gravel  ponds  in  the  middle  of 
the  guUery.  The  parent  birds'  de- 
fenses are  inadequate  to  cope  with 
aerial  predators  in  such  numbers; 
as  the  gulls  hover  above,  the  duck- 
lings scatter  and  dive,  only  to  be 
picked  off  one  by  one  as  they  surface. 

Unlike  the  shelduck  and  mallard, 
the  eiders  have  been  very  successful 
on  the  reserve,  and  over  the  past 
twenty  years  their  numbers  have  in- 
creased. The  defense  of  the  female 
eider  differs  radically  from  that  of 
the  other  ducks;  she  remains  in  the 
water  and  furiously  stands  off  tlie 
swooping  gulls;  her  young,  instead 
of  scattering,  cluster  around  her  at 
the  first  sign  of  attack.  Even  on  the 
ponds  where  most  shelduck  and  mal- 
lard young  fall  prey  to  the  gulls,  the 
eiders  successfully  raise  their  duck- 
lings. Eiders  begin  to  come  ashore  at 
the  end  of  March,  and  early  spring 
sees  the  water  bright  with  drakes.  By 
July  the  sea  and  bay  are  dotted  with 
brown  females  and  their  young,  and 
long  files  of  hardy  black  ducklings, 
trailing  behind  their  mothers  and 
often  surrounded  by  other  eider 
'"aunties,"  march  down  to  tlie  water 
a  few  hours  after  hatching.  By  Au- 

65 


gust,  nearly  all  the  ducks  have  gone 
to  sea  with  their  young,  the  drakes 
ha\'ing  left  earlier  to  molt.  One 
awaits  die  next  season  with  especial 
anticipation  of  the  beaches  covered 
with  these  elegant  birds. 

It  is,  however,  the  return  of  the 
gulls  in  earlv  spring  that  signals  the 
beginning  of  a  new  cycle.  During 
February,  March,  and  April  the 
lesser  black-backs  return  from  their 
winter  quarters  in  Spain  and  North 
Africa.  Those  herring  gulls  that  have 
spent  the  winter  scattered  over  north- 
western Europe  begin  to  congregate 
in  and  around  the  reserve  in  early 
February,  swelling  the  ranks  of 
herring  gulls  that  overwinter  on  Wal- 
ney  itself.  At  first  the  birds  spend 
only  part  of  the  day  in  the  colony 
i\here  the}-  ^vill  later  establish  ter- 
ritories, and  even  as  late  as  mid- 
March  the  colony  may  be  deserted  at 
night  when  the  birds  leave  for  the 
open  beaches,  a  safer  habitat  during 
dark  hours. 

The  beginning  of  the  breeding  sea- 
son is  a  time  of  settling  and  unrest. 
Most  individuals  remain  attached  to 
the  same  mate  from  year  to  vear  and 
set  up  territories  on.  or  close  to.  the 
area  where  they  nested  the  previous 
spring:  but  birds  returning  to  their 
old  nest  sites  often  find  their  owner- 
ship contested  by  unmated  males, 
many  of  which  are  breeding  for  the 
first  time.  In  a  welter  of  calling  and 
posturing,  the  males  fight  to  establish 
territorial  rights.  Females  take  a  less 
active  part  in  these  early  territorial 
disputes,  which,  more  often  than  not 
are  bluffs  rather  than  battles,  al- 
though later  in  the  season  when  they 
have  paired,  the  females  will  defend 
their  homesites  with  equal  vigor. 

Since  these  gulls  generally  are 
monogamous,  the  many  widowed  or 
unmated  birds  are  faced  with  the 
problem  of  finding  mates.  Lone  fe- 
males survey  the  colony  from  the  air 
and  land  on  territories  of  single 
males.  They  approach  hesitantly  and 
come  within  several  feet  of  the  male, 
their  "mixed  feelings"  apparent  in 
their  elongated  necks  and  nervous 
back  and  forth  approach.  The  male 
alternates  between  accepting  this 
strange  bird  as  a  desirable  mate  and 
greeting  her  as  an  intruder  on  his 
hard-won  territory.  If,  in  response  to 
his  gestures,  she  comes  close,  he  may 
suddenly  pull  and  peck  at  her  and 

66 


drag  her  about  by  one  wing.  This 
period  of  mutual  distrust  and  attrac- 
tion, so  evident  from  the  postures  of 
the  birds,  gradually  wanes  and  am- 
bivalence is  eventually  replaced  by 
the  solidity  of  the  pair  bond.  As  ter- 
ritorial boundaries  are  settled  and 
pairs  form,  the  colonv  becomes 
quiet.  By  late  March  and  early  April 
territorial  sparring  and  mate-hunt- 
ing females  are  infrequent  sights. 


The  herring  gulls  favor  the 
easternmost  part  of  the  re- 
serve, and  they  establish 
their  territories  on  the  turf- 
and  marram-covered  hills  or  on  the 
sand  dunes  common  to  this  part  of 
the  gullery.  The  lesser  black-backs 
favor  the  western  sections  of  the  col- 
ony, nesting  in  the  bracken  and  grass 
valleys  and  on  hummocks.  However, 
much  overlap  occurs,  and  in  mixed 
areas  a  quick  perusal  of  nest  loca- 
tions shows  that  the  herring  gulls 
build  their  more  elaborate  nests  pre- 
dominantly on  high  elevations,  and 
the  lesser  black-backed  gulls  build 
their  simpler,  turf-lined  scrapes  in 
valley  bottoms  and  on  gentler  slopes. 
By  early  April,  the  colony  is  a 
patchwork  of  mated  pairs  busy  with 
nest  building.  During  the  time  be- 
fore the  eggs  are  laid,  a  male  feeds 
his  female  a  few  times  a  day  on  half- 
digested  food  that  he  regurgitates  at 
her  begging  request.  Mating  takes 
place  several  times  daily,  but  ceases 
abruptly  as  does  ''courtship  feeding" 
when  the  egg  laying  begins  in  the 
third  week  of  April.  The  usual  clutch 
is  three  blotched  brown-and-green 
eggs,  and  although  the  majority  of 
herring  gulls  lay  earlier  tlian  the 
lesser  black-backs,  there  is  consider- 
able overlap  of  laying  dates.  In  each 
species  the  parents  incubate  in  turn 
and  keep  a  sharp  eye  out  for  egg- 
robbing  neighbors.  The  brooding 
birds  are  difficult  to  drive  off  the  nest, 
but  when  annoyed  they  dive  at  in- 
truders, hit  out  with  bill  and  feet, 
and  scream  insistently. 

Thirty  days  after  the  eggs  are 
laid,  the  chicks  begin  to  hatch 
and  the  tempo  in  the  gullery  quick- 
ens. Not  long  out  of  the  shell,  wet 
and  helpless,  the  chicks  quickly 
metamorphose  into  animated  down 
and  scurry  into  the  grass  and 
bracken.    With    heads    hidden    and 


tails  exposed,  they  crouch  at  the  first 
sign  of  disturbance.  The  parents  are 
kept  busy  guarding  their  fast-grow- 
ing offspring  and  the  many  badly 
pecked  corpses  of  chicks  attest  to  the 
need  for  watchful  parental  eyes. 
Neighboring  gulls  are  serious  preda- 
tors on  both  eggs  and  young.  The 
adults  are  busy,  too.  with  feeding 
runs  to  the  rubbish  dump  and  shore- 
lines, although  food  is  apparentlv  so 
abundant  on  Walney  that  the  chicks 
do  little  begging.  It  is  not  unusual  to 
see  parents  reswallow  food  ignored 
by  already  gorged  young. 

By  late  July  and  August  the 
speckled  chicks  have  grown  into 
sleek,  mottled  brown  birds,  now  as 
large  as  the  adults  and  flying  well. 
The  birds  gradually  become  restless 
in  the  colony  and  panic  easily:  great 
clouds  of  gulls  shoot  up  from  the 
dunes  and  valleys  at  the  slightest  dis- 
turbance. The  adults  spend  more 
time  outside  the  breeding  grounds  on 
the  beaches  and  mudflats,  and  large, 
loafing  groups  of  juveniles  cluster 
near  the  shore.  The  days  become 
more  and  more  empty  of  gulls.  By 
late  September  the  colony  is  a  litter  of 
food  debris  and  molted  feathers; 
the  gulls  are  gone,  leaving  a  scatter 


ragged  nests  and  dying  bracken, 
b  the  cycle  draws  to  a  close,  the 
;er  black-backs  migrate  to  the  lit- 
al  of  Spain  and  North  Africa,  al- 
ugh  in  recent  decades  some  of 
ir  number  have  begun  to  over- 
iter  in  northern  Europe.  The  her- 
s;  gulls  disperse  into  areas  close  to 
ir  summer  residence,  but  many 
!r\vinter  in  and  near  the  camp. 
3ver  the  last  fifty  years  there  has 
;n  a  spectacular  increase  in  the 
rth  Atlantic  gull  populations,  and 
lay  hundreds  of  colonies  dot  the 
item  and  western  Atlantic  sea- 
ards.  Symptomatic  of  this  increase 
numbers  has  been  the  extension 
the  breeding  range  of  both  species, 
e  lesser  black-back,  which  does 
t  breed  in  North  America,  has  now 
en  reported  as  far  west  as  New- 
indland  in  winter.  Why  the  gulls 
3  becoming  so  numerous  is  an  in- 
•esting  question,  and  by  pooling 
;  data  of  many  observers  it  may  be 
ssible  to  piece  together  an  answer. 
From  the  meager  beginning  of  a 
iv  pairs  in  the  1920's.  the  Walney 
pulation  has  grown  to  about  35,- 
0  pairs,  doubling  in  number  in  the 
3t  four  years  alone.  Initially  the 
lony  spread  at  its  periphery  when 


gulls  acquisitioned  new  land  for 
breeding  sites.  Later  the  density  in- 
creased, and  between  1965  and  1969 
the  population  doubled  primarily  by 
an  increase  in  density,  although 
some  expansion  occurred.  In  these 
four  years,  the  size  of  territories 
decreased  from  approximately  40 
square  yards  per  nesting  pair  to  25 
square  yards.  In  some  areas  of  the 
guUery,  the  density  is  much  higher. 

Although  the  initial  settlement  of 
a  colonv  must,  of  course,  involve  im- 
migrant birds,  further  expansion  of 
colonies  like  Walney  is  due  to  the 
tendencv  of  young  birds  to  return  to 
nest  in  the  colony  of  their  origin. 
This  gives  us  some  idea  of  the  ap- 
proximate survival  rate  of  birds. 

Food  and  predators  are  important 
factors  in  containing  the  numbers  of 
animals,  and  it  is  probable  that  the 
gulls  on  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic  are 
living  today  under  conditions  some- 
what different  from  those  under 
which  they  evolved  in  the  past.  Their 
breeding  areas  along  the  Atlantic 
coasts  have  brought  them  into  in- 
creasing contact  with  an  expanding 
human  population,  which  has  af- 
fected the  environment  in  ways  that 
may  give  clues  to  understanding  the 


Herring  and  black-backed  gulls 
swarm  over  the  Walney  dump, 
where  more  than  l.'i.OOO  tons  of 
human  refu.se  are  deposited 
each  year.  Since  19  IS  there 
has  been  less  ash  and  more 
foodstuff  in  the  refuse,  and 
many  more  gulls  feed  on  it. 

67 


tremendous  increase  in  gull  numbers. 
Human  activity  in  many  areas  has 
contributed  to  the  extinction  or  de- 
crease of  animals  such  as  the  fox, 
stoat,  weasel,  eagle,  and  hawk,  which 
have  been  predators  on  the  gulls.  In 
Britain,  these  once  important  pred- 
ators are  rare  or  absent  in  many 
localities,  and  on  \^  alnev  there  are 
no  important  predators  of  this  sort 
todav  and  it  is  likely  that  there  have 
not  been  for  some  time.  However, 
elsewhere  foxes  still  predate  gulls, 
and  this  may  contribute  to  the  low 
gull  populations  in  those  areas. 

Man's  protection  of  these  and 
other  seabirds  further  reduces  na- 
tural losses.  Today  man)^  gull  col- 
onies like  Walney  are  relatively  free 
not  only  from  such  predators  as  the 
fox  but  also  from  the  depredations 
of  egg  collecting  and  the  killing  of 
young  birds  for  food  bv  the  human 
inhabitants.  For  example,  in  the  late 
nineteenth  century,  herring  gulls 
were  uncommon  in  Xew  England 
where  today  they  number  in  the 
hundred  thousands:  men  took  the 
eggs  and  young  for  food  and  the 
skins  for  the  plumage  trade.  In  Brit- 
ain. Lundv  Island  and  Bardsev  off 
the  \^'elsh  coast  still  suffer  from  egg 
collection,  and  this  may  be  one  rea- 
son that  their  gull  populations  have 
not  increased  at  the  same  rate  as 
other,  protected  colonies. 

Just  as  important,  man  has  also 
created  a  situation  of  potential  food 
abundance.  His  dumping  of  exposed 
garbage,  his  fishing  industries,  and 
his  slaughterhouses  are  food  sources 
for  scavenging  gulls.  Sewage  outlets 
run  into  many  feeding  grounds  of  the 
gulls.  The  affluent  society  of  western 
Europe  and  North  America,  which 
throws  awav  so  much,  has  led  to  an 
increase  in  edible  refuse. 

For  Walney's  gulls,  the  food  sup- 
ply is  large.  The  flight  distance  is 
about  one  hour  each  way  to  the 
rubbish  at  Fleetwood  and  Millom. 
The  rubbish  dump  on  the  island  it- 
self, where  all  the  refuse  from  Barrow 
and  Walney  is  dumped— some  15,- 
000  to  19,000  tons  a  year-is  about 
two  miles  from  the  gullery.  Due  to  a 
better  standard  of  hving  since  the 
war.  householders  throw  away  more 
foodstuffs.  With  the  use  of  new  forms 
of  fuel,  there  has  been  a  decrease 
in  the  ash  content  of  household  ref- 
use, ivhich  may  have  previously  im- 


peded the  gulls'  effective  exploitation 
of  these  sources.  All  the  Barrow  gar- 
bage dumps  have  been  within  an 
eight-mile  radius  of  the  colony,  and 
there  has  been  a  large  increase  in  the 
number  of  gulls  feeding  on  them  over 
the  past  several  years. 


A  though  both  are  marine 
aquatic  birds,  the  herring 
gull  is  more  coast-bound 
.  than  the  lesser  black-back ; 
it  scavenges  from  fishing  vessels,  gar- 
bage scows,  and  dumps  and  also 
shore  feeds  on  intertidal  fauna.  In- 
land it  occasionally  follows  the  farm- 
er's plow  in  search  of  worms  and 
insects  turned  up.  The  lesser  black- 
back,  although  not  avoiding  shore- 
line feeding,  has  traditionally  been  a 
fisherman  in  waters  of  the  continen- 
tal shelf,  in  estuaries  and  sometimes 
inland,  but  more  recentlv  it  too  has 
begun  to  exploit  human  refuse.  Feed- 
ing habits  in  these  two  species  over- 
lap considerably,  perhaps  more  so 
in  the  last  several  decades.  At  Walnev 
both  herring  and  lesser  black-backs 
can  be  seen  patrolling  the  shoreline 
and  intertidal  area  for  fish  and 
marine  invertebrates  and  for  edible 
debris  washed  up  on  the  beaches. 
Food  remains  around  the  nests  attest 
to  a  widespread  use  of  the  refuse 
dumps;  butter  wrappers  and  chicken 
bones  usually  outnumber  the  remains 
of  natural  food  items. 

Information  on  glaucous-winged 
gulls  on  the  North  Pacific  coast,  on 
herring  gulls  in  New  England  and 
Canada,  and  on  other  gulls  elsewhere 
in  Europe  also  suggest  that  food 
abundance  is  an  important  factor  in 
population  increases.  Researchers  of 
the  Massachusetts  Audubon  Society 
have  observed  that  along  the  coasts 
of  New  England.  Nova  Scotia,  and 
Newfoundland  the  largest  and  den- 
sest gulleries  are  near  sources  of 
human  refuse.  Islands  at  some  dis- 
tance from  such  sources  are  sparsely 
settled  even  though  the  habitat  does 
not  differ  from  sites  near  centers  of 
human  population. 

In  the  Netherlands,  the  gulls  have 
increased  despite  attempts  to  control 
their  numbers.  During  the  war  con- 
trol measures  were  not  taken;  yet. 
due  to  the  general  food  shortage  for 
the  human  population,  the  gulls  de- 
creased. After  the  war,  when  food 


was  again  abundant,  the  gulls  began 
to  increase,  although  measures  to 
control  bird  numbers  were  rein- 
stated. 

Dispersal  figures  for  young  and 
adult  gulls  show  that  not  only  during 
the  breeding  season,  but  also  during 
the  winter  months,  gulls  concentrate 
in  large  numbers  in  areas  such  as 
harbors,  large  cities,  and  big  coastal 
ports.  Refuse  may  be  important  for 
the  survival  of  adult  birds  during 
times  of  winter  stress  and  may  be 
especially  important  for  juveniles  in 
their  first  year  of  independence.  In 
New  England,  when  chicks  first  leave 
the  colony  at  the  end  of  the  breeding 
season,  they  congregate  in  large  num- 
bers at  sewer  outlets,  fish  factories, 
and  near  fishing  boats,  pig  farms, 
and  dumps.  Winter  surveys  of  gulls 
from  Mexico  to  Canada  have  shown  a 
disproportionately  larger  number  of 
young  birds  at  dumps  than  at  natural 
feeding  areas. 

Although  the  natural  foods  of  the 
guUs  ( fish,  intertidal  fauna  I  have  not 
increased  drastically,  the  human  ref- 
use on  Walney  and  elsewhere  ap- 
parently can  support  a  very  large 
number  of  birds.  What  the  potential 
gull  population  maj^  be,  we  do  not 
know. 

One  can  conclude,  then,  that  the 
factors  of  decreased  predation,  pro- 
tection, and  increased  food  avail- 
abihty— all  related  to  man's  behavior 
—are  the  bases  of  the  burgeoning  gull 
numbers.  All  these  factors  are  im- 
portant at  the  Walney  colony,  which 
is  a  dramatic  example  of  a  population 
explosion.  It  would  not  be  surprising 
to  see  100.000  gulls  breeding  on  the 
reserve  in  the  next  few  years,  and  for 
some  time  to  come,  Walney  likely  will 
remain  the  astounding  place  it  is 
today. 


Cattle  graze  among  th 

evenly  spaced  gulls  in  part  o 

the  South  Walney  Naturi 

Reserve.  Some  70,000  gull 

nest  in  the  230-acre  reserve 


A  QUESTION  OF  PRIORITIES  A  panel  of 
leading  U.  S.  astronomers  has  published  a  S250-mil- 
lion-a-year  ivish  list  of  what  they  ivould  like  done  in 
space  during  the  1970"s.  They  have  already  been  told 
not  to  hope  for  even  half  of  what  they  asked. 

Excited  by  the  starthng  discoveries  of  the  last  ten 
years,  astronomers  are  eager  to  push  farther  into  space 
along  the  new  avenues  opened  to  them  at  gamma-ray, 
X-ray,  ultraviolet,  and  infrared  wavelengths.  All  are  us- 
able only  above  the  earth's  atmosphere,  and  satellites 
offer  months  and  years  of  observations  in  place  of  the 
present  rocket  and  balloon  measurements  lasting  only 
minutes  or  hours.  Even  without  more  money,  space 
astronomers  could  easily  get  ahead  of  themselves.  Com- 
pared with  the  total  space  budget  (currently  "reduced  ' 
to  S4  billion),  the  $125  million  apparently  left  for  space 
astronomy  is  modest,  if  not  austere.  But  compared  witli 
the  capital  budget  for  ground-based  optical  astronomy, 
it  represents  unimaginable  riches.  And  without  ade- 
quate ground-based  support,  space  astronomy  could  find 
itself  operating  in  a  vacuum  it  never  intended. 

The  200-inch  Palomar  telescope  has  been  unique 
since  it  was  completed  in  1949,  able  to  see  farther  out 
into  the  universe  and  further  back  in  time  than  any 
other  telescope.  Only  the  most  promising  observational 
programs  are  accepted  for  it,  and  then  the  researcher 
may  have  to  wait  as  long  as  fourteen  months  for 
his  turn.  Yet  to  build  another  Palomar  even  at  today's 
prices,  would  cost  only  S25  million.  Spread  over  five 
years,  this  figure  is  a  small  fraction  of  even  the  current 
NASA  budget  for  astronomy. 

Many  astronomers  were  publicly  bitter  when  the  first 
Orbiting  Astronomical  Observatory  failed  to  operate 
after  launch  in  April,  1966.  Horace  W.  Babcock,  di- 
rector of  the  Mount  Wilson  and  Palomar  Observatories, 
pointed  out  in  Science  that  the  $62  million  spent  on 
the  satellite  could  have  paid  for  three  more  Palomar 
telescopes  (including  site  development  and  smaller  sup- 
porting instruments  )  at  then  prevailing  prices. 

Two  150-inch  telescopes,  one  in  vVrizona  and  one  in 
Chile,  have  been  started  by  U.  S.  agencies  since  then, 
but  they  will  not  meet  even  existing  demand.  And  space 
astronomy  project  will  create  new  demand.  Whenever 
a  new  object  is  discovered  at  some  exotic  wavelength, 
further  study  at  the  traditional  wavelengths  usually  pro- 
vides most  of  the  information— as  happened  with 
quasars  and  is  happening  now  with  X-ray  sources.  The 
ground-based  telescope  must  be  large,  because  the  new 
objects  are,  almost  invariably,  optically  faint.  Without 
accessible,  large  optical  telescopes,  discoveries  made  in 
space  would  remain  only  tantalizing  hints  of  knowl- 
edge yet  to  be  gained.  The  same  sort  of  argument  has 
been  used  against  the  current  schedule  of  frequent 
Apollo  trips  to  the  moon— many  feel  we  should  not 
make  a  new  trip  for  more  information  until  we  have  had 
time  to  digest  tlie  information  from  the  last  one  and 
can  plan  the  next  one  accordingly. 

The  space  astronomy  panel  calculated  that  just  the 

70 


four  astronomy  satellites  already  funded,  if  they  work 
as  long  as  expected,  will  require  2.5  years  of  observa 
tions  on  both  of  two  new  200-inch  telescopes  to  com 
plete  the  picture  of  the  ultraviolet  and  X-ray  objects 
being  studied. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  items  on  the  panel's  wish 
list  are,  not  the  orbiting  optical  and  radio  telescopes 
tlie  gamma-  and  X-ray  detectors,  and  the  improved  Ex 
plorer  spacecraft,  but  the  new  Palomars  on  earth,  which 
the  panel  feels  are  essential  if  space  astronomy  is  to 
reach  its  potential. 

INFRARED  GALAXIES  The  betting  now  seems 
to  be  that  all  galaxies  have  extremely  bright  infrared 
sources  in  their  nuclei.  In  our  own  galaxy,  a  small  por- 
tion about  a  light-year  across  radiates  in  the  infrared 
with  a  power  some  100  milhon  times  that  of  the  sun. 
And  ours  is  the  weakest  of  the  dozen  or  so  galaxies 
measured  so  far. 

The  infrared  portion  of  the  spectrum  lies  between 
visible  light  and  microwaves,  the  most  energetic  of  the 
radio  waves.  Most  infrared  radiation  cannot  penetrate 
the  earth's  atmosphere:  it  can  be  observed  and  measured 
only  when  the  instruments  are  above  as  much  of  the 
atmosphere  as  possible— 50,000  feet  is  standard. 

The  first  galactic  infrared  "excess"  was  recognized 
only  in  1964:  the  quasar  3C  273  was  found  to  be  radi- 
ating more  power  in  the  infrared  than  at  all  other  w  ave- 
lengths.  Astrophysicists  wanted  to  know-  why  this  tre- 
mendous amount  of  energy  was  being  released,  and 
why  it  was  being  released  in  the  infrared.  A  pioneer  in 
infrared  astronomy,  Frank  J.  Low  of  the  University  of 
Arizona  recently  offered  one  solution  at  the  Boston 
meeting  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science. 

Low^  suggested  that  just  this  sort  of  radiation  should 
be  dominant  if  matter  and  antimatter  were  forming  and 
then  annihilating  within  small  "cells"  inside  galactic 
nuclei.  Resultant  high-energy  particles  would  radiate  in 
the  infrared  as  they  moved  at  relativistic  speeds  through ' 
a  magnetic  field.  Newly  created  mass  would  not  be  radi- 
ated away,  but  would  accumulate  in  the  nucleus  until 
ejected. 

If  this  much  is  true  (and  galactic  ejection  of  mass  is 
almost  certainly  going  on) ,  then  Low  proposes  that  we 
can  measure  the  age  of  a  galaxy  by  the  proportion  of 
its  radiation  emitted  in  the  infrared.  The  youngest  proto- 
galaxies,  or  quasars,  emit  tlie  most  infrared,  followed 
by  galaxies  that  still  have  optically  bright  nuclei,  then 
older  but  still  unstable  galaxies,  and  finally,  mature 
galaxies  like  our  own,  in  which  most  of  the  mass  is  in 
the  form  of  stars. 

Using  the  suffix  tron.  commonly  used  for  man-made 
particle  accelerators.  Low  calls  his  galactic  cells  "ir- 
trons"— the  initial  ;>  standing  for  infrared.  Do  thev 
really  exist?  Low  thinks  study  of  the  outbursts  almost 
continually  observed  in  the  brightest  infrared  galaxies 
could  supply  an  answer.  John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 


^^j^lllpHlHnsn^B^ME^HH^nKSm^^^BSBi^HBBB^^^^^^^^^^m^^^^ 

j^»* 

■■■  ■ '  ■ 

•               ^     _-  —  "'v 

'S 

^^■1 

^^^^HBjH 

|ft^ 

^Siv* 

P: 

•                                       \ 

J 
1 

■ 

■ 

m 

^ 

'i^B«  * 

\                ,-\  «adiQ3-iU-''' 

fo,    •' 

^^^. 

jflV' 

''    ^~"r 

s 

*toi 

^  *  /'^ 

;^ 

,-' 

suepd  • 

• 

*i. 

'y'\-~. 

% 

•"" 

'  / 

^'^^..J^^- 

^ 

t« 

i 

. 

#  ^vt,^    ^^ 

.-'■  \ 

.%* 

••^B 

• 

■^ 

^ 

• 

• 

"• 

'** 

%.•" 

\ 

A 

• 

* 

^N^«                    ^V 

XNA1  ^ 

•               «     ■^ 

■£ 

^ 

•      1 

•  ^             , 

_,/ 

\  •   2. 

, 

„   ^ 

" 

^ 

• 

*         '           N                         / 

•  V, 

1 

^ 

• 

^ 

• 

•^^       •'■ 

•^J 

^ 

\          .                    __.  --     / 

*-- 

___  5 

^.           ^  -^  "             / 

/ 

•^ 

•  ^ 

•<''/      ' 

K 

_^.. 

.     . 

• 

%         '^m 

''  '^--r"''  ^  ' 

• 

N     .Jl^||^^»K| 

T^ 

vj 

°,^-^. 

-— . 

•".* 

•  • 
.V 

*^tHPv 

<'\ 

■ 

1 

''i'l  •./*./ 


*,  pufjpis  • 


CELESTIAU   EVENTS 

The  moon  is  in  the  morning  sky  until  new  moon  on  March 
7.  It  then  enters  the  evening  sky,  with  first-quarter  on  the 
14th  and  full  moon  on  the  22nd.  Thereafter,  it  is  a  morn- 
ing moon  again,  with  last-quarter  on  the  30th. 

Venus,  Mars,  and  Saturn  are  evening  stars.  Venus  may 
be  seen  low  in  the  west  after  sunset  toward  month's  end; 
Mars  and  Saturn  are  higher  than  Venus,  in  the  west,  and 
set  later.  Jupiter,  in  Libra,  rises  in  the  east  shortly  after 
dusk  and  remains  visible  until  dawn.  Mercury  is  too  close 
to  the  sun  to  be  observed. 

March  7:  Total  solar  eclipse  visible  in  Mexico,  south- 
eastern U.S.,  and  eastern  Canada.  Eclipse  will  be  partial 
over  rest  of  U.S.,  except  western  Alaska  (see  Natural 
History,  February,  page  26). 

March  10-11:  Mars  and  Saturn  are  to  the  left  of  the 
crescent  moon  on  the  10th,  to  the  right  and  below  on  the 
11th.  Saturn  is  the  brighter  planet. 


March  16-17:  Mars  and  Saturn  appear  very  close  on 
these  evenings;  Mars  the  uppermost,  Saturn  the  brighter. 
Conjunction  of  the  planets  occurs  at  3:00  a.m.,  EST,  on  the 
17th. 

March  19-20:  Regulus  is  the  bright  star  to  the  left  of 
the  moon  on  the  19th,  to  the  right  on  the  20th. 

March  20:  The  sun  arrives  at  the  vernal  equinox  at  7:57 
P.M.,  EST,  and  spring  commences  In  the  Northern  Hemi- 
sphere. 

March  23:  Mercury  is  in  superior  conjunction  and  enters 
the  evening  sky.  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

•Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the 
bottom;  then  match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with 
those  in  the  sky  near  the  horizon.  The  map  is  for  9:25  p.m.  on 
March  1;  8:30  p.m.  on  the  15th;  and  7:25  p.m.  on  the  31st;  but 
It  may  be  used  for  about  an  hour  before  and  after  those  times. 


Northwest  Timbered 

ACREAGES  as  low  as 

$950  Total   Price 

5  -   10  ■  20  -  40  -  ACRES 
For  people  who  love  the  land— A  tract 
of    Recreation    Land    for    YOUR    Own! 

In  Northern  Idaho,  Northeostern  Wash- 
ington, and  Western  Montana.  In  the 
heart  of  lakes  and  big  game  country.  Ail 
covered  with  growing  timber.  Access,  Title 
insuronce  with  each  tract.  This  is  select 
land  with  natural  beauty,  recreational 
and  investment  values.  We  have  tracts  of 
many  types  and  sizes  from  which  to 
choose,  including  beautiful  Northwest 
Waterfront  property.  Your  inspection  wel- 
comed. Write  us  for  free  list,  maps  and 
complete     information.       Write     to: 

bept.  G 


P.O.  Box  106.  Opportunity  Station 
Spolcane.  Wasliington   99214 


GEODES! 

Lovely  natural  crystal-filled  hemispheres  from 
world-wide  sources.  No  written  description  or 
photograph  really  does  them  justice,  so  we  of- 
fer unconditional  money-back  guarantee.  $2.00 
brings  you  a  sample  or  $5.00  brings  you  a  glit- 
tering assortment  and  subscription  to  our  peri- 
odic rare/collector's  list.  Barry  &  Shirley  Roth- 
man,  RD  #2,  Hill  House,  Downingtown,  Pa.  19335. 


^JFree  Spring 
^    Catalog 

Just  Off  the  Press 


I  Fully  illustrated 
108  pages  of 
camping  special- 
ties, fishing 
t.ukle,  clothing 
,ukI  footwear  for 
men  and  women. 
Featuring  prac- 
tical outdoor 
items,  many  of 
our  own  manu- 
facture. 


n  Send  Free  Catalog 

Name 

Address 


Zip^ 

L.  L.  Bean,  Inc. 

620  Main  St.,  Freeport,  Maine  04032 


Fishing,    Camping   and   Hunting   Spe 


The  Day  the  Sea  Ran  Out  of  Flounder 

Continued  from  page  31 

"Don't  use  a  shovel,"  he  called 
over  to  me.  "The  warden'll  pick  you 
up  for  sure." 

"When  I  was  growing  up,  we  used 
to  go  everywhere.  Not  just  along  the 
shore,  but  all  over  the  fields  and 
woods  too.  You  could  go  anywhere. 
Now  it's  all  posted  or  blocked  off. 
Well,  it's  their  property,  they  can 
do  what  they  want.  Some  years  ago 
the  town  could  have  bought  the 
point,  but  the  price  was  too  high.  Of 
course,  it's  worth  quite  a  bit  more 
now  with  lots  and  houses  and  all. 

"We  used  to  go  swimming  down 
off  the  point.  Oh,  I  don't  know,  we've 
got  a  beach  and  it  will  do  us  for  now. 
Land  down  along  the  shore  is  too 
expensive,  way  out  of  line.  I  can  re- 
member when  you  could  get  all  you 
wanted  for  almost  nothing.  Well,  no- 
body wanted  it  then.  No,  I  don't 
think  the  town  needs  more  land.  The 
way  prices  are  it  will  raise  taxes. 
What'U  they  use  it  for  anyway?  I 
sold  some  shore  property.  If  I'd 
held,  I  could  have  made  more 
money,  but  I  got  enough  out  of  it.  I 
still  stroll  around  some.  I'm  getting 
too  old  to  cut  across  lots,  so  I  stick 
pretty  much  to  the  roads  anyway." 

Ruth  Billard  is  a  charming,  soft- 
spoken  young  woman  who  is  a  wild- 
life biologist  for  the  Connecticut 
Fish  and  Game  Department. 

On  a  walk  down  to  the  marsh,  she 
pointed  out  where  the  cattail  grow- 
ing in  the  fresh  water  above  the  up- 
per margin  of  tidal  flow  gave  way  to 
more  salt-tolerant  plants  nearer  to 
the  river  and  its  seawater.  This  vari- 
ety of  habitat  in  a  narrow  compass 
favors  a  greater  number  of  animal 
species  than  does  a  more  uniform 
area.  The  "edge  effect"  leads  to  a 
greater  variety  of  foods  and  an  inter- 
change of  animals  between  areas.  In 
woodlands,  openings  are  sometimes 
purposely  made  to  provide  "edge" 
for  wildlife. 

As  we  walked,  Ruth  enumerated 
the  birds  that  might  appear  on  the 
Hammonassett  marshes— clapper 
rails,  marsh  wrens,  marsh  hawks, 
bitterns,  swamp  sparrows.  Muskrats 
dig  into  the  riverbank  and  deer 
wander  across.  Black  ducks  and  mal- 
lards nest  there,  but  one  will  never 
see  a  great  flock,  just  scattered  in- 
dividuals that  hunters  push  out  to- 


ward open  water  in  the  fall.  Afl 
hunting  season  the  ducks  move  ba 
into  the  marshes  again  until  cc 
weather  drives  them  out  altogeth 

Perhaps  the  greatest  benefit  of  t 
salt  marsh  is  the  food  produced  on 
which  is  then  consumed  in  the  esl 
ary  or  open  sea.  The  fresh  water  a: 
the  tide  meet  so  that  the  water  ro 
down  and  churns  up  a  bath  of  nut 
ents  for  the  shellfish,  plants,  and  fis 
Offshore,  those  ducks  that  overwi 
ter  in  great  "rafts"  are  dependent  • 
the  coot  clams,  snails,  and  sea  lettu 
that  live  on  the  nutrients  flowii 
seaward  from  the  salt  marsh. 

Ruth  participates  in  the  annu 
bird  count  for  the  eastern  flywa 
that  band  of  land  down  the  east  coa 
that  serves  as  a  highway  for  mign 
ing  ducks  and  geese.  Every  year, 
the  second  Monday  in  January,  wil 
life  biologists  along  the  coast  tal 
airplane  counts  of  the  waterfowl  i 
and  down  the  shore.  I  suppose 
must  become  routine  after  a  whil 
but  Ruth  tells  me  that  if  the  airplar 
starts  to  pitch  and  drop  in  wine 
weather,  it  quickly  becomes  excitir 
again.  Once  she  saw  two  bufflehead 
perky  little  black-and-white  duck 
take  off  suddenly  and  collide  hea( 
on  in  midair.  Stunned,  they  droppe 
to  the  water  before  floating  apar 
each  undoubtedly  thinking  the  othe 
a  bufflehead  indeed. 

There  cannot  be  too  many  cornei 
of  Megalopolis  where  one  can  stan 
and  say,  "This  is  what  it  was  like  5( 
100,  200  years  ago.  No  rebui 
houses  with  imported  antiques,  n 
guides  with  modern  haircuts  an 
antiquated  dress;  but  standing  o 
this  spot  I  see  exactly  what  someon 
who  stood  on  this  spot  100  years  ag| 
saw." 

The  Hammonassett  cemetery  was 
according  to  the  marker  on  th 
stone  gatepost,  founded  in  165!; 
Within  its  stone  fence  is  the  histor' 
of  gravestone  style— from  rud^ 
scratchings  on  granite  in  1724,  t( 
sandstone,  to  marble,  to  granite 
from  bare  names,  to  epitaphs,  t( 
verses,  and  back  to  bare  names  anc 
dates  once  more. 

At  the  back  end  of  the  cemetery 
where  an  old  apple  tree  leans  ove] 
the  square-cut  granite  blocks  of  thf 
cemetery  wall,  I  can  stand  and  lool* 
over  the  upper  reaches  of  the  Ham 


72 


le  Koerners  aren't  trying  to  save  the  v^orld. 
St  a  little  piece  of  it. 


Jomero  is  a  small  farm  village 
ing  to  the  mountains  of  Colom- 
South  America.  Poverty  is  ex- 
8.  Illiteracy  is  almost  total.  Elec- 
y,   sanitary   facilities  and   run- 
water  are  nowhere  to  be  seen, 
small  children  haul  water  from 
iver  three  miles  away.  There  is 
lool  in  the  district,  but  convinc- 
Darents  that  education  should 
precedence  over  water-hauling 
lard  argument  to  win. 
The  Fuentes  are  one  of  the  vil- 
families.  Poor  even  by  Romero's 
standards. The  mud-brick  house 
dirt  floors  they  live  in  isn't  even 
s.  The  two-acre  farm  behind  it 
ides  all  the  income  for  the  fam- 
if  nine.  Most  of  the  time  there 
enough  to  go  around.  Yet,  this 
Deen  a  good  year  for  the  Fuentes. 
ir  7-year-old  daughter  Luz  Ma- 
has  been  able  to  stay  in  school. 
This  miraculous  stroke  of  luck  is 
use  of  a  family  living  in  New 
:,  who  are  helping  Luz  Marina, 
y're  the  Koerners.  Through  Save 
I  Children  Federation,  they  are 
[ributing  $  1 5.00  a  month  to  help. 
"For    Richard 
and  Marianne 
Koerner   the 
$15.00  a  month 
is  not  an  extreme 
sacrifice.  Yet,  with 
three  robust  boys 
_  ^^7  of  their  own,  there 

■I  ni     are  many  ways 

J  could  use  the  money.  But  Rich- 
whose  j  ob  involves  foreign  travel, 
m't  have  to  imagine  the  poverty 
Fuentes  endure.  He's  seen  it.  He 
ws,  too,  that  Save  The  Children 
do  a  remarkable  number  of 
gs  with  the  money, 
i^irst,  Luz  Marina's  immediate 
)ol  needs  are  taken  care  of.  Sec- 
ly,  funds  are  available  to  the 
ily  to  carry  out  their  self-help 
1  to  raise  hens. The  eggs  will  help 
■rove  the  family  diet  and  in- 
,se  the  family  income.  Finally, 
lall  portion  of  the  Koerner's  con- 
ation, together  with  money  from 
r  sponsors,  has  been  lent  to  the 
agers,  With  their  own  hands  and 
at,  they're  building  a  water  stor- 


^•iiiSP^" 


age  tank  and  a  pipeline.  Hopefully, 
the  new  water  supply  will  increase 
the  crop  yield  and  the  village's  in- 
come so  that  some  day  they  will  no 
longer  need  help. 

Self-help.  That's  what  Save  The 
Children  Federation  is  all  about.  Al- 
though contributions  are  tax-deduct- 
ible as  a  charity,  the  aim  is  not 
merely  to  buy  a  child  a  few  hot  meals, 
a  new  coat,  or  shoes.  Instead,  your 
contribution  is  used  to  give  people 
the  boost  they  need  to  start  helping 
themselves. 

Sponsors  are  desperately  needed 
for  children  in  Korea,  Vietnam, 
Latin  America,  Africa, 
Greece,  the  Middle  East,  as 
well  as  Appalachian  and 
American  Indian  children. 
You  can  select  the  child's 
nationality  and  will  receive 
a  photo,  regular  progress 
reports  and  a  chance  to 
correspond  and  visit. 

Richard  Koerner  hopes 
that  one  day,  one  of  his  busi- 
ness trips  will  enable  him 
to  meet  the  Fuentes.  Many 
sponsors  do  visit  their  chil- 


dren,  and  tell  us  that  it  is  one  of 
the  most  gratifying  experiences  of 
their  lives. 

The  Koerners  know  they  can't 
save  the  world  f  or  S 1 5  a  month.  Just 
a  small  corner  of  it.  But,  maybe  that 
is  the  way  to  save  the  world.  If  there 
are  enough  people  like  the  Koerners. 
How  about  yo'j? 
National  Sponsors  (partial  list): 
Faith  Baldwin,  Hon.  James  A.  Farley, 
Gene  Kelly,  Mrs.  Eli  Lilly,  Paul  Newman, 
Mrs.  J.  C.  Penney,  Frank  Sinatra. 
Save  The  Children  Federation,  founded 
in  1932,  is  registered  with  the  U.S.  State 
Department  Advisory  Committee  on 
Voluntary  Foreign  Aid. 


Save  The  Children  Federation 

rjORWALK,  CONNECTICUT  05852 

I  WISH  TO  CONTRIBUTE  $180  ANNUALLY  TO  HELP  A  CHILD. 

n  WHERE  THE  NEED  IS  GREATEST  Q   LATIN  AMERICA 

D  AMERICAN  INDIAN    QAPPALACHIA    Q  KOREA    D  GREECE 

D  VIETNAM   D  AFRICA   DIDDLE  EAST 

ENCLOSED  IS  MY  FIRST  PAYMENT 

D  $15.00  MONTHLY  D  $90.00  SEMI-ANNUALLY 

a  $45.00  QUARTERLY  D  $180.00  ANNUALLY 

I  CANT  SPONSOR  A  CHILD.  ENCLOSED  IS  A  CONTRIBUTION 

0F$. 

D  PLEASE  SEND  ME  MORE  INFORMATION. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  ARE  INCOME  TAX  DEDUCTIBLE 


BAJA  WOOD  SCULPTURE  Hand  carved 
by  Baja  Indians  from  a  wood  of  natural  con- 
frasting  texture.  Each  sculpture  above  repre- 
sents a  separate  tradition  of  Baja  folk  art. 
Within  each  tradition,  no  two  sculptures  look 
exactly  alike.  The  Baja  carver  interprets  the 
grain  and  other  qualities  of  the  raw  wood 
as  slightly  different  characteristics  for  each 
sculpture.  ■  left  The  "Baja  Man"  (20"  toll) 
personifies  the  rugged  Baja  Peninsula,  right 
The  "Sun  King"  (25"  toll)  originates  from 
the  early  Spanish  influence.  ■  Examine  (post 
free)  either  of  these  original  primitive  art 
sculptures  for  (wo  weets  (unconditional  re- 
fund guaranteed).  Remit  a  check  of  $40.00 


to: 


Primitive  Art  Institute 

11855  Goshen  Avenue  (Dept.  H3) 

Los  Angeles,  California  90049 

Calif,  residents,  add  5%  sales  tax 


Paper 
Capers 

-tor  cut'ups 

By  Kenneth  Ody 

Now,  a  unique  manual 
to  give  you  all  the  basic 
and  elementary  techniques  of  paper  folding,  PLUS 
the  more  advanced  forms  in  three  dimensions  known 
as  "paper  sculpture". 

It  includes  tolding,  Origami,  paper  cuts,  animal 
and  figure  cutouts,  curling  and  waving,  weaving, 
geometric  solids,  paper  sculpture  as  reliefs  and  in- 
the-round,  etc.  , 

You  are  taught  to  create  origmal  designs  as  well 
as  how  to  fashion  a  great  variety  of  objects:  dancing 
figures,  animals,  hats,  toys,  masks,  holiday  orna- 
ments, etc.  There  are  suggestions  for  displays,  gifts, 
decorations,  stage  sets  and  costumes. 

Directions  are  simple,  clear  and  detailed:  Patterns 
and  step-by-step  illustrations  by  the  hundred  are  a 
great  help.  Splendid  photos  show  the  wonderful 
complexity  and  striking  beauty  of  paper  objects. 
ORDER  NOW!  10-Day  Money-Back  Guarantee 

PAPER  FOLDING  &  PAPER  SCULPTURE 

369   drawings,   25   photos 
$5.95,  plus  25(f.  postage  and  handling 

EMERSON  BOOKS,  Inc.,  Dept.  491-S 

251  West  19  Street.  New  York,  N.Y.  10011 

Brain  Puzzler's  Delight 

By  E,  R.  Emmet 
A  treasury  of  unique 
mind-stretching  puzzles 
that  can  be  solved  by 
straight,  logical  thinking 
and  reasoning.  No  special- 
ized math.  Offers  the  pleas- 
ures of  discovering  solu- 
tions through  use  of 
ingenuity,  imagination,  in- 
sight, and  logic.  Stimulates 
and  refreshes  the  mind. 
Fascinating,  entertaining 
puzzles,  arranged  in  order 
of  difficulty,  with  (some 
amazing!)  solutions  and 
full  explanations  at  end  of 
book.  ILLUSTRATED 
S4.95,  plus  25f!  postage  and  handling. 
EMERSON  BOOKS,  Inc.,  Dept.  492-S 
251  West  19  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10011 

76 


monassett  tidal  marshes.  The  Pani- 
cum  grass  at  the  edge  of  a  narrow 
strip  of  meadow  gives  way  to  the 
Spartina  of  the  marshes.  The  river  at 
low  tide  sinks  down  into  the  peaty 
mud  of  its  banks  to  a  soft,  sullen 
flow.  The  sedges  and  rushes  wave 
proudly  beyond  until  they  meet  the 
wooded  slopes  on  the  far  side  of  the 
marsh.  Here  it  must  look  as  it  has 
since  the  cemetery  was  founded— the 
wind  whistling  through  a  gnarled 
spruce  on  the  hill,  grass  stalks  blow- 
ing against  the  ancient  gravestones, 
briars  growing  over  the  decayed 
stone  stumps  of  long-forgotten 
graves.  And  beyond  the  wall,  the 
marsh  looks  as  it  did  to  Victorian 
ladies  in  black  organza  during  Sun- 
day afternoon  cemetery  visits,  to 
colonials  leading  their  oxen  to  pick 
up  the  salt  hay,  to  Indians  passing 
down  the  bank  to  spear  eels. 

Yet  the  whole  marsh  is  broken 
into  multiple  ownerships,  some 
being  held  for  speculation.  Probably 
within  the  short  few  years  of  our 
lifetime  it  will  disappear,  and  the 
Hammonassett  can  do  no  more  than 
say,  with  Mr.  Abram  Hill  who  died 
September  30, 1840,  age  77, 

"Farewell  my  friends  my  memory 
keep.  While  in  death's  armes  my 
body  sleeps." 


The  edible  blue  mussels  gather  in 
colonies  just  above  and  below  the 
low-tide  mark,  each  attached  to  the 
substrate  by  the  fibrous  anchor  lines 
of  its  byssus.  With  the  decline  of  the 
oyster  and  with  an  increasing  num- 
ber of  clam  beds  declared  off  limits 
because  of  pollution,  the  mussel  may 
eventually  be  the  main  collect-it- 
yourself  shellfish  along  our  shore. 

At  low  tide,  clusters  of  blue  mus- 
sels, which  may  also  be  black  or  dark 
brown,  can  be  seen  in  the  shallow 
water  clinging  to  rocks,  submerged 
logs,  and  mud  flats. 

The  mussels  spawn  from  late 
spring  through  the  summer.  The 
female  mussel,  influenced  by  rising 
temperatures,  releases  millions  of 
eggs  into  the  water.  Fertilized  by  the 
males,  these  eggs  are  carried  about 
by  the  currents.  Within  a  day,  a  fer- 
tilized egg  develops  into  a  micro- 
scopic larva,  and  before  a  week  is 
out,  the  young  mussel  larva  is  able  to 
swim  rapidly.  The  prodigality  of 
nature  is  not  wasted,  for  millions  of 
the  young  larvae  serve  to  feed  the 
numerous    animals    that    filter    the 


WILDERNESS  TRIP  CAMP 

Grand  Lake  Stream,  Maine  04637 

For  70  boys,  ages  12  to  17.  Five  age 
groups.  Full  Season  only— 7  weeks.  \ 
Series  of  lake,  white  water,  and 
mountain  trips :  Allagash,  St.  Croix, 
St.  John  &  Machias  Rivers.  Mount 
Katahdin.  SURVIVAL  and  ECOL- 
OGY training.  QUAKER  LEADER- 
SHIP. 

Write:  George  N.  Darrow 
780  Millbrook  Lane 
Haverford,  Pennsylvania  19041 

Plione:  (215)  IVII  2-8216 


Successful  Treasure  Hunting 

is  yours  with  the  NEW,  HIGH-POWER 
GOLDMASTER  S-63  TR  Metal-Mineral 
Detector. 


UARANTEE  V        ized 

ht  S-6J   TR   will   detect      ^ 
old    nnd    silver    nuggts.  t^ 

.ins,    jewelry    and    mineral  V- 


$179  50 

F.O.B.  Sweet  Home,  Oregon 

Budget  Termj  Availabfe  fRgf  LITERATURE 

WHITE'S  ELECTRONICS.  INC. 


1011    Pleasant    Valley 

Rd..    Swee 

Home,    Or.     S738S 

^^ 

-DICTIONARY 

*             \               •             \ 

\^         STANU 

VA-  ^ 

t                ^W           Now — Enjoy 

iL  **is      ^ 

"                     J^        Your  Large 

^^         ^ 

S^            Reference 
^^  Editions  With- 

^^pBil 

HubH 

out  Problem! 
of  Handling! 

Our  superb  bnnW 

ble    bo°ks     oS 
top.  open  —  for 
ready  reference. 
Oversize     -n\. 
limes    fit    com- 
Cortably    belnw. 

enouEh  to  enhance  the  finest 

Ubrary!     Beautifully     craned 

tone  pine   or  maple,   antlqua 

^        33    ^   12"H.)-529.50. 

^.    COMPLETE  KIT:  Beady  for 

^^^&                  U„»K           M.iull.ul>l              A>1(i 

^^^^^^^ 

^^ 

SI. 25    Ea.    Welt    o< 

finished  or  in  kit 
beautifuTnew  free  catalog— i.ooo  pieces 
Flniihod  and  Kit  Furnlturo  In  Friendly  PIna 

YIELD  HOUSE 


water  for  food.  The  adult  mussel  re- 
plies in  kind,  for  in  pumping  about 
ten  gallons  of  water  a  day  for  its  own 
feeding,  it  may  account  for  100.000 
barnacle  larvae  every  twenty-four 
hours. 

Gradually  the  first  evidence  of  a 
shell  appears,  and  before  two  months 
have  passed,  the  young  mussel  settles 
down.  It  anchors  itself  with  the 
byssal  threads  formed  b\  a  glandular 
secretion  and  begins  to  grow  and 
mature.  Where  it  settles  depends,  in 
part,  on  the  vagaries  of  wind  and 
wave.  Onshore  w  aves  wash  the  larvae 
over  the  surfaces  where  they  can 
attach.  If  the  waves  are  too  high,  the 
young  will  be  transported  above  the 
normal  tidal  flow  and  be  left  high  on 
the  shore  where  they  soon  die.  If 
too  many  are  deposited  at  any  one 
point,  competition  for  the  available 
resources  will  mean  the  certain  death 
of  many  individuals. 

Even  the  adults  are  not  free  of 
I  all  danger.  Although  those  below  the 
I  low-tide  mark  do  not  have  to  close 
shut  tw ice  a  day  with  each  tide,  and 
therefore  have  longer  to  feed,  they 
are  the  prey  for  many  other  animals 
in  the  water  These  predators  move 
up  with  the  rising  water  to  feast  on 
those  mussels  situated  between  the 
tides.  As  the  water  recedes,  birds 
come  to  the  shore  to  pick  over  the 
mussels  waiting  for  the  next  tide. 


The  beach  at  Hamnionassett  State 
Park  is  a  long  sandspit  on  Long  Is- 
land Sound.  Behind  the  beach  are 
parking  lots  and  campgrounds  for 
hundreds  of  tents  and  trailers.  In 
back  of  all  this,  and  running  to  the 
Hammonassett  River,  are  acres  of 
salt  meadow.  This  level  land  is  sub- 
divided by  ditches  that  drain  off  the 
water  from  the  pools  where  salt 
marsh  mosquitoes  breed.  The  mea- 
dows sit  alone  and  lonely,  penetrated 
only  by  the  occasional  hunter  or 
hiker.  The  mosquito  ditches  act  as 
moats,  and  deter  all  but  the  most  de- 
termined wanderer.  This  back- 
ground serves  as  cool,  open  space 
away  from  the  bustle  of  the  crowded 
beach.  It  is  also  potential  space  for 
filling,  dumping,  and  dredging. 

The  state  dump  at  Hammonassett 
is  at  the  head  of  the  narrow  valley 
that  is  part  of,  and  leads  out  into,  the 
salt  meadow.  The  highland  at  the 
edges  of  this  small  valley  is  covered 
by  red  pine  on  one  side,  cedar  on  the 
other.  Bordering  the  trees,  there  are 


ImaN-MADE  POLYMERfC  j^^        ^"^  J^T 

INEW  PRICE 
ISHOES 


CASH  IN  NOW  on  these  Extraordi- 
nary Savings!  The  day  of  the  high 
priced  shoe  is  over.  Folks  arc  paying 
many  dollars  less  than  ever  before, 
thanks  to  the  miracle  new  "polymeric" 
shoe  materials.  This  is  no  "cheap  imi- 
tation" shoe.  It's  the  real  thing:  the 
New  Price  Shoe  that  looks  and  feels 
and  wears  as  well  as  any  shoe  you 
have  ever  worn  and  yet  costs  a  frac- 
tion of  the  price. 

WE  CARRY 

M.I  THESE 

SIZES! 


SAY 
"the  END" 
toJ15to»30 
SHOES 


YOU'LL  BE  SHOCKED 
WHEN  YOU  SEE  OUR  SHOES 

After  what  you've  paid  for  shoes,  you'll 
wonder  how  any  such  price  as  ours  can 
be.  Well,  you  get  top  quality  uppers, 
good  lifetime  laces,  life-of  the  shoe  PVC 
sole  and  heels,  flexible  support  shank 
In  the  arch,  gentle  foam  heel  cushions, 
superior  gentlemen's  detailing.  The 
works!  Even  the  new  luxury  linings. 


ll'^B  -i-l  -l-l-l-l-N^  -  - 


Please  note.  At  the  pr. 


!  sell  she 


//owed  fo  mention  the 
brand  name  of  this 
s/ioe  material.  Suffice 
say  it  looks  like  lop 
■ain  leather,  per- 
■arms  even  better. 
Why  pay  higher 
and   higher   prices? 


Get 


thi: 


SOONER 

OR  LATER 

YOU  WILL  BE  WEARING 

THE  NEW  PRICE  SHOES 

Today's  new  man-made  shoe 
materials  beat  the  price  out 
of  leather,  scoff  at  scuffs, 
keep   better  shape,   and 

Never  Need  a  Shine.  Why 


founding   low   price. 
Send    in    now, 
TWO  PAIRS  FOR  $14.95 

We  will  be  proud  to  send  them 

to  you  for  ON  APPROVAL 

AT  HOME  INSPECTION 

Your  remittance  refunded  in  full 
f  you  do  not  choose  to  wear  Ihem. 

See  It  Yourself. 

Use  this  Coupon  ! 

„on.s»«  ^^^  p/zic£  sunes 


spend  even  one  dollar  more 
for  shoes?  Here's  something 
NEW.  Here's  something 
PROVEN. 


AS    ADVERTISED    IN 

Life  Magazine 

The  New  York  Times 

Wall  street  Journal 

National  Observer 

Look  Magazine 

Newsweek 


HABAND 

I     Paterson,  N.  J.  07508 


TWO  PAIRS 
FOR  $14.95 

HABAND    COMPANY 

265    North    9th    Street 

PATERSON,  N.J.  07508 
O.K.  Gentlemen,  send  me  the 
two  pairs  of  Shoes  specified 
at  right.  My  remittance  of 
$  is  enclosed. 


COLOR  a  STYLE 

HOW 

^."z" 

Black  Oxfords 

Brown  Oxfords 

Cordovan  Oxfords 

Black  Loafers 

Cordovan  Loafers 

Black  Wing  Tips 

Brown  Wing  Tips 

Black  Monk  Strap 

Name   . 

Street  . 
CityS 
State  . 


ZIP    ] 
.CODE  I 


^^ 


HABAND  COMPANY  -  Operating  by  U.S.  Mail  since  1925 


77 


New  Tiff  en  HCEVari-Close-Up 
\Lens  for  Reflex  Cameras 

Sharp  focus  to  one  Inch 
without  distortion  using 
normal  and  telephoto 
lenses.  Shooting  bees? 
Flowers?  Coins'  Copy- 
ing'' Close  in  to  one 
incii  without  bellows, 
tubes,  tripods-  No 
change  in  exposure  set- 
ting! New  HCE  Vari-Close-Up  lens  pro- 
vides continuously  adjustable  close 
performance.  Mounts  like  a  filter  on  any 
SLR.  At  your  dealer:  S24  95.  including 
case;  or  write  to  TIFFEN  optical  go. 
73  Jane  St.,  Roslyn  Heights,  N.Y.  1 1577 

HARRIS  TWEED,   SHETUND  TWEED 
and  WOOLEN  WORSTED 

All  garments  for  Ladies  and  Gents  tailored.  Capes  and 
Norfolk  Jackets  $46.00.  Suits  and  Overcoats  $55.00, 
Jackets  $38.00,  Skirts  and  Trousers  $19.00.  Prices  in- 
clude all  cloth.  All  cloth  sold  by  the  yard.  Satisfaction 
guaranteed.  Send  $1.00  for  air-mail  swatches  to: 
ALEXANDER   GRAHAM   Bone,    Isle  of  Lewis,   Scotland 

9IAGAZINE-BOOK  TREE 


chairside  li- 
brar>'.  Holds  over 
100  magazines, 
newspapers,  cat- 
alogs -  even 
phone  books  — 
wrinkle  free,  or- 
derly —  easy  to 
see,  readv  to  use. 
Top    holds    any 


books 


paper- 
lots  & 
lots.     It's    porta- 
ble, practical  and 
so    prett>'.    Ideal 
for  home,   ofEce, 
reception     room. 
White     birch 
turnings.    In 
honey  pine  or 
maple,    antiaue 
pine  or  walnut  fin.  28"H,   16"W, 
15"D.    $15.95.    HOME    KIT:    For 
easy  assembly  &  fin.  Simple  instr. 
$9.95  PPD.  Add  8.5c  each  West  of 


Mii 


,ippi. 


BEAUTIFUL  NEW   FREE  CATALOG— 1000   PIECES 

Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pins 

include  Zip  No.  YIELD    HOVSE 


BURGUNDY 

WILDLIFE 

CAMP 

in  the  mountains  of  West  Virginia 

enables  youngsters  to  go  beyond  the  super- 
ficial  in   learning  about  the  natural  world. 

Young  persons  with  an  interest  in  natural 
science  will  find  the  camp  an  exciting  place  to 
further  their  knowledge  in  ornithology,  bouny. 
meteorologj',  entomology,  and  astronomy.  Spe- 
cial projects  are  undertaken  individually:  Ter- 
rariums.  taxidermy,  plant  collections,  insect  col- 
lections, bird  banding  and  wildlife  photography. 

The  ecological  approach  is  emphasized. 

SWIMMING,  SQUARE  DANCING, 
OVERNIGHT  TRIPS 

sessions  limited  to 
30  boys  and  girls 
grades  six  to  ten. 

Three  2-week  sessions 
$175  per  session 

For  further  infurmation  and  brochure  write: 

JOHN  TROTT,  Director 

Burgundy  Wildlife  Camp 
3700  Burgundy  Road 
Alexandria,   Va.   22303 


shoulders  of  tall  Phragmites  reed, 
which  in  turn  taper  down  to  the 
shorter  sedges. 

In  the  best  tradition  of  sanitary 
land  fill,  a  field  of  sand,  grooved  by 
rivulets  and  the  ruts  of  car  tracks, 
slopes  to  the  edge  of  the  dump.  At 
the  edge,  it  drops  abruptly  down  to 
the  reeds  and  salt  meadow.  At  the 
top  of  the  slope  are  decayed  and 
burned  fence  posts,  discarded 
boards,  parts  of  three  cars,  the  re- 
mains of  a  pink  upright  piano,  the 
cab  of  a  pickup  truck,  several  mat- 
tresses, four  couches  (one.  a  particu- 
larly repulsive  faded  salmon-purple 
color) ,  beer  cans,  bottles,  and  a 
Sports  Illustrated  whose  pages  are 
interleaved  with  pictures  of  naked 
women  cut  from  some  other  maga- 
zine. A  small  bird  chirps  in  the  reeds, 
three  gulls  fly  by  in  the  sunlight  over- 
head, and  another  bird  perches  and 
teeters  on  the  wires  strung  on  poles 
across  the  little  valley. 


The  ancestors  of  laconic  Yankee 
Dan  Willis  were  cutting  salt  hay  on 
the  salt  meadows  more  than  a  hun- 
dred years  ago.  It  was  used  for 
forage  by  the  first  settlers  and  later, 
for  bedding  cattle,  but  with  the  de- 
creasing use  of  animals,  salt  haying 
went  into  a  decline,  which  was 
hastened  by  the  mosquito  ditches 
that  made  much  of  the  meadows  in- 
accessible. In  recent  years  there  has 
been  a  better  market  as  suburban 
gardeners  demand  it  for  garden 
mulch.  Salt  hay,  Spartina,  is  particu- 
larly useful,  for  it  doesn't  seed  in  a 
new  crop  of  grassy  weeds  like  regu- 
lar hay. 

To  the  experienced,  harvesting 
salt  hay  presents  no  special  problem, 
but  let  the  incautious  beware.  I  was 
once  exclaiming  over  the  high  cost 
of  salt  hay,  more  costly  than  the 
best  alfalfa,  when  a  farmer  spoke  up 
for  the  prevailing  state  of  things.  He 
told  of  the  time  his  family  decided 
to  harvest  the  salt  hay  on  an  obscure 
piece  of  marshland  they  owned. 
Cutting  was  difficult.  The  thick  and 
matted  hay  kept  clogging  the  cutter 
bar  of  the  mower  and  the  machine 
periodically  bogged  down  in  slippery 
mud.  Finally  all  was  done;  the  hay 
cut,  dried,  and  stacked  to  be  taken 
away  the  following  day.  That  night 
there  was  an  onshore  wind  and  a 
high  tide,  and  all  the  carefully 
gathered  salt  hay  floated  out  to  sea. 

When  I  repeated  this  story  to  Dan 


Willis  he  listened  without  commenl 
He  treats  sah  hay  just  as  he  doe 
regular  hay:  cutting,  baling,  an 
storing.  He  paused  before  addini 
that  one  must  also  consult  thj 
Farmer's  Almanac.  He  then  gazej 
out  over  his  meadow  while  waiting 
for  the  question  I  had  to  ask.  Thi 
answer  was  simple.  The  Farmer'; 
Almanac  gives  the  height  of  the 
tides.  Salt  hay  has  to  be  cut  at  thi 
lowest  tides,  for  a  high  perigee  tide 
can  wet  the  hay  or  wash  it  away 


The  rising  scientific  interest  in  sail 
marshes  and  estuaries  must  be  near- 
ing  flood  tide  with  the  recent  pub- 
lication of  a  757-page  tome  on 
Estuaries  by  the  American  Associa- 
tion for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 
Studies  of  increasing  complexity  and 
detail  (invariably  described  aS 
"more  sophisticated")  suggest  thd 
same  conclusion.  Salt  marshes  are 
of  great  biological  and  geologic  in- 
terest. They  have  tremendous  pro- 
ductivity and  are  probably  essential 
to  much  of  the  offshore  sea  life. 

Acre  for  acre,  salt  marshes  are 
equal  in  total  production  to  the' 
highest-value  croplands,  even  when 
the  latter  are  aided  by  all  the  science 
and  art  of  man.  This  nutrient  pro- 
duction comes  not  only  from  the 
obvious  plants  but  also  from  the 
minute  algae  that  grow  on  the  mud- 
banks  of  the  tidal  creeks  and  ditches. 
The  larger  marsh  plants  die  and 
break  down  into  detritus,  minute 
organic  particles  that  serve  to  feed 
the  animals  of  the  estuaries.  A  study 
in  Georgia  showed  that  45  percent 
of  this  plant  production  is  eventually' 
lost  to  the  tidal  waters  that  flow 
through  and  over  the  marshes  and  is 
carried  to  the  animals  in  the  streams, 
estuaries,  and  oceans.  The  users  of 
this  food  production,  therefore,  are 
far  removed  from  its  source.  Like 
our  great  cities  that  depend  on  the 
remote  wheat  fields  of  the  plains  for 
sustenance,  the  cities  of  sea  animals 
—which  we  draw  on  for  food  and 
sport— depend  on  the  marshland. 
These  animals  can  be  shellfish, 
crustaceans,  or  fish.  The  Niantic 
River  estuary,  for  example,  provides 
about  300  pounds  of  scallops  per 
acre  per  year,  which  is  more  than 
the  beef  yield  on  good  grazing  land. 

Moreover,  the  marshes  and  tidal 
inlets  serve  as  necessary  nurseries 
for  many  kinds  of  fish  that  are  later 
caught  as  adults  farther  out  to  sea. 


78 


'^^^  Beech  Cliff 

On  The  Lake,  By  The  Sea 

ilOUNT  DESERT,  MAINE,  near  Bar  Harbor 
iOYS  9-16  Pioneer  camping  in  setting 
f  great  natural  beauty— plus  EXCEP- 
riONAL  TRIP  PROGRAM.  Each  camper 
lects  (without  extra  charge)  Wilderness 
^anoe  Trips,  Windjammer  Sailing  Cruise, 
latahdin  Mt  Expedition.  In-Camp  prog, 
ncl.  riflery,  archery,  tennis,  water  skiing, 
resh  water  swimming,  sailing  Natural 
cience  emphasized.  (Also  Caribbean 
)ceanographic  Summer  School  age  14-17). 
lifford  A.  Pulis,  6  Old  Marlboro  Rd.,  Concord, 
lass.  (617)  369-4095  EST.  1954 


SUMMER 

SCIENCE 

CAMP 

on 

Summer  Island,  Lake  Michigan 

ages  13-18 

FILMSTRIP  AVAILABLE 

2200  Fuller  Road,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  48105 


STUDY    ECOLOGY    UNDER   THE  TETONS 

Teton  Science  Scliool  ull'crs  a  6  week  accredited  hisili 
chool  field  biology  course.  Coedm 


August  2.  A  field  laboratory 
lectins    and    identificatit 


iipbani/.ins  tol- 


al  Park.  .Sponsors — Jacksi 


cbool.  Box  1111,  Jackson.   W y 


the  Orvis  Catalog,  not  in  a  museum 
.  .  .  each  fly  labeled  and  available 
in  many  sizes.  This  Catalog,  "bible 
of  serious  fishermen  since  1856,"  Is 
100  pages  of  the  most  knowledge- 
able fishing  tackle.  /  ; 
Sent  free  on  request.  .     :, 


751  River  Rd.,  Manchester,  Vt.    05254 
Gentlemen:  Send  your  Catalog  to: 

Name 

Address 


.Zip. 


The  full  story  has  yet  to  be  worked 
out.  Sally  Richards  and  W.  G. 
Pearcy,  working  in  the  nearby 
Mystic  River  estuary,  found  .59 
species  of  fish,  including  the  eggs  of 
13  species,  the  larvae  of  26  species, 
and  the  juveniles  and  adults  of  51. 
Menhaden,  striped  mullet,  and  win- 
ter flounder  may  be  totally  dependent 
on  the  marshes  when  young.  If  the 
marshes  go,  the  flounder  go. 

Early  in  December,  I  walked  near 
the  mouth  of  the  river.  After  looking 
for  a  little  while  at  great  creosoted 
piles  being  driven  for  new  marinas, 
I  stood  and  watched  the  oily  water 
float  by.  A  cardboard  sign  nearby 
proclaimed  that  any  discharge  in 
these  waters  was  strictly  illegal.  As 
I  read  the  sign,  the  periods  were 
accented  by  the  pound  of  the  pile 
driver  as  it  drove  its  stake  deep  into 
the  mud.  The  pile  driver  was  a  large 
tracked  vehicle  and  probably  not  as 
remarkable  as  many  other  modern 
machines.  Yet  with  the  assistance  of 
only  two  men,  bundled  in  red- 
checked  wool  against  the  winter 
wind,  the  machine  swung  out  to  the 
higher,  graveled  parking  lot.  plucked 
a  twenty-foot  post  from  a  pile  and 
lined  it  up  for  driving.  Ker-blam. 
Ker-blam.  The  post  sank  down  until 
it  receded  into  line  with  the  others. 

The  margin  of  the  shore  dropped 
sharply  down  to  the  oily  water. 
Wooden  floats  stretched  out  to  pro- 
vide mooring  for  the  many  boats 
drawn  up  to  await  spring.  At  my 
back,  a  few  last  weeds  rattling  in  the 
wind  pushed  through  the  dirt  and 
gravel.  Farther  up  the  harbor  a  ten- 
foot  dike  of  dried  mud  held  back  the 
dredged  spoils  that  covered  the  old 
salt  meadows.  The  pile  driver  worked 
slowly  toward  the  dike.  The  machine 
did  not  need  to  hurry.  Next  summer 
or  perhaps  the  summer  after,  the  dike 
would  be  bulldozed  down,  more  piles 
would  be  driven,  more  floats  would 
be  launched,  more  oil  would  be 
spilled,  more  progress  would  extend 
up  the  Hammonassett  River. 

I  turned  and  walked  along  the 
empty  harbor.  Old  colonial  houses 
were  juxtaposed  with  summer  cot- 
tages and  cheap  apartments.  A  few 
yards  from  the  shore  a  motel  had 
built  a  swimming  pool.  The  remains 
of  summer's  trash  blew  by  on  the 
wind,  but  it  was  quiet  in  December 
—it  was  deathly  quiet  along  the 
Hammonassett  River  shore.  B 


This  is  a  complete  recording  of 
Edward  Fitzgerald's  5th  version, 
and  is  the  cumulative  effort  of 
three  men  of  genius. 

It  is  followed  by  a  few  comments 
and  con5>ari3ons,  and  also  Pedro 
Calderon  de  la  Barca's  The  Dream 
Called  Life    and    Life  is   a  Dream. 

Lastly,  beginning  with  Hamlet's 
soliloquy,  there  is  seme  of  the 
best  that  is  to  be  found  in 
Shakespeare. 

oOo 

A  purchaser  writes:  "The  record  is 
being  played  over  and  over;  it  is 
my  treasure." 

A  superlative  delivery  of  tuperlotive  poetry 
by  Louis  Zoul. 


$6.50 

Available  Only  By  Mail 


PUBLIC  OPINION 

Box  N-4044  Long  Island  City.  Long  Island 
New  York     11104 


^^^ 


t 


Share  me  Tnniis^ 
01  Exploring 
ooterspace; 

All  DYNASCOPES,  Including  this 
superb  RV-6,  6-inch  available 
on  easy  terms!  « 

Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs  who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 
Choose  from  a  Full  Range  Of 
DYNASCOPES®  4  '  Starting  at  $49.95 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  —  the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories. Prices  begin  as  low  as  $49.95,  and 
your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed  by  a  full- 
refund  warranty. 

FASCINATING   GUIDE 
YOURS   FREE! 

Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 

Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
331  Church  St.,  Hartford.  Conn.  0E101 

T  TM  Reelstered  U.S.  Pat.  OfTice 


I    CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

t   Dept.  NH-5,  331  Church  St.,  Hartford,  Conn.  06101 

I   Please  send  your  fret  Telascope  Guide. 


79 


Boohs  in  Revietv 


The  Rise  and  FeBll  af  Progress 


hy  Jerome  Lettvin 


The  Coming  of  the  Golden  Age:  A 
View  of  the  End  of  Progress,  by 
Gunther  S.  Stent.  The  Natural  History 
Press,  $4.95;  146  pp. 

Gunther  Stent  holds  that  we  have 
reached  the  heat-death  ( JFarme- 
stod)  of  the  spirit.  Not  only  are  science 
and  art  at  the  end  of  their  progress, 
but  the  force  that  drove  them,  the  will 
to  power,  is  played  out,  bred  out, 
trained  out.  His  description  of  our  pres- 
ent state  is  faultless;  no  practiced  eye 
could  miss  the  symptoms— the  plucking 
at  the  coverlet,  the  disconnected  mum- 
bling we  all  noted  at  the  American  As- 
sociation for  the  Advancement  of  Sci- 
ence this  last  Christmas. 

Stent  argues  from  the  apathy  that  to- 
day afflicts  any  son  of  a  dogma.  For  who 
will  deny  that  genetics  and  molecular 
biophysics  have  run  their  course,  now 
to  mummify  as  an  engineering  subspe- 
cialty? But  he  sees,  too,  the  decay  of 
spirit  in  physics  and  mathematics,  those 
archetypes  of  all  science.  (He  excepts 
only,  as  a  possibility,  a  science  of 
nervous  action.  That.  I  believe,  is  only 
because  he  doesn't  know  much  about 
the  field:  it  is  a  genetic  marvel,  an  ex- 
ample of  total  inherited  sterility. )  What 
has  happened  is  that  the  goals  of  sci- 
ence have  become  unclear.  "What,  ac- 
tually, would  it  mean  if  one  understood 
the  origin  of  the  universe?"  asks  Stent. 
"And  what  would  it  mean  if  one  had 
finally  found  the  most  fundamental  of 
the  fundamental  particles?"  The  goal 
is  hidden  "in  an  endless,  and  ultimately 
tiresome  succession  of  Chinese  boxes." 
One  has  a  vision  of  hordes  of  pale  scien- 
tists wandering  like  the  undead,  bound 
by  pointless  rules,  and  fed,  not  so  much 
by  human  blood  as  by  printed  lists  of  its 
composition.  I  do  not  have  any  compe- 
tence in  exact  science,  only  friends 
who  profess  it.  Stent's  view  is  just,  by 
what  they  say.  The  case  is  similar  with 
the  arts,  but  I  prefer  to  stay  with  his 
treatment  of  science. 

I  cannot  be  as  pessimistic  on  this 
point  as  is  Stent.  His  area  of  blindness 
is  important  to  discuss.  It  is  revealed 
by  three  citations  in  his  text.  First,  he 
remarks  that  certain  proteins  (for  ex- 
ample, those  that  form  the  head  and 
tail  structures  of  bacteriophage  or 
those  that  form  the  flagellae  of  bacteria) 
combine  in  vitro  to  form  the  definite 

80 


shapes  from  which  they  are  extracted. 
Next,  he  quotes  Eddington  about  the 
differences  between  a  "physicist"  (who 
must  have  prior  theory  to  accept  a  fit- 
ting observation)  and  a  "stamp  collec- 
tor" (who  just  likes  to  arrange  observa- 
tions like  flowers ) .  Finally,  he  presents 
Mandelbrot's  analysis  of  the  "sponta- 
neous activity  of  a  system,"  saying  that 
it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  for  cogni- 
tion of  the  system,  and  then  showing  the 
difficulty  of  building  an  adequate  obser- 
vational base  from  which  to  say  any- 
thing at  all  about  complex  systems 
where  the  mean  values  of  observations 
do  not  rapidly  converge  to  a  limit. 

These  points  characterize  the  atti- 
tude of  most  modern  scientists,  particu- 
larly the  biophysicists.  Such  an  atti- 
tude has  resulted  in  the  decay  of  all 
those  amiable  empirics,  such  as  zool- 
ogy, botany,  anatomy,  physiology,  that 
once  ornamented  the  schools  while 
they  distressed  the  students.  Ramon  y 
Cajal  or  von  Humboldt  would  have  dif- 
ficulty getting  into  the  biology  depart- 
ments at  MIT  or  Harvard.  For  the  feel- 
ing is.  and  it  is  really  a  superstition, 
that  forms  are  easily  accounted  for 
once  one  knows  the  elements  and  rules 
for  composing  them.  The  particular 
shape  that  an  insect  has,  and  the  par- 
ticular sequence  by  which  a  tick  drops 
onto  a  mammal,  are  deemed  only  com- 
binations of  ultimately  describable  ele- 
ments that  pose  no  paradox  to  physics. 
But  the  self-organization  of  proteins  in- 
to a  phage  cage  has  as  much  relation 
to  the  making  of  complex  animal  forms 
as  the  bonds  that  result  in  an  alpha- 
helix  have  to  the  rules  of  growth  of  a 
snail  shell.  Such  relations  are,  to  put 
it  precisely,  metaphorical.  The  great 
problems  confronting  quondam  physi- 
cists, as  well  as  stamp  collectors,  are 
the  classical  questions  of  long-range 
order— the  rules  by  which  a  macro- 
scopic object  is  inherent  in  the  descrip- 
ion  of  its  components.  Crystallography, 
which  is  the  simplest  case,  is  already 
difficult  to  handle. 

The  absurdity  of  using  Mandelbrot's 
approach  to  complex  systems  is  analo- 
gous to  considering  statistics  on  the  oc- 
currence of  phonemes  when  a  man  is 
reading  the  Bible  aloud.  For  who  will 
deny  that  the  Sabbath  lesson  is  spon- 
taneous activity  in  that  complex  sys- 
tem, man?  If  the  mean  values  of  ob- 


servations do  not  converge  rapidly,  po 
sibly  the  goal  of  the  observation  is  in 
proper  if  you  want  a  theory  about  th 
system  observed.  On  the  other  hand,  i 
all  you  seek  is  a  theory  of  making  th 
best  of  indifferent  modes  of  observ£ 
tion.  then  Mandelbrot's  work  is  ver 
relevant.  His  study  alone  is  sufficier 
to  indict  our  colleagues  in  the  socia 
sciences  and  their  absurd  approach  t 
understanding  the  society:  they,  witl 
their  Golem  computers,  spawned  b 
Jonathan  Swift  out  of  Tom  Swift. 

What  I  am  trying  to  say  is  that  i 
Stent  rests  his  case  only  on  the  reduci 
bility  of  all  natural  science  to  physic 
and  the  death  of  progress  in  physic 
itself,  he  is  beating  a  dead  horse.  It  i 
one  thing  to  say  that  the  rules  of  physici 
must  not  be  violated;  it  is  entirely  dif 
ferent  to  suppose  that  if  the  rules  oi 
physics  are  not  violated,  then,  a  fortiori 
biology  is  an  example  of  the  use  o: 
physical  law  and  is,  thereby,  not  inter 
esting.  This  is  tantamout  to  examining 
Shakespeare  for  forbidden  sequences 
of  letters,  for  example,  -gx,  and  then 
retreating  in  boredom  when  we  find  no 
surprises  or  paradoxes.  And,  certainly, 
all  of  Shakespeare  is  writ  with  English 
letters.  To  suppose,  next,  that  letters 
can  be  linked  together  by  some  rule  to 
form  Shakespeare's  works,  and  that 
this  rule  depends  on  the  characteristics 
of  the  letters  themselves,  is  to  say  very 
little  about  Shakespeare's  works. 
Nothing  much  is  revealed  about  Shakes- 
peare if  I  shake  up  the  two  letters  n  and 
o  in  a  dice  box  and  then  show  that  how- 
ever they  appear  in  sequence,  they 
form  a  word. 

The  funeral  of  physics  is  not  the  sut- 
tee of  all  sciences,  but  only  of  all  those 
that  depend  analytically  upon  it.  There 
is  an  entirely  different  set  of  sciences, 
unmentioned  by  Stent,  that  can  prop- 
erly be  called  synthetic.  They  are  meta- 
physical, deal  more  with  laws  of  mind 
than  of  particles,  more  with  informa- 
tion (in  the  most  general  meaning) 
than  with  energy.  Physical  laws  hold 
no  great  constraint  upon  these  sciences. 
To  answer  the  question,  how  is  per- 
ception possible?  it  is  not  enough  to 
give  a  wiring  diagram  of  the  brain 
and  the  state  function  of  the  external 
world.  What  is  required  in  addition 
are  rules  for  operation  and  the  rela- 
tions of  these  rules  to  each  other.  I 


vould  be  very  surprised  to  learn  that 
uch  rules  could  be  expressed  as  sets 
if  chemical  bonds,  for  instance. 

These  objections  are  really  aca- 
lemic.  because  in  a  practical  sense 
stent  is  correct,  and  contemporary 
icience  and  art  are  dead,  but  continue 
o  talk  through  suggestion  or  habit, 
rhe  success  of  past  progress  in  physics 
md  its  dependent  engineering  appli- 
:ations  have  changed  the  world  so 
nuch  that  alternative  approaches  are 
lardly  possible  any  more.  Even  the  ar- 


tists have  bought  the  dictum  that  we 
are  hypostasized  in  uncertainty;  we 
move  by  conditional  probabilities;  we 
bear  the  same  connection  to  underly- 
ing conditions  as  a  spot  on  a  film  bears 
to  the  photon  buried  there.  We  are  all, 
every  one  of  us.  particulars  illustrat- 
ing a  norm.  The  death  of  aesthetics 
lies  in  the  conviction  that  it  makes  no 
difference  which  note  is  where,  which 
word  follows  another.  This  view  is,  of 
course,  a  caricature  of  what  science, 
means,  but,  except  for  Herman  Weyl. 


whom  no])ody  reads  anymore,  what 
scientist  looks  seriously  at  perceived 
forms  as  the  elementals? 

Professor  Stent  goes  on  from  the 
death  of  progress  in  science  and  art 
(about  which  he  is.  in  principle,  more 
pessimistic  than  he  should  be)  to  the 
death  of  spirit,  the  stasis  of  society. 
And  here  he  is  more  optimistic  than 
he  should  be.  He  uses  the  l)eatnik  and 
hippie  as  indices  of  social  response  to 
the  decay  of  progress  and  to  the  limit 
of  creative  knowledge  in  the  world. 
He  sees  the  future  in  terms  of  beat  and 
hip  herds,  cropping  consumer  goods  on 
the  great  plains  of  the  city  streets  and 
chewing  their  mental  cuds  on  acid  and 
pot.  A  few  squares  would  keep  the 
wheels  rolling  and  act  the  Disney  ver- 
sion of  Dr.  Faust.  He  supposes  that 
lack  of  interest  in  the  world  could  be- 
come sufficiently  endemic  that  nuclear 
holocaust  would  be  averted.  He  sees, 
in  a  word,  that  Faust's  verweile  dock— 
du  bist  so  schon  actually  expresses  the 
leisured  hell  to  which  we've  come 
through  the  whole  damned  drama,  at 
once  the  reward  and  punishment  for 
having  been  Faustian  man.  The  ver- 
tveile  dock  is  equivalent  to  giving  up 
the  will  to  power,  lo  the  release  of 
Ariel  by  Prospero;  and  we  become  as 
buffalo. 

Stent  apparently  has  not  seen  the 
metamorphosis  of  our  young  to  a  new 
instar— the  activists,  the  radicals.  What 
characterizes  their  political  action  is 
that,  for  the  first  time  in  history  (out- 
side of  some  early  Christian  sects) 
there  is  a  revolutionary  movement  that 
renounces  any  structural  goal.  .lust  as 
one  could  not  imagine  what  it  would 
mean  to  know  the  origin  of  the  uni- 
verse, so,  too,  one  cannot  imagine  what 
social  conditions  would  satisfy  the 
present  revolutionist.  There  are  not 
even  fake  ideologies  to  play  with.  One 
can  take  on  the  trappings  of  Stalinist 
or  Trotskyite.  anarchist  or  Spencerian 
social  evolutionist,  but  no  more  seri- 
ously than  one  would  wear  Edwardian 
clothes  as  a  kind  of  identifying  mark. 
Yet  all  their  actions  are  consistent  if 
not  deliberate— the  left-wing  revolu- 
tionaries deny  any  structural  goal  ex- 
cept destruction  of  the  system.  "Power 
to  the  people"  is  a  serious  matter;  they 
do  not  presume  to  say  what  should  be 
done  by  that  power,  only  that  it  should 


ll 


be  released  and  shaped  from  day  to 
day.  It  is  a  Quixotic  madness  that  I 
like  rather  more  than  the  constipated 
selfishness  of  right-wing  radicals  who 
sport  the  motto:  "What  has  posterity 
ever  done  for  me?" 

In  any  case,  with  many  of  these  radi- 
cals the  will  to  power,  for  lack  of  any 
solid  stuff  to  push  around— the  absence 
of  "participator)"  politics"  in  any  con- 
temporary government— is  without  pur- 
pose, like  a  mixing  machine  that  one 
forgot  to  fill.  And  precisely  because 
there  is  no  reason  for  doing  politics, 
any  more  than  for  doing  art  or  science, 
the  world  will  go.  by  default,  to  them. 
And  we  thereby  may  end  up.  not  in 
Polynesia,  but  in  Bedlam— and  chained 
if  we  are  not  blown  up  first. 

In  summary.  I  wish  to  say  that 
Gunther  Stent's  book  is  absolutely 
first-class.  He  foretells  that  we  are  en- 
tering a  dark  age  as  bad  as  what  came 
on  in  the  first  millennium  a.d.  His  argu- 
ment is  compelling,  although  I  dis- 
agree with  some  details.  It  is  a  book  of 
civilized  despair  at  an  unavoidable 
situation— it  is  not  a  jeremiad.  One 
cannot  be  sure  whether  the  world  is 
more  likely  to  end  with  a  whimper 
than  with  a  bang.  Professor  Stent  in- 
clines to  the  former  view.  For  almost 
religious  reasons  I  hope  he  is  right,  be- 


cause then  there  still  might  be  a  renais- 
sance. However.  I  am  not  convinced  by 
his  optimism. 

Dr.  Jerome  Lettvin  is  professor  of  com- 
munications physiology  and  a  lecturer 
in  the  Department  of  Humanities  at  the 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 


Prehistoric  Animals  and  Their 
Hunters,  by  I.  W.  Cornwall.  Frederick 
A.  Praeger,'s7.50;  214  pp..  illus. 

Widespread  interest  in  man's 
Pleistocene  life  had  developed 
even  before  Robert  Ardrey's  African 
Genesis  titillated  the  cocktail  circuit 
with  the  thought  that  all  of  us  are  sub- 
limated killer  apes  with  a  weapons 
fixation.  Pleistocene  experts  in  paleoe- 
cology  and  archeology  must  now  make 
way  for  psychologists  and  ethnologists, 
among  others. 

Most  of  the  110  billion  people  esti- 
mated by  Edward  S.  Deevey.  Jr..  to 
have  walked  the  earth,  lived  in  igno- 
rance of  agriculture  (Scientific  .imer- 
can,  1961).  Thus  any  genetic  control 
of  human  behavior  should  be  sought  in 
the  selective  forces  operating  on  the 
prehistoric  hunters.  A  few  hunting- 
gathering  people  remain,  perhaps  30,- 


000.  doubtfully  representing  the  horde: 
of  the  Ice  Ages. 

For  example,  the  surviving  hunter; 
now  rely  on  meat  less  than  one  migh 
expect,  at  least  in  the  low  latitudes 
According  to  Richard  B.  Lee  in  Mar, 
the  Hunter,  the  !Kung  Bushmen  o1 
South  Africa  get  only  a  third  of  theii 
caloric  intake  from  meat;  the  rest  is 
obtained  from  plants,  mainly  mon- 
gongo  nuts  gathered  by  the  women. 
Both  sexes  enjoy  considerable  leisure 
time,  with  an  average  of  only  twelve  to 
nineteen  hours  a  week  devoted  to  get- 
ting food.  Starvation  is  not  much  of  a 
threat  even  when  drought  strikes.  The 
aged  are  respected  and  senilicide  is  ex- 
tremely rare. 

Not  much  encouraged  by  looking  for 
a  key  to  the  past  in  present  cultures, 
one  returns  to  the  flakes,  blades,  broken 
bones,  charcoal,  and  masterful  Paleo- 
lithic art  that  represent  our  Ice  Age 
inheritance.  Cornwall  recaps  the  ge- 
ology, prehistory  and.  above  all.  the 
vertebrate  paleontology  of  the  last 
several  million  years,  letting  the  an- 
cient hunters  furnish  his  illustrations. 

One  learns,  or  is  reminded,  that  even 
in  a  primitive,  savage  state  man  is  the 
most  adaptable  of  animals,  modifying 
his  habits  to  suit  his  habitat  and  ul- 
timately modifying  both.  The  prehis- 


the 
ainerican  wnuseuwn 
ai 
wtiBtural  histary 


announces 

A  SPECIAL  SERIES  OF  LECTURES 

ON  WEDNESDAY  EVENINGS,  BEGINNING 

MARCH  18  ON  THE  TOPIC 


CAN  MAN  SURVIVE? 


Course  Chairman:  Dr.  James  A.  Oliver,  Co- 
ordinator of  Scientific  &  Environmental  Pro- 
grams. The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History. 

Overpopulation,  advancing  technology, 
and  the  resultant  pollution  of  our  planet  are 
destroying  the  quality  of  our  environment. 
We  are  contaminating  the  land,  air  and  waters 
far  more  rapidly  than  nature  can  cleanse  them. 
What  is  at  stake  now  is  survival — the  survival 
of  man  and  of  the  living  world. 

In  this  series  of  eisht  lectures  the  Museum 


presents  the  outstanding  authorities  on  some 
of  the  most  important  environmental  prob- 
lems of  our  time.  They  will  discuss  the  bio- 
logical, medical,  legal,  social,  and  cultural 
imphcation  of  our  continuing  abuse  of  the 
environment:  and  they  will  offer  recommen- 
dations for  reversing  the  trend  and  reestab- 
Ushing  a  world  in  harmony. 

Fee  for  entire  series:  Adults  $30,  registered 
students  $20.  (Single  admissions  for  adults 
$4.50;  for  registered  students  $2.50) 


For  further  information,  call  area  code  212:  873-1300,  Ext.  462,  or  write 

Department  of  Education,  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 

Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024 


82 


''A  monumental  book  of  outstanding  and  lasting 
values  in  the  cause  of  wildlife  protection." 


FAIRFIELD  OSBORN,  Past  President,  New  York  Zoological  Society 


•  There  are  only  a  few  hundred  surviving 
specimens  of  the  blue  whale,  the  largest 
animal  the  world  has  ever  known. 
Hunting  from  airplanes  and  powerboats 
has  virtually  obliterated  the  polar  bear. 

•  The  California  condor  and  the  whooping 
crane,  two  survivors  from  prehistoric  times, 
have  fallen  prey  to  hunters'  bullets... and 
in  some  instances,  poison. 

•  Insect-control  campaigns  and  man's  con- 
stant tampering  with  the  natural  habitat 
have  brought  countless  amphibians  to  the 
verge  of  extinction. 

•  Indiscriminate  use  of  chemical  weed-killers 
and  mechanized  agriculture  to  increase 
food  production  has  jeopardized  various 
plant  species  and  gravely  upset  the  balance 
between  man  and  his  vegetal  environment. 


The  first  and  only  complete  account  of  the  crisis  threat- 
ening wildlife  throughout  the  world,  based  on  the  daily  findings  of 
naturalists,  ecologists,  and  zoologists  of  the  International  Union 
for  Conservation  of  Nature  and  Natural  Resources.  This  highly 
readable  and  profusely  illustrated  volume  "should  stand  for  years 
as  a  classic  volume  on  the  shelves  of  every  conservationist,  every 
naturalist,  and  every  citizen  who  knows  that  the  destruction  of  the 
living  world  about  us  diminishes  our  own  humanity." 

-LOREN  EISELEY 

WlOre  than  200  articles  give  unparalleled  coverage  of  en- 
dangered mammals  and  birds— from  the  orang  utan  and  aye-aye 
to  the  trumpeter  swan  and  Hudsonian  godwit— including  distinc- 
tive characteristics,  habits  and  habitats,  as  well  as  what  is  being 
...  or  can  be . . .  done  to  preserve  them.  In  addition,  there  are  more 
general  discussions  of  imperiled  species  of  reptiles,  amphibians, 
fishes,  and  plants. 

Over  200  striking  illustrations  (half  in  color)  capture 

some  of  the  world's  rarest  fauna  and  flora.  Some  150  of  them 
were  especially  commissioned  for  this  book  from  leading  wildlife 
artists  and  have  never  been  reproduced  before.  The  others  are  by 
such  classic  artists  as  Audubon,  Lear,  and  Gould.  In  addition, 
there  is  an  iconography,  an  index  of  common  and  scientific  names, 
and  endpaper  maps  to  show  the  world  distribution  of  threatened 
mammals  and  birds. 

WILDLIFE  IN  DANGER  is  an  astonishing  panorama  of  wild- 
life on  the  brink  of  annihilation.  It  is  essential  reading  for  anyone 
concerned  about  the  current  and  future  state  of  the  world. 


WILDLIFE  IN  DANGER 


Uready  in  its  second  printing,  Wildlife  in 
)anger  has  received  unanimous  acclaim: 

For  years  we  have  needed  a  book  that  tells  the  sad 
truth  about  our  over-captured,  over-killed,  and  over- 
exploited  wildlife... Here  is  that  book."— peter  fare 

One  can  hardly  overestimate  the  importance  of  its 
message."— GORDON  Harrison,  Book  World 

Thorough  and  fascinating... long  overdue." 

—  PETER  MATTHIESSEN 

Wildlife  conservationists  will  refer  to  this  exciting 
new  book  more  often  than  to  any  other  volume  in 
their  libraries."— roger  tory  Peterson 

'A  magnificent  production."— ivan  t.  Sanderson 

;'A  very  disturbing  book." 

—CHRISTOPHER  LEHMANN-HAUPT,  New  York  Times 


by  JAMES  FISHER,  NOEL  SIMON, 
JACK  VINCENT,  etal. 

Preface  by  JOSEPH  WOOD  KRUTCH 
Get  your  copy  at  your  bookstore  or  use  this  handy  coupon: 

THE  VIKING  PRESS,  Dept.  NH-3-70 
625  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022 

Gentlemen:  Please  send  me copy(ies)  of  WILDLIFE  IN  DAN- 
GER at  $12.95  each,  plus  applicable  sales  tax.  Payment  is  enclosed; 
send  postage  paid.  I  understand  that  if  I  am  not  completely  satisfied,  1 
may  return  the  book(s)  within  ten  days  for  full  refund  of  the  purchase 
price. 


Name_ 


Address. 
City 


.Zip_ 


87 


ANQENT  OIL  LAMPS 
over  1300  years  old 
From  ancient  Palestine,  these  terracotta 
lamps  were  used  by  early  Christians  & 
Jews.  With  varied  designs,  they  make  unique 
archaeological  display  pieces  for  home  &  of- 
fice. A  superb  all-occasion  gift.  Mounted  on 
walnut    base    with    parchment    certificate    of 

authenticity    $10.95  ppd. 

Lamps  with  Cross  motif  $23.95  ppd. 


FREE  Gift  Cataloa! 


eiry,     Amulets,     Coins, 
Figurines  and  more! 

Museum  &  Dealers  inquiries  welcome 

ALADDIN  HOUSE,  LTD. 

N-3H     •     648  NINTH  AVE.,  N.Y.,   N.Y.   10036 


LAP  DESK;'-^^ 


PULLS  UP 
CLOSE- 
REACH 
EVERYTHING 
FOLDS  TO  2"D- 
PuUs                          -»  EASY  STORAGE 

up  close  to  put  everything  in  reach.  Screws  adjust  ht. 
from  20"  to  2S".  And  It  folds  to  2"D— slides  beliind 
sofa.  door.  etc.  Hard  birch  writing  top.  pine  leg.  Hand 
finished  in  honey  tone  or  maple,  antique  pine  or  walnut 
Top  32"W  24"D.  $16,95  Poslpald— add  SI. 25  W,  of  Mls.s. 
BEAUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG  -  1000  PIECES 
Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendlv  Pine 
Include  Zip  Code  YIELD  HOVSE 
Money  Back  Guarantee  Dept.  X3-0 

Xot  Sold  In  Stores North  Conway,  X.H.  0,3860 


—  ■  Gerry  .  Silva  •  Camp  Trails  .  Mil 


iCh-Wels  . 


HI-CAMP! 


Quality  hiking  and  camping  equipment  by 

B              the  world's  leading  manufacturers.  < 

>                    Send  for  our  free  catalog  5 

HI-CAMP  ^ 

I     P.O,  Box  17602,  Dept,  9,  Charlotte,  N.C,  28211  4 

s                   All  merchandise  guaranteed,  s 

^  •  Sigg  .  Bernard  .  Bone  Dry  .  Adier  •  Stow-A-Way  •  a. 


Wholesale  prices  on  fishing 
tackle,  and  hunting  equipment, 
archery,  skis,  and  camping 
equipment. 


FINNYSPORTS 

2070-J   SPORTS   BUILDING 
TOLEDO,   OHIO  43614 


toric  weapons  race  ran  from  pebble 
tool  to  haiidax.  spear,  and  bow;  un- 
doubtedly other  weapons  of  destruc- 
tion, such  as  fire  and  poisons,  were 
used.  While  extinction  was  the  fate  of 
many  large  animals,  especially  in  the 
.\mericas.  it  was  not  a  hazard  for  man 
himself  despite  the  constant  danger 
individual  hunters  endured.  Carnivores, 
seldom  man's  prey  or  predator,  may 
have  suffered  as  his  unwitting  com- 
petitors. 

In  the  Introduction.  Cornwall  notes 
that  species  threatened  with  extinction 
in  our  time  are  only  the  successors  of 
many  more  that  have  died  out,  largely 
from  natural  causes  in  the  more  or  less 
distant  past.  Yes.  yes ;  but  there  is  more 
to  it  than  that,  and  what  may  have  been 
true  for  the  dinosaurs  may  not  help  ex- 
plain the  fate  of  the  mammoths. 

In  the  text  Cornwall  glibly  states  that 
reindeer  moss  is  an  essential  part  of 
reindeer  diet  (no  single  species  of 
plant  can  be  so  regarded  for  any  large 
herbivore)  ;  that  the  roman-nosed  saiga 
exist  only  in  small  numbers  (true  in  the 
time  of  the  czars,  but  the  Soviets  are 
very  proud  of  having  rebuilt  the  herd 
to  some  three  million)  :  that  beaver  are 
indicators  of  a  boreal  climate  (until 
being  trapped  out  in  the  nineteenth 
century,  they  ranged  south  into  the 
Sonoran  Desert  and  the  lower  Rio 
Grande)  ;  and  that  mastodonts  reached 
the  most  northern  parts  of  South 
America  (they  ranged  widely  through- 
out that  continent) . 

While  Cornwall  is  more  sensitive  to 
the  Pleistocene  features  of  Europe, 
where  he  is  on  home  ground,  I'm  not 
ready  to  believe  that  fossil  hippo  are 
sure  indicators  of  a  frost-free  climate 
or  that  Eurasian  musk-oxen  were  fin- 
ished off  by  hunters  with  firearms  after 
successfully  resisting  attacks  by  Stone 
Age  hunters.  Cornwall  is  not  guilty  of 
as  many  moot  points  as  the  above  col- 
lection might  suggest,  and  if  he  were 
provocative,  a  la  Ardrey.  I  could  for- 
give him.  Mostly  he  is  bland— bland 
about  a  subject  thoroughly  fascinating 
and  at  times  marvelously  mysterious. 
As  Ardrey  realized,  a  Pleistocene  sce- 
nario deserves  more. 

Paul  S.  Martin 
University  of  Arizona 

Briefly  looted: 

North  American  Birds,  by  Lorus  and 
Margery  Milne.  Prentice-Hall,  Inc., 
S25.00;  340  pp.,  illits. 

The  paintings  of  Marie  Nonnast 
Bohlen  and  the  commentary  of  Lorus 
and  Margery  Milne  have  combined  to 
produce  a  truly  beautiful  book  of  birds 
that  should  prove  irresistible  to  any- 
one with  more  than  a  casual  interest  in 
the  subject.  Covering  more  than  300 
species,  the  book  is  divided  into  hab- 
itats (swamp,  shore,  forest,  etc.),  and 
discusses  migration  habits,  song,  food. 


and  plumage.  For  some  species  th 
book  may  someday  serve  as  a  memori 
rather  than  a  guide,  for  the  Miln< 
have  included  a  notable  number  of  ei 
dangered  birds.  Though  the  price  of  tl 
volume  is  high,  in  this  case,  it  is  we; 
worth  it. 

The  Hudson  River,  by  Robert  Boyl 
r.  r.  Norton  &  Co.,  Inc.,  $6.95;  3^, 
pp.,  illus. 

For  those  who  think  of  the  Hudsol 
River  as  a  sewer  separating  New  Yoi 
from  New  Jersey,  Robert  Boyle  oper 
up  undreamed-of  vistas.  Boyle  covei 
the  Hudson,  section  by  section,  unfolc 
ing  the  incredible  diversity  of  anim; 
and  plant  life  that  populates  the  rive 
as  well  as  the  varying  terrain  that  forn: 
its  shores.  Far  from  mourning  the  Hut 
son  as  a  dead  body  of  water,  Robei 
Boyle  celebrates  its  amazing  vitalit'^ 
Although  heavily  polluted  in  som 
areas,  it  still  abounds  with  striped  has: 
bluefish,  carp,  yellow  perch,  and  se 
sturgeon— to  mention  just  a  few.  Th 
author  details  New  York  State's  abus 
of  the  river  and  offers  a  very  illumina 
ing  chapter  on  the  battle  to  stop  Cor 
solidated  Edison  from  building  a  powe 
plant  at  Storm  King  Mountain.  A  fu) 
bibliography  is  provided  for  those  wh 
wish  to  pursue  a  particular  aspect  o 
the  book. 

The  World  of  Ants,  Bees  and  Wasp^ 
by  Brian  Vesey-FitzGerald.  Transat 
lantic  Arts,  §6.25;  117  pp.,  illus. 

Aside  from  a  sometimes  militantl! 
anthropomorphic  attitude,  Mr.  Vesey 
FitzGerald  does  provide  a  thorougl 
survey  of  the  lives  of  the  social  insect 
—ants,  wasps,  and  bees.  The  writing  i 
clear  and  interesting  when  the  autho 
sticks  to  the  subject,  but  his  philo 
sophical  meanderings  are  somewha 
distracting.  "Oh,  how  anthropomorphi 
can  you  get?"  asks  Mr.  Vesey-Fitz 
Gerald  at  one  point.  Just  read  the  boo^ 
and  find  out! 

C.Bl 


The  American  Museum  is  open  to 
the  public  without  charge  every  day 
during  the  year,  except  Thanksgiv- 
ing and  Christmas.  Your  support, 
through  membership  and  contribu- 
tions, helps  make  this  possible.  The 
Museum  is  equally  in  need  of  sup- 
port for  its  work  in  the  fields  of  re- 
search,  education,   and   exhibition. 

This  list  details  the  photographer  oi 
other  source  of  illustration,  by  page. 


COVER— Nina  Leen 

10— Reynold  Ruffins 

33-41— Nina  Leen 

42-49— Megchelina 

Shore-Bos 

50-55— Richard  H, 

Hofstrand 

56-63 — Alexander 

Marshack 


64 — Niko  Tinbergen 
66-67— Michael  H, 
MacRoberts;  except 
map,   AMNH    after   Mac 
Roberts 

69 — Niko  Tinbergen 
71 — Helmut  Wimmer 
81— UPI  Photo 


84 


;EEP  pace  with  space  AGE!  see  moon  shots-landings,  space  flights,  CLOSE-UP! 


for  FUN.  STUDY  or  PROFIT 


CHEDEUC  LIGHTING  HANDBOOK 

100     " 


jacked 
illy  explains  latest 
in  psychedelic  lighting 
equipment,  techniques,  de- 
velopments. Covers  all  facets 
of  psychedelic  light-show 
production  including  strobes, 
black  lights,  projectors,  crys- 
tals, organic  slides,  mirrors, 
color  organs,  polarized  color. 
light  boxes.  MusicVislon. 
BT  punched  for  3  ring  binder. 
$3.00  Ppd. 


TERY   POWERED   GYROSCOPE 


diam.  flying-saucer  shaped. 
Spins  on  its  edge,  upside- 
down,  on  your  head,  hanging 
from   a  string,   drives  rocket 


you'll  be  amazed  at  its  per- 
formance. Even  flipping 
experlence^speeds  up  to  a  blur  .  .  . 
mtn.  without  power.  TerrifTlc  accessories  incl. 
pedestal,  9"  diam.  orbit  ring,  ring  pedestal, 
loop.  Instr.  Operates  on  2  "C"  batt.  (not  incl.). 
I.I6IE     .  $6.00  Ppd. 


the  cloud  chamber— s 
atoms  explode  with  the  spin- 
thariscope—  check  Ionization 
and  radioactivity  ot  every 
day  materials  .  .  .  these  are 
Just  a  few  of  the  fascinating 
projects  possible  with  this 
amazing  43  part  kit.  Con- 
tains  everything  needed  to 
construct  your  personal 
gy  laboratory.  Absolutely  safe.  Includes  atomic 
d  chamber,  projector,  illuminator,  electroscope,  spin- 
'Iseope,  22  p.  instruction  booklet  with  suggested  experi- 
ts  Ideal  to  stimulate  student's  scientific  interest 
■k   No.  70.899E  $9.95  Ppd. 


forms, 
shapes,    product   &    tool    de- 
signs, negative  molds,  model 
making,    etc.    Easily   shaped 
by  hand,  tools.  Can  be  rolled 
flat,    built    up    into    figures. 
Permanently     pliable     until 
baked  at  300°    F.   for   15-30 
minutes  in  oven— no  kiln  nor 
plaster    molds    needed.     Re- 
quires     no     curing.      Won't 
manent,     non -brittle    hardness    when 
then   be  cut,   sawed,   drilled,  sanded, 
smbossed.   Smooth,   non-sticky,    harmless. 

60,794E  2  lb $  3.60  Ppd. 

;kNo.7l.205E Bib.  $10.50  Ppd. 

CAPSULATED  LIQUID  CRYSTALS 

Amazing  new  development — 
appear  like  liquids  but  have 
orderly  molecular  structures 
similar  to  solids.  Solutions 
contained  in  tiny  (20-30  mi- 
crons) capsules  coated  onto 
sides  of  six  6"  x  12"  Mylar 
sheets  with  6  difT.  temp, 
ranges.  Surface  changes  color 
according  to  temp. -cover  66° 
to  120"?  (l9°-4a'^C).  Use 
precise  measurements,  And  hot  spots,  structural  defects, 
dy  radiation,  test  conductivity,  etc.  Use  indeflnltely 
THOUT   mess,  contamination.   Easily  handled. 

ck  No.  71.  USE      $10.00  Ppd. 

PERIMENTERS   KIT— 4"x6"  sheets 

ck  No   60  756E  $  4.00  Ppd. 


ily  locate  stars 
In  your  sky — anytime,  any- 
where Handsome  10"  high 
Sky  and  Earth  Globe  has 
fixed  transparent  7"  diam. 
outer  celestial  sphere  with 
equator  calibrated  in  months; 
4'  diam  inner  sphere  repre- 
senting earth  in  relief,  re- 
volves on  Inclined  axis,  and 
includes  longitudinal  and 
Itudinal  markings.  By  rotating  earth  globe  to  correlate 
ition  with  current  month,  outer  globe  shows  stars  visible 
your  vjcimty.   Included   FREE:  Star  and  Satellite  Path 

$13.95  Ppd. 


nted, 


of  Storms,  etc. — all  in  relief. 
Scaled  to  size.  Accurate  dis- 
tance   relationships.     Proper 


tling    effects,    tough,    wash- 
able   plastic.    Three    colors. 

r  side  blank — can  be  used  for  space  data.   Excellent  gift 

m.  12"  dia.,  wt.  3/4  lb. 

lOk  No.  70,5I5E  $12.50  Ppd. 


YOUR  OWN  "MOONDUST"! 

Looks    like    it,   feels   like   It. 
performs    like    it.    Simulated 


utho 


itatively 


corresponds  In  texture,  color, 
overall  appearance  .  .  .  even 
down  to  minute  glass  beads. 
Exclusively  prepared  by  Dr. 
Thomas   Gold.    Director   Cor- 


Radi 


Stock 
Stock 


Physics  &,  Space  Re; 

one  of  original  scientists 
nalyzed  actual  lunar  samples.  Fascinating  conversa- 
item,  great  for  study,  experiments,  contemporary  ed- 
n.  Unusual  soft,  dark,  powdery  and  cohesive  substance. 

No.  4I.26IE  (I  oz.)     $2.00  Ppd. 

No.  4I,262E    (4  oz.)    .  $7.00  Ppd. 


AMERICAN  MADE  7x50  BINOCULARS 

Big  savings]  Brand  new! 
Crystal-cfear  viewing  — 7 
power.  Every  optical  element 
i  coated.  An  excellent  night 


glass — the  siz 


n ended 


for  satellite  vlf 
vidual  eye  focus.  Exit  pupil 
7  mm.  Approx.  field  at  1.000 
'(  376  ft.  Carrying  Case 


rifle  bargain. 

Stock  No.  I544E    

AMERICAN-MADE  6x30*8 


Stock  No.  963E 


GIANT   WEATHER  BALLOONS 

"Balls  of  fun"  for  kids, 
traflic  stoppers  for  stores, 
terrlflc  for  amateur  meteo- 
rologists. Create  a  neighbor- 
hood sensation.  Great  back- 
yard fun.  Exciting  beach 
attraction.  Amateur  meteo- 
rologists use  to  measure 
cloud  heights,  wind  speed, 
and  temp.  Made  of  heavy 
duty    neoprene.    Inflate   with 

vacuum  cleaner,  auto  air  hose;  or  helium  for  high  rise. 

Stock  No.  60,568E      8' $2.00  Ppd. 

GIANT    16'   DIAMETER 

Stock  No.  60,632E $7-00  Ppd. 

CRYSTAL  GROWING  KIT 

Do  a  crystallography  project  ^        ^ 

—illustrate  with  large  beau-  -   <»    j^g        l|if^%^ 

tiful  crystals  you  grow  your-  mw                 .  ^    . 

self.    Study    &    demonstrate  kg    ||^2ll     II  Htf 

factors  affecting  growth    re-  IP    JIP  jIL^I  J- 

fraction.   piezoelectric  effect  ^          ^r?«MI 

symmetry,     etc.     Incl      book  , s.      -Jw  ^Et ' 

"Crystals    &.    Crystal    Grow  ^   /rifePl     VT    ^ 

ing"    plus    generous    supply  v8>* 

of  chemicals  to  grow  7  large  '^^:^ 
display  crystals    (clear    pur- 
ple, blue-green,  green  and  red) 

Stock  No.  70.336E   $11.00  Ppd. 

TERSUBLE  LIZARDS-MONSTROUS  MAMMALS 

Explore  the  fascinating  pre- 
historic   world    of    dinosaurs 
200  000  000  years   ago.    New 
kit     contains     24     authentic 
^'^^f       -i;aiBh^-B-w     scale    models    (12    dinosaurs 
WA'          V^>  ""^^  •*     — 12     mammals)     accurately 
^i*- *&i'^^'*-   s^^S^           detailed    in    sturdy    plastic. 
'**    <^?*^             *^W           Incl  :     Giant     Brontosaurus. 
,                                            fierce     Tyrannosaurus      Rex, 
Wooly    Mammoth — range    in 
size  from  Z"  to  6".  Also  inst. 
to  build  your  own  dinosaur   land  and  Wonder   Book. 
Stock  No.  70,8I7E  $6.00  Ppd. 

"FISH"   WITH  A  MAGNET 
Go   treasure   hunting   on   the      ^  -    •  .,^ms».        1 

bottom  1    Fascinating    fun    &.     if'^^ert    .JtKS^     j\ 
sometimes    profitable!    Tie   a 
line   to   our   5-lb.    Magnet- 
drop    It    overboard    in    bay, 
river,  lake  or  ocean.  Troll  it 
along    bottom — your    "treas- 
ure"   haul   can   be   outboard      .< 
motors,  anchors,  other  metal      *£ffi:>'l 
valuables.    5-lb.     Magnet    Is 
war  surplus — AInico-V  Type 
—Gov't  cost  $50.   Lifts  over  150  lbs.  on  land— much  greater 
weights  under  water. 

Stock  No.  70,571  E    5  lbs.    $14.00  Ppd. 

Stock  No.  70,570E  V/3  lbs $  8.75  Ppd. 

Stock  No.  70,572E  7'/3   lbs.  $18,75  Ppd. 

Stock  No.  85,  I52E  15%  lbs.  $33.60  FOB 

3"   ASTRONOMICAL   TELESCOPE 

*  a  See  moon  shots,  orbits,  stars, 

^y^  »  phases  of  Venus,  planets  close 

■'^     ^        -^  up    60  to   180  power.  Alumi- 

nized  and  overcoated  3"  di- 
ameter f/IO  primary  mirror, 
ventilated  cell.  Equatorial 
mount  with  locks  on  both  axes. 
^'       j^^  a  JHBMH      Equipped  with  60X   eyepiece 

*        '^    XVk        ^SiB     snd    mounted     Barlow    lens. 
•Sy  a    \        mSSi     3X    finder    telescope,     hard- 

^  9      ^        ^^^mm      wood  tripod.   FREE:  "STAR 

CHART",     272-page     "HANDBOOK      OF      HEAVENS"; 
"HOW   TO    USE   YOUR   TELESCOPE"   book. 

Stock   No.   85.05OE       .  $29.95  Ppd. 

Stock    No.   85,I05E       „        4'/4"  - $94.50  FOB 

Stock  No.  85.086E    .._  -  .    6"       -.- $239.60  FOB 


NEIL,   BUZZ  .  . 

See     close-up     for     yourself     ^^g^g^',  j.*^ 

man's  greatest  adventure.  30 

full    color    super    slides 

idly  show  Apollo    II    j 

in      amazing      detail 

"blast-off"    to    "News 

ference".   28   history  n 

shots     In     between     i 

"Earthrise",    cratered 

landscape,      Armstrong 

scending    to    lunar    surt; 

man's  footprint   in  virgii 

portrait"    o(   Armstrong'; 

implanting  the  flag,   and 

while  .  ■  .  even  if  you  don't  have  a  projector. 

Stock    No.    P-4I.260E     


$6.00  Ppd. 


NEW   LIQUID-FUEL   ROCKET  KIT 

Apollo-typo  rocket  soars  to 
1,000  feet  at  300  ft.  per  sec- 
ond .  .  .  then  gently  returns 
to  earth  on  automatic  para- 
chute. Fantastically  realistic 
lift   off.    flight,    vapor   trail. 


cket  i 


16 

fired  manually  ( 

(req.    6v    Batt.     not    Incl.).  MA  . 

Loads  of  fun   building,   dec-  ^ 

orating,    launching   again    &  . 

again.    Includ.:   16  Pg.   instruct.,   engine,  timer,  separator, 

parachute,    parachute  tube,    nose  cone,   fins,    loading   valve, 

hose,    electric   firing   assembly,    launch  stand,    propeliant. 

Stock  No.  7l,l82E    $15.95  Ppd. 


$  4.00  Ppd. 


WORKING  MODEL  DIGITAL  COMPUTER 
Solve  problems,  teach  logic, 
play  games  with  miniature 
version  of  giant  electronic 
brain!  Adds,  subtracts,  mul- 
tiplies, shifts,  complements, 
carries,  memorizes.  Colored 
plastic  parts  easily  assem- 
bled. 12"  x  3'/2"  x  4=4" 
Incl.  step-by-step  assembly 
diagrams,  32-p.  book  on  op- 
eration, computer  language 
(binary  system)    programming  problems  &.    15  experiments. 

Stock  No.  70,683E    $  5.98  Ppd. 

ANALOG  COMPUTER  KIT 

Stock  No.  70,341  E .....$18.95  Ppd. 


On 


CAR  OF  THE  FUTURE  HERE  NOW! 


of  most 

impressi 

ve  scl- 

toys    w 

've    seel 

.     Low 

on  air  c 

J-  rides 

I  frac 

of    an 
ce.       inc 

inch    ov 
luding 

r    any 
water. 

phicall) 

demonstrates 

princip 

les    that 

apply 

4^ 


to  Fom's  and  Curtiss- 
Wright's  new  wheelless  air- 
cars.  Sturdy  red  and  yellow 
plastic.    8"   wide.    9"   deep, 

2"  high  with  4"  propeller.  Opel*ates  on  2  flashlight  batteries 
(not  incl.).  48"  control  line,  battery  ( 


Stock  No.  70,307E 


S3.50  Ppd. 


Here's  a  fascinating  assort- 
ment of  12  different  puzzles 
to  provide  hours  of  pleasure 
and  stimulate  ability  to 
think  and  reason.  Animals 
and  geometric  forms.  Take 
them  apart  and  reassemble 
them.  Lots  of  fun  for  the 
whole  family.  Will  test  skill, 
patience  and  ability  to  solve 
problems. 
Stock  No.  70.205E    


WOODEN   SOLID   PUZZLES 

1%*  #  '^^■^' 


NEW,  LOW-COST  GEM  TUMBLER 

Become  a  rockhound!   Fasci-  1 

nating  hobby  .   .  .  loads  of 
sive,  easy.  Make 


Jewelry  of  all  kinds- 
tlve  book-ends,  table  tops, 
etc.  Simply  tumble-finish 
readily  available  gemstones 
,  .  .  then  polish  to  high 
lustre  .  .  .  brings  out  beau- 
tiful colors.  Rugged  3-lb.  ca- 
pacity tumbler  w/contlnuous 
duty   motor.    Full    instructions. 

Stock  No.  70.874E                                                    ..$10.75  Ppd. 
6-lb.    ROCK    ASSORTMENT    (10  TYPES) 
Stock  No.  70,S6eE       $  9.0O  Ppd. 

■>iMi«^>iiij>ijij>i:gciM.niJ:iJi-r.ii.iT:Ta 

I 
I 
I 


Completely  ne' 
pagss  packed  \ 
usual  bargains 
gories.     Many 


selectio 


illustrations.    Many    hard-to- 
is   bargains.    Enormous 
Hescopes,    microscopos, 
binoculars,    magnets,    etc.   for   hobby- 
ists,   experimenters,   workshops.  Shop 
by   mail.    Write  for  Catalog    "E"   to 
Edmund  Scientific  Company,  300  Eds- 
corp  Building,  Barrlngton.  New  Jersey  08007. 


Street 
City  .... 


ORDER  BY  STOCK  NUMBER  •  SEND  CHECK  OR  MONEY  ORDER  •  MONEY-BACK  GUARANTEE 


EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO. 


300  EDSCORP  BUILDING 

BARRINGTON,  NEW  JERSEY  08007 


85 


4-WAY  "HUMMER"  FEEDER 

Hummingbirds,  those  jewel-like  rascals,  love  to 
play  and  sip  4-at-a-time  at  the  one  and  only 
"Hummy-Bird  Bar"®  (See  actual  photo).  Other 
birds  or  bees  can't  reach  the  sugarwater.  Drip- 
less,  rustless,  so  easy  to  clean !  The  heart- 
warming gift  for  yourself,  family,  friends  (and 
Hummingbirds!)  for  all  occasions.  Money  back 
guarantee.  Full  instructions.  S2.95  plus  26c  post- 
age. In  Calif,  add  loc  tax.  Sorrv  no  COD's. 
HUMMINGBIRD  HEAVEN,  6S18-N  Apperson 
St.,  TUJUNGA.  CALIF.  91042.  (Makers  of 
the  popular  Oriole  "Fun-Bar"  for  fun-loving 
Orioles!)    Our  1.5th  Year.  MADE  IN  XT.S.A. 

JACKSON  HOLE-WYOMING 


Don't  you  thuik  it's  time  your  family 
enjoyed  a  ranch  vacation?? 

FOR   RATES   &   INFORMATION  WRITE 
Mr.   Larry   Moore 

Granite  Ranch,  Box  971 

Jackson    Hole.    Wyoming    83001 


NEVADA   ECOLOGY   CAMP 

E.-cplore  natural  hi5tory  and  Indian  arts  in  the  Sierra 
and  Great  Basin.  Environment  classes  in  mountain, 
desert,  Antelope  Refuge,  Tahoe.  Tosemite,  and  Forest 
Research  Reserve.  Strong  riding,  swimming,  crafts. 
Challenge  to  alert  boys  and  girls  9  through  14.  Five- 
weefe  session.  15  July  to  19  August.  Multiracial.  Dr. 
and  Mrs.  Richard  G.  Miller.  Bos  620,  Rt.  1,  Carson 
City,  Nevada,  Code  702-SS2-172S. 
Washoe  Pines  Ranch 


Catch  'em 
ALIVE 'n  UNHURT 


Official  HAVAHAKT  trap  captures  invading  squirrels,  rab- 
bits, coons,  cats,  mice,  rats,  skunks,  animal  nuisances  oT  all 
kinds.  Metal  top  and  doors  protw-t  creature  from  weather, 
make  trap  rigid,  preserre  it  frora  animal  damage.  Can  be 
set  with  one  or  both  doors  open.  Xo  jaws  or  springs  to 
break.  Extremely  durable,  many  in  use  20  years.  Write  to- 
day for  eiclusive  guide  to  good  trapping  and  price  list. 

HAVAHART,  158-R  Water  St.,  Ossining.  N.  Y.  105B2 

Please  send  new  guide  and  price  list. 


Suggested 
Additional  Reading 

GREEN  MOUNTAINS, 
GREEN  MONEY 

Our   Plundered   Planet.   F.   Osborn. 

Little.  Brown  and  Company,  Boston. 

1948. 
Perils   of  the  Peaceful  Atom.   E, 

Hogan  and  R.  Curtis,  Doubleday  & 

Company,  Inc.,  Garden  City,  1969. 

THE  DAY  THE  SEA  RAN  OUT 
OF  FLOUNDER 

Estuaries.  G.H.  Lauff,  ed.  Publication 
#83.  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science.  T^  ashing- 
ton.  1967. 

Life  and  Death  of  the  Salt  Marsh. 
J.  and  M.  Teal.  Atlantic-Little. 
Brown  and  Company,  Boston,  1969. 

ECHOLOCATION  IN  BATS 

Listening  in  the  Dark.  D.  R.  Griffin. 
Yale  University  Press.  New  Haven. 
19.58. 

Bats.  G.  !M.  Allen.  Dover  Publications. 
Inc..  New  York.  1939. 

The  \\'orld  of  Bats.  Photographs  by 
N.  Leen,  text  by  A.  Novick.  Holt. 
Rinehart  and  Winston,  Inc.,  New- 
York.  1970. 

MAKONDE  SCULPTURE 
Masks  and   Figures   from   Eastern 

AND    Southern    Africa.    L.    Holy. 

Tudor   Publishing   Co..   New   York. 

1968. 
African  Art.  P.  Meauze.  The  World 

Publishing     Company.      Cleveland. 

1968. 

WILD  RICING 

The  Wild  Rice  Gatherers  of  the 
Upper  Lakes.  A.  E.  Jenks.  The  An- 
nual Report  of  the  Board  of  Regents 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  Wash- 
ington. 1901. 

OjiBWAY  Myths  and  Legends.  P. 
Radin  and  A.  B.  Regan.  Journal  of 
American  Folklore,  vol.  41.  pp.  81- 
146,  1928. 

THE  BATON  OF  MONTGAUDIER 

Palaeolithic  A.rt.  P.  Graziosi.  Hil- 
lary House  Publishers.  Ltd.,  New- 
York,  1960. 

Treasures  of  Prehistoric  Art.  A. 
Leroi-Gourhan.  Harry  N.  Abrams. 
Inc.,  New  York,  1967. 

Palaeolithic  Cave  Art.  P.  Ucko  and 
A,  Rosenfeld.  McGraw-Hill  Book 
Company,  New  York.  1967, 

THE  GULLS  OF  WALNEY  ISLAND 

Visual  Isolation  in  Gulls.  N.  Tinber- 

gen.   Scientific   American.    October. 

1967. 
Seabirds.  J.  Fisher  and  R.  M,  Lockley. 

Houghton  Mifflin  Company,  Boston. 

1954. 
The  Herring  Gull's  World,  N.  Tin- 

bergen,  Basic  Books,  Inc.,  New  York, 

1961, 


ORIOLE  "FUTS-BAR" 

This   e.xclusive   Feeder   \Yill   attract   many  fi 
loving  srolden   Orioles  to  your  garden,  patio 
balcony  (see  actual  photo).  Hang  anywhere  a., 
then  watch  the  fun.  Orioles  are  not  only  beat; 
ful,  but  ''characters"  as  weU,  A  grand  gift  a 
time.  No  rust,  easy  to  clean,  Moneyback  guar: 
tee,  full  instructions.  S4.95  plus  34('  pp.  In  Ca 
add  25c'  tax.  Sorry  no  COD.  HUMMINGBD 
HEAVEN,   6818N  Apperson    St.,    TUJUNGI 
CALIF.  91042.  (Makers  of  the  famous  "Humni 
Bird  Bar"  £. )   loth  Year! i 

CRYSTALAIRII 

CAMP  FOR  GIRLS  1 

Crystal    Lake.    P^ankfort,    Michigan.    88    girls,    10-17 
week     season.     Fun.     adventure,     friendship     in 
Michigan   dune   country.    Riding,    sailing,   creati 
Waterfront.      Individual     program,      experienced     su 
Trips    and    nature    stressed.     Island    ouiposl.     ACA 
credited-    All   races    and   cree-Js    welcome.    Catalog. 

MR.   AND    MRS.   G.   N.    LEINBACH 
1039  Olivia.  Ann  Arbor.  Michigan 


20  ALMOST-RARE^ 
STAMPS        I 
'    Tl2LOSTNATrONS* 


We'd  like  to  send  you  a  score  of  Postage  Stamps 
from  nations  overrun  by  invaders  in  ttie  19th 
and  20th  Century  and  never  freed  again  — 
stamps  so  appealing  that  experienced  and  be- 
ginning collectors  alike  want  them!  When  these 
are  gone  no  more  will  be  available.  And  from 
our  Approval  Service  we'll  include  110  addi- 
tional stamps  from  Britain's  Lost  Empire,  (alone 
worth  over  $3  al  catalog  prices!),  plus  an  lllus- 
strated  Album  and  other  unusual  stamps  for 
Free  Examination.  You  can  keep  the  Albun 
110  Britrsh  Empire  Stamps  as  an  Introductory 
Bonus  should  you  buy  SI  worth  from  ot 
proval  selection!  Or  return  Album  and  110 
Stamps  with  selection  and  buy  nottiing.  Cancel 
service  anytime.  But  In  either  case,  the  valuable 
Lost  Nations  Stamps  are  yours  to  keep  FREE  — 
as  an  introduction  to  the  World's  Most  Reward- 
ing Hobby  Send  10c  for  postage  today  while 
supplies  last' 
KENMORE  CO.,  Milford  lN-463,  New  Hamp.  03055 


NOW  I 
2SIZI 


Snsan   Book 
Coffee   Tables 

FINISHED  OR  IN  KIT 
The  Loveliest,  Most  Completely  Useful  Table  Maoj 
Handsome  swivel  coifee  table  twlds  brwtis,  record  album! 
magazines — all  neatly  arranged,  titles  clearly  Tlsibl  | 
easily  accessible  from  any  seat.  Skillfully  crafted  of  rlti 
grained  pine  with  hidden  rugged  ball  bearing  swivel.  II 
ttonevione  pine  or  maple,  antique  pine  or  walnut  flnlBl- 
Both  1614"H  (book  area  12%  "H).  36"dla.  (holds  ic; 
booksl  $39.95;  24"dia.  (holds  40  books)  $29.95.  COM 
PLETE  E.4.SY  KIT.  Readv  tor  quick  assembly  RL 
finish.  Simple  instructions.  36"dia.  $26.95;  24-011, 
$18.95.  Esp.  Chg.  CoL  ' 

BEAUTIFUL   NEW   FREE   CATAlOG-1000   PIECES 
Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine      j 
Include  Zip  No.  YIELD    HOVSl 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  Dept.  N3-0  ! 

Money  Back  Guarantee  North  C«nt»y,  N.H.  03U 


86 


Grace  Line  can 
show  you  a  museum 
of  natural  history 
that's  alive. 


THE  SANTA  FLEET 
CARIBBEAN  •  SOUTH  AMERICA 


The  Galapagos  Islands  off  the  coast  of  Ecuador  are  a  naturalist's 
paradise.  They  haven't  changed  for  a  million  years. 

Many  of  the  plants  and  animals  here  exist  nowhere  else  on  earth. 

Some  are  still  waiting  to  be  named. 

Grace  Line  can  take  you  to  the  Galapagos  on  a  special  expedition. 

You  leave  your  19-day  cruise  in  Ecuador  after  crossing  through  the  Panama 
Canal.  We'll  fly  you  to  the  Galapagos  where  we've  arranged  for  another  ship 
to  cruise  you  around  the  islands.  This  is  your  floating  hotel  for  4,  5  or  8  days. 
Then  we  fly  you  back  to  Ecuador  where  you  board  a  different 
homebound  Grace  Liner. 

You  cruise  aboard  one  of  Grace  Line's  air-conditioned,  fin-stabilized 
Grace  Line  ships.  The  new  Santa  Maria,  Mercedes  or  Magdalena  are  all 
First  Class.  With  private  baths.  24-hour  room  service.  And  a  swimming  pool 
surrounded  by  patios.  You'll  visit  Cartagena,  Buenaventura  and  Guayaquil. 
There  are  also  stops  in  Haiti  and  Jamaica  or  Santo  Domingo. 

This  is  the  wildest  excursion  ever  offered  on  our  Great  Atlantic  &  Pacific 
cruise.  Regular  cruise  rates  start  at  $705.  The  optional  side  excursion 
to  the  Galapagos  costs  from  $275,  including  air  fare  and  all  expenses. 


a.  h 


.Jll^^»"*l 


See  your  Travel  Agent  or  write 

GRACE  LINE,  3  Hanover  Square,  New  York,  N.Y.  1 0004 

Please  send  me  your  brochure  on  1 9-Day  Cruise  to  Ecuador  and 

Galapagos  Islands  tours. 


The  Great 

Atlantic  &  Pacific  Cruise. 

Safety  Information:  All  Grace  Line  passenger  ships  are  registered  in  the 
United  States  and  meet  International  Safety  Standards  for  new  ships 
developed  in  1960,  and  meet  the  1966  fire  safety  requirements. 


■MMflMlJ 


You  may  never  have  to  shoot  an  Alosa  pseudoharengus  being  fitted  with  a  contact  lens.* 

But  that's  no  reason  why  you  shouldn't  enjoy  the  same  camera  versatility,  lens  performance  and  picture 
quality  in  your  work.  All  it  takes  is  a  Nikon  F,  a  Nikkor  lens  and  a  bit  of  creative  imagination. 
You  supply  the  imagination.  The  Nikon  F  will  provide  the  handling  ease  to  help  you  get  the  pictures  you  want 
when  you  want  them.  And  the  Nikkor  lenses  will  provide  the  sharpness  and  resolution  to  make  your  pictures 
'sing'  and  sparkle. 

So,  whether  your  dish  is  fish  or  fashion,  pets  or  portraits,  sports  or  still-lifes,  it's  all  the  same  to  a  Nikon  F. 
More  than  a  camera,  it's  a  system  of  photography  capable  of  handling  any  assignment,  and  transforming 
the  most  ordinary  situations  into  great  pictures.  See  it  at  your  Nikon  dealer,  or  write: 

lir°]n  ^''^°"  '"^•'  Garden  City,  New  York  11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich  Photo-Optical  Industries  Inc. 
LbUDLl  In  Canada:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.Q.  _  ' 


*This  was  part  of  an  experiment  in  the  schooling  behavior  of  fish  conducted  by 
Dr  Evelyn  Shaw  of  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  Dr  Edward  Baylor  of  the 
StateUniversityof  New  York  at  Stony  Brook,  The  naturallyfarsighted  fish  were 
made  even  more  farsighted,  very  nearsighted  and  normal,  but  the  lenses 
irritated  their  eyes  and  the  effect  on  schooling  behavior  was  not  determined. 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD  TRAVEL 


Let  Lars-Eric  Lindblad  take  you  on  an  exciting 
expedition  to  the  white  continent  of  Antarctica 


The  well-known  expedition  leader,  Lars- 
Eric  Lindblad,  invites  you  to  join  him  on 
a  visit  to  the  white  continent  of  Antarctica 
and  the  Ross  Sea  area  via  McMurdo 
Sound.  In  the  past  6  years  he  has  led 
several  expeditions  into  the  Antarctic  but 
this  one  promises  to  be  the  most  interest- 
ing adventure  ever  made  to  these  regions. 
The  brand  new,  luxuriously  appointed 
M/S  LINDBLAD  EXPLORER*,  designed 
especially  for  ice  breaking  duty  and  with 
cruising  speed  of  15  knots,  will  afford  the 
opportunity  to  view  the  unique  fauna  and 


flora  of  many  Sub-Antarctic  islands  and 
areas  which  until  now  have  been  rela- 
tively free  from  the  influence  of  man. 

Two  34-day  tourist  expeditions  in  Janu- 
ary and  February  of  1971  are  scheduled 
at  $2,900  up  plus  air  fare.  Dr.  Roger  Tory 
Peterson  and  Mr.  Peter  Scott  will  accom- 
pany these  expeditions. 

They  will  be  preceded  by  a  Christmas 
and  New  Year  Cruise  through  the  Indian 
Ocean,  32  days,  $1950  up  plus  air  fare. 

•M/S  LINDBLAD   EXPLORER   is  of  Norwegian 
registry. 

To  avoid  cutting  cover  see  extra  coupon  on  page  78 


Dept.  NH  470 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Lindblad  Travel  Building,  133  East  55th  St. 

New  York,  NY.  10022 

I  am  seriously  interested  in: 

D  The  Antarctic  Expedition. 

n  The  Indian  Ocean  Cruise. 


Mrs. 
Miss. 


City_ 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


OL.  LXXIX,  No.  4 


INCORPORATING  NATURE  MAGAZINE 


APRIL  1970 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


8    AN  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  SETTING  AND  CHARACTERS 
OF  THE  TRAGICAL  FARCE  OR  FARCICAL  TRAGEDY 
OF  VICTORIA  BLUFFS,  S.C.  Alan  P.  Ternes 

Where  chemical  plant  meets  salt  marsh,  the  cause  of  ecology  makes  for 
strange  bedfellows. 

20     A  STUDENT  MANIFESTO  ON  THE  ENVIRONMENT  Pennfield  Jensen 
A  young  activist  outlines  how  student  revolt  can  help  us  meet  the 
nonnegotiable  demands  of  our  polluted  environment. 

24     EAST  IS  A  BIG  BIRD  Thomas  Gladwin 

In  the  Jet  Age,  a  Pacific  people  find  island-hopping  by  traditional 
seafaring  methods  a  necessary  ingredient  for  cultural  well-being. 

36    HEART  POISONS  AND  THE  MONARCH 

Miriam  Rothschild  and  Bob  Ford 

How  some  butterflies  confound  their  predators  by  becoming  unappetizing — 

if  not  downright  deadly — fare. 

38    BARNARD'S  STAR:  THE  SEARCH  FOR  OTHER  SOLAR  SYSTEMS 
Peter  van  de  Kamp 

A  perplexing  wobble  in  the  path  of  earth's  second-closest  star  may  be 
proof  of  a  two-planet  solar  system. 

44     PREHISTORY  DOWN  UNDER  D.J.  Mulvaney 

In  adapting  to  and  shaping  their  environment,  the  Australian  Aborigines 
have  left  traces  that  tell  true  stories  of  Stone  Age  times. 


52 


4 
60 
63 
68 
79 


THE  MANY  CLOCKS  OF  MAN  John  D.  Palmer 

Built-in  "living  clocks"  regulate  countless  biological  rhythms  that  recur 

in  man  day  by  day. 

cover:   "On  Puluwat,  the  sailing  canoe  is  not  merely  a  part  of  [the]  way  of 
life,  it  is  the  very  heart  of  it." 

THE    AUTHORS 

SKY  REPORTER  John  p.  Wiley,  Jr. 
CELESTIAL  EVENTS  Thomus  D.  Nicholson 
BOOKS  IN  REVIEW  Spencer  Klaw 

SUGGESTED   ADDITIONAL   READING 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Gardner  D.  Stout,  President  Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Director 

Natural  History 

Alfred  Meyer,  Editor  Robert  E.  Williamson,  Managing  Editor 

Barbara  L.  Cline,  Avis  Kniffin,  Alan  P.  Ternes,  John  P.  Wiley,  Jr.,  Associate  Editors 

Thomas  Page,  Art  Editor  Florence  G.  Edelstein,  Copy  Editor 

Toni  Gerber,  Asst.  Copy  Editor  Carol  Breslin,  Reviews  Editor 

Diantha  C.  Thorpe,  Information  Services  William  Suderman,  Production 

Ernestine  Weindorj,  Karen  Manulis,  Caroline  Doerflinger,  Staff  Assistants 

Editorial  Advisers:  Gerard  Piet,  Dean  Amadon,  Franklyn  M.  Branley,  Vincent  Manson, 
Margaret  Mead,  Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  James  A.  Oliver,  Ethel  Tobach 

Harvey  Oshinsky,  Advertising  Director  Harry  F.  Decker,  Walter  E.  Mercer, 

Gordon  Finley,  Sales  Dinah  Lowell,  Traffic,  Eileen  O'Keefe,  Asst. 

Ann  Usher,  Promotion  Director,  Maureen  Fitzgerald,  Asst. 

Joseph  Saulina,  Circulation  Manager 

/■ublication  Office:  The  American  Museum  af  Natural  HLuory.  Central  Park  H'eil  at  T)th  Street,  New  York.  N.Y. 

10024.  Publhltrd  monthly,  October  tlirouuli  May;  bimonthly  June  to  September.  Subscription:  $7.00  a  year. 
In  Canada  and  all  other  countries:  $7.50  a  year.  Single  copies  SI.OO.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  New  York,  N.Y., 

and  at  additional  offices.  Copyright  ©  1970  by  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  No  part  of  this 
periodical  may  be  reproduced  without  the  written  consent  of  Natural  History.  Manuscripts  and  illustrations 

submitted  to  the  editorial  office  will  be  handled  with  care,  but  we  cannot  assume  responsibility  for  their  safety. 

Opinions  expressed  by  authors  are  their  own  and  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the  policy  of  The  American  Museum. 

^ATUllA..  History  incorporating  Naliirc  Magazine  ;.(  indexed  in   Header's  Guide  lo  I'criodical  Lilernliire, 


King  Ranch  is  a  hunk  of  pure  Americana 
under  the  huge  Texas  sky.  It  is  a  lot  of  things  in 
a  large  place.  And  they  all  get  on  remarkably 
well  together. 

There  are  thirty  thousand  cattle  and 
twenty-eight  oil  and  gas  fields;  two  thousand 
miles  of  fencing  and  one  thousand  miles  of 
buried  pipeline;  over  three  hundred  windmills 
and  the  world's  largest  natural  gas  plant.  You 
can  see  it  in  our  picture. 

There  are  schools  and  stores  and  fire  sta- 


Coexistence  oi 


tions.  Five  hundred  cowboys.  Two  thousai 
cow  ponies.  A  training  track  for  race  horsi 
And  five  hundred  miles  of  private  road.  Yet  the 
is  more  wildlife  on  the  ranch  today  than  ev 
before  in  its  history. 

We,  at  Jersey,  believe  this  last  fact  pro\! 
something  about  our  affiliate.  Humble  Oil 
Refining  Company.  Good  housekeeping. 

They  have  been  drilling  for  oil  and  gas 
the  ranch  for  forty-five  years.  If  running  an 
field  were  the  noisy,  messy  business  some  peoi 
think  it  is,  how  come  wild  geese,  wild  turk 


i  ¥^^''" 


he  King  Ranch. 

i  bobwhite  quail  elect  to  stay  and  multiply 
the  thousand? 

If  pipelines  and  gas  plants  pollute  the 
ter,  how  come  deer,  nilgai  and  javelinas 
zzle  it?  And  thrive. 

One  more  point  about  this  precious  water, 
e  King  Ranch  gas  plant  uses  thousands  of 
Ions  an  hour  for  cooling  purposes.  When  this 
ter  is  returned  to  the  ponds  and  creeks,  the 
tie  drink  it. 

These  include  the  famous  Santa  Gertrudis, 


the  first  breed  of  cattle  developed  in  the  Western 
Hemisphere.  They  are  now  bred  in  forty-eight 
foreign  countries.  Quite  an  export. 

Would  the  owners  of  King  Ranch  expose 
these  rich,  red  beauties  to  anything  less  than 
good  water?  Not  on  your  life. 

Standard  Oil  Company 
(New  Jersey) 


Understand 
the  real 
Africa:  SAS 
Congo  Safari 


'^4^ 


(Led  by  famed  explorer- 
Jean-Pierre  Hallet.) 

This  is  the  only  Congo  Safari  you 
can  go  on  this  year.  Your  only 
opportunity  to  get  to  know  the  real 
Africa  as  only  Jean-Pierre  Hallet, 
famous  authority  on  Africa  can  show 
you.  You'll  see  wild  game  in  the 
Albert  National  Park — zebra,  ele- 
phants, lions,  leopards,  and  cheetahs. 
Take  a  shot  of  them  (but  only  with 
camera)   from  safari  vehicles.  Then 
there  is  the  grandeur  of  the  land 
tself :  the  crater  of  Mt.  Ngorongoro, 
Rutshuru  Falls,  Lake  George,  and 
Ruwenzori  Range  with  a  peak  over 
16,000  feet.  You'll  also  see  Uganda, 
Kenya,  Tanzania  and  much,  much 
more.  Three  weeks  for  $2,266.* 
Departures:  July  7  and  21;  Aug.  25; 
Sept.  8.  Clip  the  coupon  for  more 
information. 

*Based  on  the  SAS  14/21  day  ITX  fare 
(economy  class),  including  round-trip  air 
fare  from  New  York  to  Nairobi  via  Copen- 
hagen. All  transfers.  Best  available  hotels 
and  safari  lodges,  most  meals,  sightseeing, 
drivers,  and  guides,  tips  and  taxes. 


SAS  „ 

Box  3443 

Grand  Central  Station 

New  York,  N.Y.  10017 

Dear  SAS — Please  send  me  information 

on  SAS  Congo  Safari  Tours. 

Name: 


Address:. 

City: 

State: 


-Zip: 


My  travel  agent  is_ 


Just  let  yourself  go  on 

SdJVm/V/ll/M/V  /li/l£I/V£S 


THE  A  UTHORS 


The  personal  analysis  of  the  so- 
cial side  of  a  conservation  problem 
is  the  result  of  Alan  Ternes's 
"journalistic  odyssey,"  which  en- 
compassed Beaufort  County,  Co- 
lumbia, Charleston,  and  Hilton 
Head  Island,  South  Carolina;  as 
well  as  New  York  City.  A  former 


newspaper  photographer,  reporter, 
and  editor,  Mr.  Ternes  is  presently 
a  Ph.D.  candidate  in  geography  at 
Columbia  University.  His  previous 
work  for  Natural  History  in- 
cludes a  two-part  article  on  Ethi- 
opia (February,  March,  1968)  and 
the  Natural  History  Special  Sup- 
plement, "The  State  of  The  Spe- 
cies," of  which  he  was  editor. 

Pennfield  Jensen's  "A  Student 
Manifesto  on  the  Environment"  is 
partially  based  on  the  paper  he 
presented  at  the  recent  conference 
of  the  United  States  Commission 
on  UNESCO:  "Man  and  His  Envi- 
ronment, A  View  Toward  Sur- 
vival." Executive  director  of  the 
Urban  Nature  Institute  for  Youth 
(UNIFY)  and  a  teacher  at  the  Cen- 
ter for  Environmental  Education, 
San  Francisco  State  extension,  Mr. 
Jensen  became  acutely  aware  of  the 
need  for  environmental  reform  by 
observing  the  vast  inHux  of  popu- 
lation and  the  destruction  of  the 
countryside    near    San     Francisco, 


where  he  grew  up.  His  principal 
concern  is  with  the  development  ol 
meaningful  curricula  for  the  under- 
educated  and  environmentally  un- 
derprivileged. Mr.  Jensen's  article, 
"Ecotactics"  will  be  published  this 
year  by  the  Sierra  Club.  • 

Thomas  Gladwin's  article 
"East  is  a  Big  Bird,"  the  second 
part  of  which  will  appear  in  the 
May  issue,  stems  from  his  196"/ 
field  work  on  Puluwat,  a  smal 
Pacific  island.  His  research  focuses 
on  the  logic  behind  Puluwat  navi' 
gation  and  its  implications  for  ar 
increased  understanding  of  th« 
thinking  processes  in  educationall} 


disadvantaged  people  in  the  Unitec 
States.  Currently  visiting  professo: 
of  anthropology  at  the  University 
of  Hawaii,  his  future  research  wil 
include  comparative  studies  o 
postcolonial  imperialism  as  a  limit 
ing  factor  in  national  development 
Professor  Gladwin's  forthcominj 
book,  East  is  a  Big  Bird:  Naviga 
Hon  and  Logic  on  Puluwat  AtoU 
from  which  his  article  is  taken,  wil 
be  published  later  this  year  by  Har 
vard  University  Press. 

Peter  van  de  Kamp,  the  au 
thor  of  "Barnard's  Star:  Th( 
Search  for  Other  Solar  Systems,'' 
has  been  associated  with  Swarth 
more  College  since  1937.  He  is  cur 
rently  chairman  of  the  Departmen 
of  Astronomy  and  director  of  th( 
Sproul  Observatory.  Born  in  th( 
Netherlands  in  1901,  Professor  vai 
de  Kamp  came  to  the  United  State; 
in  1923  to  carry  out  research  at  thi 
McCormick  Observatory,  Univer 
sity  of  Virginia.  The  author 
Basic  Astronomy,  Elements  of  As 
tromechanics,  and  Principles  of  As 
trometry,  he  was  appointed  to  th 
National     Science     Foundation     i 


Take  this  5-volumc 
Treasurehouse  of  Living  Science 

(value  $39.75)  O 

all  for  only  q!» 


ivith  your  first  selection  as 
a  trial  member  of  the 

Natural  Science 
Bookclub 

Here's  what  you  get  for  only  $1.95 
'n  5  magnificently  illustrated  volumes: 

•  wn  award-winning  naturalist's  elo- 
quent description  of  the  beautifully 
balanced  interplay  between  our  for- 
ests and  the  rest  of  nature 

•  an  intriguing  analysis  of  how  and 
why  animals  act  as  they  do 

•  an  extraordinary  account  of  the 
mysterious  forces  that  perpetuate  one 
species  while  they  doom  another 

•  a  brilliant  recapitulation  of  zoology 
through  the  ages 

•  a  fascinating  visit  to  the  weird  and 
wonderful  community  of  insects 


A  complete  natural  science  library  in  itself 


Why  are  we  making  you  this  re- 
markable offer?  To  acquaint  you 
with  the  many  advantages  of  mem- 
bership  in  the  Natural  Science 
Book  Club.  The  one  book  club  that 
brings  you  the  whole,  wide,  wild 


one  book  club  that  offers  you  only 
the  most  important  books  in  the 
natural  sciences.  All  at  substantial 
savings— up  to  30%,  often  more. 
Free  bonus  books  help  you  build  a 
valuable  library.  Add  this  extra- 


world  of  living  science  at  its  rich-     ordinary  introductory  offer  —  and 
est,  most  exciting,  most  real.  The     can  you  afford  not  to  join  now? 


-And  with  your  5-volume  Treasurehouse,  choose  your  first  selection  from  these  important  books: 


Retail  prices  lietit  type,  member  prices  bold  type. 
56120.  ORCHID  FLOWERS:  Their  Pollination  and 
Evolution.  L.  van  der  Fiji  and  Calaway  H.  Dodson. 
A  demonstration  of  ecology  and  adaptive  evolution 
in  action.  Illustrated  in  full  color.  $12.50/$8.95 

32350.  AFRICAN  SCULPTURE  SPEAKS.  Ladislas 
Segy.  The  third  edition  of  a  highly  acclaimed  work 
on  the  most  celebrated  art  of  Africa— its  sculpture. 
Lavishly  illustrated  with  nearly  450  photographs 
and  drawings.  $14.95/$10.95 

58560.  THE  PHILOSOPHICAL  FISHERMAN. 

Harold  F.  Blaisdell.  A  down-to-earth  manual  that 
abounds  in  fish  lore  and  fish  wisdom — as  interesting 
for  the  expert  as  for  the  tyro.  $6.95/$5.75 

88080.    YIWARA:    Foragers    of    the    Australian 

Desert.  Richard  A.  Could.  "A  first-hand  vivid  ac- 
count of  real  stone  age  men". . .  the  Aborigines  . . . 
'human  beings  almost  as  friendly  and  harmless 
IS  Australia's  other  creatures."— A/argarct  Mead. 
t8.95/$6.95 

32980.  AMERICA'S  CAMPING  BOOK.  Paul  Cald- 
well, Jr.  From  hiking  to  hobbies,  from  survival  to 
supply  houses  for  camping  gear— the  most  compre- 
hensive guide  to  campcraft  and  woodcraft  ever 
published  in  one  volume.  591  pages,  profusely  illus- 
irated.  $10.00/$7.5O 

36330.  BIRDS,  BEASTS  AND  RELATIVES.  Gerald 
Durrell.  Pure  enchantment!  The  author's  delightful 
childhood;  his  total  involvement  with  animals  and 
insects,  each  as  individual  as  his  exceptional  family. 
$5.95/$5.25 

S8160.  PERSEPOLIS:  The  Archaelogy  of  Parsa, 
Seat  of  the  Persian  Kings.  Donald  N.  Wilbi 
The  majesty  and  splendor  of  the  world's  first  em^ 
pire,  its  priceless  treasures  of  architecture  and  art 
"Excellent .  .  .  well-illustrated  . .  .  packed  with  in 
formation." — Bernard  Goldman,  Natural  History 
$7.95/$6.25 


53400.  HISTORY  OF  ROCKETRY  AND  SPACE 
TRAVEL.  Wernher  von  Braun  and  Frederick  I. 
Ordway  III.  Complete — from  early  research  to  re- 
cent moon  shots.  $17.50/$11.50 

52570.  HELICOPTERS  AND  AUTOGIROS.  Charles 
Gahlehouse.  Updated,  authoritative  account  of  the 
development  of  vertical  and  short  take-off  aircraft. 
$5.95/$5.75 

85440.  THE  UNEXPECTED  HANGING.  Martin 
Gardner.  Mathematical  games  and  puzzlers  from 
the  author's  columns  in  Scientific  American,  New! 
$5.95/$5.25 

67140.  THE  PARABLE  OF  THE  BEAST.  John  N. 
Bleibtreu.  Explores  challenging  problems  in  mod- 
ern biology  to  help  man  understand  his  complex 
nature.  $6.95/$5.50 

48670.  FLIGHTS  INTO  YESTERDAY.  Leo  Deuel. 
The  revolutionary  effect  of  aerial  photography  on 
archaeology.  $8.95/$6.95 

79810.  SPLENDOR  IN  THE  SKY.  Gerald  S. 
Hawkins.  Illustrated  survey  of  astronomy,  including 
pulsars,  quasars,  the  latest  space  flights.  A  newly 
revised  edition  of  a  modern  classic.  $8.95/$6.95 

75710.  SCIENCE   NEWS  YEARBOOK  1969/1970. 

Science  Service.  The  latest  developments  in  every 
area  of  science.  Invaluable  reference.  $9.95/$7.50 

58560.  LIFE  ON  MAN.  Theodor  Rosebury.  A  vastly 
entertaining  study  of  the  dynamic  interaction  be- 
tween microbes  and  man,  "the  tubbed,  scrubbed  and 
deodorized  neurotic."  "How  can  I  convince  eveiy 
literate  man  and  woman  to  buv  this  delightful 
book?"-John  Leonard,  N.  Y.  Times.  $6.95/$5.75 

69750.  THE  PRAIRIE  WORLD.  David  F.  Coslello. 
The  special  world  of  the  American  prairie— its  wild- 
life, plants,  weather — and  how  it  compares  in  com- 
plexity and  beauty  to  the  veld  of  South  Africa  and 
the  steppes  of  Russia,  "...to  be  read  by  generations 
to  come." — Natural  History.  $7.95/$6.25 


58580.    LIFE    ON    A    LITTLE    KNOWN    PLANET. 

Howard  Ensign  Evans.  An  exciting  study  of  the 
interdependence  of  living  things  on  earth,  and  a 
plea  to  replace  their  control  by  biological  strategy— 
not  pesticides.  $7.95/$6.75 

64560.    THE    NEW    WORLD    OF   THE    OCEANS. 

Daniel  Behrman.  A  lively  introduction  to  oceanog- 
raphy, based  on  interviews  with  the  most  interesting 
form  of  life  in  the  sea— the  pioneer  oceanographers. 
$8.95/$6.95 


——TRIAL  MEMBERSHIP  APPLICATION-  —  " 

Natural  Science   Book  Club  .  ono 

Riverside,  New  Jersey  08075  ^"°"'^ 


If  1 


di'llKliIed,    1  will 


lilp 


111  I).- 


i-i-llcd.  Otherivlse.  I  will  he  hllleil  onLv  Jl.M  for 
Ihe  ,'j  bniilis.  and  Iniv  ineniher  price  for  my  Urst 
s.-leetloii.  plus  shipplnE  nnd  hojidllnn.  As  a  trial 
member,  I  agree  to  accept  as  few  as  3  additional 
books  during  the  next  IL*  ni'in'h--.  ^ilw'c.'^  r*'  re- 
duced member  prices  iplu        liMi'ir I    i,  iii.liii.f, 

and  may  cancel  meinln  ;   '    p      i  !,       r  ,  i 

Kach  monib,   I   will    .       :  i.     .  i. 

scribing  fortbcoming 


I  nijiy  choose  a  tree  bonus  book. 

First  selection  (ivrlie  In  number 


■iluns  purchased. 


Y.iti 

Offer 

good  In  continental  U.S. 

and 

Can 

ad  a 

only. 

reads: 

brightest  sunlight... 
candlelight. ..moon- 
light plus*microscopa 
spot' and  enlarging  too! 


SYSTEM  CdS  EXPOSURE  METER 

There's  a  system  to  success  and  Gossen's  got  it! 
Their  extraordinary  Luna-Pro  SYSTEM  CdS  meter 
masters  every  exposure  problem  in  every  photo- 
graphic situation— in  the  studio,  darkroom  and 
laboratory.  There's  nothing  Wke  it! 
*Three  optional  lock-on  attachments  instantly 
convert  the  Luna-Pro  from  a  reflected-and-incident 
meter  to  a:  Variable  Angle  'spot'  Meter;  Micro- 
scope Meter;  and  Enlarging  Meter.  You  may  never 
need  them  all  but  it's  good  to  know  your  Luna-Pro 
can  tackle  any  assignment. 
Its  famed  2,000.000  :  1  sensitivity  range  and  con- 
vertibility SYSTEM  makes  it  today's  best  exposure 
meter  buy.  See  this  superb  instrument  at  your 
dealer  today.  Makes  great  reading! 

SPECIFICATIONS:  Smooth,  one-hand  operation  ■  Meas- 
ures reflected  and  incident  light  (with  built-in  hemi- 
spheric diffuser)  ■  For  still  and  movie  cameras  ■  30° 
light  acceptance  angle  ■  single  "see  saw"  selector 
button  for  high  and  low  range  ■  Automatic  "memory" 
needle  lock  ■  Computer  range:  ASA  6  to  25,000;  f/1 
to  f/90:  I /4000th  sec.  to  8  hours:  Cine  from  8  to  1?'8 
fps  ■  EV— 8  to  EV  -f24;  .016  to  32,000  foot  candles 
■  Weighs  only  7  ounces. 

^OPTIONAL  ATTACHMENTS 

for  every  light  measuring  need! 


VARIABLE  ANGLE 
"Spot  Meter" 
ATTACHMENT 


KLING  PHOTO  CORPORATION 

P.O.  BOX  1060,  W/OODSIDE,  N.Y.  11377 


Berkey.w 

Phololnc.LM 


1954  as  the  first  program  director 
for  astronomy.  His  article  sums  up 
the  eighteen  years  of  research  that 
led  to  his  1963  discovery  that  Barn- 
ard's Star  has  one  or  more  unseen 
coinpanions  of  planetary  size. 

A  native  of  Victoria,  Australia, 
D.  J.  Mulvaney  completed  a  mas- 
ter's thesis  on  British  Iron  Age  pre- 
history at  the  University  of  Mel- 
bourne in  1951,  and  two  years 
later  received  an  M.A.  in  arche- 
ology from  Cambridge  University. 


WHEN   YOU   WRITE  TO 

NATURAL  HISTORY... 

about  a  change  of  address,  renewal  of 
subscription,  billing  or  any  kind  of  adjustment, 
send  the  present  address  label  from  the 
magazine  wrapper. 

Moving?  Please  notify  6  weeks  In  advance. 

You  can  use  this  form  to  tell  us  about  a 
move  or  order  a  subscription. 

Change  of  address- 
Attach  your  address 
label  in  this  dotted 
area  and  fill  in  your 
new  address  below, 
clip  and  mail  to: 
Natural  History, 
Central  Park  West  at 
79th  St.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
10024. 

A  new  subscription- 
Check  box  and  fill  in 
name  and  address 
below. 

n  1  year-$7  (U.S.) 

a  1  year— $8  (Canada 
and  other  non-U.S. 
orders) 

4  HANDOO 


New  Address. 
City 


Since  1955,  he  has  participated  in 
field  surveys  and  excavations 
various  parts  of  Australia,  and  last 
year,  he  worked  in  Sulawesi  on  a 
joint  project  with  the  National 
Archeological  Institute  of  In- 
donesia. At  present,  Mr.  Mulvaney 
is  a  senior  research  fellow  in  pre- 
history at  the  Research  School  of 
Pacific  Studies  at  The  Australian 
National  University.  The  author  of 
Australian  Archeology:  A  Guide  to 
Field  Techniques  and  The  Pre- 
history of  Australia,  Mr.  Mulvaney 
will  spend  this  year  at  Oxford  writ- 
ing a  biography  of  Sir  Baldwin 
Spencer,  the  famous  anthropologist 
of  aboriginal  Australia. 

"The  Many  Clocks  of  Man"  is  the 
latest  of  several  articles  on  biological 
rhythms  John  D.  Palmer  has  writ- 
ten   for    Natural    History.    Dur- 


_Zip_ 


ing  1963  and  1964,  Dr.  Palmer 
studied  at  the  University  of  Bristol, 
England,  as  a  National  Science 
Foundation  Fellow.  He  earned  his 
doctorate  at  Northwestern  Univer- 
sity in  1962  and  is  now  professor 
of  biology  and  chairman  of  the- 
Biology  Department  at  New  York 
University. 

Miriam  Rothschild  was  born 
in  Ashton.  England,  a  member  of 
the  famous  banking  family,  many 
of  whom  were  also  keen  naturalists. 
Her  uncle  amassed  a  worldwide 
collection  of  animals  and  insects, 
including  2^/2  million  butterflies, 
and  this  collection  aroused  her 
early  interest  in  the  Lepidoptera. 
"Heart  Poisons  and  the  Monarch." 
her  third  article  for  Natural  His- 
tory, is  coauthored  by  Bob  Ford. 
Dr.  Rothschild  has  written  over 
160  papers  on  varied  subjects, 
ranging  from  the  parasites  of  snails 
to  mimicry  in  scent  and  sound.  She 
is  joint  author  of  a  popular  book. 
Fleas,  Flukes  and  Cuckoos. 


EAGLES,  HAWKS 
AND  FALCONS 
OF  THE  WORLD 

By  Leslie  Ihcivn  and  Dean 
Aniadon.  The  definitive  com- 
pendium of  current  knowledge 
on  more  than  300  diurnal  birds 
of  prey — illustrated  with  166 
full-page  color  plates  of  paint- 
ings by  well-known  bird  artists. 
Includes  94  maps  showing 
birds'  ranges.  Sponsored  by  the 
National  Audubon  Society. 

946  pages,  311  illustrations, 
2  slipcased  volumes,  $59.50 


THE  AUDUBON 
ILLUSTRATED  HANDBOOK 
OF  AMERICAN  BIRDS 

ll'ntten  by  Edgar  21.  J?c;/iv, 
Jr.;  edited  by  OUii  S.  PettingiU, 
Jr.  Magnificent  species  -  by  - 
species  coverage  of  every  bird 
commonly  found  north  of  Mex- 
ico. Includes  over  400  photo- 
graphs by  leading  photogra- 
phers, too  drawings  by  Albert 
Earl  Gilbert.  Sponsored  by  the 
National  Audubon  Society. 
544  pages,  35  color  &  375  black- 
and-white  photographs,  $25.00 


Examine  any  of  these  books 
in  your  home  for  ten  days 


WILD  FLOWERS  OF 
THE  UNITED  STATES 

Vol.  One:  Northeastern  States 

ll'ritten  by  Jiarold  V.  Hickelt, 
Qen.  Ed.,  'M'iWiam  C.  Steere. 
Stunning  color  photographs 
and  text  identify  some  1700 
wild  flowers  from  the  Atlantic 
to  Minnesota,  and  from  Can- 
ada to  Virginia  and  Missouri. 
A  publication  of  The  New 
York  Botanical  Garden. 

572  pages,  1200  color  plates, 
2  slipcased  volumes,  $39.50 


THE  LAROUSSE 
ENCYCLOPEDIA  OF 
ANIMAL  LIFE 

Special  Jntrod[iciion  by  Robert 
Ciishman  Murphy.  Sumptuous 
world  -  wide  survey  includes 
1000  true-to-life  photographs 
by  leading  wildlife  photogra- 
phers. The  12  well-known  con- 
tributors cover  over  6000  ani- 
mals, with  particular  attention 
to  American  species. 

640  pages,  1000  illustrations 
(more  than  100  in  color),  $25.00 


WILD  FLOWERS  OF 
THE  UNITED  STATES 

Vol.  Two:  Southeastern  States 

li'ritlen  by  Harold  It',  ticket t , 
Qen.  Ed.,  ll'illiam  C.  Steere. 
Identifies  nearly  1900  wild 
flowers  from  North  Carolina 
and  Tennessee  to  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  and  from  the  Atlantic 
to  Arkansas  and  Louisiana.  A 
publication  of  The  New  York 
Botanical  Garden, 

760  pages,  1685  color  plates, 
2  slipcased  volumes,  $44.50 


WILD  FLOWERS  OF 
THE  UNITED  STATES 

Vol.  Three:  Texas 

Written  by  Jiarold  IV.  Hickelt , 
Qen.  Ed.,  li'illiam  C.  Steere. 
Identifies  approximately  1200 
Texas  wild  flowers — including 
hundreds  of  colorful  Mexican 
species  whose  ranges  extend 
north  only  into  Texas.  A  publi- 
cation of  The  New  York  Bo- 
tanical Garden. 

566  pages,  1200  color  plates, 
2  slipcased  volumes,  $39.50 


iVIall  coupon  noNA/ 

McCRAW-Hll.l.  BOOK  CO.MPANY,  Dcpt.  N  H-4 

330  West  42nd  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10036 

Please  send  me  the  following  book(s)  to  examine  in  my  own  home  for  ten 

days  free.  At  the  end  of  that  time,   1  will  cither  return  the  book(s)  in  the 

carton  provided  or  remit  the  price(s)  shown,  plus  a  few  cents  for  delivery: 

□  EAGLES,  HAWKS  AND  FALCONS  OF  THE  WORLD   $-"='1.^0 

□  Check  here  for  Budget  Terms  (S9.50  plus  delivery  in  10  days,  then 
$10  monthly  for  five  months). 

□  AUDUBON  ILLUS.  HANDBOOK  OF  A.MERICAN  BIRDS  ...$35.00 

□  Check  here  for  Budget  Terms  ($5  plus  delivery  in  10  days,  then  $10 
monthly  for  two  months). 

□  WILD  FLOWERS— Vol.  One:  Northeastern  States  $39.50 

□  Check  here  for  Budget  Terms  ($7.50  plus  delivery  in  10  days,  then 
$8  monthly  for  four  months). 

U  WILD  FLOWERS— \'ol.  Two:  Southeastern  States    $-14.50 

□  Check  here  for  Budget  Terms  ($8. ."JO  plus  delivery  in  10  days,  then 
$9  monthly  for  four  months). 

□  WILD   FLOWERS— Vol.   Three:   Texas    $39.50 

□  Check  here  for  Budget  Terms  ($7..'!0  plus  delivery  in  10  days,  then 
$x  monthly  for  four  months). 

□  LAROUSSE  ENCYCLOPEDIA  OF  ANIMAL  LIFE  $2.5.00 

□  Check  here  for  Budget  Terms  ($5  plus  delivery  in  10  days,  then  $10 
monthly  for  two  months). 


City. 


—Zip- 


f 


in  inMclion  lo  me  selling  and  diaraciers  ul  ll 


DyllanTernes 


South  of  sand -yellow  Victoria 
Bluffs,  on  the  Colleton  River  in 
Beaufort  County,  South  Carolina, 
lies  an  1,800-acre  plot  of  second- 
growth  woodland  and  salt  marsh.  It 
is  a  nondescript  site,  its  young 
trees  barely  beginning  to  win  out 
over  the  dense  underbrush  that 
took  over  after  it  was  lumbered  off. 

"I  wandered  through  there  for 
half  a  day  and  couldn't  find  any- 
thing to  photograph,"  complained  a 
Life  photographer  recently. 

Yet  hints  of  beauty  exist,  espe- 
cially the  deep-green,  long-needled 
yellow  pines,  which  have  broken 
out  of  the  canopy  and  are  suddenly 
growing  with  an  adolescent  fervor 


that  could  lead  to  an  elegant  south- 
ern pine  forest.  But  it  is  futile  to 
describe  the  potential  beauty. 

Because  the  governor  of  South 
Carolina  and  most  of  his  staff,  most 
of  the  state  legislators  and  prob- 
ably most  of  the  folk  of  Beaufort 
County  look  forward  to  the  devel- 
opment of  a  complex  of  chemical 
plants  on  the  Victoria  Bluffs  site. 
And  the  efficient  management  of 
the  BASF  Corporation,  a  German- 
owned  chemical  company  in  New 
York  City,  foresees  the  opening  of 
the  first  plant  in  the  final  quarter 
of  1974. 

A  few  Beaufort  County  residents, 
most  of  them  living  on  nearby  Hil- 
ton Head  Island,  have  launched  a 
quixotic  campaign  to  prevent  the 
construction  of  this  complex. 


The  two  groups — ^proponents  and 
opponents — would  make  an  appro- 
priate cast  for  a  modern  version  of 
a  Shakespearean  play,  with  Hamlet 
the  ideal  narrator.  It  is  difficult  to 
decide  whether  the  drama  would  be 
a  comedy  or  a  tragedy.  It  contains 
elements  of  both :  farce  and  buffoon- 
ery, deceit  and  betrayal. 

Beaufort  County,  located  along 
the  deeply  embayed  coast  between 
Charleston  and  Savannah,  is  a  clas- 
sic example  of  a  troubled  lowland 
area  of  South  Carolina.  A  decade 
ago  it  was  considered  seriously  de- 
pressed, with  chronic  unemployment, 
an  aging,  unskilled  labor  force,  and 
poor  public  services.  Its  only  trump 
card,  which  the  area  has  played  re- 
peatedly, has  been  venerable  Rep.  L. 
Mendel    Rivers,    chairman    of    the 


south  Carolina  lideiands 

SHELLFISH  WATERS 
aMBH  POLLUTED  WATERS 
0  10  miles 


igicai  farce  or  farcical  irageiiii  of  vicloria  Bluffs,  S.C. 


House  Armed  Services  Committee. 
Congressman  Rivers  has  repaid 
the  perennial  loyalty  of  his  con- 
stituents by  channeling  funds  into 
Beaufort  County  military  facilities, 
which  include  the  U.S.  Marine 
training  camp  at  Parris  Island,  a 
Marine  air  station,  and  a  naval 
hospital.  But  even  these  boons  pro- 
vided few  benefits  for  the  many 
residents  of  the  county,  especially 
the  large  number  of  impoverished 
blacks,  many  of  whom  were  mal- 
nourished, worm  infested,  and  il- 
literate. 

"Do  you  remember  last  year 
when  they  showed  those  colored 
folk  in  poverty  on  national  tele- 
vision?" asked  Eddie  Boyer,  ex- 
ecutive director  of  the  Beaufort 
County    Development    Commission. 


"That  was  right  here  in  Beaufort 
County." 

He  was  the  first  of  many  who 
spoke,  with  anger  and  shame,  of 
the  poor  image  the  nation  got  of 
Beaufort  County,  of  the  way  the 
television  crews  searched  out  the 
worst  houses,  the  poorest-fed,  sick- 
liest children.  Yet  he  admitted 
freely  that  the  county  had  great  pov- 
erty, that  more  than  20  percent  of 
the  population  had  family  incomes 
of  less  than  $2,500  a  year  in  1968. 

"We  want  to  do  something  for 
the  colored  people  ....  I  never 
know  anymore  what  they  want  to 
be  called.  I  was  raised  to  call  them 
colored,  so  that's  what  I  use.  They 
need  job  opportunities  and  educa- 
tion." 

Boyer,  a  short,  jolly  man,  leaned 


back  in  his  swivel  chair.  A  clutter 
of  papers,  letters,  and  brochures 
lay  scattered  across  his  desk  and  on 
adjacent  shelves.  A  map  of  the  Vic- 
toria Bluffs  site  was  mounted  on 
the  wall. 

"We  acquired  the  site  in  1959," 
he  said,  "when  the  South  Carolina 
State  Ports  Authority  bought  it  for 
industrial  development.  The  county 
has  been  trying  to  find  a  buyer 
since  then. 

Many  firms  had  looked  at  the 
site — General  Dynamics,  Litton  In- 
dustries. Bath  Iron  Works,  Rock- 
well-Standard— but  each  time  the 
deal  faded.  Several  years  ago  Boyer 
and  some  other  county  officials  vis- 
ited the  BASF  Corporation  in  New 
York  City  and  showed  them  an  ae- 
rial film  of  the  site  and  an  adjacent 


Find  out  more 
about  the  birds 
and  the  bees 

Fora  revealing  closeup  view  of  any- 
thing in  nature,  there's  nothing  like 
a  pair  of  Nikon  prism  binoculars. 

Designed  by  the  makers  of  the 
famous  Nikon  camera,  they  provide 
exceptionally  bright,  clear,  crisp 
vision  over  the  entire  wide  field  of 
view,  through  morning  mist  and 
evening  dusk.  Their  superb  Nikon 
optics  are  so  precisely  aligned  and 
collimated  you  can  view  for  hours 
without  eyestrain.  Compare  them 
with  any  lesser  binoculars,  and  you 
will  see  the  difference  Nikon  quality 
makes. 

Among  the  many  types  of  Nikon 
binoculars,  the  8x30  and  9x35  are 
particularly  suited  for  bird  watching 
and  nature  study  Both  feature  light- 
weight, moisture-resistant  construc- 
tion and  are  backed  by  a  25-year 
guarantee.  At  better  optical  and 
camera  stores  and  departments,  or 
write:  Nikon  Inc.,  Garden  City  N.Y. 
11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich 
Photo-Optical  Industries,  Inc.  ESa 
(in  Canada:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.Q.) 


Nilion 
Prism 
Binoculars 


area,  Hilton  Head  Island.  At  the 
time,  BASF  turned  down  the  site 
for  the  project  they  were  planning. 
Two  years  later,  however,  the  cor- 
poration decided  to  buy  the  site  for 
another,  greater  project:  a  vast 
chemical  complex  with  an  original 
investment  of  SlOO  million. 

Boyer  thinks  one  of  the  crucial 
factors  in  bringing  BASF  to  Beau- 
fort County  was  the  decision,  about 
ten  years  ago,  to  make  a  freshwater 
canal  from  the  Savannah  River  to 
Beaufort  much  larger  than  neces- 
sary. The  federally  subsidized  canal 
was  built  partly  to  supply  water  to 
the  Parris  Island  Marine  Base. 
County  officials  at  that  time  de- 
cided to  construct  a  canal  capable 
of  carrying  125  million  gallons 
daily,  even  though  the  maximum 
capacity  of  the  Beaufort-Jasper 
County  Water  Plant  is  9  million 
gallons  a  day,  with  future  needs  es- 
timated at  24  million  gallons.  This 
left  some  100  million  gallons  of 
fresh  water  a  day  available  for  in- 
dustrial use,  and  so  the  devel- 
opment board  could  woo  wet  in- 
dustries like  the  BASF  dyestuffs 
and  pigment  plant,  which  will  use 
some  2^2  million  gallons  of  water  a 
day.  Because  the  groundwater  sup- 
ply of  the  coastal  plain  is  limited, 
the  county  could  have  attracted 
only  dry  industries  if  the  large 
canal  had  not  been  constructed. 
Wet  industries  tend  to  pollute 
nearby  waters  more  than  dry  in- 
dustries, so  the  building  of  the 
large  canal  set  the  stage  for  high- 
pollutant  industries  to  come  to  the 
county. 

'"BASF  will  broaden  our  eco- 
nomic base.  Last  year  over  half  our 
income,  .f36  million,  came  from 
military  payrolls.  The  other  big  in- 
dustry was  recreation,  and  every- 
one knows  it  is  the  first  one  to  get 
in  trouble  in  a  recession. 

"With  this  plant,  we'll  have 
steady,  good-paying  jobs.  We  figure 
there'll  be  1,000  jobs  in  the  plant, 
and  3.000  new  jobs  in  service  in- 
dustries. 

"It'll  add  more  than  $9  million 
to  the  tax  base,  and  we  need  that. 
Most  of  the  investment  in  the 
county  is  federal  property,  so  we 
don't  get  any  taxes  from  it. 

"We'll  have  the  finest  technical 
training  center  in  the  state." 

Boyer  was  warming  up  to  his  fa- 
vorite   subject.    Someone    knocked 


and  stuck  his  head  in  the  doorway.  It 
was  a  junior  public  relations  man 
from  BASF.  Boyer  obviously  had  a 
busy  schedule  with  the  BASF 
people,  including  an  appointment 
with  Dr.  Hans  Lautenschlager,  cor- 
poration president,  who  was  making 
a  goodwill  tour.  Boyer's  secretary 
was  just  finishing  a  letter  of  welcome 
to  Dr.  Lautenschlager  from  the  Beau- 
fort County  Chamber  of  Commerce,  - 
and  arrangements  still  had  to  be 
completed  for  several  speeches.  Al- 
though I  was  anxious  to  leave,  not 
wanting  to  interfere  with  these  mo- 
mentous events,  I  still  had  a  few 
questions  to  ask  Boyer  about  a 
touchy  subject:  pollution. 

"I  know  the  people  at  Hilton 
Head  are  harping  on  the  pollution 
angle,  but  I  don't  think  there'll  be 
any  problem,"  Boyer  continued. 
"The  company  plans  to  have  two 
stages  of  processing  of  the  effluent. 
They've  agreed  to  obey  the  state's 
pollution  laws.  What  more  can  you 
ask  of  them?  I  visited  their  plants 
in  Germany,  and  while  I'm  no  ex- 
pert, I  didn't  notice  any  pollution." 

"A  final  question,  what  if  the  op- 
ponents stop  the  plant?" 

Boyer  hardened:  "I'm  a  sales- 
man. My  job  was  to  sell  that  site, 
and  I  did.  I  had  the  check  for  it 
right  here,  right  in  my  hand.  Noth- 
ing is  going  to  stop  the  plant  now. 
We're  confident  that  we've  got  it 
tied  up." 

Boyer's  visible  agitation  when  he 
thought  of  the  opposition  to  the  in- 
dustrial development  was  a  good 
indication  that  the  opponents  were 
having  some  success.  Because  nego- 
tiations had  been  secret,  there  was' 
no  opposition  when  the  BASF  Cor- 
poration announced,  on  October  1, 
1969.  its  plans  to  invest  ",5100  mil- 
lion in  a  vast  industrial  complex  to 
be  developed  on  an  1.800-acre  site 
in  South  Carolina.  ..."  A  dye- 
stuffs  and  pigments  plant  and  a  ^ 
styrene  polymers  plant  were  sched- 
uled to  begin  production  in  about 
three  years.  Site  development  was 
to  begin  immediately.  But  even  in 
its  first  news  release,  the  company 
tried  to  disarm  potential  opposition 
to  its  plans  by  including  the  follow- 
ing paragraph: 

"Dr.  Lautenschlager  said  that 
contrary  to  the  usual  pattern  of 
events  which  follows  the  industrial- 
ization of  any  virgin  area,  BASF 
Corporation  and  the  State  of  South  j 


Not  since  the  frontier  days  have 
merican  Indians  faced  greater 
s  to  their  existence  than  they  do 

Malnutrition,  disease  and  despair 
ampant.  The  school  drop-out  rate  is 
greater  than  the  national  average. 
:iployment  is  10  times  the  rate  of 
Americans.  The  American  Indian 
has  the  shortest  life  expectancy 
'  group  in  the  country. 

Their  desperate  poverty  is  a  leg- 
)assed  on  from  one  generation  to 
ext.  The  statistics  show  that  few  es- 
Eight-year-old  Lisa  Redfox  is  one 
2  somber  statistics.  Or  she  will  be 
unless  someone  with  $15  a  month 
enough  to  do  something  about  her. 

Through  Save  the  Children  Fed- 
)n  you  can  do  a  remarkable  num- 
f  things  for  a  child  like  Lisa.  Your 
ibution  will  provide  funds  for  the 

s  and  supplies  she  needs  to  con- 
school.  A  grant  or  loan  may  enable 
arents  to  make  their  home  more  liv- 
ir  to  start  a  self-help  project.  And  a 
3n  of  the  money  will  be  put  into  a 
froni  which  a  community  can  bor- 
)  build  a  village  center,  install  sani- 
acilities,  provide  vocational  train- 
r  other  community  projects.  But 
of  all,  this  money,  and  the  self-help 
cts  it  is  used  for,  will  provide  a  cli- 

of  hope  and  a  vision  of  a  better 


Sponsors  are  desperately  needed 
for  American  Indian  children,  as  well  as 
children  in  Appalachia,  South  Korea, 
South  Vietnam,  Latin  America,  Africa,, 
the  Middle  East  and  Europe. 

As  a  sponsor  you  will  select  the 
child's  nationality.  You  will  receive  a 
photo  of  the  child,  a  case  history  and  reg- 
ular progress  reports.  Also,  you  will  have 
the  opportunity  to  correspond  with  the 
child  and  his  family.  This  personal  con- 
tact can  be  as  close  and  frequent  and 
rewarding  as  you  wish  it  to  be.  You  may 


even  some  day  wish  to  visit  with  your 
child  to  see  first  hand  what  a  remarkable 
difference  you  have  been  able  to  make. 

There's  a  child  waiting  for  you  to 
fill  out  this  coupon.  You  are  his  or  her 
best  hope.  We're  not  asking  you  to  save 
the  world.  Just  a  little  piece  of  it.  Per- 
haps, if  there  are  enough  people  like  you, 
that  is  the  way  to  save  the  world. 


.  J.  C.  Penney,  Frank  Sinatra 
n  1932,  is  registered  witli  the 
ittee  on  Voluntary  Foreign  Aid 


That's  what  Save  the  Children  is 
out.  Our  aim  is  not  merely  a  new 
warm  gloves  or  a  few  hot  meals. 
'  interested  in  giving  children,  their 
ts  and  their  communities  the  little 

they  need  to  start  helping  them- 
I.  Once  people  start  helping  them- 
,  there  is  almost  no  end  to  what 
:an  do. 


Save  The  Children  Federation 

NORWALK,  CONNECTICUT  06852 

I  WISH  TO  CONTRIBUTE  $180  ANNUALLY  TO  HELP  A  CHILD. 

n  WHERE  THE  NEED  IS  GREATEST  Q  LATIN  AMERICA 

n  AMERICAN    INDIAN    Q  APPALACHIA    Q  KOREA  D  EUROPE 

n  VIETNAM  O  AFRICA  Q  MIDDLE  EAST 

ENCLOSED  IS  MY  FIRST  PAYMENT 

D  $15.00  MONTHLY  a  $90.00  SEMI-ANNUALLY 

D  $45.00  QUARTERLY  Q  $180.00  ANNUALLY 

I  CAN'T  SPONSOR  A  CHILD.  ENCLOSED  IS  A  CONTRIBUTION 

0F$ 

D  PLEASE  SEND  ME  MORE  INFORMATION. 

NAME 


CONTRIBUTIONS  ARE  INCOME  TAX  DEDUCTIBLE. 


\  you  this  is  just  a  coupon. 

^  Lisa  Redfox  it's  lier  ticicet  out  of  hell! 


EA6LE 
EYE 


add  new 

dimension  to  the 

wonder  of  wildlife 

watching  with  Swift 

SPORTSTAR 

Exclusive  Swift  Pattern  body  de- 
sign, five  lens  ocular  system  and 
razor-sharp  definition  make  this 
fine  7X,35  glass  the  all  'round 
favorite  in  the  field.  Sportstar 
delivers  a  sweeping  panorama  420 
feet  wide  with  remarkable  clarity. 
Boasting  a  relative  light  efficiency 
of  37.5,  close  focus  to  13  ft.,  and 
an  ultra-precise  optical  system, 
Sportstar  weighs  a  mere  27.1  oz. 
Amber  low  reflection  coating 
increases  light  transmission.  U.V. 
coating  gives  squint-free  viewing. 
With  retractable  eyecups  for  easy 
eyeglass  viewing.  Built  in  tripod 
adapter.  Comes  complete  with  neck 
straps  and  rugged  carrying  case. 
Gift  boxed. 

See  Sportstar  and  all  the  other  models 
of  the  Exclusive  Swift  Pattern  Binocular 
family.  Visit  your  Swift  Dealer  today,  or 
write  for  free  literature  and  name  of 
nearest  dealer. 

SWIFT 

INSTRUMENTS,  INC. 

Dept,  NH-3      ■ 
Boston  San  Jose 

Mass,  02125  Calif.  95106 


Carolina  are  working  together  with 
the  Beaufort  County  Council  to  de- 
velop a  master  plan  which  will  pre- 
serve the  ecology  of  Port  Victoria. 
He  highlighted  the  fact  that  consid- 
erable amounts  of  money  have  al- 
ready been  allocated  for  preventing 
air  and  stream  pollution." 

That  statement  is  misleading.  If, 
when  it  says  ''preserve  the  ecol- 
ogy," the  BASF  Corporation  means 
to  maintain  the  existing  ecosys- 
tem, it  is  proposing  to  do  the  im- 
possible. The  daily  effluent  of  some 
2.5  million  gallons  from  the 
dyestuffs  plant,  no  matter  how  it  is 
treated,  will  change  the  ecosystem. 
So  will  the  dredging  of  a  channel 
to  the  site. 

A  BASF  press  release  a  month 
later  was  more  realistic  when  it 
quoted  Lautenschlager  as  saying. 
"Development  of  the  dyestuffs  and 
pigments  plant  will  at  all  stages  ad- 
here to  the  basic  BASF  policy  of 
close  cooperation  with  all  relevant 
governmental  authorities  to  assure 
protection  of  the  total  environ- 
ment." This  means  only  that  the 
company  will  obey  the  South  Caro- 
lina Pollution  Control  Law  and  the 
regulations  of  the  state's  under- 
staffed Pollution  Control  Authority. 

The  residents  of  Beaufort  County 
responded  in  a  variety  of  ways  to 
the  BASF  announcement.  Some, 
like  Boyer  and  officials  of  the  State 
Development  Board,  saw  the  new 
plant  as  a  great  boon  to  the  low- 
land economy.  Many  businessmen 
saw  an  opportunity  for  sales  and 
profits,  and  most  blacks  saw  a 
chance  for  good-paying  jobs.  But 
the  members  of  a  black  fishermen's 
cooperative  and  many  other  resi- 
dents of  Hilton  Head  Island  saw 
disaster.  From  this  group  slowly 
arose  the  organized  opposition  to 
the  BASF  plans. 

The  opposition  groups  have  now 
joined  forces  under  the  save-the-en- 
vironment  banner,  swearing  oaths 
to  ecology  and  nature:  but  the  first 
impulses  of  many  seemed  to  be  di- 
rected more  by  self-interest  than  by 
lofty  principles.  For  example,  two 
of  the  most  influential  and  well- 
heeled  opponents  to  the  BASF  com- 
plex are  Charles  Fraser.  a  lawyer, 
and  Fred  Hack,  a  former  lumber- 
man. Both  are  now  land  developers 
and,  together  with  their  partners, 
they  control  a  major  part  of  Hilton 
Head  Island. 


Charley  Fraser  is  dynamic,  flam- 
boyant, and  successful.  He  has  both 
political  and  financial  influence. 
His  development,  the  Sea  Pines 
Plantation,  has  been  cited  for  "Ex- 
cellence in  Private  Community 
Planning,"  by  the  American  In- 
stitute of  Architects,  and  its  success 
is  envied  by  other  developers.  To 
live  there,  you  would  fit  best  if  you 
were  white,  wealthy,  semiretired, 
and  a  golf  maniac.  If  you  have  had 
a  lifetime  dream  of  retiring  to  a 
tasteful,  upper-middle-class  home, 
surrounded  by  similar  homes  over- 
looking the  ocean  or  a  golf  course, 
and  if  you  can  dig  up  $50,000  to 
$250,000  to  finance  your  dream," 
you  might  like  Hilton  Head  Is- 
land— the  biggest  coastal  sea  island 
between  New  York  and  Florida. 

But  if  you  want  to  be  exposed  to 
nature,  to  experience  the  natural 
richness  of  the  semitropical  envi- 
ronment of  the  southeastern  coast, 
avoid  Hilton  Head  Island.  Because 
its  developers — despite  their  pious 
proclamations  about  preserving  the 
"natural  beauty,"  about  creating 
wildlife  sanctuaries,  about  setting 
up  an  Institute  of  Environmental 
and  Leisure  Studies  in  a  restored 
lighthouse  keeper's  house — are  en- 
gaged in  a  ceaseless  war  with  the 
natural  world.  Labor  crews  and 
tractors  with  brush-cutting  rigs  are 
constantly  assaulting  the  under- 
growth so  that  the  landscape  will 
have  a  parklike  appearance  despite 
the  300-day  growing  season.  Dredg- 
ing equipment  has  cut  deep  chan- 
nels through  many  parts  of  the  is- 
land, changing  the  drainage  and 
destroying  w-et  sites  and  their  dis- 
tinctive biota.  Other  areas  are  filled 
in  with  the  spill  from  dredging 
The  result  is  that  the  natural  fauna, 
such  as  deer,  have  been  driver 
from  much  of  the  island  and  wil 
soon  vanish.  The  turkey  and  dovt 
populations  are  maintained  foi 
sport  shooting  by  annual  restock 
ing.  The  alligator  population  has 
been  greatly  depleted.  The  flora — 
once  distinctive  and  varied — is  ra 
pidly  succumbing. 

The  developers'  callous  attitudf 
toward  the  island  vegetation  reflect: 
their  heritage  as  lumbermen.  The^ 
originally  bought  the  island  to  lum 
her  off  its  large  stands  of  yellov 
pine.  Once,  when  Charley  Frase 
was  examining  a  plot  of  land  witl 
a  salesman,  he  came  upon  a  beau 


12 


tiful,  mature  pine  tree  standing  in 
lonely  splendor.  "I  wonder  how  we 
missed  that  one,"  Fraser  remarked. 

"It's  a  shame  what  they've  done 
to  that  island,"  said  a  University  of 
South  Carolina  biologist,  one  of  a 
group  of  scientists  that  had  sur- 
veyed the  biota  of  the  island  two 
decades  ago. 

At  Eraser's  Sea  Pines  Plantation, 
the  street  names  serve  as  a  quaint 
reminder  of  the  natural  heritage. 
Many  are  named  after  birds  that 
have  been  recorded  on  the  island: 
"Ruddy  Turnstone-2,  Green  Heron- 
4.  Wood  Ibis-6,  Oyster  Catcher-9, 
Black  Skimmer-22,  Royal  Tern-24, 
Belted  Kingfisher-34.  Brown  Peli- 
can-37,"  and  many  more.  The  num- 
bers, which  run  sequentially,  were 
added  later  because  many  people 
complained  that  they  were  confused 
by  all  the  bird  names  and  could  not 
locate  the  streets,  much  less  recog- 
nize the  birds. 

A  major  imprint  on  the  Hilton 
Head  Island  landscape  has  been 
made  by  the  proliferation  of  golf 
courses.  There  are  at  present  135 
holes  of  golf  on  the  island,  with 
several  more  courses  planned. 
Since  an  18-hole  course  occupies 
about  250  acres,  nearly  2,000  care- 
fully maintained  acres  of  the  island 
have  been  landscaped  and  planted. 
Ultimately,  one-tenth  of  the  island 
will  probably  be  occupied  by  golf 
courses,  which  may  be  pretty  by 
some  tastes,  but  which  certainly  are 
not  examples  of  natural  beauty. 

The  building  of  golf  courses  is 
not  just  a  crazy  scheme  of  sports 
nuts.  For  the  developer,  the  crea- 
tion of  a  golf  course  provides  many 
opportunities  for  homesites  along 
the  fairways.  At  Hilton  Head  Is- 
land the  fairways  are  deliberately 
trung  out  to  create  a  maximum 
amount  of  real  estate  frontage  for 
housing.  The  prime  sites  on  the 
eighteenth  hole  of  the  new  Harbour 
Town  Golf  Course  reportedly  sold 
at  the  rate  of  $400,000  per  acre. 

The  building  of  golf  courses,  ex- 
tensive housing  projects,  condo- 
miniums, shopping  and  recreation 
centers,  private  road  networks,  plus 
all  the  additional  features  of  Char- 
!ey  Fraser's  5,200-acre  Sea  Pines 
Plantation  development,  requires 
big  money.  Harbour  Town,  a  new 
project  in  Fraser's  complex,  report- 
edly will  cost  some  .$30  million. 
The  major  source  of  funds  for  Har- 


AFRICA 


IT  SWINGS! 


The  action  in  East  Africa  is  fast,  exciting,  different.  In  Entebbe,  for  example,  you'll 
thrill  to  a  boat  trip  along  the  upperNile,and  to  the  thunder  of  Murchison  Falls,and 
to  herds  of  big  game.  You'll  stay  at  a  modern  hotel,  shop  for  bargains,  visit  the 
up-to-date  city  of  Kampala.  You'll  want  to  see  all  of  East  Africa. ..Tanzania,  Kenya, 
and  the  fascinating  Historic  Tour  of  Ethiopia.  On  the  way,  or  on  the  way  home,  you 
can  swing  through  Europe,  too,  at  no 

extra  air  fare,  through  the  courtesy  of  yiHCNs -^burut 

Ethiopian  Airlines,  and  you'll  fly  in  khartoum^""'°  ^^'"z"'"*" 

luxury  all   the  way.   Mail  the  coupon,  accb**  j;»<}ASMAB«^i^AD£N 

now!  Or  see  your  Travel  Agent,  or  @). 


^,^^ 

s^ 

Boeing  Fan  let  Passenger  and  Cargo  Service                            nh       ' 

ifl 

ETHIOI^Ui^tf 

l^ 

fi 

^Sia 

51  East  42nd  Street,  New  York  City  10017                                                 ! 

Please  send 
stopovers  in 
ing  from  Eu 

me   information  about  the  excitement  of  travel   to  incredible  East  Africa,  with                       | 
Europe  at  no  extra  air  fare,  on  Ethiopian  Airlines'  luxury  Boemg  Fan  Jets  depart-                       j 
ropean  Gateways.                                                                                                                                     ■ 

NAMF 

1 

1 

AnnRFSS                                                                                                                                                            1 

riTY 

1 

STATF                                                                             71 P                                  j 

Drop-in  movies. 


^i^^' 

.____,-r 

=^^^3g3  m^ 

:                 ""---vS.      r,V^'                      1 

°^ 

^      — -j-r 

Drop  in . . .  shoot!  Just  drop 
in  the  film  cartridge  and  you're 
ready  to  shoot  bright,  colorful 

super  8  movies.  Automati- 

cally.  No  threading.  No  wind- 
ing. Your  hands  never  touch  film. 

This  Kodak  Instamatic  M9 

movie  camera  has  power  zoom, 

reflex  viewing,  extra-fast  f/1.8 

lens,  automatic  electric  eye.  Four 

shooting  speeds.  Less  than  $200. 

At  your  photo  dealer's.           ^ 

Price  subject  to  char 

ge  without  notice.                                       ,^^^^R^^^' 

Kodak  lnstamaticfM9  movie  camera^^^^^K 

The  Novof  lex  Lens. 

It  lets  you  put 

the  squeeze  on  your  bird. 


Don't  fumble  while  your  bird  is 
flying  away. 

instead,  use  a  Novoflex  follow- 
focus  lens  system  to  put  your  bird 
where  you  want  him.  On  film. 

Novoflex  gives  you  quick  one- 
hand  focusing.  Just  squeeze  the 
pistol  grip  and,  no  matter  where  he 
flies,  you're  right  on  target.  No 
turning  or  twisting  a  cumbersome 
lens  barrel.  And  what  you 
get  will  be  sharp  because 
Novoflex  lenses  are  world 


BROOKS 


famed  for  color  correction,  superb 
definition  and  resolving  power. 

Any  of  three  Novoflex  lenses 
(280,  400  and  640mm)  can  be 
used  with  a  single  pistol  grip.  Avail- 
able for  over  50  major  camera 
brands,  including  interchangeable 
lens  35's,  2Vn"  square  reflexes,  8 
and  16mm  movie  cameras.  Ask 
your  dealer  or  write  for  complete 
details,  Burleigh  Brooks 
Inc.,  44  Burlews  Court, 
Hackensack,  N.J.  07601 


hour  Town  and  other  Sea  Pines 
projects  has  been  Travelers  Insur- 
ance Company  of  Hartford,  Con- 
necticut, 

Obviously,  anything  that  threat- 
ens such  speculative,  finance-heavy 
developments  would  cause  great 
concern  among  its  executives.  And 
they  generally  believe  that  the  con- 
struction of  a  chemical  plant  com- 
plex on  the  mainland  some  five 
miles  from  Hilton  Head  Island 
would  be  detrimental  to  the  care- 
fully conceived  character  of  the  re- 
gion and  would  lower  property  val- 
ues. Charley  Fraser  and  other 
developers  of  Hilton  Head  Island 
are  concerned  about  saving  an  en- 
vironment, but  it  is  an  environment 
that  they  have  created,  and  it  is  as 
far  removed  from  the  natural  envi- 
ronment as  are  the  conceptions  of 
BASF. 

Fred  Hack  has  neither  the  flash 
nor  the  financial  backing  of  Char- 
ley Fraser,  but  he  does  control 
more  undeveloped  land  on  Hilton 
Head  Island  than  anyone.  With  his 
associates  and  through  various  cor- 
porate arrangements,  he  owns  some 
11,000  acres,  most  of  it  undevel- 
oped. Some  of  Fred  Hack's  most 
picturesque  property  is  on  the 
northeastern  part  of  the  island, 
overlooking  Port  Royal  Sound,  and 
only  a  few  miles  downstream  from 
the  BASF  Corporation's  plant  site. 
"Fred  Hack  has  a  lot  more  at 
stake  than  Charley  Fraser,"  one 
businessman  on  the  island  noted. 
"It's  a  simple  matter  of  construc- 
tion economics.  If  he  develops  his 
holdings  and  sells  lots  for  $15,000 
or  more  apiece,  anyone  who  buys  a  ' 
lot  will  have  invested  $60,000  or 
more  by  the  time  he  has  built  his 
house.  But  if  the  BASF  plant  goes 
in,  that  property  won't  be  worth 
half  as  much.  People  will  be  in- 
vesting $25,000  for  a  house  and 
property.  That  would  mean  a  to- 
tally different,  a  much  cheaper, 
type  of  development,  and  a  lot  less 
profit  for  Hack."  There  is  room  for 
possibly  100  oceanfront  lots — 
which  may  bring  more  than 
$100,000  each — along  with  another 
500  lots  adjacent  to  the  beach  on 
Hack's  undeveloped  property  along 
Port  Royal  Sound.  A  little  multipli- 
cation shows  the  multimillion  dol- 
lar loss  that  a  chemical  complex 
might  cost  Hack  and  his  associates. 
So   it   is  understandable   why   Fred 


14 


Hack  went  along  with  his  brother 
Orion's  plan  to  oppose  the  BASF 
construction. 

Orion  D.  Hack  moved  to  Hilton 
Head  Island  in  1953  to  sell  prop- 
erty that  his  brother,  who  had  lum- 
bered out  the  area  a  few  years  ear- 
lier, was  developing  into  residential 
sites.  He  is  now  vice-president  and 
treasurer  of  the  Island  Devel- 
opment Company,  vice-president  of 
Port  Royal  Plantation,  Inc.,  and  a 
member  of  the  board  of  Hilton 
Head  Company — all  parts  of  the 
corporate  network  that  Fred  Hack 
has  developed.  Orion  Hack  sin- 
cerely loves  the  natural  world  of 
Hilton  Head  Island:  he  has  studied 
its  bird  and  plant  life  in  detail.  He 
has  tried  to  photograph  in  color  ev- 
ery wildflower  on  the  island,  per- 
manently recording  them  before 
they  disappear.  And  he  has  prob- 
ably been  as  disturbed  as  anyone  by 
the  gradual  destruction  of  the  natu- 
ral fauna  and  flora.  Yet  for  two 
decades,  he  has  taken  an  active  role 
in  that  destruction,  and  no  doubt 
some  of  the  lines  in  his  friendly 
face  have  deepened  because  of  the 
strains  of  that  paradox. 

Orion,  who  has  put  more  soul 
and  effort  into  the  campaign  to 
stop  the  construction  of  the  BASF 
complex  than  anyone,  recalls  that 
he  felt  hopeless  when  he  first  read 
about  BASF's  plans.  It  meant  the 
end  of  "one  of  the  few  large  areas 
of  estuaries  on  the  East  Coast  un- 
polluted by  industrial  waste." 

Then,  with  his  brother's  approv- 
al and  financial  support,  Orion 
started  reaching  beyond  the  con- 
fines of  Hilton  Head  Island  and 
South  Carolina  for  help.  He  felt 
that  if  he  could  somehow  bring  to- 
gether enough  concerned  people, 
they  could  save  the  beauty  of  Beau- 
fort County's  unspoiled  marshlands 
and  estuaries. 

"I  called  the  scientists  and  natu- 
ralists that  I  knew.  They,  too.  liked 
the  idea,  and  their  concern  was  so 
great  that  a  chain  reaction  was 
created.  Each  person  I  contacted 
would  give  me  telephone  numbers 
throughout  the  country." 

Phone  service  on  Hilton  Head  Is- 
land is  not  quite,  but  almost,  as 
bad  as  that  on  Manhattan  Island. 
To  make  the  hundreds  of  calls 
across  the  country  that  Orion  made 
is  a  heroic  feat.  One  of  my  perpet- 
ual images  of  Orion  will  be  of  his 


/?TK 


Drop  in . . .  show!  This  Kodak 
Instamatic  M109  movie  pro- 
jector makes  showing  movies 
as  easy  as  taking  them. 

The  secret's  in  Kodak's 
new  projection  cartridge. 

Just  drop  it  into  place... 
and  turn  on  the  show.  You 
don't  have  to  handle  the  film 
at  all.  When  the  movie's  over, 
the  film  rewinds  back  into  the 
cartridge.  Automatically. 

That's  not  all.  The  new 
M109  takes  cartridges  and 
regular  reels  (up  to  400  feet), 
in  both  8mm  and  super  8. 

See  drop-in  movies  at  your 
dealer's.  The.  new  Kodak 
Instamatic  M109  projector, 
f/1.5  lens,  less  than  $160. 


Kodak  lnstamatic®M109  movie  projector. 


MM 


Relax  in  a  State  of  Excitement. . 


Put  yourself  in  this  picture.  Sail 
the  calm  water  of  Lost  Lake  in  the 
Mt.  Hood  National  Forest-a  most 
l)leasant  place  to  escape  from  it  all. 
You  also  can  lose  the  crowd  along 
Oregon's  scenic  400  mile  coastline. 
(Great  beaches  — and  nearly  all 
public.)  Lose  your  cares  in  cowboy 
country  on  the  high  plateaus  east 


OREGOIM 


of  the  Cascade  Mountains.  Or 
choose  favorite  spots  among  the 
many  clear  lakes  and  streams  in 
the  green  valleys  of  Southern  and 
Central  Oregon.  This  is  a  land  as 
Nature  meant  things  to  be.  And 
there's  the  relaxed  comfort  of  first- 
rate  accommodations  throughout. 
Come  to  Oregon  soon. 


TRAVEL  INFORMATION,  Room  430 
Highway  Diuision,  Salem,  Oregon  97310 

/   (ike  your  escape  plan!  Please  send   me  free:   Q    Full-color  booklet. 
n    Highway  map.       G    Parks  guide.       Q    Events  folder. 

NAME 

ADDRESS  


K  .J!, 


Look  at  the  photographer's 
left  index  finger.  It's  on  a  switch 
which  allows  him  to  make  a  choice 
between  two  separate  exposure  meter 
systems.  The  Mamiya/Sekor  DTL 
is  the  world's  first  35mm,  single  lens 
reflex  camera  with  two  separate 
through  the  lens  exposure 
reading  systems.  Why  two?  Because 
subjects  with  front  lighting  are 
measured  easiest  with  an  "averaged" 
meter  system.  With  back  or  side 


No 
other 
camera 
has  this 
s'witch. 

ghting  you  need  a  "spot" 
meter  system  to  read  the  most  impor- 
tant part  of  the  picture.  Almost 
all  fine  35mm  SLR  cameras  have  one 
of  these  systems:  only  the 
Mamiya/Sekor  DTL  has  both.  The 
DTL  with  every  important  SLR 
feature  is  priced  from  less  than  $  1 80, 
plus  case.  Ask  for  a  demonstration  at 
your  photo  dealer  or  write  for  folder 
to  Ponder&Best ,  1 1201  West  Pico 
Blvd.,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.  90064. 


y^ 


LEAVE  CARES 

AT  HOME  ON  YOUR 

'70  HOLIDAY! 


Maupintour's 


FRANCE 

Le  Bon  Voyage  Exclusif !  Fine  hotels.  Small  partv. 

Five  nights  and  four  never-to-be-forgotten  days  in  Paris,  plus 
Normandy  and  Brittany,  Mont  St.  Michel,  Chateaux  of  the 
Loire,  Poitiers,  Charaente  Valley,  Bordeaux  wine-tasting,  Biar- 
ritz, Pays  Basque  and  Pyrenees,  Lourdes,  rose-red  Toulouse, 
medieval  Carcassonne,  Nimes,  the  Roman  Pont  du  Card,  splen- 
dorous  Avignon,  Aries,  St.  Tropez,  Cannes,  St.  Paul  Vence, 
"Vallauris,  Nice,  and  Monte  Carlo.  Entertainments,  special 
events.  Departures  April  through  September  via  Air  France. 
22  days,  from  $1288. 

ASK  YOUR  TRAVEL  AGENT  tor  folders  or  write  Maupintour, 
270  Park  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10017.  Telephone  212-687-7773. 


N 


a^ 


V 


^^Maupintour 

U'orld-vvide  slcmdard  of  travel  e.xcellence 

OTHER  MAUPINTOUR 
HOLIDAYS  FOR  1970: 

n  Oberaminergau  Passion  Play, 

D  AJps  of  Europe,  D  Scandinavia, 

D  Europe  By  Train/Bj'  Air.  U  Italy/Sicily, 

D  British  Jsies,  D  Greece/Aegean, 

D  JMorocco/Connries/Madeira/AIgarve; 

D  Spain/Mallorca/Portugal, 

D  Spain/Portugai  By  Motorcoach, 

D  USSH/Eastern  Europe,  D  Dalmatia/Balkan, 

n  Samarkand/Orientai  RussiOj  and 

□  South  America. 


tall  frame  stooped  over  a  telephone 
on  a  knee-high,  corner  table,  wait- 
ing interminable  minutes  for  a  con- 
nection. Then  his  deep,  Carolina- 
accented  voice  loudly  introducing 
himself  over  the  resistant  circuit: 

"Hello,  sir.  This  is  Orion  Hack 
at  Hilton  Head  Island  in  South 
Carolina.  We  have  an  estuarine  pol-; 
lution  problem  down  here.  .  ,  ."     | 

He  called  Barry  Commoner  sev- 
eral times.  He  called  the  attorney 
general  of  Illinois.  He  called  the 
editors  of  conservation  magazines. 
He  called  people  at  the  American 
Forestry  Society,  the  American  Lit- 
toral Society,  the  Audubon  Society, 
the  Friends  of  the  Earth,  the  Isaac 
Walton  League,  the  National  Wild- 
life Federation,  and  the  Sierra 
Club.  He  called  scientists  at  univer- 
sities and  research  institutes.  He 
called  county,  state,  and  national 
government  officials.  In  return  for 
their  participation,  he  offered  the 
free,  plush  hospitality  of  the  Port 
Royal  Plantation  Inn  and  free 
transportation  to  and  from  Hilton 
Head  Island.  After  two  weeks  ol 
calling.  Orion  had  a  sore  ear — and 
a  symposium. 

A  few  days  after  the  symposium, 
when  Orion  and  others  realized 
that  I  was  really  interested  in 
learning  more  about  the  coun- 
tryside and  the  BASF  plant  site; 
about  poverty  and  children  with 
worms;  about  the  island,  its  devel 
opers  and  its  golf  courses;  they  be^ 
came  less  open  and  more  cautious 
about  what  they  would  say.  At  times 
they  were  more  honest,  as  wher 
Orion  changed  roles  suddenly  om 
day  and  said.  "We  developers  don'i 
have  to  fight  so  hard  to  save  Hiltor 
Head.  We  could  sell  and  get  out 
We  don't  have  to  stay  here." 

Then  his  almost  defiant  mooc 
changed,  and  he  talked  about  th< 
wild  bees,  native  orchids,  and  thi 
rare  wood  ibis  he  had  seen  in  £ 
nearby  marsh.  Yes,  I  am  sun 
Orion's  paradoxical  life  has  deep 
ened  the  lines  in  his  friendly  face. 

At  first  it  was  just  called  the 
Conservation  Symposium,  but  thei 
someone  hung  a  big  sign,  "Soutl 
Carolina  in  Crisis,"  behind  thi 
speaker's  rostrum,  primarily  fo 
the  press  photographers  and  tele 
vision.  So  everyone  began  calling  i 
the  "Conservation  Symposium 
South  Carolina  in  Crisis."  Thosi 
who  attended  the  symposium  wer 


i6 


i 


an  odd  mixture,  ranging  from  dedi- 
cated young  scientists  to  unscru- 
pulous freeloaders  who  had  whifEed 
a  chance  to  live  high  on  the  Hilton 
Head  hog.  li  the  participants  had 
to  be  summed  up,  most  would  have 
to  be  called  second  and  third  rank, 
the  lieutenants  of  the  conservation 
and  academic  worlds.  The  big 
names,  the  Commoners,  the  Odums, 
the  Browers.  did  not  show.  Yet  for 
such  short  notice.  Orion  Hack  man- 
aged to  scrape  up  a  fairly  impres- 
sive crowd  of  people  willing  to 
spend  several  expense-free  days  at 
the  Port  Royal  Plantation  Inn. 

It  was  evident  from  the  wide 
range  of  attitudes  and  platitudes 
that  the  group  was  too  large  and 
too  diffuse  to  accomplish  anything, 
so  the  symposium  broke  up  into 
three  subcommittees:  scientific,  eco- 
nomic, and  citizen's  action.  These 
met  separately,  exchanged  views  on 
why  the  BASF  complex  would  be 
harmful,  and  drew  up  reports  with 
recommendations.  The  three  re- 
ports were  combined  into  a  single 
document,  which  was  released  and 
read  with  some  fanfare  to  the  in- 
vited press  and  television  represen- 
tatives on  the  fourth  and  final  day 
of  the  symposium. 

The  ten  members  of  the  scientific 
subcommittee  arrived  at  the  almost 
inevitable  conclusion  reached  by 
scientists  involved  in  a  dynamic 
public  issue:  that  preliminary  stud- 
ies were  needed.  They  recommended 
a  moratorium  on  all  coastal  con- 
struction, and  that  "detailed  pre- 
liminary studies  of  at  least  two 
years'  duration  of  the  coastal 
ecosystem,  involving  hydrographic, 
biological,  chemical,  and  physical 
investigations,  be  conducted.  .  .  ." 
The  recommendations  of  the  other 
subcommittees  were  similarly  weak. 

The  scientists'  cry  for  more  stud- 
ies is  often  a  shirking  of  responsi- 
bility, a  refusal  to  take  a  firm  stand. 
It  reflects  the  weakness  and  uncer- 
tainty of  their  knowledge,  as  well 
as  their  inability  to  handle  broad 
problems. 

I  am  convinced  that  every  scien- 
tist at  the  symposium  knew  in- 
tuitively, if  not  scientifically,  that 
the  chemical  complex  would  de- 
stroy the  natural  ecosystem  of  the 
area.  Yet  the  strongest  stand  they 
could  take  was  to  call  for  prelimi- 
nary studies  and  a  moratorium.  I 
am  further  convinced  that  most  of 


The  eye  of  Apollo 


Only  Leitz  Trinovid 
was  good  enough  for 

the  historic  first 
"man  on  the  moon" 
flight  of  Apollo  11. 
Trinovid  exceeded 
NASA's  specifications  for 
optical  clarity, 
ruggedness,  and  efficiency. 

NASA  modified  stock 
binoculars  to  single  eyepiece 
units  to  save  space  and  bulk. 
The  same  optical  systems  are 
available  to  you  in  regular 
Trinovid  Binoculars.  So  for  down- 
to-earth  binocular  use,  why  not  get 
the  best.  Ask  your  dealer  to  show  you 
his  entire  Leitz  Trinovid  line  soon 


H 


Trinovid 

selected  by  NASA 

for  U.S.  space  exploration 


Eeiti  E.  Leitz,  Inc.,  Rockleigh.  N.  J.  07647 


AFRICA  COUPON 


Send  in  this  coupon  and  get  a  free  brochure  with  all  the  information 
you  need  for  your  trip  to  Africa.  Find  out  about  the  people,  their  place 
and  our  tours.  (Starting  from  as  little  as  $998,  they  show  Africa  best.) 
Then  go  there  on  Air  Afrique.  Call  your  travel  agent  or  the  nearest 
Air  France  office.  Air  France  is  the  General  Agent. 

Air  France 

Box  747 

New  Yorit,  New  Yorl(  10011 

Name 

Address 


City 


State 


Zip 


My  travel  agent  is 


Vt:^  AIR  AFRIQUE 


lNH-3 


17 


Nature  photography  is  second 
nature  to  the  Minolta  SR-T  101. 
Because  it's  the  faster  handHng 
35mni  reflex. 

With  the  SR-T  101  you  never 
have  to  take  your 
eye  away  from  the 
viewfinder  to  com- 
pose, focus,  set  cor- 
rect lens  opening 
and  shutter  speed 
(up  to  1/lOOOth 
second).  So  you 
can  always  keep  up 
with  your  subject. 

And  things  al- 
ways look  their 
brightest.  The 
SR-T  101  viewfinder  stays  bright 
because  the  lens  diaphragm  stays 
open  until  you  shoot. 

Our  patented  through-the-lens 
metering  system,  called  the  Con- 
trast Light  Compensator,  meas- 
ures all  the  light  through  the  lens 
and  automatically  compensates  so 


tiu^^mii^^i 


nothing  gets  overshadowed. 

No  matter  how  you  look  at  na- 
ture, we  have  a  complete  system 
of  interchangeable  meter-coupled 
Rokkor  lenses  worth  looking  into. 
They  range  from 
16mm  ultra-wide 
angle  to  300mm 
long-range  tele- 
photo. 

Each  meter-cou- 
pled Rokkor  lens 
has  an  exclusive 
bayonet  mount 
that  lets  you  put  it 
on  or  take  it  off  in 
an  instant,  without 
re-aligning  aper- 
ture or  ASA  settings. 

The  MC  Rokkor  200mm  f/3.5 
lens  shown  is  under  $200  (without 
camera).  The  basic  Minolta  SR-T 
101  with  55mm  f/1.7  lens  is  under 
$260  plus  case.  Get  the  camera 
that's  a  natural  when  it  comes  to 
filming  nature. 


For  nature  its  a  natural. 


Minolta 

makes  fine  photography  easier 


Write  for  brochures  to  Minolta  Corporation,  200  Park  Avenu*"  South, 
N.Y.,  N.Y.  10003.  In  Canada:  Anglophoio  Ltd.,  Montreal  376       , 


the  scientists,  especially  the  bright, 
young  ones,  felt  certain  that  their 
call  for  a  moratorium  on  construc- 
tion would  be  ignored  and  that  the 
BASF  complex  would  be  built. 

At  a  press  conference  on  the  final 
day,  one  representative  of  the  local 
scientific  establishment  did  take  a 
stand,  to  the  chagrin  of  many  who 
were  present. 

By  the  time  Roger  Pinckney, 
civil  engineer,  marine  contractor 
and  county  coroner,  was  halfway 
through  his  lengthy  harangue,  sev- 
eral people  were  wishing  there  was 
a  trapdoor  that  could  be  sprung  be- 
hind the  podium. 

Waving  two  U.S.  Coast  Guard 
charts  to  support  his  claims,  Pinck- 
ney declared  that  he  was  only 
presenting  the  facts,  and  "let  the 
charges  fall  where  they  will." 

The  crux  of  Pinckney's  long 
pitch  was  that  dredging  a  channel 
to  the  Colleton  River  would  destroy 
the  freshwater  aquifer  of  the  re- 
gion. "Ladies  and  gentlemen,  you 
won't  drink  water  any  more,  you'll 
have  to  drink  bourbon  or  some- 
thing else. 

"You  will  never  make  a  deep 
channel  out  of  Port  Royal  Sound. 
The  Lord  didn't  intend  it  that  way. 
I  challenge  any  man  to  deny  what 
Pve  said  and  to  tell  me  I'm 
wrong,"  he  concluded  triumphantly. 

Most  of  the  scientists  at  the  sym- 
posium missed  the  county  coroner's 
performance  because  they  had  al- 
ready returned  to  their  universities 
and  research  institutes.  One  who 
remained  for  the  press  conference 
was  Dr.  Herbert  L.  Windom,  a  ma-, 
rine  chemist  at  the  Skidaway  In- 
stitute of  Oceanography  in  Georgia. 
Dr.  Windom  judiciously  presented 
the  scientific  subcommittee's  report 
and  listened  politely  to  Pinckney's  ' 
speech.  He  maintained  a  decorum 
that  makes  even  more  surprising 
the  vituperative  political  charges 
that  were  subsequently  leveled 
against  him. 

Two  weeks  earlier  Windom  had 
become  indirectly  involved  in  the 
BASF  dispute  when  he  and  Dr. 
Fred  Marland.  a  marine  ecolog- 
ist  from  the  University  of  Georgia, 
examined  an  estuary  near  a  small, 
two-year-old  dye  plant  of  Tenneco 
Chemicals,  in  Beaufort  County. 
They  had  been  asked  to  do  so  by 
the  owner  of  the  adjacent  land. 

Windom  and  Marland  found  anj 


ecosystem  devastated  by  pollution. 
The  salt  marsh  grass  was  dis- 
colored and  dying.  All  the  mussels 
and  many  oysters  were  dead. 
Windom  measured  the  pH  near  the 
sewage  outfall  of  the  Tenneco 
plant,  and  found  that  it  ranged 
from  1.5  to  2.5,  in  contrast  to  the 
7.7  pH  reading  in  a  nearby  unpol- 
luted area.  He  found  excessive 
traces  of  metal  and  a  lack  of  oxy- 
gen in  the  waters  near  the  plant. 

Although  the  Tenneco  plant  has 
no  direct  connection  with  BASF's 
plans  for  a  much  larger  dye  and 
pigments  plant,  the  scientists' 
findings  highlighted  the  dangers  of 
pollution  from  a  new  plant  and  re- 
vealed the  ineffectiveness  of  the 
state's  Pollution  Control  Authority. 
Before  the  Tenneco  plant  was  built, 
Tenneco  spokesmen  and  the  execu- 
tive director  of  the  Authority  had  as- 
sured county  legislators  that  there 
would  be  no  pollution. 

Dr.  Windom's  investigation  of 
the  pollution  around  the  Tenneco 
plant  and  his  role  in  the  sym- 
posium must  have  touched  some 
sensitive  nerves  because  it  caused 
the  usually  smooth  Gov.  Robert  E. 
McNair  to  lose  his  cool.  Two  days 
after  the  symposium  the  Charleston 
News  and  Courier  had  run  a  ban- 
ner headline  exclaiming.  "Chemist 
Should  Remain  in  Georgia.  Says 
McNair."  The  governor,  reported 
the  newspaper,  said  "that  Dr. 
Windom  would  be  better  advised  to 
stay  in  Georgia  and  help  Gov.  Les- 
ter C.  Maddox  correct  the  pollution 
problems  in  that  state  rather  than 
come  to  South  Carolina  and  tell 
this  state  what  it  should  do  about 
pollution."  The  paper  noted  that 
"Gov.  McNair  was  extremely  dis- 
turbed at  Dr.  Windom's  remarks  at 
the  symposium." 

"I'm  really  angry  at  the  gover- 
nor," said  one  of  the  South  Caro- 
lina scientists  who  had  been  at  the 
symposium.  "He  was  unfair  to  Dr. 
Windom.  The  report  at  the  sym- 
posium was  from  ten  scientists,  not 
just  from  Dr.  Windom.  I  really  feel 
I  should  do  something  about  the 
governor's  remarks."  But  he  did 
not  do  anything,  possibly  because 
he  has  to  live  and  work  in  Gover- 
nor McNair's  state. 

The  governor  has  been  deeply  in- 
volved in  the  wooing  of  BASF  to 
South  Carolina.  He  was  at  the  for- 
mal   announcement    ceremony    last 


October  at  BASF  headquarters  in 
Germany,  and  he  has  gone  far  to 
see  that  BASF  officials  have  had 
the  full  hospitality  and  cooperation 
of  the  state. 

He  met  with  Charley  Fraser  and 
Fred  Hack  early  in  December  in  an 
effort  to  turn  aside  their  objections 
to  the  BASF  project.  "I  assured 
them,"  he  announced,  "that  the 
State  of  South  Carolina  would  live 
up  to  its  responsibility  in  seeing 
that  the  environment  of  the  area 
would  not  be  changed  by  industry. 

"We  have  assurances  from  BASF 
that  the  company  is  vitally  con- 
cerned about  the  ecology  and 
beauty  of  the  area  and  that  steps 
are  being  taken  to  satisfy  all  legal, 
environmental,  and  industrial  re- 
quirements in  safeguarding  the  air 
and  water  from  pollutants."  The 
governor  made  this  assuring  public 
statement  two  weeks  before  the 
Tenneco  plant  mess  hit  the  head- 
lines, which  may  explain  his  irrita- 
tion with  Windom,  since  governors 
do  not  like  to  have  their  foolish 
statements  made  to  look  foolish. 

"What  about  the  Tenneco 
plant?"  I  asked  Clair  Guess,  the  ex- 
ecutive director  of  the  South  Caro- 
lina Water  Resources  Commission. 

"Boy,  they  really  blew  the  fuse 
on  that  one,  didn't  they,"  he  re- 
plied, laughing  but  saying  very 
little  else  on  the  subject. 

Guess  is  the  governor's  top  advi- 
ser on  water  problems.  His  com- 
mission has  just  completed  an  im- 
pressive 178-page  "South  Carolina 
Tidelands  Report,"  which  focuses 
on  many  of  the  problems  of  the 
coastal  area  and  recommends 
sweeping  legislative  action.  One  of 
the  findings  of  the  two-year  study 
is  that  fourteen  state  agencies  and 
six  federal  agencies  have  interests 
or  responsibilities,  which  often  con- 
flict, in  the  tidelands.  This  division 
of  responsibilities  makes  over-all 
planning  and  broad-scale  environ- 
mental protection  impossible. 

In  a  move  that  seemed  timed  to 
counteract  the  effects  of  the  con- 
servation symposium,  the  governor 
requested  Guess  and  his  commis- 
sion to  "conduct  a  thorough  study 
of  the  environmental  and  ecological 
conditions  existing  in  the  lower 
part  of  South  Carolina,  particularly 
that  area  around  the  proposed  loca- 
tion of  BASF." 

Conlinued  on  page  64 


better-built 


PRECISION       / 

TRIPODS 

Keep        f^h 
sharp  lenses -J?4* 


Linhof  builds  rock-solid,  lifetime  steadiness 

and  durability  into  every  tripod.  See  the  complete  line 

at  your  dealer  or  write  for  brochure. 

KLING  PHOTO  CORPORATION!  Berkey[Jbi 

P.O.  B0X,1060,  WOODSIDE,  N.Y.  11377        I  PhoiolncLid 


^ 


t 


Share  the  Thrills 
01  Exploring 
Outer  Space; 

All  DYNASCOPES,  including  this 
superb  RV-6,  G-inch  available 
on  easy  terms! 
Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs. who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 
Choose  from  a  Full  Range  Of 

DYNASCOPES*  4  '  Starting  at  $49.95 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  —  the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories. Prices  begin  as  low  as  $49.95,  and 
your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed  by  a  full- 
refund  warranty. 

FASCINATING  GUIDE 
YOURS  FREEI 
Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 

Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
331  Church  St..  Hartford.  Conn.  06101 

»  TM  Reelstered  US.  Pat.  Office 

CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Dept.  NH-6,  331  Church  St.,  Hartford,  Conn 

Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 


Address. 
Clt» 


LIMITED  RELEASE— U.  S.  GOVT.  SURPLUS 

SNIPERSCOPE 

INFRARED  SET.. 

for  scientists,  gun  collectors,  naturalists 

Built  by  American  Optical  Co.  In  excellent  working  con- 
dition. Used  by  our  troops  for  observing  enemy  in  total 
darkness  without  being  detected.  Suggested  uses:  medi- 
cal research,  study  of  nocturnal  animal  life,  mineralogy, 
industrial  and  medical  research,  crime  detection.  Rare 
item  for  gun  collectors.  Telescope  is  16%"  long;  clear 
aperture  of  lens  is  50.4mm.  A  5"-diameter  filter  is  at- 
tached. Knob  adjusts  focus  electrostatically:  second  knob 
adjusts  reticle  intensity.  Reticle  also  has  vertical  and 
horizontal  adjustments.  Canvas  carrying  case  and  shoul- 
der strap  included.  Complete  unit  includes  ll"xU"xl6" 
chest,  telescope  with  RCA  6032  image  tube,  20,000V 
power  pack  with  canvas  carrying  case  and  shoulder  straps, 
IR  light  source,  steel  carbine  bracket,  pistol-grip  handle 
with  switch  control.  Formerly  highly  classified.  Limited 
supply  Orig.  Govt,  cost,  $800.  Shipping  wt.,  approx. 
30  lbs.  Price  $249.50 

SNIPERSCOPE  BATTERY 

Rechargeable  6V  power  source  for 
sniperscope.     Excellent    for    many 
other  6V  applications. 
Approx.  shipping  wt.,   15  lbs. 

$9.95.  Two  for  $18.00 
Prices  F.O.B.  Tucson,  Ariz.  No  C.O.D.'s  please. 


C  &  H  SALES  CO. 


P.O.  Box  1572,  Tucson,  Ariz. 


The  Celestron  10 

Deep-Sky  Telescope    Telephoto  Lens 
Astro  Camera     Terrestrial  Telescope 

The  lO-Inch  aperture  and  135-inch  (3400mm) 
focal  length  of  this  instrument  causes  stellar  ob- 
jects to  appear  900  times  brighter  than  to  the 
unaided  eye.  Magnification  range  of  50  to  1000 
power  is  provided.  It  is  equipped  with  an  ex- 
tremely stable  fork  mount  and  drive  system  that 
automatically  tracks  stellar  objects. 

The  superb  Schmidt-Cassegrain  Mirror-Lens  system  of 
the  Celesfron  10  Telescope  presents  as  sharp  and 
stable  images  as  is  theoretically  possible  using  the 
most  recent  advances  in  optical  technology.  The 
folded  optical  design  allows  the  packaging  of  a  large 
telescope  in  a  most  compact  size. 

Whether  your  fortS  is  visually  examining  the  wispy 
detail  of  the  Orion  Nebula,  tracking  the  ever- 
changing  moon  positions  and  belt  structure  of 
Jupiter,  being  awed  by  the  immense  detail  of  our 
Moon,  or  capturing  on  film  the  saucy  behavior  of  a 
Quail  at  500  feet,  a  Celestron  10  is  your  best 
investment. 
(Price  $2000.00;  others  from  $395.00) 


Torrance,  Calif.  90S05. 


ANaturalisiatLarge 


A  Student  Manileslo  on  tli 


byPennfieldJensen 


The  phenomenon  of  student  ac- 
tivism is  as  much  a  barometer  of 
global  crises  as  it  is  a  manifesta- 
tion of  personal  frustration  and  or- 
ganized disruption.  The  celebrated 
generation  gap  is  little  more  than 
the  naturally  holistic  consciousness 
of  young  people  facing  a  way  of 
life  that  is  not  only  ugly,  irrelevant, 
and  neurotic  but  that  threatens  to 
destroy  us  all.  The  natural  environ- 
ment, on  the  other  hand,  presents  to 
the  sensually  connected  but  cul- 
turally shocked  young  person  the 
clear  light  of  moral  value  and  socie- 
tal obligation.  Earth:  Love  it  or 
leave  it. 

The  impatience  demonstrated 
with  the  establishment  is  the  best 
part  of  today's  activism.  The  worst 
part  is  seldom  seen  for  what  it 
really  is:  a  despairing  apathy  that 
stultifies  all  endeavor.  The  activist 
is  basically  a  constructivist,  a  crea- 
tive and  productive  person  dedi- 
cated to  "making  it  better"  while, 
at  the  same  time,  demonstrating 
that  the  culture,  the  economics,  and 
the  politics  of  the  United  States  are 
hopelessly  antediluvian.  It's  not 
right.  It's  not  working.  Shut  it 
down.  The  healthy  concerns  of  to- 
day are  directed  toward  the  envi- 
ronment and  reach  beyond  all  na- 
tional boundaries.  For  nationalism 
itself  is  a  disease  of  the  mind  that 
settles  over  a  country,  smothering 
its  intelligence  under  a  blanket  of 


rot  thicker  than  the  smog  we 
breathe.  When  a  young  man's  life 
becomes  shattered  by  the  blind 
trauma  of  a  useless  war  or  by  the 
faceless  sadism  behind  an  official 
load  of  buckshot,  one  hears  win- 
dows begin  to  break  the  world 
over.  These  are  dead-ends.  Ulti- 
mately, activism  wants  a  big  an- 
swer to  a  big  question.  We  don't 
want  merely  to  survive;  we  want  to 
live.  There  is  only  one  place  to  live 
and  that  is  on  this  planet  and  we 
must  live  here  together. 

While  individuals  of  stature  and 
wisdom  are  arguing  for  an  inter- 
national ecological  congress  to  es- 
tablish laws  for  international  use  of 
the  earth's  resources,  the  ecological 
crisis  has  already  precipitated  stu- 
dent activism  into  one  of  the 
world's  most  potentially  construc- 
tive forces.  The  activists  do  not 
struggle  against  educational  sys- 
tems because  education  is  despised 
but  because  education  is  needed. 
The  naivete,  enthusiasm,  and  ideal- 
ism of  young  people  is  not  a  thing 
to  be  scorned;  it  is  rather  to  be  cele- 
brated as  the  raw  material  of  con- 
structive growth. 

The  ecological  perspective  shows 
all  of  life  connected  into  dynamic 
processes  with  ineluctable  conse- 
quences should  those  processes  be 
changed. 

The  ecological  sentence  for  man- 
kind is:  "Get  with  it  or  die." 


In  the  meantime  society  is  asking 
its  young  people  to  be  satisfied 
with  what  they  have,  believe  in  the 
American  Dream,  and  accept  the 
heritage  of  genocide  and  pollution 
with  pride,  patriotism,  and  pur- 
pose. In  short,  we  are  asked  to  vol- 
unteer our  suicides,  and  to  do  so 
quietly  without  disturbing  the 
peace  of  our  retiring  benefactors, 
the  over-40  generation.  America 
was  given  the  greatest  single  mir- 
acle of  natural  creation  ever  be- 
stowed upon  any  civilization,  but 
the  gallery  of  "Great  Americans" 
who  so  utterly  and  systematically 
destroyed  it  is  a  morgue  celebra- 
ting the  perpetuation  of  our  fan- 
tasies of  greed  and  power. 

The  consequence  of  genocide 
cannot  be  pardoned.  The  partici- 
pants in  that  genocide  cannot  be 
excused.  We  do  not  look  upon  in- 
dustries, churches,  developers,  busi- 
nessmen, and  politicians  as  being 
necessarily  bad;  we  simply  see 
them  as  our  executioners.  I  am  not 
going  to  befriend  my  executioner.  I 
am  not  going  to  dedicate  my  talent 
and  intelligence  to  his  irresponsi- 
bility. I  am  going  to  dedicate  my- 
self to  the  only  element  that  predi- 
cates our  survival  and  the  survival 
of  our  children  on  down  to  the  10'* 
power:  the  stable  ecology  of  this 
planet.  Whatever  stands  in  front  of 
that  goal  will  be- destroyed.  If  it  is 
the  church,  we  will  shun  its  halls. 


coW^'r  AS  ^®rcaU0VVjt,A\es  V^^ 


'^m' - 


jor  more  information,  write  Dept.   NH,-4 


If  it  is  the  school,  we  will  shut  it 
down.  If  it  is  the  bulldozers  of 
the  profit-mad  conglomerates,  troop 
trains  to  corrupt  wars,  insane  com- 
mercial gluttony  or  the  logging 
trucks  of  our  paper-tiger  economy 
that  need  stopping,  then  we  will 
stop  them.  We  will  stop  the  destruc- 
tion of  this  planet  even  at  the  cost 
of  our  own  futures,  careers,  and 
blood.  The  situation  is  simply  like 
that.  If  you  are  not  going  to  live 
for  the  earth,  what  are  you  going 
to  live  for? 

As  a  species  we  continue  to  com- 
mute, pollute,  and  salute  in  right- 
eous arrogance  the  despoiled  flag 
of  our  environment.  This  cannot 
and  will  not  be  tolerated  any 
longer.  The  irony,  and  I  hope  it 
never  becomes  the  tragic  kind,  is 
that  never  before  has  mankind  had 
the  tools  for  self-perception  and 
global  understanding  that  are  avail- 
able to  it  today.  This  statement  does 
not,  however,  place  the  argument 
in  the  hands  of  the  technocrats 
of  the  space-race,  the  bomb-now- 
and-study-later  school  of  scienti- 
fic panaceas,  for  this  is  surely  a 
pitiful  travesty  on  the  true  role  of 
science  in  the  play  called  "Man- 
kind." Rather,  science  has  given  us 
an  understanding  of  the  evolu- 
tionary play  in  the  ecological  the- 
ater and  has  awakened  us  to  a  true 
and  challenging  comprehension  of 
man  and  of  man's  place  on  this 
planet.  The  future,  in  spite  of  its 
grim  portent,  is  the  greatest  hope 
and  the  greatest  challenge  any  life 
form  has  ever  had.  Let  it  be  clear, 
though,  that  the  great  blight  of  hu- 
man overpopulation  is  the  problem 
of  success,  and  let  us  further  be- 
ware lest  our  epitaph  read:  Here 
lies  a  species  that  failed  only  be- 
cause it  succeeded  too  well. 

The  misapprehension  of  the  mo- 
tives and  intentions  of  today's 
young  activists  comes  from  a  larger 
misapprehension  of  the  age  in 
which  we  live.  The  inner  yearnings 
of  nearly  all  young  people  are  for  a 
simple  and  enriching  life.  Coupled 
with  the  problem  of  global  survival 
is  the  much  more  personal  crisis  of 
emotional  survival.  The  cities  stink. 
The  rivers  are  polluted.  There  is  no 
way  to  make  an  honest  buck.  The 
goal  of  most  young  people  is  self- 
realization  :  riddance  from  neu- 
roses, anxieties,  and  guilt.  In  short, 
people  are   seeking   and  expressing 


their  freedom.  It  is  the  crowning 
achievement  of  democratic  culture; 
it  is  for  the  most  part  a  tremen- 
dously healthy  thing.  The  un- 
healthy things  are  catchwords  in  this 
era:  alienated,  freaked-out,  hung-up, 
and  others,  and  take  their  signifi- 
cance with  respect  to  whichever  side 
of  the  "gap"  you  happen  to  be  on. 

The  second  part  of  this  urge  to 
emotional  wholeness  and  survival 
takes  the  form  of  a  large-scale  ex- 
odus from  the  cities  to  the  country, 
but  this  cannot  last  either:  there 
simply  isn't  enough  country.  The 
consequences  of  this  step-by-step 
introduction  to  the  spiritual,  emo- 
tional, and  physical  nourishment  of 
the  undeveloped,  ecologically  whole 
countryside  will  be  an  ever  greater 
demand  for  access  to  our  natural 
areas,  for  more  natural  areas,  and 
for  the  information,  sustenance, 
and  peace  they  provide.  The  ecolo- 
gical perspective  provides  a  picture 
of  life  that  focuses  on  a  miracle  of 
creation  and  evolution  that  is  won- 
derful, brutal,  and  inspiring. 

Where,  one  may  ask,  is  the  activ- 
ism of  youth  heading?  It  is  certain 
that  the  ecological  perspective  and 
the  reality  of  the  ecological  crisis 
will  mature  the  destructive  and  vola- 
tile naivete  of  the  young  leftist. 
The  "hashish  dreams  of  guerrilla 
warfare"  based  on  lineal  Marxist 
pollutionist  dogma  are  a  tunnel  vi- 
sion to  a  sign  reading  "no  exit." 
The  real  revolution  is  the  one  al- 
ready under  way  on  global  food 
chains  and  on  our  as  yet  unborn. 

The  constructive  nature  of  stu- 
dent involvement  with  the  issues 
stemming  from  environmental 
awareness  is  emphasized  in  the  de- 
mands of  the  following  manifesto 
composed  by  the  youth  delegates  to 
a  recent  conference. 

On  a  national  scale,  we  urge: 

•  The  mobilization  of  the  national 
effort  to  attain  stability  of  numbers, 
and  equilibrium  between  man  and 
nature,  by  a  specified  date,  with  the 
attainment  of  this  goal  to  be  the 
guide  for  local  and  national  policy  in 
the  intervening  years: 

•  The  immediate  assumption  of  a 
massive,  federally  financed  study  to 
determine  the  optimum  carrying  ca- 
pacity of  our  country,  on  the  com- 
munity, city,  county,  state,  and 
national  levels,  ivith  this  carrying 
capacity  to  be  predicated  on  the 
quality  of  life,  the  impact  upon  ivorld 


resources,  and  the  tolerance  of  raa-j 
tural  systems; 

•  The  adoption  of  new  measures  of 
national  well-being,  incorporating 
indices  other  than  the  rate  of  growth 
of  the  gross  national  product,  the 
consumption  of  energy  resources, 
and  international  credit  ratings; 

•  The  immediate  rejection  of  inter- 
national economic  competition  as. 
valid  grounds  for  the  creation  of  na- 
tional policy.  1 

On  an  international  scale,  we  en- 
dorse : 

•  The  proposal  that  the  leaders  of 
all  nations  through  the  United  Na- 
tions General  Assembly  declare  that 
a  state  of  environmental  emergency 
exists  on  the  planet  earth; 

•  The  creation  of  colleges  of  human 
ecology  and  survival  sciences  in 
the  member  nations  of  the  United 
Nations ; 

•  The  creation  of  national,  re- 
gional, and  global  plans  for  the  de- 
termination of  optimum  population 
levels  and  distribution  patterns ; 

•  The  creation  of  national,  re- 
gional, and  worldwide  commissions 
on  environmental  deterioration  and 
rehabilitation ; 

•  The  proposal  that  the  United 
Nations  General  Assembly  adopt  a 
covenant  of  ecological  rights  sim- 
ilar to  the  U.N.  covenant  of  human 
rights. 

Within  the  changing  fabric  of 
activism  itself,  there  is  a  great  role 
yet  to  be  played  by  the  con- 
servationists. It  is  to  these  people 
that  the  maturing  young  are  going 
to  look  for  help,  education,  and 
leadership.  It  is  truly  to  "the  men 
of  the  earth,"  to  the  men  of  global 
understanding  and  international 
commitment,  that  the  reins  of 
world  leadership  will  be  handed. 
This  is  the  one  area  where  the  co- 
operation of  all  sides  can  be  gained 
and  the  only  area  where  the  power 
structure  can  communicate  and 
join  forces  with  today's  enthusias- 
tic young  activists.  Without  this 
coming  together  over  the  common 
goals  of  a  quality  environment  and 
a  stable  ecology,  we  will  continue 
to  suffer  the  ravages  of  con- 
frontation and  disruption  only  to 
reap  the  grim  harvest  of  irredeem- 
able waste  of  energy,  intelligence, 
and  human  life. 

This  "Student  Manifesto  on  the 
Environment"  is  a  warning  .  .  .  but 
more  than  that,  it  is  a  supplication. 


22 


Announcing 
the  only  ^^ 

film  magazine 

rated  "M^ 


"M"  for  mature. 

SHOW  Magazine:  it  shows  and  tells  you  everything  fresh 
and  exciting  in  films  and  the  arts.  Underground,  above- 
ground,  behind  a  hand-held  camera  or  at  the  world's  most 
glamorous  film  festival  —  SHOW  takes  you  anywhere  any- 
thing important  is  happening. 

In  its  format,  too,  SHOW  Magazine  says  a  lot  about  the 
visual  arts.  Poster-size  pages  . . .  gobs  of  color . . .  exuberant 
graphics  .  .  .  great  pictures ...  all  make  SHOW  a  grand  ga 
lery,  stage  or  theatre,  for  its  special  subjects. 

If  you'd  walk  out  of  a  movie  that  bores  you,  no  matter 
who  called  it  ART  ...  if  you'd  get  a  kick  out  of  being  first  to 
know  who's  going  to  play  Portnoy  . . .  if  you  have  your  own 
ideas  about  the  loser-hero  gunning  for  his  fate  on  a  motor- 
cycle .  . .  you'll  enjoy  seeing  SHOW  each  month. 

Critical,  witty,  nostalgic  (what's  going  to  happen  when 
John  Wayne  wanes?),  SHOW  is  a  front-row  center  insight 
into  all  the  things  you  want  to  know  about.  Not  just  in  films, 
but  in  dance,  the  visual  arts,  music  and  the  legitimate 
theatre.  And  the  people  who  contribute  to  SHOW  are  not 
outsiders,  but  men  and  women  who  are  the  real  movers 
and  shakers  in  the  arts  they  write  about. 

For  a  limited  time  only  SHOW  is  offering  you  a  Charter 
Subscription  for  only  $6.00  —  half  the  regular  newsstand 
price  for  these  12  issues.  So  for  a  big,  beautiful  adventure 
in  the  lively  arts,  fill  out  the  coupon  and  mail  it  now. 

COMING  IN    SHOW 


Dnnnnnnn 


How  Milos  Forman  came  to 
America  lo  make  a  movie 
and  wound  up 
owing  Paramount  $140,000. 

The  Czech  director's  own  story 
about  Hollywood's  paradoxical 
financial  structure. 
To  be  or  not  to  be 
in  love  with  you. 
Best-selling  author  Anthony 
Burgess  tells  about  his  surreal- 
istic adventures  in  "mogul- 
land"  while  working  on  a  movie 
about  Shakespeare. 
The  MGM  of  the  underground. 
Robert    Christgau    turns   the 
hand-held  camera  on  its  most 
successful   exponent:    Leacock- 
Pennebaker. 


Dede  Allen:  the  force 
on  the  cutting  room  floor. 

How  America's  top  film  editor 
(Kachel,  Rachel;  Bonnie  and 
Clyde;  Alice's  Restaurant)  sep- 
arates the  good  from  the  or- 
dinary with  a  scissors. 
The  man  who  loves  Lana. 
A  thirty-year-old  art  director 
tells  why  he  keeps  20,000  pic- 
tures of  Lana  Turner  in  his 
basement. 
Shelley  Plimpton: 
a  girl  for  this  season. 
Scene-stealer  in  three  hip  hits— 
Hair,  Putney  Swope  and  Alice's 
Restaurant— Shelley  is  now  star- 
ring in  Jim  McBride's  story  of 
the  last  two  hippies  alive. 


Plus  articles  by  and  about:  Jonathan  Miller,  Sir  Laurence 
Olivier,  Nicol  Williamson,  Robert  Shaw,  Fred  Zinnemann,  Dirk 
Bogarde,  Robert  Bolt,  Francois  Truffaut,  Mike  Nichols. 

C"tIl^"W7  The  Magazine  of 
|k5IJiVrWW  Films  and  the  Arts 


XXZCCXICXXjCX  J 

SPECIAL  CHARTER  SUBSCRIPTION 

SHOW,  P.O.  Box  54874 
Terminal  Annex,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.  90028 
Please  send  me  my  first  issue  of  SHOW  plus  11  more 
monthly  issues.  I  understand  I  will  pay  only  the  spe- 
cial Charter  price  of  $6.00  for  my  one  year  subscrip- 
tion-'/2  the  newsstand  rate  of  $12.  (The  regular  sub- 
scription rate  will  be  $10  per  year.) 

Name 

(please  print) 

Address 

City 

State Zip 

D  My  check  is  enclosed  □  Bill  me  6-694 


EAST  IS  A  BIG 


"To  imasfine  Puluwat  without  the  elan  of  its  seafarino;  life  one  must  think 
can  remind  men  they  are  men,  the  canoes  that  Puluwatans  build,  and 
not  just  its  men,  with  a  sense  of  purpose  and  fulfillment." 


Puluwat  is  an  island  of  green, 
edged  in  white  and  set  in  a  tropic 
sea.  Already  distant,  a  canoe  is 
sailing  away.  Its  sail  accents  the 
scene,  a  white  cockade  bobbing 
over  the  waves,  impudent  and  alone. 

Then  the  canoe  and  its  crew  are 
gone.  In  the  days  or  weeks  there- 
after no  one  on  Puluwat  can  know 
where  they  are.  Finally  someone, 
perhaps  high  in  a  tree  picking 
breadfruit,  sees  a  tiny  white 
triangle  on  the  horizon  and  emits  a 
whoop.  The  cry  is  carried  from 
voice  to  voice,  and  wthin  a  minute 
everyone  on  Puluwat  knows  a  ca- 
noe is  coming.  More  men  climb 
trees,  and  soon  eyes  practiced  in 
the  scrutiny  of  sea  and  sails  dis- 
tinguish a  familiar  mark  or  shape. 
The  canoe  is  identified.  The  stud- 
ied indifference  of  those  left  be- 
hind gives  way  to  excitement.  If  the 
journey  has  been  long  and  the  day 


is  pleasant,  the  lagoon  will  fill  with 
canoes  paddled  out  to  greet  the 
travelers  as  they  enter  the  pass  in 
the  reef.  The  voyage  is  over.  All  of 
Puluwat  shares  in  the  reaffirmation 
of  a  proud  heritage. 

From  the  canoe,  the  perspective 
is  quite  different.  Anyone  who  has 
sailed  a  small  boat  in  the  open  sea 
need  not  be  told  that  the  image  of 
a  liltle  sail  bobbing  over  the  water 
would  scarcely  come  to  the  minds 
of  those  on  board.  The  sail  domi- 
nates them  not  only  by  its  size,  but 
by  its  tense  struggle  to  contain  the 
^nnd  it  has  deflected  to  its  own  use. 
Vibrating,  it  strains  at  its  lashings. 
Alternately  the  sail  shades  the  crew 
or  blinds  them  with  its  whiteness. 
The  spars  sway  and  shudder  as  the 
boat  lifts  and  plunges  through  the 
steep  w"aves  of  the  open  Pacific. 
The  canoe  itself,  a  narrow  V- 
shaped    hull    about    26    feet    long. 


with  platforms  extending  out  both 
sides,  lurches  with  a  violence  that 
requires  constant  holding  on.  If  the 
crew  is  lucky  and  the  wind  holds 
steady,  this  pitching  and  twisting 
will  go  on.  without  rest,  day  and 
night  for  the  day  or  two  or  three  it 
takes  to  reach  their  destination.  But 
the  wind  may  drop  and  leave  the 
crew  drifting  under  an  equatorial 
sun.  Or  it  may  rise  to  a  storm  with 
gusts  wracking  the  canoe  and  driv- 
ing chilling  rain  into  the  skin  and 
eyes  of  the  crew.  Through  all  of 
this  the  navigator,  in  sole  com- 
mand, keeps  track  of  course,  drift, 
and  position,  guided  only  by  stars 
and  waves  and  other  signs  of  the 
sea.  and  in  recent  years  by  a  large 
but  unlighted  compass.  Even  at 
night  he  stays  awake  and  vigilant, 
trusting  only  himself.  They  say  you 
can  tell  die  experienced  navigators 
by  their  bloodshot  eyes. 


Copyright  ©  by  the  President  mid  Fellows  of  Harvard  College 


HRD 


by  Thomas  Gladwin 


irited  people.  While  the  exhilaration  of  trolling  over  the  reefs 

iges  that  they  undertake  to  distant  islands,  suffuse  the  entire  island, 


There  is  a  heroic  quality  to  this 
kind  of  sailing.  Happily,  everyone 
on  Puluwat  and  the  other  islands  of 
their  seafaring  world  agrees  as  to 
its  heroism.  Even  more  happily, 
virtually  every  man.  every  child, 
and  any  woman  who  cares  to  can 
experience  again  and  again  the  life 
of  a  hero.  It  is  thus  a  hospitable 
sort  of  heroism  despite  its  frequent 
hardships.  Sailing  canoes  are  com- 
plex and  temperamental  craft,  but 
manageable  enough  for  anyone 
brought  up  on  them  to  qualify  as 
crew.  One  is  therefore  not  faced 
with  a  fear  of  failure.  True,  only  a 
few  achieve  the  skills  of  the  naviga- 
tor, but  you  do  not  have  to  be  a 
navigator  to  be  a  hero. 

Voyaging  is  hospitable,  too,  be- 
cause, unless  there  is  some  occasion 
for  worry,  or  bad  weather  is  mak- 
ing everyone  miserable,  the  pre- 
vailing mood  at  sea  is  one  of  good 


fellowship.  Jokes  find  an  audience 
eager  for  amusement,  tales  can  be 
embellished  endlessly  without  fear 
of  losing  listeners,  and  on  most 
trips  there  is  food  to  eat  any  time 
one  becomes  even  a  little  hungry. 
There  are  discomforts,  of  course-, 
and  also  risks.  Without  them  there 
would  be  no  zest,  and  no  occasion 
for  heroes.  But  the  discomforts  are 
transitory  and,  when  you  are  used 
to  them,  quite  toleralile.  The  risks 
are  real,  but  not  nearly  as  great  as 
one  would  expect  contemplating  the 
vast  stretches  of  ocean,  the  tiny  sliv- 
ers of  wood  and  cord  that  are  a 
canoe,  and  the  little  dots  of  land 
that  are  the  islands  to  which  Pu- 
luvvatans  sail.  The  reason  the  risks 
are  not  greater  lies  in  the  realm  of 
technology.  It  lies  in  canoes,  which 
may  look  complicated  and  some- 
times crude,  but  that  are  extraor- 
dinarily tough  and  versatile  in  the 


responses  they  can  make  to  all 
manner  of  conditions  and  crises.  It 
lies  in  a  system  of  navigation  that, 
in  the  hands  and  eyes  of  a  gifted 
and  vigilant  navigator,  covers  just 
about  every  contingency.  But  above 
all  it  lies  in  the  skill  and  resource- 
fulness of  a  people  born  to  the  sea 
and  proud  of  its  mastery. 

Puluwat  is  one  of  a  long  chain 
of  low  coral  islands  that  lie  be- 
tween volcanic  Truk  on  the  east 
and  Palau  and  Yap  on  the  west. 
Taken  all  together,  these  islands 
comprise  the  Western  and  Central 
Carolines:  they  cover  more  than  a 
thousand  miles  of  the  Pacific  Ocean 
north  of  New  Guinea.  The  low  is- 
lands, from  Puluwat  and  its  neigh- 
bors westward  to  Sonsorol,  south- 
west of  Palau.  share  a  similar 
culture  and  languages.  They  are 
closely  related  to  Truk,  but  differ 
sharply  from  Yap  and  Palau. 


In  recent  centuries  the  Carolines 
have  been  controlled  successively 
by  Spain.  Germany,  Japan,  and  the 
United  States.  Through  most  of  this 
time,  however.  Puluwat  was  little 
influenced.  Explorers,  traders,  mis- 
sionaries, and  administrators  re- 
mained on  the  island  only  occasion- 
ally and  temporarily.  During  World 
War  II  the  Puluwatans  were  evacu- 
ated by  the  Japanese  to  nearby 
Pulusuk  for  military  reasons,  but 
after  the  war  they  returned  to  take 
up  a  life  little  diflierent  from  before. 
Only  the  Americans  have  tried  to 
bring  about  radical  change,  prin- 
cipally through  education,  Christian 
missions,  and  indoctrination  of  lead- 
ers. Although  these  have  had  some 
impact,  thus  far  one  is  struck  more 
by  how  little  has  changed  than  by 
how  much. 

Beyond  Puluwat  lies  a  world  of 


little  islands,  some  inhabited  and 
some  not,  but  each  with  its  own 
special  shape  and  nature,  and  each 
in  its  own  assigned  place  upon  the 
vast  surface  of  the  sea.  As  one 
thinks  of  these  islands,  one  over 
there,  another  there  to  the  north,  a 
third  over  here  closer,  the  sea  itself 
is  transformed.  No  longer  is  it  sim- 
ply a  great  body  of  water  that,  en- 
countering Puluwat,  shoves  around 
it  and  re-forms  on  the  other  side  to 
flow  on  to  an  empty  eternity.  In- 
stead the  ocean  becomes  a  thor- 
oughfare over  which  one  can  think 
of  oneself  moving  toward  a  particu- 
lar island  of  destination,  which  as 
one  comes  upon  it  will  be  waiting, 
as  it  always  waits,  right  where  it  is 
supposed  to  be.  When  a  Puluwatan 
speaks  of  the  ocean  the  words  he 
uses  refer,  not  to  an  amorphous  ex- 
panse  of  water,   but  rather   to  the 


assemblage  of  seaways  that  lie  be- 
tween the  various  islands.  Together 
these  seaways  constitute  the  ocean 
he  knows  and  understands.  Seen  in 
this  way  Puluwat  ceases  to  be  a 
solitary  spot  of  dry  land;  it  takes  its 
place  in  a  familiar  constellation  of  i 
islands  linked  together  by  pathways 
on  the  ocean. 

The  Puluwatan  pictures  himself 
and  his  island  in  his  part  of  the 
ocean  much  as  we  might  locate  our- 
selves upon  a  road  map.  On  a  road 
map,  places — mostly  communities 
— appear  as  locations  with  names, 
linked  by  lines  of  travel.  Those  we 
know  from  having  visited  them 
spring  to  mind :  the  buildings,  the 
people,  the  spirit  of  the  place.  Those 
we  know  only  at  secondhand  have 
a  less  clear  image,  and  some  are 
nothing  but  names.  But  each  has 
its  place,  and  there  is  a  way  to 
get  to  each  one.  Each  has  its  part 
to  play  in  the  totality,  which  is  a 
state  or  region  or  country.  So  it  is 
with  the  island  world  of  the  Pu- 
luwatan. He  knows  of  many  islands 
and  can  visualize  where  they  are 
and  how  to  get  to  them.  Some  he 
has  visited;  he  knows  people  and 
places  on  them  that  set  them  apart. 
Others  he  has  heard  about  because 
people  from  them  have  visited 
Puluwat,  and  Puluwatans  have 
traveled  the  seaway  there  on  their 
canoes.  Still  other,  more  distant  is- 
lands are  spoken  of  only  by  their 
names  and  legends.  While  the  navi- 
gators know  the  star  courses  to 
them,  they  have  never  traveled 
these  courses — but  they  know  thai 
if  they  did,  the  islands  would  be 
there. 

Historically  it  was  essential  thai 
Puluwat  be  a  part  of  this  larger  is-, 
land  world.  It  would  never  have  de- 
veloped as  it  has  if  it  stood  alone. 


Puluwat  canoes  glide  over 
gentle  swells  in  the 
open  ocean.  Usually  they 
travel  alone,  but  company 
means  added  safety. 


3zens  of  islands  stretched  over  a 
ousand  miles  of  ocean  from  Yap 

the  west  to  Truk  and  the  islands 
yond  on  the  east  have  been 
iked  by  their  seafaring  men  and 
jir  sailing  canoes  into  a  network 

social,  economic,  and  often  polit- 
d  ties  without  which  they  prob- 
ly  could  not  have  survived,  much 
(S  evolved  the  complex  and  secure 
ly  of  life  they  now  enjoy.  The  op- 
rtunity  to  exchange  people,  goods, 
d  information  permits  these  tiny 
mmunities  to  survive  disasters — 
tably  typhoons — to  draw  from  a 
ol  of  ideas  and  innovations  larger 
m  just  their  own,  to  integrate 
len  useful  into  larger  political 
supings,  and  to  extend  the  range 

choice  in  marriage  beyond  the 
lited  number  of  unrelated  part- 
es available  on  one's  own  island. 
These  are  all  highly  practical,  in- 
sd  essential,  considerations.  Yet 
yond  its  practical  value,  the  sea- 
•ing   life,   the   constant   voyaging 

sailing  canoes  back  and  forth 
tween  islands,  has  acquired  a 
v^chological  worth  of  its  own.  It 
ds  a  measure  of  meaning  and 
lue  to  every  other  act,  on  land  as 
11  as  at  sea.  Nothing  could  attest 

this  more  eloquently  than  a 
radox:    as   the    seafaring   culture 

Puluwat  renews  itself  with  un- 
ninished  vitality — building  new 
loes.  training  young  navigators, 
jerimenting  with  novel  tech- 
[ues — the  practical  necessity  for 
las  all  but  disappeared.  Virtually 

of  the  exchanges  of  people  and 
igs    and    ideas    outlined    above 

Id  be  achieved  reasonably  well 
ough  travel  on  small  passenger- 
rying  ships,  which  have  been 
king  regular  administrative  and 
ding  trips  through  these  islands 

the  past  twenty  years. 
The  Puluwatans  approach  fishing 
much  the  same  way.  Seine  nets, 
idlines,  and  spearfishing  are  of- 

more  productive,  but  Puluwa- 
s  prefer  trolling  over  the  outer 
fs  at  high  speed,  chasing  the 
eeling  seabirds  that  signal  school- 
fish  below.  The  canoes  take 
jeating — rougher  treatment  and 
re  risks  than  would  be  acceptable 
a  long  ocean  voyage.  But  fishing 
3art  of  what  the  canoes  are  built 
,    and    as   all   the    canoes    strain 


1^ 


T^r 


r'CHINA 


PHILIPPINE?-' 


.IVIARIANAS. 

Saipan  -■  MICRONESIA 


\  POLYNESIA 


,^^^ 


MARSHALL.  ISLANDS 


.'C  A  R.6  LJ-N'.E-   I'S  L.A  N'D  &• 


WESTERN  PACIFIC 
OCEAN 


MELANESIA 


r  EQUATOn 
SAMOA 


a '. '; 


toward  a  school  of  fish,  you  know 
at  once  which  sails  the  best  and 
which  captain  is  most  skilled  and 
daring.  This  is  the  good  way,  the 
proud  way  to  catch  fish. 

The  truth  of  the  matter  is  that 
the  Puluwatans  are  not  objective 
about  their  canoes,  even  less  objec- 
tive perhaps  than  we  in  the  United 
States  are  about  our  automobiles. 
Especially  for  those  of  us  who  live 
in  cities,  the  minor  inconvenience 
of  public  transportation  should 
weigh  far  less  in  the  balance  than 
the  cost  and  trouble  of  keeping  a 
car.  yet  most  of  us  not  only  keep 
our  cars  but  at  intervals  buy  new 
ones.  We  say  the  automobile  has 
become  part  of  our  way  of  life  and 
we  do  not  want  to  give  it  up.  On 
Puluwat  the  sailing  canoe  is  not 
merely  a  part  of  their  way  of  life, 
it  is  the  very  heart  of  it.  To  suggest 
that  the  Puluwatans  should  beach 
their  canoes  and  retire  their  na- 
vigators would  be  to  foretell  dis- 
aster. To  imagine  Puluwat  without 
the  elan  of  its  seafaring  life  one 
must  think  of  a  dispirited  people. 
While  the  exhilaration  of  trolling 
over  the  reefs  can  remind  men  they 
are  men,  the  canoes  that  Puluwa- 
tans build,  and  the  voyages  that 
they  undertake  to  distant  islands, 
suffuse  the  entire  island,  not  just  its 
men.  with  a  sense  of  purpose  and 
fulfillment.  In  the  last  analysis  ev- 
erything on  Puluwat  is  justified  by 
the    contribution    it    makes    to    the 


capability  of  boats  and  people  to 
travel  well  and  safely  at  sea. 

There  is  no  sign  that  this  en- 
thusiasm is  waning.  If  anything,  it 
is  growing  stronger.  The  rest  of  the 
world  may  see  virtue  in  mecha- 
nization, in  power  and  efficiency, 
but  on  Puluwat  almost  every  young 
man  still  aspires  to  become  a  na- 
vigator. Only  a  handful  make  it, 
but  those  who  fall  by  the  wayside 
are  willing  to  settle  for  the  lesser 
glory  of  being  a  crew  member  on  a 
Puluwat  canoe.  Thus  far  very  few 
young  people  appear  inclined  to 
leave  Puluwat  to  seek  their  futures 
in  the  district  center  on  Truk  or 
elsewhere.  Rather,  the  young  men 
are  learning  to  build,  to  sail,  and 
hopefully  even  to  navigate  canoes, 
and  young  women  are  readying 
themselves  to  be  wives  of  seafarers. 

In  the  Carolines  there  are  goo<I 
seasons  for  sailing,  and  bad.  The 
Puluwatan  navigator  knows  these 
limes  by  the  rising  and  setting  of 
certain  stars  just  before  dawn  or  at 
dusk  through  the  cycle  of  each 
year.  He  knows  the  weather  and 
winds  associated  with  each  of  these 
star  months  and  can  thus  forecast 
llie  seasonal  changes. 

In  April  atmospheric  pressure 
from  the  north  weakens,  the  dol- 
drum  belt  begins  to  move  north  to- 
ward the  equator,  and  the  trade 
winds,  although  still  blowing  fairly 
steadily  from  the  northeast,  drop  in 
strength  to  comfortable  levels.  The 


27 


sailing  canoes  have  been  over- 
hauled, and  one  after  another,  or  in 
convoys  of  two  or  three,  they  set 
off  on  their  various  journeys. 

During  July  and  August  the  dol- 
drum  belt  has  moved  so  far  north 
that  Puluwat  lies  south  of  it.  Now 
the  trade  winds  are  coming  from 
the  south.  Although  below  the 
equator  the  trades  typically  blow 
from  the  southeast,  when  they  cross 
the  equator  the  same  winds  turn 
and  come  from  the  southwest.  This 
more  westerly  wind  is  fine  for  voy- 
ages to  the  east.  With  a  south- 
westerly breeze  one  can  go  to  Pi- 
saras.  East  Fayu.  or  the  Halls  with 
the  wind  astern,  and  thereafter  run 
down  to  Truk  itself  with  the  same 
wind  comfortably  on  the  beam. 
Then  wait  a  week  or  two  and  the 
wind  will  often  shift  around  to 
blow  you  home  again. 

Linger  too  long,  however,  and 
the  doldrum  belt  will  have  passed 
again  to  the  south.  This  usually 
happens  toward  the  end  of  Septem- 
ber. Cooler  air  from  the  north 
comes  upon  water  heated  by  the 
summer  sun  and  doldrum  winds, 
and  the  mix  becomes  unstable.  This 
is  the  season  of  typhoons,  identical 
to  the  hurricanes  that  are  spawning 
at  the  same  time  and  for  the  same 
reasons  in  the  Caribbean  and  adja- 
cent Atlantic  waters.  These  storms 
come  up  so  fast  and  with  such  fury 
that  only  the  most  daring,  or  per- 
haps foolhardy,  of  navigators  will 
venture  on  a  long  trip  during  late 
September  or  October.  After  this 
the  weather  stabilizes  again,  the 
northeast  trades  (which  actually 
vary  between  northeast  and  east) 
dominate,  and  canoes  that  were 
caught  on  Truk  can  return  home  to 
Puluwat  with  a  good  wind  behind 
them.  Gradually  the  winds  grow  in 
strength,  with  an  occasional  letup 
near  the  end  of  December,  until  the 
steady,  discouraging  blow  of  the 
drab  winter  months  sets  in  and  ev- 
eryone stays  home  to  await  liber- 
ation by  the  gentler  weather  of 
spring. 

The  intention  to  make  a  long 
trip,  such  as  one  to  Truk  or  Sa- 
tawal,  usually  develops  over  a  pe- 
riod of  several  weeks  or  more.  This 
is  not  always  true,  however.  If,  for 
example,  a  canoe  is  long  overdue, 

28 


worried  relatives  on  Puluwat  may 
decide  overnight  to  set  off  on  a 
search  for  them  and  leave  within  a 
few  hours.  Stops  are  then  made 
at  all  the  islands,  however  distant, 
which  the  missing  craft  had  planned 
to  visit,  plus  any  others  along  the 
way,  to  learn  whether  the  canoe 
was  sighted  and  when. 

The  actual  decision  on  when  to 
leave,  however,  is  usually  reached 
only  two  or  three  days,  never  more 
than  a  week,  in  advance.  If  the 
question  is  pressed,  one  is  told  this 
short  lead  time  is  necessary  in  or- 
der to  be  able  to  forecast  favorable 
weather  during  the  first  leg  of  the 
trip.  However,  the  weather  fore- 
casting system  operates  essentially 
as  an  almanac  dependent  upon  the 
rising  and  setting  of  stars  and  the 
phases  of  the  moon.  The  Puluwa- 
tans  know  quite  enough  about  these 
matters  to  be  able  to  forecast  the 
positions  of  the  heavenly  bodies 
weeks  ahead,  but  the  final  decision 
of  whether  to  leave  on  the  ap- 
pointed day  is  determined  by  the 
look  of  sky  and  sea  at  the  time. 

Preparation  for  a  voyage  begins 
with  rounding  up  a  crew.  Four  to 
six  men  comprise  a  full  com- 
plement. Most  of  them  are  likely  to 
be  members  of  the  navigator-cap- 
tain's canoe  house  or  co-owners  of 
the  boat  or  both.  Although  a  core 
group  of  men  seems  to  travel  regu- 
larly on  each  canoe,  there  is  noth- 
ing rigid  about  this.  The  canoes  are 
sufficiently  alike  that  no  technical 
problems  arise  from  riding  on  an 
unfamiliar  craft,  and  there  are  no 
special  loyalties  associated  with 
individual  canoes.  The  word  soon 
gets  around  that  so-and-so  is  mak- 
ing a  trip  to  Truk  or  Ulul  or  Sa- 
tawal.  Anyone  who  is  waiting  for  a 
chance  to  go  there  can  be  fairly 
sure  of  finding  a  place  on  the  ca- 
noe just  by  asking.  The  navigator 
presumably  intends  to  round  out 
his  crew  with  some  of  his  younger 
relatives  whose  services  he  can  vir- 
tually command,  so  he  easily  makes 
a  place  for  the  petitioner  by  drop- 
ping one  of  these.  He  must  also,  if 
possible,  include  in  his  crew  at 
least  one  other  man  with  naviga- 
tional skills  in  case  he  is  himself 
incapacitated. 

If  women  or  children  are  coming 


Crew  members  strain  to 

refloat  their  canoe  after 

turtle  hunting  on  Pikelot. 

They  lift  up,  as  well  as 

push,  to  minimize  damage 

to  the  bottom  of  the  hull. 


along,  it  is  necessary  to  install  a 
small,  domed  cover  of  plaited  pan- 
danus  leaves  over  the  lee  platform. 
This  little  cabin  is  usually  carried 
on  any  long  voyage  since  under 
these  circumstances  there  will  prob- 
ably be  a  good  number  of  trade 
goods,  gifts,  and  personal  effects, 
which  should  be  kept  dry,  and  the 
shelter  is  welcome  too  for  sleeping 
if  the  weather  turns  wet  and  cold. 
Women  and  children  require  more, 
however,  than  food  and  shelter. 
There  must  also  be  a  man  in  the 
crew  who  is  responsible  at  all  times 
for  each  passenger.  For  women  this 
is  almost  invariably  their  husbands. 
Particularly  in  the  old  days  when  it 
was  believed  that  women  posed  a 
supernatural  threat  to  the  rest  of 
the  voyagers,  it  was  essential  that 
someone  be  available  to  assist  them 
with  any  of  the  bodily  needs  that 
emphasized  their  femaleness.  One 
could  scarcely  ask  anyone  but  a 
husband  to  scoop  up  seawater  time 
after  time  for  a  bath,  so  that  as  the 
woman  poured  the  water  over  her- 
self the  sound  of  it  striking  the  sea 
below  would  mask  the  noise  of  her 
urination.  Even  today,  although  the 
threat  is  gone,  embarrassment  is 
still  possible  when  one  or  two 
women  live  with  a  group  of  men 
for  several  days  on  a  very  small 
boat.  In  these  circumstances  the 
only  really  appropriate  intermediary 
is  a  woman's  husband. 

Children  require  even  more  at- 
tention. Despite  the  objections  of 
their  worried  mothers,  boys  and 
girls  are  often  taken  on  their  first 
canoe  trip  to  another  island  when 
they  are  only  five,  or  sometimes 
even  four  years  old,  so  that,  early 
in  their  lives,  they  will  get  to  know 


Extremely  narrow  hull  of 
an  oceangoing  canoe 
is  balanced  by  outrigger, 
extending  out  to  the  left, 
and  lee  platform,  right. 


and  to  enjoy  life  at  sea.  To  this  end 
they  are  allowed  the  run  of  the 
boat,  not  cooped  up  in  the  little 
cabin  except  in  bad  weather.  Thus, 
in  addition  to  seeing  that  they  are 
fed  and  that  their  other  physical 
needs  are  cared  for,  someone  must 
watch  little  children  all  the  time. 
They  can  swim — Puluwat  children 
swim  almost  as  soon  as  they  can 
toddle  to  the  water — but  falling 
overboard  can  still  be  very  dan- 
gerous, especially  at  night.  There- 
fore, for  any  child  aboard  there 
must  also  be  two  men,  relatives  of 
the  child,  who  will  be  responsible  for 
him.  If  there  were  only  one  he  would 
spend  all  his  time  watching  his 
charge  and  fail  to  do  his  share  of 
the  rigging,  bailing,  fishing,  and 
other  seagoing  chores.  Nor  would 
he  be  able  to  take  a  nap,  even  when 
the  child  slept,  lest  the  latter  wake 
up  and  fall  overboard.  These  and 
other  considerations  frequently  re- 
quire a  little  juggling  of  the  roster 
before  the  list  of  crew  and  passen- 
gers is  firmly  established,  but  it  is 
usually  possible  to  please  every- 
one— and  those  who  might  be  un-, 
happy  because  they  have  been  un- 
ceremoniously pushed  aside  are 
likely  to  be  young  relatives  of  the 
navigator  who  made  the  decision, 
and  therefore  may  not  appro- 
priately voice  any  public  com- 
plaint. 

As    the    morning    wears    on,    the 


A  master  builder  shapes 
the  keel  piece,  which  ; 
determines  the  dimensions 
of  the  finished  hull. 


¥ 


S> 


^^' 


K-^x- 


ir^ 


Unlike  their  counterparts 
on  Truk,  150  miles  to 
the  east,  Puluwat  children 
fear  no  one,  not  even 
strangers  of  another  race. 


boat  is  gradually  loaded  with 
equipment  and  supplies.  With  ev- 
erything carefully  stowed  the  out- 
line of  the  canoe  does  not  change 
markedly,  but  the  boat  settles  in 
the  shallow  water  and  is  moved  out 
a  little  way.  Finally,  all  is  ready 
and  the  sail,  wrapped  in  loose  folds 
over  its  spars,  is  carried  out.  When 
folded  together,  the  boom  and  yard 
to  which  the  sail  is  secured  do  not 
match  in  their  respective  curves. 
giving  a  clumsy  appearance  to  the 
long  bundle  of  wood  and  cloth. 
This  clumsiness  will  vanish  once 
the  sail  is  raised.  Then  these  same 
curves  create  the  graceful,  piquant 
sail  profile  that  is  the  hallmark  of 
canoes  in  the  Central  Carolines. 

With  the  sail  aboard  there  is  a 
pause.  The  crew  comes  ashore  and 
may  share  a  cigarette  or  two, 
passed  from-  hand  to  hand  among 
themselves  and  the  well-wishers 
who  will  remain  behind.  Often  be- 
fore a  longer  trip  everyone  goes  to 
church  for  a  prayer  and  a  blessing. 
In  a  touching  gesture,  the  naviga- 
tor may  go  to  ask  his  old  naviga- 
tion instructor's  last-minute  advice 
if  the  mentor  cannot  physically 
lend  his  presence  to  the  departure. 
Then,  without  any  formal  farewells. 
the  men  wade  out  through  the  shal- 


Puluwat  men  weave  rope 
from  coir  (coconut  husk 
fiber)  to  barter  for 
tobacco  and  imported  goods 
on  the  next  trip  to  Truk. 


low  water  to  the  canoe.  If  women 
are  going  along,  they  board  first, 
settling  themselves  as  best  they  can 
in  the  cramped  space  under  the 
cover  of  the  lee  platform.  The  line 
or  lines  that  hold  the  boat  are  un- 
tied and  someone  shoves  it  away 
from  shore.  As  one  or  two  men 
start  paddling,  the  others  get  ready 
to  hoist  the  sail.  Those  on  shore 
watch  as  the  canoe  moves  away  and 
then  drift  off  in  twos  and  threes 
about  their  various  affairs.  By  the 
time  it  is  out  of  sight  no  one  is  left 
in  front  of  the  canoe  house  to 
watch,  except  perhaps  some  old 
people  who  have  neither  an  excuse 
nor  the  energy  to  move  elsewhere 
for  a  while. 

Coming  up  to  the  wide  pass, 
bounded  on  one  side  by  the  south- 
ern tip  of  Puluwat  and  on  the  other 
by  a  tiny  islet  that  is  the  roosting 
place  of  at  least  a  thousand  sea- 
birds,  the  canoe  quickens  to  the  mo- 
tion of  the  sea.  Inside  the  lagoon  it 
has  been  gliding  along  unperturbed 
by  the  rippling  water.  Now  after 
scarcely  a  moment  of  transition  it 
is  plunging  and  rearing  through 
waves  flung  high  as  they  breast  the 
current,  which  most  of  the  time 
swirls  powerfully  outward  over  the 
reef.  Outside,  the  canoes  settles 
down  a  little,  but  a  narrow  26-foot 
hull,  even  though  balanced  by  an 
outrigger,  has  no  chance  to  stay 
still  while  moving  through  the  laby- 
rinth of  massive  waves  that  march 
and  countermarch  across  the  west- 
ern Pacific. 

Once  in  the  open  the  navigator 
establishes  his  strategy  for  the  first 
leg  of  his  trip.  He  sets  his  course, 
tests  the  wind,  and  often  calls  for 
further  adjustments  of  mast  or  sail. 
Perhaps  he  tells  someone  to  move 
aft  so  his  Aveight  will  sink  that  end 
of  the  canoe  deeper  in  the  water 
and  thus  improve  its  trim  when  the 
wind  is  on  the  beam.  Only  after  he 
is  at  sea  does  the  navigator  deter- 
mine his  sailing  plan  and  make  his 
final  adjustments.  Before  they  left 
he  doubtless  noted  the  general 
weather  and  wind  so  that  he  had 
some  idea  how  rough  it  would  be 
and  whether  they  would  tack  or 
run  before  the  wind,  but  if  the 
weather  were  not  such  as  to  create 
undue  risks,  he  paid  it  little  further 


heed.  The  sailing  directions  learned 
during  the  years  of  his  apprentice- 
ship are  sufficiently  complete  to 
guide  him  in  executing  the  voyage 
under  almost  all  possible  condi- 
tions. Beyond  these  general  direc- 
tions individual  judgments  must  be 
attuned  to  the  conditions  actually 
observed  at  sea — seen  with  the  eye, 
felt  with  the  motion  of  the  boat, 
and  heard  in  the  sound  of  the 
wind — conditions  that  cannot  be  in- 
ferred while  standing  on  unyielding 
land  with  the  wind  blowing  at  full 
force  only  in  the  treetops. 

Soon  the  canoe  is  well  out  at  sea, 
settled  on  its  initial  course.  The 
crew  can  relax.  A  line  or  two  may 
be  rigged  for  trolling,  but  only  if 
there  are  reefs  below  teeming  with 
fish  or  if  the  trip  is  short.  A  troll- 
ing line  creates  drag,  which  on  a 
longer  trip  can  slow  a  canoe 
enough  that  it  may  not  make  its 
landing  at  a  distant  island  before 
dark.  Like  all  good  sailors,  Puluwa- 
tans  are  constantly  concerned  with 
getting  the  last  ounce  of  perform- 
ance from  any  boat  they  are  on. 
The  rigging  and  trim  are  contin- 
ually readjusted,  and  even  the  sand 
is  omitted  from  the  iron  cooking 
box  to  save  weight  on  a  long  voy- 
age. Every  extra  pound  makes  the 
canoe  ride  lower  and  thus  slower  in 
the  water. 

As  the  journey  goes  forward 
anyone  is  free  to  make  a  suggestion 
about  the  course  the  canoe  is  on. 
the  set  of  the  mast,  the  look  of  the 
weather,  or  perhaps  a  detour  over  a 
reef  to  catch  some  fish.  The  naviga- 
tor is  in  command,  with  all  the  au- 
thority and  responsibility  we  are 
accustomed  to  associate  with  the 
role,  but  this  does  not  set  him 
apart,  aloof  from  the  rest  of  the 
crew.  He  joins  in  the  jokes  and 
gossip  and  talks  about  his  naviga- 
tion quite  freely,  especially  if  he 
has  a  son  or  other  student  naviga- 
tor aboard  who  can  learn  from  his 
example.  If  there  is  some  cause  for 
anxiety  or  question,  the  responsible 
navigator  feels  obligated  to  pay 
particular  attention  to  the  sugges- 
tions or  doubts  of  his  crew  mem- 
bers. They  in  turn  will  not  speak 
up  unless  they  have  some  seniority 
and  competence  to  back  up  their 
views.     Examples     of     these    inter- 


33 


changes  appear  frequently  in  ac- 
counts of  voyages  told  by  naviga- 
tors: it  appears  they  are  proud  of 
their  willingness  to  attend  to  these 
queries,  rather  than  resenting  those 
who  question  their  judgment. 

The  routine  at  sea.  unless  there 
are  storms,  is  relatively  undemand- 
ing. At  times  everyone  is  talking; 
at  other  times,  most  are  asleep — 
either  stretched  out,  curled  up.  or 
propped  against  almost  anything 
that  offers  support.  No  matter  how 
crowded  the  canoe,  people  seem  to 
find  places  to  sleep  without  falling 
overboard.  Occasionally,  more  of- 
ten if  the  weather  is  rough,  the  ca- 
noe needs  bailing.  Someone  sits  on 
the  little  bench  or  thwart  installed 
for  this  purpose  down  in  the  hull 
and  throws  the  water  over  the  lee 
side  with  a  bailer,  a  scoop 
carved — like  everything  else — from 
breadfruit  wood.  All  except  the  na- 
vigator take  turns  at  this  w"eari- 
some  task  without  prodding  or 
complaint.  The  crew  members  sim- 
ilarly relieve  each  other  steering 
with  the  big  steering  paddle  astern 
when  this  is  made  necessary  by  a 
following  wind.  Everyone  is  as- 
sumed to  have  the  skill  necessary  to 
be  a  steersman,  although  it  is  soon 
obvious  that  some  can  hold  a 
course  better  than  others.  Manning 
the  sheet,  which  trims  the  sail  and 
thereby  trims  the  canoe,  is  more 
exacting.  Sloppy  work  on  the  sheet 
can  affect  all  aspects  of  the  canoe's 
performance,  as  well  as  its  safety. 
Most  of  the  time  the  navigator 
tends  it  himself.  When  he  i\-ants  re- 
lief he  designates  who  shall  take 
over.  For  a  young  man  this  can  be 
an  exciting  responsibility,  a  reward- 
ing gesture  of  confidence  by  the 
older  navigator. 

As  with  sleeping,  so  with  eating. 
People  eat  when  they  feel  like  it. 
Usually  one  man  gets  out  some 
food  and  the  others  join  in.  If  fish 
have  been  caught,  either  they  are 
eaten  raw  (especially  tuna  and  bo- 
nito  I  or  someone  kindles  a  fire  in 
the  iron  cooking  box.  It  is  set  well 
aft  on  the  outrigger  platform  so 
that  sparks  flying  from  the  little, 
glowing  heap  of  coconut  husks  will 
stream  over  the  side.  The  fish  are 
roasted  whole  on  top  of  the  fire 
and  when  they  are  done  the  fire  is 


doused  so  that  the  husks  can  be 
used  again,  and  also  so  that  no 
more  sparks  will  blow  about. 

Nowadays  it  is  unusual  for  a  ca- 
noe, if  it  does  not  run  into  some 
sort  of  trouble,  to  be  at  sea  for 
more  than  four  or  five  days,  at 
most  a  week,  at  one  stretch.  In  the 
past,  trips  were  often  longer,  pri- 
marily because  the  canoes  were 
slower  and  it  took  longer  to  get 
from  one  island  to  another.  More 
distant  journeys  than  are  now  cus- 
tomary were  also  made,  but  most 
of  these  were  accomplished,  as  they 
still  are,  in  stages,  stopping  at  one 
island  after  another.  A  few.  really 
long,  unbroken  voyages  were  made 
to  more  distant  islands,  islands 
large  enough  to  minimize  naviga- 
tion problems  in  reaching  them. 
They  could  be  sighted  over  long 
distances  and  made  large  targets. 
These  were  islands  such  as  Guam, 
Saipan,  and  Ponape.  The  men  who 
made  these  heroic  voyages  were 
probably  no  better  navigators  than 
their  modern  counterparts,  possibly 
even  a  little  less  accurate,  but  they 
were  rugged  and  determined.  They 
arrived  at  their  destination  half 
starved,  dehydrated,  and  so  burned 
by  the  sun  they  were  black  and  al- 
most poisoned  by  its  effects.  The  re- 
turn would  not  be  made  for  months, 
and  such  trips  were  undertaken  only 
rarely.  Those  recent  enough  to  be 
remembered  were  made  primarily  to 
Saipan  to  trade  with  the  Spaniards 
there  for  iron  tools  and  knives, 
which  could  not  be  obtained  in  any 
other  way.  (Last  year  Hipour,  a 
Puluwat  navigator,  using  only  his 
traditional  knowledge,  guided  a 
modern  ketch  across  600  miles  of 
open  water  to  Saipan  and  then  back 
again,  making  his  return  landfall 
unerringly  on  tiny  Pikelot.) 

Once  the  canoe  has  arrived,  espe- 
cially at  an  island  where  the  crew 
have  many  friends  and  relatives, 
the  welcome  is  warm  and  life  is 
easy.  No  one  need  work.  Their 
hosts  feed  them  and  entertain  them 
with  drink,  good  talk,  and  often  at 
night  a  companion  for  their  bed.  If 
a  man  has  not  brought  his  wife 
along  he  can  expect  someone  on  the 
island  who  is  his  "brother,"  a  rela- 
tionship no  less  binding  if  it  is 
artificial,  to  offer  his  own  wife  for 


the  visitor's  pleasure.  Apparently 
not  only  do  the  visiting  men  appre- 
ciate this  custom,  but  also  the 
women.  The  wife  who  is  offered  in 
hospitality  appreciates  the  novelty 
of  a  new  sexual  partner,  and  even 
the  traveler's  wife  left  at  home  un- 
derstands and  expects  this  sort  of 
thing — as  long  as  he  does  not  try  it 
once  he  is  back  on  Puluwat!  When 
such  a  warm  welcome  ashore  is 
added  to  good  fellowship  and  pride 
in  their  skill  at  sea,  it  is  small  won- 
der that  men  in  return  take  lightly 
the  risks  and  hardships  of  their 
long  travels. 

Finally  the  canoe  comes  home. 
In  the  past  the  men  of  the  crew 
spent  the  first  few  days  following 
their  return  living  together  without 
women  in  their  canoe  house.  This 
ended  with  a  small  feast  and  cere- 
mony in  which  they  put  behind 
them  the  world  of  the  sea  and  for- 
mally returned  to  the  island  and  to 
their  families.  Now,  however,  when 
the  canoe  has  been  unloaded  and 
secured,  or  perhaps  carried  up  into 
its  place  in  the  canoe  house,  the 
men  disperse  to  their  o«ti  houses  to 
take  up  once  again  the  lives  of  hus- 
bands and  fathers. 

Yet  before  long  they  will  leave 
again  on  another  trip,  and  another 
and  another.  Puluwat  is  a  good  is- 
land. It  is  a  good  place  to  be  born, 
to  grow  strong,  and  even  to  die. 
Yet  to  discover  its  essence  one  can- 
not look  only  to  the  land.  The  land 
is  only  the  backdrop  and  the  place 
of  preparation.  Without  its  sailing 
canoes  and  seafaring  men,  Puluwat 
would  have  no  past  and  no  future. 
So  with  every  voyage,  and  only 
through  each  voyage,  its  worth  is 
renewed  and  its  destiny  fulfilled. 

The  second  part  of  this  article  uill 
appear  in  the  next  issue 


Small  sailing  canoes  return 

across  the  lagoon  after 

a  day  of  fishing  along  the 

reefs  in  the  open  ocean. 


34 


Heart 

Poisons 

and 

the 

Monarch 


As  part  of  its  defense  mechanism  the  monarch  but- 
terfly [Danaus  plexippus)  stores  heart  poisons  in  its 
body  tissues.  These  substances,  known  as  cardeno- 
lides,  or  cardiac  glycosides,  are  derived  from  milk- 
weeds— common  plants  on  which  the  butterfly  feeds 
during  its  larval  stage  ( 1 ) .  The  poisons  are  ingested 
by  the  caterpillar  and  carried  through  the  pupal  stage 
(2)    to  the  adult   (3). 

If  swallowed,  cardenolides  produce  violent  vomiting 
in  certain  bird  predators  such  as  crows  and  wood 
hoopoes.  In  this  fashion  the  predator  rids  itself  of  the 
poison  before  absorbing  enough  to  stop  the  heart. 
As  a  consequence,  one  such  experience  with  the 
monarch — either  at  its  caterpillar,  pupal,  or  butterfly 
stage — has  a  lasting  effect:  the  predator  will  there- 
after give  the  insect  a  wide  berth.  Also,  the  monarch's 
bright  colors — known  as  warning  coloration — and  its 
evocative  scent  serve  as  an  aide-memoire  for  future 
occasions  should  the  bird  meet  this  prey  again. 

The  milkweeds  ( Asclepiadaceae) ,  on  which  the 
monarch  feeds,  owe  their  name  to  the  milky  sap  that 
exudes  from  the  stem  if  it  is  broken  or  injured.  While 
we  were  rearing  the  monarch  we  had  occasion  to  pull 
some  leaves  off  the  main  stem  of  one  of  the  plants, 
resulting  in  a  copious  flow  of  creamy  fluid  down  the 
stalk.  Immediately,  two  of  the  monarch  caterpillars  in 
the  vicinity  abandoned  the  leaves  on  which  they  were 
feeding  and  advanced  rapidly  toward  the  stream  of 
milky  sap.  Quickly  imbibing  the  fluid,  they  finished 
every  drop  like  a  couple  of  thirsty  cats  ( 1 ) .  We  repeated 
this  experiment  on  many  occasions,  and  in  each  case 
the  caterpillars  eagerly  drank  up  the  exuding  sap. 

Poisonous  substances  are  not  always  found  in  equal 
concentrations  in  all  parts  of  a  plant.  It  is  well 
known,  for  example,  that  the  stems  of  rhubarb  are 
edible  while  the  seeds  and  the  leaves  are  poisonous. 

The  point  is  illustrated  by  some  experiments  car- 
ried out  recently  in  collaboration  with  Prof.  Tadeus 
Reichstein.  We  reared  a  warningly  colored,  yellow 
greenfly,  or  aphid  {Aphis  merii) ,  on  Asclepias  cu- 
rassavica,  the  same  plant  from  which  our  monarch 
caterpillars  were  lapping  up  the  milk.  These  insects, 
although  they  feed  on  leaves  and  young  shoots,  insert 
their  mouthparts  directly  into  the  sieve  tubes  and  im- 
bibe the  tissue  (phloem).  When  we  analyzed  the  aph- 


by 

3iiritttn 

Itothsehild 

tMnd 

Bob  Ford 

ids'  body  content  it  was  found  that  they  contained 
other  cardenolides  but  not  calactin,  which  is  the  chief 
heart  poison  found  in  the  monarch.  It  seems  likely 
therefore  that  the  principal  toxic  elements  stored  by 
the  monarch  in  its  hemolymph  and  body  tissues  are 
derived  from  this  plant's  milky  latex  (which  is  par- 
ticularly rich  in  calactin )  upon  which  the  greenfly 
apparently  does  not  feed.  Thus,  having  evolved  the 
habit  of  sap-drinking,  the  caterpillars  can  rapidly  in- 
crease their  store  of  protective  heart  poisons. 

Not  all  milkweeds  contain  cardenolides,  and  those 
that  do  may  contain  different  sorts  of  heart  poisons  of 
varying  toxicity.  Thus  the  cardenolides  found  in  As- 
clepias  syriaca,  a  common  food  plant  of  the  monarch 
in  the  United  States,  may  not  be  as  poisonous  as  those 
in  Asclepias  curassavica,  and  could  well  exert  some- 
what different  effects  on  vertebrates.  It  is  also  possible 
that  the  monarch  caterpillar,  like  the  grasshopper 
Poekilocerus  bufonius  Klug  is  "hooked"  on  certain 
cardenolides.  This  grasshopper,  which  emits  a  poi- 
sonous foam(4)  when  it  is  disturbed  or  attacked, 
deliberately  selects  leaves  that  have  been  coated  with 
calactin-rich  latex,  but  it  will  not  eat  foxglove  (Digi- 
talis) from  which  we  extract  the  cardenolide  drug 
called  digitalis,  used  extensively  in  the  treatment  of 
human  heart  disease.  It  is  possible  that  the  monarch 
caterpillar  can  discriminate  between  those  plant  spe- 
cies that  contain  the  highest  concentrations  of  these 
chemicals  and  can  assess  the  quality  as  well  as  the 
quantity  of  heart  poisons  in  their  food  plant.  Some 
experiments  are  now  in  progress  to  investigate  this 
aspect  of  their  behavior. 

Not  all  predators,  or  potential  predators,  of  the 
monarch  are  sensitive  to  cardenolides.  Mice,  which 
are  said  to  wreak  havoc  among  hibernating  hordes  of 
this  butterfly,  eat  them  with  impunity  (5),  and  the 
Japanese  quail  iCoturnix  japonica)  appears  more  or 
less  immune  to  the  effects  of  these  substances.  In  cap- 
tivity this  bird  may  eat  the  monarch,  but  not  with 
enthusiasm.  It  can.  however,  swallow  a  dose  of  digitalis 
large  enough  to  kill  fifty  men  and  apparently  suifer  no 
ill  effects.  This  illustrates  a  very  important  principle: 
the  protective  devices  evolved  by  animals  are  never 
absolute,  for  some  predators  invariably  manage  to  keep 
pace  with  them. 


BARNARD'S  STAR:  The 


A  nearby  star  is  wobbling  as  it  hurtles  through  space,  a  sure  sign  that 
it  Is  accompanied  by  its  own  retinue  of  planets 

by  Peter  van  de  Kamp 

For  eighteen  long  years — during 
which  the  earth  was  convulsed 
by  World  War  II.  the  reign  of  nu- 
clear terror  started,  and  new  na- 
tions began  to  proliferate  around 
the  globe — my  staff  and  I  patiently 
made  thousands  of  photographs  of 
a  single  star:  then  measured 
differences  in  position  of  1/25,000 
of  an  inch.  In  1956  we  found  what 
we  were  looking  for.  We  spent  an- 
other seven  years  verifying  the  data 
before  we  were  certain  enough  of 
our  evidence  to  publish  the  results: 
an  object,  which  could  only  be 
called  a  planet,  was  orbiting  an- 
other star.  We  had  found  a  planet 
of  Jovian  dimensions,  the  first  such 
planet  ever  found  outside  our  own 
solar  system. 

To  make  the  photographs  we 
used  a  relatively  modest  24-inch 
telescope.  We  worked  in  eastern 
Pennsylvania,  a  part  of  the  country 
not  renowned  for  clear  skies.  The 
real  search  came  when  we  bent 
over  the  measuring  machine, 
plotted  the  results,  and  then  made 
the  mathematical  analyses  that  re- 
vealed what  no  earthbound  tele- 
scope had  ever  shown,  a  planet  or- 
biting another  star. 

The  story  actually  began  in  June, 
1916,  when  the  astronomical  com- 
munity was  surprised  by  the  dis- 
covery that  a  faint  red  dwarf  star 
was  moving  across  the  sky  far 
more  rapidly  than  any  other  known 
star.  The  motion  was  real,  of  the 
sort  that  astronomers  call  "proper 
motion."  It  takes  about  170  years 
for  the  star  to  cross  an  apparent 
distance  in  the  sky  equal  to  the 
moon's  diameter;  this  may  sound  a 
bit  tortoiselike,  but  it  is  far  faster 
than  the  motion  of  any  star  dis- 
covered before  or  since. 

The  discoverer,  Edwin  Emerson 
Barnard,  was  an  amateur  astrono- 
mer then  on  the  staff  of  the  Yerkes 

38 


Search  for  Other  Solar  Systems 


Observatory  in  Chicago.  It  had 
been  known  for  nearly  200  years 
that  the  stars  were  not  fixed  on  the 
celestial  sphere  but  move  relative  to 
each  other.  Edmund  Halley,  whose 
namesake  comet  will  return  in 
1986,  first  recorded  these  motions. 
How  much  a  star  will  appear  to 
move  relative  to  other  stars  de- 
pends greatly  on  how  close  it  is 
and  in  which  direction  it  is  moving 
relative  to  our  line  of  sight.  A  star 
moving  straight  toward  or  away 
from  us  will  not  appear  to  be  mov- 
ing at  all  relative  to  the  stars 
around  it. 

Barnard's  Star,  a  9.5-magnitude 
object  in  the  constellation  Ophi- 
uchus,  has  a  proper  motion  of 
10.31  seconds  of  arc  annually.  It  is 
5.9  light-years  away,  the  second 
nearest  star.  It  appears  to  be  mov- 
ing across  our  line  of  sight  at 
about  55  miles  a  second  and  to  be 
coming  toward  us  at  67  miles  a  sec- 
ond. The  star's  intrinsic  luminosity 
is  about  1/2300  that  of  the  sun. 

Because  of  its  proximity.  Bar- 
nard's Star  is  more  than  an  oddity; 
^'^  it  offers  the  best  chance  of  detect- 
ing planets  orbiting  another  star  by 
observing  their  gravitational  effects 
on  the  motion  of  their  parent  body. 


Looking  like  automobile 
headlights,  these  double  dots  are 
actually  twin  images  of  faint 
stars  caught  in  two  photographs 
taken  11  months  apart.  The  images 
that  appear  tilted  in  the  center 
are  of  Barnard's  Star.  To  make 
this  picture  the  negatives  were 
shifted  so  that  the  later  image 
of  all  the  stars  fell  to  the 
right  of  the  earlier.  The  images 
of  Barnard's  Star  appear  tilted, 
however,  because  of  its 
perceptible  movement  toward  the 
north  (top  of  the  picture) 
in  the  ll-month  interval. 


It  is  not  now  possible  to  detect 
such  planets  by  direct  means,  for 
reasons  that  become  clear  if  we  re- 
verse the  situation.  From  the  near- 
est star,  Alpha  Centauri,  the  largest 
planet  in  our  system,  Jupiter, 
would  at  best  appear  as  a  23- 
magnitude  object  separated  from 
the  sun,  now  a  first  magnitude  star, 
by  no  more  than  four  seconds  of 
arc.  A  still  fainter  earth  would  be 
totally  lost  in  the  glare  of  the  sun. 

Gravitational  effects  are  observ- 
able at  such  distances,  however; 
as  long  ago  as  1844  F.  W.  Bessel 
discovered  the  unseen  stellar  com- 
panions of  Sirius  and  Procyon  by 
this  method.  The  technique  works 
because  even  if  an  object  has  no 
light  of  its  own.  its  mass  affects  the 
path  of  a  nearby  object.  Newton's 
laws  of  motion  tell  us  that  a  single 
star,  or  the  center  of  mass  of  a 
multiple  system,  will  move  at  uni- 
form speed  in  a  straight  line  unless 
affected  by  some  outside  force.  Any 
deviation  reveals  the  presence  of  an 
unseen  companion. 

Barnard's  Star  thus  offers  a 
unique  opportunity  to  detect  un- 
seen companions  small  enough  to 
be  planets.  The  task  is  simply 
stated :  Plot  the  deviations  in  the 
path  of  Barnard's  Star  across  the 
sky.  and  then  calculate  how  large — 
or  small — a  body  would  be  re- 
quired to  account  for  them.  Per- 
forming the  task  was  something 
else.  The  deviations,  called  per- 
turbations, amounted  to  about  0.03 
seconds  of  arc.  Measuring  them  was 
like  detecting  a  one-inch  movement 
at  a  distance  of  one  hundred  miles. 

The  basic  instrument  is  a  long- 
focus  telescope  adapted  for  photog- 
raphy, really  just  a  long-focus 
camera.  The  long-focus  character- 
istic yields  large-scale  portrayal  of 
small  portions  of  the  sky,  which  in 
turn  permits  precise  measurement 
of  small,  angular  displacements. 
The  precision  of  the  instrument, 
the  photographic  plate,  and  the 
measuring  machine  are  such  that 
very  high  positional  accuracy  can 
be  obtained.  A  single  photographic 


exposure  furnishes  a  position  rela- 
tive to  a  reference  background  of 
"fixed"  background  stars  with  an 
accuracy  of  about  0.04  seconds  of 
arc.  Multiple  exposures,  up  to  four 
a  night,  can  improve  the  accuracy 
to  0.02  seconds  of  arc.  By  further 
combining  several  nights'  observa- 
tions into  one  "normal  point,"  posi- 
tions with  an  accuracy  of  0.01  sec- 
onds of  arc  or  better  are  obtained. 

Measurements  must  not  only  be 
accurate;  they  must  be  compatible. 
As  observations  are  made  over  a 
period  of  decades,  the  telescope 
must  be  kept  optically  constant, 
filters  and  photographic  emulsions 
should  not  be  changed,  and  not 
only  should  the  same  measuring  en- 
gine be  used  but  ideally  the  same 
person  should  use  it.  Use  of  more 
impersonal  measuring  machines  in 
the  future  may  yield  further  im- 
provements in  accuracy  over  the 
measurements  made  so  far.  which 
rely  on  the  visual  bisection  of  star 
images  by  individual  measurers. 

At  the  Sproul  Observatory  we 
began  a  systematic  program  of 
measurement  in  1937.  By  the  end 
of  1968  we  had  3,036  plates,  con- 
taining 10.452  exposures  taken  on 
766  nights;  these  included  25 
plates  taken  during  the  interval 
1916-19  following  the  star's  dis- 
covery. The  hardest  part  of  the 
work  is  not  making  the  photo- 
graphs, but  determining  thousands 
of  accurate  positions. 

The  position  of  Barnard's  Star  is 
measured  against  a  reference  back- 
ground of  faint  stars  (page  38). 
Positions  are  measured  in  two 
coordinates.  parallel  and  per- 
pendicular to  the  celestial  equator, 
known  as  right  ascension  and  dec- 
lination. The  reference  stars  are 
moving  too,  of  course,  but  because 
they  are  much  farther  away  their 
proper  motions  are  much  smaller 
and  are  known  with  sufficient  accu- 
racy to  be  taken  into  account. 

Once  the  positions  are  plotted, 
they  have  to  be  corrected  for  the 
effects  of  the  earth's  revolution 
around  the  sun,  for  the  motion  of 


RASALHAGUI 


BARNARD'S  STAR 


The  small  cross  indicates  the  position  of  Barnard's  Star  in  the  summer  sky,  jiist  to  the  right  of 
the  Milky  Way.  The  cube  is  an  enlargement  of  this  part  of  the  universe  with  Barnard's  Star 
in  its  1970  position  at  the*  bottom.  From  our  vantage  point  near  the  sun,  Barnard's  Star  will  close 
from  its  present  distance  of  S.9  light-years  to  3.75  light-years  by  the  year  a.d.  11,800.  ♦ 


This  cube  is  an  enlargement  of  the  path  of  Barnard's  Star  in  the  first  cube.  It  shows  the  spiral 
motion  (which  we  see  as  a  wobble)  of  the  star  around  its  mean  path  (arrow).  The  size  of 
the.wobble  has  been  exaggerated  2,000  times.  The  viewpoint  is  from  the  center  of  gravity  of  our 
solar  system,  a  point  never  more  than  about  a  million  miles  from  the  center  of  the  sun. 
Other  effects,  like  that  of  earth's  motion,  have  been  eliminated.  The  two  planets  shown  here, 
moving  in  the  same  direction  in  nearly  the  same  plane  in  circular  orbits,  would  account 
nicely  f&r  the  wobble;  the  effedt  of  their  pulling  Barnard's  Star  out  of  its  path  is  very  clear 
arouhd  1950,  when  both  planets  were  lined  up  on  the  same  side. 


rr.  ^ .Wi/^/^E.(9 


the  reference  stars,  for  the  motion 
of  Barnard's  Star  itself,  and  for  the 
changing  perspective  as  Barnard's 
Star  comes  closer  to  us.  After 
eighteen  years  ^of  photographing, 
plotting,  and  analyzing,  we  found 
the  evidence  of  perturbations  for 
which  we  were  hoping.  When  our 
corrections  had  all  been  made,  we 
were  left  with  a  systematic  devia- 
tion, mostly  in  right  ascension, 
with  a  cycle  approximately  one- 
fourth  of  a  century.  The  subsequent 
decade  has  confirmed  this  inter- 
pretation. There  appears  to  be  no 
other  way  to  explain  this  deviation 
than  by  interpreting  it  as  a  per- 
turbation caused  by  an  unseen 
companion. 

If  there  is  just  one  companion, 
our  calculations  show  it  has  a  mass 
one  and  a  half  times  that  of  Jupiter 
and  revolves  around  its  sun  every 
25  years,  at  a  distance  4.5  times 
that  at  which  the  earth  circles  our 
sun.  Instead  of  a  nearly  circular  or- 
bit, such  as  all  planets  in  our  solar 
system  exhibit,  however,  this  com- 
panion would  travel  in  a  highly 
elongated  ellipse.  My  first  reaction 
to  this  unexpected  feature  was.  why 
not?  Should  we  demand  nearly  cir- 
cular orbits  just  because  we  were 
born  on  a  planet  that  happens  to 
have  one?  My  next  thought  was 
that  perhaps  we  should  be  im- 
pressed by  the  near-circular  orbits 
of  the  planets  in  our  solar  system. 
Immediately  an  alternate  inter- 
pretation of  the  perturbations  be- 
came possible.  Within  the  uncer- 
tainties of  the  data,  the  asymmetry 
ascribed  to  a  highly  elliptical  orbit 
could  easily  be  explained  by  the 
presence  of  two  planetary  compan- 
ions with  different  periods  of  revo- 
lution in  near-circular  orbits.  The 
idea  of  two  companions  had  been 
contemplated  ever  since  dips  in  right 
ascension  turned  up  in  the  data  for 
both  1955  and  1956.  One  dip  could 
have  been  bad  luck:  two  in  con- 
secutive years  could  not  be  dis- 
regarded so  easily.  I  felt  a  little  as 
though  I  were  retrograding  from  the 
Keplerian  viewpoint  of  elliptical  or- 
bits to  the  Copernican  scheme  of 
circular  orbits;  I  felt  better  after 
reminding  myself  that  highly  ellip- 
tical orbits  are  contrary  to  the  only 
experience  we  have. 


Simple  trial  and  error  ( I  wasn't 
going  to  let  a  computer  do  this;  I 
wanted  to  savor  for  myself  the 
pleasures  of  playing  with  various 
orbits,  for  a  slide  rule  and  simple 
desk  calculator  are  all  that  is  neces- 
sary in  these  ultimate  studies) 
showed  that  two  circular,  corevolv- 
ing,  nearly  coplanar  orbits  with  pe- 
riods of  26  and  12  years  and  radii 
of  4.7  and  2.8  times  the  earth— sun 
distance,  respectively,  represented 
the  observations  very  well.  ( The 
corresponding  figures  for  Saturn 
are  29.5  years  and  9.5  times  the 
earth-sun  distance;  those  for  Jupi- 
ter are  12  years  and  5.2  times  the 
earth— sun  distance.)  The  masses  of 
both  perturbing  objects  worked  out 
to  be  still  closer  to  that  of  Jupiter 
than  had  the  mass  of  the  hypothe- 
sized single  companion. 

Because  of  the  feeble  luminosity 
of  Barnard's  Star,  the  two  planets 
would  have  surface  temperatures  so 
low  that  any  discussion  of  life  on 
them  is  out  of  order. 

It  seems  clear  that  these  two 
companions,  which  I  call  simply  Bl 
and  B2,  are  true  planets  and  not 
just  very  small  stars  in  a  complex 
multiple  system.  Both  stars  and 
planets  are  spheres  of  matter.  Stars 
result  from  spheres  of  matter  having 
so  much  mass  that  contracting  under 
the  force  of  gravity,  they  heat  up 
enough  to  start  nuclear  reactions 
and  glow  with  their  own  light.  Their 
mass  classifies  them  as  stars  even  if 
at  the  end  of  their  life  they  collapse 
to  planetlike  dimensions.  Planets 
are  considered  to  be  the  end  prod- 
uct of  smaller  contracting  spheres 
that  lack  sufficient  mass  for  nuclear 
reactions,  or  possibly  the  result  of 
the  accretion  of  scattered  material. 
Planets  never  shine  by  their  own 
light. 

The  present  study  does  not  per- 
mit any  interpretation  that  would 
involve  more  than  two  planets.  It 
would  be  totally  impossible  to  dis- 
cover a  planet  the  size  of  the  earth. 
The  mass  of  the  earth  is  only 
1/319  that  of  Jupiter,  not  enough 
to  cause  noticeable  perturbation  of 
the  central  star. 

This  gravitationaltechnique  is  so 
sensitive,  however,  that  if  Bar- 
nard's Star  had  no  unseen  compan- 
ions,    it     would     show     deviations 


caused  by  the  perturbations  of 
Jupiter  and  Saturn  on  our  sun.  The 
wobble  of  the  sun  in  its  path 
caused  by  Jupiter  and  Saturn,  and 
to  a  lesser  extent  by  Uranus  and 
Neptune,  is  large  enough  to  pro- 
duce wobbles  in  the  paths  of 
nearby  stars.  The  wobble  produced 
in  Barnard's  Star  is  not  enough  for 
Jupiter  and  Saturn  to  be  discovered 
if  for  some  reason  they  had  been 
previously  overlooked,  but  it  is 
large  enough  to  be  allowed  for  in 
analyses  of  the  path  of  Barnard's 
Star. 

The  size  of  the  perturbation  ob- 
served in  Barnard's  Star  makes  it 
certain  that  something  is  there;  the 
amplitude  is  ten  times  the  margin 
of  error.  Whether  the  one-  or  two- 
planet  hypothesis  is  to  be  preferred 
may  be  decided  in  the  next  several 
years.  A\'hen  we  can  test  our  pre- 
dictions  against   new   observations. 

To  date,  Barnard's  Star  is  the 
only  star  other  than  our  sun  to  show 
clear  evidence  of  having  planets. 
Other  nearby  stars  are  under  intense 
study,  and  there  appears  to  be 
some  tentative  evidence  for  planets 
circling  still  other  stars,  but  any 
definite  statement  is  several  years 
away.  Barnard's  Star  is  the  second 
closest  to  us.  The  farther  away  a 
star  is,  of  course,  the  more  difficult 
it  is  to  detect  the  very  slight  wobble 
any  planets  would  cause. 

The  search  for  extrasolar  planets 
has  been  going  on  for  32  years, 
slowly,  painstakingly,  with  none  of 
the  excitement  of  more  glamorous 
fields  of  science.  Curiosity,  pa- 
tience, perseverance,  and  faith  re- 
main basic  and  continued  require- 
ments. Natural  limitations  are  ever 
present.  The  scientist  is  destined  to 
create  the  universe  in  his  own  im- 
age and  in  that  of  his  times.  In  the 


Scale  drawing  compares  orbit 

in  our  solar  system  will 

those  of  planets  orbiting 

Barnard's  Star.  One  astronomica 

unit  is  the  mean  distanci 

from  the  earth  to  the  sun 

about  93  million  miles 


42 


present  case  he  is  bound  to  be 
influenced  by  what  he  knows  about 
the  motions  and  physical  properties 
of  the  planets  in  his  own  solar  sys- 
tem. The  temporal  extent  of  his  ob- 
servations prejudices  him  and  per- 
mits him  to  discover  only  events 
with  cycles  not  exceeding  the  inter- 
val covered  by  the  observations. 
And  because  of  unavoidable  limita- 
tions in  observational  accuracy,  the 
size  of  deviations  sets  a  lower  limit 
to  what  he  can  discover  in  the  way 
of  perturbations. 

None  of  this  is  reason  for  de- 
spair. It  is  a  good  principle  in  sci- 
ence not  to  overdiscuss;  there  is  no 
merit,  however,  in  underdiscussing 
the  available  data.  Deviations  from 
existing  knowledge  lead  to  new  in- 
sights. Unexpected  and  unforeseen 
discrepancies  are  one  of  nature's 
ways  of  beckoning  us,  drawing  at- 
tention to  facts  that  are  asking  to 
be  discovered.  Frequently,  such  rev- 
elations are  ignored  or  swept  under 
the  rug.  Such  reaction  is  hardly  in 
the  spirit  of  scientific  adventure. 
We  need  insight  and  the  courage  to 
heed  nature's  signals. 

It  is  sound  procedure  to  care- 
fully examine  and  check  our  tech- 
niques, thereby  insuring  that  devia- 
tions from  prior  knowledge  do  not 
result  from  human  and  in- 
strumental errors.  Such  procedure 
is  even  more  desirable  if  the  dis- 
crepancies indicate  the  existence  of 
the  very  phenomenon  we  would  be 
happy  to  discover.  Only  after  hav- 
ing eliminated  possible  errors 
should  we,  still  a  bit  reluctantly  but 
with  a  sense  of  relief  and  ex- 
hilaration, accept  the  observed  pat- 
tern as  having  cosmic  reality.  In 
our  case  we  appear  to  be  operating 
well  above  the  threshold  of  what 
can  be  observed,  and  there  is  little 
reason  to  doubt  the  reality  of  the 
data.  We  should  not  be  afraid  to 
draw  the  apparently  inevitable  con- 
clusions. Lest  we  perish,  we  should 
dare  to  have  vision;  while  we  need 
not  be  fools  rushing  in,  there  is  no 
reason  why  we  cannot  tread  care- 
fully and  still  be  on  the  side  of  the 
angels.  We  should  be  hopeful,  have 
faith,  and  be  ready  and  willing  to 
take  a  chance  on  meeting  the  reve- 
lations of  the  universe  more  than 
halfway.  ■ 


43 


PREHISTORY 

DOWN 

UNDER 

Archeology  illuminates  the  dark  continent 
of  prehistory,  as  Aboriginal  settlement 
and  artistry  are  traced  further  back 
into  Australia's  antiquity 

by  D.  J.  Mulvaney 


V     \ 


With  a  perspective  of  history 
that  reflects  tlieir  European 
origins,  Australians  are  now  cele- 
brating the  bicentennial  of  Capt. 
James  Cook's  "discovery"  of  Aus- 
tralia in  April,  1770.  When  Cook 
took  possession  of  the  eastern  half 
of  the  continent  for  his  British 
sovereign,  hoivever,  upward  of 
250,000  people  had  been  in  occupa- 
tion of  Australia  for  considerably 
more  than  25,000  years.  Pre- 
historians  have  a  rewarding  task  in 
assigning  a  vital  role  to  the  Aborig- 
ines in  the  story  of  Australian  set- 


tlement, and  the  e^  idence  they  are 
uncovering  is  impressive. 

Australia,  the  only  continent 
whose  prehistory  ended  with  the 
Industrial  Revolution,  possesses  ad- 
vantages that  make  it  a  unique  lab- 
oratory for  the  study  of  ecological 
and  cultural  relationships  that  ex- 
isted during  the  stone-using  hunter- 
gatherer  stage  of  human  social  or- 
ganization. Superficially,  at  least, 
this  society  appears  akin  to  long 
extinct  Paleolithic  communities  in 
other  continents.  This  explains  its 
fascination    for   evolutionary    social 


nong  the  oldest  art  in  the 

rid.  the  finger  tracings, 
ove.  lie  deep  iindergronnd  in 
darkness  of  Koonalda  Cave, 
leir  age  is  greater 
in  many  classic  European 

leolithic  art  sites. 

left,  recently  excavated 
»ni  covering  sand,  this  gallery 
engraved  rocks  was  salvaged  at 
)unt  Cameron  West.  Tasmania. 


45 


theorists  of  the  nineteenth  century, 
including  Lewis  Henry  Morgan, 
whose  Ancient  Society  borrowed 
from  Australia,  and  Edward  B.  Ty- 
ler, who  contributed  a  paper  on 
"The  Tasnianians  as  Representa- 
tives of  Palaeolithic  Man." 

Unfortunately,  these  early  work- 
ers treated  Aboriginal  institutions 
and  implements  like  butterflies  im- 
paled on  a  collector's  board.  They 
assumed  that  the  Aborigines  were 
living  fossils  whose  customs,  pos- 
sessions, bodily  form,  and  even 
mental  capacity  had  survived  unal- 
tered since  the  dawn  of  mankind. 
Accordingly,  they  classified  them 
rigidly.  They  assumed  further  that 
this  arrested  development  persisted 
in  a  harsh  land  of  unchanging  en- 
vironmental conditions.  This  atti- 
tude bred  an  intellectual  scorn  for 
the  "poor,  primitive  savage,"  while 
the  static  and  selective  concept  of 
both  culture  and  environment  was 
artificial  and  misleading. 

Aboriginal  society  is  undergoing 
close  scrutiny  today,  but  the  condi- 
tioning philosophical  notions  of  the 
investigators  have  changed.  Aborig- 
inal life  and  the  natural  environ- 
ment are  recognized  as  being  dy- 
namic, interrelated,  and  fluctuating. 
While  the  Aboriginal  situation  is 
still  studied  because  it  offers  in- 
sight into,  or  is  analogous  to,  life 
at  a  comparable  economic  subsist- 
ence level  in  Paleolithic  times,  this 
is  an  incidental  consequence.  The 
chief  interest  is  in  the  Aborigines 
as  people  and  in  their  past  adap- 
tations to  the  natural  environment. 

Fundamental  research  in  Austra- 
lia can  contribute  substantially  to 
the  sum  of  world  prehistory.  This 
is  the  only  continent  where  non- 
agricultural/pastoral  people  have  re- 
tained total  occupancy  into  the 
"ethnographic  present."'  Although 
rarely  attempted,  it  has  been  pos- 
sible (and  in  some  regions,  it  still 
is)  to  record  and  analyze  the  role 
of  an  individual  Aboriginal 
hunter;  the  technological  and  eco- 
nomic organization,  as  well  as  the 
artistic  and  ceremonial  life,  of  en- 
tire communities;  and  the  spiritual 
bonds  and  linguistic  affiliations  of 
those  societies. 

Archeologists  can  examine  sites 
that  were  not  disturbed  by  later  ag- 

46 


riculture  or  industry,  where  or- 
ganic materials  are  frequently  pre- 
served. There  are  even  unique 
examples  of  perishable  Stone  Age 
field  monuments  surviving.  Impres- 
sive "canoe  trees,"  for  example, 
their  trunks  scarred  where  the  bark 
has  been  removed  to  make  water- 
craft,  still  line  some  waterways. 

The  unrivaled  opportunity  still 
exists  to  meet  Stone  Age  men — to 
talk  with  the  present  occupants  of 
an  archeological  site  about  its  func- 
tion, or  to  be  led  to  a  ceremonial 
or  art  site  by^  its  owners,  who  can 
explain  its  meaning.  In  these  cir- 
cumstances, it  is  possible  to  docu- 
ment aspects  of  ethnoarcheology — 
for  example,  the  manufacture  and 
use  of  tools  by  Aboriginal  crafts- 
men and  the  resultant  effects  of 
wear — that  are  of  concern  to  all 
prehistorians  of  the  Stone  Age. 

The  ethnographic  specimens  col- 
lected in  museums,  the  relatively 
bulky  written  records  and  sketches 
by  early  explorers,  settlers,  and  an- 
thropologists, and  the  oral  sources 
mentioned  above  facilitate  ethnohis- 
torical  reconstruction.  In  this  way, 
the  pattern  of  Aboriginal  life  near 
the  end  of  its  prehistoric  phase  can 
be  presented  as  a  form  of  history. 
This  evidence  also  contains  valua- 
ble clues  concerning  the  demograph- 
ic situation  at  the  time.  Population 
estimates  of  these  hunter-gatherer 
groups,  although  rather  vague,  are 
probably  more  reliable  than  figures 
for  any  comparable  society  in  the 


past  and  are  therefore  relevant  to 
any  discussion  of  prehistoric  world 
population  densities. 

Collated  with  the  results  of  eco- 
logical research,  such  data  also  pro- 
vide insight  into  the  flora,  fauna, 
and  landscape  immediately  preced- 
ing the  drastic  impact  of  farmers 
and  pastoralists.  Of  even  greater 
significance  is  the  possibility  of 
eventually  reconstructing  the  envi- 
ronment at  the  time  of  initial  Abo- 
riginal colonization.  Then  the  role 
of  the  nomadic  Aboriginal,  his  dog, 
and  his  firestick  as  factors  in  trans- 
forming plant  and  animal  commu- 
nities will  be  clarified.  There  are 
hints  that  these  factors  were  far- 
reaching  in  their  effect,  and  some 
authorities  believe  that,  particularly 
through  fires  instigated  by  man, 
huge  tracts  of  forestland  were  con- 
verted to  open  grasslands,  and  that 
the  giant  marsupial  fauna  became 
extinct  only  after  man's  arrival.  But 
such  theories  require  unequivocal 
proof,  and  field  work  to  that  end  is 
in  progress. 

Australian  prehistorians  are  at 
present  preoccupied  with  a  chron- 


"Canoe  tree,"  right,  shows 

scar  in  its  trunk  left  by  the 

removal  of  bark  for  an 

Ahoriginal  canoe,  similar  to 

the  one  that  appears  below. 


ological  leapfrog.  Ten  years  ago, 
the  oldest  carbon  14-dated  Aborig- 
inal site  positively  associated  with 
man  was  about  8,500  years  b.p.  In 
1962,  my  excavation  at  Kenniff 
Cave,  Queensland,  took  prehistory 
firmly  into  late  Pleistocene  ( Ice 
Age)  times,  with  dates  back  to 
about  16.000  years.  Then  the  work 
of  other  archeologists  produced 
ages  of  20.000  years  and  more  for 
occupation  in  Arnhem  Land,  in  the 
north,  and  at  Koonalda  Cave,  on 
the  NuUarbor  Plain  near  the  south- 
ern coastline.  More  recently,  a  cave 


at  Burrill  Lake,  on  the  eastern 
seaboard  south  of  Sydney,  also 
proved  to  have  been  occupied 
20,000  years  ago. 

Greater  antiquity  is  probable, 
but  until  substantiated  by  further 
field  work,  it  remains  less  securely 
based.  There  is  presumed  human 
association  with  an  age  of  perhaps 
26,000  years  at  Lake  Menindee,  in 
western  New  South  Wales;  a  com- 
parable antiquity  is  inferred  at  an- 
other site  in  that  region,  and  field 
work  is  in  progress.  Just  outside 
Melbourne,  the  Keilor  soil  pit  pro- 


duced a  date  of  some  31,000  years, 
which  the  excavator,  A.  Callus,  as- 
sociates with  human  occupation. 
He  infers  even  greater  antiquity  for 
other  finds,  but  his  interpretation 
of  the  fractured  stone  at  this  site  is 
disputed  by  some  archeologists, 
who  consider  natural  lactors  a  pos- 
sible explanation. 

Within  a  few  years,  then,  Austra- 
lia's human  time-span  has  been 
trebled,  and  the  initial  colonization 
is  firmly  based  in  the  last  major 
stage  of  the  Pleistocene  ice  ad- 
vance, if  not  earlier.  This  implies 
that  at  the  time  of  this  migration, 
sea  levels  were  lower  by  300  feet  or 
more,  and  vast  plains  emerged 
from  the  seabed  to  the  north  of 
Australia,  adding  perhaps  10  per- 
cent to  the  area  of  the  continent. 
New  Guinea  and  Australia  were 
connected,  and  the  flat  plains  ex- 
tended toward  Indonesia,  cutting 
the  extent  of  water  separating  in- 
sular southeast  Asia  from  Austra- 
lia, but  never  bridging  the  ocean 
deep  of  Wallacea,  the  region  of  the 
Wallace  Line  of  zoogeographic 
fame.  Migrants  therefore  required 
some  form  of  watercraft. 

The  most  significant  archeo- 
logical  discoveries  within  recent 
years  concern  human  fossil  re- 
mains. N.  W.  G.  Macintosh,  of  Syd- 
ney University,  has  reappraised 
existing  data,  concluding  that  two 
basic  groups  are  represented  in  the 
fossil  record.  One  group  (which  in- 
cludes the  presumed  terminal 
Pleistocene-aged  Keilor  cranium) 
possesses  many  characteristic  mod- 
ern features,  implying  that  people 
with  the  morphology  of  modern 
Aborigines  had  reached  southern 
Australia  by  the  late  Pleistocene. 

The  second  group  has  many 
archaic  features,  and  as  their  pre- 
sumed age  is  comparable  to  that  of 
the  first  group,  it  raises  the  possi- 
bility that  they  coexisted  within  the 
same  region  of  Australia.  This  pro- 
vides the  background  to  recent 
significant  discoveries  by  A.  G. 
Thorne.  also  of  Sydney  University. 
w  111!  lias  located  a  number  of  fossils 
nf  (lie  archaic  group  buried  in  a 
sand  lunette  not  far  from  the  Co- 
huna  site,  where  an  archaic  cra- 
nium was  found  many  years  ago. 
So  far,  he  has  discovered  seven  in- 


47 


dividuals,  and  further  finds  are  an- 
ticipated from  large-scale,  inter- 
disciplinary excavation. 

The  deposit  in  which  the  burials 
occur  is  undated  at  present,  but  it 
is  presumed  to  be  at  least  20,000 
years  old.  The  bones  are  heavily 
mineralized  and  carbonate  en- 
crusted. All  individuals  possessed 
very  rugged  features:  the  jaws  and 
brow  ridges  were  massive,  the  cra- 
nial bone  was  exceptionally  thick, 
and  the  foreheads  receded  more 
than  in  any  other  known  Australian 
specimens.  Indeed,  some  of  these 
characteristics  suggest  comparison 
with  the  Javanese  fossils  of  Pith- 
ecantliTopus  (Homo  erectus).  whose 
order  of  antiquity  is  some  half- 
million  years. 

Thome's  definitive  report  on 
these  remains  will  constitute  a  land- 
mark in  Australian  physical  an- 
thropology. Normally,  a  researcher 
has  to  interpret  single  and  fragmen- 
tary fossil  finds.  In  this  case,  with 
seven  individuals  already  obtained 
from  the  one  site,  including  post- 
cranial  bones,  he  has  available  for 
analysis  a  unique  and  challenging 
human  population. 

Australian  prehistory  contains 
other  surprises.  During  1964-65.  in 
the  course  of  research  at  The  Aus- 
tralian National  University.  Carmel 
White  excavated  several  sites  in  the 
Oenpelli  area,  Arnhem  Land.  In 
two  of  them,  radiocarbon  dates 
back  18.000  to  23.000  years  were 
obtained,  and  in  both  instances  this 
occupation  was  associated  with  the 
use  of  edge-ground  axes.  Such  an 
antiquity  for  grinding  techniques 
was  unexpected,  and  interest  was 
further  enhanced  because  some  of 
the  axes  ivere  shaped  in  a  tapering 
or  waisted  fashion,  while  others 
possessed  deliberate  grooves.  These 
technological  developments  were 
once  considered  the  type  indicator 
of  the  New  Stone  Age. 

Interest  then  focused  on  the  an- 
tiquity of  Aboriginal  art.  The  de- 
posit at  Kenniff  Cave  contained 
ocher  fragments  throughout,  and 
some  indefinite  esthetic  purpose 
might  be  inferred  from  their  pres- 
ence even  in  Pleistocene  levels.  The 
real  breakthrough  in  this  regard 
was  made  at  Koonalda  Cave,  a  site 
used   by    prehistoric    artisans    as    a 


flint  quarry.  In  total  darkness  deep 
inside  the  cave,  hundreds  of  square 
feet  of  linear  finger  tracings  and 
grooves  cover  the  soft  limestone 
walls,  in  a  style  and  arrangement 
reminiscent  of  some  Paleolithic 
caves  in  France.  A  massive  rock 
fall  that  crashed  down  against  them 
coincidentally  allowed  a  minimum 
age  to  be  assigned  to  these  designs. 
Subsequent  flint  miners,  working  in 
the  dark,  had  tossed  burned 
wooden  torches  onto  this  rubble, 
thereby  piling  up  ideal  radiocarbon 
samples  against  the  future.  This 
wood  is  older  than  18,000  years, 
giving  the  wall  art  an  age  greater 
than  many  classic  European  Pa- 
leolithic art  sites,  and  proving  that 
the  early  Aborigines  possessed  an 
esthetic  sense. 

The  motifs  engraved  on  Koo- 
nalda's  walls  include  simple  finger 
tracings  and  linear  incisions,  but 
their  purpose  and  interpretation 
are  debatable.  Across  the  continent, 
however,  in  a  shelter  at  Ingaladdi. 
200  miles  south  of  Darwin,  ex- 
cavations recovered  several  sand- 
stone fragments  with  similar 
abraded  grooves.  Presumably,  they 
had  disintegrated  from  the  rock 
face,  and  when  they  fell,  they  scat- 
tered over  the  prehistoric  habitation 
floor.  Because  an  accumulating  de- 
posit later  buried  them  below  three 
feet  of  occupational  debris,  their 
minimum  age  is  the  age  of  the 
layer  in  which  they  were  imbedded, 
and  this  dates  from  5,000  to  7,000 
years  ago. 

Whatever  the  purpose  of  these 
markings,  further  evidence  for  a 
remarkable  stylistic  continuity 
through  time  comes  from  the  same 
district.  Observations  made  during 
this  century  by  anthropologists  at  a 
nearby  Aboriginal  ceremonial  site 
at  Delamere  cattle  ranch  establish 
that  similar  abraded  grooves  were 
rubbed  into  the  rock  by  Aboriginal 
participants  during  rain-making  rit- 
uals. Calcite  crystals  were  also  used 
in  these  ceremonies,  and  it  is  there- 
fore relevant  that  we  excavated 
similar  calcite  crystals  in  the  In- 
galaddi deposit. 

From  studies  of  contemporary 
Aboriginal  rituals  the  prehistorian 
also  learns  that  more  of  the  decora- 
tive   devices    are    designed   for    de- 


struction than  for  permanence  on 
rock  surfaces.  Indeed,  the  time  and 
trouble  taken  to  produce  perishable 
art  forms — body  painting,  intricate 
ceremonial  regalia  destroyed  dur- 
ing the  ceremony,  and  large-scale 
ground  paintings  and  sand  draw- 
ings— far  surpass  that  spent  on  the  ^ 
rock  art  by  which  Paleolithic  so- 
cieties are  known. 

A  major  survey  and  film  record 
of  Central  Australian  rock  art,  un- 
dertaken by  Robert  Edwards  of  the,. 
South  Australian  Museum,  has  dis- 
closed many  engraved  sites-  From' 
the  extent  of  their  patination  and 
weathering,  he  inferred  they  were 
of  great  antiquity.  The  most  re- 
markable of  such  galleries  is  in  the 
remote  sandstone  Cleland  Hills, 
west  of  Alice  Springs.  In  addition 
to  the  familiar  linear  motifs  of 
other  sites,  there  are  striking  en- 
graved human  figures  of  some  ar- 
tistic merit,  staring  from  the  past 
with  owlish  gaze. 

The  Australian  Institute  of 
Aboriginal  Studies  recently  spon- 
sored a  major  salvage  project  at 
Mount  Cameron  West,  in  north- 
western Tasmania.  Work  centered 
on  a  large  gallery  of  art  engraved 
upon  soft  eolianite.  wind-deposited 
rock,  situated  on  an  exposed  ocean 
beach.  Excavations  showed  that 
drifting  sand  had  covered  many  en- 
graved rocks,  and  that  previous  hu- 
man occupation  of  the  site  had  re- 
sulted in  an  accumulation  of 
midden  against  the  lowest  rocks. 
Radiocarbon  dating  of  charcoal  > 
from  this  level,  therefore,  should 
provide  a  minimum  age  for  the  art. 
A  consideration  of  interest  to  Ed- 
wards, who  photographed  the  site, 
is  that  circles  and  other  art  forms 
on  this  monument  are  reminiscent 
of  designs  on  those  Central  Austra-  | 
lian  sites  to  which  he  attributes 
great  antiquity. 

Tasmania  is  archeologically  in- 
triguing. The  rising  seas  following 
the  melting  of  the  ice  sheets  made 
it  an  island  some  10,000  years  ago. 
As  far  as  can  be  ascertained  at 
present,  its  Aboriginal  population 
arrived  by  land  before  that  time 
and  thereafter  remained  isolated 
from  outside  influences  until  the 
fatal  impact  of  the  European  ar- 
rival in  the  late  eighteenth  century. 


ment,  reflected  the  technological 
status  attained  by  mainland  Aborig- 
inal society  about  the  end  of  the 
Pleistocene.  It  is  tempting  also  to 
infer  that  Tasmanian  rock  art  was 
part  of  the  "invisible  baggage"  of 
these  early  migrants-  If  the  art 
style  does  prove  to  be  so  ancient, 
however,  the  possibility  of  contin- 
uity of  tradition  emerges.  About 
A.D.  1800,  the  Tasmanians  were 
seen  to  draw  similar  motifs  on 
sheets  of  bark. 

It  has  become  a  truism  of  Aus- 
tralian archeology  that  the  older 
layers  on  many  excavated  mainland 
sites  contain  types  of  stone  tools 
whose  affinity  with  the  Tasmanian 
material  seems  close.  Both  these 
early  mainland  collections  and  Tas- 
manian implements  are  made  of 
cores  or  flakes.  Blade  tools  are  ab- 
sent from  Tasmanian  collections. 
The  distribution  of  a  considerable 
variety  of  small  and  carefully 
trimmed  blades  and  points  is  lim- 
ited to  continental  Australia,  where 
their  first  appearance,  6,000  to 
7,000  years  ago,  came  long  after 
Tasmania  became  isolated. 

This  technological  change  from 
core  and  flake  production  to  blade 
tools  was  vividly  illustrated  at  In- 
aaladdi.    The    lower    lavers.    which 


Ancestors  of  this  present-day 

Aborigine  came  from 

Southeast  Asia  to  occupy 

Australia  more  than  25,000 

years  ago.  At  right,  following 

a  successful  kangaroo  hunt 

the  animal  is  cooked  in  a 

hoUowed-out  mound  of  ashes. 


Their  way  of  life  at  that  time  was 
materially  simpler  than  that  of 
the  mainland  Aborigines,  and  ex- 
cavations have  shown  that  appar- 
ently their  stone  technology  did  not 
change  significantly  during  the 
long  duration  of  their  occupation 
of  Tasmania. 

It  seems  justifiable  to  assume, 
therefore,  that  Tasmanian  material 
culture,  particularly  its  stone  equip- 


Rock  paintings,  left,  at 
Delamere  cattle  ranch,  adorn 
Aboriginal  site  used 
during  rainmaking  rituals. 

Less  than  50  miles  away, 
painted  figures  such  as  the 
one  at  right,  some  almost 
ten  feet  tall,  gaze  from  stone 
walls  at  Ingaladdi  shelter. 


Below,  painted  animals 
cavort  on  a  rocky 
overhang  at  the  bottom 
of  a  canyon  wall. 


contained  the  engraved  rocks,  also 
produced  numerous  trimmed  flakes 
(scrapers)  and  small  cores  that  ap- 
parently had  served  as  chopping  or 
planing  tools.  The  upper  layers 
contained  a  different  assemblage, 
consisting  primarily  of  thousands 
of  small,  pointed  blades,  presum- 
ably projectile  points,  carefully  re- 
touched on  one  or  both  faces.  This 
dichotomy  between  an  earlier  flake 
and  core  industry  made  on  fairly 
large  pieces,  and  a  later,  small 
blade  and  flake  complex,  has  been 
reproduced  at  several  excavated  de- 
posits across  the  continent,  in- 
cluding those  at  Kenniff  Cave  and 
Burrill  Lake.  The  form  these  tools 
take  is  subject  to  regional  variation. 

Another  rock  shelter  that  seems 
to  follow  this  pattern  is  on  the 
slopes  of  Mount  Burr,  an  extinct 
volcano  in  southeastern  South 
Australia.  Men  occupied  it  over 
8,000  years  ago,  although  the  area 
was  still  volcanically  active. 
Nearby,  Mount  Gambier  last 
erupted  little  more  than  4,000  years 
ago.  This  is  a  reminder  that  the 
Aborigines  have  adapted  to  many 
far-reaching  environmental  changes 
since  their  arrival  in  Australia:  the 
seas  rose  and  the  coastline  shrank, 
inland  lakes  dried  up,  major  river 
systems  flowed  intermittently,  and 
numerous  volcanoes  on  the  exten- 
sive southeastern  basalt  plains  be- 
came extinct. 

Certain  changes  may  have  been 
assisted   by    the    Aborigines.    Early 


explorers  commented  upon  their 
widespread  practice  of  firing  the 
countryside,  and  this  regular  burn- 
ing, particularly  of  semiarid  land- 
scapes, may  have  produced  drastic 
changes  in  vegetation  cover,  native 
fauna,  and  soil  erosion. 

Predatory  man  also  introduced 
another  scourge  of  native  fauna, 
the  dingo — a  reddish-brown  wild 
dog.  It  must  have  crossed  the  seas 
from  Asia  with  man  at  an  early 
date  in  the  history  of  animal  do- 
mestication. The  earliest  evidence 
for  its  presence  in  Australia  con- 
sisted of  a  3,000-year-old  skeleton 
excavated  at  Fromm's  Landing, 
South  Australia.  Subsequently, 
bones  that  may  be  8,000  years  old 


have  been  recovered  at  the  Mount 
Burr  shelter,  so  that  dogs  had 
reached  the  southern  coast  by  that 
early  date. 

On  present  evidence,  therefore,  it 
appears  that  man,  the  hunter  and 
food  gatherer,  probably  arrived  on 
this  continent  before  the  settlement 
of  the  New  World.  Even  20,000 
years  ago,  he  possessed  artistic  and 
technological  skills  that  earlier  pre- 
historians  would  not  have  attrib- 
uted to  him  because  they  assumed 
that  the  Aborigines  were  so  "primi- 
tive." In  both  adapting  to  and 
shaping  the  Australian  environ- 
ment, the  Aborigines  left  traces 
that  research  can  transform  into 
prehistory. 


50 


[I 

11 

1 

:    '-    ] 

^ 

% 

f 

St 

f  -I   .        / / 


THE  MANY  CLOCKS 

OF  MAN 

The  24 -hour  period  is  only  one  of  the  biological  rhythms  of  human  hfe 

by  John  D.  Palmer 


In  most  cases  the  intervals  of 
time  we  recognize  are  arbitrary, 
man-made  designations.  Periods 
such  as  seconds,  hours,  or  weeks, 
plus  the  more  esoteric  intervals — 
weekends,  the  "cocktail  hour,"  va- 
cation time — are  obvious  cerebral 
artifacts  of  our  present  civilization. 
Mixed  in  with  all  the  arbitrary 
units  of  time  is  the  period  of  a  day. 
A  day  is  the  interval  between  suc- 
cessive sunrises  and  is  generated  by 
the  rotation  of  the  earth  on  its  axis 
in  relation  to  the  sun.  At  present, 
days  are  24  hours  long,  but  just  a 
short  370  million  years  ago  (a 
fleeting  instant  in  the  4.6  billion 
years  that  the  earth  has  existed ) 
the  earth  gyrated  more  rapidly,  and 
days  were  only  22  hours  long. 

At  first  thought  one  might  decide 
that  the  24-hour  day  is  just  another 
arbitrary  interval  of  time  chosen 
by  man  because  of  its  ease  of  rec- 
ognition and  its  convenient  dura- 
tion. We  sleep  at  night:  work  and 
eat  in  the  daytime.  If  no  other 
clues  were  available  to  know  what 
to  do  next,  we  would  need  only  to 
look  for  the  sun.  Still,  we  know 
that  men  isolated  from  all  view  of 
the  sun  and  from  man-made  time- 
pieces— either  deep  in  a  cave  or  in 
soundproof  laboratory  quarters — 
still  continue  to  settle  down  for  the 
"night,"  to  eat,  and  to  regulate 
their  activities  around  a  24-hour 
schedule.  And  while  this  evidence 
is  often  said  to  reflect  our  adjust- 
ment to  a  heavenly  time  interval,  it 
may  also  be  interpreted  to  mean 
that  this  24-hour  rhythm  is  an  in- 
trinsic characteristic  of  man's  inner 
workings. 

This  period  is  also  found  to  be  a 


constant  feature  of  plants  and  ani- 
mals (NATUR.4L  History,  March, 
1966;  February,  19671.  As  shown 
by  literally  thousands  of  observa- 
tions, organisms  maintained  under 
laboratory  conditions  in  which  all 
time  clues  are  eliminated  still  con- 
tinue to  measure  out  24-hour  peri- 
ods with  surprising  accuracy,  lead- 
ing some  researchers  to  conclude 
that  a  period  of  approximately  24 
hours  is  a  fundamental  attribute  of 
protoplasm.  It  may  be  that  a  peri- 
od of  24  hours  is  a  kind  of  abso- 
lute in  the  biotic  kingdom.  Scien- 
tists are  now  aware  that  within  the 
bodies  of  all  organisms  is  a  "living 
clock"  signaling  ofi  these  periods. 

One  concrete  example  of  these 
rhythms  is  the  sleep— wakefulness 
cycle  in  man.  About  ten  years  ago, 
a  young  speleologist  became  ob- 
sessed with  the  idea  that  it  was  sci- 
entifically important  for  him  to  live 
in  an  ice-filled  cave,  sans  clocks, 
for  a  protracted  period  of  time. 
For  sixty-three  days  he  lived  375 
feet  below  ground  where  the  tem- 
perature held  constant  at  32°  F., 
the  relative  humidity  remained  un- 
changed at  100  percent,  and  the 
darkness  was  complete  save  for  a 
small,  battery-powered  light.  Each 
time  he  awoke,  ate.  or  prepared  to 
retire,  he  called  over  a  field  tele- 
phone to  a  surface  camp,  where  the 
times  of  the  calls  were  recorded. 
The  inexorable  cold  and  dampness 
reduced  his  body  temperature  to 
less  than  97°  F.,  and  he  was  con- 
stantly threatened  by  avalanches 
and  cave-ins — still  he  held  out  for 
the  sake  of  science  and  whiled 
away  his  time  writing  a  best  seller 
on     his     subterranean     adventures. 


Throughout  his  underground  stay 
he  tried  mentally  to  keep  track  of 
the  passage  of  time  on  the  surface. 
When  the  men  in  the  surface  camp 
informed  him  on  September  14  that 
his  experiment  was  over,  he  esti- 
mated the  date  at  August  20.  His 
judgment  of  the  passage  of  time 
had  been  exceedingly  sluggish. 
Mentally,  he  had  lost  25  days! 
However,  his  living  clock  (as 
evaluated  by  the  times  of  his  retir- 
ing/awakening phone  calls)  had  ig- 
nored his  mental  confusion  and 
guided  his  body  functions  all  the 
while,  measuring  off  periods  of  ac- 
tivity and  sleep  that  totaled  just 
longer  than  a  day:  24  hours  and  31 
minutes  on  the  average. 

A  slight  deviation  from  an  exact 
period  of  24  hours  is  the  rule 
rather  than  the  exception  when 
plants  and  animals  are  maintained 
in  strictly  unvarying  conditions. 
However.  a  slight  inaccuracy 
should  not  dethrone  the  24-hour  pe- 
riod as  an  absolute,  for  when  one 
contemplates  the  possible  intervals 
from  less  than  nanoseconds  to  the 
life-span  of  the  universe,  a  "near- 
miss"  to  24  hours  should  be 
leniently  accepted.  After  all,  even 
the  atomic  clock  of  the  Bureau  of 
Standards,  the  paragon  of  accu- 
racy, mysteriously  slows  down  ev- 
ery sunrise. 

As  seen  in  the  graph  on  page  55. 
because  the  period  of  the  cave 
dweller's  rhythm  was  slightly 
longer  than  21  hours,  his  sleep- 
wakefulness  cycle  fell  out  of  phase 
with  the  actual  day-night  cycle. 
Only  once  again  during  the  ex- 
periment did  it  come  into  phase 
with    the   day-night   cycle    outside, 


53 


bringing  about  a  rather  interesting 
result.  "Daily"  during  his  under- 
ground sojourn  in  this  quasi  limbo, 
he  entered  limited  scientific  obser- 
vations and  numerous  complaints 
in  a  log.  Save  for  one  entry,  the 
diary  is  a  hodgepodge  of  chron- 
icled discomforts,  misadventures, 
perpetual  intestinal  uprisings,  cave- 
ins,  and  real  and  imagined  terrors. 
In  this  particular  entry,  however, 
the  diary  tells  us  that  "for  the  last 
few  days  I  have  felt  very  optimis- 
tic, I  suffer  less  from  the  cold;  I 
am  better  adapted  to  conditions." 
During  this  optimistic  period  ( days 
•36-39  on  the  graph  I  his  sleep-wake- 
fulness  rhythm  ^vas  again  in  phase 
with  normal  day-night  cycles  in  the 
French  Alps  outside  the  cave. 

Since  this  pioneering  venture, 
more  sophisticated,  more  comfort- 
able, and  considerably  less  dan- 
gerous observations  of  man  in  iso- 
lation have  been  carried  out, 
especially  at  the  Max  Planck  In- 
stitute in  Germany.  In  these  ex- 
periments, light  and  temperature 
(the  major  time-signaling  cues  of 
our  environment)    can  be  held  ris- 


'^iU- 


ft 


'■v.^as 


orously  constant,  while  subjects  re- 
main in  isolation  for  many  weeks. 

Despite  the  relative  comfort  of 
the  modern  experimental  setup  ( in- 
cluding kitchens  and  baths),  it  is 
still  difficult  to  obtain  a  suitable 
number  of  volunteers.  Few  people 
are  willing  to  subject  themselves  to 
the  rigors  of  prolonged  isolation 
and  the  indignities  of  continuous 
medical  measurements.  Luckily, 
money  can  entice  some  into  cooper- 
ating, and  in  the  end  investigators 
turn  to  that  always  popular  ex- 
perimental subject — the  graduate 
student.  His  captive  willingness  is 
enhanced  by  his  penury,  and  in  ex- 
change for  three  meals  a  day,  the 
quiet  of  constant  conditions  in 
which  to  study,  and  a  temporary 
escape  from  the  pressures  of  gradu- 
ate school,  he  is  more  than  willing 
to  provide  periodic  blood  and  urine 
samples  and  to  sit  impaled  on  rec- 
tal temperature  probes  for  days  on 
end.  This  traditional  exploitation 
has  an  additional  advantage — the 
student,  as  a  burgeoning  scientist, 
can  relate  his  experiences  to  the  in- 
vestigator in  a  meaningful  way  af- 
ter the  experiment  is  over. 

In  the  last  few  years  more  than 
fifty  subjects  have  lived  for  various 
lengths  of  time  in  these  bunkers, 
and  in  all  cases  their  internal 
clocks  continued  to  govern  their 
sleep-wakefulness  pattern  and  other 
body  rhythms  in  close  accordance 
with  the  24-hour  time  period. 

The  sleep-wakefulness  rhythm 
does  not  appear  to  be  present  at 
birth.  In  a  study  in  which  parents 
of  newborns  were  asked  to  jot 
down  the  times  that  their  babies 
awakened  or  fell  asleep,  it  was 
found  that  not  until  the  third  week 
of  life  were  signs  of  a  rhythm  ap- 
parent. During  the  next  few  weeks 
the  neonates'  nocturnal  sleep  time 
increased  to  an  average  of  ten 
hours  while  the  day  sleep  decreased 
to  slightly  longer  than  three  and  a 
half  hours,  beginning  to  approxi- 
mate an  adult  pattern.  It  is.  of 
course,  several  years  before  all  day 


sleep  is  abandoned.  In  most  of 
these  studies  the  children  were 
raised  in  the  usual  pattern:  the  par- 
ents, for  convenience'  sake,  actively 
labored  to  develop  sleeping  pat- 
terns in  their  new'borns  that  would 
be  similar  to  their  own.  However, 
interesting  data  came  from  one  set 
of  indulgent  parents  who  allowed 
their  child  to  determine  its  own 
sleeping  pattern.  In  this  case,  a  pat- 
tern of  sleep  geared  to  a  24-hour 
day  did  not  develop  until  the 
child's  eighteenth  week  of  life. 

Apparently  the  major  stimulus 
for  the  development  of  a  sleep- 
^vakefulness  pattern  is  the  parents' 
concern  for  getting  the  child's 
schedule  to  conform  to  their  own. 
However,  maturation  of  the  child 
also  plays  an  important  role,  as  is 
shown  in  studies  of  premature 
babies.  Rhythmicity  in  these  tiny 
infants  develops  much  iriore  slowly 
than  it  does  in  full-term  neonates, 
despite  hospital  pressures,  to  get 
them  to  conform  to  a  daily  pattern. 

The  living  clock  may  also  func- 
tion in  a  related  aspect  of  sleep: 
the  ability  of  some  people  to 
awaken  at  a  predetermined  time 
each  morning  without  the  aid  of  an 
alarm  clock.  All  men  are  not 
equally  endowed  with  this  capacity, 
and  those  who  have  it  show  dif- 
ferent degrees  of  accuracy.  Vari- 
ous idiosyncratic  rituals  have  been 
developed  by  some  people  to  im- 
press the  waking  time  upon  their 
minds:  one  expert  stamps  out  the 
desired  hour  on  the  floor — much 
like  the  old  counting  horse  of 
vaudeville — before  retiring;  and 
another,  a  politician,  slowly  raps 
out  the  waking  hour  with  his  fore- 
head against  the  bedpost  while  pa- 
triotically whistling  "The  Star- 
Spangled  Banner." 

T emperature  rhythms 

The  body  temperature  of  man  is 
also  something  of  an  absolute.  Un- 
der the  control  of  an  elaborate 
thermostat  located  in  the  brain, 
body  temperature  is  regulated  at 
about  98.6°  F.  Like  the  interval  of 
24  hours,  this  too  is  a  "relative" 
absolute  in  that  body  temperature 
is  not  perpetually  98.6°  F.,  but 
varies  by  a  few  degrees  around  this 
average.  In  1842  it  was  discovered 


/ 


A 


IME  IN  HOURS 

10    12    14     16    IS    20    22    24     2      4 

1       1        1        1       1       1       1        1        1        1       1 

6 

8     10    1|2    14    16    18    20    22   24     ^     v)      6     8     10    1^    Ijt    If   1 

L- 
5- 

SLEEP-WAKEFULNESS   CYCLE 

10- 

^!![^^Bj|L 

■■  AWAKE 
_       '                                                                   .          ASLEEP 

15- 

^^^^^E 

mt 

20- 

"■i^^l 

I 

^ 

25- 

■1 

IP          . 

30- 

■BihK.  ' 

35- 

■■'■n 

1 

^^^^^  . 

40- 

Tl 

■ 

^^^^Sm 

45- 

^^^^lt_ 

50- 

^^^^Hta^.    ' . 

55- 

"S^^^^^Hkna       . 

59- 

■■^^^^^^■EXPERIMENT  TERMINATED 

that  in  the  small  hours  of  the 
morning  one's  temperature  is  low, 
rising  to  a  maximum  during  mid- 
day or  afternoon.  An  afternoon 
temperature  slightly  over  99°  does 
not  necessarily  mean  that  one  is 
slightly  feverish,  while  the  same 
temperature  in  the  morning  could 
indicate  febricity. 

Since  body  temperature  depends 
on  the  balance  between  heat  pro- 
duction and  loss,  one  immediately 
thinks  of  the  effects  of  muscular  ac- 
tivity, food  intake,  and  sleep  as  the 
causal  factors  of  the  rhythm.  While 
all  these  factors  exert  profound 
influences  on  body  temperature, 
they  are  not  the  causes  per  se  of 
the  rhythm.  Studies  in  which  sub- 
jects are  confined  to  bed  for  several 
days,  eating  identical  meals  at  reg- 
ularly spaced  intervals  or  fasting, 
show  that  these  treatments  do  not 
abolish  the  rhythm  or  decrease  its 
1  amplitude.  One  man.  completely 
paralyzed  with  poliomyelitis  for 
sixteen  months,  still  displayed  a 
normal  temperature  rhythm. 

Because  body  temperature  is  so 
easily  measured,  it  is  one  of  the 
most  commonly  studied  human 
rhythms.  Like  other  body  rhythms 
it  has  been  shown  to  persist 
whether  in  the  constant  conditions 
of  deep  caves  or  in  the  laboratory. 
For  example,  before  the  start  of 
their  lonely  confinement  in  the  ex- 
perimental   bunkers   described    ear- 


lier, rectal  temperature  probes  were 
implanted  in  each  volunteer  so  that 
deep  body  temperature  could  be 
continuously  recorded  during  the 
times  of  wakefulness  and  sleep 
without  disturbing  the  subject. 
Even  in  these  static  conditions,  all 
subjects  displayed  distinct  tempera- 
ture rhythms.  A  particularly  inter- 
esting case  is  shown  in  the  graph 
on  page  56.  This  subject  displayed 
a  sleep-wakefulness  rhythm  with  a 
period  of  33  hours,  but  a  tempera- 
ture rhythm  with  a  period  of  a 
more  normal  24.8  hours.  Therefore, 
the  individual  "lost"  over  5  days 
during  his  stay  in  constant  condi- 
tions, while  his  thermostat  lost  only 
half  a  day.  A  possible  conclusion 
to  such  a  finding  is  that  the  body 
must  have  multiple  clocks,  each  con- 
trolling a  specific  function. 

Several  studies  show  that  man's 
mental  abilities  and  physical  dex- 
terity vary  rhythmically  over  a  24- 
hour  span  and  that  the  forms  of 
these  rhythms  are  similar  to  the 
form  of  his  personal  daily  tempera- 
ture curve.  For  example,  the  speed 
of  performing  such  simple  tasks  as 
dealing  four  hands  of  cards,  sort- 
ing a  deck  of  cards  by  denomina- 
tion, or  multiplying  eight  digit 
numbers  by  each  other  is  studied  at 
various  times  over  the  day.  These, 
along  with  reaction  times  and 
steadiness  of  the  hand,  are  com- 
monly found  to  be  rhythmic-  When 


the  subject's  temperature  curve  is 
simultaneously  determined,  its  form 
and  the  forms  of  the  above  param- 
eters are  usually  similar. 

Experiments  such  as  these,  to- 
gether ^vith  a  plethora  of  similar 
findings,  suggest  a  causal  relation- 
ship between  body  temperature 
changes  and  efficiency.  The  rela- 
tionship is  further  strengthened  by 
the  finding  that  "morning"  people 
— those  who  rise  early  and  work, 
learn,  or  perform  best  in  the  morn- 
ing— have  temperature  curves  that 
reach  their  daily  maximum  before 
noon;  while  "evening"  people  have 
temperature  curves  that  peak  in  the 
late  afternoon  or  early  evening. 
The  latter  case,  in  which  peak  per- 
formance is  delayed  until  late  in  the 
day,  discredits  the  old  adage  that 
"sleep  recharges  the  body  like  a  bat- 
tery" and  that  body  energy  gradu- 
ally runs  down  during  the  day. 

Rhythmic  time  perception 

A  few  years  ago  it  was  found 
that  one's  subjective  time  per- 
ception varies  rhythmically.  For  ex- 
ample, if  a  subject  is  asked  to  esti- 
mate the  passage  of  a  60-second 
interval  at  different  times  of  the 
day.  he  tends  to  overestimate — in- 
dicate periods  longer  than  60  sec- 
onds— when  his  temperature  is  low- 
est and  underestimate  when  it  is  at 
its  peak,  suggesting  that  the  rate  at 
which  an  endogenous  physiological 
"time-perception"  mechanism  runs 
is  dependent  on  body  temperature. 
This  is  a  logical  conclusion,  for  it 
is  well  known  that  all  metabolic 
processes  run  faster  at  higher  tem- 
peratures. Therefore  if  this  clock, 
which  would  be  expected  to  be  a 
metabolic  entity,  was  caused  to  run 
faster  by  higher  temperatures,  then 
the  subjective  evaluation  of  time 
would  be  shorter,  and  vice  versa. 
This  deduction  was  proved  ex- 
perimentally many  years  ago  by  an 
eminent  physiologist  who  capital- 
ized on  his  wife's  bout  with  influ- 
enza. Throughout  her  illness  she  in- 
dulged him  by  estimating  60-second 
intervals  wliile  lie  recorded  her  at- 
tempts with  a  stopwatcli.  The  higher 
her  fever,  the  quicker  she  supposed 
time  to  be  passing.  These  findings 
have  now  been  confirmed  many 
times  by  artificially  augmenting  hu- 


55 


man   body   temperature   with   expo- 
sure to  diathermy  or  drugs. 

The  body's  chemical  rhythms 

Many,  if  not  all,  of  the  myriad 
chemical  reactions  that  take  place 
within  the  human  body  are  prob- 
ably rhythmic.  Because  the  end 
products  and  excesses  of  some  of 
these  reactions  are  excreted  from 
the  body  in  the  urine,  the  progress 
of  these  inner  body  reactions  can 
be  followed  by  urinalysis.  Just  about 


^ 


TEMPERATURE  AND 
SLEEP   CYCLES 


98.6-— ;7^ 
BODY  TEMPERATURE 


24-HOUR  INTERVALS 

every  component  easily  analyzable 
in  the  urine — potassium,  chlorine, 
sodium,  phosphate,  and  hormones, 
plus  pH  and  water  volume — are 
found  to  vary  rhythmically,  with 
peaks  occurring  in  the  daytime  and 
minima  at  night.  These  rhythms 
make  their  first  appearance  in  the 
newborn  between  the  fourth  and 
fifteenth  week  of  life,  and  are  not 
caused  by  diet,  activity,  sleep 
-wakefulness,  or  other  cycles. 

An  interesting  and  unusual  series 
of  observations  on  excretory 
rhythms  has  been  carried  out  north 
of  the  Arctic  Circle.  On  the  Spits- 
bergen Islands,  north  of  Norway, 
the  sun  never  sets  during  the  sum- 
mer months  and  the  days  are  usu- 
ally overcast,  making  it  difficult  to 
guess  the  time  of  day  from  the  sky. 
Nineteen  subjects — again,  mostly 
graduate  students — assisted  in  an 
experiment  in  this  desolate  region. 
Before  arriving  in  Spitsbergen 
many  of  their  rhythms,  especially 
their  excretory  ones,  had  been  stud- 


ied at  great  length.  Once  in  Spits- 
bergen, complete  camping  equip- 
ment was  issued  to  the  students, 
including  sham  watches,  which  os- 
tensibly recorded  standard  24-hour 
days,  but  which  actually  (and  un- 
known to  the  subjects)  measured 
out  21-  or  27-hour  "days." 

Two  camps,  completely  isolated 
from  one  another  in  uninhabited 
territory,  were  set  up  and  the  sub- 
jects, unaware  of  the  timepiece  sub- 
terfuge, were  instructed  to  carry 
out  their  daily  activities  within  the 
framework  of  time  signaled  by 
their  watches.  Their  routine  was  in- 
terrupted every  few  hours  to  take 
oral  temperatures  and  urine  sam- 
ples (in  which  potassium,  sodium, 
chlorine,  and  water  content  were 
measured) . 

It  should  be  pointed  out  that  liv- 
ing within  these  abnormal  time 
schedules  meant  that  every  eight 
21-hour  days  were  equal  to  seven 
real  days;  and  every  eight  27-hour 
days  were  equal  to  nine  real  days. 
Halfway  through  either  set  of  eight 
experimental  days  the  subjects  were 
exactly  180°  out  of  phase  with  real 
time — they  were  up  and  active  at 
what  would  have  been  nighttime 
Isack  home.  The  results  of  the  six 
weeks'  study  were  surprising. 

The  temperature  rhythm  of  all 
but  one  subject  adjusted  quickly  to 
the  21-  or  27-hour  days.  Less  quick- 
ly, the  rhythms  in  sodium,  chlorine, 
and  water  volume  also  locked  into 
the  artificial  days.  The  potassium 
rhythm,  however,  seemed  less  sus- 
ceptible to  "deceit,"  and  in  most 
cases,  maintained  its  24-hour  peri- 
odicity. While  some  of  the  body's 
rhythms  can  be  made  to  operate  ac- 
cording to  time  intervals  of  slightly 
more  or  less  than  24  hours,  others 
I  the  potassium  rhythm  for  example) 
cannot.  The  results  suggest  that 
there  is  probably  more  than  one 
living  clock  to  control  separate 
body  functions,  and  furthermore, 
that  the  dependability  of  each  is 
variable. 

It  is  biologically  necessary  for  a 
rhythmic  process  to  be  adaptable  to 
change,  for  man  is  not  sedentary  in 
his  habits,  but  moves  restlessly  over 
the  face  of  the  earth.  Today,  jet 
travel  shaves  hours  off.  or  piles 
hours    on,    the    length    of    a    single 


day  as  travelers  speed  eastward  or 
westward,  and  these  geographic  re- 
locations place  considerable  stress 
upon  one's  living  clock.  For  ex- 
ample, a  person  leaving  New  York 
at  6:30  p.m.  will  arrive  nonstop  in 
Rome  at  8:30  a.m.  (local  time) 
just  as  this  ancient  city  is  awak- 
ening. However,  the  traveler's  liv- 
ing clock  is  signaling  2:30  a.m. 
(New  York  time)  and  is  informing 
him  that  it  is  time  to  retire.  The 
clock  must  readjust  to  the  new  lo- 
cal time,  and  until  it  does,  a  person 
will  not  feel  up  to  par.  It  is  inter- 
esting to  note  that  lack  of  imme- 
diate adjustment  to  new  time  zones 
was  first  observed  in  1860  in  an 
orangutan  that  was  being  shipped 
from  Java  to  Germany.  The  crew- 
men noticed  that  the  ape  tended 
to  maintain  its  Java  sleep  pattern 
in  spite  of  the  ship's  westward 
movement  through  consecutive  time 
zones.  Unfortunately,  the  observa- 
tions were  cut  short  at  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope  when  the  animal  died 
after  drinking  a  bottle  of  rum. 

The  diplomatic  services,  large 
corporations,  and  athletic  coaching 
staffs  want  their  representatives  to 
be  in  peak  form  when  entering  into 
business  and  competitive  events  in 
other  countries,  and  a  number  of 
studies  have  recently  been  under- 
taken to  this  end.  The  procedure  is 
simple  but  expensive:  enthusiastic 
volunteers  are  flown  from  the 
United  States  to  all  parts  of  the 
^^-orld.  and  the  rates  at  which  their 
rhythms  adjust  to  these  new  local- 
ities are  measured.  In  addition  to 
rhythmic  processes,  other  assess- 
ments— reaction  time,  subjective  fa- 
tigue, and  decision  time — are  made 
on  each  subject  before  and  after 
translocation. 

After  westerly  translocations,  for 
example,  from  Italy  to  the  United 
States  (crossing  six  time  zones)  or 
from  the  United  States  to  Japan 
(ten  time  zones),  subjects  had  to 
force  their  living  habits  to  conform 
with  the  new  local  time.  It  was 
found  that  in  general  the  various 
rhythms  took  five  to  six  days  to 
completely  rephase  to  the  new  local 
times.  Reaction  and  decision  times 
were  impeded,  and  fatigue  was 
significantly  increased  the  first  day 
in    the    new    location,    but    settled 


56 


down  to  near  normal  by  the  second 
day.  Older  men  showed  higher  fa- 
tigue levels  than  younger  subjects. 
On  easterly  flights — from  Japan 
to  the  United  States  and  from  the 
United  States  to  Italy — the  rhythms 
rephased  to  local  time  much  more 
rapidly:  most  were  completely  ad- 
justed to  the  new  local  times  by 
the  second  day.  As  with  westward 
flight,  reaction  and  decision  times 
were  impaired  and  the  level  of 
fatigue  increased  on  the  first  day. 
North-south  flights  in  which  trav- 
elers remained  in  the  same  time 
zone  had  no  effect  on  the  biologi- 
cal rhythms,  but  again,  fatigue  was 
experienced  after  both  outgoing  and 
return  flights. 

The  relative  ease  with  which 
rhythms  adjust  after  eastward 
flights  as  opposed  to  westward 
flights  can  be  seen  in  the  following 
example.  A  businessman  traveling 
to  Rome,  and  unaware  of  biological 
rhythms,  would  schedule  his  flight 
so  that  he  could  leave  New  York  at 
a  convenient  time  and  arrive  in 
Rome  on  the  morning  of  the  day  of 
his  appointment.  He  would  there- 
fore leave  New  York  at  8:00  P.m. 
so  that  after  an  eight-hour  flight  he 
would  arrive  in  Rome  at  10:00 
A.M.  (local  time),  which  corre- 
sponds to  4:00  A.M.  of  his  own 
"body  time."  Biologically  he  should 
still  be  asleep,  but  he  can  force 
himself  to  carry  out  his  business 
(with  reduced  efficiency,  perhaps) 
and  still  engage  in  after  dusk  social 
activity  there.  By  bedtime  he  will 
be  quite  tired :  his  own  clock  will 
be  registering  about  7:00  P.M.  (it 
is  already  adjusting),  and  he  will 
asily  sleep  through  the  remain- 
der of  the  Roman  night.  On  the 
other  hand,  suppose  our  business- 
man is  with  an  Italian  firm  and 
must  come  to  America.  Leaving 
Rome  at  9:00  a.m.  would  bring  him 
into  New  York  at  11:00  A.M.  (local 
timet  giving  him  time  to  conclude 
his  first  day  of  business  and  join  in 
some  social  activities,  but  he  will 
have  to  force  himself  to  stay  awake 
much  of  this  time.  He  then  tries  to 
retire  with  New  Yorkers  just  after 
midnight,  but  his  biological  clock 
is  now  signaling  about  7:00  a.m. 
Roman  time,  which  is  his  time  to 
awaken.  Even  though  he  has  been 


up  for  24  straight  hours  (assuming 
he  did  not  sleep  in  the  plane)  he 
now  finds  it  difficult  lo  fall  asleep, 
for  while  it  is  easy  to  avoid  sleep 
by  a  conscious  effort,  it  is  impos- 
sible to  force  oneself  to  fall  asleep 
through  mental  persuasion.  Thus, 
adaptation  can  be  expected  to  re- 
quire a  longer  time  after  a  long 
westward  flight  than  after  an  east- 
ward flight. 

Thus  far  I  have  described  only  a 
few  of  the  rhythms  known  to  exist 
in  man — there  are  many  more.  The 
list  includes  pulse  rale,  blood  out- 
put by  the  heart,  circulating  red 
and  white  blood  cells,  the  amount 
of  protein  in  the  blood  at  any  one 
time,  circulating  blood  volume, 
blood  pressure,  the  capacity  of  the 
lungs,  cell  division,  a  variety  of 
psychiatric  iUnesses,  the  adaptation 


of  the  ear  to  new  sounds,  hormone 
secretions,  the  retention  of  memo- 
rized material,  and  about  thirty  or 
forty  other  rhythms.  Surprisingly, 
even  one-time  or  infrequent  events 
in  the  human  life-span  also  appear 
to  be  subject  to  rhylhmicity.  For 
example,  the  rate  of  childbirth  is 
greatest  between  2:00  and  7:00 
a.m.  and  lowest  between  2:00  and 
8:00  P.M.  (No  wonder  obstetricians 
often  appear  haggard.)  Death  rale 
is  also  highest  between  2:00  and 
7:00  a.m.  Women  tend  to  begin 
menstruation  in  the  wee  hours. 

Another  natural  period  on  earth 
is  the  synodic-lunar  month,  the 
time  between  successive  new 
moons.    It    is    an    interval    of    29.5 


57 


days.  There  are  many  organismic 
rhythms — most  of  them  reproduc- 
tive cycles  in  lower  marine  ani- 
mals— with  periods  of  29.5  days. 
For  example,  certain  insects  hatch 
out  of  their  pupal  cases  into  adults 
at  the  times  of  full  moon.  Summer 
egg  production  in  the  Mediterra- 
nean sea  urchin  is  greatest  at  the 
time  of  full  moon  as  was  known  by 
Aristotle,  who  recommended  that 
gonad  aficionados  collect  them  at 
this  time  to  obtain  maximum  en- 
joyment of  the  delicate  ovaries. 

That  the  moon  was  believed  to 
have  some  influence  on  man  is  in- 
dicated by  the  reference  to  insanity 
as  "lunacy."  As  it  turns  out  there 
have  been  few  scientific  studies  de- 
signed to  examine  the  possibility  of 
the  effect  of  the  moon  on  human 
life.  Even  the  hint  of  interest  in 
such  an  investigation  would  gener- 
ate condemnation  from  fellow  sci- 
entists, for  one  of  the  great 
triumphs  of  science  in  the  past  has 
been  to  abandon  astrology  and  the 
notion  that  the  movements  of  heav- 
enly bodies  in  some  way  influence 
the  lives  of  man.  Some  brave  souls. 
however,  in  the  interest  of  scientific 
inquiry,  are  willing  to  suffer  ostra- 
cism by  their  colleagues  and  look 
for  moon-related  influences  on  hu- 
man endeavor. 

The  human  menstrual  cycle,  by 
its  very  name,  implies  a  relation- 
ship to  the  month  and  moon.  How- 
ever, even  elementary  textbooks 
promulgate  that  the  menstrual  cycle 
averages  28  days  (rather  than 
29.5 — the  number  of  days  in  a  sy- 
nodic-lunar month),  and  so  in- 
grained is  this  belief  that  the  eight 
and  a  half  million  women  using  the 
"pill,"  regulate  their  menstrual 
cycles  to  28  days.  Close  re-exam- 
ination of  the  data  collected  by  ear- 
lier workers  fthe  same  data  that 
produced  the  28-day  interval  for 
the  menstrual  cycle)  has  now 
shown  that  the  true  average  period 
of  the  human  menstrual  cycle  is 
29.5  days — the  exact  length  of  the 
synodic-lunar  month.  It  was  also 
found  that  the  average  gestation  pe- 
riod— the  time  elapsed  between  the 
day  of  conception  and  delivery — 
was  exactly  nine  lunar  months 
(266  days  I. 
Armed  with  this  information  it  is 


OVULATION 


T 1 r 

>  10  15  20  25 

DAYS  OF  MENSTRUAL  CYCLE 


now  possible  to  count  backwards 
266  days  from  a  birth  date  to  learn 
the  day  of  conception.  By  exam- 
ining a  large  number  of  birth 
dates,  then,  it  should  be  possible  to 
learn  if  there  is  a  synodic-lunar 
monthly  rhythm  in  the  time  of  con- 
ception. After  statistically  exam- 
ining the  birth  dates  of  over  a 
quarter  of  a  million  children  born 
in  New  York  municipal  hospitals,  it 
was  found  that  the  birthrate,  and 
therefore  the  conception  rate,  is 
highest  during  the  three  days 
around  full  moon,  which  gives  the 
''moon-spoon-June"  ditty  some  sci- 
entific validity.  An  increase  in  con- 
ception rate  at  full  moon  suggests 
an  increase  in  mating  activity — 
a  phenomenon  seen  in  many  lower 
animals. 

Ecologists  were  quick  to  postu- 
late that  the  added  light  reflected 
onto  earth  from  the  full  moon  must 
be  the  cause  for  the  increased  mat- 
ing activity,  although  there  is  no 
proof  of  this.  Nevertheless  the 
newspapers  made  headlines  of  this 
■'fact"  nine  months  after  ''Black 
Tuesday"  (November  9.  19651.  the 
day  the  east  coast  of  the  United 
States  was  incapacitated  by  the 
pandemic  power  failure.  It  was 
amusingly  reported  that  just  nine 
months  after  the  blackout,  birth- 
rates in  the  New  York  hospitals 
had  increased.  "Therefore."  the 
newspapers  proffered,  "the  ecolo- 
gists are  wrong,  it  is  complete  dark- 
ness that  stimulates  mating  activ- 
ity." The  papers  may  have  been 
wrong,    for,    as    can    be    seen    in 


photos  taken  that  night,  Black 
Tuesday  was  a  night  of  full  moon. 

Scientists  and  others  have  always 
wondered  if  there  might  not  be 
some  sort  of  a  rhythm  in  the  hu- 
man female  s  sexual  desire.  For 
years  it  has  been  tacitly  assumed 
by  the  medical  profession  that  the 
female  desire  for  sexual  union  is 
greatest  around  the  time  of  ovula- 
tion: however  the  little  literature 
there  is  on  the  subject  is  a  mixture 
of  folklore  and  fact.  Last  year  a 
study  was  done  in  an  attempt  to  re- 
solve this  question.  The  greatest 
difficulty  in  carrying  out  the  study 
was  the  selection  of  suitable  sub- 
jects. All  volunteers  who  were  tak- 
ing birth  control  pills  had  to  be 
eliminated  as  were  those  who  had 
undergone  hysterectomies,  those 
having  intercourse  regularly  and 
thus  often  sated,  those  who  were 
admittedly  frigid,  and  those  who 
''always  felt  like  se.x."  The  in- 
vestigator finally  assembled  thirty 
women,  who  all  had  regular  men- 
strual cycles  and  no  regular  sex 
life.  In  addition  they  were  in  psy- 
chotherapy and  could  be  queried 
about  their  sexual  feelings  during 
each  session  with  the  psychiatrist. 
In  this  way  a  periodic  desire  for 
intercourse  over  75  menstrual 
cycles  was  documented.  The  chart 
on  this  page  shows  that  the  women's 
libido  was  highest  during  the  latter 
half  of  menses  and  during  the  pe- 
riod prior  to  ovulation.  Other  stud- 
ies have  shown  that  women  also 
reach  orgasmic  climax  more  often 
around  the  middle  of  their  men- 
strual month. 

One  of  the  most  intriguing  as- 
pects of  time-dependent  processes  is 
the  rhythmic  response  of  recipients 
to  various  toxins  and  medications. 
For  example,  if  identical  doses  of 
bacterial  toxins  are  injected  into 
mice  at  various  times  of  day,  in- 
duced lethality  is  found  to  be 
rhythmic:  80  percent  of  the  mice 
are  killed  when  injected  at  8:00 
P.M.  while  less  than  20  percent  die 
from  identical  injections  adminis- 
tered at  midnight.  Similar  studies 
with  ethyl  alcohol  caused  death  to 
60  percent  of  a  sample  mouse  pop- 
ulation when  the  alcohol  was  ad- 
ministered at  8:00  p.m.,  while  20 
percent    died    after    8:00    a.m.    in- 


58 


p 


jections.  Many  drugs  used  on  hu- 
man beings  come  only  in  alcohol 
solution.  Sodium  pentobarbital,  a 
commonly  used  anesthesia,  was  ex- 
perimentally administered  to  rats 
and  mice  at  different  times  of  the 
day;  injections  given  at  night  pro- 
duced intervals  of  unconsciousness 
66  percent  longer  in  duration  than 
identical  doses  given  during  the 
daytime.  Damage  caused  by  whole 
body  X-irradiation  has  also  been 
shown  to  be  rhythmic,  nighttime 
exposure  being  the  most  dangerous. 
It  has  been  shown  that  the  aller- 
gic reaction  in  man  varies  with  the 
dme  of  day.  Injection  of  common 
house  dust  just  under  the  skin 
causes  an  inflammatory  reddening 
and  a  welt,  the  severity  of  which  is 
greatest  after  11  P.M.  injections, 
ind  least  after  11:00  a.ji.  Many 
patients  with  asthma  have  more 
frequent  attacks  at  night.  Another 
jtudy  concerned  itself  with  the 
ength  of  time  that  aspirin  contin- 
ues to  circulate  in  the  blood.  It  was 
[ound  that  it  remains  in  circulation 
i  shorter  length  of  time  if  taken  at 
night,  indicating  that  the  analgesic 


benefits  are  prolonged  when  the 
medication  is  taken  during  the  day- 
time. 

Some  of  the  most  useful  and 
relevant  studies  on  the  human  liv- 
ing clock  should  come  from  the 
field  of  medicine.  The  discovery 
that  the  effect  of  some  medications 
varies  with  the  time  of  day  could 
alter  some  of  the  basic  tenets  of 
therapeutic  medicine  and  the  test- 
screening  procedures  of  new  drugs. 
Unfortunately,  the  medical  profes- 
sion is  far  behind  in  the  study  of 
human  rhythms.  There  are  many 
questions  that  need  answering  in 
this  area.  For  instance,  should  the 
heartbeat  rhythm  be  taken  into  ac- 
count before  a  heart  transplant  is 
attempted?  Should  not  surgeons  be 
sure  that  a  donor's  kidney  is  in 
phase  with  the  excretory  rhythms 
of  the  potential  recipient?  Is  it 
wise  to  subject  "evening  people," 
whose  temperature  cycles  and  body 
processes  do  not  reach  a  maximum 
until  afternoon,  to  early  morning 
surgery?  Are  their  bodies  in  a  state 
best  able  to  survive  at  this  hour? 
Should  manned  space  shots  be  in- 


itiated early  in  the  morning  when 
most  men's  reaction  times  and 
work  proficiency  have  not  yet 
peaked  for  the  day?  Would  not 
more  world  records  be  broken  if 
athletes  were  aware  of  their  body 
rhythms  in  performance  efficiency? 
There  is  a  great  deal  left  to  learn. 
Because  of  the  living  clock's  re- 
lentless activity,  we  are  not  the 
same  person  from  one  hour  to  the 
next;  but  at  the  same  time  each 
day,  we  are  much  like  we  were  the 
day  before  and  much  like  we  will 
be  tomorrow.  Thus  far,  our  studies 
of  time-dependent  processes  in  man 
are  only  in  the  initial,  descriptive 
stages;  we  are  discovering  and  de- 
scribing more  and  more  new 
rhythms.  Unfortunately,  as  yet  we 
have  few  concrete  notions  as  to 
how  the  internal  machinery  of  the 
living  horologe  actually  functions. 
This  mechanism  must  be  deci- 
phered because  of  its  medical  im- 
plications, because  rhythmic  behav- 
ior is  a  fundamental  property  of  all 
life,  and  because  of  the  insight  il 
may  provide  into  the  personal  and 
social  functioning  of  our  species. 


Full  moon  over  Neiv  York  City   during  blackout,  November  9,  1965. 


SKY  REPORTER 


''If 

i 


Meteor's  calculated  orbit  extended  beyond  that 

of  Mars.  Its  fall  to  earth  was  caught  by 

an  automatic  camera  at  Hominy.  Oklahoma. 

Stars  appear  as  trails  because  camera 

lens  was  left  open  as  earth  turned. 

A  rotating  shutter  divided  the  meteor  track 

into  one-second  segments. 

The  22.6-pound  meteorite,  far  right,  was  the 

first  recovered  by  the  Smithsonian's  camera 

network.  Richard  McCrosky,   at  left, 

scientist-in-charge,  examines  it  with 

Gunther  Schwartz,  network  field  manager, 

who  found  it  on  a  road  just  half  a  mile  from 

the  predicted  point  of  impact. 


TRACKING  A  FIREBALL  Last  January  3 
a  piece  of  stone  from  the  asteroid  belt  blazed  into  the 
earth's  atmosphere  at  35,000  miles  per  hour.  It  broke 
up  over  the  central  United  States,  spraying  fragments 
over  a  section  of  eastern  Oklahoma  centered  around 
Lost  City,  about  45  miles  east  of  Tulsa.  While  a  num- 
ber of  people  saw  the  meteor  move  across  the  sky  as  a 
fireball,  apparently  no  one  witnessed  the  fall  of  any  of 
the  fragments. 

The  meteor's  fiery  passage  was  photographed  by 
automatic  cameras  in  Hominy,  Oklahoma,  and  Pleas- 
anton,  Kansas,  two  of  16  unmanned  camera  stations 
that  comprise  the  "Prairie  Network"  of  the  Smithso- 
nian Astrophysical  Observatory.  The  network  was  set 
up  in  1964  in  the  belief  that  one  or  two  fireballs  a 
year  would  be  tracked  well  enough  so  they  could  be 
found  after  landing. 

None  was  found  until  January  of  this  year,  how- 
ever. Working  with  the  photographs  from  Hominy 
and  Pleasanton,  Smithsonian  scientists  computed  the 
meteor's    trajectory   closely    enough   to    say   where   it 


6o 


should  have  fallen  and  where  in  space  it  had  come 
from.  Despite  nine  inches  of  fresh  snow,  the  network 
field  manager  found  a  22.6-pound  fragment  in  the 
middle  of  a  deserted  country  road  just  half  a  mile 
from  the  predicted  point  of  impact.  Snow  had  melted 
from  around  the  object,  uncovering  a  stony  mass 
"like  no  other  rock  in  the  area,"  with  a  black,  burned 
crust.  Later  a  Lost  City  farmer  searching  a  pasture 
for  a  lost  calf  found  a  second  fragment,  this  one 
weighing  ten  ounces. 

Working  backwards  along  the  trajectory,  Smithso- 
nian investigators  found  the  meteorite  had  come  from 
the  asteroid  belt  beyond  the  orbit  of  Mars. 

Why  was  this  the  first  meteorite  to  be  recovered  in 
five  years?  Smithsonian  scientists  had  expected  to  re- 
cover at  least  one  a  year,  and  the  first  months  of 
network  operation  had  revealed  that  fireballs  are 
more  frequent  than  had  been  thought.  The  answer  ap- 
pears to  be  that  most  fireballs  are  comet  fragments: 
largely  slush  balls  of  ice  and  dust  that  vaporize  com- 
pletely  before    they   hit   the   ground.   There    is    other 


positive  evidence  for  this  view,  in  addition  to  the  fail- 
ure to  recover  meteors  after  tracking  them;  a  meteor 
composed  of  ice  rather  than  metal  or  stone  slows 
down  much  more  quickly  when  it  hits  the  atmosphere, 
a  characteristic  revealed  by  the  cameras. 

The  Lost  City  meteorite  was  only  the  second  ever  to 
be  recovered  by  photographic  techniques.  One  that 
fell  near  Pribram  in  Czechoslovakia  in  1959  was  re- 
covered the  same  way,  but  the  astronomers  involved 
had  not  been  specifically  attempting  a  recovery. 

Unfazed  by  the  paucity  of  results  in  the  United 
States  and  Czechoslovakia,  the  Dominion  Observatory 
of  Canada  expects  to  complete  its  own  12-station  net- 
work between  Edmonton  and  Winnipeg  by  July.  Alan 
T.  Blackwell,  project  director,  feels  that  bad  luck  may 
have  been  an  important  factor  in  the  Smithsonian's 
failure  to  find  a  meteorite  for  five  years.  He  says  most 
authorities  agree  that  at  least  1,000  meteors  a  year 
make  it  to  the  surface  on  the  land  portions  of  the 
earth  (only  about  10  are  found  each  year).  If  this 
number  is  valid,  he  argues,  then  the  2.50,000  square 


miles  covered  by  his  cameras  should  yield  an  average 
of  up  to  five  a  year.  In  choosing  a  site  for  their  net- 
work, the  Canadians,  like  their  U.S.  counterparts, 
chose  a  region  in  which  meteorites  would  be  relatively 
easy  to  find:  comparatively  flat  land  free  of  natural 
rocks.  BlackweU  is  hoping  that  meteorites  will  not 
break  the  ice  of  Manitoba  lakes  but  will  remain  on 
top.  easily  visible  to  a  search  party. 

SLOW  DOWN  IN  SPACE  Cuts  in  the  na- 
tional space  agency's  budget  are  starting  to  show  up 
in  canceled  or  postponed  plans.  The  schedule  of  lunar 
landings  has  been  stretched  out,  primarily  to  save 
money,  rather  than  to  give  scientists  more  time  to 
evaluate  tlie  results  of  one  trip  before  embarking  on 
the  next.  The  Apollo  20  flight  has  been  scrapped.  The 
1973  instrument  landing  on  Mars  has  been  put  off 
until  1975.  A  flight  to  Venus  scheduled  for  1973  is 
still  on,  but  now  only  one  spacecraft,  instead  of  the 
original  two,  will  make  the  trip. 

No  lunar  landings  at  all  are  planned  during  1972. 
Instead  the  first  three-man  crews  will  be  flown  to  an 
orbiting  laboratory  to  operate  a  large  solar  telescope. 
Plans  to  fly  a  12-man  space  station  as  the  first  seg- 
ment of  an  eventual  .50-man  behemoth,  originally  set 
for  1975.  now  appear  certain  to  be  postponed. 

The  budget  cuts  also  mean  less  XASA  money  for 
academic  research.  This  loss,  together  with  the  con- 
gressional directive  to  the  Defense  Department  to  stop 
paying  for  research  not  clearly  related  to  military 
goals  and  the  growing  disenchantment  with  science  on 
the  part  of  politicians,  may  signal  the  start  of  a 
difiicult  decade  for  astronomers  and  space  scientists. 

MORE    NAKED-EYE   COMETS     The    last 

comet  of  1969,  discovered  in  South  Africa  on  Decem- 
ber 28,  was  expected  to  become  a  naked-eye  object  as 
it  moved  north  tlirough  the  sky  during  March.  Kno^\"n 
as  Comet  Bennett,  it  made  1970  a  bonanza  year  for 
comet  watchers,  with  three  bright  comets  visible  in 
just  the  first  three  months.  During  February.  Tago- 
Sato-Kosaka  faded  as  it  moved  away  from  the  sun 
after  having  been  as  bright  as  magnitude  2.6  in 
January  and  having  displayed  a  tail  10  degrees  long, 
20  times  the  diameter  of  the  full  moon.  By  the  middle 
of  March,  Tago-Sato-Kosaka  had  faded  to  magnitude 
9.4  as  it  moved  north  through  Perseus. 

During  February,  a  comet  discovered  in  Japan, 
Daido-Fujikawa,  swung  by  the  sun  at  a  distance  of 
just  over  six  million  miles,  brightening  to  magnitude 
— 3,  nearly  as  brilliant  as  Venus  at  its  brightest.  Its 
nearness  to  the  sun  made  it  difiicult  to  see.  but  one 
observer  in  Arizona  reported  at  least  4  degrees  of  tail 
visible  in  binoculars  on  the  morning  of  February  7, 
despite  the  light  of  dawn.  On  the  17th  the  comet 
passed  within  10  minutes  of  arc  of  Venus,  an  appar- 
ent distance  equal  to  about  one-third  the  diameter  of 
the  full  moon.  Moving  exceptionally  fast,  the  comet 
was  expected  to  be  150  million  miles  from  the  sun  by 
April  15.  when  it  would  have  faded  to  magnitude  15. 

In    [March    Comet    Bennett    became    the    third    con- 


62 


secutive  naked-eye  comet  of  the  year.  Both  the  British 
Astronomical  Society  and  the  Central  Bureau  for  As- 
tronomical Telegrams  in  Cambridge,  Massachusetts, 
estimated  that  Comet  Bennett  would  brighten  to  at 
least  second  magnitude  in  March.  During  the  month 
of  April  the  comet  was  expected  to  be  moving  north 
through  the  constellation  Pegasus.  Predicted  magni- 
tudes were  2.4  on  April  4,  3.8  on  the  14th.  and  5.1  on 
the  24th. 

It  could  be  a  record  year.  Eight  periodic  comets, 
discovered  on  previous  approaches  to  the  sun.  are  ex- 
pected to  return  during  the  balance  of  1970.  None  is 
expected  to  become  a  naked-eye  object,  however.  One, 
a  comet  called  Encke,  which  returns  every  three  years,  ' 
will  still  be  coming  in  toward  the  sun  as  the  year 
ends,  and  should  be  brighter  than  ninth  magnitude. 

JoHx  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 

Editors'  ISote:  Because  of  the  vagaries  of  mail  deliv- 
ery, we  have  decided  to  provide  information  on  celes-  ( 
tial  events  further  into  the  future,  beginning  with  this 
issue.  The  Star  Map  on  the  facing  page  would  nor- 
mally be  published  in  the  May  issue:  thus  it  is  correct 
for  11:20  p.m.  on  April  1  and  8:30  p.m.  on  May  15. 
We  are  extending  the  Celestial  Events  column  to  45 
days,  to  cover  the  first  half  of  May  as  well  as  all  of 
April.  Similar  adjustments  will  be  made  in  all  future 


TWO  IMPORTANT  SKY  EVENTS 
IN  EARLY  MAY 

Transit  of  Mercury  On  May  9,  the  planet  Mercury 
goes  through  inferior  conjunction,  coming  bet\\'een 
sun  and  earth.  The  path  of  the  planet  on  that  morn- 
ing, as  \-iewed  from  earth,  will  take  it  directly  across 
the  sun's  face,  and  the  planet  will  be  visible  as  a  black 
dot  moving  swiftly  from  left  to  right  across  the  sun. 
Such  an  event  is  called  a  transit.  Only  Mercury  and, 
more  rarely,  Venus  can  be  seen  in  transit  across  the 
sun  from  earth. 

The  transit  of  Mercury  on  Saturday.  May  9,  will 
already  be  in  progress  at  sunrise  in  eastern  and  cen- 
tral Lnited  States,  and  the  planet  may  still  be  seen 
moving  to  the  right  across  the  sun.  The  planet  will 
reach  the  point  of  egress  I  where  it  leaves  the  sun's 
disk  I  at  about  7:10  to  7:13  a.m.,  EST.  depending  on 
one's  location.  Farther  west,  the  transit  will  have 
ended  by  sunrise. 

Occultation  of  Regulus  The  first-quarter  moon  passes 
between  earth  and  the  star  Regulus,  in  Leo,  on  the 
afternoon  and  evening  of  May  13.  Such  an  event,  in 
which  a  star  is  temporarily  hidden  by  the  moon,  is 
called  an  occultation.  Regulus  will  be  occulted  during 
early  evening  twilight  in  eastern  North  America.  The 
emergence  of  the  star  from  behind  the  bright  edge  of 
the  moon  should  be  easily  observed  shortly  after  8:20 
P.M.,  weather  permitting.  Farther  west,  the  occultation 
occurs  in  daylight. 

T.D.N. 


#%^., 


.''    S(N^^''V   \ 


'oissvoW       ^^   .. 


a3'i*°^^^*'"^"^ 


-i  ..^- 


•    %. 


^-"^"x ./ 


In  April,  new  moon  Is  on  the  5th,  first-quarter  on  the 
13th,  full  moon  on  the  21st,  and  last-quarter  on  the  28th. 
In  May,  new  moon  is  on'the  5th,  first-quarter  on  the  13th. 

Four  planets  are  evening  stars — Saturn,  Venus,  and 
Mercury  low  and  close  together  in  the  west;  Mars  some- 
what higher.  Jupiter  is  in  the  east  in  early  evening,  set- 
ting in  the  west  In  the  morning. 

April  7-8:  The  early  crescent  moon  passes  above  four 
evening  planets.  Saturn,  Venus,  and  Mercury  are  in  line 
below  the  moon  on  the  7th;  Mars  is  above  and  to  the  left. 
All  planets  are  below  the  moon  on  the  8th. 

April  11:  Venus  and  Saturn,  with  Mercury  close  by,  are 
in  conjunction  in  the  western  sky  after  sunset. 

April  12:  Mercury  is  in  conjunction  with  Saturn.  Bright 
Venus  is  almost  between  them;  Mars  is  higher  and  to  the 
left. 

April  18:  Mercury  is  at  greatest  evening  elongation 
from  the  sun.  The  planet  is  easily  seen  as  an  evening 


star  in  the  west  for  about  a  week  before  and  after  today. 

April  21:  Jupiter  is  at  opposition  from  the  sun.  Look 
for  it  near  the  full  moon  tonight. 

April  26:  Advance  clocks  to  daylight  time. 

May  2:  Saturn  enters  the  morning  sky. 

May  3-6:  Mars,  Venus,  and  the  star  Aldebaran,  in  Tau- 
rus, are  close  in  the  evening  sky.  Aldebaran  is  in  conjunc- 
tion with  Mars  on  the  3rd;  with  Venus  on  the  6th. 

May  6-7:  Mars  and  Venus  are  to  the  left  of  the  crescent 
moon  on  the  evening  of  the  6th,  closer  to  the  moon  and 
beneath  it  on  the  7th. 

May  9:  Venus  and  Mars  are  in  conjunction. 

THOMAS    D.    NICHOLSON 


those  in  the  sky.  The  map  is  for  11:20  P.M.  on  April  1;  10:25  on 
the  15th;  9:30  on  the  30th;  and  8:30  on  May  15;  but  it  may  be 
used   for  about  one   hour   before  and   after  the  times   indicated. 


QUESTAR  PHOTOGRAPHS 

HIGH-PRESSURE  DIAPHRAGM  OPENINGS 


At  NASA's  Ames  Research  Center,  three 
research  scientists  teamed  up  a  Questar 
with  an  image  converter  camera  to  view  a 
diaphragm  through  a  window  in  the  end  wall 
of  a  shock  tube.  The  image  of  the  dia- 
phragm is  reflected  into  the  telescope  by 
an  optically  flat  mirror  at  the  end  of  the 
tube.  The  telescope's  long  focal  length 
permits  it  to  photograph  the  action  and 
provide  a  relatively  large  image  (about 
y2-inch  diameter)  of  the  4-inch  target 
located  40  feet  away.  The  ICC  transforms 
the  optical  image  into  an  electron  image, 
recreates  the  image  at  high  intensity,  and 
projects  it  onto  photographic  film. 

Metal  diaphragms  act  as  quick-opening 
valves  in  shock-driven  facilities,  and  the 
time  of  the  opening  is  significant  in  the 
formation  of  the  shock  waves  in  the  tube. 


The  Questar  7  with  Rolleiflex  FL-66  attached, 
mounted  on  the  smooth-as-silk  Miller  Fluid 
Head  with  Lindhof  Heavy  Duty  Tripod. 


The  method  for  viewing  an  opening  dia- 
phragm was  developed  in  the  Ames  30- 
inch  electric  arc  shock  tunnel,  and  the 
most  satisfactory  way  to  study  the  per- 
formance of  a  diaphragm  is  to  photograph 
the  actual  process  within  the  shock  tube. 
However,  with  previous  methods  used,  in- 
sufficient lighting,  small  size  of  image, 
and  inadequate  resolution  could  not  pro- 
duce a  usable  picture. 

The  arrangement  devised  by  Robert  E. 
Dannenberg,  Dah  Yu  Cheng,  and  Walter  E. 
Stephens,  utilizing  the  SVs-inch  Questar 
with  its  focal  length  of  1600  mm.  and  over- 
all length  of  8  inches,  was  employed  for 
this  application.  The  camera  could  record 
three  frames  of  the  event  in  rapid  se- 
quence with  an  adjustable,  programmed 
delay  between  each  frame. 

The  entire  process  is  described  in  an 
article  in  the  June  AIAA  JOURNAL. 

This  is  only  one  of  the  many  special 
applications  for  which  Questar  is  the  in- 
stant answer,  because  this  telescope,  with 
the  finest  possible  resolution  for  every 
optical  need,  is  on  the  shelf  ready  to  go 
the  day  you  need  it. 

The  Questar  seven-inch  Is  very  big  with 
research  and  development,  too,  yet  is  so 
easily  portable  thatyou  can  carry  it  around 
with  you  wherever  you  need  it.  Those  who 
use  it  for  laser  sending  or  receiving,  for 
rocket-borne  instrumentation,  for  closed- 
circuit  television,  or  just  for  taking  pic- 
tures of  nature,  marvel  at  the  performance 
which  easily  doubles  that  of  the  3y2-inch. 
And  it,  too,  is  immediately  available. 


QUESTAR.  THE  WORLD-S  FINEST,  MOST  VERSATILE  SMALL  TELESCOPE.  PRICED  FROM  $795  IS 
DESCRIBED  IN  OUR  NEWEST  BOOKLET  WHICH  CONTAINS  MORE  THAN  100  PHOTOGRAPHS  BY 
QUESTAR  OWNERS.  SEND  $1  FOR  MAILING  ANYWHERE  IN  NORTH  AMERICA  BY  AIR  TO 
REST  OF  WESTERN  HEMISPHERE.  $2.50;  EUROPE  AND  NORTH  AFRICA.  $3.00:  ELSEWHERE   $3  50 


TAR 


BOX   60,  NEW  HOPE,  PENN.    18938 


An  introduction  to  tlie  setting  and  ctiai 
acters  in  tlie  tragical  farce  or  farcici 

tragedy  of  Victoria  Bluffs,  S.  C.  ' 

I 

Continued  from  page  19 

Opponents  of  BASF  claimed  thsj 
the  study  by  a  state  agency  ■\voul 
be  a  "whitewash."  That  charge  wa 
an  insuh  to  Guess  and  his  "natior 
ally  recognized  professional  abilit 
as  a  conservationist."  Governo 
McXair  was  reported  as  saying. 

Guess  is  friendly,  polished;  har 
dies  questions  easily.  I  do  not  re 
call  seeing  a  window  in  his  plus' 
office.  His  first  step,  when  the  govei 
nor  tossed  him  the  political  he 
potato  of  the  study,  was  to  call  i: 
his  staff  and  outline  the  broades 
approach.  They  suggested  the  follow 
ing  categories:  physical,  chemica. 
biological,  economic,  and  sociologf 
cal. 

"That's  a  10-year  project."  h 
said.  "And  I  haven't  got  a  dime  ye 
to  finance  it.  BASF  has  offered  ti 
contribute,  but  I  w'ould  rather  no 
take  their  money — unless  I  get  a: 
equal  amount  from  the  opposition 
'"It's  impossible  to  do  all  that.  I 
would  take  years.  And  ecology  .  . 
you  can  get  so  bogged  dowm  tryinj 
to  study  it  .  .  .  ecology'  will  kil 
you." 

Guess  views  his  commission  anc 
its  pending  study  as  "a  cushion  be 
t^^■een  vested  interests.  You  can' 
satisfy'  everyone.  Some  people  an 
going  to  charge  that  the  study  is  i 
whitewash,  no  matter  what  we  do 
But  you  expect  that  kind  of  reac 
tion.  Many  people  are  still  worriec 
about  Christ,  you  know." 

Mr.  J.  D.  Little.  Jr..  director  o: 
the  South  Carolina  Developmen 
Board,  is  one  of  the  vested  interests 
that  Guess  must  cushion.  Little  is  f 
thin,  djTiamic.  nervous  man,  ivhost 
foremost  concern  is  bringing  in 
dustry  to  the  state.  Last  year,  new 
and  expanded  plant  expenditure; 
totaled  S706  million,  well  above  the 
previous  year's  record  of  S6.36  mil- 
lion. The  BASF  investment — SIOC 
million  initially,  possibly  anothei 
SlOO  million  for  a  petrochemical 
facility',  mth  hints  of  an  ultimate 
figure  of  -5400  million — is  an  im- 
portant part  of  the  state  total. 

"Water  is  an  economic  re- 
source," Little  stated,  "and  it  is  up 
to  the  people  of  the  state  to  deter- 
mine what  they  want  to  do  with  it." 


64 


He  pointed  out  that  the  state  has 
,  always  accepted  a  degree  of  water 
pollution  for  economic  benefits. 
Pulp  mills  are  one  example.  "We 
don't  like  the  smell,  but  it  smells 
like  money,"  Little  said,  pleased 
with  his  phrase. 

"And  don't  forget,  there's  a  lot 
.of  natural  pollution,  like  swamp 
water." 

i  For  Jay  Little,  the  issue  of  envi- 
ronmental protection  could  hinder 
his  drive  to  bring  industrial  devel- 
opment to  the  state.  He  believes 
that  the  tidelands  are  ripe  for  an 
economic  boom,  and  that  BASF 
.picked  the  Victoria  Bluffs  site  be- 
icause  all  the  better  deepwater  sites 
ioT  a  wet  industry  had  been  taken. 
In  Little's  opinion,  South  Caro- 
lina's depressed,  underdeveloped 
coastal  region  has  become  a  great 
asset  because,  at  a  time  when  other 
states  are  beginning  to  run  out  of 
large  tidewater  sites,  it  still  has  vast 
[ireas  that  are  excellent  for  indus- 
trial development. 

I  The  fate  of  the  salt  marshes,  of 
iill  that  polluted  swamp  water,  of 
the  estuary  ecosystems  are,  for  him, 
|a  minor  matter  when  compared  to 
.the  benefits  of  development. 
;  Dr.  H.  J.  Webb's  heavy  frame, 
Isagging  in  a  swivel  chair  behind 
his  paper-smothered  desk,  was  in 
sharp  contrast  to  Little's.  It  was 
late  and  Webb,  associate  director 
land  designated  future  director  of 
the  South  Carolina  Pollution  Con- 
trol Authority,  appeared  tired. 

Mixed  in  among  the  other  papers 
on  the  desk  was  a  subpoena  that 
had  upset  his  whole  day.  It  de- 
manded that  the  agency  explain  in 
court  why  it  had  not  properly 
monitored  the  effluent  of  the  Ten- 
neco  plant  and  why  it  had  not  can- 
celed the  plant's  permit  to  dis- 
charge waste.  With  the  legal 
document  was  a  pile  of  worked- 
over  notes  and  maps  prepared  for  a 
discussion  of  the  case  with  the  at- 
torney general's  office. 

The  subpoena  was  a  new  type  of 
problem,  a  new  tactic  by  con- 
servationists to  protect  the  tideland 
environment.  Webb,  whose  author- 
ity is  responsible  for  policing  both 
air  and  water  pollution  in  the  state, 
looked  like  an  unwilling  draftee  in 
the  escalating  war  to  save  the  envi- 
ronment. 

"The  authority  only  has  48  au- 
thorized   employees    for    the    whole 


Reserve  yours^ 

a  natural  history  first! 


I     :   THE   AGE    OF    REPTILES 


A  first  day  of  issue  cover,  of  course,  with  tliis  beautiful  new 
series  of  natural  history  postage  stamps  commemorating  the 
Centennial  of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  The 
official  cancelled  first  day  envelope,  with  this  plain  block  of  4 
jumbo  stamps,  will  be  available  from  the  Museum  on  the  date 
of  issue,  May  6.  $1.00  each.  Reserve  yours  today!  Send  check 
or  money  order  with  self-addressed  stamped  QVz"  envelope. 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

First  Day  Cover 

Central  Park  West  at  79  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024 


NOW  AVAILABLE:  a  series  of  8mm  full  color 
movies  complete  with  narration  can  be  ordered 
directly  from  the  producer. 


NATURE 
EPISODES 


Films  that  bring  you  these  unique  experiences: 

9601  Antlered  Denizens  of  the  North  Country 

PROBE  the  virgin  loresls  ol  Eastern  Canada  lo  find  Ihe 
endangered  Woodland  Caribou 

9602  Black  Bears,  Squirrels  and  Trumpeter  Swans 
RETREAT  before  Ihe  atlacking  Trumpeler  Swan 

9603  Rocky  Mountain  Animals  and  the  Blue  Grouse 
SEE  Ihe  Slue  Grouse  lill  his  air  sacs  in  maling  display. 

9604  Rocky    Mountain    Sheep    and    the    White-Tailed 
Ptarmigan 

THRILL  lo  Ihe  excilemenl  ol  Rams  in  battle  (or  supremacy, 

9605  Birds  and  Beasts  of  Pond  and  Swamp 

LEARN   from   nature  s   linesf   engineer   as   he   constructs 
his  pond 

9606  Mating  and  Nesting  of  the  Grebe  and  Coot 
WONDER    al    the    breathtaking    grace    of    the    Western 

Grebe's  courting  rush  ceremony 

9607  Camera  Studies  of  Robins,  Cardinals  and  Mourning 
Doves 

COMPARE  the  feeding  and  nesting  habits  o(  Ihe  Mourning 
Oo»e.  Cardinal  and  Robin 

9608  The  Self-Important  and  Busy  Crackle 

STUDY  a   flock   of   Common    Crackles   during  courtship 

9609  Birds  of  All  Seasons  in  the  Finger  Lakes  Area  of 
New  York  State 

WATCH  the  Goldfinch  change  lo  breeding  plumage  before 
your  eyes 

9610  The  Birds  of  the  Northern  Prairies 

VISIT  Ihe  hidden  nesl  of  the  vanishing  Upland  Plover. 

9611  All  About  the  Bird  Called  Killdeer 

MARVEL    al    the    Killdeer  s    deceptive    "broken    ning" 
behavior 

Altenlion:  ALL  NATURE  GROUPS  - 

Ask  about  our  Special  Club  Rates 


A  unique  experience  for  nature  lovers. 
Each  Nature  Episodes  set  contains  a  full 
6  minutes  of  film  and  a  7  inch  33V3  rpm 
record. 


Nature  Episodes  -  1211  Auburn  Road,  Locke,  Men  Tort  13092 

Yes'  Send  me  the  folkjwing  titles 

□  9601      □  9603     □  9605     □  9607     Q  9609     Q  9611 

n  9602      □  9604      □  9606     Q  9608      Q  9610 

Nott  al  Ihe  low  price  ol  $14.95  each  (postpaid) 

□  Regular  8  mm         □  Super  8  mm         (check  one) 


Name  _ 
Street . 


State . 


.Zip. 


Send  check,  money  order  or  use  Master  Oiarge  ^ 

BankAmerlcard  St American  Express  st_ 

Signature 


(Oiirp  card  u 


Total  Amount  S_ 


lud  frvf  ttcn*turi) 

■  York  SIsli  residfnll  include  ulft  tu. 


6<r 


,  afwchair  wanderinQ^" 

,\\\ee  excursions  into  nature's 
^otVd-viewing  it  as  a  \NaN 
Q\\\\e,  an  ongoing  advenW^® 


a  20th-century  frontiersman's 
first-hand  account  of  the  ways 
of  wild  animals  and  nature 

BOBCATS  BEFORE 
BREAKFAST 


John  W.  Kulish  to 

Dk  his 

iv 

ng  from 

the 

woods  for 

forty  years  before 

he  pu 

I 

nrfs 

man 

!l^oo? 

to  become  one  o 

the   nat 

on's   fore 

mo 

St    o 

education  rnstru 

~tors- 

-a 

Boston 

U 

Tive 

rsity's 

Sargent  Camp.  Wi 

h  the 

hp 

p  of  his 

wife  Ain 

o.  this 

last-of-a-breed  kmd  of  m 

an 

tells  about 

hp 

woods 

life,  the  animals  w 

lo  liv 

t 

ere.  the 

hii 

heart- 

ache,  suspense  an 

d  won 

de 

that  ov 

rflr 

W    3 

day  becomes  a   n 

w  ac 

ve 

ture-  A 

ma 

ull   be 

proud  to  meet— tr 

apper 

jide.  nat 

voods- 

man.  a  man  who  k 

°h'e^*' 

nds  as  so 

Tn 

know 

uring    tt 

them  in  a  way  to  s 

ir  anc 

rF 

% 

about  the 

outdoors.  To  quot 

Miles 

.S 

Tiith.  Art 

itor 

Asso- 

ciated    Press:    "A 

ticula 

compassion. ' 

S595 

32  short  and  long  prose 
and  poetry  samplings 
of  great  writers    response 
to  implacable  nature 

THE  WILDERIMESS 
SAMPLER 

Edited  by  Jean  C.  Vermes 


Roosevelt,    and 


can  tell  it.  "Exceller 
loves  literature  and  r 
Magazine. 


nineteen  of  the  beloved, 
best  remembered 

outdoor  stories 

by  Gordon  MacQuarrie 

STORIES  OF  THE 
OLD  DUCK  HUNTERS 
&  OTHER  DRIVEL 

Edited  by  2ack  Taylor 


MacQuarrie  was  one  of  the  pioneers  of  outdoor 
writing,  the  Outdoor  Editor  of  the  Milwaukee  Jour- 
nal Sox  20  years,  and  a  featured,  regular  contributor 
to  all  the  major  outdoor  magazines.  These  selections 
reflect  his  lifelong  love  affair  with  the  outdoors  and 
his  unselfish  devotion  to  preserving  it.  His  humor, 
character  delineation,  and  story  sense  — credited 
by  many  with  raising  the  level  of  all  outdoor  writ- 
ing—come through  clearly  in  these  stories  revolving 
around  the  fictitious  Old  Duck  Hunter's  Association. 
Inc.,  which  had  only  two  members.  All  are  time- 
lessly  topical,  and  any  outdoorsman  will  recognize 
the  fun.  frustrations,  and  victories  so  warmly  and 
hilariously  recounted  here.  Ducks  Unlimited 
reported,  "completely  fascinating  from  cover  to 
cover."  S5.95 


05. 


of  Bobcats  Before  Breakfast  at  S5  95 
of  Stories  of  Old  Duck  Hunters  at  S5  95 
of  The  Wilderness  Sampler  at  S5  95 
ease,  including  shipping  charges. 
)y  of  Pocket  Guide  to  Animal  Tracks. 


state,"  Webb  said.  "We've  asked 
for  87  new  positions  in  the  next 
budget.  That  would  include  39  new 
field  people  in  water  alone." 

Webb  believes  that  the  state's 
pollution  control  law,  which  he 
helped  draft,  is  a  good  one.  The 
main  problem  is  a  staff  too  small  to 
adequately  police  the  potential  pol- 
luters. Unless  the  authority  gets 
most  of  the  new  positions  it  re- 
quested, the  natural  environment  of 
South  Carolina  will  be  without  a 
watchdog,  in  constant  danger. 

Columbia,  the  capital  of  South 
Carolina,  is  in  the  hills  of  the  Pied- 
mont, overlooking  the  state's 
coastal  plain,  or  lowlands.  From 
those  heights,  the  state's  officials, 
Mc?Vair,  Guess,  Little,  Webb,  and 
many  others,  seem  to  view  the  Hil- 
ton Head  Island-BASF  dispute  as  a 
local  skirmish,  as  a  contest  be- 
tween several  pieces  on  a  chess 
board.  BASF,  with  its  financial 
power,  is  a  rook,  the  island  devel- 
opers are  bishops,  and  then  there 
are  pawns  that  are  hardly  noticed. 
Yet  a  pawn  can  decide  the  game. 

The  rook,  the  BASF  Corpo- 
ration, is  confident  how  the  game 
will  end.  Dr.  Lautenschlager.  in  his 
30th-floor.  corner  office  in  Manhat- 
tan, outlined  the  schedule:  detailed 
topographic  studies  and  test  bor- 
ings this  spring,  ground-breaking 
by  the  fall,  the  first  plant  in  oper- 
ation— its  output  on-stream — by  the 
fourth  quarter  of  1972. 

BASF  chose  the  Victoria  Bluffs 
site  because  there  was  "enough 
room";  because  the  labor  supply 
and  traffic  connections  to  the  south- 
ern textile  and  furniture  markets 
were  good.  The  state  officials  were 
cooperative,  but  "we  did  not  get 
any  unusual  concessions."  They 
had  looked  at  many  places:  Clin- 
ton. Iowa;  on  the  Ohio  River; 
along  the  Gulf  Coast:  but  none  had 
all  the  advantages  of  the  Beaufort 
Count\'  location. 

Lautenschlager  repeated  his  pitch 
about  environmental  protection, 
about  modern  pollution  controls 
that  would  cost  at  least  .$210  mil- 
lion, about  plans  to  leave  a  green- 
belt  of  trees  along  the  highway. 
"We  will  be  a  good  neighbor.  I 
think  people  will  be  surprised.  We 
plan  to  make  this  a  model  plant,  an 
example  for  all  industry.  Perhaps 
people  someday  will  thank  us." 

Dr.  Lautenschlager  is  a  physical 


chemist,  not  a  biologist  or  an  ecol- 
ogist.  He  still  talks  about  an 
"ecological  survey"  as  though  a  sci- 
entist could,  over  a  short  period, 
count  the  organisms  and  measure 
the  physical  conditions  of  the  Col- 
leton River,  and  from  that  define 
the  local  ecosystem.  He  has  yet  to 
gain  the  wisdom  of  Mr.  Guess  that 
"ecology  can  kill  you"  because  of 
its  complexities  and  dynamics.  *"' 

"Wait  and  see,"  he  said,  sensing 
my  skepticism.  "We  will  have  a 
pool  next  to  the  plant,  filled  by  the 
treated  effluent.  We'll  have  live  fish 
in  the  pool.  Then  will  you  believe 
me?"  ^ 

"I'll  wait  and  see."  I  thought 
later  that  I  should  have  asked  him. 
"What  kind  of  fish  .  .  .  sea  trout 
or  carp?" 

As  usual,  I  held  some  of  the  un-^; 
pleasant  questions  until  the  end  of 
the  interview.  "Some  of  your  oppo- 
nents at  Hilton  Head  believe  that  if 
they  can  delay  your  construction 
for  one  or  two  years,  so  that  your 
product  would  not  be  able  to  go  on- 
stream  until  1974  or  later,  you 
would  build  elsewhere.  Is  that 
true?" 

The  frown,  the  long  pause,  and 
Lautenschlager's  reply  that  he  did 
not  tliink  it  would  be  possible  to 
delay  the  plant,  but  that  a  delay 
could  be  a  problem,  all  confirmed 
my  intuitive  feeling  about  the  im- 
portance of  one  of  the  pawns  at 
Hilton  Head  Island. 

William  F.  Kenney  is  one  of  the 
retired,  small-lot  residents  of  the  is- 
land. He  is  part  of  a  citizens' 
group,  many  of  them  northerners, 
called  the  Hilton  Head  Island  Com- 
munity Association,  that  has  be- 
come increasingly  active  in  oppos- 
ing the  BASF  project. 

When  he  retired  as  a  vice-presi- 
dent and  general  counsel  of  Shell 
Oil  Company  last  year.  Kenney 
made  several  radical  changes  in  his 
life.  He  moved  from  New  \ork  to 
an  oceanfront  home  on  Hilton 
Head  Island.  He  stopped  wearing  a 
watch.  And.  after  29  years  of  advo- 
cating the  rights  of  an  oil  and 
chemical  company  in  legal  battles, 
he  shifted  to  the  other  side. 

Because  of  his  long  experience 
in  legal  matters  against  conser- 
vationists ("I  have  never  lost  a 
case").  Kenney  is  probably  one  of 
the  most  realistic  and  effective  op- 
ponents of  the  chemical  plant  com- 


66 


By  Nicholas  Roosevelt 

A  lifelong  conservationist  ex- 
plains the  urgency  of  our  conser- 
vation problems  and  tells  of  past 
struggles  to  preserve  the  wild, 
with  lessons  to  be  learned  from 
them. 

Conservationists  acclaim  it 

"A  valuable  conservation  book 
. . .  The  neophyte  conservationist 
will  do  well  to  study  Nicholas 
Roosevelt's  volume,  for  the  ex- 
perience of  two  generations  is 
distilled  in  its  pages.  The  sea- 
soned conservationist  will  recog- 
nize the  good  judgment  of  many 
of  Roosevelt's  conclusions." 
—  Stewart  L.  Udall,  Former  Secre- 
tary of  the  Interior 

$5.95 
DODD,  MEAD — 


This  is  a  complete  recording  of 
Edward  Fitzgerald's  5th  version, 
and  is  the  cumulative  effort  of 
three  men  of  genius . 

It  is  followed  by  a  few  comments 
and  comparisons,  and  also  Pedro 
Calderon  de  la  Barca's  The  Dream 
Called  Life  and  Life  is  a  Dream. 

Lastly,  beginning  with  Hamlet's 
soliloquy,  there  is  scsne  of  the 
best  that  is  to  be  found  in 
Shakespeare. 

oOo 

A  purchaser  writes:  "The  record  is 
being  played  over  and  over;  it  is 
my  treasure." 

luperlotive  delivery  of  luperlotive  poetry 
by  Louis  Zoul. 

W.50 

Available  Only  By  Mail 


PUBLIC  OPINION 

Box  N-4044  Long  Island  Citr.  Long  Island 
New  York     11104 


plex.  He  acknowledges  a  selfish  mo- 
tive: "Most  of  us  on  Hilton  Head 
moved  here  to  get  away  from  in- 
dustry and  pollution."  But  he  also 
believes  that  Beaufort  County  will 
lose  more — in  public  expenditures, 
tax  revenues,  job  opportunities, 
and  resources — than  it  will  gain 
from  the  BASF  project. 

When  he  first  joined  the  efforts 
of  the  Hilton  Head  Island  Commu- 
nity Association  to  oppose  BASF, 
Kenney  felt  the  group  did  not  have 
a  chance  of  winning.  Now.  after 
months  of  maneuvers,  after  trips  to 
Washington,  after  close  scrutiny  of 
all  the  applicable  laws,  Kenney  be- 
lieves that  the  chances  of  stopping 
BASF  are  about  one  in  four. 

Kenney  sees  a  need  for  two  kinds 
of  tactics:  short-run  legal  maneu- 
vers to  delay  construction  of  the 
BASF  facilities  and  long-run  efforts 
to  shift  public  opinion. 

For  the  short-run  legal  tactics, 
Kenney  has  found  several  possible 
precedents,  including  part  of  the 
Rivers  and  Harbors  Act  of  1890, 
that  may  be  effective  in  delaying 
construction.  There  is  even  a  slim 
chance,  he  believes,  that  BASF 
might  build  elsewhere  if  they  faced 
a  one-to  two-year  delay  because  of 
legal  action.  However,  the  long-run 
struggle  is  far  more  important: 

"We  must  never  lose  sight  of  the 
fact  that  our  opponents  are  the 
public  officials,  not  BASF.  As  long 
as  the  public  officials  want  the  firm, 
there  is  almost  no  chance  of  stop- 
ping it.  On  the  other  hand,  if  the 
public  officials  changed  their  minds 
and  decided  they  did  not  want  the 
plant,  the  company  would  not 
build,  even  if  it  had  the  legal  right 
to  do  so.  No  company  will  move 
into  a  state  where  the  government 
is  hostile  to  it.  The  only  way  to 
change  the  opinion  of  the  govern- 
ment is  to  arouse  enough  public 
opinion  against  the  plant.  Legal  ac- 
tion may  give  us  the  time  we  need 
to  reach  the  public." 

li  Kenney's  analysis  is  correct, 
and  I  think  it  is,  then  the  battle  to 
save  the  Colleton  River  estuary  in 
Beaufort  County  or  the  tidelands  of 
South  Carolina  or  the  natural  envi- 
ronment of  the  United  States  is  a 
battle  for  the  minds  of  the  pawns: 
the  American  public  who.  by  their 
concern  or  by  their  apathy,  will  de- 
termine the  future  environments  of 
the  United  States.  ■ 


"Shining 
intelligence" 

illuminates  the  new  book 
by  one  of  our  most  distin- 
guished anthropologists, 
says  the  New  York  Times. 
"We  may  resist  Dr.  Mead's 
quiet  and  commonsensical 
notion  that  the  pace  of 
change  has  so  accelerated 
that  traditional  forms  of 
culturally  incorporating  it 
are  insufficient.  We  resist 
at  our  peril." 

CULTURE  AND 
COMMITMENT 

A  Study  of  the 
Generation  Gap 

MARGARET 
MEAD 

$5.00 


"Sacred,  profane, 
romantic, 

practical,  penniless,  prodi- 
gal, indefatigably  zealous 
. . .  this  is  the  man  who 
emerges  in  AUDUBON,  BY 
HIMSELF.  .  .Audubon  was 
bewitched  and  we  are 
wondrously  fortunate  for 
his  thralldom.  We  are 
fortunate,  too,  for  Miss 
Ford's  scrupulous  presen- 
tation of  his  'self-portrait' 
. . .  It  serves  well  as  an 
autobiography."— lVas/7- 
ington  Post  Book  World 

AUDUBON, 
BY  HIMSELF 

A  Profile  of  John 
James  Audubon,  from 
Writings.  Edited  by 
Alice  Ford 

Illustrated,  $8.95 


67 


CROWDER 
NATURE  TOURS 

SCHEDULE:  Listed  below  are 
starting  dates  for  1970.  Space  per- 
mits only  a  brief  mention  of  eacb 
tour,  and  one  should  by  all  means 
liave  the  'Tour  Catalog"  with 
thumbnail  sketches  of  each  trip,  as 
well  as  subsequent  detailed  itiner- 
aries. >sorth  America  tours  are  2 
weeks  each,  others  3  weeks,  tmless 
otherwise  noted. 


ARIZONA 

Popular  SE  Arizona  bird  observation 
tour.  Expert  leadership.  Two  weeks  from 
May  9;  all  expenses,  S515. 

ALASKA 

South  Tour  from  Vancouver  June  20: 
North  Tour  from  Fairbanks  July  4: 
"Outposts"  from  Anchorage  July  18. 
Three  remarkable  2-week  trips,  from  in- 
side passage  to  Aleutians,  Pribilofs  and 
Point  Barrow. 

WEST  VIRGINIA 

Ecological  tour:  revealing,  nearby,  in- 
expensive. Wheeling  July  25;  2  wks. 

EUROPE  (12  tours) 

Comprehensive  12-tour  program  covers 
continent  broadly.  3-week  trips  connect 
into  fascinating  north-^^ith-spring  and 
across-Siberia  routes.   Dates: 

Mediterranean:  April  30,  Lisbon 

Britain:  Ma\-  28,  London 

Balkans:  May  28.  Venice 

Europe  North:  May-  28,  Amsterdam 

Europe  East:  June  18,  Rownania 

NorK-ay:  June  IS,  Oslo 

Iceland  (2  wks):  June  25 

Iceland  Center.  July  9 

Iceland  II:  July  20 

Russia:  Jidy  9.  Helsinki 

Siberia:  July  30,  Tashkent 
A  one-week  Seminar  on  Basic  Ornithol- 
ogy   and   Natural   History    of   Europe   is 
planned    at    Coniston.    Lake    District    of 
England,  beginning  May  21. 

CENTRAL  AMERICA 

Summer  program  in  rainy  season  when 
birds  are  on  territon-.  July  and  August, 
3  tours.  Ctiiapas,  Yucatan.  Panama. 

AFRICA   (3  tours) 

South  and  East  Africa  and  Madagas- 
car; three  tours  in  July  September.  Ex- 
cellent leadership. 

SOUTH   AMERICA   (3  tours) 

Colombia.  Aug.  15;  Venezuela,  Sep.  12; 
Argentina;  Tierra  del  Fuego,  October  17. 
Also  Galapagos  and  Antarctica. 


SOUTH    PACIFIC   (5  tours) 

This   is   the  year  of  full   South   Pi 


■ific 


coverage.  Melanesia.  Aug.  15  from 
Samoa;  New  Guinea,  Sep.  5  from  Rabaul; 
Western  Australia,  Sep.  26  from  Perth; 
Australia  East,  Oct.  17  from  the  Barrier 
Reef  at  Cairns;  New  Zealand,  Nov.  7 
from  Auckland. 

SOUTH  WITH  AUTUMN  (2  tours) 

Geoloay  and  ecoloay  of  the  eastern 
U.S.A.,  "foUowing  the  wave  of  fall  color 
southward.  Northeast  Coast  tour  meets 
at  Bangor  Sep.  19;  Southeast  Coast  tour 
at  Harpers  Ferry  Oct,  10.  Leader:  Geolo- 
gist Isabella  Coons,  with  many  assisting 
leaders  along  the  way. 

Come  along!  .  .  .  intimate,  private 
groups,  expert  leadership.  We  seek  out 
back-country  routes,  try  for  an  experience- 
in-depth  of  the  natural  scene  and  the 
people.  (Sot  recommended  if  you're 
strong  for  night  life.) 


CROWDER  NATURE  TOURS 

BOX  222-a 
HARPERS  FERRY,  W.  VA.  25425 


Books  in  Review 


Mission 

Impossibie: 

A  Humane  Science 

btf  Spencer  Ktaiv 


Reason  Awake:  Science  for  Man, 
by  Rene  Dubos.  Columbia  University 
Press,  S6.95 ;  280  pp. 

Scientists  are  in  trouble  in  Amer- 
ica today.  More  and  more  people 
are  questioning  the  relevance  of  sci- 
ence to  the  betterment  of  human  life. 
Scientists  are  being  bitterly  re- 
proached by  their  own  students,  among 
others,  for  the  immoral  and  antihu- 
man  uses  to  which  their  work  is  put. 
In  Washington,  too,  there  is  dis- 
illusionment. Federal  patronage, 
which  has  had  so  much  to  do  with 
the  spectacular  flowering  of  Ameri- 
can science  since  World  War  II.  no 
longer  flows  in  such  copious  streams. 
Professors  of  physics  or  biology  who 
used  to  complain,  half-seriously.  that 
American  scientists  were  eating  too 
high  on  the  hog  are  now  hard 
pressed  to  find  the  money  to  keep 
their  own  laboratories  running. 

There  are  scientists  who  blame 
their  difficulties  on  the  public's  im- 
perfect understanding  of  science  and 
its  limitations.  This  view  is  sharply 
challenged  by  Prof.  Rene  Dubos  of 
Rockefeller  University,  who  argues 
that  scientists  have  largely  forfeited 
the  right  to  the  respect  of  their  fel- 
lowmen.  They  have  successfully 
claimed  the  support  of  society,  he 
points  out.  on  the  ground  that  great 
material  benefits  will  inevitably 
spring  from  their  work.  And  having 
proposed  this  bargain,  scientists  can 
not  then  honorably  disclaim  responsi- 
bility when  the  promised  benefits  fail 
to  appear — or  when  the  fruits  of 
their  work  are  used  to  degrade  the 
environment    of    man    and    man    him- 


self. "As  the  power  of  science  in- 
creases." Dubos  writes,  "its  uses  be- 
come less  sacred,  more  trivial,  more 
brutal,  and  often  more  immoral.  Sci- 
entists are  not  entirely  responsible 
for  this  desecration,  but  we  have 
done  little  to  prevent  it.  As  a  commu- 
nity we  have  betrayed  our  ideals  by 
.  .  .  promoting  our  wares  through  ir- 
responsible promises  to  society  of 
perfect  health,  economic  prosperity, 
and  military  power." 

Reason  Awake  is  a  plea  and  a 
brief  for  a  more  human  science,  a 
science  guided  by  a  determination  to 
help  men  realize  their  highest  po- 
tentialities. This  is  a  plea  more  often 
advanced  by  nonscientists  than  by 
scientists  themselves.  Knowledge  is 
best  pursued,  scientists  are  apt  to  ar- 
gue, when  the  pursuit  is  seen  as  an 
end  in  itself,  and  a  science  guided  by 
external  considerations — even  so 
noble  a  consideration  as  the  welfare 
of  mankind — is  necessarily  a  me- 
diocre science.  Dubos,  however, 
whose  earlier  books  include  a  biogra- 
phy of  Louis  Pasteur,  is  not  only  a 
thoughtful  and  sophisticated  student 
of  the  history  of  science.  He  is  also  a 
distinguished  experimental  scientist, 
who  has  turned  from  microbiology  to 
the  study  of  how  animal  development 
is  affected  by  environment. 

The  heart  of  Duboss  argument  is 
the  contention  that  science  and  its 
applications  have  become  so  closely 
coupled  over  the  past  150  years  that 
"pure"  science  has  lost  such  meaning 
and  virtue  as  it  may  once  have  had, 
and  that  scientists  must  therefore 
accept  responsibility  for  the  conse- 
quences of  their  work. 


69 


Natural  History  Books 
at  10%  OFF 

THE  SiLT-WATER  AQUUIUM 
IN  THE  HOME 

New  2nd  Rev.  Edition 
by  Robert  P.  L.  Sfraughan 
This  brand  new  edition  of 
a  classic  work  incorporates 
the  very  latest  advances  in 
the  science  of  salt-water 
aquariums.  An  invaluable 
aid  to  every  aquarist.  Only 
the  newest  and  most  mod- 
ern methods  are  prescribed 
throughout.  A  giant,  well 
illustrated,  360  page  book. 
Reg.  sn.50     Your  Cost  $11.25 

EXPLORING  THE  REEF 


by  Roberf  P.  L.  Sfraughan 
An  excitinp.  illustrated  ad- 
venture amons  the  coral 
reefs — a  fairyland  of  sea 
flowers  and  coral  junfiles 
teeming  with  animal  life. 
A  practical  guide  for  the 
beginning  diver  who  wants 
to  explore  the  reef  with 
maximum  safety.  Special 
chapter  on  the  Great  Bar- 
rier Reef. 
Reg.  $17.50     Your  Cost  $15.75 


WITH  JOHN  BURROUGHS 
IN  FIELD  AND  WOOD 


Edited  and  Illustrated  by 
Elizabeth  Burroughs  Kelley 
Selections  from  the  essays 
of  a  famed  naturalist.  The 
best  of  Burroughs'  discrim- 
inating observations  with 
his  sense  of  humor,  poetic 
imasination,  and  engaging 
st\le  of  writing.  Illustrated 
with  the  author's  own 
photographs  and  drawings 
that  enchantingly  capture 
the  spirit  of  Burroughs' 
work. 


Reg.    $5.95     Your   Cost   55.35 


ROCKS  and  MINERALS 


of 


A   Guide   for   Collecto, 
the   Eastern    United   Stales 
by  H.  H.  Nicolay 
and  A.  V.  Stone 
An     intensely     interesting 
geologic         tour         which 
crosses  every  state  bound- 
ary,     and     which     passes 
through       almost       every 
county  on  the  East  Coast 
where  rocks  and  minerals 
may  be  found.  It  is  a  direc- 
tory that  is  both  thorough 
and  complete. 
Reg.  S8.50     Your  Cost  $7.65 


-LIMITED  TIME   OFFER— ORDER   TODAY!  "■ 
A.  S.  Barnes  &  Co.,  Inc.,  Dept  NH  470 
Box  421,  Cranbury,  N.  J.  08512 
Please  rush  me 

n  The  Salt-Water  Aquarium  in  the  Home  at  $11.25 
n  Exploring  the  Reef  at  $15.75 
Ij  With  John  Burroughs  in  Field  and  Wood  at  $5.35 
n  Rocks  and  Minerals  at  $7.55. 

Enclosed  is  my  check  or  M.O.  for  $ 


Address 
City  .  . . 


Many  scientists  these  days  accept 
this  responsibility  in  principle.  Dubos 
observes,  but  too  few  are  prepared  to 
do  much  about  it.  As  a  case  in  point, 
he  recalls  that  soon  after  the  publica- 
tion of  Rachel  Carson's  Silent  Spring 
President  Kennedy  appointed  a  blue- 
ribbon  committee  to  advise  him  on 
the  pesticide  problem.  "All  the  mem- 
bers of  this  committee."  Dubos 
writes,  "were  eminent  biologists  who 
held  influential  faculty  posts  in  great 
universities.  Their  report  confirmed 
facts  that  had  been  long  known  by 
anyone  familiar  with  the  field,  and  it 
also  emphasized  the  need  for  further 
study."  Nevertheless.  Dubos  contin- 
ues, "there  is  no  indication  that  any 
member  of  the  committee  did  any- 
thing to  encourage  his  staff  or  gradu- 
ate students  to  work  on  pesticide  tox- 
icity. Nor  is  there  any  evidence  that 
the  committee  has  fostered  such  re- 
search in  other  institutions  during 
the  several  years  that  have  elapsed 
since  the  preparation   of  the  report." 

Dubos  adds  bitterly.  "Membership 
in  a  blue-ribbon  committee  or  a  task 
force  is  at  best  a  form  of  sublimation 
that  provides  a  glamorous  substitute 
for  becoming  involved  in  the  prac- 
tical affairs  of  the  world." 

If  man  is  to  save  himself  from  the 
consequences  of  his  own  tech- 
nological prowess.  Dubos  argues,  gift- 
ed scientists  will  have  to  give  up  the 
luxury  of  pure  science  and  immerse 
themselves  in  the  difficult  and  com- 
plicated business  of  finding  ways  to 
use  science  beneficially.  This  will  re- 
quire, he  says,  a  migration  of  scien- 
tists from  the  universities  to  research 
institutes  of  a  new  kind,  organized 
for  the  purpose  of  bringing  to  bear 
on  a  particular  social  problem — the 
effect  of  environmental  factors  on  hu- 
man emotions,  for  example — the  re- 
sources of  a  number  of  different  sci- 
entific disciplines. 

Dubos  concedes  that  a  scientist 
who  leaves  the  university  for  a  "mis- 
sion-oriented" laboratory  sacrifices 
some  of  his  freedom  to  choose  re- 
search problems  purely  for  their  in- 
trinsic scientific  interest.  And  he  rec- 
ognizes that  the  climate  of  large, 
applied-research  laboratories  has  not 
always  favored  initiative  and  creativ- 
ity. But  he  is  confident  that  this  need 
not  be  the  case,  provided  that  scien- 
tists are  encouraged  "to  become  in- 
timately involved  in  the  formulation 
of  the  social  objectives  to  which  their 
work  will  contribute." 

This  summary  of  Professor  Dubos's 
central  thesis  does  not  suggest  the 
scope  and  texture  of  his  engagingly 
discursive  essay.  Although  Dubos.  at 
sixty-nine,  often  sides  with  the  angry 
student  critics  of  the  scientific  estab- 
lishment,   his    mode    of    discourse    is 


characterized  less  by  anger  than  by  a 
grave  and  luminous  rationality.  Here, 
by  way  of  illustration,  are  his 
thoughts  on  a  few  of  the  matters  he 
dwells  or  touches  on : 

On  Science  and  Beer:  "Some  of 
the  factors  that  affect  the  direction  of 
the  scientific  effort  are  rather  unex- 
pected. It  has  been  suggested,  for  ex- 
ample, that  the  practical  problems 
posed  by  brewing  practices  greatly 
stimulated  the  early  development  of 
science  in  Europe.  The  process  of 
converting  barley  into  beer  involved 
physicists  in  the  problems  of  gas 
pressure,  chemists  in  the  structure  of 
starch,  enzymologists  in  the  study  of 
yeasts  and  bacteria." 

On  Intellectual  Escapism:  "Scien- 
tists find  it  much  more  entertaining 
to  talk  about  such  a  far  out  possi- 
bility as  the  manipulation  of  the  gen- 
etic code,  than  to  concern  themselves 
with  the  control  of  lead  poisoning,  a 
childhood  disease  which  is  a  social 
crime  of  today." 

On  the  Futility  of  Countertech- 
nologies  and  "Technological  Fixes": 
"Developing  countertechnologies  to 
correct  the  new  kinds  of  damage  con- 
stantly being  created  by  technological 
innovations  is  a  policy  of  despair.  If 
we  follow  this  course  we  shall  increas- 
ingly behave  like  hunted  creatures, 
fleeing  from  one  protective  device  to 
another,  each  more  costly,  more  com- 
plex, and  more  undependable  than  the 
one  before.  .  .  ." 

On  the  Need  for  a  Higher  Criti- 
cism of  Science:  "A  society  that 
blindly  accepts  the  decisions  of  ex- 
perts is  a  sick  society  on  its  way  to 
death.  The  time  has  come  when  we 
must  produce,  alongside  specialists, 
another  class  of  scholars  and  citizens 
who  have  broad  familiarity  with  the 
facts,  methods,  and  objectives  of  sci- 
ence and  thus  are  capable  of  making 
judgments  about  scientific  policies. 
Persons  who  work  at  the  interface  of 
science  and  society  have  become  es- 
sential simply  because  almost  every- 
thing that  happens  in  society  is 
influenced  by  science." 

On  Jfhy  There  Is  Ground  for  Hope: 
"In  an  inspired  passage  in  Sci- 
ence and  the  Modern  W^orld,  White- 
head suggests  that  tlie  order  of 
nature  as  conceived  by  scientific  de- 
terminism has  now  taken  the  role  of 
Fate  in  the  Greek  tragedy.  .  .  .  For- 
tunately, the  applications  of  science 
to  human  affairs  do  not  have  so  high 
a  degree  of  inevitability  as  do  the 
laws  of  nature.  Contemporary  man 
seems  to  be  poised  between  passive 
acceptance  of  scientific  technology 
for  its  own  sake,  violent  rejection  oi 
it,  or  conscious  use  of  it  for  some  ul- 
timate concern.  The  social  ferment 
which    is    beginning    to    agitate    the 


70 


Mexican  onyx  egg 

approximately  2V2"  high. 
No  two  alike.  $5.50  plus 
75<:  postage  and  handling 
Egg  stand 

IV2"  diameter — gold- 
colored  metal — $4.00  plus 
50<!:  postage  and  handling 


e4n  <Egg  for 
^very  ^aste 

There  is  a  polished  Mexican  onyx  egg  showing  the  beautiful 
markings  of  the  stone,  a  faithful  reproduction  of  an  egg  of 
prehistoric  times,  and  a  container  for  small  bowling  pins  from 
Poland.  And,  for  the  gourmet,  we  have  a  pair  of  Royal 
Worcester  porcelain  egg  coddlers  made  in  England. 


Bowling  set 

approximately  5"  high — 
contains  9  soldier  bowling 
pins  and  two  small  bowl- 
ing balls.  $3.25  plus  75<: 
postage  and  handling 


Dinosaur  egg 

5V2"  long— $3.75  plus  750 
postage  and  handling 


Egg  coddler 

2V2"  high— $7.50  pr.  plus 
75<^  postage  and  handling 


THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 

CENTRAL  PARK  WEST  AT  79TH  ST. 

NEW  YORK,  NEW  YORK  10024 


■         The  Museum  Shop— The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
f                     79th  St.  &  Central  Park  West,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024 

1 
1 

1 

' 

Quantity 

Amt.             [ 

Members  of  the  Museum  are                             TOTAL 

entitled  to  a  10%  discount.                                 N.Y.  residents  please  add  taxes                         j 

n.ty                                                                          ^t?»»                                                   Zm  Code j 

' » 

NBC-TV  Friday,  April  3 

(Consult  your  local  listings.) 


Arthur  C.  Clarke,  author  of  "2001 ,"  com- 
ments. Startling  probes  Include  the  mys- 
teries of  space,  hypnosis,  ESP,  the  human 
brain,  animal  communications,  plant 
behavior  and  other  unexplained  phe- 
nomena. 

An  Encyclopaedia  Britannica  Special, 
sponsored  by  Weyerhaeuser  Company. 


Weyerhaeuser 


THE  STRAGGLER 

Adventures  of  a  Sea  Bird 

By  Ester  Wier.  Illustrated  by  Leon- 
ard Vosburgh.  A  beautifully  told  tale 
of  the  life  cycle  of  a  gatrnet.  There  is 
a  fascinating  and  compassionate  ac- 
count of  the  bird's  battle  for  survival 
as  it  takes  part  in  great  adventures 
such  as  migratory  flights,  and  faces 
many  dangers.  Ages  9-12.  §3.75 

LITTLE  DICKENS, 
JAGUAR  CUB 

By  B.  r.  Beebe.  Illustrated  by  James 
Ralph  Johnson.  The  fascinating  stoi-y 
of  a  man's  archaeological  explorations 
in  the  Mexican  jungles  with  the  help 
or  hindrance  of  a  jaguar  cub. 

Ages  11-14.     $4.25 

EVERGLADES  ADVENTURE 

By  Jajies  Ralph  Johnson.  Illus- 
trated by  the  author.  Two  boys  on  a 
survival  test  in  the  Florida  Everglades 
become  substitute  parents  for  a  pan- 
ther cub.  Ages  11-14.  $4.95 


McKAY  — 


community  of  scientists  gives  hope 
that  man  still  has  a  chance  to  control 
his  destiny  by  imposing  a  direction 
on  the  scientific  endeavor  and.  in  par- 
ticular, by  consciously  planning  the 
scientific  technology  that  will  shape 
the  modern  world." 

Spencer  Klaiv  is  the  author  of  The 
New  Brahmins:  Scientific  Life  in 
America.  A  former  editor  of  Fortune, 
whose  articles  have  also  appeared  in 
Harper's.  Esquire,  and  other  maga- 
zines, Mr.  Klaiv  now  teaches  a  course 
on  environmental  reporting  at  Colum- 
bia University. 


The  American  West:  A  Natural  His- 
tory, by  Ann  and  Myron  Sutton.  Ran- 
dom House,  S20.00;  270  pp.,  illus. 

Not  all  "beautiful  books"  are  worth 
S20.  This  one  is.  The  text  is  by  two 
of  the  most  experienced  and  technically 
capable  outdoor  interpreters  in  the 
land.  Both  the  superb  color  and  black- 
and-white  photographs,  well  keyed  to 
the  text,  are  by  some  of  America's 
leading  camera  artists,  including  Ansel 
Adams,  Josef  Muench.  and  Eliot 
Porter.  It  is  an  ambitious  chore  to  pre- 
pare a  book  that  encompasses  a  de- 
scription of  the  natural  history  of  the 
entire  western  region  from  the  Mexican 
border  to.  and  including.  Alaska.  The 
authors  have  walked  many  of  the  trails 
themselves  and  have  used  expert  judg- 
ment in  selecting  not  only  the  high 
spots  but  also  many  areas  that  often 
escape  attention  in  lesser  works. 

Of  particular  interest  are  the  fasci- 
nating accounts  of  the  origin  and  de- 
velopment of  various  geologic  fea- 
tures, the  life  they  supported  in  bygone 
eras,  and  the  plant  and  animal  life  that 
inhabit  them  today.  The  authors  have 
been  careful  to  place  first  things  first 
throughout  this  large-sized  volume 
(ten  by  twelve  inches  I  by  providing 
adequate  background  material  before 
introducing  the  more  obvious  aspects 
of  everyday  observation,  as  they  take 
the  reader  from  one  remarkable  region 
to  another.  The  text  could  easily  stand 
by  itself,  and  this  is  indeed  high  praise 
for  a  book  of  this  nature. 

A  rounded  ecological  approach  is 
used  in  practically  all  references  to 
wildlife  and  plant  life— both  individual 
species  and  the  broader  aspects  in- 
volved in  populations  as  a  whole.  A 
high  degree  of  objectivity  is  apparent 
in  these  descriptions,  especially  where 
the  so-called  predator  species  are  con- 
cerned. There  are  no  bird  or  mammal 
villains  in  this  book,  although  there 
are  passages  that  tell  of  unfavorable 
results  from  certain  forms  of  overpro- 
tection  as  well  as  from  lack  of  protec- 
tion. The  geographic  distribution  of 
plants   and  animals  receives  satisfac- 


J^Mjl  Qjcdahq^ 


Wholesale  prices  on  fishing 
tackle,  and  hunting  equipment, 
archery,  skis,  and  camping 
equipment. 

FiNNYSPORTS 

2070-J    SPORTS   BUILDING 
TOLEDO,   OHIO  43614 


=  .  Gerry  .  Silva  .  Camp  Trails  .  Mirro  •  Hirsch-Wels  . 

I  HI-CAMP! 

.         Quality  hiking  and  camping  equipment  by 
c  the  world's  leading  manufacturers. 

>  Send  for  our  free  catalog 

HI-CAMP 

=     P.O.  Box  17602.  Dept.  9.  Charlotte,  N.C.  28211 

i2  All  merchandise  guaranteed. 

?-  Sigg  .  Bernard  •  Bone  Dry  -  Adier  .  Stow-A-Way 

JACKSON  HOLE-WYOJVfTNr 


DonH  you  think  it's  tivie  your  family 
enjoyed  a  ranch  vacation?? 

FOR   RATES  &   INFORMATION  WRITE 

Mr.   Larry  Moore 

Granite  Ranch,  Box  971 

Jackson    Hole.   Wyoming   83001 


Barkable  new  roll  about  typewriter  end  table 
is  the  most  versatile  and  completeij'  usable  desk  ever. 
It  opens  and  extends  into  a  full  fledged  portable 
home  office.  Drop  leaf  lifts  lor  a  large  writing  sur- 
face— holds  adding  machine,  too.  Top  drawer  stores 
any  standard  portable  typewriter,  rolls  out  and  up 
to  perfect  typing  height.  Middle  drawer  is  storage. 
Bottom  is  standard  tiling  drawer  (legal  size  files 
sideways  I .  And  all  rolls  smoothly  on  large,  con- 
cealed casters-  Tou'd  never  know  this  handsome  end 
table  had  so  many  beautiful  faces.  Hand  crafted  of 
select  knotty  pine,  in  honey  tone  or  maple,  antique 
pine  or  walnut  finish.  J:'"IT  :!:^'2"D  18^4"^  (3()"W 
leaf  up).  S59.95.  1  1 1 M  I'l.K'IK  KIT:  All  machined. 
i:iidy  and  finishing. 
rions.  S39.95. 
,.r-.  -  I'oUect. 


pie   step 
Botli  K-. 


BEAUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG-1000  PIECES 

Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  In  Friendly  Pine 
Include  Zip  Code  YIELD     HOUSE 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  N4-0 

Money  Back  Guarantee      Xorth  Conway,  N.H.  03S60 


tory  attention  and.  here  again,  the  whys 
and  ivherefores  underlying  environ- 
mental conditions  essential  for  species 
survival  are  stressed.  In  effect,  the 
authors  say.  "Take  a  good  look  at  this 
animal,  this  plant,  or  this  geologic  for- 
mation before  going  on  to  something 
else."  This  is  the  way  it  should  be. 

One  cannot  read  this  book  without 
gaining  a  renewed  appreciation  of  the 
great  heritage  that  is  ours  in  the  still 
wild  places  of  the  American  West.  By 
the  same  token  one  cannot  but  become 
newly  aware  of  the  serious  threats  that 
face  many  of  the  regions  under  consid- 
eration, especially  the  threats  imposed 
by  ever  increasing  human  population 
pressures  upon  the  often  fragile  wild- 
life and  plant  life  ecosystems  that  make 
this  life  possible.  In  the  book's  conclud- 
ing paragraph  the  authors  express 
themselves  in  relation  to  future  pros- 
pects for  wildlife  in  Alaska:  "If  a  love 
of  nature  prevails  in  the  hearts  of  men 
and  they  hear  in  the  voice  of  the  crane 
an  echo  of  the  past  and  a  song  of  the 
future,  these  men  will  have  approached 
the  kind  of  maturity  that  stewardship 
of  the  land  requires.  And  if  by  listening 
to  the  music  of  a  mountain  stream  and 
the  gentle  rustling  of  cottonwood  leaves 
they  find  their  vision  enlarged  and  their 
burdens  lifted,  then  the  West  has  been 
won  and  its  greatness  will  endure." 
This  handsome  book  will  certainly  en- 
large one's  vision,  too. 

William  H.  Carr 
Arizona-Sonora  Desert  Museum 

Great  Botanical  Gardens  of  the 
World,  by  Edward  Hyams  and  Wil- 
liam MacQuitty.  The  Macmillan  Com- 
pany, 835.00;  288  pp.,  illus. 

This  profusely  and  beautifully  illus- 
trated work  is  the  commendable 
production  of  two  talented  Britishers, 
Edward  Hyams.  a  veteran  author  of 
garden  books,  and  William  MacQuitty, 
a  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Geographical  So- 
ciety and  a  noted  photographer  and 
film  producer.  It  must  have  been  truly 
frustrating  to  select  just  fifty  great 
botanical  gardens  from  a  possible  525 
(listed  with  their  addresses  at  the  back 
of  the  book— a  most  useful  compilation 
taken  from  the  International  Directory 
of  Botanical  Gardens ) .  This  reviewer 
feels  grieved  that  The  New  York  Bo- 
tanical Garden,  in  the  Bronx,  is  dis- 
missed with  the  ijrief  comment  that 
"while  it  is  true  that  the  research  staff 
of  the  Bronx  Garden  is  engaged  in  the 
most  advanced  scientific  work— notably 
in  molecular  biology— being  done  in 
any  American  botanic  garden,  the  gar- 
den itself  is  very  inferior  to  the  Brook- 
lyn one."'  May  I  state  that  in  addition  to 
its  "advanced  scientific  work''  The  New 
York  Botanical  Garden  continues  to 
hold  a  foremost  place  with  its  elemen- 


INDONESIAN  EXPEDITION 

Under  the  auspices  of  the  Indonesian  Directorate  of  Forests,  planned  by  Mr. 
W.  Sinaga.  Head  of  the  Indian  Conservation  and  Wildlife  Services  and  by  Mrs. 
Lee  W.  Talbot,  led  by  Mrs.  Lee  M.  Talbot  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  and  by 
Mr.  S.  Segito  of  the  Indonesian  Wildlife  Services. 

•  Komodo  Island,  between  Sumbawa  and  Flores,  habitat  of  the  world's  last  pre- 
historic dragon,  the  9  ft.  long  Komodo  Dragon.  By  chartered  helicopter.  Never 
visited  by  nature  travelers. 

•  Unexplored  East  Java,  with  primeval  forests  and  turtle  beaches  and  nature  re- 
serves of  the  South  Coast-Sukamade,  Baluran,  Pasirputih — the  unknown  Idjen 
Plateau  of  the  interior  and  the  Tengger  region  with  ascent  of  the  Bromo  volcano 
from  Tretis,  a  proposed  nature  reserve. 

•  West  Sumatra;  the  country  of  the  Menang — Kaban  people  in  villages  around 
Bukit  Tinggi,  Forests,  lakes  and  mountains.  The  Anai  Rift  Canon,  a  proposed 
nature   reserve. 

•  North  Sumatra:  The  Batak  tribes  and  their  villages  around  Lake  Toba. 

•  Bali:  Crater  and  lake  villages  of  Mt.  Batur,  Besaki  on  Mt.  Agung,  Uluwatu  etc. — 
Motion  picture  photography  of  temple  festivals  and  life  cycle  ceremonies.  Re- 
cording of  gamelan  music  and  songs. 

•  Central  and  West  Java:  The  Ramayana  dance  drama  in  Jogjakarta,  the  highlight 
of  Java's  performing  arts,  with  up  to  500  dancers  and  musicians.  Solo  and 
Borobodur,  the  Dieng  Plateau  of  Central  Java,    Bandung   region   and    Bogor. 

An  unusual  natural  and  cultural  experience,  mostly  in  untravelled  parts  of  In- 
donesia. 

Komodo,  Bali  and  Java — August  24th  to  September  21st. 

All  inclusive  from  San  Francisco  US$2,580.00 

Bali,  Java  and  Sumatra — August  31st  to  October  3rd. 

All  Inclusive  from  San  Francisco  US$2,490.00 

12  to  15  participants 

Expedition  prospectus  from  Treasure  Tours  International  Inc. 
Office  of  Academic  Liaison,   1010  St.  Catherine  W.,   Montreal   110,  Canada 

THE  HIMALAYAS 

WITH   DESMOND  DOIG 
THE  UNSEEN  NEPAL  •  SIKKIM  AND  BHUTAN   •  THE  UNKNOWN  INDIA 

Desmond  Doig.  the  noted  Himalayan  writer  and  explorer,  has  kindly  agreed  to 
lead  for  Treasure  Tours  a  number  of  journeys  for  small  groups  in  the  more  re- 
mote parts  of  Nepal  and  India,  and  also  in  Sikkim  and  Bhutan.  Mr.  Doig  is 
known  to  most  Himalayan  enthusiasts  on  our  Continent  b>'  his  book.  'High  in 
the  Thin  Cold  Air"  (Collins,  London)  and  by  several  articles  in  the  National 
Geographic  (130/4,  123/3  etc.).  Mr.  Doig  has  led  one  of  our  Himalayan  King- 
dom groups  in  October  1969  and  will  be  also  leading  our  "Inner  Himala>as"  in 
June  1970.  Those  who  travelled  with  him  were  delighted  v.ith  his  charming  per- 
sonality and  his  intimate  knowledge  of  the  natural  and  human  scene  of  the 
Himalayas. 

He  has  lived  with  the  peoples  of  the  mountains  for  many  years,  has  gained  their 
friendship  and  confidence  and  understands  their  ways  of  life,  their  culture  and 
their  religious  beliefs.  Desmond  Doig's  leadership  on  our  tours  will  bring  a  new 
dimension  to  Himalayan  travel. 

There  will  be  scheduled  departures  from  September  1970  through  April  1971. 
Mr.  Doig  has  written  programmes  and  inspired  descriptive  booklets  for  the  tours. 
The  booklets — printed  by  us — can  be  obtained  from  Treasure  Tours.  For  further 
information  and  reservation,  please  write  to  Mrs.  Maria  Nyman  at  Treasure 
Tours.  Some  of  the  proceeds  from  the  tour  will  be  set  apart  for  assistance  to 
Sherpas  schools  and  Tibetan  refugees  in  India. 

Information  is  also  available  on  the  following  tours: 

•  AFGHANISTAN  •  HIKING  IN  THE  AUSTRIAN  ALPS 

•  ZAGROS,  ELBURZ  AND  PARS  ,  juc  rnRPATHIAN*; 

•  KHORASAN,  PARS  AND  KHUZISTAN  "Z  ,",„""„,  „„„^ 
/pgll)  •  THE  INNER  HIMALAYAS 

•  THE  UNDISCOVERED  USSR  •  WEST  &  CENTRAL  APRICA  (Winter) 

TREASURE  TOURS  INTERNATIONAL  INC. 

OFFICE  OF  ACADEMIC  LIAISON 
1010  St.  Catherine  W.,  Montreal  110,  Canada 


Discover  the 

wilderness  trail 

that  extends 

for  2,000  miles  from 

Springer  Mountain, 

Georgia,  to 
Mt.  Katahdin,  Maine 


The 

Appalachian 

Trail 

WILDERNESS  ON  THE  DOORSTEP 
By  Ann  and  Myron  Sutton 

Illustrated  with  photographs  and  maps 

You  can  still  find  a  strip  of  peace,  quiet, 
and  beauty  not  too  far  from  the  cities 
in  the  East.  It's  the  Appalachian  Trail. 
"The  book  was  sheer  delight  and  I  felt 
when  I  had  finished  as  though  I  knew 
the  famous  Trail  for  the  first  time.  .  .  . 
It  is  not  only  a  good  description  of 
what  the  Trail  is  like  but  woven  into  it 
is  all  the  history  of  the  country  through 
which  it  runs."— Sigurd  F.  Olson, 
Director,  Izaak  Walton  League 

MONEY-BACK  COUPON 


J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT  COMPANY 


NH-470 


East  Washington  Square,  Ptiila.,  Pa.  19105 

Please  send  me  postpaid  THE  APPALACHIAN 

TRAIL  .  .  .  $6.95 

I  enclose  $6.95  Q  Check         □  M.O. 

Name_ 


Address 

City 

State 

7ip 

In  Pa.,  N.J.,  N.Y. 
add  state  and  loc 

N.  Dak. 
al  taxes. 

Ark.,  Cal 

,  Tenn., 

tary  and  advanced  training  courses  in 
botany  and  horticulture.  However,  the 
vastness  of  the  contents  of  this  present 
work  under  review  cannot  be  easily 
overlooked.  Hyams  and  MacQuitty 
toured  almost  the  entire  world,  inter- 
viewed the  directors  and  prominent 
members  of  the  staffs  of  countless  insti- 
tutions, absorbed  their  history,  learned 
of  their  current  projects  and  activities, 
and  obtained  copies  of  plans,  prints, 
paintings,  and  photographs  of  numer- 
ous gardens  and  individual  plants. 
Twenty-four  countries  are  represented, 
and  the  subjects  range  from  the  six- 
teenth-century gardens  of  Padua  and 
Pisa  to  the  new  botanic  garden  at 
Meise  near  Brussels  with  its  very  mod- 
ern Palace  of  Plants— the  largest  green- 
house in  the  world. 

There  are  many  facets  of  interest 
throughout  this  book:  biographical 
notes  on  botanists,  horticulturists,  land- 
scape gardeners;  historical  data  on 
plant  introductions  and  plant  hybridi- 
zation: illustrations  of  natural  features 
in  landscape  design  and  of  unusual 
collections  of  specific  groups  of  plants. 
Frequently  we  find  references  to  gar- 
den publications  that  are  available  for 
further  study.  Some  of  these  bo- 
tanic gardens,  such  as  those  at 
Singapore  and  Peradeniya.  founded 
primarily  to  serve  as  acclimatization 
stations  and  trial  grounds  for  economi- 
cally valuable  plants,  occupy  an  im- 
portant place  in  the  world  history  of 
foods,  condiments,  and  textiles.  The 
policy  of  others,  like  the  Royal  Botanic 
Gardens  at  Kew  and  Munich's  Bo- 
tanische  Staatsammlung.  is  not  only  to 
serve  scientific  botany  but  also  to  at- 
tract the  general  public  to  their  gar- 
dens of  ornamental  plants  and  collec- 
tions of  exotic  flora.  Several  of  the 
gardens  described  were  originally  cre- 
ated for  wealthy  individuals,  ardent 
amateur  plantsmen  who  provided  that 
after  their  deaths  their  magnificent  es- 
tates be  forever  open  to  the  plant-loving 
public.  Fine  examples  of  these  are  the 
Longwood  Gardens  at  Kennett  Square. 
Pennsylvania,  of  Pierre  S.  du  Pont: 
Villa  Taranto  on  Lake  Maggiore.  of 
Captain  Neil  McEacharn;  The  Fair- 
child  Tropical  Garden  on  the  outskirts 
of  Miami,  Florida,  of  Col.  Robert 
Montgomery;  and  the  Huntington  Gar- 
den at  San  Marino,  California,  of 
Henry  Edwards  Huntington. 

It  may  surprise  some  people  to  learn 
that  the  USSR  has  many  more  botanic 
gardens  than  any  other  country  in  the 
world  and  that  "the  Nikitsky  Botanical 
Garden  is  not  only  one  of  the  most 
interesting  of  the  gardens  described  in 
this  volume;  not  only  one  of  the  most 
active  in  the  fields  of  botanical  science 
and  economic  botany ;  it  is  also  one  of 
the  most  beautiful." 

In    a    tremendous    compendium    of 


l^lommt! 


20  ALMOST-RARE 

STAMPS 
From12lOST  NATIONS! 

Mbsi  a  HaltCetilury  Old 


We'd  like  to  send  you  a  score  of  Postage  Stamps 
from  nations  overrun  by  invaders  in  ttie  19th 
and  20th  Century  and  never  (reed  again  — 
stamps  so  appealing  that  experienced  and  be- 
ginning collectors  alike  want  them!  When  these 
are  gone  no  more  will  be  available.  And  from 
our  Approval  Service  we'll  include  110  addi- 
tional  stamps  from  Britain's  Lost  Empire,  (alone 
worth  over  $3  at  catalog  prices!),  plus  an  lllus- 
strated  Album  and  other  unusual  stamps  for 
Free  Examination.  You  can  keep  the  Album  and 
110  British  Empire  Stamps  as  an  Introductory 
Bonus  should  you  buy  SI  worth  from  our  ap- 
proval selection!  Or  return  Album  and  110 
Stamps  with  selection  and  buy  nothing.  Cancel 
service  anytime.  But  in  either  case,  the  valuable 
Lost  Nations  Stamps  are  yours  to  keep  FREE  — 
as  an  introduction  to  the  World's  Most  Reward- 
ing Hobby.  Send  10c  for  postage  today  while 
supplies  last! 
KENMORE  CO.,  Milford  LN-464,  New  Hamp.  03055 


GEODES! 

Lovely  natural  crystal-filled  hemispheres  from 
world-wide  sources.  No  written  description  or  pho- 
tograph really  does  them  justice,  so  we  offer  un- 
conditional money-back  guarantee.  $2.00  brings 
you  a  sample  or  $5.00  brings  you  a  glittering 
assortment  and  subscription  to  our  periodic  rare/ 
collector's  list.  Barry  &  Shirley  Rothman,  RD  #2, 
Hill  House,   Downlngtown,  Pa.   19335. 


Successful  Treasure  Huntin 

is  yours  with  the  NEW,  HIGH-POWE 
GOLDMASTER  S-63  TR  Metal-Miner 
Detector. 


TWO-YEAR 
GUARANTEE 
The   S-6)    TR 


$179  50 

F.O.B.   Sweet  Home,   Oregon 

Budget  Terms  Available  pRgE  LITERATURE 

WHITE'S  ELECTRONICS.  INC 


^SPRUCE 
MOUNTAI 


i^   CAMP 
FOR 
BOYS 


BRYANT    POND.    MAINE 


MAINE'S  CONSERVATION   SCHOOL 

Bryant  Pond.  Maine 
Enjoj'  summer  study  at  Maine's  conservation  school 
simnsort'd  by  Hie  Maine  Conservation  Education 
Foundation.  University  of  Maine  and  Maine  State 
Resource  Agencies.  This  modern  non-profit  camp 
otters  an  exceptional  learning  opportiniiiy  to  teaeli- 
ers.  nature  enthusiasts  and  otiiers  interested  in  the 
environ  men  t.  Courses  in  Environmental  Field  Ecol- 
ogj'.  Conservation  E<Uication.  Natural  History,  en- 
viroruuental  education  and  Earth  Science  are  offered 
by  expert  instructors  from  the  Maine  University 
System.  For  More  information  Contact;  Marshall  T, 
Wiebe — Executive  Director.  Itm.  600,  Desk  N.  State 
Office  Building.  Augusta,  Maine. 


nforniation  there  are  bound  to  be 
ninor  errors  and  omissions.  I  notice 
hat  the  first  director  of  the  Arnold 
Vrboretum  is  given  as  James  Sprague 
jargent  instead  of  the  correct  Charles 
sprague  Sargent.  Omitted  in  the  index 
tre  the  names  of  several  directors  of 
nstitutions  that  are  mentioned  in  the 
ext— Russell  Seibert  of  Longwood 
hardens;  Harold  Fletcher  of  the  Edin- 
lurgh  Botanic  Garden;  Richard  How- 
ird  of  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 
'  However,  because  there  is  so  much 
o  praise  in  this  truly  fine  work,  we  are 
jreatly  indebted  to  author  Hyams  and 
)hotographer  MacQuitty  for  present- 
ng  so  magnificently,  within  the  covers 
pf  one  volume,  this  treasury  of  botani- 
•al  and  horticultural  endeavors  and 
itccomplishments. 

Elizabeth  C.  Hall 
The  Horticultural  Society  of  New  York 

'since  Silent  Spring,  by  Frank  Gra- 
lam,  Jr.  Houghton  Mifflin  Company, 
^i6.95;  333  pp. 

It^r.  Graham  provides  a  compre- 
LtA  hensive  and  responsible  review 
)f  "hard"  pesticides  from  the  time 
heir  ecological  effects  were  first  ob- 
served down  to  the  present  moment. 
The  end  of  the  story,  of  course,  be- 
longs to  the  remote  and  "iffy"  future. 
I  The  problem  was  brought  into 
jiharp  focus  for  the  first  time  by  Si- 
ent  Spring,  the  book  that  Rachel 
Larson  did  not  want  to  write.  Turn- 
ing from  more  congenial  literary 
)rojects  with  a  sense  of  obligation 
md  urgency,  this  gifted  and  very  pri- 
'ate  person  knowingly  took  on  a  host 
)f  enemies:  the  agricultural  hier- 
irchy — from  the  United  States  De- 
jartment  of  Agriculture  down  to  the 
Mate-  and  county-agent  level — food 
irocessors.  the  mass  media,  the  chem- 
cal  industry,  and  the  professors  who 
liad  entered  into  a  comfortable  sweet- 
leart  relationship  with  the  manufac- 
lUrers  of  DDT  compounds. 
I  But  Silent  Spring  accomplished  its 
)urpose.  It  synthesized  the  issue  of 
he  persistent  pesticides  and  the 
hain  of  life.  With  the  appearance  of 
he  book  in  1962.  the  subject  was  be- 
jore  the  larger  public,  which  ulti- 
'nately  determines  social  goals.  Yet 
he  squirt-gun  mentality  continues  to 
ioom  large  in  Mr.  Graham's  lucid 
)ages  as  he  weaves  together  the 
trands  of  evidence  against  the  in- 
Jiscriniinate  use  of  the  chlorinated 
lydrocarbons  for  pest  control.  It  is 
Instructive  to  learn,  for  example,  that 
.s  late  as  1961,  an  assistant  secretary 
■f  agriculture  assured  Congressman 
ohn  V.  Lindsay  that  no  new  legisla- 
tion was  needed  to  protect  the  public 
■  rom  environmental  pollution.  The 
lialogue    was    frequently    frustrating. 


THE  SHADOW  OF  THE 
TELESCOPE 

A  Biography  of  John  Herschel 
by  Giinther  Buttmann 

Hailed  as  a  major  biography  both  here  and  abroad,  this  first 
full-length  biography  makes  admirable  use  of  the  famed 
astronomer's  unpublished  correspondence,  diaries,  and  note- 
books to  reveal  the  brilliance  of  his  research  and  the  warmth 
of  his  humanity.  "Fascinating  reading."  —Sky  and  Telescope 

$7  95 

OUR  BLUE  PLANET 

The  Story  of  the  Earth's  Evolution 
by  Heinz  Haber 

"A  brilliant  essay  on  the  history  and  the  features  of  our  earth. 
He  combines  the  profound  knowledge  of  a  scientist  with  the 
liveliness  and  passion  of  a  man  in  love  with  nature,  and  he 
admirably  succeeds  in  making  his  readers  feel  comfortably 
at  home  both  on  earth  and  in  the  universe." 

— WERNHER  VON  BRAUN  $5.95 

THROUGH  RUGGED 
WAYS  TO  THE  STARS 

The  Reminiscences  of  an  Astronomer 
by  Harlow  Shapley 

"Not  only  is  it  the  work  of  a  truly  great  man— but  it  will 
prove  invaluable  for  future  scientific  historians  to  see  how 
the  gieat  discoveries  of  the  first  quarter  of  the  20th  century 
were  made.  I  wish  Copernicus  had  written  a  book  like 
Shapley's."-BART  j.  bok.  Director,  Steward  Observatory, 
University  of  Arizona  $6.95 

THE  RIDDLE  OF 
GRAVITATION 

by  Peter  G.  Bergmann 

"There  may  be  only  a  handful  of  people  who  understand 
Einstein's  theories  in  toto,  but  after  reading  The  Riddle  of 
Gravitation  many  more  will  understand  them  in  part,  and 
will  understand  their  fascination  for  the  physicist." 
-American  Scientist  $7.95,  $2.65  paperback 


\,  CHARLES  SCRIBNER'S  SONS 

3?  597  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10017 


Please  send  me: 

copies  nf  THE  SHADOW  OF 

THE  telescope  @ 

$7.95  each. 
copies  i)f  OUR  BLUE 

PLANET  (a>  $5,95  eacli. 
copies  of  THROUGH 

RUGGED  WAYS  TO  THE 

STARS  (a'  $6.95  each. 
copies  of  THE  RIDDLE  OF 

GRAVITATION  &  $7.95  each, 

paperback  @  $2.65  each. 


NH 


City- 


-Zip- 


75 


ANKH  PENDANT 

BEAUTIFULLY  CONTEMPORARY 
s  this  hand  crofted  representa- 
tion   of    the    Ancient    Egyptian 
"Key  of  Life"  in  solid  sterling 
pilver.  The  Ankh  -  from  the 
hieroglyph    meaning    "life" 
—is  the  oldest  known  amu- 
let   symbol,    and    the    only 
pagan    tolisman    to    survive 
•n   daily  use  after  the   Egyp- 
ans   converted   to    Christian- 
ity,  Comes   in   stunning   new 
designer's   jewelry   cose 
and   presentation  gift 
__  'm>x.  3"  long  Ankh  — 

With  18"  chain $25.00 

With  24"  chain  $27.00 

in  14K  Gold  w.  18"  chain.  $75. 

includes  outstanding  reproductions  of 
Iry  ond   occossories   from 


Laddfn  boase,ltd- 


AccreditedlYr.U.S.Tour 

Coed,  14-18.  Exciting  one  year  ecology 
adventure  to  natural,  historical  &  cultural 
wonders.  Stimulates  learning,  maturity, 
cooperation,  responsibility.  Endorsed  by 
leading  educators  &  parents.  Few  va- 
cancies left  in  small  (20)  student  group 
leaving  N.Y.  Sept.  7.  For  Infor.  or  filmed 
preview,  call:  (212)  989-2224. 

frailsi'de  Count/ySc6oo/ 

tH  THE  WALDEN  SCHOOL 


Northwest  Timbered 

ACREAGES  as  low  as 

$950  Total   Price 

5  ■   10  -  20  -  40  ■   ACRES 
For  people  who  love  the  land — A  tract 
of    Recreation    Land    for    YOUR    Own! 

In  Northern  Idaho,  Northeastern  Wash- 
ington, and  Western  Montana.  In  the 
heart  of  lakes  and  big  game  country.  All 
covered  with  growing  timber.  Access,  Title 


This 


elect 


land  with  natural  beauty,  recreotional 
and  investment  values.  We  hove  tracts  of 
many  types  and  sizes  from  which  to 
choose,  including  beautiful  Northwest 
Waterfront  property.  Your  inspection  wel- 
comed. Write  us  for  free  list,  maps  and 
complete     information.       Write     to. 

Dept.  G 


P.O.  Box  106,  Opportunity  Station 
Spolcane.  Washington   99214 


The  friends  of  the  earth  talked  about 
life.  The  friends  of  DDT  talked  about 
money.  Control  had  become  an  end 
in  itself,  so  that  we  had.  and  still 
have,  the  extraordinary  phenomenon 
(if  wildlife  agencies  largely  devoted  to 
Compound  1080  and  the  extermina- 
tion of  wildlife. 

The  author,  a  well-known  writer  on 
conservation  topics,  concludes  his  sur- 
vey by  citing  certain  recent  develop- 
ments that  suggest  there  may  be  "A 
Light  at  the  End  of  the  Road."  They 
derive  from  a  breakthrough  in  hor- 
mone research  and  advanced  tech- 
niques in  biological  controls  that 
may — emphasize  may — help  us  to 
maintain  a  saner  relationship  with 
the  environment  than  the  kind  of 
management  provided  by  the  DDT 
sprayers.  Meanwhile,  the  political 
process  is  catching  up.  Last  year 
Michigan  became  the  first  state  to 
outlaw  the  sale  of  DDT,  followed  by 
Arizona.  California.  Florida.  Mary- 
land. Washington,  and  Wisconsin. 
-Aerial  spraying  is  banned  in  Connect- 
icut, and  there  are  signs  of  movement 
in  the  ponderous  bureaus  of  official 
Washington,  where  it  has  been  decided 
to  phase  out  the  use  of  persistent  poi- 
sons over  a  period  of  two  years.  (Ex- 
cept in  some  cases!)  The  rest  of  us 
will  be  well  advised  to  remember  that 
the  problem  is  not  going  to  go  away, 
and  to  continue  to  follow  the  direc- 
tions on  the  label,  especially  the  part 
in  small  type  where  it  says,  "Buyer 
assumes  all  risk." 

Gerald  Carson 
Author 

Prehistoric  .-iND  Primitive  Art,  by 
Luis  Pericot-Garcia,  John  Galloway, 
and  Andreas  Lommel.  Harry  N. 
Abrams.  S25.00 ;  340  pp.,  illus. 

'  I  ^he  authors  of  this  handsome  vol- 
-•-  ume  make  it  clear  that  we  can  re 
spond  to  and  evaluate  the  arts  o 
Stone  Age  man  and  of  the  tribal  cul- 
tures of  Africa,  the  Pacific  Ocean  ba 
sin.  and  North  American  Indians 
even  though  they  are  so  exotic  to  us. 
However,  while  we  can  intellectually 
grasp  some  of  their  symbols  and 
meanings,  we  cannot  directly  experi- 
ence, and  therefore  cannot  understand, 
the  compulsions  that  forced  prehis- 
toric and  primitive  peoples  to  create 
what  they  did  the  way  they  did. 

Pericot-Garcia  has  the  most  difficult 
task  for,  historically  speaking,  there 
is  no  way  of  our  ever  knowing  what 
caveman  meant  by  his  art.  but  he  pro- 
vides a  guide  to  those  sites  that  have 
yielded  evidence  of  the  arts  of  Stone 
Age  hunting  and  fishing  communities 
and  early  agricultural  peoples.  He  ac- 
cepts (with  some  reserve)  the  theory, 
popular  since  the  nineteenth  century. 


that  cave  art  was  an  expression  of  the 
sympathetic  magic  used  to  insure  suc- 
cess in  the  hunt.  In  the  past  few  dec- 
ades this  position  has  come  under 
attack ;  many  cultural  historians  have 
suggested  alternate,  equally  persua- 
sive theories  growing  out  of  recent  de- 
velopments in  psychological  and  psy- 
choanalytic thinking.  For  example,  it 
has  been  suggested  that  the  major 
role  of  Upper  Paleolithic  art  was  to 
relieve  by  symbolic  action  the  tensions 
and  anxieties  created  by  the  dawning 
awareness  of  man's  identity  in  an  alien 
and  frequently  hostile  environment 
{see  "The  Baton  of  Montgaudier," 
NATUR.-iL  History.  March,  1970). 

On  the  basis  of  present  evidence 
Pericot-Garcia  also  accepts  the  theory 
of  a  single  epicenter  of  prehistoric 
art — western  Europe — from  which  it 
spread  worldwide.  This  diffusionist 
approach  to  cultural  innovation  is.  of 
course,  disputed  by  proponents  of  the 
idea  that  simultaneous  invention  of 
similar  patterns  in  different  parts  of 
the  world  is  possible  and  probable. 

The  other  two  authors  have  a 
somewhat  easier  task,  for  they  chron- 
icle cultures  that  are  closer  to  us  in 
time,  and  for  which  there  are  still 
remnants  of  oral  tradition  more  or 
less  untouched  by  European  influence. 
Thus,  they  can  speak  with  some  de- 
gree of  assurance  of  the  manifold 
functions  of  art  within  the  several 
cultures:  social,  political,  magical, 
cultic,  funereal,  sexual,  etc.  Professor! 
Galloway  surveys  the  continents  of| 
-Africa  and  North  America,  describing 
the  arts  of  the  major  tribes  and  eth-i 
nic  units.  Lommel  covers  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  an  area  so  diverse  in  its  eth- 
nic composition  that  he  describes  the 
arts,  not  by  cultural  groups,  but  by 
major  design  motifs. 

It  has  long  been  obvious  that  thei 
tribal  arts  of  the  world  collapsed  be- 
fore the  onslaught  of  Western  cul-i 
ture;  those  artificially  stimulated, 
"folk  arts"  that  remain  are  forced 
imitations  of  earlier  crafts.  And  it 
should  be  equally  obvious  that  citi- 
zens of  the  modern  world  can  never' 
go  back  to  primitive  cultures,  mores, 
traditions,  styles,  or  patterns.  Links 
with  the  past  can  never  be  reforged 
I  as  an  unscientific  American  author 
intuitively  knew  when  he  said  that 
"you  can't  go  home  again"). 

An  interesting  thought  emerges 
from  a  reading  of  this  excellent  sur- 
vev.  Prehistoric  and  primitive  arts 
are  related  to  each  other  but  different 
in  kind  from  that  of  the  complex  Ori- 
ental and  Western  cultures,  which,  in 
turn,  are  different  in  style  but  related 
in  kind.  Is  the  difference  that  of  liter- 
acy? There  is  the  interesting  coinci- 
dence of  highly  stylized  symbolic  art 


YOU  LIVE  in  the 
SPACE  AGE... 

YOU  SHOULD  KNOW 
MORE  ABOUT  IT! 


A  rewarding  and  fascinating 
adventure  for  adults,  young 
people,  the  family 

Introductory  and  advanced 
day  and  evening  courses  in 
ASTRONOMY  and  NAVIGATION 


Call  or  write 

The  American  Museum— 
HAYDEN  PLANETARIUM 

NEW  YORK,  N.  Y.   10024 

81st  STREET   and   CENTRAL   PARK   WEST 

Tel.:  Tr  3-1300;  Ext.  206 


GOLF 


Your  LEFT 
IHOULDER  makes  the 
amazing  difference! 

One  of  the  most  startling  discoveries  to  emerse  from 
Ide  research  in  the  golf  swing  is  that  your  game  literally 
Inges  on  your  left  shoulder! 

How  this  is  so  and  how  to  use  this  great  discovery  to 
nprove  your  o«-n  game  beyond  all  expectations  In  a  mat- 
.r  of  short  weeks  is  set  forth  in  THE  GOLF  SECRET 
7  Dr.  H.  A.  Murray — a  medical  doctor,  golfer,  and  golf 
isearcher,  who  has  applied  his  expert  knowledge  of 
latomy  In  this  sweeping  and  utterly  different  study  of 
le  golf  swing. 

His    method   has   now   been   tested   on    a    large   scale   and 

?en  found    to  yield    simply    astounding   results!    S'ot    only 

)    golf    scores    take    a    sudden    drop,    but    with    the    new 

ethod   good   golf   Is   a   hundred   times   easier  than    bad — 

jcause  It  Js   NATURAL   (not  strained)   golf. 

\jlly  iUusfrated  ORDER  NOWl 

THE  GOLF  SECRET  by  H.  A.  Murray 

S4.95  plus  25^  postage  and   handling 

10-Day  Money-Back  Guarantee 

EMERSON   BOOKS  Inc.,  Dept.  529-S 

251    West   19   Street,   New  York   10011 

^.^  Math  "Bug"  You? 
,,5^    -No  Problem! 

From  Simple  Numbers  to  Calculus 

■npletely 
Tiath 


0 


ing  results. 

"The  author  assumes  no  previous  ac- 
quaintance with  mathematics  ...  He 
advances  the  reader  to  some  mathe- 
matical notions  of  'colteEe'  level  .  .  . 
le  near-miracle  Is  accomplished  by  patient,  carefully- 
irased  exposition  and  by  buildinc  the  discussions  step- 
'-8tep  ...  the  book  is  intended  for  study  without  the 
d- of  a  teacher"— NEW  TECHNICAL  BOOKS  (of  the 
ew  Torlt  Public  Library). 

If  you  have  despaired  of  ever  "licklnR"  malhematlcs. 
you  have  tried  other  methods  and  found  they  did  nothinc 
r  you,  then  perhaps  you  try  the  remarkable  Colenis 
ethod.  It  is  guaranteed  to  satisfy  your  expe<?tat!ons.  or 
ill  purchase  price  refunded.  ORDER    NOWl 

MATHEMATICS  FOR  EVERYMAN  by  Egmont  Colerus 
$4,95  plus  250  postage  and  handling 

10-Day  Money-Back  Guarantee 

EMERSON  BOOKS,  Inc.,  Dept.  530-S 

251  West  19  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10011 


of  nonliterate  peoples  giving  way  to 
naturalistic  narrational  art  when 
writing  is  introduced.  The  invention 
of  writing  may  have  had  more 
profound  effects  on  the  visual  arts 
than  we  have  hitherto  supposed. 

Bernard  Goldman 
Wayne  State  University 


Briefly  Xoted: 

International  Zoo  Yearbook  10, 
edited  by  Joseph  Lucas.  The  Zoologi- 
cal Society  of  London,  $21.00;  373 
pp.,  illus. 

The  tenth  volume  of  this  excellent 
series  contains  twenty  papers  on  owls 
and  other  birds  of  prey  in  captivity; 
a  section  on  new  developments  in  the 
zoo  world;  and  a  full  list  of  the 
world's  aquariums,  bird  parks,  and 
primate  research  centers.  The  Year- 
book provides  zoo  people,  con- 
servationists, and  biologists  with  the 
opportunity  to  keep  up  with  devel- 
opments in  the  zoological  world,  but 
is  also  an  indispensable  source  of 
knowledge  for  anyone  interested  in 
the  behavior,  conservation,  and  care 
of  wild  animals.  The  text  is  accom- 
panied by  52  high-quality,  black-and- 
white  photographs. 


The  World  of  the  Giant  Panda,  by 
Richard  Perry.  Taplinger  Publishing 
Co.,  Inc.,  $7.50;  136  pp.,  illus. 

After  covering  the  world  of  the  tiger, 
walrus,  and  polar  bear  in  previous 
books,  Richard  Perry  has  turned  his 
sights  on  perhaps  the  most  appealing 
mammal  of  all— the  giant  panda.  The 
book  is  a  fine  compendium  of  informa- 
tion drawn  from  numerous  historical 
records  and  from  Mr.  Perry's  own 
observations  of  captive  animals.  The 
illustrations  consist  of  many  excellent 
close-up  photographs  of  these  sad-eyed 
animals  plus  charming  drawings  by 
Wolfgang  Weber. 

C.B. 

Intecol  Bulletin,  International  As- 
sociation of  Ecology,  semiannual,  $3  a 
year. 

Published  by  the  newly  formed  In- 
ternational Association  for  Ecology, 
this  bulletin  is  designed  as  a  forum 
for  news  of  research,  requests  for  in- 
formation, reports  on  activities  of  na- 
tional ecological  societies,  suggestions 
for  conferences,  and  almost  any  other 
news  of  interest  to  ecologists.  The  as- 
sociation hopes  to  become  the  voice  of 
world  ecologists,  able  to  advise  govern- 
ments and  international  agencies.  De- 
tails on  the  bulletin  and  the  association 
are  available  from  the  Secretary  Gen- 
eral, Institute  of  Biology,  41  Queens 
Gate,  London  S.W.7,  England. 

J.W. 


"A  powerful  and 
instructive  indictment"* 

SINCE 

SILENT 

SPRING 

FRANK  GRAHAM,  JR. 

Rachel  Carson's  Silent  Spring 
was  one  of  those  rare  books  that 
change  the  course  of  history.  It 
was  the  tocsin  to  the  to.vins  — 
rousing  the  world  to  the  suicidal 
potential  of  chemical  pesticides. 
Originally  vilified  by  the  proph- 
ets of  progress-for-profit,  Miss 
Carson  posthumously  has  been 
proved  right.  What  have  we  done 
about  it? 

In  SINCE  SILENT  SPRING 
Frank  Graham  describes  the 
background  of  this  remarkable 
woman,  the  genesis  of  her  book, 
and  where  the  pesticide  question 
stands  today.  The  fight  is  far 
from  won,  but  victory  is  in  sight; 
Mr.  Graham  shows  what  the 
embattled  citizen  can  do  now, 
today,  to  make  that  victory  total. 

"SINCE  SILENT  SPRING  is 
a  valuable,  much-needed  care- 
fully written  book.  It  is  admirable 
on  three  levels:  as  a  tribute  to 
a  remarkable  woman,  Rachel 
Carson;  as  a  solidly  documented 
source  book  for  conservationists; 
as  a  factual  record  that  is  often 
as  exciting  as  a  mystery  story." 
—  Edwin  Way  Teale 

"Reports  not  only  what  has  been 
accomplished  in  recent  years,  but 
also  what  has  yet  to  be  done. 
And  it  suggests  how  the  average 
citizen  can  help." 
—  Christian  Science  Monitor 

"Should  be  a  powerful  weapon 
in  the  continuing  struggle  against 
the  pollution  of  the  air  and 
waters  ...  It  offers  added  and 
exciting  evidence  against  the 
])csticide    crimes." 

—   John  Kieran 

'PuhliHhrrn'  Wrrklii 

S6.95  from  vour  bookseller 

HOUGHTON  MIFFLIN  COMPANY 

2  Park  St.,  Bo.ston,  Mass.  02107 


77 


ANCIENT  OIL  LAMPS 

over  1300  years  old 

From  ancient  Palestine,  these  terracotta  lamps  were 
used  by  early  Christians  &  Jews.  With  varied  de- 
signs, they  make  unique  archaeological  display 
pieces  for  home  and  ofFlce.  A  superb  all-occasion 
gift.  Mounted  on  walnut  base  with  parchment  cer- 
tificate of  authenticity    $10.95   ppd. 

Lamps  with  Cross  motif $23.95   ppd. 


FREE  Gift  Catalog 


.  .  .  illustrating  Jewelry,  Amulets,  Coins,  Buddhas, 
Roman  Glass,  Figurines  and  more! 

Museum  &  Dealers  inquiries  welcome. 

ALADDIN  HOUSE,  LTD. 

N-4H     •     648  NINTH  AVE.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10036 


BUFFET    FOR    "HUMMERS" 

Hummingbirds,  colorful  playboys  of  the  feath- 
ered world,  have  sipped  4-at-a-time  for  15  years 
now  from  genuine  "Hummy-Bird  Bars"®  (Ac- 
tual photo ) .  They  love  the  real  wood  perch  on 
their  private  buffet.  No  other  birds  or  bees  can 
reach  the  goodies.  No  drip  or  rust,  easy  to  clean. 
Always  a  heartwarming  gift!  Moneyback  guar- 
antee. Full  instructions.  $2.95  plus  26i  pp.  In 
Calif,  add  15i  tax.  Sorry  no  COD's.  HUMMING- 
BIRD HEAVEN,  6818-N  Apperson  St.,  TU- 
JUNGA,  CALIF.  91042  (Makers  of  the  popular 
Oriole  "Fun-Bai-"  for  fun-loving  Orioles). 
MADE  IN   U.S.A. 

TREASURE 

Find  buried  gold,  silver, 
coins,  treasures. 
5  Powerful  models 
Write  tor  tree  catalog 


DEPT. 

RELCO  0 154 

BOX  10839,  HOUSTON,  TEX.  77018 

CATCH 
ANIMAL  RAIDERS! 


Catches  morel 
Easy  to  use  I 

Simple,  safe  HAVAHART  traps  catch  raidinK 
rabbits,  coons,  cats,  squirrels,  pigeons,  sparrows, 
etc..  without  in.iury.  Straying  pets,  poultry  re- 
leased unhurt.  No  jaws  or  springs  to  break. 
Galvanized;  many  in  use  20  years.  Open  ends 
ffive  animal  confidence.  Sizes  for  all  needs. 
Write  for  FREE  illustrated  trappinp:  guide  and 
price  list. 

HAVAHART 

158-P  Water  Street,  Ossining,  New  York  10562 

Please  send  me  FREE  new  guide  and  price  list. 


The  American  Museum  is  open  to 
the  public  without  charge  every  day 
during  the  year,  except  Thanksgiv- 
ing and  Christmas.  Your  support, 
through  membership  and  contribu- 
tions, helps  make  this  possible.  The 
Museum  is  equally  in  need  of  sup- 
port for  its  work  in  the  fields  of  re- 
search,  education,   and   exhibition. 


This  list  details  the  photographer  or 
other  source  of  illustration,  by  page. 


COVER— Peter  Silver- 

8-9— Tom  Page 
24-25— Saul  Riesen- 
berg 

26 — Philip  Bogetto 
27— AMNH 
29 — Philip  Bogetto 
30-35 — Peter  Silverman 
36-37- Miriam  Roths- 
child 

38— Roy  W.  Delaplaine, 
Sproul  Observatory 
40-43 — Helmut  Wimmer 


44-51— Robert  Edwards 
except  map,  AMNH  and 
50 — bottom,  Maxine 
Eastman 

52-58— Tom  Page 
except  charts.  AMNH 
after  Palmer 
59— Time-Life 
60-61— Smithsonian 
Astrophysical  Observa- 
tory 

63 — Helmut  Wimmer 
68-69— UP!  Photo 


To  our  readers: 

Errors  were  inadvertently  introduced  in  the  subtitle  and  captions  for  the 
article.  "The  Baton  of  Montgaudier."  by  Alexander  Marshack,  which  ap- 
peared in  our  March  issue.  We  are  printing  corrections  below  in  exactly 
the  same  size  and  form  as  the  original;  readers  should  clip  them  and  paste 
them  in  the  proper  places  in  that  issue. 

Subtitle,  page  57: 

Reindeer  hunters  living  in  France  more  than  12,000  years  a 
discriminated  season,  sex,  and  age  when  they  engraved  ' 

plants  and  animals  on  pieces  of  antler.  Some  images  hint  at  i 
sophisticated  system  of  abstract  representation  at  least 
8,000  years  older  than  what  had  been  considered  the  oldest 
example,  the  picture  writings  of  Mesopotamia  and  Egypt 


Caption,  page  58: 

Photographic  enlargement  and 

line  drawing  of  engraved 

salmon  reveal  open  mouth  and 

hooked  kipe,  indication  that 

the  fish  was  a  male 

in  the  season  of  spawning. 


Caption,  bottom  of  page  61 : 
A  more  schematized  ibex  head 
also  seems  to  have  been 
crossed  out,  this  time  by 
two  separate  lines. 


Caption,  top  of  page  61 : 
These  engravings  near  the 
bottom  of  the  baton  appear  to 
be  plants  in  full  leaf. 
Theories  of  Ice  Age  hunting 
magic  had  given  rise  to 
the  concept  that 
these  were  barbed  weapons. 

Caption,  bottom  of  page  63: 

For  years,  this  image  defied 

description.  Under  the 

microscope  it  appears  to  be  a 

flower  in  bloom — complete  with 

pedicel,  sepal,  leaves,  and  petals. 


Natural  History  regrets  these  errors.  The  author  writes:  "Because  of  the 
new  concepts  and  methodology  reported  in  the  article,  the  errors  in  captions 
and  subtitle  are  probably  understandable.  I  do  hope  that  the  general  reader 
as  well  as  the  specialist  will  also  avoid  making  too  hasty  interpretations  or 
reinterpretations  from  the  data,  for  this  is  a  new  field  and  it  will  be  years 
before  the  full  significance  of  the  research  is  realized." 


See  our  advertisement  on  the  inside  back  cover  .  .  . 
BRITISH  OVERSEAS  AIRWAYS  CORPORATION 

Box  VCIO,  Dept.  151-885 

New  York,  N.Y.  10011       Tel.  687-1500 

Gentlemen,  please  send  me  your 

D  Value        D  Wing  Safari  brochure(s). 


Name 

Adrtr»^.! 

f^itv 

state 

7ir 

My  travel  agent  is 

See  our  advertisement  on  the  inside  front  cover 
LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,   INC. 

Lindblad  Travel  Building 

Dept.  NH  470 

133  East  55th  Street 

New  York,  N.Y.  10022 

I  am  seriously  interested  in: 

D  The  Antarctic  Expedition 

n  The  Indian  Ocean  Cruise 

Mr.,  Mrs.,  Miss 

Address  ^^^^___^___^_^_^___^____^^ 
City  


.State  , 


-Zip. 


-78 


A  satin-finish  metallic  facsimile  of 
the  sacred  beetle  revered  by  the  an- 
cient Egyptians  as  a  form  of  the  Sun 
God.  3Vi"  long,  2"  wide. 

Descriptive  card  enclosed  witli  each 
paperweight  explaining  the  inscrip- 
tion on  the  base.  $7.50  plus  $1.25 
postage  and  handling. 

Members  of  the  Museum  are  entitled 
to  a  10%  discount.  N.Y.  state  resi- 
dents please  add  tax  and  send  your 
order  and  check  to 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Central  Park  West  at  79lli  Street 

V  New  York,  New  York  10024  11 


40  MILLION  YEAR  OLD  FOSSIL  FISH 
(DIPUOMYSTUS  HUIVILIS)  $17.95 


500  MILLION  YEAR  OLD  TRILOBITE 

(ELRATHIA   KING)  S2.25 

DOVER  SCIENTIFIC 

Box  6011  c 

Long  Island  City,  N.Y.  11106 

Send  25c  for  Illustrated  Catalog 

of  Minerals,  Fossils  &  Shells 


'^^^  Beech  Cliff 

On  The  Lake,  By  The  Sea 

VIOUNT  DESERT,  MAINE,  near  Bar  Harbor 
50YS  9-16  Pioneer  camping  in  setting 
)f  great  natural  beauty— plus  EXCEP- 
TIONAL TRIP  PROGRAM.  Each  camper 
elects  { without  extra  charge )  Wilderness 
Danoe  Trips,  Windjammer  Sailing  Cruise, 
Catahdin  Mt  Expedition.  In-Camp  prog, 
ncl.  riflery,  archery,  tennis,  water  skiing, 
resh  water  swimming,  sailing  Natural 
cience  emphasized.  (Aho  Caribbean 
Jccanograpnic  Sunuyier  School  age  14-17). 
Ijfford  A.  Pulis,  6  Old  Marlboro  Rd.,  Concord, 
lass.  1617)  369-4095  EST.  1954 


Suggested 
Additional  Reading 

THE  TRAGICAL  FARCE  OR 

FARCICAL  TRAGEDY 
OF  VICTORIA  BLUFFS,  S.C. 
A    Symposium    on    Estuarine    Fish- 
eries.  American    Fisheries   Society, 
Special  Publication  No.  3,  1966. 
The       Wildlife       Wetlands       and 
Shellfish   Areas   of   the  Atlan- 
tic Coastal  Zone.  G.  P.  Spinner. 
Folio   18,   Serial   Atlas   of   the   Ma- 
rine   Environment,    American    Geo- 
graphical Society,  New  York. 

A  STUDENT  MANIFESTO  ON 
THE  ENVIRONMENT 

Future  Environments  of  North 
America.  F.  F.  Darling  and  J.  P. 
Milton,  eds.  Natural  History  Press, 
New  York.  1966. 

A  Sand  County  Almanac.  A.  Leo- 
pold. Oxford  University  Press,  Inc., 
New  York,  1966. 

EAST  IS  A  BIG  BIRD 
Lamotrek  Atoll  and  Inter-Island 
Socioeconomic  Ties.  W.  Alkire. 
University  of  Illinois  Press,  Ur- 
bana,  1965. 
The  Eastern  Carolines.  J.  L.  and 
A.  M.  Fischer.  Taplinger  Publish- 
ing Co.,  Inc.,  New  York,  1957. 

BARNARD'S  STAR 
We   Are   Not   Alone.    W.    Sullivan. 

McGraw-Hill   Book   Company,   New 

York,  1966.. 
Exploration  Of  the  Universe.  G.  0. 

Abell.  Holt.  Rinehart  and  Winston, 

Inc.,  New  York,  1964. 
Modern   Astronomy.    D.    S.    Birney. 

Allyn  &  Bacon,  Inc.,  Boston,  1969. 

PREHISTORY  DOWN  UNDER 
The  World  of  the  First  Austra- 
lians. R.  M.  and  C.  H.  Berndt. 
University  of  Chicago  Press,  Chi- 
cago, 1965. 
Yiwara.  R.  Gould.  Charles  Scribner's 
Sons,  New  York,  1969. 

THE  MANY  CLOCKS  OF  MAN 
Time  Measurement  in  Plants  and 
Animals.  F.  A.  Brown,  J.  W.  Hast- 
ings,    J.     D.     Palmer.     Academic 
Press  Inc.,  New  York,  1970. 
Sleep   and   Wakefulness.   N.   Kleit- 
man.   University   of  Chicago   Press, 
Chicago,  1963. 
The  Physiological  Clock.  E.  Biin- 
ning.    Academic    Press    Inc.,    New 
York,  1964. 

HEART  POISONS  AND 
THE  MONARCH 
Mimicry    in    Plants    and    Animals. 
W.     Wickler.     McGraw-Hill     Book 
Company,  New  York,  1968. 
Ecological    Chemistry.    L.    Brower. 
Scientific  American,  February,  1969. 


BO  NSA 


Living  Miniature  Trees.  All  Five  Different.  Our  special 
starter  selection  oi  ideal  live  conifer  levergreenl  miniature 
trees  For  Bonsai,  dwarf  and  specimen  growing.  About  9". 
Sfiipped  wet.  Very  well  packed,  eocfilree  in  2'/4  "  plastic  pot. 
Ctioice  of  Cfiinese  Gold  Arborvitae,  Monterey  Cypress,  llaU 
ion  Stone  Pine,  Japonese  Blaclj  Pine,  Chinese  Blue  Juniper, 
$1.35  eo.,  ppd.  All  five  lor  any  combination  of  livel  $4.99 
postpaid.  Our  cotalog  of  exotic  trees,  imported  accessories 


nd  auttie 


vitti  i 


/ith 


ony  tree  order  or  10c  by  itself.  Everytfiing  absolutely  money 
bar!  qvaranteed,  $4.99  Postpaid 

WESTERN   ARBORETUM,  DEPT.  OP. 
1446  E.  Walnut  SI.,  Pasadena,  Calif.  91106 


HARRIS  TWEED,   SHETUND  TWEED 
and  WOOLEN  WORSTED 

AH  garments  for  Ladies  and  Gents  tailored.  Capes  and 
Norfolk  Jackets  $46.00.  Suits  and  Overcoats  $55.00, 
Jackets  $38.00,  Skirts  and  Trousers  $19.00.  Prices  in- 
clude all  cloth.  All  cloth  sold  by  the  yard.  Satisfaction 
guaranteed.  Send  $1.00  for  air-mail  swatches  to: 
ALEXANDER  GRAHAM  Boive,   Isle  of  Lewis,   Scotland 


BATTERY 
CLOCK  KIT 

Make  your  own 
clocl<.  Transistorized 
movement,  precise 
and  very  durable.  In- 
stalls easily  befiind 
\jall,  cabinet,  an- 
tique ...  or  anytfiing 
your  imagination 
dreams  up.  Paint 
your  own  face  plate. 
Much  pleasure 
awaits  ttie  owner. 
Complete  witti  2  sets 
of  hands,  washers, 
Instructions.  Satis- 
faction or  Money 
Back  Guarantee. 
$10.50  ea.  2  lor  $20.00 
Plus  50(  Post.  Per 
Order.  5%  In  Calif. 
Order  by  Mall  or 
Visit  Our  Store. 


J.  D.  BROWNE 

900  NorthPoint,  Ghirardelli  Sq.,  San  Francisco,  Ca  94109 


MAGAZIIVE-BOOK   TREE 


rside  li- 
brnrj'.  Holds  over 
100  magazines, 
wspapers,  cat- 
ogs  -  even 
phone  books  — 
\^rinkle  free,  or- 
derly —  easy  to 
si-e,  rendv  to  use. 
Top    holds    any 


;fe 
books    or   paper- 
backs  —  lots  & 
lots.    It's    porta- 
ble, practical  and 
so    pretty.    Ideal 
for  home,  olBce, 
reception      room. 
White     birch 
turninRS.    In 
honey  pine  or 
maple,    antique 
pine  or  walnut  finish.  28"H.  16"W. 
15"D.    $15.95.    HOME   KIT:    For 
easy  assemblv  &  finish.  Simple  in- 
structions.    S9.95    Postpaid.    Add 
S.-jc*  each  West  of  Mississippi. 
BEAUTIFUL   NEW    FREE   CATALOG  — 1000   PIECES 
Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  PIna 
Include  zip  No.  YIELD    HOUSE 

North  Conway,  N.H.  038B0 


7q 


KEEP  PACE  WITH  SPACE  AGE!  SEE  MOON  SHOTS-LANDINGS,  SPACE  FLIGHTS,  CLOSE-UP 


for  FUN,  STUDY  or  PROFIT 


PSYCHEDELIC   HCHTING   HANDBOOK 

lOO  information  packed 
page-s:  Fuily  explains  latest 
in      psychedelic      liflhting 

f\  •^'^''  equipment,    techniQues.    dt- 

*  „-tf"V  velopments.  Covers  all  facets 


atomic  enefoy   lab^ratori'.  Absolutely  safi 
cloud    ehajnber.    projectcr,    illuminatoi 
thariKOpe,  22  p.   instruction  bMklet  « 
ments.    Ideal   to   stimulate  student's  s 
Stock  No.  70.S99E  


th  suggested  experi- 
ientific   interest. 
S9.95  Ppd. 


Stock  No    bU  5b8E 
GIANT    tb     DIAMETER 

Stock  No.  60.652E    -_ 


ights.    wind    speed, 
and    temp.    Made    of    heavy 
duty    reoprene.    Inflate   with 
hose;  or  helium  for  high  rise. 

8' $2.00  Ppd. 


equipment  required.  Uniqu 
kit  enables  you  to  turn 
friends  into  monsters,  show 
house  with  water  to  2nd 
floor,  make  psychedelic 
slides,  kaleidoscopic  pho- 
tos, impressionistic  photo- 
art — unlimited  possibilities. 
Complete  instructions  reveal  the  secrets — includes  all 
reded. 


WOODEN    SOLID    PUZZLES 
Strtk   No.  70.:05E 


's  a  fascinating  assort- 
ment of   12  different  puzzles 

to  provide  hours  of  pleasure 
and  stimulate  ability  to 
think  a;id  reason.  Animals 
and  geometric  forms.  Take 
them  apart  and  reassemble 
them.  Lots  of  fun  for  the 
whole  family.  Will  te^t  skill. 
patience  and  ability  to  solve 
problems, 
^ - -     S5.0Q  Ppd. 


VERSATILE   WHITE    MODELING   PLASTIC 

Perfect    for    figures,    forms, 
shapes,    product    &.    tool    de- 


PLASTIC  MODEL  V-8  ENGINE 
Hours  of  fun!  Get  thrill  of 
building  your  own  easily  as- 
sembled engine  from  over  "~" 
350  parts.  Then  push  starter 
and  watch  it  run.  Crankshaft 
re^-olves.  pistons  move,  valves 
open  and  close  in  sequence 
*ith  spark  plugs.  Does  ev- 
erything but  bum  oil.  '_ 
scale  molded  in  4  colors 
Same  motor  used  in  many 
mechanic  coupes.  Excellent 
easy- to- understand    "tech 


..S7.00Ppd.        Stock    No.   7I.229E    $10.50   Ppd. 

CAR  OF  THE  FUTURE  HERE  NOW! 


stock  No.  70.«SE 


making,  etc.  Easily  shaped 
hy  hand,  tools.  Can  be  rolled 
flat,  built  up  into  figures. 
Permanently  pliable  until 
baked   at   300=    F.   for    15-30 


olds 


shaped  i  baked.  I 
p ai  nted .  em  hosse d , 
Stock  No.  60.79-lE 
Stock  No.  7I.205E 


per 
Can 
Srr 

nanent 
then  h 
ooth, 

on-si 

britt 
tkv. 

needed.     Re- 
Wont 


hardnes 
ed.   drilled,  sanded. 
,   harmless. 

2  lb.    .._ S  3.60  Ppd. 

$10.50  Ppd. 


NEW,   LOW-COST   GEM   TUMBLER 


NEW    LIQUID-FUBL   ROCKET  Klf 

.  Apollo-tipe    racket    soars    to 

f  i.iMK)  feet  at  300  ft.  per  sec- 

I         "  ond  .  .  .  then  gently  returns 

j  to   earth  on  automatic   para- 

4  chute.   Fantastically  realistic 

■  lift   off,    flight,    vapor   trail. 

16"  aluminum  rocket  can  be 

A  ^  fired  manually  or  electrically 

M^  (req.     6v     Batt,     not    incl.). 

f|  Loads  of  fun   building,   dee- 

'  crating,    launching    again    i. 

again.    Includ.:    16  Pg.   instruct.,   engine,  timer,  separator, 

parachute,    parachute  tube,    nose  cone,   fins,    loading   valve, 

h&se.    electric   firing   assembly,    launch  stand,    propellant. 

Stock  No.  7I.I82E     _.._ - _.  $15.95  Ppd. 


n  of  giant  electronic 
:  Adds,  subtracts,  mul- 
i,   shifts,   complements. 


Incl.  step-by-step  assembly 
diagrams.  32-p.  book  on  op- 
eration,   computer    language 

(binary  system  i    programming  prohl 


Stock  No.  70.341  E 


„..  $18.95  Ppd. 


nating    hobby 


S  4.00  Ppd. 


fun 


duty   motor.    Fuil    instruction! 

Stock  No.  70.874E 

6-lb.    ROCK   ASSORTMENT 

St«k  Nci.  70.S6SE        _     ...  . 


elry  of  ail  kinds — decora- 
tive book-ends,  table  tops. 
etc.  Simply  tumble-finish 
readily  available  gemstones 
.  .  .  then  polish  to  high 
lustre  .  .  .  brings  out  beau- 
tiful colors.  Rugged  3-Ib.  ca- 
pacity tumbler  w/continuous 


.$10.75  Ppd. 
S  9.00  Ppd. 


phase 


of 


planets 


EH 


IJ.K'IJ.I:Ic<f.iniJIJl/l|.».Tc« 


;,1r??h%  4,000  unusual  bargains  i 


close    up.    60    to    18 

Aluminized     and     overcoated 

3"     diameter    f/IO     primary 

mirror.         ventilated         cell 

Equatorial   mount  with   lock^ 

on  both  axes.  Equipped  with 

SOX    eyepiece    and    mounted 

Barlow  len 

scope.        f 

FREE:    --STAR    CHART'.    272-page       HANDBOOK    OF 

HEAVENS':      -HOW     TO     USE    YOUR     TELESCOPE 

Stock   No.  35.050E ^-  _  S29  9a  Ppd 

Stock   No.   85.I05E   V/a"  . __       S94  oO  FOB 

Stcck    No.   a5.086E R" 


Put  one  of  these  quarter 
sized  crazy  buttons  down  and 
stand  back.  In  a  matter  of 
seconds  it'll  jump  almost  6 
Just    like 


MAGIC  JUAHPING  FUN  DfSCS^ 


but    if; 


ally 


S239  50  FOB 


pletely 


pag 


ked 


■ll    4.000 


FISH      WITH   A   MAGNET 


I    baj-gains.    Exciting    ne^i    cate.  j 

gories.     Many    new     items.     lOO's    of  1 

charts,    illustrations.    Many    hard-to-  1 

get  vaj-   surplus   bargains.    Enormous  | 

of    telescopes,    microscopes,  i 


by 


Wr: 


nets.  etc.  for  hobby-  . 
:ers,  *orkshops._Shop  4 
for.  Catalog 


to    I 


J 


Edmund  Scientific  Company.  300  Eds.  1 

3aiTinBton.   New  Jersey  0S007.  1 

I 

I 

:.. 1 


SUtB  . 


"t 


Stock  No.  70.571  E 
Stock  No.  70.570E 
Stock  No.  70.572E 
Stock  No.  S5.I52E 


1   the 

bottom;  Fascinating  fun  &. 
sometimes  profitable!  Tie  a 
line  to  our  5-lb.  Magnet- 
drop  it  overboard  in  bay. 
river,  lake  or  ocean.  Troll  it 
along  bottom — your  "treas- 
utboard 


tific.  Actually,  the  uarmth 
of  your  hand  holding  these 
metal  discs  makes  the  trick. 
After  palming  a  disc,  place 
it  on  any  cool  surface  and  in 
of  fun  for  kids  of  all  ages. 
Package  of  twelve  only  S2. 

Stock   No.   P-4I,I50E     S2.00  Ppd. 

Stock  No.    P-4I.IS0E   set  of    100    SI2.00  Ppd. 

Large    personalized    guantities    available — ^write    for    info. 

BIG  BOOM  &  FLASH  CANNON 
Perfectly    safe    giant    noise- 
maker  lor  sports,  games,  the 
4th   and  just  plain  fun   prti-  t 

duces     brilliant     flash     — -■  ~- 

loud  bang.  Completely  h 


haul 
Muabies.    5-lb.    Magnet 


.314  lbs. _ _...  S  8.75  Ppd. 

-7'/i  lbs...._ 518.75  Ppd. 

I5?i  lbs. .533.60  FOB 


Beautiful       reproduction      of 

regular  Army  60  M  M  cannon 

in  hefty  cast  iron.  ■■Ammo"  s 

is   pulverized   Bangsite  com-  ■* 

bined   with   water   in   cannon 

producing  harmless  gas.  Cannot  be  ignited  by  hottest  flame 

or  heaviest  concussion.   Incl.  ammo  for  200  shots,  inst.  Wt 

2' J   lbs. 

Stock   No.   70.398E    S6.95   Ppd. 

EXTRA  AMMO   (About  4O0  Shots) 

Stock   No.    P4I.005E     51.30  Ppd. 


ORDER  BY  STOCK  NUMBER  •  SEND  CHECK  OR  MONEY  ORDER  •  MONEY-BACK  GUARANTEE 


EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO. 


300  EDSCORP  BUILDING 

BARRINGTON.  NEW  JERSEY  08007 


80 


1 


Join  our 

^ebliorhinephant 
^►afari 


It  costs  $1654*  and  in  22  days  takes  you  and  your  camera 
to  Kenya,  Uganda  and  Tanzania  by  way  of  London.  The  price 
includes  just  about  everything:  Economy  Class  round-trip  air 
fare  from  New  York  on  a  BO  AC  VC  10,  transportation  in 
Africa,  hotel  and  lodge  accommodations,  most  meals,  all  taxes, 
tips,  guides,  excursions  and  visas.  In  fact,  we  give  you  so  much 
for  your  money  we  call  it  our  Value  Safari. 

Join  it  in  New  York,  weekly  departures  throughout  the  year. 
And  enjoy  a  day's  leisure  in  London  en  route  to  Nairobi, 
where  your  Safari  really  starts.  We'll  take  you  to  famous 
Treetops,  Entebbe,  Murchison  Falls.  Then  on  to  Fort  Portal, 


Queen  Elizabeth  National  Park,  Kampala,  Keekorok,  the 
Serengeti  Plains,  the  Ngorongoro  Crater,  Lake  Manyara  and 
Amboseli. 

If  our  22-day  Value  Safari  isn't  enough  wild  life  for  you  and 
your  camera,  there's  our  famous  $2354*  Wing  Safari,  whose 
superb  22  days  take  you  animal-viewing  throughout  East  Africa 
aboard  a  de  Havilland  Twin  Otter  STOL  aircraft.  For  complete 
details  and  reservations  on  any  of  our  Safaris,  see  your  Travel 
Agent  or  call  BOAC.  Meanwhile,  send  in  the  coupon  below  for 
our  fact-and  beast-filled  Value  and  Wing  Safari  brochures. 
Maybe  you'll  be  the  first  to  photograph  a  Zebliorhinephant. 


British  Overseas  Airways  Corporation 

BoxVC  10,Dept.  151-885 

New  York,  N.  Y  1001 1  Tel.  687-1600  Somcboch  up  thcrccarcs. 

Gentlemen,  please  send  me  your  □  Value     □  Wing  Safari  brochure  (s). 

NAME: STREET: 

CITY: STATE: ZlPj 

MY  TRAVEL  AGENT  IS:  


Africa 


•Based  on  Economy  Class  Tour  basing  fare  from  New  Yoik.  Air  fare  supplement  required  during  peak  period. 
To  avoid  cutting  cover  see  extra  coupon,  on  page  78 


Photo-expressionism 

A  photographer  can  capture  reality,  or  heighten  reality,  just  like  a  painter, 
He  needs  only  the  imagination  and  the  cannera.  He  can,  for  instance, 
take  a  far-off  plane  and  bring  it  up  close  to  a  nearby  building  to  do  his 
artistic  bidding. 

In  this  case,  he  did  it  with  a  35mm  camera,  the  Nikkormat  FTN.  And 
a  most  unusual  lens,  the  500mm  Reflex  Nikkor  This  lens  looks  like  it 
would  be  at  home  in  an  astronomical  observatory  Cworks  like  the  Mt. 
Palomar  telescope!  yet  it's  so  light  and  compact  that  you  can  hand  hold 
it.  It  is  one  of  more  than  10  "long"  lenses  which  fit  the  Nikkormat  FTN, 
all  of  which  will  give  you  this  fascinating  compressed  effect  in  varying 
degrees.  There  are  30-some  other  lenses  and  accessories  for  almost 
every  purpose, all  from  the  famous  Nikon  system.Yet  the 
Nikkormat,  for  all  its  capabilities  is  so  uncomplicated 
and  responsive  that  it  never  distracts  you  from  the 
photograph.  Sells  for  less  than  $270  with  a  50mm 
f2lens.  Isn't  it  time  you  discovered  your  own  reality?  _ 
See  your  Nikon  dealer,  or  write.  Nikon  Inc. 
Garden  City,NewYork11530.  Subsidia_ryof 
Ehrenreich  Photo-Optical  lnd.,lnc.[lBD 
(In  Canada:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.Q.) 

Nikkormat  FTn  by  Nikon 


VATURAL  HISTORY 


MAY  1970  •  $1.00 


^J.il 


The  interchangeable  back. 

It's  just  as  important  as  the  interchangeable  lens. 


In  the  beginning  the  camera 
was  a  one-piece  unit. 

Then  somebody  had  an  idea.  If 
the  lenses  could  be  made  to 
change,  then  the  camera  could 
be  made  to  see  more.  And  the 
interchangeable  lens  was  born. 

Victor  Hasselblad  had  an 
equally  interesting  idea  when  he 
set  out  to  build  his  21/4"  single 
lens  reflex.  If  the  back  could  be 
made  to  change,  he  reasoned 
then  you  could  build  other  backs 
for  other  purposes. 

Then  if  you  could  also  change 
the  viewer,  and  the  film  advance 
mechanism,  and  then  could  add 
on  all  kinds  of  accessories,  you'd 
have  much  more  than  a  camera 
You'd  have  a  whole  system  of 
photography.  And  the  Hasselblad 
System  was  born. 

Today,  many  good  cameras 
have  interchangeable  lenses. 
Some  have  interchangeable  view- 
ers. But  few  have  interchangeable 
film  magazines. 

Which  is  puzzling.  Because  a 
fixed  back  really  ties  a  camera 
down,  by  letting  it  do  only  one 
thing  at  a  time. 

For  example,  with  other  cam- 
eras you  have  to  finish  or  waste 
your  roll  of  black  and  white  be- 
fore you  can  change  to  color.  With 
Hasselblad  you  can  switch  from 
black  and  white  to  color,  or  from 
color  negative  to  color  reversal 


film  at  any  time,  simply  by  switch- 
ing backs.  Each  back  is  like  hav- 
ing an  extra  camera. 

And  while  other  cameras  can 
take  only  one  size  of  film  (such  as 
35mm),  Hasselblad  can  take  120, 
220  and  70mm  film,  as  well  as 
any  of  the  numerous  cut  films. 
It's  all  done  with  interchangeable 
backs. 

And  where  other  cameras  take 
film  in  a  limited  number  of  shots 
per  roll,  there  are  Hasselblad 
backs  that  give  you  12,  16,  24 
and  even  70  exposures  per  roll. 

Other  cameras  take  pictures  in 
one  size  only.  Hasselblad  gives 
you  three  choices  of  picture  size, 

2y4"x2y4",  i%"x2y4",  i%"xi%" 

(for  making  superslides).  It's  all 
done  with  the  same  camera.  Only 
the  backs  change. 

With  other  cameras  re-loading 
is  time  consuming.  Which  can 
cost  you  a  lot  of  good  shots.  With 
Hasselblad  you  can  carry  a  few 


extra  pre-loaded  backs  and  just 
snap  them  on  as  needed,  for  un- 
interrupted shooting.  That's  how 
the  astronauts  re-loaded  their  Has- 
selblads  in  space  and  on  the  moon. 

We  make  five  interchangeable 
film  magazines  in  all. 

And  ten  interchangeable  Carl 
Zeiss  lenses,  from  40mm  to 
500mm  (each  lens  has  a  built-in 
Compur  shutter  synchronized  for 
flash  and  strobe  at  all  speeds). 

And  five  interchangeable  view- 
finders. 

And  three  interchangeable  film 
advance  handles. 

And  a  wide  range  of  accesso- 
ries, all  the  way  from  a  timer  for 
sequence  photography  to  a  flash- 
cube  holder  that  attaches  right  to 
the  sunshade. 

We  even  make  three  different 
Hasselblad  bodies.  A  standard 
SLR,  an  electrically-driven  SLR 
and  a  super  wide  angle  camera 
with  38mm  lens  attached. 


Many  of  these  components  ar 
recent  developments.  But  the  i 
terchangeable  film  magazine 
as  old  as  the  Hasselblad  itse 
It  was  developed  more  the 
twenty  years  ago.  Which  has  c1 
tainly  given  other  camera 
enough  time  to  catch  up. 

In  this  day  and  age,  if  a  camer 
has  interchangeable  lenses,  bi 
doesn't  have  interchangeable filr 
magazines,  then  the  back  of  th 
camera  is  behind  the  front  of  th 
camera.  . 

For  more  information,  see  yon 
Hasselblad  dealer.  For  his  nam. 
and  a  free  48-page  catalog  on  Th 
Hasselblad  System,  write  to  a 
dress  below. 


HASSFIBIA 

Paillard  Incorporated, 

1900  Lower  Road.  Linden.  N.J. 07036 

Other  products:  Bolex  movie  equipme^ 

Hermes  typewriters  and  figuring  machii 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


VOL.  LXXIX,  No.  5 


INCORPORATING  NATURE  MAGAZINE 


MAY  1970 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


10    WHERE  HAVE  ALL  THE  BEACH  CLUBS  OF  OLD  HAVANA  GONE? 
Everett  Gendler 

Fidel  Castro's  Cuba  combines  recreation  with  a  multiple-use  philosophy  in 
managing  nationalized  beach  front  and  mountain  parklands. 

24     BIOLOGY  OF  THE  WAY-OUT  John  Eastman 

Today's  "outlaw"  organisms — those  deviates  from  a  species'  norm — may 
well  become  the  "establishment"  of  tomorrow's  natural  world. 

30    ANCIENT  MEXICO  AND  CENTRAL  AMERICA 
Photographs  by  Lee  Boltin 

A  photographic  sneak  preview  catches  the  ancient  grandeur  of  some  inhabi- 
tants of  the  Museum's  soon-to-open  Hall. 

36     MIGRATION  OF  THE  SPINY  LOBSTER  IFilli^m  F.  Herrnkind 

When  the  autumnal  spirit  moves  them,  these  crustaceans  queue  up  head-to- 
tail  and  march  in  persistent  parallel  columns  across  the  ocean  floor. 

46    THE  ORIGINS  OF  AGRICULTURE  C.  D.  Darlington 

The  development  and  spread  of  agriculture  depended  not  so  much  on  the 
farmer's  innovative  techniques,  but  on  the  evolving  response  of  plants  to 
cultivation. 

58     EAST  IS  A  BIG  BIRD:  Part  II  Thomas  Gladivin 

Waves,  reefs,  seabirds,  stars,  and  the  "shape  of  the  sky"  guide  Puluwat 
mariners  through  the  open  sea-lanes  of  the  Carolines. 

COVER :  This  covered  far  figure,  a  unique  find  from  central  Mexico, 

shows  Teotihuacdn  influence  and  probably  dates  to  a.d.  400-500. 
The  incised  patterns  across  the  eyes,  representing  a  serpent, 
left,  and  a  butterfly,  right,  are  generally  associated  with  water. 


THE  AUTHORS 

LETTERS  TO  THE  EDITOR 

SKY  REPORTER    John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 
CELESTIAL  EVENTS    Thomas  D.  Nicholson 
BOOKS  IN  REVIEW     Luther  P.  Gerlach 
SUGGESTED    ADDITIONAL   READING 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Gardner  D.  Stout,  President  Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Director 

Natural  History 

Alfred  Meyer,  Editor  Robert  E.  Williamson,  Managing  Editor 

Barbara  L.  Cline,  Avis  Kniffin,  Alan  P.  Ternes,  John  P.  Wiley,  Jr.,  Associate  Editors 

Thomas  Page,  Art  Editor  Florence  G.  Edelstein,  Copy  Editor 

Toni  Gerber,  Asst.  Copy  Editor  Carol  Breslin,  Reviews  Editor 

Diantha  C.  Thorpe,  Information  Services  William  Suderman,  Production 

Ernestine  Weindorf,  Karen  Manulis,  Caroline  Doerflinger,  Staff  Assistants 

Editorial  Advisers:  Gerard  Piel,  Dean  Amadon,  Franklyn  M.  Branley,  Vincent  Manson, 
Margaret  Mead,  Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  James  A.  Oliver,  Ethel  Tobach 

Harvey  Oshinsky,  Advertising  Director  Harry  F.  Decker,  Waller  E.  Mercer, 

Gordon  Finley,  Advertising  Sales  Dinah  Lowell,  Traffic,  Eileen  O'Keefe,  Asst. 

Ann  Usher,  Promotion  Director,  Maureen  Fitzgerald,  Asst. 

Joseph  Saulina,  Circulation  Manager 


I'ublkation  Office:  The  American  Museum  af  Natural  Hittory,  Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street,  New  York.  N.Y. 

10024.  Published  monthly.  October  through  May;  bimonthly  June  to  September,  Subscription:  (7.00  a  year. 
In  Canada  and  aU  other  countries:  $7.50  a  year.  Single  copies  $1.00.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  New  York.  N.Y., 

and  at  additional  offices.  Copyright  ©  1970  by  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  No  part  of  thU 
periodical  may  be  reproduced  without  the  written  consent  of  Natural   Histobv.  Manuscripts   and   illustrations 
submitted  to  the  editorial  office  will  be  handled  with  care,  but  we  cannot  assume  responsibility  for  their  safety, 
ors  are  their  own  and  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the  policy  of  The  American  Museum, 
porating  Nature  Magazini:  is  indexed  in   Rcadi-r'n  Guide  to  I'crioilical  Literature. 


;  expressed  by  i 


A.  AZTEC  STONE  MASK-fNH  117) 

A  fine  example  of  pre-Columbian  carving 
typical  of  the  Late  Aztec  style.  The  origi- 
nal was  given  to  this  Museum  in  1903  by 
the  great  patron  of  Mexican  archaeologi- 
cal studies,  the  Duke  of  Loubat.  Repro- 
duced in  a  smoothly  polished  mottled 
green  Alvastone*.  lOVa"  high  including 
base.  $37.50  Express  Collect. 

B.  WHISTLE   FIGURINE-fNH  115) 

This  amusing  figurine  of  a  child  is  of  the 
Las  Remojades  Culture  of  central  Vera 
Cruz.  The  face  of  the  figure  shows  simi- 
larities to  the  famous  Smiling  Heads, 
which  are  the  best-known  of  Las  Remo- 
jadas  sculptures.  These  appear  to  have 
been  popular  in  the  Late  Classic  Period, 
about  AD.  600-1000,  and  this  is  the 
approximate  date  we  can  give  to  this 
figure.  It  is  7"  long  and  is  reproduced  in 
sand-colored  Alvastone*.  $1 8.50  postpaid. 

C.  URN-fNH  116) 

The  original  dates  to  the  early  Classic 
Period — ad.  300-500.  Urns  of  this  type 
are  usually  found  beside  larger  'deity' 
urns  in  the  tombs  of  the  Zapotec  peoples 
of  Oaxaca.  Reproduced  in  sand-colored 
Alvastone*  with  small  areas  of  red  ocher 
resembling  the  original.  This  figure,  beau- 
tiful in  its  simplicity,  is  772"  high  includ- 
ing the  base.  $20.00  postpaid. 

D.  TEOTIHUACAN  MASK- (NH  114) 

The  original  mask,  carved  in  dark-colored 
serpentine,  was  found  near  Cuernavaca 
in  the  State  of  Morelos,  Mexico.  In  style 
it  is  typical  of  the  Classic  Period  culture 
of  Teotihuacan  of  central  Mexico  and 
dates  from  the  period  of  about  ad.  300- 
700.  The  hollows  of  the  eyes  and  mouth 
are  left  rough  and  undoubtedly  contained 
insets  of  other  materials  that  are  now 
missing.  Reproduced  in  black  Alvastone*. 
6%"  including  base.  $16,00  postpaid. 


REPLICAS?  of  course.. 

the  originals  are  on 

exhibit  in  our  new 

HALL  OF  MEXICO 

and 
CENTRAL  AMERICA 


OPENING  MAY  15 


'Alvastone -Trademark  tor  a  gyp- 
sum cement  formula  developed  to 
reproduce  objects  in  great  fidelity 
and  registered  by  Alva  Museum 
Replicas.  Inc. 


Members  of  the  Museum  are  entitled  to  a  10%  discount 
N.Y.  State  residents  please  add  tax  and  send  your 
order  and  check  to 


THE    AMERICAN    MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY,    N.Y.,    N.Y.    10024 


i 


Grab  hold 
of  this  new 
IW-square  SLR 


the  Kowa/six 


If  you've  always  wanted  to  go 
the  2 '4  -square  route,  here's  a  new 
SLR  that'll  take  you  all  the  way. 

The  Kowa/SIX  is  more  than  a 
great  camera  system. 

It's  a  photographic  state  of 
mind. 

It  gives  you  the  versatility  and 
added  sharpness  of  the  2 '/4 -square 
format. 

Yet  it  handles  like  a  '35'. 

You  can  even  add  a  through- 
the-lens  metering/ viewing 
attachment. 

(No  other  2',4 -square  lets  you 
do  this.) 

The  Kowa/SIX  is  in  fact  such 
a  superlative  instrument,  you 
must  experience  it  to  understand 
what  it  can  mean  to  your 
photography. 

So  grab  hold  of  a  Kowa/SIX 
at  your  dealer's. 

At  a  price  under  $350.00, 
you'll  never  let  go. 


Kowu,  @ 


PROMINAR  INTERNATIONAL 

CORPORATION 

1150  Broadway  •  New  York,  N.  Y.  10001 


your  photography 

will  never  be 

the  same  again. 


Everett  Gendler  obtained  his 
B.A.  from  the  University  of  Chi- 
cago in  1948,  and  then  went  on  to 
study  at  the  Jewish  Theological 
Seminary.  After  being  ordained  as 
a  rabbi  in  1957,  he  did  graduate 
work  in  history  and  philosophy  of 
religions  at  Columbia  University 
and  Union  Theological  Seminary. 
Currently  affiliated  with  Packard 
Manse,  an  ecumenical  center  in 
Stoughton,  Massachusetts,  and  Haz- 
urat  Shalom  Community  Seminary 
in  Somerville,  Massachusetts,  Rabbi 
Gendler  spent  three  months  in  Ha- 
vana during  1968-69  where  he  con- 
ceived the  idea  for  an  article  on  Cu- 


ban national  parks.  The  author  of 
several  articles  and  essays,  he  is 
particularly  interested  in  the  re- 
definition of  contemporary  reli- 
gious thought. 

A  free-lance  writer  living  in 
Kalamazoo,  Michigan,  John  East- 
man is  the  author  of  "Biology  of 
the  Way-Out."  As  our  "Naturalist 
at  Large"  this  month,  Mr.  Eastman 
discusses  the  problem  of  abnormal 
behavior  in  animal  species,  particu- 
larly birds,  and  its  importance, 
through  publication  in  scientific 
journals,  as  an  area  of  biological 
investigation.  Since  receiving  his 
B.S.  degree  in  biology  from  Mich- 
igan State  University  in  1965,  he 
has  worked  as  a  biological  assistant 
for  the  Illinois  Natural  History  Sur- 
vey and  as  a  manuscript  editor  of 
biological  textbooks.  His  previous 
work    for    NATURAL    HISTORY    in- 


cludes   "A    Field    Guide    to    Field 
Guides,"  November,   1969. 

Lee  Boltin  was  staff  photog- 
rapher for  several  years  at  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory. As  a  free-lance  photographer, 
he  has  done  assignments  for  Natu- 
ral History  and  other  leading  na- 
tional magazines.  Best  known  for 
his  photographs  of  sculpture,  he 
recently  completed  a  catalog  for 
The  American  Museum  in  con- 
nection with  the  opening  this  month 
of  the  Museum's  Ancient  Mexico 
and  Central  America  Hall. 

Assistant  professor  of  biological 
science  at  Florida  State  University 
since  1967,  William  F.  Herrn- 
kind  has  conducted  intensive  re- 
search on  the  spiny  lobster  during 
the  last  several  years.  His  work  in 


this  area  involves  mechanisms  of 
navigation  and  mass  migration.  He 
has  also  studied  orientation  mecha- 
nisms in  crustaceans  and  shore  and 
reef  ecology  in  Florida  and  the  Ba- 


hamas. The  author  of  several  sci- 
entific articles,  Dr.  Herrnkind  re- 
ceived his  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  degrees 
from  the  University  of  Miami. 

CD.  Darlington,  the  author  of 
"The  Origins  of  Agriculture,"  has 
been  Sherardian  Professor  of  Bot- 
any at  Oxford  University,  keeper  of 
the  Botanic  Gardens,  and  fellow  of 
Magdalen  College  since  1953.  For 
fifteen  years  previously  he  was  di- 
rector of  the  John  Innes  Horticul- 
tural Institution.  He  became  a  fel- 
low of  the  Royal  Society  in  1941, 
was  awarded  its  Royal  Medal  in 
1946,  and  was  president  of  the  Brit- 
ish Genetical  Society  from  1943  to 
1946.  Professor  Darlington  has 
written  many  well-known  books  on 
genetics,  cytology,  and  evolution, 
the  latest  of  which  is  The  Evolution 
of  Man  and  Society,  to  be  pub- 
lished by  Simon  and  Schuster  later 
this  year.  He  was  also  a  founder  of 
the  journal  Heredity. 

The  second  part  of  "East  is  a  Big 
Bird"  by  Thomas  Gladwin  exam- 
ines the  complex  system  of  naviga- 


tion devised  by  the  Puluwatans.  Co- 
author of  "Truk:  Man  in  Paradise" 
and  Mental  Subnormality :  Biolog- 
ical, Psychological  and  Cultural 
Factors,  and  the  author  of  Poverty 
U.S.A.  as  well  as  many  other  works, 
Dr.  Gladwin  has  done  extensive 
field  research  in  Truk  (Micronesia, 
1947)  and  Puluwat  (1967). 


treasons 

why  you  should  read 

psychology  today 

1  Why  words  are  the  least  important  of  the  ways  we  communicate  with  each  other. 

2  The  sexual  reason  behind  the  popularity  of  natural  childbirth. 

3  Why  political  leaders  are  constantly  in  danger  of  insanity. 

4  Why  Asians  make  better  politicians  than  Westerners. 

5  Do  men  need  more  recreation  than  women? 

6  What  kind  of  parents  do  hippies  make? 

7  Why  it  may  be  time  to  end  the  taboo  against  incest. 

8  The  inferiority  feelings  of  men  who  seek  corporate  power. 

9  What  the  schizophrenic  is  trying  to  tell  us. 

10  Are  campus  activists  rebelling  against  the  system-or  their  parents? 

1 1  What  your  daydreams  reveal  about  your  ethnic  background. 

12  Why  do  swingers  tend  to  become  impotent? 

13  Is  it  time  to  grant  the  right  to  commit  suicide? 

14  Does  a  child  think  before  he  can  talk? 

15  Why  are  today's  students  attracted  to  violence? 

16  Are  "hawks"  sexually  repressed? 

17  Are  some  men  born  criminals? 


Want  to  learn  what  modern  psychology 
has  learned  about  people?  Including  you? 

Until  recently,  that  was  quite  an  order.  Your  choice  would  have  been  to  plow 
through  professional  journals.  Read  weighty  new  books  as  quickly  as  they 
came  out.  Or  trust  the  mass  media-where  psychology  is  often  sensational- 
ized, distorted,  oversimplified. 

PSYCHOLOGY  TODAY  has  changed  all  that 
PSYCHOLOGY  TODAY  is  a  new  magazine  that  enables  the  educated  layman 
to  catch  up  with  the  social  sciences.  And  keep  up.  With  full  coverage  of  all 
the  different  approaches  to  understanding  the  human  condition.  The  view- 
points range  from  hard-core  Freudianism  to  the  newer  behaviorists  who, 
frankly,  think  Freud  was  all  wet. 

It's  psychology  the  way  you'd  want  it  to  be  presented.  Excitingly.  Without 
tired  jargon.  No  cliche-ridden  definitions.  And  with  contributions  by  many  of 
the  most  famous  names  in  the  behavioral  sciences-like  Bruno  Bettelheim, 
Kenneth  B.  Clark,  Rollo  May,  Ashley  Montagu,  Carl  Rogers  and  B.  F.  Skinner. 

Send  for  a  complimentary  issue 
You  can  find  out  what  PSYCHOLOGY  TODAY  is  like-and 
learn  a  few  things  you  may  never  have  known  before— 
without  paying  a  penny.  If  you  mail  the  coupon,  we'll  send 
you  a  complimentary  issue  of  PSYCHOLOGY  TODAY. 

There's  no  obligation.  ^^BBl^ 


psychobgytoday 

P.O.  Box  2990,  Boulder,  Colorado  80302 

Please  send  me  my  complimentary  current  issue  of  PSYCHOLOGY 
TODAY.  I  may  keep  my  sample  copy  and  owe  nothing.  However, 
unless  I  cancel,  you  may  enroll  me  as  a  trial  subscriber  and  send 
me  the  next  11  issues.  Bill  me  after  my  subscription  has  started 
for  just  $6.00,  my  special  Introductory  rate-instead  of  the  regular 
$10  annual  price. 


(Please  Pnnl) 


.-J 

7 


Lelters  lo  the  Editor 


Thermal  Pollution 

Richard  B.  Klein"?  "Bananas  in  Ver- 
mont"' ■\va?  interesting  reading,  but 
his  treatment  of  the  Atomic  Energy 
Commission  and  -ivhat  he  calls  lack  of 
attention  to  imaginative  solutions  for 
the  thermal  pollution  problem  is 
hardly  fair.  He  implies  that  if  there 
were  no  nuclear  plants  in  ^  ermont. 
there  would  be  no  thermal  pollution 
problems.  The  difference  in  the  pol- 
luting capacity  of  fossil  plants  and 
nuclear  plants  is  not  worth  getting 
excited  about  if  both  stay  within  the 
restrictions  already  set  by  the  Federal 
Water  Pollution  Control  Adminis- 
tration. In  any  case,  and  unfortu- 
nately, the  law  does  not  give  AEC  or 
the  Federal  Power  Commission  au- 
thority to  regulate  hot  water  dis- 
charges from  power  plants.  Never- 
theless, the  AEC  is  working  hard  on 
ways  to  reduce  thermal  pollution.  The 
advent  of  higher  temperature  and 
thus  more  efficient  reactor  plants 
(High-Temperature  Gas-Cooled  Reac- 
tors. Liquid-Metal-Cooled  Breeder 
and  Molten-Salt  Breeder),  due  to  go 
onstream  in  the  next  decade,  will  pro- 
vide thermal  efficiencies  at  least  as 
good  as  the  best  fossil  burners.  But 
all  of  us  must  accept  the  fact  that 
thermal  pollution  of  air  or  water  is 
going  to  continue  to  be  a  problem  as 
long  as  electricity  is  generated — 
whether  from  fossil  fuel  or  nuclear 
fuel  since  it  is  an  absolutely  in- 
escapable by-product. 

We  at  the  Oak  Ridge  National  Lab- 
oratory have  been  working  (for  AEC 
and  HUD  I  on  ways  to  utilize  heat 
and  reduce  heat  discharge  to  streams 
for  nearly  two  years.  Our  work  has 
examined  benefloial  uses  of  waste 
heat,  such  as  de-salting  water,  recy- 
cling sewage  and  waste  water,  heating 
and  cooling  cities,  heating  and  cool- 
ing large  food  production  facilities 
(greenhouses,  poultry  houses,  fish 
culture  ponds,  etc.).  Several  of  these 
applications  appear  attractive  in   spe- 


cial situations  (such  as  Vermont's). 
They  are  all  technically  feasible — 
even  banana  culture — hut  they  are 
not  likely  to  provide  much  abatement 
unless  implemented  on  a  very  large 
scale,  because  the  quantities  of  heat 
are  so  large.  Capital  outlay  require- 
ments are  great  enough  to  be  prob- 
lems in  organization,  finance  and  op- 
eration. For  example,  the  heat  re- 
quirements of  greenhouses  at  Bur- 
lington. \  ermont.  assuming  30°F.  be- 
low zero  air  temperature,  would  be 
only  about  2.5  Mw(tli)  per  acre.  The 
relatively  small  Vermont  Yankee  514- 
Mw(el  station  could  heat  a  400-acre 
range  and  could  produce  maybe  100 
million  pounds  of  vegetables  each 
year — enough  to  supply  every  person 
in  \  ermont  with  250  pounds  per  year. 
Such  quantities  would  either  present 
a  great  sales  opportunity  or  be  a  hor- 
rible marketing  problem,  depending 
on  your  point  of  view. 

So  we  must  explore  problems 
which  may  not  be  apparent  at  first 
glance:  the  needs  of  a  particular 
area:  reliability  of  service:  load  fac- 
tors: the  cost  of  delivering  the  heat  at 
different  temperatures:  the  economics 
of  vegetable,  poultry,  and  fish  culture 
in  controlled  environments  for  hun- 
dreds of  acres  of  food-growing  oper- 
ations. \\  e  are  optimistic  about  the 
outcome  and  firmly  believe  that  the 
heat  can  be  used  profitably,  but  we 
feel  that  these  and  other  related  prob- 
lems need  to  be  studied  more  thor- 
oughly before  we  claim  that  we  can 
solve  the  waste  heat  problem. 

More  generally,  we  are  convinced 
that  the  central  problem  is  to  get  the 
waste  heat  transferred  to  the  atmo- 
sphere (where  it  is  subsequently  radi- 
ated to  outer  space)  with  the  least 
perturbation  to  the  biosphere.  This 
criterion  underlies  the  FWPCA  water 
temperature  guidelines  and  also  our 
efforts  in  aquatic  ecology,  cooling 
towers,  and  the  like. 

Finallv.   vour  readers   might   be   in- 


terested to  know  that  tlie  concern  of 
an  increasing  number  of  scientists  is 
the  change  in  planetary  heat  balance 
apparently  being  brought  about  by 
the  additions  of  COj  ("greenhouse 
heating  effect"  I  and  particulate  mat- 
ter ("higher  albedo  cooling  effect") 
into  the  atmosphere,  in  large  measure 
from  emissions  of  fossil-fueled  power 
plants. 

Sam  E.  Beall,  Jr. 

Director,  Reactor  Division 

Oak  Ridge  National  Laboratory 

Do  Cows  Sleep  or  Not? 

In  "The  Evolution  of  Sleep."  Feb- 
ruary. 1970.  it  was  stated  that  those 
"familiar  with  various  farmyard  spe- 
cies of  domesticated  ungulates  cannot 
recall  having  seen  one  of  them  lying 
do\vn  ^vith  eyes  closed,  obviously 
asleep." 

Our  neighbor's  ponies  are  seen  ly- 
ing down  in  their  pasture,  obviously 
asleep.  our  neighbor"s  pigs  are  lying 
down  obviously  asleep,  our  neighbor's 
riding  horses  are  seen  lying  down  ob- 
viously asleep,  and  our  own  cows 
seem  to  be  lying  down  much  of  the 
time  either  w-hen  they  are  in  the  barn 
or  in  tlieir  small  pasture  area.  They 
certainly  would  appear  to  be  asleep 
as  they  are  most  difficult  to  arouse 
sometimes,  and  one  especially  does 
quite  a  bit  of  snoring. 

Hoard's  Dairyman  magazine  of 
Fort  Atkinson.  Wisconsin,  recently 
published  an  article  on  whether  cows 
slept.  I  forget  exactly  what  the  article 
concluded,  but  I  thought  it  said  that 
cows  slept.  At  any  rate.  I  would  insist 
that  our  cows  sleep.  And  several  older 
people  have  stated  that  they  never 
saw  a  horse  lie  down  to  sleep:  but 
perhaps  a  workhorse  was  keyed  to  his 
master's  footsteps  and  would  rise  be- 
fore his  master  got  there,  either  ex- 
pecting to  be  fed  or  to  be  harnessed; 
but  1  see  lots  of  horses  lying  down. 

Mrs.  Robert  Hildebrandt 
Marshall,  JTisconsin 


ASPEIN  The  MuUi'MEdiA  MAqAziNE  InvItes  you  TO 

ACCEPT  This  SpECiAl  CoUeCTOr's  EdiTiON  of  OUR 

IBritish  IBoxIIssue 


(requIar  pRicE  $4  U.S.A.,  ici-i4s  Ct.  BmiAiN) 

FREE 

wirh  A  trIaI  subscRipTioN 


ASPEN'S  BRITISH  BOX 
(CoIUcior's  EdiiioN) 

Conlenli 

•  2  LP  records  (4  sides) 

•  1  lold-oul  (2  pages,  19") 

•  1  tryplych  (loided,  2(r  x  30") 

•  2  "souvenirs"  (Kilscli) 

•  8'page  Cay  Atomic  Coloring  Boole 

•  S  drawings  for  Rumpleslillskin  (1  sheel) 

•  5  critical  dissections  122  pages) 

•  1  short  story  of  "statistical  erotica" 

•  1  diary  (130  pages) 

•  1  pattern  {British  Knickers) 

Phyilcll  Dimensiom     Contribulon 

•  Width:  10  in.  •  John  Lcnnon 

•  Length:  10  in. 

•  Height:  !'/<  in. 

•  Interior:  125  cu.  ii 

•  Media  formats;  9 

•  Total  Items:  17 

•  Price:  M  USA, 
n-14s-Ct.  Britain 


A  PANDORA'S  BOX 

OF 

BRITISH  WIT  &  WHIMSEY, 

FUN  &  GAMES 

ASPEN'S  irreverent  British  Box  is  $4.  But  you  can 
receive  it  FREE  by  mailing  tlie  coupon  below. 
Here  in  125  cubic  inches  of  LP  records,  posters, 
tryptychs,  diaries  and  fold-outs  are  some  of  the  most 
talented  (and  talked  about)  tradition-topplers  in 
England,  Wales,  Scotland  and  Ireland  today.  Paint- 
ers, sculptors,  composers,  film-makers,  musicians, 
satirists,  poets  (as  well  as  experimentors  so  far  afield, 
the  art  world  can't  even  agree  on  what  to  call  them 
yet).  Here's  what  they've  contributed  to  the  "box": 

•  LP  record  #1:  Beatle  John  Lennon  and  Yol<o  Ono 
sing  of  private  matters  not  likely  to  turn  up  in 
your  friendly  neighborhood  record  store. 

.  LP  record  #2:  John  Tavener's  THREE  SONGS  FOR 
SURREALISTS;  and  dis-Eslablishment  poet  Christo- 
pher Logue  reading  his  NEW  NUMBERS. 

•  A  600-square-inch  typographical  tryptych  (-jrifold  it 
yourself)  by  John  Furnival  entitled  EURO?A  AND 
HER  BULL  illustrates  a  Rabelaisian  view  of  Anglo- 
American  relations  in  a  new  art  form. 

•  A  "concrete"  poem  by  Ian  Hamilton  Finley  in  the 
form  of  a  two-page  fold-out. 

•  John  Lennon's  LONDON  DIARY.  (Blue-nosed  re- 
viewers will  have  trouble  with  this  one.) 

•  Two  overripe  Kitsch  art  "souvenirs"  by  Peler  Blake. 


Some  ASPEN  coNTRibuTORS 


Lionel  Trilling 
Peanuts  Hucko 
Maysles  Brothers 
Jean  Renoir 
Or.  Karl  Menninger 
Andy  Warhol 
Willem  de  Kooning 
Timothy  Leary 
Marshall  McLuhan 
John  Cage 
Cockroach 


Alain  Robbe-Crillel 

Susan  Sonlag 

Samuel  Beckett 

William  Burroughs 

Moholy-Nagy 

Marcel  Duchamp 

Confucius,  Cuatama  Buddha, 

and  numerous  Zen  priests 

(names  on  request) 
Buckminsler  Fuller 

and  many  more 


•  Eduardo    Paolozzi's   satiric   8-page   CAY   ATOMIC 
COLORING  BOOK.  Color  it  very  Black. 

•  New  drawings  for  Rumplestilskin  by  David  Hockney. 
Exceedingly  grim  Grimm. 

Also:  Discover  UFO  (Unlimited  Freak  Out)  ■  Magic's 
return  to  industrialized  society  •  The  Geslalt  of  the 
mini-skirl  ■  Communications  a  la  W.C.  Fields."  The 
myth  of  "swinging  London"  (as  dreamt  up'by  Time- 
Life)  ■  The  sexual  behavior  of  spectators  at  automo- 
bile accidents  (didn't  know  about  that,  did  you?)... 
and  much  more. 

WORLD'S  ONLY  MULTI-MEDIA  MAGAZINE 

ASPEN  gives  you  actual  works  of  an!  Exactly  as  the 
artist  created  them.  In  exactly  the  media  he  created 
them  for.  When  a  new  issue  arrives  you  don't  just 
read  it— you  hear  it,  hang  it,  feel  it,  fly  it,  sniff  it,  taste 
it,  fold  it,  wear  it,  shake  it,  even  project  it  on  youi' 
living  room  wall. 

ASPEN  reports  on  experiments  in  avant-garde  cinema 
by  literally  sending  the  experiments  to  you  on  8mm 
film!  It  covers  a  brilliant  sculptor's  new  work  by 
sending  materials  and  instructions  to  create  an  actual 
replica  of  the  sculpture  itsell!  It  introduces  the  eerie 
aleatory  music  of  Cordon  Mumma  by  actually  send* 
ing  you  an  LP  recording  of  bis  latest  work  lor  French 
Horn  and  Cybersonic  Console!  It  illustrates  the  deli- 
cate beauty  of  Oriental  art  by  actually  enclosing  a 
breath-taking  Sung  Dynasty  mih  Century)  rolled 
landscape  scroll  yoij  can  hang  on  your  own  wall! 

FORTHCOMING  ASPEN  BOXES 
(included  in  your  subscription) 

FAR  EAST  ISSUE  -  (Postponed  till  now  because  of 
difficulties  in  assembling,  rolling  and  shipping  the 
many  delicate  Chinese  scrolls  from  abroad).  Con- 
tents include:  FIVE  ROLLED  SCROLLS  (1)  Kuo  Hsi 
Landscape,  Sung  dynasty,  lllh  century,  (2)  calligraphy 
scroll  from  Palace  Museum  on  Taiwan,  (3)  Ch'an 
masterpiece  by  Yu-Chien,  (4)  yard-long  frieze  of 
Indian  temple  sculpture,  (5)  Tibetan  ihanka.  PLUS 
miniature  screens  from  the  Shoko  Zen  Temple  in 
Kyoto  •  Raipul  miniatures  (rom  India  •  Zen  parable 
cards  ■  Fan-fold  books  ■  Even  a  dragon  kite  you  can 
assemble  and  fly  yourself  (local  ordinances  permit- 
ting) •  And  much  more"  All  scrolls  and  "articles" 
are  scented  with  incense.  Truly  an  issue  to  hang  all 
over  the  housel 


Yoko  Ono 
Mario  Amaya 
John  Kosh 
Richard  Smith 
Etiiiardo  Paolozzi 
Michael  Instone 
David  Robinson 
J.  H.  Ballard 
John  Tavener 
Christopher  Logue 
Ian  Hamilton  finley 
John  Furnival 
Peter  Blake 
Oavid  Hockney 
Edward  Lucie-Smith 
Christopher  Finch 
Ossie  Clark 


BUCKMINSTER  FULLER  ISSUE-Each  "article"  opens 
into  a  geodesic  dome  or  other  three-  (or  "four-") 
dimensional  construct,  several  feel  in  size. 
DREAMWEAPON  ASPEN-Our  ultimate  avant-garde 
extravaganza,  including:  "Ikons  of  a  20th  Century 
nature-priestess".  .  .  Calligraphy  for  "Soul  of  the 
World".  .  .  Fluorescent  paintings  by  the  one-time 
Zeitgeist  of  the  San  Francisco  Oracle  .  .  .  Universal 
Mutant  photographs. .  .Psychedelic  slides  projected 
on  nudes  (as  postage  stamps!)...  A  Mandala  music 
score  .  .  .  Poetry  poster  by  high  priest  of  rhapsodic 
cynicism... Glyphic  charts ...  LP  records  and  much, 
much  more. 

CLAIM  YOUR  BRITISH  BOX  FREE 
Bui  make  haste.  The  "box"  comprises  many  parts, 
created  and  produced  separately,  in  different  media, 
by  different  processes;  then  combined,  collated,  and 
individually  assembled  and  shipped.  We  cannot 
simply  run  oH  a  million  or  so  copies  at  the  drop  ol  a 
hat  like  Reader's  Digest  or  Lile  Magazine.  Which 
means  the  supply  is  extremely  limited.  Please  act 
promptly  to  claim  your  $4.00  British  Box  FREE  with  a 
trial  subscription  to  ASPEN. 


Mail  to:  ASPEN  MAGAZINE,  333  Sixth  Avenue 
New  York,  New  York  10014  NH-50 

Yes,  ship  ASPEN'S  British  Box  FREE  with  my  Intro- 
ductory Subscription.  ASPEN  (published  quarterly) 
costs  $16.00  a  year  at  the  single-copy  price,  but 
my  Introductory  Rale  is  only  $12  95  for  a  full  year 
plus  free  British  Box.  (A  total  saving  of  $7  05  off 
the  single  copy  price.)  I  may  cancel  anytime  and 
receive  a  full  refund  on  all  unmailed  issues.  BUT 
BRITISH  BOX  IS  MINE  TO  KEEP  FREE  WHETHER 
I  CANCEL  OR  NOT. 
n  I  enclose  $12.95  for  1  year's  subscription  plus 

free  British  Box  (a  saving  of  $7  OS),  ASPEN  pays 

all  postage,  shipping,  handling  and  insurance. 
Q  Save  me  $12.10.  Send  two  years  of  ASPEN  (plus 

free    British    Box)    for   which    I    enclose   only 

$23.90. 


Nan 


Address - 
City 


A  glimpse  of  national  parks  in  revolutionary  Cuba 


M 


y  immediate  purpose  in  visit- 
Cuba  recently  was  to  min- 
ister to  the  religious  needs  of  Ha- 
vana's Jewish  community,  which 
had  been  without  a  rabbi  for  a 
number  of  years.  But  at  the  same 
time,  I  intended  to  learn  as  much  as  I 


could  about  a  society  that  is  ex- 
perimenting radically  in  so  many 
areas:  and  as  a  conservationist,  I 
was  especially  curious  about  Cuba's 
policy  and  practice  with  regard  to 
parks  and  recreation  areas,  such  as 
beaches., 


Cuba — whose  population  is  now 
estimated  to  approach  eight  mil- 
lion— has  more  than  2,000  miles  of 
coastline,  and  this  includes  some 
extraordinary  beaches.  The  first  ex- 
cursion of  my  seven-week  stay  on 
the  island  was  to  the  beach  at  Santa 


byEverenGendler 


Maria  del  Mar,  which  lies  a  half 
hour's  drive  east  of  Havana.  (My 
transportation  was  provided  by 
ICAP,  the  government  agency  that 
looks  after  foreign  visitors  to  the  is- 
land.) The  golden  sand  of  Santa 
Maria    del    Mar    is    some    twenty 


yards  wide,  extends  for  more  than  a 
mile,  and  is  bordered  by  a  sizable 
planting  of  pine  trees.  I  was  struck 
not  only  by  the  physical  beauty  of 
the  place  but  also  by  the  public  bus 
stops  posted  at  frequent  intervals 
along  the  road  paralleling  the  beach 


and  by  the  people  emerging  from 
the  buses.  I  noticed,  too,  that  the 
apartment  and  hotel  facilities  near 
the  part  of  the  beach  I  used  did  not 
impede  access  to  it. 

Although    it    was    early    October 
and,  by  Cuban  standards,  not  prime 


«-«. 


Monument  to  the  island's 
aborigines,  at  left,  stands  in 
Zapata  Peninsula  National 
Park,  not  far  from  the 
Bay  of  Pigs. 

Above,  a  postrevolutionary 
teachers"  school  in  the 
wilderness  of  the  Sierra 
Escambrav  National  Park. 


beach  time,  there  was  a  sprinkling 
of  people  all  along  tlie  water, 
among  them  a  fair  number  of 
blacks.  Talking  with  the  bathers  at 
random.  I  discovered  that  one 
couple,  retired,  were  living  rather 
modestly  on  their  savings:  another 
group  comprised  a  working  man 
and  his  family  on  off-season  vaca- 
tion: still  another,  workers  off  for 
the  day.  Unlike  many  beaches  of 
the  Caribbean,  this  was  not  the  ex- 
clusive domain  of  the  affluent  and 
of  tourists.  It  was  quite  clearly  pub- 
lic property'.  Some  11.000  shower 
and  locker  facilities  in  the  area 
were  available  for  general  use  at 
hardly  any  cost. 

The    famous    Varadero    Beach,    a 


twelve-mile  stretch  of  superb  white 
sand  about  two  hours  west  of  Ha- 
vana, exhibited  some  of  the  same 
characteristics.  The  International 
Hotel — a  well-kept,  prerevolution- 
ary  structure  that  represents  the 
maximum  of  comfort  presently  avail- 
able at  Varadero — was  at  this  off- 
season time  mostly  filled  with  tour- 
ists (East  Germans  and  East  Euro- 
peans, plus  a  few  British,  French, 
and  Italians  I .  On  the  beach,  how- 
ever, the  egalitarian  mood  of  Cuba 
today  could  be  felt.  I  met  a  family 
of  five  from  Oriente  Province  who 
were  spending;  a  week  in  a  rented 
house  not  far  from  the  hotel.  Their 
house,  which  included  a  living  room, 
terrace,  kitchen,  bathroom,  and  two 
bedrooms,  cost  about  $80  ( pesos  I 
for  the  week;  according  to  the  family 
(the  father  was  a  mechanic),  a  va- 
cation in  a  place  like  this  is  within 
the  financial  range  of  many  Cuban 
working-class  families. 

How  so?  The  island's  minimum 
monthly  wage  is  only  .S85.  It  is  true 
that  the  basic  necessities  of  life 
are  inexpensive.  Rent  cannot  exceed 


10  percent  of  what  the  man  of  the 
house  earns;  medical  care  is  free; 
education  is  free ;  and  the  children — 
300.000  of  them  at  any  rate — are 
given  free  school  lunches.  In  addi- 
tion more  than  half  of  the  students 
receive  full  board,  housing,  and 
clothing.  Rationed  food  is  also  com- 
paratively inexpensive  I  eggs  4  cen- 
tavos  each,  milk  20  centavos  a  liter, 
rice  5  centavos  a  pound  I .  Still,  hoA\ 
can  a  working-class  family  afford  to 
spend  something  like  a  month's 
wages  to  rent  a  beach  house  for  a 
week?  The  answer,  my  informant 
told  me,  is  that,  increasingly,  all 
adult  members  of  a  family  work — a 
growing  number  of  day-care  centers 
provide  for  the  children  while  the 
mother  is  away — and  so  a  family 
can  draw  on  more  than  one  salary. 
My  informant  assured  me  that  va- 
cations such  as  he  was  enjoying 
with  his  family  were  quite  common. 
Later  when  I  asked  the  driver  of 
my  car  about  the  \  acation  homes  of 
Varadero  and  those  who  used  them, 
he  took  me  for  a  tour  of  se\eral 
miles  along  the  beach,  where  there 


were  hundreds  of  homes  like  the 
one  I  had  seen.  He  remarked  at 
points  along  the  way  that  they 
"used  to  be  closed  to  us  blacks." 
Poor  people,  he  said,  couldn't  get 
near  these  beach  areas.  But  now,  he 
went  on,  "I  can  bring  my  wife  here 
for  a  week,  just  like  anybody  else. 
So  what  do  you  think  of  our  revolu- 
tion?" Whatever  else  I  may  have 
thought  about  their  revolution,  I 
observed  wherever  I  went  in  Cuba 
a  use  of  the  beach  by  local  resident? 
far  exceeding  anything  I  lia\e  seen 
on  other  Caribbean  islands. 

Once  back  in  Havana.  I  went  to 
the  National  Institute  of  Tourism 
(INITl  to  find  out  more  about  the 
government's  beacii  policies.  I  was 
told  that  major  goals  are  pres- 
ervation of  the  beauty  of  the 
beaches  and  assurance  that  ihey  be 
maximally  available  to  residents  of 
Cuba;  a  secondary  policy  is  to  en- 
courage the  use  of  beaciies  by  tour- 
ists to  the  island. 

I  learned  that  beacli  \acation 
homes  owned  by  people  wlio  leave 
Cuba  become  state  propcrtx.   Own- 


ers  of  beach  property  who  remain 
in  Cuba  are  allowed  to  retain  title 
to  one  beach  home  if  they  had 
owned  it  before  the  revolution.  I 
did.  in  fact,  meet  two  families  who 
owned  their  beach  houses  as  before. 
The  state-owned  beach  houses  are 
now  available  to  families  as  vaca- 
tion rental  units,  with  stays  limited 
to  two  weeks  during  the  summer 
season  of  peak  demand.  There  are 
also  arrangements  available  for  sev- 
eral families  to  share  room  and 
board,  as  well  as  facilities  for  single 
persons.  All  prices  are  fixed  and  res- 


Tlie  rock-humped  land  of 
Vinales  Valley  in  Pinar  del 
Rio  province  is  used 
by  both  farmers  and  hikers. 


ervations  are  controlled  by  INIT. 
which  reports  space  for  some 
10.000  persons  at  Varadero  alone. 

Besides  the  residence  facilities  at 
Varadero.  there  are  many  addi- 
tional units  along  the  north  coast 
between  Santa  Maria  del  Mar  and 
Jibacoa.  and  the  latter  has  extensive 
camping  facilities  directly  on  the 
beach. 

The  expanded  day-use  of  beaches 
since  the  revolution  is  indicated  by 
the  newly  constructed  locker  and 
shower  facilities,  refreshment  and 
restaurant  areas,  and  children's 
playgrounds.  I  saw  these  at  Ji- 
bacoa. Siboney  (  Oriente  Province  I , 
and  in  Havana.  All  are  unobtru- 
sively located  near  but  not  on  the 
beach  and  the  architecture  struck 
me  as  handsome  and  spare.  In  Ha- 


vana I  also  visited  three  formerly 
private  beach  clubs  that  are  now 
open  to  the  public. 

Construction  near  the  beaches 
has  not  been  extensive:  year-round 
housing  and  basic  industrial  devel- 
opment have  first  claim  on  the  is- 
land's scarce  construction  re- 
sources. What  will  happen  in  the 
future?  I  was  told  that  INIT  has 
the  authority,  in  consultation  with 
the  Central  Planning  Board  (JUCE- 
PLAN ) .  to  pass  on  construction 
projects  near  beaches.  Depending, 
of  course,  on  the  taste  and  sensi- 
tivity of  the  planners,  there  is  a 
chance  that  Cuba  might  be  spared 
the  unsightly,  sprawling,  and  ulti- 
mately destructive  "developments" 
that  currently  disfigure  so  many 
Caribbean  beaches. 


H 


"he  Cossums  arent  trying  to  save  the  Avorld. 
ust  a  little  piece  of  it. 


Lester  Davis  is  a  friendly,  dark- 
ed  little  boy  whose  smile  can  light 

an  entire  room.  But  for  most  of 
!  six  years,  he  hasn't  had  much  to 
lile  about. 

Lester  lives  in  Laurel  Creek,  an 
)palachian  town  of  200  people  in 
:ounty  with  a  per  capita  income 
S557  a  year.  Like  most  of  the 
ler  people  of  Laurel  Creek,  Lester 
es  in  a  three-room  weatherboard 
use,  along  with  his  mother  and 
her  and  nine  brothers  and  sisters, 
ley  have  no  well,  and  of  course  no 
;ide  plumbing.  So  Lester's  mother, 
pssie,  carries  all  the  family  water 
Irom  the  nearby  creek. 

Lester's  father,  Ray,  used  to  work 
the  coal  mines,  but  since  the 
nes  "played  out"  he's  been  unem- 
)yed.  As  Tressie  admits,  "It's  aw- 

hard  going.  We  never  could  get 
a  good  start  before."  They  still 
luldn't  have  a  "start"  if  it  weren't 
■  the  Cossum  family. 

Ed  and  Martha  Cossum  live  in 
suburban  community  of  contem- 
rary  homes.  Looking  out  back  you 
1  see  one  of  those  large,  above- 
ground  plastic 
swimming  pools. 
And  you  can  see 
the  beginnings  of 
■  a  redwood  deck 
around  the  pool, 
b  ^''S^  which  Ed  and  his 

^^^^  two  children,  Bill 
jm:m''mKnmw-J-  and  Carol,  are 
ilding  themselves. 

Ed  is  a  systems  analyst.  He 
3nds  most  of  his  day  thinking 
out  third  generation  computers, 
rtunately,  Ed  and  Martha  also 
nk  about  this  generation  of  chil- 
3n  living  in  Appalachia. 

Through  Save  The  Children 
deration,  the  Cossums  are  helping 


sums'  money  to  buy  and  feed  two 
cows,  then  sell  the  calves  as  they 
come  along.  As  Mr.  Davis  says,  "A 
man  likes  to  find  ways  to  take  care 
of  his  own  family." 

Already  there  is  a  new  feeling 


The  Cossums  know  they  can't 
save  the  world  for  $15  a  month. 
Only  a  little  piece  of  it.  But  maybe 
that  is  the  way  to  save  the  world,  if 
enough  people  care.  How  about  you? 

Save  The  Children  Federation, 


.  oave  1  lie  \^[iiiurcii  rcueraiiun 

of  hope  in  the  Davis  family,  and  con-       founded  in  1932,  is  registered  with  the 


fidence  and  pride  in  their  ability  to 
help  themselves. 

That  really  is  what  Save  The 


U.S.  State  Department  Advisory  Com- 
mittee on  Voluntary  Foreign  Aid. 
Financial  statements  on  request. 


Children  is  all  about.  Although  con-  National  Sponsors  (partial  list) 

.ributions  are  deductible  as  a  char-  St"*.tT.tSt^'^S,, 

ity,  the  aim  is  not  merely  to  buy  one  ^^^^  f^^jjy^  ^„  £,,•  ^-jjy^ 

child  a  new  pair  of  overalls  or  a  Paul  Newman,  Mrs.  J. C.Pennej 

warm  coat.  Instead,  your  contribu-  Norman  Rockwell,  Frank  Sinat 
tion  is  used  to  give  people 
a  little  boost  to  start  helping 


ster  and  his  family.  They  contrib-      themselves. 


5  $  1 5  a  month.  Though  it's  not  a 
:  of  money,  the  Cossums  could 
Dbably  have  done  a  lot  of  other 
ings  with  it. 
The  Cossums'  contribution  will 
made  available  to  the  Davises 
t  as  a  gift,  or  charity,  but  as  a  loan. 
1  interest-free  loan  which  Lester's 


Sponsors  are  desper- 
ately needed  for  other 
Appalachian  children  and 
American  Indian  children, 
as  well  as  children  in  Korea, 
Vietnam,  Latin  America, 
Africa  and  Greece. 

As  a  sponsor  you  will 


ve  The  Children  Federation 

NORWALK,  CONNECTICUT  06852 

I  WISH  TO  CONTRIBUTE  $180  ANNUALLY  TO  HELP  A  CHILD. 

a  WHERE  THE  NEED  IS  GREATEST  D  LATIN  AMERICA 

D  AMERICAN  INDIAN   Q  APPALACHIA  O  KOREA  Q  GREECE 

D  VIETNAM  n  AFRICA 

ENCLOSED  IS  MY  FIRST  PAYMENT 

a  $15.00  MONTHLY  Q  $45.00  QUARTERLY 

a  $90.00  SEMI-ANNUALLY        D  $180.00  ANNUALLY 

I  CANT  SPONSOR  A  CHILD.  ENCLOSED  IS  A  CONTRIBUTION 

0F$ 

D  PLEASE  SEND  ME  MORE  INFORMATION. 


ther  can  borrow  to  begin  a  self-      receive  a  photo  and  history 


Ip  project. 
Mr.  Davis  already  has  a  project 
mind.  He  plans  to  use  the  Cos- 


of  the  child,  progress  re- 
ports and  a  chance  to  cor- 
respond. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  ARE  INCOME  TAX  DEDUCTIBLE        nH    5/0 


with  its  abundance  of  flora 
and  fauna  and  sunny  temperate 
climate  all  year  round  must 
be  added  to  your  travel  ex- 
perience. 


The  Protea 
of  which  there  are  over  400 
species,  as  well  as  more  than 
16,000  species  of  South  African 
flora,  including  genera  found 
only  in  South  Africa,  are  pro- 
tected in  numerous  nature  reserves. 
The  Kirstenbosch  Gardens  on  the 
slopes  of  Table  Mountain,  unique 
in  its  devotion  to  indigenous 
flora,  ranks  as  one  of  the  world's 
major  botanical  gardens. 

Tours  for  botanists,  nature 
lovers,  birdwatchers  and  keen 
photographers,  visiting  South 
African  gardens,  nature  reserves, 
the  forests  along  the  Cape  Garden 
Route  and  the  sub-tropical  Natal 
Coast,  are  available  at  your 
travel  agent.  With  regular  depart- 
ures from  New  York,  all  inclusive 
tours  range  from  $1,700  approx. 
for  21  days  to  $3,470  for  48  days. 

For  further  information  write  to 


S  A  T  0  U  R 


SOUTH 

AFRICAN 
TOURIST 
CORPORATION 


New  York:  610  Fifth  Avenue, 
New  York,  N.Y.  10020 
Los  Angeles:  721  Wilshire 
Beverly  Centre,  9465  Wilshire 
Blvd.,  Beverly  Hills,  Cal.  90212 
Canada:  2  St.  Clair  Avenue  W., 
Toronto  195,  Ontario. 


The  Big  Board: 
spring  planting  is  charted 
for  a  greenbeh  of 
citrus  trees,  sugar  cane, 
bean  and  coffee  plants 
near  Havana. 

One  other  thing  I  saw  on  Cuba's 
coast — a  sobering  sight — should  be 
mentioned.  At  several  places  be- 
tween Havana  and  Matanzas  there 
were  oil  derricks.  Fortunately^  they 
were  not  situated  near  the  good 
beach  areas  nor  were  they  located 
offshore  (no  Santa  Barbara  yet) . 
They  do.  however,  represent  pros- 
pecting for  petroleum  deposits  near 
the  shoreline. 

Since  the  economic  blockade  im- 
posed by  the  United  States.  Cuba 
has  been  importing  nearly  all  her 
oil  from  the  Soviet  bloc.  Of  the  al- 
most five  million  tons  of  fuel  oil 
consumed  in  Cuba  in  a  recent  year, 
only  113.000  tons  were  produced 
domestically.  Given  the  Cuban  effort 
to  mechanize  agriculture  and  de- 
velop some  industry,  fuel  consump- 
tion is  likely  to  continue  to  rise  and 
the  search  for  local  petroleum  de- 
posits will  continue.  One  only  hopes 
that  no  significant  deposits  lie  near 
Santa  Maria  del  Mar  or  Varadero. 

The  areas  of  Cuba  officially  des- 
ignated as  national  parks  are.  for 
the  most  part,  in  mountain  terrain, 
some  of  it  difficult  to  reach.  Accord- 
ing to  the  most  recent  (1968) 
official    map    of    Cuba,    there    are 


seven  parks  in  all:  four  in  Oriente 
Province,  one  in  Las  Villas,  and 
two  in  Pinar  del  Rio  Province.  In 
some  respects  the  parks  are  much 
like  our  own — beautiful,  largely  un- 
touched terrain,  with  perhaps  some 
small  areas  devoted  to  recreational 
facilities  or  simple  accommodations. 
There  are.  however,  differences. 

Two  of  the  Cuban  national  parks, 
the  Sierra  Maestra  and  the  Sierra 
Escambray.  include  within  their 
boundaries  teacher-training  in- 
stitutes of  impressive  size.  The  one 
I  \  isited.  Topes  de  Collantes  in  the 
Sierra  Escambray  park,  was  former- 
ly a  private  sanitorium.  Since  the 
revolution,  it  has  been  enlarged  and 
more  than  7.000  students  are  now 
in  residence,  plus  another  thousand 
or  so  teachers,  administrators,  and 
construction  workers.  Although  not 
what  one  would  expect  to  find  in  a 
national  park,  the  development  has 
not  obliterated  a  sense  of  the  natu- 
ral surroundings,  whose  ruggedness 
is  felt  throughout  the  institute. 

Why  a  teacher-training  institute 
in  a  national  park?  A  member  of 
the  central  committee  of  the  Com- 
munist party — the  central  govern- 
ing body  of  Cuba  today — explained 
that  they  wish  to  encourage  an  ap- 
preciation of  rural  and  mountain- 
ous settings,  and  thus  develop 
teachers  ready  and  eager  to  serve 
outside  the  cities.  He  gave  other 
reasons,  too,  reasons  that  explain 
why   at   least   two   new    towns  have 


O    °Q 


Name-ealling  in  the  forest 

and  seashore  starts 

^vith  these  Golden  Field  Guides 


Carry  Golden's  Field  Identification  Guides  on  your  next 
nature  trip.  Get  on  a  first-name  basis  with  tfie  trees  you 
see,  the  birds  you  hear,  the  seashells  you  collect  on  the 
shore.  Golden's  Field  Guides  are  copiously  illustrated 
in  color  with  practically  every  species  of  birds,  trees, 

People  see  a  lot  in  Golden  Books 


BIRDS 


ȣTDnEI[)IDENnFirAnON 


Sb\SHEL[s'^ 

ufiNorthflmcriai, 


and  seashells  of  North  America.  Informative  text,  range 
maps,  index,  and  bibliography  make  for  rewarding  in- 
the-field  discoveries  as  well  as  fascinating  study  at 
home.  A  masterfully  done  series.  Read  one,  and  you'll 
want  them  all. 

GOLDEX  PRE!$!$ 

A  division  of  Western  Publishing  Co.,  Inc. 
850  Third  Avenue,  New  York,  New/  York 

W/estern  Publishing  Co.,  Inc. 
150  Parish  Drive 
Wayne,  New  Jersey  07470 

Please  send  me  the  Golden  Field  Guides  I  have  checked. 
Check  or  money  order  enclosed,  including  250  for  post- 
age and  handling  (500  outside  continental  U.  S.  and 
Canada). 

□  13656  BIRDS  OF  NORTH  AlVlERICA  .  .  .  $3.95 

□  13658  TREES  OF  NORTH  AMERICA  .  . .  $3.95 

n    13657  SEASHELLS  OF  NORTH  AfvlERICA 
.  .  .  $3.95 


Clip  and  mail.  We'll  send  yon  the  books. 


Name 

Address- 

City 


.Zip_ 


17 


Nature  photography  is  second 
nature  to  the  Minolta  SR-T  101. 
Because  it's  the  faster  handling 
35mm  reflex. 

With  the  SR-T  101  you  never 
have  to  take  your 
eye  away  from  the 
viewfinder  to  com- 
pose, focus,  set  cor- 
rect lens  opening 
and  shutter  speed 
(up  to  1/lOOOth 
second).  So  you 
can  always  keep  up 
with  your  subject. 

And  things  al- 
ways look  their 
brightest.  The 
SR-T  101  viewfinder  stays  bright 
because  the  lens  diaphragm  stays 
open  until  you  shoot. 

Our  patented  through-the-lens 
metering  system,  called  the  Con- 
trast Light  Compensator,  meas- 
ures all  the  light  through  the  lens 
and  automatically  compensates  so 


•SWV 


nothing  gets  overshadowed. 

No  matter  how  you  look  at  na- 
ture, we  have  a  complete  system 
of  interchangeable  meter-coupled 
Rokkor  lenses  worth  looking  into. 
They  range  from 
16mm  ultra-wide 
angle  to  300mm 
long-range  tele- 
photo. 

Each  meter-cou- 
pled Rokkor  lens 
has  an  exclusive 
bayonet  mount 
that  lets  you  put  it 
on  or  take  it  off  in 
an  instant,  without 
re-aligning  aper- 
ture or  ASA  settings. 

The  MC  Rokkor  200mm  f/3.5 
lens  shown  is  under  $200  (without 
camera).  The  basic  Minolta  SR-T 
101  with  55mm  f/1.7  lens  is  under 
$260  plus  case.  Get  the  camera 
that's  a  natural  when  it  comes  to 
filming  nature. 


For  nature  its  a  natural. 


Minolta 

makes  fine  photography  easier 


■Write  for  brochures  to  Minolta  Corporation,  200  Park  Avenue  South, 
N.Y.,N.Y.  10003.  In  Canada:  Anglopholo  Ltd.,  Montreal  376 


been  placed  on  the  periphery  of  na- 
tional parks. 

In  Oriente  Province,  the  Sierra 
Cristal  National  Park  has  at  its 
edge,  in  addition  to  a  historical  site 
(the  Frank  Pais  Second  Front 
Command  Headquarters  of  the  re- 
cent revolutionary  struggle ) .  the 
new  town  of  Mayari  Arriba.  Here  a 
nucleus  of  some  7,000  inhabitants 
serves  as  a  center  for  some  30.000 
other  people  who  reside  in  the  sur- 
rounding area.  Mayari  Arriba  is 
complete  with  new  housing  units, 
shops,  schools,  medical  facilities,  a 
Circulo  Infantil  ( day-care  center 
for  children  under  five  years  old), 
a  public  auditorium,  a  playground 
with  rides,  and  a  movie  theater.  The 
town  represents  part  of  the  govern- 
ment's attempt  to  redress  rural-ur- 
ban imbalance  by  creating  attrac- 
tive living  conditions  outside  cities 
(and  by  building  teacher-training 
institutes  there) . 

The  other  new.  park-bordering 
town  I  visited  is  San  Andres,  situ- 
ated on  the  boundary  of  Los  Or- 
ganos  National  Park  in  Pinar  del 
Rio  Province.  As  with  Mayari  Ar- 
riba, there  is  a  concerted  effort  to 
bring  urban  attractions  to  an  un- 
derpopulated region. 

How  will  these  attractions  affect 
the  natural  beauty  of  the  parks? 
The  member  of  the  central  com- 
mittee to  Avhom  I  addressed  this 
question  responded  as  follows:  the 
new  towns  are  at  the  edges  of 
parks,  not  within  them.  The  towns 
are  carefully  planned  not  to 
disfigure  the  natural  surroundings: 
buildings  are  low.  the  environs  re- 
main for  the  most  part  untouched. 
Areas  of  the  parks  that  were  badly 
exploited  in  prerevolutionary  times 
are  benefiting  from  the  govern- 
ment's massive  reforestation  pro- 
gram. (Nearly  330  million  trees, 
not  including  citrus,  were  planted 
on  the  island  between  19.59  and 
1965,  and  since  then  the  rate  of 
planting  has  increased  four  to  five 
times.)  In  addition,  he  said,  set- 
tlements at  the  borders  of  national 
parks  means  that  they  will  enjoy 
greater  human  use.  Finally,  the 
roads  that  make  a  park  area  acces- 
sible cannot  be  limited  to  recrea- 
tional use  at  this  stage  of  Cuba's 
struggle  to  get  beyond  the  state  of 
underdevelopment.  To  be  econom- 
ical, a  road  must  also  serve  resettle- 
ment and  development. 


i8 


Lars-Eric  Lindblad  % 

invites  you 

to  participate  in 

adventurous  trips  to  the 

fourcornersoftlie  world! 

Whether  aboard  our  new,  luxuriously  fitted  cruise  ship,  the 

M/S.  Lindblad  Explorer,  in  the  Antarctic,  or  following  the 

trail  of  the  ancient  Incans,  or  even  on  a  "boatel"  expedition 

to  Brazil's  legendary  Mato  Grosso,  this  year  you  have  a  wide 

choice  of  unforgettable  Lindblad  trips  on  earth  (sorry,  we  haven't 

gotten  our  permit  to  the  moon  yet). 


The  well-known  expedition  leader,  Lars-Eric 
Lindblad,  invites  you  to  join  him  on  a  visit  to 
the  white  continent  of  Antarctica  and  the 
Ross  Sea  area  via  McMurdo  Sound.  The 
brand  new  M/S  Lindblad  Explorer,  designed 
especially  for  ice  breaking  duty  and  with 
cruising  speed  of  15  knots,  will  afford  the 
opportunity  to  view  the  unique  fauna  and 
flora  of  many  Sub-Antarctic  islands  and  areas 
which  until  now  have  been  relatively  free 
from  the  influence  of  man.  Two  34-day  tourist 
expeditions  in  January  and  February  of  1971 
are  scheduled  at  $2,900  up  plus  air  fare. 


Visit  Darwin's  Galapagos,  the  primeval 
islands,  "The  Land  That  Time  Forgot." 
Bi-weekly  cruises  aboard  the  luxury  schooner 
Golden  Cachalot  (10  passenger  limit).  From 
$1400,  including  chartered  DC-6  jets  to 
Baltra  in  the  Galapagos  from  Guayaquil, 
Ecuador. 


The  Forgotten  Islands  of  the  Indian  Ocean.  True 
"lost  Edens,"  these  islands  are  largely 
unchanged  since  the  days  of  Vasco  da  Gama. 
The  M/S  Lindblad  Explorer  of  Norwegian 
registry,  will  cruise  the  Seychelles  April 
through  November.  $1035  plus  air  fare 
from  New  York. 


THE  WORLD  OF 
LINDBLAD  TRAVEL 


On  the  Inca  Road,  28  exciting  days  by  air 
visiting  Colombia,  Ecuador,  Peru,  Bolivia,  and 
Argentina^following  the  fabled  trail  of  the 
ancient  Incans-from  mountain-high  cities  to 
port  towns  and  colorful  Indian  markets.  Fall 
and  Spring.  $1500  per  person  for  land 
arrangements. 


There  will  be  an  18-day  expedition  into 
Brazil's  legendary  Mato  Grosso,  including  11 
days  aboard  a  specially-built  "Safari  Boatel" 
exploring  the  Amazon  regions;  to  Brasilia,  and 
ending  in  Rio  de  Janeiro.  May  through 
October.  $1550  per  person  for  land 
arrangements. 

DepL  NH570 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022 

Please  send  brochure.  I  am  seriously 
interested  in: 

n  The  Antarctic  Expedition 

n  The  Forgotten  Islands  of  the  Indian  Ocean 

n  The  Mato  Grosso  Expedition 

□  Darwin's  Galapagos,  Golden  Cachalot 

n  On  the  Inca  Road 


Miss/Mrs. /Mr.. 


Phone  No.  (Area  Code)- 


Europe 

Whole 
Sale... 

Wholesaler  fares  are  lower  than 
the  lowest  available  airline 
fares.  They  are  available  only 
through  wholesalers  who,  because 
they  contract  for  large  blocks  of 
seats  on  major  airlines,  can  resell 
them  to  individuals  at  low  cost. 

Travel  Wholesalers,  an  international  organization 
dedicated  to  serving  the  independent  traveler, 
offers  frequent  weekend  departures  for  two  and 
three  week  trips  to  all  of  the  important  cities  of 
Europe.  You  will  travel  on  major  scheduled  airlines 
from  New  York,  or  directly  from  Washington, 
Boston,  Miami,  Chicago,  or  Los  Angeles. 

For  comparison,  when  you  travel  directly  from 
New  York  to  London  for  a  two  week  stay: 
Wholesaler  Fare  Excursion  Fare 


Round  trip  fare:  $308 

Subtract  value 

of  cash  voucher:        50 


Round  trip  fare:  $300 

Add  for 

weekend  travel:       60 


$258  $360 

Travel  Wholesalers  also  offers  a  pleasant  alterna- 
tive to  the  standard  tour  packages,  which  are  fixed 
and  inflexible.  We  issue  cash  vouchers  for  full  value 
at  the  hotel  of  your  choice.  Additional  vouchers  may 
be  purchased  for  car  rentals,  Eurailpass,  etc. 
The  fare  comparison  shown  is  for  minimum  two 
week,  or  maximum  three  week  stays.  For  shorter  or 
longer  stays,  only  "charter"  fares  offer  comparable 
low  rates.  But,  to  qualify,  you  must  be  a  member  of 
a  recognized  organization  (not  formed  solely  for 
travel)  for  at  least  six  months,  you  must  go  where 
the  group  is  going  (which  may  not  be  where  you 
want  to  go),  and  you  must  realize  that  if  the  group 
does  not  fill  up,  you  may  not  go  at  all. 

For  information  and  brochures  please  write  to 
Travel  Wholesalers  International,  1707  L  Street,  N.W. 
Washington,  D.C.  20036.  Or  telephone  (202)  296-9161. 


My  reaction  to  these  arguments 
was  colored  by  the  experience  of 
overdevelopment  and  overaccessibil- 
ity  here  in  the  United  States.  I  often 
found  myself  trying  to  communicate 
these  dangers  to  Cubans,  but  they 
saw  such  problems  as  a  long  way  off: 
'Underdevelopment  isn't  overcome 
that  quickly,  compaiiero!"  Mean- 
while, they  delight  in  a  road  that 
opens  up  an  isolated  area,  for  to 
them  this  represents  a  further  im- 
provement of  the  circumstances  in 
i\"hich  people  live. 

One  of  the  most  beautiful  of 
Cuba's  national  parks  is  the  one  on 
Zapata  Peninsula  in  a  swamp  area 
not  far  from  Playa  Giron  ( the  Bay 
of  Pigs  I .  The  Zapata  Peninsula  Na- 
tional Park,  which  includes  turtle 
and  crocodile  hatcheries,  is  part  of 
a  major  project  in  which  canals 
were  dredged  and  sided,  wind- 
breaks of  pines  were  planted,  and 
at  the  side  of  the  Laguna  del  Tesoro 
(  Treasure  Lagoon  I ,  an  entire  vaca- 
tion settlement,  Guama,  was  con- 
structed. Guama  was  built  solely 
from  local  materials.  For  example, 
majagua  was  used  for  the  exterior 
walls  of  the  thatched-roof  restau- 
rant, mahogany  for  the  floors,  bam- 
boo for  the  interior  walls  and  a  cir- 


Piiie  plantings  wall  canals 
of  the  Zapata  Peninsula 
park,  formerly  swampland. 


cular  staircase,  wicker  for  lamps, 
and  local  pottery  for  dishes  and 
ashtrays. 

There  are  attractive  and  comfort- 
able cabanas  for  lodging,  rowboats 
for  locomotion,  a  children's  play- 
ground, a  swimming  pool,  an  in- 
door museum  of  indigenous  culture, 
and  a  small  island  devoted  entirely 
to  rather  touching  statues  of  the 
Siboney,  the  earliest  inhabitants  of 
Cuba,  who  arrived  from  South 
America  about  2,000  B.C.  I  was  re- 
minded of  the  newly  mounted  dis- 
play of  indigenous  life  and  artifacts 
at  the  Bacardi  Museum  in  Santiago 
de  Cuba,  showing  an  interest — 
reflected  also  in  speeches  of  Pre- 
mier Castro — in  establishing  and 
maintaining  contact  with  the  memo- 
ries of  Cuba's  early  inhabitants 
even  while  modernization  receives 
the  major  social  emphasis. 

I  was  struck  by  one  other  feature 
of  Guama.  To  reach  the  cabins  re- 
quires a  40-minute  ride  by  motor 
launch  from  the  entry  point  to  the 
canals,  and  the  dock  itself  is  some 
miles  inside  the  park.  Hence  Guama 
is  remarkably  quiet:  no  automo- 
biles anywhere  and  no  traffic  noise, 
not  even  from  afar. 

Cuba  at  this  point  appears  to  be 
treating  her  recreational  facilities 
and  park  resources  with  some  con- 
sideration. There  is,  moreover,  a 
program   of   nature-oriented   activi- 


If  you  could  shoot  on  both  sides  of  this  fence 
you  could  make  better  movies. 

Sit  down  at  X  and  we'll  show  you  why. 


All  set?  Okay.  You've  brought 
a  camera  along.  Any  conven- 
tional super-8  camera. 
This  is  your  picnic.  You're  go- 
ing to  bring  it  back  alive. 
Shooting  it  just  as  it  happens. 
So,  between  bites,  start  pick- 
ing shots.  Hovj  about  this 
one? 


So  what  can  you  shoot?  See 
that  fence?  It's  4  ft.  from  your 
seat,  the  closest  most  conven- 
tional cameras  can  focus.  So 
you  can  get  any  shot— outside 
the  fence.  But  nothing  but 
blurs  inside  it. 

Which  brings  us  to  these,  the 
unconventional  Bolex  lyiacro- 
zoom  cameras.  They're  the 
first  super-8s  that  can  shoot 
on  both  sides  of  the  fence. 
Because  they  can  focus  at 
least  as  near— or  as  far— as 
your  eyes  can. 


With  these  Bolex  cameras 
you  can  get  any  shot  you  can 
see.  Including  telephoto  shots 
like  this  one. 


Stop  fiddling  with  the  knob. 
He's  just  2  ft.  from  the  lens. 
You'll  never  get  him  in  focus. 


And  if  you  snap  on  the  free 
little  tvlultitrix  attachment,  you 
can  title  on  location,  like  this. 


Maybe  this  would  work?  SVz 
ft.  away?  Nope.  Still  too  blurry. 
This  tiny  visiting  frog?  If  you 
could  locus  within  inches 
you'd  get  him  big  enough  to 
see.  But  you've  got  a  conven- 
tional camera. 


The  Bolex  160-with  power 
zoom  and  single-frame  re- 
lease—and the  Bolex  155 
focus  from  one  inch  of  the 
lens  to  infinity.  Handheld. 
Without  attachments.  The  7.5 
does  the  same  thing  from  5 
inches,  like  this. 


Shoot  stills.  Shoot— and  dis- 
solve through— a  slide.  Make 
complete  movies  in  the  camera. 
Want  to  see  them  for  your- 
self? Write  to  the  address  be- 
low for  the  name  of  your 
nearest  Bolex  dealer.  And, 
while  you're  there,  see  these 
unconventional  Bolex  projec- 
tors. One  of  them  will  even 
record  a  soundtrack  onto  your 
film,  turning  your  silents  ijito 
talkies. 


w 


^fi^^S£^ 


Paillard  Incorporolcd, 

1900  Lower  Rd,  Linden,  N.J. 07036. 

Other  products:  Hasselblad 

cameras.  Hermes  typewriters 

and  figuring  machines. 


21 


THE  QUESTAR  SEVEN  MAKES  THE  SCENE 


Would  you  believe  a  telescope  with  seven 
inches  of  aperture  could  be  completely  por- 
table? —  could  be  set  up  wherever  you  want 
it  in  just  the  length  of  time  it  takes  to  lift 
barrel  and  mounting  out  of  two  matching 
cases  and  join  them  together  with  a  knurled 
screw?  —  could  be  used  on  a  table  top  in 
alt-azimuth  form  or  in  polar  equatorial  posi- 
tion by  pushing  three  legs  into  place,  or 
attached  to  a  sturdy  standard  tripod. 

Here  it  is,  the  Questar  Seven,  over- 
shadowing companion  of  its  world-famous 
predecessor  —  twice  as  large  and  double 
the  performance.  A  portable  observatory 
with   every  refinement  of  the  observatory 


telescope  at  your  fingertips  —  continuous 
360°  smooth,  slow  motions,  built-in  syn- 
chronous electric  drive,  circles,  worm-driven 
sidereal  clock,  and  power  changes,  and  the 
Questar  safe,  patented  solar  filter. 

It  is  photo-visual,  of  course,  with  four 
times  the  light  grasp  of  the  3'/2-inch,  and 
with  still  the  same  easy  way  of  adding  a 
35-mm.  camera  to  photograph  all  you  see. 
Think  of  focal  length  that  can  vary  from  9  to 
100  feet!  What  a  blast! 

QUESTAR 

BOX   160.   NEW    HOPE,   PA.  18938 


QUESTAR,  THE  WORLD'S  FINEST,  MOST  VERSATILE  SMALL  TELESCOPE,  PRICED  FROM  $795,  IS 
DESCRIBED  IN  OUR  NEWEST  BOOKLET  WHICH  CONTAINS  MORE  THAN  100  PHOTOGRAPHS  BY 
QUESTAR  OWNERS.  SEND  $1  FOR  MAILING  ANYWHERE  IN  NORTH  AMERICA.  BY  AIR  TO 
REST  OF  WESTERN  HEMISPHERE,  $2.50;  EUROPE  AND  NORTH  AFRICA.  $3.00;  ELSEWHERE,  $3  50. 


ties  run  by  the  Union  de  Pioneros 
Cubanos,  the  Cuban  Communist 
scouting  movement,  in  which  al- 
most every  school  child  partici- 
pates. The  Pioneros  place  heavy 
emphasis  on  matters  of  con- 
servation. 

Still  I  doubt  that  we  shall  ever 
see  in  Cuba  a  national-park  policy 
ivith  great  stress  on  the  pres- 
ervation of  wilderness  as  such, 
"Multiple  use."  to  borrow  from  our 
own  vocabulary,  strikes  me  as  the 
more  likely  tendency. 

At  first  I  was  troubled  by  this. 
Yet  on  reflection  it  does  seem  that 
the  stage  of  a  country's  devel- 
opment must  be  given  weight  in 
evaluating  its  conservation  policies. 
Where  resources  are  very  limited: 
where  immediate  human  needs  are 
very  pressing:  and  where,  as  in 
Cuba,  much  effort  is  being  ex- 
pended in  reforestation,  replanting, 
and  repairing  the  ravages  of  former 
practices,  multiple  use  may  mean 
something  different  from  what  it 
usually  means  here. 

But  what  will  be  the  effect  of 
Cuba's  drive  to  develop  industry 
and  mechanize  agriculture?  To  re- 
lieve men  of  physical  exertion  un- 
der a  scorching  Caribbean  sun  is 
understandable,  indeed  commend- 
able. At  the  same  time,  coming  from 
a  society  where  labor-saving  devices 
and  so-called  conveniences  are  in- 
creasingly assisting  our  alienation 
from  nature  while  threatening  to 
bury  us  alive  with  waste,  I  find  my- 
self wondering:  Will  the  Cubans, 
too.  fall  prey  to  "progress"  and  "de- 
velopment"? 

It  seems  to  me  that  the  question 
of  parks  and  recreational  facilities 
transcends  political  boundaries.  All 
of  us.  whatever  our  nation  or  politi- 
cal system,  must  deplore  the  misuse 
anywhere  of  the  natural  resources 
entrusted  to  us  for  transmission  to 
future  generations.  Equally,  we  can 
take  heart  from  their  wise,  consid- 
erate use.  I,  for  one.  hope  that  con- 
ditions will  soon  permit  a  full  and 
free  exchange  of  observation  and 
insight  between  Cubans  and  other 
citizens  of  the  Western  Hemisphere. 
Despite  our  different  situations, 
such  exchanges  could  contribute 
much  to  our  mutual  understanding. 
As  fellow  citizens  of  this  planet,  the 
use  and  abuse  of  parks  and  recrea- 
tional facilities  is  a  concern  we  all 
share.  ■ 


Something  NEW  has  been  added 

BIRDS  •  WILDFLOWERS  •  BUTTERFLIES  •  TREES  AND  SHRUBS  •  FERNS 

SHELLS  •  ROCKS  AND  MINERALS  •  MAMMALS  •  ANIMAL  TRACKS 

REPTILES  AND  AMPHIBIANS  •  STARS  AND  PLANETS 

The  famous  PETERSON  FIELD  GUIDE  series 
has  a  new  companion 


THIS  is  the  most  comprehensive,  authoritative,  and 
up-to-date  pocket  guide  to  North  American  in- 
sects ever  pubhshed.  There  is  no  book  on  the  market 
remotely  comparable  to  it.  It  covers  579  families  of 
insects,  illustrating  all  but  the  most  rarely  encount- 
ered, and  includes  descriptions  of  other  arthropods 
as  well. 

Introductory  chapters  supply  information  on  collec- 
tion and  preservation  of  insects,  the  study  of  living 
insects  ("insect-watching"  can  be  as  enjoyable  as 
bird-watching) ,  and  the  structure,  growth,  and  devel- 
opment of  insects. 

Illustrations  appear  adjacent  to  the  related  text 
throughout  the  descriptive  section,  and  the  famous 
Peterson  system  provides  quick  and  accurate  identifi- 
cation. Color  plates  with  their  facing  legend  pages 
are  grouped  for  easy  reference  at  the  center  of  the 
book. 

In  addition,  there  is  a  complete  glossary,  set  up  with 
reference  to  the  illustrations. 

Insects  play  a  vital  role  in  our  lives.  Because  some 
of  them  are  destructive  or  armoying  we  tend  to  forget 
that  as  a  whole  they  are  indispensable.  Think  for  a 
moment  of  plant  pollination,  honey,  silk,  shellac,  food 
support  for  bird,  fish,  and  other  animal  populations, 
the  study  of  heredity,  evolution,  stream  pollution, 
to  mention  only  a  few  —  and  where  would  we  be  with- 
out insects?  This  book  is  the  key  to  a  fascinating 
world. 


MORE  THAN  1,300  DRAWINGS  •  142  ILLUSTRATIONS  IN  FULL  COLOR  •  416  PAGES  •  ONLY  $5.95 

Increase  your  enjoyment  of  Nature  with  "the  most  practical, 
useful  and  beautiful  field  guides  to  be  found  in  your  bookstore" 

WOULDN'T  IT  BE  WONDERFUL  TO  OWN  A    COMPLETE  SET  OF  PETERSON  FIELD  GUIDES? 


1. 

BIRDS 

$5.95 

11. 

Ip. 

UIHDS   (papeibound) 

$2.95 

12. 

2. 

WEHTEHN  BIRDS 

$5.95 

3. 

SHELLS,  ATLANTIC  Sc 

13. 

GULF  COASTS 

$5.95 

14. 

4. 

BUTFERFLIES 

$4.95 

5. 

MAMMALS 

$5.95 

15. 

e. 

SHELLS,  PACIFIC  COAST 

&  HAWAII 

$5,95 

1(3. 

7. 

ROCKS  AND  MINERALS 

$5.95 

8. 

BIRDS  OF  BRITAIN  & 

17. 

EUROPE 

$7.00 

IH. 

9. 

ANIMAL  TRACKS 

$5.95 

10. 

FERNS 

$5.95 

19. 

TREES  AND  SHRUBS  $5.95 
REPTILES  AND 

AMPHIBIANS  $5.95 

BIRDS  OF  TEXAS  $4.95 
ROCKY  MOUNTAIN 

WlLDl'LOWERS  $4.95 

STARS  AND  I'LANETS  $5.95 
WESTERN  REPTILES 

AND  AMPHIBIANS  $4.95 

WILDFLOWERS  $5.95 
MAMMALS  OF 

BRITAIN  AND  EUROPE  $7.50 

INSECTS  §5.95 


The  Peterson  Field  Guide  Series  is  spon- 
sored by  the  National  Audubon  Society  and 
the  National  Wildlife  Federation.  Copies 
are  available  through  your  local  bookstore. 


HOUGHTON  MIFFLIN 
COMPANY,  Publishers 

2  Park  Street, 

Boston,  Massachusetts  02107 


THEY'LL  DIE 

unless  you  and  we  help  them.  They'll 
Die— and  thousands  more  like  them 
of  many  different  species  will  die— 
unless  money  is  made  available  to 
finance  ihe'many  requests  from  East 
Africa's  National  Parks,  Research  Or- 
ganizations and  Game  Departments. 

During  1969  we  funded  conserva- 
tion projects  amounting  to  $74,500  in 
Kenya,  Uganda  and  Tanzania.  We 
need  your  continued  support  to  com- 
bat the  increasing  menace  of  extinc- 
tion for  many  species  of  wild  animal, 
by  making  a  donation  or  by  joining 
the  Society. 

Membership  of  the  Society  will  cost 
you  $10  annually.  For  this  you  receive 
our  quarterly  magazine  "Africana" 
and  are  entitled  to  buy  our  ties,  car 
badges,  brooches  and  cufflinks. 
Christmas  cards.  Calendars,  wild  life 
prints  and  the  Scientific  Journal  are 
available  to  all. 

The  wild  life  of  East  Africa  is  now 
a  world  responsibility,  shared  by  ev- 
eryone. It  is  enjoyed  by  tens  of  thou- 
sands of  visitors  each  year.  Help  us 
to  see  that  millions  will  continue  to 
enjoy  if. 


EAST  AFRICAN 

WILD  LIFE 

SOCIETY 

P.O.  Box  20110,  Nairobi,  Kenya. 
East  Africa. 

Please    enroll   me    as   a   member. 
I  enclose  S 

Name  

Address  

N.H. 


A  Naturalist  at  Large 


Dy  John  Eastman 


Sometimes  the  lives  of  our  animal 
brethren  on  this  planet  look  like 
pretty  settled  business  to  us.  Natu- 
ral history  is  an  establishment,  and 
as  such  emphasizes  history  more 
than  nature.  Each  known  and  stud- 
ied species  goes  about  achieving  its 
reproduction,  food,  and  shelter  in 
precise  and  structured  ways,  ac- 
cording to  what  appear  to  be  its 
own  "laws"  of  instinct  and  survival. 
All  we  need  do  is  to  observe  these 
behaviors  and  locate  the  creature's 
environmental  slot;  then  we  can 
define  its  adaptations  and,  with 
little  fuss,  write  its  biography.  Oc- 
casional variations  from  the  norm 
seem  nowhere  near  as  significant  as 
the  definitive  pattern  itself;  so  bi- 
ologists often  tend  to  rate  the  "ab- 
normal" (when  they  don't  ignore  it 
entirely )  as  an  inferior  concern  of 
serious  study. 

Still,  those  forms  and  behaviors 
most  conveniently  labeled  abnormal 
deserve  better  of  biology  than 
they've  received.  Because  this  sci- 
ence, if  any,  is  truly  the  study  of 
becoming,  of  life  always  moving — 
to  change,  dead  end,  or  blossom. 
Evolution  occurs  by  abnormal 
adaptations,  by  way-out  devel- 
opments and  strange  pioneers.  Cer- 
tain ancestors  of  every  living  spe- 


cies appeared  quite  abnormal,  no 
doubt,  in  the  company  of  their  nor- 
mal, but  now  extinct,  peers. 

In  man's  realm,  too,  the  tendency 
to  limit  life's  expressions  to  the  fa- 
miliar is  an  old  story.  New  inven- 
tions christened  by  horselaugh,  new 
music  hooted,  new  ideas  banned  and 
new  heretics  of  every  threatening 
persuasion  lit.  hatcheted.  and  shot. 
The  fear  of  allowing  anything  new 
is  plainly  documented  in  our  own 
natural  history. 

While  recognizing  these  tenden- 
cies, we  are  nonetheless  curious 
about  the  future.  The  only  way  we 
may  be  able  to  preview  where  many 
organisms  are  biologically  headed 
is  by  taking  a  second  look  at  these 
"outlaws" — just  as  we  might  antici- 
pate what  our  grandchildren  may 
consider  stuffy  and  proper  by  ob- 
serving what  is  bizarre  about  our 
children  today. 

Nowhere  does  truth  blaze  wilder 
than  fiction  than  in  the  natural 
world.  Exceptions  to  all  sorts  of 
rules  abound  in  front  of  our  eyes. 
Of  course,  the  unusual  things  wit- 
nessed may  not  weigh  equally  in 
terms  of  plotting  the  long-range  fu- 
ture of  a  species — few  scientists 
would  hazard  predictions  from  one 
or  two  instances — but  these  devia- 


tions  may  tell  us  something  about 
an  organisms  capacities,  its  pos- 
sible ability  to  adapt.  They  can 
teach  us  respect  for  variation,  and 
they  can  teach  us  to  keep  our  eyes 
open,  even  in  the  most  mundane 
and  predictable  circumstances  of 
observation. 

A  good  place  to  observe  what 
many  biological  outlaws  are  doing 
is  in  the  biological  journals.  Biolo- 
gists who  concentrate  on  a  few,  pos- 
sibly only  one,  species  are  well 
trained  to  report  their  observations 
in  precise,  scientific  terms.  That's 
different  from  the  neighbor  down 
the  block  telling  us  about  a  "crazy 
robin"  or  a  "tame  squirrel."  In  al- 
most every  issue  of  the  quarterly 
journals,  scientists  add  to  the  out- 
law records.  The  frequent  appear- 
ance of  oddities  and  curiosities  in 
these  journals  is  more  often  a  by- 
product than  a  result  of  serious  re- 
search. It's  simply  a  matter  of  con- 
scientious habit  to  get  them  recorded 
in  the  literature.  And  the  best  part 
of  it  for  those  interested  in  strange 
animal  tales,  is  that  these  reports  can 
be  trusted. 

Take  just  one  area  of  biological 
investigation:  ornithology.  Several 
old  and  excellent  journals  devote 
themselves     exclusively     to     birds. 


The  24  hour 
cameia. 


INST 


REPLE 


amatic 


f 


Runs  automatically  on  sunlight,  moonlight/ 
candlelight,  any  light  you've  got. 

This  is  the  Koda/</nstema//c  Reflex  camera— for  "pictures  unlimited," 
without  complications. 

it  combines  the  best  of  everything.  Big,  bright  reflex  viewing 
and  focusing.  Automatic  electronic  shutter  that  times  exposures 
from  1  /500  up  to  20  seconds.  Lens  interchange,  for  wide-angle, 
telephoto.  Flashcube,  and  electronicflash.  Drop-in  cartridge  loading 
for  color  snapshots,  color  slides,  black-and-whites. 
Everything,  in  fact,  to  make  picture-taking  fast, 
easy,  and  sure— any  time,  anywhere. 

See  the  most  capable  automatic  camera  in  the 
world  at  your  dealer's,  and  ask  for  a  demonstration. 
With  1/2.8  lens,  less  than  $250;  with  ultra- 
fast  //1 .9  lens,  less  than  $300. 

Prices  subjeci  lo  change  without  notice 


The  Kodak  Instamatic' 
Reflex  camera. 


Kodak 


Lifes  too  short 
to  settle  for 
anything  less  ttian 
the  camera 
you  really 
want. 


From  Leica, 
the  most  foolproof,  versatile^ 

precise  singie-lenS-reflex  camera  ever  made. 
Go  ahead.  You  only  live  once. 

LeicaflexSL 

E.  Leitz,  Inc.,  Roc-klei.uh.  X.J.  t)7r,47 


FREE! 

WORLD'S   LARGEST 

ELECTRONIC  KIT 

CATALOG! 


The  latest  edition  .  .  .  with  more  kits  and  more 
color.  Includes  over  300  kits  for  unique  creative 
fun  at  50%  savings.  You  can  build  your  own 
color  TV,  stereo  system,  electronic  organ,  home 
protection  system,  portable  and  shortwave 
radios,  ham  and  CB  equipment,  marine  elec- 
tronics and  many  more.  No  special  skills  or 
knowledge  needed.  Millions  of  others  have 
done  tt  already  —  you  can  too  !  Mail  the  coupon 
today  and  see  how  easy  it  is. 


HEATH   COMPANY,  Dept.  r85-5 

Benton  Harbor.  Michigan  49022 

Please  send  FREE  1970  Heathkit  Catalog 


Address- 
!   City 


"Excellent,  exciting,  and 
empathetic  ecology.  If  a  gray 
seal  could  write  his  auto- 
biography, this  would  be  it." 

-STERLING  NORTH,  author  of  Rascal 

HALIC 

The  Story  of  a  Gray  Seal 

by  Ewan  Clarkson 

with  drawings  by  Richard  Cuffari 

More  than  just  the  life  cycle  of  one 
gray  seal  in  the  North  Atlantic,  Ha//'c  is 
also  the  story  of  the  interdependence 
of  all  living  things  in  and  near  the 
great  ocean,  from  the  plankton  to  the 
whale,  from  the  scavenger  to  the 
giant  squid. 


A        "A  fine  stylist  and 

'tji    a  sensitive  observer 

i  of  wildlife. ...  A  very 

"^  good  book." 


Publishers'  Weekly 
$4.95 

dutton 


These  include  The  Wilson  Bulletin, 
The  Auk,  The  Condor,  and  Bird- 
Banding,  among  others.  Various 
smaller  journals,  such  as  The  Jack- 
Pine  Warbler  of  my  own  state 
Audubon  Society  (Michigan),  al- 
though always  cramped  budgetwise, 
have  nevertheless  achieved  an  es- 
teem that  far  transcends  their  lim- 
ited circulations.  Some  of  the  most 
conscientious  researchers  in  the 
country  publish  in  these  small  jour- 
nals, receiving  no  payment;  indeed, 
they  usually  pay  for  their  own  re- 
prints, since  the  publications  are, 
more  often  than  not,  precariously 
funded.  But  they  maintain  rigorous 
standards,  and  their  additions  to 
scientific  literature  are  monuments 
to  the  loving  care  of  scholarship. 

In  looking  for  reports  of  way-out 
things  in  some  of  these  journals,  I 
found  an  item  about  turkey  vultures 
(Cathartes  aura).  Some  creatures 
possess  more  power  over  human 
feelings  than  others,  and  the  turkey 
vulture  is  a  bird  that  claims  this 
power.  It  demonstrates  the  capacity 
to  arouse  epithets  like  "disgusting 
habits,"  "foul,"  and  "hideous," 
mostly  from  nature  writers  who 
lack  any  real  respect  for  nature. 
While  all  of  us  may  share  some  vis- 
ceral feelings  toward  vultures,  I 
don't  know  of  anyone  who  isn't  fas- 
cinated by  them.  Though  vultures 
are  members  of  the  raptor  tribe, 
most  of  them,  unlike  hawks  and 
eagles,  are  scavengers,  carrion  eat- 
ers unable  to  kill  prey.  A  great 
deal  of  keen  observation  (although 
not  nearly  enough)  has  been  fo- 
cused on  these  huge  birds,  and  their 
necrophagous  behavior  has,  no 
doubt,  accounted  for  much  of  the 
interest.  The  facts  seemed  clear-cut 
until  Helmut  C.  Mueller  and  Daniel 
D.  Berger  witnessed  a  turkey  vul- 
ture killing  and  eating  a  house 
sparrow  (Passer  domesticus) .  Al- 
though the  sparrow  was  tethered 
near  a  mist-net  (restricting  its  mo- 
tions), the  basic  significance  of  the 
observation,  as  reported  in  The 
Auk,  was  important.  Turkey  vul- 
tures can,  if  only  in  special  circum- 
stances, kill  prey.  That's  something 
new,  something  to  watch. 

Vultures  surprise  us  in  other 
ways,  too.  In  Nature  (a  British 
journal  not  restricted  to  ornithol- 
ogy), Jan  and  Hugo  van  Lawick- 
Goodall  came  up  with  a  start- 
ling  observation   on   Egyptian   vul- 


tuies  {Neophron  percnopterus) . 
These  birds,  according  to  the  two  in- 
vestigators, use  stones  as  tools  for 
opening  ostrich  eggs. 

It  may  be  that  tool-using  behav- 
ior by  vertebrates  other  than  man 
isn't  as  rare  as  zoologists  once 
thought.  Every  year  more  species 
are  added  to  this  particular  list. 
Among  the  latest  is  the  brown- 
headed  nuthatch  iSitta  pusilla)  as 
reported  by  Douglass  H.  Morse  in 
The  Wilson  Bulletin  of  June.  1968. 
These  small  forest  birds  remove 
pine  bark  scales  and  use  them  as 
wedges  in  prying  up  other  random 
bark  scales;  then  forage  upon  the 
newly  exposed  surfaces  for  insects. 
Morse  thinks  that  tool  use  among 
the  birds  he  observed  is  a  local 
characteristic  only  and  not  a  trait 
of  the  species  at  large.  But  once 
again,  we  see  adaptive  capacities 
demonstrated,  a  specific  finding 
that  enlarges  the  picture  and  gives 
other  observers  chances  to  zero  in 
and  learn  more. 

Among  outdoor  professionals  fire 
is  a  dirty  word,  and  has  been  for  a 
long  time.  It's  easy  to  see  why;  but 
it's  also  plain  that  the  peculiar  ana- 
thema of  fire  owes  much  to  propa- 
ganda preached  over  the  years  by 
foresters,  who.  after  all.  have  no 
more  money  to  burn  than  the  rest 
of  us.  From  the  economic  aspect, 
fire  remains  a  dirty  word  indeed. 

Ecologically,  however,  a  whole 
new  area  of  research  involving  fire 
is  opening  up.  The  findings  are,  in 
many  cases,  not  as  surprising  as 
our  massive  scientific  ignorance  of 
the  subject.  American  Indians  knew 
the  uses  of  fire  on  land,  and  at  least 
one  bird  species,  the  Kirtland's 
warbler  (Dendroica  kirllandii) .  has 
apparently  evolved  dependency 
upon  a  periodic  conflagration  for 
renewal  of  its  jack-pine  nesting 
habitat. 

Now  come  rather  direct  hints 
that  fire,  far  from  wreaking  abso- 
lute havoc  in  the  environment,  was 
a  force  integrated  by  the  ecosystem 
millions  of  years  before  man  came 
to  witness  and  fear  its  capacity  to 
destroy.  To  say  that  fire  is  not  an 
unnatural,  "outside  force"  is  now 
considerably  less  heretical  than  it 
used  to  be.  Pioneers  like  Herbert  L. 
Stoddard  and  E.  V.  Komarek  in 
Georgia  have  conclusively  demon- 
strated the  beneficial  effects  of  pre- 
scribed burning,  not  only  on  game 


B&L  Ray-Bans. 

The  sun  glasses  developed 

for  the  Air  Force. 

Ray-Ban®  Sun  Glasses  were  originally  perfected  by 
Bausch  &  Lomb  to  meet  stringent  Air  Force  specifications.  You  get 

the  same  total  protection  in  today's  Ray-Bans.  Special  optical 

glass  not  only  blocks  glare  but  screens  out  harmful  infrared  and 

ultraviolet  rays.  Lenses  are  ground  with  the  precision  B&L  gives 

prescription  glasses. Then  heat-toughened  for  impact-resistance. 

Here's  one  style  from  a  range  as  wide  as  all  outdoors.  Priced  from 

$12.  At  sporting  goods,  department  stores,  and  professional 

eyecare  specialists.  Bausch  &  Lomb,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  14602. 

BAUSCH  S.LQMB^ 

OPTIMUM  OPTICS 


The  moon  walk  was  the  most 

exciting  scientific  event  of  1969, 

hut  what  ahout  all  the  others? 


Tnere  is  one  place  where  you  can  find 
all  the  details  of  every  important  scien- 
tific development  of  the  year  —  from 
man's  first  step  on  the  moon  to  air  pollu- 
tion on  earth,  from  birth  control  pills  to 
the  Alaskan  oil  pipeline.  SCIENCE  NEWS 
YEARBOOK  1970,  the  second  in  a  series 
of  annual  reports,  provides  a  comprehen- 
sive, authoritative  report  of  every  area  of 
scientific  endeavor.  Prepared  by  Science 
Service,  the  only  national  organization 
dedicated  to  improving  the  public  under- 
standing of  science,  the  book  is  based 
largely  on  material  originally  published 
in  Science  News,  and  guided  through 
publication  by  an  Editorial  Advisory 
Board  of  distinguished  scientists.  Pro- 
fusely illustrated — with  more  than  100 
newsworthy  photos,  maps,  and  diagrams 
— the  book  also  includes  major  awards 
and  prizes  and  a  17-page  index. 

SCIENCE  NEWS  YEARBOOK  has  re- 
ceived unqualified  praise.  Robert  F. 
Scott,  Director  of  The  Library  of  Science, 
called  the  first  volume  "an  eye-opening 
retrospective  look  ...  it  is  more  than  a 
reference  work;  I  suggest  that  you  read 
it  also  for  the  sense  of  wonder  it  com- 
municates about  the  here  and  now  of  sci- 
ence, for  the  coherence  that  it  gives  to 
science's  many  discoveries  and  conclu- 
sions, for  its  glimpses  of  the  onrushing  fu- 
ture that  presses  so  insistently  upon  us." 

SCIEHCE  NEWS 
YEARBOOK  1970 

Compiled  and  edited  by  Science  Service 

Introduction  by  Glenn  T.  Seaborg 

$9.95  _ 


Part  One:  SPACE 

Apollo  9  •  Apollo  10  •  Apollo  11 

•  Two-way  Quarantine  • 
Scientists  and  Moon  Findings  • 

Apollo  12:  Return  to  the  Moon  • 

The  Soviet  Program  •  Planetary 

Missions  •  Survival  in  Space: 

Bonnie  •  The  End  of  MOL  • 

Other  Space  Events 

Part  Two:  BIOMEDICINE 

Immunology  •  Molecular  Biology 
•  Genetics  •  Viruses  •  Drugs 
and   Environmental   Chemicals 

Part  Three:  EARTH 

The  Restless  Ocean  Floors  •  The 

Dynamic  Earth  •  The  Oceans  • 

The  Atmosphere  •  The  Earth's 

Resources 

Part  Four:  ASTRONOMY 

Cosmology  •   Pulsars  • 

Gamma-ray  and  X-ray 

Astronomy  •  Other  Planetary 

Systems  •   Molecular  Astronomy 

•  The    Solar  System 

Part  Five:  PHYSICS 

Gravitational  Waves  •   Particle 

Physics   •   Accelerators  • 

Solid-state  Physics:  The 

Superconductivity  Controversy 

•  Plasma  Physics  •  Nuclear 

Physics  •  Fluid  Dynamics 

Part  Six:  CHEMISTRY 

Nuclear  Chemistry  •  Pesticides 

•  Pollution:  A  Problem  for 
Chemists  •  Polywater  • 

Synthetic  Food 

Part  Seven: 
ECOLOGY  AND  ENVIRONMENT 

Pollution  by  Numbers  •  The 
Attack  on  Air  Pollution  •  Water 
Pollution  •  Poisons  at  Large  • 

Remodeling  the  Environment 

Part  Eight: 
SCIENCE  POLICY 

Changing  Trends  •  Congress  • 

Technology  Assessment  • 

Research  Funding  and 

Education  •  Administration  • 

People  and  Policies 


At  your  bookstore  or  mail  to:  Nl- 

ICHARLES  SCRIBNER'S  SONS 

!p'597  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  10017 

Please  send  me copies  of  the 

SCIENCE     NEWS     YEARBOOK    1970     at 
S9.95  each. 


-Zip- 


Please  add  city  sales  lax 
where  necessary. 


production  but  on  timber  as  well. 
Fire  ecology  is  slowly  coming  into 
its  own,  both  as  a  habitat-manage- 
ment tool  and  as  a  rich  field  for 
basic,  solid  research.  If  previous 
theoretical  experience  furnishes  any 
guidelines.  Ke  may  probably  expect 
to  discover  many  more  adaptations 
among  animals  to  fire. 

A  recent  note  in  The  Wilson  Bul- 
letin encourages  this  expectation. 
The  observation  concerned  the  re- 
sponses to  fire  of  three  Illinois 
game  birds,  and  it  interested  me 
particularly  because  I  had  the  brief 
good  luck  to  work  with  the  two  in- 
vestigators during  the  beginning 
phase  of  their  controlled-burn  ex- 
periments. William  R.  Edwards  and 
Jack  A.  Ellis  report  that  bobwhites 
[Colinus  virginianus) .  mourning 
doves  iZenaidura  rnacroura) .  and 
American  woodcocks  ( Philohela  mi- 
jior)  "responded  positively"  to  fire 
in  their  environment.  These  actions 
took  the  form  of  calin,  deliberate 
behavior  by  the  birds;  in  most 
cases  they  landed  and  flew  close  to 
the  flames  without  apparent  alarm. 

In  contrast  to  most  of  the  data, 
such  observations  make  us  wonder 
ho^\'  much  we  really  know  about 
normal  behavior.  Despite  our  scare- 
oriented  conditioning  by  Bambi 
and  Smokey  the  Bear,  we  have  much 
to  learn  about  fire  and  its  effects. 

Probably  no  area  of  bird  re- 
search has  matched  the  attention 
that  structural  abnormalities  re- 
ceive in  almost  every  issue  of  the 
journals.  Deviations  in  wings,  bills, 
feet,  and  coloration  from  the  spe- 
cies norms  are  easily  spotted — and 
lucky  the  observer  who  spots  one, 
since,  if  the  deformity  isn't  too 
common,  it's  usually  good  for  a  few 
lines  in  a  reputable  journal.  Usu- 
ally these  brief  notes  consist  of  no 
more  than  a  detailed  description  of 
the  abnormality  and  the  circum- 
stances of  observation,  but  their  in- 
clusion in  scientific  journals  fur- 
nishes a  useful,  credible  record. 

After  many  years  of  this  kind  of 
cataloguing,  ornithologists  are  now 
learning  that  such  structural  abnor- 
malities aren't  that  rare  in  bird 
populations.  Joseph  J.  Hickey.  in 
his  classic  Guide  to  Bird  Watching, 
charts  the  results  of  a  1934  banding 
program  in  which  10.000  starlings 
were  trapped  and  examined.  More 
than  5  percent  of  the  birds  pos- 
sessed deformities,  ranging  from 
clubfeet  and  swalloAvtails  to  hooked 


bills  and  partial  albinism.  Many  de- 
formities result  from  accidents,  of 
course,  and  the  means  birds  de- 
velop to  compensate  for  missing 
legs,  broken  bills,  and  injured 
wings  make  notable  reading  in  the 
journals.  But  genetic  defects  may, 
as  we  know,  provide  new  directions 
for  the  operation  of  natural  selec- 
tion on  the  species  as  a  whole — so 
that  5  percent  of  starlings  could 
represent  the  most  important  part 
of  the  starling  population  in  terms 
of  the  long-range  health  of  the  spe- 
cies (not  that  we  need  any  more 
starlings).  And  that's  why  the 
strange,  the  deformed,  and  the  dif- 
ferent continue  to  merit  space  in  the 
journals.  Such  news  keeps  us  alert 
to  what  can  happen,  and  what  can 
happen,  may. 

Nevertheless,  a  reaction  is  grow- 
ing against  the  profusion  of  re- 
ported abnormalities  flooding  the 
scientific  journals.  In  a  recent  issue 


The  annual  index  for 

Natural  History,  Volume  LXXVIII 

(January  through  December  1969) 

may  be  obtained  by  writing  to : 

INDEX 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street 

New  York,  N.Y.  10024 


of  The  Wilson  Bulletin,  Kenneth  C. 
Parkes  of  the  Carnegie  Museum  in 
Pittsburgh  suggests  that  the  occur- 
rence of  crossed  bills  in  birds  is  so 
common  that  observers  ought  to 
stop  taking  up  valuable  space  in  the 
journals  reporting  it.  Parkes  isn't 
likely  to  win  any  popularity  con- 
tests among  his  peers  for  that  shot. 
That  he  can  now  make  such  a  sug- 
gestion validates  the  usefulness  of 
the  data,  of  course,  as  well  as  the 
space  that  the  data  have  filled  in  the 
journals.  The  luxury  of  clear  con- 
clusion is  hard-won  through  the 
efforts  of  many;  but  it  is  the  goal  of 
all  scientific  observation. 

A  big  attraction  of  the  journals 
is  that  whatever  the  biological  fu- 
ture holds,  prophetic  hints  of  it  are 
likely  to  show  up  in  their  pages 
first.  Think  what  a  story  we  could 
relate  if  biologists  had  been  around 
to  record  the  abnormalities  among 
the  Eocene  avifauna.  Maybe  our  own 
far  descendants  (providing  we 
leave  them  any  world  at  all)  will  be 
able  to  indulge  in  some  really  luxuri- 
ous conclusions. 


V 


^ 


LEAVE  CARES 

AT  HOME  ON  YOUR 

'70  HOLIDAY! 


ITALY 


The  Lakes 
and  Sicily 


^ 


Maupintour's 

FINE  HOTELS,  RESORTS/SMALL  PARTY/ENTERTAINMENTS! 
ITALY  AND  THE  LAKES,  22  days.  Comprehensive  but  lots  of 
time  in  the  best  places!  Three  wonderful  days  at  fabulous  Villa 
d'Este,  Lake  Como  plus  Milan,  Portofino,  Florence,  Siena, 
Perugia,  Assisi,  Rome,  Sorrento,  Naples,  Capri,  Rimini  on  the 
Adriatic,  and  Venice.  $1143  from  NYC,  TWA. 
ITALY  AND  SICILY,  22  days.  Six  days  in  Sicily  lifeseeing 
Palermo,  Messina,  Mt.  Etna,  and  Taormina  plus  Villa  d'Este 
on  Lake  Como,  Venice,  the  Adriatic,  Rimini,  Florence,  Rome, 
Sorrento,  Naples,  Pompeii  and  Capri.  $1238  from  NYC,  TWA. 
ASK  YOUR  TRAVEL  AGENT  for  folders  or  write  Maupintour, 
270  Park  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10017.  Telephone  212-687-7773. 

^Maupintour 

world-wide  standard  o^  travel  excelJenc 

OTHER  MAUPINTOUR 
HOLIDAYS  FOR  1970: 

D  Oberammergau  Passion  Play, 

D  Alps  of  Europe.  D  Scandinavia,        f^ 

n  Europe  By  Troin'By  Air,  Q  France 

D  British  Jsies.  "3  Greece/Aegean, 

H  Spain/Mallorca/Portugal,  Q  Morocco, 

n  Spain/Portugai  By  Motorcoach, 

n  USSH/Eastern  Europe, 

D  Dalmatia/The  Baikans, 

n  Samarkand/Oriental  Russia,  and 

D  South  America. 


Your  new 

Mercedes-Benz 

in  Europe: 


Easy  to  arrange  here.  Easiest  way  to  travel  there. 

Enjoy  your  European  holiday  in  the  convenience  of  your  own 
Mercedes-Benz.  See  what  you  want  to  see.  Forget  the  crowds. 
And  the  schedules.  And  save  money  too! 

How?  Just  mail  the  coupon  and  find  out.  Or  visit  the 
"European  Delivery  Center"  at  your  nearest  Mercedes-Benz 
dealer.  They'll  handle  all  the  details. 


f 


Mr.  Peter  GrassI,  European  Delivery  Manager 
Mercedes-Benz  of  North  America,  Inc.,  Dept.  NH-5 
158  Linwood  Plaza,  Fort  Lee,  N.J.  07024 


Please  send  me  your  free  guide  to  European  Delivery. 

Name- 


Cily 

.Slain 

Zip 

Phnn«- 

Photographs  by  Lee  Boltin 


Maya  ceramic  figure  from  Campeche,  Mexico.  (11  inches) 


> 


Human  head 

in  mouth  of  jaguar. 

ceramic  frogmen  I. 

Vera  Cruz.  Mexico. 

(9  inches ) 


Z}"-^ 


iV.,Afcp^ 


Hunchback 
ceramic  figure. 
fFestern  Mexico. 
(6y^  inches) 


Three  views  of  ha 

of  ceramic  figui 

Nayarit,  Western  Mexic 

(28^2  inches  oier-al 


Before  the  voyages  of  Columbus  and  Cortez  made  it  known  to 
Europeans  in  the  early  part  of  the  sixteenth  century, 
the  area  of  Mexico  and  Central  America  was  occupied 
')y  various  peoples  —  Mayas,  Aztecs,  Zapotecs,  Totonacs,  and 
inany  others.  Each  of  these  groups  was  linguistically 
and  culturally  distinct,  but  they  all  were  part  of  and 
together  formed  a  larger  unit,  which  we  now  identify  as  the 
civilization  of  Middle  America,  or  Mesoamerica. 
'c  We  think  of  Middle  American  civilization  as  something 
equivalent  to  the  several  early  civilizations  of  the  Old  World : 


Ceramic  figure  with  tall  headdress.  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico.  (8  inches) 


Ancient  Egypt,  the  Near  East,  or  Bronze  Age  China.  Like  them, 
Middle  America  was  characterized  by  large,  permanently  settled 
populations  living  amid  impressive  productions  of  art 
and  architecture,  by  cities  and  advanced  political  systems, 
by  complex  religious  and  ceremonial  organization,  and  by 
thriving  markets  and  wide-ranging  commerce. 

By  1890,  when  anthropology  as  a  scientific  discipline  was 
little  more  than  a  generation  old,  the  scope  of  The  American 
Museum's  Department  of  Anthropology  was  broadened  to 
include  archeology.  Its  field  research  comprised  pioneer  studies 
in  the  reconstruction  of  Middle  American  history.  It 
began  much  of  the  detailed  work  of  filling  in  the  picture  of 
Mexico's  and  Central  America's  cultures,  their  sequence 
and  their  geographic  distribution.  This  month  the  Museum's  new 
Hall  of  Mexico  and  Central  America  opens  to  the  public. 
The  photographs  shown  here,  from  the  128-page  book  based  on 
the  Hall,  are  just  a  token  of  the  Museum's  collection, 
but  they  open  the  way  to  an  appreciation  of  the  great  artistic 
and  creative  spirit  that  animated  Middle  American  civilization. 


MIGRATION  OF  THE 


During  autumnal  mass  movements,  thousands  of 

lobsters  marcli  along  the  sea  bottom  in  strikingly 

straight  queues  of  up  to  fifty  animals  each 


by  William  F.  Herrnkind 


The  migrations  and  mass  move- 
ments of  animals  have  long  in- 
fluenced man  and  stirred  his  curi- 
osity. He  has  wondered  about  the 
cause  and  purpose  of  the  periodic 
exodus  by  lemmings  and  the  incred- 
ible navigational  capabilities  of 
salmon  returning  to  their  home 
stream  or  adult  eels  returning  to 
spawn  at  their  birthplace  a  thou- 
sand miles  out  in  the  Sargasso  Sea. 
I,  too,  have  been  intrigued  by  the 
appearance  overhead  of  hundreds 
of  Canada  geese  in  V-formations 
and  by  the  swirling  masses  of 
wormlike  black  elvers  in  the  es- 
tuaries near  my  childhood  home. 
However,  while  I  had  occasionally 
reflected  on  these  phenomena,  it 
was  not  until  1963  that  I  began  to 
direct  my  scientific  research  toward 
comprehending  such  events,  par- 
ticularly one  that  is,  curiously,  both 
spectacular  and  virtually  unknown. 

As  a  graduate  student  assistant 
working  on  a  bioacoustic  research 
program  at  the  Institute  of  Marine 
and  Atmospheric  Science,  Univer- 
sity of  Miami,  it  was  my  job  one 
October  day  to  trace  a  breakdown 
in  the  underwater  cable  linking  our 
hydrophones  to  The  American  Mu- 
seum's Lerner  Marine  Laboratory 
in  Bimini.  The  installation  was  lo- 
cated on  the  edge  of  the  Florida 
Strait  at  a  depth  of  65  feet.  Sea 
conditions,  which  had  been  intoler- 
able owing  to  an  autumnal  squall, 
had  improved  enough  to  permit  my 
co-worker  and  me  to  maneuver  out 
in  a  skiff  to  the  vicinity  of  a  main 
junction  in  the  cable.  We  donned 
SCUBA  gear  and  dropped  into  the 
murky  water  to  begin  a  search  for 
the  splice  box.  Particulate  matter, 
stirred  up  and  held  in  suspension 
by  the  rough  seas,  limited  under- 
water visibility  to  15  feet  in  an  area 


where  it  is  usually  about  100  feet. 
Peering  through  the  haze  below  me 
as  I  sank,  I  saw  what  I  first  be- 
lieved to  be  long,  dark  furrows  or 
^vaterlogged  timbers  lying  on  the 
bottom,  but  as  I  dropped  farther 
they  resolved  into  lines  of  dozens  of 
spiny  lobsters,  Panulirus  argus, 
marching  head  to  tail  in  single-file. 

I  was  surprised  because  this  de- 
lectable creature  is  typified  by  its 
sparse  numbers  in  the  open  sand 
areas  where  we  located  our  acoustic 
array.  As  I  settled  onto  the  bottom, 
still  another  column  marched  stead- 
ily by  without  missing  a  step.  I  re- 
alized then  that  I  was  witnessing  a 
"crawl,"  or  "crawfish  walk,"  long 
known  to  professional  fishermen 
and  other  old  salts,  but  poorly 
known  and,  in  some  cases,  dis- 
believed by  marine  scientists.  I  first 
heard  of  these  mass  movements  of 
thousands  of  lobsters  from  biologist 
William  C.  Cummings,  who  had 
witnessed  a  similar  event  off  Bimini 
in  1961.  I  also  realized,  as  another 
column  of  twenty  lobsters  went  by, 
that  we  would  be  unable  to  locate 
the  splice  box  in  such  murky  water, 
so  we  spent  as  much  time  as  pos- 
sible studying  the  lobsters. 

These  mass,  single-file  marches 
by  spiny  lobsters  are  unique,  the 
only  known  formation  movements 
by  bottom-living  crustaceans.  Fur- 
thermore, the  marches  markedly 
contradict  the  established  view  of 
this  species'  behavior  pattern. 
Spiny   lobsters   are   nocturnally   ac- 


A  distant,  clawless  relative 

of  our  Maine  lobster,  the 

spiny  lobster  lives  mainly  in 

the  Caribbean  and  in  the 

waters  of  the  Bahamas. 


5PINY  LOBSTER 


tive:  they  wander  about  at  night  to 
feed  on  annelid  worms  and  small 
mollusks.  but  return  before  day- 
break to  shelter  in  crevices  on  the 
reef,  under  rock  ledges,  or  among 
dense  fronds  of  sea  whips.  Why. 
then,  do  all  the  lobsters  in  a  region 
become  active  each  fall,  moving  by 
day.  in  formation,  over  exposed 
areas  where  they  are  never  seen  at 
other  times? 

Perhaps  the  most  striking  feature 
of  the  mass  movements,  aside  from 
the  sheer  numbers  involved,  is  the 
single-file  formation,  which  I  call  a 
queue.  Some  other  crustaceans 
travel  in  more  or  less  definable 
groups:  fiddler  crabs  and  soldier 
crabs  form  great  droves,  or  herds, 
which  scour  the  beach  for  food  at 
low  tide,  while  some  shrimps  aggre- 
gate in  clusters,  or  schools.  How- 
ever, none  approach  a  stable,  spa- 
tial configuration  to  match  the  long, 
straight  queues  of  Panuliriis  argiis. 
All  queuing  lobsters  maintain  the 
precise  course  and  speed  of  the 
leader  and  move  through  turns  as 
tiiough  they  were  on  rails.  More 
amazing  is  that  all  the  queues,  no 
matter  how  far  apart,  travel  in 
equivalent  or  parallel  headings! 
Just  how  do  the  lobsters  organize 
themselves  into  queues,  establish 
leadership,  and  maintain  forma- 
tion? What  is  the  biological 
significance  of  the  mass  migra- 
tions? Where  do  the  migrants  come 
from  and  where  are  they  going? 
The  questions  seem  endless. 

The  difficulty  of  answering  them 
lies  in  the  necessity  of  performing 
much  of  the  research  in  the  sea  at  a 
relatively  unpredictable  time,  at  a 
relatively  unpredictable  location, 
under  conditions  that  severely  re- 
strict visual  studies.  In  studying  the 
Arctic  tern  or  indigo  bunting,  at 
least    we    know    where    they    come 


from,  where  they  go.  and  what  they 
do  when  they  get  there  I  although 
we  still  don't  know  how  they  navi- 
gate I .  After  observing  that  march- 
ing horde  of  spiny  lobsters.  I  felt 
irresistibly  challenged  to  discover 
their  secrets. 

At  first  my  lobster  research  pro- 
ceeded slowly  since  I  was  com- 
mitted to  a  doctoral  research  prob- 
lem on  a  distant  relative  of  the 
spiny  lobster,  the  fiddler  crab.  This 
doctoral  research  provided  useful 
background  when  I  later  tackled  the 
more  formidable  problem  of  lobster 
migration  and  orientation. 

Other  sources  of  help  were  the 
numerous  professional  lobstermen. 
conservation  officers,  and  skin  div- 
ers I  spoke  with,  who  related  their 
observations  of  similar  marches  in 
different  regions.  In  all  cases  the 
general  descriptions  were  similar — 
the  events  took  place  in  the  fall  af- 
ter intense  storms  and  involved 
large  numbers  of  lobsters  of  ap- 
proximately the  same  size,  traveling 
in  long  queues.  Each  queue  in  a 
given  march  headed  in  the  same 
compass  bearing,  and  the  compass 
bearing  was  specific  to  each  loca- 
tion. The  stories  told  to  me  also 
suggested  striking  behavior  I  had 
never  witnessed  myself.  For  ex- 
ample, a  fisheries  officer  from  Flor- 
ida described  a  marching  column 
that  extended,  with  few  breaks  in 
rank,  for  nearly  one-quarter  mile: 
that  would  conservatively  comprise 


one  thousand  spiny  lobsters.  Sev- 
eral Biminites  independently  told  of 
an  immense  number  of  lobsters  that 
wandered  into  the  Bimini  Lagoon 
and.  upon  reaching  a  cul  de  sac 
along  the  shore,  swirled  about  in  a 
great  mass  with  many  individuals 
walking  out  of  the  water  onto  the 
beach.  During  1969  in  Bimini  a  mi- 
gration occurred  in  which  about  ten 
lobstermen  captured  an  estimated 
20.000  lobsters  in  five  days.  And 
they  by  no  means  caught  them  all, 
probably  less  than  10  percent. 

A  colorful  description  of  a  march 
by  one  Bimini  fisherman  included 
the  explanation  that  the  lobsters  mi- 
grate when  they  get  "the  spirit."  I 
have  subsequently  found  that  this  is 
a  valid  descriptive  term  for  the  in- 
ternal state  of  the  animals  during 
these  events.  For  my  first  opportun- 
ity to  observe  the  persistence  of  this 
spirit  I  must  thank  a  fellow  student 
at  Miami  who  called  me  at  one 
o'clock  one  morning  to  invite  me  to 
witness  a  mass  movement  at  Boca 
Raton.  I  gathered  my  diving  para- 
phernalia and  drove  up  in  the  wee 
hours  to  get  overboard  at  daybreak. 
Sure  enough,  the  columns  of  lob- 
sters were  marching  alongshore  and 
were  literally  piling  up  at  a  rock 
jetty,  which  looked  from  under- 
water like  a  pincushion  of  anten- 
nae. I  mainly  wanted  some  undam- 
aged live  specimens  to  bring  back 
to  the  Marine  Institute  for  study, 
but    had    overlooked    bringing    my 


Constant  contact  enables  all 

queue  members  to  walk  at  the 

same  speed  and  in  the  same 

direction,  even  when  the  leader 

detours  around  an  obstruction. 


38 


hand  nets.  A  feverish  chase  ensued, 
during  which  I  captured  some  li%'e 
specimens  and  hauled  them  back  to 
a  vinyl-lined  seawater  pool,  15  feet 
in  diameter.  Upon  release,  a  group 
formed  a  queue  and  marched  clock- 
wise around  the  pool  almost  contin- 
uously, day  and  night,  for  the  next 
two  weeks.  All  in  all,  it  was  almost 
five  weeks,  and  an  estimated  500 
miles,  before  the  marching  activity 
halted  along  the  endless  migratory 
pathway  presented  by  the  perimeter 
of  the  circular  pool. 


D 


uring  that  time  I  fed  the 
lobsters  and  attempted  to  induce 
them  to  enter  a  concrete  block  shel- 
ter. However,  they  would  eat  only 
for  brief  periods  interspersed  with 
marching  and  would  not  take  up 
residence  in  the  shelters.  This 
matches  the  behavior  exhibited  by 
lobsters  while  marching  in  the  sea. 
There,  certain  members  of  a  file 
stop  occasionally  and  grasp  such 
objects  as  starfish  and  small  sea  cu- 
cumbers, then  move  on,  eating  as 
they  march.  Columns  also  cluster 
under  rock  ledges  for  some  minutes, 
as  many  as  200  in  a  10  cubic 
foot  space,  with  groups  continually 
forming  and  moving  off  as  others 
arrive.    All    these    actions    are    in 


strong  contrast  to  the  responses  of 
both  captive  and  wild  lobsters  at 
other  times,  when  feeding  lasts  much 
longer  and  the  shelters  are  inhabited 
through  the  daylight  hours. 

The  extraordinary  behavior  of 
captive  migrating  lobsters  under 
artificial  conditions  suggests  that 
their  "spirit"  is  a  modified  internal 
state,  or  drive,  responsible  for  the 
maintenance  of  the  migratory  activ- 
ity. It  might  be  likened  to  the  inter- 
nal processes  that  cause  birds  to  be- 
come restless  at  the  time  of 
migration,  a  condition  termed  Zu- 
gunruhe.  In  some  birds  Zugunruhe 
is  brought  on  by  a  modification  of 
the  hormonal  system,  the  result  of 
changes  in  day  length  or,  more  sim- 
ply, photoperiod.  Thus,  as  fall  days 
shorten  and  nights  lengthen  in  the 
North  Temperate  Zone,  changes  in 
birds'  internal  processes  are  mani- 
fested as  a  general  increase  in  activ- 
ity and  a  tendency  to  fly  southward. 
A  similar  Zugunruhe  occurs  in  the 
spring  increase  of  photoperiod,  but 
brings  on  a  tendency  to  fly  north- 
ward. The  seasonal  nature  of  the 
mass  movements  by  spiny  lobsters, 
and  the  continuous  hyperactivity  of 
captive  specimens,  suggests  control 
by  some  internal  process  brought  on 
previously  by  environmental  changes 
associated  with  autumn. 

The  autumnal  storms  always  re- 
ported to  precede  the  marches 
seemed  a  strong  possibility  at  first 
as  a  cause  of  the  internal  changes. 


But  present  evidence  suggests  that 
this  is  not  so.  Violent  storms  also 
occur  at  other  times  of  year — par- 
ticularly in  the  winter,  spring,  and 
in  association  with  summer  hurri- 
canes and  tropical  depressions — but 
marches  have  been  reported  only 
during  the  September  through  No- 
vember period.  And,  in  the  area  off 
Bimini  where  I  had  made  my  origi- 
nal observation,  a  small  march  of 
brief  duration  occurred  in  October, 
1969.  during  a  two-week  period  of 
almost  uninterrupted  calm. 

It  appears,  then,  that  some  other 
factor  brings  on  the  internal  state 
preparatory  to  migration,  and  that 
storms  at  that  time  act  to  trigger 
and  synchronize  the  movement  of 
the  population. 

This  past  summer  I  investigated 
some  nutritive  factors  as  possible 
causes.  This  was  suggested  by  ma- 
rine biologist  Robert  Schroeder, 
who  mentioned  that  captive  lobsters 
would  begin  to  march  around  their 
enclosure  shortly  after  being 
switched  from  a  mollusk  diet  to 
fish,  as  though  fish  lacked  some 
necessary  substance  that  inhibited 
the  Zugunruhe  or,  perhaps,  con- 
tained some  inductive  substance 
lacking  in  mollusks.  To  test  this 
effect  I  placed  groups  of  ten  lob- 
sters in  three  pools  provided  with 
running  seawater,  sand  substrate, 
and  terra-cotta  pipes  for  refuge.  Ex- 
cept for  the  dietary  regime,  each 
group  had  nearly  identical  condi- 
tions. We  fed  the  mollusk  group 
surf  clams,  the  fish  group  chopped 
fish,  and  the  third  group  nothing, 
and  monitored  the  activity  palterus 
daily  for  any  changes.  By  the 
fourth  day  the  fish  group  became 
hyperactive  and  exhibited  marching 
during  ihe  day.  while  the  others  re- 
tained the  normal  pattern  of  in- 
activity by  day.  thus  confirming 
Schroeder 's  observations.  The  situ- 
ation remained  the  same  through 
the  following  week  indicating  a  rela- 
tively long-lasting  effect. 

At  tins  time  we  switched  the  diets 
of  the  fish  group  and  mollusk 
group.  Aclivily  decreased  dailv  in 
the  new  mollusk  group  I  former  fish 
group  I  and  increased  in  the  new 
fish  group  (former  mollusk  group). 
Thus,  a  change  in  diet  is  a  factor 
that  can  control   activity   and   is   a 


39 


possible  cause  of 
ever,  the  animals 
haved  in  accord 
nocturnal  pattern 


migration.  How- 
;iven  no  food  be- 
with  the  normal 
leaving  us  in  a 
quandary.  If  the  lack  of  some  sub- 
stance in  fish  causes  the  migratory 
state,  why  doesn't  the  absence  of 
food  have  the  same  effect?  It  may 
be  that  fish  flesh  contains  an  in- 
duction substance,  but  we  feel  that 
this  would  be  a  remote  possibility 
as  a  cause  of  mass  movements  in 
nature  since  spiny  lobsters  prob- 
ably do  not  ever  eat  fish:  they  sim- 
ply are  not  equipped  to  catch  them. 
Fish-fed  lobsters,  however,  may 
continually  add  body  tissues  lack- 
ing in  some  necessary  substance  (s) 
found  in  mollusks.  which  must  he 
kept  in  balance  with  the  added 
body  material  for  normal  growth. 
The  imbalance  causes  modifications 
in  the  metabolic  system  that  sub- 
sequently result  in  the  migratory 
state.  Starved  lobsters  gain  none  of 
this  substance  either,  but  they  are 
losing,  not  adding  body  material 
and,  therefore,  are  not  affected  in 
the  same  way.  More  studies  of  the 
type  described,  along  with  studies 
of  internal  processes,  must  be  con- 
ducted to  define  the  role  of  nutri- 
tion as  a  causal  factor. 

Other  factors  may  also  work  in- 
dependently of,  or  in  conjunction 
with,  dietary  modifications  to  bring 
on  the  migrations.  For  example, 
photoperiod  seems  a  likely  possi- 
bility: light  exerts  a  strong  influ- 
ence on  the  hormonal  physiol- 
ogy and  behavior  of  many  crusta- 
ceans, including  Panuliriis  argiis. 
And  temperature  flux  may  be  in- 
volved, since  temperature  drops  of 
several  degrees  centigrade  often 
result  from  autumn  storm  activities. 
Another  possibility  is  increase  in 
population  density,  which  most  of 
you  may  have  already  thought  of  in 
connection  with  lemming  and  locust 


emigrations.  Being  gregarious,  lob- 
sters tend  to  cluster  by  day  in 
habitable  crevices,  so  an  increase  in 
immigrants  or  an  increase  in  the 
living  biomass  of  lobsters  in  the 
population,  as  occurs  during  syn- 
chronous molting,  might  produce  a 
density  effect  culminating  in  emi- 
gration from  that  area. 

We  do  not  yet  have  conclusive 
evidence  about  where  the  lobsters 
come  from  or  go.  At  present,  I 
believe  that  migrant  lobsters  oil  Bi- 
mini  originate  in  shallow  areas  well 
to  the  north  of  the  island  group. 
Finding  their  ultimate  destination 
is  a  problem  in  tracking.   Using  a 


sonic  pinger  tag.  which  pulses  a  sig- 
nal detectable  by  directional  hydro- 
phone. I  was  able  to  follow  a  lob- 
ster at  Bimini  by  boat  for  several 
miles.  The  path  of  this  specimen, 
and  others  I've  observed  in  the 
area,  suggests  that  the  migrants  dis- 
perse into  suitable  habitats  along 
the  west  edge  of  the  Bahama  Bank 
five  to  ten  miles  south  of  Bimini. 
An  expanded  tracking  program 
should  clarify  this  in  the  future. 

When  we  turn  to  the  striking  fea- 
ture of  queuing,  we  find  that  it  is  a 
basic  component  of  this  species'  be- 
havioral repertoire,  since  even 
voung  lobsters  two  to  three  inches 


During  November,  1969. 

migration,  lobsters  maintained 

strong  southerly  bearing,  despite 

turbulent  seas.  Beginning 

and  end  of  pathway  are  unknown. 


SOUTH  BIMINI 


long  sometimes  form  single-file 
lines.  Queues  also  occur  at  times 
other  than  the  mass  movements — 
whenever  a  group  of  lobsters  is 
deprived  of  shelter  or  is  introduced 
to  a  novel  habitat  situation.  This 
tendency  to  congregate — even  in 
the  large  circular  pools  of  the  labo- 
ratory— has  enabled  me  to  observe 
the  sequence  of  queue  formation 
and  the  sensory  mechanisms  used 
in  maintaining  it. 

I  recorded  data  on  queuing  by 
means  of  an  event  recorder.  This 
device  has  separate,  manual  push- 
buttons for  each  of  twenty  pens, 
which  trace  paths  on  a  moving 
chart.  Thus  a  button  coded  for  each 
separate  action  was  depressed  by 
the  observer  whenever  that  action 
took  place  and  for  as  long  as  it 
lasted.  Afterward,  the  chart  was  re- 
viewed to  determine  the  number  of 
times  an  action  occurred,  its  dura- 
tion, and  its  sequential  relationship. 

We  found  that  an  isolated,  sta- 
tionary lobster  visually  perceives, 
and  directs  its  antennae  toward,  a 
moving  individual  up  to  several 
yards  away.  It  then  queues  up  by 
approaching  the  moving  lobster 
from  behind  until  antennal  contact 
is  made.  At  this  point  its  antennules 
are  brought  into  contact  with  each 
side  of  the  lead  lobster's  abdomen, 
completing  the  alignment.  The 
queue  is  maintained  by  the  almost 
constant  contact  of  the  antennules 
or  by  the  hooking  of  the  tips  of  the 
pereiopods  (walking  legs)  around 
the  telson  (tail)  of  the  lead  lobster. 
This  tactile  locking  into  place  en- 
ables all  the  queue  members  to  walk 
at  the  same  speed  and  in  the  same 
direction,  resulting  in  strikingly 
straight  columns  of  up  to  .50  lob- 
sters. The  contact  also  permits  the 
queue  to  maintain  its  integrity 
when  the  leader  changes  course  to 
detour   an   obstruction.   The   signifi- 


cance of  constant  contact  is  sug- 
gested by  the  effort  that  separated 
individuals  immediately  make  to 
close  up  any  gaps. 

But  could  lobsters  deprived  of 
their  antennae,  antennules,  or  ante- 
riormost  pereiopods  still  queue? 
Losses  of  these  appendages  are 
common  in  nature.  To  test  this,  we 
recorded  and  compared  the  per- 
formance of  individuals  deprived  of 
one  of  these  receptor-appendages  ei- 
ther by  forcing  autotomy  (self-re- 
lease of  appendages  at  certain 
joints)  or  by  taping  them  up  so 
they  could  not  receive  stimulation. 
In  all  three  cases  the  lobsters  could 
still  queue  since  they  substituted  us- 
age of  one  of  the  other  remaining 
appendages.  The  lobsters,  like  the 
Apollo  moonships,  possess  redun- 
dant back-up  systems  to  take  the 
place  of  any  one  that  should  fail. 

The  strongest  evidence  for  con- 
cluding that  tactile  cues  are  the 
most  important  for  aligning  and 
maintaining  the  queue  formation 
came  from  studies  on  lobsters 
blinded  by  opaque  tape.  These 
would  queue  up  only  after  some 
tactile  contact  was  made  with  an- 
other lobster,  at  which  time  the 
taped  lobster  turned  neatly  into 
alignment  and  maintained  position 
as    effectively    as    untaped    individ- 


uals. It  seems  likely,  then,  that 
spiny  lobsters  can  queue  even  in 
cloudy  water  and  at  night. 

Since  the  queue  involves  a  num- 
ber of  lobsters  led  by  only  one  indi- 
vidual, it  would  seem  that  the 
leader  should  be  outstanding  for 
some  noticeable  attribute — perhaps 
size,  indicative  of  age  and  ex- 
perience, or  peculiar  behavior  rec- 
ognizable by  the  others.  However, 
upon  examination  of  over  fifty 
"leaders"  captured  during  one  mi- 
gration, we  found  them  to  fall  by 
size  and  sex  ratio  right  in  the  aver- 
age for  all  the  lobsters  collected  at 
that  time.  This,  together  with  our 
laboratory  studies,  suggests  that 
leadership  is  produced,  not  by  ex- 
terior appearance,  but  by  the  be- 
havioral manifestation  of  some  in- 
ner drive. 

Queues  that  I  observed  in  the 
open  sea  formed  in  several  ways, 
but  the  following  was  the  most 
striking:  Lobsters  clustered  to- 
gether in  a  closely  packed  group 
and  turned  about  the  center  in  a 
light  circle,  giving  the  impression 
of  rotation.  At  some  point  an  indi- 
vidual moved  off  tangentially,  pur- 
sued by  the  other  lobsters.  The  for- 
mation then  became  a  queue  as 
individuals  fell  into  single  file. 

In      the     indoor     pools,      queues 


The  author  takes  notes 

underwater  while  releasing 

specimens  during  orientation 

experiments  off  North  Bimini. 


formed  in  back  of  those  individuals 
that  ^\-eve  most  actively  moving 
about  the  enclosure.  Tests  with 
"models"  made  from  molted  lobster 
carapaces  mounted  on  glass  rods 
proved  that  activity  is  the  most  cru- 
cial sign  stimulus  for  leadership.  I 
was  able  to  induce  queuing  by 
merely  moving  the  model  about  the 
test  pool  near  the  captive  lobsters, 
in  some  cases  even  when  they  were 
inactive. 

The  question  of  the  significance 
of  queuing  to  survival  arises.  An- 
swering this  is  far  more  difficult 
than  determining  the  mechanism  of 
queuing  because  it  implies  that  the 
behavior  has  selective  value  in 
maintaining  the  species.  As  an  edu- 
cated guess,  lobster  queuing  prob- 
ably performs  a  defensive  function. 
These  lobsters  are  not  offensive 
creatures  of  prey:  they  possess  no 
claus  or  other  weapons  of  attack. 
They  rely  on  defense  for  their  sur- 
vival: hiding  in  a  hard,  horny  ar- 
mor, which  deters  all  but  the  largest 
or  hardest-mouthed  fishes:  moving 
rapidly  when  in  retreat,  as  the  tel- 
son  snaps  forward  propelling  them 
backward:  and  keeping  the  ab- 
domen, the  least-protected  por- 
tion of  their  anatomy,  under  a 
rock  ledge.  The  pointed,  hard  front 
end  is  exposed  to  the  predator, 
which  usually  gets  either  puncture 
wounds  or  a  meal  consisting  of  a 
spiny,  almost  hollow,  autotomized 
antenna  for  its  trouble.  In  open 
areas  away  from  rock  ledges,  the 
abdomens  of  queuing  lobsters  are 
"protected"  by  the  cephalothorax  of 
the  lobster  behind.  Of  course,  the 
last  individual  in  line  is  at  a  de- 
cided disadvantage.  Hiding  under  a 
rock  doesn't  always  work  either. 
My  research  assistant  once  came 
upon  a  lobster  that  had  retreated 
from  the  open  to  the  safety  of  a 
rock  crevice  only  to  find  itself 
grasped  tightly  by  a  large  Octopus 
vulgaris  already  in  residence  there. 

The  ability  to  move  in  a  straight 
queue,  whether  or  not  the  forma- 
tion offers  protection,  seems  of  little 
value  unless  the  movement  is  di- 
rected somewhere.  This  aspect  of 
orientation  brings  up  exciting  prob- 
lems because  spiny  lobsters  are  ca- 
pable of  feats  that  defy  explanation. 
Witnesses    of    mass    movements    re- 


ported that  all  lobsters  in  a  given 
area  traveled  in  about  the  same  di- 
rection although  the  direction  var- 
ied from  area  to  area :  southerly  at 
Bimini.  northerly  at  Boca  Raton, 
westerly  at  Grand  Bahama.  During 
the  fall  of  1969.  at  the  Lerner  Ma- 
rine Laboratory  in  Bimini  I  ob- 
served a  five-day  mass  movement 
and  recorded  the  bearings  of  over 
250  queues  comprising  some  2.000 
spiny  lobsters.  The  headings  were 
strongly  to  the  south  over  a  dis- 
tance of  at  least  six  miles.  The  lob- 
sters maintained  that  bearing  while 
moving  over  substrate  of  variable 
slope  and  at  varying  depths,  in  ^\a- 
ter  visibility  less  than  six  feet,  un- 
der completely  overcast  skies,  and 
in  areas  of  complex  currents,  all  of 
which  either  occlude  guidance  cues 
or  make  them  extremely  variable. 
To  appreciate  this,  consider  your- 
self trying  to  walk  on  a  direct 
course  several  miles  through  hill 
country,  without  a  compass,  in  a 
dense  London-stvle  fog.  while  being 
buffeted  by  strong  winds  from 
different  angles. 


T 

JL  h* 


he  most  astounding  perform- 
ance by  spiny  lobsters  occurred  in 
experiments  in  Bermuda  in  1949. 
Edwin  Greaser  and  Dorothy  Travis 
trapped  and  tagged  lobsters,  then 
released  them  at  various  distant  lo- 
cations. Afterward  they  regularly 
checked  lobster  traps  located  at  the 
points  of  capture  for  any  returns. 
Two  lobsters  released  out  at  sea  at 
a  depth  of  1..500  feet,  two  miles 
from  the  original  point  of  capture, 
were  retaken  less  than  one  week 
later!  Since  lobsters  sink  rapidly 
and  are  benthic  creatures,  it  is  un- 
likely they  swam  back  near  the  sur- 
face. Returning  two  miles  along  the 
sea  floor  in  virtually  complete  dark- 
ness suggests  either  a  very  effective 
guidance  mechanism  or  a  whole  lot 
of  luck. 

To  test  orientational  capabilities, 
I  captured  lobsters  in  nonmigratory 
condition  from  selected  areas  in  the 
waters  off  Bimini.  The  animals 
were   marked    and    released    under- 


water at  depths  of  15  to  30  feet  on 
level  submarine  sand  plains  devoid 
of  vegetation.  Each  lobster's  path 
was  recorded  on  a  plastic  slate  until 
it  passed  out  of  sight.  The  animal 
was  then  retrieved  and  released 
again  to  a  total  of  eight  times,  each 
time  at  a  compass  heading  45  de- 
grees from  the  preceding  one  to 
control  for  any  bias  introduced  by 
the  direction  the  lobster  was  facing 
at  the  time  of  release. 

The  typical  behavior  of  26  lob- 
sters after  208  releases  was  forward 
locomotion  for  a  few  yards,  fol- 
lowed by  a  turn  to  a  new  heading, 
then  direct  movement  over  the  un- 
derwater horizon.  Twenty  of  the  26 
lobsters  distributed  their  runs  in  a 
nonuniform  manner,  that  is,  all 
eight  runs  fell  in  a  specific  range  of 
compass  bearings  f  within  the  90 
degree  sector  from  west  to  north). 
Several  individuals  followed  paral- 
lel paths  on  each  release,  crossing 
within  10  degrees  or  a  few  yards  of 
a  given  point  on  three  or  four  runs. 
We  interpret  this  behavior  as  an  in- 
dication of  their  ability  to  orient 
themselves  and  maintain  a  bearing 
in  a  relatively  featureless  area. 

Gonvinced  that  spiny  lobsters 
■were  capable  of  establishing  a 
course  in  the  open  sea.  we  next 
wondered  whether  the  process  was 
effected  visually.  In  further  ori-  f 
entation  experiments  using  lobsters 
blinded  by  opaque  tape,  twelve  of 
fourteen  lobsters  exhibited  parallel 
headings  on  each  of  the  eight  runs. 
In  fact,  several  showed  stronger  ori- 
entation than  the  unblinded  lob- 
sters. It  was  particularly  startling  to 
release  to  the  south  a  lobster  that 
had  previously  run  north  and  have 
it  immediately  turn  180  degrees 
and  ^\alk  across  my  plastic  slate. 
Doubtless,  the  spiny  lobster  can  es- 
tablish bearings  without  vision, 
which  is  not  too  surprising  since 
they  are  nocturnal  animals.  But  we 
are  left  with  the  question  of  what 
sensory  mechanism  and  what  envi- 
ronmental guidance  cues  are  used 
to  accomplish  orientation  under 
nonvisual  conditions. 

At  this  point  we  are  not  presum- 
ing that  a  single  cue  or  mechanism 
is  the  only  possible  guidance  factor. 
Rather  we  are  alert  to  having  sev- 
eral  physical    stimuli    operating   to 


42 


guide  the  migration  under  different 
conditions.  We  feel  this  way  for 
two  reasons.  First,  it  is  becoming 
more  and  more  apparent  that  other 
orienting  animals,  such  as  salmon, 
bees,  pigeons,  and  fiddler  crabs,  re- 
spond to  several  types  of  cues.  For 
instance,  fiddlers  can  and  do  orient 
their  movements  by  the  sun  and 
polarized  sky  when  underwater,  in 
tall  grass,  and  under  other  condi- 
tions when  only  the  sky  is  visible. 
However,  if  they  are  on  the  open 
beach,  they  orient  by  local  land- 
marks even  when  the  sun  is  clearly 
visible.  So,  if  landmarks  aren't 
available  they  use  the  sun-compass, 
if  the  sun  isn't  visible  they  use  land- 
marks, and  if  neither  is  visible,  as 
during  rain  or  fog,  we  have  some 
evidence  that  they  don't  bother  to 
move  more  than  a  few  yards  away 


from  the  sanctuary  of  their  bur- 
rows. The  environment  of  the  spiny 
lobster  also  has  cues  such  as  the 
sun.  landmarks,  and  bottom  slope 
available  under  some  conditions, 
and  these  cannot  be  eliminated  as 
possibilities. 

A  second  reason  is  evident  if  one 
looks  closely  at  the  sensory  capa- 
bilities of  spiny  lobsters.  They  have 
large  eyes  capable,  at  least,  of  rec- 
ognizing other  spiny  lobsters:  fine 
chemical  and  tactile  sensors  in  each 
antennule.  pereiopod  tip.  and  also 
around  the  mouth:  as  well  as  tactile 
sensors  in  the  telson  and  antennae. 
Internally  there  are  proprioceptors, 
which  sense  not  only  movements  of 
the  appendages  but  also  external 
forces  such  as  gravity  and  uneven 
pressures.  Additionally,  there  are 
indications    of   numerous    receptors 


we  have  not  yet  characterized.  If 
you  look  at  the  scanning  elec- 
tromicrographs  taken  of  surface 
features,  you  will  see  numerous 
hairlike  processes,  clumps  of  setae, 
and  pits  in  the  chitin. 

The  functions  of  some  of  these 
are  not  yet  known  and  one  gets  the 
strong  impression  that  the  spiny 
lobster  is  equipped  as  a  walking  un- 
dersea probe.  Between  the  multitu- 
dinous physical  cues  of  the  ocean 
and  the  equally  varied  receptors,  a 
self-contained  guidance  unit  may  be 
operating,  exceeding  any  that  man 
has  yet  devised. 


When  key  sensory  receptors 
are  taped  during  experiments, 
lobsters  still  queue;  they 
simply  substitute  other 
appendages  to  lock  into  place. 


And  Now  CollapSarS  As  the  proprietors  of  a  discipline 
that  often  manages  to  be  the  newest  as  well  as  the 
oldest  of  the  sciences,  astronomers  frequently  find 
themselves  coining  names  for  new  phenomena. 
Recently,  followers  of  the  science  have  been  in- 
troduced to  quasars  (quasi-stellar  objects)  and  pulsars 
(pulsing  radio  sources).  Now  they  have  to  contend 
«ith  "collapsars." 

The  term  refers  to  a  star  that  has  collapsed  into 
extremely  dense,  compact  matter;  its  gravitational 
field  becomes  so  strong  that  no  light  can  escape  its 
surface.  Such  an  object  disappears  from  the  visible 
universe.  For  this  reason  collapsars  can  never  be 
directly  observed,  a  characteristic  that  at  first  thought 
would  seem  to  make  theoretical  discussions  about 
them  an  exercise  in  futility.  But  according  to  most 
current  cosmological  theories,  the  total  amount  of  mat- 
ter in  galaxies  in  the  form  of  stars  and  clouds  of  gas 
and  dust  is  substantially  less  than  what  calculations 
show  it  should  be.  Invisible  collapsars  could  account 
for  the  missing  mass. 

Sea-floor  Spreading  on  the  Moon  Continental  drift 

and  sea-floor  spreading,  the  scientific  bandwagon  of 
the  1960's,  are  now  being  invoked  for  the  moon  as 
well  as  the  earth.  The  idea  is  to  explain  the  lunar  seas, 
the  maria,  as  areas  of  the  moon  where  hot  material 
from  the  interior  broke  through  the  surface,  pushing 
back  the  older  upland  areas  and  creating  broad  ex- 
panses of  relatively  smooth  terrain. 

J.  W.  Elder,  a  geophysicist  at  Cambridge  L'niversity 
in  England,  proposed  this  lunar  application  in  the 
journal  Nature.  In  making  his  case,  he  offered  analogies 
with  the  earth,  for  which  the  drift  theory  is  now  general- 
ly accepted,  as  well  as  the  results  of  his  work  with  a 
laboratory  model  in  which  blobs  of  a  hot.  viscous  fluid 
well  up  to  a  cooled  surface,  pushing  aside  continental 
crust  represented  by  a  thin  layer  of  aluminum  powder. 

Elder  cites  the  fact  that  lunar  domes  occur  almost 
exclusively  in  the  maria  and  argues  that  they  may  be 
analogous  to  the  volcanic  cones  on  terrestrial  ocean 
floors.  This  type  of  volcanism  does  not  occur  on  conti- 
nental areas,  he  points  out.  Then  he  notes  that  the 
rills,  ridges,  and  other  structures  found  on  the  maria 
can  be  identified  with  similar  ridge  systems  on  the 
ocean  floors  of  the  earth  and  with  results  produced  in 
his  laboratory  model:  he  considers  them  evidence  of 
activity  beneath  the  surface.  He  also  points  to  lunar 
mountain  chains  that  often  border  the  maria  and  com- 
pares them  to  the  island  chains  formed  at  the  edge  of 
terrestrial  seas  where  a  spreading  sea  floor  pushes  up 
against  a  continental  margin. 

According  to  Elder's  thesis,  all  planet-sized  bodies 
go  through  the  same  surface-roiling  process  as  they 
cool  after  formation.  In  a  small  body  such  as  the 
moon,  cooling  is  rapid  and  convection  currents  in  its 
upper  layers  quickly  lose  strength;  the  surface  of  the 
body  "freezes"  into  its  final  shape.   On  a  larger  body 


such  as  the  earth,  sufficient  energy  is  left  at  this  point 
for  weaker  secondary  processes  to  continue.  Blobs 
may  no  longer  have  the  energy  to  penetrate  the  sur- 
face, but  the  slow  turning  over  of  material  beneath  the 
surface  carries  the  continents  along  as  though  they 
were  on  conveyor  belts. 


How  to  Make  a  Spiral  Galaxy  To  an  observer  with  a 
life-span  of  10  billion  years  or  so,  the  spiral  galaxies 
that  dot  the  universe  may  appear  to  be  so  many  pyro-  J 
technic  pinwheels,  throwing  off  gobs  of  glowing  mate- 
rial., which  in  turn  eject  still  more  galaxy-sized  sparks. 
This   spectacular    picture   could    offer   the   best   ex- 
planation of  how  such  galaxies    (including  ours)    ac- 
quire spiral  arms  and  why.  as  a  galaxy  rotates  with  its 
center  moving  faster  than  the  outer  reaches,  the  arms 
do  not  simply  wind   up  and  disappear.  The  proposal  * 
comes   from   Halton   Arp   of   the   Mount   Wilson   and  <Ji 
Palomar  Observatories,  writing  in  the  European  jour- 
nal Astronomy  and  Astrophysics. 

The  prototype  spiral  galaxy  is  the  Whirlpool  Neb- 
ula in  the  constellation  Canes  Venatici:  amateur  as- 
tronomers know  it  as  number  51  in  the  Messier  cata- 
log of  deep-sky  objects.  Its  spiral  arms  were  first 
detected  in  1845.  decades  before  astronomers  realized 
the  galaxies  were,  in  fact,  island  universes  far  distant 
from  our  own. 

Arp  focused  his  study  on  spirals  that  have  compan- 
ion galaxies  at  the  end  of  one  or  more  spiral  arms;  he 
considers  these  companions  to  be  masses  of  material 
ejected  from  the  nucleus  of  their  parent  galaxy  10  to 
100  million  years  ago.  Presumably  they  were  smaller 
than  their  parent  nuclei  when  first  ejected,  but  they 
have  now  expanded  to  comparable  size.  The  compan- 
ions are  galaxies  in  their  own  right,  complete  with 
stars,  gas.  and  dust:  they  act  like  galaxies  in  going  on 
to  eject  material  of  their  own. 

There  are  well-known  cases  in  which  a  galaxy  is  I 
ejecting  material  in  the  form  of  a  jet  or  as  a  discrete 
object.  Radio  astronomers  have  known  for  years  that 
many  galaxies  are  flanked  by  pairs  of  radio  sources, 
apparently  ejected  in  opposite  directions.  Even  in  the 
case  of  our  own  galaxy,  there  is  some  evidence  that  a 
bridge  of  hydrogen  extends  from  the  galaxy  to  two 
small  companions,  the  Magellanic  Clouds.  A  secondary 
ejection  appears  to  be  going  on  in  the  smaller  cloud. 
Arp  believes  that  the  spiral  arms  form  when  masses 
of  material  are  ejected  on  opposite  sides  of  a  gal- 
axy, but  readily  admits  that  in  many  cases  there  is 
a  visible  companion  at  the  end  of  only  one  of  two 
spiral  arms.  He  suggests  that  in  these  cases  the  second 
ejected  body  may  have  moved  beyond  the  end  of  the 
arm.  may  have  expanded  to  the  point  where  it  is  too 
dissipated  to  be  seen,  or  may  not  yet  have  expanded  to 
visible  size. 

Arp  believes  that  the  spiral  arms  do  wind  up  as  the 
galaxy  rotates,  but  that  by  the  time  they  do.  the 
bright,  supergiant  stars  that  mark  them  have  faded. 
The  arms  dissolve  into  the  general  galactic  disk.  While 
this  is  happening,  however,  new  ejections  are  forming 
new  arms.  Thus  the  galactic  disk  builds  up  even  as 
more  and  more  arms  are  formed. 

John  P.  Wiley.  Jr. 


44 


^^^''^^,,,' 


\?'     '"'k- 


\     ■•. 


celestial  Events 


The  moon  in  May  is  new  on  the  5th,  at  first-quarter  on 
the  13th,  full  on  the  20th,  and  at  last-quarter  on  the  27th. 
There  will  be  a  new  moon  on  June  3,  and  a  first-quarter 
moon  on  June  11. 

In  the  evening  sky,  Venus  (the  brighter)  and  Mars  are 
low  in  the  west,  separating  slowly.  Jupiter  is  high  in  the 
southeast  at  dusk,  and  it  sets  before  sunrise.  Saturn  and 
Mercury  pass  from  the  evening  to  the  morning  sky. 

May  9:  Transit  of  Mercury,  partly  visible  after  sunrise  in 
eastern  and  central  United  States.  Venus  and  Mars  are  in 
conjunction. 

May  13:  Occultation  of  Regulus  by  the  moon,  partly  vis- 
ible in  eastern  United  States  as  Regulus  emerges  about 
8:20  P.M.,  EST. 

May  17:  Mercury  and  Saturn  are  in  conjunction. 

May  18:  Jupiter  is  near  the  moon  this  evening. 

May  21:  Mercury  resumes  direct  (eastward)  motion 


May  28:  Mercury  and  Saturn  are  again  in  conjunction. 

June  2:  Saturn  is  near  the  rising  crescent  moon  this 
morning. 

June  4:  Mercury  is  at  greatest  elongation  in  the  morning 
sky.  It  may  be  seen  low  in  the  east  after  dawn. 

June  5:  Venus  and  Mars  are  on  either  side  of  the  cres- 
cent moon. 

June  11-12:  Venus  is  near  the  stars  Pollux  and  Castor,  in 
Gemini. 

June  14:  Jupiter  is  near  the  gibbous  moon  tonight. 

THOMAS  D.  Nicholson 


*  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the 
bottom;  then  match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with 
those  in  the  sky.  The  map  is  for  11:25  p.m.  on  May  1:  10:30  p.m. 
on  May  15:  9:25  p.m.  on  May  31:  and  8:25  p.m.  on  June  15:  but  it 
may  be  used  for  about  one  hour  before  and  after  those  times. 


THE  ORIGINS 
OF 

AGRICULTURE 

The  earliest  grain  farmers  began  to  cultivate  the  wild 
ancestors  of  our  crop  plants  about  10,000  years  ago.  Their 
unforeseen  harvest  was  the  transformation  of  human  life 


by 


C.  D.  Darlington 


According  to  the  notions  of  our 
forebears,  early  man  first 
learned  to  forge  and  smelt  iron  to 
make  his  weapons  and  his  tools. 
Then  he  tamed  his  beasts  and  tilled 
the  earth,  sowed  the  seeds  of  the 
plants  he  had  collected  for  food, 
and  so  raised  his  crops.  Finally, 
years  of  cultivation  improved  these 
crops  to  a  standard  that  came  to 
support  agriculture.  Man  could  now 
provide  better  fodder  for  his  stock, 
and  could,  therefore,  breed  im- 
proved beasts.  These  developments 
had  occurred  in  many  parts  of  the 
world  with  different  kinds  of  crops 
and  stock  on  which  the  different 
civilizations  were  based. 

This  view  of  agriculture's  origins 
had  been  reasonably  supported  by 
the  European  discovery  of  the 
American  civilizations,  and  it  was 
still  generally  held  at  the  beginning 
of  the  nineteenth  century.  It  showed 
man  progressing  almost  inevitably 
by  his  own  efforts,  his  own  skill 
and  intelligence,  and  in  a  way  that 
commended  itself  well  to  the  thought 
of  the  nineteenth  century. 

But  in  the  middle  of  that  century 
all  these  ideas  were  rudely  shaken 
by  a  series  of  unforeseen  dis- 
coveries. It  was  then  that  arche- 
ology began  to  show  that  agricul- 
ture had  long  preceded  the  smelting 
of  metals.  History  and  language  be- 
gan to  indicate  that  crops  had  been 
carried  far  away  from  the  places 
where  they   were  first  grown.   And 


two  naturalists,  Darwin  and  De 
Candolle,  argued  that  it  was  not 
cultivation  in  itself,  but  selection  by 
the  cultivator — the  choice  of  species 
and  the  choice  of  variations  to 
sow  and  propagate — that  had  played 
the  decisive  part  in  improving  cul- 
tivated plants. 

Darwin  and  De  Candolle  thus  ad- 
vanced our  understanding  of  the 
origins  of  agriculture  for  the  first 
time  in  two  thousand  years.  In  the 
hundred  years  that  have  followed 
them,  however,  a  far  greater  up- 
heaval of  ideas  has  occurred.  It  has 
been  set  off  from  two  directions. 
One  was  the  study  of  how  plant 
breeding  and  selection  actually 
work  among  primitive  farmers. 
This  we  owe  largely  to  the  Russian 
geneticist  and  plant  breeder  Nikolai 
Vavilov.  The  other  was  Willard 
Libby's  1947  discovery  of  the  use 
of  radiocarbon.  This  led  to  the 
physical  dating  of  prehistoric  re- 
mains and  settled  the  arguments  of 
earlier  centuries.  What  happened 
when  these  two  fields  of  inquiry,  so 
utterly  remote  from  one  another, 
came  together? 

To  see  how  these  great  advances 
transformed  the  problem  of  the  ori- 
gins of  agriculture,  we  have  lo  look 
at  the  world  as  it  was  when  agricul- 
ture began,  the  world  of  10.000 
years  ago. 

First,  consider  the  people.  There 
were  about  five  million  people  in 
the  world.  They  were  divided  into 


''  -~^ 


47 


thousands  of  tribes,  all  living  by 
various  kinds  of  hunting  or  collect- 
ing, mostly  by  both.  Like  their  sur- 
viving descendants,  these  people  of- 
ten had  special  skills  for  dealing 
■with  foods  and  fibers,  drugs  and 
poisons,  weapons  and  boats.  The 
tribes  also  included  some  individual 
artists  and  craftsmen,  as  well  as 
men  with  special  knowledge  of 
trade,  especially  trade  in  miner- 
als— tools  and  ornaments,  for  ex- 
ample, made  from  obsidian,  amber, 
and  precious  stones.  But.  in  gen- 
eral, these  people  had  a  vast  and 
accurate  knowledge  of  what  they 
could  do  with  the  plants,  the  ani- 
mals, and  the  earth  on  which  they 
depended  for  their  living. 

There  isas.  however,  one  factor 
in  their  surroundings  on  which  the 
main  masses  of  mankind  could  not 
depend.  This  was  the  climate,  for 
the  climate  at  that  time  was  chang- 
ing unusually  fast.  The  last  Ice  Age 
was  in  full  retreat.  The  snow  was 
melting  all  around  what  is  now  the 
temperate  Northern  Hemisphere. 
Mountain  ranges  were  becoming 
passable.  The  oceans  were  rising 
and  cutting  off  islands.  Inland  seas 
^^■ere  drying  up.  In  short,  vast  new 
regions  were  being  opened  or 
closed  to  human  habitation. 

In  these  circumstances  it  is  evi- 
dent that  movements  of  people  must 
have  been  taking  place  on  a  greater 
scale  than  ever  before.  Inevitably 
the  greatest  movements  of  all.  and 
the  greatest  meeting  and  mixing  of 
peoples,  would  be  concentrated  in 
those  necks  of  land  that  join  the 
three  continents  of  the  Old  World 
and  the  two  continents  of  the  New. 
Significantly,  therefore,  the  first  evi- 
dences of  settled  agriculture  are 
found  close  to  these  necks  of  land. 

Over  the  last  twenty  years,  radio- 
carbon dating  of  the  organic  re- 
mains in  a  great  number  of  early 
agricultural  settlements  has  sho^NTi 
beyond  doubt  that  agriculture  be- 
gan at  different  times  in  different 
regions.  And  it  has  shown  the  order 
in  which  it  actually  began  in  these 
different  regions.  The  use  of  radio- 
carbon has  corrected  many  slight 
— and  a  few  big — misconceptions. 

First,  agriculture  began,  not  ex- 
actly in  -sv'hat  the  American  Egyp- 
tologist James   Breasted   called  the 


The  World 
After  Agriculture 


Fertile  Crescent,  not  in  the  fertile 
valley  bottoms,  but  rather  on  the 
hillsides  and  tablelands  adjoining 
them.  This  nuclear  zone,  as  it  has 
been  called,  is  a  three-pronged  area 
stretching  from  the  headwaters  of 
the  Euphrates,  west  through  Ana- 
tolia into  the  Balkans,  south  into 
the  Jordan  Valley,  and  east  along 
the  foot  of  the  Zagros  Mountains 
toAsard  the  Persian  Gulf.  Later 
there  was  a  fourth  prong  crossing 
Persia  south  of  the  Caspian  Sea.  In 
other  words,  the  nuclear  zone  was 
just  at  the  neck,  or  the  crossroads, 
of  the  Old  World. 

Secondly,  we  find  that  tliis  zone 
of  original  settlement  did  not  ex- 
pand— apart    from    seaside    intru- 


sions into  Egypt  and  the  Crimea — 
until  about  4000  B.C.  There  are 
three  or  four  silent  millennia  be- 
tween the  beginning  of  agriculture 
10,000  years  ago  and  the  great 
transformation  and  expansion  that 
followed  it.  To  be  sure,  during  this 
period  pottery  was  invented.  Artists 
and  traders  were  attracted  by  the 
security  of  the  permanent  set- 
tlements and  put  their  skills  and 
goods  at  the  service  of  the  new, 
rich,  settled  communities.  But  the 
great  technical  and  biological  dis- 
coveries of  bronze  and  writing,  the 
wheel  and  the  horse,  lay  ahead. 

These  discoveries  were  made 
only  at  the  end  of  the  silent  mil- 
lennia, when  the  great  geographical 


#    Origins  of 
agricultural  settlements 


Mixed  farming 

Pure  pastoralism 

Expansion  by  sea 

O   Centers  of 
city  development 


^  Centers  of  agricultural 
development  and  transformation 


Paleolithic  man 


Neolithic  man 


expansion  was  beginning.  In  the 
fourth  millennium  B.C.  the  tribes  of 
grain  cultivators  began  to  move  out 
of  the  nuclear  zone  and  to  settle  or 
colonize  the  wild  lands  of  the  hunt- 
ers and  collectors,  which  lay 
around  them.  They  moved  in  four 
main  directions:  into  Europe,  into 
Africa,  into  India,  and  into  China. 
They  had  waited  a  long  time  to 
make  these  journeys,  and  they  took 
a  long  time,  more  than  a  thousand 
years,  to  accomplish  them.  Why? 
The  answer  depends  mainly  on  the 
crops  they  were  cultivating.  And.  as 
we  shall  see.  these  crops  give  us  the 
answers  to  several  other  questions. 
That  we  know  exactly  what  crops 
were  cultivated  by  the  earliest  farm- 


ers is  the  result  of  the  work  of  the 
Danish  botanist  Hans  Helbaek.  The 
foundation  of  their  agriculture  was 
wheat,  and  its  two  main  forms  con- 
tinued to  live  and  were  cultivated 
side  by  side  in  the  nuclear  zone  for 
the  nine  succeeding  millennia.  The 
first  of  these,  known  as  emmer,  ex- 
isted and  still  exists  there  wild.  The 
second  does  not  exist  wild.  It  is  de- 
rived, as  we  know  by  experimental 
breeding  and  by  looking  at  its 
chromosomes,  from  hybridization 
between  emmer  and  a  wild  grass 
also  still  found  growing  in  this  re- 
gion. This  second  grain  is  bread 
wheat,  and  today  it  is  still  the  most 
important  of  all  man's  food  crops. 
Along  with  the  two  wheats,  a  va- 


riety of  other  food  plants  were  cul- 
tivated, a  variety  that  increased 
with  the  passing  of  time:  peas  and 
lentils  for  porridge,  barley  for  beer, 
linseed  for  oil,  and  the  vine  for 
wine.  Doubtless  many  unidentified 
fruits  and  vegetables  were  also  col- 
lected, without  at  first  being  bred 
and  cultivated. 

But  when  men  passed  to  the  new 
lands  the  picture  changed.  In 
warmer  Egypt  linseed  began  to  be 
grown,  not  for  oil,  but  for  fiber;  it 
was  retted  and  spun  for  flax  and 
was  used  to  make  linen,  the  first 
substitute  for  wool.  In  colder  Eu- 
rope a  new  grain,  oats,  appeared 
beside  the  wheat.  In  India,  cotton 
took  the  place  of  wool  and  flax.  In 
Central  Asia  the  native  buckwheat 
displaced  wheat  and  barley.  On  the 
Upper  Nile,  sorghum  displaced  the 
other  grains.  And  almost  every- 
where various  kinds  of  new  light 
grains,  the  millets,  began  to  take  the 
place  of  the  heavy-grained  wheat  and 
barley. 

Some  of  these  later  displacements 
were  no  doubt  due  to  conscious  se- 
lection. But  some,  it  seems,  were 
quite  unconscious.  In  1916  a  Ger- 
man geographer,  Engelbrecht,  at- 
tempted to  account  for  these  dis- 
placements. As  a  crop  is  taken  into 
a  new  territory  or  habitat,  it  is  apt 
to  be  invaded  by  new  weeds.  Rye 
appears  as  a  weed  of  wheat  and  dis- 
places the  wheat  as  the  crop  moves 
north  or  moves  higher  into  the 
mountains.  This  happens  today 
with  cultivated  rye,  and  originally 
wild  rye  would  have  done  the  same. 

No  doubt  this  transformation  of 
crops  was  exceedingly  slow,  and  in- 
deed its  speed  was  probably  the 
limiting  factor  in  allowing  the  ex- 
pansion of  agriculture  from  the  nu- 
clear zone.  The  cultivator  had  to 
wait  for  an  evolutionary  change, 
which  depended  on  processes  of  se- 
lection of  which  he  was  quite  un- 
con.scious. 

The  idea  of  unconscious  selection 
was  Darwin's,  but  he  had  no  idea 
how  far  it  would  go.  It  turns  out  to 
be  the  key  to  the  underslanding  of 
the  development  of  agriculture.  The 
decisive  changes  undergone  by  cul- 
tivated plants  are  not.  as  one  might 
suppose,  in  the  visible  yield,  but  in 
properties  of  behavior  which,  to  the 


49 


layman  or  nonfarmer,  would  seem 
unimportant. 

The  discovery  of  this  principle 
was  the  main  contribution  of  Vavi- 
lov.  who  found  that  nearly  all  culti- 
vated plants  had  gone  through  cer- 
tain parallel  transformations.  In 
cultivation  they  had  lost  the  faculty 
of  distributing  their  seeds,  which 
was  necessary  for  their  survival  in 
nature.  And.  at  the  same  time,  they 
had  acquired  a  new  faculty  of  sub- 
mitting to  convenient  harvesting  of 
fruits  and  threshing  of  seed,  which 
was  necessary  for  their  survival  in 
the  hands  of  the  cultivator. 

Take  the  crowning  instance  of 
Vavilov's  principle.  The  ear  of  wild 
emmer,  when  it  is  ripe,  shatters  into 
its  separate  parts,  each  containing 
one  grain  protected  by  its  coat,  the 
chaff,  and  armed  with  a  beard  that 
will  catch  in  the  coat  of  any  passing 
animal.  When  the  grain  falls  to  the 
ground  it  will  dig  itself  in.  But  the 
ear  of  cultivated  emmer  or  bread 
wheat  does  not  shatter  when  ripe.  It 
can  be  cut  and  carried  unbroken. 
Only  when  it  is  threshed  does  it 
gently  shed  its  naked  grain  into  the 
farmer's  bushel  or  bin. 

This  extraordinary  transmuta- 
tion, it  might  be  thought,  could  be 
the  result  of  conscious  selection.  It 
could,  if  the  selector  were  one  who 
knew  all  that  we  know  thousands  of 
years  later.  But  how  could  those 
first  farmers  have  known  what  evo- 
lutionary changes  were  possible? 
And  how  could  they  have  foreseen 
how  the  rich  harvests  that  lay  ahead 
of  them  might  be  won? 

There  is,  however,  an  even  more 
striking  example  of  the  scope  of  un- 
conscious selection.  In  general,  the 
wild  ancestors  of  crop  plants  have 
built-in  mechanisms  of  self-incom- 
patibility: genetic  devices  that  pre- 
vent the  pollen  from  growing  in  the 
styles  and  fertilizing  the  ovules  of 
the  same  plant.  These  devices  are 
necessary  for  the  evolutionary  suc- 
cess of  all  wild  species  for  they  in- 
sure that  a  proportion  of  the  seed 
will  be  crossbred.  In  cultivation 
these  devices  cease  to  matter.  They 
confer  no  immediate  advantage;  in- 
deed they  can  only  impair  the  yield. 
And,  sure  enough,  they  are  nearly 
always  lost  in  cultivation.  For  ex- 
ample, wheat  and  barley,  peas  and 


beans,  which  all  allowed  cross-fer- 
tilization in  their  wild  ancestors  are 
regularly  self-fertilized  in  their  mod- 
ern cultivated  forms.  This  change 
was  made  by  selection,  but  it  was 
not  made  by  conscious  selection,  for 
until  the  last  century  no  one  knew 
it  had  happened:  no  one  even  knew 
that  it  could  happen. 

The  cultivator  who  improved  his 
crops  did  so,  therefore,  not  by  his 
intelligent  practice  of  plant  breed- 
ing, but  by  his  intelligent  practice 
of  cultivation.  And  this  was  a  ca- 
pacity for  which,  we  cannot  doubt, 
the  cultivator  himself  was  continu- 
ally being  selected. 


T 

JL  he 


he  contrast,  indeed  the  con- 
flict, between  the  tiller  of  the  soil  and 
the  keeper  of  cattle,  between  the 
peasant  and  the  herdsman,  between 
Cain  and  Abel  is  so  ancient  and  ob- 
vious that  we  naturally  think  of  the 
domestication  of  plants  and  of  ani- 
mals as  belonging  to  separate  and 
opposed  problems.  But  this  is  mis- 
leading. Out  of  the  grain  farmer 
came  the  ancient  civilizations. 
Around  the  grain  farmer  assembled 
every  kind  of  agricultural  and  civi- 
lized activity.  Before  grain  farm- 
ing, there  was  the  collecting  and 
even  the  cropping  of  roots  in  many 
parts  of  the  world.  Long  before  the 
grain  farmer,  there  was  the  use  of 
the  dog  for  hunting,  for  food  in 
time  of  famine,  and  later,  for  herd- 
ing sheep  and  goats.  But  none  of 
these  activities  led  to  a  more  com- 
plicated life,  which  in  turn  meant  a 
more  complicated,  a  stabler,  and  ul- 
timately, a  more  productive  society. 
No  great  development  came  about 
until  the  grain  farmer  had,  during 
his  four  silent  millennia,  laid  the 
foundations  of  the  future. 

The  various  kinds  of  stock  and 
stockmen  were  therefore  bound  to 
have  had  different  histories  because 
of  their  different  relations  with  the 
grain  farmer.  What  these  relations 
were  are  still  partly  obscure.  The 
early  settlements  mostly  contain 
bones  of  cattle,  pigs,  and  sheep;  but 


to  what  extent  had  these  been  bred 
and  fed  by  the  farmer  and  to  what 
extent  had  he  taken  them  by  hunt- 
ing? Did  the  early  herdsman  allow 
his  domesticated  female  animals  to 
mate  with  wild  males  or  males  that 
had  gone  wild?  This  is  the  practice 
of  Nagas  in  India  with  their  aaur 
cattle  today.  It  is  also  the  practice 
in  mating  dogs  with  wolves.  The 
distinction  between  what  is  wild 
and  what  is  domesticated  is  there- 
fore harder  for  the  archeologist  to 
draw  with  stock  than  with  crops. 

Allowing  for  these  uncertainties, 
we  inay  say  that  sheep  and  pigs 
were  probably  the  first  to  be  taken 
under  man's  care,  probably  during 
the  seventh  millennium  B.C.  Later, 
in  the  sixth  or  fifth  millennium, 
came  the  cattle.  Whether  their  first 
use  was  for  sacrifice  in  religious  rit- 
ual will  take  us  a  long  time  to  dis- 
cover. But  certainly  this  first  in- 
troduction was  quickly  followed  by 
their  diversified  uses  for  plowing, 
for  milk,  for  meat,  and  later,  in  the 
salt-hungry  regions  of  Africa,  for 
blood. 

When  we  come  to  the  means  of 
improving  domesticated  animals 
along  their  different  lines,  we  can 
think  of  them  together  and  we  can 
see  them  in  contrast  with  crop 
plants.  The  herdsman,  it  is  clear, 
has  from  the  beginning  understood 
something  of  the  purpose  and  prac- 
tice of  selection.  Indeed  we  may  say 
that  the  first  herdsmen  could  never 
have  improved  their  lot  until  they 
understood  that  better  animals 
could  be  raised  by  choosing  and 
setting  apart  better  parents.  It  is  a 
principle  that  is  suitably  and  elab- 
orately commemorated  by  the  story 


"The  peasant  is  a  man  who 

knows  and  loves  his 

soil  and  crops.  .  .  .  He  and  his 

women  will  accept  serfdom 

rather  than  be 

separated  from  their  land." 


5° 


m. 


m- 


x/v.  ■"• 


mTr"^^^"mi'a'rr 

^V''-.>  > 

'^:^:?%n);v  V .;: 

.-^^. 


f  \  .. . 


^ 


"Out  of  the  grain  farmer 
came  the  ancient 
civihzations.  Around 
the  grain  farmer  assembled 
every  kind  of  agricultural 
and  civilized  activity." 


It 


K^r 


,v  >»      -'^ 


4 


l9 


i'k 


t    i  # 


I  ' 


f^ 


4^1 


:-/ 


of  Jacob  and  Laban  in  the  Book  of 
Genesis. 

The  processes  of  animal  breeding 
have  thus  been  more  conscious  than 
those  of  plant  breeding,  and  this 
has  been  true  at  every  stage.  For 
example,  when  the  cultivators  came 
into  India  in  the  third  millennium 
B.C..  they  allowed  their  cattle  to 
hybridize  with  the  native  humped 
cattle.  This  was  no  doubt  an  uncon- 
scious and  merely  traditional  prac- 
tice. But  in  the  Indus  city  of  Mo- 
henjo  Daro  they  also  deliberately 
domesticated  new  species,  notably 
the  native  water  buffalo.  Man's  de- 
pendence on  conscious  purpose  in 
dealing  with  animals  as  opposed  to 
plants  is  further  indicated  by  the 
length  of  time — five  thousand  years 
after  the  beginning  of  cultivation — 
that  it  took  him  to  acquire  the  in- 
itiative, skill,  and  audacity  to  do- 
mesticate the  most  difficult  animals, 
the  horse  and  the  camel. 

If  early  farmers  were  sometimes 
aware  of  their  effects  on  crops  and 
stock,  it  is  certain  that  they  were 
wholly  unaware  of  any  effects  their 
crops  and  stock  were  having  on 
them  (that  is.  beyond  feeding, 
clothing,  or  working  for  them  I .  But 
those  who  have  observed  peasants 
and  pastoralists  most  closely  have 
seen  that  between  these  two  great 
classes  of  men,  there  is  a  genuine 
and  profound  contrast,  a  contrast 
related  to  their  work.  The  record 
goes  back,  as  we  saw.  to  the  legend 
of  Cain  and  Abel,  which  takes  its 
root  in  the  conflict  between  the  des- 
ert and  the  sown,  between  the  Bed- 
ouin shepherds  and  their  peasant 
neighbors.  But  on  the  way.  it  fills  a 
large  part  of  our  history.  It  is  the 
story  of  the  borderland  struggle  be- 


'*'Tlie  first  herdsmen  could 
never  have  improved  their  lot 
until  they  understood  that 
better  animals  could 
be  raised  by  choosing  and 
setting  apart  better  parents." 


tween  the  English  farmers  and  the 
Welsh  drovers  during  the  Middle 
Ages.  It  is  also  the  story  of  the 
struggle  between  the  farming  Ki- 
kuyu  and  the  grazing  Masai  in 
Kenya  today. 

How  are  we  to  describe  it?  In  the 
first  place  it  should  be  noted  that 
each  class  is  of  many  kinds.  The 
nomadic  pastoralist  may  sow  crops 
for  a  quick  harvest  during  his  sum- 
mer grazing,  while  the  settled  peas- 
ant may  breed  cattle  or  horses  to 
till  his  land,  a  practice  that  has 
transferred  the  main  labor  of  farm- 
ing from  the  woman  with  a  hoe  to 
the  man  with  a  plow.  The  basic 
contrast  remains  however.  It  is  one 
of  character,   behavior,    and   belief. 


Q 


n  the  one  hand,  the  peasant 
is  a  man  who  knows  and  loves  his 
soil  and  crops.  He  even  worships 
them.  His  life,  like  the  lives  of  his 
ancestors  for  two  or  three  hundred 
generations,  has  depended  on  his 
prudence  and  industry  in  handling 
the  soil  and  crops.  He  is  therefore 
deeply  attached  to  them,  and  he  and 
his  women  will  accept  serfdom 
rather  than  be  separated  from  their 
land.  As  a  consequence,  they  are  in- 
bred— conservative  and  traditional, 
stubborn  but  peaceful. 

How  different  is  the  pastoralist! 
He  is  correspondingly  attached  to 
his  animals,  but  his  animals  can 
move  and  usually  have  to  move  in 
search  of  pasture.  He  is  therefore 
mobile,  alert,  and  aggressive.  He 
will  steal  the  cattle  and  tlie  women 
of  his  neigJiliors.  Consequently,  he 
is  relatively  outbred.  And  the  most 
mobile  of  his  animals,  the  horse 
and  the  camel,  are  kept  by  the  most 
mobile  and  alert,  aggressive  and 
warlike,  of  herdsmen. 

How.  then,  did  this  contrast 
arise?  In  part,  of  course,  the 
differences  were  there  in  the  ances- 
tors, the  collectors  and  the  hunters 
from  whom  each  was  partly  de- 
rived. But  it  developed  during  those 
long  silent  millennia  because  the 
earliest    men    who   chose   to   adopt 


these  different  ways  of  life  were 
themselves  from  the  beginning  de- 
pendent for  survival  on  the  crops  or 
the  stock  they  were  raising.  They 
were  therefore  dependent  on  their 
different  abilities  to  cope  with 
different  ways  of  life.  The  croppers 
were  in  fact  being  unconsciously  se- 
lected by  their  crops,  and  the  stock- 
men by  their  stock.  Each  way  of 
life  was  tied  up  together  in  one  re- 
lated and  adapted  system. 

To  put  it  in  another  way.  man 
thought  himself  to  be  consciously  in 
control  of  his  destiny,  but  he  was  in 
fact  unconsciously  having  his  des- 
tiny, his  evolutionary  destiny, 
thrust  upon  him.  It  is  a  situation 
from  which  we  can  see  he  has  not 
yet  by  any  means  escaped. 

The  greatest  of  all  human  ex- 
periments was  man's  invasion  of 
the  New  World.  Whether  it  hap- 
pened fifteen  or  twenty  thousand 
years  ago  does  not  much  matter. 
What  matters  is  that  mankind  had 
put  himself  into  two  separate  boxes 
between  which  there  was  effectively 
no  exchange  of  people  or  ideas,  of 
plants  or  animals,  or  even  of  their 
diseases.  That  was  the  situation  for 
over  ten  thousand  years.  And  dur- 
ing that  time,  agriculture  arose  and 
developed  independently  in  the  two 
boxes.  This  was.  as  we  may  say.  an 
experimental  situation,  for  it  goes  a 
long  way  in  showing  us  what  mat- 
ters and  what  does  not  matter  for 
the  whole  process  of  developing  ag- 
riculture. 

Looking  first  at  the  similarities 
between  the  Old  World  and  the 
New.  it  can  be  seen  that  in  the  New 
World,  cultivation  began  around  a 
kind  of  central  or  nuclear  zone.  It 
began  about  7000  B.C.  when  the  ice 
was  melting  at  its  fastest.  And  it  be- 
gan with  a  grain  crop  that  the  Eu- 
ropeans called  Indian  corn  or 
maize.  A  variety  of  other  crops — 
beans  and  potatoes,  gourds  and 
peppers,  cotton  and  tobacco— 
slowly  assembled  around  this  early 
crop.  But  the  processes  of  improve- 
ment and  distribution  show  us  a 
number  of  rule-breaking  novelties. 
Several  of  these  concern  maize. 

Unlike  any  of  the  other  impor- 
tant grains,  maize  has  its  male  and 
female  flowers,  the  tassels  and  silks, 
on  different  parts  of  the  plant.  This 

55 


has  meant  that  the  ordinary  evolu- 
tion toward  inbreeding  could  not 
occur.  Maize  remained,  and  was 
bound  to  remain,  crossbred.  For 
that  reason,  it  ultimately  became 
the  object  of  the  most  remarkable 
of  all  crop  improvements:  the 
American  hybrid  corn  industry  of 
the  twentieth  century  turned  an  old 
shortcoming  into  a  controlled  ad- 
vantage. 


B 


'ut  maize  is  also  unique  with 
respect  to  its  origin.  No  botanists 
would  believe  that  maize  was  de- 
rived from  a  slender,  wild  Mexican 
grass,  teosinte.  Indeed  they  had  put 
the  two  plants  into  different  genera, 
Zea  and  Euchlaena.  Yet  when  the 
hybridization  is  tried,  the  two  spe- 
cies are  found  to  cross  readily. 
Their  chromosomes  pair  in  the  hy- 
brid. And.  as  Dr.  Paul  Mangelsdorf 
found,  the  hybrid  is  fertile,  yielding 
the  expected  recombinations  of 
characters  in  the  second  generation. 
Evidently  the  selection  of  muta- 
tions, probably  conscious  selection 
in  this  case,  has  produced  the  most 
remarkable  evolutionary  plant  trans- 
formation known.  All  in  the  course 
of  9,000  years  of  cultivation. 

There  is  another  American  crop, 
the  sweet  potato,  to  which  we  owe 
an  equally  important  piece  of  en- 
lightenment. This  plant,  coming  from 
Mexico  or  Peru,  was  already  being 
cultivated  across  the  Pacific  all  the 
way  to  New  Zealand  at  the  time  of 
Columbus.  The  Maoris  had  brought 
it  there  from  the  mid-Pacific  one  or 
two  hundred  years  earlier,  and  it 
had  since  become  the  main  crop  in 
the  North  Island.  They  knew  it  as 
kumara.  the  same  name  that  it  had 
borne  in  Central  America.  By  their 
languages,  their  blood  groups,  their 
canoes,  and  their  other  crops,  we 
know  that  the  Maoris,  like  other 
Polynesians,  came  originally  from 
Indonesia.  It  is  the  sweet  potato 
that  tells  us  that  at  some  earlier 
time  other  people  traveling  west- 
ward from  America  had  joined 
them.    The   two   boxes    of   which   I 

56 


spoke    had    been     almost     entirely 
closed.  But  not  quite. 

The  great  difference  between  the 
Old  World  and  the  New,  however, 
had  nothing  to  do  with  these  or  any 
other  crop  plants.  In  the  first  place, 
the  nuclear  zone  of  America,  in- 
stead of  being  a  single,  broad,  and 
well-connected  area,  was  split  into 
two  by  the  narrow,  twisted  1.500- 
mile  neck  that  runs  from  Tehuante- 
pec  to  Panama,  a  track  that  had  to 
be  followed  by  everyone  passing 
from  North  to  South  America.  In 
the  second  place,  stock  raising  was 
absent  in  America.  In  the  previous 
five  millennia  the  American  Indian 
hunters  had  killed  off  what  could 
have  been  the  farmer's  stock. 
Horses  and  mammoths  were  no 
longer  available  for  domestication. 
All  that  were  left  were  Hamas  and 
turkeys. 

These  two  differences,  together 
with  the  lesser  area  and  resources 
of  the  New  World,  slowed  down  the 
development  of  agriculture  and  of 
civilization.  The  silent  millennia 
were  longer.  When  the  two  worlds 
were  brought  together  in  1492,  the 
civilizations  of  the  New  World  were 
found  to  be  about  three  millennia 
behind  those  of  the  Old  World. 
Mexico  and  Peru  proved  to  be  not 
unlike  the  Egypt  of  Hatshepsut  and 
Thutmose  in  1500  B.C.  The  con- 
sequences of  this  difference  in  evo- 
lution, the  submergence  of  the 
Amerindians,  are  with  us  now,  but 
they  are  beyond  our  present  in- 
quiry. They  show  us,  however,  in  a 
practical  way,  the  overwhelming 
importance  for  us  today  of  what 
happened  during  the  distant  years 
when  men  and  women  first  began  to 
hoe  the  earth  and  sow  the  seed. 


"Along  with  the  two  wheats, 

a  variety  of  other  food 

plants  were  cultivated,  a 

variety  that  increased  with 

the  passing  of  time." 


^B*  «r 


mg 


V*  •„<*■. 


v^^ 


i: 


Part  II 


EAST  IS  A  BIG  BIRD 


"You  steer  by  the 
shape  of  the  sky. 
You  are  sailing  into 
a  part  of  the  heavens, 
not  toward 
a  dot  of  light." 

by  Thomas  Gladwin 

Picture  yourself  on  a  Puluwat 
canoe  at  night.  The  weather  is 
clear,  the  stars  are  out.  but  no  land 
is  in  sight.  The  canoe  is  a  familiar 
little  world.  Men  sit  about,  talk, 
perhaps  move  around  a  little  within 
their  microcosm.  On  either  side  of 
the  canoe  water  streams  past,  a  line 
of  turbulence  and  bubbles  merging 
into  a  wake  and  disappearing  in  the 
darkness.  Overhead  there  are  stars, 
immovable,  immutable.  They  swing 
in  their  paths  across  and  out  of  the 
sky  but  invariably  come  up  again 
in  the  same  places.  You  may  travel 
for  days  on  the  canoe  but  the  stars 
will  not  go  away  or  change  their 
positions  aside  from  their  nightly 
trajectories  from  horizon  to  hori- 
zon. Hours  go  by.  miles  of  water 
have  flowed  past.  Yet  the  canoe  is 
still  underneath  and  the  stars  are 
still  above.  Back  along  the  wake, 
however,  the  island  you  left  falls 
farther    and   farther    behind,    while 


ailing  downwind,  a  Puluwat 
teersman  uses  his  foot 
0  hold  the  steering  paddle 
lown  and  deflect  it. 


I 


the  one  toward  which  you  are  head- 
ing is  hopefully  drawing  closer. 
You  can  see  neither  of  them,  but 
you  know  this  is  happening.  You 
know  too  that  there  are  islands  on 
either  side  of  you,  some  near,  some 
far,  some  ahead,  some  behind.  The 
ones  that  are  ahead  will  in  due 
time  fall  behind.  Everything  passes 
by  the  little  canoe — everything  ex- 
cept the  stars  by  night  and  the  sun 
in  the  day. 

We  can  call  this  a  figure  of  liter- 
ary style,  a  canoe  pictured  pushing 
through  the  sea  with  everything 
moving  past  it  except  the  stars 
poised  overhead.  For  the  Puluwat 
navigator  it  is  not  a  matter  of  style. 
It  is  a  convenient  way  to  organize 
the  information  he  has  available  in 
order  to  make  his  navigational 
judgments  readily  and  without  con- 
fusion. This  picture  he  uses  of  the 
world  around  him  is  real  and  com- 
plete. All  the  islands  which  he 
knows  are  in  it,  and  all  the  stars, 
especially  the  navigation  stars  and 
the  places  of  their  rising  and  set- 
ting. Because  the  latter  are  fixed,  in 
his  picture  the  islands  move  past 
the  star  positions,  under  them  and 
backward  relative  to  the  canoe  as  it 
sails  along.  The  navigator  cannot 
see  the  islands,  but  he  has  learned 
where  they  are  and  how  to  keep 
their  locations  and  relations  in  his 
mind.  Ask  him  where  an  island  is 
and  he  will  point  to  it  at  once, 
probably  with  considerable  ac- 
curacy. Puluwat  navigation  is  entire- 
ly a  dead  reckoning  system.  It  de- 
pends upon  features  of  sea  and  sky 
which  are  characteristic  only  of  the 
locality  in  which  it  is  used,  that  is, 
the  chain  of  islands  in  the  Western 
and  Central  Carolines  from  Yap  to 
Truk  and  the  Mortlocks. 

Navigation  by  dead  reckoning 
means  that  one's  position  at  any 
time  is  determined  solely  on  the 
basis  of  distance  and  direction  trav- 
eled since  leaving  the  last  known  lo- 
cation. Put  the  other  way  around  if 


means  that  if  you  lose  track  of  how 
far  you  have  come  from  where  you 
were,  you  are  lost.  In  contrast  to 
this.  Western  celestial  navigation, 
loran.  and  other  techniques  make  it 
possible  to  establish  a  precise  posi- 
tion without  any  knowledge  of 
where  you  have  been,  except  in  the 
most  general  sense  of  knowing  what 
part  of  the  world  you  are  in.  The 
latter  methods  depend,  however,  on 
a  very  complex  technology,  either 
of  timekeeping  and  star-tracking  or 
of  electronics.  Yet  dead  reckoning 
is  inherently  no  more  or  less  accu- 
rate than  they  are.  If  there  are 
available  sophisticated  techniques 
for  keeping  track  of  direction  and 
distance  traveled,  it  is  possible  by 
dead  reckoning  alone  to  establish  a 
position  with  great  precision.  In- 
ertial  navigation,  for  example,  is  a 
system  solely  of  dead  reckoning 
which  is  widely  used  as  a  primary 
method  of  navigation  on  everything 
from  submarines  to  missiles,  and  a 
lot  of  ships  and  aircraft  in  between. 
True,  with  less  sophisticated  tecli- 
nology  the  accuracy  of  dead  reck- 
oning declines.  Yet  it  must  be  re- 
membered that  none  of  the  Western 
techniques  are  even  conceivable  in 
the  absence  of  a  complex  tech- 
nology. Celestial  navigation  had  to 
await  astronomy  and  the  engineer- 
ing marvel  which  is  a  chronometer, 
while  loran  and  other  still  more  so- 
phisticated techniques  were  born 
only  in  the  last  quarter-century  of 
our  electronic  age. 

Successful  navigation  from  one 
island  to  another  under  a  system  of 
dead  reckoning  falls  into  three 
phases  or  sets  of  tasks.  First,  one 
must  set  out  in  a  direction  such 
that,  knowing  the  conditions  to  be 
expected  en  route,  one  will  arrive  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  island  of  destina- 
tion. Second,  while  on  the  way  to 
this  island  the  canoe  must  be  held 
steady  on  its  course  and  a  ruiming 
estimate  maintained  of  its  current 
position.  Finally,  when  the  craft  is 

0  bu  the  President  anil  Frllmrs  nf  lliirvaril  Cnlh-iic 

59 


near  its  goal  there  should  be  avail- 
able techniques  for  locating  the  des- 
tination island  and  heading  toward 
it.  If  the  system  is  to  work,  it  is 
necessary  that  the  amount  of  abso- 
lute error  introduced  during  the 
first  tivo  phases,  that  is.  in  the  in- 
itial heading  and  the  en  route 
course,  be  less  than  the  maximum 
range  at  which  it  is  possible  to  lo- 
cate and  home  in  on  the  final  is- 
land. In  other  words,  when  you  are 
heading  for  an  island  you  must  be 
able  to  come  close  enough  to  it  to 
find  it. 

Central  to  Puluwat  navigation  is 
familiarity  with  the  positions  where 
the  stars  rise  and  set.  The  stars,  as 
we  all  know,  rise  in  the  east  and  set 
in  the  west,  as  do  the  sun  and  the 
moon.  Away  from  the  equator,  as 
in  the  United  States  and  Europe, 
they  rise  above  the  horizon  at  an 
angle  and  describe  a  sloping  arc 
through  the  sky.  an  effect  produced 
by  being  located  toward  the  "top" 
of  the  spinning  globe.  Near  the 
equator,  however,  the  stars  appear 
to  rise  and  set  vertically,  except 
those  in  the  extreme  northern  and 
southern  sky.  This  means  that  even 
though  a  star  is  sighted  some  dis- 
tance above  the  horizon,  it  is  never- 
theless almost  directly  over  the  spot 
where  it  has  risen  or  where  it  will 
set.  It  is  this  quality  of  vertical 
movement  in  equatorial  stars  which 
has  been  observed  and  used  by  Ca- 
rolinian navigators.  They  have  se- 
lected various  stars  both  for  their 
prominence  and  because  the  places 
of  their  rising  and  setting  are 
spaced  around  the  horizon.  In  this 
way,  the  sky  on  a  clear  night  be- 
comes a  vast  compass,  the  various 
headings  picked  out  by  familiar 
stars  as  they  move  up  and  down 
near  the  horizon.  Yet  the  particular 
star  which  is  named  and  stands  for 
a  given  bearing  is  visible  in  a  set- 
ting or  rising  position  only  part  of 
the  time.  At  some  seasons  it  does 
not  appear  at  all.  Even  when  it  is 
visible  it  spends  part  of  the  night  so 
high  in  the  sky  that  it  is  not  pos- 
sible to  obtain  a  bearing  by  looking 
at  it.  For  these  reasons  other  stars 
are  noted  and  remembered  which 
are  at  the  same  celestial  latitude — 
"travel  the  same  road" — and  can 
therefore  substitute  for  the  named 


navigation  star  when  it  is  unavail- 
able. 

Thirty-two  directions  or  bearings 
are  defined  by  the  navigation  stars, 
which  happen  also  to  be  the  num- 
ber of  points  on  a  traditional  mari- 
ner's compass.  The  thirty-two  stars 
in  the  Puluwat  navigation  system 
are.  however,  historically  much 
older  than  the  advent  of  the  West- 
ern compass  in  this  area,  and  are 
therefore  not  derived  from  it.  Al- 
though the  stars  are  spaced  around 
the  horizon  they  are  not  exactly  the 
same  distance  apart,  and  therefore 
do  not  quite  coincide  with  the 
points  of  the  mariner's  compass. 


X^_^^n  Puluwat  the  cardinal  di- 
rection is  east,  under  the  rising  of  Al- 
tair.  the  "Big  Bird."  However,  the 
star  compass  system  can  most  read- 
ily be  described  to  a  Westerner  by 
beginning  with  the  North  Star,  Po- 
laris, "the  star  which  never  moves." 
The  North  Star  is  low  at  the  lati- 
tude of  the  Carolines,  roughly  7  de- 
grees north,  and  frequently  ob- 
scured by  cumulus  clouds  which 
often  ring  the  tropical  horizon  even 
at  night.  Nevertheless,  it  is  highly 
valued  because  it  is  always  there 
and,  being  close  to  the  horizon,  can 
provide  a  good  bearing  when 
sighted.  Near  the  North  Star,  and 
thus  rising  a  little  to  the  east  of  it, 
is  the  Little  Dipper.  Being  so  far  to 
the  north,  the  Little  Dipper  swings 
in  a  fairly  tight  circle  about  the 
North  Star  and  does  not  stay 
directly  over  its  point  of  rising  for 
as  long  as  the  other  stars  do.  It  has 
the  further  disadvantage  of  being  a 
constellation  of  several  stars,  al- 
though its  brightest  star,  Kochab, 
catches  the  eye  and  provides  the 
most  obvious  bearing.  Just  as  the 
Little  Dipper  rises  a  little  to  the 
east  of  the  North  Star,  so  it  sets  to 
the  west  by  an  equal  amount. 
Therefore,  like  most  other  naviga- 
tion stars  for  constellations),  it 
defines  two  points  or  bearings  on 
the  circle  of  the  horizon,  its  posi- 
tions of  rising  and  setting  being 
equal  amounts  to  the  east  or  west. 


Next  around  the  circle  of  the  sky 
both  east  and  west  (rising  and  set- 
ting) come  two  large  constellations, 
the  Big  Dipper  and  then  Cassiopeia. 
Although  the  Puluwat  navigator 
does  not  include  in  these  con- 
stellations precisely  the  same  stars 
which  we  do,  each  still  covers  a 
great  deal  of  the  sky.  If  they  were 
swung  toward  each  other  around 
the  pole  without  changing  their  lati- 
tude to  north  or  south  they  would 
overlap.  How,  then,  with  their  great 
extent  and  their  overlap  can  they 
provide  the  navigator  with  clearly 
defined  bearings  distinct  from  each 
other?  The  answer  appears  to  be 
that  they  do  not.  In  the  south  the 
situation  is  little  better.  Due  south 
is  located  by  the  Southern  Cross  in 
its  upright  position.  When  in  this 
position  the  Southern  Cross  is  a 
little  too  high  in  the  sky  for  a  really 
good  bearing,  but  otherwise  it  is 
satisfactory:  it  is  actually  very  close 
to  true  south  and  is  a  neatly  sym- 
metrical cross  whose  center  is 
unambiguous.  But  the  next  position 
to  one  side,  corresponding  to  the 
Little  Dipper  in  the  north,  is  the 
same  Southern  Cross  leaning  over 
at  approximately  45  degrees,  and 
next  to  that  is  the  Southern  Cross 
yet  again,  lying  on  its  side  as  it 
rises  and  sets.  The  disadvantages  of 
this  arrangement  are  obvious.  I 
was  puzzled  through  most  of  my 
stay  on  Puluwat  by  this,  which 
seemed  to  me  sloppy  and  vague  in  a 
system  otherwise  so  precise.  How- 
ever, the  more  I  pressed  for  the 
same  consistency  and  rigor  in  the 
northern  and  southern  extremes  of 
the  star  compass  as  obtains  in  the 
remainder,  the  more  the  people  I 
asked  became  confused,  and  so  did 
I.  It  was  not  until  I  took  my  in- 
structional voyage  to  Pulusuk  and 
back  with  Hipour.  a  Puluwat  nav- 
igator, that  I  realized  the  dilemma 
was  created  by  a  different  set  of  ex- 
pectations of  the  system  on  my  part 
and  on  theirs.  I  took  it  for  granted 
that  a  star  "compass"  that  formed 
the  heart  of  a  demonstrably  accu- 
rate system  of  navigation  must  it- 
self necessarily  be  accurate — in  all 
its  parts.  In  actuality,  however,  the 
Puluwat  navigator  requires  of  his 
star  compass  only  two  qualities. 
First,  it  must  be  systematic  enough 


60 


Backsight  ranges  for 
estimating  course  for 
departure  to  Pikelot 


Tip  of 
island 


PULUWAT  ATOLL 


Backsight  range - 
for  heading  to 
Pulusuk  with 
correction  for 

westerly  current 


Landmarks  used 

to  set  courses  from  Puluwat 


Backsight  range 
for  heading  to 
Pulusuk  with 
correction  for 
easterly  current 


■Backsight  range  for 
trU^  course  to  Pulusuk 


that  it  can  be  explained  and  taught. 
The  named  star  positions  ranged 
around  the  horizon  serve  this  pur- 
pose. Second,  it  must  be  sufficiently 
accurate  to  guide  him  to  any  desti- 
nation he  needs  to  reach,  but  gains 
nothing  from  being  more  accurate 
than  is  necessary.  It  is  the  latter 
that  I  was  slow  to  recognize. 

The  return  trip  from  Pulusuk  to 
Puluwat  was  intentionally  made 
largely  at  night.  The  course  was 
nominally  just  west  of  north — to- 
ward the  setting  of  the  Little  Dip- 
per— but  in  order  to  make  good 
this  course  against  a  westward  cur- 
rent and  a  generallv  northeasterly 
wind  we  held  a  heading  as  close  to 
north  as  possible  during  much  of 
the  journey.  Small  cumulus  clouds 
were  scattered  across  the  sky  but. 
except  when  distance  made  them 
appear  to  bank  up  at  the  horizon, 
they  did  not  interfere  with  periodic 
star  sightings  until  the  ^veather 
turned  bad  near  the  end  of  the  trip. 
The  Little  Dipper  was  up,  but  was 
rising  during  the  early  hours  of  the 
night  Avhen  we  ivere  watching  the 
stars.  Thus  it  was  on  the  wrong  side 
of  the  North  Star  for  our  purooses. 
The  North  Star  was  up  as  ah\^ays. 
but  the  clouds  and  some  haziness 
made  both  it  and  the  Little  Dipper 
hard  to  keep  in  sight.  The  Bis  Dip- 
per, however,  was  high  and  spar- 
kling bright. 

As  we  sailed  along  through  the 
beautiful  night,  the  wind  just  right, 
the  sea  not  too  rough  and  glisten- 
ing with  splashes  of  phosphores- 
cence. I  was  -ivatching  the  stars  and 
asking  questions.  Occasionally  the 
North  Star  would  shine  through  the 
clouds  slightly  to  the  right  of  the 
heading  of  the  canoe.  Even  when 
the  North  Star  was  obscured,  the 
Big  Dipper  was  there  above  the 
clouds,  at  least  part  of  it  in  sight  all 
the  time.  The  two  "pointer"  stars  of 
the  Dipper  showed  where  the  North 
Star  was  hidden.  I  soon  became 
used  to  how  the  Dipper  lay  and  un- 
thinkingly shifted  my  attention 
from  the  North  Star's  projected  po- 
sition to  just  the  Dipper  alone  in 
gauging  when  we  were  on  course  or 
off.  Then  I  realized  that  in  this 
northern  part  of  the  sky.  where  all 
the  significant  stars  are  more  or 
less  bunched  together,  it  is  not  nec- 


essary to  have  a  discrete  point  on 
which  to  set  a  course.  Instead,  to 
borrow  an  expressive  image  from 
the  Mississippi  River  pilots  of 
Mark  Twain's  day,  you  steer  by  the 
shape  of  the  sky.  You  are  sailing 
into  a  part  of  the  heavens,  not  to- 
ward a  dot  of  light.  This  must  be 
even  more  true  on  a  southerly  head- 
ing, because  much  of  the  time  the 
extreme  southern  sky  holds  only 
one  bundle  of  significant  stars,  the 
Southern  Cross.  In  both  cases  the 
configuration  of  the  stars  is  suf- 
ficiently distinctive  that  one  can 
estimate  a  course  with  considerable 
ease  and  accuracy.  This  procedure 
would  not  be  sufficiently  precise  for 
a  long  voyage,  but  in  the  Central 
Carolines  almost  all  north-south 
trips  are  conveniently  short. 

Moving  south  from  Cassiopeia 
through  a  fairly  ^vide  arc  of  the  sky 
devoid  of  na\dgation  stars,  we  come 
to  the  first  of  a  succession  of  indi- 
vidual stars  or  small  constellations 
which  occupy  positions  fairly  close 


together  in  the  eastern  sky  at  their 
rising  and.  correspondingly,  in  the 
western  sky  at  their  setting.  There 
are  nine  closely  grouped  star  posi- 
tions, beginning  with  Vega  on  the 
north  and  ending  with  Antares  on 
the  south.  When  these  nine  rising 
positions  are  combined  with  their 
setting  counterparts  on  the  west, 
they  embrace  in  the  intervals  be- 
tween them  sixteen,  or  half,  of  the 
thirty-two  intervals  into  which  the 
entire  star  compass  is  divided.  The 
arc,  however,  betvveen  these  same 
stars  is  only  about  66  degrees  on 
either  side,  adding  up  to  little  more 
than  one-third  of  the  whole  360-de- 
gree  circle  of  the  sky.  This  bunch- 
ing together  of  star  positions  to 
east  and  west,  as  well  as  the  pre- 
cision possible  with  single  bright 
stars  or  such  compact  constellations 
as  the  Pleiades,  reflects  the  greater 
demands  for  accuracy  which  are 
placed  on  the  navigation  system  as 
a  whole  by  longer  east— west  pas- 
sages. 


'^U, 


A^ef^ 


/m.P^'' 


j:_ 


62 


In  the  middle  of  this  arc.  rising 
due  east,  is  Altair,  the  ''Big  Bird." 
Just  to  the  north  and  south  of  Al- 
tair— in  the  same  constellation 
which  we  in  the  West  also  call  a  hig 
bird,  the  Eagle — are  its  wings, 
Gamma  and  Beta  Aquilae.  Altair  is 
where  the  count  of  stars  on  Puluu  at 
begins,  the  greatest  navigation  star 
of  all.  Although  it  actually  rises  and 
sets  7  degrees  north  of  the  ecjua- 
tor,  because  Puluwat  is  7  degrees 
north,  Altair  always  bears  true  east 
and  west.  Not  only  that  but  it  has  two 
bright  companion  stars,  Procyon  and 
Bellatrix.  on  alinost  exactly  the  same 
latitude  but  around  on  the  other  side 
of  the  heavens,  so  that  when  one  is 
down  another  is  up.  Between  the 
three  of  them,  they  can  provide  a 
rising  or  setting  bearing  at  almost 
any  season  or  time  of  night.  Altair 
is  the  star  for  Satawal  to  the  west 
and  Truk  to  the  east,  the  two  long- 
est passages  Puluwat  navigators 
regularly  make  without  intermedi- 
ate stops. 


Altair  is  not  the  only  navigation 
star  which  has  alternate  companion 
stars  around  the  sky  at  the  same 
latitude,  that  is,  rising  and  setting 
at  the  same  locations.  A  number  of 
other  stars  have  at  least  one  substi- 
tute, and  for  almost  any  position 
there  are  other  recognized  stars 
which  rise  and  set  close  enough  to 
the  right  or  left  of  the  position  of 
the  navigation  star  when  it  is  not 
itself  up  to  provide  at  least  an  ap- 
proximate bearing.  Furthermore,  it 
is  not  necessary  that  the  star  that  is 
going  to  be  used  lie  straight  ahead. 
A  sight  to  the  rear  will  serve  as  Avell 
because  the  navigator  is  concerned 
only  with  lining  up  the  heading  of 
the  narrow  hull  of  his  canoe  with 
the  star.  He  can  do  this  by  looking 
in  either  direction. 

The  foundation  of  any  sailing 
plan  is  the  star  position  which  pro- 
vides a  bearing  between  the  destina- 
tion island  and  the  island  from 
which  the  journey  begins.  Satawal 
is  due  west  of  Puluwat  so  the  star 
course  is  "under."  as  the  Puluwa- 
tans  express  it.  the  setting  of  Altair. 
Pikelot,  northeast  of  Satawal.  lies 
under  the  setting  of  Pleiades  from 
Puluwat.  One  can  go  on  around  the 
islands  which,  near  or  far.  encircle 
Puluwat.  calling  off  the  course  star 
for  each.  A  similar  round  of  star 
courses  to  other  islands  can  be  re- 
cited for  each  of  the  islands  in  the 
area,  and  every  navigator  knows 
them  all. 

Although  the  nominal  star  course 
between  any  pair  of  islands  usually 
reflects  the  true  bearing  between 
them,  this  true  course  in  some  cases 
is  virtually  never  used,  at  least  at 
the  start.  A  deviation  of  one  star 
position,  sometimes  even  two.  is  of- 
ten introduced  to  compensate  for. 
or  take  advantage  of.  characteristics 
of  the  seaway  between  the  two  is- 


Apprenticcs  use  circle  of 
pebbles  to  represent 
stars  in  a  stndy  session 
with  an  elderlv  navigator. 


lands.  Compensation  is  principally 
for  the  effect  of  currents.  The  run 
of  prevailing  currents  throughout 
the  seas  ranged  by  Puluwat  canoes 
is  known  to  navigators.  Com- 
pensation for  these  currents  is  an 
integral  part  of  the  package  of  in- 
structions which  comprise  the  sail- 
ing directions  between  island  pairs. 
The  initial  course  from  Puluwat  to 
Satawal  offers  a  good  example.  Sa- 
tawal lies  under  the  setting  of  Al- 
tair. However,  one  usually  starts 
out  one  star  position  to  the  south  of 
this  under  Beta  Aquilae  to  counter 
a  strong  current  which  sets  from 
the  southeast  in  this  area.  Yet  some- 
times even  this  is  not  enough. 

In  this  part  of  the  Pacific  Ocean 
there  is  great  variability  in  cur- 
rents. To  the  north,  the  North 
Equatorial  Current  runs  westward, 
while  to  the  south  the  Equatorial 
Countercurrent  goes  in  the  opposite 
direction.  The  Caroline  Islands  not 
only  lie  along  the  line  of  transition 
between  them,  but  here  too  a  large 
proportion  of  the  Countercurrent  is 
actually  generated  by  a  reversal  of 
the  North  Equatorial  Current.  Thus 
there  are  both  vast  eddies  and  ab- 
rupt changes  in  the  direction  of  the 
currents  whicli  occur  almost  from 
day  to  day.  Part  of  the  routine  for 
departure  on  a  trip,  therefore,  is  to 
gauge  the  direction  and  rate  of  the 
current  before  losing  sight  of  the 
fixed  positions  of  the  island  and  its 
surrounding  reefs. 

The  other  major  element  in  the 
sailing  directions  between  island 
pairs  are  the  seamarks  en.  route. 
The  most  common  seamarks  are 
reefs.  There  are  extensive  reefs 
throughout  the  Central  Carolines, 
although  they  become  rare  to  the 
south.  In  general  they  are  60  to  120 
feel  below  the  surface  at  their 
edges,  often  deeper  toward  the  cen- 
ter. They  range  from  the  great  com- 
plex of  the  Gray  Feather  and  Mo- 
gami  Banks,  which  together  extend 
more  than  a  thousand  square  miles 
under  the  ocean,  to  single  isolated 
heads  of  coral  which  cap  hidden 
pinnacles  risen  from  the  ocean 
floor.  Because  of  the  clarity  of  the 
tropical  water  and  its  subtle  shad- 
ings in  sun  and  shadow,  the  reefs, 
despite  their  depth,  can  readily  be 
detected  from  a  canoe.  This  is  true 


6,5 


even  when  the  wind  is  blowing  the 
surface  of  the  water  into  spume.  In 
addition  the  current  running  over  a 
reef  roils  the  water  and  steepens  the 
waves.  Thus  in  the  daytime  a  reef 
can  often  be  detected  a  mile  or  t»vo 
away  by  the  whitecaps  it  creates, 
ishile  at  night  it  imparts  a  special 
uneasiness  to  the  motion  of  a  sail- 
ing canoe.  The  suspicion  of  a  reef 
which  this  uneasiness  engenders 
can  readily  be  checked  by  a  sound- 
ing with  the  fishline  which  is  al- 
ways on  board. 


Interisland  and  paddling 
canoes  are  pulled  up 
along  the  shore;  two  canoe 
houses  nestle  in  the  trees. 


Once  over  a  reef  it  is  possible  to 
determine  one's  position.  Often  pass- 
ing over  a  reef  is  part  of  the  sail- 
ing plan  and  sighting  it  below 
verifies  that  the  canoe  is  on  course. 
At  other  times  the  canoe  might  be 
lost  or  uncertain  of  its  position. 
Then  it  is  necessary  to  sail  along 
the  edge  of  the  reef  until  its  bearing 
and  some  of  its  outline  can  be  es- 
tablished. In  the  middle  of  a  reef 
there  is  no  way  to  tell  one  from  an- 
other, but  every  reef  has  its  unique 
outline.  The  skilled  navigator 
knows  them  all.  Therefore,  even  if 
dai\Ti  breaks  and  finds  him  in  the 
center  of  a  big  bank  he  need  only 
sail  off  in  almost  any  direction  to 
find  its  edge.  Then  by  traveling 
along  it  for  a  way  he  can  determine 
which  reef  he  is  over  and  his  loca- 
tion along  its  perimeter. 

Thus  reefs  can  serve  not  only  as 
guideposts  along  the  seaway  to  an 
island  but  also  as  a  screen  to  arrest 
a  canoe  if  it  has  strayed  from  its 
course,  or  perhaps  even  gone  past 


its  destination.  If  a  navigator  who 
is  not  expecting  to  pass  over  a  reef 
sights  one  under  him,  he  stops  and 
casts  about  to  find  out  where  he  is. 
Even  more  is  this  true  if  he  should 
sight  an  island  other  than  the  one 
toward  which  he  is  heading.  For 
this  reason,  whenever  possible  a 
course  is  set  so  that  reefs,  or  better 
still  islands  which  can  be  seen  from 
afar,  lie  in  a  direct  line  beyond  the 
destination,  a  screen  to  catch  the 
canoe  if  it  should  miss  its  mark. 
This  is  far  safer  than  a  course  in 
which  there  is  only  open  ocean  be- 
yond and  illustrates  an  essential 
characteristic  of  Puluwat  naviga- 
tion: sailing  directions  are  always 
conservative,  incorporating  every 
precaution  the  seaway  can  offer. 

From  every  island  there  are  sea- 
ways radiating  in  all  directions. 
Each  has  its  unique  set  of  sailing 
directions  designed  not  merely  to 
set  a  proper  course  but  also  to  in- 
clude every  special  precaution  the 
arrangement    of    islands    and    reefs 


4 


■i*f  d 


jm    *»■• 


will  permit.  All  of  them  are  stored 
in  the  memory  of  the  navigator.  As 
his  canoe  moves  away  from  the  is- 
land, even  though  he  may  have 
given  no  thought  to  his  itinerary 
until  that  moment,  he  already 
knows  exactly  what  he  should  do 
and  the  course  he  should  set. 


u 


sually  this  departure  occurs 
in  broad  daylight.  Worse  still,  all 
preparations  for  a  trip  are  likely  to 
be  finished  about  noon,  the  most 
elusive  time  of  day  for  establishing 
a  course.  At  this  hour  there  are  not 
only  no  stars  but  even  the  sun  is 
near  its  zenith  and  useless  for  deter- 
mining direction.  However,  the  is- 
land which  the  canoe  is  leaving  usu- 
ally can  provide  enough  information 


for  at  least  a  preliminary  heading. 
As  the  canoe  sails  away  the  navi- 
gator looks  back.  He  has  learned 
how  the  island  should  look  from  a 
canoe  as  it  heads  toward  each  of 
the  various  islands  to  w  hich  he  might 
journey.  For  shorter  trips  the  gen- 
eral configuration  of  the  island  pro- 
vides sufficient  orientation  to  set  a 
course.  However,  for  more  precision 
there  are  usually  two  points  visible 
from  the  sea  which  are  directly  in 
line  with  each  possible  island  of  des- 
tination and  thus  provide  ranges  to 
sight  along.  Puluwat  is  especially 
handy  for  this  purpose  because  the 
complex  of  closely  spaced  little  is- 
lands which  forms  the  atoll  offers  a 
multitude  of  distinguishable  land- 
marks to  be  lined  up  one  behind 
another.  By  sailing  so  that  they  re- 
main in  line  the  navigator  who 
knows  his  backsight  ranges  can 
keep  his  canoe  steadily  on  course 
for  its  destination  until  the  island 
drops  out  of  sight. 

A  heading  can  also  be  established 


in  some  directions  by  passing  over 
designated  portions  of  reefs  near 
the  island  of  departure.  The  reefs 
around  Puluwat  offer  little  ori- 
entation, partly  because  the  princi- 
pal reef,  Uranie  Bank,  stretches  off 
to  the  southeast,  a  direction  in 
which  no  islands  lie.  Its  northern 
edge,  however,  runs  due  east  from 
Puluwat  and  sailing  along  here  a 
canoe  can  line  up  exactly  on  course 
for  the  main  pass  into  Truk.  As  a 
consequence,  no  land-based  back- 
sight is  necessary  for  Truk  when 
departing  from  Puluwat. 

Backsight  ranges  and  orientation 
courses  over  reefs  serve  two  pur- 
poses. One  is  to  establish  the  force 
and  direction  of  any  current  which 
may  be  running.  Once  away  from 
the  fixed  reference  of  land  or  reefs 
there  is  no  way  to  estimate  the  cur- 
rent, or  even  to  know  whether  one 
is  running  at  all. 

The  other  is  to  set  a  course  when 
neither  sun  nor  stars  are  available 
at   the   time   of   departure.   Such    a 


s\ 


1 

J 

j 

H^^^^Br^^P^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 

Before  changing  course, 
crewmen  move  the  sail 
from  one  end  of  the 
canoe  to  the  other. 


course  once  set  can  be  maintained 
by  use  of  a  compass  and  by  observa- 
tion of  the  waves  until  either  sun  or 
stars  come  into  view  close  enough 
to  the  horizon  to  define  a  more  ac- 
curate heading.  In  the  past  only  the 
waves  could  be  used  for  this  pur- 
pose. Now  the  waves  are  still  ob- 
served as  a  check  and  an  alternative 
to  the  compass.  The  six  to  eigh' 
miles  through  which  the  backsight 
landmarks  can  be  seen  and  utilized 
are  barely  enough  to  average  out 
the  compass  readings,  to  emerge 
into  an  area  of  clear  ocean  waves 
free  of  interference  from  the  island, 
and  to  verify  that  the  course  being 
held  with  compass  and  waves  is  a 
true  course.  Once  this  has  been 
done  tlie  task  of  the  navigator 
moves  into  its  second  and  longest 
phase,  that  of  maintaining  a  course 
and  knowledge  of  his  current  posi- 
tion until  he. is  close  enough  to  his 
destination  to  home  in  on  it. 
Throughout  the  trip  both  the  com- 
pass and  waves  remain  available 
to  provide  a  heading  whenever  the 
sun  or  stars  cannot  be  used  for  this 
purpose. 

The  navigator  alone  watches  the 
compnss.  This  is  obviously  appro- 
priate when  the  canoe  is  on  a  reach 
and  the  navigator  is  the  one  who  is 
steering  by  trimming  the  sail  with 
the  sheet  he  holds  in  his  hands. 
However,   even   when    the   canoe  is 


Hipour  tends  the  sail 
from  the  navigator's 
platform,  where  he  will 
sit  for  most  of  the  voyage. 


running  before  the  wind  or  is  on  a 
broad  reach  and  steering  is  being 
done  with  the  paddle  by  a  man  aft. 
it  is  still  the  navigator  who  watches 
the  compass.  The  steersman  is  ex- 
pected to  observe  the  waves  or  keep 
an  eye  on  a  distant  cloud.  At  inter- 
vals the  navigator  looks  at  the  com- 
pass. If  the  heading  is  off  he  calls 
back  to  the  steersman.  ''Come 
around  this  way,  a  little  more,  a 
little  more  .  .   .there!" 

Thus  the  waves  are  still  used 
even  though,  with  a  compass 
aboard,  they  need  not  be  observed 
as  assiduously  or  relied  upon  as 
fully  as  in  the  past.  However,  there 
are  occasions  at  night  when  the  sky 
is  overcast  and  there  is  no  light  for 
the  compass — no  flashlight,  no 
matches,  no  coals  from  a  fire — and 
at  such  times  the  waves  must  be 
used  exclusively  to  hold  the  course 
true.  Despite  its  reduction  to  second- 
ary status,  the  art  of  sensing  direc- 
tion by  waves  is  thus  by  no  means 
obsolete. 


T 

■  hree  wave  systems  are  recog- 
nized and  used  by  Puluwat  naviga- 
tors in  maintaining  a  course  at  sea. 
I  have  observed  two  of  them,  but 
the  third  kind  of  wave,  which  is 
weakest,  was  not  running  at  any 
time  I  was  out  on  a  canoe.  Coming 
from  due  east  is  the  Big  Wave  (lit- 
erally the  "big,  big  wave"),  rela- 
tively steep  and  short  and  quite  dis- 
tinctive once  you  have  learned  to 
recognize  it.  All  manner  of  waves 
cross  and  impinge  one  upon  an- 
other at  various  angles  even  far 
from  land.  Two  or  three  crests  go 
by.  then  another  set  intrudes  from 
elsewhere.  Yet  the  Big  Wave  has  in 
a  fashion  difficult  to  describe  more 
character.  Perhaps  the  unbroken 
crest  of  the  wave  extends  farther 
from  side  to  side  than  do  the  lesser 
waves,  or  there  are  a  few  more 
crests  which  pass  in  review  before  a 
different  set  intrudes.  These  impres- 
sions are  visual  and  untutored,  and 
therefore  inadequate.  Puluwalans 
steer  bv  the  feel  of  waxes  under  the 


canoe,  not  visually,  so  what  I  am 
able  to  report  at  first  hand  is  sev- 
eral steps  removed  from  the  actual 
sensory  inputs  which  guide  the  nav- 
igator on  his  way.  My  observa- 
tions can  thus  testify  only  that  the 
Big  Wave  is  distinguishable,  does 
come  regularly  from  the  east,  and  is 
therefore  real,  something  which  1 
found  difficult  to  credit  before  I 
had  been  out  on  a  canoe  and  seen  it 
for  myself. 

The  North  Wave  is  the  second  of 
the  major  waves  and  actually  comes 
in  more  from  the  northeast.  Gener- 
ally it  runs  a  little  east  even  of  that, 
typically  coming  under  Vega,  one 
point  east  of  northeast  when  the 
magnetic  and  star  compasses  are  rec- 
onciled. It  is  a  long  swelling  wave 
and  would  be  called  in  English  ver- 
nacular a  ground  swell.  Other  steep- 
er waves  crisscross  its  surface  as  it 
moves  majestically  past,  sometimes 
on  a  calm  day  seeming  to  heave  the 
entire  surface  of  the  ocean  up  on  its 
broad  crest. 

The  third,  or  South  Wave,  coines 
from  a  position  correspondingly  a 
little  east  of  southeast,  under  An- 
tares.  It  is  much  weaker  and  less 
regular  in  occurrence.  I  cannot  de- 
scribe it  further  because  I  have  not 
seen  it. 

Because  the  Big  Wave  has  a  more 
pronounced  character  and  passes 
with  greater  frequency  it  is  pre- 
ferred to  the  North  Wave.  Either  is 
more  useful  than  the  unreliable 
and  often  weak  South  Wave.  How- 
ever, the  choice  of  a  wave  depends 
not  only  on  which  one  is  running 
strongly  but  also  on  the  course  to 
be  held.  In  general  it  is  easiest  to 
steer  by  waves  which  are  either  at 
right  angles  or  parallel  to  the  travel 
of  the  canoe.  Waves  met  diagonally 
can  be  confusing.  Let  us  say  a  ca- 
noe is  sailing  fairly  straight  into 
ihc  waves.  A  wave  crest  comes 
along  and  lifts  its  front,  then  passes 
amidships.  The  canoe  begins  to 
pilch  forward  as  the  supporting  wa- 
ter falls  away  from  its  front  end.  Il 
is  ])ossible  to  sense  {[uile  accurately 
when  the  wave  crest  passes  under 
the  center  of  the  canoe.  Meanwhile 
the  outrigger  float  is  also  riding 
over  the  same  wave.  It  too  rises  and 
falls.  If  the  canoe  is  headed  exactl>- 
perpendicular  to  the  wave  the  float 

67 


will  pass  the  crest  at  the  same  in- 
stant as  the  hull  and  there  will  be 
no  sideways  motion  at  all.  If,  how- 
ever, the  canoe  is  turned  at  even  a 
slight  angle  to  the  wave,  the   float 
will  pass  the  crest  a  trifle  before  or 
after   the   center   of   the   hull.   This 
will     impart     a     discernible,     even 
though  tiny,  roll  to  one  side  or  the 
other.  This  roll  need  only  be  sensed 
for  two  or  three  waves  in  a  row  in 
order  to  define  the  bearing  of  the 
canoe  in  the  wave  system  with  con- 
siderable precision.  As  long  there- 
after as  the  roll  remains  the  same, 
going  over  each  wave  in  succession, 
it  is  certain  that  the  canoe  is  hold- 
ing its  course.   Correspondingly,   a 
change  in  the  amount  and  timing  of 
this  little  roll  can  be  translated  into 
a  precise  amount  of  course  change. 
The  principle  is  essentially  sim- 
ilar when  steering  by  waves  which 
are  coming  from  the  side  of  the  ca- 
noe. It  is  possible  from  the  relative 
motion   of  hull   and   outrigger  float 
to  tell  the  precise  moment  when  the 
hull  is  on  top  of  a  wave  crest.  If  it 
is  exactly  parallel  to  the  crest  it  will 
slide  over  without  any  pitching  for- 
ward  or   aft.   However,   if  it  is   at 
even  a  slight  angle  to  the  wave,  the 
front  or  the  back,  as  the  case  may 
be,  will  find  itself  out  of  the  water 
and   unsupported   before   the   other 
end.   It  will   drop   a   trifle,  looking 
for  water  to  buoy  it  up.  Once  again, 
then,  there  will  be  a  characteristic 
movement,  in  this  case  a  pitch  for- 
ward or  aft  rather  than  a  roll  side- 
ways, which  will  show  not  only  that 
the  canoe  is  not  quite  parallel  to  the 
waves   but   also    in   what   direction 
and  how  far  it  is  out  of  alignment. 
To   steer   on  this  heading  requires 
only  that  the  amount  of  and  direc- 
tion of  pitch  be  kept  constant  from 
wave  to  ^\"ave.  Needless  to  say,  sim- 
ilar motions,  slightly  less  clear  be- 
cause of  pressure  from  the  sides  of 
the  waves,  occur  in  the  troughs. 

The  range  at  which  it  is  possible 
to  home  in  on  an  island  of  destina- 
tion determines  the  amount  of  error 
allowable  in  any  navigation  system. 
Navigation  en  route  must  be  able  to 
get  the  canoe  close  enough  to  its 
destination  so  that  the  navigator 
can  find  it  with  the  techniques  at 
his  disposal.  For  the  Puluwat  navi- 
gator   one    technique    for    homing 


on  an  island  which  is  out  of  sight  is 
so  heavily  relied  upon  that  it  over- 
shadows all  others.  This  is  observa- 
tion of  the  flight  of  seabirds.  True, 
there  are  others.  Reefs  can  guide  a 
navigator  toward  some  islands.  Tell- 
tale disturbances  are  occasionally 
noticeable  in  the  waves.  If  freshly 
broken  branches  are  found  drifting 
they  suggest  that  an  island  is  near: 
this  is  especially  likely  after  a 
storm,  and  storms  are  times  when 
canoes  can  get  lost.  These  signs  are 
rarely  used,  however,  because  the 
seabirds  locally  available  for  obser- 
vation provide  such  efiicient  hom- 
ing that  navigators  do  not  need 
anything  else. 


F 

■      ou 


our  principal  species  of  sea- 
birds — noddies,  white  terns,  sooty 
terns,  and  one  species  of  booby  I 
could  not  identify — are  relied  upon 
for  homing  on  an  island  which  is 
out  of  sight.  All  share  the  essential 
qualities  of  sleeping  on  land  at 
night  and  flying  fairly  directly  to- 
ward this  land  at  dusk  and  away 
from  it  at  dawn.  In  addition,  none 
range  much  more  than  twenty  or 
twenty-five  miles  away  from  land  as 
they  wander  over  the  sea  during  the 
day. 

The  homing  range  of  seabirds 
can  also  be  viewed  in  a  somewhat 
different  way.  It  has  been  referred 
to  in  terms  of  single  islands.  If  in- 
stead one  visualizes  a  twenty-mile 
radius  of  safety  surrounding  each 
of  the  islands  in  the  Puluwat  area, 
the  resultant  overlapping  circles, 
each  forty  miles  in  diameter,  will 
be  seen  often  to  stretch  across  the 
sea  in  long  chains  or  screens  able  to 
intercept  a  canoe  crossing  them  at 
any  point.  One  such  screen  extends 
north  and  south  with  only  one  short 
gap,  from  Magur  at  the  northern 
end  of  the  Namonuito  Atoll  over 
one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  south 
to  Pulusuk.  The  gap  results  from 
the  sixty-mile  span  of  open  ocean 
between  Ulul  and  Pulap.  This 
leaves  an  area  perhaps  twenty  miles 
across  without  homing  birds.  How- 


ever, a  canoe  sailing  west  through 
this  area  would  almost  certainly 
pass  soon  after  over  Gray  Feather 
Bank  and  thus  locate  itself,  so  the 
hiatus  is  even  less  serious  than  it 
might  appear. 

A   far   longer   screen   emerges  if 
the  islands  of  this  area  are  viewed 
as    they    would    appear    from    the 
north.  This  view  is  of  some  histori- 
cal interest  because  it  is  the  view 
from  Saipan.  Seen  from  the  north 
there    is    a    continuous    screen    of 
overlapping  bird   ranges   extending 
for  three  hundred  miles  from  Gafe- 
rut  on  the  west  to  Pisaras  on  the 
east.    If    one    will    concede    to    the 
longer-ranging     boobies     of     East 
Fayu   a   capability   almost   to   close 
the  sixty-mile  gap  east  of  Pisaras, 
the   screen    can   be   extended   more 
than  a  hundred  miles  farther  east  to 
Murilo    in    the    Halls.    This    screen 
was  used  deliberately  on  the  return 
from  Saipan  in  the  past  when  that 
voyage  of  over  five  hundred  miles 
was  occasionally  made.  Going  north 
the  canoe  would  make  a  final  provi- 
sioning stop  at  Pikelot  or  occasion- 
ally Gaferut.   Then  it  took  off  for 
the  grueling  ordeal  of  at  least  ten, 
usually  more,  hungry,  thirsty  days 
under  the  sun.  The  navigator  sailed 
north  until  he  was  at  about  the  lati- 
tude of  Saipan.  and  then  if  he  did 
not  sight  that  island  he  turned  west. 
Since  Saipan  is  in  the  middle  of  a 
chain     of    high     volcanic     islands, 
many  of  them    (including   Saipan) 
quite   large,   he   was   bound   to   hit 
something.    However,    returning    to 
the  Central  Carolines  some  months 
later  there  were  no  large  islands  to 
be    sighted.    Instead    the    navigator 
just    headed    south    into    the    long 
screen  of  islands,  reefs,  and  birds. 
He  always  found  something — or  if 
he    did    not.    presumably   he    never 
told  anyone  about  it! 


The  start  of  another 

voyage — creAvmen  raise  the 

sail  as  the  canoe  moves 

out  into  the  lagoon. 


W'S, 


Captain  Eco 


BOOKS  in  review 


Eco-GeminhTwolorilieTeacli-ln 


DyLuiherP.Geriacn 

EcoTACTics:  The  Sierra  Club  Hand- 
book FOR  Environment  Actimsts, 
edited  by  John  G.  Mitchell.  Pocket 
Books,  Inc.,  $.95;  288  pp.  The  Envi- 
ronmental Handbook,  edited  by 
Garrett  De  Bell.  Ballantine  Books, 
S.95;  360  pp. 

Ecology  is  where  the  action  is — 
some  action,  anyway,  and  much 
talk.  Citizens'  groups,  scholars,  gov- 
ernment officials,  national  leaders, 
and,  yes.  even  industrialists  expound 
on  the  pressing  dangers  of  environ- 
mental destruction.  The  media  ampli- 
fy and  contribute  to  this  alert.  The 
president  of  the  United  States  has  en- 
dorsed the  fight  for  a  better  biophys- 
ical environment,  and  as  yet  the  vice- 
president  has  not  publicly  awarded 
environmentalists  one  of  his  witty  la- 
bels of  derogation  and  exclusion  from 
the  ranks  of  Middle  America.  Indeed, 
it  almost  looks  as  if  this  environmen- 
tal movement  is  not  an  insurgent 
thrust  at  all.  but  rather  an  expression 
of  the  national  will  and  spirit. 

Everywhere  people  say  that  envi- 
ronmental concern  will  unite  and  save 
the  country.  For  some  the  path  to 
such  salvation  is  clear:  alert  the  pub- 
lic to  the  growing  ecological  crisis, 
then  add  money  and  technology,  and 
Zap! — pollution  is  dead  or  at  least 
pacified.  In  any  event.  Middle  Amer- 
ica is  relieved  to  see  its  youth  engage 
in  the  rites  of  ecology  this  spring 
instead  of  protesting  Vietnam  or 
promulgating  revolution.  Apparently 
mainstream  Americans  have  not  yet 
perceived  that  ecology,  taken  and  ap- 
plied seriously,  is  revolution,  that  it 
demands  radical  change:  that  ecology 
is  "the  subversive  science"  (as  Siiep- 
ard  and  McKinley  label  it  in  a  book 
(if  the  same  name.  Houghton  Mifflin, 
1969). 

The  ecology  movement  celebrated 
its  first  large-scale  revival — or  should 
we  say  "arrival" — this  spring,  the 
third  week  of  April.  1970.  At  least  two 
books  were  prepared  for  the  occasion, 
presumably  to  contribute  to  the 
"talk"  about  environment  and  to  sug- 
gest modes  of  action.  These  books  are 


The  Environmental  Handbook,  a 
Friends  of  the  Earth  book  edited  by 
Garrett  De  Bell  (henceforth  abbre- 
viated Handbook) ,  and  Ecotactics,  a 
Sierra  Club  book. 

Many  essays  and  comments  in 
Handbook  and  Ecotactics  spell  out  the 
revolutionary  implications  of  the 
ecology  movement,  though  perhaps 
not  always  with  especial  efficiency, 
tightness,  or  precision.  But  the  mes- 
sage is  there. 

Of  course,  the  message  has  been 
around  for  some  time.  For  example, 
the  radical  left  has  for  more  than  two 
years  called  for  a  radical  restructur- 
ing of  society  to  save  the  environ- 
ment, arguing  that  destruction  is  a 
natural  by-product  of  our  present 
way  of  life,  which  must  be  remade  if 
we  are  to  have  a  living  environment. 
Writers  with  this  viewpoint,  such  as 
Keith  Lampe  of  Earth  Read-Out,  con- 
tribute essays  and  statements  for  the 
Handbook  and  Ecotactics.  It  might  be 
added  that  the  Black  Muslim  press 
(in  Muhammed  Speaks)  has  also 
voiced  similar  sentiments,  although  as 
far  as  I  can  ascertain  these  contribu- 
tions have  not  been  included  in  the 
Handbook. 

Side  by  side  with  radical  state- 
ments that  zero  in  on  the  need  for 
revolutionary  change,  both  books  also 
include  leports  about  the  state  of  the 
movement  and  the  characteristics  of 
some  of  its  outstanding  or  typical 
participants.  For  example,  in  an  ar- 
ticle in  Ecotactics  entitled  "The  Age 
of  Ecology."  Peter  Janssen.  the  edu- 
cation editor  of  Neicsweek,  describes 
some  of  the  types  of  groups  and  indi- 
viduals in  tile  movement.  He  does  not 
tell  us  how  long  this  age  will  last.  i)ut 
implies  that  the  ecological  revolution 
is  here  to  stay  becau.se  without  such 
revolution  man  cannot  survive.  He 
lurtiier  claims  that  "the  ranks  of  the 
eco-activists  cut  across  old  traditional 
social  and  i)olitical  lines,  bringing  to- 
gether such  strange  barricade-fellows 
as  short-haired  athletes  and  long- 
maned  hippies,  the  reactionary  right 
and  tiie  revolutionar)'  left."  Such  a 
coalition,  he  explains,  occurs  because 


these  diverse  individuals  realize  they 
share  a  common  and  deadly  enemy, 
pollution.  In  short.  Janssen  implies 
that  this  movement  can  generate  a 
rather  broad-based  unity.  But  he  goes 
on  to  give  some  examples  of  nonagree- 
ment  between  student  environmental 
groups  and  members  of  the  general 
public.  For  instance.  University  of 
Arizona  students  protesting  pollution 
from  local  copper  mines  found  that 
"their  issue  was  not  overwhelmingly 
popular"  because  so  many  Arizonans 
"depend  on  the  copper  industry." 
Janssen  seems  to  explain  this  schism 
on  the  "trouble  .  .  .  some  activists 
have  ...  in  establishing  any  valid 
line  of  communication  within  the 
community."  A  cynic  might  say  that 
Janssen  is  wrong — the  students  have 
succeeded  only  too  well  in  commu- 
nicating to  the  community  and 
therein  lies  the  trouble.  They  simply 
have  not  persuaded  the  community 
because  of  a  very  pragmatic  conflict 
of  interest.  It  certainly  is  not  all  that 
obvious  to  people  that  pollution  is  as 
much  a  threat  to  their  survival  as  loss 
of  employment. 

Janssen  refers  to  the  work  of  Earth 
Read-Out  editor  Keith  Lampe.  and 
states  Lampe's  prediction  that  stu- 
dents will  become  more  radical  and 
militant  in  "arriving  at"  solutions  to 
ecological  problems.  He  also  notes 
that  another  writer  for  Earth  Read- 
Out  "believes  tliat  students  will  in- 
creasingly adopt  an  anti-growth  phi- 
losophy." These  two  propositions  are. 
of  course,  repeated  ibrougliout  the 
Handbook  and  Erutnctics.  Hut.  Jans- 
.sen  also  notes  that  other  observers  of 
tiie  movement  say  that  most  partici- 
l)ants  in  the  movement  "aren't  radical 
enough  to  consume  less."  In  short. 
Janssen  should  be  led  to  the  proposi- 
tion that  his  "strange  barricade-fel- 
lows" will  soon  split,  and  present  un- 
ity will  dissolve.  In  this  respect,  a 
more  recent  statement  by  Lampe  in 
the  mid-March  issue  of  Earth  Read- 
Out  is  to  the  point:  Lampe  explains 
that,  superficially,  everyone  from 
President  Nixon  down  is  all  for  sav- 
ing the  environment.  But  he  sees  this 

71 


The  latest 
discoveries  in  anthro. 

pology,  archeology,  astronomy, 
biochemistry,  biology,  chemistry, 
drugs,  environment,  genetics, 
geology,  medicine,  meteorology, 
oceanography,  paleontology,  phys- 
ics, space,  technology  and  zoology 


HATlWESCIB^ANNUAl 


—  now  in  one  superbly  written, 
profusely  illustrated,  amaz- 
ingly useful  volume  for  every 
home  and  classroom  library 

With  exciting  new  develop- 
ments in  science  and  nature 
taking  place  every  day,  it's  vir- 
tually impossible  to  keep  up 
with  all  the  important  events, 
discoveries,  and  activities 
through  normal  sources  of  in- 
formation. Therefore,  to  help 
concerned  citizens,  students, 
and  anyone  else  who  wants  up- 
to-date  facts  and  interpreta- 
tions of  what's  been  happening 
in  science,  the  editors  of  TIME- 
LIFE  BOOKS  have  prepared  this 
fascinating  review  of  1969's 
most  vital  and  far-reaching  sci- 
entific discoveries  and  achieve- 
ments. From  lunar  geology  to 
the  discovery  of  Sybaris,  from 
heart  transplants  to  electric 
cars,  from  hybrid  agriculture  to 
whale  ecology  —  the  scientific 
year  has  been  vividly  re-created 
in  this  splendid  SVa  x  11  vol- 
ume. The  1970  Nature  I  Science 
Annual,  written  in  consultation 
with  leading  specialists  and 
featuring  more  than  100  pho- 
tos, drawings,  maps  and  charts 
(64  pages  in  full  color),  is  sure- 
ly a  book  you'll  refer  to  time 
and  again,  a  book  that  will  bring 
added  dimension  and  perspec- 
tive to  a  truly  significant  scien- 
tific year.  Examine  a  copy  today 
at  your  bookstore,  and  you'll 
agree  that  it's  a  book  you'll 
want  to  own  for  compelling 
reading  and  invaluable  refer- 
ence. $7.95  at  bookstores     lyi^^l 


mo 


as  a  sham,  a  red  herring,  which  di- 
verts people  from  the  issue  of  revolu- 
tionary change.  He  ridicules  the  "hi- 
there"  liberals  who  are  playing  the 
ecology  game  without  being  really 
committed  to  revolution.  He  asks  the 
truly  serious  ecology  radicals  to  stand 
up  and  show  their  revolutionary  com- 
mitment by  helping  to  "roll  back  the 
police  state."  Indeed,  like  other 
ecology  radicals  he  states  that  the 
Teach-ins  themselves  are  so  con- 
trolled by  the  liberal  establishment 
that  they  are  not  to  be  taken  seriously 
by  revolutionary  ecologists. 

A  study  of  movement  dynamics  will 
quickly  reveal  that  this  progressive 
fission  within  a  movement  is  quite 
natural  and  predictable.  Indeed,  it  is 
a  defect  in  both  Handbook  and  Eco- 
tactics  that  the  writers  who  report  on 
the  state  of  the  movement,  such  as 
Janssen.  do  not  go  beyond  mere  de- 
scription of  that  movement.  What  the 
volumes  lack  is  a  perspective  essay  on 
the  general  nature  of  social  move- 
ments and  their  function  in  gener- 
ating change.  Within  such  a  frame- 
work the  ecology  movement  could  be 
examined  as  one  example  of  a  class 
of  events.  Furthermore,  it  could  be 
examined  as  one  thrust  of  the  much 
broader  multirevolution  (social,  reli- 
gious, ecological)  that  is  trans- 
forming the  United  States.  But,  given 
the  real  function  of  these  volumes  as 
statements  of  the  ideology  and  tactics 
of  the  ecology  movement,  perhaps 
such  a  perspective  would  seem  out  of 
place.  Frequently,  participants  in  a 
social  movement  consider  their  move- 
ment unique  and  resist  its  comparison 
with   similar   phenomena. 

It  must  also  be  noted  that,  in  addi- 
tion to  using  a  few  new  works,  the 
Handbook  reprints  some  ecology  clas- 
sics, while  Ecotactics  concentrates  on 
new  papers  by  students  concerned 
with  ecology. 

Some  of  the  essays  feed  coherently 
into  the  developing  ideology  of  radi- 
cal ecology.  Some  suggest  areas  of 
significant  ideological  and  tactical 
difference  within  the  movement  and 
between  it  and  established  society. 
For  instance.  Garrett  Hardin  argues 
that  man  will  not  be  motivated  to  de- 
crease environmental  despoliation 
simply  by  appealing  to  his  conscience 
or  warning  him  of  impending  dis- 
aster. (In  contrast  we  have  already 
noted  that  Janssen  explains  coalition 
of  "strange  barricade-fellows"  on  the 
grounds  that  everyone  perceives  the 
danger  in  pollution.)  Hardin  explains 
that  instead  man  must  be  coerced  by 
official  restrictions  if  he  is  to  be  re- 
strained from  exploiting  his  environ- 
ment to  its  death.  Presumably  this  is 
to  be  done  within  the  present  system, 
using     its     legal     mechanisms.     John 


Gardner,  now  chairman  of  the  Urban 
Coalition  Action  Council,  notes  that 
"our  system  of  checks  and  balances 
dilutes  the  thrust  of  positive  action" 
and  seems  to  say  that  we  had  better 
get  some  powerful  leadership  from 
tlie  top  down  if  we  are  to  get  needed 
action.  Does  this  also  imply  that  our 
present  system  of  checks  and  balances 
must  be  scrapped  in  favor  of  a  more 
monolithic  and  totalitarian  one? 
Gardner  doesn't  say  this,  but  a  fear 
voiced  by  the  New  Left  is  that  some 
members  of  the  establishment  will  use 
the  ecology  crisis  as  a  means  "to  in- 
itiate massive  programs  within  the 
[obsolete]  frames  of  competitive 
society'" :  then  assume  dictatorial 
powers  to  protect  the  old  order. 

In  comparison.  Ralph  Nader,  in  a 
provocative  introduction  to  Ecotac- 
tics, suggests  that  necessary  ecolog- 
ical change  can  be  generated  partly 
because  the  institutions  that  control 
America  (corporations  and  adminis- 
tration) are  in  fact  not  monoliths  but 
rather  divided  into  diverse  parts.  He 
claims  that  the  various  groups  within 
the  ecology  movement  can  change  the 
system  by  penetrating  it  through 
those  components  that  are  sympa- 
thetic to  ecology. 

While  accepting  the  cold  realism  of 
Hardin  in  evaluating  conventional 
maximizing  man.  movement  vision- 
aries still  feel  that  some  people  can 
be  transformed  and  given  an  ecolo- 
gical conscience  through  radicalizing 
acts  and  identity-changing  experi- 
ences. Gary  Snyder's  "Four  Changes" 
certainly  illustrates  the  steps  of  such 
transformation.  And  Rene  Dubos  in  an 
introductory  remark  in  the  Handbook 
also  notes  the  value  of  "romantic 
emotion"  in  powering  a  movement  of 
ecological  survival.  He  realizes  that 
Environmental  Teach-ins  function 
more  to  alert  people  to  problems  and 
define  areas  of  concern  than  to  pro- 
vide new   knowledge. 

As  noted.  certain  ideological 
themes  do  run  through  these  books. 
These  themes  reflect  the  general  de- 
velooment  of  ecology  movement 
ideology,  and  their  emergence  was 
quite  predictable  a  few  years  ago.  T^'e 
might  identify  a  few  of  the  major 
themes: 

The  Doomsday  Theme:  Some  say  we 
are  in  "the  last  days."  others  that  we 
have  "one  last  chance"  for  survival. 

Guilt:  To  gain  its  high  standard  of 
living,  the  United  States,  more  than 
any  other  nation,  has  sinned  against 
nature  by  exploiting  it,  consuming  re- 
sources, and  polluting  air  and  water. 
The  Concept  of  the  Limited  Good: 
The  resources  of  the  world  are  finite, 
and  if  we  consume  them,  others  will 
be  deprived. 


movies. 


Drop  in  .  .  .  shoot!  Just  drop  in 
the  film  cartridge  and  you're  ready 
to  shoot  bright,  sharp,  colorful 
super  8  movies.  Automatically. 

No  threading.  No  winding.  Your 
hands  never  touch  the  film. 

This  Kodak  Instamatic  M9 
movie  camera  has  power  zoom,  re- 
flex viewing,  extra-fast  f/1.8  lens, 
automatic  electric  eye.  Four  shoot- 
ing speeds.  Less  than  $200.  At 
.  your  photo  dealer's. 


\ 


Kodak  Instamatic 
fc^.         M9  movie 


camera. 


The  Concept  of  Closed  System:  The 
earth  is.  for  all  practical  purposes,  a 
closed  system  (a  variant  of  the  lim- 
ited-good idea),  a  spaceship,  as  it 
were,  with  only  limited  amounts  of 
life-sustaining  energy. 
The  Need  for  Recyclmg:  Recycling  of 
outputs,  which  would  otherwise  be 
considered  ivaste,  is  a  necessity  to 
maintain  Spaceship  Earth. 
The  Concepts  of  a  No-Growth  Econ- 
omy and  Zero  Population  Growth: 
This  links  to  concepts  about  main- 
taining systems  in  a  steady  state;  re- 
ducing consumption  in  an  environ- 
ment of  limited  good. 
The  Concept  of  Ecosystem  and  Inter- 
dependence: Environment  and  man 
interrelate  dynamically.  As  yet  popu- 
lar awareness  of  ecosystem  is  at  a 
rudimentary  level  and  focuses  chiefly 
on  gross  relationships  between  man 
and  environment.  There  is  little  dis- 
cussion or  understanding  of  relation- 
ships among  various  sociocultural  in- 
stitutions or  between  sociocultural 
man  and  biophysical  man. 
The  Acceptance  of  a  Need  for 
Marked  Change  to  Save  the  Environ- 
ment: Within  this  dimension  there 
are.  as  suggested  above,  many  diver- 
gent lines.  The  most  obvious  split  is 
between  those  who  would  (a)  endorse 
change  within  the  system  or  (6) 
change  the  entire  system  radically. 
The  Concept  That  Individuals  Must 
Commit  Themselves  to  Change. 

The  Concept  That  System  Change 
Also  Means  Change  in  Life  Style: 
Here  again  we  note  a  significant 
cleavage  in  the  movement.  There  are 
those  who  say  that  individuals  must 
"give  up"  many  of  the  artifacts  of  a 
high  standard  of  living — cars,  extra 
electric  appliances,  and  "labor-sav- 
ing" devices.  This  seems  a  logical  se- 
quel to  the  concepts  that  man  is  ap- 
proaching doomsday  and  must  feel 
guilty  about  his  sins  against  the  envi- 
ronment. But  this  ethic  of  sacrifice  is 
unlikely  to  have  broad  appeal.  Far 
more  attractive  is  the  positive  reward 
proposition  that  reducing  his  con- 
sumption gives  man  a  chance  to  get 
off  the  treadmill  and  enjoy  life  in  a 
better  environment.  In  a  Handbook 
essay,  editor  Garrett  De  Bell  holds 
out  the  vision  of  such  positive  gains  if 
only  we  change. 

A  useful  comparison  can  be  made 
here  with  the  Black  Power  movement. 
A  few  black  visionaries  have  argued 
that  the  changes  promulgated  by  the 
Black  Power  movement  offer  white 
America — all  of  America — a  better 
future.  But  in  the  main,  blacks  and 
whites  ask  for  such  changes  on  the 
threat  of  riot  and  destruction  or  by 
implication  of  guilt. 


Drop  in  .  .  .  show!  This  Kodak 
Instamatic  M109  movie  projector 
makes  showing  movies  as  easy  as 
taking  them. 

The  secret's  in  Kodak's  new  pro- 
jection cartridge. 

Just  drop  it  into  place  .  .  .  and 
turn  on  the  show.  You  don't  have 
to  handle  the  film  at  all.  When  the 
movie's  over,  the  film  rewinds  back 
into  the  cartridge.  Automatically. 

That's  not  all.  The  new  M109 
takes  cartridges  and  regular  reels 
(up  to  400  feet),  in  both  8mm 
and  super  8. 

See  drop-in  movies  at  your 
photo  dealer's.  The  new  Kodak 
Instamatic  M109  projector,  f/1.5 
lens,  less  than  $160. 

Price  subject  to  change  without  notice. 


Kodak  Instamatic^ 
M109  movie  ^ 
projector. 


73 


CROWDER 
NATURE  TOURS 

SCHEDULE:  Listed  below  are 
starting  dates  for  1970.  Space  per- 
mits only  a  brief  mention  of  each 
tour,  and  one  should  by  all  means 
have  the  "Tour  Catalog''  with 
thumbnail  sketches  of  each  trip,  as 
well  as  subsequent  detailed  itiner- 
aries. IN'orth  America  tours  are  2 
weeks  each,  others  3  weeks,  unless 
othenvise  noted. 

ARIZONA 

Popular  SE  Arizona  bird  observation 
tour.  Expert  leadership.  Two  weeks  froin 
May  9:  all  expenses.  S515. 

ALASKA 

South  Tour  from  Vancouver  June  20; 
North  Tour  from  Fairbanks  July  4; 
"Outposts"  from  Anchorage  July  18. 
Three  remarkable  2-week  trips,  from  in- 
side passage  to  Aleutians,  Pribilofs  and 
Point  Barrow. 

WEST  VIRGINIA 

Ecological  tour:  revealina.  nearby,  in- 
expensive. \\'heeling  July  25;  2  wks. 

EUROPE   (12  tours) 

Comprehensive  I2-tour  program  covers 
continent  broadly.  3-week  trips  connect 
into  fascinating  north-with-spring  and 
across-Siberia  routes.  Dates: 

Mediterranean:  April  30,  Lisbon 

Britain:  Mar  28,  London 

Balkans:  May  28,  Venice 

Europe  Xorth:  May  28,  Amsterdain 

Europe  East:  June  18,  Roumania 

Norway:  June  18,  Oslo 

Iceland  (2  wks):  June  25 

Iceland  Center.  Julv  9 

Iceland  11:  Julv  20 

Russia:  Julv  9.   Helsinki 

Siberia:  July  30.   Tashkent 
A  one-week  Seminar  on   Basic  Ornithol- 
ogy   and    Natural    History    of    Europe    is 
planned    at    Coniston.    Lake    District    of 
England,  beginning  May  21. 

CENTRAL  AMERICA 

Summer  program  in  rainy  season  when 
birds  are  on  territory.  July  and  August, 
3  tours.  Chiapas.  Yucatan,  Panama. 

AFRICA   (3  tours) 

South  and  East  Africa  and  Madagas- 
car; three  tours  in  July/September.  Ex- 
cellent leadership. 

SOUTH   AMERICA   (3  tours) 

Colombia.  Aug.  15;  Venezuela,  Sep.  12; 
Argentina  Tierra  del  Fuego.  October  17. 
Also  Galapagos  and  Antarctica. 

SOUTH    PACIFIC  (5  tours) 

This  is  the  year  of  full  South  Pacific 
coverage.  Melanesia.  Aug.  15  from 
Samoa;  New  Guinea.  Sep.  5  from  Rabaul; 
Western  Australia,  Sep.  26  from  Perth; 
.'\ustralia  East.  Oct.  17  from  the  Barrier 
Reef  at  Cairns;  New  Zealand,  Nov,  7 
from  Auckland. 

SOUTH  WITH  AUTUMN  (2  tours) 

Geoloev  and  ecoloev  of  the  eastern 
U.S.A..  following  the  wave  of  fall  color 
southward.  Northeast  Coast  tour  meets 
at  Bangor  Sep.  19;  Southeast  Coast  tour 
at  Harpers  Ferry  Oct.  10,  Leader;  Geolo- 
gist Isabella  Coons,  with  many  assisting 
leaders  along  the  way. 

Come  along!  .  .  .  intimate,  private 
groups,  expert  leadership.  We  seek  out 
back-country  routes,  try  for  an  experience- 
in-depth  of  the  natural  scene  and  the 
people.  (S'ot  recommended  if  vou're 
strong  for  night  life.) 

CROWDER  NATURE  TOURS 

BOX  222-a 
HARPERS  FERRY,  W.  VA.  25425 


It  can  be  proposed  tliat.  given  some 
of  these  concerns,  the  ecology  move- 
ment will  collide  and  conflict  with  the 
Black  Power  movement.  For  example, 
the  rising  expectations  of  blacks  for  a 
bigger  slice  of  the  American  pie  will 
clash  with  development  of  the  concept 
of  a  limited  good  in  a  no-growth 
economy.  Also,  blacks  see  that  the 
ecology'  issue  diverts  attention  and  re- 
sources from  their  plight.  The  ecology 
movement  will  also  collide  with  those 
who  wish  to  promote  American  indus- 
trial growth  in  other  lands.  And.  of 
course,  as  noted  above,  very  radical 
whites  will  become  disenchanted  with 
the  liberal  establishment's  approach 
to  ecology. 

These  two  books  do  not  really  dis- 
cuss this  type  of  potential  conflict.  If 
the  ecology  movement  is.  indeed,  to 
unite  people  in  an  honest  and 
effective  environmental  crusade  and 
not  simply  further  polarize  society, 
then  participants  must  determine  how 
to  involve  and  include  people  from 
across  the  spectrum  of  American 
society. 

In  conclusion,  we  might  speculate 
on  the  effect  of  these  books.  Certainly 
they  provided  grounds  for  discussion 
during  the  environment  teach-in. 
Probably  few  readers  will  appreciate 
the  revolutionarv-  implications  of 
many  of  the  essays.  The  teach-in  was 
a  time  of  talk,  not  application.  Every- 
one is  on  the  ecobandwagon.  At  this 
stage  of  the  movement,  its  rhetoric 
will  not  alarm. 

-A.S  an  aftermath  of  the  teach-in 
there  will  be  an  increase  in  ecoac- 
tion.  some  of  it  directly  sparked  by 
suggestions  presented  in  the  Hand- 
book and  in  Ecotactics.  More  car  en- 
gines wiU  be  buried:  more  disposable 
bottles  will  be  returned;  some  indi- 
viduals will  begin  to  consume  less. 
This  will  not  alarm  the  public,  for 
few  wiU  take  it  seriously,  few  will  be- 
lieve that  students  really  want  to  re- 
ject the  automobile  or  to  change  their 
life  style.  After  all.  right  now  pollu- 
tion protesters  drive  cars  to  meetings 
that  are  held,  with  all  lights  burning, 
in  rooms  fiUed  with  the  cigarette 
smoke  of  those  demanding  that  this 
or  that  power  company  stop  despolia- 
tion of  air  and  water. 

Conflict  will  come  later.  It  will 
come  when  present  high  expectations 
of  environmental  change  are  not  met. 
when  the  general  public  is  so  super- 
saturated with  talk  of  environment 
and  pollution  that  it  tunes  out.  when 
hard-core  ecology  activists  really  get 
to  work,  and  when  participants  in  the 
more  radical  groups  call  upon  new 
recruits  to  demonstrate  their  total 
commitment. 

Given  the  broad  significance  of 
these   books   it   hardly   seems    fair   to 


Northwest  Timbered 

ACREAGES  as  low  as 

$950  Total   Price 

5  ■   10  .  20  .  40  -   ACRES 
For  people  who  love  the  land— A  tract 
of    Recreation    Land    for    YOUR    Own! 


irthern  Idaho,  Northeastern  Wash- 
,  and  Western  Montana.  In  the 
of  lakes  and  big  game  country.  All 
d  with  growing  timber.  Access,  Title 


land  with 
and  investn 
many     type 


choose,      including      beautiful 
Waterfront  property.   Your  inspe 
comed.    Write   us   for   free   list, 
complete     informotion.       Write 

bept.  G 


P.O.  Box  106.  OpportHHity  Station 
Spokane,  Washington   99214 


GEODES! 

Lovely  natural  crystal -filled  hemispheres  from 
world-wide  sources.  No  written  description  or  pho- 
tograph really  does  them  justice,  so  we  offer  un- 
conditional money-back  guarantee.  $2.00  brings 
you  a  sample  or  $5.00  brings  you  a  glittering 
assortment  and  subscription  to  our  periodic  rare/ 
collectors  list.  Barry  &  Shirley  Rothman,  RD  #2, 
Hill   House,   Downingtown,   Pa.   19335. 


ANKH  PENDANT 

BEAUTIFUUY  CONTEMPORARY, 
i  this  hand  crafted  representa-    i 
>n    of    the    Ancient    Egyptian 
Key  of  Life"  in  solid  sterling 
silver.   The  Ankh  -  from    the 
hieroglyph    meaning    "life" 
—is  the  oldest  known  amu- 
let   symbol,    and    the    only 
pagan    talisman    to    survive 
in   daily  use  after  the   Egyp- 
ions   converted    to   Chrisfian- 
ily.   Comes   in   stunning   new 
designer's    jewelry  case 
and    presentation   gift 
W>x.  3"  long  Ankh  — 

With  18"  chain $25.00 

With  24"  chain  $27.00 

in  14K  Goldw.  18"  chain.  $75. 

""''"'"•  -utstandmg  reproductions  of 
Iry  ond  occessories  from 
rilizolion,  plus  a  selection 
ic    ontiquiliei, 

[laddfQ  boase,ltd. 

fepf.    N-8FJ   •   648   Ninth   Avenue 
New  York,  N.Y.  10036 


74 


focus  on  some  of  their  more  technical 
defects.  But  perhaps  some  such  cri- 
tique is  called  for.  It  is  unfortunate 
ivhen  editors  of  anthologies,  even  of 
anthologies  hastily  pulled  together  to 
meet  a  crisis,  do  not  write  those  state- 
ments of  introduction,  transition,  and 
summary  that  would  give  their  collec- 
tions needed  perspective  and  inter- 
relatedness.  This  would  seem  to  be  a 
very  common  failing  of  editors  today. 
It  is  too  bad  that  De  Bell  follows  in 
such  footsteps.  He  contributes  some 
good  essays  to  the  Handbook,  but  he 
does  not  pull  the  total  work  together. 
Ironically,  he  includes  and  endorses 
an  essay  on  the  need  for  coherence  in 
education,  written  by  John  Fischer 
(September.  1969.  Harpers).  Fischer 
says  that  a  liberal  arts  education  is 
not  relevant  because  it  is  incoherent; 
it  is  incoherent  because  it  consists  of 
bits  and  pieces  that  don't  stick  to- 
gether. Fischer  claims  that  to  make 
such  education  cohere,  it  should  re- 
volve around  central  concepts  and 
problems,  such  as  ecology.  It  seems 
equally  clear  that  merely  lumping  es- 
says together  under  one  cover  because 
they  deal  in  various  ways  with  what 
superficially  is  the  same  subject  is  not 
enough  to  make  them  cohere.  Fischer 
would  seem  to  know  this,  but  does 
editor  De  Bell? 

It  is  worth  raising  an  additional 
question  in  this  context:  Robert  and 
Leona  Train  Rienow  contribute  a 
chapter  from  their  book.  Moment  in 
the  Sun,  to  the  Handbook.  They  men- 
tion the  good  work  of  Doctors  Leake 
and  Rusden  who  call  for  "extensive 
planting  of  trees  and  other  green 
things  to  depollute  the  air."  by  con- 
verting carbon  dioxide  to  oxygen. 
This  .sounds  great,  and  surely  tree 
planting  would  be  a  great  pastime  for 
budding  ecology  activists!  But  on 
page  72.  in  an  article  entitled 
'"Energy."  we  learn  something  that  is 
exactly  the  opposite:  "a  plant  pro- 
duces only  enough  oxygen  for  its  own 
use  during  its  life  plus  enough  extra 
for  the  oxidation  of  the  plant  after 
death.  .  .  ."  Who  wrote  this?  Why, 
Garrett  De  Bell,  the  edit<ir.  Surely,  as 
editor  he  should  have  spotted  some- 
thing that  seems  so  contradictory, 
and  then  set  his  readers  straight  so 
they  know  what  to  expect  from  so 
seemingly  satisfactory  an  ecoaction  as 
tree  planting. 

But  let  us  not  quibble  about  such 
minor  defects  and  consider  instead 
ways  in  which  the  concepts  and  sug- 
gestions contained  in  these  two  vol- 
umes can  help  us  achieve  a  much 
needed  ecological  awareness,  which, 
in  turn,  can  lead  to  a  more  adaptive 
design  for  living. 

Luther  P.  Gerlach  is  an  associate  pro- 


THE 
^    WORLD'S  ^ 
MOST  MISUNDERSTOOD 

MAMMAL. 


That  was  the  bat.  Until  now. 

Until  Life  photographer  Nina  Leen  and  noted  physiologist  Dr. 
Alvin  Novick  produced  this  unprecedented  —  and  astoundingly 
lovely  —  book. 

For  this  is  the  first  photographic  study  ever  attempted  of  the 
animal  behavior  of  bats.  Ahhough  bats  constitute  the  second  largest 
population  of  mammals  on  earth,  their  habits  and  history  are  virtually 
unknown  to  the  average  layman.  Superstition,  fear,  and  repugnance 
dominate  most  thinking  about  this  unique  winged  creature. 
A  PHOTOGRAPHIC  BREAKTHROUGH 
Now,  after  three  years  of  painstaking  study  and  pioneering  camera  work.  Miss  Leen 
presents  120  pages  of  photographs  (many  in  color)  that  strip  aside  all  the  ugly  stereotypes 
to  reveal  an  animal  of  amazing  complexity  and  rare  beauty.  With  exquisite  skill,  she  shows 
us  bats  in  flight  and  feeding,  swimming,  hanging  upside  down,  grooming  —  and  even  yawning! 
Dr.  Novick's  superlative  text,  written  for  the  non-scientific  reader,  explains  the  fan- 
tastic sophistication  of  bat  sonar,  the  com- 
plex social  systems  of  various  species,  their 


s  sivfl  JO  amo« 


structure  and  their  skills. 

Nature  lovers  and  photography  buffs  alike 
will  be  impressed  by  the  stunning  beauty  of 
this  large-format  (lOVi"  x  12",  170  pages) 
volume,  produced  in  Switzerland  by  fine  art 
printers.  To  share  in  this  unusual  publishing 
experience,  please  mail  the  coupon  below. 

THE  WORLD  OF  BATS 

photographs  by  Niaa  Leen, 


Holt,  Rinehart  and  Winston,  Inc. 

383  Madison  Avenue,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10017 


Please  send  me,  postpaid,  a  copy  of  TIte 
World  of  Bals.  I  enclose  $23.95.  (Add  sales 
tax  where  applicable.  Offer  not  valid  after 
Sept.  15,  1970.  For  outside  U.S.A.,  add  50c 
for  postage  and  handling.) 


text  by  Alvin  Novick,  edited  by  Jay  Gold       cnv state zip .  ' 


NOW  AVAILABLE:  a  series  of  8mm  full  color 
movies  complete  with  narration  can  be  ordered 
directly  from  the  producer. 


NATURE 
EPISODES 


Films  that  bring  you  these  unique  experiences: 

9601  Antlered  Denizens  of  the  North  Country 

PROBE  the  virEin  loresis  of  Eastern  Canada  lo  find  the 
endangered  Woodland  Caribou 

9602  Black  Bears,  Squirrels  and  Trumpeter  Swans 
RETREAl  belore  the  attacking  Trumpeter  Swan 

9603  Rocky  Mountain  Animals  and  the  Blue  Grouse 
SEE  tlie  Blue  Grouse  till  his  air  sacs  in  mating  display 

9604  Rocky    Mountain    Sheep    and    the    White-Tailed 
Ptarmigan 

THRILL  lo  Itie  e>cilement  of  Rams  in  battle  lor  supremacy. 

9605  Birds  and  Beasts  of  Pond  and  Swamp 

LEARN   from  natures  linest  engineer  as  tie  constructs 
his  pond 

9606  Mating  and  Nesting  of  the  Grebe  and  Coot 
WONDER    al    the    breathtaking   grace    ot    the   Western 

Gretie's  courting  rush  ceremony. 

9607  Camera  Studies  of  Robins,  Cardinals  and  Mourning 
Doves 

COMPARE  the  teeding  and  nesting  habits  ol  the  Mourning 
Dove,  Cardinal  and  Robin 

9608  The  Self-important  and  Busy  Crackle 

STUDY   a    Hock    ol    Common    Crackles    during    couitship 
and  nesting 

9609  Birds  ol  All  Seasons  in  the  Finger  Lakes  Area  ol 
New  York  State 

WATCH  the  Coldtinch  change  to  breeding  plumage  before 

9610  The  Birds  of  the  Northern  Prairies 

VISIT  the  hidden  nest  ol  the  vanishing  Upland  Plover 

9611  All  About  the  Bird  Called  Killdeer 

MARVEL    al    Ihe    Killdeer's    deceptive    "broken    wing" 

behavior 


A  unique  experience  for  nature  lovers. 
Each  Nature  Episodes  set  contains  a  full 
6  minutes  of  film  and  a  7  inch  33V3  rpm 
record. 


I  Nature  Episodes  -  1211  Auburn  Rtai,  Locke,  Ne«  York  13092 

'  YesI  Send  me  the  following  titles: 

I  □  9601      □  9603     0  9605     0  9607     0  9609     O'^ll 

O  9602      O  9604      O  '606     O  9608      O  '610 

I  Now  at  Ihe  low  price  of  (14.95  each  (postpaid) 
I  O  Heiula'  8  mm         O  5"Pt'  8  mm         (check  one) 

I  Name 


City_ 
State . 


-Zip. 


Send  check,  money  order  or  use  Master  Charge  ~ 

BankAmericard  # American  Express 

Signature. 


(Ctiirl.  1 


Total  Amount  $_ 


Atte 


ALL  NATURE  GROUPS  - 

Ask  about  oui  Speciaf  Cfub  Rates 


n  10  dlyl  Dt  due  ot  0 


m  mud  give  tigniture) 

_Htn  York  Slltc  rcsidenll  include  t 


75 


'Reading  it  is  a 
first-rate  adventure.'^ 

—Jean  Stafford 

Book  World 


BUFFALO 

by  Francis  Haines 

"Mr.  Haines'  book  is  far  more  than  a 
history  of  the  buffalo;  it  is  a  succinct 
and  valuable  survey  of  the  Indian  wars, 
it  provides  vivid  accounts  of  prehistoric 
customs  and  rituals  as  reconstructed 
from  artifacts  and  from  archaeological 
deductions,  and  it  is  so  richly  studded 
with  anecdotes  and  surprising  facts  that 
reading  it  is  a  first-rate  adventure." 

-Jean  Stafford,  book  world 
Illustrated     $7.95 


TIIO.M.4S  Y.  CnOWKIJ.  COMPA.'VV 

20 1  Park  Avenue  Nou<h,.'\lew%'ark  10003 


Brain  Puzzler's  Delight 

By  E.  R.  Emmet 
A  treasury  of  uniqae 
mind-stretching  puzzles 
that  can  be  solved  by 
straight,  logical  thinking 
and  reasoning.  No  special- 
ized math.  Offers  the  pleas- 
ures of  discovering  solu- 
tions through  use  of 
ingenuity,  imagination,  in- 
sight, and  logic.  Stimulates 
and  refreshes  the  mind. 
Fascinating,  entertaining 
puzzles,  arranged  in  order 
of  difficulty,  with  (some 
amazing!)  solutions  and 
full  explanations  at  end  of 
book.  ILLUSTRATED 
Order  Now/  10-Day  Money-Back  Guarantee 

$5.95,  plus  25«  handling 

Handbook  of  Knots  &  Splices 

By   CHARLES    E.    GIBSON. 

Now  tie  knots  for  every  pur- 
pose —  useful,  ornamental, 
fun-to-make! 

Book  gives  complete  "1-2- 
3"  sketches  and  instructions 
for  every  hitch,  splice,  bend, 
sling  lashing  or  whipping  you'll 
ever  need  for  boating,  camp- 
ing, climbing,  fishing,  hunting 
.  .  .  for  patio  awnings,  swings, 
hammocks,  rope  fences,  "wel- 
come" mats  .  .  .  ornamental^ 
lamps,  vases,  bell  ropes,  key\ 
chains,  buggy  whips,  cat-o- 
nine  tails,  rope  handcuffs,  play 
quoits,  etc. 

They're  all  here  .  .  .  over  100 
kinds  of  knots  and  ropework!  From  the  simple 
square  knot  to  such  fancy  numbers  as  the  Man- 
rope,  Stopper,  Shroud,  Crown,  Turk's  Head,  and 
Pineapple  knots.  Also  covers  plaiting,  braiding, 
much  more!  "Highly  recommended."  —  Library 
Journal.  Profusely  illustrated 

ORDER  NOW! 

10  day  Money-Back  Guarantee 
Send  only  $4.95,  plus  25!!  handling  to 

EMERSON  BOOKS,  Inc.,  Depl.  576-S 

251  V/es»  19  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10011 


feasor  in  the  Department  of  Anthro- 
pology at  the  University  of  Min- 
nesota. 


Shipvcrecks  and  Archaeology:  The 
Unharvested  Sea.  by  Peter  Throck- 
morton. Atlantic-Little,  Brown  and 
Company,  $6.95;  270  pp.,  illus. 

In  a  very  real  sense,  underwater 
archeology  was  born  less  than 
twenty  years  ago  when  Jacques 
Cousteau  began  the  extended  in- 
vestigation of  a  wreck  discovered  off 
the  French  coast  near  Marseilles.  One 
of  the  pioneers  of  the  new  science  is 
Peter  Throckmorton.  In  this  book, 
drawing  upon  his  varied  and  rich  ex- 
perience, he  sketches  for  the  general 
reader  what  materials  are  available 
for  the  underwater  archeologist  to 
work  on.  what  techniques  he  has  de- 
veloped, and  what  the  future  holds 
for  this  newly  fledged  field. 

The  underwater  archeologist  is  pri- 
marily concerned  with  wrecks.  Not 
all,  however,  are  grist  for  his  mill.  In 
the  opening  chapters  the  author  de- 
scribes what  happens  to  a  ship  after 
it  hits  the  sea  floor;  how,  and  to 
what  extent,  it  will  disintegrate;  and 
where  divers  can  expect  to  find 
wrecks  whose  condition  will  warrant 
investigation.  He  relates  his  own  ex- 
periences in  working  on  remains 
found  on  coral  or  stone  reefs,  point- 
ing out  the  special  problems  these 
present.  He  discusses  the  identi- 
fication of  wrecks,  tells  in  detail 
of  the  tragic  end  of  the  Nautilus,  a 
British  sloop  of  war  that  went  down 
off  Greece  in  1806,  and  describes  how 
he  was  able  to  locate  its  remains. 

The  second  half  of  the  book  con- 
centrates on  ancient  wrecks.  Throck- 
morton begins  it  by  giving  a  com- 
prehensive account  of  the  1901 
excavation  of  the  famous  wreck  off 
Anticythera  that  held  a  priceless 
cargo  of  Greek  art.  The  work  was 
more  treasure-saving  than  excavation, 
and  it  was  carried  out  entirely  by 
sponge  divers  pressed  into  the  service 
of  archeology.  Throckmorton  has 
combed  the  newspapers  of  the  time 
for  information,  and  the  story  he 
convincingly  reconstructs  is  consid- 
erably different  from  the  official  ver- 
sion. He  then  turns  to  the  subsequent 
history  of  underwater  archeology  and 
explains  the  various  techniques  that 
have  been  devised  to  insure  that  un- 
derwater sites  are  excavated  with  the 
same  precision  as  those  on  land.  A 
prime  problem  is  to  mark  and  photo- 
graph a  wreck  in  such  a  way  that  all 
objects  are  identified  and  their  loca- 
tion recorded  before  they  are  re- 
moved. The  solutions  have  ranged 
from    painfully    slow    measuring    and 


DICTIOIVAKl 
\  STA1\0 


FINISHED    OR    IN    KIT 

BEAUTIFULNEW    FREE    CATALOG— 1.000   PIECES 
Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  In  Friendly  Pine 

YIELD  HOUSE 


TREASURE 

Find  buriet]  gold,  silver, 
coins,  treasures. 
5  Powerful  models. 
Write  lor  free  catalog 

i   — .G»«S!'*^  pgpj      ^ 

RELCO  D  154 

BOX  10839,  HOUSTON,  TEX.  77018 


95 

UP 


WHEN  YOU   WRITE  TO 

NATURAL  HISTORY... 

about  a  change  of  address,  renewal  of 
subscription,  billing  or  any  kind  of  adjustment, 
send  the  present  address  label  from  the 
magazine  wrapper. 

Moving?  Please  notify  G  weeks  in  advance. 

You  can  use  this  form  to  tell  us  about  a 
move  or  order  a  subscription. 


■S    5    2 


I  Cliange  of  address— 

I  Attach  your  address 

I  label  in  this  dotted 

I  area  and  fill  in  your 

j  new  address  below, 

I  clip  and  mail  tO: 

I  Natural  History, 

j  Central  Park  West  at 

I  79th  St.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

!  10024. 


g    g  A  new  subscription— 

^    B  Check  box  and  fill  in 

B    j  name  and  address 

^    I  below. 

I  D  1  year-$7  (U.S.) 

I  n  1  year-$8  (Canada 

I  and  other  non-U.S. 

I  orders) 


New  Address- 
City 


Jip_ 


76 


I    SPECIAL  INTEREST  BRITAIN 

One  of  the  world's  premier  airlines  and 
one  of  Britain's  leading  de-luxe  travel 
[  companies  combine  to  give  you  the  finest 
quality  tour  program  for  Britain  ever 
created.  Superb  three-week  holidays,  each 
with  a  special  flavor. 

Archaeology— the  British  Museum,  Ro- 
man Britain,  King  Alfred's  Wessex,  and. 
King  Arthur's  Camelot. 

Wildlife-for  the  nature  lover  and  the 
ornithologist.  Peter  Scott's  Wildfowl  Trust 
at  Slimbridge  is  among  the  many  places 
of  great  interest. 

Photography— no  one  will  hurry  you  on 
this  trip  as  you  change  lens  or  improve 
the  composition. 

Other  tours  feature  gardens,  stately 
homes,  literature,  the  Edinburgh  Festival 
and  Cathedrals. 

Each  tour  is  limited  to  26  persons  and 
is  escorted  by  a  British  expert  on  the  sub- 
ject plus  a  courier/guide.  Best  hotels,  de- 
luxe motorcooch,  leisurely  itineraries,  en- 
tertainment in  private  homes.  New  York- 
New  York  from  $983. 

Send   for  the  free  24-page  brochure   to 

SUPERTRAVEL 

Dept  NH,  2  West  45th  St..  New  York,  N.Y.  10036 
212-682-6637 


y^.i^ 


■^ 


t 


($249" 


Share  the  Thrills 
oi  Exploring 
Outer  Space* 

All  DYNASCOPES,  Including  this 
superb  RV-E,  6-inch  available 
on  easy  terms! 
Nov/  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs. who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 
Choose  from  a  Full  Range  Of 

DYNASCOPES^  4  "  Starting  at  $49.95 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  —  the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories. Prices  begin  as  low  as  $49.95,  and 
your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed  by  a  full- 
refund  warranty. 

FASCINATING  GUIDE 
YOURS  FREE! 
Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 

Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
331  Church  St.,  Hartford,  Conn    oeiol 

®  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pat.  Offi-^e 


CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Dcpt.  NH-7,  331  Church  St.,  Hartford,  Conn.  06101 

Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 


Address- 
eit» 


tagging  by  hand  to  the  use  ol  a  spe- 
cial two-man  submarine  with  water- 
proof cameras  designed  for  stereo- 
photography. 

One  particular  motif  runs  through 
the  whole  book  and  is  given  extensive 
treatment  in  the  final  chapter — the 
sorrowful  fact  that  much  of  the  po- 
tential fruit  of  underwater  archeology 
will  never  be  harvested,  thanks  to  the 
ruthless  plundering  of  wrecks  by 
treasure  and  souvenir  hunters.  The 
author  cites  one  sad  case  after  an- 
other of  finely  preserved  wrecks  that, 
within  a  year  of  discovery,  had  been 
viciously  mutilated  or  picked  clean. 

Throckmorton  is  an  enthusiastic 
and  skillful  writer  who  says  what  he 
has  to  say  with  speed  and  verve  and 
in  clear,  nontechnical  language.  The 
illustrations  are  plentiful  but.  un- 
fortunately, neither  well  chosen  nor 
well  reproduced. 

Lionel  Casson 

New  York  University 

Seeds  of  Change:  The  Green  Revo- 
lution AND  Development  in  the 
1970's.  by  Lester  R.  Brown.  Praeger 
PiihUsheis,  S6.9S:  205  pp. 

Over  the  past  two  years  the  press 
has  been  saturated  with  con- 
fusing and  often  contradictory  state- 
ments concerning  the  "Green  Revolu- 
tion." The  public  has  seen  warnings 
of  famine  by  some  experts;  warnings 
of  food  surpluses  by  others.  Lester 
Brown  was.  at  the  age  of  .32.  ap- 
pointed liead  of  the  U.S.  Department 
of  Agriculture's  International  Agri- 
cultural Development  Service.  He 
played  a  major  role  in  initiating  the 
Green  Revolution,  and  he  is  emi- 
nently qualified  to  write  a  l)ook  on 
the  .subject.  He  lias  wrilten  a  fine  one, 
indeed. 

Seeds  of  Change  will  be  welcomed 
by  all  those  interested  in  the  problem 
of  feeding  the  burgeoning  human 
population.  It  chronicles  the  devel- 
opment of  new  high-yield  grains  and 
describes  early  successes  (and  some 
failures)  associated  with  their  in- 
troduction to  Asia.  But  the  meat  of 
this  book  is  the  discussion  of  how 
these  early  successes  might  be  con- 
verted into  a  long-term  triiiniiib.  a 
true  agricultural  revolution  in  ihe 
poor  countries  of  tlie  globe. 

Considering  his  personal  in- 
volvement, it  is  not  surprising  that 
Brown  is  enlhusiastic  about  the  |io- 
tential  of  the  new  agricultural  tech- 
nology to  bring  about  the  needed 
transformations.  It  is  to  his  great 
credit,  therefore,  that  he  gives  very 
detailed  consideration  to  the  dif- 
ficulties that  must  be  overcome  if 
long-term  success  is  to  be  achieved. 
He  discusses  social,  political,  and  eco- 


Understand 
the  real 
Africa;  SAS 


"-.v^'i"-.*. 

^^^•A-^ 

■mM 

^^^HL''^^!^j 

H'^ 

9^^^P'^*r 

.  f,  lOfl 

l^n ':1 

^^1 

7^.^ 

Hp^jj^^^^ 

^ 

'■^ 

WMS^ 

(Led  by  famed  explorer- 
Jcfin-PieiTe  Hallet.) 

This  is  the  only  Congo  Safari  you 
can  go  on  this  year.  Your  only 
opportunity  to  get  to  know  the  real 
Africa  as  only  Jean-Pierre  Hallet, 
famous  authority  on  Africa  can  show 
you.  You'll  see  wild  game  in  the 
Albert  National  Park — lebra,  ele- 
phants, lions,  leopards,  and  cheetahs. 
Take  a  shot  of  them  (but  only  with 
camera)   from  safari  vehicles.  Then 
there  is  the  grandeur  of  the  land 
itself:  the  crater  of  Mt.  Ngorongoro, 
Rutshuru  Falls,  Lake  George,  and 
Ruwenzori  Range  with  a  peak  over 
16,000  feet.  You'll  also  see  Uganda, 
Kenya,  Tanzania  and  much,  much 
more.  Three  weeks  for  $2,266.* 
Departures:  July  7  and  21;  Aug.  25; 
Sept.  8.  Clip  the  coupon  for  more 
information. 

*Based  on  the  S.^S  14/21  day  ITX  fare 
(economy  class),  including  round-trip  air 
fare  from  New  V'ork  to  Nairobi  via  Copen- 
hagen. All  transfers.  Best  available  hotels 
and  safari  lodges,  most  meals,  sightseeing, 
drivers,  and  guides,  tips  and  taxes. 


SAS  JJ2 

Box  3443 

Grand  Central  Station 

New  York,  N.Y.  10017 

Dear  SAS — Please  send  me  information 

on  SAS  Congo  Safari  Tours. 

Name: 


Addres: 
City:_ 
State;- 


-Zip: 


My  travel  agent  is 


Just  let  yourself  go  on 


ANCIENT  OIL  LAMPS 

over  1300  years  old 

From  ancient  Pa'estine,  these  terracotta  lamps  were 
used  by  early  Christians  &  Jews.  With  varied  de- 
signs, they  make  unique  archaeological  display 
pieces  for  home  and  office.  A  superb  all-occasion 
gift.  Mounted  on  walnut  base  with  parchment  cer- 
tificate  of  authenticity    S10.95   ppd. 

lamps  with  Cross  motif $23.95   ppd. 


FREE  Gift  Catalog! 


ALADDIN  HOUSE,  LTD. 

N-5H      •      648  NINTH  AVE.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.   10036 

Successful  Treasure  Hunting 

is  yours  with  the  NEW,  HIGH-POWER 
GOLDMASTER    S-63   TR   Mefal-Mineral 

Detector.      M„re    treasures    .re    being    discov- 

ered     daily      than      in      previous 


The   S-6)    TR    will    detect       ^^ 


id,  high-powered   detcctort 


metals.      The    sens 
loop      is      for      la 


$179  50 

F.O.B.  Sweet  Home,   Oregon       Send    for 

Budget  Terms  Available  preE  LITERATURE 

WHITE'S  ELECTRONICS.  INC. 


=  •  Gerry  .  Silva  •  Camp  Trails  •  Mii 


ch-Wels  . 


I                   HI-CAMP!  i 

Quality  hiking  and  camping  equipment  by  • 

^               the  worid's  leading  manufacturers.  5! 

>                    Send  for  our  free  catalog  S 

"                           HI-CAMP  ! 

c     P.O.  Box  17602,  Dept.  9,  Charlotte,  N.C.  28211  -o 

J                    All  merchandise  guaranteed.  S 
S  .  Sigg  ■  Bernard  •  Bone  Dry  .  AdIer  .  Stow-A-Way  •  S. 


CORNER 

LIBRARY 

DESK 


5t — the  epitome  of  charm,  use- 
Yield  House  design — 
al  old  time  value!  A  delightful 
.■iting  or  study  corner — spacious  drawer 
iS:  top  hold  stationer^',  desk  tools.  The  colonial  stylo  is 
proper  anywhere — fits  flush  to  wall,  even  with  baseboard. 
Select,  pine  in  honey  tone  or  maple,  antique  pipe  or  wal- 
nut finish.  24%"D  34Vi"H  38V4"W.  $39.05.  EASY  KIT: 
Parts  &  instructions  included — ready  to  assemble  &  finislu 
$26.95.  Shp.  Chgs.  Col. 

BEAUTIFUL    NEW    FREE   CATALOG-1000   PIECES 

Finished   and    Kit    Furniture   in    Friendly   Pine 

Include  Zip  Code  YIELD   HOUSE 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  Dept.  N5-0 

Money  Back  Guarantee  Ko.  Conway,  N.H.  03860 


nomic  problems,  pointing  out  critical 
areas  and  suggesting  ways  of  avoid- 
ing trouble.  For  example,  he  urges 
great  care  in  introducing  mecha- 
nization into  the  agriculture  of  under- 
developed countries  (UDCs),  point- 
ing out  that  agriculture  must  remain 
quite  labor-intensive.  The  underde- 
veloped world,  with  roughly  45  per- 
cent of  its  population  under  15.  will 
have  a  high  level  of  unemployment  in 
the  immediate  future  (as  those  chil- 
dren enter  the  labor  pool),  and  many 
UDCs  show  extremely  rapid  rates  of 
urbanization  as  well.  Mechanization 
of  agriculture,  driving  people  off  the 
land,  would  greatly  exacerbate  these 
problems. 

Brown  devotes  a  chapter  to  the 
population  explosion,  giving  strong 
emphasis  to  the  coming  employment 
crisis.  Unlike  many  other  writers,  he 
recognizes  that  the  Green  Revolution 
"is  by  no  means  a  solution  to  the  pop- 
ulation problem  [although]  it  is  di- 
minishing the  prospects  of  famine  in 
the  near  future  and  buying  time — 
perhaps  an  additional  fifteen  years — 
in  which  to  develop  the  technologies, 
the  will,  and  the  strategies  to  stabilize 
global  population  growth."  Brown 
also  makes  clear  his  awareness  of  the 
role  of  agriculture  in  the  problem  of 
environmental  deterioration,  although 
the  ways  in  which  that  deterioration 
may  itself  decrease  available  food 
supplies  are  not  made  explicit. 

Although  the  book  is  brief,  it  con- 
tains a  wealth  of  information — con- 
siderably more  than  its  title  would  in- 
dicate. For  instance,  there  is  a  fine 
discussion  of  some  important  agricul- 
tural problems  in  the  United  States. 
Examples  are  well  chosen  and  inter- 
esting, and  the  clarity  of  the  writing 
is  outstanding.  The  book  is  suitable 
for  any  intelligent  layman  and  is  re- 
quired reading  for  all  professionals 
interested  in  the  population-resource- 
environment  crisis. 

The  tone  of  Seeds  of  Change  is  op- 
timistic. Some  people  concerned  with 
the  population-resource-environment 
crisis,  including  myself,  are  more  pes- 
simistic. In  my  own  case  the  pessi- 
mism stems  largely  from  three  sources. 
First,  I  feel  the  problem  of  environ- 
mental deterioration  is  probably  the 
most  serious  we  face,  and  that  the  ac- 
tions of  some  "Green  Revolution- 
aries" without  Brown's  insight  may 
accelerate  that  deterioration.  For  in- 
stance, massive  pesticide  inputs  in 
UDCs  may  seriously  reduce  the  criti- 
cally important  harvest  of  protein 
from  the  sea.  Second,  I  know  that 
even  the  most  dramatic,  immediate 
success  in  the  area  of  population  con- 
trol will  not  be  able  to  halt  popu- 
lation growth  for  many  decades,  and 
I  am  doubtful  if  any  conceivable  suc- 


cess with  the  Green  Revolution  can 
buy  us  that  much  time.  And,  third,  I 
am  enough  of  a  cynic  to  believe  that 
many  of  the  very  intelligent  sugges- 
tions that  Brown  makes  in  the  area  of 
agricultural  development  will  never 
be  implemented.  In  addition,  we  are 
still  a  long  way  even  from  the  first 
serious  attempt  to  halt  the  population 
explosion,  to  say  nothing  of  a  success- 
ful program.  But  that  I  am  more  pes- 
simistic than  Lester  Brown  is  not  a 
criticism  of  Seeds  of  Change,  which  I 
recommend  highly  to  anyone  who  is 
concerned  with  the  problem  of  feed- 
ing a  vastly  overpopulated  world. 

Paul  R.  Ehrlich 

Stanford  University 

Briefly  Noted 

Night  of  the  Grizzlies,  by  Jack  01- 
sen.  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  $6.95;  254 
pp.,  illiis. 

This  account  of  the  events  leading 
to  the  fatal  maulings  of  two  campers 
by  bears  in  August,  1967,  is  perhaps 
the  most  hair-raising  book  of  the 
year.  Jack  Olsen  has  assembled  all 
the  ingredients  of  this  tragedy — the 
huge  grizzlies  whose  free-roaming  ter- 
ritory is  being  relentlessly  eroded; 
the  rangers  who  suspended  park 
rules,  better  judgment,  and  common 
safety  precautions;  and  the  inex- 
perienced campers  and  tourists  to 
whom  these  bears  were  part  of  the 
"show."  Actors  and  events  are 
brought  to  a  horrifying  climax  in  a 
drama  that  the  author  believes  may 
signal  the  beginning  of  the  end  for 
this  carnivore.  As  Olsen  says,  "The 
grizzly  needs  space,  and  the  continen- 
tal United  States  no  longer  has  space 
to  give  him." 

C.B. 


The  American  Museum  is  open  to 
the  public  without  charge  every  day 
during  the  year,  except  Thanksgiv- 
ing and  Christmas.  Your  support, 
through  membership  and  contribu- 
tions, helps  make  this  possible.  The 
Museum  is  equally  in  need  of  sup- 
port for  its  work  in  the  fields  of  re- 
search, education  and  exhibition. 


This  list  details 

other  source  of 

COVER— Lee  Boltin 
10-11— Edward  Rice, 
Photo  Trends 
12-13— Everett  Gendler 
14 — Photo  Trends 
16 — Edward  Rice, 
Photo  Trends 
20— Everett  Gendler 
31-34— Lee  Boltin 
36-37- Arthur  W. 
Ambler,  National 
Audubon  Society 
38-43- William   Herrn- 
kind  except  map, 
AMNH  after  Herrnkind 
45— Helmut  Wimmer 
46-47— Eric  Lessing, 
Magnum 


the  photographer  or 
illustration,  by  page. 

48-49- AMNH  after 

Darlington 

51 — Marilyn  Silverstone, 

Magnum 

52-53— Charles  Harbutt, 

Magnum 

54— Elliott  Erwitt, 

Magnum 

57— Charles  Harbutt, 

Magnum 

58 — Thomas  Gladwin 

61— AMNH  after 

Gladwin 

62-63 — Peter    Silverman    ' 

64-69 — Thomas    Gladwin 

70 — Barbara  Hollings- 

worth 


ORIOLE  "FUN-BAR" 

This  exclusive  Feeder  will  attract  many  tun- 
loving  golden  Orioles  to  your  garden,  patio  or 
balcony  (see  actual  photo).  Hang  anywhere  and 
then  watch  the  fun.  Orioles  are  not  only  beauti- 
ful, but  "characters"  as  well.  A  grand  gift  any 
time.  No  rust,  easy  to  clean.  Moneyback  guaran- 
tee, full  instructions.  $i.95  plus  34(#  pp.  In  Calif, 
add  25(#  tax.  Sorry  no  COD.  HUMMINGBIRD 
HEAVEN.  6818-N  Apperson  St..  TUJUNGA, 
CALIF.  91042.  (Makers  of  the  famous  "Hummy- 
Bird  Bar"  ®.)   15th  Year! 


%  Beech  Cliff 

On  The  Lake,  By  The  Sea 

MOUNT  DESERT,  MAINE,  near  Bar  Harbor 
BOYS  9-16  Pioneer  camping  in  setting 
of  great  natural  beauty— plus  EXCEP- 
TIONAL TRIP  PROGRAM.  Each  camper 
elects  (without  extra  charge)  Wilderness 
Canoe  Trips,  Windjammer  Sailing  Cruise, 
Katahdin  Mt  Expedition.  In-Camp  prog, 
incl.  riflery,  archery,  tennis,  water  siding, 
fresh  water  swimming,  sailing  Natural 
science  emphasized.  (Aho  Caribbean 
Oceanograpnic  Summer  School  age  14-17 ) . 
Clifford  A.  Pulls,  6  Old  Marlboro  Rd.,  Concord, 
Mass.  01742  (617)369-4095  EST.  1954 

Accredited  lYr.U.S.Tour 

Coed,  14-18.  Exciting  one  year  ecology 
adventure  to  natural,  historical  &  cultural 
wonders.  Stimulates  learning,  maturity, 
cooperation,  responsibility.  Endorsed  by 
leading  educators  &  parents.  Few  va- 
cancies left  in  small  (20)  student  group 
leaving  N.Y.  Sept.  7.  For  infor.  or  filmed 
preview,  call:  (212)  989-2224. 


traitsiJe  CountiyScfioo/ 


40  MILLION  YEAR  OLD  FOSSIL  FISH 

(DIPLOMYSTUS  HUMUIS)  $17.95 


500  MILLION  YEAR  OLD  TRILOBITE 

(ELRATHIA  KING)  S2.25 

DOVER  SCIENTIFIC 

Box  6011  c 

Long  Island  City,  N.Y.  11106 

Send  25c  for  Illustrated  Catalog 
of  Minerals,  Fossils  &  Stiells 


HARRIS  TWEED,   SHETLAND  TWEED 
and  WOOLEN  WORSTED 

All  garments  for  Ladies  and  Gents  tailored.  Capes  and 
Norfolk  Jackets  $46.00.  Suits  and  Overcoats  $55.00, 
Jackets  $38.00,  Skirts  and  Trousers  $19.00.  Prices  in- 
clude all  cloth.  All  cloth  sold  by  the  yard.  Satisfaction 
guaranteed.  Send  $1.00  for  air-mail  swatches  to; 
ALEXANDER  GRAHAM  Borve,   Isle  of  Lewis,  Scotland 


Sugoested 
Additional  Reading 

WHERE  HAVE  ALL  THE  BEACH 

CLUBS  OF  OLD  HAVANA  GONE? 

Castro's  Cuba,  Cuba's  Fidel.  L. 
Lockwood.  The  Macmillan  Com- 
pany, New  York,  1967. 

Socialism  in  Cuba.  L.  Huberman 
and  P.  Sweezy.  Monthly  Review 
Press,  New  York,  1969. 

BIOLOGY  OF  THE  WAY-OUT 
Nature  and  Man's  Fate.  G.  Hardin. 

New  American  Library,   Inc.,   New 

York,  1961. 
Learning  and  Instinct  in  Animals. 

W.  H.  Thorpe.  Harvard  University 

Press,  Cambridge,  1963. 
A   Guide   to   Bird  Watching.   J.   J. 

Hickey.     Anchor     Books,     Garden 

City,  1963. 

ANCIENT  MEXICO 
AND  CENTRAL  AMERICA 

Indian  Art  of  Mexico  and  Central 
America.  M.  Covarrubias.  Alfred 
A.  Knopf,  Inc.,  New  York,  1957. 

The  Maya.  M.  D.  Coe.  Frederick  A. 
Praeger,  Inc.,  New  York,  1966. 

Mexico.  M.  D.  Coe.  Frederick  A. 
Praeger,  Inc.,  New  York,  1962. 

Handbook  of  Middle  American  In- 
dians. R.  Wauchope,  ed.  University 
of  Texas  Press,  Austin,  1964. 

MIGRATION 

OF  THE  SPINY  LOBSTER 

Something    Rich    and    Strange.    R. 

Schroeder.    Harper    &    Row,    New 

York,  1965. 
Crustaceans.  W.  L.  Schmitt.  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan  Press,  Ann  Arbor, 

1965. 
Curious  Naturalists.  N.  Tinbergen. 

Anchor  Books,   Garden   City,   1968. 
Undervtater  Guideposts.  A.  D.  Has- 

ler.  University  of  Wisconsin  Press, 

Madison,  1966. 

THE  ORIGINS  OF 
AGRICULTURE 
The  Origin  of  Cultivated  Plants. 
A.  De  Candolle.  Hafner  Publishing 
Co.,  Inc.,  New  York,  1959. 
The    Variation    of    Animals    and 
Plants  under  Domestication.   C. 
Darwin.    8    vol.    D.    Appleton    and 
Company,  New  York,  1900. 

EAST  IS  A  BIG  BIRD 
Nature  Is  Your  Guide.  H.  Gatty.  E. 
P.  Dutton  &  Co.,  Inc.,  New  York, 
1957. 
The  Canoes  of  Polynesia,  Fiji,  and 
Micronesia.  J.  Hornell.  Vol.  I  of 
Canoes  of  Oceania  by  A.  C.  Had- 
don  and  J.  Hornell.  Bernice  P. 
Bishop  Milseum,  Special  Publica- 
tion 27,  Honolulu,  1936. 


BUFFET    FOR    "HUMMERS' 


Hummingbirds,  colorful  playboys  of  the  feath- 
ered world,  have  sipped  4-at-a-time  for  15  years 
now  from  genuine  "Hummy-Bird  Bars"®  (Ac- 
tual photo).  They  Jove  the  real  wood  perch  on 
their  private  buffet.  No  other  birds  or  bees  can 
reach  the  goodies.  No  drip  or  rust,  easy  to  clean. 
Always  a  heartwarming  gift!  Moneyback  guar- 
antee. Full  instructions.  $2.95  plus  2%i  pp.  In 
Calif,  add  15(^  tax.  Sorry  no  COD's.  HUMMING- 
BIRD HEAVEN,  6818-N  Apperson  St.,  TU- 
JUNGA, CALIF.  91042  (Makers  of  the  popular 
Oriole  "Fun-Bar"  for  fun-loving  Orioles ) . 
MADE  IN  U.S.A. 


MAGAZIIVE-BOOK  TREE 


ingenious,  new 
chairside  li- 
brary. Holds  over 
100  magazines, 
newspapers,  cat- 
alogs —  even 
phone  books  — 
wrinkle  free,  or- 
derly —  easy  to 
see,  ready  to  use. 
Top    holds    any 


paper- 


books    --    ^    , 

lots  & 
lots.  It's  porta- 
ble, practical  and 
so  pretty.  Ideal 
for  home,  oflSce, 
reception  room. 
White    birch 


gs.    Ii 


..jney  pine  or 

maple,   antique 

pine  or  waUiut  finish.  28"H,  16"W. 

15"D.    $15.95.   HOME   KIT:    For 

easy  assembly  &  finish.  Simple  in- 

stnictions.     $9.95    Postpaid.    Add 

85(?  each  West  of  Mississippi. 

BEAUTIFUL   NEW    FREE   CATALOG— 1000   PIECES 

Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 

include  Zip  No.  YIELD     HOUSE 

^^  '  H     03860 


Trapping 

with  humane 

HAVAHART 
TRAPS 


Learn 

about 

humane 

trapping 

from 

Havahart 


It's  sure,  simple,  and  sale!  Did  you  know— rabbits  like  rolled 
oats?  Woodchucks  can't  resist  string  beans?  Gophers  go  (or 
peanut  butter?  Corn  lures  coons?  Snapping  turtles  kill  game 
birds?  Rats  can  be  controlled?  Skunks  can't  spray  without 
lifting  their  tails?  Ttiese  are  a  tew  of  the  fascinating  facts  from 
the  HAVAHART  Trapping  Guide!  t^ew  edition  contains  a  wealth 
of  useful  information  as  well  as  price  list  for  the  complete  line 
of  cages,  traps,  and  animal  carriers.  Send  (or  FREE  copy! 
Learn  ttie  secrets  of  trapping  success. 

HAVAHART,  158-M  Water  St.,  Ossining,  N.Y.  10562 

Please  senif  price  list  and  free  trapping  guide. 

Name 

Address 

City State Zip 


79 


i:%fl 


IBM's  Dennis  Leonetti,  who  began  working 

on  Allegheny  County's  long-standing 

air-pollution  projea  in  1967,  at  the  site  of 

a  planned  sensing  station. 


They  re  keeping  an  eye  on  unseen 
pollutants  in  a  city^s  ain 

Once  a  3'white'shirt'a-day  city,  Pittsburgh  did  a  remarkable  job  of 
cleaning  up  its  visible  air  pollution.  But  how  do  you  fight  the  stuff 
you  can^t  see?  Dennis  Leonetti's  story  is  another  example  of  how  IBM, 
its  people  or  products  often  play  a  part  in  tackling  today's  problems. 


'Air  taken  in  through  'sniifers'  like  these  is  continuously  analyzed  for  pollutants.  Readings  are  then  fed  into  a  central  computer." 


"There  were  days  when  Pittsburgh  was  dark  by  noon. 
And  some  people  wore  three  shirts  a  day,"  reflects 
Dennis  Leonetti,  IBM  Marketing  Representative  to 
the  Allegheny  County  Bureau  of  Air  Pollution  Control. 

"They  really  did  a  remarkable  job  of  cleaning  up 
the  visible  pollution.  As  far  back  as  1962,  a  U.  S.  Public 
Health  Service  study,  covering  thirteen  cities,  showed 
that  Pittsburgh  had  less  'dust'  than  eleven  of  them. 
Only  Salt  Lake  City  had  clearer  air. 

"But  the  most  difficult  part  of  the  job  is  still  ahead. 

"What  we're  after  now  are  the  pollutants  you  can't 
see.  Carbon  monoxide.  Sulphur  dioxide.  And  what's 
called  fine  particulate,  the  stuff  that  stays  suspended  in 
the  air. 

"By  this  summer,  the  County  will  have  seven  sens- 
ing stations  with  52  sensors.  The  final  plan  calls  for 
seventeen  stations  with  103  sensors. 


"These  'sniffers'  take  continuous  readings  of  pol- 
lutant levels,  which,  along  with  weather  data,  are  fed 
into  the  computer  over  telephone  lines. 

"Readings  are  printed  out  every  five  minutes.  But 
when  a  pollutant  exceeds  a  specified  level,  the  print- 
out appears  in  red  and  the  computer  automatically  re- 
quests new  readings  every  fifteen  seconds. 

"A  system  like  this  can  pinpoint  excess  pollutants 
and  their  sources.  And  give  pollution  authorities  an 
opportunity  to  take  appropriate  action. 

"What's  more,  we'll  eventually  be  able  to  use  it  as 
an  early  warning  system  —  spotting  dangerous  condi- 
tions before  critical  pollution  levels  are  reached. 

"Nobody's  looking  for  any  awards  yet.  We  haven't 
eliminated  air  pollution.  But  what 
we're  doing  will  help  here.  And,  we 
hope,  in  other  cities  as  well." 


IBM 


KEEP  PACE  WITH  SPACE  AGE!  SEE  MOON  SHOTS-LANDINGS,  SPACE  FLIGHTS,  CLOSE-UP 


TTT7r*lH  LLlH 


for  FUN.  STUDY  or  PROFIT 


GREAT  INT'L  PAPER  PLANE  BOOKl 

Official  fly-them-yourself 

book  of  paper  airplanes 
from  SCIENTIFIC  AMERI- 
CAN'S "1st  International 
Competition".  Includes 

plans  of  ail  winning  entri^, 
time-aloft  records,  photos, 
technical  data.  commen- 
taries. Has  20  unusual  de- 
signs on  perforated  pages 
for  easy  tear-out.  You  won't 
believe    how    some    of    them 

fly!  Amusing,  entertaining.   128  pages,  9"  x   WYa". 

Stock   No.  939 1  E   $2.95  Ppd. 

BATTERY  POWERED  GYROSCOPE 

For  the  first  time— have  the 
fun  &.  enjoyment  of  a  gyro 
without  bother  of  constant 
string  winding  &  pulling.  5" 
flying. 


Spin 


edge 


upside 


switch  to  otT  is  an  experience- 
tor  armost  3  min.  without  powe 
rocket  car,  pedestal,  9"  diam. 
cap.  chain,  loop,  instr.  Operates 
Stock  No.  7l,l6iE 


string. 

you'll  be  amazet 
formance.  Ev( 
» — speeds   up  to 

/pr.    Ten-iffi'-    anr.f 

orbit 


1  your  head,  hanging 


1  2  "C"  batt.  (not  i 


nber— see 
atoms  explode  with  the  spin- 
thariscope—  check  ionization 
and  radioactivity  ot  every 
day  materials  .  .  .  these  are 
just  a  few  of  the  fascinating 
projects  possible  with  this 
amazing  43  part  kit.  Con- 
tains everything  needed  to 
construct  your  personal 
atomic  energy  laboratory.  Absolutely  safe.  Includes  atomic 
cloud  chamber,  projector,  illuminator,  electroscope,  spin- 
thariscope, 22  p.  instruction  booklet  with  suggested  experi- 
ulate  student's  scientific   interest 


product    &    tool    de- 


egatii 


olds.  I 


lily  shaped 
by  hand,  tools.  Can  be  rolled 
flat,  built  up  into  figures. 
Permanently  pliable  until 
baked  at  300'  F.  for  15-30 
minutes  in  oven — no  kiln 


olds 


eded. 


shrink.  Acquires  permanert. 
shaped  &  baked.  Can  then  be 
painted,   embossed.   Smooth,   m 

Stock  No.  60.794E    

Stock  No.  7!,205E 


Won't 

non-brittle  hardness  when 
ut,  sawed,  drilled,  sanded, 
i-sticky,   harmless. 


WOODEN   SOL/D   PUZZLES 


fascinating  assort- 
ment of  12  different  puzzles 
to  provide  hours  of  pleasure 
ability     to 


WM 


think    and 


'^ 


Stock   No    70.205E 


s.  Take 
them  apart  and  reassemble 
them.  Lots  of  fun  for  the 
whole  family.  Will  test  skill, 
patience  and  ability  to  solve 

S5.00  Ppd. 


NEW,   tOW-COST   GEM  TUMBLER 


ickhi 


I  Fasci- 
loads  of 
>,  easy.  Make 


tumble-fini 
readily  available  gemstones 
.  .  .  then  polish  to  high 
lustre  .  .  .  brings  out  beau< 
tiful  colors.  Rugged  3-lb.  ca- 
pacity tumbler  w/conlinuous 

duty  motor.    Full    instructions. 

Stock  No.  70.874E  SI0.75  Ppd. 

6-lb.   ROCK   ASSORTMENT   (10  TYPES) 

Stock  No.  70.868E     ..^ ^ $  9.00  Ppd. 


''^"t'N  4,000  UNUSUAL  BARGAINS 


I     MORETHAN 


pletely    new    catalog.    148    pages 

Led    with    nearly    4.000    unusual 

argains.     Exciting     new    categories. 

lany    new    items.     lOO's    of    charts. 

lustrations.    Many    hard-to-get    war 

irplus     bargains.     Enormous     selec- 

on    of    telescopes,    microscopes,    bi- 

ulars.  magnets,  etc.  for  hobbyists. 

erimenters,    workshops.    Shop    by 

il.  Write  for  Catalog  -'E"  to  Ed- 

nd    Scientific   Company,    300    Eds- 

ngton.  New  Jersey  08007. 


AMERICAN  MADE  7x50  BINOCULARS 


Big 


'ings 


Br; 


Crystal-cIf 

power.  Every  optical  element 
is  coated.  An  excellent  night 
glass— the  size  recommended 
for  satellite  viewing.  Indi 
vidual  eye  focus.  Exit  pupjl 
7  mm.  Approx.  field  at  1.000 
yds.  is  376  ft.  Carrying  Case 
included.  American  7x50  s 
normally  cost  S274.50.  Ter 
rific  bargain. 

Stock  No.  I544E  $99  50  Ppd 

AMERICAN-MADE  6x30  S 

Stock  No.  963E  $65.00  Ppd. 

PLASTIC  MODEL  V-8  ENGINE 

Hours  of  fun!  Get  thrill  of 
building  your  own  easily  as- 
sembled engine  from  over 
350  parts.  Then  push  starter 
and  watch  it  run.  Crankshaft 
revolves,  pistons  move,  valves 
open  and  close  in  sequence 
with  spark  plugs.  Does  ev- 
erything but  burn  oil.  'A 
scale  molded  in  4  colors. 
Same  motor  used  in  many 
mechanic  courses.    Excellent, 

easy-to-understand      tech    manual." 

Stock  No    70  448E $12.95  Ppd. 

GIANT   WEATHER  BALLOONS 

"Balls  of  fun"  for  kids, 
traffic  stoppers  for  stores, 
terrific  for  amateur  meteo- 
rologists. Create  a  neighbor- 
hood sensation.  Great  back-  ,„  „^^^^  i^c. 
yard  fun.  Exciting  beach  -^  .^m^^M  'Of*- 
attraction.  Amateur  meteo- 
rologists use  to  measure 
cloud  heights,  wind  speed, 
and  temp.  Made  of  heavy 
duty  neoprene.  Inflate  with 
vacuum   cleaner,   auto  air  hose;  or  helium  for  high  rise. 

Stock  No.  60,568E      8' $2.00  Ppd. 

GIANT    16'   DIAMETER 

Stock  No.  60.632E ..$7.00  Ppd. 

NEW   LIQUID-FUEL   ROCKET  KIT 

Apollo-type  rocket  soars  to 
1. 000  feet  at  300  ft-  pw  sec- 
ond .  .  .  then  gently  returns 
to  earth  on  automatic  para- 
chute. Fantastically  realistic 
lift  off.  flight,  vapor  trail. 
16"  aluminum  rocket  can  be 
fired  manually  or  electrically 
(req.  6v  Batt.  not  incl.). 
Loads  of  fun  building,  dec- 
orating, launching  again  &. 
again.  Includ.:  16  Pg.  instruct.,  engine,  timer,  separator, 
parachute,  parachute  tube,  nose  cone,  fins,  loading  valve, 
hose,    electric   firing   assembly,    launch  stand,    propellant. 

Stock  No.  7I,I82E  $15.95  Ppd, 

EXTRA   PROPELLANT   (2  15  oz.  cans) 

Stock  No.  P7 1.1 92E       .  .       $  4.00  Ppd. 

TERRIBLE  LIZARDS-MONSTROUS  MAMMALS 
Explore  the  fascinating  pre 
historic  world  of  dinosaurs 
200,000,000  years  ago.  New 
kit  contains  24  authentic 
scale  models  (12  dinosaurs 
— 12  mammals)  accurately 
detailed  in  sturdy  plastic  1^*  sg&dJ'*^^^" '  ^^sgfe^ 
Incl.:     Giant     Brontosaurus        '^      .-*^«**'i  -^^^^S^ 

fierce  Tyrannosaurus  Rex 
Wooly  Mammoth — range  in 
size  from  2"  to  6".  Also  inst 

to   build  your   own   dinosaur   land   and   Wi^nder    Book 
Stock    No.    70.8I7E $6  00  Ppd 

"FISH"   WITH  A  MAGNET 

^^^sb,        "  Go   treasure   hunting   on   the 

C'^'^'rZ''    .^^^^  -.     bottom!    Fascinating    fun    &. 

H   _^^.    ^^^^  -        sometimes    profitable!   Tie   a 

-      ^    ^■\^^R  •■'v^'   '^ke  or  ocean.  Troll  it 

mi;  ^B  ^  ^^k   -^         along    bottom — your    "treas- 

'^-^"  mlB   m  ^^    -'='^     "'"^"'    ^^"'    ^^^    ^^    outboard 

■*^^'^^W    Sc^^-^J^        motors,  anchors,  other  metal 

\^    -w       |y_.    7^(^        valuables.    5-lb.     Magnet    is 

^  war  surplus — AInico-V   Type 

—Gov  t  cost  $50.  Lifts  over  150  lbs.  on  land — much  greater 

weights  under  water. 

Stock  No.  70.571  E     5  lbs.  $14.00  Ppd. 

Stock  No.  70,570E    3V2   lbs.  S  8.75  Ppd. 

Slock  No.  70.572E    7'/2   lbs  SI8.75  Ppd. 

Stock  No.  85.I52E    15^^  lbs $33.60  FOB 

3"   ASTRONOMICAL  TELESCOPE 

See  moon  shots,  orbits-star-,     ^s™j«  .  -^  . 

phases     of     Venus,     planets     ^^^^^'^^  ^ 

close    up.    60   to    180    power. 

Aluminized    and     overcoated 

3"     diameter     f/IO     primary 

mirror.        ventilated        coll 

Equatorial   mount  with  locks 

on   both  axes.   Equipped  with 

60X    eyepiece    and    mounted 

Barlow   lens.   3X   finder  tele- 

scope.        hardwood        tripod 

FREE:    "STAR    CHART";    272-page    "HANDBOOK    OF 

HEAVENS";     "HOW    TO     USE     YOUR     TELESCOPE" 

Stock   No.   85,05OE  ...„ _ $29.95  Ppd. 

Stock   No.   85,i05E  414"  - $94.50  FOB 

Stock   No.  85,086E  ..._ 6"    -. $239.50  FOB 


AMAZING  "TRICK"  PHOTOGRAPHY 

1   pro- 


Now  any  amateur  c 
duce  all  kinds  of 
Wild  way  out  photo  effects. 
No  special  knowledge  or 
equipment  required.  Unique 
kit  enables  you  to  turn 
friends  into  monsters,  show 
house  with  water  to  2nd 
floor  make  psychedelic 
slides  kaleidoscopic  pho- 
tos impressionistic  photo- 
art — unlimited    possibilities. 

Complete    instructions   reveal   the  secrets — includes  all   ae-ii 
cessories  needed.  \\ 

Stock   No.  7I.229E   $10.50  Ppd. 


Solve  proble 
play    games    with    miniature 
of    giant    electronn 


bled.     12"    X    3'/2"    x    4%". 
Incl.    step-by-step    assembly 
diagrams,  32-p.  book  on  op- 
eration,   computer    language  , 
(binary  system)   programming  problems  &   15  experlmenw.  h 
Stock  No.  70.683E                             .            _            _    $5.9RPpd.  'I 
ANALOG  COMPUTER  KIT 
Stock  No.  70.341  E      .- ..       _            -    $18-95  Ppd. 

For  Boys— Girls— Adultsi  SCIENCE  TREASURE  CHESTS 

Extra-powerful  magnets,  po-  f 
larizing  filters,  compass,  one- 
way-mirror film,  prism,  dif- 
fraction grating  and  lots  of 
other  items,  plus  a  Ten-Lens 
Kit  for  making  telescopes, 
microscopes,  etc.  Full  in- 
structions  included. 

No.   70,342E    $5.50  Ppd. 

Deluxe      Science      Treasure 

Chest 

Stock    No.   70,343E    $12.00  Ppd. 


MAGIC  JUMPING  FUN  DISCS 


ents  It'll  take-off.  Loads 


Put  one  of  the&e  quarter- 
sized  crazy  buttons  down  and 
stand  back.  In  a  matter  of 
seconds  it'll  jump  almost  6 
feet  high.  Just  like  magic 
.  .  .  but  it's  really  scien- 
tific. Actually,  the  warmth 
of  your  hand  holding  these 
metal  discs  makes  the  trick. 
After  palming  a  disc,  place 
it  on  any  coo]  surface  and  in 

of   fun    for    kids    of   all    ages.    Terrific    conversatio 
Package  of  twelve  only  $2. 

Stock   No.    P-4I.150E      $2.00  Ppd. 

Stock  No.   P-41,I80E  set  of    100    $12.00  Ppd. 

Large    personalized    quantities    available — write    for    info. 

BIG  BOOM  &  FLASH  CANNON 

Perfectly  safe  giant  noise- 
maker  for  sports,  games,  the 
4th  and  Just  plain  fun  pro* 
duces  brilliant  flash  and 
loud  bang.  Completely  harm- 
less— no  gun  powder,  match- 
es  or  recoil.  Easily  operated. 
Beautiful  reproduction  of 
regular  Army  60  MM  cannon 
in  hefty  cast  iron.  "Ammo" 
is  pulverized  Bangsite  com- 
bined  with   water   in  cannon 

producing  harmless  gas.  Cannot  be  ignited  by  hottest  flame 
or  heaviest  concussion.  Incl.  ammo  for  200  shots,  inst.  Wt 
21,4   lbs. 

Stock   No.   70,898E    $6.95   Ppd. 

EXTRA  AMMO   (About  400  Shots) 

Stock   No.   P4I,005E     .- $1.30  Ppd. 

HOT-AIR^ FLYING  SAUCER  KIT 


nd     la 

over  and  over.  Low  cost. 
Lots  of  fun.  Can  carry  '/a 
lb.  objects  with  string  teth- 
er. Fly  school  colors  at 
games,  use  for  advertisina. 
attach   mirror — play  "spy 


white   model    paper  gores,   8 

red    panels    for    portholes,    wii 

damaged. 

Stock   No.   7I,I75E    . 

9  Ft.   Hot-Air  Balloon  Kit 

Stock  No.  60.691  E   . 


»,  eord.  Easily  repalreil  If 
$3  00  Ppd. 
$2  00  Ppd. 


^f^ 


any 


surface,      including      water 

Graphically  demonstrates 

same    principles    that    apply 

to     Ford's    and    Curtiss- 

Wright's  new  whe«lless  air 

cars.   Sturdy  red  and  yellow  ^ 

plastic.    6"    wide,    9^     deep  ^ 

2"  high  with  4"  propeller    Operates  on  2  flashlight  baneriet 

(not  incl.).  48"  control  line    battery  ease 

Stock   No.  70.307E  $3  50   Ppd. 


ORDER  BY  STOCKoNUMBER  •  SEND  CHECK  OR  MONEY  ORDER  •  MONEY-BACK  GUARANTEE 

300  EDSCORP  BUILDING 

•^^ARRINGTON,  NEW  JERSEY  08007 


82 


and  to  a  hosi  ol  ancient  culture  centers  in  iviexicG  and  Central  America. 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  is  proud  to  announce  tiie  publication 

of  Ancient  Mexico  and  Central  America,  a  profusely  illustrated  book  based  on 

the  new  permanent  archeologicai  exhibit  opening  this  month  at  the  Museum.  The 

photographs  by  Lee  Boltin  capture  the  stunningly  high  level  of  art  achieved  by 

these  ancient  civilizations.  An  introduction  by  Dr.  Gordon  F.  Ekholm 

conveys  the  archeologicai  and  cultural  significance  of  the  treasures  that 

represent  those  civilizations. 

The  book  is  1 28  pages  long  and  has  32  pages  of  full-color  photographs  of  the 

order  shown  in  this  issue  of  Natural  History.  It  is  rounded  out  with  55  pages 

of  black-and-white  photographs  and  contains  a  useful  chronological  chart  of  the 

evolution  of  these  dramatic,  shining  cultures. 

Come  browse  awhile  in  the  realm  of  the  Maya,  the  Aztec,  and  the  Olmec. 
The  price  is  only  $5.00.  For  your  copy,  please  mail  check  or  money  order  to 


The  American  Museum  ot  Natural  History,  7  west  77tli  Street,  New  York,  New  York  10024 


Most  thru-the-lens 

meter  systems  average 

total  scene  brightness. 

They  work  fine  for 

most  normal  pictures. 

But,  in  situations  like  this, 

an  averaging  system  would 

befooled  by  the  bright 

background.  Result:  severe 

un  der-exp  osure  for 

the  main  subject. 


With  a  spot  meter  system, 

you'd  probably  take  several 

readings  and  average  them 

yourself.  (A  single  reading 

of  the  wrong  area  would 

produce  faulty  exposure.) 

Dual  systems,  using  both 

spot  and  averaging  meters, 

not  only  inherit  the 

problems  of  both,  but  also 

slow  the  photographer 

down  because  he  has  to 

make  a  choice. 


Nikon  beats  the  averages 


with  the  Photomic  FTN  "center-weighted"  meter  system  for  Nikon  F.  It 
measures  the  brightness  of  the  entire  scene  but  gets  607o  of  its  exposure 
information  from  just  1/7  of  the  picture  area,  outlised  in  the  center  of 
most  NLkon  F  finder  screens. From  here,  its  sensitivity  diminishes  rapidly 
towards  the  screen  edges. 

In  our  e.xample.  the  FTN  will  automatically  compensate  for  the  bright- 
ness difference  between  central  subject  and  backgroimd.  Here,  as  well 
as  in  normal  situations,  it  provides  correct  exposure,  with  a  single  reading 

What's  more,  the  FTN  measures  subject  brightness  on  the  finder 
screen,  where  the  image  is  in  focus.  It  permits  wide-open  readings  with 
all  Auto-Nikkor  lenses  as  well  as  stop-down  measurements,  with  non- 
automatic  lenses  and  when  bellows  or  extension  tubes  are  used. 

New  features  offered  by  the  Photomic  FTN  include  r  automatic  lens 
indexing,  which  eliminates  need  to  adjust  ASA/aperture  alignment  when 
interchanging  lenses:  shutter  speed  visible  in  finder;  2-second  and  4-sec- 
ond  exposure  measurements  where  required,  among  others. 

The  Photomic  FTN  is  interchangeable  with  all  other  Nikon  F  finder 
systems,  except  that  earlier  Nikon  F  bodies  require  some  adaptation. 

For  details  see  your  Nikon  dealer,  or  write,  Nikon  Inc.,  Garden  City, 
N.Y.  11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich  Photo-Optical  Industries.  Inc.  Sffl 
lln  Canada:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.Q.) 


Nikon  Photomic  FTn 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


JUNE-JULY  1970  •  $1.00 


You  may  never  have  to  shoot  an  Alosa  pseudoharengus  being  fitted  with  a  contact  lens.* 

But  that's  no  reason  why  you  shouldn't  enjoy  the  same  camera  versatility,  lens  performance  and  picture 

quality  in  your  work.  All  it  takes  is  a  Nikon  F,  a  Nikkor  lens  and  a  bit  of  creative  imagination. 

You  supply  the  imagination.  The  Nikon  F  will  provide  the  handling  ease  to  help  you  get  the  pictures  you  want 

when  you  want  them.  And  the  Nikkor  lenses  will  provide  the  sharpness  and  resolution  to  make  your  pictures 

'sing'  and  sparkle. 

So,  whether  your  dish  is  fish  or  fashion,  pets  or  portraits,  sports  or  still-lifes,  it's  all  the  same  to  a  Nikon  F. 

More  than  a  camera,  it's  a  system  of  photography  capable  of  handling  any  assignment,  and  transforming 

the  most  ordinary  situations  into  great  pictures.  See  it  at  your  Nikon  dealer,  or  write: 

□  Nikon  inc.,  Garden  City,  New  York  11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich  Photo-Optical  Industries,  Inc., 

Din  Canada:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.Q. 


This  was  part  o<  an  experiment  in  the  schooling  behavior  of  fish  conducted  by 
Dr.  Evelyn  Shawof  the  Museum  of  Natural  Historyand  Dr.  Edward  Baylor  of  the 
StateUniversityof  New  York  at  Stony  Brook.  The  naturally  fa  rsighted  fish  were 
made  even  more  farsighted.  very  nearsighted  and  normal,  but  the  lenses 
irritated  their  eyes  and  the  effect  on  schooling  behavior  was  not  determined. 


VATURAL  HISTORY 


)L.  LXXIX,  No.  6 


IN'CORPCIRATINC  NATURE  MAGAZINE 


JUNE-JULY  1970 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


4    LET'S  SING  "AULD  LANG  SYNE"  FOR  THE  UPPER  BRANDYWINE 
Luna  B.  Leopold     Illustration,  "Buttonwood  Tree,"  by  Andrew  Wyeth 
This  sad  tale  of  quashed  plans  for  conserving  a  river  basin's  natural  beauty 
attests  to  the  fact  that  people  very  often  fear  ivhat  they  do  not  understand. 

18     THE  STAR  DRAGON  Loren  Eiseley 

Musing  on  the  time  before  man  ivas  ascendant,  this  naturalist-poet  envisions 
a  fiery  apocalypse  now  30,000  years  cold. 

27  YOU  AND  THE  ECOLOGY'  MOVEMENT  Prepared  by  Luther  P.  Gerlach 
and  Virginia  Mine 

Friends,  readers,  members  of  the  grass  roots  ecology  movement  are  urged  to 
lend  their  opinions  to  objective  analysis  in  this  questionnaire. 

30     THIS  GENTLE  &  ELEGANT  CAT  George  B.  Schaller 

Despite  its  deserved  reputation  for  fleetness,  the  shy  and  aristocratic  cheetah 
may  be  running  a  losing  race  ivith  extinction. 

40     TINY  WOLVES  OF  THE  WATER  David  Barr 
Photographs  by  Helen  Sutton 

A  versatile  and  voracious  predator,  the  water  mite  is  a  potential  candidate 
for  a  role  in  pollution  and  pest  control. 

46  BARRIER  BEACHES  OF  EASTERN  AMERICA  Christopher  J.  Schuberth 
Man  must  understand  the  inconstant  nature  of  surf-washed  sand  if  he  ivishes 
his  works  to  endure  on  these  coastal  islands. 

56     NORTHWEST  PASSAGE  Bob  Skovbo     Photographs  by  Paul  von  Baich 
JF'ith  pack  and  paddle  a  man  ranges  across  silent  barrens  that  ivill  soon  hear 
the  rumble  of  earthmovers,  the  giant  tanker's  groan. 

66     MUSHROOMS  Peggy  Young 

Introducing  the  ubiquitous  and  delectable  cibus  diorum,  "the  food  of  the 
gods,"  ivhile  cautioning  that  when  it  comes  to  edible  fungus,  a  little  knowl- 
edge is  a  dangerous  thing. 

cover:  "Aloof  and  self-contained,  [the  cheetah]  remained  an  enigma" 
until  very  recently. 

2       THE  AUTHORS 

72  SKY  REPORTER    John  p.  Wiley,  Jr. 

73  CELESTIAL  EVENTS    Thomas  D.  Nicholson 
78      BOOKS  IN   REVIEW   Richard  1.  Ford 

92       SUGGESTED    ADDITIONAL    READING 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Gardner  D.  Slout,  President  Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Director 

Natural  History 

Alfred  Meyer,  Editor  Robert  E.  JVilliamson,  Managing  Editor 

Barbara  L.  Cline,  Avis  Knlffin,  Alan  P.  Ternes,  John  P.  Wiley,  Jr.,  Associate  Editors 

Thomas  Page,  Art  Editor  Florence  G.  Edelslein,  Copy  Editor 

Toni  Gerher,  Asst.  Copy  Editor  Carol  Brcslin,  Reviews  Editor 

Diantha  C.  Thorpe,  Inlormalion  Services  William  Suderman.  Produclion 

Ernestine  Weindorj,  Karen  Mamilis,  Caroline  Doerflinper,  Staff  Assistants 


Editorial  Advisers:  Gerard  Piel,  Dean  Amadon,  Franldyn  M.  Branley,  Vincmt  Manson, 
Margaret  Mead,  Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Ethel  Tobach 


Harvey  Oshinsky,  Advertising  Director  Harry  /•'.  Decker,  Waller  E.  Mercer, 

Gordon  Finley,  Advertising  Sales  Dinah  Lowell,  Traffic,  Eileen  O'Keefe,  Asst. 

Ann  Usher,  Promotion.  Director,  Maureen  Fitzgerald,  Asst. 

Joseph  Snulina,  Circulation  Manager 

I'ublkalion  Office:  The  American  Museum  u/  Natural  History,  Central  Park  IT'est  at  79th  Street,  New  York,  f/.Y. 

W024.  Published  monthly,  October  through  May;  bimonthly  June  la  September,  Subscription:  $7.00  a  year. 
In  Canada  and  aU  other  countries:  $7.50  a  year.  Single  copies  $1.00.  Second-class  imslagc  paid  at  New  York,  N.Y., 

and  at  additional  offices.  Copyright  ©  1970  by  The  American  Museum  o/  Natural  History.  No  part  oj  this  _ 
periodical  may  be  reproduced  without  the  mrillen  consent  o/  Natuii»,i.  Histobv.  Manuscripts  and  illustrations 
submitted  to  the  editorial  office  will  be  handled  with  care,  but  u>e  cannot  assume  responsibility  for  their  safety. 
Uhors  are  their  own  and  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the  policy  of  The  American  Museum. 
:orporating  Natiirn  Mngazinu  is  indexed  in  Reader's  Guide  to  I'erioilieal  Lileralure. 


Opini, 


Luna  B.  Leopold,  the  author  of 
"Let's  Sing  "Auld  Lang  Syne'  for 
the  Upper  Brandywine,"  is  a  senior 
research  hydrologist  with  the  U.S. 
Geological  Survey.  While  in  recent 


years  Leopold's  primary  concern 
has  been  geomorphology — espe- 
cially river  mechanics  and  sediment 
movement — his  research  has  in- 
cluded studies  in  climatology,  soils, 
and  hydrology. 

Benjamin   Franklin  Professor  of 
Anthropology    and    the   History   of 


Science  at  the  Universits-  of  Penn- 
,sylvania,  Loren  Eiseley  also 
serves  as  curator  of  Early  Man  at 
the  University  Museum.  His  article, 
"The  Star  Dragon."  is  taken  from 


his  latest  book,  The  Invisible  Pyra- 
mid, to  be  published  this  fall  by 
Scribner's. 

Since  1966  George  B.  Schaller 

has  been  a  research  associate  witli 
the  Institute  for  Research  in  Ani- 
mal Behavior  of  the  New  York  Zoo- 


logical Society  and  Rockefeller  Ur 
versity.  His  article  on  the  cheetah  i 
based  on  a  three-year  study  of  th 
big  cats  in  the  Serengeti  Nations 
Park  of  Tanzania  where  he  was 
member  of  the  Serengeti  Researc. 
Institute. 

Chistopher  J.   Schuberth  is 

lecturer   in  geology  at  The  Amer 
can   Museum   and   an   adjunct   le( 


turer  in  the  Department  of  Geolog 
and  Geography  at  Herbert  H.  Leh 
man  College,  New  York.  Based  on 
fifteen-year  study  of  Fire  Island,  hi 
article  demonstrates  how  nature 
processes  and  human  populatio: 
pressures  affect  barrier  reefs. 


Can  you  pick  out  your  Scotch? 


J 


X. 


**Black  &.Whiter  Scotch  for  peop] 

All  Scotches  shown  above  were  photographed  under  identical  lighting  with  equal  proportions  of  whisky  and  ice,  using  an  8x10  Ploubel  camera  with  1 


Assistant  curator  of  the  Depart- 
aent  of  Entomology  and  In- 
ertebrate  Zoology  of  the  Royal 
Ontario  Museum  in  Toronto,  Da- 
le!    Barr     received    his    B.S.    in 


iology  from  the  University  of  To- 
onto.  He  went  on  to  Cornell  Uni- 
ersity.  where  he  received  his  Ph.D. 
n  entomology  in  1969.  Coauthor 
/ith  Denton  W.  Crocker  of  The 
landbooJt  of  Crayfishes  of  Ontario, 
iarr  plans  further  studies  of  water 
nite  larvae. 

Boh  Skovbo  is  the  pen  name  of 
he  Canadian  author  of  "Northwest 
'assage."  Born  in  Latvia,  he  stud- 
ed  at  the  University  of  Manitoba 
n  Winnipeg  and  at  Carleton  Uni- 
■ersity  in  Ottawa.  A  lab  technician 
n  virology  for  several  years,  in 
96.5  he  went  to  the  Northwest  Ter- 
itories  to  work   for  a  mining  ex- 


ploration company.  Finding  the 
country  far  too  magnificent  to  work 
in.  he  returned  the  following  year 
to   sinipK    travel    and   observe. 

A  native  of  Yugoslavia,  Paul 
von  Baicli  studied  photography  at 
the  Vienna  School  of  Arts  in 
Austria.  After  having  traveled  and 
worked  extensively  in  Europe,  he 
went  to  Canada  in  1960.  Von  Baich 


was  the  cameraman  on  docu- 
mentary films  made  with  the  Aus- 
trian designer-writer  Rudi  Haas  in 
Canada. 

Peggy  Young,  the  author  of 
"Mushrooms,"  operates  a  one- 
woman  photographic  business  that 


specializes  in  children's  portraits. 
Her  interest  in  mushrooms  grew 
out  of  a  photographic  assignment 
of  a  purely  compositional  nature. 
She  is  currently  at  work  on  a  collec- 
tion of  photographs  of  west  coast 
wildfiowers. 

Associate  professor  of  anthro- 
pology at  the  University  of  Min- 
nesota. Luther  P.  Gerlach  and  his 
students  have,  since  1965.  con- 
ducted research  on  movements  of 
social  transformation.  He  is  current- 
ly producing  a  film  about  the  ecology 
movement  entitled  "People-EcoAc- 
tion."  A  research  associate  of  Ger- 
lach's  since  1965.  Virginia  Hine  is 
coauthor  of  People,  Power,  Change, 
their  book  on  social  movements. 


It  isn't  easy. 
These  five  leading  Scotches  look  pretty 
much  alike. 

They  all  look  light. 

And  they  taste  light,  too. 

Where  Scotches  do  vary  is  in  smoothness. 
And  that's  where  we  shine.  People  who 
know  Scotch  consider  "Black  &White" 
(second  from  right)  the  smoothest  of  them  all. 

Maybe  you'll  agree. 

Maybe  you  won't. 

But  we'd  like  you  to  try  it. 


1 


ho  know  the  difference. 


«er  Super  Angulon  lens  at  F/64.  For  names  of  other  Scotches  shown,  write  to  The  Fleischmonn  Dist.  Corp.,  625  Madison  Ave.,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022. 

AGED,  StENDED.  BOTTIED  IN  SCOIIAND  86.8  PSOOF  SCOTCH  WHISKY  THE  FIEISCHMANN  DISTIllING  COSP,  NYC  SOIE  DISTRIBUTOR 


Let's  Sino'lld  Lang  Syo 


Buttonicood  Tree 
Andrew  Wyeth.    1941. 
Courtesy  of  Alfred  E.  Bissell 


Or,  10  continue  with  Burns,  iiow  itie  Dest  laid 
environmental  schemes  ol  men  "gang  an  a-gley" 


by  Luna  B.  Leopold 


Perhaps  the  most  lamentable  mis- 
ke  that  one  can  make  is  to  be 
ght  too  soon.  This  was  the  story 

the  Brandywine  Plan,  an  attempt 

organize  local  people  for  the  per- 
anent  protection  of  the  environ- 
ental  amenities  of  their  own  land. 

The  Upper  East  Branch  of 
randywine  Creek  drains  a  rolling 
isin  of  farms,  fields,  woodlands, 
id  a  sprinkling  of  residential 
eas.  Because  it  lies  at  the  far  edge 

the  commuting  range  to  the  pop- 
ation  centers  of  Philadelphia  and 
ilmington,  the  basin's  natural 
:auty  has  barely  been  touched  by 
e  blight  of  suburban  sprawl.  The 
aters  of  its  streams  are  clear;  its 
nple  woodlands  and  fields  are 
led  with  wildlife.  Driving  slowly 
roug:h  the  basin's  winding  roads 
id  across  its  narrow  bridges  evokes 
e  feeling  of  a  pastoral  painting, 

the  ideal  landscape  of  rural  east- 
n  America. 

For  two  years,  I  had  the  privilege 

working  closely  with  a  group  pre- 
iring  a  land  plan  for  the  Brandy- 
ine  area.  The  plan   was  designed 

offer  the  inhabitants  of  the  basin 

feasible  way  to  preserve  forever 
e  natural  tiualities  of  their  region 
om  the  inevitable  wave  of  urban- 
ation.  A  report  in  Science  maga- 
ne  called  it  the  perfect  plan  that 
iled. 

My  connection  with  the  Brandy- 
ine  Plan  began  one  day  in  196.5 
hen  three  people  came  into  my  of- 
36  in  Washington.  I  had  not  pre- 


viously known  them,  but  their  sub- 
sequent influence  on  my  views 
about  living  in  this  world  has  been 
immense.  Lawyer  Ann  Louise 
Strong,  pretty  and  vivacious;  Rob- 
ert Coughlin,  tall,  taciturn,  and 
practical;  and  Benjamin  Stevens, 
dynamic  idea  man,  wanted  to  talk 
about  a  project  for  which  hydro- 
logic  help  was  necessary.  They  were 
affiliated  with  the  Institute  of  Envi- 
ronmental Studies  of  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania  and  the  Regional 
Science  Research  Institute. 

Over  the  previous  several  years  I 
had  been  attempting  to  organize  a 
study  project  in  which  a  com- 
bination of  people — engineers,  hy- 
drologists.  land  planners,  econo- 
mists, and  lawyers — might  study 
the  impact  of  urbanization  on  land- 
scape in  some  local  area.  I  had  met 
with  practically  no  success  because, 
although  I  could  muster  the  neces- 
sary talent  in  the  engineering  and 
hydrological  fields.  I  could  not  find 
the  right  kind  of  people  from  the 
other  disciplines.  When  my  visitors 
explained  that  they  had  such  a 
project  well  under  way  and  now 
needed  the  infusion  of  engineering 
and  hydrologic  talent.  I  felt  as  if 
Dame  Fortune  had  delivered  them 
into  my  lap.  "Your  project  has  just 
acquired  a  hydrologist,"  I  said. 

They  had  not  as  yet  picked  the 
land  area  on  which  the  experiment 
was  to  be  tried,  but  they  had 
worked  out  in  some  detail  the 
things     ihey    believed    the    project 


might  accomplish.  The  general  idea 
was  to  choose  a  basin  of  small  or 
moderate  size  and  to  draw  up  a 
land  plan,  hydrologically  sound  and 
legally  possible,  that  would  give  as- 
surance of  the  long-term  main- 
tenance of  landscape  amenities.  The 
plan  would  be  predicated  on  the 
idea  that  landowners  within  the  ba- 
sin, with  the  support  and  authority 
of  their  local  elected  officials,  would 
take  community  action  to  achieve 
the  desired  results. 

The  plan  would  allow  for  popu- 
lation increase,  but  the  location  of 
developments  would  be  guided. 
Through  her  legal  and  land-plan- 
ning experience.  Mrs.  Strong  had 
developed  some  innovative  schemes 
that  centered  around  the  purchase 
of  easements  against  uncontrolled 
development.  Voluntary  community 
action  could  lead  to  the  design  and 
testing  of  these  new  legal  in- 
struments. Hopefully,  the  plan 
Avould  overcome  some  of  the  in- 
trinsic and  time-proved  weaknesses 
of  mere  land  zoning. 

Under  the  plan,  landowners  in 
various  parts  of  the  basin  would 
sell  easements,  thereby  precluding 
any  further  development  of  those 
lands.  Each  landowner  would  not 
only  be  paid  a  fair  price  for  the 
easement  on  development  rights 
but,  we  reasoned,  would  also  bene- 
fit because  the  land  surrounding  the 
undeveloped  tracts  would  gain  in 
value.  In  fact,  we  believed  that  the 
preservation    of   certain   sites   from 


B&L  Ray-Bans. 

The  sun  glasses  developed 

for  the  Air  Force. 

Ray-Ban^  Sun  Glasses  were  originally  perfected  by 
Bausch  &  Lombto  meetstringent  Air  Force  specifications.  You  get 

the  same  total  protection  in  today's  Ray-Bans.  Special  optical 

glass  not  only  blocks  glare  but  screens  out  harmful  infrared  and 

ultraviolet  rays.  Lenses  are  ground  with  the  precision  B&Lgives 

prescription  glasses. Then  heat-toughened  for  impact-resistance. 

Here's  one  style  from  a  range  as  wide  as  all  outdoors.  Priced  from 

$1 2.  At  sporting  goods,  department  stores,  and  professional 

eyecare  specialists.  Bausch  &  Lomb,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  14602. 

BAUSCH  S.LDMB(X) 

OPTIMUIVI  OPTICS  ^^ 


development  would  ultimately  in- 
crease total  property  values  so  that 
tax  revenues  eventually  would  be 
greater  for  the  region.  However, 
such  a  scheme  had  never  been  tested. 

This  meant  that  we  had  to  ob- 
tain financial  support  for  the  plan, 
including  funds  to  buy  the  ease- 
ments. And  we  had  to  convince  the 
inhabitants  that  their  participation 
in  the  plan  would  reap  both  esthetic 
and  financial  benefits  to  themselves. 
We  believed  the  plan  would  prove 
itself  in  the  long  run.  but  we  found 
to  our  regret  that  the  success  or 
failure  of  a  plan  depends  on  short- 
run  events. 

First  came  the  selection  of  a  river 
basin.  We  considered  several  sites 
and  finally  settled  on  the  Upper 
East  Branch  of  the  Brandywine 
Creek  for  many  reasons.  The  region 
had  a  heritage  of  watershed  protec- 
tion through  the  efforts  of  the 
Brandywine  Valley  Watershed  As- 
sociation. The  leader  of  the  associ- 
ation. Robert  Struble.  was  also  ex- 
ecutive director  of  the  Chester 
County  Water  Resources  Autliority, 
a  state-authorized  agency.  The  ba- 
sin was  sufficiently  close  to  our 
technical  headquarters  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania  in  Phila- 
delphia and  was  of  adequate  size, 
but  not  too  big.  It  covered  23.500 
acres  and  was  about  12  miles  long 
and  3I0  miles  at  its  widest  point. 
The  area  already  was  feeling  the 
pressures  of  urbanization,  yet  it 
still  remained  agricultural,  with 
only  3  percent  of  the  land  covered 
with  homes,  barns,  streets,  and 
driveways. 

The  upper  part  of  Brandywine 
Creek  watershed  is  located  primar- 
ily in  Chester  County.  Pennsylva- 
nia, but  the  mouth  is  at  Wilming- 
ton. Delaware.  The  lower  end  of  tlie 
basin  is  the  site  of  some  beautiful, 
large  estates  owned  by  executives  of 
that  industrial  city.  The  upper  part 
of  the  basin,  farther  from  the  cen- 
ters of  industry,  is  populated  by 
middle-class  landowners.  We  felt  it 
would  have  been  easier  to  persuade 
a  group  of  Iando\\Tiers  whose  eco- 
nomic status  afforded  them  the  lux- 
ury of  foregoing  development  of  a 
portion  of  their  land.  However,  as  a 
pilot  project  applicable  in  principle 
to  other  areas,  a  watershed  owned 
primarily  by  wealthy  landowners 
would  not  be  representative.  We 
therefore  chose  the  difficult  job  of 


Join  up  now 
br  the  greatest 
reading  adventure 
in  the 
ivhole  natural  world 

Zome.  Forage  for  food  with  Australia's 
\borigines.  Discover  the  microbes  that  have 
;olonized  man.  Take  a  "giant  leap"  into 
->pace— in  the  year  2000.  Leap  backward  to 
;he  Persia  of  500  B.C.  And  hunt  American 
Buffalo— to  preserve  the  species. 

lust  part  of  the  whole,  wide,  wild,  fantastic 
vorld  of  high  adventure  you  will  explore  as  a 
nember  of  the  Natural  Science  Book  Club. 
Exciting  reading.  Rewarding  reading. 
Important  savings,  too. 

\  6c  stamp  is  all  it  takes  to  see  your  first 
;hree  books.  If  not  delighted,  return  them  and 
)we  nothing. 

iVe're  betting  that  once  you  start  your 
iascinating  journey,  you  won't  want  to  stop. 


THE 

PAPABLE 

OFTHE 

BEAST 


jHf  YEAR  OF 
-y^E  WHALE 

liv  Vide  B.  -V'"i'l 


Francis  Haines 


lake  ai^3  books 
for  only  99C  each 

(values  to  $27.90) 
with  a  brief  trial  membership  in  the 

Natural  Science  Book  Club 


(retail  prices  siioun) 

85980.  WALLACE  AND  BATES  IN  THE  TROP- 
ICS. F.ililed  by  Barbara  C.  Beddall.  Recounls-in 
iheir  own  words  — the  story  of  two  19lh  century 
sciennsls  who  conlributetl  to  the  theory  of  evolu- 
tion. S5.95 

50780.  GREEK  AND  ROMAN  ART  3000  B.C.  to 
A.D.  550.  Ernest  KjeUberg  and  Gosla  Siiflund.  A 
celebrated  classic  now  available  in  English  for  the 
tirst  time.  200  photographs  and  drawings.  $7.95 

87290.  THE  WOLFLING.  Sterling  North.  The 
Dutlon  Animal  Award  winner  tells  an  absorbing 
tale  of  a  boy  and  a  wolf  cub  in  the  Wisconsin  back- 
woods 100  years  ago.  55.95 

SJS30.  HOME  BOOK  OF  TAXIDERMY  AND 
TANNING.  Gerald  J.  Crantz.  A  complete  home- 
study  course  in  preserving  and  mounting  any  speci- 
men from  a  mouse  to  a  moose.  S7.95 

73440.  RAVEN  SEEK  THY  BROTHER.  Gavin 
\faxwc'll.  Magnificent  tales  of  birds,  beasts,  and 
stormy  adventures  by  the  outstanding  nature  writer 
of  Ring  ol  Bright  Waters  $6.95 

50340.  GEM  HUNTER'S  GUIDE.  Russell  P. 
MacFall.  A  concentrated  course  in  mineralogy  plus 
an  invaluable  directory  of  gem  hunting  localities. 

$5.95 

74260.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ROCK  AND  MOUN- 
TAIN CLIMBING.  Ruth  and  John  Mendenhall. 
For  those  who  succumb  to  the  urge  to  mountain 
climb— and  for  those  who  merely  contemplate  the 
possibility.  $5.95 

46510.  EVOLUTION.  Theodore  H.  Eaton,  Jr. 
Catch  up  with  the  tremendous  changes  taking  place 
in  the  field  of  evolutionary  studies.  Comprehensive 
and  concise.  $6.95 


66070.   OPUS    100.   Isaac   Asinu 
cerpls  from  the  best  of  Asimov! 

58560.  LIFE  ON  MAN.  Theodor  Rosehury.  A  vastly 
entertaining  study  exploring  the  dynamic  interac- 
tion between  microbes  and  man.  S6.95 

52570.  HELICOPTERS  AND  AUTOGIROS. 

Charles  Gablehouse.  Updated,  authoritative  account 
of  the  development  of  vertical  and  short  take-off 
aircraft.  $6.95 

58S80.  LIFE  ON  A  LITTLE  KNOWN  PLANET. 

Howard  Ensign  Evans.  An  e.Kciting  study  of  the 
interdependence  of  living  things  on  earth,  and  a 
plea  to  replace  their  control  by  biological  strategy— 
not  pesticides.  $7.95 

68560.  THE  PHILOSOPHICAL  FISHERMAN. 

Harold  F.  Blaisdell.  A  down-to-earth  manual  that 
abounds  in  fish  lore  and  fish  wisdom.  $6.95 

85440.  THE  UNEXPECTED  HANGING.  Martin 
Gardner.  Mathematical  games  and  puzzlers  from 
the  author's  columns  in  Scientific  American.  New! 

$5.95 

67140.  THE  PARABLE  OF  THE  BEAST.  John  N. 
Bleihireu.  Explores  challenging  problems  in  mod- 
ern biology  to  help  man  understand  his  complex 
nature.  $6.95 

36950.  THE  BUFFALO.  Francis  Haines.  A  brilliant 
account  of  the  near  extinction  of  the  American 
bison,  and  its  virtually  miraculous  revitalization. 
Illustrated.  $7.95 

36330.  BIROS,  BEASTS  AND  RELATIVES.  Gerald 
Durrell.  The  author's  delightful  childhood;  his  total 
involvement  with  animals  and  insects,  each  as  in- 
dividual as  his  exceptional  family.  $5.95 


88090.  THE  YE.4R  OF  THE  WHALE.  Victor  B. 
Scheffer.  Exciting!  The  first  year  in  the  life  of  a 
sperm  whale.  $6.95 

48670.  FLIGHTS  INTO  YESTERDAY.  Leo  Deuel. 
The  revolutionary  effect  of  aerial  photography  on 
archaeology.  $8.95 

79810.  SPLENDOR  IN  THE  SKY.  Gerald  S. 
Hawkins.  Illustrated  survey  of  astronomy,  including 
pulsars,  quasars,  the  latest  space  flights.  $8.95 

88080.  YIWARA:  Foragers  of  the  Australian  Desert. 

Richard  A.  Gould.  "A  first-hand  vivid  account  of 
real  stone  age  men... the  Aborigines."— A/ar;?are/ 
.Mead.  $8.95 

64560.   THE  NEW   WORLD   OF  THE   OCEANS. 

Daniel  Behrinan.  A  lively  introduction  based  on 
interviews  with  the  pioneer  oceanographers.      $8.95 

32980.  AMERICA'S  CAMPING  BOOK.  Paul  Cald- 
well, Jr.  The  most  comprehensive  guide  to  camp- 
craft  and  woodcraft  ever  published  in  one  volume. 
Profusely  illustrated.  591  pages,  $10.00 

68160.  PERSEPOLIS:  The  Archaeology  of  Parsa, 
Seat  of  the  Persian  Kings.  Donald  N.  Wilbur.  The 
majesty  and  splendor  of  the  world's  first  empire. 

$7.95 

69750.  THE  PRAIRIE  WORLD.  David  F.  Coslello. 

Evokes  the  prairie  in  all  its  vastness,  complexity 
and  beauty.  $7.95 

r TRIAL  MEMBERSHIP  APPLICATION ■ 


-1-803       I 
I 


I'pon  acceptance  of  this  order  please  enroll  me  as 
a  trial  member  and  send  the  3  books  Indicated  be- 
low.  Itili  me  only  99tf  each,  plus  postage  i 


If    1 

within  ten  t! 
celled.    As  a 


not  deliKhted.  I  will  return  Ihem 
s  and  my  membership  will  be  can- 
rial   meniher,    I   need   accept  only   3 


ing  lorthcominR 
form  for  reque-s 


.  llrst  selection.) 

Three  Books  for  only  990  each 

(write  in  numbers) 


nay      | 


(Please  Print) 


City Stale Zip | 

OfTcr  good  in  continental  U.S.   and  Canada  only.      | 

J 


Europe 

Whole 
Sale.*. 

Wholesaler  fares  are  lower  than 
the  lowest  available  airline 
fares.  They  are  available  only 
through  wholesalers  who,  because 
they  contract  for  large  blocks  of 
seats  on  major  airlines,  can  resell 
them  to  individuals  at  low  cost. 

Travel  Wholesolers,  an  international  organization 
dedicated  to  serving  the  independent  traveler, 
offers  frequent  weekend  departures  for  two  and 
three  week  trips  to  all  of  the  important  cities  of 
Europe.  You  will  travel  on  major  scheduled  airlines 
from  New  York,  or  directly  from  Washington, 
Boston,  Miami,  Chicago,  or  Los  Angeles. 

For  comparison,  when  you  travel  directly  from 
New  York  to  London  for  a  two  week  stay: 
Wholesaler  Fare  Excursion  Fare 


Round  trip  fare:  $308 

Subtract  value 

of  cash  voucher:        50 


Round  trip  fare:  $300 

Add  for 

weekend  travel:       60 


$258 


$360 


Travel  Wholesalers  also  offers  a  pleasant  alterna- 
tive to  the  standard  tour  packages,  which  are  fixed 
and  inflexible.  We  issue  cosh  vouchers  for  full  value 
at  the  hotel  of  your  choice.  Additional  vouchers  may 
be  purchased  for  car  rentals,  Eurailpass,  etc. 
The  fare  comparison  shown  is  for  minimum  two 
week,  or  maximum  three  week  stays.  For  shorter  or 
longer  stays,  only  "charter"  fares  offer  comparable 
low  rates.  But,  to  qualify,  you  must  be  a  member  of 
a  recognized  organization  (not  formed  solely  for 
travel)  for  at  least  six  months,  you  must  go  where 
the  group  is  going  (which  may  not  be  where  you 
want  to  go),  and  you  must  realize  that  if  the  group 
does  not  fill  up,  you  may  not  go  at  all. 
For  information  and  brochures  please  write  to 
Travel  Wholesalers  international,  1707  L  Street,  N.W. 
Washington,  D.C.  20036.  Or  telephone  (202)  296-9161. 


persuading  people  of  modest  means 
to  organize  in  their  own  behalf  for 
purposes  that  would  have  to  be  only 
partially  monetary.  I  still  think  that 
decision  was  right,  although  it  was 
the  underlying  cause  of  many  of  '■ 
our  impending  difficulties. 

One  of  the  principal  constraints 
in  the  development  of  the  land  plan 
was  the  legal  authority  under  which 
it  would  be  possible  to  buy  ease- 
ments. Over  a  period  of  time 
Strong  and  her  associates  had  as- 
sisted in  the  preparation  of  legisla- 
tion that,  if  passed  by  the  Pennsyl- 
vania legislature,  would  clarify  and 
extend  the  powers  of  the  state  and 
counties  to  act  for  resource  protec- 
tion. But  for  the  present,  the  main 
legal  basis  for  the  plan  was  a  for- 
ward-looking but  somewhat  restric- 
tive Pennsylvania  law  that  per- 
mitted a  county  to  form  a  water 
resources  authority  with  certain  le- 
gal powers.  Among  these  powers 
was  the  right  of  eminent  domain 
for  the  protection  of  the  water  re- 
sources of  that  county.  This  law 
gave  protection  of  the  water  re- 
sources as  the  only  justification  for 
the  exercise  of  the  legal  rights.  The 
law  did  not  include  protection  of 
other  environmental  features,  such 
as  natural  beauty,  open  space,  and  fl 
recreation.  Under  this  legislation, 
therefore,  we  had  to  devise  a  plan 
whose  net  result  would  be  justified 
by  its  protective  effect  on  the  quan- 
tity and  quality  of  the  water. 

Next  came  the  financing  of  the 
project.  Since  the  easement  concept 
had  never  been  tried,  we  felt  we 
needed  major  financial  support  to 
implement  the  Brandywine  Plan. 
Toward  this  end.  Strong,  Coughlin, 
Stevens,  and  John  Keene,  a  lawyer- 
planner  who  was  on  the  team,  had 
been  negotiating  for  some  time  with 
the  Ford  Foundation  even  before 
they  had  approached  me  for  help  in 
hydrologic  work. 

I  remember  well  my  first  meet- 
ing, in  the  fall  of  1965.  with  Gor- 
don Harrison  of  the  Ford  Founda- 
tion when  we  called  on  him  at  his 
New  York  office.  We  realized  tliat 
we  were  talking  about  an  ex- 
periment, indeed,  a  far-out  one. 
There  were  many  possibilities  of 
failure.  We  did  not  know  whether 
the  basic  Pennsylvania  legislation 
was  sufficient  for  our  purposes.  We 
had  no  idea  whether  the  residents 
of  the  Upper  East  Branch  would  be 


nterested.  We  did  not  know 
.fhether  the  county  commissioners 
ould  be  persuaded  to  let  us  make  a 
ry.  We  did  not  know  how  much  the 
tudy  would  cost  or  exactly  what 
he  technical  problems  were  of  com- 
dling  maps  of  soils,  woodlands,  land 
lopes,  and  land  ownership. 

Harrison  was  patient  and  under- 
tanding.  but  he  was  trying  to  make 
n  honest  assessment  of  whether  the 
iroject's  likelihood  of  success  was 
ufficient  to  justify  the  Ford  Foun- 
lation's  financial  help.  There  was  a 
ot  of  money  involved.  To  do  the 
ilanning  and  associated  studies 
luring  a  period  of  a  year  and  a 
lalf  could  cost  several  hundred 
housand  dollars.  If  the  landowners 
ccepted  the  plan,  we  were  asking 
he  Ford  Foundation  for  a  com- 
uitment  to  provide  at  least  a  por- 
ion  of  the  cash  needed  to  purchase 
and  easements.  We  argued  that  if 
ve  had  a  firm  guarantee  that  the 
oundation  would  provide  half  of 
he  money  necessary  for  the  pur- 
:hase  of  the  easements,  the  possi- 
lility  of  interesting  the  federal  gov- 
irnment  in  providing  the  other  half 
TOuld  be  enhanced. 

To  his  credit,  Harrison  agreed 
hat  the  project  was  worthwhile.  He 
tated  that  he  would  recommend  to 
lis  board  the  approval  of  an  im- 
)ortant  part  of  the  money  we  re- 
[uested.  Further,  if  they  agreed  to 
inance  the  project  through  the 
ighteen-month  planning  stage,  the 
inancing  would  be  accompanied  by 
.  gentleman's  understanding  that 
he  Ford  Foundation  would  furnish 
ome  support  for  the  purchase  of 
lasements.  So  far,  so  good. 

Next  came  technical  problems  of 
1  type  none  of  us  had  ever  faced 
)efore.  To  my  discomfiture,  it  be- 
lanie  clear  that  the  designation  of 
he  lands  to  be  protected  against  de- 
'elopment  would  have  to  be  based 
m  hydrologic  principles  alone  be- 
;ause  it  was  only  for  the  protection 
)f  water  resources  that  the  state  law 
lUowed  a  county  water  resources 
luthority  to  exert  legal  jurisdiction. 

To  protect  the  water  resources  of 
1  small  basin  from  degradation — 
.ither  by  pollution,  increased  flood- 
ng,  or  erosion — what  parts  of  the 
)asin  would  be  the  most  important 
o  protect  and  what  should  be  the 
lature  of  the  protection?  Research 
esults  give  some  hints  of  possible 
mswers,  but  there  is  an  amazingly 


The  24  hour 
camera. 


INST 


amatic 

EX  c.M... 


'■•V. 


Runs  automatically  on  sunlight,  moonlight^ 
candlelight,  any  light  you've  got. 

This  isthe  Kodak Instamatic  Reflex  camera— tor  "pictures  unlimited," 
witliout  complications. 

It  combines  the  best  of  everything.  Big,  bright  reflex  viewing 
and  focusing.  Automatic  electronic  shutter  that  times  exposures 
from  1  /500  up  to  20  seconds.  Lens  interchange,  for  wide-angle, 
telephoto.  Flashcube,  and  electronic  flash.  Drop-in  cartridge  loading 
for  color  snapshots,  color  slides,  black-and-whites. 
Everything,  in  fact,  to  mal<e  picture-ta(<ing  fast, 
easy,  and  sure— any  time,  anywhere. 

See  the  most  capable  automatic  camera  in  the 
world  at  your  dealer's,  and  asl<  for  a  demonstration. 
With  1/2.8  lens,  less  than  $250;  with  ultra- 
fast  //1 .9  lens,  less  than  $300. 

'rices  subject  lo  change  without  notice 


The  Kodak  Instamatic 
Reflex  camera. 


QUESTAR— the  portable  observatory 

No  need  to  go  to  the  moon  to  enjoy  its  unearthly  beauty:  our  files  are  full  of 
magnificent  photographs,  taken  by  Questar  owners,  that  demonstrate  the 
fascinating  hours  to  be  spent  simply  in  watching  its  changing  light  and  shadow 
from  a  comfortable  chair,  with  your  Questar  on  a  table.  Here  is  a  picture  surely 
worth  1  0,000  words.  Note  the  amazing  detail  in  the  craters  Copernicus  and 
Eratosthenes,  captured  on  film  with  this  little  giant,  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ralph  Davis 
of  Sarasota,  Florida. 

Below,  Questar  is  pictured  fully  mounted  for  celestial  use,  and  in  its  fifteen-inch-tol 
leather  case.  It  has  the  precise  controls  of  great  observatory  instruments  and 
a  matched  set  of  optics  brought  to  perfection  with  performance  tests  until  it  is 
truly  a  triumph  of  the  optician's  art. 


QUESTAR,  THE  WORLD'S  FINEST.  MOST  VERSATILE  SMALL  TELESCOPE.  PRICED  FROM  $795.  IS 
DESCRIBED  IN  OUR  NEWEST  BOOKLET  WHICH  CONTAINS  MORE  THAN  100  PHOTOGRAPHS  BY 
QUESTAR  OWNERS.  SEND  $1  FOR  MAILING  ANYWHERE  IN  NORTH  AMERICA.  BY  AIR  TO 
REST  OF  WESTERN  HEMISPHERE.  $2.50;  EUROPE  AND  NORTH  AFRICA,  $3.00:  ELSEWHERE,  $3.50. 


TAR 


BOX    160,  NEW  HOPE,   PENN.    18938 


small  amount  of  quantitative  infor- 
mation available  on  the  effects  of 
urbanization  on  the  hydrologic 
functioning  of  stream  basins.  A 
flood  plain  is  that  part  of  a  river 
valley  where  water  spreads  out  dur- 
ing heavy  storms  and  floods.  The 
river  constructs  its  channel  only 
large  enough  to  take  the  highest 
flow  of  water  of  every  year  or  every 
other  year.  Discharges  in  excess  of 
this  spread  widely  over  the  valley 
flat,  a  mechanism  that  decreases 
flood  peaks  as  a  flood  control  reser- 
voir would.  Long  experience  has 
shown  that  when  people  build  on  the 
flood  plain,  they  are  asking  for 
trouble.  When  structures  border  the 
channel  itself,  flood  damage  is  as- 
sured. This  knowledge  and  ex- 
perience made  it  evident  that  there 
must  be  restrictions  against  per- 
manent buildings  on  the  flood  plain. 

The  Brandywine  Basin,  like 
many  similar  agricultural  drainages 
in  eastern  United  States,  has  no 
central  water  supply  system  and  no 
sewage  disposal  plants.  Because  the 
houses  are  dispersed,  each  must  have 
an  individual  septic  system,  which 
moves  sewage  from  a  tank  into  tile 
drains  from  which  the  efiluent  infil- 
trates the  soil.  In  a  satisfactorily 
operating  septic  tank  system,  where 
most  of  the  organic  materials  are 
broken  down  by  bacterial  action  in 
the  tank,  effluents  in  the  drain  fields 
are  screened  of  bacteria  within 
distance  of  100  feet  in  permeable 
soils.  We  reasoned,  therefore,  that 
all  structures  should  be  set  back 
from  even  the  minor  stream  chan- 
nels by  at  least  100  feet.  Further- 
more, soil  eroded  from'construction 
sites  within  100  feet  of  a  small,  usu- 
ally dry  channel  will  find  its  way 
into  the  channel  and  move  into  the 
river  system.  To  protect  the  river 
system  against  erosion  products 
from  construction  and  other  activi- 
ties, it  was  felt  that  a  100-foot  set- 
back from  minor  channels  was  not 
sufficient  and  300  feet  would  be 
preferable. 

Steep  slopes  produce  more  rapid 
runoff  and  are  more  susceptible  to 
soil  erosion.  The  maximum  slope 
on  which  construction  should  be 
allowed  was  another  point  not 
clearly  shown  by  research  data.  We 
believed  that  slopes  steeper  than  15 
percent  gradient  (a  15-foot  fall  per 
100  feet  of  distance)  should  be  pro- 
tected from  encroachment. 


To  be  portable  a  camera  has  to  be  more  than  small. 


If  you  want  to  switch  from  color 
)  black  and  white  in  the  middle 
f  a  roll,  and  your  camera  won't 
it  you  do  it,  it  makes  no  differ- 
nce  how  small  your  camera  is. 
ou  might  as  well  have  no  camera 
t  all. 

Hasselblad  offers  five  inter- 
hangeable  film  magazines.  They 
ot  only  let  you  switch  from  one 
pe  of  film  to  another,  but  to 
ther  film  sizes  as  well.  And  they 
ive  you  a  choice  of  12,  16,  24, 
nd  70  exposures.  By  carrying  a 
!W  extra  pre-loaded  backs,  you 
ave  continuous  shooting  capac- 
y.  Each  back  is  like  having  an 
xtra  camera  along. 


If  you're  itching  to  take  a  pic- 
jre  of  someone  unobserved,  but 
ou  have  the  kind  of  camera  you 
ave  to  hold  up  to  your  eye  to  see 
Trough,  forget  it. 

With  Hasselblad's  waist-level 
nder  and  big  bright  viewing 
creen,  you  could  have  aimed  the 
amera  to  the  side  while  facing 
traight  ahead. 

The  Hasselblad  also  lets  you 
hoot  from  positions  where  you 
ouldn't  or  wouldn't  want  to  be 
ourself.  You  can  shoot  with  the 


camera  on  the  ground,  without 
having  to  lie  down  beside  it 
(an  advantage  if  you're  shooting 
near  a  giant  ant  hill).  You  can 
even  shoot  above  hedges  or 
crowds  by  viewing  with  the  cam- 
era held  upside  down,  overhead. 

If  you  really  want  to  put  dis- 
tance between  yourself  and  the 
camera,  the  electrically-driven 
Hasselblad  can  be  operated  from 
a  mile  and  a  half  away.  By  remote 
radio  control. 

A  good  camera  should  let  you 
see  your  results  without  the  need 
of  enlarging  equipment.  The  Has- 
selblad takes  big  21/4"  square  pic- 
tures, which  you  can  see  clearly 
with  your  naked  eye. 

A  good  travelling  camera 
should  have  good  lenses,  in  a 
variety  of  focal  lengths.  The  Has- 
selblad System  includes  ten  inter- 
changeable Carl  Zeiss  lenses.  The 


selblads  have  performed  every- 
where from  deep  in  the  sea  to  the 
airless  surface  of  the  moon.  (Has- 
selblads  have  been  used  on  every 
manned  space  flight  since  1962.) 


A  good  camera  should  let  you 
take   good    pictures   even   when 


widest  covers  a  sweep  of  88° .  The 
longest  narrows  down  your  field 
to  9°,  to  shoot  details  or  to  bring 
far  away  objects  closer. 

A  good  portable  camera  should 
be  able  to  be  used  with  portable 
lighting  equipment,  such  as  elec- 
tronic flash,  at  all  speeds.  Which 
means  it  shouldn't  have  a  focal 
plane  shutter.  Hasselblad  has 
Compur  shutters  in  all  lenses, 
which  can  be  synchronized  with 
electronic  flash  at  all  speeds  up 
to  1/500  second. 

A  good  camera  should  be  able 
to  follow  you  to  the  ends  of  the 
earth  without  complaining.  Has- 


there  isn't  time  to  focus  properly 
{for  instance  when  you're  being 
chased  by  a  creature  bigger  than 
yourself).  With  the  Hasselblad 
Super  Wide  C  you  can  shoot  while 
running.  Everything  will  be  sharp 
from  12"  to  infinity. 

And  of  course  the  camera  you 


take  with  you  should  be  comfort- 
able to  carry.  When  you  sling  a 
Hasselblad  over  your  shoulder 
lens  down,  it  doesn't  feel  much 
different  than  a  35mm  camera. 
Yet  the  2'/4"  x  2'/4"  images  it  pro- 
duces are  more  than  three  times 
larger  than  the  35mm  image. 


So  while  we  couldn't  in  good 
conscience  describe  the  Hassel- 
blad as  a  miniature  camera,  it's 
actually  the  smallest  camera  in 
the  world  that  can  do  all  the 
things  it  does. 

For  more  information,  see  your 
Hasselblad  dealer.  For  his  name, 
and  a  free  48-page  catalog  on 
The  Hasselblad  System,  write  to 
address  below. 


HASS€L£LAD 

Paillard  Incorpoiatcd, 

1900  Lov.ci  Road.  Linden.  N.J. 07036. 

Other  products.  Dolox  movie  oquipmeni, 

Hermos  lypowiiters  and  figuring  machines. 


The  System 


AFRICA 


^^ee  Africa  with  thie  experts — see  it  on  a  Four  Winds  escorted  tour! 
^^  Our  tour  escorts  are  "old  Africa  hands".  For  more  than  twelve 
years  they've  been  guiding  delighted  visitors  through  this  fascinating 
continent.  They  know  it  all — from  East  to  West  Africa,  from  Central  to 
South  Africa,  from  modern  city  to  jungle  village,  and  all  the  marvelous 
off-the-beaten-path  places  in  between! 

The  Great  Game  Parks 

Africa  means  animals — and  Four  Winds  takes  you  through  Africa's 
greatest  game  parks.  Live  safari-style  under  magnificent  African  skies 
.  .  .  game-watch  from  your  perch  in  the  trees  at  fabulous  Treetops 
Hotel . . .  thrill  to  the  sight  of  enormous  herds  of  wild  game  roaming  the 
plains  as  they  have  done  for  thousands  of  years. 

Travel  in  Comfort 

Wherever  you  go,  you'll  travel  in  superb  comfort  and  safety.  By  modern 
jetliner.  By  airconditioned  motorcoach  along  South  Africa's  famous 
"Garden  Route".  In  safari  wagons  in  the  game  parks — with  open  tops 
that  permit  unobstructed  viewing  and  photography.  You  stay  at  luxury 
hotels  and  famous  game  park  lodges  and  dine  at  fine  restaurants.  Your 
all  inclusive  rate  covers  meals,  sightseeing,  transfers,  tips,  baggage 
handling  and  land  transportation,  plus  the  services  of  your  tour  escort. 
You'll  be  with  a  small,  congenial  group,  and  from  start  to  finish  you 
travel  relaxed  and  carefree. 

See  Everything  Worth  Seeing 

Choose  from  6  great  itineraries — each  packed  with  the  thrilling  sights 
and  Sounds  of  Africa.  From  22  to  59  days,  from  $995  plus  air  fare.  The 
breathtaking  beauty  of  Murchison  Falls  .  .  .  Uganda's  Mountains  of  the 
Moon  .  .  .  exciting  native  markets  .  .  .  Tanzania's  Ngorongoro  Crater  .  .  . 
Dr.  Albert  Schweitzer's  hospital  at  Lambarene  .  .  .  Johannesburg's  gold 
mines  . . .  legendary  Timbuktu  . . .  the  Cango  Caves — it's  all  the  grandest 
show  on  earth!  Frequent  year  round  departures. 


For  free  24-page  full  color  brochure  see  your  Travel  Agent  or  mail  coupon 


I  Four 
!  Winds' 


Four  Winds  Travel,  Inc.,  Dept.  A088 

175  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York,  N.Y.  10010  (at  23rd  St.) 

Phone:  (212)  777-0260 

Please  send  me  your  free  24-page  full  color  brochure 
on  your  tours  to  Africa. 


\ 


Tours 


Address. 
City 


^/ 


At  the  suggestion  of  the  Pennsyl- 
vania Department  of  Forests  and 
Water,  the  importance  of  trees  as 
watershed  cover  was  recognized  in 
the  plan.  It  was  decided  that 
wooded  areas  in  excess  of  ten  acres 
should  be  protected  against  en- 
croachment and  timber  cutting, 
both  for  watershed  protection  and 
for  the  visual  amenities  that  are 
provided  by  the  mixture  of  open 
land  and  woods. 

When  the  areas  chosen  for  re- 
striction were  plotted  on  a  map,  the 
result  was  close  to  our  intuitive  esti- 
mate that  about  50  percent  of  tlie 
total  drainage  basin  would  have  to 
be  protected  from  housing  and  other 
development  if  the  hydrologic 
functioning  was  to  be  preserved. 
This  protected  area  would  be  a  fan- 
shaped  interfingering  of  open  green 
space,  coincident  with  the  channel 
network  following  each  valley 
nearly  to  its  headwaters.  The  un- 
protected area  where  housing  and 
other  development  would  be  con- 
centrated would  be  the  uplands. 
From  there,  houses  and  factories 
would  have  a  vista  downhill  into  a 
mixture  of  woods  and  fields  so  that 
nearly  everybody  on  the  upland 
would  be  only  a  short  distance  from 
some  portion  of  the  protected  green 
space.  There  would  be  another  ad- 
vantage to  this  type  of  distribution 
of  housing  and  industry:  it  would 
lead  to  cluster  development  rather 
than  the  less  interesting  pattern  of 
one  house  right  after  another  in 
boring  uniformity. 

To  maintain  this  kind  of  land 
pattern  as  the  population  continued 
to  increase,  lands  would  be  pro- 
tected by  the  sale  of  an  easement  to 
the  County  Water  Resources  Au- 
thority. The  easement  would  be  a 
legal  contract,  permanently  and  ir- 
revocably attached  to  the  property 
deed.  The  landowner  would,  under 
the  terms  of  the  easement,  be  able 
to  continue  whatever  land  use  was 
presently  on  the  property,  but  he 
would  forfeit  the  right  to  construct 
new  buildings,  put  in  a  housing  de- 
velopment, or  construct  a  factory. 
Each  property  owner,  however, 
would  have  the  right  to  build  one 
house  for  his  own  use. 

Another  innovation  was  the  pro- 
posed  formation    of   a    land   devel- 
opment   corporation    into    which 
landowner  could   invest  the   money 
from  his  easement  in   hilltop  land 


Announcing  America's  first  (and  only) 


ALL-BOOK/ 
ALL-PUBLISHE 
DISCOUNT  CARD 

*  Not  available  to  dealers,  wholesalers,  retail  book  estab- 
lishments or  their  representatives  or  sales  agents. 


■  COMPUTER  REGISTERED  in  bearer's  name 
tor  life  (or  until  de-registration  is  requested). 

■  ENTITLES  BEARER  to  purchase  any  Iwolc 
in  print  sold  in  any  bookstore  in  the  United 
States  or  its  Territories  (or  listed  in  the  Master 
Catalog  of  American  Books)  at  guaranteed 
discounts  up  to  81  Vc  across  the  board.  (See 
Footnote  1  below) 

■  THIS  DISCOUNT  PRIVILEGE  INCLUDES 
all  hooks  in  print.  E.g.,  all  best  sellers  such  as 
The  Peter  Principle,  The  Godfather,  The 
Inheritors,  The  Graham  Kerr  Cookbook,  An- 
dromeda Strain,  1  Ching;  all  fiction  and  non- 
fiction,  hard  cover  and  paper  back,  scientific 
and  technical,  political,  historical,  biographi- 
cal, religious,  philosophical,  art,  even  reference 
works,  unabridged,  dictionaries,  encyclopaedia 
sets,  college  texts,  and  professional  books.  No 
exclusions. 

m  THIS  DISCOUNT  PRIVILEGE  ALSO  IN- 
CLUDES all  books  of  all  publishers,  without 
exception.  E.g.,  Random  House,  Knopf, 
Doubledav,  Harper  &  Row.  Simon  &  Schuster, 
Harvard  University  Press,  Oxford  University 
Press,  etc.  Even  rare  or  "specialist"  publish- 
ers. No  exclusions. 


tihs 


ACCEPTING  THIS   CARD   int 

lutelv  no  obligation  or  commitment  to  pur- 
chase anytliing,  at  any  time,  for  any  reason. 

COMPLETE  COST  of  tlie  All-Book/ All-Pul>- 
lisher  Discount  Card,  with  full  privileges,  is  S5. 
There  are  no  other  charges.  This  one-tiine  Reg- 
istration Fee  is  good  for  life.  You  need  never 
renew  or  pay  anotlter  fee  for  as  long  as  you 
live.  (See  Footnote  2  below) 

HOW  TO  ORDER  AT  DISCOUNTS  UP  TO  81% 

mply  look  up  sclection(s)  you  want  in  the 
laslcr  Catalog  of  American  Books  (provided 
ee;  see  description  below)  and  note  the  order 
imhcr  listed  beside  each  book.  Or,  you  may 
"ctcT  to  order  a  book  currently  ofTered  by  some 
;hcr  hook  club  (that,  too,  is  perfectly  all  right), 
r,  led  free  to  copy  down  the  name  of  any  book 
viewed  or  advertised  in  any  publication  or  sold 
1  any  bookstore.  Then  simply  send  in  your  order 
npanicd,  of  course,  by  your  membership 


number 

HOW  MUCH  CAN  YOU  SAVE 
IN  DOLLARS  AND  CENTS? 
If  you  order  at  the  maximum  discount  of  8Kf', 
then  the  price  you  formerly  paid  for  only  one 
book  will  now  bring  you  up  to  five  books.  Or, 
id  another  way:  five  $5.95  books,  normally  re- 
tailing for  a  total  of  $29.75,  might  now  be  pur- 
sed (provided  you  have  a  card)  for  as  little  as 
$5.96.  A  total  saving  of  $23.79.  In  any  event,  no 
;ardhoIder  will  ever  pay  full  price  for  any  Item 
purchased  with  his  card. 

e  arc  .some  tvpical  orders  processed  by  our 
IBM-S/360  computers  during  the  week  of  April 
14   to   April   20.    (No   comment,   criticism   or   en- 


dorsement   of   any    book,   publisher   or   author   is 

implied   or    intended.    Prices   subject    to   change.) 

List        Card 

Title  Price      Price 

GLOSSARY  OF  THE  CONSTRUCTION, 
DESIGN  g  USE  OF  ARMS  S  ARMOR, 

Stone.    (BrusscI)  $50  00     $9.95 

PORTNOY'S  COMPLAINT, 

Philip   Roth.    (Random   House)    6.95    .     4.89 

BIRDS  OF  PREY  OF  THE  WORLD, 

Grossman   &  Jamlot.   (Bonanza)      25,00         9.93 

JAMES  BEARD  OUTDOOR  COOKBOOK, 

Beard.   (Ridgo   Press)    12.50        5.89 

MYRA  BRECKENRIDGE, 

Gore  Vidal    (Little,   Brown)    5.95         2.95 

THE  ANTI-SEX,  Masters  &  Lea   8.50         3.89 

A  SMALL  TOWN  IN  GERMANY, 

John   Le  Carre    6.95.  .,  .4.89 

(cont'd  top  of  next  col.) 


FOOTNOTE  1  Master  Catalog  of  American  books  is 
sent  free  with  your  card.  (You  are  also  entitled  to 
receive  the  Master  Catalog  of  British  Books  and — if 
you  so  desire — to  order  any  and  all  British  bool<s  in 
print,  as  well  as  obtain  book  quotations  and  biblio- 
graphic searches  for  research  and  scholarly  pur- 
poses, at  a  slight  additional  service  fee.) 

FOOTNOTE  2  We  do  not  profit  from  your  $5  Reg- 
istration Fee  (which,  incidentally,  cardholders  gen- 
erally "amortize"  many  times  over  on  their  first 
order  alone).  This  goes  at  once  to  defray  the  con- 
siderable cost  of  programming  your  name  and  order- 
number  into  the  battery  of  IBM-S/360  computers 
comprising  our  new  Computer  Control  Network,  which 
can  store  over  IV2  BILLION  characters  of  informa- 
tion scan  and  process  book  orders  at  rate  of  TWO 
MILLION  CHARACTERS  PER  MINUTE.  Currently  serv- 
icing orders  for  more  than  100.000  booklovers,  it  is 
the  only  such  network  of  its  kind  in  existence. 
FOOTNOTE  3  Cardholders  receive  only  genuine  pub- 
lishers editions.  Conventional  book  clubs  often  send 
members  "club  editions" — i.e.,  special  "economy" 
printings  using  cheaper  paper,  smaller  type,  flimsier 
bindings.  Our  discounts  are  never  achieved  this  way. 
All  boohs  are  publishers'  editions  and  are  guaran- 
teed brand  new  and  bindery  fresh — the  same  item 
that  may  be  selling  for  up  to  four  times  the  price 
in  the  "bookstore  around  the  corner." 


THE  MEMOIRS  OF  CASANOVA. 

6  Vols.    (Putnam)  30,00         7.89 

LAROUSSE  ENCYCLOPEDIA  OF  THE  

EARTH   (Prometheus)  17  50         9.89 

COMPLETE  PIANO  MUSIC  OF  BEETHOVEN. 

Zubin  /Wehia,  others,  21   stereo  LP  records. 

Boxed,  With  analysis  and  program  notes  100.00   ,,19.89 

THE  RICH  S  THE  SUPER  RICH, 

Lundberg.   (Sluart)        15.00,,    8.79 

HANDWRITING  ANALYSIS, 

Bunker,    (Nelson-Hall)  10.00,,,    2.49 

DICTIONARY  OF  APHRODISIACS,  

Wedeck,    (Philosophical    Library)     10.00    ,,,5.88 

COMPLETE  STRING  QUARTETS  OF 
BEETHOVEN.  Fine  Arts  Quartet. 

9  stereo  LP  records.   Boxed,  40,00         9.79 

COMPLETE  ILLUSTRATED  BOOK 

OF  YOGA,  Vishnudavananda   (Bell)- 10.00         2.49 

THE  MONEY  GAME, 

"Adam  Smith".   (Random   House)    6,95         4.89 

PICTORIAL  HISTORY  OF  MAGIC  S  THE 
SUPERNATURAL,   Bessey.    (Sprint)  10.00         5.89 

HOW  THESE  LARGE  DISCOUNTS  ARE  ACHIEVED 

A  newly  activated  Computer  Control  Network 
(picture  below)  bypasses  virtually  all  "middle- 
men" (and  "mark-ups")  in  the  normal  book  dis- 
tribution chain.  The  resultant  savings  arc  then 
passed  on  to  cardholders  in  the  form  of  discounts 
up  to  81  "ri.  (See  footnote  3  below) 

YOU  MUST  BE  SATISFIED  OR  MONEY  REFUNDED 

If  for  any  reason  after  receiving  it  you  feel  your 
card  is  not  as  valuable  as  we  have  led  you  to  be- 
lieve (or  even  if  you  have  simply  changed  your 
mind),  you  are  free  to  return  it  within  10  days  for 
a  full  refund  of  your  Registration  Fee.  (Please 
tear  card  in  half  before  returning  it.)  Naturally, 
any  book  you  purchase  with  your  card  must  also 
satisfy  you  completely  or  you  may  return  it  for  a 
full  refund — no  questions  asked. 
To  applv  for  an  ALL-BOOK/ALL-PUBLISHER 
DISCOUNT  CARD,  complete  and  mail  the  form 
below.  (Should  your  application  not  be  ap- 
proved, your  Registration  Fee  will  be  returned  to 
you  at  once.)  Mail  form  to  ALL-BOOK/ALL- 
PUBLISHER  DISCOUNT  CARD,  American 
Book  Club,  Hazlcton,  Pa.  I820I. 


FREE  WITH 

YOUR  CARD 


Master  Catalog  of  American 
Books  (unobtainable  outside 
book  trade  except  lor  card- 
holders) lists  lull  20,000  books 
in  print  at  guaranleed  dis- 
counts un  lo  81%.  An  invalu- 
able reference  work,  it  is  in- 
dexed bv  subiect,  author,  title 
and  publisher.  You  never  pay 
full  price  for  any  book  you 
circu" 


COMPUTER  CONTROL   NETWORK 


Links   thousa 

nds   of   current 

cardholders 

(ith    all    maior 

the    U.    S.    via 

puter.   Bypasses 

iobbers.    whol 

'salers,    distrib- 

OS,  virtually  all 

"middlemen" 

and  "markups". 

Passes  the  sav 

from-publisher 

'    ordering    (up 

to    81%)     on 

to    cardholder. 

cardholders    (it 

they  wish)  to 

rint  for  a  slight 

additional  ser 

/ice  charge. 

APPLICATION  FORM 


Mail  to:  ALL-BOOK/ALL-PUBLISHER  DISCOUNT  CARD 
American  Book  Club,  Hazlcton,  I'a.  18201 
Please  send  a  registered  ALL-BOOK/ALL-PUBLISHER  DIS- 
COUNT CARD  in  my  name.  (Also  forward  Master  Catalog  of 
American  Books  free  of  extra  charge.)  I  understand  that  accept- 
ance of  this  card  docs  not  obligate  me  to  buy  anything.  But  it 
entitles  mc  to  order  any  books  in  prim  at  discounts  up  to  81'(, 
plus  shipping.  Enclosed  is  my  one-time  Registration  Fee  of  S5  10 
defray  computer  programming.  There  arc  no  other  charKcs  for  the 
rest  of  my  life.  If  not  salislicd,  I  am  free  to  return  card  within  10 
days  for  a  full  refund  of  my  Registration  Fee.  But  the  Master 
CalaloE  of  American  Books  will  be  mine  to  keep  free,  whether  I 
cidc  lo  remain  a  cardholder  or  not. 


DChge.tomy  Master  Chge.  #. 


Initial 

hero.  I  am  not  a 
book  dealer,  and 


"ZiT 


oli/y  American  Book  Cluh 


which,  because  of  the  plan,  would 
be  far  more  likely  to  be  used  for 
housing  or  industrial  development. 
In  addition,  the  Brandywine  Plan 
proposed  long-range  studies  of  re- 
gional water  supply  and  sewerage 
installations  located  with  regard  to 
environmental  protection  as  well  as 
to  engineering  feasibility. 

When  the  legal  and  technical  de- 
tails were  worked  out,  the  hard 
work  began — the  job  of  convincing 
the  people.  I  live  in  Washington, 
whereas  Strong.  Coughlin,  Stevens, 
and  Keene  live  near  Philadelphia. 
One  can  hardly  imagine  the  number 
of  meetings  that  were  required. 
First,  it  was  necessary  to  convince 
the  elected  county  commissioners  of 
Chester  County.  We  wanted  to  per- 
suade them  to  let  us  make  a  try 
with  the  understanding  that  if  the 
local  people  accepted  the  plan,  the 
county  commissioners  would  give  it 
the  weight  of  their  authority  in  car- 
rying out  the  implied  legal  obliga- 
tions. Then  it  was  necessary  to  con- 
vince the  recently  created  Water 
Resources  Authority  of  Chester 
County,  a  body  hardly  in  a  position 
to  be  looking  for  new  legal  tests  of 
its  authority.  We  needed  the  support 
of  the  County  Planning  Commis- 
sion. There  were  evening  meetings 
in  schoolhouses  and  firehouses.  in 
churches,  and  in  community  halls. 

We  got  the  go-ahead  from  the 
county  commissioners  provided  we 
could  persuade  the  elected  super- 
visors from  nine  townships.  That 
meant  convincing  not  fewer  than 
eleven  administrative  entities  and 
many  more  individuals.  It  took 
many  meetings  with  each  group, 
and  in  all  of  these  meetings,  the 
people  donated  their  time  to  hear 
us  out. 

Amazingly,  we  persuaded  the 
county  commissioners  and  the  Water 
Resources  Authority,  as  well  as  the 
elected  representatives  of  all  the 
townships,  to  allow  us  to  proceed 
with  developing  the  plan.  It  was  un- 
derstood that  the  plan  would  be  a 
document  that  could  be  presented 
to  the  constituencies  of  each  of 
these  bodies  for  some  sort  of  refer- 
endum. Although  I  attended  many 
of  the  meetings,  the  time  I  spent 
was  small  compared  with  that  spent 
by  my  associates.  All  I  can  say  is 
that  the  job  of  convincing  people, 
persuading  people,  and  telling 
people  was  unbelievably  time  con- 


suming. How  my  colleagues  kept 
peace  in  their  respective  families 
during  these  trying  times,  I  don't 
know,  because  the  number  of  eve- 
nings away  from  home,  traveling  to 
some  distant  schoolhouse,  were 
practically  beyond  count. 

I  remember  a  meeting  in  a 
schoolhouse  one  snowy  evening  in 
1966.  My  presentation  concerned 
the  characteristics  of  flood  plains 
and  why  such  areas  should  not  be 
used  for  building  houses.  We  tried 
to  elicit  questions  but  the  small  au- 
dience, mosdy  farmers  and  business 
people,  although  attentive,  was  not 
inclined  to  speak  out.  Even  when 
the  forma!  presentations  were  over, 
it  was  not  easy  to  engage  tlie  land- 
owners in  conversation.  I  always 
had  the  feeling  we  were  not  quite 
reaching  them — maybe  we  were  not 
explaining  ourselves  in  their  terms. 
In  the  early  stages  it  was  impossible 
to  tell  each  owner  how  the  plan 
would  affect  his  particular  land. 

A  few  began  a  vigorous  and 
vocal  campaign  to  defeat  the  plan, 
even  while  it  was  still  being  con- 
structed. In  October,  1967.  oppo- 
nents formed  the  Chester  County 
Freeholders'  Association,  w-hich  gar- 
nered a  membership  of  about  50  of 
the  1.400  families  that  owned  land 
in  the  basin. 

A  typical  "letter  to  the  editor" 
from  these  opponents  appeared  in 
the  Local  News  of  West  Chester  on 
February  17,  1968: 

"We  believe  that  time-honored 
private  property  rights  and  man- 
agement of  private  lands  are  a 
basic  keystone  in  a  capitalistic  de- 
mocracy. We  believe  that  when  a 
state  agency  attempts  to  restrict 
these  rights  for  eternity  in  from  50 
percent  to  60  percent  of  the  land 
areas  of  whole  townships,  we  are 
approaching  a  decision  which  will 
affect  our  heritage  and  future  as 
free  citizens.  .  .  . 

"This  program  is  not  con- 
servation, it  is  conscription.  It  is 
not  in  the  public  welfare.  Projects 
such  as  these  are  dangerous,  not 
only  because  of  the  loss  of  the  indi- 
vidual's rights  but  because  they 
may  well  lay  government  open  to 
vastly  increased  opportunity  for  ve- 
nality in  conjunction  with  builders 
and  developers,  who  naturally  will 
flock  to  influence  just  which  land 
areas  will  be  restricted  and  which 
adjacent  land  will  rise  enormously 


in  value  because  of  the  artificially 
created  scarcity  of  building  ground. 

"We  hope  that  you,  Mr.  Weaver 
[Secretary  of  Housing  and  Urban 
Development],  will  see  through  this 
thinly  veiled  power  grab.  That  you 
will  learn  just  who  will  benefit  from 
this  loss  of  citizens  rights,  and  that 
you  will  protect  us  against  the  first 
thrust  of  a  forcible  seizure  of  civil 
rights,  which  if  allowed  will  create 
a  precedent  undermining  the  very 
bedrock  philosophy  of  our  Democ- 
racy." 

Many  factors  contributed  to  the 
ultimate  failure,  which  came  in  tlie 
form  of  voted  disapproval  by  sev- 
eral townships  even  before  the  final 
plan  was  printed.  The  disapprovals 
snowballed.  Where  had  we  failed? 

One  of  our  greatest  bungles  was 
the  attempt  to  persuade  the  land- 
owners to  agree  to  the  use  of  emi- 
nent domain  to  obtain  easements 
from  the  presumably  small  propor- 
tion of  owners  who  would  refuse  to 
sell  an  easement.  The  inhabitants  of 
the  basin  had  experienced  bitter 
battles  with  utility  companies  and 
other  bodies  who  had  used  eminent 
domain  to  obtain  easements  for  pipe- 
lines, a  500-kilowatt  powerline,  and 
a  reservoir.  They  had  had  enough 
of  eminent  domain,  regardless  of 
the  purposes.  We  realized  this  too 
late,  and  by  the  time  the  staff 
backed  off  from  eminent  domain 
and  accepted  the  idea  of  voluntary 
sale  of  easements,  the  public  reac- 
tion against  any  plan  had  built  up 
beyond  reversal. 

But  perhaps  the  greatest  mistake 
lay  in  our  failure  to  organize 
leaders  among  the  landowners  as 
principal  spokesmen  for  the  plan. 
We  relied  too  much  on  the  project 
staff  to  give  the  explanations  and  to 
answer  questions.  So  it  appeared  to 
the  landowners  that  the  plan  was 
something  concocted  by  outsiders 
to  be  pressed  upon  them,  rather 
than  merely  a  proposal  aimed  at  ac- 
complishing what  they,  the  land- 
owners, wanted  for  themselves. 
Though  we  had  support  from  many 
owners  who  could  see  the  need  for 
such  land  planning  to  protect  their 
oivn  interests,  these  friends  of  the 
effort  were  never  organized  to  be 
the  principal  leaders  in  public  dis- 
cussion. Whether  we  could  have 
spurred  local  leadership  to  organize, 
it  is  impossible  to  say. 

Then   we  had   a   poor   streak   of 


H 


rhe  new  Beaulieu  4008ZM  Super-8 


lives  you  point-blank 
nacroclnematography ! 


..and  what  other  "plus"  features? 


eaulieu's  macro  system  (with  power  focusing) 
:ts  you  tal<e  sharp  pictures  up  to  1/25"  (1  milli- 
leter)  from  the  subject  without  accessories  and 
liows  you  to  frame  and  focus  (without  moving 
le  camera).  Beaulieu's  variable  speed  electronic 
Dom  runs  the  whole  gamut  of  focal  lengths  from 

mm  wide-angle  to  64  mm  telephoto  in  2.  3,  4, 
nd  up  to  12  seconds.  With  the  giant  screen 
30°'o  luminous  reflex  viewfinder  you   can    check 

e  actual  image  that  will  appear  on  the  film... 
niarged  to  the  limits  of  your  visual  field.  Beaulieu 
ives  you  70  filming  speeds  (2-70  fps)...  you  can 
0  from  slow-slow  to  high  speed  motion  while 
ire  filming  (no  need  to  stop).  The  new  Beau- 
eu   4008Z(ul   features   the    "Reglomatic"    system 


micromotor  which  transmits  exposure  data  from 
the  photocell  to  the  iris  diaphragm  of  the  zoom 
lens.  The  diaphragm  setting  ring  adjusts  automa- 
tically to  the  slightest  change  in  light  intensity 
and  unfailingly  selects  the  ideal  aperture.  Beaulieu 
gives  you  a  longer-lasting  nickel-cadmium  rechar- 
geable battery  (shoot  8  to  12  Super-8  50  ft.  car- 
tridges without  recharging). 

And  there  is  much  more  ....  get  all  the  facts  on 
the  Beaulieu  4008Z(v1.  the  Ultimate  Super-8  !  See 
a  demonstration  at  your  finest  camera  store  or 
write  Cinema  Beaulieu.  14225  Ventura  Boulevard. 
Sherman  Oaks,  California  91403.  We  will  send 
you  a  handsome  full  color  16-page  brochure  on 
the  new  Beaulieu  4008Z(^. 


Fill  the  entire  screen  with  a  liny  3/4"  x  1/2"  field. 


15 


Nature  photography  is  second 
nature  to  the  Minolta  SR-T  101. 
Because  it's  the  faster  handling 
35mm  reflex. 

With  the  SR-T  101  you  never 
have  to  take  your 
eye  away  from  the 
viewfinder  to  com- 
pose, focus,  set  cor- 
rect lens  opening 
and  shutter  speed 
(up  to  1/lOOOth 
second).  So  you 
can  always  keep  up 
with  your  subject. 

And  things  al- 
ways look  their 
brightest.  The 
SR-T  101  viewfinder  stays  bright 
because  the  lens  diaphragm  stays 
open  until  you  shoot. 

Our  patented  through-the-lens 
metering  system,  called  the  Con- 
trast Light  Compensator,  meas- 
ures all  the  light  through  the  lens 
and  automatically  compensates  so 


nothing  gets  overshadowed. 

No  matter  how  you  look  at  na- 
ture, we  have  a  complete  system 
of  interchangeable  meter-coupled 
Rokkor  lenses  worth  looking  into. 
They  range  from 
16mm  ultra-wide 
angle  to  300mm 
long-range  tele- 
photo. 

Each  meter-cou- 
pled Rokkor  lens 
has  an  exclusive 
bayonet  mount 
that  lets  you  put  it 
on  or  take  it  off  in 
an  instant,  without 
re-aligning  aper- 
ture or  ASA  settings. 

The  MC  Rokkor  200mm  f/3.5 
lens  shown  is  under  $200  (without 
camera).  The  basic  Minolta  SR-T 
101  with  55mm  f/1.7  lens  is  under 
$260  plus  case.  Get  the  camera 
that's  a  natural  when  it  comes  to 
filming  nature. 


For  nature  its  a  natural. 


Minolta 

makes  tine  photography  easier 


Write  for  brochures  to  Minolta  Corporation,  200  Park  Avenue  South, 
N.Y.,  N.Y.  10003.  In  Canada:  Anglopholo  Ltd.,  Montreal  376 


luck  in  the  process  of  obtaining  in- 
dependent appraisal  of  the  mone 
tary  value  of  the  easements.  The 
staff  hired  an  experienced  land  ap- 
praiser, and  he  used  two  local  ap- 
praisers, but  his  work  started  late. 
Further,  his  appraised  values  were 
less  specific  than  we  needed  and  did 
not  cover  the  variety  of  combi- 
nations of  acreage,  location,  land 
type,  and  land  use  that  existed.  As  a 
result,  when  owners  first  asked  how 
much  tliey  could  expect  from  the 
sale  of  a  particular  easement,  we 
were  unable  to  give  any  answer. 
And  at  the  end  the  answers  were 
too  unspecific  to  satisfy  the  poten- 
tial seller.  Also  we  experienced 
what  other  planners  have  seen:  thai 
the  seller  of  an  easement  often 
jacks  his  price  up  to  an  amount 
equal  to,  or  perhaps  greater  than, 
the  present  sale  value  of  the  land 
itself.  Some  owners,  therefore,  fell 
that  the  staff  was,  in  the  early 
stages,  being  devious  about  the 
monetary  value  of  an  easement 
when,  in  fact,  we  were  trying  des- 
perately to  obtain  specific  apprais- 
als. And  when  appraisals  became 
available,  some  owners  felt  that  the 
easement  was  worth  more  than  the 
appraised  value. 

An  interesting  aspect  of  the  fail- 
ure of  the  plan  was  apprehension. 
The  landowners  had  several  fears, 
some  quite  understandable,  others 
irrational  but  nevertheless  in- 
fluential. They  were  worried  by  the 
possibility  that  if  an  easement  were 
sold,  they  could  not  get  a  mortgage. 
Although  local  bankers  disclaimed 
the  possibility  in  private,  absence  of 
clear  public  statements  allowed  the 
apprehension  to  persist. 

Residents  had  an  understandable 
fear  of  legal  entanglement.  They 
also  were  concerned  about  whether 
the  protected  land  in  woods  and 
flood  plain  would  be  open  game  for 
location  of  highways,  pipelines, 
electric  lines,  and  other  utilities. 
There  was  a  pervasive  fear  of  gov- 
ernment— that  government  was  im- 
personal, unresponsive  to  local 
needs  and  desires,  and  corruptible. 
There  was  concern  that  at  some  fu- 
ture time  the  Chester  County  Water 
Resources  Authority,  who  would 
o^^•n  the  easements,  would  use  them 
in  some  unforeseen  way  to  the  det- 
riment of  landowners. 

We  conducted  an  attitude  survey 
of  owners  in  the  basin  to  determine 


i6 


how  important  landscape  beauty 
and  amenities  were  to  the  local  pop- 
ulation. A  surprisingly  large  pro- 
portion. 83  percent  of  those  inter- 
viewed, expressed  themselves  as 
being  concerned  with  their  natural 
environment.  But  this  expressed  at- 
titude was  apparendy  outweighed 
by  natural  cupidity,  for  a  large 
number  of  owners  harbored  the 
idea  that  if  urbanization  did  spread 
into  the  basin,  they  would  make  a 
killing  by  sale  of  property  to  some 
developer.  There  were  many  people, 
on  the  other  hand,  who  believed 
that  the  basin  would  not  change, 
that  urbanization  was  far  away  and 
would  not  strike  their  watershed. 
The  actual  record  of  land  sales  and 
growth  on  the  immediate  edges  of 
the  basin  and  along  the  main  high- 
ways in  the  basin  did  not  dispel  this 
complacency. 

Finally,  the  plan  rested  on  loo 
weak  a  legal  base.  If  the  protection 
of  the  landscape — the  whole  envi- 
ronment— has  meaning,  then  basic 
legislation  should  spell  out  not 
merely  the  water  resources,  but  also 
amenities  of  a  nonmonetary  and  es- 
thetic type  as  societal  values  to  be 
given  some  legal  protection. 

In  the  three  years  since  the 
Brandywine  Plan  was  voted  down, 
great  impetus  has  been  given  to  the 
imperative  need  for  environmental 
protection  as  a  necessary  ingredient 
in  maintaining  the  quality  of  life. 
But  even  if  the  surge  of  public  in- 
terest had  begun  earlier,  the  de- 
tailed problems  faced  by  any  new 
scheme  for  achieving  rational  land 
planning  would  have  been  the  same. 
There  is  no  substitute  for  local 
leadership  in  community  action,  in 
the  collection  and  dissemination  of 
relevant  facts,  and  in  grassroots  or- 
ganization. These  take  time.  The 
terms  of  the  financing  for  our  plan- 
ning effort  did  not  permit  us  to  take 
the  time  that,  hindsight  says,  was 
required. 

The  protection  of  the  environ- 
ment is  a  lofty  goal.  Necessary  as  it 
seems  in  principle,  it  is  in  many  re- 
spects diffuse  and  elusive.  A  society 
attains  it  indirectly  by  action  or  in- 
action on  common  and  mundane 
matters,  heavily  influenced  by  cus- 
tom, by  monetary  considerations, 
and  by  political  forces.  Experience 
on  the  Brandywine  is  a  clear  signal 
that  the  road  to  such  a  goal  is  long, 
steep,  and  rocky. 


AFRICA 


IT  SWINGS! 


The  action  in  East  Africa  is  fast,  exciting,  different.  In  Entebbe,  for  example,  you'll 
thrill  to  a  boat  trip  along  the  upper  Nile,  and  to  the  thunder  of  Murchison  Falls,  and 
to  herds  of  big  game.  You'll  stay  at  a  modern  hotel,  shop  for  bargains,  visit  the 
up-to-date  city  of  Kampala.  You'll  want  to  see  all  of  East  Africa. ..Tanzania,  Kenya, 
and  the  fascinating  HistoricTourof  Ethiopia.  On  the  way,  or  on  the  way  home,  you 
can  swing  through  Europe,  too,  at  no  y"*""'""^ 

extra  air  fare,  through  the  courtesy  of  V«"tNs — -^ei.nur 

Ethiopian  Airlines,  and  you'll  fly  in  khabtoum^"'""  ^^"'m"'''  '"" 

luxury  all   the  way.   Mail  the  coupon,  accr*.— lacos<;^^aod*s'«ba6a_!^Ljibouti 

now!  Or  see  your  Travel  Agent,  or  ^S).  '"^""^oabTsUaam 


.p^4 


Boeing  Fjn  Id  Passenger  and  Cargo  Ser 


FAA-certiticated  Airline 

51  East  42nd  Street,  New  York  City  10017 

Please  send  me  information  about  the  excitement  of  travel  to  incredible  East  Africa,  with 
stopovers  in  Europe  at  no  extra  air  fare,  on  Ethiopian  Airlines'  luxury  Boeing  Fan  Jets  depart- 
ing from  European  Gateways. 


ADDRESS_ 
CITY 


I? 


ANaluralistatLarge 


The 
Star 
Dragon 


Evolution  became  history 
when  man  developed  a 
specialized  organ — the  brain- 
whose  essential  purpose 
was  to  avoid  specialization 

Qy  Loren  Eiseiey 


In  the  year  1910  Halley's  comet — ■ 
the  comet  that  had  flared  in  1066 
over  the  Norman  invasion  of  Eng- 
land— was  again  after  many  visita- 
tions brightening  the  night  skies 
of  earth.  "Menace  of  the  Skies," 
shrieked  the  more  lurid  newspapers. 

Like  hundreds  of  otlier  little  boys 
of  the  new  century,  I  was  held  up 
in  my  father's  arms  under  the  cot- 
tonwoods  of  a  cold  and  leafless 
spring  to  see  the  hurtling  emissary 
of  the  void.  My  father  told  me 
something  then  that  is  one  of  my 
earliest  and  most  cherished  mem- 
ories. 

"If  you  live  to  be  an  old  man," 
he  said  carefuOy,  fixing  my  eyes  on 
tlie  midnight  spectacle,  "you  wifl 
see  it  again.  It  will  come  back  in 
sevent>--five  years.  Remember,"  he 
whispered  in  my  ear,  "I  will  be 
gone,  but  you  will  see  it.  All  that 

i8 


time  it  will  be  traveling  in  the  dark, 
but  somewhere,  far  out  there  .  .  ." 
he  swept  a  hand  toward  the  blue 
horizon  of  the  Plains,  "it  will  turn 
back.  It  is  running  glittering 
through  millions  of  miles." 

I  tightened  my  hold  on  my  fa- 
ther's neck  and  stared  uncom- 
prehendingly  at  the  heavens.  Once 
more  he  spoke  against  my  ear  and 
for  us  two  alone.  "Remember,  all 
you  have  to  do  is  to  be  careful 
and  wait.  You  will  be  seventy-eight 
or  sevent\'-nine  years  old.  I  think 
you  will  live  to  see  it — for  me,"  he 
^vhispered  a  little  sadly,  with  the 
foreknowledge  that  was  part  of  his 
nature. 

"Yes,  Papa,"  I  said  dutifully, 
having  little  or  no  grasp  of  seventy- 
five  years  or  millions  of  miles  on 
the  floorless  pathways  of  space. 
Nevertheless,  I  was  destined  to  re- 


member the  incident  all  my  life.  It 
i\  as  out  of  love  for  a  sad  man  who 
clung  to  me  as  I  to  him,  that,  young 
though  I  was,  I  remembered.  There 
are  sixteen  years  still  to  pass,  and 
already  I  am  breathing  like  a  tired 
runner,  but  the  voice  still  sounds  in 
my  ears  and  I  know  with  the  sure- 
ness  of  maturity  that  the  great  wild 
satellite  has  reversed  its  course  and 
is  speeding  on  its  homeward  jour- 
ney toward  the  sun. 

At  four  I  had  been  fixed  with  the 
compulsive  vertigo  of  vast  distance 
and  even  more  endless  time.  I  had 
received,  through  inherited  tem- 
perament and  inclination,  a  nostal- 
gic admonition  to  tarry.  Besides,  I 
had  given  what  amounted  to  a  des- 
perate promise.  "Yes,  Papa,"  I  had 
said  with  the  generosity  of  child- 
hood, not  knowing  the  chances  that 
men  faced  in  life.  A  month  ago,  af- 

Copyright  ©  19T0  Lorcn  Eiseleij 


This  picture  is'impossible'.  Can  you  tell  why? 

Raindrops  on  a  window,  inches  from  the  camera.  A  girl  on  a  beach,  a  hundred 
feet  away.  Both  exquisitely  sharp,  which  gives  the  picture  its  special  quality. 
But,  how  to  do  it  without  special  equipment? 

In  theory  you'd  first  shoot  the  beach  scene,  focusing  on  the  girl.  Moments 
later  after  rewinding  the  film  one  frame,  you'd  focus  on  the  rain  spattered  window 
and  make  a  second  exposure.  Quite  simple,  really  Except  that  it's  impossible 
with  most  cameras  because  their  lenses  can't  provide  the  tremendous  focusing 
range  required. 

With  the  Nikkormat  FTN  it  was  as  simple  as  it  sounds.  This  35mm  single 
lens  reflex  is  made  by  Nikon  and  accepts  the  same  interchangeable  lenses  as 
the  famous  Nikon  F.  It  was  used  here  with  the  55mm  Micro  Auto-Nikkor  f3.5. 
an  unusual  lens  that  can  be  focused  for  any  distance  from  2.3  inches  all  the 
way  to  infinity.  (Imagine  being  able  to  use  the  same  lens  for  life-size  closeups 
of  flowers  or  insects  as  well  as  for  portraits,  kids,  parties  and  the  like!) 

This  is  only  one  example  of  the  uncommon  — even  '"impossible"— pictures 
the  Nikkormat  FTN  bhngs  within  your  reach.  Yet,  for  all  its  capabilities,  it  is 
remarkably  uncomplicated.  Its  unique  thru-the-lens  meter  system,  for  instance, 
gives  you  correct  exposure  instantly  for  unusual  pictures  like  this.  And  it's  yours 
for  under  $280  including  50mm  Auto-Nikkor  f2  lens.  See  your  Nikon/Nikkormat 
dealer  Or  write  for  details. 
Nikon  Inc.  Garden  City,  N.Y.  11530.  Subsidiary  of 
r3(T]H  Ehrenreich  Photo-Optical  Industries,  Inc. 
LsUdU    (In  Canda:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.O.) 

Nikkormat  FTn  by  Nikon 


19 


r 


ANKH  PENDANT 

BEAUTIFULLY  CONTEMPORAR't 
s  this  hand  crafted  representa- 
tion   of    the    Ancient    Egyptian 
"Key  of  Life"  in  solid  sterling 
silver.  The  Ankh  --  from  the 
hieroglyph    meaning    "life" 
—is  the  oldest  known  amu- 
symbol,    ond    the    only 
pagan    talisman    to    survive 
ly  use  ofter  the   Egyp- 
lonverted   to    Christian- 
ty.  Comes   in   stunning  new 


esigner's    jewelry    case 
ond  presentation  gift 
'IKsx.  3"  long  Ankh  — 

With  18"  chain $25.00 

With  24"  thoin  $27.00 

in  14K  Gold  w.  18"  chain   $75. 

■J=JdJt<bJWLI«MM 


f   aulhonlic   ontiquitiei, 

laddlQ  taoasG,lcd. 


i 
I 


>, 


FROM  NEW  YORK 

Everything's 
included: 

Visit  Moscow, 
Sochi,  Kiev 
and  Leningrad. 

•  Stay  at  leading 
hotels,  all  rooms 
with  private  bath. 

•  See  the  best  of 
Russian  theater, 
ballet  and  art. 

•  All  deluxe  meals 
and  banquets. 

•  Regularly  sched- 
uled air  transport- 
ation everywhere. 

•  Full  sightseeing 
program. 

•  Fully-escorted 
throughout.  We 
handle  all  tips, 
transfers  and 
baggage  handling. 

•  Small  groups. 
American  owned 
and  operated 
company. 

Twice  weekly  departures  from  JFK. 
See  your  travel  agent  or  write: 

Russian  AdventureTours 

In  association  with 
Travel  Systems  International,  Ltd. 


Russian  Adventure  Tours,  Inc. 

103  Park  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10017 
Tel:  212/889-2380  •  201/489-4200 
Please  send  your  illustrated  brochure. 


rity 

Statp 

Zip     „ 

My  travel  agen 

Phone 

t  is: 

■  ■■■■ 

ter  a  visit  to  my  doctor,  I  had  writ- 
ten anxiously  to  an  astronomer 
friend.  "Brad,"  I  had  asked,  "where 
is  Halley's  comet  reported  on  the 
homeward  track?  I  know  it  must 
have  turned  the  elliptic,  but  where 
do  you  calculate  it  now,  how  far — 
and  how  long,  how  long?" 

I  have  his  answer  before  me. 
"You're  pushing  things,  old  man." 
he  writes.  "Don't  expect  us  to  see  it 
yet — you're  too  young.  The  orbit  is 
roughly  eighteen  astronomical  units 
or  one  billion  six  hundred  and  fifty 
miles.  It  headed  back  this  way 
probably  in  1948." 

1948.  I  grope  wearily  amidst 
memories  of  the  cold  war,  Korea, 
the  Berlin  blockade,  spies,  the  im- 
possible-to-be-kept secrets  of  the 
atom.  All  that  time  through  the 
black  void,  the  tiny  pinpoint  of 
light  has  been  hurrying,  hurrying, 
running  faster  than  I,  thousands  of 
miles  faster  as  it  curves  toward 
home.  Because  of  my  father  and  the 
promise  I  had  made,  a  kind  of  per- 
sonal bond  has  been  projected  be- 
tween me  and  the  comet.  I  do  not 
think  of  what  it  heralded  over  Hast- 
ings in  1066.  I  think  it  is  racing 
sunward  so  that  I  can  see  it 
stretched  once  more  across  the 
heavens,  and  momently  restore  the 
innocence  of  1910. 

But  there  is  inner  time,  "per- 
sonal, private  chronometry."  a 
brain  surgeon  once  told  me.  There 
is  also  outer  time  that  harries  us 
ruthlessly  to  our  deaths.  Some 
nights  in  a  dark  room,  staring  at 
the  ceiling,  I  can  see  the  light  like  a 
mote  in  my  eye,  like  a  far-off  train 
headlight  glimpsed  long  ago  as  a 
child  on  the  prairies  of  the  West. 
The  mournful  howl  of  a  train 
whistle  echoes  in  my  head  and  min- 
gles with  the  night's  black  spaces. 
The  voice  is  that  of  the  comet  as  I 
hear  it,  climbing  upward  on  the  arc 
of  space.  At  last  in  the  dark  I  com- 
pose myself  for  sleep.  I  pull  the 
blanket  up  to  my  chin  and  think  of 
radar  ceaselessly  sweeping  the  hori- 
zon, and  the  intercontinental  mis- 
siles resting  in  their  blast-hardened 
pits. 

But  no,  I  dream  deeper,  slipping 
back  like  a  sorcerer  through  the 
wood  of  time.  Life  was  no  better, 
not  even  as  safe,  proportionately,  in 
the  neolithic  hill  forts  whose  tiny 
trenches  can  be  seen  from  the  air 
over    the    British    downs.    A    little 


band  of  men,  with  their  families  be- 
side them,  crouched  sleepless  with 
ill-made  swords,  awaiting  an  attack 
at  dawn.  And  before  that,  the  caves 
and  the  freezing  cold,  with  the  ice 
creeping  ever  south^^'ard  autumn  by 
autumn. 

The  dead  we  buried  in  red  ochre 
under  the  fire  pit,  the  red  standing 
for  blood,  for  we  were  quick  in 
analogies  and  magic.  The  ochre  was 
for  life  elsewhere  and  farewell.  We 
tramped  away  in  our  furred  garb 
and  the  leaves  and  snow  washed 
over  the  place  of  our  youth.  We 
worked  always  toward  the  south 
across  the  tundra,  following  the 
long  trail  of  the  mammoth.  Some- 
one saw  a  vast  flame  in  the  sky  and 
pointed,  but  it  was  not  called  Hal- 
ley's  comet  then.  You  could  see  it 
glinting  through  the  green  light  and 
the  falling  snow. 

Farther  backward  still,  across 
twin  ice  advances  and  two  long  in- 
terglacial  summers.  We  were  cruder 
now,  our  eyes  wild  and  uncertain, 
less  sure  that  we  were  men.  We  no 
longer  had  sewn  garments,  and  our 
only  weapon  was  a  heavy,  pointed 
stone,  unhafted  and  held  in  the 
hand.  Even  our  faces  had  taken  on 
the  cavernous  look  of  the  places  we 

WHEN  YOU   WRITE  TO 

NATURAL  HISTORY... 

about  a  change  of  address,  renewal  of 
subscription,  billing  or  any  kind  of  adjustment, 
send  the  present  address  label  from  the 
magazine  wrapper. 

Moving?  Please  notify  6  weeks  in  advance. 

You  can  use  this  form  to  tell  us  about  a 
move  or  order  a  subscription. 


\ 

■^ 

"■■ 

"^ 

"^T 

Change  of  address- 

s 

Attach  your  address 

1         QJ 

2 

i 

label  in  this  dotted 

I        ■- 

.- 

area  and  fill  in  your 

" 

£ 

new  address  below, 

S 

"D 

'„ 

clip  and  mail  to: 

1      E 

s 

1 

«*   1 

o     ■ 

Natural  History, 
Central  Park  West  at 
79th  St.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

1     -Q 

.c 

1 

al 

>    1 

z  5 

10024. 

A  new  subscription- 

1     "^ 

1      '^ 

5 
z 

> 

u 

i 

>-    1 

i   1 
z    1 

Check  box  and  fill  in 
name  and  address 
below. 

D  1  year-$7  (U.S.) 

u 

^ 

z 

n  1  year-$8  (Canada 
and  other  non-U.S. 
orders) 

u__ 

-- 

— 

— 

— _j 

HANFOO 

Name_ 

New  Address 

City_ 

."JfatP                       7in 

20 


inhabited.  There  were  difficuhies 
about  making  fire,  and  we  could 
not  always  achieve  it.  The  dead 
were  left  where  they  fell.  Women 
wept  less  and  the  bands  were 
smaller.  Our  memories  consisted  of 
dim  lights  under  heavy  sockets  of 
bone.  We  did  not  paint  pictures  or 
increase,  by  magic,  the  slain  beasts. 
We  talked,  but  the  words  we  needed 
were  fewer.  Often  we  went  hungry. 
It  was  a  sturdy  child  that  survived. 
We  meant  well,  but  we  were  ter- 
rifyingly  ignorant  and  given  to 
frustrated  anger.  There  was  too 
much  locked  up  in  us  that  we  could 
not  express. 

We  were  being  used,  and  perhaps 
it  was  against  this  that  we  uncon- 
sciously raged  the  most.  We  were 
neither  beast  nor  man.  We  were 
only  a  bridge  transmitting  life.  I 
say  we  were  almost  animals  and 
knew  little,  but  this  we  felt  and 
raged  against.  There  were  no  words 
to  help  us.  No  one  could  think  of 
them.  Sometimes  we  were  stalked 
by  the  huge  cats,  but  it  was  the  in- 
ner stalking  that  was  most  terrible. 
I  saw  a  star  in  the  sky  with  a  flam- 
ing tail  and  cowered,  shaking,  into 
a  bush,  making  uncouth  sounds.  It 
is  not  laughable.  Animals  do  not  do 
this.  They  do  not  see  the  world  as 
we  do — even  we. 

I  think  we  are  now  well  across 
the  last  ice,  toward  the  beginning. 
There  is  no  fire  of  any  sort  but  we 
do  not  miss  it.  We  are  far  to  the 
south  and  the  climate  is  warm.  We 
have  no  tools  except  an  occasional 
bone  club.  We  walk  upright  but  I 
think  we  are  now  animals.  We  are 
small — pygmies,  in  fact.  We  wear 
no  clothes.  We  no  longer  stare  at 
the  stars  or  think  of  the  unreal.  The 
dead  are  dead.  No  one  follows  us  at 
nightfall.  Do  not  repeat  this.  I  think 
we  are  animals.  I  think  we  have 
reached  the  bridge.  We  are  happy 
here.  Tell  no  one. 

I  sigh  in  my  sleep  but  I  cannot 
hold  to  the  other  side  of  the 
bridge — the  animal  side.  The  comet 
turns  blazing  on  its  far  run  into 
space.  Slowly  I  plod  once  more 
with  the  furred  ones  up  the  ladder 
of  time.  We  cross  one  ice  and  then 
another.  There  is  much  weeping, 
too  much  of  memory.  It  is  all  to  do 
over  again  and  go  on.  The  white- 
robed  men  think  well  in  Athens.  I 
heard  a  man  named  Pindar  acclaim 
something  that  implied  we  have   a 


For  more  information,  write  Dept.   NH-6 


21 


EASbE 
EYE 


add  new 

dimension  to  the 

wonder  of  wildlife 

watching  with  Swift 

SPORTSTAR 

Exclusive  Swift  Pattern  body  de- 
sign, five  lens  ocular  system  and 
razor-sharp  definition  make  this 
fine  7X,35  glass  the  all  'round 
favorite  in  the  field.  Sportstar 
delivers  a  sweeping  panorama  420 
feet  wide  with  remarkable  clarity. 
Boasting  a  relative  light  efficiency 
of  37.5,  close  focus  to  13  ft.,  and 
an  ultra-precise  optical  system, 
Sportstar  weighs  a  mere  27.1  oz. 
Amber  low  reflection  coating 
increases  light  transmission.  U.V. 
coating  gives  squint-free  viewing. 
With  retractable  eyecups  for  easy 
eyeglass  viewing.  Built  in  tripod 
adapter.  Comes  complete  with  neck 
straps  and  rugged  carrying  case. 
Gift  boxed. 

See  Sportstar  and  all  the  other  models 
of  the  Exclusive  Sw/ft  Pattern  Binocular 
family.  Visit  your  Swift  Dealer  today,  or 
write  for  free  literature  and  name  of 
nearest  dealer. 

SWIrT 

INSTRUMENTS,  INC. 

Dept.  NH-3 

Boston  San  Jose 

Mass.  02125  Calif.  95106 


likeness  to  the  immortals.  "What 
course  after  nightfall,"  he  ques- 
tioned, "has  destiny  written  that  we 
must  run  to  the  end?" 

What  course  after  nightjall?  I 
have  followed  the  comet's  track  re- 
turning and  returning  while  our 
minds  and  our  bodies  changed.  The 
comet  will  appear  once  more.  I  will 
follow  it  that  far.  Then  I  will  no 
longer  be  part  of  the  bridge.  Per- 
haps I  will  be  released  to  go  back. 
Time  and  space  are  my  inheritance 
from  my  father  and  the  star.  I  will 
climb  no  further  up  the  ladder  of 
fiery  return.  I  will  go  forward  only 
one  more  rung.  What  will  await  me 
there  is  not  pleasant  but  it  is  in  the 
star's  destiny  as  well  as  mine.  I  lie 
awake  once  more  on  the  dark  bed.  I 
feel  my  heart  beating,  and  wait  for 
the  hurrying  light. 


I  n  1804,  just  one  hundred  and 
sixty-six  years  ago,  Capt.  William 
Clark  recorded  in  his  diary  far  up 
the  unknown  Missouri  that  ahead 
of  tlie  little  expedition  that  he 
shared  with  Meriwether  Lewis  hung 
a  formidable  curtain  of  blowing 
dust  through  which  they  could  not 
see. 

"Tell  us  what  is  new,"  the  few 
savants  in  the  newborn  American 
republic  had  advised  the  explorers 
when  they  departed  westward.  Men 
continued  to  have  strange  ex- 
pectations of  what  lay  hidden  in  the 
still  uncharted  wilds  behind  the 
screen  of  the  great  eastern  forest. 
Some  thought  the  mammoth,  whose 
bones  had  been  found  at  Big  Bone 
Lick,  in  Kentucky,  might  still  wan- 
der alive  and  trumpeting  in  that 
vast  hinterland.  The  "dreadful  cur- 
tain" through  which  the  youthful 
captains  peered  on  that  cold,  for- 
bidding day  in  January  could  have 
hidden  anything.  Indeed  the  cloud 
itself  was  symbolic.  It  represented 
time  in  inconceivable  quantities — 
time,  not  safe,  not  contained  in 
Christian  quantity,  but  rather,  vast 
as  the  elemental  dust  storm  itself. 

The  dust  in  those  remote  regions 
was  the  dust  of  ice  ages,  of  moun- 
tains wearing  away  under  the  splin- 
tering of  frost  and  sun.  The  Platte 
was  slowly  carrying  a  mountain 
range  to  the  sea  over  giant  fans  of 
gravel.  Fremont's  men  would  later 
report   the    strange    and    grotesque 


sculptures  of  the  wind  in  stone.  It 
was  true  that  a  few  years  earlier  the 
Scottish  physician  James  Hutton 
had  philosophically  conceived  such 
eons  of  time  as  possible.  His  views 
had  largely  proved  unwelcome  and 
had  been  dismissed  in  Europe.  On 
the  far-western  divide,  however, 
amid  the  roar  of  waters  falling 
toward  an  unknown  westward 
ocean,  men,  frontiersmen  though 
they  were,  must  have  felt  with  an 
increasing  tinge  of  awe  the  weight 
of  ages  unknown  to  man. 

Huge  bones  bulked  in  the  ex- 
posed strata  and  were  measured 
with  wonder.  No  man  knew  their 
names  or  their  antiquity.  New 
things  the  savants  had  sought  sur- 
rounded the  explorers,  not  in  the 
sense  of  the  living  survival  of  great 
elephants,  but  rather  in  the  sense  of 
a  vaster  novelty — the  extension  of 
time  itself.  It  was  as  though  man 
for  the  first  time  was  intruding 
upon  some  gigantic  stage  not  de- 
vised for  him.  Among  these  wastes 
one  felt  as  though  inhuman  actors 
had  departed,  as  though  the  drama 
of  life  had  reached  an  unexpected 
clima.x. 

It  is  perhaps  a  significant  coinci- 
dence that  man's  full  recognition  of 
biological  novelty,  of  the  invisible 
transformations  of  the  living  sub- 
stance itself,  came  close  upon  the 
heels  of  the  discovery  of  the  vast 
wilderness  stage  which  still  held  the 
tumbled  bones  of  the  former  actors. 
It  was  a  domain  that  had  remained 
largely  unknown  to  Europeans.  Sir 
Charles  Lyell,  who,  in  the  1830's, 
successfully  revived  Hutton's  lost 
doctrines  of  geological,  antiquity, 
visited  the  United  States  in  the 
1840's  and  lectured  to  enthralled 
thousands.  Finally,  it  was  Charles 
Darwin,  the  voyager-naturalist, 
who.  as  a  convinced  follower  of 
Lyell.  had  gazed  upon  a  com- 
parable wilderness  in  South  Amer- 
ica and  had  succeeded,  in  .  his 
mind's  eye,  in  peopling  the  aban- 
doned stage  with  the  creatures  of 
former  epochs.  It  was  almost  as 
though  Europe,  though  rife  with 
speculation  since  the  time  of  the 
great  voyagers,  could  not  quite  es- 
cape its  man-centeredness  or  its 
preoccupation  with  civilized  hedge- 
rows and  formal  gardens.  Its  think- 
ers had  still  to  breathe,  like  Dar- 
win, the  thin  air  of  Andean 
highlands,    or    hear   the    falling    of 


Join  our 

izebliorhinephant 
•afari 


It  costs  $1654*  and  in  22  days  takes  you  and  your  camera 
to  Kenya,  Uganda  and  Tanzania  by  way  of  London.  The  price 
includes  just  about  everything:  Economy  Class  round-trip  air 
fare  from  New  York  on  a  BO  AC  VC  10,  transportation  in 
Africa,  hotel  and  lodge  accommodations,  most  meals,  all  taxes, 
tips,  guides,  excursions  and  visas.  In  fact,  we  give  you  so  much 
for  your  money  we  call  it  our  Value  Safari. 

Join  it  in  New  York,  weekly  departures  throughout  the  year. 
And  enjoy  a  day's  leisure  in  London  en  route  to  Nairobi, 
where  your  Safari  really  starts.  Well  take  you  to  famous 
Treetops,  Entebbe,  Murchison  Falls.  Then  on  to  Fort  Portal, 


Queen  Elizabeth  National  Park,  Kampala.  Keekorok,  the 
Serengeti  Plains,  the  Ngorongoro  Crater,  Lake  Manyara  and 
Amboseli. 

If  our  22-day  Value  Safari  isn't  enough  wild  life  for  you  and 
your  camera,  there's  our  famous  $2354*  Wing  Safari,  whose 
superb  22  days  take  you  animal-viewing  throughout  East  Africa 
aboard  a  de  Havilland  Twin  Otter  STOL  aircraft.  For  complete 
details  and  reservations  on  any  of  our  Safaris,  see  your  Travel 
Agent  or  call  BOAC.  Meanwhile,  send  in  the  coupon  below  for 
our  fact-and  beast-filled  Value  and  Wing  Safari  brochures. 
Maybe  you'll  be  the  first  to  photograph  a  Zebliorhinephant. 


British  Overseas  Airways  Corporation 

Box  VC  10,  Dept.   151A-885 

New  York,  N.  Y.  10011  Tel.  687-1600  '                 Somebody  up  there  cares. 

Gentlemen,  please  send  me  your  D  Value  □  Wing  Safari  brochure  (s). 

NAME: .STREET: 

CITY: STATE: ZIPj 

MY  TRAVEL  AGENT  IS:  


Africa 


•Based  on  Economy  Class  Tour  basing  fare  from  New  Yoik,  Air  fare  supplement  required  during  peak  period. 


23 


INSTA- 
FOCUS 

^ -for  men  of 
A    ACTION! 


PATENT  ^ 
PENDING 


Ac 


Fastest 
Focusing 

You  Can  Buy! 

\ 

Your  thumb  rides  the  focus  button^ 
instantly  snaps  the  picture  sharp  and 
clear,  keeps  it  that  way  for  everjj 
second  of  fast  action  viewing!  Th^ 
slow  center  focus  is  gone  .  .  .  Insta| 
Focus  is  almost  as  fast  as  th^ 
human  eye!  i| 

Now  you  can  identify  and  size-uj| 
your  quarry  the  instant  you  rals| 
your  glasses  to  your  eyes  ,  .  .  whe^n 
every  second  counts,  there's  no 
struggle  to  clear  up  a  fuzzy  pictur^ 
...  no  chance  of  overshooting  thes 
'  sharpest  focus.  Unbeatable  for  run4 
ning  game  .  .  .  for  action  sports!  .-'4 

"SQUINT-PRUP'   FRONT  LENSES 

screen  out  reflected  glare  from  wat-: 
er,  haze,  snow  and  sand!  Matched 
optics  throughout  prevent  eyestrain? 

ROLL-DOWN  RUBBER  EYECUPS  ex-j 
pand  your  vision  with  eyeglasses;" 
sun  and  shooting  glasses— extend-- 
ed,  they  cut  out  annoying  srde  iight.i 

New  Bushnell  Insta-Focus  now  avail? 
■  able  in  all  price  ranges  at  your  fan 
vorite  dealer.  This  and  other   nev/^ 
features  you'll  find  in  our  new 
catalog.  Send  for  your  FREE  COl 
today. 


gushnell 


-R36  BushnelV  Bldr.  Pasadena,  CA9nOT| 

Offices  in:  Tokyo;  Vancouver,  ac.;        ! 

Sfim,  N^.W.;  and  Ptatere  the  Wortd  OwMij 


stones  in  mountain  cataracts. 

To  see  his  role  on  the  ivorld 
stage,  Western  man  had  twice  to  re- 
vise his  conception  of  time:  once 
from  the  brevity  of  a  few  thousand 
years  to  eons  of  inconceivable  an- 
tiquity and.  a  second  time,  with  far 
more  difficulty,  to  perceive  that  this 
lengthened  time-span  was  peopled 
ivith  wraiths  and  changing  cloud 
forms.  Time  was  not  just  aged 
rocks  and  trees,  alike  since  the  be- 
ginning of  creation;  its  living  as- 
pect did  not  consist  merely  of  end- 
less Oriental  cycles  of  civilizations 
rising  and  declining.  Instead,  the 
living  flesh  itself  was  alterable.  Our 
seeming  stability  of  form  was  an  il- 
lusion fostered  by  the  few  millennia 
of  written  history.  Behind  that  his- 
tory lay  the  vast  and  unrecorded 
gloom  of  ice  ages  inhabited  by  the 
great  beasts,  which  the  explorers,  at 
Thomas  Jefferson's  bidding,  had 
sought  through  the  blowing  curtain 
of  the  dust. 

Man,  but  not  man  in  the  garb  we 
know,  had  cracked  marrow  bones 
in  those  dim  shadows  before  his 
footprints  vanished  amidst  tlie 
grass  of  wild  savannas.  For  inter- 
minable ages  winged  reptiles  had 
hovered  over  the  shores  of  ancient 
seas:  creatures  still  more  strange 
had  paddled  in  the  silence  of 
enormous  swamps.  Finally,  in  that 
long  backward  range  of  time,  it  was 
possible  to  emerge  upon  shores  that 
no  longer  betrayed  signs  of  life,  be- 
cause life  had  become  mere 
potential. 

At  that  point  one  could  have  seen 
life  as  the  novelty  it  truly  is.  "Tell 
us  all  that  is  new."  the  eager  scien- 
tists had  said  to  the  explorers.  Now, 
past  midcentury.  an  answer  could 
be  made.  It  was  life  itself  that  was 
eternally,  constantly  new.  Dust  set- 
tled and  blew  the  same  from  age  to 
age;  mountains  were  worn  down  to 
rise  again.  Only  life,  that  furtive  in- 
truder drifting  across  marsh  and 
field  and  mountain,  altered  its 
masks  upon  the  age-old  stage.  And 
as  the  masks  were  discarded  they 
did  not  come  again  as  did  the  lava 
of  the  upthrust  mountain  cores. 
Species  died  as  individuals  died,  or 
if  they  did  not  perish,  they  were  al- 
tered beyond  recognition  and  re- 
call. Man  cannot  restore  the  body 
that  once  shaped  his  mind.  The 
bird  upon  the  bough  cannot,  any 
more  than  a  summer's  yellow  butter- 


fly, again  materialize  the  chrysalis 
from  which  it  sprang. 

Indeed,  in  the  end,  life  can  be 
seen  not  only  as  a  novelty  moving 
through  time  toward  an  endlessly 
di\erging  series  of  possible  futures 
but  also  as  a  complete  phantom.  If 
we  had  only  the  scattered  chemicals 
of  the  cast-off  forms  and  no  ex- 
perience in  ourselves  of  life's  exis- 
tence, we  would  not  be  able  to  iden- 
tify its  reality  or  its  mutability  by 
any  chemical  test  known  to  us.  The 
only  thing  that  infuses  a  handful  of 
dust  with  such  uncanny  potential  is 
our  empirical  knowledge  that  the 
phenomenon  called  life  exists,  and 
that  it  constantly  pursues  an  unseen 
arrow  which  is  irreversible. 

Through  the  anatomical  effort 
and  puzzle-fitting  of  many  men, 
time,  by  the  mid-nineteenth  cen- 
tury, had  become  gigantic.  When 
The  Origin  of  Species  was  pub- 
lished, the  great  stage  was  seen  not 
alone  to  have  been  playing  to  re- 
mote, forgotten  audiences;  the  ac- 
tors themselves  still  went  masked 
into  a  future  no  man  could  antici- 
pate. Some  straggled  out  and  died 
in  the  wings.  But  still  the  play  per- 
sisted. As  one  watched,  one  could 
see  that  the  play  had  one  very 
strange  quality  about  it:  the  charac- 
ters, most  of  them,  began  in  a  kind 
of  generous  latitude  of  living  space 
and  ended  by  being  pinched  out  of 
existence  in  a  grimy  corner. 

Once  in  a  while,  it  is  true,  a  pris- 
oner escaped  just  when  all  seemed 
over  for  him.  It  happened  when 
some  oxygen-starved  Devonian  fish 
managed  to  stump  ashore  on  their 
fins  and  become  the  first  vertebrate 
invaders  of  the  land.  By-  and  large, 
however,  the  evolutionary  story  had 
a  certain  unhappy  qualih,'. 

The  evolutionary  hero  became  a 
victim  of  his  success  and  then  could 
not  turn  backward;  he  prospered 
and  grew  too  large  and  was  set 
upon  by  clever  enemies  evolving 
about  him.  Or  he  specialized  in 
diet,  and  the  plants  upon  which  he 
fed  became  increasingly  rare.  Or  he 
survived  at  the  cost  of  shutting  out 
the  light  and  eating  his  way  into 
living  rock,  like  some  mollusks.  Or 
he  hid  in  deserts  and  survived 
through  rarity  and  supersensitive 
ears.  In  cold  climates  he  reduced 
his  temperature  with  the  season, 
dulled  his  heart  to  long-drawn  spas- 
modic efiort,  and  slept  most  of  his 


24 


life  away.  Or,  parasitically,  he 
slumbered  in  the  warm  intestinal 
darkness  of  the  tapeworm's  eyeless 
world. 

Restricted  and  dark  were  many 
of  these  niches,  and  equally  dark 
and  malignant  were  some  of  the 
survivors.  The  oblique  corner  with 
no  outlet  had  narrowed  upon  them 
all.  Biological  evolution  could  be 
defined  as  one  long  series  of  spe- 
cializations— hoofs  that  prevented 
hands,  wings  that,  while  opening 
the  wide  reaches  of  the  air,  pre- 
vented the  manipulation  of  tools. 
The  list  was  endless.  Each  creature 
was  a  tiny  fraction  of  the  life  force; 
the  greater  portion  had  died  with 
the  environments  that  created  them. 
Others  had  continued  to  evolve, 
but  always  their  transformations 
seemed  to  present  a  more  skilled 
adaptation  to  an  increasingly  nar- 
row corridor  of  existence.  Success 
too  frequently  meant  specialization, 
and  specialization,  ironically,  was 
the  beginning  of  the  road  to  ex- 
tinction. It  was  the  essential  theme 
that  time  had  dramatized  upon  the 
giant  stage. 


1 1  may  now  appear  that  I  have 
been  wandering  mentally  amidst  ir- 
relevant and  strange  events — time 
glimpsed  through  a  blowing  curtain 
of  dust  and,  among  fallen  stones 
and  badland  pinnacles,  bones  de- 
noting not  just  the  erosion  of  ages 
but  the  mysterious  transformation 
of  living  bodies. 

Man  after  man  in  the  imme- 
diately post-Darwinian  days  would 
stare  into  his  mirror  at  the  bony 
contours  of  a  skull  that  held  some 
grinning  secret  beyond  the  simple 
fact  of  death.  Anatomists  at  the  dis- 
secting table  would  turn  up  odd 
vestigial  muscles  and  organs.  Our 
bodies  held  outdated  machinery  as 
strange  as  that  to  be  found  in  the 
attics  of  old  houses.  Into  these 
anatomical  depths  few  would  care 
to  probe.  But  there  were  scholars 
who  were  not  averse  to  delving 
among  fossils,  and  the  skulls  they 
found  or  diagnosed  would  multiply. 
These  would  be  recognized  at  last 
for  what  they  were,  the  dropped 
masks  of  the  beginning  of  Nature's 
last  great  play — the  play  of  man. 

Strangely,  it  is  a  different  play, 
though    made    partly    of    old    in- 


If  you  could  shoot  on  both  sides  of  this  fence 
you  could  make  better  movies. 

Sit  down  at  X  and  well  show  you  why. 


All  set?  Okay.  You've  got  a 
camera  on  your  lap.  Any  con- 
ventional super-8  camera. 

That's  your  son,  up  atiead. 
Out  to  catcti  tils  first  fish. 
You're  out  to  catch  the  whole 
story. 

Got  your  eye  to  the  viewer? 
How's  this  shot  for  openers? 


And  if  you  snap  on  the  free 
little  Multitrix  attachment,  you 
can  also  title  on  location,  like 
this. 


Stop  fiddling  with  the  knob. 
That  shot's  just  12  inches 
from  your  lens.  You'll  never 
get  it  in  focus. 


Which  brings  us  to  these,  the 
unconventional  Bolex  IVIacro- 
zoom  cameras.  They're  the 
first  super-8s  that  can  shoot 
on  both  sides  of  the  fence. 
Because  they  can  focus  at 
least  as  near— or  as  far— as 
your  eyes  can. 

The  Bolex  160— with  power 
zoom  and  single-frame  re- 
lease—and the  Bolex  155 
focus  from  one  inch  of  the 
lens  to  infinity.  Handheld. 
Without  attachments.  The  7.5 
does  the  same  thing  from  5 
inches  like  this  one. 


What  about  this?  Nearly  3  II. 
away?  Nope.  Still  too  blurry. 
You'd  have  to  walk  on  water 
to  get  far  enough  to  shoot  it 
with  yourconventional  camera. 

So  what  can  you  shoot?  See 
that  fence?  It's  4  ft.  from  your 
seat,  the  closest  most  conven- 
tional cameras  can  focus.  So 
you  can  gel  any  shot— outside 
the  fence.  But  nothing  but 
blurs  inside  it. 


With  these  Bolex  cameras 
you  can  get  any  shot  you  can 
see.  Including  telephoto  shots 


Shoot  stills.  Shoot— and  dis- 
solve through— a  slide.  Make 
complete  movies  in  the  camera. 
Want  to  see  Ihem  for  your- 
self? Write  to  the  address  be- 
low for  the  name  of  your 
nearest  Bolex  dealer.  And, 
while  you're  there,  see  these 
unconventional  Bolex  projec- 
tors. One  of  them  will  even 
record  a  soundtrack  onto  your 
film,  turning  your  silents  into 
talkies.  /^/\ 

P.iill.iid  InrorpoLiled, 

1 900  Lower  Rd,  Linden.  N  J, 07036. 

Other  products:  Hasselblad 

cameras,  Hermes  typewriters 

and  figuring  mactiines. 


25 


V 


LEAVE  CARES  ^^H      ^H  B^^^^  ^^^^ 

AT  HOME!  ■■      H  n^H 

CHOOSE  FROM  H^B     ^H  ^H     ^|^^.^l 

FIVE  scenic-grandH^B   ^I        ^L^V  ^^^L. 

Maupintoup's  i^LI    19 

EXHILARATING!  Be  on  top  of  +he  world!  Grand  resorts,  great 

cities,  fun  events.  Lots  of  time  in  the  best  places.  Maximum  28 

guests.  Departures  May  to  September.  Via  Swissair. 

SWISS   ALPINE   RESORTS.  15   days.   Alpine  France   and   Italy, 

too.  From  $798. 

BAVARIA    AlVD    AUSTRIA.    15    days.    Passion    Play    included! 

Romantic  Road,  The  Tyrol.  Frankfurt,  Vienna.  From  $928. 

SWITZERLAND  SPECTACULAR.  22  days.  The  best  of  the  Swiss 

resorts  plus  Alpine  France,  Italy,  Austria.  From  $1048. 

ALPS  OF  EUROPE.  22  days.   Passion  Play  included  on   all  but 

last     four     departures.     Switzerland,     France,     Italy,     Austria, 

Liechenstein,  Germany.  Three  days  Vienna.  From  S1148. 

AW  rates  are  from  New  York 
Group  Fare  departures  from  New  York,  Chicago  and  Montreal. 
ASK  YOUR  TRAVEL  AGENT  for  folders  or  write  Maupintour, 
270   Park   Ave.,   New  York,  N.Y.   10017,   Telephone   212-687-7773. 

C^Maupintour 

tvorid-ivide  standard  of  travel  e.x'collence 
MAUPINTOUR  ESCORTED  r. 

HOLIDAYS  FOR  1970:  £ 

a  Alps  of  Europe,  D  Scandinavia,  ■* 

Q  Oberammergau  Passion  Piay, 

a  Europe  By  Train/By  Air,  D  Jtaly/Sicily, 

□  France.  □  Britisii  Isles.  D  Greece/Aegean, 

D  Morocco  Canaries/Madeira  '.Aigarve, 

n  Spain/Ma/Iorca/Portugal,  D  Europe/8  Countries 

n  Spain/Portugal  By  Motorcoach, 

D  USSH/Eastern  Europe,  D  Dalmatia/Balkans, 

D  Samarkand/Orientol  Russia,  D  South  America. 


LIMITED  RELEASE— U.  S.  GOVT.  SURPLUS 

SNIPERSCOPE 


(M-3) 


INFRARED  SET 

for  scientists,  gun  collectors,  naturalists 

Built  by  American  Optical  Co.  In  excellent  working  con- 
dition. Used  by  our  troops  for  observing  enemy  in  total 
darkness  without  being  detected.  Suggested  uses:  medi- 
cal research,  study  of  nocturnal  animal  life,  mineralogy, 
industrial  and  medical  research,  crime  detection.  Rare 
item  for  gun  collectors.  Telescope  is  IG^A"  long:  clear 
aperture  of  lens  is  50.4mm.  A  5"-diameter  filter  is  at- 
tached. Knob  adjusts  focus  electrostatically:  second  knob 
adjusts  reticle  intensity.  Reticle  also  has  vertical  and 
horizontal  adjustments.  Canvas  carrying  case  and  shoul- 
der strap  included.  Complete  unit  includes  Il"xl4"xl6" 
chest,  telescope  with  RCA  6032  image  tube.  20,000V 
power  pack  with  canvas  carrying  case  and  shoulder  straps, 
IR  light  source,  steel  carbine  bracket,  pistol-grip  handle 
with  switch  control.  Formerly  highly  classified.  Limited 
supply.  Orig.  Govt,  cost,  $800.  Shipping  wt..  approx. 
30  lbs.  Price  $249.50 

SNIPERSCOPE  BATTERY 

Rechargeable  6V  power  source  for 
sniperscope.    Excellent    for    many 
other  6V  applications. 
Approx.  shipping  wt.,   15  lbs. 

$9.95.  Two  for  $18.00 
Prices  F.O.B.  Tucson,  Ariz.  No  C.O.D.'s  please. 


C  &  H  SALES  CO. 


P.O.  Box  1572.  Tucson,  Ariz. 


The  Celestron  10 

Deep-Sky  Telescope    Telephoto  Lens 

Astro  Camera     Terrestrial  Telescope 

The  10-inch  aperture  and  135-mch  (3400mm) 
focal  length  of  this  instrument  causes  stellar  ob- 
jects to  appear  900  times  brighter  than  to  the 
unaided  eye.  Magnification  range  of  50  to  1000 
power  is  provided.  It  is  equipped  with  an  ex- 
tremely stable  forit  mount  and  drive  system  that 
automatically  tracks  stellar  objects. 

The  superb  Schmidt-Cassegrain  Mirror-Leni  system  of 
the  Celestron  10  Telescope  presents  as  sharp  and 
stable  images  a  is  theoretically  possible  using  the 
most  recent  advances  in  optical  technology.  The 
folded  optical  design  allows  the  packaging  of  a  large 
telescope  in  a  most  compact  size. 

Whether  your  forfS  is  visually  examining  the  wispy 
detail  of  the  Orion  Nebula,  tracking  the  ever- 
changing  moon  positions  and  belt  structure  of 
Jupiter,  being  awed  by  the  Immense  detail  of  our 
Moon  or  capturing  on  film  the  saucy  behavior  of  a 
Ouall  at  500  feet,  a  Celestron  10  is  your  best 
investment. 
(Price  S2000.00;  others  from  $395.00) 


gredients.  In  three  billion  years  of 
life  upon  the  planet,  this  play  had 
ne^er  been  acted  upon  the  great 
stage  before.  We  come  at  a  unique 
moment  in  geological  history,  and 
we  ourselves  are  equally  unique. 
We  have  brought  with  us  out  of  die 
forest  darkness  a  new  unprophe- 
siable  world — a  latent,  lurking  uni- 
verse within  our  heads. 

In  the  world  of  Charles  Darwin, 
evolution  was  particulate:  it  con- 
tained and  traced  the  history  of 
fins,  claws,  wings,  and  teeth.  The 
Darwinian  circle  was  immersed  in 
the  study  of  the  response  of  the  in- 
dividual organism  to  its  environ- 
ment and  the  selective  impact  of  the 
environment  upon  its  creatures.  By 
contrast,  just  as  biological  evolu- 
tion had  brought  the  magic  of  the 
endlessly  new  in  organic  form,  so 
the  evolving  brain,  through  speech, 
had  literally  created  a  superorganic 
structure  unimaginable  until  its 
emergence. 

Alfred  Russel  Wallace.  Darwin's 
contemporary,  perceived  that  with 
the  emergence  of  the  human  brain, 
man  had.  to  a  previously  inconceiv- 
able degree,  passed  out  of  the  do- 
main of  the  particulate  evolution  of 
biological  organs  and  had  entered 
upon  what  we  may  call  history.  Hu- 
man beings,  in  whom  the  power  of 
communication  had  arisen,  were 
lea\'ing  the  realm  of  phylogeny  for 
the  realm  of  history,  which  was  to 
contain,  henceforth,  our  essential 
destiny.  After  three  billion  years  of 
biological  effort,  man  alone  had 
seemingly  evaded  the  oblique  trap 
of  biological  specialization.  He  had 
done  so  by  the  development  of  a 
specialized  organ — the  brain — ■ 
whose  essential  purpose  was  to 
evade  specialization. 

The  tongue  and  the  hand,  so  dis- 
proportionately exaggerated  in  our 
motor  cortex,  were  to  be  its 
primary  instruments.  With  these  we 
^vould  elude  channelized  instinct 
and  channelized  organic  devel- 
opment. The  creature  who  had 
dropped  from  some  long-ago  tree 
into  the  grass  had  managed  to  tot- 
ter upright  and  free  the  grasping 
forelimb.  Brain,  hand,  and  tongue 
would  henceforth  evolve  together. 
Fin,  fur,  and  paw  would  vanish  into 
the  mists  of  the  past.  Henceforth  it 
would  be  the  brain  that  clothed  and 
unclothed  man.  Fire  would  warm 
continued  on  page  74 


Readers  are  urged  to  answer  this  questionnaire 

and  mail  it  to  NATURAL  HISTORY  for  scientific  analysis 

Prepared  by  Luther  P.  Gerlach  and  Virginia  Hine 


Interest  in  ecology  has  moved  from  scholars  to  the 
public^  Environmental  Concern,  the  New  Conserva- 
tion, Ecology  Activism,  and  Participatory  Ecology 
are  various  names  given  to  what  appears  to  be  a  grow- 
ing grass  roots  movement. 

As  anthropologists,  we  believe  that  this  movement 
and  its  effects  are  so  significant  that  it  should  be  ob- 
jectively studied  and  the  consequent  findings  broadly 
disseminated.  It  is  our  belief  that  such  information 
will  contribute  to  adaptive  change. 

We  began  our  study  of  the  ecology  movement  in  the 
summer  of  1968,  considering  it  as  both  significant  in 
its  own  right  and  as  one  case  study  of  a  class  of  events 
we  call  "Movements  of  Personal  Transformation  and 
Social  Change."  Religious  and  sociopolitical  move- 
ments constitute  other  cases  of  this  class  of  events  that 
we  have  studied.  Our  findings  will  be  published  this 
year  in  articles  and  a  book,  and  are  the  subject  of  a  film 


produced  at  the  University  of  Minnesota.  To  obtain 
our  data  in  these  cases  we  used  participant  observa- 
tions, interviews,  media  reviews,  and  questionnaires. 
Results  from  the  following  questionnaire  will  com- 
plement our  other  findings.  We  will  analyze  the  returns 
in  a  fall  issue  of  Natural  History  and  relate  the  con- 
clusions to  our  larger  research. 

We  invite  your  assistance  so  that  our  results  will 
most  accurately  reflect  your  personal  experiences  and 
opinions.  We  need  your  assistance. 

Please  answer  the  following  questionnaire  by  filling 
in  the  answer  box  according  to  the  instructions  for 
each  section.  Mail  your  answers  to: 

Natural  History  Magazine 

77  West  77th  Street 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

New  York.  New  York  10024 


INSTRUCTIONS 
Please  answer  the  first  thirteen  ques- 
tions by  putting  in  the  answer  box  on 
the   following   page   the   number   that 
describes  your  attitude,  as  follows : 
(1)  Strongly  agree 
■  (2)  Agree 

(3)  Uncertain 

(4)  Disagree 

(5)  Strongly  disagree 

1.  I  believe  that  plants  and  animals 
exist  primarily  for  man's  use  and  en- 
joyment. 

2.  With  advances  in  technology,  I 
tliink  that  man  will  always  be  able  to 
draw  the  resources  he  needs  from  the 
environment. 

3.  I  think  that  pollution  and  racism 
are  bodi  part  of  the  same  basic  prob- 
lems in  our  society. 

4.  I  do  not  think  that  I  am  person- 
ally responsible  for  our  present  state 
of  pollution. 

5.  I  am  afraid  that  industrial  and 
military  plans  to  exploit  the  ocean's 
resources  may  seriously  endanger  hu- 
man life  on  this  planet. 

6.  I  think  that  owners  of  private 
property    should   be   free   to    use   the 


plants  and  other  natural  resources  on 
it  pretty  much  as  is  now  permitted  by 
law  and  convention. 

7.  I  believe  that  the  profit  motive  in 
our  society  (desire  for  individual  eco- 
nomic gain)  is  now  outdated  and 
must  change. 

8.  I  feel  that  our  environmental 
problems  probably  cannot  be  solved 
by  existing  American  political  and 
economic  institutions. 

9.  I  think  that  all  American  families, 
regardless  of  social  or  economic  posi- 
tion, must  limit  the  number  of  chil- 
dren to  two.  or  three  at  most. 

10.  I  believe  that  our  ecological  crisis 
can  be  solved  primarily  by  appli- 
cation of  technology. 

11.  I  feel  that  American  beliefs  and 
values  have  been  a  basic  cause  of  our 
present  environmental  problems. 

12.  I  believe  that  economic  growth  is 
nearly  always  good  for  any  commu- 
nity. 

13.  I  think  that  population  control 
should  be  encouraged  by  removing 
tax  exemptions  for  more  than  two 
children. 


Please  complete  the  rest  of  the  ques- 
tions by  putting  in  each  answer  box 
the  number  of  the  statement  (in  par- 
entheses) that  best  describes  your 
opinion. 

14.  Do  you  feel  that  wild  animals 
have  any  rights? 

(1)  Yes,  equal  to  man's. 

(2)  Yes,      but     subordinate     to 
man's. 

(3)  Undecided 

(4)  No 

15.  Have  you  ever  been  in  a  wilder- 
ness area  beyond  all  roads  and  hu- 
man habitation  ? 

(1)  Yes 

(2)  Uncertain 

(3)  No 

16.  If  so.  do  you  feel  yourself  to  be 
different  wlien  you  are  in  a  wilder- 
ness area  than  when  you  are  in  a 
more  man-niaiie  environment? 

(1)  Yes 

(2)  Undecided 

(3)  No 

17.  How  do  you  see  yourself  in  rela- 
tion lo  the  influential  and  powerful 
groups  in  your  community? 

(1)   I  am  part  of  them  and  have 


27 


a  voice  in  decision  making. 

(2)  I  feel  part  of  tliem  even 
though  I  do  not  make  deci- 
sions. 

(3)  I  am  part  of  them  but  dis- 
like it. 

(4)  I  am  outside  of  them  but 
not  opposed  to  them. 

(5)  I  am  outside  of  them  and 
dislike  them. 

(6)  I  am  outside  of  them  and 
actively  oppose  them. 

IS.  How  do  you  feel  about  the  move- 
ment within  the  churches  to  increase 
acti\e  involvement  in  social  prob- 
lem?? 

(1)  Strongly  agree 

(2)  Agree 

(3)  Uncertain 

(4)  Disagree 

(5)  Strongly  disagree 

(6)  I  do  not  knov/  enough  about 
it  to  answer. 

19.  How  do  you  feel  about  the  move- 
ment? within  tlie  church  that  stress 
personal  religious  experience  i  such 
as  charismatic  gifts,  speaking  in 
tongues,  or  other  ecstatic  experi- 
ences) ? 

(1)  Strongly  agree 

(2)  Agree 

(3)  Uncertain 

(4)  Disagree 

(5)  Strongly  disagree 

(6)  I  do  not  know  enough  about 
it  to  answer. 

20.  How  do  you  feel  about  the  peace 
movement  i  anti-\  iet  Nam  war  I  ' 

(1)  I  support  it  and  am  active 
in  it. 

(2)  I  favor  it  generally  but  have 
not  been  active  in  it. 

(3)  1  am  uncertain  hov/  I  feel. 

(4)  I  agree  with  its  goals  but 
disapprove  of  its  methods. 

(5)  I  disapprove  of  the  move- 
ment but  am  against  repres- 
sive action. 

(6)  1  disapprove  and  would  like 
to  see  the  movements  sup- 
pressed. 

21.  How  do  you  feel  about  the  stu- 
dent movements  in  colleges? 

(1)  I  support  them  and  am  ac- 
tive in  them. 

(2)  I  favor  them  generally  but 
have  not  been  active. 

(3)  I  am  uncertain  how  I  feel 
about  them. 

(4)  I  agree  with  their  goals  but 
disapprove  of  their  methods. 

(5)  I  disapprove  of  the  move- 
ments but  am  against  re- 
pressive action. 

(6)  I  disapprove  and  would  like 
to  see  the  movements  sup- 
pressed. 

22.  How  do  you  teel  about  the  Black 
Power  movement.'' 

(1)  I  support  it  and  am  active 
in  it. 


(2)  I  favor  it  generally  but  have 
not  been  active. 

(3)  I  am  uncertain  hov/  I  feel. 

(4)  I  agree  with  the  goals  but 
disapprove  of  the  methods. 

(5)  i  disapprove  of  the  move- 
ment but  am  against  repres- 
sive action. 

(6)  I  disapprove  and  would  like 
to  see  the  movement  sup- 
pressed. 

23.  How  do  you  feel  about  the  con- 
servation and  ecology  movements? 

(1)  1  support  them  and  am  ac- 
tive in  them. 

(2)  I  favor  them  generally  but 
have  not  been  active. 

(3)  I  am  uncertain  hov/  I  feel. 

(4)  I  agree  with  the  goals  but 
disapprove  of  some  of  the 
methods. 

(5)  I  disapprove  of  the  move- 
ments but  am  against  re- 
pressive action. 

(6)  I  disapprove  and  would  like 
to  see  the  movements  sup- 
pressed. 

24.  Do  you  think  diat  diere  is  any 
connection  between  all  of  these  vari- 
ous movements  in  our  society? 

(1)  They  are  all  aspects  of  one 
single  wave  of  revolutionary 
change. 

(2)  They  may  be  related  but  are 
still  separate  movements. 

(3)  I  am  uncertain  what  I  think. 

(4)  There  is  no  connection  be- 
tween them. 

23.   Please  give  vour  age  group. 

(1)  teen 

(2)  20-24 

(3)  25-29 

(4)  30-39 

(5)  40-49 

(6)  50-59 

(7)  60  and  over 

26.  Sex. 

(1)  Male 

(2)  Female 

27.  Education. 

(1)  Eighth  grade  or  less. 

(2)  Attended  high  school  but 
did  not  graduate. 

(3)  High  school  graduate. 

(4)  Attended  business  or  tech- 
nical school. 

(5)  Attended  three  years  or  less 
of  college  or  university. 

(6)  Hold  B.A.  or  B.S.  college  de- 
gree or  about  to  graduate. 

(7)  Hold  M.A..  M.S.,  or  Ph.D. 
degree. 

28.  Annual  family  income  from  all 
sources. 

(1)  Under  $3000 

(2)  $3000  to  $5000 

(3)  $5000  to  $7500 

(4)  $7500  to  $10,000 


(5)  $10,000  to  $15,000 

(6)  $15,000  to  $25,000 

(7)  $25,000  to  $50,000 

(8)  $50,000  to  $100,000 

(9)  Over  $100,000 

29.  Occupation  of  the  head  of  your 
household. 

(1)  Manufacturing  or  distribution 
of  products. 

(2)  Construction,  building  trades, 
or  real  estate. 

(3)  Retail,      merchandising,      or 
sales. 

(4)  Engineering  or  technical. 

(5)  Government  or  military. 

(6)  Professional,    education,    or 
social  service. 

(7)  Farming,    fisheries,    lumber- 
ing, mining. 

(8)  Banking  or  finance. 

(9)  Transportation,    communica- 
tions, or  utilities. 

(10)  Arts  or  entertainment. 

(11)  Other 

30.  ^  hat  is  die  present  level  of 
work  of  the  head  of  your  house- 
hold? 

(1)  Director,    executive,    or    ad- 
ministrator. 

(2)  Assistant    executive    or    ad- 
ministrator. 

(3)  Supervisor,  teacher,  or  fore- 
man. 

(4)  Clerical. 

(5)  Craftsman,     mechanic,     ma- 
chine operator. 

(6)  Laborer    or    service    worker. 

(7)  Other  

31.  How  often  do  you  attend  reli- 
gious services  or  meetings  ? 

(1)  Daily 

(2)  Twice  a  week 

(3)  Weekly 

(4)  Twice  a  month 

(5)  Once  a  month 

(6)  Few  times  a  year 

(7)  Very  seldom 

(8)  Never 

If  you  are  active  in  the  consenation 
and  ecologv-  movements  or  support 
them  in  any  way,  please  complete  the 
questionnaire.  If  not,  leave  the  rest 
blank. 

32.  How  many  conservation,  ecology, 
or  other  organizations  concerned  with 
environmental  problems  do  you  be- 
long to? 

(1)  None 

(2)  One 

(3)  Two 

(4)  Three 

(5)  Four  or  more 

33.  How  often  do  you  usually  talk  to 
other  people  involved  in  the  move- 
ment (in  telephone  conversations,  in- 
formal meeting?,  organizational  meet- 
ings, etc.) ? 


28 


(1)  Never 

(2)  Few  times  a  year 

(3)  Once  a  month 

(4)  Once  a  week 

(5)  Twice  a  weel< 

(6)  Three  or  four  times  a  week 

(7)  Daily 

34.  Of  the  five  people  you  feel  closest 
to.  how  many  are  also  involved  in  the 
movement? 

(1)  All  five 

(2)  Four 

(3)  Three 

(4)  Two 

(5)  One 

(6)  None 

35.  How  many  people  have  you  per- 
sonally influenced  to  become  active  in 
the  movement? 

(1)  None 

(2)  One  or  two 

(3)  Three  to  five 

(4)  Six  to  ten 

(5)  Over  ten 

36.  How  many  people  have  you  tried 
to  interest  in  environmental  problems 
by  talking,  making  speeches,  writing 
articles,  etc.? 

(1)  None 

(2)  One  to  ten 

(3)  Ten  to  twenty 

(4)  Twenty  to  fifty 

(5)  Fifty  to  one  hundred 

(6)  Several  hundred 

(7)  Several  thousand 


37.  Write  in  the  spaces  provided  the 
numbers  of  any  of  these  methods  of 
influencing  decision-makers  that  you 
would  approve  of. 

(1)  Writing  letters  to  govern- 
ment officials. 

(2)  Speaking  at  public  hearings. 

(3)  Lawsuits  against  corpora- 
tions, government  agencies, 
or  individuals  guilty  of  en- 
vironmental negligence. 

(4)  Boycotts  against  companies 
that  pollute. 

(5)  Rallies,  marches,  demonstra- 
tions. 

(6)  Nonviolent  direct  action 
such  as  sitting  in  front  of 
bulldozers. 

(7)  Citizen  take-overs  of  offices 
of  government  agencies  or 
industries  to  enforce  de- 
mands. 

(8)  Destructive  (violent)  action, 
if  other  means  failed  (such 
as  sabotage  or  bombings). 

38.  In  your  involvement  with  the 
movement  have  you  ever  had  an  ex- 
perience that  radically  changed  your 
ideas  about  yourself  and  made  you 
act  differently  toward  your  environ- 
ment? 

(1)  No 

(2)  Undecided 

(3)  Yes,  I  have  changed  in 
some  ways. 

(4)  Yes,    I    have    been    radically 


changed. 

39.  If  your  participation  in  the 
movement  has  involved  any  risks, 
write  in  the  spaces  provided  the  num- 
bers of  any  of  the  following  you  have 
experienced. 

(1)  Expenditure  of  great  time  or 
money. 

(2)  Loss  of  friends. 

(3)  Threatening    mail    or    phone 
calls. 

(4)  Pressure  from  employer. 

(5)  Serious  family  rift. 

(6)  Loss  of  job. 

(7)  Destruction  of  personal  prop- 
erty. 

(8)  Jail  sentence. 

(9)  Bodily  harm. 

40.  If  involvement  in  the  movement 
has  caused  you  to  change  your  life 
style  in  significant  ways,  please  list 
such  changes  in  the  space  provided. 

41.  Please  list  the  conservation, 
ecology,  or  citizen's  organizations  ac- 
tive in  environmental  problems  that 
you  support  or  are  active  in. 

Describe  your  role  in  each  group 
(such  as  officer,  committee  member, 
full-time  employee,  sustaining  mem- 
ber, etc.).  Then  describe  the  ap- 
proach of  each  group  by  checking  it 
as  conservative,  moderate,  activist,  or 
radical. 


40.   Changes  in  life  style: 


To: 


Natural  History  Magazine 


77  West  77th  Street 
New  York,  N.Y.  10024 


Here  are  my  answers  to  your  questionnaire 

12         3        4         5         6         7 


9       10      11      12      13      14      15      16      17      18 

nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 

19   20   21   22   23   24   25   26   27   28   29   30   31   32   33   34   35   36 

nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn i 

I 37 1    38    I 39  1 

nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn | 


41.   Organization 


Your  role 


Cons.    Mod.     Act.     Rad. 


29 


THIS  GENTLE  gi 


On  the 

Serengeti  Plains 

of  East  Africa 

the  cheetah  selects 

its  prey  carefully 

and  kills  it 

efficiently 


By  George  B.  Schaller 


With  its  small  round  head,  trim 
waist,  and  long,  slender  legs,  the 
cheetah  is  the  most  atypical  of  the 
cats,  an  animal  built  for  speed,  a 
greyhound  with  the  coat  of  a  leop- 
ard. A  delicate  and  aristocratic  ani- 
mal, it  seems  to  belong  with  roy- 
alty: indeed  trained  cheetahs  were 
used  as  early  as  865  B.C.  by  King 
Hashing  of  Persia  to  hunt  antelope. 
In  the  sixteenth  century  the  Mogul 
emperor  Akbar  the  Great  of  India 
is  said  to  have  kept  1,000  cheetahs. 
A  hooded  cat  would  be  transported 
in  a  bullock  cart  to  within  300  feet 
of  a  herd  of  blackbuck  antelope. 
With  the  hood  removed,  the  cheetah 
slipped  off  the  cart,  crept  closer, 
and  finally  sprinted  after  the  prey. 
If  it  missed,  the  keeper  came  up, 
chanting,  '"Oh,  great  King,  do  not 


be  angry,  you  will  kill  the  next 
one,"  as  he  slipped  the  hood  over 
the  cat's  eyes.  But  if  it  captured  an 
adult  male,  as  it  was  taught  to  do, 
success  was  rewarded  by  a  cup  of 
blood  from  the  slain  animal. 

Today  this  sport  is  extinct  in  In- 
dia and  so  is  the  cheetah — the  last 
one  was  shot  there  in  1952.  A  few 
survive  in  southwestern  Iran  and 
some  possibly  in  Turkmenistan  and 
in  one  or  two  localities  in  the  Near 
East.  Strays  occur  only  occasionally 
in  North  Africa.  Fortunately  chee- 
tahs are  still  widespread  in  the  open 
woodlands  and  plains  south  of  the 
Sahara  where  suitable  prey  sur- 
vive. But  they  are  nowhere  abun- 
dant, not  even  in  the  national 
parks.  The  5,000  square  miles  of 
the   Serengeti  in  Tanzania  contain 


XEGANT  CAT 


perhaps  150  cheetahs,  one  per  33 
square  miles;  the  large  Kruger  Na- 
tional Park  in  South  Africa  has 
about  one  per  27  square  miles. 

Considering  the  long  contact  that 
man  has  had  with  the  cheetah,  re- 
markably little  was  known  of  its 
habits  until  recently.  Aloof  and  self- 
contained,  it  remained  an  enigma, 
even  refusing  to  breed  in  captivity. 
Among  Emperor  Akbar's  1,000 
cheetahs,  only  one  had  young,  a  lit- 
ter of  three.  No  other  captive  births 
were  reported  until  1956.  and  since 
then  only  seven  litters  have  been 
born  in  zoos.  When  I  joined  the 
Serengeti  Research  Institute  in 
1966  to  study  predators,  particu- 
larly the  lion,  in  the  Serengeti  Na- 
tional Park,  I  became  intrigued  by 
the  cheetah,  not  only  by  its  mystery 


but  also  by  its  delicate  beauty  and 
lithe  grace. 

Most  Serengeti  cheetahs  are  mi- 
gratory, following  the  movements 
of  their  principal  prey,  the  Thom- 
son's gazelle.  During  the  rains  early 
in  the  year,  when  the  gazelles  are 
on  the  plains,  the  cheetahs  are  there 
too,  but  when  the  grass  dries  up  in 
July,  both  move  25  and  more  miles 
to  the  edge  of  the  acacia  woodlands 
that  cover  much  of  the  park.  There 
some  cheetahs  remain  for  several 
months.  Occasionally  one  stays 
within  a  three-  to  four-square-mile 
area  for  a  month,  but  usually  each 
uses  some  20  to  25  square  miles  of 
terrain  in  the  course  of  a  season. 
The  same  cheetah  tends  to  return 
yearly  to  the  same  locality,  and  one 
of  my  pleasures  was  to  recognize  an 


individual  after  a  long  absence. 

Cheetahs  do  not  establish  terri- 
tories in  the  sense  of  defending  a 
locality  against  other  cheetahs.  Sev- 
eral animals  commonly  range  over 
the  same  area,  but  they  avoid  con- 
tact. When  two  see  each  other, 
they  veer  apart  without  associating. 
Cheetahs  also  squirt  a  mixture  of 
scent  and  urine  against  tree  trunks 
and  often  deposit  their  feces  on 
prominent  locations  such  as  ter- 
mite mounds.  A  cheetah  that  smells 
a  fresh  marker  knows  that  the  area 
has  been  visited  recently  and  can 
then  plot  its  movements  to  avoid  a 
meeting.  Cheetahs  do  not  advertise 
their  presence  by  roaring  in  the 
manner  of  lions.  Their  only  louder 
calls  are  a  birdlike  chirp  and  a  se- 
date, staccato  chirr  used  mainly  to 


keep   mother   and   cubs   in   contact 
with  each  other. 

It  has  often  been  said  that  adult 
cheetahs  are  sociable  and  travel 
mainly  in  groups.  I  found  this  in- 
frequently in  the  Serengeti.  Ex- 
cluding mothers  with  cubs,  52  per- 
cent of  my  sightings  were  of 
solitary  individuals,  31  percent  of 
the  cheetahs  were  in  pairs,  and  the 
rest  in  groups  of  three  to  four.  Two 
or  three  adult  males  sometimes  be- 
came companions  for  months,  but  I 
never  saw  two  adult  females  in  a 
group.  Adult  males  and  females  as- 
sociated mainly  during  courtship. 
Although  I  frequently  saw  groups 
of  two  to  four  males  and  females, 
these  were  with  few  exceptions  lit- 
ters of  grown  cubs  that  had  not  yet 
split  up.  The  extent  to  which  female 
cheetahs  are  asocial  was  shown 
well  by  a  mother  and  her  two 
grown  daughters.  Although  all 
three  wandered  over  the  same  area 
and  sometimes  saw  each  other,  to 
my  knowledge,  they  never  met. 

This  particular  family  provided 
me  with  some  of  my  most  inter- 
esting observations  on  cheetah  life 
history.  The  mother  gave  birth  to  at 
least  three  cubs  in  July.  1967,  in  a 
jumble  of  granite  boulders  and 
brush.  By  September  she  had  only 
two  cubs  left.  Most  cheetahs  lose 
about  half  of  their  cubs  as  a  result 
of  illness,  predation,  and  abandon- 
ment, but  a  few  manage  to  raise 
their  whole  litters  of  four  to  five. 
Her  cubs,  like  those  of  all  cheetahs, 
were  black  with  a  long  blue-gray 
mantle  of  hair  on  their  heads  and 
backs,  a  striking  natal  coat  that  is 
lost  at  about  three  months.  The 
cubs  began  to  follow  her  around 
ivhen  they  were  about  six  weeks 
old;  at  three  months  they  ceased  to 
suckle.  They  were  a  close-knit  fam- 
ily and  shared  kills  without  fight- 
ing. After  a  meal  they  licked  each 
other's  faces,  purring  loudly.  Yet 
somehow  their  social  existence 
seemed  constrained;  it  lacked  that 
intense  quality  of  contact  found 
among  lions  and  even  leopards. 
Perhaps  it  was  because  cheetahs  do 
not  rub  their  cheeks  and  bodies 
sinuously  together  in  greeting,  as 
lions  and  other  cats  do.  Perhaps 
their  tenuous  social  contacts  as 
adults  make  an  intimate  bond  be- 

32 


tween  mother  and  offspring  irrele- 
vant. In  fact,  one  observation  sug- 
gests that  mothers  cannot  recognize 
their  young  when  they  are  small. 

Once  two  mothers,  each  with  tiso 
cubs  about  three  months  old.  met 
inadvertently  at  a  kill,  then  parted 
after  briefly  threatening  each  other. 
But  one  cub  followed  the  wrong 
mother.  She  noticed  the  addition 
but  could  not  distinguish  the  new- 
comer from  her  own.  She  cuffed 
any  cub  that  approached  her  until 
all  three  cringed,  and  she  refused  to 
associate  with  them  for  at  least 
eight  hours.  I  was  afraid  that  she 
would  abandon  all  of  them.  Some- 
how the  extra  cub  was  reunited 
with  its  mother  that  night. 


H. 


-ow  to  hunt  was  perhaps 
the  most  important  lesson  these  cubs 
had  to  learn  while  still  with  their 
mother.  At  first  they  played  around 
her  while  she  stalked,  sometimes 
alerting  the  prey  by  running  ahead. 
But  later,  at  about  three  months 
of  age  a  change  occurred.  They  fol- 
lowed discretely  or  watched  while 
she  hunted.  A  female  may  even  pro- 
vide her  cubs  with  the  opportunity 
to  learn  the  techniques  of  killing. 
My  wife,  Kay,  watched  a  cheetah 
carry  a  live  gazelle  fawn  to  her 
five-month-old  cubs  and  release  it. 
They  tried  to  capture  it,  and  once 
they  knocked  it  down  but  were 
unable  to  kill  it.  Finally  the  mother 
did  so.  At  the  age  of  about  one  year 
cubs  themselves  will  initiate  some 
hunts.  For  example,  in  August. 
1968,  when  she  was  13  months  old, 
a  cub  of  the  litter  I  had  observed 
for  over  a  year  bowled  over  a  ga- 
zelle fawn  several  times  with  a  swat 
of  her  paw.  But  she  was  so  inept  at 
grabbing  it  that  finally  the  mother 
ran  up  and  killed  it.  In  three  sub- 
sequent hunts  the  mother  took  the 
initiative.  On  October  1,  when  they 
were  almost  15  months  old,  the 
cubs  bungled  yet  another  hunt,  only 
to  be  helped  again  by  their  mother. 
Some  two  weeks  later,  on  Octo- 
ber 17,  the  family  was  still  together, 
but  on  the  following  day  the  cubs 


Thomson  s  gazelles  scatte 

before  the  charge  of  a  cheetal 

The  cat  already  has  singled  oi 

its  victim  from  the  hen 


separated  permanently  from  their 
mother.  It  was  a  sudden  and  dra- 
matic break,  especially  considering 
the  cubs'  inability  to  hunt  well. 
There  was  no  gradual  severing  of 
the  social  bonds,  no  tentative,  sol- 
itary excursions,  just  an  abrupt 
transition  from  dependence  to  com- 
plete independence.  These  cubs 
never  again  associated  with  their 
mother.  Other  litters  behaved  sim- 
ilarly. In  contrast,  the  leopard,  an- 
other solitary  cat,  behaves  in  a 
more  typical  manner.  One  female 
cub  whose  history  I  traced  from 
birth  began  to  occasionally  roam 
on  her  own  at  the  age  of  13  months, 
but  continued  to  meet  and  share  kills 
with  her  mother  until  she  was  22 
months  old.  Three  months  later  her 
mother  conceived  again. 

The  two  cheetah  sisters  lost 
weight  after  separating  from  their 
mother,  but  they  survived,  and  with 
the  onset  of  the  rains  they  moved  to 
the  plains.  By  February,  1969,  they 
too  had  split  up.  for  I  met  one  as  I 
was  walking  across  the  plains.  She 
lay  on  her  side,  looking  around 
with  raised  head  in  the  curiously 
detached  manner  of  cheetahs.  I  sat 
down  100  feet  from  her  and  fifteen 
minutes  later  heard  a  gazelle  fawn 
bleat.  Then  over  a  rise  came  two 
jackals  in  pursuit  of  the  fawn.  The 
cheetah  sprinted  past  me.  knocked 
the  fawn  down,  and  grabbed  it  by 
the  neck.  She  had  obviously  learned 
to  hunt.  As  she  ate  I  moved  slowly 
toward  her,  finally  reclining  fifteen 
feet  away.   She  stared   at  me  with 


Tense  and  intent,  a  cheetah 

stalks  toward  its  prey  on  the 

grassy  plains  of  the  Serengeti. 


f^^- 


*• 


'm. 


% 


^^ 


% 


ikV 


j^yj," 


v^;> 


^ 


«-,r      < 


#c^ 


4diV.'-< 


guileless,  amber  eyes  but  did  not 
flee.  We  stayed  together  for  over 
half  an  hour,  once  only  ten  feet 
apart,  one  of  my  most  memorable 
experiences  with  a  wild  animal. 


o 


ne  of  these  young  females 
conceived  in  April,  1969,  when  21 
months  old,  and  her  sister  courted 
in  May.  A  tame  but  free-living 
cheetah  raised  by  Joy  Adamson 
also  bred  at  the  age  of  22  months 
for  the  first  time.  On  July  12,  I 
found  the  litter  of  the  first  young 
female:  four  cubs  only  a  day  or  two 
old,  with  eyes  still  closed,  weighing 


a  mere  12  ounces  each.  They  lay  in 
a  patch  of  grass  six  miles  from  the 
place  where  their  mother  was  born 
two  years  earlier.  She  was  just  mov- 
ing the  cubs  to  a  thicket  900  feet 
away,  carrying  them  one  at  a  time 
by  the  back  or  a  leg.  After  all  had 
been  moved,  she  returned  twice 
more  and  searched  the  site,  seem- 
ingly unable  to  count  with  pre- 
cision. At  the  age  of  three  weeks  the 
cubs  could  walk  unsteadily.  On  Au- 
gust 19,  the  photographer  Simon 
Trevor  saw  her  take  the  cubs  to 
their  first  kilt.  The  gazelle  was  not 
dead  and  the  cubs  were  obviously 
frightened,  jumping  back  each  time 
it  kicked.  Another  generation  had 
to  learn  to  become  a  predator. 
The  hunt  of  a  cheetah  is  surely 


one  of  the  most  exciting  spectacles 
in  Africa — the  slow  stalk,  the  tense 
period  of  waiting  until  the  prey  is 
inattentive,  and  finally  the  explosive 
rush  at  speeds  of  at  least  60  miles 
per  hour,  making  the  cheetah  the 
fastest  of  all  land  mammals.  Chee- 
tahs may  hunt  at  any  time  during 
the  day,  and  on  moonlit  nights  as 
well,  but  usually  they  do  so  between 
7:00  and  10:00  A.M.  and  4:00  and 
6:00  P.M.  They  seldom  work  hard 
for  their  meals,  but  lie  in  the  shade, 
seemingly  waiting  for  prey  to  drift 
into  the  vicinity.  Or  from  a  termite 
hill,  they  scan  the  horizon  for  prey 
and  then  slowly  walk  in  its  direc- 
tion. At  some  time  between  spotting 
a  possible  quarry  and  chasing  it, 
the  cheetah  selects  one,  and  I  was 


34 


particularly   interested   to    find    out 
what  determined  that  choice. 

Size  of  prey  was  obviously  one 
factor.  In  the  parts  of  the  Serengeti 
where  I  observed  cheetahs,  Thom- 
son's gazelle  was  the  preferred  prey 
(91  percent),  followed  by  Grant's 
gazelle,  wildebeest,  impala,  and 
hare  in  that  order.  A  Thomson's  ga- 
zelle weighs  some  3.5  to  40  pounds, 
just  one  large  meal  for  a  cheetah 
weighing  110  to  1.30  pounds.  Adult 
Grant's  gazelle,  impala,  and  reed- 
buck  were  also  killed,  but  of  the 
wildebeest  only  the  calves  were  cap- 
tured. Similarly,  some  68  percent  of 
the  cheetah  kills  reported  from 
Kruger  National  Park  consisted  of 
impala,  and  most  of  the  other  prey 
was  relatively  small  too.  A  cheetah 


hunting  alone  seldom  preys  on  any- 
thing weighing  much  more  than  it- 
self and  this  limits  it  to  the  small 
antelopes  and  the  young  of  the 
large  ones.  But  several  cheetah  to- 
gether may  attack  a  large  animal,  as 
in  Nairobi  National  Park  where  four 
males  killed  kongoni  and  zebra. 

Prey  selection  can  operate  in  two 
ways.  In  one,  the  predator  chooses 
a  particular  animal  out  of  a  herd — 
a  sick  one.  a  newborn  one — and 
pursues  it,  ignoring  all  others.  In 
the  other,  the  prey  selects  against 
itself,  so  to  speak,  by  becoming  vul- 
nerable in  some  way.  Leopards,  for 
example,  catch  nearly  twice  as 
many  adult  male  Thomson's  ga- 
zelles as  would  be  expected  from 
their    number    in    the    population. 


The  charge.  No  animal  can  run 

as  fast.  But  the  cheetah  tires 

quickly  and  can  run  no  more  than 

about  900  feet  at  full  speed. 


These  seem  to  lie  nioslly  nonterri- 
torial  males  that  roam  through  high 
grass  and  along  river  courses  where 
leopards  hunt,  in  contrast  to  females 
and  territorial  males  that  remain  in 
areas  of  short  grass  where  they  are 
nol  so  vulnerable  to  leopards. 

Cheetahs  hunt  mainly  in  the  open 
plains.  There  they  catch  about  30 
percent  fewer  adult  males  than  ex- 
pected,   possibly    because    cheetahs 


35 


prefer  to  select  prey  that  is  fleeing 
rather  than  standing  around  alertly 
as  territorial  males  do.  I  collected 
and  aged  the  jaws  of  163  gazelle 
kills.  The  cheetahs  had  captured 
many  fawns  less  than  six  months 
old,  whereas  yearlings,  some  9  to 
24  months  old,  were  almost  immuj.e 
to  predation.  The  cheetahs  took 
many  adults  but  no  age  class  was 
particularly  selected.  Most  of  the 
adult  prey  taken  were  presumably 
healthy,  although  the  cats  may  have 
been  able  to  detect  slight  dis- 
abilities, which  I  could  not.  Ga- 
zelles sometimes  suffer  from  heavy 
infestations  of  lungworm  or  sarcop- 
tic  mange  and  such  animals  possi- 
bly respond  less  briskly  to  the  chee- 
tah. However,  when  the  ages  of 
gazelles  killed  by  cheetahs  are  com- 
pared with  those  killed  by  lions,  it 
is  obvious  that  the  two  cats  select 
very  similarly.  A  lion  captures  its 
prey  by  surprise  in  a  short  fast 
rush,  during  which  there  is  little  or 
no  time  to  test  for  weakness  in  an 


Jmji^- 


Alerted  by  circling  vultures, 
a  lion  drives  a  cheetah 
away  from  its  prey.  Lions 
occasionally  kill  cheetahs. 


individual.  In  contrast,  the  cheetah 
may  take  its  prey  with  a  long  run. 
Despite  their  different  hunting  tech- 
niques the  adult  gazelles  killed  by 
these  two  cats  had  a  similar  age 
structure,  except  that  lions  kill 
fewer  small  young  and  more  year- 
lings. Possibly  cheetahs  catch  the 
sick,  and  lions,  the  healthy,  but  I  am 
inclined  to  think  that  most  prey  se- 
lected by  both  species  was  in  rea- 
sonably good  condition. 

When  observing  a  cheetah  hunt, 
the  selection  for  fawns  is  obvious — 
any  fawn  in  a  herd  is  immediately 
pursued.  This  is  not  surprising 
when  hunting  success  is  considered. 


Although  cheetahs  can  attain  tre- 
mendous speed,  they  are  unable  to 
keep  it  up  for  more  than  about  900 
feet.  If  the  gazelle  dodges  several 
times,  the  cheetah,  exhausted,  may 
have  to  give  up  the  chase,  and  23 
out  of  26  unsuccessful  hunts  that  I 
observed  failed  for  that  reason.  A 
fawn  can  run  neither  fast  nor  far, 
and  in  31  chases  after  them,  the 
cheetah  was  successful  every  time 
after  an  average  run  of  600  feet.  On 
the  other  hand,  of  .56  pursuits  after 
large  young  and  adults  only  54  per- 
cent resulted  in  a  kill  after  a  chase 
up  to  some  900  feet.  Cheetahs  are 
pragmatists:  better  a  small  meal 
than  none  at  all. 

Cheetahs  prefer  to  hunt  a  solitary 
individual  or  one  in  a  small  herd, 
because  they  have  difficulty  select- 
ing a  gazelle  and  keeping  it  in  sight 
in  a  large,  milling  herd.  Individuals 
that  enter  tall  grass,  graze  behind 
some  bushes,  or  otherwise  enable 
the  cheetah  to  stalk  undetected  are 
chosen.  With  endless  patience  the 
cat  may  wait  for  a  gazelle  to  lower 
its  head  and  graze  while  briefly  fac- 
ing away  from  the  danger,  thus  giv- 
ing the  cheetah  an  undetected  sec- 
ond during  the  rush — often  the 
difference  between  success  and  fail- 
ure. The  selection  process  is  not  al- 
ways an  easy  one.  Cheetahs  some- 
times bound  toward  a  herd,  then 
give  up  for  no  obvious  reason, 
probably  because  they  are  unable  to 
find  a  suitable  quarry.  Or  they  first 
pursue  a  herd  at  moderate  speed 
before  suddenly  making  a  selection. 
Here  are  two  typical  hunts: 

A  female  cheetah  climbs  ten  feet 
up  a  tree  and  spots  ten  gazelles 
about  700  feet  away.  She  ap- 
proaches the  herd  slowly,  with  head 
held  low,  until  she  is  some  300  feet 
from  the  animals.  She  sits  and 
watches  for  five  minutes.  One  ga- 
zelle  grazes   somewhat   apart   from 


A  phalanx  of  vultures  watches 
a  cheetah  and  its  victim. 
The  cat  usually  eats 
about  60  percent  of  a  carcass. 


37 


the  herd.  The  cheetah  rushes  and  is 
within  100  feet  before  the  gazelle 
flees.  After  a  chase  of  about  480 
feet,  which  includes  a  sharp  180-de- 
gree  turn,  the  gazelle  flips  forward, 
tripped  by  the  cheetah,  which 
lunges  in  and  grabs  the  throat.  Af- 
ter five  minutes,  the  gazelle  dies 
from  strangulation. 

A  female  cheetah  spots  a  dozen 
gazelles  on  a  burned  stubble  800 
feet  away.  She  slowly  walks  300 
feet  toward  them;  then,  at  a  moder- 
ate speed,  bounds  about  500  feet 
before  selecting  the  smallest  indi- 
vidual in  the  fleeing  herd.  She 
sprints  after  it,  follows  three  zig- 
zags closely,  and  after  400  feet, 
catches  it  in  a  cloud  of  dust.  She 
emerges  holding  it  by  the  throat. 


A 


fter  knocking  a  gazelle 
down  by  hitting  its  flank  or  rump 
with  a  paw,  the  cheetah  typically 
grabs  it  by  the  throat  and  throttles 
it,  a  task  that  requires  four  and  a 
half  minutes  on  the  average.  The 
carcass  is  often  dragged  to  a  shady 
spot.  Cheetahs  usually  eat  the  meat 
off  one  thigh  first;  after  that  they 
cut  the  meat  from  the  abdomen  and 
rib  cage,  sometimes  stopping  to  lap 
up  any  blood  that  collects  in  the 
body  cavity.  Finally  they  strip  the 
rest  of  the  meat  from  the  inside.  All 
that  generally  remains  is  the  articu- 
lated skeleton  with  much  of  the  skin 
and  the  whole  digestive  tract.  The 
cats  eat  rapidly,  glancing  nervously 
around  at  intervals.  This  is  not  sur- 
prising, for  lions,  hyenas,  and  other 
predators  often  arrive  at  the  kill, 
having  been  alerted  by  the  descend- 
ing vultures  that  a  meal  is  in  the 
offing.  Cheetahs  are  timid  creatures, 
low  in  the  predator  hierarchy,  and 
12  percent  of  their  kills  end  in 
someone  else's  stomach.  Twice  I 
saw  a  cheetah  driven  from  its  kill 
by  a  solid  phalanx  of  vultures.  The 
cheetahs  did  little  to  retaliate  when 
their  kill  was  scavenged  except  to 
hiss  and  moan  in  a  peculiar  manner, 
although  one  bold  hyena  was  slapped 
in  the  face. 

To  find  out  how  often  a  cheetah 
kills,  several  persons  with  the  Ser- 

38 


engeti  Research  Institute  and  I 
watched  a  female  with  two  small 
cubs  for  26  days.  There  is  a  primi- 
tive pleasure  in  spending  a  day 
with  a  predator.  Nothing  happens 
for  hours.  The  plains  shimmer  with 
heat  waves.  Yet  there  is  a  tension  in 
the  air.  a  feeling  of  impending  vio- 
lence. During  these  26  days  the 
cheetah  killed  24  Thomson's  ga- 
zelles, ranging  from  small  fawns  to 
adults,  and  one  hare.  At  this  rate 
she  would  kill  337  gazelles  per 
year.  She  caught  nothing  on  three 
days,  although  she  tried,  but  on  two 
days  she  captured  two  gazelles 
each.  She  captured  an  average  of 
22  pounds  of  animal  per  day,  but 
she  lost  two  kills  to  lions  and  one  to 
hyenas.  About  40  percent  of  the 
weight  of  a  carcass  was  not  eaten, 
mainly  the  digestive  tract  and 
bones.  This  left  about  llVi;  pounds 
of  meat  for  the  mother  and  two 
cubs,  almost  twice  as  much  as  she 
actually  needed,  judging  by  the 
amount  fed  to  cheetahs  in  zoos. 
Other  mothers  killed  equally  often, 
but  solitary  cheetahs  captured  prey 
probably  only  once  every  two  to 
three  days.  Taking  into  account  the 
size  of  the  cheetah  population,  the 
percent  of  gazelle  in  their  diet,  and 
other  factors,  it  seems  likely  that 
the  Serengeti  cheetahs  kill  15,000- 
20,000  gazelles  a  year,  only  a  small 
percentage  of  the  several  hundred 
thousand  gazelles  in  the  park. 

Given  such  a  large  amount  of 
prey  and  their  success  in  catching 
it,  there  were  surprisingly  few  chee- 
tahs in  the  park.  The  Nairobi  Na- 
tional Park,  only  44  square  miles  in 
size,  usually  had  some  10  to  15  resi- 
dent cheetahs,  showing  that  the  spe- 
cies can  tolerate  quite  high  den- 
sities. Adult  females  outnumbered 
males  by  a  ratio  of  2:1  and  one- 
third  of  the  females  were  accom- 
panied by  cubs,  often  large  ones. 
Females  that  lose  their  litter  may 
come  into  estrus  again  within  a 
week,  and  the  gestation  period  is 
only  90  to  95  days.  The  Serengeti 
cheetahs  have  a  high  reproductive 
potential,  a  satisfactory  number  of 
cubs  are  raised,  and  food  seems  to 
be  no  problem.  Yet  something 
keeps  the  population  depressed  at  a 
low  level.  A  leopard  killed  and 
stored  a  cheetah  in  a  tree,  several 


lions  captured  and  strangled  one, 
and  a  litter  burned  in  a  grass  fire, 
but  such  deaths  were  insignificant 
to  the  total  cheetah  population. 

The  wild  dog,  an  equally  rare 
predator  in  the  park,  provided  a 
hint.  These  pack-living  predators 
raised  large  litters,  but  canine  dis- 
temper killed  over  half  the  mem- 
bers of  one  pack  and  undoubtedly 
affected  other  packs  as  well.  During 
my  stay  in  the  Serengeti  the  wild 
dog  population  did  not  increase.  It 
had  failed  to  increase  since  at  least 
1956,  the  period  for  which  there  is 
information.  The  dog  population 
seems  to  be  controlled  by  disease, 
not  by  the  food  supply.  Possibly 
cheetahs  are  also  affected  by  dis- 
ease, although  I  have  no  evidence 
to  show  this.  The  basic  question  of 
just  what  factors  operate  on  the  dog 
and  cheetah  populations  to  keep 
them  stable  at  such  a  low  level  re- 
mains unanswered.  Disease  can 
cause  a  decrease  but  something  else 
must  finally  determine  that  level  at 
which  the  population  stabilizes. 

The  cheetah  is  uncommon  to  rare 
everywhere,  and  the  species  balances 
itself  delicately  between  security  and 
extinction  in  an  area.  Any  addi- 
tional mortality,  such  as  shooting 
by  man,  may  well  have  a  serious 
effect  on  a  population.  Yet  in  1966 
75  cheetah  coats  were  sold  in  New 
York  alone  to  satisfy  the  vanity  of 
a  few  women.  A  total  of  3,168 
cheetah  skins  were  imported  into 
the  United  States  in  1968-69,  as 
many  as  would  normally  be  found 
in  98,525  square  miles  of  Africa, 
given  the  densities  in  Kruger  and 
Serengeti  national  parts.  Unless 
the  cheetah  is  more  strictly  pro- 
tected, this  gentle  and  elegant  cat  will 
surely  follow  its  Indian  cousin  into 
extinction  over  much  of  Africa. 


A  cheetah  cub  is  born 

ivith  a  black  coat  and  a 

mantle  of  long  blue-gray 

hair.  The  natal  coat 

disappears  at  about 

three  months  of  age. 


|r*' 

'A^.    >   . 

hdls. 

Lii 

fei 

u 

WS/L^m 

i^^; 

^ 

•^  *- 

:F>' 

naldi^dl 

H,.,,                                                                "-^ 

1 

gJHUmi^::^     ^^^^      ^^^HlJi^lf 

,/l 


The  barely  visible 
water  mite, 
a  colorful  carnivore, 
leads  a  complex, 
predacious  lile 

by  David  Barr 

Photographs  by 
Helen  Sutton 


On  the  hunt  for  prey,  mites 
of  genus  Liinnochares,  top, 
move  through  aquatic  vegetation. 
Bottom,  the  male  mite  Arrenurus, 
magnified  about  fifty 
times,  is  heavily  armored. 


To  slip  beneath  the  calm  surface 
of  a  marsh  or  pond  is  to  enter  a  new 
world,  a  complex  world  inhabited 
by  armored  and  jointed  creatures, 
by  serpentine  segmented  worms,  by 
larvae,  nymphs,  and  scuttling  adults 
of  many  kinds.  And  in  this  profu- 
sion of  freshwater  invertebrate  life 
the  most  colorful  creatures  by  far 
are  the  water  mites.  Most  people 
generally  see  the  conspicuous, 
bright-red  members  of  this  group, 
but  there  are  many  lesser-known 
common  water  mites,  richly  pat- 
terned in  tones  of  brown,  yellow, 
blue,  green,  violet,  and  magenta. 

All  are  tiny:  the  largest  no  more 
than  a  quarter  of  an  inch  long;  the 
average,  about  a  sixteenth  of  an 
inch.  Observations  of  water  mites 
usually  have  to  be  carried  out  with 
a  low-power  microscope. 

At  first  glance,  a  water  mite 
could  be  mistaken  for  a  small 
aquatic  spider.  In  fact  spiders  and 
mites,  which  are  grouped  together 
as  arachnids,  share  a  number  of  im- 
portant features.  Both  have  piercing 
jaws,  the  chelicerae,  and  a  pair  of 
sensory,  accessory  mouthparts,  the 
pedipalps.  Like  the  spider,  the  mite 
possesses  four  pairs  of  legs  used  for 
locomotion,  and  is  a  carnivore, 
sucking  the  body  juices  of  its  prey. 
The  most  obvious  difference  be- 
tween the  two  arachnids  lies  in  the 
spider's  narrow  waist,  which  divides 
its  body  into  two  main  sections.  All 
water  mites  have  an  undivided  body. 
Like  most  freshwater  animals, 
mites  are  a  little  heavier  than  water. 
While  some  species  live  on  the  bot- 
tom of  the  pond,  others  swim  easily 
with  the  aid  of  long,  brushlike  tufts 
of  hair  that  increase  the  surface 
area  and  improve  the  efficiency  of 
the  legs  for  aquatic  locomotion. 

Adult  water  mites  are  free-living 
and  predacious — the  wolves  of  their 
world.  On  a  suiniy  day  a  relatively 
large,  bright-red  water  mite,  such  as 
Eylais,  can  be  seen  swimming, 
legs  flailing  like  a  miniature  wind- 


mill, on  the  hunt  for  tiny  crusta- 
ceans. The  mite  will  enter  a  brows- 
ing school  of  its  translucent  prey, 
seize  one  with  the  strong,  clawed 
pedipalps,  and  drop  in  a  crimson 
arc  to  the  pond  bottom. 

The  crustacean  prey  is  pierced  by 
the  needlelike  mouthparts,  and  the 
mite  feeds  on  its  body  juices.  Soon, 
the  meal  over,  this  voracious  pre- 
dator returns  to  the  hunt,  aided  by 
two  pairs  of  simple  eyes  usually 
placed  above  the  mouth,  one  pair 
on  either  side  of  the  body.  In  some 
cases  all  four  eyes  are  mounted  to- 
gether on  a  central  plate,  and  in 
several  primitive  families,  a  fifth 
eye  is  present  as  well. 

An  animal  that  requires  a  micro- 
scope for  its  observation  is  not  eas- 
ily studied.  To  begin  with,  speci- 
mens are  difficult  to  gather.  One 
way  to  obtain  large  numbers  of  wa- 
ter mites  for  observation  is  to  dip 
into  a  weedy  pond  with  an  aquatic  in- 
sect net.  In  such  a  favorable  habitat 
mite  population  densities  may  ap- 
proach hundreds  per  square  meter. 
When  plant  and  animal  material 
taken  from  the  bottom  of  the  pond 
is  dumped  out  in  a  shallow,  white- 
bottomed  pan  of  water,  mites  swim 
out  of  the  mass  of  vegetation.  They 
can  be  picked  up  with  a  medicine 
dropper,  one  at  a  time,  and  trans- 
ferred to  a  collecting  vial. 

Water  mites  have  a  wide  variety  of 
different  habitats  and  different 
ways  of  life.  Stream-living  mites  of- 
ten congregate  in  clumps  of  sub- 
merged moss  or  in  masses  of  tree 
rootlets  projecting  into  the  water. 
Because  they  lack  the  holdfast  de- 
vices that  enable  many  insects  of  this 
habitat  to  avoid  being  swept  away, 
mites  invariably  seek  a  spot  shel- 
tered from  the  current. 

Aquatic  mites  even  manage  to 
eke  out  a  living  where  tliere  seems 
to  be  no  water  at  all.  There  are 
many  natural  situations  where  wa- 
ter exists  only  as  a  thin  surface 
film,  places  such  as  the  lush  banks 


41 


of  moss  kept  constantly  wet  by 
spray  from  a  waterfall,  the  damp 
shoreline  of  a  lake  or  pond,  or  the 
soggy  surface  of  marshy  ground. 
Mites  of  the  water-film  habitat  do 
not  swim,  but  have  short,  strong, 
spiny  legs  for  crawling  laboriously 
along  the  surface.  There  is  no  way 
to  collect  them  except  to  get  down 
on  your  hands  and  knees,  and  pick 
them  up  one  by  one  with  a  pair  of 
soft  forceps. 


II 


_  few  persistent  water  mite  col- 
lectors have  located  substantial  pop- 
ulations of  small,  pale-colored  mites 
in  the  underground  water  that  flows 
around  the  gravel  particles  and 
sand  grains  beneath  stream  beds. 
One  biologist  has  a  foolproof 
method  for  determining  whether  a 
gravel  bar  is  a  good  collecting 
spot.  With  hip  boots  and  collecting 
gear,  he  wades  out  to  the  bar,  then 
with  each  step,  bounces  up  and 
down,  first  on  one  foot,  then  on  die 
other.  If  the  surface  feels  spongy, 
so  that  his  boots  sink  in  an  inch  or 
two,  there  will  be  enough  water 
flowing  among  the  gravel  particles 
to  support  a  good  mite  population. 
Adding  to  the  difficulty  and  chal- 
lenge of  studying  water  mites  are 
the  complex  life  cycles  character- 
istic of  these  creatures.  While  many 
terrestrial  mites  are  either  parasitic 
or  predatory,  water  mites  demon- 
strate their  versatility  by  trying  out 
both  styles  during  the  course  of  a 
life  cycle.  There  are  usually  at  least 
six  readily  distinguishable  life  his- 
tory stages:  egg,  parasitic  larva, 
first  chrysalis  (nymphochrysalis) , 
nymph,  second  chrysalis  (tele- 
iochrysalis),  and  adult.  Each  stage 
of  each  species  has  a  characteristic 
appearance  and  way  of  life — and 
there  are  at  least  5,000  species  of 
water  mites. 

I  feel  challenged  each  time  I  ex- 
amine a  field  collection  of  water 
mites.  It  usually  contains  male  and 
female  adults  of  a  variety  of  spe- 
cies, some  of  them  closely  related. 
Each    mite,    lor    example,    a    fast- 

42 


An  egg-laden  Unionicola  drills, 
slowed  by  elongated,  radiating 
legs.  Leg  hairs  improve 
the  locomotive  efficiency. 


swimming,  blue-green  female  of  the 
genus  Arrenurus,  poses  questions: 
what  is  the  male  of  the  species  like? 
when  are  the  eggs  laid?  what  does 
the  larva  look  like?  which  insect 
serves  as  host?  into  what  kind  of 
nymph  does  the  larva  develop? 
These  questions  lead  toward  a 
larger  goal:  to  understand  the  place 
of  the  species  in  the  habitat  and  its 
relationship  to  the  other  organisms 
there.  Thus  the  first  step  in  the 
study  of  a  water  mite  ecology  is  to 
establish  a  complete  set  of  life  his- 
tory stages  for  a  species. 

In  examining  a  field  collection 
suppose  one  discovers  a  mite  for 
which  only  the  male  is  known  to 
science.  The  first  step  in  tracing  the 
life  history  of  mite  X  is  the  analysis 
of  numerous  collections  of  adult 
mites.  It  is  often  possible  to  decide 
which  male  and  female  form  belong 
to  the  same  species  from  the  obser- 
vation that  they  are  always  found 
together.  If,  in  addition,  the  same 
type  of  male  and  female  mate  read- 
ily when  kept  together  in  an  aquar- 


Emerging  eggs,  magnified 
about  eighty  times,  sink  to 
an  underwater  plant.  Most 
mite  larvae,  when  they  hatch, 
become  parasites  on  insects. 


ium,  one  can  be  fairly  certain  that 
they  are  conspecific.  Such  a 
male-female  association  is  the  first 
of  a  series  of  links  in  a  life  history. 

In  the  laboratory,  female  mites 
will  lay  spherical  red  or  yellow 
eggs,  deposited  singly  or  in  large 
masses,  but  always  invested  with  a 
gelatinous  envelope.  In  nature, 
these  vermilion  egg  clusters  are 
glued  on  submerged  plants  or  on 
stones,  dead  leaves,  or  bits  of  twig; 
but  in  the  laboratory  they  are  usu- 
ally deposited  on  the  walls  of  the 
aquarium  or  glass  dish  in  which  the 
mites  are  kept.  Thus  one  can  watch 
the  hatching  of  the  egg,  and,  when 
it  appears,  examine  the  next  impor- 
tant life  history  stage,  the  larva. 
The  larvae  are  extremely  small  and 
can  be  examined  carefully  only  un- 
der the  highest  magnifications  of  a 
compound  microscope.  They  usu- 
ally have  the  same  kind  of  mouth- 
parts  as  the  adults,  but  unlike 
adults,  the  larvae  have  just  three 
pairs  of  legs. 

The  water  mite  larval  stage  is 
typically  parasitic  upon  one  or  an- 
other variety  of  aquatic  insect — a 
dragonfly,  a  water  bug,  a  beetle,  or 
a  mosquito.  If  the  adult  host  spends 
most  of  its  time  in  the  water 
(beetle,  water  bug),  the  mite  larva 
attaches  its  mouthparts  directly  into 
some  part  of  the  insect  body.  But  if 
the  adult  host  is  aerial  (dragonfly, 
inosciuito).  the  larval  mite  has  to 
contact  the  insect  at  an  immature 
stage,  when  it  is  aquatic.  The  con- 
tact may  be  made  underwater  or  at 
the  surface  when  the  insect  is  leav- 
ing the  water  in  preparation  for  its 
transformation  to  the  adult  form. 
Thus  the  glistening,  last  subadult 
stage  of  an  emerging  insect  often 
carries  several  dozen  tiny,  red  or 
green,  hitchhiking  mite  larvae  out 
of  the  water  with  it.  As  the  imma- 
ture host  insect  sheds  its  exo- 
skeleton  a  final  time,  the  mite  lar- 
vae quickly  crawl  to  the  pale,  newly 
hatched  adult  and  before  the  body 
hardens,  they  plunge  in  their  mouth- 
parts. 

So  far  it  has  proved  difficult  to 
induce  mite  larvae  to  attach  to  a 
host  insect  in  the  laiioralory  so  tiiat 
they  will  engorge  and  change  into 
nymplis.  This  makes  the  larva—* 
nymph  step  a  critical  one,  requiring 

43 


intensive  field  collecting  of  all  kinds 
of  aquatic  insects.  A  graduate  stu- 
dent working  on  just  such  a  project 
learned  that  it  can  be  tougher  than 
it  sounds.  He  suspected  that  his 
mites  were  using  aquatic  beetles 
and  bugs  as  hosts.  But  the  per- 
centage of  parasitism  was  so  low 
that  time  after  time  he  had  to  col- 
lect and  examine  several  hundred 
insects  to  find  a  dozen  or  so  that 
were  parasitized. 

In  the  laboratory,  parasitic  lar- 
vae, looking  like  tiny  red  balloons 
decorating  the  host  body,  can  be  re- 
moved and  their  detailed  structure 
compared  with  that  of  the  larvae 
hatched  from  eggs.  If  the  two  are 
identical,  one  then  knows  the  host  in- 
sect (or  at  least  one  of  them)  for 
this  species. 


I  hen  the  larva  is  fully  engorged 
it  enters  a  resting  stage  called  the 
nymphochrysalis.  analogous  to  the 
pupa  of  butterflies  and  moths.  In- 
side the  old,  distended  larval  skin,  a 
series  of  drastic  anatomical  altera- 
tions occur,  and  a  new  life  stage, 
the  nymph,  forms.  \^Tien  fully  de- 
veloped, the  nymph  simply  ruptures 
the  old  larval  skin  and  drops  off, 
leaving  behind  a  stalk  of  larval 
mouthparts  attached  to  the  host  in- 
sect. Probably  some  precise  behav- 
ioral mechanism  allows  it  to  do  this 
only  when  the  host  is  flying  over  or 
swimming  in  a  body  of  water.  The 
larvae  so  laboriously  located  on 
field-collected  host  insects  complete 
their  development  in  just  this  way. 
If  the  hosts  are  kept  in  or  over  wa- 
ter, the  newly  hatched  nymphs  will 
drop  off  and  swim  around  in  the 
container,  where  they  can  be  col- 
lected for  examination. 

The  nymph  is  like  a  miniature 
edition  of  the  adult  mite  with  four 
pairs  of  legs  and  similarly  shaped 
mouthparts  and  body  plates.  It  usu- 
ally differs  only  in  lacking  an  open- 
ing in  the  genital  region  and  in 
having  genital  plates  that  are  of 
reduced  complexity. 

The  nymph   also   imitates  nearly 


the  adult  mode  of  life,  swimming  or 
crawling  through  its  habitat,  vora- 
ciously capturing  and  consuming 
its  natural  prey  of  smaller  in- 
vertebrate animals.  When  it  has  fed 
enough,  it  climbs  onto  a  bit  of  vege- 
tation, wraps  its  legs  tightly  around 
the  stalk,  and  enters  another  nium- 
mylike.  quiescent  period,  called  the 
teleiochrysalis.  Inside  the  nymphal 
skin  the  new  adult  takes  shape,  and 
when  this  transformation  is  com- 
pleted, it  ruptures  its  prison  and 
bursts  forth  to  take  up  a  free-living, 
predatory  existence  once  more. 

When  the  nymph— >adult  step  is 
established  and  the  life  history  as- 
sociation complete,  a  chart  can  be 
drawn  for  the  entire  life  cycle  of 
the  mite.  This  is  the  first  step 
toward  understanding  its  place  in 
the  complex  aquatic  ecosystem. 

Certain  water  mites  alter  the 
basic  life  cycle  I  have  described. 
For  instance,  females  of  some  spe- 
cies have  the  remarkable  ability  to 
lay  eggs  in  which  the  larva  forms 
but  never  hatches.  While  still  inside 
the  egg  cuticle,  the  larva  is  trans- 
formed into  a  tiny  nymph,  and 
when  this  hatches  it  can  begin 
searching  immediately  for  prey.  By 
this  device  the  mite  gives  up  para- 
sitism and  avoids  the  risk  of  not 
being  able  to  find  the  right  host  at 
just  the  right  time.  Still  other  gen- 
era have  evolved  a  magnificently  in- 
dividual adaptation  and  parasitize 
aquatic  mollusks.  especially  fresh- 
water mussels  or  clams.  All  stages, 
with  the  exception  of  the  active 
larva,  may  be  found  inside  the  mus- 
sel, embedded  in  its  fleshy  gills  or 
labial  palps. 

It  is  just  possible  that  a  knowl- 
edge of  water  mite  life  histories  will 
be  of  great  practical  interest  to 
mankind  one  day.  aside  from  the 
insight  it  now  gives  into  the  work- 
ing of  freshwater  environments. 
Water  mites  attach  to  a  wide  vari- 
ety of  insect  hosts,  among  them 
some  that  most  plague  man:  mos- 
quitoes and  blackflies.  There  are  in- 
dications that  heavy  infestations  of 
parasitic  mites  can  seriously  weaken 
host  mosquitoes,  even  prevent  them 
from  reproducing.  The  remote  pos- 
sibility of  using  water  mites  to  con- 
trol troublesome  insects  suggests  a 
welcome   alternative  to  insecticides. 


Mite  larvae,  looking  like 

balloons,  enter  a  resting  stage 

on  their  host,  a  giant  waterbug. 


Moreover,  the  spectrum  of  mites 
that  inhabit  freshwater  can  serve  as 
a  delicate  indicator  of  the  level  of 
organic  pollution  in  natural  water 
sources.  Mites  are  sensitive  to 
changing  water  quality.  A  biologist 
studying  communities  of  stream 
mites  in  western  North  America 
discovered  that  the  addition  of 
treated  city  sewage  to  a  mountain 
creek  reduced  the  mite  populations 
almost  to  zero  for  several  miles 
downstream,  and  that  below  the 
point  of  sewage  outflow  the  mites 
never  built  up  to  their  natural  num- 
bers again.  To  read  the  subtle  story 
of  pollution  levels  in  aquatic  habi- 
tats, however,  we  first  have  to  know 
much  more  about  what  constitutes  a 
natural  water  mite  population,  an 
impossible  task  in  the  absence  of  a 
complete  life  history  picture  for 
each  of  the  species  present.  Thus,  a 
deeper  acquaintance  with  the  richly 
varied,  colorful  animals  that  live  in 
natural,  clean  freshwater  may  serve 
to  protect  this  habitat  for  both  mite 
and  man. 


Leaving  its  nymphal  skin 

attached  to  an  underwater 

stalk,  the  mite  Eylais  begins 

a  predatory  adnlt  life. 


44 


"#i#^ 


5ri^^' 


#■ 


k 


^. 


^Mim 


*fK0«k 


46 


By  shilling  consianily,  mese  narrow  sand  islands 
survive  me  lury  01  Alianilcsiorms. 
The  worKs  ol  man  are  less  durable 

iiyciirlstopiierj.sciiuberih 


A  slender  ribbon  of  light-colored 
sand,  about  thirty  miles  long  and 
less  than  a  mile  wide,  arches  grace- 
fully southward  from  Long  Island 
and  pierces  the  dark  blue  waters  of 
the  Atlantic  Ocean.  Cartographers 
call  it  Great  South  Beach,  but  to 
most  New  Yorkers  it  is  known  as 
Fire  Island.  Fire  Island  is  the 
northernmost  segment  of  an  almost 
continuous  chain  of  low  barrier  is- 
lands that  extends  from  New  York 
to  Florida.  Similar  barrier  chains 
line  much  of  the  Gulf  Coast,  the 
North  Sea  coast  of  Holland,  and  the 
Baltic  Sea  coast  of  Poland.  In  the 
United  States  a  number  of  impor- 
tant industrial  and  resort  cities — 
Galveston,  Miami  Beach,  Atlantic 
City,  to  mention  three — have  devel- 
oped on  these  islands. 

Unlike    the    immobile   rock   ram- 


Waves  from  a  late  November, 
1969,  storm,  which  removed 
a  protective  dune,  swirl  beneath 
precariously  perched  siunmer 
homes  at  Wcsthaniplon 
Beach,  New  York. 


parts  of  the  New  England  coast,  the 
barrier  beaches  respond  sensitively 
to  the  changing  forces  of  the 
coastal  environment.  Occasionally 
they  founder  temporarily  beneath 
the  abnormally  high  tides  and  gale 
force  winds  that  accompany  intense 
coastal  storms  or  tropics-spawned 
hurricanes.  But  more  often,  these 
fragile  lines  of  sand  maintain  the 
mainland's  outer  defense  against  a 
dynamic  and  aggressive  sea. 

Vacationists  in  ever  increasing 
numbers  continue  to  flock  to 
these  islands.  On  Fire  Island  the 
growth  of  summer  communities  has 
been  so  rapid  that  land  for  new 
seaside  homes  is  almost  nonexis- 
tent. The  Fire  Island  National  Sea- 
shore, established  in  1967.  now 
maintains  in  a  natural  state  all  tlie 
undeveloped  land  of  the  barrier  is- 
land outside  the  borders  of  Smith 
Point  County  Park.  Robert  Moses 
State  Park,  and  ihe  thirteen  estab- 
lished communities.  This  has  in- 
creased the  demand  for  land  within 
the  communities  and  lias  inllalcci 
prices  tremendously. 

Natural,  ocean-facing  dunes  of 
windblown  sand,  so  vulnerable  to 
^vave  erosion  during  limes  of  severe 
storms,  yet  so  essential  for  the  pro- 
tection of  the  island's  interior,  have 
become  the  most  highly  inizcd  i)ar- 
cels    of    real    estate.    Hundreds    of 


47 


summer  homes,  including  many  ex- 
pensive ones,  have  occupied  these 
protective  dunes.  In  many  places 
these  homes,  with  their  spindly  sup- 
portive legs,  now  stand  exposed  to 
the  full  fury  of  storm-driven  waves. 
Senseless  tampering  with  protective 
dunes  has  made  many  of  the  is- 
land's interior  communities  suscept- 
ible to  an  invasion  by  the  sea. 
Much  is  at  stake,  both  in  terms  of 
personal  financial  investments — 
now  totaling  several  tens  of  mil- 
lions of  dollars — and  the  stability 
of  the  island  itself. 

The  geologic  processes  that  shape 
a  barrier  island  do  not  change  with 
the  arrival  of  man.  The  complex 
coastal  processes — their  broad  pat- 
terns and  detailed  variations — are 
part  of  an  ongoing  history  of  physi- 
cal change  in  which  neither  of  the 
antagonists,  waves  nor  beaches, 
gains  a  permanent  victory.  The  pro- 
cess of  sand  transportation  within 
the  surf,  for  example,  is  a  response 
by  the  beach  to  the  changing  pat- 
tern of  breaking  waves.  The  prob- 
lem for  man  is  not  the  movement  of 
sand  as  such,  but  rather  its  move- 
ment away  from  areas  where  it  is 
needed  for  the  protection  of  ex- 
pensive homes.  When  the  ocean- 
front  was  unoccupied,  the  beach 
could  shift  without  alarming  any- 
one. Now,  with  the  presence  of 
houses  and  other  fixed  objects 
against  which  shoreline  changes 
can  be  measured,  island  dwellers 
become  dismayed  by  the  loss  of 
tlieir  sand. 

In  futile  attempts  to  maintain 
shoreline  stability  and  protect  prop- 
erty on  the  barrier  beaches  of  Long 
Island  from  wave  damage,  millions 
of  dollars  of  private  and  public 
funds  are  periodically  invested  to 
replace  sand  removed  by  wave  ac- 
tion. Dredged  out  of  the  shallow, 
backwater  areas  of  Great  South 
Bay,  sand  is  pumped  onto  the 
oceanfronts  of  troubled  commu- 
nities. Within  a  few  years,  this  ex- 
pensive sand  is  swept  away  to  col- 
lect, unwanted,  in  other  areas.  The 
endangered  properties  remain  in 
the  same  hazardous  position,  and 
the  additional  sand  often  moves  to 
inlets  and  other  navigational  chan- 
nels where  it  is  not  wanted.  To  ag- 
gravate this  situation,  the  source  of 


dredgeable  sand  is  not  endless.  Al- 
ready nearly  all  available  sand  has 
been  removed  from  some  areas  in 
Great  South  Bay. 

The  so-called  erosional  problem 
involves  normal,  well-understood 
geologic  processes,  which  have  been 
in  operation  since  the  barrier  first 
formed  some  5,000  years  ago. 
These  same  coastal  processes  con- 
tinue to  reshape  the  shorefront  de- 
spite the  presence  of  man  and  his 
works.  It  is  only  when  man  comes 
to  cross-purposes  with  the  natural 
design  of  change,  when  his  devel- 
oped real  estate  is  threatened  by 
normal,  ongoing  geologic  pro- 
cesses— volcanism,  earthquakes, 
landslides,  the  shift  of  a  barrier  is- 
land— that  these  processes  take  on 
alarming  new  dimensions  and  be- 
come geologic  hazards.  But,  if  man 
presses  closer  to  the  flanks  of  active 
volcanoes  or  straddles  regions  of 
seismic  instability  (such  as  the  San 
Andreas  Fault  in  California),  if  he 
develops  housing  atop  unstable 
rainsodden  slopes  in  the  Pacific 
Coast  ranges,  or  pushes  onto  the 
protective  dunes  of  the  wave-moved 
barrier  sands,  does  he  have  the 
right  to  consider  the  effects  of  these 
natural  processes  as  hazards?  Since 
man  is  the  transgressor,  is  it  not 
more  realistic  to  consider  the  haz- 
ards involved  as  human  ? 

To  cope  with  the  problems  of 
coastal  erosion,  we  must  define  three 
basic  terms  before  we  can  under- 
stand the  significant  geologic  pro- 
cesses involved.  A  barrier  island  is 
an  elongate  ridge  of  unconsolidated 
sand,  often  dozens  of  miles  long 
and  between  a  few  yards  to  a  mile 


Top:  In  the  spring  of  1961 

a  dune  and  berin  protect  an 

oceanfront  hotel  on  Fire  Island. 

Bottom:  After  a   storm 

in  March,  1962,  the 

damaged  hotel  stands  exposed 

to  the  Atlantic.  The  littoral 

current  swept  away 

more  than  75  feet  of  sand. 


« —      •■ 


11 


wide,  that  generally  parallels  the 
mainland  shore.  Its  sea-facing 
dunes,  if  naturally  formed  from 
windblown  sand,  rarely  rise  more 
than  fifty  feet  above  high  water. 
The  barrier  is  separated  from  the 
mainland  by  a  shallow  bay,  or  la- 
goon, which  may  be  several  miles 
wide.  Each  barrier  island  is  sepa- 
rated from  the  next  in  the  chain  by 
a  tidal  inlet,  rarely  more  than  a 
mile  wide. 

The  geologist  defines  a  beach  as 
the  whole  downsloping  zone  of 
oceanfront  in  which  sand  is  in  a 
near-constant  state  of  movement  by 
ordinary  wave  action.  Thus,  a 
beach  extends  from  the  normal 
high-tide  line  to  a  depth  of  water 
generally  not  exceeding  30  feet  be- 
low low  tide.  Below  30  feet  in 
depth,  wave  motion,  even  during  a 
severe  storm,  rarely  stirs  the  sand. 
The  familiar  part  of  the  shore,  the 
near-horizontal  terrace  of  heavily 
trampled  sand  that  extends  seaward 
from  the  foot  of  the  dunes  to  the 
high-tide  line,  is  known  as  the  berm. 
It  is  built  up  by  sand  brought  ashore 
through  the  turbulent  action  of 
breaking  waves. 

The  problems  of  oceanfront  resi- 
dents result  from  the  energy  re- 
leased by  the  continual  breaking  of 
ocean  waves.  More  than  8,000 
breakers  pound  Fire  Island's  beach 
every  day — an  average  of  six  each 
minute — with  a  force  of  as  much  as 
2,000  pounds  per  square  foot. 
When  ocean  waves  move  into  shal- 
low water,  usually  less  than  30  feet 
deep,  the  circular  orbit  of  their  wa- 
ter particles  is  distorted.  As  each 
wave  steepens,  and  becomes  asym- 
metrical, the  distance  between 
crests  decreases.  Continuing  land- 
ward, the  ever  steepening  wave  be- 
comes so  distorted  in  the  shallow 
water  that  its  crest  curls  over,  and 
the  wave  breaks  with  a  thunderous 
crash  to  form  the  white,  frothy 
surf.  A  swirling  mass  of  sand-laden 
water,  the  swash,  is  hurled  across 
the  exposed  beach  face.  When  the 
energy  of  the  swash  is  spent,  a  less 
turbulent  flow  of  water  returns  to 
the  sea  and  on  out  to  the  breaker 
zone  as  a  below-surface  undertow, 
which  is  recycled  landward  with  the 
next  breaking  wave. 

Most  of  the  breaker's  energy  is 


49 


1834 


Scale  in  feet   

2000   0   2000  4000  6000  8000 

Westward  Growth  ot  Democrat  Point 


released  in  the  strong  turbulence  of 
the  surf  and  swash.  In  this  turbu- 
lent zone,  untold  numbers  of  sand 
grains  are  dislodged  and  moved 
about  in  such  a  pattern  that  they 
never  return  to  their  original  posi- 
tion. Moved,  for  example,  a  tenth  of 
an  inch  ivith  each  breaking  wave, 
an  individual  sand  grain  could  mi- 
grate in  the  surf  as  much  as  100 
feet  in  a  day. 

A  sand  grain  follows  two  broad 
patterns  of  movement  along  the 
beach.  The  swash  pushes  a  sand 
grain  up  the  beach  face,  while  the 
backflow  carries  it  seaward.  But  sand 
grains  rarely  follow  a  straight  up- 
and-down  path.  As  each  sand  grain 
moves  landward  and  seaward  it 
usually  also  moves  parallel  to  the 
beach. 

The  distance  and  the  direction 
that  sand  grains  move  are  related  to 
the  coastal  conditions  of  summer 
and  winter  seasons.  During  the 
summer,  waves  are  usually  low,  the 
surf  is  not  turbulent,  and  the  corre- 
sponding swash  is  a  thin  sheet  of 
gentle  water.  Few  storms  occur.  Un- 
der these  quiet  weather  conditions, 
friction  will  hold  sand  grains 
against  the  bottom  during  the 
gentle  backflow  of  water,  and  most 
are  not  carried  back  in  the  under- 
tow to  the  breaker  zone.  As  a  result, 
the  net  movement  of  sand  is  land- 
ward. Beginning  in  early  summer, 
billions  of  sand  grains  along  the 
length  of  beach  slowly  build  up  a 
broad  terrace,  known  as  the  sum- 
mer berm,  which  widens  as  the  sea- 
son progresses.  Throngs  of  bathers 
enjoy  the  wide  berm  and  swim  in 


the  gentle  surf  during  July  and  Au- 
gust. And  the  widening  summer 
berm  may  relieve  the  anxieties  of 
oceanfront  property  owners. 

But  the  existence  of  a  wide  berm 
is  short-lived.  From  late  fall  to 
early  spring  coastal  storms,  often  as 
many  as  one  a  month,  churn  up  the 
Atlantic  waters.  In  the  long  run, 
these  produce  the  great  physical 
changes  along  the  oceanfront.  High 
waves  force  a  great  volume  of  tur- 
bulent water  across  the  beach  and 
onto  the  summer  berm.  The  strong 
turbulence  keeps  sand  in  suspension 
so  that  the  powerful  counter- 
currents  of  backflow  carry  the  sand 
out  to  the  breaker  zone.  Behind  the 
breaker  zone,  in  the  deeper,  less 
turbulent  water,  most  of  the  sand 
accumulates.  It  forms  an  offshore 
bar.  a  low  underwater  ridge  of  sand 
that  parallels  the  shore.  As  the  bar 
grows  in  height,  the  waves  break 
farther  offshore  and  turbulence 
scours  the  top  of  the  bar.  Although 
usually  seen  only  at  extreme  low 
water,  bigger  waves  break  initially 
over  the  ofEshore  bar;  lower  waves 
re-form  in  the  deeper  water  land- 
ward of  the  submerged  bar.  only  to 
break  finally  along  the  winter  beach. 

Intense  winter-spring  storms  with 
onshore  winds  of  gale  force  often 
produce  high  tides  and  chaotic  pat- 
terns of  breaking  waves.  A  turbu- 
lent surf  and  a  powerful  swash 
flood  the  winter  berm  and  often 
tear  into  the  dunes,  removing  tens 
of  thousands  of  cubic  yards  of 
sand.  During  the  March  6-8.  1962, 
storm,  the  surf,  with  unusually  high 
30-foot  waves,  swept  away  96  dune 


homes  and  severely  damaged  an- 
other 195,  from  Fire  Island  east  to 
Montauk  Point.  Waves  breached 
dunes  at  50  places,  exposing  the 
back  dune  areas  to  intense  wave 
erosion.  Three  thousand  feet  of 
roadway  at  Westhampton  Beach 
were  destroyed;  a  new  tidal  inlet, 
over  1,200  feet  wide,  was  created 
where  formerly  developed  proper- 
ties existed;  and  about  70  feet  of 
beach,  berm,  and  dunes  were  wiped 
off  the  map.  An  estimated  350 
homes  were  destroyed  as  far  south 
as  Virginia,  over  20,000  sustained 
major  wave  damage,  and  property 
losses  exceeded  S234  million. 

Six  years  later,  in  November,  a 
small  coastal  storm  inflicted  S2  mil- 
lion in  property  damage  and  re- 
moved over  $900,000  worth  of 
sand  fill  designed  to  protect  ocean- 
facing  homes  along  a  half  mile  of 
Westhampton  Beach.  Thirteen 
months  later,  during  the  "Christmas 
Day  Storm.'"  an  additional  half 
dozen  hoines  were  destroyed  in  two 
Fire  Island  communities. 

Yet,  during  this  seven-year  pe- 
riod, not  a  single  hurricane  threat- 
ened the  coastal  region,  a  most  un- 
usual and  fortunate  circumstance, 
for  if  one  had,  wave  erosion  and 
^^'ind  damage  would  have  left  the 
now-unprotected  communities  in 
shambles. 

After  each  storm  the  beach  and 
berm  undergo  partial  recovery.  The 
dunes  may  suffer  more  permanent 
damage  because  vegetation  must 
take  hold  again  to  keep  the  blowing 
sand  in  place.  Over  the  next  several 
days  a  less  turbulent  surf,  almost 
contritely,  returns  some  of  the  off- 
shore sand  as  each  wave,  stumbling 
over  the  submerged  bar,  lifts  sand 
grains  into  suspension.  Moved  for- 
ward in  the  next  breaking  wave,  the 
suspended     sand     slowly     advances 


landward.  The  narrow,  concave 
early  poststorm  profile  of  the  shore- 
front  is  altered  to  a  wider,  convex 
late  poststorm  profile.  However, 
this  widening  and  filling  in  of  the 
barm  over  the  next  few  weeks  is  of- 
ten interrupted  by  another  storm. 
Over  the  entire  winter-spring  sea- 
son, much  of  the  sand  of  the  sum- 
mer berm  remains  in  the  sub- 
merged bar. 

If  the  sand  moved  only  in  a 
straight  line  away  from  the  shore  in 
the  winter  and  back  in  the  summer; 
if,  in  other  words,  the  same  sand 
moved  back  and  forth  in  a  closed 
system,  then  beach  erosion  would 
be  a  simple  problem.  Unfortunately, 
sand  also  moves  lengthwise  along 
the  beach.  The  system  is  not  closed; 
it  loses  sand  constantly.  Therefore, 
sand  must  be  added  to  one  part  of 
the  system  to  replace  the  losses 
from  other  parts.  Otherwise  the 
barrier  islands,  in  time,  would  dis- 
appear. Each  year  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  cubic  yards  of  sand 
leave  the  barrier  island  system  and 
are  deposited  in  other  areas,  par- 
ticularly in  the  tidal  inlets  that  con- 
nect the  lagoonal  waters  with  the 
open  sea. 

The  sand  particles  move  along 
the  chain  because  waves  rarely  ap- 
proach parallel  to  the  beach.  The 
angle  at  which  waves  approach  the 
shore  is  determined  largely  by  wind 
direction  at  the  surface  of  the  open 
ocean  where  waves  build  up.  North- 
east winds  produce  the  largest 
waves,  capable  of  moving  the  great- 
est volume  of  sediment,  on  the  bar- 
rier beaches  of  Long  Island. 


A  wave  from  the  northeast 
breaks  from  east  to  west.  The  up- 
rush  of  water  from  the  breaking 
wave,  plus  the  sand  particles,  moves 
obliquely  up  the  beach  face.  But  the 
return  flow  and  the  sand  particles 
follow  a  straight  path  down  the 
beach  face.  When  moved  by  the 
next  swash,  the  sand  grains  follow 
the  same  stepwise  pattern.  Multi- 
plied by  countless  repetitions  on  a 
seemingly  infinite  number  of  sand 
grains,  this  action  transports  a  vast 
amount  of  sand  along  the  entire 
beach,  primarily  in  the  surf  zone. 
This  process  is  called  beach  drift- 
ing, and  the  movement  of  water  is 
known  as  the  littoral  current. 

On  Fire  Island  the  littoral  cur- 
rent each  year  moves  600,000  cubic 
yards  of  sand  westward.  Most  of  it 
remains  in  the  quieter  waters  of 
Fire  Island  Inlet  and  forms  sub- 
merged sand  bars,  which  quickly 
coalesce  into  low  above-water  accu- 
mulations. This  sand  persistently 
extends  Democrat  Point,  the  west 
end  of  Fire  Island.  Six  hundred  thou- 
sand cubic  yards  of  sand  is  equiva- 
lent to  a  convoy  of  cement  trucks 
dumping  loads  of  sand  at  nine- 
minute  intervals,  24  hours  a  day, 
year-round.  The  Fire  Island  light- 
house, erected  in  1858  at  the  western- 
most tip  of  the  island,  now  stands 
five  miles   inland.   Democrat   Point 


continues  to  extend  westward  at  an 
average  rate  of  212  feet  each  year. 

Beach  drifting  is  man's  major 
problem  on  any  barrier  island  that 
undergoes  intensive  development. 
Coastal  erosion  costs  the  United 
States  approximately  $150  million 
annually.  For  many  years,  the  ac- 
cepted method  of  dealing  with  this 
problem  was  to  build  groins,  dam- 
like rock  structures  a  few  feet  high 
and  about  a  hundred  feet  long,  per- 


Long  Islands 


■|-ire  Islai'l 
N.J.  J' 

'Atlantic  City 


.  Md.  X( 


s.c. 


Galveston 


Ga.f  ATLANTIC  OCEAN 


GULF  OF  MEXICO 


O 


Barrier  Beaches  of  Eastern  America 


Miami  Beach 


51 


pendicular  to  the  shoreline.  Sand  is 
trapped  on  the  updrift  side  of  the 
groin,  and  the  berm  and  beach 
widen  quickly.  But  the  sand  supply 
is  thereby  reduced  and,  on  the 
downdrift  side,  the  beach  and  berm 
must  retreat.  So,  another  groin  is 
needed  "downstream"  to  trap  what- 
ever sand  is  available  in  the  littoral 
current.  The  beach  and  berm  begin 
to  retreat  downstream  from  the  sec- 
ond groin.  So  another  groin  is 
built,  and  another,  turning  a  former 
unsullied  stretch  of  shore  into  a 
field  of  ugly  groins.  The  groins 
create  a  series  of  curving,  flotsam- 
retaining  berms  and  beaches. 

The  effects  of  groins  are  local 
and  temporary.  Owners  of  ocean- 
front  properties  in  immediate  dan- 
ger of  being  washed  away  are  un- 
derstandably eager  to  see  fast 
action  and  quick  solutions  in  the 
hope  of  restoring  their  beach.  But 
too  often  changes  are  made  without 
realizing  the  consequences.  Groins 
may  easily  accelerate  erosion. 
Eleven  groins  recently  completed 
along  Westhampton  Beach  had  this 
effect.  Intensified  wave  action  on 
the  downdrift  side  of  the  west- 
ernmost groin  was  the  primary 
cause  of  the  $2  million  in  prop- 
erty damage  during  the  November, 
1968,  storm  and  an  estimated 
$900,000  loss  in  sand  fill. 

Groin  fields  at  Miami  Beach  have 
had  litde  positive  effect  in  stabiliz- 
ing the  shorefront.  The  first  of 
many  was  installed  after  the  dis- 
astrous 1926  hurricane.  Yet  all  the 
groins  combined  have  not  stemmed 
the  outflow  of  sand,  which  contin- 
ues at  the  average  rate  of  150,000 
cubic  yards  each  year.  Today,  sev- 
eral shorefront  hotels  have  no  berm 
remaining,  and  their  hastily  erected 
seawalls  send  ocean  spray  into 
parking  lots   and   swimming  pools. 

Because  groins  rarely  provide  a 
long-term  solution,  they  should  not 
be  considered  a  preferred  method 
for  sustaining  a  beach  and  berm.  In 
the  long  run  they  are  usually  more 
expensive  and  less  effective  than 
well-planned  programs  of  beach 
nourishment,  a  method  that  inte- 
grates the  natural  forces  in  opera- 
tion along  the  coast. 

On  Fire  Island,  some  commu- 
nities  tried  to  nourish  their  beach 


and  berm  with  sand  dredged  from 
Great  South  Bay.  Each  attempt  to 
restore  the  berm  met  with  failure 
simply  because  the  volume  of  sand 
involved  was  insufficient  to  main- 
tain the  entire  berm.  The  littoral 
current  redistributed  this  small 
amount  of  sand  along  the  complete 
stretch  of  beach  to  the  west. 

The  only  way  to  maintain  a 
beach  and  berm  is  to  consider  the 
entire  oceanfront,  from  inlet  to  in- 
let, as  a  single  system.  On  Fire  Is- 
land, for  example,  sand  quickly  ac- 
cumulates along  the  updrift  side  of 
jetties  constructed  for  the  purpose 
of  keeping  Moriches  Inlet,  at  the 
east  end.  and  Fire  Island  Inlet,  at 
the  west  end,  free  of  sand.  A  sand- 
transfer  plant  could  pump  sand 
through  a  buried  pipe,  less  than 
three  miles  long,  from  the  east  side 
of  Moriches  Inlet  and  discharge  it 
onto  the  downdrift  side — on  the 
east  end  of  Fire  Island — into  the 
headwaters  of  the  littoral  current. 
There,  the  sand  would  re-enter  the 
littoral  conveyor  belt  and,  as  a 
berm-widening  wedge,  continue 
down  the  beach  all  the  way  to  the 
inlet  at  Democrat  Point,  30  miles  to 
the  west. 

Furthermore,  the  sand  building 
up  along  the  east  side  of  Fire  Is- 
land Inlet  could  be  pumped  back 
east  ten  miles  or  so  and  discharged 
into  the  littoral  stream,  where  it 
would  be  recycled  westward,  sup- 
plying additional  sand  to  widen  the 
berm  and  beach.  To  keep  the  navi- 
gation channels  free  of  accumulat- 


To  save  tlirealeiied  real  estate, 

a  bulldozer  and  dredge  (above) 

move  sand  from  the  surf  zone 

to  the  berm  at  Point  O'Woods, 

Fire  Island.  Such  efforts  are 

usually  futile,  as  shown  in 

the  sequence  from  the  same 

community.  When  the  dune  (top) 

diminished  in  May,  1962,  the 

community  added  sand  from  the 

interior  lagoon  to  build  up  the 

dune  in  January,  1963  (middle). 

By  February,  1964    (bottom), 

it  was  gone. 


ing  sand.  Fire  Island  Inlet  is  now 
dredged  periodically  and  the  sand 
hauled  several  miles  out  to  sea  and 
dumped.  Why  such  valuable  sand  is 
removed  permanently  from  the  lit- 
toral current  is  somewhat  obscure, 
particularly  since  some  of  this  sand 
has,  at  great  expense,  already  been 
dredged  out  of  Great  South  Bay 
and  added  to  the  beach  and  berm  in 
front  of  the  troubled  communities 
to  the  east.  The  least  that  could  be 
done  with  this  excess  sand  would  be 
to  transfer  it  across  Fire  Island  Inlet 
and  feed  it  into  the  littoral  stream 
along  the  heavily  eroded  east  end  of 
Jones-Oak  Beach. 

The    best    natural    defense    of    a 
barrier    island    coast    is    a    contin- 


52 


uously  wide  berm,  and  the  least  ex- 
pensive way  to  achieve  this  is  to 
rebuild  and  nourish  it.  In  1968,  the 
Corps  of  Engineers  authorized  a 
beach  nourishment  project  to  rede- 
velop and  to  maintain  the  shore- 
front  of  Miami  Beach.  With  an  in- 
itial investment  of  $30  million,  the 
project  would  pump  15  million 
cubic  yards  of  sand  onto  the  entire 
ten  miles  of  oceanfront  between 
Government  Cut  and  Bakers  Haul- 
over  Inlet  to  produce  a  2Y2-ioot- 
high  shelf,  called  a  hurricane  berm, 
that  will  extend  about  20  feet  be- 
yond the  present  shoreline.  From 
this  berm,  the  beach  will  slope 
down  to  a  new  high-water  line 
about  150  feet  east  of  the  present 
shoreline.  Then,  at  an  estimated  ex- 
pense of  about  $1  million  each 
year,  200,000  cubic  yards  of  sand 
will  be  dredged  annually  to  nourish 
and  maintain  the  10-mile  beach. 
Most  of  the  sand  will  be  obtained 
from  the  inlets,  which  will  be  kept 
free  from  sand  accumulation.  Wave 
action  and  the  littoral  currents 
would  redistribute  the  sand  along 
the  entire  shorefront. 

If  barriers  such  as  Miami  Beach 
and  Fire  Island  require  such  care- 
ful management  for  their  continued 
existence,  how  did  they  develop? 
How  did  they  gain  their  initial  toe- 
hold against  the  sea?  Several  theo- 
ries on  the  origin  of  barrier 
beaches  have  been  proposed. 

Chains  of  barrier  islands  form 
only  along  a  gently  sloping  conti- 
nental coast  of  mostly  sand  and 
gravel.  Such  a  condition  might  re- 
sult from  either  a  gentle  crustal  up- 
lift of  the  continental  shelf  or  be- 
cause of  a  fairly  rapid  rise  in  sea 
level  across  a  gently  sloping  glacial 
outwash  plain  or  broad  river  delta. 
One  popular  theory  suggests  that 
because  of  the  shallowness  of  the 
water  under  these  conditions, 
breakers  develop  several  miles  off- 
shore and  a  low,  submerged  sand- 
bar develops.  Eventually  the  bar 
rises  above  sea  level  and  becomes  a 
barrier  island. 

One  objection  to  this  theory  of 
barrier  island  formation  is  particu- 
larly critical.  When  simulating  bar- 
rier island  conditions  in  a  wave 
tank,  upward  development  of  sub- 
merged   bars    always    stops    as    the 


water  level  is  reached.  Wave  wash 
over  the  top  prevents  further  sand 
accumulation,  and  the  submerged 
bar  does  not  become  an  island. 
Furthermore,  there  are  no  barrier 
islands  in  an  early  formative  stage 
of  development  in  the  world  today. 

Considerable  evidence  suggests 
that  some  chains  of  barrier  islands 
resulted  from  the  breaching  of  spits, 
or  islands  connected  to  the  main- 
land. Sand  for  these  barrier  chains 
was  obtained  from  major  head- 
lands containing  unconsolidated 
materials.  By  means  of  the  littoral 
current,  the  sand  was  transported 
along  the  coast  as  an  ever  lengthen- 
ing spit.  Sandy  Hook  on  the  New 
Jersey  coast  is  an  example  of  such 
a  formation.  Breaching  of  the  spit 
during  storms  formed  the  isolated 
barriers  in  the  chain. 

The  headlands  at  Montauk  Point 
apparently  provide  most  of  the 
sediment  for  Long  Island's  chain; 
Southampton  Beach  is  the  residual 
spit,  having  been  breached  several 
times  to  form  individual  islands 
that  have  continued  to  lengthen 
westward  and  seaward  with  the 
continued  addition  of  sediment 
eroded  from  the  headland  bluffs. 
The  Montauk  headland  consists  of 
a  terminal  moraine,  a  ridge  of  jum- 
bled boulders,  cobbles,  gravel,  and 
sand.  This  collection  of  debris  w-as 
scraped  away  from  southern  New 
England  by  glacial  erosion,  carried 
across  what  is  today  Long  Island 
Sound,  and  deposited  when  the  vast 
ice  sheet  stopped  there  some  17.000 
years  ago.  Meltwater  streams  car- 
ried sand  and  gravel  beyond  the 
edge  of  this  glacier  and  laid  this 
sediment  down  as  a  gently  seaward- 
sloping  outwash  plain,  which  once 
extended  many  miles  farther  south- 
east. A  postglacial  rise  in  sea  level 
flooded  almost  all  of  the  outwash 
plain  along  the  east  end  of  Long 
Island.  With  the  stabilization  of  sea 
level  in  the  past  5.000  years,  wave 
erosion  has  removed  the  outwash 
sands  that  formed  the  spit  and  bar- 
rier islands.  Today  the  terminal 
moraine  stands  face  to  face  with 
the  sea.  The  continued  erosion  of 
the  moraine  was  recognized  as 
early  as  the  eighteenth  century 
when  George  Washington,  in  de- 
signing   the    Montauk    Point    light- 

54 


house,  ordered  that  it  be  built  at 
least  400  feet  back  from  the  mo- 
rainal  bluffs  so  that  it  would  stand 
for  at  least  200  years.  Recent  mea- 
surements show  only  about  100  feet 
remaining,  and  at  the  present  rate 
of  retreat,  only  50  feet  will  separate 
the  base  of  the  lighthouse  from  the 
sea  at  its  bicentennial  in  1997. 

Recently,  samples  of  sand  grain 
surfaces  along  20  miles  of  shore, 
from  Montauk  Point  to  East  Hamp- 
ton, were  collected  and  studied 
under  an  electron  microscope. 
These  studies  demonstrate  that 
eroded  glacial  till  is  the  major  sedi- 
ment source  for  Long  Island's  bar- 
rier chain.  When  magnified  5,000 
times,  sand  grains  from  the  glacial 
deposits  at  the  foot  of  the  light- 
house show  a  characteristic  series 
of  conchoidal,  arc-shaped,  semi- 
parallel  steps  with  considerable  re- 
lief. These  appear  only  on  the  sur- 
faces of  glacially  transported 
sands.  They  do  not  occur  on  wave- 
moved  sands  or  windblown  dune 
sands  west  of  East  Hampton.  Beach 
sands  contain  a  number  of  V-  or 
pyramid-shaped  patterns,  appar- 
ently indentations  formed  when  the 
grains  collide  with  each  other  in 
the  littoral  current.  If  the  source  is 
the  glacial  sand  at  Montauk  Point, 
the  beach  pattern  would  be  ex- 
pected to  become  superimposed 
onto  the  glacial  pattern;  sand 
grains  west  of  Montauk  Point  do 
show  progressively  fewer  arc- 
shaped  steps  of  high  relief  and 
more  V-shaped  patterns.  Twenty 
miles  west  of  Montauk  Point  the 
glacial   pattern   is   replaced  by   the 


distinct  V-shaped  beach  pattern. 

After  all  the  coastal  surveys  have 
been  completed  and  detailed  obser- 
vations and  measurements  taken  to 
indicate  the  source  of  sand,  the  vol- 
ume of  loss  in  one  place  and  gain 
in  another;  after  wave-tank  demon- 
strations have  shown  clearly  the  un-  ; 
derwater  effects  of  high  or  low 
waves,     of     rapid-approaching     or 


Sand  builds  up  on  the  west 

side  of  Westhanipton  Beach, 

at  bottom,  and  spills  into 

Moriches  Inlet  and  the 

lagoon  at  right.   By  pumping 

it  across  the  inlet,  the  sand 

could  be  fed  into  the  westward 

moving  littoral  current  for  the 

beaches  of  Fire  Island,  at  top. 


slow-approaching  waves,  man  still 
cannot  alter  the  basic  natural  pat- 
terns between  land  and  sea.  For 
thousands  of  miles  across  the  open 
sea,  energy  stored  from  distant 
storms  will  be  transmitted  in  never- 
ending  patterns  of  undulating 
swells  and  troughs.  On  nearing  the 
coast,  this  energy  will  be  trans- 
formed into  steepened  waves  hurl- 


ing thunderous  breakers  in  one  fi- 
nal, furious  assault.  And  the  land 
will  continue  to  shift,  either 
straightening  its  front  to  ofFer  the 
least  possible  area  for  attack,  or 
outmaneuvering  the  sea  by  rede- 
ploying material  to  an  underwater 
position  on  which  the  waves  must 
trip  and  sap  their  energies. 

If  man  wishes  to  build  his  works 


on  the  fringes  of  such  a  battle- 
ground, he  must  understand  that 
the  rules  of  this  ancient  battle  re- 
quire the  beach,  the  berm,  and  the 
dunes  to  shift  constantly  before  the 
assault  of  the  sea.  If  man  tries  to 
change  these  rules,  he  can  only 
fail;  and  in  his  failure  he  may  even 
undermine  the  fragile  hold  of  these 
outposts   against  the   powerful  sea. 


NORTHWEST 
PASSAGE 

No  supertankers,  no  radios,  no  hoopla  —  just  a  man 

by  Bob  Skovbo 

Photographs  by  Paul  von  Baich 


Great  Slave,  Great  Bear,  Dogrib 
Country,  the  Northwest  Terri- 
tories— whatever  images  one  associ- 
ates with  these  names,  I  expect  a 
distinct  bleakness  distinguishes 
them  all.  Barren  and  windswept 
tracts,  icebound  shores,  stunted  for- 
ests, lichen-crusted  rocks,  sinister 
bogs,  chewed  moccasins  in  aban- 
doned cabins,  nine  months  of  snow 
and  three  months  of  mosquitoes:  in 
short,  no  place  to  venture  lightly; 
in  fact,  best  perhaps  to  avoid. 

This  view  is  not  entirely  un- 
founded. Dogrib  Country  does  look 
bleak  on  occasion,  and  can  be  an 
inhospitable  place  to  be  caught  in. 
But  this  is  largely  a  lopsided  view, 
based  mainly  on  tales  of  how  some 
people  did  get  caught  there — these 
days  commonly  by  crashing  a  plane 
provisioned  with  such  survival 
items  as  several  bottles  of  pop, 
some  crackers  and  candy  bars,  and 
a  change  of  nylon  anklets  for  extra 
comfort.  An  acquaintance  with  the 
"howling  wilderness"  on  these 
terms  may  make  a  good  story,  but 
it  rarely  makes  a  pleasant  one. 
Since,  however,  good  stories  make 
better  copy  than  merely  pleasant 
ones,  it  is  generally  some  such  tale 
of  disaster  that  reaches  the  public 
and  helps  to  create  a  picture  of  the 
Northwest  Territories  as  a  place  of 
grim  and  unrelieved  desolation. 

But  there  are  other  ways  of  get- 
ting acquainted  with  that  country. 


The  one  I  favor  is  by  pack  and 
paddle,  and  the  view  one  then  gains 
of  its  nature  is  quite  different.  The 
sense  of  awe  it  evokes  may  not  be 
lost,  indeed  may  be  enhanced;  but 
it  is  not  a  sense  of  the  fearsome,  the 
awful,  but  rather  of  the  awe-in- 
spiring. Boundless  to  your  eye  and 
indifferent  to  your  puny  presence, 
the  country  proves  to  be  a  land 
where  you  can  travel  and  live  with 
little  hardship  and  much  reward,  in 
a  setting  whose  beauty  and  interest 
are  both  inexhaustible  and  of  a 
kind  increasingly  difficult  to  find 
elsewhere  on  our  crowded  planet. 

As  an  introduction  to  this  aspect 
of  the  Territories — nature  in  its 
pristine  state — no  region  serves  bet- 
ter than  the  interlake  country  be- 
tween Great  Slave  and  Great  Bear, 
the  ancestral  territory  of  the  Dogrib 
Indian.  Virtually  undeveloped  save 
for  a  few  small,  but  conveniently 
spaced  settlements,  it  is  still  easily 
accessible  and  easily  traveled.  Fur- 
thermore, it  is  rich  in  splendid  and 
varied  scenery  fascinating  to  both 
naturalist  and  student  of  man  and 
of  the  proper  proportions  for  a  first 
trip  through  a  true  wilderness.  Its 
300-odd  miles  can  be  negotiated 
without  undue  hurry  in  three  weeks 
to  a  month,  just  about  the  time  a 
load  of  provisions  can  be  made  to 
last  without  having  to  strain  one's 
back,  tighten  one's  belt,  or  resort  to 
supplements    other    than    fish    and 


perhaps  an  occasional  waterfowl. 
The  country  abounds  in  fish,  espe- 
cially whitefish,  lake  trout,  and 
pike,  with  pickerel  and  grayling  oc- 
curring in  places.  Despite  its  short- 
ness and  other  advantages,  the 
route  was  unknown  until  1900,  and 
to  this  day  remains  little  traveled  in 
summer. 

Because  of  a  misadventure  that 
befell  me  on  my  first  attempt  I  have 
made  the  trip  twice.  My  intention 
had  been  to  make  the  interlake  tra- 
verse to  Great  Bear  merely  the  first 
lap  of  a  journey  to  the  Arctic 
Ocean,  but  instead  I  capsized  on  a 
lake  in  a  flat  calm  and  spent  two 
weeks  marooned  on  an  island,  until 
I  was  rescued  by  a  canoeing  party 
that  happened  to  pass  that  way.  I 
joined  it  as  far  as  Great  Bear  and 
spent  the  rest  of  the  season  along 
the  shores  of  that  prodigious  lake. 
The  following  year  I  tried  again 
with  more  success,  this  time  making 
sure  to  have  some  fellow  enthusiasts 
along  in  order  to  extricate  me  more 
promptly  from  similar  contin- 
gencies. But  I  can't  say  I  regret  ei- 
ther capsizing  or  having  had  to  re- 
peat the  first  lap.  As  a  castaway  I 
was  no  doubt  exceptionally  lucky, 
for  I  lost  little  equipment  other 
than  kayak  and  gun.  Living  on  fish 
and  a  fair  stock  of  provisions,  I 
spent  two  of  the  most  memorable 
and  idyllic  weeks  of  my  life  on  that 
little  island.  And  as  for  doing  the 


,.  ,.i^ 


same  stretch  twice  over,  I  wouldn't 
mind  doing  it  a  third  time.  Such  is 
the  appeal  of  that  magnificent  land. 

The  accompanying  photographs 
were  taken  on  the  second  trip  by 
my  habitual  companion  Paul  von 
Baich.  We  took  a  canoe  rather  than 
a  kayak,  mainly  because  we  felt  a 
canoe  was  more  in  style  in  the 
woods,  but  either  craft  is  suitable 
for  the  trip. 

We  set  out  from  Fort  Rae  in 
early  June,  with  the  ice.  For  anyone 
interested  in  the  birdlife  and  bot- 
any of  the  country  this  is  the  most 
rewarding  time  to  travel,  and  it  is 
also  the  most  enjoyable.  Fort  Rae  is 
a  Dogrib  village  squatting  on  an 
outcrop  by  Marian  Lake,  an  exten- 
sion of  the  north  arm  of  Great 
Slave.  Being  shallow,  it  opens  up 
well  before  the  great  lake,  and  a 
shore  lead  is  all  you  require.  The 
long  hours  of  light,  its  brilliance  on 
the  ice  and  water,  the  blend  of  ice 
chill  and  hot  sun,  the  arrival  of 
birds  in  full  voice  and  gorgeous 
plumage,  the  leaves  opening  and 
first  flowers  bursting  into  bloom — 
all  these  conspire  to  create  a  sense 
of  renewal  and  exhilaration  no 
other  season  can  quite  match.  The 
weather,  too,  tends  to  be  best  at  this 
time.  Nor  are  you  likely  to  get 
windbound  for  long  should  it  turn 
bad ;  there  is  so  little  water  for 
waves  to  form.  If  you  hit  an  open 
lake  on  a  windy  day,  you  travel  at 
night  when  the  wind  drops.  Last 
but  not  least,  the  mosquitoes 
haven't  hatched  yet.  They  will,  of 


course,  but  by  that  time  it  is  too 
late  for  regrets,  and  not  far  to  the 
big  lakes  of  the  Camsell  watershed 
where  they  are  less  of  a  nuisance. 
Because  the  ice  lasts  long  on  these 
lakes,  its  chill  delays  the  advance  of 
the  season,  so  you  tend  to  travel 
through  a  perpetual  spring  right  up 
to  Great  Bear. 


T 

M  he  Marian  River  flows  into 
Marian  Lake.  Ascending  the  river  is 
the  hardest  part  of  the  trip.  The 
current  can  be  quite  strong  at  this 
time;  it  has  many  more  rapids  than 
are  marked  on  the  map:  the  por- 
tages aren't  marked  at  all:  and 
some  are  well  concealed.  But  it  is  a 
delightful  river,  remarkable  for  the 
lushness  of  vegetation  along  sec- 
tions of  its  lower  course,  where  you 
will  find  spring  in  its  first  full 
flush:  tall  birch  groves  clad  in 
feathery  green;  horsetails,  mare's 
tails,  rushes,  and  pond  lilies  push- 
ing up  from  the  river  bottom;  pecu- 
liar diked  bayous  lined  with  alder 
and  willow,  on  whose  still  waters 
gleam  the  resplendent  drakes  of 
mallard,  pintail,  widgeon,  scaup, 
and  bufflehead.  Northern  sparrows 
— fox,  Lincoln's,  white-crowned, 
and  white-throated — warble  from 
waterline  thickets,  while  from  spruce 


tops  backriver  ring  the  chimes  of 
the  hermit  and  olive-backed  thrush. 
Here.  too.  I  once  saw  a  flock  of  the 
rare  Sabine's  gull  skimming  after 
mayflies  above  a  shallow  lake,  in  no 
obvious  hurry  to  reach  their  breed- 
ing grounds  in  the  Arctic.  No  doubt 
they  got  there  in  time,  though;  it 
was  I  who  didn't  make  it  on  that 
occasion.  The  huge  yellow-billed 
loon  is  another  migrant  occasion- 
ally encountered  on  its  way  north, 
as  are  swans,  several  small  waders, 
the  odd  jaeger,  and  above  all,  the 
merry  old  squaw  ducks,  whose  loud 
voices  and  courtship  antics  in- 
variably enliven  the  ice  fringe  of 
the  melting  lakes. 

If  I  have  stressed  the  more  lush 
and  verdant  aspects  of  the  country 
as  it  appears  from  the  river,  it  is 
because  of  their  unexpectedness  at 
diis  latitude  land  longitude)  rather 
than  their  preponderance  in  the 
biome.  In  this  area  along  the  lower 
Marian,  the  bare  rocky  heights  jut- 
ting above  the  skyline  are  just  as 
characteristic  a  feature  of  the  view, 
and  a  sortie  away  from  die  river 
reveals  the  typical  boreal  taiga 
spreading  everywhere  over  low- 
lands and  hollows.  On  the  portage 
trail,  the  polygons  of  frost-cracked 
earth  remind  the  traveler  of  the  rig- 
or of  the  climate,  and  as  he  pro- 
ceeds toward  higher  land,  the  tall 
barren  outcrops  become  increasingly 
prominent.  By  the  time  he  reaches 
Mazenod  Lake — where  I  spent  my 
days  as  a  castaway — they  dominate 
the  topography.  Rarely  rising  more 


58 


'Of  all  these  marks  of  man,  only  the  gaunt 
frames  of  abandoned  villages  and  the  little 
woodland  cemeteries,  their  crosses  and  fenced 
graves  half-hidden  in  the  tall  grass,  have 
achieved  a  harmony  with  their  setting." 


than  300  to  500  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  land,  their  massive  bareness 
bulks  out  of  all  proportion  to  their 
actual  height.  Geologically,  they 
represent  glacier-scoured  mountain 
roots  of  the  Canadian  Shield,  here 
folded  into  exceptional  prominence 
as  the  shield  thrusts  against  the  Pa- 
leozoic formations  to  the  west.  This 
provides  another  fascinating  fea- 
ture of  the  route:  it  skirts  the  con- 
tact line  between  the  major  geologic 
formations  of  the  subcontinent,  the 
igneous  shield  and  the  western  sedi- 
mentaries.  All  the  major  lakes  are 
bounded  on  the  east  by  the  domed 
bastions  of  the  Archean  granites 
and  gneisses,  while  to  the  west 
stretch  the  immense,  calm  contours 
of  the  Paleozoic  formations  depos- 
ited in  Ordovician  seas. 

Not  inappropriately,  perhaps,  the 
history  of  man  is  little  evident 
against  this  prodigious  backdrop.  It 
seems  a  mere  footnote  to  the  bold 
writ   of   the   land    itself,    and    only 

60 


emerged  from  prehistory  a  mere 
century  ago,  when  the  explorer- 
priest  Emile  Petitot  first  penetrated 
the  area  by  dogsled  in  winter.  He 
traveled  somewhat  to  the  west  of 
the  Marian-Camsell  route.  That  wa- 
terway itself  was  not  discovered  un- 
til the  year  1900,  by  the  geologists 
Bell  and  Camsell.  By  the  head- 
waters of  the  Camsell  lies  the  little 
Dogrib  village  of  Rae  Lakes,  a 
pleasant  but  somewhat  saddening 
relic  of  a  doomed  way  of  life.  With- 
out government-built  cabins  and 
airlifted  staples,  it  would  hardly 
survive.  Since  the  1930's,  periodic 
flurries  of  prospecting  and  mining 
have  left  an  imprint  here  and 
there — abandoned  mines  at  Hottah 
and  Beaverlodge  lakes,  a  wrecked 
Bristol  aircraft  inhabited  by  swal- 
lows, a  pulley  chain  rusting  by  the 
river,  trail  blazes  slowly  healing  at 
the  foot  of  a  portage.  Lately,  two 
mines  have  opened  along  the  lower 
Camsell  just  before  Conjuror  Bay, 


m::. 


j-i.. 


"All  the  major  lakes  are 
bounded  on  the  east  by  the 
domed  bastions  of  the 
Archean  granites  and 
gneisses,  while  to  the  west 
stretch  the  immense,  calm 
contours  of  the  Paleozoic 
formations  deposited 
in  Ordovician  seas." 


"It  is  not  a  sense  of  the  fearsome,  the  awful, 

but  rather  of  the  awe-inspiring. 

Boundless  to  your  eye  and  indifferent 

to  your  puny  presence.   ..." 


and  a  winter  tractor  road  serving 
Echo  Bay  Mines  at  Great  Bear  in- 
tersects the  canoe  route  at  several 
points.  This  mine,  incidentally,  is 
the  successor  to  Eldorado,  which 
furnished  the  uranium  for  the  first 
atomic  bombs.  The  mine  itself  lies 
well  off  the  route;  the  wide  swath 
of  the  winter  road  is  all  that  may 
remind  the  traveler  of  this  fateful 
link  with  the  outside  world.  And  he 
may  well  find  himself  occupied 
with  less  momentous  but  more  im- 
mediate concerns — such  as  abrupt- 
ly vanishing  into  a  bottomless  bog. 
This  nearly  happened  to  me  once; 
the  winter  road  offers  the  most 
treacherous  footing  of  the  entire 
route.  In  places  it  melts  into  a  livid, 
pinkish  mush,  known  (to  us)  as 
"loon  puke,"  afloat  above  a  floor  of 
ice  that  has  a  way  of  suddenly  cav- 
ing in.  It  seems  instructive  to  reflect 
that  the  most  dangerous  place  to 
walk  in  that  country  should  be  a 
man-made  trail. 

Of  all  these  marks  of  man,  only 
the  gaunt  frames  of  abandoned  vil- 
lages and  the  little  woodland  ceme- 
teries, their  crosses  and  fenced 
graves  half-hidden  in  the  tall  grass, 
have  achieved  a  harmony  with  their 


setting.  Most  strike  the  traveler  as 
scars  on  the  face  of  the  land. 

But  as  yet  this  impression  is  little 
more  than  a  question  of  sensibility. 
The  price  that  progress  has  exacted 
still  seems  small  when  measured 
against  the  enormous  span  of  un- 
touched nature.  Nor  can  it  be  de- 
nied that  an  epic  and  melancholy 
beauty  often  haunts  these  tokens  of 
our  spasmodic  efforts  to  wrest 
wealth  from  an  indifferent  land.  In- 
deed I  must  confess  that,  traveling 
alone.  I  have  sometimes  welcomed 
the  sight  of  something  as  unepic  as 
an  empty  sardine  tin.  One  may  go 
there  to  learn  about  virgin  nature, 
but  it  can  become  a  rather  lone- 
some quest,  and  a  few  oil  cans  or 
sardine  tins  can  be  an  oddly  heart- 
warming discovery.  That  some 
scraps  of  human  refuse  are  able  to 
call  forth  such  sentiments  in  an  age 
where  elsewhere  they  threaten  to  im- 
peril our  very  condition  of  life,  per- 
haps demonstrates  most  con- 
vincingly the  primeval  state  of  this 
country. 

It  is  always  easy  to  forget  the  tin 
cans  and  scars  in  the  ground  and 
return  one's  attention  to  the  things 
and  beings  that  have  their  home 
here.  The  bald  eagles — the  day  is 
rare  that  you  don't  see  one  beat  and 
soar  above  the  lakes;  the  vigor  of  a 
cold  gray  trout  flapping  in  your 
grip;  a  moose  turning  its  head  as 
you  paddle  past;  the  vast  mosquito- 
ridden  muskegs  afroth  with  the 
bloom  of  Labrador  tea;  the  blue  si- 
lence ringing  with  wings  as  scoters 
lift  from  the  lake;  the  yell  of  the 
loon;  its  soundless  plunge  into 
the  depth  over  which  your  boat 
moves  toward  another  horizon.  As 
you  proceed  north,  two  smaller 
loons  appear,  along  with  the  com- 
mon: the  red-throated  and  the  su- 
perbly elegant  Arctic,  with  its  pearl 
gray  nape  and  weird  voice.  In- 
cidentally, and  contrary  to  its  repu- 
tation in  this  regard,  loon  makes 
excellent  eating,  at  least  when  at- 
tacked with  the  appetite  that  inevi- 
tably develops  on  such  a  trip.  I 
mention  this  as  a  hint  to  anyone 
low  on  provisions;  otherwise  you 
are  not  supposed  to  molest  them,  of 
course. 

As  you  cross  into  the  Camsell  wa- 
tershed you  have  reached  the  hin- 

63 


terlands  of  Great  Bear.  It  is  here 
that  the  country  unfolds  in  its  full 
grandeur.  It  is  a  land  of  rock — 
rock  scoured  and  planed  and  frac- 
tured, veined  and  warped,  upthrust 
into  domed  heights,  leveled  to  ramps 
and  platforms,  loosened  into  rock- 
slides,  broken  and  piled  up  on  the 
shores  or  into  bizarre  islands  of  gi- 
gantic rubble,  which  appear  to  have 
erupted  from  the  lake  bottom.  Yet 
the  boreal  forest  of  spruce  (black 
and  white),  birch  (canoe  and 
dwarf),  and  a  scattering  of  poplar 
(aspen  and  balsam),  with  its  under- 
brush of  currants  and  soapberry, 
continues  to  thrive  wherever  roots 
can  find  lodgment  and  drainage  is 
adequate.  Only  the  jackpine  is  miss- 
ing: its  last  stands  are  seen  a  little 
north  of  Rae  Lakes  village.  Flowers 
grow  in  profusion:  arnica,  cinque- 
foils  (especially  Potentilla  fruti- 
cosa] ,  and  saxifrages  (Saxifraga  tri- 
cuspidata)  seem  to  be  by  far  the 
commonest  species;  Parnassia  pa- 
htstris:  the  minute  lavender  prim- 
rose Primula  incana;  the  secretive, 
insectivorous  butter  wort:  several 
kinds  of  Indian  paintbrush;  vetches; 
chickweeds;  and  willow  herb — 
these  in  particular  brighten  the 
shorelines.  Roses  abound,  and  in 
the  forest  shade  the  shinleaf 
sprouts,  while  the  exquisite  rock- 
harlequin  (Corydalis)  grows  on 
outcrops  exposed  to  wind  and  sun. 
The  profusion  is  greatest  in  bogs: 
ledums,  andronieda,  rosebay.  cloud- 
berry, and  the  bog  cotton  are  the 
most  conspicuous  representatives  of 
this  flora.  The  only  flower  I  had 
hoped  to  find  north  of  the  Marian 
River,  and  didn't,  was  the  orchid 
Calypso  bulbosa. 

Unfortunately  I  am  no  botanist; 
no  doubt  this  indiscriminate  list  of 
showy    species    merely    reflects    my 


enthusiastic  ignorance  of  the  sub- 
ject. On  the  distribution  of  birds, 
hoivever,  I  was  able  to  make  some 
more  pertinent  observations.  Here 
the  Marian/Camsell  divide  seems 
to  roughly  coincide  with  some  range 
boundaries.  Thus  the  last  nighthawk 
and  white-throated  sparrow  were 
seen  both  at  the  divide  and  just  south 
of  it,  whereas  the  Lapland  longspur, 
the  tree  sparrow,  and  the  gray- 
cheeked  thrush  did  not  appear  be- 
fore the  upper  Camsell.  The  bittern, 
on  the  other  hand,  as  well  as  the 
eastern  kingbird,  olive-sided  fly- 
catcher, black  tern,  and  shoveler 
■(vera  not  encountered  above  the 
lower  Marian,  and  the  song  spar- 
row and  the  Caspian  tern  not  be- 
yond Marian  Lake.  The  Caspian 
tern  colony  at  the  head  of  that  lake, 
incidentally,  appears  to  be  the  most 
northerly  known  nesting  site  for  the 
species  on  this  continent.  It  had  not 
been  previously  reported,  which  il- 
lustrates how  easily  a  small  contri- 
bution to  zoogeography  can  be 
made  in  these  parts. 


X^_^^  f  mammals  one  sees  rela- 
tively few.  The  muskrat  is  common, 
beaver  occur  off  and  on,  mink  and 
otter,  more  rarely.  Neither  foxes  nor 
lynxes  were  reported  plentiful  by 
the  Indians,  and  martens  and  wol- 
verines are  rare.  I  never  saw  a  wolf 
in  the  region,  although  tracks  were 
common.  In  summer,  the  caribous 
are  out  in  the  barrens.  Moose  are 
invariably  encountered  en  route,  al- 
though the  population  is  anything 
but  dense.  I  saw  but  one  bear  dur- 
ing the  time  I  spent  in  the  coun- 
try— that  one  I  not  only  saw%  but 


felt.  too.  As  I  slept  in  the  tent,  he 
woke  me  up  by  patting  the  tentcloth 
just  off  my  left  ear.  Others  have 
been  luckier  in  sighting  bears, 
though.  These  are  all  black,  griz- 
zlies seem  confined  to  the  country 
north  and  east  of  Great  Bear. 

As  the  season  wears  on  and  you 
pass  through  the  austere  ap- 
proaches to  Great  Bear — Hottah, 
Grouard,  Conjuror  Bay — birdlife 
is  no  longer  as  evident.  Fewer 
voices  are  heard,  the  silent  spefls 
grow  longer.  Spring  is  slowly  turn- 
ing into  summer,  even  though  the 
ice  stiU  holds  out  on  the  open 
reaches  of  Hottah  Lake. 

Often,  while  sitting  on  some  out- 
crop smoking  your  pipe,  the  land 
seems  empty  as  you  survey  its  im- 
mense spread.  A  distant  gull,  some 
ringlets  thro^^-n  up  by  a  fish,  a  few 
mosquitoes.  Sometimes  nothing  at 
all.  But  you  don't  mind.  For  it  is 
not  the  emptiness  of  a  void  that  en- 
circles you.  but  a  presence,  a  vast- 
ness,  a  quiet  assurance  that  there  is 
still  room  on  earth.  Not  room  to  in- 
vade and  occupy,  but  just  room — 
inviolate  and  vast  enough  to  harbor 
untold  forms  of  life,  as  well  as  this 
calm  inherited  from  an  age  before 
any  life  existed.  For  there  is  life 
in  that  lichen,  too,  on  that  rock  by 
your  boot.  You  learn  to  sense  this, 
perhaps  because  of  the  calm.  In  a 
land  so  quiet  and  immutable,  the 
smallest,  slowest  event,  such  as  a 
lichen  growing,  seems  almost  to  im- 
pinge on  awareness.  So  also  with 
the  slim,  dark  spruce  crowding  the 
folds  of  the  land,  the  horsetails  and 
sedges  at  the  waterUne,  the  waves 
lapping,  the  clouds.  No  wonder 
then  that  one  northern  sparrow's 
warble  can  flood  that  silence  to  the 
rim  and  proclaim  life  more  purely 
than  the  roar  of  an  entire  city. 


Often,  while  sitting  on  some  outcrop 
smoking  your  pipe,  the  land  seems  empty  as 
you  survey  its  immense  spread." 


65 


Lactarius  deliciosus 


Pleurotus 


Sparassis  radicata 


Coprinus  comatus  '€S,'^'- 


MUSHROOMS 

A  brief  guide  to  the  tricky  business  of  knowing  which  ones  you  can  eat 

by  Peggy  Young 


Several  botanists  know  and  often 
tell  the  tragic  story  of  Family  X. 
Having  just  emigrated  from  a  coun- 
try in  middle  Europe  to  Rockland 
County,  a  suburb  some  12  miles 
north  of  New  York  City,  Fainily  X 
undertook  a  mushroom  hike  one 
bright  Saturday  morning.  They 
scoured  a  nearby  forest,  and  in  a 
few  short  hours  they  had  gathered 
enough  mushrooms  to  provide  a 
handsome  lunch.  They  went  home 
and  in  their  huge  black  frying 
pan,  they  sauteed  the  mushrooms  in 
butter  and  then  ate  them,  evidently 
with  great  relish.  What  they  did  not 
finish  they  fed  to  Sally,  their  large 
calico  cat.  Within  ten  minutes, 
Sally  suddenly  began  convulsing 
and  Family  X,  horrified,  rushed 
themselves  to  the  local  hospital. 
Their  stomachs  were  pumped,  emet- 
ics and  tonics  were  administered, 
and  Family  X,  after  much  uncer- 
tainty and  discomfort,  miraculously 
pulled  through.  Following  their  re- 


lease from  the  hospital.  Family  X 
went  home  and  there,  nestled  in  a 
pile  of  sweaters  on  the  top  shelf  of 
the  linen  closet,  lay  Sally,  blissful 
as  can  be.  She  had  given  birth  to 
seven  kittens.  Family  X  had  mis- 
judged a  symptom. 

The  ancient  Romans  called  mush- 
rooms cibus  diorum,  "food  of  the 
gods."  The  Greeks  ate  them,  too, 
and  even  earlier  the  Chaldeans  as- 
signed names  to  some  of  their  species. 

We  call  them  mushrooms,  toad- 
stools, or  fungi.  In  fact  they  are  all 
fungi,  but  a  certain  amount  of  con- 
fusion surrounds  the  terms  mush- 
room and  toadstool.  Some  people 
use  the  word  mushroom  to  desig- 
nate all  edible  fungi,  and  refer  to 
the  poisonous  species  as  toadstools. 
Others  say  that  the  meadow  mush- 
room, Agaricus  campestris,  is  the 
only  mushroom  and  that  all  others 
are  toadstools.  A  third  group  calls 
any  fungus  a  toadstool  if  it  grows 
elsewhere  than  under  commercial 
cultivation.  For  the  sake  of  clarity 
it  is  best  to  drop  the  word  toadstool 


altogether  and  refer  instead  to 
edible  or  poisonous  mushrooms. 

Many  species  of  mushrooms  are 
not  only  edible  but  delectable; 
many  more  can  be  eaten  safely  by 
some  people  but  not  by  others;  and 
a  few  species  are  lethal.  There  is 
only  one  way  to  tell  the  good  from 
the  bad,  and  that  is  to  learn  to  rec- 
ognize the  different  species  beyond 
all  possible  doubt.  Various  so-called 
tests  for  discriminating  among 
mushrooms  have  circulated  in  the 
past.  Mushrooms  have  been  said  to 
be  edible  if  they  peel  easily,  or  poi- 
sonous if  they  tarnish  silver  or  turn 
milk  sour,  and  so  on,  but  the  truth 
is  that  none  of  these  tests  has  any 
validity.  The  only  way  to  know  if  a 
mushroom  is  edible  is  to  recognize 
it  in  the  same  way  that  you  recog- 
nize a  blackberry  or  a  strawberry. 
It  takes  a  certain  amount  of  time 
and  study,  but  if  you  are  going  to 
eat  wild  mushrooms,  it  is  necessary. 
There  are  no  short  cuts. 

In  Europe  wild  mushrooms  have 
long  been  popular,  but  the  people  of 
one  country  sometimes  regard  as 
poisonous  a  species  that  is  freely 
•alen    in    another.    Agaricus    cam- 


Cantharellus  cibarius 


rdon  perlatutn 


pestris,  for  example,  is  considered 
poisonous  in  certain  parts  of 
France.  Most  Finnish  people  will 
not  touch  any  mushrooms  at  all.  In 
many  European  countries  wild 
mushrooms  are  sold  fresh  in  the 
markets,  and  several  species,  in- 
cluding the  king  boletus  and  the 
chantarelle  {Boletus  edulis  and 
Cantharellus  cibarius)  are  har- 
vested and  then  dried  or  canned  for 
export. 

The  most  highly  prized,  perhaps, 
of  all  edible  mushrooms  are  morels 
(Morchella)  and  truffles  (Tuber). 
Morels  appear  in  the  spring  and  are 
found  in  both  Europe  and  North 
America,  growing  in  open  woods, 
along  roadsides,  and  in  partially 
shaded  meadowland.  Truffles  are 
native  to  Europe,  and  grow  chiefly 
in  France  and  the  Piedmont  section 
of  Italy.  They  grow  under  de- 
ciduous trees,  usually  oaks,  a  foot 
or  more  beneath  the  surface  of  the 
ground;  pigs  and  specially  trained 
dogs  are  used  to  detect  them. 

The  commercial  cultivation  of 
mushrooms  began  in  France  during 
the  reign  of  Louis  XIV,  and  today 
there  are  mushroom  beds  in  tunnels 
and  caves  stretching  for  miles  un- 
der the  streets  of  Paris  and  its  sub- 
urbs. On  this  continent  the  greatest 
mushroom-growing  area  is  in  Penn- 
sylvania, where  half  the  country's 
annual  130-million-pound  crop  is 
raised.  Near  Pittsburgh  the  largest 
mushroom  farm  in  the  world  pro- 
duces 10  million  pounds  yearly  in 
an  abandoned  limestone  mine.  Un- 
derground operation  makes  pos- 
sible complete  control  of  such  vital 
factors  as  temperature,  humidity, 
and  ventilation.  Almost  the  only 
mushroom  grown  commercially  in 
North  America  and  Europe  is 
Agaricus  bisporus.  In  Southeast 
Asia  the  preferred  species  is  the 
paddy-straw  mushroom,  Volvaria 
volvacea,  and  in  the  Far  East  it  is 
the  Shiitake  mushroom,  Lentinus 
edodes,  which  is  raised  com- 
mercially on  logs. 

Although  mushrooms  have  been 
eaten  for  hundreds  of  years,  it  is 
only  recently  that  they  have  been 
recognized  as  plants.  Before  the 
nineteenth  century,  the  poisonous 
qualities  of  some  mushrooms,  their 
association   with    decay,    and    their 


habit  of  apparently  springing  up 
overnight,  out  of  nowhere,  caused 
them  to  be  thought  of  as  mysterious 
entities  belonging,  not  to  the  plant 
world,  but  to  a  separate  world  of 
their  own.  Superstition  and  folklore 
surrounded  them;  mushrooms  were 
an  important  ingredient  in  the 
witches'  brews  of  medieval  Eng- 
land. Today  mushrooms  are  under 
study  by  drug  companies  as  a 
source  of  antibiotics,  especially  an- 
titumor substances,  and  in  the  case 
of  Mexican  hallucinogenic  mush- 
rooms (Psilocybe) .  as  a  source  of 
tranquilizing  drugs. 

Mushrooms  do  differ  from  most 
other  plants  in  that  they  contain  no 
chlorophyll,  cannot  carry  on  the 
food-making  process  of  photosyn- 
thesis, and  depend  for  their  nour- 
ishment on  the  organic  matter  that 
has  been  manufactured  by  green 
plants  from  inorganic  coinpounds. 
Most  mushrooms  live  on  decaying 
vegetable  or  animal  matter,  al- 
though a  few  are  parasitic  on  living 
plants. 

The  life  of  the  mushroom  begins 
with  the  spore,  which  leaves  the 
parent  plant  and  drifts  away  on  air 
currents.  It  has  been  estimated  that 
a  single  mushroom  can  produce 
more  than  a  billion  spores.  Most  of 
these  perish,  but  here  and  there  one 
spore  comes  to  rest  where  condi- 
tions meet  its  exacting  requirements 


for  growth.  The  spore  germinates 
and  produces  threadlike  structures, 
hyphae,  which  grow  and  branch  out 
in  all  directions,  penetrating  the 
surrounding  environment.  Enzymes 
secreted  by  the  hyphae  digest  some 
of  the  organic  matter  with  which 
they  come  in  contact,  converting  it 
into  a  form  that  the  plant  can  ab- 
sorb. The  mass  of  hyphae  is  known 
as  the  mycelium,  or  spawn.  In  time 
the  mycelium  sends  up  fruiting 
bodies,  frequently  in  the  familiar  um- 
brella shape ;  when  these  mature  and 
release  their  spores  the  life  cycle  of 
the  mushroom  is  complete. 

Mushrooms  vary  greatly  in  the 
environmental  conditions  they  need 
for  growth.  Some  species,  such  as 
Agaricus  campestris,  flourish  only 
in  open  meadows.  Others,  like  Pleu- 
rolus  porrigens,  or  angel  wings, 
will  grow  only  on  rotting  conifer 
logs.  Still  others  grow  among  fallen 
leaves,  in  moss,  on  manure,  or  in 
other  specific  locations.  Some  spe- 
cies grow  only  among  the  rootlets 
of  certain  trees,  forming  fungus 
roots,  or  mycorrhiza.  The  associ- 
ation between  a  fungus  and  another 
living  plant  is  sometimes  necessary 
for  the  existence  of  both:  orchids, 
for  instance,  need  certain  fungi,  as 
does  the  Indian  pipe  of  northern 
forests.  The  exact  relationship  be- 
tween tree  and  fungus  in  mycorrhiza 
is  not  understood. 


Geography  plays  its  part  in 
habitat,  too,  and  some  species  of 
mushrooms  are  found  in  one  sec- 
tion of  the  country  but  not  in  an- 
other, even  though  the  ecology  of 
both  regions  appears  to  be  similar. 

Moisture,  light,  and  temperature 
have  a  great  deal  to  do  with  the 
aboveground  appearance  or  non- 
appearance of  mushrooms.  Once 
the  mycelium  is  established  it  can 
live  on  in  the  same  place  as  long  as 
there  is  nourishment  for  it,  but  the 
production  of  fruiting  bodies  de- 
pends upon  variations  in  tempera- 
ture, rainfall,  and  probably  other 
factors  not  yet  recognized.  The 
longevity  of  the  mycelium  is  dra- 
matically illustrated  by  the  fairy 
rings  sometimes  found  in  grassy 
plains.  The  spot  where  the  spore 
fell  is  the  center  of  the  ring;  from 
there  the  hyphae  spread  out  to  form 
a  circular  mass  with  mushrooms 
growing  up  around  its  rim.  In  time 
the  mycelium  at  the  center  dies,  but 
it  continues  to  expand  at  the  per- 
imeter at  the  rate  of  about  thirteen 
inches  a  year,  with  fruiting  bodies 
coming  up  in  an  ever  widening 
circle.  In  Colorado  and  south- 
ern England  there  are  fairy  rings 
estimated  to  be  more  than  four  hun- 
dred years  old. 

Sometimes  a  mushroom  species 
that  has  appeared  regularly  for  a 
long  time  in  one  localitv  will  van- 


(thriisting  mushroom, 

aring  spores,  grows  from 

inching  strands  of 

^  subterranean  plant  known 

the  mycelium.  At  an 

rlier  stage  of  development, 

;  mushrooms  look 

e  buttons. 


ish,  and  then,  after  ten  years  or 
more,  return.  Possibly  the  weather 
was  unfavorable  at  certain  critical 
stages  of  its  life.  One  of  the  fasci- 
nating aspects  of  mushroom  hunt- 
ing is  that  you  can  visit  the  same 
spot  year  after  year  and  find  some- 
thing different  each  time. 


M 


ost  mushrooms  we  see 
belong  to  the  Basidiomycetes  divi- 
sion of  fungi,  and  among  these  the 
Agaricaceae,  or  agarics,  form  the 
largest  group.  The  agarics  bear 
their  spores  on  a  series  of  gills,  or 
plates,  which  radiate  from  the  stem 
like  the  spokes  of  a  wheel  and  are 
attached  by  their  upper  edges  to  the 
underside  of  the  mushroom  cap. 
Two  other  groups,  the  Boletaceae 
and  the  Polyporaceae  (boletes  and 
polypores)  have  pores  and  tubes  in- 
stead of  gills.  The  Hydnaceae,  or 
hydnums,  have  a  layer  of  down- 
ward-pointing teeth,  and  in  the 
Clavariaceae,  or  coral  fungi,  the 
spores  are  produced  all  over  the 
surface  of  the  branched,  coral-like 
fruiting  body. 

The  division  of  fungi  known  as 
Ascomycetes,  or  sac  fungi,  differs 
from  the  division  Basidiomycetes 
mainly  in  certain  microscopic  fea- 
tures having  to  do  with  the  means 
by  which  sexual  spores  are  pro- 
duced. The  morels  belong  to  this  di- 
vision: they  can  be  recognized  by 
their  hollow,  elongated  caps  cov- 
ered with  deep,  irregular  pits. 
Other  sac  fungi  are  cup-shaped,  like 
the  orange  fairy  cup  (Aleiiria  aiiraii- 
tia)  ;  or  wrinkled  and  convoluted. 
like  the  brain  mushroom  (Gyro- 
initra  esculenia)  and  the  elf  saddle 
{Helvella  lacunosa) .  Although  such 
sac  fungi  as  the  morel  and  truffle  are 
highly  prized  by  gourmets,  it  is 
among  the  gilled  agarics  that  most  of 
the  edible  species  are  found,  as  well 
as  most  of  the  poisonous  ones. 

The  typical  gilled  mushroom  be- 
gins as  a  tiny  globular  form  en- 
closed in  what  is  known  as  a  uni- 
versal veil,  or  volva.  Then,  as  the 


mushroom  grows,  the  veil  splits  and 
either  remains  as  a  cup  around  the 
base  of  the  stem  and  in  patches  on 
the  cap.  or  disappears.  Certain  spe- 
cies have  a  second  membrane,  the 
partial  veil,  or  annulus,  stretching 
from  tlie  stem  to  the  edge  of  the 
cap.  As  the  cap  expands,  this  veil 
tears,  either  at  the  cap  edge  or  at 
the  stem:  it  may  remain  on  the 
stem  in  the  form  of  a  ring,  or  it, 
too.  may  disappear.  The  presence 
or  absence  of  a  cup  or  ring  is  a 
great  help  in  identifying  any  mush- 
room. 

Another  important  feature  in 
identification  is  the  color  of  the 
spores.  In  most  instances  the  spore 
color  will  fall  into  one  of  five  cate- 
gories: white  to  creamy,  pink  to 
flesh  color,  rusty  brown,  purple- 
brown,  or  black.  To  determine  their 
color,  it  is  necessary  to  make  a 
spore  print:  this  is  done  by  placing 
the  mushroom  cap,  gill-side  down, 
on  a  sheet  of  paper  and  covering  it 
with  a  dish.  Within  a  few  hours  a 
mass  of  spores  will  have  fallen  on 
to  the  paper  to  make  a  clearly  dis- 
cernible white  or  colored  pattern. 
(White  spores  can  be  seen  on  white 
paper  by  holding  the  paper  at  an 
angle  to  a  light  source.) 

A  vital  piece  of  equipment  if  you 
wish  to  hunt  mushrooms  is  a  note- 
book; memory  can  be  unreliable, 
and  notes  made  on  the  spot  are  in- 
valuable. It  is  important  to  set 
down  where  and  how  the  mush- 
room grows.  Look  for  a  ring  on  the 
stem  or  a  cup  around  the  base,  and 
make  certain  that  there  is  no  cup 
hidden  below  the  surface  of  the 
ground.  Note  the  size  and  color  of 
the  cap,  its  shape,  and  texture. 

Turn  the  mushroom  over  and 
look  at  the  underside,  noting 
whether  the  gills  are  free  from  the 
stem,  broadly  or  narrowly  joined  to 
it.  or  running  down  it.  In  some  spe- 
cies the  gills  are  crowded  closely  to- 
gether: in  others  they  are  far  apart. 
They  may  be  narrow  or  broad,  of 
er|ual  or  of  varying  lengths;  their 
color  may  be  the  same  as  that  of 
the  cap  or  different  from  it. 

Examine  the  stem  and  note  if  it 
is  thick  or  ihin.  long  or  short, 
tough  or  fragile,  hollow  or  solid,  or 
stufl^ed  with  a  pithy  core.  In  some 
species  it  is  firmly  attached  to  the 


69 


cap,  in  others  it  is  easily  broken  off. 
In  most  species  the  stem  is  attached 
to  the  middle  of  the  cap,  but  in 
some,  it  is  off-center  and  in  others, 
joined  to  the  edge. 

In  a  few  mushrooms  the  flesh 
changes  color  when  broken  or 
bruised.  Others  exude  a  liquid — 
colorless,  white,  or  colored — that 
may  or  may  not  change  its  hue  with 
exposure  to  air. 

After  noting  these  features,  wrap 
your  mushroom  carefully  in  ^vaxed 
paper  or  a  plastic  bag  (a  separate 
wrapping  should  be  used  for  each 
specimen),  take  it  home  and  make  a 
spore  print. 

With  the  foregoing  clues  to  help 
you  and  a  good  mushroom  guide  in 
hand,  you  may  possibly  be  able  to 
identify  your  find.  Possibly,  but  not 
necessarily.  No  one  book  covers  all 
the  several  thousand  species  of 
mushrooms  in  North  America,  and 
you  could  easily  have  collected  a 
species  omitted  from  the  book  or 
books  at  your  disposal.  Many  spe- 
cies can  be  positively  identified 
only  by  their  microscopic  charac- 
teristics. It  is  advisable  never  to  try 
to  force  your  specimen  to  fit  into  a 
species  if  it  differs  in  the  slightest 
degree  from  the  published  descrip- 
tion. If  you  are  gathering  mush- 
rooms for  the  table,  a  mistake  could 
be  disastrous. 

That  some  mushrooms  are  per- 
fectly safe  for  one  person,  but  not 
for  another  probably  accounts  for 
the  differences  of  opinion  among 
the  authorities  as  to  which  species 
are  edible  and  which  are  not.  Some 
species  of  the  genus  Coprimis  have 
been  known  to  cause  trouble  only 
when  eaten  by  people  who  have 
been  drinking  alcohol.  When  trying 
a  new  mushroom,  be  sure  to  obtain 
only  young,  fresh  specimens,  and 
restrict  yourself  to  a  very  small  por- 
tion, even  if  others  have  eaten  it  in 
quantity.  You  may  be  allergic  to  it. 
The  three  basic  types  of  mush- 
room poisons  are  the  protoplasmic 
poisons,  the  nervous  system  poi- 
sons, and  the  gastrointestinal  irri- 
tants. The  protoplasmic  poisons  at- 
tack the  heart,  liver,  kidneys,  and 
skeletal  muscles;  symptoms  appear 
suddenly  after  a  delay  of  from 
eight  to  forty  hours,  and,  in  more 
than  half  the  known  cases,  death  is 

70 


said  to  come  within  a  few  days.  The 
nervous  system  poisons  cause  hallu- 
cinations and  other  symptoms,  but 
are  seldom  fatal.  The  gastrointes- 
tinal irritants  cause  vomiting, 
cramps,  and  diarrhea,  with  recov- 
ery following  fairly  rapidly.  Treat- 
ment for  victims  of  poisoning  is 
complicated  because  some  mush- 
room species  contain  more  than  one 
poisonous  substance.  Furthermore, 
there  is  always  the  possibility  of 
toxins  not  yet  identified. 


T 

J_  he 


he  greatest  number  of  poison- 
ing cases  are  caused  by  species  of 
the  Amanita  genus.  A  few  of  the 
Amanitas  are  edible,  but  most  are 
extremely  toxic.  Many  are  beautiful 
in  appearance,  large  and  brilliantly 
colored,  with  a  frill-like  ring  on  the 
stem,  a  cup  at  the  base,  and  white, 
wartlike  patches  on  the  cap.  But 
sometimes  the  ring  is  fragile  and 
disappears,  heavy  rain  washes  the 
warts  off  the  cap,  or  the  cup  is  bur- 
ied under  ground  debris.  Not  all 
Amanitas  are  trightly  colored,  and 
not  all  are  recognizable  on  sight. 

Amanita  muscaria,  the  fly  agaric, 
is  a  very  common  species  with  a 
cap  that  measures  up  to  eight 
inches  across.  In  North  America  the 
color  ranges  from  bright  scarlet  in 
the  west  to  orange  or  almost  yellow 
in  the  east.  It  has  been  eaten  in 
minute  amounts  (chiefly  by  the  na- 
tives of  Kamchatka  in  northern 
Russia)  and  is  said  to  produce  beau- 
tiful hallucinations  and  sensations  of 
wefl-being,  but  the  dosage  is  so 
critical  that  a  fraction  too  much 
brings  acute  pain,  destruction  of 
tissues,  and  finally  death.  Amanita 
pantherina,  found  in  the  Northwest 
woods,  has  proved  fatal  to  children 
who  ate  only  a  mouthful.  Several  of 
the  white  Amanitas  are  called  "de- 
stroying angel,"  a  name  that  speaks 
for  itself. 

While  it  is  best  to  give  all  Ama- 
nitas a  wide  berth,  it  is  not  neces- 
sary to  forgo  all  mushrooms  for 
fear  of  encountering  a  poisonous 
one.  Among  the  edible  mushrooms 


pi  good  flavor  are  a  number  that 
■are  easy  to  recognize.  Any  puffball 
can  be  eaten  when  it  is  young  and 
still  pure  white  inside,  with  no  tinge 
of  yellow  and  no  holes  indicating 
the  presence  of  insect  larvae.  Cut 
the  puffball  in  half  lengthwise  to 
make  sure  that  it  is  not  an  Amanita 
still  enveloped  in  its  veil:  the  Ama- 
nita will  exhibit  a  stem,  cap,  and 
gills;  the  puffball  is  homogenous  in 
form.  Calvatia  gigantea,  a  puffball 
that  grows  to  enormous  size,  is  so 
tender  that  it  can  be  eaten  raw  in 
salads.  It  is  sometimes  cut  into  half- 
inch  slices  and  sauteed  in  butter,  or 
it  can  be  cooked  like  French  fried 
potatoes. 

Most  of  the  mushrooms  with 
pores  instead  of  gills  can  be  eaten, 
but  avoid  any  that  turn  blue  when 
cut,  and  any  with  red  pore  mouths. 
The  king  boletus,  which  can  reach  a 
size  of  ten  inches  across,  belongs  to 
the  pore  group.  In  Europe  it  goes 
under  a  number  of  names — cepe 
(France).  steinpilz  (Germany), 
boroviki  (Poland),  stensopp  (Den- 
mark)— indicating  its  widespread 
popularity.  The  ancient  Romans 
served  the  king  boletus  at  banquets, 
using  special  dishes  called  "bole- 
tarii."  In  North  America  it  grows 
in  open  woodlands  from  the  Atlan- 
tic to  the  Pacific,  and  for  the  best 
flavor  should  be  cooked  the  day  it 
is  picked. 

The  chantarelle  was  another  fa- 
vorite of  the  Romans.  This  de- 
licious mushroom  is  a  bright  egg- 
yolk  yellow  in  all  its  parts — cap, 
stem,  and  gills.  The  fruity  flavor, 
somewhat  like  that  of  ripe  apricots, 
is  so  delicate  that,  according  to 
gourmets,  the  chantarelle  should 
never  be  combined  ^vith  other 
foods,  but  always  served  as  a  sepa- 
rate dish.  It  requires  gentle  cooking 
over  low  heat;  overcooking  or  too 
hot  a  fire  will  cause  it  to  shrivel 
and  become  tough.  In  appearance 
the  chantarelle  bears  some  resem- 
blance to  another  mushroom,  the 
orange  clitocybe  (Clitocybe  auran- 
tia) ,  which  is  suspected  of  being 
poisonous  to  some  degree.  The  Cli- 
tocybe, however,  has  a  dry,  tan-col- 
ored cap  and  bright  orange  gills; 
the  resemblance  is  not  marked 
enough  to  cause  confusion  once  you 
have  actually  seen  a  chantarelle. 


A  familiar  mushroom  is  the 
shaggy  mane,  Coprinus  comatus, 
which  grows  along  roadsides,  in 
wasteland,  in  city  gardens,  and 
back  lanes.  Its  tall,  cylindrical  cap, 
grayish  white  in  color  and  covered 
with  ragged  scales,  is  unmistakable. 
It  must  be  picked  young  and 
cooked  at  once,  for  if  left  for  only  a 
few  hours  the  gills  dissolve  into  an 
inky  fluid.  Oven  cooking  is  best  for 
the  shaggy  mane,  as  the  caps  are 
soft  and  fragile  and  tend  to  dis- 
integrate  unless   handled    carefully. 

The  cauliflower  mushroom.  Spar- 
assis  radicata,  is  another  unmistak- 
able species.  It  looks  like  a  large, 
pale  head  of  lettuce  and  grows  un- 
der conifers;  it  is  tough  and 
strongly  flavored,  but  very  good  in 
soups  and  gravies.  Much  milder  in 
flavor  are  the  angel  wings  that  grow 
on  fallen  trees  in  the  forest.  These 
are  white,  fragile,  and  fanshaped; 
when  dried  and  salted,  they  can  be 
eaten  raw. 

In  order  to  retain  their  subtle 
flavors,  mushrooms  are  best  pre- 
served by  drying.  They  should  be 
spread  out  (small  ones  whole  and 
large  ones  in  slices)  on  cheesecloth 
trays  and  subjected  to  a  steady 
stream  of  warm  air  until  completely 


dry  and  crisp,  then  stored  in  mois- 
tureproof  jars.  Before  use  they  will 
require  soaking — from  one  to  three 
hours,  depending  on  the  thickness 
of  the  slices. 

The  food  value  of  mushrooms 
compares  favorably  with  that  of 
most  garden  vegetables.  It  varies 
somewhat  with  the  different  species, 
but  in  general  mushrooms  are  high 
in  several  of  the  B  complex  vita- 
mins and  vilamin  C,  and  are  a  good 
source  of  iron  and  copper.  They  are 
moderately  high  in  proteins  and 
low  in  calories. 

The  nutritious,  dangerous,  and 
delicious  mushroom  is  eaten  by 
many  animals  other  than  man.  In 
the  wild,  cattle,  deer,  squirrels, 
slugs,  snails,  and  innumerable  in- 
sects and  insect  larvae  regularly 
partake  of  the  "food  of  the  gods." 


Clavaria  pulchra 


Amanita  pantherina    ^<<<$?>^\'\\^l''5''///  :-ii5;^-3ji^=^ 


Aleuria  aurantia  ji 


Amanita  muscaria 


Carbon  Monoxide  in  Space  Another  chemical  com- 
pound has  been  found  in  the  '"empty"'  reaches  of  inter- 
stellar space.  A  team  of  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories 
scientists,  working  at  Kitt  Peak  in  Arizona,  has  de- 
tected carbon  monoxide  in  at  least  five  radio  sources, 
including  one  at  the  center  of  our  galaxy. 

The  existence  of  hydrogen  in  space  has  been  known 
for  years,  and  radio  astronomers  have  been  able  to 
map  the  heavier  concentrations.  Then  last  year  am- 
monia, water,  and  formaldehyde  molecules  were  de- 
tected for  the  first  time.  Now  we  can  add  carbon  mo- 
noxide to  the  list — and  wait  to  see  what  turns  up  next. 

End  of  a  Comet  Most  asteroids  have  very  irregular 
shapes,  a  characteristic  to  be  expected  if  they  are  in- 
deed fragments  left  when  larger  bodies  collided.  But  at 
least  a  few  asteroids  may  be  the  final  remains  of 
comets  that  have  lost  their  volatile  components  and  can 
no  longer  produce  tails. 

The  asteroid  Icarus,  which  came  within  five  million 
miles  of  the  earth  in  1968,  is  a  case  in  point.  Tom 
Gehrels.  Elizabeth  Roemer,  R.  C.  Taylor,  and  B.  H. 
Zellner  of  the  Lunar  and  Planetary  Laboratory  in  Tuc- 
son, writing  in  the  Astronomical  Journal,  report  that 
Icarus  is  a  stony-metallic  object,  less  than  half  a  mile 
across,  that  rotates  in  two  hours.  It  is  nearly  spherical, 
while  asteroids  typically  are  irregular.  Brian  G.  Mars- 
den  of  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory 
points  out  in  the  same  issue  that  the  orbit  of  Icarus 
strongly  resembles  a  comet:  it  sweeps  in  close  to  the 
sun.  within  18  million  miles,  and  then  out  beyond  the 
earth  in  a  highly  eccentric  orbit — most  asteroids  have 
more  circular  orbits.  Finally,  a  meteor  stream  is  asso- 
ciated with  its  orbit,  as  is  the  case  with  a  number  of 
comets. 

How  do  you  tell  an  asteroid  from  a  comet?  An  aster- 
oid presents  the  sharp,  pointlike  image  of  a  star.  A 
comet,  on  the  other  hand,  looks  diffuse.  A  solid  nu- 
cleus is  surrounded  by  a  coma — a  cloud  of  gas — - 
boiled  off  the  nucleus  by  the  heat  of  the  sun.  When  a 
comet  comes  close  enough  to  the  sun,  the  gases  are 
pushed  away  by  the  solar  wind  and  the  sunlight  itself, 
producing  the  characteristic  comet  tail.  An  object  like 
Icarus  experiences  surface  temperatures  of  some  2,000 
degrees  at  its  closest  approach  to  the  sun;  it  goes 
through  this  every  409  days,  and  presumably  by  now 
all  its  volatile  elements  have  long  since  been  lost.  If.  as 
is  generally  believed,  comets  are  balls  of  frozen  water 
and  gases  mixed  with  dust  grains  and  pebbles,  then 
when  the  last  of  these  volatiles  has  evaporated,  the 
remains  may  be  compared  to  a  flying  gravel  bank. 

Halo  Around  Comet  Bennett    A  scientific  satellite  has 

detected  a  cloud  of  hydrogen  eight  million  miles 
across  surrounding  Comet  Bennett,  the  morning-sky 
comet  that  reached  first  magnitude  near  the  end  of  last 
March. 


An  orbiting  geophysical  observatory  scanned  the 
comet  when  it  was  about  65  million  miles  away  in 
early  April.  It  found  a  cloud  of  hydrogen,  the  most 
common  element  in  the  universe,  ten  times  the  size  of 
tlie  sun.  The  discovery  was  only  the  second  of  its 
kind:  last  January  another  satellite  found  a  similar 
cloud  around  Comet  Tago-Sato-Kosaka. 

Galactic  Explosions  The  explosions  and  ejections  of 
large  clouds  of  matter  that  we  see  going  on  in  otlier 
galaxies  apparently  happened  in  our  own  as  recently 
as  ten  million  years  ago.  This  is  the  suggestion  of  a 
Dutch  radio  astronomer  who  has  been  studying  the 
motions  of  hydrogen  clouds  around  the  center  of  our 
galaxy. 

We  cannot  optically  see  into  the  center  because 
clouds  of  dust  block  die  view.  But  radio  waves  can 
penetrate  the  dust,  and  radio  telescopes  on  earth  can 
pick  up  the  emissions  of  hydrogen  atoms  near  the  ga- 
lactic center,  some  25,000  light-years  away.  The 
wavelength  at  which  they  are  received  indicates 
whether  the  source  is  moving  toward  or  away  from  us, 
and  how  fast.  P.C.  van  der  Kruit  used  a  radio  tele- 
scope at  Dwingeloo  to  refine  our  picture  of  the  center. 

He  reported  in  Astronomy  and  Astrophysics  that 
two  clouds  of  hydrogen  appear  to  have  been  ejected 
from  opposite  sides  of  the  galactic  nucleus  at  a  large 
angle  to  the  plane  of  the  galactic  disk,  and  that  they 
may  be  falling  back  into  the  plane  at  some  distance 
from  the  center.  The  quantity  of  matter  involved  is 
equal  to  about  five  million  suns. 

Van  der  Kruit  also  finds  that  two  arms  of  hydrogen 
expanding  out  from  the  nucleus  in  the  galactic  plane 
may  have  received  their  impetus  from  the  same  or 
similar  explosions,  one  tens  of  millions  of  years  ago 
and  one  five  to  ten  million  years  ago. 

The  ejected  clouds  appear  to  be  larger,  less  dense, 
and  longer-lived  than  those  now  seen  being  ejected 
from  a  class  of  galaxies  with  violent  nuclei  known  as 
Seyfert  galaxies.  Van  der  Kruit  suggests  that  the  activ- 
ity in  our  galaxy  may  represent  a  later  stage  of 
evolution. 

Revising  the  Solar  Constant     A  key  number  for  any 

physical  study  of  the  whole  earth  is  the  quantity  of 
radiation  it  receives  from  the  sun.  Even  a  small 
change  could  have  large  effects  on  the  world's  climate. 
Now  scientists  are  finding,  not  that  the  sun  is  varying 
its  output,  but  that  their  measurements  have  been  a 
little  off. 

The  accepted  figure  for  the  total  radiation  received, 
the  solar  constant,  has  been  two  calories  per  square 
centimeter  per  minute.  It  is  a  difficult  number  to  deter- 
mine because  some  t^^pes  of  radiation  can  be  measured 
only  above  the  earth's  atmosphere.  Now  two  groups, 
working  with  airplanes,  rockets,  balloons,  and  space- 
craft, have  found  the  total  radiation  reaching  the  earth 
is  3  percent  less  than  had  been  thought:  the  solar  con- 
stant should  be  1.94  calories.  The  amount  of  visible 
light  is  8  percent  less.  These  are  small  differences,  but 
small  differences  in  very  large  forces  can  have  large 
effects.  We  must  know  what  the  forces  are  to  know 
what  is  happening,  and  what  will  happen. 

John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 


72 


.siwaawoiawra .' 


The  moon  is  in  the  evening  sky  in  mid-June,  becomes  full  on 
the  19th,  then  reaches  last-quarter  on  the  25th.  In  July,  new 
moon  is  on  the  3rd,  first-quarter  on  the  11th,  full  moon  on  the 
18th,  and  last-quarter  on  the  25th.  New  moon  returns  in  August 
on  the  2nd,  first-quarter  on  the  10th. 

Venus  and  Jupiter  dominate  the  evening  sky.  Venus  is  very 
bright  in  the  west  during  early  evening  twilight,  becoming 
brighter  and  setting  later  during  the  summer.  Jupiter  appears 
high  toward  the  south  at  dusk  and  sets  about  midnight  or  ear- 
lier. Saturn  is  a  morning  star. 

June  17:  The  star  near  the  moon  is  Antares,  in  Scorpius. 

June  21:  Summer  begins  at  2:43  p.m.,  EST,  when  the  sun  ar- 
rives at  the  summer  solstice  in  Gemini. 

July  4:  Earth  arrives  at  aphelion,  where  it  is  most  distant  from 
the  sun.  94,514,000  miles  away. 

July  6-7:  The  crescent  moon  is  near  Venus  on  these  evenings. 
The  star  nearby  is  Regulus,  in  Leo. 

July  11:  Venus  and  Regulus  are  in  conjunction. 


July  11-12:  The  moon  is  near  Jupiter  in  the  evening  sky. 

July  29:  The  relatively  weak  Delta  Aquarid  meteor  shower, 
about  20  meteors  per  hour  per  observer,  reaches  maximum  with 
moonless  morning  skies. 

August  5-6;  You  can  find  Venus  near  the  crescent  moon  on 
these  evenings. 

August  8:  The  crescent  moon  Is  near  Jupiter. 

August  12:  One  of  the  best  meteor  showers  of  the  year,  the 
Perseids,  reaches  maximum  this  morning  with  an  hourly,  rate  of 
50  or  more.  With  early  moonset,  observing  conditions  should  be 
good  for  several  mornings  before  and  after  the  12th. 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

*  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the  iDottom; 
then  match  the  stars  In  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with  those  in  the  sky 
near  the  horizon.  The  map  Is  for  10:25  p.m.  on  June  15;  9:25  p.m.  on  July 
1;  8:30  p.m.  on  July  15;  and  7:20  p.m.  on  August  1;  but  it  can  be  used  for 
about  an  hour  before  and  after  the  tir 


The  Star  Dragon 

Continued  from  page  26 
him,  flint  would  strike  for  him,  ves- 
sels   would    carry    him    over    dan- 
gerous waters. 

In  the  end,  with  the  naked  body 
of  an  awkward  and  hastily  read- 
justed climber,  he  would  plumb  the 
seas'  depths  and  mount,  with  wings 
spun  in  his  brain,  the  heights  of 
air.  Enormous  computations  upon 
the  movements  of  far  bodies  in 
space  would  roll  in  seconds  from 
his  computers.  His  great  machines 
would  leap  faster  at  his  bidding 
than  the  slower  speed  of  his  own 
nerves. 

Because  of  speech,  drawn  from 
an  infinitesimal  spark  along  a  nerve 
end,  the  vague,  ill-defined  surround- 
ings of  the  animal  world  would  be 
transformed,  named,  and  cate- 
gorized. Mind  would  reach  into  a 
past  before  its  becoming;  the  misty 
future  experienced  by  dim  animal 
instinct  would  leap  into  sudden, 
clear  perspective.  Language,  whose 
constituents    have    come    down    the 


long  traverse  of  millennia,  as  rolled 
and  pounded  by  circumstance  as  a 
flint  ax  churned  in  a  river  bed, 
leaves  no  direct  traces  of  its  dim  be- 
ginnings. With  the  first  hieroglyph, 
oral  tradition  would  become  his- 
tory. Out  of  a  spoken  sound,  man's 
first  and  last  source  of  inex- 
haustible power,  would  emerge  the 
phantom  world  that  the  anthro- 
pologist prosaically  calls  culture. 
Its  bridges,  its  towers,  and  its  light- 
nings lie  potential  in  a  little  globe 
of  gray  matter  that  can  fade  and 
blow  away  on  any  wind.  The  nov- 
elty of  evolutionary  progression 
through  time  has  begotten  another 
novelty,  the  novelty  of  history,  the 
evolutionary  flow  of  ideas  in  the 
heads  of  men. 

About  ourselves  there  always 
lingers  a  penumbral  rainbow — what 
A.  L.  Kroeber  termed  the  super- 
organic — that  cloud  of  ideas,  vi- 
sions, institutions  that  hover  about, 
indeed  constitute  human  society, 
but  which  can  be  dissected  from  no 
single  brain.  This  rainbow,   which 


exists  in  all  heads  and  dies  with 
none,  is  the  essential  part  of  man. 
Through  it  he  becomes  what  we  call 
human,  and  not  otherwise. 

Man  is  a  creature  not  to  be  con- 
tained in  a  solitary  skull  vault  nor 
is  he  measurable  as,  say,  a  saber- 
toothed  cat  or  a  bison  is  measur- 
able. Something,  the  rainbow  danc- 
ing before  his  eyes,  the  word 
uttered  by  the  cave  fire  at  evening, 
eludes  us  and  runs  onward.  It  is 
gone  when  we  come  with  our 
spades  upon  the  cold  ashes  of  the 
campfire  four  hundred  thousand 
years  removed. 

Paradoxically,  the  purpose  of  the 
human  brain  is  to  escape  physical 
specialization  by  the  projections  of 
thought.  There  is  no  parallel  organ- 
ism with  which  to  compare  our- 
selves. The  creature  from  which  we 
arose  has  perished.  There  is  no 
twilight  world  of  living  fossils  on 
the  direct  hominid  line  that  we  can 
subject  to  examination.  At  best  we 
are  forced  to  make  inferences  from 
less  closely  related  primates  whose 


NOW 

Yacht-Smart 
Folbot  Sailing 


BIG  HOLIDAY  SAVINGS 

YOURS  for  greater  SPORT  &  FAMILY  FUN 


FOLBOT 


GENUINE  Folbot  RECREATION  for  just  ONE 
small  investment,  WITHOUT  the  continuous 
burdens  of  complicated  'big  rig'  operation 
You  GO  CAREFREE  anytime  with  COMPACT 
Folbot  ...  rocky  streams,  lakes,  marsh, 
surf  &  open  sea.  Superior  non-sinkable  de- 
signs provide  SAFEST  low  gravity  center, 
balanced  low  &  high  seating,  substantial  con- 
struction, protective  decks  &  EXCLUSIVE 
swivel-back   COMFORT 

NATIONAL  SAFETY  RECORDS 

handy  Folbot  YOU  GLIDE  smoother,  faster 
&  NOISELESS  with  paddles,  oars,  or  sails  and 
ride  softly  w.  1  to  10  HP.  motors.  Many 
styles  &  sizes  from  1  to  4  sealers,  FOLD- 
ING or  rigid  PORTABLE  come  in  PREFAB 
KIT,  or  expertly  FACTORY  BUILT 

WORLD    RECORD  FISHING 

Just  a  few   Dollars  start  YOU 


NOW  J  1  0 2: 

from     *<'  JFOLBOT  CORP. 

for  BASIC  KIT  | 

16  feet  'Cayaf  j  Name: 


FACTORY   BUILT 


ACTION   CATALOG 

STARTLING 
FACTS  &  FIGURES 

Mail  coupon   or  address  to: 


NH-670,  CHARLESTON,  S.  C.  29405 


YOU  relax  in  joyful  Folbot  splendor 


_£|'Vi_ iiSiS- .  ^__  ^  J 


activities  lie  below  the  threshold  of 
speech. 

The  nineteenth  century,  through 
the  efforts  of  men  like  Hughlings 
Jackson,  came  to  see  the  brain  as 
an  organ  whose  primary  parts  had 
been  laid  down  successively  in 
evolutionary  time,  a  little  like  the 
fossil  strata  in  the  earth  itself.  The 
centers  of  conscious  thought  were 
the  last  superficial  deposit  on  the 
surface  of  a  more  ancient  and  in- 
stinctive brain.  As  the  roots  of  our 
phylogenetic  tree  pierce  deep  into 
earth's  past,  so  our  human  con- 
sciousness is  similarly  embedded  in, 
and  in  part  constructed  of.  path- 
ways that  were  laid  down  before 
man  in  his  present  form  existed.  To 
acknowledge  this  fact  is  still  to 
comprehend  as  little  of  the  brain's 
true  secrets  as  an  individual  might 
understand  of  the  dawning  of  his 
own  consciousness  from  a  single 
egg  cell. 

The  long,  slow  turn  of  world-time 
as  the  geologist  has  known  it.  or  the 
invisibly  moving  hour  hand  of  evo- 
lution perceived  only  yesterday  by 
the  biologist,  has  given  way  in  the 
human  realm  to  a  fantastically  ac- 
celerated social  evolution  induced 
by  industrial  technology.  So  fast 
does  this  change  progress  that  a 
growing  child  strives  to  master  the 
institutional  customs  of  a  society 
that,  compared  with  the  pace  of 
past  history,  compresses  centuries 
of  change  into  his  lifetime.  I  my- 
self, like  others  of  my  generation, 
was  born  in  an  age  that  has  already 
perished.  At  my  death  I  will  look 
my  last  upon  a  nation  that,  save  for 
some  linguistic  continuity,  will 
seem  increasingly  alien  and  remote. 
It  will  be  as  though  I  peered  upon 
my  youth  through  misty  centuries.  I 
will  not  be  merely  old;  I  will  be  a 
genuine  fossil  embedded  in  onrush- 
ing  man-made  time  before  my  actual 
death. 


I  here  never  was  a  first  man  or 
a  first  primate,"  Dr.  Glenn  Jepsen 
of  Princeton  once  remarked  icono- 
clastically.  The  distinguished  pa- 
leontologist then  added  that  the 
"billions  of  genetic  filaments  in  our 
ancestral  pliylelic  cord  are  of  many 
lengths,  no  two  precisely  the  same. 
We  have  not  had  our  oversized 
brain  very   long  but  the  pendactyl 


pattern  of  our  extremities  origi- 
nated deep  in  .  .  .  the  Paleozoic." 
It  is  now  possible  to  add  to  Dr.  Jep- 
sen's  observation  that  we  have,  of 
late,  discovered  that  our  bipedal, 
man-ape  ancestors  seem  to  have 
flourished  for  a  surprisingly  long 
time  without  any  increase  in  their 
cranial  content  whatever — some 
four  or  five  million  years,  in  fact. 

It  used  to  be  thought  that  the 
brain  of  protoman  would  have  had 
to  develop  very  early  to  enable  him 
to  survive  upright  on  the  ground  at 
all.  His  bipedal  pre-man  phase 
lasted  much  longer — five  or  six 
times  at  least — than  his  whole  arche- 
ological  history  down  to  this  very 
moment.  What  makes  the  story  so 
mystifying  is  that  the  expansion  of 
man's  neurocranium  took  place  rel- 
atively rapidly  during  the  million 
years  or  so  of  Ice  Age  time,  and 
has  not  been  traced  beyond  this 
point.  The  supposed  weak-bodied 
creature  whom  Darwin  nervously 
tried  to  fit  into  his  conception  of 
the  war  of  nature  on  the  continents 
has  romped  through  a  longer  geo- 
logical time  period  than  his  large- 
brained  descendants  may  ever  see. 

We  know  that  at  least  two  million 
years  ago  the  creature  could  make 
some  simple  use  of  stones  and 
bones,  and  may  possibly  have  fash- 
ioned crude  windbreaks.  He  was 
still  small-brained  in  human  terms, 
however,  and  if  his  linguistic  po- 
tentialities were  increasing,  there 
remains  no  satisfactory  evidence  of 
the  fact.  Thus  we  are  confronted 
with  the  question  why  man,  as  we 
know  him,  arose,  and  why,  having 
arisen,  he  found  his  way  out  of  the 
green  confines  of  his  original 
world.  Not  all  the  human  beings 
even  of  our  existing  species  did. 
Their  brains  are  comparable  to  our 
own,  but  they  have  lingered  on. 
something  less  than  one  percent  of 
today's  populations,  at  the  edge  of 
a  twilight  world  we  have  forgotten. 
There  can  thus  be  no  ready  asser- 
tion that  man's  departure  from  his 
first  world,  the  world  of  chameleon- 
like shifts  and  forest  changes,  was 
either  ordained  or  inevitable.  Nei- 
ther can  it  be  said  that  visible  tools 
created  brains.  Some  of  the  forest 
peoples — though  clever  lo  adapt — 
survive  with  a  paucity  of  technical 
equipment. 

As  to  why  our  pygmoid  ancestors 
or,  more  accurately,  some  group  of 


The  size  of  a  beer  can!  The 
personality  of  a  bank  presi- 
dent! The  bird  of  the  year! 
4th  printing.  31st  thousand! 


•  "Charming!"- N.Y.  TIMES 

•  "One  of  the  most 
elegant  and  perceptive 
pieces  of  nature 
writing  since  T.  H. 
White  fell  in  love 
with  a  goshawk."- TIME 

"I  cannot  think  of  a  book  this 
year  that  has  delighted  me 
more  than  OWL."— Richard 
Schickel,  Harper's 

•  "One  of  the  most 
thoroughly   delightful 
books  I  have  read  in 
years  ...  A  triumph!" 

-  HAL  BORLAND 

•  "A  little  gem!" 

-  JOHN  KIERAN 

»  "Entirely  delightful 
.  .  .  manages  quite 
incidentally  to 
provide  a  great  deal 
of  information  about 
owls  .  .  .  Altogether 
a  fascinating  book." 

-  MARSTON  BATES 

Owl 

Adopted,  raised 

and  celebrated  by 

WILLIAM   SERVICE 

$4.  Knopf  ^r^ 


75 


.J^ 


The  delicate 
balance  between 
life  and  its 
environment . . . 

the  relationship  of 
plant  to  animal,  and 
of  both  to  their  sur- 
roundings . . .  the 
ecology  of  meadow, 
lal<e,  marsh  and 
forest,  algae  and 
dragonflies,  deer 
and  jays. .  .the  cycli- 
cal progress  of  the 
seasons  —  all  are 
lovingly  portrayed  in 
beautiful,  simple 
language  and  draw- 
ings by  a  sensitive 
artist,  who  guides  us 
about  her  40  acres 
of  land,  high  in  the 
thin,  clear  air  of  the 
Colorado  Rockies. 

BEYOND 
THE 
ASPEN 
GROVE 

ByANNZWINGER 

With  208  line  drawings. 
S8.95,  now  at  your  book- 
store, or  use  coupon  belov;^ 
to  order  from 


To  your  bookseller,  or  41668 

RANDOM  HOUSE  MAIL  SERVICE.  INC. 
Dept.  NH-5.  P.O.  Box  686. 
Lynbrook.  N.  Y.  11563 
Please   send   me   BEYOND   THE   ASPEN 
GROVE  by  Ann  Zwlnger.  for  wtiicti  I  en- 
noney   order   for   S3. 95. 


m 


them,  took  the  road  to  larger  brains 
we  do  not  know.  Most  of  the  sug- 
gestions made  ^vould  just  as  readily 
fit  a  number  of  nonhuman  primate 
forms  who  did  not  develop  large 
brains.  Our  line  is  gone,  and  while 
the  behavior  of  our  existing  rela- 
tives is  worth  examination,  we  can- 
not ravel  out  of  another  genetic 
strand  the  complete  story  of  our 
own. 

Not  without  interest,  however,  is 
the  fact  that  much  of  this  devel- 
opment is  correlated  ^vith  the  ad- 
vances and  recessions  of  the  conti- 
nental ice  fields.  It  is  conceivable, 
at  least,  that  some  part  of  the  hu- 
man stock  was  being  exposed  dur- 
ing this  time  to  relentless  genetic 
pressure  under  conditions  of  suc- 
cessive isolation  and  mixture.  A 
few  scattered  finds  from  remote  por- 
tions of  the  Euro-Asiatic  land  mass 
will  never  clarify  this  suspicion.  For 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  years  of 
crucial  human  history  we  have  not 
a  single  bone  as  a  document. 

There  is  another  curious  thing 
about  the  Ice  Age.  Except  for  the 
emergence  of  genuinely  modern 
man  toward  the  close  of  its  icy  win- 
ter, it  is  an  age  of  death,  not  a 
birthtime  of  species.  Extinction  has 
ahvays  follo^ved  life  relentlessly 
through  the  long  eras  of  earth's  his- 
tory. The  Pleistocene  above  all  else 
was  a  time  of  great  extinctions. 
Many  big  animals  perished,  and 
though  man's  hunting  technology 
was  improving,  his  numbers  were 
still  modest.  He  did  not  then  pos- 
sess the  capacity  to  ravage  conti- 
nents in  the  way  he  was  later  to  do. 

The  dinosaurs  vanished  before 
man  appeared  on  earth,  and  their 
disappearance  has  caused  much  de- 
bate. They  died  out  over  a  period 
many  millions  of  years  in  extent 
and  at  a  time  ^s'hen  the  low^  warm 
continents  lapped  by  inland  seas 
were  giving  way  to  bleaker  high- 
lands. The  events  of  the  Ice  Age  are 
markedly  different.  First  of  all, 
many  big  mammals — mammoth, 
mastodon,  sloth,  long-horned  bi- 
son— survived  the  great  ice  sheets 
only  to  die  at  their  close.  It  is  true 
that  man,  by  then  dispersing  over 
the  continents,  may  have  had  some- 
thing to  do  with  their  final  ex- 
termination, but  there  perished  also 
certain  creatures  like  the  dire 
wolves,  in  whom  man  could  have 
taken  little  direct  interest. 


We  are  thus  presented,  in  con-j 
trast  to  the  situation  at  the  close  of' 
the  age  of  reptiles,  with  a  narrowly 
demarcated  line  of  a  few  thousand 
years  in  which  a  great  variety  of 
earth's  northern  fauna  died  out 
^vhile  man  survived.  Along  with  the 
growing  desiccation  in  Southwest 
Asia,  these  extinctions  gave  man. 
the  hunter,  a  mighty  push  outside 
his  original  game-filled  Eden.  He 
had  to  turn  to  plant  domestication 
to  survive,  and  plants,  it  just  hap- 
pens, are  the  primary  road  to  a  set- 
tled life  and  tlie  basic  supplies  from 
which  cities  and  civilizations  arise. 
A  half-dying  green  kingdom,  one 
might  say.  forced  man  out  of  a  rela- 
tionship that  might  otherwise  have 
persisted  do^ni  to  the  present. 

But,  the  question  persists,  why 
did  so  many  creatures  die  in  so 
little  time  after  marching  back  and 
forth  with  the  advancing  or  retreat- 
ing ice  through  so  many  thousand 
years?  Just  recently  the  moon  voy- 
age has  hinted  at  a  possible  clue, 
though  it  must  be  ventured  very 
tentatively  when  man's  observa- 
tional stay  upon  the  moon  has  been 
so  short. 

The  Apollo  11  astronauts  ob- 
served and  succeeded  in  photo- 
graphing melted  or  glazed  droplets 
concentrated  on  points  and  edges  of 
moon  rock.  Thomas  Gold,  director 
of  Cornell  University's  Center  for 
Radio  Physics,  has  suggested  that 
these  glasslike  concretions  are  evi- 
dence of  melting  produced  by  a  gi- 
ant solar  flare  persisting  for  only  a 
few  moments,  but  of  an  unexpected 
intensity.  Giant  storms  are  known 
to  lick  outivard  from  the  sun's  sur- 
face, but  a  solar  disturbance  of  the 
required  magnitude  to  account  for 
such  a  melting — if  it  was  indeed 
sun-produced — would  have  seemed 
from  earth  like  the  flame  of  a 
dragon's  breath.  Most  of  the  ul- 
traviolet of  the  sun-storm,  gener- 
ated perhaps  by  a  comet  hurtling 
into  the  sun's  surface,  would  have 
been  absorbed  by  the  earth's  atmo- 
sphere. A  temperature  effect  on 
earth  need  not  have  been  pro- 
nounced so  long  as  the  flare  was 
momentary.  The  unprotected  sur- 
face of  the  moon,  however,  would 
have  received  the  full  impact  of  the 
dragon's  tongue. 

Gold  has  calculated  by  various 
means  that  the  event,  if  actually 
produced  by  a  solar  flare,  lies  some- 


76 


w  liere  close  to  thirty  thousand  years 
from  us  in  time  and  is  therefore  un- 
recorded in  the  annals  of  man.  But 
here  is  the  curious  thing.  The  pe- 
riod involved  lies  in  the  closing  Ice 
Age,  in  the  narrow  time  zone  of 
vast  extinctions  in  the  Northern 
Hemisphere.  Was  tlie  giant  flare,  an 
unheard-of  phenomenon,  in  some 
way  involved  with  the  long  dying  of 
certain  of  the  great  mammals  that 
followed?  Seemingly,  the  earth  es- 
caped visible  damage  because  of  its 
enveloping  blanket  of  air.  No  living 
man  knows  what  the  flicking  tongue 
of  a  dragon  star  might  do,  however, 
or  what  radiation  impact  or  atmos- 
pheric change  might  have  been  pre- 
cipitated upon  the  earth.  Some 
scholars  are  loath  to  accept  the  so- 
lar flare  version  of  the  moon  glaze 
because  of  the  stupendous  energy 
that  would  have  had  to  be  expended, 
and  the  general  known  stability  of 
the  sun.  But  men  are  short-lived, 
and  solar  catastrophes  like  the  sun- 
ward disintegration  of  a  comet 
would  be  exceedingly  rare.  Lntil 
more  satisfactory  evidence  is  at 
hand,  most  scientists  will  probably 
prefer  to  regard  the  glazed  rock  as 
splashed  by  the  heat  of  meteoritic 
impact. 

Nevertheless,  the  turbulent  out- 
pouring of  even  ordinary  solar 
flares  is  on  so  gigantic  a  scale  as  to 
be  terrifying  in  a  close-up  view. 
Until  there  is  further  evidence  that 
ours  is  not  a  sleepy  dragon  star, 
one  may  wonder  just  what  hap- 
pened thirty  thousand  years  ago, 
and  why.  among  so  many  deaths,  it 
was  man  who  survived.  Whatever 
occurred,  whether  by  ice  with- 
dra^val  or  the  momentary  pene- 
tration of  the  ultraviolet  into  our 
atmosphere.  man's  world  was 
changed.  Perhaps  there  is  some- 
thing after  all  to  the  story  of  his 
eviction  from  the  green  Garden. 

When  I  lie  in  bed  now  and  await 
the  hastening  of  Halley's  comet.  I 
would  like  to  dream  my  way  back 
to  that  single,  precise  instant  when 
the  star  dragon  thrust  out  its 
tongue.  Perhaps  the  story  of  all 
dragons  since  comes  from  that  mo- 
ment. Men  have  long  memories 
when  the  memories  are  clothed  in 
myth.  But  I  dream,  and  the  train 
whistle  mingles  and  howls  with  the 
heaven  sweeping  light  in  my  dream. 
It  is  1910.  1  am  going  back  once 
more.  ■ 


'*  We  read  Marston 
Bates' book  with 
all  the  excitment 
of  looking  for  the 
first  time  through 
a  microscope" 

-LOREN  EISELEY 


"In  a  world  of  increasing  specialization,  Marston  Bates  amply  de- 
serves the  historically  rich  title  of  'naturalist.'  He  has  taken  all  life 
for  his  province.  A  Jungle  In  the  House  is  w/ritten  with  the  appeal- 
ing simplicity  that  used  to  constitute  the  true  strength  of  scientific 
literature.  By  the  experiment  of  introducing  a  bit  of  the  tropics  into 
his  home  in  winter  Michigan,  Bates  has  spectacularly  heightened 
our  sensitivity  to  the  living  world."— Loren  Eiseley 

"A  book  of  love,  real  love,  shamelessly  expressed  and  utterly  capti- 
vating; a  love  of  all  life."— Isaac  Asimov 

"A  Jungle  In  the  House  describes  highly  entertaining  facts  about 
plant,  animal,  and  human  life.  But  more  importantly  Marston  Bates 
builds  a  solid  and  attractive  bridge  between  the  ecological  and 
social  sciences.  He  helps  us  to  understand  human  problems  by 
delineating  with  concrete  examples  the  meeting  of  natural  history 
and  social  history."— Rene  Dubos 

"A  fascinating  book.  .  .  .  Highly  stimulating  and  provocative  facts 
about  man  and  the  natural  world.  .  .  .  Like  good  conversation  by 
an  intelligent,  articulate,  and  amiable  host."— John  K.  Terres 

A  Jungle  in  the  House  is  based  on  two  years  of  columns  in  Natural 
History  magazine. 


At  your  local  bookseller  or 
WALKER  and  Company 

720  Fifth  Avenue 
New  York,  N.Y.  10019 


Please  send  me  . 


.  copies  of  A  Jungle  in  the  House. 


1  enclose  my  check  or  money  order  (or  37.50  per  copy  and 
understand  you  will  pay  shipping  costs.  I(  I  wish,  I  may  return 
the  book(s)  within  two  weeks  for  a  full  refund. 


ADDRESS. 
CITY 


77 


Books  in  Review 


t 


DyRicMLFord 


The  Indian  is  in!  Boutiques  sell 
pseudo-Indian  st\'les.  hippies  feed 
their  spirits  Indian  fashion,  while 
headline  stories  show  Indians  desper- 
ately claiming  forlorn  and  forgotten 
Alcatraz  Island.  ]Magazine  articles  re- 
veal that  many  of  these  so-called  van- 
ishing Americans,  who  live  as  govern- 
ment wards  in  needless  poverty,  are 
actually  rapidly  increasing  in  num- 
bers. At  the  same  time,  the  increased 
interest  and  concern  for  tlie  Indian 
has  not  escaped  the  book  publishers. 
As  the  bookstalls  swell,  baffled 
lavmen  often  ask  anthropologists. 
'Which  of  these  books  will  tell  me 
what  I  should  know  about  Indians?" 
My  own  library'  reflects  these  trends 
as  they  have  accelerated  in  the  past 
decade,  but  before  I  answer  the  ques- 
tion of  which  books  are  most  informa- 
tive, we  need  to  explore  die  impli- 
cations of  this  oft-repeated  query. 
The  American  Indian  was  living  here 
many  thousands  of  years  ago.  built 
the  colossal  monuments,  created  the 
artwork,  and  told  the  beautiful  stories 
that  capture  our  imaginations  today. 
Their  descendants  greeted  first  Co- 
lumbus and  later,  preachers  and  poli- 
ticians, who  often  only  bore  a  Trojan 
horse.  During  the  conquest  of  the 
West,  it  was  more  than  evident  that 
Indians  actually  belonged  to  different 
tribes  with  markedly  different  cul- 
tures, but  this  knowledge  did  not  pre- 
vent people  from  forming  degrading 
stereotypes  of  all  Indians.  Failing  to 
exterminate  the  people,  government 
agents  then  attempted  to  forcibly 
extinauish    Indian    cultures.    This    is 


no  longer  official  policy,  but  it  had 
an  effect  on  the  quality  of  antliropo- 
logical  and  historical  research — the 
very  sources  we  turn  to  for  answers  to 
our  questions — as  well  as  on  the  atti- 
tudes of  the  Indians  themselves. 

Each  of  these  episodes  has  been  de- 
scribed by  different  specialists.  For 
answers  about  the  Indians'  pre-Co- 
lumbian past  we  must  turn  to  arche- 
ologists.  The  Indians'  initial  contacts 
with  European-derived  cultures  pro- 
vide the  grist  for  the  ethnohistorian, 
while  the  ethnologist  attempts  to  re- 
construct various  Indian  cultures  at  a 
time  before  too  much  disruption  oc- 
curred, known  as  the  ethnographic 
present,  or  he  attempts  to  study  con- 
temporary changes.  This  is  by  way  of 
saying  that  the  initial  question  of 
what  books  to  read  lacks  a  simple  an- 
swer, that  the  selection  must  come 
from  works  designed  to  give  us  an  un- 
derstanding of  American  Indians 
from  a  variety  of  perspectives,  in- 
cluding the  point  of  view  of  the  In- 
dians themselves. 

For  those  readers  who  desire  a  sensi- 
tive and  accurate  account  of  the  ef- 
fect of  an  alien  culture  on  Indians.  I 
particularly  recommend  four  ex- 
quisitely written  paperbacks.  The 
first  is  Ishi  in  Tiio  Worlds,  by  Theo- 
dora Kroeber.  which  records  tlie  life 
of  the  last  Yahi  Indian  in  California, 
who  miraculously  turned  up  at  the 
end  of  the  extermination  period.  The 
second  is  Thomas  Berger's  Little  Big 
Man.  which  faithfully  reflects  many 
Indian  attitudes.  Another  work  diat 
presents  contemporary  life  is  the  hu- 


morous story.  Stay  Aicay,  Joe,  by  Dan 
Cushman.  The  fourth  book,  House 
Made  of  Dawn,  the  1969  Pulitzer 
Prize  winning  novel,  is  a  fateful  story 
about  a  Jemez  Indian  who  symbolizes 
the  lot  of  so  many  Indians.  It  was 
written  by  N.  Scott  Momaday,  a 
Kiowa. 

Few  authors  have  tackled  the  difi 
cult  challenge  of  describing  all  a 
pects  of  the  American  Indian,  from 
his  prehistoric  arrival  in  North  Amer- 
ica to  the  present.  Although  it  in- 
cludes South  America.  Alvin  M.  Jose- 
phy,  Jr.'s  The  Indian  Heritage  of 
America  is  one  extremely  successful 
paperback.  Another,  which  has  in- 
furiated many  Indians  because  of  its 
call  for  a  Society  for  the  Preservation 
of  Cultures  and  which  has  angered 
andiropologists  for  molding  facts  into 
a  particular  evolutionary  theory,  but 
which,  nevertheless,  presents  normally 
tedious  information  in  a  beautifully 
written  way,  is  Man's  Rise  to  Civ- 
ilization as  Shoun  by  the  Indians 
of  North  America  from  Primeval 
Times  to  the  Coming  of  the  Industrial 
State,  by  Peter  Farb.  Robert  F.  Spen- 
cer and  his  colleagues  have  compiled 
a  readable  and  easily  understood  text- 
book on  North  American  prehistory 
and  ethnology  entitled  The  Native 
Americans. 

Recently,  a  number  of  books  have 
joined  Clark  Wissler's  The  American 
Indian  and  Ruth  Underbill's  Red 
Man's  America  as  summaries  of 
tribes  or  cultural  traits  in  the  eth- 
nographic present.  This  Land  Was 
Theirs,  by  Wendall  Oswalt,  sketches 


7^ 


KEY  TO  SURVIVAL! 


^.^^^....r.^^'' 


<yy' 


HOPE  FOR  THE  FUTURE 


Announcing  a  pioneer  book  club  that  will  help  you  stay 
abreast  of  the  ecological  dilemmas  that  face  us: 


1.  Can  we  achieve  population  control  without  radi- 
cally upsetting  the  racial  and  cultural  patterns 
of  the  world? 

2.  Will  the  "have"  nations  accept  a  lower  standard 
of  living  in  order  to  feed  and  protect  the  "have- 
nots?"  (The  U.S.  is  feeding  111  of  these  nations 
today.) 

3.  Can  we  learn  to  raise  food  ecologically  or  will  we 
continue  to  mine  the  soil,  aided  by  pesticides  that 
threaten  all  wildlife  and  perhaps  all  human  life 
as  well? 


4.  Will  the  sea  become  a  new  source  of  food 
—  or  are  we   rapidly   and   irreversibly 
destroying   its   food  potential? 

5.  Will  we  continue  to  pollute  our  atmosphere  with 
fossil  fuel  fallout,  or  will  we  shift  to  the  unknown 
hazards  of  nuclear  power? 

6.  Can  our  city  ghettos  be  dispersed?  Or  must  we 
accept  a  permanent,  multiplying,  indigent  popula- 
tion fed  at  taxpayers'  expense  in  return  for  votes? 

7.  Above  all,  can  any  of  these  —  and  a  dozen  similar 
dilemmas  be  resolved  under  our  present  demo- 
cratic form  of  government? 


Choose  any  of  these  important  current  books  as  your    first  selection: 


These  and  similar  questions  are 
part  of  the  fascinating  subject  of 
ECOLOGY.  They  all  go  together. 
They  concern  you  and  your  children. 

By  joining  the  Ecological  Book 
Cluh  you  can  keep  up  with  the  most 
important  and  most  informative  books 
being  written  on  all  aspects  of  ecology. 

Will  they  be  technical?  No.  Difficult 
to  read?  No.  Authoritative?  Yes. 

Good,  clear  writing  will  be  a  con- 
stant requirement  for  books  selected. 
Every  -  other  -  month  selections  will 
help  you  build  a  basic  ecology  library, 
but  not  over-tax  your  reading  time. 

A  special  feature  of  the  Club  will 
be  a  newsletter  telling  of  happenings 
here  and  abroad  in  the  world  of 
ecology:  Who  is  doing  what;  reprints 
of  important  articles  that  you  might 
miss. 

Enjoy  a  pioneer  membership  in  a 
book  club  that  is  different! 


£0/TOR(>tL  >IDVISORr   BOARD 

Devereux  Butcher,  author  and  editor 
Roland  C.  Clement,  Vice  President 

National  Audubon  Society 
F.  Raymond  Fosberg,  Ecologist 

Smithsonian   Institution 
Samuel  H.  Ordway,  Chairman, 

The  Conservation  Foundation. 


CRISIS   IN  EDEN,    by  Frederick  Elder 
How  far   can   man  go  in  exterminating  other 
torms    of    life    and    altering    the    earth?    An 
i-thical     appraisal     of     our     vandal     attitude 
stemming  from  Genesis. 

Special  price  $3.20 

I  Regular  $3.95) 

ROAD  TO  RUIN,    by  A.  Q.  Mowbray 
How    the    destructive    billion    dollar    Federal 
Highway    Program    creates    pollution,    is    des- 
troying our   finest   open   spaces,  with  no  end 
in   sight. 

Special  price  $4.50 

(Regular  S5,95) 

FAMINE   1975. 

by  Wtn.  &  Paul  Paddock 
As     population    outruns    the    food     supply     a 
moment    of   truth    is    approaching.    Only    lour 
nations   are    prepared    to    meet    it.    A    serious 
discussion   of   what   lies   ahead. 

Special  price  $5.00 

(Regular  $6.50) 

THE  HUDSON  RIVER. 

/)(/  Robert  H.  Boyle 

The  natural  (and  unnatural)  history  of  a 
unique  river,  what  man  is  doing  to  it.  how  it 
may  be  saved.  Beautifully  written,  illustrated. 
Special  price  $5.95 

(Regular   $6.95) 


Devin  A.  Garrity,  Bdifor 

THE  ECOLOGICAL  BOOK  CLUB 

P.O.  Box  682  •  Rye.  New  York  10580 

Please  enroll  me.  I  agree  to  buy  four  books  in  the  course  of  18  months 
at  special  low  prices.  I  enclose  $ 

Name    

Address  

City  State  Zip  

Send  as  first  selections:      D  ROAD  TO  RUIN         D   FAMINE  1975! 

n  THE  HUDSON  RIVER  \J  CRISIS  IN  EDEN       NH 


79 


These  men  are  the 
intellectuals  of  their 
society. 


EAST  IS  A 
BIG  BIRD 

Thomas  Gladwin 

WITH  64  BEAUTIFUL 
PHOTOGRAPHS 
$9.95  at  bookstores 


They  are  navigators  and  lead- 
ers. Although  they  would  do 
poorly  on  a  standard  IQ  test, 
their  logic  is  amazing.  With  only 
sun  and  sea  and  dead  reckoning 
to  go  by,  they  have  developed 
sophisticated  boat  designs  and 
a  navigational  system  which 
Westerners  cannot  duplicate 
without  complex  instruments.  In 
EAST  IS  A  BIG  BIRD,  anthro- 
pologist Thomas  Gladwin  de- 
scribes the  seafaring  life  of  the 
few  hundred  natives  of  the  love- 
ly South  Seas  atoll  of  Puluwat 
in  Micronesia,  and  analyzes 
their  astounding  intellectual 
feats.  The  insights  he  has 
gained  into  cognition  and  intel- 
ligence open  new  perspectives  on 
educational  problems  for  the 
disadvantaged  of  the  U.S. 


HARVARD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

79  Garden  Street,  Cambridge,  Mass.  02138 


World's  smallest, 
lightest  rangefinderSS. 

Slight-of-hand  magic. 

Full-size  35mm  photos,  accurate 
focusing  and  automatic  electric- 
eye  exposure  control  (daylight 
and  flash)  in  a  featherweight 
rangefinder  camera  that's  little 
larger  than  a  pack  of 
100mm  cigarettes. 

All  this,  plus  needle 
sharp  f/2.8  Hexanon  lens, 
shutter  speeds  to  1  /650  sec. 
and  Insta-Grip  take-up  spool, 
for  less  than  S90. 

That's  not  magic.  That's 
a  miracle. 

See  the  new  Konica  C35, 
now  available  in  a 
handsome 
Presentation 
Gift  Kit, 
wherever 
quality 
cameras 
are  sold. 


THE  INCREDIBLE 


KONICA(J35 

KONICA  CAMERA  CORP.,  BOX  1070,  WOODSIDE,  N.Y.  1 1377 


Photo  ItniLm 


past  and  present  life  in  ten  selected 
tribes.  His  book  contrasts  ■svith  Har- 
old E.  Driver's  encyclopedic  Indians 
of  Aorth  America,  which  describes 
and  maps  distributions  of  such  cul- 
tural traits  as  iveaving  and  house 
npes.  Fred  Eggan's  The  American 
Indian  is  a  superb  book  recom- 
mended for  the  reader  desiring  a 
more  technical  analysis.  Two  ex- 
cellent paperbacks,  part  of  The  Amer- 
ican Museum  Science  Book  series, 
that  describe  two  culture  areas  are 
Indians  of  the  Plains,  by  Robert 
Lowie.  and  Indians  of  the  Northuest 
Coast,  by  Philip  Drucker. 

Anthropologists  are  most  often 
asked  for  information  about  particu- 
lar tribes.  George  P.  Murdock's  Bib- 
liography of  North  American  Indians 
provides  a  fine  start.  Two  reprinted 
books,  the  threescore-year-old,  but 
still  useful.  Handbook  of  American 
Indians  North  of  Mexico,  edited  by 
Fredrick  W.  Hodge,  and  The  Indian 
Tribes  of  North  America,  by  John  R. 
Swanton.  contain  much  information, 
and  it  is  regrettable  they  are  not  con- 
sulted more  often. 

A  good,  inexpensive  account  of  the 
prehistory  of  the  American  Indian  is 
still  needed,  and  presently  no  book 
incorporates  the  most  recent  inter- 
pretations. Nevertheless.  Gordon  R. 
Willey's  well-illustrated  synthesis.  An 
Introduction  to  North  American  Ar- 
chaeology, is  highly  recommended. 
Another  is  Prehistory  of  North  .Amer- 
ica, by  Jesse  D.  Jennings,  which  is  a 
good  textbook  but  which,  unfortu- 
nately, reads  like  one.  An  apprecia- 
tion for  the  direction  in  w-hich  Ameri- 
can Indian  archeology  is  headed, 
which  differs  significantly  from  the 
presentations  in  the  above  books,  can 
be  found  in  the  essays  in  Anthropolog- 
ical Archeology  in  the  Americas, 
edited  by  Betty  Meggers,  and  in  New 
Perspectives  in  .Archeology,  edited  by 
Sally  R.  and  Lewis  R.  •  Binford.  A 
word  of  warning,  however:  these  are 
highly  technical  papers,  which  only 
an  experienced  reader  will  fullv 
appreciate. 

Anthropology  is  a  young  science, 
and  anthropologists  were  not  around 
when  they  should  have  been — at  the 
time  of  contact.  Consequendy,  for  an 
appreciation  of  "pristine"  life  just  be- 
yond the  frontier,  we  must  rely  on  ac- 
counts bke  Joseph  P.  Donnelly's  ex- 
pensive but  important  Wilderness 
Kingdom:  The  Journals  and  Paint- 
ings of  Nicholas  Point,  S.  J.,  or  on 
summaries  of  other  eyewitness  obser- 
vations abridged  in  another  Harold 
E.  Driver  paperback,  The  Americas 
on  the  Eve  of  Discovery. 

Indian  artists  have  also  provided  us 
with  insight  into  their  own  lives  and 
tribes.    Red    Hawk's    drawinss    were 


So 


EXPOSING 


THE  SO 


FT-CORE 


CHAIR 


Most  chairs  are  hardware.  Pieces  of  dead 
wood  and  cold  steel.  Rigid,  cumbersome 
and  uncomfortable.  Very  square. 

We  offer  a  substantial  alternative.  The  ulti- 
mate in  European  soft-core  design.  Smooth 
as  a  rolling  stone.  Comfortable  as  a  natural 
woman.   Made  of  the  finest  quality,  spe- 


cially treated,  heavy-duty  vinyl,  in  brilliant 
Coney  Island  colors.  Inflatable,  of  course. 

Chairs  like  these  were  advertised  in  The 
New  York  Times  for  $25.  Our  price  for  this 
incredible  inflatable  "wet  look"  chair  is 
only  $9.95  plus  postage.  The  same  high 
quality  and  design  of  the  most  expensive 
inflatable  furniture  at  a  fraction  of  the  cost. 


BLOW  YOUR  OWN  WITHOUT  BLOWING  YOUR  BANKROLL 


• •••••••. 

.•••    Fuimon  enterprises     •^ 


507  FIFTH  AVE.  .  NEW  YORK  10017 

Gentlemen:   Check   or   money-order  enclosed   for_ 


_chalr(s) 


•     @   $9.95    plus  85C  for  postage  and   handling  each   (Total   $10.80). 


^  Money-back  guaranteed  if  not  completely  satisfied. 

•  Color  choice:   n  RED  D  CRYSTAL  D  BLUE 

•  n  BLACK  n  YELLOW  D  ORANGE 


D  WHITE 


9         ADDRESS 


(  STATE  Zl 

N.Y.  residents  add  sales  tax. 
►  ^  _  ©  1969  Fuimon  Enterprises   NH-1  ( 


Drop  in . . .  shoot!  Just  drop 
in  the  film  cartridge  and  you're 
ready  to  shoot  bright,  colorful 
super  8  movies.  Automati- 
cally. No  threading.  No  wind- 
ing. Your  hands  never  touch  film. 


This  Kodak  Instamatic  M9 

movie  camera  has  power  zoom, 

reflex  viewing,  extra-fast  f/1.8 

lens,  automatic  electric  eye.  Four 

shooting  speeds.  Less  than  $200. 

At  your  photo  dealer's. 


Kodak  Instamatic  M9  movie  camera. 


Hauntingly  beautiful. 


THE 
ALBATROSS  OF 
MIDWAY  ISLAND 

A  Natural  History  of  the 
Laysan  Albatross 

By  Mildred  L  Fisher 

Scientifically  accurate,  this  story  of  a 
young  "gooney  bird,"  as  he  begins  life 
and  matures  to  adulthood,  is  told  with 
imagination  and  feeling.  The  powerful 
fascination  of  this  huge,  far-traveling 
bird  is  captured  here  for  nature- 
lovers  young  and  old. 
Illustrated  with  more  than  sixty 
photographs.     June     $5.95 

At  your  bookseller  or  from 

SOUTHERN  ILLINOIS 
UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

Carbondale,  Illinois  62901 

(In  Canada,  from  Burns  &  MacEachern  Ltd.) 


published  by  Robert  E.  Ritzenthaler 
in  Sioux  Indian  Drawings,  and  the 
paintings  of  two  other  Plains  Indians 
incarcerated  in  Florida  during  the 
1870's  appear  in  A  Cheyenne  Sketch- 
book and  Howling  Wolf.  Isleta  Paint- 
ings, edited  by  Esther  S.  Goldfrank, 
is  a  valuable  visual  record  of  Pueblo 
ceremonial  life.  Many  more  Indian 
artists  remain  anonymous  or  have 
their  works  published  in  compilations 
by  others,  including  such  general 
works  as  Frederick  J.  Dockstader's  In- 
dian Art  in  America  and  Charles 
Miles's  Indian  and  Eskimo  Artifacts  of 
Aorth  America,  or  regional  collections 
such  as  Dorothy  Dunn's  American  In- 
dian Paintings  of  the  Southivest  and 
Plains  Areas  and  Audrey  Hawthorn's 
Art  of  the  Kwakiutl  Indians  and 
Other  Northivest  Coast  Tribes. 

From  among  the  customary  eth- 
nographic accounts.  New  Yorkers  in 
particular  will  profit  from  reading 
about  Iroquois  culture  in  Hazel  W. 
Hertzberg's  The  Great  Tree  and  the 
Longhouse.  In  addition  to  traditional 
ethnographic  accounts,  descriptions 
of  particular  tribes  by  native  sons  are 
increasingly  important  sources  of  in- 
formation. Outstanding  examples  are 
Cheyenne  Memories,  by  John  Stands 
in  Timber  and  Margot  Liberty,  and  A 
Pictographic  History  of  the  Oglala 
Sioux,  by  Amos  Bad  Heart  Bull  and 
Helen  H.  BHsh. 

My  earlier  reference  to  hippie  spir- 
itual practices  records  but  one  mani- 
festation of  the  growing  curiosity 
and,  hopefully,  respect  for  native 
American  philosophy  and  religion, 
with  its  oral  and  ritual  expressions. 
Four  paperback  anthologies  of  Indian 
stories  and  songs  make  enlightening 
reading:  American  Indian  Prose  and 
Poetry,  edited  by  Margot  Astrov;  In- 
dian Tales  of  North  America,  edited 
by  Tristram  P.  Coffin;  and  the  re- 
printed editions  of  The  Indians'  Book, 
songs  and  legends  recorded  by  Na- 
talie Curtis;  and  Tales  of  the  North 
American  Indians,  assembled  by 
Stith  Thompson.  A  good  comparative 
summary  of  religious  beliefs  in  vari- 
ous tribes  is  found  in  Ruth  M.  Under- 
hilPs  Red  Man's  Religion.  Jack  F. 
and  Anna  G.  Kilpatrick  have  captured 
tlie  spirit  of  religious  thought  in  their 
book  that  deals  w-ith  the  Oklahoma 
Cherokees,  Run  Toward  the  Night- 
land.  Finally,  a  southwestern  pueblo 
will  never  be  the  same  to  the  tourist 
who  reads  the  overnight  classic  by  Al- 
fonso Ortiz,  The  Teua  JForld.  All 
these  works  reveal  how  much  of  basic 
philosophical  importance  has  survived 
in  many  tribes  despite  intimidation 
and  persecution  in  the  past. 

Women  are  playing  an  important 
part  in  the  ongoing  struggle  for  In- 
dian   rights,    as   well    as   in    the    eco- 


nomic  life  of  many  tribes.  Tliis  is  re- 
flected in  the  latest  autobiographies 
of  Indians,  most  of  which  are  by 
women.  The  life  of  Mountain  JFolj 
Woman,  Sister  of  Crashing  Thunder, 
edited  by  Nancy  0.  Liirie,  contrasts 
with  the  catastrophic  events  endured 
by  her  brother  whose  autobiography 
was  published  years  ago  by  Paul 
Radin.  Florence  C.  Shipik  has 
brought  us  the  tragic  story  of  a  Cali- 
fornia Indian  in  The  Autobiography 
of  Delfina  Cuero,  A  Digueno  Indian. 
Some  Indians  forsake  their  tribal 
lives  but  maintain  an  Indian  identity 
in  another  culture.  The  lives  of  two 
such  Indians,  the  first,  a  Navaho  and 
the  second,  a  Hopi,  who  left  their 
natal  villages  are  recorded  in  Kay 
Bennett's  Kaibah  and  Polingaysi 
Qoyawayma's  No  Turning  Back.  Not 
to  deny  the  men.  however,  readers 
will  enjoy  the  autobiography  of  a 
Mackenzie  Delta  Eskimo,  /,  Nuligak, 
edited  by  Maurice  Metayer. 

The  news  stories  about  Indians  are 
making  the  invisible  American  vis- 
ible, but  the  activities  that  generate 
these  features  and  the  outpouring  of 
books  are  a  continuation  of  a  series 
of  events  that,  in  a  sense,  started 
about  the  time  of  the  National  Indian 
Chicago  Conference  in  1960.  Since 
then,  Indians  themselves  have  under- 
gone a  new  sense  of  identity  on  reser- 
vations, in  cities,  and  on  campuses. 
The  next  decade  will  see  more  activi- 
ties directed  toward  redressing  past 
abuses  and  eliminating  future  mal- 
treatment. For  the  reader,  bewilder- 
ment will  turn  to  comprehension 
through  an  understanding  of  the  con- 
ditions of  American  Indians  today. 
The  historical  background  is  clearly 
illuminated  by  William  T.  Hagan's 
American  Indians.  Excerpts  from 
documents  detailing  Indian-white  re- 
lations are  found  in  The  Indian  in 
Americans  Past,  by  Jack  D.  Forbes, 
and  for  those  desiring  fuller  docu- 
mentation, Wilcomb  E.  Washburn's 
The  Indian  and  the  White  Man  is  su- 
perb. Accounts  of  the  processes  and 
results  of  culture  change  in  various 
Indian  communities  can  be  obtained 
in  a  scholarly  volume  edited  by  Ed- 
ward H.  Spicer.  Perspectives  in 
American  Indian  Culture  Change.  A 
more  readable  and  less  copious  dis- 
cussion is  found  in  Apologies  to  the 
Iroquois,  by  Edmund  Wilson.  The  fate 
and  dilemma  of  communities  that 
claim  undocumented  Indian  ancestry 
are  revealed  in  Brewton  Berry's  Al- 
most W  hite. 

The  problems  currently  confronting 
Indians  and  the  reasons  their  solu- 
tions are  so  perplexing  are  explicated 
in  a  series  of  very  important  books. 
In  a  short  book.  The  Indian  Tribes  of 
the   United  States.   D'Arcy   McNickle 


Drop-in  movies. 


.  Drop  in... show!  ThisKodak 
Instamatic  M109  movie  pro- 
jector makes  showing  movies 
as  easy  as  taking  them. 

The  secret's  in  Kodak's 
new  projection  cartridge. 

Just  drop  it  into  place... 
and  turn  on  the  show.  You 
don't  have  to  handle  the  film 
at  all.  When  the  movie's  jover, 
the  film  rewinds  back  into  the 
cartridge.  Automatically. 

That's  not  all.  The  new 
M109  takes  cartridges  and 
regular  reels  (up  to  400  feet), 
in  both  8mm  and  super  8. 

See  drop-in  movies  at  your 
dealer's.  The.  new  Kodak 
Instamatic  M109  projector, 
f/1.5  lens,  less  than  $160. 


Kodak  lnstamatic®M109  movie  projector. 


"It  may  well  be  one  of  the  most 
important  books  of  the  century, 
a  turning  point  in  man's  view  and 
treatment  of  his  environment." 


-Wolf  VonEckardt 


"McHarg  revives  the 
hope  for  a  better 
world."— Lewis 
Mumford.  214  pages, 
ll"x  11",  300 
photographs,  draw- 
ings, diagrams,  plans 
and  maps,  many  in 
color.  Second  large 
printing,  $19.95. 

Natural 
History 
Press 


83 


and  to  a  host  of  othe 
in  Mexico  and  Centri 


ent  culture  center: 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  is 
proud  to  announce  the  publication  of  Ancient 
Mexico  and  Central  America,  a  profusely 
illustrated  book  based  on  the  new  permanent 
archeologicol  exhibit  at  the  Museum.  The 
stunning  photographs  by  tee  Boltin  capture 
the  high  level  of  art  achieved  by  these  ancient 
civilizations.  An  introduction  by  Dr.  Gordon  F. 
Ekholm  conveys  the  orcheological  and  cultural 
significance  of  the  treasures. 

The  book  is  128  pages  and  has  32  pages  of 
full-color  photographs.  It  also  contains  55  pages 
of  black-and-white  photographs  and  a  useful 
chronological  chart  of  the  evolution  of  these 
dramatic,  shining  cultures. 


Come  browse  awhile  in  the  realm  of  the 
Maya,  the  Aztec,  and  the  Olmec.  The  price  i 
only  $5.00,  plus  25?:  postage  and  soles  tax 
where  applicable.  For  your  copy,  please  ma 
check  or  money  order  to: 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
73  West  77th  Street,  New  York,  New  York 
10024 


examines  governmental  policy  and 
the  persistence  of  the  Indians.  Wil- 
liam A.  Brophy  and  Sophie  D.  Aberle 
spell  out  legitimate  grievances  and 
future  needs  in  a  scholarly  and 
statistical  fashion  in  The  Indian: 
America's  Unfinished  Business.  Con- 
temporary conditions  of  Indians  in 
general  as  well  as  problems  of  spe- 
cific tribes  are  presented  in  Stuart  Le- 
vine  and  Nancy  O.  Lurie's  The  Amer- 
ican Indian  Today.  Difficulties  In- 
dians encounter  in  dealing  with  the 
government  are  outlined  in  Our 
Brother's  Keeper,  edited  by  Edgar  S. 
Cahn  for  the  Citizens'  Advocate  Cen- 
ter. Despite  seemingly  insurmoun- 
table obstacles,  individual  Indians 
have  made  progress  and  others  are 
actively  challenging  the  status  quo. 
The  recent  struggles  by  Indians  to  se- 
cure their  rights  is  chronicled  in  sen- 
sational journalistic  style  by  Stan 
Steiner  in  The  Neiv  Indians.  Finally. 
an  important  presentation  of  Indian 
wants — to  remain  Indians,  to  retain 
their  lands,  to  make  their  own  deci- 
sions, and  to  receive  developmental 
assistance,  among  others — is  spelled 
out  by  Vine  Deloria.  Jr..  a  leader  in 
the  Indian  rights  movement,  in  Custer 
Died  for  Your  Sins. 

These  selections  of  literature  about 
the  unvanishing  Indians  are  my  per- 
sonal recommendations.  They  should 
enlighten  the  reader's  perspective  of 
pre-Columbian  and  aboriginal  life 
ways,  in  addition  to  elucidating  con- 
temporary Indian  conditions,  needs, 
and  reactions. 

Dr.  Ford  is  an  assistant  professor  of 
anthropology  at  the  University  of 
Michigan,  specializing  in  ethnobotany 
and  cultural  ecology  of  .American  In- 
dian societies,  past  and  present. 

Back  to  Nature:  The  Arcadian 
Myth  m  Urban  America,  by  Peter  J. 
Schmitt.  Oxford  University  Press, 
S6.50;  230  pp. 

Tj^or  a  long  time  I've  watched  for  a 
-*-  scholarly  attempt  to  analyze  a  vig- 
orous American  phenomenon:  the  ac- 
tivities of  our  early  twentieth-century 
naturalists.  The  subject  has  needed 
detailed  treatment  for  years,  and  I  al- 
ways expected  the  definitive  study 
would  finally  be  accomplished  by  a 
naturalist.  But  Peter  Schmitt  is  a  his- 
torian, and  it's  probably  better  that 
way  after  all.  I  guess  this  book  is  the 
one  I've  been  looking  for. 

Remember  the  nature  writers?  The 
old-timers,  I  mean:  gray  patriarchs 
like  John  Burroughs  and  "John  0' 
Mountains"  Muir,  wise  woodsmen 
like  Dan  Beaid  and  Ernest  Thompson 
Seton,   romantic   novelists   like  James 


FAYE    HAUER 

310  Irving  Drive  Wilmington,  Del.   19802 


Handcarved  Ivory  Painted  Birds 

$8.00  p. P.O.  ca.:  2"  long. 

Wood  Duck,  Canada  Goose.  Quail.  Owl,  Golden 
Pheasant,  Blue  Jay,  Cardinal  (M  or  F),  Bluebird, 
Pelican,  Oriole,  Kingfisher,  Penguin,  Titmouse, 
Tanager,  Goldfinch,  Mallard  (M  or  F).  Swan,  Golden 
Eagle,  Bald  Eagle,  Mandarin,  Pheasant  (M  or  F), 
Canary,  Nightingale,  Sparrov/,  Canvasback,  Hawk, 
Woodpecker,  Mockingbird,  Robin,  Waxwing,  Bunting, 
Parakeet  (Blue.  Green  or  Red). 

Unpainted   Ivory   Animals — 
21/4"   long 

$9.00  P.P.D.  ea.: 

Camel.  Walrus,  Kangaroo,  Polar  Bear,  Fox,  Rhi- 
noceros, Hippopotamus,  Elephant.  Lion,  Tiger,  Deer, 
Bison,  Seal,  Dragon. 


DICTIONARY 
STANU 


BEAUTIFUL    NEW    FREE   CATALOG— 1.000   PIECES 
Finiihed  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Plm 

YIELD  HOUSE 


CATCH  THEM  ALIVE  AND  UNHURT  \ 


Amazing  HAVAHART  ti-ap  captures  raiding 
rats,  rabbits,  squirrels,  skunks,  pigeons,  spar- 
rows, etc.  Takes  mink,  coons  without  injury. 
Straying  pets,  poultry  released  unhurt.  Easy  to 
use — open  ends  give  animal  confidence.  No  ja 
or  springs  to  break.  Galvanized;  many  in  i 
20  years.  Sizes  for  all  needs.  FREE  illustrated 
practical  guide  with  trapping  secrets. 

HAVAHART,  158-G  Water  Street 
Ossining,  New  York  10562 

Please  send  new  guide  and  price  list. 


84 


THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD  TRAVEL 


0.\ 


^  1* 


Mr.  Lindblad  wilh  a  Royal  Albalross  on  Campbell  Island,  a  sub-Antarcllc  island  south  of  New  Zealand. 


Let  Lars-Eric  Lindblad  take  you  on  an  exciting 
expedition  to  tiie  wliite  continent  of  Antarctica 


The  well-known  expedition  leader,  Lars- 
Eric  Lindblad,  invites  you  to  join  him  on 
a  visit  to  the  white  continent  of  Antarctica 
and  the  Ross  Sea  area  via  McMurdo 
Sound.  In  the  past  6  years  he  has  led 
several  expeditions  into  the  Antarctic  but 
this  one  promises  to  be  the  most  interest- 
ing adventure  ever  made  to  these  regions. 
The  brand  new,  luxuriously  appointed 
M/S  LINDBLAD  EXPLORER*,  designed 
especially  for  ice  breaking  duty  and  with 
cruising  speed  of  15  knots,  will  afford  the 
opportunity  to  view  the  unique  fauna  and 


flora  of  many  Sub-Antarctic  islands  and 
areas  which  until  now  have  been  rela- 
tively free  from  the  influence  of  man. 

Two  34-day  tourist  expeditions  in  Janu- 
ary and  February  of  1971  are  scheduled 
at  $2,900  up  plus  air  fare.  Dr.  Roger  Tory 
Peterson  and  Mr.  Peter  Scott  will  accom- 
pany these  expeditions. 

They  will  be  preceded  by  a  Christmas 
and  New  Year  Cruise  through  the  Indian 
Ocean,  32  days,  $1950  up  plus  air  fare. 

■M/S  LINDBLAD  EXPLORER  is  o(  Norwegian 
registry. 


LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Lindblad  Travel  Building,  133  East  55th  St. 

New  York,  N.Y.  10022 

I  am  seriously  interested  in: 

n  The  Antarctic  Expedition. 

D  The  Indian  Ocean  Cruise. 


Mrs. 
Miss 

City 

State 

Zip 

8^ 


The  eye  of  Apollo 


Only  Leitz  Trinovid 
was  good  enough  for 
the  historic  first 
"man  on  the  moon" 
flight  of  Apollo  11. 
Trinovid  exceeded 
NASA's  specifications  for 
optical  clarity, 
ruggedness,  and  efficiency. 

NASA  modified  stock 
binoculars  to  single  eyepiece 
units  to  save  space  and  bulk. 
The  same  optical  systems  are 
available  to  you  in  regular 
Trinovid  Binoculars.  So  for  down- 
to-earth  binocular  use.  why  not  get 
the  best.  Ask  your  dealer  to  show  you 
his  entire  Leitz  Trinovid  line  soon 


N 


Trinovid 

selected  by  NASA 

for  U.S.  space  exploration 


JUti  E.  Leitz.  Inc.,  Rockleigh,  N.  J.  07647 


y^-. 


EXPOSURE  METER 

by  me  makers  01  ttieiameil  Luna-Pro 


*Measures  REFLECTED  or  INCIDENT  lleht  with 
built-in  sliding  diffuser  m  FAST,  ACCURATE  READ- 
INGS ■  HIGHLY  RESPONSIVE  to  slightest  light 
variations  ■  SCALES:  1/lOPO  to  15  sec.;  f2  to 
f22:  ASA  12  to  1600  ■  ONE  HAND  OPERATION  ■ 
WEIGHS  only  IV4  ozs.! 


AN  OUTSTANDING  VALUE  AT 


AT  BETTER  CAMERA  STORES 


i]/l50 


KLING  PHOTO  CORPORATION  Berkey,*3'. 

P.O.    BOX    1060.   WOODSIOE.  N.Y.  11377   Ptiolomcljrf 


Share  the  Thrills 
01  Exploring  f 
ouier  Space  • 

AM  DYNASCOPES,  including  this 
superb  RV-6,  6-inch  available 
on  easy  terms!  ; 

Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs. who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 
Choose  from  a  Full  Range  Of 
DYNASCOPES^  4  '  Starting  at  $49.95 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  —  the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories. Prices  begin  as  low  as  $49.95,  and 
your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed  by  a  full- 
refund  warranty. 

FASCINATING    GUIDE 
YOURS   FREE! 

Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 

Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
331  Church  St.,  Hartford.  Conn.  061O1 

®  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pat.  Office 


CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Dent.  NH-8,  331  Church  St.,  Hartford,  O 
Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 


Address^ 
City 


Oliver  Curwood  and  Stewart  Edward 
White.  All  of  them  worshiped  the  out- 
doors, and  all  took  overlapping  gener- 
ations of  readers  with  them  on  their 
rambling  jaunts.  With  Burroughs, 
one's  adventure  was  intensive,  culti- 
vated, and  literary;  his  eye  was  for 
vulgaris,  common  things.  Seton.  Cur- 
wood, and  White,  on  the  other  hand, 
wrote  of  (and  in)  superlatives — bliz- 
zards, w-olves.  and  fires  in  the  "tall 
uncut."  Some  of  the  prolific  fiction- 
ists  and  essayists  were  really  terrible 
writers  whose  imaginations  often  ma- 
nipulated any  chance  accuracy  of  ob- 
servation. But  others,  like  Jack  Lon- 
don and  Dillon  Wallace,  were  able  to 
w-eave  good,  loquacious  tales  that  ac- 
tually made  their  authors  seem  griz- 
zled despite  a  minimum  of  trail 
experience. 

On  a  personal  level.  Back  to  Na- 
ture, which  is  part  of  Oxford's  "Ur- 
ban Life  in  America"  series,  brought 
me  back  to  some  old.  long-unread 
friends  of  my  youth.  I'm  afraid  I 
flinched  at  Schmitt's  objective  treat- 
ment of  them,  but  I  have  to  state  that 
the  formal  reintroductions  were,  for 
me,   a   delight. 

Schmitt's  thesis  is  that  the  nature 
\vTiters  gave  best  expression  to  a  pur- 
suit tliat  has  always  dwelt  deep  in 
American  culture  and  still  does.  He 
calls  it  the  Arcadian  myth,  the  quest 
for  some  kind  of  natural  Utopia  in 
the  outdoors.  Ironically,  he  points  out 
that  most  of  these  wilderness  lovers 
were  city  folk  who  fled  to  the  suburbs 
and  never  stayed  aw^ay  too  long  when 
they  did  head  into  mountains  or  for- 
ests. !Many  of  them  were  con- 
descending toward  native  country 
people  who  lived  far  from  urban  cen- 
ters the  year-round.  So  the  myth,  ac- 
cording to  Schmitt,  was  a  city  myth — 
the  grass  looked  greener  from  there. 

But  writers  weren't  the  only  ones 
looking  for  Arcadia.  The  author  con- 
siders landscape  architecture,  park 
planning,  the  camping  mania,  and  the 
ups  and  downs  of  the  scouting  and 
conservation  movements  as  important 
aspects  of  this  romantic  quest.  Inter- 
est in  nature  came  to  a  head  roughly 
during  the  first  quarter  of  this  cen- 
tury, and.  Schmitt  maintains,  it  still 
figures  prominently  in  American 
consciousness. 

Today  we  see  this  Arcadian  im- 
pulse regenerating  in  the  wide  con- 
cern with  the  environment  and 
ecology.  Planners  like  Ian  McHarg 
and  naturalists  like  Joseph  Wood 
Krutch  and  Edwin  Way  Teale  are  di- 
rect descendants,  widely  read  and  re- 
spected. The  heavy  traffic  not  quite 
absorbed  by  our  state  and  national 
parks  these  days  also  indicates  tliat 
the  myth  is  alive  and  well. 

Peter  Schmitt  has  made  some  sense 


86 


The  Pilgrim  350th  Anniversary  Committee  is  proud 
to  present  the  official,  hallmarked,  limited  edition  of 

The  Pilgrim  Herit^^ 

The  official  series  of  12  superbly  crafted  proof  medals 
in  solid  fine  silver,  solid  bronze,  or  solid  platinum  .... 
Yours  by  charter  subscription,*  one  set  to  a  subscriber. 


What  American  heart  docs  not  thrill 
to  the  Pilgrim  story? 

An  indomitable  band  of  men  and 
women,  determined  to  find  liberty, 
crossed  the  wintry  Atlantic  in  a 
'crowded,  ill-supplied  180-ton  ship.  In 
the  New  World  a  "General  Sickness" 
decimated  their  ranks,  "the  living  scarce 
able  to  bury  the  dead."  Yet,  sustained 
by  courage,  resolution  and  faith  in 
God,  they  prevailed  in  the  face  of  fear- 
ful odds,  building  their  thatched  dwel- 
lings, planting  and  conserving  their 
fields,  establishing  trade,  and  signing  a 
treaty  with  the  Indians  kept  so  scrupu- 
lously by  both  sides  that  the  Pilgrims 
walked  "as  peaceably  and  safely  in  the 
woods  as  in  the  highways  of  England." 
Your  own  enduring  chronicle 

Three  centuries  and  a  half  after  The 
Historic  Landing  at  Plymouth,  the 
Pilgrim  350th  Committee  has  commis- 
sioned America's  famed  International 
^4int  to  strike  a  series  o(  superbly  de- 
signed and  modeled  coin  medals  de- 
picting 12  important  events  during  the 
Pilgrims'  first  crucial  years  in  England, 
Holland,  and  the  New  World.  Each 
heavy-gauge  medal  is  32  mm.  in  diam- 
eter and  is  available  in  your  choice  of 
.999  solid  fine  silver,  solid  bronze,  or 
solid  platinum. 

Subjects  and  dates  for  this  note 
worthy  issue  were  selected  by  a  distin* 
guished  Advisory  Board. 

To  create  the  medals  themselves. 
The  International  Mint  brought  to- 
gether Mr.  Donald  Struhar,  designer 
of  International's  hallmarked,  limited 
edition   honoring   America's   Men   in 

*L1MIT:  One  charter  subscription  per 


Space,  Mr.  Philip  Krackowski,  noted 
American  sculptor  whose  works  in- 
clude The  Centennial  Civil  War  Series, 
and  the  master  engravers  who  struck 
the  personal  coins  another  generation 
of  Pilgrims  carried  to  the  moon. 

The  Official  Commemorative  Issue 

The  results  of  this  collaboration  are 
tnasterly.  So  triumphantly  has  the 
medalists'  art  united  dignity,  tradition, 
and  enduring  value  that  The  Town  of 
Plymouth,  Massachusetts,  has  desig- 
nated The  Pilgrim  Heritage  as  the  offi- 
cial commemorative  issue  for  the  350tb 
Anniversary  of  The  Landing. 
Excellent  investment  potential 

Sets  of  the  12  coin  medals,  which  give 
every  promise  of  becoming  precious 
historical  heirlooms,  are  available  by 
charter  subscription.*  Only  ten  thous- 
and numbered  sets  will  be  struck  in 
.999  solid  fine  silver,  and  only  35 
numbered  sets  in  solid  platinum.  Your 
charter  subscription  is  doubly  valua- 
ble, for  it  certifies  ownership  and  in- 
sures the  prices  as  given  here.  Even 
though  precious  metals  fluctuate  widely 
in  price  and  many  economists  foresee 
imminent  rises.  The  Pilgrim  350ch  An- 
niversary Committee  and  The  interna- 
tional Mint  guarantee  no  increase  in  price 
for  charter  subscriptions  postmarked  prior 
to  September  16,  1970. 

We  suggest  you  act  now 

Due  to  the  limited  number  of  fine 
silver  sets  available,  only  a  compara- 
tively few  individuals  and  families  will 
be  privileged  to  own  and  cherish  this 
permanent  record  of  the  Biblical  heri- 


tage, the  precedent  of  responsible  self- 
government,  and  the  example  of  pri- 
vate enterprise  and  conservation  be- 
queathed    by     the    Pilgrims.     Conse- 
quently we  urge  you  to  act  now.  The 
charter  subscription  form  below  is  for 
your    convenience.    We    recommend 
mailing  it  with  your  remittance  today. 
The  12  events  depicted 
The  Pilgrim  beginnings  at  Scrooby 
The  departure  from  Delftshavcn 
The  Pilgrims  leave  Plymouth 
The  Pilgrims  sign  the  Mayflower 

Compact 
The  Pilgrims'  first  religious  service  ifl. 

the  New  World 
The  Landing  at  Plymouth 
The  Pilgrims'  Progress 
The  Pilgrims'  treaty  with  the  Indians 
The  Mayflower  returns  to  England 
The  Pilgrims  conserve  the  soil 
The  First  Thanksgiving 
The  Pilgrims  choose  private  enterprise 
THE  PILGRIM  HERITAGE 
c/o  The  International  Mint 
1026  17th  Street,  N.W. 
Washington,  D.C.  20036 
Free  with  each  charter  subscription. 
Handsome  collector's  display  album  to 
enhance    your    medals' 
beauty  and  protect  their 
superb      proof      finish. 
Plus    free   limited    first 
edition    copy   of   "The 
Pilgrim    Heritage",    es- 
pecially      written       by 
Prof.       Lawrence       D. 
Geller  and  serially  num- 
bered    to     correspond 
with  your  set. 

person.  Prices  guaranteed  for  subscriptions  postmarked  prior  to  Sept.  16,  1970. 


Distinguished  Advisory  Board 

Rev.  Robert  Merrill  Bartlett,  D.D., 

Elder  of  the  Massachusetts  Society 

of  Mayflower  Descendants 
Ellis  W.  Brewster,  Past  President,  The 

Pilgrim  Society,  Plymouth,  Mass. 
Miss  Rose  T.  Briggs,  Curator, 

Plymouth  Antiquarian  Society 
Dr.  Jordan  Flore,  Director,  Dii'ision 

of  Social  Science,  Bridgewater  State 

College 
David  B.  Freeman,  Director,  Plimoth 

Plantation 
Prof.  Lawrence  D.  Geller,  Director, 

Pilgrim  Hall  Museum 
Miss  Verna  M.  Hall,  President, 

American  Christian  History  Institute 
Miss  Rosalie  J.  Slater,  President  of 

Foundation  for  American  Christian 

Education 


I  Charter  Subscription  Application  (one  set  per  subscriber) 


Please  enter  my  charter  subscription  tor  one  complete 
lialimarked  limited  edition  of  THE  PILGRIM  HERITAGE. 
Applications  will  be  handled  in  strict  rotation.  Prices 
guaranteed  for  subscriptions  postmarked  prior  to 
September  f6,  1970.  The  hrst  three  coin  medals  will  be 
delivered  beginning  August,  1970.  The  remainder  will 
be  issued  every  two  months  in  groups  of  three  until  the 
set  of  12iscomplete. 

I  understand  my  remittance  will  be  returned   to  me 
promptly  if  The  Pilgrim  Heritage  is  oversubscribed. 
Make  check  or  money  order  payable  to: 

The  Pilgrim  Heritage 
and  mall  c/o  The  Inter  national  Mint 

P.O.  Box  1151 

Washington,  D.C.  20013 
Check  here  if  you  are  a  Mayflower  descendant  □ 


Enclosed  is  my  check  for : 

Plan  A-  Payment  for  cost  of  complete  set.  Postage  and 

insurance  charges  paid  by  The  Pilgrim  Heritage. 

Solid  Bronze  Solid  Silver  Solid  Platinum 

L,   $39.00  n  $144.00  □   $12,000 

($3.25  each)  (J12.00each)  ($l,000each) 

Plan  B  -  Payment  for  the  first  three  coins.  For  re- 
mainder of  complete  set.  I  shall  pay  in  advance  upon  in- 
voice tor  each  of  three  remaining  stages  as  issued  plus 
postage  and  insurance  charges. 
Solid  Bronze  Solid  Silver  Solid  Platinum 

D     $9.75  D     $36.00  D     $3,000 

($3.25  each)  ($12.00each)  ($1.000each) 

Washington.  D.C.  residents  please  add  4%  sales  tax. 


I    CITY_ 


©  1970  THE  tNTE 


,  WASHINGTON,  D.C.    I_  . 


Find  out  more 
about  the  birds 
and  the  bees 

For  a  revealing  closeup  view  of  any- 
thing in  nature,  there's  nothing  like 
a  pair  of  Nikon  prism  binoculars. 

Designed  by  the  makers  of  the 
famous  Nikon  camera,  they  provide 
exceptionally  bright,  clear,  crisp 
vision  over  the  entire  wide  field  of 
view,  through  morning  mist  and 
evening  dusk.  Their  superb  Nikon 
optics  are  so  precisely  aligned  and 
collimated  you  can  view  for  hours 
without  eyestrain.  Compare  them 
with  any  lesser  binoculars,  and  you 
will  see  the  difference  Nikon  quality 
makes. 

Among  the  many  types  of  Nikon 
binoculars,  the  8x30  and  9x35  are 
particularly  suited  for  bird  watching 
and  nature  study.  Both  feature  light- 
weight, moisture-resistant  construc- 
tion and  are  backed  by  a  25-year 
guarantee.  At  better  optical  and 
camera  stores  and  departments,  or 
write:  Nikon  Inc.,  Garden  City,  N.Y. 
11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich 
Photo-Optical  Industries,  Inc.  BSd 
(In  Canada;  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.Q.) 


l\lil(on 
Prism 
Binoculars 


of  this  particular  madness,  no  ques- 
tion. And  I  like  his  book.  But  O  ado- 
lescence! I'll  never  forget  the  balsam 
scent  in  White's  The  Forest;  the 
chilling  terror  of  DiUon  Wallace's 
Lure  of  the  Labrador  Wild;  the 
ethereal  beauty  of  Curwood's  defiant 
virgins  against  a  backdrop  of  clear 
lakes  and  raging  rivers  in  the  far 
North.  Because,  for  better  or  worse.  I 
grew  up  with  them.  Despite  the  well- 
deserved  obscurity  of  most  of  them 
today,  it's  nice  to  know  that  historical 
scholarship  has  finally  recognized  and 
treated  them  right. 

John  E.^stman 

Conservation:  Notf  or  Never,  by 
Nicholas  Roosevelt.  Dodd,  Mead  & 
Company,  $5.95;  238  pp. 

There  are  not  many  still  around 
who  talked  with  Theodore  Roose- 
velt, argued  with  Gifiord  Pinchot.  and 
went  on  from  there  to  get  in  on  the 
great  conservation  struggles  of  the 
1960's,  including  the  fight  to  save  the 
Big  Sur  coast  and  the  battle  of  Storm 
King.  But  Nicholas  Roosevelt,  cousin 
of  T.R..  was  there  through  it  all.  Con- 
sequently, when  he  takes  time  to 
write  a  book,  it  behooves  the  late- 
comers to  the  environmental  crusade 
to  take  a  little  time  to  read  it. 

Conservation  is  an  excellent  review 
of  conservation  history,  from  Hetch 
Hetchy  to  the  Redwood  National 
Park,  written  by  a  participant.  Some 
of  the  stories  have  been  told  before, 
but  not  from  the  vantage  point  of  one 
who  knew  all  the  actors.  One  realizes 
from  this  book,  all  too  keenly,  just 
how  much  difference  it  can  make  to 
have  the  right  man  in  the  right  place 
at  the  right  time.  Unfortunately,  but 
nevertheless  inevitably,  the  history  of 
conservation  success,  even  the  recent 
gains  under  the  massed  banners  of 
new  recruits,  is  a  history  of  individ- 
uals. Earlier  it  was  a  Roosevelt,  a 
Muir.  or  a  Mather.  Today  perhaps  it 
will  be  a  Stewart  Udall.  a  Russell 
Train,  or  a  Nat  Reed.  Behind  them 
are  other  individuals,  usually  alone  or 
in  small  groups,  digging  out  the  facts, 
writing  the  proposals,  testifying  be- 
fore hostile  committees.  Mass  support 
may  tip  the  political  balance,  but  it  is 
never  aroused  without  the  efforts  of 
the  few  who  must  at  first  carry  on  in 
a  seemingly  hopeless  struggle. 

Conservation  books,  even  my  own. 
make  me  angry.  It  is  wrong  that  the 
kind  of  exhausting  struggle  to  some 
dubious  conclusion  described  again 
and  again  in  this  book  should  have  to 
occur.  Why  should  we  have  to  argue, 
as  Roosevelt  does,  in  the  affluent 
America  of  the  1970's,  that  the  view 
from  the  road  should  not  be  ugly? 
Why  should  we   still  be  fighting   the 


ANCIENT  OIL  LAMPS 

over  1300  years  old 

From  ancient  Palestine,  these  terracotta  lamps  v 
used  by  early  Christians  &  Jews.  With  varied  de- 
signs, they  make  unique  archaeological  display 
pieces  for  home  and  office.  A  superb  all-occasion 
gift.  Mounted  on  walnut  base  with  parchment  cer- 
tificate  of   authenticity    S10.95    ppd. 

lamps  with  Cross  motif S23.95   ppd. 


FREE  Gift  Catalog! 


.  .  .  illustrating  Jewelry,  Amulets,  Coins,  Buddha 
Roman   Glass,  Figurines  and  more! 

Museum   8,   Dealers  inquiries  welcome. 

ALADDIN  HOUSE,  LTD. 

N-6H      •      648   NINTH  AVE.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.   10036 


This  remarkable  end  table 
stores  o\'er  50  books  and 
vspa- 
pers-in  view,  upright, 
convenient.  Rolls  easily  on  large  casters.  Books 
fit  on  both  sides,  magazines  on  ends— and  just 
the  proper  chair  size!  Pine,  in  honey  tone  or 
manle,  antique  pine  or  walnut  fin.  27.^14x26"H. 
S29.9S  Exp.  Chg.  Col.  EASY  KIT:  Simple  instr. 
$21J0   Postpaid.  Add  31.50  W.  of  Miss. 

BEAUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG— 1000  PIECES 
Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 

Include  Zi„  NO.  YIELD     HOUSE 

Dept.  N6-0 


Money  Back 


N'ot  Sold  ] 


HARRIS  TWEED,   SHETLAND  TWEED 
and  WOOLEN  WORSTED 

All  garments  for  Ladies  and  Gents  tailored.  Capes  an„ 
Norfolk  Jackets  $46.00.  Suits  and  Overcoats  $55.00, 
Jackets  $38.00,  Skirts  and  Trousers  $19.00.  Prices  in- 
clude all  cloth.  All  cloth  sold  by  the  yard.  Satisfaction 
guaranteed.  Send  $1.00  for  air-mail  swatches  to: 
ALEXANDER  GRAHAM   Bone,    Isle  qf  Lewis,   Scotland 


Accredited  lYr.  U.S.  Tour 

Coed,  14-18,  Exciting  one  year  ecology 
adventure  to  natural,  historical  &  cultural 
wonders.  Stimulates  learning,  maturity, 
cooperation,  responsibility.  Endorsed  by 
leading  educators  &  parents.  Few  va- 
cancies left  in  small  (20)  student  group 
leaving  N.Y.  Sept.  7.  For  infor.  or  filmed 
preview,  call:  (212)  989-2224. 


frsilsiJe  CountiySchoo/ 

ion  with  THE  WAIDEN  SCHOOL 
58  Perry  Street,  N.Y.C.  lOOlJ 


ANIMAL    FOOTAGE    WANTED 

Need  16mrn  original  color  film  of  all  kinds 
of  animals — from  bees  to  bison — in  natu- 
ral fiabitats  or  in  scientific  experiments 
for  use  in  television  film.  May  be  profes- 
sional or  amateur.  Contact  Chris  Foster, 
MFC,  8544  Sunset  Blvd.,  Hollywood,  Cali- 
fornia 90069. 


e  Koerners  aren't  trying  to  save  the  v^orld. 
;t  a  little  piece  of  it. 


Dmero  is  a  small  farm  village 
ig  to  the  mountains  of  Colom- 
outh  America.  Poverty  is  ex- 
,  Illiteracy  is  almost  total.  Elec- 
,  sanitary  facilities  and  run- 
vater  are  nowhere  to  be  seen, 
nail  children  haul  water  from 
/er  three  miles  away.  There  is 
lol  in  the  district,  but  convinc- 
irents  that  education  should 
irecedence  over  water-hauling 
ird  argument  to  win. 
le  Fuentes  are  one  of  the  vil- 
imilies.  Poor  even  by  Romero's 
andards.The  mud-brick  house 
lirt  floors  they  live  in  isn't  even 
.  The  two-acre  farm  behind  it 
les  all  the  income  for  the  fam- 
nine.  Most  of  the  time  there 
nough  to  go  around.  Yet,  this 
ien  a  good  year  for  the  Fuentes. 
7-year-old  daughter  Luz  Ma- 
las  been  able  to  stay  in  school, 
tiis  miraculous  stroke  of  luck  is 
se  of  a  family  living  in  New 
who  are  helping  Luz  Marina, 
re  the  Koerners.  Through  Save 
"hildren  Federation,  they  are 
butingS  15.00  a  month  to  help. 
For   Richard 
and  Marianne 
Koerner   the 
$15.00  a  month 
is  not  an  extreme 
sacrifice.  Yet,  with 
three  robust  boys 
of  their  own,  there 
.  _     are  many  ways 

could  use  the  money.  But  Rich- 
'hose  j  ob  involves  foreign  travel, 
I't  have  to  imagine  the  poverty 
lientes  endure.  He's  seen  it.  He 
s,  too,  that  Save  The  Children 
io  a  remarkable  number  of 
s  with  the  money, 
irst,  Luz  Marina's  immediate 
)1  needs  are  taken  care  of.  Sec- 
/,  funds  are  available  to  the 
y  to  carry  out  their  self-help 
to  raise  hens. The  eggs  will  help 
ove  the  family  diet  and  in- 
e  the  family  income.  Finally, 
ill  portion  of  the  Koerner's  con- 
tion,  together  with  money  from 
sponsors,  has  been  lent  to  the 
^ers.  With  their  own  hands  and 
t,  they're  building  a  water  stor- 


■^. 


age  tank  and  a  pipeline.  Hopefully, 
the  new  water  supply  will  increase 
the  crop  yield  and  the  village's  iht 
come  so  that  some  day  they  will  no 
longer  need  help. 

Self-help.  That's  what  Save  The 
Children  Federation  is  all  about.  Al- 
though contributions  are  taxrdeduct- 
ible  as  a  charity,  the  aim  is  not 
merely  to  buy  a  child  a  few  hot  meals, 
a  new  coat,  or  shoes.  Instead,  your 
contribution  is  used  to  give  people 
the  boost  they  need  to  start  helping 
themselves. 

Sponsors  are  desperately  needed 
for  children  in  Korea,  Vietnam, 
Latin  America,  Africa, 
Greece,  the  Middle  East,  as 
well  as  Appalachian  and 
American  Indian  children. 
You  can  select  the  child's 
nationahty  and  will  receive 
a  photo,  regular  progress 
reports  and  a  chance  to 
correspond  and  visit. 

Richard  Koerner  hopes 
that  one  day,  one  of  his  busi- 
ness trips  will  enable  him 
to  meet  the  Fuentes.  Many 
sponsors  do  visit  their  chil- 


dren, and  tell  us  that  it  is  one  of 
the  most  gratifying  experiences  of 
their  lives. 

The  Koerners  know  they  can't 
save  the  world  for  S 15  a  month.  Just 
a  small  corner  of  it.  But,  maybe  that 
is  the  way  to  save  the  world.  If  there 
are  enough  people  like  the  Koerners, 
How  about  you? 
National  Sponsors  (partial  list): 
Faith  Baldwin,  Hon.  James  A.  Farley, 
Gene  Kelly,  Mrs.  Eli  Lilly,  Paul  Newman, 
Mrs.  J.  C.  Penney,  Frank  Sinatra. 
Save  The  Children  Federation,  founded 
in  1932,  is  registered  with  the  U.S.  State 
Department  Advisory  Committee  on 
Voluntary  Foreign  Aid. 


ave  The  Children  Federation 

NORWALK,  CONNECTICUT  06852 

I  WISH  TO  CONTRIBUTE  $180  ANNUALLY  TO  HELP  A  CHILD. 

D  WHERE  THE  NEED  IS  GREATEST  Q   LATIN  AMERICA 

a  AMERICAN  INDIAN    QAPPALACHIA    Q  KOREA    Q  GREECE 

D  VIETNAM   P  AFRICA   D  MIDDLE  EAST 

ENCLOSED  IS  MY  FIRST  PAYMENT 

D  $15.00  MONTHLY  D  $90.00  SEMI-ANNUALLY 

D  $45.00  QUARTERLY  D  $180.00  ANNUALLY 

I  CANT  SPONSOR  A  CHILD.  ENCLOSED  IS  A  CONTRIBUTION 

0F$ 

D  PLEASE  SEND  ME  MORE  INFORMATION. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  ARE  INCOME  TAX  DEDUCTIBLE 


Paint  as  you  learn! 

— and  start  framing  your 
work  THIS  VERY  SEASON! 
Nmv  available  in  English — the 
fabulous  Martin-Barbaz  "self- 
teaching"  course  that  is  turn- 
ing Frenchmen  from  Paris  to 
Provence  into  accomplished 
artists  .  .  .  ready  to  fill  your 
weekends  and  holidays  with 
creative  joy.  Delightfully  sim- 
ple method  enables  you  to 
learn  by  painting!  You'll 
marvel  at  the  ease  with  which 
lighthouses,    bridges, 


fri 


city 


and 


ural  wonders  come  to  life  on  youi  canvas. 
ILLUSTRATED  Order  Not 

THE  HOLIDAY  PAINTER  by  Martin  Barbaz 

$4.95,   plus  250  handling 

10-Day  Money-Back  Guarantee 

EMERSON    BOOKS,    Inc. 

Dept.  633-S,  251  West  19  St.,  New  York  10011 


GAMES  MATH 
BUFFS  PLAY-  - 

THE  MATH  ENTERTAINER  is 
the  title  of  a  brand  new 
treasure  trove  of  mathe- 
matical teasers,  ticklers, 
traps,  and  twisters,  gems, 
jests  and  gyrations — by 
the  hundred! — to  beguile, 
bemuse,  and  bewilder  (per- 
chance— whisper  it  softly! 
— to  instruct). 

Answers      and     complete 
explanations    are    given    for 
all  problems. 
Illustrated   •    ORDER  NOW! 

THE  MATH  ENTERTAINER  by  Philip  Heafford 

$4.95,  plus  250  handling. 

10-day  Money  Back  Guarantee. 

EMERSON    BOOKS,    Inc. 

Dept.  634-S,  251  West  19  St.,  New  York  10011 


Susan  Book 
Coffee  Tables 

FINISHED  OR  IN  KIT 
The  Loveliest,  Most  Completely  Useful  Table  Made 
Handsome  swivel  coffee  table  lioKls  books,  record  albums, 
magazines — all  neatly  arranged,  titles  clearly  visible, 
easily  accessible  from  any  seat.  Skillfully  crafted  of  rich 
grained  pine  with  hidden  rugged  ball  bearing  swivel.  In 
honeytone  pine  or  maple,  antique  pine  or  walnut  finish. 
Both  16i4"H  (book  area  12%"H).  36"dia.  (holds  lon 
books)  539.95;  24"dia.  (holds  40  books)  $29.95.  COM- 
PLETE EAST  KIT.  Heady  for  quick  assembly  and 
finish.  Simple  Instructions.  3(i"dia.  $26.95;  24"dla. 
SI8.95.  Exp.  Clig.  Col. 
BEAUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG-100D  PIECES 
Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 
Include  Zip  No.  YIELD    HOUSE 

Dept.   Xf.-0 
North  Conway.  N.H.  03860 


40  MILLION  YEAR  OLD  FOSSIL  FISH 

(DIPUOMYSTUS  HUMLIS)  $17. 9S 


500  MILLION  YEAR  OLD  TRILOBITE 

(EURATHIA  KING)  S2.25 

DOVER  SCIENTIFIC 

Box  6011  c 

Long  Island  City,  N.Y.  11106 

Send  25c  for  IllustrateiJ  Catalog 

of  Minerals,  Fossils  &  Shells 


entrenched  arrogance  and  embattled 
viciousness  of  bureaucrats  in  such  or- 
ganizations as  the  Bureau  of  Public 
Roads,  state  highway  departments, 
Army  Corps  of  Engineers,  and  sim- 
ilar narrow-minded  agencies?  It  is 
time  that  their  power  was  trans- 
ferred to  other,  more  responsible 
hands.  It  is  also  time,  as  this  book 
will  bear  out,  that  the  right  of  a  land- 
owner to  do  what  he  pleases  with  his 
lands — the  greatest  single  cause  of 
environmental  degradation  in  Amer- 
ica today — was  brought  into  serious 
question, 

Nicholas  Roosevelt  is  more  chari- 
table and  tolerant  than  most  con- 
servationists are  inclined  to  be  today. 
I  think  that  tomorrow  those  agencies 
that  were  in  his  opposition  will  wish 
that  he  were  back. 

R.WMOND  F.  D.A,SM.4NiN' 
The  Conservation  Foundation 

Briefly  Noted: 

S'S/T  AND  So-Nic  Boom  H.^ndbook, 
by  William  A.  Shurcliff.  Ballantine 
Books,  S.95;  153  pp.,  illus. 

Dr.  Shurcliff  has  written  an  angry, 
persuasive  book  opposing  the  build- 
ing of  the  supersonic  transport  plane. 
He  has  numerous  objections  to  the 
plane — passenger  discomfort  and 
danger,  possible  damage  to  prop- 
erty— but  it  is  the  sonic  boom  that 
draws  his  main  fire.  The  possibility 
that  "500.000.000  persons  in  America. 
Europe,  and  Asia  may  be  jolted  every 
hour,  day  and  night,  by  sonic  booms" 
is  truly  staggering.  The  book  is  not 
an  emotional  diatribe,  but  a  carefully 
documented  presentation  of  just  what 
the  plane  will  cost  the  public  in  dol- 
lars, degradation  of  environment,  and 
bombardment  by  noise.  A  number  of 
heljjful  appendixes  are  included — the 
first,  and  foremost,  a  list  of  anti-boom 
groups  to  join.  C.   B. 


The  American  Museum  is  open  to 
the  public  without  charge  every  day 
during  the  year,  except  Thanksgiv- 
ing and  Christmas.  Your  support, 
through  membership  and  contribu- 
tions, helps  make  this  possible.  The 
Museum  is  equally  in  need  of  sup- 
port for  its  work  in  the  fields  of  re- 
search,  education,   and   exhibition. 

This  list  details  the  photographer  or 
other  source  of  illustration  by  page. 

COVER — George  Magazine'^    Time,  Inc. 

Schaller  40.45— Helen  Sutton 

4 — Andrew  Wyeth  46-55— Christopher 

courtesy  of  Schuberth  except 

Alfred  Bissel  map.  AMNH  after 

18— Walter  Ferro  Schuberth 

30-39— George  Schaller  57-64- Paul  von  Baich 

except  33  top,  34-35—  66-71- AMNH 

lohn  Dominis — Life  73 — Helmut  Wimmer 


01^ 


ORIOLE   "FUN-BAR" 

This  exclusive  Feeder  will  attract  many  fun- 
loving  grolden  Orioles  to  your  garden,  patio  or 
balcony  (see  actual  photo).  Hang-  anywhere  and 
then  watch  the  fun.  Orioles  are  not  only  beauti- 
ful, but  "characters"  as  well.  A  grand  frift  any 
time.  No  rust,  easy  to  clean.  Moneyback  guaran- 
tee, full  instructions.  S4.95  plus  34^  pp.  In  Calif, 
add  25<i  tax.  Sorry  no  COD.  HUMMINGBIRD 
HEAVEN,  6S1S-N  Apperson  St..  TUJUNGA. 
CALIF.  91042.  (Makers  of  the  famous  "Hummy- 
Bird  Bar"  @. )    15th  Yearl 


MAGAZIXE-BOOK  TREE 


iding 


ingenious,   new 
chairside     li- 
brary. Holds  over 
100      magazines, 
newspapers,   cat- 
logs  —  even 
phone  books  — 
wrinkle  free,  or- 
derly  —   easy   to 
see,  ready  to  use. 
Top    holds    any 
size  reference 
books    or   paper- 
backs  —  lots  & 
lots.     It's    porta- 
ble, practical  and 
so    pretty.    Ideal 
for  home,  office, 
reception     room. 
White     birch 
turnings.    In 
honey  pine  or 
maple,    antique 
pine  or  walnut  finish.  2S"H,  16"W, 
15"D.    $15.95.    HOME    KIT:    For 
easy  assembly  &  finish.  Simple  in- 
structions.    $9.95    Postpaid.    Add 
SSt'  each  West  of  Mississippi. 


VIELD   HOUSE 

Dept.   N6-0 
North  Conway,  N.H.  03860 


STERLING  SCHOOL 

CRAFTSBURY  COMMON, 

VERMONT  05827 

is  pleased  to  announce 

a  colleg-e-preparatory  course  espe- 
cially designed  for  boys  whose 
career  .o'oals  are  varied,  but  whose 
interests  include  conservation 
leadership  and  such  outdoor  activi- 
ties as  camping,  climbing,  fishing, 
riding,  skiing,  white-water  canoe- 
ing, survival-training,  and  wildlife 
study. 

Sterling  School,  an  accredited 
non-profit  college  preparatory 
boarding  school  of  100  boys, 
Grades  9-12,  is  the  headquarters 
of  The  John  Chapman  Club,  a  stu- 
dent-oriented national  conserva- 
tion education  organization.  Schol- 
arships are  available.  For  further 
information,  write  the  Director  of 
Admissions. 


GEODESI 

Lovely  natural  crystal-filled  hemispheres  from 
world-wide  sources.  No  written  description  or  pho- 
tograph really  does  them  justice,  so  we  offer  un- 
conditional money-back  guarantee.  $2.00  brings 
you  a  sample  or  $5.00  brings  you  a  glittering 
assortment  and  subscription  to  our  periodic  rare/ 
collector's  list,  Barry  &  Shirley  Rothman,  RD  #2, 
Hill  House,  Oowningiown,  Pa.   19335. 


90 


MURDER 

FOR 
PROFIT 


photo  by  Brian  Davies 


The  baby  seal  in  the  photo  was  one  of  50,000  killed  in  the 
Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  one  of  over  half  a  million  seals 
clubbed,  speared,  shot,  gaffed  during  the  1970  Canadian- 
Norwegian  slaughter  in  the  Atlantic. 

Don't  believe  furriers  who  would  persuade  you  that 
Friends  of  Animals  has  been  "misleading"  you,  that  any 
slaughter  anywhere  is  done  for  the  benefit  of  the  seals. 

1,  Alice  Herrington,  testify  that  on  March  21 ,  1970-the 
second  day  of  the  Canadian  season  on  seals— I  saw  the 
same  brutal  massacre  against  which  Friends  of  Animals, 
of  which  I  am  president,  has  been  protesting  for  years. 
As  the  bubble-domed  helicopter  flew  low  over  the  first  day's 
kill,  1  saw  mother  seals  nuzzling  the  skinless  corpses  of 
their  babies.  Standing  ten  feet  away  from  the  killers  on  the 
ice  floes,  twenty  miles  out  in  the  Gulf,  I  saw  baby  seals, 
clubbed  twice,  and  then  sliced  open.  Other  babies  were 
battered  as  many  as  fourteen  times  while  the  mothers 
watched  in  terror  and  stress. 

If  You  Are  One  Who  Cannot  Be  Indifferent  to  the  Suffering 
of  Other  Creatures 

YOU  CAN  HELP 

First— by  refusing  to  garb  yourself  in  the  agony  of  another, 
by  refusing  to  buy  the  skins  of  wildlife. 
Second— by  causing  this  advertisement  to  be  inserted  in 
your  local  newspaper.  (A  mat  will  be  sent  upon  your  request 
to  Friends  of  Animals.  See  coupon  below.) 

Third— by  sending  a  tax-deductible  contribution  to 
Friends  of  Animals,  Inc.,  a  non-profit  organization  that 


intends  to  pound  on  the  world's  conscience  until  sentient 
men  and  women  everywhere  are  made  aware  of  the 
unnecessary  cruelty  and  destruction  being  inflicted  upon 
animals.  Your  contribution  will  be  used  to  plead  for  those 
creatures  who  cannot  speak  for  themselves  but  who  dumbly 
implore  your  pity. 


Friends  of  Animals,  Inc.  I 

11  WEST60TH  STREET  i 

NEW  YORK,  N.Y.  10023  ! 

n  Enclosed  is  my  tax-deductible  ' 

contribution  to  help  stop  the  slaughter  I 

of  marine  mammals.  . 

n  Send  me  a  mat  of  this  advertisement  so  I 

that  I  can  place  this  advertisement  in  I 

my  local  paper  at  my  own  expense  j 

(also  tax-deductible).  | 


Norton 


VJT , 


OUR  PRECARIOUS 
HABITAT 

An  Integrated  Approach  to 

Understanding  Man's  Effect 

on  His  Environment 

By  MELVIN  A.  BENARDE. 
This  valuable  contribution  to 
ecology  by  an  authority  on  Public 
Health  and  Epidemiology*  stresses 
that  man's  health  and  welfare  are 
related  to  a  highly  complex  sys- 
tem and  that  no  study  of  the 
environment  makes  sense  unless 
it  focuses  on  all  aspects  of  his 
habitat.  "A  thoroughly  scientific 
analysis  .  .  .  Should  be  read  by 
every  decision-maker  before 
public  funds  are  recklessly 
scattered."  —  Sumner  Barton. 
Boston  Globe.  Illustrated.    $6.95 

CLIMATE.  MAN, 
AND  fflSTORY 

By  ROBERT  CLAIBORNE.  A 

"wide-ranging  study  of  man's 
histor}'  as  it  has  been  affected  by 
climate  and  climatic  changes 
from  prehistoric  times  to  the 
present  .  .  .  Witty  as  well  as 
learned."  —  Publishers'  Weekly. 
This  lively  book  by  a  contributor 
to  Scientific  American  raises  such 
questions  as:  How  is  man  in- 
fluencing climate?  Can  he  control 
it  and,  if  he  can,  will  he?  In  all, 
an  absorbing,  critical  approach  to 
a  fascinating  subject. 

Illustrated.     $8.95 

At  all  bookstores 


Norton^s^ 

W.W.  NORTON  &  COMPANY,  INC. 
55  Fifth  Ave..  N.Y.  10003 


Suggested 
Additional  Reading 

LET'S  SING  "AULD  LANG  SYNE" 

FOR  THE  UPPER  BRAND^^INE 

Forest     Landscape.     R.  B.     Litton. 

USDA  Forest  Service.  Paper  PSW- 

49.  Berkeley.  1968. 
Design  with  Nature.  1.  L.  McHarg. 

The  Natural  History  Press.  Garden 

City,  1969. 
Brandywine    Basin.    P.    Thompson. 

Science,  March  14.  1969. 

THE  STAR  DRAGON 
Apollo  11  Observations  of  a  Re- 
markable Glazing  Phenomenon 
ON  the  Lunar  Surface.  T.  Gold. 
Science,  September  26.  1969. 
The  Field  Notes  of  Captain  '^'il- 
liam  Clark  1803-1805.  E.  S.  Os- 
good, ed.  Yale  University  Press, 
New  Haven,  1964. 

THIS  GENTLE  &  ELEGANT  CAT 
The   Cats  of  Africa.   M.   Edey,   ed. 

Time-Life  Books.  New  York.   1969. 
SiMBA.     C.     A.     Guggisberg.     Chilton 

Book  Company.  Philadelphia.  1963. 
The    Tiger    and    Its    Prey.    G.    B. 

Schaller.  Xatural  History,   October, 

1966. 

BARRIER  BEACHES 
OF  EASTERN  AMERICA 

Waves  .and  Beaches.  W.  Bascom. 
Doubleday  &  Company.  Inc..  Gar- 
den City.  1964. 

The  Winter  Beach.  C.  Ogburn,  Jr. 
William  Morrow  &  Co..  Inc..  New 
York.  1966. 

Development  and  Migration  of 
Barrier  Islands,  Northern  Gulf 
of  Mexico.  E.  G.  Otvos.  Jr.  Geo- 
logical Society  of  America  Bulletin, 
Vol.  81.  No.  1.  1970. 

TINY  WOLVES  OF  THE  WATER 
Fresh-Water  Invertebrates  of  the 

United     St.ates.     R.  W.     Pennak. 

The   Ronald   Press   Company,   New 

York.  1953. 
Freshwater     Biology.     W.  T.     Ed- 

mondson.   ed.   John   ^'iley    &   Sons, 

Inc..  New  York.  1959. 
The    New    Field    Book    of    Fresh- 
water   Life.    E.  B.    Klots.    G.  P. 

Putnam's  Sons,  New  ^  ork,  1966. 

:mushrooms 

The  ^Mushroom  Hunter's  Field 
Guide.  A.  H.  Smith.  University  of 
Michigan   Press.  Ann  Arbor.   1963. 

The  Field  Book  of  Common  Mush- 
rooms. W.  S.  Thomas.  G.  P.  Put- 
nam's Sons.  New  York.  1948. 

The  Savory  Wild  Mushroom.  M. 
McKenny.  University  of  Washing- 
ton Press.  Seattle,  1969. 


BUFFET    FOR    "HUMMERS" 

Humminorbirds,  colorful  playboys  of  the  feath- 
ei-ed  world,  have  sipped  4-at-a-tiine  for  15  years 
now  from  genuine  "Hummy-Bird  Bai-s"®  (Ac- 
tual photo).  They  love  the  real  wood  perch  on 
their  private  buffet.  No  other  birds  or  bees  can 
reach  the  g:oodies.  No  drip  or  rust,  easy  to  clean. 
Always  a  lieartwarming  ^ift!  Moneyback  guar- 
antee. Full  instructions.  S2.95  plus  26c  pp.  In 
Calif,  add  15i  tax.  Sori-v  no  COD's.  HUIIIIING- 
BIRD  heaven,  6818-N  Apperson  St.,  TU- 
JUNGA,  CAUF.  91042  (Makers  of  the  popular 
Oriole  "Pun-Bar"  for  fun-loving  Orioles). 
MADE  IN  U.S.A. 


YOU  LIVE  in  the  SPACE  AGE 
you  should  know  more  about  it 

AMERICAN    MUSEUM 
HAYDEN    PLANETARIUM 

81st  Street  at  Central  Park  West 

New  York,  New  York  10024 

Tel:  (212)  TR  3-1300,  Ext.  209 


Northwest  Timbered 

ACREAGES  as  low  as 

$950  Total   Price 

5   ■   10  -  20  ■  40  -   .ACRES 
For  people  who  love  the  land — A  tract 
of    Recreation    Land    for    YOUR    Own! 

In  Northern  Idaho,  Northeastern  Wash- 
ington, and  Western  Montana.  In  the 
heort  of  lakes  and  big  gome  country.  All 
covered  with  growing  timber.  Access,  Title 


•Ith 


ch    trc 


This 


land  with  natural  beauty,  recreational 
and  Investment  values.  We  hove  tracts  of 
many  types  and  sizes  from  which  to 
choose,  including  beautiful  Northwest 
Waterfront  oroperty.  Your  inspection  wel- 
comed.   Write   us   for  free   list,    maps   and 


infori 


Wri 


to: 


Dept.  G 


P.O.  Box  106.  Opportunity  Station 
Spolione.  Wasliington   99214 


KEEP  PACE  WITH  SPACE  AGE!  SEE  MOON  SHOTS-LANDINGS,  SPACE  FLIGHTS,  CLOSE-UP! 


iA*iM  ••Wl-m 


for  FUN,  STUDY  or  PROFIT 


book  of  paper  airplanes 
from  SCIENTIFIC  AMERI- 
CAN'S  -Ist  Internationa! 
Competition".  Includes 

plans  of  all  winning  entries, 
time-aloft  records,  photos, 
technical  data,  commen- 
taries. Has  20  unusual  de- 
signs on  perforated  pages 
for  easy  tear-out.  You  won't 
believe    how    some    of    them 

ly!  Amusing,  entertaining.   128  pages.  9"  x   iPj". 

itock   No.  939IE    S2.95   Ppd. 


ime — have  the 

n    &.    enjoyment  of   a   gyro 

thout    bother    of    constant 

winding  &.  pulling.  5" 

flying-saucer    shaped. 


on  your  head,  hanging 


.  7I.I6IE 


S6.00  Ppd. 


ONG-WAVE  BLACK  LIGHT  FIXTURE 

Extremely  versatile,  com- 
pactly designed,  long  wave 
(3200-4000  angstroms)  black 
light  (ultraviolet)  fixture. 
Has  6-watt.  IIO-v  lamp 
with  built-in  filter— elimi- 
nates harmful  shorter  wave 
ultraviolet  rays.  Use  to 
identify  minerals,  fungi, 
bacteria — check  for  surface 
-.  .  flaws,  oil  and  gas  leakage — 
perfect     for     displays     with 

fluorescent  paper,  paints,  chalk,  crayons,  trace  powder,  incl. 

adjustable    aluminum    reflector.    fHount   vert.,    horr.,    or   on 

corner.   10"  L..    PA"  W..   I'/,"  H. 

Stock   No.   70.364E    SI2.50   Ppd. 

Stock  No.  60.I24E  (REPLACEMENT  BULB)    .  .S4.50  Ppd. 


:awfpa'body  fos?  astpophotos 


Economical  35-mm.  S.L. 
camera  body  comes  wi 
adapters  for  direct  hookup- 


erate. 
otography. 


Includes  focal-plane 
shutter,  waist-level  finder, 
removable  back,  self -timer, 
direct  optical  viewfinder. 
ec.  Excellent  for  general  pic- 
and  accessories. 
Stock   No.  70,857E    $79-00   PPd. 

CAMERA  HOLDER  FOR  TELESCOPES 

Take  exciting  moon  pictures. 
;ket  attaches  to  anv 
icope.  Removable  rod 
I  adjusting  bracket  holds 


I  to  focus 
.  see  sunspotsl  includes 
ickets.   2334"  rod.   projec- 


CAR   OF   THE   FUTURE   HERE   NOW! 

One  of   mo: 
ence    toys 


^fi^ 


aphically  de 


pgly 


to     Ford's    and     Curti 
Wright's   new  wheelless  air- 
cars.   Sturdy  red  and  yellow 
plastic.    8"    wide.    9"    deep. 
Operates  on  2  flasnliqni  oatTt;rir> 

_     ._ ne.   battery  cast 

Stock  No.  70.307E   S3.50   Ppd. 

HOT-AIR  FLYING  SAUCER  Kn 


!^ 


nstructlons.    16    prc-cut   #1 
white   model    paper   gores.    8 
red    panels    for    portholes,    wire.    cord.    Easily    repaired    if 
damaged. 

Stock  No.  7I.I75E   $3.00   Ppd. 

9   FT.    HOT-AIR   BALLOON    KIT 

Stock  No.   60.691  E    $2.00  Ppd. 


AMERICAN   MADE   7x50   BINOCULARS 


Crystal-clear  viewing  — 7 
power.  Every  optical  element 
IS  coated.  An  excellent  night 


Ter 


incl'uded.     American     7x50 
normally   cost    S274 
rific  bargain. 

Stock  No.  I544E  

AMERICAN-MADE   6x30' 
Stock  No.  963E 


AMAZING  "TRICK"  PHOTOGRAPHY 

duce  all  kinds  of  weird, 
wild,  way-out  photo  effects. 
No  special  knowledge  or 
equipment  required.  Unique 
kit  enables  you  to  turn 
friends  into  monsters,  show 
house  with  water  to  2nd 
floor,  make  psychedelic 
slides,  kaleidoscopic  pho- 
tos, impressionistic  photo- 
art — unlimited  possibilities. 
Complete  instructions  reveal  the  secret 
cessories  needed. 
Slock   No.   7I,229E    $10.50  Ppd. 

ASTRONOMICAL  TELESCOPE  KITS 


icludes   all 


5-lb.    Magnet— 


along    bottom — your 


Stock  No.  70.571  E 
Stock  No.  70.570E 
Stock  No.  85.152E 


Magnet  is 
Inico  V  Typo 
much  greater 

SI4  00  Ppd 
S  8  75  Ppd 
S33  50  FOB 


No.  70.003E  .  .  .  $9.75  Pi 
6"  DIAMETER— I"  ThicL 
Stock    No.   70.004E    $13.95   Ppd. 


GIANT   WEATHER   BALLOONS 


cloud    heights,    wind    speed 

and    temp.     Made    of    heavy 

duty    neoprene.    Inflate    with 

vacuum   cleaner,   auto  air   hose. 

Stock  No.  60.56eE 

GIANT   16'   DIAMETER 

Stock  No.  60.632E    $7.00  Ppd. 

NEW   LIQUID-FUEL   ROCKET  KIT 

Apollo-type  rocket  soars  to 
1,000  feet  at  300  ft.  per  sec- 
ond .  .  .  then  gently  returns 
to  earth  on  automatic  para- 
-i  chute.   Fantastically  realistic 

i  lift    off.    flight,    vapor   trail. 

;  16"  aluminum   rocket  can   be 

J  r  fired  manually  or  electrically 

mi-  (req.    6v     Batt.     not    incl.). 

y    ]  Loads  of  fun   building,   dec- 

orating, launching  again  i 
again.  Inciud.:  16  Pg.  instruct.,  engine,  timer,  separator, 
parachute,  parachute  tube,  nose  cone.  fins,  loading  valve. 
hose,    electric   firing   assembly,    launch   stand,    propellant. 

Stock  No.  7I.I82E  $15.95  Ppd. 

EXTRA   PROPELLANT   (Two   15  oz.  cans) 

Stock  No.  P7I.I92E _^ S  4-0O  Ppd. 

YOUR  OWN  "MOONDUST" 
Looks  like  it.  feels  like  it. 
performs  like  it.  Simulated 
Moondust  authoritatively 
corresponds  in  texture,  color, 
overall  appearance  . 
even  down  to  minute  glass 
beads.    Exclusively    prepared 


etc.    Easily   shaped 
;.  Can  be  rolled 

Permanently  pllabh 
baked  at  300°  F.  for  15-30 
minutes  in  oven — no  kiln  nor 
plaster  molds  needed.  Re- 
quires no  curing.  Won't 
shrink.  Acquires  permanent,  non-brittle  hardness  when 
shaped  &  baked.  Can  then  be  cut.  sawed,  drilled,  sanded, 
painted,    embossed.   Smooth,    non-sticky,    harmless. 

2  lb.  S  3.60  Ppd. 

8  1b.  $10.50  Ppd. 


c 


WOODEN   SOLID  PUZZLES 


Gold. 

f     original     scientists 
nalyzed    actual    lunar   < 


great    for    study, 


stance  slightly  adhesive.  Tv 

Stock   No.  4I.26IE    (I 

Stock   No.  4I.262E    (4 


Mde   hours  of   pie 


lity     to 
^nimals 


'4^'  f^  w 

them.     Lots    of    fun    for    the  «^  .  .  rl^  ^^.-"V,     ■ 

whole  family.  Will  test  skill.  fAj/  '>^  F^W"  . 

patience  and  ability  to  solve          T^  '.-^^  F    i 

problems.                                                  ,  ^ 


Stock   No.  70.205E 


NEW,   LOW-COST   GEM   TUMBLER 


nating    hobby 


NEVER  BEFORE  A  BOOK  LIKE  THIS: 


■'All  About  Telescopes"— 
the  world's  best  illustrated 
easily  understood  book  of  its 
kind.  Graphic  illustrations 
and  easy-to-read  languages. 
Instructs   how  to   build,    buy 


.  loads  of 
easy.  Make 
jewelry  of  all  kinds — decora- 
tive book-ends,  table  tops. 
eti\  Simply  tumble-finish 
readily  available  gemstone 
.  .  .  then  polish  to  hiel 
lustre  .  .  .  brings  out  beau 
tiful  colors.  Rugged  3-lb.  ca 
pacity  tumbler  w/continuou 


telescope, 
with  photography — take 
lestial  pictures  and  h 
distance      shots      of      bi 


duty    motor.    Full 

Stock  No.  70.874E 

6.lb.    ROCK    assortment    (10  TYPES) 

Stock  No.  70.868E  ^^___^^ 

■■'.MI«J.|l|J.|.'IJ.I:lclH.MJ:IJl^l|.».T« 


192  pagei 


amazing  heights.  Easy  to 
assemble  and  launch.  Use 
over  and  over.  Low  cost. 
Lots  of  fun.  Can  carry  V2 
lb.  objects  with  string  teth- 
cr.  Fly  school  colors  at 
games,  use  for  advertising, 
attach  mirror — play  "spy  in 
the   sky."    Includes  complete       60X    eyep 


3  '   ASTRONOMICAL   TELESCOPE 

shots,  orbits-stars. 
Venus,  planets 
60  to  180  power, 
d  and  overcoated 
:er  f/IO  primary 
ventilated  cell, 
mount  with  locks 
es.  Equipped  with 
nted 


3X  finder  tele- 
scope, hardwood  tripod. 
FREE:    "STAR    CHART";    272-pag6    "HANDBOOK 

HEAVENS";    "HOW    TO     USE  YOUR     TELESCOP 

Stock    No.   aS.OSOE               .                .  S29.95  F 

Stock    No.   85.I05E                41,4"  $94.50  F 

Stock    No.    85.086E                      6"  $239.50  F 


Con 


tely 


catalog.     148    pages 
e.irly    4.000     unusual 

charts! 


packed 
bargair 

illustrations.  Many  hard-to-get  war 
surplus  bargains.  Enormous  selec- 
tion of  telescopes,  microscopes,  bi- 
noculars, magnets,  etc.  for  hobbyists, 
experimenters,  workshops.  Shop  by 
mail.  Write  for  Catalog  "E"  to  Ed- 
m.inrl  Scientific  Co..  300  Edscorp 
Jersey  08007. 


ORDER  BY  STOCK  NUMBER  •  SEND  CHECK  OR  MONEY  ORDER  •  MONEY-BACK  GUARANTEE 

-     300  EDSCORP  BUILDING 

I    BARRINGTON,  NEW  JERSEY  08007 


93 


Five  years  ago  thelyonek  Indian! 


The  Tyonek  Indians  in  Alaska  used  to 
struggle  for  their  living.  Their  sole  means  of 
support  was  trapping  and  fishing. 

Then  one  of  our  affiliates,  Humble  Oil  & 
Refining  Company,  paid  the  Tyoneks  several 
million  dollars  for  the  right  to  explore  for  oil 
on  their  land. 


We  didn't  discover  any  oil.  But  we're  ui 
to  that.  (After  all,  only  one  out  of  every  f  j 
exploratory  wells  drilled  in  the  U.  S.  actuj 
results  in  the  discovery  of  oil  in  commer 
quantities.) 

The  Tyoneks  used  their  money  wisely. 

They  invested  in  a  modem  office  buildi 
in  nearby  Anchorage,  for  future  income. 

They  bought  a  share  in  a  utility  compe 


eeded  food.  Now  they  need  an  industry. 


wmill  and  a  small  airline. 

And  they  formed  their  own  construction 
ipany,  and  rebuilt  their  village,  complete 
h  modern  homes,  electricity,  roads  and  a 
'  school. 

While  they  were  rebuilding  their  village, 
Tyoneks  learned  to  be  welders  and  electri- 
is  and  surveyors  and  technicians. 

Now  the  work  is  done. 


The  village  is  completed.  The  Tyonek 
Indians  have  many  new  skills.  And  now  they're 
looking  for  some  new  ways  to  use  them. 

Standard  OU  Company 
(New  Jersey) 


\  ^ 


A  unique  and  beautiful  calendar  to 
be  treasured  by  wildlife  lovers 

1971  Calendar 


The  artist  and  designer  of  the 

Society's  1971  Calendar  is  Kenya 

resident  Harald  Olaf  Nickelsen. 

Each  page  of  the  Calendar  features 

a  black  and  white  study  of  East 

African  game  or  scenery.  Below 

each  painting  are  five  still  photos  in 

full  color  drawn  from  some  of  the 

region's  top  photographers. 

One  of  the  twelve 

pages  of  the  Society's 

1971  Calendar  (9"x12") 


East  African  wi 

All  proceeds  benefit  East  African  wildlife  conservati 


Calendars:  $1.50  Post  free 
surface  mail;  $3.00  Air  Mail 


1971      JANUARV      igyi 

SUNDAY  MONDAY  TUESDAY        WEDNESDAY     THURSDAY  FRIDAY  SATURDAY 

1  2 

3    4    5    6    7    8  9 

10   11   12   13   14   15  16 

17   18   19   20   21   22  23 

'Hi      25   26   27   28   29  30 

THE  EAST  AFRICAN  WILD  LIFE  SOCIETY 


To  EASTAFRICAN  WILD  LIFE  SOCIETY 

P.O.  Box  20110 
Nairobi,  Kenya 

Please  send  the  quantities  marked  in  the  boxes  to: 


Name- 


Address. 


Surface  Mail/Air  Mail 
Amount  enclosed 


Or  charge  to  my  Diners  Club  account. 


Quantity 

1.  Giraffe  n 

2.  Lion  cubs  □ 

3.  Leopard  □ 

4.  Sunset  □ 

5.  River  crossing  □ 

6.  Bee-eater  □ 

7.  Zebra  n 

8.  Ngorongoro  Crater  □ 

9.  Butterflies  D 

10.  Dusty  Elephant  n 

(David  Shepherd  reproduction) 

Calendar  □ 


-  j^ 


-f 


^vji 

7 

diflHi 

^^''^^l 

,^ 

jHBHH 

^9 

rjj 

ii^] 

K^^MmP*" 

*^ 

B 

^^ 

■■^'.'n+'^'i.-: 


10 


^ta 


1970  Christmas  Cards 

All  cards  (lightweight)  size  6V2  x  4V2 .  Blank  cards 
(without  greetings)  also  available  and  we  can 
undertake  individual  overprinting.  Write  for  details. 
Cards  with  envelope  $0.15  each.  Add  10  per  cent 
extra  for  packing  and  postage  (surface  mail)  on 
orders  for  under  100. 


Order  earln-Suriace  Mail  to  the  II8A-3  moRtiis 


Yure  invited  to  achii 


for  amateur  photographers 

IF  YOU  HAVE  THAT  RARE  TALENT  FOR  GREAT 
PHOTOGRAPHY,  HERE  IS  YOUR  CHANCE  TO  RE- 
CEIVE RECOGNITION,  AN  EXCITING  ZEISS  IKON 
CAMERA  AND  A  $1,000.00  COMMISSION. 


A>-*<*^ 


•v^^ 


% 


meter  from  10  sec.  to  1  /500 

plus  a  4)  I K^'^-^'^^'^— ^^^ ^    sec.    Distance,  speed    and 

commission  to  take  photos  aperture  visible  in  finder, 
with  your  Contaflex  126  for  With  Zeiss  Tessar  f/'2.8,  42 
publication  with  full  credits  mm  lens,  valued  at  $154.95. 
in  the  Zeiss  Ikon  IMAGE 
MAKERS  AWARD  portfolio 
in  Popular  Photography. 


CONTAFLEX  126  r-\        \  K^^Hfe'E   ^'"""^^^^  ^^6  SE 

The  easiest-to-use  instant  /nO  IL'^B  - I^^hS  ^  winning  combination  of 
load,  single  lens  reflex  sys-      ^  ^^^^^^^^BP   '"stant    loading,    compact- 

tem  camera  with  automatic   VITESSA  500  SE  ness    and    automatic    elec- 

exposure  control  for  day-  A  compact,  electronic,  full  tronic  exposure  to  10  sees., 
light  and  flash.  Body  and  frame  35  mm  camera  with  flash  cube  provision.  With 
outstanding  Zeiss  Color  electronic  shutter  and  self-  fast  Color  Lanthar  f/2.8, 
Pantar  f/2.8,  45  mm  lens  timer  and  automatic  ex-  38  mm  lens,  valued  at 
valued  at  $179.95.  posure    control    thru    CdS    $94.95. 


^ 


..^ 


^3^!^* 


ir      «. 


",      « 


-4' 


YOU'RE  AN  AWARD  CANDIDATE 

by  submitting  your  best  photo- 
graph for  judgment.  It  can  be  of 
any  subject,  b/w  or  color,  slide 
or  print,  taken  by  any  camera.  It 
should  exemplify  photography 
as  a  medium  for  creative  ex- 
pression. Photos  should  be  cur- 
rent and  cannot  have  won 
awards  or  been  previously  pub- 
lished. Please  insure  your  entry, 
we  cannot  assume  responsibility. 
Photos  will  not  be  returned  un- 
less accompanied  by  return 
postage.  Entries  must  be  post- 
marked no  later  than  8/1/70. 
Mail  to:  Amateur  NH,  ZIV  of 
America,  P.O.  Box  1181,  Engle- 
wood  Cliffs,  N.J.  07632. 
ZEISS  IKON 

THE  IMAGE  MAKERS 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


AUGUST-SEPT^IBER  1970  •  $1.00 


MOST  AUTOMATIC  TRANSMISSIONS 
DRIVING  EASY  ON  THE  DRIVER    -^m 

OUR  AUTOMimC  TRANSMISSION  ALSO  MjIkE^ 
DRIVING  EASY  ON  THE  CAR.         ".  iiM 


mm 


The  Austin  America  saves 
your  right  arm  and  your  left  leg. 

It  has  no  clutch.  And  you  can 
simply  put  it  in  "D"  and  go. 

Which,  at  $1949*,  makes  it 
one  of  the  lowest  priced  cars  with 
a  fully  automatic  transmission. 

But  our  car  is  not  only  easy 
on  your  muscles  and  your  wallet. 
It's  also  easy  on  itself. 

Because  built  into  the 
automatic  transmission  are  four 
forward  speeds.  One  more  than 
any  other  car. 

So  when  you  speed  up  or 
slow  down,  there's  one  more  gear 
that  can  kick  in. 

So  the  engine  is  more  often 
running  at  peak  efficiency.  So  it 
lasts  longer.  And  gets  more  miles 
out  of  every  gallon  of  gas. 

The  Austin  America  also  has 
front  wheel  drive  and  liquid 
suspension  (no  springs,  no  shock 
absorbers). 

And  the  engine  is  set  in 
crooked,  so  it  takes  up  less  room 
and  gives  more  room  to  the 
passengers. 

They  can  appreciate  it  more. 

Made  by  the  people  who 
make  the  Jaguar,  Rover,  Triumph 
and  MG.  ,. 


1 


6 


At  Austin-MG  dealers. 


AUSTIN  AMEIUCA.THE  PERFECT  SECOND  CAR. 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


VCORPORATING  NATURE    MAGAZINE 


The  Journal  of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Vol.  LXXIX,  No.  7        August-September  1970 


BIG  SUR  STORM  Sam  Abrams 

Wind,  spray,  fishing,  man — an  impressionistic  essay. 


The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History 

Gardner  D.  Stout,  President 
Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Director 

Natural  History 
Alfred  Meyer,  Editor 

Robert  E.  Williamson,  Managing  Editor 

Alan  P.  Ternes,  Senior  Editor 

Thomas  Page,  Art  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

Avis  Kniffin 

John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 

Frederick  R.  Hartmann 

Karen  Manulis 

Florence  G.  Edelstein,  Copy  Chief 

Toni  Gerber,  Copy  Editor 

Carol  Breslin,  Reviews 

Diantha  C.  Thorpe,  Research 

William  Suderman,  Production 

Staff  Assistants 
Ernestine  Weindorf 
Caroline  Doerfiinger 

Editorial  Advisers 

Dean  Amadou 

Franklyn  M.  Branley 

Vincent  Manson 

Margaret  Mead 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

Gerard  Piel 

Ethel  Tobach 

Advertising  Sales 

Harvey  Oshinsky,  Director 

Harry  F.  Decker 

Walter  E.  Mercer 

Gordon  Finley 

Dinah  Lowell,  Traffic 

Eileen  O'Keefe,  Assl. 

Circulation  Promotion 

Ann  Usher,  Director 

Maureen  Fitzgerald,  Assl. 

Fulfillment 
Joseph  Saulina,  Manager 


18  AN  ENVIRONMENTAL  LAWYER  URGES:  PLEAD  THE  NINTH 
AMENDMENT!  E.  F.  Roberts 

Our  Constitutional  right  to  a  decent  environment — as  yet  unarticulated — 
may  be  the  very  right  that  makes  all  others  possible. 

28  DEATH  BY  THE  PLOW  Richard  Brewer  Photographs  by  Steven  C.  JFUson 
Remembrance  of  things  past:  the  eastern  prairies,  once  rich  with  vegeta- 
tion and  wildlife,  are  now  cultivated  rows  of  turned  earth. 

36    THREE  FLEEING  BULLHEADS  John  Bardach  and  Trudy  Villars 

The  odors  of  man-made  pollutants  are  apt  to  confuse  smell-sensitive  fish — • 
with  the  dire  result  of  a  breakdown  in  chemical  communications. 

42  THE  GAELTACHT  OF  WEST  KERRY  Photographs  by  Lisa  Stephens 
An  excursion  into  visual  anthropology,  this  pictorial  supplement  meditates 
on  the  "long  littleness"  of  everyday  life  in  an  Irish  village — and  finds  the 
vital  and  enduring  spirit  of  a  people. 

92    THE  SUPERCIVILIZED  WEATHER  AND  SKY  SHOW 
Henry  Lansford 

.  .  .  presenting  "false"  cirrus  clouds,  meager  rains,  atmospheric  pollutants, 
and  a  host  of  drastic  climate  and  weather  changes. 

98    THE  MIGRATION  OF  THE  BARREN-GROUND  CARIBOU 
John  P.  Kelsall 

In  hordes  of  countless  thousands,  Canada's  migrating  caribou  crisscross 
700,000  square  miles  of  water,  boreal  forest,  and  lichened  tundra. 

cover:  In  scattered  places,  barbed  wire  could  not  keep  the  prairie  out — 
and  defeated  sodbusters  left  their  desolate  outposts  to  the  wind. 

2       AUTHORS 

108  SKY  REPORTER  John  p.  Wiley,  Jr. 

109  CELESTIAL  EVENTS  Thomus  D.  Nicholson 
114     BOOKS  IN  REVIEW  Barbara  Blau  Chamberlain 

130       LETTERS  TO  THE  EDITOR 

133       SUGGESTED  ADDITIONAL  READING 


Publication  Office:  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Central  Park   West  at 
79lh  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024.  Published  monthly,  October  through  May; 
bimonthly  June  to  September,  Subscription:  $7.00  a  year.  In  Canada  and  all  other 
countries-  87  50  a  year.  Single  copies  SI. 00.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  New  York, 
N.Y.,  and  at  additional  offices.  Copyright  ©  1970  by  The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History.  No  part  of  this  periodical  may  be  reproduced  without  the  written  consent  of 
Natural  History.  Manuscripts  and  illustrations  submitted  to  the  editorial  offiice 
will  be  handled  with  care,  but  we  cannot  assume  responsibility  for  their  safely.  Opinions 
expressed  by  authors  are  their  own  and  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the  pobcy  of  The 
American  Museum.  Natural  History  incorporating  Nature  Magazine  is  indexed  in 
Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 


Saii  with  us,  Norwegian  Style... 

2Autumn 

Cruises  fhl" 
Southern  Cross 


Late  October  is  a  marvelous  time  to  join 
us  on  a  leisurely  cruise  to  lands  beyond  the 
Equator  where  our  Fall  is  their  Springtime. 
Choose  either  of  two  great  adventure  voy- 
ages under  the  skies  of  the  Southern  Cross 
—  to  the  South  Pacific  aboard  our  famous 
Bergensfjord,  or  to  the  South  Atlantic  on 
our  magnificent  flagship  Sagajjord.  Both 
ships  are  stabilized  for  smooth  sailing  and 
fully  air-conditioned.  Landings  are  dock- 
side  at  most  ports. 

You  unpack  only  once  and  live  in  a  spa- 
cious stateroom  with  private  facilities  and 
telephone.  Pretty  stewardesses  and  gallant 
stewards  pamper  you  Norwegian  Style,  and 
superb  international  cuisine  is  served  at  a 
single  unhurried  sitting.  Our  shipboard 
parties  are  lively,  our  swimming  pools  and 
sauna  baths  wonderfully  relaxing. 

South  Pacific  Cruise 

M.S.  BERGENSFJORD 

59  days  •  17  ports  •  from  $1,500* 
Oct.  20.  from  N.  Y.  Oct.  22  from  Port  Everglades,  Fla. 
On  this  first  cruise  voyage  after  an  extensive 
face-lifting,  the  immensely  popular  Bergens- 
fjord rewards  her  devotees  with  glamorous 
new  comforts  and  conveniences.  And  a  fabu- 
lous itinerary,  too.  From  New  York  to  Port 
Everglades,  San  Bias  Islands,  Cristobal,  Bal- 
boa, Papeete  (Tahiti),  Moorea  (French  Poly- 
nesia), Bora  Bora,  Avarua,  Nukualofa,  Suva, 
Auckland,  Wellington,  Lyttelton,  Rapa-Iti, 
Pitcairn  Island,  Easter  Island,  Callao,  Balboa, 
Cristobal,  Port  Everglades  and  New  York, 

South  America  &  Africa  Cruise 

M.S.SAGAFJORD 

51  days  •  13  ports  •  from  $1,400* 
Oct.  27  from  N.Y.  Oct.  29  from  Port  Everglades,  Fla. 
An  extraordinary  voyage  to  two  great  con- 
tinents washed  by  the  South  .Atlantic.  The 
Sagajjord,  your  elegant  home  afloat,  docks  at 
every  port... no  need  to  rely  on  ship-to-shore 
tender  schedules.  From  New  York  to  Port 
Everglades,  Barbados.  Bahia,  Rio  de  Janeiro, 
Tristan  da  Cunha,  Cape  Town,  Luanda,  Pointe 
Noire,  Monrovia,  Freetown,  Conakry,  Dakar, 
Cape  Verde  Islands,  St.  Thomas,  Port  Ever- 
glades and  New  York. 

Other  SAGAFJORD  Cruises  1970-71 


CRUISE              DAYS 

PORTS 

MIN.* 

European  Vacation       31 

11 

$1,000 

September  European  28 

11 

$    760 

West  Indies                  9 

3 

$    300 

Christmas  &  New  Year 

West  Indies             17 

7 

$    550 

1971  Grand  World        93 

20 

S3, 150 

^Minimum,  subject  to  ava 

lability 

M.S.  Sagajjord  and  M.S.  Bergensfjord  are  reg- 
istered in  Norway,  where  pride  in  seamanship 
is  1,000  years  old. 

p^jUiM/e()UMi  AmEOtea  [^ 

29  Broadway,  New  York,  N.Y.  10006  •  Tel.  (212)  944-6900 

Chicago  •  Miami  •  San  Francisco  •  Los  Angeles 

Portland  •  Seattle 


E,  F.  Roberts  is  a  professor  at 
Cornell  University  Law  School  and 
a  member  of  the  Massachusetts  Bar 
Association  and  the  American  Law 
Institute.  His  article  treats  his  long- 


standing concern — land-use  planning 
and  environmental  law.  A  graduate 
of  Northeastern  University  with  an 
LL.B.  from  Boston  College.  Roberts 
is  preparing  a  book  on  this  subject 
within  the  framework  of  environ- 
mental planning. 

Richard  Brewer,  author  of 
"Death  by  the  Plow,"  is  associate 
professor  of  biology  at  Western 
Michigan  University.  He  is  primar- 
ily interested  in  the  organization 
and  evolution  of  ecosystems;  in 
particular,  the  relationship  between 


*^jm 

^H^l^    •'ttB^^M^ 

wKIm 

.#•'           ^^^lAii. -'...-' 

"Wd^ 

l.ia^aL.iA^^'ai^ 

m 

% 

^m 

--ml .        1 

Q- 

BH|^2^^_» '  ~' 

W-4 

-^x^^BB^^ 

h&^ 

ecosystem  organization  and  the 
population  structure  and  life  his- 
tory of  the  constituent  organisms. 
He  plans  future  studies  on  the  com- 
munity organization  of  oak  fores^sj 
and  on  habitat  selection  in  birds. 

A  film  maker  and  photographer, 
Steven  C.  Wilson's  field  studies 
include  the  migration  of  the  barren- 
ground  caribou  in  the  Arctic  and 
a  photographic  survey  of  the  Great 
Plains  region  of  North  America.  Mr. 


Wilson  has  recently  completed  a 
documentary  on  the  ecology  of 
American  rivers  entitled  "Dam  the 
Downstream,"  part  of  a  series  oi 
hour-long  color  films  on  man  and 
his  environments. 

John  Bardach  is  professor  of 
natural  resources  at  the  University 
of  Mi(  hii-'an  wliere  he  directs  a  lab 


INTERNATIONAL  PAPER  ANNOUNCES 
A  $101  MILLION,  FOUR-YEAR  PLAN  TO  COMBAT 

POLLUTION. 


I 


hternational  Paper  Company  believes  that  the  aspirations  of  our  society  for  a 
better  hfe  can  be  met,  that  the  pollution  of  our  environment  can  be  controlled,  and 
that  the  vital  quality  of  the  basic  resources  we  all  share  can  be  maintained  within 
the  framework  of  our  economy.  International  Paper  is  dedicated  to  do  its  part  as  an 
ndustrial  citizen  to  achieve  these  goals. 

I  can  now  report  to  you  that  the  Company  has  adopted  a  four-year  plan,  to  be 
;ompleted  by  1974.  This  plan  places  International  Paper  in  the  forefront  of  those  taking 
)ositive,  constructive  measures  to  solve  the  problem  of  environmental  quality. 
We  estimate  the  total  cost  of  this  program  will  be  $101  million. 
When  this  program  is  completed  every  one  of  our  U.S.  pulp  and  paper  mills  will 
36  equipped  with  primary  and  secondary  waste  water  treatment  systems. 

Water  so  treated  does  not  adversely  affect  the  complicated  life  chain  in  natural 
A^aters-from  bacteria  to  plankton,  to  plants  and  fish  life. 

In  terms  of  air  quality  this  program  will  utilize  the  latest  technology,  which  will 
permit  us  to  remove  over  99%  of  particulate  matter  from  mill  emission  points.  Presently 
installed  equipment  has  an  efficiency  factor  of  about  90%.  It  will  also  include  adaptation 
of  newtechnical  developments  that  will  control  the  odors  of  a  kraft  paper  mill. 

International  Paper  pledges  to  apply  its  technology  its  resources,  and  the  efforts 
of  its  people  to  this  end. 


EDWARD  B.  HINMAN 

President,  International  Paper  Company 


THEY'LL  DIE 

unless  you  and  we  help  ihem.  They'll 
Die— and  thousands  more  like  them 
of  many  different  species  will  die — 
unless  money  is  mode  available  to 
finance  the  many  requests  from  East 
Africa's  National  Parks,  Research  Or- 
ganizations and  Game  Departments. 

During  1969  we  funded  conserva- 
tion projects  amounting  to  $74,500  in 
Kenya,  Uganda  and  Tanzania.  We 
need  your  continued  support  to  com- 
bat the  increasing  menace  of  extinc- 
tion for  many  species  of  wild  animal, 
by  making  a  donation  or  by  joining 
the  Society. 

Membership  of  the  Society  will  cost 
you  $10  annually.  For  this  you  receive 
our  quarterly  magazine  "Africana" 
and  are  entitled  to  buy  our  ties,  car 
bodges,  brooches  and  cufflinks. 
Christmas  cards.  Calendars,  wild  life 
prints  and  the  Scientific  Journal  are 
available  to  all. 

The  wild  life  of  East  Africa  is  now 
a  world  responsibility,  shared  by  ev- 
eryone. It  is  enjoyed  by  tens  of  thou- 
sands of  visitors  each  year.  Help  us 
to  see  that  millions  will  continue  to 
enjoy  it. 


EAST  AFRICAN 

WILD  LIFE 

SOCIETY 

P.O.  Box  20110,  Nairobi,  Kenya. 
East  Africa. 

Please   enroll  me   as  a  member. 
I  enclose  $ 

Name  

Address  „ 

N.H. 


oratory  specializing  in  physi- 
ological ecology  of  fishes.  He  is 
also  the  author  of  tivo  popular 
books  on  man's  interference  in  the 
hydrosphere.  Doivnstream.  and  Hut- 
vest  of  the  Sea. 

Coauthor  of  '"Three  Fleeing  Bull- 
heads" and  Bardach's  assistant, 
Trudv  Villars  is  the  fish  observer 


and  trainer.  Her  involvement  in 
studies  of  the  beha^doral  mecha- 
nisms of  learning,  particularly  in 
rats,  stems  from  her  interest  in 
physiological  psychology  from  the 
behavioral  point  of  view. 

An  intuitive  impulse  coupled 
with  her  Welsh-Irish  background 
led  Lisa  Stephens  to  spend  tsvo 
years  in  Ireland  during  1963-64. 
Through  reading  the  Irish  play- 
wright. John  Synge,  she  became 
particularly  interested  in  the 
Gaeltacht  area  of  West  Kerry,  and 
her    current   photographs   celebrate 


this  region.  A  photographer  for 
twelve  years,  Stephens  originally 
majored  in  history  at  UCLA  and 
studied  drawing  and  painting  with 
several  leading  California  artists. 
As  a  continuation  of  her  interest  in 
Gaelic  culture,  she  is  currently 
spending   six  months   in  the  Heb- 


rides working  with  film  and  stiH 
photography  and  studying  the  sim- 
ilarities and  differences  between  the 
Gaels  of  Scotland  and  Ireland. 

Henry  Lansford's  article  on  in- 
advertent weather  modification 
grew   out  of  his   work   at  the  Na^ 


tional  Center  for  Atmospheric  Re 
search  in  Boulder,  Colorado,  where 
he  has  been  a  public  informatior 
officer  since  1965.  Previously,  Lans 
ford  worked  for  the  United  States 
Atomic  Energy  Commission  as  pub 
lications  officer.  He  has  writter 
articles  on  the  atmospheric  sciences: 
natural  history,  and  other  subject; 
for  a  variety  of  publications. 

John  P.  Kelsall  has  written  ex 
tensively  on  the  barren-ground  car 
ibou,  the  subject  of  his  current  ar 
tide.  After  traveling  and  working 
in  the  Canadian  Arctic  for  nin( 
years  with  the  Canadian  Wildlifi 
Service,   Kelsall   attended   the   Uni 


versit>'  of  Western  Australia  wher 
he  received  his  Ph.D.  in  zoology  ii 
1965.  At  present,  he  is  a  researd 
scientist  for  the  Canadian  Wildlif 
Service,  fellow  of  the  Arctic  In 
stitute  of  North  America,  and  direc 
tor  of  the  Canadian  Society  oj 
Wildlife  and  Fishery  Biologists.  H 
is  currently  at  work  on  a  study  c 
waterfowl  plumage  and  its  possibl 
applications  in  aging  and  sexin 
birds. 


^} 


4 


«» 


1^''  '  |- 


^ 


^♦< 


vr/' 


■/* .  • 


^, 


\,. 


I^J^'St 


->e- 


•>^vj<?^f^^^ 


i^ 


I  of  Earth  taken  by 
.astronauts,  we  become 
...latically  aware  that  all 
'■  ^ankinpl  is  on  this  trip  through 
/  space  together. 

^Atvthis  distance,  subtle  geopolitical 
^6undaries  are  indistinguishable. 
'Our  planet  is  a  mutually  shared 
^e  in  which  the  problems 
tone  area  become  the 
AL'^  problems  of  all. 

From  our  new  vantage  point,  we 
can  also  see  things  to  help 
^  solve  some  of  these  problems. 

With  this  nation's  existing  space 
f        technologies  we  could  monitor 
;  world  crops  for  disease  or  locate 

V         new  fisheries  resources.  We  could 
i;         open  new  frontiers  in  meteorology, 

education,  navigation,  forestry, 
;..        communications.  With  benefits  in 

nearly  every  area  of  human  activity. 
:  Think  about  the  possibilities. 

The  Boeing  Company. 


Dr  Harry  Weintraub,  Principal,  drops  in  on 

Miss  Simmons'  class  during  a  Discaf  reading  session 

Distar  arithmetic  and  language  programs 

also  are  used  in  the  school. 


The  sounds  these  children  are  making 
will  help  them  read  six  months  sooner* 

Can  you  teach  kindergarten  children— including  the  dis- 
advantaged—how  to  read  ?  A  new  teaching  system  published 
by  Science  Research  Associates,  an  IBM  subsidiary,  shows 
the  way.  This  story  is  another  example  of  how  IBM,  its  people 
or  products  often  play  a  part  in  tackling  today's  problems. 


^~^'C^ 


nod 
mod 


i.^. 


A  kindergarten  class  in  Brooklyn,  N.Y.    Schools  in  45  states  already  use  the  Distar^"  Systerr[s,  published  by  SRA,  a  subsidiary  of  IBM. 


Ruth  Simmons  teaches  kindergarten  at  P.S.  321  K,  in 
Brooklyn,  New  York.  Dr.  Harry  Weintraub  is  the  Prin- 
cipal. Between  them,  they've  taught  and  observed  all 
kinds  of  youngsters— bright,  slow,  and  the  educationally 
disadvantaged. 

"Usually,we  don't  teach  formal  reading  to  children 
before  the  first  grade,"  says  Dr.  Weintraub.  "But  last 
year  we  experimented  with  a  new  system  called  Distar 
that  starts  them  off  in  kindergarten. 

"This  system  provides  teachers  with  a  technique 
designed  to  reward  even  the  slowest  child  with  a  sense 
of  success.  You  have  no  idea  how  important  this  is  for 
such  youngsters." 

The  Distar  System  evolved  from  five  years  of  re- 
search by  Siegfried  Engelmann  and  colleagues  at  the 
University  of  Illinois. The  program  includes  material  for 
teachers,  workbooks  and  take-home  sheets  for  children. 


Miss  Simmons  explains  some  of  the  classwork. 
"We  teach  the  sounds  letters  of  the  alphabet  represent. 
If  a  child  finds  it  hard  to  grasp,  we  don't  point  out  his 
troubles.  We  merely  reprogram  the  lessons  a  little  to 
give  his  problem  special  attention  without  anyone  be- 
coming aware  of  it. 

"When  the  children  learn  these  sounds,  we  teach 
them  how  to  put  several  of  them  together.  All  of  a  sud- 
den, they're  reading  words.  And  do  they  feel  great! 

"Our  District  Superintendent,  Dr.  Anthony  Fer- 
rerio,  introduced  Distar  to  two  schools  in  our  district 
last  year  after  hearing  how  successful  it  was  in  schools 
around  the  country. 

"I'm  very  enthusiastic  about  it.  I  know  my  kids 
will  be  reading  stories  before  they  get 
to  the  first  grade.  And  that's  really 
something." 


IBM 


ANaluralistatLarge 


Cole  Weston  :  Surf  and  headlands.  Big  Sur,  California 


January  MO 


Yesterday  Big  Sur  looked  like 
''ermont  Ly  the  Pacific,  sycamores 
roviding  the  fall  yellow.  Today 
the  seventh)  I  walked  up  the  mesa 
nd  down  through  the  canyon  to 
le  sea.  I  saw  the  bushtit,  local 
hickadee  equivalent,  supposed  to 
e  a  small  chickadee-like  bird,  but 

is  not  only  smaller  than  the  other 
lembers  of  its  family  but  finer, 
rawn  out  into  warbler-like  deli- 
acy.    Like    chickadees    and    some 

arblers  it  is  a  tree  cleaner,  search- 
ig  over  the  leaves  and  crevices  in 
le  bark  for  dormant  or  slow  insect 
3rms  .  .  .  heard  the  western  song 
parrow  sing,  January  song  spar- 
ows,  vain  to  compare  with  the 
lirds  along  the  Charles  in  protected 
laces  singing  in  February  Mas- 
achusetts  sun  in  alder  swamp  now 
ighway. 

Still  not  at  home  in  the  West,  the 
orms  are  surprising  and  extrav- 
gant — shrubs  are  trees,  annuals 
ivelve  feet  high.  Cannot  find  a 
lace  to  sit  outside,  although  when 
tie  snow  in  Vermont  was  still  two 
eet  deep  in  the  low  woods,  I  found 
sun-warmed  bank  of  graveyard 
rail,  shielding  wind  and  reflecting 
lore  sun,  dry  enough  to  lie  down 
the    cemetery    six    feet    above    the 


Big  Siir  Storm 


bySamAhrams 


fields  where  plow  and  grazing  had 
got  at  topsoil — another  story).  Not 
sure  that  my  inability  to  find  a 
place  to  sit  down  is  purely  igno- 
rance, tradition  of  western  leather 
pants  and  thorny  drought  armor. 

Step  out  of  the  woods  onto  the 
beach,  adjust  to  open  society,  the 
herring  gulls  around  a  fisherman 
all  but  talk  English.  Don't  look 
them  in  the  eye  and  they  trust  you. 
For  a  second.  Competitive  and 
vocal  and  smart. 

The  weekenders  are  like  trading 
stamp  catalog  pics  or,  with  a  little 
more  bread,  like  an  Abercrombie 
window  .  .  .  they  show  up  on  the 
beach  when  a  low  tide  coincides 
with  a  sunset  on  a  weekend,  with 
full  wet  suits,  special  clamming 
hoes,  measuring  bars  attached,  and 
clamming  bags,  and  ten  of  them  get 
one  clam  between  them  in  three 
hours. 

The  catchers  are  mostly  old  re- 
tired, show  up  on  a  rainy  weekday 
morning  for  the  lowest  tide  of  the 
month  with  equipment  as  elaborate 
and  expensive  as  the  weekenders 
but  homemade.  The  superfisherman 
had  made  his  own  rod  spike  from 
about  four  feet  of  three-inch  steel, 
two   small,    tin    can    bait   cups   sol- 


dered or  welded  to  it,  rag  hook,  big 
heavy-duty  modern  worn  fiber  glass 
pole,  plenty  of  blood  on  it,  ex- 
pensive largest-size  spinning  reel. 
He  rigged  two  hooks  on  either  side 
of  a  three  ounce  or  so  triangular 
sinker,  for  one  hook  he  had  a  bait 
can  full  of  freshly  dug  sand  crabs, 
mostly  half  inchers  which  he  com- 
plained were  too  small,  and  for  the 
other,  store-bought  fresh  mackerel 
cut  into  blunt  one  and  a  half  by 
three-quarter-inch  wedges  (with  a 
very  sharp  knife)  and  soaked  over- 
night in  red  food  dye  .  .  .  reels  in, 
rod  in  spike,  inspects  the  bait  two 
inches  from  the  eye  and  drops  a 
piece  of  mackerel  and  a  live  sand- 
crab  (the  gulls  rustle  a  little  in  the 
waiting  circle),  picks  up  the  rod. 
walks  knee-deep,  casts  out  right 
into  the  hole  between  the  bars  back 
up  the  beach,  sets  the  rod  in  the 
spike,  dries  hands,  watches  rod  tip 
there's  a  bite  ...  he  lost  interest  in 
talking  to  me  when  I  didn't  see  the 
bite  fast  enough.  I  projected  disgust 
at  my  inattention  to  the  quivering 
rod  top.  I  am  always  forgetting  that 
the  only  way  to  tell  the  difference 
between  the  jerking  of  the  rod/line 
caused  by  the  sinker  bouncing  in 
the  complex  rhythm  of  the  waves  is 


^« 


^» 

3    ^          "So 

o 

d   includ 

scum,  Y: 
nn.  0652 

u 

o 

Si    C           3    O 

o 

'/Mg  40-pag 
i  animals, 
on. 

Peabody 
ew  Haven, 

3 

mpany 
ts   am 
ustrati 
;tpaid, 

N 

lb 

Z 

1 

X  t:  .Ji  «©■ 

o 

•i  g-  ^li  a 

"J     1>     CO     c     1) 

z 

urable  pla 
lating  "sw 
inuous  im 
rhe   origii 
s  to  compl 

o 

T3     C    w  ■         u, 

K 

-      y    O    i«    u 

liJ 

u 

</i          Q.-V 
'^  j:   o  t-  ^ 

b. 

c^       £^   o 

t,   J>   o    o 

C    O    M         - 

0) 

eproduced  o 
,  in  full  col 
e"  blends  to 
ing  the   age 
d  by  experts. 

U 

< 

K 

3 

-  fe  E  -  ^ 

s 

j:  -o  3  It:  (u 

«  S  o  —  J= 

q: 

,t8  .a  i  >«  3 

3 

< 

O  >*"     C3      ' 

o 

00  o          u 

<       u  2 

z 

C    S    0    '^ 

'c  3   =   n 

.ES  c  - 

Q 

o 

< 

N            c 

S 

nger's 
ral    in 
at  Yal 
school 
tion. 

< 

tt 

—  3  .^  r-  ?■ 

rt    C    11  •-    O 

Q 

N       2  —  H 

,  •  '„  .23  IS  T3 

t^  SjuiE  « 

j:  '-s       X  P 

:§^3.o- 

a  ^    c3    M    (3 

PS  olZ  Ea 

the  change  in  rhythm  ...  he  was  a 
mean  codger  anyway.  A  pleasure  to 
watch  him  unhook  a  fish,  the  econ- 
omy of  attention.  I  told  him  at  the 
beginning  I  was  not  a  good  fish- 
erman. The  next  time  when  he  was 
talking  with  his  buddy  just  back 
from  clamming,  homemade  wet  suit 
of  plastic,  parka  with  rubber  bands 
at  wrist,  sneakers,  caught  nine  in  45 
tninutes. 

The  Japanese  are  like  the  catch- 
ers but  oriental.  Stand  behind  one 
on  the  beach  and  the  curve  from  his 
rod  and  all  the  curves  of  the  bay 
transpose  into  Rangoon,  Joseph 
Conrad,  and  the  Dragon  Lady.  This 
guy  is  wearing  Hong  Kong  waders 
and  a  plastic  raincoat,  baseball  cap, 
has  a  big  good  modern  rod  but  ob- 
solete bait-casting  type  reel.  The 
rod  is  fiber  glass  and  must  have 
been  made  for  a  spinning  reel  so  he 
had  to  adapt,  you  can  get  very  good 
bait  reels  cheap,  but  they  have 
nothing  like  the  range  of  the  spin- 
ners, though  an  expert  can  be  just 
as  accurate  within  the  limited  range 
with  a  bait  reel  as  with  a  spinner. 
His  creel  is  homemade  and  very 
elaborate,  army  bag  base  with  extra 
wide  nylon  straps  and  a  smile- 
shaped  foam  shoulder  pad  on  the 
strap  covered  in  something  black. 
He  is  catching  small  ones. 

On  a  rainy  day  (the  eighth),  the 
skyscape  and  the  mountainscape 
are  even  better.  Pink  washes  over 
the  Santa  Cruz  Peninsula,  ten  miles 
to  my  north,  and  to  the  south  Mon- 
terey, massive  Big  Sur  beyond  it, 
thirty  miles  across  the  bay  filling  a 
full  third  of  the  horizontal  orb  of 
vision.  Around  the  hundred  and 
eighty  horizontal  degrees  only  two 
or  three  made  up  of  the  Moss  Land- 
ing power  station  huge  smoke- 
stack verticals,  which  disrupt  the 
sweep  of  the  eye  from  cloud  mass 
to  wooded  peninsula  to  line  after 
line  of  breakers   and   the  wheeling 

lines  of  gulls the  actual  dance  of 

the  planets.  The  huge  tides  we  have 
been  having  and  the  beginning 
storm  have  not  stopped  the  good 
fisherman  who  has  been  waiting  for 
the  tides,  have  driven  the  herring 
gulls  from  the  docks  to  the  low  tide 
bars  to  scavenge  on  the  discarded 
bait  of  fishermen  and  the  under- 
sized pismo  clams  .  .  .  the  limit  on 
pismo  clams  is  ten  a  day  and  the 
minimum  size  is  five  inches  and  all 
the    clam    hunters    carry    little    U- 


shaped    cast    aluminum    measurin 
bars  in  the  fancy  rigs  attached  tt 
the    shovel    which    has    crosspiecd 
and  levers  on  it.  But  though  they  a. 
have  fancy  rigs  only  the  guys  wh( 
know  the  bars  and  the  waters  evei 
get  any.  The  clams  used  to  be  hai 
vested   by  huge  horse-drawn   rake! 
and  were  a  cheap  item  of  food  .  . 
cockles   and   mussels   alive   alive  (■ 
.  .  .  now  they  are  only  found  on 
on  the  last  bar,  they  used  to  hoi 
the  whole  intertidal,   like  the  abf 
lone.  Luckier  than  the  abalone  the; 
live    in    the    roughest    waters    to. 
murky  for  scuba  gear  even  if  ^o\ 
could  swim,  so  the  remnant  is  onl 
vulnerable  at  the  year's  lowest  tides 
These  experts  are  getting  near  thei 
limits  (up  to  seven  inches)  but  the 
dig    up    thirty    to    fifty    undersizei 
ones  for  every  bag  of  legal   one; 
The  law  says  that  undersized  one 
are  to  be  replaced   immediately 
the    holes    from    which    they    cam 
which  is  of  course  impossible  in  t^ 
roaring  waist-high  surf  and  shiftin' 
sands,  so  they  wash  ashore  for  thi 
gulls  who  are  too  numerous  todai 
for    the    available    clams    and    ar 
fiercely    and    vainly    fighting    ove" 
them.  I  watch  a  mature  adult  gull' 
bright  black  and  white,  scarlet  spoi 
glowing  on  yellow  bill,  all  the  sexi 
ual   plumage   of   all   the   birds   hal 
been     growing     brighter     the     las 
weeks  .  .  .  adult  has  a  clam  and  i 
holding  off  three,  no  five,  dusky  im, 
matures.    He    is    clearly    dominan 
enough  over  them  all  to  keep  then 
away  from  the  clam  but  he   can' 
drive   them    far    enough    away    fo: 
him  to  pick  up  the  thing  half-burie( 
in  sand  and  get  up  speed  with  thi 
load  and  find  an  updraft  and  gaii 
altitude  and  find  a  hard  surface  anc 
drop  it  and  recover.  After  five  min 
lites   of  threats  he  lifts   it   up   anc 
takes  off  lumbering  in   toward  th 
beach.  He  gets  no  more  than  twentjl 
feet  from  the  bar  when  he  is  vulner! 
able  and  one  of  the  immatures  ati 
tacks  from  behind  and  two  o'clock 
high,  forcing  him  to  drop  it  at  the 
edge  of  the  surf  on  the  main  beach! 
where    it    gets    half-buried    in    thej 
sand  as  he  lands  beside  and  easily] 
beats  off  the  others  again  and  tries' 
to  dig  it  out.  Less  than  five  yards 
from  me  the  five  immatures  and  the 
adult  arrange  themselves  in  a  pre- 
cise geometry  of  fear  and  hunger. 
The  anxiety  lines  from  me  and  the 
dominant   adult  and  the  attraction 


Ve  invite  you  to  save  50%  on  tlie  most  important  boolcs 
if  liistory  and  world  affairs 


First  price  is  Publisher's  List;  Boldface  shows  Member's  Price. 


i,3.  JAPAN  By  Edwin  ().  Rtis- 
\tufr.  Why  Japan  may  be  the 
^  rld's  foremost  economic  power  by 
■  year  2000.  Our  former  ambas- 
rlor's  account  of  her  whole  history, 
,  i  astonishing  postwar  progress. 
'  $6.95/$5.95 

.>S.   THE  EPIC  OF  THE  CRUSADES 

.  Ren,'  Cr.miser  The  full  story  of 
;':  West's  "Holy  Wars"  against 
;  East.  $10.00/$«.95 

IS.   THE  BOSTON  MASSACRE  B\ 

I'.lU-r  B  Zchfl.  How  mob  violence 
IffKCred  it  and  interfered  with  fair 


for     the 


itish 


Didi. 


volved.  Lye-witness  accounts. 
,  $8.50/$6.75 

.57.  THE  CREATION  OF  THE 
MERICAN    REPUBUC,     1776-1787 

jV  Corihn  .V.  H'oorf.  Evolution  of 
.merican  political  thought  from 
'76  to  the  making  of  the  Constitu- 
an.  Bancroft  Award  winner. 

$15.00/$9.95 

06.  THE  DEATH  AND  REBIRTH  OF 
HE    SENECA   By    Anthony    f.    C. 

/allace.  How  "civilization"  nearly 
lied  a  remarkable  culture  and  how 

n  ex-drinker,  Ohief  Handsome 
ake.  $8.95/$6.75 

73.  THE  HISTORIAN  AS  DETEC- 
IVE:    Essays    on    Evidence  Ed.    by 

•ohm  W.  Wmks.  A  choice  collec- 
on  of  historical  mysteries  showing 
ne  historian  working  as  dete<tive. 

$10.95/$7.50 

■89.  THE  ANCIENT  MEDITERRA- 
■JEAN  flv  Muhiul  Crnnl.  Pictured 
/ith  clarity  and  charm,  life  in  the 
lassical  world  from  the  first  traces 
f  man  to  the  4th  Century  A  I). 

$8.95/$6.75 

'27.  THEIR  TATTERED  FLAGS:  The 
Epic      of      the      Confederacy      By 

•rank  E.  Vandutr.  How  the  Con- 
ederacy  lost,  with  penetrating  por- 
raits  of  Davis,  Lee,  Stonewalljack- 
ion  and  others.  $10.00/$6.95 


687.  ANTI-INTELLECTUALISM  IN 
AMERICAN  UFE  fly  Richard  I h>J- 
itadU'r.  America's  historical  sus- 
picion of  intellectuals  —  its  roots 
and  meaning.  Pulitzer  Prize  winner. 
$7.95/$5.9S 

554.  THE  TRIAL  OF  THE  GERMANS: 
Nuremberg,  1945-46  By  Eugene 
Daridion.  I'wenly-two  brilliant 
studies  of  the  war  criminals  which 
build  a  total  picture  of  Nazi  C^cr- 
many.  $12.50/$8.95 

589.  THE  PROBLEM  OF  SLAVERY 
IN  WESTERN  CULTURE  flv  Darid 
Bnon  Dans.  Pulitzer  Prize  study  of 
ideas  of  slavery  since  the  Old 
Testament.  $10.0O/$7.5O 


726.  A  HISTORY  OF  THE  AFRICAN 
PEOPLE  fly  Rulnrl  II'.  July.  Their 
richly  complicated  history,  ancient 
to  present  times.  Highly  readable. 
Filled  with  facts  rather  than  special 
pleading.  $15.00/58.95 


621.  THE  INDIAN  HERITAGE  OF 
AMERICA  fly  AIrm  M.  Josehhy.  Jr. 
The  history,  archeology,  ana  ethnol- 
ogy of  all  Indian  cultures  in  the 
Americas  since  the  Ice  Age. 

$10.00/$6.95 


Natii 


I  Book  Award  Win 


700.  HUEY  LONG  By  7.  Harry 
Williams.  Buffoon,  menace,  dictator 
—  yet  voice  of  an  authentic  Amer- 
ican radicalism.  The  first  full-length 
study  of  his  furious,  doomed  life. 
Pulitzer  Prize  winner.  $12.50/$7.95 


Three  good  reasons  to  join  The  History  Book  Club: 

►  Dramatic  savings.  As  a  trial  member,  you  can  save  over  50%  on 
your  choice  of  the  finest  works  of  history  and  world  affairs— more 
than  130  titles  to  choose  from  each  month. 

►■  Liberal  bonus  plan.  You  are  free  to  select  your  bonus  books  from 
our  entire  list... no  restrictions  as  in  most  clubs.  After  trial  mem- 
bership, you  earn  a  bonus  certificate  with  every  four  books  you 
purchase. 

►  Exceptional  quality.  The  History  Book  Club  always  brings  you  new 
volumes  identical  with  or  superior  to  original  publishers'  editions 
...never  economy  "book  club"  reprints. 


TAKE  ANY  3 


of  these  valuable 
books  for  only 


714.   THE     GREAT     BETRAYAL    fly 

Audrie  Girdner  and  Anne  I.ujlis. 
The  most  thorough  study  of  Amer- 
ica's concentration  camps  for  Japa- 
nese-Americans during  WW  II. 

$12.50/$8.75 

677.  WITCHCRAFT    AT   SALEM  By 

Chadwuk  /lan.H-n.  A  fresh,  objec- 
tive reinterpretation  of  the  original 
documents.  $6.95/$5.75 

607.  FROM  SLAVERY  TO  FREE- 
DOM: A  History  of  Negro  Amer- 
icons  «v  J<din  //:,/,,■  l-ranklin.  A 
top-ranking  historian  traces  the 
Negroes'  course  from  African  origins 
to  contemporary  North  and  .South 
America.  $12.00/$7.40 

671.  MEDIEVAL  HISTORY:  The  Life 
and     Death     of     o     Civilization 

(2nd  Edition)  By  Norman  /■'.  Cantor. 

A  lucid,  lively  and  readable  book  on 

the  total  history  of  the  middle  ages. 

$9.95/$7.40 


THE  HISTORY  BOOK  CLUB  •  Stamford,  Conn.  06904 


THE  HISTORIC  BOOK  CLUB,  Stamford,  Conn.  06904 

Please  open  a  Trial  Membership  for  me  and  send  the  introductory  pack- 
age of  books  indicated  below.  Bill  me  99i;  for  the  three.  At  the  same  time, 
send  the  membership  book  I  have  also  indicated  and  bill  me  for  it  at  the 
low  Member's  Price. 

I  understand  that  I  may  return  the  books  within  2  weeks  if  I  am  not 
delighted  with  them  and  that  their  return  will  automatically  cancel  my 
membership.  Otherwise  I  shall  complete  my  Trial  Membership  by  pur- 
chasing 4  more  selections  during  the  coming  year  from  among  more  than 
130  offered  at  money-saving  Member's  Prices  in  the  monthly  Review. 
(A  reply  card  is  always  enclosed  with  the  Review.) 

Completion  of  my  Trial  Membership  will  entitle  me  to  choose  a  Bonus 
Book  for  every  4  books  I  purchase  thereafter. 

(Note:  A  small  postage  and  packing  charge  is  added  to  each  shipment.) 


Fill  in  numbers  of  your  three  intro- 
ductory books,  99^  for  all  three 


Fill  in  number  of  your 
choice  at  member's  price 


(please  print) 


-Zip- 


In  Canada,  same  savings.  Shipment  of  books  and  all  servic 
will  be  handled  within  Canada.  Bonus  plan  differs  slightly. 


With  artificial  satellites  already  launched  and 
space  travel  almost  a  reality,  astronomy  has 
become  today's  fastest  growing  hobby. 
Exploring  the  skies  with  a  telescope  is  a 
relaxing  diversion  for  father  and  son  alike. 
UNITRON's  handbook  contains  full-page 
illustrated  articles  on  astronomy,  observing, 
telescopes  and  accessories.  It  is  of  interest 
to  both  beginners  and  advanced  amateurs. 

CONTENTS   INCLUDE: 

Observine  the  sun,  moon,  planets  and  wonders  of  the  sky  • 
Constellation  map  •  Hints  lor  observers  •  Glossary  of  telescope 
terms  •  How  to  choose  a  telescope  •  Astrophotography 


UN/Tt^ON 

INSTRUMENT    COMPftNY  •    TELESCOPE    SALES    DIV. 
66   NEEDHAM   ST,  NEWTON   HIGHLANDS  61,  MASS. 


Please  rush  to  me,  FREE  of  charge, 

iUNITRON'S  OBSERVER'S  GUIDE  and  TELESCOPE! 

CATALOG  #  W-21 


Namo. 
Street 
City 


1  City stale 


HEAVYWEIGHT! 

cb-oJJeixi 


PRECISION  EXPOSURE  METER 
Exclusive  built-in  Diffuser  •  READS 
INCIDENT  AND  REFLECTED  LIGHT! 

Get  better  color  shots ...  sparkling  black-and- 
white!  The  shock-resistant  (jeweled-movement) 
Gossen  PILOT  matches  higher  priced  "heavies" 
in  accuracy,  versatility,  handling  speed.  ASA  6 
to  6400...  1  min.  to  1/1000  sec...  f/1.4  to  f/22 
...EV  1  to  18. ..plus  movie-setting!  Fast. ..just 
thumb  the  knurled  ring  to  match  the  needle 
...there's   your   setting   for   perfect   exposures! 

Write  for  lilerature  

KLING  PHOTO  CORPORATION!  BerkeylJbsl 

P.O.  BOX  1060,  WOODSIDE,  N.Y.  11377        I  Photo  incLid 


lines  from  the  half-buried  clam 
clear  as  a  radio  diagram  on  the  flat 
heach. 

The  superfisherman  arm  in  arm 
with  his  wife  arrives  about  twenty 
yards  up  the  beach.  I  see  from  the 
gulls  rearranging  themselves  and  I 
take  a  wider  sweep  and  see  how  the 
gulls  are  also  taking  into  account 
the  superfisherman  and  wife  and 
basset  hound  twenty  yards  off  and 
the  clammer  on  the  bar  thirty  yards 
off  and  the  gulls  wheeling  high 
above  and  maneuvering  for  posi- 
tion to  make  a  grab  in  space  and 
wind.  The  gulls  shift  constantly  in- 
sane paranoid  complex  taking  in 
the  whole  gull  scene  edging  for  ad- 
vantage. The  basset  walks  straight 
to  the  half-buried  clam  and  the 
gulls  retreat  very  reluctant  a  few 
feet  off  eyeing  him  without  much 
fear.  He  sniffs  it  and  walks  back  to 
his  master.  I  take  my  turn  and  with 
a  firm  but  smooth  pace  I  walk  to 
the  clam  and  lift  it  .  .  .  over  a 
pound,  anyway  .  .  .  pismos  have 
tremendously  thick  dense  strong 
shells.  I  have  a  piece  in  front  of  me 
as  I  type,  it  has  the  heft  and  feel  of 
old-time  restaurant  china  like  the 
plates  we  got  for  ten  cents  each  at 
one  of  the  many  secondhand  stores 
selling  the  stuff  of  the  dead  in 
Santa  Cruz,  city  with  more  retired 
folk  than  any  except  Fort  Lauder- 
dale and  somewhere  else  in  Florida. 
The  gulls  weigh  tops  five  pounds, 
average  less,  the  adult  picked  up 
the  clam  the  short  way,  and  flew 
.  .  .  tough-arse  birds  like  crows, 
sea  crows  a  Greek  bird  name,  man 
followers,  exploding  first  over  the 
west  coast  of  the  Atlantic  then  the 
almost  identical  form  on  the  Ameri- 
can east  coast,  they  are  a  weed  bird, 
one  that  follows  man's  sim- 
plification of  the  environment,  om- 
nivores,  garbage  dump  circles  of 
gulls  going  a  quarter  of  a  mile  into 
the  golden  afternoon  air,  late  pm 
thermals  spinning  thousands  of 
gulls  above  dumps  here  as  in  Cam- 
bridge freshpond  shopping  center 
or  Tinbergen's  Amsterdam  ...  to 
gull,  a  city  word,  a  civilized  bird. 

I  rap  about  the  gulls  with  the  su- 
perfisherman from  whom  one  can 
learn  and  find  out  that  he  had  dug 
up  and  replaced  seventy  undersized 
clams  recently  and  there  are  plenty 
of  em  left  out  thar  and  did  not  tell 
him  that's  what  they  said  about  the 
buffalo  and  started  home  and  found 


floundering  on  the  beach  a  sic! 
probably  oiled  (Santa  Barbara?  it 
over  300  miles  of  coastline  aw£ 
though  the  storm  is  from  the  south 
adult  male  surf  scoter.  I  pick  hi) 
up  in  my  silk  scarf  and  cradle  hii 
to  my  chest  and  calm  him  by  ma 
saging  the  base  of  his  neck  with  tl 
ball  of  my  thumb  the  way  I  saw  tl 
guy  from  Moss  Landing  e; 
perimental  station  do  it  like  hai 
dling  a  baby,  delicate  bones  glidin 
into  relaxation  in  my  arms.  Scotei 
live  above  the  pismo  clams  spen( 
ing  all  their  time  in  winter  in  t^ 
white  water,  bobbing  and  glidin 
under  the  heads  of  the  breakei 
.  .  .  when  the  afternoon  sun  shine 
through  the  green  curls  before  tl 
moment  of  breaking  you  can  somi 
times  see  the  scoters  swimming  fl; 
ing  underwater  through  the  peak  ( 
the  breaker  .  .  .  they  fly  pretl 
good,  except  for  taking-off  dif] 
culties,  at  best  can  only  waddle  o 
land  which  they  visit  to  rest  brief] 
at  low  tide  when  no  one  is  on  tl 
beach,  half-buried  in  the  wet  sari 
in  the  last  creamy  inches  of  sui 
sometimes  straining  the  syruj 
sand  for  food  .  .  .  living  that  w£ 
their  feathers  are  fantastic  i 
sulation.  They  are  fairly  closely  r 
lated  to  the  eiders  I  guess,  tl 
feathers  of  the  bird  in  my  arms  a: 
more  like  fur  behind  his  neck,  thi( 
and  light,  sable  shiny  black  all  ovi 
except  for  his  proud  sex  marks 
brilliant  white  cap  on  the  back  ( 
his  head  running  down  his  nee 
just  to  where  my  soothing  thun 
rubs,  a  white  spot  on  the  face  an 
shiny  ivory  white  bil]  with  brilliai 
line  of  black  and  spot  orange  on  e 
ther  side.  He  sleeps  in  my  arms  ar 
I  walk  carefully,  the  long  w£ 
around  so  as  not  to  disturb  him  1: 
climbing,  up  the  beach  throug 
the  railroad  cut,  the  scale  becor 
ing  like  childhood,  like  the  Gree 
scale,  how  far  can  you  walk  carrl 
ing  a  duck  .  .  .  you  cannot  res 
Aeschylus  unless  you  have  live 
without  a  car  .  .  .  through  the  pi 
vate  road  to  the  top  of  the  cliffs  ar 
home,  wrap  him  in  a  dry  towel  ar 
the  good  old  wool  blanket  and  p 
him  on  the  seat  of  the  truck  whej 
the  kids  won't  disturb  him.  Joshul 
upset,  wanting  the  bird  to  like  hi.' 
and  be  well  and  nobody  in  at  tl 
experimental  station  where  th' 
told  me  to  bring  oiled  birds  and  1  i 
newspaper    and    radio    full    of   t; 


12 


Photo-expressionism 

A  photographer  can  capture  reality,  or  heighten  reality,  just  like  a  painter, 
He  needs  only  the  imagination  and  the  camera.  He  can,  for  instance, 
take  a  far-off  plane  and  bring  it  up  close  to  a  nearby  building  to  do  his 
artistic  bidding. 

In  this  case,  he  did  it  with  a  35mm  camera,  the  Nikkormat  FTN.  And 
a  most  unusual  lens,  the  500mm  Reflex  Nikkor  This  lens  looks  like  it 
would  be  at  home  in  an  astronomical  observatory  (works  like  the  Mt. 
Palomar  telescope),  yet  it's  so  light  and  compact  that  you  can  hand  hold 
it.  It  IS  one  of  more  than  10  "long"  lenses  which  fit  the  Nikkormat  FTN, 
all  of  which  will  give  you  this  fascinating  compressed  effect  in  varying 
degrees  There  are  30-some  other  lenses  and  accessories  for  almost 
every  purpose, all  from  the  famous  Nikon  system, Yet  the 
Nikkormat,  for  all  its  capabilities  is  so  uncomplicated 
and  responsive  that  it  never  distracts  you  from  the 
photograph.  Sells  for  less  than  $280  with  a  50mm 
f2  lens.  Isn't  it  time  you  discovered  your  own  reality?  , 
See  your  Nikon  dealer  or  write  Nikon  Inc. 
Garden  City  New  York  11530.  Subsidia^yof 
Ehrenreich  Photo-Optical  lnd.,lnc.[l@D 
(In  Canada;  Anglophoto  Ltd..  P.O.] 

Nikkormat  FTn  by  Nikon 


13 


(M-3) 


LIMITED  RELEASE— U.  S.  GOVT.  SURPLUS 

SNIPERSCOPE 

INFRARED  SET 

for  scientists,  gun  collectors,  naturalists 

Built  by  American  Optical  Co.  In  excellent  working  con- 
dition. Used  by  our  troops  for  observing  enemy  in  total 
darkness  without  being  detected.  Suggested  uses:  medi- 
cal researcli,  study  of  nocturnal  animal  life,  mineralogy, 
industrial  and  medical  research,  crime  detection.  Rare 
item  for  gun  collectors.  Telescope  is  16%"  long;  clear 
aperture  of  lens  is  50.4mm.  A  5"-diameter  filter  is  at- 
tached. Knob  adjusts  focus  electrostatically:  second  knob 
adjusts  reticle  intensity.  Reticle  also  has  vertical  and 
horizontal  adjustments.  Canvas  carrying  case  and  shoul- 
der strap  included.  Complete  unit  includes  Il"xl4"xl6" 
chest,  telescope  with  RCA  6032  image  tube,  20.000V 
power  pack  with  canvas  carrying  case  and  shoulder  straps, 
IR  light  source,  steel  carbine  bracket,  pistol-grip  handle 
with  switch  control.  Formerly  highly  classified.  Limited 
supply.  Orig.  Govt,  cost,  $800.  Shipping  wt.,  approx. 
30  lbs.  Price  $249.50 

SNIPERSCOPE  BATTERY 

Rechargeable  6V  power  source  for 
sniperscope.     Excellent    for    many 
other  6V  applications. 
Approx.  shipping  wt.,   15  lbs. 

$9.95.  Two  for  $18.00 
Prices  F.O.B.  Tucson,  Ariz.  No  C.O.D.'s  please. 


C  &  H  SALES  CO. 


P.O.  Box  1572,  Tucson,  Ariz. 


Share  me  Thrills 
01  Exploring  f 
outer  Space  • 

All  DYNASCOPES,  including  1 
superb   RV-6,  6-inch  available 
on  easy  terms!  { 

Now  It's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs. who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 
Choose  from  a  Full  Range  Of 
DYNASCOPES®  4  "  Starting  at  $49.95 
Picl(ing  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  —  the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories. Prices  begin  as  low  as  $49.95,  and 
your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed  by  a  full- 
refund  warranty. 

FASCINATING    GUIDE 
YOURS   FREE! 

Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope,  r/lail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complitnentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 

Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
331  Church  St.,  HarttorO,  Conn.  06101 

®  TM  Reeistered  U.S.  Pat.  Office 


I  CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

I  Dept.  NH-9,  331  Church  St.,  Hartford,  Conn.  06101 

I  Please  send  your  free  Telescopo  Gulds. 

I  Name 


Address^ 


Story  of  the  "more  than  3.600" 
birds  who  died  despite  treatment  af- 
ter the  first  Santa  Barbara  spill  and 
we  finally  reach  the  ornithologist 
lady  who  says  as  I  usually  do  say 
and  believe  that  the  best  you  can  do 
is  leave  them  on  the  beach  to  get 
better  themselves  and  I  guess  she  is 
right  cause  when  I  go  to  take  him 
in  the  house  before  we  go  to  the 
movies  he  is  dead  and  stiff  and  I 
put  him  in  a  plastic  bag  and  put 
him  in  the  freezer  compartment  of 
the  refrigerator  next  to  the  golden- 
crowned  sparrow  that  flew  into  our 
picture  window  yesterday  and  con- 
sole Joshua  the  best  I  can  by  telling 
him  that  although  we  can't  bring 
the  bird  back  to  life  we  can  take  his 
body  to  the  doctors  at  Moss  Land- 
ing experimental  station  where  they 
will  use  it  to  find  out  what's  making 
the  birds  sick  and  so  be  able  to  help 
the  other  birds,  more  of  a  lie  than 
even  I  know  cause  the  receptionist 
at  the  experimental  station  tells  us 
over  the  phone  next  day  that  they 
already  have  a  freezer  full  of  dead 
scoters  and  we  went  on  to  the  mov- 
ies, a  long  newsreel  about  North 
Vietnam,  the  same  picture  for 
thirty  years,  scared  women  clutch- 
ing their  children  and  hurrying  for 
bomb  shelters  and  ruins  and  Mod- 
ern Times  with  Charlie  Chaplin 
who  I  want  to  be  when  I  grow  up. 
The  storm  (the  ninth)  was  full 
lottsa  rain,  eucalyptus  trees  groan- 
ing and  shedding  long  strips  of 
bark.  I  notice  culverts  under  what  I 
thought  was  solid  land  and  begin  to 
dig  how  much  work  it  is  to  hold 
this  beach  front,  in  a  land  of 
drought,  erosion  is  always  a  mighty 
force  .  .  .  no  one  about  except  a 
state  cop  sitting  in  his  car  at  state 
beach  parking  lot  .  .  .  drives  up  to 
me  in  my  international  yachting 
parka  visible  enough  .  .  .  con- 
cerned about  a  parked  car  with 
lights  on.  but  I  haven't  seen  anyone 
on  the  beach  since  early  morning 
fisherman  and  do  not  as  I  walk 
down  the  beach  .  .  .  every  rainy 
day.  With  this  much  vista  part  of 
the  sky  is  clear  and  today  it  is  an 
arc,  a  lozenge,  no  more  than  thirty 
degrees  along  the  horizon  and 
reaching  no  more  than  ten  vertical 
degrees,  say  95  percent  of  the  sky  is 
overcast  except  for  this  inverted 
smile  reaching  twenty  degrees  north 
to  ten  south  of  due  west  and  the  sun 
sets   in   it.   appearing  from   behind 


the  one  hundred  seventy  degrees  ( 
gray,  the  entire  red  disk  of  the  su 
filling  the  center  of  the  clear  ai 
.  .  .  there  are  two  rainy-face 
teenyboppers  who  don't  own  the  ci 
with  the  lights  on  and  a  big  piec 
of  ship  planking  twenty  by  twent 
with  a  hatch  is  stranded  by  tl; 
beach  shack. 

Clear  (the  tenth)  after  two  da^ 
of  heavy  rain,  down  on  the  beac 
just  after  turn  of  very  high  tid 
hardly  room  to  walk,  waves  sti 
have  storm  force  and  wash  almoi 
up  to  the  sharp  fresh-cut  ban^ 
heaped  with  new  wracks  of  jetsai 
sea-sorted  by  size  and  specific  gra' 
ity  .  .  .  sky  over  the  semicircle  ( 
bay  is  clear  except  for  fine  herrinj 
bone  lace  of  altocumulus  throug 
which  the  sun  has  no  trouble  shii 
ing.  over  the  peninsulas  to  nort 
and  south  triangular  flying  wedg< 
of  cumulus  climb  echoing  th 
shapes  of  headlands.  Two  local  kic 
pass  on  a  minibike  disturbing  tb 
birds  and  crushing  the  succulents  f 
they  are  forced  to  ride  above  tf 
cut  banks,  waves  not  leaving  thei 
enough  room  on  the  sand  and 
don't  stop  them  and  ask  if  the 
aren't  afraid  with  their  stink  of  tb 
beach  gods  and  sea  gods.  Remen 
ber  the  chief  narc  who  got  gobble 
by  a  freak  wave  at  Acapulco  la; 
summer.  They  get  ahead  and 
watch  a  flock  of  eleven  wille' 
where  three  months  ago  there  was 
flock  of  three  hundred  sanderling 
thirty  or  fifty  willets  seventy  c 
eighty  marbled  godwits  and  tw 
black-bellied  plovers.  The  eleve 
are  tired  and  manage  to  arrang 
themselves  with  a  lot  of  anxiety  an 
pushing  around  by  one  dominai 
bird,  tuck  their  bills  under  wing 
eyes  open,  prop  up  on  one  locke 
leg  ...  I  carefully  walk  aroun 
them  in  the  brush,  not  lookin 
toward  them  and  manage  to  get  li 
without  disturbing  them  .  .  . 
people  knew  what  a  tough  life  tlie 
led,  would  they  bring  their  dop 
western  dogs  are  all  saner  and  liaj 
pier  and  well  mannered,  to  clia; 
them  on  the  beach  ...  I  feel  relui 
tant  to  walk  on  the  beach  unl 
there  is  room  to  do  it  without  bu; 
ging  them  .  .  .  the  weirdest  piec  1 
of  shiny  black  jetsam,  some  flowe  1 
from  the  depths  of  the  kelp  fores 
stem  resolves  itself  into  a  neck,  si 
pals  into  wings,  closed  petals  in 
the    body    of    a    seabird,    duck    c 


14 


Here  are  the  books 
that  are  changing  the"rules"of 

education,  politics,  religion- 
even  sex. 


■ji  ^-Oy. 


THE  AGE  OF  AQUARIUS:  Technology  and  the  Cultural 
(evolution,  William  Braden.  A  brilliantly  argued  prophesy  of  the 
uture  as  an  escalating  struggle  between  humanists  and  technologists 
Jraden  examines  current  conflicts  and  suggests  the  crises  they  will 
iltimately  lead  to.  Pub.  ed.  S5.95 

113.     EVERYTHING  YOU  ALWAYS  WANTED  TO  KNOW  ABOUT 
SEX  BUT  WERE  AFRAID  TO  ASK.  David  Reuben,  M.D.  "It  is  not 
jnly  informative,  frank,  up-to-date,  and  complete  ...  but  howlingly 
unny  ...   a  can't  put-it-down  reading  and  learning  adventure." 
'ub.  ed.  S6.95 

12  more  fine  books  to  choose  from! 


^'^'■^ 


1310.  THE  NEW  YORKER  BOOK 
3F  POEMS.  Selected  by  the  editors 
'3f  The  New  Yorker.  After  44  years 
.3f  publishing  poetry,  the  New 
■Worker's  editors  have  selected  the 
best  for  this  anthology.  Pub.  ed. 
S12.50 

412.  PRIME  TIME.  The  life  of 
Edward  R.  Murrow.  Alexander 
'Kendrick.  Penetrating  biography 
,of  a  broadcasting  giant,  his  bouts 
'with  sponsors,  network  brass,  Joe 
McCarthy.  ".  .  .  richly  informed, 
incisive,  pungent  book."  N.Y. 
Times.  Pub.  ed.  58.95 
406.  GANDHI'S  TRUTH.  Erik  H. 
'Erikson.  Modern  day  saint  or  a 
^mixture  of  fakir  and  huckster? 
"Subtle,  widely  ranging  study  .  .  . 
Remarkable  and  persuasive."  News- 
week. National  Book  Award  Winner. 
Pub.  ed.  SIO.OO 

817.  JOYS  AND  SORROWS.  Re- 
' flections  by  Pablo  Casals,  as  told 
to  Albert  Kahn.  Intimate  view  of 
this  beloved  musician.  "Here,  con- 
tinually elbowing  his  way  out  of  the 
epic,  is  a  human  being  .  .  ."  N.Y. 
Times.  Pub.  ed.  57.95 
819.  THE  NASHVILLE  SOUND. 
Paul  Hemphill.  An  incredibly  rich 
portrait  of  the  gritty  reality  of 
country  and  western  music.  LIFE 
commented:  "So  much  the  best 
writing  on  that  subject  that  there 
is  nothing  with  which  to  compare 
it."  Pub.  ed.  55.95 
387.  IDENTITY,  YOUTH  ANC 
CRISIS.  Erik  Erikson.  Is  an  "iden. 
tity  crisis"  real  or  imagined,  dan- 
gerous or  not?  Freudian  approach 
into  modern-day  problem.  "Erikson 
speaks,  people  listen."  L.A.  Times. 
Pub.  ed.  $6.95 

315.  WESTWARD  TO  LAUGH- 
TER. Colin  Maclnnes.  The  fictional 
memoirs  of  a  young  18th  Century 
Scotsman,  forced  into  slavery  on 
the  Caribbean  island  of  St.  Laugh- 
ter. Pub.  ed.  55.95 
811.  IN  THE  SERVICE  OF  THEIR 
COUNTRY.  War  Resisters  in  Pri- 
son. Willard  Gaylin,  M.D.  A  psy- 
chiatrist's report — both  fascinating 
and  frightening,  pub.  ed.  56.95 


812.  ROCK  ENCYCLOPEDIA.  Lil- 
lian Roxon.  Discographies.  Com- 
mentary. Analysis.  Photos.  And 
trivia.  All  concerning  the  cultural 
phenomenon  of  our  time.  Every- 
thing, everyone,  everywhat  about 
rock  music.  Pub.  ed.  59.95 
807.  MALCOLM  X.  THE  MAN 
AND  HIS  TIMES.  Edited  by  John 
Henrik  Clarke.  21  black  writers 
analyze  the  "prophet."  Includes 
Malcolm's  speeches,  writings,  key 
position  papers.  ".  .  .  excellent 
job."  N.Y.  Times.  Pub.  ed.  57.95 
415.  THE  OMNI-AMERICANS: 
New  perspectives  on  Black  Experi- 
ence and  American  Culture.  Albert 
Murray.  Attacks  social  science's 
assumption  that  Negroes  are  crea- 
tures of  a  debilitating  and  deficient 
culture.  Pub.  ed.  56.95 
824.  HORACE  LIVERIGHT.  Pub- 
lisher of  the  Twenties.  Walker 
Gilmer.  A  biography  of  the  man 
who  revolutionized  the  stagnant 
American  publishing  industry,  and 
who  reflected  the  flamboyance  and 
magination  of  that  incredible  era. 
Pub.  ed.  58.95 


816.     MY  LAI  4:  A  Report  on  the  Vietnam  Massacre 
and  Its  Aftermath.  Seymour  Hersh.  A  classic  instance  of 
investigative  reporting,  for  which  Mr.  Hersh  has  been 
awarded  the  Pulitzer  Prize.  The  first  complete  account 
of  the  My  Lai  tragedy.  Pub.  ed.  55.95 
417.     THE  MUSIC  OF  THEIR  LAUGHTER.  Roderick 
Thorp  and   Robert  Blake.  Thirty-two  youngsters  explain 
with  brutal  frankness   why  they  reject  the  comfortable  life 
lovingly  offered  by  their  parents.  Highly  persona!  accounts 
of  their  experiences  with  school,  drugs,  sex.  Pub.  ed.  $7.95 


The  Book  Find  Club 
invites-you  to 


any 


Take 
3  books 

(worth  up  to  $32.45  in  publishers'  editions) 


for^l 

v^ifh  trial  membership 


Book  Find  Club    132  W.  43rd  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10036 

Please  send  me  the  3  books  whose  numbers  I've  printed  in  the 
boxes  below  and  bill  me  only  $1,  plus  shipping  and  handling. 
Also  enroll  me  as  a  trial  member  of  the  Book  Find  Club.  I  need 
only  accept  as  few  as  4  selections  during  the  coming  year, 
always  at  substantial  member's  savings  off  publisher's  prices, 
plus  shipping  and  handling.  I  may  cancel  any  time  thereafter. 
Each  month  I  will  receive  the  free  BOOK  FIND  news,  and  a 
reply   form   with   which   I   may  decline  the   current    selection. 


NO  RISK  GUARANTEE:  If  not  delighted  with  introductory  ship- 
ment return  all  3  books  within  10  days  to  cancel  membership. 


(please  print) 


35,000  books  are  published  each  year. 
We'll  help  you  find  the  best  of  them. 

BOOK  FIND'S  specialty  is  sifting 
through  the  crop  of  new  books  and  iden- 
tifying those  that  merit  your  attention. 
Challenging  books  that  raise  issues  and 
sometimes  tempers.  Timely  books  that 
are  changing  the  rules  we  live  by.  Books 
that  break  new  ground  in  politics,  psy- 
chology, education,  business,  music, 
art.  Books  on  war  and  peace,  cities  and 
hippies,  man  and  God,  race  and  sex. 

Look  at  the  books  on  this  page.  You 
may  select  any  3  for  $1,  with  trial  mem- 
bership. They're  worth  up  to  $32.45.  As 
a  member,  you  need  choose  as  few  as 
4  additional  books  in  the  year  ahead. 
Cancel,  any  time  thereafter.  Or  remain 
a  member,  and  continue  to  enjoy  sub- 
stantial savings. 

15 


Measure 
of  a 
man. 


V 


Here's  the  most  elegant  steel  tape  measure  ever  made. 
Gleaming  chrome,  upholstered  in  black  cowhide.  Spring- 
loaded  10'  rule.  Not  just  feet  and  inches,  but  meters 
and  centimeters  too.  Hairline  reading  window.  And 
useful!  It's  a  square.  It's  a  level,  with  built-in  bubble 
gauge.  Retractable  point  to  scribe  lines,  draw  circles. 
If  you  have  a  special  man,  this  is  his  measure.  Or  yours. 
From  France    $10 

By  mail:  write  Dept  H,  Houseof  Wares,  884  Madison  Ave,,  New  York, 
N.Y.    10021.  Please  add  any  tax  and  SI  delivery.  Sorry,  no  c.o.d. 

House  of  \A/ares 

assorted  east  side  amenities 

884  Madison  at  72nd -1053  Madison  at  80th 

Trafalgar  9-8090  Daily  till  6:30  p.m 


Konica  cameras  get  taken  to  where  the 
fun  is,  because  they're  fun  to  use. 

They  can  take  great  pictures  quickly 
and  easily.  And  you  can  take  the  credit, 
proudly. 

Choose  from  the  world's  smallest, 
lightest  rangefinder  35mm  camera,  or  the 
most  compact  super  8  cartridge-loading 
movie  camera,  or  the  only  professional 

i6 


35mm  single-lens  reflex  that's  automatic, 
too.  Or  get  all  three— Ihe  prices  are  sur- 
prisingly right  for  your  budget.  At  better 
camera  counters  everywhere. 

Konica  Camera  Corp.,  P.O.  Box  1070, 
Woodside,  N.Y.  11377. 

KONICA    Bss« 

"The  lens  alone  is  worth  the  price"  Photo  IhcLm 


murre,  completely  enclosed  in  shin- 
tar  .  .  .  and  Barbara  yells,  finds  an 
other  one  and  for  days  we  kee] 
finding  them  as  they  dry  out  a 
high  tide  they  look  like  oversizei 
black  Smyrna  figs  ...  we  are  usei 
to  dead  and  dying  birds  from  oi 
and  the  poison  river,  the  Pa  jar 
which  flows  through  the  industria 
farmlands  of  Watsonville  and  Cas 
troville,  "artichoke  capital  of  th 
world,"  spaced  fields  of  miles  o 
nothing  but  artichokes,  then  mile 
of  apples,  factory  with  tiowen 
river  picks  up  the  pesticides  am 
runs  out  past  Moss  Landing,  aii 
sometimes  crop-dusting  copters  wi 
buzz  and  dust  off  a  flock  of  seabird 
for  fun  and  they  often  dump  thei 
extra  into  the  ocean  and  the  baj 
thirty  miles  across,  has  eddy  cui 
rents  .  .  .  they  recently  did  fin 
tests  for  sewer  pollution  in  Mont( 
rey  Bay,  lowest  reading  in  the  ope 
sea  off  Pacific  Point  was  eleve 
thousand  per  milliliter  or  liter  c 
whatever  of  coli  bacteria  when  tl 
limit  is  one  thousand.  We  are  use 
to  the  sight  of  dead  and  dying 
rotting  birds  and  sea  lions  .  .  .  bi 
these  oiled  birds  must  have  con 
all  the  way  from  Santa  Barbai 
channel  more  than  300  mile: 
coastline  away  where  they  had  aiJ! 
other  leak  a  week  or  two  ago. 

The  beach  shack  has  collapsed  i 
the  storm  and  is  beyond  repair  1 
one  man  and  two  boys  .  .  .  tl 
piece  of  shipdeck  is  awash  again, 
at  least  half  of  it,  the  waves  to 
and  twelve-foot  lengths  of  two  1 
fours  detach  themselves  and 
caught  on  the  beach  .  .  .  there 
grebe  flopping  aboiit  in  the  sar 
...  we  gather  round  him 
western  grebe,  long  white  nee 
gray  back,  sharp  yellow  bill 
mad  red  eye,  his  feet  semiwebbe 
fronded,  and  green,  he  flops  aw; 
from  us  and  we  leave  him  and 
saw  a  grebe  the  next  day  swimmii 
all  right  closer  in  than  they  usual 
stay  and  hope  it  was  him  reco 
ering  and  when  we  get  home  fro 
the  beach  there  is  a  letter  telling  n 
that  Charles  Olsen,  the  teacher 
our  friends,  is  dying  ...am; 
who  through  the  yahoo  years 
Eisenhower  and  McCarthy  prov 
that  it  was  possible  to  be  a  man 
America  ...  in  a  New  York  hos) 
tal,  not  by  the  sea,  the  literary  v; 
tures  and  those  who  love  him  gai 
ering  around.  .  .  . 


Take  this  5'volume 
Trsasurshouse  of  Uving  Science 

(value  $40.75)  O 

all  for  only  f  5 


with  your  first  selection  as 
a  trial  member  of  the 

latural  Science 
Bookclub 

Here's  what  you  get  for  only  $1.95 
5  magnificently  illustrated  volumes: 

an  award-winning  naturalist's  elo- 
lent  description  of  the  beautifully 
danced  interplay  between  our  for- 
ts and  the  rest  of  nature 
an  intriguing  analysis  of  how  and 
hy  animals  act  as  they  do 
an    extraordinary    account    of    the 
ysterious  forces  that  perpetuate  one 
lecies  while  they  doom  another 
a  brilliant  recapitulation  of  zoology 
trough  the  ages 

a  fascinating  visit  to  the  weird  and 
onderfid  community  of  insects 


A  complete  natural  science  library  in  itself 


Why  are  we  making  you  this  re- 
markable offer?  To  acquaint  you 
with  the  many  advantages  of  mem- 
bership in  the  Natural  Science 
Book  Chib.  The  one  book  club  that 
brings  you  the  whole,  wide,  wild 
world  of  living  science  at  its  rich- 


one  book  club  that  offers  you  only 
the  most  important  books  in  the 
natural  sciences.  All  at  substantial 
savings— up  to  30%,  often  more. 
Free  bonus  books  help  you  build  a 
valuable  library.  Add  this  extra- 
ordinary introductory  offer  —  and 


est,  most  exciting,  most  real.  The     can  you  afford  not  to  join  now? 


-And  with  your  5-voIume  Treasurehouse,  choose  your  first  selection  from  these  important  books: - 


lUtail  piicu.s  lit'lit  tjpe,  member  prices  bold  type, 

290.  THE  WOLFLING.  5(t'r;mg  North.  This  Dut- 
n  Animal  Award  winner  tells  us  an  absorbing  tale 
a  boy  and  a  wolf  cub  in  the  Wisconsin  back- 
lods  100  years  ago.  $5.95/$5.25 

440.  RAVEN  SEEK  THY  BROTHER.  Gavin  Max- 
ell. Magnificent  tales  of  birds,  beasts,  and  stormy 
ventures  by  the  outstanding  nature  writer  of  Rinf^ 
Bright  Water.  $6.95/$5.95 

340.  GEM  HUNTER'S  GUIDE.  Riusell  P.  Mac- 
ill.  A  concentrated  course  in  mineralogy,  plus  an 
/aluable  directory  of  gem-hunting  localities. 

$5.95/$5.25 

260.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ROCK  AND  MOUN- 
lIN  CLIMBING.  Ruth  and  John  Mendenhall.  For 
ose  who  succumb  to  the  urge  to  mountain-climb— 
id  for  those  who  merely  contemplate  the  possibility. 
5.95/$5.25 

1530.  HOME  BOOK  OF  TAXIDERMY  AND  TAM- 
ING. Gerald  J.  Grant:.  A  complete  home-study 
:  in  preserving  and  mounting  any  specimen 
I  mouse  to  a  moose.  $7.95/$6.25 

1350.  READING  THE  WOODS.  Vinson  Brown. 
.'ad  beyond  nature's  familiar  faces  with  this 
indy  "decoder"  of  the  most  interesting  plant  and 
limal  signs  in  the  woods.  $5.95/$5.25 

!350.  AFRICAN  SCULPTURE  SPEAKS.  Ladislas 
■gy.  The  third  edition  of  a  highly  acclaimed  work 
1  the  most  celebrated  art  of  Africa— its  sculpture, 
early  450  photographs  and  illustrations. 

$14.95/$10.95 

!980.  AMERICA'S  CAMPING  BOOK.  Paul  Card- 
ell,  Jr.  The  most  comprehensive  guide  to  camp- 
aft  and  woodcraft  ever  published  in  one  volume, 
■ofu.scly  illustrated.  591  pages.  $10.00/$7.50 

i330.  BIRDS,  BEASTS  AND  RELATIVES.  Gerald 
urrell.  The  author's  delightful  childhood:  his 
ital  involvement  with  animals  and  insects,  each  as 
.dividual  as  his  exceptional  family.     $5.95/$5.25 


67140.  THE  PARABLE  OF  THE  BEAST.  John  N. 
Bleibtreu.  Explores  challenging  problems  in  modern 
biology  to  help  man  understand  his  complex  nature. 

$5.95/$5.50 
68160.  PERSEPOLIS:  The  Archaeology  of  Parsa. 
Seat  of  the  Persian  Kings.  Donald  N.  IVilhiir.  All 
the  majesty  and  splendor  of  the  world's  first  empire, 
its  priceless  treasures  of  architecture  and  art. 

$7.95/$6.25 
68560.  THE  PHILOSOPHICAL  FISHERMAN. 
Harold  F.  Blaisdell.  The  ruminations  of  an  experi- 
enced angler— rich  in  personal  anecdote,  dry  humor 
and  practical  fishing  tips.  $6.95/$5.75 

69750.  THE  PRAIRIE  WORLD.  David  F.  Costello. 
Depicts  the  special  world  of  the  prairie— its  wildlife 
and  weather— in  all  its  vastness  and  utter  beauty. 

$7.95/$6.25 

79810.  SPLENDOR  IN  THE  SKY.  Gerald  S.  Haw- 
kins. An  engrossing  survey  of  astronomy,  including 
pulsars,  quasars,  the  latest  space  flights.  Illustrated. 
$8.95/$6.95 

85440.  THE  UNEXPECTED  HANGING.  Martin 
Gardner.  Mathematical  games  and  puzzlers  from 
the  author's  columns  in  Scientific  American. 

$5.95/$5.25 

88080.  YIWARA:  Foragers  of  the  Australian  Des- 
ert. Richard  A.  Could.  "A  first-hand  vivid  account 
of  real  stone  age  men  .  .  .  the  Aborigines. "-Afar- 
garet  Mead.  $8.95/$6.95 

36950.  THE   BUFFALO.   Francis  Haines.    Brilliant 

account    of   the    near    extinction   of   the    American 

bison,  and  its  miraculous  revitalization.  Illustrated. 

$7.95/$6.25 

47380.  EXPLORING  THE  OCEAN  WORLD:  A  His- 
tory of  Oceanography.  Edited  by  C.  P.  Idyll.  Se- 
crets of  the  sea  revealed  in  this  rich,  encyclopedic 
maslerwork.  bountifully  illustrated  in  color  and 
black  and  white.  $14.95/$9.95 


64560.    THE    NEW    WORLD    OF    THE    OCEANS. 

Daniel  Behrinan.  First-hand  interviews  and  obser- 
vations of  the  men  who  work  in  the  sea,  the  pioneer 
oceanographers.  $8.95/$6.95 

66120.  ORCHID  FLOWERS:  Their  Pollination  and 

Evolution.  L.  van  der  Fiji  and  Calaway  H.  Dodson. 
A  demonstration  of  ecology  and  adaptive  evolution 
in  action.  Illustrated  with  drawings  and  color  photo- 
graphs. $12.50/$8.95 


r 

—  TRIAL  MEMBERSHIP  APPLICATION  —-i 

Natural  Science  Book  Club                ,  on*      I 
Riverside,  N.J.  08075                             ^""^       1 

fpon   a.r.'ptaii.M'    nl"   lhi>  onl.T.   please  enroll   me        | 

slliliin (    I'.i'     !.    1         A  .   :•   Inal    rii.'li.lirr.    1    .iiinr         | 

llie    lieM     i-    li. 1,,,     alvia.i.s    .11     1  •  ■ ! 1     1-  '          | 

i-iineel      iiieiiiiuTshlp     anvllnie'    in        1               ;    ,     ,        1 
Jiionlli,    1    will   r.veive   advam-e    r..,.           !.      1    1    1, 
fortheomini;    seleeliiins.    aloTlK    niii,    ,1    ...,11,1,1,111        | 

hifok  at   all.    For  evor>"  4  .selectioas  purclia>L.tl,   1       | 
may  eIioo.se   a  tree  bonus  book,                                             . 

Name                                                                                                ' 

.V.lcl.ess                                                                                            1 

L. 

I'llv                                             Slate            ZlD                          1 
Oiler  Kooil  In  eoiillnental  U.S.  and  Canada  only,       ■ 

17 


In 


lawner 
urges: 


by  E.F.  Roberts 


Picture  a  man  sitting  in  his 
house  on  a  hill  overlooking  a  lake. 
Pausing  in  his  ruminations  to  look 
out  the  window,  he  must  gaze 
through  a  maze  of  electric  utility 
pylons  in  order  to  enjoy  his  view  of 
the  lake.  The  lake  water,  once  blue, 
has  been  changed  to  a  murky  gray 
by  sewer  effluents  and  by  thermal 
pollution  from  a  nearby  atomic 
power  plant.  To  drown  out  the 
noise  of  a  jet  aircraft  he  turns  up 
the  volume  of  his  stereo  while  wip- 
ing away  the  dust  that  has  wafted 
in  from  a  recently  opened  cement 
factory.  This  reminds  him  that  the 
cement  is  being  poured  for  the 
foundation  of  a  new  hi-rise  apart- 
ment house  being  built  at  the  last 
remaining  natural  spot  on  the  lake. 

Perhaps  this  description  will 
make  the  reader  inquire  about  the 
legal  system  that  permits  such  a 
scene  to  occur.  The  inquiry  could 
be  a  ghastly  experience  because  the 
law  can  be  a  dreadful  bore.  But 
let's  have  a  try  at  it. 

The  law's  concern  with  order  and 
justice  is  immutable,  but  this  is  not 
so  for  the  work-a-day  rules  that 
maintain  order  while  justice  ap- 
pears to   be   done.   Rules   normally 


change  so  slowly  that  they  appear 
to  be  immutable  to  any  one  gener- 
ation. Indeed,  when  too  many  rules 
change  too  quickly,  a  sense  that 
something  is  wrong  with  the  system 
may  afflict  society — witness  some  of 
the  reaction  engendered  by  the 
Warren  Court  in  recent  years.  Such 
reactions  and  criticisms  often  are 
meritorious  because,  in  the  last 
analysis,  the  law  depends  for  its  ef- 
fectiveness upon  its  acceptance  by 
the  governed,  and  this  acceptance 
depends  in  large  measure  upon  the 
law  appearing  to  be  a  fairly  immu- 
table set  of  principles,  rather  than  a 
hodgepodge  of  ad  hoc  responses 
concocted  by  pragmatic  lawyers. 

Periodically,  however,  the  whole 
system  of  rules  is  overhauled  in  rel- 
atively short  order  when,  during  an 
economic  or  social  convulsion,  the 
society's  fundamental  notions  about 
justice  undergo  a  dramatic  change. 
Because  a  legal  system  does  not 
command  so  much  as  it  channels 
social  activity  into  peaceful  ave- 
nues, during  these  convulsive  peri- 
ods the  judges  rapidly  restructure 
the  rules.  This  restructuring  keeps 
the  system  responsive  to  the  felt 
needs  of  society.  We  are  now  living 


through  one  of  these  traumatic 
riods,  and  the  recent  concern  witi 
the  environment  typifies  the  new  so 
cial  values  that  are  causing  th 
judges  to  overhaul  the  rule  syster 
with  haste. 

Suppose,  for  example,  that 
coke-manufacturing  plant  had  bee: 
built  in  an  American  city  durinj 
the  late  nineteenth  century.  Tl 
manufacturing  technique  of  t 
time  involved  quenching  the  bur: 
ing  coal  with  water,  a  process  thai 
generated  vast  clouds  of  gases] 
smoke,  and  soot  and  rendered  th 
neighborhood  uninhabitable  fo 
gentlefolk.  If  the  old-time  resident 
turned  to  the  law  for  help  agains 
the  plant,  they  found  a  doctrin^ 
dating  back  to  the  reign  of  Henr 
II  to  the  effect  that  no  one  should 
do  things  on  his  land  that  woul< 
disturb  his  neighbors'  enjoyment  oj 
their  land.  Presumably,  the  homei 
owners  in  our  hypothetical  situi 
ation  should  have  been  able  to  oh 
tain  either  an  injunction  to  stop  tb 
polluting  of  their  environment  or  : 
judgment  for  money  damages  com 
mensurate  with  the  depreciation  ii 
value  inflicted  upon  their  homes.  Ii 
all  likelihood,  however,  they  wouli 


l! 


^fy 


r 


19 


The  greatest  record  and  tape  offer  in  our  fiistory. . .  FOR  EVERYONE  -  EVEN  THOSE 

^tee.jn  3  STEREO  IP's  or 

WITH  ABSOLUTELY  NO  OBLIGATION 


33083   COUNTRY  JOE         6654E     RARE  EARTH 

&  FISH-CJ  Fish  Get  Ready 

Vangu  LP,  8TR,  CASS         RarEa  LP   8TR   CASS 


44369  MYSTIC  MOODS         17238     BERLIOZ- 
ORCH.Stormy  Weekend       Te  Deum  -London  Sym 
Merc  LP,  8TR,  CASS  Phili  LP 


31795      RICHARD  48782  APPLAUSE 

HARRIS    Lnve  Album        -Original  Cast 
Dunhl  LP    8TR    CASS         ABC  LP,  8TR,  CASS 


42703-ARETHA 
FRANKLIN-This  Girl's 
In  Love  Witli  You 
Atlan  LP.  8TR,  CASS 


17049  SIBELIUS 

-Sym  #2  Concert- 
gebouw/Szell 
Phili  LP,  8TR,  CASS 


33443  IRON 
BUTTERFLY-ln  A 
Gadda-Da-Vida 
Atco  LP,  8TR,  CASS 


31781      THREE  DOG 

NIGHT-Suitable 

for  Framing 

Dunhi  LP   8TR    CASS 


15113     MAHLER- 

Sym  i:3  Utah  Sym 
Vangu  LP  (2  records) 


43793  SPANKY  AND 

OUR  GANG-Greatest 

Hits 

Mercu  LP,  8TR,  CASS 


17064  MOZART:  Sym 

Nos.  25,  29,  32- 
Lon.  Sym,  Davis 
Phil  LP 


33029  BUFFY 
SAINTE-MARIE 

—Gonna  Be  A 
Country  Girl  Again 
Vangu LP, 8TR, CASS 


42704     CROSBY, 
STILLS,  NASH  8. 
YOUNC-DeiaVu 
Atlan  LP,  8TR,  CASS 


44195     FOUR 
SEASONS- Gold  Vault 
of  Hits 
Phili  LP,  8TR,  CASS 


31973  JOHN  COLTRANE 

-Selflessness 
Impul  LP 


31755  STEPPENWOLF 
Dunhi  LP,  8TR,  CASS 


I9A 


PEOPLE  WHO  SWORE  THEY  WOULD  NEVER  JOIN  ANOTHER  RECORD  OR  TAPE  CLUB! 


INY 1  TAPE  S:  SHOWN  HERE 

TO  BUY  ANYTHING  EVER! 


Worth 
up  to 

$20.94 


Yes,  take  your  pick  of  these  great  hits  right  now.  Choose  any  3  Stereo  LP's  (worth  up  to  $20.94)  or  any  1  stereo  tape  (worth 
up  to  $6.98)  FREE  ...  as  your  welcome  gift  from  Record  Club  Of  America  when  you  join  at  the  low  lifetime  membership  fee 
of  $5.00.  We  make  this  amazing  offer  to  introduce  you  to  the  only  record  and  tape  club  offering  guaranteed  discounts  of 
33V3%  to  79%  on  all  labels— with  no  obligation  or  commitment  to  buy  anything  ever.  As  a  member  of  this  one-of-a-kind  club 
you  will  be  able  to  order  any  record  or  tape  commercially  available,  at  savings  up  to  79%— guaranteed  never  less  than 
3373%.  No  automatic  shipments,  no  cards  to  return.  We  ship  only  what  you  order.  Money  back  guarantee  if  not  satisfied. 


AT  LAST  A  RECORD  AND  TAPE  CLUB  WITH  NO  "OBLIGATIONS"-ONLY  BENEFITS! 


This  is  the  way  you  want  it— the  only  record  and 
tape  club  with  no  strings  attached!  Ordinary  record 
)r  tape  clubs  make  you  choose  from  just  a  few 
abels— usually  their  own!  They  make  you  buy  up 
to  12  records  or  tapes  a  year— usually  at  list  price 
to  fulfill  your  obligation.  And  if  you  forget  to 
iturn  their  monthly  card— they  send  you  a  record 
3r  tape  you  don't  want  and  a  bill  for  $4.98,  $5.98. 

^   or   $7.98!    In   effect,   you    may   be   charged 
jimost  double  for  your  records  and  tapes. 

But  Record  Club  of  America  Ends  All  That! 
We're  the  largest  all-label  record  and  tape  club 
n  the  world.  Choose  any  LP  or  tape  (cartridges 
and  cassettes)  ...  on  any  label  .  .  .  including  new 
eleases.  No  exceptions!  Take  as  many,  or  as  few, 
)r  no  selections  at  all  if  you  so  decide.  Discounts 
)re  GUARANTEED  AS  HIGH  AS  79%  OFF!  You  always 
ave  at  least  331/3%.  You  never  pay  full-price!  You 
jet  bestsellers  for  as  low  as  99?,  plus  a  small 
dling  and  mailing  charge. 

No  Automatic  Shipments 
With  Record  Club  of  America  there  are  no  cards 
vhich  you  must  return  to  prevent  shipment  of 
inwanted  LP's  or  tapes  (which  you  would  have 
0  return  at  your  own  expense  if  you  have  failed 
0  send  written  notice  not  to  ship).  We  send  only 
vhat  you  order. 

How  Can  We  Break  All  Record  and 
Tape  Club  Rules? 
Ve  are  the  only  major  record  and  tape  club  NOT 
3WNED  ...  NOT  CONTROLLED  ...  NOT  SUBSIDIZED 
ly  any  record  or  tape  manufacturer  anywhere. 
Therefore,  we  are  never  obliged  by  company  policy 
:o  push  any  one  label,  or  honor  the  list  price  of 
my  manufacturer.  Nor  are  we  prevented  by  distri- 
)ution  commitments,  as  are  other  major  record  or 
J:ape  clubs,  from  offering  the  very  newest  records 
ind  tapes. 

loin  Record  Club  of  America  now  and  take  advan- 
tage of  this  special  INTRODUCTORY  MEMBERSHIP 
)FFER.   Choose    any   three    LP's   or   any   one   tape 


shown  here  (worth  up  to  $20.94)  and  mail  coupon 
with  check  or  money  order  for  $5.00  membership 
fee  (a  small  handling  and  mailing  charge  for  your 
free  records  or  tapes  will  be  sent  later).  This 
entitles  you  to  LIFETIME  MEMBERSHIP-and  you 
never  pay  another  club  fee.  You  are  never  obligated 
to  buy  another  record  or  tape  ever.  Your  savings 
have  already  MORE  THAN  MADE  UP  FOR  THE 
NOMINAL  MEMBERSHIP  FEE. 

Look  What  You  Get 

•  FREE  Lifetime  Membership  Card-guarantees  you 
brand  new  LP's  and  tapes  at  discounts  up  to 
79%  .  .  .  Never  less  than  Va  off. 

•  FREE  Giant  Master  LP  Catalog-lists  readily  avail- 
able LP's  of  all  labels!  Thousands  of  listings; 
hundreds  of  labels. 

•  FREE  Giant  Master  Tape  Catalog-sent  on  request. 
Lists  readily  available  tapes  (cartridges  and  cas- 
settes) on  all  labels. 

•  FREE  Disc  &  Tape  Guide-The  Club's  own  Maga- 
zine, and  special  Club  sale  announcements  which 
regularly  bring  you  news  of  just-issued  new  re- 
leases and  "extra  discount"  specials. 

•  FREE  Any  3  Stereo  LP's  or  any  1  Tape  shown  here 
(worth  up  to  $20.94)  with  absolutely  no  obligation 
to  buy  anything  ever! 

Guaranteed  Instant  Service 
All  records  and  tapes  ordered  from  Disc  &  Tape 
Guide  and  special  sale  announcements  are  shipped 
the  same  day  received  (orders  from  the  Master 
Catalogs  may  take  a  few  days  longer).  ALL  RECORDS 
AND  TAPES  GUARANTEEO-factory  new  and  com- 
pletely satisfactory  or  replacements  will  be  made 
without  question. 

Money  Back  Guarantee 
l(  you  aren't  absolutely  delighted  with  our  dis- 
counts (up  to  79%)-return  items  within  10  days 
and  membership  fee  will  be  refunded  AT  ONCE' 
Join  over  one  million  budget-wise  record  and  tape 
collectors  now.  Mail  coupon  to:  Record  Club  of 
America  Club  Headquarters,  York,  Pa.  17405 


TYPICAL  "EXTRA  DISCOUNT" 

SALE 

Savings  of  50%  And  More  From 

Recent 

Club  Sales  .  .  .  Savings  up 

to  $3.49  per  LF 

List 

Half 

Label 

Price 

Price 

Simon  &  Garfunkel-Bridge 

Over  Troubled  Water 

Col 

5.98 

2.99 

Joe  Cocker 

A&M 

4.98 

2.49 

Peter,  Paul  &  Mary-  Album  1700 

War 

4.98 

2.49 

Herb  Alpert-Greatest  Hits 

A&M 

4.98 

2.49 

Creedence  Clearwater  Revival- 

Willy  &  Poorboys 

Fant 

4.98 

2.49 

The  Beatles-Let  It  Be 

Apple 

6 

98 

3.49 

Hair-Original  B'way  Cast 

RCA 

b 

98 

2.99 

Tom  Jones— Tom 

Parrot 

b 

98 

2.99 

Paul  McCartney— McCartney 

Apple 

b 

98 

2.99 

Jose  Feliciano-Fireworks 

RCA 

4 

98 

2.49 

Glen  Campbell-Oh  Happy  Day 

Cap 

b 

98 

2.99 

Barbra  Streisand- Greatest  Hits 

Col 

b 

98 

2.99 

Miles  Davis— Bitches  Brew 

Col 

B 

98 

3.49 

Leontyne  Price- Verdi  Heroines 

RCA 

6 

98 

3.49 

Your  $5.00  membership  fee  entitles  you  to  buy 
or  offer  gift  memberships  to  friends,  relatives. 
neighbors  for  only  $2.50  each,  with  full  privi- 
leges. You  can  split  the  total  between  you  — 
the  more  gift  members  you  get— the  more  you 
save!  Special  Note:  gift  members  do  not  re- 
ceive  any   FREE   records  or  tapes. 


1970  RECORD  CLUB  OF  AMERICA,  INC. 


H 


RECORD   CLUB   OF   AMERICA 


VOOl 


Yes-Rush  me  a  lifetime  Membership  Card,  Free  Giant 
Master  LP  Catalog  {check  box  below  if  you  also  wish 
a  Master  Tape  Catalog)  and  Disc  &  Tape  Guide  at  this 
limited  Special  Introductory  Membership  offer.  Also 
send  me  the  3  FREE  LP's  or  1  FREE  tape  which  I  have 
indicated  below  (with  a  bill  for  a  small  mailing  and 
handling  charge).  I  enclose  my  $5.00  membership 
fee.  (Never  another  club  fee  for  the  rest  of  my  life.) 
This  entitles  me  to  buy  any  LP's  or  Tapes  at  dis- 
counts up  to  79%.  plus  a  small  mailing  and  han- 
dling charge.  I  am  not  obligated  to  buy  any  records 
or  tapes-no  yearly  quota.  If  not  completely  delighted 
I  may  return  items  above  within  10  days  for  imme- 
diate refund  of  membership  fee. 

n  Also  send   Master  Tape  Catalog 
3  FREE  LP'S 


on  FREE  TAPE 

I 1  D  8  track 

I I  □  cassette 

Also  add  .         Gift  Memberships  at  $2.50  each 

to  my  request.  (Attach  separate  sheet  with   names 
and  addresses.  Indicate  Master  Catalog  request.) 

I    enclose   $  covering    my   $5.00    lifetime 

membership  and  any  gift  memberships  at  $2.50  each. 

D  CASH  n  CHECK  n  MONEY  ORDER 

Make  a  check  or  money  order  payable  to 

Record  Club  of  America. 

Mr. 


Address- 
City- 


I9B 


If  you  could  shoot  on  both  sides  of  this  fence 
you  could  make  better  movies. 

Sit  down  at  X  and  well  show  you  why. 


All  set?  Okay.  You've  brought 
a  camera  along.  Any  conven- 
tional super-8  camera. 
This  is  your  picnic.  You're  go- 
ing to  bring  it  back  alive. 
Shooting  it  just  as  it  happens. 
So,  between  bites,  start  pick- 
ing shots.  How/  about  this 
one? 


So  what  can  you  shoot?  See 
that  fence?  It's  4  ft.  from  your 
seat,  the  closest  most  conven- 
tional cameras  can  focus.  So 
you  can  get  any  shot— outside 
the  fence.  But  nothing  but 
blurs  inside  it. 

Which  brings  us  to  these,  the 
unconventional  Bolex  Macro- 
zoom  cameras.  They're  the 
first  super-8s  that  can  shoot 
on  both  sides  of  the  fence. 
Because  they  can  focus  at 
least  as  near— or  as  far— as 
your  eyes  can.        


With  these  Bolex  cameras 
you  can  get  any  shot  you  can 
see.  Including  telephoto  shots 
like  this  one. 


And  if  you  snap  on  the  free 
little  Multitrix  attachment,  you 
can  title  on  location,  like  this. 


Stop  fiddling  with  the  knob. 
He's  just  2  ft.  from  the  lens. 
You'll  never  get  him  in  focus. 


Maybe  this  would  work?  ZVz 
ft.  away?  Nope.  Still  too  blurry. 
This  tiny  visiting  frog?  If  you 
could  focus  within  inches 
you'd  get  him  big  enough  to 
see.  But  you've  got  a  conven- 
tional camera. 


The  Bolex  160— with  power 
zoom  and  single-frame  re- 
lease—and the  Bolex  155 
focus  from  one  inch  of  the 
lens  to  infinity.  Handheld. 
Without  attachments.  The  7.5 
does  the  same  thing  from  5 
inches,  like  this . 


Shoot  stills.  Shoot— and  dis- 
solve through— a  slide  Make 
complete  movies  m  the  camera. 
Want  to  see  them  for  your- 
self? Write  to  the  address  be- 
low for  the  name  of  your 
nearest  Bolex  dealer.  And, 
while  you're  there,  see  these 
unconventional  Bolex  projec- 
tors. One  of  them  will  even 
record  a  soundtrack  onto  your 
film,  turning  your  silents  irUo 
talkies. 


Paillard  Incorporated, 

1 900  Lower  Rd.,  Linden, N.J. 07036. 

Other  products:  Hasselblad 

cameras,  Hermes  typewriters 

and  figuring  machines. 


have  gotten  nothing,  no  satisfaction 
at  all,  because  the  law  went  through 
a  convulsive  _periocl  early  in  the 
nineteenth  century. 

During  the  Industrial  Revolution 
rules  were  overhauled  wholesale, 
and  the  values  of  the  agrarian 
society  evolved  into  a  new  coda 
compatible  with  commerce  and 
manufacturing.  Under  the  prevail- 
ing ideas  of  laissez  faire,  or  rugged 
individualism,  conventional  wisdom 
was  reoriented  around  personal  re- 
sponsibility, and  government  was 
relegated  to  a  minimal  role  in  a, 
society  governed  largely  by  the 
natural  laws  of  the  marketplace. 
Action,  go-getting,  and  progress  be- 
came virtues.  Consequently,  no  one, 
including  that  mythical  "legal  per- 
son." the  corporation,  was  to  be 
held  liable  for  the  harm  his  actions 
occasioned  others  unless  it  was 
clearly  the  actor's  "fault."  Put  an- 
other way.  the  losses  occasioned 
by  accidents  in  a  rugged  society 
had  to  be  borne  by  the  victims. 
This  conventional  wisdom,  when 
crystallized  into  law,  amounted  in 
effect  to  a  subsidy  to  incipient  in 
dustry  during  the  takeoff  period  of 
industrialization. 

In  this  restructuring  process  the 
law  of  nuisance  was  translated  into 
the  prevailing  ideology  of  fault. 
Our  hypothetical  coke  manufac- 
turer was  not  at  fault — in  legal 
terins  he  was  not  negligent — be- 
cause he  followed  the  accepted 
procedures  in  the  manufacture  of 
coke.  Equally  manifest,  he  was  not 
at  fault  in  locating  his  plant  in  the 
city  because  capital,  labor,  raw  ma- 
terials, and  transport'ation  routes 
converged  there  to  make  large-scale 
manufacture  possible.  Therefore,  the 
harm  visited  upon  the  city's  resi- 
dents had  to  be  chalked  up  as  an  ac- 
cidental by-product  of  progress. 

Ours  may  have  been  more  of  a 
class  society  than  we  generally  real- 
ize, or  agrarian  values  may  have 
persisted  outside  the  cities.  I  say 
this  because,  had  our  hypothetical 
entrepreneur  attempted  to  build  his 
coke  plant  in  a  polite  suburb,  he 
would  have  been  enjoined  at  the 
drop  of  a  hat.  Notice  carefully  that; 
he  could  not  have  been  faulted  if  he 
had  followed  accepted  manufac- 
turing techniques:  rather,  his  fault 
would  lie  in  locating  his  plant  in  an, 
area  more  suitable  for  residential 
development.  To  an  extent,  law  con-j 


20 


The  flower  with  400 
y  personalities. 


There's  a  Protea  no  more  than  one  inch  high,  and  there's  a 
Protea  tall  as  a  tree. 

In  between,  there  are  400-odd  species  of  Proteaceae. 

So  it's  no  wonder  that  the  Protea  is  South  Africa's  national 
flower.  (Named  after  Proteus,  who  could  change  into  any  shape 
at  will.) 

You'll  want  to  see  them  all. 

For  instance,  there's  the  Giant,  or  King  Protea,  which  meas- 
ures 12  inches  across. 

And  the  yellow  and  pink  Pincushion  Proteas. 

Ivory-and-pink  Blushing  Bride  Proteas. 

And  woolly-bearded  Proteas,  with  silky  black  hairs. 

While  you're  looking,  watch  for  the  long-tailed  Sugar  Birds 
that  hide  in  the  protea  bushes,  plunging  their  beaks  into  the  blooms. 

The  Proteaceae  are  one  example  of  South  Africa's  floral 
abundance.  The  western  corner  of  the  Cape  province  has  legions 
of  flowers  found  nowhere  else  in  the  world. 

In  the  180  square  miles  of  the  Cape  Peninsula  alone,  there  are 
more  than  2.600  kinds  of  flowering  plants. 

South  Africa's  flora  and  fauna  are  protected  in  over  100  game 
and  nature  reserves,  including  immense  tracts  of  land  devoted  to 
animal  life,  bird  sanctuaries,  and  flower  reserves. 

The  National  Botanic  Gardens  at  Kirstenbosch,  devoted  en- 
tirely to  the  indigenous  flowers  of  South  Africa,  rank  as  one  of  the 
great  botanical  gardens  of  the  world. 

The  fastest,  easiest  way  there  is  by  South  African  Airways.  A 

Boeing  Stratojet  whisks  you  there  by  the  most  direct  route  from 

New  York  in  a  relaxed,  friendly  atmosphere.  If  you  want  to  go 

by  way  of  Europe,  v/e  have  daily  departures  from  10  European 

'\  ,7  Gateways. 

\      ,  For  more  information,  see  your 

1  /  travel  agent  or  South  African  Airways, 

>'  605  Fifth  Avenue,  NewYork,N.Y.  10017. 


SOUTH  AFRICAN  AIRWAYS 


Come  with  us. 

A  little  off  the  beaten  track. 


21 


How  many  great  pictures 
have  you  taken,  only  to  find 
out  later  that  your  exposures  were 
off?  Natural  life  is  always  on  the 
move,  sometimes  the  sun  is  over  your 
back,  more  often  it's  behind  the 
subject. When  the  subject  is  back-lit, 
you  need  a  built-in  behind  the  lens 
spot  meter  system  to  get  the  correct 
exposure.  With  front  hghting  you're 
better  off  with  an  averaging  meter 
system.  Almost  all  fine  35mm  SLR 
cameras  have  one  of  these  systems, 
only  the  Mamiya/Sekor  DTL 


birds 
and  the  bees 
and  our 
Creative  Switch 

has  the  Creative  Switch 
with  two  built-in  exposure 
metering  systems.  The  DTL  with 
every  important  SLR  feature  is 
priced  from  less  than  S 180,  plus  case. 
Ask  for  a  demonstration  at  your 
photo  dealer  or  write  for  folder  to 
Ponder&Best, Inc., Corporate  offices: 
1 1201  West  Pico  Boulevard, 
Los  Anaeles.Cahfornia  90064. 


The  Creative  Switch... 

only  the  Mamiya/Sekor  DTL  has  it. 


ABOVE  IT  ALL! 


A  SKYFARI  in  our  twin-engine  specially  fitted  Cessna 's  and 
Pipers  offer  a  luxurious  and  unparalleled  opportunity  to 
observe  the  vastness  and  grandeur  that  is  AFRICA— the  land, 
the  people,  their  culture  and  the  fantastic  Big  Game.  All 
weave  themselves  into  a  brilliant  tapestry  which  will  hang 
forever  on  the  walls  of  the  mind. 

Ngorongoro  Crater,  Samburu,  Murchison  Falls,  Serengeti 
Plains  and  Fort  Lamu  are  just  part  of  the  excitement  await- 
ing those  who  take  our  SKYFARI.  Limited  Membership  22 
Days  from  New  York.  All  inclusive  arrangements  from  New 
York  $1625.00  per  person. 


plus  air  fare 


CAHILL-LATJGHLIN 
TOf  ES,  IXC. 

655  Madison  Avenue 

Xew  York,  New  York  10021 


r? 


Please  send  me  a  copy  of  your 
SKYFAEI  brochure  today. 


Name 


trolled  the  environment  even  durin 
the  wilder  phases  of  the  Industriil 
Revolution  by  segregating  the  env 
ronment  into  clean  (country)  an 
dirty  (city)  zones.  In  1932  or 
judge,  apparently  giving  solace  1 
some  neighbors  of  a  particularly  o 
fensive  coke  plant,  preserved  th 
dichotomy  for  posterity'  when  1 
calmly  observed  that  one  '"wh 
chooses  to  live  in  the  large  centei 
of  population  cannot  expect  ti 
quiet  [?]  of  the  country." 

The  energies  released  by  the  Ii 
dustrial  Revolution  have  been  tj 
undoing  of  the  conventional  wi 
dom  of  that  phenomenon.  The  pro 
pering  factories  that  have  coai 
ulated  in  the  cities,  belching  fumi 
and  disgorging  chemically  exot 
wastes,  have  created  conditioi 
whereby  the  chance  occurrence  of 
weather  inversion  can  turn  a  cit 
into  a  death  camp.  The  banker 
lawyers,  advertisers,  and  executivi 
associated  with  commerce  and  ii 
dustry  realize  too  well  that  the 
must  work  in  the  cities.  The  cit 
dwelling  working  class,  increasing 
cognizant  of  its  power  to  disrupt, 
no  longer  put  off  with  nineteentl 
century  sophistries  to  justify  i 
deteriorating  environment.  With  tl 
exhaust  from  automobiles,  even  tl 
most  self-rusticated  suburbanite  hj 
come  to  recognize  that  the  old  se; 
regation  approach  no  longer  i: 
sulates  him  from  the  dangers  ( 
pollution.  Worry  over  the  deteri 
rating  quality  of  the  environment 
no  longer  endemic  to  a  few  ivor 
tower-based  ecologists ;  insecurv 
has  spread  through  the  body  po. 
tic.  It  is  only  to  be  expected  th 
judges  should  begin  to  tinker  wi 
the  rules  of  nuisance  law  in  ordi 
to  make  the  law  more  responsive 
the  felt  needs  of  the  day. 

Should  our  hypothetical  entrepr 
neur  open  his  coke  plant  in  an  u 
banized  area  today  and  shower  pc 
lutants  upon  his  neighbors,  tl 
result  would  be  different  but.  inte 
estingly  enough,  not  totally.  Agai 
given  the  facts  that  the  area  was  a 
propriate  and  that  convention 
manufacturing  techniques  were  ei 
ployed,  the  plant  probably  wou 
be  assessed  with  a  judgment  f 
money  damages  to  offset  declinii 
values  in  the  immediate  neighbc 
hood.  In  all  likelihood,  however,  i 
injunction  would  be  issued  to  clo 
the  plant.  This  halfway  change 


nuisance  law  aptly  reflects  today's 
conventional  wisdom. 

During  the  nineteenth  century  if 
some  defective  item  slipped  through 
the  manufacturing  process  without 
anyone's  fault,  the  consumer  suf- 
fered the  loss  if  he  was  hurt  as  a 
result.  Today  the  manufacturer  has 
become  liable,  fault  or  no  fault,  for 
the  damages  suffered  by  the  con- 
sumer. In  today's  scheme  of  values, 
a  sense  of  security,  a  feeling  of 
being  able  to  rely  on  the  products 
of  modern  industry,  has  replaced 
the  old  sense  of  individual  fortune, 
for  good  or  bad.  Modern  industry 
calculates  an  addition  to  the  regular 
price  of  each  item  in  order  to  create 
what  amounts  to  an  insurance  fund 
to  cover  the  costs  of  these  accidents. 
Looked  at  another  way,  because  he 
contributes  to  a  fund  set  up  for  his 
unlucky  colleagues  who  happen 
upon  a  defective  product,  the  Amer- 
ican consumer  participates  in  a  sys- 
tem of  social  insurance  every  time 
he  buys  a  product.  Thus,  in  han- 
dling pollution  cases  such  as  our 
hypothetical  coke  plant,  judges  who 
rule  that  manufacturers  are  respon- 
sible for  damages  inflicted  upon 
their  neighbors,  are  simply  apply- 
ing the  already  current  idea  that  a 
product  should  bear  its  true  costs, 
including  the  cost  of  damages. 

Exercising  their  power  to  enjoin 
nuisances,  the  judges  could  shut 
down  our  hypothetical  plant.  This 
option,  however,  still  gives  the 
judges  chance  to  pause.  Increased 
production,  more  jobs,  and  more 
taxable  enterprises  are  still  basic  in- 
gredients in  the  accepted  economic 
formula  for  relieving  the  plight  of 
the  poor.  Shutting  down  plants 
would  decrease  employment  op- 
portunities and  subtract  from  the 
number  of  taxable  enterprises  nec- 
essary to  sustain  current  welfare 
programs.  While  judges  have  been 
willing  to  restructure  the  rules  to 
accommodate  the  law  to  contempo- 
rary needs,  they  are  unwilling  to  re- 
cast the  law  into  a  new  mold  until 
they  are  certain  that  society  has  re- 
jected growth  as  the  keystone  of  its 
value  system. 

The  judges  are  saying,  in  effect, 
that  the  solutions  to  industrial  pol- 
lution must  be  devised  by  the  legis- 
lative branch  of  government. 
Whether  the  public  is  willing  to  pay 
the  price  for  eliminating  pollution 
is    better    ascertained    through    the 


The  24  hour 
camera. 


INST 


AM; 


REPLE) 


f 


Runs  automatically  on  sunlight,  moonlight, 
candlelight,  any  light  youVe  got. 

This  istheKocya/c/nsfamaf/c  Reflex  camera— for  "pictures  unlimited," 
witiiout  complications. 

It  combines  ttie  best  of  everything.  Big,  bright  reflex  viewing 
and  focusing.  Automatic  electronic  shutter  that  times  exposures 
from  1  /500  up  to  20  seconds.  Lens  interchange,  for  wide-angle, 
telephoto.  Flashcube,  and  electronic  flash.  Drop-in  cartridge  loading 
for  color  snapshots,  color  slides,  black-and-whites. 
Everything,  in  fact,  to  make  picture-taking  fast, 
easy,  and  sure— any  time,  anywhere. 

See  the  most  capable  automatic  camera  in  the 
world  at  your  dealer's,  and  ask  for  a  demonstration. 
With  f/2.8  lens,  less  than  $250;  with  ultra- 
fast  //1 .9  lens,  less  than  $300. 

Prices  subjecl  to  change  wilhoul  notice 


The  Kodak  Instamatic' 
ReFlex  camera. 


KEEPYOUR^YE 

OISTTHE  ACTION 

. . .  don't  miss  out  while  you  f umble-focus 


Only  Bushnell  binoculars  have  Insta- 
Focus®. . .  the  high-speed,  high-geared 
system  that  focuses  at  a  flick  of  your 
thumb.  The  fastest,  sharpest,  smooth- 
est focusing  ever.  Adjusts  both  eyes 
simultaneously,  comfortably. 

Use  Insta-Focus®  for  hunting,  wild- 
life, sports,  or  even  people-watching. 
You'll  never  again  miss  seeing  all  the 
action  because  you're  too  busy  fum- 
bling with  slow,  old' 
fashioned  center- 
vrfieel  focusing  methods." 


^gushnell 


"Squint-PruF'  front  lenses  let  you  see 

more  under  even  the  most  glaring  con- 
ditions. Electric  blue  lenses  block  re- 
flections from  snow,  sand,  water,  haze. 
Roll-back  eyecups  widen  your  view 
if  you  wear  glasses.  Extended,  they 
block  out  side  light. 

Free  1970  Catalog  describes  new 
Insta-Focus®  and  all  other  binoculars 
and  scopes.  See  your  dealer.  Or  write: 
BUSHNELL,  N39 
Bushnell  Building, 
Pasadena,  Calif.  91107. 


OHicez  in  Tokyo,  Hong  Kong, Vancouver,  B.C.;  Sydney,  N.S.W.;  and  dealers  throughout  the  world. 


Life's  too  short 
to  settle  for  anything 
less  than  the  camera 
you  really  want. 

The  Leica  M4  is  the  35mm  rangefinder  Ciimera 
that  has.no  competition  in  quality. ..aiggedness... versatility. 
Go  ahead.  You  only  live  once. 

Leica* 


ballot  box  than  through  the  best 
hunches  of  the  judiciary.  Whether 
the  costs  of  a  program  should  be 
borne  by  the  public  via  relatively 
higher  taxes,  which  would  be  the 
case  if  industry  were  given  gener- 
ous deductions  for  environmental 
programs,  or  whether  everyone  J 
should  pay  the  extra  costs  imposed 
by  an  enforced  system  of  environ- 
mental quality  standards,  is  a  ques- 
tion of  high  policy.  Innumerable 
options  for  solutions  come  to  mind. 
Lawsuits,  which  only  decide  who 
won  and  who  lost — after  the  fash- 
ion of  a  feeble  computer  pro^*! 
grammed  in  binary  logic  to  respond 
with  either  "0"  or  "1" — are  not  apt 
forums  in  which  to  hammer  out 
broadly  gauged  and  complex  pro- 
grams of  social  reform.  In  short, 
lawsuits  do  not  hold  forth  the 
promise  of  immediate  solution  to 
the  environmental  mess  into  which 
we  have  gotten  ourselves. 

While  we  wait  upon  the  legisla-l 
ture  to  devise  programs  to  clean  up 
the  mess  we  have  created,  judges 
have  taken  to  working  out  new 
rules  that  would  checkmate  the 
spread  of  pollution.  They  have 
come  to  recognize  that  laissez  fairel 


&  I.eitA  Inc..  RiKklciiih.  NJ.  07M7 


has  been  replaced  by  a  Keynesian 
mixed  economy,  which  legitimizes 
a  working  partnership  between 
business  and  the  government  to 
create  a  highly  planned  economy 
designed  to  achieve  steady  growth 
without  untoward  inflation.  This 
partnership  is  often  managed  under 
the  powers  of  a  semiautonomous 
public  agency.  Considered  from  the 
perspective  of  over-all  material 
plenty,  this  alliance'  cannot  be 
faulted.  In  terms  of  the  environ- 
ment, however,  this  growth-oriented 
behemoth,  which  tends  to  make  its 
decisions  effective  through  various 
regulatory  agencies,  can  become  a 
menace.  An  agency  decision  to  al- 
low a  pipeline  across  Alaska,  an  oil 
rig  off  Santa  Barbara,  a  hydro- 
electric reservoir  in  a  beautiful  val- 
ley, or  a  supersonic  transport  route 
across  the  entire  country  can  li- 
cense the  ravishment  of  what  is  left 
of  our  unspoiled  environment.  Is  it 
possible  to  devise  a  containment 
policy  to  see  that  this  does  not  hap- 
pen? 

The  mixed  economy  illustrates 
anew  how  convolutions  in  the  un- 
derlying society  have  made  tradi- 
tional rules  of  law  obsolete.  Bureau- 


^4 


ary  Carnwath  isn't  trying  to  save  the  work . 
5t  a  little  piece  of  it. 


he  Hopi  Indians'  village  of  Ship- 
i  in  Arizona  sits  on  land  so  poor, 
ile  and  inhospitable  that  so  far  no- 
has  tried  to  take  it  away  from 

lectricity  has  not  yet  reached  the 
s.  Water  must  be  hauled  from 
miles  away.  Jobs  are  few  and  far 
.  Only  poverty  and  despair  are 
by  and  in  abundance, 
et  for  the  first  time  in  generations, 
Carnwath  and  people  like  her  are 
ig  hope  among  the  Hopis. 
lary  Carnwath  works  and  lives 
housand  miles  away,  in  Manhat- 
4er  own  daughter  is  now  grown- 
id  through  Save  the  Children  Fed- 
m  she  is  sponsoring  one  of  the 
e  girls,  8-year-old  Grace  Mahtewa. 
he  Mahtewas  (two  parents,  three 
en,  one  grandmother  and  a  sister- 
v)   live  tightly  packed  in  a  tiny 
and  mud  house.  The  father,  who 
s  ranch  work  but  can't  find  any 
of  the  year,  isn't  able  to  provide 
mily  with  even  the  bare  necessities, 
irace.  bright,  ambitious  and  indus- 
trious, would  possi- 
bly have  had  to  quit 
school  as  soon  as  she 
was  old  enough  to  do 
a  day's  work.  But,  be- 
cause of  Mary  Carn- 
wath, that  won't  be 
necessary. 
^f       >         The   $15.00  a 
:h  contributed  by  Mary  Carnwath 
oviding  a  remarkable  number  of 
s  for  Grace  and  her  family, 
irace  will  have  a  chance  to  con- 
:  schooling.  The  family  has  been 
to  make  its  home  a  little  more  liv- 
A  small  portion  of  Mary  Carn- 
I's  contribution,   together  with 
iy  from  other  sponsors,  was  bor- 
d  by  the  village  to  renovate  a  dilap- 
d  building  for  use  as  a  village  cen- 
Fhe  center  now  has  two  manual 
ng  machines  that  are  the  begin- 
3  of  a  small  income-producing  busi- 
It's  only  a  small  beginning.  More 
ey  and  more  people  like  Mary 
wath  are  needed.  With  your  help, 
aps  this  village  program  will  pro- 
enough  money  to  end  the  Hopis' 
for  help.  That  is  what  Save  the 
hen  is  all  about.  


^r/*^ 


Although  contributions  are  deduc 
tible,  it's  not  a  charity.  The  aim  is  not 
merely  to  buy  one  child  a  few  hot  meals 
a  warm  coat  and  a  new  pair  of  shoes 
Instead,  your  contribution  is  used  to 
give  the  child,  the  family  and  the  village 
a  little  boost  that  may  be  all  they  need 
to  start  helping  themselves. 

Sponsors  are  desperately  needed 
for  other  American  Indian  children — 
who  suffer  the  highest  disease  rate 
and  who  look  forward  to  the  short- 
est life  span  of  any  American  group. 

Sponsors  are  also  needed  for 
children  in  Appalachia,  Korea,  Viet- 
nam, Latin  America,  Africa,  Greece 
and  the  Middle  East. 

As  a  sponsor  you  will  receive  a 
photo  of  the  child,  regular  reports 
on  his  progress  and,  if  you  wish,  a 
chance  to  correspond  with  him  and 
his  family. 

Mary  Carnwath  knows  that  she 
can't  save  the  world  for  $15.00  a 
month.  Only  a  small  corner  of  it. 


But,  maybe  that  is  the  way  to  save  th< 
world.  If  there  are  enough  Mary  Can 
waths.  How  about  you? 

National  Sponsors  (partial  list): 

Faith  Baldwin,  Hon.  James  A.  Farley,  j 

Gene  Kelly,  Mrs.  Eli  Lilly,  Paul  Newman,  I 

Mrs. ,].  C.  Penney,  Frank  Sinatra. 

Save  The  Children  Federation,  founded  in  1932  \ 

is  registered  with  the  U.S.  State  Department 

Advisory  Committee  on  Voluntary  Foreign  Aid.  ^ 


)aveThe  Children  Federation 

NORWALK,   CONNECTICUT  06852 

I   WISH  TO   CONTRIBUTE  $180  ANNUALLY  TO  HELP  A  CHILD 
a  WHERE  THE  NEED  IS  GREATEST  O  LATIN  AMERICA 

□  AMERICAN    INDIAN   D  APPALACHIA  O  KOREA  D  GREECE 

□  VIETNAM  □  AFRICA  □  MIDDLE  EAST 
ENCLOSED   IS  MY  FIRST  PAYMENT 

□  $15.00  MONTHLY  Q  $90.00  SEMI-ANNUALLY 

□  $45.00  QUARTERLY  D  $180.00  ANNUALLY 
I   CAN'T  SPONSOR  A  CHILD.   ENCLOSED   IS  A  CONTRIBUTION 
OF  $ 

□  PLEASE  SEND   ME  MORE   INFORMATION 


CONTRIBUTIONS  ARE  INCOME  TAX  DEDUCTIBLE 


A  GEODE 
IS  FOREVER, 


A  geode  is  a  ball-shaped  hollow  rock 
lined  with  glittering  natural  crystals. 
Like  miniature  caves.  They  are  tens 
of  millions  of  years  old  which,  in  these 
days  of  plastic  obsolescence,  is  rea- 
sonably near  forever.  Geodes  are  love- 
ly enough  to  be  unbelievable. 


5  Reasons  Why  You  Should  Buy 
Such  a  Thing  Now: 

1.  Because  we  have  an  especially  fine 
selection  on  hand  for  immediate 
shipment. 

2.  Every  geode  is  unique.  Hence,  they 
make  splendid  one-of-a-kind  gifts. 
Excellent  for  birthdays,  weddings, 
graduations  and  other  strange 
rites.  Guaranteed  to  relieve  sum- 
mer doldrums.  (We  won't  mention 
Christmas  this  early.) 

3.  The  Kindly  Editor  would  like  us  to 
pay  for  this  advertisement. 

4.  We  positively  guarantee  you  will  be 
pleased.  If  not,  return  parcel  for 
full  refund.  Promptly. 

5.  Your  order  automatically  places 
you  on  our  mailing  list  for  periodic 
bulletins  listing  splendid  mineral 
specimens. 


Summer  Specials: 

A.  A  baker's  dozen  UNOPENED  MEX- 
ICAN GEODES  for  $6.  Average  2" 
diameter,  may  or  may  not  be  hol- 
low. Solid  types  frequently  contain 
blue,  white  and  gray  swirled  agate: 
hollows  may  be  lined  with  quartz 
crystals  (clear,  smoky,  amethyst) 
and/or  odd  calcite  formations. 
Split  'em  with  chisel  and  hammer. 
Keeps  kids  busy  for  hours. 

B.  A  selected  split  mated  GEODE 
PAIR  (the  halves  fit  back  together 
quite  neatly),  3  to  4"  dia.  We  per- 
sonally pick  these  for  sparkle  and 
beauty.  $4.50  per  matched  pair. 

C.  Our  famous  $5.  GEODE  ASSORT- 
MENT. If  you  like  pleasant  sur- 
prises. 

All   prices  include  postage 

ROTHMAN'S 

RD#2,    HILL  HOUSE 

DOWNINGTOWN,   PA.    19335 


crats  and  businessmen  in  the 
agency  system  may  make  good  eco- 
nomic judgments,  but  who  speaks 
for  the  environment?  Who  can  ap- 
peal to  the  courts  when  an  agency 
decision  threatens  to  license  an  un- 
conscionaJsle  environmental  atroc- 
ity? Traditional  rules  are  not  much 
help  because  hitherto  plaintiffs  have 
complained  about  damage  inflicted 
upon  their  own  persons  or  their 
own  homes;  what  claim  has  anyone 
to  sue  to  prevent  damaging  a  valley 
down  the  road  apiece?  Again  the 
judges  have  reworked  the  old  rules 
so  that  today  it  is  generally  ac- 
cepted that  concerned  members  of 
the  public  may  participate  in 
agency  hearings  and  may  sue  to 
have  agency  decisions  set  aside 
when  they  do  not  reflect  a  proper 
concern  for  the  environment. 

Here  we  reach  the  crucial  ques- 
tion: do  the  agencies  have  to  take 
the  environment  into  account?  In 
one  famous  case  the  Federal  Power 
Commission  (FPC)  was  reversed 
when,  upon  purely  hard-headed 
economic  considerations,  it  licensed 
a  hydroelectric  project  that  would 
have  destroyed  one  of  the  most 
scenic  sites  along  the  Hudson  River. 
The  case  was  significant  because  it 
established  the  right  of  con- 
servationists to  sue.  The  case  was 
decided  against  the  FPC  because 
the  congressional  statute  that  had 
created  the  agency  had  expressly  in- 
structed it  to  take  environmental 
considerations  into  account,  some- 
thing the  FPC  had  flagrantly  neg- 
lected to  do.  What  if  the  statute  had 
not  contained  that  instruction? 
What  would  the  conservationists, 
once  in  court,  have  talked  about? 
What  "law"  could  they  point  to  in 
order  to  fault  the  agency  for  its 
failure  to  take  seriously  the  envi- 
ronmental consequences  of  their  de- 
cision? 

This  need  to  find  some  law  that 
would  require  an  agency  to  con- 
sider the  environment  arose  re- 
cently when  New  Hampshire  au- 
thorities sought  to  have  a  federal 
court  reverse  an  Atomic  Energy 
Commission  decision  to  license  a 
nuclear  power  plant  along  the  Con- 
necticut River.  Water  used  to  cool 
the  plant  would  enter  the  river  so 
superheated  that  downstream  tem- 
perature would  increase  to  a  point 
that  even  warm  water  fish  could  not 
survive.  The  judicial  response  was 


to  scan  the  legislation  that  created 
the  AFC  and  to  conclude  that  not 
only  was  the  agency  not  required  to 
take  the  environment  into  account, 
it  also  lacked  the  authority  to  re- 
quire developers  to  install  alterna- 
tive cooling  devices  simply  to  save 
the  environment. 

At  this  point  some  lawyers,  in- 
cluding myself,  conclude  that  the 
only  answer  to  this  conundrum  lies 
in  the  Bill  of  Rights.  To  put  it 
bluntly,  there  exists  a  constitutional 
right  to  a  decent  environment, 
which  mandates  that  every  govern^ 
ment  agency — be  it  federal,  state 
or  local — cast  its  decisions  so  as  nol 
to  contribute  further  to  the  decline 
of  today's  environmental  status 
quo.  This  decision  would  only  oper- 
ate prospectively  and  would  not  ex- 
tend retroactively.  The  harm  thai 
has  already  been  done  can  only  be 
undone  by  legislative  action  anC 
not  by  words  alone;  words  alone 
however,  when  they  are  constitu 
tional  law  words,  are  able  to  ensure 
that  past  mistakes  will  not  bi 
repeated. 

From  whence  can  this  right  bi 
derived?  This  is  a  horse  soon  cur 
ried.  In  Griswold  v.  Connecticut 
for  example,  the  Supreme  Couri 
discovered  a  "right  of  privacy"  in 
herent  in  the  Bill  of  Rights,  even 
though  that  right  was  not  ther^  in) 
so  many  words.  In  fact,  the  long  ig- 
nored ninth  amendment  warns  us 
that  the  listing  of  rights  in  the  other 
amendments,  such  as  those  guaran- 
teeing freedom  of  religion  and 
speech,  does  not  eliminate  other 
rights  "retained  by  the  people." 
Manifestly,  if  the  people  have  the 
freedom  to  exercise  free  speech  and 
to  enjoy  their  privacy,  they  must 
also  have  the  right  to  a  decent  envi- 
ronment. Why  is  this  clear?  Be- 
cause if  we  do  not  have  a  right  to  a 
decent  environment,  the  rest  of  our 
rights  will  prove  illusory.  We  can- 
not enjoy  our  other  rights  if  we  are 
all  dead.  True,  this  right  has  never 
been  articulated  before,  but  until 
the  advent  of  a  potentially  lethal 
technological  society  there  was  no 
need  to  insist  upon  such  a  right. 
Now  that  there  is  a  potential  for  en- 
vironmental disaster,  the  time  has 
become  propitious  for  the  Supreme 
Court,  sensing  the  felt  needs  of  the 
time,  to  implement  within  the  sys- 
tem this  fundamental  right  held  by 
the  psople.  ■ 


AFRICA 


$ 


1614 

BOAC's  Forgotten  Islands 
of  the  Indian  Ocean 

Cruise  through  the  Indian  Ocean  on  the  M.S.  Lindblad 

Explorer.  Unique  marine  and  amphibian  life,  and 

luxurious  flora  abounds  in  every  island  you'll  visit— the 

Seychelles,  Amirantes,  the  Farquhars,  Aldabra,  and 

the  Comoros.  Tour  price  for  3  weeks  from  $1614,** 

includes  round-trip  air  fare  from  New  York,  minimum 

three-bedded  cruise  accommodations,  meals, 

hotels,  tips  and  taxes,  transfers,  sightseeing. 


$ 


1654 

BOAC's  Value  Safaris 

For  three  weeks  you  can  shoot,  with  a  camera,  some  of 

the  largest  game  animals  in  the  world— rhino, 

elephant,  giraffe,  wildebeeste.  Tour  cost  of  $1654* 

includes  round-trip  air  fare  from  New  York,  meals, 

accommodations  in  the  best  hotels'lodges  available, 

service  charges,  entry  fees,  visa  fees,  transfers  and  tips. 

And  if  it's  not  the  rainy  season  (July,  August, 

September),  you  can  extend  your  trip  for  an  extra  week 

in  ancient  Ethiopia  for  only  $230,  plus  air  fare. 


$ 


2354 

BOAC's  Wing  Safari 

Take  a  Wing  Safari.  In  3  weeks  you'll  cover  every  major 

game  park  in  East  Africa,  see  an  incredible  variety  of 

unspoiled  scenery,  most  or  all  of  the  large  game  animals 

and  colorful  African  tribesmen,  Tour  price  of  $2354* 

from  New  York  includes  all  air  fares,  accommodations, 

meals,  tips,  taxes,  fees.  African  flights  are  in  modern 

small  aircraft.  Take  all  the  camera  equipment  you  -^ 

can  handle;  a  telephoto  lens  will  vastly  improve  your  -= 

animal  shots— and  your  stories. 


'V    ■■-\\  i(/-^,^; 


British  Overseas  Airways  Corporation, 
Box  VC10,Dept.  151-554,  New  York,  N.Y. 
10011.  Tel.  687-1600. 

I  love  Africa  already.  Here's  how  I'd  like  to  go: 
a  Wing  Safari 

□  Value  Safaris 

□  Forgotten  Islands  of  the  Indian  Ocean 


Mm 


My  Travel  Agent  is • 

'Economy  Class  tour  fare  included. 
'  Economy  Class  GIT  fare  included. 
All  tour  prices  subject  to  peak  season  supplements 


Death  by  the  Plow 


The  eastern  grasslands 

of  North  America,  which  once 

occupied  large  tracts  of 

the  Midwest,  have  vanished  — 

except  for  a  few  traces 

and  the  haunting  descriptions 

of  early  settlers 

by  Richard  Brewer 

photographs 

by  Steven  C.  Wilson 


When  the  first  wave  of  settlers  entered  the  Great 
Lakes  region  early  in  the  last  century,  they  found 
small  expanses  of  grassland  scattered  through  the  hard- 
wood forest.  These  natural  communities,  up  to  a  few 
square  miles  in  size,  made  up  only  about  100.000 
acres  in  Michigan,  somewhat  more  in  Ohio,  and  still 
more  in  Indiana  where,  north  of  the  Wabash  and  west 
of  the  Tippecanoe,  they  began  to  merge  into  the 
Grand  Prairie  of  Illinois.  These  grassland  commu- 
nities also  existed  in  Kentucky  and  Ontario.  Called 
prairies,  barrens,  or,  where  studded  with  bur  oak 
trees,  plains  or  oak  openings,  the  eastern  grasslands 
were  settled  early.  On  the  great  grasslands  farther 
west,  the  settlers  moved  away  from  the  river-fringing 
forests  slowly.  The  pioneers  there  feared  the  prairie 
fires  of  the  dry  autumn,  the  winter  blizzards,  and  the 
miasmal  wetness  of  the  spring.  The  prairie  sod  was 
hard  to  break;  there  were  no  trees  to  build  with,  no 
acorns  for  pigs. 

The  small  prairies  and  oak  openings  in  the  Great 
Lakes  region  had  fewer  disadvantages,  and  the  fertile 
land  there  was  quickly  settled  and  broken.  While  the 
sod  was  not  so  deep  as  that  of  the  great  grasslands  of 
Illinois.  Iowa,  and  Missouri,  the  breaking  of  it  with  a 
bull  plow — all  wood  except  for  the  share  and  colter — 
and  two  voke  of  oxen  was  an  event  that  stood  out 


even  in  lives  where  exhausting  physical  labor  was  the 
daily  routine.  The  first  pioneer  to  break  the  prairie 
never  forgot  it  nor  did  the  community  that  grew 
around  him.  When  he  died,  full  of  years  and  honor, 
his  epitaph  would  include  the  words,  "He  plowed  the 
first  furrow."  Almost  none  of  the  prairie  escaped 
plowing  and,  because  it  is  the  best  cropland  in  the 
region,  most  of  it  is  still  cultivated  today. 

The  natural  prairies  are  gone,  or  almost  gone,  but 
for  those  who  concern  themselves  with  such  things, 
their  past  locations  can  be  discovered.  In  the  log- 
books of  the  early  surveyors,  a  section  corner  marked 
by  a  stake,  rather  than  by  witness  trees,  or  by  witness 
trees  of  bur  oak  a  chain  or  more  away,  usually  in- 
dicates prairie.  On  a  drive  after  spring  plowing  you 
can  still  mark  the  edge  of  some  of  the  prairies  where 
the  black  prairie  earth  gives  way  to  the  pale  soils  that 
developed  under  oak  forest.  The  names  of  villages 
and  landmarks — Flowerfield,  Indian  Prairie  School, 
Prairie  Ronde  Township — and,  better  still,  historical ' 
records  tell  where  the  prairies  were  when  the  flood  of ' 
settlers  arrived  in  the  1820's  and  30's. 

What  the  prairies  were  like  is  harder  to  learn. 
Friends  and  colleagues  of  mine  have  received  grants 
and  fellowships  to  study  here  and  there  over  the 
world.  For  my  part.  I  would  like  to  apply  for  a  Ful- 
bright  scholarship  to  colonial  America.  There  is  no 
other  way.  I  am  afraid,  to  be  sure  of  what  the  eastern 
grasslands,  or  many  other  communities,  were  like 
then.  Until  my  award  comes  through,  we  must  make 
do  with  reconstructions  based  on  the  few  remaining 
relicts,  on  the  journals  and  recollections  of  settlers  and 
early  travelers,  and,  cautiously,  on  studies  of  man- 
produced  grasslands  of  similar  structure. 

In  some  ways  the  early  wTitings  give  a  clearer  pic- 
ture of  the  prairies  than  of  the  original  forests. 
Prairies  were  outside  the  experience  of  the  emigrants 
and  travelers  from  the  forested  east  and,  accordingly, 
worthy  of  comment.  The  historian  of  Madison 
County.  Ohio,  wrote: 

"The  prairies  consisted  of  level  stretches  of  country 
covered  with  sedge-grass,  and  dotted  here  and  there 
with  patches  of  scrubby  burr-oak  growing  upon  the 
highest  points  of  land.  The  sedge-grass  grew  to  an 
enormous  height,  sometimes  sufficient  to  hide  man 
and  horse  when  travelling  through  it.  Nearly  every 
autumn  prairie  fires  swept  over  the  country,  destroy- 
ing everything  in  their  path." 

The  image  of  a  man  on  horseback  hidden  by  the 


28 


tall  grass  recurs  in  almost  every  account.  The  recol- 
lection is  faithful,  but  partial.  Big  bluestem  and  In- 
dian grass  on  moist  sites,  slough  grass,  bluejoint,  and 
Phragmites  on  wetter  ones  reached  heights  of  six  to 
eight  feet  or  more;  but  little  bluestem,  the  dominant 
grass  on  the  drier  prairies,  grew  only  to  two  or  three 
feet.  Even  for  the  moister  sites,  the  image  is  one  of 
late  summer  or  autumn.  Early  in  the  spring  the  new 
growth  of  grass  was  overtopped  by  the  earliest  spring 
flowers.  The  tall  stalks  of  the  preceding  year  were 
flattened  and  matted  by  the  winter  snow  or  gone  alto- 
gether, consumed  by  a  prairie  fire. 


JL  or  the  identity  of  the  grasses,  and  of  the  other 
plants  that  grew  with  them  ("The  prairies  were  jew- 
eled with  strange  and  brilliant  flowers — 'the  stars  that 
in  the  earth's  firmament  do  shine.'  ").  we  must  depend 
on  the  relict  prairies.  These  are  few  and  small,  mostly 
narrow  strips  along  the  rights-of-way  of  the  earliest 
railroads  and  on  the  fringes  of  pioneer  cemeteries. 
Although  they  have  escaped  continuous  cultivation, 
they  have  suffered  many  other  trials,  and  probably 
reflect  the  original  grassland  as  imperfectly  as  the  pio- 
neer looking  glasses,  which  we  now  see  in  museums, 
reflected  the  faces  of  the  settlers.  Even  so,  we  can 
learn  from  them  that  the  low  flowers  of  early  spring 
include  such  plants  as  Pennsylvania  sedge,  bird's-foot 
violet,  and  shooting  star.  Later  in  the  season  there  are 
patches  of  northern  bedstraw,  erect  rather  than  reclin- 
ing like  most  of  its  relatives,  and  prairie  phlox.  These 
are  taller  than  the  spring  flowers. 

The  flowers  of  July  are  taller  still.  Coneflower  sends 
up  stalks  three  or  four  feet  high  bearing  heads  with 
drooping  yellow  rays  and  a  brown-black  disc.  In  the 
same  month,  wild  bergamot  is  pale  lilac;  butterfly- 
weed,  a  milkweed  without  milky  juice,  is  orange;  and 
wild  indigo,  the  shrub  New  Jersey  tea.  and  Culver's 
root  are  all  white.  The  settlers  used  Culver's  root  to 
make  a  decoction  for  malaria  ("We  now  came  to 
where  the  water  was  very  bad.  the  country  being  flat 
and  the  water  stagnant.  After  straining,  it  would  still 
exhibit  live  insects,  which  they  call  wiggles."). 

Later  in  the  summer,  goldenrods,  sunflowers,  and 
five-foot-tall  rosinweeds  bear  yellow  flowers.  There  are 
several  species  of  each  to  be  found  on  the  relicts  to- 


day. Some,  such  as  rigid  goldenrod.  grow  on  either 
wet  or  dry  sites,  but  others  are  more  restricted.  Gray 
goldenrod,  a  short  plant  with  dense  grayish-white 
hair,  is  a  part  of  the  vegetation  of  the  drier  prairies 
with  bush  clovers  and  Indian  tobacco.  Riddell's  gold- 
enrod, with  scythe-shaped  leaves  folded  lengthwise, 
and  giant  goldenrod  grow  in  wet  soil  with  rattlesnake- 
master  and  closed  gentian. 

In  September  and  October,  when  the  big  bluestem 
is  tall  and  bearing  its  turkeyfoot  racemes,  the  asters 
and  blazing-stars  close  out  the  season.  The  bur  oak 
leaves  turn  to  reds  and  browns.  Some  fall  with  the 
first  frosts,  but  others  hang  on,  dropping  a  few  at 
a  time  through  the  winter. 

The  relict  sites  are  too  small  to  provide  testimony 
on  the  animals,  except  possibly  for  some  of  the  in- 
vertebrates and  small  mammals.  The  prairie  vole,  for 
example,  can  still  be  taken  on  some  sites,  but  the 
runways  in  the  bluegrass  of  the  surrounding  country- 
side are  those  of  its  relative  the  meadow  vole.  From 
historical  records  we  know  that  deer  were  present.  A 
winter  traveler  in  Calhoun  County,  Michigan,  wrote: 

"But,  lost  as  I  was.  I  could  not  help  pausing 
frequently  when  I  struck  the  first  burr-oak  opening  I 
had  ever  seen,  to  admire  its  novel  beauty.  It  looked 
more  like  a  pear-orchard  than  anything  else  to  which 
I  assimilate  it — the  trees  being  somewhat  of  the  shape 
and  size  of  full-grown  pear  trees,  and  standing  at 
regular  intervals  apart  from  each  other  on  the  firm 
level  soil.  .  .  .  Here,  too.  I  first  saw  deer  in  herds; 
and  half-frozen  and  weary  as  I  was.  the  sight  of  the 
spirited-looking  creatures  sweeping  in  troops  through 
these  interminable  groves,  where  any  eye  could  follow 
them  for  miles  over  the  smooth  snowy  plain,  actually 
warmed  and  invigorated  me.  and  I  could  hardly  re- 
frain from  putting  the  rowels  into  my  tired  horse,  and 
launching  after  the  noble  game." 

From  similar  accounts  we  know  that  there  were 
bison  and  elk.  although  these  were  all  but  gone  by  the 
time  the  settlers  arrived.  There  were  badgers,  and  a 
few  survive  today,  not  on  the  prairies,  but  here  and 
there  in  the  less  frequented  parts  of  the  countryside 
where  they  have  managed  to  escape  the  attention  of 
man.  The  massasauga  is  now  a  bog  species  for  the 
same  reason;  in  early  times  it  was  common  on  the 
prairies  ("We  camped  out  two  nights  .  .  .  and  slept 
without  any  apprehension,  except  from  the  prairie 
rattlesnake,  a  small  but  very  poisonous  reptile, 
frequently  to  be  seen  in  these  parts."). 


The  gray  wolf  roamed  both  the  prairie  and  the  for- 
est; stories,  possibly  slightly  enhanced  in  memory,  of 
nocturnal  encounters  with  wolf  packs  form  substan- 
tial portions  of  the  published  recollections  of  the  pio- 
neers ("Coming  to  a  tamarack  swamp  we  made  up 
our  mind  our  only  salvation  was  to  strike  a  fire,  for 
the  wolves  were  on  our  track  and  when  darkness 
fairly  set  in  an  attack  was  certain.") . 

The  pioneers  had  little  to  say  about  birds,  although 
as  early  as  1838  a  catalog  of  the  birds  of  Ohio  was 
published  by  Jared  P.  Kirtland  and  a  year  later,  one 
for  Michigan  by  Abraham  Sager.  The  relicts  are  not 
very  informative  either;  the  birds  that  visit  the  narrow 
strips  are  mainly  those  that  nest  in  the  adjoining  vege- 
tation. There  is,  nevertheless,  a  fascination  in  trying 
to  reconstruct  from  knowledge  of  the  present-day 
habitats  of  birds  and  from  limited  historical  informa- 
tion what  the  bird  community  of  the  early  grasslands 
might  have  been  like.  If  I  were  the  man  on  horseback, 
what  birds  would  have  been  singing  about  me  in  the 
summer  or  swirling  across  the  snowy  plain  ahead  of 
me  in  winter? 


JL  or  the  last  eight  years  I  have  studied  an  area  of 
about  40  acres  of  unmowed  hayfield  in  Kalamazoo 
County,  Michigan.  The  plants  of  this  grassland  are 
not  prairie  plants;  there  is  brome  grass  instead  of 
bluestem  and  alfalfa  instead  of  beach-pea  or  bush 
lespedeza.  But  in  other  ways — general  structure  and 
appearance,  the  amount  of  new  plant  material  pro- 
duced in  a  season — the  resemblance  is  tolerably  close. 
In  this  area,  the  most  common  bird  species  are  red- 
winged  blackbirds.  Henslow's  sparrows,  bobolinks, 
Eastern  meadowlarks.  Savannah  sparrows,  ring- 
necked  pheasants,  short-billed  marsh  wrens,  and  dick- 
cissels.  This  provides  a  starting  point  that  can  be 
checked  against  other  sources. 

A  paper  read  by  L.  Whitney  Watkins  before  the 
second  meeting  of  the  Michigan  Academy  of  Sciences 
in  1895  deals  with  birds  of  open  country  and  is  one 
of  the  first  papers  written  on  the  subject  of  bird  com- 
munities. We  do  not  need  Watkins  to  tell  us  that  the 
introduced  ring-necked  pheasant  would  have  been  ab- 
sent in  earlier  times,  but  he  does  confirm  that  in  place 
of  the  pheasant  there  were  probably  bobwhites  on  the 
drier  sites  and  prairie  chickens  on  the  moister  ones. 
He  indicates  also  that  the  red-winged  blackbird  was 
probably  all  but  absent  from  the  original  grasslands 
("once  found  to  leave  its  customary  reeds  and  cattails 
in  the  bog  and  build  its  nest  in  a  tuft  of  grass  in  an 
open  marsh").  From  this  source  and  others  are  de- 


rived the  following  lists,  which  represent  my  best  an- 
swers— or  guesses — to  the  question  of  what  birds  char- 
acterized the  eastern  grasslands  1 50  vears  ago; 


Winter 


Red-tailed  hawk 

Rough-legged  hawk 

Marsh  hawk 

Sparrow  hawk< 

Prairie  chicken 

Bobwhite 


Mourning  dove 
Snowy  owl 

Short-eared  owl 

Horned  lark 
Northern  shrike 


Common  redpoll 


Summer 
Mallard 

Swallow-tailed  kite 
Red-tailed  hawk 

Marsh  hawk 
Sparrow  hawk 
Prairie  chicken 
Bobwhite 
Sandhill  crane 
Upland  plover 
Mourning  dove 

Short-eared  owl 
Nighthawk 

Short-billed  marsh  wren 

Loggerhead  shrike 

Bobolink 

Eastern  meadowlark 

Dickcissel 

Grasshopper  sparrow 
Henslow"s  sparrow 
Vesper  sparrow 

American     tree    sparrow 

Lapland  longspur 

Snow  bunting 

Some  of  the  birds  listed  did  not  restrict  their  move- 
ments to  the  prairies.  The  mallard  female  nested  there 
within  walking  distance  of  water;  the  sparrow  and 
red-tailed  hawks  nested  in  trees  but  searched  the 
prairies  for  mice  or  grasshoppers.  Having  included 
these  species,  we  might  well  include  several  others: 
where  a  bur  oak  provided  a  suitable  nest  site,  eastern 
kingbirds  would  be  a  part  of  the  community,  and  in 
the  shrubbier  areas  with  gray  dogwood  and  prairie 
willows,  there  would  be  song  sparrows  or  field  spar- 
rows. 

Some  of  the  species  deserve  further  comment. 
What  of  the  swallow-tailed  kite,  now  a  scarce  bird  of 
southern  swamps?  According  to  Kirtland,  it  was 
present  on  the  prairies  of  Ohio  where  it  fed  on  snakes 
and  frogs,  but  disappeared  quickly  as  the  land  was 
broken.  Farther  south  on  the  small  prairies  of  Ken- 
tucky, southern  Illinois,  and  Indiana,  the  Mississippi 
kite  also  was  present.  Robert  Ridgway  visited  Fox 
Prairie.  Illinois,  in  August,  1872: 

"As  we  came  well  out  on  the  prairie,  a  beautiful 
and  unlooked-for  sight  appeared;  in  short,  we  were 
completely  transfixed  by  the  to  us  novel  spectacle  of 
numerous  exquisitely  graceful  swallow-tailed  kites 
floating  about  on  buoyant  wings,  now  gliding  to  the 


m^-^Nen: 


:t^- 


right  or  left,  then  sweeping  in  broad  circles.  Soaring 
lightly  above  them  were  many  Mississippi  kites,  of 
w^ich  one  would  now  and  then  close  its  wings  and 
plunge  downward,  as  if  to  strike  the  very  earth,  but 
instantly  checking  the  velocity  of  its  fall  by  sudden 
spreading  of  the  wings,  would  then  shoot  upward 
again  almost  to  the  height  from  which  it  had  de- 
scended. When  two  or  more  passed  one  another  at 
opposite  angles— as  frequently  happened— the  sight 
was  beautiful  in  the  extreme." 


R 


_  idgway  visited  the  prairie  again,  twelve  years 

later:  "The  change  which  had  taken  place  in  the  in- 
terval was  almost  beyond  belief.  Instead  of  an  abso- 
lutely open  prairie  some  six  miles  broad  by  ten  in 
extreme  length,  covered  with  its  original  characteristic 
vegetation,  there  remained  only  160  acres  not  under 
fence.''  The  kites  were  gone. 

Some  open  country  species,  however,  increased  or 
even  invaded  the  region  as  the  forests  were  cleared 
and  pastures  and  fields  of  row  crops  spread  over  the 
land.  The  horned  lark  may  have  been  one  of  these  in 
the  easternmost  prairies.  I  have  listed  it  only  as  a 
winter  resident,  represented  by  the  yellow-browed 
northern  subspecies  that  came  down  from  Canada  to 


32 


^ 


-•'•  -k;^ 


'?jr 


feed  in  the  sparser  grasslands  and  along  the  lake 
shores.  The  prairie  subspecies  that  now  nests  in  the 
region  may  not  have  arrived  from  the  west  until  after 
man  had  opened  up  the  country.  Another  grassland 
bird  not  originally  present  may  have  been  the  Sa- 
vannah sparrow.  According  to  Morris  Gibbs,  a  physi- 
cian who  prepared  the  first  list  of  birds  of  Kalamazoo 
County,  Michigan,  the  sparrow  was  unknown  there 
until  1873  or  1874  and  was  not  yet  known  to  nest  in 
the  county  in  1885  when  Gibbs  prepared  his  catalog. 
From  Michigan  it  moved  southward,  reaching  north- 
ern Ohio  sometime  after  1903. 

Other  species  may  belong  in  this  same  category, 
but  the  absence  of  a  species  from  the  early  lists  is  not 
always  evidence  that  it  was  not  present.  None  of  the 
early  lists,  for  example,  includes  the  Henslow's  spar- 
row, but  it  is  easy  to  see  how  that  inconspicuous, 
almost  inarticulate  little  bird  could  have  been  over- 
looked. I  would  guess  that  its  strange  evening  chorus 
of  hiccup-like  notes  was  the  one  most  characteristic 
sound  of  the  eastern  prairies,  more  so  than  the  boom- 
ing of  the  prairie  chicken,  the  trill  of  the  short-billed 
marsh  wren,  or  the  bubbling,  tinkling  flight  song  of 
the  bobolink. 


I 


n  the  winter,  I  often  walk  from  one  end  of  the 
hayfield  that  I  study  to  the  other  without  raising  a 
bird.  Much  the  same  must  have  been  true  of  the 
prairies.  I  once  saw  a  flock  of  snow  buntings,  several 
thousand,  that  had  spent  the  winter  on  Prairie  Ronde, 
in  Michigan,  feeding  in  fields  of  unharvested  sorghum 
and,  with  horned  larks  and  Lapland  longspurs,  in  pig- 
pens and  on  recently  manured  fields.  As  I  watched 
the  sight,  I  imagined  that  I  was  seeing  what  a  pioneer 
on  Prairie  Ronde  might  have  seen  140  years  ago. 
Snowflake  is  the  old-time  name  for  the  snow  bunting, 
and  at  times  so  many  birds  were  in  the  air,  swirling 
and  flashing  white,  that  the  flocks  did  look  like  blow- 
ing snow.  But  then  1  walked  along  an  abandoned  rail- 
road right-of-way  where  a  few  patches  of  prairie  vege- 
tation still  grow.  The  snow  was  deep,  and  the  only 
food  to  be  seen  was  a  sparse  selection  of  goldenrod 
and  aster  fruits  of  little  food  value  and  coneflower 
and  sunflower  fruits  which,  from  their  size,  may  be  a 
little  more  nourishing.  If  such  flocks  lived  on  the  early 
prairies  they  must  have  moved  often,  as  they  ex- 
hausted the  food,  and  after  they  had  gone,  the  plains 
must  have  seemed  even  emptier. 

The  treelessness  of  the  prairies  puzzled  the  early 
travelers  and  naturalists.  Why  should  one  piece  of 
land  support  prairie  while  another,  not  far  away,  held 
maples  and  beeches  with  trillium  and  Solomon's  seal 


in  the  shade  below?  Many  answers  have  been  proposed. 
The  dense  prairie  sod,  wet  in  spring  and  dry  in  au- 
tumn, is  a  poor  seedbed  for  trees.  In  many  trees  the 
roots  must  join  with  fungi  in  unions  called  mycor- 
rhizae  to  function  well;  possibly  these  fungi  were  ab- 
sent from  the  grasslands.  The  climate  of  the  region 
where  the  eastern  prairies  occur  is  peculiar,  with  a 
strong  tendency  towards  drought  and  high  tempera- 
tures in  the  summer.  Fires  favor  grassland  over  forest. 
A  fire  sweeping  through  the  dry  grass  of  a  prairie  at 
the  end  of  a  growing  season  does  little  harm  to  the 
grasses;  indeed,  they  may  well  make  better  growth  the 
next  year  because  of  it.  But  a  small  tree,  the  result  of 
several  seasons'  precarious  survival,  will  probably  be 
killed.  After  Indian  fires  were  stopped,  the  pioneers 
saw  enough  instances  of  trees  invading  grassland  to 
convince  ttiem  that  burning  was  important  in  the 
maintenance  of  many  grasslands.  In  the  oak  openings 
region,  the  Indian  word  for  fire,  sciitay,  or  sco-tay, 
also  meant  prairie. 

The  ability  of  grassland  to  resist  the  encroachment 
of  forest  is  probably  explained  by  some  combination 
of  these  possibilities,  but  they  do  not  get  at  the  ques- 
tion of  how  prairie  came  to  be  there  at  all.  There  is 
still  no  completely  satisfactory  answer  to  this  prob- 
lem, but  it  is  clear  that  the  answer,  like  many  answers 
in  ecology,  must  consider  history  as  well  as  contem- 
porary environment.  One  possible  reconstruction  goes 
something  like  this: 

When  the  last  glaciers  of  the  Wisconsin  period  left 
the  region  some  ten  or  fifteen  thousand  years  ago, 
pioneer  plants  invaded  the  bare  glacial  drift.  Under 
the  cool,  moist  climate  that  prevailed  as  the  glaciers 
wasted  away  to  the  north,  tundra  and  then  a  forest  of 
spruce  and  fir  developed.  A  long,  warm  period  fol- 
lowed, eliminating  the  spruces  and  firs.  They  were 
replaced  by  trees  adjusted  to  warmer  conditions.  The 
warm  climate  became  increasingly  dry.  In  this  xero- 
thermic  period  dry  forests  and  grassland  expanded  at 
the  expense  of  other  vegetation.  Grassland  and  the 
animals  associated  with  it  pushed  eastward  and  sent  a 
peninsula  of  prairie  to  Ohio  and  beyond.  More 
recently,  the  climate  has  become  cooler  and  moister. 
Botanists  studying  the  fossil  pollen  of  northern  bog 
lakes  find  an  increase  in  the  pollen  of  trees  of  cool, 
moist  conditions.  The  grasslands  and  dry  forests 
apparently  shrank  as  the  forests  made  up  of  these 
trees  expanded. 

One  point  of  debate  is.  when  did  the  eastward  mi- 
gration of  prairie  species  occur?  Much  of  the  move- 
ment may  have  been  in  a  postglacial  xerothermic  pe- 
riod as  in  the  reconstruction  just  given,  but  there  are 
at  least  two  other  possibilities  for  which  support  can 
be  found.  It  is  possible  that  the  open  vegetation  that 
Conlinucil  on  page  1 10 


Base  (0-15  seconds):  (1)  RP3,  p3  (2) 

RP4,  beh  p3  (3)  RP4  fr.  wind. 

STIM.  15  sec. 
p 
I  Response  (15-60"):  (1)  no  resp.  (2)  sp2, 

alert,  ho,  cr2  dart  Ep3 

[  Retnrn  to  normal  (5-6  minutes):  (1) 
Th,  pu  (2)  Th  (3)  N  (3)  Iv  p3,  ho  cr2 
(1)  MD  (2)  MD  (1)  Th,  Th  (2) 
desc  RP3,  beh  p3 

Or: 

THREE 

FLEEING 

BULLHEADS 


by  John  Bardach  and  Trudy  Villars 

36 


The  strange  code  at  left  is  an  al- 
most direct  transcription  of  the  be- 
havior of  a  bullhead  (Ictalurus  na- 
talis)  community  of  three,  after  the 
introduction  of  an  alien  smell  into 
their  tank.  The  base  is  background 
information:  all  three  fish  are 
quiet,  on  the  bottom  of  the  tank 
(RP — resting  position)  each  in  its 
own  territory  or  shelter,  (either  in- 
side a  broken  clay  flower  pot  p3 — 
pot  #3) ,  behind  the  pot  (beh  p3) ,  or 
at  the  front  of  the  tank  (fr.  wind). 
Upon  introduction  of  the  smell 
fSTIM.)  all  show  signs  of  anxiety 
by  "breathing"  harder  (sp — stress 
pump),  and  of  alertness  by  hov- 
ering, cruising,  and  then  darting 
into  the  safety  of  the  central  clay 
pot  (Ep  3 — enter  pot  #3).  Five 
minutes  later,  as  their  fear  dimin- 
ishes, the  original  resident  of  the 
central  pot  ejects  the  two  sudden 
visitors  with  some  mild  threats:  Th, 
thrust:  N,  nip;  pu,  push;  and  MD, 
mouth  display.  They  leave  (Iv)  and 
return  to  their  original  positions. 

Olfactory  acuity  in  fishes  is  re- 
markable. The  late  Harold  Teich- 
mann  trained  small  eels  to  detect 
phenylethyl  alcohol  at  a  concentra- 
tion so  low  that  only  one  or  two  of 
the  alcohol  molecules  could  be 
found  in  the  animals'  nasal  cham- 
bers when  they  responded. 

Another  fish  with  a  keen  sense  of 
smell  is  the  skipjack  tuna,  a  fast- 
swimming  predator  well  capable  of 
using  olfaction  to  approach  its 
prey.  We  tested  tuna  scent-tracking 
methods  and  found  that  when  a 
cupful  of  water  in  which  a  speci- 
men of  their  customary  prey  had 
resided  for  about  a  minute  was 
poured  into  their  large  circular  ba- 
sin (the  volume  of  about  a  tank 
car),  the  tuna  began  a  frantic 
search.  The  number  of  scent  mole- 
cules available  to  the  tuna  inust 
have  been  about  the  same  as  in  the 
case  of  Teichmann's  eels. 

Fishes  are  able  to  detect  ex- 
tremely dilute  concentrations  of  an 
olfactory  stimulus,  but  this  does  not 
necessarily  mean  that  they  have  the 
ability  to  make  fine  distinctions  be- 
tween slightly  different  smells;  they 
may  be  sensitive  to  only  a  few  sub- 
stances. Observations  by  a  student 
of  Von  Frisch,  however,  indicate 
otherwise.   W.L.   Wrede   noted   that 


different  fishes  smell  differently, 
even  to  us,  as  anyone  can  test  for 
himself  when  he  sniffs  at  a  freshly 
caught  carp,  a  sunfish,  or  perhaps 
an  eel.  She  demonstrated  that  fish 
also  can  distinguish  several  species 
of  fishes  by  smell.  Another  student 
of  Von  Frisch  then  demonstrated 
that  the  small  minnow  Phoxinus 
could  be  trained  to  recognize  by 
smell  individual  members  of  its 
own  species. 

For  some  fish,  at  least,  olfaction 
appears  to  be  a  very  sensitive  and 
discriminating  sense.  Yet,  as  we 
tried  to  determine  how  the  bullhead 
locates  food,  it  became  apparent 
that  smell  didn't  seem  to  be  in- 
volved at  all;  the  fish  proved  to  us 
that  they  could  locate  food  solely 
by  taste.  They  are  unusually  well 
fitted  for  gustatory  searching  be- 
cause they  have  tens  of  thousands 
of  taste  buds  all  over  their  bodies, 
especially  concentrated  at  the  tips 
of  their  barbels — the  long,  slender 
projections  from  their  lips. 

Seiendipity  led  us  to  determine 
exactly  what  the  nose  does  for  our 
bullheads.  Hundreds  of  tanks  in  our 
laboratory  serve  as  temporary 
homes  for  the  fish.  Some  contain 
several  small  fish,  while  others  hold 
one  large,  tough  old  fighter.  One 
evening,  two  neighboring  tanks 
were  not  completely  covered.  One 
of  these  tanks  had  three  medium- 
sized,  sleek  bullheads,  which  had 
formed  a  stable  community  for  tem- 
porary coexistence.  The  other  tank 
contained  one  large  fish.  The  next 
morning  the  tank  with  the  three 
fish  ^vas  empty,  ^vhile  the  tank  with 
the  solitary  inhabitant  was  the 
scene  of  nocturnal  mayhem.  The 
three  smaller  fish  had  jumped  into 
their  neighbor's  tank  and  had  been 
severely  beaten.  We  returned  them 
to  their  original  tank,  and  after 
they  recovered  they  resumed  their 
communal  existence.  Several  days 
later  a  small  beaker  of  water  from 
the  tank  in  which  they  had  under- 
gone their  traumatic  experience  was 
gently  poured  through  the  water  fil- 
ter of  their  tank  so  that  the  visual 
and  vibratory  clues  would  be  elimi- 
nated. After  a  few  seconds,  terror 
struck  the  three  fish.  Each  darted, 
apparently  in  extreme  fright,  to  its 
respective    shelter    in    its    own    ter- 


ritory. This  was  a  highly  specific 
response  to  some  chemical  stimulus, 
through  either  smell  or  taste.  We 
remembered  that  the  earlier  Ger- 
man experiments,  as  well  as  our 
own,  had  shown  that  gustation  was 
clearly  involved  in  food  search, 
even  though  smell  is  the  keener 
sense.  Therefore  we  followed  the 
hunch  that  smell,  rather  than  gusta- 
tion, was  the  key  to  this  kind  of  so- 
cial response. 

Although  there  is  much  research 
on  olfaction  in  fishes,  especially  its 
function  in  detecting  food  and  in 
the  homing  behavior  of  such  fish  as 
salmon,  its  role  in  their  social,  or 
even  sexual,  behavior  is  still  rela- 
tively unknown.  Our  observations 
encouraged  us  to  examine  the  na- 
ture of  the  chemical  stimulus  of 
smell.  What  kind  of  compound  is  it, 
is  it  soluble  or  volatile,  what  rela- 
tion does  it  bear  to  commonly  en- 
countered, or  specific,  rare  chem- 
icals in  the  environment,  and  what 
is  its  source?  We  were  also  inter- 
ested in  the  role  of  the  receptors 
and  central  nervous  system  in  be- 
havior. 

In  fish,  as  in  other  vertebrates, 
smell  and  taste  are  two  separate 
channels  for  the  reception  of  chem- 
ical stimuli.  Each  reacts  to  a  differ- 
ent category  of  stimuli  (although 
there  is  some  overlap;  for  example, 
certain  amino  acids  are  both 
smelled  and  tasted).  The  taste  ca- 
pabilities are  restricted  to  the  con- 
ventional sweet,  salty,  sour,  and  bit- 
ter soluble  compounds,  with  some 
peculiar  permutations  and  com- 
binations of  these  basic  categories. 
Compounds  that  fishes  smell  belong 
to  a  variety  of  chemical  substances, 
mostly  volatile. 

In  analyzing  the  role  of  these 
chemical  substances  in  behavior  we 
used  two  basic  experimental  meth- 
ods, behavioral  observations  and 
conditioning.  The  behavior  code 
that  begins  this  article  is  an  ex- 
ample of  how  the  observations  were 
recorded,  using  a  table  of  56  behav- 
ioral units  prepared  by  fellow  re- 
searcher John  Todd.  These  units 
can  be  roughly  classified  into  a 
feeding  group,  a  social  group,  and 
a  neutral  group.  The  following, 
condensed  table  describes  some  of 
the  more  important  units  in  the  so- 


57 


cial  and  neutral  groups.  With  this 
shorthand  system  we  documented 
observations  of  the  fishes'  reactions 
to  their  customary  tankmates  or  to 
a  strange  fish. 


Neutral : 

(or)        Cruise:  neutral  swimming. 

Enter:  going  into  a  shelter. 

Hover:     being    suspended    in 

one  place,  with  slight  fin  and 

tail  movements. 

Resting     position:     parts     of 

lower  side  of  fish  resting  on 

bottom. 


(El 
(ho) 


(RP) 


Social: 

(apl       Approach:     cruising     toward 

another  fish, 
(av)       Avoid:    turning    and    cruising 

away  from  another  fish. 
(Bi)       Bite:  long  mouth  contact  with 

other  fish,  frequently  gripping 

the  other  with  his  jaws. 
(MD)     Mouth  display:  mouth  opened 

threateningly,     resembling     a 

"silent  roar." 
(MFj    Mouth  fight:  two  fish  grab 


each  odier  by  the  jaw  and  tug 
at  one  another  violently. 

(RP5)  Resting  position  5:  last  in  a 
series  indicating  closeness  to 
substrate.  An  escape  behavior 
visible  only  in  defeated  fish  in 
which  it  appears  to  cringe  and 
attempts  to  melt  into  the  bot- 
tom. 

(sp)  Stress  pump:  high  intensity 
breathing,  indication  of  "'anx- 
iety" or  stress. 

(Th)  Thrust:  lateral  head  and  body 
swings  aimed  at  the  opponent. 

(WP)  Window  push:  escape  behav- 
ior in  which  fish  pushes  his 
nose  vigorously  against  the 
^vindow. 

After  observing  small  commu- 
nities of  these  catfish  we  soon  sus- 
pected that  the  bullheads  recognize 
each  other  as  individuals.  There  is 
a  regularity  in  their  reactions  to 
one  another  and  each  fish's  re- 
sponse patterns  vary  with  the  indi- 
vidual to  which  it  responds.  For  ex- 


ample, a  fish  whose  rank  in  the 
tank  is  about  in  the  middle  will 
avoid  those  fish  that  have  proved  to 
be  stronger.  When  they  approach 
he  might  flee  or  hover  in  a  weak, 
defensive  position  calculated  to  ap- 
pease his  opponents.  This  same 
fish,  however,  might  show  a  great 
deal  of  aggression  toward  a  smaller 
fish  less  capable  of  defending  itself. 
These  patterns  are  highly  con- 
sistent, so  much  so  that  it  is  usually 
possible  to  identify  a  fish  by  its  be- 
havior toward  another  fish;  even 
slightly  changed  patterns  are  quite 
noticeable. 

Observations  of  numerous  bull- 
head communities  revealed  ( 1 )  that 
bullheads  recognize  as  individuals 
other  bullheads  with  w-hom  they 
share  a  large  tank,  (2)  that  it  is 
primarily  the  nose  and  therefore 
the  sense  of  smell  that  mediates  this 
recognition,  (3)  that  there  is  an 
adaptive  advantage  for  fishes  of 
such  home  range  habits  as  the  bull- 


head  in  recognizing  its  neighbor, 
and  (4)  that  an  adverse  experience 
such  as  a  fight  changes  an  animal's 
odor,  and  after  an  encounter  he  is 
not  recognized  any  more  by  mem- 
bers of  a  community  with  whom  he 
had  previously  established  stable 
relations.  Proof  that  recognition 
is  dependent  upon  olfactory,  not 
taste,  input  was  obtained  by  means 
of  conditioned  reflex  training  of 
certain  bullheads.  Todd  simulated, 
under  controlled  conditions,  the  sit- 
uation that  had  first  made  us  note 
the  involvement  of  smell  in  social 
behavior,  namely,  clear-cut  reac- 
tions— in  the  absence  of  visual  or 
tactile  clues — to  the  water  from  the 
tanks  of  other  fishes.  Tiers  of 
aquariums  held  test  fish  and  smell 
donors  in  solitary  confinement.  The 
test  fish  were  trained  with  food  re- 
ward and  electric  shock  punishment 
to  discriminate  between  the  tank 
waters  of  two  donors.  When  the  ol- 
factory epithelium  of  a  trained  fish 


was  destroyed  by  cold  cautery, 
however,  it  was  no  longer  able  to 
discriminate  between  the  tank  wa- 
ters, a  good  indication  that  the 
distinction  was  dependent  on  smell. 

The  reaction  of  the  test  bullhead 
to  the  tank  water  paired  in  reflex 
training  with  electric  shock  was  one 
of  flight,  with  occasional  elements 
of  mild  aggression.  This  is  reminis- 
cent of  the  behavior  of  the  second 
or  third  ranking  member  of  a  three- 
fish   community   of   untrained   fish. 

The  response  of  a  bullhead  to  an 
unknown  bullhead  is  outright  ag- 
gression, but  attacks  against  famil- 
iar fish,  when  they  occur,  are  less 
intense.  Using  aggression  as  a  mea- 
sure of  recognition,  Jelle  Atema, 
another  researcher  working  with  us, 
found  that  interference  with  ol- 
factory input  resulted  in  increased 
aggression  against  both  known  and 
unknown  fish. 

Aggression  is  an  emotional  re- 
sponse controlled  in  mammals  and 


man  by  the  limbic  system,  a  set  of 
ganglia  and  their  converging  neu- 
rons interposed  between  higher  and 
lower  brain  centers.  This  system  is 
analogous  to  the  fish  forebrain,  the 
area  most  prominently  involved  in 
fish  smell.  It  may  be  coincidence, 
but  interesting  nevertheless,  that  in 
bullheads  interference  with  smell  or 
the  forebrain  promotes  aggression. 
There  are  three  characteristics 
that  might  account  for  the  unique 
odor  of  a  fish.  These  are  its  slime 
I  continuously  produced  by  mucous 
glands  in  the  skin),  its  urine,  and 
its  feces.  All  three  enter  the  water. 
Of  these,  slime  and  urine  are  most 
likely  to  change  with  different  con- 


A  bullhead  fight : 

fish  at  top  aims  lateral 

head  and  body  swings  (thrust 

behavior)  at  an  intruder. 


CHARACTERISTIC 
BULLHEAD   BEHAVIOR 


Dig  and  headstand 


ditions.  such  as  trauma,  that  the 
fish  encounters.  The  appearance  of 
stress  products  in  fish  urine  after 
exposure  of  the  fish  to  oxygen  depri- 
vation or  temperature  shock  has 
been  reported. 

We  believe  the  urine  is  only  a 
minor  factor  in  recognition  by 
smell  because  of  strong  evidence 
that  the  slime  is  the  prime  contrib- 
utor. Pat  Dubowey.  a  graduate  stu- 
dent in  our  lab.  trained  each  of  sev- 
eral bullheads  to  recognize  the  dif- 
ference between  the  slime  of  specific 
other  bullheads.  She  carefully  rinsed 
the  animals  with  neutral  water  and 
then  swabbed  the  slime  only  from 
the  dorsal  region  of  the  donors. 
The  cotton  wool  swab  was  rinsed 
into  a  beaker  so  that  the  slime- 
containing  water  could  then  be  used 
as  stimulus.  Because  the  slime  was 
taken  from  the  donor's  back,  far 
from  the  vent,  urine  was  ruled  out 
as  a  contributor.  The  experimental 
subjects  learned  well  to  dis- 
criminate between  the  slime  of  two 
donor  fish  ( as  Todd's  fish  had 
learned  to  discriminate  between  the 
waters  in  which  t^vo  donor  fish  had 
resided  I .  However,  when  she  sub- 
jected her  donors  to  forced  hostile 
encounters  by  introducing  them 
into  a  strange  tank,  the  slime  col- 
lected from  them  for  a  day  or  two 
after  the  encounter  was  not  recog- 
nized by  the  experimental  subjects. 

Assuming  that  recognition  by 
smell  is  based  on  a  specific  chemical 
signature,  it  is  to  be  expected  that 
this  signature  is  blurred  or  altered 
because  of  stress-product-induced 
changes  in  the  metabolism  of  the 
animal  after  a  fight.  A  small  number 
of  distinct  chemicals,  perhaps  three 
or  four,  would  be  enough  to  give 
each  fish  its  chemical  signature, 
provided  the  chemicals  occur  in  dis- 
tinguishably  different  amounts  in 
the  slime  of  each  fish.  Xonrecogni- 
tion  following  stress  may  be  the  re- 
sult of  the  addition  of  a  compound 
(or  compounds  I  not  present  before, 
or  it  may  be  caused  by  an  alteration 
in  the  levels  of  pieviously  present 
components.  Nonrecognition  may 
simply  be  caused  by  the  greatly 
heightened  production,  under  stress, 
of  one  of  the  components  of  the 
smell,  similar  to  certain  insects 
where  a  pheromone  at  a  low  con- 


centration initiates  aggregation  and 
at  a  high  concentration,  flight. 

The  existence  of  chemical  com- 
munication in  aquatic  animals  by 
means  of  social  pheromones  is  one 
of  those  subtle  evolutionary  adjust- 
ments to  a  complex  ecological  situ- 
ation that  may  well  be  upset  by 
man.  Man-made  additives  to  natu- 
ral waters  can  stop  chemical  recog- 
nition in  two  ways.  Some  com- 
pounds, such  as  detergents  and 
possibly  hydrocarbon  insecticides, 
depress  or  eliminate  the  function  of 
chemoreceptors.  Other  compounds 
may  act  as  pheromone  analogues  or 
interfere  with  a  pheromonal  code. 
Thus,  messages  may  not  be  received 
or  their  meaning  may  be  altered. 
These  are  sublethal  pollution  ef- 
fects. They  do  not  kill  the  animals, 
but  they  confuse  them  so  that  they 
cease  to  behave  normally.  Even- 
tually fish  may  be  decimated  in  this 
manner  just  as  effectively  as  if  they 
had  been  poisoned  outright. 

Originally,  our  bullhead  research 
was  specifically  directed  to  the 
chemistry  of  smells,  the  physiology 
of  olfaction,  the  interpretation  of 
scents  by  the  central  nervous  sys- 
tem, and  species  specific  beha\'ior. 
As  we  proceeded  we  realized  that 
this  research  applies  to  a  very 
subtle  aspect  of  pollution,  the  inter- 
ference with  natural  smells  by  man- 
made  ones.  We  now  have  at  least 
the  technical,  if  not  the  social, 
know-how  to  deal  with  the  massive 
addition  to  our  waters  of  domestic 
effluents  or  most  industrial  poisons, 
but  alleviation  of  subleihal  pollu- 
tion effects  requires  more  knowl- 
edge than  we  presently  possess.  We 
hope  that  our  research  findings 
have  at  least  made  a  beginning 
toward  understanding  and  con- 
sequently repairing  some  of  the 
damage  man  has  unwittingly 
wrought  in  aquatic  ecosystems. 


Refuge  in  a  fiowerpo 

two  small  LuUlieads  take  com 

in  another's  shelter  aft 

detecting  an  alien  sine. 


L 


The  life  here  is  not  dramatic  on  the  surface;  we  don't  go  down  to  the  sea  in 
currachs,  we  only  go  to  the  creamery  with  the  horse  and  cart.  There  are  no 
great  forests  here  or  no  great  lakes  or  no  great  deserts  to  feed  the  imagination. 
There  are  no  earthquakes  or  great  floods  or  hurricanes  to  remind  us  that  life 
is  wonderful  and  terrible.  It  is  a  land  of  little  fields  and  of  people  who 
lead  what  seem  to  be  uneventful  lives.  You  think  about  "the  long  littleness 
of  life"  and  in  infertile  moments  you  say  to  yourself  "that's  this  place, 
all  right. "  But  in  your  secret  heart  you  know  you  are  wrong.  You  know 
that  under  the  accretions  is  the  profound  life,  almost  smothered  by  the 
inhibitions  engendered  by  a  land  where  there  is  so  little  spiritual  room, 
almost  worn  away  by  the  attrition  of  living,  but  always  alive  and  now  and 
then  reaching  the  surface. 

Human  nature  may  be  the  same  from  China  to  Peru  but  the  life  of  a  place  is 
powerfully  influenced  by  the  shape  of  the  landscape,  the  color  of  the  sky, 
the  sun  and  the  rain,  the  history  of  the  people.  The  life  takes  on  its 
own  unique  texture. 

Words  of  a  Kerryman 


43 


44 


W^r. 


,^i 


PHOTOGRAPHS  BY  LISA  STEPHENS^ 


45 


The  rocky  Dingle  Peninsula  of  West  Kerry  juts 
out  from  southwestern  Ireland  into  the  purple- 
blue  Atlantic  Ocean.  At  the  tip  of  the  peninsula,  west 
of  the  main  town  of  Dingle  and  over  the  windswept 
mountains,  lies  a  stark,  rugged  plain  of  some  100 
square  miles  that  slants  down  to  the  sea.  On  this 
gray  land,  beneath  looming  Mount  Brandon,  a  few 
thousand  Irish  live  on  scattered  farms  and  in  small 
hamlets  of  the  parishes  of  Ballydavid,  Ballyferriter, 
and  Dunquin. 

The  whole  fabric  of  their  lives  contains  many 
threads  of  the  old  way.  The  people  speak  Gaelic, 
the  ancient  language  of  Ireland.  They  live  off  the 
land,  subsisting  mainly  on  the  crops  they  grow,  with 
a  small  cash  income  from  the  sale  of  fresh  cream 
and  hvestock.  The  rhythms  of  their  daily  and  yearly 
hves  follow  the  changing  seasons. 

When  winter  comes  in  November,  the  wind 
blows  in  hard  off  the  Atlantic,  past  the  great  head- 
lands of  Brandon,  Sybil,  and  Slea,  bringing  cold 
rain  and  sending  life  inward.  Except  for  trips  to  the 
creamery,  little  is  done  outside  the  wall  that  en- 
closes the  haggard,  or  farmyard,  and  shelters  both 
men  and  animals.  The  men  patch  and  repair  equip- 
ment, rebuild  walls,  spread  sand  over  the  mud  paths 
and  shed  floors.  The  women,  caught  in  a  dawn-to- 
dark  cycle  of  cooking,  baking,  milking,  knitting, 
mending,  washing,  feeding  chickens,  and  other 
chores  change  their  routine  little  throughout  the 
year.  "One  woman  in  the  house,"  suggests  an  old 
proverb,  "should  be  always  working."  The  easing 
of  field  chores  enables  the  farmer  to  take  part  in 
the  annual  holiday  season,  from  Advent,  the  fourth 
Sunday  before  Christmas,  to  Epiphany,  January  6. 
Then  the  farmer  begins  his  annual  work  again: 
planning  the  spring  planting,  cleaning  out  ditches 
and  drains  on  clear  days,  preparing  seeds.  The  talk 
at  night  around  the  turf  fire  is  about  the  fields,  the 
croos,  calving. 

The  farmer's  spring  begins  on  St.  Bridget's  Day, 
February  1 .  Hard,  clear  days  occasionally  break  the 
winterlong  monotony  of  almost  constant  rain  and 
clouds.  The  wet,  brown  fields,  coated  in  the  fall 
with  kelp,  begin  to  dry.  In  February  and  March  the 
farmer  tills  the  field,  plants  potatoes  and  mangles, 
and  then  sows  the  wheat  and  oats.  In  spare  time  the 
kitchen  garden  is  turned  over  and  planted  with  cab- 
bage, onion  sets,  and  other  vegetables.  Within  the 
haggard,  the  pace  quickens,  too.  The  newborn  pig- 
lets, lambs,  and  calves  must  be  tended.  Milk  pro- 
duction increases,  and  cows  are  milked  twice  a  day. 
The  evening  milk  is  set  aside  in  cans  for  the  morn- 
ing delivery  by  horse-drawn  cart  to  the  cooperative 
creamery.  No  refrigeration  is  needed  because  the 
sea  winds  are  always  cool. 

By  May,  as  the  weather  grows  warmer  and  the 


number  of  sunny  days  increases,  the  bogs  have 
dried  out  enough  for  the  annual  digging  of  the  peat. 
Pushing  on  his  sharp-edged  sldn,  the  farmer  slices 
neat  rectangular  clumps  of  peat  from  the  bog  and 
stacks  them  carefully  in  piles  to  dry  out  in  the  sum- 
mer sun.  The  first  vegetables  are  taken  from  the 
garden,  bringing  a  welcome  change  to  the  winter- 
long  staples  of  potatoes,  bread,  milk,  eggs,  bottled 
cheeses,  and  canned  beans. 

The  main  harvest  begins  in  late  July  or  early 
August,  when  all  thoughts  and  energies  are  directed 
to  gathering  first  the  hay,  then  the  oats.  The  harvest 
is  always  a  race  against  the  wet  weather  that  comes 
in  early  fall. 

From  September  through  November,  life  ebbs 
back  to  the  haggard  and  the  house.  The  hay  is 
brought  into  the  haggard  and  carefully  stacked  in 
the  great  hayrick.  Turf,  dried  by  the  brief  summer 
sun,  is  brought  down  from  the  bog  ricks  to  the 
farm.  The  root  crops  are  pulled,  sorted,  and  stored. 
The  day  shortens,  the  weather  worsens,  and  life 
turns  inward  again.  The  men  gather  in  the  evening 
at  certain  farmhouses  or  at  small  crossroads  pubs 
to  talk,  to  listen  to  the  radio,  to  play  cards. 

For  the  children,  who  participate  in  the  daily  and 
seasonal  tasks,  the  compulsory  primary  school  im- 
poses another  pattern  on  their  lives.  Many  walk 
miles  every  day  through  sodden  fields,  over  bracken- 
covered  hills,  and  down  boreens  to  reach  the  paved 
road  leading  to  the  single  parochial  school  in  each 
parish.  While  most  children  end  their  formal  ed- 
ucation with  primary  school,  a  few  go  over  the 
mountain  to  the  secondary  school  at  Dingle,  but  the 
difficulties  of  travel  and  the  fees,  although  small, 
put  this  level  of  education  beyond  the  means  of  the 
average  family. 

The  cold,  dark  month  of  December  is  a  holiday 
period.  Children  are  home  from  school.  Prepara- 
tions are  made  for  holiday  meals.  Young  people 
play  the  accordion,  as  their  elders  played  the  fiddle. 
Families  sing  and  listen  to  stories,  although  the 
great  storytellers  are  disappearing  along  with  the 
fiddlers — both  seemingly  replaced  by  the  radio. 

Early  on  the  day  after  Christmas,  called  The 
Day  of  the  Wren,  groups  of  young  and  old,  wear- 
ing costumes  and  masks,  go  from  door  to  door  ask- 
ing for  money.  They  carry  musical  instruments  and 
sing  songs.  As  the  day  continues,  they  work  their 
way  into  Dingle,  where  the  celebrating  continues 
far  into  the  night.  This  traditional  day  of  public 
ribaldry,  so  unlike  the  other  364  toil-filled  days  of 
the  farmer's  year,  is  strangely  appropriate.  It  sym- 
bolizes the  struggle  of  men  who,  by  persistently 
clinging  to  an  ancient  language,  to  a  poetic  speech, 
to  stirring  songs,  and  outlandish  symbols,  demon- 
strate that  the  human  spirit  can  prevail. 


46 


Dingle  Peninsula 

Atlantic  Ocean 

Sybil  Point 

a 
o 

Siea  Head 


Brandon  Point 


47 


49 


.«fi^^ 


.1-  _.  J*" 


^-''-rj^^ 


^>^-^; 


54 


m^ 


-■'S*%t 


>^'-r^^ 


56 


57 


/,'^li.  IV 


M    ■      ■>:'. 


-m- 


■^^"^-^-■-^^^.^^at 


*i»  '"'' 


-'_^.,  .-N 


.^:^.; 


62 


C"^ 


\.*r»" 


64 


66 


A  dramatization  of  "Chicken  Little"  in  Gaelic. 


*.''- 


;.i^o^ 


.^^s^- 


■<,.>, 


71 


■"«*. 


*-*» 


^*S^C 


,1    '**»'' 

1:.^ 

LV 


i^JW 


■wrT^, 


itit* 


rV"    *»^ 


rj^'x»\ 


78 


vs'c>'i'-^*L-'0^::r9myiri't</i^:-'7y^^'x<^&.m:f'>>^-^:ti:^:^ 


c 


k 


-"^m^'- 


% 


/l 


On  the  Day  of  the  Wren,  December  26,  masked  revelers  trek  through  the  streets  to  Dingle. 


m 


The  country  was  full  to  ttw  lid  of  songs  and  stories,  and  you  would  not  put  a  stir 
out  of  you  from  getting  up  in  the  morning  to  lying  down  at  night  but  you  would  meet 
a  poet,  man  or  woman,  making  songs  on  all  that  would  be  happening. 
It  is  not  now  as  it  was  then,  but  it  is  like  a  sea  on  ebb,  and  only  pools  here 
and  there  left  among  the  rocks." 

Thomas  O'  Crithin 


90 


ofCODirailsjusundCO. 


bv  Henry  Lanslord 


"Rain  follows  the  plow."  During 
the  last  part  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury, when  the  Great  Plains  of  the 
United  States  were  opened  up  to 
homesteaders,  that  catchphrase  was 
the  sodbuster's  central  article  of 
faith  and  the  shibboleth  of  the 
prophets  of  manifest  destiny.  It 
neatly  expressed  the  Avidely  held 
belief  that  breaking  ground  for  ag- 
riculture would  produce  a  prompt 
and  substantial  increase  in  precipi- 
tation on  the  semiarid  high  plains, 
which  Maj.  S.  H.  Long  had  called 
the  "Great  American  Desert." 

The  idea  was  generally  accepted 
both  by  promoters  and  by  home- 
steaders for  whom  it  filled  a  deep 
emotional  need.  But  believers  also 
included  many  scientists  and  public 
officials  who  should  have  been 
more  skeptical.  For  this  belief  was 
based  on  a  combination  of  wishful 
thinking  and  bad  logic:  Home- 
steaders had  plowed  and  planted 
the  land,  followed  by  several  years 
of  decent  rainfall,  more  than  had 
been  noted  previously.  Therefore, 
rain  must  follow  the  plow. 

The     logic     was     refuted     soon 


enough  by  half  a  century  of  alter- 
nating dry  and  not-so-dry  spells, 
marching  along  in  a  heartbreaking 
cycle  that  could  dry  up  a  farm  and 
bloiv  it  away  just  when  the  home- 
steader had  decided,  on  the 
strength  of  three  or  four  good 
years,  that  he  was  going  to  succeed. 
The  Dust  Bowl  years  of  the  1930's 
underlined  the  inescapable  con- 
clusion that  the  climate  had  been 
swinging  through  natural  variations 
unaffected  by  man's  scrabbling  at 
the  face  of  the  earth. 

The  settlers  of  the  Great  Plains 
ivere  neither  the  first  nor  the  last 
men  to  jump  to  unwarranted  con- 
clusions about  man's  effects  on 
\\'eather  and  climate.  The  ancients 
believed  that  great  battles  brought 
deluges  sent  by  the  gods  to  wash 
away  the  blood  and  gore.  And  in 
our  time,  during  a  long  East  Coast 
rainy  spell  that  followed  the  Apollo 
11  moon  landing,  television  weath- 
ermen received  many  telephone 
calls  from  people  who  were  certain 
that  Neil  Armstrong  and  Buzz  Al- 
drin  had  somehow  put  an  end  to 
clear  days  and  sunny  skies. 


But  can  skepticisrri  go  too  far? 
Although  the  above  notions  have 
no  apparent  scientific  basis,  many 
atmospheric  scientists  are  now  con- 
vinced that  man  is  indeed  changing 
weather  and  climate,  perhaps  on  a 
large  scale,  and  doing  so  quite 
unintentionally.  The  changes  are 
side  effects  from  various  human  ac- 
tivities. Some  of  these  scientists  can 
support  their  hypotheses  with  de- 
tailed documentation.  Others  admit 
that  they  are  speculating,  but  their 
scientific  credentials,  and  the  poten- 
tial consequences  of  events  they 
suspect  are  taking  place,  present  a 
powerful  argument  for  promptly 
and  thoroughly  investigating  the 
effects  of  human  activities  on  the 
atmospheric  environinent. 

Most  weather  phenomena  involve 
tremendous  amounts  of  energy.  The 
source  of  this  energy  is  our  nearest 
star,  the  sun.  Each  week,  our  planet 
receives  more  energy  from  the  sun 
than  that  contained  in  all  the  coal, 
oil,  and  gas  that  man  has  ever 
burned  and  in  all  the  known  re- 
serves of  these  fossil  fuels  on  earth. 
Much     of     this     short-wave     solar 


92 


energy  passes  through  the  atmo- 
sphere, is  absorbed  by  the  land  and 
the  oceans,  and  is  radiated  back 
into  the  atmosphere  as  long-wave 
heat  energy,  which  provides  the 
driving  force  for  the  large-scale 
motions  of  the  atmosphere.  Even  a 
brief,  local  thunderstorm  involves 
energy  that  probably  equals  the 
amount  released  by  several  hydro- 
gen-bomb explosions. 

How,  then,  can  the  side  effects  of 
man's  puny  enterprises  influence 
systems  of  such  enormous  energy? 
The  answer  may  be  expressed  in  an 
elementary  analogy.  How  can  a 
man  stop  a  charging  rhinoceros  by 
twitching  his  right  index  finger? 
Triggering  mechanisms,  by  which  a 
small  input  sets  off  a  large  result, 
can  determine  the  behavior  of 
weather  systems  just  as  a  squeeze 
of  the  trigger  finger  can  send  out  a 
high-powered  bullel  and  stop  a 
rhinoceros. 

1  can  see  one  highly  visible  ex- 
ample of  an  atmospheric  triggering 
mechanism  by  looking  out  of  my 
window  at  the  National  Center  for 
Atmospheric    Research    in    Boulder, 


Colorado.  High-flying  jet  airliners 
traverse  the  skies  over  this  area  al- 
most constantly.  Often,  on  a  bright 
morning  in  fall  or  winter,  I  look 
out  my  window  to  see  white  trails 
beginning  to  cross  the  sky.  These 
are  contrails — condensation  trails — 
triggered  by  jet  aircraft.  The  gen- 
eral public  began  seeing  these  when 
high-flying  jet  bombers,  such  as  the 
B-52.  came  into  use.  The  advent  of 
jet  airliners  has  made  them  an  in- 
creasingly common  sight  over  much 
of  the  world.  Produced  by  the  com- 
bination of  heat,  moisture,  and  par- 
ticulate matter  in  the  jet-engine  ex- 
haust, they  are  simply  highly  local- 
ized  artificial  clouds. 

At  first,  the  contrails  over  Boul- 
der are  like  clean  chalk  lines  on  a 
blackboard.  Sometimes  ihey  vanish 
imniedialely.  But  if  conditions  are 
just  right,  they  start  to  blur  and 
spread :  by  midafternoon  they  often 
merge  into  a  thin  layer  of  cirrus — 
wispy,  high-altitude  clouds  com- 
posed of  tiny  ice  crystals.  Some 
meteorologists  call  them  "false  cir- 
rus" to  distinguish  them  from  cir- 
rus   formed    without    the   benefit   of 


jet  aircraft.  But  they  are  identical 
in  every  other  respect  to  "'natural" 
cirrus  clouds. 

Is  this  inadvertent  triggering  im- 
portant in  the  development  of 
weather  patterns?  Will  it  become 
more  significant  as  jet  aircraft  be- 
come bigger  and  more  numerous? 

Dr.  Walter  Orr  Roberts,  presi- 
dent of  the  University  Corporation 
for  Atmospheric  Research,  has 
been  watching  contrails  for  many 
years  and  speculating  about  their 
influence  on  weather.  He  says  that 
we  simply  lack  enough  data  to  pre- 
dict the  consequences  of  present 
trends  in  air-transport  technology, 
and  adds  that  it's  rather  late  to 
start  such  studies  after  the  new 
technology  lias  arri\ed  and  begun 
affecting  the  environment. 

First.  Roberts  feels  we  should 
find  a  solid,  quantitative  answer  to 
the  question  of  whether  man's  in- 
tervention via  jet  aircraft  operation 
is  actually  adding  to  the  cirrus 
cover.  If  the  jets  are  creating  cirrus 
that  would  not  have  formed  natu- 
rally, how  does  this  affect  weather, 
iiiid  what  will  hapijcn  when  the  era 


93 


Increasing  amount?  of  carbon  dioxide  tend 

to  lieat  tlie  earth.  Sunlight  reaches 

the  surface,  but  the  resuhing  heat  energy 

cannot  escape  back  into  space. 


of  the  supersonic  transports  (  SST's) 
becomes  a  reality?  Again,  we  lack 
hard  data,  but  some  scientists,  deep- 
ly concerned  ^dth  the  urgency  of 
the  problem,  are  willing  to  hazard 
informed   guesses. 

Dr.  Reid  Bryson.  head  of  the 
Institute  for  Environmental  Studies 
at  the  University-  of  Wisconsin,  has 
speculated  that  we  may  see  a  strik- 
ing result  as  soon  as  there  are  sev- 
eral hundred  supersonic  jet  trans- 
ports in  tlie  air  at  the  same  time. 
They  might  well  produce  100  per- 
cent cirrus  cover  over  those  regions 
■\s-here  most  of  them  will  operate. 
Bryson  belie^"es  that  such  cloud 
cover  would  definitely  cause  cli- 
matic changes  and  is  dismayed  by 
other  implications  of  his  prognosis: 
"We  would  like  our  grandchildren 
to  experience  blue  skies  more  often 
than  on  rare  occasions."  Other  cli- 
matologists  qualify  their  pessi- 
mism. One  vie^\'point.  for  example,  is 
that  of  all  the  different  types  of 
clouds.  cirrus  have  tlie  least 
influence  on  our  planet's  heat  bal- 
ance: only  when  they  become  un- 
commonly dense,  or  when  they 
form  at  unnaturally  high  altitudes, 
are  they  likely  to  play  an  important 
part  in  weather  processes. 

Dr.  Roberts  adds  that  the  cirrus 
cover  could  have  significant  effects 
if  it  occurs  in  the  right  place  at  the 


right  time.  If  it  is  winter,  persistent 
and  general  cirrus  cover  over  a 
high-latitude  region  where  tlie  sur- 
face temperature  is  comparatively 
warm,  perhaps  the  Gulf  of  Alaska, 
might  have  an  important  efiect  on 
the  global  circulation.  This  would 
result  from  holding  back  heat 
energy  that  other^vise  would  escape 
from  the  atmosphere  into  space. 

At  first  glance  it  is  tempting  to 
choose  the  simplest,  cheapest  way  of 
finding  the  answers,  namely,  to  wait 
and  see  what  happens  to  the  bal- 
ance of  forces  in  the  atmosphere 
i^^hen  ^\"e  have  several  hundred 
SST's  flying  around  in  tlie  atmos- 
phere. But  once  you've  pulled  the 
trigger,  it's  too  late  to  change  your 
mind  about  killing  the  rhinoceros. 
And  once  the  general  circulation 
patterns  of  the  atmosphere  have 
been  altered,  it  may  be  too  late  to 
reverse  the  processes  that  are  caus- 
ing the  new  kinds  of  weather. 

Another  scientist  concerned  -with 
possible  weather  changes  caused  by 
human  technology  is  Dr.  Vincent  J. 
Schaefer.  who  heads  the  Atmo- 
spheric Science  Research  Center  at 
the  State  University  of  New  York. 
In  1946  he  performed  the  first  suc- 
cessful cloud-seeding  experiment 
I  see  "When  Will  We  Change  the 
Weather?"  Natur.\l  History.  De- 
cember.  1967).  Since  then,   Schae- 


fer has  tested  many  cloud-seeding 
techniques.  But  he  is  beginning  to 
suspect  that  he  may  have  done 
more  cloud  seeding  inadvertently — 
with  his  automobile — than  he  has 
done  deliberately  in  all  his  years  of 
research. 

Cloud  seeding  is  based  on  the  ex- 
istence of  atmospheric  water  in  the 
form  of  supercooled  clouds  that  are 
made  up  of  tiny,  still  liquid  water 
droplets,  although  tliey  are  colder 
than  32'  F..  the  nominal  freezing 
point  of  water.  If  conditions  are 
right,  and  ice  crystals  do  form  in 
such  a  cloud,  tliey  grow  rapidly, 
taking  up  moisture  from  the  drop- 
lets around  them.  And  if  enough 
moisture  is  available,  the  crystals 
soon  grow  into  snowflakes  large 
enough  to  fall  from  tlie  cloud.  On  a 
cold  day  they  reach  the  ground  as 
sno^v;  Avhen  it  is  ivarm.  they  melt 
and  fall  as  rain. 

Cloud  seeding  is  a  technique  for 
stimulating  the  formation  of  the 
first  tiny  ice  crystals  in  a  super- 
cooled cloud.  Tiny  airborne  par- 
ticles— so-called  freezing  nuclei — - 
serve  as  centers  around  which  the 
crystals  form  and  grow.  In  the  ab- 
sence of  sufficient  natural  nuclei,  a 
cloud  may  be  seeded  artificially  by 
introducing  crystals  of  dry  ice,  sil- 
ver iodide,  or  some  other  effective 
substitute.  The  principle  of  most  at- 


94 


'^0L^^^' 


On  the  other  hand,  more  dust  in  the  air  may  cool  the  earth  hy 
reflecting  sunlight  away  before  it  can  reach  the  surface. 
At  left  is  a  droplet  of  sulfuric  acid  —  spewed  into 
the  atmosphere  by  both  natural  and  man-made  processes  — 
which  may  also  reflect  significant  amounts  of  sunlight. 


tempts  at  deliberate  weather 
modification  is  that  if  the  right 
amount  of  seeding  material  is 
placed  in  a  cloud  under  the  right 
conditions,  precipitation  can  be 
stimulated  and  rain  or  snowfall 
can  be  increased. 

Lead  iodide  has  proved  to  be  an 
effective  seeding  material;  a  small 
quantity  of  lead  iodide  can  have  a 
large  effect  on  a  supercooled  cloud. 
Although  lead  iodide  itself  is  not 
naturally  present  in  the  atmo- 
sphere, iodine  is  nearly  always 
there.  It  enters  the  air  from  sea 
spray,  wood  smoke,  and  other  natu- 
ral sources.  Thus  the  "trigger"  is 
cocked;  to  "pull  it"  requires  only  a 
source  of  lead  to  combine  with  the 
iodine.  Lead  is  one  of  the  additives 
in  the  fuel  we  burn  in  automobile 
engines.  Daily,  in  every  large  city, 
a  flood  of  leaded  gasoline  is  poured 
into  the  tanks  of  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands of  automobiles.  The  exhaust 
gases  from  the  automobiles,  heavy 
in  lead  compounds,  are  a  major  in- 
gredient of  the  air  pollution  that 
spreads  through  the  atmosphere 
around  metropolitan  areas. 

Does  the  lead  in  this  urban 
effluent  combine  with  the  iodine  in 
the  atmosphere  to  produce  a  com- 
pound that  can  effectively  seed  su- 
percooled clouds?  Schaefer  believes 
that  it  does.  He   introduced   iodine 


vapor  and  automol)ile  exhaust 
gases  into  a  laboratory  cold  cham- 
ber, at  various  subfreezing  tem- 
peratures, and  got  high  concentra- 
tions of  freezing  nuclei.  He 
followed  this  experiment  by  com- 
bining the  exhaust  gases  with  natu- 
ral sources  of  iodine.  "I  have  now 
discovered."  he  reports,  "that  if  I 
burn  thin  wood  chips  in  my  cold 
chamber  and  then  add  to  the  air  a 
sample  of  auto  exhaust.  I  again 
find  high  concentrations  of  ice 
crystals." 

He  performed  these  laboratory 
tests  to  try  to  account  for  some  un- 
usual atmospheric  phenomena  that 
he  has  observed  in  recent  years 
when  flying  near  large  cities.  These 
phenomena  include  a  number  of 
snow  and  rain  storms  in  the  east- 
central  part  of  New  York  State. 
They  produced  snow  that  was  al- 
most like  a  fine  dust,  and  rain  that 
drifted  down  in  tiny  droplets.  The 
surmise  is  that  these  storms  were 
overseeded  by  pollutants:  that  with 
an  overabundance  of  nuclei  the 
available  moisture  produced  a  tre- 
mendous numlier  of  tiny  particles, 
leaving  insufficient  moisture  to 
make  them  grow  larger.  Schaefer 
lias  also  noted  another  apparent  re- 
sult of  unnatural  seeding — exten- 
sive plumes  of  ice  crystals  above 
and     downwind     from     large    cities 


such  as  New  York.  Chicago,  De- 
troit, and  Buffalo.  In  sum.  his  ex- 
periments support  his  theory  that 
the  atmosphere  in  the  vicinity  of 
large  cities  is  being  inadvertently 
seeded  by  air  pollutants. 

This  process  could  have  a  variety 
of  effects  on  the  weather.  It  could 
suppress  normal  precipitation  by 
turning  all  of  a  clouds  jnoisture 
into  ice  crystals  too  small  to  fall. 
Furthermore,  if  an  urban-produced 
plume  of  ice  crystals  encounters  a 
large  mass  of  moist  air  the  sudden 
sublimation  of  large  amounts  of 
water  vapor  onto  the  ice  crystals 
could  release  great  quantities  of  la- 
tent heat,  triggering  a  massive 
storm.  And  we  have  already  seen 
that  a  cover  of  false  cirrus  might 
alter  the  development  of  weather 
systems.  Like  many  fellow  scien- 
tists. Schaefer  admits  that  he  can- 
not explain  precisely  what  is  hap- 
pening, but  he  suspects  that  the 
effects  of  unintentional  seeding 
may  be  ^^■idespread  and  serious: 
"In  a  subtle  manner  it  seems  to  be 
changing  the  nature  of  clouds  over 
increasingly  large  areas  of  the 
globe."  He  goes  on  to  warn  that  if 
pollution  leads  to  increased  dusti- 
ness from  ill-used  land,  to  more 
cloud  nuclei  from  burning  trash, 
and  to  many  more  ice  nuclei  from 
leaded    gasoline,    not    only    will    we 


95 


lose  the  possible  advantage  we  now 
have  of  extracting  some  additional 
water  from  our  ''sky  rivers,"  but 
we  might  even  be  confronted  with  a 
drastic  change  in  our  climatolog- 
ical  patterns. 

It  was  such  a  change,  on  a  local, 
rather  than  on  a  global  scale,  that 
led  Stanley  A.  Changnon.  Jr.,  of 
the  Illinois  State  Water  Survey,  to 
investigate  and  document  one  of 
the  most  striking  examples  of  inad- 
vertent weather  modification  that 
has  yet  been  detected.  Concerning 
this  phenomenon.  Avhich  he  calls 
the  La  Porte  weather  anomaly, 
Changnon  reported:  "A  notable  in- 
crease in  precipitation,  moderate- 
rain  days,  thunderstorm  days,  and 
hail  days  has  been  occurring  since 
192.5  at  La  Porte,  Indiana.  Because 
La  Porte  is  .30  miles  east  of  the 
large   complex   of  heavy   industries 


at  Chicago,  there  is  a  strong  sug- 
gestion that  the  increases  are  due 
to  inadvertent  man-made  modifica- 
tion." 

Changnon's  case  for  the  reality 
of  the  La  Porte  weather  anomaly, 
though  circumstantial,  is  highly 
convincing.  Long-term  'sv-eather 
records  from  La  Porte  show  that 
precipitation  there  increased  be- 
tween 30  and  40  percent  over  a 
period  of  40  years.  This  increase 
parallels  the  upAvard  curve  of  iron 
and  steel  production  in  the  industri- 
al complex  at  nearby  Chicago  and 
Gary.  Indiana.  The  precipitation 
curve  follows  the  fluctuation  of  the 
industrial  production  curve  faith- 
fully, swinging  up  in  the  early 
1940^s  when  World  War  II  caused 
a  sudden  increase  in  steel  produc- 
tion. Analysis  of  the  records  for 
1965  shows  that  La  Porte  had  31 


percent  more  total  precipitation,  38 
percent  more  thunderstorms,  and 
246  percent  more  hail  days  during 
that  period  than  nearby  weather 
stations  in  Illinois,  Indiana,  and 
Michigan.  Furthermore,  La  Porte's 
days  of  bad  weather  correlated 
closely  with  days  when  Chicago's 
air  pollution  was  bad.  Hence  the 
belief  that  La  Porte's  long  run  of 
bad  weather  can  be  attributed  to 
the  great  quantities  of  heat,  mois- 
ture, and  pollutants  belched  into 
the  atmosphere  by  Chicago's  in-  ' 
duslry.  The  heat  and  moisture,  par- 
ticularly during  cool  hours  of  night 
and  early  morning,  stimulated  the 
formation  of  cumulus  clouds.  Car- 
ried out  across  the  tip  of  Lake 
Michigan  by  prevailing  westerly 
winds,  the  growing  clouds  picked 
up  more  moisture.  By  the  time  they 
reached    the    La    Porte    area,    thev 


A  jet  contrail  slowly  diffuses  into  a  cirrus 

cloud,  below.  Pollution  such  as  that 

along  Lake  Erie,  at  right,  may  overseed  storms 

downwind,  producing  very  fine  rain  or  snow. 


96 


were  thunderheads  ready  to  be 
ieeded  by  nuclei  in  the  pollutants 
that  were  also  drifting  east  from 
Chicago. 

Climatological  records  have  also 
led  to  other  theories  about  the  pos- 
sible effects  of  human  activities  on 
average  worldwide  temperature.  As 
with  Changnon's  analysis,  these  are 
after-the-fact  attempts  to  account 
for  changes  shown  by  long-term 
records.  However,  the  La  Porte 
records  concerned  striking  changes 
in  a  local  area,  with  a  correlation 
between  hypothetical  cause  and  ac- 
tual effect  that  could  be  established 
rather  conclusively.  The  theories 
about  global  temperature  changes, 
while  they  are  based  on  facts,  are 
much  more  speculative.  Long-term 
records  clearly  indicate  a  gradual 
but  steady  global  warming  trend 
from   about   1880  until    1940.   This 


warming  was  not  the  sort  that 
would  substantiate  the  old-timer's 
claim  that  winters  aren't  as  hard  as 
they  were  when  he  was  a  boy.  It 
amounted  to  less  than  one  degree 
of  increase  in  the  world  mean  tem- 
perature over  a  60-year  period.  But 
it  was  real  enough. 

Some  scientists  have  tried  to  ac- 
count for  the  trend  by  citing  the 
"greenhouse  effect."  Like  the  glass 
roof  of  a  greenhouse,  atmospheric 
carbon  dioxide  admits  short-wave 
radiation  from  the  sun  but  blocks 
the  escape  from  earth  of  long-wave 
heat  energy.  Carbon  dioxide  is  pro- 
duced when  coal  and  oil  are 
burned:  and  the  warming  trend 
coincided  with  the  period  when  in- 
dustrial growth  was  occurring  over 
much  of  the  world.  Hence  the  ex- 
planation that  man's  industry  nmst 
have  caused  the  trend.  And,  added 


the  Cassandras,  this  warming 
would  eventually  melt  the  polar  ice 
caps,  thereby  raising  the  level  of 
the  oceans  and  drowning  New 
York.  London,  and  other  coastal 
cities.  This  theory  has  a  fine  apoc- 
alyptic ring,  and  has  gotten  a 
good  bit  of  attention  over  the  years 
in  the  Sunday  supplements.  But  as 
far  as  logic  is  concerned,  this  is 
simply  a  case  of  "rain  follows  the 
plow"  writ  large.  Nobody  knows 
enough  about  the  actual  carbon 
dioxide  levels,  or  understands  the 
role  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  radi- 
ation budget  with  sufficient  pre- 
cision, to  say  for  certain  that  in- 
dustry's carbon  dioxide  caused  the 
warming. 

Then,  about   1940,  the  trend  be- 
gan to  reverse  itself.  Gradually,  the 
annual    mean    temperature    started 
Continued  on  page  112 


MIGRATION 
OF  THE 

BARREN-GROUND 
CARIBOU 


i 


by  John  P.  Kelsall 

My  introduction  to  the  barren- 
ground  caribou,  nearly  two  decades 
ago,  was  an  unforgettable  event. 
With  an  equally  inexperienced  com- 
panion I  camped  on  the  Arctic 
coast  at  Bathurst  Inlet,  about  a  mile 
and  a  half  north  of  the  Arctic 
Circle.  In  order  to  study  calving 
(not  previously  seen  by  scientists) 
and  calves,  we  planned  to  intercept 
caribou  migrating  northward. 

On  May  25,  1950.  two  days  after 
we  had  set  up  our  base  of  oper- 
ations, a  major  caribou  migration 
across  ten  to  twelve  miles  of  sea  ice 
began  from  the  far  side  of  Bathurst 
Inlet.  During  the  next  three  days, 
more  than  thirty  thousand  animals 
crossed  the  ice.  The  feeding  animals 
covered  the  surrounding  hills: 
sometimes  they  literally  stumbled 
over  our  tent  ropes.  We  lay  motion- 
less on  the  open  ground  and  found 
that  even  downwind  of  us  caribou 
would  pass  within  ten  to  fifteen 
feet.  Their  movement  was  accom- 
panied by  a  steady  clicking  sound, 
like  that  of  castanets,  produced  by 
the  hooves  with  each  step.  Occa- 
sionally, the  thousands  of  caribou 
on  the  ice  all  advanced  purposefully 
toward  us  in  long,  parallel  files  of 
10  to  150  animals  each,  spreading 
out  only  when  they  rested  or  fed. 

Before  the  first  movement  of  car- 
ibou was  over,  a  second  herd  ap- 
proached the  inlet  from  the  oppo- 
site direction,  apparently  to  drop 
their  calves  among  the  big  hills  just 
vacated  by  the  first  herd.  We  were 

98 


treated  to  the  sight  of  two  major 
herds  of  caribou  migrating  through 
each  other.  Literally  thousands  of 
animals,  some  files  going  east,  some 
west,  countermarched  across  the  ice 
within  yards  of,  but  seemingly 
oblivious  to,  each  other. 

The  caribou  migration  generated 
all  sorts  of  activity  by  other  ani- 
mals. Eskimo  hunters,  after  a  long 
winter  of  eating  seals,  came  to 
shoot  caribou  for  meat,  both  to  eat 
fresh  and  to  dry  for  later  use. 
Wolves,  denning  nearby,  frequently 
visited  their  kills  and  carried  meat 
back  to  their  pups.  Scavengers,  too. 
were  active.  Ravens  and  glaucous 
gulls  were  common  and  noisy.  A 
pomarine  jaeger  and  fi.ve  gulls 
waited  for  more  than  an  hour  to 
feast  on  the  remains  of  a  freshly 
killed  caribou  being  sampled  by  a 
wolf.  A  den  of  red  foxes  lived  well 
by  scavenging. 

Small,  ground-nesting  birds,  on 
the  other  hand,  did  not  fare  well. 
Nests  of  Lapland  longspurs.  horned 
larks,  and  golden  plovers  were 
trampled  by  the  hooves  of  passing 
caribou.  Larger  nesting  birds — wil- 
low and  rock  ptarmigan,  parasitic 
jaegers,  and  some  of  the  \\'ater- 
fowl — defended  their  nests  by  a 
form  of  brinkmanship.  They  would 
sit  tight  until  they  were  about  to  be 
stepped  on,  then  suddenly  flush, 
causing  the  startled  caribou  to  shy 
away.  Whistling  swans  simply 
drove  the  animals  away. 

We  discovered  a  phenomenon 
common  to  most  arctic  researchers 
in  spring  and  summer — sleep- 
lessness. Twenty-four  hours  of  day- 


light, combined  with  a  tundra  alive 
with  animals,  fresh  growth,  and 
blossoming  plants,  made  us  be- 
grudge the  time  necessary  for  sleep. 
We  shared  the  spirit  of  the  Eskimo 
children.  Full  of  the  joys  of  spring, 
they  simply  ran  until  they  dropped, 
slept  for  a  while,  and  refreshed,  got 
up  to  run  again. 

On  the  Canadian  mainland  bar- 
ren-ground caribou  {Rangifer  tar- 
anclus  groenlandicus)  have  a  con- 
tinuous range  of  over  700,000 
square  miles,  made  up  almost 
equally  of  tundra — the  so-called 
barren  grounds — and  boreal,  or 
northern,  forest.  This  enormous 
land  area  has  generally  low  relief 
with  elevations  rarely  exceeding  2,- 
000  feet.  The  gently  undulating 
landscape  is  marked  by  the  past  ac- 
tivity of  glaciers — residual  drum- 
lins  and  eskers — as  well  as  striations 
and  gouges  on  exposed  rock  sur- 
faces. Myriad  lakes  range  from  tiny 
ponds  to  freshwater  bodies  among 
the  largest  in  the  world.  Great  Bear 
Lake,  for  example,  covers  12.000 
square  miles  and  is  considerably 
larger  than  either  Lake  Ontario  or 
Lake  Erie.  In  some  localities,  lakes 


Miles  of  icy  lake  present 

obstacle  to  the  caribou, 

excellent  swimmer.  Its  Canadi 

range  is  one-third  wati 


*.>i^'%> 


are  so  numerous,  they  cover  up  to 
60  percent  of  the  land  area.  This 
accumulation  of  water  is  almost  en- 
tirely due  to  short,  cool  summers — 
which  inhibit  massive  evapora- 
tion— and  to  the  permanently  fro- 
zen subsoil,  or  permafrost,  just  a 
few  inches  below  ground  level — 
which  inhibits  drainage. 

The  presence  of  so  much  water  is 
curious  because  over  most  of  the 
caribou  range  the  total  annual  pre- 
cipitation, both  rain  and  snow,  is 
within  limits  usually  associated 
with  deserts.  The  forested  parts  of 
the  range  receive  an  annual  precipi- 
tation of  ten  to  thirteen  inches,  of 
which  about  half  is  winter  snowfall. 
Northward  on  the  tundra,  precipi- 
tation varies  from  ten  inches  to  six 
inches  or  less,  and  again,  about  half 
of  it  is  in  the  form  of  snow.  Even 
during  winter  caribou  ranges  are 
not  snowbound;  they  generally 
have  a  snow  cover  of  less  than 
twenty  inches  at  any  given  time. 

Temperatures  in  the  north  are 
not  so  extreme  as  many  people 
think.  I  have  experienced  85°  F.  at 
the  Arctic  Circle  in  summer  but, 
over  most  of  the  mainland  tundra, 
mean  maximum  temperatures  are 
about  5°  lower.  Mean  minimum 
temperatures  of  — 50°  F.  are  re- 
markably similar  throughout  the 
barren-ground  caribou  ranges.  That 
undoubtedly  seems  very  cold  to 
those  who  have  never  experienced  a 
Canadian  ^vinter.  but  it  is  not  much 
colder  than  temperatures  tolerated 
by  hundreds  of  thousands  of  Cana- 
dians in  major  metropolitan  areas 
farther  south. 

No  thumbnail  sketch  of  caribou 
ranges  is  complete  without  mention 
of  the  vegetation.  The  coniferous 
forests  of  the  winter  ranges  are 
dominated  by  white  and  black 
spruce  or  by  jackpine,  depending 
on  the  location.  In  the  forest,  car- 


Massed  together  during  July's 

plague  of  biting  insects. 

harassed  herds  run  furiously 

and  erratically  about  the  tundra. 


■Jbt/i 


''^*!$f^ 


■^m,,  /w*' 


-m^ 


^m^ 


%'^ft    ^-f' 


Castanet-like  clicks  —  thought  to 
come  from  foot  tissue  movements 
-  hreak  the  snowy  silence 
as  an  Alaskan  herd  heads  north. 


ibou  primarily  eat  lichens — the  so- 
called  caribou  moss.  Using  their 
forehooves  to  dig  beneath  the  snow, 
they  unearth  Cladonia.  Cetraria, 
Peldgera,  and  Stereocaulon — among 
the  most  important  lichens  to  car- 
ibou in  north-central  Canada.  The 
winter  diet  also  includes  a  variety 
of  sedges,  shrub  leaves  and  twigs, 
and  arboreal  lichens.  Because  the 
slow-growing  lichens  preferred  by 
caribou  are  most  plentiful  in  climax 
coniferous  forests,  forest  fires  are 
extremely  damaging  to  caribou 
winter  ranges.  Studies  in  Canada 
show  that  lichens  may  take  more 
than  100  years  to  recover  from  fire 
and  to  regain  their  usefulness  to  the 
animals. 

In  spring,  summer,  and  early  au- 
tumn, caribou  are  much  less  choosy 
about  what  they  eat.  Now  they  are 
en  the  tundra,  where  their  main 
foods  are  green-growing  plants  of 
all  sorts,  particularly  the  new 
shoots  of  sedges,  many  species  of 
low-growing  tundra  willows,  and 
glandular  birch,  as  well  as  large 
quantities  of  lichens.  And  they  like 
variety.  I  have  watched  caribou  in 
the  spring  select  the  carrotlike  roots 
of  lousewort.  Using  their  lips,  they 
worry  around  a  plant,  exposing  the 
root  so  that  it  can  be  grasped  firmly 
and  pulled  up. 

Except  in  particularly  arid  or 
rocky  sites,  there  is  no  shortage  of 
food  on  the  tundra.  In  this  respect, 
the  commonly  used  term  "barren- 
grounds"    is    a    misnomer.    Ernest 


jCarihou  on  the  move  form  long, 
j^parallel  files,  spreading  out 
|to  rest  or  feed.  Migrations 
^ften  exceed  five  hundred  miles. 


Thompson  Seton  called  die  tundra 
range  of  the  barren-ground  caribou 
by  the  more  appropriate  term  "arc- 
tic prairies."  Although  vegetation 
generally  grows  low,  in  most  places 
it  covers  at  least  70  percent  of  the 
ground.  In  early  summer.  I  have 
competed  with  caribou  and  ground 
squirrels  for  abundant  mushrooms 
and  other  edible  fungi.  Later  in  the 
season,  I  have  displaced  ptarmi- 
gan, geese,  and  other  birds  as  well 
as  mammals  in  a  search  for  cloud- 
berries, bilberries,  and  mountain 
cranberries.  But  on  occasion  I  have 
been  displaced  by  the  rarest  great 
mammal  of  the  tundra — the  barren- 
ground  grizzly. 

The  barren-ground  caribou's  gre- 
gariousness  and  migratory  habits 
are  the  chief  factors  that  complicate 
its  study  and  management.  Range 
maps,  of  the  sort  on  page  104.  can 
give  only  a  general  picture  of  car- 
ibou distribution.  The  southern 
boundary  of  "extreme  winter 
range"  shows  the  caribou's  greatest- 
known  penetration  of  forests  since 
1935,  and  no  point  along  it  has 
been  reached  more  than  twice  dur- 
ing that  period.  In  winter  most  car- 
ibou occupy  the  area  of  "usual 
winter  range."  but  specific  points 
within  that  area  are  generally  vis- 
ited by  the  animals  no  more  often 
than  every  other  winter  and, 
frequently,  not  even  that. 

Occasionally  in  spring  and  early 
summer  the  animals  become  almost 
unbelievably  concentrated.  I  once 
watched  northward-bound  caribou 
that  were  temporarily  blocked  at 
the  confluence  of  the  Dubawnt  and 
Thelon  rivers  by  swift  waters  full  of 
broken  ice.  For  several  days  the  ani- 
mals jammed  the  shore  of  the  river 
waiting  for  the  water  to  clear;  so 
many  and  so  dense  were  they  that 
accurate  counts  were  impossible. 
However.  experienced  observers 
made  aerial  estimates  of  80,000  to 
100.000  animals.  y\t  least  one-third 
of  the  entire  caribou  population 
had  gathered  in  an  area  of  about 
250  square  miles. 

At  most  times  of  the  year  barren- 
ground  caribou  cluster  together  in 
groups.  Pregnant  females  enjoy  a 
brief  solitude  during  calving,  but 
only  within  the  restricted  area  of 
their    calving    grounds.    Otherwise 


August  is  the  only  season  in  which 
the  animals  scatter  widely.  Then, 
the  first  frosts  eliminate  or  greatly 
reduce  the  blackflies  and  mos- 
quitoes, which  for  the  previous  five 
weeks  harassed  tlie  herds  almost  to 
the  point  of  desperation  and  caused 
the  animals  to  lose  as  much  as  20 
percent  of  their  body  weight.  No 
longer  plagued  by  tliese  pests,  the 
caribou  turn  to  the  individual  pur- 
suits of  resting,  eating,  and  regain- 
ing tlieir  strength  and  weight,  as 
they  drift  southward  toward  the 
treeline.  Once  there,  about  the  end 
of  August,  they  move  haphazardly 
and  unpredictably  for  a  month  or 
more.  They  travel  back  and  forth 
along  the  treeline,  sometimes  pene- 
trating the  forests  for  considerable 
distances  before  returning  to  the 
tundra,  where  they  coalesce  once 
more  into  aggregations  that  grow 
larger  and  larger  as  the  season  ad- 
vances. The  rutting  period  in  late 
October  and  early  November  still 
finds  most  of  the  caribou  wander- 
ing at  the  treeline. 


T 


he  first  heavy  snowfall  seems 
to  trigger  migration  toward  the  for- 
ested winter  ranges,  even  though 
the  rut  may  be  in  progress.  The  cari- 
bou are  usually  in  full  migration 
in  November,  arriving  at  their  win- 
ter quarters  in  early  December. 

There,  the  animals  are  concen- 
trated and  movement  is  leisurely. 
They  tend  to  move  dow-n  snow 
gradients,  from  tliose  areas  where 
snow  is  deep.  hard,  and  dense  to 
where  it  is  shallow,  soft,  and  fluffy. 
Here,  travel  and  digging  for  food 
is  easy.  While  most  barren-ground 
caribou  take  to  the  forested  ranges 
in  winter,  there  arc  exceptions,  and 
in  some  years  of  light  snow,  up  to 
half  the  population  has  remained 
on  the  tundra. 

Starting  in  late  March,  spring 
migration  draws  caribou  from  their 
winter  ranges  to  calving  areas  far 
out  on  the  tundra.  During  this  mi- 
gration, the  pregnant  cows  travel 
swiftly   and   purposefully,   hindered 

103 


only  by  impassable  topographical 
obstacles  or  violent  weather.  After 
covering  vast  distances,  often  more 
than  five  hundred  miles,  tlie  ani- 
mals arrive  on  the  calving  grounds 
by  late  May  and  drop  their  calves 
among  the  melting  snowdrifts  in 
early  June. 

Bulls  and  nonbreeding  cows  of- 
ten lag  behind  but  may  catch  up 
ivith  the  cows  during  the  calving 
period.  When  they  do,  they  congre- 
gate on  lush  river  valleys  and 
coastal  plains,  while  the  coW'S  drop 
their  calves  nearby  on  the  high, 
barren,  and  bleak  country.  How- 
ever, when  the  migration  routes  are 
long  and  lake  and  river  ice  breaks 
up  early,  the  laggards  may  become 
isolated  from  the  cows  and  calves 
and  rejoin  them  only  in  late  sum- 
mer. Cows  and  newborn  calves  de- 
scend to  lower,  better  pastures, 
sometimes  joining  the  bulls  in  the 
first  week  of  July. 

Routes,  ranges,  and  times  of  mi- 
gration vary  from  year  to  year,  but 
there  is  an  annual  pattern  basic  to 
all  movements  of  barren-ground  car- 
ibou. Their  travels  take  them  in  a 
specific  direction.  In  spring,  migra- 
tion is  decidedly  goal-oriented, 
moving  from  the  winter  range  to 
the  nearest  calving  area.  As  can  be 
seen  on  the  map.  the  eastern  car- 
ibou migrate  along  an  approxi- 
mate north-south  axis,  but  the  west- 
ern caribou's  migration  tends 
to^vard  an  east— west  axis — the 
shortest  distance  between  winter 
and  summer  ranges. 

Added  to  basic  annual  move- 
ments are  population  shifts  that 
cause  a  complex  and  changing  pic- 
ture   of    caribou    distribution    -(vhen 


vie^^■ed  over  several  years.  Such  un- 
usual movements  occur  during  non- 
migratory  periods  in  the  winter,  or 
after  calving  in  the  summer.  At 
these  times,  the  animals  may  wan- 
der far  to  one  side  of  the  lines  fol- 
lo-\\-ed  during  their  previous  migra- 
tion. Yi'hen  the  next  migratory 
period  arrives  they  simply  head  for 
the  nearest  winter  range  or  calving 
area,  depending  on  the  season.  In  a 
single  season,  caribou  may  shift  lat- 
erally several  hundred  miles  across 
normal  migration  lines.  Movements 
that  cover  vast  distances  and  that 
cross  established  migration  routes 
are  unpredictable  and.  as  yet. 
inexplicable. 


s 


ince  the  seventeenth  century 
caribou  have  been  literally  the  staff 
of  life  for  many  of  the  explorers, 
traders,  missionaries,  and  other 
travelers  of  the  Canadian  north  and. 
of  course,  to  the  native  people  be- 
fore them.  The  success,  or  failure,  of 
many  human  enterprises  has  de- 
pended absolutely  on  whether  cari- 
bou could  be  secured  for  food  and 
other  needs.  While  travelers  and 
traders  no  longer  rely  on  it,  many 
scattered  residents  still  do.  Within 
the  past  two  decades  Canadian  Es- 
kimos have  starved  to  death  be- 
cause they  could  not  obtain  caribou 
and  had  no  alternative  food  re- 
source. 

The  fur  trade  opened  Canada's 
northland  and,  until  recently,  was 
its    only    major    commercial    enter- 


prise. It  flourished  for  more  than 
two  hundred  years  and  expanded  to 
all  parts  of  the  northern  caribou 
range,  where  the  trading  posts  were 
the  only  permanent  centers  of  Eu- 
ropean civilization.  The  ubiquitous 
caribou,  supplemented  by  fish,  pro- 
vided food  for  the  steadily  increas- 
ing numbers  of  traders  and  trap- 
pers. Today,  most  trading  posts  are 
supported  entirely  by  commercial 
food  products,  but  this  has  been  the 
case  at  many  of  them  for  no  more 
than  twenty  or  thirty  years,  and  a 
fe^\-  outposts  and  small  Christian 
missions  still  depend  on  caribou 
and  fish  for  much  of  their  protein. 

Canadian  Indians  and  Eskimos 
traditionally  took  few  more  animals 
than  were  needed  for  food,  cloth- 
ing, and  tents.  It  has  been  estimated 
that  those  totally  dependent  on  car- 
ibou required  about  forty  animals 
per  adult  per  year;  those  with  other 
food  sources,  such  as  marine  mam- 
mals or  moose,  needed  fewer. 

Before  expansion  of  the  fur 
trade,  Indians  and  Eskimos  kept  a 
few  dogs  as  an  occasional  con- 
venience. The  fur  trade,  however, 
made  large  and  powerful  dog  teams 
necessary  to  transport  gear  and  furs 
around  extensive  traplines  and  to 
maintain  an  enormous  commu- 
nication network  between  northern 
settlements  in  winter.  The  nomadic 
natives  could  not  permanently  sup- 
port more  than  a  few  dogs,  but  the 
introduction  of  a  trapping  econ- 
omy, and  firearms  to  secure  game 
at  any  time,  made  it  essential  and 
possible  to  keep  large  dog  teams.  In 
recent  years,  most  Eskimo  hunters 
have  had  teams  of  six  to  ten  for 
more  I     dogs:     and    most    Indians. 


Caribou  drop  their  calv« 

in  melting  snow  drifts  far  oi 

on  the  tundra.  Black  areas  on  maj 

left,  indicate  calving  ground 


Ensrinam 


If  you  think  vacationing  in  East  Africa  an  impossible  dream,  you're  in  for 
a  pleasant  awakening.  Today,  the  most  fabulous  vacation  of  a  lifetime 
is  only  jet  hours  away,  and  air  fares  are  at  bargain  levels.  You'll  thrill  to 
the  exotic  sights  of  Kenya,  Tanzania,  Uganda,  and  the  Historic  Tour  of 
Ethiopia.  The  spectacular  scenery,  mild  climate  and  friendly  hospitality. 
The  wild  game.  Modern  hotels  and  bargain  shopping.  Ancient  history 
and  all  that  jazz.  What's  more,  you  can  swing  through  Europe,  too, 
at  no  extra  air  fare,  courtesy  of  Ethiopian  Airlines,  and  you'll  fly  in  luxury 
all  the  way.  Mail  the  coupon,  now!  Or  see  your  Travel  Agent,  or  ®. 

Boeing  fan  lei  Paaenger  and  Cargo  ServH 


JLIRI^^ES 


four  to  seven.  On  that  basis,  the  av- 
erage native  family  was  feeding 
more  dogs  than  humans.  Even 
though  it  weighs  less  than  half  as 
much,  a  sled  dog  needs  about  half  \ 
the  protein  ration  of  a  human. 
Therefore,  it  is  likely  that  dogs 
have  eaten  at  least  half  of  the  car- 
ibou taken  in  the  north.  In  the  last 
decade,  motorized  toboggans  have 
made  the  sled  and  its  voracious  do§ 
team  obsolete,  and  fortunately  for 
caribou,  dog  populations  in  the 
north  have  been  greatly  reduced. 

More  than  two  hundred  years  of 
exploitation  resulted  in  a  period  of 
crisis  for  caribou  shortly  after  the  - 
Second  World  War.  The  ranges  of 
tundra  and  boreal  forest  probably 
supported  over  two  million  animal? 
in  early  times.  The  first  range-wide 
survey,  in  1948-49,  estimated  668.- 
000  caribou.  A  second  survey  in 
1955  estimated  272,000.  That  cat- 
astrophic decline,  often  referred  to 
as  Canada's  caribou  crisis,  stimu- 
lated much  research  and  manage- 
ment, including  my  nine-year  em- 
ployment as  a  caribou  biologist. 
Implementation  of  sound  con- 
servation measures;  unusually  high 
survival  of  calves  for  several  years; 
and  the  entry  of  native  hunters  into 
the  wage  economy  when  caribou  be- 
came too  hard  to  get,  all  resulted  in 
a  population  increase — to  nearly 
400.000  in  1967. 

However,  the  barren-ground  car- 
ibou's future  is  neither  safe  nor 
particularly  hopeful.  Recent  legisla- 
tion by  the  government  of  the 
Northwest  Territories  permits  any 
person  with  a  year's  residence  to 
shoot  five  barren-ground  caribou — 
of  any  sex  or  age — annually  and  in 
any  season.  More  disturbing,  In- 
dians and  Eskimos,  who  were  al- 
ways permitted  to  take  all  the  car- 
ibou they  could  use  for  their  own 
consumption,  are  now  allowed  to 
sell  the  meat,  within  generous  lim- 
its, to  anyone,  including  restau- 
rants, mining  camps,  and  hotels. 
Previously,  market  hunting  of  game 
had  not  been  legal  for  many  dec- 
ades in  Canada. 

The  Canadian  prairie  provinces 
share  the  migratory  caribou  with 
the  Northwest  Territories.  Should 
public  pressure  force  a  relaxation 
of  hunting  regulations  in  these 
provinces  to  conform  to  those  of 
the  Territories,  the  results  could  be 
disastrous  for  the  animals. 


\  \ 


Famous  Explorer 
Lars- Eric  Lindblad 
invites  you  to  discover 
the  heavenly  islands 
of  the  Seychelles... 

and  he  gives  you  7  wonderful  reasons  why  you  should 
visit  these  "Forgotten  Islands  of  the  Indian  Ocean." 


1.  Since  the  days  of  Vasco  da  Gama 
the  landfalls  and  atolls  of  these  islands 
have  seen  few,  if  any,  visitors.  Stepping 
ashore,  after  crossing  the  pink  reefs  in 
a  whaleboat,  you  will  feel  you  are  the 
first  man  or  woman  ever  to  set  foot  on 
the  vast  white  beaches,  preserved  by 
time  and  uninterrupted  by  tourist  cot- 
tages and  highrise  hotels. 

2.  The  hosts  greeting  you  will  be  the 
thousands  of  birds  which  inhabit  this 
paradise;  the  terns,  boobies,  frigate 
birds,  shearwaters,  warblers  and  sun- 
birds.  They  have  never  known  danger 
and  are  tame  bevond  belief. 

3.  Free  of  fog  and  mist,  the  Indian 
Ocean  is  probably  the  kindest  of  all 
the  oceans  as  far  as  weather  is  con- 
cerned. The  Seychelles  are  the  photog- 
rapher's paradise. 

4.  Each  island  is  a  dream  for  the 
conchologist.  Hundreds  of  varieties  of 
cowries  are  there  to  be  admired. 


5.  For  the  fisherman,  snorkler  and  skin 
diver,  the  Indian  Ocean  will  open  up 
a  new  adventure  perhaps  unequaled 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Close  to  the 
reefs  you  can  watch  your  hooked  fish 
fighting  you  20  feet  below  in  a  fabu- 
lous forest  of  five  coral.  And  the  clear 
waters  are  teeming  with  the  famous 
bone  fish,  the  wahoo,  caranx  and  bar- 
racuda. 

6.  Your  floating  hotel  will  be  the  brand 
new,  beautifully  appointed  M/S 
LINDBLAD  EXPLORER  of  Nor- 
wegian Registry,  air-conditioned 
throughout  and  with  observation  deck 
designed  to  give  you  panoramic  views 
of  the  islands.  The  cuisine  is  superb 
and  the  room  accommodations  arc  the 
very  latest  in  comfort  and  design.  You 
will  enjoy  the  Lido  deck  with  a  small 
pool  for  swimming,  a  spacious  lounge 
for  dancing  and  entertainment,  and  a 
comfortable  bar  to  relax  in.  Specially 
equipped  landing  craft  will  whisk  you 


ashore,  or  take  you  on  scuba  diving  ex- 
peditions. 

7.  And  famous  BO  AC  VClO's  will 
wing  you  to  and  from  East  Africa, 
where  Mombasa  serves  as  home  port 
for  the  M/S  LINDBLAD  EX- 
PLORER. 

We  suggest  you  send  for  our  brochure 
and  be  the  first  to  see  these  islands 
which  time  forgot. 


THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD  TRAVEL 


Dept.  NH870 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

133  East  55th  Street 
New  York,  N.Y.  10022 
I  am  seriously  interested  in  the  Forgot- 
ten Islands  of  the  Indian  Ocean.  Please 
send  brochure. 


Mr. 

Mrs. 

Miss_ 


Address. 
City 


-Zip. 


Phone  (Area  Code). 


The  Moons  of  Mars  So  tiny  they  might  properly  be 
called  moonlets.  the  two  Lilliputian  moons  of  !\Iars 
have  been  pretty  much  ignored  while  astronomers  con- 
centrated on  bigger  game.  They  have  been  literary 
curiosities  of  a  sort,  because  their  existence  was  pre- 
dicted by  both  Jonathan  Swift  and  Francois  Voltaire  a 
century  before  their  discovery  by  Asaph  Hall  in  1877. 
More  recently  they  enjoyed  a  brief  notoriety  when  the 
Russian  astronomer  I.  S.  Shklovski  proposed  that  they 
might  be  spherical  artificial  habitats  launched  into 
Martian  orbit  when  that  planet  was  no  longer  able  to 
support  life. 

The  truth  appears  to  be,  as  many  suspected  right 
along,  that  the  t^vo  moons.  Phobos  (Dread)  and 
Deimos  (Terror),  are  probably  small,  irregular 
chunks  of  asteroids,  captured  when  they  swung  too 
close  to  Mars.  Even  from  the  surface  of  Mars.  Deimos 
would  be  no  brighter  than  Venus  seen  from  the  earth. 
Phobos  would  be  more  interesting:  it  would  appear  to 
have  about  a  third  of  the  apparent  diameter  of  our 
moon  as  seen  from  earth.  Phobos  is  so  close,  just  3,- 
700  miles  above  the  Martian  surface,  that  it  could  not 
be  seen  from  high  latitudes.  It  revolves  around  its  par- 
ent in  just  7  hours  and  39  minutes,  less  than  a  third  of 
the  Martian  day.  This  means  that  Phobos  would  ap- 
pear to  rise  in  the  west  and  set  in  the  east,  going 
through  more  than  half  its  phases  in  its  41'o-hour  pas- 
sage through  the  sky. 

As  Mariner  7  approached  Mars  last  summer,  pic- 
tures taken  at  a  distance  of  81.000  miles  show  Phobos 
in  silhouette  against  a  relatively  bright  portion  of  the 
planet  just  west  of  the  prominent  dark  area  Syrtis  Ma- 
jor. The  image  is  fuzzy  and  featureless,  but  does  re- 
veal two  important  characteristics:  the  moonlet  is  elon- 
gated along  its  orbital  plane,  and  it  is  darker  than 
any  other  known  body  in  the  solar  system. 

Phobos  is  fourteen  miles  across  the  orbital  plane 
and  eleven  miles  up  and  down,  slightly  larger  than 
previously  thought.  Bradford  A.  Smith  of  New  Mexico 
State  University,  reporting  his  findings  in  Science, 
suggests  the  asymmetrical  shape  means  that  Phobos 
did  not  form  by  accretion  as  it  orbited  within  tlie 
planetesimal  cloud  around  primordial  Mars,  but  was 
captured  in  its  present  form  at  some  later  time. 

The  moonlet's  surface  is  so  dark,  he  suggests,  be- 
cause meteoric  bombardment  may  knock  off  any  dust 
that  would  accumulate.  Incoming  meteors  travel  fast 
under  the  pull  of  Martian  gravitation,  while  the  grav- 
itation of  Phobos  is  so  weak  and  its  escape  velocity  so 
small  that  any  loose  particles  are  knocked  free  (a  man 
standing  on  Phobos  would  weigh  only  an  ounce  or 
two;  he  could  easily  jump  several  miles) . 

No  images  of  Deimos  have  been  identified  from  the 
Mariner  pictures.  It  is  even  smaller,  only  five  or  six 
miles  across,  and  also  presumably  a  captured  asteroid. 

Mapping  Mercury     Continent-sized    "rough    spots"    on 
the  planet  Mercury  are  being  mapped  with  radar  by 


astronomers  at  the  Goldstone  Tracking  Station  in  Cali- 
fornia. The  topographic  features,  similar  to  those  de- 
tected earlier  on  Venus,  could  be  mountains,  boulder 
fields,  craters,  or  any  rough  surface. 

Mercury  is  difficult  to  study  optically  because  it  is 
never  very  far  from  the  sun  in  the  sky.  It  also  presents 
a  difficult  radar  target  because  of  its  distance  from  tlie 
earth  and  its  small  size.  But  three  times  a  year,  when 
Mercury  comes  closest  to  the  earth,  a  Goldstone  team 
headed  by  Richard  M.  Goldstein  aims  a  450-kilowatt 
beam  at  the  innermost  planet.  It  takes  each  pulse  ten 
minutes  to  travel  to  Mercury  and  return  to  earth. 

More  difficult  are  analyses  of  the  returns.  The  first 
observations  were  made  in  the  spring  of  1969,  but  tlie 
first  results  were  not  ready  to  publish  until  a  year 
later.  Essentially  ^shat  is  measured  is  the  reflectivity  of 
that  portion  of  the  planet's  surface  passing  through 
the  beam  at  a  given  moment.  The  resulting  maps  are 
of  dark  or  rough  regions  in  a  bright  or  smooth  back- 
ground. Goldstein  said  the  contrast  between  bright 
and  dark  areas  is  less  pronounced  on  Mercury  than  it 
is  on  Venus. 

Gamma  Rays  from  the  Crab  The  Crab  Nebula  in  Tau- 
rus, the  throbbing  remains  of  a  star  that  was  seen 
to  explode  in  1054,  has  been  a  rewarding  subject  for 
every  new  technique  developed  by  astronomers.  Using 
the  first  crude  telescopes.  Renaissance  astronomers 
found  the  fuzzy  cloud  east  of  Aldebaran.  Three  hun- 
dred years  later  radio  astronomers  found  one  of  the 
sky's  strongest  sources  of  radio  emissions,  and  still 
later  a  pulsar,  at  that  position.  Astronomers  using 
rockets  have  found  an  X-ray  source  there.  Now, 
French  astronomers  using  balloons  have  detected  a 
source  of  gamma  rays  in  the  Crab. 

Gamma  rays  are  the  most  energetic  of  the  entire 
electromagnetic  spectrum.  The  French  scientists  re- 
ported that  those  they  discovered  coming  from  the 
Crab  appear  to  be  pulsed  30  times  a  second,  as  are  the 
optical,  radio,  and  X-ray  emissions.  The  nebula  and 
the  neutron  star  apparently  pulsing  in  its  center  are 
thus  the  complete  object  for  any  astronomer,  whatever 
his  predilections. 

John  P.  \^'iley.  Jr. 

Partial  Lunar  Eclipse  August  16  There  will  be  a  partial 

eclipse  of  the  moon  on  the  evening  of  August  16—17, 
visible  at  least  in  part  throughout  North  America  ex- 
cept in  the  extreme  northwest.  During  such  an  event, 
part  of  the  moon  passes  through  the  earth's  shadow. 
The  part  of  the  moon  in  the  shadow  will  appear  dark, 
though  with  a  faint  copper-red  light,  for  any  observer 
on  the  nighttime  side  of  the  earth  at  the  time. 

The  moon  first  enters  the  shadow  of  the  earth  at 
10:17  P.M.,  Eastern  Daylight  Time.  Maximum  eclipse 
occurs  at  11:23  p.m.,  when  about  41  percent  of  the 
moon's  diameter  will  be  in  shadow.  The  moon  leaves 
the  earth's  shadow  at  12:30  a.m.  Times  will  be  one 
hour  earlier  in  Central  Daylight  Time,  two  hours  ear- 
lier in  Mountain  Daylight  Time,  and  three  hours  ear- 
lier in  Pacific  Daylight  Time.  Where  standard  time  is 
observed,  one  hour  should  be  subtracted  from  the  day- 
light time. 

Thom.\s  D.  Nicholson 


lo8 


%.'--- -.I'^ar, 


■*sA  <y 


'^-'-^^t-^pWCOR**^^ 


celestial  Events 


The  moon  is  full  on  August  16,  at  last-quarter  on  the  23rd, 
and  new  on  the  31st.  In  September,  first-quarter  is  on  the  8th, 
full  moon  (the  harvest  moon)  on  the  15th,  last-quarter  on  the 
22nd,  and  new  moon  on  the  30th.  There  is  a  first-quarter  moon 
on  October  7  and  a  full  moon  (the  hunter's  moon)  on  the  14th. 

Venus  and  Jupiter  are  evening  stars,  low  in  the  west  at  dusk. 
Venus  is  the  brighter  and  lower  of  the  two,  moving  closer  to  Jupi- 
ter in  August  and  early  September.  The  two  planets  are  nearest 
on  September  14.  In  the  morning  sky,  Saturn  rises  before  mid- 
night and  appears  high  in  the  south  at  dawn;  Mercury  may  be 
seen  low  in  the  east  at  dawn  for  several  days  before  and  after 
September  28. 

August  16:  Mercury  is  at  greatest  elongation  in  the  evening 
sky,  but  too  low  to  be  seen  easily. 

August  23:  Saturn  Is  below  the  moon  this  morning. 

August  31:  The  star  near  Venus  is  Spica,  in  Virgo. 

September  1:  Venus  is  at  greatest  evening  elongation,  but  is 
not  favorably  placed  for  viewing. 


September  4-5:  The  crescent  moon  passes  near  Venus  and 
Jupiter. 

September  23:  Autumn  begins  when  the  sun  arrives  over  the 
Equator  at  the  autumnal  equinox  at  5:59  a.m.,  EST. 

September  28:  Mercury  is  at  greatest  elongation  in  the  morn- 
ing sky.  The  planet  is  well  up  by  sunrise. 

October  3:  The  crescent  moon  passes  near  Venus  and  Jupiter 
this  evening.  Venus  is  brighter,  lower,  and  nearer  the  moon  than 
Jupiter. 

October  6:  Venus  reaches  greatest  brilliancy  in  the  evening 
sky,  shining  at  magnitude  —4.3. 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

*  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  Is  at  the  bottom; 
then  match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with  those  in  the  sky 
near  the  horizon.  The  map  is  for  12:25  a.m.  on  August  15;  11:20  p.m.  on 
September  1;  10:25  p.m.  on  September  15;  9:20  p.m.  on  October  1;  and 
8:25  P.M.  on  October  15;  but  it  may  be  used  for  about  an  hour  before  and 
after  those  times. 


A  new 
edition  of 
BoUingen 
Series  I 


WHERE 

THE  TWO 
CAME  TO 

THEIR 
FATHER 

A  Navaho  War 
Ceremonial 

Given  by  Jeff  King,  recorded 
by  Maud  Oakes,  with  a  com- 
mentary by  Joseph  Campbell. 
The  first  number  published  in 
Bollingen  Series  in  1944  and 
long  out  of  print  is  available 
again  in  a  new  clothbound  port- 
folio format  containing  all  the 
original  text  with  separate  17" 
X  12"  silkscreen  prints  of  18 
Navaho  pollen-paintings.  "Elo- 
quent and  colorful  and  brim- 
ming with  the  Navaho  concep- 
tion of  man  and  his  world." — 
Hal  Borland,  The  New  York. 
Times  Book  Review.      S17.50 

Available  from  your  bookstore 

Sponsored  by 

Bollingen  Foundation 

Published  by 

PRINCETON 

UNIVERSITY 

PRESS 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 


Death  by  the  Plow  Continued  from  page  35 

developed  soon  after  glacial  recession  contained  some 
prairie  plants  that  extended  their  ranges  eastward  on 
the  land  left  bare  by  the  melting  ice.  Even  if  prairie 
plants  were  absent  from  this  vegetation,  it  is  possible 
that  the  vegetation  was  close  enough  in  appearance 
and  structure  to  that  of  prairie  plants  for  some  prair- 
ie animals  to  have  found  it  to  their  liking  and  to 
have  used  it  as  a  corridor  to  move  eastward.  The  sec- 
ond possibility  is  that  expansion  of  prairie  occurred 
slightly  later,  at  the  time  when  conditions  were  be- 
coming less  and  less  favorable  for  spruce-fir  forests; 
prairies,  or  some  sort  of  herbaceous  vegetation  with 
prairie  species,  may  have  entered  as  a  kind  of  wedge 
between  the  retreating  conifers  and  the  deciduous 
species  migrating  northward  from  their  glacial  ref- 
uges. Pollen  diagrams  show  that  beech  did  not  reach 
northern  Indiana  until  well  after  it  was  established  in 
central  and  southwestern  Michigan.  Something  made 
its  migration  northward  through  Indiana  slower  than 
its  movement  westward  from  the  Alleghenies.  If  that 
something  was  the  Prairie  Peninsula,  it  is  older  than 
the  xerothermic  period.  There  is  also  evidence  of  the 
early  presence  of  grassland  animals  in  the  east.  In 
Pennsylvania,  fossil  deposits  of  a  prairie  mammal,  the 
thirteen-lined  ground  squirrel,  and  a  prairie  bird,  the 
sharp-tailed  grouse,  have  been  dated  back  11,000 
years,  according  to  radiocarbon  tests. 

Another  unresolved  problem  is  the  role  of  fire  in 
the  formation  and  spread  of  prairie.  Fires  were  in- 
volved in  the  maintenance  of  prairies  in  the  east  at  the 
time  of  settlement.  Either  naturally  set  by  lightning  or 
deliberately  or  accidentally  set  by  early  man.  fires 
may  also  have  been  involved  in  the  prairies'  estab- 
lishment. The  old  saw  that  you  can't  have  a  prairie 
fire  without  a  prairie  is  true  enough,  but  it  is  also  true 
that  the  fire  could  open  up  a  forest — either  the  de- 
teriorating conifer  forests  of  the  early  postglacial  pe- 
riod or  the  beech  and  maple  forests  of  a  few  thousand 
years  later — and  allow  the  entrance  of  prairie  species 
that  could  perpetuate  themselves. 

We  cannot  now  be  sure  whether  burning  was  still 
spreading  grassland  at  the  expense  of  forest  in  the 
early  1800's  or  whether,  under  the  climate  of  that 
time,  the  hazels  and  oaks  were  edging  in,  narrowing 
the  prairies  year  by  year  and  century  bv  century.  As 
likel}'  as  not,  the  latter  was  true,  and  the  prairies  of 
the  east  were  on  their  way  to  a  slow  extinction.  In  any 
case  they  are  gone  now.  In  a  prairie  graveyard  on 
Prairie  Ronde  there  is  a  tombstone  that  reads: 

D-Sept  10,  1872  aged  76  yrs  6  mo  8  da  He 
plowed  the  1st  furrow  &  raised  the  1st  wheat  on 
this  Prairie  or  in  this  county.  Do  not  say  that  I 
have  said,  or  done,  to  much  or  to  little,  for  the 
absent  can  not  reply. 

The  absent  cannot  reply,  but  neither  must  they 
deny  the  living  the  right  to  recognize  and  profit  from 
the  mistakes  of  the  past.  The  time  is  gone,  if  it  ever 
existed,  when  "he  plowed  the  first  furrow"  was  an  un- 
qualified commendation.  The  pioneer  philosophy  that 
inspired  the  epitaph  must  be  modified  if  the  natural 
landscapes  that  still  remain  are  not  to  go  the  way  of 
the  eastern  prairies.  ■ 


We  may  tell  you  more 

about  yourself 
than  you  care  to  knoAv. 


PSYCHOLOGY  TODAY  IS  about  your  hopes.  Your  fears.  Your 
potentialities.  And  what  science  has  learned  about  them. 

Every  month,  you'll  read  in  its  pages  what  the  world's 
foremost  authorities  have  to  say  about  the  human  condi- 
tion. Men  like  B.  F.  Skinner.  Rollo  May.  Ashley  Mon- 
tagu. David  Riesman.  Bruno  Bettelheim.  These  behav- 
ioral scientists  explain  their  latest  discoveries  in  clear, 
straightforward  language,  without  oversimplifications  or 
pseudo-profundities. 

Some  of  their  findings  are  reassuring.  Some  are  alarm- 
ing. Some  just  plain  fascinating.  All  of  them  are  a  giant 
step  ahead  of  the  kind  of  psychology  you  may  have  picked 
up  in  school.  Or  from  your  friends  who  are  in  analysis. 

Where  psychological  writing  all  too  often  tends  to  nar- 
row the  possibilities— reducing  almost  every  impulse  to 


oedipal  complexes,  guilt  feelings  or  sexual  hang-ups  — 
PSYCHOLOGY  TODAY  has  just  the  opposite  attitude.  It  sees 
the  behavioral  sciences  as  enlarging  our  possibilities . . . 
as  endlessly  multiplying  the  choices  open  to  us.  Instead 
of  seeing  men  and  women  in  black  and  white,  psychol- 
ogy TODAY  finds  human  behavior  encouragingly  colorful. 

In  its  graphics,  psychology  today  is  a  splendid  gal- 
lery of  all  the  things  we've  lately  learned  about  the  mys- 
teries of  perception.  Each  issue  is  a  visual  adventure . . . 
an  uninhibited  collaboration  between  science  and  art. 
Many  issues  include  revealing  tests,  visual  experiments 
and  fold-out  games. 

Doesn't  this  sound  like  a  magazine  you  ought  to  see?  If 
you  agree,  we'll  be  glad  to  send  you  a  complimentary  copy. 
Just  mail  the  coupon  and  you'll  receive  the  latest  issue. 


Among  the  current  and  coming  articles  in 
PSYCHOLOGY  TODAY: 


The  Grim  Generation 
Does  ESP  Exist? 
Learning  Under  Drugs 
Is  Suicide  a  Human  Right? 
Are  Leaders  Made  or  Bom? 
Impulse,  Aggression  &  the  Gun 
Homosexuality  Reconsidered 
The  Sickness  of  Corporations 
Hiding  from  Big  Brother 
Adult  Play  Therapy 
Love  and  Will 
The  Mentally  Retarded  Child 


Is  Man  a  Machine? 
The  Nudity  Explosion 
Who  Will  Help  in  a  Crisis? 
Dangers  of  Group  Therapy 
Are  I.Q.  Tests  Intelligent? 
Memory's  Molecular  Maze 
Can  We  Immunize  the  Weak? 
Nudity  in  Group  Therapy 
A  Conversation  with  Masters 

&  Johnson 
The  White  Race  and  Its  Heroes 
Breast  Feeding 


Receive  the  current  issue  as  a  gift  and  begin  a  better 
understanding  of  your  children,  your  spouse,  your  boss, 
your  mother-in-law 
.  ..yourself. 


psychology  today 


PSYCHOLOGY  TODAY  6  222 

P.O.  Box  2990,  Boulder,  Colorado  80302 

Please  send  me  my  complimentary  current  issue  of  psychology  today.  I 
may  keep  my  sample  copy  and  owe  nothing.  However,  unless  I  cancel,  you 
may  enroll  me  as  a  trial  subscriber  and  send  me  the  next  1 1  issues.  Bill  me 
after  my  subscription  has  started  for  just  $6.00,  my  special  Introductory 
rate-instead  of  the  regular  $  10  annual  price. 


Name_ 


Address. 


City. 


(Please  Print) 


.State. 


.Zip. 


.1 

III 


QUESTAR'S  SEVEN-INCH  IS  VERY  BIG  WITH  R  &  D 

—  yet  its  scant  20-pound  weight  is  so 

easily  portable  in  this  27"  aluminum  case  that 

you  can  take  it  with  you 

Questar's  commitment  to  quality,  which 
has  built  Its  world-wide  reputation,  now 
gives  you  the  Seven-inch,  an  instrument 
with  the  finest  possible  resolution  for 
every  optical  need.  Those  who  use  it  for 
laser  sending  or  receiving,  for  rocket- 
borne  instrumentation,  for  closed-circuit 
television,  or  just  for  taking  pictures  of 
nature,  marvel  at  the  performance  which 
easily  doubles  that  of  its  3y2-inch  parent. 
Its  Cer-Vit  mirror  has  essentially  no  ther- 
mal expansion,  thereby  increasing  the 
instrument's  usefulness  for  all  the  special 
optical  problems  encountered  in  scientific 
research  and  engineering.  And  it's  on  the 
shelf,  of  course,  ready  for  delivery. 

Here,  at  last,  is  the  perfect  telescope 
for  manned  spacecraft. 

OUESTAR.  THE  WORLD'S  FINEST.  MOST  VERSATILE  SMALL  TELESCOPE.  PRICED  FROM  $795.  IS 
DESCRIBED  IN  OUR  NEWEST  BOOKLET  WHICH  CONTAINS  MORE  THAN  100  PHOTOGRAPHS  BY 
OUESTAR  OWNERS.  SEND  $1  FOR  MAILING  ANYWHERE  IN  NORTH  AMERICA.  BY  AIR  TO 
REST  OF  WESTERN  HEMISPHERE.  $2.50;  EUROPE  AND  NORTH  AFRICA.  $3.00;  ELSEWHERE,  $3.50. 


TAR 


BOX     60,  NEW  HOPE,  PENN.   18938 


The  Spectacular  Weather  and 


sliding  back  down.  And  now  proph- 
ets of  disaster  are  talking  about  a 
new  Ice  Age  by  the  year  2000. 

Might  man  be  inadvertently  re- 
sponsible for  this  reversal?  Reid 
Bryson  is  one  of  the  scientists  who 
does  not  discount  the  possibility.  He 
suspects  that  the  decrease  in  tem- 
perature may  be  caused  by  a  layer 
of  dust  gradually  building  up  in 
the  stratosphere — dust  that  is 
reflecting  more  and  more  of  the  so- 
lar energy  that  would  otherwise 
reach  the  earth  and  warm  it.  In 
short,  this  cooling  effect  would 
i\ork  counter  to  the  greenhouse 
effect.  Bryson  admits  that  he  is 
raising  a  highly  provocative  hypo- 
thesis based  on  scanty  evidence. 
But  his  measurements  show  that  at- 
mospheric turbidity — dustiness — is 
definitely  increasing  all  over  the 
world,  and  he  can  cite  climatolog- 
ical  records  to  show  that  after  pe- 
riods of  violent  volcanic  activity, 
■when  eruptions  throw  great  quan- 
tities of  dust  high  into  the  atmo- 
sphere, average  worldwide  tempera- 
tures drop  until  the  dust  has  time 
to  settle.  "The  point  is,"  says  Bry- 
son, "that  man  is  now  the  equiva- 
lent of  many  continuous  volcanic 
eruptions." 

He  suspects  that  most  of  the  dust 
layer  comes  from  agricultural 
rather  than  industrial  sources,  but 
adds  that  it  could  include  all  sorts 
of  "junk'  from  varied  sources.  The 
problem  is  primarily  one  of  over- 
population with  a  general  increase 
in  all  sorts  of  human  activity. 
Much  of  the  dust  probably  comes 
from  agriculture  in  semiarid  areas 
of  China.  India,  and  Africa.  Sam- 
ples of  atmospheric  dust  taken  both 
in  India  and  on  the  island  of  Bar- 
bados, where  the  dust  has  crossed 
the  Atlantic  from  Africa,  carry 
strong  traces  of  DDT  and  contain 
phytoliths,  tiny  deposits  of  silica 
that  form  in  the  leaves  of  plants. 
Bryson  regards  this  as  pretty  good 
evidence  that  the  dust  is  largely  ag- 
ricultural in  origin. 

He  admits  that  the  rest  of  his 
theory — the  effect  of  dust  on  global 
temperature — is  highly  speculative, 
and  hopes  that  it  will  receive  morei 
examination  by  researchers  than  itl, 
has   so   far.   He   is   concerned   withli. 


112 


iky  Show 


Continued  from  page  97 


the  same  point  that  troubles  Rob- 
erts, Schaefer.  and  most  of  the 
other  scientists  who  are  afraid  that 
man  is  unsuspectingly  modifying 
weather  and  climate.  They  feel  that 
we  don't  know  what  we  are  doing 
to  the  atmosphere,  and  that  we're 
not  trying  hard  enough  to  find  out. 

Dr.  Thomas  F.  Malone.  a  highly 
respected  spokesman  for  the  atmo- 
spheric sciences  community,  stated 
this  viewpoint  vigorously  during 
recent  congressional  hearings.  Ask- 
ing Congress  to  support  more  com- 
prehensive studies  of  technology's 
effects  on  the  environment,  he  cited 
the  greenhouse  theory:  "The  im- 
portant consequence  is  that  if  this 
goes  on  for  1.000  years,  the  sea 
level  will  rise  about  400  feet,  or 
about  four  feet  per  decade.  This 
can  happen.  We  are  not  sure.  Spe- 
cial committees  of  the  National 
Academy  of  Sciences,  the  National 
Science  Foundation,  and  Congress 
have  pointed  out  this  hazard,  as 
they  have  pointed  out  an  alternative 
hazard,  that  an  increase  in  particu- 
late matter  may  have  the  effect  of 
cooling  off  the  atmosphere,  and  we 
would  then  be  in  danger  of  entering 
a  glacial  age." 

Dr.  Malone  went  on  to  explain 
that  we  have  sufficient  scientific 
knowledge  as  well  as  the  technical 
resources  to  evaluate  these  threats, 
if  we  will  take  them  seriously 
enough.  "We  understand  enough 
about  the  physical  processes  to  cast 
them  in  mathematical  forms.  We 
have  the  computers  to  solve  the 
mathematical  equations.  We  have 
the  satellites  and  the  observational 
equipment  to  bring  the  worldwide 
carbon  dioxide  content  and  weather 
patterns  under  surveillance.  And 
these  three  things  give  us  the  capa- 
bility to  simulate  what  will  happen 
if  the  carbon  dioxide  increases  by 
so  much,  or  if  the  particulate  mat- 
ter increases  by  so  much.  These 
two  forces  may  work  in  opposite 
directions,  but  we  do  not  need  to 
wait  fifty  or  one  hundred  years  to 
find  out  what  is  likely  to  happen. 
.  .  .  For  three  million  years  we 
have  been  trying  to  protect  man 
against  environment.  It  is  now  time 
we  began  protecting  environment 
against  man." 


^^Its  purpose  is  to  be. 
Man^s  role  should  be 
•••let  It  be/' 

A  young  ecologist  shares  the  impact  of  a  long  and 
arduous  walkthrough  the  Arctic  wilderness:  an  expedi- 
tion into  the  threatened,  vanishing  glories  of  Alaska's 
Brooks  Range  —  crossing  the  Arctic  Divide  and  the 
unexplored  tundra  to  the  Arctic  Ocean.  "The  feelings 
evoked  in  the  reader  by  what  may  be  final  glimpses 
of  the  unspoiled  Alaskan  mountain  wilderness,"  writes 
the  advance  reviewer  in  Publishers'  Weekly,  "inevi- 
tably echo  the  author's  implicit  and  explicit  plea  to 
keep  this  region  as  it  is  ...  a  living  solitude  beautifully 
worth  the  rugged  journey." 

Justice  William  0.  Douglas  writes:  "This  journal  puts 
us  all  on  notice  of  the  unique  wilderness  about  to  be 
mutilated  by  an  oil  pipeline  ...  Oil  has  values;  but  so 
do  caribou  and  lichen  floor  litter,  grizzlies,  wolves,  Dal! 
sheep,  and  the  host  of  animals  in  the  food  chain  . . . 
Will  the  people  accept  supinelythe  mutilation  of  this, 
our  last  pristine  arctic  wilderness?" 

With  38  photographs  and  drawings;  just  published. 


NAMELESS  VALLEYS, 
SHINING  MOUNTAINS 

John  P.  Milton 

\\A//    ^^  you''  local  bookseller  or 

|«|  Walker 

x^TvJ^         AND  COMPANY 

'"     720  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10019 

Please  send  me copies  of  Name/ess  Valleys.  Shin- 
ing Mountains.  I  enclose  my  check  or  money  order  for 
$7.50  per  copy  and  understand  you  will  pay  shipping 
costs.  If  I  wish.  I  may  return  the  book(s)  within  two 
weeks  for  a  full  refund. 


ADDRESS. 
CITY 


Books  in  Review 


An  islanil  Consciousness 


DyBarDaraBiauCiiamberiain 


Cape  Cod  and  the  Offshore  Is- 
lands, by  Walter  Teller.  Prentice- 
Hall,  Inc.,  SS.95;  256  pp.,  illus.  Mar- 
tha's Vineyard,  photographs  by 
Alfred  Eisenstaedt:  text  by  Henry 
Beetle  Hough.  The  Viking  Press, 
S8.95;  96  pp. 

In  how  many  hearts  is  there  a  corner 
set  aside  for  islands?  Where  else 
in  our  potential  for  experience — ex- 
cept perhaps  the  lifeless  lunar  sur- 
face— ride  any  hopes  of  escape  from 
a  world  we  should  not  have  made,  but 
did? 

The  books  written  about  the  much- 
loved  sandy  islands  off  Massachusetts 
would  fill  a  long  shelf,  and  two  more 
might  easily  prove  repetitive.  But 
these  are  sufficiently  different  from 
what  has  gone  before  not  only  to 
stand  on  their  own  but  also  to  fill 
gaps  in  the  Cape-Island  literature 
available  until  now. 

Hough's  Martha's  Vineyard  .  con- 
cerns itself  wholly  with  Martha's 
Vineyard,  of  course.  Teller's  Cape 
Cod  and  the  Offshore  Islands  covers 
the  entire  group,  down  to  the  tiny 
Elizabeth  Islands,  heretofore  rather 
neglected  in  regional  accounts.  Each 
is  an  island  book. 

As  an  island.  Cape  Cod  is  a 
latecomer.  Born  a  peninsula,  it  be- 
came an  island  with  the  building  of 
the  Cape  Cod  Canal.  Although  ties  to 
the  mainland  are  close  and  you  can 
get  there  on  macadam,  you  may  still 
walk  a  Cape  Cod  beach  and  be  twenty 
miles  at  sea.  Martha's  Vineyard, 
smaller  and  completely  adrift  off  Cape 
Cod.  is  a  full-fledged  island  of  suffi- 
cient size  and  variety  to  know  both 
rolling  pastures  and  rolling  seas. 
Nantucket,  smaller  yet.  the  far-away- 
land,  is  influenced. solely  by  the  sea. 
The  tiny  Elizabeths,  strung  out  from 
southwestern  Cape  Cod,  are  for  the 
most  part  blessedly  unpopulated  and  a 
haven  for  birds. 

Neither  book  is,  in  any  sense,  a  re- 
hash of  the  old  tourist  guide — cutely 
written,  riddled  with  "quaints."  duly 
illustrated   with   old   mills   and  mani- 

114 


Menemsha  in  the  hurricane  of  1938. 

From  Martha's  Vineyard 


KEEP  PACE  WITH  SPACE  AGE!  SEE  MOON  SHOTS- LANDINGS,  SPACE  FLIGHTS,  CLOSE-UP! 


r^T.ry^LTc^^fHM.THJTTTn: 


for  FUN,  STUDY  or  PROFIT 


AMERICAN  MADE  7x50   EiNCCULARS 


SCIENTIFIC  AMERI- 
CAN'S -Ut  International 
Comnetition".  Includes 


taries.  Has  20  unusual  de- 
signs on  perforated  pages 
for  easy  tear-out.  Yo 


of    them 

fly:  Amuiing.   entertaining.    128   pages.   9"  x    ll'j". 
Stock   No.  9391  E S2.95  Ppd. 


It  bother  of  constant 
winding  &.  pulling.  5" 
flying-saucer  shaped, 
on  its  edge,  upside- 
on  your  head,  hanging 


an  experience — speeds  up  to  a  blur  .  .  . 
min.  without  power.  Terriffic  accessories  incl. 
pedestal.    9"    diam.    orbit   ring,    ring    pedestal. 


Stock  No.  I54-)E 
AMERICAN-MADE 
Stock  No.  963E 


WITH   A   MAGNET 

Go   treasure   hunting    on   t 
bottom  1    Fascinating    fun 


'  t  cost  5o0    Ljft 


Stock  No.  7I.I6IE 


1  2  -C'  baft,   (not  i 


TERRIFIC    BUY!    TOP  QUALITY! 

PRICE   BREAKTHROUGH    IN   LARGE  SIZE 
OPAQUE 

PROJECTOR 

"Best  Opaque 
of  its  Kind 
Onder  S200 

Projects    brilliant.       v 

sharp  4' 2   foot  square 

image     from     8     feet 

away      using      up     to 

5'xo"    color,    b    i    w 

illustrations.     Retains 

all    original    colors    and    proportions.     Enlarges    drawings, 

blueprints,     watercolors.     pictures,     stamps,     coins,     other 

objects.     Revoutionary     lighting     system     gives     maximum 

brightness,    retains    entire    field     in    focus.     Features    high 

speed.     200mm     anastigmatic     projection     lens     {f3.5.     8" 

F.L.):    powerful    peanut-size    quartz   halogen    lamp    (50   hr. 

life):   unique   internal   reflecting   system.    Can   be   used   up- 

side    down — copy    held    flat    by    magnetic    platens.    Turbo- 

*■     " 'ed.  Tough  plastic  case,  o's  ft.  cord. 


LONG-WAV^  BLACK  LIGHT  FIXTURE 


in     filter- 
ful    shorter 
ultraviolet      rays, 
identify      mineral 
:    bacteria — check    f 

flaws,  oil  and  gas  leakage 
perfect  for  displays  wi 
alk.  crayons,  trace  powder,  inc 


reflector.    Mount 


atoms  explode  with  the  spin- 
thariscope—  check  ionization 
and  radioactivity  of  every 
day  materials  .  .  .  these  are 
just  a  few  of  the  fascinating 
projects  possible  with  this 
amazing  43  part  kit.  Con- 
tains   everything    needed    to 


Stock  No.  60.568E     g 

GIANT    16-    DIAMETER 

Stock  No.  60.632E    $7.00  Pp 


kits 

1  low-cost  pack- 
youngest  child 


Stock    No 

ANALOG   COMPUTER    KIT 

Stock    No.    70.341  E $ | 


!^ 


ntific 


epts 


ct     yo 


atomic   energy   I, 

cloud    chamber,    projector 

thariscope,  22  p-   instruct 


eludes  atorr 


Absolutely  saf 
illuminator,    electroscope,    s 
n  booklet  with  suggested  ex[ 
ulate  students  scientific   interest. 


building  actual 
nhole  camera,  electric 
double-Rlattorm  ba!- 
transparent  flashlight, 
jlic  pump,  push-button 
.  Perfect  for  series  of 
ividuaMy    for    total    of 


WOODEN   SOLID    PUIIIES 


cience    lectures.    Kits    availal 
S9  95  Ppd.        S12.49.    Most  51.98  each. 
■        Stock    No.    7I.298E    $10.50  Ppd 


&.    tool    de- 
signs, negative  molds,  model 
making,    etc.    Easily    shaped 
by  hand,  tools.  Can  be  rolled 
flat,     built    up     into    fig 
Permanently      pliable      until 
baked   at   300°    F.    for    li 
minutes  in  oven — no  kiln 
plaster    molds    needed, 
quires      no      curing.      Won't 

shrink.     Acquires     permanent,     non   brittle     hardn 
shaped   L   baked.   Can  then   be  cut    sawed     drilled    sanded, 
painted,    embossed.    Smooth,    non-sticky     harmless 

Stock  No.  60.794E       2  lb  S   3  60  Ppd 

Stock  No.  7I.205E  8  lb $10.50  Ppd 


%^     ^  K^ 


stock   No    70  205E 


M^ 


ere  s  a  fascinating  assort- 
ment of  12  different  puzzles 
f>  provide  hours  of  pleasure 
and  stimulate  ability  to 
think  and  reason.  Animals 
and  geometric  forms.  Take 
them  apart  and  reassemble 
them  Lots  of  fun  for  the 
»hole  family.  Will  test  skil 


patii 


oble 


and  ability  to  solve 
.  S5.00  Ppd. 


TREASURE  HUNT  ON  LAND  &  SEA 

Find     buried     gold,     silver, 
coins.      treasure.       Powerful 


probes  deep  i 
to  2''2  feet  in 
feet  safety.  Se 
to  locate  sing 
nugget.    Best    fully 


tori 


NEW     LOW-COST   GEM   TUMBLER 

Become  a  roc 
nating    hobby 


nd:  Fasci 
.  loads  0 
asy.  Maki 
Iry  of  all  kinds — decora 
book-ends,    table 


ily 


ply      tumble-fin 
lailable 


nston 


Stock  No    70  868 E 


to    hig 

lustre  .  .  brings  out  beau 
liful  colors.  Rugged  3-lb.  ca 
pacity  tumbler  w/continuou 


.S10.7: 

.  S  9.00  Ppd 


tation.  salt  water,  snov 
neter  and  headset  to 
ightweight    O'-    lbs.),   trouble-fri 


dined  axis— includes  long 
&    lat.    markings.    Corre- 
late   location    on    earth    globe 
globe 


'.MIlJ.IIIJ.I'lJ.HJM.UlJ-lJJJ.VI.U.lcM 

h^In  4,000  UNUSUAL  BARGAINS  { 


the  world's  best  illustrated 
easily  understood  book  of  its 
kind.  Graphic  illustrations 
and  easy-to-read  languages. 
Instructs  how  to  build,  buy 
&.    use    your    telescope.     Use 

photography — taki 
estial     pictures     and 

ice      shots      of      birds, 
lis.     etc.      For     begin 


Sturdy 
plastic.    8"    wide.    9'    a* 
2"  high  with  4"  propeller.  Operates 
(not   incl.).   48"  control   line,   battery  i 
Stock   No.  70.307E 


Completely  new  catalog.  148  pages 
packed  with  nearly  4.000  unusual 
bargains.  Exciting  new  categories. 
Many  new  items.  lOO's  of  charts, 
illustrations.  Many  hard-to-get  war 
-iirplus  bargains.  Enormous  selec- 
tion of  telescopes,  microscopes,  bi- 
noculars, magnets,  etc.  for  hobbyists, 
experimenters,  workshops.  Shop  by 
mail.  Write  for  Catalog  "E"  to  Ed- 
mund Scientific  Co..  300  Edscorp 
ngton.    New  Jersey  08007. 


phases  of  Venus,  planets 
close  up.  60  to  180  power 
Alumtnized  and  overcoated 
3"  diameter  f/IO  primary 
mirror.  ventilated  cell 
Equatorial   mount  with   lo 


both 
60X    eyepii 


Equipped  with 


■STAR    CHART" 


Lots    of    fun.    Can    carry    ','2 
lb.  objects  with  string  teth- 


Stock    No.   85.050E 

Stock    No.    85.I05E    4' 

Stock    No.   80.O86E    ..- 


•HOW     TO      USE     YOUR     TELESCOPE 


S29  9o  Ppd 
S94  aO  FOB 
5239  oO  FOB 


Stock'No.   7I.I75E    53.00   Ppd. 

9    FT.    HOT-AIR    BALLOON    KIT  „    . 

Stock   No.   60.691  E ..S2.00   PpJ. 


ORDER  BY  STOCK  NUMBER  •  SEND  CHECK  OR  MONEY  ORDER  •  MONEY-BACK  GUARANTEE 

300  EDSCORP  BUILDING 

BARRINGTON,  NEW  JERSEY  08007 


guage    progran- 

E^-^._..  .  ..^ S  5.98  Ppd. 

Ppd. 


hen 


0.984E SI 3.95  Ppd. 


HOT-AIR  FLYING  SAUCER  KIT 


ii6 


cured  village  greens  and.  perhaps,  a 
bit  patronizing.  Neither  is  a  guide  at 
all.  Read  the  two  of  them,  linger  over 
the  lovely  and  apt  photographs,  and 
you  ■will  experience  the  Massachusetts 
islands  in  a  way  that  has  seemed 
unattainable  in  print  since  Thoreau. 
These  books  are  not  the  wine  list; 
they  are  a  sip  of  the  wine. 

The    authors    differ    enormously    in 
their  approaches,  so  if  you  can  read 


the  two  as  a  unit,  an  interesting  di- 
mension will  be  added.  Unfortunately 
neither  book  has  an  index,  which  is 
inexcusable  in  works  of  this  sort. 

Teller's  book  gives  the  impression 
that  the  author  remains  the  informed 
outsider,  the  knowledgeable  summer 
resident.  His  is  the  summer  home  on 
Martha's  Vineyard;  he  has  another 
home  and  other  interests  the  rest  of 
the  year.  This  leads  to  a  summertime 


Weathered  pier  of  fishing  village. 
From  Cape  Cod  and  the  Offshore  Islands 

point  of  view  rare  in  many  earlier 
books.  How  well  I  remember  my  own 
young  years  as  a  "summer  person"  on 
Cape  Cod.  Only  a  Cape  summer  was 
conceivable;  winter,  fall,  or  spring 
were  haunting  concepts — magical,  un- 
thinkable, unattainable.  Could  a 
work-a-day  year  exist?  Later  we  be- 
came year-rounders,  and  I  came  to 
know  Cape  seasons  well.  The  prosaic 
conquered.     The     winter     beach     re- 


117 


Will  our 

children  live  in  a 
world  without 
animals? 


•^ 


^v-- 


THE  WORLD'S 

VANISHING  ANIMALS 

By  Cyril   Littlewood,   Director.   Youth   Service, 
World  Wildlife  Fund.   Foreword  by  Thomas  L.  Kimball 
National   Wildlife   Federation  / 

It's  hard  to  believe  that  within  a  few  years  many 
of  man's  favorite  animals  may  vanish  forever. 
Since  1900,  over  one  hundred  species  of  wild 
animals  have  been  wiped  out  by  the  ruthless 
exploitation  of  nature.  Today  over  1.000  more 
are  on  the  danger  list — not  just  from  hunters. 
but  from  the  deadly  pollution  of  their  natural 
environments.  Cyril  Littlewood  leader  of  the 
urgent  campaign  to  save  the  wild  animals  that 
remain  before  time — and  space — run  out,  de- 
scribes here  the  physical  characteristics,  eco- 
logical environment  and  habits  of  75  mammal- 
ian species  that  are  rapidly  disappearing  from 
the  earth:  the  Polar  Bear,  Panda,  Cheetah. 
Otter,  Wild  Horse,  Gorilla,  Coala,  Orang-utan, 
Indian  lion,  many  others.  Each  animal  is  lo- 
cated on  a  fascinating  map  according  to  its 
origin  and  where  it  may  be  found  today.  64 
huge  SVn"  x  IIV4"  pages.  Every  animal  is  su- 
perbly illustrated  in  lull  color  by  E.  W.  Ovenden. 
For  every  copy  sold,  the  publisher  pays  a  roy- 
alty to  the  World  Wildlile  Fund  to  aid  in  pre- 
serving wildlile  throughout  the  world. 

RISK-FREE  EXAMINATION 

Send  coupon  below  with  $4.50  for  your  copy 
of  The  World's  Vanishing  Animals.  If  not  de- 
lighted when  book  comes,  return  it  within  30 
days  of  delivery  for  immediate 
refund  in  full.  Mail  today! 


At  your  bookseller  or: 


ARCO  PUBLISHING  CO 

219  Park  Ave.  South, 

New  York,  N.Y.  10003     NH-8-70 


I  enclose  $4.50 — part  of  which  is  to  be 
used  in  the  fight  to  preserve  wildlife  arouh' 
the  world    Send  at  once  my  copy  of  The 
World's   Vanishing   Animals.    If   not   delighted, 
may  return  book  within  30  days  of  delivery 
for  immediate  refund  in  full. 


^ 


City/State  Zip 


\tity 


.^ 


mained  a  thing  of  beauty,  but  no 
longer  was  it  a  tiling  of  magic. 

Whatever  1  lost.  Teller  still  has.  Of 
course,  he  is  far  removed  from  the 
naivete  of  a  teenage  girl.  But  his  de- 
scriptions of  the  off-season  Cape  and 
the  islands  are  receptive,  open,  enthu- 
siastic. At  one  point  a  lingering  patch 
of  snow  on  the  beach  compels  him  to 
snap  its  picture,  since  it  would  be 
hard  to  imagine  snow  on  the  sand  in 
summertime. 

Since  Teller  is  not  fiercely  protec- 
tive of,  or  emotionally  tied  to.  the  re- 
gion, he  remains  unhindered.  What 
he  sees,  he  reports.  He  acknowledges 
the  lobster  shack  with  its  '"Native  Lob- 
ster" sign,  but  does  not  ignore  the  dis- 
quieting "New  Homes"  sign  near 
it  and  very  near  the  marshes.  Ambling 
here  and  there,  we  move  with  Teller 
from  island  to  island,  talk  to  all  and 
sundry,  not  just  about  Cape-Island 
charms  but  about  problems,  too.  Fact 
and  history  blow  our  way,  lore  of  the 
sea  and  life  of  the  land.  Apparently  a 
lot  of  research  has  gone  into  this 
book. 

Unfortunately,  sometimes  the  fac- 
tual passages  have  the  dutiful  ring  of 
a  required — and  somewhat  hastily  re- 
searched— school  report.  His  personal 
observations,  free  and  pleasant,  are 
much  more  fun  to  read.  However,  too 
much  subjectivity  can  become  a  little 
annoying.  At  times  it  almost  seems  as 
though  Teller  is  trying  to  out- 
Thoreau  Thoreau.  and  this  can  drag 
a  bit.  In  addition,  perhaps  it  is  ex- 
cessive to  devote  the  better  part  of  a 
chapter  in  a  broadly-based  book  such 
as  this  one  to  Capt.  Joshua  Slocum, 
who  was  the  first,  as  far  as  we  know, 
to  sail  the  world  alone.  Teller  is  an 
expert  on  Slocum.  and  his  interest  is 
understandable.  Another  chapter, 
more  justifiably,  is  devoted  solely  to 
Vineyarder  Nancy  Luce,  a  more  un- 
usual Vineyard  product  than  Slocum. 
Many  have  sailed  the  world  alone, 
post-Slocum.  But  Miss  Luce's  heart- 
rending poems  to  beloved  chickens 
anticipate  tlie  simple  elegance  of  Rob- 
ert Frost  by  three-quarters  of  a  cen- 
tury: 

"She  opened  her  eyes  and 
looked  up  into  my  face. 

For  the  last  time. 

0  heart  melting.  .  .  ." 

On  the  whole,  certainly,  the  Cape 
and  Islands  become  very  vivid  under 
Teller's  pen.  And  the  most  appealing 
aspect  of  his  Cape-Island  ramble  is  a 
very  real  sensitivity  to  nature  and  its 
precarious  existence  under  the  dread 
hand  of  man.  The  land  developer,  the 
marsh  dredger,  the  polluter  on  Cape 
Cod  and  the  islands  are  not  ignored. 
Indeed,  one  developer  is  interviewed, 


ANCIENT  OIL  LAMPS 

over  1300  years  old 

From  ancient  Palestine,  these  terracotta  lamps  were 
used  by  early  Christians  &  Jews.  With  varied  de- 
signs, they  make  unique  archaeological  display 
pieces  for  home  and  office.  A  superb  all-occasion 
gift.  Mounted  on  walnut  base  with  parchment  cer- 
tificate of  authenticity    $10.95  ppd. 

Lamps  with  Cross  motif $23.95  ppd. 


FREE  Gift  Cal-alog! 


.  .  .  illustrating  Jewelry,  Amulets,  Coins,  Buddhas, 
Roman  Glass,  Figurines  and  more! 

Museum  &  Dealers  inquiries  welcome. 

ALADDIN  HOUSE,  LTD. 

N-8H     •     648  NINTH  AVE.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10036 

Brain  Puzzler's  Delight 

By  E.  R.  Emmet 
A  treasury  of  oniqae 
mind-stretching  pozzies 
that  can  be  solved  by 
straight,  logical  thinking 
and  reasoning.  No  special-  ^ 
ized  math.  Offers  the  pleas- 
ures of  discovering  solu- 
tions through  use  of 
ingenuity,  imagination,  in- 
sight, and  logic.  Stimulates 
and  refreshes  the  mind. 
^i  Fascinating,  entertaining 
puzzles,  arranged  in  order 
of  difficulty,  with  (some 
amazing!)  solutions  and 
f  i*^»'7  fJ^^  f"l*  explanations  at  end  of 

\\J^'^  book.         ILLUSTRATED 

Order  Now/  10-Day  Money-Back  Guarantee 

$5.95,  plus  25^  handling 

Handbook  of  Knots  &  Splices 

By    CHARLES    E.    GIBSON. 

Now  tie  knots  for  every  pur- 
pose —  useful,  ornamental, 
fun-to-make! 

Book  gives  complete  "1-2- 
3"  sketches  and  instructions 
for  every  hitch,  splice,  bend, 
sling  lashing  or  whipping  you'll 
evei^  need  for  boating,  camp- 
ing, climbing,  fishing,  hunting 
...  for  patio  awnings,  swings, 
hammocks,  rope  fences,  "wel- 
come" mats  .  .  .  ornamental^ 
lamps,  vases,  bell  ropes,  keyV 
chains,  buggy  whips,  cat-o- 
nine  tails,  rope  handcuffs,  play 
quoits,  etc. 

They're  all  here  .  .  .  over  100 
kinds  of  knots  and  ropework!  Fpom  the  simple 
square  knot  to  such  fancy  numbers  as  the  Man- 
rope,  Stopper,  Shroud,  Crown,  Turk's  Head,  and 
Pineapple  knots.  Also  covers  plaiting,  braiding, 
much  more!  "Highly  recommended."  —  Library 
Journal.  Profusely  illustrated 

ORDER  NOW! 

10  day  Money-Back  Guarantee 
Send  only  $4.95,  plus  25(!  handling  to 

EMERSON  BOOKS,  Inc.,  Dept.  719-S 

251  West  19  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10011 


W^^ 
^#-' 


ART 


We   offer    an    extensive 
selection  of  ceremonial 
figurines   and   vessels 
at  extremely  reasonable 
prices.  All  guaranteed 
authentic.    Send    18i 
stamps  for  illustrated 
brochure/price  list. 


the  lands  beyond 


118 


noneditorially,  and  others  discussed. 
They  do  not  always  come  up  roses. 
All  the  good  intentions  in  the  world 
about  pleasant  life  styles  cannot 
bring  back  one  acre  of  ravished 
marsh  nor.  indeed,  one  family  of  bull- 
dozed nestlings.  And  it  is  happening: 

"This  summer  you  see  the  table  set. 
First  someone  puts  a  knife  on  the 
table — you  hardly  notice.  Then  some- 
one else  adds  a  fork — and  another,  a 
spoon.  Comes  a  napkin,  saltshaker 
.  .  .  Then  an  airlines-type  plastic 
glass.  Suddenly  the  table  is  set,  and 
suddenly  you  see  the  difference." 

The  book  ends  on  a  haimting 
note — a  detailed  account  of  the  sad 
story  of  the  heath  hen,  a  wild  voice 
last  heard  on  earth  across  Vineyard 
fields.   A    tragic    tale   that    might   be- 

Memento  of  the  seafaring  past. 
From  Marthas  Vineyard 


come  one  chapter  in  a  full-fledged 
horror  story. 

Hough's  Marthas  Vineyard  makes 
a  different  sort  of  reading.  Teller  is 
an  enthusiastic  visitor;  Hough,  an  en- 
thusiastic authority.  He  knows  the 
Vineyard  through  and  through  and.  it 
is  obvious,  loves  the  island  dearly.  No 
doubt  less  impartial  than  Teller, 
Hough  has,  nevertheless,  a  more  easy 
command  of  lore  and  fact. 

A  Vineyard  book  such  as  this  has 
been  needed  for  some  time;  this  one 
is  a  good  one.  Eisenstaedt's  photo- 
graphs are  a  joy,  and  the  text  is  a  fine 
partner  to  them.  A  charming,  the- 
matic thread  leads  us  through  an  is- 
land year,  beginning  with  early 
spring.  Woven  around  this  thread  is 
the   colorful   and    solid   fabric    of   the 


"The  first  comprehensive 
volume  on  the 
science  of  the  sea.... 
a  magnificent  job." 

—Ralph  Hollenbeck, 
King  Features 

"Coverage  is  broad,  beginning  with 
a  synopsis  by  Idyll,  and  including 
contributions  on  underwater  land- 
scape, biology,  physics,  chemistry, 
food  from  the  sea,  farming  the  sea, 
mineral  resources  and  power,  and 
two  very  fine  chapters  on  underwater 
archaeology  and  man  beneath  the 
sea.  The  authors  are  among  the  finest 
scientists  in  the  field  and  are  all 
highly  qualified  writers." 

—Library  Journal 

The  contributors  are:  Roberts.  Dietz, 
Charles  E.  Lane,  James  B.  Rucker, 
Hiroshi  Kasahara,  C.  F.  Hickling, 
Mendel  Peterson,  Neil  R.  Andersen, 
and  Captain  Edward  L.  Beach. 
43  color  plates  and  246  black-and-. 
white  photographs  and  drawings 
complement  the  lively  text.        $14.95 

EXPLORING 
THE  OCEAN 
WORLD 

A  History  of 
Oceanography 

Edited  by  C.  P.  IDYLL, 

author  of  Abyss 

THOMAS  Y.  CROWELL  COMPANT 

201  Park  Ave.  South,  New  York  10003 


119 


Natural  History  Books 
at  10%  OFF 


THE  LIVING  COWRIES 

by  CM.  Burgess 
A  new  and  invaluable  guide. 
Copiously  illustrated  with 
hundreds  of  shells  shown  in 
full  color.  Written  in  non- 
technical language.  Lists  and 
describes  every  known  spe- 
cies of  cowrie,  as  well  as 
the  characteristics  of  the 
animals  that  lived  within 
these  shells.  A  book  distin- 
guished by  the  accuracy  of 
its  reproductions,  complete- 
ness of  its  references  and 
synonomy,  cross-indexing 
and  glossary.  THE  defini- 
tive book  on  cowries — the 
culmination  of  25  years  of 
actual  research. 
Reg.  $30.00     Your  Cost  $27.00 

THE  SALT-WATER  AQUARIUM 
IN  THE  HOME 

New  2nd  Rev.  Edition 

by  Robert  P.   L.  Straughan 

This  brand  new  edition  of 
a  classic  work  incorporates 
the  very  latest  advances  in 
the  science  of  salt-water 
aquariums.  An  invaluable 
aid  to  every  aquarist.  Only 
the  newest  and  most  mod- 
ern methods  are  prescribed 
throughout.  A  giant,  well 
illustrated.  360  page  book. 
Reg.  $12.50    Your  Cost  $11.25 

EXPLORING  THE  REEF 

by  Robert  P.   L.   Straughan 

An  exciting,  illustrated  ad- 
venture among  the  coral 
reefs — a  fairyland  of  sea 
flowers  and  coral  jungles 
teeming  with  animal  life. 
A  practical  guide  for  the 
beginning  diver  who  wants 
to  explore  the  reef  with 
maximum  safety.  Special 
chapter  on  the  Great  Bar- 
rier Reef. 
Reg.  S17.50     Your  Cost  $15.75 

THE  UNDERWATER  GUIDE 
TO  MARINE  LIFE 

by  C  Ray  &  E.  Ciatrtpi 
I  hi.  mysterious  world  be- 
TKath  the  sea  is  here 
t^roupht  into  sharp  focus 
l'\  ihe  authors  and  is  bril- 
li  inllv  illustrated  by  Teiji 
1  .ikai.  Here's  a  gigantic 
jitMje  to  inarine  life,  con- 
taining rules  of  the  thumb 
for  Identification  of  all 
groups  of  fishes  and  the 
most  common  species  of 
underwater  plants  and  ani- 
mals. 
Reg.  $8,75     Yow  Cost  $7.85 

LIMITED  TIME  OFFER — ORDER  TODAY!-. 

A.  S.  Barnes  &  Co.,  Inc.  Oept.  NH870 

Box  421,  Cranbury,  N.J.  08512 

Please  rush  me: 

n  The  Living  Cowries  @  $27 

D  The  Salt-Water  Aquarium  in  the  Home  @  $11.25 

G  Exploring  the  Reef  @  $15.75 

Q  The  Underwater  Guide  to  Marine  Life  @  $7.85 

Enclosed  is  my  check  or  M-0.  for  $ 


Address 
City  ... 


book.  Did  you  know,  for  instance, 
that  Shakespeare's  Tempest  might 
have  taken  place  on  Martha's  Vine- 
yard, about  which  Shakespeare  may 
have  learned  from  Gosnold's  ac- 
counts? And  that  Ariel  may  have 
been  the  spirit  of  peeping  pinkletinks 
(tree  toads),  while  cruder  Caliban 
may  have  emerged  from  cacklings  of 
the  heath  hen?  Far-fetched,  no  doubt, 
but  fun  to  contemplate. 

Thus  range  the  subjects  in  this 
book,  broadly  and  ramblingly.  Since 
each  town  receives  descriptive  and 
historical  homage,  it  more  nearly  ap- 
proaches a  guidebook  than  Teller's 
book;  yet  it  is  not  that  either.  It  is 
about  seafaring  and  whaling,  camp- 
grounds and  landscapes  and  legends. 
It  is.  simply,  what  the  name  implies: 
Martha's  Vineyard.  Hough  keeps 
himself  in  the  background  and  the 
Vineyard  up  front. 

Perhaps  the  book  could  have  been 
more  evenly  divided  between  huma- 
nistic and  naturalistic  concerns.  Na- 
ture is  not  neglected  by  any  means, 
but  seems  to  take  second  place.  Some 
of  the  historical  facts  seem  so  esoteric 
as  to  interest  only  those  fairly  in- 
timate with  the  region.  Yet  the  author 
shows  himself  so  sensitive  to  the  natu- 

Giant  Oak. 

From  Martha's  J  inevard 


ral  surroundings  that  we  wish  he  had 
given  us  more  of  them: 

Early  April:  "The  sun's  warmth, 
quickly  gaining,  becomes  mingled 
with  the  chill  of  the  clear  night  past 
and  the  cold  breath  of  the  waters 
around  the  island,  producing  once 
again  a  long-remembered  experience 
of  renewal.  Vineyard  Sound  lies  in 
streaked  idleness,  in  an  elongated 
pattern  of  lighter  and  darker  shades 
of  blue  expressing  the  wiU  of  the 
tides,  the  early  light,  and  the  gentle- 
ness of  a  new  spring." 

Like  Teller,  Hough  sees  the  threats. 
Despite  the  rapid  erosion  of  the  Vine- 
yard's outer  shores,  he  recognizes 
that,  not  nature,  but  man  is  the  ulti- 
mate danger — "man's  haste,  indiffer- 
ence, ignorance,  laziness  and  greed." 
Would  that  he  had  stressed  the  prob- 
lems more  strongly,  for  they  are  is- 
sues that  need  to  be  sounded  relent- 
lessly by  leaders  such  as  himself. 

What  of  Hough's  own  statement: 
"Now  there  are  no  islands  anymore." 
A  terrible  thought!  Perhaps  only  the 
passing  of  the  frontier  offers  an  ana- 
logue in  terms  of  a  geographical  effect 
on  man's  spirit.  Yet,  as  both  these 
books  show,  an  island  consciousness 
still  drifts  with  the  sea  breezes  across 


Cape  Cod  and  the  offshore  islands. 

Certainly  there  are  no  islands  any- 
more, off  Massachusetts  or  anywhere 
else,  in  the  old  sense.  For  better  or 
worse,  insularity  is  no  longer  syn- 
onymous with  isolation.  Certainly 
those  tentacles  of  progress — power 
lines  and  gasoline  hoses — have  is- 
lands tightly  within  their  grip.  Cer- 
tainly the  glass  and  tin  and  ghastly 
inert  plastic,  effluvia  of  an  affluent 
world,  line  island  beaches  no  less 
than  mainland  beaches.  Certainly  is- 
land gardeners  use  chlordane  as 
lavishly  on  their  posies  as  mainland 
gardeners — although  Massachusetts 
has  stopped  this.  But  a  modified  is- 
landness — a  bit  of  the  sense  of 
dreams  attained — still  clings. 

Islands  are  not  safe,  their  survival 
not  assured.  Cape  Cod  and  the  off- 
shore islands,  within  easy  reach  of 
large  metropolitan  centers  and  bor- 
dering an  expanding  megalopolis,  are 
in  a  precarious  position.  The  miracle 
is  that  their  insularity  has  survived  at 
all.  Now  their  preservation  is  depen- 
dent on  some  rapid  action  on  the  part 
of  many  people — including  those 
whose  immediate  financial  interests 
might  lie  elsewhere.  They  are  worth 
savins,      these      islands      and      their 


The 

Storm 

Petrel 

And  The       ^^ 

^^        ,       ,  ^^^H  The  storm  petrel,  the  fulmar 

Uwl  of  ^^^^^^^^  in  a  gale,  the  extraordinary 

^  ^^^^^^^^^^^  variety  of  gulls,  the  fierce  great 

AthCHd'  ^H^^^^^^^^^^  skuas,  the  extinct  great  auk  and 

;  ^^^^^^^^^^  his  survivor,  the  little  auk— all 

^y  ^^^^^^m  these  birds  of  the  open  sea  are 

T  n7^H   T      ^^^^^M  brought  to  life  by  iVIr.  Halle  in 

l^unid  J  .  ^^H  ^     fi^g  ^g^j  gj^j  jj^  ^jj  sketches.  These 

Hdlle  ^^^V  birds  live  for  the  most  part  completely 

away  from  man,  and  yet  their  strange 

and  wonderful  ways  move  the  author 

to  reflect  on  man's  own  ways  too. 

Louis  J.  Halle,  a  winner  of  the  John 

Burroughs  Medal  for  his  earlier  ornithological 

writings  is  best  known  to  naturalists  for  his 

Spring  in  Washington.  Illustrated.  S7.50 

ct  your  bookstores  or  jrom  Pflnceton  U niversitj  Pycss 

Princeton,  New  Jersey.  08540 


What  happens  if  I  buy  a 

Vivitar  AutoT-4  Zoom  lens  and  then 

switch  to  a  new  SLR  camera? 


Nothing.  Because  you  can  buy  an  inexpensive  adapter 
that  will  fit  your  new  SLR. 


Research  tells  us  that  most  35mm 
SLR  owners  would  like  to  buy  a  zoom 
lens.  They  want  the  convenience  of 
one  compact  lens  that  will  give  them 
a  wide  choice  of  focal  lengths  to  suit 
the  subject.  But  they  don't  want  to 
invest  in  a  lens  that  would  have  to  be 
discarded  if  they  bought  another  make 
of  SLR.  The  VivltarT-4  system  solves 
this  problem  with  a  set  of  inexpensive 
adapters  that  can  be  put  on  in  just 
8  seconds  and  are  presently  already 
available  for  the  Nikon,  Nikkormat. 
Canon,  Exakta,  Pentax,  (vlamiya/Sekor, 
IVIiranda  and  Minolta  cameras. 
The  high  optical  quality  of  the  Vivitar 
T-4  Zoom  has  now  been  established 
by  Test  Reports  in  leading  photo- 
graphic magazines.  It  zooms  from 


90mm  to  230mm,  has  a  maximum 
aperture  of  f4.5  and  the  sophisticated 
optical  design  features  11  elements 
in  7  groups.  Yet  the  length  and  weight 
of  the  lens  is  comparable  to  a 
standard  200mm  lens. 
Delay  no  longer.  Enjoy  the  delights 
of  a  fine  zoom  lens.  See  a  dem- 
onstration at  your  dealer  or  write  for 
the  Vivitar  Auto  T-4  Test  Reports. 

Vivitar  T-4 

Automatic  Zoom  Lens  with 
Interchangeable  adapters. 

Marketed  exclusively  in  the 
U.S.A.  by  PonderScBest  Inc 
Corporate  Offices: 
11201  W.  Pico  Boulevard, 
Los  Angeles,  Calif.  90064. 
In  Canada:  Precision 
Cameras  of  Canada,  Ltd. 


A  pair  of  golden  eagles 
cartwheel  down  the  skies 
in  their  nuptial  dance. 
Bellowing  sea  lions  and 
fur  seals  defend  their 
harems.  Alligators  make 
incubators  for  their  eggs... 
Thirty-five  distinguished 
American  and  Canadian 
naturalists  tell  the  real  life 
stories  of  35  different  spe- 
cies of  wild  animals.  Each 
separate  chapter  bursts 
with  exciting  life  history 
facts— many  never  before 
published— and  dramati- 
cally unfoldsthe  wonders 
of  animal  activity  on  our 
prairies,inourforests,  and 
beneath  the  surface  of  the 
sea.  Seventy  vivid  black- 
and-white  illustrations. 


ALIVE  IN 
THE  WILD 

Edited  by  Victor  H.  Cahalane 
Graphics  Editor: 
Charles  C.  Johnson 
Drawings  by  Robert  Candy 


$9.95 


Prentice-Hall 

■I     |Dept.  6573-KT 
ri~lEnglewood  Cliffs,  N.J.  07632 

iPlease  send  me copies  of  ALIVE  IN  THEl 

IWILD   at  $9.95  each.  Please  add  sales  tax! 

^whe^e  applicable  plus  250  postage  for  each! 

ibook. 

IName 

^ddress 

[9'.*^....... f.' 


beaches,  their  calling  birds,  their 
rippling  marshlands. 

And  if  they  are  saved,  there  is  no 
doubt  that  books  such  as  these  ivill 
have  helped. 

Barbara  Blau  Chamberlain  is  the 
author  of  ''These  Fragile  Outposts:  A 
Geological  Look  at  Cape  Cod,  Mar- 
tha's J  ineyard,  and  Xantucket." 


Hunting  for  Dinos.\urs,  by  Zofia 
Kielan-Jaworowska.  The  MIT  Press, 
$7.95;  177  pp.,  illus. 

Among  the  most  famous  and  sig- 
nificant series  of  fossil  hunts 
ever  carried  out  were  the  Central 
Asiatic  expeditions  of  The  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  which 
probed  the  Mongolian  desert  for  di- 
nosaurs, other  fossil  reptiles,  and  var- 
ied fossil  mammals  during  the  1920's. 
In  1946.  a  yoimg  Polish  student  of 
paleontology,  Zofia  Kielan-Jawo- 
rowska,  read  about  the  work  of  The 
American  Museum  expeditions  and 
was  completely  fascinated  by  what 
she  learned.  A  decade  and  a  half 
later,  she  led  a  series  of  similar  ex- 
peditions  into    Mongolia,   to    continue 


A  good  place  to  be  in  Nantucket. 
From  Cape  Cod  and  the  Offshore  Islands 

the  search  for  fossil  reptiles  and 
mammals.  In  this  modest  but  attrac- 
tive book  she  gives  a  lively  account  of 
these  expeditions  and  of  some  of  the 
results  that  were  obtained.  It  is  good 
reading,  written  with  authority  and 
made  especially  effective  by  attractive 
and  well-chosen  field  photographs. 

After  the  war.  Soviet  paleontolo- 
gists made  tliree  expeditions  into  the 
Gobi,  to  supplement  and  expand  the 
pioneer  work  of  The  American  Mu- 
seum expeditions.  In  1961.  it  was  de- 
cided that  the  Polish  Academy  of  Sci- 
ences, working  in  cooperation  with 
the  Mongolian  Academy  of  Sciences, 
would  conduct  a  series  of  expeditions 
into  the  desert  to  continue  tlie  search 
for  new  paleontological  knowledge. 

A    first    expedition    was    made    in 

1963  to  survey  tlie  region  and  collect 
preliminarv'  information.  This  was 
followed  by  two  large-scale  efforts  in 

1964  and  1965.  the  purpose  of  which 
was  to  search  for  and  collect  fossils, 
no  matter  what  the  difficulties  might 
be.  And  there  were  difficulties,  as 
there  are  bound  to  be  for  those  work- 
ing in  remote  desert  regions — the 
heat  in  the  daytime,  and  the  cold  at 
night,  the  ever-present  problem  of  wa- 
ter,  the  hish   winds   and   sandstorms, 


122 


Snsan   Book 
Coffee   Tables 

FINISHED  OR  IN  KIT 
The  Loveliest,  Most  Completely  Useful  Table  Made 

Handsome  swivel  coffee  table  holds  books,  record  albumB. 
magazines — all  neatly  arranged,  titles  clearly  visible, 
easily  accessible  from  any  seat.  Skillfully  crafted  of  rich 
grained  pine  with  hidden  rugged  ball  bearing  swivel.  In 
honeytflne  pine  or  maple,  antique  pine  or  walnut  finish. 
Both  16i4"H  (book  area  12y3"H).  36"dia.  (holds  100 
books!  $39.95;  24"dia.  (holds  40  books)  $29.95.  COM- 
PLETE EASY  KIT.  Ready  for  quick  assembly  and 
finish.  Simple  Instructions.  36"dia.  $26.95;  24"dla. 
SI8.95.  Exp.  Chg.  Col. 
BEAUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG-IOOO  PIECES 
Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 
Include  Zip  No.  YIELD    HOUSE 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  Dept.  NS-0 

Money  Back  Guarantee         North  Conway,  N.H.  03860 


Spectacular  Collection  of  Genuine  FIRST  MEN 
ON  THE  MOON  Postage  Stamps.  Strikingly  dra- 
matic stamps  from  Dominica,  Granada,  Qatar, 
Togo,  etc.  . . .  PLUS  collection  of  fantastic  Outer 
Space  stamps  -  awesome  moon  rockets,  weird 
interplanetary  vehicles,  man  floating  in  orbit  - 
from  Russia,  Rwanda,  South  Africa  and  other  far- 
away Countries.  Both  of  these  valuable  collections 
-  catalog  price  over  S2.00  -  for  only  10c!  Also 
fine  stamps  from  our  approval  service,  returnable 
without  purchases  and  cancel  service  anytime  - 
plus  big  FREE  Illustrated  Catalog. 
Send  10c  TODAY. 
Jamestown  Stamp,  M80I\IM,  Jamestown,  f\l.Y. 14701 


Makes  Fun  Of  Work! 

New,  Vermont-Made  Wheelharro\v-Cart  is 
so  p(;rfcctl\'  balanced  on  two  big  wheels,  so 
easy  to  roll,  yoti  guide  it  with  just  one  hand 
even  Avith  3()0  lb.  loads!  No  Backstrain!  No 
Struggle!  No  Load  fall  out!  Several  models 
include  one  for  indoor-outdoor  use  and 
build  -  yourself  kits.  Handsome,  rugged, 
handcrafted  appearance.  Perfect  (gift)  for 
any  him,  her,  family,  or  business.  For  FREE 
CATALOG  by  first  class  mail,  write  now 
to  Garden  Way  Research  Associates,  Dept. 
3518,  Charlotte,  Vermont  05445. 


ancJ  many  lesser  irritations.  Moreover, 
there  were  the  problems  of  collecting 
large  and  heavy  fossil  skeletons,  of 
which  these  expeditions  found  numer- 
ous examples. 

The  manner  in  which  the  Polish 
scientists  carried  on  their  work  and 
solved  the  many  problems  that  beset 
them  is  interestingly  recounted  by 
Miss  Kielan-Jaworowska.  She  also  de- 
votes numerous  asides  to  descriptions 
of  the  Mongolian  people  with  whom 
the  expeditions  had  contact. 

The  Polish-Mongolian  expeditions 
were  successful,  to  say  the  least. 
Their  success  was  due  in  large  part  to 
hard  work  by  the  dedicated  and  well- 
trained  members  of  the  expeditions, 
and  to  the  use  of  good  equipment. 
They  traveled  in  sturdy  field  cars  and 
heavy-duty  trucks,  and  they  camped 
at  various  localities  in  the  Gobi. 
Their  greatest  collections  were  made 
in  the  Nemegt  Basin,  a  great  depres- 
sion occupying  southwestern  Mon- 
golia, and  at  the  Flaming  Cliffs  of 
Bain  Dzak,  or  Shabarakh  Usu,  where 
The  American  Museum  expeditions 
had  collected  dinosaur  skeletons  and 
eggs  and  a  number  of  early  mammal 
skulls. 

In  the  Nemegt.  Miss  Kielan-Jawo- 
rowska and  her  colleagues  found  sev- 
eral skeletons  of  the  large  Cretaceous 
tyrannosaur.  Tarbosaurus,  as  well  as 
skeletons  of  birdlike  ornithomimid  di- 
nosaurs. But  their  most  spectacular 
discoveries  were  of  a  huge  sauropod 
dinosaur,  which  was  most  unexpected 
at  this  late  stage  in  the  Mesozoic  his- 
tory of  Mongolia,  and  of  an  amazing 
theropod  forelimb,  nine  feet  in 
length,  with  claws  a  foot  or  more 
long.  At  Bain  Dzak  the  Poles  and 
their  companions  found  a  series  of 
Cretaceous  placental  mammal  skulls, 
to  supplement  the  original  discoveries 
that  had  been  made  by  The  American 
Museum  parties.  All  of  these  dis- 
coveries by  the  Polish-Mongolian  ex- 
peditions greatly  broaden  our  knowl- 
edge of  life  in  Mongolia  during  the 
final  stages  of  the  Age  of  Dinosaurs. 
Edwin  H.  Colbert 
Museum  of  Northern  Arizona 

The  Death  and  Rebirth  of  the 
Seneca,  by  Anthony  F.  C.  Wallace. 
Alfred  A.  Knopf,  $8.95;  384  pp.,  illus. 

Anthony  Wallace  combines  the  best 
of  anthropological  and  historical 
method  with  a  style  that  commands 
fascinated  attention.  The  Death  and 
Rebirth  of  the  Seneca  is  a  "warts  anrl 
all"  picture,  so  unsparing  of  truth 
with  regard  to  bloodcurdling  customs 
of  warfare  and  torture  as  well  as  to 
instances  of  individual  venery  and 
frailty  as  to  make  even  more  com- 
pellingly     credible     the     truly     epic 


Warmer 
than  10 
sweaters! 


Eddie  Bauer 
makes  the  world's 
lightest,  warmest  ^•'^ 
vests  and 
sells  them  •' 
by  mail  at  ^«^\; 
factory-to-you  ^^- 
prices.  Bauer 
Goose  Down 
quilted  in  Expedition  Nylon  keeps  you 
warmer  than  10  sweaters  yet  weighs 
only  12  ounces.  Men's 
sizes  36-48.  Colors: 
Scarlet,  Scotch  Mist, 
or  Greige.  No.  0015 
ppd.  $21.00.  Money 
^^  Back  Guarantee.  Or- 
der yours  today!  Your 
new  Eddie  Bauer  catalog  is  ready!  128 
full  color  pages  of  distinctive  Sports- 
wear and  Expedition-proven  Outdoor 
Gear  for  Men  &  Women.  Send  for  your 
copy  today!  It's  FREE! 


,J^ec£dZ/^^CU.02^ 


World's  Most  Endorsed  Outdoor  Equipment 

Our  50th  Year 

Dept.  MO  Seattle,  Wash.  98124 


YOU  LIVE  in  the 
SPACE  AGE . . . 

You  should  know  more  about  it! 

A  revirarding  and  fascinating 
adventure  for  adults,  young 
people,  the  family 
Introductory  and  advanced 
day  and  evening  courses  In 
ASTRONOMY  and  NAVIGATION 
Call  or  write 


The  American  Museum— 
HAYDEN  PLANETARIUM 

NEW   YORK,    N.   Y.    10024 

81st   STREET   and   CENTRAL   PARK   WEST 

Tel.:  Tr  3-1300;  Ext.  206 


INTECOL 

TROPICAL 

ECOLOGY    SYMPOSIUM    EMPHASISING 
ORGANIC    PRODUCTIVITY 

SPONSORED     BY     INTECOL. 

S.T 

E.,    &    N.I.S.I., 

January  J 1-18. 
New  Delhi.  In 

1971 
Ilia. 

s.vmposUi.ii 

Drlhl 

Full    11-1 
sluilil.l    !■ 
II.    Mi   1.1      1 

"';'  "    """    ""'■'' 

ulll 

111'   lii-IJ   In   New 
111   illseus.slons. 
1   other  Inquiries 
iiii/.or:   rrofossor 
ir.i,   Hindu   Unl- 

12-? 


If  you  had  been 
reading  PASSPORT- 


you'd  know  the  answers 
to  these  1 7  questions 

•  What's  the  most  fashionable  hotel  in  Rome  now? 

•  Who's  a  reliable  rental  agent  for  an  apartment  in  Paris? 

•  Where  can  you  pick  up  good  English  chintz  in  London? 

•  Why  should  you  be  so  careful  about  buying  a  Rodin 
bronze  in  Paris? 

•  What's  England's  equivalent  of  "Maine  Chance?" 

•  What  10  things  should  you  be  sure  to  check  if  renting  a 
villa  abroad? 

•  What's  the  most  common  —  and  expensive — mistake 
shoppers  make  in  Hong  Kong? 

•  What's  the  best  hotel  in  Tokyo? 

•  What's  the  best  hotel  in  Istanbul? 

•  What  are  33  of  the  world's  best  known  ruins? 

•  What  are  Rome's  best  restaurants? 

•  Why  is  Norway  worried  about  its  salmon  fishing? 

•  A  trip  up  the  Rhine  —  is  it  worth  it? 

•  What  cardinal  rule  do  knowledgeable  travelers  always 
insist  on  observing  when  ordering  bottled  water? 

•  Why  should  you  be  careful  about  shipping  things  back 
from  Africa? 

•  When  should  you  never  switch  from  one  airline 
to  another? 

•  What's  happening  in  the  French  chateaux  country? 

ANSWERS  TO  ALL  THE  ABOVE  OUESTIONS  —  plus  an  interesting  variety  of 
otfiers  - —  39  in  all  —  have  been  selected  from  recent  issues  of  PASSPORT  — 
the  monthly  newsletter  for  the  discriminating  international  traveler.  All  are 

bound  into  an  attractive  34-page  "PRINT-OUT."  This  informative  volume  is 
yours  together  with  a  6-month  trial  subscription  to  PASSPORT  itself  for  only 
$20.00.  These  questions  typify  the  l<ind  of  up-to-the-minute,  hard-to-get.  travel 
information  you'll  find  in  this  intriguing,  much  talked  about,  monthly  newslet- 
ter. Keeps  you  way  ahead  of  the  guidebooks.  Not  a  mass  travel  publication. 
Appeals  only  to  independent  or  deluxe-class  travelers.  Best  resorts,  hotels, 
restaurants,  art,  music,  theatre,  golf  and  other  sports.  For  people  of  taste  and 
discernment  who  want  the  best  in  world  travel. 

In  no  way  connected  with  any  travel  service.  Completely  independent.  Pays  its 
own  way.  Tells  it  straight  —  whether  at  the  opera  in  Milan  or  the  Palace  in  St. 
Moritz.  We  work  only  for  our  subscribers  —  and  our  reports  are  confidential. 
Start  your  subscribtion  today!  Your  34-page  "PRINT-OUT"  comes  with  your 
first  issue.  ^--\ 


The 

Newsletter 
For 
Knowledgeable 
Travelers 


YES  —  please  start  my  six-month 
trial  subscription  to  PASSPORT 
at  once.  I  understand  I  will  receive 
my  copy  of  the  34-page  "PRINT-OUT" 
with  the  first  issue. 


Name 

Address_ 
City 


State. 


Zip_ 


D   $20  check  enclosed.         D   $20  cash  enclosed. 
PASSPORT  •  20  N.  WACKER  DRIVE  •  CHICAGO.  ILLINOIS  60606 


drama,  nobility  of  philosophy,  per- 
ceptiveness  of  world  view,  and  shrewd 
Realpolitik  of  the  Seneca  people. 

The  book  opens  with  a  prefatory 
account  of  a  typical  Six  Nations 
Meeting  as  first  observed  by  Wallace 
in  1951  at  the  Allegany  Seneca  Res- 
ervation in  western  New  York.  The 
meeting  is  really  a  four-day  ceremony 
inspired  by  the  message  preached  by 
the  Seneca  prophet  Handsome  Lake 
at  the  turn  of  the  nineteenth  century, 
when  the  fortunes  of  the  Iroquois 
were  at  their  lowest  ebb.  As  detailed 
in  Part  I.  "'The  Heyday  of  the 
Iroquois."  the  Five  Nations  of  Seneca. 
Onondaga.  Cayuga.  Oneida,  and  Mo- 
hawk had  joined  together  as  a 
League  of  Peace  under  a  much  ear- 
lier prophet.  Dekanawida,  whose 
teachings  had  welded  these  colingual. 
but  sometimes  mutually  hostile,  tribes 
into  a  well-organized  confederacy 
against  their  common,  native  enemies. 
With  the  coming  of  Europeans,  the 
league  benefited  immensely — in  mate- 
rial terms — from  trade  goods.  Playing 
an  astute  political  game,  it  carefully 
maintained  the  balance  of  power  be- 
tween the  French  and  British  in  their 
long  struggle  for  sovereignty  over 
northeastern  North  America.  About 
1720.  the  league  expanded  and  be- 
came the  Six  Nations  when  the 
Iroquois-speaking  Tuscarora.  fleeing 
north  from  the  incursions  of  the  Vir- 
ginia colonists,  sought  its  protection. 
Ethnographic  descriptions  of  the 
Iroquois  go  back  more  than  a  cen- 
tury, and  Wallace  selects  skillfully 
from  this  vast  literature,  detailing 
where  details  are  pertinent  to  his 
story  and  referring  the  more  curious 
reader  to  appropriate  works  on  sub- 
jects he  treats  in  passing.  He  dwells 
particularly  on  the  rich  cosmological 
and  ritual  life  created  by  the 
Iroquois,  which  persists  in  recogniz- 
able form  in  the  ceremonial  cycle  of 
the  modern  Iroquois. 

Part  IL  "The  Decline  of  the 
Iroquois."  actually  covers  the  last  of 
the  heyday  from  a  political  and  his- 
torical perspective,  showing  how 
Iroquois  power — dependent  on  the 
fur  trade  and  the  constant  playing-off 
of  Britain  and  France — began  to  de- 
cline with  the  ascendancy  of  Britain 
and  the  expansion  of  the  settlers' 
frontier.  With  the  defeat  of  the 
French,  the  restive  American  colonists 
loomed  as  a  new  power  to  manipulate 
in  the  Iroquois  interest,  but  the 
league  could  not  make  common  cause 
in  readjusting  the  play-off  system.  On 
the  eve  of  the  American  Revolution, 
the  league  agreed  officially  to  the  urg- 
ing of  both  the  British  and  Ameri- 
cans to  stay  out  of  what  was  essen- 
tially a  '"family  fight"  among  English 
brothers.    However,    as    the    war   pro- 


124 


STERLING  SCHOOL 

CRAFTSBURY  COMMON, 
VERMONT  05827 

An  academic  short-course  in 
OUTDOOR  LEADERSHIP 

21-day  cycles — Sept.  '70-June  '71 
Boys  or  girls,  Qrades  8,  9,  10 

Activities — Fishing,  white-water 
canoeing,  bicycle-trekking,  cross- 
country skiing,  all-seasons  camp- 
ing, woodland  search-and-rescue  & 
fire-fighting-  techniques,  wildlife 
study  and  photography. 

Classroom  iiistriiction — Home- 
school  academic  progress  main- 
tained; conservation  principles  and 
practices;  northern  woodland  ecol- 
ogy. 

"Bounder"  Program — Leader- 
ship training  involving  physical 
and  mental  challenge  and  sharing 
concepts  of  the  Outward  Bound 
movement  as  adapted  for  the 
younger  student. 

Academic  potential  or  activity 
proficiency  not  a  factor.  All-inclu- 
sive fee:  $375.  Write  S.  N.  Wright, 
Director,  Outdoor  Leadership 
Course. 

Sterling  School  is  an  accredited 
non-profit  boarding  school  of  100 
students.  Grades  9-12,  which  fea- 
tures a  college-preparatory  course 
of  Conservation  Leadership. 


ANKH  PENDANT 

BEAUTIFULLY  CONTEMPORARY 
s  this  hand  crafted  representa- 
tion   of    the    Ancient    Egyptian 
•Key  of  Life"  in  solid  sterling 
r.  The  Ankh  -  from   the 
oglyph    meaning    "life" 
i  the  oldest  known  omu- 
symbol,    and    the   only 


tali: 


to 


1  doily  use  ofler  the  Egyp- 
ins  converted  to  Christian- 
ty.  Comes  in  stunning  new 
designer's  jewelry  cose 
ond  presentation  gift 
'  W>x.  3"  long  Ankh  — 

With  18"  chain $25.00 

With  24"  chain  $27.00 

in  14K  Gold  w.  IB"  chain    $75. 

includes  outstanding  reproductions  of 
ort,  lowelry  ond  occessorloi  from 
onclent  civilizotron,  plus  a  selection 
of   nuthenlic   ontiqullles. 

iLa^dfra  taoase,lt6. 


Valuable  "export  par- 
cel" includes  gold- 
inscribed  Churchill 
commemoratlves  from 
far-away  Mauritius,  Antigua,  Tristan,  etc.— all  in 
fine  mint  condition.  You  also  get  brilliant  set  of 
flower  stamps  from  Pahang,  Perak,  Selangor;  other 
exciting  issues.  Total-113  different  British  Colo- 
nies—regularly $1.75  — but  yours  at  export  price 
only  24?  to  introduce  bargain  overseas  approvals. 
Famous  Stamp  FREE  if  you  act  now! 
Great  Britain  18E4  Queen  Victoria 

OVER  100  YEARS  OLD 

Send  24(i  in  unused  U.S.  Stamps 

(no  coins).  Ask  for  Lot  SN-l 


BROADWAY  APPROVALS,  LTD.  und?n°sTtEngLd 


gressed,  neither  side  could  afford  to  in- 
sist that  the  Iroquois  observe  this  pol- 
icy. Both  sides  found  allies  among  the 
Six  Nations.  With  American  victory, 
the  British  supporters — mainly  Mo- 
hawk, but  including  a  scattering  of 
forces  from  all  the  tribes — fled  to  Can- 
ada while  those  who  had  fought  at 
the  side  of  the  Americans  or  had  kept 
the  neutrality  remained  in  their 
homelands  to  become  increasingly  im- 
poverished and  demoralized.  Deprived 
of  the  political  strength  of  the  league, 
they  were  unable  to  hold  their  sepa- 
rate tribal  lands  safe  from  squatters 
and  land  speculators.  That  any  land 
remains  to  them  at  all  probably 
reflects  the  shrewd  negotiations  of  the 
practiced  Iroquois,  who  during  the 
darkest  times  managed  to  retain  a 
few  tracts  and  parcels  in  Canada  and 
New  York  State  through  successive 
treaties  and  land  sales  after  the  revo- 
lution. 

The  final  section,  "The  Renaissance 
of  the  Iroquois."  is  devoted  to  what 
Wallace  designates  as  the  apocalyptic 
and  social  gospels  of  Handsome  Lake 
and  their  effects  through  the  nine- 
teenth century.  Up  to  this  part  of  the 
book.  Handsome  Lake  is  noted  only 
in  passing  references  to  his  participa- 
tion in  events,  or  knowledge  of  them, 
during  the  period  of  Iroquois  decline. 
In  the  last  part  he  emerges  as  a  cen- 
tral personality.  However,  the  charis- 
ma attached  to  his  memory  in  his 
later  years,  from  about  1799  to  his 
death  in  1815.  prevents  even  Wallace 
from  presenting  him  fully  as  a  per- 
son. It  could  not  be  otherwise,  of 
course,  because  it  was  his  role  as 
prophet  and  reformer,  rather  than  the 
man  himself,  which  revitalized  first 
the  Seneca  and  then  all  the  Iroquois. 

Today,  nearly  a  quarter  of  the 
Iroquois  are  declared  followers  of 
Handsome  Lake's  religion,  while  the 
rest  generally  respect  his  Code  and 
many  avail  themselves  of  opportu- 
nities to  hear  it  recited.  Crises  pro- 
duce prophets  such  as  Handsome 
Lake  but.  as  Wallace  has  shown  in 
his  earlier  works,  a  successful  revitali- 
zation  movement  is  dependent  on 
dedicated  converts;  institutionalization 
and  reformulation  of  doctrine,  making 
it  practicable  and  perpetuating  it 
beyond  the  lifetime  of  the  prophet: 
and  demonstrable  "truth"  in  the  mes- 
sage that  things  do  get  better  if 
people  abide  by  the  doctrine.  Hand- 
some Lake's  effectiveness  as  a  prophet 
permitted  his  followers  to  take  advan- 
tage of  opportunities  to  fulfill  the  pro- 
phecy of  deliverance  from  threatened 
extinction  as  a  people.  Foremost  among 
these  opportunities  was  the  happy 
fact  that  Quaker  missionaries  came 
among  the  Seneca  at  the  crucial  pe- 
riod   when     the    reformed    drunkard 


CATCH 
ANIMAL  RAIDERS! 


^^#^v^    *  Catches  morel 
>\tN '^^         Easy  to  use  1 


Simple,  safe  HAVAHAR.T  traps  catch  raidine 
rabbits,  coons,  cats,  squirrels,  piReons.  sparrows, 
etc.,  without  injury.  Straying  pets,  poultry  re- 
leased unhurt.  No  jaws  or  springs  to  break. 
Galvanized ;  many  in  use  20  years.  Open  ends 
give  animal  confidence.  Sizes  for  all  needs. 
Write  for  FREE  illustrated  trapping  guide  and 
price  list. 

HAVAHART 

158  Water  Street.   Ossining,    New  Yorit   10562 

Please  send  me  FREE  new  guide  and  price  list. 


9  A  Free  Fall 
^    Catalog 

Ready  Aug.  15 


Hunters,  Campers 
.ind  Fishenuen  will 
find  many  practical 
items  in  our  fully 
illustrated  Fall 
CataloK.  Shows 
lumtins  footwear, 
clothinfC  and  other 
specialties  of  inter- 
est to  both  men 
and  women. 
Many  items  are  of 
our  own  manufac- 
ture. 


□  Send  Free  Catalog 

Name 

Address 


Zip . 


L.  L.  Bean,  Inc. 

621  IMain  St.,  Freeport,  Maine  04032 

Uunting,  Fishing  and  Camping  Specialties 


CORNER 

LIBRARY 

DESK 


luel    A    dcliEliIful 


and   rcHl   old 

wrltlnir  or  sni.  _    .. 

A:  lop  hold  stationers',  desk  ir.  V  Thr  ,r.lM(i;,ij  ,fu,.  is 
proper  ani'Where — fits  UtikIi  Io  ^-I!  ■■''■  \'  '  '  .  ,  rl 
Select  pine  in  honey  tone  or  ini  I  ,i  ,,  ;  ,:  ,.  ,\,i- 
nut  flnlsh.   24V4"D  34Vj"H  :l^'     \^  I    \-^     Mi 

Vans  &  Instructions  includcil-  i-  i  \  i  i  .  rii,  .^  rmuli 
$20, it:..  Slip,  ciics.  Col. 

BEAUTIFUL    NEW    FREE    CATALOG-IOOO    PIECES 
Finished    and    Kit    Furniture    in    Friendly    Pine 

Include  Ztp  rode  ^  IKI..D    IIOU.SK 


125 


Thanks, 
from  my 
mother. 


When  Kim  Young  Sook  thanked  her 
Foster  Parents  for  her  mother's  wet 
suit,  she  thanked  all  Foster  Parents  for 
their  understanding,  their  love  and 
their  help. 

Young  Sook's  mother  dove  for  sea 
greens  and  shellfish  and  sold  them  to 
earn  the  39c  a  day  that  was  the  fam- 
ily's income.  She  could  dive  only  in 
the  summer,  because  in  the  winter  it 
was  too  cold. 

Her  Foster  Parents  knew  that  their 
donation  of  $16  a  month  could  help 
make  up  for  the  loss  of  income  and 
provide  the  family  with  basic  neces- 
sities. But  they  felt  that  their  gift  of  a 
wet  suit  could  help  the  family  help 
themselves  and  so  they  sent  a  wet  suit 
to  Young  Sook's  mother. 

Soon  a  letter  arrived  from  Young 
Sook:  "Reading  in  your  letters  that  you  are  trying  to  send  the  rubber  suit  for 
my  mother,  I  found  it  hard  to  refrain  from  tears.  I  don't  know  just  how  to 
thank  you  for  your  kindness."  The  wet  suit  proved  so  helpful  to  the  family 
that  Young  Sook's  Foster  Parents  sent  another  one  to  their  Foster  Child's 
older  sister. 

This  is  an  example  of  Foster  Parents  Plan  at  its  best;  a  reaching  out  to 
less  fortunate  people  with  a  gift  of  love.  Because  Foster  Parents  Plan  is  more 
than  food,  clothing,  medical  care  or  schooling.  It's  a  Foster  Parent  helping  a 
child  and  his  family  toward  self-sufficiency  and  a  better  way  of  life. 


Foster  Parents  Plan,  Inc.  international  Headquarters 

352  Park  Avenue  South  •  New  York,  N.Y.  10010 

I  want  to  be  a  Foster  Parent  for  one  year  or  more  of  a  boy  D  girl  D 

age country No  preference  D  (This  allows  us  to 

choose  a  child  on  our  emergency  list).  My  payment  of  $16  per  month 
for  one  year  will  be  made:  monthly  D  quarterly  D  semi-annually  Q 

annually  D-  I  enclose  my  first  payment  of  $ 

I  want  to  be  a  contributor.  I  enclose  $ for  the  General  Fund. 


NAME. 


ADDRESS. 
CITY 


-STATE. 


.ZIP. 


.DATE. 


I  Make  checks  payable  to  Foster  Parents  Plan,  Inc.  All  contributions  are  tax  deductible. 

j  PLAN  operates  in  Bolivia,  Brazil,  Colombia,  Ecuador,  Peru,  Indonesia,  Korea,  the  Philip- 

I  pines,  and  Viet  Nam.  PLAN  is  a  non-political,  non-profit,  non-sectarian,  independent 

I  organization,   registered   under  No.   VFA019  with  the  Advisory  Comm.  on  Voluntary 

I  Foreign  Aid  of  the  Agency  for  Int'l.  Development.  nh-9-70 

When  someone  somewhere  cares,  someone  somewhere  survives. 


emerged  as  inspired  prophet.  The 
Quaker  philosophy,  free  of  doctri- 
naire proselytizing  and  dependent 
upon  good  works  and  encouraging 
each  individual  to  discover  his  own 
''inner  light"  in  his  own  way,  posed 
virtually  no  challenge  to  Iroquois  val- 
ues. The  particular  Friends  who  came 
to  the  Seneca  proved  to  be  unusually 
wise  and  perceptive  men,  appreciating 
the  potential  for  good  in  Handsome 
Lake's  preaching.  They  simply 
brought  new  technical  means  to  re- 
place an  irrevocably  shattered  so- 
cioeconomic system,  allowing  the  spir- 
itual values  of  the  Seneca  to  again 
give  meaning  and  an  ineffable  rich- 
ness to  life.  Handsome  Lake  did  not 
seek  to  destroy  or  replace  the  old 
ways,  but  merely  to  reform  them  and 
to  do  away  with  the  more  recent  er- 
rors in  Seneca  thinking  and  behavior, 
which  he  believed  had  brought  them 
to  their  sorry  state.  His  message  made 
the  old  ways  usable  in  a  changing 
world  and  kept  alive  the  sacred  spirit 
and  form  of  the  league  after  it  had 
ceased  to  exist  as  a  viable  political 
entity. 

Then,  suddenly,  the  book  ends. 
Most  readers  will  hope  that  Wallace 
now  plans  to  write  the  story  of  the 
Seneca  since  he  began  field  work  with 
them  in  the  1950's,  tracing  the  course 
of  their  protracted  legal  battles  and 
final  defeat  in  the  courts,  which  de- 
creed that  the  waters  of  the  Kinzua 
Dam  would  rise  over  much  of  the  Al- 
legany Reservation.  What  has  be- 
come of  the  Seneca  and  the  tradition 
of  Handsome  Lake  since  the  people 
were  driven  from  their  old  homes  in 
the  alleged  "national  interest"  for  a 
"just  compensation"  in  the  materialis- 
tic terms  of  the  white  man? 

Nancy  Oestreich  Lurie 
Vniversity  of  Wisconsin-Milwaukee 

The  American  Museum  is  open  to 
the  pubhc  without  charge  every  day 
during  the  year,  except  Thanksgiv- 
ing and  Christmas.  Your  support, 
through  membership  and  contribu- 
tions, helps  make  this  possible.  The 
Museum  is  equally  in  need  of  sup- 
port for  its  work  in  the  fields  of  re- 
search,  education,   and  exhibition. 

This  list  details  the  photographer  or 
other  source  of  illustration  by  page. 

COVER— Steven  C.  Wilson 

8 — Cole  Weston 

18 — Barbara  Hollings- 


..orth 

31-34— Steven  C.  Wilson 
38-41— John  Bardach 
42-91 — Lisa  Stephens 
93 — The  Boeing  Company 
94-95 — National  Center 
for  Atmospheric  Research 
—diagrams  AMNH  after 
Henry  Lansford 
96 — Henry  Lansford 
96-97 — Atmospherics 
99-101— Gerald  Parker 
102-105— Steven  C. 


Wilson  except  map, 
AMNH  after  Clint 
Jorgensen 
109— Helmut  Wimmer 
114-115— Alfred  Eisen- 
staedt,  courtesy  of 
The  Viking  Press 
117 — Josephine  Von 
Miklos,  courtesy  of 
Prentice-Hall 
119-121— Alfred  Eisen- 
staedt,  courtesy  of 
The  Viking  Press 
122 — Josephine  Von 
Miklos,  courtesy  of 
Prentice-Hall 


126 


I 


NORTHWEST 
EVERGREEN 

TIMBERED  ACREAGES 

'uiEon  tUatw,  CImu'  dLr 


^ 

^ 


rm^. 


<-'<, 


5  -  10  -  20  -  40  -  ACl^Jcb 

FOR   PEOPLE  WHO   LOVE  THE   LAND   - 
A  TRACT    OF   RECREATION   LAND   FOR   YOUR  OWN! 

In  Northern  Idaho,  Northeastern  Washington,  and  Western  Montana.  In  the  heart  of 
lakes  and  big  game  country.  All  covered  with  growing  timber.  Access,  Title  insurance 
with  each  tract.  This  is  select  land  with  natural  beauty,  recreational  and  investment 
values.  We  have  tracts  of  many  types  and  sizes  from  which  to  choose,  including 
beautiful  Northwest  Waterfront  property.  Your  inspection  welcomed.  Write  us  for 
free    list,    maps    and    complete    information.      Write    to:    Dept.    G. 


P.O.  Box  106 

Opportunity 

Station 


Spokane, 
Wash. 
99214 


This  bird  sanctuary 


Imagine  a  tiny  green  hump  of  an  island  in 
a  Louisiana  swamp.  Its  total  area  is  less  than 
five  square  miles. 

Put  t^^'0  hundred  houses  on  it  and  seven 
hundred  people.  Add  one  of  America's  largest 
rock  salt  mines,  the  Tabasco®  sauce  factory 
and  over  a  hundred  oil  wells.  And  what  have 
you  got?  Overcrowding? 

Quite  the  opposite.  Avery  Island  seems  al- 


^ 


most  undiscovered.  A  place  for  the  painter  a] 
the  poet. 

Its  bird  sanctuary  sits  in  a  200-acre  garde 
Here  you  find  irises  from  Siberia.  Grapefru: 
from  Cochin.  Evergreens  from  Tibet.  Bamb 
from  China.  Lotuses  from  the  Nile.  Soap  tre 
from  India.  Daisies  from  Africa's  Mountains' 
the  Moon.  And  the  world's  most  complete  ci 
lection  of  camellias.  | 

The  sanctuary  itself  is  a  sight  for  any  sor 
eyed  conservationist.  It  was  established  twent 
seven  years  ago  by  Mr.  Edward  A-Mcllhennj^: 
member  of  the  family  that  has  owned  the  isla:. 


-:^.-% 


}  an  oil  field. 


153  years.  It  had  one  purpose.  To  save  the 
wy  egret  from  extinction. 

Known  as  Bird  City,  the  sanctuary  started 
h  only  seven  egrets.  Now,  over  100,000  nest 
und  its  man-made  lake  every  year.  To  see 
se  alabaster  birds  sharing  their  Eden  with 
ons,  ducks,  coots,  swans,  cormorants,  tur- 
.,  deer  and  alligators  is  almost  a  primeval 
erience.  It  seems  to  put  the  clock  back  to 
beginning. 

And,  wherever  you  wander  on  this  peace- 
island,  you  have  to  look  hard  to  spot  the  oil 
Is.  Many  are  hidden  by  grandfatherly  oak 
is  bearded  with  Spanish  moss.  Others  are 


>. 


screened  by  banks  of  azalea  and  rhododendron. 
To  Jersey's  affiliate.  Humble  Oil  &  Refining 
Company,  this  respect  for  environment  is  only 
right  and  proper. 

The  oil  industry  provides  Louisiana  with 
one-third  of  its  total  revenue.  But  even  this  con- 
tribution would  be  a  poor  excuse  for  defiling 
beauty  or  disturbing  wildlife. 

Amen  say  the  egrets. 

Standard  Oil  Company 
(New  Jersey) 


BUFFET    FOR    "HUMMERS" 

Hummingbirds,  colorful  playboys  of  the  feath- 
ered world,  have  sipped  4-at-a-time  for  15  years 
now  from  genuine  "Hummy-Bird  Bars"®  (Ac- 
tual photo).  They  love  the  real  wood  perch  on 
their  private  buffet.  No  other  birds  or  bees  can 
reach  the  goodies.  No  drip  or  rust,  easy  to  clean. 
Always  a  heartwarming  gift!  Moneyback  guar- 
antee. Full  instructions.  $2.95  plus  26(!  pp.  In 
Calif,  add  IH  tax.  Sori-y  no  COD's.  HUMMING- 
BIRD HEAVEN,  6818-N  Apperson  St.,  TU- 
JUNGA,  CALIF.  91042  (Makers  of  the  popular 
Oriole  "Fun-Bar"  for  fun-loving  Orioles). 
MADE  IN  U.S.A. 


MAGAZII\E-BOOK  TREE 


chairside  li- 
brary. Holds  over 
100  magazines, 
newspapers,  cat- 
alogs -  even 
phone  books  — 
wrinkle  free,  or- 
derly —  easy  to 
see,  readv  to  use. 
Top    holds    any 


)ks 


paper- 
lots  & 
lots.     It's     porta- 
ble, practical  and 
so    prett>'.    Ideal 
for  home,   office, 
reception     room. 
White    birch 
turnings.    In 
honey  pine  or 
maple,    antique 
pme  or  wahnut  finish.  28"H,  I6"\V, 
15"D.   S1S.9S.   HOME   KIT:    For 
easy  assembly  &  finish.  Simple  in- 
structions.   S9.9S    Postpaid.    Add 
S5(*  each  West  of  Mississippi. 
BEAUTIFUL   NEW    FREE   CATALOG— 1000   PIECES 
Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 
include  zip  No.  YIELD    HOUSE 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  q^^,     ^g.g 

Money-Bacii  Gu3rant«e  North  cornvay.  N.H    O3860 


J— J— J  -J-J- 


"»—' 


p^OUND  THE  WORLD  VOYAGfg 

WORLDWIDE 

PASSENGER  RESERVATIONS 

SHORT  &  EXTENDED  CRUISES 

Autos  •  Household  &  Personal  Items  Shipped 
^.CARIBBEAN 

'''A  FULL  CRUISES  •  Air/Sea  Combinations 
Weekly  and  monthly  sailings  •  5  to  55  Days 

f  EUROPE  &  MEDITERRANEAN 
Weekly  and  monthly  sailings  on  well 
appointed  freighters  •  England  9  days 
$220  up  •  Belgium  9  days  $220  up  •  Holland 
ID  days  S260  up  •  Germany  10  days  $228  up 
Spain  $240  up  •  Italy  $240  up 

AUSTRALIA  •  A  new  service  to  "Down- 
under",  direct  to  Sydney  on  modern 
air/con.  vessels.  $695  up 

vAFRICA  •  Mombasa  $815  up  •  Tangier 
>1$180  up  •   Capetown  $625  up 
f  Freetown  $350  up 

^ROUND  THE  WORLD  •  Visit  and  explore 
exotic  ports  on   modern  Air/Con.  Ves- 

fsels  •  Well  appointed  Lounges  •  Outside 
cabins  with  private  facilities  •  from  NEW 
YORK,  FLORIDA,  NEW  ORLEANS  and  LOS 
ANGELES. 

Freighter  Travel  Service,  Ltd. 
(212)  TR  9-2929 

201  East  77th  St.,  New  York,  N.Y.  10021 


Leilers  lo  Ihe  Edir 


Barrier  Beach  Backwash 

I  was  indeed  most  interested  in 
your  article  "Barrier  Beaches  of 
Eastern  America,"  and  believe  it  or 
not,  found  time  to  read  it  the  day  it 
came  in. 

It  was  not  only  sensible,  but  very 
beautifully  written.  I  only  wish  I 
could  enjoy  the  luxury  of  looking 
at  the  problems  of  Fire  Island  geo- 
logically. The  problems  of  Fire  Is- 
land as  they  are  presented  to  me 
are  much  more  strident  and  imme- 
diate and  demanding.  There  just 
isn't  any  way  to  make  a  man  whose 
house  is  washing  away  appreciate 
the  fact  that  this  is  "part  of  an  on- 
going history  of  physical  change  in 
w-hich  neither  of  the  antagonists, 
waves  nor  beaches,  gains  a  per- 
manent victory."  I  guarantee  you 
that  any  congressman  who  attempts 
this  approach  loses  a  permanent 
vote. 

Otis  G.  Pike 

House  of  Representatives 

Washington,  B.C. 

While  w^e  do  not  take  issue  with 
Christopher  Schuberth's  main 
points  in  his  article  on  barrier 
beaches,  we  were  disappointed  to 
find  that  some  of  the  most  vital 
points  about  the  ecology  of  barrier 
beaches  were  overlooked  or  under- 
emphasized. 

We  are  referring  to  the  mindless 
and  endless  construction  of  houses, 
beach  clubs,  tennis  courts,  marinas, 


bulkheads,  discotheques,  and  park- 
ing lots,  which  are  fast  filling  up 
the  barrier  beaches  of  Long  Island, 
the  Jersey  shore,  and  the  rest  of  the 
Atlantic  coast  as  well.  Barrier 
beaches  are,  it  is  generally  believed, 
stabilized  by  vegetation.  They  have 
limited  freshw^ater  resources  and  a 
fragile  ecology.  In  their  wake,  they 
produce  that  rarest  and  most  valu- 
able of  natural  features,  the  salt 
marsh.  The  marshes,  bays,  and  la- 
goons formed  behind  barrier 
beaches  are  a  unique  and,  by  far, 
the  most  productive  and  valuable 
ecological  environment  on  the  East 
Coast  south  of  Cape  Cod.  Yet  count- 
less acres  of  stabilizing  beach  grass 
and  vegetation  have  been  uprooted 
or  asphalted  over  for  house  and 
road  construction;  countless  wells 
have  been,  and  are  being,  drilled 
into  the  limited  freshwater  re- 
sources :  dredging,  bulkheading, 
and  filling  proceeds  apace  on  the' 
bay  side,  eliminating  thousands  of 
marsh  acres.  In  short,  the  whole  in- 
tegrity of  the  barrier  beach  is  being 
violated  more  and  more,  day  by 
day. 

Serious  and  immediate  thought 
ought  to  be  given  to  the  barrier 
beach  problem,  not  in  bits  and 
pieces,  not  in  terms  of  just  the 
movement  of  berm  and  sand,  but  ini 
some  larger  perspective.  The  whole 
ecology  of  the  beach- — from  surf 
(or  perhaps  farther  out)  to  interior 
bav — should  be  studied  and  treated 


WHEN  YOU  WRITE  TO  NATURAL  HISTORY 


change  of  address. 


'iption,   billing,    or   any   kind   of  adjustment,   send   the 


ss— attach  your  address  label  in  this  dotted  area  and  fill   in  your  new  address  below 
Natural  History,  Central   Park  West  at  79th  St.,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024. 


ubscription— Check  bo 


nd  fill 


and  address  below. 

n  1  year-$7  (U.S.) 


Cut  your  old  address  label  from  magazine 

wrapper  and  attach  over  this  area. 

ill  in  your  NEW  address  at  right  and  mall  to; 

:ural  History,  Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street, 

New  York,  N.Y.  10024 


n  I     year— $8    (Canada    and    othe 
non-U. S.  orders) 

HANHOC 


New   Address 

City State 


130 


as  a  whole.  The  public  nature  of  the 
berm  must  be  reaffirmed  and  the 
strongest  possible  action  must  be 
taken. 

Eric  and  Lorna  Salzman 
Brooklyn  Heights,  New  York 

Barnard's  Star 

Dear  Professor  van  de  Kamp: 

I  was  interested  to  read  your  ar- 
ticle, "Barnard's  Star:  The  Search 
for  Other  Solar  Systems,"  in  the 
April,  1970,  issue  of  Natural  His- 
rORY.  I  remember,  from  my  visits 
:o  Swarthmore,  that  you  had  been 
working  on  this  subject. 

I  was  puzzled  by  one  of  the  illus- 
trations. This  illustration  [page 
11],  showing  the  wobble  of  the 
star,  indicates  a  still  greater  wobble 
of  the  center  of  mass  of  the  star 
and  its  two  planets. 

The  last  sentence  in  the  legend 
ilso  seems  easily  capable  of  mis- 
interpretation. 

I  surmise  that  there  really  is  a 
nistake  in  the  drawing  and  that  the 
Irawing  was  made  by  the  illustra- 
:or,  rather  than  by  you ;  but  there  is 
he  possibility  that  I  have  misun- 
lerstood  the  argument  in  some 
vay.  My  curiosity  as  to  the  latter 
)ossibility  has  caused  me  to  write 
0  you. 

Linus  Pauling 
Stanford  University 

The  Author  Replies 

Dear  Professor  Pauling : 

Thank  you  for  your  thoughtful 
etter.  The  legend  is  incorrect  and 
nisleading.  The  best  way  to  correct 
he  confusion  would  seem  to  be  a 
tatement  like  this: 

The  "planets"  in  the  diagram 
epresent  the  gravitational  effects 
ittributed  to  the  inferred  planets 
ather  than  the  planets  themselves, 
n  fact,  the  planets  are  on  the  oppo- 
ite  side  of  Barnard's  Star  at  dis- 
ances  some  150  times  larger  than 
hese  effects. 

I  regret  this  error,  which  some- 
low  was  not  caught  in  time.  And  I 


"This  book  will  be  our 
classic  on  the  wolf" 

—William  0.  Douglas 

"A  fine,  comprehensive  survey  of  the 
ecology  and  habits  of  the  wolf— his  food, 
habitat,  hunting,  mating,  social  behavior 
and  much  more.  Written  in  non-technical 
language,  the  book  sets  down  just  about 
everything  we  know  about  this  beautiful 
and— propaganda  aside— shy  animal, 
who,  authorities  agree,  has  never  in  this  , 
country  attacked  a  man." 
—New  York  7/mes  Book  Review 

THE 
WOLF 

by  L.  DAVID  MECH 

Foreword  by  Ian  McTaggart  Cowan; 
photographs  by  L.  David  Mech,  Patricia 
Caulfield  and  others.  $9. 95  at  all  booksellers 


VLD  DOUBLEDAY- 
ITT I  NATURAL 
HISTORY 
PRESS 

••••••••••••**•*•••••••••*• 

*  LEARN  ASTRONOMY  I 
I               AT  HOME!  t 

*  Two     complete     home-study  * 
J  courses  are  now  available  for  4 

*  Amateur  Astronomers  —  * 

*  •    VISUAL  ASTRONOMY  t 

*  FOR    BEGINNERS   in    10   lessons  * 

*  •    TELESCOPIC  ASTRONOMY  * 

*  FOR   ADVANCED   STUDENTS  $ 

*■  in   18   lessons  * 

*  * 

*  These    courses    are    the    first    of    their  * 

J  kind    offered    anywhere.    Clearly    writ-  i, 

it  ten,      professionally      illustrated      and  ■*• 

*  well     organized     for     the     busy     sky-  * 

^  watcher    who    wants    to    be    taken    by  i 

■k  the    hand    and    taught    individually    by  * 

*  a   Professional   Astronomer.  ♦ 

*  • 

*  Coast  ^alrigation  ,^cljool       j^T  * 

*  * 

*  SCHOOL  OF  ASTRONOMY  • 

*  Dept.   6742   418   E.   Canon   Perdio  * 

*  Santa   Barbara,   California   93101  * 

.j^  Please    send    me    School    Brochure    on  J 

it  your    Home   Study   Courses.  if 

t  * 

T  Name     ^ 

if  Address     J 

*  City ; 

t  * 

}  State Zip * 

J                           Accredited   by  the  * 

*  National   Home   Study  Council  •*■ 

*  * 

••••••••••••*•••••*•••••••• 


AMERICAN  HAWKING 

By  Hans  J.  Peelers  and  E.  W.  Jarrescn,  Jr 


A  definitive  account  of  hawking  in  the  New 
World,  this  beautifully  illustrated  book 
treats  the  care  and  training  of  North 
American  sporting  hawks.  Conservation  of 
raptors  is  emphasized,  and  there  are  sec- 
tions on  the  biology  of  both  raptors  and 
quarry,  as  well  as  on  diseases  and  mod- 
ern remedies.  The  needs  of  present-day 
falconry  are  explained  so  as  to  assist  the 
serious  beginner  and  stress  difficulties  to 
the  dilettante.  Seven  full-page  original 
colored  plates  and  thirty-six  half  tones  by 
the  senior  author  illustrate  many  aspects 
of  American  falconry,  and  four  pen  and 
ink  drawings  depict  hawking  gear. 

Designed  and  printed  with  the  artistry 
of  Lawton  Kennedy,  this  volume  is  an  es- 
sential addition  to  a  complete  library  of 
outdoor  sports.  Available  from  the  authors 
for  twenty-five  dollars. 

814  J  Street,  Davis,  California  95616 


131 


being  masterfully 
at  home         ^ 
I     outdoors,     ^ 
for  an       Jf 
hour  or    J 
weeks    j 

THE  ART  AND  SCIENCE 
OF  TAKING  TO  THE  WOODS 


by  C.  B.  Colby  and  Bradford  Angier 

...the  encyclopedia  of  woodslore 
and  outdoor  living 

America's  two  top  pros  combine  a  century  of 
experience  to  tell  about  everything  that  works 

—  whether  going  in  style  or  roughing  it,  way  out 
or  close  by,  walking  or  riding,  on  mountaintop 
or  at  the  shore. ..and  when  nature's  mild  or  wild. 

In  50  chapters.  288  jammed,  8-1/2  x  10-1/2 
pages,  the  experts  show  the  shortcuts,  basic 
skills,  and  advance  techniques,  including... 
planning  •  budgeting  •  buying  gear  •  clothes  • 
equipment  care  •  backpacks  and  backpacking  • 
using  motor  vehicles,  trailers,  bicycles,  trail 
scooters  •  boats  and  canoes  •  hiking  trails  • 
bivouacking  •  shelters  •  direction  finding  •  tent 
pitching  "  footwear  •  stoves  and  campfires  • 
camping  tools  •  vacation  camping  •  camping  to 
hunt  and  fish...and  hundreds  of  other  tips  about 
everything  from  air  mattresses  to  zippers. 

With  nearly  200  precise  drawings.  The  Art 
and  Science  of  Taking  to  the  Woods  becomes 
the  all-in-one,  complete  blueprint  for  building 
great  times  outdoors.  $7.95 


knowing  the  stories  told  by 
'  •  *-  the  outdoors, 

for  browsers  on 
foot  or  wheels 


READING 
the  WOODS 


...seeing  more  in 
nature's  familiar  faces 
A  layman's  eye  view  of  tales  told  by  the  forests, 
soil,  rocks,  and  land  formations.  Author- 
naturalist  Brown  provides  simple,  accurate 
descriptions  and  several  hundred  sharp  photos 
and  drawings  that  help  one  to  read  and  under- 
stand nature's  signs.  Those  signs. ..of  growth 
and  movement,  of  the  influence  of  weather, 
fire,  man,  animals,  insects,  birds,  of  nature's 
own  plan  for  the  continuity  of  its  green  things... 
all  provide  ways  to  see  beyond  surface  appear- 
ances, unlocking  a  new  appreciation  and  more 
of  the  beauty  of  the  things  around  us. 

Reading  the  Woods  is  a  key.  A  key  to  a  more- 
than-passing  acquaintanceship  with,  and  a  non- 
specialists'  course  in  the  past,  the  present,  and 
the  future  of  the  outdoor  world.  $5.95 


STACKPOLE  BOOKS 

Dept.  309 

Cameron  and  Kelker  Streets 

Harrisburg,  Pa.  17105 

Please  send  me 

copies  of  The  Art  and  Science  of 

Taking  to  the  Woods         S7.95 
copies  of  Reading  the  Woods  S5.95 

□  Bill  me,  please,  including   shipping- 
handling 

Q  Payment  in  full  enclosed.  Include  my  free 
copy  of  Pocket  Guide  to  Animal  Tracks 

Send  all  to 

Name . . 


Street - 
City 


_State- 


.Zip_ 


Send  payment  with  your  order  and  get  a 
FREE  copy  of  the  52  95,  hardbound  PocAef 
Guide  to  Animal  TracAs— pictures  and 
details  about  the  footprints  left  everywhere 
by  44  North  American  game  animals 


appreciate  the  gentle  manner  in 
which  you  drew  my  attention  to  it. 
We  are  continuing  work  on  this 
star.  I  am  terribly  aware  of  the  pos- 
sible sources  of  errors  that  may  af- 
fect these  small  deviations  in  long- 
range  series  of  photographs.  I  am 
keeping  my  fingers  crossed  and  in- 
tend to  accumulate  material  "in- 
definitely." At  the  moment  it  seems 
to  me  that  appreciable  improvement 
in  accuracy  could  be  attained  by 
remeasuring  all  the  material  on  a 
modern  measuring  machine. 

Peter  van  de  Kamp 
Swarthmore  College 

Mushrooms,  anyone? 

In  the  June-July  issue  of  Natural 
History  Peggy  Young  has  a  long 
article  on  mushrooms  that  is  notable 
for  its  dogmatic  presentation.  Not 
that  she  is  necessarily  in  error,  but 
I  feel  that  the  editor  should  not 
encourage  such  leanings.  Or  am  I 
old-fashioned? 

In  his  book  "The  Life  of  the 
Fly,"  Jean  Henri  Fabre  includes 
some  extraneous  notes,  including 
the  French  peasants'  method  of  pre- 
paring mushrooms.  Presumably 
poisonous  types  are  boiled  in  salt 
water,  then  drained,  before  other 
cooking.  Fabre  ridicules  the  idea 
that  the  poisonous  types  should  be 
learned  and  avoided.  Has  anyone 
else  made  a  test? 

WiLLARD  F.  Hollander 
Professor  of  Genetics 
Iowa  State  University 


YOU  CAN  ORDER 
REPRINTS  OF 

THE 
GAELTACHT 

OF 
WEST  KERRY 

for  classroom,  study  group,  or  as 
gifts  to  friends. 

Please  send  name  and  address  with 
payment — check  or  money  order — 
made  out  to  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History. 

Cost  is  SQi  per  reprint. 
Quantity  prices  upon  request. 

Mail  to:  Reprints 

Natural    History    Magazine 
Central  Park  West  at  79th 

Street 
New  York,  New  York  10024 


SHARKS! 

'h'ue  or  false: 

A.  All  sharks  are  cold-blooded. 

B.  Sharks  are  found  only  in  salt 
water. 

C.  Shark  skin  is  covered  with 
tiny  teeth. 

D.  Sharks  are  afraid  of  porpoises. 
(answers  below) 

If  the  answers  to  these  questions 
surprise  you,  you  will  find  a 
wealth  of  other  surprises  in  THE 
NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  SHARKS, 
by  Thomas  H.  Lineaweaver  III  and 
Richard  H.  Backus.  The  scuba 
age  has  overthrown  many 
cherished  misconceptions  about 
sharks:  It  has  long  been  pro- 
claimed that  sharks  must  turn 
over  to  bite.  (This  one  goes  back 
to  Aristotle).  And  naturalists  who 
should  have  known  better  have 
often  pronounced  the  shark  weak 
and  harmless. 

Lineaweaver  and  Backus,  both 
associated  with  the  Woods  Hole 
Oceanographic  Institution,  have 
assembled  a  complete  survey  of 
all  that  is  known  about  sharks 
today.  They  include  their  own 
observations  and  those  of  others, 
from  William  Beebe  to  Marco 
Polo.  Their  book  is  copiously 
illustrated  with  photographs  and 
drawings  showing  all  the  major 
species  of  shark.  And  it  includes 
—for  the  fisherman  or  amateur 
naturalist— a  complete  key  to 
quick  identification  of  any  shark. 
The  price  of  this  fascinating 
volume  is  surprisingly  low,  only 
$6.95.  Order  your  copy  today. 

(A.  False    B.  False    C.  True    D.  False) 


mi.  B.  LlPPINCOn  COMPANY  J 

■  East  Washington  Square  NH-8-70  ■ 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19105  ■ 

■  Send  me,  postpaid,  a  copy  of  THE  NATURAL  ■ 
HISTORY  OF  SHARKS.  I  reserve  the  right  to  ■ 


return  the  book,  for  any  reason,  within  10 

days  of  delivery  for  a  full  refund  of  the 

purchase  price.  I  enclose  $6.95. 

□  Check     n   Money  order 

(In  Ark.  Col.,   N.C.,   N.D.,  N.J.,  N.Y.,   Pa., 

Tenn.  add  state  and  local  sales  tax.) 

NAME 


13a 


BIG  SUR  STORM 
Call  Me  Ishmael.  C.  Olson.  William 

Morrow    &    Co.,    Inc.,    New    York, 

1947. 
Between      Pacific      Tides.      E.     F. 

Ricketts.  J.  Calvin,  J.  W.  Hedgpeth, 

eds.      Stanford      University      Press, 

Stanford,  1962. 
How    TO    Kill    a     Golden    State. 

W.  Bronson.  Doubleday  &  Company, 

Inc.,  Garden  City,  1968. 

AN  ENVIRONMENTAL 
LAWYER  URGES: 
PLEAD  THE 
NINTH  AMENDMENT! 
The    Supreme    Court    in    Modern 
Role.    C.    B.    Swisher.    New   York 
University  Press,  New  York,   1958. 
Governing   Nature.   E.   F.    Murphy. 
Quadrangle    Books,    Inc.,    Chicago, 
1967. 
The   New   Industrial   State.   J.   K. 
Galbraith     and    M.     S.    Randhawa. 
Houghton    Mififlin     Company,    Bos- 
ton, 1967. 

DEATH  BY  THE  PLOW 
North     American     Prairie.     J.     E. 

Weaver.    Johnsen    Publishing    Co., 

Lincoln,  1954. 
Postglacial  Vegetational  History 

OF  the  Great  Plains.  P.  V.  Wells. 

Science,    Vol.    167,    No.    3925,    pp. 

1574-1582.  1970. 
My  Antonia.    W.   Gather.   Houghton 

Mifflin  Company,  Boston,  1961. 
Ecology  of  North  America.  V.  E. 

Shelford.      University      of      Illinois 

Press,  Urbana,  1963. 

THE  SUPERCIVILIZED 
WEATHER  AND  SKY  SHOW 
The     Weather     Changers.     D.     S. 
Halacy,  Jr.  Harper  &  Row,  Publish- 
ers, New  York,  1968. 
Climatic    Change.    H.    Shapley,    ed. 
Harvard     University     Press,     Cam- 
bridge, 1953. 


Is  Man  Changing  the  Climate  of 
the  Earth?  R.  A.  Bryson.  Satur- 
day Review,  April  1.  1967. 

The  Inadvertent  Modification  of 
THE  Atmosphere  by  Air  Pollu- 
tion. V.  J.  Schaefer.  Bulletin  of  the 
American  Meteorological  Society, 
Vol.  50.  No.  4.  April,  1969. 

THE  GAELTACHT 
OF  WEST  KERRY 

The  Aran  Islands  and  Other  Writ- 
ings OF  John  M.  Synge.  R.  Tracy, 
ed.  Random  House,  Inc.,  New  York, 
1962. 

The  Islandman.  T.  0  Crohan. 
Translated  by  R.  Flower.  Oxford 
University  Press,  Inc.,  New  York, 
1951. 

The  Irish  Countryman.  C.  M. 
Arensberg.  Doubleday  &  Company, 
Inc..  Garden  City.  1968. 

Twenty  Years  A-Growing.  M.  O'Sul- 
livan.  The  Viking  Press,  New  York, 
1963. 

THREE  FLEEING  BULLHEADS 
The  Territorial  Imperative.  R.  Ar- 

drey.    Dell    Publishing    Co.,    Inc., 

New  York,  1968. 
On     Aggression.    K.     Lorenz.     Har- 

court.    Brace    &   World,   Inc.,    New 

York.  1966. 
Olfaction   in   Fishes.    H.   Kleereko- 

per.      Indiana      University      Press, 

Bloomington,   1969. 
The  Frail  Ocean.  W.  Marx.  Ballan- 

tine  Books,  Inc.,  New  York,  1969. 

MIGRATION  OF  THE 
BARREN-GROUND  CARIBOU 

A  Biological  Investigation  of  the 
Thelon  Game  Sanctuary.  C.  H. 
D.  Clarke.  National  Museum  of 
Canada  Bulletin  96,  Biological 
Series  No.  25,  1940. 

TuKTu:  A  Question  of  Survival. 
F.  Symington.  Canadian  Wildlife 
Service,  The  Queen's  Printer,  Ot- 
tawa, 1965. 


THE 
GER 


MAN 


51  WEST  64th  STREET. 
SC  4-7272  SC  4-7408 
SC  4-7158 


ACROSS  FROM  LINCOLN  CENTER 


READIIVG 
TABLE 


rkable  end  table 
;r  50  books  and 
or  newspa- 
.V,  upright, 
convenient.  Rolls  easily  on  large  casters.  Books 
Ht  on  bolh  sides,  magazines  on  ends— and  just 
the  proper  chair  size!  Pine,  in  honey  tone  or 
maple,  antique  pine  or  walnut  fin.  27xl4x26"H. 
$29.95  Exp.  Chg.  Col.  EASY  KIT:  Simple  instr. 
$21.50   Postpaid.  Add  SI.50  W.  of  Miss. 

BEAUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG— 1000  PIECES 

Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 

inc]ud,z,„No.  YIELD  HOUSE 


fH^il 


YOUR  OWN 
„k4IOROSCOPE 


m    SIGN  ON  A 
r I   POSTAGE  . 

STAMP 


inth  and  day  of 
tfi  and  we'll 
i  free  by  return 
genuine  postage  stamp 
picturing  your  personal  sign  of  the  Zodiac, 
as  an  introduction  to  stamp  collecting  - 
World's  Most  Rewarding  Hobby  —  and  our 
famous  stamps-on-approval  service.  You  get 
over  100  other  stamps  and  a  matching 
Illustrated  Album  -  both  yours  to  keep  as  a 
bonus  should  you  buy  $1  or  more  from  our 
free-examination  approval  selection.  Or  you 
can  return  Album  and  stamps  with  selection 
and  buy  nothing.  Cancel  service  anytime. 
But  in  either  case  the  Zodiac  stamp  is  yours 
to  keep  PLUS  a  Special  Horoscope  of 
Predictions!  Send  lOi  for  postage  and 
handling  today. 
KENMORE.  MILFORD  HN-588.  NEW  HAMP.OSOSS 


133 


wondng. 

Reynolds 

reclamation  plan  for  aluminum  cans 

and  other  aluminum  scrap. 


In  Los  Angeles  alone,  Reynolds 
test  program  got  people  to  redeem 
over  1,000,000  aluminum  cans  per 
month.  Now  we're  working  on  six- 
teen more  states. 

Answers  to  the  hard  problems — 
such  as  Utter  and  solid  waste  dis- 
posal— don't  come  easy.  But,  with 
effort  and  persistence,  they  do 
come. 

Reynolds  has  working  proof  of 
this  with  its  anti-litter,  aluminum 
can  recycling  program.  Starting  in 
Miami  over  three  years  ago,  we've 
developed  approaches  that  are  now 
about  to  be  put  to  work  in  16 
states. 

They'll  be  pulling  used  alumi- 
num cans  and  other  discarded 
aluminum  products  off  the  scrap 


-•rf'  -^i 


kJ> 


heap  and  back  to  our  reclamation 
plants.  They'll  be  helping  to  clean 
up  our  streets  and  conserve  our 
nation's  resources  at  the  same  time. 

Los  Angeles  gets  involved. 

We  know  these  programs  work. 
One  plan,  with  a  Reynolds  promo- 
tion drive  behind  it,  has  Los 
Angeles  citizens  bringing  more 
than  a  million  cans  a  month  into 


our  plant  there.  It  has  not  c 
made  Los  Angeles  people  rr 
aware  of  their  litter  problem' 
has  involved  them,  stimulated  tli 
into  doing  something  about  i 

Now  we're  expanding  our  Mi 
effort  to  cover  all  of  Florida.  V 
be  launching  our  campaign  in  T 
York  City,  and  will  move  i 
northern  New  Jersey,  Housi 
San  Francisco,  and  the  Pac 
Northwest. 

In  addition,  we  are  working ' 
Adolph  Coors  Company  of  C 
rado  to  help  reclaim  their  i 
aluminum  beer  cans.  We'lb 
taking  their  cans  from  Ariz(i( 
Colorado,  New  Mexico,  Wyom^ 
Utah,  Nevada,  Kansas,  Oklahcn 
Texas,  and  California. 


ed  aluminum  is  valuable. 

at  makes  the  program  work  is 
basic  value  of  aluminum  itself, 
ip  aluminum  is  worth  $200  a 
,  because  it  can  be  melted  down 

reused  so  readily.  Scrap  steel, 
comparison,  brings  only  $20 
m;  paper,  $16  a  ton. 
o  used  aluminum  cans  are 
:th  picking  up,  worth  saving 

taking  to  a  reclamation  plant, 
'nolds  is  able  to  offer  Vi0  per 
,  and  to  suggest  that  Boy  Scouts, 
pital  charity  groups,  and  other 
anizations — and  individuals — 
e  funds  by  collecting  and  re- 
ling  aluminum  scrap, 
hey're  taking  our  suggestions. 
;  milUon  cans  that  don't  show 


up  in  Los  Angeles  garbage  heaps 
every  month  prove  that. 

Letters  for  anti-litter. 

Our  anti-litter  efforts  have  brought 
us  much  applause  from  Boy 
Scout  officials,  Congressmen,  Keep 
America  Clean  groups,  civic  lead- 
ers, and  many  others.  But  our  chief 
satisfaction  is  in  being  able  to  help 
with  this  most  difficult  and  impor- 
tant problem.  We  intend  to  keep 
at  it,  and  to  work  even  harder. 
Reynolds  Metals  Company,  P.O. 
Box 2346-LII,  Richmond,  Virginia, 
23218. 


Individuals  and   organizations   bring  oil- 
aluminum  cans  to  the  Reynolds  reclamation 

center. 


Used  cans  pass  through  a  magnetic  separator 
and  are  then  shredded. 


Ingots  then  move  into  other  Reynolds  plants 
to  be  formed  into  sheet,  plate  or  other  mill 
products. 


The  recycled  aluminum  re-enters  the  econ- 
omy in  a  variety  of  attractive,  durable  new 
products. 


y^2 


"«** 


'"'^m^^" 


In  three  weeks  he  may  be  dead. 


In  the  beautiful  woods  and  valleys  of  eastern  Oklahoma 
time  is  running  out.  Up  to  fifty  percent  of  the  newborn  fawns 
are  being  lost  each  year  because  of  ticks. 

When  large  numbers  of  these  crab-like  pests  attack  a  healthy 
young  deer,  he  cannot  live  for  more  than  a  few  weeks. 

And  it  isn't  just  deer  that  are  affected.  Ticks  will  attack 
virtually  any  land  animal  or  bird  they  can  get  hold  of. 

But  there  is  a  way  to  control  these  marauders  — kill  them 
on  the  ground  where  they  breed. 

To  do  this,  the  Oklahoma  Department  of  Wildlife 
Conservation  together  with  Oklahoma  State  University  are 
using  Shell's  Gardona®,  an  insecticide.  A  mere  pound  to  an  acre 


can  kill  the  resident  tick  population  for  up  to  nine  weeks. 

Yet  it  will  not  harm  animals,  birds,  plants  or  people. 

Shell  has  also  funded  a  grant  to  Oklahoma  State 
University's  Department  of  Entomology  for  more  intensive 
study  on  the  control  of  ticks. 

Shell's  concern  with  wildlife  is  only  part  of  an  all-out 
program  to  help  save  our  environment.  So  far  we've  backed 
our  commitment  with  millions  of  dollars  a  year  in  the 
war  against  pollution. 

And  we're  moving  as  fast  as  we  can. 

Because,  like  the  fawn,  we're  all  running 
short  on  time. 


m  tne 


VATURAL  HISTORY 


OCTOBER  1970  •  $1 .00 


when  youVe  stalked  white  rhino  at  Umfolosi . . . 
safaried  through  16  game  reserves... heard  the  call 
of  Zulu  herdsmen  in  the  Valley  of  a  Thousand  Hills 
...then  youVe  seen  something  of  SOUTH  AFRICA 
...and  you  have  lived  a  little 


Experience  the  Kruger  National  Park  -  the  most 
famous  game  reserve  in  the  world.  Travel  the  many 
other  wildlife  sanctuaries.  See  everything  from  the 
elephant  to  the  tiny  oribi ...  in  comfort  with  an  expert 
guide.  Come-see  for  yourself. 


For  further  information  on  South  Africa,  contact  your  travel 
agent  or  write  to  the  South  African  Tourist  Corporation, 
Rockefeller  Center,  610  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10020,  or 
721  Wilshire  Beverly  Centre,  9465  Wilshire  Boulevard,  Beverly 
Hills,  California  90212. 


Break  away  from  the  herd  .  .  .  SOUTH  AFRICA  appeals  to  the  adventurer  in  you. 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


The  Journal  of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Vol.  LXXIX,  No.  8        October  1970 


8    WIT,  WISDOM,  &  WOE  Luther  P.  Gerlach  and  Virginia  Hine 
Or,  the  readers  strike  back  (with  our  thanks  for  your  enthusiasm). 


The  American  Museum 
oj  Natural  History 

Gardner  D.  Stout,  President 
Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Director 

Natural  History 
Alfred  Meyer,  Editor 

Robert  E.  Williamson,  Managing  Editor 

Alan  P.  Ternes,  Senior  Editor 

Thomas  Page,  Art  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

Avis  Knifjin 

John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 

Frederick  R.  Hartmann 

Karen  Manulis 

Florence  G.  Edelstein,  Copy  Chief 

Toni  Gerber,  Copy  Editor 

Carol  Breslin,  Reviews 

Diantha  C.  Thorpe,  Research 

William  Suderman,  Production 

Staff  Assistants 

Ernestine  Weindorf 

Janet  Stinchcomb 

Editorial  Advisers 

Dean  Amadon 

Franklyn  M.  Branley 

Vincent  Manson 

Margaret  Mead 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

Gerard  Pie  I 

Ethel  Tobach 

Advertising  Sales 

Harvey  Oshinsky,  Director 

Harry  F.  Decker 

Walter  E.  Mercer 

Gordon  Finley 

Dinah  Lowell,  Traffic 

Eileen  O'Keefe,  Assl. 

Circulation  Promotion 

Ann  Usher,  Director 

Joan  Meintfies 

Gail  White 

Fulfillment 
Joseph  Saulina,  Manager 


26    THE  CLICHE  OF  THE  KILLER  Victor  B.  Schefjer 

A  bad  press  and  a  fearsome  reputation  have  left  the  gentle  killer  whale 
unprotected  by  state  or  national  laivs. 

32     GEORGIA  GRANITE  ir'Uliam  A.  Bake,  Jr. 

Geologic    antiquity    and    botanical    uniqueness    distinguish    the    beautiful 
coastal  rocks  of  the  southern  piedmont. 

40     PEOPLES  OF  INDOCHINA  Charles  F.  Keyes 

Turmoil  in  Southeast  Asia  today  is  complicated  by  a  long  legacy  of  cultural, 
tribal,  and  religious  differences  among  this  region's  peoples. 

54     LIFE  IN  THE  SKY  Bruce  C.  Parker 

As  high-flying  ecosystems,  certain  clouds  may  harbor  thriving  colonies  of 
nutrient-making  organisms. 

60     MADE  IN  JAPAN  Rodger  Mitchell 

Unlike  the  plastic  gewgaius  made  for  export,  the  true  toys  of  Japan  boast 
fine  craftsmanship  and  local  legendary  significance. 

66     DISSECTING  THE  CRAB  Geoffrey  BurbUge 

More  than  7,000  years  ago,  a  superstar  burst — and  this  giant  cosmic  ac- 
celerator ivas  born. 

cover:  While  modern  warfare  disrupts  Indochina,  ancient  religious  sym- 
bols, such  as  this  Buddha  in  Bangkok,  continue  to  have  great 
influence. 

4      THE    AUTHORS 

38  SKY  REPORTER  John  p.  Wiley,  Jr. 

39  CELESTIAL  EVENTS  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

88     BOOKS  IN  REVIEW  Robert  Cushman  Murphy 

96       SUGGESTED    ADDITIONAL    READING 

Publication  Office:  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Central  Park  West  at 
79th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024.  Published  monthly,  October  through  May; 
bimonthly  June  to  September,  Subscription:  $7.00  a  year.  In  Canada  and  all  other 
countries:  $8.00  a  year.  Single  copies  SI. 00.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  New  York. 
N.Y.,  and  at  additional  offices.  Copyright  ©  1970  by  The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History.  No  part  of  this  periodical  may  be  reproduced  without  the  written  consent  of 
Natural  History.  Manuscripts  and  illustrations  submitted  to  the  editorial  office 
will  be  handled  with  care,  but  we  cannot  assume  responsibility  for  their  safety.  Opinions 
expressed  by  authors  are  their  own  and  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the  policy  of  The 
American  jlluscum.  Natural  History  incorporating  Nature  Magazine  is  indexed  in 
Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 


What  kind  of  worl 


We  live  on  a  tiny,  fragile,  vulnerable 
planet.  We  must  learn  how  to  care  for  it. 

Six  years  ago,  Standard  Oil  Company  (New 
Jersey)  affiliates  began  using  a  method  for 
washing  tanker  compartments  at  sea  that  helps 
to  eliminate  putting  any  oil  into  the  ocean. 

We  developed  and  are  using  an  under- 
water seismic  device  that  replaces  dynamite  in 
oil  exploration  and  does  not  harm  marine  life. 

Jersey  researchers  are  working  with  auto 
manufacturers  to  develop  fuels  and  emission 


systems  which  together  will  be  virtually  p 
lution-free. 

Our  affiliates  are  building  special  plai 
in  Venezuela  and  Aruba  to  take  sulfur  out 
heavy  fuel  oil  used  by  our  eastern  cities. 

We  have  spent  millions  of  dollars  to  i 
prove  the  environmental  performance  of  ( 
refineries  and  chemical  plants,  new  and  old. 

Real  accomplishment.  Enormous  cost.  I 
there  is  much  more  to  be  done.  ■ 

The  search  for  and  production  of  oil 


^4^»K^MH», 


ill  we  leave  them? 


y  affiliates  must  continue  to  be  accom- 
;d  by  vigilant  care  for  the  ecology. 
Dur  refineries  will  be  looked  at  again  and 
I  for  ways  to  improve  their  environmental 
irmance. 

We  will  continue  to  seek  ways  to  improve 
ransportation  methods  on  land  and  sea. 
It  will  take  continued  dedication  and 
:  to  solve  our  problems.  But  all  industry, 
;d  all  citizens  and  their  municipalities,  will 
to  act  with  equal  concern. 


To  improve  the  total  environment  will 
take  time.  It  will  take  billions  of  dollars.  And 
the  cost  will  have  to  be  shared  by  all  of  us. 

We  intend  to  do  what  one  company  can 
do  to  improve  the  quality  of  life  on  this  planet. 

It  will  be  a  long  and  difficult  battle  for  all 
of  us.  But  this  is  a  battle  we  must  win. 

Standard  Oil  Company 
(New  Jersey) 


--.,4  v-.; 


During  his  thirty-one  years  as  a 
research  biologist  wdth  the  U.S. 
Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  Victor 
B.  Scheffer  worked  primarily  ivnth 
mammals,  especially  seals  and 
whales.  The  recipient  of  the  Depart- 


Sea  Liom,  and  Walruses:  The  Year 
of  the  Whale:  and  The  Year  of  the 
Seal. 

A  free-lance  i\Titer  and  photog- 
rapher and  an  active  conser- 
vationist. William  A.  Bake,  Jr.. 


Associate    professor    of    anthro  | 
pology  at  the  Lniversity  of  Wash! 
ington,  Charles  F.  Keyes  has  con|; 
ducted    extensive    research    on    thji 
peoples    of    Indochina,    particularLj^ 
the  Thai.   His  field  work  in  Thai 
land    includes    tivo    years    in    th 
northeast  studying  village-nation  re 
lations,  peasant  social  organizatioi 
and  peasant  Buddliism:  and  a  yea 
in  the  north'i\"est  region  researchin 


ment  of  the  Interior's  Distinguished 
Service  Award  in  1965  and  the 
John  Burroughs  Medal  in  1969, 
SchefEer's  field  work  includes  the 
north  Pacific  and  Alaska,  where  he 
studied  marine  mammals,  England, 
the  USSR,  and  Antarctica.  He  is  the 
author  of  numerous  articles  as  well 
as   several  books,   including  Seals. 


has  combined  these  interests  in  a 
study  of  the  granite  outcrops  of 
Georgia.  A  resident  of  northeastern 
Georgia,  Bake  is  an  instructor  of 
educational  media  at  the  University 
of  Georgia  and  newsletter  editor  for 
the  Georgia  group  of  the  Sierra 
Club.  He  received  his  M.A.  in 
American  history  from  Emory  Uni- 
versitj"  and  is  currently  is'orking  on 
his  doctorate  in  education.  A  mem- 
ber of  the  Georgia  Consers'ancy,  his 
articles  and  photographs  have  ap- 
peared in  several  national  publica- 
tions. 


Thai-tribal  relations  and  ethnc 
history.  The  recipient  of  a  numbe 
of  fellowships,  Keyes  is  preparing 
book  with  Prof.  A.  Thomas  Kirsc 
of  Cornell  on  the  anthropologv'  c 
Southeast  Asia. 


Can  you  pick  out  your  Scotch? 


L 


A 


i  K, 


.M- 


"Black  &White?  Scotch  for  peop 

All  Scotches  shown  above  were  photographed  under  identical  lighting  with  equal  proportions  of  whisky  and  ice,  using  an  8x10  Plaubel  camera  with 


Professor  of  botany  at  Virginia 
jlytechnic  Institute  in  Blacksburg 
nee  1969,  Bruce  C.  Parker  re- 
ived his  M.S.  from  Yale  Univer- 
i;y  in   1957,  and  his  Ph.D.   from 


e  University  of  Texas  in  1960. 
fter  spending  the  following  year 
University  College,  London,  as  a 
ational  Science  Foundation  post- 
)ctoral  fellow,  he  became  assistant 
ofessor  of  botany  at  the  Univer- 
ty  of  California,  Los  Angeles,  in 
)61.  Four  years  later  he  joined  the 
iff  of  Washington  University  in 
.  Louis  as  associate  professor  of 
)tany.  Author  of  numerous  arti- 
'es  for  scientific  journals,  Parker 
■  editor  of  Contributions  to  Phy- 
ilogy. 

As  a  Fulbright  research  professor 
Ibaraki  University  in  Mito,  Rod- 


ger Mitchell  spent  a  year  in  Japan 
studying  the  biology  of  water  mites. 
During  his  stay,  he  collected  many 
native  toys  and  used  them  to  en- 
courage his  Japanese  friends  to  talk 
about  their  folk  tales  and  tradi- 
tions.  Currently   professor  of  zool- 


ogy at  Ohio  State  University,  Mitch- 
ell's studies  involve  the  analysis  of 
the  relations  of  parasitic  mites  to 
their  host. 

British-born  Geoffrey  Bur- 
bidge  of  the  University  of  Califor- 
nia, San  Diego,  has  been  a  major 
force  in  strengthening  the  scientific 
foundation  on  which  modern  cos- 
mology is  based.  A  theoretical 
physicist,  Burbidge  accepted  a  Car- 
negie Fellowship  to  Mount  Wilson 


Observatory  in  1955.  In  1962,  after 
five  years  on  the  faculty  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago,  during  which  he 
and  his  wife  made  the  observations 
from  which  they  determined  the 
masses  of  galaxies,  he  joined  the 
faculty  of  the  University  of  Califor- 
nia, San  Diego,  as  professor  of 
physics.  Among  their  many  notable 
contributions  to  the  field,  llu-ii   tlir- 


ory  of  the  origin  of  the  elements  is 
considered  to  be  a  classic  in  as- 
tronomy. A  fellow  of  the  Royal 
Society  and  of  University  College, 
London,  Burbidge  plans  a  theo- 
retical study  of  radio  galaxies, 
quasi-stellar  objects,  and  nuclei  of 
galaxies. 


It  isn't  easy. 
These  five  leading  Scotches  look  pretty 
much  alike. 

They  all  look  light. 

And  they  taste  light,  too. 

Where  Scotches  do  vary  is  in  smoothness. 
And  that's  where  we  shine.  People  who 
know  Scotch  consider  "Black  (StWhite" 
(second  from  right)  the  smoothest  of  them  all. 

Maybe  you'll  agree. 

Maybe  you  won't. 

But  we'd  like  you  to  try  it. 


ho  know  the  difference. 


er  Super  Angulon  lens  af  F/64.  For  names  of  other  Scotches  shown,  write  to  The  Fleischmonn  Dist.  Corp.,  625  Madison  Ave.,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022. 

AGED,  BLENDED,  BOTTLED  IN  SCOTLAND  8(5.8  PROOF  SCOTCH  WHISKY  THE  FIEISCHMANN  DISTILLING  CORP.  NYC  SOLE  DISTRIBUTOR 


In  Lexington,  Mass.,  there's  a  service  stati 


Lexington,  Massachusetts,  is  rich  in  colonial  history. 
200  years  ago,  the  great  and  near  great  swept  tlu'ough 
Lexington.  Men  like  George  "^^'ashington.  Benjamin 
Franklin.  Samuel  Adams  and  John  Hancock. 

And  on  practically  every  corner  stands  a  landmark, 
or  a  famous  colonial  home.  The  Hancock-Clarke  house 
built  in  1698.  The  old  Monroe  Tavern  on  Massachusetts 
Avenue,  where  George  Washington  was  wined  and  dined 


in  1789. 

The  people  of  Lexington  are  deeply  committed 
their  heritage.  And.  needless  to  say.  they  w-anted  to 
preserve  it.  Thus,  when  Shell  arrived  in  Lexington 
redesign  a  service  station,  some  questions  were  rai; 
The  people  feared  a  station  that  would  be  a  comple 
contradiction  to  their  community.  Its  character  anc 
historv. 


'^^&ii*^./. 


>y .  "  «  ,  '»';f' 


«^ 


>5 


■  the  people,  by  the  people  and  for  the  people. 


'mm^^fiam 


But  their  fears  were  unnecessary.  Shell  engineers 
)mitted  a  number  of  pleasing  designs  to  the  town's 
storical  Architectural  Board.  And  the  people  on  the 
ard  selected  one. 

The  result:  Shell  has  a  thriving,  attractive  station, 
th  a  portico  and  a  quaint  belfry.  And  the  people  of 
xington  have  a  station  that  blends  in  with  the  town's 
tory  and  its  scenery. 


Shell,  as  a  company,  is  committed  to  enhancing  the 
environment.  Not  detracting  from  it.  That's  why  our 
new  stations  are  specifically  designed  to  blend  in. 
Older  ones  are  remodeled.  Dilapidated  ones,  torn  down. 

And  station  clutter,  such  as  banners  and 
pennants,  are  outlawed. 

Shell  wants  to  keep  America  the  Beautiful 
...beautiful. 


orn  down. 
hHELLj 


IP%  JVisdom, 

&  JVoe 

A  preliminary  report  on  tlie 

replies  to  Xatural  H'lstory^s  questionnaire, 

^^You  and  the  Ecology  Movement^'' 

By  Luther  P.  Gerlach  and  flrginia  Hine 


One  characteristic  of  Natural 
History  readers  is  their  remarkable 
responsiveness.  To  date  more  than 
six  thousand  readers  have  returned 
the  ecology  questionnaire  that  ap- 
peared in  the  June-July.  1970.  is- 
sue. The  answers  came  from  every 
section  of  the  continental  United 
States,  from  Hawaii,  Alaska,  Mex- 
ico, Canada.  England.  France,  Ar- 
gentina, and  Pago  Pago.  Many 
readers  duplicated  the  question- 
naire form  and  distributed  it  to 
friends,  neighbors,  colleagues,  or 
students.  Two  bundles  arrived  from 
high  school  teachers:  one  repre- 
sented the  total  student  body  of  one 
school;  the  other,  the  freshman  and 
senior  students. 

Lengthy  comments  in  the  mar- 
gins or  in  separate  letters  indicated 
lively  interest  in  the  questionnaire's 
subject  matter.  Such  comments — 
some  enthusiastically  supportive, 
some  sharply  critical — add  greatly 
to  the  information  collected.  Even 
though  it  increases  the  task  of 
analysis  and  interpretation  of  the 
data,  we  are  most  grateful  to  those 
who  took  the  time  to  make  personal 
comments. 

The  mechanics  of  processing  and 
analyzing  all  of  these  responses  is 
so  time-consuming  that  a  full  report 
of  the  results  will  not  be  published 


until  a  later  issue.  But  interest  in 
this  project  is  such  that  a  prelimi- 
nary report,  to  you  who  have  coop- 
erated so  willingly,  is  mandatory. 

The  most  frequent  comment  ac- 
companying the  answer  forms  had 
to  do  with  the  advisability  of  print- 
ing the  form  on  the  back  of  a  par- 
ticularly charming  picture  of  chee- 
tahs. Some  chided  gently:  others 
were  outraged.  The  questionnaire  at 
least  determined  clearly  that  a  grati- 
fying number  of  readers  keep  each 
issue  of  this  magazine  on  per- 
manent record. 

The  second  most  frequent  type  of 
comment  had  to  do  with  the  ques- 
tionnaire itself.  These  comments 
ranged  from  "this  questionnaire 
was  just  great"  to  "this  question- 
naire is  not  very  bright.  The  an- 
swers are  too  bloody  simple.  Next 
time  why  not  get  pros  to  make  up 
the  questionnaire?" 

Some  respondents  felt  the  limited 
choice  of  answers  on  the  question- 
naire was  "unrealistically  confining" 
or  ''an  offense  to  the  intelligence  of 
readers.'  This  is  a  classic  reaction 
to  multiple  choice  questionnaires — 
from  census  forms  to  college  en- 
trance exams.  Everyone  resents  the 
implied  uniformity  of  precoded 
questionnaires.  It  offends  our  sense 
of  individuality.  It  also  appears  to 


reduce  complex  questions  to  sim- 
plistic answers.  This  is  particularly 
true  in  areas  of  vital  concern.  When 
feelings  run  deep,  they  are  not  eas- 
ily boxed  into  neat  little  categories. 

The  survey  method,  however,  is 
one  of  the  best  for  discovering  gen- 
eral trends  in  the  opinions  of  large 
numbers  of  people.  Many  readers 
commented  sympathetically  on  the 
problems  of  a  project  of  this  na- 
ture. Two  teams  of  social  scientists 
trusted  its  validity  sufficiently  to 
ask  for  access  to  the  data  for  use  in 
their  related  research  projects. 

There  were  numerous  criticisms 
of  "bias,"  "lack  of  objectivity,"  and 
"loaded  questions."  The  more  irate 
of  these  critics  viewed  us  as  scien- 
tific "charlatans"  or  just  "down- 
right stupid,"  and  suggested  that  in 
the  future  we  submit  our  questions 
to  a  panel  of  experts.  Actually,  sev- 
eral months  of  planning  and  con- 
siderable expertise  went  into  the 
selection  and  wording  of  the 
questions.  The  content  of  the  ques- 
tions was  generated  out  of  hun- 
dreds of  personal  interviews  with 
people  involved  in  conservation  and 
ecology  groups,  as  well  as  with 
people  who  actively  oppose  them. 
The  statements  and  questions  were 
phrased  in  terms  that  these  individ- 
uals and  groups  used  originally  in 


ABOUT  $10  A  FIFTH.  PRICES  MAY  VARY  ACCORDING  TO  STATE  AND  LOCAL  TAXES.  12  YEAR  OLD  BLENDED  SCOTCH  WHISKY.  86.8  PROOF. 
BOTTLED  IN  SCOTLAND.  IMPORTED  BY  SOMERSET  IMPORTERS,  LTD.,  N.Y.,  N.Y. 


mmbTHEIANDOFTHEMAYA 

The  extraordinary  travel  event  of  1971  on  two  renovyned  cruising 

yachts.  Leisurely  voyages  of  discovery  to  Cozumel,  Yucatan,  Guatemala, 

Honduras  and  unexplored  islands  of  the  Western  Caribbean. 


ARGONAUT 

nd  &  Whitcoi 

lASON 


Jan.  6-16,  10  days, 
mts  1  \IWJ\JI  V  \\J  I   From  Montego  Bay. 
Arranged  by  Raymond  &  Whitcomb  Co.,  first  in  travel  since  1879. 
Jan.  16-30,  14  days, 
mts  f  *' 'V  ^1  \  From  San  Juan. 


These  fine  vessels  and  their  staff  will  welcome  you  in  the  yacht- 
like atmosphere  of  ships  that  are  built  for  cruising  comfort, 
are  decorated  with  taste,  and  kept  with  pride. 
Chichen  Itza,  Uxmal,  Tulum,  Tikal,  the  Maya  Highlands  of 
Guatemala ...  all  the  awesome  beauty  that  was  America 
before  Cortes  is  within  your  reach  on  these  rare  travel 
opportunities.  The  seldom  visited  islands  of  Roatan, 
Guanaja,  San  Andres,  San  Bias  and  Grand  Cayman 
are  also  yours  to  explore  on  these  cruises. 
You  are  invited  on  voyages  designed  for  dis- 
cerning individuals  seeking  a  personalized 
experience  in  fascinating  areas  never 
meant  for  mass  travel. 
Limited  membership  and  the  intimate, 
informal  character  of  these  ventures 
assures  congenial  travel  of  high 
standard.  Greek  registry. 


Consult  Your  Travel  Agent 


^PIROTIKI    LIN^^   608  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York  10020  Tel.  (212)  265-6130 


Konica  cameras  get  taken  to  where  the 
fun  is,  because  they're  fun  to  use. 

They  can  take  great  pictures  quickly 
and  easily.  And  you  can  take  the  credit, 
proudly. 

Choose  from  the  world's  smallest, 
lightest  rangefinder  35mm  camera,  or  the 
most  compact  super  8  cartridge-loading 
movie  camera,  or  the  only  professional 


35mm  single-lens  reflex  that's  automatic, 
too.  Or  get  all  three— the  prices  are  sur- 
prisingly right  for  your  budget.  At  better 
camera  counters  everywhere. 

Konica  Camera  Corp.,  P.O.  Box  1070, 
Woodside,  N.Y.  11377. 


"The  lens  alone  is  worth  the  price" 


discussing  the  issues.  On  such  a 
survey,  one  aims  for  common  ter- 
minology as  it  is  popularly  used, 
rather  than  for  professional  ex- 
actitude. The  questions  were  then 
gone  over  carefully  in  cooperation 
with  a  team  of  psychologists  doing 
similar  surveys.  This  was  followed 
by  repeated  pretesting  with  several 
groups  of  people  who  were  invited 
to  suggest  changes  in  phraseology. 
Several  items  were  also  run  in  a 
Minnesota  poll  sponsored  by  Min- 
neapolis newspapers.  All  items  were 
then  reworked  so  that  the  terms 
used  would  be  commonly  under- 
stood by  the  widest  range  of  poten- 
tial respondents. 

The  so-called  slanting  of  some  of 
the  questions  was  intentional.  Ac- 
tually the  items  that  drew  most  of 
this  type  of  criticism  were  not  ex- 
actly questions.  They  were  state-, 
ments.  Furthermore,  they  were 
statements  commonly  heard  among 
environmentally  minded  people  of 
different  persuasions.  "Loading" 
for  most  people  means  that  a  spe- 
cific answer  is  expected.  There  were 
no  "answers"  as  such  to  these  state- 
ments. There  was  an  opportunity  to 
express  various  degrees  of  agree- 
ment or  disagreement  with  them. 
We  neither  expected,  nor  did  we 
get,  predictable  concentrations  of 
responses. 

A  review  of  the  questionnaire 
will  reveal  that  on  controversial 
points  half  of  the  statements  were 
loaded  in  one  direction  and  the 
other  half  in  the  opposite  direction. 
The  purpose  of  this  was  to  elicit 
precisely  the  value  judgments  so 
deplored  by  some  of  our  critics. 
Emotionalism,  they  said,  served 
only  to  muddy  the  waters.^ 

It  would  be  nice  if  Hiiman  re- 
sponses to  serious  problems  were 
based  solely  on  reason.  It  would  be 
even  nicer  if  environmental  deci- 
sions were  made  solely  on  the  basis 
of  scientific  facts.  The  assumptior 
that  our  decision  makers  can  oper- 
ate  without  emotional  bias  is  a  wist 
fully  held  myth  in  our  society.  As 
one  respondent  put  it:  "The  solu 
tions  of  these  [environmental] 
problems  will  be  found  through  th( 
use  of  our  brains  and  not  our  emo- 
tions." Others  wrote  that  emotion 
alism  has  no  place  in  scientifii 
investigation,  and  several  tool 
Natural  History  to  task  for  no 
"sticking  to  the  facts." 


First  price  is  publisher's  list.  Boldface 

700.  Huey  Long:  A  Biography, 

By  T.  Harry  Williams. 

National  Book  Award  and 

Pulitzer  Prize  winner. 

$12.50/7.95 

554.  The  Trial  of  the  Germans: 

Nuremberg,  1945-46. 

By  Eugene  Davidson. 

$12.50/8.95 

607.  From  Slavery  to  Freedom: 

A  History  of  Negro  Americans. 

By  John  Hope  Franklin. 

$12.00/7.40 

679.  Napoleon:  From  IS  Brumaire 
to  Tilsit,  1799-1807  (Vol.  I). 

By  Georges  Lefebvre. 
$7.50/6.50 

680.  Napoleon:  From  Tilsit  to 
Waterloo,  1807-15  (Vol.  ID. 
By  Georges  Lefebvre. 
$7.50/6.50 

613.  Stonewall  Jackson 

and  the  American  Civil  War. 

By  G.  F.  R.  Henderson. 

$8.95/6.95 

646.  Expansion  &  Coexistence: 

The  History  of 

Soviet  Foreign  Policy,  1917-67. 

By  Adam  B.  Ulam. 

$12.95/8.95 

370.  The  Spanish  Civil  War. 

By  Hugh  Thomas. 

S12.50/7.5O 


shows  member's  price. 

460.  Hitler:  A  Study  In  Tyranny. 

By  Alan  Bullock. 

$10.00/6.95 

651.  White  over  Black:  American 

Attitudes  toward 

the  Negro,  1550-1812. 

By  Winthrop  D.  Jordaa 

$12.50/8.95 

645.  The  Great  Terror; 

Stalin's  Purge  of  the  Thirties. 

By  Robert  Conquest. 

$9.95/7.40 

621.  The  Indian  Heritage 

of  America. 

By  Alvin  M.  Josephy,  Jr. 

$10.00/6.95 

476.  The  Life  of  Lenin. 

By  Louis  Fischer. 

$12.50/8.50 

470.  20th  Century  China. 

By  O.  Edmund  Qubb. 

$7.95/5.95 

688.  World  Prehistory: 

A  New  Outline  (2nd  Edition). 

By  Grahame  Clark. 

$7.50/5.95 

489.  William  the  Conqueror. 

By  David  C.  Douglas. 

$9.50/6.95 

661.  A  History  of  the  Vikings. 

By  Gwyn  Jones. 

$9.75/6.95 

606.  Henry  Vili. 

By  John  J.  Scarisbrick. 

$10.95/7.65 


657.  The  Creation  of  the 
American  Republic,  1776-1787. 

By  Gordon  S.  Wood. 
Bancroft  Award  Winner. 
$15.00/9.95 

687.  Anti-lntellectualism 
in  American  Life. 

By  Richard  Hofstadter. 

$7.95/5.95 

591.  Louis  XiV. 

By  John  B.  Wolf. 

$12.50/8.75 

698.  The  Epic  of  the  Crusades. 

By  Rene  Grousset. 

$10.00/6.95 

714.  The  Great  Betrayal:  The 
Evacuation  of  the  Japanese- 
Americans  during  World  War  11. 
By  Audrie  Girdner  &  Anne  Loftis. 
$12.50/8.75 

695.  The  Court  of  Richard  II. 
By  Gervase  Mathew. 
$6.95/5.95 

715.  The  Boston  Massacre. 
By  HiUer  B.  Zobel. 
$8.50/6.75 

677.  Witchcraft  at  Salem. 
By  Chadwick  Hansea 
S6.95/5.75 

673.  The  Historian  as  Oetective: 
Essays  on  Evidence. 

Edited  by  Robin  W  Winks. 
$ia95/7.50 
/     ■  .     - 


The  History  Book  Club 
Stamford,  Connecticut  06904 

Please  enroll  me  as  a  trial 
member  and  send  me,  for 
only  99  cents,  the  three  books  whose 
numbers  I  have  iilled  in  below; 

Also  send  me,  at  the  special  member's 
price,  my  first  selection: 


CD 


I  enclose  no  money  now.  Send 
bill  with  books. 

Within  two  weeks,  I  may 
return  books  and  owe  nothing.  Or 
keep  them  and  agree  to  take  only 
four  more  selections  in  the  coming 
year.  I  may  cancel  anytime  after  that. 


A  small  shipping  charge  is  added  to  each  order. 
Residents  of  Canada;  Please  mail  coupon  to; 
The  History  Book  Club,  16  Overlea  Blvd., 
Toronto  17.  Ontario  NH   17S 


Special  on  tyrants. 
Any  three  for  99  cents. 


Hitler.  Stalin.  Huey  Long.  Napoleon. 
Lustful  Henry  and  despotic  Louis. 

They  did  more  to  change  the  course  of 
history  than  an  army  of  good  guys. 

That's  why  we'd  like  to  send  you  any 
three  of  these  gentlemen  as  your  introduction  to 
The  History  Book  Club. 

Or,  if  you  prefer,  you  may  choose  the 
company  of  heroes,  martyrs,  politicians,  kings.  Or 


become  embroiled  in  wars  or  revolutions. 

In  fact,  you  can  have  any  three  books 
listed  above.  All  for  99  cents.  When  you  take  a 
fourth  at  the  low  member's  price. 

We  think  these  books  will  make  you 
want  to  stay  in  the  Club.  And  if  that's  your  desire, 
you  simply  take  four  more  new  books  during  the 
coming  year,  from  the  150  offered  each  month. 
You  get  these  at  savings  of  $2,  $3  or  $4  off 


bookstore  prices.  And  you  also  earn  other  savings 
through  bonus  books  you  can  choose  from  the 
Club's  entire  list. 

Well-known  statesmen,  scholars  and 
community  leaders  belong  to  The  History 
Book  Club.  But  by  accepting  our  tyrants  offer, 
you  can  also  enjoy  the  company  of  villains. 

The  History  Book  Club 

Stamford,  Connecticut  06904 


Capture 
the  face 
of 
adventure 


Make  reservations  now  for  your  East  African  Camera  Safari 


Make  1970  the  year  you've  waited  for. 
Let  Winchester  Adventures  bring  you  to 
unspoiled  East  Africa,  where  you  and 
your  family  actually  can  experience  for 
yourselves  an  authentic,  completely 
planned  and  guided  safari  with  living 
memories  to  last  a  lifetime. 

Winchester  Adventures  can  put  you 
into  the  picture  easier  than  you  think. 
$1399*  per  person  reserves  an  all- 
inclusive  15-day  camera-and-sightseeing 
tour  through  one  of  Africa's  most  color- 


ful regions.  Four  other  itineraries  are 
available  for  your  selection,  each  thor- 
oughly investigated  in  advance  by  ex- 
perienced outdoor  travel  people  who 
know  Africa  inside  out,  and  who  can 
get  you  where  the  action  is,  from  airport 
to  bush  and  back  again. 

Begin  your  African  Camera  Safari  right 
now  by  filling  out  and  mailing  the  coupon 
below. 

•Based  on  ITX  excursion  fare  from  New  York  of 
$754.00.  There  is  an  additional  $50  charge  during 
fiigh  season. 


WINCHESTER 
WORLD-WIDE 
ADVENTURES 


The 

Outdoor 
Travel 
Experts 


Please   send    complete   details   about   your   African    Camera 
Safaris  to: 


ADDRESS . 
CITY 


I    PLAN   TO   TRAVEL   DURING   THE   MONTH   OF_ 
MY   TRAVEL   AGENT   IS 


Send  to  Winchester  World-Wide  Adventures,  460  Park  Avenue, 
New  York,  New  York  10022.  (212)  752-3880,  NH-10 


We  might  point  out  that  environ- 
mental facts  are  only  half  of  the 
equation — the  easiest  half  to  study. 
It  is  easier  to  measure  the  particu- 
late matter  in  automobile  emissions, 
for  instance,  than  to  measure  the 
variety  of  human  reactions  to  it. 
But  one  of  the  most  crucial  com- 
ponents in  any  ecosystem  is  the  hu- 
man decision-making  process.  Ob- 
servation of  environmental  decision 
making  in  different  parts  of  the 
country  over  the  past  three  years 
indicates  that  human  value  judg- 
ments and  the  degree  of  emotion 
with  which  they  are  held  are  per- 
tinent facts  in  the  ecological  crisis. 
These  are  the  kinds  of  facts  that  the 
questionnaire  was  written  to  elicit. 
One  of  the  most  interesting  find- 
ings,  even  at  this  preliminary  stage 
of  the  analysis,  is  the  wide  differ- 
ence of  opinion  among  Natural 
History  readers  on  the  relevance  of 
political  or  economic  issues  to  the 
ecological  crisis.  Here  we  touched  a 
sensitive  spot. 

"I  do  not  see,  for  the  life  of  me, 
how  the  elimination  of  the  profit 
system  has  any  connection  with 
ecology  or  pollution,"  wrote  one  re- 
spondent. Others  resented  the  in- 
clusion of  questions  about  Black 
Power,  campus  movements,  antiwar 
efforts,  and  religious  reforms  as  ir- 
relevant, if  not  positively  "subver- 
sive." 

These  questions  were  included, 
not  because  the  authors  are  "trying 
to  force  a  connection  between  con- 
servation and  New  Left  politics,"  as 
one  person  suggested,  but  because 
many  of  the  people  active  in  con- 
servation and  ecology  groups  are 
already  making  these  connections 
in  their  thinking.  Extensive  per- 
sonal interviews  have  turned  up 
many  participants  who  view  politi- 
cal, economic,  religious,  and  other 
aspects  of  human  life  as  inter- 
related in  the  same  way  that  differ- 
ent species  within  a  biological 
ecosystem  are  interrelated.  We 
wanted  to  find  out  how  widespread 
this  view  is  among  environmentally 
oriented  people. 

The  preliminary  tabulations  in- 
dicate that  a  large  majority  of  those 
who  answered  the  questionnaire  do 
view  the  various  protest  movements 
as  related  in  some  way  to  the  con- 
servation-ecology groups.  Of  these 
a  sizable  minority  see  them  as  not 
only  related  but  as  different  aspects 


12 


S  SENDING  YOU 
IVN  S.O.S. 


Vhat  can  you 
lo  about  it? 


The  conservationist  is  no  longer  a  voice  crying  in  the  wilderness.  Scientists,  politicians, 
businessmen,  housewives,  students  all  agree  that  our  environment  needs  our  help— now!  The  air 
you  breathe,  the  water  you  drink,  the  beaches,  plants,  birds  and  animals  you  love  are  all 
threatened  as  never  before.  The  ecologist's  view  of  nature  as  the  world's  oldest  underdog- 
exploited,  ignored,  polluted,  poisoned,  drained  of  its  riches 
—is  the  view  from  your  own  window. 

Most  environmental  disasters  have  been  set  in  motion  by  man's 

efforts  to  rearrange  nature  to  suit  his  immediate  needs.  Ecology,  your 

introductory  volume  in  the  LIFE  Nature  Library,  describes 

the  natural  laws  that  govern  the  life-cycles  of  all  living  things  and 

shows  how  these  interlocking  support  systems  can  collapse  when 

even  one  part  is  violated.  The  book  traces  the  environmental 

history  of  our  world— from  neolithic  man's  primitive  existence 

to  today's  technological  society  and  its  effect  on  these  natural  laws. 

With  less  than  2%  of  the  world's  population,  the  U.S.  is  responsible  for  30%  of  the  world's 
pollutants.  What  can  we  do  about  it?  When  you  learn  about  nature's  intricately 
balanced  relationships,  you'll  know  how  you  can  help  prevent  our  environmental  demise. 
The  way  you  eat,  drink,  buy,  discard,  vote,  and  tend  your  garden  can  all  have 
ecological  consequences.  Reading  Ecology  will  show  you  how 
the  way  you  live  affects  not  only  your  next-door  neighbor, 
but  life  everywhere  on  the  planet. 

The  text  is  by  Peter  Farb,  Fellow  of  the  American  Association 

for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  and  author  of  numerous  nature  books.  A  big,  handsome,  hardbound 

volume.  Ecology  is  particularly  rich  in  the  kind  of  pictures  you've  come  to  expect  from  LIFE'S  photographers. 

There  are  over  200  eloquent  photos,  paintings,  drawings,  and  charts— many  in  full  color.  When  you  read 

Ecology,  you'll  be  taking  your  first  step  towards  answering  Nature's  S.O.S.  Borrow  a  copy  for  10  days,  free  of 

charge.  If  you  decide  to  keep  it,  you  pay  only  $4.95  ($5.25  in  Canada),  plus  shipping  and  handling. 

Your  option  to  return-or-keep  applies  to  all  the  LIFE  Nature  Library  series.  If  you  keep  Ecology,  we  will 
then  send  you  one  book  every  two  months  with  the  same  10-day  free  trial  period  and  at  the  same  price. 
Books  such  as  The  Fishes,  The  Birds,  The  Mammals,  The  Sea,  Animal  Behavior.  .  .  all  of  them  important  and 
relevant  to  our  ecological  problems.  But  you  make  no  commitment  and  may  cancel  whenever  you  wish- 
so  mail  the  coupon  today.  The  sooner  you  begin  to  understand  your  environment,  the  closer  you  get  to  saving  it! 


8%x  11.  192  pages, 

over  200  photos,  drawings, 

paintings,  and  charts, 

ny  in  full  color. 


Sorrow 

ECOLOGY 

or  10  days  free... 


and  let  the  SQl  Nature  Library 
nswer  some  of  the  most  important 
luestions  facing  you  today. 


roll  me  as  a  subscriber  to  the  LIFE  Nature  Library  ar 
Volume  I.  EcoloKY.  for  a  lO-day  Trial  Examination.  If,  at  the  end  of  that 
time,  I  decide  not  lo  continue  the  scries,  I  will  return  the  book,  cancclinji 
my  subscription.  If  I  keep  the  book.  I  will  pay  $4.95  (S5.25  in  Canada)  plus 
shipping  and  handling.  I  understand  that  future  volumes  will  be  issued  on 

1  two-month  intervals  at  the  same  price  of  $4.95  ($5.25  in  Ca 
The  10-day  Free  Examination  privilege  applies  to  all  volumes  in  the  Libr; 
and  1  may  cancel  my  subscription  at  any  lime. 


NAME_ 


Schools  and  Libraries:  Order  Publisher's  Library  Edition  from 

Silver  Burdett  Co..  Morristown.  N.J.  07960. 

Eligible  for  Titles  I,  II  funds. 


13 


movies. 


Drop  in  .  .  .  shoot!  Just  drop  in 
the  film  cartridge  and  you're  ready 
to  shoot  bright,  sharp,  colorful 
super  8  movies.  Automatically. 

No  threading.  No  winding.  Your 
hands  never  touch  the  film. 

This  Kodak  Instamatic  M9 
movie  camera  has  power  zoom,  re- 
flex viewing,  extra-fast  f/1.8  lens, 
automatic  electric  eye.  Four  shoot- 
ing speeds.  Less  than  $200.  At 
your  photo  dealer's. 

ce  subject  to  change  without  no 


#Q/ 


Eio)4ls& 


Kodak  Instamatic 
M9  movie 


camera. 


of  a  single  thrust  for  fundamental 
social  change.  Respondents  were 
about  evenly  divided  on  the  ques- 
tion of  whether  racism  and  pollu- 
tion are  part  of  the  same  or  difEer- 
ent  problems.  We  were  rather 
surprised  by  these  preliminary  find- 
ings. 

It  would  appear  that  participants 
in  conservation-ecology  groups  tend 
to  practice  what  they  preach.  Re- 
spondents were  very  specific  about 
changes  in  their  behavior  patterns 
that  resulted  from  their  new  eco- 
logical awareness.  The  most 
frequently  mentioned  change  in  be- 
havior had  to  do  with  buying 
habits.  People  are  using  fewer  dis- 
posable products,  refusing  to  use 
detergents  and  certain  pesticides, 
avoiding  plastics  like  the  plague,  re- 
jecting no-return  bottles,  and  leav- 
ing paper  bags  with  the  check-out 
girl.  Many  mentioned  cutting  down 
on  the  use  of  water  and  electricitv, 
increased  use  of  bikes,  and  walking 
more.  Household  waste-recycling 
practices  are  popular,  and  the 
World  War  II  victory  garden  has 
reappeared  as  the  survival  garden. 
Litterers  are  frowned  upon  by  all 
and  personally  accosted  on  the 
street  by  the  more  audacious.  There 
were  also  reports  of  occupational 
changes  into  jobs  more  relevant  to 
the  ecological  crisis.  For  some  this 
has  meant  reduced  salaries. 

Population  control  has  become  a 
personal  matter  for  some,  especially 
those  who  are  just  beginning  their 
families.  The  "stop  at  two"  motto  is 
apparently  being  taken  very  se- 
riously. One  reported  an  abortion 
as  part  of  her  ecological  effort. 
Many  older  respondents  who  al- 
ready have  four  or  five  children  ex- 
pressed support  for  the  concept  of 
population  control,  but  as  one  fa- 
ther quipped:  "Wliat  should  I  do 
with  my  last  two  children?  Throw 
them  away?" 

Another  factor  that  seems  to  be 
emerging  is  the  pressure  adults  feel 
from  their  children.  Children 
apparently  are  becoming  outspoken 
critics  of  adult  litterers.  One  teen- 
ager made  life  miserable  for  her 
mother  until  she  stopped  throwing 
vegetable  matter  down  the  disposal 
and  started  putting  it  on  a  compost 
heap.  Another  wrote  that  he  "ang- 
ers my  parents'  friends  continually" 
by  criticizing  their  environmental 
habits. 


Drop  in  .  .  .  show!  This  Kodak 
Instamatic  M109  movie  projector 
makes  showing  movies  as  easy  as 
taking  them. 

The  secret's  in  Kodak's  new  pro- 
jection cartridge. 

Just  drop  it  into  place  .  .  .  and 
turn  on  the  show.  You  don't  have 
to  handle  the  film  at  all.  When  the 
movie's  over,  the  film  rewinds  back 
into  the  cartridge.  Automatically. 

That's  not  all.  The  new  M109 
takes  cartridges  and  regular  reels 
(up  to  400  feet),  in  both  8mm 
and  super  8. 

See  drop-in  movies  at  your 
photo  dealer's.  The  new  Kodak 
Instamatic  M109  projector,  f/1.5 
lens,  less  than  $160. 


Kodak  Instamatic® 
M109  movie      ^ 
projector 


m&Ms 


le  Seymours  just  gave  birth  to  a  nine-year-old. 


s  an  extraordinary  act  of  love.  It 
g  from  the  hearts  of  a  72-year-old 
and  his  60-year-old  wife.  It  reached 
hundreds  of  miles  — from  a  New 
City  apartment  to  a  town  in  the  hills 
messee.  And  it  will  give  new  life  to  a 
laired,  sad-eyed  little  girl  named 

John  and  Abby  Seymour  know  the 
raising  a  family.  "We  should,"  John 
ins.  "We've  got  seven  grandchildren, 
'e  want  to  do  more." 
More  means  Save  the  Children  Fed- 
in.  An  answer  to  Linda's  cry  for  help, 
lelp  for  Linda's  family  and  the  70 
families  in  her  Appalachian  town. 
Help  is  a  $15.00  monthly  check 
the  Seymours.  Not  a  hand  out,  mind 
but  a  boost  up  so  that  families  like 
's  can  start  to  help  themselves. 
Now  Linda  can  look  forward  to  fin- 
l  grade  school.  Public  education  is 


free,  but  you've  got  to  have  clothes  to 
wear  to  take  advantage  of  it.  A  winter 
coat,  shoes,  and  books  cost  money.  Money 
Linda's  parents  don't  have.  Linda's  father 
can't  find  a  job.  Her  mother  works  as  a 
seamstress  and  barely  earns  enough  to 
feed  her  family.  Now,  Linda  will  have  the 
things  she  needs.  And  more. 

Like  a  new  community  center  built 
by  Linda's  neighbors  with  a  self-help  loan 
from  Save  the  Children.  A  place  where  a 
doctor  and  a  dentist  can  have  a  clinic  for 
the  first  time.  And  swings  and  slides.  And 
a  day  care  center  where  Linda  can  play 
safely.  This,  in  essence,  is  Save  the  Chil- 
dren Federation. 

And  for  the  Seymours,  it's  warm  let- 
ters, exciting  progress  reports  and  won- 
derful photos  from  a  little  girl  away  from 
home. 

The  Seymours  know  there's  more 
than  one  way  to  save  a  child.  Howa  bout  you? 


National  Sponsors  (partial  list):  Faith  Baldwin,  Joan  Cra\ 
ford,  Andy  Griffith.  Mrs.  Eli  Lilly.  Paul  Newman.  Mrs.  J.  ( 
Penney,  Norman  Rockwell,  Frank  Sinatra. 

Save  the  Children  Federation,  founded  in  1932,  is  rei 
istered  with  the  U.S.  State  Department  Advisory  Con 
mittee  on  Voluntary  Foreign  Aid. 

I    I  wish  to  contribute  $15.00  a  month  to  ' 

sponsor  a  D  boy  D  girl  in 

□  Africa  D  American  Indian 

□  Europe  D  Middle  East 
n  Latin  America   D  Appalachia 

D  Vietnam  D  Korea  D  Southern  U.S. 
D  India  Q  Where  the  need  is  greatest 
Enclosed  is  my  first  payment 
n  $15.00  monthly  Q  $90.00  semi-annually 
n  $45.00  quarterly  D  $180.00  annually 
G  I  can't  sponsor  a  child.  Enclosed  is  my  con- 
tribution of  $ 

D  Please  send  me  more  information. 

Name 


City_ 


_ State. 


Contributions  are  income  tax  deductible. 


_Zip 

NH  10-0    I 


SAVETHECHILDREN  FEDERATION 

I  Norwalk,  Connecticut  06852  j 


ZEISS 

THE  GREAT  NAME  IN  OPTICS 


The  lenses. 

Who  would 
take  them 
more  seriously 
than  Zeiss? 


...  so  much  so,  that  the  new  breed  of 
Dialyts  was  created  with  slim  barreled, 
weather,  shock  and  dustproof  housings  just 
to  make  certain  that  the  lens/prism  sys- 
tems were  abundantly  protected  and  in- 
comparably effective. 

If  you'll  check  with  your  dealer  or  send  for 
our  free  booklet,  All  About  Binoculars, 
you'll  see  why  Zeiss  Dialyts  can  be  used 
without  or  with  eyeglasses,  showing  more 
contrast  and  image  resolution,  and  how 
their  light  gathering  power  will  actually 
mean  brighter  than  normal  viewing. 

You'll  also  learn  about  the  fantastic,  palm- 
size  8  X  20  mini-binocular  as  well  as  others 
for  every  conceivable  purpose  .  .  .  seriously!! 


Carl  Zeiss,  Inc.  444  Fifth  Ave.,  Dept.  NH,  New  York,  N.Y.  lOOlsl 


One  of  the  attitudes  that  we 
found  prevalent  in  our  personal  inr 
terviews  was  also  expressed  by  re- 
spondents to  this  questionnaire. 
Older  conservationists  pointed  out 
that  all  the  present  hullabaloo 
about  ecology  only  meant  that  peo- 
ple were  beginning  to  catch  on  to 
what  they  have  been  talking  about 
all  their  lives. 

More  than  half  of  those  active  in 
the  conservation-ecology  groups  ap-  ' 
proved  of  more  activist  methods  of 
achieving  their  goals.  A  majority 
approve  of  rallies,  demonstrations, 
marches,  and  even  nonviolent  direct 
action  such  as  sit-ins  in  front  of 
bulldozers.  Clearly  this  approval  is 
largely  theoretical.  It  has  not  been 
tested  by  most,  and  only  a  small 
fraction  of  respondents  reported 
having  taken  any  risks  in  their 
ecological  activism.  But  it  might 
suggest  an  impatience  with  con- 
ventional methods  of  achieving  en- 
vironmental goals. 

In  conclusion,  something  must  be 
said  about  the  validity  of  what  sta- 
tisticians call  the  "sample."  How 
representative  are  the  responses  of 
those  who  answered  the  question- 
naire? As  pointed  out  by  one  of  our 
respondents,  the  people  who  an- 
swered this  questionnaire  are  by  no 
means  representative  of  the  general 
public.  Natural  History  readers, 
she  wrote,  are  "specifically  conserva- 
tion oriented."  In  addition,  we  might 
add,  our  sample  is  also  characterized 
by  a  willingness  to  answer  such  a 
questionnaire,  so  that  it  may  not 
be  wholly  representative  even  of  all 
Natural  History  readers. 

Analysis  of  the  responses  will  al- 
low us  to  understand  much  about 
this  particular  group  of  people.  Our 
plans  include  giving  the  same  ques- 
tionnaire to  other  types  of  groups. 
It  is  being  published,  for  instance, 
by  Industry  Week.  Eventually,  we 
will  be  able  to  draw  comparisons 
between  the  responses  of  Natural 
History  readers  and  those  from 
groups  who  do  not  share  a  "specif- 
ically conservation  orientation.'' 
We  hope  that  these  data  will  add  to 
our  growing  understanding  of  our 
ecosystem,  of  which  human  society 
and  the  human  decision-making 
process  are  such  important  compo- 
nents. 

The  following  comments,  selected 
from  the  thousands  that  were  re- 
ceived, indicate  the  range  of  opin- 


i6 


YnntE  BEM  ROBKII! 


Virtually  every  time  that  you  spend 
money,  whether  at  the  supermarket,  de- 
partment store,  drugstore,  or  pas  sta- 
tion, you're  being  ROBBED!  '"Vou're 
being  duped,  hoodwinked,  and  swmdled  out  of 
the  full  value  of  yoiu  money  by  a  combination 
of  deceptive  selling  techniques  that  include 
Madison  Avenue  double-talk,  mendacious  sales- 
manship, and  insidious  labeling  and  packaging 
ploys.  Senator  Warren  Magnuson,  the  most  alert 
consumer  watchdog  in  Congress,  says  that  decep- 
tive selling  is  today's  "most  serious  form  of 
theft,  accounting  for  more  dollars  lost  each 
year  than  robbery,  larceny,  auto  thefts,  em- 
bezzlement, and  forgery  combined."  Sidney 
Maigolius,  the  dean  of  American  consumer  writ- 
ers, asserts  that  "Never  in  the  30  years  1  have 
been  reporting  on  consumer  problems  has  the 
public  been  as  widely  and  steadily  exploited  as 
today."  And  Ralph  Nader,  the  nation's  most  re- 
nowned champion  of  consumer  rights,  states 
that  "Nowadays  consumers  are  being  manipu- 
lated and  defrauded  not  just  by  marginal,fly-by- 
night  hucksters,  but  by  America's  blue-chip  busi- 
ness firms."  In  short,  commercial  fUmflammery 
is  rife  throughout  the  nation  and  the  American 
consumer  is  being  victimized  as  never  before.  As 
a  partial  antidote  to  this  widespread  fraud 
and  deception,  an  intrepid,  authoritative,  new 
publication  has  been  launched.  Its  name  is 
Moneysworth. 

Moneysworth,  as  its  name  implies,  aims  to 
see  that  you  get  full  value  for  the  money  you 
spend.  It  rates  competitive  products  as  to  best 
buys  (as  among  cameras,  hi-fi's,  automobiles, 
and  the  like);  it  offers  tips  on  how  to  save  mon- 
ey (they  will  astound  you  with  their  ingenuity); 
and  it  counsels  you  on  the  management  of  your 
personal  finances  (telling  not  only  how  to  gain 
maximum  return  on  your  investments  and  sav- 
ings, but  also  how  to  protect  your  money 
against  the  ravages  of  inflation).  In  short, 
Moneysworlh  is  your  own  personal  consumer 
crusader,  trusted  stockbroker,  and  chancellor  of 
the  exchequer -all  in  one. 

Perhaps  the  best  way  to  describe  Moneys- 
worth  for  you  is  to  list  the  kinds  of  articles  it 
prints: 

Earn  12%  on  Your  Savings  (Fully  Insured) 
How  to  Buy  A  Car  for  $125  Over  Dealer's  Cost 
Inaccurate  Billing  by  the  Phone  Company 
The  Advantages  of  a  Swiss  Banking  Account 
The  New  U.S.-Made  Minicars:  An  Evaluation 
14  Recession-Wracked  Cities  Where  Real  Estate 
Is  Selling  for  a  Pittance 

"Consuming  Fire"—  Moneysworth    takes   aim 
at  companies  that  are  defrauding  the  public. 
Unsafe   at   Any    Height— A    comparison   of   the 
safety  records  of  America's  airlines. 
A  Consumer's  Guide  to  Marijuana 
Free  Land  and  Free  Money  from  Uncle  Sam 
Stocks  that  Are  on  the  Rebound 
Send  Your  Child  to  College  Abroad 
The    Moneysworth    Co-operative- Details    of    a 
price-discount  co-op  (for  purchasing  typewriters, 
cameras,  and   the  like)   that   Moneysworth  sub- 
scribers automatically  become  members  of. 
How  Much  Are  You  Worth?— An  amazingly  sim- 
ple chart  gives  you  the  answer  in  60  seconds. 
Higb-Priced    Lemons—  Mechanical    failures    on 
brand-new  lmperials,Conlinentals,  and  Cadillacs. 
Tbe  Link  Between  Heart  Attack  and  Coffee 
The  Economics  of  Being  Black 
Cashing  In  on  Canada's  New  "Floating"  Dollar 
Cyclamales:  Did  America  Overreact? 
How  to  Buy  Art  Without  Getting  Framed 
Critics'  Consensus— A  regular  feature  of  Moneys- 
worth  in   which  the  opinions  of  leading  book, 
record,  and  film  critics  are  tabulated. 


Providing  Your  Teenager  with  Contraception 

"Unit-Pricing"— The  most  revolutionary  develop- 
ment in  food  stores  since  tradirig  stamps. 

The  Effect  of  Air  Pollution  on  Potency 
The  Great  Odometer  Gyp— How  rent-a-car  com- 
panies lake  the  American  pubUc  for  a  $10-mil- 
lion-a-year  ride. 

"No  Load"  Mutual  Funds— A  list  of  45  funds 
that  return  the  equivalent  of  an  8%  profit  at  the 
very  moment  of  investment. 

12  Ways  to  Put  the  Touch  on  Friends— And  12 
ways  to  demur. 

How  to  Buy  Medical  Insurance  Without  Trauma 
The  Encouragement  of  Reckless  Driving  by  GM, 
Chrysler,  and  Ford— Verbatim  quotes  from  their 
souped-up  ads  in  hot-rod  magazines. 
Taking  Stock  of  Your  Stockbroker— Nine  ways  to 
probe  his  probity. 
Legal  Ways  to  Beat  Sales  Taxes 
Co-ops  and  Condominiums  Explained 
"The  Safest  Car  of  19_"  —A   new  series  of  an- 
nual awards  by  the  editors  of  Moneysworth. 
How  to  Break  a  Lease 

Land  Investment  in  Australia— At  $1.20  an  acre, 
land  down  under  rates  high  among  speculators. 
How  to  Sue  Without  a  Lawyer 
The  Impending  Ban  on  Leaded  Gasoline-How 
it  should  affect  your  next  car  purchase. 
A  Guide  to  Legal  Abortion— Including  the  costs 
in  different  states. 

And  Now,  Microwave  Pollution— An  expose  of 
the  damage  wrought  to  humans  by  radar,  elec- 
tronic ovens,  and  TV  transmission. 
Social  Security's  Special  Rules  for  Women 
How  Metrecal  Hurts  Your  Diet 
Life  Insurance:  A  Legalized  Swindle— A  Hartford 
actuary   tells  why  he   believes  that  "more  than 
90%  of  American  pohcies  are  sold  through  mis- 
representation, deceit,  and  fraud." 

Teaching  Your  Child  the  Value  of  Money— With- 
out having  him  overvalue  it. 
How  to  Handle  Computerized  Dunning  Letters 
Taxproof  Money— A  collection  of  highly  creative, 
little-known,  perfectly  legal  gimmicks. 
How  to  Distinguish  Health  from  Hokum  at  tbe 
Health-Food  Store 
Blindness  Caused  by  Contact  Lenses 
Don't  Buy  U.S.  Savings  Bonds— Why  they  make 
a  terrible  investment,  how  they  undermine  sound 
government  fiscal  planning,  and  why  one  leading 
investment  counsellor  says,  "They  are  palmed  off 
mostly  on  rubes  and  financial  boobs." 
GX.'s  New  Synthetic  Diamonds:  Will  They  Ruin 
the  Value  of  Real  Diamonds? 
Tbe  Truth  about  Cut-Rate  Gasolbies 
"No-Fault"  Insurance  Clarified 
Checking  Up  on  Your  Social  Security  Account 

That's  tbe  Spirit— Big  bargains  in  booze,  beer, 

and  brandy. 

Slop   Chewing  the   Fat— How   to   read  the   new 

labels  on  frankfurters. 

Free  Checks-A  list  of  200  banks  that  allow  un- 

hmited  writing  of  personal  checks. 

Bootleg  Bulb-Control  Pills 

When  in  Doubt,  Deduct— The  ten  most  common 

forms  of  income-tax  overpayment. 

$99  Fares  to  Europe 

In  sum,  Moneysworth  is  a  hip,  trustworthy 
financial  mentor.  It  reflects  the  quint- 
essence  of   consumer   sophistication. 

In  format,  Moneysworth  is  a  newsletter.  It  is 
designed  for  instantaneous  commurucation  and 
easy  reference  when  you're  shopping.  It  is  pub- 
lished fortnightly.  This  ensures  you  that  the  in- 
formation in  Moneysworth  will  always  be  up- 
to-the-minute.  Product  ratings  will  appear  pre- 
cisely when  you  need  them  most  (automobiles 
and  sailboats  will  be  rated  in  the  spring,  for 


example,  and  Christmas  gifts  and  ski  equip- 
ment  in  the  fall.) 

In  style,  Moneysworth  is  concise,  pragmat- 
ic, and  above  all,  useful.  It  is  also  completely 
forthright.  Moneysworth  does  not  hesitate  to 
name  brand  names  (whether  to  laud  or  lam- 
baste them),  to  identify  big  corporations  when 
they  gouge  the  public,  and  to  quote  the  actu- 
al prices  and  discounts  that  you  are  entitled  to 
and  should  be  getting.  Moneysworth  can  af- 
ford to  be  this  candid  because  it  carries  no  ad- 
vertising w  full  soever;  it  is  beholden  to  no  one 
but  its  readers. 

The  editors  of  Moneysworth  are  a  team  of 
hard-nosed,  experienced  journalists.  The  editor- 
in-chief  is  Ralph  Ginzburg,  creator  of  the  flam- 
boyant magazines  Fact,  Eros,  and  Avant-Garde. 
Mr.  Ginzburg  was  the  first  editor  to  provide  a 
platform  for  Ralph  Nader  to  express  himself  on 
the  subject  of  automobile  safety.  Moneysworth's 
publisher  is  Frank  R.  Brady,  generally  regarded 
as  one  of  the  pubUshing  industry's  shrewdest 
financiers.  Herb  Lubalin,  the  world's  foremost 
graphic  designer,  is  Moneysworth's  art  director. 
Together,  these  men  will  produce  the  first- 
and   only-consumer    magazine   with  charisnm. 

Moneysworth  is  available  by  subscription 
only.  Its  price  is  $10  a  year.  However,  right 
now  you  may  order  a  special  introductory 
Charter  Subscription  for  ONLY  $5!  This  is 
HALF   PRICE!! 

Moreover,  we  are  so  confident  that  Moneys- 
worth  will  prove  indispensable  to  you  that  we 
are  prepared  to  make  what  is  probably  the  most 
generous  subscription  offer  in  pubUshing  his- 
tory; We  will  absolutely  and  unconditionally 
guarantee  that  Moneysworth  will  increase  the 
purchasing  power  of  your  income  by  at  least 
I57o-or  we'll  refund  your  money  IN  FULL. 
In  other  words,  if  you  now  earn  SI  0,000  a  year, 
we'll  guarantee  that  Moneysworth  will  increase 
the  value  of  your  income  by  at  least  $l,500-or 
you  get  your  money  back.  As  you  can  see,  a 
subscription  to  Moneysworth  is  an  absolutely 
foolproof  investment. 

To  enter  your  subscription,  simply  fill  out 
the  coupon  below  and  mail  it  with  $5  to: 
Moneysworth,  110  W.  40th  St.,  New  York, 
New  York  10018. 

We  urge  you  to  act  at  once.  Stop  being 
robbed   and   start  getting  your  Moneysworth. 

'mm: — "■ 


1  enclose  $5  for  a  one-year  subscription 
to  Moneysworth,  the  authoritative  new 
consumer  newsletter.  I  understand  that  I 
am  paying,  only  HALF  PR/CE/  Moreover, 
Moneysworth  guarantees  that  it  will  in- 
crease the  purchasing  power  of  my  in- 
come by  at  least  15%  or  I  will  get  my 
money  back  IN  FULL. 


©MONEYSWORTH  1970.  T.  U.REG.  PEND.  mnhl    _ 


I? 


AFRICA  COUPON 
N0.1 


Send  in  this  coupon  and  get  a  free  brochure  with  all  the  information 
you  need  for  your  trip  to  Africa.  Find  out  about  the  people,  their  place 
and  our  tours.  (Starting  from  as  little  as  $998,  they  show  Africa  best.) 
Then  go  there  on  Air  Afrique.  Call  your  travel  agent  or  the  nearest 
Air  France  office.  Air  France  is  the  General  Agent. 


Air  France 

Box  747 

New  York,  New  York  10011 

Name 


mm% 


Address 


City 


State 


Zip 


My  travel  agent  is 


Mmj/uHOQum 


The  Novof  lex  Lens. 

It  lets  you  put 

the  squeeze  on  your  bird. 


Don't  fumble  while  your  bird  is 
flying  away. 

Instead,  use  a  Novoflex  follow- 
focus  lens  system  to  put  your  bird 
where  you  want  him.  On  film. 

Novoflex  gives  you  quick  one- 
hand  focusing.  Just  squeeze  the 
pistol  grip  and,  no  matter  where  he 
iflies,  you're  right  on  target.  No 
turning  or  twisting  a  cumbersome 


famed  for  color  correction,  superb 
definition  and  resolving  power. 

Any  of  three  Novoflex  lenses 
(280,  400  and  640mm)  can  be 
used  with  a  single  pistol  grip.  Avail- 
able for  over  50  major  camera 
brands,  including  interchangeable 
lens  35's,  2Vi"  square  reflexes,  8 
and  16mm  movie  cameras.  Ask 
your  dealer  or  write  for  complete 


lens  barrel.  And  what  you  ^p^^^^^^t^^^  details,  Burleigh  Brooks 
iM'Uif.  l7tf*'Wl"'^  ■  '*'*  Burlews  Court, 


get  will  be  sharp  because 
Novoflex  lenses  are  world- ' 


'^Hackensack,  N.J.  07601 


ion   and  the  great  emotion  that  the 
questionnaire  evoked. 


The  Questionnaire 

Your  questionnaire  for  readers 
of  your  magazine  was  most  inter- 
esting and  thought  provoking.  We 
have  made  several  copies  and  have 
distributed  them  to   other  workers. 

Your  suggestion  that  the  ecology 
movement,  black  power,  and  the 
"student  rebellion"  are  interrelated 
is  very  disturbing  to  me.  I  think 
they  have  little  or  nothing  in  com- 
mon except  a  feeling  of  urgency 
and  frustration.  The  enemies  of  the 
ecology  movement  are  trying  to 
promote  the  idea  that  we  are  just 
another  bunch  of  radicals.  On  the 
contrary,  we  never  see  the  hippie 
types  in  the  woods. 

Birmingham,  Alabama 

I  heartily  approve  of  your  study 
of  the  ecology  movement.  However, 
in  my  opinion  your  questions  are 
difficult  to  answer.  For  example,  my 
emotional  reaction  is  somewhat  dif- 
ferent, in  some  cases,  from  my 
weighed  reaction. 

Flagstaff,  Arizona 

This  questionnaire  seems  to  he  of 
a  higher  caliber  than  the  usual 
stilted  type.  However,  there  are  still 
a  couple  of  questions  like  "When 
did  you  stop  beating  your  wife?" 

Yonkers,  New  York 

I  fee!  your  questionnaire  is  much 
too  limited  in  scope,  and  perhaps 
slanted  to  those  who  make  a  lot  of 
noise  but  have  never  picked  up  a 
beer  can.  I  feel  that  the  '"ecology 
movement,"  as  you  term  it,  has  far 
greater  significance  than  your  sur- 
face treatment  would  indicate. 

Bedford  Hills,  New  York 

Gerlach  and  Hine  may  be  hell  on 
wheels  as  anthropologists,  but  ei- 
ther their  bias  shows  or  they  are 
lousy  "'objective  question"  devel- 
opers. The  questions  have  no  place 
for  a  person  who  can  see  both  sides 
of  the  question.  The  reader  is  as- 
sumed to  be  committed  to  all-out 
conservation  or  all-out  despoliation. 

I  am  afraid  that  the  big  emphasis 
on  ""ecology  "  ( seldom  has  a  word 
been  more  misused  I  will  be  fol- 
lowed by  a  letdown  which  will  ne- 
gate any  gains  won  by  the  current 


l8 


Lars-Eric  Lindblad  at  the  reins  of  a  troika  ride  in  Vladimir. 


Lars-Eric  Lindblad  offers 

two  exciting  journeys  of  adventure 

\A/orlds  apart 

1.  Russia  in  Winter;  an  unforgettable  trip  across  the  snow-covered  Steppes  of  historic  parts  of  Russia. 

2.  New  Guinea  Safari;  an  expedition  into  the  fascinating  stone  age  world  of  New  Guinea  in  the  South  Pacific. 


_ars-Eric  Lindblad  has  arranged  8  de- 
igiitful  winter  tours  to  Moscow  and 
-enlngrad,  escorted  tlirougliout,  and 
3ach  limited  to  twenty  persons.  You 
/vill  stay  at  the  best  hotels,  see  the 
finest  art  collections,  churches  and 
palaces.  You  will  go  sight-seeing  in 
Drivate  cars  with  selected  guides,  and 
by  special  arrangement  the  tours  in- 
clude a  visit  to  the  Grand  Kremlin  Pal- 
ace, a  place  seldom  accessible  to 
foreign  tourists.  Every  evening  tickets 
for  the  ballet  and  opera  will  be  pro- 
vided. And  you  will  visit  the  small  an- 
cient towns  of  Suzdal  and  Vladimir 
where  you  will  enjoy  a  thrilling  troika 


ride  over  the  snowy  winter  landscape. 
BOAC  707  jets  will  fly  you  there  via 
London,  where  a  theatre  and  concert 
evening  will  be  yours  to  enjoy  as  well 
as  a  Sunday  excursion  to  Cambridge. 

For  1971,  Mr.  Lindblad  has  also 
scheduled  6  journeys  of  adventure  in- 
to the  dense  jungles  of  New  Guinea. 
Here  you  will  find  cloud-piercing 
mountains,  rivers  plunging  through 
deep  gorges,  and  you  will  meet  fasci- 
nating people  whose  culture  is  un- 
changed from  the  mists  of  the  stone 
age.  Perhaps  the  highlight  will  be  an 
incredibly  exciting  houseboat  trip  on 


THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD  TRAVEL 


the  Sepik  River.  And  BOAC  will  fly  you 
to  New  Guinea  via  famous  VC  10s. 

So,  whether  you  like  it  hot  or  cold, 
send  for  one  of  our  brochures. 


Dept.  NH1070 
LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

133  East  55th  Street 

New  York,  N.  Y.  10022 

Please  send  brochure.  I  am  seriously 

interested  in: 

□  Russia  in  Winter 

□  New  Guinea  Safari 


Address_ 
City 


Teleplione  (Area  Code). 


19 


In  fact,  just  about  twice  as  available. 
To  put  it  another  way,  Miranda 
Sensorex*  now  tal<es  "impossible" 
available-light  pictures  in  half  the  light 
or  at  twice  the  speed  you  used  to  need. 

It  took  a  new  Miranda  Sensorexto 
do  it;  a  Sensorex  that  combines  a 
through-the-lens  zone-metering 
system  with  a  spectacular  50mm 
f/ 1.4  lens  which  stays  wide  open  for 
precise  readings  and  brilliant 
view-finding. 

More  selective  than  full-area 
meters,  more  sensitive  to  dim-light 
situations  than  spotmeters,  this 
unique  zone  system  isn't  fooled  by 
the  bright-sky  bugaboo  that  fools 
other  meters. 

And  we've  located  it  on  the  instant- 
return  mirror,  where  it  can  measure 
the  dimmest  glimmer  before  the  light 
can  be  reflected  or  diffused.  And  where 
it  will  stay  when  you  want  to  switch 


to  a  waist-level  finder  or  one  of  our 
other  accessory  finders. 

Of  course,  this  new  Sensorex  still 
offers  those  good  old  Miranda  extras: 
optics  independently  judged  superior 
to  those  on  highly  touted  $400  SLRs; 
a  lens  mount  that  accepts  over  1,500 
lenses  and  accessories  (yours  and 
ours);  and  overall  excellence  we  stand 
behind  with  the  only  3-year  guarantee 
in  the  industry. 

Miranda  Sensorex.  The  SLR  that 
thinks  of  everything.  So  you  can  see 
picture-taking  in  a  new  light. 

New  zone-metered 
Sensorex  with  start- 
ling 50mm  f/ 1.4  lens, 
under  $300*;  with 

merely  superb  50mm  gwaawBW 

f/ 1.8,  under  $250.*  tHPr 

MIRANDA  SENSOREX 

THE  SIXTH  SENSE 


(l^-jj^  Allied  Impex  Corp.,  168  Glen  Cove  Rd.   Carle  Place 
InJOlS:  In  Canada,  Kingsway  Film  Equipment  Ltd.,  Ontaric 


ely  packed,  plus  a  S2.50  charg 


ling,  handling  i 


"hard-sell."  Too  bad  we  cannot  be 
moderate  in  all  things. 

My  'vvife    agrees   with   me,   s( 
know  I  am  right. 

Grants  Pass,  Oregoi 

Thank  you  for  putting  out  this 
questionnaire.  It  helped  sort  out 
some  of  my  own  thoughts  on  these 
matters ! 

Moraga,  California 


Saving  the  Cheetah 

In  the  current  issue  of  your  ex- 
cellent publication  is  a  question- 
naire relating  to  an  anthropological 
study  of  the  ecology  movement,  a 
subject  which  reaches  me  both  as 
an  anthropologist  and  a  zookeeper. 
I  wanted  very  much  to  submit  this 
questionnaire,  but  was  disturbed  by 
the  necessity,  in  doing  so,  of  muti- 
lating the  delightful  photograph  of 
a  female  cheetah  and  young  which 
accompanied  Dr.  Schaller's  article 
beginning  on  the  reverse  side  of  the 
page.  I  elected  to  submit  the  com- 
pleted form,  but  I  will  always 
regret  the  defacement  of  one  of  my 
copies  of  Natural  History. 

Houston,  Texas 

If  you  think  that  I'm  going  to  cut 
up  my  issue  of  \atur-al  History 
to  answer  your  questionnaire,  you 
are  out  of  your  gourds.  I  Besides, 
the  cheetah  on  page  thirty  is  al- 
ready rare  enough.  I 

Woodbridge,  Connecticut 

The  printing  of  the  questionnaire 
on  the  reverse  side  of  an  interesting 
article  is  a  small  example  of  the  in- 
competence of  so-called  leaders  that 
is  so  common  in  American  society. 
This  one  factor  is  the  greatest  stum- 
bling block  to  the  solution  of  im- 
portant ecology  problems. 

Jamaica,  New  York 

My  copies  of  our  beautiful  maga- 
zine pass  along  to  one  family  after 
another  until  they  eventually  wear 
out  or  wind  up  in  school  to  be 
shared  as  widely  as  possible.  Imag- 
ine the  consternation  of  my  chain 
of  readers  at  finding  half  a  page 
torn  out.  half  the  photo  of  the  crit- 
ters on  pages  30-31  denied  them. 

Not  everybody  has  a  machine 
handy  to  copy  things  and  avoid  niu- 


eather 
weinhts 


S^vift  Trilytc  Mark  II  Binoculars, 

the  amazing  ncMA  lightweights  that  are 

heavyvireights  on  performance. 


Swift's  revolutionary  Trilyte  Mark  II  binoculars 
represent  a  unique  new  concept  in  binocular 
design  and  construction.  They're  a  result  of  years 
of  intensive  scientific  research  in  developing  the 
ideal  all-purpose  binocular  that  featured  unusu- 
ally high  performance,  compact  size,  lightweight, 
and  premium  quality.  And,  best  of  all,  that  would 
sell  for  a  reasonable  price. 

Incredibly  light,  incredibly  compact,  and  incred- 
ibly accurate,  Trilyte  binoculars  by  Swift  are  des- 
tined to  become  the  binocular  of  the  future. 
Swift's  Trilyte  7X,35  weighs  only  18,7  oz.  and  is 
a  mere  4%  inches  high  open.  A  general  purpose 


binocular  that  features  unique  "roof"  prisms, 
5-lens  Erfle-type  ocular  cells,  air-spaced  objec- 
tives all  fully  coated  enhance  viewing  brilliance. 
Wide,  393  ft.  panoramic  field.  Relative  light 
efficiency  is  41.  Semi-internal  focusing  to  18  ft. 
Retractable  eyecups.  Cowhide  case. 
The  remarkable  Swift  Trilyte  is  also  available 
in  9X,35  power  for  greater  magnification 
and  long  distance  viewing. 

See  the  fabulous  Swift  Trilyte 
Mark  II  Binoculars  at  your 
nearest  Swift  Dealer  today. 
Write  for  free  literature., 

WfT- 


SWIFT  INSTRUMENTS,   INC. 

BOSTON,  MASS.  02125    Dept    NH    SAN  JOSE,  CALIF.  95106 


In  Reading,  Pennsylvania, 

tliere's  a  wisliing  weii  tliat 

reaiiy  worlcs. 

It  works  because  every  time  someone  tosses  in  a  coin,  it  helps  Foster  Child 
Ho  Bau  and  his  family.  Bau's  wishes  may  not  be  like  your  child's  but  they 
are  just  like  those  of  thousands  of  children  who  are  waiting  for  Foster 
Parents.  They  wish  to  enjoy  childhood  without  the  pain  of  hunger.  Without 
the  fear  of  sickness.  Without  the  desperation  of  poverty. 

Everyone  who  visits  the  Museum  and  Art  Gallery  in  Reading  and  tosses 
his  money  in  its  wishing  well  is  Bau's  Foster  Parent.  They  read  his  letters 
which  the  museum  displays.  He  writes  of  his  classmates  in  the  fourth  grade 
(where  his  favorite  subject  is  composition),  of  his  brothers  and  sisters,  and 
of  helping  his  mother  work  their  small  piece  of  land. 

Through  Foster  Parents  Plan's  program  you  can  bring  help  and  hope  to 
a  child  and  his  family.  Your  $16.00  monthly  contribution  provides  them  with 
a  cash  grant,  medical  care,  counseling  from  social  workers  and  household 
supplies. 

Won't  you  help  another  child  like  Bau  and  make  his  wishes  come  true? 

Foster  Parents  Plan,  Inc.  international  Headquarters 
352  Park  Avenue  South  •  New  York,  N.Y.  10010 
I  want  to  be  a  Foster  Parent  for  one  year  or  more  of  a  boy  Q  girl  D 
No  preference  Q  (This  allows  us  to 


age 


_country_ 


choose  a  child  on  our  ennergency  list).  My  payment  of  $16  per  month 
for  one  year  will  be  made:  monthly  D  quarterly  Q  semi-annually  Q 

annually  D-  I  enclose  my  first  payment  of  $ 

I  want  to  be  a  contributor.  I  enclose  $ for  the  General  Fund. 


Make  checks  payable  to  Foster  Parents  Plan,  Inc.  All  contributions  are  tax  deductible. 
PLAN  operates  in  Bolivia,  Brazil,  Colombia,  Ecuador,  Peru,  Indonesia,  Korea,  the  Philip- 
pines, and  Viet  Nam.  PLAN  is  a  non-political,  non-profit,  non-sectarian,  independent 
organization,  registered  under  No.  VFA019  with  the  Advisory  Comm.  on  Voluntary 
I    Foreign  Aid  of  the  Agency  for  Int'l.  Development.  nh-io-70 

When  someone  somewhere  cares,  someone  somewhere  survives 


tilation  of  originals.  Why  couldn't 
an  insert  such  as  the  enclosure  be 
used,  instead  of  your  method  which 
forces  most  readers  to  commit  may- 
hem? 

If  you  have  nobody  around  to 
stand  guard  against  iniquities  of 
this  nature,  I  will  be  glad  to  serve 
as  anti-atrocity  editor  for  a  retainer 
of  5^'  a  year,  paid  in  advance. 

Mount  Clemens,  Michigan 


An  Old  Story 

I  have  been  "conservation 
minded"  for  2-5  years.  Suddenly,  it 
is  popular!  It  would  appear  that 
persons  with  serious  personality 
'■fractures"  have  found  another 
cause  in  ecology. 

Lawrence,  Kansas 

The  way  we  now  feel  about  the 
environment  is  how  we've  always 
felt — the  difference  is  that  now 
other  people  don't  think  we're  so 
nutty  to  want  to  have  nice  areas  to 
sit  and  look  at  birds,  etc. 

San  Diego,  California 

I've  been  an  ecofreak  for  30 
years. 

Winchester,  New  Hampshire 

I  have  always  lived  close  to  na- 
ture and  supported  conservation.  I 
would  starve  before  living  in  a 
large  urban  center. 

Nederland,  Colorado 

I  am  82  years  old  and  have 
passed  the  torch. 

St.  Louis,  Missouri 


What  to  Do? 

A  good  number  of  us  have  been 
concerned  at  the  decreases  in  bird, 
animal,  and  fish  life  in  our  Ever- 
glades and  in  our  coastal  waters. 
Some  have  been  active  in  their  pro- 
tests, but  the  government  keeps  on 
doing  what  it  wants — and  con- 
servation is  ignored. 

Please,  if  you  can  suggest  an  ac- 
tive way  for  us  to  participate  in  our 
environmental  improvement  and 
the  whole  ecology,  I  would  appre- 
ciate hearing  from  you. 

Palm  Beach,  Florida 


He  doesn't  just  sing. 

He  broadcasts  the  weather. 


fe?:^:" 


When  you  hear  the  sound  of  the  striped  crested 
cuckoo  on  a  South  African  nature  trail,  listen  closely. 
He's  a  weather  broadcaster. 

If  his  song  consists  of  descending  notes,  then  the 
weather  will  be  fine.  But  if  it  mounts,  look  out  for  rain. 

For  a  different  kind  of  forecasting,  keep  an  eye 
out  for  the  African  hoopoe.  When  he  appears,  the 
Bantu  know  it's  time  for  ploughing. 

Another  helpful  bird  is  the  honey  guide.  With 
his  excitable  chirp  and  directed  flight,  he  leads  hu- 
mans and  animals  to  hives  of  wild  honey. 

All  this  should  tell  you  South  Africa  is  particu- 
larly rich  in  bird  life.  If  you  can  imagine  the  sound 
of  a  million  birds  awakening,  then  you  will  know 
what  daybreak  is  like  out  in  the  bush. 

There  are  over  100  game  and  nature  reserves  in 
South  Africa,  including  bird  sanctuaries,  flower  re- 
serves, and  immense  tracts  of  land  devoted  to  ani- 
mal life. 

At  one  reserve,  there  are  no  fewer  than  300 
species  of  birds  to  be  seen.  This  includes  an  abun- 
dance of  aquatic  bird  life,  such  as  the  fish  eagle, 
dwarf  goose,  water  dikkop,  fishing  owl,  African  ja- 
cana,  and  South  Africa's  national  bird,  the  blue  crane. 

Come  see  it  all. 

The  fastest,  easiest  way  there  is  by  South 
African  Airways.  A  Boeing  Stratojet  whisks  you 
there  by  the  most  direct  route  from  New  York  in  a 
relaxed,  friendly  atmosphere.  If  you  want  to  go  by 
way  of  Europe,  we  have  daily  departures  from  10 
European  Gateways. 

For  more  information,  see  your  travel  agent  or 
South  African  Airways,  605  Fifth  Avenue,  New 
York,  New  York  10017. 


yr^   ' 


Nv 


^ 


SOUTH  AFRICAN  AIRWAYS 


Come  with  us. 

A  little  off  the  beaten  track. 


Ethiopian  Airlines'  Historic  Tour  is  a  detective  game:  The  Land  of  the 
Queen  of  Sheba  is  veiled  in  mystery.  A  few  facts  are  known,  but 
from  there  on  it's  up  to  you.  What  primitive  people,  for  instance, 
could  have  hand-carved  out  of  solid  rock  the  eleven  subterranean 
churches  of  Lalibela?  Who  built  the  castles  in  Gondar?  Who  fashioned 
the  towering  obelisks  at  Axum?  Who?  When?  How?  Relax.  In  less 
cerebral  moments,  you'll  enjoy  the  many-splendored  landscape,  the 
beautiful  beaches,  the  wild  game,  bargain  shopping,  modern 
hotels,  Ethiopian  jazz,  and  Spring-like  climate.  A  unique  vacation. 
See  your  Travel  Agent,  or  any  international  airline. 


& 


Boeing  fan  lei  Passenger  and  Cargo  Servic 


51  E«l  42nd  Sireel,  New  Yofk  City  10017,  or 
1800  North  Argyle  St.,  Hollywood,  Calif.  S0028 


ETHIOPIAN  AIRLINES  ^^. 

51  East  42nd  Street,  New  York  City  10017,  or 

1800  N.  Argyle  St.,  Hollywood,  Calif.  90028. 

Please  send   me   information  about  the  excitement  of  travel  to  incredible 

Ethiopia  and  East  Africa,  with  stopovers  in  Europe,  on  Ethiopian  Airlines' 

Boeing  Fan  Jets  departmg  from  European  Gateways. 

Name 

Address 


I      City. 


I  would  like  to  know  how  I  might 
be  of  assistance.  What  can  I  do? 
After  all,  I  am  a  big.  fat  nothing  as 
of  now.  I  would  like  to  contribute 
something  worthwhile  before  I  die. 
Washington,  D.  C. 


A  Feeling  of  Hopelessness 

I  personally  do  not  think  the  en- 
vironment can  be  saved.  Man,  in 
my  opinion,  is  too  egocentric  to  pay 
the  price  in  time;  therefore,  I'm 
about  to  switch  from  an  active  to  a 
passive  role. 

El  Paso,  Texas 

What's  the  use  of  trying?  Ever 
try  to  stop  strip  mining? 

West  Liberty,  West  Virginia 

The  more  T  see  incompetent 
young  people  refusing  to  learn  the 
necessary  hand  skills,  scholarly  dis- 
cipline, and  historical  and  scientific 
knowledge,  and  resorting  to  foul- 
mouthed  criticism  as  an  all-purpose 
remedy,  the  more  disheartened  I 
am  to  see  that  my  30-year  com- 
mitment to  a  cleaner,  better,  hap- 
pier world  was  a  hopeless  dream.  I 
wish  I  had  spent  my  life  indulging 
myself  instead  of  working  and 
studying  and  paying  taxes. 

Bloomington,  Indiana 

I  have  a  sense  life  is  over  and 
although  I  fight.  I  really  wait  to 
die.  Regressive  selection  has  gone 
too  far  with  man.  We  should  have 
never  gone  beyond  food  gathering. 

I  use  work  as  a  drug.  I  farm 
part-time.  I  live  on  a  personal  basis. 
I  belong  to  nothing. 

Coopersburg,  Pennsylvania 

I  personally  believe  it  is  time  for 
man  to  leave  the  earth:  he  is  more 
a  destroyer  than  a  builder. 

Let  earth  renew  itself. 

Bronx,  Neiv  York 

I  think  it's  making  me  neurotic. 
Baltimore,  Maryland 


Ecoaction 

I  am  no  longer  content  to  sit  by 

and    say    "you    can't    do    anything 

about    it    because    everybody    does 

Continued  on  page  80 


24 


Most  thru-the-lens 

meter  systems  average 

total  scene  brightness. 

They  work  fine  for 

most  normal  pictures. 

But,  in  situations  like  this, 

an  averaging  system  would 

befooled  by  the  bright 

background.  Result:  severe 

under-exposure  for 

.the  main  subject. 


With  a  spot  meter  system, 

you'd  probably  take  several 

readings  and  average  them 

yourself  (A  single  reading 

of  the  wrong  area  would 

produce  faulty  exposure.) 

Dual  systems,  using  both 

spot  and  averaging  meters, 

not  only  inherit  the 

problems  of  both,  but  also 

slow  the  photographer 

down  because  he  has  to 

make  a  choice. 


Nikon  beats  the  averages 


with  the  Photomic  FTN  "center-weighted"  meter  system  for  Nikon  F.  It 
measures  the  brightness  of  the  entire  scene  but  gets  60%  of  its  exposure 
information  from  just  1/7  of  the  picture  area,  outlined  m  the  center  of 
most  Nikon  F  finder  screens.  From  here,  its  sensitivity  dimmishes  rapidly 
towards  the  screen  edges.  .    .   •  u. 

In  our  example,  the  FTN  will  automatically  compensate  for  the  bright- 
ness difference  between  central  subject  and  background.  Here,  as  weU 
as  in  normal  situations,  it  provides  correct  exposure,  with  a  single  reading. 

What's  more,  the  FTN  measures  subject  brightness  on  the  finder 
screen,  where  the  image  is  in  focus.  It  permits  wide-open  readings  with 
all  Auto-Nikkor  lenses  as  well  as  stop-down  measurements,  with  non- 
automatic  lenses  and  when  bellows  or  extension  tubes  are  used. 

New  features  offered  by  the  Photomic  FTN  include:  automatic  lens 
indexing,  which  eliminates  need  to  adjust  ASA/aperture  alignment  when 
interchanging  lenses;  shutter  speed  visible  in  finder;  2-second  and  4-sec- 
ond  exposure  measurements  where  required,  among  others. 

The  Photomic  FTN  is  interchangeable  with  all  other  Nikon  F  fmdef 
systems,  except  that  earlier  Nikon  F  bodies  require  some  adaptation. 

For  detaUs  see  your  Nikon  dealer,  or  write,  Nikon  Inc.,  Garden  Uty. 
N.Y.  11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich  Photo-Optical  Industnes  Inc.^ 
(In  Canada:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.g.) 


Nikon  Photomic  FTn 


Africa 
calls! 


A  Naturalist  at  Large 


Come  discover 
the  insider's  Africa 

on  the 
SAS^^Mini  Safari'^ 


Rendezvous  with  rhinos.  Live  it  up 
with  lions.  Get  to  know  a  gnu.  An 
SAS  "Mini-Safari"  whisks  you  in 
special  Safari  Vehicles  through  all 
that's  most  wild  and  wonderful  in 
Kenya,  Tanzania,  Uganda.  Gaze  on 
parks  teeming  with  game.  Ngoron- 
goro  Crater.  Mt.  Kilimanjaro.  Famed 
Murchison  Falls.  And — coming  and 
going — get  the  bonus  of  a  stop  in 
wonderful  Copenhagen. 

Yes — Africa  Calls.  So  come  swing 
through  Africa  on  this  SAS  "Mini- 
Safari".  Weekly  departures.  21  days 
from  S  1,751*.  Mail  our  coupon  for 
details. 

"Based  on  14/28  day  EXC  economy  round 
trip  air  fare  on  SAS  from  New  York  to  Nairobi 
via  Copenhagen.  Check  your  travel  agent  for 
prices  through  our  other  gateways. 

SAS,  Box  3443,  Grand  Central  Sta-" 
tion.  New  York,  N.Y.  10017 

Please   send   me   your   free    folder   on 
SAS  "Mini-Safari"  Tours. 


Name 


Address 


City 


State 


Zip 


My  Travel  Agent  is 

Let  yourself  go  ^/M  ^  I 
on  safari  on    ^.^mmM   \ 


The  Cliclie  ol  the  Killer 


Dy  Victor  B.sciiener 


Along  the  shores  of  the  Puget 
Sound  of  Washington,  the  Norwe- 
gian fishermen  call  the  killer  whale 
"spekkhoggeren."  or  fat-chopper. 
They  see  it  in  action.  They  watch  it 
go  rushing  through  a  school  of 
seals,  porpoises,  or  fish,  tearing  out 
great  chunks  of  meat,  then  circling 
to  pick  up  the  pieces.  And  when  a 
fisherman  has  a  chance  to  photo- 
graph a  killer — perhaps  one  found 
dead  on  the  beach  or  tangled  in  a 
net — he  focuses  on  the  teeth,  the 
awful  weapons  of  destruction, 
strong  and  yellow,  evenly  spaced, 
up  to  fifty  in  number.  The  photog- 
rapher can  be  expected  to  stress 
this  feature,  which  perpetuates  the 
cliche  of  the  killer  whale  as  a 
vicious  and  bloodthirsty  beast.  The 
killer  I  Orcinus  orca  I  has  had  a 
very  bad  press. 

In  the  lore  of  the  killer,  two 
stories  are  often  recounted  as  evi- 
dence of  its  fierceness.  The  first  is 
that  of  Ponting,  the  photographer 
who  traveled  with  Robert  Scott  to 
the  Antarctic  in  1911.  Ponting  was 
standing  on  an  ice  floe,  camera  in 
hand,  waiting  for  a  group  of  eight 
killers  to  reappear.  Suddenly  the 
animals  rose  beneath  the  ice,  break- 
ing it  into  bits  and  forcing  him  to 
dance  from  one  bit  to  another  to 
gain  the  safety  of  the  shore. 

"And  not  a  moment  too  soon," 
he  wrote.  "As  I  looked  back,  a  huge 
black  and  tawny  head  was  pushed 
out  of  the  water  at  the  spot,  and 
rested  on  the  ice.  looking  round 
with  its  little  pig-like  eyes  to  see 
what  had  become  of  me.  The  brute 
opened  his  jaws  wide,  and  I  saw  the 
terrible  teeth  which  I  had  so  nar- 
rowly escaped."  Ponting  came  to  no 
harm,  and  down  to  the  present  day 
there  is  no  authentic  record  of  a  hu- 


man attacked  by  a  killer  whale. 
Frightened,  indeed,  but  not  at- 
tacked. 

The  second  story,  Professor  Esch- 
richt's.  was  published  in  1866.  From 
the  stomach  of  a  stranded  killer  he 
recovered  thirteen  porpoises  and 
fourteen  seals;  a  fifteenth  seal  was 
stuck  in  the  animal's  throat.  But 
reading  his  story  with  a  critical  eye, 
you  find  that  this  impressive  meal 
was,  in  fact,  only  fragments  repre- 
senting food  eaten  over  an  uncer- 
tain period  of  time. 

A  more  recent  story  is  told  by 
John  Prescott,  curator  of  Marine- 
land  of  the  Pacific,  in  southern  Cal- 
ifornia. Among  the  Channel  Islands 
he  saw  a  killer  whale  leap  clear  of 
the  water  while  holding  an  adult 
male  sea  lion  crosswise  in  its  jaws. 
"The  whale  then  played  with  the 
sea  lion  for  about  twenty  minutes, 
sometimes  throwing  the  carcass 
high  into  the  air."  No  mean  trick, 
when  a  bull  sea  lion  may  weigh 
600  pounds! 

Although  today  we  know  a  great 
deal  about  the  killer  whale,  we  con- 
tinue to  marvel  at  what  we  learn. 
The  largest  of  the  dolphin  family 
(up  to  nine  tons),  it  can  outswim 
any  other  marine  mammal  I  up  to 
thirty  knots),  and  it  lives  in  all  the 
seas  of  the  world  to  the  limits  of 
polar  ice.  In  the  course  of  evolution 
it  has  become  a  predator  supreme. 
If  you  were  to  select  a  counterpart 
among  tlie  sea  mammals  to  match 
the  lion  or  the  wolf,  or  any  otlier 
large,  active,  pack-hunting  animal 
of  the  land,  the  killer  whale  would 
uniquely  be  your  choice.  Among 
the  eighty  kinds  of  cetaceans,  only 
the  killer  whale  feeds  extensively  on 
warm-blooded  prey. 

The  marine  waters  near  my  home 


26 


in  the  Pacific  Northwest  liave  be- 
come famous  as  the  birthplace  of 
the  idea  that  the  dread  killer  whale 
can  be  tamed.  In  captivity  it  proves 
to  be  docile,  "friendly."  articulate, 
and  responsive  to  individual  train- 
ers whom  it  learns  to  identify.  Hav- 
ing no  enemies  in  the  sea,  it  looks 
upon  man  without  fear.  We  are  just 
beginning  to  realize  the  value  of  the 
killer  whale  to  entertainment,  edu- 
cation, and  research.  And  we  are 
beginning  to  realize  that  certain 
ethical  problems  in  the  chase  and 
capture  of  this  magnificent  creature 
will  have  to  be  solved.  But  more 
about  this  in  a  moment. 

To  the  best  of  my  knowledge,  no 
killer  whale  has  ever  been  taken 
alive  and  unharmed  anywhere  in 
the  world  outside  the  sheltered  wa- 
ters of  Washington  State  and  Brit- 
ish Columbia.  (A  dying  individual 
was  once  held  in  southern  Califor- 
nia for  less  than  two  days.  I  A  biol- 
ogist who  studies  whales  for  the 
United  States  government  believes 
that  in  Puget  Sound  "the  killer 
whale  population  is  probably  den- 
ser than  anywhere  else  in  the 
world,"  while  two  local  whale  hunt- 
ers claim  that  "as  many  as  200  or 
more  at  a  time  may  swim  into  this 
inland  area  of  water." 

New  light  on  the  killer  whale  can 
be  dated  precisely  from  July  16, 
1964,  when  collectors  from  the 
Vancouver  Public  Aquarium  fired  a 
harpoon  into  a  surprised  young 
male  near  Saturna  Island,  British 
Columbia.  They  were  after  a  fresh 
carcass  to  be  used  as  a  model  for  a 
museum  replica.  But  the  victim  was 
only  stunned,  and  in  a  flash  of  ser- 
endipity, the  collectors  decided  to 
tow  him  alive  to  Vancouver,  forty 
miles    away.     This     they     did,     and 


If  you  had  been 
readino:  PASSPORT- 


you'd  kuow  the  answers 
to  these  17  questions 

•  What's  the  most  fashionable  hotel  in  Rome  now? 

•  Who's  a  reliable  rental  agent  for  an  apartment  in  Paris? 

•  Where  can  you  pick  up  good  English  chintz  in  London? 

•  Why  should  you  be  so  careful  about  buying  a  Rodin 
bronze  in  Paris? 

•  What's  England's  equivalent  of  "Maine  Chance?" 

•  What  10  things  should  you  be  sure  to  check  if  renting  a 
villa  abroad? 

•  What's  the  most  common  —  and  expensive  —  mistake 
shoppers  make  in  Hong  Kong? 

•  What's  the  best  hotel  in  Tokyo? 

•  What's  the  best  hotel  in  Istanbul? 

•  What  are  33  of  the  world's  best  known  ruins? 

•  What  are  Rome's  best  restaurants? 

•  Why  is  Norway  worried  about  its  salmon  fishing? 

•  A  trip  up  the  Rhine  —  is  it  worth  it? 

•  What  cardinal  rule  do  knowledgeable  travelers  always 
insist  on  observing  when  ordering  bottled  water? 

•  Why  should  you  be  careful  about  shipping  things  back, 
from  Africa? 

•  When  should  you  never  switch  from  one  airline 
to  another? 

•  What's  happening  in  the  French  chateaux  country? 

ANSWERS  TO  ALL  THE  ABOVE  QUESTIONS  —  plus  an  interesting  variety  of 
others  —  39  in  all  —  have  been  selected  from  recent  issues  of  PASSPORT  — 
the  monthly  newsletter  for  the  discriminating  international  traveler.  All  are 
bound  into  an  attractive  34-page  "PRINT-OUT."  This  informative  volume  is 
yours  together  with  a  6-month  trial  subscription  to  PASSPORT  itself  for  only 
$20.00.  These  questions  typify  the  kind  of  up-to-the-minute,  hard-to-get,  travel 
information  you'll  find  in  this  intriguing,  much  talked  about,  monthly  newslet- 
ter. Keeps  you  way  ahead  of  the  guidebooks.  Not  a  mass  travel  publication. 
Appeals  only  to  independent  or  deluxe-class  travelers.  Best  resorts,  hotels, 
restaurants,  art,  music,  theatre,  golf  and  other  sports.  For  people  of  taste  and 
discernment  who  want  the  best  in  world  travel. 

In  no  way  connected  with  any  travel  service.  Completely  independent.  Pays  its 
own  way.  Tells  it  straight  —  whether  at  the  opera  in  Milan  or  the  Palace  in  St. 
Morilz.  We  work  only  for  our  subscribers  —  and  our  reports  are  confidential. 

Start  your  subscribtlon  today!  Your  34-page  "PRINT-OUT"  comes  with  your 
first  issue. 


The 

Newsletter 
For 

Knowledgeable 
Travelers 


YES  —  please  start  my  six-month 
trial  subscription  to  PASSPORT 
at  once.  I  understand  I  will  receive 
my  copy  of  the  34-page  "PRINT-OUT" 
with  the  first  issue. 


iMame 

City 

.«?tatp 

ZiD 

D  $20  c 
PASSPORT 

heck 
•  20  N 

enclosed.        D 
WACKER  DRIVE  • 

$20  cash  enclosed. 
CHICAGO.  ILLINOIS  60606 

^7 


QUESTAR  KEEPS  REPEATING  ITSELF 

We  note  that  many  schools  and  colleges  start  out  with  one  Questar,  and  then  as 
trme  goes  by,  repeat  orders  begin  to  come  in,  letting  us  know  that  a  whole  science  class 
is  being  equipped  so  that  each  student  will  have  his  own  telescope.  To  us  this  makes  more 
sense  than  providing  one  big  instrument  for  a  large  group,  it  permits  a  student  to  give  his 
full  time  to  observing  instead  of  waiting  his  turn  for  a  brief  look.  If  would  seem  that  the 
important  question  is  —  how  many  Questars  will  your  budget  allow  rather  than  how  lorge 
a  telescope  you  can  get. 

This  was  the  point  of  view  at  Southern  Connecticut  College,  where  Robert  L.  Brown  is 
shown  conducting  a  class  engaged  in  solar  observation.  The  Questars  are  equipped  with 
totally  safe  sun  filters  which  keep  out  all  harmful  rays. 

This  is  the  great  thing  about  Questar  —  it  does  so  many  jobs  that  the  instrument  is 
never  idle.  Moon  and  planetary  observation  at  night,  sunspots  in  the  daytime,  or  a  trip  into 
the  field  where  it  is  used  in  nature  studies,  often  to  observe  phenomena  that  would 
otherwise  be  inaccessible  —  this  easily  portable  instrument  makes  it  all  possible.  Also  with 
Questar,  students  learn  the  art  of  high-power  photography  by  taking  pictures  of  all  they 
observe.  And  however  they  use  it,  they  learn  to  appreciate  fine  resolution. 

The  following  letter  from  Dr.  Wesley  M.  Roberds,  Head  of  the  Department  of  Physics 
at  Samford  University,  is  an  example  of  the  tribute  Questar  receives  from  many  educators: 
"We  are  very  pleased  with  the  3  y2-inchQuestar  we  recently  purchased.  We  are 
particularly  pleased  with  the  precision  and  ease  with  which  we  can  locate  celestial 
objects.  We  measured  the  coordinates  of  Mercury  and  then  went  to  the  Ephemeris  and 
found  that  our  discrepancy  was  only  2  minutes  "off"  in  R.A.  and  less  for  Dec.  (this  is  not 
correcting  for  atmospheric  refraction.)  Also,  the  sun  and  its  spots  are  beautiful.  Of  course, 
objects  are  not  as  bright  as  they  are  in  our  1  6-inch  reflector,  but  the  resolution  is  every 
bit  as  good." 

Quesfar,  the  world's  finest,  most  ver- 
satile telescope,  is  now  available  in 
two  sizes,  the  3  '/2  "^""^  ^'  °rid  in  nu- 
merous models.  Prices  begin  at  $865. 
Send  for  our  booklet  containing  more 
than  TOO  photographs  by  Questar 
owners.  For  mailing  anywhere  in  N.A., 
$1.00.  By  air  to  rest  of  Western  Hem- 
isphere, $2.50;  Europe  and  North  Af- 
rica, $3.00;  elsewhere  $3.50. 


Box  260 


TAR 


New  Hope,  Pa.  18938 


there  they  kept  him  in  a  makeshif 
pen  for  eighty-seven  days.  Thou 
sands  of  visitors  came  to  see  the 
world's  first  captive  killer  whale  I 
On  a  special  radio  program  hisi 
voice  was  heard  by  millions  across 
Canada,  while  the  Canadian  Na- 
tional Film  Board  released  a  movie 
about  him  in  forty-four  countries. 
The  name  Moby  Doll,  chosen  in  £ 
radio  contest,  proved  embarrassing 
to  the  aquarium  staff  when  they  fi- 
nally learned  his  sex. 

Public  interest  in  killer  whales 
was  still  running  high  when,  six 
months  after  the  death  of  Moby 
Doll,  another  killer  was  accidentally 
trapped  behind  a  fishnet  near  the 
village  of  Xamu.  British  Columbia. 
This  was  a  big  one.  twenty-one  and 
a  half  feet  long,  weighing  7,.52C 
pounds.  Seattle  promoters  pur- 
chased him  for  S8.0G0  and  towed 
him  to  a  pen  on  the  Seattle  water- 
front. Here  Namu.  as  he  was  called, 
became  very  tame  and  eventually 
allowed  men  to  ride  on  his  back.  He 
lived  for  a  year  in  the  polluted  wa- 
ters at  the  edge  of  the  city,  then 
died  of  a  bacterial  infection. 

The  first  killer  whale  deliberately 
chased  and  taken  alive  was  the 
young  female  Shamu,  who  was  sur- 
rounded in  a  purse  seine  near  Pu- 
get  Sound  in  1965.  She  lived  peace- 
ably for  several  months  in  the  pen 
with  Namu,  then  achieved  dis- 
tinction as  the  first  killer  whale  to 
fly.  She  was  sent  in  a  turboprop 
plane  to  Sea  World,  in  San  Diego, 
California. 

Still  there.  Shaniu  has  learned  an 
amazing  repertoire  of  tricks,  one  of 
which  is  to  leap  vertically  to  clear 
the  water  with  the  length  of  her 
graceful  seventeen-foot  body.  An- 
other trick  is  to  open  her  jaws  wide 
to  admit  the  head  of  her  trainer, 
who  plays  the  role  of  doctor  exam- 
ining her  tonsils. 

Thirty  to  forty  killer  whales  have 
been  captured  in  the  Pacific  North- 
west and  held  for  sale  or  display 
since  the  summer  Moby  Doll  made 
the  headlines  of  the  world.  Reliable 
figures  are  hard  to  obtain,  for  the 
hunting  of  small  whales  and  dol- 
phins is  unregulated  in  \^  ashington 
State.  In  one  spectacular  catch  in 
1967  in  Puget  Sound,  fifteen  killers 
were  netted;  of  these,  seven  were 
released,  three  died  of  injuries,  and 
five  were  held  for  sale. 

Continued  on  page  7t 


Don't 

die, 

Florido. 

UJe  need  you. 


You  can  be  sure  we'll  ail  feel  it  if  Florida  plunges  into 
ecological  collapse.  And  that's  what's  about  to  hap- 
pen to  the  Sunshine  State.  It's  beginning  to  feel  Na- 
ture's own  backlash.  A  backlash  strong  enough  to 
turn  this  citadel  of  tourism,  beefsteaks,  winter  vege- 
itables,  and  wealth  into  an  environmental  corpse. 

The  Sierra  Club  believes  the  crisis  warrants  a 
book.  Now  we  have  that  book.  It's  called  Everglades. 

Everglades  demonstrates  how  human  blunder- 
ing and  plundering  in  South  Florida  can  create  eco- 
nomic havoc  and  ultimately  affect  the  lives  of 
Americans  everywhere. 

i  The  problem  isn't  just  the  threat  of  a  proposed 

super-jetport  near  Everglades  National  Park.  It's  peo- 
ple. People  unaware  of  the  fragility  of  this  unique 
subtropical  ecosystem.  People  who  pick  away  at  Flor- 
[ida's  land  and  water  resources  with  bulldozers,  tree 
jcrushers,  draglines,  and  DDT.  People  unintentionally 
'destroying  water,  soil,  vegetation,  and  wildlife 
through  the  misuse  of  technology. 

If  we  are  to  save  the  nation's  only  subtropical 
jwilderness,  then  people  must  be  made  to  understand 
all  of  the  values  at  stake  in  South  Florida.  Everglades— 
the  story  that  had  to  be  told— is  where  each  of  us  can 
jbegin. 

The  beauty  of  the  region  is  preserved  in  sixty- 
five  full  color  photographs  by  Patricia  Caulfield.  Her 
jwork  reflects  the  dynamic  life  force  of  the  Everglades: 
the  snarling  cougar,  the  implacable  alligator,  the  soar- 
ing ibis,  bursting  red  blossoms  of  saw  grass,  and  tur- 
bulent thunderheads  stacked  like  mountains  against 
the  sky.  Complementing  the  photographs  are  selec- 
tions from  the  writings  of  Peter  Matthiessen,  novelist 
and  author  of  such  works  as  Wildlife  in  America  and 
Under  the  Mountain  Wall.  And  there  is  a  fact-packed 
essay  in  six  chapters  by  John  G.  Mitchell,  a  former 
Newsweek  science  editor,  now  editor-in-chief  of  the 
Sierra  Club. 


Everglades  is  another  in  the  Sierra  Club's 
award-winning  Exhibit  Format  Series— big  books 
about  big  wild  places  that  must  never  be  allowed  to 
grow  tame. 

Hopefully,  Everglades  will  open  enough  eyes 
to  help  keep  this  one  great  wilderness  untamed— and 
Florida  alive  and  well.  For  as  Florida  goes  (or  Maine, 
or  Ohio,  or  Utah),  so  goes  the  nation. 

That's  why  we  need  Florida.  That's  why  we 
believe  no  state  should  be  allowed  to  write  its  own 
epitaph:  How  to  Secede  From  the  Union  Without 
Really  Trying. 


EVERGLADES 


65  full  color  photo- 
graphs. 

Large  (lOVi"  x  1334") 
format.  144  pages. 
$27.50. 

A  $25.00  prepublica- 
tion  offer  extends  until 
Christmas,  1970. 

Now  at  your  bookstore. 

Or  mail  this  coupon  to 
SIERRA  CLUB  BOOKS 

Box  102,  1050  Mills 
Tower,  San  Francisco, 
California  94104 


n  I've  enclosed  $_ 


copies  of  Everglades.  (Note:  Price 
per  copy  after  December  25,  1970  is  $27.50.) 

D  Please  send  me  information  about  how  I  can  help 
the  Sierra  Club's  conservation  efforts. 


Name- 


Address 

City,  State,  Zip. 


A  two-inch  empty  pipe 
can  carry  230,000  telephone  conversations. 


The  pipe  is  no  bigger  than  your  wrist. 

Yet  what  really  makes  it  news  is  that  there's  abso- 
lutely nothing  inside. 

Except  room  for  230,000  simultaneous  telephone 
conversations. 

In  the  years  to  come,  millimeter  waveguide  pipe  will 
be  buried  four  feet  underground.  In  a  larger  cradling  pipe 
to  give  it  protection  and  support. 

It'll  also  have  its  own  amplifying  system  about  every 
20  miles.  So  your  voice  will  stay  loud  and  clear. 

Even  after  3,000  miles. 

Yet  this  little  pipe  is  capable  of  carrying  a  lot  more 
than  just  conversations. 

It  can  also  carry  TV  shows.  Picturephone® pictures. 
Electrocardiograms.  And  data  between  thousands  of 
computers. 

All  at  once. 

The  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company 
•  and  your  local  Bell  Company  are  always  looking  for  new 
ways  to  improve  your  telephone  service. 

Sometimes  that  means  developing  a  better  way  to 
use  two  inches  of  empty  space. 


Georgia  Granite 

Amid  scattered  woodlands  and  rolling  hills, 

islands  of  ancient  bedrock  foster 

an  unusual  collage  of  texture  and  color 


by  William  A.  Bake,  Jr. 


East  of  the  Blue  Ridge,  where  the  land  smooths 
into  the  southern  piedmont  and  drops  toward  the 
fall  line,  ancient  rocks  shove  upward.  The  skeletal 
land  mass  seemingly  defies  its  inevitable  dis- 
appearance beneath  the  Atlantic  with  one  last  shrug. 
Through  the  worn  red  clays — from  the  Carolinas  to 
Georgia  to  Alabama — the  rock  swells  and  bubbles 
to  the  surface  in  gray  masses  of  granite.  Known  lo- 
cally as  mountains,  or  flatrocks,  the  granite  outcrops 
of  the  southern  piedmont  are  a  unique  environment 
that  has  survived  time  and  change. 

At  a  distance,  the  granite  appears  drab  and  form- 
less. But  this  is  only  an  illusion;  far  from  being 
formless,  the  rock,  rounded  by  the  ages,  has  an  ele- 
mental simplicity.  To  sense  the  form,  one  must 
catch  the  nuances:  the  play  of  light  across  textured 
surfaces  or  the  symmetry  of  water-carved  pools. 
Weathering,  here,  has  been  a  story  of  small  per- 
sistences far  antedating  the  sculptural  forces  seen  on 
glaciated  granites  to  the  north  and  west.  Walking  the 
granite  outcrops  of  the  southeast,  one  sees  their  sub- 
tleties: the  power  of  countless  rainstorms  and  of 
plant  decay,  of  a  million  litde  nothings  gnawing  at 
the  rock  and  finally  subduing  it. 

At  closer  range,  the  continual  life  process  unfolds. 
Ice  lies  packed  among  the  rocks  or  spills  over  a  cliff 
into  a  tapestry  of  icicles.  Gnarled  pines  and  cedars 
thrust  from  cracks,  gripping  and  splitting  their  way 
toward  elusive  water.  Plants  grow  and  decay,  paving 
the  way  for  more  of  their  kind  while  struggling  to 
produce  enough  soil  to  sustain  them. 

Time  has  been  the  essential  catalyst  in  the  evolu- 
tion of  this  unique  ecosystem.  Despite  the  variation 
in  age  and  structure  of  the  granites  of  this  region, 
they  all  extend  from  the  earliest  beginnings  of  life  on 
earth — more  than  half  a  billion  years  ago.  Although 
the  date  of  their  exposure  to  the  surface  remains 
unknown,  the  finely  tuned  ecology  of  these  outcrops 
suggests  that  most  of  them  were  uncovered  well  into 
ancient  geologic  time.  In  a  process  that  has  the 
promise  of  being  timeless,  the  exposures  resist  the 


erosive  powers  that  will  eventually  level  the  pied- 
mont. Soil  that  takes  centuries  to  form  can  be 
washed  away  in  one  rainstorm,  and  vegetation  that 
has  needed  years  to  colonize  one  flaw  in  the  granite 
may  be  killed  in  a  single  drought.  Occasionally,  soil 
may  cover  an  outcrop,  but  its  triumph  is  an  ex- 
ception. The  shallow,  soil-filled  bowls,  or  "weath- 
ering pits,"  that  dot  the  outcrops  attest  to  their  ex- 
tended absence  of  soil.  Studies  have  shown  these  pits 
to  be  anywhere  from  100,000  to  a  million  years  old. 
In  the  Yosemite  Valley,  where  the  granite  is  similar, 
weathering  pits  can  be  found  only  in  areas  that  have 
escaped  the  glaciation  that  carved  the  valley. 

Molded  and  matured  by  various  plants,  many  of 
which  are  confined  to  the  outcrops,  the  granite  incor- 
porates a  complex  flora.  Of  these,  two  are  especially 
commanding.  Early  in  March,  shallow,  soil-filled 
depressions  in  the  rock  seem  to  fill  with  a  crimson 
broth  as  tiny  Diamorpha  cymosa  begins  to  grow. 
Like  many  of  its  sister  granite  plants  it  bears  no 
common  name — a  testimony,  not  to  lack  of  beauty, 
but  to  the  confined  company  it  keeps.  Found  almost 
exclusively  on  the  southern  granite  outcrops,  it  is  an 
uncommon  relative  of  the  less  vibrant  rock  cresses 
of  the  New  World.  By  late  spring  it  disappears,  ag- 
ing into  miniature  forests  of  red  stalks  and  seed 
pods. 

Diamorpha  s  association  with  the  granite  is  no  ac- 
cident. Given  ample  time,  natural  dependencies  de- 
velop. With  no  glaciers  to  scour  them,  the  southern 
granite  exposures  became  the  exclusive  domain  of  a 
score  of  plants,  many  of  which  are  unlike  even  their 


Diamorpha  cymosa  in  full  bloom  covers 

Heggie's  Rock  near  Augusta,  Georgia.  As  with 

many  granite  plants,  it  bears  no  common  name. 


iX'knv 


m 


ivmWA'Ji'iffi.K*;    ■>^,x:--^-  ,  <'  <-•    <     i,  .      i.ji^.-j..  ,-- iii-i--»n-  .,   .*-.z^"*^^*j 


By  late  spring  only  the  red 
stalks  and  seed  pods  of  f' 

Diamorpha  cymosa  remain. 
Seeds  of  this  plant,  an  annual] 
survive  the  harsh  climate. 


Water  cascades  over  a 
granite  bed  in  the  high  shoals 
area  of  the  Appalachee  River. 


Cedar  and  mosses  are  common 
granite  outcrops,  but  the  scf 
rock  and  water  deter  the  creati 
of  a  permanent  soil  laj 


Lichen  occupies  a  niche  on  a  granite 
outcrop  in  the  winter,  when  much 
of  the  rock  is  under  ice.  It  also 
lives  through  the  hot,  dry  summer. 


The  depth  of  a  rounded 

"weathering  pit"  on  Big  Flat 

Rock  near  Veazy,  Georgia, 

helps  date  the  granite  outcrop. 


-^^^i#' 

?.,^^^ 


m 


i.^ 


:»/>^ 


SSStetlNl' 


•^ 


^^f^:^-::.: 


^^^"mm 


^*x. 


ft 


*  '-X 


*     iV^- 


«.-^> 


:4h''' 


nearest  relatives.  Common  to  them  all  is  the  ability 
to  survive  harsh  conditions.  In  January  the  rock  may 
be  sheathed  with  ice;  by  late  summer  it  is  parched 
by  weeks  without  rain.  The  special  savagery  of 
the  environment  imbues  the  unique  flora  with  the 
same  immortality  seen  in  the  parent  granite  and,  in 
turn,  makes  the  outcrops  areas  of  botanical  curiosity 
unsurpassed  in  eastern  North  America. 

Most  of  the  granite  plants  remain  scattered,  hid- 
den, and  little  noticed.  Botanists  and  naturalists 
delight  in  them;  others  pass  them  by.  One  major 
exception  is  Viguiera  ported.  On  Stone  Mountain, 
near  Atlanta,  Georgia,  where  the  vistas  are  most  ex- 
pansive, these  yellow,  daisylike  plants  proliferate. 
Every  square  foot  of  soil,  every  flaw  in  the  granite, 
hosts  countless  Viguiera.  Like  the  granite  itself,  Vi- 
guiera is  an  imposter  on  the  landscape.  Near  rela- 
tives of  the  flower  are  found  no  closer  than  the 
southwest  and  Mexico.  An  inhabitant  of  arid  re- 
gions, its  element  is  dry  rock.  Like  Diamorpha.  it 
survives  the  harsh  environment  as  an  annual,  living 
only  to  produce  seeds  in  a  tenuous,  yet  durable, 
cycle. 

In  conjunction  with  the  endemic  botany  of  the 
granite  outcrops  there  is  a  profusion  of  lichens  and 
mosses.  Rust  orange,  sun-scorched  gray,  spring 
green,  the  lichens  flourish  where  little  else  can  sur- 
vive. With  them,  in  dependence,  exist  carpets  of 
thick  velvety  moss.  Shimmering,  emerald  green  when 
wet,  or  dormant  and  gray  when  dry,  they  cling  to 
streamsides,  fissures,  low  places — wherever  water 
gives  them  life.  These  delicate  mosses  and  lichens 
provide  a  lush  counterpoint  to  the  harsh  rock. 

Yet  the  granite  is  so  unyielding  that  not  even  the 
soil-building  power  of  the  mosses  and  lichens  has 
been  of  importance.  As  quickly  as  they  are  freed 
from  the  rock,  weathering  removes  the  grains  of 
granite  loosened  by  these  pioneering  plants.  Only 
water  and  ice  seem  to  impair  the  rock's  endurance. 
Water  causes  an  infinitesimal  expansion  of  the  rock, 
eventually  leading  to  shallow  seepage  parallel  to  the 
surface.  In  time,  in  a  process  called  exfoliation,  the 


onfederate  daisies  ( Viguiera  porteri) 
•oliferate  on  the  granite  slopes  of 
;one  Mountain  near  Atlanta,  Georgia. 


water  and  ice  undermine  the  rock,  forming  numer- 
ous flat  slabs.  Like  sloughs  on  some  giant  epidermis, 
these  slabs  lie  scattered  across  the  granite,  casualties 
of  a  battle  that  the  weathering  process  may  never 
win. 

In  yet  another  sense,  the  granite  exposures  are 
counterpoints  to  the  land.  To  a  large  extent,  the 
ecology  of  these  outcrops  is  segregated  from  that 
of  the  piedmont.  In  the  humid  southeast,  complex- 
ity rules.  A  large  number  of  species  compete  and 
thrive  in  undisturbed  piedmont  forests.  On  the  gran- 
ite, however,  the  rule  is  reversed.  The  rock  is  a 
great  reducer,  transforming  the  complexity  of  the 
surrounding  forests  into  a  well-ordered  but  relatively 
simple  series  of  life  systems,  each  dependent  on  its 
own  tolerance. 

A  variety  of  abuses  have  long  plagued  the  granite 
exposures.  Several  have  already  been  destroyed  by 
quarrying.  Others  face  a  similar  fate.  One  of  the 
most  beautiful  and  undisturbed,  Reggie's  Rock  near 
Augusta,  Georgia,  is  currently  owned  by  a  gravel 
company,  and  its  granite  will  probably  be  shredded 
and  scattered  across  rural  roads.  In  most  areas  local 
residents  regard  the  outcrops  as  ideal  dumps,  and 
smashed  bottles,  cans,  and  car  engines  litter  them. 
Still  other  areas  have  been  substantially  altered  by 
grazing. 

At  present  only  two  granite  exposures,  both  in 
Georgia,  are  receiving  protection.  Panola  Mountain 
is  maintained  as  a  natural  area  by  the  Georgia  State 
Parks  Department.  Stone  Mountain  (1,686  feet)  — 
the  largest  outcrop — receives  minimal  protection  as 
a  nationally  known  recreational  area  and  bears  the 
burden  of  a  plague  of  trash  and  grafitti.  While  pro- 
tection of  one  or  two  granite  exposures  may  be  in- 
finitely better  than  nothing,  it  is  indicative  of  the 
ecological  tokenism  prevalent  today.  Lacking  an  es- 
sential systems  approach  on  a  national  scale,  we 
have  been  satisfied  to  preserve  only  the  remnants  of 
our  natural  areas. 

Perhaps  the  granite  exposures  of  the  southern 
piedmont  will  serve  as  reminders.  At  once  inter- 
related yet  uniquely  independent,  their  individual  ex- 
istence remains  important  to  their  continued  sur- 
vival. Destruction  of  any  one  may  eventually  affect 
another.  As  we  are  slowly  learning,  there  are  no 
free-fire  zones  in  nature.  In  another  sense,  these 
granite  islands  relate  to  man's  larger  island.  In  their 
time-carved  uniqueness  and  perfection,  they  offer,  in 
microscosmic  perspective,  a  glimpse  of  the  inter- 
relatedness  and  complexity  of  all  life  systems. 


Astronomy  at  Phoenix  House  "Do  you  think  people 

are  nuts  to  believe  in  flying  saucers  or  life  in  other 
solar  systems?" 

"Is  the  moon  dead,  or  could  there  be  life  under  the 
surface?" 

"Is  astronomy  hooked  up  with  astrology  and  horo- 
scopes?" 

The  questions  came  faster  and  faster  from  the  au- 
dience, a  mix  of  teen-agers  and  adults,  blacks  and 
whites,  men  and  women.  The  speaker.  Robert  Galan- 
dak  of  the  American  Museum-Hayden  Planetarium, 
gestured  mightily  as  he  tried  to  explain  trigonometry 
and  nuclear  fusion  without  a  chalkboard.  The  air  in 
the  cellar  of  the  renovated  Brooklyn  tenement  was 
warm  and  stale,  thick  with  cigarette  smoke. 

Members  of  the  audience  had  one  thing  in  common : 
they  were  all  ex-drug  addicts.  Many  had  been  in 
prison  for  crimes  ranging  up  to  manslaughter.  Some 
had  shaved  heads  or  wore  stocking  caps  to  show 
their  guilt  for  transgressions  against  their  peers.  They 
were  attending  a  regular  afternoon  educational  session 
in  Phoenix  House,  on  Prospect  Place  in  the  Park 
Slope  section  of  Brooklyn,  one  of  15  such  houses  in 
New  York  run  for.  and  by.  ex-addicts. 

Galandak  became  involved  nearly  two  years  ago 
when  he  picked  up  the  telephone  in  his  office  at  the 
planetarium  and  a  voice  said:   "Hello.  My   name   is 

Jerry ,  and  I'm  a  drug  addict.  I  want  you  to 

come  and  talk  to  us."  Startled.  Galandak  listened  fur- 
ther, and  shortly  thereafter  gave  his  first  lecture  at  the 
original  Phoenix  House. 

Since  then  Galandak  has  spoken  more  than  30  times 
at  Phoenix  Houses  in  Manhattan,  the  Bronx.  Queens, 
and  Brooklyn.  For  subsequent  visits  to  a  given  group, 
he  prepares  a  structured  presentation,  complete  with 
slides.  But  on  an  initial  visit,  he  simply  throws  the 
floor  open  to  questions.  The  approach  worked  well  at 
Park  Slope. 

Easily  fielding  the  questions,  which  he  says  are 
pretty  much  the  same  wherever  he  goes.  Galandak 
tried  to  introduce  critical  thinking  as  he  went  along. 
Discussing  life  on  other  worlds  (which  he  feels  sure 
must  exist  elsewhere  in  the  universe),  he  first  led  the 
discussion  into  a  definition  of  life.  Discussing  as- 
ti'ology,  he  got  into  superstition  and  man's  fear  of  the 
unknown — and  into  trouble,  as  well. 

He  noted  that  many  parents  use  fear  of  the  un- 
known to  discipline  children:  they  are  told  to  be  good 
or  the  bogeyman  will  get  them.  He  asked  the  audience 
whether  anyone  had  actually  seen  a  bogeyman:  amid 
explosive  laughter,  at  least  half  nodded  that  they  had. 

Informal  talks  like  Galandak's  are  not  the  only 
educational  program  at  the  Phoenix  Houses.  The  aver- 
age age  of  those  now  coming  into  the  program  today 
is  twelve  or  thirteen  (currently  the  youngest  is  an 
eight-year-old  who  was  both  using  and  selling  heroin). 


and  regular  schooling  by  licensed  teachers  is  impor- 
tant. In  September  each  of  the  Phoenix  Houses  be- 
came a  part  of  the  city  school  system,  right  down  to  a 
P.S.  number.  If  plans  being  made  by  Galandak  and  the 
education  chairman  of  each  Phoenix  House  work  out, 
astronomy  will  be  part  of  the  curriculum. 

On  the  Compressional  Velocity  of  Provolone  One  of 

the  innumerable  problems  perplexing  scientists  in  the 
wake  of  the  lunar  voyages  concerns  the  extremely  low 
velocities  at  which  compressional  waves  move  through 
moon  rocks.  Compressional  waves  are  a  sort  of  sound 
wave  moving  through  solid  matter;  the  most  familiar 
example  are  the  waves  that  travel  through  the  earth 
after  an  earthquake  [see  "Earthquakes,"  December, 
1969  I .  Such  waves  pass  through  surface  rocks  on  the 
earth  at  velocities  of  four  miles  a  second  or  faster; 
similar  waves  going  through  moon  rocks  are  slowed  to 
about  a  mile  a  second. 

The  difference  was  discovered  when  men  created 
their  own  quakes  on  the  moon  (by  crashing  lunar 
modules  on  the  moon's  surface)  and  then  read  the 
results  from  seismometers  left  there  by  the  astronauts. 
Most  of  the  moon  rang  like  a  low-pitched  bell  for  a 
long  time — up  to  50  minutes.  But  the  signal  lasted 
only  a  short  time  in  the  surface  material,  moving 
slowly  and  quickly  losing  strength. 

Two  geophysicists  at  Columbia  University's  La- 
mont-Doherty  Geological  Observatory  experimented 
iiith  compressional  waves  on  two  samples  of  moon 
rock  and  on  a  variety  of  terrestrial  substances.  The 
two  men,  Edward  Schreiber  and  Orson  L.  Anderson, 
reported  their  findings  in  Science.  In  their  words: 

"To  account  for  this  very  low  velocity,  we  decided 
to  consider  materials  other  than  those  listed  initially 
....  The  search  was  aided  by  considerations  of  much 
earlier  speculations  concerning  the  nature  of  the 
moon,  and  a  significant  group  of  materials  was  found 
which  have  velocities  that  cluster  about  those  actually 
observed  for  lunar  rocks. 

"These  materials  are  summarized  in  [the  table] 
....  The  materials  were  chosen  so  as  to  represent  a 
broad  geographic  distribution  in  order  to  preclude 
any  bias  that  might  be  introduced  by  regional  sam- 
pling. It  is  seen  that  these  materials  exhibit  com- 
pressional velocities  that  are  in  consonance  with  those 
measured  for  the  lunar  rocks — which  leads  us  to  sus- 
pect that  perhaps  old  hypotheses  are  best,  after  all, 
and  should  not  be  lightly  discarded." 

Most  of  the  authors'  table  listed,  for  comparison, 
the  compressional  velocities  of  various  rocks  and  min- 
erals found  on  earth.  The  most  interesting  portion, 
reproduced  below  with  kilometers  converted  to  miles, 
compared  lunar  rocks  and  a  variety  of  cheeses. 

Compressional  velocities  of  lunar  rocks  and  earth  cheeses 


Velocity 
Material  (miles  per 

tested  second) 

Sapsego  (Swiss)  1.21 
Lunar  rock  10017  1.14 
Gjetost  (Norway)  1.13 
Provolone  (Italy)         1.09 


Velocity 
Material  (miles  per 

tested  second) 

Cheddar  (Vermont)  1.07 
Emmenthal  (Swiss)  1.02 
Muenster  (Wisconsin)  0.97 
Lunar  rock  10046  0.78 

John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 


'rim^''^*!'>^>»^. 


'i   .--    ..o<^-^^ 


^V--:.,-'' ■-:%.!' V.^:/ 


l..f\-^ 


The  moon  becomes  full  on  October  14,  then  moves  into  the 
morning  sky.  Last-quarter  occurs  on  the  21st,  and  new  moon  on 
the  30th.  In  November,  first-quarter  moon  is  on  the  6th,  full 
moon  on  the  13th. 

Among  the  planets,  only  Saturn  is  in  good  position  to  be  seen 
in  October  and  early  November.  Rising  about  an  hour  after  the 
sun  sets  and  remaining  visible  all  night,  the  planet  Is  moving 
westward  into  Aries.  Venus  and  Jupiter  are  evening  stars,  very 
low  in  the  southwest  at  sunset,  and  become  morning  stars  in 
early  November.  Mercury  and  Mars  are  morning  stars. 

October  16:  Saturn  rises  below  the  moon  tonight  and  the  two 
move  up  the  sky  together. 

October  20:  Venus  becomes  stationary  and  begins  to  move  ' 
westward,  taking  it  closer  to  the  sun. 

October  21:  Maximum  of  the  Orionid  meteor  shower  occurs, 
but  a  rising  last-quarter  moon  will  brighten  the  sky  after  mid- 


October  27:  Mercury  is  in  superior  conjunction  with  the  sun 
and  now  enters  the  evening  sky.  Look  for  Mars,  a  dim,  reddish 
star,  to  the  left  and  above  the  rising  crescent  moon  this  morn- 
ing. 

November  5:  The  Taurid  meteor  shower  reaches  maximum 
with  dark,  moonless  morning  skies. 

November  9:  Jupiter  enters  the  morning  sky. 

November  10:  Venus  passes  between  sun  and  earth  and  enters 
the  morning  sky. 

November  11:  Saturn  is  at  opposition  from  the  sun.  The  planet 
now  rises  at  sunset,  sets  at  sunrise. 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

♦  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the  bottom; 
then  match  the  stars  In  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with  those  in  the  sky. 
The  map  is  for  10:05  p.m.  on  October  15;  9:20  pm  on  October  31;  and  8:20 
p  M  on  November  15;  but  It  may  be  used  for  about  an  hour  before  and 
after  those  times. 


39 


•TV 


IN 


Peoples  of 


•It 


CHINA 


by  Charles  F.  Keyes 

The    small    community    of    Mae 
Sariang,  a  district  seat  on  the  Bur- 
mese border  in  northwestern  Thai- 
land   where    I    did    anthropological 
field  work,  is  a  microcosm  of  the 
cultural    complexity    of    Southeast 
Asia.  In  the  market,  one  shopkeeper 
is  from  Yunnan;  the  father  of  an- 
other came  from  Fukien  in  south- 
eastern China.  Across  the  street  are 
the   shops   of  several    Indian   Mus- 
lims, and  in  a  nearby  drugstore  the 
Burmese     owner     compounds     folk 
medicines   from   prescriptions  writ- 
ten on  a  palm  leaf  manuscript.  On 
another   street,    shopkeepers    identi- 
fied  as  Thai   speak   languages   dis- 
tinctively   different    from    the    one 
used  by  the  Thai  of  Bangkok.  Some 
of  these  Thai  in  Mae  Sariang  are 
Shan  from  Burma;  but  the  majority 
are  Yuan,  the  Thai-speaking  group 
that      predominates      in      northern 
Thailand.  Central  Thai,  or  Siamese, 
are  found  only  in  government  offices. 
The  different  architectural  styles 
and  rituals  of  the  Buddhist  temples 
emphasize     the    variant     forms    of 
Buddhism    in    Mae    Sariang.    Most 
monks    and    congregations    of  Mae 
Sariang    follow    Yuan    customs.    In 
two  temples,  Burmese  forms  are  fol- 
lowed,   and     in     another    two,     the 
practices  are  Shan  in  origin.  In  the 
main  temple,  periodic  services  fol- 

lelief  at  Banteay  Srei 
'emple,  Angkor,  Cambodia 


The  war-worn  human  fabric 

of  Southeast  Asia 

has  survived  many  strains 


low  the  forms  of  Siamese  Buddhism. 

Secluded  behind  the  market  in 
Mae  Sariang  is  a  small  mosque 
where  both  Indian  and  Chinese 
Muslims  worship.  A  few  Chinese 
also  maintain  Confucian  customs  in 
their  homes.  Five  different  Chris- 
tian missionary  groups,  four  Pro- 
testant and  one  Catholic,  have  rep- 
resentatives in  Mae  Sariang,  all 
living  in  compounds  on  the  out- 
skirts of  the  community. 

In  the  Mae  Sariang  district,  as  in 
all  of  Southeast  Asia,  a  marked  cor- 
relation exists  between  the  ecolo- 
gical adaptations  and  the  cultural 
traditions  of  ethnic  groups  who  live 
in  different  parts  of  the  district. 
Most  of  the  people  living  in  the 
town  of  Mae  Sariang  and  the  sur- 
rounding villages  in  the  valley  prac- 
tice wet-rice  cultivation  and  follow 
the  major  cultural  traditions,  espe- 
cially Buddhism.  The  people  in  the 
hills  flanking  the  valley  are  ethni- 
cally quite  different  from  the  low- 
landers.  They  live  primarily 
through  the  cultivation  of  dry  rice 
by  the  slash-and-burn  technique  of 
agriculture.  These  hill  dwellers,  or 
tribal  peoples,  follow  mainly  ani- 
mistic religions.  Some  are  recent 
converts  to  Christianity. 

Each  tribal  group  in  Mae 
Sariang  has  a  distinctive  back- 
ground. One,  the  Lawa.  is  some- 
what comparable  to  the  American 
Indians  in  that  their  ancestors  pre- 
ceded the  Thai  in  this  area.  An- 
other group,  the  Karen,  began  mi- 
grating into  the  Mae  Sariang  region 


some  200  years  ago.  The  Miao  are 
the  most  recent  migrants  to  Mae 
Sariang,  having  established  them- 
selves only  about  five  years  ago. 
The  Miao  have  brought  their  most 
famous  occupation — the  cultivation 
of  opium  poppies — with  them. 

As  a  border  community,  Mae 
Sariang  has  felt  many  of  the  major 
political  changes  that  have  occurred 
throughout  Southeast  Asia.  In  the 
thirteenth  century  it  became  part  of 
a  Yuan  kingdom.  Between  the  six- 
teenth and  eighteenth  centuries, 
Mae  Sariang,  like  the  rest  of  north- 
ern Thailand,  was  part  of  the  Bur- 
mese empire,  which  extended  into 
parts  of  Laos  and  China.  During  a 
series  of  wars  involving  the  Bur- 
mese, Yuan,  and  Siamese  at  the  end 
of  the  eighteenth  century,  Mae 
Sariang  lay  directly  on  the  route  of 
invading  armies.  At  the  end  of  the 
nineteenth  century,  Mae  Sariang. 
along  with  the  rest  of  northern 
Thailand,  was  integrated  into  the 
kingdom  of  Thailand. 

Although  Mae  Sariang  district 
numbers  only  about  40.000  in- 
habitants, it  has  all  the  problems  of 
ethnic  and  cultural  heterogeneity 
that  plague  many  American  cities. 
Animosities  and  misunderstandings 
exist  between  lowlanders  and  hill 
people:  between  Buddhists  and 
Christians:  between  old.  established 
tribal  people  and  new  migrants; 
and  between  the  numerically  domi- 
nant Yuan  and  the  politically  domi- 
nant Siamese. 

Mai    Sariang    resembles    all    of 

41 


Southeast  Asia  in  the  constant  shift- 
ing of  its  ethnic  composition,  in  the 
changing  political  status,  and  espe- 
cially in  the  problems  of  ethnic  and 
cultural  conflict.  An  understanding 
of  all  these  themes  is  important  for 
any  comprehension  of  the  In- 
dochinese  conflict  in  which  the 
United  States  has  been  embroiled 
for  nearly  a  decade. 

The  three  major  traditional  civ- 
ilizations of  the  region — the  Khmer 
for  Cambodian),  the  Siamese  (an- 
cestors of  the  populace  of  central 
Thailand),  and  the  Vietnamese — 
were  based  in  regions  where  large 
populations  could  engage  in  wet- 
rice  cultivation.  The  Khmer  built 
their  civilization  on  the  Cambodian 
plain,  which  could  be  irrigated  by 
the  waters  (  f  the  Tonle  Sap.  or 
Great  Lake,  aiid  the  Mekong  River. 
The  original  homeland  of  Vietnam- 
ese civilization  was  in  the  valley 
and  delta  of  the  Red  River  of  Ton- 
kin in  North  Vietnam.  Siamese  civ- 
ilization developed  in  the  central 
plain  of  Thailand,  which  is  domi- 
nated by  the  Chao  Phraya  River. 
These  three  natural  regions,  to- 
gether with  that  of  the  Mekong 
Delta,  still  comprise  the  cores  of  the 
major  states  of  the  area. 

T^Tiile  the  densely  populated  val- 
leys, plains,  and  deltas  were  occu- 
pied primarily  by  single  ethnic 
groups,  the  thinly  settled  highlands 
of  Indochina  have  long  supported  a 
large  variety  of  different  groups. 
The  people  who  live  in  the  hills 
flanking  the  valleys  of  northern 
Thailand,  in  the  uplands  of  North 
Tonkin  and  Laos,  in  the  Annamese 
Cordillera,  which  lies  astraddle  the 
frontiers  of  Laos.  Cambodia,  and 
Vietnam,  and  in  some  of  the  lesser 
hill  regions  all  practice  a  type  of 
slash-and-burn  agriculture.  Also  the 
upland  people  do  not  follow  the  his- 
toric religions  found  in  the  low- 
lands. Beyond  these  two  broad  sim- 
ilarities the  upland  people  follow  a 
vast  range  of  cultural  traditions. 

In  the  centuries  just  prior  to  the 
Christian  Era,  people  of  three  dif- 
ferent language  families  occupied 
the  Indochinese  area.  Mon-Khmer- 
speaking  groups  lived  in  Thailand. 
Laos.  Cambodia,  and  the  Mekong 
Delta  region  of  Vietnam.  Along  the 
coast  of  central  Vietnam  and  in  the 


hill  areas  west  of  the  coast,  the  pop- 
ulace spoke  Malayo-Polynesian  lan- 
guages. Finally,  speakers  of  Viet- 
namese languages  populated  the 
Red  River  Delta. 

The  impact  of  the  civilizations  of 
China  and  India  upon  the  in- 
digenous lowland  cultures  of  South- 
east Asia  has  led  to  both  sim- 
ilarities and  contrasts  between  the 
various  Indochinese  ethnic  groups. 
Population  shifts,  including  the  im- 
migration of  groups  into  the  re- 
gion, also  have  contributed  to  the 
cultural  differences. 


lj:,'  uring  the  first  millennium  of  the 
Christian  Era,  a  number  of  South- 
east Asian  cultures  borrowed  In- 
dian ideas  and  amalgamated  them 
with  indigenous  customs  to  form 
new  civilizations.  The  Cambodians, 
or  Khmers.  established  one  of  the 
most  significant  of  the  Indianized 
states  in  Southeast  Asia.  Khmer 
civilization  found  its  ultimate  ex- 
pression in  the  elaborate  monu- 
ments erected  at  Angkor  near  the 
Great  Lake  in  Cambodia.  Each  of 
the  monuments  was  an  architectural 
embodiment  of  the  concepts  of  the 
state  cult  of  the  god-king.  From 
the  tenth  to  the  fifteenth  centuries 
the  god-kings  of  Angkor  made  the 
Khmer  empire  the  dominant  polit- 
ical power  in  the  region. 

The  first  major  challenge  to  the 
Khmer  empire  was  posed  by  an- 
other Indianized  kingdom,  the 
Chams.  a  Malayo-Polynesian-speak- 
ing  people  living  in  central  Viet- 
nam who  advanced  into  the  Khmer 
empire.  However,  they  were  forced 
to  return  to  their  homeland  to  repel 
attacks  made  by  their  northern 
neighbors,  the  Vietnamese. 

The  ancestors  of  the  present-day 
Vietnamese  first  appear  in  history 
in  the  second  century  B.C.  when 
their  country,  the  Red  River  Delta 
region,  was  incorporated  into  the 
Chinese  kingdom.  After  gaining 
their  independence  in  the  tenth  cen- 
tury, the  Vietnamese  rulers  pro- 
moted, rather  than  halted,  the  proc- 
ess of  Sinification.  To  this  day  the 
Vietnamese  display  a  Chinese  tradi- 


tion, developed  during  more  than  a 
millennium  under  Chinese  rule,  that 
stands  in  marked  contrast  to  the 
rest  of  Southeast  Asia. 

With  independence,  the  Vietnam- 
ese began  to  expand.  Because  the 
highlands  to  the  west  were  ill-suited 
to  their  wet-rice  cultivation,  they 
expanded  almost         exclusively 

toward  the  south.  At  first,  they  ac- 
quired coastal  territories  under 
Cham  rule.  By  the  end  of  the  fif- 
teenth century,  the  Vietnamese 
"push  to  the  south"  and  periodic  at- 
tacks from  the  west  by  the  Khmer 
led  to  the  collapse  of  the  state  of 
Champa  in  central  Vietnam. 

After  the  collapse  of  Champa,  the 
Vietnamese  continued  to  expand 
into  the  Mekong  Delta  region, 
which  had  formerly  been  part  of 
the  Khmer  empire  and  which  con- 
tained sizable  Khmer  populations. 
In  the  eighteenth  century,  these  Me- 
kong territories  were  formally  an- 
nexed by  the  Vietnamese.  From  the 
late  seventeenth  century  on.  the 
Vietnamese  also  began  to  challenge 
the  Siamese  influence  over  the 
Khmer  court  in  Cambodia. 

The  expansion  of  the  Thai-speak- 
ing peoples  into  Southeast  Asia  par- 
allels in  some  ways  the  Vietnamese 
push  to  the  south.  From  their  home- 
land in  southeastern  China,  Thai- 
speaking  people  spread  southward 
sometime  before  the  eleventh 
century.  By  the  beginning  of  the 
thirteenth  century  a  number  of 
Thai  colonies  had  organized  into 
petty  states  on  the  northern  pe- 
riphery of  the  Khmer  empire.  Other 
Thai  colonies  within  the  empire 
were  ruled  by  Khmer  governors.  A 
number  of  these  Thai  colonies  con- 
verted to  Therevada  Buddhism. 

The  combination  of  Thai  socio- 
political organization  with  There- 
vada Buddhism  brought  the  elite 
closer  to  tlie  masses  and  led  to  the 
emergence,  in  the  thirteenth  and 
fourteenth  centuries,  of  a  new  polit- 
ical force  in  Southeast  Asia.  After  a 
successful  revolt  against  a  Khmer 
overlord  by  Thai  chiefs,  they 
founded  states  in  north-central 
Thailand  that  eventually  evolved  in- 
to the  powerful  kingdom  of  Thai- 
land (Siam),  with  its  capital  at 
Bangkok. 

Wliile    the    Siamese    were    estab- 


42 


lishing  themselves  in  the  Chao 
Phraya  Basin  in  central  Thailand, 
another  group  of  Thai  established 
themselves  in  the  middle  Mekong 
Valley.  These  people,  who  later  be- 
came known  as  the  Lao.  formed  the 
state  of  Lan  Chang,  which  emerged 
in  the  middle  of  the  fourteenth 
century.  In  the  thirteenth  century 
yet  another  Thai  group  in  northern 
Thailand,  the  Yuan,  founded  the 
kingdom  of  Lannathai. 

Both  Lan  Chang  and  Siam  devel- 
oped at  the  expense  of  the  Khmer 
empire.  By  the  middle  of  the  fif- 
teenth century,  the  Khmer  empire 
ceased  to  exist,  a  consequence  of  in- 
ternal weaknesses  and  external  at- 
tacks by  the  Siamese.  Cambodia, 
the  successor  kingdom  to  the 
Khmer  empire,  built  its  capital  at 
Phnompenh,  which  was  more  defen- 
sible against  Siamese  attack  than 
the  Khmer  capital  of  Angkor.  For 
all  their  animosities,  the  Siamese 
and  Khmer  exchanged  many  cul- 
tural traits  and  today  have  similar 
cultural  traditions.  The  Siamese 
took  over  many  of  the  Indian  con- 
cepts of  statecraft  that  had  been 
employed  at  Angkor,  while  the 
Khmer  adopted  the  Siamese  form 
of  Therevada  Buddhism. 

While  Cambodia  was  nominally  a 
tributary  of  Siam  for  most  of  the 
period  between  the  fifteenth  and 
eighteenth  centuries,  Siam  inter- 
fered little  in  the  internal  affairs  of 
Cambodia  and  made  no  new  claims 
upon  Cambodian  territories. 

Early  in  the  eighteenth  century, 
the  old  Lao  kingdom  of  Lan  Chang 
broke  up  into  the  three  small  states 
of  Luang  Prabang,  Vientiane,  and 
Champassak.  Siam,  which  was  un- 
der attack  by  the  Burmese,  did  not 
take  advantage  of  the  Lao  weakness 
until  the  next  century.  By  1827, 
Siam  had  reduced  Champassak  to  a 
Siamese  province,  totally  destroyed 
the  kingdom  of  Vientiane,  and 
forced  Luang  Prabang  to  become  a 
vassal  state.  Moreover,  Siam  also 
moved  large  numbers  of  people 
from  the  Lao  states  across  the  Me- 
kong and  settled  them  in  north- 
eastern Thailand.  Today  there  are 
eight  to  ten  times  more  Lao  in 
northeastern  Thailand  than  in  Laos. 
Siam  also  attempted  to  extend 
her  influence  eastward,  beyond  the 


Lao  states  and  into  western  Tonkin. 
While  the  people  of  this  area  were 
primarily  Thai-speakers,  the  Viet- 
namese had  long  considered  the  re- 
gion to  be  within  their  orbit. 

With  the  emergence  early  in  the 
nineteenth  century  of  two  strong 
dynasties — in  Vietnam  and  Siam — 
a  clash  between  these  two  powers 
seemed  inevitable.  Both  Cambodian 
and  Lao  areas  were  sources  of  con- 
flict. 

During  the  first  half  of  the  nine- 
teenth century,  the  Siamese  and 
Vietnamese  directly  confronted  one 
another  over  both  Cambodia  and 
the  Thai  areas  northeast  of  the  Lao 
states.  Open  conflict  broke  out  on 
two  occasions.  On  the  eve  of  the 
French  arrival  in  1858  the  disputed 
principalities  were  tributary  to  both 
Vietnam  and  Siam.  although  Siam 
dominated  Cambodia  and  the  Viet- 
namese dominated  the  Thai  area. 


I  he  French  intervention  caused  a 
redrawing  of  the  borders  between 
the  states  of  Southeast  Asia.  The 
French  fixed  the  borders  between 
Cambodia  and  Vietnam  and  forced 
Siam  to  renounce  her  suzerainty 
over  Cambodia  and  cede  back  the 
northern  and  eastern  provinces, 
which  had  been  taken  during  the 
nineteenth  century.  The  French 
created  Laos  out  of  several  differ- 
ent territories  lying  mainly  to  the 
east  of  the  Mekong.  The  Siamese 
were  forced  to  renounce  suzerainty 
over  Luang  Prabang  and  to  give  up 
the  trans-Mekong  provinces  that 
had  once  been  part  of  the  kingdoms 
of  Vientiane  and  Champassak.  The 
border  between  Tonkin  and  Laos 
was  also  fixed. 

These  French  actions  have  been 
viewed  as  having  preserved  Khmer 
and  Lao  independence  from  the 
Vietnamese  and  Siamese.  However, 
this  conclusion  is  open  to  serious 
question.  The  French  justified  their 
expansion  into  Laos  and  Cambodia 
with  reference  to  traditional  Viet- 
namese claims  over  these  areas.  In 
other  words,  the  creation  of  French 

Indochina  laid  a  mortgage  against 
the  futures  of  Laos  and  Cambodia, 


for  Indochina  was  defined  as  that 
part  of  Southeast  Asia  that  lay 
within  the  Vietnamese  sphere  of  in- 
fluence. 

The  French  further  complicated 
the  picture  by  dividing  Vietnam 
into  three  separate  entities:  the  col- 
ony of  Cochin  China  in  the  south, 
the  protectorate  of  Annam  in  the 
center,  and  the  protectorate  of  Ton- 
kin in  northern  Vietnam.  This  dis- 
memberment of  Vietnam  had  some 
historical  and  cultural  justification. 
Prior  to  the  nineteenth  century, 
Vietnam  had  been  so  divided. 
Moreover,  the  southern  Vietnamese 
had  somewhat  different  character- 
istics from  the  northerners  because 
of  more  intensive  contact  with  In- 
dianized  peoples  and  greater  dis- 
tance from  Chinese  influences. 
However,  by  refusing  to  recognize 
the  unity  that  had  been  achieved 
during  the  first  part  of  the  nine- 
teenth century  by  the  Nguyen  dy- 
nasty, the  French  created  condi- 
tions that  exacerbated  the  problems 
faced  by  the  Vietnamese  people  to- 
day. 

Other  effects  of  French  rule  con- 
tributed to  the  cultural  complexity 
of  the  region.  In  their  adminis- 
tration of  the  tribal  areas,  espe- 
cially in  the  Annamese  Cordillera 
and  in  the  uplands  of  Tonkin,  the 
French  chose  not  to  work  through 
the  Vietnamese,  thus  widening  the 
gap  between  the  tribal  peoples  and 
the  Vietnamese.  French  rule  also 
undermined  the  traditional  cultural 
bases  of  Vietnamese  society,  thus 
laying  the  groundwork  for  the  ap- 
pearance of  new  cultural  forms. 
Many  Vietnamese  looked  to  other 
sources  for  cultural  leadership.  A 
significant  proportion  accepted 
Catholicism,  which  was  spread  by 
missionaries.  Others  joined  new 
sectarian    movements    such    as    the 


A  Yuan  woman  in  the 

Mae  Sariang  district  of  Thailand 

harvests  a  wet-rice  crop. 

The  lowland  cultures  throughout 

Indochina  cultivate  this  grain. 


44 


yJkl^^J'  ^ 


Thailai 


',M^ 


'tlk 


In  the  lowlands  along  major  rivers  and  on  the 
large  deltas  in  Indochina,  large,  homogeneous 
cultures  have  developed,  based  on  the 
control  of  water  for  rice  cultivation.  Animal 
and  hand  labor  perform  most  jobs,  including 
the  dragging  of  teak  logs  from  the  jungle  by 
elephants,  the  harrowing  of  rice  paddies  with  water 
buffaloes,  irrigation  using  primitive  buckets  held 
on  tripods,  and  the  threshing  of  grain. 
At  left,  Karen  women  prepare  a  meal  of  small 
frogs  —  a  good  source  of  protein. 


47 


Cambodia 


■iiiiiiiiMiiiaii^ 


Saigon,  South  Vietnam 


48 


iffiffi^ 


With  the  growth  of  national  economies 
tluoughout  Indochina  since  the  colonial  period, 
the  population  in  urban  areas 
has  grown  rapidly.  Chinese  immigrants 
often  dominate  the  commercial  sectors 
of  the  cities.  Attracted  by  the  variety  of 
goods  and  the  opportunity  to  sell  homemade 
wares,  many  women  from  surrounding  tribal 
areas  go  to  the  cities  to  trade.  Housing  is  a 
problem  in  many  cities,  and  although  houseboats 
are  common,  living  conditions  on  the 
boats  are  crowded  and  sanitation  is  poor. 


jigon,  South  Vietnam 


49 


«'  I. 


Almost  all  of  the  major  religious  traditions 

are  represented  in  Soutlieast  Asia.  The  largest 

proportion  of  the  people  practice  either 

Therevada  Buddhism,  Islam,  or  the  amalgam  of 

Confucianism,  Taoism,  and  Mahayana  Buddhism  developed 

by  the  Chinese.  There  are  many  Christian  communities. 

Hinduism,  once  a  major  tradition  in  the  region,  has 

left  its  imprint.  And  several  million  people  follow  a  host  of 

animistic  traditions.  Cao  Daism,  a  hybrid  of  Buddhism 

and  Daoism.  is  practiced  in  the  temple  above. 

The  turret  of  the  Buddhist  temple,  top  right, 

reveals  a  Chinese  influence.  The  reclining  Buddha  and 

seated  statues  represent  Therevada  Buddhism. 

Catholic  girls,  right,  celebrate  their  first  communion. 


50 


South  Vietnam 


Thailand 


j 

i^^^S^^iS"- 

MMb.^-^  --1  ^ 

-T:*^                    "■■    ■■'■ 

l-s^^"!"'^ 

>>' ^-^^. -■•=..     '- 

Bangkok,  Thailand 


Saigon,  South  Vietnam 


51 


m^. 


m 


•c---^^ 


^*»ld 


Liong  tribesmen  watch  as  others 
rgain  at  a  North  Vietnamese 
irket.  Creation  of  autonomous 
bal  zones  in  this  country 
s  minimized  internal  conflicts. 


Cao  Dai  and  Hoa  Hao.  Yet  others 
were  attracted  by  a  resurgent 
Buddhist  movement.  The  Commu- 
nist movement  also  provided  a  new 
cuhural  tradition  for  a  large  sector 
of  the  population. 

For  the  Vietnamese,  French  rule 
led  to  a  radical  break  with  the  past, 
but  it  did  not  have  the  same  effect 
in  Cambodia  and  Laos.  These  two 
countries  were  preserved  almost  as 
cultural  museums.  The  French  did 
little  to  interfere  with  traditional 
cultural  institutions  and  little  to  im- 
prove the  educational  and  economic 
systems. 

While  the  French  were  contrib- 
uting to  the  problems  of  ethnic  and 
cultural  complexity  in  Indochina, 
the  Siamese  were  making  advances 
in  overcoming  cultural  parochial- 
ism in  the  territories  under  their 
rule.  In  a  series  of  reforms  at  the 
end  of  the  nineteenth  century,  the 
Siamese  sovereign  brought  under  a 
central  administration  the  core  area 
of  metropolitan  Siam  in  central 
Thailand,  the  Yuan  areas  of  north- 
ern Thailand,  the  Lao  areas  of  the 
northeast,  and  some  of  the  Malay 
areas  in  the  south.  This  process  of 
integration  was  so  effective  that 
both  Yuan  and  Lao  were  able  to 
join  with  the  Siamese  in  a  common 
identity  as  Thai.  The  success  of  the 
Siamese  king  in  molding  what  was 
to  become  the  nation  of  Thailand 
greatly  enhanced  its  ability  to  meet 
the  challenge  of  Western  expansion 
in  the  region.  Of  all  the  Southeast 
Asian  states,  only  Thailand  re- 
mained independent  during  the  co- 
lonial period. 

The  colonial  period  brought  an- 
other change  in  the  cultural  mosaic 
of  Southeast  Asia.  The  majority  of 
the  forebears  of  the  Chinese  and  In- 
dians now  living  in  the  region  came 
during  the  colonial  era.  They  were 


attracted  by  the  opportunities 
created  by  the  expanding  economy 
of  the  Southeast  Asian  area. 

Chinese  migrants,  coming  mainly 
from  the  poverty-stricken  rural 
areas  of  southeastern  China,  settled 
in  significant  numbers  throughout 
Southeast  Asia.  Most  of  the  Chinese 
who  migrated  to  Vietnam  settled  in 
the  south.  The  south  afforded 
greater  economic  opportunities  be- 
cause the  French  spent  more  of 
their  energies  and  resources  in  de- 
veloping this  region  than  the  north. 
Small  numbers  of  Chinese  migrated 
to  Cambodia  and  even  fewer  to 
Laos  because  the  economies  of 
these  countries  did  not  expand 
greatly  during  French  rule.  Thai- 
land, although  not  under  colonial 
rule,  underwent  a  radical  economic 
change  in  response  to  the  Western 
impact.  Her  expanding  economy 
drew  more  Chinese  migrants  than 
any  other  country  in  Indochina. 


I  he  Chinese  in  all  of  these  coun- 
tries assumed  a  dominant  role  in 
the  commercial  sector.  All  the  so- 
cieties of  Southeast  Asia  have  per- 
ceived this  Control  of  a  sector  of  the 
economy  by  aliens  as  threatening. 

The  colonial  rulers  fostered  pol- 
icies that  perpetuated  the  alien 
status  of  the  Chinese.  In  Thailand, 
however,  the  Chinese  had  to  accom- 
modate themselves  to  an  indigenous 
elite.  Partially  for  this  reason.  Thai- 
land has  had  the  highest  assimi- 
lation rate  of  Chinese  of  any  South- 
east Asian  country.  Still,  the  Chi- 
nese remain  one  of  the  biggest  mi- 
nority problems  for  Thailand,  as  well 
as  for  all  the  countries  of  South- 
east Asia. 

Since  at  least  the  middle  of  the 
last  century,  Tibeto-Burmese,  Ka- 
ren, and  Miao-Yao  upland  peoples 
have  migrated  in  increasing  num- 
bers into  northern  Thailand.  Laos, 
and  North  Vietnam.  These  groups 
are  ethnically  different  from  the  in- 
digenous tribal  groups  and  pose 
new  problems  for  the  societies  into 
which  they  have  moved.  The  new 
immigrant  groups  have  in  some 
cases  disrupted  the  ecological  bal- 
ance  between  lowland   and   upland 


groups.  They  also  have  continuing 
relations  with  their  relatives  in 
China  and  Burma  and  maintain  a 
communications  system  across  na- 
tional boundaries;  this  is  often 
looked  upon  ^vith  mistrust  by  the 
rulers  of  the  countries  in  which 
they  now  live.  Finally,  some  of 
these  groups  are  primary  partici- 
pants in  opium  production  and 
trade — a  source  of  considerable 
friction  in  recent  years. 

Ethnic  and  cultural  factors  are  of 
critical  importance  in  the  present 
war  in  Indochina.  While  com- 
mitments to  different  ideologies  un- 
derlie the  fratricidal  war  of  the 
Vietnamese,  attempts  to  view  the 
Indochinese  conflagration  in  strictly 
ideological  terms  obscure  the  com- 
plexities and  lead  to  misinterpre- 
tations of  the  motives  of  many  of 
the  actors. 

For  example,  the  montagnards,  a 
tribal  people  of  South  Vietnam,  are 
more  concerned  with  their  ethnic 
integrity  than  with  the  type  of  gov- 
ernment residing  in  Saigon.  The 
creation  of  autonomous  tribal  zones 
in  North  Vietnam,  and  the  com- 
mitment by  the  National  Liberation 
Front  to  create  similar  zones  in  the 
south,  has  great  appeal  to  the  mon- 
tagnards. particularly  since  the 
South  Vietnamese  government  has 
a  poor  record  in  dealing  with  up- 
land minorities. 

For  the  Khmer  and  the  Lao  the 
ideological  coloring  of  the  Vietnam- 
ese who  have  entered  their  terri- 
tories is  less  important  than  that 
the  Vietnamese  are  again  making 
claims  to  control  their  destinies. 
The  French-created  fiction  of  In- 
dochina has  left  a  fearful  legacy  for 
the  Khmer  and  Lao.  On  several 
occasions  during  the  sixteen  years 
of  Cambodian  independence  the 
Khmer  have  expressed  fear  of  Thai 
aggrandizement.  Cambodia  is  ethni- 
cally the  most  homogeneous  coun- 
try of  Indochina,  partly  because  of 
territorial  losses  to  her  neighbors. 
In  contrast.  Laos  faces  major,  pos- 
sibly insurmountable  problems  in 
attempting  to  create  a  national  en- 
tity out  of  the  people  of  diverse  cul- 
tures and  histories  willed  to  it  by 
the  French.  Laos  as  a  nation-state  is 
a  figment  of  the  imagination. 

Continued  on  page  74 


LIFE 
IN  THE 
SKY 


"Within  those  cumulus  puffballs  and  towering 
thunderheads,  tiny  animals  and  plants  are  living: 
eating,  excreting,  and  reproducing" 

by  Bruce  C.  Parker 


Two  years  ago,  while  studying 
lakes  in  the  St.  Louis  area,  I  took  a 
new  detection  device  home  to  test  in 
my  goldfish  pond.  The  device  was 
a  sampler  designed  to  collect  dis- 
solved organic  substances  that 
might  be  important  in  under- 
standing water  pollution  problems. 
One  of  the  substances  it  could  detect 
was  vitamin  B12. 

I  started  my  goldfish  pond  ex- 
periments during  the  spring  rainy 
season,  and  found  almost  imme- 
diately that  the  level  of  vitamin  B12 
in  the  pond  water  rose  significantly 
following  certain  rains,  especially 
those  accompanying  thunderstorms. 
Concurrently,  algae  in  the  pond 
grew  luxuriantly,  suggesting  the 
possibility  that  these  algae  were 
stimulated  by  the  vitamin  or  per- 
haps by  other  nutrients  in  the  rain- 
water. 

This  discovery  in  my  own  back- 
yard set  me  to  collecting  and 
analyzing  rainwater  for  other  or- 
ganic substances.  After  two  years  of 
this  work,  primarily  in  Missouri 
and  Virginia,  it  now  seems  clear  that 
in  addition  to  vitamin  B12  other  or- 


ganic substances  occur  periodically 
in  rainwater,  including  such  natural 
vitamins  as  biotin  and  niacin.  In 
fact,  I  determined  that  the  total 
amount  of  organic  matter  in  freshly 
collected  raindrops,  which  had 
fallen  through  a  relatively  nonpol- 
luted  atmosphere,  often  exceeded 
that  found  in  an  equal  volume  of 
lake  or  sea  water. 

The  discovery  that  rainwater  can 
be  a  major  source  of  essential  natu- 
ral vitamins  and  other  nutrients  im- 
mediately raised  the  question: 
"Where  do  they  all  come  from?" 

One  might  first  suspect  that  the 
substances  are  somehow  trans- 
ported from  the  ground  into  the  at- 
mosphere. Because  these  vitamins 
are  not  gases  at  normal  tempera- 
tures and  pressures,  their  only  logi- 
cal mode  of  transport  from  ground 
to  sky  would  appear  to  be  in  associ- 
ation with  airborne  dust,  such  as 
soil  particles,  pollen,  or  spores.  But 
if  pollen  and  dust  from  soil  are  ma- 
jor sources  of  soluble  vitamins  ap- 
pearing in  rainfall,  one  would  ex- 
pect to  find  correlations  between 
the  amount  of  airborne  particles  of 


these  types  and  the  concentration  of 
vitamins  in  rainwater. 

I  found  no  good  correlations  of 
these  sorts,  except  perhaps  for  nia- 
cin and  biotin,  which  increased 
somewhat  proportionally  with  the 
amount  of  airborne  tree  pollens. 
Vitamin  Bi^  showed  no  clear  rela- 
tionship with  the  amount  of  pollen. 
Furthermore,  I  found  no  connection 
between  the  total  amount  of  dust  in 
rainwater  and  the  occurrence  of 
vitamin  B,^,  and  I  was  unable  to 
extract  significant  amounts  of  this 
vitamin  from  collected  dry  airborne 
dust. 

These  results  all  led  to  the  con- 
clusion that  some  process  other 
than  the  capture  of  airborne  dust 
by  falling  raindrops  must  bring 
about  the  high  levels  of  certain  bio- 
logically important  substances  dis- 
solved in  rainwater.  In  search  of 
such  a  process,  I  speculated  that 
clouds  might  be  viewed  biologically, 
as  atmospheric  ecosystems  having 
significant  numbers  of  functioning 
microorganisms.  Such  microorgan- 
isms, representing  aeroplankton,  do 
not  have  to  be  completely  dormant 

55 


Green  soil  algae, 
magnified  450  times, 
thrive  in  a  laboratory 
culture  after  extraction 
from  airborne  dust. 


or  in  resting  stages  as  with  spores 
and  pollens,  but  might  under  certain 
circumstances  be  capable  of  meta- 
bolic activity  within  clouds,  produc- 
ing, among  other  things,  extracellu- 
lar vitamins.  Finally,  intracellular 
vitamins  might  be  released  into  so- 
lution by  freezing  in  clouds. 

In  other  words,  within  those  cu- 
mulus puffballs  and  towering  thun- 
derheads,  tiny  animals  and  plants 
are  living:  eating,  excreting,  even 
reproducing. 

While  this  hypothesis  has  not 
been  proved,  a  number  of  facts  sug- 
gest that  it  is  entirely  feasible. 
These  include  aspects  of  the  physics 
of   clouds,    the    chemistry    of   rain- 


drops, and  the  distribution  and 
metabolism  of  airborne  micro- 
organisms. 

For  some  years  cloud  physicists 
have  known  that  particles  up  to  50 
microns  in  diameter  ( 1  micron  is 
about  1/25,000  of  an  inch)  reside 
in  clouds,  especially  continental 
ones.  At  least  some  of  these  par- 
ticles function  as  nuclei  for  rain 
droplet  condensation.  While  most 
condensation  nuclei  are  of  sizes 
smaller  than  those  of  micro- 
organisms, at  least  a  few  particles 
from  0.5  to  50  microns  in  diameter 
occur  almost  universally  in  every 
cubic  yard  of  cloud.  Thousands  of 
microorganisms  have  cells  whose 
sizes  fall  within  this  range.  Un- 
fortunately, the  difficulty  of  captur- 
ing and  studying  cloud  particles  of 
these  sizes  has  largely  prevented 
their  detailed  characterization. 

Not  all  clouds  would  appear  to 
afford  ideal  environments  for  many 
earth-inhabiting  microorganisms.  In 
terms  of  living,  actively  growing 
microorganisms,  the  environment  of 
cumuliform  clouds  is  of  particular 
interest.  Cumuliform  clouds  include 


the  white,  puffy  cumulus  clouds  and 
the  steeply  piled  cumulonimbus 
(thunder)  clouds.  Over  continents 
the  development  of  these  clouds 
frequently  accompanies  strong  up- 
drafts.  This  same  feature  occurs  for 
a  special  type  of  cloud,  the  oro- 
graphic cloud,  which  forms  from 
moist  updrafts  on  the  lee  side  of 
mountains.  For  thunderclouds  the 
updraft  velocity  often  exceeds  12 
miles  per  hour,  while  associated 
horizontal  velocities  may  exceed  75 
miles  per  hour.  But  even  lower  up- 
draft velocities  are  more  than  ade- 
quate to  carry  large  dust  particles, 
with  their  associated  moisture  and 
microorganisms,  to  high  altitudes. 
Even  in  nontropical  climates,  such 
as  the  continental  United  States, 
cumulus  clouds  often  occur  at  suffi- 
ciently low  altitudes  12.000-20.000 
feet)  to  have  temperatures  above 
32  degrees  Fahrenheit.  Also,  while 
temperatures  sometimes  are  below 
32  degrees,  water  often  remains  in 
liquid  form  in  many  clouds  up  to 
20,000  feet  because  the  reduced 
pressure  at  this  altitude  lowers  the 
freezing  point.  Because  many  micro- 
organisms, such  as  those  inhabiting 
our  polar  regions  can  grow  at  32 
degrees,  metabolic  activity  may  be 
taking  place  within  these  clouds. 

In  terms  of  man's  life-span, 
clouds  are  truly  ephemeral.  Some 
clouds  form  and  dissipate  in  less 
than  30  minutes;  others  may  last 
for  days.  Clouds  do  not  necessarily 
rain,  however;  many  begin  form- 
ing, then  dissipate.  Important  here 
is  that  we  do  not  know  the  fate  of  a 
microorganism  entering  a  cloud  as 
part  of  the  dust.  In  some  micro- 
organisms a  few  hours  at  optimum 
temperatures  are  sufficient  for  sev- 
eral cell  divisions. 

The  process  of  water  vapor  con- 
densation in  clouds  is  complicated 
and  still  inadequately  understood 
by  cloud  physicists.  They  have 
known  for  a  long  time  that  clouds 
contain  more  moisture  than  the  sur- 
rounding cloudless  sky,  and  that 
condensation  nuclei  play  an  impor- 
tant role  in  droplet  formation.  Con- 
densation begins  even  before  the  air 
becomes  saturated  with  water 
(when  the  relative  humidity  is  less 
than  100  percent).  No  evidence  ex- 
cludes microorganisms  as  one  frac- 


5(^ 


lion  of  these  condensation  nuclei  in 
clouds,  although  the  majority  may 
l)p  smaller  than  microorganisms. 
Furthermore,  the  larger  the  con- 
densation nucleus,  the  more  readily 
condensation  occurs.  This  means 
that  particles  as  large  as  micro- 
organisms, however  sparse,  may 
well  be  the  first  to  absorb,  and  the 
last  to  give  up.  their  moisture. 
Cloud  physicists  have  also  shown 
that  cumulonimbus  clouds  have 
fewer  numbers  of  droplets  per  unit 
volume  than  other  cloud  types,  and 
that  the  droplet  sizes  are  the  larg- 
est. Furthermore,  the  total  amount 
of  water  per  volume  of  thunder- 
cloud is  greater  than  for  all  other 
cloud  types. 

I  have  already  noted  that  clouds 
contain  appreciable  moisture  and 
that  once  condensation  has  begun, 
the  distribution  of  water  occurs 
as  droplets.  Thunderclouds  contain 
droplets  of  the  largest  size,  their 
mean  radius  approaching  100  mi- 
crons. In  thunderclouds,  growth  of 
droplets  of  such  size  often  requires 
more  than  an  hour  and  a  half. 
Generally,  photosynthetic  micro- 
organisms are  unable  to  grow  and 
conduct  normal  metabolism  at  light 
intensities  as  high  as  those  oc- 
curring on  bright,  uncloudy.  sunny 
days.  The  light  intensity  in  clouds 
is.  however,  much  reduced,  and  per- 
haps more  optimal  for  photosyn- 
thesis. Also,  energetic  ultraviolet 
solar  radiation  harmful  to  micro- 
organisms is,  by  and  large,  filtered 
out  by  the  ozone  layer  high  above 
the  highest  cumuliform  clouds,  and 
still  further  by  the  cloud  moisture. 

This  distribution  and  content  of 
moisture  in  clouds,  together  with 
the  tendency  for  moisture  to  con- 
dense around  particles,  makes  it 
possible  that  some  airborne  micro- 
organisms are  associated  with  water 
droplets  in  clouds,  thereby  having 
sufficient  water  to  perform  metabol- 
ism. 

Nutrients  are  also  important  if, 
in  addition  to  cell  metabolism, 
growth  is  considered.  No  doubt,  a 
significant  amount  of  potential  nu- 
trient comes  from  gaseous  or  vol- 
atile phases  of  substances.  In  addi- 
tion to  such  well-known,  biologically 
important  gases  as  carbon  dioxide, 
oxygen,    and    nitrogen — which    dis- 


solve readily  in  water  droplets — 
trace  amounts  of  nitrous  oxide,  am- 
monium, other  oxides  of  nitrogen, 
sulfur  dioxide,  carbon  monoxide, 
methane,  butane,  acetone,  and  butyl 
alcohol  also  occur  in  unpolluted  air. 
Also,  we  know  that  plants  give  off 
volatile  organic  substances,  such  as 
terpenoids.  Rising  in  convection  cur- 
rents into  the  atmosphere,  they  inter- 
act with  ozone,  aggregate,  and  may 
to  some  extent  function  as  con- 
densation nuclei  for  rain.  Such  vol- 
atile substances  are  often  seen  in 
desert  environments  where  they  ap- 
pear as  a  natural  haze. 

Essential  nutrient  elements  such 
as  phosphorus,  potassium,  calcium, 
magnesium,  and  iron  are  not  vol- 
atile, but  could  be  borne  into  the 
atmosphere  by  soil  and  other  dust 
particles.  It  is  questionable  whether 
these  nutrients  would  be  essential 
for  microbial  metabolism  and  lim- 
ited growth  in  clouds  because  many 
microorganisms  are  known  to  store 
surpluses  of  nutrients.  For  example, 
algae  accumulate  excesses  of  phos- 
phate, which  enables  them  to  con- 
tinue growth  for  many  cell  divi- 
sions even  when  phosphate  becomes 


scarce  in  the  natural  environment. 

As  noted  previously,  there  are 
few  biological  data  for  clouds.  We 
know  that  viable  airborne  micro- 
organisms, called  aeroplankton.  oc- 
cur throughout  the  lower  atmo- 
sphere. These  include  bacteria,  fungi, 
and  algae.  Many  pollens,  seeds,  in- 
sects, feathers,  spiders,  and  spider 
webs  have  also  been  collected. 

Recently.  R.  Malcolm  Brown  has 
reported  the  distribution  of  algae  in 
air  among  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 
When  a  dish  containing  a  culture 
medium  I  mineral  agar )  was  ex- 
posed to  air  from  a  moving  au- 
tomobile or  airplane,  then  exposed 
to  light  for  about  two  weeks  in  the 
laboratory,    a   great   variety   of  mi- 


Another  species  of 

live  soil  algae,  taken  from 

a  cloud,  proves  that 

aeroplankton  remain  viable 

while  in  the  air. 


Pts 


The  water  droplets  in 
thunderstorms  are  large 
enough  for  microorganisms 
within  them  to  metabolize. 


croorganisms  (algae,  fungi,  bac- 
teria) grew  into  visible  colonies. 
Brown's  data  reveal  that  large  num- 
bers of  viable  algae  and  other  mi- 
croorganisms occur  in  orographic 
clouds  of  Hawaii,  while  almost  no 
microorganisms  occur  above  these 
clouds.  These  data,  of  course,  do 
not  prove  that  microorganisms  are 
metabolically  active  in  clouds,  only 
that  they  reside  in  a  viable  state 
therein. 

I  used  dry  airborne  dust  accumu- 
lated on  filters  in  two  series  of  ex- 
periments. This  dust  was  collected 
50  feet  or  more  above  ground  level 
and  at  relative  humidities  below 
100  per  cent,  so  there  was  no  free 
moisture  associated  with  the  dust 
samples. 

The  first  series  of  experiments  in- 
volved placing  these  dry  dust  sam- 
ples beneath  a  microscope  and 
moistening  them  with  a  drop  of  wa- 
ter containing  small  amounts  of  a 
chemical  known  as  TTC,  which  in 
dilute  solution  appears  colorless  or 
pale  yellow.  It  is  absorbed  by  living 
cells  and  attacked  by  enzymes  that 
remove  specific  hydrogen  atoms. 
The  resulting  product  is  a  water-in- 


soluble, pink  compound  kno^vn  as 
formazan.  Because  these  enzymes 
occur  in  nearly  all  viable  micro- 
organisms and  because  they  are  gen- 
erally absent  from  cells  that  have 
been  dead  even  for  a  relatively 
short  period,  one  can  apply  a  dilute 
solution  of  TTC  to  a  suspension  of 
cells  and  obtain  some  idea  of  their 
potential  viability.  When  the 
freshly  collected  air  dust  was  moist- 
ened with  TTC  solution,  numerous 
cells  became  visibly  pink  in  fifteen 
to  twenty  minutes.  Now.  a  resting 
or  dormant  cell  normally  requires 
from  one  to  many  hours  to  absorb 
and  convert  sufficient  TTC  to 
achieve  visible  concentrations  of 
pink  formazan.  Therefore,  these  re- 
sults suggest  that  some  micro- 
organisms in  air  occur  in  vegeta- 
tive, nonresting  stages.  Direct 
microscopic  observation  of  air  dust 
also  suggests  that  numerous  micro- 
organisms occur  in  nondormant 
stages.  For  example,  I  observed  nu- 
merous algae  as  vegetative  cells  that 
were  indistinguishable  cytologically 
from  algae  grown  in  my  laboratory. 
Also,  a  number  of  these  algae  are 
not  known  to  have  resting  stages. 

In  a  second  series  of  ex- 
periments, filters  containing  dry  air 
dust  were  placed  in  transparent 
plastic  chambers.  The  chambers 
were  sealed,  and  a  measured  vol- 
ume of  radioactive  carbon  dioxide 
was  injected  into  the  chambers 
without  breaking  the  seals.  As  con- 
trols I  used  identical  chambers  in- 
jected with  radioactive  carbon  diox- 
ide, some  containing  filters  without 


dust  and  others  containing  filters 
with  dust  that  had  been  pre- 
sterilized  to  kill  any  existing  micro- 
organisms. After  24  hours'  ex- 
posure to  the  radioactive  gas  in 
either  darkness  or  fluorescent  light- 
ing, these  chambers  were  opened 
and  the  filters  removed  and  treated 
\vith  dilute  acid  and  formalin  to  re- 
move adsorbed  or  replaced  radio- 
active carbon  and  to  stop  all  fur- 
ther biological  activity.  Then  all 
filters  were  counted  for  radio- 
activity. Repeatedly  there  was 
higher  radioactivity  with  the  non- 
sterile,  air  dust  filters  than  with  the 
sterilized  controls.  Light-exposed, 
nonsterile  filters  usually  had  high- 
est radioactivities,  while  dark-ex- 
posed ones  often  followed  a  close 
second.  These  preliminary  findings 
leave  little  doubt  that  fixation  of 
carbon  dioxide  into  organic  matter, 
both  in  light  I  photosynthesis)  and 
in  dark,  occurred. 

The  important  point  is  that  nu- 
merous metabolic  reactions,  those 
associated  with  light  and  dark  in- 


58 


corporation  of  carbon  dioxide  into 
organic  matter,  had  taken  place  in 
these  experiments  under  conditions 
involving  an  atmosphere  subsatu- 
rated  with  water  vapor.  Thus,  while 
the  relative  humidity  was  less  than 
100  percent,  apparently  some  viable 
microorganisms  possessed  sufficient 
water  associated  with  their  cells  and 
neighboring  dust  particles  to  un- 
dergo measurable  metabolism. 

Admittedly  we  are  perhaps  a 
long  way  from  demonstrating 
directly  that  clouds  are  living  mi- 
crobial ecosystems  in  the  sense  of 
lakes  or  soils.  We  know  only  that 
some  clouds  contain  viable  micro- 
organisms, that  these  micro- 
organisms need  not  necessarily  be 
in  resting  or  dormant  stages  to  sur- 
vive, and  that  the  physical  and 
chemical  properties  of  some  clouds 
should,  in  theory,  afford  environ- 
ments compatible  with  growth  and 
metabolism  of  some  microorganisms. 
The  vitamin  Bi;.  apparently  pro- 
duced in  some  clouds  hints  that 
something  is  in  fact  going  on. 


In  the  absence  of  direct  evidence, 
the  idea  that  clouds  are  living 
ecosystems  must  remain  hypothet- 
ical, but  the  search  for  such  evi- 
dence should  receive  more  than  pass- 
ing interest,  however,  bfecause  an 
understanding  of  the  biology  of 
clouds  could  have  considerable  im- 
pact on  other  areas.  For  example, 
clouds  may  play  significant  roles  in 
the  dispersal  of  microorganisms 
and  chemicals.  Some  of  the  micro- 
organisms may  be  pathogens,  and 
consequently  involve  the  mecha- 
nisms of  the  spread  of  disease.  The 
chemicals  may  be  of  natural  origin, 
such  as  the  vitamins  now  known  to 
occur  in  some  rains  in  significant 
concentrations.  Also,  synthetic 
chemicals  may  occur  in  clouds.  Such 
pesticides  as  DDT  have  already  been 
detected  in  some  rains  and  associ- 
ated with  airborne  dust.  We  know 
also  that  levels  of  DDT  no  greater 
than  those  reported  from  such  rains 
can  inhibit  photosynthesis  in  marine 
phytoplankton. 

Finally,    we    might   speculate    on 


the  role  of  clouds  in  air  pollution. 
Cloud  formation  may  accompany 
accumulation  of  numerous  water- 
soluble,  airborne  substances.  If  mi- 
croorganisms do  occur  in  clouds 
and  are  capable  of  metabolic  activ- 
ity, they  may  not  only  be  affected 
by  air  pollutants  but  may  modify 
these  pollutants  before  they  rain 
out  from  the  cloud  ecosystem.  In- 
deed, one  might  envision  some  fu- 
ture technology  capable  of  seeding 
clouds  with  microorganisms  or  ma- 
nipulating the  microbial  com- 
position of  clouds  in  some  manner 
to  change  or  reduce  the  pollutants 
in  our  atmosphere. 


Orographic  clouds,  which 

form  when  moist  air  is  forced 

upward  by  mountains, 

appear  to  be  good  candidates 

for  living  ecosystems. 


MADE  Ii\  JAPAN 

Owls  of  grass,  horses  of  wood,  men  of  cocoons  and  stone  -  a  gallery  of  folk 
toys  expresses  the  ageless  charm  of  simple  design  and  indigenous  materials 

by  Rodger  Mitchell  photographs  by  Tom  Beiswenger 


The  Japanese  produce  about  90 
percent  of  the  world's  souvenirs, 
made  by  affixing  different  decals  to 
a  few  standard  models  stamped  out 
of  plastic  or  porcelain.  We  have  few 
alternatives  to  these  unimaginative 
mementos,  but  the  Japanese  them- 
selves have  a  treasure  of  in- 
digenous local  toys  from  which  to 
collect  reminders  of  travel  in  their 
own  country.  Produced  by  a  cottage 
industry  that  antedates  plastics  and 
assembly  lines  by  more  than  two 
hundred  years,  some  of  these  toys 
are  purely  decorative,  others  are 
playthings  for  children;  but  by  defi- 
nition a  local  toy  must  be  associ- 
ated with  a  single  place  in  Japan. 
Such  toys  are  often  made  of  a  ma- 
terial found  in  the  area — a  special 
stone,  wood,  or  grass — and  manv 
of  them  refer  to  local  legends  or 
stories. 

Toy  owls  sold  at  the  Zooshigaya 
Temple  in  Tokyo,  for  instance,  are 
made  from  heads  of  zakuro,  a  tall 
grass  that  often  grows  on  the  dikes 
surrounding  rice  paddies.  The  owl- 
making  tradition,  said  to  go  back 
400  years,  supposedly  began  with  a 
young  girl  who  was  unable  to  pay 
for  her  mother's  medicine.  She 
went  to  Zooshigaya  Temple  to  pray 
to  the  goddess  Kishibojin — a  fe- 
male demon  who  ate  children  until 
Buddha  taught  her  to  prefer  pome- 
granates. The  goddess  appeared 
to  her  as  a  marvelous  talking  but- 
terfly and  advised  her  to  make  owls 
of  zakuro  grass  and  sell  them  at 
the  temple.  The  scheme  was  so 
profitable  that  the  girl  was  able  to 
buy  the  medicine  to  cure  her 
mother;  in  fact,  manufacturing  the 
owls  was  such  an  ideal  occupation 
for  the  children  and  women  of  the 
family  that  to  this  day  three  fami- 
lies, each  claiming  descent  from 
that  girl,  make  these  owls. 

The  heads  of  grass  from  which 
the  owls  are  made  are  a  reminder 
to  the  Japanese  of  the  bright  fall 
days  when  the  sun  makes  the  grass 
heads  sparkle.  Despite  the  intense 

60 


urbanization  of  the  Japanese,  as  in- 
dividuals they  still  live  by  the  sea- 
sons and  enjoy  many  seasonal  ac- 
tivities reminiscent  of  simpler 
times.  Of  course  many  of  the  sea- 
sonal traditions  and  activities  have 
been  lost,  and  others  are  remem- 
bered only  by  the  elderly.  Certainly, 
collecting  bagworms  in  the  fall  is 
not  as  important  as  it  once  was. 
Not  too  many  years  ago  the  sturdy 
bags  of  the  bagworm  caterpillar 
were  collected,  cut  open,  and 
stitched  together  to  make  small 
purses.  Bagworms  are  still  col- 
lected near  the  city  of  Otsu  and  are 
used  to  make  a  toy  representing  a 
monk  who  had  been  careless  with 
temple  funds.  The  monk  was  in 
despair  because  the  temple  needed 
repairs  and  no  one  would  make 
contributions.  A  stranger  stopped 
at  the  temple  and  suggested  that  if 
the  monk  wore  the  mask  of  the 
temple  guardian,  Jizo,  he  would 
have  success  when  begging  for 
alms.  The  monk,  however,  was  not 
only  careless  with  temple  funds,  he 
was  incompetent  as  well  and  made 
the  mistake  of  taking  the  mask  of 
one  of  the  mischievous  demons, 
on/,  instead  of  the  mask  of  the 
temple  guardian.  This  resulted  in 
people  laughing  and  throwing 
stones  at  him  until  his  straw  cape 
was  so  tattered  that  it  looked  like  a 
bagworm  cocoon.  The  common 
name  for  the  bagworm  in  Japan  is 
"straw-cape  bug,"  m'mo-mushi. 

The  oni  face  on  the  bagworm  toy 
is  a  folk  imitation  in  the  style  of 
Motabei  Iwasa  (1578-1650),  a 
painter  of  scrolls  that  now  hang  in 
the  Onjoji  Temple  in  the  city  of 
Otsu.  These  toys  are  called  Ofsu-e, 
"Otsu  pictures,"  and  a  wide  variety 
of  toys,  made  by  various  families  in 
Otsu,  are  sold  at  the  temple  gates. 
By  far  the  most  useful  of  these 
Otsu-e  is  the  child-protecting  oni. 
Originally  devils,  Buddha  eventually 
tamed  on/  and  made  them  serve 
men;  nevertheless,  they  still  remain 
somewhat    unpredictable    and    are 


not  above   using  trickery  for  their 
own  amusement. 

Almost  all  of  these  toys  come  in 
small,  decorative  boxes,  which  also 
contain  written  explanations  of  the 
stories  behind  the  toys.  The  child- 
protecting  oni,  for  example,  is  said 
to  frighten  off  the  spirits  that  make 
children  cry.  Since  crying  was  for- 
merly blamed  on  evil  spirits,  it  fol- 
lowed that  children  cried  only  if  the 
oni  was  neglecting  his  duties.  A 
wise  parent  would  therefore  keep 
an  on/  toy  on  hand  at  all  times. 
Just  a  glimpse  of  the  oni,  who 
laughs  and  cries  at  the  same  time, 
is  said  to  cheer  anyone  who  is  sad. 

Japanese  toys  often  carried  a 
charm  or  expressed  a  hope  for  the 
future  of  a  child.  Horses,  for  in- 
stance, were  considered  to  be  mes- 
sengers of  the  gods,  and  since  the 
horse  epitomizes  the  virtues  of 
strength  and  reliability,  each  one  of 
the  hundreds  of  horse  toys  is  sup- 
posed to  remind  one  to  honor  the 
gods,  who  gave  horses  to  men.  in 
addition,  boys  who  play  with  toy 
horses  are  supposed  to  acquire  the 
horse's  virtues. 

In  several  areas  of  Japan,  boys 
ride  gaily  decorated  horses  to  the 
temple  on  festival  days  as  a  remin- 
der of  ancient  times  when  samurai 
who  had  been  successful  in  battle 
gave  their  horses  to  a  shrine.  The 
most  famous  of  these  festivals  oc- 
curs at  Marioka  City  on  Boy's  Day, 
when  horses  decorated  with  bright 
ribbons  and  bells  are  ridden  to  the 
shrine.  One  of  the  toy  horses  made 
in  this  area  is  called  cliangu-changu- 


The  sound  of  prancing  bellec 

horses  in  the  Boy's  Day  celebratior 

at  Marioka  gives  this  festive  toy  its 

name — changu-changu-umako 


V  '*'  \ 


-m- 


^BUBu^iiwyvyjEflM^^^BPI 

i 

'■^4 


Evil  spirits  are  turned  aside  by 
these  carved  talismans.  Sansho 
(right)  represents  a  spirit  of  the 
mountains  who  is  heard  as  an  echo. 
Made  from  the  branch  of  a  tree 
belonging  to  an  ancient  genus,  he 
is  carried  by  woodsmen  for  good  luck. 


This  stone  from  Awaji-sfiima  has 
had  its  personality  revealed  by  the 
artist  Empe  Ogura.  An  old  man  of 
great  reputation,  Ogura  works  with 
stones  he  collects  on  the  beach 
near  his  home. 


Servants  of  a  nobleman,  carrying 
decorated  lances  and  treasure 
boxes,  parade  on  the  arrival 
of  his  household  in  Tokyo. 
These  parades  were  common  during 
the  feudal  period  when  noblemen 
had  to  alternate  residences  between 
their  local  estates  and  Tokyo. 


The  seven  gods  of  fortune  are  said 
to  have  been  devised  by  the  priest 
Tenkai  when  asked  by  the  shogun 
what  constituted  natural  nobility. 
The  answer:  longevity,  fortune, 
popularity,  candor,  amiability, 
dignity,  and  magnanimity. 
Fukurokuji,  at  left,  represents 
popularity.  He  is  made  from  the 
weathered,  broken  end  of  a  cypress 
branch;  only  the  features  are 
carved  and  the  rough  surface  of  the 
break  forms  his  robe. 


id  example  of  the  traditional 
of  folk  carving  called  itobori, 
/hite  fox  was  cut  in  straight, 
I  strokes  that  are  never  altered 
lished. 


tional  mementos  of  the  Deer 
at  Nara  are  wood  carvings  of 
but  a  small  shop  now  makes 
whimsical  animals  of  bamboo 
nings. 


reature  at  left  represents  a 
<  worn  in  the  festivals  of 
izawa.  The  peculiar  dances  of 
region  are  said  to  date  back  to 
ime  when  the  lord  of  Kaga  was 
dden  to  train  an  army.  So  his 
rals  simply  invented  dances 
would  develop  fighting  skills. 


s  once  customary  for  a 
rious  samurai  to  give  his  horse 
shrine  as  a  gesture  of  gratitude 
e  gods.  Now  a  variety  of  straw 
e  toys  are  made  as  tokens  to 
;ft  at  shrines. 


Owls  of  zakuro  grass  are  woven  by 
three  Japanese  families  and  sold  at 
a  Tokyo  temple. 


Many  Japanese  playthings  involve  a 
minimum  of  labor.  These  rough-cut 
wheeled  birds  are  still  made  as 
they  were  in  the  tenth  century, 
when  the  men  of  the  Heike  clan 
were  driven  out  of  Kyoto  and  spent 
their  idle  days  making  toys. 


For  ten  centuries  young  girls  have 
carried  flowers  from  a  shrine  in 
Shirakawa  to  the  Gosho  Imperial 
Palace  in  Kyoto  on  April  7.  This  doll 
represents  the  Shirakawa  maiden. 


A  monk  who  had  been  careless  with 
temple  funds  is  represented  here 
wearing  the  mask  of  a  mischievous 
demon.  The  body  of  this  toy  from 
Otsu  is  the  cocoon  of  a  bagworm,  a 
larval  moth  that  covers  its  cocoon 
with  leaves,  sticks,  or  pieces  of  bark. 


M 


M. 


L 


umako,  to  suggest  the  sound  of  the 
prancing  of  a  belled  horse.  Con- 
structed of  seven  rectangular  pieces 
of  kiri  wood,  the  toy  is  heavily  deco- 
rated with  cloth  and  small  metal 
bells. 

The  word  umako  means  little 
horse.  There  are  at  least  three  other 
styles  of  toy  horse  made  in  Marioka 
City,  and  these  horses  are  called 
kuro-goma.  Kuro  means  black,  and 
goma  is  used  for  horse  because  it  is 
easier  and  more  euphonious  to  say 
kuro-goma  than  kuro-uma. 

Black  horse  toys  are  made  in 
many  villages  and  towns,  but  the 
oldest  and  most  famous  come  from 
the  village  of  Miharu.  Called,  of 
course,  the  Miharu-goma,  this 
horse  is  supposed  to  be  a  reminder 
of  a  famous  battle  held  in  A.D.  782. 
At  that  time  General  Sakanoue-no- 
Tamuramaro  set  out  from  Kyoto  to 
conquer  the  northern  barbarians. 
Before  he  left  Kyoto,  the  Buddhist 
priest  Entin,  founder  of  the  Kyo- 
mizu  Temple,  made  a  hundred 
horses  from  lumber  scraps  left  over 
from  the  construction  of  the  temple 
and  gave  them  to  the  general,  who 
put  them  into  his  armor  case  for 
good  luck  before  traveling  north  to 
battle.  The  battle  was  joined  near 
the  present  site  of  Miharu.  Just 
when  the  general  was  sure  he 
would  suffer  defeat,  the  hundred 
little  horses  came  to  life  and  over- 
ran the  enemy's  camp.  It  is  said 
that  the  villagers  of  the  area  have 
been  making  horses  identical  to  En- 
tin  s  original  model  ever  since  the 
battle,  but  there  are  skeptics  who 
say  that  the  tradition  was  estab- 
lished only  two  hundred  years  ago. 
Whatever  the  truth,  the  Miharu- 
goma  follow  a  single  model  and  are 
instantly  recognizable  as  a  token 
from  Miharu  that  will  bring  strength 
and  manliness  to  young  boys. 

The  creation  of  local  Japanese 
toys  has  been  a  continuous  pro- 
cess, and  often  an  old  story  will  in- 
spire a  new  toy.  The  nue  is  such  a 
toy.   It  was  created  by  the   modern 


i 


hata-hata,  a  puffer  caught  off 
;oast  of  Japan,  is  re-created  in 
i  in  the  simple  lines  of  the 
itry's  traditional  toys. 


painter,  Amashiko  Ishida,  who  while 
on  a  holiday  in  southern  Japan  was 
reminded  of  an  eleventh-century 
tale  of  a  beast  with  the  body  of  a 
badger,  the  legs  of  a  tiger,  the  tail 
of  a  snake,  and  the  head  of  a  mon- 
key. This  remarkable  animal  was  re- 
puted to  move  from  rooftop  to  roof- 
top singing  in  a  voice  that  sounded 
to  ordinary  mortals  like  the  voice  of 
a  nightingale.  Emperors,  however, 
are  the  descendants  of  the  gods 
and  therefore  hear  things  very  dif- 
ferently. To  them  the  song  of  the 
nue  is  the  voice  of  utter  chaos  and 
confusion  and  brings  sickness  and 
death. 

During  the  reign  of  the  emperor 
Shirakawa  Howo  some  800  years 
ago,  a  nue  took  up  residence  on  the 
palace  roof,  causing  a  crisis  in  the 
royal  household.  The  emperor  asked 
his  most  resolute  samurai,  Mina- 
moto  Yorimasa,  to  help  him.  In  spite 
of  the  curse  that  would  fall  upon 
him,  Minamoto  vowed  to  destroy  the 
nue.  A  famed  scholar  and  warrior, 
he  was  noted  for  his  single-minded 
pursuit  of  any  goal.  Displaying  these 
virtues  to  the  fullest,  he  hid  in  the 
palace  grounds  and  when  the  nue 
came,  dispatched  it  with  a  single 
arrow. 

The  word  nue  has  many  mean- 
ings in  Japanese  and  some  of  these 
are  associated  with  the  fabled 
beast.  In  earlier  usage  nue  meant 
chaos  and  irrationality  because  the 
animal  was  a  confused  mixture  of 
the  elements.  The  word  has  come 
to  mean  "gossip,"  and  so  the  toy 
reminds  one  not  to  ruin  his  reputa- 
tion through  idle  talk.  It  is  also 
used  as  a  basis  for  telling  a  child 
the  story  of  Minamoto  and  remind- 
ing him  to  act  on  the  premise, 
"Don't  doubt — decide  clearly  be- 
tween good  and  evil  and  act  as  Min- 
amoto did."  Although  the  nue  is  a 
modern  creation,  it  reflects  the  tra- 
dition of  local  toy  makers  rather 
than  the  gaudiness  of  twentieth- 
century  industry. 

The  natural  materials  of  the 
older  toys  often  form  a  part  of  their 
significance.  A  toy  from  Lake  Toro 
on  the  northern  island  of  Hokkaido, 
for  example,  is  made  from  seeds 
that  are  the  burrlike  fruit  of  an 
aquatic  plant  called  hishi.  The 
seeds  are  used  by  the  Ainu  both  for 
food  and  for  making  wine,  and  as 
with  most  elements  in  the  world  of 
the  Ainu,  the  hishi  plant  has  its 
protecting  spirit  who  must  be  prop- 
erly placated  and  thanked  for  his 
gift  to  man.  Consequently,  a   festi- 


val to  honor  the  spirit  of  the  hishi 
is  held  in  late  summer  just  before 
the  harvesting  of  the  seeds  begins. 
The  festival's  dances  have  become 
a  tourist  attraction,  and  the  toy, 
made  of  painted  hishi  seeds,  depicts 
the  ceremonial  dancers. 

By  directing  attention  to  some 
aspect  of  nature,  most  of  the  toys 
help  nurture  an  awareness  of  na- 
ture and  the  heritage  of  Japanese 
culture.  Despite  industrialization 
the  Japanese  are  close  to  the  land 
and  the  sea.  Fish  are  an  important 
part  of  their  world,  and  the  supply 
of  fish  is  clearly  dependent  upon 
the  season  and  the  weather  at  any 
given  moment.  Because  fish  is  of- 
ten served  raw  it  must  be  very 
fresh  so  that  the  proper  delicacy 
and  flavor  are  retained.  It  is  consid- 
ered a  gentlemanly  accomplishment 
to  be  able  to  order  the  best  variety 
of  fish  at  the  peak  of  its  season, 
and  the  mastery  of  this  ability 
might  begin  in  childhood  with  the 
toys  representing  various  well- 
known  fish  caught  off  the  coast  of 
Japan. 

One  of  these,  the  hata-hata,  is  a 
kind  of  puffer  and  has  inspired  a 
toy  showing  the  graceful  simplicity 
of  traditional  Japanese  playthings. 
Hata-hata  are  caught  in  the  fall  of 
the  year  when  they  come  close  to 
the  shore  to  breed.  Because  the 
weather  is  generally  stormy  then, 
and  because  the  fish  appear  in 
large  groups  that  resemble  black 
clouds,  they  have  been  given  a  sec- 
ond name  of  thunderfish,  kami- 
nari-uo.  At  one  time,  in  a  province  of 
northern  Honshu,  overfishing  of 
hata-hata  became  a  problem  and  the 
governor  of  the  province  ordered  the 
people  to  stop  taking  this  fish.  But 
hata-hata  fishing  continued;  the 
fishermen  simply  began  to  call  the 
fish  buriko.  The  buriko,  however,  is 
quite  unlike  the  hata-hata  in  every 
respect  but  its  similar  egg  mass. 
Fishermen  may  have  claimed  that 
they  were  selling  bunko,  but  no  one 
would  be  fooled  if  they  looked  at 
the  fish. 

Such  complex  word  associations 
are  as  much  a  part  of  everyday  life 
in  Japan  as  they  are  a  part  of  Japa- 
nese poetry.  Like  the  haiku  verses 
that  create  images  with  only  a  few 
words,  Japanese  toys  reflect  the 
delight  of  their  creators  in  the 
world  around  them — a  delight  also 
expressed  in  their  stories,  in  the 
objects  they  use  in  their  homes, 
and  in  the  souvenirs  they  collect  as 
reminders  of  their  travels. 


65 


From  naked  eye  lo 
x-ray  deiecior, 
every  insirument  man 
has  used  lo  study 
the  Crah  Nebuta  has 
revealed  more  about 
stellar  catastrophes 

by  Geoitrey  Burbidge 


More  than  7,000  years  ago  a  star 
in  the  constellation  Taurus  reached 
the  end  of  its  normal  life.  Its  inner 
part  started  to  collapse  and  its 
outer  envelope  followed.  By  some 
process  that  we  don't  properly  un- 
derstand, the  implosion  was  con- 
verted to  an  explosion,  and  tre- 
mendous quantities  of  energy  in  the 
form  of  gamma  rays  and  neutrinos 
were  released,  followed  shortly  af- 
terward by  optical  radiation  that 
made  the  object  one  of  the  brightest 
in  the  sky.  The  light  from  that  ex- 
plosion took  more  than  6,000  years 
to  reach  the  earth,  where  it  was  de- 
tected by  Chinese  and  Japanese  as- 
tronomers on  July  4,  1054.  Al- 
though     thousands     of     light-years 


Indian  drawings  in  Navajo 
Canyon,  northern  Arizona, 
depict  the  Crah  supernova 
helow  a  crescent  moon. 


away,  the  object  was  seen  in  day- 
light in  Peking  for  23  days,  and 
could  be  seen  at  night  for  about 
two  years  until  it  faded. 

Not  only  was  it  seen  in  Asia;  it 
was  probably  also  seen  in  North 
America  by  Indians  who  depicted  it 
in  cave  drawings  in  northern  Ari- 
zona. William  Miller,  staff  photog- 
rapher at  the  Hale  Observatories 
(Mount  Wilson  and  Palomarl,  has 
proposed  a  highly  plausible  inter- 
pretation of  two  ancient  drawings 
that  he  and  Helmut  Abt  found:  one 
in  a  cave,  the  other  on  a  canyon 
wall.  Miller  demonstrated  that  the 
circle  and  the  crescent,  highly  un- 
usual in  such  drawings,  most  likely 
represent  the  crescent  moon  with  a 
very  bright  star  near  or  just  below 
one  cusp.  He  calculated  the  position 
and  phase  of  the  moon  for  early 
July,  1054,  and  asked  anthropolo- 
gists to  investigate  the  probability 
that  Indians  were  living  at  the  site 
at  that  time.  He  found  that  the 
moon  was  2  degrees  (about  four 
times  its  apparent  diameter)  north 
of  the  position  of  the  exploding  star 
just  before  dawn  on  July  5.  1054, 
and  that  Indians  were  living  at  the 
site  sometime  between  900  and 
1100.  Thus,  both  arguments  favor 
the  idea  that  the  Indians  had 
recorded  their  sighting  of  the  su- 
pernova. 

In  the  place  of  the  bright  star 
that  appeared  in  the  sky  in  a.d. 
1054,  we  now  see  the  remarkable 
nebula  known  as  the  Crab.  How  do 
we  know  that  it  is  the  remnant  of 
the  supernova,  and  what  is  it  doing 
now?  It  appears  that  the  nebula 
was  first  recorded  in  the  astronom- 
ical records  by  an  English  physi- 
cian. John  Bevis,  in  ITol.  He  pre- 
pared a  set  of  star  charts  called  the 
Uranographia  Britannica,  but  it 
was  never  published  because  the 
cost  of  the  engraving  was  so  high 
that  the  printer  went  bankrupt  and 
the  plates  went  to  the  creditors.  The 
charts   appeared   later,    but   without 


any  acknowledgment  to  Bevis.  In 
1758,  the  nebula  was  independently 
discovered  by  Charles  Messier, 
who,  at  the  time,  was  looking  for 
the  first  predicted  return  of  Halley's 
comet.  He  wrote,  "The  comet  of 
1758,  the  28th  of  August,  being  be- 
tween the  horns  of  the  Bull,  I  dis- 
covered below  the  southern  horn 
and  a  short  distance  from  the  star 
zeta  of  that  constellation  a  whitish 
light  elongated  in  the  form  of  the 
light  from  a  candle,  not  containing 
any  star."  In  Messier's  famous 
Catalogue,  he  gave  it  the  number 
Ml,  but  attributed  its  first  dis- 
covery to  Bevis. 

The  well-known  astronomers  of 
the  nineteenth  century,  the  Her- 
schels.  Lord  Rosse,  and  William 
Lassell,  observed  the  nebula  and 
wondered  if  it  could  be  made  up  of 
stars.  Lassell  decided  that  this  was 
not  true  because  while  stars  can  be 
seen  over  the  face  of  the  nebula, 
they  are  not  more  numerous  than 
those  in  areas  outside  the  nebula.  It 
was  first  photographed  in  1892  by 
Isaac  Roberts  with  his  20-inch  tele- 
scope: then  successively  by  the 
early  astronomers  at  the  Lick  and 
Mount  Wilson  Observatories,  using 
larger  telescopes.  From  these  photo- 
graphs it  became  clear  that  because 
of  its  shape  and  its  peculiar  fila- 
mentary structure,  the  Crab  was  a 
unique  object  among  the  thousands 
of  known  nebulae. 

The  next  remarkable  discovery 
was  the  work  of  Carl  Lampland 
at  the  Lowell  Observatory  in  Flag- 
staff. Arizona,  and  John  Duncan  at 
Mount  Wilson.  In  1921,  with  photo- 
graphs taken  several  years  apart, 
they  demonstrated  that  the  struc- 
ture of  the  nebula  appeared  lo  be 
changing.  Duncan  showed  that 
twelve  of  the  outer  filaments  were 
moving  outward.  Thus,  they  con- 
cluded that  the  nebula  was  ex- 
panding at  a  measurable  rate.  Only 
a  few  years  previously  two  novae, 
Nova  Persei  ami  Nova  Aquilae,  the 


67 


first  exploding  stars  to  be  dis- 
covered, had  been  shown  to  have 
expanding  shells.  A  few  years  after 
this  Edwin  Hubble  pointed  out  that 
if  the  Crab  had  been  expanding 
constantly  at  the  rate  measured  by 
Duncan,  it  must  have  started  from 
a  central  point  about  900  years  be- 
fore. 

The  detection  of  expansion  sug- 
gested that  some  kind  of  explosion 
had  occurred,  and  Crab's  position 
relative  to  the  position  and  bright- 
ness of  the  new  star  reported  by 
ancient  Chinese  and  Japanese  as- 
tronomers led  the  Swedish  astron- 
omer Knut  Emil  Lundmark  to  sug- 
gest, in  1938,  that  the  object  must 
have  been  a  supernova.  In  a  previ- 
ously published  list  of  the  ancient 
Chinese  observations  of  novae,  he 
had  noticed  that  in  1934  a  Japanese 
historian,  Iba,  had  found  indepen- 
dent evidence  in  ancient  Japanese 
records  of  the  appearance  of  the 
new  star  in  1054.  The  Japanese  as- 
tronomers had  staled  that  the  star 
was  as  bright  as  Jupiter.  This  infor- 
mation, that  a  star  appeared  as 
bright  as  Jupiter  although  it  was 
5,000  or  6.000  light-years  distant, 
forced  Lundmark  to  the  conclusion 
that  the  star  was  much  too  bright  to 
be  a  nova — it  must  have  been  a 
supernova. 

Supernovae  were  first  in- 
vestigated and  christened  early  in 
the  1930's  by  Walter  Baade  and 
Fritz  Zwicky.  They  were  describing 
exceedingly  bright  objects  that  flare 
up  in  other  galaxies  and,  in  some 
cases,  become  as  bright  as  the 
whole  galaxy  for  a  short  period. 
Their  light  then  decays  over  many 
hundreds  of  days  until  it  eventually 
fades  below  the  level  of  detection.  It 
is  estimated  that  one  occurs  in  our 
galaxy  about  every  50  years;  we 
can  only  see  those  in  our  part  of 
the  galaxy,  however.  Our  own  sun 
could  explode  in  another  five  or  six 
billion  years. 

At  the  time  of  the  discovery  of 
supernovae,  Baade  and  Zwicky 
made  several  startling  predictions. 
They  felt  that  the  energy  output 
was  so  great  that  a  whole  star  must 
be  effectively  shattered.  They  also 
suggested  that  supernovae  might 
well  be  the  sources  of  cosmic  rays, 
and  that  the  remnant  left  after  the 


explosion  might  be  a  neutron 
star — an  extremely  dense  object  in 
which  the  electrons  and  protons 
in  the  nuclei  of  atoms  have  been 
crushed  together  to  form  neutrons. 
The  importance  of  these  suggestions 
will  become  apparent  as  our  story 
of  the  Crab  unfolds. 


B 


y  the  late  1930's  the  realization 
that  the  Crab  was  the  only  known 
supernova  remnant  that  could  be 
studied  in  detail  stimulated  great 
interest.  For  example.  Jan  Oort, 
now  director  of  the  Leiden  Obser- 
vatory, interested  the  Dutch  ori- 
entalist J.J.L.  Duyvendak  in  the  su- 
pernova's early  history,  and  it  was 
he  who  uncovered  the  details  that 
led  Oort  and  Nicholas  U.  Mayall  in 
1941  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
Crab  and  the  supernova  of  1054 
were  identical,  and  that  this  super- 
nova was  one  of  the  most  luminous 
ever  detected. 

At  this  stage  the  first  studies  of 
what  can  properly  be  called  the 
physics  of  the  Crab  began.  That  is, 
what  are  the  physical  conditions  as 
we  see  them  at  present,  and  how 
does  the  Crab  continue  to  radiate  so 
powerfully? 

Walter  Baade  and  Rudolf  Min- 
kowski made  the  first  detailed  in- 
vestigations with  the  100-inch  tele- 
scope on  Mount  Wilson  in  1937. 
They  showed  that  the  nebula  was 
made  up  of  two  kinds  of  radiating 
regions.  There  is  a  filamentary  net- 
work made  up  of  gas  heated  and 
ionized  by  strong  ultraviolet  radi- 
ation and  containing  such  elements 
as  hydrogen,  helium,  oxygen,  neon, 
and  sulfur.  Electrons  are  stripped 
away  from  atoms  leaving  ions.  Min- 
kowski and  later  Lodwijck  Wol- 
tjer,  then  a  student  of  Jan  Oort, 
and  others  found  values  for  the 
density  of  the  gas  in  the  fila- 
ments— about  1,000  electrons  and 
ions  per  cubic  centimeter — and  the 
temperature  of  the  gas — some  tens 
of  thousands  of  degrees.  For  all  of 
the  elements  studied,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  helium,  they  found  that 


the  composition  of  the  gas  is  sim- 
ilar to  that  found  in  most  young 
stars  and  also  in  the  solar  system. 
Helium  appears  to  be  much  more 
abundant  than  it  is  in  normal  stars, 
however,  and  we  believe  that  this 
must  be  a  result  of  nuclear  proc- 
esses that  took  place  immediately 
before  or  during  the  explosion. 

How  much  matter  is  present  in 
the  filaments?  If  one  knows  the 
density  and  can  estimate  the  frac- 
tion of  the  Crab's  volume  that  is 
filled  with  this  hot  gas,  the  mass 
can  be  estimated.  The  calculations 
have  ranged  from  about  1/10  to  the 
modern  value  of  about  1/2  the  mass 
of  the  sun. 

The  other  component  is  a  large 
amorphous  region.  It  is  this  com- 
ponent that  was  so  difficult  to  ex- 
plain when  it  was  first  isolated.  The 
natural  explanation  was  that  it  was 
radiation  emitted  from  a  much  hot- 
ter gas  cloud  than  the  clouds  mak- 
ing up  the  filaments. 

The  next  major  discovery  that 
bore  directly  on  this  last  question 
came  with  the  advent  of  radio  as- 
tronomy in  the  late  1940's.  One  of 
the  first  powerful  radio  sources  to 
be  discovered  was  named  Taurus 
A — the  most  powerful  source  in  the 
constellation  Taurus — and  in  1949, 
Bolton,  Stanley,  and  Slee,  in  Aus- 
tralia, identified  this  radio  source 
with  the  Crab.  It  was  one  of  the 
earliest  sources  to  be  identified  with 
an  optical  object,  but  at  the  time 
there  was  little,  if  any,  under- 
standing of  the  mechanisms  that 
were  giving  rise  to  the  powerful  ra- 
dio sources.  The  most  obvious  one 
was  that  radio  sources  were  really 
thermal  sources — radiating  in  an 
easily  predictable  way  at  all 
wavelengths. 

But  the  temperature  needed  to 
emit  the  radio  power  radiated  by 
the  Crab  (about  100  times  more 
than  the  total  optical  radiation 
from  the  sun  and  a  few  percent  of 
the  optical  radiation  from  the 
Crab)  would  require  impossible 
conditions  in  the  gas.  Thus,  a  dif- 
ferent kind  of  mechanism,  a  non- 
thermal inechanism  that  would  tend 
to  concentrate  energy  in  restricted 
parts  of  the  electromagnetic  spec- 
trum, seemed  to  be  indicated.  Soon 
it  became  clear  that  the  spectra  of 


the  radio  sources  had  shapes  that 
also  suggested  that  they  must  have 
a  nonthermal  origin. 

The  German  astrophysicist  K.  0. 
Kiepenheuer  and  the  Swedes  H. 
Alfven  and  N.  Herlofson  first  pro- 
posed that  cosmic  radio  Avaves  were 
being  emitted  by  the  so-called  syn- 
chrotron process.  This  is  a  classical 
radiation  process  in  which  charged 
particles  emit  radiation  as  they 
spiral  in  a  magnetic  field.  In  this 
process,  the  characteristic  fre- 
quency of  the  radiation  is  deter- 
mined only  by  the  mass  and  charge 
of  the  particle,  its  energy,  and  the 
strength  of  the  magnetic  field  in 
which  it  moves.  The  process  is 
highly  inefficient  for  all  particles 
but  electrons.  Radio  radiation  in 
the  frequency  range  observed  could 
easily  be  expected,  however,  if  the 
particles  were  extremely  energetic 
and  the  magnetic  fields  were  very 
weak  by  terrestrial  standards.  An 
important  property  of  radiation 
emitted  by  this  process  is  that  it  is 
highly  linearly  polarized.  This 
means  that  the  image  of  an  object 
radiating  by  this  mechanism  will 
look  very  different  as  one  rotates  a 
piece  of  polaroid  in  front  of  the  im- 
age plane. 

It  was  the  Russian  astrophysicists 
S.  B.  Pikelner,  V.  L.  Ginzburg,  and 
I.  S.  Shklovsky  who,  in  the  early 
1950's.  first  proposed  that  the  syn- 
chrotron process  was  responsible 
for  the  radio  source  in  the  Crab. 
But  they  went  much  further.  They 
suggested  that  the  mysterious,  con- 
tinuous optical  radiation  arose 
from  the  same  process  and  pointed 
out  that  a  test  of  this  idea  would  be 
to  determine  if  the  optical  radiation 
was  polarized.  Tliis  was  done  at  the 
Byurakan  Observatory  by  Vash- 
akidse    and     Dombrovskv,    then    in 


Images  built  up  by  carefully 
timing  exposures  during 
a  large  number  of  cycles 
sliow  tlie  pul,><ar  at 
minimum  Hglit,  above, 
and  at  maximum  ligbt,  below. 


69 


more  detail  by  Oort  and  Walraven 
in  Holland  and  by  Baade  at  Palo- 
mar.  A  very  large  amount  of  linear 
polarization  was  found,  confirming 
the  hypothesis.  This  was  a  great 
step  forward,  because  not  only  was 
the  optical  radiation  explained  but 
the  synchrotron  theory  for  radio 
sources  was  firmly  established. 
Even  more  remarkable  were  the  de- 
ductions that  could  be  made  about 
the  energy  sources  in  the  Crab.  It 
was  now  apparent  that  the  object 
contains  a  vast  number  of  very  high- 
energy  electrons,  spiraling  about 
the  weak  magnetic  field  threaded 
through  it.  These  electrons  emit  the 
optical  and  ultraviolet  radiation 
that  excites  the  gas. 

The  Crab  is  a  gigantic  cosmic  ac- 
celerator. The  total  amount  of 
energy  carried  by  these  particles 
and  in  the  magnetic  field  is  at  least 
equivalent  to  all  the  energy  emitted 
by  the  sun  in  the  last  million  years. 

Now,  while  we  can  deduce 
directly  from  the  presence  of  this 
synchrotron  radiation  only  that 
high-energy  electrons  are  present, 
we  have  every  reason  to  believe  that 
high-energy  protons  (the  nuclei  of 
hydrogen  atoms),  alpha  particles 
(nuclei  of  helium  atoms) .  and 
heavier  nuclei  are  also  present  in 
great  numbers,  and  in  total  energy 
they  may  be  more  important  than 
the  electrons. 

We  have,  therefore,  reached  a 
point  at  which  we  have  good  reason 
to  believe  that  a  supernova  remnant 
is  a  very  powerful  source  of  high- 
energy  particles,  with  just  the  prop- 
erties that  are  found  in  the  primary 
cosmic  rays  that  continuously 
bombard  the  earth  and  are  appar- 
ently spread  thinly  throughout  our 
galaxy.  It  was  natural  therefore  for 
the  Russians  Ginzburg  and  Sy- 
rovatsky  to  propose  that  the  Crab 
Nebula  and  other  supernova  rem- 
nants are  the  sources  of  cosmic  rays 
in  the  galaxy.  This,  then,  was  a  re- 
vival of  the  early  proposal  of  Baade 
and  Zwicky.  made  some  twenty 
years  before,  that  supernovae  were 
the  sources  of  cosmic  rays.  This 
supernova  origin  theory  has  been 
developed  extensively  in  the  last 
fifteen  years,  particularly  by  Ginz- 
burg and  Syrovatsky.  While  it 
has  gained  a  large  measure  of  sup- 


port, some,  including  Fred  Hoyle 
and  myself,  have  suggested  an  al- 
ternative and,  in  some  ways,  even 
more  spectacular  proposal:  namely, 
that  the  strong  radio  sources  spread 
throughout  the  universe  and  the  ex- 
ploding nuclei  of  galaxies  are  gen- 
erating cosmic  rays  at  such  a  high 
rate  that  they  fill  the  whole  universe 
at  the  density  seen  in  our  galaxy.  If 
this  turns  out  to  be  true,  super- 
novae  contribute  only  a  small  part 
of  the  universal  cosmic  rays. 


B 


ut  let  us  return  to  the  Crab. 
Having  shown  that  it  is  a  great  res- 
ervoir of  very  high-energy  par- 
ticles, is  it  reasonable  to  suppose 
that  these  particles  were  originally 
produced  in  the  supernova  ex- 
plosion of  900  years  ago?  The  rate 
at  which  the  electrons  radiate  their 
energy  is  determined  by  their 
energies  and  by  the  magnetic  fields 
in  which  they  are  moving.  The 
larger  the  energies  and  the  stronger 
the  fields,  the  more  energy  they 
radiate.  At  the  same  time,  the 
higher  the  electron  energy  and  the 
stronger  the  magnetic  field,  the 
shorter  will  be  the  wavelength  of 
the  radiation.  This  means  that  the 
electrons  radiating  radio  waves  (ra- 
dio electrons)  will  radiate  more 
slowly  than  those  radiating  light 
(optical  electrons) .  It  turns  out  that 
the  radio  electrons  that  were  accel- 
erated when  the  supernova  ex- 
ploded can  go  on  radiating  for  a 
hundred  thousand  years  or  more, 
but  the  optical  electrons  present 
now  will  lose  their  energy  in  only 
about  100  years,  a  short  time  com- 
pared with  the  age  of  the  Crab. 

This  reasoning  led  to  the  con- 
clusion that  even  900  years  after 
the  explosion  there  must  still  be 
some  very  powerful  source  contin- 
uously pumping  high-energy  par- 
ticles into  the  nebula. 

There  was  indeed  some  direct 
evidence  from  the  photographs  of 
continuing  activity  in  the  Crab. 
Walter  Baade  photographed  the 
nebula    from    19.37    until    the    late 


1950's,  when  he  retired.  He  dis- 
covered some  remarkable  light  rip- 
ples near  the  center  that  appeal 
somewhat  irregularly  several  times 
a  year.  They  seem  to  move  at  very 
high  speeds,  perhaps  a  tenth  oi 
more  of  the  velocity  of  light,  anc 
disappear  a  short  distance  from  the 
central  star.  In  recent  years  thej 
have  been  studied  in  more  detail  h^ 
Jeffrey  Scargle,  a  young  astronomei 
now  at  the  Lick  Observatory.  It  is 
thought  that  the  ripples  are  the  re- 
sult, not  of  material  motions,  but  oi 
wave  motions,  perhaps  involving 
the  magnetic  fields;  these  are  callec 
hydromagnetic  waves.  When  Baade 
first  described  these,  various  theo 
reticians  thought  that,  in  some  way 
these  waves  must  be  continuouslj 
accelerating  the  particles.  As 
shall  describe,  however,  it  now  ap 
pears  to  be  somewhat  more  com 
plicated  than  this. 

By  the  1960's  it  was  the  turn  o 
the  X-ray  astronomers  to  add  to  th( 
mystery  of  the  Crab.  X-ray 
tronomy  is  a  young  branch  of  as 
tronomy — only  about  five  year; 
old.  To  see  what  the  universe  look: 
like  at  X-ray  wavelengths  we  mus 
observe  it  from  above  the  earth's  at 
mosphere.  Thus,  observations  havi 
to  be  made  using  telescopes  at 
tached  to  rockets,  which  spend  onb 
about  five  minutes  at  altitudes  o 
about  60  miles;  balloons,  which  cai 
be  made  to  rise  to  altitudes  of  120. 
000  feet  or  more  and  remain  ther 
for  a  few  hours;  or,  best  of  all,  sal 
ellites,  which  can  stay  in  orbit  ani 
make  observations  for  years.  In  th 
last  few  years,  30  or  40  X-ra 
sources  have  been  found,  mostly  us 
ing  balloons  and  rockets,  but  onl 
two  or  three  have  been  definitel 
identified  with  optical  objects.  Ine\ 
itably.  one  of  these  is  the  Crab.  A 
X-ray  source  was  already  known  t 
be  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Crab,  hi; 
its  position  was  not  known  acci 
rately.  The  identification  of  th 
Crab  as  a  source,  as  well  as  a  roug 
determination  of  the  size  of  th 
source,  was  made  by  Herbert  Friec 
mann  and  his  colleagues  at  th 
Naval  Research  Laboratory.  Wai 
ing  until  the  moon  was  about  1 
pass  in  front  of  the  Crab  (a  luns 
occultation) .  they  launched  rocke 
timed   precisely   to   observe   the   3 


70 


■ay  source  as  the  moon  occulted  the 
]rab  and  then  as  it  appeared  again, 
rhey  found  that  the  X-rays  were 
limmed  and  then  extinguished  alto- 
tether  as  the  occultation  occurred, 
ind  then  reappeared.  By  this  means 
hey  established  conclusively  that 
he  X-ray  source  lay  in  the  Crab 
Vfebula.  They  also  showed  that  its 
iize,  although  somewhat  smaller 
han  the  optical  nebula,  is  still 
arge,  perhaps  between  one  and  two 
ight-years  across.  Many  observa- 
ions  have  now  been  made  showing 
hat  the  Crab  is  an  exceedingly 
)owerfuI  X-ray  source. 


w 


hat  is  the  process  responsible 
or  this  radiation,  which  is  much 
nore  powerful,  perhaps  by  a  factor 
)f  50.  than  all  of  the  energy  emitted 
n  the  optical  part  of  the  spectrum? 
t  is  generally  thought  that  this  is 
dso  synchrotron  radiation,  but.  if 
lectrons  are  to  emit  radiation  with 
vavelengths  as  short  as  those  of  X- 
ays,  much  higher  energy  particles 
itill,  or  much  stronger  magnetic 
ields,  or  both,  are  required.  Such 
'C-ray  electrons  will  have  much 
horter  lives  than  the  optical  elec- 
rons,  perhaps  only  a  few  months 
ong,  and  certainly  not  more  than  a 
'ear  or  so.  This  limitation  places 
van  greater  demands  on  the 
nergy-generating  machine,  which 
ve  have  not  as  yet  been  able  to  ex- 
)Iain.  Because  the  particles  have 
ives  of  only  a  year  or  less,  they 
vould  lose  most  of  their  energy 
ong  before  they  reached  the  outer 
(arts,  particularly  since  they  must 
)e  spiral! ng  in  the  magnetic  field 
1  md  cannot  be  moving  in  straight 
)  ines.  Therefore,  it  is  hard  to  under- 
i  tand  how  they  can  make  a  source 
IS  big  as  the  one  we  see  if  they 
vere  only  injected  at  a  single  cen- 
ral  point. 
il  By  now  it  should  be  clear  that 
i'hiie  the  modern  discoveries  asso- 
iated  with  the  Crab  had  opened  up 
1  whole  new  field  of  investigation 
I  hat  told   us  much   about  the  high- 


energy  processes  that  go  on  after  a 
supernova  explodes,  they  had  not 
yet  led  us  to  any  real  understanding 
of  how  such  an  energetic  object 
maintains  itself. 

Then  the  pulsars  descended  on 
us. 

Pulsars  are  radio  soui-ces  that 
emit  pulsed  signals  at  exceedingly 
regular  intervals;  the  first  one  dis- 
covered did  this  every  1.337301109 
seconds.  Just  about  two  years  ago, 
discovery  of  the  first  pulsar  was  an- 
nounced from  Cambridge.  England. 
The  initial  report  was  quickly  fol- 
lowed by  the  detection  of  many 
more  pulsars;  about  40  are  now 
known.  At  first  two  theories  were 
proposed  to  explain  them.  Because 
periods  of  pulsation  are  all  very 
short — the  longest  is  3.7  seconds — 
it  was  clear  that  they  must  come 
from  very  small  objects  that  are  ei- 
ther pulsating  or  rotating.  The  only 
stars  conceivably  small  enough 
were  white  dwarfs  (very  dense  stars 
near  the  end  of  their  lives  with  no 
inner  sources  of  nuclear  fuel:  a 
matchboxful  of  their  matter  would 
weigh  several  tons)  or  neutron 
stars  (still  denser  objects:  a  dime 
at  their  density  would  weigh  more 
than  two  million  tons).  Both  ideas 
were  explored,  but  it  became  clear 
that  if  very  short  period  pulsars 
were  found,  rotating  neutron  stars 
would  be  the  only  possible  explana- 
tion based  on  well-established  stel- 
lar models.  In  the  latter  part  of 
1968,  a  group  of  astronomers  at 
the  National  Radio  Astronomy  Ob- 
servatory found  two  pulsars  close 
to  the  Crab  Nebula.  Once  accurate 
positions  were  determined,  it  was 
found  that  one  of  these  pulsars, 
NP  0532,  lay  inside  the  Crab,  while 
the  other.  NP  0527.  lay  outside  it 
about  a  degree  away  in  the  sky.  The 
pulsar  NP  0532  was  found  to  have 
the  shortest  known  period  of 
0.03309014  seconds — pulsing  about 
30  times  a  second.  This  period  was 
so  short  that  it  had  to  be  concluded 
that  this  pulsar — and  presumably 
the  others — was  a  rotating  neutron 
star.  Strangely  enough,  the  pulsar 
outside  the  Crab  has  the  longest 
known  period  of  3.745491  seconds. 

When  the  first  pulsar,  which  has 
nothing  to  do  with  the  Crab,  was 
found,   attempts   were   made  to  see 


whether  it  emitted  light  signals  with 
the  same  period  as  the  radio  sig- 
nals. Despite  theoreticians'  thoughts 
that  this  was  highly  unlikely, 
serious  efforts  were  made  to  look 
for  the  effect,  and  early  work  sug- 
gested that  perhaps  such  light 
pulses  were  being  emitted.  But  it 
was  soon  found  that  these  results 
were  spurious. 

When  the  radio  pulsar  was  dis- 
covered in  the  Crab,  three  young 
astronomers  at  the  University  of 
Arizona — Cocke,  Disney,  and  Tay- 
lor— attempted  to  see  if  they  could 
detect  light  pulses  with  the  same  pe- 
riod as  the  radio  pulses.  They  suc- 
ceeded immediately,  and  within  a 
few  days  other  groups  working  at 
the  McDonald  and  Kitt  Peak  Na- 
tional Observatories  confirmed 
their  results.  The  latter  group,  and 
Miller  and  Wampler  at  the  Lick  Ob- 
servatory, were  able  to  show  that 
the  object  emitting  the  light  pulses, 
and  presumably  the  radio  pulses  as 
well,  was  the  star  that,  thirty  years 
before,  Baade  and  Minkowski  had 
thought  was  probably  the  remnant 
of  the  supernova.  Of  course  they 
had  thought  that  it  was  a  com- 
paratively normal  star,  but  had 
they  looked  at  it  with  a  time  resolu- 
tion of  one-thirtieth  of  a  second  or 
better,  they  would  have  seen  that  its 
light  was  coming  to  us  in  sharp 
pulses. 

By  1969  it  was  established  that  a 
rapidly  rotating  neutron  star  in  the 
Crab  is  emitting  tremendously  pow- 
erful pulses  of  radio  and  optical 
emission  like  a  gigantic  rotating 
lighthouse  beam.  But  this  was  not 
the  end  of  the  discoveries  con- 
cerning the  Crab  pulsar.  Another 
finding  was  that  X-ray  pulses  are 
also  being  emitted  with  the  same 
period,  so  that  most  of  the  energy  is 
emitted  in  the  X-ray  pulses.  The 
Crab  pulsar  is,  so  far.  unique  in 
that  it  does  emit  pulses  of  light  and 
X-rays  as  well  as  radio  pulses. 

With  these  discoveries  the  next 
step  was  clear.  The  pulsar  must  be 
the  energy  source  for  the  Crab,  so 
that  not  only  is  it  emitting  radi- 
ation directly  by  the  synchrotron 
process,  but  it  is  also  ejecting  large 
numbers  of  charged  particles  from 
its  surface,  and  these  are  being  ac- 
celerated   in    the   very   strong  mag- 


netic  fields  that  theoreticians  be- 
lieve must  be  present  in  neutron 
stars.  These  fields  are  colossal.  Ele- 
mentary calculations  make  us  be- 
lieve that  the  surface  fields  in  such 
a  star  have  strengths  of  hundreds  of 
billions  of  gauss,  as  compared  with 
about  half  a  gauss  on  the  earth,  one 
or  two  gauss  on  the  surface  of  the 
sun,  and  thousands  of  gauss  in  sun- 
spots  where  flare  activity  or  mag- 
netic storms  are  generated.  Thus, 
the  energy  generator  in  the  Crab  is 
a  small  (a  diameter  of  only  a  few 
miles),  incredibly  dense  star  (its 
density  is  about  the  same  as  that  of 
the  nuclei  of  atoms),  with  a  very 
strong  magnetic  field,  and  it  is  ro- 
tating about  30  times  a  second. 
Thus  it  is  a  gigantic  rotating  mag- 
net. Many  people  have  studied  it 
theoretically  to  try  to  understand 
how  it  is  able  to  accelerate  par- 
ticles, and  while  many  details  are 
not  understood,  most  agree  that  ra- 
pid acceleration  is  to  be  expected. 
The  rotation  period  of  the  pulsar  is 
getting  longer,  so  it  is  clear  that  it 
is  slowing  down,  and  the  rotational 
energy  being  dissipated  is  the 
energy  that  is  maintaining  the 
Crab. 


N 


I  o  one  has  yet  been  able  to  ex- 
plain why  the  radiation  is  pulsed, 
that  is,  why  it  is  generated  in  such 
a  way  that  it  is  emitted  only  in  a 
small,  cone-shaped  angle  from  the 
surface  of  the  neutron  star.  The 
radiation  cannot  be  emitted  uni- 
formly from  the  surface;  if  it  were, 
the  star  would  not  emit  pulsed 
signals.  This  raises  another  inter- 
esting question.  If  we  see  pulsars 
only  when  they  are  rotating  in  such 
a  way  that  the  signals  they  emit  are 
pointing  toward  us  once  each  revo- 
lution, how  many  more  pulsars  are 
there  that  we  cannot  see?  Could 
there  indeed  be  more  than  one  ro- 
tating neutron  star  in  the  Crab? 

There  is  perhaps  some  evidence 
that  there  is  more  than  one  center 
of  activity  in  the  Crab,  although  the 
evidence  is  only   tentative.   Several 

72 


years  ago,  before  the  discovery  of 
the  pulsars,  the  Cambridge  radio 
astronomers  discovered  a  small,  in- 
tense, steady  source  of  radio  emis- 
sion in  the  Crab,  with  a  size  no  big- 
ger than  the  solar  system.  Because 
it  is  weak  compared  with  the  whole 
of  the  radio  emission  from  the 
Crab,  its  position  is  not  well  deter- 
mined, and  many  people  believe 
that  it  is  centered  on  the  pulsar.  But 
this  may  not  be  true,  and  there  may 
thus  be  at  least  two  condensed  ob- 
jects in  the  Crab.  Other  evidence 
may  point  in  the  same  direction.  I 
mentioned  earlier  that  the  Crab  is 
emitting  X-rays  from  a  region  per- 
haps two  light-years  across.  And  I 
noted  that  if  all  of  the  high-energy 
electrons  that  radiate  these  X-rays 
were  accelerated  in  the  known  pul- 
sar, it  is  very  difficult  to  see  how 
they  could  travel  out  so  far  from 
the  pulsar  and  still  have  enough 
energy  to  emit  X-rays  at  distances 
of  one  light-year  or  more  from  the 
center.  This  difficulty  can  be 
avoided  if  we  suppose  that  in  real- 
ity the  X-rays  come  from  several 
condensed  objects  spread  through- 
out this  region ;  in  other  words, 
that  there  are  a  number  of  radi- 
ating neutron  stars  in  the  Crab,  and 
not  just  the  one  that  we  see  as  the 
pulsar.  X-ray  astronomers  can  test 
this  idea.  If  it  is  correct,  then  when 
they  are  able  to  look  at  the  Crab 
with  high  resolution,  it  will  appear 
to  be  made  up  of  a  number  of 
small,  bright  regions.  On  the  other 
hand,  if  it  appears  to  be  a  smooth, 
extended  source,  then  we  must  con- 
clude that  despite  the  difficulties  the 
pulsar  at  the  center  is  able  some- 
how to  accelerate  all  of  the  particles 
that  are  now  spread  throughout  the 
Crab. 

There  is  one  final  topic  of  some 
interest.  Do  we  really  understand 
how  a  neutron  star  is  left  behind  in 
a  supernova  explosion?  When  a 
star  has  evolved  so  that  it  has  no 
nuclear  energy  sources  left  in  the 
center,  it  collapses,  and  a  number 
of  theories  have  been  suggested  to 
explain  why  the  outer  part  will  be 
ejected.  But  general  relativity  tells 
us  that  only  stars  or  parts  of  stars 
with  masses  less  than  a  critical 
value  close  to  the  mass  of  the  sun, 
can  withstand  gravitational  collapse 


and  turn  into  stable  neutron  stars. 
If  the  central  part  of  a  star  going 
through  this  process  has  a  mass 
greater  than  the  critical  mass,  the 
theory  tells  us  that  it  will  collapse 
indefinitely  and  become  what  rela- 
tivists have  called  a  "black  hole," 
effectively  cutting  itself  off  from  the 
universe  except  for  the  effect  of  its 
gravitational  field. 

Thus  it  is  not  obvious  at  present 
why  the  supernova  that  produced 
the  Crab  left  behind  just  one  neu- 
tron star  and  not  a  more  massive 
black  hole.  One  possibility  is  that 
the  part  of  the  star  that  collapsed 
did  have  a  mass  much  greater  than 
the  critical  value,  but  that  it  was 
spinning  so  rapidly  that  it  broke  up 
into  a  number  of  pieces,  each  of 
them  with  a  small  enough  mass  to 
form  a  stable  neutron  star.  This 
would  fit  the  suggestion  that  there 
are  perhaps  a  number  of  condensed 
objects  in  the  Crab,  but  only  one 
that  we  see  to  emit  pulses. 

I  have  attempted  to  tell  the  story 
of  the  Crab  Nebula  as  astronomers 
have  developed  it  over  the  last  sev- 
eral hundred  years.  Now  in  1970 
we  believe  that  many  of  its  mys- 
teries are  at  least  superficially  un- 
derstood, but  it  is  still  of  immense 
interest.  This  summer  the  Inter- 
national Astronomical  Union,  the 
official  international  association  of 
astronomers,  held  a  whole  sympo- 
sium on  the  Crab  at  the  Nuffield 
Radio  Observatories  at  Jodrell 
Bank,  which  brought  together  op- 
tical, radio,  and  X-ray  astronomers, 
as  well  as  theoreticians  who  work 
in  almost  all  branches  of  astrophys- 
ics. It  is  hard  to  predict  what  will 
happen  next. 


Nine  hundred  yei 

after  the  central  si 

exploded,  hot  gai 

continue  to  stream  outw^ 

at  600  miles  a  secoi 

By  now  the  nebula  is  seve 

light-years  aero 


'Quite  simply  there 
has  never  been 
anything  in  the 
history  of  the  effort 
to  popularize 
science  comparable 
to  these  volumes" 

-The  New  York  Times  Book  Review 


Peoples  of  Indochina 

Continued  from  page  53 


-JiJ 


SCIENTIFIC 
AMERICAN 

RESOURCE  LIBRARY 

Permanently  bound  volumes  containing  nearly 
700  articles  reproduced  with  full  text,  illustra- 
tion, and  color. 

"A  better  title  for  these  books  would  have  been 
The  Intelligent  Layman's  Guide  to  the  Golden 
Age  of  Science.  Their  basic  contents  are  hun- 
dreds of  articles  which  explain  simply,  vividly 
and  interestingly  what  modern  science  is  all 
about.  .  . 

"What  makes  this  collection  unique.  .  .  is 
that  it  brings  together  and  classifies  on  a  broad 
subject  basis,  most  of  the  vast  riches  that  have 
appeared  monthly  since  the  late  1940's  in  the 
Scientific  American,  thiscountry's  and  perhaps 
the  world's  outstanding  forum  for  communica- 
tion between  scientists  and  the  intelligent 
public."  (See  facing  page  for  special  offer.) 

Readings  in  the  Earth  Sciences 

Introduction  by  William  H.  Matthews  III 

Two  volumes,  list  price  $20.00 

Special  Price  $17.00 
Readings  in  the  Life  Sciences 

Introduction  by  Marston  Bates 

Seven  volumes  $70.00,  $59.50 
Readings  in  the  Physical  Sciences 
and  Technology 

Introduction  by  Isaac  Asimov 

Three  volumes  $30.00,$25.50 
Readings  in  Psychology 

Introduction  by  Harry  F.  Harlow 

Two  volumes  $20.00,  $17.00 
Readings  in  the  Social  Sciences 

Introduction  by  Harry  F.  Harlow 

One  volume  $10.00,  $8.50 
Complete  Library 

Fifteen  volumes  $150.00,  $127.50 


■  j^H  W.  H.  FREEMAN  and  COMPANY 
^m  660  Market  Street 
^H  San  Francisco,  California  94104 

74 


One  of  Thailand's  major  prob- 
lems, that  of  unrest  in  the  north- 
eastern region,  often  has  been  seen 
as  a  result  of  Lao  predominance 
in  that  region.  This  view  is  mis- 
leading. Laos  has  a  limited  appeal 
for  the  Lao  of  Thailand  because  of 
their  successful  integration  into 
Thai  society.  However,  the  Thai  do 
face  serious  problems  of  ethnic  dis- 
sent among  some  upland  groups  in 
the  north  and  the  Malay  in  the 
south.  The  specter  of  a  strong, 
unified,  and  hostile  Vietnam  haunts 
Thailand.  Moreover,  the  Thai  fear 
that  Laos  and  Cambodia,  which 
they  consider  within  their  sphere  of 
influence,  may  be  lost  permanently 
to  Vietnam. 

In  Vietnam,  aside  from  the  prob- 
lems of  upland-lowland  relations, 
the  cleavages  fall  mainly  along 
ideological  lines.  Nonetheless,  cul- 
tural variations  between  north- 
erners and  southerners  and  reli- 
gious differences  between  Catholics, 
Buddhists,  and  other  sects  have 
complicated  efforts  to  unify  Viet- 
nam. Despite  their  differences  on 
how  Vietnam  should  be  ruled,  Viet- 
namese leaders  on  both  sides  of  the 
17th  parallel  strongly  favor  a  resur- 
rected Indochina  in  which  the  Viet- 
namese would  dominate. 

In  the  present  war  ethnic  and 
cultural  factors  have  assumed  addi- 
tional significance.  Support  given 
by  outside  powers  has  enhanced  the 
importance  of  selected  groups  in 
the  region.  Tribal  peoples  with  in- 
ternational connections  are  wooed 
by  many  parties.  Russian  and  Chi- 
nese arms  have  been  brought  to 
Thailand  by  some  Miao  tribes, 
while  across  the  border  in  Laos, 
relatives  of  these  same  Miao  are 
being  trained  by  American  Special 
Forces. 

The  opium  trade  engaged  in  by  a 
number  of  groups  that  have  come 
to  Laos  and  Thailand  from  South 
China  helps  to  underwrite  the  ac- 
tions of  belligerents  on  both  sides. 
In  Laos,  it  is  reported  that  planes 
displaying  poppy  designs  on  the  un- 
derside of  their  wings  are  never 
shot  at.  Southeast  Asian  Christians 
have  particularly  attracted  Western 
support.  Missionaries  among  vari- 
ous tribal  groups  have  worked  with 
civic  action  units  of  the  American 
military    and    with    American     aid 


personnel  to  promote  the  interest 
of  their  followers.  The  Chinese  hav 
promoted  a  movement  of  unit 
among  all  Thai-speaking  peopl 
with  leadership  drawn  from  Ths 
groups  living  in  South  China.  An^ 
the  United  States  has  recently  give: 
credence  to  South  Vietnam's  clair 
to  interfere  in  the  internal  affair 
of  Cambodia  by  undertaking  join 
American-South  Vietnamese  opei 
ations  in  that  beleaguered  country 
In  Mae  Sariang,  tribal  people 
and  lowlanders  have  lived  for  man- 
centuries  in  a  symbiotic  relation 
ship.  New  adjustments  were  mad 
as  the  ethnic  composition  shifted 
Such  adjustments  were  not  withou 
pain,  but  they  led  to  a  pragmatii 
harmony  between  the  many  faction: 
until  the  Westerners  came. 

The  first  Westerners  were  th( 
representatives  of  the  Bombay-Bur 
mah  Teak  Company.  They  em 
ployed  Karen  tribals  to  whom  the^ 
spoke  in  Burmese  rather  than  Thai 
The  gap  between  the  Karen  anc 
Thai  in  Mae  Sariang  began  to  wid 
en.  Before  World  War  II,  Bombay 
Burmah  Teak  Company  left  anc 
was  replaced  by  a  Thai-owned  teal 
company.  Today  the  Karen  workers 
in  the  teak  company  speak  in  Thai 
to  their  employers,  and  one  source 
of  confusion  and  mistrust  in  thf 
community  has  been  eliminated  b> 
the  inhabitants. 

Western  missionaries  also  came 
to  Mae  Sariang.  They  worked  pri. 
marily  among  the  tribal  peoples, 
Today  the  small  educated  minori- 
ty from  these  tribes  is  almost  ex- 
clusively Christian.  They  strongly 
assert  their  tribal  identity  because  tcJ 
them,  being  Thai  is  being  Buddhistj 
The  Christian  community  amond 
the  tribal  peoples  in  Mae  Sariang  is 
still  growing,  and  the  gap  between 
the  Thai  and  the  tribals  is  growing, 
too. 

Although  the  British  and  French, 
like  the  Bombay-Burmah  Teak 
Company  in  Mae  Sariang.  have  lefl 
Southeast  Asia,  the  Americans,  like 
the  missionaries  in  Mae  Sariang.j 
are  still  there.  The  gaps  between 
various  ethnic  groups,  various  cul- 
tures,  and  various  nationalities  con- 
tinue to  grow,  and  the  adjustments 
that  will  have  to  be  made  after  the 
Ajnericans  are  gone  will  be  thai 
much  more  painful. 


Special  savings  for  readers 
)f  Natural  History 


spulation.  Resources, 
nvironment 

sues  in  Human  Ecology 

\UL  R.  EHRLICH  and  ANNE  H.  EHRLICH 
-iterate,  clear,  dramatic,  compelling.  .  .  .  An 
dispensable   tool    for  anyone  who  honestly 
j>pes  to  do  something  significant  about  to- 
dy's planetary  problems.  ...  No  book  can  be 
ore  important  at  this  moment."  —San  Fran- 
;co  Sunday  Examiner  and  Chronicle 
"he  best  single  descriptive  and  analytic  treat- 
ent  of  the  subject  that  I  have  yet  seen.  .  . 
slling       and       courageous."       —Robert      L. 
Bilbroner,  Tfie  New  Yorl<  Review  of  Bool<s 
•)70,  383  pp.,  illustrated,  $8.95 
leciai  Price  $7.61 

hotography  for  Scientific 

Ubiication    a  Handbook 

iLFRED  A.  BLAKER 

i'acked  with  useful  information  and  tech- 
;,ques,  and  well  illustrated  with  excellent 
lotographs  clearly  showing  the  results  of 
chniques  described  in  the  text.  .  .  An  excel- 
nt  book  for  the  beginning  photographer  of 
ientific  subjects;  even  the  veteran  photog- 
pher  may  find  a  few  new  ideas."  —TheAmeri- 
'  n  Biology  Teacfier 
365,  158  pp.,  illustrated,  $8.00 
jecial  Price  $6.80 

'.  H.  FREEMAN  and  COMPANY   660  Market 


Geology  Illustrated 

JOHN  S.  SHELTON 

"The  proud  title  of  this  eye-filling  book  is 
justified.  Four  hundred  photographs,  mostly 
stunning  aerial  views  taken  by  the  author  him- 
self in  the  West,  with  accompanying  drawings 
by  his  cartographer  brother,  present  the  basis 
of  physical  geography  in  the  field.  .  .  An  out- 
standing book  for  self-study.  .  .  ."  —Scientific 
American 

"Probably  the  most  successful  substitute  for 
field  experience  ever  presented  in  a  book.  .  . ." 
—Science 

1966,  434  pp.,  illustrated,  310.50 
Special  Price  $8.93 


Physiography 

of  the  United  States 

CHARLES  B.  HUNT 

A  broad  but  detailed  look  at  the  natural  fea- 
tures and  resources  of  our  country,  their  ori- 
gins, and  their  influences  on  our  history. 
"Recommended  to  anyone— professional,  stu- 
dent, or  layman— who  wishes  to  become  better 
informed  about  the  physical  environment  of 
the  United  States.  .  ."  —American  Journal  of 
Science 

1967,  480  pp.,  illustrated,  $8.50 
Special  Price  S7.23 
Street,  San  Francisco,  California  94104 


Science,  Conflict,  and  Society 

Readings  from  SCIENTIFIC  AMERICAN 
With  Introductions  by  GARRETT  HARDIN 
"Virtually  every  major  problem  facing  people 
in  all  developed  regions  of  the  world  is  touched 
upon  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  promise  or 
threat  of  science.  ...  An  excellent  gift  and 
companion  for  a  long  trip."  —Science  Books,  A 
Quarterly  Review 

"Timely,  interesting  articles  and  book  re- 
views. .  .  Highly  recommended  to  everyone." 
—Library  Journal 

1969,  384  pp.,  illustrated  in  color, 
cloth  $10.00  Special  Price  $8.50 
(Also  available  paperbound,  $5.75) 


Nightshades 

The  Paradoxical  Plants 

CHARLES  8.  HEISER.JR. 
"Rewarding  reading  for  all  interested  in  plants, 
including  the  professional  plant  scientist,  ama- 
teur gardener,  the  cook,  and  above  all  the  inter- 
ested layman.  Once  begun,  the  reviewer  could 
not  lay  it  aside,  but  had  to  finish  reading  the 
entire    book     at    one    reading.    Very    highly 
recommended."  —Plant  Life 
1969,  200  pp.,  illustrated,  $5.95 
Special  Price  $5.06 


Physiography 
•I  •  Limted  States 


■nd  me  the  books  checked  at  the  special  prices  offered  to  readers  of 
itural  History.  I  understand  that  if  I  am  not  completely  satisfied  the 
)oks  may  be  returned  for  full  refund  within  10  days  of  receipt.  (Offer 
lod  in  U.S.  and  Canada  only— expires  December  31,  1970.) 


ddress. 
ty 


.Zip. 


II 


Mail  coupon  to: 

W.  H.  FREEMAN  and  COMPANY 

660  Market  Street,  San  Francisco,  California  94104 


SCIENTIFIC     D  Life  Sciences  (7  vols.) $59.50 

AMERICAN       n  Physical  Sciences  and  Technology  (3  vols.)  .  .     25.50 

Resource  q  g^^^^^  Sciences  (2  vols.) 1 7.00 

(f'acin^page)      ^  Psychology  (2  vols.)    1 7.00 

D  Social  Sciences  (1  vol.) 8.50 

D  Complete  Library  (15  vols.) 127.50 

D  Population,  Resources,  Environment    7.61 

n  Science,  Conflict,  and  Society cloth      8.50 

D paper       5.75 

D  Geology  I  llustrated 8.93 

n  Photography  for  Scientific  Publication 6.80 

D  Physiography  of  the  United  States   7.23 

D  Nightshades:  The  Paradoxical  Plants 5.06 

TOTAL 

Save  postage  by  remitting  in  full  now.  Same  return  privilege.  (California 
residents  add  5%  sales  tax.) 


Catch  'em 
ALIVE  'n  UNHURT 


F 


»  '  with  a 

'i"'    '''  HAVAHARTtrap! 


Official  HAVAHAKT  trap  captures  invadlne  soiiirrels,  rab- 
bits, coons,  cats,  mice,  rats,  skunks,  animal  nuisances  of  all 
kinds.  Metal  top  and  doors  protect  creature  from  weather, 
make  trap  rigid,  preserve  it  from  animal  damage.  Can  be 
set  with  one  or  both  doors  open.  No  jaws  or  springs  to 
break.  Extremely  durable,  many  in  use  20  years.  Write  to- 
day for  Kiclusive   guide  to  good   trapping   and  price  list. 

HAVAHART,  158  Water  St.,  Ossining,  N.  Y.  10652 

Please  send  new  guide  and  price  list. 


LAP   OESK 


PULLS  UP 
CLOSE- 
REACH 
EVERYTHING 
FOLDS  TO  2"D- 
pjj,l3  ««  EASY  STORAGE 

up  close  to  put  everything  in  reach.  Screws  adjust  ht. 
from  20"  to  28".  And  it  folds  to  2"D — slides  behind 
sofa.  door.  etc.  Hard  hircit  writing  tflP.  pine  leg.  Hand 
finished  in  lioney  tone  or  maple,  antinue  pine  or  walnut. 
Top  32"\V  24"T).  $20.25  Postpaid— add  IH.OO  W.  of  Miss. 
BEAUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG  -  1000  PIECES 
Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 
Include  Zip  Code  YIELD     HOUSE 

Money  Back  Guarantee  Dcpl.  Nio-'i 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  North  Conway,  N.H.  03860 


STERLING  SCHOOL 

Craftsbury  Common,  Vermont  05827 

An  academic  short-course  in  OUTDOOR 
LEADERSHIP,  21-day  cycles— Sept.  '70- 
June  '71— Boys  or  Girls,  Grades  8,  9,   10 

Activities— Fishing,  white-water  canoeing, 
bicycle-trekking,  cross-country  skiing,  all- 
seasons  camping,  woodland  search-and- 
rescue  &  fire-fighting  techniques,  wildlife 
study  and  photography. 

Classroom  Instruction— Home-school  aca- 
demic progress  maintained;  conservation 
principles  and  practices;  northern  wood- 
land ecology. 

"Bounder"  Program — Leadership  training 
involving  physical  and  mental  challenge 
sharing  concepts  of  the  Outward  Bound 
movement  as  adapted  for  the  younger 
student. 

Academic  potential  or  activity  proficiency 
not  a  factor.  All  inclusive  fee:  $375. 
Write  S.  N.  Wright,  Director,  Outdoor 
Leadership  Course  for  further  information 
and  dates  available. 

Sterling  School  is  an  accredited  non-profit 
boarding  school  of  100  students.  Grades 
9-12,  which  features  a  college-prepara- 
tory course  of  Conservation  Leadership. 


The  Cliche  of  the  Killer 

Continued  from  page  28 


In  the  spring  of  1968,  fishermen 
of  Pender  Harbour.  British  Colum- 
bia, perfected  a  method  of  netting 
killers  inside  a  narrow  inlet.  They 
captured  eight  that  year.  Pender 
Harbour  has  proved  to  be  an  ideal 
place  to  hold  killer  whales.  It  is 
sheltered,  clean,  and  close  to  a  fish 
dock  where  food  for  the  whales  can 
be  easily  obtained.  Since  1968  the 
Vancouver  Public  Aquarium  has 
maintained  a  research  station  there. 
Scientists  come  throughout  the  year 
to  study  killer  whales  under  semi- 
wild  conditions.  The  animals  often 
"talk"  to  their  companions  outside 
the  fence. 

At  one  time  or  another,  killer 
whales  have  been  exhibited  in  at 
least  seventeen  oceanariums:  in 
Australia  (1),  Canada  (3),  Eng- 
land (2),  France  (1).  the  Nether- 
lands (1),  and  the  United  States 
(9). 

The  killer  whale  is  the  largest 
marine  mammal  ever  held  in  cap- 
tivity and  is  therefore  of  interest  to 
scientists  who  plot  animal  functions 
on  the  so-called  shrew-to-elephant 
curve,  or  the  curve  illustrating  the 
physiology  of  mammals  from  the 
smallest  in  weight  to  the  largest. 
Actually,  a  bat  may  be  the  smallest 
mammal  and  the  blue  whale  is  cer- 
tainly the  largest.  For  example:  a 
shrew  weighing  less  than  an  ounce 
will  eat  food  equal  to  150  percent 
of  its  body  weight  per  day,  while  a 
killer  whale  the  size  of  Namu, 
weighing  7,520  pounds,  will  eat 
only   5  percent. 

Other  zoologists  study  the  killer 
whale's  adaptations  to  swimming 
and  diving.  A  killer  was  found  tan- 
gled in  a  submarine  cable  off  Van- 
couver Island  at  a  depth  of  3,378 
feet.  A  killer  in  Puget  Sound,  carry- 
ing a  harpoon,  line,  and  floats,  re- 
mained under  water  for  21  minutes. 

The  Vancouver  Public  Aquarium 
has  a  splendid  female  killer  named 
Skana.  I  recently  watched  as  a  team 
of  physiologists  put  a  modified 
"plumber's  friend,"  or  suction  cup, 
over  her  blowhole  to  collect  respir- 
atory gases.  Others  took  blood 
samples  from  her  tail  for  study  of 
the  oxygen  content.  Still  others  took 
electrocardiograms,  Skana,  who  has 
known  only  kindness  in  captivity, 
was  remarkably  patient  during  the 
four-hour  probing  of  her  life  proc- 


esses. She  had  learned  to  accept 
the  periodic  "letting  down  of 
Skana."  when  her  pool  is  drained 
and  scrubbed  and  she  herself  is 
stranded  on  a  foam  rubber  cushion, 
surrounded   by  eager  investigators. 

I  will  never  forget  that  scene  as 
the  water  slowly  drained  away  and 
six  men  in  black  rubber  suits  stood 
on  the  floor  of  the  pool  beside  the 
black-and-white  beast.  By  gently 
tugging  her  tail  or  flipper  now  and 
then  they  persuaded  her  to  settle  on 
the  cushion,  like  a  mother  hen  on 
the  nest.  Once,  in  what  might  have 
been  apprehension,  she  jerked  her 
tail  and  baptised  a  man  by  total  im- 
mersion. Had  she  released  the  full 
power  of  that  tail,  she  would  have 
broken  his  neck. 

On  an  ordinary  day  when  Skana 
is  loafing  in  her  pool,  she  may  be 
visited  by  a  zoologist  intent  on  lis- 
tening to  the  songs  she  sings  under- 
water and  out.  Her  clicks  are  useful 
for  echolocation ;  her  whistles  and 
squeaks  for  communication  with 
the  killer  whales  of  the  open  sea 
who  now  live  only  in  her  memory. 

It  took  more  than  1,600  trials  to 
test  the  sharpness  of  Skana's  vision 
underwater.  Surprisingly,  her  eye- 
sight is  equal  to  that  of  a  cat  in  air. 
She  occasionally  slips  into  periods 
of  deep  sleep  like  that  of  men  and 
other  terrestrial  mammals.  In  scien- 
tific language,  one  expert  has  writ- 
ten that  Skana  gives  off  "low  in- 
tensity aperiodic  vocalizations" 
during  sleep.  (That  is  to  say,  she 
snores.) 

A  spin-off  result  of  holding  killer 
whales  in  captivity  is  new  light  on 
their  husbandry,  or  care.  How  does 
one  wean  a  toothless,  800-pound 
suckling  baby?  In  one  report,  a 
veterinarian  force-fed  a  baby  whale 
three  times  daily,  using  a  formula 
made  up  of  one  gallon  of  fresh 
whipping  cream  mixed  with  human 
baby  food,  some  fish,  warm  water, 
and  vitamins — until  the  animal  be- 
gan eating  independently. 

And  towering  above  the  scientific 
value  of  captive  killer  whales  is  the 
knowledge  that  millions  of  people 
are  now  being  led  to  a  new  ex- 
perience— a  combination  of  enter- 
tainment and  education — that  sure- 
ly leaves  them  with  a  warmer  and 
closer  feeling  for  animals. 

The     distressing     fact     remains, 


76 


Our  wildlife  book  offer 
expires  January  1 , 1 971 

The  wildlife  may  last 
a  little  longer. 


It  may  be  an  exaggeration  to  set  an  ex- 
piration date  on  America's  native  wildlife, 
but  it  is  no  exaggeration  to  say  that  our 
wildlife  is  in  serious  danger.  Once  there 
were  40  million  pronghorns,  60  million 
bison,  and  more  than  five  billion  prairie 
dogs.  When  they  were  numerous,  they 
were  largely  ignored  by  naturalists;  and 
now  that  their  habitats  are  being  pre- 
empted, it  is  becoming  harder  and  harder 
to  study  them  in  the  natural  state.  (David 
F.  Costello  was  involved  in  research  on 
the  social  habits  of  prairie  dogs  when 
rodent  exterminators  arrived  unan- 
nounced and  poisoned  all  his  subjects.) 

LIVING  WORLD  BOOKS  serve  as  an  au- 
thentic, permanent  record  of  this  imper- 
iled natural  world.  They  offer  a  wealth  of 
ecological  information  that  is  vital  to  an 
understanding  of  the  present  plight  of 
our  wildlife  and  to  development  of  plans 
to  preserve  it.  Authors  of  LIVING  WORLD 
BOOKS  spend  months  in  the  wild  for 
each  book  —  photographing  and  observ- 
ing the  animals.  The  books  are  then 
written  with  the  general  reader  in  mind, 
in  layman's  language,  with  a  thorough 
explanation  of  technical  background  in- 
formation. 

To  date,  twenty-one  LIVING  WORLD  ti- 
tles have  been  published,  each  devoted 
to  a  common  North  American  animal. 
Each  is  fully  illustrated  with  photographs, 
and  explains,  in  complete  detail,  the  hab- 
its and  life  cycle  of  the  species.  The  au- 
thors describe  their  research  and  offer 
the  naturalist  —  professional  or  amateur 
—  valuable  advice  on  where  the  animals 
can  best  be  found,  observed,  and  photo- 
graphed. Anyone  interested  in  the  nat- 
ural environment  —  its  appreciation  and 
preservation  —will  find  the  LIVING 
WORLD  BOOKS  indispensable. 

"As  enjoyable  as  they  are  authoritative 
and  informative  ...  an  impressive  con- 
tribution to  the  literature  of  natural  his- 
tory." —John  Kieran 


"The  Living  World  series  ...  is  one  of 
the  really  solid  contributions  to  the  li- 
brary of  anyone  interested  m 
nature." 

—Edwin  Way  Teale 


The 
offer: 

The  list  price  of  LIVING 
WORLD  BOOKS  is  $5.95 
each.  Until  January  1, 
1971,  the  following  dis- 
counts apply: 

With  the  discount 

purchase  of  price 

2-4  books $5.65 

5-9  books 5.35 

10  or  more  books. .   5.05 


Editor, 
JOHNK.TERRES 

7'/2"  X  10"  •  up  to  150 
photographs  •  bibliogra 


LIVJNG  WORLD  BOOKS 
J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT  COMPANY 
East  Washington  Square 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  1910S 

Send  me  the  LIVING  WORLD  BOOKS  which 
I  have  checked  at  the  right.  List  price  S5.95, 
or  discount  price  for  quantity  orders. 

n  Payment  herewith  (save  shipping  charges) 

n  Bill   me  as  delivered   (plus  shipping 
charges) 

Residents  of  Pa..  N.J.,  N.Y.,  N.C..  N.D.,  Ark., 
Cal..  and  Tenn.  please  add  state  and  local 
taxes. 


The  World  o(  the  . . . 

D  AMERICAN  ELK 

D  ANT 

n  BEAVER 

D  BISON 

Q  BLACK  BEAR 

O  BOBCAT 

D  CANADA  GOOSE 

D  COYOTE 

D  FROG  AND  TOAD 

D  GREAT  HORNED  OWL 

D  GRIZZLY  BEAR 

D  OPOSSUM 

n  PORCUPINE 

n  PRAIRIE  DOG 

n  PRONGHORN 

n  RACCOON 

D  RED  FOX 

O  RED-TAILED  HAWK 

O  WHITE-TAILED  DEER 

D  WOLF 

□  WOODCHUCK 


-Zip- 


77 


r 


NEW  wheelbarrow- 
cart  makes  fun 
of  work! 

So  perfectly  balanced  on  TWO  BIG 
WHEELS,  so  easy  to  roll,  you  guide  it 
with  JUST  ONE  HAND  .  .  .  even  with 
300  lb.  loads!  No  backstraini  No 
strugglel  No-  load  fall-out!  ^^^ 

-Send  for  Wv 

FREE  CATALOG  .--»~^ 


Garden  Way  Research 
Dept.  3519 
Charlotte,  Vermont 
05445 


Several 
models  include 
uild  yourself  kits. 


UomfKU! 


20  ALMOST-RARE 
STAMPS 

From  12  LOST  NATIONS! 


We'd  like  to  send  you  a  score  ol  Poslage 
from  nations  overrun  by  invaders  in  it 
and  20th  Century  and  never  freed  ac 
stamps  so  appealing  that  experienced  ; 
ginning  collectors  alike  want  them!  Whe 


(ill   be 


d  be 
thesf 
And   lr( 


our  Approval  Service  we'll  include  110  addi- 
l/ona/  stamps  from  Britain's  Lost  Empire,  (alone 
worth  over  $3  at  catalog  prices!},  plus  an  lllus- 
strated  Album  and  other  unusual  stamps  for 
Free  Examination.  You  can  keep  the  Album  and 
110  British  Empire  Stamps  as  an  Introductory 
Bonus  should  you  buy  SI  worth  from  our  ap- 
proval selection!  Or  return  Album  and  110 
Section  and  buy  nothing.   Can( 


Lost  Nations  Stair 


But  i 


iilher 


,  the  1 


able 


3s  are  yours  to  keep  FREE  — 

as  an  introduction  to  the  World's  Most  Reward- 
ing  Hobby.  Send    10c   for  poslage   today  while 
supplies  last! 
KENMORE  CO.,  Milford  LN-593,  New  Hamp.  03055 


AIAGAZINE-BOOK  TREE 


chairside  li- 
brary'. Holds  over 
100  magazines, 
newspapers,  cat- 
phone  books  — 
wrinkle  free,  or- 
derly —  easy  to 
see,  ready  to  use. 
Top    holds    any 

books    or   paper- 
backs  -   lots  & 
lots.     It's    porta- 
ble, practical  and 
so    pretty.    Idea] 
for  home,  office, 
reception     room. 
White     birch 
turnings.    In 
honey  pine  or 
maple,    antique 
pine  or  walnut  Bnish.  2S"H,  16"\V, 
15"D.    S17.30.   HOME   KIT:    For 
easy  assembly  &  finish.  Simple  in- 
structions.   .Sll.SO   Postpaid.  Add 
~5<t  each  West  of  Mississippi. 
BEAUTIFUL   NEW    FREE  CATALOG  — 1000  PIECES 

Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  In  Friendly  Pine 
include  zip  NO.  YIELD     HOUSE 

Not  Sold  In  stores  Dept.  NIO-0 

Uoney-BacjE  Guarantee  North  Conway,  N.H.  03860 


however,  that  the  pursuit,  capture, 
and  even  killing  of  this  splendid 
species  of  wildlife  is  unregulated  in 
the  United  States.  Killer  whales  be- 
long to  all  of  us,  yet  any  amateur 
with  a  spear,  gun,  or  net  can  now 
legally  chase  them. 

I  recall  one  Sunday  when  a  killer 
whale  created  the  worst  traffic  jam 
in  the  history  of  the  Columbia 
River  Bridge  near  Portland.  A  fe- 
male killer  had  wandered  110  miles 
up  the  river  from  the  ocean.  She 
sported  for  several  days  off  Jantzen 
Beach,  where  thousands  came  to  see 
her  from  the  shore.  One  night,  she 
was  harpooned  and  killed  by  two 
men.  the  Lessard  brothers.  Arrested 
for  taking  a  "fish"  with  illegal 
tackle,  they  were  later  released 
when  the  difference  between  a 
whale  and  a  fish  was  made  clear  to 
the  prosecutor. 

Several  years  ago.  an  editorial  on 
Seattle's  radio  station  KIRO  an- 
nounced that  "the  real  purpose  of 
the  whale-catching  [in  Puget 
Sound]  is  abundantly  clear.  It's  to 
make  music  on  the  cash  register, 
whether  as  entertainment  ...  or  to 
sell  whales  to  other  marine  shows." 
As  I  write  today,  the  price  of  a  live 
killer  whale  is  about  S20.000. 

In  closing  this  narrative  of  the 
gentle  whale  and  what  it  has  done 
for  men,  I  suggest  what  men  can  do 
for  the  whale.  I  endorse  the  enact- 
ment of  a  law  for  the  regulation  of 
killer  whale  hunting  in  Washington 
State.  In  Canada,  one  needs  a  fed- 
eral permit  to  hunt  whales  within 
the  twelve-mile  limit,  and  additional 
regulations  are  being  drafted. 

In  January,  1969,  a  bill  provid- 
ing for  the  management  of  killer 
whales  was  introduced  in  the  Wash- 
ington legislature.  Although  it  was 
shelved  for  study,  I  am  encouraged 
to  believe  that  it  may  pass  in  1971. 
Why  should  the  killer  whale  be 
brought  into  a  wildlife  management 
scheme?  I  suggest  the  following 
reasons: 

The  whale  populations  should  be 
monitored  to  insure  against  over- 
killing. A  hunting  license  would 
bring  revenue  to  support  popu- 
lation research. 

There  have  been  unintended 
cruelties  in  the  hunting  of  whales. 
Shrouded  in  secrecy,  at  least  six 
whales  have  been  killed  by  Seattle 
showmen.  One  disappeared  when  a 
drug    syringe    was    fired    into    its 


back  from  a  helicopter.  But  zoolo- 
gists know  that  you  can't  immobilize 
a  marine  mammal  in  the  water;  it 
will  drown.  Another  whale,  a  five- 
ton  bull,  died  of  infection.  The 
hunters  had  thrust  a  16-inch  har- 
poon into  its  back,  and  to  the  har- 
poon had  tied  a  1,000-foot  line  with 
floats.  Their  intention  had  been  to 
mark  the  largest  male  of  a  family— 
the  group  leader,  or  "pod  bull" — so 
that  they  could  track  the  family  and 
eventually  surround  it  with  nets.  A 
whale  law  would  allow  an  observer 
with  no  financial  interest  in  the  op- 
erations to  be  present  during  the 
chasing  and  handling  of  whales. 

Hunting  should  be  banned  from 
waters  where  many  people  now 
thrill  at  the  sight  of  whales  in  the 
wild  and  free.  At  present  there  are 
more  than  186,000  pleasure  boats 
operating  in  Puget  Sound.  The 
thought  has  often  been  expressed 
that  persistent  hunting  will  drive 
the  whales  away  from  their  usual 
haunts.  I  have  enough  respect  for 
the  intelligence  and  social  instinct 
of  Orcinus  to  believe  that  this  may 
be  so.  A  whale  law  would  establish 
no-hunting  preserves  in  scenic  wa- 
terways and  within  sight  of  urban- 
ized shores. 

Whether  the  whales  of  Washing- 
ton State  should  be  managed  at  the 
state  or  federal  level  is  not  alto- 
gether clear.  Little  is  known  about 
the  movements  of  any  American 
dolphin,  porpoise,  or  small  whale, 
with  the  exception  of  the  Alaskan 
beluga,  or  white  whale.  One  could 
argue  that  by  its  very  nature  a  ma- 
rine mainmal  is  free  to  travel  across 
state  and  national  boundaries  and 
is  thus  a  proper  subject  for  national 
and  international  regulation.  In  ray 
opinion,  however,  it  would  be  more 
practical  to  regard  as  resident  spe- 
cies those  that  are  commonly  seen 
feeding — and  perhaps  even  breed- 
ing— within  state  waters.  Rather 
than  quibble  about  jurisdiction,  we 
should  take  the  first  step:  regulate 
by  license  the  hunting,  holding,  and 
killing  of  killer  whales  in  Washing- 
ton State. 

To  those  who  believe  tliat  noth- 
ing is  worth  doing  unless  we  can 
beat  the  Communists  at  it.  I  offer 
no  encouragement.  The  Russians 
have  already  banned  the  hunting  of 
dolphins  in  the  Black  and  Azov 
seas  for  a  ten-year  period  that 
started  in  1966.  ■ 


78 


o  o  o  o 

sculptures,  toys,  jeivelry 
—all  animal  motifs  and 
all  at  the  Museum  Shop 

A.  BIRD  PIN — from  Ireland.  Red,  blue,  and  green 
enamel  on  base  metal S6.25' 

B.  GIRAFFE — from  Africa.  Handcarved  painted 
tropical  wood.  Approx.  14"  high  $11.00  pr* 

C.  DECORATIVE  HORSE— from  Japan.  Carved 
wood — red  with  black-and-white  markings.  6" 
wide — 8'    high   $7.50* 

D.  PEWTER  SCATTER  PINS— from  Sweden.  The 

owl  and  the  pussy  cat — each  1"  long  $5.25'pr. 

E.  CERAMIC  ELEPHANT  STACKS— from  Mex- 
ico. LIMITED  SUPPLY.  NO  TWO  ALIKE.  Cream- 
colored  neutral  background  with  trim  in  high 
colors.  Approx.  13"  high  including  1"  wooden 
base  $18.00* 

F.  SMOKEY  the  BEAR— made  in  the  U.S.A. 
Smokey  stands  about  14"  high  without  his  yellow 
plastic  hat.  The  delight  of  every  child  $8.50* 

G.  ELEPHANT  PIN— from  Thailand.  White  en- 
amel on  silver.  Approx.  2"  wide  $13.50* 

H.  QUOIT  SET — from  Holland.  The  wooden  gi- 
raffe stands  about  19"  from  his  toes  to  the  tip  of 
his  nose,  and  there  are  6  plastic  hoops  to  toss 
on  his  long  neck  $7.75* 

I.  MIRRORED  ELEPHANT— from  India.  NO  TWO 
ALIKE.  Small  mirrored  disks  and  varicolored  em- 
broidery make  this  a  most  unusual  elephant 
Approx.  8"  high $10.00" 

'Includes  postage  and  handling. 


THE    MUSEUM    SHOP 

THE   AMERICAN    MUSEUM   OF   NATURAL   HISTORY 

CENTRAL    PARK    WEST    AT   79TH.   STREET 

NEW  YORK,   N.Y.  10024 


Members  of  Ihe  Museum  are  enlilled  to  a 

10%  discount. 

Item 

Quantity 

Amt. 

TOTAL 

NY.  residents  please  add  taxes. 


ADDRESS. 
CITY 


79 


THE 
GER 


MAN 


51  WEST  64th  STREET, 
SC  4-7272  SC -1-7408 
SC  4-7158 


ACROSS   FROM   LIXCOLN   CENTER 


^OVJND  THE  WORLD  VOYAGfg 

WORLD  WIDE 

PASSENGER  RESERVATIONS 

SHORT  &  EXTENDED  CRUISES 
Autos  •  Household  &  Personal  Hems  Shipped 
.^CARIBBEAN 

''■'\  FULL  CRUISES  •  Air/Sea  Combinations 
\Veel<!y  and  monthly  sailings  •  5  to  55  Days 

f  EUROPE  &  MEDITERRANEAN 
Weekly  and  monthly  sailings  on  well 
■  -  appointed  freighters  •  England  9  days 
S220  up  •  Belgium  9  days  S220  up  •  Holland 
10  days  S260  up  •  Germany  10  days  S228  up 
Spain  S240  up  •  Italy  S240  up 

f^  AUSTRALIA  •  A  new  service  to  "Down- 
C  under",  direct  to  Sydney  on  modern 
\J  air/con.  vessels.  S595  up 

/^,?ffl',  AFRICA  .  Mombasa  S815  up  •  Tangier 
",^-'  S180  up  •   Capetown  S625  up 
i-' Freetown  S350  up 

;J£^R0UND  THE  WORLD  •  Visit  and  explore 
,A*^exotic  ports  on  modern  Air/Con,  Ves- 
V*'^'sels  •  Well  appointed  Lounges  •  Outside 
cabins  with  private  facilities  •  from  NEW 
YORK,  FLORIDA,  NEW  ORLEANS  and  LOS 
ANGELES. 

Freighter  Travel  Service,  Ltd. 
(212)  TR  9-2929 

201  East  771h  St.,  New  York,  N.Y.  10021 


BOOK 
STAND 


lecture  stand. 
Adjusts  to  3 
positions  ( 40" 
to  42"H)  to 
suit  vour  pur- 
poses.  Of 
pine,  with 
beautifully 
turned  birch 
leRs,  finished 
in       antique 

nut,  honey 
tone  or  maple. 
Folds  com- 
pactly   for 


W 


•ith      1" 


lip.      S26.93 
HOUR    KIT:I 
No      special 
skills  or  tools 
needed. 
S16.93.  Shp. 

l?c^ude  Z°p  Code  ITELD    HOUSE 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  Dept.  NlO-0 

Money  Back  Guarantee   No.  Conwaj-,  X.H.  03860 


Adjusts- 
Folds  for 
Storage! 


Wit,  Wisdom,  &  Woe 

Continued  from  page  24 


it" — in  other  -svords — you  can  fight 
City  Hall. 

Nejv  York,  Neiv  York 

I  now  refuse  to  cooperate  with 
police,  serve  on  juries,  show  respect 
for  public  officials,  and  pay  local  or 
state  taxes  on  which  I  can  cheat.  I 
trust  nobody  connected  with  the 
law:  judges,  lawyers,  etc.  All  be- 
cause I  was  kidnaped  by  the  local 
Gestapo  for  protesting  noise  pollu- 
tion to  the  very  public  officials 
creating  the  din.  I  was  put  in  jeop- 
ardy: subjected  to  slander,  vilifica- 
tion, obscenity,  and  intimidation  by 
court  ofiicers:  sold  into  frame-ups 
by  shysters  I  hired  to  represent  me : 
subjected  to  prejudice  by  courts: 
and  once  beaten  by  a  cop.  I  have 
asked  for  justice  everywhere,  but  it 
seems,  you  can't  fight  City  Hall. 
Mostly,  I  have  no  competent  lawyer 
and  can't  find  one. 

Bridgeport,  Connecticut 

I  tried  in  1936  to  get  a  good 
sewer  system  but  was  defeated  by 
two  votes.  Now  it  has  been  done,  so 
in  the  end  we  win,  I  believe.  Now. 
•34  years  later,  it  is  passed.  Hurray! 
Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania 

Though  I  am  blind,  association 
with  ecology  groups  has  given  me 
greater  incentive  to  go  on,  and  as- 
sociation with  the  people  in  them 
has  given  me  new  values. 

Bell,  California 

There  has  been  considerable  re- 
duction in  what  is  considered  "nor- 
mal" social  activity.  I  find  the  ani- 
mals much  more  interesting  than 
most  people. 

Laurel,  Maryland 

I  shout  at  slobs  that  I  catch  litter- 
ing and  polluting.  (I'd  shoot  them 
if  it  were  legal.) 

Santa  Monica,  California 

I  no  longer  use  any  colored  pa- 
per and  I  waste  a  lot  less  and  think 
a  lot  more  when  I  do.  I  lecture  all 
the  time.  I  keep  dreaming  of  bomb- 
ing Con  Ed. 

Bloom  field  Hills,  Michigan 

My  profession  is  law.  I  have  cho- 
sen to  exclude  myself  from  profes- 
sional employment  involving  causes 


which  are  antithetical  to   the  goals 
of  the  movement. 

Los  Angeles,  California 

I  boycott  products  that  are  high 
waste  producers.  We've  given  up 
hunting  and  fishing. 

Longvieiv,  Washington 

After  obtaining  a  B.S.  in  engi- 
neering, I  have  abandoned  my  in- 
tention of  seeking  my  M.S.  in  ther- 
modynamics. I  have  decided  on  an 
extra  year  of  undergraduate  work  in 
biology  and  graduate  work  in 
ecology  and/or  environmental  engi- 
neering. 

Los  Angeles,  California 

I'm  starving  because  I  left  a  goodjj 
job  to  return  to  college  and  get  a 
degree  in  environmental  health.  I 
quit  using  DDT  and  other  sprays 
except  the  unstable  kinds.  Quit 
smoking  and  burning  trash  outside. 
Quit  hunting. 

Kingsport,  Tennessee 

I  am  an  immigrant  and  a  success- 
ful artist.   But  at  the   age  of  37  I  j 
enrolled   at   Hunter   College   School-.- 
of  General  Studies  to  study  biology": 
and  psychology.  I  intend  to  become 
a    biopsychologist    and    spend    the 
second  half  of  my  life  working  onjy 
environmental  and  behavioral  prob- 
lems. I  have  no  children  ( I  am  ster- 
ilized)    and    plan    to    move    out    of 
New  \oTk  City  to  a  more  natural 
environment  (Midwest?).  We  have 
no    car,     don't    buy    "no    return' 
items,  and  have  convinced  my  laun- 
dry    service     not     to     use     plastic 
wrapping.  I  never  buy  fur  coats.  1 
keep  plants  for  pets.  And  it  seems 
that    many    friends    of    mine    are 
following  the  example. 

Neiv  York,  New  Yorl 

I  resigned  from  a  S12.000  posi- 
tion as  a  research  chemist  engineei 
to  work  for  next  to  nothing  in  the 
movement. 

Neiv  Orleans,  Louisiana 

Upon  retirement  within  a  few 
months,  I  plan  on  spending  all  oii 
near  full  time  with  or  without  payj 
on  antipollution  work,  believing' 
that  pollution  can  best  be  elimi- 
nated at  its  source. 

Livermore,  Californic 


8o 


i 


HAPPY    HOLIDAYS 

Hummingbird  Style 

Oi-iKinal  "Hummy-Bird  Bars"®  lure  the  funny, 
aashv  Zin-and-Sip  set  all  season  long.  Watch 
these  rascals  feed  family-style  thru  clear 
plastic  cups,  from  that  warm  real-%vood  perch 
Hummers    love    (actual    photo).    Give    yourself 

ijnd  friends  this  heartwarming  Holiday  Gift! 
No  other  birds  or  bees,  no  rust  or  drip,  easy  to 
■lean  Guaranteed.  Full  instructions.  §2.95  plus 
Mil'  handling.  In  Cal.  add  16^  ta.x.  Sorry  no 
COD'.s  HUMMINGBIRD  HEAVEN,  6818-N 
Apiierson    St.,    Tujunga.    CA    91042.    Our    15th 

(Year!  MADE  IN  U.S.A. 


CORNER 

LIBRARY 

DESK 


Our   newest — tlie  epit 

fulness, 

and    real    old    time    value!    A    delightful 

writing  or  study  corner — spacious  drawer 
»  hold  stationery,  desk  tools.  The  colonial  style  is 
r  anywhere — fits  flush  to  wall,  even  with  baseboard, 
pine  in  honey  tone  or  maple,  antique  pine  or  wal- 
nish.  24'4"D  34%"H  3SV2'^V.  $49.95.  E.iSY  KIT: 
iV  instructions  included — ready  to  ass 
.,  Shn.  Chgs.  Col. 
DUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG-1000  PIECES 
finished   and   K 


nble  &  finish. 


[iicliide  Zip  Code 


in    Friendly    Pine 

YIELD  HOUSE 


ANKH  PENDANT! 

BEAUTIFULLY  CONTEMPORARY 
his  hand  crafted  represenfo-   ; 
n    of    the    Ancient    Egyptian 
Key  of  Life"  in  solid  sterling 
silver.  The  Ankh  -  from   the 
hieroglyph    meaning    "life" 
—is  the  oldest  known  amu- 
let   symbol,    and    the    only    , 
yiogon    talisman    to    survive 
n  doily  use  after  the  Egyp- 
ons  converted  to   Christian- 
ty.  Comes  in  stunning  new 
designer's   jewelry   cose 
nd   presentation  gift 
x.  3"  long  Ankh  — 

With  18"  chain $25.00 

With  24"  chain  $27.00 

in  14K  Gold  w.  18"  chain    $75. 

Jtttanding  reproductiont  of 


:  aniiquillgi. 

Lac^dfn  boase,Ltd. 

ept.   N-8FJ  •   648  Ninth  Avenue 
New  York,  N.Y.  10036 


tfix 


GEODES! 

Lovely  natural  crystal-filled  hemispheres  from 
world-wide  sources.  Mo  written  description  or  pho- 
tograph really  does  them  justice,  so  we  offer  un- 
conditional money-back  guarantee.  $2.00  brings 
you  a  sample  or  $5.00  brings  you  a  glittering 
assortment  and  subscription  to  our  periodic  rare/ 
collector's  list.  Barry  &  Shirley  Rothman,  RO  #2, 
Hill  House,  Downingtown,  Pa.   19335. 


Our  own  plan  is  to  develop  a 
small  area  of  watershed  land  (15 
acres)  into  a  game  protection  area 
within  a  heavy  farming  community, 
by  reforesting  and  planning  food 
and  shelter  areas.  We  hope  we  can 
donate  this  area — to  be  retained  in 
this  state — to  an  agency  which  will 
insure  its  safety  as  such. 

Liulestoivn,  Pennsylvania 

For  39  years  I  have  lived  in  a 
forest  that  in  late  years  has  become 
a  real  estate  development  dream.  I 
have  resisted  successfully.  If  I  don't 
die  soon  I  will  have  trouble  with 
taxes. 

Houston,  Texas 

I  own  and  protect  a  3.000-acre 
mountain  cove  (with  farm  in  bot- 
tomlands) against  hunters  and  de- 
spoilers — and  the  usual  careless 
damned  fools. 

Mill  Spring,  North  Carolina 

After  careful  evaluation  of  the  to- 
tal situation  and  the  complete  frus- 
tration involved  with  attempting  to 
change  individual  man — let  alone 
society — I  slowly  became  a  so- 
called  hippie.  Last  October  I  closed 
my  professional  office,  moved  to  a 
reasonable  degree  of  country,  and 
became  a  student  of  life. 

As  I  watch  this  society  destroy  it- 
self, minority  groups  within  it, 
other  countries  and  their  people, 
and  the  environment  of  the  entire 
world,  I  feel  the  total  frustration  of 
attempting  to  effect  a  meaningful 
change  by  nonviolent  means — the 
only  meaningful  answer  seems  to  be 
to  stop  supporting  the  system.  This 
is  why  I  stopped  working,  paying 
taxes,  and  buying  things  I  do  not 
absolutely  need.  I  also  use  feet  or  a 
bicycle  instead  of  a  car. 

Point  Reyes  Station,  California 

I  have  chosen  a  life  style  of  sub- 
sistence farming,  without  use  of 
electricity,  automobiles,  phones,  etc., 
— communal,  in  Maine. 

Richmond,  Indiana 

I  live  communally  in  an  ecologi- 
cally concerned  community  (Syiia- 
non).  I  try  to  minimize  use  of  un- 
ecological  products  such  as  plastics, 
coated  papers,  detergents,  etc.  I 
have  stopped  polluting  my  own 
body  with  caffeine  and  chemicals  as 


ANCIENT  OIL  L.\MPS 

over  1300  years  old 

From  ancient  Palestine,  these  terracotta  lamps  were 
used  by  early  Christians  &  Jews.  With  varied  de- 
signs, they  make  unique  archaeological  display 
pieces  for  home  and  office.  A  superb  all-occasion 
gift.  Mounted  on  walnut  base  with  parchment  cer- 
tificate  of   authenticity    S10.95    ppd. 

lamps  with  Cross  motif   S23.95    ppd. 


FREE  Gift  Catalog! 


ALADDIN  HOUSE,  LTD. 

N-IOH    •     648   NINTH  AVE.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10036 

HOWARD  E.  EVANS  and 
MARY  JAN  EWESTEBERHARD 

The  Wasps 

Written  by  two  experts  in  the 
ficltl,  this  book— tine  latest  volume 
in  the  Ann  Arbor  Science 
Library— provides  a  fascinating 
introduction  to  these  extraordinary 
denizens  of  the  insect  world.  S7.95 
paperboiind      S3. 45 


Twie  Universky 
of  Michigan 

PreSS/ANN  ARBOR 


FREE  POSTER! 

pp^n 

Survival  In  The  Seveaties 
Depends  Upon  Your 
^Being  iMTCrmfiJ! 


Display  it  now 

courtesy  of  BALLANTINE  BOOKS, 

publisher  of  these  key  titles 

on  environmental  survival: 

THE  POPULATION  BOMB 

by  Dr.  Paul  R.  Ehrlich  (95« 

Moment  in  the  Sun  by  Robert  Rienow  and 
Leona  Rienow  (950  •  The  Frail  Ocean  by 
Wesley  Marx  OSt)  •  The  Environmental 
Handbook  by  Garrett  De  Bell  (95C)  •  S/S/T 
and  Sonic  Boom  Handbook  by  William  A. 
Shurcliff  (950  •  Perils  of  the  Peaceful 
Atom  by  Richard  Curtis  and  Elizabeth 
Hogan  ($1.25)  •  Defoliation  by  Thomas 
Whiteside  (95« 

Just  Published: 

The  Users'  Guide  to  the  Protection  of  the 
Environment  by  Paul  Swatek  ($1.25)  •  The 
Alien  Animals  by  George  Laycock  '950  • 
The  Environmental  Lav<  Handbook  by  Nor- 
man J.  Landau  and  Paul  D.  Rheingold 
($1.25)  •  A  Sand  County  Almanac  by  Aldo 
Leopold  (95C)  •  Killer  Smog  by  William 
Wise  ($1.25) 

Mail  Coupon  Today  for  FREE  Poster! 


BALLANTINE   BOOKS,   INC.  N 

101  Fifth  Ave.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10003 
Please  rush  FREE  "Survival"  poster  to: 


Address- 
City 


J^^Situd^ 


cf^OnjarJ^ayyany 


This  is  a  complete  recording  of  Edward 
Fitzgerald's  5th  version,  and  is  the  cu- 
mulative effort  of  three  men  of  genius. 
It  is  followed  by  a  few  comments  and 
comparisons,  and  also  Pedro  Calde- 
ron  de  la  Barca's  The  Dream  Called 
Life  and  Life  is  a  Dream, 
lastly,  beginning  with  Hamlet's  solilo- 
guy,  there  is  some  of  the  best  that  is 
to   be  found    in   Shakespeare. 


A  purchaser  writes:  "The  record  is  be- 
ing  played  over  and  over,  it  is  my 
treasure." 

And    from    Canada,    this    judgment    and 

request;    "Because   the    record    is  such   a 

beauty,  send   me   another  one   .    .    ." 

A  super/ative  delivery  of 

superlative  poetry  by  Louis  ZouL 

$6.50 

Plus  Applicable  Sales  Tax 

Con/y  for  N.Y.  Sfofe  residents; 

Available   Only   By  Mail 


PUBLIC  OPINION 

Box  N-4044  Long  Island  City.  Long  Island 
New  York     11104 


40  MILUON  YEAR  OLD  FOSSIL  FISH 

(KNIGHTIA  SP.)     $20.00 


500  MILLION  YEAR  OLD  TRILOBITE 

(ELRATHIA   KINGI)     $3.25 

DOVER  SCIENTIFIC 

Box  6011  C 

Long  Island  City,  N.Y.  11106 

Send  25c  for  Illustrated  Catalog  of  Shells, 
Minerals,  Fossils,  Indian  Artifacts  &  Books 


HOME   OFFICE 

WIUS. 

CABINETS 

FINISHED  OR  IN  KIT 

Now  the  austere  file 
becomes   fine  furni- 
ture for  liome  or  of- 
fice.   Tliree    drawer 
units  combine  to  bold 
your     records     (tile 
legal  size  side- 
elide     smoothly 
on  steel  rollers. 
or   knotty   pine 
in    honey    tone 

tlQue  pine  or 
walnut  finish. 
38"  H.  19"  D. 
15i,4"\V.    $49.95 


$34.95    ...    ca. 

ShPB.  <"hcs. 

Col.        (Special 


BEAUTIFUL      NEW       F 
CATALOG— 1000         PIECES 
Include  Zip   No. 
Money-Back    Guarantee 


YIELD    HOUSE 

Dept.   NIO-0,   North  Conway.   N.H.  03860 


a  personal  demonstration. 

Santa  Monica,  California 

My  conservation  practices  have 
intensified.  However,  most  signifi- 
cant changes  in  my  life  style  are  at- 
tributable to  my  life  as  a  nudist  (10 
years) . 

Greenville,  North  Carolina 

Studying  and  learning  the  param- 
eters of  the  environmental  prob- 
lem begins  to  consume  most  of  my 
leisure  time;  I  have  cast  off  my 
GNP-oriented  consumer  attitudes; 
socially  I  seem  to  be  suffering  the 
results  of  a  kind  of  xenophobia — in 
my  own  country! 

Neiv  York,  New  York 

I  now  bring  up  the  problems  of 
pollution,  etc..  to  all  clients  for 
whom  it  is  relevant  (I  am  in  the 
advertising  business).  I  urge  them 
not  to  treat  it  as  a  public  relations 
problem  but  to  do  something  about 
it. 

Englewood,  New  Jersey 

We  now  try  to  buy  only  return- 
able bottles  and  detergents  that 
break  down  in  water.  My  wife  has 
decided  not  to  purchase  a  fur  coat, 
which  prior  to  this  was  one  of  her 
main  objects  to  acquire. 

Monticello,  Neiv  York 

I    now    question    the    motives    of 

conservation  writers  and  adherents. 

Menlo  Park,  California 

I  will  not  buy  anything  made  of 
sealskin,  alligator,  or  from  the  fur 
of  wild  animals.  I  try  to  buy  soaps, 
which  add  the  least  pollution.  I  am 
most  conscious  about  littering,  and 
have  fought  the  use  of  DDT  since  I 
had  DDT  poisoning  some  years 
ago. 

Neiv  York,  New  York 

I  have  completely  given  up  using 
detergents,  even  for  dishwashing. 
Save  water;  save  electricity.  For  the 
past  4  years  I  have  kept  local  mos- 
quito control  sprayers  with  their 
damned  DDT  off  my  6-acre  place. 

Leonardtown,  Maryland 

The  ecology  movement  has  af- 
fected me  to  the  extent  that  where 
before  I  would  think  nothing  of  lit- 
tering, I  now  never  litter,  and  pick 
up  litter  I  see  on  the  street.  I  also 


speak  with  people  who  wear 
ecology  buttons  and  still  litter — the 
damn  hypocrites ! 

West  Hurley,  New  York 


Ecoconversions 

In  the  last  few  years  I  have  had  a 
gradual  broadening  of  my  outlook. 
I  have  changed  from  "leave  well 
enough  alone"  to  "let's  get  the  facts 
and  see  what  we  can  do." 

Bronx,  New  York 

My  life  has  been  changing  in  thq 
last  year  and  conservation  and 
ecology  are  affected,  but  I  have 
been  close  to  nature  all  my  life.  I 
have  become  a  vegetarian  and  prac- 
tice yoga;  I  have  found  more  inner 
peace  and  awareness  of  God. 

Spruce  Pine,  North  Carolina 

I  am  much  more  aware  and  con 
cerned  for  my  environment.  I  was 
once  shy,  but  am  now  constantly 
talking  to  people  young  and  ok 
about  our  problems.  For  once,  I  be 
came  involved  in  something  I  believi 
in! 

Westhrooh,  Connection 

It  changed  me  from  an  overly  po 
lite,  mild-mannered,  non-joining  ir 
trovert,  to  a  brash,  aggressive 
"nothing  is  too  big  to  tackle"  ej 
trovert.  It  also  made  me  realize  tha 
good  government  is  up  to  me. 

New  York,  New  Yor 

I  was  a  happy  bird  watcher.  Noi 
I  am  an  unhappy  conservationist, 
am  interested  in  very  little  excel 
nature,  conservation  of  what  wi 
derness  is  left,  preservation  of  wik 
life,  and  a  clean  and  healthy  env 
ronment.  I  write  hundreds  of  letter; 
Beaumont,  Texi 

Involvement    has    been    minima 
but  for  the  first  time  in  my  life 
have  written  letters  to   governmei 
officials,    namely    Secretary    Hick 
about  the  Everglades.   I  have  wri 
ten  for  a  list  of  detergents  low 
phosphates,   and   am  determined 
use  as  little  of  such  detergents 
possible.  I  have  shortened  my  skir 
so  as  not  to  be  mistaken  for  one 
the  dismal,  silent  majority.  My  ( 
forts  have  been  small  and  person; 
Polk,  Pennsylvan 


I  have  gone  from  the  typical  gray 
flannel  suit  city-type  to  an  informal, 
longer  hair  "outdoor"  type. 

Neiv  York,  New  York 

Awareness  combined  with  anger 
has  caused  me  to  involve  myself 
through  letter  writing  and  phone 
calls  to  industrial  polluters — we  are 
not  group  joiners,  but  the  crisis 
may  force  us  to  be. 

Allston,  Massachusetts 


The  Automobile 

I  am  doing  without  as  many 
man-made  products  as  possible.  I 
do  not  own  a  car  and  am  violently 
opposed  to  the  automobile  and  all  it 
has  done  to  our  society  and  our 
morality  as  a  people. 

W ashington,  D.  C. 

We  are  bad  for  the  economy — 
with  relish.  I  drive  a  seven-year-old, 
perfectly  tuned,  four-cylinder  car 
(31  miles/gallon). 

Berkeley,  California 

I  now  ride  a  bike  to  school.  I 
haven't  been  in  a  car  since  April  3 
(59  days). 

New  York,  Neiv  York 

I  am  anxiously  waiting  for  the 
practical  electric  car.  one  that  can 
go  more  than  50  miles  before  being 
'plugged  in." 

Moosiip,  Connecticut 

Every  day  I  wish  for  the  down- 
fall'of  the  combustion  engine. 

Woodland  Hills,  Calijornia 


Economic  System 

I  eat  mainly  organic  foods,  avoid 
driving,  buy  only  secondhand 
clothes  and  furniture,  and  generally 
try  to  avoid  supporting  the  U.S. 
economic  system. 

East  Harlland,  Connecticut 

Involvement  in  ecology  is  an  in- 
volvement in  life  and  the  will  to 
live  without  the  threat  of  imminent 
destruction.  Involvement  in  ecology 
is  involvement  in  messy  politics  and 
a  need  for  revolutionary  changes  in 
U.S.  economic  and  social  life. 

Pacific  Palisades,  California 


The  vast  majority  of  Americans 
believe  very  much  in  our  present 
private  enterprise  system  which  has 
given  us  the  greatest  good  for  the 
greatest  number  of  people  in  his- 
tory. I  feel  that  any  publication 
which  draws  erroneous  associations 
regarding  our  system  will  even- 
tually harm  itself. 

Los  Angeles,  California 

I  now  prefer  to  be  in  the  moun- 
tains rather  than  the  cities;  I  no 
longer  believe  in  progress  and  the 
American  Dream. 

Chicago,  Illinois 

To  us,  it  is  not  a  matter  of  this 
economic  system  being  good  and 
that  one  being  bad.  but  rather  that 
man  makes  an  economic  system  ei- 
ther good  or  bad  in  his  application 
of  it. 

Sal  ford,  Pennsylvania 

We  are  totally  pessimistic  for  the 
long  range.  This  society  is  one  of 
greed  and  selfishness,  and  by  the 
time  it  hits  the  pocketbooks  of  the 
greedmongers  it  will  be  too  late. 

Canton,  Missouri 

I  am  in  my  sixties  and  perhaps 
overly  pessimistic.  I  do  not  think 
man  is  going  to  make  it. 

The  Third  World  and  socialist 
countries  feel  that  antipollution  de- 
vices are  too  expensive  and  will  im- 
pede  their   construction    programs. 

The  capitalist  countries  put  im- 
mediate gain  above  ultimate  good.  I 
receive  all  sorts  of  business  trade 
journals.  They  agree  that  some  an- 
tipollution devices  will  become 
mandatory,  but  advise  "play  it  cool. 
Jack."  just  do  the  bare  mininum  to 
get  by. 

Let's  not  laugh  at  the  dinosaur. 
He  lasted,  was  it  one  hundred  or 
two  hundred  million  years?  We 
have  been  here — two  million?  If 
man  survives  for  two  more  cen- 
turies it  will  be  unforeseen  by  me. 
Los  Angeles,  California 

The  great  drawback  in  all  anti- 
pollution is  that  it  costs  money  to 
avoid  pollution — and  people  aren't 
willing  to  pay  more  for  a  product 
that  is  made  without  pollution  than 
they  would  for  the  same  product 
made  cheaper  by  easy  disposal  of 
the  pollutant. 

Glens  Falls,  New  York 


Find  out  more 
about  the  birds 
and  the  bees 

For  a  revealing  closeup  view  of  any- 
thing in  nature,  there's  nothing  like 
a  pair  of  Nikon  prism  binoculars. 

Designed  by  the  makers  of  the 
famous  Nikon  camera,  they  provide 
exceptionally  bright,  clear,  crisp 
vision  over  the  entire  wide  field  of 
view,  through  morning  mist  and 
evening  dusk.  Their  superb  Nikon 
optics  are  so  precisely  aligned  and 
collimated  you  can  view  for  hours 
without  eyestrain.  Compare  them 
with  any  lesser  binoculars,  and  you 
will  see  the  difference  Nikon  quality 
makes. 

Among  the  many  types  of  Nikon 
binoculars,  the  8x30  and  9x35  are 
particularly  suited  for  bird  watching 
and  nature  study.  Both  feature  light- 
weight, moisture-resistant  construc- 
tion and  are  backed  by  a  25-year 
guarantee.  At  better  optical  and 
camera  stores  and  departments,  or 
write:  Nikon  Inc.,  Garden  City  N.Y. 
11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich 
Photo-Optical  Industries.  Inc.  R33 
(In  Canada;  Anglophoto  Ltd ,  PQ.) 


Nikon  M 
Prism  "*     "^ 
Binoculars  ^ 


S-! 


A  realistic  picture  of  the  ecology 
of  five  famous  southern  swamps 
—  Okefenokee  National  Wildlife 
Refuge  in  Georgia,  Everglades 
National  Park  in  Florida,  Corkscrew 
Swamps  on  the  west  coast  of 
Florida,  Big  Cypress  Swamp  in 
Florida,  and  Reelfoot  Lake  in 
Tennessee  — is  combined  with  a 
fascinating  picture  of  what  they 
look  like.  Their  exact  location  and 
directions  for  getting  there,  how 
to  travel  in  them,  what  is  to  be 
seen,  and  what  their  wildlife  popu- 
lations consist  of,  are  all  described 
here  from  first-hand  experience. 
Bibliography.  Index.  $4.95 

DAVID  McKAY  COMPANY,  INC. 

New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


-^> 


? 


Share  the  Ttirilis 
of  Exploring 
Outer  space  • 

AM  DYNASCOPES,  including  this 
superb  RV-6,  G-inch  availabie 
on  easy  terms! 
Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs. who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 
Choose  from  a  Full  Range  Of 
DYNASCOPES®  4  "  Starting  at  $49.95 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  —  the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories. Prices  begin  as  low  as  $49.95,  and 
your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed  by  a  full- 
refund  warranty. 

FASCINATING   GUIDE 
YOURS   FREE! 

Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 

Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
331  Cnurcn  St.,  Harttoro.  Conn.  061or 
®  TM  Re£istered  U.S.  Pat  Office 

CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Dept.  NH-10,  331  Churcli  St.,  Hartford,  Conn.  06101 
Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 


Address- 
Cltl 


The  problem  of  pollution  will  be 
solved  by  those  agencies  and  indi- 
viduals who  are  able  to  do  things 
differently  than  they  presently  are 
and  by  individuals  who  are  willing 
to  pay  the  cost  of  more  expensive 
services  and  higher  taxes.  Some  of 
the  worst  polluters  are  municipal- 
ities, and  the  importance  of  the  lat- 
ter should  not  be  overlooked. 

Scott,  Mississippi 


Population  Problem 

I    believe    that    all    our    present 

problems  are  directly   or  indirectly 

based  on   the  population   problem! 

Neiv  York,  New  York 

I  won't  have  more  than   2  kids 

(watch  me  have  triplets).  I  kind  of 

think  now  that  it's  morally  wrong. 

New  Haven,  Connecticut 

Even  though  I  am  a  working 
mother  we  have  eliminated  the  use 
of  paper  napkins,  plates,  cups,  tow- 
els, tissues.  As  a  Catholic  family  we 
have  had  a  rift  with  the  church 
over  birth  control.  I  quit  a  job 
working  for  an  oil  company. 

San  Diego,  California 

A  serious  study  of  the  population 
crisis  led  my  wife  and  me  to  resolve 
to  have  only  2  children  even  though 
I  never  got  the  girl  that  I  wanted. 

San  Diego,  California 

My  concern  with  overpopulation 
has  hardened  my  attitude  toward 
death,  causing  me  to  lose  interest  in 
life-saving  medical  research.  I  also 
feel  there  is  no  cure  for  human  mis- 
ery and  inequity  as  long  as  over- 
population exists. 

Danbury,  Connecticut 

I  am  choosing  sterilization  over 
any  other  form  of  birth  control.  I 
have  undertaken  conservative  gar- 
dening practices.  An  increased 
awareness  of  conservation  in  all 
daily  tasks — aimed  at  lessening  all 
kinds  of  pollution.  I  bought  GM 
stock  to  give  proxy  to  Nader.  I  am 
considering  giving  up  my  automo- 
bile. 

Binghamton,  Neiv  York 


I  drive  a  4-cylinder  auto.  I  had  a 
vasectomy  to  prevent  having  more 
children.  I  purchase  as  much  food 
and  beverages  as  possible  in  return- 
able packaging.  I  have  a  tendency  to 
talk  too  much. 

Osceola,  Missouri 


I  will  not  have  children  primarily 
because  population  is  the  direct 
cause  of  environmental  pollution. 

Anaheim,  California 


Beautiful  People 

I  am  less  concerned  with  material 
things.  I  have  feelings  of  ex- 
hilaration at  times  because  so  many 
good,  beautiful  people  are  backing 
the  movement. 

Bonners  Ferry,  Idaho^ 


Can't  we  think,  plan,  discuss,  or 
act  without  letting  our  hair  grow 
and  carrying  a  placard? 

Studio  City,  California 

Our  duty  is  to  the  earth  first,  but 
to  get  there  we  must  free  ourselves 
from  the  oppressors!  Since  time  is 
short,  moderate  and  compromising 
measures  do  not  change  situations. 
Seize  the  Time.  Off  the  Slime,  Free 
Huey,  The  Panthers,  Puerto  Rico. 
Free  Amerikkka.  Liberation  of  all 
Third  World  People.  Give  the  Earth 
back  to  Nature!!!  Free  the  Anglo- 
Saxon  from  his  binding  puritan- 
ical beliefs.  Learn  to  breathe, 
dance  and  sing. 

New  York,  Neiv  York 

I  am  not  in  any  trouble-making 
movement  and  as  a  taxpayer  I  am 
tired  of  anarchy  in  this  country. 
Nought  is  to  be  gained  by  it.  If 
presidents  following  Lincoln  had: 
sent  all  Negroes  back  to  Africa  asl 
Lincoln  intended,  such  rackets 
wouldn't  exist  today.  Don't  messj 
with  strife — I  served  my  country 
loyally  and  am  enjoying  my  retire-j 
ment  writing  a  historical  novel. 

Los  Angeles,  California 

I  do  not  join     organizations   on 
follow   leaders — I   lean   toward   an- 
archy (classical).  "  ; 
Chicago.  Illinois] 


'  own  and  work  in  our  own  store 
1  talk  to  the  public  if  the  occa- 
n    presents    itself.    I    do    not    ap- 

iwe  of  radical  groups.  Each  per- 

1  can  influence  another  to  think 

ecology   if  he   will   not  use   the 

'rible  radical  methods.  The  radi- 

:  s  are  the  filthy  pollutors.  Also,  I 
ieve,  Communists. 

Harrisbiirg.  Illinois 

Concern  with  population/poUu- 
n/environment  tends  to  make  one 
•evolutionary.  I  now  devote  more 
le.  more  thought,  more  money  to 
;se  organizations  than  I  did  a 
ir  ago. 

La  Grange,  Illinois 

On  the  basis  of  considerable  ex- 
rience  (as  a  university  professor) 
th  activist  students  I  caution  that 
jlogy  as  such  does  not  really  in- 
est  the  revolutionary  but  is  being 
sd  as  a  convenient  cause.  The 
lalogy  movement  can  unite  the 
untry;  to  associate  it  with  politi- 
1  revolution  would  be  disastrous. 
Collinsville,  Oklahoma 

Mine  is  a  life  style  of  change.  I 
1  a  traveler.  A  yoga  student.  A 
liotographer.  A  bum  fl  don't  work 
l|r  pay.  but  for  life).  A  writer.  A 
1  alt-  student.  A  farmer.  A  lover  of 
(■  I  where  nature  is.  so  I  am  also). 
I  llicse  are  part  of  loving  life  and 
ituri-. 

No  address 


ARCHEOLOGY  TOUR 


j  Getting  Away 

'  Have  substituted  a  bicycle  for  a 

ir.  Am  moving  to  New  Guinea  in 

ictober. 

I  Downey,  California 

I  We    prepare    much    more    fresh 

i>od  rather  than  buy  tins,  reuse  all 

Jastic;   have  decided  that  so   little 

|in   be  done   in   the   United   States 

iiat  we  are  emigrating  to  New  Zea- 

..nd. 

I  Berkeley,  California 

!  I  am  doing  without  many  con- 
snient  items.  Decided  to  have  only 
children.  Use  one  small  car.  Also 
ave  up  in  despair  and  am  moving 
)  Australia. 

Jacksonville,  Florida 


TO  MESOAMERICA 

Conducted  by  The  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History 

23  DAYS-FEBRUARY  27 
TO  MARCH  21,   1971 

An  unusual  study  tour  to  see  the 
past  splendors  of  the  great  Maya 
civilization.  Journeys  into  the 
Peten  Jungle,  the  arid  Yucatan 
peninsula,  and  the  fertile  coun- 
tryside and  wilderness  region  of 
Honduras.  The  famed  sites  of 
Copan,  Tikal,  Palenque,  Uxmal, 
Chichen  Itza,  and  many  other 
noted  areas  will  be  visited. 

Other  American  Museum 
Field  Study  Tours: 
WEEKEND   FIELD  TRIP  FOR 
BIRD  ENTHUSIASTS 
WEEKEND  FIELD  TRIP 
IN  GEOLOGY 


For  further  inlor, 
or  write: 


lation  call 


DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION 

The  American  Museum  of 

Natural  History 

Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street 

New  York,  N.Y.  10024 

Tel.  TR  3-1300,  Ext.  462 


ABOVE  IT  ALL ! 


An  aerial  study 
of  the  Anatomy  of  Africa 


A  SKYPARI  in  our  twin-engine  specially  fitted  Cessna's  and 
Pipers  offer  a  luxurious  and  unparalleled  opportunity  to 
observe  the  vastness  and  grandeur  that  is  AFRICA— the  land, 
the  people,  their  culture  and  the  fantastic  Big  Game.  All 
weave  themselves  into  a  brilliant  tapestry  which  will  hang 
forever  on  the  walls  of  the  mind. 

Ngorongoro  Crater,  Samburu,  Murchison  Falls,  Serengeti 
Plains  and  Fort  Lamu  are  just  part  of  the  excitement  await- 
ing those  who  take  our  SKYFARI.  Limited  Membership  22 
Days  from  New  York.  All  inclusive  arrangements  from  New 
York  $1625.00  per  person.  . 

^     *  plus  air  fare  f-^^^^^^^  (^ 

■.TTTTXT  .•.-  ■>.  Ple.ase  send  me  a  copy  of  your 


CAHILL-LAUGHLIN 

TOURS,  INC. 

655  Madison  Avenue 

New  York,  New  York  10021 


SKYFARI  brochure  today. 


you 

can't; 
buy 

bet:t;er 
-than  a 

|.J!IJdl.-|.-4J.')1.'.IJI.'l:*..|J.HII^JJ.'.I^J=l.-k^i 


'CdS 

EXPOSURE    METER 

If  you  shoot  more  than  4  rolls  of  film  a  year  and 
don't  limit  your  shots  to  the  daylight  hours,  you're  a 
"serious"  photographer.  You  need  a  reliable  exposure 
meter'  The  new  Super  Pilot  CdS,  made  by  world-famous 
Gossen,  will  make  you  proud  of  every  shot— color  or 
black  and  white. 

The  Super  Pilot  CdS  accurately  measures  reflected  or 
incident  light;  two  full  measuring  ranges:  Normal  and 
Low  Light,  Scales:  ASA  6  to  12500;  f/1  to  f/45;  1/1000 
sec.  to  2  hrs;  EV -6  to  +24;  Cine  from  8  to  128fps. 
$44.50  with  battery,  neck-strap  and  leather  case 
Write  for  iilcralure  j 

KLING  PHOTO  CORPORATION  BerkeyJb^ 

P.O.  BOX  1060,  WOODSIDE,  N.Y.  11377         |  Phoio  Inc  L»^ 


NATURE  TOURS 


Friends  are  reminded  that  we  continue 
to  operate  group  trips  in  the  U.S.  and 
most  countries  of  the  world  at  the  rate  of 
30  to  40  tours  a  year. 

These  are  general  nature  trips,  with 
first  emphasis  on  birds,  second  on  botany. 
They  are  of  2  weeks'  duration  in  North 
America,  3  weeks  in  the  rest  of  the  world. 
They  are  usually  set  up  in  chains  so  that 
more  than  one  can  be  taken  on  a  single 
departure.  These  are  not  advertised  com- 
mercially and  this  is  not  a  profit  enter- 
prise; accordingly  prices  are  moderate.  If 
this  interests  you,  please  drop  us  a  line. 

UP-COMING   DATES 

October-December  A  series  of  five  tours 
in  Melanesia,  New  Guinea,  Australia 
and  New  Zealand. 


January-February    Florida    (2    weeks   be- 
ginning Jan.   9),  Yucatan   and  Central 


January-March  Four  exciting  tours  in 
South  Asia,  from  Malaysia  to  the 
Himalayas. 


southeast    Arizona    tour 


May-August  Europe  in  1971  offers  a 
choice  of  10  tours,  including  a  nature 
seminar  in  England,  tours  of  Norway 
and  Iceland,  and  our  biennial  route 
across  Russia  and  Siberia.  (Outer  Mon- 
golia this  year). 


CROWDER  NATURE  TOURS 

BOX  222-a 
HARPERS  FERRY,  W.  VA.  25425 


We  are  in  the  process  of  becom- 
ing homesteaders.  We  feel  that  this 
is  the  only  way  in  which  one  can 
truly  have  freedom  of  speech  and 
action.  All  have  adopted  the  motto. 
"Think  small." 

Franklin,  Vermont 

Having  been  residents  of  "subur- 
bia" in  New  York  for  22  years, 
chucked  job,  friends,  and  family 
and  moved  to  a  wilderness  home  in 
northeastern  Vermont. 

Springfield,  Vermont 


Ecophilosophy 

What  is  urgently  needed  is  a  rev- 
olution in  values,  and  no  sabotage 
or  bombings  will  bring  this  about. 
Wamvatosa,  Wisconsin 

I  am  less  interested  in  material 
gain,  physically  more  active,  philo- 
sophically more  active:  educational 
and  intellectual  goals  have  changed, 
I  spend  more  time  off  ray  tail  and 
out  in  the  field. 

Calif  an,  New  Jersey 

Maintain  ascetic  ethic  with  hedo- 
nistic violations. 

Vancouver,  Washington 

I  believe  strongly  in  the  oneness 
of  all  creation,  and  in  the  responsi- 
bility of  each  to  all  others:  human, 
animal,  plant,  and  inanimate. 

Reno,  Nevada 

I  have  become  more  aware  that  I 
am  as  responsible  as  most  other  in- 
dividuals for  the  causes  of  pollu- 
tion. It  has  given  me  a  much 
broader  perspective  of  my  vocation 
as  clergyman. 

Grafton,  Virginia 

I  have  altered  my  goals  in  life, 
have  become  less  materialistic,  have 
rejected  Christianity  and  all  reli- 
gions; I  am  selling  my  large  home 
to  live  in  a  smaller  and  more  mod- 
est one. 

Chester,  New  Jersey 

I  ride  a  bicycle  whenever  pos- 
sible. I  do  not  use  air  conditioning. 
I  restrict  my  use  of  electricity.  I 
pray  regularly  for  the  sake  of  the 
world.  I  have  stopped  smoking.  I 
use  organic  foods  as  much  as  pos- 


GOLF 


I    Your  LEFT 
SHOULDER  makes  the 
amazing  difference! 

One  of  the  most  startling  discoveries  to  emerce  fron 
wide  re.search  in  the  Rolf  swing  is  that  your  game  literally 
hinges  on  your  left  shoulder! 

How  this  is  so  and  how  to  use  this  great  discovery  t( 
improve  your  ovm  game  heyond  all  expectations  In  a  mat' 
ter  of  short  weeks  is  set  forth  in  THE  GOLF  SECRET 
hy  Dr.  H.  A.  Murray — a  medical  doctor,  golfer,  and  gol 
researcher,  who  has  applied  his  expert  knowledge  o 
anatomy  in  this  sweeping  and  utterly  different  study  o 
the  golf 


method  has  now  been  tested  on  a  large  scal^ 
been  found  to  yield  simply  astounding  results!  Not 
do  golf  scores  take  a  sudden  drop,  but  with  thi 
method   good   golf   is    a    hundred 


than   had- 
strained)   golf. 

ORDER  NOW; 


because   it  is    NATURAL    ( 
Fully  illustrated 

THE  GOLF  SECRET  by  H.  A,  Murray 

$4.95  plus  25(t   postage  and   handling 

10-Day  Money-Back   Guarantee 

EMERSON   BOOKS   Inc.,   Dept.  780-S 

251    West   19   Street,   New  York   10011 


Math  "Bug"  You? 
-No  Problem! 

From  Simple  Numbers  to  Calculus 

Now    comes    a    new    and    completel: 
ilifferent    kind    of    self-teachinK    mati 
that  yields  truly   i 


>  previous  j 


Tlie 


"Tiie  author 
quaintance  with  mathematics 
advances  the  reader  to  some  mathO' 
matical  notions  of  'college'  level 
;le  is  accomplished  by  patient,  carefully 
phrased  exposition  and  by  building  the  discussions  step- 
by-step  .  .  .  the  book  is  intended  for  study  without  th' 
aid  of  a  teacher"— NEW  TECHNICAL  BOOKS  (of  lb 
New  York  Public  Library) 

If  you   have   despaired   of   ever    "licking"   mathematics 
if  you  have  tried  other  methods  and  found  they  did  nothini 
for    you.    then    perhaps    you    try    the    remarkable    Col 
method.    It  is   guaranteed  to  satisfy  your  expectations 
full  purchase  price  refunded.  ORDER    NOW 

MATHEMATICS  FOR  EVERYMAN  by  Egmont  Colerus 
$4.95  plus  250  postage  and  handling 

lO-Day  Money-Back  Guarantee 

EMERSON  BOOKS,  Inc.,  Dept.  781-5 

251  West  19  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10011 


CHIPMUNK 

PORTRAIT 

by 
B.  &  H.  Henisch 

THE  CARNATION  PRESS 
State  College,  Pennsylvania 

An  illustrated 
study  of  chip- 
munks and  theii 
habits,  their  dis- 
covery in  America 
by  early  European  explorers  and  natural- 
ists, and  their  role  in  the  art  and  folklore 
of  the  American  Indian. 

Clolh  bound,  98  pages,  with  45  close-up  photo- 
graphs and  28  pen-ancJ-wash  drawings,  S5.95  plus 
25!£    handling.    (Pa.    residents    add   3&i    sales   tax.) 


To   the-   CARNATION   PRESS,  Dept.   WP, 
P.O.   Box    101,   State   College,   Pa.    16801 


upply capi< 

enclosed:  $ 


1  of  CHIPMUNK  PORTRAIT 


No 


Street   

City Stote Zip  . 


86 


sible.  I  restrict  my  use  of  pesticides, 
plastics,  nonreturnable  bottles,  etc. 
[  petition  my  government  for  re- 
dress of  grievances.  I  contribute  to 
ecology  organizations. 
I  pray  a  lot  for  the  world. 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 


The  Next  Generation 

I  am  only  twelve  but  I  have  at- 
tempted to  answer  your  question- 
naire. It's  hard  to  get  yourself  in- 
volved with  grownups  but  among 
my  classmates,  my  friends  and  I 
have  started  an  anti-DDT  cam- 
paign. 

Poughkeepsie,  Neiv  York 

I'm  observant  in  watching  people 
for  littering  or  polluting.  I  don't  let 
my  brothers  shoot  any  rabbits  or 
birds.  I  scare  them  away. 

Chicago,  Illinois 

I  had  once  tried  but  failed  to  get 
involved  with  a  group.  Like  every- 
thing else.  I  was  more  or  less  ruled 
out  by  the  caste  system.  I'm  only  in 
the  fifth  grade  and  they  were  in  the 
ninth. 

Elizabeth,  Netv  Jersey 

I  am  only  a  high  school  student, 
currently  in  the  11th  grade,  but  I 
have  been  made  aware  of  the  crisis 
facing  us  through  publications  such 
as  Natural  History.  Unfortunate- 
ly, not  all  young  people  have  access 
to  such,  or  the  interest. 

What  I'm  getting  at  is  this:  more 
should  be  done  to  interest  young 
people  in  ecology  and  conservation. 
Classes  should  center  around  these 
important  themes,  and  student  con- 
servation groups  should  be  encour- 
aged. Many  adults  I  have  spoken  to 
about  this  critical  issue  have  the 
same  idea :  "Well,  let  these  student 
pinkos  do  it;  I'll  be  out  of  it  soon 
enough,  anyway."  And  kids  say. 
"Let  the  establishment  plant  their 
cherry  trees  and  harp  about  pollu- 
tion." So  we're  not  getting  any- 
where with  the  ecological  movement 
due  to  apathy  and  indifference  on 
both  sides. 

That  is  why  I  say,  please,  try  to 
get  through  to  young  people.  And 
the  older  generation,  too.  No  telling 
how  long  any  of  us  will  be  here. 

Carbon  Hill,  Alabama 


Connoisseurs 

Who  Demand  Excellence  in  Music  and  Art 
for  Themselves  and  Their  Children 

Will  Want  to  Take  Advantage 

of  This  Special  Opportunity 


The  15  Handsome  Albums  of 

THE  INTERNATIONAL  LIBRARY 
OF  PIANO  MUSIC 

in  Tiieir  Choice  of  Fine  Bindings 


•  This  is  a  lifetime  collection  of  the 

world's  finest  piano  music, 
presented  in  historical  order, 
and  illustrated  by  exquisite 
reproductions  of  famous  art 
masterpieces. 

•  Editions,  of  the  utmost  authentic- 

ity, are  sponsored  by  today's 


leaders  of  the  musical  world. 

>  Paper,  printing,  hand-engraving, 
design,  and  craftsmanship  are 
of  the  highest  quality. 

•  This  rare  collection  of  classical 
and  contemporary  piano  mu- 
sic will  culturally  and  decora- 
lively  grace  any  home. 


>  In  addition  to  the  hundreds  of  musical  compositions,  there  is  included: 

a  MUSIC  REFERENCE  LIBRARY  containing 

THE  STORY  OF  MUSIC, 

BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  THE  COMPOSERS, 

MUSIC  THEORY  FOR  THE  PIANIST,  and  a 
PRONOUNCING  DICTIONARY  OF  MUSICAL  TERMS 


For  collectors:  Our  De  Luxe  edi- 
tion, bound  in  genuine  top-grain 
cowhide  leather  with  solid  gold 
edges,  is  available,  for  those  who 
demand  the  most  luxurious  set. 


For  thrifty  buyers:  The  set,  bound 
in  durable  hard  covers  in  artistic 
ivory,  gold,  and  leaf-green,  brings 
the  price  down  to  just  about  10(?  a 
selection. 


The  University  Society,  Inc. 
432  Park  Avenue  South 
(Dept.  NH) 
New  York,  N.  Y.  10016 

Please  send  me  details  o£ 
contents,  musical  sponsor- 
ship, bindings,  prices,  and 
payment  plans  available  for 
your  INTERNATIONAL  LI- 
BRARY OF  PIANO  MUSIC. 


Address - 


City. 


Zip 


87 


Books  in  Review 


I 


hyRoDertMmanMurptiy 


The  Storm  Petrel  and  the  Owl  of 
Athena,  by  Louis  J.  Halle.  Princeton 
Unhersity  Press,  ST. 50;  268  pp.,  illus. 

LOUIS  J.  Halle,  highly  regarded 
for  earlier,  sensitive  works  such 
as  Spring  in  ITashington,  Sedge,  and 
.Men  and  Nations,  has  now  written 
this  volume  of  oddly  diverse  title.  In 
the  preface  he  states  that  "Parts  One 
and  Two.  although  superficially  dif- 
ferent, tend  to  repeat  each  other  in 
their  underlying  thought  like  a  theme 
and  variations  in  music."  Some  read- 
ers may  feel  this  harmony  clearly: 
others  will  disclaim  any  such  funda- 
mental cohesion,  despite  the  author's 
attempt  to  effect  a  linkage  of  the 
parts  by  means  of  epilogues.  But. 
whether  it  is  read  as  one  book  or  two. 
all  will  find  his  text  rewarding. 

Mr.  Halle  is  a  diplomat  with  orni- 
thological leanings.  Throughout  long 
years  he  tracked  "local  birds  over 
field  and  meadow,  through  woods  and 
swamps."  while  sea  fowl  remained 
mostly  in  his  imagination.  Finally,  in 
order  to  become  familiar  with  the  lat- 
ter also,  he  betook  himself  and  his 
family  to  one  of  the  world's  great 
centers  of  oceanic  birds — the  Shet- 
land Islands.  There,  for  the  first  time, 
he  resided  cheek  by  jowl  among 
storm  petrels,  fulmars,  gannets.  cor- 
morants, auks  and  their  relatives, 
gulls,  skuas — large  and  small — terns, 
phalaropes.  waders,  loons,  and  eiders, 
with  side  glances  at  such  ubiquitous 
immigrants  as  rock  doves,  starlings, 
and  house  sparrows.  His  observations 
are  critically  sound,  his  enjoyment 
keen,  and  his  account  correspond- 
ingly refreshing.  In  addition,  he 
proves  himself  a  masterly  illustrator. 
His  drawings  are  of  the  simplest  sort, 
but  they  ring  true  of  the  birds  in  tone 
and  stance,  and  his  seascapes  suggest 
admirably  the  misty-moisty  atmos- 
phere of  the  Scottish  isles. 

On  Mousa,  no  longer  inhabited  by 
man.  the  mysterious  storm  petrels 
come  only  after  dark  to  their  hidden 
homes    in    the    massive,    unmortared 


stone  walls  of  a  broch,  or  round 
tower,  built  by  unknown  aborigines. 
The  tower  itself  has  been  superbly 
pictured  by  Halle's  pencU.  and  like- 
wise the  tiny  petrel  seeking  its  en- 
trance chink  against  the  vertical  wall. 
His  portraits  of  fulmars  in  the  air,  or 
on  the  nest  all  set  to  shoot  stomach 
oil  at  an  intruder,  are  equally  con- 
vincing, as  are  his  man-attacking 
skuas,  murres.  red-throated  loons, 
perky  puffin,  black  guillemots,  and 
others.  Three  cheers  for  a  writer  who 
can  give  us  such  perfect  alfresco  like- 
nesses of  his  birds. 

The  fulmar  is  the  most  numerous 
of  Shetland  birds  and  Halle  offers  an 
entertaining  story  of  its  behavior  and 
life  history.  As  a  species,  this  once  ex- 
clusively Arctic  petrel  has  in  recent 
times  undergone  a  population  ex- 
plosion    without     known     precedent. 


This  has  brought  vast  numbers  down 
into  temperate  seas  and  has  ringed 
with  nesting  colonies  virtually  the 
whole  coast  of  the  British  Isles  and 
even  the  channel  cliffs  of  France. 
Halle  follows  Fisher  in  the  orthodox 
explanation  that  the  expansion  of  the 
fulmar  is  due  to  the  increased  food 
supply  resulting  from  whaling  and 
trawling  operations.  But  a  quite  dif- 
ferent hypothesis  has  been  advanced 
by  the  Danish  ornithologist  Salomon- 
sen.  This  authority  emphasizes  that 
there  has  been  no  perceptible  enlarge- 
ment of  the  population  from  Iceland 
northward.  The  entire  increase  ap- 
pears to  stem  from  the  island  of  St. 
Kilda.  Salomonsen  therefore  pos- 
tulates a  mutation  in  the  St.  Kilda 
population  that  has  widened  the  cli- 
matic and  feeding  tolerances  of  the 
affected    fulmars,    and    which    repre- 


88 


3nts,  indeed,  an  incipience  of  speci- 
tion.  The  fulmars,  in  Salomonsen's 
iew,  have  not  moved  down  from  the 
rctic.  Rather,  the  birds  of  a  limited 
rea  have  acquired  adaptations  that 
nable  them  to  take  advantage  of  a 
reviously  unexploited  environmental 
iche. 

As  Halle  writes  elsewhere  in  his 
ook,  the  search  for  truth  is  always 
ubversive  of  orthodoxy  and  fashion 
like! 

And  so,  with  chapters  that  deal 
ith  gulls,  skuas,  the  extinct  great 
uk  and  its  nemesis,  man.  the  gannet, 
nd  wading  birds,  he  proceeds  with 
is  intelligent  discussion  of  the  pro- 
esses  of  evolution.  His  epilogue  to 
'art  One  then  points  out  the  utterly 
ifferent  view  of  the  cosmos  that  mod- 
m  man  holds,  or  should  hold,  from 
le  one  presented  in  the  Book  of  Gen- 


esis, where  the  earth  was  the  central 
point  of  the  universe  and  man's  ap- 
proved function  was  "dominion"  over 
all  other  forms  of  life.  With  what  dis- 
asters has  that  attitude  brought  us 
face  to  face. 

But  here  the  author  begins  to  de- 
velop as  well  his  teleological  faith, 
where  he  is  on  much  less  certain 
ground.  Birds  sing,  he  writes  truth- 
fully, "to  inform  other  individuals  be- 
longing to  their  species  that  they  are 
on  their  own  territory,  which  they 
.  will  defend.  But  this  is  as  readily 
achieved  by  those  species  that  simply 
croak  as  by  the  Nightingale,  which  is 
moved  to  engage  in  a  performance  at 
once  elaborate,  inventive,  and  as 
beautiful  in  its  way  as  a  sonata  by 
Mozart."  Here  we  see  Halle  contin- 
uing the  argument  of  Delamain  in 
Pourquois  les  oiseaux  chantent.  Nei- 
ther author,  however,  gives  us  a  hint 
as  to  why  the  "croakers,"  which  have 
enjoyed  the  same  eons  of  time  as  the 
nightingale  to  improve  their  perform- 
ance, have  so  signally  failed. 

Part  Two  of  this  book  comprises  a 
series  of  previously  published  essays, 
in  which  the  author  writes  at  random. 
It  is  by  no  means  all  ornithology,  and 
yet  more  than  250  species  of  birds  re- 
ceive at  least  mention.  It  has  the 
thousand  strands  of  a  broom,  whereas 
Part  One  seemed  as  single-pointed  as 
a  bayonet.  Individually,  the  chapters 
carry  us  far  and  wide — from  Geneva, 
where  Halle  now  resides,  to  the  Isles 
of  Greece  and  Socrates,  and  to  the 
pampas  of  Argentina  and  W.  H.  Hud- 
son. The  author's  ideas  of  design  and 
purpose  in  life  are  further  extended. 
Here,  as  always,  readers  will  enjoy 
the  style  and  stimulation  of  an  ac- 
complished pen. 

The  factual  errors  in  Halle's  book 
are  few,  and  chiefly  due  to  forgetful- 
ness  or  oversight.  "Petrel."  despite 
the  persistence  of  an  a  posteriori  defi- 
nition, has  nothing  to  do  with  St.  Pe- 
ter's walking  on  water.  The  spelling 
of  the  word  in  early  English  was 
"pitteral,"  and  seems  to  refer  to  the 


pitter-patter  of  the  birds  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  ocean.  Adult  goshawks 
have  red,  not  yellow,  eyes.  The  Do- 
minican gull,  or  kelp  gull,  of  the 
Southern  Hemisphere  is  almost  cer- 
tainly a  herring  gull  that  has  ac- 
quired a  black  mantle  (or  perhaps 
the  transposition  went  the  other 
way).  Most  surprising  of  the  author's 
lapses  is  his  statement  that  the  Pele- 
caniformes  are  "unique  among  sea- 
birds  in  being  altricial  rather  than 
praecocial,"  confined  to  the  nest  in- 
stead of  running  about  as  chicks.  The 
petrel-albatross  order  (Procellarii- 
formes)  is  made  up  exclusively  of  al- 
tricial birds,  which  have  an  even 
longer  period  of  helpless  infancy  than 
the  pelicans  and  their  kin. 

One  final  criticism  will  illustrate 
the  speed  of  scientific  discovery,  with 
which  a  devotee  can  scarcely  keep  up 
in  his  own  field.  Halle  writes:  "The 
notion  that  they  [Arctic  terns]  do  in- 
herit knowledge  that  their  ancestors 
have  learned  surpasses  the  bounds  of 
genetic  orthodoxy."  Does  it?  How  sci- 
entists of  a  mere  twenty  years  ago 
would  have  laughed  at  the  following 
quotation  from  Lockley's  Animal  Na- 
vigation (1967).  Yet  today  it  is  con- 
sidered altogether  orthodox,  even 
though  recorded  anthropomorphically 
as  the  soliloquy  of  a  bird  about  to 
start  on  its  first  migration: 

"To  find  winter  quarters  I  must  fol- 
low such  and  such  a  star  pattern, 
which  I  can  look  at  in  the  chart-room 
of  my  brain,  and  clearly  remember 
because  I  was  given  a  whole  set  of 
charts  of  the  celestial  pallcrns  which 
matter  to  me  before  I  was  born.  I 
have  a  reliable  chronometer  in  my 
light-sensitive  biological  clock,  which 
was  correctly  set  by  local  solar  (or 
sidereal)  time  as  soon  as  the  first 
flash  of  light  greeted  me  on  hatching. 
So  I  can  read  every  movement  of  the 
stars  each  hour  of  the  night,  and 
compensate  for  their  movements  so  as 
to  head  in  a  straight  line  south.  If  I 
go  south  beyond  the  Equator  I  shall 
lose  the  North   Star    (my   friend  and 


"Remarkable" 


NEVER 
IN  ANGER 

Portrait  of  an  Eskimo  Family 

Jean  L.  Briggs 


Jean  Briggs,  an  anthro- 
pologist, lived  for  nearly 
a  year  and  a  half  as  an 
"adopted"  daughter  in  a 
family  of  Utku,  a  remote 
Eskimo  group  northwest 
of  Hudson  Bay. 

Her  detailed  and  an- 
thropologically accurate 
description  of  important 
aspects  of  a  people's  life, 
their  emotional  concepts 
and  inter-personal  reac- 
tions to  out-of-culture  be- 
havior, and  her  invalu- 
able data  on  the  tensions 
of  field  "work  in  an  unfa- 
miliar culture  is  "absorb- 
ingly and  affectingly  writ- 
ten. A  remarkable  book 
.  .  .  one  that  bids  to  be- 
come an  anthropological 
classic."  —  Publishers' 
Weekly*.  S15.25  At  your 

bookstore  or  '  - 

mail  this  cou-  — — ^ 

pon  today.  ''*'• 


^9 


HARVARD 

University  Press 

Dept.  XH-10 
79  Garden  Street 
Cambridge,  Mass.  02138 

Please  send  me copies  of  NEVER 

IN  ANGER  ®  $15.25. 


I     posta 


guide  up  north),  but  other  bright 
stars  will  come  up  to  guide  me.  .  .  . 
Of  course,  I  shall  also  recognize  -isin- 
ter  quarters,  aldiough  I  have  never 
seen  them  before  .  .  .  because  the  po- 
sition of  winter  quarters  under  cer- 
tain stars  and  the  local  physical  ap- 
pearance of  the  region  is  also 
recorded  in  the  chart-room,  from  the 
data  I  inherited  in  my  genes  from 
both  parents.  Finally  I  have  this  over- 
whelming desire  to  fly,  also  gen- 
etically determined  for  me.  for  a  lim- 
ited period  during  which  I  must 
achieve  winter  quarters  before  the  im- 
pulse dies,  or  my  (fat)  reserves  of 
energy  run  out." 

Robert  Cushman  Murphy  is  Lamont 
Curator  Emeritus  of  Birds  at  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 


Congress  and  the  Enmronment,  ed- 
ited by  Richard  A.  Cooley  and  Geof- 
frey Wandesforde-Smith.  University 
of  Washington  Press,  S8.95;  277  pp. 

Recognizing  that  a  solution  is  no 
solution  without  implementation. 
Americans  concerned  with  protecting 
the  environment  are  giving  increasing 
attention  to  the  workings  of  the  fed- 
eral government.  The  result  is  a  new 
field — environmental  policy — and  the 
appearance  of  this  fine  collection  of 
essays.  Congress  and  the  Environment 
is  the  product  of  an  extended  seminar 
at  the  University  of  Washington.  At 
the  time  the  volume  was  v\Titten,  the 
contributors  were,  for  the  most  part, 
untried  graduate  students  and  begin- 
ning professors.  But  the  editors, 
whose  guidance  is  evident  tliroughout 
the  book,  are  established  scholars. 
Moreover,  Grant  McConnell  and  Lyn- 
ton  K.  Caldwell,  the  leading  figures 
in  environmental  policy,  have  contrib- 
uted characteristically  perceptive  es- 
says in  tbe  form  of  a   prologue   and 


epilogue.  The  quality  of  this  book  i 
evidence  that  properly  directed  grad 
uate  students  constitute  a  scholarl; 
resource  we  cannot  afford  to  ignore 

Congress  and  the  Environmen 
makes  its  point  in  no  uncertain  terms 
The  common  denominator  for  all  th 
essays  is  the  assumption  that  th 
United  States  government,  and  Cod 
gress  in  particular,  have  not  re 
sponded  satisfactorily  to  environmer 
tal  problems.  Again  and  again  th 
reader  is  provided  with  examples  o 
how  the  nature  of  the  American  polr 
ical  process  prevents  meaningful  soli 
tions.  Specifically,  the  authors  ider 
tify  five  liabilities:  (II  the  lack  of 
national  policy  respecting  the  env: 
ronment  and  the  consequent  tendenc 
toward  narrow,  short-term,  piecemec 
solutions;  (2)  the  eclipse  of  ethics 
and  esthetic  considerations  by  materis 
ones:  (3)  poor  institutional  arrangi 
ments — particularly  the  congressionj 
committee  system — for  handling  env 
ronmental  issues:  (4)  a  preference  fc: 
compromise  rather  than  leadership; 
and  (5)  a  reluctance  to  challenge  pr 
vate  property  and  corporate  interest  fc 
societal  good.  Congress,  the  contril 
utors  agree,  muddles  and  stumbles  ii 
eptly  where  the  environment  is  coi 
cemed.  It  is  frequently  paralyzed,  dea 
negative,  and  irrelevant  even  in  the  fa( 
of  crisis.  The  tone  of  this  book  is  unde- 
standably  gloomy.  Only  a  few  coit 
gressional  successes  relieve  the  chroj] 
icle  of  failures. 

The  core  of  this  volume  is  tt 
series  of  case  studies  that  put  flesh  c 
the  bones  of  generalization.  We  a' 
taken  to  the  Indiana  Dunes,  tl 
North  Cascades,  and  the  Redwoo( 
for  analyses  of  federal  policy.  Otlii 
essays  concern  particular  laws  su( 
as  the  Land  and  Water  Conservati( 
Fund  Act,  the  Highway  Bea 
tification  Act,  and  the  Wilderne 
Act.  Still  others  take  up  such  specil 
problems  as  water  quality  standard 
solid  waste  disposal,  and  noise  poll 
tion.  Most  of  the  contributions  a 
legislative  histories,  which  trace  tl 
formation  and  implementation  of  ; 
act  while  drawing  the  political  si 
ence  moral.  In  most  cases  the  a 
counts  are  the  best  in  print  for  the 
respective  subjects. 

While  only  minor  caveats  can 
made  with  respect  to  the  case  studii 
it  is  possible  to  question  the  maj 
theme  of  Congress  and  the  Enviro 
ment  to  the  extent  of  asking,  "Is  Cc 
gress  really  to  blame?"  Granted  tt 
many  improvements  in  congressior 
procedure  could  be  made,  still  it  £ 
pears  that  the  electorate  must  at  let 
share  the  blame  for  environmen! 
deterioration.  Lynton  K.  Caldw 
suggests  this  when  he  states  that  ' 


90 


FRANC  JOHNSON 


A  NEW  BOOK  of  traditional  folk  stories 
:old  to  Navajo  children  about  the  native 
birds  of  the  Southwest.  The  author,  an 
honored  Nev^  Mexico  folklorist,  lived 
among  the  Navajo  people  for  25  years. 
Although  set  down  for  younger  readers, 
these  authentic  tales  will  delight  persons 
of  all  ages  interested  in  American  Indian 
folkways.  The  tales,  ostensibly  told  by  an 
elder,  also  show  how  boys  and  girls  live 
on  Navajo  lands  in  Arizona  and  New 
Mexico.  S3. 95 

'  'Hummingbird    1^ 

Earns  Many  ^^^!^^~?^^ 

Colors."    Wt--^-'-^ 
—liiustrated 
byNa-Ton-Sa-Ka, 
Navajo  Ceremoni- 
al Arts  Museum, 
Santa  Fe. 

"■  At  your  bookshop— or  postpaid  from 
Quest  Books,  Dept.  NH,  P.  0.  Box  270, 
Wheaton,  Illinois  60187. 


fust^l^  but  i/\\ 
rho  really  k-J 
teeds  it?    ik 


\  ish  we  could  tell  you  that  your 
'■e  will  be  enriched  and  your 
piritual  powers  enhanced 
irough  the  magic  of  OCTO- 
UILL,  our  eye-popping,  quasi- 
(jychedelic  8-color  (honest!) 
:sllpoint  pen  from   Italy.  But 

10. ..this  won't  happen:  all 
ju'll  get  out  of  the  incredible 
;TOQUILLare  countless  hours 
I  ■  fun,  the  knowledge  that  you 
in  reproduce  anything  (from 
rainbow  to  a  Chagall)  in  its 
ue  colors,  the  ill-concealed 
ivy  of  your  associates,  and 
.the  certainty  that  somebody 
ill  swipe  it  from  you  in  short 
der.  Turn  our  compulsion  to 
in  new  friends  to  your  ad- 
sntage  and  order  your  OCTO- 
UILL  today.  Simply  clip  this 
J,  write  your  name  and  ad- 
■ess  on  the  margin  and  mail 
to  us  with  a  $1  bill  (no 
hecks  please  — our  fuddy- 
uddy  bankers  say  they  can't 
andle  it).  We'll  also  send  you 
jr  remarkable  catalog  AND 
vill  v/onders  never  cease?)  a 
2  GIFT  CERTIFICATE  which 
ou  may  apply  to  any  future 
urchase.  Oh  yes,  only  one  per 
jstomer  and  PLEASE,  be  pa- 
ent  and  a  little  trusty  and 
How  3  to  4  weeks  for  delivery. 


havephiirs 

582  WASHINGTON  STREET 
SAN  FRANCISCO,  CA  94111 
PHONE   (415)   981-5688 


shape  the  enviroiiinent  of  a  civilized 
society  means  nothing  less  than  shap- 
ing the  nature  of  the  society."  He 
goes  on  to  ask,  "Does  the  stracture  of 
American  society — pluralistic,  demo- 
cratic, historically  biased  in  favor  of 
an  'everyman's  laissez  faire' — permit 
the  shaping  of  its  environment  in  any 
way  other  than  by  combat  and  com- 
promise?" Few  others  in  the  book  are 
similarly  concerned  about  whether  it 
is  the  American  or  his  Congress  that 
needs  improvement. 

Extending  this  idea,  it  can  be  ar- 
gued that  current  congressional  pol- 
icy is  really  quite  an  accurate  reflec- 
tion of  the  environmental  tastes  of 
Americans  as  a  whole.  We  must  re- 
member that  the  vogue  of  environ- 
ment is  not  universal  in  our  society'. 
^  e  are  stiU  in  transition  from  the  old 
pioneer,  exploitative  ethic  to  a  newer 
one  based  on  ecology  and  steward- 
ship. Many  Americans  are  ambiva- 
lent. They  like  wilderness,  for  in- 
stance, but  the}'  also  like  mines  and 
mass,  mechanized  recreation.  In  view 
of  this,  the  Wilderness  Act  may  have 
been  a  very  accurate  expression  of  the 
national  desire  in  1964.  Political  sci- 
entists and  conservation  leaders  may 
gnash  their  teeth  in  frustration,  but 
Congress  is  adjusting  about  as  fast  as 
American  thought  in  general  to  the 
new  environmental  imperatives.  We 
need,  it  would  seem,  to  resurrect  the 
iild  Jeffersonian  maxim  about  educat- 
ing the  electorate.  Good  government 
will  follow. 

Roderick  Nash 

University  of  California 

Santa  Barbara 

Looking  for  Dilmun,  by  Geoffrey 
Bibby.  Alfred  A.  Knopf,  SIO.OO;  383 
pp.,  illus. 

This  is  a  delightful  and  informa- 
tive work  that  should  be  on  the 
bookshelf  of  every  archeologv-  buff. 
For  some  fifteen  campaigns.  Mr. 
Bibby  conducted  excavations  and  sur- 
veys at  various  points  along  the  east- 
ern coast  of  Arabia  and  on  islands  in 
the  Arabian  Gulf.  The  results  are 
striking  and  important,  for  they  docu- 
ment hitherto  largely  unknown  an- 
cient cultures  lying  along  the  sea 
roads  that  link  Mesopotamia  and  In- 
dia. Bibby  worked  at  sites  on  the  is- 
land of  Failaka  near  the  mouth  of  the 
combined  Tigris-Euphrates  rivers  of 
Iraq,  and  at  such  places  as  Thaj.  Qa- 
tar, and  .\bu  Dhabi  on  the  Arabian 
mainland.  His  work  on  the  island  of 
Bahrain,  where  some  of  the  most  ex- 
tensive ancient  cemeteries  in  the 
world  are  located,  is  probably  the 
best  known. 

The  ancient  Sumerians  and  Akka- 
dians recorded  the  names  of  lands  ly- 


YOU  LIVE 
in  the 
SPACE  AGE . . . 

You  should  know 

more  about  it! 

A  rewar(jing  and  fascinating 
a(jventure  for  adults,  young 
people,  the  family 

Introductory  and  advanced 
day  and  evening  courses  in 

ASTRONOMY  and  NAVIGATION 

Call  or  write 


The  American  Museum  — 
HAYDEN   PLANETARIUM 


NEW  YORK,   N.  Y.   10024 
81st  STREET  and 

CENTRAL  PARK  WEST 
Tel.:  Tr  3-1300;  Ext.  206 


Goose  Down 
Bootees  for 

Frigid 
Tootsies 


"You  can't 
buy  bootees 
lil<e  ttiese 
anywtiere 
else  in 
ttie  world. 


ONLY  FROM  EDDIE  BAUER.  Use  them  for 
lounging  around  the  house,  in  the  tent  or  in  the 
cabin.  Keep  feet  comfortably  warm  in  your 
sleeping  bag.  The  insulation  is  100%  New 
Premium  Quality  Bauer  Goose  Down,  quilted 
in  long-wearing  Expedition  Nylon.  Soles  are 
soft  leather.  Insoles  are  thermal  foam  pro- 
tected by  glove  leather.  Just  tell  us  your  regu- 
lar shoe  size  and  we'll  send  you  a  perfect  fit. 
Colors:  Taupe  for  Men,  Powder  Blue  for 
Women.  S13.95  postpaid.  Makes  a  perfect 
Christmas  Gift. 


Enclosed   is   my   check   or   money   order  for 
S Size Color 


Address- 
City 


.Zip- 


D 


Send  me  FREE  your  new  12S-psge  color 
catalog  ol  Custom  Sportswear  and 
E«pedition.pro»en  Outdoor  Gear  lor 
Men  and  Women. 


^J^ec£o2/^^CUAaA^ 


World's  Most  Endorsed  Outdoor  Equipment 

Our  50th  Year 

Oept.  OU  Seattle.  Wash.  98124 


91 


« JUST  PUBLISHED' 


JEAN  DORST 
BEFORE  NATURE  DIES 

Never  has  the  devastating  im- 
pact of  man  on  nature  been  as- 
sessed so  comprehensively  as  in 
this  new  book  by  one  of  the 
world's  most  distinguished  zool- 
ogists. Treating  the  entire  earth 
as  a  single  unit,  he  makes  clear 
what  must  be  done  on  an  inter- 
national scale  if  man's  suicidal 
drive  to  destruction  is  to  be 
halted.  It  makes  imperative 
reading.         Photographs.  $8.95 


GUY  i\,!iU'HjNTFORT 

THE  VANISHING 

JUNGLE 

Some  of  the  world's  greatest 
moimtains,  deserts,  rivers  and 
jimgles  are  found  in  Pakistan, 
which  embraces  an  extraordi- 
nary range  of  climate  and  vege- 
tation and  a  tremendous  variety 
of  mammals,  reptiles,  and  plants. 
To  help  the  Pakistani  govern- 
ment create  a  comprehensive 
conservation  program,  the  au- 
thor led  two  World  Wildlife 
expeditions  on  a  15,000-mile  sur- 
vey. His  accoimt  makes  a  fasci- 
nating book  that,  for  the  first 
time,  describes  the  almost  unbe- 
lievably varied  nature  resources 
of  this  exotic  country.  Profusely 
illustrated  with  photographs  by 
Eric  Hosking,  many  in  full  color. 
$12.50 

At  your  bookstore 

HOUGHTON  MIFFLIN  COMPANY 
Boston  02107 


ing  east  and  south  of  their  territories 
with  whom  they  traded.  Among  these, 
Dilmun,  Makan,  and  Meluhha  have 
especially  intrigued  modern  research- 
ers. Bibby's  work  now  makes  clear 
that  Dilmun.  at  least,  was  an  exten- 
sive mercantile  cuhure  stretching  for 
hundreds  of  miles  along  the  Arabian 
coast,  but  centered  on  the  island  of 
Bahrain.  The  amount  of  material  evi- 
dence he  and  his  numerous  colleagues, 
have  unearthed  is  monumental.  Archi- 
tecture, sculpture,  metal  work,  seals, 
and  pottery  graphically  depict  a  cul- 
ture thriving  on  the  proceeds  of  mer- 
cantilism from  the  early  third  millen- 
nium B.C.  to  as  late  as  600  B.C.  One  of 
the  most  important  finds  was  the 
presence  of  prehistoric  village  sites  on 
the  mainland  whose  artifacts  identify 
them  as  belonging  to  the  Ubaid  cul- 
ture of  Mesopotamia.  Tliis  culture 
lies  in  tlie  direct  line  of  development 
that  led  to  the  birth  of  Sumerian  civ- 
ilization, the  earliest  such  cultural 
form  in  the  world.  The  presence  of 
these  early  villages  so  far  to  the 
southeast  of  Sumeria  suggests  that 
between  4000-3000  B.C.  there  must 
have  been  strong  motivations  for 
movement  in  search  of  land  and  other 
resources  in  the  region.  Settled  life  is 
a  necessary  prerequisite  of  civ- 
ilization, and  in  the  spread  of  the 
Ubaid  we  witness  the  sowing  of  the 
seeds  of  early  civilization. 

The  book  teems  with  ideas,  with 
descriptions  of  finds,  with  familiar 
tales  of  fund-raising,  government  per- 
mission-seeking, and  expedition  prob- 
lems. It  is  all  told  with  charm  and 
fluency,  supplemented  by  meaningful 
drawings,  maps,  and  photographs.  It 
is  worth  its  cost  twice  over. 

"W.  A.  Fairservis,  Jr. 
The  American  Museum 

Defoliation,  by  Thomas  Whiteside. 
Ballantine  Books,  Inc.,  $.95;  168  pp. 

On  June  16.  1962,  the  New  Yorker 
magazine  published  the  first  sec- 
tion of  a  three-part  article  by  Rachel 
Carson.  Subsequently  published  in 
book  form.  Silent  Spring  stirred  up  a 
storm  that  has  still  not  abated.  It  has 
been  said  that  county  agricultural 
agents,  normally  nonreaders  of  the 
magazine,  circulated  it  even  in  Du- 
buque. Iowa — where  the  Neiv  Yorker 
is  not  supposed  to  be  found.  Only  this 
year  did  federal  authorities  move  to 
limit  the  use  of  DDT,  a  pesticide  that 
Miss  Carson  discussed  in  great  detail. 
Within  the  logical  framework  of  a 
large-scale  military  operation  in  Viet- 
nam, there  were  excellent  reasons  in 
1961  to  initiate  a  program  of  defolia- 
tion and  herbicide  spraying.  Enclaves 
and  potential  ambush  sites  could  be 
quickly    opened    up    in    the    jungle 


areas  of  the  country,  and  the  mang- 
rove associations  lining  the  rivers 
could  be  eliminated  to  prevent  sniper 
fire  directed  toward  our  patrol  boats. 
By  extension  of  the  scorched-earth 
policy,  used  militarily  since  at  least 
the  time  of  Attila  the  Hun,  crops 
could  be  destroyed  to  deny  food  to 
the  enemy.  A  variety  of  effective 
compounds  were  available,  there  was 
a  reasonable  level  of  sophistication  on 
the  use  of  the  materials,  and  cargo 
planes  could  be  quickly  fitted  with 
tanks  and  spray  nozzles.  The  mOitary 
benefits  were  obvious  and,  with  no 
one  to  say  them  nay,  the  military  be- 
gan what  has  since  escalated  into  a 
massive  program  of  defoliation  and 
herbicidal  treatments.  Both  civilian 
and  military  authorities  have  stated 
categorically  that  the  program  is  suc- 
cessful within  tlie  context  of  military 
goals  and  that  American  and  Allied 
lives  have  been  saved. 

A  few  voices  were,  of  course,  raised 
in  protest.  Some  of  the  critics  were  so 
antiwar  that  they  might  be  presumed 
to  object  to  anything  that  the  Penta- 
gon suggested.  A  few  people  were 
concerned  with  questions  of  the  mor- 
ality of  destroying  food.  A  small 
group  of  plant  physiologists,  ecolo- 
gists,  conservationists,  and  applied 
plant  scientists  pointed  out  that  there 


WHEN  YOU  WRITE  TO 

NATURAL  HISTORY... 

about  a  change  of  address,  renewal  of 
subscription,  billing  or  any  kind  of  adjustment, 
send  the  present  address  label  from  the 
magazine  wrapper. 

Moving?  Please  notify  6  weeks  in  advance. 

You  can  use  this  form  to  tell  us  about  a 
move  or  order  a  subscription. 


r™ 


1 

Change  of  address- 

■s 

Attacji  your  address 

CO 

o 

iz 

label  in  this  dotted 

c 

.- 

r 

area  and  fill  in  your 

m 
E 
E 

t5 

E 

r^ 

new  address  below, 
clip  and  mail  to: 

3 
o 

1 

"*    1 

1  1 

Natural  History, 
Central  Park  West  at 
79th  St.,  New  York,  N.Y 

n 

T3 

a. 

z    } 

J£      1 

10024. 

A  new  subscription- 

■D 
> 

C 

S 

> 

c 
o 

o 

X 

>-   1 

i  i 

z    J 

Check  box  and  fill  in 
name  and  address 
below. 

n  1  year-$7  (U.S.) 

o 

il 

z 

D  1  year— $8  (Canada 
and  other  non-U.S. 

U-- 

^^ 

^^ 

-J 

orders) 

4  HANKOC 

Clty_ 

state                Zip 

92 


were,  in  addition  to  the  mOitary  ben- 
efits, an  array  of  actual  and  potential 
costs  and  dangers  that  had  to  be  in- 
cluded in  any  assessment  and  balance 
sheet.  But  in  general,  our  citizens 
were  not  aroused.  In  part,  this  can  be 
attributed  to  a  lack  of  personal  and 
immediate  involvement — Vietnamese 
forests  and  rice  paddies  are  3,000 
miles  away.  Active  or  passive  support 
for  our  "mission"  in  Southeast  Asia 
serves  to  preclude  dissent  from  any 
practice  that  is  stated  to  advance  the 
policies  of  the  Pentagon  and  the  ad- 
ministration. Another  factor,  one  that 
this  book  can  provide,  has  been  a 
lack  of  information.  The  public  has 
not  been  supplied  with  hard  facts  on 
the  compounds  used,  the  concentra- 
tions applied,  the  plant  species  af- 
fected, the  persistence  of  the  com- 
pounds, or  their  side  effects.  We 
haven't  even  been  presented  with  an 
equivalent  of  a  body  count! 

Bits  and  pieces  of  data  have,  of 
course,  appeared  in  professional  jour- 
nals, but  these  were  inadequate  even 
for  the  professional  biologist.  I  know 
of  only  two  visits  to  Vietnam  by  pro- 
fessional scientists  looking  specific- 
ally at  the  consequences  of  defolia- 
tion and  herbicidal  action,  one  by  a 
forester  and  the  other  by  a  team  of 
two  animal  ecologists.  In  addition,  a 
trickle  of  reports  from  the  military,  a 
hearing  by  a  congressional  com- 
mittee, and  a  few  other  odds  and  ends 
are  all  we  have  with  which  to  begin 
even  a  preliminary  assessment  of  the 
immediate  and  long-term  con- 
sequences of  "Project  Ranchhand" 
and  other  equally  fancifully  named 
spray  programs.  Yet,  a  fairly  small 
piece  of  real  estate  about  the  size  of 
Rhode  Island  has  been  subjected  to 
the  most  massive  exposure  to  phyto- 
destructive  chemicals  that  has  ever  oc- 
curred. 

The  New  Yorker  again  performed  a 
public  service  in  first  presenting 
Thomas  Whiteside's  essay  and  letter 
of  amplification.  Ballantine  Books,  in 
cooperation  with  Friends  of  the 
Earth,  has  augmented  this  service  by 
putting  the  information  into  an  in- 
expensive, paperbound  volume.  The 
New  Yorker  information  has  been 
supplemented  with  a  preface  by  Prof. 
George  Wald.  by  documentation  of 
the  statements,  and  with  several  form 
letters  to  be  sent  to  congressmen  and 
secretaries  of  various  governmental 
agencies,  to  international  adminis- 
trators, and  to  the  President.  A  useful 
and  comprehensive  index  is  included. 
Defoliation  probably  won't  stir  up 
the  controversy  that  Silent  Spring 
did,  partly  because  we  have  become 
inured  and  cynical.  But  it  is  accurate, 
carefully    crafted,    adequately    docu- 


FLYING  BIRDS 


By  DAVID  and  KATIE  URRY 


In  this  handsome,  8"xl0"  book, 
two  gifted  scientist-photographers 
present— through  text  and 
pictures  — a  superb  record  of  birds 
in  flight.  Among  those  represented 
are  terns,  gulls,  swans,  fulmars, 
kittiwakes  and  many  more. 
The  book  opens  with  a 
fascinating  chapter  on  how 
birds  fly  and  includes  an 
informative  section  on  photo- 
graphic techniques.  "A  gratifying 
combination  of  science  and 
aesthetics  .  .  .  The  photographs- 
clear,  unaffected  statements  — are 
remarkable  for  their  beauty." 
—  Times  L/terary  Supplement. 
With  175  photographs  of  more  than  25  species. 
At  your  bookstore,  or  use  the  coupon  to  order  now. 
10  DAYS'  FREE  EXAMINATION 

HARPER  &  ROW 

51  East  33d  St.,  New  York,  N.Y.  10016 


l_ 


Gentlemen:  Please  send  me copy(ies) 

of  FLYING  BIRDS  by  David  and  Katie 
Urry  for  ten  days'  free  examination.  With- 
in that  time  I  will  either  remit  $7.95  per 
copy,  plus  mailing  charges,  or  return  the 
book(s)  without  obligation. 


D  SAVE!  Enclose  payment,  and  publisher  pays  mailing  charges.  Same  return  privilege  of  course. 


Name 

Address. 

City 

State 


2ip  Code- 


Share  nature's  wonders  in  England,  Scotland,  and  Wales  with 

EDWIN  WAY  TE ALE 

Pulitzer  Prize-winning  author  of  THE  AMERICAN  SEASONS 

Springtime  in  Britain 


Springtime 
in  Britain 


Go  with  Edwin  Way  Teale,  Amer- 
ica's foremost  naturalist-author- 
photographer,  as  he  explores  the 
natural  wonders  and  beauties  of 
Britain  from  Land's  End  to  John 
o'Croats. 

"A  rich,  warm  record  unique  in 
the  literature  of  our  time." 

-MARK  VAN  DOREN 

"A  splendid  book." 

-ROGER  TORY  PETERSON 

"...a  lively  personal  travelogue 
...delightful."         -JOHN  KIERAN 

Illustrated  with  photographs  by  the 
author.  Endpaper  map  of  trip. 

At  all  bookstores  /  $7.50 


DODD,  MEAD  &  COMPANY,  New  York  10016 


93 


KEEP  PACE  WITH  SPACE  AGE!  SEE  MOON  SHOTS-LANDINGS,  SPACE  FLIGHTS,  CLOSE-UP! 


iiMiLTf»i»i  n:[Ha:iir^ms 


for  FUN,  STUDY  or  PROFIT 


GREAT  INTERNATIONAL  PAPER  PLANE  BOOKi 

Official  fly-them-yourself 
book  of  paper  airplanes 
from  SCIENTIFIC  AMERI- 
CAN'S "1st  International 
Competition".  Includes 


of  all  ' 
loft 


ng  entrie' 
s,     photos. 


signs  on  perforated  pages 
for  easy  tear-out.  You  won't 
believe    how    some    of    them 

fly!  Amusing,  entertaining.   128  pages.  9"  x   II3/4". 

Stock   No.   939 IE $2-95  Ppd. 


without  bother  of  constant 
string  winding  &.  pulling  5 
diam.  flying-saucer  shaped 
Spins  on  its  edge,  upside 
down,  on  your  head,  hanging 
■  "  .citet 


Stock  No.  7M6IE 


,  Opei 


LONG-WAVE  BLACK  LIGHT  FIXTURE 

Extremely  versatile,  com- 
pactly designed,  long  wave 
(3200-4000  angstroms)  black 
light     (ultraviolet)     fixtur 


1 10-1 


B-watt, 
with  built-in  tiiter— elimi- 
nates harmful  shorter  wave 
ultraviolet  rays.  Use  to 
identify  minerals,  fungi, 
bacteria— check  for  surface 
flaws,  oil  and  gas  leakage — 
perfect  for  displays  with 
paints,  chalk,  crayons,  trace  powder,  incl. 


Stock  No."60.i24E  (R  e'pLACEM  ENT  BU  LB)   .■$4.75  Ppd. 


the  cloud  chamber— see 
atoms  explode  with  the  spin- 
thariscope—  check  ionization 
and  radioactivity  ot  every 
day  materials  .  .  .  these  are 
just  a  few  of  the  fascinating 
projects  possible  with  this 
amazing  43  part  kit.  Con- 
tains   everything    needed    to 


ct    yo 


atomic  energy  laboratory.   Absolutely  safe,   li 
cloud    chamber,    projector,    illuminator,    electroscof 
thariscope,  22  p.  instruction  booklet  with  suggested 


WOODEN  SOLID   PUZZLES 


^    1^ 


link 


I's  a  fascinating  assort- 
of  12  different  puzzles 
ovide  hours  of  pleasure 
stimulate  ability  to 
limals 
Take 


and  geometric  fori 
them  apart  and  reassemble 
them.  Lots  of  fun  for  the 
whole  family.  Will  test  skill, 
and  ability  to  solve 


Stock  No.  70,205E 


oblei 


NEW,   LOW-COST   GEM   TUMBLER 


$5.00  Ppd. 


nating    hobby 


d!   Fasci- 

loads  of 

,  easy.  Make 


etc.      Simply     tumble-fin 
readily    available    gemstones 
.    .    .    then    polish    to    high 
lustre  .  .  .   brings  out  beau- 
tiful coloi-s.  Rugged  3-|b.  ca- 


duty   motor.    Full    instructions 
Stock  No.  70,e74E 

i.i?k5?.s'o.^fi'"'™^~r"°^^'-"' 


MAIL  COUPON  FOR  GIANT  FREE  CATALOG 


mSr'^e^^SIn  4,000  UNUSUAL  BARGAINS  ' 


bargains.     Exciting     new    categories.  ' 

Many    new    items.     lOO's    of    charts.  I 

Illustrations.    Many    hard-to-get    war  1 

surplus     bargains.     Enormous     sclec-  j 

tion    of    telescopes,    microscopes,    bi-  i 

noculars.   magnets,  etc.  for  hobbyists.  | 
experimenters,    workshops.    Shop    by 

mail.   Write  for  Catalog  "E"  to   Ed-  ' 

'entific     Co..     300     Edscorp  I 


Building,    Barrington.    New  Jersey  08007, 


Street 
City 


AMERICAN  MADE  7x50  BINOCULARS 


rific  barga 
Stock  No.  I544E 
AMERICAN-MADE  6x30's 
Stock  No.  963E 


WITH   A   MAGNET 

Go  treasure  hunting 
bottoml  Fascinating 
sometimes    profitable 


along    bottom — your 


—Gov  t  cost  S50    Lifts 
weights  under  water 
Stock  No    70  571  E 
Stock  No    70  570E 
Stock  No.  85. 152 E 


valuables.    5-lb.     Magnet    is 

war  surplus— Alnico-V   Type 

150  lbs.  on   land— much  greater 

5  lbs.  $14.00  Ppd. 

3' 2  lbs.  S  8.75  Ppd. 

$33.60  FOB 


traffic     stopper!.     ,^.      ,_ 

terrific    for    amateur    meteo- 
rologists. Create  a  neighbor- 


Stock  No.  60,568E 
GIANT    16'    DIAMETER 
Stock  No.  60,632E    


SET  OF  SEVEN  MIGHTY  MINI-LABS 

*  Seven    separate 


kits 
low-cost  pack- 
the  youngest  child 
y  enjoy.  Not  only 
un  but  extremely 
iily    teache: 


lectrii 
motor,  double-platform  bal- 
ance, transparent  flashlight, 
hydraulic  pump,  push-button 

I,    even   simple   Galile-   ' _     .     .    .  " 

ence    lectures.    Kits    i 

!.49.  Most  $1.98  each. 

ick   No.   7I.298E    $10.50  Ppd, 

TREASURE  HUNT  ON  LAND  &  SEA 

nd     buried     gold,     silver, 
ns,      treasure.       Powerful 


up 

to  2'/2  feet  in  water  in 

per- 

feet  safety.  Sensitive  eno 

ugh 

to    locate   single  coin,   s 

lall 

nugget.    Best    fully   tran 

torized,      loop     detector 

at 

moderate     price.      Big 

11" 

loop 

through    earth,    wood,    ve 

tation,  salt  water,  snow  i 

meter    and    headset    tone 

lightweight   O'/j    lbs.),   trouble-free   _ 

9  volt  battery  (included— 130  hour  life). 

Stock    No.    80,I34E    $163.50  Ppd. 

NEVER  BEFORE  A  BOOK  LIKE  THIS: 

"All  About  Telescopes" — 
the  world's  best  illustrated 
easily  understood  book  of  its 
kind.  Graphic  illustrations 
and  easy-to-read  languages. 
Instructs  how  to  build,  buy 
&  use  your  telescope.  Use 
with  photography — take  ce- 
lestial pictures  and  long- 
distance shots  of  birds, 
animals,  etc.  For  begin- 
advanced  amateur    ex- 


3"   ASTRONOMICAL    TEIfSCOPE 
shots,  orbit 


of     Vei 


Planet 


60  to  18 
Aluminized  and  overcoate  I 
3'  diameter  f/IO  primary 
mirror,  ventilated  cull 
Equatorial  mount  with  lock 
on  both  axes.  Equipped  with 
60X  eyepiece  and  mounted  .  ^ 
Barlow   lens.  3X  finder  tele  %^ 

scope.        hardwood       tripod 
FREE:    "STAR    CHART        272  page 
HEAVENS":    "HOW    TO     USE     YOUR     TELEbCOPE' 

$29  95  Ppd. 

$94  50  FOB 


H  A  N  0  L  u  0  l<     Of 


85.050E 

85.1 

85.( 


EDMUND 

SCIENTIFIC   CO. 


TERRIFIC   BUY!   TOP  QUALITY! 

PRICE  BREAKTHROUGH   IN  LARGE  SIZE 
OPAQUE 

PROJECTOR 

"Best  Opaque 
of  its  Kind 
Under  5200 


blueprints. 

objects.     Revoutionary     lighting    system     , 

brightness     retains    entire    field    in    focus.    Features    high! 

speed.     200mm     anastigmatic     projection     lens     (f3.5.     "" 


quartz  halogen  la 


F.L.):    powerful 

life)  ;   unique  internal   refiecting"'system7''ca„   „=   „.™   „„- 

side    down-H;opy   held   flat   by   magnetic    platens.    Turho- 

Stock    No.   7I.272E    .'.... 589.75  ppj. 


teach  log- 


MODEL   DIGITAL  COMPUTER 


Incl. 

biy    diagrams.    ; 

struction      book 

operatic 

15  experiments. 

Stock   No.    70,683E    «  i;  q»  p„h 

ANALOG  COMPUTER   KIT     '  ' 

Stock    No.   70.34IE $18.95  Ppd. 


nputer    language 


ling    problems   & 


Perfect    for    figui 


VERSATILE   WHITE   MODELING   PLASTIC 


.igns. 


egati' 


fori 
&    tool    di 


oJds. 


odel 


ily  shaped 
by  hand,  tools.  Can  be  rolled 
flat,  built  up  into  figures. 
Permanently  pliable  until 
baked  at  300°  F.  for  15-30 
minutes  in  oven— no  kiln  nor 
plaster    molds    needed 


Acqu 


Wo 


andcd. 


shaped  &   baked.   Can  then  be  cut,  sawed,   drilled, 
liainted,    embossed.   Smooth,   non-sticky,    harmless. 

Stock  No.  60,794E  2  lb.  $  3.60  Ppd. 

$10.50  Ppd. 


Stock  No.  71,205E 


8  lb. 


Exploi 

historic  world  of  dinosaurs 
200,000,000  years  ago.  New 
kit  contains  24  authentic 
scale  models  (12  dinosaurs 
— 12  mammals)  accurately 
detailed  in  sturdy  plastic. 
Incl.:  Giant  Brontosaurus. 
fierce  Tyrannosaurus  Rex. 
Wooly  Mammoth— range  in 
size  from  2"  to  6".  Also  inst. 
to  build  your  own  dinosaur  I; 
Stock    No.    70.8I7E 


$6  00  Ppd 


CAR   OF   THE   FUTURE   HERE   NOWi 


aphi 


ing  water, 
monstrates 
that    apply 


to     Ford 

Wright's  new  wheelless  air- 
cars.  Sturdy  red  and  yellow 
plastic.    8"    wide.    9"    deep, 

2"  high  with  4"  propeller.  Operates  on  2  flashlight  batteriei 
(not  incl.).  48"  control  line,   battery 
Stock   No.  70.307E    $3.50  Ppd 


HOT-AIR  FLYING  SAUCER  Kt, 


over  and  over.  Low  cost. 
Lots  of  fun.  Can  carrv  Vi 
II).  objects  with  string  teth- 
tr.  Fly  school  colors  at 
g.Tmes,  use  for  advertising, 
attach  mirror — play  "spy  In 
the  sky."  Includes  complete 
instructions.  16  pre-cut  #1 
\^hite  model  paper  gores,  8 
red  panels  for  portholes,  wi 
naged. 


cord.    Easily  repaired   i 


300    EDSCORP    BLDG. 

BARRIIMGTOIM,   IMEW  JERSEY  08007 


94 


jnted,  and  hard-hitting.  Those  who 
int  facts  and  a  "body  count"  will 
d  their  ammunition  here  and  only 
re.  This  is  an  important  book. 
The  consequences  of  our  use  of 
foliants  and  herbicides  cannot  fail 
be  felt  in  Vietnam  for  years,  per- 
ps  decades,  after  the  last  C-123 
rgo  plane  has  dumped  its  load  on 
e  land.  Bamboo  now  grows  where 
onomically  useful  stands  of  hard- 
)od  formerly  grew.  Picloram  may 
rsist  in  what  used  to  be  orchards, 
opland,  and  woodlots.  Children 
ive  been  born  with  abnormalities 
at  may  have  been  caused  by  con- 
minants  in  at  least  one  of  the 
foliants.  Other  children  may  show 
ental  retardation  resulting  from  in- 
lequate  protein  intake  occasioned 
'  "denying  food  to  the  enemy."  It 
ok  us  eight  years  to  catch  up  with 
achel  Carson.  How  long  will  it  take 
catch  up  with  Thomas  Whiteside? 
Richard  M.  Klein 
The  University  of  Vermont 

tPLORING  THE  OcEAN  WORLD,  edited 

f  C.  P.  Idyll.  Thomas  Y.  Crowell 
ompany,  $14.95 ;  280  pp.,  illiis. 

rhis  is  a  comprehensive  history  of 
oceanography,  ranging  in  time 
om  the  voyages  of  the  ancient  Egyp- 
ins  to  the  adventures  of  Jacques 
justeau  and  Jean  Picard,  with  par- 
;ular  emphasis  on  the  voyages  of 
e  Endeavour,  the  Beagle,  and  the 
hallenger  during  the  pioneering  cen- 
ry  from  the  1770's  to  the  1870's. 
ich  of  the  ten  articles  (written  in  a 
insistent  style  ostensibly  by  ten  lead- 
g  specialists  in  the  field)  presents 
i  subject  chronologically,  from  as 
r  back  as  history  permits  up  to  the 
■esent. 

The  book  is  profusely  illustrated, 
ostly  in  black  and  white,  but  with 
irty  pages  in  color,  and  presents 
ctorially  organisms,  institutions, 
;rsonages,  activities,  ships  old  and 
!w,  maps  and  charts,  and  many  ex- 
lanatory  diagrams.  Altogether  it  is  a 
ry  useful  compendium,  particularly 
3cause  of  its  comprehensive  bib- 
)graphy  and  unusually  complete  in- 

iX. 

The  editor,  C.  P.  Idyll,  has  written 
1  excellent  introduction  and  also, 
ith  Hiroshi  Kasahara  of  the  United 
ations  Development  Program,  a  real- 
tic  appraisal  of  present  and  poten- 
al  food  from  the  sea,  which  together 
ith  C.  F.  Hickling's  account  of 
irming  in  the  sea,  should  bring  some 
arry-eyed  population  optimists  down 
earth  where  we  all  belong.  Other 
■sources  of  the  sea  are  interestingly 
jid  sensibly  discussed  by  Robert 
ietz   of   the    Environmental    Science 


Services  Administration,  while  the 
physics  and  chemistry  of  the  sea  and 
of  seawater  itself,  the  sweep  and 
power  of  currents  and  waves,  and  the 
great  complexity  of  the  mineral  solu- 
tion, which  in  essence  we  retain  in 
our  blood  to  this  day,  are  well 
presented  by  James  Rucker  and  Neil 
Anderson  of  the  U.S.  Naval  Ocean- 
ographic  Office.  My  only  complaint 
with  regard  to  the  section  on  winds 
and  currents,  man's  primary  interest 
since  accurate  navigation  led  the  way 
to  the  exploration  of  the  ocean  as  a 
whole,  is  that  no  mention  is  made  of 
William  Dampier.  The  most  romantic 
sailor  of  all  time,  he  discovered  the 
fundamental  features  of  the  trade 
winds,  published  a  book  on  the  winds 
and  currents  of  the  world,  and  was  a 
member  of  a  group  of  pirates  who 
sailed  with  Henry  Morgan. 

Last  but  not  least  are  the  chapters 
on  the  biology  of  the  sea,  by  Charles 
Lane;  on  underwater  archeology,  by 
Mendel  Peterson ;  and  particularly, 
the  one  by  Robert  Dietz  on  the  under- 
water landscape,  which  emphasizes 
the  rapid  coming-into-focus  now  tak- 
ing place  with  regard  to  both  the 
making  of  oceans  and  the  not-too-dis- 
tant past  fragmentation  of  a  world 
continent.  The  book  ends  with  an  ar- 
ticle on  man  beneath  the  sea.  by 
Capt.  Edward  Beach  of  the  Naval 
War  College,  an  appropriate  and  per- 
haps slightly  ominous  ending  that 
shows  modern  technological  society 
about  to  take  over  the  sea  as  it  has 
the  land,  all  for  man's  benefit. 
Whether  man  can  survive  on  earth  is 
in  doubt;  also  doubtful  is  whether 
the  frail  and  lovely  ocean  and  the 
land  it  surrounds  can  survive  human 
ingenuity. 

N.  J.  Berrill 
Swarthmore  College 

The  American  Museum  is  open  to 
the  public  without  charge  every  day 
during  the  year,  except  Thanksgiv- 
ing and  Christmas.  Your  support, 
through  membership  and  contribu- 
tions, helps  make  this  possible.  The 
Museum  is  equally  in  need  of  sup- 
port for  its  work  in  the  fields  of  re- 
search,  education,   and   exhibition. 

This  list  details  the  photographer  or 
other  source   of  illustration  by  page. 

COVER-Bruno  Barbey,  Riboud,  Magnum;  right. 

Magnum  Bernard  B.  Fall 

33-36-William   A.    Bake.  Collection 

Jr.  52— Bernard  B.   Fall 

39-HelmutWimmer  Collection 

40-Charles  F.  Keyes  54-National  Center  for 

43— Miklos  Pinther  Atmospheric  Research 

45-46-Charlcs    F.    Keyes  56-59-Bruce  C.  Parker 

except  46-top  right.  except  58-National 

Pictorial  Parade  Center  for  Atmospheric 

47-Rene  Burri,  Magnum  Research 

48-Left.  Pictorial  Parade;  61-64-Tom  Beiswenger 

bot.,   Charles  F.  Keyes  66-William  C.  Miller. 

49-50-Bernard   B.   Fall  Hale  Observatories 

Collection  except  49-  69-Lick  Observatory 

right;  50-bot.,  Pictorial  73-Hale  Observatories 

Parade  8890-Louis  J.  Halle. 

51-top,  Rene  Burri,  ©  1970  Princeton 

Magnum;  left.  Marc  University  Press 


400  magnificent  wash  drawings 
and  photographs!  Written  by 
50  noted  ornithologists! 
A  MUST  volume  for  every 
bird  lover! 


464  huge 
8V2"  X  11"  pages 

BIRDS  IN  OUR  LIVES 

Edited  By  Alfred  Stefferud  and  Arnold  L.  Nelson 

This  lavish,  brand  new  volume  overflows  with 
rare  pictures  and  little-known  facts  about  the 
birds  of  America.  But  it  is  far  more  than  just 
a  pretty  picture  book  of  birds!  In  fabulous 
articles,  by  some  of  the  most  famous  authori- 
ties in  the  world,  among  them  Roger  Tory 
Peterson,  C.  Edward  Carlson,  and  President 
of  the  Audubon  Society,  Carl  Buchheister, 
you  learn  about  the  vital  part  birds  play  in 
medical  research,  how  they  migrate,  the 
often  misunderstood  place  in  nature  of  car- 
rion feeders.  Also  included:  how  to  attract 
birds.  Wildlife  laws.  How  birds  have  affected 
the  arts  and  sciences.  And  the  all-important 
subject  of  pollution — and  how  it  is  affecting 
the  survival  of  our  winged  friends.  Hundreds 
of  species  are  covered,  A  to  Z,  from  the  South 
American  Antbird  to  the  Zimbabwe  Stone 
Bird.  A  book  that  reveals  the  delights  and 
joys  of  birds  in  our  lives. 

Risk-Free  Examination 

Send  coupon  now  with  $9.00  for  your 
copy  of  Birds  In  Our  Lives.  If  not  de- 
lighted, return  book  within  30  days  of 
delivery  for  immediate  refund  in  fulL 
Clip  coupon  and  mail  now! 

At  your  bookseller  or: 

"" ARCO  PUBLISHING  CO.,  INC.     I 

219  Park  Avenue  South,  New  York,  New  York  10003  | 

Yes — rush  Birds  In  Our  Lives  for  risk-free  I 

examination.  I  enclose  S9.00  plus  I 

25C  postage.  It  not  completely  satisfied,  ■ 

I  may  return  book  wittiin  30  days  of  ■ 

delivery  for  an  immediate  refund  in  full.  | 

NH   10-70  I 


City/State 


Zip 


95 


Northwest  Timbered 

ACREAGES  as  low  as 

$950  Total   Price 

5  ■   10  ■  20  ■  40  ■  ACRES 
For  people  who  love  the  land— A  tract 
of   Recreation    Land    for   YOUR    Own! 

In  Northern  Idaho,  Northeastern  Wash- 
ington, and  Western  Montana.  In  the 
heart  of  lakes  and  big  gome  country.  All 
;s.  Title 


'ith 


ch    tr( 


This 


'ith 


atural  beauty,  recreation, 
and  investment  values.  We  hove  tracts  i 
many  types  and  sizes  from  which 
choose,  including  beautiful  Northwc 
Waterfront  property.  Your  inspection  we 
corned.  Write  us  for  free  list,  mops  or 
complete     information.      Write    to: 

Dept.  G 


arbiible  new  roll  about  tyDewriter  end  table 
is  tlie  most  versatile  and  completely  usable  desk  ever. 
It  opens  and  extends  into  a  full  fledged  portable 
ttome  office.  Drop  leaf  lifts  for  a  large  writing  sur- 
face— holds  adding  machine,  too.  Top  drawer  stores 
any  standard  portable  typewriter,  rolls  out  and  up 
to  perfect  t.vping  height.  Middle  drawer  is  storage. 
Bottom  is  standard  tiling  drawer  (legal  size  files 
sideways).  And  all  rolls  smoothly  on  large,  con- 
cealed casters.  YouM  never  know  tins  handsome  end 
table  had  so  many  beautiful  faces.  Hand  crafted  of 
select  loiotty  pine,  in  honey  tone  or  maple,  antique 
pine  or  walnut  finish.  20"H  i!3'i'T)  lS=i"V\-  (36"W 
leaf  up).  S65.95.  COMPLETE  KIT:  All  macMncd, 
sanded,  etc.  Ready  f-r  -■"■  ■.,c.-.....hiy  and  finislung. 
Simple  step-ty-  .  ■.  r  ■  -:.  $47.95 
Both  Expr.  '  ---  ■  '  ,  t. 
BEAUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG-1000  PIECES 

Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  In  Friendly  Pine 
Include  Zip  Code  YIELD     HOUSE 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  Dept.  NIO-0 

Money  Back  Guarantee      North  Conway.  X.H.  03S60 


Suggested 
Addliionai  Reading 

THE  CLICHE  OF  THE  KILLER 
WH.A.LES.  E.  J.  Slijper.  Basic  Books, 

Inc.,  New  York,  1962. 
The  M-4RIXE  M.amm.^ls  of  the 
Northwestern  Coast  of  North 
America.  C.  M.  Scammon.  Dover 
Publications.  Inc.,  New  York,  1968. 
Making  Friends  with  a  Killer 
Whale.  E.  I.  Griffin.  National  Geo- 
graphic, Vol.  129,  pages  418-466, 
1966. 

GEORGL\  GRANITE 
Studies  of  the  Flora  of  the  Gran- 
ite Outcrops  of  Georgia.  W.  B. 
Baker.  Emorr  University  Quarterly, 
I.  pages  162-171.  1945. 

The  Vegetation  of  the  Gr.a.nitic 
Flat-Rocks  of  the  Southe.^stern 
United  St.\tes.  R.  iMcVaugh.  Ecolo- 
gical Monographs,  April.   1943. 

PEOPLES  OF  INDOCHINA 
The  Making  of  Southeast  Asia.  G. 
Coedes.     University    of     California 
Press.  Berkeley,  1966. 
Southeast  Asian  Tribes.  Minorities 
and    Nations.    P.    Kunstadter.    ed. 
Princeton  University  Press.  Prince- 
ton, 1967. 
Southeast  Asia:  Crossroads  of  Re- 
ligions. K.  P.  Landon.  University'  of 
Chicago  Press,  Chicago,  1969. 

LIFE  IN  THE  SKY 

Clouds,  R-\in  and  Rainm-\king.  B.  J. 

Mason.        Cambridge       University 

Press.  New  York,  1962. 
From  Raindrops  to  Volcanoes.  D.  C. 

Blanchard.  Doubleday  &  Company. 

Inc.,  Garden  City,  1967. 

MADE  IN  JAPAN 

Japanese  Toys:  Playing  with  His- 
tory'. K.  Sanobe  and  K.  Sakamoto. 
Translated  by  C.  Pomeroy.  Charles 
E.  Tuttle  Co..  Inc..  Rutland.  1965. 

The  Folk  Arts  of  Japan.  H.  Mun- 
sterberg.  Charles  E.  Tuttle  Co.. 
Inc..  Rutland,  1958. 

DISSECTING  THE  CRAB 

Exploration  of  the  UNnTRSE.  G.  0. 
Abell.  Holt.  Rinehart  &  Winston, 
Inc.,  New  York,  1969. 

Astronomy  of  the  Twentieth  Cen- 
tury. 0.  Struve  and  V.  Zebergs. 
The  Macmillan  Company,  New 
York.  1962. 

Nebulae  and  Interstellar  M.\tter. 
B.  M.  Middlehurst  and  L.  H.  AUer, 
eds.  University  of  Chicago  Press, 
Chicago,  1968. 


"The  moving 
story  of  the 
dehumanization 
of  a  great 
Indian  leader." 


—Peter  FarJ 


EDITED  » 


"F.  W.  Turner's  introduction  is  i 
splendid  dividend,  a  perceptive  ex 
amination  of  how  one  culture 
vjhlie  American,  can  destroy  an 
other,  and  in  the  process  possibi; 
itself  as  well."-PeferFa/-£) 

"Turner  makes  a  strong  ecologica 
statement;  and  the  autobiograph; 
itself  is  more  powerful  than  direc 
propaganda  or  logical  argument 
the  stuff  of  tragedy.  Can  be  rea(^ 
purley  as  autobiography;  as  an  epi 
sode  in  history;  as  a  morality  talt 
of  terrifying  relevance." 

—Theodora  Kroebe 

"Fascinating  and  poignant.  . 
Here  in  moving,  simple  terms,  i: 
the  pathos  of  the  proud  red  mai 
humbled  yet  living  on.  Enhancei 
by  illustrations  and  painstakini 
scholarship."— Pui)//s/7eAs'  Weekli 


$6.95  at  booksellers 


?dutto 


96 


a  new  discovery 


the  blood  sucking  moth  of  malaya 

Not  all  moths  are  innocuous  nectar  eaters.  In  Malaya  there  is  a  species  that  lives  on  blood, 
like  mosquitoes  and  tsetse  flies  do.  But  unlike  dipterous  "vampires",  the  moth  has  a 
blood-drilling  mechanism  that  is  unique  in  the  entire  insect  world,  enabling  it  to  pierce  the 
hide  of  deer,  antelope  and  tapir!  In  his  fascinating  article  in  FAUNA,  the  Swiss 
entomologist  who  discovered  the  blood  sucking  moth  carefully  traces  its  evolution, 
explains  its  feeding  habits,  and  fully  describes  its  unique  structure  for  the  first  time  ever 
published.  And  his  vivid  illustrations,  including  close-up  photographs,  are  superb.  But  the 
blood  sucking  moth  is  just  one  of  the  exciting  new  discoveries  reported  in  FAUNA.  There  are 
many  more  in  every  bimonthly  issue. 

FAUNA  itself  is  new-a  new  magazine  and  a  new  concept:  it  is  both  a  scientific  journal 
and  a  popular  magazine.  It  brings  you  the  latest  discoveries  reported  by  the  very  research 
people  who  make  them.  FAUNA'S  authors  and  editors  are  exclusively  professional  zoologists. 
They  relate  new  information  about  familiar  animals. ..they  introduce  you  to  animals  you 
never  even  heard  of  before.  All  articles  in  FAUNA  are  written  in  depth,  but  in  non-technical 
terms.  Readable,  stimulating,  but  not  superficial,  they  reveal  a  thorough  picture  covering 
all  aspects  of  wild  animal  life  — behavior,  ecology,  physiology,  habits,  distribution  and 
evolution.  And  illustrations,  many  in  full  color,  are  the  finest  imaginable. 

FAUNA'S  purpose. ..to  bridge  the  wide  gap  between  the  specialized  technical  journals 
and  the  popularized  nature  magazines.  FAUNA  is  different  from  any  periodical  published. 
And  it  is  as  exciting  as  it  sounds  for  everyone  seriously  interested  in  wildlife. 

*The  new  discovery?  It's  in  FAUNA'S  first  issue.  Blood  sucking  moths  and  a  variety  of 
intriguing  animals  await  you  there.  And  more  discoveries  are  coming.  Order  your  Charter 
Subscription  and  discover  for  yourself  the  entire  fascinating  world  of  FAUNA. 


FAUNA  / 


//.  .oo/oyica/ 


ai/,,2, 


P.O.  Box  895  Rancho  Mirage.  California  92270 

YES.  I  want  to  receive  the  finest  wildlife  magazine  ever  published.  Please  enter  my  Charter 
Subscription  to  FAUNA,  published  bimonthly,  to  begin  with  the  first  issue  (January  1971)*. 
Subscription  rates,  $9  per  year.  D  Check  enclosed  D  Send  me  a  bill 

NAME 


ADDRESS- 
CITY 


w-i    A    f  W    ^  T    A         */f  ordered  by  WovemberiOt/i,  i970.  Outside  U.S.  or  Canada  add  $2  extra  for  postage.  Spec/a(  Student  ffafe,  $6  per 
1^  /\  II   ^W  /\       '/ear,  U.S.  and  Canada.  To  qualify  you  must  be  enrolled  full-time  and  state  the  name  of  your  school  and  class  with 
order.  Please  enter  GIFT  SUBSCRIPTIONS  on  a  separate  stieeL  Tell  us  from  whom  to  sign  Gift  Cards  and  include 
/Af  zoo/oy/cfi/  m/iytisin^       your  Own  name  and  address  With  Order. 


A  thundercloud,  captured  on 
film  during  a  NASA  Apollo  mission, 
presents  a  striking  example  of 
how  existing  space  techholog^f 
offers  new  ways  for  coping  v^&i 
problems  here  on  Earth.  ^ 

Camera-equipped  satellites, 
tracking  weather  around  the 
world,  can  give  advance  warning 
of  storms,  rain,  hail  and  frost. 
It  has  been  estimated  that  accurate 
5-day  weather  forecasts  could 
save  over  six  billion  dollars 
annually  in  the  U.S.  alone  when 
applied  to  agriculture,  forestry, 
transportation,  retail  marketing 
and  other  business  and  resource 
management. 

Think  about  the  possibilities. 
The  Boeing  Company. 


when  youVe  seen  the  herd  at  wallow  under  the 
Fever  tree... you've  watched  the  Ndebele  bead  artists 
at  work... you've  analysed  the  growth  potential  of 
the  market... then  youVe  learned  something  of 
SOUTH  AFRICA... 
and  maybe  done  a  little  business. 

Take  a  little  pleasure  with  your  business.  Where  the 
game  is.  Where  African  peoples  dwell  on  spectacular 
backdrops.  And  where  you  can  guarantee  return  on 
your  capital  at  15%  per  annum  .  .  .  with  a  prospect  of 
even  greater  growth.  Make  the  opportunity  to  see  for 
yourself. 

For  further  information  on  South  Africa,  contact  your  travel 
agent  or  write  to  the  South  African  Tourist  Corporation, 
Rockefeller  Center,  610  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10020,  or 
721  Wilshire  Beverly  Centre,  9465  Wilshire  Boulevard,  Beverly 
Hills,  California  90212. 

Travel  where  the  profit  is  .  .  .  SOUTH  AFRICA  appeals  to  the  opportunist  in  You 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


NCORPORATING  NATURE   MAGA: 


The  Journal  of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Vol.  LXXIX,  No.  9        November  1970 


The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History 

Gardner  D.  Stout,  President 
Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Director 

Natural  History 
Alfred  Meyer,  Editor 

ihert  E.  Williamson,  Managing  Editor 

Alan  P.  Ternes,  Senior  Editor 

Thomas  Page,  Art  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

Avis  Kniffin 

John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 

Frederick  R.  Hartmann 

Karen  Manulis 

Florence  G.  Edelstein,  Copy  Chief 

Toni  Gerher,  Copy  Editor 

Carol  Breslin,  Reviiiws 

Diantha  C.  Thorpe,  Research 

William  Suderman,  Production 

Staff  Assistants 

Ernestine  Weindorf 

Janet  Stinchcomb 

Lillian  Berger 

Editorial  Advisers 

Dean  Amadon 

Frunkiyn  M.  Branley 

Margaret  Mead 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

Gerard  Piel 

Ethel  Tohach 

Advertising  Sales 

Harvey  Oshinsky,  Director 

Harry  F.  Decker 

Walter  E.  Mercer 

Gordon  Finley 

Dinah  Lowell,  Traffic 

Eileen  O'Keefe,  Asst. 

Circulation  Promotion 

Ann  Usher,  Director 

Joan  Mein  tfies 

Gail  White 

Fulfillment 
Joseph  Saulina,  Manager 


6    THE  AUTHORS 

10     A  NEW  THEORY  OF  PYRAMID  BUILDING  Olaf  Tellefsen 

Or,  hoiv  the  ancient  Egyptians  manuevcred  over  two  million  3-joot-square 
blocks  of  stone  into  a  480-foot-high  pile—without  back  strain. 

24     POWWOW  John  Eastman 

Conscious  of  his  history  but  sensible  too  of  the  tourist  trade,  the  Indian 
must  jugi:'"  the  new  realities  that  could  destroy  him. 

28    THE  CHROMATIC  WOOD  SCULPTURE  OF  MORTIMER  BORNE 

ll'ith  a  wifely  assist  to  his  memory,  artist  Borne  reminisces,  gossips,  and 
discusses  his  work  for  the  Natural  History  tape  recorder. 

34    PERSUASIVE  SCENTS  IN  MOTH  SEX  LIFE  IVlartin  fiirch 
Everything  you  always  wanted  to  knoiv  about  scents  .  .  .'•'" 

40     THE  AMERICAN  LION  IMaurice  G.  Hornocker 

This  cat-of-many-names,  a  predator  extraordinaire,   stubbornly  flourishes 
where  bounty  hunters  and  creeping  civilization  iconld  have  him  fail. 

50  SKY  REPORTER  John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 

51  CELESTIAL  EVENTS  Thomas  D.  Nicholson    ■ 

52  BENTHIC  LIFE  IN  THE  FJORDS  OF  NORWAY  Michael  Berrill 
Dredging  the   ocean  depths   reveals   simple   communities   of  animals   that 
glisten  an  intriguing  red  lehen  surfaced  for  study'. 

60     HEALING  IN  THE  SIERRA  MADRE  David  Weriier 

Hair  of  dog  and  rattler's  bile,  dung  of  coiv  and  catfish  oil :  fust  a  few  standard 
items  from  a  campesino's  medicine  chest. 

80     ARDREY  IN  WONDERLAND  A  review  by  Ronald  Singer 

An  anthropologist  enters  the  ivorld  of  Robert  Ardrey's  Social  Cmitract.  and, 
like  Alice,  finds  that  it  groivs  "curiouser  and  curioiiser." 

88     SUGGESTED  ADDITIONAL  READING 

COVER:  During  rough  tdaho  winters,  the  elusive  mountain  lion  folloics 
his  prey  into  the  valleys,  ichere  his  tracks  record  the  events  of 
his  ivanderings. 

*.  .  .  but  iverc  afraid  to  ask. 

Palilicalion  Offce:  The  American  Mnsrum   of  Natural  History,  Central  Park   ICest  at 
79th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024.  Puhlished  monthly,  October  through  May; 
bimonthly  June  to  September.  Subs<  rijilKm  :  ^7.110  u  year.  In  Canada  and  all  other 
countries:  $8.00  a  year.  Single  copies  st.OO.  Srmnd-class  postage  paid  at  Nctv  York, 
N.Y.,  and  at  additional  offces.  Copyright  ©  1970  by  The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History.  No  part  of  this  periodical  may  be  reproduced  tvilhout  the  written  consent  of 
NATtiHAi,  HiSTOiiv.  Manuscripts  and  illustrations  submitted  to  the  editorial  offiee 
uill  hr  hanillrd  with  care,  but  we  cannot  assume  responsibility  for  their  safely.  Opinions 
r\prc\siil  In  inithors  are  their  own  and  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the  policy  of  The 
American  Museum.  Natural  History  incorporating  Nature  Mapazinc  ('.s  indexed  in 
Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 


When  fishermen  first  saw  oilmen  drilling 
in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  some  twenty  years  ago, 
they  were  shocked.  "The  fishing  will  never  be 
the  same,"  they  said.  And  they  were  right. 

Nearly  a  thousand  oil-producing  platforms 
now  rise  from  gulf  waters  and  the  fishing\is 
better  than  ever.  Far  better.  \ 

Not  only  are  catches  more  abundant.  Th^ 
variety  is  more  interesting.  At  least  a  dozen* 


species  of  fish,  which  were  seldom  ^seen  in  the 


The  fishing  i 

area  before,  are  turning  up  near  the  platfor; 
Among  these  are  the  aristocratic  pompanc 

And  the  big  fellows  seem  to  be  movi 
closer  too.  The  annual  Tarpon  Rodeo  at  Grj ' 
Isle,  in  the  heart  of  Louisiana's  offshore  i 
fields,  is  now  one  of  the  largest  fishing  contt^ 
in  the  United  States. 

Jersey's  affiliate,  Humble  Oil  &  Refiri 
Company,  operates  many  of  the  offshore  w«a 
Here's  how  they  explain  the  fish  phenomerj 


jtter  than  ever. 


When  the  legs  of  a  platform  are  thrust  into 
cean  floor,  they  attract  various  forms  of 
ne  life,  such  as  plankton,  algae  and  bama- 
These  attract  small  fish.  And  the  small  fish 
,ct  big  fish.  And  so  on  and  so  on,  in  the 

at-fish  rhythms  of  the  sea. 
For  Jersey  or  Humble  to  claim  credit  for 
natural  process  would  clearly  be  absurd, 
imply  point  out  that  it  might  not  happen 

if  we  ran  our  oil  platforms  without  caring 


about  the  waters  in  which  they  stand. 

By  the  way,  commercial  fishing  in  the 
gulf  is  going  great  guns  too.  Trawlers  are  now 
catching  over  four  times  the  weight  of  fish  they 
caught  in  1940. 

Standard  OU  Company 
(New  Jersey) 


# 


/ 


In  this  superb  new  book  you'll 
jee  many  tropical  birds  never  before 
)hotographed. 

And  many  that  may  never  be 
)hotographed  again. 

Portraits  of  Trojjical  Birds  began  as  a  labor  of  love  and  gi'ew  into  a 
^ork  of  camera  art  and  scientific  achievement.  For  John  S.  Dunning,  a  Field 
ollaborator  of  the  Cornell  Laboratory  of  Ornithology,  the  goal  was  to  photograph 
s  many  of  the  neotropical  birds  of  Central  and  South  America  as  time  and  effort 
rould  allow.  And,  to  photograph  them  under  conditions  as  near  to  their  natural 
nvironment  as  humanly  and  technically  possible. 

The  result  is  a  beautiful  book  and  eloquent  testimony  to  Dunning's 
uccess.  Here,  the  birds  of  Central  and  South  America  are  captured  on  film  by  a 
lasterf  ul  photographer  and  an  ornithologist  of  exceptional  skill  and  patience. 
)unning's  tireless  tracking  of  the  lowland  jungles  and  awesome  mountain 
anges  has  produced  stunning  portraits  of  birds  never  before 
hotographed.  Many  are  virtually  unknown  to  ornithologists,  and 
thers,  near  the  brink  of  extinction,  may  never  be  photographed  again. 

Hummingbirds  and  trogons,  jacamars  and  motmots,  puffbirds  ahd 
Ducans,  the  Andean  cock-of-the-rock,  are  represented  in  all  their  magnificent 
lumage.  Above  all,  are  the  tanagers,  brilliant  blue  or  iridescent  green,  crimson 
r  gold,  photographed  in  their  characteristic  attitudes. 

These  handsome  portraits  constitute  a  permanent  record  of  each 
pecies.  The  scientific  value  is  great.  The  photographs  are  superb.  The  text  offers 
ascinating  insights  into  how  much— or  more  often,  how  little— we  know 
f  these  tropical  birds. 

In  an  absorbing  chapter.  Dunning  tells  of  techniques  he  had  to 
evelop  to  photograph  his  fragile  and  elusive  subjects  under  natui-al  or 
ear-natural  conditions.  The  equipment  he  used  is  clearly  described, 
D  encourage  other  nature  photographers. 

Portraits  of  Tropical  Birds  is  a  rare  achievement.  Sadly,  as  the 
ulldozer  and  power  saws  continue  to  chew  up  the  landscape,  it's  a  work  that 
lay  never  be  possible  to  duplicate. 

[  Although  the  book  will  not  be  generally  distributed  un_til_l_9'71 , ^ 

dvance  copies  will  be  ready  in  November  [" 

3r  Christmas  giving  or  keeping.  j     HU"^®*°^eId  011x1^^  Company 

'he  number  is  limited,  so  use  the  coupon  |     wynnSvood?  Penna^l9096 

elow  to  reserve  your  copy  now.  I  „,  '  e-n    ,.    -^     fv    ^■,.„^ 

,,,  ,.      -*        ,11  ^"^  ,,  I  Please  reserve  a  copy  of  Portraits  of  Tropical 

Lt  the  same  tmie  you  11  save  on  the  Bij.^s  f oi-  ^.g.  Enclosed  is  payment  at  the  pre- 

re-publication  price.  }  publication  price  of  $17.95.  As  soon  as  available 


rush  my  copy  to : 


I 

ORTRAITS  OF  TROPICAL  BIRDS  | 

yJohnS.  Dunning  •      ^^"^ 

74  pages  j      address 

2  color  plates  ■      city  &  state^ . 

17.95  until  December  31,  1970  j  (Pa.  residents  please  add  e%  sales  tax.) 

20.00  thereafter  I 


A  retired  design  engineer.  Olaf 
Tellefsen  was  Lorn  in  Arendal, 
Norway,  and  came  to  the  United 
States  in  1928.  Professionally 
trained  in  Norwegian  schools,  Tel- 
lefsen's  life-long  avocation  has  been 
the    analysis    of    ancient    structures 


from  an  engineering  point  of  view. 
He  has  made  many  trips  abroad — 
to  Egypt,  Greece,  Italy,  and  Stone- 
henge — in  pursuit  of  additional  in- 
formation with  which  to  test  his 
theories. 

John  Eastman,  author  of 
"Powwow,"  is  a  free-lance  writer 
from  Kalamazoo,  Michigan.  He  re- 
ceived a  B.S.  degree  in  biology 
from  Western  Michigan  University 
in  1965,  and  has  since  worked  as  a 
biological  assistant  for  the  Illinois 


Natural  History  Survey  and  as  a 
manuscript  editor  of  biological  text- 
books. His  previous  works  for 
Natural  History  include  "A  Field 
Guide  to  Field  Guides,"  November, 
1969,  and  "Biology  of  the  Way- 
Out,"  May,  1970. 


Born  in  Rypin,  Poland,  artist 
Mortimer  Borne  came  to  the 
United  States  in  1916.  After  a  pe- 
riod   of    experimentation,    he    pio- 


neered in  the  technique  of  color 
drypoint  using  three  plates.  A  for- 
mer lecturer  of  art  at  the  New 
School  for  Social  Research,  Borne 
has  had  one-man  shows  at  the  Cor- 
coran Gallery  of  Art,  the  Museum 
of  Fine  Arts  (Montreal),  and  the 
Smithsonian  Institution.  His  works 
are  in  many  permanent  collections, 
including  that  of  the  Library  of 
Congress  and  the  Rosenwald  Collec- 
tion of  the  New  York  Public  Li- 
brary. Borne  currently  resides  in 
Nyack,  New  York. 

The  destruction  by  deathwatch 
beetles  of  the  roof  of  his  cleric  fa- 
ther's country  church  triggered 
Martin  Birch's  interest  in  insects. 


an  interest  that  eventually  led  to  a 
Ph.D.  in  entomology  from  Oxford 
University.  A  native  of  England, 
Birch  is  currently  a  lecturer  and  re- 
search felloiv  at  the  University  of 
California  at  Berkeley  where  he  is 
working  on  bark  beetle  control.  He 
is  also  continuing  his  research  on 
pheromones  in  Lepidoptera.  with 
emphasis  on  chemical  commu- 
nication in  animals  for  possible  ap- 
plication in  pest  control  without 
harmful  side  effects.  His  work  has 
taken  him  to  Denmark  and  Crete  to 
study  ladybird  beetles.  Moscow  and 
West  Germany  for  research  with 
moths,  and  Kenya  where  he  studied 
army  worms  and  termites. 

Leader  of  the  Idaho  Cooperative 
Wildlife  Research  Unit  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Idaho,  Maurice  G.  Hor- 
nocker  received  his  B.S.  and  M.S. 
degrees  from  the  University  of 
Montana  and  his  Ph.D.  from  the 
University  of  British  Columbia. 
HdrncKkci',-  \V(irk  cm  magpie-pheas- 


^; 


ant  relationships,  and  his  research' 
on  raptors,  grizzly  bears,  and 
mountain  lions  have  earned  him  a 
respected  position  in  the  field  of  an- 
imal behavior.  His  present  researcl^ 
focuses  on  the  ecology  of  predation. 


How  many  of  these  books  from 

Natural  Science  Book  Club 

have  you  been  wanting? 

■i  HBe  good  to  yourself-and  choose  them  now! 

^1     (retail  prices  sliown) 

I 


54090.  HUMAN  SEXUALITY. 

James  Leslie  McCrary.     $9.75 

67140.  THE  PARABLE  OF 
THE  BEAST.  John  N.  Bleib- 
ireu.  Man's  vital  relationship 
to  his  animal  self.  $6.95 


Botany 


I 
I 


I 


66120.  ORCHID  FLOWERS: 
Their  Pollination  and  Evolu- 
tion. L.  van  der  Fiji  and  Cala- 
Kay  H.  Dodson.  $12.50 

Astronomy 

32720.  AMATEUR  ASTRON- 
OMY. Patrick  Moore,  F.R.A.S. 

$6.95 
79810.  SPLENDOR  IN  THE 
SKY.  Gerald  S.  Hawkins.  Fas- 
cinating survey  of  astronomy. 

$8.95 
78230.  THE  SHADOW  OF 
THE  TELESCOPE.  Guniher 
Bultman.  Life  story  of  John 
Herschel,  son  of  the  famous 
astronomer.  $7.95 


I 

I 

I 
I 


Recreation 

53530.  HOME  BOOK  OF 
TAXIDERMY  AND  TAN- 
NING. Gerald  J.  Grantz. 

$7.95 

68S60.  THE  PHILOSOPHI- 
CAL FISHERMAN.  Harold 
F.  Blaisdell.  $6.95 

73350.  READING  THE 
WOODS.  Vinson  Brown.  How 
to  read  plant  and  animal  signs 
in  the  woods.  $5.95 

50340.  GEM  HUNTER'S 

GUIDE.  Russell  P.  MacFall. 

$5.95 

32980.  AMERICA'S  CAMP- 
ING BOOK.  Paul  Cardwell, 
Jr.  Comprehensive  guide. 

$10.00 

74260.  INTRODUCTION  TO 
ROCK  AND  MOUNTAIN 
CLIMBING.  Ruth  and  John 
Mendenhall.  $5.95 


Oceanography 

47380.  EXPLORING  THE 
OCEAN  WORLD:  A  History 

of  Oceanography.  Edited  by 
C.  P.  Idyll.  $14.95 

64560.  THE  NEW  WORLD 
OF  THE  OCEANS.  Daniel 
Behrman.  The  pioneer  ocean- 
ographers  -  first-hand  inter- 
views and  observations.  $8.95 


Archaeology 

58840.  LOOKING  FOR  DIL- 

MUN.  Geoffrey  Bibby.  Search 
for  an  ancient  civilization. 

$10.00 

68160.  PERSEPOLIS:  The 
Archaeology  of  Parsa,  Seat  of 
the  Persian  Kings.  Donald  N. 
Wilbur.  $7.95 


Geology 


50350.  GEOLOGY  OF  THE 
MOON.  Thomas  A.  Mutch. 
Counts  as  2  choices.        $17.50 

Anthropology 

88080.  YIWARA:  Foragers  of 
the  Australian  Desert.  Richard 
A.  Gould.  $8.95 

88040.  YANOAMA:  The  Nar- 
rative of  a  White  Girl  Kid- 
napped hy  Amazonian  Indians. 

As  told  to  Ettore  Biocca. 

$7.95 

Adventure 

64850.  NOTES  FROM  THE 
CENTURY     BEFORE:     A 

Journal  from  British  Columbia. 

Edward  Hoagland.  $6.95 

87290.    THE    WOLFLING. 

Sterling  North.  $5.95 


We  invite  you 
to  take  any  3  books 


(values  to  $39.95) 


for  only 


with  a  trial  membership 


TRIAL  MEMBERSHIP  APPLICATION  4  S-o 

Natural  Science  Book  Club,  Riverside,  N.J.  08075 

Upon  acceptance  of  this  oitier,  pk'a.sc  enroll  me  as  a  trial  member  and  .send 
the  thri'o  books  whose  numbens  I  have  niled  in  below.  Bill  me  just  9i)c 
cat-h.  plus  shippinK  and  handling.  If  not  delighted,  1  will  return  them 
within  10  days  and  my  membership  will  be  cancelled. 

As  a  trial  member,  I  need  accept  as  few  as  3  more  .s.le<linn.s  during  On- 
ii'xt  12  months,  always  at  reduced  member's  prices  plus  .shi[llllll^:  •,m<\ 
iiandiniK'  ;md  I  may  cajicel  membership  any  time  thertaiicr.  Kai  ii  numih  I 
wilt  letelvo  adviinee  review.s  describing  the  forthcomlnj;  srlfi-iimi.  alonj; 
With   a  cdnvenirnt  form   for  requcstlnR  alternate  selecllons  or  no  book  at 

ehX' 

3  books  for  only  99c  each  (write  in  numbers) 


X-,.,.,o 

(Somo  cxpcnsivu 

books  coun 

as  2  seluctlons. ) 

AH,lr™» 

City 

Stiili. 

Zip 

59640.  MAN  A>fD  ANIMAL 
IN  THE  ZOO.  Heini  Hediger. 
$11.95 
33780.  ANIMALS  IN  MIGRA- 
TION. Robert  T.  Orr.    $12.50 

85890.  VENOMOUS  REP- 
TILES.  Sherman  A.  Minton, 
Jr.  and  Madge  Rutherford 
Minton.  $7.95 

Conservation 
and  Ecology 

78350.     SINCE     SILENT 

SPRING.   Frank  Graham,  Jr. 

$6.95 


69750.     THE     PRAIRIE 

WORLD.  David  F.   Costello. 

$7.95 

37400.  CHALLENGE  FOR 
SURVIVAL.  Edited  by  Pierre 
Dansereau.  $7.95 

Mathematical 
Games  and  Puzzles 

46650.  EXCURSIONS  IN 
GEOMETRY.  C.  Stanley 
Ogilvy.  $6.00 

85440.    THE    UNEXPECTED 

HANGING.  Martin  Gardner. 
$5.95 

Science  Classics 

85980.  WALLACE  AND 
BATES    IN    THE    TROPICS. 

Edited  by  Barbara  C.  Beddall. 
Key  contributions  to  theory  of 
natural  selection.  $5.95 

73480.  RATS,  LICE  AND 
HISTORY.  Hans  Zinsser. 
Biography  of  a  disease  — 
typhus.  $6.95 

65320.  ON  ANCIENT  CEN- 
TRAL-ASIAN  TRACKS.    Sir 

Aurel  Stein.  Famous  early- 
20th-century  archaeological  ex- 
peditions. $5.95 

571S0.     KING     SOLOMON'S 

RING.  Konrad  Lorenz.  All 
about  animal  conversation. 

$6.95 


I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 
I 
I 
I 


Why  Robert  R  Talbot 
never  returned  to  the 
Okeefenokee  Swamp. 

He  never  had  to.  Bob  takes  his  own  bird  photo- 
graphs, but  he  doesn't  take  chances.  He  devel- 
ops thefiim  and  makes  the  enlargements  on  the 
spot.  He  can  do  it  because  he's  got  a  Durst  IVI301 
enlarger.  It  packs  in  a  carrying  case  that's  no 
bigger  than  a  bread  box.  And  sets  up  in  minutes 
in  camper,  tent,  air  boat -or  outdoors  on  a  dark 
night.  The  Durst  IV1301  is  for  35mm  and  smaller, 
and  its  only-slightly-bigger  brother,  the  Durst 
M600.  goes  to  2-1/4  square.  They  make  great 
enlargements  in  B&W  and  color,  and  work 
equally  well  in  kitchen,  bathroom,  closet  or  even 
darkroom.  Prices  start  at  under  S70.  Your  dealer 
also  offers  complete,  money-saving  Durst  en- 
larging outfits.  By  the  way.  with  an  inexpensive 
bulb  adapter  and  an  auto  headlight  bulb  you 
too  can  print  in  the  field. .  .using  a  car  battery. 
Write  for  details.  Durst  (USA)  Inc.  Garden  City. 

NewYorkll530.SubsidiaryofEhrenreich  Photo-     nijDCT  f|sjl/^rqers 
Opticallndustries.  lnc.[ll^D 


^  -^^ii^S' 


Assistant  professor  of  biology  at 
Trent  University  in  Ontario,  Mi- 
chael Berrill  spent  the  summer  of 
1969  observing  marine  animals  in 
Norway.  His  objective  in  exploring 
deepwater  fauna  was  to  find  an  in- 
vertebrate subject  for  studies  of  the 
development  of  behavior.  Berrill. 
who  earned  his  M.S.  at  the  Univer- 
sity   of    Hawaii    and    his    Ph.D.    at 


Princeton,  both  in  biology,  is  the 
author,  with  N.  J.  Berrill,  of  Life  of 
Sea  Islands.  His  field  work  has 
taken  him  to  the  Caribbean,  Japan, 
and  Newfoundland. 

Davitl  Werner,  author  of 
"Healing  in  the  Sierra  Madre,"  has 
been  the  director  of  Project  Piaxtla 
for  the  Hesperian  Foundation  since 
its  inception   in    1965.   The   aim   of 


this  project  has  been  to  improve  the 
health  and  living  standards  of  the 
villagers  in  Mexico's  isolated  "las 
barrancas"  region.  Werner  received 
his  B.Sc.  in  biology  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  New  England  in  New 
South  Wales,  Australia,  and  super- 
vised the  high  school  student  ar-i 
ticle,  "Sabino  Grove  Ecolog>ji^ 
Study,"  which  appeared  in  thci 
May,  1965,  issue  of  Natural  His|| 

TORY. 


the  incomparable  world  of  DONALD  L.  FERGUSON,  LTD.,  Tours  and  Cruises    | 

THE  WORLD... three  fabulous  ways  around  it: 


GREAT  WORLD  AIR  CRUISE  (our  third  annual)  by  private  all  First  Class  TWA 
Boeing  707,  including  such  travel  rareties  as  Morocco,  East  Africa,  Iran, 
Afghanistan  and  Bali.  From  San  Francisco  February  18, 1971.  37  days.  $7785. 
home  city  to  home  city. 

GRAND  TOUR  AROUND  THE  WORLD  (for  our  sixteenth  successive  year)  -the 

best  of  everything  on  a  leisurely,  comprehensive  itinerary.  From  San  Francisco 

in  spring  and  autumn.  84  days.  $3860.* 

37-DAY  WORLD  TOUR- for  those  with  less  time  who  still  wish  a  complete 

itinerary  and  first  class  arrangements.  Four  times  yearly  from  San  Francisco. 

$1845.* 


SOUTH  PACIFIC  and  the  complete  ORIENT. ..three  unique  programs: 

GREAT  PACIFIC  AIR  CRUISE  (never  before  offered)  -to  New  Guinea,  the 
Antipodes  and  the  romantic  islands  of  the  South  Seas  — by  private  all  First  Class 
TWA  Boeing  707  over  an  itinerary  beyond  parallel.  January  14, 1971.  31  days. 
$6385.  from  San  Francisco. 

TOURS  OF  THE  ORIENT—  unmatched  itineraries,  unmatched  luxury.  27  days. 
From  San  Francisco  spring  and  autumn.  $1685.* 

ENCHANTED  ISLES  OF  THE  EAST-a  travel  first-49  days  completely  off  the 
touristed  track  including  Sumatra,  Java,  Bali,  Sulawesi,  Borneo  and  all  the 
Philippines.  From  San  Francisco,  February  and  September.  $3150.* 


AFRICA... the  entire  continent  or  the  safari  country  of  East  Africa  alone: 

GRAND  TOUR  OF  AFRICA  — every  possible  point  of  interest  between  Capetown 
and  Addis  Ababa,  including  the  finest  of  the  game  reserves.  57  days.  From 
New  York,  spring  and  autumn.  $3965.* 

EAST  AFRICA  AIR/LAND  SAFARIS-the  most  professionally-planned  safaris 
available  with  a  carefully-considered  combination  of  motor  and  air  travel.  An 
impressive  thirteen  game  reserves  in  Kenya,  Uganda  and  Tanzania.  From  New 
York,  throughout  the  year.  24  days.  $1795.* 


INDIA... "In  depth"  in  two  months  or  the  highlights  in  one  month: 

GRAND  TOUR  OF  INDIA.  Nowhere  else  is  such  a  complete  program  available. 
Our  sixteenth  successive  year  on  the  sub-continent  "in  the  Grand  Manner." 
From  New  York,  spring  and  autumn.  55  days.  $4130.  Including  Economy  Class  air 
from  and  return  to  New  York. 

"THE  MANY  FACES  OF  INDIA"-a  30-day  program  of  independent  travel, 
including  all  the  expected  features  plus  the  Himalayas  and  southern  India.  Weekly 
throughout  the  year.  $1065.* 


Donald  L.  Ferguson's  "world"  features  only  one  category  of 
travel- the  finest  to  be  had.  Top  hotels-best  rooms-a  la  carte 
dining— no  "optionals." 

Remember,  too,  that  "our  world"  encompasses  unusual 
summer  tours  through  Scandinavia  and  throughout  Eastern 
Europe.  Our  "water  world"  includes  distinctive  cruises 
in  the  Caribbean  and  our  renowned  "Voyage  Into  Antiquity" 
in  the  Mediterranean. 

Your  TRAVEL  AGENT  can  explain  the  merits  of  these  travel 
offerings  in  full. 
*International  air  fare  to  be  added. 


^tV'\/^K  [  A  I  r~\  ■    ^  Please  send  informali( 

:RGUSON,^^"     


219  Paiefmo  Ave.,  Coral  Coliles,  Flciiid.l  3313-1 


Zip 


A  NEW  THEORY 

OF 
PYRAMID 

BUILDING 


'3>.-*--';%.f^ 


After  5,000  years 
of  speculation,  a 
fresh  approach 
eliminates  the  need 
for  a  Cecil  B. 
deMille  set  and 
a  cast  of  100,000 

by  Olaf  Tellefsen 

Egyptologists  and  engineers  have 
been  fighting  over  the  great  pyra- 
mids for  years.  The  archeologists 
hold  for  a  hundred  thousand  men 
hauling  three-ton  blocks  up  earthen 
ramps  more  mammoth  than  the 
pyramids  themselves.  The  engineers 
produce  pages  of  calculations  to 
show  there  wasn't  enough  man- 
power in  all  Egypt  to  build  such 
ramps,  and  further,  that  the  Egyp- 
tians couldn't  have  gotten  enough 
men  on  top  of  a  pyramid,  even  with 
scaffolding,  to  heave  the  huge  top 
piece  into  place. 

The  engineers  have  not  come  up 
with  anything  to  replace  the  ramp 
theory,  however.  The  problem  is 
simply  stated:  Devise  a  means  of 
building  a  180-foot-high  monument 
out  of  more  than  two  million  3-foot- 
square  blocks  of  stone,  without  us- 
ing any  power  other  than  human  or 
animal  strength.  Based  upon  an  ac- 
cidental observation  in  present-day 
Eg>T3t,   I   have   an   answer  that  in- 

lO 


:**«^et-j^' 


^^^^rnrni 


'ry^'^^'mm:^^: 


II 


Africa 
calls! 


Come  discover 
the  insider's  Africa 

on  the 
SAS ''Mini  Safari'' 


Rendezvous  with  rhinos.  Live  it  up 
with  lions.  Get  to  know  a  gnu.  An 
SAS  "Mini-Safari"  whisks  you  in 
special  Safari  Vehicles  through  all 
that's  most  wild  and  wonderful  in 
Kenya,  Tanzania,  Uganda.  Gaze  on 
parks  teeming  with  game.  Ngoron- 
goro  Crater.  Mt.  Kilimanjaro.  Famed 
Murchison  Falls.  And — coming  and 
going — get  the  bonus  of  a  stop  in 
wonderful  Copenhagen. 

Yes — Africa  Calls.  So  come  swing 
through  Africa  on  this  SAS  "Mini' 
Safari".  Weekly  departures.  21  days 
from  .Sl,751  *.  Mail  our  coupon  for 
details. 

'Based  on  14/28  day  EXC  economy  round 
trip  air  fare  on  SAS  from  New  York  to  Nairobi 
via  Copenhagen.  Check  your  travel  agent  for 
prices  through  our  other  gateways. 


SAS,  Box   3443,  Grand  Central  Sta- 
tion, New  York,  N.Y.  10017 

Please   send   me   your   free   folder   on 
SAS  "Mini-Safari"  Tours. 


Name 


Address 


City 


State 


Zip 


My  Travel  Agent  is 


Let  yourself  go  ^/K  ^ 
on  safari  on    ^Awt^ 


12 


volves  the  use  of  one  simple  tool 
easily  accessible  to  the  ancients  and 
that  does  away  with  the  need  for  a 
ramp  and  all  but  a  few  thousand  of 
the  postulated  hordes  of  workers. 

On  a  trip  up  the  Nile  some  years 
ago,  I  saw  three  men  moving  large 
stones  to  the  water's  edge  from  a 
pile  that  could  well  have  been  the 
remains  of  some  ancient  structure. 
When  I  saw  the  size  of  the  stones 
my  engineering  sense  told  me  that  I 
had  run  across  a  technological  cu- 
riosity of  note.  The  primitive  piece 
of  equipment  the  men  were  using 
was  a  triumph  of  elementary  phys- 
ics— a  large  weight  arm,  consisting 
of  a  heavy  timber  that  pivoted  on  a 
sturdy,  6-foot-high  fulcrum.  The 
short  arm  was  less  than  3  feet  long; 
the  long  arm  15  to  16  feet.  A  pallet 
was  attached  to  the  long  arm.  upon 
which  rocks  could  be  piled  for 
counterweight.  While  the  unit  was 
roughly  built,  apparently  with  no 
tool  other  than  an  ax,  it  served  its 
purpose  admirably. 


As    I    watched,    the   men    slid    a 
sling  under  one  of  the  stones,  loop- 
ing the  bight  over  the  short  end  of  j 
the  weight  arm  where  one  man  held 
it  in  place  while  the  other  two  piled  j 
rocks  on  the  pallet.  They  piled  on 
rocks  until  it  almost  balanced,  then 
brought  the  beam  down  by  adding 
their  combined  weight.  That  lifted 
the  big  stone  about  a  foot,  enough 
for   the  third  man   to  place  planks, 
rollers,  and  a  pair  of  runners  under 
it.  With  that  done,  the  men  at  thej 
pallet  eased  the  stone  down  on  thfrl 
rollers  and  proceeded  to  dump  the  8 
counterweight.    The    sling    was    re-| 
moved,  and  the  load  was  now  readjjj 
for  moving.  Two  men  pushed  with 
wooden  levers  while  the  third  man 
shifted  the  rollers  and  leapfroggecj 
the  planks. 

The  block  of  stone  must  have 
weighed  more  than  two  tons,  but 
the  placing  of  it  on  the  rollers  had 
taken  little  more  than  ten  minutes. 

I  felt  sure  the  apparatus  I  had 
seen  must  have  been  based  on  an 


In  conventional  explanations, 
the  pyramid  builders  used  giant 
ramps  to  raise  the  stone  blocks 
up  to  the  working  area.  The 
ramps  either  corkscrewed  up  the 
sides,  as  in  this  representation, 
or  were  built  straight  up  to 
one  face.  Remains  of  ramps  have 
been  found  at  some  pyramids, 
but  many  experts  doubt 
that  ramps  were  used 
all  the  way  up  to  the  480-foot  level, 


^■"^^. 


^ 


^ 


,,-^ 


\ 


/ 


'•«»**»*•«•». 


•"^•fi^^^S*!! 


Photo  -surrealism 

Raindrops  on  a  window,  inches  from  the  camera,  A  girl  on  a  beach,  a  hundred 
feet  away.  Both  exquisitely  sharp,  which  gives  the  picture  its  special  quality. 
But,  how  to  do  it  without  special  equipment? 

In  theory  you'd  first  shoot  the  beach  scene,  focusing  on  the  girl.  Moments 
later,  after  rewinding  the  film  one  frame,  you'd  focus  on  the  rain  spattered  window 
and  make  a  second  exposure.  Quite  simple,  really  Except  that  it's  impossible 
with  most  cameras  because  their  lenses  can't  provide  the  tremendous  focusing 
range  required. 

With  the  Nikkormat  FTN  it  was  as  simple  as  it  sounds.  This  35mm  single 
lens  reflex  is  made  by  Nikon  and  accepts  the  same  interchangeable  lenses  as 
the  famous  Nikon  F  It  was  used  here  with  the  55mm  Micro  Auto-Nikkor  f3  5, 
an  unusual  lens  that  can  be  focused  for  any  distance  from  2.3  inches  all  the 
way  to  infinity  (Imagine  being  able  to  use  the  same  lens  for  life-size  closeups 
of  flowers  or  insects  as  well  as  for  portraits,  kids,  parties  and  the  like!) 

This  IS  only  one  example  of  the  uncommon -even  "impossible"- pictures 
the  Nikkormat  FTN  brings  within  your  reach.  Yet,  for  all  its  capabilities,  it  is 
remarkably  uncomplicated.  Its  unique  thru-the-lens  meter  system,  tor  instance, 
gives  you  correct  exposure  instantly  for  unusual  pictures  like  this.  And  it's  yours 
(or  under  $280.including  50mm  Auto-Nikkor  f2  lens  See  your  Nikon/Nikkormat 
dealer.  Or  write  for  details,  ^^0^'^  ^' 

Nikon  Inc.  Garden  City  N.Y.  11530.  Subsidiary  of   .^_^'^'  "^  ' 
[PITIS    Ehrenreich  Photo-Optical  Industries,  Inc. 
LbLlDU    (In  Canda:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.O.) 

Nikkormat  FTn  by  Nikon 


13 


Just  ask  the 
man  who  owns 
one!! 


"Warmer  than  10 
Sweaters"  says  it 
all.  Bauer  Goose 
Down  quilted  in  Ex- 
pedition Nylon. 
Tailored  ex- 
tra long  for 
added  pro- 
tection. Soft 
knit  collar. 
Roomy  h  and- 
warmer  pockets. 
Colors:  Scarlet.  Scotch  Mist,  Greige.  Men's 
sizes  36-48.  0015  Downlight  Vest  just 
S21.00  postpaid.  Order  Today!  Money 
Back  Guarantee! 


Enclosed  is  my  check  or  money  order  for 
S21.00.  RUSH  my  "warmer  than  10  sweat- 
ers" Goose  Down  Vest. 


D 


Send  me  FREE  your  new  128-page  color 
catalog  of  Custom  Sportswear  and 
Expedition-proven  Outdoor  Gear  for 
Men  and  Women. 


J^eciuZ/^^XSuu^HA^ 


World's  Most  Endorsed  Outdoor  Equipment 

Our  50th  Year 
Dept.  QB  Seattle,  Wash.  98124 


If  you 

missed  Russia 
in  Summer, 
see  Russia: 
in  Winter. 

CHOICE  OF  MORE  THAN 

20  UNUSUAL  TOURS. 

AS  LOW  AS  $499  PER  PERSON 

COMPLETE. 

Frequent  weekly  departures, 
now  until  April  1971. 

It's  all  here.  Moscov/.  Leningrad. 
Ancient  Russian  cities.  The  Bolshoi. 
The  Kirov,  Other  famous  groups.  The 
Circus.  Traditional  Russian  cuisine, 
wines,  folk  dances.  And  more. 
For  detailed  brochures,  see 
your  travel  agent  or  us. 

Intourist 

USSR  Company  for  Foreign  Travel 
Travel  Information  Office  in  the  USA 
45  East  49th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10017 
Telephone:  (212)  752-3030 


idea  inherited  from  the  past,  where 
it  had  played  a  key  role  in  the  rais- 
ing of  the  huge  stone  structures  of 
the  past,  including  the  Great  Pyra- 
mid. I  could  visualize  a  hundred 
weight  arms  being  used  on  that 
great  project,  each  serving  several 
gangs  of  five  or  six  men  who,  to- 
gether, could  easily  place  up  to  600 
of  the  regular  building  stones  per 
day.  This  simple  machine  would  re- 
duce the  manpower  requirement 
from  the  assumed  100.000  to  a  few 
tliousand  men. 

To  substantiate  what  I  intuitively 
felt  to  be  true,  I  decided  to  elimi- 
nate what  we  positively  know  was 
nonexistent  at  tlie  time,  then  deter- 
mine what  was  left.  The  ancient 
master  builders  did  not  have  poorer 
equipment,  block  and  tackles,  or 
hand  winches,  but  they  had  every- 
thing else,  including  a  firm  grip  of 
elementary  physics. 

The  Egyptologists  have  con- 
cluded that,  in  the  absence  of  aids 
more  advanced  than  ropes,   levers. 


and  Asooden  rollers,  the  inclined 
plane  in  the  form  of  a  ramp  was 
used  "up  which  the  blocks  of  stone 
^vere  dragged  by  \  ast  gangs  of  men 
to  their  position  on  the  pile."  In 
contrast,  engineers  have  shown  by 
cool  figures  that  there  was  not  man- 
power enough  in  the  entire  country 
to  build  such  a  ramp  beyond  the 
halfway  mark.  To  double  the  height 
of  a  ramp,  you  must  use  eight  times 
the  amount  of  fill  material  and  ten 
times  the  number  of  man  days. 
Fifty  feet  or  so  is  the  practical 
limit.  In  addition,  engineers  have 
shown  tliat  the  top  piece  could  not 
have  been  elevated  to  the  480-foot 
level  b>  manpo^ver  alone.  There 
wouldn't  be  room  for  that  many 
men  on  any  scafi^olding  that  could 
be  erected.  It  seemed  obvious  to  en- 
gineers that  the  builders  must  have 
used  some  mechanical  aid,  but  they 
were  unable  to  agree  on  what  it 
might  have  been.  The  Egyptologists 
clung  to  the  ramp  explanation,  feel- 
ing  thev  had   no   clear   alternative. 


Built  ^\  ith  iiotliing  more  than  an 
ax.  a  weight  arm  enables  two 
men  to  lift  several  tons. 
Counterweights  are  piled  on  a 
pallet  hung  from  the  long  end ; 
then  the  men  simply  pull 
dowTi  on  that  end,  lifting  the 
load  with  the  short  end. 


14 


Attention  Cheese-Lovers... Gourmet  Cooks... Creative  Hostesses... 
Lovers  of  International  Foods!  Enter  the  wonderful 


WORLD 
OF 

CHEESE 

as  a  member  of  the  world's  foremost 
international  cheese  institution. 


NOW  WORLD-OF-CHEESE-CLUB  INVITES  YOU  TO  SELECT  FROM  HUNDREDS  OF  RARE  AND  DELICIOUS 
CHEESES-IMPORTED  FROM  EVERY  CORNER  OF  THE  GLOBE-AND  SAVE  UP  TO  50%  ON  EVERY  SELECTION! 


Look  at  these  exciting  savings,  for  members  only! 


from  the  famed  cheesemakers  ol  France— FROMAGE  Regular  Club 

QE  BRIE— very  smooth  and  mellow,  created  with  in-  Pnce/lb.  Price 
'inite  love  and  care,  perfect  with  cocktails  and  after 

linner $3.01  $1.98 

^rom  the  idyllic  valleys  of  Denmark— fabulous  FON- 
riNA— delicate,  creamy,  semi-soft,  ideal  with  fruit  and 
wine $1 .72      $1.19 

From  the  lake  country  of  Canada— magically  flavored 
SHERRY  HILL  WHITE  CHEDDAR-incredibly  smooth 
and  tangy.  perfect  with  all  meals,  snacks,  cocktails, 
jelicious  with  pie  and  fruit $1.81       $1.17 

From  the  incomparable  cheese  craftsmen  of  Swilzer- 
and-ilWIPORTED  NATURAL  GRUYERE-Ihe  famous 
natural  gruyere  originating  in  the  Valley  of  Gruyere  in 
Switzerland,  zesty  and  nut-like  flavor! $2.09       $1.35 


Look  at  these  exciting  benefits,  for  members  only! 


0  FREE  WORLD-OF-CHEESE  ENCYCLOPEDIA.  Beautifully  illustrated 
with  hundreds  of  rare  and  delicious  cheeses.  How  to  serve,  cook  and 
)njoy  them.  Plus  fascinating  facts  about  their  national  origin,  history, 
iavor,  characteristics  and  cultural  significance.  As  a  member— every 


FREE 


When  you  mail  coupon  at  right  we'll 
also  send  you  this  valuable  "welcome- 
to-the-club"  bonus  gift  of  a  beautiful 
oval-grain  CHEESEBOARD  ...  French 
"prong-tip"  CHEESEKNIFE  ...  and 
multi-nation  selection  of  IMPORTED 
GOURMET  CHEESES.  No  obligation 
to  buy  anything.  Gift  cheeses  are 
yours  to  keep  free  even  if  you  decide 
to  cancel  membership. 


SPECIAL 
GIFT! 


cheese  in  the  encyclopedia— from  any  country— can  be  delivered  right 
to  your  home  at  fabulous  club  savings! 

#  FREE  "COOKING-WITH-CHEESE"  RECIPE  GUIDE.  A  treasury  of 
creative  and  exciting  ways  to  use  and  prepare  cheese  with  sauces, 
soups,  meats,  fish,  poultry,  game,  fruit,  casseroles,  wines  and  Cham- 
pagnes, plus  parties  and  special  occasions. 

#  FREE  GOURMET  CONSULTATION.  How  to  entertain  with  cheese, 
plan  cheese  (and  wine)  parties.  Which  cheeses  last  longest,  keep  best, 
are  most  popular.  Which  are  appropriate  with  fruit,  wine,  entrees,  hors 
d'oeuvres.  souffles,  desserts.  Your  personal  questions  graciously  an- 
swered by  experts. 

#  FREE  MEMBER  NEWSLETTER.  Your  personal  "hot-line"  to  the 
world  of  cheese.  Includes  latest  prices,  news  of  just  arrived  shipments, 
new  cheese  blends,  recipes,  tips  on  entertaining,  serving,  special  buys 
on  cheese  and  other  gourmet  serving  and  cooking  utensils,  party  needs, 
much  more. 

#  FREE  WINE  &  CHEESE  TASTING  PARTIES.  Yes,  come  and  meet 
famous  gourmet  personalities,  and  sample  (free)  the  world's  most  ac- 
claimed cheeses  and  wines  at  our  "members-only"  parties  and  recep- 
tions held  at  Club  Headquarters  and  famous  hotels. 

9  "BONUS-SALE"  BULLETINS.  Extra  price-savings  even  below  regu- 
lar club  discounts— plus  special    "gift"  offers  to  members. 

#  LOVELY  CHEESE  GIFTS.  Beautifully  packaged  gourmet  cheeses 
from  foreign  lands,  stunning  gift  assortments  for  your  friends,  relatives, 
business,  holidays  and  memorable  occasions. 

No  obligations  — only  benefits! 

Act  now  to  claim  your  imported  CHEESEBOARD,  French  CHEESE- 
KNIFE,  and  multi-nation  selection  of  IMPORTED  GOURMET  CHEESES 
as  a  FREE  GIFT  with  membership.  (Membership  does  not  obligate  you 
to  buy  anything,  ever!)  To  join,  mail  coupon  with  your  low  member  fee 
of  only  $5  (you  can  make  this  up  on  your  first  purchase  alone!)  to: 
WORLD-OF-CHEESE  CLUB.  114  E  40th  St..  N.Y..  NY.  10016. 


WORLD-OF-CHEESE  CLUB, 

YES!   Enrol 


INC.,  114  E.  40th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10016 


me  in  the  World-o(-Cheese  Club. 
I  enclose  my  low  1-year  member  lee  ol  only 
S5-which  enlilles  me  to  discounts  ol  up  to 
50%  on  every  purctiase.  I  will  also  receive  at 
once  my  tree  WORLD-OF-CHEESE  ENCYCLO- 
PEDIA, and  Iree  COOKING  WITH  CHEESE 
RECIPE  GUIDE,  and  can  also  expect  regular 
newsletters,  bulletins,  recipe  guides,  plus  Iree 
gourmet  consultation.  Memberstiip  does  not 
obligate  me  to  buy  anyltiing.  And  I  am  always 
tree  to  return  anyltiing  I  order  within  10  days 


lor  a  lull  relund  To  cancel  club  memberstiip 
I  need  only  return  my  introductory  club  male- 
rials  within  10  days  lor  a  lull  relund  ol  my 
member  lee.  (Special  Gift!  When  I  mail 
coupon  you  will  also  send  me  your  oval-grain 
CHEESEBOARD,  French  CHEESEKNIFE.  and 
multi-nalion  selection  ol  IMPORTED  GOUR- 
MET CHEESES-as  a  Iree  •welcome"  gill.  And 
I  can  keep  the  cheeses  Iree  even  ti  I  later 
decide  lo  cancel  membership) 


Name  .  . 
Address 
City 


State. 


Zip. 


Orders   processed  same  day  received.   Satisfaction  guaran- 
teed or  cheese  lully  returnable. 


O  Check  enclo«ed 
or  charge  lo  my 
G  Matter  Charge  Card 

G  Unicard 
Card 


Northwest  Timbered 

ACREAGES  as  low  as 

$950  Total   Price 

5  ■   10  -  20  -  40  ■  ACRES 
For  people  who  love  the  land— A  tract 
of    Recreation    Land    for    YOUR    Own! 


Northern     Idaho,    North 
ton,     and     Western     Mon 

sastern    Wosh 
ano.       In     th 

rt  of   lakes  and   big   gom 
ered  with  growing  timbe 
jrance   with   each    tract, 
d    with     natural     beauty 
investment  values.  We 
ny     types    and     sizes    fr 

c  country.    A 
.  Access,  TitI 
This    is   sclec 

hove   tracts  o 
om     which     t 

ose,      including      beoutif 
terfront  property.   Your  i 
ed.    Write   us   for   free 
plete     information.       W 

ul      Northwes 
nspection  wel 
St,    maps    an 
ite    to: 

P.O.  Box  106,  Opportunity  Station 
Spokane,  Washington    99214 


And  from  them  it  found  its  ^vay 
into  our  school  textbooks. 

Although  the  situation  looked  dis- 
couraging. I  remained  confident  be- 
cause I  had  the  winning  ace  in  the 
hole — the  missing  apparatus. 

Although  it  has  been  the  work- 
horse of  peoples  ever  since  man 
learned  to  build  with  heavy  stones, 
the  weight  arm  is  so  completely  out 
of  use  in  our  power-conscious  age 
that  it  has  virtually  been  forgotten. 
It  isn't  even  mentioned  in  our  col- 
lege dictionaries.  The  more  general 
term  lever  is  defined  and  usually  il- 
lustrated, but  there  are  many  forms 
of  the  lever.  Each  should  be  defined 
in  accordance  with  its  special  char- 
acteristics. For  example,  the  func- 
tion of  a  pinch  bar  is  pushing, 
while  that  of  a  weight  arm  is  pull- 
ing. A  pinch  bar,  or  pry,  can  only 
push  or  tilt  an  object,  while  the 
weight  arm  can  pull  or  lift  it  in  a 
sling.  And  theoretically  there  is  no 
limit  to  the  capacity  of  a  weight 
arm. 

To  push  a  heavy  stone  block  onto 
rollers   ^vith  pinch   bars   is   a   slow 


and  awkward  process,  and  to  push 
it  onto  loose  skids  is  nearly  impos- 
sible. The  block  must  be  lifted  so 
that  skidway  and  skids  can  be  posi- 
tioned under  it,  exactly  as  I  saw  it 
done.  The  Egyptologists  did  not 
consider  greased  skids  because  they 
knew  of  no  way  such  lifting  could 
have  been  accomplished.  But  with 
the  weight  arm  greased  skids  sug- 
gest themselves.  They  are  particu- 
larly practical  for  moving  heavy 
loads  up  a  steep  incline,  while  roll- 
ers are  preferable  on  the  level. 
Thus,  skidways  of  heavy  planks,  laid 
flat  against  the  face  of  the  pyramid 
from  ground  to  working  level, 
would  be  the  ideal  means  for  elevat- 
ing the  stone  blocks.  Several  gangs 
of  25  to  30  men  each  would  do  the 
pulling,  using  a  two-part  tackle.  Al- 
though they  did  not  have  pulleys  as 
we  knoAv-  them,  a  rounded  piece  of 
hardwood,  well  greased  and  cov- 
ered Avith  a  loose  leather  sleeve, 
would  serve  equally  well.  ( 

For  the  lower  half  of  the  pyra- 
mid as  many  as  30  skidways  would 
be   necessary,   each   with   a   ■weight 


An  approximation  of  a  weight  arm 
turned  iip  in  pyramid-building 
scenes  in  a  1955  film.  Land  of 
the  Pharaohs.  The  load-bearing 
end  appears  to  be  far  too  long 
to  be  practical,  however. 


i6 


B^ 


Jacques-Yves  Cousteau  describes  his  new  book,  the 
first  to  come  directly  out  of  the  greatest  undersec 
adventure  in  history  T||  a 


Shark 


beauty,  the  narrow  escapes,  and,  above  all,  the 
sense  of  communion  with  a  formidable 
creature.  For,  make  no  mistake,  the  shark  has 
survived  unchanged  longer  than  any  species 
on  earth  for  good  reason.  It  is  one  of  the 
few  animals  potentially  dangerous  to  man 
that  remain  uncontrolled. 

'*We  risked  much  on  our  voyage,  but  we 
have  learned  the  ways  of  the  great  sharks 
in  the  open  sea.  This  is  the  story  my  son, 
Philippe,  and  I  tell  you  now.  This-with  all 
the  experience  I  have  gained  in  thirty-three 
years  of  diving— is  what  we  have  put  into 
our  book,  The  Shark.  *' 


ai^ 


"It  is,  as  I  write  this,  almost  four  years 
since  my  ship,  the  Calypso,  left  Monaco  for  its 
longest  and  most  fascinating  voyage.  We 
dived,  camera  in  hand,  among  the  sharks  of 
the  Red  Sea  and  the  Indian  Ocean.  We  danced 
with  marine  creatures  who  resembled  guests 
at  a  masked  ball.  We  clung  to  the  fins  of 
toothed  whales  and  annotated  the  journal  of 
their  travels. 

**We  filmed  our  way  across  most  of  the 
shark-infested  waters  of  the  earth— sometimes 
tagging  the  sharks  with  darts  in  a  deadly 
kind  of  underwater  bullfight . . .  sometimes 
holding  off  whole  schools  of  aggressive  sharks 
with  nothing  but  a  camera. 

<*Parts  of  this  long  and  unprecedented 
voyage  have  been  seen  by  millions  of 
television  viewers.  But  what  is  not  apparent 
on  any  screen,  what  I  could  not  truly  reveal 
until  now,  is  the  complete  story  of  the 
Calypso's  voyage— the  thousands  of  dives, 
the  technical  preparation,  the  moments  of 


I  With  124  color  photoc/raphs  iyi  a  sumptuous, 
I   oversized  hardcover  format,  The  Shark  is,  in 

every  way,  exactly  what  the  first  advance 
I  reviewer  (iyi  Publishers'  Weekly)  called  it: 
I  "the  breakthrough  book  on  sharks."  Just 
'  published;  at  booksellers  now  or  mail  the 
I  coupon  today. 

I  FREE  EXAMINATION  COUPON 

I    To  vour  liuoksi^llcr  or  lo 

I    Doublcdav  &  Company,  Inc.,  Dcpl.  O-NII-ll 

'    OaidrnCity,  Now  York  11530 

I    I'Uiisf  sonil  me copies  of  The  Shark.  I  understand 

Uial  I  niiiy  relurn  the  booKs)   within  two  weeks  nnd  owe 
1    nolhintr.  Otherwise,  you  will  bill  mc  just  $7.96  per  copy  plus 

shippini;  chiirRes  as  payment  in  full. 


I   City 


c 


SAVE:   Send  payment  now  nnd  we  pay  shippinK  charges. 

return  privilege  guaranteed. 
Offer  is  available  only  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada. 


MAN 


THE 
GER 


51  WEST  64th  STREET, 
SC  4-12-2    SC  4-7408 
SC  4-7158 
ACROSS  FROM  LINCOLN  CENTER 

Magazine 
Book 
End 
Table 

Brimful  of 
Yield  Home 
beauty  and  ef- 
ficiency'. Craft- 
ed with  birch 
turnings  for 
stren^  and 
the  warmth 
of  rich 

I'sxis" 

top  holds 
accessories- 
Under- 
neath.  the 
top  shelf 
takes  hooks 
to  9"H.  Below  that, 
dowel    shelves    hold 
magazines  at  fingertip  availabil- 
ity. Finished  in  antique  pine  or 
walnut,     honey     tone     or     maple.      24"H     15"D 
21V-"W.   S24.30.   EASY  KIT:   Unfinished-ready 
to  assemble.  $19.95.  Shp.  Chgs.  Col. 
SEND    FOR    FREE    1971    CATALOG-1000    PIECES 
Finished    and    Kit    Furniture    in    Friendly    Pine 
Include  Zip  Code  YIEIJD     HOUSE 

Not  .Sold  In  Stores  jjept.  Nll-0 

Money  Back  Guarantee  No.  Conwaj,  X.H.  03860 


-'■-'-'  -J-r.— 


^OUND  THE  WORLD  VOYAGfs 

WORLD  WIDE 

PASSENGER  RESERVATIONS 

SHORT  &  EXTENDED  CRUISES 
Autos  •  Household  &  Personal  Hems  Shipped 
JIb^  CARIBBEAN 

''■'X  FULL  CRUISES  •  Air/Sea  Combinations 
Weekly  and  monthly  sailings  •  5  to  55  Days 

f  EUROPE  &  MEDITERRANEAN 
Weekly  and  monthly  sailings  on  well 
appointed  freighters  •  England  9  days 
S220  up  •  Belgium  9  days  S220  up  •  Holland 
10  days  S260  up  •  Germany  10  days  $228  up 
Spain  S240  up  •  Italy  S240  up 

Cj?  AUSTRALIA  •  A  new  service  to  "Down- 
Si  under",  direct  to  Sydney  on  modern 
tj^   air/con.  vessels.  S695  up 

A^  AFRICA  .  Mombasa  S815  up  .  Tangier 
"^jASISO  up  .   Capetown  $625  up 
J/ Freetown  $350  up 

,M|4R0UND  the  world  •  Visit  and  explore 
A^i^exotic  ports  on  modern  Air/Con.  Ves- 
■jf-^se\s  •  Well  appointed  Lounges  •  Outside 
cabins  with  private  facilities  •  from  NEW 
YORK,  FLORIDA,  NEW  ORLEANS  and  LOS 
ANGELES. 

Freighter  Travel  Service,  Ltd. 

(212)  TR  9-2929 
201  East  77lh  St.,  New  York,  N.Y.  10021 
I  '■   r-    r  f~*    Jr  i~t-  I     f     r-f— /~j— /,.4:;j 


arm  at  top  and  bottom  for  transfer 
of  the  stones.  Ten  pulling  gangs 
would  be  needed,  each  serving  three 
skidways.  At  the  halfway  level,  for 
example,  each  gang  could  pull  three 
stones  per  hour  or  a  total  of  300 
per  day  for  all  ten  gangs.  This 
quantity  could  easily  be  placed  by 
100  placing  gangs  of  five  or  six 
men  each.  Then,  assuming  there 
were  100  delivery  gangs,  also  of 
five  or  six  men  each,  for  pushing 
the  blocks  on  rollers  from  the  stag- 
ing area  to  the  skidways,  and  200 
masons  with  as  many  helpers  for 
the  passages  and  chambers,  it 
would  appear  that  3,000  men  could 
have  raised  the  pyramid.  In  that 
figure  are  included  masonry  dress- 
ers, repairmen,  and  riggers. 

The  huge  stones  and  slabs  for  the 
passages  and  chambers  would  be 
moved  on  timber  skidways  by 
banks  of  weight  arms,  rigged  for 
lateral  pull.  The  top  piece  would  be 
hauled  to  its  position  by  two  banks 
of  weight  arms,  ivhich  could  move 


it  about  a  foot  with  each  bite.  A 
scaffold  on  three  sides  of  the  pyra- 
mid top  would  accommodate  the 
weight  arms  and  their  operators. 

As  to  the  regular  masonry,  it  is 
most  probable  that  three  courses 
would  be  completed  before  each  ex- 
tension of  the  skidways.  The  blocks 
would  be  elevated  to  each  second 
and  third  course  by  means  of  port- 
able wooden  ramps  of  easy  incline, 
and  placing  gangs  would  double  up 
for  the  short  push  uphill.  The  ex-,i 
ception  would  be  in  the  pull-up  area 
itself  where  there  would  be  no  room 
for  such  ramps.  There,  the  blocks 
would  be  lifted  with  dual  weight  | 
arms — one  to  lift  and  one  to  pull 
sideways.  Incidentally,  Herodotus 
mentioned  some  such  rig,  calling  it 
"a  machine  made  of  short  planks." 
The  full  passage,  in  Rawlinson's 
translation,  reads:  "The  Pyramid 
was  built  in  tiers,  battlementwise, 
as  it  is  called,  or.  according  to  oth- 
ers, stepwise.  When  the  Pyramid 
was   completed   in   this   form,    they 


A  double  weight  arm  can  work  in 
tight  places.  The  left  arm 
raises  a  block  in  the  normal  way. 
Then  the  right  arm  is  lowered 
and  the  sling  attached.  When  it 
is  raised,  the  block  w"ill  move 
to  the  right  as  well  as  up. 


Mr.  and  Mrs.  Diamond  aren't  trying  to  save  the  world. 
Just  a  little  piece  of  it. 


Willie  Sam  Roberts  is  one  of 
the  luckier  children  in  his  Southern 
Tennessee  town.  He's  just  passed 
his  fourth  birthday.  Hardly  remark- 
able. Unless,  like  Willie  Sam,  you 
live  in  a  place  where  one  of  every 
four  children  never  lives  to  his 
fourth  birthday.  But  Willie  Sam 
has  another  reason  to  consider  him- 
self lucky.  He  has  a  future.  A  future 
that  has  suddenly  turned  bright. 

For  this,  he  thanks  a  New  York 
couple  by  the  name  of  Diamond. 
Through  Save  the  Children  Federa- 
tion, the  Diamonds  are  helping 
Willie  Sam  and  his  family  to  lift 
themselves  out  of  the  poverty  that 
engulfs  so  many  of  their  neighbors. 
In  1 8  2  4,  when  Willie  Sam's  town 
was  founded,  its  rich  Mississippi 
valley  was  described  as,  "beautiful 
and  bountiful".  The  description  no 
longer  fits.  Years  of  soil  depletion 
and  reckless  timber  cutting  have 
left  the  land  grudgingly  productive. 
And  the  people  desperately  poor. 
Average  per  capita  income  is  less 
than  $1,000  a  year,  and  half  the 
men  can't  find  work  half  the  year. 
Much  of  the  hous- 
ing is  unfit  to  live 
in,  and  sanitary 
facilities  just 
don't  exist.  Most 
families  have  a 
hard  time  getting 
f  •  1  along,  let  alone 
f  /  getting  ahead. 
And  without  help,  chances  are  Wil- 
lie Sam  would  grow  up  to  be  just 
another  name  on  the  poverty  rolls. 
That's  where  Minerva  and  Irv- 
ing Diamond  entered  the  picture. 
They're  not  nearly  as  wealthy  as 
Willie  Sam  and  his  family  imagine. 
Middle  aged,  middle  income,  prob- 
ably describes  them  best.  But  now 
that  their  two  daughters  are  grown 
and  on  their  own,  the  Diamonds  can 
afford  to  enjoy  the  things  they've 
always  wanted  to  do.  Travel.  Golf. 
And  spending  time  doting  on  their 
grandchildren.  Yet,  while  enjoying 
the  comforts  they've  earned,  the 
Diamonds  are  seeing  to  it  that  Wil- 
lie Sam  has  his  chance. 

The  $15  a  month  contributed 


makes  a  remarkable  difference  to 
the  Roberts.  The  father  has  been 
able  to  realize  a  dream  of  starting  a 
business.  With  an  interest-free  loan 
advanced  by  Save  The  Children  he 
opened  a  dry-cleaning  shop  which 
seems  to  be  succeeding.  And  which 
for  the  first  time  has  given  the  fam- 
ily hope  of  a  productive,  self-suffi- 
cient future.  That,  of  course,  is  what 
Save  The  Children  is  all  about.  Al- 
though contributions  are  deductible 
as  a  charity,  the  aim  is  not  merely 
to  buy  one  child  a  few  hot  meals  or 
a  warm  coat.  Instead  your  contribu- 
tion is  used  to  give  people  a  little 
boost  to  start  helping  them- 
selves. 

Sponsors  are  desperate- 
ly needed  for  other  children 
in  the  South  as  well  as  chil- 
dren living  on  American 
Indian  reservations,  in  Appa- 
lachia,  Europe,  the  Middle 
East,  India,  Korea,  Vietnam, 
Latin  America  and  Africa. 
As  a  sponsor  you  will  receive 
a  history  of  the  child  and  fam- 
ily, photos,  progress  reports 
and  a  chance  to  correspond. 


The  Diamonds  know  they  can't 
save  the  world  for  $15  a  month. 
Only  a  small  corner  of  it.  But  maybe 
that  is  the  way  to  save  the  world. 
If  there  are  enough  people  who  care. 
How  about  you? 

National  Sponsors  (partial  list) 
Claude  Arpels,  Faith  Baldwin,  Joan 
Crawford,  Andy  Griffith,  Gene  Kelly,  Mrs. 
Eli  Lilly,  Paul  Newman,  Mrs.  J.  C.  Penney, 
Norman  Rockwell,  Frank  Sinatra. 
Save  The  Children  Federation,  founded  in 
1932,  is  registered  with  the  U.S.  State 
Department  Advisory  Committee  on 
Voluntary  Foreign  Aid,  and  is  a  member  ol 
the  International  Union  of  Child  Welfare, 
Financial  statements  and  annual  reports  are 
available  on  request. 


Save  The  Children  Federation 

NORWALK,  CONNECTICUT  06852 

I  WISH  TO  CONTRIBUTE  $15  A  MONTH  TO  HELP  A  CHILD. 

D  WHERE  THE  NEED  IS  GREATEST  D  SOUTHERN  U.S. 

n  AMERICAN  INDIAN  O  APPALACHIA  D  EUROPE 

D  MIDDLE  EAST  Q  INDIA  Q  KOREA  Q  VIETNAM 

D  LATIN  AMERICA  D  AFRICA 

ENCLOSED  IS  MY  FIRST  PAYMENT 

D  $15.00  MONTHLY  D  $90.00  SEMI-ANNUALLY 

D  $45.00  QUARTERLY  D  $180.00  ANNUALLY 

I  CAN'T  SPONSOR  A  CHILD.  ENCLOSED  IS  A  CONTRIBUTION 

OF  $ 

D  PLEASE  SEND  ME  MORE  INFORMATION. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  ARE  INCOME  TAX  DEDUCTIBLE. 


19 


Natiire  photography  is  second 
nature  to  the  Minolta  SR-T  101. 
Because  it's  the  faster  handUng 
35mm  reflex. 

With  the  SR-T  101  you  never 
have  to  take  your 
eye  away  from  the 
viewfinder  to  com- 
pose, focus,  set  cor- 
rect lens  opening 
and  shutter  speed 
(up  to  1/lOOOth 
second).  So  you 
can  always  keep  up 
with  your  subject. 

And  things  al- 
ways look  their 
brightest.  The 
SR-T  101  viewfinder  stays  bright 
because  the  lens  diaphragm  stays 
open  until  you  shoot. 

Our  patented  through-the-lens 
metering  system,  called  the  Con- 
trast Light  Compensator,  meas- 
ures all  the  light  through  the  lens 
and  automatically  compensates  so 


Hi.^ 


nothing  gets  overshadowed. 

No  matter  how  you  look  at  na- 
ture, we  have  a  complete  system 
of  interchangeable  meter-coupled 
Rokkor  lenses  worth  looking  into. 
~-~^j  They  range  from 

'^f-^        16mm  ultra-wide 
^y'*'^     angle  to  300mm 
long-range    tele* 
photo. 

Each  meter-cou- 
pled Rokkor  lens 
has  an  exclusive 
bayonet  mount 
that  lets  you  put  it 
on  or  take  it  off  in 
an  instant,  without 
re-aligning  aper- 
ture or  ASA  settings. 

The  MC  Rokkor  200mm  f/3.5 
lens  shown  is  under  $200  (without 
camera  ) .  The  basic  Minolta  SR-T 
101  with  55mm  f/1.7  lens  is  under 
$260  plus  case.  Get  the  camera 
that's  a  natural  when  it  comes  to 
filming  nature. 


For  nature  its  a  natural. 


Minolta 

makes  fine  photography  easier 


Write  for  brochures  to  Minolta  Corporation,  200  Park  Avenue  South, 
N.Y.,  N.Y.  10003.  In  Canada:  Anglophoio  Ltd.,  Montreal  376      . 


raised  the  remaining  stones  to  their 
places  by  means  of  machines 
formed  of  short  beams  of  wood. 
The  first  machine  raised  them  from 
the  ground  to  the  top  of  the  first 
step.  On  this  there  was  another 
machine,  which  received  the  stone 
upon  its  arrival,  and  conveyed  it  to 
the  second  step,  whence  a  third  ma- 
chine advanced  it  still  higher.  Ei- 
ther they  had  as  many  machines  as 
there  were  steps  in  the  Pyramid,  or 
possibly  they  had  but  a  single  ma- 
chine, which,  being  easily  moved, 
was  transferred  from  tier  to  tier  as 
the  stone  rose — both  accounts  are 
given  and  therefore  I  mention  both. 
The  upper  portion  of  the  Pyramid 
was  finished  first,  then  the  middle, 
and  finally  the  part  which  was  low- 
est and  nearest  the  ground." 

Herodotus  is  apparently  refer- 
ring here  to  the  final  dressing  of 
the  exterior  of  the  pyramid.  This  is 
the  only  kno^vn  reference  to  how 
the  blocks  were  raised,  and  it  points 
directly  to  the  weight  arm. 


No  matter  what  aids  were  used, 
the  pyramids  were  still 
basically  built  with  brute  for< 


20 


I  have  shown  how  the  Great 
Pyramid  could  have  been  erected 
with  only  a  few  thousand  men  and 
without  the  use  of  a  monstrous  ramp. 
The  capital  question  is,  therefore, 
whether  or  not  the  engineers  of  the 
Fourth  Dynasty  could  have  suc- 
ceeded without  the  devices  I  have 
mentioned. 

Because  there  are  no  known 
records  of  on-the-spot  observations 
or  builders'  perspectives,  it  is  the 
popular  verdict  that  we  shall  never 
know  for  sure.  But  we  should  be 
able  to  establish  which  is  the  most 
reasonable  explanation. 

Egyptologists  have  recently  con- 
cluded, on  the  basis  of  new  and 
more  reliable  evidence,  that  the 
manpower  supply  during  the 
Fourth  Dynasty  was  not  as  ample 
as  previously  believed.  There  were 
actually  few  slaves  because  foreign 
conquests  were  at  a  minimum.  In- 
stead, seasonal  farm  workers,  who 
otherwise  would  be  idle  during  the 
growing    season    and    during    high 


QUESTAR  KEEPS  REPEATING  ITSELF 

We  note  that  many  schools  and  colleges  start  out  with  one  Questar,  and  then  as 
time  goes  by,  repeat  orders  begin  to  come  in,  letting  us  know  that  a  whole  science  class 
is  being  equipped  so  that  each  student  will  have  his  own  telescope.  To  us  this  makes  more 
sense  than  providing  one  big  instrument  for  a  large  group.  It  permits  a  student  to  give  his 
full  time  to  observing  instead  of  waiting  his  turn  for  a  brief  look.  It  would  seem  that  the 
important  question  is  —  how  many  Questars  will  your  budget  allow  rather  than  how  large 
a  telescope  you  can  get. 

This  was  the  point  of  view  at  Southern  Connecticut  College,  where  Robert  L.  Brown  is 
shown  conducting  a  class  engaged  in  solar  observation.  The  Questars  are  equipped  with 
totally  safe  sun  filters  which  keep  out  all  harmful  rays. 

This  is  the  great  thing  about  Questar  —  it  does  so  many  jobs  that  the  instrument  is 
never  idle.  Moon  and  planetary  observation  at  night,  sunspots  in  the  daytime,  or  a  trip  into 
the  field  where  it  is  used  in  nature  studies,  often  to  observe  phenomena  that  would 
otherwise  be  inaccessible  —  this  easily  portable  instrument  makes  it  all  possible.  Also  with 
Questar,  students  learn  the  art  of  high-power  photography  by  taking  pictures  of  all  they 
observe.  And  however  they  use  it,  they  learn  to  appreciate  fine  resolution. 

The  following  letter  from  Dr.  Wesley  M.  Roberds,  Head  of  the  Department  of  Physics 
at  Samford  University,  is  an  example  of  the  tribute  Questar  receives  from  many  educators: 
"We  are  very  pleased  with  the  3  '^-inch  Questar  we  recently  purchased.  We  are 
particularly  pleased  with  the  precision  and  ease  with  which  we  con  locate  celestial 
objects.  We  measured  the  coordinates  of  Mercury  and  then  went  to  the  Ephemaris  and 
found  that  our  discrepancy  was  only  2  minutes  "off"  in  R.A.  and  less  for  Dec.  (this  is  not 
correcting  for  atmospheric  refraction.)  Also,  the  sun  and  its  spots  ore  beautiful.  Of  course, 
objects  are  not  as  bright  as  they  are  in  our  1  6-inch  reflector,  but  the  resolution  is  every 
bit  as  good." 

Queslar,  the  world's  Finest,  most  ver- 
satile telescope,  is  now  available  in 
two  sizes,  the  3'/2  and  7,  and  in  nu- 
merous models.  Prices  begin  at  $865. 
Send  for  our  booklet  containing  more 
than  100  photographs  by  Questar 
owners.  For  mailing  anywhere  in  N.A., 
$1.00.  By  air  to  rest  of  Western  Hem- 
isphere, $2.50:  Europe  and  North  Af- 
rica, $3.00:  elsewhere  $3.50. 


Box  260 


TAR 


New  Hope,  Pa.  18938 


Drop-in  movies. 


Drop  in . . .  shoot!  Just  drop 
in  the  film  cartridge  and  you're 
ready  to  shoot  bright,  colorful 
super  8  movies.  Automati- 
cally. No  threading.  No  wind- 
ing. Your  hands  never  touch  film. 


This  Kodak  Instamatic  M9 

movie  camera  has  power  zoom, 

reflex  viewing,  extra-fast  f/1.8 

lens,  automatic  electric  eye.  Four 

shooting  speeds.  Less  than  $200. 

At  your  photo  dealer's.  ^ 


Kodak  Instamatic  M9  movie  camera. 


isljA' 


alsfej 


Was  Nero  a 
Good  Emperor? 

Did  Vikings  settle  in  North  America?  Was 
Stonchenge  built  by  IVIinoans?  Arc  the 
legends  of  Hercules — Medusa— the  Phoenix 
— based  on  facts?  If  these  questions 
intrigue  you.  read  (and  give) 

ART  AND  ARCHAEOLOGY  NEWSLETTER 

packed  with  little-known  facts  about  the 
Pagan  world,  new  finds  and  deductions, 
reports  from  "digs",  travel  tips.  Now  in  its 
6th  year.  Subscribers  include  university 
and  other  libraries.  Send  $6.00  for  2  year 
subscription  to  OTTO  F.  REISS,  Publisher, 
243  E  39th  St.,  Box  N,  New  York,  N.Y.  10016. 


-ANCIENT  COINS: 


Specia 

1  Greek  corn,  over  2000  yrs. 
old,  1  large  Roman  bronze 
coin  w.  Imperial  portrait  (Au- 
gustus to  Constantino)  plus 
4-issue  subscription,  only  $20.00.  (N.Y.  res. 
add  sales  tax.)  Handsome  coins  are  guaran- 
teed genuine,  come  with  indiv.  histories. 
Make  perfect  gifts!  Money  back  in  ID  days. 
Send  check  or  M.O.  to  above  address. 


NATURE  TOURS 

Friends  are  reminded  that  we  continue 
to  operate  group  trips  in  the  U.S.  and 
most  countries  of  the  world  at  the  rate  of 
30  to  40  tours  a  year. 

These  are  general  nature  trips,  with 
first  emphasis  on  birds,  second  on  botany. 
They  are  of  2  weeks'  duration  in  North 
America.  3  weeks  in  the  rest  of  the  world. 
They  are  usually  set  up  in  chains  so  that 
more  than  one  can  be  taken  on  a  single 
departure.  These  are  not  advertised  com- 
mercially and  this  is  not  a  profit  enter- 
prise; accordingly  prices  are  moderate.  If 
this  interests  you,  please  drop  us  a  line. 

UP-COMING   DATES 

October-December  A  series  of  five  tours 
in  Melanesia,  New  Guinea,  Australia 
and  New  Zealand. 

December  Post-Xmas  tour  covering  Ha- 
waii. 

January-February  Florida  (2  weeks  be- 
ginning Jan.  9),  Yucatan  and  Central 
America. 

lamiary-March  Four  exciting  tours  in 
South  Asia,  from  Malaysia  to  the 
Himalayas. 


May  Popular  southeast  Arizona  tour 
(May  9). 

May-Augusi  Europe  in  1971  offers  a 
choice  of  10  tours,  including  a  nature 
seminar  in  England,  tours  of  Norway 
and  Iceland,  and  our  biennial  route 
across  Russia  and  Siberia.  (Outer  Mon- 
golia this  year). 


CROWDER  NATURE  TOURS 

BOX  222-a 
HARPERS  FERRY,  W.  VA.  25425 


Nile,  provided  tlie  bulk  of  the  work 
force  on  the  pyramid.  This  arrange- 
ment resulted  from  the  Nile-ori- 
ented economy,  Avhich  necessitated 
the  maintenance  of  a  sizable  man- 
power pool  for  the  short  rush  peri- 
ods of  planting  and  harvesting.  To 
be  available  from  year  to  year, 
those  men  had  to  have  off-season 
work  of  a  nature  that  would  permit 
absences.  It  had  become  the  custom 
of  the  Pharaoh  to  provide  such 
work — the  building  of  irrigation 
canals,  temples,  and  tombs.  Over 
the  centuries,  this  continuous  build- 
ing activity  had  fostered  a  realm  of 
craftsmen  and  engineers  of  a  skill 
and  creativity  that  has  seldom  been 
equalled,  and  in  some  respects, 
never  surpassed.  It  also  indicates 
the  attainment  of  an  extremely  well- 
ordered  society  in  which  the  Phar- 
aoh could  do  his  building  without 
straining  the  regular  industry  and 
economy.  And  we  must  assume  that 
his  brilliant  engineers  planned  on 
that  basis,  utilizing  their  techno- 
logical knowhow  to  the  utmost. 


The  Pyramid  of  Kliufu — 
\'iewed  here  from  the 
Great  Sphynx — remains, 
after  nearly  5,000  years, 
the  largest  stone 
structure  in  the  world. 


'"^-^""ZT.  /""•w'  "w^t^ -'^'z^ 
n^  _.J«,^ -*„  ''■",'  t,Jf*"--  —^ 


Certainly  in  planning  a  project 
as  immense  as  the  Great  Pyramid, 
their  foremost  concern  would  have 
been  that  without  numerous  labor- 
saving  devices  the  limited  and  fluc- 
tuating work  force  could  not  com- 
plete the  bulky  structure  during  the 
Pharaoh's  reign.  They  needed  a 
method  of  magnifying  the  power  of 
a  few  men  for  lifting  or  pulling.  I 
believe  that  the  weight  arm  alone 
could  have  filled  that  bill.  The  de- 

e — made  entirely  of  wood — was 
quite  within  the  possibilities  of  the 
Bronze  Age.  There  is  no  physical 
reason  why  it  could  not  have  been 
used.  It  should  be  possible  to  deter- 
mine definitely  whether  it  was  or 
not.  The  determining  factor  is  the 
manpower  situation  of  the  time  be- 
cause, if  it  were  in  short  supply, 
something  like  the  weight  arm  must 
have  been  used. 

At  this  point  I  must  return  the 
case  to  the  Egyptologists.  I  hope  I 
have  convinced  them  that  a  drastic 
reconsideration  of  the  entire  pyra- 
mid question  is  in  order. 


Drop-in  movies. 


Drop  in...show!  This  Kodak 
Instamatic  M109  movie  pro- 
jector makes  showing  movies 
as  easy  as  taking  them. 

The  secret's  in  Kodak's 
new  projection  cartridge. 

Just  drop  it  into  place... 
and  turn  on  the  show.  You 
don't  have  to  handle  the  film 
at  all.  When  the  movie's  over, 
the  film  rewinds  back  into  the 
cartridge.  Automatically. 

That's  not  all.  The  new 
M109  takes  cartridges  and 
regular  reels  (up  to  400  feet), 
in  both  8mm  and  super  8. 

See  drop-in  movies  at  your 
dealer's.  The.  new  Kodak 
Instamatic  M109  projector, 
f/1.5  lens,  less  than  $160. 


Kodak  lnstamatic®M109  movie  projector. 


How  many  great  pictures     '-^ 
have  you  taken,  only  to  find 
out  later  that  your  exposures  were 
off?  Natural  life  is  always  on  the 
move,  sometimes  the  sun  is  over  your 
back,  more  often  it's  behind  the 
subject.  When  the  subject  is  back-lit, 
you  need  a  built-in  behind  the  lens 
spot  meter  system  to  get  the  correct 
exposure.  With  front  lighting  you're 
better  off  with  an  averaging  meter 
system.  Almost  all  fine  35mm  SLR 
cameras  have  one  of  these  systems, 
only  the  Mamiya/Sekor  DTL 


and  the  bees 
and  our 
Creative  Switch 

has  the  Creative  Switch 
with  two  built-in  exposure 
metering  systems.  The  DTL  with 
every  important  SLR  feature  is 
priced  from  less  than  $  180,  plus  case. 
Ask  for  a  demonstration  at  your 
photo  dealer  or  write  for  folder  to 
PonderScfiest,  Inc.,  Corporate  offices: 
1 1201  West  Pico  Boulevard, 
Los  Angeles, California  90064. 

The  Creative  Switch... 

only  the  Mamiya/Sekor  DTL  has  it. 


23 


iNatiiraiisfatLargt 


Caught  in  their  own  stereotype  and  wrapped  up 
in  show  hiz,  the  indians  stilt  evotie  powertui 
Images  ot  America's  past    hy  John  Eastman 


'Indians  are  definitely  in  the  vi- 
cinity' today.  Many  of  them  have 
come  from  far  distances  to  be  here. 
If  you  see  one.  observe  carefully. 
Look  at  his  face,  his  ornaments,  his 
feet.  You  may  even  wish  to  go  so 
far  as  to  say  'how'  to  him.  or  talk 
with  him.  Indians  are  here  today, 
ladies  and  gentlemen.  Look  around, 
you  might  see  one."' 

The  deep  voice  of  John  Bosin. 
Kiowa  Indian,  spoke  over  the  pub- 
lic address  system  while  we  drank 
orange  pop  from  paper  cups.  And 
see  Indians  we  did.  It  was  the  first 
annual  All-Indian  Powwow,  spon- 
sored by  the  Potawatomi  Indians  of 
Michigan  and  Indiana,  Inc.  The 
fierce  July  sun  beat  down  on  the 
gathering  at  the  spacious  Berrien 
County  Youth  Fairgrounds,  near 
Berrien  Springs,  Michigan. 

Voices  over  the  loudspeaker 
urged  the  dancers  to  "check  sun- 
dials" and  change  into  their  cos- 
tumes for  the  two  o'clock  perform- 
ance, sang  Indian  lullabyes.  or 
pitched  for  souvenir  sales,  causing 
my  companion  to  remark,  "They 
are  very  American,  aren't  they?  ' 

At  2:00  P.M.  the  dancers — men, 
women,  and  tots  barely  able  to 
^valk — emerged  from  the  rear  of  the 
grandstand,  blazing  like  exotic 
birds  in  crafted,  intricate  colors. 
Bells  and  bangles  jangled  as  they 
moved.  Their  first  go-round  on  the 
concourse  green  was  a  flag  cere- 
mony, not  without  irony  as  the 
American  flag  led  the  proceedings. 
^S'hile  the  audience  stood  and  the 
Indians  paraded  like  Shriners.  the 
ubiquitous  drums  in   llie  middle  of 

24 


the  field  rolled  out  a  rousing  patri- 
otic opener. 

PotaA^atomi  tribal  chieftain  John 
R.  Winchester,  an  articulate  man  in 
a  red  shirt  and  a  cowboy  hat.  acted 
as  master  of  ceremonies.  And  while 
the  show  was  ostensibly  ceremonial, 
the  mood  was  highly  informal:  the 
audience.  predominantly  white. 
However,  the  war  dance  and  round 
dance  performances  indicated  that 
for  most  participants  the  po^\'wow 
was  not  merely  a  perfunctory  gam- 
bol for  the  palefaces.  The  movement 
of  Indian  feet  to  Indian  drums  was 
practiced  and  well  established:  sev- 
eral young  men  responded  with 
grace  and  restraint  in  a  dance  me- 
dium that  often  seems  jumbled  and 
hysterical  to  outside  observers. 

John  Bosin.  accomplished  lead 
drummer  and  singer,  introduced 
several  respected  tribal  officials  to 
the  audience.  While  Winchester 
ti-anslated  from  the  Potawatomi, 
Paul  Hamilton  of  Niles.  Michigan, 
blessed  the  grounds  in  a  short, 
simple  prayer.  John  Shano,  an  "'or- 
dained" Chippewa  medicine  man, 
cast  out  all  resident  evil  spirits  with 
a  series  of  convincing  leaps  and 
gesticulations.  And  between  the 
dances,  prayers,  and  songs,  John 
Winchester  spoke  about  Indians. 

He  strongly  protested  stereotyped 
concepts  of  Indians  and  stressed 
that  Indians  today  act  and  dress, 
try  to  live,  find  jobs,  and  raise  chil- 
dren just  as  the  rest  of  us  do.  It  is 
astonishing  diat  in  1970  such  facts 
must  still  be  announced  and,  fur- 
ther, that  they  come  as  a  revelation 
to    many.    Yet    despite   his    protest. 


one  is  forced  to  acknowledge  that  to 
a  large  degree  the  stereotype  has 
been  accepted  and  absorbed  by 
many  Indians.  Some  costumes, 
some  dances,  and.  especially,  some 
songs  were  undoubtedly  authentic. 
But  so  corrupting  is  the  Hollywood 
myth,  so  pervasive  our  conditioning 
to  think  of  American  Indians  as  cir- 
cus performers — creatures  of  pow- 
Avows — that  one  wonders  who  is  the 
more  deceived  by  a  "typical"  tribal 
dance — the  performers  or  the  au- 
dience. 

In  this  group  we  saw  Winnebagos, 
Chippewas.  Cherokees.  Miamis, 
Ottawas,  Sioux,  and  Potawato- 
mis — peoples  once  as  diverse  and 
discrete  as  nations — all  being  tradi- 
tional together.  But  there  were  dis- 
turbing hints  of  self-mockery:  Bo- 
sin's  veiled  sarcasms  over  the 
loudspeaker:  the  "shave  and  a  hair- 
cut" theme  on  the  drums,  -ivhich  in- 
variably climaxed  the  dance  num- 
bers. One  wonders:  is  this  really  all 
there  is  left?  Do  such  performances 
signify  a  gigantic  loss,  a  hole  in 
both  white  and  Indian  cultures?  Do 
Indians  perform  this  way  in  their 
own.  nongrandstand  gatherings? 
One  cannot  avoid  the  impression  of 
almost  desperate  self-parody  be- 
neath die  surface  color  and  cere- 
mony. It  is  as  if  no  one  could  be 
more  aware  of  the  display's  circus- 
like irrelevance  than  these  origin- 
al Americans,  force-feeding  them- 
selves on  their  own  stereotypes.  One 
cannot  escape  the  sadness — for 
them,  but  also  for  us — of  a  people's 
faded  richness. 

John    Winchester    was    aware    of 


On  October  28, 1967 

one  hundred  children  learned  the 

real  meaning  of  Sunday  school. 

They  learned  that  love,  brotherhood  and  charity  don't  know  any  denomination. 
That  giving  and  caring  are  their  own  rewards. 

On  this  day  these  children  of  the  Church  of  Holy  Trinity  Sunday  School  adopted 
a  Foster  Child  through  Foster  Parents  Plan.  By  giving  less  than  5«;  apiece  each 
week,  they  raise  the  necessary  $1 6  a  month.  And  by  exchanging  letters  every  month, 
they  create  a  bond  of  sharing  and  understanding  with  Victoria  San  Jose. 

The  children  know  that  Victoria  will  never  again  fear  sickness,  because  now  she 
and  her  family  have  PLAN'S  doctors,  medicine  and  clinics  to  take  care  of  them. 
They'll  never  again  fear  hunger  because,  finally,  they  have  enough  nourishing  food. 
They  won't  fear  tomorrow.  Because  Victoria  is  getting  an  education,  and  she  and 
her  whole  family  are  receiving  vocational  and  personal  guidance. 

And  Victoria  knows  that  these  children,  through  PLAN,  have  reached  out  to  her 
in  her  world  of  deprivation  of  body  and  spirit  to  say:  we  care  about  you. 

What  lesson  could  ever  be  more  important?  The  answer  can  be  seen  in  the  lives 
of  one  hundred  and  one  very  important  children. 


Foster  Parents  Plan,  Inc.  international  Headquarters  •  352  Park  Ave.  South  •  N.Y,,  N.Y.  10010 

I  want  to  be  a  Foster  Parent  for  one  year  or  more  of  a  boy  D  girl  D  age 

country .  No  preference  D  (This  allows  us  to  choose  a  child  on  our  emer- 
gency list).  My  payment  of  $16  per  month  for  one  year  will  be  made:  monthly  Q 

quarterly  D     semi-annually  D     annually  D.  I  enclose  my  first  payment  of  $ 

want  to  be  a  contributor.  I  enclose  $ for  the  General  Fund. 


Make  checks  payable  to  Foster  Parents  Plan,  Inc.  All  contributions  are  tax  deductible.  PLAN  operates 
in  Bolivia,  Brazil,  Colombia.  Ecuador,  Peru,  Indonesia,  Korea,  the  Philippines,  and  Viet  Nam.  PLAN  is 
a  non-political,  non-profit,  non-sectarian,  independent  organization,  registered  under  No.  VFA019 
with  the  Advisory  Comm,  on  Voluntary  Foreign  Aid  of  the  Agency  for  Int'l.  Development  nh-ii-70 


When  someone  somewhere  cares,  someone  somewhere  survives. 


*************************** 

I       LEARN  ASTRONOMY  * 

t               AT  HOME!  I 

*  Two  complete  home-study  • 
J  courses  are  now  available  for  J 

*  Amateur  Astronomers  —  * 

*  •    VISUAL  ASTRONOMY  * 

*  FOR    BEGINNERS   in    10   lessons  '  * 

*  •    TELESCOPIC  ASTRONOMY  * 

X  FOR   ADVANCED   STUDENTS  * 

*  in    18   lessons  * 

*  i 

*  These  courses  are  the  first  of  their  * 
i  kind    offered    anywhere.    Clearly    writ-  J 

*  ten,      professionally      illustrated      and  * 

*  well  organized  for  the  busy  sky-  * 
J  watcher  who  wants  to  be  taken  by  ^ 
■k  the    hand    and    taught    individually    by  i 

*  a   Professional   Astronomer.  * 

*  A  * 

*  Coast  5faitination  School        l^T  * 

*  ^^  i 

*  i 

*  SCHOOL  OF  ASTRONOMY  * 
'X  Dept.  6752  418  E.  Canon  Perdio  * 

*  Santa   Barbara,   California   93101  * 

i  Please    send    me    School    Brochure    on  ^ 

■k  your    Home   Study   Courses.  * 

*  * 

t  f^^"^^     • 

*  Address     * 

*  * 

*  City    * 

*  * 

*  State Zip * 

*  Accredited   by   the  7 

*  National    Home   Study   Council  * 

*  • 
•*•••••••*••*•****•*******• 


Brain  Puzzler's  Delight 

By  E.  R.  Emmet 
A     treasury     of     unique 
ID ind-st retching    puzzles 
that     can     be     solved     by 
straight,     logical     thinking 
and  reasoning.  >o  special- 
ized  math.  Offers  (he  pleas- 
ures   of    discovering    solu- 
tions    through     use     of 
ingenuity,  imagination,  in- 
sight, and  logic.  Stimulates 
and     refreshes    the    mind, 
nating,       entertaining 
arranged  in  order 
:y,    with    (some 
solutions     and 
full  explanations  at  end  of 
book.         ILLUSTRATED 
10-Day  Money-Back  Guarantee 
S5.95,  plus  25*;  handling 

Handbook  of  Knois  &  Splices 

By  CHARLES  E.  GIBSON. 
Now  tie  knots  for  every  pur- 
pose —  useful,  ornamental, 
fun-io-make! 

Book  gives  complete  "1-2- 
3"  sketches  and  instructions 
for  every  hitch,  splice,  bend, 
slina  lashing  or  whipping  you'll 
ever  need  for  boating,  camp- 
ing, climbing,  fishing,  hunting 
.  .  .  for  patio  awnings,  swings, 
hammocks,  rope  fences,  "wel- 
come" mats  .  .  .  ornamental^ 
lamps,  vases,  bell  ropes.  ke> 
chains,  buggy  whips,  cat-o- ' 
nine  tails,  rope  handcuffs,  pla 
quoits,  etc. 

They're  all  here  .  .  .  over  100 
kinds  of  knots  and  ropework!  From  the  simple 
square  knot  to  such  fanc>  numbers  as  the  Man- 
rope,  Stopper.  Shroud,  Crown.  Turk's  Head,  and 
Pineapple  knots.  Also  covers  plaiting,  braiding, 
much  more!  "Highly  recommended."  — ■  Library 
Journal.  Profusely  illustrated 

ORDER  NOyV! 

10  doy  Money-Back  Guarantee 
Send  only  S4.95,  plus  25«  handling  to 

EMERSON  BOOKS,  Inc.  Dept.  833-S 

251   Wert  19  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  100H 


the  conflicts,  the  ironies.  "Some  ac- 
cuse Indians  of  being  lazy  or  shift- 
less," he  said.  "But  it  takes  tre- 
mendous energy  to  make  one's  way 
in  tr^vo  cultures,  as  we  do.  We  can't 
make  it  without  hard  work.  Being 
an  Indian  today  in  America  is  hard 
work.  Some  of  us  fall  by  the  way — 
just  as  many  of  us  have  fallen  in 
the  past — but  then,  of  course,  Cus- 
ter died  for  your  sins."  He  lashed 
his  microphone  cord  like  a  whip 
toward  the  stands. 

As  Bosin's  drummers  pounded  a 
fast  beat  that  rose  to  a  frenzy  lone 
of  the  drummers  was  named  Joe 
Thunder),  spectators  armed  with 
fast-action  cameras  surged  from  the 
benches  to  the  railing,  and  beyond. 
Circus  time  again.  Cotton  candy 
fluffed  and  popcorn  crunched.  A 
child  vomited  down  in  front.  A 
pregnant  woman  sitting  ahead  of 
me  moaned  while  her  husband 
wound  film.  Although  a  sprinkling 
of  Indians,  white-shirted  and 
shawled,  sat  in  the  stands,  none  of 
them  was  taking  pictures.  On  the 
grounds  outside  the  stands,  the  only 
Indian  concessionaire  I  saw  was  a 
silent,  sad-looking  woman  who 
dipped  dough  into  boiling  oil  and 
charged  S.25  for  a  piece  of  freshly 
fried  bread. 

In  the  exhibition  building,  family 
craftsmen  and  professional  traders 
occupied  half  the  tables:  the  rest 
were  empty.  On  one  trader's  table, 
stacks  of  ""Red  Power'  bumper 
stickers  lay  next  to  "America — Love 
It  or  Leave  It"  decals.  Beads,  jew- 
elry, miniature  birchbark  canoes, 
coonskins.  and  ornamental  cloth  of 
varying  size  and  utility  covered  the 
Indian  family  tables.  One  tiny,  an- 
cient woman  dressed  in  blue  ging- 
ham dozed  behind  her  table  while 
dozens  of  white  souvenir  sharks  fin- 
gered her  display  of  beadwork  and 
bookmarks. 

Museum  cases  at  the  end  of  the 
row  of  tables  displayed  some  old 
treaty  maps:  one  faded  daguer- 
reotype showed  Simon  Pokagon — 
Potawatomi  statesman,  lawyer,  and 
novelist — with  his  briefcase.  One 
day,  historians  will  rediscover  Poka- 
gon: he  ranks  with  the  wisest  and 
ablest  minds  of  frontier  America. 

Behind  the  museum  cases,  dozens 
of  Indian  family  photos  lined  tlie 
walls.  Most  were  simple  snapshots, 
each  with  a  carefully  typed  label 
identifying    the    persons    pictured. 


One  quickly  grew  accustomed  to 
Potawatomi  names:  Winchester, 
Topash.  Mackety,  and  Shagonaby 
looked  like  tribes  in  themselves. 
These  were  obviously  the  dominant 
families  of  the  area,  and  we  ob- 
served that,  as  photographs  pro- 
ceeded from  tintype  to  box  camera 
to  Instamatic  generations,  the  faces 
looked  less  and  less  Indian.  To 
qualify  on  tribal  rolls  as  a  Potawa- 
tomi (or  Chippewa)  Indian  today, 
one  requires  '"quarter-blood  min- 
imum"— that  is,  one  Indian  grand- 
parent. 

Speaking  of  history,  white  men 
like  their  Indians  hurting  but 
proud.  Yet.  despite  this  comfortable 
racism  and  much  genetic  dilution, 
there  is  no  ruin  like  that  of  an  old 
Indian  visage,  whatever  the  color  of 
the  beads  he  sells.  Nothing  is  so  es- 
sentially American  as  this  sight, 
more  inspiring  than  any  flag  or  an- 
them. Among  these  Indians,  whose 
ancestors  evolved  with  this  land,  we 
beheld  faces  that  were  true  ex- 
pressions— the  truest  perhaps — of 
America  as  it  once  was.  They  were 
America's  product  and  metaphor, 
transcending  politics,  as  each  native 
organism  is  a  metaphor  of  its  own 
earthly  ground,  air,  water,  and 
neighbors.  The  most  striking  meta- 
phor of  all  is  a  human  face,  and 
what  we  saw  in  many  of  these  cop- 
per faces  were  place-experiences, 
lapsed  ecologies  of  the  continent.  In 
some  awe-inspiring,  time-numbing 
sense,  it  was  confrontation  with 
truth  and  symbol  of  a  depth  rarely 
experienced  in  1970.  the  kernel  truth 
and  symbol  of  our  own  homeland. 
It  is  notable  that  the  majority  of 
Potawatomi  faces  at  the  Berrien 
Springs  assembly  were  descended 
from  outlaws  and  renegades.  "The 
two  Algonquin  tribes  (Chippewa 
and  Potawatomi  I  did  not  at  first 
understand  the  attitudes  of  the  set- 
tlers toward  land  ownership."  said 
John  Winchester,  "and  they  did  not 
realize  the  full  meaning  of  the 
treaties  by  which  they  ceded  their 
acreage  for  small  financial  com- 
pensation." 

Thus,  in  1840,  Potawatomis  and 
Ottawas  were  force-marched  from 
the  Great  Lakes  region  to  reserva- 
tions in  Oklahoma  and  Kansas. 
This  Trail  of  Tears  migration 
turned  into  a  death  march  as  mur- 
derous and  inhuman  as  any  war 
atrocity.  In  my  hometown  of  Kala- 


26 


mazoo,  where  many  were  brought 
in  chains  to  await  shipment,  the 
record  states  that  their  laments 
could  be  heard  for  miles.  "Tears 
formed  in  the  eyes  of  many  Kala- 
mazooans  as  they  watched  the 
mournful  procession,"  reads  a  con- 
temporary account.  But  genocide 
with  little  pretense  was  official  pol- 
icy. "Groups  of  Potawatomis  es- 
caped from  the  column."  said  Win- 
chester, "and  returned  to  the  lake 
area  woodlands  of  Wisconsin,  up- 
per northern  Michigan,  and  Wal- 
pole  Island,  Ontario,  Canada." 

"Most  of  our  local  Potawatomi 
are  descendants  of  those  who  re- 
mained in  the  region,"  explains 
Pauline  Topash  Synold,  an  unoffi- 
cial tribal  historian. 

One  of  the  Potawatomis'  domi- 
nant concerns  now  is  raising  money 
to  put  their  youngsters  through 
high  school.  The  proceeds  of  the 
Berrien  powwow  were  to  be  used 
for  this  purpose;  Winchester  made 
an  eloquent  plea  on  this  behalf. 

Just  as  eloquent,  perhaps,  is  a 
modern  story  that  Mrs.  Synold  tells 
about  two  small  Potawatomi  girls 
walking  to  mass  one  Sunday  morn- 
ing. Suddenly  a  deer  came  running 
down  the  street,  a  not  uncommon 
occurrence  in  some  Michigan 
towns.  But  the  children  were  fright- 
ened because  they  thought  a  kang- 
aroo was  coming  toward  them.  On 
the  same  day,  a  deer  (probably  the 
same  one)  tried  to  break  into  the 
local  high  school  through  a  window. 
"Potawatomi  Indians,"  says  Mrs. 
Synold,  "are  becoming  so  assimi- 
lated into  the  general  population 
and  life  as  it  is  now,  that  our 
people  are  losing  contact  with  na- 
ture and  wildlife."  An  Indianlike 
thought  occurs:  perhaps  the  deer 
was  trying  to  assert  an  ancient 
ecological  connection,  was  trying  to 
be  an  object  of  instruction  again. 

From  the  grandstand  I  could  see 
the  cloudless  blue  sky  and  heat- 
shimmered  countryside  beyond  the 
Berrien  fairgrounds.  The  crowd- 
pleasing  tot  in  feathers  and  bangles 
drew  applause  again,  and  the 
"ladies  and  gentlemen,"  show  biz 
syndrome  thrived  in  the  sweat- 
damp  afternoon.  But  as  Bosin  and 
his  drummers  chanted  a  wild 
sound,  I  wondered  if  this  land, 
which  once  included  its  deep  Indian 
roots,  was  reawakening  to  an  old 
tune.  ■ 


After  you  listen  to  Washington, 
you  can  IieartheKremliifs  reply 


Direct  from  Moscow.  On  the 
Panasonic  RF-5000A.  The  world- 
wide radio  that's  changed  the 
ground  rules  for  world-wide 
receivers.  For  good  reason.  The 
"World-Wide,"  Model  RF-5000A, 
pulls  in  every  available  frequency 
In  the  world.  On  1 1  different  bands 
that  separate  the  world  into 
easily  identifiable  pieces.  And 
bring  in  short-wave,  long-wave, 
FM,  AM,  amateur  and  marine 
broadcasts.  Even  Morse  Code. 

Five  built-in  wide-range 
antennas  take  in  everything  you'll 
want  to  hear,  and  send  it  out 
through  perfectly  matched 
7"  oval  and  5"  hi-fi  speakers. 
A  special  mechanical  filter 
plus  noise  limiter  makes 
sure  you  hear  it  all  without 
interference. 


PANASONIC^ 

just  slightly  ahead  of  our  time. 

For  dealer,  call  800  243-6000.  In  Connl 


And  because  the  set  works 
on  batteries  as  well  as  house 
current,  you  won't  have  to  miss 
what's  going  on  in  the  world  when 
you're  at  the  beach. 

The  RF-5000A  has  features  , 
that  impress  even  the  engineers./ 
Let  it  impress  your  ears.  At  any   / 
dealer  we  permit  to  carry 
the  Panasonic  line.  And  next 
time  Moscow  has  something 
to\say  to  our  government,  ; 

m^ybe  you'll  be  one  of  the        : 
first  to  hear  why.  / 


'5.  We  pay  for  the  call. 


Konica  cameras  get  taken  to  where  the 
fun  is,  because  they're  fun  to  use. 

They  can  take  great  pictures  quickly 
and  easily.  And  you  can  take  the  credit, 
proudly. 

Choose  from  the  world's  smallest, 
lightest  rangefinder  35mm  camera,  or  the 
most  compact  super  8  cartridge-loading 
movie  camera,  or  the  only  professional 


35mm  single-lens  reflex  that's  automatic, 
too.  Or  get  all  three— ihe  prices  are  sur- 
prisingly right  for  your  budget.  At  better 
camera  counters  everywhere. 

Konica  Camera  Corp.,  P.O.  Box  1070, 
Woodside,  N.Y.  11377. 

KONICA    g.si,H 

"The  lens  alone  is  worth  the  price"  Pnoio  ir>c.LM 


27 


The  Chromatic  Wood  Sculpture 
of  Mortimer  Borne 


NH:  How  did  you  get  started  in  wood  sculpting? 
MB :  Oh,  well,  let's  see  now.  I  started  in  with  tradi- 
tional carving.   [To  Mrs.  B.]  And  that  would  have 
been  how  long  ago? 
Mrs.  B:  Well,  1929,  anyway. 

MB:  You  see  the  chestnut  figures  there?  About 
1929  or  1928,  something  like  that,  I  started  to 
carve  them.  Occasionally,  I  would  carve  a  piece  of 
wood.  A  piece  of  chestnut  or  a  piece  of  apple  wood. 
Then  I — oh.  how  did  this  come  about? 
Mrs.  B:  You  became  interested  in  color. 
MB:  Oh,  yes.  Everything  I  was  doing  ...  oh,  yes, 
this  I've  got  to  tell  you.  I  started  to  do  etchings  and 
I  became  fairly  successful  at  it — won  several  prizes 
with  them.  You  see,  we  had  the  Brooklyn  Society  of 
Etchers,  later  the  Society  of  American  Etchers;  I 
won  a  prize — two  prizes — and  Mr.  Armes.  John 
Taylor  Armes,  was  the  godfather  of  all  the  Ameri- 
can etchers,  himself  an  etcher.  I  told  Mr.  Armes 
that  I'm  doing  experiments  trying  to  make  color  dry- 
point.  He  thought  that  was  a  very  bad  idea.  In  fact, 
he  sent  me  a  letter  which  1  cherish.  It's  a  long  let- 
ter, four  or  five  pages,  and  he's  worried  that  Amer- 
ica is  going  to  lose  a  great  talent  because  he  himself 
had  attempted  to  do  color  prints  in  etching  twenty 
years  before  me  and  had  to  give  it  up  because  it 
just  didn't  work. 
Mrs.  B:  Are  you  gossiping? 

MB:  I'm  gossiping,  yes.  However,  I  continued  on 
with  the  experiments.  I  figured  that  it  could  be 
done  in  drypoint.  It  had  been  done  in  etching,  just 
a  bit  in  etching,  or  in  aquatint,  mezzotint,  tone 
media;  but  it  was  never  done  as  line,  color  line, 
and  after  a  few  years — at  first,  I  got  nothing  but 
mud,  but  after  a  while,  I  began  to  get  results.  Since 
then.  I  think  a  great  number  of  museums  have  my 


work  in  the  color  drypoint.  Wliere  was  I?  Oh  yes, 
this  business  here  of  adding  color  to  the  drypoint, 
making  drypoints  in   color,  made  me  think  about 
the  woods.  Wliy  should  I  depend  on  the  texture  and 
color  of  one  piece  of  wood?   At   that  time   I  was 
remodeling  this  house. 
Mrs.  B:  Oh  no,  that  came  long  before. 
MB:  I  was  remodeling  this  house.  I  learned  quite  a 
bit    about    woodworking    tools    and    woods.    Then 
came  this  great  discovery.  I  bought  many  varieties 
of    hardwood    and    that    really    bowled    me    over! 
There  are  over  50,000  varieties  of  hardwood,  each 
one  somewhat  different  in  texture  and  color. 
NH:  How  did  this  discovery  hit  you?  How  did  it 
start? 

MB:  [To  Mrs.  B.]  Wasn't  it  the  books,  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture? 

Mrs.  B:  Oh  yes,  I  started  to  write  for  inforination 
about  wood,  generally,  because  we  didn't  know 
much  about  different  kinds  of  woods,  and  I  got  a 
government  publication.  When  he  heard  50,000,  he 
said,  "Well,  if  I  can  get  100.  .  .  ." 
MB:  Yes.  Then  I  started  to  do  the  large  pieces. 
Large  pieces.  .  .  . 

NH:  Because  you  were  remodeling  the  house,  you 
got  interested  in.  .  .  . 

Mrs.  B:  I  don't  like  to  contradict  him  because  he's 
forgotten.  He  just  did  that  on  a  limited  scale.  He 
got  the  idea  on  the  color  drypoint  to  do  that,  and 
so  he  did  a  limited  number  of  woods,  you  know 
.  .  .  small  .  .  .  and  he  liked  the  technique.  Then  he 
got  involved  with  other  things,  his  painting  and 
such.  Then  we  moved  from  Brooklyn  Heights  to 
Nyack,  and  then  he  began  to  work  more  and  more 
with  tools.  In  other  words,  he  did  this  a  long  time 
ago  but  not  on  a  large  scale,  not  huge  pieces;  but 


28 


^s^m^' 


Keyhole 

23  inches  high 


lT 


The  Prophet 

33  inches  high 


M 

1 

1 

-^"^ 


Rosewood  Figure 

63  inches  high 


■"^'r-w/^*^  ^*^ 


^J^l 


to^i-^-1 


-^.- 


4   ■  j<^\ 


* 


The  Cherub 


42  inches  high 


m 

w 

L'i 

H^ 

mm 

If 

i 

Serenity 

27  inches  high 


Double  Hinge 

21  y>2.  inches  high 


V  i^: 


if 


^A 

■ 

.-^ 

'^■: 

i        ^^ 

1 

• 


J 


The  Moon 


1.  English  Harewood  (Acer  pseudoplatanus) 

2.  Zebrawood  (Goncalo  alves) 

3.  Lignum  vitae  (Guaiacum  officinale) 

4.  Purpleheart  (Peltogyne  densiflora) 

5.  African  Rosewood  (Guibourtia  tessmannii) 

6.  Brazilian  Rosewood  (Dalbergia  nigra) 

7.  Australian  Blackwood  (Acacia  melanoxyJon) 

8.  American  Holly  (Ilex  opaca) 

9.  Korina  (Terminalia  superba) 

10.  Birch  (Betulaalba) 

11.  Black  Ebony  CD/ospyros  ebenum) 

12.  West  Indian  Boxwood  (Aspidosperma  vargasii) 

13.  Honduras  Mahogany  (Swietenia  mahogoni) 

14.  Bulletwood  (Manikara  bidentata) 

15.  East  Indian  Rosewood  (Dalbergia  latifolia) 


in  the  back  of  his  mind  it  was  like  maybe  he'll 
develop  it  someday.  This  is  what  happened.  He 
came  here  and  he  remodeled  this  porch.  Getting 
into  wood  that  way.  And  then  we  began  a  real 
search  into  how  many  woods  are  available,  where 
can  we  get  them.  Then  we  went  to  the  forestry 
school  at  Yale  just  to  look.  They  had  42,000  sam- 
ples of  wood. 

NH :  These  were  microscopic  cross  sections? 
Mrs.  B:  That's  right.  They  had  little  pieces,  you 
see,  with  identification,  so  we  read  all  about  the 
different  ones  with  the  little  circles.  They  use  them 
to  study  cellular  structure.  They  have  little  pieces, 
you  know,  and  so  we  spent  a  whole  day  there.  The 
interest  grew  and  grew  when  we  saw  the  tremen- 
dous potentiality. 

MB:  Then  1  discovered  who  imports  woods. 
NH:  Who  does? 

MB:  Well,  there  are  several  importers  in  New 
York,  some  in  Philadelphia,  one  in  Chicago.  Here 
in  New  York  you  have  Marshall,  and  also  Mon- 
teath.  Each  one  carries  maybe  fifty  or  sixty  vari- 


eties of  wood.  All  kinds.  For  example,  they  supply 
the  people  who  make  musical  instruments,  furni- 
ture, all  sorts  of  things.  And  each  thing  is  designed 
for  a  certain  kind  of — for  example,  there  is  a  cer- 
tain kind  of  boxwood  that  is  used  for  bows  of  vio- 
lins. 

NH:  How  do  you  go  about  getting  the  kind  of  size 
that  you  want? 

MB:  I  go  down  to  the  lumberyard  and  I  pick  it 
out.  Sometimes  it's  rough;  it  isn't  sanded,  you 
know.  The  wood  is  in  the  rough.  It's  usually  in 
large  boards.  Heavy  boards,  rough  boards.  They 
come  as  much  as  eight-  to  ten-feet  long. 
Mrs.  B:  This  is  a  rosewood  piece  here. 
MB:  That  rosewood  piece — I  picked  it  up  from  the 
pile. 

Mrs.  B:  Because  he  liked  it. 

MB:  It  happened  to  be  a  short  piece,  only  five  feet 
long,  some  are  bigger.  But  what  I  learned  is  that  I 
must  carry  some  sandpaper  with  me  out  there,  sand 
it  up,  and  see  what  the  color  is  like.  Put  a  little 
water  on  there,  and  then  I  see  what  it's  really  like. 
But  I  already  know  approximately  what  this  wood 
is  going  to  be  like  from  the  books,  the  descriptions. 
NH:  Are  the  woods  expensive? 

MB:  Well,  yes,  but  it's  not  as  expensive  wholesale; 
they  also  sell  those  things  to  hobbyists  retail  and 
they're  prohibitive.  They  charge  them  as  much  as 
$6  a  square  foot  for  ebony,  for  example,  and 
they're  12  by  12  by  1/4  inch.  I  don't  pay  anything 
like  that. 

Mrs.  B:  We  have  to  buy  a  large  quantity  at  one 
time. 

MB:  I  pay  less  than  a  quarter  of  that. 
NH :  Do  you  buy  large  quantities? 
MB:  Yes.  I  have  to  buy  at  least  100  feet  at  a  time. 
Mrs.  B:  In  other  words,  if  he's  going  to  spend  less 
than  SlOO,  let's  say,  he  can't  do  it,  you  know  at  a 
time. 

NH:  All  this  time,  did  you  find  that  you  were 
learning  more  and  more  about  the  woods?  Or  was 
your  interest  mostly  in  the  texture  and  color?  You 
took  sandpaper  along  with  you  .  .  .  did  you  find 
out  anything  else  about  the  woods  as  you  got  into 
this  more? 

MB:  No.  except  the  technical  side  of  it  where  1 
have  to  know  which  is  really  kiln  dried  or  air 
dried,  which  is  properly  seasoned.  If  I  didn't  have 
properly  seasoned  wood.  I'd  get  into  trouble. 
NH:  Have  you  gotten  into  trouble? 
MB:  No,  never,  when  they  say  it's  kiln  dried,  it's 
kiln  dried.  In  fact,  most  of  the  time,  I  can  tell  just 
by  picking  up  a  piece  of  wood,  whether  it's  dry  or 
not  simply  by  the  experience  of  how  much  it  should 
weigh. 

NH :  Can  you  identify  these  woods  botanically? 
Mrs.  B:  We  have  the  Latin  names  for  all  these. 
NH:   Do   importers   identify   them   that   way   when 
they  sell  them,  or  is  that  something  you  know? 
MB:  No,  I  don't  think  so.  I  suppose  if  you  asked 
them,  they  might  know.   We  have  books  that  give 
Continued  on  page  74 


33 


PERSUASIVE  SCENTS 


by  Martin  Birch 

Female  moths  call  for 

mating  partners  by 

releasing  an  irresistible 

scent  that  is  operative  for 

miles.  Enticed  by  this 

attractant,  males  fly 

upivind  until  the  seductress 

is  located,  but  can  only 

persuade  her  to  submit  by 

shoivering  her  ivith  an 

extremely  effective  scent 

of  their  oivn. 

Hoiv  siveet  it  is! 


males  are  only  accepted  by  the  fe- 
male if  they  inundate  her  with 
scent. 

The  scents  of  male  and  female 
moths  have,  therefore,  very  differ- 
ent roles.  The  female's  is  primarily 
a  long-range  attractant,  whereas  the 
male's  scent  operates  at  close  range 
to  induce  the  female  to  mate,  act- 
ing, in  effect,  as  a  sedative.  Both  be- 
long to  the  class  of  secretions 
known  to  biologists  as  phero- 
mones — derived  from  the  Greek 
pherein,  "to  carry,"  and  horman. 
"to  excite.  '  Pheromones  are  chem- 
ical substances  secreted  by  an  indi- 
vidual that  trigger  either  behavioral 
or  developmental  sexual  processes 
when  perceived  by  other  members 
of  the  same  species.  These  are  dis- 
tinct from  substances,  such  as  defen- 
sive     compounds,      that      are      de- 


signed to  affect  members  of  another 
species — usually  to  deter  would-be 
predators.  Sex  attractants  released 
by  female  moths  are  carried  down- 
wind and  perceived  by  males, 
ivhich  respond  by  flying  upwind. 
Various  1:>"pes  of  chemical  sex  at- 
tractants occur  widely  throughout 
the  animal  kingdom,  from  plan- 
arian  worms  to  primates.  Males  or 
females  of  almost  all  orders  of  in- 
sects employ  sex  attractant  phero- 
mones to  bring  the  sexes  together, 
to  induce  mating,  and  to  deter  other 
males  from  interfering  with  copula- 
tion. 

When  a  moth  such  as  the  angle 
shades,  Phlogophora  meticulosa, 
emerges  from  the  pupa,  the  wings 
must  first  of  all  inflate  and  harden. 
Females  do  not  fly  at  this  stage,  but 
from  the  second  night  after  emer- 


The  human  species  takes  im- 
mense care  to  remove  all  traces  of 
natural  body  odors,  only  to  replace 
them  \vith  perfumes  derived  from 
animal  secretions  intended  to  have 
the  same  effect  as  those  so  carefully 
removed.  These  artificial  perfumes 
are  usually  supposed  to  make  the 
wearer  more  attractive  to  the  oppo- 
site sex.  It  is  thought  that  early  fe- 
male Homo  sapiens  indicated  their 
receptiveness  to,  or  disinterest  in, 
males  partly  through  natural  vari- 
ations in  body  odor,  and  this  may 
explain  why  today's  females  adorn 
themselves  with  more  scent  than 
males  do.  Correlated,  perhaps,  with 
a  growing  demand  for  sexual  equal- 
ity, perfume  for  men  is  becoming  a 
booming  industry. 

\^  hen  compared  to  the  effect  of 
scent  on  the  sexual  behavior  of 
some  insects,  the  vast  resources  in- 
vested by  man  in  the  perfume  in- 
dustry have  an  almost  negligible  ef- 
fect on  his  sexual  behavior.  The 
female  lure  substance  of  a  moth  can 
entice  males  from  miles  around.  Fur- 
thermore, the  perfume  emitted  by 
the  males  of  some  species  has  to  be 
100    percent    effective,    since    these 


Highly  efficient 

structures  that 

store  and 

disseminate 

scent  have 

evolved  in  the 

form  of  brushes 

in  many  species, 

including  the 

male  angle 

shades  moth, 

Phlogophora 

meticulosa. 

Contained  in 

abdominal 

pockets,  they  are 

not  normally 

visible. 


^^^^^^^^^^H 

■ 

Ba 

1 

H 

^m  ^^^^JKjjjB 

mtN^  ^^H 

1 

34 


N  MOTH  SEX  LIFE 


gence  onward  they  usually  release 
their  sex  attractant  as  a  ''call." 
Timing  the  release  of  the  attractant 
is  often  critical  for  each  species.  In 
the  angle  shades  this  is  about  dawn 
in  midsummer.  Females  call  every 
day  at  the  same  time  until  they 
have  mated  two  or  three  times — 
sometimes  up  to  a  maximum  of 
seven  matings.  In  other  species, 
such  as  the  silk  moth,  Bombyx  mori, 
females  stop  calling  as  soon  as  they 
have  mated  once.  Any  sex  attract- 
ant still  on  the  gland  surface  or  ab- 
domen appears  to  be  absorbed 
through  the  body  wall  and  metabo- 
lized. 

Because  of  the  recent  devel- 
opment of  physicochemical  tech- 
niques for  the  analysis  of  minute 
quantities  of  material,  about  a 
dozen  female  moth  sex  attractants 
have  been  identified  to  date.  But  the 
task  is  still  very  difficult.  For  ex- 
ample, Adolf  Butenandt,  the  Ger- 
man biochemist,  had  to  extract  the 
pheromone  from  half  a  million  vir- 
gin females  of  the  silk  moth  to  ob- 
tain 12  milligrams  of  pure  chemical 
attractant.  Most  of  the  identified  at- 
tractants are  made  up  of  large 
molecules,  such  as  unsaturated  alco- 
hols and  their  esters  and  fatty 
acids,  containing  about  14  carbon 
atoms.  Their  similarity  may  be  a 
result  of  the  function  they  have  to 
perform.  The  compound  must  be 
small  enough  to  be  manufactured 
without  the  expenditure  of  too 
much  energy;  it  must  be  volatile, 
yet  sufficiently  stable  so  that  it  is 
not  chemically  changed  in  the  air. 
Also,  with  higher  molecular 
weights,  more  specific  variation  is 
possible. 

When  these  female  sex  attract- 
ants were  first  described,  it  seemed 
to  biologists  that  the  use  of  a  differ- 
ent sex  attractant  by  each  species 
was  the  key  process  in  species  isola- 
tion. It  is  not  that  simple,  however, 
as  several  species  have  now  been 
found  that  respond  to  the  same  at- 
tractants. Thus,  it  now  seems  likely 
that  other  methods  of  species  isola- 


tion are  also  important,  such  as  dif- 
ferent times  for  the  release  of  the 
attractant  and  different  emergence 
and  activity  periods.  These  factors 
then  act  in  conjunction  with  the  sex 
attractants  to  achieve  the  necessary 
reproductive  isolation. 

Male  moths  perceive  the  phero- 
mone through  a  simple  and  effec- 
tive system.  While  calling,  the  fe- 
male rapidly  vibrates  her  wings  to 
create  a  current  of  air  over  the 
pheromone  gland,  thereby  assisting 
evaporation  of  the  secreted  attract- 
ant. The  pheromone  then  disperses 
and  is  carried  downwind,  even- 
tually impinging  on  the  antennae  of 
a  male  of  the  same  species.  If  stim- 
ulated by  enough  of  the  attractant, 
males  respond  by  simply  flying  up- 
wind, rather  than  by  responding  to 
the    increased   concentration   gradi- 


The  scent-laden 

brushes  can  he 

easily  seen  when 

a  male  specimen 

of  the 

angle  shades 

moth  is  inflated 

with  air,   everting 

the  brushes  from 

the  abdominal 

pockets. 


ent  of  female  pheromone  molecules. 
They  continue  to  fly  upwind  as  long 
as  they  can  perceive  the  pheromone 
stimulation.  However,  as  soon  as  the 
odor  is  lost,  they  alight  or  make 
frequent  turns  until  they  locate  it 
again.  Males  can  lose  the  scent  by 
flying  too  far  upwind  past  the  fe- 
male. When  this  happens,  the  usual 
method  for  precisely  locating  her  is 
to  alight  as  quickly  as  possible  and 
search  on  either  the  ground,  bushes, 
or  trees,  until  tactile  contact  is 
made.  Precise  location  of  the  female 
may  be  made  by  responding  to  her 
increased  temperature  as  she  vi- 
brates her  wings  or  by  echoloca- 
tion. 

Detailed  investigations  over  a 
number  of  years  by  Dietrich 
Schneider's  laboratory  in  Germany 
have  shown  that  70  percent  of  the 


Magnified  7,000 

times,  a  brush 

hair  displays  an 

intricate  surface 

network  that 

provides  a  large 

area  for  the 

storage  of  scent, 

as  well  as  its 

dispersal. 


35 


receptor  cells  on  tlie  antennae  of 
the  male  silk  motli  respond  only  to 
the  female  attractant.  The  antennae 
act  as  a  molecular  sieve  absorbing 
over  30  percent  of  the  sex  attractant 
molecules  passing  through  the  an- 
tennal  profile.  Schneider's  group 
has  also  demonstrated  tliat  at  the 
thresliold  level  of  perception,  300 
molecules  sti-iking  the  antennae  are 
enough  to  elicit  a  positive  behav- 
ioral response.  The  system  is  so 
sensitive  that  one  molecule  strike 
can  stimulate  a  receptor  cell  and  in- 
itiate an  impulse  to  die  brain.  Thus 
the  male  apparatus  of  tliis  species  is 
certainly  well  adapted  to  react  to 
calling  females  over  long  distances. 


T" 


B  iirning  to  the  scents  secreted 
by  the  male  motlis.  ^\'e  find  that,  in 
contrast  to  female  attractants,  male 
scents  are  for  the  most  part  com- 
posed of  small.  \  olatile.  and  un- 
stable molecules  released  very  close 
to  the  female.  ^Hiereas  female 
pheromones  cannot  be  detected  by 
humans,  the  scent  of  a  single  male 
moth  often  has  a  strong,  detectable 
smell.  At  first  sight,  the  variety  of 
structures  that  have  evolved  to  dis- 
seminate the  scent  appears  almost 
limitless,  but  all  the  organs  com- 
bine a  glandular  source  of  scent 
with  eversible  structures  to  disperse 
it.  Scent  brushes  have  evolved  on 
the  abdomen,  thorax,  and  legs  of 
many  moths,  and  air-filled  tubes, 
called  coremata.  occur  ahnost  as 
frequently.  Some  of  this  variety  is 
demonstrated  by  the  anterior  ab- 
dominal brushes  of  the  Noctuidae 
I  a  large  family  of  night-flying 
moths  that  includes  such  destructive 
agricultural  pests  as  the  bollworm 
and  the  cotton  leafworm  I  and  die 
Sphingidae,  or  hawkmoths.  both  of 
different  origin;  and  by  the  spec- 
tacular coremata  of  tlie  Arctiidae. 
or  tiger  moths.  Brushes  connected 
with  the  genitalia  are  also  common, 
an  elaborate  form  of  which  are 
sported  by  the  clouded  silver  moth. 

Moths,  which  comprise  the  vast 
majority  of  Lepidoptera,   show    the 

36 


greatest  variety  of  male  organs.  Yet 
because  the  organs  are  normally 
kept  concealed  by  the  scales  or  in 
folds  or  pockets  of  cuticle,  they 
have  remained  relatively  unnoticed 
by  generations  of  lepidopterists 
whose  first  wish  has  been  to  pre- 
serve, for  their  cabinet  collections, 
fine,  undamaged  specimens  witli  no 
scales  missing.  Tlie  brushes,  how- 
ever, can  be  displayed  quite  easily 
by  simply  squeezing  tlie  abdomen 
between  finger  and  thumb.  The  in- 
creased internal  pressure  will  then 
force  out  any  brushes  or  coremata 
and  also  the  genitalia.  More  satis- 
factorily, the  everted  organs  can  be 
displayed,  and  then  preserved,  by 
inflating  the  body  ivith  air  through 
a  fine  tube  and  quickly  drying  the 
moth  over  a  light  bulb.  With  care, 
only  a  few  scales  are  lost  and  the 
species  is  quite  recognizable.  This 
method  requires  a  freshly  killed 
moth. 

All  these  structures  are  alike  in 
being  eversible  and  confined  to  the 
male  and  would  seem  to  play  an  im- 
portant role  in  courtship.  The  gar- 


Tiibclike  organs. 

or  coremata. 

siip])ort  the 

scent-dispersing 

hairs  of 

this  male 

Malaysian  moth, 

Creatonotus 

gangis.  When 

sufflcieiitly  close 

to  a  calling 

female,  the  male 

actuates  the 

release  of  scent 

by  inflating  these 

tubes  uith  air. 

Fully  inflated, 

the  corejnata  in 

this  species 

reach  more  than 

three  times 

body  size. 


den  carpet  moth.  XauthorJwe  fluc- 
tiiata,  for  example,  and  other 
species  of  this  genus,  such  as  the 
clouded  silver,  have  extremely  long 
coremata.  which  they  readily  use  in 
courtship.  Virgin  females  call  by 
rhythmic  protru-sion  of  the  attract- 
ant gland.  A  male  attracted  by  this 
will  fly  to  her.  cAert  the  coremata 
^\'ithin  one  or  two  centimeters  of 
her.  and  then  proceed  to  copulate. 
In  spite  of  their  small  size  (two- 
centimeter  wingspanl.  the  coremata 
are  easily  seen  on  these  moths  in 
breeding  cages  as  their  striking 
A\-hite  coloration  stands  out  sharply 
against  a  black  muslin  lining.  After 
eversion  the  coremata  remain  in- 
flated for  one  or  two  seconds.  Their 
volume  can  be  twice  that  of  the  to- 
tal volume  of  the  moth,  so  we  may 
suppose  that  the  ventilatory  current 
of  air,  necessary  to  supply  the 
flight  muscles  with  enough  oxygen, 
is  suddenly  directed  into  the  core- 
mata at  the  critical  time.  It  is  easy 
to  play  a  trick  on  tlie  males  of  these 
carpet  moths  by  separating  a  pair 
as  soon  as  copulation  starts,  but  be- 


tr^-  .  :aEia£s 


fore  the  male  has  had  time  to  pass  a 
spermatophore.  He  evidently  still 
retains  his  mating  drive  and  will 
still  pursue  and  court  many  other 
calling  females  on  the  same  night. 
Any  pheromone  originally  present 
on  the  coremata  is  discharged  on 
the  first  attempt,  however,  and  is 
now  exhausted  so  that  the  coremata 
have  no  more  effect  that  night.  A 
similar  system  of  restricted  scent 
operates  in  the  Noctuidae. 

In  our  investigations,  we  have 
looked  at  the  brush  organs  of  noc- 
tuid  moths  in  much  more  detail. 
The  attractive  angle  shades  moth  is 
typical  of  150  other  British  Noc- 
tuidae in  that  it  possesses  large  an- 
terior abdominal  brushes,  many  of 
which  give  off  strong,  distinctive 
odors.  Their  structure  is  rather 
more  complex  than  that  of  the 
groups  so  far  described.  A  pair  of 
brushes  is  mounted  at  the  tips  of 
hardened  sclerotized  levers  arising 
from  the  base  of  the  abdomen.  The 
levers  are  hinged  about  a  basal  scle- 
rite,  which  can  be  moved  by  muscle 
action  to  swing  the  brush  away 
from  the  body.  The  hairs  are 
fanned  out  by  muscles  across  the 
basal  plate  of  the  brush  itself.  At 
rest,  the  brushes  are  concealed  in  a 
pair  of  abdominal  pockets  extend- 
ing halfway  along  the  abdomen. 
Muscles  along  their  lips  open  the 
pockets  to  release  the  hairs  and  to 
assist  in  replacing  the  hairs  after 
aversion.  In  action,  the  brushes  are 
suddenly  flung  away  from  the  body 
and  expanded  by  the  coordinated 
contraction  of  all  these  muscles. 

As  with  the  other  species  de- 
scribed, female  angle  shades  release 
a  sex  pheromone  that  initiates  a 
series  of  responses  in  males:  (1) 
Males  fly  upwind  until  they  lose 
track  of  the  pheromone-laden  air 
and  then  cast  about  for  the  female; 
(2)  they  make  contact  using  the  an- 
tennae; (3)  their  pheromone-laden 
brushes  then  fan  out  very  close  to 
the  female,  and  remain  everted  for 
only  one  or  two  seconds,  followed 
immediately  by  (4),  an  attempt  to 
copulate;  (5)  the  female  either  ac- 
cepts or  rejects  the  male. 

In  a  whole  series  of  experiments, 
we  found  that  females  seldom  re- 
fused males  after  the  scent  had  been 
produced,   but   males   were   usually 


The  everted 

coremata 

of  tiger  moths 

demonstrate  the 

variety  of 

scent  organs  that 

have  evolved  in 

different  species. 

Top: the 

ruby  tiger, 

Phragniatobia 

fuliginosa.  Left: 

the  white  ermine 

tiger,  Spilosonia 

lubricipeda. 

Right:  the  Jersey 

tiger,  Euplagia 

qiiadripunctaria. 


unsuccessful  if  we  had  previously 
removed  the  brushes  or  had 
anesthetized  them  and  discharged 
any  scent  on  the  brushes.  These 
scentless  males  only  managed  to 
mate  with  less  discriminating  fe- 
males that  had  been  calling  for  sev- 
eral nights  without  attracting  a 
mate. 

One  interesting  feature  of  this 
type  of  scent  organ  is  that  the  scent- 
producing  gland  is  active  only  in 
the  later  stages  of  the  pupa.  The  se- 
cretion is  stored  within  the  gland 
until  the  moth  emerges,  then  all  the 
contents  of  the  gland  are  dis- 
charged onto  the  brush  and  be- 
tween the  scales  lining  the  pocket. 
The  characteristic  fruity  smell  of 
the  angle  shades'  brush  develops 
only  after  discharge  from  the 
glands  and  in  conjunction  with  a 
secretion  from  the  base  of  the 
pocket  scales.  The  scent  glands  are 
not  active  again  and  actually  de- 
generate, so  that  the  male  is  pro- 
vided with  a  finite  amount  of  scent 


to  last  his  adult  life;  enough,  in 
fact,  to  charge  the  brushes  three 
times  with  scent. 

We  can  tell  how  many  times  fe- 
males have  mated  by  dissecting  fe- 
males caught  in  our  light  traps. 
Such  females  in  flight  are  usually 
those  that  have  finished  mating  and 
are  flying  to  oviposit.  A  male  passes 
one  spermatophore,  or  sac,  at  one 
mating.  This  is  stored  in  the  female 
bursa  copulatrix  for  later  fertiliza- 
tion of  the  eggs,  and  a  count  of  the 
number  of  spermatophores  will  re- 
veal the  number  of  times  she  has 
mated.  The  average  number  is  two. 
Unlike  males,  females,  are  not  re- 
stricted to  three  matings,  and  be- 
cause some  mate  up  to  a  maximum 
of  seven  times,  others  do  not  mate 
at  all. 

Under  the  high  power  of  a  scan- 
ning electron  microscope,  the  sur- 
face of  each  of  the  brush  hairs  is 
seen  to  consist  of  an  intricate  net- 
work of  ribs,  somewhat  like  a  sheet 
of  expanded  metal,  with  a  less  regu- 


37 


lar,  spongy  matrix  beneath.  All  the 
noctuid  species  with  this  type  of 
brush  organ  have  similar  surface 
structures  differing  only  in  the  pat- 
tern of  ribbing.  In  the  angle  shades 
it  is  an  irregular  diamond  shape;  in 
the  wainscot  moth,  a  regular  repeti- 
tion of  diamonds;  and  in  the  dark 
arches  moth,  a  regular  hexagonal 
pattern  like  a  honeycomb.  Long  be- 
fore the  advent  of  such  sophis- 
ticated tools  as  the  electron  micro- 
scope, Fritz  Miiller  in  the  late 
nineteenth  century  had  said  that 
"one  could  hardly  find  a  more  ef- 
fective method  of  employing  any 
odoriferous  substance  than  that  of 
saturating  with  it  the  hairs  of  a 
brush,  and  then  suddenly  opening 
■them  out  in  all  directions  so  as  to 
provide  an  enormous  surface  for 
evaporation."  This  is  exactly  how 
the  noctuid  brush  works.  In  fact, 
the  whole  system  is  now  seen  to  be 
much  better  adapted  as  an  odor 
spray  than  Miiller  could  have  imag- 
ined. The  sudden  eversion  of  the 
brushes  probably  results  in  scent 
being  shaken  or  flung  off  the  hairs 
rather  than  evaporated.  The  huge 
surface  area  provides  a  large  area 
for  storage  of  scent  while  the 
brushes  are  in  the  pockets. 

Several  male  scents  have  been 
identified.  They  are  very  unattrac- 
tive to  the  human  nose  and  would 
certainly  not  act  as  human  aphro- 
disiacs. Compared  with  female  at- 
tractants  they  are,  as  previously 
stated,  much  smaller,  more  volatile 
molecules.  The  "fruity"  angle  shades 
scent  is  a  mixture  of  two  monoter- 
penes  and  a  simple  carboxylic  acid. 
Both  terpenes  are  also  known  from 
ants  where  they  are  used  as  alarm 
pheromones  in  transmitting  warn- 
ing messages  between  the  members 
of  a  colony.  Of  the  other  noctuid 
moths,  three  species  of  wainscot 
moths,  genus  Leacania,  produce  a 
mixture  of  benzaldehyde  and  iso- 
butyric  acid.  The  scent  smells  of  al- 
monds to  us  as  benzaldehyde  com- 
prises over  80  percent  of  the 
secretion.  Butyric  acid  has  a  very 
unpleasant  smell,  like  that  of  rancid 
butter  for  which  it  is  also  respon- 
sible. It  crops  up  again  as  the  nor- 
mal isomer  in  the  clouded  silver 
moth  of  quite  a  different  family,  the 
Geometridae.  Benzaldehyde  also  oc- 

38 


curs  in  several  other  Noctuidae. 
The  brushes  of  the  dot  moth  are 
saturated  with  a  mixture  of  ben- 
zaldehyde and  phenyl  ethanol. 
Closely  related  to  it  is  the  grey 
arches,  which  has  both  these  com- 
pounds and  also  benzyl  alcohol. 
The  most  complex  compound  so  far 
identified  is  pinocarvone  from  the 
dark  arches.  Apamea  monoglypha. 
It  is  related  to  camphor  and  smells 
rather  like  a  mixture  of  camphor 
and  menthol.  Bark  beetles  also  use 
the  related  pinenes,  derived  from 
their  host  trees,  as  pheromones  for 
assembling  and  for  mating  stimuli. 

The  male  moth  compounds  have 
much  in  common  with  each  other. 
They  are  all  small  molecules  re- 
leased near  the  female  in  relatively 
large  quantities.  As  our  observa- 
tions showed,  their  immediate  func- 
tion is  equivalent  to  that  of  a  seda- 
tive. So  far  there  is  no  explana- 
tion of  why  certain  Lepidoptera 
have  evolved  these  sex  scent  sys- 
tems while  others  have  lost  them, 
or  why  well  over  half  the  species 
have  not  evolved  them  at  all. 

One  immediately  attractive  the- 
ory is  that  the  male  pheromones 
provide  a  species  specific  signal 
that  prevents  cross  mating,  particu- 
larly between  species  where  the  fe- 
male sex  attractants  have  been 
shown  to  be  attractive  to  males  of 
other  species.  However,  three  spe- 
cies of  wainscot  moth — the  smoky 
wainscot  (Leucania  impura) .  com- 
mon wainscot  (L.  pallens) ,  and  the 
brown-line  bright-eye  (L.  conigera) 
— appear  to  have  male  scents  that 
are  identical   (benzaldehyde/iso-bu- 


tyric  acid ) .  How  do  the  three  coex- 
ist as  separate  species?  All  occur  in 
the  same  locality,  have  similar  life 
histories,  eat  the  same  food — a  va- 
riety of  common  grasses — and 
emerge  at  the  same  tiine  of  year. 
Electrophysiological  recordings 

from  male  antennae  show  that 
males  of  each  species  can  at  least 
perceive  the  female  pheromones  of 
the  other  two  species  as  well  as 
their  own.  although  behavioral  ex- 
periments have  not  been  conducted 
to  find  out  if  they  actually  respond 
in  this  way  in  the  field.  The  only 
observable  difference  comes  from 
light  trap  catches,  which  indicate 
that  each  species  flies  at  different, 
but  overlapping,  times  of  night. 
The  smoky  wainscot  is  the  earliest 
flier,  with  a  peak  of  activity  about 
10:00  P.M.;  the  common  wainscot 
flies  the  latest,  building  up  to  a 
peak  around  dawn.  Male  flight  ac- 
tivity often  coincides  with  the  re- 
lease of  female  attractant,  and  these 
variations  may  indicate  that  the  fe- 
males have  different  calling  times 
during  the  night.  This  method  of 
species  separation  is  not  impossible. 
Detailed  observations  on  the  silk 
moths,  Saturniidae,  indicate  that 
many  species  have  the  same  attrac- 
tant, but  are  separated  by  different 
calling  times. 

While  the  inale  scent  inay  not  be 
directly  instrumental  in  species  sep- 
aration, it  may  affect  the  female 
directly  by  promoting  oogenesis.  It 
could  stimulate  release  of  the  juve- 
nile hormone  that  initiates  yolk  de- 
position, clearly  an  advantage  if  the 
final   stages    in   egg   formation   are 


A  common 

woodland  species 

in  Britain,  the 

male  clouded 

silver  moth, 

Bapta  temerata, 

has  elaborate 

scent  brushes 

associated  with 

its  genitalia. 


triggered    by    a    stimulus    received 
when  the  sperm  are  transferred. 

Also,  the  release  of  male  scent  at 
the  start  of  copulation  may  repel 
other  males  more  effectively  than 
the  mere  cessation  of  the  female 
scent.  Certainly  the  male  scents  are 
in  many  ways  very  like  defensive 
substances.  Both  are  released  in 
large  quantities  close  to  the  target 
animal  and  possess  an  unpleasant 
smell  to  other  animals,  in  contrast 
to  the  properties  of  female  sex  at- 
tractants.  Indeed,  in  the  hawkmoth 
family,  Sphingidae,  males  have 
brushes  that  are  everted  as  part  of  a 
defensive  display  when  attacked  by 
predators. 


o 


ne  possible  explanation  of 
how  the  system  of  male  brushes  may 
have  evolved  was  originally  put  for- 
ward by  Miriam  Rothschild.  She 
pointed  out  that  any  character  that 
fulfills  a  double  function  has  a  bet- 
ter chance  of  selection  and  evolu- 
tion than  one  possessing  a  single 
beneficial  attribute.  She  suggested 
that  insect  attractants  and  courtship 
scents  first  evolved  in  connection 
with  the  scents  of  their  food  plants, 
thus  linking  flowers  and  their  polli- 
nators in  time  and  space.  Their  role 
as  courtship  pheromones  would 
have  developed  subsequently.  From 
there  it  would  only  be  a  short  step 
to  boosting  the  odors  produced  by 
scent  brushes  so  that  they  could 
function  as  both  courtship  scents 
and  as  deterrents  to  other  species. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  is  just  as 
likely  that  male  scents  were  origi- 
nally selected  as  deterrents,  and 
that  hawkmoth  brushes  are  now  at 
this  stage  of  development.  Simple 
experiments,  such  as  removing  the 
brushes  of  newly  emerged  males  or 
gluing  them  into  their  pleural  folds, 
proved  that  the  brushes  are  not 
used  in  mating.  It  thus  seems  that 
their  role  in  the  defensive  display  is 
their  main  function,  but  this  sug- 
gestion implies  that  males  are  more 
likely  than  females  to  be  attacked 
by  predators. 


For  many  species  of  moths,  if  not 
for  all  animals,  one  of  the  most  vul- 
nerable periods  of  their  lives  is 
when  they  are  copulating.  In  those 
species  that  can  copulate  aloft, 
flight  is  likely  to  be  clumsy.  Copula- 
tion is  one  time  when  there  would 
be  no  need  for  both  sexes  to  pro- 
vide defenses,  explaining  the  puzzle 
of  a  supposed  defensive  organ  con- 
fined to  one  sex. 

Since  it  seems  likely  that  poten- 
tial predators  would  learn  to  re- 
spond either  directly  to  the  scent  of 
a  calling  female  or  to  the  males 
converging  towards  her,  the  scent 
may  be  designed  to  deter  small 
mammals,  particularly  the  night  ac- 
tive bats,  which  can  take  moths 
both  in  flight  and  from  the  ground. 
By  day,  when  birds  become  active, 
copulation  has  usually  terminated 
and  both  sexes  are  mostly  hidden. 
If  the  scent  does,  in  fact,  act  against 
nocturnal  predators,  selection 
would  soon  favor  females  mating 
with  males  that  produced  a  pre- 
dator repellent,  since  females  mat- 
ing with  other  males  would  tend  to 


be  eliminated.  The  system  can  be 
traced  through  to  the  Noctuidae 
where  the  female  only  mates  with 
scent-producing  males. 

Of  course,  this  is  pure  specula- 
tion. Although  the  male  scents  are 
undoubtedly  unpleasant  to  one 
mammalian  predator,  namely  man, 
this  is  hardly  evidence  that  they  re- 
pel other  predators,  nor  do  we 
know  if  the  scents  are  persistent 
enough  to  last  the  duration  of  copu- 
lation without  evaporating. 

Also  difficult  to  explain  is  the  evi- 
dence that  many  species  have  sec- 
ondarily lost  their  brush  organs,  as 
appears  from  the  numerous  vestig- 
ial organs  in  the  Noctuidae.  Clearly 
there  are  some  exciting  questions 
waiting   to    be   solved  by   research. 

Our  over-all  picture  is  that  male 
brushes  and  coremata  are  very  plas- 
tic structures.  Within  the  thirty  or 
so  species  of  British  tiger  moths, 
brushes  or  coremata  have  evolved 
independently  at  least  eight  times. 
A  detailed  investigation  of  the  Noc- 
tuidae shows  us  that  the  lever  and 
Continued  on  page  72 


The  scent,  or 

pheromone, 

carried  on  the 

brushes  of 

the  male  clouded 

silver  moth  is 

composed  of 

butyric  acid. 

Discharged  over 

the  female  as  a 

prelude  to 

copulation,  it 

may  also  serve 

as  a  means 

of  species 

identification. 


39 


by  Maurice  G.Hornocker 


Alive  and  well,  this 
myslery-siirouded  cat 
roams  liie  rugged 
mountain  lastnesses 
01  Idaiio 


The  mountain  lion  is  the  prince 
of  Western  Hemisphere  predators. 
Naturalist  Ernest  Thompson  Seton 
described  the  lion  as  "lithe  and 
splendid  beasthood.  His  daily  rou- 
tine is  a  march  of  stirring  athletic 
e%'ents  that  not  another  creature — in 
America,  at  least — can  hope  to 
equal."  Capable  of  living  in  habi- 
tats ranging  from  tropical  jungles  to 
deserts  to  subalpine  types,  the  lion 
(Felis  concolor)  can  exist  exclu- 
sively on  a  diet  of  small  rodents 
or  elk.  Ultrasecretive,  this  splendid 
cat  shuns  proximity  to  man  and 
inhabits  rugged,  inaccessible  wil- 
derness country. 

The  American  lion  is  perhaps  the 
most  mysterious  and  misunderstood 
of  all  the  world's  large  carnivores. 
This  is  evident  from  the  many  names 
applied  to  this  great  cat  through- 
out its  range — puma,  painter,  cou- 
gar, panther,  catamount,  leone.  Most 
adaptable  of  all  the  large  cats,  it 
once  had  the  widest  distribution  of 
any  mammal  in  the  Western  Hemi- 
sphere, and  perhaps  in  the  world.  It 
ranged  over  both  American  conti- 
nents, from  the  east  to  the  west 
coast  of  North  America  and  from 


central  British  Columbia  south  to 
Patagonia.  Authentic  records  of 
mountain  lions  are  available  from 
47  of  the  48  conterminous  states 
and  the  District  of  Columbia.  As 
the  white  man  populated  North 
America,  lions  vanished  from  much 
of  their  range.  They  now  live  in 
sizable  numbers  only  in  the  western 
and  southwestern  states,  in  Central 
and  South  America,  and  in  parts  of 
British  Columbia  and  Alberta.  A 
population  of  undetermined  size  ex- 
ists in  the  Florida  Everglades,  and 
recent  information  suggests  there 
are  lions  in  eastern  Canada. 

Because  of  emotionalism  regard- 
ing large  predators,  a  wealth  of 
misinformation  has  accumulated  on 
the  mountain  lion.  Theodore  Roose- 
velt spoke  of  the  "big  horse-killing 
cat,  the  destroyer  of  the  deer,  the 
lord  of  stealthy  murder.  .  .  ."  Many 
others  have  written  of  the  lion's 
presumed  insatiable  taste  for  de- 
struction, of  its  bloodthirsty  lust 
for  killing.  Lions  do  sometimes  kill 
domestic  stock,  thereby  strengthen- 
ing man's  intolerance  toward  them. 
As  a  result,  indiscriminate  killing 
of  the  mountain  lion,  often  en- 
couraged by  bounties,  has  been  the 
rule. 

That  lions  kill  other  animals, 
some  of  them,  such  as  deer,  of  spe- 
cial interest  to  hunters,  is  a  fact; 
but  the  effect  of  this  killing  on  pop- 
ulations had  never  been  assessed 
objectively.  Nor  had  the  dynamics 
of  a  population  of  lions  ever  been 
studied:  its  density,  productivity, 
fertility,  mortality,  and  range  and 
space  requirements.  It  was  obvious 


that  to  preserve  this  species,  and 
those  animals  upon  which  it  preys, 
a  thorough  investigation  was 
needed. 

For  the  past  six  years,  I  have  , 
been  trying  to  find  answers  to  some 
of  these  questions  in  the  rugged 
wilderness  of  central  Idaho.  My 
study  area  encompassed  200  square 
miles  in  the  Big  Creek  drainage  ba- 
sin in  the  center  of  the  li4-million- 
acre  Idaho  Primitive  Area.  I  chose 
this  splendid  country  for  several 
reasons.  According  to  diaries  of  set- 
tlers in  the  mid-1800's  and  govern- 
ment records  in  the  early  1900's  the 
region  was  a  stronghold  for  the 
mountain  lion.  More  recently, 
bounty  records  and  sportsmen's  kill 
figures  indicated  that  sufficient  lions 
occurred  there  to  obtain  adequate 
quantitative  data. 

Big  game,  mainly  mule  deer  and 
elk,  also  were  abundant  and  during 
winter  months  were  confined  to  a 
relatively  small  sector  of  their  total 
range.  Deep  snow  drives  game  ani- 
mals to  the  lower  elevations  along 
major  stream  courses.  Lions  also 
seek  these  lower  elevations  and  thus 
were  more  available  for  study  and 


A  lion  sits  on  a  ridge,  whe 

he  can  survey  the  remo 

Salmon  River  country.  Wh< 

winter  snow  drives  mule  de 

and  elk  into  the  vallejl 

mountain  lions  follow  them  dow 


40 


31 

"1 

*    f^W^M   1^ 


To  determine  the 

whereabouts  and 

ondition  of  the  lions, 

trained  hounds  are 

set  out  on  trails. 

When  the  dogs  tree 

;  cats,  such  as  the  two 

tens,  upper  right,  the 

lions  are  shot  with  a 

lative,  lowered  to  the 

ground,  marked, 

weighed,  and  then 

released  to  the  wild. 


tW 


\ 


capture.  Because  of  the  difficulty  of 
working  in  summer,  when  the  ani- 
mals move  up  to  higher  elevations 
and  range  over  a  much  larger  area, 
I  did  most  of  my  research  during 
the  winter  and  spring,  from  Novem- 
ber to  May. 

I  had  two  objectives:  to  study  the 
dynamics  of  the  lion  population 
and  to  assess  its  impact  on  big 
game.  I  suspect  mountain  lions 
have  spent  many  more  hours  watch- 
ing me  than  I  have  spent  minutes 
observing  them.  Although  I  studied 
them  for  six  years  and  spent 
months  in  their  remote  mountain 
sanctuaries,  I  rarely  got  more  than 
a  glimpse  of  a  free-roving  lion — 
and  then  it  was  usually  because  he 
had  seen  me  and  was  moving  away. 
Therefore,  to  study  them  I  had  to 


capture  and  individually  mark  each 
lion  so  it  could  be  identified.  Then, 
by  tracking  them  in  the  snow  and 
by  repeatedly  recapturing  individ- 
uals every  season  and  over  the 
years,  I  gathered  a  fund  of  infor- 
mation on  each  individual  and,  ulti- 
mately, on  the  population.  I  hired 
Wilbur  Wiles,  a  long-time  resident 
of  the  Primitive  Area  and  a  veteran 
lion  hunter,  to  assist  me.  His 
trained  hounds  were  used  through- 
out the  study  to  tree  lions,  which 
were  then  immobilized  with  drugs, 
marked,  and  recorded.  After  this, 
each  was  released,  unharmed,  back 
into  the  wild. 

We  have,  over  the  six-year  pe- 
riod, captured,  -marked,  and  re- 
leased 51  different  lions,  44  of  them 
in  the  Big  Creek  study  area.  Thirty- 


six  of  these  were  recaptured  in  sub- 
sequent years,  many  of  them  15 
times.  We  caught  one  male  20 
times.  In  all,  we  made  173  captures 
of  lions  and  tracked  them  in  the 
snow  for  literally  hundreds  of 
miles.  These  capture-recapture 
data,  the  events  interpreted  from 
tracks,  and  the  information  gained 
from  the  return  of  tags  from  lions 
killed  by  hunters  give  us  a  good  pic- 
ture of  the  lion's  population  status 
and  ecology. 

The  lion  population  was  stable, 
with  no  more  than  ten  adults  as 
full-time  winter  residents  of  the 
200-square  mile  study  area.  Of  the 
other  lions  we  captured,  29  were 
kittens  and  12  were  transient 
adults.  Every  year  two  litters,  num- 
bering  two    or   three   kittens   each,' 


46 


Crouched  low  in  the  spring 
grass,  a  lion  is  nearly  hidden 
as  he  stalks  prey.  Although  lions 
eat  a  wide  range  of  food,  including 
grasshoppers,  their  main  winter 
diet  consists  of  elk,  below,  and 
mule  deer,  bottom. 


were  born,  except  in  1969  when  we 
recorded  only  one  litter. 

The  resident  adults  had  firmly  es- 
tablished territories.  Each  lion  con- 
fined itself  to  a  definite  range.  Fe- 
males shared  some  areas  but  males 
appeared  to  maintain  rigid  bound- 
aries between  territories.  The  size 
of  the  females'  winter  home  range 
varied  from  5  to  25  square  miles; 
males  utilized  an  area  of  15  to  30 
square  miles.  These  are  minimum 
home  ranges  based  on  capture— re- 
capture data;  I  believe  some  lions 
actually  use  larger  areas. 

Territoriality  appeared  to  be  the 
primary  factor  regulating  the  num- 
ber of  lions  in  our  study  area.  The 
number  of  adults  well  established 
on  territories  remained  unchanged 
from  year  to  year  despite  the  birth 
of  four  to  six  kittens  into  the  popu- 
lation each  year.  After  becoming 
self-sufficient  at  about  18  to  20 
months  of  age.  young  lions  all  left 
the  area:  none  of  the  offspring  of 
resident  females  was  captured  on 
the  study  area  beyond  its  second 
winter. 

Further  evidence  of  strong  ter- 
ritoriality was  the  movement  each 
winter  of  additional  lions — prac- 
tically all  young — into  the  study 
area,  but  none  stayed.  I  believe  they 
recognized  that  they  were  in  the  es- 
tablished territory  of  another  lion. 
The  resident  animal  never  forcibly 
evicted  these  transients,  and  tracks 
indicated  they  avoided  contact. 

Different  individuals  used  the 
same  areas  but  never  at  the  same 
time — lions  were  spaced  in  time  as 
well  as  area.  Scrapes  or  scratch 
marks  appear  important  in  this 
spacing,  as  well  as  in  the  estab- 
hshment  of  territorial  rights.  Lions 
scrape  leaves,  twigs,  fir  needles,  or 
sometimes,  snow  into  small  mounds 
and   frequently  urinate  or  defecate 


)untain  lions  are  able  to 
ide  man  partly  because  of 
iir  protective  coloring, 
ich  here  blends  with  the 
ben-covered  rocks. 


on  top  of  them,  making  an  ol- 
factory as  well  as  a  visual  mark. 
These  marks  inform  other  lions  that 
one  is  already  in  the  area,  how 
recently  he  was  there,  and  perhaps 
even  which  individual  made  the 
mark. 

All  lions,  but  especially  males, 
make  these  marks  on  trails,  on  high 
ridges,  and  at  lion  crossings;  some 
permanent  marking  stations  occur 
in  each  territory.  Both  males  and 
females  visit  these  sites.  Ordinarily 
they  follow  an  accustomed  route, 
whether  hunting  or  seemingly  just 
traveling.  On  a  number  of  occa- 
sions an  animal  tracked  to  one  of 
these  sites  abruptly  changed  course, 
sometimes  retracing  its  route  for  a 
considerable  distance.  Invariably 
we  found  another  lion  or  family  of 
lions  in  the  area. 

I  believe  this  behavior,  which  I 
call  mutual  avoidance,  is  necessary 
for  the  survival  of  solitary,  special- 
ized predators.  A  solitary  predator 
depends  on  its  physical  well-being 
to  survive.  Consequently,  unlike 
gregarious  species  such  as  wolves, 
lions  cannot  afford  the  luxury  of 
fighting  in  defense  of  a  territory. 
An  injured  wolf  may  survive  as  a 
member  of  a  pack;  an  injured  lion 
probably  would  starve.  The  mutual 
avoidance  mechanism  appears  to 
have  evolved  as  a  nondamaging 
means  of  spacing  solitary  lions. 

Mountain  lions,  like  certain  other 
carnivores,  appear  to  limit  their  own 
numbers  and  thus  maintain  a  bal- 
ance with  their  prey  reserves.  Can- 
nibalism is  an  extreme  manifes- 
tation of  this  self-limiting  mecha- 
nism. In  February,  1966.  we  docu- 
mented this  for  an  adult  male. 
Turning  the  dogs  loose  on  the 
single  track  of  a  kitten,  we  soon 
found  that  this  track  merged  with 
others — two  other  kittens,  an  adult 
that  we  assumed  was  the  mother, 
and  a  large  male.  The  hounds  soon 
broke  out  in  frenzied  baying,  in- 
dicating they  had  treed  one  or  more 
lions.  We  reached  the  dogs  after  a 
30-minute  climb  up  a  mountainside. 
We  found  they  had  two  lions  treed: 
a  large  male.  No.  18.  and  No.  16, 
the  mother  of  the  kittens.  Circling 
the  area  we  found  the  remains  of 
two  kittens  and  the  tracks  of  a  third 
that   had   escaped    down    the   slope. 


By  tracking  and  backtracking,  we 
unraveled  the  story,  distinctly 
spelled  out  in  the  snow.  The  male 
had  entered  the  canyon  area  where 
the  female  had  left  three  kittens 
while  she  hunted.  He  killed  and  ate 
two  of  the  50-pound  kittens;  the 
other,  whose  tracks  we  had  first 
seen,  had  escaped.  The  female  re- 
turned and  apparently  attacked  the 
marauding  male,  but  to  no  avail. 
The  newness  of  the  snow  indicated 
that  lions,  hounds,  and  men  all  ar- 
rived on  the  scene  within  twelve 
hours  of  each  other. 

Not  all  adult  male  lions  practice 
cannibalism,  however,  and  many 
males  and  females  with  families  in- 
habit the  same  territory  without 
conflicts.  Cannibalism  is  an  "in- 
ternal" population  control  mechan- 
ism, which  is  common  to  the  large 
predators,  and  which  seems  to  oper- 
ate when  other  checks  are  not  ef- 
fective. It  is  probably  essential  to  the 
survival  of  the  species. 

During  the  six-year  period,  five 
females  produced  ten  litters  for  a 
total  of  25  kittens.  Three  of  the  five 
females  produced  offspring  at  a 
two-year  interval,  information  is  in- 
complete for  one  female,  and  the 
other  produced  three  litters  in 
slightly  over  five  years.  All  kittens, 
with  the  exception  of  one  litter  in 
early  November,  were  born  in 
spring  or  early  summer.  One  litter 
of  two  males  became  self-sufficient 
when  slightly  more  than  a  year  old; 
all  other  offspring  remained  with 
the  female  until  they  were  approxi- 
mately twenty  months  of  age. 

Young  lions  remain  dependent 
on  the  lioness  for  a  long  period. 
While  they  possess  certain  inherent 
abilities,  they  must  learn  to  hunt 
the  various  kinds  of  prey.  They 
must  also  learn  killing  techniques, 
which  are  crucial  for  such  large 
prey  as  deer  and  elk.  The  first  few 
weeks  after  becoming  self-sufficient 
are  probably  critical  in  a  lion's  life. 
Some  young  lions  have  difficulty 
stalking  large  animals  or  are  inept 
at  killing  them  after  a  successful 
stalk.  We  saw,  from  tracks  in  the 
snow,  several  instances  where  in- 
experienced lions  had  trouble 
bringing  down  young  deer.  Such  in- 
dividuals must  rely  to  a  greater  ex- 
Continued  on  page  68 


49 


Runaway  Stars  and  Pulsars  in  our  galaxy,  most  hot 

blue  stars  occur  in  binary  systems  near  die  galactic 
plane.  They  depart  very  little  from  their  normal  cir- 
cular motion  in  the  revolving  galaxy.  Some,  however, 
are  streaking  away  from  the  galactic  plane  at  speeds 
of  50  miles  a  second  or  more. 

Astronomers  generally  believe  that  these  "runaway' 
stars  were  once  members  of  pairs  in  or  near  the  galac- 
tic plane.  They  were  released  when  their  companions 
blew  up  and  suddenly  ceased  to  exert  the  gravitational 
pull  that  had  kept  the  runaway  star  in  a  tight  orbit 
around  its  partner.  The  concept  is  similar  to  that  of 
the  hammer  throw  at  a  track  and  field  meet.  A  man 
spins  around  as  he  swings  a  weight.  When  he  releases 
it,  the  weight  moves  off  in  a  straight  line  at  the  speed 
at  which  it  had  been  moving  in  a  circle. 

Binary  stars  present  an  interesting  variation,  how- 
ever. The  star  that  explodes  loses  so  much  mass  that 
its  remnant  is  dragged  along  in  the  wake  of  the  runa- 
way star.  In  the  mid-1960's  astronomers  searched  for 
these  remnants  without  success.  Now  they  believe  they 
know  what  they  look  like  and  believe  they  have  found 
at  least  50  of  them.  They  know  them  as  pulsars. 

The  evidence  was  marshaled  in  Astrophysical  Jour- 
nal Letters  recently  by  J.  Richard  Gott  III,  James  E. 
Gunn,  and  Jeremiah  P.  Ostriker,  who  worked  on  it 
when  they  were  at  Princeton  University  Observatory. 

They  show  that  most  pulsars  found  near  the  galactic 
plane  blink  rapidly,  while  those  farther  away  are 
slower.  Pulsars  are  believed  to  slow  down  as  they  age. 
The  newer  ones  are  still  near  the  plane;  the  older  ones 
have  mo\'ed  away  from  it. 

They  point  out  that  the  famous  pulsar  in  the  Crab 
Nebula,  NP0532,  is  going  60  miles  a  second,  as  fast  as 
a  runaway  star.  Another  pulsar,  NP0527,  is  just  out- 
side the  nebula.  NP0532  has  the  shortest-known  pe- 
riod; NP0527,  the  longest.  The  authors  propose  that 
both  were  once  binary  stars  revolving  around  each 
other  in  the  constellation  Gemini.  Three  million  years 
ago  the  star  that  became  NP0527  blew  up;  its  com- 
panion flew  off  in  the  direction  of  the  constellation 
Taurus,  dragging  NP0527  with  it.  Then,  in  1054.  the 
companion  also  exploded,  leaving  as  its  remnant 
NP0532. 

The  Princeton  group  offered  predictions  on  how 
fast  NP0527  should  be  slowing  down  and  what  its 
apparent  motion  relative  to  the  background  stars 
should  be  if  their  hypothesis  is  correct.  They  also  sug- 
gest that  all  pulsars  be  checked  to  see  if  they  are  mov- 
ing at  speeds  typical  of  runaway  stars. 

Shuddering  Moon  Every  28  days,  when  it  comes  clos- 
est to  the  earth,  the  moon  apparently  bulges  enough  to 
crack  and  quake  for  nearly  an  hour.  The  gravitation 
of  the  earth  causes  a  tide  in  the  solid  surface  of  the 
moon,  similar  in  kind  and  cause  to  the  tides  the  moon 
raises  in  earth's  oceans  and,  to  a  much  lesser  extent,  in 
the  shape  of  the  solid  earth. 


The  monthly  shudder  causes  "moonquakes"  strong 
enough  to  register  on  the  seismometer  left  on  the 
moon  by  the  Apollo  12  astronauts  just  a  year  ago.  Of 
the  160  signals  received  from  the  seismometer  in  the 
first  seven  months,  14  occurred  when  the  moon  was  at 
perigee,  some  30,000  miles  closer  to  the  earth  than  it 
is  at  apogee.  The  quake  signals  came  in  pairs,  one  just 
at  the  tune  of  perigee  and  the  other  a  day  or  two  later, 
apparently  as  the  moon  settled  back  to  its  former 
shape. 

Gary  Latham,  the  Columbia  University  seismologist 
in  charge  of  the  experiment,  has  suggested  that  the 
quakes  may  be  severe  enough  to  release  gases  trapped 
under  the  lunar  surface.  These  emissions  could  ac- 
count for  the  widely  reported  "transient  lunar  phenom- 
ena"— momentary  patches  of  color,  usually  red,  seen 
obscuring  lunar  features  from  time  to  time. 

The  hilly  region  around  the  crater  Era  Mauro, 
where  tlie  Apollo  14  astronauts  are  scheduled  to  land 
next  year,  may  be  the  center  of  moonquake  activity, 
according  to  Latham.  Professional  and  amateur  as- 
tronomers have  been  asked  to  concentrate  their  watch 
for  transient  lunar  phenomena  in  this  region,  particu- 
larly around  the  time  of  perigee  each  month. 

A  Clean  Bill  of  Health  Before  men  first  stepped  on 
the  moon,  there  was  a  very  real  fear  that  they  might 
bring  back  alien  organisms  that  would  wreak  havoc  on 
earth.  Returning  astronauts,  and  the  samples  they 
brought  back,  were  quarantined  and  rigidly  tested. 

In  one  test,  ten  species  of  lower  animals  were  ex- 
posed to  lunar  material  by  contact  and  even  ingestion. 
The  14-man  team  reported  happily  in  Science  last 
summer  diat  their  search  for  an  "Andromeda  Strain"  ' 
had  proved  fruitless.  Many  of  the  individuals  of  one 
species  did  die,  but  the  team  found  no  evidence  that 
the  lunar  samples  had  played  any  part.  They  con- 
cluded: "No  pathological  effects  or  evidence  of  the 
presence  of  replicating  organisms  were  detected  in  any 
of  the  exposed  experimental  animals." 

No  changes  were  observed  in  two  species  of  proto- 
zoans. Planarian  worms  also  were  unaffected,  but  the 
team  noted  that  worms  in  a  bowl  treated  with  ster- 
ilized lunar  material  spent  more  time  swimming  on  the 
surface  of  the  water  than  did  their  counterparts.  Ger- 
man cockroaches,  which  ate  some  of  the  sample, 
showed  no  damage  to  their  gut  from  the  glass  beads 
that  comprised  much  of  the  sample.  No  changes  were 
found  among  houseflies,  while  greater  wax  moths 
showed  a  slightly  higher,  but  statistically  insignificant, 
survival  rate. 

Brown  shrimp  and  freshwater  and  saltwater  min- 
nows showed  no  changes,  either  during  the  28-day  test 
period  or  in  autopsies  of  selected  individuals.  Only 
oysters  raised  a  question:  many  died  during  the  test 
period.  The  scientists  concluded,  however,  that  ex- 
posure to  lunar  samples  was  not  the  cause.  They 
pointed  out  diat  the  tests  occurred  during  the  spawn- 
ing season  and  that  many  of  the  animals  were  in  poor 
condition.  Postmortems  showed  nothing  related  to  the 
lunar  material. 

At  this  point  the  moon  looks  pretty  safe.  Mars,  if  | 
man  decides  to  go  there,  is  another  question. 

John  P.  Wiley.  Jr. 


50 


••::-i-> 


~\  siTvaawonaww  "^^  ,' 


i  '/.^^ 


■«■    .  1  a, 

.^    ARIES    •  '  '5 


eiesiiai  Events 


The  moon  is  in  tine  morning  sky  in  late  November,  witli  last- 
luarter  on  the  20th  and  new  moon  on  the  28th.  The  evening 
rescent  appears  in  the  first  weel<  of  December.  First-quarter  is 
in  the  5th  and  full  moon  on  the  12th. 

Venus,  Mars,  and  Jupiter  are  all  morning  stars  in  late  Novem- 
)er  and  early  December.  Saturn  is  in  the  sky  most  of  the  night: 
ising  in  the  early  evening,  setting  during  morning  hours.  Mer- 
;ury,  an  evening  star,  is  not  well  placed  for  observing. 

November  17:  The  Leonid  meteor  shower,  which  produced  a 
ipectacular  display  in  the  western  United  States  during  1966, 
eaches  maximum.  Though  moonlight  will  brighten  the  after- 
nidnight  sky,  the  shower  sometimes  produces  very  bright  ob- 
ects. 

November  24:  Mars,  in  the  morning  sky,  has  been  moving  to 
he  left  toward  the  bright  star  Spica,  in  Virgo.  They  are  nearest 
me  another  this  morning. 

November  25:  The  reddish  star  near  the  rising  crescent  moon 


this  morning  is  Mars.  The  star  Spica,  brighter  than  Mars,  Is 
nearby. 

December  910:  The  bright  object  near  the  moon  is  Saturn. 
The  moon  will  move  closer  to  the  planet  during  the  night,  and 
appear  closest  by  dawn. 

December  10:  Mercury  is  at  greatest  elongation  in  the  evening 
sky.  The  planet  is  less  than  ten  degrees  above  the  horizon  at 
sunset,  however. 

December  14:  Maximum  of  the  Geminid  meteor  shower,  pro- 
ducing about  50  meteors  per  hour  per  observer,  occurs  this 
morning.  A  bright  gibbous  moon,  however ,*makes  observing  dif- 
ficult. Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

*  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the  bottom; 
then  match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with  those  in  the  sky 
near  the  horizon.  The  map  is  for  10:20  p.m.  on  November  15;  9:20  pm.  on 
December  1;  and  8:25  p.m.  on  December  15;  but  it  can  be  used  for  about 
an  hour  before  and  after  those  times. 


51 


BENTHIC 

LIFE 

IN 

THE 

FJORDS 

OF 

NORWAY 


by  Michael  Berrill 


The  deeper  parts  of  the  ocean 
generally  lie  far  from  continental 
shorelines,  so  most  of  what  we 
know  about  life  there  has  been  ob- 
served on  ships  at  sea.  Some  ben- 
thic  animals  are  collected  by  ex- 
peditions, but  because  ships  are 
small  and  expeditions  short  of  time, 
the  animals  are  quickly  preserved 
and  rarely  observed  alive  for  long. 
As  a  result,  we  know  which  animals 
inhabit  deepwaler  sea  floors,  but 
are  ignorant  of  how  they  actually 
go  about  living  in  their  dark  and 
pressurized  environment. 

Occasionally,  however,  moder- 
ately deep  water,  together  with  its 
strange  fauna,  is  found  close  to 
shore.  Ocean  depths  penetrate  Nor- 
way, for  instance,  in  fjords,  modi- 
fying a  land  and  a  people  in  the 
process,  and  bringing  the  usually 
inaccessible  animals  tanlalizingly 
near.  And  so  for  a  monlh  in  Norwe- 
gian summer  sunshine  I  hauled  nels 
full  of  animals  up  to  the  surface, 
observed  some  briefly,  and  kept 
others   living  for  days  and   weeks, 


gradually  learning  a  little  about  the 
benthic  community  of  a  Norwegian 
fjord. 

The  fjords  that  have  made  Nor- 
way so  special  were  carved  by  ice 
and  time.  About  10,000  years  ago 
the  last  Ice  Age  withdrew  and  re- 
leased Norway  from  the  glaciers 
that  had  covered  it  with  ice  as 
much  as  two  miles  thick.  New  land 
emerged  from  under  the  ice  or  out 
of  the  sea,  new  coasts  limited  it, 
and  new  islands  modified  its  coastal 
^vaters. 

The  nature  of  this  land  of  Nor- 
way, which  rose  unevenly  from  its 
glacial  covering,  is  itself  a  product 
of  the  ice.  In  preglacial  limes,  riv- 
ers flowed  down  from  the  Norwe- 
gian plateau,  often  along  fault  lines, 
and  the  relentless,  scouring  glaciers 
that  followed  molded  these  fault 
lines  into  deep,  U-shaped  valleys. 
The  shores  of  Norway,  then,  are 
ice-scraped  shores,  and  its  fjords 
are  valleys  that  were  once  glaciated 
and  are  now  submerged. 

The    fjords    reacli    far    into    Nor- 


5: 


Much  slenderer  than  the 
American  species,  the  Norway 
lobster,  Nephrops  iiorvegicus, 
fights  as  belligerently  as  its 
menacing  appearance  suggests. 


way,  sometimes  more  than  100 
miles,  meeting  their  tributaries 
amid  steep  mountains  and  plunging 
waterfalls.  Sognefjord,  for  example, 
the  longest  and  deepest,  is  over  4,- 
000  feet  deep  at  its  mouth.  This  is 
far  greater  than  the  500-  to  600- 
foot  depths  that  characterize  the 
inner  portions  of  the  continental 
shelves  extending  around  most 
large  land  masses.  The  bottom-liv- 
ing animals  of  the  fjords  are  much 
the  same  as  those  that  live  in  deeper 
water  many  miles  from  land,  but  in 
the  fjords  the  animals  are  only  a 
mile  or  two  offshore,  and  the  water 
is  calm  and  easy  to  work  from. 

I  lived  beside,  and  collected 
from,  Raunefjord,  southwest  of 
Bergen,  which  is  more  exposed  and 
not  as  deep  as  Sognefjord.  It  is  a 


fjord  half -surrounded  by  large,  bar- 
ren islands  and  interspersed  with 
smaller  ones  known  as  skerries. 
About  150,000  such  islands  make 
up  what  the  Norwegians  call  the 
skjaergard.  Helped  by  staff  mem- 
bers of  the  biological  station  at  the 
University  of  Bergen,  I  hauled  ani- 
mals up  from  depths  of  800  feet  or 
more  and  took  them  back  to  the  sta- 
tion on  the  edge  of  the  fjord,  where 
I  observed  and  photographed  them 
in  aquariums  that  I  had  made  as 
natural  as  possible. 

We  collected  the  benthic  animals 
from  the  Fridtjof  Nansen,  a  vessel 


named  for  the  famed  polar  ex- 
plorer. Each  day  that  we  went  out 
we  dropped  an  otter  trawl  and 
dragged  it  along,  picking  up  those 
animals  that  were  on,  or  just  above, 
the  bottom  surface,  but  not  catch- 
ing anything  that  burrowed  deeply. 

It  wasn't  particularly  difficult 
work,  but  it  was  slow.  The  trawling 
net — wide-meshed,  with  glass  balls 
along  its  upper  edge — was  attached 
to  the  end  of  about  a  mile  of  cable. 
It  took  us  at  least  half  an  hour  to 
drop  the  net,  and  another  hour  to 
pull  it  back  up  and  clean  it  in  the 
surface  water.  A  winch  did  all  the 
work,  but  still  we  could  not  expect 
to  drag  the  bottom  more  than  two 
or  three  times  a  day.  And  we  never 
knew  until  we  had  the  net  and  its 
catch  on  board  whetlier  we  had 
caught  anything  special  or,  for  that 
matter,  anything  at  all. 

Trawling  in  August  proved  to  be 
a  lesson  in  frustration,  for  day  after 
day  the  sun  shone,  warming  the 
surface  water  until  it  was  comfort- 
able enough  for  swimming — and 
lethal  for  those  animals  coming  up 
in  the  net  from  the  cold  of  the  bot- 
tom. 

The  fjord  bottom  is  constantly, 
unvaryingly  cold,  about  42°  to  43° 
F.,  and  it  is  muddy.  In  order  to 
wash  some  of  the  mud  from  the  net 
we  had  to  drag  it  around  in  the  sur- 
face water  for  at  least  twenty  min- 
utes, and  few  animals  can  tolerate 
such  a  sudden  and  prolonged  in- 
crease in  temperature.  Time  after 
time  we  dumped  a  netful  of  animals 
on  deck,  and  time  after  time  I 
found    some    species    were    always 


54 


dead,  some  dying,  some  weak,  and 
some  still  healthy.  All  the  living  ani- 
mals were  put  into  a  huge  cold  tank 
in  hopes  that  enough  would  recover 
so  that  I  could  observe  them  and, 
over  the  weeks,  many  did. 

I  had  never  seen  living  deepwater 
animals  before  I  visited  Raune- 
fjord,  so  each  one  was  something 
new  to  lit  into  a  general  picture  of 
the  benthic  community.  Most  of  the 
species  that  invariably  died  from 
exposure  to  the  warm  water  and  de- 
creased pressure  were  fish.  They 
were  the  main  predators  of  the 
community,  foraging  over  it  to  feed 
on  other  animals  that  did  not  hide 
or    defend    themselves    successfully. 

Numerous  crustaceans,  including 
shrimps,  crabs,  and  lobsters,  walked 
about  on  the  mud  also  foraging  for 
food;  but  these  were  mainly  scav- 
engers, searching  for  dead  or  weak 


animals.  Some  animals,  such  as  sea 
cucumbers  and  worms,  lived  on  the 
mud  surface  or  burrowed  under  it 
and  ate  the  mud,  digesting  any  food 
it  might  contain.  Others,  such  as 
sea  anemones,  sat  quite  still,  often 
mostly  buried  in  the  inud,  filtering 
the  water  around  them  for  its  de- 
tritus and  small  organisms.  And 
some  buried  themselves  or  walked 
about,  filtering  the  water,  eating 
mud,  or  scavenging,  all  depending 
upon  the  circumstances. 

As  species  after  species  was  col- 
lected and  put  into  the  aquariums,  I 
was  more  and  more  struck  by  what 
is  probably  the  most  obvious  fea- 
ture of  these  benthic  animals:  most 
of  them  are  red.  Sea  anemones  and 
sea  cucumbers,  shrimps  and  lob- 
sters— even  a  species  or  two  of 
fish — all  had  exposed  or  dorsal  sur- 
faces that  were  not  only  red  but  of- 


ten seemed  to  be  the  same  shade  of 
red.  I  had  heard  that  this  was  true 
of  many  deepwater  benthic  animals, 
but  I  had  no  idea  of  how  wide- 
spread and  consistent  the  redness 
actually  was. 

However,  while  these  animals  ap- 
pear red  at  the  water's  surface,  they 
look  black  in  their  deepwater 
habitat.  As  water  gets  deeper,  it 
progressively  absorbs  the  longer 
wavelengths  of  light.  Red  and  or- 
ange are  the  first  to  go  and  are  vir- 
tually absent  below  a  depth  of  100 
feet,  causing  red  objects  to  appear 
black. 

The  similarity  of  red  coloration, 
embracing  animals  that  bear  no  vis- 
ual relationship  to  one  another,  can 
be  attributed  primarily  to  dietary 
factors.  The  basic  food  source  of 
much  of  this  benthic  community  are 
the    deepwater    jDlanktonic    animals. 


A  northern  shrimp,  Pandalus 

borealis,  right,  pirouettes 

across  an  observation  tank  as 

squat  lobsters,  Munida  sarsi, 

engage  in  threat  behavior, 

below  left.  If  molested,  the  sea 

cucumber,  Stichopus 

tremulans,  below,  will  expel 

its  intestines  through  the  anus. 


which  contain  high  concentrations 
of  red  pigment  in  the  form  of  caro- 
tenoids.  Also,  in  the  dim  light  and 
black  mud  of  the  benthic  world,  red 
probably  serves  a  protective  func- 
tion, for  it  matches  the  color  of  the 
substrate  on  which  these  animals 
live. 

I  wanted  to  concentrate  my  ef- 
forts on  one  species  of  the  commu- 
nity, one  I  could  watch  in  its  own 
world.  For  this  I  needed  an  easily 
caught  species  that  could  survive 
the  warm  bath  in  the  surface  water. 
I  also  wanted  it  to  be  a  species  that 
would  be  interesting  to  experiment 
with,  not  one  that  would  sit  around 
inactively.  So  I  searched  for  an  ani- 
mal that  was  abundant,  tolerant,  and 
active. 

The  only  well-known  animal  that 
I  caught  was  the  large,  translucent 
red  shrimp,  Pandalus  borealis,  the 
shrimp  that  most  of  us  eat.  It  is 
also  the  shrimp  that  started  people 
trawling  the  coastal  waters  of  the 
North  Atlantic  in  search  of  its 
schools,  and  so  it  has  indirectly  led 
us  to  a  host  of  other  animals  we 
normally  would  not  see.  The 
schools  of  P.  borealis  are  large 
when  they  are  found,  but  they  don't 
always  turn  up  when  and  where 
expected.  They  also  may  not  be  as 
common  as  they  once  were. 

This  shrimp  was  certainly  abun- 
dant in  Raunefjord.  and  although 
only  10  or  20  percent  of  those  I 
caught  lived,  there  were  enough  for 
me  to  work  with.  I  had  expected  the 
shrimp  to  school  actively,  even  in 
captivity,  and  I  hoped  to  discover 
what  kept  the  members  of  such  a 
school  together  in  a  world  as  dim 
as  theirs.  So  what  did  my  captives 
do?  They  mostly  sat  on  the  bottom 
and  sometimes  walked  about  on  it, 
but  I  could  not  induce  them  to 
school. 

I  observed  other  species  of 
shrimp,  as  delicate  and  colorful  as 
Pandalus  borealis,  but  far  less  com- 
mon, and  they  also  spent  their  time 
stalking  about  on  the  mud,  refusing 
to  school.  The  large  crabs  I  had  un- 
der scrutiny  scavenged  and  in- 
timidated just  about  everything  ca- 
pable of  sensing  their  presence. 
Several  Norway  lobsters,  Nephrops 
norvegicus,  fought  belligerently 
whenever  they  met,  and  never  left 


each  other  alone  long  enough  to  dig 
their  customary  shallow  burrows. 
But  I  didn't  catch  enough  of  these 
animals  to  do  more  than  observe 
them  casually,  hardy  and  active 
though  they  were. 

The  most  tolerant  and  abundant 
animal  I  caught  was  Stichopus 
tremulans,  a  sea  cucumber  whose 
dorsal  side  was  even  redder  than 
most  of  its  benthic  neighbors.  Some 
succeeded  in  making  it  up  to  the 
surface  in  the  trawl  even  when  the 
net  had  not  opened  properly  or 
when  nothing  else  was  captured, 
and  when  most  other  animals  died 
from  exposure,  S.  tremulans  lived. 
Unfortunately,  like  most  sea  cucum- 
bers, these  were  not  exactly  the 
most  exciting  animals  to  watch  as 
they  lay  eating  the  mud  in  their 
aquariums,  doing  little  more  than 
look  colorful. 

They  did  have  one  ability,  how- 
ever, that  may  partially  explain 
their  abundance  and  sluggish,  ex- 
posed behavior.  When  I  molested 
one,  it  simply  expelled  its  intestines, 
forcing  them  out  through  its  anus. 
Had  I  been  a  fish,  presumably  I 
would  have  eaten  this  mass  of  in- 
testines and  gone  on  my  way,  not 
bothering  with  the  leathery,  taste- 
less bag  that  had  contained  it.  Yet 
that  empty  bag  is  perfectly  capable 
of  growing  a  whole  new  gut,  even  if 
it  takes  a  year  to  do  so,  and  at  the 
cold  temperatures  that  Stichopus 
tremulans  inhabits,  it  might  well 
take  that  long. 

Another  sea  cucumber,  Bathy- 
plotes  nutans,  was  as  rare  as  Sti- 
chopus tremulans  was  common. 
Pink  and  somewhat  flat  and  fleshy, 
it  convinced  me  that  not  all  sea  cu- 
cumbers just  creep  around  and  eat 
mud.  This  one  could  swim.  The  eve- 
ning after  I  caught  my  only  speci- 
men, it  swam  around  the  aquarium 
for  an  hour  or  two,  and  its  flatness 
and  fleshiness  seemed  to  be  adap- 
tations for  making  it  more  buoyant. 
It  swam  by  undulating  its  body  up 
and  down,  rather  than  sideways  as 
fish  do.  I  have  heard  that  fishermen 
have  caught  this  swimming  sea  cu- 
cumber at  virtually  all  levels  off  the 
bottom,  and  so  I  expect  that  the  one 
I  caught  was  an  intermittent  visitor 
to  the  benthic  community. 

Just  as  tantalizing  as  finding  this 


one  swimming  sea  cucumber  was 
finding  several  individuals  each  of 
Rossia  macrostoma  and  R.  glau- 
copis,  small  species  of  the  cephalo- 
pod  family  that  includes  the  squids 
and  cuttlefish.  They  arrived  on 
board  ship  very  weak  and  lived 
only  long  enough  to  assure  me  that 
they  were  as  fascinating  as  they 
looked.  As  the  various  members  of 
this  genus  are  almost  always  deep- 
water  animals,  no  one  knows  much 
about  them  other  than  that  they  of- 
ten bury  themselves  in  the  mud. 
They  are  blunt-ended  little  animals, 
rarely  more  than  several  inches 
long  and  very  different  from  their 
larger,  streamlined  relatives.  Like 
the  fish  that  swim  over  the  bottom, 
Rossia  are  predators  of  the  various 
animals  living  in  and  on  the  mud. 
And  because  of  their  small  size, 
they  are,  in  turn,  a  common  source 
of  food  for  the  larger  fish.  I  saw 
none  of  their  natural  behavior,  for 
the  ones  I  caught  simply  flashed 
their  chromatophores  and  swam 
around  for  a  few  minutes  before 
settling  down  and  quietly  expiring. 

Even  though  the  shrimp  didn't 
school,  the  little  cephalopods  didn't 
live,  and  I  didn't  catch  enough  lob- 
sters or  swimming  sea  cucumbers  to 
work  with,  I  did  find  an  active  and 
aggressive  crustacean  that  was  both 
hardy  and  relatively  abundant,  and 
whose  behavior  no  one  seemed  to 
know  much  about. 

It  was  a  crustacean  of  the  group 
known  as  the  galatheids,  which  are 
something  like  a  cross  between  a 
shrimp  and  a  crab,  and  somewhat 
distantly  akin  to  hermit  crabs.  This 
animal  was  Munida  sarsi  and  like  a 
crab,  its  tail  was  turned  under  its 
thorax;  but  like  a  shrimp,  its  body 
was  longer  than  it  was  wide.  It  also 
tended  to  walk  forward,  not  side- 
ways, and  exhibited  the  usual  shade 
of  red  on  top  with  white  under- 
neath. Its  first  pair  of  legs  were 
long  claws  reaching  way  out  in 
front  of  the  body,  the  kind  of  claws 
that  typify  reptant  crustaceans, 
which  walk  about  on  sea  bottoms 
everywhere. 

Although  most  reptants  are  scav- 
engers, foraging  for  their  food  and 
feasting  on  dead  companions,  Mu- 
nida sarsi,  like  so  many  of  its  com- 
munity, is  a  mud-eater.  This  it  does 


by  picking  up  bits  with  the  pincers 
on  the  large  claws  and  also  by 
scraping  its  walking  legs  through 
the  mud  and  cleaning  them  off  in 
mouthparts  modified  for  this  pur- 
pose as  well  as  for  filtering  par- 
ticles of  food  from  the  water.  More- 
over, its  thin,  prehensile  hind  legs 
roam  all  over  its  body,  picking  and 
cleaning  everything  from  legs,  eyes, 
and  antennae,  even  to  the  inside 
surface  of  its  carapace.  After  a  stint 
of  such  cleaning,  each  of  these  legs 
always  reaches  to  the  mouthparts  to 
be  cleaned  in  turn,  giving  the  ani- 
mal yet  another  source  of  food. 
The  three  pairs  of  legs  that  Mu- 


A  starfish  begins  to  burrow  in 
the  sand,  a  technique  it  often 
uses  for  hunting  bivalves. 
Left :  akhough  some  species 
of  cephalopods  have  attained 
the  largest  size  of  any 
invertebrates,  those  collected 
in  Raunef  jord,  such  as  this 
specimen  of  Rossia  glaucopis, 
rarely  exceeded  a  few  inches. 


nida  sarsi  has  left  for  walking  or 
standing  are  also  modified  for  the 
texture  of  the  loose  mud.  They  are 
fine  and  pointed,  covered  with 
bristles,  and  as  pterfect  for  walking 
on  mud  as  they  are  impractical  for 
walking  on  rock. 

My  captive  Munida  sarsi  not 
only  ate  the  mud  but  dug  in  it  as 
well.  Each  scooped  a  shallow  de- 
pression for  itself  and  sat  in  it  with 
only  its  long  front  claws  draped  out 
over  the  edge.  There  it  sat  for  long 
hours  each  day,  half  hidden  from 
sight  except  for  its  redness  in  the 
shallow  water. 

If  this  was  all  that  Munida  sarsi 
did,  I  doubt  that  it  would  have  held 
my   attention   for  very  long.   How- 


57 


ever,  the  quiet  cleaning,  picking, 
and  scraping  were  only  partially 
characteristic  of  the  animal  and 
contrasted  remarkably  with  its  ag- 
gressive behavior.  Although  they 
were  relatively  inactive  for  hours, 
at  other  times  they  roamed,  stimu- 
lated by  internal  urges,  by  the 
roaming  of  others,  or  by  outside 
disturbances.  As  they  moved  about 
in  the  finite  space  of  an  aquarium, 
they  could  not  help  but  meet  repeat- 
edly or  wander  into  each  other's 
depressions.  And  when  they  met, 
they  rarely  ignored  each  other. 
More  likely,  they  would  start  dis- 
playing or  even  fighting. 

Munida  sarsi  threatened  by 
stretching  and  raising  its  long  claws 
out  in  front,  while  at  the  same  time 
raising  its  whole  body  a  little  far- 
ther oS  the  mud.  It  could,  and  did, 
vary  this  display  according  to  how 
great  the  threat  was  or  how  aggres- 
sive it  appeared  to  feel.  Sometimes 
when  one  roaming  individual 
walked  near  another  sitting  quietly 
in  its  depression,  the  latter  would 
raise  one  or  both  of  its  claws  in 
threat,  but  not  bother  to  exert  itself 


any  more  than  that.  On  the  other 
hand,  when  two  roaming  individ- 
uals met,  they  seemed  to  stimulate 
each  other  to  display  with  increas- 
ing intensity,  until  their  claws  were 
as  high  as  they  could  go  and  their 
bodies  were  so  far  off  the  mud  that 
half  of  their  walking  legs  could  no 
longer  reach  it. 

Most  interesting  were  the  ex- 
traordinary fights  that  two  such 
threatening  individuals  might  get 
into,  for  fearsome  though  they 
looked  and  acted,  the  fights  in- 
variably were  harmless  and  highly 
stereotyped.  Facing  each  other  and 
threatening,  they  would  snap  only 
at  each  other's  claws,  apparently 
aiming  for  the  joints.  They  looked 
then  as  if  they  were  fencing  rather 
spastically,  following  a  set  of  rigid 
rules. 

I  wanted  to  discover  just  what 
elements  of  the  display  of  one  ac- 
tually stimulated  another  to  display 
in  return,  and  so  I  spent  a  while 
making  the  kind  of  toy  that  imme- 
diately identified  me  as  a  student  of 
animal  behavior.  I  made  models  of 
Munida    sarsi,    painted    them    the 


right  colors,  gave  them  movable 
and  correctly  proportioned  appen- 
dages, and  confronted  the  real  ani- 
mals with  them.  I  even  made  some 
into  puppets  in  the  hope  of  stimu- 
lating a  few  fights  as  well  as  dis- 
plays. 

My  models,  of  course,  were  ig- 
nored. They  did  not  fool  Munida 
sarsi,  although  they  looked  good  to 
me.  I  know  now  that  the  elements  I 
was  looking  for  were  not  simple 
ones.  As  so  often  happens,  however, 
pure  chance  provided  some  insights 
into  the  most  important  features  of 
a  display. 

I  did  not  catch  enough  Munida 
sarsi  to  systematically  cut  off  ap- 
pendages in  order  to  observe  behav- 
ioral changes,  but  a  number  lost  an 
appendage  or  two  when  they  were 
caught  in  the  trawling  net.  So  I 
had,  in  addition  to  my  intact  ani- 
mals, some  that  were  missing  one 
or  more  walking  legs,  some  missing 
one  of  the  large  claws  and  several 
missing  both  large  claws.  Only  these 
last  individuals,  lacking  both  of 
their  weapons  of  combat,  were  en- 
tirely ignored  by  all  the  others,  no 


mj 


matter  how  much  they  raised  their 
bodies  off  the  mud  and  strutted 
about.  Those  lacking  only  one  large 
claw  fought,  and  won,  as  often  as 
those  that  had  both  claws  to  fight 
with,  and  those  lacking  one  or  two 
walking  legs  seemed  unaffected  by 
their  loss. 

The  display  and  combat  of  Mu- 
nida  sarsi  were  typical  of  what  we 
recognize  as  aggressive  encounters. 
It  was  stereotyped,  involving  spe- 
cific postures,  actions,  and  reac- 
tions. The  movements  were  subtle 
and  finely  coordinated,  and  this  I 
expect  explains  why  my  models 
were  so  unsuccessful.  The  patterns 
of  color  on  the  appendages,  and  the 
contrast  of  dark  and  light  that  a 
threatening  individual  displayed, 
helped  to  emphasize  the  movement, 
just  as  body  posture  emphasized  the 
extension  of  the  claws.  And  al- 
though I  watched  over  a  hundred 
fights  and  countless  displays,  I 
never  saw  an  animal  harmed.  When 
one  was  grasped  at  a  possibly  pain- 
ful spot  while  in  combat,  it  would 
either  cease  fighting  or  spurt  ener- 
getically away. 


Munida  sarsi  reserved  its  fencing 
behavior  for  conflicts  with  its  own 
kind ;  when  otherwise  disturbed,  it 
reacted  with  what  seemed  to  be  in- 
discriminate behavior.  Some  kind 
of  social  hierarchy  usually  accom- 
panies stereotyped  conflict,  but  I 
could  not  discover  any  in  this  case. 
Although  every  fencing  match  had 
a  winner,  I  could  rarely  predict 
which  animal  would  emerge  vic- 
torious, even  though  I  could  detect 
differences  in  body  size  or  claw 
length  and  knew  the  previous 
records  of  the  combatants.  The 
benthic  world  is  not  one  of  complex 
social  systems,  perhaps  because 
elaborate  communication  is  difiS- 
cult  in  such  an  environment. 
Rather,  each  animal  seems  con- 
cerned only  with  defending  its  own 
private  space,  no  matter  how  small 
that  may  be.  At  least,  that  is  the 
way  it  appears  to  be  for  Munida 
sarsi. 

This  community  of  animals,  all 
adapted  to  living  in  a  deep,  cold, 
dim,  featureless,  and  muddy  envi- 
ronment, is  not  entirely  untouched 
by  problems  of  the  twentieth  century. 


Traces  of  our  pollutants  probably 
extend  to  the  deepest  parts  of  the 
oceanic  abyss.  Moreover,  the  hun- 
grier we  become  over  the  next  dec- 
ades, the  more  we  will  keep  of  what 
we  now  throw  back  from  a  full 
trawling  net.  Today,  the  deepwater 
benthic  community  is  almost  un- 
touched. Because  it  remains  so  in- 
accessible, it  continues  to  withhold 
most  of  its  secrets  from  us.  It  is  not 
affected  by  the  little  we  know  about 
it.  The  community  of  red  animals 
has  been  in  existence  for  a  long, 
long  time  and  should  survive  our 
current  crises  more  easily  than  most. 


One  of  the  most  powerful 
and  agile  of  the  crustacean 
swimmers,  the  red  crabs. 
Geryon  tridens,  intimidated 
all  the  other  animals 
under  observation. 


HEALING  IN  THE 
SIERRA  MADRE 

Prescription:  Heat  in  alcohol  one  scorpion,  one  centipede, 
one  black  widow  spider.  Expose  overnight  to  the  dew 


by  David  Werner 

In  a  small  Mexican  village  I  was 
shaken  awake  one  night  by  a  young 
campesino  whose  sister  had  just 
been  stung  by  a  scorpion.  He 
pleaded  with  me  to  come  quickly. 
Armed  with  an  injection  of  antiven- 
in  I  hurried  to  the  family's  adobe 
house,  but  found  that  the  treatment 
had  already  begun.  The  young 
woman's  husband  had  hunted  down 
the  offending  scorpion  on  the  dirt 
floor,  chopped  off  its  tail,  split  the 
animal  open  on  its  ventral  side,  and 
bound  the  still-wriggling  creature  to 
his  wife's  stung  finger. 

In  the  barrancas,  the  steep  ravine 
country  of  the  Sierra  Madre  of  east- 
ern Sinaloa,  northeast  of  Mazatlan, 
such  a  treatm_ent  is  typical.  Here, 
many  small  farms  are  a  day's  jour- 
ney or  more  from  the  closest  road, 
and  in  the  summer  rainy  season, 
weeks  may  pass  when  communica- 
tion with  the  outside  world  is  im- 
possible. Although  the  Mexican  gov- 
ernment has  taken  large  steps  toward 
providing  rural  health  centers  in 
isolated  sectors,  the  remote  reaches 
of  the  Sierra  Madre  have  no  such 
services  as  yet.  The  people  are 
forced  to  rely  on  their  own  ingenu- 
ity, plus  the  traditional  folk  cures 
handed  down  from  the  past. 

While  the  modern  medical  aid  I 
have   been   providing   for   the   past 


five  years  is  usually  gratefully  ac- 
cepted, the  villagers  are  under- 
standably reluctant  to  give  up  the 
folk  cures  in  which  they  have 
placed  their  faith  and  hope  for  cen- 
turies. Many  come  for  help  only  af- 
ter their  attempts  with  home  reme- 
dies have  failed,  and  if  modern 
medicine  seems  too  slow  or  un- 
promising to  them,  they  may  sud- 
denly switch  back  to  traditional 
remedies.  More  often,  however, 
folk  medicine  is  applied  simulta- 
neously with  whatever  treatment  I 
recommend. 

On  the  surface  there  seems  to  be 
more  madness  than  method  behind 
the  array  of  herbal  cures  and  folk 
treatments  found  in  the  barrancas. 
But  I  have  learned  from  the  curan- 
deras,  as  female  herbal  healers  are 
called,  that  many  cures  are  guided 
by  time-honored  assumptions.  For 
example,  the  treatment  for  scorpion 
sting  described  above  reflects  a  lo- 
cal saying  that  "every  poisonous 
animal  also  has  an  antipoison." 


Such  home  brew  "antivenins"  are 
common.  One  broad-spectrum  rem- 
edy, claimed  effective  against  many 
different  bites  and  stings,  is  pre- 
pared by  heating  one  scorpion,  one 
centipede,  and  one  black  widow 
spider  in  alcohol.  To  give  it  po- 
tency, villagers  insist  that  the  brew 
be  exposed  overnight  to  the  dew. 
Other  remedies  are  specific  for  par- 
ticular poisonous  creatures.  For  rat- 
tlesnake bite,  for  example,  some  vil- 
lagers cut  open  the  live  snake, 
remove  the  gall  bladder,  and  smear 
the  bile  on  the  bite.  Others  claim  it 
is  more  effective  for  the  victim  sim- 
ply to  catch  the  snake  and  quickly 


The  author  holds  the  venomous 
beaded  lizard,  whose  cast-off 
skin  is  applied  to  bites 
of  other  poisonous  animals. 


ring  treatment  for 
obhing  headache,  the 
ient's  forehead  is 
•ked  with  a  live  toad. 


6i 


bite  a  piece  out  of  it,   although  I 
have  yet  to  see  this  done. 

"The  more  poisonous  the  animal, 
the  more  potent  its  antipoison,"  is 
another  folk  rule  of  the  barrancas. 
Since  the  Mexican  beaded  lizard — a 
close  relative  of  the  venomous  Gila 
monster — is  feared  as  the  most 
deadly  of  all  animals,  it  is  under- 
standably revered  as  an  antidote 
against  every  type  of  animal  toxin. 
Its  shed  skin  is  applied  against  the 
poisoned  bite  or  sting  to  effect  a 
cure. 

Although  the  villagers  believe, 
quite  rightly,  that  the  beaded  lizard 
is  highly  poisonous,  they  also  main- 
tain, erroneously,  that  this  lizard 
can  spit  large  distances  and  that  its 
saliva  is  the  cause  of  pinto,  a  pie- 

62 


bald  skin  condition  of  the  aged. 
Piebald  skin  is  also  reputedly 
caused  by  eating  pork  and  drinking 
milk  at  the  same  meal  or  by  getting 
angry  after  taking  a  purgative.  This 
sort  of  explanation  for  ailments,  es- 
pecially skin  conditions,  is  common 
in  the  barrancas.  For  example, 
ringworm  of  the  scalp  is  said  to  re- 
sult from  a  butterfly  landing  on 
one's  hair.  Ringworm  of  the  body, 
however,  is  attributed  either  to 
moth's  urine  or  to  the  bite  of  a 
mosquito  that  has  previously 
sucked  a  toad's  blood. 

These  odd  and  unfounded  ex- 
planations for  otherwise  in- 
explicable maladies  call  to  mind  the 
American  folk  myth  that  "toads 
cause    warts."     In    the    barrancas. 


Villagers  believe  infants'  fallen 
brains  cause  diarrhea,  so 
women  "raise"  them  by  sucking 
fontanel  and  pressing  on  palate, 


toads  are,  in  fact,  considered 
deadly,  but  they  are  not  accused  of 
causing  warts.  Nevertheless,  one 
must  be  careful  never  to  kill  a  toad, 
as  this  may  cause  the  rains  to  fail 
in  the  summer  planting  season.  As 
for  warts,  every  campesino  "knows  ' 
they  are  caused  by  contact  with 
iguana  blood. 

In  the  pharmacology  of  the  bar- 
rancas, the  application  of  venomous 
animals    extends    far    beyond    their 
use  as  antivenins.  The  rattlesnake, 
or  vibora  de  cascabel,  for  example, 
is  a  crawling  medicine  chest.  Rare 
is  the  village  hut  that  does  not  have 
a    coil    of    vibora    hanging    by    a 
leather  thong  over  the  cooking  fire 
within  handy  reach  in  case  of  medi- 
cal emergency.  Various  anatomical 
parts  of  the  rattlesnake  are  used  for 
infirmities    ranging    from    boils    to 
bronchitis.  While  the  treatment  of 
tonsillitis  requires  a  species  of  rat- 
tlesnake   found    only    in    the    high 
sierra,    for   most   cures   any    rattle- 
snake   will    do.    Most    of    the    pre- 
scriptions are    very    explicit.    Con- 
sider    the    treatment     for     miner's 
cough  (silicosis).  "Cut  off  the  head 
and  tail  of  the  rattlesnake,  powder 
the    remains,   mix   with   water    and 
drink.    For   best   results,    tease    the 
snake  before  killing  it,'  as  this  po- 
tentiates the  'antimicrobial'  action." 
The    ratdesnake    has    even    entered 
the   realm   of  preventive   medicine. 
When   I   asked   a   mother   why   she 
hung     a     necklace     of     rattlesnake 
bones  around  her  baby's  neck,  she 
replied,   "To   prevent  the   diarrhea 
caused  by  teething,  of  course." 

The  use  of  venomous  animals  to 
treat  venomous  bites  is  representa- 
tive of  the  homeopathic,  or  "like 
cures  like,"  principle,  which  crops 
up  time  and  again  in  the  folk  medi- 
cine of  the  Sierra  Madre.  Some  as- 
pect of  the  curative  agent  usually 
resembles  or  strongly  suggests  the 
infirmity  it  is  supposed  to  counter. 


A  wart,  attributed  to  contact 
with  the  blood  of  an  iguana, 
is  treated  by  searing  it 
with  hot  cigarette  ash. 


Such  resemblances  probably  in- 
spired the  discovery  of  the  treat- 
ment in  the  first  place,  although 
perhaps  unconsciously,  for  the  cu- 
randeras — who  gain  knowledge  of  a 
new  cure  in  a  trance  or  dream — 
seem  totally  incognizant  of  the 
homeopathic  relationship.  Never- 
theless, it  is  often  quite  evident.  The 
rattle  of  the  rattlesnake,  for  ex- 
ample, is  pulverized  and  placed  in 
the  ear  for  treatment  of  earache. 
The  fang  is  used  for  curing  tooth- 
ache, the  tip  being  inserted  into  the 
offending  cavity. 

Many  quasi-homeopathic  cures 
can  be  cited.  To  prevent  a  dog  bite 
from  becoming  infected,  the  hair 
from  the  tip  of  the  dog's  tail  is 
boiled  and  the  wound  washed  with 
the  water.  If,  however,  the  victim 
wishes  to  revenge  himself  against 
the  dog.  he  plasters  a  poultice  of 
red  chili  pepper  against  the  bite. 
Being  hot,  the  chili  pepper  is  sup- 
posed to  "bite  back"  and  cause  the 
dog's  death. 

Absurd  as  it  may  sound  to  us, 
this  sort  of  "remote  control"  seems 
probable  to  the  villager  whose  life 
is  rich  with  witches,  demons,  and 
other  supernatural  beings.  In  his 
world  there  are  many  similar  exam- 
ples. The  infected  fissures  that  de- 
velop on  a  cow's  teats  because  of 
poor  milking  hygiene  are  attributed 
to  spilling  some  of  the  cow's  milk 
over  hot  coals;  therefore  the  villag- 
ers always  heat  milk  with  great  cau- 
tion.   When    a    fishbone    sticks    in 


someone's  throat,  he  must  hurry  to 
the  cooking  fire  and  turn  a  flaming 
fagot  so  that  the  unlit  end  ignites; 
this  will  dislodge  the  fishbone. 

Many  of  the  herbal  as  well  as  an- 
imal remedies  reflect  the  quasi- 
homeopathic  principle.  There  are 
literally  hundreds  of  herbal  folk 
medicines,  for  another  saying  goes, 
"Every  plant  has  a  curative  func- 
tion, if  one  can  but  discover  what  it 
is."  Fortunately,  many  of  the  plants 
give  away  their  secret  function 
through  some  telltale  characteristic 
of  their  morphology.  Thus  we  find 
that  yedra,  a  crimson  red  wood  fun- 
gus once  prized  as  tinder  by  the  In- 
dians, is  used  in  the  treatment  of 
nosebleed  and  hemorrhage.  The 
broad  conical  spines,  or  "bumps." 
on  the  bark  of  pochote  (wild 
kapok)  are  ground  up  and  fed  to 
a  child  with  measles  in  order  to 
make  the  spots  come  out,  for  it  is 
believed  that  when  the  spots  bud 
the  disease  ceases  to  be  dangerous. 
Guaco,  a  serpentine  vine  with  a 
strange,  dark  flower  shaped  like  the 
head  of  a  reptile,  is  widely  used  in 
the  treatment  of  snakebite  and 
other  poisoning. 

Consistent  with  the  homeopathic 
trend  of  folk  medicine,  unpleasant 
maladies  often  have  unpleasant 
cures.  The  more  revolting  the  in- 
firmity, the  more  repulsive  the  cure 
tends  to  be.  For  goiter,  the  un- 
sightly protrusions  that  bulge  from 
the  throats  of  many  of  the  high- 
landers  as   a  result  of  iodine  defi- 


ciency, there  exist  a  variety  of  such 
remedies:  tear  open  a  freshwater 
crab  (common  in  the  mountain 
streams)  so  that  its  innards  exude, 
then  bind  it  against  the  goiter; 
smear  the  brains  of  a  turkey  vulture 
upon  the  goiter  three  times  a  day; 
stroke  the  goiter  with  the  hand  of  a 
dead  child;  or  plaster  the  goiter 
with  yerba  sin  raiz,  "herb  without 
roots,"  a  euphemism  for  human  ex- 
crement used  medicinally. 

In  the  barrancas,  scatology  has 
become  a  medical  art.  Animal  as 
well  as  human  excrement  is  used  in 
scores  of  specific  treatments.  Re- 
cently I  was  called  to  the  aid  of  a 
three-year-old  child  who  had  stum- 
bled into  a  vat  of  boiling  lard  and 
burned  40  percent  of  his  body.  By 
the  time  I  arrived  on  muleback.  the 
boy  was  already  suffering  from  se- 
vere electrolyte  imbalance  and  had 
begun  to  convulse.  As  I  entered  the 
dark  adobe  room  where  the  boy 
was  sheltered,  I  smelled  and  then 
saw  a  platter  of  fresh  cow  manure 
beside  the  cot.  The  boy's  distraught 
mother  explained  that  it  should  be 
spread  on  the  child's  hand,  but 
unable  to  remember  whether  the 
dung  should  be  smeared  on  the 
right  hand  or  the  left,  she  hadn't 
dared  apply  it.  I  talked  the  mother 
out  of  the  dung  cure  and  adminis- 
tered a  balanced  salt  solution.  The 
child  responded,  and  fortunately,  the 
burns  developed  no  infections. 

Urine,  like  excrement,  is  a  com- 
mon constituent  of  barrancan  phar- 
maceutics. Its  application  ranges 
from  the  use  of  human  urine  in 
the  emergency  cleansing  of  wounds 
to  a  tonic  for  bronchitis  prepared 
from  horse  urine.  Some  of  the 
treatments  have  mythological  over- 
tones. For  example,  washing  the 
face  with  human  urine  controls 
acne  effectively  only  when  done  for 
nine  consecutive  days  beginning 
with  a  full  moon. 


63 


Although  the  spiny-tailed 

iguana  is  not  used  for  food  in 

the  barrancas,  its  meat  is  eaten 

as  a  cure  for  depression. 


I,  myself,  once  had  the  dubious 
fortune  to  be  the  recipient  of  a  folk 
cure  using  child's  urine.  I  had 
fallen  from  a  rock  wall  at  night  and 
broken  several  ribs.  An  old  curan- 
dera  was  called  at  once  to  my  aid. 
She  spread  out  a  sackful  of  corn 
from  which  she  selected  the  most 
rotten  and  shriveled  grains.  These 
she  charred  over  the  cooking  fire, 
then  ground  them  into  a  powder  in 
a  big  bowl.  She  then  bade  her  six- 
year-old  granddaughter  urinate  in 
the  bowl,  and  when  the  child  had 
shyly  obliged,  she  mixed  the 
charred  powder  and  urine  into  a 
dark,  evil-smelling  paste.  Plastering 
this  over  my  ribs,  she  said,  "This 
will  prevent  the  injury  from  devel- 
oping pasmo  or  cancer."  (Both 
pasmo  and  cancer  are  terms  used  to 
define  severe  infections.  Cancer,  as 
a  folk  term,  bears  no  relation  to 
carcinoma.  1  The  remedy  did,  in- 
deed, prove  successful,  insofar  as 
no  infection  resulted.  As  for  side  ef- 
fects: it  itched! 

Creatures  renowned  for  their  fe- 
rocity are  also  frequently  credited 
with  medicinal  powers.  The  meat  of 
the  peccar"  fwild  boar)  is  cooked 
and  eaten  as  treatment  for  general 
debility.  Lard  of  mountain  lion  is 
smeared  on  painful  joints  to  relieve 
arthritis. 

In  addition,  animals  that  are  in 
some  way  odd  or  atypical  may  be 
blamed  for  otherwise  unexplained 
infirmities,  and  therefore  used  in 
curing  them.  The  praying  mantis  is 
accused  of  causing  cattle  bloat.  The 
bat  is  reputed  to  cause  blindness  by 
urinating  in  the  eyes  of  sleeping 
persons.  Glowworms  are  thought  to 
be  deadly  and  are  blamed  when 
someone  who  has  slept  in  the  fields 
dies  unaccountably. 

The  list  of  animal  remedies  goes 
on  and  on.  and  as  I  flip  through  the 
file  I  have  drawn  together,  I  find, 
for  example,  the  following  annota- 


tions  under  louse:  place  a  human 
louse  in  the  eye  to  remove  a  foreign 
object.  And,  throw  a  pig  louse  in 
the  ear  of  a  mule  to  cure  it  from 
rearing  its  head  back  when  the  bit 
is  put  in  its  mouth.  Under  pig,  I 
find:  to  cure  your  husband's  alco- 
holism, secretly  sneak  one  thimble- 
ful of  pig's  milk  into  his  liquor. 
Under  iguana:  for  depression,  eat 
fried  iguana  meat,  but  not  the  meat 
of  the  green  iguana.  Green  iguana 
is  thought  poisonous  and  is  blamed, 
along  with  the  devil,  for  staggers  in 
cattle. 

With  this  kaleidoscope  of  folk 
cures,  the  question  arises  as  to  how 
many,  if  any,  of  these  remedies 
have  medicinal  value.   Apart  from 


their  psychological  benefits,  the  ef- 
ficacy of  many  of  the  treatments  is 
at  best  dubious,  yet  some  have  defi- 
nite merit. 

As  a  general  rule,  I  find  the 
greater  the  number  of  folk  cures  en- 
listed for  one  malady,  the  lesser  the 
likelihood  that  any  will  be  effective. 
(The  same  is  true,  of  course,  for 
modern  medicine.  One  need  but  re- 
view recent  medical  literature 
tetanus  or  snakebite  to  see  how  var^ 
ied  and  contradictory  are  the  find- 
ings and  recommendations  wher 
dealing  with  such  often  fatal,  yel 
enigmatic,  maladies.)  Few,  if  any 
of  the  antipoisons  have  merit  in  th( 
treatment  of  venomous  reptile  anc 
arthropod     bites.     Therefore,     oii( 


64 


finds  an  astonishing  array  of  addi- 
tional remedies:  animal,  herbal, 
fecal,  mineral,  and  even  musical. 
Violin  music  is  prescribed  for  the 
bite  of  poisonous  spiders!  (The  lat- 
ter treatment  ^\'as  perhaps  suggested 
by  the  violin-shaped  marking  on 
the  cephalothorax  of  the  deadly 
brown  recluse  spider.) 

On  the  other  hand,  if  one  single 
cure  exists  for  a  malady,  and  espe- 
cially if  that  cure  is  widely  prac- 
ticed, there  is  a  fair  chance  that  it 
may  be  effective.  In  the  treatment 
of  cuts  and  other  wounds,  the  as- 
tringent juice  of  the  cactus  Pachy- 
cereus  pecten-aboriginiim  is  appar- 
ently effective  in  checking  bleeding. 
I  have  seen  this  demonstrated  many 
times,  and  now  I  even  prescribe 
mouthwashes  of  the  juice  of  this 
cactus,  with  good  results,  in  cases 
of  severe  bleeding  following  tooth 
extraction. 

Chemical  analysis  has  validated 
the  medicinal  properties  of  certain 
of  the  local  plants  of  the  barrancas. 
The  herbs  with  proven  curative 
properties,  however,  are  usually  not 
those  with  telltale  characteristics  re- 
lating them  to  the  maladies  they 
serve.  The  same  is  true  of  animal 
cures:  the  more  obvious  the  home- 
opathic link  between  malady  and 
remedy,  the  less  likely  it  is  that  the 
cure  has  any  physiological  value. 

There  are.  however,  some  curious 
folk  cures  worthy,  at  least,  of  fur- 
ther investigation.  The  small 
amount  of  venom  that  remains  on 
he  rattlesnake's  fang  may,  in  fact, 
lave  an  anesthetic  function  for 
oothache.  Crayfish,  eaten  whole 
nid  alive  to  increase  lactation  in 
•omen  do.  no  doubt,  provide 
leeded  calcium.  In  some  cases,  the 
ise  of  cow's  urine  mixed  half-and- 
lalf  with  milk  and  taken  on  an 
mpty  stomach  apparently  is  effec- 
ive  in  the  expulsion  of  intestinal 
ioriiis.  One  cure  for  arthritis,  that 
f  letting  a  bee  sting  the  affected 
nint  seems  improbable:  yet.  before 
he  introduction  of  corticoids.  some 
'.uropean  doctors  used  honeybee 
enom  to  treat  joint  disease. 

The  use  of  oil  of  vagre,  "catfish." 
1  the  late  stages  of  bad  burns  de- 
Jrves  special  study.  Gross  scarring 
1  severely  burned  villagers  treated 
ith   catfish    oil    is    often    dramati- 


cally less  than  that  of  patients  with 
equivalent  burns  treated  in  the  best 
American  hospitals.  This  is  of  spe- 
cial interest  in  light  of  similar  results 
described    in    studies    of    Eskimos, 
who  also  use  fish  oils  to  treat  burns. 
The  villagers  may  even  be  on  to 
some   unique   biological   medicines. 
For       infections       in       postpartum 
women,  they  brew  a  tea   from   un- 
derground fungus  gardens  of  leaf- 
cutting    ants.    Like    penicillin,    this 
fungus    may    combat    bacterial    in- 
fection.      Conversely,      fresh      cow 
dung,  plastered  on  a  child's  scalp  to 
control  fungal  infection,  sometimes 
seems  to  work,  perhaps  due  to  the 
action    of    fungus-suppressing    bac- 
teria so  abundant  in  fecal  material. 
If  some  of  the  folk  remedies  of 
the  barrancas  have  probable  merit, 
others      are      regrettabh      harmful. 
With    few   possible    exceptions,    the 
use  of  feces,  for  example,  is  of  no 
benefit,   and  when   applied  to  open 
sores  or  wounds  may  be  the  source 
of  tetanus   or   other   disastrous   in- 
fections.    No    less     detrimental     to 
health  is  the  so-called  dieta,  or  regi- 
men, prescribed  for  a  wide  variety 
of  ailments.  Most  illnesses  are  clas- 
sified   according   to   their   cause  as 
either    caliente.    "hot."    or    fresco, 
"cold."  and  foods  used  in  treatment 
are  classified  in  the  same  way.  This 
classification  is  arbitrary,  and  bears 
no  relation  to  either  the  temperature 
or  spiciness  of  the  food.  For  some 
illnesses  hot  foods  are  to  be  avoided, 
for  others,  cold  foods.   If  a  person 
has    a    bad    cold,    for    instance,    he 
should   under  no  circumstances  eat 
an     orange,    as     oranges     are    mur 
fresco  and  may  produce  congestion. 
{Congestion,  for  which  there  exists 
a  formidable  gamut  of  causes  and 
remedies,    is    a    catch-all    infirmity 
covering  everything  from   appendi- 
citis to  heart  failure  and   tetanus.) 
One  of  the  most  far-reaching  and 
devastating   dietas   is   that   which   a 
postpartum     mother     must     follow. 
She  must  not  bathe  for  fifteen  days 
following  childbirth.   She  must  not 
eat  eggs  for  tweiity  days.  For  forty 
days  she  must  not  eat  any  fruits  or 
vegetables,  including  beans,  the  vil- 
lagers' main  source  of  protein.  Dur- 
ing    these     fort>'     days,     the     new 
mother  may  eat  young  roosters,  but 
not     hens — and     not    roosters     that 


have  begun  to  mate.  She  must  avoid 
going  barefoot  or  handling  moist 
earth.  For  twenty'  days  she  must 
avoid  eating  venison  because  it  is 
"very  cold."  In  short,  about  all  the 
postpartum  mother  ends  up  eating 
is  corn  and.  if  available,  white  rice. 
As  most  of  the  women  in  the  bar- 
rancas are  anemic  even  before  preg- 
nancy, the  nutritional  deficiencies 
that  result  from  the  dieta  lower 
even  more  their  resistance  to  hem- 
orrhage and  infection.  If  the 
mother  succumbs,  the  distraught 
villagers  search  her  past  for  some 
violation  of  the  dieta,  and  only 
when  an  answer  has  been  guessed 
at  and  irrevocably  confirmed  by  re- 
peating it  many  times  do  they  rest 
easy  once  again. 

One  must  wonder  about  the  ori- 
gin of  many  of  these  beliefs  and 
folk  remedies.  How-  old  are  they? 
From  where  do  they  stem?  The 
campesinos  live  inhinsically  off  the 
land,  and  the  land,  with  its  unique 
flora  and  fauna,  its  torrential  rains 
and  droughts,  its  absolutes  and  un- 
certainties, goes  far  in  shaping  the 
lore  of  its  people.  The  folk  medi- 
cine of  the  barrancas  is  not  static, 
but  slowly  evolving,  like  the  land- 
scape itself. 

Historically,  however,  there  are 
three  conspicuous  sources  of  the  lo- 
cal medical  lore.  Out  of  the  past 
have  come  the  myths  and  medicines 
of  the  endemic  Indian  civilization 
and  of  the  invading  Spanish  civ- 
ilization, whose  merger  produced 
the  present  mestizo  population.  In 
addition,  there  are  smatterings  of 
modern  science.  The  influences 
from  these  three  sources  have  been 
turned  and  twisted  until  they  can 
exist  side  by  side  in  the  minds  of 
the  people.  It  is  not  uncommon  to 
see  a  woman  with  a  migraine  head- 
ache first  bind  her  brow  with  the 
leaf  of  a  wild  arum  lily,  as  did  her 
Indian  predecessors:  then  consult  a 
curandera  to  have  the  causative  hex 
lifted,  as  did  her  Spanish  ancestors 
in  the  Dark  Ages:  and  finally  go  to 
a  modern  quack  in  the  next  village 
to  have  herself  injected,  because 
"injections  are  good." 

From  the  former  Indian  culture 
have  come  not  only  the  basic  herbal 
cures,  but  also  an  intriguing  moon 
lore.  Older  villagers  recall  that  the 


^S 


full-blooded  Indians  would  sleep 
with  their  wives  only  during  the 
waning  moon  so  that  their  off- 
spring would  be  strong  and  live 
long.  Although  this  custom  has 
gone  out  of  vogue,  the  villagers  to- 
day still  cut  timber  for  huts  and 
fences  only  when  the  moon  is  wan- 
ing, insisting  that  timber  cut  during 
the  waxing  moon  rots  more  quick- 
ly. They  still  believe,  also,  that  the 
light  of  an  eclipsing  moon  will 
cause  developing  fruit  to  shrivel  be- 
fore it  matures,  but  that  flying  a 
piece  of  red  cloth  from  the  tip  of 
the  tree  may  prevent  this  "eclips- 
ing" of  the  fruit.  Once,  on  my  re- 
turn from  the  upper  villages.  I 
found  my  favorite  red  shirt  flap- 
ping from  the  top  of  the  mango  tree 
outside  my  dispensary.  In  like  man- 
ner, birth  deformities  are  reputedly 
engendered  when  the  light  of  the 
eclipsing  moon  falls  on  a  pregnant 
woman.  The  danger  exists  when  the 
moonlight  strikes  one  side  of  a 
woman  only.  As  a  preventive  mea- 
sure, pregnant  women  (and  often 
nonpregnant  ones,  just  to  be  sure) 
go  outside  during  the  eclipse  and 
turn  around  three  times. 

Through  the  Spanish  side  of  the 
ancestry  come  other  ideas  and  leg- 
ends. The  oldest  relic  of  folklore 
pathology  in  the  barrancas  ti'aces 
back  to  the  notorious  basilisk  of  the 
ancient  Greeks.  This  mythological 
dragon.  aUeged  to  have  caused  in- 
stant death  to  anyone  who  looked 
upon  it.  has  shrunken  noticeably  in 
the  2.500  years  of  its  evolution.  To- 
day in  the  Sierra  Madre.  the  basil- 
isco  is  said  to  be  a  strange  little  an- 
imal, rarely — or  more  probably, 
ngyer — encountered,  which  hatches 
from  the  undersized  egg  of  a 
chicken  that  has  mated  with  the  soil 
instead  of  a  rooster.  It  is  said  that 
one  has  only  to  look  at  this  ugly, 
lizardlike  apparition  and  he  will  go 
as  blind  as  if  he  had  been  urinated 
upon  by  a  bat. 

A  number  of  mythological  ail- 
ments and  their  treatments  stem 
from  traditions  of  medieval  Spain. 
One.  caida  de  mollera,  means 
"fallen  fontanel."  When  infants  get 
severe  diarrhea — as  they  frequendy 
do  in  villages  where  the  only  sani- 
tary facility  is  the  omnivorous 
pig — tissue  dehydration  from  fluid 


loss  may  cause  the  fontanel,  or  un- 
closed portion  of  the  cranium,  to 
sag  inwards.  The  villagers,  observ- 
ing this,  have  put  the  cart  before 
the  horse  by  concluding  that  the 
child  has  diarrhea  because  its 
brains  have  slipped  downward. 
Treatment  consequently  consists  of 
elevating  the  brains  back  into  place. 
Each  curandera  has  her  own  proce- 
dure. These  include  holding  the 
baby  upside  down  over  a  bowl  of 
hot  cooking  oil  and  slapping  the 
bottoms  of  its  feet  three  times  to 
jolt  the  brains  back  into  position. 
Or,  moistening  the  baby's  crown 
with  hot  oil  and  sucking  upward 
three  times  on  the  fontanel  to  lift 
the  brains  into  position.  Another 
recommendation  is  to  open  the 
baby's  mouth  and  push  upward  on 
the  palate  with  the  forefinger  to 
hoist  the  baby's  brains  back  into 
position. 

It  is  surprising  how  many  babies 
not  only  survive  this  treatment,  but 
show  improvement  afterwards.  A 
few,  however,  die. 

Whatever  merits  and  demerits  it 
may  have,  the  medical  lore  of  the 
barrancas  is  not  wanting  in  inge- 
nuity or  imagination.  The  one  con- 
cept utterly  lacking  in  folk  medi- 
cine, however,  is  that  very  concept 
upon  which  modern  medicine  is 
founded:  scientific  method.  True, 
the  campesinos'  desire  for  answers 
equals  that  of  the  modern  re- 
searcher. When  confronted  by  an 
infirmity,  they  also  search  for  both 
cause  and  cure,  and  find  them.  Of- 
ten their  line  of  reasoning  is  both 
logical  and  complex.  But  there  is  no 
provision  for  checking  a  rational 
answer  against  physical  events,  no 
allowance  for  testing  a  hypothesis. 
Rather,  the  hv'pothesis  is  trans- 
muted into  a  conclusion  by  the  pro- 
cess of  simple  repetition.  "Might  it 
have  been  this?"  becomes,  "It  must 
have  been  this,"  and  finally,  irrevo- 
cably, "It  was  this!"  Thus  we  find, 
because  someone's  great-grand- 
mother, years  ago,  ate  an  orange  in 
the  evening  and  that  night  died  of  a 
heart  attack,  that  today  no  one  in 
the  barrancas  will  touch  an  orange 
after  sundown. 

Similar  conclusions  from  coinci- 
dental events  have  given  rise  to  folk 
beliefs  that  "eggs  eaten  after  dark 


cause  congestion"  that  "the  bite  of 
the  green  iguana  poisons  calves," 
and  to  many  other  causes  and  cures 
for  maladies.  By  the  same  token,  it 
is  no  surprise  that  the  dieta  of  post- 
partum mothers  is  so  limited.  The 
incidence  of  puerpeural  mortality  is 
high,  largely  due  to  lack  of  sterile 
techniques  by  midwives,  and  the  re- 
sultant infections  are  invariably 
blamed  on  some  violation  of  the 
dieta.  If  no  violation  can  be  found, 
a  new  source  of  the  problem  is 
sought.  "It  must  have  been  the 
mango  she  ate,"  is  quickly  abbre- 
viated to.  "It  was  the  mango,"  and 
from  that  day  on  the  mango  is  in- 
cluded on  the  blacklist.  And  so  the 
list  is  expanded  until  the  dietu  itself 
becomes  a  contributing  factor  in 
maternal  mortality. 

Yet  never  is  an  attempt  made  to 
systematically  gather  evidence  that 
will  either  support  or  disprove  a 
proposed  cause  or  remedy.  To 
search  for  evidence  is  to  admit  un- 
certainty, and  in  the  Sierra  Madre, 
as  anywhere,  uncertainty  is  difficult 
for  man  to  tolerate.  It  is  easier  to 
live  in  dread  of  something  spe- 
cific— even  if  m^-thological — than  to 
admit  that  one  does  not  know  the 
direction  in  which  the  danger  lies. 

Fear  of  the  unknown  is  the  great- 
est fear  of  all.  and  in  the  prescien- 
tific  world  of  the  barrancas,  the  un- 
known looms  large  indeed.  The 
campesino  has  neither  the  equip- 
ment nor  the  know-how  to  decipher 
even  the  simpler  enigmas  of  nature. 
If  he  did  not  buffer  his  reality  with 
a  battery  of  rational,  if  sometimes 
ill-founded,  explanations,  the  maze 
of  unforeseen  dangers  and  in- 
explicable events  would  soon  be 
overpowering.  Thus  we  find  that  in 
the  barrancas,  the  \nllagers  are  de- 
voted, not  so  much  to  seeking  causes 
and  cures  that  are  valid,  but  to  se- 
curing clear-cut  causes  and  cures 
for  everything. 


A  scorpion  that  has  just  stu^ 
a  woman's  finger  is  split 
its  ventral  side  and  til 
against  the  finger  as  treatiliei 


66 


67 


INTRODUCING 
THE  INTERNATIONAL 
WILDLIFE  MAGAZINE 


Ever  since  the  coal  miner  enlisted  the  aid  of  the 
canary,  wildlife  has  been  man's  best  "early 
warning  device"  to  tell  him  of  impending  eco- 
logical  disaster.  That's  the  serious  side  of. 
zoology.  But  millions  of  people  enjoy  bird- 
watching,  wilderness  hikes,  and  safari  holidays 
simply  because  they  find  wildlife  exciting  and 
beautiful   and   endlessly  fascinating. 

We  are  Britain's  leading  wildlife  magazine.  We 
cover  all  aspects  of  oil  kinds  of  wildlife  in  all 
parts  of  the  world.  We  take  authoritative  fea- 
ture articles  by  leading  experts,  illustrate  them 
in  colour  wih  the  work  of  the  world's  best 
photographers.  And  then  present  them  in  a 
varied  and  stimulating  monthly  "mix"  that  de- 
lights whole  families  throughout  the  English- 
speaking  world  {and  elsewhere  too).  Conserva- 
tion figures  high  on  the  range  of  topics  we  cover 
regularly.  Ecology,  ethology,  some  anthropol- 
ogy, and  popular  zoology  and  biology  complete 
the  picture.  Along  with  book  reviews,  travel 
features,  a  young  people's  section,  zoo  news, 
and  our  own  unique  wildlife  news  service.  Our 
editorial  board  includes  Peter  Scott  and  Roger 
Tory  Peterson;  Sir  Solly  Zuckerman  (chief  scien- 
tific advisor  to  the  British  government)  and  Sir 
Julian  Huxley  are  our  patrons. 

Start  your  voyage  of  discovery  through  the 
animal  kingdom  with  our  January  issue.  We  irv- 
vited  best-selling  author  John  (Tfie  French 
tieutenar^t's  Woman)  Fowles  to  contribute  an 
essay  on  looking  at  nature:  his  provocative  piece 
will  make  every  one  of  us  re-examine  just  how 
we  see  the  natural  world,  and  what  we  get  out 
of  it. 

As  a  special  introductory  gift  for  new  sub- 
scribers, we  are  offering  (completely  free)  a 
45rpm  disc  of  two  hauntingly  beautiful  con- 
servation folk  songs,  recorded  for  us  by  West 
Coast  songwriter  Suzanne  Harris.  This  spring 
Suzanne  sang  at  the  European  Conservation 
Conference  in  Strasbourg,  and  later  by  request 
before  HM  The  King  of  Norway. 
Send  your  order  and  check  direct  to  our  New 
York  office  for  speed.  Magazines  will  be  mailed 
to  you  each  month  from  London,  England.  (Note: 
the  free  gift  is  for  you,  so  if  you  are  taking  out 
a  gift  subscription  please  be  sure  to  include 
your  own  name  and  address  as  well  as  the 
recipient's.  We  con  send  a  gift  card  on  your 
behalf  if  you  wish). 


Continued  from  page  49 


To:  ANIMALS,  133  E.  55th  St.,  New  York, 
N.Y.  10022.  Please  enter  my  one-year  sub- 
scription to  ANIMALS  Magazine,  and  send 
me  my  introductory  gift  recording. 

NAME 

(PLEASE  PRINT) 


I  enclose  my  check  for  $9.00 

□   Please   send   gift   card   (if   required) 


tent  on  smaller  prey  species. 

The  training  of  young  lions  to 
kill  is  long  and  arduous.  When  the 
kittens  are  quite  young,  the  lioness 
leaves  them  and  hunts  alone.  Upon 
making  a  kill,  she  returns  and  takes 
her  family  to  the  prize.  She  may  be- 
gin hunting  again  from  this  kill  be- 
fore it  is  entirely  consumed,  or  she 
may  move  her  family  to  a  different 
area  and  start  a  new  hunt.  If  hunt- 
ing is  difficult,  the  young  may  be 
left  alone  and  unattended  for  two 
or  more  days. 

As  the  kittens  grow  and  are  bet- 
ter able  to  travel,  a  lioness  may 
take  one  with  her  on  her  forays, 
leaving  the  others  behind.  We 
recorded  this  numerous  times,  but 
we  never  observed  a  female  taking 
an  entire  litter  on  a  hunt.  It  is  prob- 
ably difficult  for  a  whole  family  to 
approach  prey  successfully.  The 
young  are  playful  and  frolic  a  great 
deal — certainly  no  asset  to  the  hunt- 
ing mother.  More  important,  I  feel, 
is  that  the  female  can  better  train 
one  kitten  at  a  time  in  the  tech- 
niques of  hunting  and  killing  deer 
and  elk. 

In  December,  1967,  we  tracked 
female  No.  4  and  one  of  her  two  18- 
month-old  kittens.  They  were  hunt- 
ing and  had  made  three  unsuccess- 
ful stalks  on  elk.  In  each  instance 
they  had  frightened  the  animal  be- 
fore approaching  within  striking 
distance.  Finally,  the  tracks  in  the 
snow  indicated  they  had  success- 
fully approached  an  elk  calf,  and 
the  kitten  had  launched  an  attack. 


While  his  mother  stayed  above  on 
the  slope,  he  bounded  twice  from 
cover  and  was  upon  the  elk,  but 
being  unskilled  he  could  not  com- 
plete the  kill.  The  calf  had  run 
diagonally  across  the  slope,  plung- 
ing through  the  deep  snow  with  the 
young  cat  clinging  to  it.  Then  the 
elk's  tracks  ended  abruptly — from 
above,  the  female  had  bounded 
down  the  slope  and  literally  killed 
the  calf  in  its  tracks.  A  skid  mark 
to  the  willows  below  revealed  its  re- 
mains, neatly  buried  under  snow, 
leaves,  and  sticks.  We  captured  this 
female  and  her  kitten  a  short  dis- 
tance away. 

The  lions  hunt  as  much,  if  not 
more,  in  the  day  as  they  do  at 
night.  The  amount  of  traveling  and 
hunting  depends  upon  their  success. 
After  killing  a  large  animal,  such  as 
an  elk  or  a  deer,  an  undisturbed 
lion  usually  remains  with  the  car- 
cass until  it  is  completely  con- 
sumed. We  found  no  instance  of 
wanton  killing.  And  their  diet  is  not 
limited  to  big  game.  They  kill  and 
eat  a  wide  range  of  small  mam- 
mals: snowshoe  hares,  wood  rats, 
mice,  squirrels,  raccoons,  and  even 
coyotes.    Droppings    revealed    that 


The  minimuin  winter  home 

ranges  of  three  male  and  six 

female  lions  are  shown  in  the 

Big  Creek  basin  in  Idaho 

Males  may  overlap  female 

territories,  but  maintain  a 

definite  boundary  with 


othf 


lales. 


ground  squirrels  and  pocket  go- 
phers were  common  in  their  summer 
diet,  along  with  other,  smaller  spe- 
cies. Some  droppings  contained 
nothing  but  grasshopper  remains. 
Lions,  like  most  predators,  eat  what 
is  most  easily  obtained. 

Capturing  and  observing  treed 
lions  at  close  range  told  us  much 
about  their  behavior  under  stress. 
Without  exception  they  were  calm 
once  they  were  out  of  reach  of  the 
clamoring  hounds.  On  several  occa- 
sions, when  cornered  in  bluffs  or  on 
a  cliff,  they  lashed  out  at  the  press- 
ing dogs  but  never  attacked.  And 
never  did  they  attempt  to  reach  us, 
although  we  were  within  striking 
distance  of  treed  lions  several 
times. 

Two  instances  are  memorable.  In 
one,  a  male  sought  refuge  on  a  nar- 
row ledge.  As  we  approached,  he 
disappeared  from  view.  Thinking 
he  had  gone  around  the  bluff,  Wil- 
bur climbed  the  ledge  to  see  what 
route  he  had  taken.  Pulling  himself 
up  over  a  rim.  Wilbur  came  face  to 
face  with  the  lion,  crouched  on  the 
end  of  the  ledge.  It  had  nowhere  to 
go  but  back  toward  him.  With  a 
mighty  effort  the  lion  leaped  di- 
rectly over  Wilbur's  head  and  was 
gone.  Another  time  we  released 
the  dogs  on  fresh  tracks  of  a  male 
and  female.  While  tracking  the  pair 
we  paused  under  a  small  fir  where 
the  lions  had  slept.  I  glanced  up  in- 
stinctively and  there,  not  more  than 
ten  feet  above  Wilbur,  was  the  male 
calmly  staring  down.  Apparently  he 
had  leaped  up  the  tree  as  the  dogs 
neared,  but  they  just  dashed  on  in 
pursuit  of  the  female.  These  in- 
stances and  others  convinced  us 
that  lions  attack  only  as  a  last  re- 
sort. They  want  only  to  get  away. 

As  we  learned  more  about  their 
habits,  we  wondered  how  hunting 
pairs  or  families  keep  track  of  one 
another.  The  key  to  this  question 
came  in  March.  1966,  when  the  Di- 
vision of  Wildlife  Services  of  the 
U.S.  Bureau  of  Sport  Fisheries  and 
Wildlife  gave  me  two  newborn  kit- 
tens orphaned  in  its  control  oper- 
ations. 

From  the  time  they  were  very 
small  these  kittens  made  interesting 
sounds.  These  could  best  be  de- 
scribed as  whistles  and  resembled 
bird  calls  more  than  anything  else. 
They  used  different  tones  when 
greeting   me    or   each   other,    when 


alarmed,  or  when  calling.  Other 
tones  (along  with  a  rumbling  purr) 
indicated  pleasure  and  contentment. 
At  no  time  did  I  hear  them 
"scream,"  nor  have  I  ever  heard 
anything  like  a  scream  in  the  wild. 
They  could,  and  did,  make  many 
sounds  similar  to  that  of  housecats, 
but  much  louder. 

I  am  certain  that  lions  in  the 
wild  communicate  by  means  of 
these  whistlelike  sounds.  I  had  won- 
dered how  hunting  pairs  could  sep- 
arate— one  dropping  into  a  canyon, 
the  other  circling  the  basin — then 
rejoin  each  other  to  continue  the 
hunt.  Or  how  a  female  could  call 
her  kittens  from  a  distant  ridge. 

A  piercing,  whistlelike  sound  is 
used  as  a  warning.  Once  we  met, 
almost  head  on  in  a  steep  section  of 
trail,  a  female.  No.  7,  and  her  two 
20-month-old  kittens.  The  female 
bounded  down  the  mountainside 
but  the  kittens  were  confused  and 
not  particularly  alarmed.  The  fe- 
male paused  and  sounded  a  sharp 
whistle.  Immediately  the  kittens  fol- 
lowed their  mother,  running  pell- 
mell  down  the  slope.  The  female 
crossed  the  creek  bottom  and 
paused  again.  By  that  time  we  had 
released  the  dogs.  She  emitted  a 
piercing  whistle,  and  the  kittens  re- 
sponded by  climbing  the  nearest 
tree.  The  dogs  tore  on  in  pursuit  of 
the  female,  past  the  tree  with  the 
kittens,  and  treed  her  a  quarter-mile 
beyond.  She  had  evidently  warned 
her  kittens  with  those  sounds. 

In  addition  to  studying  the  dy- 
namics of  a  lion  population,  we 
wanted  to  establish  the  ecological 
role  of  the  mountain  lion  in  a  wil- 
derness environment.  To  assess  pre- 
dation  and  its  effect  on  populations 
of  prey  animals,  various  factors 
must  be  considered.  These  factors, 
first  advanced  by  Aldo  Leopold,  in- 
clude population  densities  and  the 
behavioral  characteristics  of  both 
the  predator  and  prey.  Each  of 
these  variables  considered  sepa- 
rately tells  us  little,  but  when  con- 
sidered in  combination,  sound  in- 
terpretations of  the  interrelation- 
ships can  be  made. 

For  four  years,  throughout  win- 
ter and  spring,  we  made  observa- 
tions on  numbers,  sex,  and  age  of 
big  game.  Mule  deer  and  elk  were 
the  major  prey  species  in  winter.  A 
population  of  100  to  125  bighorn 
sheep  in  the  study  area  made  up  an 


"Anextraordinaiybook." 


-John  Livingston 


THIS  second  volume  of  The 
Naturalist's  America 
brilliantly  portrays  the  complex 
world  of  one  of  America's  great- 
est mountain  ranges,  the  Sierra 
Nevada.  Sensational  even  on  this 
continent,  the  400-mile  expanse 
of  rugged  peaks,  fir  forests,  red- 
wood groves,  meadows  and  chap- 
arral is  a  wonder  of  wonders.  If 
you  want  to  explore  the  Sierra 
Nevada  by  trail,  car,  from  an 
armchair,  in  the  classroom,  from 
close-up  or  afar,  this  is  the  book 
for  you.  It  provides  the  ecological 
perspective  of  a  century's  accu- 
mulated knowledge  and  field  ob- 
servation. The  author  is  at  once 
a  professional  biologist,  an  ex- 
perienced ornithologist,  and  an 
outstanding  wildlife  photog- 
rapher. 

Sierra 
Nevada 

By  VERNA  R.  JOHNSTON 

Illustrated  with  photographs, 
8  pages  in  full  color.     $7.95 

THE  NATURALIST'S 
AMERICA 

a  new  series  written  by  leading  au- 
thorities and  beautifully  illustrated, 
has  made  an  auspicious  beginning. 
These  books  fill  an  urgent  need,  de- 
scribing our  country's  unique  com- 
binations of  life  and  landscape  from 
the  ecological  point  of  view.  First 
in  the  series  is 

The  ^Appalachians 

By  Maurice  Brooks 

A  book  for  those  "who  like  to  get 
meaning  and  excitement  out  of  driv- 
ing or  walking  or  poking  around, 
who  want  to  know  where  to  go  to 
see  significant  and  extraordinary 
things."  —  New  York  Times  Book 
Review  $6.95 

At  your  favorite  bookseller's 

HOUGHTON  MIFFLIN  COMPANY 

2  Park  St.,  Boston  02107 


69 


-",  /r'M^^"   .  * 


^ges^R. 


THEY'LL  DIE 

unless  you  and  we  help  ihem.  They'll 
Die— and  thousands  more  like  them 
of  many  different  species  will  die — 
unless  money  is  made  available  to 
finance  the  many  requests  from  East 
Africa's  National  Parks,  Research  Or- 
ganizations and  Game  Departments. 

During  1969  we  funded  conserva- 
tion projects  amounting  to  $74,500  in 
Kenya,  Uganda  and  Tanzania.  We 
need  your  continued  support  to  com- 
bat the  increasing  menace  of  extinc- 
tion for  many  species  of  wild  animal, 
by  making  a  donation  or  by  joining 
the  Society. 

Membership  of  the  Society  will  cost 
you  $10  annually.  For  this  you  receive 
our  quarterly  magazine  "Africana" 
and  are  entitled  to  buy  our  ties,  car 
badges,  brooches  and  cufflinks. 
Christmas  cards.  Calendars,  wild  life 
prints  and  the  Scientific  Journal  are 
available  to  all. 

The  wild  life  of  East  Africa  is  now 
a  world  responsibility,  shared  by  ev- 
eryone. It  is  enjoyed  by  tens  of  thou- 
sands of  visitors  each  year.  Help  us 
to  see  that  millions  will  continue  to 
enjoy  It. 


EAST  AFRICAN 

WILD  LIFE 

SOCIETY 

P.O.  Box  20110,  Nairobi,  Kenya, 
East  Africa. 

Please   enroll  me   as  a  member. 
I  enclose  $ 

Name „ 

Address  

N.H. 


insignificant  part  of  the  lions'  diet. 
Each  spring,  when  big  game  move 
to  new  grass  on  open,  south-facing 
slopes,  aerial  surveys  were  taken. 

It  is  difficult  to  establish  a  total 
population  size  for  big  game  in 
such  a  rugged,  mountainous  area. 
However,  the  data  obtained  from 
ground  observations,  together  with 
those  from  aerial  counts,  allowed  a 
reasonably  accurate  estimate. 

The  numbers  of  both  deer  and 
elk  increased  each  year.  The  num- 
ber of  fawn  deer  per  100  does  and 
calf  elk  per  100  cows  also  increased 
each  year.  This  increase  was  attrib- 
uted to  three  consecutive  mild  win- 
ters. Because  snowfall  was  light, 
deer  and  elk  were  not  forced  to  con- 
centrate at  low  elevations  on  the 
winter  range.  They  ate  many  food 
plants  that  would  have  been  unavail- 
able in  a  normal  winter  and  came 
through  in  good  condition.  As  a  re- 
sult, fawn  and  calf  crops  were  high, 
survival  was  up,  and  the  herds  in- 
creased. These  increases  occurred 
despite  the  pressure  of  human  hunt- 
ing each  fall  and  steady  predation 
by  lions  during  the  study  period. 

We  found  kills  by  tracking  lions 
to  them;  in  addition,  ravens,  mag- 
pies,   and    golden    eagles    often    in- 


dicated the  presence  of  a  carcass. 
Lions  made  most  kills  in  rugged 
bluff  areas,  on  heavily  timbered 
north  slopes,  along  creeks,  and  in 
brushy  ravine  bottoms.  We  encoun- 
tered and  subsequently  captured 
many  lions  at  kills.  At  some  kills, 
we  were  able  to  identify  the  pre- 
dator by  characteristic  signs. 

Deer  and  elk  made  up  the  great- 
est share  of  the  lions'  winter  diet. 
Examination  of  198  lion  feces 
showed  that  these  two  species  com- 
prised 70  percent  of  the  prey. 
Snowshoe  hares  occurred  5%  per- 
cent of  the  time,  and  various  small 
mammals  and  grass  made  up  the  re- 
mainder. We  also  documented  kills 
of  three  coyotes,  two  bighorn  sheep, 
and  one  mountain  goat. 

We  examined  53  elk  and  46  mule 
deer  killed  by  lions  in  the  four-year 
period  and  recorded  their  sex,  age, 
and  physical  condition.  Of  the  elk, 
75  percent  were  young  (1.5  years 
or  less)  or  old  (8.5-9.5  years  or 
more)  ;  62  percent  of  the  deer  were 
young  or  very  old.  Lions  killed — in 
proportion  to  their  number  in  the 
total  population  of  deer  and  elk — 
more  adult  males  and  fawns  and 
calves.  As  shown  by  the  figures  in 
the   table  below,   they   killed   fewer 


Elk  and  Mule  Deer  Killed  Annually  by  Mountain  Lions 
in  Big  Creek  Basin  During  Winter  Season,  1964-68 


ELK 


70 


Estimated 

%  of  total 

Killed 

%of 

population 

population 

by  lions 

lion  kill 

Adult  males 

121 

12 

9 

17 

Adult  females 

687 

68 

16 

'30 

Calves 

202 

20 

28 

53 

Total 

1,010 

100 

53 

100 

MULE  DEER 

Estimated 

%  of  total 

Killed 

%of 

population 

population 

by  lions 

lion  kill 

Adult  males 

220 

13 

16 

35 

Adult  females 

1,101 

65 

14 

30 

Fawns 

373 

22 

16 

35 

Total 

1,694 

100 

46 

100 

adult  does  and  cows  than  had  been 
expected. 

The  data  in  the  table  suggest  that 
lions  (1)  select  young  and  old  ani- 
mals and  (2)  select  adult  males. 
While  this  may  be  true,  particularly 
in  the  case  of  calf  elk,  I  believe  en- 
vironmental factors,  including  den- 
sity of  the  prey,  are  more  important 
in  determining  the  kind  of  animal 
killed.  Lions  are  opportunists.  They 
will  kill  an  animal  that  places  itself 
in  a  vulnerable  position.  The  young 
and  the  old  do  this  more  often  than 
prime  animals.  However,  buck  deer 
and  bull  elk  often  remain  alone  and 
at  higher  elevations  than  do  the 
does  and  cows.  Further,  some  bucks 
and  bulls,  following  the  rut,  enter 
the  winter  in  a  weakened  condition. 
These  factors  increase  their  vul- 
nerability, which,  in  my  opinion,  is 
much  more  important  than  numer- 
ical availability  in  determining  the 
makeup  of  the  kill  by  mountain 
lions.  The  lion  does  not  select  a 
particular  prey  animal;  rather,  it  is 
selected  for  him  by  different  envi- 
ronmental factors  that  increase  that 
particular  animal's  susceptibility. 
These  factors  include  prey  density, 
behavior,  age,  health,  interspecific, 
and  perhaps,  intraspecific  com- 
petition, and  the  lion's  predatory 
characteristics. 

To  determine  the  relationship  of 
the  elk  and  deer  to  their  food  sup- 
ply, I  appraised  the  condition  of 
the  vegetation  on  the  winter  range. 
Mountain  mahogany  and  bitterbush 
are  probably  the  major  plants  in 
the  diet  of  elk  and  deer.  Despite 
three  consecutive  mild  winters  and 
the  availability  of  alternate  food 
plants,  these  two  plants  were  over- 
browsed,  an  indication  that  too 
many  game  animals  inhabited  the 
range. 

The  information  gained  in  our 
study  allows  us  to  make  three 
points  and  draw  the  role  of  moun- 
tain lion  predation  more  sharply 
into  focus: 

(1)  The  mountain  lion  popu- 
lation remained  stable  throughout 
the  study  period. 

(2)  Populations  of  elk  and  mule 
deer,  the  principal  prey  species,  in- 
creased during  the  four-year  period 
they  were  studied. 

(3)  Elk  and  mule  deer  over- 
utilized  key  winter  forage  species 
during  the  study  period. 

These   data   show   that   lion   pre- 


dation was  not  limiting  the  elk  and 
deer  populations,  but  that  winter 
food  was  the  most  important  factor 
limiting  their  numbers.  Factors 
other  than  food  supply  controlled 
the  number  of  lions.  By  spacing 
them  throughout  the  area,  territo- 
riality limits  the  size  of  the  lion 
population  within  the  area.  For  de- 
termining ultimate  numbers  of  elk 
and  deer,  lion  predation  was  in- 
consequential. 

Lion  predation  does,  however, 
dampen  severe  oscillations  in  the 
number  of  elk  and  deer.  Lions 
lower  the  rate  of  increase  of  their 
prey  before  more  drastic  forces, 
such  as  disease  or  starvation,  take 
their  heavy  toll.  Lions  also  keep 
deer  and  elk  moving  on  the  winter 
range,  thus  distributing  them  more 
evenly  on  restricted  range  and  re- 
ducing local  overuse  of  the  vegeta- 
tion. In  an  ecological  sense,  there- 
fore, the  influence  on  surviving 
animals  is  tremendously  important. 
Predation  by  lions  in  our  study 
area  clearly  benefits  mule  deer  and 
elk  populations. 

Our  work  is  continuing.  Some 
questions  can  only  be  answered  by 
more  refined  techniques.  Graduate 
student  Jack  Seidensticker  has 
joined  Wilbur  Wiles  and  me  in  ex- 
tending our  work  throughout  the 
year  by  means  of  radiotelemetry. 
By  attaching  small  radio  trans- 
mitters to  the  lions,  we  hope  to  gain 
specific  information  about  their 
year-round  activities. 

Mankind  tends  to  view  wild  ani- 
mals as  either  "good"  or  "bad." 
The  large  carnivores,  such  as 
wolves,  lions,  and  tigers,  have  al- 
ways been  bad.  Literature,  movies, 
and,  more  recently,  television  have 
perpetuated  this  villainous  image. 
Ironically,  although  man  regards 
such  qualities  as  intelligence,  adap- 
tiveness,  strength,  and  agility  as  bad 
in  an  animal,  he  admires  these 
qualities  in  his  fellowman  and 
strives  for  them  himself.  Fortu- 
nately, as  we  lose  some  of  our  pio- 
neer attitudes,  the  image  we  hold 
of  many  predators  is  changing.  Our 
society  is  becoming  more  apprecia- 
tive of  all  wildlife  and  is  demanding 
a  halt  to  the  persecution  of  many 
species.  The  mountain  lion,  which 
has  long  suffered  such  persecution, 
now  stands  to  be  recognized  by  an 
enlightened  human  society  for  what 
he  is — a  princely  animal.  ■ 


"A  remarkable  construction 
of  the  life  history  of  Norths 
America's  largest  and 
most  impressive 
bird.-Ei. 


SOURCE OF 
THE  THUNDER 

The  Biography  of  a 
California  Condor  by 

ROGER  CARAS 

author  of  Panther!  and 
Monarch  ol  Deadman  Bay 


Roger  Caras,  nature  and  conser- 
vation commentator  on  TV  and 
radio  and  author  of  authentic  doc- 
umentary novels  about  America's 
vanishing  wildlife,  has  now  writ- 
ten the  dramatic  story  of  the  mag- 
nificent soaring  bird  that  has  vir- 
tually disappeared  from  the  face 
of  -the  earth.  Following  the  life 
cycle  of  a  single  condor — one  of 
just  fifty  that  remain  where  thou- 
sands flourished  only  ISO  years 
ago — Mr.  Caras  portrays  the  spe- 
cies in  every  aspect  of  its  life  and 
habits.  The  condor's  flight  train- 
ing, his  encounters  with  predators 
(including  man,  the  greatest  of  all 
predators),  and  his  highly  ritual- 
ized mating  and  family-raising  pro- 
cedures are  accurately  and  color- 
fully re-created  in  words  and 
drawings. 

In  the  words  of  Roland  C.  Cle- 
ment, vice  president  of  the  Na- 
tional Audubon  Society,  Source  of 
the  Thunder  is  "sensitive,  neces- 
sarily fictionalized  but  honest  .  .  . 
delightful  reading."  But  more  than 
a  portrait  of  a  rare  species,  the 
book  is  a  stirring  reminder  of  how 
greed  and  stupidity,  through  hunt- 
ers' guns,  housing  tracts,  and  giant 
logging  operations,  have  threatened 
the  survival  of  the  condor.  Point- 
ing out  the  ecological  importance 
of  the  great  bird  whom  the  Indians 
referred  to  as  "source  of  the  thun- 
der," Mr.  Caras  vividly  demon- 
strates why  mankind  must  increase 
its  efforts  to  preserve  not  only  this 
one  species  but  all  the  gifts  that 
the  wilderness  provides. 

Everyone  interested  in  the  out- 
doors will  want  to  read  this  enjoy- 
able, instructive  book.  Get  your 
copies  now  at  leading  bookstores, 
or  order  direct  from  the  publisher. 
■  —  —  —  —  —  — -^  ^  — ^_ 

.  To  your  bookstore  or  NH-1 1  ; 

I  Little,  Brown  and  Company,  Inc. 

I  34  Beacon  Street,  Boston,  Mass.  02106 

;  Please  send  me copies  of  Source  of 

I  ttie  Tliunder  (128384)  at  $5.95  each. 

I  I  enclose  Q  check  □  money  order  in  the 

(amount  of  $ including  appli- 
cable sales  tax.  If  not  fully  satisfied,  I 
may  return  the  boo 
a  complete  refund. 


I  CITY_ 
I  STATE. 


71 


Persuasive  Scents  in  Moth  Sex  Life  Continued  from  page  39 


brush  type  of  organ  has  been  lost  in 
many  species  and,  in  at  least  one 
instance,  a  completely  new  organ 
has  developed  from  the  vestiges  of 
it.  The  implication  is  that  whatever 
their  function,  the  brush  organs  are 
certainly  of  great  adaptive  value 
and  as  such,  are  subject  to  powerful 
and  variable  selection  pressures;  al- 
though, as  yet,  we  can  only  guess  at 
what  these  pressures  might  be. 

Moth  scents  have  not  emerged 
from  our  study  as  universal  aphro- 
disiacs for  the  would-be  seducer; 
rather,  the  scents  act  primarily  as 
either  sedatives  or  attractants,  de- 
pending on  the  sex  of  the  producer. 
For  the  male  moth,  enticed  by  the 
female  lure,  they  are,  in  fact,  some- 
what of  a  handicap  since  he  is  re- 
fused his  ultimate  aim  until  he  pro- 
duces means  of  identification  or 
evidence  of  value  as  a  protector. 

The  current  awareness  of  pollu- 
tion problems  and  the  alarm  over 
indiscriminate  use  of  insecticides 
has  created  interest  in  using  phero- 
mones.  for  moth  control.  The  eco- 


nomic implications  of  this  are 
enormous  when  we  consider  that 
among  Lepidoptera  in  which  sex  at- 
tractants are  known  to  be  present 
are  the  corn  earworm,  the  fall  army 
worm,  codling  moths,  leaf  rollers, 
cabbage  loopers,  and  cutworms,  to 
name  but  a  few.  The  female  at- 
tractants are  effective  in  minute 
amounts  and  over  long  distances. 
They  are  stable  and  almost  species 
specific  for  this  purpose.  They  are 
also  nontoxic  to  other  animals.  One 
possibly  effective  method  would  be 
to  use  pheromone  lures  to  attract 
males  to  particular  points  where 
they  could  then  be  destroyed  with- 
out universal  insecticide  appli- 
cation. This  has  been  attempted 
with  the  gypsy  moth,  Lymantria 
dispar,  a  severe  forest  pest,  but  did 
not  reduce  the  pest  to  a  low  enough 
density  to  be  termed  successful. 
Pheromone  traps  are.  however, 
used  to  indicate  when  the  pest  pop- 
ulation is  building  up  to  plague 
proportions,  and  thus,  when  and 
where  spraying  can  be  carried  out. 


A  slightly  different  approach  sug- 
gested by  the  Canadian  entomolo- 
gist R.  H.  Wright  involves  saturat- 
ing the  atmosphere  with  female  at- 
tractant  to  confuse  and  disorient  the 
males.  Hopefully,  none  will  then  lo- 
cate females  and  mate,  although  in- 
variably some  would  mate  either 
through  chance  encounter  or  be- 
cause of  the  difficulties  of  insuring 
an  even  saturation  of  the  air.  The 
success  of  any  of  these  methods 
would  depend  on  the  cost  of  manu- 
facturing and  applying  the  phero- 
mones  involved  as  compared  to  the 
cost  of  insecticides,  assuming  that 
the  theory  would  work  in  practice. 

The  possibility  of  eliminating 
serious  agricultural  depredations 
caused  by  insects  is  important 
enough  to  warrant  serious  research. 
With  the  application  of  effective 
and  economical  pheromone  tech- 
niques, the  abolition  of  hard  pesti- 
cides from  the  world  environment 
could  become  a  reality.  The  ben- 
efits, for  both  food  production  and 
the  ecology,  would  be  immense.     ■ 


THIS    YEAR,    STONE    SANTA 

Well,  maybe  not  literally.  But  consider  the  aggravation  of  finding  truly  meaningful  gifts  for  those 
adults  and  children  who  have  the  necessities  of  life.  We  have  several  suggestions  for  tranquilizing 
Christmas  madness : 

STUFF  SOX  WITH  ROCKS? 

Of  course.  We  recommend  GEODES.  A  geode  is  a  ball-shaped  hollow  rock  lined  with  glittering 
quartz  and  other  crystals.  They  are  positively  lovely,  totally  natural — cannot  be  made  in  Taiwan 
out  of  plastics — about  40  million  years  old  and  no  verbal  description  or  flat  photograph  does  them 
justice.  Hence,  our  calm  guarantee:  Return  if  unhappy  for  full  and  prompt  refund.  Since  no  two  ge- 
odes  are  ever  alike,  they  make  truly  special  gifts. 

#1.  For  $5.  we'll  ship  you  a  3  to  4"  diameter  SPLIT  MATED  GEODE  PAIR  (the  halves  fit  back  together 
quite  neatly). 

#2.  A  selected  GEODE  HALF,  at  least  SVi"  dia.,  with  a  hand-polished  agate  rim  is  just  $10. 
We  personally  pick  the  above  items  for  sparkle  and  beauty. 

#3.  A  baker's  dozen  UNOPENED  MEXICAN  GEODES,  just  as  they  come  from  the  mines.  Avg.  2 "  dia.,  may 
or  may  not  be  hollow.  Solid  types  frequently  contain  swirled  gray/blue/ white  agate;  hollows  may  bej 
lined  with  smoky,  clear  or  purple  amethyst  crystals.  Break  'em  with  chisel  and  hammer.  Incredible 
stocking  stuffers.  May  also  be  used  (with  sling)  to  slay  large  Phillistines.  $6  for  the  bagfull. 

#4.  A  box  containing  assorted,  identified  small  sparkling  crystal  specimens.  If  you  like  pleasant  surprises 

for  $5. 

#5.  One  of  everything  for  $25. 

All  Prices  INCLUDE  Postage 

Your  first  order  places  you  on  our  mailing  list  for  periodic  bulletins  listing  geodes,  splendid  minerals 
and  other  nifty  stuff. 

ROTH  M  A  N  '  S     •     RD  #2,   mU  House     •     Downingtown,  Pa.  19335 


72 


THE   MUSEUM  SHOP 

THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 
CENTRAL  PARK  WEST  AT  79TH.  STREET 
NEW  yORK,  N.Y.  10024 

Membefs  of  the  Museum  are  entitled  to 


TOTAL 

N.Y.  residents  please  add  taxes. 


ADDRESS  _ 
^X    CITY  k_ 


.  STATE  . 


elMstnttas 

For  your  tree  —  from  Mexico 
colorful  tin  anitnals 


A.  HORSE -approx.  5"  high 

B.  LION  — approx.  5"  long 

C.  REINDEER  — approx.  6y2"  high 

D.  BIRD  — wingspreatd  SVz"  long 

E.  ELEPHANT- approx.  41/2"  long 

Please  give  1st,  2nd,  and  3rd  choice. 

SET  OF  THREE  $6.00* 

For  the  home  -  from  Mexico 

F.  TREE   OF  LIFE-colorfui  candle   holder- 
8%"  tall.  NO  TWO  ALIKE $6.00* 

For  your  tree  -  front  Taiwan 
animals  nuide  of  hurlap 

G.  H.  I.  HORSE,  LION,  ELEPHANT -about  AVz" 
long.  SET  OF  THREE $5.25* 

From  Poland 

J.  CRECHE -approx.  41/2  "high 

K.  CRECHE -approx.  4"  high 

NO  TWO  ALIKE $5.75  each* 

'Includes  postage  and  handling. 


Our  remarkable  new  loll  about  typewriter  end  table 
IS  the  most  \ersdtile  and  completely  usable  desk  ever. 
It  opens  and  extends  into  a  full  fledged  portable 
liome  office  Drop  leaf  lifts  for  a  large  writing  sur- 
face— iiolds  adding  machine,  too.  Top  drawer  stores 
any  standard  portable  typewriter,  rolls  out  and  up 
to  perfect  typing  height.  Middle  drawer  is  storage. 
Bottom  is  standard  filing  drawer  (legal  size  flies 
sideways).  And  all  rolls  smootlily  on  large,  con- 
cealed casters.  You'd  never  know  this  handsome  end 
table  load  so  many  beautiful  faces.  Hand  crafted  of 
select  knotty  pine,  in  honey  tone  or  maple,  antique 
pine  or  walnut  finish.  29"H  23V'. "D  18^'i"\V  f36"W 
leaf  up).  $65.95.  COMPLETE  KIT:  All  machined, 
sanded,  etc.  Ready  for  easy  assembb'  and  finishing. 
Simple  step-by-step  instructions.  $47.95 
Both  Express  Charges  Collect. 
BEAUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG-1000  PIECES 

Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  In  Friendly  Pine 
Include  Zip  Code  YIELD      HOUSE 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  Dept.  Nll-0 

Money  Back  Guarantee      North  Conway.  N.H.  038*10 


ANKH  PENDANT 

BEAUTIFUllY  CONTEMPORARY 

s  this  hand  crafted  representa- 

n    of    the    Ancient    Egyptian 

Key  of  Life"  in  solid  sterling 

silver.  The  Ankh  -  from  the 

eroglyph    meaning    "life" 

— is  the  oldest  known  amu- 

'et    symbol,    and    the   only 

agon    talisman    to    survive 

1  daily  use  after  the  Egyp- 

3ns  converted  to  Christion- 

ty.  Comes  in  stunning  nevr 

designer's   jewelry  cose 


•j^nd   presentatior 
[Jm>x.  3"  long  Ankh 

With  24"  Ac 
in  14K  Goldv 


gift 


$27.00 

18"  chain.  $75. 

naiiaiiiasQisa 

incfudtt  outstanding  reproductions  of 


LaSdfQ  boase,lt6. 

If    N-SFJ  •  648  Ninth  Avenue 
New  York,  NY.  10036 


r %\    WICKER 

\  ^  FROG 

RASKET 


Friendly 

Persuasion 

For  Tidy        ^^^("//i/. 

Rooms— 


Our  princely  frog 
is  a  royal  chani 
er!  He's  got 
huge  "appetite" 
for  wastepaper, 
soiled  clothes, 
toys,  knitting, 
etc.  He's  a  dandv 
companion  for 
nursery,  bedroom,  bath,  kitchen  or  den!  And 
don't  kids  love  to  fill  him  upl  Hand-woven  natu- 
ral rattan  with  bright  marble  eves.  19"H  16"W. 
$18.95  Postpaid-add  50^  each  West  of  Miss. 
SEND  FOR  FREE  1971  CATALOG-1000  PIECES 
Finished    and    Kit    Furniture    in    Friendly    Pine 

Include  Zip  Code  YIELD    HOU8E 

Money   Back  Dept.   Nll-O 

Guarantee  Ko.   Conway,   N.H.   03860 


HELP  ENDANGERED  SPECIES 

Meet  world  leaders;  become  conservation 
VIP.  Participate  in  extraordinary  East  Africa 
Mission.  Departures  Dec.  1;  Feb.  16th  and  4 
later.  All  expenses:  $1750.  Write:  WARN, 
Box  62,  Tarrytown,  N.Y.   10591. 


The  Chromatic  Wood  Sculpture  of  Mortimer  Borne  Continued  from  page  33 


you  all  the  commercial  names  and 
all  the  scientific  names.  That's  ac- 
tually English  maple,  over  there. 
Mrs.  B:  I  can't  pronounce  it.  Any- 
way, here  it  is:  A-c-e-r.  And  then 
the  next  word  is  pseudoplat.  .  .  . 
MB:  Oh,  forget  it.  I  really.  .  .  . 
NH:  Well,  in  the  process  of  putting 
together  one  of  these  sculptures,  do 
you  take  an  ax  in   your  hand,   or 
whatever — it's    fourteen    feet — what 
do  you  do,  have  chunks   or  pieces 
and  then  just  cut  them  up,  and  then 
something    grows    out    of    that    or 
what? 

MB:  No,  well,  I  have  the  wood 
standing  around  downstairs.  Just 
standing  around.  And  then  I'll 
make  a  decision  what  to  start  with. 
A  single  piece  of  wood.  After  start- 
ing on  it,  I  have  a  rough  idea  in  my 
mind  now  about  the  image  I'm  try- 
ing to  project  and  then  I  cut  that 
piece  on  the  band  saw  and  I  pro- 
ceed— if  it's  on  a  panel — to  glue  it 
and  dowel  it  on  the  panel.  If  it's  in 
the  round,  I  don't  do  anything  until 
I  get  the  next  piece  and  then  I  join 
this  piece  to  the  other.  But  the  dow- 
eling is  most  important. 
NH:  Do  you  work  with  any  special 
kind  of  glues? 

MB:  No.  Basically,  I  use  Elmer's 
glue  or  Weldwood.  But  I  don't  de- 
pend on  it.  I  depend  on  the  dowels. 
Whenever  possible,  I  have  two  dow- 
els in  a  piece. 

Mrs.  B:  Sometimes  the  temperature 
will  affect  the  glue. 
MB:  I  was  told  that  certain  glues 
are  impervious  to  this,  to  that,  but  I 
really  don't  believe  it — a  change 
from  hot  to  cold  can  loosen  it  up. 
But  with  the  dowel  in,  there  is  no 
possibility. 

NH :  What  are  some  of  the  most  ex- 
otic woods  you  have  worked  with? 
MB:  Well,  let's  say,  bulletwood,  for 
example.  It's  very  hard — one  of  the 
hardest  woods — and  it  was  used  by 
the  inhabitants  of  the  Virgin  Is- 
lands way  back  to  build  their 
houses  against  marauders;  in  fact, 
after  a  hundred  years,  the  parts  of 
those  buildings  that  were  made  of 
the  bulletwood  are  still  standing; 
the  rest  of  the  house  has  deterio- 
rated. Actually,  a  bullet  does  not 
penetrate — a  bullet  in  those  days,  I 
imagine.  Maybe  now  they  have  bid- 
lets  that  can  penetrate  even  steel. 


Mrs.   B:  Actually,   over  a  hundred 

years   of    exposure   to    the   tropical 

elements,  we  still  find  door  frames. 

windows.  ... 

MB :  Yes,  made  of  that  wood. 

NH:  What  is  the  scientific  name  of 

it? 

Mrs.  B:  M-a-n-i.  .  .  . 

MB:  Oh,  read  it,  will  you  please? 

Mrs.  B:  All  right.  Manilkara  biden- 

tat  a. 

NH:   What  are  some   other  woods 

you've  used? 

MB:   I   was   just  thinking   about   a 

very  simple  wood — birch.  I  got  the 

shock  of  my  life  when  I  received  a 

piece  of  birch  from  Sweden  or  Nor 

way,     I     don't     remember     which. 

When  I  sanded  it,  it  seemed  to  be 

as    tough    and    as    close-grained    as 

steel.    One    of    the    most    beautiful 

woods    I've    ever    used.    And    in    a 

way — the  look  to   it — I  have  it  in 

one  of  the  sculptures. 

NH:    You    don't    interest    yoursell 

very  much  in  the  leaves  or  flowers 

or  fruits. 

MB:    No,   no.    I   think   it's   difficult 

enough    for    me    to    be    acquainted 

with   so  many   different  varieties — 

with    what    it    looks    like.     Oh,    ] 

learned  a  lot — I  used  to  think  tha 

ebony  was  such  a  hard  wood;  com 

pared  to  some  of  the  woods  that  1 

use,  ebony  is  soft. 

NH :    Can    you    work    these    things 

with  chisels? 

MB:  I  rough  them  out  on  a  bam 

saw.  That  I  should  have  told  you.  1 

started  out  by  using  regular  wood 

cutting  blades  on  the  band  saw  anc 

I  used  to  break  at  least  one  a  da^ 

because    it   would    get   hot    cutting 

and  spring  open.  Then  I  discoverec 

that  if  I  use  a  metal-cutting  blade 

it's  slower  but  it  stands  up  a  lonj 

time.  So  that's  what  I  use — a  metal 

cutting  blade  for  roughing  it  out 

after   that,   chisels    and    the   gouge, 

same  as  any  carving. 

NH:   Were   you   ever   interested   ii 

going  to  the  tropics  to  see  some  o 

these  woods  in  their  natural  state' 

MB:  Yes,  of  course.  I've  never  ha( 

the  opportunity  so  far.  Eventually 

I  think   I'll  do  that.   I'd   especialb 

like  to  see  lignum  vitae  which  I  un 

derstand  grows  right  in  the  watei 

That's  an  amazing  wood.  The  spe 

cific  gravity  of  that  wood  is  almos 

the  same  as  stone,  extremely  heavy 


' 


74 


the  heaviest.  I  believe  lignum  vitae 
is  the  heaviest.  An  interesting  thing 
about  that:  they  still  use  lignum 
vitae  for  gears  in  certain  in- 
accessible places — on  boats,  where 
it  is  difficult  to  oil  certain  parts. 
Lignum  vitae  is  self-lubricating  and 
lasts  something  like  three  or  four 
times  longer  than  steel.  That's  an 
interesting  characteristic  in  wood 
that  few  people  know  about. 
NH:  Do  you  have  a  favorite  wood? 
MB:  Oh,  I  don't  know.  The  favorite 
I  guess  is  the  one  that's  most  diffi- 
cult to  obtain.  American  holly.  Dif- 
ficult to  obtain  because  the  trees 
don't  grow  very  large.  And  it's  the 
whitest  wood.  When  I  need  a  white 
accent,  I  use  the  holly. 
Mrs.  B:  What  about  the  California 
redwood? 

MB:  I'm  thinking  about  California 
orangewood.  I  was  using  California 
orangewood  and  the  sawdust  made 
me  quite  sick. 

NH :  You  were  allergic.  .  .  . 
MB:  Everybody  is — the  sawdust, 
just  the  fine  sawdust  will  make  any- 
body sick.  I  read  an  interesting 
thing  about  that.  All  you  have  to  do 
is  walk  into  a  room  in  which  that 
California  orangewood  sits  and 
you'll  react.  Of  course,  when  it's 
waxed  and  dried,  it's  dead  already, 
you  know. 

V//;  Imagine  somebody  going  into 
one  of  your  exhibitions,  walking  in 
and  .... 

MB:  No,  not  after  it's  waxed.  It 
inly  affects  you  immediately  after 
avrtng  it. 

Mrs.  B:  It's  really  the  sawdust  thai 
loes  it. 

^B:  I've  gone  downstairs  and  I've 
melled  a  piece  of  orangewood  and 
here  was  that  telltale  smell,  you 
now. 

^H:  Do  you  find  chestnut  harder 
o  get? 

IB:  Chestnut  is  not  considered  a 
lardwood. 

'•IH:  You  say  you've  used  it,  occa- 
ionally. 

iB:  I  used  it  solid.  Before  I 
tarted  this  chromatic  wood  sculp- 
Lire.  I  call  this  chromatic  wood 
culpture.  I  named  it.  I  don't  know 
low  aptly. 

Irs.  B:  I  think  it's  very  apropos 
ecause,  you  see,  you  have  what  is 
ailed  polychrome  sculpture.  That's 


sculpture  made  of  one  kind  of  wood 
and  then  you  use  paint  and  gold 
and  silver,  and  if  you  are  going  to 
want  to  look  up  a  piece  of  work 
that  is  sculpture  made  in  that  way, 
you  would  have  to  look  it  up  in  the 
index  under  "polychrome  sculp- 
ture." Since  this  is  so  very  differ- 
ent, the  thought  was  not  to  use  poly- 
chrome sculpture  because  it  would 
simply  get  mixed  in.  It's  entirely 
different.  So  this  is  one  of  the  rea- 
sons why  we  named  it  chromatic, 
which,  of  course,  means  color. 
MB:  What  I  really  should  do  is 
have  an  exhibition  in  New  York  of 
the  chromatic  wood  sculpture  for 
about  twenty  people,  which  I  still 
haven't  done  yet.  Nowadays,  this 
business  here  about  galleries  is  so 
precarious.  There  was  a  time  when 
quality  meant  something.  You  went 
to  a  gallery  in  New  York  and  if 
they  thought  you  had  something 
there,  they'd  put  on  an  exhibition 
for  you  and  you  wouldn't  even  pay 
for  the  catalog.  Today  it's  differ- 
ent— anybody  can  get  an  exhibi- 
tion. You  just  pay  for  everything. 
Mrs.  B:  Literally  anybody. 
MB:  It's  three,  four,  five  thousand 
dollars — big  business.  Now  I  don't 
go  in  for  that  kind  of  thing,  and  1 
was  just  waiting  for  a  museum. 
When  a  museum  gives  you  an  exhi- 
bition, you  don't  pay.  That's  what  I 
was  waiting  for. 

NH:  Is  there  any  aspect  of  the 
wood  sculpture  that  we  haven't 
touched  on? 

MB:  I  think  the  most  important 
part  of  it  is  the  fact  that  you're  able 
to  construct  an  image  of  various 
colors  and  textures  that  is  different 
from  traditional  sculpture.  In  tradi- 
tional sculpture,  you  depend  on  one 
wood,  one  color.  You  hope  to  get 
little  differences  of  grain  in  the  di- 
rection of  cutting,  but  that's  where 
it  ends.  I  thought  that  one  could 
build  up  sculpture  with  various  tex- 
tures and  various  colors,  as  the 
spirit  dictates.  That  gives  a  lot  of 
freedom  to  the  sculpture.  You're 
not  bound  to  that  one  material  and 
still  it  could  have  the  unity  of  mate- 
rial because  it's  all  wood.  The  poly- 
chrome sculpture — much  of  it  is 
very  interesting,  but  it  moves  away 
from  sculpture  altogether.  It  be- 
comes a  colored  image,  and  in  fact. 


■  A  new  board  game, 

for  2  to  4  players,  inven- 
ted by  Dr.  Stephen  P. 
Hubbell,  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor of  Zoology 
at  the  University  of 
Michigan. 

■  The  game  deals  with  the 
key  processes  by 
which  species  survive 
and  evolve,  or  become 
extinct:  Reproduction, 
Migration,  Competition, 
Predation,  Mortality 
and  Genetic  Change. 

■  Each  player  assumes 
the  part  of  a  make- 
believe  species  whose 
goal  is  to  survive  while 
rivals  become  extinct. 

■  in  addition  to  natural 
environmental  changes 
EXTINCTION  also 
simulates  a  wide  range 
of  those  changes 
caused  by  Man. 

■  Has  been  played  by: 

a  wide  variety  of  adults, 
some  biologists,  others 
far  removed  from  the 
field;  college  students; 
and  high  school 
students. 

-. EXTINCTION 

\  the  Game  of  Ecology 

$11.95      The  Simple  Matter 
per  Game   of  LIFE  and  DEATH 
\ 

Place  your  order  NOW.  If  you  use  this 
handy  coupon,  we  will  pay  all  shipping  and 
handling  charges.  Satisfaction  Guaranteed. 


E» 


r^- 


Sinauer  Associates.  Inc. 
Publishers  •  Dept.  NH 
20  Second  Street 
Stamford,  Conn.  06905 


Enclosed  is  my  check/nnoney  order  for: 
games  at  $11 .95  ea. 


Name- 


Address 
City 


State- 


-Zip- 


MAKES  AN  IDEAL  GIFT 
FOR  EVERY  OCCASION 


75 


BIRDS 
OF 

SOUTH 
AMERICA 


The  growing  band  of  bird  students  in  the 
United  States  and  Europe  have 
discovered  South  America,  the 
extraordinary  continent  that's  the  natural 
habitat  for  close  to  3,000  known  species 
of  birds. 

For  travelers  to  South  America,  whose 
interest  in  birds  demands  an  easily 
carried,  authoritative,  and  illustrated 
handbook,  this  is  the  first  guide  to  fill 
the  need. 

The  author.  Curator  of  Ornithology  at 
the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 
Philadelphia,  packs  a  vast  quantity  of 
information  in  brief  and  handy  form. 
The  2,924  species  inhabiting  South 
America  are  described,  and  many 
distinctive  subspecies  are  differentiated. 

The  distinguishing  characteristics  of 
each  bird  are  recorded,  including  notes 
on  range,  habitat,  family  descriptions  and 
a  system  for  identification  designed  by 
the  author. 

Fifty  plates  in  color  and  black  and  white 
and  line  drawings  in  the  text  depict  over 
600  of  the  865  genera  present  on  the 
continent  and  adjacent  islands. 

GUIDE  TO  THE 

BIRDS  OF  SOUTH  AMERICA 

Rodolphc  Meyer  de  Schauensee 

Published  for 

The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 

Philadelphia 

50  plates,  486  pages.  $20 

Available  at  book  stores  or  direct  from: 

LIVINGSTON  PUBLISHING  GO. 

18  Hampstead  Circle 
Wynnewood,  Pa.  19096 


the  material  in  which  the  poly- 
chrome sculpture  was  made  is  so 
completely  hidden  that  you  don't 
know  of  its  existence.  It  could  be 
plaster  or  anything  else,  not  wood 
any  more.  Although  wood  was  used 
originally.  From  the  fourteenth  to 
the  sixteenth  century,  both  in  the 
north  countries  of  Europe  and  in 
Spain  and  even  in  South  America 
there  was  much  of  this  polychrome 
sculpture.  It  was  put  mainly  in  the 
churches  and  it  was  used  as  a  deco- 
rative material.  It  was  not  intended 
as  an  expressive  material  and  all 
the  gold  and  the  semiprecious 
stones  that  they  used  were  meant  to 
harmonize  with  the  interiors,  where- 
ever  it  was  placed.  It  is  surprising 
that  all  through  these  centuries, 
somebody  did  not  use  wood  for 
what  it  was  meant  to  be  used. 
A'^:  How  was  wood  meant  to  be 
used? 

MB:  It  was  meant  to  be  used  as  a 
color,  as  a  texture,  as  a  material  in 
building  sculpture. 
NH:   Is   that  the  prime  reason  for 
trees? 

MB:  Oh,  I  see  what  you  mean. 
Well,  I  guess,  from  the  point  of 
view  of  an  artist,  I  guess  that's  the 
prime  purpose.  Either  to  warm 
yourself  at  a  fireplace  or  to  carve  it 
into  an  image.  But  aside  from  that, 
it  is  surprising  because  I  think  even 
the  Egyptians  must  have  had  access 
to  various  woods  and  yet  they  took 
a  piece  of  wood  and  either  carved  it 
or  left  it  alone,  but  most  of  the 
time,  99  out  of  100  times,  they 
painted  it.  Oh,  and  there's  another 
thing  I  want  to  mention — you 
people  I  guess  know.  From  the 
fourteenth  to  the  sixteenth  century, 
the  business  of  clothing  that  piece 
of  sculpture  was  done  by  a  crafts- 
man, not  by  the  same  artist  who  did 
the  sculpture.  They  were  specialists 
and  they  would  take,  for  example,  a 
carved  figure  of  a  saint  and  hand  it 
over  to  this  specialist,  this  crafts- 
man, who  put  linen  on  top  of  the 
whole  thing  and  then  he  put  clay  on 
top  of  the  linen,  and  then  he  would 
paint  it  and  then  he  would  put  gold 
and  silver  on  top  of  that.  It  was 
completely  out  of  the  hands  of  the 
sculptor.  Now  I  reacted  against  all 
of  these  things.  One  of  the  reasons  I 
started  to  do  chromatic  wood  sculp- 
ture was  because  I  didn't  think  poly- 
chrome was  the  right  way  to  handle 


wood.  And  since  every  material — 
wood  or  steel  or  metal — has  its  own 
quality,  my  idea  was  to  use  the 
maximum  of  the  material. 
Mrs.  B:  Don't  you  prefer  to  build 
up  rather  than  to  cut  down  ? 
MB:  Yes,  that's  another  thing.  That 
is  another  thing.  It  has  always  both- 
ered me — this  business  of  reducing 
a  stone  or  marble  or  wood  to  your 
image.  It  seemed  to  me  that  the  way 
a  man  thinks  is  more  a  constructive 
process:  you  add  your  thoughts, 
one  to  the  other,  and  someday  I| 
hope  to  be  able  to  do  a  very  fine' 
piece  of  sculpture  by  using  this] 
building-up  process,  because  thai 
would  follow  my  way  of  thinking  ir 
the  very  process  of  making  th( 
thing  and  it  would  reflect  the  pro-, 
gression  of  thoughts  which  is  the 
highest  aim,  I  think,  that  art  has. 
NH:  Are  you  going  to  do  mucl 
more  wood  sculpture? 
MB:  Yes,  as  soon  as  I  sell  some  be 
cause  my  house  is  getting  filled  ui 
now. 

Mrs.  B:  He's  working. 
NH:  Are  you  going  to  let  us  pub 
lish  the  prices.  We  can  run  some  ii 
the  magazine  and  put  the  price  oi 
them  or  would  you  rather  not  d 
that? 

MB:    I   don't   think   it   would   be 
good  idea. 

Mrs.  B:  Actually,  prices  in  the  fieli 
of  art  do  change  a  great  deal. 
MB:  Wouldn't  the  magazine  objec 
to  it  anyway? 
Mrs.  B:  Some  of  the  sculpture  ha 
been  appraised  for  $25,000. 
MB:  That's  not  the  idea — you  stai 
with  a  low  fee  if  you  want  to  giv 
an  approximation  of  prices:  it  goe 
from  so  much  to  so  much,  yo 
know.  I  would  say  it  goes  froi 
$500  to  $25,000. 

NH :  That  letter  in  Science  mag£ 
zine,  what  was  that  all  about? 
MB:  This  was  a  thing  that  was  gc 
ing  on  about  whether  science  an 
art  can  be  combined  and  my  lettf 
dealt  with  the  fact  that  the  Alban 
museum  put  on  an  exhibition  ( 
photographs  taken  with  an  electro 
microscope  intenningled  with  ori 
nal  abstract  paintings  and  the  cor 
ment  there  was  that  the  peop 
couldn't  tell  the  difference  betwee 
the  photographs  and  the  painting 
My  point  was  that  it's  unfortunat 
that  the  whole  idea  was  wrong, 
photograph  is  never  a  work  of  a 


76 


in  that  sense.  The  electron  micro- 
scope can  discover  for  us  things 
and  objects  which  we  never  nor- 
mally see.  It  could  be  the  beginning 
of  an  inspiration  to  do  an  abstract 
painting,  but  in  itself  it  isn't,  and  it 
should  not  be  confused.  I  mean, 
that  was  the  general  idea  there. 
There  are  others  who  claim  that  it's 
all  right. 

NH:  On  what  basis  do  they  say 
that? 

MB:  I  think  they  claim  simply, 
what  difference  does  it  make  what 
the  intention  of  the  artist  is  when 
the  superficial  effect  is  the  same. 
My  point  was  that  it  was  only  a  su- 
perficial judgment  and  that  any 
deeper  judgment  would  discover  a 
difference.  Not  only  that,  but  I 
think  that  anything  that  is  mechani- 
cal is  not  the  human  artistic  pro- 
cess. I'll  put  it  this  way:  No  matter 
how  good  a  thing  is,  if  it  does  not 
display  the  progression  of  reactions 
that  an  artist  has  to  his  work,  which 
goes  on  all  the  time  while  he's  mak- 
ing it,  then  it  is  not  alive.  The  dif- 
ference between  man's  work  and 
the  very  best  photograph  or  other 
mechanical  production  is  just  that; 
man's  work  shows  the  progress  of 
his  thoughts  as  he's  carving  or 
painting  or  drawing,  while  in  the 
mechanical  part,  it's  just  Bam! 
there  it  is  and  it's  finished.  There- 
fore, it  is  not  alive.  From  my  point 
of  view,  it  is  not  alive  because  it 
does  not  show  the  process  of  living, 
changing,  during  the  process  of  the 
work.  If  someday,  they  will  be  able 
to  do  a  photograph  which  will  show 
the  various  sensitivities  of  the  pho- 
tographer to  the  subject,  I  imagine 
that  I  would  have  no  objection.  But 
until  such  time,  I  draw  the  line  be- 
tween's  man's  work  and  the  me- 
chanical. But  actually,  I  may  be  in- 
fluenced by  things  I  saw  through 
the  microscope.  It  doesn't  mean 
that  I  take  the  simple  photomicro- 
graph, put  a  frame  around  it  and 
say,  "Here  it  is,"  no  more  than  I 
would  take  a  tree,  put  it  in  a  frame 
and  say  I  made  a  tree. 
NH:  That  would  be  presumptuous. 
Mfi;  It  would. 

Mrs.  B:  In  other  words,  an  artist 
may  be  inspired  by  scientific  sub- 
jects, the  same  thing  as  one  may  be 
inspired  by  looking  at  a  landscape, 
but  an  artist  is  not  a  camera. 
MB:    I    would    say    that    a    photo- 


micrograph is  part  of  our  environ- 
ment today.  The  same  way  that  the 
photograph  was,  until  now,  a  part 
of  our  environment. 
Mrs.  B:  Optical  illusions  are  the 
same  thing.  They  can  be  some  as- 
pect, something  that  goes  into  art 
but  is  not  art. 

MB:   I   didn't  realize  that  this  was 
going  past  the  point. 
NH:   Have   you   ever   tried   making 
anything  useful,  like  a  canoe. 
MB:  In  chromatic  wood  sculpture? 
No,  not  quite. 

Mrs.  B:  Something  useful  is  that 
bookcase  there.  He  made  that  one. 
MB:  Sure,  decorating  the  bookcase. 
Mrs.  B:  And  he  built  this  room  out 
there — that  was  just  another  porch. 
MB:  Well,  that's  simply  decorating 
useful  objects.  I  think  that  utility 
and  expressive  art  are  also  at  vari- 
ance with  each  other. 
NH:  Some  of  your  work  reminds 
me  of  certain  primitive.  .  .  . 
MB:  You  mean  the  South  Sea  Is- 
landers. Yes. 

NH:  Have  you  ever  been  stimu- 
lated by  that  kind  of  sculpture  or 
even  something  like  that  of  the 
Northwest  Coast  Indians? 
MB:  I  have  seen,  oh  yes,  when  I 
used  to  visit  your  museum  I  was  en- 
amored with  the  Northwest — I  for- 
got the  name  of  the  tribe — oh  yes, 
the  Haida.  I  like  their  designs.  1 
also  read  books  on  Egyptian  art 
and  African  art,  you  know.  All  of 
these  probably  influenced  me  but  I 
don't  think  any  one  in  particular.  I 
didn't  try  to  imitate  the  American 
Indian  or  the  African.  I  don't  be- 
long in  the  frame  of  mind.  Ours  is 
a  different  frame  of  mind. 
NH:  Tell  me  something — a  lot  of 
young  sculptors  today  are  working 
in  metal  and  glass.  Do  you  have 
some  feeling  about  wood  that  keeps 
you  there  as  opposed  to  some  of 
these  newer  materials? 
MB:  In  a  way,  I  would  say  yes. 
Wood  is  an  organic  material  and 
we  react  more  to  organic  materials 
because  we  are  organisms,  living 
organisms.  Wood  is  closer  to  life 
than  the  stone  or  the  metal. 
NH:  Is  that  true  of  people  living  in 
New  York  City? 

MB:  Even  so,  even  so.  Because  they 
live  with  other  people  and  they 
have  children  and  so  forth  and  they 
have  communion  with  their  own 
species.  There's   a  warmth.   I  think 


BIRDS 

OF 

OJATE 

MALA 


Guatemala,  about  the  size  of  New  York  2 

State,  is  home  for  nearly  as  many  bird  ' 

species  as  all  of  temperate  North  America.; 

A  comprehensive,  single-volume  ' 

handbook  and  guide  to  this  rich  and 

varied  avifauna  has  long  been  needed  by 

travelers  and  students  of  the  birds  of 

Guatemala  and  adjacent  areas  of  Mexico 

and  Central  America. 

This  impatiently  awaited  volume  has 

been  long  delayed  due  to  the  untimely 

death  of  Dr.  Land.  The  completed 

manuscript  was  left  to  the  Pan-American 

Section  of  the  International  Committee 

for  Bird  Preservation,  where  it  has  been 

meticulously  checked  by  eminent 

ornithologists. 

Each  of  the  434  individual  species  is 

described  in  brief  and  lucid  text, 

including  English  and  Spanish  names, 

range,  habitat,  description,  phis  data  on 

subspecies,  status,  and  field  notes.  A 

majority  of  the  breeding  species  are 

shown  in  handsome  color  paintings  by 

the  author  and  H.  Wayne  Trimm. 

This  superb  book  is  a  unique  contribution 

to  ornithology  and  beautifully  produced. 

Yet,  thanks  to  generous  subsidies,  the 

price  is  amazingly  low. 

BIRDS  OF  GUATEMALA 

Hugh  C.  Land 

Illustrated  by  H.  Wayne  Trimm 

and  the  author 

44  color  plates 

Published  for  the  International 

Committee  for  Bird  Preservation, 

Pan-American  Section 

Only  $10 

Available  at  book  stores  or  direct  from: 

LIVINGSTON  PUBLISHING  CO. 

18  Hampstcad  Circle 
Wynncwood,  Pa.  19096 


77 


original 
thumler^s 
rock  tumbler 

Tumbling  rocks,  pebbles,  shells,  even  pieces  of 
glass  and  metal  to  a  fine,  gleaming  finish  is  a 
delightful,  educational  hobby  and  great  fun.  The 
original  Thumier's  Tumbler  is  the  oldest,  most  de- 
pendable, proven  over  decades  of  continuous  man- 
ufacture. Comes  complete  with  instructions,  list 
and  availability  of  supplies,  suggestions,  and  Your 
Guarantee... everything  necessary  to  start  a  fasci- 
nating avocation.  Much  pleasure  awaits  the  owner. 

Full  refund  if  not  pleased. 

ship: 

quant.  total 

. Complete  Tumbler  as  shown  $21.95 . 

. Rubber  Tumbler  Liners,  x  pair  $1.50 

. 2  sets  of  abrasives/ polish       $3.95 

Victor's  Tumbling  Manual        $2.00 

. Everything  as  above  $29.40 


Please  add  $1.50  post.  5%  in  Calif. 

Check  end Chg.  Amer.  Expr Diners. 

Wasters B  of  A acc'nt  no 


J.  D.  BROWNE  900  North  Point 
(Ghirardelli  Square)  San  Francisco,  California  94109 


y^^ 


Share  Hie  Thrills 
01  Exploring  f 
outer  space  • 

All  DYNASCOPES,  Including  \ 
superb   RV-6,  6-inch  available 
an  easy  terms! 

Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs. who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 
Choose  from  a  Full  Range  Of 
DYNASCOPES®  4"  Starting  at  $49.95 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  —  the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories. Prices  begin  as  low  as  $49.95,  and 
your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed  by  a  full- 
refund  warranty. 

FASCINATING   GUIDE 
YOURS   FREE! 

Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 

Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
331  Church  St.,  Harttora,  Conn.  06101 

©  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pat.  Office 


CRITERION   MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Dept.  NH-12,  331  Church  St.,  Hartford,  Conn.  06101 
Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 


Addresi- 
Cltl 


most  people  would  say  that  wood 
has  a  warm  feeling  as  opposed  to 
metal  which  is  a  colder  feeling.  But 
as  far  as  what  you  mentioned — ex- 
ploiting all  the  different  materials 
that  are  coming  up — that's  all  very 
well  except  that  if  I  cannot  do  it  in 
a  simple  material  and  I  cannot  do  it 
any  better  in  a  fancy  new  material, 
it's  ridiculous  to  go  to  the  new  ma- 
terial. In  other  words,  I  wouldn't 
try  to  take  plastics  and  imitate 
wood.  The  simpler  the  material,  the 
more  pliable  it  is  to  the  eyes.  The 
more  difficult  it  is,  the  less  pliable. 
One  of  the  reasons  why  I  never 
went  in  for  metal  sculpture  is  be- 
cause of  the  rigidity  of  the  material 
and  the  difficulty  of  bending  it  to 
my  will. 

NH:  And  at  the  same  time  you  say 
that  you  are  delighted  with  the 
hardness  of  wood  so  that  you're 
also  dealing  with  a  rigidity. 
MB:  A  relative  rigidity.  Relative.  I 
can  still  bend  it  to  my  will;  in  fact, 
I  bend  it  to  my  will  much  more 
since  I  started  doing  chromatic 
wood  sculpture.  I  can  blend  various 
strains  of  wood,  shape  them  any 
way  I  like.  Almost  anyway  I  like. 
NH:  Let's  get  back  to  the  organic 
nature  of  wood.  I  don't  think  you 
finished  that.  There  was  something 
more  intimate  about  that.  The 
warmth.   .   .  . 

MB:  Yes.  A  tree  is  a  living  organ- 
ism, at  least  the  way  we  understand 
it.  Maybe  what  we  call  inert  matter 
is  also  living  in  some  way,  but  not 
in  the  way  we  understand  it.  The 
tree  breathes,  the  tree  takes  in  cer- 
tain chemicals,  lets  out  other  chem- 
icals, produces  leaves,  reproduces, 
and  all  that.  I  think  that  ever  since 
I  could  remember,  I  reacted  to  wood 
differently  than  to  other  materials 
around  me.  It's  more  intimate.  I 
was  going  to  say — you  see  that  little 
piece  there,  that  breast  in  the  mid- 
dle figure?  That's  the  one  piece  that 
I'm  very  proud  of.  It's  from  my 
apple  tree. 

NH:  You  cut  the  tree  down? 
MB:  Yes,  there  was  one  tree  that 
spoiled;  it  became  hollow  in  the 
center  all  the  way  up,  and  the  agent 
from  the  forestry  department  told 
me  that  it  was  gone.  So  I  cut  it  up 
and  found  some  parts  whole.  I 
made  two  sculptures  out  of  it  and 
then  I  had  a  few  pieces  left,  the  rest 
of  it  was  burned  up.  That's  what 
became  of  my  apple  tree.  ■ 


YOU  LIVE 
in  the 
SPACE  AGE . . . 

You  should  know 
more  about  it! 

A  rewarding  and  fascinating 
adventure  for  adults,  young 
people,  the  family 

Introductory  and  advanced 
day  and  evening  courses  in 

ASTRONOMY  and  NAVIGATION 

Call  or  write 

The  American  Museum  — 
HAYDEN   PLANETARIUM 

NEW  YORK,   N.  Y.   10024 
81st  STREET  and 

CENTRAL  PARK  WEST 
Tel.:  Tr  3-1300;  Ext.  206 


WHEN  YOU   WRITE  TO 

NATURAL  HISTORY... 

about  a  change  of  address,  renewal  of 
subscription,  billing  or  any  kind  of  adjustment, 
send  the  present  address  label  from  the 
magazine  wrapper. 

Moving?  Please  notify  6  weeks  In  advance. 

You  can  use  this  form  to  tell  us  about  a 
move  or  order  a  subscription. 

Change  of  address- 
Attach  your  address 
abel  in  this  dotted 
area  and  fill  in  your 
new  address  below, 
clip  and  mail  tO: 
Natural  History, 
Central  Park  West  at 
79th  St.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
10024. 

A  new  subscription- 
Check  box  and  fill  in 
name  and  address 
below. 

D  1  year-$7  (U.S.) 

D  1  year— $8  (Canada 
and  other  non-U.S. 
orders) 

4  HANLOG 


New  Address- 
City 


-Zip-. 


78 


THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD  TRAVEL 


Landing  party  in  the  Aldabra  Lagoon 


Lars-Eric  Lindblad  wants  you  to  share  in 

his  two  exciting  journeys  of  adventure  into 

the  Indian  Ocean  and  the  Far  East 


The  Seychelles.  Known  as  the  "Forgotten 
Islands  of  the  Indian  Ocean,"  they  offer 
an  experience  you  cannot  find  anywhere 
else.  The  peace  and  joy  of  the  reefs,  the 
white  beachs,  the  tall  coconut  palms, 
and  the  delicate  feathery  b.'anches  of  the 
casuarina  trees  are  not  interrupted  by 
lines  of  tourist  cottages  or  highrise 
hotels. 


The  Mudmen  of  the  Asaro  River 


You  will  enjoy  the  thousands  of  birds 
which  inhabit  the  islands.  The  shell 
collector  will  find  each  island  a 
conchologist's  dream.  Photographers 
and  skin-divers  will  find  a  new  world  of 
magnificent  color  among  the  reefs  and 
lazy  lagoons.  And  the  philatelist  will 
discover  attractive  stamp  issues  from 
four  politically  different  geographical 
areas. 

You  will  board  the  brand  new,  beautifully 
appointed  M/S  Lindblad  Explorer  of 
Norwegian  registry,  at  Mobasa,  Kenya, 
and  the  ship  will  serve  as  your  "hotel" 
on  the  entire  journey. 

New  Guinea.  Hovering  like  a  pre-historic 
bird  over  the  northern  part  of  Australia, 
New  Guinea  will  offer  you  adventure  such 
as  can  be  found  nowhere  else.  Cloud- 
piercing  mountains,  rivers  plunging 
through  deep  gorges,  dense  jungles,  an 
incredibly  exciting  houseboat  trip  on  the 


Sepik  River,  fascinating  people  whose 
culture  is  unchanged  from  the  mists  of 
the  stone  age;  these  are  some  of  the 
highlights  in  Lindblad's  great  New 
Guinea  Safari. 

BOAC  VC10s  will  fly  you  in  great  comfort 
to  and  from  these  expeditions. 


Depl.  NH1170 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

133  East  55th  SIreet 
New  York.  N.  Y.  10022 
Please  send   brochure.    I   ar 


seriously  inler- 


n  The  Seychelles 

n  New  Guinea  Expedition 

Miss 
Mrs. 


Address - 
City 


Telephone  (Area  Code). 


.Zip. 


79 


ArdreylnWondeM 


liy  Ronald  Singer 

The  Social  Contract,  by  Robert  Ar- 
drey.  Atheneum  Publishers,  $10.00; 
247  pp.,  illus. 

Ardrey  writes  again!  With  verba] 
J\  pistols  flaming,  he  straddles  his 
hobbyhorse  of  territorial  aggression 
and  charges  up  and  down  evolu- 
tionary trails,  shooting  off  behavioral 
anecdotes  in  all  directions.  Like  Don 
Quixote,  he  lunges  at  every  aspect 
of  daily  life,  seeking  out  and  ex- 
pounding on  evolutionary  causes  for 
student  unrest,  race  riots,  postural  at- 
titudes at  cocktail  parties,  vrai,  lan- 
guage, family  life,  men's  clubs  and 
pubs,  slum  ghetto  overcrowding — 
anything,  in  fact,  that  will  grip  the 
reader's  imagination  and  attention. 
He  seeks  out  the  animal  in  our  past, 
present,  and  future  behavior,  contin- 
ually squeezing  the  sponge  of  animal 
experiments,  observations,  and  sto- 
ries— some  over  and  over  again — in 
order  to  propound  and  "prove"  his 
theories  and  philosophies.  He  wor- 
ships at  the  shrine  of  Science,  he  tells 
of  elephants  cognizant  of  death  (but 
forgets  the  whales),  and  he  exalts  in 
the  escapades  of  lions  a  la  Schaller 
and  of  mice  and  men. 

His  racy  style  will  delight  his  ad- 
mirers as  he  builds  up  and  constantly 
reshapes  his  plan  of  order  in  dis- 
order, while  stirring  and  whipping  up 
a  sort  of  masochistic  brew  of  remind- 
ers that  man  is  but  a  partially  liber- 
ated animal.  Melodrama  stalks  the 
open  savanna,  the  dense  Asian  for- 
ests, laboratory  cages  and  psychologi- 
cal mazes.  Wizardlike,  Ardrey  pulls 
trick  after  trick  out  of  the  ethological 
hat,  each  more  remarkable  than  the 
previous  one. 

His  critics  will  find,  possibly  expec- 
tantly, his  bombast,  cockiness,  and  ho- 
lier-than-thou attitude  irritating  and 
distracting.  He  is  on  sure  ground  when 
he  is  championing  and  reciting  the 
work  and  results  of  others,  often  in  a 
most    personal   way    (which   must   be 

80 


embarrassing  to  all  those  pioneering, 
ambitious,  world's  finest  scientist 
friends  that  he  name-drops,  and  an- 
noying to  those  whom  he  waves  aside, 
denounces,  or  harangues).  However, 
when  Ardrey  gets  involved  in  matters 
of  race  and  genetics,  he  flounders  in  a 
sea  of  inaccuracies  and  dangerous  con- 


cepts; some  will  accuse  him  of  rac- 
ism and  European  arrogance.  In  his 
attempt  to  give  a  thumbnail  sketch  of 
genetic  history  relative  to  his  theme — 
a  popular  digest  of  the  theory  of  nat- 
ural selection  and  a  philosophical 
view  of  evolution — he  moves  beyond 
his   depth   and   sinks  in   a  morass  of 


Books  in  Review 


superficiality.  While  some  of  his 
hypotheses  are  plausible  and  stir  the 
imagination,  others  fall  flat  on  their 
faces  because  he  does  not  seem  to  ap- 
preciate fully  that  natural  selection 
acts,  not  on  specific  genes  or  traits, 
but  on  whole  genotypes  and  phe- 
notypes.  He  clutches  at  rare  possi- 
bilities, trying  to  convince  the  reader 
that  maybe  they  are  facts  of  potential 
major  significance.  Although  he  con- 
cedes that  natural  selection  means 
differential  reproduction  of  genes  and 
gene  combinations,  his  theories  re- 
flect a  different  conceptual  basis. 

Although  justifiable,  his  attack  on 
behavioral  psychologists  and  sociolo- 
gists for  nonbiological  thinking  leaves 
his  own  flank  (biological  depth)  ex- 
posed to  the  adage,  "Judge  not,  that 
ye  be  not  judged."  He  dramatizes,  eu- 
logizes, and  expands  on  the  impor- 
tance of  variability  in  human  evolu- 
tion— the  central  feature  of  his 
concept  of  disorder — but  he  falters  on 
the  handle  of  population  genetics. 
Again  there  rears  the  despised  head 
of  the  concept  of  '"racial  purity."  For 
example,  he  speaks  of  the  Zulu  and 
Xosa  (and  others)  as  "hybrid  peoples 
with  languages  and  physical  charac- 
teristics distinct  from  the  pure  parent 
race." 

It  would  be  interesting  if  he  re- 
vealed the  secret  of  this,  or  any,  "pure 
parent  race."  And  what  authority  is 
the  source  of  the  gobbledygook  that 
"until  about  the  time  of  Christ,  the 
black  race — what  we  regard  as  a 
human  subspecies — was  confined  to 
West  Africa,  excepting  only  a  branch 
that  seems  to  have  spread  along  the 
Sahara  rim  to  the  Upper  Nile"?  To 
say  the  least,  the  author  has  a  some- 
what skewed,  jaundiced  view  about 
African  genesis  in  terms  of  its  living 
populations. 

The  Social  Contract  develops  the 
theme  of  a  balance  of  order  (protect- 
ing the  members  of  society  "whatever 
their  diverse  endowments")    and   dis- 


order (providing  "every  individual 
with  full  opportunity  to  develop  his 
genetic  endowment,  whatever  that 
may  be").  The  balance  varies  in  rigor 
according  to  environmental  hazard. 
The  subtitle  states  that  the  book  is  "a 
personal  inquiry  into  the  evolutionary 
sources  of  order  and  disorder."  It  is  a 
variation  on  the  theme  of  heredity 
versus  environment,  and  one  detects  a 
thread  of  Darlington's  dynamic  view 
of  history  in  it.  There  the  similarity 
ends.  The  book  has  many  interesting 
and  enlightening  facets,  which  fill  one 
with  admiration  for  the  author's  ex- 
tensive research.  The  re])etition  of 
the  thematic  sequence,  however,  tends 
to  bore  and  is  relieved  only  by  the 
skill  of  Ardrey's  turn  of  word  and 
phrase.  It  helps  if  the  serious  reader 
recognizes  that  the  dramatic  tone,  the 
intensity  and  exaggeration,  and  the 
views  and  philosophy  of  the  play- 
wright are  based  on  inquiries  into  se- 
lected source  materials  that  have  been 
adapted  for  the  audience  and  the 
times:  the  author  is  not  an  authority 
and  the  theories  are  not  facts. 

This  does  not  detract  from  the  rec- 
ognition that  Ardrey  is  knowledgeable 
about  things  behavioral,  that  he  has  an 
incisive  mind  and  a  vivid  imagination. 
He  often  hits  the  nail  on  its  ugly  head 
when  developing  the  backdrop  to  anti- 
establishnientarianism.  so-called  youth 
revolt,  independence  and  the  lack  of 
parental  authority,  stimulation  and 
boredom,  security  and  anxiety,  and 
violence.  Ardrey  uses  violence  in  the 
restricted  sense,  although  occasionally 
he  confuses  international  violence  and 
domestic  social  change  and  places 
heavy  emphasis  on  the  "romance"  of 
violence. 

He  laces  his  text  with  some  delight- 
ful phrases:  for  example,  "the  ferti- 
lized egg.  this  randomly  determined 
recombination  of  parental  possibili- 
ties, is  the  accident  of  the  night."  and 
"the  pursuit  of  equality,  that  natural 
impossibility,  condemns  to  mediocrity 


the  gifted."  Again,  writing  of  Rous- 
seau, "his  yearning  for  those  solitary 
woodland  walks  where  the  dream 
suffers  least  contradiction."  Of  course, 
there  is  also  his  devotion  to  the  gim- 
micky catchphrase.  clever  in  concep- 
tion and.  as  intended,  lingering  in 
the  memory,  such  as  some  of  his 
chapter  headings:  "The  Alpha  Fish" 
(individual  leadership  in  the  rank  or- 
der of  dominance).  "Tuskless  in  Para- 
dise." and  "The  Risen  .Ape"  (as  op- 
posed to  the  fallen  angels  in  the 
writings  of  Rousseau  ) . 

Viewed  purely  from  the  scientist's 
standpoint,  there  is  much  for  which 
to  take  Ardrey  to  task — not  for  a 
healthy  difference  of  opinion  (al- 
though he  takes  every  opportunity  to 
hammer  his  critics),  but  for  mislead- 
ing information,  obviously  uninten- 
tional, that  may  disturb  or  fool  the 
innocent  reader.  It  is  a  pity  that  he  is 
not  aware  of,  or  ignores,  his  limita- 
tions: he  reaches  into  too  many  dark 
corners  and  burns  his  fingers.  Sup- 
position and  hypothesis  are  signs  of 
an  imaginative  and  critical  mind  and 
should  not  be  discouraged,  but  non- 
sense is  nonsense. 

This  volume  is  dedicated  to  Jean- 
Jacques  Rousseau,  whose  revolution- 
ary views  had  considerable  influence 
on  his  time  and  ours.  In  The  Social 
Contract  (1762),  also  based  on  natu- 
ral laws.  Rousseau  revealed  "the  revo- 
lutionary society  in  which,  property 
abolished,  individuals  surrender  all 
sovereignty  to  the  'general  will,'  thus 
regaining  at  least  as  full  as  possible 
the  amity  and  equality  of  their  ori- 
gins." Ardrey's  book  postulates  and 
proposes  the  opposite,  especially  in 
his  concept  of  the  individual,  setting 
the  scene  for  future  human  devel- 
opment. Possibly,  he  hopes  that  his 
book  may  leave  his  mark  and  vibra- 
tions as  forcefully  on  society  as  did 
Rousseau,  for  none-too-modestly  Ar- 
drey writes.  "Rousseau's  work  ap- 
peared   over    a    century    before    Dar- 

8i 


Plants  with  a 
past 

INGENIOUS  KINGDOM 

The  Remarkable  World 

of  Plants 

by  Henry  and 

Rebecca  Northen 

From  the  one-celled  diatoms  to 
the  giant  redwoods  of  California, 
this  is  a  fascinating  look  at  the 
dynamic,  action-filled,  mysteri- 
ous realm  of  plants.  Reveals  re- 
cently discovered  botanical 
secrets.  "Comprehensive  .  .  . 
should  give  an  insight  into  the 
many  phases  of  ecology  of  which 
most  are  not  aware."  —HUGO 
FREED,  author  of  Orchids  and  Ser- 
endipity. Introduction  by  Joseph 
Wood  Krutch.  Illus.  $8.95 

-     Flowers  with 
a  future. 


THE  COMPLETE  BOOK  OF 

FLOWER  PRESERVATION 

by  Geneal  Condon 

A  book   to   delight   and   amaze  you! 

Simple     instructions     show     how     to 

treat  fresh  flowers  and  plants  so  that 

they  will  last  for  years  yet  retain  the 

exquisite 

form,  color,  s 

texture 

and  grace 

that  only 

freshly-cut 

blooms  possess. 

"Enjoyable  . . . 

practical." 

—PHILIP  B. 

JOHNSON, 

Interpretive  Specialist 

Illus.  $7.95 

At  your  bookseller  or  use 
this  handy  coupon  to  order: 


.r 


Prentice-Hall 

Dept.  6573TR 

Englewood  Cliffs,  N.J.  07632 
Please  send  me  copies  of  INGENI- 
OUS KINGDOM  (S'   $8.95  ; copies 

of  THE  COMPLETE  BOOK  OF  FLOWER 
PRESERVATION  &  $7.95.  I  enclose  D  Check 
n  Money  Order  for  $ Total. 


(Please   add   sales  tax  wher 

e   applicable.) 

rity                               qtatP 

Zip 

win's  Descent  of  Man,  whereas  mine 
appears  just  a  century  afterward." 
Rousseau's  book  also  appeared 
shortly  before  another  event  of  world- 
wide significance,  the  Declaration  of 
Independence.  It  is  unfortunate  that 
Ardrey  misinterprets  (or  misuses) 
Jeflferson's  words.  In  developing  his 
thesis  on  the  disorder  of  diversity,  of 
inequality,  he  quotes  Thomas  Jeffer- 
son's "all  men  are  created  equal"  as 
being  presented  as  a  self-evident 
truth,  but  as  false  in  its  premise  and 
with  no  room  for  maneuver:  "And  so 
for  almost  two  centuries  American 
thought,  with  increasing  agony  and 
distortion,  has  been  nailed  to  a  cross 
of  revolutionary  propaganda,  a  pass- 
ing political  slogan  which  its  sophis- 
ticated author  would  have  been  the 
last  to  take  seriously."  It  is  doubtful 
if  many  people  believe  Jefferson  to 
have  meant  biologically  equal  in  the 
sense  of  identical,  which  is  what  Ar- 
drey implies. 

Similarly,  Ardrey's  irresponsible 
discussion  of  matters  dealing  with  ra- 
cial inequalities  is  rather  inflamma- 
tory. Most  paragraphs  in  that  section 
can  be  seriously  challenged  for  in- 
accuracy and  superficiality.  The  in- 
dignities perpetrated  on,  and  the  mal- 
treatment of,  black  people  (not  race, 
as  Ardrey  insists)  are  a  matter  of 
history  and  cannot  be  dismissed  by 
any  reports.  There  is  adequate  ex- 
planation and  sociological  reason  for 
"the  Negro  had  failed  in  American 
schools."  but  when  this  statement  ap- 
pears unclothed  in  a  chapter  of  pseu- 
doscientific  discussion  on  race  in 
which  words  like  "inferior"  and  "su- 
perior" are  loosely  used  without 
proper  qualification,  then  it  can  be 
mistaken  for  racism.  What  world  does 
Ardrey  dwell  in  to  state,  "until  the 
scientist,  without  threat  to  his  life, 
is  free  to  explore  in  all  candor  racial 
differences,  and  to  prove  or  disprove 
systematic  inequalities  of  intelligence, 
an  observer  of  the  sciences  has  little 
to  offer"?  The  view  from  his  hilltop 
in  Rome  must  be  very  blurred. 

While  cherishing  and  highlighting 
man's  unique  characteristics  and  indi- 
viduality, Ardrey  occasionally  lapses 
into  cynicism  and  despair.  The 
twentieth  century  is  depicted  as  a 
rather  unproductive,  ineffective,  ob- 
scure period  in  which  men  wander 
about  aimlessly:  insecure,  unable  to 
discern  a  pattern  for  living,  derelicts 
of  animated  time.  This  apparent  lack 
of  historical  perspective  begs  the 
question  of  mental  mass  suicide.  Why 
should  we  become  depressed  that  we 
are  not  yet  superhuman,  not  divine  in 
our  determination  of  a  blazing  path- 
way through  an  unknown  future?  A 
healthy  understanding  of  evolution 
and   a  vigorous   grasp   of  its  pattern 


HOME  OFFICE 

FIL£ 

CABIIVETS 

FINISHED  OR  IN  KIT 

au!>tere  flie 

imes   line  furni- 

for  home  or  of- 

Three    drawer 

.s- combine  to  hold 

your     records     (file 


BEAUTIFUL      NEW      FRE 
CATALOG— 1000    PIECES 
Include  Zip   No. 
Money-Back    Gu 

YIELJ»    HOUSE 

Dept.  NII-0,  North  Conway.  N.H. 


HAPPY    HOLIDAYS 

Hummingbird  Style 

Original  "Hummy-Bird  Bars"®  lure  the  funny, 
flashy  Zip-and-Sip  set  all  season  long.  Watch 
these  rascals  feed  family-style  thru  clear 
plastic  cups,  from  that  warm  real-wood  perch 
Hummers  love  (actual  photo).  Give  yourself 
and  friends  this  heartwarming  Holiday  Gift! 
No  other  birds  or  bees,  no  rust  or  drip,  easy  to 
clean.  Guaranteed.  Full  instructions.  $2.95  plus 
30((  handling.  In  Cal.  add  \6i  tax.  Sorry  no 
COD'S.  HUMMINGBIRD  HEAVEN.  6818-N 
Apperson  St.,  Tujunga.  CA  91042.  Our  16th 
Year  I  MADE  IN  U.S.A. 


FAYE    HAUER 

310  Irving  Drive  Wilmington,  Del.  198D2 


Handcarved  Ivory  Painted  Birds 

$8.00  P. P.O.  ca.:  2"  long. 
Wood  Duck,  Canada  Goose.  Quail,  Owl,  Goldei 
Pheasant,  Blue  Jay,  Cardinal  (M  or  F),  Bluebird 
Pelican,  Oriole,  Kingfisher,  Penguin.  Titmouse 
Tanager,  Goldfinch,  Mallard  (M  or  F),  Swan,  Golder 
Eagle,  Bald  Eagle,  Mandarin,  Pheasant  (M  or  F) 
Canary,  Nightingale,  Sparrow,  Canvasback,  Hawk 
Woodpecker,  Mockingbird,  Robin,  Waxwing,  Bunting 
Parakeet  (Blue,  Green  or  Red). 

Unpainted  Ivory  Animals — 
2V4"   long 

J9.00  P. P.O.  ea.: 
Camel,    Walrus,     Kangaroo,    Polar    Bear,     Fox,     RhS 
noceros,    Hippopotamus,    Elephant,    Lion,   Tiger,   Deei] 
Bison,  Seal,  Dragon. 


I 


should  make  him  set  aside  his  Sun- 
day cloak  of  the  lay  preacher  spelling 
doom  on  the  street  corner,  proclaim- 
ing evolutionary  hellfire  and  brim- 
stone. In  the  long  view,  there  is  no  ter- 
ror in  extinction;  more  successful 
forms  usually  fill  the  gaps  (if  there 
ever  were  any),  and  the  directional 
forces,  natural  selection,  move  on. 
Are  we  to  believe  that  Man  sits  on 
top  of  the  evolutionary  tree  and  that 
no  further  branching  is  likely  or  pos- 
sible? If  the  past  teaches  a  lesson,  it 
is  that  of  the  optimism  of  the  present. 
Nietzsche  so  aptly  stated:  "Man  is  a 
bridge,  not  a  goal." 

Ronald  Singer  is  chairman  of  the  De- 
partment of  Anatomy  and  professor 
in  the  Department  of  Anthropology  at 
the  University  of  Chicago. 


TnK  Plan't  Hunters,  by  Alice  M. 
Coats.  McGraw-Hill  Book  Co.,  $10.95; 
400  pp.,  illus.  The  Plan't  Hunters. 
by  Tyler  Whittle.  Chilton  Book  Co., 
S8.95;  281  pp.,  illus. 

Extraordinary,  if  not  downright 
uncanny.  Two  books  on  the 
same  curious  but,  nonetheless,  en- 
grossing subject,  both  with  the  same 
title,  appearing  nearly  simulta- 
neously. Even  the  subtitles  are  sim- 
ilar. Nor  does  the  resemblance  end  at 
this  point.  Both  authors  are  British. 
"Painting  and  writing  occupied  [Miss 
Coats]  for  a  number  of  years,"  de- 
claims one  of  the  dust  jackets.  Mr. 
Whittle  "has  devoted  himself  to  writ- 
and  painting"  since  1947,  de- 
clares the  other.  The  similarity  ap- 
pears to  end  there,  thank  goodness, 
except  that  each  study,  in  its  individ- 
ual way,  is  interesting  and  well  done. 
The  strangeness  of  the  coincidence  is 
compounded  in  light  of  Mr.  Whittle's 
observation  that  "a  comprehensive 
history  of  botanical  exploration  has 
never  [before]  been  attempted." 

The  two  studies  approach  the  sub- 
ject in  strikingly  divergent  fashion. 
Miss  Coats's  book,  more  detailed  and 
almost  twice  the  length  of  Mr. 
Whittle's,  begins  with  the  Renais- 
;ance.  She  chooses  to  break  the  sub- 
ject down  geographically.  Thus,  her 
chapters  deal  separately  with  plant 
hunting  in  "The  Mediterranean  and 
the  Near  East" — where  this  activity, 
like  civilized  man  himself,  had  its 
apparent  beginnings — "Scandinavia 
and  Russia,"  "Japan,"  and  so  on,  the 
final  chapter  treating  plant  hunting 
n  South  America,  the  last  great  re- 
gion to  be  penetrated  by  horticultur- 
ists. Whittle,  who  discusses  the  sub- 
ject from  its  beginnings  in  the  third 
millennium   B.C.,   adopts   a   more  con- 


ventional approach — treating  the  ex- 
ploits and  discoveries  of  one  hunter 
after  another  in  order  of  his  appear- 
ance historically.  Miss  Coats's  style  is 
terse  and  straightforward,  but  never 
dull.  Mr.  Whittle  combines  a  breezy 
style  with  an  engaging  flair  for  the 
oomic. 

In  a  way  it  is  unfair  to  evaluate 
two  such  similar  books  in  the  same 
review,  for  there  is  the  nagging  temp- 
tation to  weigh  one  against  the  other 
in  nearly  every  respect,  with  one  or 
the  other  always  coming  off  second 
best.  Each,  in  fact,  might  succeed  ad- 
mirably in  its  own  way — which  ap- 
pears to  be  the  case  in  this  instance. 
While  laymen  may  be  inclined  to 
picture  plant  hunters  as  benign,  retir- 
ing creatures  generally  lacking  in  the 
stamina,  resourcefulness,  and  spirit  of 
men  who  hunt  and  kill  animals,  they 
were,  according  to  Miss  Coats,  men  of 
courage  as  well  as  broad  learning. 
"Besides  a  good  knowledge  of  botany 
and  gardening,  a  collector  frequently 
had  some  skill  in  ornithology,  zool- 
ogy, geology,  surveying  or  medicine 
....  He  had  to  be  adaptable  and 
able  to  get  on  with  natives,  and  his 
life  often  depended  on  his  being  a 
good  shot  and  fisherman.  He  had  also 
to  have  great  tenacity  and  endurance, 
the  conditions  of  travel  being  often 
such  that  only  curiosity,  the  greatest 
human  motive-power  next  to  love  and 
hunger,  could  enable  him  to  support 
them." 

The  life  style  and  nonbotanical 
pursuits  of  earlier  plant  hunters 
might  have  made  good  copy  for  the 
tabloids  of  bygone  ages — just  as  it 
has  provided  good  copy  for  these  his- 
tories, particularly  Whittle's,  with  his 
bent  for  a  racy  tale.  Not  the  least  of 
such  adventurers  was  Capt.  William 
Dampier  (1652-1715),  "hydrographer, 
navigator,  author,  pirate,  and  botani- 
cal collector"  who,  according  to 
Whittle,  "made  life  such  hell  for 
everyone  that  his  guardian  was  de- 
lighted to  turn  a  blind  eye  when  the 
boy  ran  away  to  sea."  It  was  Dampier 
who  rescued  Alexander  Selkirk- 
Defoe's  model  for  Robinson  Crusoe 
— from  a  desolate  isle  in  the  South 
Seas.  When  not  plundering  the  high 
seas.  Dampier  also  gathered  speci- 
mens for  such  London  luminaries  as 
Samuel  Pepys  and  John  Evelyn,  who 
wined  and  dined  him  for  his  botanical 
favors. 

Coats  and  Whittle  terminate  their 
histories  with  the  decade  before 
World  War  II  when,  it  appears,  plant 
hunting  in  its  most  adventurous 
sense  came  to  an  end.  "Except  in  a 
few  remote  and  backward  areas," 
comments  Miss  Coats,  "plant-collect- 
ing as  hitherto  understood  tends  to 
diminish,  if  not  to  cease."  After  read- 


Africa.  Say  it  slowly,  to  the  sound    1 
of  a  different  drum.  For  men  who   ' 
stand  tall  in  the  savanna  —  Hem- 
ingway, Huxley,  Fawcett,  Ullman 

—  it's  too  big  and  bold  for  home- 
town modes  of  travel.  Nothing, 
they  say,  savors  the  drama  like 
private  planes  and  land  rovers. 

You're  with  them  on  SKYFARI. 
Flying  with  game-wise  skippers. 
Stopping  at  exclusive  clubs  and 
lodges,  in  15  of  the  world's  21 
greatest  natural  big  game  areas. 
Conquering  a  continent  with  your 
camera,  from  the  Serengeti  Plains 
to  East  African  jungle  hideouts. 

And  Cahill-Laughlln  assembles 
your  adventure  at  half  the  price 
you'd  pay  if  you  made  compara- 
ble luxury  arrangements  yourself! 
Only  $1625  for  land  and  private 
plane   all-expense   arrangements 

—  from  Murchison  Falls  to  Mom- 
basa . . .  Entebbe  to  Fort  Lamu. 
Plus  a  three-week  QANTAS- 
BRITISH  UNITED  jet  fare  of  $784 
from  New  York. 

See  your  travel  agent  for  reser- 
vations on  58  limited-membership 
/  SKYFARI  dates  in  1970-1971.  Or 
j    send  coupon.  ^^ 


CAHILL- 
LAUGHLIN 
TOURS,  INC. 

The  Africa  Specialists 


655  Madison  Ave.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10()21~"  | 

Please   send   full   color  SKYFARI    book.      ■ 
I  need  a  break-away. 


I 
I 

I 
I 

I 

I     My  travel  agent  is. 


Address- 
City 


-Zip I 


83 


ANCIENT  OIL  LAMPS 

over  1300  years  old 

From  ancient  Palestine,  these  terracotta  lamps  were 
used  by  early  Christians  &  Jews.  With  varied  de- 
signs, they  make  unique  archaeological  display 
pieces  for  home  and  office.  A  superb  all-occasion 
gift.  Mounted  on  walnut  base  with  parchment  cer- 
tificate of  authenticity    S10.95   ppd. 

lamps  with  Cross  motif $23.95   ppd. 


FREE  Gift  Catalog! 


eiry.  Amulets, 
s.  Figurines  an 


Buddhas, 


.  .  .  illustrating  Jew 
Roman  Glas 

Museum  8.  Dealers  inquiries  welcome. 

ALADDIN  HOUSE,  LTD. 

N-llH    •     648   NINTH  AVE.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.   10036 


40  MILUON  YEAR  OtX>  FOSSIL  FISH 

(KNIGHTIA  SP.)     $20.00 


500  MILLION  YEAR  OLD  TRILOBITE 

(ELRATHIA   KINGI)     S3. 25 

DOVER  SCIENTIFIC 

Box  6011  C 

Long  Island  City,  N.Y.  11106 

Send  25c  for  Illustrated  Catalog  of  Shells, 
Minerals,  Fossils,  Indian  Artifacts  &  Books 


AUTHENTIC  AMERIND  HANDICRAFTS 

Original  designs  of  American  Indian  art- 
ists and  craftsmen  from  many  parts  of 
the  U.S.A.  Jewelry,  carvings,  paintings, 
weaving,  doHs,  and  other  beautiful  articles 
too  numerous  to  list.  For  FREE  illustrated 
catalog  write  GREENLEAF  SPECIALTIES, 
Rt  3,  Box  894-H,  Sequim,  WA  98382. 


CORNER 

LIBRARY 

DESK 


Our  newest — Uie  epitome  ol  charm,  use- 
fulness, creative  vielil  House  desiKU — 
ami  real  old  time  value!  A  deliclitful 
writing  or  stml.v  corner — spacious  drawer 
tV  tijii  linld  stationery',  desk  tools.  The  colonial  style  is 
proper  anywhere — tils  Hush  to  wall,  even  with  baseboard. 
Select  pine  in  honey  tone  or  maple,  antique  pine  or  wal- 
nut flnish.  24>A"D  34>4"H  3SV4'^V.  S49.95.  EASY  KIT: 
Parts  &  instructions  included — ready  to  assemble  &  finish 
.$34.95.  Slip.  Chgs.  Col. 

BEAUTIFUL   NEW   FREE   CATALOG-1000    PIECES 

Finished   and    Kit   Furniture   in    Friendly    Pine 

Include  Zip  Code  YIKl-O    HOUSE 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  Dept.  Nil-O 

Money  Back  Guarantee  No.  Conway.  N.H.  03860 


ing  either  of  these  excellent  studies, 
one  cannot  reflect  on  her  observation 
without  a  measure  of  regret. 

He  who  feels  stimulated  to  revive 
the  "lost  art"  of  plant  collecting  may 
turn  to  the  final  pages  of  Whittle's 
text  where  he  will  find  all  the  infor- 
mation he  needs  about  collecting  in 
the  field,  drying,  preserving,  mount- 
ing, and  storing  botanical  specimens. 
David  M.  Walsten 
Encyclopaedia  Britannica 

The  Buffalo,  by  Francis  Haines. 
Thomas  Y.  Croivell  Co.  $7.95;  242 
pp.,  illiis. 

The  subtitle  of  this  book.  The  Story 
of  American  Bison  and  Their 
Hunters  from  Prehistoric  Times  to  the 
Present,  aptly  describes  it.  Haines 
presents  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  buf- 
falo in  North  America,  and  along 
with  it  the  rise  and  fall  of  Plains  In- 
dian culture.  The  two  are  inter- 
related, but  the  relationship  was  rein- 
forced by  the  introduction  of  the 
horse  into  the  Plains  area,  thus  pro- 
viding a  more  eSlcient  (i.e.,  deadly) 
means  of  hunting  this  animal.  The 
prime  agent  provocateur  in  this 
drama  is  the  white  man  in  North 
America.  In  current  parlance,  this  is 
a  historical-ecological  study.  In  it 
Haines  has  done  a  scholarly  job. 

It  is  apparent  that  the  spread  of 
the  white  man  in  North  America  dis- 
turbed the  ecological  balance  between 
the  buffalo  and  the  Plains  Indians  to 
the  point  where  for  all  practical  pur- 
poses the  buffalo  disappeared.  The 
buffalo  was  the  staff  of  life,  providing 
the  staple  food  for  the  Plains  In- 
dians; it  was  also  the  basis  for  many 
material  products  such  as  clothing, 
dwellings,  containers,  and  trappings, 
and  the  hides  were  a  means  of  ex- 
change for  trade  goods.  Success  and 
prestige  in  hunting  the  buffalo  con- 
tributed to  the  focal  aspects  of  the  so- 
cial and  political  structures  of  Plains 
Indian  societies.  Thus,  these  soci- 
eties were  dependent  for  their  per- 
petuation on  this  species.  This  way  of 
life  is  effectively  illustrated  by  black- 
and-white  reprints  of  Catlin's  and 
Miller's  paintings.  Haines  describes 
the  gradual  elimination  of  the  buffalo 
as  primarily  due  to  the  demand  for 
hides  and  meat  made  by  white  men. 
The  chapter  on  "The  Great  Slaugh- 
ter" is  particularly  devastating  and 
should  be  read  by  all  who  are  not  yet 
alert  to  preserving  ecological  balances 
in  the  world  today. 

The  book's  closing  chapters  are  a 
sad  commentary  on  the  preservation 
of  a  species  that,  before  the  coming  of 
the  white  man,  had  successfully  re- 
produced and  spread  extensively 
throughout  much   of   North   America. 


LAP  DESK 


signed    foot  ^                       ^HV         PllLL<t  UP 

holds  desk  up  H                      M^M            CLOSE 
"'"^?J?,"h"«                                 ^7              REACH 

rTst    sleurely  ,  ,-..,          ^        EVERYTHINI 

resis  seturoiy  i  .      .^       ,                   FOLDS  TO  2"D 

PuUs  ~>  EASY  STORAC 

up  close  to  put  everytlung  xn  reach.  Screws  adjust  1 
from  20"  to  28".  And  it  folds  to  2"D — slides  belli] 
sofa,  door,  etc.  Hard  birch  writing  top.  pine  leg.  Hai 
finished  in  honey  tone  or  maple,  antique  pine  or  walnl 
Top  32"\V  ii-D.  S20.25  Postpaid— add  $1.00  W.  of  Mis 
BEAUTIFUL  NEW  FREE  CATALOG  -  1000  PIECES 
Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 
Include  Zip  Code  YIELD     HOIISI 

Money  Back  Guarantee  Dept.  Nll-0 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  North  Conway,  N.H.  0386 


20  ALMOST-RARE 

STAMPS 
Frain12  LOST  NATIONS! 

Most  a  Halt  Century  OU 


We'd  lil<e  to  send  you  a  score  of  Postage  Slamps 
Irom  nations  overrun  by  invaders  in  the  19lh 
and  20th  Century  and  never  freed  again  — 
stamps  so  appealing  that  experienced  and  be- 
ginning collectors  alike  want  them!  When  these 
are  gone  no  more  wMI  be  available.  And  from 
our  Approval  Service  we'll  include  110  addi- 
tional stamps  from  Britain's  Lost  Empire,  {alone 
worth  over  $3  at  catalog  prices!),  plus  an  lllus- 
slrated  Album  and  other  unusual  stamps  for 
Free  Examination.  You  can  keep  the  Album  and 
110  British  Empire  Slamps  as  an  Introductory 
Bonus  should  you  buy  SI  worth  from  our  ap- 
proval selection!  Or  return  Album  and  110 
Stamps  with  selection  and  buy  nothing.  Cancel 
service  anytime.  But  in  either  case,  the  valuable 
Lost  Nations  Stamps  are  yours  to  keep  FREE  —  > 
as  an  introduction  to  the  World's  Most  Reward- 
ing Hobby.  Send  10c  for  postage  today  while 
supplies  l^st!  ^       ' 

KENMORE  CO.,  Milford  LN-594,  New  Hamp.  0305£ 


Trapping 

with  humane 

HAVAHARr 
TRAPS 


Learn 

about 

humane 

trapping. 

from 

Havahai 

It's  sure,  simple,  and  safe!  Did  you  know— rabbits  like  re 
oats?  Woodchucks  can't  resist  string  beans?  Gophers  go 
peanut  butter?  Corn  lures  coons?  Snapping  turtles  kill  g' 
birds?  Rats  can  be  controlled?  Skunks  can't  spray  witM 
lifting  their  tails?  These  are  a  few  of  the  fascinating  facts  f  n 
the  HAVAHART  Trapping  Guide!  New  edition  contains  a  we  li 
of  useful  information  as  well  as  price  list  for  the  complete  " 
of  cages,  traps,  and  animal  carriers.  Send  lit  for  your  ci 
Learn  the  secrets  of  trapping  success. 

HAVAHART,  158-N  Water  St.,  Ossining,  N.  Y.  101 
Here's  my  25i;.  Please  send  price  list,  trapping  gu: 

Name 

Address 

City State Zip- 


Plains  Indian  hunting  techniques, 
even  before  the  introduction  of  the 
horse  and  gun,  were  effective  and  at 
times  wasteful;  but  with  the  coming 
of  the  horse  and  gun,  this  waste- 
fulness increased.  At  no  time,  how- 
ever, did  the  hunting  techniques  of 
the  Plains  Indians  contribute  to  the 
almost  complete  destruction  of  the 
buffalo,  for  this  was  an  animal  well 
adapted  to  survival.  The  virtual  de- 
struction of  this  species  was  caused 
by  wanton  hunters  interested  primar- 
ily in  making  a  "fast  buck,"  and  by 
the  hordes  of  white  Americans  who 
trekked  across  the  continent  making 
inroads  on  the  grazing  lands  and  the 
buffalo,  and  permanently  upsetting 
the  ecological  balance. 

Ruth  S.  Freed 

Neiv  York  University 


Climate,  M.^n  and  History,  by 
Robert  Claiborne.  JF.  IF.  Norton  & 
Co.,  §8.95;  444  pp. 

Cluttered  up  by  an  incredible  mo- 
rass of  tangential  discussions  and 
polemics.  Claiborne's  book  sets  out  to 
present  a  paleoclimatology  from  the 
early  Pleistocene  to  the  twentieth  cen- 
tury, examining  everything  from  cli- 
mate and  race  to  why  the  Vikings 
were  so  bold.  The  author  has  so  many 
axes  to  grind,  from  the  psychology'  of 
Black  nationalism  to  climate  control, 
that  I  constantly  had  to  refer  back  to 
the  table  of  contents  to  rediscover  the 
direction  of  his  central  argument.  In 
the  end  Claiborne's  prefatory  com- 
plaint that  he  had  had  to  read  '"liter- 
ally dozens  of  books,  scientific  arti- 
cles, and  interviews"  rang  true  in  my 
ear:  he  just  had  not  read  enough  to 
graduate  from  skeptical  dabbling  to 
critical  evaluation.  The  opening  sen- 
tence of  Claiborne's  "new  philoso- 
phy" states  that  Climate,  Man  and 
History  will  outrage  many  scientists; 
instead.  I  found  the  intellectual  pot- 
pourri and  the  game  of  bait-the-scien- 
tist  amusing  and  at  times  hilarious. 
But  the  book  is  too  expensive  for  one 
merely  to  participate  in  the  author's 
indulgences. 

Karl  W.  Butzer 
The  University  of  Chicago 


Briefly  Noted: 

The  Moon  as  Viewed  by  Lunar  Orbi- 
rER.  l)y  L.  J.  Kosofsky  and  Farouk 
El-Baz.  N.4SA,  Government  Printing 
Office,  S7.75;  152  pp.,  illus. 

The  portfolio  comprises  18.3  of  the 
most  dramatic  of  the  3.100  pictures  of 
:he  moon  returned  from  the  five  Orbi- 
:er  missions  flown  in  1966  and  1967. 
Some  are  well  known  to  the  public. 


such  as  the  first  shot  of  the  earth  with 
the  moon  in  the  foreground  and  the 
oblique  view  of  Copernicus,  which 
gave  many  viewers  their  first  inkling 
of  what  it  might  feel  like  to  be  there. 
Most  will  be  new. 

The  book  measures  10%  by  14  and 
the  full-page  pictures  are  a  generous 
81/2  by  11  with  extended  captions.  Af- 
ter a  short  introduction  explaining 
how  and  why  they  were  made,  the  au- 
thors move  right  into  the  pictures. 
First,  distant  views  orient  the  reader; 
then  close-ups  examine  examples  of 
morphological  features.  A  separate 
section  is  devoted  to  the  moon's  far 
side.  Stereoscopic  views  of  four  fea- 
tures are  offered  (a  viewer  is  pro- 
vided ) .  The  book  ends  with  technical 
data  on  each  picture. 

J.W. 


Persia,  by  James  Morris.  Roger 
Wood,  and  Denis  Wright.  Universe 
Books,  $15.00;  216  pp.,  illus. 

In  his  introductory  essay  to  this 
book.  James  Morris  evokes  the  con- 
trasting sights  and  sounds  of  ancient 
and  modern  Persia — bell-adorned 
camels  lurching  their  way  to  market, 
majestic  archeological  sites  and 
monuments,  traditionally  dressed  no- 
mad women  with  their  herds  of  goats 
and  sheep,  modern  sophisticated 
cities  with  their  discotheques.  The 
photographs,  however,  are  the  focal 
point  of  the  book.  Roger  Wood  has 
captured  all  the  ornate  beauty  and 
color  of  Persia's  people  and  places  in 
a  series  of  beautiful  black-and-white 
and  color  plates.  Denis  Wright,  a  for- 
mer British  ambassador  to  Persia,  has 
provided  the  notes  to  the  plates.  This 
is  a  handsome  work  produced  by 
three  people  obviously  enamored  of 
their  subject.  C.B. 

The  American  Museum  is  open  to 
the  public  without  charge  every  day 
during  the  year,  except  Thanksgiv- 
ing and  Christmas.  Your  support, 
through  membership  and  contribu- 
tions, helps  make  this  possible.  The 
Museum  is  equally  in  need  of  sup- 
port for  its  work  in  the  fields  of  re- 
searcli.    ediicatinn.    and    exliibition. 


This  list  details  the  photographer  or 
other  source  of  illustration  by  page. 


COVER— Maurice  G. 

Hornocker 

10-11— Lloyd  Birming- 

12— Museum  of  Science. 

Boston 

14— AMNH  after  Tellefsen 

16— Culver  Pictures 

18— AMNH  after  Tellefsen 

20-21— Culver  Pictures 

22-23— Elliott  Erwitt. 

Magnum 

29-31— Courtesy  of  Mor- 


timer   Borne,    except    29 

bot,.  Pamela  Meyer 

32— Pamela  Meyer 

34-39— Martin  Birch 

41-43— Maurice  G. 

Hornocker 

51— Helmut  Wimmer 

52 — Tore  Johnson. 

Tiofoto 

54-59— Michael  Berrill 

60-67— David  Werner 

68— Miklos  Pinther 

80— Julio  Fernandez 


Your  food  is    . 
over-processed, 
over-sprayed, 
and  under- 
flavored. 

Here's  a  Guide  (o 
something  better. 

You  want  food  th  it  s 

nutritious,  healthy,  tasty. 

But  — where  can  you  find  it?  And  how 

can  you  live  better  ecologically? 

Rodale's  new  GUIDE  TO  OR- 
GANIC FOODS  SHOPPING  AND 
ORGANIC  LIVING  tells  you.  It  lists 
over  700  organic  food  sources,  nation- 
wide. It  notes  the  availability,  taste 
and  cost  of  organic  foods  — and  proves 
their  practicality  and  convenience. 
And  it  offers  many  specific  pointers  for 
ecological  living,  shopping  and  action. 

GUIDE  yourself  today.  Just  SI. 00. 


GE 


GL  IDE  TO 

ORGANIC  FOODS  SHOPPING 

AND  ORGANIC  LIVING 

Emmaus.  Pa.  18049 

Enclosed  is  $ for copies  of  the 

1970  GUIDE  at  SI. 00  per  copy. 

NAME 

ADDRESS 


Natural  History  Tours  for  the 
discriminating  family  . .  .  See 
out  of  the  way  places  in  for- 
eign lands  —  flora,  fauna  and 
bird  life.  A  new  way  to  ex- 
plore the  world  we  live  in. 


J 


For  further  details 
—  write: 

FLORIDA 

AUDUBON 

SOCIETY 


p.  O.  DRAWER  7 
tvlAITLAND,   FLORIDA  32751 


KEEP  PACE  WITH  SPACE  AGE!  SEE  MOON  SHOTS-LANDINGS,  SPACE  FLIGHTS,  CLOSE-UP! 


TTTTTTLfmiH  M:[Ha:iii^- 


for  FUN.  STUDY  or  PROFIT 


i  i 


SCIENCE  TREASURE  CHESTS 


■or  Boys— Girls— AduitsI 
a-powerful  magnets,  po- 
ling filters,  compass,  one- 
way-mirror film,  prism,  dif- 
fraction grating  and  lots  of 
other  items,  plus  a  Ten-Lens 
Kit  for  making  telescopes, 
microscopes,  etc.  Full  in- 
structions included. 
No.   70,342E    $5.50   Ppd. 


Put  one  of  these  quarter- 
sized  crazy  butions  down  and 
stand  back.  In  a  matter  of 
seconds  it'll  jump  almost  6 
feet  high.  Just  like  magic 
.  .  .  but  it's  really  scien- 
tific. Actually,  the  warmth 
of  your  hand  holding  these 
metal  discs  makes  the  trick. 
After  palming  a  disc,  place 
noments  it'll  take-off.  Loads 
Terrific    conversation    piece. 


it  on  any  cool  surface  and  in 

of   fun    for   kids    of   all    ages. 

Package  of  twelve  only  $2. 

Stock   No.    P-41,I50E      $2.00  Ppd. 

Stock   No.    P-4I,I80E   set   of    100    $12.00  Ppd. 

L_ar9e    personalized    quantities    available — write    for    info. 
BIG  BOOM  &  FLASH  CANNON 

Perfectly  safe  giant  noise- 
maker  tor  sports,  games,  the 
4th  and  just  plain  fun  pro- 
duces brilliant  flash  and 
loud  bang.  Completely  harm- 
less— no  gun  powder,  match- 
es or  recoil.  Easily  operated. 
Beautiful  reproduction  of 
regular  Army  60  MM  cannon 
in  hefty  cast  iron.  "Ammo" 
zed    Bangsite  com- 


producing  harmless  ga 


I  for  200  shots,  Inst.  Wt. 


Stock   No.   P4I,005E     $1.30  Ppd. 

CRYSTAL  GROWING  KIT 

•"        kl*'  m-Si  ^^  ^  crystallography  project 

tas^    Itif       IPsH*  — illustrate  with  large  beau- 

tiful crystals  you  grow  your- 
Study    &    demonstrate 


factors  affectii 
fraction,    p 
symmetry, 

"Crystals    &    Crystal    Grow- 
upply 


ish     10     long     Full   d 


brings  distant  ob- 


■  $13.50  Ppd. 


lours  of  fun!  Get  thrill  of 
uilding  your  own  easily  as- 
embled  engine  from  over 
oO  parts.  Then  push  starter 
nd  watch  it  run.  Crankshaft 
evolves,  pistons  move,  valves 
pen  and  close  in  sequence 
park    plugs 


erything     but    bu 


til.     'A 


i      - 

-_^«i*tfri^    Same    motor    used     in    many 
mechanic   courses.    Excellent, 
easy-to-understand    "tech   manual." 
Stock  No.  70.448E   $12.95  Ppd. 


MAIL   COUPON  for   FREE  CATA10G"E" 


4,000  UNUSUAL  BARGAINS 


categories, 
items.  lOO's  of  charts. 
Many    hard-to-get    war 


of    telescopes,    microscopes,    bi- 

ars,   magnets,  etc.  for  hobbyists. 

imenters,    workshops.    Shop    by 

I.  Write  for  Catalog  "E"  to   Ed- 


OECORATIVE  "3-D"  STAR  CHART 

Quickly,  easily  locate  - 
stars  in  your  sky — any- 
time, anywhere.  Handsome 
10"  high  Sky  and  Earth 
Globe  has  fixed  transpar- 
ent 7"  diam.  outer  celes- 
tial sphere  with  equator 
calibrated  in  months.  4" 
diam.  inner  earth  sphere 
(in  relief)  revolves  on  in- 
clined axis— includes  long. 
&  lat.  markings.  Corre- 
late location  on  earth  globe  with  current  month — oute 
globe    shows    stars    visible    in    your   sky.    Inch    Free    Star 


Atlas,  Instr. 

Stock    No     70  984E ^ 

AMAZING  "TRICK"  PHOTOGRAPHY 


.$14.50 


Complete    instructit 

Stock   No     7I,229E    .  .^ $10.50    Ppd. 

ENCAPSULATED  LIQUID  CRYSTALS 

Amazing   new   development — 
appear   like  liquids  but  have 
orderly    molecular    structures 
similar    to    solids.    Solutions 
contained  in  tiny  (20-30  mi- 
crons)   capsules    coated    onto 
sides  of  six   6"  x    12"   Mylar 
sheets    with    6    diff.    temp, 
ranges.  Surface  changes  color 
according  to  temp. -cover  66° 
to     I20°F     (19°-49''C).     Use 
for  precise  measurements,   tind  hot  spots,  structural  defects, 
study    radiation,    test    conductivity,    etc.     Use    indefinitely 
WITHOUT   mess,   contamination.    Easily  handled. 
StockfJq.  7i.l43E  __  -         $10.00  Ppd. 

$  4.00  Ppd. 


16  Pg. 


earth  on  automatit 
te.  Fantastically  ?■ 
off,    flight,    vapor 


}q.  6v  Batt.  not  incl.). 
ads  of  fun  building,  dec- 
iting,    launching    again    & 


again.    Includ. 

parachute,  parachute  tube,  nose  cone,  fins,  loading  valvi 
hose,  electric  firing  assembly,  launch  stand,  propellant. 
Stock  No.  7I,I82E  „     $15.95  Ppd. 

EXTRA   PROPELLANT    (Two   15  oz.  cans) 


Stock  No.  P7I,192E 

$16.50  AIR  POLLUTION  TESTER 
1st  LOW-COST  survey-type 
instrument.  Quickly  provides 
quantitative  results  in 
threshold  limit  ranges  set 
by  Amer.  Conf.  of  Gov't  In- 
dustrial Hygienists.  Sensi- 
tive, accurate,  wide  mea- 
suring range.  Includes  2 
ampoules  each  to  test  for 
CO.,,  CO.  H„S,  NO,,  and 
SO.^.  Sufficient  for  2'  to  4 
tests    depending    on    concentrat 


$  4.00  Ppd. 


instructions  with  scale: 
replacement  ampoules  i 
Stock   No.   7I.349E    .  . 


Electric    Generator, 

ates  up  to  90  volts  by  turn 

ing     crank.      Use     in     high 

impedance      relays.      Charge 

ground    &.    bring    up    night 

crawlers    for    bait    or    study 

2  Alnico   Magnets  alone 

worth     more     than 

gov't    cost    of    $15, 

lbs. 

Stock  No.  50.225E 


6  X  78  MONOCULAR  FOR  $S> 

Real   surplus   bargain'   Tiny 

but     powerful      prisma" 

monocular      sells      elsewh' 

for     more     than     twice 

price.     Fully    coated    opt 

360'    field    of   view    at    I 

yards.       R.L.E.       12.       0 

finger    focusing    from    4' 

infinity.    So   compact,    light 

weight  and  portable  you  cai 

carry    in    shirt    pocket  .  .   . 

and    almost   not   know   you    have    it.    Sturdy   2' 2''lg.xl'/4''w. 

Black,   baked  enamel  finish.  3  oz.   Lens  caps  incl. 

Stock    No.    I,551E    $5.00   Ppd 


AMERICAN  MADE  OPAQUE  PROJECTOR 
Projects  illustrations  up  to 
3"  x  SV2" — enlarges  them 
to  35"  X  30"  if  screen  is 
6' 2  ft.  from  projector  larger 
pictures   if  screen   is  farther 


.  Lightweight  Kit  In- 
upling  tubes,  complete 
to  determine  results  Sets  (4)  of 
ailable  separately  for  $4  75 


way.    No   filn 


egatn 


needed.  Primarily  intended 
for  children.  Projects  charts 
diagrams,  color  or  black  and 
white  in  darkened  room 
I  I5v  A.C.  ...  6  ft  cord 
and  plug  included  ~ 
I  lb.  2  ozs.  Plastic  c 
Stock   No.    70.  I99E 


$8  75   Ppd. 
50-150-300  POWER  MICROSCOPE 


Amazing  Value — 3  Achro- 
matic Objective  Lenses  on 
Revolving  Turret!  Color- 
corrected,  cemented  achro- 
matic lenses  in  objectives 
give  far  superior  results  to 
usually    found 


this 
nge.   Re; 


Jits  i 


ope      prici 
i  worth  the 


Stock  No.  70,OOaE   

MOUNTED    500    POWER    OBJECTIVE: 

Threaded  achromatic  lenses,  3mm  F.l_ 

Stock    No.   30.  I97E $5.75   Ppd. 


POCKET  METER  SHOWS  WIND  SPEED 
Useful    to    all    outdoorsmen,  \ 
especially    sai  lors,    shooters, 
fliers,     golfers.     Lightweight  ! 
Pocket    Wind     Meter 
rate  to  within    I    MPH.  Two  \ 
scales — low   and    high 
ity.     One    from    2-10    MPH  ! 
graduated    in    V2    MPH    in-  : 
crements.    Second    from     10- 
66    MPH    in    2    MPH    incre- 
ments.   Easily   read    even    in  __   

inclement  weather.  6%"  long  x  l'/2"  wiae  x  %'  xnick.  Wt 
approx.  2  OZS.  Plastic  pocket  carrying  case,  instr.  In- 
cluded. 

Stock  No.  60,349E $5.95  Ppd 

DIRECT  MEASURING  POCKET  'SCOPE-S0> 
than  an  ordinary  ^ 
'landy 
pocket  instrument  is  ideal 
for  making  direct  reading 
measurements;  for  checking 
small  parts  and  dimensions 
under  powerful  magnifica- 
tion. Speeds  up  quality  con- 
trol. Instrument  contains  a 
precision,  glass  etched  reti- 
cle calibrated  for  measure- 
ments up  to  1/10"  by  001"  divisions  Estimates  to  0005' 
can  easily  be  made  Chrome  reflector  at  base  of  instrument 
reflects  light  on  object  examined  or  measured  Sturdj 
construction  assures  long,  useful  service. 
Stock    No.    30,225E    $7.95   Postpaic 

LOW-COST  DOUBLE-BARRELED  TUMBLEl 
Rugged    12-lb.    tumbler   has 
TWO     big     6-lb.     (4'/2-Pt.) 


tumbling     actio: 


fan-cooled,      continuous-duty 
1550     rpm      motor;      V-belt 
drive  w/nylon  bearings;  cov- 
ered   safety    belt    Sl    pulleys,    neai    muiiBj-jKivoi 
shops,     experimenters— great     for     rockhounds.      IOV9 

Stock   No.   80,|32E    (18   lbs.) $39-95  Ppd 


ECOLOGY  KITS  FULL  OF  LIFE! 

Man's  survival  depend 
upon  suitable  ecological  bal 
ance.  These  5  well  planned 
experiment  kits  explore  dif 
ferent  portions  of  environ 
ment — introduce  factors  01 
which  natural  balances  rely 
Perform  numerous  experi 
ments  with  materials  in 
eluded  (-f  few  avail,  local 
ly).  Compl.  instruct.  Perfee 
for  everyone  alive. 

Stock  No.  7I.353E   GREEN   LEAVES $5.00  Ppd 

Stock  No.  71,354E    WATER    LIFE    $6.00  Ppd 

Stock  No.  7I.355E      ...  PREDATOR   PREY    ....$6.00  Pprf 

Stock  No.  7I.356E     LIFE     MOVERS    $5.00  Ppd 

Stock  No.  7I.357E     ..LIFE    FROM     DE.A.TH     ..$5.00  Pptf 

4Va  ASTRONOMICAL   TELESCOP 
See   craters   on    moon,    rings  V 

of  Saturn,   double  stars.    Up 


corrected   to   better  than 


retical 

imited     resolution 

d    pinion    focusing 

Aluminu 

m    tube.     6x    finde 

telescope 

2    standard    eye 

d  Barlow  lens  give 

to  270x.    Free  wit 

icope:  Star  Chart.   272- gag 
ndbook    of    the    Heavens"    plus    "How    to    Use    You 
Telescope".   Shipping  wt.  42  lbs, 
Stocll   No.   85.r05E       ^^4.5 


EDMUND 

SCIEIMTIFIC  CO. 


300    EDSCOF^P    BLDG. 

r^   BARRIIMGTON,   NEW  JERSEY  08007 


KEEP  PACE  WITH  SPACE  AGE!  SEE  MOON  SHOTS-LANDINGS,  SPACr  FLIGHTS,  CLOSE-UP! 


iiLTiLi*iH  q  w m^Wi^' 


for  FUN,  STUDY  or  PROFIT 


tXCtLLl 


GREAT  INTCRNATIONAL  PAPIK  PLANE  BOOK! 

Official  fly-them-yourself 
book  of  paper  airplanes 
from  SCIENTIFIC  AMERI- 
CAN'S "1st  International 
Competition".  Includes 

plans  of  all  winning  entries, 
time-aloft  records,  pliotos. 
tectinical  data.  commen- 
taries. Has  20  unusual  de- 
signs on  perforated  pages 
for  easy  tear-out.  You  won't 
believe    how    some    of    them 

fly]  Amusing,  entertaining.   128  pages.  9"  x   M%". 

Stock   No.  9391 E   $2.95  Ppd. 


fun    &.    enjoyme 


AMERICAN  MADE  7x50  BINOCULARS 


7x50 
ally  cost  $274.50. 
Mtc«  No.   I044E 
AMERICAN-MADE   6x30's 
Stock  No.  963E 


■FISH'    WITH   A   MaGNlJ 


pedestal.    9"   dii 


Stock  No.  71.161E 


Operate: 


$6.00  Ppd. 


LONG-WAVE  BLACK  LIGHT  FIXTUKl 

Extremely     versatile,      CO 
'-  pactly    designed,    long    w 

(3200-4000  angstroms)  bl: 
light     (ultraviolet)     fixture. 


—Govt  cost  J50.   Lifts 
weights  under  water. 
Stock  No.  70.571E 
Stock  No.  70.570E 
Stock  No.  85.152E 


153^  lbs. 


5-lb.     Magnet    is 
IS— Alnico-V   Type 

$14.00  Ppd 
$  8  75  Ppd 
$33  60  FOB 


6-watt. 


nates    hai 


filter— elimi- 
ful    shorter    wave 

rays.      Use      to 

dentify  minerals,  fungi, 
jacteria — check    for    surface 

,  flaws,  oil  and   gas  leakage — 

perfect     for     displays     with 

fluorescent  paper,  paints,  chalk,  crayons,  trace  powder,  Incl. 

adjustable    aluminum    reflector.    Mount   vert.,    horr,,    or   on 

corner.  10"  L.,  M/j"  W.,  I'A"  H. 

Stock   No.  70,364E    WA1  ?"?' 

Stock  No.  60,124E  (REPLACEMENT  BULB)   ..$4.75  Ppd. 


the  cloud  chamber— see 
atoms  explode  with  the  spin- 
thariscope—  check  ionization 
and  radioactivity  of  every 
day  materials  .  .  .  these  are 
I  few  of  the  fascinating 


GIANT   WEATHER   BALLOONS 

"Balls  of  fun"  for  kids, 
traffic  stoppers  for  stores, 
terrihc  for  amateur  meteo- 
rologists. Create  a  neighbor- 
hood sensation.  Great  back 
yard     fun.     Exciting     beach 


attn 


ologi' 


to 


Stock  No.  60.568E 
GIANT    16'   DIAMETER 
Stock  No.  60,632E 


'% 


ojects  possible  with  thi; 
nazing  43  part  kit.  Con- 
ins  everything  needed  to 
nstruct  your  personal 
itely  safe.  Includes  atomic 
inator,  electroscope,  spin- 
ope,  22  p.  instruction  booklet  with  suggested  experi- 
ments. Ideal  to  stimulate  student's  scientific  interest. 
Stock  No.  70.899E   $11.95  Ppd. 

WOODEN   SOLID   PUZZLES 


-iJfe^-^^"""' 


kits 

offered  in  one  low-cost  pack- 
age even  the  youngest  child 
will  realty  enjoy.  Not  only 
lots    of    fun    but    extremely 

,  educational.  Easily  teaches 
basic  scientific  concepts 
while   building   actual  work- 

.  ing  pinhole  camera,  electric 
motor,  double-platform  bal- 
ance, transparent  flashlight, 
hydraulic  pump,  push-button 
telescope.    Perfect   for 


TREASURE  HUNT  ON  LAND  &  SEA 

Find     buried     gold,     silver, 
coins,      treasure.       Powerful 


^    ^  ^W 


Jere's  a  fascinating  assort- 
ment of  12  different  puzzles 
0  provide  hours  of  pleasure 
nd  stimulate  ability  to 
hink  and  reason.  Animals 
nd    geometric    forms.    Take       torized.      loop     detector 


probes  deep  into  earth,  up 
to  2!/2  feet  in  water  in  per- 
fect safety.  Sensitive  e 


them.  Lots  of  fun  for  the 
whole  family.  Will  test  skill, 
nd  ability  to  solve 


Stock    No.  70.205E 


problei 


$5.00  Ppd. 


LOW-COST   GEM   TUMBLER 

Become  a  rockhound!   Fasci- 
.    .    loads  of 
easy.  Make 
ilry  of  all  kinds — decora- 
book-ends,    table    tops. 


through    earth,    wood,    vege 

tation.  salt  water,  snow  or  ice    Instant  ; 

meter    and    headset    tone    when    object    detected 

lightweight    O'/a    lbs.),   trouble-free   unit   uses   in 

9  volt  battery   (ii    *    "    "       ""  " 


nating   hobby 


eadily 


Simply  tumble-finish 
lilable  gemstones 
I    polish    to    high 


Full    jnst    

Stock  No    70.874E 

i-lh.    ROCK    ASSORTMENT    (10  TYPES) 

Stock  No    70.868E 

iOT-AW  FLYING  SAUCER  KIT 


lustre  .  .  .  brings  out  bei 
tiful  colors.  Rugged  3-lb. 
pacity  tumbler  w/continu' 


teach  log- 
ic, play  games  with  minia- 
ture version  of  giant 
electronic  braint  Adds, 
nuttiplfes. 


shifts. 


nplei 


Stock    No.    70. 

ANALOG   COMPUTER    KIT 

Stock    No.   70.341  E    


Tients. 

38.  Colored 
plastic  parts  easily  assem- 
bled. 12"  X  3'/2"  X  43/4". 
Incl  step  by  step  assem 
biy  diagrams  32-p  in- 
structions covering  opera 
problems  &    15  experiments 

$  5  98  Ppd 


^^ 


amazing  heights.  Easy  to 
assemble  and  launch.  Use 
over  and  over.  Low  cost. 
Lots  of  fun.  Can  carry  '/2 
lb.  objects  with  string  teth- 
er. Fly  school  colors  at 
games,  use  for  advertising, 
attach  mirror — play  "spy  in 
the  sky."  Includes  complete 
instructions.  16  pre-cut  #1 
white  model  paper  gores.  8 
'ed    panels    for    portholes,    wire,    cord.    Easily    repaired    if 


cins 

.    60   to    180    power 

Alu 
3' 

dian 

zed     and     overcoated 

leter    f/IO     primary 

ventilated        ctll 

Egl 

ator 

on  both 

eyepiece    and    mounted 

ow 

ens.  3X  finder  tele 
hardwood       tripod 

^% 


j^ 


I  FT,   HOT-AIR  BALLOON   KIT 

Stock   No.  60.691  E    $Z.OO  pm). 


FREE:    "STAR    CHART".   272  page       HANUbuuK    OF 

HEAVENS":    "HOW    TO     USE     YOUR     TELESCOPE 

$29  95  Ppd 


ck   No.   85,050E 


Stock   No.   85. 105E  "  414' 

Slock    No     nS.OHBE        ...  fi" 


TERRIFIC   BUY!    TOP  QUALITY! 

PRICE  BREAKTHROUGH    IN  LARGE  SIZE 
OPAQUE 

PROJECTOR 

"Best  Opaque 
of  its  Kind 
Under  S200 

Projects  brilliant, 
sharp  4'/a  foot  square 
image  from  8  feet 
away  using  up  to 
5  X5"  color,  b  &  w 
illustrations.  Retains 
all  original  colors  a 
blueprints,     watercolo 

objects.     Revoutionary    ligh..... . 

brightness,    retains    entire    field    In    focus. 

speed,     200mm     anastigmatic     projection     lens     (f3.5,     8" 

KL  ):   powerful    peanut-size   guartz   halogen    lamp    (50  hr. 

lire)  :  unique   internal  refiecting  system.   Can   be   used   up- 

h'l^Ln  ^r:^"?-^    "''■"flat    by    magnetic    platens.    Turbo- 

^l°3*"VB.?i°i''o,7,?"'^,5'=f'«  =''S»-  5'/=  "•  cord, 

(0-!j     X6   X12'/2" — III/2    lbs.) 

Stock    No.   7I.272E    $89.75  Ppd. 

.  .  „      .  NEVER  BEFORE  A  BOOK  LIKE  THIS: 

All     About     Telescopes" — 


Instructs  how  to  build,  buy 
&  use  your  telescope.  Use 
with  photography — take  ce- 
lestial pictures  and  long- 
distance    shots     of     birds. 


Perfect    to 

shapes,  product  &  tool  de- 
signs, negative  molds,  model 
making,  etc.  Easily  shaped 
by  hand,  tools.  Can  be  rolled 
fiat,  built  up  into  figures 
Permanently  pliable  until 
baked  at  300°  F.  for  15-30 
minutes  in  oven — no  kiln  nor 
plaster  molds  needed  Re- 
Quires      no      curing.      Won  t 

shrink.  Acquires  permanent,  non-brittle  naiuness  wnen 
shaped  &  baked.  Can  then  be  cut,  sawed,  drilled,  sanded, 
painted,    embossed.   Smooth,   non-sticky,    harmless. 

Stock  No.  60.794E    2  lb $  3.60  Ppd. 

Stock  No.  71,205E  8  1b $10.50  Ppd. 


Explori 

historic  world  of  dii  __ 
200.000.000  years  ago  New 
kit  contains  24  authentic 
scale  models  (12  dinosaurs 
—  12  mammals)  accurately 
detailed  In  sturdy  plastic 
incl.:  Giant  Brontosaurus 
fierce  Tyrannosaurus  Rex 
Wooly  Mammoth— range  in 
size  from  2"  to  6".  Also  inst 
to  build  your  own  dinosaur  \i 
Stock    No.    70,8I7E., 


nd   Wonder   Book 


CAR  OF  THE   FUTURE  HERE  NOW! 

mpressive  sci- 


:iples    that    apply 


2"  hifh  with  41  propeller    0[ 


orates  on  2  flashlight  batteries 
battery  case 
,       $3  50   Ppd. 


MAIL  COUPON  FOR  GIANT  FREE  CATALOG 


^-h'IU.OOO  UNUSUAL  BARGAINS 


Completely  new  catalog.  148  pagt 
packed  with  nearly  4.000  unusuf 
bargains.     Exciting     new    categoric 


I     Butlding 


Many  new  items.  lOO's  of  charts, 
illustrations.  Many  hard-to-get  war 
surplus  bargains.  Enormous  selec* 
tion  of  telescopes,  microscopes,  bi- 
noculars, magnets,  etc.  for  hobbyists, 
experimenters,  workshops.  Shop  by 
mail.  Write  for  Catalog  "E"  to  Ed- 
300     Edscorp 


■^    f^    ly^  J|    ■         l|VI^^%         ^^P*"         ORDER  BY    STOCK   NUMBER    ■    SEND   CHECK   OR    MONEY    ORDER    ■    MONEY-BACK    GUARANTi 

ELJIVIUIMLJ   »,     300    EDSCORP    BLDG. 
5CIEIMTIFIC    CO.    ^^   BARRIIMGTOrM.   IMEW  JERSEY  08007 


87 


BOOK 
STAND 

A    superl 
reading,  re 


lecture  stand. 
Adjusts  to  3 
positions  (40" 
to  42"H)  to 
suit  your  pur- 


beautifuUy 
turned  birch 
legs,  finished 
in  antique 
pine  or  wal- 
nut, '--  . 
tone  or  maple. 
Folds  com- 
pactly for 
storage.  Top 
is  18y=x24" 
W  with  1" 
lip.  S26.95. 
HOUK    KIT: 

No      ., 

skills  or  tools 
needed. 
S16.93.  Shp. 

fn^fudeiipCode  ^TELD    HOUSE 

\ot  Sold  In  Stores  Dept.  -Nll-0 

Money  Back  Guarantee   No.  Conway,  N.H.  03860 


Elegant  for 
Home  Library 


I  t^l      INDIAN  ARTIFACTS 
FOSSILS-MINERALS 
SHELLS-SCOPES-BOOKS 

SEND    25?:    for   New 
Illustrated  Catalog 

DOVER   SCIENTIFIC 

Box  601 IC 
Astoria,  N.Y.  11106 


This  is  a  complete  recording  of  Edward 
Fitzgerold's  5th  version,  and  is  the  cu- 
mulative  effort  of  three  men  of   genius. 

It  is  followed  by  a  few  comments  and 
comparisons,  and  also  Pedro  Calde- 
ron  de  la  Borca's  The  Dream  Called 
Life  and  Life  is  a  Dream. 

lastly,  beginning  with  Homlet's  solilo- 
guy,  there  is  some  of  the  best  that  is 
to   be  found    in   Shakespeare. 


A  purchaser  writes:  "The  record  is  be- 
ing ployed  over  and  over,  it  is  my 
treasure." 

And  from  Canada,  this  judgment  and 
request:  "Because  the  record  is  such  a 
beauty,  send   me  another  one   .   .   ." 

A  z^jp^rloVivfi  delivery  of 
superlative  poetry  by  Louis  Zoul. 

56.50 

Plus  Applicable  Sales  Tax 

(only  lor  N.Y.  Stofe  residents) 

Available   Only   By   Mail 


PUBLIC  OPINION 

N-4044  Long  Island  City.  Long  Island 
New  York     11104 


Suggested 
Additional  Reading 

A  XE'^"  THEORY 
OF  PYRAMID  BUILDING 

The  Pyramids  of  Egypt.  I.E.S.  Ed- 
wards. Pitman  Publishing  Corpora- 
tion. New  York.  1961. 

Ancien't  Kingdoms  of  the  Nile. 
W.  A.  Fairser^is.  Jr.  Thomas  Y. 
Crowell  Company,  New  York,  1962. 

Most  Ancient  Egypt.  W.  C.  Hayes. 
University  of  Chicago  Press,  Chi- 
cago, 1965. 

PERSUASIVE  SCENTS 
IN  INIOTH  SEX  LIFE 

Insect  Sex  Attractants.  M.  Jacob- 
son.  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.,  New 
Y^ork,  1965. 

Moths.  E.  B.  Ford.  W.  Collins,  Lon- 
don, 1955. 

The  Science  of  Smell.  R.  H. 
Wright.  Basic  Books,  Inc.,  New 
York,  1964. 

An  Introduction  to  Animal  Beh.av- 
lOR.  A.  Manning.  Addison-Wesley 
Publishing  Co.,  Inc.,  Reading,  1967. 

THE  AMERICAN  LION 

The  Puma.  S.  Young  and  E.  Gold- 
man. Dover  Publications,  Inc.,  New 
York,  1946. 

A  Preliminary  Study  of  Dis- 
tribution AND  Numbers  of  Cou- 
gar, Grizzly  and  Wolf  in  North 
America.  V.  H.  Cahalane.  Bulletin 
of  the  New  York  Zoological  Society, 
New  York,  1964. 

Notes  on  Cougar  Productivity  and 
Life  History.  W.  L.  Robinette, 
J.  Gashwiler.  and  0.  Morris.  Journal 
of  Mammalogy,  42:   204-217,   1961. 

benthic  life 
in  the  fjords  of  norway 

The  Lower  Animals.  R.  Buchsbaum 
and  L.  J.  Milne.  Doubleday  &  Com- 
pany, Inc.,  Garden  City,  1960. 

Aspects  of  Marine  Zoology.  Sym- 
posia No.  19.  N.  B.  Marshall,  ed. 
Zoological  Society  of  London,  Aca- 
demic Press,  London,  1967. 


heaung  in  the 

SIERRA  MADRE 


Free 


CuRANDERisMO.    A.    Kiev.    The 
Press.  New  York.  1968. 

The  Healer  of  Los  Olmos  and 
Other  Mexican  Lore.  W.  M.  Hud- 
son, ed.  Southern  Methodist  Uni- 
versity Press.  Dallas.  1951. 

PuNO  Mexicano.  J.  F.  Dabie.  South- 
ern Methodist  University  Press, 
Dallas,  1969. 


Susan    Book 
Coffee   Tables 

FINISHED  OR  IN  KIT 
The  Loveliest,  Most  Completely  Useful  Table  Made 
Handsome  swivel  coftee  table  holds  books,  record  albums, 
magazines — all  neatly  arranged,  titles  clearly  visible, 
easily  accessible  from  any  seat.  Skillfully  crafted  of  rich 
grained  pine  with  hidden  rugged  ball  bearing  swivel.  In 
honeytone  pine  or  maple,  antique  pine  or  walnut  finish. 
Both  16M"H  (book  area  I2%"H).  36"dia.  (holds  10(1 
books)  S41.50;  24"dia.  (holds  40  books)  $29.95.  COM- 
PLETE EAST  KIT.  Ready  lor  nuick  assembly  and 
finish  Simple  instructions.  36"dia.  S31.50:  2-l"dia. 
SI 9.95.  Esp.  Che.  Col. 

BEAUTIFUL    NEW    FREE  .CATALOG— TOOO   PIECES 
Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 
Include  Zip  No.  YIELD    HOUSE 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  Dept.  Nll-0 

AAoney  Back  Guarantee  North  Conway.  N.H.  03S60 


NOW  IN  PAPERBACK 

The  bestseller  that  "transforms  the 
generation  gap  from  a  contemporary 
cliche  into  a  probing-an(J 
disturbing-gui(ie 
to  our  current 


crisis. 
—Newsweek 


$195 


Doubleday/ 

Natural 

History  Press 


ivieail 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL   INSTITUTE  TOUR 

PREHISTORIC   CAVE  PAINTINGS 

(April  19-May  21,  1971) 

Due  to  the  proaressive  deterioration  of  the  pre- 
historic murals  of  Spain  and  France,  the  AIA  is 
sponsoring  a  tour  to  the  caves  of  Altamira, 
Candamo,  Les  Cambrelles  and  Pech-Merle  and 
many  others  to  study  these  magnificent  paintings 
while  thev  are  still  visible.  The  tour,  costing 
about    51,950,    will    be    under 


qlos    Maz 


the 


_,oduction  of  prehisloric  art.  For  further  infor- 
mation write  or  call  the  Archaeological  Institute 
of  America,  Dept.  N-1,  260  West  Broadway, 
New   York,   N.Y.    10013 


Applause* 


...  as  clear  and  concise  an 
ntroduction  to  Meso-American 
archeology  as  you  are  likely  to 
find  anywhere.  Lee  Boltin's 
photographs  are  (as  usual) 
first  rate . . .  Applause. 

- — John  Canaday* 
The  New  York  Times 


The  ancient  civilizations  of  Middle  America  left  few  written  records. 

But  they  did  leave  their  art. 

Now  you  can  see  the  greatness  of  these  cultures  through  photographs 

of  their  art  in  ANCIENT  MEXICO  AND  CENTRAL  AMERICA. 

Based  on  the  new  permanent  archeological  exhibit  at  The  American 

Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  with  written  introductions  by 

Dr.  Gordon  F.  Ekholm,  Curator  of  Mexican  Archeology,  this  elegant 

book  takes  you  directly  to  the  ancient,  exotic  realms  of  the  Maya, 

the  Aztec,  the  Olmec, 
le  128  pages  contain  over  80  shining  photographs,  many  in  color,  and 
a  chronological  chart  of  the  evolution  of  the  cultures  discussed. 


Only  $5.00.  Please  mail  check 
or  money  order  to; 

The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History 

77  West  77th  Street,  New  York.  New  York  10024 


*■  ■  ■     •  .■-- 


■?^?'*^ :'■••■    '    •'%'.;> 


<■■  ;* 


This  photo  of  Taiwan,  taken  from 
a  NASA  Gemini  spacecraft,  could 
double  that  nation's  fishing  yield. 

The  deep  blue  water  along  the  upper 
west  coast,  an  upwelling  that  raises 
nutrients  from  the  ocean  floor,  is  an 
ancestral  fishing  ground.  The  similar 
upwelling  on  the  east  coast,  discov- 
ered by  this  photo,  may  prove  to  be  as 
rich  in  fish  as  the  traditional  grounds. 

Orbiting  satellites  could  locate  new 
fishing  grounds  around  the  world 
and  help  manage  and  conserve  all 
our  ocean  resources.  It's  one  of.  j,  f 
the  ways  our  existing  space  ag 

technologies  could  benefit  f*^* 

all  mankind.  ^  _     ^-l     , 

Think  about  the  possibilities.  '^  4.      • 


The  Boeing  Company.    ^ 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


DECEMBER  1970  •  $1.00 


Johnnie  V/aiker*  Black  Label  12  Year  Old  Blended  Scotch  Whisky,  86.8  Proof.  Bottled  in  Scotland. 
Imported  by  Somerset  Importers,  Ltd.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  Prices  may  vary  according  to  state  and  local  taxes. 


^iristmas  gifts,  $60  and  under. 

r  Black  Libel  Six-Pack,  about  $60.  Sold  separately,  nboiit$  10  a  fifth. 


NATURAL  HISTORY 

INCORPORATING  NATURE  MAGAZINE 

The  Journal  of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Vol.  LXXIX,  No.  10        December  1970 


The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History 

Gardner  D.  Stout,  President 
Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Director 

Natural  History 
Alfred  Meyer,  Editor 

bert  E.  Williamson,  Managing  Editor 

Alan  P.  Ternes,  Senior  Editor 

Thomas  Page,  Art  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

Avis  Knifjin 

John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 

Frederick  R.  Hartmann 

Florence  G.  Edelstein,  Copy  Chief 

Toni  Gerber,  Copy  Editor 

Carol  Breslin,  Peviews 

William  Suderman,  Production 

Staff  Assistants 

Ernestine  Weindorf 

Janet  Stinchcomb 

Lillian  Berger 

Editorial  Advisers 

Dean  Amadon 

Franklyn  M.  Brantey 

Margaret  Mead 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

Gerard  Piel 

Ethel  Tobach 

Advertising  Sales 

Harvey  Oshinsky,  Director 

Harry  F.  Decker 

Walter  E.  Mercer 

Gordon  Finley 

Dinah  Lowell,  Traffic 

Eileen  O'Keefe,  Asst. 

Circulation  Promotion 

Ann  Usher.  Director 

Joan  Meintjies 

Gail  White 

Fulfillment 
Joseph  Saulina,  Manager 


4    AUTHORS 

8     THE  GREAT  PYRAMID  DEBATE  Kent  Weeks,  I.E.S.  Edwards 

Two  noted  Egyptologists  take  strong  exception  to  a  new  theory  of  pyramid 
building  espoused  by  engineer  Olaf  Tellefsen  last  month  in  Natural 
History. 

16    MANY  CONCERNED,  FEW  COMMITTED 
Virginia  Hine  and  Luther  P.  Gerlach 

An  analysis  of  the  responses  to  Natural  History's  questionnaire  shows 
that  environmental  concerns  are  changing  the  values  of  many  readers. 

18     ALL  THE  FAT  AND  SULLAGE  FUDDY  MURRINERS  Susan  Schlee 
While  we  no  longer  make  beer  from  river  effluents,  effective  control  and 
use  of  water  pollutants  remain  a  problem. 

30     CONCEPTIONS  OF  THE  UNIVERSE  Franklyn  M.  Branley 
Paintings  by  Helmut  K.  Wimmer 

Ancient  man  showed  the  same  desire  as  modern  man  to  understand  outer 
space — and  his  descriptions  were  way-out. 

36     ROCK  MUSIC  John  F.  Gibbons  II  and  Steven  Schlossman 

The  Case  of  the  Mysterious  Ringing  Rocks  is  solved  by  four  geologists, 
three  physicists,  two  engineers,  and  one  botanist. 

42     THE  FLORENTINE  CODEX  A  review  by  Herbert  R.  Harvey 

The  monumental  work  on  the  Indians  of  ancient  Mexico,  tvhich  laid  the 
foundations  for  ethnographic  science. 

52     SKY  REPORTER  John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 

54     CELESTIAL  EVENTS  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

56     JOURNEY  TO  PULYKARA  Richard  A.  Gould 

A  recently  discovered  group  of  Australian  Aborigines  still  use  stone  tools 
as  part  of  a  culture  unaffected  by  Western  civilization. 

68     GOOSE  OF  THE  HIMALAYAS  Lawrence  W.  Swan 

Up,  up,  and  over.  Bar-headed  geese  of  India  and  Tibet  overfly  the  highest 
Himalayan  peaks  in  a  migration  at  record  altitudes. 

90    SUGGESTED  ADDITIONAL  READING 

COVER:  As  late  as  the  Middle  Ages,  men  thought  the  universe  ivas  sealed, 
and  that  if  the  outer  boundaries  could  somehow  be  penetrated,  the  glories 
of  heaven  would  unfold. 

Publication  Office:  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Central  Park  West  at 
79th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024.  Published  monthly,  October  through  May; 
bimonthly  June  to  September.  Subscription:  S7.00  a  year.  In  Canada  and  all  other 
countries:  $8.00  a  year.  Single  copies  Sl.OO.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  New  York, 
N.Y.,  and  at  additional  offices.  Copyright  ©  1970  by  The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History.  No  part  of  this  periodical  may  he  reproduced  without  the  written  consent  of 
Natural  History.  Manuscripts  and  illustrations  submitted  to  the  editorial  office 
will  be  handled  with  all  possible  care,  but  we  cannot  assume  responsibility  for  their 
safety.  The  opinions  expressed  by  authors  are  their  own  and  do  not  necessarily  reflect 
the  policy  of  The  American  Museum.  Natural  History  incorporating  Nature 
Magazine  is  indexed  in  Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 


Fish  used  to  be  scared  when  we  looke 


Not  long  ago,  the  oil  industry  usually 
looked  for  offshore  oil  with  dynamite. 

They  exploded  it  underwater  and  recorded 
the  telltale  echoes  on  a  seismograph. 

When  carefully  done,  this  did  little  or  no 
harm  to  aquatic  hfe.  But  lish  were  sometimes 
scared  and  fled  to  quieter  waters.  Fishermen 
frowned. 

Now,  the  Esso  Production  Research  Com- 
pany (a  Jersey  affiliate)  has  invented  a  substitute 


for  dynamite. We  have  nicknamed  it  the  pop; 
and  you  can  see  one  in  our  picture.  It  does 
go  bang  Hke  dynamite.  It  simply  goes  pop. 

The  device  is  beautifully  simple.  A  n 
ture  of  propane  and  oxygen  is  ignited  b: 
spark  plug  inside  a  rubber  sleeve.  The  i 
inflates  the  sleeve  like  an  instant  balloon. 

This  sudden  expansion  is  strong  enougl 
give  a  seismic  echo,  but  not  so  strong  tha 
hurts  the  fish. 

But  fishermen  aren't  the  only  people 

cheer. 

Dynamite  is  often  tricky  stuff  to  han 


V" 


►r  oil.  Now  they  couldn't  care  less. 


;  popper  is  much  safer.  Exploration  crews 
e  less  danger  to  contend  with. 
What's  more,  a  crew  using  a  popper  can 
in  underwater  survey  six  times  faster  than 
ew  using  dynamite.  They  can  work  night 
day  in  rough  weather.  Whereas  a  dynamite 
/  needs  daylight  and  comparative  calm. 
I  our  popper  gives  a  better  seismic  picture 
^le  bargain. 
Esso  Production  Research  has  now  made 


the  popper  available  to  the  oil  industry  around 
the  world. 

'  Good  news  for  oilmen.  Great  news  for  fish. 
Quite  an  invention. 

Standard  Oil  Company 
(New  Jersey) 

fSso] 


Luther  P.  Gerlach  and  Vir- 
ginia Hine,  designers  of  the  ques- 
tionnaire, "You  and  the  Ecology 
Movement,"  which  appeared  in  our 
June-July  issue,  presented  a  prelim- 
inary analysis  of  it  in  our  October 
issue.  This  month  they  offer  a  final 
evaluation  of  their  study. 

Gerlach  is  associate  professor  of 
anthropology  at  the  University  of 
Minnesota;  Hine  is  his  research  as- 
sociate.   The    background    to    their 


work  is  given  in  their  book  People, 
Poiver,  Change:  Movements  of 
Social  Transformation,  published 
by  Bobbs-Merrill  last  month.  Re- 
search on  the  ecology  movement 
and  related  phenomena  was  fund- 
ed by  the  Hill  Family  Foundation, 
the  Rockefeller  Foundation,  the 
Office  of  Water  Resources  Research 
of  the  U.S.  Department  of  the  In- 
terior, and  the  University  of  Minne- 
sota Graduate  School. 


An  independent  investigator  at 
the  Marine  Biological  Laboratory 
at  Woods  Hole,  our  "Naturalist  at 
Large"  Susan  Schlee  recently  re- 
turned from  a  trip  to  Britain,  where 
she  studied  the  Challenger  collec- 
tion from  the  British  scientific  ex- 
pedition led  by  Sir  Charles  Wyville 
Thomson  in  the  1870's.  A  graduate 
of  Vassar  College  in  the  history  of 
art  and  architecture,  she  studied 
oceanography  at  Florida  Atlantic 
LIniversity  and  the  history  of  sci- 
ence at  Duke  University.  Mrs. 
Schlee  is  currently  working  on  a 
history  of  oceanography. 


Franklyn  M.  Branley  received 
his  doctorate  in  science  education 
from  Teachers  College,  Columbia 
University,  in  1957,  at  which  time 
he  was  associate  astronomer  and 
director  of  educational  services 
for  the  American  Museuni-Hayden 
Planetarium.  Currently  chairman  of 
the  Planetarium,  he  has  served  as 
consultant  and  adviser  to  many 
schools,  organizations,  and  scien- 
tific publications.  A  member  of  the 
American  Astronomical  Society  and 
fellow  of  the  American  Association 
for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
Branley  has  published  more  than 
seventy-five  books  and  articles,  pri- 
marily in  the  field  of  astronomy, 
for  children  and  adults. 


Helmut  K.  Wimmer,  whose 
paintings  depicting  ancient  con- 
ceptions of  the  universe  appear  in 
this  issue,  is  art  supervisor  of  the 
American  Museum-Hayden  Plan- 
etarium. Born  in  Munich  in  1925, 
Wimmer  was  apprenticed  at  the  age 
of  fourteen  as  a  sculptor  and  archi 
tectural  model-maker.  After  joining 
the  German  army  in  1943,  he 
served  in  the  Alpine  Troops  until 
1945,  when  he  was  captured  by 
Czech  partisans  six  days  after  the 
war  ended  in  Europe  and  turned' 
over  to  the  Soviets  as  a  prisoner-of-i 
war.  During  his  four  years  in  cap-' 
tivity  he  worked  first  in  lumber 
camps  in  the  Ural  Mountains  and 
later  as  a  sculptor  restoring  public 
buildings  in  the  city  of  Gorki.  In 
1949  he  returned  to  Germany  wherej 
he  continued  to  work  as  a  sculptoi 
on  the  restoration  of  war-damaged 
churches  and  public  buildings.  Five 
years  later  he  emigrated  to  the 
United  States  and  joined  the  art  de 
partment  of  the  Hayden  Plan 
etarium.  A  master  of  air-brusl 
painting  in  astronomy  and  thf 
physical  sciences,  his  illustrations 
have  appeared  in  many  publica| 
tions. 


Not  since  the  frontier  days  have 
the  American  Indians  faced  greater 
threats  to  their  existence  than  they  do 
today. 

Malnutrition,  disease  and  despair 
are  rampant.  The  school  drop-out  rate  is 
50%  greater  than  the  national  average. 
Unemployment  is  10  times  the  rate  of 
other  Americans.  The  American  Indian 
today  has  the  shortest  life  expectancy 
of  any  group  in  the  country. 

Their  desperate  poverty  is  a  leg- 
acy passed  on  from  one  generation  to 
the  next.  The  statistics  show  that  few  es- 
;ape.  Eight-year-old  Lisa  Redfox  is  one 
jf  the  somber  statistics.  Or  she  will  be 
;oon,  unless  someone  with  $15  a  month 
:ares  enough  to  do  something  about  her. 
Through  Save  the  Children  Fed- 
;ration  you  can  do  a  remarkable  num- 
ber of  things  for  a  child  like  Lisa.  Your 
.•ontribution  will  provide  funds  for  the 
:lothes  and  supplies  she  needs  to  con- 
inue  school.  A  grant  or  loan  may  enable 
ler  parents  to  make  their  home  more  liv- 
ible  or  to  start  a  self-help  project.  And  a 
)ortion  of  the  money  will  be  put  into  a 
'und  from  which  a  community  can  bor- 
ow  to  build  a  village  center,  install  sani- 
|ary  facilities,  provide  vocational  train- 
ig  or  other  community  projects.  But 
lost  of  all,  this  money,  and  the  self-help 
rojects  it  is  used  for,  will  provide  a  di- 
late of  hope  and  a  vision  of  a  better 
Jture. 

That's  what  Save  the  Children  is 
11  about.  Our  aim  is  not  merely  a  new 
Dat,  warm  gloves  or  a  few  hot  meals. 
/e're  interested  in  giving  children,  their 
arents  and  their  communities  the  little 
oost  they  need  to  start  helping  them- 
Ives.  Once  people  start  helping  them- 
Ives,  there  is  almost  no  end  to  what 
ley  can  do. 

Sponsors  are  desperately  needed 
If  American  Indian  children,  as  well  as 
lildren  in  Appalachia,  South  Korea, 
Duth  Vietnam,  Latin  America,  Africa, 
le  Middle  East  and  Europe. 


As  a  sponsor  you  will  select  the 
child's  nationality.  You  will  receive  a 
photo  of  the  child,  a  case  history  and  reg- 
ular progress  reports.  Also,  you  will  have 
the  opportunity  to  correspond  with  the 
child  and  his  family.  This  personal  con- 
tact can  be  as  close  and  frequent  and 
rewarding  as  you  wish  it  to  be.  You  may 
even  some  day  wish  to  visit  with  your 
child  to  see  first  hand  what  a  remarkable 
difference  you  have  been  able  to  make. 


There's  a  child  waiting  for  you  to 
fill  out  this  coupon.  You  are  his  or  her 
best  hope.  We're  not  asking  you  to  save 
the  world.  Just  a  little  piece  of  it.  Per- 
haps, if  there  are  enough  people  like  you, 
that  is  the  way  to  save  the  world. 

National  Sponsors  (partial  list):  Faith  Baldwin,  Joan 
Crawford,  Gene  Kelly,  Mrs.  Eli  Lilly,  Paul  Newman, 
Mrs.  J.  C.  Penney,  Frank  Sinatra.  Save  the  Children 
Federation,  founded  in  1932,  is  registered  with  the 
U.S.  State  Department  Advisory  Committee  on  Vol- 
untary Foreign  Aid. 


To  you  this  is  a  coupon. 

To  Lisa  Redfox  it's  iier  ticket  out  of  hell. 


Find  out  more 
about  the  birds 
and  the  bees 

For  a  revealing  closeup  view  of  any- 
thing In  nature,  there's  nothing  like 
a  pair  of  Nil<on  prism  binoculars. 

Designed  by  the  makers  of  the 
famous  Nikon  camera,  they  provide 
exceptionally  bright,  clear,  crisp 
vision  over  the  entire  wide  field  of 
view,  through  morning  mist  and 
evening  dusk.  Their  superb  Nikon 
optics  are  so  precisely  aligned  and 
collimated  you  can  view  for  hours 
without  eyestrain.  Compare  them 
with  any  lesser  binoculars,  and  you 
will  see  the  difference  Nikon  quality 
makes. 

Among  the  many  types  of  Nikon 
binoculars,  the  8x30  and  9x35  are 
particularly  suited  for  bird  watching 
and  nature  study  Both  feature  light- 
weight, moisture-resistant  construc- 
tion and  are  backed  by  a  25-year 
guarantee.  At  better  optical  and 
camera  stores  and  departments,  or 
write:  Nikon  Inc.,  Garden  City,  N.Y. 
11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich 
Photo-Optical  Industries.  Inc.  iSu 
(In  Canada:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  RQ.) 


l\lilcon 
Prism 
Binoculars 


John  F.  Gibbons  II  received  his 
B.A.  and  M.S.  degrees  from  the 
University  of  Arkansas  and  his 
Ph.D.  in  geology  from  Syracuse 
University.  Currently  assistant  pro- 
fessor of  geology  at  Rutgers  Uni- 
versity, he  has  done  field  work  in 
the      Arkansas      valley,      Colorado 


Front  Range,  and  the  eastern 
Ozarks.  His  projected  studies  in- 
clude experimental  research  on  the 
physical  properties  of  rock  and  a 
textbook  on  rock  mechanics. 

Coauthor  with  Gibbons  of  "Rock 
Music,"  Steven  Schlossnian  is 
working  on  his  M.S.  in  geology  at 
the  University  of  Massachusetts. 
The  findings  of  their  study  in 
northern  Bucks  County,  Pennsylva- 
nia, were  first  presented  in  a  paper 
at  the  Geological  Society  of  Amer- 
ica in  1969.  Schlossman  is  cur- 
rently studying  the  Helderberg 
Mountains  in  New  York  State,  and 
plans  further  research  in  structural 
geology. 

Associate  Curator  of  North 
American  Archeology  at  The  Amer- 
ican Museum,  Richard  A.  Gould 
received  his  Ph.D.  from  the  Univer- 
sity of  California  at  Berkeley  in 
1965.  His  archeological  field  work 
has  been  varied:  he  studied  south- 
western archeology  at  Glen  Canyon, 
Utah:  Tolowa  Indian  ethnology 
and  archeology  in  northwestern 
California:  Mayan  cave  archeology 
at  Alta  Verapaz,  Guatemala;  and 
Polynesian  archeology  at  the  Tua- 
motu  and  Marquesas  Islands,  French 
Polynesia.  His  current  article  on 
Pulykara  is  based  on  his  recent 
studies  of  Aborigine  ethnology  and 
archeology  in  the  Western  Desert  of 
Australia.   The   author   of    Yiwara: 


Foragers  of  the  Australian  Desert 
as  well  as  of  numerous  articles  for 
scientific  journals,  Gould  plans  fur- 
ther studies  of  the  Australian  desert 
Aborigines. 

Born  in  Darjeeling,  India,  in 
1922,  Lawrence  W.  Swan  is  pro- 
fessor of  biology  at  San  Francisco 
State  College  and  research  associate 
at  the  California  Academy  of  Sci- 
ences. His  article  on  bar-headed 
geese  is  based  on  research  conducted 
on  several  visits  to  the  eastern 
Himalayas,     including    Nepal     and 


Sikkim.  He  has  previously  studied 
high-altitude  ecology  on  Mount  Ori- 
zaba and  other  volcanic  mountains 
in  Mexico,  and  has  done  field  work 
in  East  Africa,  the  Galapagos  Is- 
lands, and  Costa  Rica.  He  is  the  au- 
thor of  several  articles  for  scientific 
periodicals  and  a  previous  piece 
for  Natural  History,  "Ecology  of 
the  Heights"  (April,  1963).  Swan's 
projected  studies  include  pollution! 
fallout  on  high-altitude  snow. 


THE  WORLD  OF  UNDBLAD  TRAVEL 


Waved  Albatross,  mating  pair,  Hood  Island 


Lars-Eric  Lindblad  offers  two  priceless  journeys 
of  adventure  for  nature  lovers  and  conservationists. 


1.  An  expedition  to  Darwin's  Galapagos;  an  island  world  where  time  stood  still. 
2.  A  Wing  Safari  into  the  heart  of  Hemingway's  Africa. 


Darwin's  Galapagos 

Ever  since  Charles  Darwin  put  forward  his 
famous  theory  of  evolution,  following  up 
on  his  visit  to  the  Galapagos  Islands  in 
1835,  these  islands  on  the  equator  in  the 
Pacific  Ocean  have  fired  the  imagination 
of  scientists  and  laymen  alike. 


Elephant  at  foot  of  Mt.  Kilimanjaro 


This  is  the  fifth  year  in  which  Lindblad 
Travel,  Inc.  offers  you  the  opportunity  to 
participate  in  a  special  expedition  to 
Galapagos  with  its  fascinating  wildlife. 
The  flora  and  fauna  of  the  Galapagos  have 
been  jealously  guarded  and  protected  by 
isolation  of  time,  and  to  set  foot  on  these 
islands  is  to  return  to  a  state  of  nature  as  It 
was  thousands  of  years  ago. 

The  one-class  Lina  A,  of  Greek  registry, 
has  been  chartered  for  this  cruising  expe- 
dition. It  is  fully  air-conditioned  with  all 
outside  cabins,  accommodating  a  maxi- 
mum of  50  passengers. 

African  Wing  Safari 

You  will  travel  by  private  STOL  airplane 
through  Hemingway  country,  over  the 
Serengeti  Plains,  from  the  Anchole  of 
West  Uguanda  to  the  Masai  manyattas  of 
Ngorongoro ...  no  major  park  has  been  left 
out.  Land  Rovers  will  be  used  in  the 
majority  of  the  game  parks,  allowing  you 
to  come  within  arm's  length  of  many  of 
the  fascinating  animals.  The  very  best 


accommodations  will  be  at  your  disposal 
and  each  safari  will  be  limited  to  10  per- 
sons and  will  be  accompanied  by  a  host. 
So,  if  you  have  a  yen  for  great  adventure, 
Lars-Eric  Lindblad  suggests  that  you 
make  your  reservations  early.  BOAC  jets 
will  fly  you  in  luxurious  comfort  to  a  Wing 
Safari  and  home  again. 


r 


Dept.  NH1270 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

133  East  55lh  Street 

New  York,  N.Y.  10022 

Please  send  brochures.  I  am  seriously 

interested  In: 

n  Darwin's  Galapagos    n  African  Wing  Safari 


Mr. 


PLEASE  PRINT 


Address- 
City 


I    Telephone  (Area  Code)- 


THE  GREAT  PYRAMII 

Engineer  Olaf  Tellefsen  argued  last  month  in  Natural  History  that  the 
ancient  Egyptians,  by  using  a  simple  de\-ice.  built  the  pyramids  with 
far  less  work  and  fewer  men  than  is  commonly  believed.  This  month  two 
famous  Egyptologists  rebut  his  theory,  but   Tellefsen  refuses  to  concede 


Probably  no  group  of  structures 
is  more  widely  known  than  the 
pyramids  of  Egypt,  and  certainly 
none  has  given  rise  to  more  liter- 
ature. The  pyramids  have  been 
studied  and  explained  from  a  thou- 
sand points  of  view.  They  have 
been  called  the  granaries  of  Moses, 
the  evil  works  of  creatures  from 
other  planets,  the  painful  reminders 
of  a  cruel  and  deranged  king.  They 
have  been  labeled  products  of  a 
mentalitj'  so  great  we  may  never 
fathom  all  the  secrets  their  propor- 
tions hide.  Their  dimensions  have 
been  measured,  added,  divided,  and 
squared — in  a  host  of  unusual  units 
— to  reveal  dates  in  man's  past  and 
predict  events  in  his  future. 


Fantastic  ideas?  Yes,  and  with 
no  basis  whatsoever.  Yet  the  facts 
concerning  the  pyramids  are  no  less 
amazing  than  these  fictitious  no- 
tions. Take,  for  example,  the  Pyra- 
mid of  Khufu:  so  accurately  was  it 
constructed  that  the  joints  between 
blocks  are  never  more  than  1/50  of 
an  inch  ^vide:  the  difference  be- 
t\veen  the  longest  and  shortest  sides 
is  only  7.9  inches  (an  error  of 
about  0.0009  percent)  ;  its  sides  are 
witliin  five  arc  minutes  of  perfect 
alignment  ^vith  true  north.  Yet  the 
pyramid  was  built  of  2,300,000 
blocks  of  stone,  each  weighing  an 
average  of  2.5  tons  (the  heaviest  is 
about  15  tons)  ;  it  stood  481  feet 
high:  its  sides  were  755  feet  long; 


its  volume  over  three  million  cubic 
yards. 

How  was  it  built?  How  could  a 
people  without  knowledge  of  the 
pulley,  ^vithout  use  of  the  ^vheel, 
erect  not  just  this  enormous  and 
almost  perfectly  aligned  structure 
but  nearly  eight>^  other  (although 
admittedly  less  impressive)  pyra- 
mids as  well? 

There  are  many  problems  to  take 
into  account:  quarrying  and  trans- 
porting the  stones,  raising  them 
into  position,  fitting  and  dressing 
them — all  these  are  operations  re- 
quiring -  considerable  knowledge 
and  skill.  Numerous  theories  have 
been  proposed  to  explain  how  these 
tasks  were  performed,   and   one  of 


Tracing  of  a  painting  from  14o0  B.C.  shows  construction  rainp  iri  use 


)EBATE 


the  most  discussed  is  the  task  of 
moving  and  raising  the  blocks  to 
their  position  in  one  of  the  pyra- 
mid's upper  courses.  The  problem: 
how  did  the  Egyptians  manage  to 
raise  thousands  of  two-ton  stone 
blocks  several  hundred  feet  without 
those  tools  we  consider  indis- 
pensable? 

Several  devices  have  been  pro- 
posed to  solve  this  formidable  prob- 
lem, the  best-known  and  most  dis- 
cussed being  the  ramp  and  sledge 
and  any  of  several  kinds  of  levers. 

The  use  of  levers,  such  as  the 
weight  arm  described  in  the  article 
by  Olaf  Tellefsen,  has  been  pro- 
posed several  times  in  the  past  few 
decades.  Such  proposals  are  usually 


based  on  adaptations  of  the  shadilf, 
a  device  used  by  Egyptian  peasants 
to  raise  water  from  the  Nile  to  their 
fields.  One  study  of  its  applicability 
to  pyramid  construction  was  that 
done  by  a  German  engineer,  L. 
Croon,  who  estimated  that  3,500 
such  levers  would  have  been  needed 
to  build  the  Great  Pyramid.  In 
some  ways,  this  and  other  proposed 
forms  of  levers  might  represent 
workable  solutions  to  the  stone-rais- 
ing task.  But  there  are  several  prob- 
lems. 

First,  there  is  absolutely  no  evi- 
dence to  show  that  levers  were  used 
in  this  manner.  If  they  were  a  part 
of  the  contractor's  repertoire  of 
tools    one    would    think    that,    like 


ramps  and  sledges,  they  would  have 
been  depicted  in  tomb  paintings 
found  near  pyramid  sites,  or  at 
least  mentioned  in  texts. 

Second,  those  who  seek  to  justify 
the  use  of  levers  in  the  construction 
of  pyramids  seem  to  assume  that  all 
pyramids  are  similarly  constructed 
of  regularly  laid  courses  of  blocks. 
In  fact,  only  a  few  pyramids  are  of 
solid  masonry  construction,  and 
none  is  built  of  layer  upon  layer  of 
stone.  Instead,  for  reasons  we  do 
not  fully  understand,  they  are  con- 
structed in  what  almost  appears  to 
be  a  series  of  shell-like  additions, 
whose  "accretion  faces"  would 
make  the  shaduf-\ike  device  ex- 
tremely difficult,  if  not  impossible. 


^ 

n         1 

^    \ 

■ 

1 

1 

£^ 

1 

'  \    1  \,. 

1 

^^ 

1           1 

1    'i 

k 

hA^'^wxi 

\mm  1 

^"h^ 

1    1      :  '    -. 

1       1 

1 
1 

1          1 

7  '.'V^ 

. 

■;■    1 /////////// 

j  A/// 

1        1 

— 1— 1__ 

1 

I 

1 

1         1 

,1  , 

1             / 

nHHrni          1 

I J 

1 

k\m    I 

T~f"\  n  >  - 

!         1        1 

I    ,  1     , 

1    \\\m 

"  --  -1     ' 

iimip.       \ 

u/m  1 

S\\ 

'^^'iiniu 

xf-'--'- 

c 

1 

mou'i                 1 

1      1 

mm 

1 

'^— ■ 

1  ^^\iw? 

~t:; — ^ 

9 

to  use.  It  lias  been  suggested  that 
this  building  technique  would  allow 
the  pyramid  to  be  quickly  finished 
off  at  any  of  several  stages  in  the 
event  of  the  king's  premature  death. 

But  the  dearth  of  evidence  for 
other  devices  is  only  part  of  the 
reason  that  Egyptologists  have  long 
favored  the  ramp  and  sledge  for 
pyramid  construction.  Not  only  are 
they  among  the  simplest  of  devices 
for  moving  large  weights  upward, 
but  there  is  also  considerable  evi- 
dence that  they  were,  in  fact,  used 
by  Egyptian  engineers. 

In  the  XVIII  dynasty  {ca.  1450 
B.C.),  a  tomb  painting,  pages  8  and 
9,  shows  a  ramp  used  for  the 
erection  of  columns  in  a  temple 
courtyard.  Remains  of  actual  ramps 
have  been  found  at  several  sites,  in- 
cluding Medum,  Giza,  and  Lisht, 
where  they  lie  in  relation  to  pyra- 
mids. In  Papyrus  Anastasi  I,  there 
is  a  challenge  to  a  scribe,  asking 
that  he  determine  the  number  of 
bricks  necessary  to  construct  a 
ramp   (the  Egyptian  word  was 

pronounced  something  like  "setja") 
more  than  1,200  feet  long,  90  feet 
wide,  and  nearly  100  feet  high.  The 
description  of  this  ramp  fits  very 
well  that  of  the  ramp  found  near 
the  second  pyramid  at  Giza.  and  its 
slope  is  about  the  same  as  that  of  a 
ramp  found  near  the  V  dynasty 
pyramid  of  Neuserre  at  Abu  Sir. 

Every  one  of  these  ramps  had  a 
slope  of  approximately  15  degrees. 
This  seems  an  eminently  manage- 
able angle  up  which  to  pull  blocks. 
Yet  Tellefsen's  theory  requires  us  to 
believe  that  the  stones  were  pulled 
up  the  side  of  the  pyramid  itself,  an 
angle  of  51  degrees  in  the  Great 
Pyramid,  and  rarely  less  than  42 
degrees  in  others.  A  task  formi- 
dable enough;  but  we  also  know 
from  several  archeological  sources 
that  placing  the  casing  stones  was 
one  of  the  last  stages  in  construct- 
ing a  pyramid  and  an  even  slope 
simply  would  not  have  been  avail- 
able up  which  to  haul  the  core 
blocks.  Thus  hauling  blocks  up  the 
side  of  the  Great  Pyramid  would 
have  meant  hauling  them  up  a  stair- 
case. The  nature  of  the  evidence,  in 
short,  is  such  that  there  seems  little 
doubt  that  the  type  of  ramp  to 
which    Tellefsen    objects    played    a 


major  role  in  pyramid  construction 
and  in  construction  generally. 

The  evidence  for  the  use  of 
sledges  rather  than  rollers  alone  is 
equally  as  good.  Actual  sledges 
have  been  found  at  several  Egyp- 
tian sites,  and  they  are  shown  in 
use  in  a  tomb  painting,  page  12,  of 
the  XII  dynasty,  where  a  statue 
weighing  about  60  tons  is  being 
pulled  on  a  sledge  by  172  men. 
Note  also  in  this  scene  the  man 
pouring  water  or  oil  under  the 
skids  to  reduce  friction,  and  the 
three  men  beside  the  statue  carry- 
ing a  piece  of  wood  (is  this  another 
kind  of  lever,  the  pry  ? ) . 

Critics  of  the  ramp  and  sledge 
technique  argue  that  too  many  men 
would  have  been  needed  to  haul 
blocks  and  that  the  ramp  itself 
would  have  been  a  project  rivaling 
the  pyramids  in  magnitude.  How 
many  men  were  used?  We  have  Old 
Kingdom  records  of  3.000  men 
being  used  to  haul  a  sarcophagus 
lid  from  its  quarry  to  the  Nile,  and 
we  know  that  during  the  annual  in- 
undation large  numbers  of  peasants 
would  have  been  freed  from  farm 
work  to  participate  in  such  a  "state 
project."  The  statement  of  Herod- 
otus, that  four  hundred  thousand 
men  labored  for  twenty  years,  is 
certainly  an  exaggerated  picture  of 
the  building  of  Khufu's  Pyramid. 
Petrie  estimated  that  fewer  than 
100,000  men,  working  three  months 
each  year,  could  easily  have  built 
the  Great  Pyramid  in  less  than 
twenty  years,  and  some  scholars  be- 
lieve even  this  figure  is  unnecessar- 
ily high.  In  any  case,  we  certainly 
are  talking  in  terms  of  a  labor  force 
Egypt,  with  an  estimated  popu- 
lation of  1.5  to  2  million  people 
during  the  Old  Kingdom,  could  re- 
alistically have  supplied.  As  to  the 
size  of  the  ramp,  Jean-Philippe 
Lauer,  who  has  devoted  most  of  his 
life  to  the  study  of  Egyptian  archi- 
tecture, argues  that  most  estimates 
of  its  dimensions  are  overblown  be- 
cause people  forget  that  while  the 
first  course  of  a  pyramid  may  con- 
tain, say,  64,000  blocks,  a  middle 
course  would  require  only  16,000, 
and  one  seven-eighths  of  the  way  to 
the  top  only  1,000.  Thus  the  ramp 
could  be  severely  reduced  in  size  as 
it  rose  and  still  accommodate  the 
necessary  men  and  stones. 

If,  as  Tellefsen  suggests,  Egyptol- 
ogists seem  to  cling  tenaciously  to 


the  ramp  theory  of  pyramid  con- 
struction, it  is  because  only  it,  of  all 
the  theories  proposed,  is  supported 
by  archeological  evidence.  We  do 
not  deny  the  use  of  levers — such  as 
a  pry  perhaps  used  to  load  the 
stones  onto  a  sledge — but  careful 
examination  of  the  ancient  records 
gives  us  every  reason  to  believe  that 
the  ramp  was  the  basic  device  used 
in  constructing  these  most  awe-in- ' 
spiring  of  monuments. 

Kent  R.  Weeks 

Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Egyptian  Art 

Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art 

Tellefsen's  article  seems  to  me  to 
disregard  the  archeological  evi- 
dence and  to  offer  a  theory  that  is 
hardly  likely  to  commend  itself  to 
Egyptologists.  To  quote  Herodotus, 
who  lived  more  than  2.000  years  af- 
ter the  Great  Pyramid  was  built,  is 
not  equal  to  citing  contemporary 
evidence.  The  theory  simply  does 
not  take  into  account  what  has  sur- 
vived, including  traces  of  building 
ramps. 

The  author  should  examine  the 
standard  work  on  ancient  Egyptian 
methods  of  building,  namely, 
Ancient  Egyptian  Masonry,  by 
Somers  Clarke  and  R.  Engelbach 
(Oxford,  1930),  and  then  find  rea- 
sons to  refute  the  arguments  of  the 
authors,  which  are  based  on  arch- 
eological discovery.  Incidentally, 
despite  Tellefsen's  opening  con- 
tention, not  all  engineers  and 
Egyptologists  have  disagreed :  Engel- 
bach was  himself  an  engineer,  and 
he  agreed  completely  with  the  con- 
ventional theory  of  pyramid  build- 
ing. 

Tellefsen  ventures  some  views  on 
the  size  of  the  Egyptian  population 
at  the  time  the  pyramids  were  built, 
but  neither  he  nor  any  one  else  has 
the  slightest  evidence  about  the 
matter;  it  is  pure  conjecture.  In 
other  areas  he  reveals  how  little  he 
knows  about  Egypt:  he  talks  about 
digging  irrigation  canals  in  the 
"off-season,"  when  the  canals  in 
question  would  have  had  to  be  dug 
under  the  water  of  the  inundation! 
On  the  question  of  labor,  there  is 
no  evidence  of  "slaves"  from  for- 
eign countries  at  the  time  the  pyra- 
mids were  built. 

This  article  is  one  of  several  that 
have  been  sent  to  me  over  the  years, 
written  by  engineers  and  based  on 


Loren 
Eiseley 

THE  INVISIBLE 
PYRAMID 

The  distinguished  naturalist  and  con- 
servationist views  the  Space  Age  In 
this  unique  book — the  first  humanist 
account  of  the  rocl<et  century. 

"I  am  bewitched  by  the  style  which 
Is  often  that  of  a  poet  and  not  uncom- 
monly that  of  a  seer  and  prophet.  .  .  . 
[Eiseley]  was  one  of  the  very  first 
scientists  to  proclaim  publicly  that 
mankind  must  reinsert  itself  into  na- 
ture. ...  He  is  teaching  our  genera- 
tion to  recapture  that  cosmic  sense 
which  is  unique  to  man." 

—•RENE  DUBOS, 
Smithsonian  Magazine 

"Loren  Eiseley  is  the  finest  living  es- 
sayist working  In  his  field.  The  Invis- 
ible Pyramid  is  poetry  born  from  that 
fine  mind."  —RAY  BRADBURY 

Illustrated  by  Walter  Ferro 

Major  selection  of 

The  Library  of  Science  $6.95 


Victor  B. 
Scheffer 

THE  YEAR  OF 
THE  SEAL 


The  author  of  The  Year  of  the  Whale, 
winner  of  the  1970  Burroughs  Medal 
for  the  best  book  in  the  field  of  nat- 
ural history,  tells  the  story  of  an 
Alaska  fur  seal  mother  and  her  com- 
panions in  the  great  Pribilof  Islands 
herd. 

"No  one  knows  more  about  sealing 
and  seals  than  Dr.  Victor  Scheffer 
and  no  biologist  since  Rachel  Carson 
has  added  higher  lustre  to  the  tradi- 
tion of  beautiful  nature  writing.  The 
Year  of  the  Seal  is  even  better  than 
The  Year  of  the  Whale.  It  is  a  major 
contribution  to  public  understanding 
of  the  challenge  of  wildlife  manage- 
ment." —WILLIAM  G.  CONWAY, 
General  Director, 
N.Y.  Zoological  Society 

Illustrated  by  Leonard  Everett  Fisher 

Selection  of  Natural  Science  Book  Club 

and  The  Library  of  Science    $7.95 


Father 

Sebastian 

Englert 

ISLAND  AT  THE 
CENTER  OF 
THE  WORLD 

New  Light  on  Easter  Island 

"This  handsome  book,  richly  illus- 
trated with  color  photographs  ...  is 
the  work  of  the  only  white  man  who 
cpme  to  know  the  present  islanders 
intimately.  Father  Englert  lived 
among  them  as  a  missionary  for  35 
years,  learned  to  speak  their  lan- 
guage and  wrote  down  what  they  re- 
membered of  their  departed  ances- 
tors." —JOHN  BARKHAM, 
Saturday  Review  Syndicate 

32  pages  of  full  color 

photographs  by  George  Helton 

Selection  of  the 

Book-of-the-Month  Club, 

Natural  Science  Book  Club, 

and  Catholic  Book  Club       $14,95 


.copies  of  THE  INVISIBLE  PYRAMID  at  $6.95  each 
.copies  of  THE  YEAR  OF  THE  SEAL  at  $7.95  each 
-copies  of  ISLAND  AT  THE  CENTER  OF  THE  WORLD  at  $14.95  each 


City- 


-Zip- 


Please  enclose  check  or  money  order,  including  local  tax, 
plus  SOC  handling  for  orders  under  $9.95 


pure   theory.   I   am   sorry   that  my 

opinion  of  it  is  not  more  favorable. 

I.  E.  S.  Edwards 

Keeper  of  Egyptian  Antiquities 

The  British  Museum 

The  Author  Replies 

It  is  gratifying  indeed  to  see  the 
accompanying  comments  on  my  ar- 
ticle by  experts.  It  is  gratifying  be- 
cause the  literature  on  Egypt,  and 
on  the  Great  Pyramid  in  particular, 
is  so  bulky,  so  diverse  and  vague 
that  it  is  difficult  to  discern  ^vhat  is 
what,  and  there  has  long  been  a 
need  for  a  condensation  of  the  es- 


sence. Now  it  appears  that  Natu- 
ral History  has  become  a  forum 
for  critical  debate  that  may  result 
in  the  realization  of  such  a  goal. 

Personally,  I  am  not  interested  in 
academic  debate  for  its  own  sake. 
My  most  fervent  desire  is  to  see  an 
age-old  enigma  decided  on  the  basis 
of  technological  realities  as  well  as 
on  archeological  evidence. 

My  article  speaks  for  itself  and 
needs  no  defense  or  further  proof 
of  technical  soundness:  for  what  I 
have  proposed  can  be  demonstrated 
to  be  feasible,  and  furthermore,  my 
theory    does   not    involve    anything 


that  wasn't  ^vell  within  the  capabil- 
ities and  the  material  resources  of 
the  pyramid  builders.  Its  weakness, 
according  to  the  experts,  is  that 
there  is  no  physical  evidence  to  in- 
dicate that  the  apparatus  I  have  de- 
scribed was  used  by  the  ancient  en- 
gineers. 

I  believe  that  there  is. 

In  his  comments  Dr.  Edwards 
writes  as  follows:  "To  quote  Hero- 
dotus, who  lived  more  than  2,000 
years  after  the  Great  Pyramid  was 
built,  is  not  equal  to  citing  contem- 
porary evidence.  The  theory  simply 
does  not  take  into  account  what  has 


A  sledge  is  used  to  move  60-ton  statue  in  this  tomb-painting  tracing. 


12 


Now  ready... 
the  first  two 
volumes  in 
The  Earths 
WildPlaces 


series 


These  incomparably  beautiful 
books  portray  the  awesome 
perfection  and  beauty  of  the  earth's 
few  remaining  wildernesses  and 
offer  a  plan  for  saving  them 
before  it's  too  late. 


THE  ALPS  —  those  glorious  mountains  that 
look  down  on  Europe  —  are  mirrored  miracu- 
lously here,  from  their  edelweiss-strewn  pas- 
tures and  enchanting  villages  to  their  sun- 
struck  lakes  and  the  haunting  splendor  of 
their  white-mantled  glaciers.  Engagingly 
written,  the  book  warns  of  the  encroachments 
of  industry,  already  approaching  the  foot- 
hills. Text  by  Max  Knight,  photographs  by 
Gerhard  Klammet. 

MAUI  —  two  soaring  mountain  masses  con- 
nected by  an  isthmus  —  is  the  loveliest  of  the 
Hawaiian  Islands.  All  of  its  primordial  beauty 
—  its  moonlike  deserts,  dazzling  flora  and 
fauna,  volcano,  waterfall-spangled  wood- 
lands, and  surf-ravelled  coast  —  is  arrested  for 
all  time  in  these  pages.  The  book  also  offers 
a  plan  to  save  the  island,  its  people  and  way  of 
life.  Text  and  photographs  by  Robert  Wenkam, 
introduction  by  Charles  A.  Lindbergh. 
Each  160  pages,  lO'/t"  x  ISVi". 
Willi  64  full-page,  full-color  photographs  and 
full-color  endpapers,  printed  on  the  finest 
color  presses.  $27.50  each. 

FRIENDS  OF  THE  EARTH  BOOKS 

Edited  by  David  Brower 

Published  by  the  McCall  Publishing  Company 

Ask  for  these  beautiful  books  now  at  your  bookstore. 
Or  use  this  coupon  with  a  money-back  guarantee. 


The  McCall  Publishing  Company 
Book  Division,  Order  Dept.  NH 
230  Park  Avenue.  New  York  10017 

Please  send  me  on   10  days'  approval  the  books  in- 
dicated below.  I  enclose  my  check  or  money  order 

totaling  $ ,  and   I   understand  that  if  not 

satisfied,  I  may  return  any  book  within  10  days  for  a 

full  refund. 

copies  of  MAUI:   The  Last  Hawaiian  Place 

@  $27.50 

copies  of  RETURN  TO  THE  ALPS  @  $27.50 

[    I  Also  send  me  at  no  cost  full  information  about 

the  work  of  Friends  of  the  Earth  and  how  I 

may  become  a  member. 

Name 

Address 

City, ;..:..;...... ., 

State Zip 


Why  Robert  R  Talbot 
never  returned  to  the 
Okeefenokee  Swamp. 

He  never  had  to.  Bob  takes  his  own  bird  photo- 
graphs, but  he  doesn't  take  chances.  He  devel- 
ops the  film  and  makes  the  enlargements  on  the 
spot.  He  can  do  it  because  he's  got  a  Durst  IViaOl 
eniarger.  It  packs  in  a  carrying  case  that's  no 
bigger  than  a  bread  box.  And  sets  up  in  minutes 
in  camper,  tent,  air  boat -or  outdoors  on  a  dark 
night.  The  Durst  M301  is  for  35mm  and  smaller, 
and  its  only-slightly-bigger  brother,  the  Durst 
M600,  goes  to  2-1/4  square.  They  make  great 
enlargements  in  B&W  and  color,  and  work 
equally  well  in  kitchen,  bathroom,  closet  or  even 
darkroom.  Prices  start  at  under  S70.  Your  dealer 
also  offers  complete,  money-saving  Durst  en- 
larging outfits.  By  the  way.  with  an  inexpensive 
bulb  adapter  and  an  auto  headlight  bulb  you 
too  can  print  in  the  field.,  .using  a  car  battery. 
Write  for  details.  Durst  (USA)  Inc.  Garden  City. 

NewYorkll530.Subsidiarvof  EhrenreichPhoto-     rjiipcj  FNLARGERS 
Optical  Industries. Inc'llHS 


MtrS- 

'^■'  '^■h-:' 

A 

^M. 

survived,  including  traces  of  build 
ing  ramps"  [my  italics]. 

That  comment,  I  believe,  con 
tains  two  items  whose  resolution  i 
essential  for  the  resolution  of  thi 
over-all  pyramid  question.  The  firs 
of  these  is  the  writings  of  Hero 
dotus.  It  is  true  that  he  lived  2,00( 
years  after  the  pyramid  was  built 
but  he  got  his  information  fron 
priests  who  had  preserved  record 
of  their  own — records  that  wer^ 
contemporary  in  origin  with  th 
reign  of  Khufu.  Herodotus  did  no 
take  his  report  out  of  thin  aii 
although  it  contains  some  of  hi 
own  misconceived  observations 
mistakes  that  led  to  summary  rejec 
tion  of  the  entire  report.  Som 
Egyptologists,  however,  have  endear 
ored  to  analyze  the  sources  of  hi 
information,  and  with  some  signifi 
cant  results.  Prof.  Margaret  Murra 
of  the  University  of  London,  for  es 
ample,  has  written  that  the  priesi 
had  a  grievance  against  Khufu  an 
they  vilified  him  to  the  best  of  thei^ 
ability.  They  exaggerated  the  loa 
he  placed  on  the  people  for  his  sel: 
ish  purposes,  including  the  buildin 
of  his  enormous  tomb,  which  thre^ 
the  records  completely  out  of  tru 
perspective. 

But.  to  my  knowledge  at  least,  n 
Egyptologist   so    far   has   paid   an 
attention        to        the        reasonab 
assumption  that  the  priests  had  n 
bone  to  pick  with  the  pyramid  eng 
neers.    There    was    no    reason    fc 
them  to  falsify  the  records  with  n 
spect    to    how    the    structure    w 
raised.   It  is  my   opinion   that  if 
huge     ramp     were     the     princip; 
means  for   elevating  the   blocks 
would     have     been    mentioned, 
wasn't.    Instead,    they    stressed    tl 
use  of  a  "machine"  made  of  sho 
planks.  Egyptologists,  however,  ha 
to  reject  this  because  they  had  coi 
vinced      themselves      there      simp' 
couldn't  be  any  such  thing. 

I  claim  that  there  could,  and 
am  prepared  to  build  one  and  den 
onstrate  its  efficiency. 

This  is  the  first  item  to  be 
solved  to  the  satisfaction  of  all  coi 
cerned.  It  is  favored  by  the  fa 
that  it  is  mentioned  in  the  ancie: 
records,  and  it  is  the  only  exta: 
evidence  of  contemporary  origin  . 
to  how  the  Great  Pyramid  was  raise 

The  second  item  is  that  there 
no  contemporary  evidence  of 
huge    ramp    being    used.    All    su( 


14 


assumed  evidence  is  taken  from 
post-Great  Pyramid  structures,  and 
anachronisms  can  never  be  contem- 
porary. Dr.  Edwards  will  have  to 
yield  on  that  score.  Which  same  ap- 
plies to  the  summary  comments  by 
Dr.  Weeks,  for  what  has  evidence 
from  the  XII  and  XVIII  dynasties 
to  do  with  the  Great  Pyramid? 

Yet,    arguments    of    this    nature 
really  settle  nothing.  There  can  be 
no      question      that      Egyptologists 
know  infinitely   more   about   Egypt 
than  any  engineer;  but  neither  can 
there    be    any    question    that    engi- 
:neers  know  more  about  the  appli- 
cation of  basic  physics  and  tecton- 
ics   than    the    former.    And    it    has 
become    evident    that    neither    dis- 
cipline by  itself  can  encompass  all 
the  factors  that  go   to   unravel  the 
puzzle   of  how   the   Great   Pyramid 
ivas  raised.   But  with   a   sober   and 
sincere  dialogue  between  the  two — 
devoid  of  all  bias — it  should  be  pos- 
sible   at   least   to    eliminate    incon- 
gruities, leaving  only  what  is  tech- 
nically and  circumstantially  sound. 
j     The  Great  Pyramid  was  the  first 
Tue   pyramid;    it   was   the   largest, 
he  most  meticulously  planned  and 
ocated,  and  it  bears  the  hallmark 
)f    being    a    monument    to    man's 
chievements  up  to  that  time,  more 
ban   being  strictly  a  tomb.   It  em- 
)odies   evidence   of  every   achieved 
knowledge  and  skill,  so   intricately 
nterwoven  in  the  structure  that  a 
)ermanent  record  is  preserved  in  its 
eatures.  Whether  by  design  or  by 
xpediency  it  is  a  treasure  trove  of 
rcheological  gold,  mutely  challeng- 
ng  and  serenely  aloof.  It  is  a  com- 
)lex  all  by   itself,   original   in  con- 
ept  as  well  as  in  execution,  and  all 
ater  pyramids  are   merely   simula- 
ions  but  with  evidence  of  new  ex- 
eriments,  particularly  in  construc- 
ion  procedures.   Hence,   such  later 
tructures   cannot   be    used   as   evi- 
ence  applying  to  the  original.  The 
7reat  Pyramid  must  be  treated  as 
inique,    as   a   product   of   the   con- 
ummate  knowledge  of  the  time.  As 
uch,   the   question   of  how   it   was 
uilt  can  be  resolved  only  by  defin- 
ng  the  level  of  that  knowledge  and 
le    manpower    economics    of    the 
ime — the  one  being  complementary 
0  the  other. 

And  I  proudly  claim  that  my  ar- 
icle  is  a  constructive  effort  toward 
hat  end. 

Olaf  Tellefsen 


©Mm^M^^ms?&M^o 


^tii  ItD  j?®ij)®  8qq  Gi(i  to?|®to 


East  Africa  is  an  exotic  land  of  contrasts,  prehistoric  and  mod, 
primitive  and  sophisticated.  It's  Kenya,  Tanzania,  Uganda,  and  the 
fascinating  Historic  Tour  of  Ethiopia.  Mild  climate  and  wild  game. 
Spectacular  scenery  and  friendly  hospitality.  Modern  hotels  and 
b'argain  shopping.  Ancient  history  and  Ethiopian  jazz.  It's  only  jet 
hours  away,  and  air  fares  are  at  bargain  levels.  What's  more,  you 
can  swing  through  Europe,  too,  and  on  Ethiopian  Airlines  you'll  fly 
in  luxury  all  the  way.  Mail  the  coupon,  now!  Or  see  your 
Travel  Agent,  or  i^ 


Boeing  fan  let  Passenger  and  Cargo  Service 


Atr/ca's  Only 
FAA<ertiltcated  Airline 


JLKRI^^ES 


<siZ    '  Offices  in: 

Boston  •  Chicago  •  Dallas  •  Denver  •  Honolulu  •  Los  Angeles 

Miami  •  Montreal  •  New  York  •  Portland  •  San  Diego  •  San  Francisco 

Seattle  •  TorontOL*  Vancouver  •  Washington  DC 


aEBRAIINC  OUR  2Slh  ANNIVERSARY 
WITH  NEW  SERVICE  TO  PARI*! 


w 


ETHIOPIAN  AIRLINES 

501  Madison  Avenue,  New  Yorl<  City  T0022 

Please  send  me  information  about  the  excitement  of  travel  to  incredible 
Ethiopia  and  East  Africa,  with  stopovers  in  Europe,  on  Ethiopian  Airlines' 
Boeing  Fan  Jets  departing  from  European  Gateways. 


NH  ~1 


Name . 


I     Address., 
City 


Zip. 


■15 


More  than  7.000  Natural  His- 
tory readers  responded  to  the 
ecology  survey  published  in  the 
June-July  issue  this  year.  Consid- 
ering the  length  and  format  of  the 
questionnaire,  this  is  a  remarkable 
response.  It  indicates  a  lively  inter- 
est both  in  the  problems  con- 
fronting this  nation  and  in  this 
attempt  to  discover  trends  in  envi- 
ronmental thinking  through  the  sur- 
vey method. 

Forty-five  percent  of  all  the  re- 
turns came  from  the  northeastern 
states,  18  percent  from  the  West 
Coast,  mostly  California,  and  16 
percent  from  the  Midwest.  The  rest 
were  fairly  evenly  distributed  in 
other  areas  of  the  country. 

Sixty  percent  of  the  sample 
I  5.092  were  received  in  time  to  be 
coded  and  processed)  are  active  in 
groups  concerned  with  environmen- 
tal problems.  Of  these,  almost  half 
belong  to  three  or  more  such  orga- 
nizations. These  people  are  not  only 
ecologically  aware,  but  they  tend  to 
be  well  educated  and  comfortably 
situated.  Seventy-nine  percent  are 
college  educated,  with  30  percent 
holding  advanced  degrees.  Forty-six 
percent  have  an  annual  family  in- 
come of  S15.000  or  more.  Occu- 
pationally,  the  group  is  weighted 
(42   percent)    in   the   areas   of   the 


professions,  education,  and  social 
service. 

For  purposes  of  analysis,  the 
sample  was  divided  in  several  dif- 
ferent ways:  on  the  basis  of  age.  of 
sex  (57  percent  men,  43  percent 
women ) ,  of  occupation,  and  of  par- 
ticipation in  environmental  groups. 
While  the  group  as  a  whole  may  be 
assumed  to  differ  from  the  general 
public  in  its  environmental  ori- 
entation, there  are  some  interesting 
differences  within  the  sample  itself. 

The  much-touted  generation  gap 
is  not  apparent,  at  least  on  environ- 
mental issues  within  this  sample.  In 
general,  younger  people  (the  under- 
30  group),  women  over  30,  and 
men  over  30  in  the  professions, 
education,  or  social  service  occupa- 
tions tend  to  be  somewhat  similar 
in  diverging  from  conventional 
attitudes  and  the  basic  assumptions 
common  in  our  society.  Men  over 
30  in  other  occupations  tend  to 
hold  more  to  conventional  views. 
This  sample  is.  of  course,  far  too 
small  and  too  representative  of  con- 
servation-minded people  to  make 
any  statements  about  society  as  a 
whole.  But  it  might  be  wise,  for 
those  who  are  interested  in  social 
change  to  stop  thinking  simply  in 
terms  of  older-  and  younger  and  to 
explore  instead  the  possibilities  of 


position  in  the  social  structure  as  a 
key  to  changing  attitudes. 

The  least  controversial  issue  for 
this  sample  of  conservation-minded 
people  is  population  control.  Most 
(79  percent)  feel  that  all  families 
should  limit  the  number  of  children 
and  a  slightly  smaller  majority  (68 
percent)  would  favor  encouraging 
this  by  removing  tax  exemptions 
for  more  than  two  children. 

Another  point  on  which  there  is 
little  divergence  is  the  sense  of  per- 
sonal responsibility  for  pollution. 
Most  ( 62  percent  I  feel  a  personal 
involvement,  and  35  percent  specif- 
ically spelled  out  the  ways  in  which 
they  are  attempting  to  consume 
less,  recycle  wastes,  clean  up  litter, 
or  make  even  inore  radical  changes 
in  life-style. 

Biologists  from  the  University  oi 
California  at  Santa  Barbara,  in  an 
article  for  the  Center  Magazine  last 
year,  wrote  that  they  felt  the  job  oj. 
the  ecologist  is  to  dispel  "the  domi-j 
nant  American  philosophy  that  the 
answer  to  most  of  our  problems  is 
technology."  They  might  be  encour 
aged  to  know  that,  for  this  samph 
at  least,  faith  in  technology  seem; 
to  be  wavering.  Only  18  percent  oi 
the  total  feel  that  the  environmen 
tal  crisis  can  be  solved  primarih 
through  technological  advances.  Al 


i6 


A  (inai  report  on  the 

Natural  History  survey  reveals 

that  wiien  women  and  tiieunder-30  group 

rally  at  the  environmental  barrjcades, 

the  generation  gap  disappears 

hy  Virginia  Hine  and  Luther  P.  Gerlach 


subgroups  are  similar  in  trend  of 
thinking,  but  there  are  differences 
in  degree.  Women  over  30  seem  to 
have  the  least  faith  in  technology 
(less  than  the  young) ,  and  not  sur- 
prisingly, men  over  30  in  engineer- 
ing and  technical  jobs,  the  most. 

Another  issue  that  has  been 
raised  by  growing  concern  for  the 
environment  is  man's  relationship 
with  nature,  and  his  place  in  the 
universe.  Most  Natural  History 
respondents  (81  percent)  disagree 
with  the  statement  that  plants  and 
animals  exist  primarily  for  man's 
use  and  enjoyment.  It  would  seem 
that  this  is  one  issue  that  sets 
environmentalists  apart  from  the 
general  public.  In  our  prelimi- 
nary surveys  of  those  groups 
not  involved  in  the  conservation- 
ecology  movement,  people  are 
about  evenly  divided  on  this  ques- 
tion. Many  people  feel  that  this  is 
essentially  a  religious  issue.  In  a 
much-quoted  article  entitled  "The 
Historical  Roots  of  our  Ecological 
Crisis"  (Science,  March  10,  1967), 
Lynn  White  has  suggested  that 
"human  ecology  is  deeply  condi- 
tioned by  beliefs  about  our  nature 
and  destiny — that  is,  by  religion." 
Our  science  and  technology.  White 
believes,  have  grown  out  of  the 
ludeo-Christian  concept  of  man  as 


superior  to,  and  dominant  over, 
other  forms  of  life.  "By  destroying 
pagan  animism,  Christianity  made 
it  possible  to  exploit  nature  in  a 
mood  of  indifference  to  the  feelings 
of  natural  objects." 

A  question  on  the  survey  about 
whether  or  not  wild  animals  have 
any  rights  is  related  to  White's 
thesis.  Fifty  percent  of  the  group 
felt  wild  animals  have  equal  rights 
with  man;  slightly  less  than  half 
(45  percent)  felt  animals'  rights 
were  subordinate  to  man's.  The  rest 
were  undecided  or  felt  wild  animals 
have  no  rights.  When  we  broke  the 
sample  down  into  subgroups,  some 
interesting  differences  appeared. 

People  under  30  (about  one-third 
of  the  total  sample)  are  more  likely 
to  view  wild  animals  as  equal  with 
man,  while  people  over  30  hold  to 
the  animal-subordinate  view. 


Equal 


Subor- 
dinate 


All  respondents 
Under  30 
Over  30 


When  the  over-30  group  is  divided 
on  the  basis  of  sex  and  occupation, 
we  find  that  women  over  30  are 
similar  to  the  under-30  group  in 
weighting  on  the  side  of  equal 
rights,  while  men  over  30  tend  to 
opt  for  animals  as  subordinate.  Of 


the  occupational  groups  among 
men  over  30,  businessmen  (as  dis- 
tinct from  those  in  the  professions, 
government,  or  the  military,  or  in 
engineering  and  technical  jobs)  are 
least  likely  to  grant  wild  animals 
equal  rights  with  man. 

White's  suggestion  that  Western 
religions  have  institutionalized  the 
concept  of  man's  dominance  and, 
by  extrapolation,  control  over  his 
natural  environment  suggests  fur- 
ther lines  of  research,  which  we  are 
now  exploring.  Our  preliminary 
findings  indicate  that  people  deeply 
involved  in  institutional  church  ac- 
tivities do.  indeed,  differ  from  the 
Natural  History  sample  on  this 
score.  Their  responses  to  these  two 
questions  are  very  much  more  heav- 
ily weighted  toward  the  view  of 
other  living  species  as  subordinate 
to  man  and  existing  primarily  for 
his  use  and  enjoyment.  In- 
cidentally, this  sample  indicates 
Natural  History  readers  as  a 
group  are  not  exactly  dedicated 
churchgoers.  Most  (67  percent)  at- 
tend religious  services  only  a  few 
times  a  year  or  less,  and  30  percent 
report  that  they  never  go. 

This  conservation-oriented  sam- 
ple is  definitely  beginning  to  chal- 
lenge a  number  of  the  fundamental 
Continued  on  page  76 


17 


reads: 

brightest  sunlight... 
candlelight.. .moon- 
light plus*microscope, 
'spot' and  enlarging  too! 


GOSSEN 


SYSTEM  CdS  EXPOSURE  METER 

There's  a  system  to  success  and  Gossen's  got  it! 
Their  extraordinary  Luna-Pro  SYSTEM  CdS  meter 
masters  every  exposure  problem  in  every  photo- 
graphic situation— in  the  studio,  darkroom  and 
laboratory.  There's  nothing  like  it! 
*Three  optional  lock-on  attachments  instantly 
convert  the  Luna-Pro  from  a  reflected-and-incident 
meter  to  a:  Variable  Angle  'spot'  Meter;  Micro- 
scope Meter;  and  Enlarging  Meter.  You  may  never 
need  them  all  but  it's  good  to  know  your  Luna-Pro 
can  tackle  any  assignment. 
Its  famed  2,000.000  ;  1  sensitivity  range  and  con- 
vertibility SYSTEM  makes  it  today's  best  exposure 
meter  buy.  See  this  superb  Instrument  at  your 
dealer  today.  Makes  great  reading! 


SPECIFICATIONS:  Smooth,  one-hand  operation  ■  Meas- 
ures reflected  and  incident  light  (ivith  built-in  hemi- 
spheric diffuser;  ■  For  still  and  movie  cameras  ■  30** 
light  acceptance  angle  ■  single  "see  saw"  selector 
button  for  high  and  low  range  ■  Automatic  "memory" 
needle  iocl(  ■  Computer  range:  ASA  6  to  25,000;  f.'l 
to  f.  90;  1  4000th  sec.  to  8  hours;  Cine  from  8  to  128 
fps  ■  EV— 8  to  EV  -f  24;  .016  to  32,000  foot  candles 
■  v/eighs  only  7  ounces. 

*OPTIONAL  ATTACHfVlENTS 

for  every  light  measuring  need! 


TRIABLE    ANGLE 

■•Spot  Meter" 

6TI6CHMENT 


KLING  PHOTO  CORPORATION 

P.O.  BOX  1060.  WOODSIDE,  N.Y.  11377 


HI  me  Fill  and 


A  briel  account 

01  several  hundred 

glorious  years 

01  inadequate 

sewage  disposal 

and 

water  pollution 


hy  Susan  schiee 


When,  in  1851,  a  thundering 
storm  swept  in  off  the  Atlantic  and 
pounded  away  the  sand  dunes  on 
the  west  coast  of  Mainland  Island, 
in  the  beautiful  Orkneys  north  of 
Scotland,  it  uncovered  the  simple 
sewers  of  Skara  Brae.  These  were 
not  much  as  sewers  go — shallow 
ditches  dug  from  hut  to  hut — but 
because  this  settlement  is  consid- 
ered a  remnant  of  the  Stone  Age, 
with  a  history  going  back  some  3,- 
500  years,  its  sewers  have  gained  a 
certain  distinction.  At  the  very  least 
they  serve  to  show  that  the  problem 
of  waste  disposal  is  not  new.  But  in 
Skara  Brae  the  problem  was  a  rela- 
tively simple  one  of  segregation :  a 
way  was  needed  to  keep  the  sewage 
and  the  food  apart.  The  ditches  ef- 
fected this  separation:  beyond  that, 
they  probably  attracted  flies,  but 
little  notice. 

My  intention,  however,  is  not  to 
speculate  on  Stone  Age  sewage  dis- 
posal or  even  to  touch,  with  better 


documentation,  on  the  ingeniousi 
sewer  systems  evolved  by  the  Chi-' 
nese,  Greeks,  Babylonians,  and  Ro-,1 
mans,  but  to  consider  instead  some) 
of  the  problems,  so  akin  to  ourt 
own,  that  developed  in  the  indus-J 
trialized  and  densely  populated) 
communities  of  the  late  eighteenth^ 
and  early  nineteenth  centuries. 

In  the  years  just  prior  to  the  In- 
dustrial Revolution,  most  of  the 
wastes  produced  by  homes  andj 
workshops  were  allowed  to  lie' 
where  they  fell,  and  if  they  landed 
in  a  river,  so  much  the  better,; 
There  seemed  to  be  no  particulaii 
reasons  for  changing  this  hap-i 
hazard  system :  the  river  lost  its  odor 
and  recovered  its  clarity  a  fev 
miles  downstream,  and  the  cholert 
and  typhoid  epidemics  that  swep' 
through  riverside  villages  were  as 
sociated  with  the  wrath  of  God,  no 
the  wealth  of  sewage.  In  fact,  for  i 
few  enterprising  souls,  there  was  a 
good  living  to  be  made  as  long  as  thd 


i8 


A  Naturalist  at  Large 


irrlners 


sewer  ways  remained  as  they  were. 

An  illustration  of  that  last,  and 
rather  curious  reason,  may  be 
found  in  a  small  book  published  in 
1702,  entitled  Hints  to  Brewers  and 
intended  for  London  brewmasters. 
"Thames  water,"  it  states,  "taken 
up  about  Greenwich  at  Low  water 
when  it  is  free  of  all  brackishness 
of  the  Sea,  and  has  in  it  all  the  Fat 
and  Sullage  from  this  great  city  of 
London,  makes  a  very  strong  drink. 
It  will  of  itself  ferment  wonder- 
fully, and  after  its  due  purgation 
and  three  times  stinking,  it  will  be 
so  strong  that  several  Sea  Com- 
manders have  told  me  that  it  has 
often  fuddled  their  Murriners." 

A  more  common  way  of  utilizing 
domestic  wastes  was  to  strain  out 
the  "soot,  leaves,  matches,  straw, 
candle  ends,  oily  and  tarry  sub- 
stances, and  other  rubbish,"  then 
spread  the  remaining  effluent  on 
farm  lands.  A  sewage  irrigation 
system  of  this  sort  was  started   in 


the  1700's  near  Edinburgh,  and 
that  city's  sewage  ( said  to  be  of  ex- 
ceptionally high  class  I  was  spread 
upon  the  rich  fields  that  slope 
toward  the  southern  shore  of  the 
Firth  of  Forth. 

These  peaceful  scenes  of  sewage 
disposal  ended  quite  abruptly  in  the 
early  years  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury when  industrialization  came 
clattering  in,  and  the  production  of 
cloth,  paper,  iron,  leather  goods, 
beer,  beet  sugar,  and  potato  starch 
moved  out  of  sheds  and  dormers 
into  smelly,  steam-powered  facto- 
ries. Farmers'  sons  and  daughters 
left  home  to  work  in  the  mills,  and 
swelled  by  their  numbers,  villages 
grew  into  towns,  towns  into  cities. 
It  wasn't  long  before  the  wastes  that 
had  been  spread  over  the  country- 
side began  piling  up  in  stinking 
heaps  throughout  the  new  cities. 
Sewage  disposal  became  a  problem. 

At  first,  an  easy  answer  seemed 
to   lie   with  the  rivers.   To    remain 


1- 


Africa.  Say  it  slowly,  to  the  sound 
of  a  different  drum.  For  men  who 

stand  tall  in  the  savanna —  Hem- 
ingway, Huxley,  Fawcett,  Ullman 

—  it's  too  big  and  bold  for  home- 
town modes  of  travel.  Nothing, 
they  say,  savors  the  drama  like 
private  planes  and  land  rovers. 

You're  with  them  on  SKYFARI. 
Flying  with  game-wise  skippers. 
Stopping  at  exclusive  clubs  and 
lodges,  in  15  of  the  world's  21 
greatest  natural  big  game  areas. 
Conquering  a  continent  with  your 
camera,  from  the  Serengetl  Plains 
to  East  African  jungle  hideouts. 

And  Cahlll-Laughlin  assembles 
your  adventure  at  half  the  price 
you'd  pay  If  you  made  compara- 
ble luxury  arrangements  yourself! 
Only  SI  625  for  land  and  private 
plane   all-expense   arrangements 

—  from  Murchlson  Falls  to  Mom- 
basa . . .  Entebbe  to  Fort  Lamu. 
Plus  a  three-week  QANTAS- 
BRITISH  UNITED  jet  fare  of  $784 
from  New  York. 

See  your  travel  agent  for  reser- 
vations on  58  limited-membership 
SKYFARI  dates  In  1970-1971.  Or 
send  coupon.  ^^  _-.^ 

C  AH  ILL-  <^b^\ 

LAUGHLIN  ^^^     I 

TOURS,  INC. 

The  Africa  Specialists . 

655  Madison  Ave.,  New  York,  N.Y.  loofl""  | 

I 


I 1 


Please   send   full   color  SKYFARI    book. 
I  need  a  break-away. 


1     My  travel  agent  is_ 


19 


In  fact,  just  about  twice  as  available. 
To  put  it  anotiier  way,  Miranda 
Sensorex®  now  takes  "impossible" 
available-light  pictures  in  half  the  light 
or  at  twice  the  speed  you  used  to  need. 

It  took  a  new  Miranda  Sensorex  to 
do  it;  a  Sensorex  that  combines  a 
through-the-lens  zone-metering 
system  with  a  spectacular  50mm 
f  / 1.4  lens  which  stays  wide  open  for 
precise  readings  and  brilliant 
view-finding. 

More  selective  than  full-area 
meters,  more  sensitive  to  dim-light 
situations  than  spotmeters,  this 
unique  zone  system  isn't  fooled  by 
the  bright-sky  bugaboo  that  fools 
other  meters. 

And  we've  located  it  on  the  instant- 
return  mirror,  where  it  can  measure 
the  dimmest  glimmer  before  the  light 
can  be  reflected  or  diffused.  And  where 
it  wi  1 1  sfay  when  you  want  to  switch 


to  a  waist-level  finder  or  one  of  our 
other  accessory  finders. 

Of  course,  this  new  Sensorex  still 
offers  those  good  old  Miranda  extras: 
optics  independently  judged  superior 
to  those  on  highly  touted  $400  SLRs; 
a  lens  mount  that  accepts  over  1,500 
lenses  and  accessories  (yours  and 
ours);  and  overall  excellence  we  stand 
behind  with  the  only  3-year  guarantee 
in  the  industry. 

Miranda  Sensorex.  The  SLR  that 
thinks  of  everything.  So  you  can  see 
picture-taking  in  a  new  light. 

New  zone-metered 
Sensorex  with  start- 
ling 50mm  f/ 1.4  lens, 
under  $300*;  with 
merely  superb  50mm 
f/ 1.8,  under  $260.* 

MIRANDA  SENSOREX 

THE  SIXTH  SENSE 


]  Allied  Impex  Corp.,  168  Glen  Cove  Rd.  Carle  Place,  L.L.N.Y.  11514.  Chicago;  Dallas;  Glendale,  Calif, 
n  Canada,  Kingsway  Film  Equipment  Ltd.,  Ontario. 


securely  packed,  plu 


(3)  years  Irom  date  of  purchase,  against  defects  i 
iced  free  of  charge,  provided  returned  postpaid, 
iling.  handling  and  insurance. 


habitable,  cities  kept  their  wastes 
moving  steadily  into  every  stream 
and  freshet  within  their  lines.  In 
England,  a  Towns  Improvement 
Clauses  Act  of  1847  required  local 
authorities  to  discharge  their  crude 
sewage  into  rivers.  Obediently,  fell- 
mongers,  flax  retters,  slaughterers, 
dyers,  and  millers  poured  their 
wastes  into  a  common  stream  and 
soon  "a  great  diversity  of  noxious 
substances"  rode  upon  the  waters. 
Both  trade  wastes,  as  industrial 
sewage  was  then  called,  and  domes- 
tic wastes  were  dumped  into  the  wa- 
terways, which  a  mile  or  so  down- 
stream, furnished  some  other  town 
with  water  for  drinking,  washing, 
bathing,  fishing,  and  manufac- 
turing. Because  the  waterways  were 
also  highways,  barges  loaded  with 
raw  materials  and  finished  goods 
moved  cumbrously  up  and  down 
them.  This  river  traffic,  itself,  was 
often  a  source  of  further  pollution. 
In  Russia,  for  exainple,  naphtha 
was  transported  in  leaky  wooden 
barges  along  the  Volga  and  other 
rivers,  and  where  these  barges 
streamed  their  toxic  hydrocarbons 
not  a  fish  or  a  frog  survived. 

Gradually  it  became  evident  that 
using  rivers  as  open  sewer  ways 
was  not  an  acceptable  method  of 
sewage  disposal.  Most  frequently,  it 
was  the  unimaginable  stench,  rather 
than  the  mounting  death  rate,  that 
initially  suggested  a  change  was  in 
order.  To  keep  the  smell  at  a  toler- 
able level,  some  cities  tried  board- 
ing over  their  narrow  streams  and 
canals.  As  early  as  1637,  certain 
sections  of  London's  putrescent 
Fleet  River  were  covered.  In 
smaller  cities  and  in  those  located 
on  rivers  swifter  than  the  sluggish 
Thames,  conditions  did  not  become 
intolerable  until  a  much  latei 
date — about  the  mid-nineteenth 
century — when  concern  for  both 
the  smelly  nuisance  and  the  newly 
suspected  danger  of  water-borne 
disease  began  to  be  expressed. 

Official  concern  for  water  pollu- 
tion took  the  form  of  either  royal 
orders  or  parliamentary  acts — both 
equally  impractical  and  difficult  tc 
enforce — and  was  directed  primar 
ily  toward  the  safety  of  people  and 
the  protection  of  fish.  One  of  th( 
earliest  of  such  decrees  was  an  Iris! 
Fisheries  Act  passed  in  1842,  whicl 
made  it  an  offense  to  add  to  i 
stream    any    substance    harmful   t* 


20 


treasons 

why  you  should  read 

psychology  today 

1  Why  words  are  the  least  important  of  the  ways  we  communicate  with  each  other. 

2  The  sexual  reason  behind  the  popularity  of  natural  childbirth. 

3  Why  political  leaders  are  constantly  in  danger  of  insanity. 

4  Why  Asians  make  better  politicians  than  Westerners. 

5  Do  men  need  more  recreation  than  women? 

6  What  kind  of  parents  do  hippies  make? 

7  Why  it  may  be  time  to  end  the  taboo  against  incest. 

8  The  inferiority  feelings  of  men  who  seek  corporate  power. 

9  What  the  schizophrenic  is  trying  to  tell  us. 

10  Are  campus  activists  rebelling  against  the  system-or  their  parents? 

1 1  What  your  daydreams  reveal  about  your  ethnic  background. 

12  Why  do  swingers  tend  to  become  impotent? 

13  Is  it  time  to  grant  the  right  to  commit  suicide? 

14  Does  a  child  think  before  he  can  talk? 

15  Why  are  today's  students  attracted  to  violence? 

16  Are  "hawks"  sexually  repressed? 

17  Are  some  men  born  criminals? 


Want  to  learn  what  modern  psychology  has  learned 
about  people?  Including  you? 

Until  recently,  that  was  quite  an  order.  Your  cfioice  would  have  been  to  plow 
through  professional  journals.  Read  weighty  new  books  as  quickly  as  they 
came  out.  Or  trust  the  mass  media— where  psychology  is  often  sensational- 
ized, distorted,  oversimplified. 

PSYCHOLOGY  TODAY  has  changed  all  that.  It  allows  the  educated  layman 
to  catch  up  with  the  social  sciences.  And  keep  up.  With  full  coverage  of  all 
the  different  approaches  to  understanding  the  human  condition.  The  view- 
points range  from  hard-core  Freudianism  to  the  newer  behaviorists  who, 
frankly,  think  Freud  was  all  wet. 

It's  psychology  the  way  you'd  want  it  to  be  presented.  Excitingly.  Without 
tired  jargon.  No  cliche-ridden  definitions.  And  with  contributions  by  many  of 
:he  most  famous  names  in  the  behavioral  sciences— like  Bruno  Bettelheim, 
<enneth  B.  Clark,  Rollo  May,  Ashley  Montagu,  Carl  Rogers  and  B.  F.  Skinner. 

Send  for  a  complimentary  Issue 

rou  can  find  out  what  PSYCHOLOGY  TODAY  is  like— and 
earn  a  few  things  you  may  never  have  known  before — 

vithout  paying  a  penny.  If  you  mail  the  coupon,  we'll  send  ^.^ 

(OU  a  complimentary  issue  of  PSYCHOLOGY  TODAY.  JE>,  r~    "' 

There's  no  obligation.  ^g^      J^  ^ 


r   psyciioloitiodayl 


P.O.  Box  2990,  Boulder,  Colorado  80302 

Please  send  me  my  complimentary  current  issue  of  PSYCHOLOGY 
TODAY.  I  may  keep  my  sample  copy  and  owe  nothing.  However, 
unless  I  cancel,  you  may  enroll  me  as  a  trial  subscriber  and  send 
me  the  next  11  issues.  Bill  me  after  my  subscription  has  started 
for  just  $6.00.  my  special  Introductory  rate-instead  of  the  regular 
$10  annual  price. 


MAUPINTOUR  /  1971 
THE    UNHURRIED    HOLIDAYS! 

sauiH 


Elegant  living  with  lots  of  time 
in  the  great  cities.  Lifesee  with 
a  small  group  for  the  best  ser- 
vice. A  la  carte  dining  in  the 
famous  places.  Unbounded 
scenic  thrills  .  .  .  waterfalls, 
lakes  and  mountains.  Llao-Llao, 
Titicaca,  Copacabana  Beach 
(your  hotel  is  there!)  Explore 
Inca  ruins,  Indian  markets, 
Machu  Picchu,  and  Volcano 
Valleys.  Entertainments,  Special 
events,  carnivals.  You'll  have  the 
time  of  your  life  .  .  .  come  along. 

Frequent  departures  year  'round 
from  Miami.  22  days  only  $1398, 
31    days    from   S1798.    Escorted. 

ASK  YOUR  TRAVEL  AGENT 

for  folder  or  write  Maupintour, 
900  Massachusetts  St.,  Lawrence, 
Kan.   66044.   Phone   913/843-1211. 


^4 


Maupintour 


MACRO  AND 

TELEPHOTO 

LENSES 

for  2y4"x2i/4"  SLR  Cameras 
with  focal  plane  shutters 

Full  coverage  without  vignetting! 


focus  from 
extreme 
closeup 
to  infinity 


INC. 

55  Sea  Clill  Ave..  Glen  Cove,  N.Y.  11542 

576/676  -  7904,  7907,  7990 

6725  Sunset  Blvd.,  Hollywood,  Calilornia  90028 

2131465  -  2789 


edible  fish.  Twenty  years  later  a 
series  of  royal  orders  was  issued  in 
Belgium  against  dumping  in  rivers; 
and  in  Britain,  the  Royal  Commis- 
sion on  Rivers  Pollution,  later  su- 
perseded by  the  Royal  Commission 
on  Sewage  Disposal,  was  estab- 
lished to  determine  how  "by  new 
arrangements  the  refuse  from  in- 
dustrial processes  can  be  kept  out 
of  the  streams  or  rendered  harmless 
before  it  reaches  them,  or  utilized 
or  got  rid  of  otherwise  than  by  dis- 
charge into  running  waters." 

In  addition  to  governmental  con- 
cern, a  generation  of  active  and  en- 
thusiastic naturalists  took  up  the 
cause  of  cleaner  rivers.  The  English 
zoologist  Francis  T.  Buckland  wrote 
The  Pollution  of  Rivers  and  Its  Ef- 
fect upon  the  Fisheries  and  Supply 
of  Water  to  Toivn  and  Villages,  and 
in  America,  zoologist  Tarleton 
Bean  bombarded  the  magazine 
Forest  and  Stream  with  "Rubbish 
in  the  Thames."  "Effects  of  Gar- 
bage on  Fish."  "Sawdust  in 
Streams."  and  "Susquehanna  River 
Pollution."  In  Germany  the  inevi- 
table handbuchs  appeared,  and  in 
France,  scholarly  professors  wrote 
etudes  on  noxious  substances,  ti- 
tling them,  in  their  philosophical 
way,   with   unanswerable   questions. 

Whether  these  efforts,  both  pub- 
lic and  private,  helped  clean  up 
streams  is  a  moot  point;  however, 
the  concern  they  expressed  did 
bring  into  focus  the  problem  of  us- 
ing rivers  as  sewers,  and  by  the  last 
quarter  of  the  century  it  was  gener- 
ally agreed  that  the  harmful  ele- 
ments of  sewage  should  be  barred 
from  public  waters.  But  what  were 
these  substances,  and  how  could 
they  be  detected  in,  and  therefore 
kept  out  of.  the  water  supply? 

During  the  first  half  of  the  nine- 
teenth century,  anyone  curious 
enough  to  inquire  could  find  out 
from  town  and  city  records  that  the 
death  rate  in  riverside  communities 
was  curiously  affected  by  a  city's 
position  on  the  waterway.  The  rate 
was  lowest  in  towns  near  the  river's 
source  and  awesomely  high  in  those 
at  its  mouth.  No  sound  explanation 
for  this  pattern  was  offered  until 
the  1860's  when  the  theory  was 
advanced  that  disease  was  caused 
by  minute  organisms  and  that  some 
of  these  could  live  for  a  time  in  wa- 
ter, thereby  infecting  entire  city 
populations.  Bacteriologists,  search- 


"The  trouDiesome  goop 

was  tried  as  an  ingredient 

olcement...anditwas 

evenpurilied(atter 

atastiion)andniixed 

witti  Deet  pulp  to  De 

sold  as  came  feed." 


24 


ing  for  these  insidious  invaders, 
soon  found  them.  In  1880,  the  con- 
nection between  typhoid  fever  and 
a  bacillus  was  made,  and  three 
years  later  the  German  physician 
Robert  Koch  isolated  the  Asiatic 
cholera  bacillus.  In  subsequent 
years  it  was  learned  that  certain 
amoebas  caused  dysentery  and  that 
some  flativorms  caused  other  wide- 
spread and  debilitating  diseases. 

The  detection  of  these  dangerous 
organisms  was  facilitated  by  new 
techniques  such  as  staining  and  cul- 
turing,  and  by  the  turn  of  the  cen- 
tury, water  of  suspect  purity  could 
be  sampled  and  its  impurities  could 
be  identified  with  a  fair  degree  of 
accuracy.  This  is,  of  course,  an  over- 
simplification; what  actually  de- 
veloped in  many  instances  was  the 
practice  of  testing  water  for  cer- 
tain easily  cultured  or  identifiable 
"indicator  organisms"  whose  exis- 
tence suggested  that  other  dan- 
gerous but  less  tractable  organisms 
were  present  as  well.  Some  species 
of  colon  bacilli  became  particular 
favorites  among  bacteriologists  and 
were  used  extensively  as  indicators 
of  dangerous  contamination. 

With  methods  for  such  detection 
well  in  hand,  public  health  workers, 
who  were  increasingly  given  the  re- 
sponsibility of  exposing  water  pol- 
lution, went  out  into  the  proverbial 
"field"  to  test  all  kinds  of  water. 
The  field  for  one  employee  of  the 
United  States  Hygienic  Laboratory, 
a  division  of  the  Public  Health  Ser- 
vice, was  the  railroad  station  in 
Washington,  D.  C.,  and  there,  in 
1914.  he  took  water  samples  from  a 
thousand  railroad  cars.  The  sam- 
ples, which  he  carefully  collected  in 
sterilized  flasks,  were  categorized 
according  to  the  water's  origin — 
Boston,  Chicago.  New  Orleans,  Key 
West,  and  a  hundred  points  in  be- 
tween— as  well  as  by  their  source 
on  the  train — a  big,  gurgling  water 
cooler  on  a  sleeping  car,  a  tank  rid- 
ing below  a  dining  car,  or  a  small, 
refillable  cooler  on  a  day  coach  or  a 
mail  car.  The  results  of  the  analyses 
were  no  surprise.  The  water  supply 
on  the  trains  from  the  north  and 
west  were  fairly  free  of  colon  ba- 
cilli, but  on  the  Seaboard  Air  Line 
from  Key  West,  the  Southern  Rail- 
road from  New  Orleans,  and  the 
Atlantic  Coast  Line  from  Florida, 
Georgia,  and  the  Carolinas,  the 
"storage  and  handling  of  drinking 


It  wakes  you  up.  Puts  you  to  sleep. 
Turns  Itself  off  and  on.  Does  every- 
thing a  deluxe  clock  radio's  supposed 
to  do.  But  this  one  does  it  with  pictures. 

Here's  a  set  that  won't  let  you  miss 
your  favorite  TV  show.  Set  it.  And  it'll 
turn  on.  The  minute  the  show, starts. 
And  if  you're  the  kind  who  can't  stay 
awake  all  through  the  late  movie,  you 
can  set  the  set  to  shut  itself  off. 

The  clock  part  of  our  new  TV  tells 
you  the  time  in  easy-to-read  numbers 


instead  of  the  old-fashioned  big-hand, 
little-hand  way.  And  you  can  even  set 
the  clock  to  work  like  a  clock.  To  buzz 
you  awake  in  the  morning. 

The  AN-112T  has  a  12"  screen 
(measured  diagonally).  And  comes 
with  an  earphone  so  you  can  keep  all 
the  sound  in  yovr  head.  Plus  a  detach- 
able dark-tinted'  screen. 

See  it  at  youH  Panasonic  dealer.  It's 
the  clock  that  (lets  you  look  at  the 
world.  Instead  of  just  listening. 


Our  answer  to  clock  radio. 


PANASON 

just  slightly  ahead  of  ourtfme. 


What  happens  if  I  buy  a 

Vivitar  AutoT-4  Zoom  lens  and  then 

switch  to  a  new  SLR  camera? 


Nothing.  Because  you  can  buy  an  inexpensive  adapter 
tiiat  will  fit  your  new  SLR. 


Research  tells  us  that  most  35mm 
SLR  owners  would  like  to  buy  a  zoom 

lens.  They  want  the  convenience  of 
one  compact  lens  that  will  give  them 
a  wide  choice  of  focal  lengths  to  suit 
the  subject.  But  they  don't  want  to 
invest  in  a  lens  that  would  have  to  be 
discarded  if  they  bought  another  make 
of  SLR.  TheVivitarT-4  system  solves 
this  problem  with  a  set  of  inexpensive 
adapters  that  can  be  put  on  in  just 
8  seconds  and  are  presently  already 
available  for  the  Nikon,  Nikkormat, 
Canon,  Exakta,  Pentax,  Mamiya/Sekor, 
Miranda  and  Minolta  cameras. 
The  high  optical  quality  of  the  Vivitar 
T-4  Zoom  has  now  been  established 
by  Test  Reports  in  leading  photo- 
graphic magazines.  It  zooms  from 


90mm  to  230mm,  has  a  maximum 
aperture  of  f4.5  and  the  sophisticated 
optical  design  features  11  elements 
in  7  groups.  Yet  the  length  and  weight 
of  the  lens  is  comparable  to  a 
standard  200mm  lens. 
Delay  no  longer.  Enjoy  the  delights 
of  a  fine  zoom  lens.  See  a  dem- 
onstration at  your  dealer  or  write  for 
the  Vivitar  Auto  T-4  Test  Reports. 

Vivitar  T-4 

Automatic  Zoom  Lens  with 
interchangeable  adapters. 

Marketed  exclusively  in  the 
U.S.A.  by  Pander&fiest,Inc. 
Corporate  Offices: 
11201  W.  Pico  Boulevard, 
Los  Angeles,  Calif.  90064. 
In  Canada:  Precision 
Cameras  of  Canada,  Ltd. 


25 


Nature  photography  is  second 
nature  to  the  Minolta  SR-T  101. 
Because  it's  the  faster  handHng 
35mm  reflex. 

With  the  SR-T  101  you  never 
have  to  take  your 
eye  away  from  the 
viewfinder  to  com- 
pose, focus,  set  cor- 
rect lens  opening 
and  shutter  speed 
(up  to  1/lOOOth 
second).  So  you 
can  always  keep  up 
with  your  subject. 

And  things  al- 
ways   look   their 
brightest.    The 
SR-T  101  viewfinder  stays  bright 
because  the  lens  diaphragm  stays 
open  until  you  shoot. 

Our  patented  through-the-lens 
metering  system,  called  the  Con- 
trast Light  Compensator,  meas- 
ures all  the  light  through  the  lens 
and  automatically  compensates  so 


nothing  gets  overshadowed. 

No  matter  how  you  look  at  na- 
ture, we  have  a  complete  system 
of  interchangeable  meter-coupled 
Rokkor  lenses  worth  looking  into. 
They  range  from 
16mm  ultra-wide 
angle  to  300mm 
long-range  tele- 
photo. 

Each  meter-cou- 
pled Rokkor  lens 
has  an  exclusive 
bayonet  mount 
that  lets  you  put  it 
on  or  take  it  off  in 
an  instant,  without 
re-aligning  aper- 
ture or  ASA  settings. 

The  MC  Rokkor  200mm  f/3.5 
lens  shown  is  under  $200  (without 
camera).  The  basic  Minolta  SR-T 
101  with  55mm  f/1.7  lens  is  under 
$260  plus  case.  Get  the  camera 
that's  a  natural  when  it  comes  to 
filming  nature. 


For  nature  its  a  natural. 


Minolta 

makes  fine  photography  easier 


Write  for  brochures  to  Minolta  Corporation,  200  Park  Avftiiu*  South, 
N.Y.,  N.Y.  10003.  In  Canada:  Anglopiioio  Ltd.,  Montreal  376      ^ 


water  [was]  wholly  inadequate." 
The  water  was  crawling  with  ba- 
cilli. Train  #82  on  the  Atlantic 
Coast  Line  was  a  particular  hazard. 
Water  samples  collected  from  its 
cars  on  repeated  trips  to  the  Wash- 
ington station  contained  colon  ba- 
cilli in  43  percent  of  the  sleeping 
car  samples,  36  percent  of  the  mail 
car's,  and  72  percent  of  the  day 
coach's.  Another  unsurprising  re- 
sult was  that  no  sudden  changes 
were  made  in  the  south's  railway 
system  as  a  consequence  of  the  Hy- 
gienic Laboratory's  Bulletin  #100. 

The  detection  of  dangerous  chem- 
icals, which  might  enter  the  water 
with  either  industrial  waste  or  do- 
mestic sewage,  was  in  some  ways 
less  complicated  than  the  detection 
of  bacteria,  but  the  effects  of  these 
chemicals  on  humans  and  fish  were 
very  difficult  to  determine.  Even  the 
effects  of  naphtha  or  lead  tended  to 
be  less  dramatic  than  an  epidemic 
of  typhoid  or  cholera  and,  such 
being  the  case,  chemical  pollutants 
were  less  productive  of  anxiety  and 
consequent  correction.  Early  tests 
for  undesirable  chemicals  included 
subjective  observations  of  the  color 
of  the  water,  its  taste,  odor,  and 
turbidity.  Later,  more  precise  deter- 
minations were  made  of  the  water's 
salinity,  hardness,  acidity,  and 
alkalinity  and,  in  the  last  half  of 
the  nineteenth  century,  additional 
tests  were  devised  for  the  detection 
of  metals,  acids,  and  various  forms 
of  nitrogen,  which,  if  present,  im- 
plied domestic  contamination.  The 
ability  to  detect  a  potentially  harm- 
ful chemical  sometimes  outran  the 
ability  to  predict  its  effects.  Right 
after  World  War  I,  for  example, 
there  occurred  a  catastrophic  mor- 
tality among  oysters  from  southern 
Italy  to  northern  Ireland.  The  pop- 
ular explanation  for  the  oysters'  de- 
mise was  the  practice  of  dumping 
surplus  TNT  and  other  explosives 
off  the  mouths  of  rivers.  There  f 
could  be  little  doubt  that  some  oy- 
ster beds  had  received  at  least  small 
doses  of  TNT— 1,250  tons  of  it  had 
been  dumped  into  the  Thames 
alone — but  no  one  knew  how  these 
chemicals  affected  oysters,  so  it  was 
impossible  to  claim  that  the  dump- 
ing constituted  a  case  of  harmful 
pollution. 

Investigators  at  the  Marine  Bio- 
logical Association  in  Plymouth, 
England,    setting    out    to    solve   the 


26 


T  I  iVlDCR"  WOLP  "S  ALcS  international   falls,    MINN.   56649 


bfOthSr  ALL  STEEL 


AND  BUILT  TO  LAST! 

5  YEAR  PARTS  GUARANTEE 


DELUXE  ELECTRIC  TYPEWRITER 
WITH  AUTOMATIC  CARRIAGE 
RETURN -WIDE  11"  CARRIAGE 

Does  everything  .  .  .  electrically.  Features 
electric  carriage  return,  4  electric  repeat 
keys,  electric  backspace  key  and  electric 
space  bar.  Big  11"  carriage.  Has  line 
drawing  operture  (right  and  left)  paper 
support  and  line  indicator.  Keyboard 
lock,  graduated  touch  control,  four  posi- 
tion vertical  spacing,  half  space,  instant 
margins,  keyset  tab,  clear-view  paper 
meters  with  scale  and  card  holder. 
Wt.  33  lbs.  With  carrying  case,  key-lock. 
3937  $115.00 


88  CHARACTER 
KEYBOARD  WITH  TAB 

Heavy  duty  portable  with  full  of. 
fice  keyboard.  Automatic  repeat 
spacer.  Has  four  more  characters 
than  comparable  models :  {+  —  II.), 
jam  release  key,  half  spacing  and 
instant  margins,  variable  line  spac- 
er, 2-coIor  ribbon,  stencil  position, 
tabulator,  and  touch  adjustment. 
Carrying  case  included.  \4'A  lbs. 
3934  *  «  «  ^  ^ 

$  39.0  0 

itisfaction 
uaranteed 

LLL  BUDGET 

PORTABLE 
EEL         TYPEWRITER 

This  lightweight  rugged  portable  is 
an  incomparable  value  for  students 
or  pros.  Full  office  keyboard  fea- 
tures: 84  characters,  jam  release 
key,  2-color  ribbon,  stencil  posi- 
tion, half  space  and  margin  stops. 
Top  lid  with  handle  included.  Wt. 
14.4  lbs. 
3933 


None  can  compare  with  this  de- 
luxe key  set  tab  model  Automatic 
repeat  spacer.  Includes  88  charac- 
ter keyboard,  jam  release  key, 
touch  adjustment,  half  space;  in- 
stant margins,  2-color  ribbon,  vari. 
able  line  spacer,  stencil  position. 
Comes  with  elegant  luggage-type 
carrying  case.  Wt.  18.5  lbs. 

^"^  $49.50 


A  quality  model  with  professional  office 
features.  Graduated  touch  control,  four 
position  vertical  spacing,  line  drawing 
operture  (right  and  left)  paper  support 
and  line  indicator,  half  space  instant 
margins,  automatic  tabulator  plus  count- 
less other  quality  features.  With  carrying 
case,  key-lock.  Weight  33  lbs. 

3936  $89.95 

TIMBER  WOLF   SALES 

P.O.  Box  471 

International  Falls,  Minnesota  56649 

NO-RISK  COUPON-MAIL  TODAY — 

TIMBER- WOLF  -  SALES 

P.O.  Box  471 

International  Falls,  Minnesota  56649 


$34.95 


Please  send   me,  under  your  30  day 
Trial  Offer,    Shown   below: 

Free- 

TYPEWRITER 

Price  Eo. 

Total  Amt. 

TOT 

M  ORDER 

Name . 
Street . 
City  _ 


Enclosed:     D  Check,    □  M.O.     No  COD's 


-Zip. 


FREE 

TRIAL  OFFER 


U»  it  for  30  days.  If  you  are 
not  comptfltely  satisfied,  re- 
turn it  to  us  for  a  full  refund. 
This  is  an  unconditionil  free 
trial  offer. 


27 


Northwest  Timbered 

ACREAGES  as  low  as 

$950  Total   Price 

5  ■  10  -  20  ■  40  ■  ACRES 
For  people  who  love  the  land— A  tract 
of    Recreation    Land    for    YOUR    Own! 

In  Northern  Idaho,  Northeoslem  Wosh- 
ington,  ond  Western  Montono.  In  the 
heart  of  lakes  and  big  gome  country.  AM 
covered  with  growing 


ith 


Thi; 


land 


'ith  natural  beauty,  recreolioi 
and  investment  values.  We  hove  tracts 
many  types  and  sizes  from  which 
choose,  including  beautiful  Northw 
Waterfront  property.  Your  inspection  w 
comed.  Write  us  for  free  list,  maps  a 
complete  information.  Write  to: 
Dept.  G 


P.O.  Box  106,  Opportunity  Station 
Spokane,  Washington    99214 


EL  DORADO  LODGE 

Fantastic  fishing,  huge  concentrations  of 
birds,  an  abundance  of  other  wildlife, 
and  the  fascinating  flora  of  the  Amazon 
jungle  await  you  at  this  new  modern  lodge 
in  the  wilderness  of  southern  Colombia. 
Easy  to  get  to.  More  economical  than  you 
think.  Write  for  color  folder  and  details. 

ADVENTURE  ASSOCIATES 
Outdoors  Building 
,  Columbia,  Missouri  65201 


EVERYTHING 

for  TRAVEL  . . . 

DOIVIESTIC — FOREIGN 

Adaptor  Plugs  •  2-Way  Trans- 
former Dual  Volt,  Rechargeable 
Devices  •  Stay-Packed  Cases  •  Car- 
ry-On Luggage  •  Check  Thru  Lug- 
gage •  Toter  •  Tools  •  Patented 
Maps  •  Inflatables  •  Disposables  • 
Sundries  .  .  .  and  Gifts 

Specialized  Free  Catalog 

^''''^'''"^ Checklist 


"The  death  rate  in 
riverside  coininunities 
wascuriousiyaliected 

hy  a  city's  position 
on  the  waterway.  The 

ratewasiowestin 
towns  near  the  river's 
source  and  awesomely 

high  in  those  at  its 
mouth; 


Bdi  105N  Grade  Sta. 


New  York  10028 


mystery,  added  TNT  and  other  ex- 
plosives to  several  of  their  oyster 
tanks.  Other  oysters  were  placed  in 
cages  with  lumps  of  TNT  and  the 
whole  trap  was  then  sunk  in  an  es- 
tuary. Explosives,  the  scientists 
found,  dissolved  very  slowly  at  sea 
and  even  the  shellfish  caged  with 
TNT  were  apparently  unaffected. 
Other  sorts  of  chemical  pollution 
were  then  accused  but  each  time 
tests  seemed  to  deny  their  alleged  ill 
effects,  and  the  cause  of  the  oyster 
mortality  of  1920  and  1921  was 
never  satisfactorily  determined. 

TNT's  acquittal,  however,  was 
almost  the  exception  that  proved 
the  rule.  So  many  substances  were 
known  to  kill  fish  and  such  a  fright- 
ening array  of  germs  was  recog- 
nized as  lethal  to  humans  that  cities 
and  governments  could  no  longer 
postpone  some  attempt  at  sanitary 
engineering  on  the  grounds  that  the 
evidence  for  pollution's  ill  effects 
was  insufficient. 

The  obvious  first  step  in  sewage 
control  was  to  screen  the  solids 
from  the  effluent  before  it  was 
poured  into  a  river.  In  some 
countries,  Germany  for  example, 
screening  was  the  total  extent  of 
sewage  treatment,  for  it  was  be- 
lieved that  big,  swiftly  flowing  riv- 
ers could  handle  vast  quantities  of 
liquid  effluent  without  permanent 
damage.  But  in  England,  and  later 
in  other  countries  as  well,  further 
refinements  were  required.  To  re- 
move some  of  the  more  finely  di- 
vided particles,  the  screened  ef- 
fluent was  allowed  to  stand  for 
several  hours  in  settling  tanks; 
soon  it  was  discovered  that  if  lime 
and  other  chemicals  were  added, 
many  more  of  the  suspended  par- 
ticles would  sink  to  the  bottom. 
This  helped  clear  up  the  efiluent, 
but  it  also  produced  great  quan- 
tities of  muddy  residue  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  tanks,  and  the  problem 
became  one  of  sludge  disposal. 

Many  schemes  were  devised  for ' 
the  use  and  removal  of  sludge.  The 
troublesome  goop  was  tried  as  an 
ingredient  of  cement,  it  was  used  as 
fertilizer  and  as  a  .source  of 
ammonia,  and  it  was  even  purified 
(after  a  fashion)  and  mixed  with 
beet  pulp  to  be  sold  as  cattle  feed.' 
A  different  approach  to  the  prob- 
lem was  to  avoid  the  production  of 
sludge  by  allowing  organic  pro- 
cesses to  decompose  the  sewage  to! 


28 


riuch  an  extent  that  only  a  liquid  re- 
mained. The  idea  of  a  septic  tank 
was  developed  in  England  and  Ger- 
many, and  at  first  seemed  to  offer  a 
complete  solution  to  the  sludge 
problem.  A  septic  tank,  as  the  name 
implies,  allows  sewage  to  putrefy, 
and  the  bubbling,  gaseous  decom- 
position did  indeed  break  down 
many  solid  particles,  but  not  all 
and  not  enough.  The  sludge  prob- 
lem remained  despite  the  many 
types  of  septic  tanks  that  began  to 
appear  in  the  1870's  and  ISoO's. 
The  English  named  their  inventions 
"biolytic  tanks"  and  "cultivation 
tanks,"  while  the  Germans  pre- 
ferred to  name  theirs  after  them- 
selves, the  Imhoff  tank  and  the 
Francke  tank,  or  after  the  river 
they  were  meant  to  clean  up. 

The  next  great  leap  forward  in 
sewage  technology  was  the  in- 
vention of  the  "activated  sludge" 
system.  With  this  method,  devised 
shortly  after  World  War  I  and  cur- 
rently in  use  in  many  English  "sew- 
age farms"  and  in  American  "sew- 
age plants,"  sewage  is  mixed  with 
specially  prepared  particles  (the 
"sludge"  part  of  the  name),  which 
have  been  overgrown  with  a  thin 
layer  of  sewage-devouring  bacteria 
or  protozoans  (the  live,  or  "activat- 
ed," part).  The  murky  mixture  is 
agitated  and  aerated  to  encourage 
maximum  oxidation  and  decompo- 
sition, and  then  the  whole  is 
allowed  to  settle.  Since  not  all  of  the 
solids  are  decomposed,  the  sludge 
that  remains  is  dried  and  burned, 
used  as  fertilizer,  or  dumped  into 
rivers. 

With  big  cities  and  big  busi- 
nesses polluting  and  with  septic 
tanks  and  activated  sludge  systems 
removing  the  toxic  elements  identi- 
fied by  chemists  and  bacteriologists, 
we  are  more  or  less  up  to  date  in 
the  essentials  of  the  water  pollution 
problem.  Men  have  learned  what 
pollution  can  do  and  men  have 
learned  how  to  control  it — at  a 
price.  And  there's  the  rub. 

"Little  is  accomplished  except 
where  local  conditions  here  and 
there  become  intolerable,"  wrote 
:he  director  of  the  New  York 
\quarium  in  1908.  Today  the  intol- 
;rable  here's  and  there's  cover  a 
nuch  greater  area  than  they  did 
3ven  sixty  years  ago,  and  the  un- 
;rowded  days  of  Skara  Brae  are  not 
;yen  a  memory.  ■ 


Konica  cameras  get  taken  to  where  the 
fun  is,  because  they're  fun  to  use. 

They  can  take  great  pictures  quickly 
and  easily.  And  you  can  take  the  credit, 
proudly. 

Choose  from  the  world's  smallest, 
lightest  rangetinder  35mm  camera,  or  the 
most  compact  super  8  cartridge-loading 
movie  camera,  or  the  only  professional 


35mm  single-lens  reflex  that's  automatic, 
too.  Or  get  all  three— the  prices  are  sur- 
prisingly right  for  your  budget.  At  better 
camera  counters  everywhere. 

Konica  Camera  Corp.,  P.O.  Box  1070, 
Woodside,  N.Y.  11377. 

KONICA 

"The  lens  alone  is  worth  the  price" 


Berkey^ 

Pholo  Inc.  Ltrf 


The  Novof  lex  Lens. 

It  lets  you  put 

the  squeeze  on  your  bird. 


Don't  fumble  while  your  bird  is 
flying  away. 

Instead,  use  a  Novoflex  follow- 
focus  lens  system  to  put  your  bird 
where  you  want  him.  On  film. 

Novoflex  gives  you  quick  one- 
hand  focusing.  Just  squeeze  the 
pistol  grip  and,  no  matter  where  he 
flies,  you're  right  on  target.  No 
turning  or  twisting  a  cumbersome 
lens   barrel.   And  what  you 


lenb  Darrei.  ana  wnat  you  ^mmmi^ym^^^  aeXaWs,  Burleii 
get  will  be  sharp  because^;///!/! /.f>*Wlnc..  44  Buries 
Novoflex  lenses  are  world- ^■■^*'^^'^*^^Hackensack,  N.J. 


'^(S& 


famed  for  color  correction,  superb 
definition  and  resolving  power. 

Any  of  three  Novoflex  lenses 
(280,  400  and  640mm)  can  be 
used  with  a  single  pistol  grip.  Avail- 
able for  over  50  major  camera 
brands,  including  interchangeable 
lens  35's,  2Vi"  square  reflexes,  8 
and  16mm  movie  cameras.  Ask 
your  dealer  or  write  for  complete 
details,  Burleigh  Brooks 
ws  Court, 
07601 


IL 


29 


Ancient  man  devised  eiaDorate  explanations  tor  wtiat 
he  oDserved  in  ttie  sky-out  no  more  eialiorate  ttian 
tnose  modern  man  napptiv  accepts 

py  Franklyn  Braniey     paintings  dy  Helmut  K.  Wimmer 


In  spite  of  the  air  pollution  of  tliese  times,  the 
stars  above  the  eastern  Mediterranean  deserts 
continue  to  shine  with  the  brilliance  of  millen- 
niums past.  But  today  people  see  the  sky  quite 
difFerently  than  did  the  Chaldeans.  Babylonians, 
Assyrians,  and  Egyptians  of  long  ago.  Many  of 
them  slept  under  the  stars.  Spreading  their 
couches  on  rooftops  or  on  the  ground,  they 
gazed  at  the  stars,  and  occasionally  a  planet,  as 
sleep  overtook  them.  The  last  sight  they  saw 
were  the  sparkling  stars,  apparently  fastened  to 
a  vast  inverted  hemisphere.  Upon  awakening, 
they  were  greeted  by  the  rising  sun.  Small  won- 
der that  the  sun  and  the  moon,  the  stars  and  the 
star  wanderers  (the  planets)  held  such  promi- 
nent places  in  their  explanations  of  the  scheme 
of  things. 

Failing  to  find  reasons  for  the  motions  of  the 
sky,  for  the  coming  and  going  of  the  sun,  the 
waxing  and  waning  of  the  moon,  and  the  wan- 
derings of  Mercury.  Venus.  Mars.  Jupiter,  and 
Saturn,  the  ancients  atti'ibuted  them  to  forces  be- 
yond understanding.  In  many  instances,  the  ce- 
lestial objects  were  the  gods  themselves,  some 
appearing  every  day:  others  making  periodic 
visits  that  called  for  special  observances. 

The  earth  and  the  sky  dominated  the  lives  of 
men.  They  were  of  supreme  importance;  they 
were  omnipresent,  yet  they  eluded  probing  and 
understanding.  What  were  the  earth  and  sky? 
How  were  they  shaped?  How  large  were  they? 
Where  did  they  begin  and  end?  Such  questions 
have  always  confounded  men.  But  man  of 
ancient  times  was  not  as  confounded  as  we  are. 

In  his  ignorance  of  the  composition  of  space 
and  its  geometry,  ancient  man  devised  ex- 
planations for  the  things  he  observed  and  for 
their  motions.  For  example,  ancient  Egyptians 
considered  their  world  to  be  a  large,  rectangular 
box.  The  larger  dimension  of  the  rectangle  was 
from  north  to  south:  the  shorter,  from  east  to 
west.  The  bottom  of  the  box  was  the  earth, 
where  continents  and  seas  alternated.  EgjiDt  was 
at  the  center  of  the  narrow,  sunken  floor,  and  at 


the  top  of  the  rectangular  box  was  the  sky.  It 
seems  that  some  people  carried  the  box  analogy 
to  the  sky,  thinking  it  too  was  a  flat  surface,  hut 
others  found  this  idea  difficult  to  accept.  They 
could  not  deny  their  senses,  which  told  them  the 
sky  was  bo^vl  shaped,  and  so  they  thought  of  the 
sky  as  the  inner  surface  of  a  great  dome. 

Helmut  Wimmer  presents  us  with  his  versions 
of  both  conceptions  (page  31  top,  32-33).  In 
each,  the  sky  is  supported  by  four  high  moun- 
tain peaks  located  at  north,  south,  east,  and  west. 
The  peaks  are  joined  together  by  rolling  hills, 
creating  a  wall  that  surrounds  the  world.  The 
near  surface  of  the  sky,  the  part  toward  the 
earth,  is  hung  with  lamps  held  securely  by 
strong  ropes.  During  the  day  the  lamps  are  ex- 
tinguished, probably  by  a  special  god,  but  lit  at 
night,  they  shine  forth  and  bejewel  the  sky. 

The  sun  is  a  disk  of  fire,  the  god  Ra.  which 
floats  in  a  barge  on  the  celestial  river.  At  sunset 
tlie  boat  passes  into  the  valley  of  the  gods,  and 
can  no  longer  be  seen.  At  sunrise,  the  craft 
emerges  from  the  valley,  and  can  again  be  ob- 
served from  the  earth. 

The  Chaldeans,  a  Semitic  people  who  lived  in 
the  valley  of  the  Tigris  and  Euphrates  rivers  in 
Asia  Minor,  were  a  branch  of  the  Babylonians. 
They  were  learned  men,  often  credited  ivith  the 
intellectual  and  academic  achievements  of  the 
Babylonians.  The  Chaldeans  were  concerned 
about  the  rising  and  setting  of  the  sun,  the  ap- 
pearance of  the  stars,  and  the  size  and  shape  of 
their  world  and  universe. 

To  the  Chaldeans  the  universe  was  a  com- 
pletely enclosed  region  that  floated  on  top  of  the 
great  sea  {page  31  bottom).  In  their  conception, 
earth  was  at  the  center  of  the  enclosure,  a  great 
mountain  surrounded  by  a  high,  impenetrable 
wall.  The  sea  betiveen  the  central  earth  and  the 
surrounding  wall  was  completely  forbidden.  A 
person  would  be  lost  forever  if  he  ventured  upon 
it.  Special  permission  from  the  gods  was  needed 
to  make  a  crossing;  permission  rarely,  if  ever, 
given. 


30 


l"k 


/J'i 


-gessg??^'-"'^'' 


^^^^^n^^^^f^^mmff>^^^^^^mfm* 


...IJiPMlfl.  ,»,- 


'T "!. '''  *  ""  lUlfl'^fV^S'^' "*     '• 


K^f 


> 


A 


//.J^.w. 


Heaven  was  a  great  vaulted  dome  that  rose 
above  the  universe  and  rested  upon  the  sur- 
rounding walls.  Heaven  was  designed  and  made 
by  Jupiter,  one  of  the  important  gods  of  the 
Chaldeans.  He  built  the  dome  from  a  hard  metal 
that  reflected  the  light  of  the  sun  during  the  day. 
At  night  the  dome  was  a  deep  blue  backdrop  for 
performances  by  the  gods  (the  planets),  the 
moon,  and  the  stars. 


0, 


ne  half  of  the  universe's  great  wall  was  solid. 
The  other  half  was  hollow  and  had  openings  at 
either  end.  In  the  morning  the  eastern  gate  was 
opened  and  Shamesh,  the  sun  god,  came  through 
it  in  a  great  chariot  drawn  by  two  onagers — wild 
donkeys  of  Asia.  The  disk  of  the  sun,  which  men 
on  earth  saw,  was  one  of  the  chariot's  bright, 
golden  wheels.  With  breakneck  speed  Shamesh 
drove  across  the  sky.  As  evening  approached,  he 
slowed  down,  went  through  the  west  gate,  and 
entered  the  hollow  cave  of  the  surrounding  wall. 
Twilight  closed  the  gate.  All  night  the  chariot 
was  drawn  through  and  around  the  wall  to 
emerge  in  the  morning  when  dawn  opened  the 
eastern  gate  once  more. 

The  people  of  ancient  days  often  thought  of 
the  universe  as  boxed,  or  walled,  in.  This  desire 
to  put  boundaries  and  limitations  on  space  has 
persisted  to  the  present.  In  this  so-called  enlight- 
ened age,  people  still  find  it  difficult  to  com- 
prehend the  vastness  of  space,  the  great  dis- 
tances involved,  the  multitude  of  galaxies.  We 
prefer  to  think  of  the  universe  as  our  ancestors 
did — a  neat,  closed  system  with  specific  bound- 
aries and  limitations. 

As  did  most  early  people,  the  ancient  Greeks 
believed  that  the  earth  was  flat,  an  idea  strongly 
supported  by  the  sage  Thales  of  Miletus  who 
lived  some  2,500  years  ago.  Thales  taught  that 
water  was  the  basic  essence  of  the  earth.  He  also 
said  the  earth  was  a  flat,  circular  disk  (page  34 
top) ,  whose  outer  part  was  bounded  by  a  great, 
impenetrable  river-ocean.  Stars  appeared  out  of 
this  boundary  sea  and  set  in  it  each  morning. 

Helios,  the  sun  god  later  associated  with 
Apollo,  rose  out  of  the  eastern  ocean  in  a  chariot 
drawn  by  four  white  chargers.  As  Helios  drove 
the  chariot  across  the  sky,  the  horses  breathed 
light  and  fire.  The  appearance  of  Helios  out  of 
the  ocean  each  morning  caused  the  stars  to  dive 
pell-mell  into  the  western  sea. 

Helios  was  an  all-seeing  god;  his  light  pene- 
trated everywhere.  He  was  a  beneficent  god  who 
brought  to  people  the  good  things  of  life — light, 
heat,  the  growth  of  crops.  No  wonder  that  living 
sacrifices  were  made  to  Helios  each  year,  in- 
cluding the  casting  of  four  white  horses  into  the 
sea. 

The    Greeks    believed    that    Ethiopians,    who 


lived  at  the  far  reaches  of  the  earth,  were 
scorched  by  the  hot  sun  as  it  appeared  and  dis- 
appeared below  the  east  and  west  horizons. 

At  the  outset,  the  Pythagoreans  upset  the 
teachings  of  Thales,  maintaining  that  the  earth 
was  a  sphere  fixed  in  the  center  of  the  universe, 
not  flat  and  round,  and  not  floating  in  a  sea  of 
water.  The  followers  of  Pythagoras,  prominent 
among  whom  was  Heraclides,  ascribed  daily  ro- 
tation to  the  earth  and  annual  motion  around  a 
central  fire.  Two  hundred  years  later  Aristarchus 
guessed  that  the  earth  was  a  planet  moving 
around  the  sun.  But  as  we  know,  Hipparchus, 
and  later  Ptolemy,  rejected  such  fantastic  ideas. 
Thus  the  idea  of  a  sun-centered  universe  lay  dor- 
mant for  some  1,800  years,  waiting  upon  the 
work  of  Copernicus. 

The  cobra  has  long  been  sacred  to  Hindus, 
and  it  remains  so  in  many  parts  of  India.  In 
their  concept  of  the  world  (page  34  bottom),  we 
see  once  more  the  desire  to  enwrap  their  sur- 
roundings, to  provide  boundaries,  thereby  giving 
one  security  and  a  feeling  of  completeness. 

To  the  Hindus  the  bottom  of  the  universe  was 
a  sea  of  milk  bounding  all  sides.  A  huge  turtle 
swam  in  the  sea,  and  became  the  foundation  for 
the  world.  Four  elephants  stood  on  the  turtle's 
back  at  each  of  the  four  cardinal  points:  north, 
east,  south,  and  west.  The  elephants  supported 
the  earth,  a  symmetrical  disk,  which  sloped  up- 
ward from  all  points  to  a  towering  central  moun- 
tain. Atop  the  mountain  was  a  gigantic  fire  (a 
candle  according  to  some  versions  of  the  story). 
All  was  contained  within  the  coils  of  a  cobra:  a 
neat,  compact  world. 

The  need  to  think  of  the  universe  as  closed, 
with  definite  boundaries,  persisted  into  the 
Middle  Ages,  as  shown  in  Mr.  Wimmer's  cover 
painting.  This  concept  lost  prominence  grudging- 
ly only  as  the  Copernican  idea  received  greater 
attention. 

Earth  was  thought  of  as  a  flat  plain.  Unlike 
the  idea  of  the  early  Babylonians  and  one  ver- 
sion of  the  Egyptian  concept,  which  taught  that 
the  sky  was  a  flat  plate  from  which  the  stars 
were  suspended,  this  view  held  that  the  sky  was 
a  hemisphere.  It  was  a  solid  surface,  however, 
with  stars  suspended  from  it  by  strings.  Or,  in 
alternate  versions,  holes  were  punched  in  it,  and 
the  bright  light  of  space,  or  heaven,  shone 
through.  The  sun  and  moon  were  closely  related, 
and  they  were  associated  with  earth,  rather  than 
with  the  stars  (the  sky) . 

The  painting  illustrates  man's  desire  to  physi- 
cally achieve  abstract  ideas,  in  this  instance, 
heaven.  Heaven  must  be  something  real  and  con- 
crete. It  was  logical  to  believe  that  it  existed 
somewhere  out  beyond  the  sky.  All  one  had  to 
do  to  see  heaven  itself  was  to  discover  some 
manner  of  penetrating  the  sky.  Once  this  was 
done,  a  man  need  only  poke  his  head  through 
to  see  the  glories  that  abounded  there. 


35 


by  John  Gibbons  and  Steven  Sdilossman 


On  a  June  day  in  1890,  Dr.  J.  J. 
Ott  played  several  musical  selec- 
tions for  the  Buckwampum  Histori- 
cal Society  in  Bucks  County,  Penn- 
sylvania. He  was  accompanied  by  a 
brass  band,  but,  in  the  words  of  one 
who  was  there,  "the  clear,  bell-like 
tones"  he  was  playing  "could  be 
heard  above  the  notes  of  the 
horns."  What  made  the  concert  dif- 
ferent was  that  Dr.  Ott  was  making 
music  by  hitting  boulders  with  a 
hammer. 

Dr.  Ott  had  put  together  an  oc- 
tave of  ringing  rocks  from  a  boul- 
der field  in  Bridgeton,  one  of  many 
dotting  eastern  Pennsylvania  and 
western  New  Jersey.  The  peculiar 
ability  of  the  rocks  in  some  of  the 
fields  to  ring  like  a  bell  had  been 
known  long  before,  but  not  until 
1965  was  a  serious  attempt  made  to 
find  out  why. 

Local  myths  about  the  boulder 
fields  abound  to  this  day.  Little  is 
known  about  the  Indians'  opinions, 
but  many  early  settlers  apparently 
attributed  the  boulder  accum- 
ulations to  the  aborigines  them- 
selves. A  vague  picture  of  the  fields 
as  ceremonial  sites  built  by  the  In- 
dians runs  through  many  accounts. 
Nearly  all  the  explanations,  in  fact, 
call  upon  man  or  some  supernatural 
force  for   the  genesis  of  the  fields; 


natural  origins  are  rejected  alto- 
getlier.  Other  explanations  invoke 
witchcraft,  arguing  that  the  fields 
are  either  the  site  of  a  great  curse 
or  are  areas  possessed  by  witches. 
The  fields  have  been  called  the 
ruins  of  ancient  civilizations,  the 
landing  sites  of  spacecraft  from 
alien  planets,  and  almost  anything 
else  that  comes  to  mind.  One  local 
maintained  that  the  WPA  piled  the 
rocks  in  a  "make-work"  effort. 

The  common  thread  through 
most  of  the  region's  mythology  ap- 
pears to  be  a  rejection  of  natural 
origins  for  the  fields.  The  failure  of 
science,  through  some  sixty  years  of 
intermittent  investigation,  to  pro- 
vide any  better  answers  must  have 
helped  to  confirm  that  idea.  Al- 
though the  fields  may  have  been 
visited  by  naturalists  long  before, 
the  first  comprehensive  description 
was  not  published  until  1909. 

The  ringing  rocks  fields  are  not 
very  different  from  the  other  boul- 
der fields  in  the  area.  Irregular 
clearings  of  ten  to  fifteen  acres  in 
the  predominantly  hardwood  forest, 
the  fields  are  floored  by  loosely 
piled  boulders  varying  in  size  from 
one  to  fifteen  feet  in  diameter.  The 
boulders  are  made  up  of  a  dark  ig- 
neous rock  called  diabase  that  is 
about  180  million  years  old.  There  is 


no  soil  between  the  boulders  in  the 
field,  and  they  lie  on  a  sloping  bed- 
rock surface  of  the  same  rock  type. 
Some  worts  and  lichens  are  the 
only  plants  to  be  found  there.  The 
absence  of  soil  to  retain  rainfall 
makes  the  presence  of  rooted  plants 
impossible.  The  microclimate  of  the 
area  has  been  aptly  described  as 
desertlike. 

The  boulders  themselves  are  usu- 
ally flat,  and  their  exposed  surfaces 
are  often  stained  reddish  by  iron 
oxides.  Weathering  has  sculptured 
the  upper  surfaces  into  a  pitted  and 
grooved  pattern.  The  surrounding 
forest  floor  contains  boulders  sim- 
ilar in  size  and  composition  to 
those  in  the  boulder  fields.  Outside 
the  fields,  however,  the  boulders  do 
not  ring,  have  no  reddish  stain,  and 
display  a  peculiar  "crazed,"  or 
cracked,  pattern  on  their  surfaces. 
One  of  the  persistent  observations 
about  the  boulders  is  that  they 
cease  to  ring  if  they  are  removed 
from  the  fields. 

B.  F.  Fackenthal  published  the 
first  scholarly  work  on  the  ringing 
rocks  (1909  and  1919).  Fackenthal 
was  a  naturalist  of  the  breed  re- 
sponsible for  much  of  the  early  de- 
scription and  exploration  of  this 
country.  A  natural  scientist  of 
broad  interest  and  great  curiosity, 


hou-/4^iu)o^'_  *^''^' 


fte;^-' 


'// 


his  description  of  the  ringing  rocks 
fields  is  an  interesting  and  wonder- 
fully informative  work.  In  the  1919 
volume  of  the  Bucks  County  Histor- 
ical Society  Proceedings,  he  wrote 
about  the  geologic  setting  of  the 
area,  and  about  the  then-current  ex- 
planations of  the  phenomenon.  Ven- 
turing a  guess  of  his  own  about  the 
ringing  phenomenon,  he  said : 

"The  ringing  properties  are 
doubtless  due  to  the  texture  of  the 
diabase  of  which  they  are  com- 
posed, but  why  some  should  re- 
spond with  a  ring  and  others  lying 
alongside  are  non-resonant,  does 
not  to  my  mind  fully  appear.  They 
were  doubtless  cooled  or  annealed 
differently  and  therefore  the  crys- 
talization  may  have  been  different." 

Little  more  was  written  about 
ringing  rocks  for  the  next  forty-five 
years,  but  boulder  fields  in  general 
were  studied  enough  to  be  consid- 
ered a  well-understood  phenome- 
non. 

Boulder  fields  of  the  kind  found 
in  the  Bucks  County  area  are  not 
particularly  uncommon  throughout 
the  temperate  and  arctic  regions  of 
the  world.  Under  climatic  condi- 
tions that  feature  severe  tempera- 
ture variation  above  and  below 
freezing,  along  with  enough  rain  or 
snowfall  to  keep  the  ground  wet, 
frost  action  can  easily  produce  such 
boulder  fields,  or  felsenmeer  (liter- 
ally "stone  seas"),  as  they  are 
called  in  Europe.  Water  soaking 
into  the  bedrock  surface  expands 
upon  freezing  and  breaks  up  that 
surface.  Frost  heave,  the  movements 
produced  in  soil  by  freezing  and 
thawing,  tends  to  move  the  boulders 
toward  the  surface.  If  the  climate 
is  severe  enough  to  prevent  plant 
cover  from  developing,  the  soil  may 
eventually  be  flushed  away  by  sum- 
mer rains.  The  result  is  a  boulder- 
covered  bedrock  surface  with  little 
or  no  soil. 

Huge  expanses  of  boulder-car- 
peted terrain  may  be  seen  today 
above  timberline  in  most  mountain- 
ous regions.  These  felsenmeer  are 
more  or  less  permanent  features  in 
those  regions  of  high  altitude  or 
high  latitude  having  rigorous  cli- 
mates. How,  then,  can  they  be  re- 
lated to  the  temperate,  humid  cli- 
mate of  the  middle  Atlantic  region? 


The  answer  lies  in  the  history  of  the 
last  Ice  Age.  Although  the  glaciers 
that  last  retreated  from  the  area 
about  12,000  years  ago  never  ex- 
tended to  the  actual  site  of  the 
ringing  rocks  fields,  their  presence 
profoundly  affected  the  area's  cli- 
mate. The  nearest  ice  masses  are 
thought  to  have  occurred  only 
about  twenty  miles  northwest  of  the 
site.  This  places  the  boulder  fields 
well  within  the  range  of  periglacial, 
or  near  glacial,  climatic  effects.  The 
areas  marginal  to  the  glaciers  ex- 
perienced rigorous  climates  quite 
analogous  to  high  alpine  climates. 
G.  Gordon  Connalley,  a  glacial 
geologist,  proposes  that  all  of  the 
region's  hillslopes  were  shattered 
by  severe  frost  action  during  glacia- 


tion.  After  the  glaciers  retreated 
and  the  climate  returned  to  its 
present  state,  the  boulder  seas  were 
gradually  reclaimed  by  the  forests. 
The  fields  still  in  existence  are  the 
last  remnants  of  once  extensive  fel- 
senmeer.  Even  these  remnants  are 
being  encroached  upon  by  the  for- 
est. The  trees  near  the  edges  of  the 
field  are  younger  than  the  rest  of 


Diabase  blocks  lie  strewn 

across  a  Bucks  County  boulder 

field,  where  conditions  are 

perfect  for  the  slow  weathering 

that  produces  ringing  rocks. 


38 


the  surrounding  forest,  and  in  some 
places  the  boundaries  are  blurred  by 
the  advance  of  shrubs  and  vines 
into  the  fields. 

In  general,  none  of  these  ideas 
about  the  origin  of  boulder  fields  is 
new.  Most  geologists  have  long 
agreed  that  most  fields  originated 
in  the  way  just  outlined.  The  trick 
is  to  explain  why  the  ringing  boul- 
ders ring. 

In  1965  Richard  Faas,  an  ocean- 
ographer  and  geologist  from  near- 
by Lafayette  College,  and  John 
Flocks,  a  student,  took  up  the  prob- 
lem. Faas  and  Flocks  were  inter- 
ested in  problems  of  sound  travel  in 
rocks.  This  interest  arose  from 
Faas's  studies  of  sound  travel  in 
ocean  bottom  sediments. 

Faas  and  Flocks  demonstrated 
that  the  audible  tone  produced  by  a 
blow  on  a  ringing  boulder  was  the 
product  of  interference  between 
several  subaudible  resonant  fre- 
quencies. That  is,  when  struck,  the 
boulder  vibrates  at  several  fre- 
quencies. None  of  these  frequencies 
is  audible,  but  the  sum  of  the  inter- 
fering and  interacting  frequencies 
produces  a  tone  that  can  be  heard 
by  the  human  ear.  The  subaudible 
vibrations  have  unusual  frequencies 
(cycles  per  second)  and  attenuation 
(duration)  for  rock  materials.  Faas 
and  Flocks  also  pointed  out  that  the 
tones  produced  showed  some  corre- 
lation with  boulder  size. 

We  became  interested  in  the 
problem  through  Faas  and  several 
teaching  trips  to  the  fields.  Our 
field  observations,  added  to  Faas's 
sonic  data,  led  us  to  a  tentative 
hypothesis  about  the  ringing  boul- 
ders and  eventually  to  a  systematic 
study.  The  ringing  boulders  often 
spall  (flat  chips  break  off  from  the 
surface)  when  tapped  lightly  with  a 
hammer.  These  spalls  are  sur- 
prisingly energetic,  sometimes  fly- 
ing past  one's  ear  with  a  humming 
sound.  If  a  ringing  boulder,  which 
is  vCTy  tough,  is  broken  apart  with 
a  sledge  hammer,  it  soon  stops  ring- 
ing altogether.  Such  breaks  produce 
a  peculiar  surface  pattern  often 
seen  in  metals  that  have  broken  un- 
der large  internal  stresses.  The 
boulders  are  unusually  absorbent 
when  wet.  The  outer  inch  or  so  of 
most  of  the  boulders  is  noticeably 


altered  in  color  and  texture  by 
weathering,  and  that  altered  zone 
soaks  up  water  at  a  surprising  rate. 
Formation  of  a  workable  hypoth- 
esis, one  that  would  form  a  solid 
foundation  for  research,  is  a  criti- 
cal matter  in  such  a  project.  If  the 
hypothesis  is  carefully  thought  out, 
it  has  an  organizing  effect  on  the 
whole  effort.  It  is  necessary  to  be- 
gin with  a  question — in  this  case: 
Why  do  the  ringing  rocks  ring? 
The  next  step  is  to  assemble  all 
available  information.  This  infor- 
mation can  then  be  used  to  weed 
out  the  most  likely  answer  or  an- 
swers. Once  a  test  hypothesis  has 
been  chosen,  it  is  important  to  state 
it  in  the  simplest  and  most  concise 
terms  possible.  When  that  is  done 
the  questions  needed  to  test  the 
hypothesis  become  clear  almost 
automatically.  If  the  questions  are 
answered  in  the  afiirmative,  that  is, 
if  the  correct  hypothesis  was  cho- 
sen, then  interpretation  of  the  im- 
pact of  the  hypothesis  on  other,  re- 
lated questions  is  the  final  step. 


m  n  the  case  of  the  ringing  rocks 
the  process  went  something  like 
this.  Question:  Why  do  the  boul- 
ders ring?  Information:  The  rocks 
were  very  energetic  (spalling,  frac- 
ture type)  ;  they  resonated  at  a  fre- 
quency different  from  the  "natural" 
frequency;  and  there  was  some- 
thing unusual  about  the  fields'  dry 
and  exposed  environment  that 
seemed  to  produce  or  at  least  local- 
ize the  abnormal  resonance.  Our 
search  for  a  hypothesis  seemed  to 
lead  back  each  time  to  one  focus: 
How  can  the  resonant  frequency  of 
rock  be  altered  by  a  natural  pro- 
cess? 

All  materials  have  what  may  be 
called  a  natural  resonant  frequency. 
That  is,  because  of  its  atomic  struc- 
ture any  material  has  one  vibration 
frequency  at  which  it  resonates,  or 
responds  harmonically,  to  its  own 
vibration.  Natural  resonance  is  a 
well-defined  concept  that  has  been 
thoroughly  studied  by  metallurgists 
and    engineers.    The    natural    reso- 


nance of  crystalline  substances, 
such  as  minerals,  depends  primarily 
upon  the  strength  of  the  atomic 
bonds  and  upon  the  atomic  spacing. 

The  most  feasible  way  of  chang- 
ing the  resonant  frequency  of  a  ma- 
terial is  to  subject  it  to  an  elastic 
strain.  Elastic  strains  are  imperma- 
nent changes  in  the  shape  or  size  of 
a  body.  That  is,  if  a  body  is  elasti- 
cally  strained  and  the  stress  is  re- 
moved, the  body  returns  to  its  orig- 
inal shape  or  size.  Elastic  strain 
involves  no  breaking  or  rearrang- 
ing of  atomic  bonds.  Ratlier,  the 
material  changes  shape  by  what  can 
be  thought  of  as  stretching  the 
bonds.  When  the  stress  is  removed, 
the  bonds  rebound,  returning  the 
atomic  structure  to  its  original  posi- 
tion. While  the  bonds  are  stretched, 
however,  the  resonant  frequency  of 
the  material  is  changed  because  the 
atomic  spacing  is  altered.  A  good 
example  of  this  principle  is  the  old 
musical  saw  act  from  vaudeville 
days.  The  musician  changed  the 
tone  of  the  saw  by  bending  (elasti- 
cally  straining)  the  saw  while  he 
stroked  it  with  a  violin  bow. 

Now  we  can  modify  our  original 
question:  Why  do  the  ringing  rocks 
ring?  If  elastic  strain  is  the  most 
easily  visualized  means  of  changing 
the  resonant  frequency  of  a  body, 
the  question  can  be  rewritten :  Do 
the  ringing  rocks  ring  because  they 
are  somehow  under  stress? 

We  decided  the  best  way  to  find 
out  would  be  to  dissect  the  rocks 
and  see  if  they  showed  signs  of 
stress.  This  technique  assumes  that 
any  body  subject  to  stress  over  a 
long  period  of  time  will  reach 
equilibrium,  a  balanced  state,  if  it 
does  not  break.  Ice  in  a  glass  bottle 
provides  a  familiar  analogy.  As  the 
ice  expands,  tension  increases  in  the 
glass.  The  forces  are  balanced — un- 
til the  glass  breaks.  Before  the  glass 
breaks,  it  is  possible  to  measure  the 
stresses  in  the  ice-bottle  system  in- 
directly. Melting  the  ice  removes 
the  stress;  then  the  return  of  the 
bottle  to  its  original  size  and  shape 
can  be  measured.  Because  the  force 
needed  to  "stretch"  glass  (this  is 
known  as  its  elastic  constant)  is 
known,  it  is  easy  to  compute  how 
much  stress  was  required  to  stretch 
the  glass  bv  the  measured  amount. 


39 


Rocks  are  more  complicated  than 
ice  in  bottles  because  the  balanced 
forces  exist  in  the  same  object.  But 
the  stress  regions  tend  to  lie  paral- 
lel to  the  object's  surfaces  when 
equilibrium  is  complete.  So  by  slic- 
ing ofF  sections  parallel  to  the  sur- 
face, we  can  measure  the  change  as 
the  core  returns  to  its  original  size 
and  shape.  We  also  have  to  know 
the  elastic  constant  of  the  material 
involved,  but  this  is  either  available 
in  published  reports  or  can  be  eas- 
ily measured  in  the  laboratory. 
Then  we  can  say  how  much  stress 
was  present  in  the  rock. 

To  use  this  technique  we  sawed 
the  ends  and  sides  from  boulders, 
leaving  only  central  cores.  We  care- 
fully measured  the  cores  many 
times  over  a  long  period  of  time  to 
determine  whether  any  change  of 
dimensions  took  place.  The  first 
ringing  rock  core  we  measured  was 
almost  eleven  inches  long.  A  relaxa- 
tion (contraction)  of  almost  1/500 
of  an  inch  was  observed. 

That  measurement  exceeded  our 
wildest  estimates  and  led  us  to  be- 
lieve that  the  technique  of  measure- 
ment was  introducing  a  large 
amount  of  error  into  the  data. 
Therefore  we  decided  to  use  elec- 
tronic measurement  with  foil  strain 
gauges.  These  tiny  strips  of  metal 
and  plastic  can  measure  extremely 
fine  changes  of  shape  on  a  surface 
when  coupled  with  the  proper  elec- 
trical receptors,  amplifiers,  and 
strip-chart  recorders.  They  have  the 
additional  advantage  of  constantly 
recording  the  change  in  shape  of  the 
body  as  time  passes,  producing  a  new 
kind  of  information,  as  well  as  great- 
er accuracy  and  precision. 

The  sensitivity  of  foil  strain 
gauges  is  fantastic.  While  testing 
and  calibrating  the  equipment  we 
glued  a  strain  gauge  to  an  old  core 
of  very  hard  diabase,  about  one 
and  a  half  inches  on  a  side  and 
nine  inches  long.  Just  for  fun.  one 
of  us  placed  the  core  over  his  knee 
and  tried  to  bend  it.  The  recorder 
dutifully  recorded  1/100,000  of  an 
inch  strain. 

Foil  strain  gauges  showed  that 
the  cores  from  ringing  boulders  re- 
laxed an  average  of  approximately 
1/10,000  of  an  inch  per  inch  of 
specimen  length.  Nonringing  boul- 

40 


ders  from  outside  the  fields  showed 
no  relaxation.  In  most  cases  total 
relaxation  required  between  seventy 
and  eighty  hours.  Early  relaxation 
was  rapid,  followed  by  a  long  period 
of  gradual  change  of  specimen 
shape.  Occasionally,  the  gradual  ta- 
pering off  was  interrupted  by  sharp 
fluctuations;  in  two  cases  these 
could  be  correlated  with  the  forma- 
tion of  visible  fractures. 

Core  relaxation  as  time  passed 
was  plotted  as  a  curve  on  a  strip- 
chart  recorder.  The  various  forces 
that  can  change  the  shape  of  a  body 
tend  to  produce  curves  that  have 
characteristic  shapes,  or  "finger- 
prints." The  curves  from  the  ringing 
boulders  compared  well  with  curves 
for  a  type  of  relaxation  metallurgists 
call  after-working,  or  anelastic 
strain.  In  the  field  of  rock  mechanics 
the  same  phenomenon  is  called  re- 
coverable creep. 


N 

1  ^  ormally  the  strain  magni- 
tudes measured  indicate  the  result  of 
tremendous  stresses.  By  using  the  ex- 
perimentally determined  elastic 
constants  for  diabase,  published  by 
Francis  Birch,  and  the  relaxation 
figures  that  we  obtained,  we  could 
compute  theoretical  values  for  the 
stresses  stored  in  the  rock.  For  some 
rocks  these  values  were  as  high  as 
15,000  pounds  per  square  inch.  Such 
large  stress  values  are  particularly 
perplexing  in  boulders  lying  in  an 
open  field  acted  upon  by  no  observ- 
able external  forces. 

Creep,  or  anelastic  behavior,  is  a 
particularly  logical  explanation  for 
this  apparent  paradox.  It  can  pro- 
duce fairly  large  strains  at  rela- 
tively low  stresses,  with  the  impor- 
tant qualification  that  the  stresses 
be  applied  over  a  long  period  of 
time.  Therefore,  the  large  stresses 
seemingly  indicated  by  the  compu- 
tation based  on  Birch's  short-term 
constants  are  not  particularly  rele- 
vant. The  strains  observed  seem  to 
be  the  result  of  stresses  applied 
over  very  long  periods  of  time. 

The  origin  of  the  stresses  was  de- 
termined by  more  conventional  geo- 


logic techniques.  We  prepared  thin 
sections  from  several  areas  within 
each  boulder  and  examined  them 
under  the  petrographic  microscope. 
The  outer  "skin"  of  the  boulders  is, 
as  already  mentioned,  quite  per- 
meable to  water.  Water  combines 
chemically  with  minerals  and 
changes  them  in  the  process  called 
chemical  weathering.  New  minerals, 
usually  clays,  are  often  produced 
when  the  original  minerals  are  bro- 
ken down  by  water. 

Microscopic  examination  showed 
that  chemical  weathering  had  in 
some  cases  advanced  two  or  three 
inches  into  the  boulders.  The  most 
chemically  susceptible  mineral  in 
diabase  is  pyroxene.  The  pyroxenes 
in  the  diabase  were  completely  re- 
moved at  the  surface  of  the  boul- 
ders. Near  the  surface  the  pyrox- 
enes were  completely  altered  to  a 
type  of  clay  known  as  montmorillo- 
nite.  Alteration  of  pyroxenes  to  clay 
diminished  as  distance  from  the 
surface  became  greater. 

The  source  of  the  stresses  in  the 
boulders  was  clear  at  once.  The 
change  from  pyroxene  to  montmo- 
rillonite  produces  a  volume  change. 
If  a  given  volume  of  pyroxene  is 
weathered  to  montmorillonite,  the 
montmorillonite  occupies  more 
space  than  the  original  pyroxene. 
The  expansion  of  many  grains  of 
pyroxene  during  weathering  pro- 
duces an  expansion  of  the  outer 
shell  of  the  boulders  and  a  corre- 
sponding tension  in  the  core.  The 
strain  resulting  from  the  tension 
raises  the  resonant  frequency  from 
its  natural  value  to  that  observed  in 
the  ringing  rocks. 

Stresses  caused  by  weathering  ex- 
ist in  many  rock  types.  In  most,  the 
stresses  cause  a  surface  sloughing 
known  as  exfoliation.  The  com- 
bination of  unusual  strength  and 
slow  production  of  stress  allows  the 
diabase  to  accumulate  stresses  of 
great  enough  magnitude  to  produce 
the  ringing  effect. 

The  arguments  presented  up  to 
this  point  are  entirely  internal :  they 
all  come  from  a  study  of  the  boul- 
ders. Now  we  needed  some  external 
confirmation  to  make  the  argument 
tight.  Relaxed  cores,  which  no 
longer  rang,  were  fitted  with  steel 
grips.  When  restressed  in  an  engi- 


neering  tensile  tester  to  10,000 
pounds  per  square  inch,  the  cores 
rang  clearly.  With  this  reasonably 
independent  confirmation  of  the  as- 
sociation between  strain  and  ring- 
ing, we  were  satisfied  that  our  orig- 
inal hypothesis  was  confirmed. 

We  also  wanted  to  know  the  role 
of  the  special  boulder-field  environ- 
ment in  producing  the  ringing  ef- 
fect. Apparently  the  answer  lies  in  a 
very  delicate  balance  between 
weathering  rate  and  rock  strength. 
The  boulders  in  the  fields  are  not 
buried  in  soil  or  shaded  by  over- 
hanging trees.  They  are  wet  only 
for  a  short  period  following  a  rain 
or  snowfall.  This  makes  the  chem- 
ical alteration  of  the  minerals  and 
the  stresses  produced  by  those  alter- 
ations accumulate  at  a  very  slow 
rate.  Frost  action,  the  breaking  of 
rock  by  expanding  ice,  is  probably 
also  minimized  by  the  short  time 
water  stays  in  the  system.  Long  pe- 
riods of  time  for  the  establishment 
of  a  state  of  stress  equilibrium  are 
thus  provided. 


Where  the  forest  encroaches 
on  a  boulder  field,  the  shade 
slows  evaporation,  moisture 
is  retained,  weathering 
proceeds  faster,  and  soon 
the  rocks  no  longer  ring. 


Those  boulders  outside  the  fields 
exist  in  a  different  environment: 
they  are  shaded  and  usually  lie  on 
or  in  water-retaining  soil  and  forest 
litter.  Weathering  and  frost  action 
proceed  much  more  quickly.  Time 
for  adjustment  of  the  stresses  in  the 
rock  to  an  equilibrium  state  is  in- 
sufficient, and  the  boulders  "crack 
up." 

This  conclusion  explains  why 
boulders  removed  from  the  field 
stop  ringing.  If  left  outside  in  a 
rock  garden  or  other  shaded  spot 
the  boulders  are  soon  overstressed 
and  break  up.  Ringing  rocks  kept 
dry  in  geologic  collections  continue 
to  ring  indefinitely. 

The  delicacy  of  environmental 
controls  on  the  ringing  effect  can  be 
illustrated  by  examining  the  edges 
of  the  boulder  fields:  the  zone  sepa- 
rating boulders  that  ring  from 
those  that  do  not  is  relatively  sharp. 
The  boundary  usually  lies  several 
feet  within  the  field.  The  position  of 
the  boundary  was  a  puzzle  until  a 
botanist  friend  accompanied  us  to 
the  site  one  day.  His  chance  com- 
ment about  the  plants  growing 
along  the  shade  line  from  the  bor- 
dering trees  struck  home.  The 
boundary  of  the  ringing  boulders 
area  corresponds  roughly  to  the  av- 
erage position  of  the  shade  pro- 
duced by  the  larger  trees  about  the 
edges  of  the  field.  More  shade 
means  less  evaporation  and  thus 
more    moisture    retained.     Enough 


gg 

^^W|EmHBBpife^''   'HhL  ,<^6£^  ^ 

«^^ 

1 

^^ 

2f« 

^fi 

^KHr^-'«>,>^ 

lii^^L^^S^Df 

B^SIk^^^^^Bi 

apparently,  to  disrupt  the  balanced 
processes  that  cause  the  boulders  to 
ring. 

We  therefore  propose  that  the  an- 
swer to  the  ringing  rocks  lies,  not 
in  witchcraft  or  ancient  ruins,  but 
in  a  very  subtle  and  delicate  inter- 
action between  earth  materials  and 
environment  over  very  long  periods 
of  time.  These  are  things  that  can- 
not be  observed  in  terms  of  man's 
unaided  senses.  The  concept  of  the 
immensity  of  geologic  time  is  pecu- 
liar enough  to  most  people.  The 
measurements  necessary  to  detect 
and  measure  the  data  presented 
here  are  impossible  without  com- 
plex instruments.  Faced  with 
phenomena  for  which  there  are  no 
observable  causes,  it  is  completely 
logical  that  supernatural  ex- 
planations should  be  proposed. 
Such  proposals  are  the  product  of 
the  same  curiosity  that  has  pro- 
duced all  sciences,  especially  the 
natural  sciences. 

The  face  of  the  natural  sciences 
has  been  changing  radically  over 
the  past  few  years,  and  the  pro- 
posed solution  to  the  ringing  rocks 
problem  presented  here  is  a  good 
example  of  that  change.  Once, 
people  like  B.  F.  Fackenthal  were 
naturalists.  Their  approach  to  prob- 
lems could  be  broad  and  general 
because  the  volume  of  material  to 
be  mastered  in  the  natural  and 
physical  sciences  was  relatively 
small.  Then  came  the  "information 
explosion."  It  has  become  impos- 
sible for  a  man  to  be  acquainted 
with  all  the  knowledge  in  his  own 
field,  much  less  in  many  fields  at 
once.  The  Renaissance  man  seems 
to  be  lost.  Workers  with  narrow 
specialties  are  the  rule.  This  situ- 
ation has  led  to  many  scientific  im- 
passes. Problems  involving  natural 
systems  are  often  simply  too  broad 
and  complex  to  be  managed  by  one 
man's  education. 

The  solution  appears  to  lie  in  the 
multidisciplinary  approach.  The 
team  we  put  together  to  solve  the 
mystery  of  the  ringing  rocks  in- 
cluded three  physicists,  two  engi- 
neers, four  geologists  of  varying 
specialties,  two  biology  students, 
and  one  botanist.  Once  we  all  got 
together,  those  rocks  didn't  stand  a 
chance. 


41 


Books  in  Review 


THE 

FLORENTINE 

CODEX 


A  sixteenth-century  friar's  tale  records,  in  words  and  pictures^ 
the  daily  life,  customs,  and  beliefs  of  the  Aztecs 

by  Herbert  R.  Harvey 


Had  the  main  challenge  to  the 
Spanish  conquerors  of  ancient 
Mexico  been  merely  to  achieve  mili- 
tary victory,  we  would  today  know 
much  less  about  the  civilization  of 
their  Indian  adversaries.  \^Tiile  the 
natives  capitulated  to  Spanish  rule 
after  the  fall  of  Tenochtitlan  in 
1521,  spiritual  domination  required 
many  decades,  indeed  centuries, 
to  achieve.  One  by-product  of  the 
church's  long  effort  to  convert  the 
natives  to  Christianity,  however, 
was  a  corpus  of  written  descriptions 
of  the  Indian  cultures.  By  far  the 
greatest  and  most  comprehensive  of 
the  early  clerical  accounts  of  native 
life  was  Fray  Bernardino  de  Saha- 
gun's  General  History  of  the  Things 
of  Neiv  Spain,  or  as  it  is  better 
known,  the  Florentine  Codex.  With 

FLORE^"TII\•E  Codex:  General  His- 
tory OF  THE  Things  of  New  Spain. 
Book  6:  Rhetoric  and  Mor.\l 
Philosophy,  by  Fray  Bernardino 
de  Sahagun.  Translated  by  Charles 
E.  Dibble  and  Arthur  J.  0.  Ander- 
son. University  of  Ltah  Press, 
$13.00;  260  pp.,  illus. 


the  publication  of  Book  6,  Arthur  J. 
0.  Anderson  and  Charles  E.  Dibble 
have  completed  and  made  available 
for  the  first  time  a  full  translation 
of  the  IVahuatl  text  of  Sahagun's 
monumental  work. 

The  Florentine  Codex  is  a  com- 
pendium of  ethnographic  and  his- 
torical facts  on  the  Nahuatl-speak- 
ing  peoples  of  the  Valley  of  Mexico 
as  they  existed  at  the  time  of  the 
Spanish  Conquest  and  during  the 
early  colonial  era.  It  is  di^'ided  into 
t^velve  books,  of  which  the  first  six 
are  primarily  concerned  with  mat- 
ters of  morality  and  religion,  while 
the  remainder  deal  with  a  variety  of 
topics,  such  as  the  political  system, 
economics,  trade,  history,  natural 
history,  and  the  conquest  of  Mexico 
(from  the  Indian  vie\NT3oint) .  The 
work  forms  an  integrated  ^^-hole. 
and  often  a  single  topic  may  be 
dealt  with  in  a  number  of  different 
books. 

Sahagun  was  a  Franciscan  friar, 
who  had  come  with  others  to  Mex- 
ico from  Spain  in  1529  to  convert 
the  Indians  to  Christianity.  Nahua- 
tl,  plus  closely  related  dialects, 
was  the  principal  language   of  the 


region,  and  the  learning  of  it  was  a 
necessity  for  the  early  missionaries. 
Perhaps  because  of  his  ability  with 
the  language  or  his  personal  in- 
terest in  native  culture  or  both, 
Sahagun  was  ordered  by  his  su- 
periors in  1557  to  prepare  a  treatise 
in  Nahuatl  that  would  be  useful  to 
other  missionaries  in  carrying  out 
their  conversion  of  the  Indians.  Sa- 
hagun, in  fact,  began  his  preface  to 
the  work  with  the  observation  that  a 
doctor  could  not  prescribe  treatment 
without  a  knowledge  of  the  malady 
or  its  cause.  It  follows  that  a  thor- 
ough understanding  of  the  customs 
and  beliefs  of  the  Indians  was 
deemed  essential  to  facilitate  con- 
version. At  the  same  time,  he  also 
explicitly  determined  to  prepare  a 
document  that  would  in  itself  be  the 
foundation  for  a  dictionary  of  the 
language,  since  a  corpus  of  liter- 
ature, classics  for  example,  was  not 
available  for  the  purpose.  To  some 
extent,  therefore,  his  linguistic  ob- 
jective influenced  the  style  for  his 
ethnographic  description. 

The  Florentine  Codex  was  the 
end  product  of  a  long  process  of 
planning,  inquiry,  writing,  and  re- 


42 


irstfiptiW«H'  tn«htra»A5a.  Haftite**««^  «M_ 

^lOit  ilaiWatii^  <^\\vct^i!C!i.ytt. ,  too"  i<^uac  na.m\o..in 
xixif^,msi.  7  ^n<lwtTnJl<J^^Jh.'^a.l1cA.    i  ni'n>s.«ayo  ^ti 

^Axccm  7  ioa   oUhiM.i\   i^u:'<^u<\ya  yitiQUiOtipn. 
J^MtytfiTuirf  (ia:x'«*.yfi  ,  •i;pan  t'ccinipsjant' -^itichiqwa 

nayquirthn  tcpialWar,  (jumauatja'yA  ,on«»r«ju\\sik 
\»na.y^  i^m'xipaiyxyek.  Auh  I'ru'mtVjayo  cOHtVtptuH 
j'/tfluiK'n  flucA.  cenm<^<^uiV\i^«  r  c«m|>«tli(l)u>ri(|)^ 
iniiof tftnenot  ■'  'pan  tcfluinrnjctt  loj^^x  »'n  evatl ,  uji . 
mw|!9i«ih,n  XHilt^miaya  \nrn»ccv<\\ti' loaiialAtayt^. 
lOA  rmvi'ptlrt^or  caw  pa*  valnem  An  a!  0  -^"y  ''^".k- 
poticujrtTntoKJHiUyrt.  •y""''«vdy«  Hafa,   -ytiicmi^x*. 

n*^  x>ici|>tiT)«,,  loiTmatentvek    ayrtcuclj pocolle  «i»ih 

C*<H    I'mpamiirfiaipc*.  liip'pilh'  inmrtcevalh'  ant^ 
lirvtnti^  h'anaux\ct>    Vni»e.  ©ntcfci'^eCVia    I'ntitrfftl 
•TiflfcVrtti'  mo&ytffacati    yya-'^aeach  ■sni'tx^mifoftoty, 
'^nipAilhuiXi'  i'c«nip<;<i[it^wtf   moct^xiiacaii  V^ilcyj' 

tiniyjgya,   'yxnctv,  ^cogytt^A  ,  •ynechi'fhi'nl^  • 

fo«  corm)fcrtlmanalqya..TJnit  mitoaiga  :tocHvitian*l£^ 
JKbwa  imJccrviteH  "yancuifcT  "'«ponya,ntprtpa'  *oe\r>\tl 
KHamrtnaVoy*-  AuW  t'mc  motancWA  C0ucive<»l-ni4nA 
l«5a,i^eb««a   incoM>ei  >  ■He^  >  "">*«*y*  imc i-liimanAl« 
^  tpan  motemy*  mrenrtv   ■S"««:  >»n»lrtfnoJUjlovAy»<i 
cKcf  Wblo  't  „;lKw»  '^«>^>  inHdrtea  Mctj  wBorf  ayrt, 
ni0<)ui4UAya>7i]ut'ni'<]iia£'  luowwai'jttoi  mondior  ifjvMtf 
l»«l  <|ni'<jaAy(».  ,  Can*  i'uli<)uV  xucbiH  ayayacvtl  (jiuW^gid , 
o*»op(t.  i'ctUun*na.loyatn|'n  il^uiH  q>*jVA.yA  ipdiaa)rtBl» 
<»tn«y  mafc* . '>jloa  wiUoayt*   bftWdriaiittc  'inifn»!toay<x 
iiMdltahlo  >  "f*<\c  incempodlilhvitl    i>n«a<ju'ibf  -y"in« 
»«yo,»Uai,   cauyi^    coritUvgA ,invjtoc  »>»toca(^,ftfl 


The  illustrations  are  reproduced  from 
the  Paso  y  Troncoso  color  edition  of 
the  Florentine  Codex,  1905-07. 


43 


44 


17.  Festival  of  Tezcatlipoca :  the 
god's  chosen  impersonator  offers 
himself  for  sacrifice  at  the  temple. 

47.  A  mother  consults  with  a  reader 
of  day  signs.* 

48.  Seven  Serpent  was  a  particularly 
favorable  day  for  bathing  a  newborn 
child.* 

45  and  46.  After  the  childrens'  ear- 
piercing  ceremony,  all  exchanged 
wine  and  the  babies  were  given  food 
dipped  in  wine.* 

52.  For  human  sacrifice,  victim  was 
held  by  priests,  his  chest  opened  with 
a  flint  knife,  and  the  throbbing  heart 
ripped  out  and  offered  to  the  sun. 

18.  Small  boys  lived  together  in  the 
young  men's  house. 

89.  After  the  bathing  of  a  newborn, 
the  parents  gave  a  great  feast. 

19.  Musicians  with  characteristic  in- 
struments, rattles  and  drums. 

21.  Ceremony  to  the  god  Xipe  Totec: 
a  dancer  wearing  his  victim's  flayed 
skin  stands  by  as  Montezuma  receives 
a  foreign  delegation. 

*Scrollsnear  mouths  indicate  speech. 


%^ 

IPk^^'iy^- — X 

\^uf/ 

w* 

^ 

1^ 

i 

w 

n 

^^ 

*     //<^ 

19. 

^ 

45 


■ill. 


:^^5^ 


o  ^^ 


.N.\) 


.((, 


^a^illn^veuRp-^ 


Casting  Gold  Objects: 

51.  After  firing,  the  object  was  burnished 
with  alum  and  then  refired. 

52.  After  refiring,  the  gold  object  was 
rubbed  with  a  mineral  to  make  it  more 
yellow. 

53.  The  gold  object  was  polished  until 
it  glistened. 

Food  Production: 

410.  (a)  Planting  (b)  Fruit  tree 

411.  Sapodilla,  an  edible  fruit 

96,  97,  98.  Planting,  cultivating,  and 
harvesting  corn. 

99,  100,  101.  Harvesting,  threshing,  and 
storing  amaranth. 


46 


mm 


47 


6.^ 

olf  or  fox 

315. 

Butterfly 

139. 

Falcon  with  rabbit 

134. 

Falcon 

215. 

216.  Frogs 

197. 

Turtle 

138. 

Falcon 

193 

and  194.  Varieties  of  sea  fish 

171. 

Varieties  of  the  native 

turkey 

246. 

Rattlesnake 

5.  A 

variety  of  ocelot  (?) 

205. 

Lizard 

219. 

(a)   Shrimp  (b)  Larva 

of  dragonfly 

49 


if' 


%calhy 


-^j^\i£U^^\ 


50 


Primeros  Memoriales  depiction  of  native 
gods  in  the  Tepepulco  manuscript. 


writing.  The  project  lasted  more 
than  ten  years,  and  was  carried  out 
with  the  aid  of  many  trilingual 
(Spanish,  Latin,  and  Nahuatl)  In- 
dian assistants  and  numerous  native 
informants.  Beginning  in  1558,  in 
the  town  of  Tepepulco,  a  few  miles 
to  the  northeast  of  Mexico  City  in 
the  Province  of  Texcoco.  Sahagun 
first  prepared  a  questionnaire  and 
then  assembled  a  dozen  of  the  old- 
est, most  learned  men  of  the  Indian 
community  to  serve  as  informants. 
They  responded  in  the  manner  fa- 
miliar to  them — by  preparing  a 
series  of  drawings  and  then  ex- 
plaining them.  Their  responses 
were  recorded  by  Sahagiin's  native 
assistants.  The  work  continued 
through  1560,  and  the  result  was  a 
document  now  known  as  the  Pri- 
meros  Memoriales,  which  is  on  dis- 
play in  the  National  Palace  in 
Madrid.  This  document,  the  first, 
preliminary  version  of  what  was  to 
become  the  Florentine  Codex,  was 
divided  into  four  main  sections: 
(1)  and  (2)  religious  matters.  (3) 
politics  and  the  state,  and  (4)  hu- 
man aifairs. 

From  Tepepulco,  Sahagun  moved 
to  Tlatelolco,  the  old  market  center 
of  the  Aztecs,  now  part  of  Mexico 
City,  where  he  resumed  work  on  the 
manuscript  in  1564^65.  His  method 
was  the  same — assembling  a  group 
of  ancianos.  who  were  respected  for 
their  knowledge,  to  comment  on  the 
drawings  of  Tepepulco  and  to  dis- 
cuss his  questions.  A  few  more  pic- 
torial descriptions  were  added  to 
the  corpus.  The  result  of  this  effort 
was  an  enlargement  of  the  earlier 
work  and  the  addition  of  subject 
matter  on  natural  history.  The  latter 
document  is  also  in  Madrid,  at  the 
Royal  Academy  of  History. 

From  Tlatelolco,  Sahagun  moved 
to  Mexico  City,  where  he  completed 
the  final  version  of  his  work,  the 
Florentine  Codex,  between  1565 
and  1569.  His  earlier  outlines  un- 
derwent several  additional  revi- 
sions; some  sections  were  subdi- 
vided and  new  topical  coverage  was 
added:  rhetoric  and  moral  philoso- 
phy, and  the  Conquest.  The  final, 
twelve-book  version,  a  clean  copy 
without  the  marginal  notations  of 
the  previous  drafts,  is  in  the  Lau- 
rentian  Library  in  Florence. 


In  1570,  Sahagiin's  funds  for  as- 
sistants were  cut,  and  his  ambitious 
enterprise  came  to  a  halt.  For  more 
than  two  centuries  after  his  death 
in  1590.  the  work  remained  unpub- 
lished, largely  unknown.  During  his 
lifetime,  he  had  made  two  Spanish 
versions.  The  Florentine  Codex  it- 
self was  drafted  in  two  parallel  col- 
umns, Nahuatl  and  Spanish,  with  a 
pictorial  supplement,  adapted  from 
the  earlier  drawings  of  Tepepulco. 
Curiously,  the  Spanish  is  not  a  di- 
rect translation  of  the  Nahuatl,  but 
rather,  more  of  a  paraphrasing,  and 
at  times  a  supplement,  since  in 
some  instances  a  point  of  substance 
treated  in  one  is  omitted  in  the 
other.  The  other  Spanish  draft, 
which  may  well  antedate  the 
Florentine  draft,  is  closely  similar 
but  not  identical.  It  was  from  the 
latter  Spanish  version,  the  Tolosa 
manuscript,  that  the  first  publica- 
tion of  Sahagun's  work  was  made 
in  1829-30.  Since  then,  a  number 
of  Spanish  editions  have  been  pub- 
lished, as  well  as  a  facsimile  edition 
issued  in  1905-07  with  colored 
plates  on  the  codex,  and  trans- 
lations of  sections  of  the  Nahuatl 
text  of  all  three  documents.  Dibble 
and  Anderson's  is  the  first  complete 
translation  of  the  Nahuatl  text  of 
any  of  them. 


In  completing  the  translation,  An- 
derson and  Dibble  worked  to- 
gether for  more  than  twenty  years. 
Book  1,  Part  2.  The  Gods,  was  pub- 
lished in  1950.  With  the  exception 
of  Books  4  and  5,  Soothsayers  and 
Omens,  which  are  bound  under  one 
cover,  the  individual  volumes  have 
appeared  at  random  intervals,  and 
not  in  numerical  sequence.  Thus, 
Book  6.  Rhetoric  and  Moral  Philos- 
ophy, was  reserved  to  last  because 
of  its  length  and  difficulties  in 
translation.  The  final  volume.  Book 
1,  Part  1,  yet  to  be  published,  will  in- 
clude a  Preface.  Table  of  Contents, 
Bibliography,  and  General  Index. 

In  publishing  the  Florentine  Co- 
dex, Dibble  and  Anderson  have  pre- 
served the  basic  format  of  the  origi- 
nal document:  two  parallel  col- 
umns, one  in  English,  the  other  in 


Nahuatl.  They  have  also  repro- 
duced in  black  and  white  the  Paso 
y  Troncoso  copies  of  the  original 
drawings  that  accompanied  the  text. 
Moreover,  their  strategy  of  trans- 
lation has  been  to  preserve,  as 
much  as  possible,  the  flavor  of 
Sahagun's  writing.  They  have  used 
a  device  of  employing  archaisms, 
thus  giving  the  translation  a  sort  of 
King  James  quality.  While  it  is  not 
easy  to  judge  the  accuracy  of  trans- 
lation, it  must  have  been  a  tremen- 
dous task,  for  it  took  the  authors 
twenty  years  to  complete  it.  As  for 
their  translation,  they  have  obvious- 
ly exercised  utmost  care  in  their 
search  for  meaning.  They  continu- 
ously cite  Sahagun's  Spanish  text; 
whenever  possible,  translations  by 
others  of  the  same  passage  are  noted, 
and  they  frequently  discuss  in  foot- 
notes alternate  meanings  for  parti- 
cular terms  or  concepts. 

While  the  translation  is  one 
thing,  understanding  and  inter- 
preting the  content  is  quite  another. 
Much  of  the  Florentine  Codex  is 
straightforward  description — of  the 
market  in  Tlatelolco,  for  example, 
or  the  attributes  of  the  different 
gods  or  the  kinds  of  wild  animals 
found  in  the  realm.  At  the  time  of 
the  Spanish  Conquest,  however,  the 
Valley  of  Mexico  was  composed  of 
a  number  of  city-states,  each  with  a 
different  history,  each  with  a  di- 
verse ethnic  background.  Sahagun 
is  not  always  clear  as  to  which  he  is 
describing.  He  started  his  work  in 
Tepepulco.  a  minor  town  of  the  Cul- 
huas,  and  finished  it  in  Tenochtit- 
lan  (Mexico  City),  the  capital  city 
of  the  Aztecs.  There  were  language 
differences  between  these  places, 
which  are  apparent  in  the  several 
manuscripts.  Between  the  towns  of 
the  Valley  of  Mexico  there  were  cul- 
tural differences  as  well.  At  the 
time,  Texcoco  was  recognized  by 
both  the  Spaniards  and  the  natives 
as  having  been  the  center  of  the 
arts,  that  is,  the  cultural  capital  of 
the  Valley  of  Mexico.  A  factor  that 
complicates  the  problem  even  more 
is  the  difference  between  the  nobles 
and  commoners,  which  is  known — 
in  great  part  from  Sahagun's 
work — to  have  been  vast.  So,  while 
it  may  often  be  apparent  to  whom 
Continued  on  page  82 


51 


Mapping  Venus  with  Radar  Our  neighbor  Venus, 
known  to  generations  of  science  writers  as  "mysteri- 
ous" and  "cloud  shrouded,"  is  slowly  giving  up  her 
secrets  to  powerful  radar  beams  that  can  penetrate  her 
veils.  Reproduced  here  is  a  radar  "map"  of  one  hemi- 
sphere on  which  surface  features  are  clearly  present. 

The  resolution  of  the  map  (about  50  miles)  is 
roughly  twice  tliat  of  the  naked  eye  looking  at  the 
moon.  Just  as  naked-eye  observation  of  the  moon  does 
not  reveal  what  kind  of  features  you  are  seeing,  so  the 
radar  map  of  Venus  tells  you  only  that  some  areas 
reflect  more  of  the  incoming  beam  than  do  others.  The 
brightest  feature  on  the  map  is  Alpha,  the  white  area 
in  the  lower  right  portion.  But  the  resolution  is  not 
good  enough  to  reveal  whether  Alpha  consists  of 
mountains,  craters,  boulder  fields,  extensive  lava 
flows,  or  some  other  geologic  formation.  The  best  that 
can  be  said  about  it  is  that  it  is  about  600  miles 
across,  has  a  "great  deal  of  structure,"  and  is  brightest 
along  its  own  lower  left  edge. 

Other,  much  smaller  bright  spots  appear  on  the 
map,  mostly  in  the  left-hand  portion.  Some  of  the  dark 
areas  appear  to  have  discrete  roundish  shapes;  they 
are  about  150  miles  across.  A  few  of  the  dark  regions 
have  bright  spots  in  the  middle. 

To  prepare  the  radar  map,  Richard  Goldstein  of 
NASA's  Jet  Propulsion  Laboratory  has  been  using  a 
radio  telescope  ordinarily  used  to  track  spacecraft.  He 


places  a  radar  transmitter  at  the  center  of  the  240-foot 
Goldstone  antenna  and  aims  the  beam  at  Venus.  An 
extremely  complicated  receiving  system,  and  mathema- 
tical analysis  of  the  results,  produced  the  map  shown 
here,  which  was  first  published  in  the  journal  Science. 
Goldstein  expects  to  be  making  improvements  to  the 
map  by  the  time  this  appears  in  print.  Venus  went 
through  inferior  conjunction  (passed  between  the  sun 
and  the  earth)  on  November  10,  and  during  this  time 
of  closest  approach  the  radar  beam  flicked  out  again 
across  30  million  miles  of  space.  Goldstein  also  hopes 
to  be  able  to  use  a  more  powerful  beam,  and  thus 
obtain  significantly  better  resolution. 

Back  to  the  Old  Plotting  Board      Like  scientists  in 

other  fields,  astronomers  spend  their  time  not  only  dis- 
covering new  things  but  also  finding  out  that  what  they 
already  know  is  not  always  true.  The  history  of  the 
discipline  is  studded  with  agonizing  reappraisals  of 
established  facts. 

One  set  of  facts  that  undergoes  periodic  revision  is 
the  distance  scale  of  tlie  universe.  Only  in  this  century, 
in  the  lifetime  of  a  single  man,  have  astronomers  ex- 
panded their  horizons  froin  a  single  island  universe  of 
a  few  thousand  light-years  diameter  to  a  much  larger 
home  galaxy  that  is  but  one  of  billions  flung  across 
billions  of  light-years  of  space. 

One  method  astronomers  have  used  to  measure  dis- 
tances in  our  galaxies  or  to  nearby  galaxies  has  in- 
volved a  class  of  stars  known  as  Cepheid  variables. 
Relationships  have  been  discovered  between  their  light 
cycles  and  their  absolute  magnitudes  (that  is,  their 
intrinsic  brightness;  it  is  expressed  as  how  bright  the 
star  would  appear  at  the  standard  distance  of  32  light- 
years).  Once  you  know  the  absolute  magnitude  of  a 
star  and  can  measure  its  apparent  magnitude  as  seen 
from  the  earth,  you  can  say  how  far  away  it  is. 

One  type  of  Cepheid  was  particularly  easy  to  use, 
because  all  stars  of  this  type  were  thought  to  have  the 
same  absolute  magnitude:  0.0.  These  were  the  RR 
Lyrae  stars,  named  after  the  first  of  their  class  to  be 
discovered  in  the  constellation  Lyra.  They  vary  by 
about  a  magnitude,  and  complete  a  cycle  from  max- 
imum to  maximum  in  less  than  a  day. 

The  problem  is  that  while  astronomers  still  believe 
that  all  RR  Lyrae  stars  have  the  same  absolute  magni- 
tude, they  are  not  sure  what  it  is.  When  the  Variable 
Star  Commission  of  the  International  Astronomical 
Union  met  in  England  last  summer,  the  experts  agreed 
that  they  were  still  far  from  an  accurate  magnitude. 


52 


Describing  that  meeting  to  the  American  Association 
of  Variable  Star  Observers  at  their  fall  meeting,  Dor- 
rit  HofHeit  of  the  Maria  Mitchell  Observatory  on  Nan- 
tucket said  that  current  estimates  of  absolute  magni- 
tude range  from  0.3  to  1.3,  with  0.6  appearing  to  be 
the  best  guess. 

She  further  explained  that  this  range  in  absolute 
magnitudes  for  the  RR  Lyrae  stars  produces  estimates 
for  the  distance  from  the  sun  to  the  center  of  the 
galaxy  ranging  from  19,200  to  32,000  light-years.  The 
uncertainty  will  be  reduced  as  better  measurements 
are  made  of  the  motions  through  space  of  the  closest 
RR  Lyrae  stars  so  that  direct  estimates  of  their  dis- 
tance can  be  made.  Once  a  few  distances  are  known 
accurately,  astronomers  will  be  sure  of  their  absolute 
magnitude  and  the  RR  Lyrae  variables  will  serve  as 
mileposts  wherever  they  are  found. 

The  Sun  as  a  Variable  Star     Life  on  earth  depends 

on  a  stable  sun.  If  our  nearest  star  were  to  flare  up 
into  a  nova,  life  would  be  incinerated.  If  it  were  to 
dim,  the  ensuing  cold  would  be  lethal.  In  fact,  however, 
the  sun's  total  radiation  appears  remarkably  constant. 
The  paleontological  record  confirms  this  stability  over 
the  eons. 

But  the  sun  does  vary.  All  radio  operators  are  fa- 
miliar with  its  11-year  cycle  of  sunspot  and  magnetic 
storm   activity;    during   maxima,   communications   on 


earth  can  be  severely  disrupted.  And  it  is  becoming 
increasingly  clear  that  the  sun  varies  in  other  ways. 

In  the  September  isssue  of  the  Astrophysical  Journal, 
James  A.  Van  Allen  (discoverer  of  the  radiation  belts 
around  the  earth)  and  Jean  Gibson  reported  on  the  X- 
rays  emitted  by  the  sun  in  1966-68  (a  time  when  the 
sun  was  "quiet")  as  measured  by  the  earth-orbiting 
satellite  Explorer  33  and  the  moon-orbiting  satellite 
Explorer  35.  They  found  the  radiation  to  be  essen- 
tially constant  over  periods  of  a  day  or  so,  but  that  it 
varied  by  a  factor  of  six  over  a  month's  time. 

Next  they  compared  their  findings  with  the  records 
of  the  sun's  radio  emissions  compiled  at  the  Algon- 
quin Radio  Observatory  in  Ontario  and  found  an  ex- 
traordinarily close  match.  Maxima  and  minima  lined 
up  right  beneath  one  another.  The  visible  light  from 
the  sun  is  remarkably  stable,  but  the  radiation  on  both 
sides  of  the  visible  portion  of  the  electromagnetic 
spectrum  does  vary  substantially  and  in  near  unison. 

Thus  while  the  sun  is  more  than  stable  enough  to 
support  life  on  earth,  and  is  expected  to  be  so  for 
some  time  to  come,  it  is  by  no  means  an  unwavering 
beacon.  Superimposed  on  its  11-year  activity  cycle  lie 
significant  monthly  swings  in  both  X-ray  and  radio 
output.  Doubtless,  as  more  detectors  are  flown  outside 
the  atmosphere,  we  will  find  still  more  variety  in  the 
activities  of  our  nearest  star. 

Drawing  a  Blank  on  Uranus     Believe  it  or  not,  this 

is  the  sharpest  photograph  of  the  planet  Uranus  ever 
made.  The  picture  was  made  last  March,  when  Uranus 
was  1.6  billion  miles  from  earth  (that's  the  closest  it 
ever  comes)  and  presented  a  disk  just  four  seconds  of 
arc  across  (1/450  the  size  of  the  full  moon). 

The  photograph  has  a  resolution  of  about  a  tenth  of 
a  second,  ten  times  better  than  the  limit  usually  im- 
posed on  earthbound  telescopes  by  the  churning  of  the 
atmosphere.  It  is  one  of  a  series  taken  with  a  36-inch 
telescope  floating  under  a  balloon  at  80,000  feet,  well 
above  most  of  the  earth's  atmosphere.  Called  Strato- 
scope  II,  the  balloon-telescope  rig  is  the  work  of  Robert 
E.  Danielson  and  Martin  Schwarzschild  of  the  Prince- 
ton University  Observatory. 

During  the  flight,  pictures  were  also  made  of  Jupi- 
ter, lo  (a  Jovian  satellite),  and  the  bright  nucleus  of  a 
Seyfert  galaxy.  The  pictures  of  Jupiter  are  being  com- 
bined and  a  computer  used  to  eliminate  known  blur- 
ring. They  are  expected  to  be  released  next  year. 

John  P.  Wiley,  Jr. 


53 


The  moon  is  in  the  morning  sky  in  mid-  and  late-December,  reach- 
ing last-quarter  on  the  20th  and  new  moon  on  the  28th.  On  New 
Year's  Eve  we  shall  see  a  slim  crescent  moon  in  the  evening  sky, 
waxing  to  first-quarter  on  January  4  and  to  full  moon  on  January  11. 

Planet  watchers  in  late  December  and  early  January  had  best  plan 
on  rising  early  for  their  pleasures,  for  it  is  in  the  morning  sky  that 
three,  Venus,  Jupiter,  and  iVIars,  are  dominant.  All  recent  entrants 
into  the  family  of  morning  stars,  these  three  are  gathering  now  in  or 
near  the  constellation  Libra.  Mars  is  highest  and  dimmest  of  the  three 
in  the  dawn;  Venus  brightest  and  lower  than  Mars;  Jupiter  lowest  of 
the  three  and  between  them  in  brightness. 

Saturn  alone,  among  the  bright  planets,  is  in  the  evening  sky. 
Located  among  the  dim  stars  of  Aries,  it  is  well  up  in  the  east  at 
sunset  and  sets  well  before  dawn.  Mercury  is  technically  an  evening 
star  in  late  December,  a  morning  star  in  early  January,  but  it  is 
hopeless  to  look  for  it. 

December  16:  Venus  is  at  greatest  brilliancy  in  the  morning  sky, 
with  bright  Jupiter  nearby  to  the  left,  dim  Mars  to  the  right  and  more 
distant. 

December  17-18:  The  star  near  the  gibbous  moon  tonight  is  Regu- 
lus,  in  Leo. 

December  22:  The  weak  and  dim  Ursid  meteor  shower  reaches 
maximum,  but  the  last-quarter  moon  will  brighten  the  sky  for  morning 
viewers. 

December  22:  The  sun  reaches  the  winter  solstice  at  1:36  a.m., 
EST,  and  winter  begins  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere.  The  sun  now 
stands  farthest  south  over  the  earth,  directly  overhead  at  the  Tropic 
of  Capricorn. 

December  24:  The  crescent  moon  this  morning  is  in  conjunction 
with  Mars  at  about  8:00  a.m.,  EST.  Mars  is  well  above  and  to  the  left 
of  the  moon,  but  easy  to  find  with  the  horn  of  the  crescent  as  a 
pointer, 

December  25:  The  crescent  moon  and  nearby  Venus  and  Jupiter 
present  a  striking  view  early  on  this  Christmas  morn  before  the  rising 
of  the  sun. 

December  28:  Mercury,  dallying  in  anonymity  as  an  evening  star, 
passes  between  earth  and  sun,  in  what  is  technically  called  inferior 
conjunction. 

January  3-4:  Venus  and  Jupiter  have  been  getting  closer  to  one 
another  in  the  morning  sky,  as  Venus  races  more  swiftly  eastward  in 
its  path  through  Libra.  They  are  nearest  at  midnight  on  the  evening  of 
the  3rd,  with  Venus  the  higher  and  brighter. 

January  4:  Today  is  the  day  the  sun  is  nearest  earth.  We,  in  our 
orbit  of  the  sun,  reach  perihelion,  but,  as  you  can  see  by  the  ther- 
mometer, it  doesn't  have  much  effect  on  our  weather. 

January  6:  The  bright  object  near  the  gibbous  moon  this  evening  is 
Saturn,  rather  lovely  among  the  obscure  stars  of  Aries. 

January  14:  The  moon  is  back  again  near  Regulus.  After  passing 
the  star  on  the  evening  of  December  17-18,  the  moon  has  gone  once 
round  the  sky  to  return  again  to  the  same  direction  in  space. 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

■A"  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the  bottom; 
then  match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with  those  in  the  sky. 
The  map  Is  for  11:25  p.m.  on  December  15;  10:20  p.m.  on  January  1;  and 
9:20  p.m.  on  January  15;  but  it  can  be  used  for  about  an  hour  before  and 
after  those  times. 


M3ddl)3  311111 


snvadVdOi3i/\ivo' 


\       /        "fOe 


:'a/,  '^'ee/ 


EWDANUS 


■•f.^&^^^^d^l^^l^^iC^^^S^SSSl^l^^jl^^^^ 


JOURNEY 

TO 
PULYKARA 


In  an  era  marked  by  moonshots  and  urban  blight, 

wars  and  dissent,  ten  Australian  Aborigines  peaceably 

subsist  as  hunters  and  gatherers  with  time  to  spare 

by  Richard  A.  Gould 


In  November,  1969,  I  received  a 
report  of  a  small  group  of  Austra- 
lian Aborigines  who  had  never  seen 
Europeans.  They  were  said  to  be 
living  in  the  heart  of  the  Gibson 
Desert,  at  a  place  called  Pulykara, 
near  Mount  Madley,  about  330 
miles  northwest  of  the  Warburton 
Ranges  Mission.  They  were  dis- 
covered by  Bob  Verburgt,  then  a 
patrol  officer  for  the  Weapons  Re- 
search Establishment  at  Woomera. 
This  was  four  months  after  the  as- 
tronauts had  made  their  first  moon 
landing,  and  it  seemed  to  me  then, 
as  I  am  sure  it  did  to  many  others, 
that  there  was  no  place  left  on  earth 
that  Western  technology  had  not 
penetrated.  It  was  ironic  to  think 
that  while  the  rest  of  the  world 
fought  wars,  built  and  destroyed 
cities,  created  art  and  literature,  the 
ancestors  of  these  people  and  the 
people  themselves — as  recent  arche- 
ological       evidence       suggests — re- 


mained completely  unaware  and 
unaffected  by  it  all. 

At  the  time  of  their  discovery, 
my  wife  and  I  were  organizing  an 
archeological  field  camp  at  the 
Warburton  Ranges  in  Western  Aus- 
tralia, and  could  not  visit  these 
Aborigines  until  our  own  project 
was  well  under  way.  Five  months 
later,  in  April,  1970,  we  set  out 
from  Warburton  in  search  of  them. 

Although  our  previous  visit  to 
this  area  in  1966-67  had  provided 
the  opportunity  for  us  to  live  with 
and  study  a  group  of  Aborigines 
who  had  formerly  been  to  white  set- 
tlements and  had  subsequently  re- 
turned to  the  desert  and  resumed 
their  nomadic  existence,  we  had 
never  before  encountered  anyone  so 
isolated  from,  or  untouched  by. 
Western  culture.  The  Aborigines 
living  at  Warburton,  many  of 
whom  came  from  areas  adjacent  to 
the  Mount  Madley  region,  admitted 


that  they,  too,  did  not  know  who 
these  people  were — a  remarkable 
admission  from  people  whose  net- 
work of  kin  relationships  often  ex- 
tends over  hundreds  of  miles. 

During  the  five-month  interval,  a 
Western  Australian  Native  Welfare 
patrol  had  contacted  them  briefly 
and  brought  a  young  man  named 
Yutungka  into  Warburton  to  be  cir- 
cumcised. He  was  accompanied  by 
an  elderly  man  named  Tjitjinanya. 
The  group  had  been  isolated  for  so 
long  that  Yutungka  was  well  past 
the  age  when  men  normally  are  cir- 
cumcised, and  he  was  anxious  to 
have  it  done  as  soon  as  possible. 
For  many  years  his  group  had  not 
met  with  other  groups  of  Abori- 
gines to  form  a  gathering  large 
enough  for  the  precircumcision  cere- 
monies to  take  place. 

The  operation  was  performed 
early  in  April,  and  we  offered  to 
transport  the  tw'o  men  back  to  their 


country  as  soon  as  Yutungka  was 
well  enough  to  go.  We  also  took 
with  us  an  elderly  Aborigine  named 
Minmara,  an  intelligent  man  of  out- 
standing good  humor,  whom  we 
had  come  to  know  well  during  our 
previous  stay  in  the  desert.  We  had 
been  with  him  many  times  in  his 
own  country,  about  150  miles 
northwest  of  Warburton,  and  by 
now  he  was  familiar  with  the  na- 
ture of  our  work.  We  brought  him 
with  us  in  the  hope  that,  in  his  own 
way,  he  would  be  able  to  explain  to 
the  others  what  we  were  doing. 
With  small,  unacculturated  groups 
there  is  always  the  danger  that  the 
anthropologist's  presence  wiU  dis- 
rupt their  activities.  We  wanted  to 
observe  as  much  as  possible  of  their 
normal  daily  routine,  but  we  also 
wanted  to  record  what  we  saw  with 
photographs,  maps  of  their  camp, 
tape  recordings,  and  ordinary  field 
notes.  Minmara,  already  familiar 
with  our  equipment,  could  reassure 
the  others. 

We  outfitted  two  vehicles  for  the 
trip,  a  Land  Rover  and  a  two-wheel 
drive  truck.  Because  of  the  distance, 
supplies  were  a  problem  and  lim- 
ited us  from  the  start.  We  had  to  be 
completely  self-sufficient.  The  truck 
was  loaded  with  drums  of  fuel  and 
water  and  we  intended  to  drive  it  as 
far  into  the  desert  as  possible.  For 
two  days  we  drove  up  a  deserted 
rocket  range  access  road,  locally 
called  the  "Gunbarrel  Highway,"  to 


a  point  about  80  miles  from  where 
the  Aborigines  were  said  to  be 
camped.  Then  we  refueled  the  Land 
Rover  and  left  the  truck  where  it 
would  serve  as  a  gas  station  for  us 
on  our  return  trip. 


J__^F  uring  the  trip  out,  Minmara 
did  several  things  that  seemed  odd 
and  unlike  him.  On  one  occasion  he 
asked  me  for  some  cigarettes.  Be- 
cause I  want  to  avoid  having  to 
feed  the  people  we  are  with,  I  al- 
ways try  to  be  generous  with  to- 
bacco instead.  For  anthropologists, 
feeding  the  people  is  a  never-ending 
problem.  If  we  are  to  observe  their 
normal  food-getting  behavior,  we 
cannot  always  feed  them.  This 
leaves  us  open  to  accusations  of 
stinginess.  On  this  trip,  however,  I 
had  brought  only  plugs  of  chewing 
tobacco.  Minmara  had  never  before 
asked  me  for  cigarettes  and,  in 
truth,  I  had  never  seen  him  smoke 
them.  Nevertheless,  he  seemed  dis- 
appointed when  I  offered  him  some 
chewing-plugs.  Later  he  came  to  me 
again  and  asked  for  my  rifle  and 
one  bullet.  Minmara  had  borrowed 
my  rifle  many  times  before  to  go 
kangaroo  hunting,  but  he  had  al- 
ways asked  for  as  many  bullets  as 
he   could   get.   When   I    asked    him 


why  he  wanted  only  one  bullet  this 
time,  he  seemed  genuinely  at  a  loss 
to  explain.  After  I  gave  him  the 
gun  and  the  single  bullet,  he  walked 
to  the  edge  of  our  camp  where  the 
other  two  men  could  see  him, 
loaded  the  rifle,  and  fired  it  ofE  into 
the  air.  Then  he  returned  the  gun  to 
me  and  in  a  low  voice  explained 
that  these  were  ignorant  men  who 
did  not  know  about  such  things. 
This  really  floored  me,  since  I  could 
remember  when,  not  so  very  long 
ago,  Minmara  himself  had  been  a 
desert  Aborigine  just  like  these 
men.  He  obviously  had  meant  to 
smoke  the  cigarettes  in  front  of 
them  as  well,  to  impress  them  with 
his  newfound  sophistication. 

We  continued  our  cross-country 
trip  to  the  west,  skirting  several 
sandhills  and  wide  stretches  of 
burned-over  country.  Yutungka  ex- 
citedly pointed  out  places  where  he 
himself  had  set  the  fires.  As  we 
were  traveling  in  a  time  of  drought, 
the  wind  was  shifting  the  sand  in 
many  burned-over  places.  At  War- 
burton,  less  than  an  inch  of  rain 
had  fallen  in  two  years,  and  condi- 
tions looked  similar  here.  I  was 
particularly  anxious  to  observe 
these  Aborigines  under  drought 
conditions,  since  our  previous  trip 
to  the  Gibson  Desert  had  been  dur- 
ing a  period  of  exceptionally  good 
rains,  with  a  corresponding  abun- 
dance of  plant  and  animal  foods. 
Eventually  we  saw  Mount  Madley — 
tivo  tiny  rock  knobs  standing  about 
25  feet  above  the  surrounding  sand 
plain,  yet  appearing  highly  signifi- 
cant in  comparison  with  the  rela- 
tively flat  terrain.  Claypans  and  salt 
lakes  provide  the  few  landmarks  in 
this  region,  which  on  the  whole  is 
among  the  most  featureless  and  un- 
friendly looking  country  we  have 
ever  seen  in  the  Australian  desert. 
The  spinifex,  a  spiny  grass  that 
grows  in  clumps  of  varying  size 
and  density  throughout  the  Gibson 
Desert,  appeared  parched  and  yel- 
low. There  were  some  signs  of  re- 
cent rain  on  several  claypans  we 
crossed,  but  rain  in  this  region  is 
notoriously  fickle  and  often  falls 
only  in  localized  patches.  The 
mulga  scrub  we  passed  also  looked 
dry  and  brittle.  On  our  previous 
trips  in  the  Gibson  Desert,  we  had 


Yutungka's  mother  huddle? 

with  her  dogs  on  an  early  winter 

morning  at  the  camp  at  Pulykara. 

At  right,  Yutungka  stands 

halfway  down  a  15-foot-deep 

native  well. 


seen  the  country  at  its  best;  now  it 
seemed  we  were  seeing  it  at  its 
■worst. 

Arriving  at  Pulykara  on  the  morn- 
ing of  April  20,  we  found  that  the 
Aboriginal  camp  consisted  of  three 
small  clusters  of  hearths,  each 
surrounded  by  cleared  patches  of 
sand — the  sleeping  and  sitting 
areas — and  a  low  brush  windbreak. 
The  arrangement  was  typical  of  the 
winter  campsites  of  Gibson  Desert 
Aborigines,  which  we  had  observed 
on  previous  occasions.  Situated  on 
the  slope  of  a  sandhill  at  the  edge 
of    a    dry    lake    bed,    it    was    sur- 


59 


At  tlie  c'laypan  of  \\  alaliika. 
fifty  miles  from  Pulykara. 
Yutungka  tests  the  water, 
and  finds  it  potable. 


rounded  by  a  profusion  of  flies,  an 
inevitable  feature  of  Aboriginal 
camps.  The  wind  was  blowing 
fairh-  hard  when  we  arrived,  and  it 
\vas  apparent  that  there  was  little 
natural  cover  here  or  anywhere 
nearby.  Burned  acacia  bushes  and  a 
few  low  clumps  of  ti  tree,  spinifex. 
and  saltbush  gave  the  whole  place  a 
rather  cheerless  look.  The  water 
hole,    a    so-called    native    well    dug 


about  15  feet  in  the  lake  bed  to  the 
water  table,  lay  about  425  feet 
southwest  of  the  camp.  These  native 
wells  are,  in  most  cases,  nothing 
more  than  soakages  into  which  the 
Aborigines  dig  for  water.  Often 
they  get  deeper  as  the  water  table 
retreats  downward.  Pulykara,  a 
classic  example  of  this  type  of  well, 
had  a  flow  at  that  time  of  about  a 
gallon  in  ten  minutes.  ^  e  had  al- 
ready been-  told  that  Pulykara  was 
one  of  the  most  dependable  water 
sources  in  the  region  and  was  vir- 
tually permanent. 

No  one  was  visible  when  we  ar- 
rived at  the  camp,  but  on  top  of  the 
sandhill  there  were  several  ema- 
ciated, howling  dingoes,  dogs  kept 


by  the  Aborigines  and  sometimes 
found  wild.  Yutungka  set  fire  to 
some  ti  trees  as  a  smoke  signal  to 
indicate  our  presence,  while  Tjitji- 
nanya  and  Minmara  went  on  foot 
over  the  sandhill  to  look  for  the 
people.  A  few  minutes  later  they  re- 
turned with  Tjitjinanya's  wife,  a 
tiny  woman  with  a  greatly  dis- 
tended stomach.  She  had  heard  us 
approaching — the  whine  of  a  Land 
Rover's  gears  can  be  heard  for 
miles — and  was  frightened,  so  she 
ran  off  into  the  sandhills  to  hide. 
The  others,  she  said,  had  left  earlier 
to  look  for  food. 

This  timidity  was  apparently  one 
reason  why  this  group  had  not  been 
contacted    earlier.    Later    on.    Yu- 


60 


tungka  told  us  that  when  he  was  a 
small  boy,  a  truck  (probably  an- 
other Land  Rover)  had  passed  this 
way  with  one  man  driving  it.  Ev- 
eryone had  run  into  the  sandhills 
and  watched  the  white  man  from 
behind  some  bushes.  The  vehicle 
missed  the  camp  by  about  a  quarter 
of  a  mile,  passing  on  the  far  side  of 
a  sandhill  to  the  north,  where  the 
man  had  stopped  and  spent  the 
night  before  continuing  his  journey 
in  the  morning.  The  Aborigines 
stayed  awake  all  that  night  watch- 
ing him,  but  they  never  revealed 
themselves.  This,  no  doubt,  must 
have  happened  many  times  to  gov- 
ernment patrols  sent  out  to  locate 
desert  Aborigines. 


After  the  others  arrived,  there 
were  nine  people,  comprising  three 
small  families,  present;  Yutungka's 
mother  and  father,  Tjitjinanya  and 
his  wife,  and  finally  a  third  couple 
and  their  two  daughters — a  six- 
year-old  named  Pannyi  and  an  in- 
fant. While  talking  with  them  we 
quickly  discovered  several  words 
derived  from  English,  and  learned 
that  the  young  couple  had  pre- 
viously spent  some  time  at  the  Car- 
negie Homestead,  a  remote  sheep 
station  a  little  more  than  100  miles 
southwest  of  Mount  Madley.  Also. 
Yutungka's  father  said  he  had  once 
spent  a  few  days  at  Jiggalong,  a 
mission  and  Aboriginal  reserve 
about      200     miles      northwest      of 


Mount  Madley.  Aside  from  these  in- 
stances and  Yutungka  and  Tjitji- 
nanya's  recent  trip  to  Warburton, 
these  people  had  lived  all  their  lives 
in  this  area  of  the  desert.  As  Betsy 
was  the  first  white  woman  that  most 
of  them  had  seen,  the  women  could 
not  stop  touching  her  arms  and 
hair  and  discussing  her  appearance. 
Some  of  them  had  a  few  scraps  of 
clothing  given  them  by  the  preced- 
ing patrols,  and  they  possessed  a 
steel  axhead.  The  tenth  member  of 
the  group,  a  young  man  named 
Yiwa.  had  gone  off  to  the  west  by 
himself  to  look  for  some  spear- 
wood.  We  missed  seeing  him,  since 
he  still  had  not  returned  when  we 
departed     for     Warburton.     These 


6i 


\'*^. 

^!^.^ 


'iife.,: 


^Hiiii 


-i*^.-- 


While  carrying  a  dog 
around  her  waist,  Tjitjinanya's 
wife  sympathetically  covers 
its  eyes  so  it  will  not  see  her 
eat  a  piece  of  candy. 


people  spoke  a  dialect,  which  they 
called  Ngatjara.  one  of  the  many 
mntually  intelligible  dialects  spoken 
by  Aborigines  throughout  the  Gib- 
son Desert. 

Yutungka  was  clearly  delighted 
to.  see  his  parents  and  other  rela- 
tives again.  They  greeted  him  by 
wailing  loudly,  while  his  mother 
flailed  herself  on  the  head  with  a 
wooden  bowl  until  the  blood  ran 
freely  from  her  scalp.  This  was  out 
of  sorrow  for  the  pain  he  had  un- 
dergone while  being  initiated  at 
Warburton  and  in  recognition  of 
the  death-rebirth  symbolism  of  the 
whole  initiation  ceremony.  Once 
these  formalities  were  over,  the 
group  settled  down  to  discuss  their 
recent  activities  and,  no  doubt,  us, 
while  we  set  up  our  own  camp 
about  100  yards  away.  Yutungka 
kept  everyone  up  late  that  night 
with  his  dramatic  and  highly  ani- 
mated account  of  his  experiences  at 
Warburton. 

The  Gibson  Desert  Aborigines 
live  entirely  by  hunting  and  gather- 
ing wild  foods.  They  do  so  in  what 
is  probably  the  poorest  environ- 
ment, in  terms  of  food  resources,  of 
any  in  the  world  where  people  have 
lived  by  foraging  directly  off  the 
land.  In  our  earlier  studies  we 
found  that  the  Aborigines  in  this 
area  subsist  on  38  edible  plant  spe- 
cies, called  mirka,  and  47  named 
varieties  of  meat  and  fleshy  foods, 
called  kuka.  Kuka  is  always  pre- 
ferred over  mirka,  but  our  studies 
indicated  that  mirka  is  almost  al- 
ways more  important  in  the  over-all 
diet.  As  there  are  no  large  game  an- 
imals, the  kangaroo,  which  rarely 
exceeds  100  pounds,  is  the  largest 
animal  hunted,  although  they  are 
uncommon  in  the  Gibson  Desert. 
Herds  of  game  animals,  such  as  one 
finds  in  Africa  today,  do  not  exist 


in  this  area.  Most  of  the  protein  ob- 
tained by  these  people  comes  pri- 
marily from  two  species  of  goanna 
lizard  found  in  the  sandhill  and 
sand  plain  country.  With  the  ex- 
ception of  rare  occasions  when 
heavy  rains  have  fallen  for  two  or 
more  consecutive  seasons  in  one 
spot,  providing  abundant  vegetation 
and  therefore  attracting  game,  the 
diet  is  almost  entirely  vegetarian, 
revolving  around  at  least  seven 
staple  plant  foods.  I  have  defined  a 
staple  here  as  any  plant  species 
that,  singly  or  in  combination  with 
another,  accounted  for  at  least  50 
percent  of  the  total  diet  by  weight 
during  the  period  it  was  collected 
and  consumed.  Other  edible  plants 
act  to  supplement  and  vary  the  diet. 
Although  men  hunt  regularly  for 
kangaroos,  emus,  wallabies,  and 
other  game,  it  is  the  women  who 
are  the  mainstay  of  the  economy 
and  who  provide  virtually  all  of  the 
vegetable  foods,  as  well  as  much  of 
the  small  game. 


c 

^^^_>|  ompared  with  other  hunting- 
and-gathering  societies,  the  Gibson 
Desert  Aborigines  fare  poorly  even 
in  the  best  of  seasons.  For  example, 
the  !Kung  Bushmen  of  the  Kalahari 
Desert  of  Africa,  a  group  recently 
studied  in  detail  by  anthropologist 
Richard  Lee.  distinguish  54  edible 
species  of  animals  (including  some, 
such  as  giraffes  and  various  ante- 
lopes, that  are  larger  than  anything 
found  in  the  Australian  desert)  and 
85  edible  plant  species,  one  of 
which,  the  mongongo  nut,  accounts 
for  one-half  to  two-thirds  of  the  to- 
tal vegetable  diet  by  weight.  The 
Bushmen,  therefore,  can  afford  to 
pass  up  such  small  game  as  rodents, 
snakes,  lizards,  termites  and  other 
insects,  all  of  which  are  eagerly 
sought  by  the  desert  Aborigines. 

Any  anthropological  discussions 
about  the  material  culture,  social 
organization,  and  religion  of  the 
desert  Aborigines  must  be  seen  in 
terms  of  the  basic  ecological  consid- 
erations.   Not    only    is    the    Gibson 


Desert  generally  impoverished  in 
edible  plant  and  animal  species,  it 
is  also  unreliable  in  terms  of  the  ri- 
pening and  availability  of  these  spe- 
cies. There  are  no  regular  wet  and 
dry  seasons,  such  as  one  finds  in 
the  Kalahari  or  even  in  tropical 
Australia.  Rainfall,  generally  low  to 
begin  with,  fluctuates  tremendously 
with  time  and  place.  The  table 
shown  here  for  vegetable  staples  for 
1966—67  represents  a  foraging  sea- 
son under  optimum  conditions  of 
rainfall  for  this  region:  a  kind  of 
Aboriginal  woman's  "shopping  list" 
at  a  time  when  there  was  plenty  of 
rain  to  stimulate  plant  growth.  The 
table  for  1969-70,  although  com- 
plete for  only  eight  months,  shows 
the  plants  collected  by  these  same 
people  as  staples  during  a  drought 
year. 

It  was  with  this  general  back- 
ground of  information  in  mind  that 
we  began  our  visit  with  the  desert 
Aborigines  at  Pulykara.  On  the  day 
we  arrived,  Yutungka's  mother  ap- 
peared carrying  a  wooden  bowl 
containing  ten  grubs  and  a  piece  of 
backbone  from  a  feral  cat,  which 
she  had  evidently  taken  with  her  as 
a  snack  to  eat  while  out  looking  for 
grubs.  The  young  woman,  named 
Yatungka,  arrived  in  camp  shortly 
afterward  with  a  wooden  bowl 
filled  with  about  ten  pounds  of  sun- 
dried  quandong,  a  native  fruit  with 
a  large  kernel,  of  which  only  the 
outer  husk  is  eaten.  I  was  imme- 
diately interested,  because  neither 
woman  had  been  out  collecting  for 
more  than  a  couple  of  hours  that 
day.  Also,  the  people  seemed  in 
good  condition.  Things  might  be 
hard  at  Pulykara  during  the 
drought,  but  certainly  no  one  was 
starving  or  even  close  to  it. 

In  the  days  that  followed  we  set- 
tled into  a  routine  of  steady,  low- 
key  observation  as  the  Aborigines 
went  about  their  daily  affairs.  On 
most  days  I  went  out  hunting  with 
Yutungka  and  one  or  more  of  the 
other  men,  while  Betsy  either 
stayed  in  camp  or  went  foraging 
with  the  women.  Although  we  trav- 
eled as  much  as  ten  to  fifteen  miles 
a  day  in  search  of  game,  the  results 
of  the  hunt  were  poor.  At  no  time 
did  we  see  any  fresh  kangaroo  or 
emu  tracks  and,  after  four  days  of 


(>J 


effort  we  had  obtained  only  a  feral 
cat,  a  falcon,  and  three  rather  small 
goannas.  For  me  these  hunting  trips 
were  useful,  more  for  the  opportun- 
ity of  learning  about  the  country 
around  Pulykara  and  getting  to 
know  the  men  better,  than  for  the 
game  we  caught. 


F 


oraging,  on  the  other  hand, 
was  more  successful.  There  was  an 
extensive  area  of  quandong  trees  lo- 
cated about  two  miles  from  camp 
on  the  other  side  of  the  dry  lake. 
Here  it  was  possible  to  collect  al- 
most unlimited  amounts  of  the  sun- 
dried  fruit  from  the  ground  directly 
beneath  each  tree.  As  long  as  the 
weather  is  dry,  this  fruit,  which  the 
Aborigines  call  tjaivili,  can  lie  on 
the  ground  for  months  without 
spoiling.  A  woman,  working  for 
about  an  hour,  could  collect  be- 
tween ten  and  twenty  pounds,  de- 
pending on  the  size  of  her  wooden 
bowl.  Not  only  was  the  tjawili 
abundant  and  easy  to  collect,  but 
on  this  occasion  it  was  easy  to 
transport,  as  well,  because  the  walk 
across  the  lake  bed  was  fairly  short 
and  flat.  Grubs,  although  hardly  a 
staple  at  this  time,  were  larger  and 
more  abundant  than  we  had  ever 
seen  in  our  previous  travels 
through  the  desert.  Pried  from  the 
roots  of  small  acacia  bushes  and 
from  the  stems  of  desert  poplar 
trees  that  were  dying  from  the 
drought,  they  are  prized  for  their 
flavor  by  the  Aborigines  and  are  eat- 
en either  raw  or  lightly  roasted. 
What  impressed  me  most,  however, 
was  the  ease  and  relative  speed  with 
which    the    women    found    enough 


food  for  the  whole  group,  even  un- 
der what  seemed,  superficially,  to 
be  adverse  conditions.  It  was  nei- 
ther gourmet  eating  nor  a  balanced 
diet,  but  it  was  enough;  and  it  took 
only  a  few  man-hours  to  collect.  So 
much  for  the  commonly  held  view 
of  hunter-gatherers  as  people  with- 
out any  leisure  time  because  of 
their  constant  need  to  search  for 
food.  Under  the  conditions  at  Puly- 
kara, the  women  spent  most  of 
their  day  in  camp  sleeping  or  talk- 
ing among  themselves.  Their  forag- 
ing was  so  efficient  that  it  gave 
them  abundant  time  to  relax,  while 
at  the  same  time  it  freed  the  men 
for  hunting  and  other  activities.  It 
also  became  obvious  that  the  group 
could  never  have  survived  on  the 
fruits  of  hunting  alone,  although  no 
opportunities  for  getting  game  were 
overlooked. 

Another  glance  at  the  tables  will 
reveal  several  essential  differences 
between  foraging  in  a  relatively  wet 
season  and  foraging  in  a  drought. 
While  the  drought  reduced  the 
available  species  of  staple  food 
plants  from  seven  to  three,  the  over- 
all amounts  of  food  collected  and 
the  work  required  to  collect  them 
remained  about  the  same.  (Despite 
the  incompleteness  of  our  observa- 
tions in  1969-70,  there  is  good 
evidence  to  suggest  that  there  were 
no    more    than    tliree    staples    that 


Yutungka  cleans  the  feathers 

from  a  falcon  killed  dviring  a  hunt. 

Hunting,  however,  provided  only 

a  small  part  of  the  group's  food. 


year.)  That  is,  in  both  wet  and  dry 
years  large  quantities  of  these  j 
staples  can  be  collected  by  the 
women  without  consuming  too 
much  time  or  effort  in  the  process. 
Of  course,  our  observations  at  Puly- 
kara were  brief,  but  these  were 
augmented  by  further  studies  made 
with  similar  groups  closer  to  the 
Warburton  Ranges  Mission.  It  is 
also  important  to  note  that  the  peri- 
ods of  availability  of  the  same  plant 
species  vary  greatly  from  one  year 
to  the  next.  Ngaru,  for  example,  ap- 
pears to  ripen  earlier  and  last 
longer  in  dry  seasons  than  in  wet 
years,  while  yili,  "wild  figs,"  and 
tjaivili  ripen  at  almost  opposite 
times  in  a  dry  year  from  one  that  is 
wet.  In  addition,  these  food  re- 
sources can  vary  dramatically  from 
place  to  place.  No  wild  figs  were 
available  in  the  Pulykara  area  dur- 
ing our  visit  in  April,  but  they  were 
abundant  at  that  time  in  areas 
closer  to  Warburton. 

Each  morning  when  the  men  and 
I  set  out  to  hunt,  some  of  the  camp 
dogs  tried  to  follow  us.  The  men 
would  constantly  turn  and  drive 
them  back  toward  camp,  since  they 
did  not  want  them  along  on  the 
hunt.  Under  traditional  nomadic 
conditions,  dingoes  are  a  liability 
on  hunts,  as  they  tend  to  frighten 
game.  These  Aborigines  hunt  main- 
ly from  concealment,  that  is,  from 


64 


behind  blinds  of  brush  or  rock  or, 
sometimes,  by  careful  stalking  when 
an  animal  is  encountered  in  the 
open.  In  either  case,  dogs  are  not 
wanted.  Nevertheless,  I  noticed  that 
Yutungka's  favorite  dog,  Pitji-pitji, 
would  continue  with  us,  lurking 
cautiously  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
behind  us  or  off  to  one  side.  Its 
presence  was  tolerated  as  long  as  it 
did  not  get  too  close  to  us  or  other- 
wise interfere  with  the  hunt. 

We  counted  nineteen  dingoes  in 


and  around  the  camp,  all  of  whom 
would  join  in  piercing  choruses  of 
howling  in  the  morning  or  at  night. 
They  were  often  fondled  but  rarely 
fed,  although  the  people  expressed 
sympathy  for  their  hunger.  Once, 
after  I  had  given  a  piece  of  candy 
to  Tjitjinanya's  wife,  she  covered 
the  eyes  of  the  dog  she  was  carry- 
ing. When  I  asked  about  this,  she 
said  the  dog  was  ngaltutjara,  "the 
one  to  feel  sorry  for,"  because  it 
could  not  have  the  food,  so  she  was 


ov. 

Oct. 

Sept. 

Aug, 

July 

June 

May 

Apnl 

Mar. 

Feb. 

Jan. 

VEGETABLE  STAPLES  (1966-67) 

yawalyuru  -edible  berries 
fCanthium  \aii1oUum) 

kalpari  -edible  seeds 
(Chenopo6\uru  rhadinostachyum) 

wangunu  -edible  seeds 
fEragrostis  enopoda) 

kampurarpa  (fresh) -edible  fruit 
(native  tomato-So/anum  sp.) 

wayapu -edible  fruit 
(quandong-Santalum  acuminatum) 

yiji  -edible  fruit 
(wildfig-Ficus  sp.) 

ngafu  -edible  fruit 
(Solanum  eremophilum) 

kampurarpa  (dry)-edible  fruit 
(native  tomato-So/anum  sp.) 

VEGETABLE  STAPLES  (1969-70) 


ngaru -edible  fruit 
fSofanum  eremoph/7um) 

yilr -edible  fruit 
(wild  fig-FJcus  sp.) 

wayanu  -edible  fruit 
(quandong-Santa/um  acuminatum) 

INADEQUATE 
OPPORTUNITY 
TO  OBSERVE 


INADEQUATE 
OPPORTUNITY 
TO  OBSERVE 


covering  its  eyes  in  the  hope  that  it 
would  not  see  her  eating. 

Not  only  were  these  the  skinniest 
dogs  I  have  ever  seen,  but  they 
were  also  compulsive  cringers  and 
skulkers.  Throughout  our  stay  we 
had  to  be  on  guard  against  their 
getting  into  our  belongings,  since 
we  found  that  they  will  eat  almost 
anything.  Despite  our  efforts,  one 
of  them  consumed  the  electric  plug 
and  three  feet  of  heavy-duty  electric 
wiring  from  our  portable  generator. 
On  past  occasions  dingoes  have  de- 
voured boots,  entire  boxes  of  deter- 
gent, and  magazines;  occasionally, 
they  have  even  pierced  tin  cans 
with  their  teeth  and  extracted  the 
contents  with  their  incredibly  pre- 
hensile tongues.  One  glance  and  a 
hissing   shout   of  payi   was    always 


enough  to  drive  them  away  for  a 
while,  but  it  was  a  never-ending 
battle  in  which  the  dingoes'  per- 
severance inevitably  won  out. 

Most  Aborigines,  both  men  and 
women,  have  their  favorite  dogs, 
but  we  noticed  from  the  start  that 
Yutungka's  mother  behaved  very 
strangely  toward  her  dogs.  She  car- 
ried this  behavior  to  a  fanatical  ex- 
treme, and  we  christened  her  the 
"Dog  Lady"  because  of  it.  She 
cared  for  about  a  dozen  dogs, 
which  formed  a  seething  pack 
around  her  whenever  she  was 
seated  in  her  camp.  She  seldom  fed 
them  but  fussed  over  them  con- 
stantly in  other  ways.  When  they 
were  asleep  she  built  little  shade- 
shelters  of  twigs  and  boughs  for 
them,  which  she  moved  periodically 
as  the  sun's  shadow  shifted,  being 
careful  all  the  while  not  to  disturb 
the  sleeping  dogs.  Like  most  of  the 
others,  she  was  naked  when  we  met 
her  on  the  first  day,  but  Tjitjinanya 
had  given  her  some  tattered  dresses 
and  other  clothing  he  had  acquired 
during  his  brief  stay  at  Warburton. 
Instead  of  wearing  these  herself  she 
laid  them  over  the  dogs  while  they 
slept  during  the  day.  At  this  time 
the  days  were  warm,  about  80  de- 
grees Fahrenheit  in  the  shade,  but 
at  night  it  was  close  to  freezing.  On 
chilly  nights  the  desert  Aborigines 
always  sleep  next  to  a  fire  with 
their  dogs  huddled  around  them  to 
keep  warm;  Yutungka's  mother,  of 
course,  had  most  of  the  pack 
wrapped  around  her.  One  night  I 
tried  taking  flash  photographs 
showing  how  the  people  sleep  with 
their  dogs.  No  one  minded  the  pic- 
ture-taking except  the  dogs:  I  had 
not  reckoned  on  their  reaction  to 
the  flash.  After  my  first  photo- 
graph, they  ran  off  into  the  sand- 
hills while  the  people  lay  shivering 
by  their  little  fires,  bereft  of  their 
doggy  "blankets."  I  apologized,  but 
it  was  a  while  before  the  dogs  came 
back. 

The  Gibson  Desert  Aborigines 
are  among  the  last  people  anywhere 
who  still  make  and  use  stone  tools 
as  a  regular  part  of  their  culture. 
On  our  previous  trips  into  the 
desert  we  learned  that  these  people 
possess  a  limited  variety  of  stone 
tools  used  for  cutting  meat  and  sin- 


6S 


ew,  as  well  as  for  scraping  or  adz- 
ing wooden  tools  (see  Natural 
History,  February,  1968).  They 
classify  these  tools  as  tjimari  and 
purpunpa,  respectively.  For  arche- 
ologists  in  particular  this  is  useful 
information,  since  they  are  con- 
cerned much  of  the  time  with  the 
ways  in  which  ancient  stone  arti- 
facts were  made  and  used.  Since 
this  activity  rapidly  declines  once 
the  Aborigines  obtain  metal  tools, 
we  were  fortunate  to  see  as  much  of 
this  skill  in  action  as  we  did.  But 
there  were  still  some  unanswered 
questions;  the  most  important  of 
these  was  the  role  of  hand  axes  and 
hand-held  stone  scrapers. 

All  of  the  groups  we  had  previous- 
ly observed  had  already  obtained 
enough  steel  axes  for  their  needs. 
Aboriginal  stone  axes  had  been 
seen  in  use  by  eailier  scholars  such 
as  anthropologists  Norman  Tindale 
and  Donald  Thomson,  but  their 
classification  within  the  native  sys- 
tem remained  uncertain,  along  with 
other  details  concerning  their  man- 
ufacture and  use.  As  I  had  hoped 
for  some  time  to  find  a  group  of 
desert  Aborigines  who  had  not  yet 
transferred  to  the  use  of  steel  axes, 
the  group  at  Pulykara  proved  ideal. 
The  single  steel  ax  they  possessed 
was  not  sufficient  for  their  needs  as 
its  large  size  made  it  awkward  to 
handle  and  limited  its  usefulness; 
therefore,  they  continued  to  make 
and  use  large,  hand-held  stone  tools 
along  with  other  kinds. 

The  people  at  Pulykara  classified 
all  hand-held  scrapers  and  hand 
axes  as  purpunpa,  regardless  of 
size.  Always  trimmed  on  one  edge 
only,  they  were  used  exclusively  for 
cutting  and  shaping  wooden  ob- 
jects. In  general,  hand  axes  and 
large  stone  scrapers  were  trimmed 
by  chipping  just  enough  to  provide 
a  steep  working  edge  suitable  for 
woodworking.  These  observations 
are  of  particular  interest  to  Austra- 
lian archeologists,  since  recently  ac- 
cumulated evidence  points  to  the 
persistence  of  a  hand-held,  stone 
flake  tool  tradition  in  some  parts  of 
Australia  for  over  30,000  years.  Al- 
though various  hafted  stone  tools, 
some  of  them  quite  delicately  made, 
appeared  at  least  6,800  years  ago  in 
the  Gibson  Desert,  they  never  dis- 

66 


placed  the  tradition  of  making 
large,  hand-held  tools.  Further 
analysis  of  the  tools  will  be  needed 
before  this  pattern  can  be  described 
in  detail,  but  preliminary  studies 
indicate  that  we  are  dealing  here 
with  one  of  the  most  dramatic  and 
well-documented  examples  of  cul- 
tural conservatism  in  the  world. 

By  our  fifth  day  at  Pulykara  our 
supplies  were  dwindling  and  it  was 
obvious  that  we  had  to  leave  before 
we  consumed  our  reserves.  In  the 
Australian  desert  one  always  keeps 
enough  extra  food  and  water  for  a 
possible  breakdown  or  emergency 
en  route.  The  evening  before  we  left 
there  was  an  intense  discussion  in 
camp.  Tjitjinanya  wanted  to  return 
to  Warburton  with  us — he  craved 
the  excitement  of  other  people.  The 
women  countered  him,  saying  they 
liked  the  things  he  had  brought  for 
them  from  the  mission  but  they 
wanted  him  to  remain  at  Pulykara 
with  them.  The  argument  went  on 
late  into  the  night,  and  in  the  end 
Tjitjinanya  agreed  to  stay.  Betsy 
and  I  did  not  interfere,  but  we 
both  knew  that  it  was  far  better  at 
that  time  for  Tjitjinanya  and  his 
wife  to  stay  in  the  desert.  For  one 
thing,  the  two  older  men  at  Pul- 
ykara address  Tjitjinanya  as  ka- 
muTu  and  regard  him  as  a  mother's 
brother — an  obligatory  sharing 
relationship  in  which  most  of  the 
goods  and  services  flow  from  the 
sister's  son  to  the  mother's  brother. 
Tjitjinanya  and  his  wife  have  no 
children  of  their  own,  and  since 
they  are  both  getting  old  and  one  of 
them  is  infirm  much  of  the  time, 
they  must  consider  who  will  sup- 
port them  in  their  old  age.  Even  un- 
der the  harsh  conditions  of  desert 
existence,  the  Gibson  Desert  Abori- 
gines do  feed  and  look  after  old  or 
sick  people — but  only  if  a  sharing 
relationship  based  on  kin  ties  exists 
between  the  people  involved.  Tjitji- 
nanya and  his  wife  had  no  close  kin 
at  Warburton  and  might  suffer  pri- 
vation there.  On  the  other  hand,  be- 
cause of  Tjitjinanya's  kamupi  rela- 
tionship to  the  oldest  man  in  each 
of  the  other  families  at  Pulykara, 
they  had,  in  effect,  two  families 
working  for  them,  gathering  food, 
firewood,  and  other  necessities.  It 
was  undoubtedly  wiser  for  them  to 


i 


remain  at  Pulykara,  and  I  was  re- 
lieved when  the  ladies  finally  -won 
out.  We  left  for  Warburton  the  next 
morning,  accompanied  by  Min- 
mara,  while  the  others  remained  at 
Pulykara. 

What  had  we  achieved  by  mak- 
ing this  trip?  Certainly  we  made  no 
startling  or  fantastic  discoveries; 
we  found  no  "vanished  tribes."  Es- 
sentially, these  people  at  Pulykara 
were  like  those  we  had  encountered 
in  our  earlier  work  in  the  Gibson 
Desert.  Although  they  live  in  a  poor 
and  undependable  physical  environ- 
ment, they  have  survived  and  devel- 
oped rich  oral  traditions  and  cere- 
monies along  with  a  social  system 
of  amazing  subtlety  and  com- 
plexity. Further  research  must  in- 
quire into  how  these  systems  are 
supported  by  the  economy  and  how, 
in  turn,  they  serve  to  maintain  the 
economy.  Our  trip  to  Pulykara  of- 
fered us  another  glimpse  of  the 
day-to-day  economy  of  a  nomadic 
group  of  Aborigines,  and  increased 
our  understanding  of  how  these 
people  have  adapted  to  their  desert 
existence.  However,  there  still  are 
things  we  do  not  know.  For  ex- 
ample, how  do  people  like  this  sup- 
port themselves  in  a  drought  of  ten 
or  twelve  years  duration? 

Like  many  anthropological  ex- 
peditions, we  obtained  scientifically 
useful  results  without  undue  hard- 
ship or  excessive  fanfare.  And  from 
a  personal  point  of  view,  there  was 
something  esthetically  satisfying 
about  this  trip.  We  met  these  people 
on  their  own  terms,  in  their  own 
country.  It  was  indeed  a  , pleasant 
change  from  meeting  Aborigines,  as 
we  have  so  often,  living  on  the 
fringes  of  white  settlements  where 
they  are  increasingly  dependent  on 
the  white  man's  culture.  The  friend- 
liness, independence,  and  pride  of 
this  small  community  provided  a 
rare  and  rewarding  experience. 


After  several  hours  in  the 

bush,  Yatungka  and  her  daughter 

Pannyi  return  with  about  ten. 

pounds  of  sun-dried  quandong. 


GOOSE  OF 

THE  HIMALAYAS 


Bar-headed  geese 
migrated  between  India 
and  Tibet 

before  the  Himalayas 
rose  up  30,000  feet. 
Mountains  or  not, 
they  still  ply 
the  same  route, 
honking  as  they  fly 
at  altitudes  ivhere 
they  should  not 
be  able  to  breathe 

by  Lawrence  W.  Swan 

At  night  there  is  a  quietness  in 
the  high  mountains.  Far  into  the 
Himalayas,  among  the  glaciers  and 
the  walls  of  great  peaks,  a  stillness 
settles,  and  when  the  wind  is  gone 
and  the  torrents  are  frozen,  there  is 
no  background  of  singing  crickets 
or  airplanes  or  distant  voices.  The 
quiet  is  different  from  that  of  a 
closed  room,  for  against  the  stars 
the  dim  outlines  of  crests  and 
ridges  show  the  vastness  of  the 
space — and  it  is  all  soundless.  It  is 
as  if  the  whole  world  had  ceased. 
One  seems  to  hear  the  very  absence 
of  sound.  Then  the  roar  of  an  ava- 
lanche or  a  rockfall  booms  across 
the  valley,  sudden  and  brief  and 
then  gone,  echoing  its  way  down 
the  canyons  into  silence  again. 

On  one  such  cold  and  still  night 
in  early  April,  I  stood  beside  the 
Barun  Glacier.  At  16,000  feet, 
above  nearly  one-half  of  the  atmo- 
sphere, the  stars  were  brighter;  and 
old,  familiar  constellations  acquired 
new,  small  bits  of  light  unseen  at 
lower  elevations.  Even  without  a 
moon  the  peaks  could  still  be  seen, 
and  the  great  dark  cliffs  of  Makalu 
rising  more  than   two  miles   above 

68 


me  to  the  northeast  were  outlined 
by  a  halo  of  starry  brightness. 
Mount  Everest  some  miles  up  the 
glacier  to  the  northwest,  Chamlang 
to  the  southwest,  and  Tutse  to  the 
south  encircled  my  spot  on  the  mo- 
raine in  a  dark  ring  against  a 
lighted  sky.  I  was  listening  to  the 
silence.  And  then  a  sound  came,  a 
quiet  hum  muffled  by  distance.  But 
this  sound  had  a  pitch,  an  alien 
quality  in  a  land  where  sound  is 
generally  a  clatter   or  a  roar  or  a 


hiss.  It  grew  louder,  and  suddenly  I 
knew.  I  had  heard  it  before.  Com- 
ing from  the  south,  the  distant  hum 
became  a  Call.  Then,  as  if  from  the 
stars  above  me,  I  heard  the  honking 
of  bar-headed  geese. 

1  searched  for  their  outlines  in 
the  darkness,  hoping  to  see  a  spot 
of  light  go  off  and  on  as  their  wings 
passed  a  star,  but  they  were  too  far 
above  me.  1  know  that  it  is  possible 
to  locate  an  object  by  sound  within 
a  very  few  degrees  of  its  actual  po 


After  mating,  a  male  bar-headed 
goose  spreads  its  wings  ividely 

over  the  female a  common  sight 

on  the  spring  breeding  grounds. 


sition  and  confident  of  this  ability, 
I  listened  and  followed  them  across 
the  sky.  Their  calls  diminished,  and 
finally,  somewhere  beyond  the  Ba- 
run-Kangshung  Divide  over  Tibet, 
their  sound  ceased.  I  realized  then 
that  I  had  followed  their  movement 
directly  over  the  summit  of  Makalu, 
27,824  feet  high. 

Later  I  learned  that  climbers  had 
seen  geese  fly  over  the  summit  of 
Mount  Everest,  29,028  feet  above 
sea  level,  but  that  night  beside  the 


Barun  Glacier  I  felt  I  had  witnessed 
the  most  incredible  feat  of  bird 
flight.  At  16,000  feet,  where  I 
breathed  heavily  with  every  ex- 
ertion and  where  talking  while 
walking  is  seldom  successful,  I  had 
witnessed  birds  flying  more  than 
two  miles  above  me,  where  the  oxy- 
gen tension  is  incapable  of  sustain- 
ing human  life — and  they  were  call- 
ing. It  was  as  if  they  were  ignoring 
the  normal  rules  of  physiology  and 
defying  the  impossibility  of  respira- 


tion at  that  height  by  wasting  their 
breath  with  honking  conversation. 
Thinking  about  the  wonder  of 
this  accomplishment,  three  ques- 
tions posed  themselves.  First,  be- 
cause it  seemed  so  strange  from  my 
own  high-altitude  experience,  I 
wondered  why  the  geese  were  not 
silent,  thereby  conserving  oxygen. 
Second,  of  all  the  places  to  fly 
across  the  Himalayas,  why  should 
they  pick  the  highest  spots  to 
cross?  A  few  miles  to  the  east,  the 


69 


Arun  Gorge  reaches  Tibet  at  less 
than  10,000  feet  and  this  passage  to 
the  14,000-foot  plateau  would  seem 
much  easier  to  negotiate.  Third, 
why  should  these  geese,  which 
spend  the  winter  months  in  the 
warm  waters  of  the  Indian  plains, 
fly  to  Tibet  where  most  of  the  lakes 
are  barren,  salty  wastes  and  where 
greenery  itself  is  an  exception? 
Why  should  they  make  such  a  seem- 
ingly poor  choice  and  in  doing  so 
have  to  cross  the  greatest  mountain 
barrier  in  the  world? 

I  think  I  may  have  a  few  an- 
swers: some  obvious,  others  specula- 
tive. A  study  of  the  migration  of 
the  bar-headed  goose  (AnseT  in- 
dicus)  provides  much  information 
about  the  history  of  Central  Asia.  It 
touches  on  the  geology  of  moun- 
tains and  tells  us  in  rather  vivid 
terms  of  the  changes  in  the  past. 

A  look  at  the  map  of  Tibet  shows 
a  desert  raised  up  to  14,000  feet  or 
more,  where  dryness  is  augmented 
by  bitter  cold.  The  severity  of  the 
environment  can  scarcely  be 
matched.  For  the  most  part  its  hills 
are  barren  and  its  valleys  waterless. 
Nevertheless,  Tibet  has  many  lakes 
and  it  is  these  lakes — their  posi- 
tions and  shapes — that  are  perhaps 
most  revealing  in  the  story  of  the 
geese.  In  the  west  the  tributaries  of 
the  Indus  reach  into  Tibet,  and  be- 
yond the  present  limits  of  these  riv- 
ers a  series  of  lakes  can  be  seen. 
They  are  generally  at  the  same  alti- 
tude along  a  continuous  basin,  and 
some  of  them  reveal  in  their  shape 
a  long,  sinuous  outline  as  if  a  river 
valley  had  been  filled  with  water. 
Throughout  Tibet  lines  of  con- 
nected lakes  tell  the  story  of  old 
river  valleys  that  somehow  became 
dammed  and  separated  from  the 
main  stream.  It  is  difficult  to  dam  a 
river.  To  the  south,  where  the  Arun 
and  other  rivers  cut  tremendous 
gorges  right  through  the  Hima- 
layas, it  is  clear  that  the  stream  pre- 
ceded the  mountain  uplift.  The 
huge  mass  of  the  mountains  rising 
athwart  the  rivers  was  not  able  to 
dam  them.  The  reason  lies  in  the 
amount  of  water  carried  by  the 
stream.  If  the  river  is  running  full, 
it  generally  cuts  down  just  about  as 
fast  as  the  mountains  can  build  and 
it  will  not  be  stopped. 


Geologic  observations  indicate 
that  the  old  Tibetan  rivers  flowed 
eastward  from  western  Tibet,  the 
highest  part  of  the  Tibetan  plateau. 
Today  this  is  a  vast  deserted  land 
lying  mostly  above  18,000  feet.  The 
area  of  the  plateau  lying  between 
elevated  western  Tibet  and  the  mod- 
ern sources  of  the  Yangtze,  Me- 
kong, and  Salween  rivers  far  to  the 
east,  is  a  land  of  lakes.  The 
Tsangpo  River  is  the  only  remnant 
of  the  old  river  system  that  today 
flows  entirely  across  Tibet  from 
west  to  east,  but  its  course  has  been 
rudely  interrupted  and  captured  by 
an  active  tributary  of  the  Brahma- 
putra River,  the  Dihang.  which  has 
cut  its  way  directly  through  the 
Himalayas  of  Assam.  The  Tsangpo 
now  flows  through  a  huge  gorge 
into  India  as  the  major  tributary  of 
the  Brahmaputra  but,  in  all  likeli- 
hood, it  was  once  one  of  several 
main  tributaries  of  the  Salween. 
Perhaps  the  Tsangpo  remains  as  a 
relic  of  this  old  river  system  be- 
cause it  gets  some  water  from  the 
nearby  snow-capped  Himalayas, 
whereas  the  old  tributaries  of  the 
Yangtze,  Mekong,  and  Salween  far- 
ther north  were  not  able  to  cut  and 
prevent  their  occlusion  by  the  up- 
lifted land  of  Tibet.  Without  suf- 
ficient water,  they  degenerated  into 
strings  of  lakes  with  no  outlet  to  the 
sea.  The  sources  of  the  modern  riv- 
ers now  lie  far  away  on  the  eastern 
slope  of  the  Tibetan  plateau  where 
some  moisture  reaches  up  from 
China  and  Southeast  Asia.  How  did 
the  old  Tibetan  rivers  lose  most  of 


their  water  and  the  fullness  of  flow 
that  kept  them  active? 

Precipitation  in  Tibet  is  gener- 
ally less  than  10  inches  per  year. 
The  moisture  that  settles  as  snow  on 
the  highest  peaks  is  a  mere  wisp  of 
the  monsoon.  The  snowmelt  keeps 
some  of  the  lakes  fresh  and  also 
supplies  the  flow  to  the  Tsangpo, 
which  ultimately  becomes  the  great 
Brahmaputra  of  India.  South  of  the 
Himalayas,  places  like  Cherrapunji 
may  get  900  inches  of  rain  an- 
nually. In  1861  a  world  record  of 
1,041  inches  fell  on  this  town  in  the 
Khasi  Hills  of  Assam.  Rainfall  of 
more  than  100  inches  is  com- 
monplace on  the  southern  slopes  of 
the  Himalayas.  The  monsoon 
reaches  up  the  valleys  and  in  those 
few  gorges  that  traverse  the  range 
some  clouds  carry  through  and 
reach  up  to  Tibet.  Most  of  the 
range  exceeds  20,000  feet,  and  little 
effective  moisture  crosses  this  huge 
barrier  directly  into  Tibet.  The  dry 
hills  of  Tibet  are  a  result  of  the  Hi- 
malayan range,  which  reaches  up 
through  most  of  the  atmosphere 
and  effectively  throws  a  rain 
shadow  across  Central  Asia.  Be- 
cause the  now  dead  rivers  of  Tibet 
did  at  one  time  flow,  the  Himalayas 
could  not  have  always  been  the  bar- 
rier they  are  today. 

Recent  research  reveals  the  sud- 
denness, in  geologic  time,  of  the  fi- 
nal upthrusts  of  the  Himalayas.  The 
beginnings  of  the  range  date  back 
ten  to  fifteen  million  years  into  the 
early  Miocene  Epoch,  but  for  most 
of  the  time  since  then,   the   Hima- 


layas  were  insignificant  and  did  not 
materially  impede  the  movement  of 
moist  air  from  the  south.  It  was 
only  in  the  late  Pliocene  and  early 
Pleistocene,  perhaps  a  million  years 
ago,  that  the  Tibetan  plateau  was 
uplifted  to  nearly  its  present  height. 
This  was  followed  in  turn  by  the 
final  upthrust  of  the  highest  Hi- 
malayan peaks,  which  must  have 
risen  10,000  feet  or  more  in  the 
space  of  a  few  hundred  thousand 
years.  This  last  spectacular  up- 
heaval of  the  earth  was  essentially 
completed  less  than  half  a  million 
years  ago.  and  with  it  the  climate  of 
Central  Asia  must  have  turned  from 
humid  to  arid.  The  rivers  that  were 
already  cutting  their  valleys  into 
the  elevated  land  of  Tibet  ceased. 
Lakes  formed  in  the  river  beds  and, 
as  with  the  desert  lakes  of  the 
American  West  that  were  left  after 
the  glaciers  retreated,  they  shrank 
by  evaporation,  concentrating  their 
supplies  of  dissolved  minerals.  The 
salt  lakes  began,  and  to  the  accom- 
paniment of  the  cold  and  warm 
phases  of  the  Pleistocene,  the  envi- 
ronment of  Tibet  became  a  desert. 


I 


nto  this  picture  came  the  bar- 
headed  goose.  When  it  first  arrived 
in  India  is  only  a  guess,  but  as  the 
behavior  of  most  migrating  birds 
suggests,  these  geese  responded  to 
the  glacial  expansions  and  retreats 


Migrating  bar-headed  geese 
fly  over  such  imposing 
obstacles  as  Mount  Baruntse 
(23,688  feet),  in  Nepal. 


of  the  Pleistocene  glaciers,  and 
their  presence  in  Central  Asia  prob- 
ably predates  the  beginnings  of  gla- 
ciation  during  the  Pleistocene.  At 
that  time — presumably  during  the 
late  Pliocene  Epoch — it  is  likely 
that  parts  of  Tibet  had  lush  green 
valleys  with  lakes  and  streams  in 
summer.  The  flight  between  India 
and  the  north  was  a  simple  adven- 
ture— from  winter  feeding  grounds 
to  a  congenial  breeding  summer  in 
the  moist  valleys  of  Tibet.  Then  the 
earth  started  to  move  and  the 
Himalayas  reached  for  the  sky. 
Year  after  year  the  birds  flew  their 
annual  circuit  and  as  the  thousands 
of  years  went  by,  the  mountains 
rose  beneath  them.  Higher  and 
higher  they  drove  the  geese,  which 
in  turn  met  the  challenge.  Surely  a 
mountain  range  reaching  that  high 
through  the  atmosphere  into  the 
frigid  lower  limits  of  the  strato- 
sphere would  defeat  the  flight  of 
birds?  No — the  birds  beat  the 
mountains.  Each  year  they  accom- 
plish the  incredible:  in  one  majestic 
flight  to  the  north  in  March  or 
April  and  a  similar  return  in  Sep- 
tember or  October,  they  span  the 
highest  ramparts  of  the  earth.  Their 
flight,  like  a  behavioral  fossil,  tells 
of  a  time  when  the  Himalayas  were 
small  and  the  rivers  flowed  full  in 
Tibet.  The  geese  over  Makalu  are 
older  than  the  hills  below  them. 

The  challenge  of  the  Himalayan 
altitudes  was  accompanied  by  the 
forbidding  threat  to  survival  posed 
by  the  drying  up  of  Tibet.  In  place 
of  a  multitude  of  wet  marshes, 
ponds,  and  streams,  the  habitats  of 
the  geese  dwindled  to  a  few  hostile 
valleys.  The  birds  now  congregate 
along  the  Tsangpo  River,  and  here 
and  there  on  the  freshwater  lakes. 
They  are  wary  and  elusive  on  the 
northern  plains  in  India  where  they 
are  hunted  throughout  the  winter. 
From  the  few  accounts  of  travelers 


who  ha\'e  encountered  them  in  Ti- 
bet, it  seems  the  geese  are  cro^\ded 
and  careless  of  their  safety.  I  have 
heard  that  in  places  they  are  so 
tame,  they  can  be  clubbed.  At  any 
rate,  these  concentrated  flocks 
among  the  rocks  and  arid  slopes 
surrounding  unproductive  ponds 
are  a  far  cry  from  the  birds  of  In- 
dia. But  even  this  great  change  has 
not  been  enough  to  destroy  them.  It 
may  be  of  significance  that  until 
recently  the  Tibetans  were  Bud- 
dhists, who  generally  protected  life 
or  at  least  did  not  wantonly  destroy 
living  things.  Sven  Hedin  remarks 
in  his  great  work  Tianshimalaya 
that  Tibetans  considered  bar- 
headed  geese  to  be  particularly  fa- 
vored for  protection  inasmuch  as 
the  birds  mated  for  life  and  the  kill- 
ing of  one  bird  left  the  other  in  a 
state  of  humanlike  remorse.  Killing 
geese,  as  he  learned  from  the  objec- 
tions of  Tibetan  hunters,  was  in  a 
difl^erent  moral  category  from  kill- 
ing sheep  or  pheasants.  Perhaps  the 
geese,  in  their  lameness  and  their 
protected  status  in  the  vicinity  of 
monasteries  and  religious  preserves, 
owe  something  of  their  survival  to  a 
considerate  human  population  in 
the  past.  Whether  this  situation 
changes  remains  to  be  seen.  Recent 
political  and  economic  instabilities, 
and  the  presence  of  armed  Indian 
and  Chinese  troops,  are  not  con- 
ducive to  the  survival  of  edible 
wildlife.  It  would  be  instructive  to 
get  information  on  the  population 
status  of  the  bar-headed  goose  as  it 
returns  each  year  from  Tibet.  It 
seems  to  be  declining.  It  may  be  that 
after  all  the  victories  over  moun- 
tains and  climate  and  time,  the  bird 
will  be  defeated  by  man's  callous- 
ness and  its  demise  related  in  some 
way  to  the  demise  of  Buddhism  it- 
self in  Tibet. 

Next  there  is  the  question  of  why 
the  birds  fly  over  the  highest  peaks 
and  apparently  avoid  the  several 
gorges  that  penetrate  the  Himalayas 
at  lower  altitudes.  Perhaps  some  of 
them  do  fly  at  lower  altitudes,  hut  I 
have  not  heard  them  in  the  gorges. 
I  have  heard  them  far  above  Dar- 
jeeling  headed  directly  toward  the 
great  massif  of  Kangchenjunga, 
and  other  reports  of  their  presence 
coincide    with    the   main    mountain 


71 


barriers  along  tlie  eastern  Hima- 
layas. 

The  air  over  India  before  the 
monsoon  is  probably  the  dustiest  in 
the  world.  Distant  views  are  out  of 
the  question.  But  as  an  airplane 
rises  out  of  the  murky  air  of  Bihar 
or  Bengal  the  form  of  the  Hima- 
layas emerges  to  the  north.  From 
200  or  300  miles  away  the  great 
range  is  not  a  continuous  line  but 
can  be  seen  only  as  patches  of  white 
snow  scattered  and  separated  across 
the  northern  horizon.  These  are  the 
great  groupings  of  peaks  divided  by 
lower  mountains  and  the  deep  river 
trenches  of  the  range.  The  Kang- 
chenjunga  group  is  discernible  in 
far-off  northern  Sikkim;  nearly  70 
miles  to  the  west  the  Everest-Ma- 
kalu  group  stands  out,  and  beyond 
that,  the  Rolwaling  summits,  then 
the  Ganesh  Himal,  the  Annapurna 
chain,  and  Dhaulagiri.  The  human 
observer  sees  the  highest  points, 
visible  at  enormous  distances  from 
the  south.  Couldn't  this  also  be  the 
case  with  the  geese?  The  great  Hi- 
malayan upthrusts  can  be  identified 
and  located,  whereas  the  gorges  and 
passes  would  be  difficult  to  find  and 
follow.  Furthermore,  most  flights 
reach  the  mountains  during  the 
night  when  flying  between  the  peaks 
and  cliffs  could  be  precarious. 

In  the  matter  of  safety  there  is 
also  the  consideration  of  wind.  In 
spring  the  Himalayan  traveler  is 
sometimes  able  to  see  the  great 
peaks  displaying  long  plumes  that 
reach  out  from  the  mountains  for 
several  miles.  These  long,  steady, 
bannerlike  clouds  are  not  typical. 
They  may  be  likened  to  the  con- 
trails of  jet  airplanes  and  are  un- 
doubtedly caused  by  enormous 
winds.  I  know  of  no  accurate 
analysis  of  this  type  of  cloud.  It  is 
obviously  not  composed  of  wind- 
blown snow  over  its  full  length  of 
several  miles,  although  in  the  vicin- 
ity of  the  peak,  as  the  flight  over 
Mount  Everest  in  19.33  demon- 
strated, there  is  a  violent  hail  of  ice 
particles.  It  would  appear  that  on 
its  lee  side  the  sharp  summit  of  a 
mountain  in  a  high  wind  produces 
a  sufficient  air  pressure  decrement 
to  initiate  condensation,  which  in 
turn  must  freeze  into  minute  ice 
particles  that  remain  suspended  in 


the  air  as  a  long  and  stable  cloud. 
Typically  these  banners  affect  only 
the  highest  peaks  and  from  Sandak- 
phu,  near  Darjeeling,  I  have  seen 
a  trio  of  plumes  extending  from  Ev- 
erest, Makalu,  and  Kangchenjunga 
at  the  same  time.  It  is  possible  that 
these  three  great  peaks,  all  over  27,- 
000  feet,  are  high  enough  so  that 
their  summits  are  occasionally 
swept  by  a  low  jet  stream  of  the 
stratosphere,  with  air  moving  at 
more  than  200  miles  per  hour.  I 
have  seen  a  plume  from  fairly  close 
on  Makalu.  Whereas  the  air  below 
was  still,  the  summit  pyramid  was 
boiling  with  white  spumes  of 
clouds,  and  down  the  ridges  from 
the  summit,  twisting  vortices  of 
snow,  like  miniature  tornadoes, 
gave  evidence  of  the  power  of  the 
air.  Even  though  the  peak  was  a 
mile  or  more  away,  the  whole 
mountain  seemed  to  moan.  The 
roaring  wind  on  the  mountain  top 
covered  the  valley  below  with  a  low, 
steady  sound  like  the  deep  tones  of 
an  organ. 

Consider  a  bird  flying  into  this 
maelstrom.  Unless  it  could  fly 
higher  than  the  highest  peak,  it 
would  be  hurled  into  a  mountain. 
Flying  high,  it  might  be  driven 
hundreds  of  miles  out  of  its  course, 
but  it  could  survive. 


1 


.  ncidentally,  as  far  as  I  know,  no 
carcasses  of  bar-headed  geese  have 
been  found  in  the  high  snowfields  of 
the  Himalayas.  Georges  Blond  in 
his  book  The  Great  Migrations 
writes  poetically  of  greylag  geese 
being  driven  by  winds  into  the 
snow  slopes  of  Mount  Everest,  but  I 
cannot  find  any  actual  reports  of 
such  an  event. 

There  are  other  geese  in  India, 
notably  the  greylag  goose  (Anser 
anser)  and  the  white-fronted  goose 
(A.  albifrons) .  These,  together  with 
a  few  rare  species  more  typical  of 
other  parts  of  Asia,  must  also  cross 
parts  of  Central  Asia  to  get  to  their 
summer  breeding  grounds  in  Si- 
beria. The  greylag  goose  is  known 
to  cross  high  mountains.  Indeed,  in 


order  to  fly  from  western  Siberia  to 
Kashmir  and  northwestern  India  it 
must  cross,  depending  on  its  desti- 
nation, the  Tien  Shan  Range,  the 
Takla  Makan  Desert,  the  high  bar- 
rier of  the  Kunlun  Range,  the  Tibe- 
tan plateau  and  the  far  western 
Himalayas.  Some  of  these  geese 
must  surely  fly  over  the  Karakoram 
and  Pamir  barriers.  There  is  a  re- 
port, which  I  have  been  unable  to 
authenticate,  of  an  airplane  sight- 
ing of  these  geese  flying  at  26,000 
feet. 

Another  report  involves  a  flight 
of  geese  over  the  western  Hima- 
layas. The  geese,  probably  either 
greylag  or  bar-headed,  were  seen 
through  a  telescope  as  they  passed 
in  front  of  a  full  moon.  Their  alti- 
tude was  estimated  at  29,500  feet, 
but  because  it  was  impossible  to  use 
triangulation,  the  figure  is  subject 
to  doubt.  For  the  most  part,  how- 
ever, the  specific  routes  of  these 
trans-Tibetan  migrating  geese  are 
not  known.  Apparently,  they  do  not 
fly  over  the  eastern  Himalayas.  The 
migration  patterns  of  some  birds 
suggest  that  geese  other  than  the 
bar-headed  goose  move  first  to 
northwestern  India  and  Kashmir 
and  then  cross  the  mountains  to  the 
north. 

It  seems  that  many  smaller  birds 
foUow  the  routes  of  river  trenches 
such  as  the  Indus  and  Sutlej  in  the 
west  and  the  Arun  and  Brahma- 
putra in  the  east;  however,  migrant 
birds  of  many  species  are  found 
deep  in  the  Himalayas  making  their 
way  across  the  high  passes  but  stay- 
ing close  to  the  ground.'  Wollaston, 
during  the  1921  reconnaissance  of 
Mount  Everest,  recorded  among  mi- 
grants Temminck's  stint  (Calidris 
temminckii) ,  pintail  snipe  [Galli- 
nago  stenura) ,  house  martin  (Deli- 
chon  urbica) ,  Blyth's  pipit  {Anthus 
godlewskii),  Hodgson's  pipit  (A. 
roseatus) ,  and  several  other  mi- 
grants from  the  plains  of  India  at 
altitudes  above  17,000  feet  beside 
the  glaciers  on  the  Tibetan  side  of 
the  Himalayan  Range.  He  also 
records  a  hoopoe  {Upupa  epops) 
from  21,000  feet  flying  over  the 
Kharta  Glacier.  This  is  a  few  m.iles 
directly  north  of  the  Barun  Glacier, 
where  at  19,000  feet  I  met  a  hoopoe 
going  up  while  I  was  coming  down. 


72 


Both  of  us  were  walking.  In  the 
barren  waste  of  the  glacier  this  bird 
of  the  warm  plains  seemed  unreal, 
and  the  power  of  the  drive  to  mi- 
grate was  dramatrically  portrayed  in 
its  steady  gait  as  it  hopped  over  the 
boulders  and  went  doggedly  on  up 
toward  the  20.000-foot  pass  at  the 
head  of  the  glacier.  It  must  have 
covered  a  quarter  of  a  mile  while  I 
watched.  ( Fortunately,  WoUaston's 
observation  of  a  hoopoe  in  flight 
dispels  the  uncomfortable  and  im- 
probable possibility  that  this  bird 
walks  all  the  way  to  Tibet.  I  There 
may  be  more  than  30  species  of 
birds  that  regularly  migrate  across 
the  high  passes  of  the  Himalayas. 

The  bar-headed  goose,  the  only 
one  known  to  migrate  over  the 
eastern  Himalayas  and  the  only 
goose  known  from  the  lakes  and 
rivers  of  southern  Tibet,  is  accom- 
panied in  its  high  habitats  on  the 
plateau  by  several  other  species  of 
Indian-wintering  wildfowl.  These 
include  ruddy  sheldrakes  (Tadorna 
ferruginea) ,  common  teals  (Anas 
crecca) .  pintails  (A.  acuta),  gad- 
walls  (A.  strepera) ,  wigeon  (A. 
penelope) .  and  several  other  water 
birds.  These  birds  undoubtedly  mi- 
grate across  the  Himalayas,  but  it  is 
not  known  whether  they  fly  over  the 
peaks,  keep  to  the  passes,  or  follow 
the  gorges.  I  have  seen  teal  resting 
in  a  small,  glacial  pond  at  18,000 
feet  on  the  south  side  of  the  range, 
and  the  pintail  has  been  seen  on  the 
Khumbu  Glacier  at  16,000  feet. 
This  clearly  suggests  that  these 
birds  do  not  fly  directly  over  the 
summit  of  the  peaks.  Elsewhere  in 
the  world,  birds  flying  at  20,000 
feet  have  been  seen  on  radar 
screens.  Perhaps  radar  studies  in 
the  Himalayas  would  yield  informa- 
tion concerning  the  flights  of  birds 
over  this  highest  of  mountain  bar- 
riers. 

Lastly  there  is  the  question  of 
why  the  geese  keep  honking  while 
flying  in  high,  oxygen-deficient  air. 
Unfortunately,  most  extensive  stud- 
ies on  acclimatization  and  the  phys- 
iological responses  of  animals  to 
high  altitudes  have  been  conducted 
almost  entirely  upon  mammals.  In- 
vertebrates and  the  lower  exo- 
thermic vertebrates  seem  little  af- 
fected by  low  pressures  and  oxygen 


tensions.  To  these  creatures  high 
mountains  are  primarily  inhospita- 
ble because  of  low  temperatures. 
Endothermic  birds  and  mammals 
require  more  oxygen  for  survival; 
but  it  seems  the  physiological  adap- 
tations of  birds  to  high  altitudes  has 
been  a  neglected  field.  It  has  been 
found  that  birds  with  high-altitude 
habitats  have  larger  hearts,  and  lab- 
oratory pigeons  have  been  shown  to 
increase  their  red  blood  cell  quan- 
tity in  response  to  lowered  oxygen 
levels,  but  most  other  knowledge 
seems  to  be  inferred  from  mam- 
malian physiology. 


H 


owever,  the  respiratory 
system  of  sea-level  birds  has  been 
studied  and  something  can  be  said 
about  their  ability  to  breathe.  Birds 
do  not  have  the  diaphragm  and  mov- 
able rib  cage  that  allow  air  to  enter 
the  chest  cavity  of  mammals.  In 
fact,  their  lungs  are  fixed  to  the 
ribs  and  are  scarcely  inflatable. 
They  have,  instead,  a  series  of  air 
sacs.  Air  passes  through  the  lungs 
to  these  air  sacs,  then  passes  back 
through  the  lungs  to  the  outside.  In 
flight  the  powerful  movement  of  the 
wing  muscles  creates  a  pumping  de- 
vice that  empties  and  fills  the  air 
sacs  and  passes  the  air  repeatedly 
through  the  lungs.  A  mammal  must 
breathe  with  special  musculature  re- 
served for  respiration,  and  since  it 
has  an  in-and-out  type  of  breathing, 
residual,  oxygen-deficient  air  must 
remain  in  the  trachea  and  bronchi. 
Birds,  however,  fly  and  breathe 
with  the  same  nmscles  and,  since 
the  air  passes  entirely  through  their 
lungs,  this  organ  does  not  hold  a 
component  of  residual  air.  The 
breathing  of  a  bird  is  essentially 
more  eflicient  than  that  of  a  mam- 
mal. Conceivably,  at  high  altitudes 
in  thin  air  where  flight  may  require 
a  faster  wingbeat.  the  respiration 
may  be  accordingly  enhanced. 

Mammals  such  as  yaks,  pikas, 
wolves,  foxes,  and  sheep  wander 
above  20,000  feet  to  an  approxi- 
mate maximum  of  about  21,500 
feet  in  the  Himalayas,  and  acclima- 


tized man  with  incredible  per- 
severance has  reached  over  28.000 
feet  on  Mount  Everest  without  the 
use  of  oxygen  apparatus.  The  early 
climbers  on  Mount  Everest  who 
were  able  to  achieve  this  physi- 
ological milestone  were  visited  by 
scavenging  alpine  choughs  iPyr- 
rhocorax  graculus)  that  wandered 
regularly  up  to  the  27,000-foot 
camps,  always  on  the  lookout  for 
human  waste.  These  birds,  together 
with  the  red-billed  chough  {P. 
pyrrhocorax)  and  the  Tibetan  raven 
(Corviis  corax  tibetanus)  are 
known  to  follow  man  and  his  beasts 
and  any  wandering  wild  mammal 
wherever  they  go.  The  alpine 
chough  was  seen  by  Sir  Edmund 
Hillary  on  his  way  to  the  summit  of 
Mount  Everest  at  28.000  feet,  and  I 
believe  it  likely  that  the  little  cache 
of  biscuits  and  candy  placed  on  the 
summit  by  Tensing  Norkay  in  May, 
1953,  was  visited  by  alpine  choughs 
on  their  patrols  in  search  of  human 
debris. 

Lammergeyers  (Gypaetus  barba- 
tus),  huge  vultures  of  the  Hima- 
layas, have  been  seen  flying  at  25,- 
000  feet;  an  eagle  carcass  was 
found  on  the  South  Col  of  Mount 
Everest  at  26.000  feet:  and  a  flock 
of  small  birds,  probably  mountain 
finches,  have  been  seen  to  fly  over 
this  same  gap.  I  have  seen  a  Hi- 
malayan griffon  vulture  (Gyps  hi- 
malayensis)  flying  at  the  limit  of 
vision  directly  above  me,  a  mere 
speck  in  the  blue  sky,  while  I  lay  on 
my  back  in  the  sun  at  18,000  feet. 
Through  binoculars  it  seemed  un- 
believably high,  and  it  flew  far 
above  the  22.000-foot  peaks  of  the 
Rolwaling  that  surrounded  me. 
Since  it  is  possible  to  distinguish  a 
moving  man  at  two  miles,  I  believe 
the  six-  to  eight-foot  bird  may  have 
been  flying  at  over  28.000  feet.  All 
these  records  indicate  that  birds  are 
more  independent  of  altitude  as  a 
limiting  factor  than  are  mammals, 
and  that  it  is  their  food  supply  and 
nesting  opportunities  that  restrict 
their  actual  residency  to  lower  alti- 
tudes. In  this  regard,  alpine 
choughs  have  been  seen  nesting  at 
21,500  feet,  and  I  have  found  the 
nest  and  eggs  of  a  snowcock  {Tet- 
raogallus  tibetanus)  at  nearly  19,- 
000  feet.  It  should  be  noted,  how- 


73 


ever,  that  the  bar-headed  geese 
begin  their  northward  flight  at 
nearly  sea  level  and  may  reach  an 
altitude  approaching  30,000  feet  in 
the  same  day,  allowing  no  time  for 
acclimatization.  This  it  seems  would 
be  a  challenge  to  any  type  of  respi- 
ratory system.  I  think  it  is  incred- 
ible. Perhaps  there  are  preparatory 
changes  in  their  hemoglobin  and 
vascular  system  prior  to  their 
flight,  but  this  would  seem  even 
more  incredible. 


T 

JL  he 


L 


he  sound-making  apparatus 
of  birds  is  the  syrinx,  located  where 
the  bronchi  join  the  trachea.  It  does 
not  function  exactly  like  the  mam- 
malian larynx.  The  syrinx  is  related 
to  the  unique  respiratory  system  of 
birds.  The  call  of  some  birds  in 
flight  may  last  through  several 
wingbeats  and  a  continuous  ex- 
piration would  be  necessary  for  this 
to  occur.  This  would  presumably 
interfere  with  regular  breathing.  If 
the  sounds  of  geese  are  made  to 
synchronize  with  wingbeats,  and 
this  does  not  seem  to  be  the  case, 
then  their  calling  should  not  re- 
quire any  alteration  of  their  breath- 
ing rhythm  or  a  deficiency  in  their 
oxygen  supply.  It  would  be  similar 
to  a  man  who  merely  grunts  upon 
expiralion  when  he  breathes.  Talk- 
ing or  longer  sounds  require  con- 
trol of  the  diaphragm  and  cessation 
of  the  breathing  rhythm.  Perhaps 
birds  have  evolved  some  method  of 
sound  production  that  does  not  in- 
terfere with  breathing  rhythm  or 
has  little  effect  upon  a  regular  oxy- 
gen supply  but,  as  far  as  I  know, 
this  speculation,  which  derives  from 
the  sound  of  birds  high  above  Ma- 
kalu,  is  unanswered. 

Nevertheless,  why  should  geese 
keep  honking  while  flying  in  oxy- 
gen-deficient air?  It  has  been  sug- 
gested that  they  communicate  with 
each  other.  From  older  studies  and 
from  more  recent  computerized  cal- 
culations, the  V-shaped  formation 
of  flying  geese  appears  to  be  of 
aerodynamic  importance:  if  it  is 
properly  positioned,  each  bird  gets 

74 


some  lift  from  the  wingbeats  of 
its  neighbors.  Conceivably,  the  calls 
of  geese  enable  the  birds  to  better 
appraise  the  shape  of  the  flight  and 
allow  for  distinct  positions  to  be 
maintained.  This  may  be  true,  but  I 
see  another  function.  My  answer  is 
speculative,  but  nevertheless  in- 
triguing. 

It  is  well  known  that  some  birds 
that  live  in  dark  caves,  such  as  the 
oilbirds  { Steatornis  caripensis)  and 
some  swiftlets  of  the  genus  Collo- 
calia,  use  echolocation,  but  the  use 
of  sonar  by  night-migrating  birds  is 
apparently  unreported.  The  pres- 
ence of  an  echolocating  ability  in  a 
variety  of  nocturnal  mammals  other 
than  bats  and  tenrecs  seems  a  justi- 
fiable assumption  inasmuch  as  it 
has  been  demonstrated  that  man 
himself,  an  almost  strictly  diurnal 
mammal,  can  locate  relatively  small 
objects  by  hearing  echoes  from  his 
voice.  The  ears  of  birds,  although 
lacking  the  three  ossicles  of  the 
middle  ear  of  mammals,  seem  to 
function  as  well  with  a  single  bone. 
Most  birds  are  diurnal  and  would 
not  use  echolocation  as  a  substitute 
for  eyes,  but  many  nocturnal  birds 
are  also  prominent  sound-makers. 
The  shrill  calls  and  flight  behavior 
of  nighthawks  {Chordeiles)  and  re- 
lated birds,  and  their  ability  to 
catch  flying  insects  in  twilight  and 
near-darkness,  suggest  an  echolocat- 
ing ability  reminiscent  of  bats.  This 
would  be  a  fine  subject  for  re- 
search. There  are  other  examples  of 
bird  behavior  that  could  be  in- 
vestigated for  information  con- 
cerning echolocation.  I  am  im- 
pressed by  the  clicking  sounds 
made  by  my  pet  great  horned  owl 
(Bubo  virginianus  pacificus)  when 
it  is  surprised  in  darkness.  The 
sound  greatly  resembles  the  noises 
made  by  echolocating  cave  birds. 
These  clicking  sounds  are  also 
made  by  the  night-flying  swallow- 
tailed  gull  (Creagrus  furcatus)  of 
the  Galapagos  Islands.  When  they 
are  disturbed  at  night  in  my  aviary, 
the  peculiar  hovering  flight  of  or- 
ange weaverbirds,  or  red  bishops 
[Euplectes  orix) ,  together  with  a 
repeated,  sharp  call  that  differs 
from  the  diurnal  call,  further  sug- 
gests echolocation  by  birds,  espe- 
cially   when    these    strictly    diurnal 


birds  return  to  perches  in  nearly  to- 
tal darkness.  It  should  be  remem- 
bered that  echoes  are  characteristic 
of  nearly  all  sounds.  When  played 
backward,  tape-recorded  sounds 
made  in  different-sized  rooms  or  out 
of  doors  in  the  presence  of  trees  or 
walls  reveal  a  preceding  echo  that 
is  usually  ignored  when  the  tape  is 
played  normally.  The  echo  is  gener- 
ally interpreted  as  part  of  the  origi- 
nating sound  and  is  sensed  as  a 
quality  of  the  originating  sound. 
Sound  in  a  large  room  is  clearly 
distinct  from  sound  in  a  small 
room,  yet  we  do  not  consciously  at- 
tribute the  difference  to  the  echo. 
The  ability  to  echolocate  does  not 
necessarily  imply  a  highly  special- 
ized attainment  such  as  that  exhib- 
ited by  bats  and  oilbirds.  If  man 
can  echolocate  and  utilize  this  tal- 


ent  at  night  or  when  sightless,  then 
it  is  likely  that  many  nocturnal  ani- 
mals may  also  use  some  form  of 
orientation  derived  from  sensing 
echoes. 

We  know  that  man  rarely  flies  in 
silence.  Almost  all  our  flying  ma- 
chines make  noises.  The  glider 
hisses  and  the  hot-air  balloon  is 
heated  by  a  roaring  and  noisy 
flame:  the  propeller  airplane  drones 
and  the  jet  plane  roars.  But  the  he- 
lium or  hydrogen  balloon  is  quiet, 
and  in  the  flights  of  such  craft  we 
come  closest  to  birds.  The  air  is 
still  because  the  balloon  moves  with 
the  wind.  Far  above  the  ground  the 
pilot  can  hear  dogs  barking  and 
people  talking:  it  seems  that  sound 
from  the  surface  moves  upward 
aided  by  an  echo  from  the  earth 
and  travels  better  vertically  than  it 


does  horizontally.  Normally  we  en- 
counter few  experiences  that  allow 
us  to  appreciate  this  phenomenon. 
It  would  seem  that  sounds  made 
above  the  earth  produce  a  returning 
echo,  yet  I  know  of  no  experiments 
that  have  Iseen  conducled  to  demon- 
strate this.  It  would  be  interesting 
to  put  sound-recording  apparatus 
on  high-flying  birds,  and  perhaps 
some  suggestions  can  come  from 
tests  made  while  parachuting  or 
ballooning.  Could  it  not  be  that  the 
sounds  made  by  birds  high  in  the 
air  echo  back  to  them  and  give 
them  a  perception  of  their  height 
above  the  land? 

I  speculate  that  the  sounds  made 
by  flying  geese  are  a  means  of  de- 
termining altitude.  At  night  this  so- 
nar over  a  mountain  terrain  would 
readily  inform  flying  birds  of  a  val- 


ley or  the  rising  land  beneath  them. 
I  like  to  think  that  the  geese  calling 
high  above  Makalu  are  getting  the 
signal  that  the  summit  of  their 
flight  has  been  reached.  They  are 
honking  to  localize  the  peaks  in  the 
darkness  below  them,  and  the  in- 
creasingly distant  echo  that  they 
hear  coming  from  the  jagged  slopes 
tells  them  that  they  are  safely  above 
the  highest  mountains  of  the  world. 
I  should  like  to  know  that  I  am 
right. 


Wary  and  elusive  in  their 

Indian  wintering  grounds,  the 

geese  are  remarkably  tame 

in  Tibet. 


75 


? 


Share  me  MIS 
01  Exploring 
outer  Space  • 

All  DYNASCOPES,  including  this 
superb  RV-6,  G-inch  available 
on  easy  terms!  < 

Now  it's  easy  to  join  tlie  tiiousands  of  serious 
amateurs. who  tiave  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 
Choose  from  a  Full  Range  Of 
DYNASCOPES®  4 "  Starting  at  $49.95 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  —  the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories. Prices  begin  as  low  as  $49.95,  and 
your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed  by  a  full- 
refund  warranty. 

FASCINATING   GUIDE 
YOURS  FREE! 

Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide.  «. 

Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
331  Church  St.,  Hartford.  Conn.  06101 

®  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pat.  Office 


r 


I  CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

I  Dept.  NH-13,  331  Church  St.,  Hartford,  Conn.  06101 

I  Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 

I 

I  Rama. 

I 

j  Address 

I  City State 


<t^- 


'-lid^J&^x^ 


Mother  &Baby  Seal 

Art  by  F.  William  Payne  now 
in  5  styles  for  Holiday  gifts. 

1.  Stationery/20  Notes 

with  envelopes  $2.50 

2.  Stamps/20  per  block         $1.50 

3.  Poster/2'x3  -brown         $3.50 

4.  Frint/ll"xl4"- brown 
signed  by  the"  artist         $10.00 

5.  Original  Etching/5"x6" 
hand  proved,  signed  & 
numbered  by  the  artist  $25.00 

p.  O.  Box  8101,  Atlanta,  Georgia  30306  i 


I 1 

■     Within  a  year  this  coupon     ■ 

can  teach  3  children  to  read, 

1  woman  to  sew  and  bring  food 

and  clothing  to  a  family  of  6. 

When  you  become  a  Foster  Parent,  your  contribution  of  $16  a 
montli  can  give  a  cliild  and  his  family  the  tools  they  need  to 
overcome  poverty,  and  help  them  find  a  world  of  hope  they've 
never  known  before.  Please  help  now. 

Foster  Parents  Plan,  Inc.  international  Headqtrs 

352  Park  Avenue  South  •  New  York,  N.Y.  10010 

I  would  like  to  know  more  about  Foster  Parents  Plan.  Please 

send  me  your  brochure  D. 

I  want  to  be  a  Foster  Parent  for  one  year  or  more  of  a  boy  D 

girl  D  age country No  preference  D  (This  allows  us 

to  choose  a  child  on  our  emergency  list).  My  payment  of  $16 

per  month  for  one  year  will  be  made:  monthly  D  quarterly  D  semi-annually  D 
annually  D.  I  enclose  my  first  payment  of  $ • 

I  want  to  be  a  contributor.  I  enclose  $ for  the  General  Fund. 

Name 


Address. 
City 


-State. 


_Zlp. 


-Date- 


Make  checks  payable  to  Foster  Parents  Plan,  Inc.  Contributions  are  tax  deductible.  PLAN 
operates  in  Bolivia,  Brazil,  Colombia,  Ecuador,  Peru,  Indonesia,  Korea,  the  Philippines, 
and  Viet  Nam.  PLAN  is  a  non-political,  non-profit,  non-sectarian,  independent  organiza 
tion,  registered  under  No.  VFA019  with  the  Advisory  Comm.  on  Voluntary  For.  Aid  of  the 
Agency  for  Int'l.  Development.  NH-12-70 


When  someone  somewhere  cares,  someone  somewhere  survives, 


Many  Concerned,  Few  Committed 

Continued  from  page  17 

assumptions  and  values  of  our 
society  and  even  to  question  the  ca- 
pacity of  American  economic  and 
political  institutions  to  solve  envi- 
ronmental problems. 

Most  people  in  this  sample  find  it 
easier  to  question  social  values  than 
social  institutions.  This  is  consistent 
with  our  observations  based  on  ex- 
tensive interviews  and  on  personal 
participation  by  research  team 
members  in  conservation  and 
ecology  groups.  A  large  majority  of 
the  Natural  History  sample  (71 
percent)  agreed  with  the  statement 
that  American  beliefs  and  values 
are  a  basic  cause  of  our  present  en- 
vironmental problems.  The  various 
subgroups  do  not  differ  in  trend  of 
thinking,  only  in  degree.  As  might 
be  expected,  people  under  30  ques- 
tion basic  values  more  (77  per- 
cent), and  men  over  30  in  the  busi- 
ness world  question  it  slightly  less 
(business  61  percent,  engineering 
58  percent) .  On  this  point  men 
over  30  in  the  professions  and  in 
government  or  the  military  and 
women  over  30  hang  together  at 
about  70  percent. 

The  assumption,  common  in  our 
society,  that  economic  growth  is 
generally  good  for  any  community 
is  clearly  challenged.  Only  20  per- 
cent subscribe  to  this  view,  with  63 
percent  rejecting  it.  A  slightly 
higher  percentage  (75  percent) 
feel  that  present  laws  and  con- 
ventions governing  the  use  of  natu- 
ral resources  on  private  land  are 
inadequate  to  the  present  crisis. 

Some  in  the  conservation-ecology 
movement  see  no  connection  what- 
soever between  an  economic  system 
based  on  the  profit  motive  and 
ecological  problems.  Others  hold 
firmly  to  the  view  that  the  profit 
motive  is  inconsistent  with  rational 
use  of  the  world's  natural  resources. 
Some  even  see  the  economic  system 
as  a  threat  to  human  survival  on 
this  planet.  As  expected,  subgroups 
disagreed  widely  on  this  point. 

A  majority  of  people  under  30, 
women  over  30,  and  men  over  30  in 
the  professions,  education,  and  so- 
cial service  tend  to  view  the  profit 
motive  as  outdated.  Men  over  30 
in  other  occupations  trend  in  the 
opposite  direction.  The  following 
table  sets  forth  the  trends  of  opin- 
ion with  respect  to  the  statement: 


76 


THEY'LL  DIE 

unless  you  and  we  help  ihem.  They'll 
Die— and  thousands  more  like  them 
of  many  different  species  will  die — 
unless  money  is  made  available  to 
finance  the  many  requests  from  East 
Africa's  National  Parks,  Research  Or- 
ganizations and  Game  Departments. 

During  1969  we  funded  conserva- 
tion projects  amounting  to  $74,500  in 
Kenya,  Uganda  and  Tanzania.  We 
need  your  continued  support  to  com- 
bat the  increasing  menace  of  extinc- 
tion for  many  species  of  wild  animal, 
by  making  a  donation  or  by  joining 
the  Society. 

Membership  of  the  Society  will  cost 
you  $10  annually.  For  this  you  receive 
our  quarterly  magazine  "Africana" 
and  are  entitled  to  buy  our  ties,  car 
badges,  brooches  and  cufflinks. 
Christmas  cards.  Calendars,  wild  life 
prints  and  the  Scientific  Journal  are 
available  to  all. 

The  wild  life  of  East  Africa  is  now 
a  world  responsibility,  shared  by  ev- 
eryone. It  is  enjoyed  by  tens  of  thou- 
sands of  visitors  each  year.  Help  us 
to  see  that  millions  will  continue  to 
enjoy  it. 


EAST  AFRICAN 

WILD  LIFE 

SOCIETY 

P.O.  Box  20110,  Nairobi,  Kenya, 
East  Africa. 

Please    enroll   me   as  a  member. 
I  enclose  % 

Name  

Address  

N.H. 


"I  believe  that  the  profit  motive  in 
our  society  is  now  outdated  and 
must  change."  Subgroups  are:  (1) 
people  under  30,  (2)  women  over 
30,  (3)  men  over  30  in  the  profes- 
sions, education,  or  social  service, 
(4)  men  over  30  in  business,  (5) 
men  over  30  in  government  or  the 
military,  and  (6)  men  over  30  in 
engineering  or  technical  jobs. 


Under  30 
Female,  o\ 


One  of  the  issues  frequently  dis- 
cussed is  whether  or  not  ecological 
problems  can  be  solved  within  the 
framework  of  existing  political  and 
economic  structures.  Of  the  Natu- 
ral History  sample,  45  percent 
doubt  that  our  present  system  is 
adequate  to  cope  with  the  problems, 
37  percent  feel  that  it  is,  and  18 
percent  are  uncertain.  Not  unex- 
pectedly, the  younger  group  ex- 
pressed less  faith  in  the  system 
(only  30  percent  feel  that  existing 
institutions  can  cope).  Men  over  30 
tend  to  be  more  evenly  divided  on 
the  question.  Women  over  30  are 
closer  to  the  under-30  group,  with 
only  35  percent  feeling  that  envi- 
ronmental problems  can  be  solved 
within  existing  institutions. 

Columnist  James  Reston,  report- 
ing in  The  New  York  Times  on  a 
meeting  of  business  executives  and 
professional  men  under  the  auspices 
of  the  Aspen  Institute  for  Humanis- 
tic Studies  in  September  of  this 
year,  pointed  out  that  many 
thoughtful  people  are  beginning  to 
see  the  environmental  crisis  "not 
only  as  a  physical  and  technical 
problem  but  as  one  that  raises  fun- 
damental political,  economic,  and 
philosophical  questions." 

According  to  Reston,  participants 
at  the  Aspen  Institute  meeting  chal- 
lenged some  of  the  same  values  and 
institutions  as  did  the  respondents 
to  this  survey — unrestricted  use  of 
land  and  the  natural  resources  on  it 
by  private  owners,  the  desirability 
of  economic  growth  and  expansion, 
private  initiative  as  the  guiding 
principle  for  economic  develop- 
ment, and  "long-established  con- 
cepts of  the  rights  of  private  prop- 


DICTIONARV 
STAND 


Reference 
Editions 
With- 
out Problems 
of  Handling! 
r    superb    book 
stand    holds    Uie 
big  books  on  top, 
open  —  for    ready 
reference.      Over- 
size   volumes    fit 
comfort.ably 


ady      for 


Handsome 
enough  to  enhance 
the  finest  libraryl 
Beautifully  crafted  of  knotty 
pine,  in  honey  tone  pine  or 
maple,  antique  pine  or  wal- 
nut finish.  30"H.  23"\V. 
15'T5.    (Storage  area  12"ir.) 


instant  assembly  and 
finish.  Simple  instruc- 
tions.    Only     $18.05. 
Both  Postpaid.  Add 


YIELD   HOUSE 

Dept.  NI2-0 
North  Conway.  N.  H.  03860 


STUDY   ECOLOGY   UNDER  THE  TETONS 

Teton  Science  School  offers  a  six  week  accredited 
liigh  school  field  ecology  course.  Academically  ori- 
ented, coeducational,  .lune  lO-July  31.  A  field  lab. 
course  emphasizing  collecting,  identification,  com- 
munity analysis  and  measurement  of  some  environ- 
mental factors.  Life  zone  study  approach.  Research 
project,  backpacking  into  remote  wilderness  areas, 
canoeing.  Headquarters  within  Teton  National  Park. 
Sponsors — Jackson  School  District,  Teton  Mountain 
Scliool.  Environmental  Uesearch  Institute.  16  students 
max.  Write:  J:)ire(tor.  Teton  Science  School.  Box 
Mil.  Jackson.   Wyoming  83001 


%  Beech  Cliff 

On  The  Lake,  By  The  Sea 

MOUNT  DESERT,  MAINE,  near  Bar  Harbor 
BOYS  9-16  Pioneer  camping  in  setting 
of  great  natural  beauty— plus  EXCEP- 
TIONAL TRIP  PROGRAM.  Each  camper 
elects  (without  extra  charge)  Wilderness 
Canoe  Trips,  Windjammer  Sailing  Cruise, 
Mt.  Expeditions.  In-Canip  prog.  incl. 
riflery,  archery,  tennis,  water  skiing, 
fresh  water  swimming,  sailing  Natural 
science  emphasized.  (Ako  Cdrihhean 
Ocennogrnphic  Summer  School  age  14-17). 
Clifford  A.  Pulls,  6  Old  Marlboro  Rd.,  Concord, 
Mass.  01742  (617)  369-4095  EST.  1954 


■   ■^^■'  FllOCi 

KASKET 


Our  princely  frog 
is  a  royal  charm- 
er! He's  Rot  a 
huge  "appetite  ' 
for  vvastcpapcr, 
soiled  clothes, 
toys,  knitting 
etc.  Ile'.s  1  d  ind\ 
companion  foi 
nurser>',  bedroom,  bath,  kitchen  or  den!  And 
don't  kids  love  to  fill  him  up!  Hand-woven  natu- 
ral rattan  with  liright  marble  eyes.  19"H  16"W. 
$18.95  Postpaid-add  50^  each  West  of  Miss. 
SEND  FOR  FREE  1971  CATALOG-1000  PIECES 
Finished  and  Kit  Furniture  in  Friendly  Pine 
Include  Zip   Code  YIKI.D     HOUSE 

Money   Back  Dept.   N120 

Guarantee  No.  Conway,  N.H.  03860 


77 


erty  in  a  capitalistic  society."  People 
active  in  conservation  and  ecology 
groups  also  are  beginning  to  set 
their  environmental  concerns  in  a 
wider  context  of  need  for  funda- 
mental social  change. 

As  we  noted  in  our  preliminary 
report  on  this  project  in  the  Octo- 
ber issue  of  Natural  History, 
there  were  some  vociferous  objec- 
tions to  our  questions  about  politi- 
cal and  economic  issues,  especially 
questions  concerning  attitudes 
toward  other  protest  movements  in 
our  society.  These  respondents  are 
in  the  minority.  Most  (86  percent) 
report  that  they  do  see  a  connection 
between  all  of  the  movements — the 
conservation-ecology  movement,  so- 
cial action  movements  in  the 
churches,  Black  Power,  the  student 
movements,  and  the  antiwar  move- 
ment. Only  9  percent  felt  there  was 
no  connection  and  5  percent  were 
uncertain  what  they  thought  about 
it.  A  majority  (59  percent)  felt  that 
all  of  these  were  related,  but  sepa- 
rate, movements,  and  27  percent  felt 
that  they  were  all  aspects  of  one 
wave  of  fundamental  social  change. 


The  connection  between  all  of 
these  movements  is  not  just  ideo- 
logical. There  is  an  interesting 
amount  of  overlapping  participa- 
tion. The  following  table  shows  the 
percent  of  the  total  sample  who  re- 
port that  they  are  active  in  each  of 
four  movements.  It  also  shows  the 
differential  participation  of  each  of 
the  subgroups.  While  60  percent  of 
the  total  sample  are  active  in  orga- 
nizations concerned  with  environ- 
mental problems,  only  46  percent 
reported  that  they  are  active  in 
the  conservation-ecology  movement. 
This  makes  sense  in  view  of  the  fact 
that  many  of  the  environmentally 
concerned  groups  listed  by  respond- 
ents were  civic  clubs,  planning 
boards,   and   organizations  such   as 


the  League  of  Women  Voters  or  the 
Boy  Scouts. 

During  our  five  years  of  research 
in  movements  of  different  types,  we 
have  been  able  to  identify  five  fac- 
tors that  are  characteristic  of  a 
growing  movement,  even  though 
the  movements  may  have  different 
goals  and  different  means  of  accom- 
plishing them.  One  of  these  factors 
is  personal  commitment.  We  have 
found  that  individuals  who  perceive 
themselves  as  truly  committed  to  a 
movement,  and  who  are  so  per- 
ceived by  their  fellow  participants 
(and  frequently  by  their  oppo- 
nents), have  two  things  in  common. 
First,  they  see  their  commitment  as 
having  been  generated  out  of  a  sub- 
jective experience,  or  series  of  ex- 


Ecology 


Social  Movements 
ace  Student 


Black 
Power 


All  Respondents 


Under  30 
Female,  over  30 
Male,  over  30 
Professional 
Governmental 
Business 
Engineering 


THIS    YEAR,    STONE    SANTA 

Well,  maybe  not  literally.  But  consider  the  aggravation  of  finding  truly  meaningful  gifts  for  those 
adults  and  children  who  have  the  necessities  of  life.  We  have  several  suggestions  for  tranquilizing 
Christmas  madness: 

STUFF  SOX  WITH  ROCKS? 

Of  course.  We  recommend  GEODES.  A  geode  is  a  ball-shaped  hollow  rock  lined  with  _  glittering 
quartz  and  other  crystals.  They  are  positively  lovely,  totally  natural — cannot  be  made  in  Taiwan 
out  of  plastics — about  40  million  years  old  and  no  verbal  description  or  flat  photograph  does  them 
justice.  Hence,  our  calm  guarantee:  Return  if  unhappy  for  full  and  prompt  refund.  Since  no  two  ge- 
odes  are  ever  alike,  they  make  truly  special  gifts. 
#1.  For  $5.  we'll  ship  you  a  3  to  4"  diameter  SPLIT  MATED  GEODE  PAIR  (the  halves  fit  back  together 

quite  neatly). 
#2.  A  selected  GEODE  HALF,  at  least  SVi"  dia.,  with  a  hand-polished  agate  rim  is  just  $10. 

We  personally  pick  the  above  items  for  sparkle  and  beauty. 
#3.  A  baker's  dozen  UNOPENED  MEXICAN  GEODES,  just  as  they  come  from  the  mines.  Avg.  2"  dia.,  may 
or  may  not  be  hollow.  Solid  types  frequently  contain  swirled  gray/ blue/ white  agate;  hollows  may  be 
lined  with  smoky,  clear  or  purple  amethyst  crystals.  Break  'em  with  chisel  and  hammer.   Incredible 
stocking  stuffers.  May  also  be  used  (with  sling)  to  slay  large  Phillistines.  $6  for  the  bagful. 

#4.  A  box  containing  assorted,  identified  small  sparkling  crystal  specimens.  If  you  like  pleasant  surprises 

for  $5. 


#5.  One  of  everything  for  $25. 


All  Prices  INCLUDE  Postage 


Your  first  order  -places  you  on  our  mailing  list  for  periodic  bulletins  listing  geodes,  splendid  minerals 
and  other  nifty  stuff. 

ROTHMAN'S     •    RD  #2,  Hill  House     •     Downingtown,  Pa.  19335 


7:8 


periences,  following  which  they 
felt  themselves  to  be  radically 
changed — changed  in  the  way  they 
view  themselves,  as  well  as  in  the 
way  they  relate  to  others.  We  have 
called  these  "identity-altering  ex- 
periences." Participants  in  religious 
movements,  of  course,  call  it  "con- 
version." Second,  they  report  some 
sort  of  bridge-burning  act — an  ob- 
jective, observable  event  involving 
risk.  In  some  way  significant  to 
him,  these  bridge-burning  acts  cut 
the  participant  off  from  society  at 
large  or  from  his  previous  role  in 
it.  They  cut  across  past  patterns  of 
behavior,  frequently  disrupt  past 
relationships,  and  identify  him  with 
a  different  set  of  values  and  a 
changed  life-style. 

We  have  found  that  individuals 
who  report  such  an  identity-altering 
experience  and  the  performance  of 
such  bridge-burning  acts  are  sig- 
nificantly more  involved  in  move- 
ment activities.  They  interact  sig- 
nificantly more  frequently  with 
other  movement  participants  and 
have  more  close  personal  friend- 
ships within  the  movement. 


We  found,  further,  that  there 
were  many  individuals  in  these 
movements  who  describe  such  a 
commitment  experience,  but  for 
whom  participation  in  the  move- 
ment involved  no  real  risk  or 
bridge-burning  act.  There  were  oth- 
ers who  had  burned  bridges  but 
who  had  had  no  identity-altering 
experience.  These  people  were  more 
involved  in  movement  activity  than 
participants  who  had  neither  ex- 
perience, but  less  so  than  people 
^vho  had  had  both. 

In  interviewing  and  interacting 
with  participants  of  the  con- 
servation-ecology groups,  we  have 
found  the  same  to  be  true  of  this 
movement.  There  is  also  some  sup- 
port for  these  observations  in  this 
sample  of  Natural  History  read- 
ers. Only  a  small  number  (8  per- 
cent) of  this  sample  felt  that  they 
had  been  radically  changed  by  an 
experience  as  a  participant  in  the 
movement  or  reported  that  partici- 
pation had  involved  high  risks, 
such  as  loss  of  job,  physical  injury, 
time  in  jail,  etc.  Of  this  group  only 
9  percent   (0.8  percent  of  the  total 


sample)  reported  both  aspects  of 
commitment.  This  small  group  con- 
trasts sharply  with  the  total  sample 
and  with  the  other  subgroups  in 
several  ways. 

Committed  participants  (as  we 
have  defined  commitment)  interact 
much  more  frequently  with  other 
movement  participants  in  formal 
and  informal  meetings.  If  we  define 
high  interaction  as  three  times  a 
week  or  more,  the  proportionate  in- 
teraction frequencies  are  as  fol- 
lows: 


a  \\'eek 
Less  tha 
a  week 


Committed  participants  are  not 
all  young  (38  percent  are  over 
30) .  Distribution  among  the  vari- 
ous annual  family  income  and 
educational  categories  is  about  the 
same  as  for  the  whole  sample.  On 
most  environmental  issues  the  trend 
of  thinking  of  this  group  is  the 
same  as  the  whole  sample,  but  the 
committed     group     is     consistently 


WHEN  YOU   WRITE  TO 

NATURAL  HISTORY... 

about  a  change  of  address,  renewal  of 
subscription,  billing  or  any  l^ind  of  adjustment, 
send  the  present  address  label  from  the 
magazine  wrapper. 

Moving?  Please  notify  6-8  weeks  in  advance. 

You  can  use  this  form  to  tell  us  about  a 
move  or  order  a  subscription. 


I    Change  of  address- 


Attach  your  address 
label  in  this  dotted 
area  and  fill  in  your 
new  address  below, 
clip  and  mail  to: 
Natural  History, 
Central  Park  West  at 
79th  St.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
10024. 


I  A  new  subscription— 

I  Check  box  and  fill  in 

I  name  and  address 

I  below. 


i  D  1  year-$7  (U.S.) 

I  □  1  year— $8  (Canada 

I  and  other  non-U.S. 

I  orders) 
J  HANMOO 


New  Address. 
City 


-Zip- 


FINE  CHRISTMAS  GIFTS 
FOR  YOUNG  PEOPLE 

Fascinating  books  about  the 
world  of  nature,  all 
profusely  illustrated. 


WONDERS  OF  THE  WORLD 
OF  WOLVES 

JACQUELYN    BERRILL    Illustrated  by 

the  author.  80  pages,  index.  Ages  8-12. 

$3.50 


WONDERS  OF  THE 
MOSQUITO  WORLD 

PHIL  AULT.  Photographs.  64  pages, 
index.  Ages  8-12.  $3.50 

SEEDS,  EMBRYOS,  AND  SEX 

MARGARET  COSGROVE.  Evolution 
and  reproduction  explained.  Two- 
color  illustrations  by  the  author.  64 
pages,  index.  Ages  8-12.  $3!50 

FORESTS  ARE  FOR  PEOPLE 

The  Heritage  ol  Our 
Nationctl  Forests 

FRANCES  and  DOROTHY  WOOD. 
Descriptions  and  uses  of  national  for- 
ests. Photographs.  192  pages,  bibliog- 
raphy, index.  Ages  10  up.  $4.95 


THE  WAYS  OF 
NESTING  BIRDS 

RAYMOND  P.  HOLDEN.  Illustrated  by 
Grace  DeWitt.  128  pages,  bibliogra- 
phy, index.  Ages  8-12.  $3.95 

THE  CURIOUS  WORLD 
OF  THE  CRAB 

JOSEPH  J.  COOK.  Illustrated  with  dia- 
grams and  drawings  by  Jan  Cook  and 
with  photographs.  96  pages,  index. 
Ages  8-12.  $3.50 

WONDERS  OF  THE 
FLY  WORLD 

SIGMUND  A.  LAVINE.  Illustrated  with 

photographs.   64   pages,    index.  Ages 

8-12.  $3.50 

DODD,  MEAD  &  COMPANY 

79  Madison  Ave.,  N.Y.  10016 


79 


Make 

survival  a 

priority 

with  your 

friends 

this 
Christmas. 


Give  them  Sierra  Club  books. 

Start  their  conservation  libraries 
with  Wilderness :  The  Edge  of  Knowl- 
edge. 

The  most  comprehensive  book  to 
date  about  the  crisis  facing  our  na- 
tion's few  remaining  wild  places, 
Wilderness:  The  Edge  of  Knowledge 
charts  the  steps  we  all  must  take  to 
save  what  is  left. 

Paul  Ehrlich,  Buckminster  Ful- 
ler, Senator  Henry  M.  Jackson,  Elvis 
Stahr  and  a  host  of  others  exchange 
environmental  facts  and  policies,  as 
well  as  differences  of  opinions  over 
environmental  solutions  in  these  pro- 
ceedings of  the  Sierra  Club's  Eleventh 
Biennial  Wilderness  Conference.  Con- 
siderable concern  and  attention  is 
focused  on  the  exploitation  of  Amer- 
ica's last  wilderness  frontier,  Alaska. 
T)v.  Ehrlich  underlines  the  basic 
theme  of  the  book:  "Unless  we  attack 
the  worldwide  problem,  putting  aside 
parks  is  a  waste  of  time.  There  are  a 
great  many  reasons  to  be  involved  in 
a  worldwide  conservation  and  popu- 
lation control  program.  The  main  one 
is  that  we  want  to  live,  and  we  want 
to  live  in  a  decent  world." 

Edited  by  Maxine  E.  McCloskey. 
$6.50. 


I 


Now  at  your  bookstore. 

Or  mail  this  coupon  to 
SIERRA  CLUB  BOOKS, 
Box  137,  1050  Mills  Tower, 
San  Francisco, 
California  94104 

D  I've  enclosed  $ for 

copies  of  Wilderness:  The  Edge 

of  Knowledge. 

D  Please  send  me  a  catalogue 

of  Sierra  Club  Books  and 

Calendars. 

Name 

Address 

City 


-Zip. 


more  heavily  weighted  to  the  ex- 
treme direction.  For  instance,  81 
percent  of  the  total  sample  and  92 
percent  of  the  committed  group  re- 
jected the  statement  that  other  spe- 
cies exist  primarily  for  man's  use 
and  enjoyment.  As  for  wild  ani- 
mals, 50  percent  of  the  total  and  68 
percent  of  the  committed  would 
grant  them  an  importance  equal  to 
man's. 

On  most  issues  a  consistent  pat- 
tern emerged — the  committed 
group  is  most  change  oriented, 
young  people  are  next,  women  over 
30  a  close  third,  men  in  the  profes- 
sions are  fourth,  and  men  in  other 
occupations  hold  closer  to  moderate 
or  conventional  attitudes. 

The  committed  group  differs 
most  in  its  tendency  to  connect  so- 
cial and  environmental  problems. 
Young  people  tend  in  the  same  di- 
rection but  to  a  lesser  degree.  Re- 
sponses to  the  statement  "I  think 
that  pollution  and  racism  are  both 
part  of  the  same  basic  problems  in 
our  society"  were  as  follows : 

Un- 
Agree         Disagree        certain 


Over  30 
Under  30 
Committed 


12% 
17 


The  differences  are  even  more 
apparent  in  the  way  these  three 
groups  view  the  relationship  be- 
tween various  movements  within 
our  society.  A  much  higher  propor- 
tion of  the  committed  group  see  the 
ecology  movement  as  part  of  a 
broader  movement  of  social  change. 
In  addition,  a  much  higher  per- 
centage of  the  committed  group  is 
active  in  the  other  movements.  In 
the  following  table  (A  I  represents 
the  view  that  all  of  these  move- 
ments are  aspects  of  a  single  wave 
of  revolutionary  change,  (B)  the 
movements  are  related  but  separate, 
(C)  there  is  no  connection  between 
them,  and  (D)  undecided.  There 
were  no  really  important  differ- 
ences between  the  over-30  sub- 
groups on  this  question. 


Under  30 
Committed 


A  mood  of  activism  prevails 
among  conservationists.  Not  sur- 
prisingly, 77  percent  of  the  com- 
mitted   group    approves    of    quite 


radical  means  to  accomplish  envi- 
ronmental goals.  About  half  of  the 
under-30  group  approve  of  civil 
disobedience,  while  largely  reject- 
ing violence.  But  interestingly,  41 
percent  of  the  people  over  30 
approve  of  civil  disobedience  for 
exerting  pressure  on  environmental 
decision-makers.  Again,  important 
differences  occur  between  sub- 
groups of  the  over-30  sample.  More 
of  the  women  over  30  and  men  in 
the  professions,  education,  and  so- 
cial service  approve  of  civil  dis- 
obedience than  do  men  in  other  oc- 
cupations. In  the  following  table 
'"conventional  means"  includes 
writing  letters  to  public  officials,  ap- 
pearing at  hearings,  legal  action, 
consumer  boycotts,  and  peaceful 
demonstrations.  "Civil  disobedi- 
ence" includes  nonviolent  direct  ac- 
tion, such  as  sitting  down  in  front 
of  bulldozers  or  sitting-in  at  govern- 
mental agencies  or  in  private  busi-  ' 
nesses  to  enforce  demands.  "Vio- 
lence" means  such  destructive 
action  as  sabotage  or  bombings,  if 
other  means  fail.  Only  the  most  ex- . 
treme  measure  indicated  by  a  re- 
spondent was  tabulated. 


CivU 

Cionven- 

dis- 

tional 

obedi- 

Vio- 
lence 

30 


Committed 
Under  30 
Female,  ov( 
Male,  over  30 
Professional 
Government 
Engineering 
Business 


In  view  of  the  current  concern 
about  youthful  proclivities  toward 
violence,  it  is  interesting  to  see  that 
for  this  sample  a  willingness  to  use 
violent  means  is  less  related  to  age 
than  to  what  we  have  defined  as 
commitinent  experiences. 

In  summary,  then,  environmental 
concern  is  generating  changes  in 
attitudes  about  man's  relationship 
to  nature,  is  raising  serious  ques- 
tions about  some  basic  assumptions 
in  Western  society,  and  is  inspiring 
efforts  to  make  changes  in  life-style. 
These  changes  are  minor  ones  for 
most,  major  ones  for  some.  For 
many,  the  concept  of  ecology  is  ex- 
panding to  include  the  social  as 
well  as  the  natural  environment.  On 
all  of  these  issues,  differences  in 
attitudes  are  not  so  much  a  function 
of  age  as  of  the  degree  of  com- 
mitment. ■ 


8o 


replfcas  <S)S  Wilis' 
S^OLP  THEASUMES 

Originals  are  on  exhibit  in  our  new  Hall  of  Mexico 
\nd  Central  America.  These  exact  copies  are      r- 
eproduced  in  gold  electroplated  metal, 

FISH  NECKLACE  AND  EARRINGS— (screw  back).  The  elements  of  this  set 
are  adapted  from  those  of  a  necklace  of  thin  hammered  gold  found  in 
graves  near  Bogota.  Colombia,  South  America.  Necklace  (NH  54  N)  $10.75 
ppd.        Earrings  (NH  54  ES)  $3.00  ppd. 

DOUBLE  FIGURE  PENDANT — The  original  of  this  heavy  pendant  depict- 
ing two  monkeylike  human  figures  was  found  in  the  Diquis  region  of  south- 
western Costa  Rica  about  A.D.  1000-1500.  (NH  56  N)  $19.50  ppd.  *Also 
available  on  a  stand  $19.50  ppd. 

REPTILE-FELINE  PIN — The  original  of  this  gold  pin — in  the  shape  of  a 
stylized  feline  decorated  with  heads  of  serpents  and  crocodiles — was 
found  in  a  pre-Columbian  grave  in  the  Diquis  region  of  southwestern  Costa 
Rica.  (NH  52  P)  $8.00  ppd.  *Also  available  on  a  stand.  $8.00  ppd. 

FLYING  BIRD  NECKLACE — This  unusual  necklace  represents  a  water  bird 
and  the  original  comes  from  an  ancient  grave  in  Panama. 
(NH  55)  $13.00  ppd. 


Members  of  the    Museum   are  entitled   to  a    10%    discount. 

ITEM 

QUANTITY 

AMOUNT 

TOTAL. 

N.Y.  state  residents  please  add  tax. 


THE   MUSEUM   SHOP 

THE  AMERICAN   MUSEUM  OF    NATURAL   HISTORY 
CENTRAL   PARK  WEST  AT  79TH  STREET 
NEW  YORK,  NEW  YORK  10024 


_^^ 


LIMITED  RELEASE— U.  S.  GOVT.  SURPLUS 

SNIPERSCOPE 

INFRARED  SET.. 

for  scientists,  gun  collectors,  naturalists 

Built  by  American  Optical  Co.  In  excellent  working  con- 
dition. Used  by  our  troops  for  observing  enemy  in  total 
darkness  without  being  detected.  Suggested  uses:  medi- 
cal research,  study  of  nocturnal  animal  life,  mineralogy, 
industrial  and  medical  research,  crime  detection.  Rare 
item  for  gun  collectors.  Telescope  is  15%"  long;  clear 
aperture  of  lens  is  50.4mm.  A  5"-diameter  filter  is  at- 
tached. Knob  adjusts  focus  electrostatically:  second  knob 
adjusts  reticle  intensity.  Reticle  also  has  vertical  and 
horizontal  adjustments.  Canvas  carrying  case  and  shoul- 
der strap  included.  Complete  unit  includes  Il"xl4"xl6" 
chest,  telescope  with  RCA  6032  image  tube,  20.000V 
power  pack  with  canvas  carrying  case  and  shoulder  straps, 
IR  light  source,  steel  carbine  bracket,  pistol-grip  handle 
with  switch  control.  Formerly  highly  classified.  Limited 
supply.  Orig.  Govt,  cost,  $800.  Shipping  wt.,  approx. 
30  lbs.  Price  $249.50 

SNIPERSCOPE  BATTERY 

Rechargeable  6V  power  source  for 
sniperscope.    Excellent    for    many 
other  6V  applications. 
Approx.  shipping  wt..  15  lbs. 

$9.95.  Two  for  $18.00 
Prices  F.O.B.  Tucson,  Ariz.  No  C.O.D.'s  please. 


C  &  H  SALES  CO. 


P.O.  Box  1572,  Tucson,  Ari 


FIX  CLOCKS,  WATCHES 

FOR  FUN  and  PROFIT 

OFTEN    AFTER    OTHER 

experts 


their  hands  in  defeat  1 
Fascinating  New  Hand 
book  by 


,n  H.  G.  Harris 
you  the  kind  of  knowledge  skilled 
tchmakers  learn  in  years  of  appren- 


OVER  200  ILLUSTRATIONS  show  how 
to  install  hands,  dials,  crystals, 
springs,  stems  .  .  .  rehouse  old  movements  in  modem 
cases  .  .  .  speedily  cure  many  troubles  by  demagnetiz- 
cleaning. 

flUCTIONi 

i,   grandfat  .      _ 

trie  clocks.  Handbook  tells  you  where  to  buy  parts 
where  to  send  "overflow"  work  for  repairs  at  wholesale 
prices  as  business  expands!  Even  how  to  pick  up  fine  old 
clocks  at  rummage  prices,  then  restore  for  easy,  profitable 

ONE    REPAIR   PAYS   FOR   COMPLETE    HANDBOOKI 

Friends  gladly  pay  $o  to  $50  for  restoring  cherished 
timepieces.  But  see  for  yourself!  Try  the  HANDBOOK 
OF  WATCH  AND  CLOCK  REPAIRS  ten  daysl  Rush 
only   $4.95.   on  money-back   guarantee   of   satisfaction. 


MATH    FOR   "KICKS" — 

NOW  AT  LAST —  the  Math  Puzzler's  Paradise.  If  you 
have  an  urge  to  juggle  numbers,  here  Is  a  goldmine  of 
mathematical  high  jinks  and  hocus-pocus.  Tricks,  brain- 
leasers,     "magic."     paradoxes,     problems     and    puzzles. 


iignia; 


alore.    Frustration 


NO  MATHEMATICAL  GENIUS  REQU I  RED— just  a 
knack  for  LOGICAL,  THINKING  and  REASONING. 
<Worth  the  price  of  admission  as  a  "course"  in  Applied 
Logic  and  Straight  Thinking,  alone.  The  fun  is  thrown 
in  free, ) 

Many    delishtful    and    helpful    Illustrations. 

Solutions    where    needed. 

IF  YOU'RE  STUCK— don't  commit  hari-kari.  Juat  turn 

to  the  solutions — and  find  out  you  knew  it  all  the  timel 

Order    Now : 

MATH    IS    FUN 

by   Joseph    Degrazia,    Ph.D. 
$4.50   plijs_handling_*_  10-Day  Money-Back__Guarantee 


Books  in  Review    Continued  from  page  51 


the  description  applies  in  this  re- 
spect, the  question  still  arises  of  dif- 
ferences between  the  nobility  and 
commoners  of  one  place  and  those 
of  another.  Sahagiin,  however,  was 
no  less  an  accomplished  ethnogra- 
pher because  his  work  does  not  pro- 
vide all  the  answers.  Actually,  some 
such  questions  may  be  resolved 
when  the  earlier  versions  are  fully 
translated  and  available  for  close 
comparison  with  the  Florentine  Co- 
dex and  Sahagun's  own  Spanish 
version.  As  it  is.  Dibble  and 
Anderson  have  advanced  the  cause 
immeasurably. 

In  his  method  and  execution  of 
the  work,  Sahagun  emerges  as  the 
indisputable  founder  of  ethnograph- 
ic science.  Employing  native  in- 
formants, accommodating  himself 
to  their  style  of  discourse,  using 
their  language,  checking  and  re- 
checking  the  responses,  his  legacy  is 
more  than  a  landmark,  rather,  it  re- 
mains an  exemplary  model  of  the 
art.  By  selecting  the  elders  as  infor- 
mants, the  Florentine  Codex  is  a 
firsthand  account  by  men  who  wit- 
nessed the  era  of  greatest  Aztec  ex- 
pansion, the  coming  of  the 
Spaniards,  and  the  upheaval  that 
altered  the  course  of  their  civ- 
ilization forever.  While  native  pic- 
ture writing  preceded  the  written 
text,  the  product  nevertheless  was 
an  account  with  full  pictorial  illus- 
tration. These  paintings  depict  all 
manner  of  things  covered  in  the 
text:  the  gods,  their  temples  and  the 
mode  of  sacrifice,  the  manner  of 
dress,  the  weaving  of  textiles,  the 
preparation  and  planting  of  fields, 
the  vendors  of  the  market,  the  kings 
and  lords  of  the  realm,  the  plants, 
the  wild  animals,  the  insects  and 
the  treatment  of  bites,  a  lazy  farmer 
and  a  bad  woman,  the  battle  scenes 
of  the  Conquest,  and  countless 
more.  Sequential  events  and  proc- 
esses are  indicated  by  means  of  a 
series  of  interrelated  drawings.  The 
Florentine  Codex  contains  over  1,- 
800  drawings,  photographically  re- 
produced by  Dibble  and  Anderson 
from  the  only  color  edition  of  the 
codex  ever  published,  that  of  Paso 
y  Troncoso  of  1905—07.  These 
black-and-white  reproductions  of 
the  color  plates  are,  of  course,  use- 
ful, but  color  symbolism  was  most 
important  in   ancient   Mexico.   The 


color  ascribed  to  every  aspect  of  a 
god's  mask  and  attire,  for  example, 
holds  meaning — so  that  color  re- 
productions are  less  luxury  than 
necessity.  With  respect  to  the  draw- 
ings, it  is  interesting  to  note  that 
while  those  of  the  Florentine  Codex 
were  copied  in  Sahagun's  time  from 
the  original  Tepepulco  drawings, 
the  former  are  done  in  a  style  ex- 
hibiting much  more  European  in- 
fluence. Thus,  toenails  are  added  to 
the  human  figures,  for  example, 
and  a  few  cherubs  and  other 
doodles  were  occasionally  added  by 
the  copying  artist,  who  undoubtedly 
was  not  so  native  as  were  the  original 
informants. 

Book  6,  Rhetoric  and  Moral  Phi- 
losophy, appears  to  have  been  writ- 
ten about  1547  in  the  town  of  Tepe- 
pulco well  prior  to  Sahagun's 
commission  to  write  the  general  his- 
tory. It  may  in  fact  have  been  the 
catalyst  for  his  later  assignment.  In 
any  case,  it  is  written  in  the  "pol- 
ished" language  of  Texcocan 
Nahuatl,  the  standard  for  proper 
speech  for  all  of  ancient  Mexico.  It 
is  a  volume  of  prose  and  poetry 
that  unveils  the  heart  and  inner 
thoughts  of  the  people  more  than 
anything  ever  written  about  them 
or  in  their  language.  To  his  critics, 
who  thought  it  a  pack  of  lies,  Saha- 
gun replied,  "What  is  written  in 
this  book  is  beyond  the  human 
mind,  a  mortal  man  could  not  in- 
vent the  language  which  is  found  in 
it." 

Book  6  contains  43  chapters: 
prayers  to  the  gods,  exhortations  of 
the  rulers,  a  few  adages,  riddleSj 
and  metaphors.  Much  of  the  content 
is  ritualistic,  extremely  formal — 
prayers  and  exhortations  learned 
by  rote  and  passed  down  from  gen- 
eration to  generation  in  the  calme- 
cac  or  telpuchcalli,  the  schools  of 
Aztec  society  where  the  young  re- 
ceived formal  instruction.  Most  of 
the  volume  would  seem  to  pertain 
to  higher  society — the  rulers,  the 
nobles,  the  well  educated — but  the 
sayings  and  the  riddles  are  collo- 
quial expressions  known  to  all,  rich 
and  poor,  noble  and  commoner. 
The  contents  of  the  volume  might 
have  differed  somewhat  were  it  to 
have  derived  from  a  place  other 
than  Tepepulco — thus,  the  great 
god   Tezcatlipoca,   so   prominent   in 


82 


MAN 


THE 
GER 


51  WEST  64th  STREET, 
SC  4-7272    SC  4-7408 
SC  4-7158 
ACROSS  FROM   LINCOLN    CENTER 


HAPPY    HOLIDAYS 

Hummingbird  Style 

Original  "Hummy-Biid  Bars"®  lure  the  funny, 
flashy  Zii>-aml-Sii>  set  all  season  long.  Watch 
these^  rascals  feed  family-style  thru  clear 
plastic  cups,  from  that  warm  real-wood  perch 
Hummers  love  (actual  photo).  Give  yourself 
and  friends  this  heartwarming  Holiday  Gift  I 
No  other  birds  or  bees,  no  rust  or  drip,  easy  to 
clean.  Guaranteed.  Full  instructions.  $2.95  plus 
30(*  handling.  In  Cal.  add  llii  tax.  Sorry  no 
COD-s.  HUMMINGBIRD  HEAVEN,  C818-N 
Apperson  St.,  Tiuunga,  CA  91042.  Our  15th 
Year !  MADE  IN  U.S.A. 


IIO^II'  OIII4  hh'\»T\nLE»eSK 

I 'II    ml.     Hid  Mjiiij.liulj    ii«  iblo  ilesk  evtr!  It 

II  'I  I  II  II  I  mill  I  Iiill  (li(li,Kl  iiortible  home  of- 
11  lini.    1    il    lills    hi     1    liri.1     iirltint.    ^iirfuc— holds 

(  Uli.  „  iri.iliiiK  tnn  lop  ilnw.r  slorts  in>  slalldard 
liurt  itik  l\!»\\rllir  mil  (ml  ml  tip  ti>  pnipcr  t\plnK 
hcUhl  Mpl.ll,  Inuii  iH  Mnr.Li  Il.illnin  i,  snn.lard 
mini,   ilruicr    (I. til    U/.    Illi      shIumim      \ii(|   m   rolls 

•'iiii'iilli^    iiii    II Ill  I    I  1  krs     Hand    craftod   of 

1     I    I  I        II     I    I  I         I     r  I  iiiU      inllquo    pine    or 

III        I  II  II     I      ,    \V    (31,'W    leaf    up). 

"Ill ml     sanded     drilled, 

1  mil    llnfsh    (nol    IncI). 

^11   I  I       II  I     II    1  Npicss  1  harws  follocl. 

SEND    FOR   FREE    1971    CATALOG-IOOO    ITEMS 
YIKI.D    HOUSE 

Dtpl.  N12-0 
No.  Conway.  N.H.  03800 


Book  6,  was  especially  revered 
there,  as  had  been  Quetzalcoatl  in 
ancient  Tula,  or  Huitzilopochtli  in 
Tenochtitlan.  TIaloc,  Lord  of  the 
Rain,  however,  was  everywhere  re- 
vered. 

Sahagiin's  work  was  controver- 
sial. The  contents  of  Book  6  alone 
indicate  why.  In  Aztec  thought,  as 
expressed  in  this  prayer  to  Tezcatli- 
poca,  man  was  by  nature  weak  and 
required  divine  guidance.  To  ascribe 
such  concepts  to  idolatry  bordered 
on  heresy. 

Verily,  that  which  a  man  will 
do,  that  which  he  will  perlorm 
to  attract  thy  wrath,  thy  anger, 
thy  annoyance,  to  stir  up  casti- 
gation  is  not  his  doing.  Open 
his  eyes,  open  his  ears,  advise 
him,  set  him  upon  the  road, 
guide  the  commoner.  Consider 
not  only  the  commoner,  the 
laborer;  consider  the  governed. 
Verily,  now,  inspire  him,  ani- 
mate him,  for  thou  makest  of 
him  thy  seat,  for  he  is  as  thy 
flute.  Make  him  thy  replace- 
ment,   thy    image. 

There  is  also  a  profoundly  uni- 
versal quality  to  Aztec  thought  as  it 
is  so  simply  and  elociuently  ex- 
pressed in  the  wisdom  imparted  by 
a  father  to  his  daughter  when  she 
reached  the  age  of  discretion : 

Hear  well,  0  my  daughter,  O 
my  child,  the  earth  is  not  a 
good  place.  It  is  not  a  place  of 
joy,  it  is  not  a  place  of  con- 
tentment. It  is  merely  said  it  is 
a  place  of  joy  with  fatigue,  of 
joy  with  pain  on  earth;  so  the 
old  men  went  saying.  In  order 
that  we  may  not  go  weeping 
forever,  may  not  die  of  sorrow, 
it  is  our  merit  that  our  lord 
gave  us  laughter,  sleep,  and  our 
sustenance,  our  strength,  our 
force,  and  also  carnal  knowl- 
edge in  order  that  there  be 
peopling. 

Then,  of  course,  there  is  a  lighter 
side — the  riddles : 

What  is  that  which  says:  "I 
go  this  way,  thou  goest  that 
way,  so  that  we  shall  meet 
there?"  The  breech  cloth. 

What  is  that  which  enters  the 
forest  going  with  its  tongue 
hanging?   The  axe. 

What  is  that  which  becomes 
pregnant  in  only  one  day?  The 
spindle. 


ANKH  pendant] 

BEAUTIFULLY  CONTEMPORARY' 
s  this  hand  crafted  representa- 
tion   of    the    Ancient    Egyptian 
"Key  of  Life"  in  solid  sterling 
silver.  The  Ankh  -  from   the 
hieroglyph    meaning    "life" 
-is  the  oldest  known  amu- 
let   symbol,    and    the   only 
ppgon    talisman    to    survive 
in  daily  use  after  the  Egyp- 
ons   converted   to    Christian- 
ity. Comes  in  stunning  new 
designer's   jewelry   case 
and   presentation  gift 
lm>x.  3"  long  Ankh  - 

With  15"  chain $25.00 

With  24"  chain  $27.00 

in  14K  Gold  w.  IB"  chain.  $75. 

includes  outitandinfl  reproductions  of 
of   authentic  antiqilifiei. 

Jladdfn  boasG^Lt6i 

Sept.   N-8FJ  •  648  Ninth  Avenue! 
New  York,  N.Y.  10036  I 


4  OltXKR 
1.1  lilt  ARY 
HESK 


A  real  old  time  value! 

Delightful  writing  or  study  cor- 
-holcls  all  desk  tools  plus  50 

books.      The      colonial     style      is 

proper  anywhere— fits  flush  to 
wall,  even  with  baseboard.  Select  pine  in  honey 
tone  or  maple,  antique  pine  or  walnut  finish. 
24M:"D  34%"H  SSyv'W.  $49.9.5.  EASY  KIT: 
Ready  to  assemble  &  finish.  $34.9.5.  Both  Exp. 
Chg.  Col. 

YIELD    HOUSE 

Dept.    N12-0 


Nol   Sold    In   Store 

No.    Conivay,    N.ll.    03800 

BE  A 

Join    a    scientific 
oljHerve    thousand 

WHALE-WATCHER! 

expedition    to   Baja    California    to 
or    Cray    Whales,     eows,     ealves. 

mammal   ami    Mr 
UicBo  .Ian.   -:; 
Limited   to   :jii    i 
tax-free    sJiiji  , 
Whales    as    elo  , 

■     1  .  ■       '     M  .          ~f'':\. 

Burns.    Director, 
seum.     P.O.     Box 

for  details. 

San    Diego    Natural    History    Mu- 
1390,     San     Diego,     Calif.     92112 

CATCH  THEM 

ALIVE 
AND  UNHURT! 


-C^D  <g 


Amazing  HAVA- 
HART  trap  captures 
raiding  rats,  rabbits, 

squil'rels,  skunks,  cats,  l)iEeons,  sliarrows,  etc. 
Takes  mink,  coon  without  injury.  Straying  pets, 
poultry  released  unhurt.  Easy  to  use — open  ends 
give  animal  confidence.  No  jaws  or  springs  to 
break.  Galvanized:  many  in  use  20  years.  Sizes 
for  nil  need.s.  FREE  illustrated  practical  guide 


■ith  trai)iiing  s 


rets. 


CatchBS  more!  Easy  to  us«t 
HAVAHART 
156  Water  Street,  Ossining,   New  York  10562 

Please  send  me  new  guide  and  price  list. 

Name^ 

Address . 

State Zip 


Despite  their  success,  their  power, 
one  of  the  striking  things  about 
these  people  was  the  air  of  pessi- 
mism and  gloom,  the  feeling  of 
anguish,  the  fear  of  destruction,  a 
fear  for  mankind  that  always 
lurked  in  their  thoughts.  It  is  no 
better  expressed  than  in  the  haunt- 
ing prayer  to  Tlaloc,  the  Lord  of 
the  Rain,  greatest  of  the  gods: 

May  it  soon  come  to  pass,  to 
happen  —  that  which  the  old 
men,  the  old  women  come  know- 
ing, come  guarding;  that  that 
which  is  above  us  will  fall  in; 
that  the  demons  will  descend, 
will  come  to  destroy  the  earth, 
will  come  to  eat  the  common 
folk;  that  there  will  be  eternal 
darkness  on  earth ;  that  nowhere 
wiU   there   be   people   on   earth. 

And  while  the  Aztec  way  of  life 
perished  as  their  prophesies  had 
warned,  we  are  much  the  richer  to- 
day for  a  poor  friar's  toil  and  for 
Dibble  and  Anderson's  effort  in 
making  this  masterful  work  avail- 
able to  the  English-reading  world. 

Dt.  Harvey  is  associate  professor  in 
the  anthropology  department  at  the 
University  of   Wisconsin  at  Madison. 


The  Book  of  Imaginary  Beings,  by 
Jorge  Luis  Borges.  Translated  by 
Norman  Thomas  di  Giovanni.  E.  P. 
Button  &  Co.,  $6.95;  256  pp. 

The  author,  famous  in  the  Spanish- 
speaking  world  as  a  poet,  story- 
teller and  litterateur,  and  his  colla- 
borator, Norman  Thomas  di 
Giovanni,  disarm  the  reader  of  their 
handbook  of  apocryphal  biology  by 
announcing  at  the  outset:  "There  is  a 
kind  of  lazy  pleasure  in  useless  and 
out-of-the-way  erudition."  Although 
the  title  imposes  no  limits  and  might 
justify  the  inclusion  of  any  creatures 
conceived  by  the  human  imagination, 
from  Prince  Hamlet  to  "each  one  of 
us  and  .  .  .  the  god-head,"  it  refers 
actually  to  a  collection  of  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty  sketches  in  which 
the  fantastic  zoology  of  the  bestiary  is 
revisited  by  a  sophisticated  and  schol- 
arly contemporary.  Some  of  the 
sketches  are  as  brief  as  a  single  page; 
none  is  longer  than  three  pages.  All 
are  presented  with  the  deceptive  sim- 
plicity of  a  chiseled  stylist  and  the 
learning  of  a  world  scholar  who  is, 
among  other  things,  Director  of  the 
Argentine  National  Library.  Also 
present  are  the  philosophic  overtones 


84. 


"Game  theory" 
applied  to 
air  pollution? 

It  happens  in  one  of  the  23 
original  studies  in  this 
provocative  bool<.  Each  study 
investigates  some  aspect 
of  human  ecology,  the 
relationship  between  man 
and  his  environment; 
together,  they  offer  a  survey 
of  the  most  up-to-date 
scholarship  in  human  ecology. 

ENVIRONMENT 
AND  CULTURAL 
BEHAVIOR 

Ecological  Studies  in 
Cultural  Anthropology 
Edited  by  Andrew  P.  Vayda 

$7.95;  $4.50  paperbound 


DOUBLEDAY 

NATURAL  HISTORY  PRESS 

Doubleday  &  Company,  Inc. 
Garden  City,  New  York  11530 


YOU  LIVE 
in  the 
SPACE  AGE . . . 

You  should  know 
more  about  it! 

A  revi^arding  and  fascinating 
adventure  for  adults,  young 
people,  the  family 

Introductory  and  advanced 
day  and  evening  courses  in 

ASTRONOMY  and  NAVIGATION 

Call  or  write 

The  American  Museum  — 
HAYDEN   PLANETARIUM 

NEW  YORK,   N.  Y.   10024 
81st  STREET  and 

CENTRAL  PARK  WEST 
Tel.:  Tr  3-1300;  Ext.  206 


of  a  cultivated  mind  at  home  in  many 
eras  and  cultures:  classical,  medieval, 
European,  Oriental,  and  Asian. 

Entering  Mr.  Borges'  zoo  of  sphinxes, 
griffons,  and  centaurs,  one  is  clearly 
in  the  demesne  of  literature,  not  sci- 
ence, unless  it  is  argued  that  my- 
thology and  folklore  should  be  sub- 
sumed under  anthropology.  In  any 
event,  here  are  beautifully  delineated, 
quick  vignettes  of  some  of  the  legen- 
dary beasts  we  have  heard  of — the 
basilisk,  behemoth,  chimera,  and  hip- 
pogriff;  the  deathless  phoenix;  the 
pelican,  which,  according  to  medieval 
fable,  "opens  its  breast  and  feeds  its 
young  with  its  own  blood";  and  sev- 
eral fearsome  creatures  from  the  oral 
traditions  of  the  United  States,  such 
as  the  hidebehind,  which  devours 
lumberjacks  in  the  north  woods  but 
cannot  be  described  because  it  is 
always  hiding  behind  something. 

Regrettably  absent  is  the  sidehill 
hoofer,  or  to  give  it  its  scientific 
name.  Mernbri-inegualis  decUvitatis, 
which  grazes  in  hilly  country  and  by 
a  marvel  of  adaptation  has  two  long 
legs  on  the  downhill  side  and  two 
short  legs  on  the  uphill  side.  If  it 
turns  the  wrong  way,  the  hoofer,  or 
gouger.  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  falls 
and  breaks  its  neck.  Extensive  paleo- 
zoological  remains  have  been  reported 
from  Marion  County,  Arkansas.  Un- 
known to  the  present  reviewer,  at 
least,  although  it  is  mentioned  by 
Borges,  following  Pliny,  is  the  re- 
mora,  a  sucking  fish  that  can  hold  a 
ship  fast  by  "a  cartilaginous  disk 
with  which  it  creates  a  vacuum.  .  .  ." 

The  charm  of  this  book,  judged  by 
the  standards  it  sets  for  itself,  can  be 
properly  conveyed  only  by  quotation. 
Let  us  take  up  the  case  of  the  squonk, 
Lacrimacorpiis  dissolvens.  Its  range  is 
limited  to  the  hemlock  forests  of 
Pennsylvania,  and  it  is  so  morbid  in 
temperament  that  "hunters  who  are 
good  at  tracking  are  able  to  follow  a 
squonk  by  its  tear-stained  trail,  for 
the  animal  weeps  constantly.  .  .  .  Mr. 
J.  P.  Wentling.  formerly  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, but  now  at  St.  Anthony  Park. 
Minnesota,  had  a  disappointing  ex- 
perience with  a  squonk  near  Mount 
Alto.  He  had  made  a  clever  capture 
by  mimicking  the  squonk  and  in- 
ducing it  to  hop  into  a  sack  .  .  .  [but] 
suddenly  the  burden  lightened." 
When  the  squonk  hunter  investigated 
his  bag,  "There  was  nothing  but  tears 
and  bubbles." 

The  author,  content  to  present  his 
zoological  mythologies  descriptively, 
does  not  attempt  to  pull  them  to- 
gether into  any  general  synthesis. 
"We  are  ignorant  of  the  meaning  of 
the  universe,"  he  writes,  adding  only 
this  concession,  that  "there  is  some- 
thing in  the  dragon's  image  that  fits 


ANCIENT  OIL  LAMPS 

over  1300  years  old 

From  ancient  Palestine,  tiiese  terracotta  lamps  were 
used  by  early  Christians  &  Jews.  With  varied  de- 
signs, they  make  unique  archaeological  display 
pieces  for  home  and  office.  A  superb  all-occasion 
gift.  Mounted  on  walnut  base  with  parchment  cer- 
tificate of  authenticity    $10.95  ppd. 

lamps  with  Cross  motif $23.95   ppd. 


FREE  Gift  Cal-aioq! 


.  .  .  illustrating  Jewelry,  Amulets,  Coins,  Buddhas, 
Roman  Glass,  Figurines  and  more! 

Museum  &  Dealers  inquiries  welcome. 

ALADDIN  HOUSE,  LTD. 

N-12H     .     648   NINTH  AVE.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.   10036 


INDIAN  ARTIFACTS 


FOSSILS-MINERALS 


SHELLS-SCOPES-BOOKS 


SEND   25(2   for   New 
Illustrated  Catalog 

DOVER   SCIENTIFIC 

Box  601 IC 
Astoria,  N.Y.  11106 


MAGAZINE 
BOOK 
TREE 


,  office, 
reception 
room.  White 
birch  tiirn- 
iiiR.s.  In  honey  tone  or  maple, 
antique  pine  or  w,ilnut  Bnish. 
2,S"H  16"W  15"D.  $17.50. 
HOME  KIT:  Easy  assembly 
and  finish.  Simple  directions.  $11.50.  Ppd.-.idd 
75«'  ea.  W.  of  Miss. 

SEND     FOR     FREE     1971     CATALOG-1000     ITEMS 
Liciucic  Zip  Code  YIELD    HOUSE 

Mone.v  ISiifk  (Jiiarnntco  Donl.  N12-0 

Nol  Solil  In  Slorus  Norlll  Culiway.  N.II.  038GO 


BICYCLING  —  HIKING  —  CAMP- 
ING trips  through  the  countrysides  of 
the  world  for  14-17  year  olds.  Europe, 
New  England,  West  Coast,  Canadian 
Rockies.  Nova  Scotia.  Free  Brochure. 
Student  Hosteling  Program  of  Ncvy 
England,  Inc.,  Rochester,  Vermont 
05767. 


85 


NATURE  TOURS 


Friends  are  reminded  that  we  continue 
to  operate  group  trips  in  the  U.S.  and 
most  countries  of  the  world  at  the  rate  of 
30  to  40  tours  a  year. 

These  are  general  nature  trips,  with 
first  emphasis  on  birds,  second  on  botany. 
They  are  of  2  weeks'  duration  in  North 
America.  3  weeks  in  the  rest  of  the  world. 
They  are  usually  set  up  in  chains  so  that 
more  than  one  can  be  taken  on  a  single 
departure.  These  are  not  advertised  com- 
mercially and  this  is  not  a  profit  enter- 
prise; accordingly  prices  are  moderate.  If 
this  interests  you,  please  drop  us  a  line. 

UP-COMING   DATES 

October-December  A  series  of  five  tours 
in  Melanesia,  New  Guinea,  Australia 
and  New  Zealand. 


Januarv-February  Rorida  (2  weeks  be- 
ginning Jan.  9),  Yucatan  and  Central 
America. 

Januan--March  Four  exciting  tours  in 
South  Asia,  from  Malaysia  to  the 
Himalayas. 


A/ai'  Popular  southeast  Arizona  tour 
(May  9). 

May-August  Europe  in  1971  offers  a 
choice  of  10  tours,  including  a  nature 
seminar  in  England,  tours  of  Norway 
and  Iceland,  and  our  biennial  route 
across  Russia  and  Siberia.  (Outer  Mon- 
golia this  year). 


CROWDER  NATURE  TOURS 

BOX  222-a 
HARPERS  FERRY,  W.  VA.  25425 


HOME  OFFICE 

FILE 

CABIXETS 

FINISHED  OR  IN  KIT 
Now  the  ausl 


Three    drawer 
units  combine  to  hold 
your     records      (file 
legal  size  side- 
ways). Drawers 
glide     smoothly 


tique    pine 
walnut      finish. 


loli'W.  $49.95 


sembie  and  fin- 
ish. S34.95  .  .  . 
ea.  ShDB.  Chgs. 
Col.        (Special 


11EU>   HOUSE 

Dept.    NI2-0,    North    Conway,    N.    H.   03860 


40  MILUON  YEAR  OLD  FOSSIL  FISH 

(KNIGHTIA  SP.)     $20.00 


500  MILLION  YEAR  OLD  TRILOBITE 

(ELRATHIA   KINGI)     §3.25 

DOVER  SCIENTIFIC 

Box  6011  C 

Long  Island  City,  N.Y.  11106 

SeniJ  25c  for  Illustrated  Catalog  of  Shells, 
Minerals,  Fossils,  ln(dian  Artifacts  &  Books 


man's  imagination.  .  .  ."  But  this 
distillation  from  "old  authors  and 
abstruse  references"  nevertheless  de- 
serves a  place  on  a  special  shelf,  near- 
er to  poetry  than  biology,  together 
with  such  good  companions  as  T.  H. 
White's  The  Book  of  Beasts  and  The 
Most  Wonderful  Animals  That  Never 
Were,  by  the  recently  mourned  Jo- 
seph Wood  Krutch, 

Ger.\ld  C.vrson 

Americ.\'s  L-\st  Wild  Horses,  by 
Hope  Ryden.  E.  P.  Button  &  Co., 
S8.95:  311  pp.,  Ulus. 

In  1968.  plans  ^vere  under  way  to  de- 
stroy a  small  herd  of  wild  horses  in 
the  Pr\"or  Mountains  area  of  southern 
Montana  when  an  indignant  John 
Walsh,  of  the  International  Society 
for  the  Protection  of  Animals,  tele- 
phoned Hope  Ryden  and  informed 
her  of  the  threatened  destruction.  It 
was  a  news  story,  and  Miss  Ryden,  in 
her  capacity  as  a  feature  producer  for 
ABC  Evening  News,  responded  to  it 
as  she  had  on  previous  occasions.  She 
investigated;  she  researched  the  back- 
ground; she  became  personally  in- 
volved. This  book,  with  the  many  sup- 
porting photographs  she  made  of  wild 
horses  in  the  field,  is  her  easy-reading 
report.  It  is  mostly  a  history  of  North 
America  west  of  the  Appalachians, 
seen  through  "horse-colored"  glasses. 
Hope  Ryden's  book  attempts  none 
of  the  Texan  literarv'  style  that  the 
late  J.  Frank  Dobie  wrote  into  The 
Mustangs.  It  mentions  only  super- 
ficially the  fossil  evidence  that  George 
Gaylord  Simpson  presented  so  well  in 
Horses.  Its  focus  precludes  the  light, 
deft,  fictional  form  of  the  family 
books  about  horses  by  Marguerite 
Henry,  who  writes  for  younger 
audiences.  Instead,  America's  Last 
Wild  Horses  appeals  to  the  senti- 
ments of  horse-loving  adults  who  can 
be  alarmed  into  action  by  learning 
how  free  horses  in  the  New  World  are 
rapidly  being  kiUed,  cut  up,  and  proc- 
essed for  dog  food.  It  stresses  that 
for  Equus  this  is  a  second  decline,  the 
first  having  been  completed  at  the 
end  of  the  Ice  Age  when  Amerindians 
all  the  way  from  Alaska  to  Patagonia 
could  include  horsemeat  in  their  diet. 
Horse  bones  are  among  the  charred 
remains  of  their  ancient  campfires, 
but  no  one  yet  knows  from  the  fossil 
record  when  the  last  wild  horse  in 
North  America  disappeared. 

The  first  of  tlie  new  wave  of  horses 
to  reach  America  came  aboard  the 
ships  of  Christopher  Columbus's  sec- 
ond expedition.  Left  in  the  West  In- 
dies as  breeding  stock,  these  and  sim- 
ilar animals  from  southern  Europe 
gave  the  small  bands  of  Spaniards  an 
uncanny  power  over  the  Amerindians 


they  met.  "The  survival  of  these  ani- 
mals was  a  life  and  death  matter  to 
the  cavaliers.  Cortes  plainly  stated 
that  he  valued  the  life  of  one  horse 
above  the  lives  of  twenty  men."  But 
not  until  after  1600,  when  Juan  de 
Oiiate  tried  to  settle  with  his  livestock 
near  tlie  site  of  Santa  Fe,  did  tlie  In- 
dians learn  how  to  ride  and  care  for 
horses — and  carelessly  let  many  ani- 
mals escape  to  form  nuclei  of  feral 
herds.  The  Indians  were  "reckless 
with  the  providential  supply  of  Span- 
ish ranch  animals  from  which  they 
could  always  replenish  their  losses." 
Among  the  descendants  of  these  an- 
imals introduced  by  the  Spanish,  a 
surprising  number  in  the  western 
mountains  have  maintained  a  degree 
of  genetic  isolation.  Despite  sporadic 
dilution  by  recent  recruits  from  mod- 
em breeds  of  horses,  a  few  retain  the 
five  large  lumbar  vertebrae  that  char- 
acterized the  backbone  of  the  original 

YOU  CAN  ORDER 
REPREVTS  OF 

THE 
GAELTACHT 

OF 
WEST  KERRY 

for  classroom,  study  group,  or  as 
gifts  to  friends. 

Please  send  name  and  address  with 
payment — check  or  money  order — 
made  out  to  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History. 

Cost  is  500  per  reprint. 
Quantity  prices  upon  request. 

Mail  to:  Reprints 

Natural    History    Magazine 
Central  Park  West  at  79th 

Street 
New  York,  New,  York  10024 

stock.  It  goes  with  a  zebra  striping  on 
the  legs  of  newborn  foals,  which  has 
otherwise  been  lost  in  the  intervening 
centuries.  By  comparison,  Arabian 
and  Andalusian  breeds  of  modern 
horses  have  a  five-and-a-piece  series 
of  lumbar  vertebrae,  and  the  remain- 
ing man-made,  or  "tinkered,"  horses 
in  our  world  have  six  large  lumbar 
vertebrae.  Nearly  200  individuals  (al- 
though never  more  than  20  mares  at 
a  time)  have  been  certified  as  Spanish 
mustangs  with  five  lumbar  vertebrae 
by  the  Spanish  Mustang  Registry, 
which  was  established  in  1958  and  is 
directed  solely  toward  the  restoration 
of  the  lost  breed. 

Other  associations  interested  in 
America's  wild  horses  are  almost  as 
numerous    as    the    names    by    which 


86 


these  animals  go:  broncs,  broomtail 
horses,  cayuse  or  Cheyenne  ponies, 
Indian  ponies,  cow  ponies,  cutting 
ponies,  estrays,  mavericks,  and  mus- 
tangs in  the  United  States  and  Can- 
ada; baguales  in  Argentina;  crioUos 
in  Chile.  A  National  Mustang  Associ- 
ation (Salt  Lake  City,  Utah)  aims  to 
conserve  and  control  all  wild  horses 
still  in  America,  and  to  grade  each 
captured  animal  according  to  how 
much  Spanish  blood  it  appears  to 
carry.  The  American  Mustang  Associ- 
ation (Phoenix,  Arizona)  maintains  a 
registry  and  seeks  to  breed  up  to  a 
standard  size  and  conformation  the 
animals  that  are  recovered  from  the 
wilderness.  Humane  treatment  of  the 
surviving  wild  horses  is  the  sole  aim 
of  the  International  Society  for  the 
Protection  of  Mustangs  and  Burros 
(Reno,  Nevada)  and  of  the  Canadian 
Wild  Horse  Society  (Richmond.  Brit- 
ish Columbia).  All  of  this  agitation 
comes  at  the  last  moment,  for  from 
an  estimated  two  million  wild  horses 
in  the  American  West  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  century,  the  number 
fell  to  a  million  in  1926.  to  150.000  in 
1934,  to  33,000  in  1958,  to  17.000 
in  1967,  and  continues  downward. 

Hope  Ryden,  chronicling  the  mis- 
management of  this  living  resource, 
shows  why  the  "Wild  Horse  Annie 
Bill."  passed  by  Congress  in  1959, 
does  not  insure  a  future  for  these  ani- 
mals. Her  hope  is  that  more  wild 
horse  refuges  will  be  established,  sim- 
ilar in  concept  and  planned  manage- 
ment to  the  one  she  helped  stir  Stew- 
art Udall  to  set  aside  in  the  Pryor 
Mountains  in  1969.  Her  call  is  for  an 
informed  public  to  press  for  realistic 
cooperation  between  the  Bureau  of 
Land  Management,  the  Fish  and 
Wildlife  Service,  the  National  Park 
Service,  and  state  agencies  to  halt  the 
butchery  of  wild  horses  before  they 
disappear  again. 

LoRus  AND  Margery  Milnk 
University  of  New  Hampshire 

The  American  Museum  is  open  to 
the  public  without  charge  every  day 
during  the  year,  except  Thanksgiv- 
ing and  Christmas.  Your  support, 
through  membership  and  contribu- 
tions, helps  make  this  possible.  The 
Museum  is  equally  in  need  of  sup- 
port for  its  work  in  the  fields  of  re- 
search,  education,    and   exhibition. 

This  list  details  the  photographer  or 
Jther  source   of  illustration   by   page. 


;OVER— Helmut  Wimmer 
-12— Susan  Weeks 
.8-19— Bettmann  Archivi 
1-34 — Helmut  Wimmer 
16-37— Barbara  Hollings 
'orth 

8-41- John    F.    Gibbon! 
ind  Steven  Schlossman 
3-50— AMNH  Archives 
2 — Jet  Propulsion  Lab 


53— Princeton    University 

Observatory 

54-55— Helmut  Wimmer 

56-67— Richard        Gould 

except  map  page  58  and 

chart     page     65 — AMNH 

after  Gould 

68-75— Hermann     Kacher 

except      70  —  Lawrence 

Swan 


No  Matter  Where  You  Look  — 

YOU  SEE  MORE  WITH  A  QUESTAR 

On  our  first  day  in  Athens  we  climbed  the  Hill  of  Philopappas  and  turned  our 
Questar  on  the  Acropolis  across  the  valley,  searching  out  those  architectural  triumphs 
that  have  survived  the  centuries.  The  high-powered  views  of  Athena's  vast  temple 
were  so  overwhelming  that  we  were  reminded  of  Thomas  Craven's  moving  words 
"Behold  the  Parthenon,  the  only  perfect  building  erected  by  man."  It  was  through 
a  measured  air  path  of  1800  feet,  in  air  that  trembled  noticeably  in  the  eyepiece, 
that  we  took  this  picture.  Nevertheless  it  delineates  the  careful  mending  of  the  precious 
marble,  the  lion  rainspout  at  the  roof  corner,  and  the  pillars  within  the  deep  shadows. 
Only  the  perfect  telescope  could  capture  such  detail,  and  with  every  Questar  we 
deliver  goes  our  firm  conviction  that  no  amount  of  money  or  human  effort  could 
substantially  improve  this  masterpiece  of  the  optician's  art. 

The  world's  finest,  most  versatile  telescope,  priced  from 
SS76,  is  described  in  our  new  booklet  with  more  than 
100  photographs  by  Questar  owners.  Send  $1  for  mailing 
anywhere  in  North  America.  By  air  to  rest  of  Western 
Hemisphere,  $2.50;  Europe  and  North  Africa,  $3.00;  else- 
where $3.50. 


QUESTAR 


New  Hope,  Pa.   18938 


[ 


87 


KEEP  PACE  WITH  SPACE  AGE!  SEE  MOON  SHOTS-LANDINGS,  SPACE  FLIGHTS,  CLOSE-UP! 


TKT*1HM 


ViV 


XMIAS 


for  FUN,  STUDY  or  PROFIT 


FASCINATING  "ACTION"  LAMPS 

NEW   DIMCNSIONS   IN   BiAUTIFUL   LIGHTING 
Create   Illusion   Lamps   Are   Moving 

Turn  on  any  one  of  four  new  style  lamps,  and  the  room  "turns  on"  v 
whirling,  ever-chanjing  patterns  and  colore.  Table-top  8",  12"  heat-dri 
glass  ATMOSPHERES  or  motor-driven  IB"  and  24"  plastic  models  (tal 
top  or  hanging  versions).   COLOR   COLUMN    Patterns   loop  and   roll  aro 


10'  high  Sky  and  Earth 
Glohe  has  fixed  transpar 
cnt  7"  diam.  outer  celes- 
tial   sphere    with    equator 


ind 


25"    tall, 


plastic 


lllu 


(irl 


block  .  .  .  down  the  next  brightly  colored  plastic  section  of  the  14"  high, 
heat-driven  PAGODA.  COMBO  LIGHT'S  3-way  switch  turns  on  glass, 
read-by  globe,  the  plastic  "action"  column,  or  both.  Heat-driven  and 
22'/2"  high.  Six  additional  and  interchangeable  masks  are  available  for 
each  sensational  decorator  lamp. 
ATMOSPHERES 

S3I.00  Ppd.        12"— No.  85.108E    S40.O0  Ppd. 

...  .S65.00  FOB        Hanging— No.  85.I07E   $65.00  FOB 

i.OO  FOB        Hanging— No.  85.201  E   $01.50  FOB 

COLUMN— No.   80.140E    $58.00  FOB        PAGODA   LITE— No.  80. 1 41  E   $25.00  Ppd. 

I    LIGHT— No.   80.I47E    S63.50FOE         REPLACEMENT    MASKS— 

334"-$6.25:    4%".$7.25;    6i/2"-$6.75 


SO-lSO-300  POWER  MICROSCOPE 


C->- 


PE 

Tiazing    Value— 3 

Achro- 

itic    Objective    Lei 

ses    on 

volving       Turretl 

Color- 

achro- 

ve   far   superior   res 

jtts   to 

gle    lenses    usually 

found 

PLASTIC  MODEL   V-8  ENGINE 

Hours   of   fun!    Get  thrill   of 
building  your  own  easily  as- 


parts.  Then  push  starter 

watch  it  run.  Crankshaft 

,  pistons  move,  valves 


diffei 


Results  are  worth  the 


_    ng.     Imported! 

Stocit  No.  70,008E   $19.50  Ppd. 

MOUNTED    500    POWER    OBJECTIVE: 

Threaded  achromatic  lenses.  3mm   F.L. 

Stock_No.   30,197E    . .  -  ■  -  -^ $5.75  Ppd. 

ENCAPSULATED  LIQUID  CRYSTALS 

Amazing  new  development — 
appear  like  liquids  but  have 
orderly  molecular  structures 
similar  to  solids.  Solutions 
contained  in  tiny  (20-30  mi- 
crons) capsules  coated  onto 
sides  of  six  6"  x  12"  Mylar 
sheets  with  6  difT.  temp, 
ranges.  Surface  changes  color 
according  to  temp. -cover  66° 
to     I20°F     (I9°-49°C).     Use 

for  precise  measurements,  find  hot  spots,  structural  defects, 

study    radiation,    test    conductivity,    etc.    Use    indefinitely 

WITHOUT   mess,  contamination.   Easily  handled. 

Stock  No.  71,  USE    ...^ $10.00  Ppd. 

EXPERIMENTERS   KIT— 4"x6"  sheets 

Stock  No.  60,756E    $  4.00  Ppd. 


1,000  feet  at  300  ft.  per  sec- 
ond .  .  .  then  gently  returns 
to  earth  on  automatic  para- 
chute. Fantastically  realistic 
lift    off.    flight,    vapor   trail. 


and    cl< 

spark   plugs.    Does   s 

ng    but    burn    oil. 

molded     in    4    coloi 

motor    used 
inic  courses.    Excellent 


Real  surplus  barga 
but  powerful  prismatic 
monocular  sells  elsewhere 
for  more  than  twice  the 
price.  Fully  coated  optics. 
360'  field  of  view  at  1.000 
yards.  R.L.E.  12.  One- 
finger  focusing  from  4'  to 
infinity.  So  compact,  light- 
weight and  portable  you  can 
carry    in    shirt    pocket  . 


Stock   No.    1.551  E $5.00   Ppd. 

LOW-COST  DOUBLE-BARRELED  TUMBLER 
Rugged    12-lb.    tumblei 


of 


alu 


again.    Includ.:    16  Pg.   instruct., 
parachute,    parachute   tube,    nose 
hose,    electric   firing   assembly,    la 
Stock  No.  7i.l82E 
EXTRA   PROPELLANT    (Two   15 
Stock  No.  P7I,192E 


nually  ot 
1.  6v  Batt. 
ds   of   fun    bu 


cket  ( 


be 


odels 

Quiet,  resilient,  dependable, 
safe  operation.  Features 
fan -cooled,  continuous- duty 
1550  rpm  motor;  V-belt 
w/nylon  bearings; 


electrically        ered    safety    belt    &    pulleys. 


igine,  timer,  sep^u-ator. 
ne,  fins,  loading  valve, 
ich   stand,    propellant. 

...     $15.95  Ppd. 


enters— great     for     rockhounds.      lOVa"     > 
I  I'i"  X   l2'-j". 
Stock   No.   80.I32E    (18   lbs.)    $39.95  Ppd, 

NEW  BINOCULAR-TO'CAMERA  HOLDER 

Fits    any    camera   for   excit' 
ing    telephoto 


$16.50  AIR  POLLUTION  TESTER! 


ngs  distant  ob- 
Ideal 

ong-range  photos  of  wild 
ships,  people,  planes. 
Attaches  easily.  Us    —■ 


quantitati 

threshold  limit  ranges  set 
by  Amer.  Conf.  of  Gov't  In- 
dustrial   Hygienists.    Sensi- 


ampoules    each    to 

COo.     CO.      H..S.     r 

SO.,.    Sufficient    for 

ntratioh.     Lightweight    Kit 


upling    tubes,     complete 
to   determine   results.   Sets    (4)    of 
npoules  available  separately  for  $4.75. 
Stock    No.   71,349E    $16.50   Ppd. 


MAIL  COUPON  for  FREE  CATALOGUE" 


Sr^^^'hIn  4,000  UNUSUAL  BARGAINS 


categor 

I  any    new    items.     lOO's    of    charts. 

lustrations.    Many    hard-to-get    war 

us     bargains.     Enormous    selec- 

of    telescopes,    microscopes,    bi- 

agnets.  etc.  for  hobbyists. 


j        Stock_No     70  343E 


Id  lots  of 
I  Ten-Lens 
telescopes. 
Full  in- 
structions included. 
No     70  342E    $5.50   Ppd. 


Chest 


ed.    Uniqi 
to 


Street  

City State 


AMAZING  "TRICK"  PHOTOGRAPHY 


kinds  of  weird, 
out  photo  effects, 
il      knowledg 


triends  into  monsters,  show 
house  with  water  to  2nd 
floor,  make  psychedelic 
slides,  kaleidoscopic  pho- 
tos, impressionistic  photo- 
art- unlimited  possibilities. 
Complete  instructions  reveal  the  secret; 
cessories  needed. 
Stock   No.   7I.229E    $10.50   Ppd 


4Vi  ASTRONOMICAL  TELESCOPE 

of  Saturn,   double  stars.   Up 


'/4 


corrected  to  better  tha 
is  theo 
olutit 


ngth.   Gi' 
limited 


focusing. 
Aluminum  tube,  6x  finder 
telescope.  2  standard  eye- 
pieces and  Barlow  lens  gives 
power  up  to  270x.    Free:  Star  Chart.   272-page 


He 


Tele 


.$94.50 
MAGIC  JUMPING  FUN  DISCS 


Tients  : 


Put    one    of    these    quarter- 
sized  crazy  buttons  down  and 
stand    back.    In    a   matter  of 
seconds   it'll   jump   almost  6 
feet    high.    Just    like    magic 
.  .  .   but    it's    really    scien- 
tific.   Actually,    the    warmth 
of   your    hand    holding   these 
metal  discs  makes  the  trick. 
After  palming   a  disc,   pi; 
it  on  any  cool  surface  anc 
of   fun    for    kids    of   all    ages.    Te 
Package  of  twelve  only  $2. 

Stock    No.    P-4l,150E      $2.00  Ppd. 

Stock   No.    P-4I.180E    set  of    100    $12.00  Ppd. 

Large    personalized    quantities    available — write    for    jjifo. 

BIG  BOOM  &  FLASH  CANNON 

Perfectly  safe  giant  noise- 
maker  for  sports,  games,  the 
4th  and  Just  plain  fun  pro- 
duces brilliant  flash  and 
loud  bang.  Completely  harm- 
less— no  gun  powder,  match- 
es or  recoil.  Easily  operated. 
Beautiful  reproduct' 
regular  Army  60  MM 
in  hefty  cast  iron.  "Ammo" 
is  pulverized  Bangsite  com- 
bined  with   water  in   cannon 

producing  harmless  gas.  Inignitable  by  hottest  flame  or 
heaviest  concussion.  Incl.  ammo  for  200  shots,  inst.  Wt.  2Va 
lbs. 

Stock  No.  70.898E $6.75  Ppd. 

EXTRA  AMMO   (About  400  Shots) 
Stock   No.   P4I.005E      .$1.30  Ppd. 

ECOLOGY  KITS  FULL  OF  LIFE! 
Man's  survival  depends 
upon  suitable  ecological  bal* 
ance.  These  5  well  planned, 
experiment  kits  explore  dif- 
ferent portions  of  environ- 
ment— introduce  factors  on 
which  natural  balances  rely.  | 
Perform  numerous  experi- 
ments with  materials  in- 
cluded (-f-  few  avail,  local- 
ly). Compl.   instruct. 

Stock  No.  71.353E   GREEN   LEAVES $5.00  Ppd. 

Stock  No.  7I.354E    WATER    LIFE    $6.00  Ppd. 

Stock  No.  7I,355E    PREDATOR    PREY    $6.00  Ppd. 

Stock  No.  7i.356E     LIFE     MOVERS    $5.00  Ppd. 

Stock  No.  7I,357E     ..LIFE    FROM     DEATH     ..$5.00  Ppd. 


No  larger  tha 

fountain  pen,  this  handy 
pocket  instrument  is  ideal 
for  making  direct  reading 
measurements:  for  checking 
small    parts    and    d 

tio 


altbrated    for 
ments   up  to    1/10"   by    001"  divis 
can  easily  be  made    Chrome  ref1e( 
refiects    light    on    object    exam  in 
construction  assures  long,  useful  service.  i 

Stock    No.    30.225E    $7.95    Postpaid. 

WAR  SURPLUS  ELECTRIC  GENERATORI 
Brand  new  Signal  Corps 
Electric  Generator.  Gener- 
ates up  to  90  volts  by  turn- 
ing crank.  Use  in  high 
impedance  relays.  Charge 
ground    &    bring    up    night 

crawlei 

2  AIni 

worth     more     than 

gov't    cost    of    $15. 


Estimates  to  0005" 
base  of  instrument| 
measured     Sturdyi 


5E   ". ..    .S8.50  Ppd 


EDMUND 

SCIEMTIFIC  CO. 


300    EDSCORP    BLDG. 

BARRIIMGTON,   NEW  JERSEY  08007 


KEEP  PACE  WITH  SPACE  AGE!  SEE  MOON  SHOTS-LANDINGS,  SPACE  FLIGHTS,  CLOSE-UP! 


liMlLl*lH  M    H  ■TTTTI" 


for  FUN,  STUDY  or  PROFIT 


for 

XMAS 


GREAT  INTERNATIONAL  PAPER  PLANE  BOOK! 

Krr-^.  .Ti^^^^^^^    Official    fly-th 

r*^      I  . '- ' -V^^^^^^^^^^^^^l     bnnk       nf       paper 


yourself 
book 

from  SCIENTIFIC  AMERI- 
CAN'S ■•1st  International 
Competition".  Includes 

plans  of  all  winning  entries, 
time-aloft  records,  photos, 
technical  data,  commen- 
taries. Has  20  unusual  de- 
signs on  perforated  pages 
for  easy  tear-out.  You  won't 
believe    how    some    of    them 

flyl  Amusing,  entertaining.   128  pages,  9"  x   11%". 

Stock   No.  9391  E    $2.95  Ppd. 

BATTERY  POWERED   GYROSCOPE 

For  the  first  time — have  the 
fun   &.    enjoyment   of   a    gyro 


).    ring    pedestal, 

batt.  (not  incl.). 

S6.00  Ppd. 


Stock  No.  7I.I6IE 


LONG-WAVE  BLACK"  LIGHT  FIXTURE 


versatile,  com- 
pactly designed,  long  wave 
(3200-4000  angstroms)  black 
light      (ultraviolet)      fixture. 


110-' 


.._.  6-watt. 
with  built-in  filter— elimi 
nates  harmful  shorter  wav 
ultraviolet  rays.  Use  1 
identify      minerals.      fung 


check    for    surface 

flaws,  oil  and  gas  leakage — 

perfect     for     displays     with 

fluorescent  paper,  paints,  chalk,  crayons,  trace  powder.  incL 

adjustable   aluminum    reflector.    Mount   vert.,    horr..    or   on 

10"  L..   I'/a"  W..   \Va"  H. 


atoms  explode  with  the 


check  i 
tivity 


thai 


day  materials  .  .  .  these  ar( 
just  a  few  of  the  fascinatinc 
projects  possible  with  thi; 
amazing  43  part  kit.  Con- 
tains   everything    needed    t( 


.       struct     yo 

atomic  energy  laboratory.  Absolutely  safe.  Includes  atomic 
cloud  chamber,  projector,  illuminator,  electroscope,  spin- 
thariscope, 22  p.  instruction  booklet  with  suggested  experi- 


ents.    Ideal   to   stii 


WOODEN   SOLID   PUZZLES 

Here's  a  fascinating   assort- 

'      ment  of    12   different  puzzles 

<  Jr  to  provide   hours  of   pleasure 

Vt-l  n         k."   A  and      stimulate     ability     to 

1^       "W*    1««    V.^     think    and    reason.    Animals 

%^        It       ^^    ^^     and    geometric    forms.    Take 

them    apart    and    reassemble 

them.    Lots    of    fun    for    the 

whole  family.  Will  test  skill, 

md  ability  to  solve 

nrnhlpm<:. 
Stock   No.  70.205E 


'r^ 


proble 


$5.00  Ppd. 


NEW,  LOW-COST   GEM   TUMBLER 

Become  a  rockhoi 
nating    hobby   .    . 


.   loads  of 
easy.  Make 
ry  of  all  kinds — decora- 


duty   motor.    Full    insti 

Stock  No    70.874E  $10.75  Ppd. 

6-lb.    ROCK   ASSORTMENT    (10  TYPES) 

Stock  No.  70,868E    $  9.00  Ppd. 


HOT-AIR  FLYING  SAUCER  KIT 


nd  lau 
over  and  over.  Low  cost. 
Lots  of  fun.  Can  carry  Vi 
lb.  objects  with  string  teth- 
er. Fly  school  colors  at 
games,  use  for  advertising, 
attach  mirror — play  "spy  in 
the  sky."  Includes  complete 
instructions.  16  pre-cut  #1 
white  model  paper  gores,  8 
red    panels    for    portholes,    wire,    cord.    Easily    repaired    if 


9   FT.    HOT-AIR   BALLOON    KIT 

Stock  No.  60.69IE    $2.00  Ppd. 


AMERICAN  MADE  7x50  BINOCULARS 

'ings!     Bra 
Crystal-clear  vie 
(jower.   Every  optical  elei 
is  coated.  An  excellent  r 


$50    Lifts  over  150  lbs 
Stock  No    70.571  E 
Stock  No.  70,570E 
Stock  No.  85.I52E 


tJOttorr 

sometimes  profitable!  Tie  a 
line  to  our  5-Ib.  Magnet- 
drop  it  overboard  in  bay. 
river,  lake  or  ocean.  Troll  it 
along  bottom — your  "treas- 
ure" haul  can  be  outboard 
motors,  anchors,  etc.  5-lb. 
Magnet  is  war  surplus — 
Alnico-V  Type— Gov't  cost 
— much  more  under  water. 
>  lbs.  SI4.00  Ppd. 

■   lbs.  S  8.75  Ppd, 

S33.60  FOB 


traffic 

terrific    for    ama 

rologists.  Create 


GIANT   WEATHER   BALLOONS 
of     fun"     for     kids, 
toppers     for     stores. 


cloud  heights,  wind 
and  temp.  Made  of 
duty    neoprene.    Inflat 


Stock  No.  60.568E 
GIANT    16-   DIAMETER 
Stock  No.  60.632E 


SET  OF  SEVEN  MIGHTY  MINI-LABS 

eparate 


^ 


kits 

offered  in  one  low-cost  pack- 
age even  ttie  youngest  child 
lly  enjoy. 


^^    \  ^t."     "3^^-    '"9   piniiole  camera,   electric 

.-  "^.Z-— ^-^ motor,    double-platform    bal- 

' — -"^  ance.    transparent  flasliliglit. 

iiydraulic  pump,  puslf-button 

bell,    even    simple    Galilean   telescope.    Perfect   for   science 

lectures.  Kits  available  for  total  of  SI2.49.  Most  SI.98  eacb. 

Stock   No.   7I.298E    $12.60   Ppd. 

POWERFUL  PORTABLE  8"  SCOPE 

2,0OOmm-f/W  Folded 
Mirror. Lens  Optics 
Incomparable    Celestron  r 
features    Schmidt-Casseg 
system       capable 


flat    fiield    tha 


oth 


-50X  & 
ve       performance 
IS    only    25    lbs.,    folds 
to    9    X    12    X    24".    Compl.    observatory     Incl:   fork 
— '    -'--■    -lotion    controls 
star    diagonal. 

.°85.20or', .    (Shipg.  Wgt.  48  lb.)    '^^'J'.4^'^'2;h' 

60,847E    ,  .    (Image  Erect.  System)    jl^-  PPd. 


MODEL   DIGITAL   COMPUTER 

Solve  problems,  teach  log- 
ic, play  games  with  minia- 
ture version  of  giant 
electronic  brain  I  Adds, 
subtracts,  multiplies, 
shifts,  complements,  car- 
ries, memorizes.  Colored 
plastic  parts  easily  assem- 
bled. 12"  X  31/2"  X  4%". 
Incl.  step-by-step  assem- 
bly diagrams.  32-p.  in- 
structions covering  opera- 
tions,  computer  programming   problems  &.    15  experiments. 

Stock    No.    70.683E    $  5.98  Ppd. 

ANALOG  COMPUTER   KIT 

Stock    No.    70.341  E    $18.95  Ppd. 


phases     of     Vei 


Eauatorial 
on  bolb  axt 
60X    eyepi( 


unt  with  locks 


3X  finder  tele- 
scope,       hardwood       tripod. 

FREE:    "STAR    CHART";   272-page    "HANDEOOI' 
HEAVENS HOW    TO     USE     YOUR     TELESCOPE" 


TERRIFIC    BUY!    TOP  QUALITY! 

PRICE  BREAKTHROUGH   IN   LARGE  SIZE 
OPAQUE 

PROJECTOR 

"Best  Opaque 
of  Its  Kind 
Under  S200 

Projects    brilliant,  ^ 
sharp  4'/2   foot  square 
image     from     8     feet 
away     using      up     to 
5"x5"    color,    b    i    w 

illustrations.     Retains  

all  original  colors  and  proportions.  Enlarges  drawings, 
blueprints,  watercolors.  pictures,  stamps,  coins,  other 
objects.  Revoutionary  lighting  system  gives  maximum 
brightness,  retains  entire  field  in  focus.  Features  high 
speed.  200mm  anastigmatic  projection  lens  (t3.5,  ST 
F.L  );  powerful  peanut-size  quartz  halogen  lamp  (50  hr. 
lite):  unique  internal  reflecting  system.  Can  be  used  up- 
side down— copy  held  flat  by  magnetic  platens.  Turbo- 
,o,''"J^,,J!'aJ.1"^''  plastic  case.  514  ft.  cord. 
(834"X6"XI2',A"— l|i/j  lbs.) 
Stock    No.    7I.272E $89.75  Ppd. 

"All 


with  photography— take  ce- 
lestial pictures  and  long- 
distance shots  of  birds, 
animals,  etc.  For  begin- 
ners, advanced  amateur,  ex- 
cellent gift.  8',"  X  II".  192  pages. 
Stock  No.  9094E   S30I)  p^j 

~rr,        VERSATILE   WHITE   MODELING   PLASTIC 

Perfect    for    figures,    forms, 
shapes,    product    &    tool    de- 


lolds. 


by  hand,  tools.  Can  be  rolled 
flat,  built  up  into  figures. 
Permanently  pliable  until 
baked  at  300°  F.  for  15-30 
minutes  in  oven — no  kiln  nor 
plaster    molds    needed.     Re- 

shrinlt.     Acquires    permanent 
shaped  &  baked.   Can  then   b 
painted,   embossed.   Smooth.   1 
Stock  No.  60.794E 
Stock  No.  71.205E 


^ 


200,000.000  years  ago  Nev 
kit  contains  24  authenti 
scale  models  (12  dinosaur: 
—  12  mammals)  accuratch 
detailed  in  sturdy  plastic 
Incl.:  Giant  Brontosaurus 
fierce  Tyrannosaurus  Rex 
Wooly     Ma 


"^N*^ 


nd  Wonder   Book 


Stock    No.    70,8I7E S6.00  Ppd. 


of 


trface. 


icluding 


er    any 
water. 


ally  de 
same  principles  that  apply 
to  Ford's  and  Curtiss- 
Wright's  new  wheelless  air- 
cars.  Sturdy  red  and  yellow 
plastic.  8"  wide,  9"  deep, 
2"  high  with  4'  propeller.  Operates  on  2  flashlight  batterlei 
'-*   --cl.).   48"  I       


MAIL  COUPON  FOR  GIANT  FREE  CATALOG 


h'^n  4,000  UNUSUAL  BARGAINS 


Completely  now  catalog.  148  pat 
packed  with  nearly  4.000  unusu 
bargains.  Exciting  new  categorii 
Many 


rkshops.    Shop    by 
I.   Write  for  Catalog  "E"  to  Ed 
Id    Scientific    Co..     300     Edscorn 
Barrington,   New  Jersey  08007. 


EDMUND 

SCIENTIFIC  CO. 


300    EDSCORP    BLDG. 

BARRIIMGTOIM,   lUEW  JERSEY  08007 


Fct 
nature 
b\ers... 


,  THE  NATURE 

■>  &"-.li.  Plants,  AmniaKMan 

and  Their  Effect  on  &.ch  Other 


and  all  who  have  a 
reverence  for  life- 
wild  and  otherwise 


Rarely,  if  ever,  has  any  book 
provided  such  a  panoramic 
view  of  the  remarl<able  world 
in  which  we  live  —  from  the 
dim  reaches  of  the  distant 
past  to  the  overwhelming 
realities  of  the  present.  For 
here  is  revealed  the  mosaic 
of  earth  in  which  all  life  is 
interrelated.  It  shows  how 
life  was  formed,  dispersed 
around  the  earth  and  devel- 
oped into  infinite  variety  and 
complexity.  Here  are  the  pat- 
terns of  life  —  on  continents 
and  islands,  on  the  ocean 
floor  and  the  highest  peaks, 
in  temperate  woodlands,  arc- 
tic tundra,  equatorial  forests 
and  arid  deserts. 

The  Nature  ol  Life  will 
deepen  everyone's  under- 
standing of  the  forces  of  na- 
ture and  help  us  all  in  our 
efforts  to  halt  the  unneces- 
sary pollution  of  our  earth 
and  the  seas  around  it. 

Over  200  large  and  beauti- 
ful photographs  (82  in  full 
color)  taken  in  action  and  in 
the  natural  environment. 

By  LORUS  and  MARGEBY  MILNE  ou- 
Ihors  of  Living  flonls  o(  Ihe  World 
Waler  and  Li/c.  The  Moling  InslincI 
ond  monv  ofheri  •  $15  preChrislmo!; 
$17.50  Ihereofler.  Now  at  vour  book- 
store, or  CROWN  PUBLISHERS. 
419  Pork  Ave.  S.,  N.  Y.,  N.  Y.  10016. 


^. 


v«wt 


Suggesied 
Additional  Reading 

THE  GREAT 
PYRAMID  DEBATE 

Ancient  Egyptian  Masonry.  S. 
Clarke  and  R.  Engelbach.  Oxford 
University  Press.  London.  1930. 

Observations  sur  les  Pyramides.  J. 
Pli.  Lauer.  Bibliotheque  d'etude, 
Institut  Francais  d'Archeologie 
Orientale,  Tome  30.  Cairo,  1960. 

The  Pyramids.  A.  Fakhry.  University 
of    Chicago    Press,    Chicago,    1961. 

ALL  THE  FAT  AND 
SULLAGE  FUDDY  MURRINERS 

River  Pollution  and  Fisheries. 
H.  C.  Redeke.  Rapports  et  Proces- 
Verbaux  des  Reunions,  Volume 
XLHI.  International  Council  for  the 
Exploration  of  the  Sea,  May,  1927. 

The  Problem  of  Water.  R.  Furon. 
American  Elsevier  Publishing  Co.. 
Inc.,  New  York,  1967. 

The  Biological  Aspects  of  Water 
Pollution.  C.  G.  Wilbur.  Charles 
C.  Thomas,  Springfield,  1969. 

CONCEPTIONS 

OF  THE  UNIVERSE 

Discoverers   of    Space.    E.    Lessing. 

Herder     and     Herder,     Inc.,     New 

York,  1969. 
Early    Greek    Astronomy.    D.    R. 

Dicks.     Cornell     University     Press, 

Ithaca,  1970. 
Cosmology.  J.  Charon.  McGraw-Hill 

Book  Company,  New  York,  1970. 
Watchers    of    the    Skies.    W.    Ley. 

The  Viking  Press,  Inc.,  New  York, 

1963. 

JOURNEY  TO  PULYKARA 

The  Prehistory  of  Australia.  D.  J. 
Mulvaney.  Praeger  Publishers,  Inc., 
New  York,  1969. 

The  World  of  the  First  Austra- 
lians. R.  M.  and  C.  H.  Berndt. 
University  of  Chicago  Press,  Chi- 
cago, 1965. 

The  Australian  Aborigines.  A.  P. 
Elkin.  Doubleday  &  Company,  Inc.. 
Garden  City,  1964. 

The  Native  Tribes  of  Central  Aus- 
tralia. B.  Spencer,  F.  J.  Gillen.  Do- 
ver Publications.  Inc..  New  York, 
1968. 

GOOSE  OF  THE  HIMALAYAS 
Mount  Everest.  T.  Hagen,  G.  0.  Dyh- 
enfurth,      C.      Von      Furer-Haimen- 
dorf,  E.  Schneider.  Oxford  Univer- 
sity Press,  London,  1963. 
The  Senses  of  Animals  and  Men.  L. 
and   M.   Milne.   Atheneum   Publish- 
ers, New  York,  1962. 
Mount  Everest.  H.  W.  Tilman.  Cam- 
bridge University  Press,  New  York. 
1938. 


Visit  Our 
Spectacular 
Display  of 
Thorny  Oysters! 
...  and  Other  Choice  Sea 
Shells,  Minerals,  Fossils  and 
Antiquities ...  and  Solve 
Your  Christmas  Gift  Problems! 

The  spectacular  THORNY  OY'STER  (illus.l  — 
liure  white  ^ems  with  gold,  orange  or  red 
coloring—  SIO. 

The  famous  CHAMBERED_NAUTILUS— select 
mature  specimens,  6  to  7" —  S   5. 

The  Japanese  NOBLE  SCALLOP— two  large 
beauties,  one  i)url>le,  the  other  orange — a 
matched  pair  of  complete  bi-valves —       §12. 

SPECIAL  *  *  *  The  4  specimens,  postpaid— S25. 
THE    rOLI.E«TOR"S    CABINET 

1066  Madison  Ave.  (at  80th  St.)  N.Y.,  N.Y,  10028 
Open  Toe. -Sat.  11  to  6-Tel.  861-4133 


STOP  SMOKING- 
BY  SMOKING 

No,  it'-s  not  a  pipe  dream.  Here  is  a  doctor-developed 
method  which  allows  cigarette  smoliers  to  phase  out 
smoking  over  a  35  to  70  day  period  without  calling  for 
impossible  amounts  of  will  power.  Actually,  people  who 
use  the  cold  turkey  method  of  quitting  tobacco  often 
surfer  mental  depression  and  gastrointestinal  upsets 
which  interfere  with  their  work.  This  new  course  of  ac- 
tion is  not  psychological,  it  is  mechanical.  The  five  step 
course  uses  a  series  of  small  attractive  holders  which 
start  out  by  reducing  tar  and  nicotine  intake  by  approxi- 
mately 20%,  then  40%,  then  60%,  then  80%  and 
fmally  about  90%,  Then  the  majority  of  smokers  just 
give  it  up.  There  is  no  physical  shock,  no  charging  down 
to  the  drugstore  at  odd  hours  and  no  temper  tantn 
at  breakfast  (unless  you  were  that  way  before 
started  smoking).  Some  die-hards  who  still  insist 
smoking    after    they    have    gone    the 


to  figure  how  these  things  work,  the  clu 
number  of  tiny  pores  which  may  be  seen  wi 
nifying    glass.    This    is    a    sophisticated    thir 

But,  you  mustn't  fudge.  The  word  from  th 
that  if  you  skip  right  to  the  filters  at  the 
course,    the   ones    that   take   just    about    all 


Phone  ordei 


table  hoUis  books,  r  cords, 
ziiies— all  neatly  arranged,  titles  visib  u-.  accessible 
fi-cmi  ;iii.v  seat.  Skillfully  crafted  of  rich  prained  pine 
Willi  hidden  rueeed  ball  bearing  swivel.  In  honeytone 
pine  or  maple,  anlique  pine  or  walnut  finish.  Both 
ir,i.i"H.  (book  area  12V'"H).  36''dia.  (holds  100  books) 
$41.50:  Srdia.  {holds  40  books)  $31.50.  COilPLETE 
KIT.  Ready  for  quick  assembly  and  finish.  Simple  in- 
structions. 36"dia.  §29.95;  24"dia.  $19.95.  Exp.  Clic  Col. 
SEND   FOR  NEW   FREE  CATALOG-1000   PIECES 

Includes  Zip  No.  viELD  norsE 

Not  Sold  In  Stores  pept.  NI2-0 

Money  Back  Guarantee  North  Conway.  N.H.  O3860 


90 


Applause 


* 


...  as  clear  and  concise  an 

introduction  to  Meso-American 

archeology  as  you  are  likely  to 

find  anywhere.  Lee  Boltin's 

photographs  are  (as  usual) 

first  rate . . .  Applause. 

— John  Canaday''' 
The  New  York  Times 


The  ancient  civilizations  of  Middle  America  left  few  written  records. 

But  they  did  leave  their  art. 

Now  you  can  see  the  greatness  of  these  cultures  through  photographs 

of  their  art  in  ANCIENT  MEXICO  AND  CENTRAL  AMERICA. 

Based  on  the  new  permanent  archeological  exhibit  at  The  American 

Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  with  written  introductions  by 

Dr.  Gordon  F.  Ekholm.  Curator  of  Mexican  Archeology,  this  elegant 

book  takes  you  directly  to  the  ancient,  exotic  realms  of  the  Maya, 

the  Aztec,  the  Olmec. 
The  128  pages  contain  over  80  shining  photographs,  many  in  color,  and 
a  chronolooical  chart  of  the  evolution  of  the  cultures  discussed. 


Only  S5.00.  Please  mail  check 
or  money  order  to: 

The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History 

77  West  77th  Street,  New  York,  New  York  10024 


^ust  because  he 

already  has  a  camera 
doesrit  mean  he  wouldrit 
like  a  movie  camera. 

^nd  a  projector,  too. 


To  show  movies,  he'll  like  our 
most  versatile  movie  projector 
-the  Kodak  Instamatic  M95. 
It  adds  visual  excitement  to 
super  8  or  8mm  movies,  with 
7  projection  speeds,  including 
"still",  automatic  threading, 
and  fast  power  rewind.  With 
f/1.5  lens,  less  than  $180. 


To  shoot  movies,  he'll  like  our 
most  versatile  Kodak  Instamatic® 
M9  movie  camera.  With  super- 
fast  f/1.8,  five-to-one  power  zoom 
lens  for  dramatic  wide-angle 
to  telephoto  views.  Four  shooting 
speeds,  including  slow  motion. 
Automatic  CdS  exposure  control. 
And  drop-in  loading.  Less  than  $200. 


Another  exciting  movie  projector 
is  this  handsome  Kodak 
Instamatic  M67.  It  shows  both 
super  8  and  8mm  movies.  For- 
ward, reverse  and  "still".  He'll 
enjoy  the  400-foot  reel  capacity, 
automatic  threading,  and 
fast  power  rewind.  With  f/1.5 
lens,  less  than  $115.  For  super  8 
only,  give  him  the  M68A.  (Not 
illustrated.)  Less  than  $100. 

Prices  subject  to  change  without  notice. 


[ 


Kodak.  One  great  gift  after  another.